


ε:ς; 
πὰς ἢ — 


“. “ὦ; ἂν, a> 
tease ist 
+ ἜΣ ΕΣ 


ae 
Hs 


—_ 


x 


a4) i 

nite 

re Yel ν ἐγ ΗΝ 
anid ὙΨΗ 
ἘΠ ΜΕ ae 
᾿ ΤΥ" . i] . 
} δὴ oe 


wey -- 


States 


τ ιν} ἡ να ν᾽ τόδ νυν ἢ 
sy oman OAH Teeth 
beet Poti ry μ tenarh ἡ 
Tif Bends tf 
HATE Bled pane 
ret 


ὥξυ 


ΠΕ : δ 
A 


=> 
" 

Wt, 
“ +4 


per 
: 


ite 


Rie 
ἢ 
; 





reer | 
ΠΥ ΣΟ ΝΣ ar + 
4 ge Fate et 
+ ΕἾ “[ν ᾿ 1 
5 Zep yee 
νον he lee} 


ἣν: 





| Duals ΟΣ 
¥ r Υ ᾿ τᾷ 
+44 ake pss 
Viol te 
] td ΠΝ 


aks 


d ove vas 
<3) ett 
vw δ 5 ἡ 
ἰ ἬΜΗΝ PAB ie a! 
| μα τ 


. 


" i) 


jst 


PSs 


a 





τονε δα δα 
ts a 
ΔΝ “4 


᾽ μ᾿ ᾿ ἢ 





ν᾿ 
javecyoeribnbere Ws 
ope γὐφν ϑέφιθν 
ΩΣ 
φιῴφηνε 
vob + 


¢ 


Bouin Σ ἫΝ jai 





vee 
“νὸν 
Σ 


ar 9 bt 
br ΕῚ wy orn? 


i ald ἘΠ So 

















a 


© AA τι στ τ τ 
AC 07s ‘ 
Ζ a 










































































Ro 


ἢ 





lve. κι" 


t Arch 


r 
in 2007 with funding 


Digitized by the Inter 


7M 





‘ 
- 


glishlexO0ge 





on 


*t 
- Aare 


ἐξ 


as 
ὧν 


ils/hebrewen 


Microsoft Corporat 


/www.archive.org/deta 





“http 





‘ras 


I 
ὦ" 





A 


’ > 
>? 


HEBREW AND ENGLISH 
LEXICON, 


THE OLD TESTAMENT, 


INCLUDING THE 


BIBLICAL CHALDEE. 





FROM THE LATIN OF 


WILLIAM GESENIUS, 


LATE PROFESSOR OF THEOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF HALLE-WITTEMBERG, 


BY 


EDWARD ROBINSON, 


Professor in the Union Theological Seminary, New-York. 





WITH CORRECTIONS AND LARGE ADDITIONS, PARTLY FURNISHED BY THE AUTHOR 
IN.MANUSORIPT, AND PARTLY CONDENSED FROM HIS LARGER 
THESAURUS, AS COMPLETED BY ROEDIGER. 





EIGHTEENTH EDITION. 


REVISED AND®= 








_-PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER, 
( 51 W 
ashington-street, 


1865. 







ΨΩ ἯΙ A, ΤῊ τὴ ! 
oo Me ΑΕ 


if ΝΜ, ἜΝ 1 Ὁ au 


ΗΠ DAU LON 






Entered, according to act of Congress, in the year 1854, by 
en CROCKER AND BREWSTER, on 
ΓῺ Ὁ ek οὴμηρμεθαν , 


-- 
ΓΕ ΡΟ ae ry ΝΥ ie ce 
1) is ; ae 














εν 





= toa .. μὰ 


Hie SSE TARR OE Ὁ ey ἘΝ VRS IM) ee 





ok PS ian TA: 


Yor wright. Rie εῖνρε Teed fot) acd leat teh ae 












my ἘΠῸ ἘΟΣΤΙΜΞΙ SU ὙΠ ΕΙΣ Titphcnty COUGARS 
em Set! CTR cree Mat eee ἂὉ τὰ τὶ τι. 


Ἐ ΤῊΝ PRAY te, sie Kt RST TOOT ee HON λον 





neem hele mers ee eel 


ἀπ λεύειν gorge, Werte ree 











Mab TO a 5 aime rere et AN, SOME Set 





eee ἐπαύθοα, 
ars rhs, ΠῚ SOT μὴν cas 
oman soil Dh 





PIH233 
PREFACE, Gu 
(365 
MAIN 


BY THE TRANSLATOR, - 










,  Wru1am Gesenrus, the author of this work, was born at Nord-. 
2: musen, Feb. 3d, 1786 ; and died at Halle, Oct. 23d, 1842, aged 56 
‘years 8} months. His life was devoted to the illustration of the Hebrew 
language ; first, its Lexicography, and then its Grammar and the inter- 
pretation « of the Sacred Writings. 
_ The works of Gesenius in the department of Hebrew Lexicography 
were the following, arranged chronologically. 
ς΄ -Hebriiisch-deutsches Handwirterbuch des Alten Testaments, 2 vols. 
Fv. Leipz. 1810-12. The first volume was published at the age of 
twenty-four, in the same year in which the Author became Professor 
οὗ Theology at Halle——Translated and published in England by Chris- 
_topher Leo: A Hebrew Lewicon, etc. 2 vols. 4to. Cambr. 1825. 
Neues Hebriiisch-deutsches Handwirterbuch, einer fiir Schulen um- 
_ gearbeiteter Auszug, etc. 8vo, Leipz. 1815.—Translated and published 
in this country by J. W. Gibbs: A Hebrew and English Lexicon of 
the Old Testament, etc. 8vo. Andover 1824, 
: : Hebriiisches und Chaldiisches Handwirterbuch iiber das Alte Testa- 
' ment, 8vo. Leipz. 1823. A new and improved edition of the preceding, 
introduced by a valuable Essay on the Sources of Hebrew Lexicography. 
‘This essay was translated and printed in the Biblical Repository, 1833, 
Ῥ 1sq. 
The same work, 3d edit. Leipz. 1828. This edition received many 
improvements, especially in the Particles. 
Of each of the editions of the above Manual three thousand copies 
_ were printed. 
Thesaurus philologicus criticus Lingue Hebreee et Chaldee Veteris 
᾿ Testamenti, Tom. I. Fascic. 1. Lips.1829. The printing was completed 
_ two years earlier; and this number was presented to Niemeyer, to 
_ whom it was dedicated, on the day of his Jubilewm, in April 1827. 


μ᾿ Lexicon Manuale ἀπδμοξανοι et Chaldaicum in V. T. Libros, 8vo.. 
4 Lips. 1833. 


IV PREFACE, 


Hebriiisches und Chaldiiisches Handwirterbuch, etc. Leipz. 1834, — 
A new edition of the German Manual, conformed to the preceding — 
Latin edition. | 

Thesaurus philologicus, etc. Tom. I. Fascic. 2, Lips. 1835.—Tom. 11, 
Fascic. 1. ib. 1839. Fascic. 2. ib. 1840.—Tom. III. Fascic. 1. ib, 1842. 
This last Part includes the root \2¥ and its derivatives ; and here the 
Author’s labours terminated. The completion of this great work, in 
another Part, was intrusted by Gesenius at his death to his friend and ~ 
colleague Roediger. : 

The above works are all distinguished by accurate and thorough — 
research, and by-a skilful and judicious use of the materials collected, 
which ΠΩ the Author in the first rank of modern philologists. ei 
them was first exhibited a complete specimen of what may be termed — 
the historico-logical method of lexicography ; which first investigates 
the primary and native signification of a word, and thén deduces from 
it in logical order the subordinate meanings and shades of sense, as” 
found in various constructions and in the usage of different ages ak | 
writers ; which, in short, presents a logical and historical view of each | 
word in all its varieties of eijamodienon and construction. This is 
doubtless the only true method ; and it was ably followed out by 
Passow in his admirable Greek Lexicon. 

Of all the labours of Gesenius above enumerated, it will be seen 
that, with the exception of the present work, only the two earliest have 
ne translated into English. 

The work of which the present volume is a translation, was com- 
menced by the Author in the year 1827 ; and was at first intended to be 
nothing more than a Latin version of the German edition.of 1828, for 
the use of foreign students unacquainted with the German tongue, 
But about this time, the views of comparative philology, especially in 
respect to the Indo-Huropean languages, developed by Bopp and Grimm 
in various works, and applied to the Hebrew and its kindred tongues — 
by Hupfeld, Ewald, and others, appear to have given a new direction, 
or rather a new impulse, to the studies of Gesenius ; and these pur- 
suits, together with official duties, caused a suspension of the Thesaurus, 
and also protracted the completion of the Latin Manual until the close 
of 1832. At the same time the character of the latter was greatly 
changed ; and it became a new and independent work, drawn chiefly 
from the materials collected for the Thesaurus under the influence of 
these more extended views. 

The work thus exhibited a great advance upon the previous labours 
of the Author ; both in the wider range of scientific principles, and in . 
the skill and fore: of their practical application. The main point of 





distinction was, and is, a more careful and thorough investigation of the 


































ὯὮ PREFACE, v 
primary signification of the Hebrew roots ; the reference of whole fami- 
s of triliteral roots to single biliteral ones, which are mostly onomato- 
“ eetic ; and the illustration of these latter from the analogy of the 
Indo- -European tongues, viz. the Sanscrit, Zend, Persian, Greek, Latin, 
tothic,. German, English, and other ‘iced dislante, Here it is found, 
at ‘the Hebrew and the Semitic dialects generally, in their primary 
4 ements, (not in their grammatical structure,) approach much nearer 
tothe great family of Eastern and Western languages, than has usually 
been supposed. From a similar comparison of other languages is also 
given a more full and complete exposition of the power and use of the 
E Lebrew particles and pronouns. From all these sources, the Author 
vi 7 able, both in the Latin Manual and especially in the later Parts 
‘the Thesaurus, not indeed to obtain a new basis for Hebrew 
| Gra mmar and Lexicography, but. certainly to enlarge and strengthen 
the old one by new courses of solid materials and a new and firmer 
cement. 
_ The same remarks apply to the tenth edition of the Author’s smaller 
Tcbrew Grammar, published 1 in 1831 ; and reprinted in the eleventh 
and twelfth editions, in 1834 and 1839, without great change. The 
eenth edition, bearing extensive δὰ of further progress, was 
Ἶ published ; in 1842, Four subsequent editions have been since revised 
ax d published by Roediger. 
_ To Gesenius unquestionably belongs the high merit of having given 
an. δ and interest to the cultivation of Hebrew Literature, fax 
beyond any thing which has been felt since the days of the δοχεῖα 
At the commencement of his labours, Hebrew learning in Germany, as 
elsewhere, was at a very low ebb. In the autumn of 1829, the writer 
was present at the opening of his course of Lectures on the book of 
Genesis. He,then stated, as illustrating the progress of this branch of 
literature, that he was now about to lecture on that book for the tenth 
time in course ; that when twenty years before he had commenced his 
career in Halle with the same course, the number of his hearers was but 
fourteen ; and that he had then felt gratified, inasmuch as his colleague, | 
the celebrated Vater, had lectured on the same book the preceding year 
toa class of only seven. This statement was made to a class of more 
‘than. five hundred hearers. But among the thousands who had been 
his pupils, many of whom were now devoting their lives to Hebrew and 
Oriental learning ; and also among others who had been led on by his 
example and instructed by his labours ; it would -have been strange 
indeed, had. there arisen none to penetrate further than he into some of 
the various departments and recesses of Hebrew philology. And it was 
"perhaps, i in our days, a singular merit in Gesenius, that he was among 
Ἧ _ the first to admit and adopt, with full acknowledgment, every valuable 


A aie 
i= 


ἢ 





' 


_ result which would bear examination, however contrary it might be to 


‘personal observation and an impartial examination of the researches 


the present state of the study and interpretation of the Bible, and 


grammar of the Old Testament stand upon a higher step of scientific 


principles ; and the successive issue of six editions testifies to the spirit 


γι PREFACE, 


¥ ᾿ 
suggestion, from whatever quarter it might come; and also every — 





his own previous views. The following sentence is doubtless a fair and ; 
candid exposition of his creed and practice on this point : ‘‘ Unwearied — 


of others ; the grateful admission and adoption of every real advance — 
and illustration of science ; but also a manly foresight and caution, — 
which does not with eager levity adopt every novelty thrown out in — 
haste and from the love of innovation ; all these must go hand in hand, — 
wherever scientific truth is to be successfully promoted.”* To the — 
sincerity of this language the following pages bear ample testimony, as _ 
do all his later works, in the frequent references and ackiew et Ἧ 
to the works of Winer, Ewald, and others. 

If therefore it be true, that others have in various respects made 
advances upon the saztibe works of Gesenius, it may be said without 
hesitation, that these advances bear no proportion to those which he 
made upon himself, in the present work as compared with former — 
editions of his Manual, and in the later numbers of the Thesaurus as — 
compared with the first. 

The master of a wide and useful movement in the human mind has 
now for twelve years been removed from the sphere of hfs labours ; but 
those labours and their fruits live, and will long live, after him. Let 


especially of the Old Testament, be compared with what it was forty 
years ago, when Gesenius commenced his career, and it will be seen 
that in no department of theological or philological learning has the 
advance been more rapid and great. The study of the Hebrew Scrip- 
tures is no longer an isolated pursuit, repulsive from the want of scien- 
tific helps, and the jargon of unmeaning technical terms, Indeed, it 
may be safely affirmed, that, at the present day, the lexicography and 


philology, than do those of the New.y 

Out of Germany and Denmark, the influence of this movement in 
behalf of the Hebrew has been perhaps most perceptible in this western 
hemisphere. The good sense and ardour of Prof. Stuart early led him 
to adopt the philological principles and results of Gesenius, and to apply 
them zealously and successfully in the wide field of his own labour. 
His Hebrew Grammar, first published in 1821, was founded on those” 


awakened, and the results produced, by his efforts in this department 


* Pref. to Heb. Gram. edit. 11, p. 7. © 
+ For a fuller account of the life, character, and labours of Gesenius, the reader is 
weferred to the Bratiotneca Sacra, 1848, p. 361 sq. 


es 


PREFACE, ime Vil 































heology. This was followed in 1824 by Prof. Gibbs’ translation of 
ὁ Hebrew and German Manual of Gesenius, which removed many of 
e difficulties still remaining in the way of the student. The publica- 
n of Hahn’s Hebrew Bible in 1831, and the Latin Manual of Gesenius 
πὶ 833, furnished great additional ἜΗΝ ; and large numbers of both 
ἘΞΗ͂Ν were constantly imported. The translation of this Manual 
by b itie writer first appeared in 1836, in an edition of three thousand 
ὧν - which were all sold at the end of six years. The later editions 
omprised six thousand additional copies. Meanwhile the public received 
the excellent Hebrew Grammar of Nordheimer in two volumes, 1839-41, 
f which the first volume was reprinted ; and likewise Prof. Conant’s 
translation of Gesenius’ Hebrew Grammar, Bost. 1839, Lond. 1840. Of 
this last a new edition, revised and conformed to the seventeenth edition 
of the original, as published by Roediger, is speedily to appear. 
_ When it became necessary in 1841 to prepare a second edition of 
the present work, Gesenius wrote proposing to furnish his own correc- 
tions and additions, made during an interval of several years while 
ca rrying at least four fascici#li of his Thesaurus through the press. 
6 arrangement was entered into ; and the corrected copy of the first 
* ortion of the Latin Manual, bstehdiag to the end of the letter Heth 
(nm), was transmitted in pill 1842. It was a transcript of his own 
‘copy prepared for a new edition of the same work, which he expected to 
put to press near the close of the same year. The portion sent covers 
nearly the whole of the first two fasciculi of the Thesaurus, which were 
‘completed in 1827 and 1835; and comprises all his emendations to 
those two earliest parts of his great work. With these his own revision 
of the Manual ceased. The remainder of the copy was received after 
his death. It contained, however, for the most part, only short hints 
anc references, noted down by the Author for future use ; but not 
wre pent out by him and incorporated into the work. ‘The labour 
therefore devolved upon the Translator of carrying out the remainder 
of ἊΝ Lexicon in the same spirit, by conforming it to the latest views 
ithe Author as exhibited in the Thesaurus. Under these circum- 
! ΠΝ it is a gratifying fact, that the Author was spared to revise just Ὁ 
: those earliest portions of the arr which stood most in need of correc- 
a tion, and as to which there is yet no printed record of his latest views ; 
᾿ hile ; in the remaining portion, the Translator had only to follow those 
Parts of the Thesaurus which had recently appeared, and of course 
required comparatively very little correction. His effort was to make 
_ the new edition a condensed copy of that great work ; and perhaps the 
_ conformity is most complete in those portions not revised by the Author | 
himself. A large number of the articles, especially the most important, 
. had to be entirely es eas 





Vill PREFACE, 







In preparing for a third edition, as the author of the Thesau 
now rested from his labours, and the completion of that work δε. 
Roediger was supposed to be near at hand, the publishers concluded to 
stereotype the present volume, and tps give it a more correct and — 
permanent form. This was accordingly done, as far as to p. 1032 | 
inclusive ; with the exception of pages 623-634, But the expected — 
final τὼν not having appeared, the remaining pages of the third and 
fourth editions, in 1849 and 1850, were issued in letter-press. = 

In the final revision for the plates of the third edition, the Trans- 
lator made numerous, minor corrections ; and occasionally added new — 
information from later sources ; the latter always preceded by a bracket, — 
and followed by the letter 2. The most important change of this kind — 
was in the article "9, Great care was taken to secure the utmost 
correctness. The pages were first read over by Mr. W. W. Turner, — 
the extent and accuracy of whose learning, as a Hebrew scholar and — 
general philologist, are well known ; and the last proofs always passed — 
under my own eye, and were laboriously compared throughout with the — 
originals. Various corrections in the work itself, and much of the mi- — 
nute filing, were contributed by Mr. Turner ; and occasionally a remark — 
added at his suggestion is distinguished by the letter 7'—The errors 
since discovered during the five years in which the volume has been in 
use, have been mostly corrected in the plates, A few corrections and 
some additions, which could not well be made in the plates, are given 
in the ries 

From various unforeseen causes, the sixth Part of the Thesaurus, 
prepared by Roediger, was not published until 1853, nearly eleven 
years after the decease of Gesenius. This Part completes the Text of 
the Thesaurus ; and shows in itself throughout, that the work could 
not have been entrusted to abler hands. The leading features of the 
_ preceding portion of the work are of course, retained ; though the coms 
parison of the Indo-European tongues is somewhat less prominent. 
The general tone of the investigations manifests perhaps a deeper 
philosophical spirit. τ 
| In now completing the present volume in its permanent fone in 

accordance with this concluding Part of the Thesaurus, the Translator 
has only followed out the same principles as in the fnan portion. The 
more important articles have all been rewritten ; while most of the 
‘others, have been corrected and enlarged. . For κὐὰ accuracy of the 
printing in these pages, he alone is responsible-—The great effort of the 
Translator has at all times been, to make the work a condensed and 
faithful transcript of the latest views and labours of its distinguished 
Authors, as comprised 1 in the pages of the Thesaurus. 
Indeed, it is not too much to say, that the present volume exhibits 





ΟΡΒΕΕΑΟΘΕ, ix 


































᾿ only full summary of the latest labours and results of Gesenius in 
ie department of Hebrew Lexicography. No other work yet pub- 
shed, of whatever pretensions, not even the later edition of the Latin 
anual itself, bears a like close relation to the Thesaurus and to the 
ter views and corrections of its Author. 
ἢ “The beginning of Part VI, published by Roediger, corresponds with 
16 oe of p. 1033 of this work ; but the subsequent pages by no 
eans cover merely the same ground with that Part. The order of the 
aurus is etymological ; that of the Lexicon, alphabetical. Hence 
6 Part in question comprises only those roots whith come after 120, 
ith their derivatives. But in the present volume, many of these Aastve 
: es are found under the letter 2, pp. 623-634; while, on the other 
and, a large proportion of the articles under the letter m are derived 
rom roots which occur before "2a. These last, of course, were all 
repared by Gesenius.— Wherever the name of Gesenius appears in the 
xt, the citation of it is by Roediger. 
The preparation and printing of the Thesaurus were thus spread 
it over more than a quarter of a century. In the long period of his 
wn labours, as is said above, the principal Author made constant pro- 
re 5. in his studies ; and thus naturally was led to change his views 
ἢ various points. In respect to new expositions of various passages, 
; hich Gesenius had formerly been led to propose, it was his own 
ut ark, that the older he grew the more he was inclined to return in 
fery many cases to the long-received methods of interpretation. He 
s often done so in the later portions of the Thesaurus, as compared. 
ith the first two Parts ; and these changes are incorporated in the 
sent volume, partly from his own pen. Occasionally, Roediger also 
5. given an exposition of a particular passage, differing from a pre- 
‘ ling one by Gesenius. Hence, in a few instances, the same passage 
vill be found differently explained in different parts of the work. In 
a4 of these cases, if not in all, a reference is made from one place to 
5 other, either in the text or in the Addenda. | 
The Translator has added nothing of his own ; except an occasional 
remark or reference, always with his signature. Nothing more seemed 
to be necessary ; since the work is purely philological, and rarely pre- 
sents an allusion to theological views, 


1 


“1 


E. ROBINSON. 


- Union Tueonocican SEMINARY, 
New-York, October, 1854. 


: s 





FOR THE STUDENT. . aor 





The following are the full Titles of works by the Author (and one by the 


Translator) often referred to in the following pages : ἃ 
"ἢ 
Thesaur. i, e. Thesaurus Philologicus criticus Lingue Hebree et Chaldee V. τ 
See Pref. p. iii, iv. ΐ 
Lehrgebdude der Hebritischen Sprache, Leipz. 1817. v 
Hebriische Grammatik, 14th edition, revised by Roediger, Leipz 
1845. English, with the same divisions, Hebrew Grammar, etc. 
by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847; also by T. J. Conant, New-York, — 
1847.—The same work, 17th edition, Leipz. 1854. English. 
by T. J. Conant, New-York, 1854. 
Gesch. der Heb. Spr. “ Geschichte der Hebrdischen Sprache wnd Schrift, Leipz. 1815. 
Comment. on Is. . “ δον Prophet Jesaia, iibersetzt und mit einem Commentar solitlel 
4 Theile, Leipz. 1820-21. The first Part, containing the Trans- 
lation, was reprinted separately in 1829. 
Monumm. Phen. “ Scripture Lingueque Pheniciea Monumenta quotquot euperunt, 
4to. Lips. 1837. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest.. “ Biblical Researches in Palestine, Mount Sinai, and Arabia Petra, 
by E. Rosiyson and E. Sura. 8 vols, Boston, 1841. Lond, 1841. 
The references to this work were made by Gesenius in : 
those parts of the Thesaurus and Manual prepared by him 
after its publication. In the other parts they have been 
added by the Translator.—A new and enlarged edition of this 
work is soon to appear 


Lehrgb. or Lgb. 
Heb. Gr. 








ADDENDA. 


The student is requested to mark the following Addenda in the proper places. 


Pa 2 27. col. 1, before Art. Wx add this article : 





32, 
38. 


ς 


( 
.Ψ 


mS, see M2108. ? 


2, 1.3 from hott. for ‘ q. d. etc.’ read: 
himself. 

1, 1. 25sq. read: ksatrapa, pr. protector (representative) of the regal 
power, viceroy ; Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. p. 18. 

1,1. 6 from bott. read: khysyarsé, rex pius, Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d. 
Morgenl. VI. p. 124. It is certain, etc. 


lit. soothes it, keeps it within 


2, 1. 3 from bott. after to say; add: but see in "2% II. Note.’ Comp. 
2, 1. 3, add at the end: See more inr. p23. 

1,1. 15, after 166, add: Irby and Mangles p. 478. 

2, bott. after [41]. add: In ν. 6 [21] written ἈΝ q. v. 

1, 1. 22, for come among us, read: fall upon us round about. 

1, 1. 20, for wounded, read: hurt, broken ; 

1,1. 2, for Keri, read: Kethibh ; 

1, 1. 16 from bott. dele : Nah. 2, 3. 

1, |. 3 from bott. add: See τ. δ Hiph. p. 1102. 

2 


, after Art. "25"3 add this article: 
M24 (garden, τ. 123) Ginath, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16, 21. 22. 
1, 1. 12, read: to speak; see more in r. "721 II. Note. 
2, before Art. M115 add this article : 
DN'I14, see in "357. 


2, 1. 4 from bott. after other. add: But see in r. 3" no. 1. 
9.1. 11 from bott. add: See Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p. 684. 

1, 1. 7 from bott. after m. add: emphat. ἐς ΒΌΤΙ, 

1, 1. 15 from bott. dele: Zech. 10, 11. 


1, 1. 13 from bott. read: In two places only it is spoken of the Eu- 
phrates, Zech. 10, 11. Dan. 12, 5. 6. 7. 
1, 1. 20, before 1. add: ‘aleo "BD Job 38, 29. 
‘ before Art. pp add this article : . ᾿ 
“DD, see “BD. 
2, 1. 3, and of the line, add: Russell’s Aleppo I. p. 76. Biblioth. Sac. 
1848. p. 473. 
1, 1. 16 from bott. before d) add: Also of the Holy Land, Jer. 2, 7. 
16. 18. Ps. 79, 1. Ex. 15, 7. 
2, before Art. 0°2"¥ add this article: 
JZ Chald. m. constr. 4°; plur. }°299, constr. "299; an eye, κα 
Heb. Ezra 5, 5. Dan. 4, 31. 7, 8. 20. 
2, after Art. ΒΞ Ὁ add this article : ‘ 
minay, see MiDnw. 





oy Ἐκ 4 
δὰ τὰ" 
ἀμ A 
on 7: / 
ὲ » > 
Ἢ 
‘ ᾿ς 
ry 
















~ AGDBEGHA 


\ abled gaiwohal ait Haan 6} be! it ae PY J 
* 4 a A 


} 


; FS ae ᾿ 
ΣΤ aid Ὁ} AF . A, yt 
. ry, 


' ° f, ¢ 3 ΕῚ " εἰ , \ 5" 
Mose ΒΥ “Sats .b op’ ΟΣ “οὐ noite 


fa PEt RAGES aie when ‘HY ΠῚ το δὰ cob φᾷς ἣν se 
mi ἘΦ 
ἔ a5 ΜῈ αὶ Ὁ Adela of ded + yorgnie Tee 
oa do if Pond a ἀντ Suk hari s Gants ρον pie ‘7 

} fa) tes” a 


r 4 ᾿ 
bh lett | ant Te 
Rd Be ΚΟ As Vk Bh Ὁ tet ΕΠ +e 
















ae ton itt Ri ΤΠ Soe 00. bbb ἡ pte γῇ ita, εἰ “Γ τῶν ὃ. 
: ; wee Ga σι ας: ΘΟ ΟΝ 
: eg ph ine Mince Lind ae hoe ΠΕ νον OF 
5 Pee WOU i LP als ΣΑΤΟ, otto 
ΕἾΝ 7, if che Saye Tak Aa ae! ὍΝ iy oe ros oe a as, a, ‘AnD Εὖ Ww 
ar % a oad: chee tal bio ee 
% ~ Pay la Piast ν᾿ Ait i): ΔΑ ͵ 
ts Babes Tas ban ene ‘ah 
; REED tg wiki iba ἐπε Dhar odie fe, 


ae my tee i eee ~ . | lars ted if Cot νον br Ay! 7 
Re fe «i y rt Pad Γι Ry νον "νος ee om Me. . ἀν 
ΩΣ tL tee SP | "δε ea Pit Pee: τῶν et ἢ 


7, » δ, a .- PTA eo ΝΑ. »»- 
ἀμ» Δ. Ἀρπιρδρον BR 33 


Ge yen 
: Δ ᾿ ΕΣ aoe δὲν ΘᾺ ι we τε 
Pe! CEA fo OT  ΑΔΎΜΝΗ ἃ > ΤΣ 


τ δὶ Aout ἐῤὰν Ve 
Bh but, sinha 
4 pi. F cero eae 
gies she 


amy pe ne ee (le ae 


spies (ἢ = 
sel rh ee Daas £ 3 
and AE BLS ao 
Jpn mays Ὧδ0 ΠΣ be ἜΝ h satel io - “te Of Af; 
» fe he ite i. Ra oe 4 23 Se 

ἀν Bh Mr εσδις ee : 
ae ie tp λα Line ΝΣ Be 
3 CRE WHS ἃ ἃ πὸ ao) 
πῇ abok tte lilt phe ree ἿΝ δαὶ 


18 ΡΝ felt Ὁ sath 





ae 


"dee ΑΨ Ἢ 


‘with one another. 
later Hebrew for the common ΠΝ; A738 








Tue name Aleph, like those of the 
other letters, is of Phenician origin, and 
signifies o2, bullock, i. q. Heb. 528. So 
Plutarch. Quest. Sympos. IX. 2: Aleph 
as put before the other letters διὰ τοὺς 
Φοίνικας οὕτω καλεῖν τὸν βοῦν. The 
name is derived from the form of this 
lecter in the most ancient alphabet, re- 
presenting the rude outline of a bullock’s 
nead, still found in the remains of the 
Phenician dialect: 227 JK- Asa 
numeral it denotes wnity or 1; and with 
two points above (δ), 1000. 

Of all the Hebrew gutturals Aleph 
has the softest pronunciation, being ut- 
tered with a slight breathing from the 
throat or rather lungs, like the Greek 
spiritus lenis, and the French A in habit, 


homine, which we are apt to neglect, 


because we cannot vive them correctly. 
And since by a sort of common usage in 
languages, especially in those of the 
Semitic family, (comp. Ewald in Heb. 
Gram. § 31,) the stronger and harsher 
letters in the course of time become by 
degrees softened and give place to 
smoother ones, we hence see why in 
Aramean, in the later Hebrew, and in 
Arabic, the stronger gutturals “ and > 
are softened into ὃ. E. g. >upnn, 
Vet; Dep, Sei, eps; ey 
Jer. 52, 15 for 7124 multitude, etc. 
But, vice versa, δὲ sometimes passes 
over into ™ and 3; and in general, 
these letters, being very similar in pro- 
nunciation, are very often interchanged 
Comp. 377 in the 


po” 
ear of grain, comp. Syr. bao tower ; 
ΠΝΞ and M2, MN> and 492; 4150. ΔΝ 
and Da to ber sad ; sax and May to. turn 
(both of then also in Ethiopic) ; ; PSA and 
1 





553 to pollute ; 2 and 39m to abhor; 
N23 and 323 to suck in, to drink; o&MB 
suddenly, from ΣῺΒ a moment, etc. — 

Where Aleph is to be still more soft- 
ened, it passes over into the quiescents Ὁ 
and *, as 38% and 711 to make one; 28 
wa’ to learn; O84, 07, buffalo; Wa 
for “δὰ a well. Hence it comes, that | 
many verbs NB accord in signification — 
with verbs 59, comp. Heb. Gr. § 76. 25 
e.g. WIN and wis; Won, Syr. .Δἢ , to be 
sick. 

In respect to the forms of words it may 
be notea: a) That & without a vowel at 
the beginning of a word is often dropped 
by apheresis, as 52728, 1372, we; ΘΝ, 
later “ὥ, who, which, whats ny and 4m 
one, Ez. 33, 30; o°On dis DIONT 
Ecce. 4, 14; comp. Lehrgeb. p- 135, 136. 
b) But alao at the beginning of ἐρόνημοι a 
prosthetic & is often prefixed, comp. 
Lehrgeb. p. 139. See ΣΝ, D°DIN, 
MSiasax, IDTIN. This is done chiefly, 
where a word otherwise begins with two 
consonants separated in’ pronunciation 
only by a movable Sheva, as 3571 , ΣῪΝ. 
the arm; >>Wx Aram. bis. deanna (in 
which both forms occur) ; ; also TMiMBN for 
mine progeny; "3% for 773 the fist; 
ray for 12) a gift; STON for 5132 false. 
Comp. Gr. χϑές and. ἐχϑές yesterday 
and also similar examples in the transi- 
tion from Latin to French, as spiritus 
esprit ; status, état. In the Syriac man- 
ner δ is also added before the letter ἢ; 
as "3 and "Ws Jesse, 1 Chr. 2, 12. 


* SN im. constr. "AN, ὁ. suff, "38 
73, ἘΞ3Ὲ , 1 pers. "aN (from 53); 
Plur. miax, γι μαρία niss, c. suff. "Max 
pa"max, ΒΞ and Onna , father. 
It isa pennitive word, see πρὸς and is 
common toall the Semitic diatoutas Arab 


ς 
? 9 2 2? - δ ὦ ἢ ε 
a 8 Ys δαλὸν ὦ 8 
» > ὁ y 2s beget πὰς ἘΝ € υ τιν ὶ 
ae “eles δὺ» ἃ © ) 9004 - 


.» 
as @ 


5 = 9F. Ss fF 
WI, constr. oof, isl (91, Chald. and 


Syr. NB, fof, 

1. In a proper sense, Gen. 19, 31 sq. 
44,19. 20. al. sepiss.—But tue word 
father often has a wider sense ;, see 
Fesselii Adv. Sacra VI. 6. E. g. 

2. i. q. forefather, ancestor, 1 K. 15,11, 
2K. 14, 3. 15, 38. 16, 2. al. Εἰ. g.agrand- 

father, Gen. 28, 13. 31, 42. 32, 10. 37, 35; 
a great-grandfather, Num. 18, 1.2. 1K. 
15,11.24.al. Is. 43,27 SOM FORID WSN 
collect. thy first forefathers sinned.— 
Very frequent in Plur. miss fathers, 
i. 8. forefathers, Gen. 15,15. Ps. 45,17.— 
For the phrase ΓΞ το FON2, see un- 
der FON. | 

3. i. gq. the founder, author, i. e. first 
ancestor of a tribe or nation, Gen. 10, 21. 
17, 4. 5. 19, 37. 36, 9. 43. Josh. 24, 3.— 
Here we may refer Gen. 4, 21 the fa- 
ther of all such as handle the harp and 
the pipe, ie. the founder of the family 
of musicians, the inventor of the art of 
music. 

4. Of the author or maker of any 
thing, espec. a creator ; Job 38, 28 hath 
the rain a father? i.e. creator. In this 
sense God is called the father of men, 
their Creator, Is. 63, 16. 64,7. Deut. 32, 
6; comp. Jer. 2, 27.—Here too may be 
referred Job 34, 36 388 7727 738, Vulg. 
mi pater, probetur Jobus, i.e. my Father, 
let Job be tried; but the sense is lan- 
guid. Others not unaptly make "8 i. q. 
“a8 wo! 

The above tropical senses come from 
the notion of source, origin ; others are 
drawn from the idea of paternal love and 
care, the honour due to a father, etc. E.g. 

5. ig. a nursing-father, benefactor, as 
doing good and providing for others in 
the manner ofa father. Job 29, 16 Iwas 
a father to the poor. Ps. 68, 6 ἃ father 
io the fatherless. 1s. 22,21 a father to 
the inhabitants of Jerusalem, spoken of 
Eliakim the prefect of the palace. Is. 
9,5 19 "ay the everlasting father of his 
people, i.e. the Messiah ; comp. pater 
patria among the Romans. By the 
same metaphor God is called the father 
of the righteous and of kings, and these 
also are called his sons, 2 Sam. 7, 14. 
1 Chr. 17, 13. 22, 10. Ps. 89, 27. 25. 

6. For a master, teacher, from the idea 





=N 


of paternal instruction, 1 Sam. 10, 12 
Hence priests and prophets, as teachen 
sent with divine authority, are saluted 
with the title of father, out of respect 
and hcnour, even by kings, 2 K. 2, 12. 5, 
13. 6, 21. 13, 14. (comp. 8, 9.) Judg. 17,10 


be unto me a father and a priest. 18,19.— 


So the Rabbins are called Minx fathers ; 
much as we use the honorary appellation 
of fathers of the church, the holy father 
i. e. the pope. 

7. Spec. father of the king, in a similar 
sense, i. e. his chief adviser and prime 


minister, whom the modern orientals call 


Vizier. Gen. 45,8 3952 ΣΝ 5 "337073 
and hath made me a father to Pharaoh. 
So Haman is said to be δεύτερος πατήρ 
to Artaxerxes, Sept. Esth. 3,13; comp. 
1 Mace. 11, 32. Comp. also Turkish 
Isls} Atadek, father-prince, and Lala 
father, spoken of the Vizier; see Ja 
blonsky Opusc. ed. te Water, T. I. p. 206. 
Barhebrei Chron. Syr. p. 219. 1. 15.— 
Some of the ancient interpreters uit 
derstand the same by the word 7738 
Gen. 41, 43; explaining it father of the 
king, or of the land, kingdom ; so Luther. 

8. Asexpressing intimate relationship, 
close alliance. Job 17,14 "M83p ΓΙῸ 
ΠΩΣ "ax to the grave I said, thou art 
my father ; and in the other hemistich, 
to the worm, thou art my mother and 
my sister ; comp. Ps. 88, 19. 

9. In Arab. and Ethiopic, the name 
father is also put trop. for possessor, and 
is spoken of one who excels in any thing, 
and is distinguished for it, 6. g. La ‘ 
father of odours, i. e. an odoriferous tree. 
So in Heb. only in pr. names, e. g. 
nibwax father of peace, i. Θ. pacific. 

Nore. The grammatical form of this 
noun may be said to follow the analogy 
of verbs ΠΡ, as if for N38, Lehrg. ὃ 118. 
Still it'1s no doubt primitive; since 
both 2% father and ἘΝ mother imitate 
the simplest labial sounds of the infant; 


as also πάπας (παππάξω), papa, Pappus. — 


avus, Turk. sLs.—Besides the usual 
form of the constr. "2% there is also 
an ancient form 38, oralso 38, (like 77, 


b2t",) found only in compound proper © 


names, as HITS, DIAN, “HIS; al- 
though even in these the form "38 is also 
often employed, as 722738, “"YS73%. 


SS 


| Once in Gen. 17,4. 5, the form 38 stands 
a , in ordtér to render the etymology 
3 of cn738 more distinct and obvious. 


ay ᾿ BS Chald. m. 6. suff. 1 pers. "38; F338, 
ae SAAN ; plur. j738, the letter 4 being 
inserted (comp. m9), father, i. q. Heb. 
38, Dan. 2, 23. Ezra 4, 15. 5,12." Perh. 
Ay, Seal Seandéather, Dan. 5, 2. 


































BN m. (τ. 535) greenness, green, ver- 
% dure, of a plant. Job 8, 12 taxa ΣΤῚΣ 
_ while yet in its greenness, i. e. yet gréen 
and flourishing. Cant. 6,11 >m2m “aN 
the greens (green things) of the valley ; 
-“Vulg. poe after the Chaldee usage. 


> Arab. ὯΙ green fodder. 


38 Chald. (τ. 228) fruit, c. suff. F228, 
the Dag. forte being resolved into Nun, 
Dan. 4,9.11.18. In Targg. often for "72. 


g * 228 in Heb. not used; Chald. Pa. 
33% to bear fruit, espec. early ripe, pre- 
éocious fruit. Syr. 25a to blossom. In 


_ Arab. and Heb. it seems to have signifi- 
ed to be green, verdant, to sprout, etc. see 
_ the deriv. 38 greenness, 3°38 green ear. 
_ The primary idea would seem to be that 
_ of protruding, sprouting with impetus, 
comp. Engl. to burst forth, to shoot, 
Germ. treiben, whence =8 pr. young 
_ shoots; so as to have affinity with the 
roots M3N, 387, 258, which express de- 
sire, eager impulse ; see 308. 


_ ΔΑΝ Abagtha, Pers. pr. ἢ. of a eu- 

nuch of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10.—It seems to 
_ bei. ᾳ. 823, and may be explained from 
the Sanser. bagaddta ‘a fortuna datus’ ; 
_ from baga fortune, the sun. (Bohlen.) 


᾿ Tak fut. 32N°, and at the end of a 
clause 728°. 

1. Prop. io lose onesei~ to be lost, to 
_ wander about, espec. of a sueep wander- 


: £ 
_ ing from the flock and lost; Arab. dof to 
flee away wild into the desert, to lose 
_ oneselfin the waste. So 728 My a sheep 
lost and wandering, Ps. 119,176; comp. 
Jer. 50, 6. Ez. 34, 4. 16. Of men, Is. 
| 27,13 οὖν POND OMTIRA who are lost 
_ in the land of Assyria, i. e. wander as 
exiles. Deut. 26. 5 738 "28 a wander- 
_ ing Syrian. Also of things e. g. of 
streams which lose themselv+s in the 





ἽΝ 


desert, Job 6, 18. Metaph. of wisdom 
become extinct, Is. 29, 14.—Hence 

2. to perish, to be destroyed; Syr. 
Samar. id. The Arabic in this sense 


has the kindr. SU. Spoken of persons 
and other living things as perishing, Ps. 
37, 20. Job 4,11; sometimes with >>" 
V287 Deut. 4, 26. 11, 17. Josh. 23, 13. 16. 
Also of a land or houses which are laid 
waste, Jer. 9,11. Am. 3,15. Metaph. of 
hope, desires, vows, as failing, being dis- 
appointed, Ps. 9,19. 112, 10. Prov. 10, 28. 
11, 7. Ez. 12, 22. Cetin: with > ofpers. 
1 Sau. 9, 3. 20 ; seq. 12 Deut. 22, 3. Job 
11, 20 ἘΠΕ ἼΞΝ O12 their refi per- 
isheth. Jer. 25, 35. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 7, 26 
D.PIA HXS ἹΠΞῸ INN on the law 
shall perish from the priest and counsel 
from the aged, i. e. shall forsake them, 
comp. Jer. 18, 18. 49,7. Hence Deut. 
32, 28 mis> ἼΞΝ 5 a nation whose 
counsel is perished, void of counsel, Vuig. 
consilit expers. Jer. 4, 9 727m 3b TaN 
the heart of the king shall perish, i. e. for 
fear and terror. Job 8, 13 525 mpm} 
ἼΞΝ and [so] shall the hope of the im- 
pious man perish. Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10. 
Prov. 10, 28. 

3. to be ready to perish, i. e. to be 
wretched, miserable. Part. 738 one 
wretched, miserable, unfortunate, Joh 
29, 13. 31, 19. Prov. 31, 6. 

Piru 7238 1. to lose, pr. to let be lost, 
to give up as lost, Ecc. 3, 6. 

2. to make wander, to scatter a flock, 
Jer. 23, 1. 

3. to cause to perish, to destroy ; Ecc. 
7,7 Mima =b-rx ἼΞΝ a gift destroyeth 
i.e. corrupteth the mind. Seq. 72, to de- 
stroy out of any thing, Jer. 51, 55.—Spec. 
a) Of things, to destroy, to log waste, 9 Κα. 
19, 18. Num. 33, 52. Deut. 12,2. jin TaN Ὁ 
to waste one’s substance, Prov. 29, 8. b) 
Of men, to destroy, to kill, to put to death, 
Esth. 3, 9. 13. 2 K. 11, 1. 13, 7. 

Hipu. 7"3Nr3 i. q. Pi. to destroy, to cut 
off, as men and nations, Deut. 7, 10. 8, 20; 
sometimes with the addition of, oon 32 
Lev. 23, 30; ὉΠ mons Deut. ἢ; 24 ; 
also of a fant to lay waste, Zeph. 5. Bis 
of hope, Job 14, 19—-Very rarely the 
quiescent δὲ in 1 pers. fut. is dropped, as 
Ma for MMAXS Jer. 46, 8. 

Deriv. 28—738. 


‘TaN 


TAN Chald. fut. 1282, to perish, Jer. 
10, 11. 

Apu: S250, fut. 2304, inf MIDIN, to 
destroy, to cut off, Dan. 2, 12. 18, 24.— 
Horr. 7255, after the Heb. manner, 
Dan. 7, 11. 


“TaN om. 1. one wretched, unfortu- 
nate ; see r. T3X no. 3. 

2. Participial noun, destruction, Num. 
24, 20. 24. See Lehrg. p. 488. 


MIAN f. (Tseri impure) 1. @ thing 
lost, ‘something missing, Ex. 22, 8. Lev. 
5, 22. 23. 

2.1. yg. ὙΠ place of destruction, 
abyss, 1. 6. Sheol, Hades, Prov. 27, 20 
Chethibh. 


FIIAN m. 1. destruction, Job 31, 12. 

2. place of destruction, abyss, nearly 
synon. with ΘΝ Ὁ, Job 26, 6. 28, 22. Prov. 
15, 11. 


- Ὑ 738 m. verbal of Piel for 758 , hence 
without Dag. lene in 7, destruction, 
slaughter, Esth. 9, 5. 


TI38 constr. 
death, Esth. 8, 6. 


ria fut. M3N", pr. to breathe after, 
to desire ; ; comp. the kindred roots MN, 
S87, SNM, also. S48, 320, Lat. pa ς 
Hence 
1. to he willing, inclined, disposed ; to 
will, always with a negative partic. ex- 
cept Is. 1, 19. Job 39,9. Constr. c. infin. 
either simpl. Deut. 2, 30. 10, 10. 25, 7. Is. 
30, 9; or with 5, which however be- 
longs rather to prose, Lev. 26, 21.2 Sam. 
13, 14. 16. Exod. 10, 27 ena ISN ND 
he would not let pee go. Job 39, 9 
WISP B77 MINT will the buffalo be will- 


jay id. destruction 


_ ing to serve thee? Also c. ace. Prov. 1 


25; absol. Is. 1,19 crests ἡ ἘΝ if 
ye be willing ‘anal obedient, lit. if ye con- 
sent and obey ; see in by Hiph. no. 2. 
Prov. 1, 10. With dat. of pers. to be 
willing towards any one, willing-mind- 
ed, to obey (often with synon. > 372%), 
Ps, 81, 12. Deut. 13, 9. Prov. 1, 30. 

2. to desire, i. e. to want, to need, a 
signif. found in the Jorivatives "ISN, 
VSN. Mss. 

Nore. In Arabic this verb has the 
sense to be unwilling, to refuse, to loathe, 
corresponding to Heb. tax 8>. But this 


A. 





ἽΝ 


must not be regarded as a contrary sig- * 
nification ; since the idea of inclining, 
which in Heb. implies towards any one, 
expressing good will, Germ. Zuneigung, 
is in Arabic merely referred to the oppo- 
site direction, i. 6. from or against any 


one, expressing ill will,Germ. Aba tigung, — 
£ 


᾿ . . ἮΝ τῶ 
i. e. aversion, loathing; whence se 


stinking swamp-water, pr. loathsome, 


S$ os 
δει9} a reed growing in marshes, bul- 
rush ; comp. B38, ji73N. 

Dariy: Tsk, ‘and those under no. 2. 


MAN m. reed, bulrush, papyrus, i. q. 


S$ of s 
Arab. §=(5f, collect. 86}, see r. Fam 
note ; although the-Heb. word might 
come from the notion of a reed with its 
top inclined, bowed down, comp. Is.. 
58, 5.—Once ‘Job 9, 26 ASX MPN skiffs 
of reed, i. e. boats or skiffs made of the 
papyrus of the Nile, in common use 
among the Egyptians and Ethiopians, 
and famous for their lightness and swift- 
ness ; see Comment. on Is. 18,2. Others 
translate ships of desire, i. e. hasting 
with eager desire to the haven, Symm. 
γαυσὶ σπευδούσαις. The reading M358, 
which is exhibited in 44 Mss. is doubt- 
less to be pronounced ΓΞ, an” ‘o be 
explained of hostile or robber-s-hips, 
which likewise sail swiftly ; this σ᾽ 7esa 
very good parallelism to the eagle in the 
other hemistich pouncing upon his prey. 
So the Syr. The same sense would also 
be expressed by the common reading, if 
for 738 it were written M3. 


“IAN τη. (r. 738 no. 2) want, poverty, 
wretchedness, once Prov. 23 29; after the 
form ΞΡ, prob, for the wale of paro- 
nomasia with the words "i% and “in, 
comp. Lehrg. p. 374 note 7, and Is. 15, 
4. 17, 1. 59, 13. So Abulwalid whom 
we do not hesitate to follow.—Kimchi, 
who is followed by most interpreters, 
makes it an exclamation of pain, O! wo! 
like “ix and “nm. Comp. Gr. αἰβοῖ. 
Arist. Pac. 1066. 

DOIN m. (τ. 028) by Syriasm for 
DAS , wihenes constr. D°=8 Is. 1,3; plur. 
ΟΝ a stall, stable, barn, whan cat- 
tle are fed Job 39, 9; and fodder stored 
Prov. 14,4. The signif. stall is also ap- 
propriate in Is.1,3; where however Sept. 


see 713537728. 


MoON 


and Vulg. render presepe, i. 6. crib, 


manger, which both here and in Job 
1. c. is agi! less apt and probable. Comp. 


Arab. ἘΝῚ Chald. 87"5x, stall and crib. 
So ΟἿΣΝ is also used in the Talmud. 


ΤΕΣ ἃ root of doubtful signif: perh. 
i. gq. 928, 725, to turn, to turn about. 
Hence 


WARS f. once, Ez. 21, 20 23 rnax 
a turning of the sword, i. e. a sword 
turning itself, perh. glittering, i. gq. 294M 
ΤΞΕΓΙ Gen. 3, 24. But more proba- 
bly it should here read: 34M ΓΞ the 
slaughter of the sword; and this con- 
jecture is supported by the Sept. σφάγια 
ῥομφαίας, Chald. 829% *24p, and the 
words of the text which follow, ah ! it is 
made bright, it is sharpened for slaugh- 
ter, M30; comp. v. 14.15. The Greek 


words σφάγιον, σφαγή, are elsewhere 
often put for the Heb. 929, 730, M30. 


press (τ. mua, by transp. for 
nav to cook) m. plur. melons, 


ae | 


ee 11, ὡς Per reponenag is Arab. 
2 by transp. for 2 Ὁ from ὦ 


to debe to ripen ; like δι 1 πέπων Sia 
squash, from zé1tw, comp. >62. The 


Hebrews prefixed the prosthetic δὲ .— 


From the above Arabic word comes the 
Spanish budiecas, French pastéques. 


“BN pr. ἢ. f. Abi, the mother of Heze- 
kiah, 2K. 18,2. In the parallel passage 
2 Chr. 29, 1, she is called more fully and 


correctly 38%, which is also read in 
Some copies in 2 K. l. c. 


ἩΞ ΩΣ (father of strength, i. 6. 


strong, from r. whe prevaluit) Abi- 
_albon, pr. n. of one of David’s officers, 


2 Sam. 23, 31; called also >8°38 1 Chr. 
11, 32. 


DMAN (father .of strength, 1. 6. 
strong) Abiel, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 32, 
b) The grandfather of 
king Saul, 1 Sam. 9,1. 14,51. In the 


Be nealocical table in 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39, 


Ner is said to have been the ceandinthar 
of Saul; but according to 2 Sam. 14, 5, 
fe was his uncle. The true descent was 


as follows: 
. 1* 





"SN 
Abiel 


Kish Ner 


| | 
Saul Abner. 


FON AN (father of gathering, i. e 
gatherer,) Abiasaph, pr. ἢ. of a Levite 
of the family of Korah, Ex. 6, 24; called 
also 0°38 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22. 9, 19. 


2°48 τὴ, (τ. 238) an ear of grain, a 
green ear, Lev. 2, 14. Ex. 9, 31 πο ὉΠ 
Ξη3 (3) the barley was in the ear; 
comp. for the syntax Cant. 2,13. win 
3°aN3 the month Abib, i. e. of green 
ears afterwards called 1052 Nisan, be- 
ginning with the new moon of April, or 
according to the Rabbins, of March; 
the first month of the Heb. year, Ex. 
13, 4. 23, 15. Deut. 16, 1. 


ὩΔΊ δ (whose father is exultation) 
Abigail, pr. n. f. a) The wife of Nabal 
and afterwards of David, 1 Sam. 25, 3.14; 
called also by contr. 53738 v. aa 2 Sam. 


-of 
3, 3 Cheth. Comp. Arab. al for οὖν! 
what? b) A sister of David, 1 Chr. 2 


16; called also 523 2 Sam. 17, 25. 


JPAR (father of the judge) Abidan, 
pr. ἢ. of a phylarch or chief of the tribe 


_ of Benjamin in the time of the exodus, 


Num. 1, 11. 2, 22. 


YAN (father of knowledge, i. e 
knowing, wise) Abidah, pr. n. of a son of 
Midian, Gen. 25, 4. 


PAN (i. g. 15°38 whose father is 
Jehovah) pr. n. Abijah. 

1, Masc. a) The second son of Sam- 
uel, 1 Sam. 8, 2. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 7, 8. c) 
1K.14,1. d) 1Chr. 24, 10. Neh. 10, 8. 
6) 1. ᾳ. 45°38 king of Judah, see the 
next article. 

2. Fem. 
MAR. ς 
WPAN (whose father is Jehovah) 
also AN (id.) pr. n. Abijah, king of 
Judah, son and successor of Rehoboam, 
2 Chr. 13,1 sq. In the books of Kings 
always written πΞ Abijam, 1 K. 14 
31. 15, 1. 7. 8,1. 6. father of the sea. vi 
maritimus. 


a) 1 Chr. 2,24. b) See in 


ἊΝ 


NWMAN (to whom He, i. 6. God, is 
father) pr. n. Abihu, a son of Aaron, 
slain by fire from God for offering un- 
lawful sacrifice, Lev. 10, 1 sq. 


THMAN (whose father is Judah, i. q. 
mA "aN) Abihud, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 3. 


ΘΓ (perh. for Don7aN) Abihail, 
pr.n.f. a) The wife of Rehoboam, 2 
Chr. 11,18. b) 1 Chr. 2, 29. 


FMA adj. (τ. MAN no. 2) 1. needy, 
poor, Deut. 15, 4.7.11. Sons of the 
needy, i. 6. the needy, the poor, Ps. 72, 
4; see ἽΞ no. 8. 

2. poor, i. 6. afflicted, distressed, 
wretched, often coupled with synon. "32. 
Ps. 40, 18 1138} 729 "281 and Iam poor 
and afflicted. 70, 6. 81, 1. 109, 22.—Spee. 
like "22, spoken of one who suffers un- 
justly, with the accessory idea of humble 
and pious feeling; whence in Am. 2, 6 
p(s and 77°38 are joined. Also of a 
whole people subjected to suffering and 
calamity, e. g. the Israelites in exile, Is. 
41,17; comv. 25,4. In the same sense 
the sect of the Ebionties adopted this 
name, as being οὗ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὧν 
ἐστιν ἢ Boorteld τῶν οὐρανῶν Matt. 5, 3. 


MIYPAN f. pr. desire, appetite, lust, from 
τ, IN no. 1; then the caper-berry, which 
is said to be a provocative of appetite and 
lust, Plut. Queest. Symp. 6. 2. Plin. H. 
N. 13. 23. ib. 20. 15. Once Kec. 12, 5. 
So Sept. Vulg. Syr. The Rabbins use 
the plur. }721738 not only for caper-ber- 
ries, but also for the small fruits or berries 
of other trees, as the myrtle, olive, etc. 


S {aN (father of might, :. q. mighty) 
Abihail, pr.n.m. a) Num. 3, 856. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 5,14. c) The father of Esther, 
Esth. 2, 15. 9, 29. 


J1O"AN (father of goodness) Abitub, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21. 


Su7aN (whose father is the dew) Abi- 
tal, pr. n. of one of David’s wives, 2 Sam. 
3, 4. 

DPSS see 3k. 


SND m. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 22, 
Abimael, pr. n. of one of the descendants 
of Joktan in Arabia, prob. the father or 
founder of an Arabian tribe called 5x2, 
a trace of which Bochart (Phaleg 2. 24) 





“IN 


finds in Theophrast. Hist. Plant. 9. 4; 
where the name Mads prob. refers to 
the same wandering tribe in the vicinity 
of the modern Mecea, which Strabo calls 
Mevwuior, Minei. 


TOMAR (father of the king, or father 
king) in pause ΡΞ, Abimelech, pr. n. 
a) Of several kings in the land of the Phi- 
listines at different periods of time, Gen. 
20, 2 sq. 21, 22 sq. 26, 1 sq. Ps. 34,1. The 
same king who in Ps. |. ὁ. is called Abi- 
melech, in 1 Sam. 21, 11 bears the name 
of B"28 Achish ; and hence the former 
might seem to be acommon title of these 
kings, like the δἰ ὦ Oly Padishah (Pater 
Rex) of the Persian kings, and att 
Atdlik (father, pr. paternity) of the 
Khans of Bucharia. b) A son of Gideon, 
Judg. 8, 81 Βα. 9, 1 sq. 2 Sam. 11, 21. 
c) 1 Chr. 18, 16, where the true reading 
is prob. 322°M8 , as in 2 Sam. 8, 17. 


5122 ὲξ (father of nobleness, or noble 
father) Abinadab, pr. n.m. a) A son 
of Jesse, 1 Sam. 16,8. 17,13. b) Ason 
of Saul, 1 Sam. 31,2. 0) 1 Sam. 7,1. 
ἃ) 1K. 4, 11. : 


DYN (father of pleasantness or 
grace) Abinoam, pr. n. of the father of 
Barak, Judg. 4, 6. 5, 1. 


“2°28 (father of a light) ἀὐδόροι pr. 


| n.m. 1 Sam. 14, 50.. ποιόν οὶ “238 


Abner, q. ν. 


ΠΣ Δὸς (father of help, like Germ. 
Adolf, from Atta father and Holf help) 
Abiezer, pr.n.m. a) A son of Gilead, 
Josh. 17,2; also meton. of his descend- 
ants, Judg. 6, 34. 8, 2. Patronym. is 
“an “an the Abi-czrite Jude. 6, 11. 24. 

8, 32. —An abridged for Lis mip sy Tezer, 
Nuin, 26, 30; and the,pat ‘onym. AID "N 
ib. Ὁ) Olver David’s warriors, 2 Sam. 
23, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 28. 27, 12. - 


“PAN m. subst. (τ. 728) one strong, 
mighty, only in the formula 3P2" “73x, 
PRI TaN, the mighty One of Jacob, of 
Israel epoken of God, Gen. 49, 24. Is. 1 24. 


“PAN adj. (r.9238) 1. strong, mighty, 
spoken of persons, and often as subst. 
one strong, a mighty one, Judg. 5, 
22. Lam. 1,15. Jer. 46,15. Ps. 76,6 
a> "S7aN the strong of heast, stout- 
hearted.—Poetically καὶ ἐξοχήν put: a) 












“SN 


For abullock, Ps. 22,13 j82 "272% strong 
ones of Bashan, i.e. bulls of Bashan. 
_ 50,13. Metaph. for princes Ps. 68, 31. 
_ b) For a horse, only in Jeremiah, as 8, 
16. 47, 3. 50, 11.—Comp. Heb. Gram. 
oe μα 2, note. 

me. 32: powerful, potent, noble, Job 24, 22. 
| Ἢ 34, 20. ΘΝ ὈΠῸ food of nobles or 
_ princes, i. 6. of superior quality, rich 
and delicate, Ps. 78, 25; comp. Judg. 
5, 36.--Ρ τι “aN chief of the wane 
men 1 Sam. 21, 8. 

Ε 8. D> "DN stout of heart, i. e. obsti- 
nate, wilful, perverse, Is. 46, 12. Comp. 
35 PIN. 


DSN (father of altitude) Abiram, 
pr.n.m. a) Num. 16, 1. 12. 26, 19. 
b) 1K. 16, 34, 


JOAN (father of bid) Abishag, 
pr. n. ofa concubine of David, 1 K. 1, 3. 
2, 17. 

YAW AN (father of welfare) Abishua, 
_pr.n.m. a)i1Chr.8,4. b) 6,4. 5. 50. 
_ Ezra 7, 5. 


ΟΠ ΟΣ (father of the wall) Abisi, 
pr. n. τη. 1 Chr. 2, 28. 29. 


_- WAN (father of a gift, see "wi) Abi- 
_ shai, pr. ἢ. of a son of David’s sister 
and one of his chief officers, the brother 
of Joab, 1 Sam. 26, 6sq. 2 Sam. 2, 18. 
24; sometimes also written "Wax 2 Sam. 
10, 10. 


 pyburay (father of peace) Abisha- 
lom, pr. n. of the father-in-law of Reho- 
 boam, 1 K. 15, 2.10. But in 2 Chr, 11, 
20. 21, it is written Di>wIN. 


PAN (father of abundance, for 

anna) Abiathar, pr. n. of a son of Ahi- 
melech the priest, and a faithful friend 
_of David, by whom he was made high- 
priest along with Zadok, but was de- 
posed by Solomon, 1 Sam. 22, 20 sq. 
23, 6. 30, 7. 2 Sam. 15, 24.—For 2 Sam. 
8, 17, see 722°NN. 


2 Bes prob. to roll, to roll wp or wind, 


-to entangle. Kindr. roots are 752, JIL, 
_ to entangle, to be entangled, intricate, 
132 to well or boil up, as a fountain, 439 
to interweave, to braid; also the harsher 
727, At, to turn. —Once 

Hrrup. to roll itself together, to be 





Sa 


rolled wp, spoken of smoke rolling up- 
wards in a dense column; Is. 9, 17 
yOP MANA ADaNN" so that (the thickets) 
shall roll upwards as the mounting up 
of smoke ; comp. Syr. Vulg.—Syr. y=} 2} 
is explained by the grammarians as i. q. 
te be proud, to walk proudly, perh. pr. 
"ἴω roll oneself forwards,’ in the manner 
of a corpulent man. 


nite 22N fit. Dax, to mourn, seq. 
>> over any thing Hos 10, 5. Am. 8, 8. 
Arab. Syr. id. The primary idea seems 
to be, to be languid, to g0 with the head 
hanging down, as do mourners ; comp. 
the kindr. roots 58, >2x, vise mba, 
529, 883, all which are fram tia Biles 
ral stock bal, fal, and include the idea of 
falling, sinking; comp. σφάλλω, fallo, 
Germ. fallen, Engl. to fall. It is trans- 
ferred also from the dress and manner 
of mourners to the voice and to lamen- 
tation, see >a8.—Poet. of inanimate 
things, Am. 1, 2 ᾿Ξ ΠΝ) 53x the 
pastures of the shepherds mourn. Is. 24, 
4.7 Ba M2>9N Winn bax the new wine 
(i. e. the grapes) mourneth, the vine lan- 
guisheth. 33, 9. 

Hipn. bran to cause to mourn, to 
make lament, Ez. 31, 15; of inanimate 
things, Lam. 2, 8. 

Hirup. pr. to show oneself as mourn- 
ing, hence to mourn, i. 4. Kal, but chief 
ly in prose, while Kal is more usual in 
poetry, Gen. 37, 34, Ex. 33, 4; with >x 
or >» of pers. 1 Sam. 15, 35. 2 Sam. 
13, 37. 

Dériv. an 1. 53x. 


oe Ἐ 
᾿ 11.528, Arab. (οἱ and dot to be 
moist, wet, sc. with the moisture of 


grass; hence Syr. ‘\a4 grass. Kindr. 


is 553, pA to water, 53} to flow. 
Hence bax II. 

I. 228 adj. (r. >ax 1.) mourning, 
Gen. 37, 35. Lam.1, 4 midax j¥ 7373 
the ways of Zion are mourning, 1. 6. 


they mourn. Constr. >2x Ps. 35, 14. 
Plar. constr. "238 Is. 61, 3, with Tsere 


impure ; comp. Arab. dus. 
Il. 538 m. (τ. 2x II,) prob. a grassy 
place, pasture, meadow, Arab. dot fresh 


ton 


and long grass, sea-weed. So 1 Sam. 
6, 18, unless instead of mb53n 53 it 
should read m>45an 738 which the con- 
text in v. 14. 15, seems to demand, and 
which is expressed by Sept. and Syr.—It 
is frequent in geographical pr. names: 

a) H2ya-m7a bax Abel Beth-Maachah 
i.e. situated near Beth-Maachah q. v. 
[now called Abil el-Kamh, a town on the 
west side of the valley leading from 
Merj ’Aydn to the plain of the Hileh, 
west of Paneas and Dan; see Biblioth. 
Sac. 1846, p, 213 sq.—R.] 2 Sam. 20, 
14.15. 1K. 15, 20. 2K. 15, 29. Else- 
where 0°727>an Abel-maim 2 Chr. 16, 4, 
comp. 1 K. 15, 20. Also simpl. >ax 
2 Sam. 20, 18. 

Ὁ) prow bax Abel-shittim (acacia- 
meadow) Num. 33, 49; a place in the 
plains of Moab, prob. the same which in 
Num. 25,1. Mic. 6, 5, is called simpl. 
Dow. 

6) pvanD bax Abel-keramim, (mea- 
dow of vineyards) Judg. 11, 33; a village 
of the Ammonites, according to Euse- 
bius still rich in wihoyeeds'3 in his day. 

d) mbina bax (meadow of dancing) 
Abel-meholah, a ‘village of Issachar, not 
far from Scythopolis, the Birth-place of 
the prophet Elisha, Judg. 7, 22. 1 K. 4, 
12. 19, 16. 

e) ΘΠ bax Gen. 50, 11 (meadow 
of the Egyptians) Abel-Mizraim, name 
of an area or threshing-floor near the 
Jordan. Here prob. we should read 
with other points, and pronounce ἘΞ 
m"4X2, i.e. mourning of the Egyptians; 
see the context. 


PAN m. (τ. ἘΞΝ L) 6. suff ΚΞΝ, 
mourning, lamentation, Esth. 4, 3. 9,22; 
espec. for the dead, Gen. 27, 41. "brs 
Ts" mourning Yor an only son, Am. 8, 
10. Jer. 6,26. Mic. 1,8 miss misap bay 
a mourning as of ostriches, which make 
a wailing cry. > bax Mb to make a 
mourning for any one, Gen. 50, 10. 


DAN adv. 1) Affirmative, inthe earlier 
Hebrew, truly, certainly, indeed, Gen. 
42, 21. 2 Sam. 14,5. 2K.4,14. Also 
with a corrective sense, nay indeed, nay 
rather,immo vero, Gen. 17,19. 1K. 1,43.— 
It corresponds to the Arabic corrective 


partic. JS but indeed, but more, nay 





jan 


rather; and is derived from r. 33, pr. 
i. q: Heb. 53, so that its primary “force 
seems to lie in denying the contrary. 
The & is prosthetic. 

2. In later writers, adversative, but, 
but yet, nevertheless, Dan. 10, 7. 21. 


° 
Ezra 10,13. 2Chr.1,4. 19,3. Arab. AS 
but.—Other particles of this kind, which 
are both affirmative and adversative, are 
δ, jJ28. Comp. Lat. verum, vero. 


aa see DAN. 


ij j28 obsol. root, prob. ‘to build, 
comp. 7323 to build, and 728 to prop, tc 
support, to found, whence 28 artisan, 
τέκτων. Hence 


J28, in pause 338, c. suff. i238; plur. 
b'2aN, constr. "23%; comm. gend. most- 
ly an, and so mi Job 28, 2; but m. 
1 Sam. 17, 40. 

1. a stone, of any kind, whether rough 
or polished, large or small. Collect. 
stones, Gen. 11,3. Spoken of a founda- 
tion stone, Is. 28, 16; of vessels of stone 


Ex. 7,19. Syr. [1.5] id. but rare. Eth. 


G17 .—Metaph. 1 Sam. 25, 37 and he 
became stone, i.e. stiff, rigid like stone. 
jaxn 2 the heart of stone, i. 6. hard, ob- 
durate, Ez. 11, 19. 36, 26; also of firm 
undaunted courage Job 41, 16. 792 {38 
collect. hatlstones Is. 30, 30; whence 
Josh. 10, 11 mibon ὉΠ Ν lores hail- 
stones, called just afterwards ‘TarI SN. 

2. Sec. a precious stone, gem, Ex. 
28, 9 sq. 35, 27; more fally yan jay 
Is. 54,12; 9 4a Prov. 17, 8; 738 
map Ez. 28, 13; which last is diss said 
of finer kinds we stones for building, as 
marble, 1 K. 10, 2. 11. 

3. stone-ore, ore, Job 28, 2. Comp. 


Arabic dual yh = the two stones, 


ores, i. e. gold and silver. 

4. a rock, Gen. 49, 24 Ἐπ δ" jax the 
rock of Israel, i. 6. Jehovah ; comp. ""%. 

5. a weight of a balance, even when 
not made of stone; since anciently, as 
at the present day, the Orientals often 
made use of stones ‘br weights ; comp. 
Engl. stone for a weight of 14 pounds, 
Germ. Stein. 4381 jas diverse weights, 
Deut. 25, 13. 03 "33% weights of the 
bag, i. e. carried about in a bag, Prov. 








ἘΝ 


16, 11.—Zech. 5, 8 B53 738 the leaden’ 


weight. 4, 10 bean jas —Also a plum- 
_ met, Is. 34, 11 he shall stretch out upon it 
the line of wasteness 573 "238 and. the 
ΠΡ συμ of desolation, i. 6. as if all things 
‘are to be destroyed by line and rule ; as 
_ to the sense, comp. Am. 7, 8. 
_ θ, Sometimes ὦ stone serves as a de- 
_ signation in geographical names, 6. g. 
i a) "I> Ἰ3Ὰ (stone of help) Eben-ezer, set 
up by Samuel at Mizpeh, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 
5, 1. 7, 12. b) 5185 738 (stone of de- 
=f ‘parture) 1 Sam. 20, 19; comp. ΤΌΤ. 


Ἃ ἸΔῈΣ § Chald. st. emphat. 8238, id. Dan. 
2) 84. 86. 

| 258 2 K. δ, 12 in Chethibh for M228 
q.v. Comp. in lett. 3. 


_ J28 i. g. 738, a stone, only in Dual 
“223% pr. pair of stones, and spoken: 

1. Of @ potter's wheel. Jer.*18, 3 
“Sizsxn->> noxd9 ΓῺ» ΓΙ behold. he 
(the ‘potter) wrought a work upon the 
‘wheel. It appears to have consisted of 
_ two stones, one above and the other 
_ below, and is so depicted on Egyptian 
































Monuments : See Rosellini 
Monum. Civil. Tab. L. Wilkinson’s 
Manners and Cust. of the Anc. Egypt. III. 
Ῥ: 164. Originally, and also for potters 
_ working in the open air, it seems to have 
_ been made of stone ; afterwards of wood. 
_ A wooden wheel of this kind is called in 
; the Talmud 779, pr. trunk, stem, then 
_ cippus, then a potter’s wheel made of a 
trunk, and also:a cart-wheel made in like 
_manner.—Hence, from the resemblance, 
‘it comes to signify 


"man sat; made, it would seem, ofa block 
‘of wood, and frequently represented on 
‘Egyptian monuments. A seat of this 
‘kind was doubtless used by the midwife 
while assisting a woman in labour lying 
oOnabed. So Ex. 1, 16 when ye do the 
Office of a midwife to the Hebrew women 
DSA 53 Ν σΞΝ ΠΤ. jy NIH then shall 
- ye see (while yet) upon the stool, whether 
it be a boy, etc. The midwife is di- 
rected, at the very moment of birth, 
while she yet sits on her stool and no 
one else has seen or touched the infant, 
to ascertain its sex by the sight or ra- 


2. alow seat, stool, on which the work- ° 





pan 


ther touch, and, if it be a male, to kill it; 
as she could easily do by the pressure 
of her hand or finger, unknown to the 
parents. 

D248 m. (for 423, Aleph prosthet.) 5. 
suff. 7258; plur. 5°Q23N ; a belt, gir- 
dle, worn by the priests, Ex. 28, 4. 39. 40. 
Lev. 16,4; also by other persons of rank, 
Is. 22. 21. Comp. Jos. Ant: 3. 7. 2: 
Chaid. 728, 87293, 8IPON,a belt. This 
word both in Heb. and Chald. is derived 
from the Persian, where ἐδ (Sansecr. 
bangha, Germ. and Engl. band) denotes 
any thing that binds, and also a girdle. 


“248 pr: n. m. (father of'a light) Abner, 
Saul’s commander in chief, 1 Sam. 14, 51. 
17, 55. 57. 20, 25. Sometimes called 
"2738 q.v.1 Sam. 14,50. Sept. 4S. 


i ON as in Chald. and Talmud. fo 
fodder, to feed largely, to fatten ; pr. 
prob. to stamp in, comp. kindr. 052, and 
henee to stuff, to cram; comp. Gr. tgé- 
go, pr. i. ᾳ. πήγνυμι. Only in Part. pass. 
Prov. 15, 17; of geese, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. 

Deriv. D358, O1=N2. 

PY2VIN plur. fem. blains, pustules 
rising in the skin, Ex. 9,9. 10. It isa 
verbal from Chald. r. 292, Pilp. 3333, 
to boil up, to swell up; hence Syr. 
jAcxcais pustules. The Heb: pre- 


fixes δὲ prosthetic. Comp. 292, 333. 


. yas obsol. root, perh. i. q. 753, fo 
be white; whence Chald. ἐπ 3 tin. 
Hence the two following: 

V2 Abez, pr. n. of a city in the tribe 
of Issachar, perh. so called irom tin, Josh. 
19, 20: 


JEAN (perh. of tin) Jbzan, pr. ἢ. of a 


judge of Israel, Judg. 12, 8.10. R. yay. 


* 


P2S not used in Kal, prob. to pound, 
to beat small, to bray. from the force of 
the onomatopoetic syllables PA. FA, 25, 
PD, which like p73, 47, (see PP, ἼΞΞ. ) 
express the idea of pounding. beating 
small; comp. “23 to distil, PHT, 5125. 
win, also πηγή, πηγνύω. Germ. pochen, 
boken, espec. Erz pochen. Hence Pax 
dust, TP3. 

Nii. psx: Gen. 32, 25. 26; denom. 
from 3 dust, recipr. pr. to iat each 
other sc. by wrestling, and hence ts wres- 


Dar 


tle, seq. D9. So in Greek, παλαΐειν͵ 
deedaleiy, συγκονιοῦσϑαι, from πάλη; 
κόγις. This rather unusual word seems 
‘to have been chosen by the writer port 
by way of allusion to the torrent paltv 
23. 


P28 m. dust, spec. such.as is fine and 
light, comp. in r. P28; easily driven by 
the wind, Is. 5, 24; or raised by horses 
in running, Ez. 26, 10. Hence distin- 
guished from “®» thick and heavy dust, 
Deut. 28, 24. Poet. the dust of God’s 
feet, for the clouds, as if trodden of God, 
Nah. 1, 3. Comp. pnw. 


MPAN f. id. whence 591" P38 powder 
of the merchant, i. e. aromatic, Cant. 3, 6. 

᾿ “as 1. pr. to strive upwards, to 
mount, to soar, see Hiph. and the deriv. 
"38 πα ΠΣ. Perhaps kindr. with "22, 
“az, comp. Pers. _{ eber, ὑπέρ, super, all 
which express the idea of above, over, 


passing over, transcending ; see in 723.- 


2. Trop. of any force or ἐνέργεια, to be 
strong, mighty, see deriv. βὰς, WSN. 

Hipu. to mount upwards in flight, to 
soar, as the hawk, Job 39, 26. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 


“AS m. a wing-feather, pinion, as the 
instrument of flying, soaring, 6. g. of the 
eagle, Is. 40,21; the dove, Ps. 55,7. Dis- 
tinguished from the wing itself, Ez. 17, 3. 


MIAN f. id. Job 39, 16 [13]. Ps. 68, 14. 
Poet. ascribed to God, Deut. 32, 11. Ps. 
91, 4. 


DIIAN pr. n. Abraham, the founder 
of the Jewish nation, son of Terah, born 
in Mesopotamia, which he left to wander 
through the land of Canaan with his 
flocks in the nomadic manner ; see Gen. 
c. 12-25. In the book of Genesis as far 
as to c. 17, 5. he is called 0958 ‘father 
of altitude,’ Abram. But in that place, 
where a numerous posterity is promised 
him, by a slight change of name he is 
called Ba73N8 ‘father of a multitude,’ 


(comp. Arab. la, a great number, 
multitud«,) or as the context explains it 
pvia jit ax.—So ontaN SR the God 
of Abraham, i. e. Jehovah, 2 Chr. 30, 6. 
Ps. 47,10. cMTSx 277 the seed of Abra- 


him, i. 6. the Israelites, Ps. 105, 6. Is. 


10 





᾿ 


Aas 


41,8. In the same sense simpl. ny75N 
Mic. 7, 20. 


ΔῈΝ a word cried by the heralds 
before the chariot of Joseph, Gen. 41, 43. 
Were it a Hebrew word, it might be 
infin. absol. Hiph. from r. 322, for the 
regular 7223, (comp. D°38 for 0°20 
Jer. 25, 3,) here supplying the place of 
the imperat. i. q. bow the knee; Vulg. 
clamante precone, ut omnes coram eo 
genua flecterent ; and so Abulwalid and 
Kimchi; comp. Lehrg. p. 319.—More 
prob. the word is of Egyptian origin, but 
changed and inflected by the Heb. writer 
so that, although foreign, it might yet 
have a Heb. sound, and be referred to a 


Heb. etymology ; comp. ἘΠῚ, ΓΙ Ὦ, HIB. 
The true form of the Egyptian word 


which lies hid in 323%, 15 prob. either 
é.JPeK afrek, i. e. let every one bow 


himself, in an opt. sense ; so Jablonsky 
Opusc. ed. te Water Tom. I. p. 4. Copt. 


Vers. John 8, 8; or better é.LEPEK or 


éNIPEK; aperek, aprek, i. 6. bow th. 
head, Rossii Etymologie Aigypt. s. ν.- 
See stats in 38 no. 7.. 

"WAN see tha. 


DISWAN (father of peace, i. 8. pacific) 
Absalom, pr.n. a) The third son of Da- 
vid, by Maacah, 2 Sam. 3, 3, celebrated 
for his rebellion against his father; for 
an account of his life and death, see 2 
Sam.c. 13-18. As to the sepulchre near 
Jerusalem which in modern times has 
borne his name, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 519, 5620. Ὁ) i. ᾳ. DIDWAAN q. v. 


ἌΡ 
* RAN obsol. root, Arab. LSI to flee. 
—Hence 
NAN (fugitive) Agee, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 
23, 11. 
3 aan obsol. root, Arab. 


io flame, as fire. Hence the two foll. 
pr. names. 


Aa8 and 438 (Num. 24, 7) Agag, pr. τι. 


of Amalekitish kings, Num. 24, 7. 1 Sam. 


15, 8. 9. 20. 82. 


"18 Agagite, gentile n. of Haman, 
Esth. 3, 1.10.8, 3.5. Josephus explains 
it by “Aucdyxltnyg. Ant. 11. 6. δ, 


at 
{ to burn, | 








, 


PS ae ee 


TaN 


™ "TAS obsol. root, Chald. to bind, to tie, 
comp. ᾿ΕΝ , 7p, and the remark under 
r. Δ. In ‘Arabic some of its derivatives 
are used trop. of arched work, edifices 
of arched and firmly compacted struc- 
ture, in reference to the firm coherence 
of all their parts; comp. 18 and "338 
no. 4.—Hence 


AIS £ 1. a band, knot. Haina nina 
bands of the yoke, Is. 58, 6. 
_ 2. a bundle, bunch, tied together, e. g. 
of hyssop, Ex. 12, 22. 
_ 3. a band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 2, 25. 
Comp. 531. 
4. anarch, vault, 6. g. of the heavens, 
Am. 9, 6. Conip. Germ. Gat, Gaden, 
story of a building, from the verb gaden, 
gaiten, which implies a binding; see 
Adelung Lex. h. vv. 


TUN m. a nit, Cant. 6, 11. 
Arab. >) Hex: Pers. ys . 786 


Heb. word seems derived ἐπ the Per- 
sian, prefixing 8 prosthetic. Comp. in 
Jett. ®. 


Syr. and 


WAN Agur, pr. n. of a wise man, the 
son of Jakeh, ">", to whom the 30th 
chapter of Braverbe i is ascribed, v. 1. If 
the name be symbolical, like Koheleth, 
it may denote an assembler, one of the 
assembly, sc. of wise men, i. ᾳ. MBOX 553 
Kec. 12, 11. R. ὯΝ. 


4 MIN £ a small coin, piece of money, 
ny, so called from the idea of collect- 
g, from r. "38;-as Lat. stips in the 
phrase stipem colligere. 1 Sam. 2, 36. 
In the Maltese idiom, agar denotes the 
ame. [Or pérh. pr. hire, wages, from r. 
“a8 no. 2, comp. Syr. iZpa| Is. 23, 18; 
then money, 1 Sam. 2, 36, where too Syr. 
J pl —T.] Sept. Vulg. ὀβολός, num- 
mus. Rabb. 74 q. v. 










s DIN obsol. root, pr. to flow together, 
to be collected, as water, kindr. with r. 
P25, which is also used of the rolling 


os 
Waves; comp.in73%. Arab. (ἀφ. } Conj. 
II. to make. ον together, hence to collect 
water ; ; (Fie standing water, a pond, 
Teservoir 5 comp. also "48 .—Hence 
238, Job 38, 28 5% "bax the reservoirs 


1 





like Gr. 


ὮΝ 


of the dew, i. 6. in the heavens ; comp. in 
v. 22 the storehouses of the snow and 
hail.—Vulg. Chald. Syr. give it by drops 
of the dew, q. ἃ. globules, comp. 593 ; but 
the former is better. 


D724 (two ponds) Is. 15,8 Eglaim, 
pr. ἢ. of a village in the territory of Moab, 
the ‘Ayuddsiu of Eusebius; called by Jo- 
sephus “Ayadda, Ant. 14. 1. 4. 


᾿ Das obsol. root ; in Arabic: 

1. Mid. A, to burn, to be hot, comp. 
bem, om. Hence 7038 no. 1. 

2. Mid. E, to be warm, spoiled, dead, 
as water ; hefice Das and 417238 no, 2. 

3. Mid. E, to loathe, to abhor, and 
Chald. 538 to be pained, sad, to grieve ; 
hence 038. 


DIN m. (r. O38 no. 2) absol. Is. 35, 7; 
constr. 41, 18. Ps. 107, 35; plur, 0°43, 
constr. "724%. 

1. stagnant water, a pool, marsh, Is. 
35, 7. 41, 18. 42, 15. Ps. 114,8. Spec. of 
the pools of stagnant water left by the 
Nile after its inundation, Ex. 7, 19. 
8, 1. 

2. ig. jaa, α reed, cane, Jer. 51, 32, 
with which fortifications (stockades, pa- 
lisades) were constructed. Hence R. 
a explains it strong-holds ; comp. 


ea the marshy lair of the lion. then 
a refuge, strong-hold. 


DAS adj. once in plur. constr. Ub] "238 
sad, sorrowful in mind, Is. 19.10. R. 
DAN no. 3. 


MAIS , FAN, m. (τ. 238) 1. acaldron, 
heated kettle, Job. 41, 12 [20]. Others 
translate the words 7048) TMD? 77D 
as a boiling pot and a (burning) reéd. 
See the root no. 1. 

2. a reed, bulrush, growing in marsh 
es, from 538% marsh, and the ending jj, 
Is. 58, 5. For Is. 9, 13. 19, 15, comp. 
mp2.—Hence ~ 

8. a rope made of reeds, a rush-cord, 
σχοῖνος, Job 40, 26 [41, 2]. 
Comp. Plin. H. N. 19. 2. 


Ὁ}. obsol. root; Arab. a i. 4, 

(see 121) to tread witle the feet, 

fo stamp, to beat ; then lo wash clothes, to 

full, as a washer or fuller by treading 
them in a trough.—Hence 





ΔΝ 


7S m. pr.a trough for washing gar- 
‘ments, λουτήρ, from root ΔΝ q. v. then 
any laver, basin, bowl ; constr. {38 Cant. 
7,3. Plur. mina Is, 22, 24. Ex. 24, 6. 


ρ OY 


—Arab. and Syr. ὅθι! Βα |, id. 


D "DIN m. plur. (τ. 93) a word found 
only in Ezekiel, hosts, armies, Kz. 12,14. 
17, 21. 38, 6. 9. 39,4. It corresponds to 
the Chald. 548, 3, wing ; hence pr. 
wings of an army, comp. 5722 Is. 8, 8. 
The Arabic and Chaldee have the same 
trop. use of the word wings ; comp. 
Comment. on Is. l. ὁ. 


FEN fut. “in 1. to gather, to col- 
lect, ὁ. g. the harvest, Deut. 28, 39. 'Prov. 
6, 8. 10,5. Comp. “δ no. 3, and 735; 
also Gr. ἀγείρω. The primary ideaseems 
to be that of scraping together, comp. 
“713. By softening the letter Ἢ we have 
bax and 543, which denote the rolling, 
and flowing together of water. 

2. In the kindred dialects it has the 
‘signif. to gain, to make profit, from the 
idea of scraping together ; and hence to 
hire for wages ; see M38. 

Deriv. TRS, PITT , pr. ἢ. “338, and 
according to. most 543%. 


Was \Chald. stat. emphat. SM75N, @ 


letter, epistle, i. q. Heb. a8 q. v. Ezra 


4,8. 11. 5, 6. 


STAN m. (for mina, Aleph. prosthet. 
from r.)73 no. 2) the fist, Bx. 21, 18. Is. 
58,4. So Sept. and Vulg. in’ both pas- 
sages; the Rabbins also use this word 
in the same sense. 


2UIBN m. Ezra 1, 9 503, any “bony 
Sept. Vulg. Syr. basins , chargers of gold, 
of silver. ‘In the doris. Talmud this 
word is said to be compounded from “38 
to collect, and 75% a lamb, and basins 
are so called: because the blood of lambs 
is collected i them. But there is here 
no mention of blood. It seems rather a 
quadriliteral formed with & prosthet. and 
denoting slaughter-basin, for >was , ΘΒ, 
see under letter’; and this is prob. i. q. 
dup, 5:75, (comp. Zab. 505 for >up,) 


from \.2 to slaughter, ἐλ 85 to cut the 
throat.—Some also hold it to bei. q. Gr. 
κάρταλος, κάρταλλος, which in the Sept. 
signifies a basket, frutt-basket, whence 


12 TIN 


‘cause it surrounds the earth like a veil 




























Arab. ἄλίοιξ, Rabb. dep, Syr 
(2eS4;5; ; and it might perhaps in Ez 

l. c. be understood of baskets of the first- 
fruits. But this Greek word itself seem 
rather of Semitic origin, from the verk 
44 to plait. 


mas f. plur. minax, a word of the 
later Hebrew, a letter, epistle, espe 
spoken of royal letters and edicts, writ- 
ten by public authority and transmittec 
by a public courier, «yyagog, to those te 
whom they were directed, 2 Chr. 30, 
The word comes most prob, from ar 
obsol. form “38, which denoted ὁ 
hired, spec. a letter-carrier, courier, from 
r. ΔΝ no. 2; and was adopted by th 
Greeks aniies the form ἄγγαρος, see 
Lex. N. T. ἢ. v. Neh. 2, 7. 8. 9. 6, 5; 
17, 19. Esth. 9, 26. 29. —Lorsbach, in 
Staudlin’s Beytr. V..p. 20; supposes it to 
be derived from the Persian; comp. mod. 
Pers. .yO3 LI engariden, to paint, to 
write, wherice s Lt engareh, any writ- 
ing. 

8 m. vapour, mist, rising from the 
earth and forming clouds, so called be- 


or covering, from r. ΠΝ no. 1. This 
etymology is also supported by the Ara-~ 


bic, in which Sul (from τ. Of mid. Ye, 
to surround, comp. ‘in ‘748 no. 1) is any 
thing which protects and strengthens — 
as a bulwark, bark, a veil, also the atmo © 
sphere. Corresponding is also 

ΠΝ vapour.—Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 


MIN see nisin. 


ἘΖΊΝ. by. transpos. i. 4. S83 q. v. to 
pine away, to languish. Found ‘only i in 
Hix. causat. inf. 2°98> for S482 
1 Sam..2, 33. Comp. espec. ih 38, 
63. 


cmap (perh. iniraéie of God, from 


νὸν miracle) Adbeel, pr. n. of a son’ of 
Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. 


ἘΣ obsol. root, Arab. Shi i. 4. δῷ 
to befall any one, as misfortune; whence 


ss 
Of misfortune. Hence Ἵππον and 
TIN Adad, pr. n. of an Edomite, 1 K. 


11, 17; called also "95 Hadad, v. 14. 





ee ee ν a ee: ἐν 








i. 6. my lords Gen. 19, 2. 18. 


sTIN 


_ * TIN obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. M18 and 
ΤῚΣ to pass.—Hence ἽΝ. 


T58 pr. n. Iddo, Ezra 8,17. R. 73%. 
DISS see chy. 


TITS m. (r. 728 q. v-) with suff. and in 
plur. defect. "258, 20°25; with pref. 
“IND, WAN, "Kd ; ete lord, do- 
minus. Spoken a) ‘or an owner, pos- 
sessor, 1 K. 16,21 owner of mount Shom- 


_ron,i.e. Samaria. Hence of the owner 


and master of slaves, Gen. 24, 14. 27. 39, 
2.7; of kings as the lords of their sub- 
jects, Is. 26, 13; of a husband as lord of 
the wife, Gen. 18, 12, comp. Ὁ53 and Gr. 
κύριος γυναικός, Germ: Eheherr. Also 
of God as the owner and governor of 


the world, Josh. 3,13 yuxq->> ἽΝ, 
— Lord of the whole earth ; hence called 


κατ ἐξοχήν jiIKM Ex. 23,17, and with- 
‘out art. πὶ Ps. 114, 7; comp. "278 
in next art. b) Of a ruler, governor, 
Gen. 45,8. So 725% my lord! an honor- 


ary title of address to nobles and others 
_ to whom honour and reverence are due ; 
_ e.g. to a father Gen. 31, 35, a brother 
' Num. 12, 11, to a royal consort 1 K. 1, 


17.18; espec. to kings and princes, as 
7237 727% 2 Sam. 14, 9. 1 K. 3,17. In 


ἢ respectfully iddncentinir a person,: the 


Hebrews, instead of the second personal 
pron. thou, were accustomed to say my 
lord, and instead of the first person, thy 
servant, thy handmaid, Gen. 33,8. 13,14. 
15. 44, 7. 9. 19 I39-MN ἘΝ FN my 
lord asked his servants, i.e. thou didst 
ask us. Ina style of still stronger adu- 
lation, this mode of speaking is also used 
in the case of an absent person, as Gen. 
32, 4. 

Piur. 0°58 masters, lords, Is. 26, 13 
with averb plural; andsoc. suff. "=, "25% 
Elsewhere 
the plural forms ὉΠ ΝΣ, 7258, c. suff. 
">, ὑπο, 52°—, etc. are always plur. 
excellentia, and of the same signif. as 
the sing. Gen. 39, 2. sq. Hence joined 


_ with an adj. in the sing. number, as Is, 


19,4 mvp 0725s a hard master, cruel 

lord. Gen. 42, 30.33 ΚΝ we lord 

of the land. *735% thy master 2K. 2, 3. 

5. 16. Ps. 45, 12; 1258 his master Gen. 

24, 9. 39, 2.3. 40, 7. ‘Job 3, 19. Deut. 10, 

17 ὈΠΣ ΠΝ 25% Lord of lords, i. 6. Je- 
2 


13 





TIN 


howah. Ps. 136, 3. Spoken of idols, 
Zeph. 1, 9; comp. >93. 

Nore. This word is wanting in all 
the kindred dialects, except the Pheni- 
cian, where it is applied to princes, 
kings, and gods, see Monumenta Pheenic. 
p- 346 (comp. “dda, “ddaric,, Hesych. 
κύριος); and perhaps the Chaldean, 
where a vestige of it seems to be pre- 
served in the pr. n. 7383. 


"278 Lord, the Lord, spoken every 
where zat ἐξοχήν of God, chiefly (in the 
Pentat. always) where God is’ submis- 
sively and reverently addressed ; as in 
the formulas "258 72 Ex. 4, 10. 13. Josh. 
7, 8; "278% NIN ‘Neh. 1, 11, comp. Gen. 15, 
2. 18, 30-32. Ex. 34, 9. etc. Then also 
where God is spoken of, 1 K. 13, 10. 22, 
6. 2 K. 7, 6. 19, 23. Is. 6, 8. 8,7. Fre- 
quently other divine names are added ; 
as Mm" "25% (which the Masorites write 
mins 25) ‘Ts. 40, 10. Jer. 2, 22; ais 
ΞΡ Π Dan. 9, 13. eA sto the pS ΤῊΝ “- 
grammarians differ in opinion. Many 
regard it asa plural form put for the 
sing. as spoken of the divine majesty 
(pluralis excellentie), i. q. 0°25%, the 
Kamets being put for Pattah to distin- 
guish it from "25% my lords; see Grain. 
§ 86. 1. c. ὃ 106. 2. δ. Others consider 
°— i,q. "—, and make it strictly a suffix 
plural ; ; so that "258 is pr. my lords, 
then as plur. excell. my Lord, and at 
last, the force of the suffix beng by de- 
grees neglected, Lord, the Lord, ὃ Ku 


ριος. Comp. Syr. wo and Fr. Mon 


sieur. This latter view seems prefer- 
able, for the following reasons: a) The 
words of Ps. 35, 23 "251 ">N. 16, 2. 
b) The ancient usage of the Pentat. 
where it is for the Voc. my Lord! c) A 
similar usage in possessive pronouns, 
afterwards neglected, in the Phenician 
names of gods, as "25% ᾿δωνις, smbs3 
Βαάλτις, for which see Monum. Pheanic. 
p-400. Heb. Gr. §119.6.n.4. 4) "25x 
never has the article, and so nouns with 
a suffix.—To all this it might be an 
swered: a) That 7258 is plural. But 
in one place only is it coupled with a 
plural, Gen. 19,2; in the two remaining 
passages it is sag iar, my Lord! Gen. 
18, 3. 19,18. 8) That God twice calls 
himself "358, Is. 8, 7. Job 28, 28. But 


“IN 14, 


this arose from the superstitious practice 
of the Jews, who never pronounce im" 
in the sacred text, but always substitute 
for it "258 ih reading; whence in writers 
_of a later age this latter word was some- 
times received into the text itself; Dan. 
9, 3. 7. 8. 9. 15. 10. 19. See in 730°. 


points (two mounds or tumuli) Ado- 
raim, pr. n. of a city of Judah, 2 Chr. 11, 
9, Comp. “4dwea, Jaga, Jos. Ant. 8.10. 
1. ib. 14.5.3. Now [γ9 Ὁ Dara, a village 
W. of Hebron; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
Ill. p. 2 sq. 


DIN see DSN. 


TIN Chald. adv. of time, at that time, 
thereupon, then, i. q. Heb. 18, "18, q. V- 
Dan. 2,15. 17. 19.—j"1N2 pr. in that 
time, thereupon, immediately, Dan. 2, 14. 
35. 3,13. 19.21.26. "πὸ 772 from then, 
since that time, Ezra 5, 16, i. q. Hebr. 
TR. 


“AN adj. (τ. 48) 1. large, great, 
mighty, e.g. mighty waves Ps: 93,4; of 
a large ship Is. 33, 21. 

2. mighty, powerful, of kings Ps. 136, 18 ; 
of nations Ez. 32,18; of gods 1 Sam. 4, 8. 

3. achief, a prince, plur. chiefs, nobles, 
princes, 2 Chr. 23,20. Neh. 10,30. >po 
ἘΛΛΗΝΣ a princely boil i. 6. precious, 
Judg. 5, 25. 82m ™ IN chiefs of the 
flock i. q. shepherds, ποθ, Jer. 25,34 sq. 

4, splendid, glorious, Ps. 8, 2. 

5. Trop. of moral fiualities, noble, ex- 
cellent, excelling in piety and virtue. 
Ps. 16, 3 the saints who. are in the earth, 
ἘΞ ΕΝ ΗΝ and the excellent 
[of the earth] all my delight is in them, 
i, 6. I delight in them alone. 


MOT Persian, Adaliah, pr. n. of a 
son of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. 


7 DIN to be red, ruddy; Arab. mid. 
E and O, and Ethiop. id. also to be beau- 
tiful. Once in Kal, Lam. 4,7 their prin- 
ces... are whiter than πος BES NOUN 

psn they are more ruddy in body than 
corals. Whiteness and ruddiness belong 
to the description of youthful beauty ; 
hence it is not correct to refer "278 in 
this passage to the idea of dazzling 
whiteness, as Bochart has done in Hie- 
roz. II. p. 688, and Ludolf in Comm. 
ad Hist. AAthiop. p. 206; although the 





: DAN 


Romans do indeed use purpureus of any 
shining whiteness, Hor. Od. 4. 1. 10; 
comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. p. 750. But 
these writers would hardly have fallen 
into this opinion, had they not been 
anxious to make out for 5°3°28 the signi- 
fication of pearls. 

Pua. Part. ὉΠ made red, dyed red, 
Nah. 2, 4. Ex. 25, 5. 35, 7. 23. 

Hipu. to be red, pr. to make oneself 
red, to redden, Is. 1, 18. 

Hirupa. to be red, e. g. wine in a cup, 
to blush, to sparkle, Prov. 23, 31. 

Deriv. DJN—"278 ; comp. also 55. 


DIS m. 1.aman,ahuman being, male 
or female, pr. one red, ruddy, as it would 
seem. The Arabs distinguish two races of 
men; the one red, ruddy, or perh. copper- 
coloured, which we call white; th~ other 
black. 'This word has neither ec: istruet 
nor plural form, but is very often collect: 
for men, mankind, the human race, Ger 
1, 26. 27. 6, 1. Ps. 68,19. 76,11. Job 3. 
29; DIN7>D all men Job 21,33. Some: 
times put in the gen. after adjectives, 
as DIN "25°38 the poor of men, among 
men, i.e. poor men, Is, 29, 19, comp. 
Hos. 13, 2; so with 3 intervening, as 
ἘΞ O7932 Prov. 23, 28.—Spec. a) For 
other men, the rest of mankind, opp. to 
those in cuéations Jer. 32, 20 Sx qua 
DIND in Israel and among other men. 
Judg. 10, 7. 18, 28. Ps. 73, 5. Is. 43, 4. 
b) Of common men, men of low degree, 
opp. to those of higher rank and better 
character; so D385 like (common) men, 
Job 31, 33. Hos. 6,7. Ps. 82,7. So in 
antith. with 6°s men of high ἀρθῇ, 
nobles, Is. 2, 9. 5,15; Β΄ Ps. 82, 7 
comp. Is. 29, 21; ani in Plur. ON "33 
Ps. 49, 3. Pro, 8, 4, c) Of slaves, like 
wp, Num. 16,32. d) Of soldiers, like 
Engl. men, Is. 22,6. Comp. 878 no. 1.1. 

2. a man, not a woman, i. q. WN. 
Ecc. 7, 28 one man [worthy of the name] 
among a thousand have I found, but a 
woman among them all have I not found. 

3. any man, any one, Lev. 1,2. With 
a negative, no man, no one, Job 82, 21. 
Comp. &"8 no. 3. 

4, Adam, pr.n. a) Of the first man, 
Gen. 2,7 sq. At least in these passages 
DN assumes the nature of a proper 
name in a certain degree, designating 





DIN 


the man as the only one of his kind ; 
comp. >32% Baal, the lord κατ i. 
jon Satan. fetid. p. 653, 654. Hence 
Sept. ᾿ἀδάμ, Vulg. Adam. Ὁ) Of a city 
near the Jordan, Josh. 3, 16. 

δ, ἘΠΝ ΓΞ, with art. DINN~]2, son of 
man, poet. for man, Num. 23, 19. Ps. 8, 
5. 80, 18. Job 16, 21. 25, 6. 35, 8; so 
very often in Ezekiel, where the prophet 
is addressed from God, DIN“j3 son of 
man, i.e. mortal! Ez. 2, 1. 3. 3, 1. 3. 4. 
10. 4, 16. 8,5.6.8. Often also in Plur. 
BIN "22 sons of men, i.e. men, Deut. 
32, 8. Ps. 11, 4. al. and with art. "33 
pwsn 1 Sam. 26, 19. 1 K. 8, 39. Ps. 145, 


12. Ecc. 1, 13. Comp. Syr. were son 
of man, for man. 


DSS and ON adj. f ma38, plur. 
ΒΘ ; after the form S8p, nbup, ὙΜΉΝ 
is common in noting colours, see Lehrg. 
§ 120. no. 21; red, ruddy, e. g. of a gar- 
ment sprinkled with blood Is. 63, 2; of 
ruddy cheeks Cant. 5, 10; of a chesnut 
or bay-coloured horse Zech. 1, 8. 6, 2; 
of a red heifer Num. 19, 2; of the red- 
dish colour of lentiles Gen. 25, 30. 
Subst. red, redness Is. 63, 2. 


DSN pr.n. Edom. 1. The son of Isaac 
and elder twin-brother of Jacob, Gen. 
25, 25; more freq. called Esau, ὩΣ. 

2. Collect. for the Edomites, the pos- 
terity of Edom or Esau, and likewise for 
their country, Jdumea. Of the nation 
Num. 20, 20; more fully D4 "22 Ps. 137, 
7, and poet. Dox na daughter of Edom 
Lam, 4, 21.22, Ofthe country, DI YIN 
Gen. 36, 16. 21.31; n5x Amos 1, 6; and 


‘poy ns Gen. 32, 3 (4). hale. 5, 4, 


Where it stands alone, it is masce. when 
spoken of the people, Num. 20, 20; but 
fem. when it denotes the country, Jer. 
49,17. The country of the Edomites, 


Idumea, was the mountainous tract be- 


tween the Dead sea and the Elanitic 

gulf of the Red sea, afterwards called 

Gebalene, Γεβαληνή, now Js Jebal. 
The gentile ἢ. is "7% Edomite, Idu- 


-mean, Deut. 23, 8; plur. ὉΠ ΤΙΝ 2 K. 


16, 6 Keri. Fem. mass, plur. misty 
Bitoméiish women 1 K. 11, 1. 


DIS a gem ofa red colour, perh. ruby, 
garnet, Ex. 28, 17. 39, 10. Ez. 28, 13. 
Sept. Vulg. σάρδιον, sardius. 


15 





ΤᾺ 
DTATS | £ ΤΩΝ » plur. Ε ΙΒΠΘῚΝ, 
adj. reddish, 6. σ. ἀροὶο in leprous per- 
sons, Which ‘are described as mind 
ΓΘ ΠΝ white and somewhat reddish, 
Lev. 13, 19 sq. 14, 37. R. DIN. 


TWAIN f£ 1. earth, Ex. 20,24. Sc 
called from its reddish colour ; see Cred- 
ner on Joel p. 125 sq.—Spec. the earth, 
ground, land, as tilled, Gen. 4, 2. 47, 19. 
22. 23. Ps. 105, 35. Is. 28,24. MIN BN 
a husbandman Gen. 9,20; M278 3AX a 
lover of the ground, i. e. of husbandry, 
2 Chr. 26,10. Spoken of the produce 
of the earth, Is. 1, 7. 

2. a land, region, country, Gen. 28, 15. 
MT MIN Σιβὰ of Jehovah, i. 6. Canaan 
Is. 14,2. Plur. ΤΉΝ lands, countries, 
once Ps, 49, 12, q. d. in all lanaé: 

3. the earth, orbis terre, Gen. 4, 11. 
6, 1. 7, 4. 

4, Adamah, pr. ἢ. of a city in Naph- 
tali, Josh. 19, 36. 


OTN Admah, pr. n. of a city de- 
stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, 
Gen. 10, 19. 14, 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22. Hos. 
11, 8. 


“27°38 and "22°38 adj. (after the form’ 
Ἀ2 20) red, i. 6. red-haired, 6. g. Esau, 
Gen. 25, 25; David, 1 Sam. 16, 12. 17, 
42. Sept. πυῤῥάκης, Vulg. rufus. 


“ATS (pr. human) Adami, pr. n. of a 
city of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33. 


"25% see in pox. 


RNIN Admatha, pr. n: of a Persian 
nobleman, Esth. 1, 14. 


* 778 obsol. root. 1. i. q. #8, Arab. 
ωἷὸ mid. Waw, to be low, humble, infe- 
rior. Hence 73%. 

2. Transit. i. q. 1, to judge, to com- 
mand, to domineer.. Hence }i78 domi- 
nus, lord, and "258 the Lord; also 


JIS Addan, pr. τι. of a man who re- 
turned under Zerubbabel to Jerusalem, 
Ezra 2, 59; in the parall. passage Neh. 
7, 61 written πὸ. 


TPS m. plur. org, constr. "248, a 
foundation, e. g. ofa column, base, pedes- 
tal, Cant. 5, 15. Ex..26, 19 sq. 27, 10 sq. 
36, 38; ofa cap Job 38, 6. R. VIN 
no. 1. - πῶς Ἢ 


ys ᾿ 4 ᾿ — 


JN 


7 "D548 see after TN. 


PIA“=48 (lord of Bezek) Adoni-Be- 
zek, name or title of a king of the Ca- 
naanitish city Bezek, Judg. 1, 5. 6. 7. 


PILA7IIN (lord of justice) Adoni- 
zedek, pr. n. of a Canaanitish king of 
Jerusalem, Josh. 10, 1. 3. 


AMPITN (my lord is Jehovah) Adoni- 
jah, pr.n.m. a) Α βοὴ of David, who 
attempted to usurp the succession, 1 K. 
1,8sq. Called also 525% v. 5. 2 Sam. 
3, 4, b) 2 Chr. 17, 8. 6) Neh. 10, 17. 
In Ezra 2, 13 the same person is called 
pp*25x Adonikam, i. e. lord of the ene- 
my. Comp. Ezra 8, 13. Neh. 7, 18. 


DEAN see wes5y c. 


DIN (lord of altitude) Adoniram, 


pr. n. of a man who had charge of the 
public works under David and Solomon, 
1 K. 4, 6. By an unusual contraction, 
called πὶ Adoram, 2 Sam. 20, 24. 
1 K. 12, 18; also pit 2 Chr. 10, 18. 


F IN in Kal not used, pr. to be large, 
great, che see deriv. “IN, MIAN; 


comp. jolt to neve the hernia, pr. to be 


swollen; ἢ iat swollen, inflated, e. g. 


the belly. Kindr. is "75 .—Trop. to be 
great, splendid, powerful ; see in “58. 

Nrpu. to be made great, to be magni- 
fied, glorious. Part. Ex. 15,6 507 τ m9" 
M22 “IN? thy right hand, Jehovah, is 
magnified in might, is made plokioue j in 
strength. The Yod in "7383 is para- 
gogic. 

Hiren. to magnify, to make honourable, 
Is. 42, 21. 

Deriv. "38, M758, W758 , and the com- 
pounds 72778, 723778. 


ὙΝ Adar, the twelfth Hebrew month, 
from the new moon of March to that of 
April; or according to the Rabbins, 
from the new moon of February to that 
of March. Esth. 3, 7. 13. 8, 12. 9,1. 15. 
17.19.21. Gr. ‘Adve, 1 Macc. 7,43. Syr. 


τῷ : Oe ae 2. =o 
$9], Arab. lot, fof, and plot, the 
sixth month of the Syro-Macedonians. 


Perh. from Pers. Af fire. 
“I Chald. id. Ezra 6, 15. 





16 “TIN 


“IN see THN7EN. 
“78 m. pr. largeness, amplitude ; 


hence 

1. a wide cloak, manile, i. ᾳ. M738, 
Mic. 2, 8. 

2. greatness, splendour, whence Zech. 
11, 13 "πὶ ὙΠ splendour of the price, 
i. e. the splendid price, ironically. 

“VIN Chald. (τ. 12 IL) area, threshing- 
floor, pr. a wide open place, Dan. 2, 35. 


yn S- oF 
Syr. 1321, Arab. οὐδ. Hence some 
refer it to Arab. yo .excidit granum ; 
but in Arab. post the nd seems to be. 
for dd. 

PUATIS Chald. plur. m. chief-judges, 
Dan. 3, 2.3. Compounded from 778 i. q. 
“38 greatness, comp. ΠΣ no. 3; and 
TLE judges, comp. "3. 

NITTIN Chald. adv. Ezra7, 2.3 right- 
ly, diligently, carefully, Vulg. diligenter. 
Prob. it is a Persian word, perh. i. q. Pers. 


δ Ὁ... 
cay recte, vere, probe. 


FITTS m. only in Plur. DD TIN 
1 Chr. 29, 7. Ezra 8, 27, i. q. 10393, ἃ 
daric, a Persian coin of pure gold, com- 


‘mon also among the Jews while they 


were under the Persian dominion. The 
ἐξ is prosthetic ; comp. in Mishna 41393 


and Syr. e5s39. Tha etymology is 


not certain, although we can hardly 
doubt that the word is kindred to the pr. 
n. Darius, 817793. Others make it either: 
a) Dimin: from 37-5, daric, δαριήκης, if 
the common “ena correct in Strabo 
XVI. p. 5874; or b) A compound from 
Ifo king (Darius) and ω» appear- 
ance, figure.—The darie was equal in 
value to the Attic χρυσοῦς, which, ac- 
cording to our mode of reckoning, was 
worth nearly 14 German ducats, or 
about three Spanish dollars; see Boeckh 
Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 23. The coin 
usually bears the image of an archer 
with a‘tiara. Darics of gold and silver 
are extant in the Museums of Paris and 
Vienna. See Eckhel Doctr. Num. P. 1. 
Vol. III. p. 551. 


J2QTIN (contr. for 23 ὍΝ splen- 
dour of the king) Adrammelech, pr. n. 
a) An idol of the Sepharvites or Sip- 


_ . 


es 


OO ἀπ ὺν ὃς συ στ τ γυναι; 








“TIN 


parenes brought from Mesopotamia to 
Samaria, 2 K. 17,31. b) A son of Sen- 
nacherib king of Assyria, who aided in 
slaying his father, Is. 37, 38. 2 K. 19, 37. 


JIS Chald. i. gq. 275, the arm, with 
ἐς prosthetic, Ezra 4, 83, Hebr. 35%. 
In the Targums with Patah STI. 
Hence 


WIN (strong, mighty) Edrei, pr. n. 
a) The former metropolis of Bashan, 
situated in the territory of Manasseh, 
Num. 21, 33. Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 12, 4. 
Called by Eusebius sows, by Ptolemy 
‘Adga, by Arabian geographer 
Zer’a, now Leo Der’. rAccording to 
Euseb. and the Peut. Tables, it lay 24 
Rom. miles from Bozrah on the way to 
Capitolias and Gadara. See Reland 
Palestina p.547. Bibl. Res. in Pal. III. 
App. p. 152.—R.]_ Ὁ) A city in Naph- 
tali, Josh. 19, 37. 


MIS 1. Fem. of adj. "58, large, 
great, mighty, (comp. w">w, f. mu>u ,) 
Ez. 17, 8 M338 ἼΞ3 a large vine, i. 6. full 
of branches and leaves. Comp. ΠΝ 
no. 1. 

2. Subst. a wide cloak, mantle, pallium, 
1 K. 19, 13.19. 2 K. 2, 13. 14. Jon. 3, 6. 
4220 n738 a Babylonish mantle Josh. 7, 
21, i. e. variegated with figures, having 
the figures of men and animals interwo- 


_ ven in colours; comp. Plin. H.N. 8. 48. 


So "30 NIX a hairy mantle, shaggy 
with hair, or (according to eke} of fur, 
Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 13, 4. 

3. splendour, glory, Zech. 11, 3. 


Ἶ DIAN i. q. 53, to thresh, once inf. 
absol. Is. 28, 28 "3510 WiTN threshing 


he threshes it. 


υ aN and ans fat. SIN7 and IN, 


: pers. sn Prov. 8, 17 and snk Hos. 14, 


5; inf. nx Ecc. 3, 8, also M238 q. v. 

1. to breathe after, to long for, to de- 
sire, c. acc. Ps. 4, 4. 40,17. 70, 5; seq. 
"2 Ps. 116, 1.—This sense of breathing 


_ after belongs to the syllables 15, an, 
and with the letters ee aN, 


WN 5 


comp. the roots bat; 33m, os to de- 
sire, to love; M58 and nay 40 ‘desire, to 
be willing. 
2. to love, in which signif it is me 
2 


17 





ris 


with a3 , ἀγαπάω. With acc. Gen. 37 
3. 4. Deut. 4, 37; rarely ὁ. Ὁ Lev. 19, 18. 
34. 1K. 5, ae c. 2 Kee. 5, 9. 1 Sam. 20, 
17 S33 wD? Mae he loved him as he 
loved his own soul. Part. a58 a friend, 
loving and beloved, intimate, different 
from 558 companion, Prov. 18, 24. Esth. 
5, 10. 14. Is. 41, 8 "AGN OMISN 51 the — 
seed of Abraham my friend. — 

3. to love to do any thing, to delight 
in doing, seq. infin. c. > , Hos. 12, 8 pdy> 
aX he loveth to oppress. Is. 56, 10. Jer. 
14, ‘10. 

Nipu. part. 3382 lovely, amiable, wor- 
thy of love, 2 Sam. 1, 23. 

Pret part. 35N9 1, @ friend, Zech. 
13,6. ᾿ ai. 

2. a lover, but only in a bad sense, a 
paramour, debauchee, Ez. 16, 33 sq. 23, 
5 sq. i. 6. metaph. for an idolater. — 

Deriv. the three following. 


238, only in plur. boAny 1, Loves, 
spec. in a bad sense, amours, trop. of 
intercourse and alliances with foreign 
nations, Hos. 8, 9. 

2. delight, loveliness. Prov. 5, 19 M258 
DXA ὦ lovely hind. 


8 m. love, in sing. once meton. for 
lovers, paramours, Hos. 9, 10. Sept. 
ot ἠγαπημένοι. Plur. D°38 loves, spec. 
amours, Prov. 7, 18. 


MAIS f, 1. Inf. fem. of the verb any, 
with Ὁ pref. Is. 56, 6 Him puicny mst 
to love the name of Jehovah. Deut. 10, 
15. 11, 13. 22. Josh. 22, 5. 23, 11. With 
21K. 10,9 ΕΝ nin mans in 
Shows loving Israel, i. e. because he 
loved Israel. In the same sense with 
pref. > Hos. 3,1, and 72 Deut. 7, 8 ΓΞΙΤΝ Ὁ 
Dany nim Because Jehovah loved you. 

2. love, espec. between the sexes, Cant. 
2,4. 5, 8. 8,6. 75; of God towards men 
Hos: 3, i a tisds towards each other, 
1 Sam. 18, 3. . 

- 3. love, delight, concr. one beloved, 
fem. Cant. 2, 7. 3,5.. So perh. v. 10, 
where others as adv. lovely. 


r WIN obsol. root, i. q. 118 to be one, 
united. Hence 748 and 


τις Ohad, pr. n. of a son of Simeon, 
Gen. 46, 10. 


1 ὭΣ: interj. expressing grief, sor- 


WIS 


row, and imitating the λον ΟΥ̓ cry, ah! 
alas ! et. Arab. δῖ, al, whence the 


verbs at and sf to grieve, lament, like 
Germ. ach, échzen. Mostly in the con- 
nection Tint "25x ANN ah! Lord God, 
Josh. 7, 7. Judg. 6, 22 ; or "278 FIN 2 Καὶ. 
6, 5. 15. Alone, 2K. 3, 10»). dat. Joel 
1, 15. 


AGN (union, τ. πὸ} Ehud, pr. ἢ. m. 
a) A judge of Israel, Judg. 3, 15 sq. 4, 1. 
Sept. ’40d. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 7, 10. 


NGS Ahava, pr. n. ofa river between 
Babylon and Jerusalem, Ezra 8, 21. 31. 
The same is probably meant in v. 15, 
where we may render: the river that 
runneth to the Ahava. It is hardly 
doubtful, that the word signifies pr. wa- 
ter, aqua; comp. Sanscr. ap, Pers. ab, 
Goth. ahva, Lat. aqua. It is hard to 
say what river is meant; possibly the 
Euphrates, which was called nar ἐξοχήν 
the river ; comp. "330. 


WIN Hos. 13, 10, i. ᾳ. 38, "8, where ? 
Elsewhere “IN is always pals. fut. 
apoc. from r. ΠῚ to be; and not improb. 
it is here an error of transcription arising 
out of v. 7. 14, instead of πὸ, The 
words are NIDX 195 Ὁ "48 where then is 
thy king? the two words Xi®S "rm be- 
ing closely joined, as elsewhere XiDN πὰς. 
—Ewald regards this word (Gr. § 444) as 
compounded from καὲ (i. q. 4) and "i.e. 
hic, here; comp. Ethiop. UP ibi, “HP 
hic, huc. So too Hupfeld. 


G 
ae IN perh.i.g. dd, he 1. to shine, 
to glitter, from the mutual relation of 
verbs 8D and 33; see Hiph—Hence 
ὅς tent, from the shining, glittering 
appearance. 

2. Denom. from ὅτ tent, to tent, to 
move one’s tent, in the manner of no- 
mades, now pitching their tents in one 
place and then removing to another. 
Gen. 13, 12. 18 naS8 bANm , Sept. ἀπο- 
σκηνώσας ᾿Αβρύμ, Valg. movens taberna- 
culum suum. 

Pret, fut. 5387 contr. 2111, i. q. Kal no. 
2, to pitch one’s tent, in the nomadic man- 
ner, Is. 13,20: Comp. 922 for BN. 

Hin. i. 4. Kal no. 1, to shine, pr. to 
give light. Job 25, 5 “NDI ΠΛ ΤΣ ἽΠ 


God. Jerome: 





* 


18 Is 


dame lo! even the moon, it shineth not, 
i. 6. is not bright, pure, in the sight of 


splendet. .Sept. οὐκ ἐπιφαύσκει. 
The deriv. follow. 


DAS c. suff. “boy. aba (sholka), 
with He parag. FEAR ; Plur. onbnk 
Syriasm for D725 Leben p. 15% 572 ; 
with pref. poss Jude. 8, 11. Jer. 35, 7. 
10; constr. “ba, c. suff. bak , Pon, 
Ἐξ Ὦπιν. 

Ἵ. ἃ tent, tabernacle, Gen. 9, 27. al. 
syin S48 jabernaele of the congregation 
or of assembly, comm. tabernacle of the 
covenant, i. e. the movable and portable 
sanctuary of the Israelites in the desert, 
described Ex. c. 26, comp. 6. 36; also 
called simply 5&5 1. K. 1, 39. sate 
the distinction in the tabesunetin between 
ὉΓῚΝ and 399, the former (snk) denoted 
the exterior covering, consisting of 
twelve curtains of goats’ hair, which was 
placed over the proper dwelling (j247) 


i. 6. the twelve interior curtains or hang- — 


ings which lay upon the frame-work ; 
see Ex. 26, 1. 7. 36, 8. 14. 19. 
2. a dwelling, habitation, house, Is. 


16, 5 73 DAS the habitation of David. 


1K. 8, 66. Jer. 4, 20. Lam. 2,4. Poet. 
Ps. 132, 3:"m"2 brea Nas ox J will-not 
enter the dwelling of my house. 

3. Spec. the temple, Ez. 41, 1. 

4, Ohel, pr. ἢ. of a son of Zerabbabel, 
1 Chr. 3, 20. yh 


MTN Oholah, Aholah, pr. τι. of a 
harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol 
of Samaria, Ez. 23,4 sq. Put for 7258 
(Mappik) i. e. she has her tent, her own 
tabernacle, temple. 


MiDAN see in DDH. 


ANON (tent of his father) Aholiab, 


pr. Π. of an artificer, Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34. 


mame Oholibah, Aholibah, pr. τι. of 
a harlot, ‘used by Ezekiel as the symbol 
of the idolatregs kingdom of Judah, Ez. 
23,4 sq. lit. my tabernacle is in kat na 
for ma. Comp. ποτ. 

TaD SMS (tent of the height) Aholi- 
bamah, pr. n. of a wife of Esau, Gen. 36, 
2.14; also of an Edomitish tribe, v. 14. 

DOS Num. 24, 6. Prov. 7, 17, and 
TDN Ps. 45, 9. Cant. 4, 14, Plur. a spe 


ecce ! ! luna etiam non 


- ee Pe ee 





7 bai ata ad Δ 


_ 4 








᾿ ξυλαλόη, in modern times lignum aloés, 


=e 


“IN 


cies of odoriferous tree growing in India, 
called by the Greeks ἀγάλλοχον, later 


also lignum paradisi, and lignum aquile, 
Excecaria Agallocha Linn. See Diosc. 
lib. 1.21. The Heb. as well as the Greek 
name is derived from the Indian name 
of the tree, Sanscr. agaru and aguru (the 
r being softened into /), also agarukam. 
See Celsius in Hierobot. T. I. p. 135- 
170. Gildemeister de rebus Indicis, Fasc. 
I. p. 65, 66. The Portuguese also would 
seem to have heard the name under the 
form agulu or the like; since they call 
this wood aquile lignum. 


" “WIS a doubtful root ; hence perhaps 


PWS pr. n. m. (perh. i.q. ji moun- 
taineer, comp. Arab. ,, 9 Ls) Aaron, the 
elder brother of Moses, Ex. 6, 20. 7, 7; 
and the first high-priest, Ex. c. 29. Lev. 
ὁ. 8.--Ἰ τς 23. sons of Aaron Josh. 21, 
4. 10. 13; poet. yinAR Ma house of 
Aaron Ps. 115, 10. 12. 118, 3, put for the 
priests in general. So Aaron for any 
high-priest Ps. 133, 2. 


WS, constr. ἴδ, a noun after the form 
1%, Pf, from r. ΓΝ to will,.to desire. 


1. Subst. will, desire, appetite, once — 


Prov. 31, 4 Cheth. "28 ἽΝ ὈΌΤ ΟῚ nor 
for princes the desire of strong drink. 
Keri "20 ἐν (to say) where is strong 
drink ? 

2. free-will, choice, and hence constr. 
is as a Conjunction, implying the power 
of freely choosing this or that, or, either ; 
comp. Lat. vel, apoc. ve, from velle. 


oF 
Arab. οἷ. Deut. 13, 2 mBia ἴδ MIN the 


sign or the wonder. Job 3,15. 2. K. 2, . 


16 MINA INNA IS DIT INNA upon 
some mountain or into some valley. Re- 
peated 1. q. sive—sive, whether—or, Lev. 
5,1 S73 58 ANT IN whether he hath seen 
tr Texein. Ex. 21,31. Sometimes it is 
intensive, i. q. or rather, 1 Sam. 29, 3 
who hath been with me now these many 
days, 0°20 Ht ἴδ or rather these years. 


of Ge 
So Arab. 3! , which they explain by (lb. 


' —Sometimes also ellipt. for "> ΝΣ or (be 


it) that, or (it must be) that, with fut. sub- 
junct. where we may properly render 
or else, unless perhaps. (Comp. Arab. 


19 





=I8 
of ; B55 
3 c. fut. nasb. ge for Si 2]. wh:ch 


is explained by ὧ yf unless.) Is. 27,5 
I would burn them all together, Pim τς 
"33722 or else let them lay hold of my 
refuge, i.e. unless they take hold etc. 
Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 21, 15 [10]—Hence 

3. As aconditional particle, pr. if one 
choose, i. q. tf, if perhaps, but if, Sept. 
ἐάν, comp. Lat. sive, in which lies also 

oF 

the st conditional. So Arab. 4 is often 
explained by the Grammarians by ὦ) { an 
With fut. 1 Sam. 20, 10 who shall ὩΣ me 


MOP FIN WIS is if thy father an- 
swer thee any thing harshly? Sept. ἐάν, 


‘Vulg. si forte. (Winer attributes to this 


passage more than the context will bear, 
in endeavouring to make out a disjunc-. 
tive sense, ad Sim. Lex. p. 26.) Ex. 21, 
36085 M32 VW 7D ST IN but tf it be 
known, that the ox was wont to push, 
Sept. ἐὰν δέ, Vulg. sin autem. Lev. 4, 
23. 28. 2 Sam. 18, 13.— Without a verb, 
Gen. 24, 55 let the maiden abide with us 
“ivy ix 0°24 some days, if perhaps ten, 
q. ἃ. ten days tf she choose ; Sept. ἡμέρας 
ὡσεὶ δέκα, Vulg. dies saltem decem. In 
this example the primary sense of choice 
remains; nor can it be well explained: 
multos dies, aut saltem decem. 


DNAS (prob. will of God, from "8, ἴδ. 
r. 31%) Uel, pr. n. Ezra 10, 84. 


κι a er DN obsol. root,-i. q. Arab. 
Sit for S τ. 


1. to come back, to return; also to 
come to one’s senses, resipiscere, whence 


8 
ῳ 9] resipiscens. 


2. to go down, to set, e. g. the sun. 
3. to come by night, espec. in sping: to 


get water. Conj. V, VIII, id. Rad ie τ᾿ 
water-carrier, aquarius. Hence in He- 
brew: 


δ plur. minis masc. comp. for the 
gender of the plur. Job 32, 19. 

1. a leathern bottle, pr. a water-skin, 
for carrying water, see r. 21 no. 3. 
Spoken of skins for wine, Job 1. ὁ. Mad 
pat own like new bottles. which burst, 
i. 6. like skins full of new wine. 

2. νεκρόμαντις or νεκυύμαντις, i.e. ἃ 


ais 


mecromancer, sorcerer, a conjurer who 
professes to call up the dead by means 
of incantations and magic formulas, in 
order that they may give response as to 
doubtful or future things; comp. 1 Sam. 
28, 7. Is. 8, 19. 29, 3.—Deut. 18, 11. 2K. 
21,6. 2Chr. 33,6. Plur. miak Lev. 19, 
31. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 3.9. Is. 8, 19. 19, 3. 
Spec. put a) For thedivining spirit, the 
foreboding demon, python, supposed to be 
present in the body of such a conjurer ; 
comp. Acts 16,16. So Lev. 20,27 Wx 
sik DAA MNT) "2 TUN iN a man ora 


woman in whom is the spirit of divina-' 


- tion, Eng. ‘familiar spirit’ 1 Sam. 28,8 
sina "> ar™2Dp divine unto me by the 


foreboding spirit ; whence such a sorce- - 


ress is called 3i& mb>2 mwx a woman in 
whom is a divining spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 7. 8. 
b) For the dead, the shade or spirit 
evoked. Is. 29,4 ΟΡ 7282 BIND HT and 
thy voice shall be like a shade out ‘of the 
ground.—The LXX usually render nias 
by ἐγγαστρίμυϑοι, ventriloquists, and 
correctly ; since among the ancients this 
power of ventriloquism was often mis- 
used for the purposes of magic.—As to 
the connection between these two signifi- 
cations of bottle and necromancer, it prob. 
arose from regarding the conjurer, while 
possessed by the demon, as a bottle, i. e. 
vessel, case, in which the demon was 
contained. Hence 


MAIN (water-skins) Oboth, pr. n. of a 
station of the Israelites in the desert, 
Num. 21,10. 34,43. It must be sought 
in the desert on the eastern skirts of 
Idumea, not far from Moab. 


D728 1 Chr. 27, 30, Odil, pr. τι. of an 
Ishmaelite. who had charge of the cam- 
els of David. It signifies pr. Fae of the 


ag ci gat like Arab. JST and dust from 


ὧδ! camel.—The form >"258 is for 525, 
as qrain for “81 Ps. 16, 5. 

Dae and Pak, m. (r. 22") a stream, 
river, only in Dan. 8, 2. 3. 6. 

* TIN and TN obsol. root. 1. to bend, 


to inflect, Arab. St mia. Waw; then io 


turn, to turn about or over, to stir, see 
subst. THN, MITIN; also to put around, 





20 ris 


to surround, see “IX. 
Heb. 7539. Hence 
2. to load, to burden, to press down with ὦ 


Corresponding is 


weight ; whinge Out heavy, bargel 
some, ὅδ a load, weight, Sytl mis- 


fortunes, evils, calamities, by which one 
is weighed down; see "8. 


3. ig. Off for Af, to be strong, ro- 
5 
bust ; Conj. II, to strengthen, to aid, at 


and Of strength, might, force ; whence 
Heb. tka. Comp. 5p and other verbs 
which also connect the notions of weight 
and strength. 

“TAN m. pr. a wooden poker, with whith 
a fire is stirred, see r. ΠΝ no 1; hence 
any burnt wood, a fire-brand, Zech. 3, 2. 
Am, 4, 11. 15. 7,4. Syr. and Chald. id. 
Others make it i. q. Dot wood. 

ΓΝ plur. pr. turnings, turns, see r. 
sax no. 1; then circumstances, reasons, 


Gee 
from r. 329 to turn about; Nae way, 


causes of things. 


manner, cause, from SLA, d4n, to turn 
oneself; Germ. wm for wegen ; boon be- 
cause of, from 5>3.—Found only i in the 
formula τὐπήν τος ἢ ig. "23 59, "29% 53, 
for the causes, i. e. on accoties of, be- 
cause of, propter, Gen. 21, 11. 25. 26, 32. 
Ex. 18, 8; 6. suff. "mitk ἘΣ on my ac- 
count, Josh. 14, 6. "x nitk~>D Ὁ 
for all these causes that, for this very 
cause that, Jer. 3, 8.—In some editt. is 
found 2 Sam. 13, 16 mink >&, which 
has arisen from combining two readings, 
misin~>y and mitix 5». 


“Ἔ ms not used in Kal, pr. to bend, . 
to inflect ; comp. kindr. ΠΣ. Hence 
1. to turn aside, to take lodging, to 


[3 

lodge, to dwell ; 1.4. Arab. ἘΔ Conj. I, 
Ss 

Il; syle a lodging, dwelling. See 


deriv. "ἐξ. 


-g 
2. i.q. Arab. (55: to incline, to have ἃ 


bent, i. e. to desire, to long for, to wish ; 
see Pi. Hithpa. and comp. YB. Kindr. 


roots are Max, Lat. aveo, Arab. S* 
Sanscr. aw, to deaire: 














i max i. q. Kal no. 2, to desire, to 
long for, ascribed mostly to the soul, 85). 
Prov: 21, 10 34 πρῆδ 9 BER the soul 
of the wicked desireth evil. Deut. 12, 20. 
14. 26. Job 23, 13. 33, 20. 1 Sam. 2, 16. 
2 Sam. 3, 21. Mic. 7,1. Without ‘te? 
‘Ps. 132, 13. 14. Is. 26, 9 san 7p: 
ΠΕΣ my soul even I desire thee in the 
night ; comp. 135 for J, with 1 pers. 
Gen. 44, 32. 
 Hrrapa. ΤΉΝ ΠῚ, fut. apoc. 18)? Prov. 
23, 3. 6, i. q. Pi. but pr. to desire for one- 
self, to long ; absol. 1 Chr. 11, 17; c. 
acc. Deut. 5, 18. Jer. 17,16; c. dat. Prov. 
3, 3.6. ΤΣ ΤΗΝ ΤΙ fo long a longing, 
i. e. to long for with eagerness, to lust 
after, Num. 11, 4. Ps. 106,14. Hithpael 
differs also from Piel, in that it is never 
Joined with 52, which is the common 
usage with Piel. 
. Deriv. 18 constr. 8, TIX, MY, ἊΣ I, 
ΟΝ, FyNn. 


rales ms obsol. root, onomatopoetic, 


to cry, to howl, ululare ; so Arab. (555 


to howl, as ἃ dog, wolf, jackal; see the 
deriv. "i8, "8. 


* TIL. TTS in Kal. not used, prob. 
 tosign, to mark, to describe with a mark; 
kindr. with M&M and min. Comp. 3x, 
mx I, am, to desire. Hence 
Hires. ΠῚ Num. 34, 10 535 omnnn 
ye shall mark out for yourselves a border, 
etc. comp. v. 7. 8, where in the same 
- connection is read fut.52>5NmM. Sept. 
and Syr. in all three passages, xatops- 


᾿τρήσετε, ϑϑο 22; ye shall measure out, 
_ deterinine.—Hence also mix for MIX, a 
sign. 

aN Εἰ (τ. ΠΣ 1.2.) 1. desire, long- 
ing, 6. τ. after ‘food, with 852, Deut. 12, 


2, 24. Comp. in mn 1. Pi. 
2. desire, pleasure, will, with 52, 
~1 Sam. 23, 20; simpl. Hos. 10, 10. 


“FAN (prob. i. q. “IN, ἜΣ, strong, ro- 
bust) Uzai, pr. n. τη. Neh. 3 25. 


| STAN Gen. 10, 27, pr. n. Uzal, a de- 
_ scendant of Joktan, here taken in a geo- 
graphical sense for a city and district of 
the Joktanide in Arabia, prob. the same 
_ afterwards called Sanaa, the metropolis 


TTS 21 


15. 20. 91. 18, 6; of sexual aeitre, 7, 





bas 


of the kinzdom of Yemen ; see Bochart 
Phaleg. II. 21. J.D. Michaelis Spicil. _ 
Geogr. Heb. ext. T. II. p. 164 sq. Rut- 
ger’s Hist. Jemane, p. 217. 


"IN (desire or dwelling, i. q."%) Evi, 
pr. n. of a king of Midian, Num. 31, 8. 
Josh. 13, 31. 


“IRs(r. TIE IL) 1. Subst. wailing, 
lamentation. Prov. 23, 29. 70> ix 5 
"ia% who hath τοι δαί who hath want ? 

2. Interj. wo! a) Of sorrow, grief, 
c. dat. wo to me! etc. 1 Sam. 4, 8. Is. 
3, 9. 6,5; rarely c. acc..Ez. 24, 6. 8; 
absol. Num. 24, 23. Ὁ) Of threatening, 
imprecation, Num. 21, 29.—Kindr. is "in. 


MIN i. α, TiN, c. dat. Ps. 120, 5. 


Soe τῇ. (r. 515} plur. ΘΛ ΝΣ 1. _fool- 
ish, as adj. bay, wx Prov. 29, 9. Hos. 
9, 7. More freq. subst. ἃ foolish man, a 
fool, Job 5, 2. Is. 19, 11. 35, 8. Prov. 7, 22. 
10, 14. 11, 29. 14, 3. 15, 5. Opp. toa 
prudent man (5592) Prov. 12,16; toa 
wise man (0271) Prov. 10, 14. 

2. Impl. impious, wicked, Job 5, 3. 


"SIN id. with adj. ending, Sfoatiahy 
Zech. il, 15. 


7370 eal Evil-Merodach, pr. n. of 
a king of Babylon, who set at liberty 
Jehoiachin king of Judah after he had 
been long detained in prison by Nebu- 
chadnezzar, 2 K. 25, 27. Jer. 52,31. He 
succeeded Nebuchadnezzar, and reigned 
two years, according to Berosus in Jos. 
c. Ap. 1. 20.—As to the signification of 
the name, 7792 q. v. is the name of a 
Babylonish idol, and 5"1x is in Heb. fool- 
ish. But we may take it for granted 
that some other name of Assyrian or 
Persian origin lies concealed under this, 
which the Jews thus wrested into the 
analogy of their own tongue ; pleasing 
themselves perhaps with the idea of 
calling the hostile and gentile king in 
scorn Merodach’s fool, i. e. his foolish 
worshipper. , 


ν “ΝΣ with Vav movable, obsol. root, 
i. ᾳ. δ, >N5, to be foolish, pr. to be 
turned away, perverse, comp. kindr. 513, 
and also 538. Hence ΝΣ, "5", fool- 
ish, M258 folly. 


* San and Pas a root not. used in 


Oye 


the verb, but of wide extent in the 
derivatives, 

1. Pr. to roll, to twist, to swirl, as in 
kindr. >4n, ban, DMB, bba; comp. «Ago, 
εἰλύω, ἴλλω, Δ ΟΣ below under τ, Ὁ53.--- 
Hence bax a ram, from his twisted 
horns ; also >48 belly. ᾿ 

2. Trop. to be strong, stout, powerful ; 
for the connection comp. in 55" and ὉΠ. 
—Hence >x the Strong One, God; m>x 
terebinth, q. ἃ. the strong tree; ji>& 
an oak, Lat. robur; also 5°98, MmA> IN, 
strength, aid. 

3. Trop. to.be first, foremost, chief, 
from the notion of strength and power ; 


sO “a δ to be foremost, to come out 


first, ΑΙ first, primus, (pr. princeps, like 
iN4,) comp. Heb. 583.—Hence Brd5x 
pbx, the mighty, the chief peix the 
front part, ᾳ. v. δ no. 2, and pbx, a 
projection on a building ; nba no. 3, the 
first place, rank. 


DIN m. 1. the belly, body, pr«a roll, 
roller, from the round form ; r. D458 no. 1. 


Ps. 73, 4. Arab. δῇ, df 


2. Plur. the mighty, the powerful, the 


chief. 2 K. 24, 15 Cheth. yah "3ax 
the chief of the land. The Keri has the 
more usual form δὴ. R. δὴν no. 3. 


1. "DN compounded from "δὲ constr. 
is, and "2 i. g. "δ, 8b) 8b, not; comp. 
are, ΡΝ 

1. 7 not, unless, once Num. 22, 33 
Sa) "2B. AND. "ΣῊΝ unless she had turn- 
ed from me, * surely now I had slain thee. 
Sept. εἰ μή. Aben-Ezra well “b1. 

2. whether not, Is. 47, 12; and hence 
ellipt. [who bene] whether not, i. 6. per- 
haps, peradventure, expressing doubt, 
fear, Gen. 24, 5. 27, 12. Josh. 9,7; and 
also hope, Gen. 16, 2. Am. 5, 15.—Hos. 
8, 7 the stalk shall yield no meal, "Ὅτ 
ΠΡ ἘΞ" mya mvs [or if] ‘perhaps it 
yield, ‘strangers shall devour it. Jer. 21,2. 


—In like manner Arab. ἐπ and ae 
perhaps, is pr. whether not, ellipt. As to 
é 


its origin, for : J, and its various forms 
and use, see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe 1. 
§867, and note. More nearly corre- 
sponding are the Talmudic particles Nat 
and Nab" pr. whether not, annon, then 


22. 





op 


whether perhaps, if perhaps, fortasse ; 
e. g. Pirke Aboth 2, 4 ‘ne dicas: cum 
otiosus fuero, discam, fortasse (R2W) non 
eris otiosus.’? Berach 2,1.9. Also ὉΠ Ὡ 
what if? perhaps, which is put for Heb. 
sdast Is, 47, 12. 


II. "258 pr. n. Ulai, Euleus, a river 
flowing by Susa in Persia, and emptying 
itself into the united stream of the Eu- 
phrates and Tigris, called by the Greeks 
Choaspes, now Kerah. Dan. 8,2. See 
Hdot. 5. 49. Plin. H. N. 6. 27 or 31. 
R. K. Porter’s Tapes Vol. II. p, 412, 
and Map. 


=e DON (Kamets impure,) Plur. 
ΡΥ itr: "bh no. 3,) pr. the anterior 
part, hon; hence 

1. vestibule, porch, portico, 1 K. 7, 6 
sq. Ez. 40,7 sq. Spec. of the vestibule 
or porch erected on the eastern front of 
the temple of Solomon, Gr. ὃ πρόγαος, 
1K. 6, 3. Joel 2,17; more fully pba 


| min 2 Chr. 15, 8. 29,17. The altitude 


of this porch is said (2 Chr. 3, 4) to have 
been 120 cubits, while the height of the 
temple itself was only 30 cubits, and its 
length 60 cubits, 1 K. 6,2. This would 
give to the porch the form of a tower, 
unless there is here an error in the text. 
Perhaps for D°"w>" MRA we may read 
with Meyer and others DW mix 
twenty cubits. 

2. Adv. pr. in front, and therefore op- 
posite, on the contrary ; hence trop. as a 
strong adversative particle, but, but yet, 
nay but, nevertheless, ov μὴν ἀλλά, as 
Sept. well. Job 2, 5. 5, 8. 13,3. Often 
also HD4x1, Sept. ov μὴν δὲ ἀλλά, Gen. 
48, 19. Ex. 9, 16. Job 1, 11. 12,7. 33, 1. 
Where two advendiieaes propositions 
stand one after the other, the Hebrews 
repeat the adversative particle, as in 
Engl. e. g. D25Ni—D>IN Job 13, 3. 4. 
Comp. “1—"D. Once in Job 17, 10 
it is written pbx, where some Mss, 
falsely read ΕΝ lt may be worth 
inquiry, whether this particle also, as 
well as "48, may not be compounded 
from 58 i. q. x an, whether, and 2? i. q. 


Ρ 


pos, “, not, in the ellipt. sense, [who 
knows] whether not, i. q. but perhaps. 
This _ conjecture would seem to be 


supported by the Syriac word ἴδ], 


ΕΣ 

aN 
which according to the ancient Syrian 
lexicographers signifies ‘annon, fortasse.’ 


3. Ulam, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 16. 
b) 8, 39. 40. 
4 MIN f(r. diy) 1. folly, very often 
: in Proverbs, as 5,23. 12, 23. 13, 16. 14, 
| 17. 18. 29. 15, 2. 14. 21. 
' 9, Impl. impiety, wickedness, comp. 
 7d33. Ps. 38, 6. 69, 6. 
3. Perh. the first pines, i rank, 


~~: 


a 
| 





as "Folly, 3 ie. “high honour is to them only 
- asource of foolish actions. There would 
seem to be here a paronomasia or play 
_ upon the twofold signification of m>5x. 


ΔῚΣ (perh. eloquent, talkative, Syr. 
ἤρατο, r. ἌΝ) Omar, pr. ἢ. m. Gen. 
86,11. 


Ε΄." VAS obsol. root. 1. Pr. to be no- 
thing, not to be, i. e. having a negative 
power, like δὲ" and kindred forms, as 


Gb, xi.g5, to hinder, 522, j82; the 
_ same power which in most languages 
'is expressed by the letter n; comp. 


Pers. x3, (3; Zend. and Copt. an; Gr. 
yn in νήπιος, νημερτής, and ἄνευ ; Lat. ne, 
nemo, non, also in priv. prefixed to ad- 
_jectives; Germ. nie, nein, and vulgar 
 né, also ohne and un prefixed to adjec- 
tives; Engl. no, nay, not, and un, in 
_ privative; also Greek ἀναίνομαι. Less 
frequently the negative power is ex- 
pressed by the kindred letters m, comp. 
' Sanscr. ma, Gr. uy; and J, comp. 8>, 
RD, ND, 7D, 7b, de, DDN. Hence ἘΝ, 
4 7X ποδί; not, Ἰδὲ nothingness. 
From the idea of nothing come the 
following tropical senses: 

2. to be vain, empty, fruitless ; and 
hence to be false, worthless, wicked, see 
U8 no. 1, 2,3. Comp. in Engl. ‘to be 
nothing worth,’ ‘there is nothing in 
him; Lat. ‘homo nequam.’ 

3. to be deficient in strength. debilitat- 


Γ ed, exhausted. a οἷ mid. Ye, to be 


ἡ weak, exhausted ; Nat: weariness, trou- 
ble, sorrow. si-Henes: pS no. 4, 5°28" 

_ labours. ἡ 

4, to be light, easy, facile; since 


23 


| Sanser. na, no, an and α privative; ' 





ys 


things light and easy are to us 189, 
Engl. as nothing. Comp. 5% to be light, . 
easy.—Hence jis I, faculty (facility) of 
doing any thing, ability, power. 


TIS τὰ. (τ. AN πο. 1) c. suff. Fix, 
Dyin Jer. 4,°14. Ps. 94, 23. Plur. ΘΠ ΝΣ 
Prov. 11, 7. 

1. nothingness, vanity, also a vain and 
empty thing, Is. 41; 29. Zech. 10, 2. 
Spec. of the nothingness of idols and of 
every thing pertaining to idolatry (comp. 
5311) 1 Sam. 15, 23; and so put for an 
idol, idols, Is. 66, 3. Hence in Hosca 
the city be-nna hone of God, as being | 
given to idolatry, is scornfully called 
jig-ma house of idols, Hos. 4, 15. 10, 5. 
Here too are to be referred: a) ΒΞ 
18 plain of Aven (idols), Amos 1,5, i.e. a 
certain valley in the vicinity of Damas- 
cus, perh. Heliopolis of Syria. b) "δὲ. 
Aven for δ i. 6. Heliopolis of Egypt 
Ez. 30,17; but with the notion of an 
idolatrous city.—Spec. 3 

2. nothingness of words, i. e. false- 
hood, deceit, Ps. 36, 4. Prov. 17, 4. 

3. nothingness as to worth, naughti- 
ness, wickedness, iniquity, comp. τ. Ἰδὲ 
no. 2. Num. 23, 21. Job 36, 21. Is. 1, 13, 
TIS ΔΘ, PIS We, wicked men, Job 22, 
15. 34, 36. ἽΝ by workers of iniquity, 
evil aber 31, 3. 34, 8. 22. Plur. onvix 
Prov. 11, 7, prob. re VIN WIN, as in 
Sept. Chald. Syr. Arab. 

4, toil, trouble, evil, calamity, i. q. by. 
Ps. 55, 4 they cast calamity upon me. 
Prov. 22, 8 he that soweth iniquity shall 
reap evil, calamity. Ps. 90, 10. Job 15, 
35. Hab. 3, TBR. sorrow, pain, Gen. 
35, 18 "258"j2 Ben-oni, i.e. son of my 
sorrow. ὉΠ ὈΠῸ bread of sorrows. 
i.e. the food of mourners, which was 
reckoned unclean, Hos. 9, 4: comp. 
Deut. 26, 14. 

Note. As 338 with suffixes coincides 
as to form with ji, care must be taken 
not to confound the two words. 


I. ΤῊ m. (τ. px no. 4) faculty, ability ; 
hence 

1. strength, power, Job 18,7. 12. 40, 16. 
Spec. of manly vigour, power of procrea- 
tion, iN MWR the first-fruits or first- 
iing of one’s strength, the first-born, Gen. 
49, 3. Deut. 21, 17. Ps. 105, 36. Plur 
nis Is. 40, 26. 29. Ps. 78, 51. 


TS 


2. wealth, substance, Hos. 12, 9. Job 
20, 10. ) 
3. On, pr. n. m. Num. 16, 1. 


1, 7s Gen. 41, 50 and is 41, 45. 46, 


20, On, thie domestic pr. ἢ. of an ancient 
Egyptian city, in Ez. 30,17 written JI8 
q- v. no. 1.b. Called also by the He- 
brews, prob. as a translation of the 
Egyptian name, You ΓΞ Beth-shemesh, 
i. e. house of the sun, Jer. 43, 13; by 
the Greeks Heliopolis, city of the sun; 
by the Arabs (poet pre »Ain Shems, 
j. 6. fountain of the sun. Coptic Was. 
which signified light, and spec. the sun, 
as there seems hardly a doubt; comp. 


OTE, OEM, OU, light, lumi- 
nary ; see Peyron Lex. p. 273. The city 
stood on the eastern side of the Nile, a 
few miles north of Memphis; and was 
celebrated for the worship and temple 


of the sun, and for its obelisks, one of 


; 


Jer. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 5. 


which remains to the present day ; 
Diod. Sic. I. 85. Hdot. 2. 59. Near the 
ruins of the ancient city is a fountain 
still called ’Ain Shems, in the adjacent 
modern village of Matariyeh. Comp. 
Deser. de ’Egypte, Antiq. V. Pl. 26, 27. 
Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 36, 37. 


S28 (strong, for 7218) Ono, pr. ἢ. of 
a city in Benjamin, Ezra 2, 33. Neh. 7, 
37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8, 12; with a valley 
or plain of like name, Neh. 6, 2. 


‘MAPDIS £. plur. 2 Chr. 8, 18 Cheth. for 
τον ships, with Vav as mater lectionis 
redundant. 


DIN (strong, stout) Onam, pr. n. m. 
a) Gen. 36,23. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 2, 26. 


4218 (id:) Onan, pr. n. of a son of 
Judah, Gen. 38, 9. 46, 12. Num. 26, 19. 


TDA Uphaz, pr.n. of a gold country, 
It seems to be 
corrupted out of "bis ; since the letters 
“ and 1 are also elsewhere interchanged, 
comp. Pt2 and p23 lightning, ~ and 
+? to boast. 

spp, TDI, MHS, pr. n. Ophir, 
a celebrated region, abétinding in, gold, 
which the seamen of Solomon in com- 
pany with the Phenicians were accus- 
tomed to visit, taking their departure 
from the ports of the Elanitic gulf; and 


24, 





EN 


bringing back every three years gold, 
precious stones, and sandal-wood, also 
silver, ivory, apes, and peacocks; 1 K. 9, 
98. 10, 11. 2 Chr. 8, 18. 9,10; espec. 1K. 
10, 22, where Ophir is to be understood, — 
although not expressly mentioned. The — 
gold of Ophir is frequently mentioned — 
in the O. T. as Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 10. Is. 
13, 12. 1 Chr. 29, 4; once also "518 
itself is put for gold of Ophir Job 22, 24. 
As to the geographical situation of — 
Ophir, there is the greatest diversity | 
of opinion among commentators. Yet — 
among modern interpreters, the best — 
hesitate only between two regions, viz. — 
India, and some part of Arabia.—That ; 
Ophir is to be sought in India, was the — 
opinion of Josephus (Ant. 8. 6. 4), and | 
among the moderns, of Vitringa, Reland, — 
and others; and this view is supported 
by the following arguments: a) The — 
countries of India abound in the arti- — 
cles of traffic above mentioned; and se-— 
veral of these,as ivory and sandal-wood, 
are found only in India; also the words — 
for apes and peacocks correspond en- 
tirely with the Indian words for the same — 
on the coast of Malabar, and are doubt- | 
less derived from these latter; see iP, 
pan. Ὁ) The LXX have everywhere 
(except once in Gen. 10, 29) for "BIN 
put Σουφίρ, Σουφείρ, Σωφίρ, Σωφείρ, Σω- 
φαρά, Σωφηρά. But coqsp: according — 
to the ancient Coptic lexicographers, — 
(whose authority, however, is not very 
great,) is the name for India.) There | 
exists in India a district from the name 
of which both the names Ophir and So- — 
phir may be readily explained, viz. Σου- 
πάρα, the Οὔππαρα of Arrian, (Sanscr. 
Uppara upper,) situated in the hither 
Chersonesus where is now the celebrated 
emporium of Goa, and mentioned by 
Ptolemy, Ammianus, and Abulfeda.— 
Of not less weight are the arguments 
brought in favour of Arabia ; which 
view is supported among the moderns 
by Michaelis (Spicil. I. p. 184 sq.) Gos-_ 
selin, Vincent, Bredow (Histor. Unters. | 
Il. p. 253), T. C. Tychsen, Seetzen in 
Zach’s Monatl. Corresp. XIX. p. 331 sq. 
and others. It is said: a) That Ophir, 
in Gen. 10, 29, is enumerated among 
other regions inhabited by the descend- 











518 


ants of Joktan; all of which, so far as 
known to us, are to be sought in the 
southern part of Arabia, and especially 
between Sabea and Havilah, both of 
which are rich in gold; although it can- 
not be denied that Ophir, even if more 
remote and situated in India, might have 
been referred, in this genealogical list of 
nations, to the colonies of the Joktanide. 
b) Of the articles of traffic above men- 
tioned, only certain ones, indeed, as gems 
and apes, are now found in Arabia; and 
in modern times no gold whatever is 
found there. But that formerly certain 
districts at least of Arabia abounded in 
gold, and that too native and ἄπυρος, is 
testified not only by the writers of the 
O. T. 6. g. Num. 31, 22. 50. Judg. 8, 24. 
26. Ps. 72,15; but also by Diod. Sic. 2. 
50. ib. 3. 44,47, (comp. in 1253,) by 
Agatharchides ap. Phot. Cod. 250, by 
Artemidorus ap. Strab. 16. 4. 22, and by 
Pliny H. N. 6. 28,32. The authority of 
all these witnesses cannot well be im- 
peached; since the mines may have been 
exhausted or wholly neglected, as in 
Spain; or the globules of native gold 
formerly found in the sand may have 
failed. 6) Ophir is expressly mentioned 
as an island of Arabia by Eupolemus ap. 
Euseb. Prep. Evang. IX. 30; and at the 
present day there exists a place called 
el-Ophir in the district of Oman, a few 
miles from the city Sohar towards the 
interior. 

However it may be as to the respec- 
tive merits of these two hypotheses, (for 
we cannot here exhaust the discussion, ) 
they are both far more probable than 
that which assigns Ophir to the eastern 
coast of Africa, making it to comprise 
Nigritia and the Sofala of Arabian 
writers, now Zanguebar and Mozam- 
bique, where there is a gold district call- 
ed Fura; an opinion held by Grotius, 
Huet, D’Anville, Bruce, Schulthess, and 
ouners. 


JDIN m. (τ. WN) constr. ix, plur. 
pix, a wheel, Ex. 14, 25. al. Prov. 
20, 26 jain ὈΠῸΣ Ξ 3) and turneth over 
them the wheel sc. of the threshing- 
sledge, i. e. he crushes them in pieces ; 
see in Wis. 


‘i yis 1. to press on, to urge, to hasten 
. ἫΣ 


25 





ἊΝ 


any one, Εἰχ. 5,18. Comp. Chald. ysx 
Kindr. both in sound and signif. are the 
roots Y28, 72, 712, comp. πιέζω. 

2. Intrans. to urge oneself, to hasten, to 
make haste, Josh. 10,13. Prov. 19, 2. 28, 
20.—With 72, tohasten from, 1.q. to with- 
draw oneself, Jer. 17, 16 M3572 "AEN Ne 
FIRS, for ΠΣ nin, Ihave not with- 
drawn myself from being a pastor (pro- 
phet) after thee. 

3. to press close, i. e. to be strait. 
narrow, Josh. 17, 15. 

Hipu. i.q. Kal no. 1, to press on to 
urge, to hasten avy one; ὁ. inf. et >, 
Is. 22,4; with 3 of pers. Gen. 19, 15. 


“EIS m. constr. ἜΣ ΤΣ, plur. ὩΣ ΝΣ, 
R. χὰ. 

1. Pr. what is laid up, a store, stock, 
e. g. of fruits, produce, provision, 2 Chr. 
11,11. 1 Chr. 27, 27; espec. of gold, 
silver, and other precious things, treas- 
ure, 6. g. of the treasures of the temple 
1K. 7,51; of the king 14, 26. 15, 18. 
“ik ΓΞ treasure-house, treasury, Neh. 
10, 39. 

2. i. ᾳ. "IN “2 a store-house, garner, 
Joel 1,17; a treasury 2 Chr. 32, 27. 


* "TIN to be or become light, to shine, to 
be bright, Gen. 44, 3; also of the eyes 
of a fainting person when he recovers 
1 Sam. 14, 27. 29. Pret. impers. “8 it 
is light 1 Sam. 29,10. Imperat. "is, 
Is. 60,1 shine, be bright, i. e. be sur- 
rounded and resplendent with light. 

ΝΙΡΗ. “82, fut. 785, i. gq. Kal, 2 Sam. 
2,32. Job 33, 30 “ΝΘ for ἜΝΘ to become 
light, to be made light, to dawn. Part. 
“ini, bright, splendid, glorious, Ps. 76,5. 

ΗΙΡΗ. ΝΠ 1. to lighten, to make 
light, to illuminate, c. accus. Ps.77, 19. 
97,4. 105,39. a) ‘B "35d NH to enlight- 
en the eyes of any one, which before were 
dark, dim, i. e. to recall him as it were to 
life, Ps. 13, 4; hence to refresh, to glad- 
den, Prov. 29,13. Ps. 19,9. Ezra 9, 8: 
Comp. Ecclus. 31,17. Ὁ) 25 ὍΝ Zo 
light up one’s countenance, to cause 1 
to shine, i. e. to cheer, to enliven, Ecc. 8, 1. 
Comp. synon. "33 II. So of one’s own 
countenance, 1738. ΝΣ to cause his 
Jace to shine, spoken. espec. of God as 
regarding men with a serene and propi 
tious countenance, Ps. 80, 4. 8. 20; c. 
>& Num. 6, 2; 59 Ps. 31,17; 2 Ps. 119. 


ἪΝ 


135; > 118,27; τὰς Ps. 67,2. Once omit- 
ting 598 Ps, 118, 27. ἢ Trop. to en- 
lighten, i.e. to impart knowledge and 
wisdom, Ps. 119, 130. 

2. to give light, to shine, absol. Gen. 1, 
15; c. dat. Ex. 13, 21. Is. 60, 19. 

3. to light, i.e. to kindle, to set on fire, 
Mal. 1,10. Is. 27,11. Comp. "58 fire. 


aoe 
Arab. » to kindle. 


Deriv. "i8, AX, TIN, pr. names “8 
—ATN, also TiN, TINA, WRX", 


“i® m. (once f. Job 36, 32; see Lehre. 
p. 546) light, Gen. 1, 3. 4. 5. Job 3, 9. 
12,25. The diff. between it and “in 
is apparent from Gen. 1, 3 comp. v. 14. 16, 
i.e. “8 is light as universally diffused, 
é.g. the light of day and of the sun, while 
“ik’2 is pr. a light, luminary, which gives 
light, and therefore admits the plural, 
which "48 does not, except in one exam- 
ple Ps. 136,7, where 2°58 is poetically 
put for o™k2.—Spec. a) day-light, 
morning-light, dawn, Neh. 8, 3 ΠΝ ΓΙ τ 
bint msm 52 from day-light until noon. 
Job 24, 14 sind with the light, at dawn. 
b) light of the sun, also the sun itself, Job 
3l, 26. 37, 21. Hab. 3,4. Is. 18,4; comp. 
φάος for the sun dyes. 3. 335. ‘Also light 
of day, the day, Ecc. 12,2. moss six 
light of the wicked, 1. 6. their day-time, 
put for the night, Job 38.15. 6) i. q. 
lightning, Job 36,32 ik neD opa-dy 
he epvereth his hande with light, i.e. 
lightning, q.d. his hands are red with 
lightning. Job 37, 3.11.15. d) the light 
of life, life, Job 3, 16.20; more fully “ix 
pun Ps. 56,14. 6) Metaph. light as 
the emblem of welfare, prosperity, hap- 
piness ; either so that the proper sense 
of light is retained, Job 22, 28. Is. 9, 1; 
or trop. for prosperity itself, Job 30, 26. 
Ps. 97,11. InIs. 10, 17 Jehovah is called 
the light of Israel, as the author and 
»source of prosperity and happiness to 
them; comp. 60, 1.3. [Ὁ light for know- 
ledge, instruction, doctrine, Is. 49, 6 “ix 
ΠῚ} a light of the Gentiles, i. e. an en- 
lightener, teacher. 51,4. 2,5 let us walk 
in the light of Jehovah, see v. 3. Comp. 
Prov. 6, 23 for the commandment (of God) 
ts a lamp, and the law is light. g) “ix 
525 light of the countenance, i.e. a serene 
and cheerful countenance, Job 29, 24 





26 ἫΝ 


(comp. Ps. 104,15). Prov. 16,15 "38 ike 
7230 inthe light of the king’s countenance, 
i.e. when his countenance is cheerful and 
pleasant. Ps. 4, 7. 44, 4. 


“AN m. 1.i.q. 718, light, and hence in 
Plur.5"748 8) lights, i.e. region of light, 
the East, Orient, Is. 24,15. Comp. Hom. 
πρὸς ἠῶ ἡἕλιόν τε, Il. 12. 239. Od. 9. 26. 
b) lights, metaph. for revelations, revela- 
tion, spoken of the sacred lot of the He- 
brews, Urim, Num. 27, 21. 1 Sam. 28, 6; 
oftener more fully Dam DN Taio 
and Thummimn, light and truth, i 1.6. reve- 
lation and truth, Ex. 28, 30. Lev. 8, 8; 
once Θ᾿ ΠΝ} Oh Deut. 33, 8. Sept. well, 
δήλωυις καὶ ἀλήϑεια, Luth. Licht und 
Recht. These sacred lots, which the 
high-priest alone might consult in mat- 
ters of great moment, were worn in his 
breast-plate, as appears from Ex. 28, 30, 
where 5X 4M) is to put into ; comp. Deut. 
23, 25. Num. 4, 10. Ex. 25,21. What 
they were, was elrenilg matter of dispute 
in the time of Philo and Josephus. The 
latter supposed that the augury was 
taken from the twelve gems which deco- 
rated the exterior of the breast-plate, 
and from their degree of splendour; Jos. 
Ant. 3.8.9. But Philo teaches that the 
Urim and Thummim were two small 
images inserted between the double 
folds of the breast-plate, one of which 
symbolically represented revelation, and 
the other truth; Tom. II. p. 152. ed. 
Mangey. In this case, the Hebrews 
perhaps imitated a similar custom of the — 
Egyptians, among whom the supreme 
judge wore suspended from his neck a 
small image of sapphire, as the symbol 
of truth ; see Diod. Sic. 1. 48, 75. ΖΕ] δα. 
V. H. 14. 34. 

2. light of fire, Is. 50, 11 ὧδ ἜΝ, 
Hence for fire itself, i. e. flame, blaze, Is, 


44, 16. 47, 14. Ez. 5, 2. Comp. 8 
Hinks no. 3. | 
3. Ur,pr.n. a) Of Abraham’s native 


city, more fully n"3w> "4% Ur of the 
Chaldees, Gen. 11, 28. 31. 15,7. Neh. 9, 8. 
A trace of it seems to have remained in 
the Persian fortress Ur, situated between 
Nesibis and the Tigris according to Am- 
mian. 25.8. But @r as an appellative 
may perhaps have signified a fortress, 
castle ; so at least Pers. I! castle 














“TN 


Zeud and Sanscr. vara, fortification, 
comp. Sanscr. pura a fortified city, after 
the analogy of punar, Pracrit. unar, etc. 
See Εἰ, Benary in the Berliner Jahrbb. 
1841. p. 146 sq. 5) m. 1 Chr. 11, 35. 


MIN f. 1. light, Ps. 139, 12; metaph. 
of welfare, happiness, Esth. 8, 16. 

2. Plur. minis greens, green herbs, 2 K. 
4,39. The idea of brightness, splendour, 
is often transferred in the Semitic 
tongues to verdure and flowers ;- comp. 
yx2, Arab. st lights and flowers. 


Comp. also Samarit. "x" Gen. 1, 11. 12, 
for 883 herb.—So Is. 26, 19 ninix bu 7D 
722 for as the dew of herbs is thy dew, 
i. 6. God’s quickening influence will raise 
the dead to life, as the dew of heaven 
refreshes plants. Comp. Ecclus. 46, 12. 
49,10. Others render dew of light, i. e. 
of life, the vivifying dew, comp. "ik ἃ, 


MIN by transp. for ΠΛῊΝ q. v. stalls, 
cribs, 2 Chr. 32, 28. 


VIS (fiery, or perh. an abridged form 
for 2958) Uri, pr.n.m. a) Ex. 31, 2. 
b) Ezra 10, 24. c)1.K. 4, 19. 


DN7IAN (flame of God) Uriel, pr. n. m. 
a) 1 Chr. 6, 9. 15, 5.21. b) 2Chr. 13,2. 


"8 (flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr. 
n.m. a) A Hittite, the husband of Bath- 
sheba, treacherously slain by order of 
David, 2 Sam. 11,3. b) A priest in the 
time of Ahaz and Isaiah, Is. 8, 2. 2 K. 
16, 10. 

AAP IAN (id.) Urijah, pr. n. ofa prophet 
slain by order of Jehoiakim, Jer. 26. 20 sq. 

WAS see WwiINNh under Ox. , 

* DAN or-THN a root not used in Kal. 

ΝΊΡΗ. ΤῚΝ, fut. 1 plur. mix32, 3 plur. 
smn", fo consent, 2 K. 12,9; with dat. of 


pers. to consent unto any one, to gratify 
him, Gen. 34, 15. 22.23. In Arabic this 


s 
sense is found under the form is! ia 


mx to come, Conj. ΠῚ sll, Heb. amis, 
whence seems to have arisen the new 
root Mik; unless by changing the points, 
instead of Mix? , MIN", we prefer to read 
MiX:, IMi8", which forms may then be 
referred to Poel of r. πῶς. 


I. ΓΗ͂Σ, plur. mink, comm. gend. comp. 
sing. Gen. 9, 12. Ex. 4,8; plur, Ex. 4, 9. 


27 





IN 
Josh. 24, Τῆι Contr. for min from ns ΠῚ, 


comp. 5 i or Sot sign, for 551 from 


ests 

1. a sign, Chald. mx, ὅτ: 12}, plur. 
(252). Ex. 12, 13. Josh. 2, 12. Gen. 1, 14 
ἘΛΊΣ 55 ΤΟΝ wT and they shall be 
for signs and for seasons, i. e. by Hen- 
diadys, for signs of seasons.—Then 

2. an ensign, flag, military standard, 
espec. of each single tribe, Num. 2, 2 sq. 
different from 533 the banner of three 
tribes together. 

3. ὦ sign of something past, a token, 
memorial, Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8. 
Hence a memorial, monument, Is. BP, 13. 
Kz. 14, 8. 

4. a sign of something future, ὦ por- 
tent, omen, τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος Rom. 5, 
14, 1. ᾳ. ΒΩ. Is. 8,18 lo! I and the 
children whom Jehovah hath given me 
are signs and portents in Israel from the 
Lord of hosts, i. 6. through the names 
divinely given us, which are all of good 
omen, (viz. naa salvation of Jehovah ; 
>be God with. us, 7, 14. 8, 8; Shear 
Jashub 7, 3,) God has made us types of 
future things to prefigure future deliver- 
ance and prosperity. Comp. 20, 3. Ez. 
4, 3. 

5. a sign or token of any thing in itself 
not visible or discernible ; e. g. the token 
of a covenant, as circumcision, Gen. 17, 
11; the sabbath, Ex. 31, 13. Hence 
a token, argument, proof, Job 21, 29; 
comp. Lat. signum Cic. de Invent. 1. 34, 
Gr. τεκμήριον, σημεῖον, Sept. Job 21, 29. 
So of the prophetic sign or token of the 
truth of a prophecy, viz. when God or 
the prophet as his interpreter foretells 
some minor event, the fulfilment of which 
serves as a sign or proof of the future 
fulfilment of the whole prophecy; Ex. 
3, 12. Deut. 13, 2.3. 1 Sam. 2, 27-34. 10, 
7-9. 2 K. 19, 29. 20, 8. 9. 15. 7, 11-14. 38, 
7. 22. Jer. 44, 29. 30; comp. Mark 13, 4. 
Luke 1, 18.2,12. Comm. onIs. 7, 10. 11. 
—Finally, a wonder, prodigy, miracle, 
as a sign of the divine power, i. q. ΓΒ, 
Deut. 4, 34. 6, 22. 7, 19. 29, 2. 34, 11. 


IT. PAR or FS only c. suff. "Vik , AMS, 
etc. i. q. Τὰς I, pron. demonstr. commonly 
as sign of the accus. 


ΤῊΣ demonstr. part. otigitialty of place 


NIN 28 


in that place, there, kindred with ΠῚ, 


Arab. δι ecce! Then 

1. Part. demonstr. of time, at that time, 
- then, Chald. j"28. Spoken: a) Of time 
past, Arab. of, Gen. 12, 6. Josh. 10, 12. 


14,11. With pret. 1 K. 8, 12. 2 Chr. 
6, 1. 8, 12.17; also with fut. in preter 
sense, Josh. 1. c. Ex. 15, 1. Deut. 4, 41. 
Comp. Lehrg. p. 773. Ὁ) Of a ‘tare 
time, then, thereupon, after that ; with 
fut. tn fut. sense, Ps. 96, 12 43279 1% then 
shall they rejoice. Sometimes also with 
pret. in a future sense, where a future 
precedes, Judg. 5, 11. Ex. 15, 15. 

2. Part. illat. then, for thence, there- 
fore. on that account, Jer. 22, 15. Ps. 
40, 8. 69, 5. 

3. With pref. τὸ Ὁ and tN", pr. from 
that time, from then; hence a) Adv. 
from ancient times, of old, long since, 
2 Sam. 15, 34. Is. 16, 13. 44, 8. 45, 21. 
48, 3.5.7. Ὁ) Prep. and Cont, ‘from the 
time, from when, since, Fr. depuis, dés- 
lors, ὁ. inf. Ex. 4, 10 7723 182 since 

| thou hast spoken. Josh. 14, 10. With 


subst. Ruth 2,7 “- oan ΤΝ Ὁ Foire the time: 


οἵ morning, since morning. Ps. 76, 8 
sR ΤΝ 2 from the time of thy anger, Ἶ 6. 
when once thou art angry. As Conj. 
with a finite verb, pr. for “HX tka, from 
the time that, since, Ex. 5, 23 "ANS ΤῸ 
ΓΙ bx since J came unto Pharaoh. 
Gen. 39, 5. 

Nore. Fuller forms from 18 are "IX 
4. v. and Chald. j"1x. The latter seems 
to have come (by. softening the letters) 
from j"73, ΠΛ, here, also there ; so 
that its ending appears to be plural, 
while in fact it is not so; comp. j"7> for 
sm7-79. See, for these particles and their 
etymology, Hupfeld in Zeitschr. ἢ d. 
Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 434. 


* NTN and TUN Chald. to light, to 


ΓΞ 
kindle ; comp. Arab. οἷ to be hot, to light 
a fire. Part. pass.°51% by Syriasm for 
mix Dan. 3, 22; inf. 812 for NIN2, c. 
suff. 7772 3,19. 
E “Ἰὰς obsol. root, whence. 3578 q. v. 
"27S pr. n. τὰ. Ezbai, 1 Chr. 11, 37. 


“TER Chald. i. q. bt8 to go away, to 
depart. For the interchange of d and 





DTN 

I, comp. δάκρυον, lacryma, and see under 
lett. >no.2. Hence Dan. 2,5. 8 xmba 
NTIN "20 the word has gone out from me, 
i. e. what I have said is ratified and can- 
not be recalled ; comp. 9, 23. Is. 45, 23. 
The Heb. intpp. as Saadias and Tanchum 
of Jerus. have long ago well compared 
the Talmudic phrase M7205 NN abiit 
in sententiam suam, i. e. to follow one’s 
opinion. As to the grammatical form, 
N7IN is part. fem. from mase. TS, after 
the form DIN, DUP. 


278 m. (by Syriasm for 2ing,) ὕσσω- 
πος, hyssop, much used by the Hebrews 
in their sacred purifications and sprink- 
lings, Ex. 12, 22. Lev. 14, 4. 6. 21. 49. 
Ps. 51, 9. 1 K. 5, 13.—Like the names 
of many other oriental plants, that of 
hyssop also seems to have come to the 
Greeks from the oriental languages. 
Under this name the Hebrews appear to 
have comprised not only the common 
hyssop of the shops, but also other aro- 
matic plants, espec. mint, wild marjoram, 
etc.—Some derive it from 318, which 


they regard as i. q. SS to be hairy, 
shaggy; but the planté above named 
hardly admit this epithet. 


ΤΟΣ m. by Syriasm for Wie. R. 
“In. 

1. a girdle, belt, Is. 5,27. Jer. 13, 1 sq. 

2. a band, bond, chain, Job 12, 18. 
Vulg. funis. 


“TS i. g.0%, adv. at that time, then, 
thereupon. Ps. 124, 3..4. 5. Similar is 
Chald. πὰ. See in 38, note. 


MIDTN f. (verbal of Hiph. from r. "33 
in the sénse of sacrificing Is. 66, 3; comp. 
Hiph. no. 1.-b,) ἃ memorval, a remem- 
brance-offering, Sept. μνημόσυνον, Vulg. 
memoriale. This\name was given to 
that portion of the, vegetable oblation 
(422) which was! burnt with frankin- 
cense upon the altar 5 the sweet odour 
of which ascending fo heaven, was sup- 
posed to commend tfie person sacrificing 
to the remembrance and favour of Goi. 
Lev. 2, 2. 9. 16. 5/12. Num. 5, 26.—In 
Lev. 24, 7 the frankincense sprinkled 
upon the shew-bread, is also called 
NIE. 


” DIN fut. dix", whence sbim for 





ἘΝ. 29 


sbixm Jer. 2, 36; prob. to roll, to roll 
together ; Beas 

1. to spin, from the rolling or twist- 
ing of the thread! So Talmud. ὅτ, 
whence Mx>t& weaver, Arab. Joe Conj. 


δ, ς 
SE TV, Joe something spun, Syr. and 
_ Chald. XB, >13, id. comp. kindr. 512 to 


_ spin, to flow, both from the idea ofrolling. ἢ 


See Pual. 

2. Intrans. to roll off, i. 6. to go away, 
to depart, espec. quickly, suddenly ; 
- comp. Germ. sich trollen, Engl. to troll, 
Gr. νέω to spin, and Mid. vgoueu to go 
_ away, to flee. So in Chald. and Syr. 
Comp. Arab. Jc to put away, to re- 


- move.—Prov. 20, 14 where c. dat. pleon. 
4, like i> 73m. Jer. 2, 36. Metaph. 
_ to be gone, to fail, as water Job 14, 11; 
food 1 Sam. 9, 7; power Deut. 32, 36. 

_ Poat Part. ΤΗΝ something spun, 
_ thread, yarn, Ez. 27, 19, 

 Deriv. "τε. 


: 238 Chald. i.g. Heb. no. 2. 1. to go 
away, to depart, Dan. 6,19. So also in 
_ Syr. and Samar. 

2. to go any where, to take a journey, 
| Bzra 4, 23. 5, 8. 15. 


TN departure, see in ἸΞλὲ no. 6. Ὁ. 


ae TS in Kal not used, pr. accord- 
_ ing to the probable conjecture of Simo- 
nis, to be sharp, acute, pointed ; whence 
ἘΝ the ear, (which espec. in animals 
might be so called from its pointed 
shape,) and τ, Dy2IN arms, pointed 
_ weapons. Comp. ἀκοή, ἀκούω, and ἀκή, 
acies, acuo. Kindr. is perh. ΖΦ q. v. 
Hipu. }"t83 denom. from jt&, q. ἃ. to 
make ears, i. 6. to point or prick up the 
ears, ἐνωτίζεσϑαι, a Greek word peculiar 


25 
to the Sept. version, Arab. <,d{ id. 
Hence, to give ear, to hear, to listen, ab- 
sol. Is. 1, 2; 6. accus. Gen. 4, 23. Job 33, 
‘> Job 34, 2;.>x Ps. 77, 2; 58 Prov. 
17, 4; 49 Numa. 23, 18, both of person 
and πος. Spec. of God, to hear and 
answer, Ps. 5, 2. 17,1. 39,13. 54, 4. Job 
9,16; of men, to hear and obey, c. dat. 
Neh. 9, 30. Ex. 15, 26.—Fut. 1 pers. {718 
_ for (788 Job 32, 11; Part. 1.12 for 7482 
Prov. 17, 4. 

Deriv.see in Kal, and the four after 1X. 
: 3* 





pis 


tT: TIN, i. q. Arab. Οὗ» to weigh, 
to poise; whence 573182 balances.— 
Found only in 

PIEL. ΤΝ to weigh, trop. to ponder, to 
consider, Ecc. 12, 9, where it is fol- 
lowed by synon. "pm. Rabbin. ji& to 
be weighed, proved. 


JIN m. (Ὁ. ἘΝ 1) furniture, implement, 
pr. weapon, arms, comp. Chald. 77218 
arms, and see r. ἼΝΣ I. Deut. 23, 14 and 
thou shalt have a little spade 4218 >> 
among thy furniture ; where many Mss.” 
read 472% > among thy implements, 
which is preferable-—The same sense 
of both utensil and weapon exists in 
the word ">2. 


WTS Γ᾽ dual ΘΠ Τὰ (used also for plur.) 
constr. "31N, the ear, from r. wm 1. 


8 ᾿Ξ 5 22 
Arab. (οἱ, wy; Ethiop. 4 H3, 
Chald. 7758, 82758, wee NON; Syr. 
Lis], Lf. Camp: Gr. οὖς, Lat. abies 
Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. al. Phrases of 
which this word makes part, see under 
the verbs 23, 402 Hiph. Mnp, 45>. 
So “xp "IND a3 to speak in the eare 
of any one, i. e. before any one, in his 
presence and hearing, Gen. 20, 8. 23, 
16. 44, 18. Ex. 10,2. So Is. 5,9 "3182 
mins in mine ears ‘(eaids Jehovah, comp. 
22, 14. Ἕ "2INS DAW to put or lay up in 
the ears of any one, i. e. to rehearse so 
that-one may hear with the ear and 
lay up in his mind, Ex. 17, 14. Σ᾿ 
2783 to hear with one’s ears, s, emphat. 
Ps. 44, 2. Job 28, 22. 


MND JIS (ear of Sherah, or She- 
rah’s corner) Uzzen-Sherah, pr. n. of 
a small city founded by Sherah the 
daughter of Ephraim, 1 Chr. 7, 24. 


“NARTMIN (pr. ears i. 6. summits of 
Tabor) Aznoth- Tabor, pr. n. of a city in 
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 34. 


"278 (auritus) Ozni, pr. n. m. of a son 
of the patriarch Gad, Num. 26, 16. 


ΓΛ Τὰς (whom Jehovah hears) pr. n. 
τη. Azaniah, Neh. 10, 10. 

D°PTS m. plur. (τ. p2t) manacles, 
chains for the hands, Jer. 40, 1. 4; 1. q. 
p"pt with Aleph prosthetic, which some 
Mss. omit in v. 1. 


“IN 


: “TN fat. “ταν Jer. 1,17, c. suff. "27782 
Job 30, 18, to ‘gird, to hind around ; 
also to gird oneself, to be girded. Arab. 


ee: 
αἰ to be strong, robust, but doubtful 


whether also pr. to be girded; Conj. II 
to gird, Conj. III to strengthen, to aid. 
Kindred roots, which all have the force 
of binding around or together, girding, 
surrounding, are OX, "EX [>EN], ὍΣΣ, 
"D9, ΠΣ; "2M, “IN, "ta.— Spoken: 
a) Of a garment with which one is 
girded, ὁ. acc. of pers. Job 30, 18. Ὁ) 
‘ies acc. of the member girded, Job 38, 
WLI NI UIN gird up now thy loins. 
a ‘a. ‘Jer. ἢ 17. c) With acc. of the 
Rirdle or garment with which one is 
girded, only trop. 1 Sam. 2,4 53m 5718 
they gird on strength. 

Nipu. part. “ΤᾺ girded Ps. 65, 7. 

Pre. to gird, with acc. of pers. and 
also of the girdle, Ps. 18, 33. 40 "273Nm\ 
mamba> d4m thou hast girded me with 
strength for the battle. 30, 12 ἌΝ ΤΣ 
ΓΤ Ὁ thou hast girded [or ‘Goeréandad 
me with gladness. Is. 50,11 mip t "IN 
girded i. e. armed arith eas wea- 
pons.—For the construction of such 
verbs with two accusatives, see Lehrg. 
§ 219.1. Heb. Gr. ὁ 136. 1. 

Hirupa. to gird oneself, e. g. for bat- 
tle, to arm oneself, Is. 8, 9; ὁ. ace. trop. 
£a..93, 1. 

Deriv. "τος, ° 


JINN i. g. vit, the arm, (Aleph 
prosthet. see p. 1,) Jer. 32, 21. Job 31, 
22. 

MATS m. for πρὶ with Aleph pros- 
thetic. R. M31 no. 2. 6. 

1. a native tree, growing in its own 
soil, not transplanted, Ps. 37, 35.— 
Hence : 

2. Of persons, a native, one born in 
the country, not a foreigner, Lev. 16, 
29. 18, 26. al. 


ὝΕΣ patronym. an Ezrahile, one 
of the descendants of Ezrah, FTN ; 
spoken of Ethan, 1K. 5, 11 [4, 31]. Ps, 
89, 1; also of Heman Ps, S822 In 
1 Chr. 2, 6 both these are aid to be 
descendants of Zerah, M71, the son of 
Judah ; so that we may regard ΓΙ Τὸ as 
another form of the same name, found 
only in the patronymic 


30 





mS 


*T. TN constr. "ny, c. suff. ΠΝ (my — 
brother), Ὁ Fn, ἘΞ ΠΝ ; Plur. Dans 
(Dag. impl:) constr. “HIN, a “suff. FT, 
ὈΞ ΤΙΝ, c. suff. 3 pers. “amy for 17718, 
comp. éhire. p- 602. 


1. a brother, undone a ay bi | 


word, Arab. εἶ st. constr. δ ure 


τ. 
L&I; Syr. Lal , Chald. mx. It follows 
partly the analogy of verbs md, and 
partly that of verbs 3; comp. Lehri: 


§ 118.—Spoken in a less ‘exack sense of 


half-brothers, e. g. those born to the 
same, father, but of different mothers, 
Gen. 42, 15. 43, 3. Judg. 9, 21; or vice 
versa those born of the same mother, but 
by different fathers, Judg. 8,19. These, 
where there is need of greater definite- 
ness, are called 387ja, OX"ja, Gen. 
49, 8. 43, 29.—Sometimes emphat. 
of full brethren, by both the father’s 
and mother’s side, Gen. 42, 4.44, 20. 
Comp. Gen. 49, 5 ΘΠ ">? 719728 Simeon 
and Levi are true brethren, i. e. not only 
by birth but also in disposition.—The 
word brother is employed by the He- 
brews in other and wider senses, 6. g. 
2. a relative, kinsman, in any degree 
of blood. Gen. 14, 16 Lot his brother, pr. 
his brother’s son. 13, 8. 29, 12. 15. 

3. one of the same tribe, contribulis, 
2 Sam. 19, 13; 6. g. of the Levites, Num. 
8, 26. 16, 10. Neh. 3, 1. 

4. a fellow-countryman, popularis, 
Judg. 14,3. Ex. 2,11. 4,18. Spoken also 


even of kindred nations, e. g. of the 


Edomites and Hebrews, Gen. 9, 25. 16, 
12. 25,18. Num. 20, 14. 

5. an ally, confederate, spoken of allied 
nations, as-the Tyrians and Hebrews 


Am. 1,9; or those of the same religion 


Is. 66, 20, 

6. a friend, associate ; so of the friends 
of Job 6,15, and perh. also 19, 13; of 
Scluiion: whor Hiram calls his brother 
1 K. 19, 13. Comp. Neh. 5, 10. 14. 

7. any one of the same nature, a fel- 
low-man, i.q. 39, Lev. 19, 17.—Hence 
preceded by "8, one—the other; Gen. 
13,11 "My S32 Wx IBN and they 
separated themselves one from the other. 
26, 31. This formula is applied also to 
inanimate things of the same kind in the 
masculine gender, just as MINN—TWS 


τὶ 


are used in the 5816. 56η586 for things 
feminine, δ: g. Ex. 25, 20 U°N ὈΠ2Ξἢ 
ma by and their faces (i. e. of the 
-Cherubim, shall look) one ὐναταν an- 


other. 37, 9. 


ο΄ 8, Trop. as expressing likeness of dis- 
position, habits, etc. Job 30,29 Tam a 


like them. Prov. 18, 9. 
Deriv. MINN, TIN, and pr. ἢ, SNA, 
ΠΝ, TON, “ang —bEhony. 


ee mS interj. expressing grief, com- 
plaint, onomatopoetic, ah! alas! c. dat. 
Ez. 6, 11. 21, 20.—Hence the Arabic verb 


of 

“Lei to cry ah, ah, ah! repeatedly ; 
_ see below in ΤΙΝ. 
TI. πὸ ft Arab. 


portable furnace or stove, in which fire 
_ was kept in the king’s winter-apartment, 
Jer. 36, 22.23. At the present day the 
Orientals sometimes make use of such 
pots or furnaces instead of fireplaces, for 
warming rooms; they are called in Per- 


8 
: I, a large pot,a 


sian and Turkish, ys tanntr. They 


have the form of a large pitcher; and 
are placed in a cavity sunk in the middle 
of the apartment. When the fire has 
burnt down, a frame like a table is 
placed over the pot, and the whole is 
then covered with a carpet; and those 
who wish to warm themselves sit upon 
the floor and thrust their feet and legs 
and even the lower part of their bodies 
under the carpet. R. nny IL. 


MS Chald. a brother ; plur. c. suff. 
W's Ezra 7, 18. 

MS only in plur. o*4&, pr. howlings, 
shrieks; hence howling animals, doleful 


creatures, (comp. "& II) prob. hovwlets, 


owls, Is. 13, 21. The word is onomato- 
poetic, like Lat. ulula, Germ. Uhu, 
Schubut, Fr. hibou. See mx II, and 
τ. HAN. . 


ANTIN (father’s brother) Ahab, pr.n.m. 


_. a) A king of Israel r. 918—897 B. C. 


noted for his uxoriousness and idolatry, 
1 K. 16, 28.—22, 40. b) Jer. 29, 21. 


brotherly) Ahban, pr. n. of a man of the 





_. wibe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 29. 


brother to jackals, i. 6. I ery and ΠΟΥ]. 


JAAS (brother of the wise, or for 8 


91 





“τὰ 


“ΤΙΣ a verb derived from the numeral 
shy, not used in Kal, its place being 
there supplied by 71" to make one, to 
unite. 

Hirupa. to unite oneself, to collect one- 
self. Ez. 21,21 “INNNH pr. unite thyself, 
[three-edged sword,] i. 6. ravage with 
all thy force united; or, as the parallel- 
ism permits, collect thyself, i. 6. attend !— 
The suggestion of C. B. Michaelis is not 
to be contemned, who regards the four 
first words of the verse as spoken in the 
character ofa military chief: “ Conjunge 
te, dextrorsum! f[aciem] strue, sinis- 
trorsum!” i.e. Fall together, right! to 
your post, left ! 


᾿ TIN constr. SM& (and so before 12 
Lev. 13, 2; before "w> Gen. 32, 23; 
also Gen. 48, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 22. Zech. 
11, 7,) fem. MAN for MINX, in pause 
rmx ; acardinal numeral having the force 
. an oye she one; unus,a,wm. Arab. 


Os, £ sdSl, Eth. ἀνα. ahadu, 
Chald. and Syr. 5h, . The same 


radical letters are found in the Pehlvi 
advek one; and except the third rad. 
Daleth, in Sanser. eka, and Pehlvi jek.— 
Gen. 42,13 fin. Ex. 11, 1. Deut. 1, 23. 
32, 30. Josh. 12,9 sq.—Spec. also 

1. one, i. q. the same, Gen. 40, 5. Job 
31, 15. 

2. As ordinal, the first, primus, a, um, 
but only in enumerating the days of the 
month. Ezra 10, 16.17 τῷ shy Dia 
on the first day of the month. wih Sma 
on the νοὶ of the month Gen. 8, 5. 13; 
comp. μέα τῶν σαββάτων Acts 20, 7. In 
enumerating years the construction is 
MON mv, as sometimes in Engl. the 
year one, ‘tbo, etc. for the first year, Dan. 
9,1.2. Ezra 1, 1.—In other passages, ἃ 
Gen. 1, 5. 2, ΤΊ, πὶ retains its common 
signif. as a cardieal and the numbers 
follow each other asin Engl. one, second, 
third ; Lat. unus, alter, tertius, Sucton, 
Octav. 101. 

3. some one, any one, Lev. 13,2. Deut. 
12,14. 2Sam. 7,7. 03m 71K one of the 
people, Gen. 26, 10. 1 Sam. 26, 15. 
SMX JR, R2, no one, Num. 16, 15. 1K. 
8, ‘56. Ps. 14, ‘@+Hence often 

4, i. q. the indef. art. a, an, one, espec. 
in the later Hebrew. 1 K. 20, 13 ®"23 


ΤΙΝ 32 


“mi a prophet, a certain prophet, προφή- 
τῆς τις. Dan. 8,3 58 ΘῈ a ram. 1K. 
19,4. Also where aa precedes ; 6. g. 
Bitp thx aholy one, acertain angel, τὸς 
ἄγγελος, Dan. 8,13. Sometimes also in 
the earlier books, as Ex. 29, 3. 1 Sam. 
1,1; seq. gen. as MINDS IN one of the 
cisteris, i.e. a cistern, Gen. 37,20; comp. 
Job 2, 10. 

5. one only of its kind, i. q. only, alone, 
8076, Job 23,13. Ez. 7,5. Cant. 6, 9. Arab. 


dls unique, incomparable, Ass id. 


A. Schultens ad Job 1. c. et 9, 5. 

6. Repeated, INN—"7hN, one—ano- 
ther, unus—alter, Ex. 17, 12. 18, 3. Also 
thrice, 1 Sam. 10, 3. 13, 17. 18. In like 
manner distribu vel Num. 13, 2 ὥπὰ 
TIN Bs IM one man to a tribe shall ye 
send, i.e. a man for every tribe. 34, 18. 

7. IND as one, i. e. together, at once, 
Ezra 2, 64 Sma S4pn->2 the whole con- 
gregation together. 3, 9. 6, 20. Eccl. 11,6 
SIND Dw both tagetivers both ὅπ 
Also together, in company, Is. 65, 25.— 
In the same sense is used AX OND 
Judg. 20,8. 1 Sam. 11, 7. Chald. ND. 

8. Fem. mas ellipt. for mmx Dp one 
time, once, 2 K.\6,10. Ps. 62, 12. 

9. MMN2 a) i. 4. MAIN no. 8, Num. 10, 
4. Ὁ) at once, i.e. suddenly, Prov. 28, 18. 
C) i.g. INND together, altogether, Jer. 10, 8. 

10. "ΠΝ πινῦ one after another, one δὴ 
one, Is. 27, 12; and so Ecc. 7,27 MN 
nm. 

Nore. In the difficult and vexed pas- 
sage Is. 66, 17, the common signification 
is to be retained: those who sanctify and 
purify themselves in or for the [idol-] 
groves IX “M8 after one, i.e. following 
and imitating the one priest who directed 
the sacred ceremonies. Comp. Com- 
ment. on Is. I. ὁ. 

Piur. S758 1. the same, Gen. 11, 1. 
_ Comp. Lat. uni, e.g. ‘unis inoribiis vivere? 
Cic. pro Flacco 26. Terent. Eun. 2.3.75. 

2. joined in one, united, Ez. 37, 17 
pwsnx> ἘΠῚ and they (the two sticks) 
shall become one. 

8. some, a few, Gen. 27, 44. 29, 20. 

Deriv. the verb 48, also pr. n. TAM. 


“TS (Milél) an Egyptian word signify- 
ing marsh-grass, reeds, bulrushes, sedge, 
every thing green which grows in wet 





TAS | 


grounds, Gen. 41, 2. 18. Job 8,11. The 

word was adopted not only into the He- — 
brew, but also into the Greek i iom of 
Alexandria, where it is written os, ἄχει, 
see Sept. Gen. 41, 2. 18. Is. 19, 7; like- 
wise in Ecclus. 40, 16, the author of which 
livedin Egypt. Jerome in his Comment. 
on Is. 1. c. says: “quum ab eruditis 
quererem, quid hic sermo significaret, 
audivi ab Aigyptiis hoc nomine lingua 
eorum omne quod in palude virens nasci- 
tur appellari.” The Coptic translator has 
retained the same word, writing for the 


Gr. ἄχει of the Sept. πιά ει. Comp. 
the same in Num. 11,5. Kindred are 
Δ ΚΘ, OKE, bulrush, reed.. See De 
Rossii Etymol. Aigypt. p.24. Jablonski 


Opuse. ed. te Water T. I. p. 45. T. IL. p. 
160. Peyron Lex. p. 16. 


“TES (for 38M union, from tnx) Ehud, 
pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 6; 
called in the parallel passage Gen. 46, 
21 "πὶ. 

MTN f. declaration of one’s mind, Job 
13,17. It is a verbal of Hiph. from r. 


mir, used in Hebrew only in Piel, but in 
Chaldee also in Hiph. 


MIN f. brotherhood, Zech. 11, 14. 
Denom. from MN q. v. 


MIMS Ahoah pr.n.1Chr.8,4, for which 
v.7 aS .—Patronymic “AAR Ahohite, 
2 Sam. 23, 9. 28. 


ΓΤ Chald. a declaration, showing, 
explanation, Dan. 5, 12. Strictly inf. 
Aph. from mn. 


“AN (brother of water, i.e. dwelling 
near it) Ahumai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 


HTS m. (Ὁ. πὸ} 1. thehinder part, 


gre 
back-side, rear. Arab. z fid: Hence 
a) Vinx» from behind, i. 6. behind, in the 
rear, ries pip, 2 Sam. 19,9. Arab. 


alos b) ving backward, back, 


Ps. 114, 3.5; with pee face, Jer. 7. 
24. c) "inxs backward, back. Prov. 
29, 11 a fool ‘uttereth all his anger, D2" 
Mimaw ings but a wise man keepeth 
it back, q. ἃ. ‘drives it backward, so that 
it comes back to isan d) “IMs in ace. 


as Adverb, Arab. 41} behind, on the 





Πὲς 


ack-side, opp. to 0°28 and ΠΡ. Ez. 
10 and it (the roll) was written D722 
ims in front and on the back, i. 6. with- 
and without. 1 Chr. 19, 10. Ps. 139, 5. 
—Also backward, Gen. 49, 17 i235 5B™ 
“ins and his rider falleth backward. 
er. 15,6. Often pleonast. after verbs 
of turning or going away, i. e. of turning 
back, Ps. 9, 4. 56, 10. 2 Sam. 1, 22. Ps. 
35, 4. 40,15; and so others. e) Plur. 
Dh the hinder parts, the back sides, 
Ex. 33, 23. 26, 12. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 8, 16. 
2. the west, the western quarter ; since 
the Hebrew, in speaking of the points of 
_ the compass, always regarded himself as 
looking towards the east. Job 23, 7. 8. 
Is. 9, 11 τς Ὁ HMDA and the Philis- 
tines behind, i. 6. in the west. Comp. 
DIP, 1.25, yam, baw; also C. B. Mi- 
chelis Diss. de locorum differentia rati- 
one antice, postice, dextre, sinistre, 
Hale 1735; reprinted in Pott’s Sylloge 
Commentt. V. p. 80 sq. §8.—The Hin- 
dus, Mogols, and Irish, follow the same 
method. 
3. afler-time, the future, \iM%> here- 
after, Is. 41, 23. 42, 23. 







Pins £ (for ryins, from masc. Sms, 
which in Arab. and Chald. is i. q. “ny) 
plur. ὁ. suff. τς Ez. 16, 55 from a 
sing. ἢ Ans, also WON Ez. 16, 52 from 
_ asing. M79, which comes from masc. 
“FIN 5 ; comp. Lehre. p: 602. 


1. a sister, Arab. et, ἢ Syr. ἫΝ for 
ἴδω), Chald. mmx, 4. ΡΥ, “ἃ sister of 


full blood, i. e. of both the same father 
and mother ; but spoken also less accu- 
_ rately of a half-sister, 6. g. one born to 
_ the same father but of a different mother, 
: ὁμοπατρία, Gen. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 13, 2. 5; 
_ or one born of the same mother by a 
different father, ὁμομητρία, Lev. 18. 9. 
_ 11. 20, 17.—The word sister is also em- 
_ ployed by the Hebrews in other and 

wider senses ; 6. g. 

2. a relative, kinswoman, Job 42, 11. 

So Gen. 24, 60, where the mother and 
_ brother say to Rebecca, M& 320hN thou 
_ art our sister. δὲ ' 

3. ὦ countrywoman, one of the same 
tribe or country, popuiaris, Num. 25, 18. 

4. an ally, a confederate city or state, 
Hz. 16, 46. 23, 31. 





33 





TAN 


5. After MUN, one—the other, spoken 
also of inanimate things of the fem. gen- 
der. Ex. 26,3 five curtains were coupled 
AMAR MeN one to another. v. 5. 6. 17. 
Ez. 1, 9. 3, 13. 

6. Metaph. sister is said of any thing 
with which we are intimately connect- 
ed; Prov. 7,4 say unto wisdom, Thou 
art my sister. Job 17,14. Comp. other 
words expressing relationship, espec. 38 
no. 8. MN no. 8. 

7. Asa term of endearment addressed 
to a spouse, Cant. 4, 9 sq. Comp. Tibull. 
3. 1. 26. 


* TON fat. tm, rarely thx" 1 K. 6, 
10. Ecce. 7, 18. 
1. to lay hold of, to take, to seize, espec. 


s 
with the hand. Arab. 6}: Chald. and 
Syr. 36x, Ἔν τὶ Constr. with acc. of 
pers. or thing, Ps. 56, 1. Judg. 12, 6; 
often also c. 3, Ex. 4, 4. Job 23, 11.2 Sam. 
20,9 and the right hand of Joab took 
hold of Amasa’s beard.—Metaph. ascrib- 
ed also to terror, fear, (like λαμβάνειν,) 
Ex. 15, 14 rijbp "au° thy ΘΠ terror 
hath taken hold on the inhabitants of 
Philistia. v. 15. Ps. 48,7. But also vice 
versa one is said as in Engl. to take 
Sright, i. q. to be affrighted ; Job 18, 20 
“> ὌΠΙΝ ON225p the ancient ones took 
fright, were affrighted, for: ‘ terror seiz- 
ed upon them.’ 21, 6. Is. 13,8 ΒΛ Σ 
yAMR Obam) they (the Babylonians) 
take hold of pangs and sorrows, for: 
‘pangs and sorrows seize upon them.’ 

2. to take, to catch, e. g. in hunting, 
fishing, Cant. 2, 15. 

3. to hold, to hold fast that which one 
has taken hold of, c. acc. 1 Chr. 13, 9. 
2 Chr. 25,5; 3 Gen. 25, 26. Metaph. 
ὃ; acc. Job 17, 9, comp. ‘xoutéw Rev. 2, 
25; 6. 3 Job 23, 11. Part. pass. with 
active signif. Cant. 3,8 aon hold- 
ing the sword. Comp. on this deponent 
use of passive participles, Lehrg. p. 309, 
310. Heb. Gram. § 49. n. 2; also comp. 
for this same verb Syr. paul holding 
Ethiop. A%H ehiz, taken, held, also 
holding. 

4. to hold or fasten together, to join, 
and in Pass. to be joined, to adhere. 
Many verbs of taking and holding thus 
pass over to the notion of joining and 


TTS 


adhering, these ideas being closely al- 
lied ; comp. 12> and MP? in Hithpa. and 
ἔχομαι τινός to hold or depend from any 
thing, ἐχόμενος joined with any thing ; 
also αἵρέω, whence Lat. hereo.—Ez. 41, 
6 MIS MPA OAM WT ND) chat they 
might not be joined to the wall of the 
temple, i. e. inserted in it. 1K. 6,6.— 
Hence 

5. to make fast, to ΝΗ 6. g. to bar, 


Neh. 7,3. So Syr. rel. 


6. to join together timber, to cover 

with timber, beams, boards, ete. conta- 
bulare. 1 K. 6,10 and he covered the 
house with cedar-wood. Comp. Dn 
Hab. 2, 19. 
_ 7. to take out or away,sc. from a larger 
number ; whence Part. pass. taken out, 
taken, sc. from a lot or portion, (like sy- 
non. a5) ,) Num. 31, 30 and from the 
half which belongs to the children of Is- 
rael, shalt thou take one [part] 12 ΤῊΣ 
bwann taken from fifty. v.47. 1 Chr. 
24,6 oN THN rs>ed TAN IM SRT 
ποτοῦ ‘(where it should twice read 
with many Mss. ti IM) one family 
being taken for Eleazar, and one being 
taken for Ithamar, i. e. in drawing lots 
they drew first a lot for a family of Elea- 
zar, and then one for a family of Itha- 
mar. 

Nipu. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, Ecc. 9, 12. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3, Gen. 22, 13. 
Ecc. 9, 12. 

3. to make oneself possessor of any 
thing, to take or have possession, Gen. 
34,10. 47, 27. Josh. 22, 9. 19. Comp. 


Syr. raf to possess, and deriv. ΓΤ, 


ῬΙΕΙ, to shut wp,as Kal no. 5. Seb 


26,9 shutting up the face of his throne, 

i. 6. veiling his throne with clouds. 
Hopu. to be joined, fastened, to any 

thing, pass. of Kal no. 4, 2 Chr. 9, 18. 
Deriv. the six following. 


TIS (possessing, possessor) Ahaz, pr. 
nm. a)Akingof Judah, contemporary 
with Isaiah, Hosea, and Micah, r. 744 
—728 B.C. noted for his weakness of 
character and idolatry, 2 K.16,1 sq. 2 
Chr. 28, 16 sq. Is. 7, 1.sq. 38, 8. Sept. 
“Ayot. b)1 Chr. 8, 35. 9, 42. 

ΓΤ f. (r. 1% Niph. no. 3) posses- 
sion, espec. the possession of land, 
fields, etc. Lev. 27,24 minx 4> “wind 


34, 


ΥῊΝΠ to whom possession of the land be- © 
longed, i.e. who had been its owner. - 





"ΠΝ 


v. 16. 21.22. "2p ΓΥΠΝ, possession of a 
sepulchre, i.e. a sepulchre belonging to 
a family, their own, Gen. 23, 4. 9, 20. 
49, 30. 
Num. 27, 7, and Amy N2M2 35, 2, Spo- 
ken of slaves Lev. 25, 45. 46. 


TS Ahzai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; for 
which 1, Chr. 9,12 mam. Prob. it 
should read in both passages TMs, 
which see. 

TIN and WIR (whom Jehovah 
holds) pr. ἢ. Ahaziah. a) A king of Is- 
rael, the son of Ahab and Jezebel, 897— 
895 B. C. 1K. 22, 40. 2K.1, 2. Sept. 
᾿Οχοζίας. b) A king of Judah, the son 
and successor of Joram, 884 B. C. 2K. 
8, 24. 9,16. 


DIN (their possession) Ahuzzam, 


pr. n. of one of the descendants of Ju- 


dah, 1 Chr. 4, 6. 


FTN (possession) Ahuzzath, pr. n. of 
a Philistine, the friend of king Abime- 
lech, Gen. 26, 26. 


“TION a root not in use. I. Arab. 


ELE 
Lsf onomatop. from the sound Mx 


inter}. to cry ah, ah, ah! repeatedly ; 


in Heb. perh. to sigh, to groan, to howl, 


whence D°MR. 
II. In Arabic also to be warm, hot, to 
glow, bs wie anger, as in the words 


cls, we Be wee perhaps may 


be derived Heb. ny, el a pot, furnace. 
Better sai” to derive the signif. fur- 


nace from r. st to << to burn, as fire, 


Conj. II to kindle, Pat heat, ete. 
lett. ἃ. 

“TITS see min. 

"TIN (perh. apoc. from mer) ir pr. 
n.m. a) 1 Chr. 5,15. Ὁ) 7, 34 

TIS see TN. 

BS" (for a8 father’s brother, 
uncle) Ahiam, pr. n. m, 2 Sam. 23, 33, 
1 Chr. 11, 35. 

OPN Chald. 1. q. Heb. mn with 


Aleph. prosthet. a riddle, enigma, Dan 
5,12. R. an, 


See. 


ee pe oe le 


In the connection mbna my 


"TIN 


_ #PFRS (brother i.e. friend of Jehovah) 
Ahiah, pr.n.m. a) A priest in the time 
οἱ “ita 1 Sam. 14, 3.18. b) 1 Chr. 
8,7. 0) 11,36. d)1K.4,2. e)1Chr. 
26, 20. f)2,25. g)1K. 15, 27. 33. 
th) Neh. 10, 97. i) A prophet dwelling 
at Shiloh in the time of Jeroboam, 1 K. 
11,29. 12,15; for which sn3ny 14, 6.18. 
2 Chr. 10, 15. 


TWIN (brother i.e. friend of the 
Jews, for 7577 ἀπ) Ahihud, pr. n. m. 
Num. 34, 27. 


THN (brotherly) Ahio, pr. n. m. 
2 Sam. 6, 3. 4. b)1 Chr. 8, 14. 
1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37. 


“WII (brother i. 6. friend of union) 
Ahihud, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 7. 


AAD" (brother i. 6. friend of good- 
ness) Ahitub, pr.n.m. a) 1 Sam. 14,3. 
22, 9. b) 2 Sam.8, 17. c) 1 Chr. 5, 37. 
Neh. 13,41: 


ΕΝ (brother of one born, for "M8 
533%) Ahilud, pr.n. of the father of Je- 
hoshaphat, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20,24. 1 K.4,2. 


DMS see nk. 


MATIN (brother of death) Ahimoth, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 6, 10 [25]; for which in 
‘the parallel passages stands MM. 


J2QN (brother of the king) Ahi- 
melec.., pr.n.m. a) A priest dwelling 
at Nob, father of Abiathar, and the inti- 
mate friend of David, 1 Sam. 21, 2. 22, 9. 
Ps. 52, 2; and on this account put to 
death by Saul. Different from him ap- 
parently is Ὁ) Ahimelech the son of 
_ Abiathar, one of the two high priests in 
the time of David, 2 Sam. 8, 17. 1 Chr. 








8) 
6) 


Theol. Journal IV. p. 295, very plausi- 
bly conjectures that in 2 Sam. 8, 17 in- 
stead of ‘ Ahimelech the son of Abia- 
thar,’ it ought to read Abiathar the son 
of Ahimelech ; from which error he 
supposes the reading in 1 Chron. l. c. to 
have flowed. 


_ paris (brother of a gift) Ahiman, 
pr.n.m. a) One of the Anakim Num. 
13, 22. Jovh. 15, 14..Sudg. 1,10. Ὁ) 
ἡ 1 Chr. 9, 17. 

_—- FIT (b-other of anger) Ahimaaz, 
 pr.n.m. 8). Sam.14,50. Ὁ) Ason 


94, 3. 6. 31. But Korb, in Winer’s ἢ 


35 


my 





SmN 


of Zadok the high-priest in the time of 
David, 2 Sar. 15,27. 36,17. 17, 20. 18, 19 
sq. The same person seems intended 
in 1 K. 4, 15. 


7,58 (brotherly) Ahian, pr. n. τι. 
1 Chr. 7, 19. 


2728 (liberal or noble brother) 
Ahinadab, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 K. 4, 14. 


DYN (brother of pleasantness) 
Ahinoam, pr.n.fem. a) 1 Sam. 14, 50. 
b) 1 Sam. 25, 43. 27,3. 30,5. 2 Sam. 2,2. 
8, 2. Σ 

FOO (brother of support or help) 
Ahisamak, pr. τι. τὰ. Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34. 


WIS (brother of help) Ahiezer, 
pr.n.m. a)A phylarch or head of 
the tribe of Dan, Num. 1, 12. 2, 25. 7, 66. 
b) 1 Chr. 12, 3. 


DPS (brother of the enemy) Ahi- 
kam, pr. n. of the father of Gedaliah, 
whom the Chaldeans made governor in 
Judea, 2 K. 25, 22. Jer. 39, 14. 40, 5 sq. 


DFS (brother of the high) Ahiram, 
pr. n. m. Num. 26, 38. Patronym. Ἴ-- 
ibid. 

YVR (brother of evil) Ahira, pr. n. 
m. of a phylarch or head of the tribe of 
Naphtali, Num. 1. 15. 2, 29. 7, 78. 83. 
10, 27. 


“Tey (brother of the dawn) Ahi- 
Shahar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10. 


ἜΣΤΙΝ (brother of the singer, or for 
“Ww "Mx brother of the upright) Ahishar, 
pr. n.m. 1K. 4, 6. 


ΕΓ ΙΝ (brother of folly) Ahithophel, 
pr. n. of an early friend of David, who 
conspired with Absalom against him, 
2 Sam. c. 15-17. 


Ions (fatness, fertility) Ahlab, pr. n. 
of a ‘place i in the tribe of Asher, Judg. 1, 
31. R. adn. 


“STN Ps.119,5, and "SMS 2K.5,3,a 
particle of wishing, O that ! would God! 
with fut. Ps. 1. c. without verb 2 K. 1. ο. 
It is commonly derived from τ. ΠΌΤ Pi. 
n"25 MM to stroke one’s face, to caress, 
to court. But not improb. it may be 
compounded from M¥ and "5 i. q. i 


"OMS (O that!) Ahlai, pr. n. τα. ἀπά ἢ 
1 Chr. 2, 31; comp. 11, 41. 


omN 


TMASTIN ΓΙ Ex. 28,19, the name of a 
gem, Sept. Vulg. ἀμέϑυσέος, amethyst ; 
but Josephus gives it by ἀχάτης, agate, 
though there seems to be some confusion 
in the order of his words. The form is 
that of a verbal of Hiph. from τ. 52M to 
dream; perhaps because it was worn as 
an amulet to induce dreams. A similar 
superstition is also the ground of the 
name ἀμέϑυστος, this stone being re- 


garded asacharm against drunkenness. 


Comp. Braun de Vestitu sacerdot. Heb. 
II. 16. 


NMOMN Ezra 6, 2, Achmetha, i. 6. 
Ecbatana, the ancient metropolis of 
Media, the summer residence of the Per- 
sian kings. The ancient orthography 
of this name is traced by Lassen (Ind. 
Biblioth. III. 36) in the Sanscr. agva- 
dhana, i. 6. Ἱπποστασία ; the Sanscr. ¢ 
passing over sometimes into a guttural 
and sometimes into 8. The correspond- 
ing modern name is Ispahan. 


"AOTIN pr. ἢ. m. Ahasbai, 2 Sam. 23, 


34. From ΓΞ nom I take refuge in 
Jehovah. 


i “TIN to be after, behind ; to stay be- 
hind ; hence, to stay, to delay, to remain, 
in Kal once, 1 pers. fut. "183 Gen. 32,5.— 


cvs 
Arab. re) Conj. II, to defer, to delay. 


id. 

PreL “Mk, plur. 58 for m8 Judg. 
5, 28, fut. “rN 

1. to delay, to retard, to hinder any 
one, Gen. 24, 56; to delay, to defer any 
thing Ex. 22, 28. Also ellipt. Deut. 7, 
10 he will not delay (punishment) to 
him who hateth him. 

2. Intrans. i. q. Kal, to stay, to delay, 
to linger. Judg. 4, 28 why linger the 
paces of his chariots? Ps. 40, 15 τὸς 
“nam delay not. '70, 6. Gen. 34, 19. 

3. to stay long, to tarry late in or by 
any thing, with >¥, Prov. 23, 30 Ὁ ΤΙΝ Ὁ 
4781.59 who tarry long at the wine, i. e. 
. who drink till late in the night. Coup: 
Is. 5, 11. Ps. 127, 2. 

Deriv. "78—MPIhs, and ins. 


“WIN (Dag. forte impl.) f. nn, Plur. 
_ bn, nism, from an obsol. sing. “TIN 
with Kameta' pure. 


36 “ITS 


3-72 who hasten to another god, i. e 


Syr. Aph. and Shaph. κοΐ and a 



















1. Adj. pr: after, hinder, follow 
spec. next following, next, second, (oe n 
secundus a sequendo,) Gen. 17, 21 m2 
MN in the next year, the follow 
year. 1K. 3, 22.—Hence genr. anoth 
other ; alius, alia, aliud ; Gen. * 25, 3 


᾿ 
10. 12. 29, 19. al. sep. Arab. iE 


Syr. mel, Liesl. plur. μι], ὍΣ 
TINS —So ΠΝ EVP other gods, | 
i. e. idols, Deut. 6, 14. 7, 4. Jer. 1, 16. 
7, 18. al. seep. Sing. ans by Ex. 34, 145 
without >8 id. Is. 42, 8 “85 “ryN> "2354, 
ime and my glory will Inot give unto 
another god. 48, 11. Ps. 16,4 "mx (728) 


away from the true God after idols. 
2. Aher, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 12. 


ams pr. after, the after part, h 
part, extremity. Hence 

1. Adv. a) Of place, behind, inte 
back-ground. Gen. 22, 13 "MX bay mont 
"29PS 393 INN} and lo! aram in the 
back-ground, caught in a thicket by his 
horns. Abraham did not see the ram 
behind himself, as the Vulgate renders, 
and as it is usually taken; but in the 
distant part, the back-ground, of what 
lay before his eyes. [Yet he may 
naturally be supposed to have looked 
round on hearing the angel’s voice.—T. | 
Nor is it necessary to read 4%, with 
the Samar. Sept. Syr. and 42 Mss. b) 
Adv. of time, afterwards, then, Gen. 10. 
18. 18, 5. 24, 55. 80, 91; ἃ. 

2. Prep. a) Of place, behind, Cant. 
2,9. Ex. 3, 1 behind the desert, back of 
it, i. e. on the west of the desert, see in 
“ing no. 2. Also after, as Ἔ "M& 72h 
to go after, to follow any one, Gen. 37, 17. 
Job 31, 7. "M82 pregn. pr. from after, 
Ps. 78, 71. Ἴδε 31 mi>¥ ἜΝ from after 
the ewes he brought him, 1. 6. from fol- 
lowing the ewes, from being a shep- 
herd. b) Prep. of time, after, Gen. 9, 
28. So ΠΤ pb 5n ANN after these 
things, i. e. afterwards, a formula of 
transition, Gen. 15, 1. 22,1. With infin. 
after that, after, Num. 6,19. 9 SAN 
pr. after so, i.e. after it had so hap- 
pened, afterwards, Lev. 14, 36. Deut. 
21, 13. 

3. Conj. "WX “NS after that, Ez. 40, 1; 
and without SON, Lev. 14, 43. Job 42, 7. 





‘om ἢ 


Instead of the sing. "Mx, the 























ΡΝ 
plur. "2s is far more frequently aed j 

2 below. With suffixes the plur. (οὔτι 
is always used. 

Ῥιση. D779, only in constr. "7X, ὁ 
suff. "IAN, DIAN, OTN, etc. 

1. ‘Subst. the hinder parts, 2 Sam. 2, 

23 ΤΌ ΓΙ TIN with the hinder end of, 
the spear, 
2. Prep. a) Of place, behind, Judg. 
18, 12 where it is i. ἃ. on the west of, see 
jn M8 no. 2. More freq. after, behind 
‘any one, Lev. 26, 33. 1 Sam. 14, 37. 
2K. 19, 21. of77ns (788) those who 
zo after them, their flatterers, parasites, 
Ps. 49, 14. Hence, with verbs of going, 
to follow ; also ’ "20% 755 to be after, 
to go after any one, i. q. to follow, to be 
on one’s side, Ex. 23, 2. 2 Sam. 2, 10. 
Comp. 1 K.1, 7. Prov. 28, 23 03% m3" 
ἈΧῸΣ πὶ TIN he that rebuketh a man 
after me (i. 6. after my precepts) shall 
find favour. Ὁ) Of time, after, Gen. 
16, 13. 17,8. With inf. after that, after, 
‘Gen. 5, 4. 
3. Conj. Wx “MN after that, Deut. 
94. 4. Josh. 9, 16. 23,1; rarely with "Ux 
Dmnitted: Lev. 25, 48. Once "x2 alas 
Josh. 2, 7. 

4, 3 ΠΝ pr. after so, after it had so 
happened, i. e. afterwards, Gen. 6, 4. 
15, 14. 23, 19. 25,26. al. Comp. Syr. 
398. and 50 5.9. With tx added 
_it becomes a conjunction, i. gq. "8X8 "8 
after that, like Lat. posteaquam for post- 
quam, Deut. 24,4. 2 Sam. 24,10. In the 
later Hebrew we find also MXt "SMX 
after this, afterwards, Job 42, 16. Ezra 
9,10. Comp. Chald. πὸ ΠΝ Dan. 2, 

99. 45. 

5. With other prepositions: 


pr. from bsfters, from behind, from going 
or following after ; chiefly used of those 
who abandon a person or party whom 
they have before followed, Num. 14, 43. 
Deut. 7, 4, 2 Sam. 20,2. Also at or on 
the back, behind, after, (comp. 12 no. 3. 
h,) Josh. 8, 2. Ex. 14, 19. Jer. 9, 21.— 
Of time, after, Ecc. 10, 14; and in Neh. 
4,7 > "IN, in the same sense. Hence 
- j2 "2782 pr. after so, i.e. afterwards, 
2 Sam. 3, 28. 15, 1. 

b) "7787>s after, with verbs of mo- 

4 


1. PS £ (ony) 
a) "AMX, once ΤΙΝ 2 1 Chr. 17, 7, 





» a “aN 


tion. 2K. 9, 18 ΠΝ ΤΌΝ 30 turn thee 
after me, halrind me, 2 Sam. 5, 23. 

6) ἌΝ ΟΣ i. gq. "INN, Ez. 41, 15. 
Comp. b3 no. 3. b. 


“WIN Chald. plur. constr. "2m, after, 
Dan. 2, 29; but by Hebraism. The 
pure Chaldee preposit. is "M2. 


TWIN , fem. 42558, from 718 with 
the adj. ending jj. : 

1. hinder, hindermost, latter, opp. to . 
foremost, former, (j7289,) Gen. 33, 2. 
Ex. 4, 8. Deut. 24, 3. Ἰπ πὶ O57 the 
hinder sea, i. e. western, the Mediterra- 
nean, Deut. 11, 24. 34, 2. Joel 2, 20. 

2. after. later. follewinig, as ἜΗΝ “11 
Ps. 48, 14. ἸΠΠῚΝ O° after time, future, 
Prov. 31, 25. Is. 30, 8, Plur. ΘΛ ΤΙΝ 
those after, posterity, Job 18, 20. 

3. the last, latest, Neh. 8, 18. Is. 44, 6 
I [Jehovah] am the first, and I the last. 
Job 19, 25.—Fem. m25ms adv. last, the 
last, Dan. 11,29. Also ΤΣ ΤΙΝ 3 Deut. 
13, 10. 1K. 17, 13, and παν Ἢ Num. 2, 
31. Ece. 1, 11, at-lasi: last. 


MAS (for mv In, after the brother,) 
Aharah, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 1. 


STIS (behind the breast-work sc. 
born) Aharhel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8. 


IN Chald. constr. see THIN Chald. 

“IIS Chald. adj. fem. another, alia, 
Dan. 2, 39. 7, 5.6; for the common 
man, the © of the fem. gender being 
dropped by apocope, like "8x" for 
med, 125 for mis>2. 

TIN Chald. adj. (fr. ἡπ ὅπ) Dan. 
4,5 ἡ ΠΤΙΝ ΤΣ pr. at the last, at last, at 


length; the 72 being pleonastic, see 52 


Chald. A. 2.—Keri j2ns. 


1. the last or 
extreme part, uttermost part, Ps. 139, 9. 
—Oftener of time: a) the end of a pe- 
riod, Deut. 11, 12; the end, event of any 
course of things, latter state, final lot, 
Job 8, 7. 42, 12. Prov. 5,4 4772 ANAM 
her end is bitter, i. e. the final lot of 
those whom the adultress seduces; 
comp. 23, 32, Sometimes of a happy 
end or result, Prov: 23, 18. 24,14. b) 
after-time, the future, espec. in the pro- 
phetic formula 0°75 N"NNA in future 
time, in the last days, Is. 2, 2. Gen. 49, 1." 
Mic. 4, 1. Num. 24, 14. Dain 10, 14. 


ΓΝ 


2. Concer. those who come after, de- 
scendants, posterity, Ps. 109, 13. Am. 4, 
2. 9,1. Dan. 11, 4. 


WIN Chald. f. i. gq. Heb. M7758 no. 
1. b. Dan. 2, 28. ἵ 


ὙΠ Chald. adj. aneher, alius, Dan. 
2, 11. 


MEIN adv. (τ. 78) backwards, 
Gen. 9, 23. 1 Sam. 4,18. Comp. “iny. 


DISIIOON τη. plur. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9. 
9, 3. Ezra 8, 36, satraps; the governors 
or viceroys of the large provinces among 
the ancient Persians, possessing both 
civil and military power, and being in 
the provinces the representatives of the 
sovereign, whose state and splendour 
they also rivalled. Single parts or sub- 
divisions of these provinces were under 
procurators or prefects, Τὴ ΠΒ ; the sa- 
traps governed only whole: provinces. 
See Brisson de regio Pers. principatu I. 
δ 168. Heeren Ideen' T. I. p. 489'sq. ed. 
4.—The genuine form of this name, 


-which has lately been found in the 


inscriptions of ancient India, is ksatrapa 
i. e. warrior of the host; see Benfey in 
Gott. Gel. Anz. 1839. p. 805 sq. Lassen 
Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Morgenl. ΠΠ. p. 161. To 
this harsher form corresponds the Greek 
ἐξατράπης, ἐξαιϑράπης, (Boeckh~ Corp. 
Inscr. no. 2691. c,) whence arose by 
degrees the softer σατράπης. The j= is 
appended. Comp, ΒΡῈ ΠΝ. 


PIDIIOAX Chald. m. plur. i. ἃ. Heb. 
Dan. 3, 2. 3. 27. 6, 2. 3.. 


WIGAN Ahasueris, the Hebrew 
form of the name Xerzes, as it would 
seem. It is found Esth. 1, 1, and often 
in this book; also Ezra 4, 6, where the 
order of time would require it to be un- 
‘derstood of Cambyses; and further in 
Dan. 9, 1, where it stands for Astyages, 
the father of Darius the Mede. The true 
native orthography of the name Xerxes 
has recently been brought to light from 
the cuneiform inscriptions; where it is 
written kh-sh-y-d-r-sh-d,, which seems 
.to correspond to the modern Persian 
sli Ait 1. 6. lion-king ; since it is cer- 
tain’that for the softer pronunciation of 
8 and sh, as uttered by the modern Per- 


sians, the ancient Persians had far harsh- . 


38 

















ἊΝ 
er sounds, as in the words khshayc 
i.q. Shah king, khshatrap i. q. Satrap. 
From this ancient harsher form, the 
Hebrews, by prefixing their prosthetic 
Aleph, made ὥστ Ahashverosh, and 
the Greeks ξέρξης. See St. Martin in 
Journal Asiatique III. p. 85. Champ 
lion Précis du Systéme hiéroglyphiq 
Tableau général, Tab. 7. 2. p. 24. Las 
sen ib. d. Keilschrift p. 165; also in Zeit~ 
schr. f. Kunde des Morgen. VI. p. 124sq. 


DIVX Esth. 10, 1 in Chethib, fo q 
τοῦτα. : : 


“ADIN (prob, cule atten a name 
of Persian origin, see next art.) pr. n. Τα, ; 
Ahashtari, 1 Chr. 4, 6. 

rs jlaad 


DIACIN : plur. m. mules, Pers. 
estar, il ester, a mule, Sanscr.agwa- 
tara. “ Esth. 8, 10, where/it is rendered 
definite by the addition sons of mares.— 
The j= is appended, as in DRE INN. | 


PMN see TS. 


DN subst. m. (r. vor) 1, 4 gentle 
sound, murmur, whisper, and plur. DION 
concr. mutterers, whisperers, i. 6. νεχρο- 
μάντεις, necromancers, ventriloquists, im- 
itating artificially the supposed murmur 
or thin voice of the shades or manes, Is. 
19,3. See under 338. 

2. a going softly, gentle motion ; : 
whence often adverbially, λς, ΤΣ ord, 
softly, gently, slowly, e. g. of the still slow 
gait of a mourner, 1 K. 21,27; of water 
gently flowing, Is. 8, 6. So “ab pr. in 
my slow gait, slowly, at my convenience, 
Gen. 33, 14.—Also of the manner of act- 
ing and speaking; 2 Sam. 18, 5 "> ued 
“32> (deal) gently with the young man 
for my sake! Job 15, 11 323 UN> 735)! 
and words gently (spoken) towards thee. 


* TON a root not in use; Arab. to be 
fast, firm; Conj. II, to sballad ates’ μὰ 
confirm.—Hence 


TON m. the southern wicker tne 
thorn, Rhamnus paliurus Linn. so called 
from the firmness of its ἰὸν Judg. 9, .14. 


15. Ps.58,10, Arab. obi, i.q. the more 


usual ee. a PY ad 


POS m. (by Syriasm for ἸΌΝ, r- ei) 
thread, yarn, of linen or cotton; in Chald. 


᾿ 

































» String. Once Prov. 7, 16 tapes- 


s distinguished for its firmness and 
uty. Comp. Celsii Hierob. I. 89 sq. 
|. Schultens compares Gr. ὀϑόνη, ὁϑό- 
v, linen cloth. 


BPBOR « root not in use. 8 eis ἢ 
) utter a gentle sound, to murmur, 


als when one is hungry, τρύζειν. 
e Comment. on Is. 19, 3. 

"2. to go softly, gently, see OX no. 2. 
_* DOS to shut, to close, to stop, e. g. 


: αὶ mouth, the ears, Prov. 17, 28. 21, 13. 
mie x τῆσδε Ez. 40, 16. 41, 16. 26, 


sould not be opened and shut at pleas- 
Sept. ϑυρίδες δικτυωταί, Symm. 
ae Comp. 1K.6,4. Kindr. is Arab. 


<bt to cover a window with a curtain. 


Hien. id. Ps. 58, 5. 
_ * FON obsol. root, perh. to bind, to bind 


, kindr. with =x. Arab. Tot 
tent-cords.—Hence j7>x. 

” ὮΝ fut. ἜΝ, to shut, to close, 
> Ps. 69,16. Arab. bf ta shut 
in, toenclose. Kindred roots are “3%, 
“30, \%>.—Hence the two following: 
“2¥ (shut up, bound, perh. dumb) 


, pr-n.m. a) Ezra 2, 16. Neh. 7, 
b) Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. 


tog a 


£ 


i.e. impeded. Judg. 3, 15. 20,16 "ὮΝ 
Spon impeded as to his ink? hand, 
1. 6. who cannot use the right hand free- 
Ty, and hence i. q. left-handed. Arab. 


- 
{ Conj. V, to be impeded : comp. 

dae to bind, to tie, transferred also to 

‘the tongue, like Engl. tongue-tied. 


= , constr."% 1. Interrog. adverb, 
where? c. suff. MD°% where art thou? 
Gen. 3,9. 38 where is he? Ex. 2, 20. 
ΣΝ where are they? Is. 19,12. More 
freq. with He parag. πὰς q. v.—This 
particle seéms to have arisen by drop- 
ping the Nun from 378 II, (q. v. in 182 
whence?) and this again seems to have 


y, coverings. of Egyptian yarn, which’ 


oken yd the sighing of the camel when: 
eary; also of the rumbling of the: 


ps Closed, sc. with bars or lattices 7 
. fing let into the walls or beams. 


“ON τῇ. adj. (τ. "28) shut wp, bound, 


39 "~~ 


tive }7% I; just as many other negative 
words have also passed over to an in- 
_terrogative power ; comp.Lat. ne, Getm. 
nicht wahr? Engl. not 802 Hence TS 
pr. he is not there, not present, i. q. 33 πὰ, 
‘comp. Job 14,10; and interrog. is he not 
there? q.d. where is he? In this way 
ἘΝ no. I and II become closely related. 
Comp. Heh, Gram. § 150. no. 1 ult. In 


Arabic a has er over into an in- 


terrog. pron. who ? ἢ HF and the same 
also is Eth. 4B. Comp. Germ. wo? 
Engl. who? ὁ 
2. Asa mere sign of interrogation, put 
before adverbs and pronouns in ordér to 
give them an interrogative power ; just 
as “WX gives them a relative sense. 
Comp. Germ. wovon? for von welchem? 
Engl. wherefore? i. q. for what? Hence 
a) πὶ, which? what? but always with 
reference to place (except in Ecce. 11, 
6), 1 K. 13, 12 92h F739 πὶ πὶ what way 
went he? (Or perh. i. q. Lat. ubi vie? 
quorsum vie? see under 32 "8 in lett. 
b.) 2K. 3, 8. 2 Chr. 18, 23. Job 38, 24. 
Also without interrogation, Jer. 6, 16. 
Eee. 11, 6. Elsewhere i. q. where? 
(from ΠῚ here,) Job 28, 12. Esth. 7, 5. 
Sometimes written in one word, 7x, 
q-v- Ὁ) 30 Ἢ from what? whence ? 
(from “72 thence,) Gen. 16,8. 1 Sam. 
30, 13. Jon. 1, 8 AMR BS Ayo "NK from 
what people art thou? 2 Sam. 15,2 "ἢ 
HES WD ΓΙῸ from aphat city art thou? 
strictly Lat. ‘undenam populi? undenam 
urbis?’ as Plaut. unde gentium? Odyss. 
1.170 πόϑεν ἀνδρῶν. 6) PNXTd 78 where- 
fore? why? from mx1> therefore, Jer.5,7. 
Notre. With ¢ertain other particles 
“XN is joined more closely, so as to coa- 
lesce with them into one word, as WR, 
M2"&, ΠΡῚΝ, MEN, αν. The same use 
of this particle is found in Syr. fas4] 
in what way? how? fosauy whence ? 
[25] who? Chald. ὙΤΣ who then? OTN 
id. Eth. ΡῈ where? how 2—In Prov 
31, 4 Keri "305 "x D721555, render: nor 
for princes [to say], Where is anny 
drink? See in "8 no. 1. 
I. "8 contr. for "8, (as "3 for "2," 
for "7, comp. Lehre. p- 510,) m. perhaps 





been originally the same as the nega- _ 


"8 


fem. Is. 23,2; plur. O"*8, once "8 Ez. 
26,18. R. mx 1. 

1. Pr. habitable ground, dry land, opp. 
to water, the sea; rivers; see the root 
no. 1. Is.42,15 prey mint? sre Twill 
make the rivers dry lands ; comp. 43, 19. 
5), 2. Hence 

2. terra maritima, land adjacent to 
the sea, sea-coast, whether on the shore 
of the main land, or an island; like the 
East-Indian Dvipa, which signifies both 
coast and island. Spec. a) the coast, 
the sea-coast, Is. 20, 6. 23, 2. 6. Ez. 27, 
7 ΤΡ ΘΝ ἘΝ the coast of Elishah, i.e. of 
Peloponnesus or Greece. δ) anisland, 
Jer. 47 4 “ΕΞ "8 the isle of Caphtor, i.e. 
Crete. o°M> "28 the isles of Chittim, Ez. 
27, 6» Jer. 2, 10; comp. Esth. 10, 1, where 
tc "*X are put in antith. with the main 
land,continent. 6) Plur.2"*8 very often 
for coasts, maritime regions, espec. be- 
yond sea, as in Jer. 25, 22 is added by 
way of epexegesis 0°73 "352 “US "NF. 
Hence genr. of coasts and islands far 
remote, Is. 24, 15. 40, 15. 41,1. 5. 42,4. 
10. 12. 49, 1. 51, 5; espec. hues of the 
Mediterranean Ps. 72, 10. Dan. 11, 18, 
which also are called more definitely 
pw ἫΝ Is. 11, 11, and oan ἀπ Gen. 
10, 5. Zeph. 2, 11.—In Ez. 27, 15 the 
Indian Archipelago is to be understood. 


IT. "δὲ contr. for "8 (r. τὸν II, see in 
ἊΝ ΤῸ pr. a howling, wailing cry. Hence 
1. Concr. the howler, i. 6. the jackal, 


Arab. Sgt Uyl, piur. 64! wis, son, 
daughters of howling, Pers. Jles, 
whence Germ. Schakal, Engl. jackal. 
So called from its nocturnal cry or howl, 
which resembles the scream of a child. 
Damiri ap. Bochart. Hieroz. I. p. 843. 
Found only in plur. 57:8, Is. 13, 22. 34, 
14. 

_ 2. Interj. 1. α. “8% ah! alas! wo! 6. 
dat. Ece. 10, 16. 4, 10 15 "x, which seve- 
ral editt. read in one word, i>"& wo to 
him! 


IIT. "8 adv. not, non, found Job 22, 30, 
and in the pr. names 7133~"8 (inglorious) 
Ichabod 1 Sam. 4. 21, and dare Jeze- 
bel. It is much more freq. in Rabbinic, 
espec. as prefixed to adjective forms 
with a privative signification, like Engl. 
in, un, in the same usage ; and also in 


40 





ΠΝ 


Ethiopic, where 4, is prefixed also to 
verbs. It is doubtless an abridged form — 


from JX, see r. j38, 77%; like the Greek 
and Sanscr. a priv. from an. 


TISI7S (inglorious) is: pr. n. 
1 Sam. 4,21. See in "8 IIL 7 





* AN io be an adversary, enemy, to 
any one; to persecute, to hate. The 
primary idea is prob. to be sought in 
breathing, blowing, puffing at or upon 
any one, which is often referred to anger 
and hatred, Germ. anschnauben. Kin- 
dred is 358, in which the idea of breath- 
ing after passes over into that of desire 
and love. The finite verb oceurs pi 
once, Ex. 23, 22; but very freq. is Part. 
378 as ΣΕ ΟΝ, an ‘qdveramtah enemy, Gen. 
22, 17.49, 8. al. Sometimes it retains 
the construction of a participle, 1 Sam.. 
18, 29 ἜΠΤῸΝ BN an ie ee 
—Fem. marin collect. enemies, i i 
8. 10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 477. 

Deriv. =1"&, and | 


MD"8 f. (contr. for W358, as nse for 
38) enmity, hostility, Gen. 3,15. Num. — 
35, 21. 


PS m. pr. a load, burden, by which ‘ 
one is oppressed, crushed ; from ὩΣ ἢ 
πο. 2. Hence 

1. misfortune, calamity, Ps. 18, 19. 700 
21, 80. 

2. destruction, ruin, Job 18, 12. 21, 17: 
80,15. 5x ἘΝ destruction ‘from . God, 
Job 31, 23. 


TPN f (for WYN, το AN IL) pr. ery, cla- 
mour ; hence 

1. As the name of a clamorous bird — 
of prey, unclean, Lev. 11, 14. Deut. 14, 
13; also keen-sighted, Job 28,7. Sept. 
and Vulg. sometimes vulture, sometimes 
kite. The opinion of Bochart is not im- 
probable, Hieroz. II. p. 193 sq. that it is 
the species of falcon called by the Arabs 


.* 


β 
] 
Ἢ 


5353 yyy, i. 6. falco esalon, called also 


smirle, emerillon, Engl. merlin. Or — 
perhiips the Heb. word is a general term — 
for hawk, falcon, etc. whence in Lev. — 
and Deut. Il. ec. is added M2™2>. P 

2. Ajah, pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 24. 
b) 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. 


MPN ig. °% where? with m= parag. 
asin from jo, Gen. 3,9.18,9.al. Alsa 


ὌΝ Al 


without interrogation, Job 15, 23 he wan- 
dereth about for bread, 73% where-ever 
it may be. 


SN pr. ἢ. Job, an Arab of Uz or 
Ausitis, distinguished for wealth and 
also for piety and virtue, but tried of God 
with the heaviest calamities. Besides 
the book of Job, he is also mentioned i 


Fiz. 14,14. 20. Sept. Ἰώβ, Arab. ὥς. 
The name signifies pr. one persecuted, 
from τ. 328, as 71>" one born, from 75" ; 
and refers to the calamities by which 
he was afflicted.—Others render it: serio 


irs & «oF ἵ 
resipiscens, i. q. Arab. If, from r. 358, 
of, to return, to convert, comp. Cor. 


Sur. 38. 40-44; but see against this, 
Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 81. col. 1. 


SAMS £ (pr. non-cohabited, i. 8. ἄλο- 
vos Plat. p. 249. B, Lat. intacta, chaste, 
comp. Agnes ; an appropriate female 
name, and not to be estimated from the 
character and conduct of Ahab’s queen ;) 
Jezebel, Isabella, pr. n. of a notorious 
woman, the daughter of Ethbaal king 
of Tyre, and wife of Ahab king of Israel, 
infamous for her idolatry and cruel per- 
secution of the prophets. 1 K. 16, 31. 
18, 4. 13. 21, 5 sq. 2 K. 9, 7 sq. 

MPS where? Job 38, 19. 24. Com- 
pounded from the interrog. part. Ἂς, “8 
q. ν-. πο: 2, and ny here. 

TS how? apoc. from M3"8, Gen. 26, 


9. Without interrogation, Ruth 3, 18. 
2 K. 17, 28.—Often as an exclamation 


of/pain..or grief, how! Ps. 73, 19. Is. 14, 


4. Ecce. 2, 16. 
IDS from “8 no. 5, μὰ ΓΞ i. ᾳ. nD 
so, here. 

1. how? in what way? Deut. 1, 12. 
Without interrogation, Deut. 12, 30. 

2. where? Cant. 1, 7. 

3. Often as an exclamation of pain or 
grief, how ! like ΠΝ, Is. 1,21. Lam. 1, 1. 


MO" (id.) where, not interrogative, 
once 2 K. 6, 13, where Keri has i>" id. 


M22°"8 (Milél) how ? Cant. 5, 3. Esth. 
8,6 From "8 and M22 i. gq. ΓΞ, ΓΞ, so 
DTN see τ. AN. 


ΘΝ m. 1. a ram, so called from his 
twisted horns, 4. ἃ. rolled up; see r. 48. 
‘ A* 





Oo 


Gen. 15,9. Plur. #°>"8 Ex. 25, 5, and 
m°>x Job 42, 8—Hence intens. 55x q. v. 
2. A term of architecture,. referring, 
as it would seem, to a projection in a la- 
teral wall, serving as a post or column, 
i. e. ὦ pilaster ; either from r. >48 no. 3, 
orlike Lat. aries, capreolus, Germ. Bock, 
used for a buttress. 1 K. 6, 31. Ez. 41, 
3. Plur. p%>"x, Ez. 41, 1. 40, 10. 14. 16. 
38 ; comp. v. 26. 31. 34. 37. The ancient 
versions render it sometimes posts, some- 
times columns. See Boettcher’s Proben 
alttestamtl. Schrifterkl. p- 302. 


28 m. a stag, hart, male deer, Deut. 
12, 15. 14, 5. Is. 35, 6., Plur. 0" Cant. 
2, 9. 17. Always masc. but in Ps. 42, 2 
jeined with a fem. in the manner ef 
comm. gend. thus denoting a hind, which 
elsewhere has the specific name M>°8, 


8 
nbmg. Chald. and Syr. id. Arab. (ut 
wild goat, mountain-goat, chamvis, Eth. 


PA , by which orthography the affinity 
of the roots Dag and ΘΗ is distinctly con- 
firmed.—As to the etymology, >°8 is a 
sort of intensive of >°x, therefore pr. ὦ 
large ram or buck, and ΠΝ a large she- 
goat or the like. Indeed the Hebrews 
would seem to have called all the va- 
rious species of deer and antelopes, which 
in part are furnished with twisted horns 
like the ram, by the general name of 
large rams or wild rams ; just as the 
Germans call the same animals Berg- 
ziegen, wilde Ziegen, and the Latins 
capre@, from their general resemblance © 
to a goat, eapra. Sept. every where 
ἔλαφος. 


28 m. strength, might, once Ps. 88, 5. 
R. ds no. 2. 


DON τῇ, (τ. bax) plur. Β δ πὰς, pr. strong, 
stout, mighty. 

1. Plur. the mighty, the powerful, the 
nobles of a state, city, Ex. 15, 15. Ez. 17, 
13. 2 K. 24, 15 Keri. 

2. astrong, stout, mighty tree, like δρῦς, 
spec. the oak, terebinth, and sometimes 
also the palm, i. q. M28, 738, which is 
more usual. Sing. once Gen. 14, 6 in 
the pr. n. FIRB dex, Sept. ἐεράδιλο ϑὲ τῆς 
Φαράν. Plur. ΨΥ p">x Is. 1, 29. 57, 
5. 61, 3. 


M28 £. a hind, female deer, and perh. 
also caprea, wild she-goat, these two ani- 


ry 


ὌΝ 


mals being hardly distinguished in the 
common usage of the Hebrew. Gen. 49, 
21. Plur. mi>sx constr. mix 2 Sam. 22, 
34. Cant. 2, 7. See in masc. DX. 


TDN (from d=, q. ἃ. Deerfield, from 
the number of deer,) Ajalon, pr.n. a) 
A Levitical city in the tribe of Dan, 
Josh. 10, 12. 19, 42. 21, 24. Jude. 1, 35. 
See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 68. Ὁ) 
A city in Zebulun, Judg. 12, 12. 


TDN (an oak, see 1151) Elon. pr. ἢ. 

1. A city in Dan, Josh. 19, 43. 1 K. 
4, 9. 

2. Of several men: 
36,2. b) Gen. 46, 14. 


a) Gen. 26, 34. 
c) Judg. 12, 11. 


ΓΟ (trees, a grove, perh. palm- 
grove, see under M28) 1 K. 9, 26. 2 K. 
16, 6, also ros (for "x Lehrg. p. 467, 
and that collect. for mid"&) Deut. 2, 8. 
2K. 14, 22. 16, 6 bis, Eloth, Elath, pr.n. 
of a city of Idumea on the eastern gulf 
of the Red Sea, which is called from it 
Sinus ZElanites, or Elanitic Gulf. The 
Edomites being subdued, 2 Sam. 8, 14, 
David took possession of it, and after 
him Solomon, whose fleet sailed hence 
to Ophir, 1 K. 9,26. It was again recov- 
ered by the Idumeans; and once more 
subdued by Uzziah king of Judah, 2 K. 
14, 22; but Rezin king of Syria took it 
at length from the Jews, who seem never 
again to have recovered it, 2 K. 16, 6. 
Josephus calls it Kidawn, Ptolemy Ἔλανα, 
Pliny Alana H. N. 6. 32 or 38. See 
Relandi Palest. p. 217, 554 sq. Le 
Quien Oriens Christ. T. III. p. Hey By 


Arabian writers it is called se] Aileh, 
Ailat. The ruins of the former city are 
still visible near to the fortress of ’Aka- 
bah, on the N. W. Riuppell’s Reisen, 
p. 248 seq. Frankf 1829. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 241 sq. 


mone f. i. q. D8 pr. strength, might, 
then help, Ps. 22, 20. BR. da no. 2. 


Dos plur, ΘΒ ΝΣ and mia>x, an ar- 
chitectural term, which the Sept. Vulg. 
and Targums make i. q. ΘΗΝ porch; 
from which however it -is “manifestly 
distincuished, Ez. 40,78sq. The b">"x 
were carried round an edifice, and are 
usually mentioned along with the D°2"x ; 


42 - 





ak 


see Ez. 40, 16. 22. 26.29. Comp. Boett- 
cher Proben, p. 319. 


DN (trees, perh. palm-trees) Elim, 
pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the 
desert, the second after leaving Egypt, 
with twelve fountains and seventy palm- 
trees, Ex. 15, 27. 16, 1. Num. 33,9. With 
He loc. πὰς Ex. 15, 27.—Geographers 
rightly assume the place of Elim in the 
Wady Ghirindel, a valley of that re- 
gion; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 100, 
105.. 


j2°8 Chald. m. a tree, Dan. 4, 7. 8 sq. 
Syr. tas] id. It corresponds to Heb. 


7i>& ; but the Chaldee word is used in a 
wider sense. 


MON see in miss. 


M2eN ΓΟ i. g. Mex (to which it is also 
st. constr.) a hind, as a term of endear- 
ment towards a female, Prov. 5, 19.— 
More difficult of explanation i is it in the » 
inscription of Ps. 22 "nw mbsx-by upon 
(according to) the hind of the dawn. 
These words seem to be the name of 
some other poem or song to the measure 
of which this Psalm was to be sung or 
chanted; comp. "WR 2 Sam. 1,18. The 
phrase hind of the dawn prob. stands for 
the morning sun scattering his first rays 
upon the earth ; just as the Arabian po- 
ets call the rising sun the gazelle, com- 
paring his rays with the horns of that 
animal ; comp. 1 lett. e. See Schultens 
ad Job. p. 1193; ad Har. Cons. V. p. 163. 


*D°N obsol. root, Chald. and Tal- 
mud. 5°, to terrify. The primary idea 
seems to be to strike dumb; comp. r. 
tat, ΠΕ; perh. also 599 q. v.— Hence 
the fs following’ 


Dox adj. f ma", terrible  Foviistttable 
Hab’ 1, 7. Cant.’6, 4. 10. : 


MON and WAN f. (for ΓΘ) terror, 
dread, Deut. 32,25. With genit. of that 
which inspires terror; Prov. 20, 2 ΓΝ 
"1272 the dread of a king, which one feels 
before him. Job 33,7 "ΓΘ the terror of 
me, i.e. which I inspire. With He parag. 
mna5w Ex. 15,16. Plur. Το Ps. 55, δ. 

Piur. ΘΝ 1. terrors, Ps. 88, 16. 

2. idols Jer. 50, 38, so called from the 
terror with which they inspire thei 
worshippers. Comp. ΤΥ ΘΒ, 





ΤᾺ 

8. Emim, pr. n. of an ancient people 
who originally inhabited the land of 

Moab, Gen. 14, 5. Deut. 2, 11. 
᾿ ys obsol. root, 1. ᾳ. δ q.v. Hence 
I. 728 constr. j°&, pr. subst. nothing, 

nothingness. Is. 40, 23 9 O7214 ἸΏΣΙῚ 
_ who bringeth princes to nothing. Hence 
adverbially : 

1. nothing, nought, usually including 
the idea of the subst. verb fo be, e. g. 
1K. 8, 9 ΒΞ ΓΙ mind *2t) pr FARA PR 
nothing was in the ark save the two ta- 
bles of stone. Ps. 19, 7. Ex. 22,2. So 
2 Sam. 19,7 D"723) ow > 7S nought 
to thee are princes and gervants. 

2. no, not, including the idea of the 
subst. verb, there is not, was not ; there 
are not, were not, etc. i. ᾳ. 87 Nd, Arab. 


yd, Aram. 24S, mb, mb, Ail. 
Num. 14, 42 o3a5ps nine "x 9D for 
_ Jehovah is not among you. Jude. 21, 25 
in those days >¥ 072 522 7S ere wis 
no king in Israel. Gen. 37, 29 No%" 7°8 
“i2a Joseph was not in the cistern. Ps. 
10, 4. Ex. 12, 30. Lev. 13, 31. In the 
same phrases where " is said affirma- 
tively, ΠΣ is also used negatively, as 
977 515 ὃ" Gen. 31,29, and "511 dx 55x 
Neh. 5, 5. Further: a) Where the bs. 
ject of a sentence is a personal pronoun, 
this latter is often appended as a suffix 


to the word ἡ" ; 6. g. "22°% J am not,- 


etc. F278 hiv art not, etc. F27%, 327, 
MEN, DIN, DIMN ; and also wit phi. 
form. (as if fio nosy), Wa°3"N, TWAIN 
Ps. 59, 14. 73,5. b) The puberantive 
verb ΓΝ iapiiea in this negative par- 
ticle, as above, the latter is almost al- 
ways joined with a participle; e.g. Dan. 
8, 5 behold, a he-goat came from the west 
over the face of the whole earth, 333 578) 
7283 and touched not the gioond i. q. 
232 85. Esth. 3,8. 7, 4. Ezra 3, 13. Ex. 
5, ‘16 JA2 ὙΠ [3m straw there is none giv- 
en, i. q. JAD ND. 
forms a periphrasis for no one, none, ne- 
mo, Josh. 6, 1 82 7°N} NLI7 PNR none went 
‘out, and none came in. Lev. 26, 6. Is. 5, 
29. Rarely joined with a finite verb, 
Ex. 3.2. Ece.8,11. Jer. 38,5 3237 "8 "2 
"23 ἘΞΌΝ bo for the king cannot do 
_any thing against you. Job 35, 15; and 
so with the particle 5, Ps. 135, 17 “7-8 


It often in this way. 


43 





ἐλ 


DrmDa mn ws nor is there any breath in 


their mouth. In.both these passages NX> 


would be more correct. In like manner 
the modern Arabs write ud for Y. 

c) "> 79% there is not to me, i. 6. 7 have 
not, T had not, etc. Lev. 1, 10. 1 Sam. 
1, 2. So Arab. J Before an 
infin. it is often i. q: non ‘licet, it is not 
lawful, not permitted, like οὐκ ἔστιν for 
οὐκ ἔξεστιν, and Arab. th lS est mihi 
for licet mihi, Cor. 4, 94. ib. 10,100. So 
Esth. 4, 2 8in> 97% it is not lawful to en- 
ter, none might enter. Ruth 4, 4. Ps. 40,6 
aby 2 78 there is nothing to compare 
unto thee, i.e. nothing which can rightly 
be éctiipared, where ΠΡ is poetic for 
7722. d) Joined with various words: 

WN FN there is no man, Gen. 31, 50. Ex. 
2,12. 933 "8 Ex. 5, 11, and nan rials 
1K. 18, 43, there is not any thing. d> hs 
there is nothing at all, Kcc. 1, 9. 

3. As 8" is sometimes i. q. to be pre- 
sent, to be here or at hand, so 4"& is not 
to be present, not to be here or at hand 
etc. Fr. a n'y a pas. Num. 21, 5 78 52 
nt ΠΝῚ ὈΠῚΡ for there is no bread here, 
nor water. 1 Sam. 9,4. 10, 14 and we 
saw \"% "> that they were nonbhiers. Gen. 
2,5. Num. 20, 5. Gen. 5, 24 of Enoch: 
DTN Pk MpP> "D WII. 1 K. 20, 40 
nD3"N nit lo! he was not, i. e. he was 
gone. So of death, Ps. 39, 14. 

4. Sometimes it may be rendered 
without, i. gq. 782; but the examples 
strictly fall back under no. 2; e. g. Joel 
1, 6 strong and without number, pr. ‘and 
there is no number. Deut. 32, 4. 

5. With prefixes: a) 13 pr. in not, 
in there not being, in defect of: «) i. q. 
‘when there was not, Prov. 8, 24 7°82 
niainn when there were no deeps, ὦ i.e. be- 
fore the floods were yet created ; comp. 
23. 8) Ofteni.q. 853, without, Ez. 
38, 11 main ἸᾺ3 without a aall: Prov. 
5, 23. 11, 14. 

b) 3°82 as nothing, nothing wanting, 
i. 6. almost, well-nigh, Ps. 73, 3. Comp. 
ὭΞῸΞ little wanting, i. 6. almost; see 
ὩΣ. 

c) 7M? a) For 7% "xb to whom 
there is no, nothing, 15. 40, 29. Neh. 8, 
10. 8) For mins 859 so that there should 
be no, etc. Ezra 9, 14. 

d) ἡ pr. from there being no i. q 


δὼ 
s"%, but intensive, none, not one ; see on 
this idiom in 72 1. Ὁ. 3. Jer. 10, 6. 7. 30, 
7 So 28s" PR 1. αᾳ. Adin 4N, Is. 5, 9. 
6, 11. 50, 2. 

Nore. The absol. form ἢ stands 
only at the end of a clause; while 
the constr. }"% everywhere depends on 
something following; e. g. Num. 20, 5 
728 ὉΠ there ts no water, for which 
might also be said D772 j°R. . 


IT. 28 adv. of interrog. where? Arab. 


Ἐ 
pst; found only with ya prefixed, Ἰ"Ν8 
whence? Gen. 29, 4. Nah. 3, 7. al.—Ori- 
ginally this was the same with the 
negat. 738 I, and passed over into the 
interrogative sense; hence by apoc. "δὲ, 
ἊΣ, ΝΣ ΠῚ. See in "8 no. 1. Heb. 
Gram. § 150. 1. fin. 


TS 1 Sam. 21, 9, i. ᾳ. $98, but inter- 
rogatively for ΠΝ. 


“WIN see MTS. 


MD ΝΣ, rarely M8, f. an ephah, a 
measure of grain, containing three seahs, 
ONO, or ten omers, "99, Ex. 16, 36. 
According to Josephus, Ant. 8. 2. 9, the 
ephah contained 72 sextarii, equal to the 
Attic (liquid) metretes, or 1993.95 Paris 
cubic inches, about 1 ᾧ bush. English ; 
see Boeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. pp. 
259, 278. This is also confirmed by 
other testimony ; so that there is doubt- 
less an error in another passage of Jose- 
phus, Ant. 15. 9. 2, where the ephah 
seems to be equal to 96 sextarii, or the 
Attic medimnus. 1 Sam. 17, 17. Zech. 
5,6 sq. Judg. 6,19. Ruth 2.17. Also 
MDs) "x a double ephah, one just, 
the other false, Prov. 20, 10. Deut. 25, 
14, Am. 8, 5.—The origin of this word 
4s to be sought in the Egyptian lan- 
guage; where the Heb. ΓΒ δὲ corre- 


sponds to (ysHIy measure, spec. of corn, 


modius, from r. (et, ΗΠ; to number ; 


whence Sept. otp/, Arab. xa3 9, an Egyp- 
tian measure. See Rodiger in Allg. 
Encyclop. art. Epha. Thes. Ling. Heb. 
in Append. 


MDS (from "δ and Mb here) where ? 
Is. 49, 21. Ruth 2,19; how? what kind 
of? Judg. 8, 18. In an indirect inquiry, 
Jer. 36, 19. 


AA, 





ὯΝ 
ND WS i. α. NEN, q. v. 
ON, 6. suff. "WN, FERN, FIONN 5 


Plur. ΒΡ τ only thrice, Ps. 141, 4. Prov. — 


8, 4. Is. 53,3; instead of which the com- 
mon usage has substituted Dw (from 
obsol. sing. 8:8), constr. "Wx, 6. suff 
N"WIN , DFIN ; also as periphrastic plur. 
x "22, comp. no. 6. 

1. aman. Spec. a) a male, opp. to 


a female ; Gen. 4, 1 J have gotten a man 


with the Lord, i. e. a man-child. 


comp. 1, 27. 6,19. So Lat. vir of beasts, 
Virg. Eclog. 7,7. Ὁ) @ husband, opp. 
to a wife, Ruth 1, 11, Gen. 3, 6. 29, 32. 
34. With suff. 52°28 owr men, i. e. our 
husbands, Jer. 44, 19. So Gr ἀνήρ Il. 
18.291, Lat. vir Hor. Sat. 1. 2.127. c) 
As opp. to an old man, one of manly age, 
vigour, 1 Sam. 2, 38. ἃ) Emphat. of 
manliness, warlike valour, comp. Hithpa. 
below. 1 Sam. 4, 9 poids PIN 
be strong, and be ye men! 1 K. 2,2. 
Comp. Hom. Il. 5.529. 6) a man, mor- 
tal, opp. to God, Job 9, 32. 12, 10. Is. 31, 
8; espec. in plur. Gen. 32, 29. Is. 7, 13, 
Comp. Hom. πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε ϑεῶν te, 
Opp. to beasts, Ex. 11, 7. Gen. 49, 6. 
[7 Joined in apposition with other sub- 
stantives, as OO UN a man a eunuch 
i. 6. a eunuch Jer. 38, 7; ind wow a 
priest Lev. 21, 9; espec. with gentile 


——— ΝΥ 


‘ 


a 


1 Sam. — 
1, 11. So even of brutes, Gen. 7,2; 


names, 6. g. "35 ΘΠ a Hebrew Gen. 


39, 14. Comp. Gr. ἄνδρες Γαλιλαῖοι, ἄν- 
δρες ᾿Ισραηλῖται, Acts 1, 11. 3, 12, g) 
Witlf genit. of a city, land, people, it de- 
notes ὦ citizen, inhabitant, etc. 6. g. 87x 
>xit a man of Israel, i. 6. Israelite ; 
al oh “wx 1 Sam. 7, 11; MTT WIN 
2 Sam. 19, 42; also "3h "DIN Gen. 24, 
13, In this signif. the sing. ὅδ πὰς is mostly 
put collectively, as Sx ts 4x for "WIN 
N70" Josh. 9, 6. 7. 10, 24. Judg. 7, 8. 8, 
22. al. ἢ) With genit. of a king, leader, 
military chief, master, etc. the men of 
any one, for his companions, followers, 
soldiers, his people, 1 Sam. 23, 3. 12. 24, 
5. 8. 28, 1. Once perhaps spoken of 
relatives and near friends, like Syr. 
<2 wt], e.g. Ez. 24, 17. 22, where 
ΣΝ ἘΠῚ the bread of men, is the food 
which relatives and friends were accus- 
tomed to send to mourners. i) So too 
mvs wes and with art, p*ndyn ty 


ON 


man of God, i. q. servant and minister 
f God; spoken of angels Judg. 13, 6.8 ; 
f prophets 1 Sam. 2, 27; of Moses 
Deut. 33,1; of David 2 Chr. 8,14. k) 
ith genit. of an attribute, quality, vir- 
tue, vice, etc. it denotes one possess- 
that attribute or quality; and in 
this way the Hebrews form a peri- 
phrasis for an adjective ; 6. g. "NM ON 
aman of form, i.e. handsome ; 073 ΘΟ ΝΣ 
a man of blood, bloody ; 232 "028 intel- 
ligent, see in =} no. 1.6; Sen “WIN men 
of name, famous, Gen. 6, 4; comp. πὰ 
main a husbandman, Gan, 9,20. 1) 
Collect. for men, i. e. soldiers, troops, Is. 
21,9. Comp. 058 Is. 22, 6. τῷ) 6% 
marks also a man of rank, a great man, 
noble, as opp. to 03% a man of low con- 
dition; seein DIN no.1.b. n) As joined 
with numerals, we find after numerals 
below ten Dw, as ONIN MY>w Gen. 
18, 2; between ten and twenty some- 
times "8, Num. 1,44; and above twen- 
ty always UK, 1 Miia. 14, 14. 22, 2. 18. 
al. sep. 

2. With τ or 93, one—another ; see 
τὶ and 9. 
᾿ς 8. Put for any man, i. e. one, some one, 
any one, Gen. 13, 16. Ex. 16, 29. Cant. 
8,7. So Syr. wey] for tis, 6. g. γὼ. 
a3] a certain Jew. Plur. 5°v2x men, 
certain men, like Syr. <n], 1 K. 20, 
17. Jer. 37, 10. 

4, each, every one. 1 K. 20, 20 "35 
ἴον ws and they slew every one his 
man, WX) Ox this and that man, each 
and every one, Ps. 87, 5. Esth.-1, 8. 
Once like >> prefixed to another subst. 
Gen. 15, 10 ΠΣ mNip> ἸΏ ΝΣ SAM 
— and laid each part of each (animal) one 
over against the other, where ἡ τς 
is i.q. inma7d2, but the sacred writer 
puts BN for Mouth ‘order td correspond 
with the following 1529. So too Ox 
my Gen. 9, 5. 

5. Impers. like Germ. man, Fr. on, 
Engl. one, plur. men, e. g. one says, men 
say, etc. 1 Sam. 9,9 nd dxnivta o> 
wrx ὍΝ formerly in Israel men said 
thus, i. q. it was said. 

6. HN 22 sons of men, as a peri- 
_ phrastic plur. for men simply, Ps. 4, 3; 
like 578 "22, see DIN no. §-ABsiietines 
emphat. for ‘the noble, the high, opp. to 














Ab 





™N 


\ 
DI 33, Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4 ; see no. 1, 
m, and 538 no. 1. Ὁ. 

Norse. As to the etymology, we hold 
wx to be a primitive word; yet soft- 
ened from the harsher form 28 (B38) 
4. v. whence also MUN, for MYX, and 
plur. 5°38. In like manner the Arabic 


S),—-0o 9 τις 
has ust and Bee 
Deriv. ὙΠ τς, pr.n, TH", τος, 
also 


DS denom. verb, only in Hrrupat.. 
wwiann to show oneself a man, ἀνδρί- 
ζεσϑαι; Is. 46, 8 SOUR show your- 
selves men, be men, i.e. be wise, cast 
away the childish trifles of idolaters. 
Chald. S8knF and SUNN id. 


MUA“W"S (man of shame, i. e. sham- 
ing himself, perh. bashful,) pr. ἢ. Jshbo- 
sheth, the son of Saul, who for two years 
after the death of his father and brothers 
reigned over eleven tribes in opposition 
to David. 2 Sam. c. 2-4. 3 


TINDS (man of glory) Ishhod, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 7, 18. 


FiOS m. (dimin. from Bx) 1. a 
little man, manikin, homunculus, and . 
with 3"> the little man of the eye, i. e. the 
pupil, apple of the eye, in which, as in 
a mirror, a person sees his own image 
reflected in miniature. Deut. 32, 10. 
Prov. 7, 2. This pleasing image is 
found in several languages; e. g. Arab. 

Ene 3 


cual ἴθι homunculus oculi, Gr. 


κόρη, κοράσιον, κορασίδιον, Lat. pupa, 
pupula, pupilla, Pers. SJ.0; see more 
in Thesaur. p. 86.—More’ fully Ps. 17,8 
ἊΣ Ma jw i. 6. the pupil, daughter of 
the eye ; see in M2 no. 7. 

2. Metaph. the middle, the midst of 


238. 

any thing, like Arab. apple of the 
eye, for the midst, the summit.—Hence 
Prov. 7,9 in the eye-ball (pupil) of the 
night, i.e. at midnight. 20, 20 in the very 
eye-ball of darkness, i. 6. in the midst of 
darkness; where in Keriis read π ἼἜΞΝΞ 
in the darkness of night. 


"WN Chald. for "8" Jesse, 1 Chr. 2, 
13. 


FOS for viene m. Ez. 40, 15 Keri, 
an entrance, from τ. SMS i. q: Ria to 


TN 


come, to enter. In Chethibh the letter 
Yod is transposed so as to read "δὶ", 


"EPS Chald. i. gq. Heb. 8" there is, 


= 
from which it is derived. Arab. pools 
but only in a few phrases; Syr. Do}, in 
Targg.™"&, Talmud. 8m°8.—Dan. 5, 11 
n> m3 ἼΔΟΝ there isa man in thy 
kingdom. 2, 28. 30. 3,25. With a nega- 
tive partic. "M78 NX> Daw 2, 10. 11. 3, 29. 
With plur. Dan. 3,12. In order to ex- 
press the various persons of the substan- 
tive verb to be, pronouns are suffixed, 
mostly in the plural: Ἐπ πὶ he is Dan. 
2,11; NINN we are 3,185; ΠΝ thou 
art 2,26; ji2"™"8 ye are 3,14. These 
forms construed with a participle, consti- 
tute a periphrasis for the finite verb, e. g. 
Dan. 3,18 Pb NINN Rd we worship 
not. Where it stands absolutely, it is 
sometimes to be rendered there is, there 
exists, il y a, Dan. 2, 10.11. With dat. 
> ms there is to any one, he has, Ezra 
4, 16. 


"EMS pr. ἢ. see "FN. 


DNTPS (for bx ὭΝ, God with me) 
- pr. ἢ. τῇ. Jthiel, Prov. 30,1. Ithiel and 
Ucal seem to have been children or dis- 
ciples of Agur, to whom he addressed 
his maxims. 


“War (palm-coast) Ithamar, pr. n. 
of the youngest son of Aaron, Ex. 6, 23. 
28, 1. 

JMS, also JOS Job 33, 19, for 1" 
with Aleph prosthet. from r. jh" to be 
perennial, constant. 

1. perennity, perpetuity, spoken espec. 
of water. Ex. 14, 27 the sea returned 
2M"N> fo its perpetuity i. e. to its perpet- 
ual, ceaseless flow. Num. 24, 21 ἼΔΗΣ 
Hav perpetuity (perpetual) ὁ is thy habi- 
tation. Joined in the genit. with other 
nouns; as JM" Minn perennial streams 
Ps. 7A, 15; jM°% M2 perennial pasture 
i.e. ever verdant, Jer. 49, 19. 50, 44; 
ἼΣΟΝ br a perennial brook, ever Aowing, 


never failing, Deut. 21,4. Am. 5, 24; and. 


so without 5Π2, 1K. 8, 2 DIMA Mm 
the month of flowing brooks, elsewhere 
called 7 γί, the seventh month of the 
Heb. year, from the new moon of October 
to the new moon of November. Prov. 
13, 15 the way of transgressors ἡ is a 


AB. 
perennial stream, full of water, by which 


whelmed.—Job~ 33, 19 
and the strife in his bonds is perpetuity, 





=x 


one may easily be borné away and over- 
WN ELE 5") 


perpetual. 

2. firmness, strength. Gen. 49, 24 avin 
ἼΘΙ jn"xa his bow abides in strength, 
i.e. is strong, firm. Jér. 5,15 jn°% ‘ia 
a people of strength, i. ev strong, mighty. 
Plur. 5°28 the strong, the hte Ae. 
optimates, Job 12, 19. 

3. Ethan, pr. n. an Ezrahite, (see 
"TIN ,) a wise man 1K. 5,11; towhom 
Ps. 89 is attributed in the inscription. 


38 1. Part. of affirmation, yea, sure- 
ly, certainly, without doubt. Kindr. are 
"2, j2, j28, see Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d. 
Morgenl. IT. 143.—Gen. 44, 28 Ὁ ὯΝ 
D0 surely he is torn in pieces. Judg. 3, 
24. 1K. 22,32. 2K. 24,3. Ps. 58,12. Job 
18, 21.—Hence 

2. Adv. of restriction, limitation, only, 
merely. Ex. 10,17 0389 πὸ only this once, 


Lev. 11,21 sboxn MI“MN ἘΝ only these may 


ye eat. Ps, 37, 8 be thou not angry (which 
is) only for doing evil, i.e. anger is the 
frequent source of vil Prov. 14, 23 
empty talk “ΠΌΤ. x (tendeth) ony to 
penury. 11,24. 21,5.—Spec. a) Before 
adjectives, whierd only i is equiv. to wholly, 
altogether. Deut. 16, 15 τ} Ὁ FR HT 
and thou shalt be only joyful, i. e. shalt 
wholly rejoice. Is. 16,7 D°X23 58 wholly 
contrite. 19,11. Ὁ) Before substantives, 
only, nothing but, where we may render 
it. alone, merely. Ps. 139,11 πῶσ δ the 
darkness alone, i.e. natbing but the dark- 
ness. Ps. 39, 12 bait ἼΝ nothing but 
vanity, πονεῖν vanity. 06) Before ad- 
verbs and verbs, only, i. q. wholly, comp. 
above in lett. a. Ps. 73,13 P" FX only in 
vain, i.e. wholly in vain. 1 Sam. 25, 21, . 
Job 19, 13 "297 AMY FR Ih mine ac- 
quaintance are wholly estranged from me. 
Judg. 20, 39. Job 23,6. Comp. Ex. 12,15 
VA DNA FN wholly-the first day, i.e. 
the very first day, on no other but the 
first day. 

3. As a particle of exception, only, but; 
Gen. 20, 12 "sx ma > ἫΝ only not 
(μονονοιχί the daughter of my mother, 
i.e. but not. Lev. 11, 4. Num. 2€ 55. 
Deut. 18, 20. Josh. 3, 4. 

4. Of time, only now, i. e. just now 






ἢ 


ἡ 


: 





- *40z08, comp. Pw2s and pian 


TON 


scarcely. Gen. 27,30 IP21 R37 83 πὰ 
RD THR w23—and Jacob was scarce 
gone out.... when Esau his brother came 


iin. Judg. 1, 19.—So Lat. tantum quod, 
 Cic. ad Fam. 8. 23, “tantwm quod ex 
_ Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litteree 
_ redditee sint.” 


Vellei. 2. 117. 
* "TDN obsol. root, iq. IPY, TNX, fo 


; bind; then to strengthen, to fortify a 


city. Hence 

“IDN (fortress, castle) Accad, pr. n. of 
a city built by Nimrod, Gen. 10,10. Sept. 
The 
Targums and Jerome understand Nest- 
bis a city of Mesopotamia. 
STON (for 31>, Aleph. prosthet. τ. 513) 


‘pr. falsehood, deceit but every where 


coner. for 2128 5712 ὦ deceitful brook, a 


failing torrent, soon drying up and dis. 


appointing the hope of the traveller, 
Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1,14. Opp. jm"8 a per- 
ennial stream. Comp. Lat. fundus men- 


daz Hor. Carm. 3. 1. 30. 


ITIN (i-g. 5155) Achzib, pr.n. 4) 
A city on the sea-coast of Asher, be- 
tween Acco and Tyre, Gr. Ecdippa, now 
called ez-Zib. Josh. 19, 29. Judg. 1, 31. 


_ b)A city in the tribe oft Judah, Inch. 


15, 44. Mie. 1, 14. Comp. 219 ἀπῇ ΓΞῚΞ. 


ATON m. (r. 112) pr. violence, but every 
where as concr. violent, Lam. 4, 3. Job 
30,21. Of poison, violent, deadly, Deut. 
32, 33.—Once in a good sense for bold, 
brave, Job 41, 2.—Hence © 


WITQN fierce, cruel, Prov. 5, 9. Jer. 6, 
23. Also cruel, terrible; Prov. 17, 11 a 
terrible messenger, who brings fatal tid- 


_ ings, as of a sentence of death. Is. 13, 9. 


Jer. 30,14. “ 


PAP ITIN f. (from "4358 with the end- 
ing ™, see Heb. Gram. § 85.6,) fierce- 


ness, cruelty. of wrath Prov. 27, 4. 


MDDS f. an eating, a meal, 1K. 19. 8. 
R. boy. 


DDN (τ Way) Achish, pr. n. of a king 


of the Philistines i in Gath. 1 Sam. 21, 11. 


| 27,2. 1 K. 2, 39. 


* DON "inf. constr. 558 , with pref. P28? 
DSN, c. suff. FON, bay; fut. 52x", in 
pause d385, once oT Ez. 42, 5. 

1. to eat, to eat up, to debours absol. 


Δ 





. 
Son 


Deut. 27, 7. 1 Sam. 9, 13; oftener with 
ace. of foods rarely > Bait 4,5; 3 Ex. 
12, 43-45. Ley: 22,11; ya Lev. "; 21. 
25, 22. Num. 15, 19, comp. ἐσϑέειν τινός. 
Spoke not oily very frequently of 
men, but also of beasts, Is. 11,7; whence 
>2NT the eater, in Samson’s riddle 
Judg. 14, 14, is the lion, comp. Arab. 


3 
ASST .—The following phrases are to be 


noted: a) toeatof aland,a field, a vine, 
i. 6. to eat the fruit of them, Gen. 3, 17, 
Is. 1, 7. 36, 16, comp. 37, 30. +b) to de- 
vour sacrifices, spoken of idols in allusion 
to the lectisternia, Deut. 32, 38. Ez.16,20. 
6) DM? 53} to eat bread, i. q. to take food, 


“1K. 91, 7. Ps. 102, 53 with Nd, not to 


take ‘pak to fast, 1 aah 28, 20. 30, 12. 
Also, to take a παῖ to date or sup, to 
feast, Gen. 31, 54. 43,16. Jer. 41,1. 52, 33; 
comp. φαγεῖν ἄρτον Luke 14,1. . Some- 
times =N> 528 is simply. i.gq. tolive, Am. 
7, 12... d) nin "38> 528 to eat before 
Jehanah, spoken of the sacrificial feasts 
held in the temple, Deut. 12, 7.18. 14, 23. 
Ex. 18,12. 6) toeatthe flesh of any one, 
Ps. 27, 2, spoken of fierce and cruel ene- 
mies, thirsting for one’s blood.—Differ- 
ent is .f) to eat one’s own flesh, Kiccl. 4, 5, 
spoken of the fool devoured by envy. 
Comp. Hom. Il. 6. 202 ὃν ϑυμὸν κατέδων. 
g) O32, D3 52K, ¢o.eat up or devour a 
people, the poor, spoken of rulers or no- 
bles who consume the wealth of a peo- 
ple by,oppression and extortion, Ps. 14, 4. 
Prov. 30, 14. Hab. 3, 15. Comp. δημοβό- 
ρος ghosts Il. 1.231. Soalso to devour . 
the flesh of a people id. Mic. 3, 3. Else- 
where to eat, to devour, is i. q. to consume 
in war, by slaughter, Hos. 7,7. Is.9, 11. 
Deut. 7, 16. Jer. 10, 25. 30, 16. 50, 7.17. 
51, 34. Comp. Judith 5, 24. h) to eat 
or devour the words of any one, i. e. to 
receive them greedily, to listen eagerly 5 
Gr. φαγεῖν ῥήματα, dicta devorare, Plaut. 
Asin. 3. 3. 59. So Jer. 15, 16 482793 
ἘΡΞΝῚ F727 thy words were brought to 
me, and I did eat them, i-e. devoured 
them eagerly, made them wholly mine. 
(Comp. ad Carm. Samarit.4. 16.) Hence 
is to be explained the vision of the roll 
or volume given to the prophet to be 
devoured, Ez. 2, 8. 3, 1 sq. comp. Rev. 
10, 9. 10. 

2. to devour to consume, often spoken 


ΓῚ 
Das 48 
of inanimate things, 6. g. fire, Num. 16, 
35. 21, 28. 26,10. Job1,16.al. Withs 
Zech. 11, 1; comp. ignis edazx, Virg. 
En. 2. 758; πάντας πῦρ ἐσϑίει Tl. 23. 
182. Also of the sword, 2 Sam. 2, 26. 
18, 8. Deut. 32, 42; of famine and pesti- 
lence Ez. 7, 15; of deadly disease Job 
18, 13; of the wrath of God Ex. 15, 7; 
of a curse Is. 24, 6; of heat and cold 
Gen. 31, 40; of ardent zeal Ps. 69, 10. 

3. i. q. to enjoy any thing, e. g. good, 
good-fortune, ὁ. 3 Job 21, 25; the fruits 
of good or bad actions, sensual pleasures, | 
Prov. 30,20; comp. 9,17. So Lat. vesci 
voluptatibus Cic. Fin. 5. 20. 

4, Perh. to taste, to have the sense of 
taste, Deut. 4, 28. 

5. to eat off, i. e. to take from, to di- 
minish. Ez. 42,5 the upper chambers 
were shorter, M272 BP MN 35347 ὋΣ for 
the galleries took away from them, i. e. 
occupied part of the space. 

Nrpu. >282, fut. 52x82, to be eaten, Ex. 
12, 46. 13, 3. 7; also of what may be eat- 
en, to be fit for food, Gen. 6, 21. “Metaph. 
to be devoured by fire, Zech.9,4.  __ 

Piet >2x i. q. Kal, like Arab. ἀξΐ. 
to eat up, to consume. Job 20, 26 *n>2Nn 
vx a fire consumes him, for anboxn. 
The Dagesh forte extruded. is com- 
pensated by the long vowel Kamets; 
though some Mss. vou imbaNn. See 
Lehre. § 72. n. 2. p. 251. 

Pua to be consumed, with fire Neh.. 
2, 3.13; by the sword Is. 1, 20. 

Hipu. ΖΝ, fut. 59285, once 1 pers. 
᾿ SsDix Hos. 11, ‘F inf. bon for >°2N5 Ez. 
21, 33; pr. to Wake eat up or consume, 
e. g. the sword Ez. 21, 33. Spec. to 
give to eat, to feed with any thing, with 
two acc. of pers. and thing, Ex. 16, 32. 
Num. 11, 18. Deut. 8, 16. Is. 49, 26; 
with 47 of food, Ps. 81, 17. 

Deriv. the four following, and 4>">x, 
DaN2, NPN, Md>x72, MdD0. 


P28 Chald. fut. bos, iq. Heb. to eat, 
to devour. "Ἢ "ΧΡ ‘box pr. to eat the 
pieces of any one, to eat him up piece- 
meal, metaph. for to slander, to accuse 
falsely, to inform against, Dan. 8. 8. 6, 
25. So in Targg. ΣΡ >2s for Heb. 
ban, bo ybm. Syr. ie Ἃ “7 for Gr. 
διαβάλλω Luke 16,1; whence part.\.sf 











"ὮΝ 


(yi? diabolus, Arab. 9G at ita id. 
See also in Chald. vp. 

P28 m. 6. suff. 35 1. an eating, ᾿ 
devouring, i. e. act of eating, Ex. 12,4 ἢ 
Ἴρϑϑς "BH? WN every one according to his ἢ 
eating. 16, 16. 18. 21. Job 20, 21. 4 

2. food, spec. a) grain, fruits; pro- 
duce, provision, Gen. 14, 11. 41, 35 sq. 
42,7 sq. 43, 28q. 44,1. 8) prey, meat, 
of wild animals, Job 9, 26. 39, 3. 32. [38, 
41. 39, 29.] 


box or 228 pr. n.m, Ucal, Prov. 30,1; 
see in bao. 


MODN £. (r. bx) food, Gen. 1, 29. 6, 
21; so of the meat or prey of animals 
Ton 12, 9; food i. e. fuel of fire Ez. 15, 
4. 6. 


J28 adv. pr. inf. absol. Hiph. from τ. | 
2, for 25, yon ; firmly, Josh. 3, 17.4 
4,3. Chald. 735, "25. Others, i. q. 
{> with δὲ prosthetic. | 

1. Strongly affirming, surely! trdy 
of acertain truth! Gen. 28, 16. Ex. 2, © 
14. Jer. 8, 8. ‘ 

2. Adversat. but, yet, Ps. 31, 23.Is. 49, 
4, 53, 4. 


* TON 1. to load up-a beast of bur- | 
den, pr. prob. to bend, to make bow down — 
under a load, kindr. with 53 q. v. Arab. 


us II, to bind fast the pack-saddle; 
IV, to put on the pack-saddle. See de- — 
τίν. }28 .—Hence i 

2. to impel to labour, to urge on, like 4 
Syr. as}. Once Prov. 16, 26 DN “D> 
np 72> for his mouth urges him on, 
i.e. his hunger drives him to labour. 
The construction with ἘΣ is to be ex- 
plained from the primary signet of lay- 
ing ona load. 


S28 m. a load, burden; hence me- 
taph. weight, dignity, authority, like 
sind. Job 33,7 3229 8> 4729 “BIN and — 
my dignity shall not weigh heavy upon 
thee. So Chald. Syr. But Sept. 7 zelg 
μου, and so Kimchi, regarding 538 i. q. 
o> in the similar passage Job 13, 21. 
The former sense is to be preferred. 


* "28 a root not’ in use, i. q. Arah, 
mi Conj. V, ἐο dig, espec. the earth ; 


͵ 
: 


: 9 
whence 87, 


“ON 


5, 
<a) ,apit,ditch. Kindr. 


4 
roots are ΓΞ, 5D, “5p, “22.—Hence 


' 


3 


DN m. a digger, husbandman, Jer. 
51, 23. Am. 5,16. Plur. 0°28, 6. suff. 
“pSIDN 2 Chr. 26, 10. Joel 1, ΤΊ. ἧς 61, 5. 


Chald. id. Syr. and Zab.{,s{. Arab. 


| 3. Perh. from the same stock may 


Come Gr. ἀγρός, Lat. ager, Goth. akr, 
Germ. Acker, whence Engl. acre as a 
measure of land. 


, WON a root not in use, Syr. dio} Zo 


_beangry. Hence 672. 


FWON (fascination, τ. }%>) Achshaph, 


: pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher, 


OL ——— = 


_ Josh. 12, 20. 19, 25. 


ag) oN a negative word, like the 
kind. Nb, eb", ed, “Ὁ. 
1, Subst. hothing. ΡΟ ΕΥΣ Job 24, 25 
who will bring my speech to nought 3 2 
2. Conj. in the sense of prohibiting, 
dehorting, deprecating, i. e. of wishing 


_ that not, that something may not be done. 
Joined always with the future, viz. with 


ΓΕ ἊΨ» Ψ ΨΌΝΙ ee Eee ὦὖν» Ὁ», Ὁ ὙΝ ΨΌΝΜΙΨ ΥὙΥΎῊ ΤΡ 


fut. apoc. where this exists, and.with 1 
pers. paragog. Ex. 16,29 w7x xx7-dx let 
no man go out. 1 Sam. 26,20. In 2 pers. 
Gen. 22, 12 4" nbuin-bx stretch not 
forth thine hand. SNTATDN : fear ye not 
43, 23. Jer. 7,4... In 1 pers. Ps. 25, 2 
nidinyéby let me not be ashamed, i. e. 
God grant that I may not be put to 
shame. Rarely is it separated from the 
verb, Ps. 6, 2 ὉΠ ἼΒΑΞΤΟΝ not in 
| thine anger reprove me. Also in impre- 
cation, Gen. 49, 4 “στο excel’ thou 
not! thou shalt have no privilege. In 
entreaties δ is added, Gen. 13, 8 82->x 
“rm let there not be now, I pray thee. 
18, 3. 30. 32.—The partic. 8d construed 
with the fut. is a direct and absolute 
negative ; j8 ne forte, lest perhaps, im- 
plies milder dissuasion——But a) As the 
fut. apoc. which properly expresses an 
optative, subjunctive, or imperative idea, 
is also put poetically for the simple fu- 
ture (Heb. Gr. § 126. 2), so 5x with 
the fut. is put not only prohibitively, 
but sometimes also poetically for the 
simple idea of time future. So δὲ" ΝΣ 
pr. a command, let him not see, ne vi- 
deat, but poet. for simple fut. he will 
5 


49 





ON 


not see,non videbit, Job 20,17; comp. for 
a similar use of the imperat. Heb. Gr. 
§ 127. 1. So wands will not keep 
silence Ps. 50, 3, comp. 41, 3. 2 K. 6, 27 
nin προ τοτὸν Jehovah will not save 
thee. Job 5, 22 xa°M->x thou shalt (wilt) 
not fear, there, will be nothing to fear. 
b) The verb is sometimes omitted, 
whether it has preceded or not. Am. 5, 
14 seek good 33 ὅδ) and not (seek) evil. 
2 Sam. 1, 21 Ὀξ Ὁ» "272 SN) UTR no 
dew and no rain (descend) upon you! 
6) Absol. nay! not so! like μή for μὴ 
τοῦτο γένηται (Aristoph. Acharn. 458) ; 
as Gen. 19,18 "217% 82758 not so now, 
my lord ! Ruth 1,13 “mina dx not so, my 
daughters ! i.e. let it not be. 

3. Interrog. like Gr. μή, i. q. Lat. 
num, whether, presupposing a negative 
answer; see Passow Lex. μή lett. C. 
Buttm. Gr. Gram. § 148.5. Once, 1 Sam. 
27,10 nit ΘΒ το ye have then not 
made any incursion in these days ? The 
reply is: No, for on every side dwell the 
Hebrews, my countrymen. 

Deriv. perh. >">8, since the assumed 
root 558 I, is quite doubtful. 


~ 


D8 Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. no. 3, but found 
only in the biblical Chaldee, Dan. 2, 24. 


4,16. 5, 10. 


a δὰ the Arabic article, i. ᾳ. Heb. 
bn, prefixed to a few Hebrew wordsin the 
O. T. which are either of Arabic origin, 
or at least have been received through 
the Arabic into the Hebrew; see 87328, 
p»yaoN, Tidy, DIP. Bindrad? is the 
demonate pron. plar. ‘by, ΠΝ, 4. σ΄ 


I. 58 τὰ. 
bax, πὰς, no. 2, strong, mighty, a mighty 
one, herd, champion ; comp. >"8 no. 1. 
(See note.) Sing. Ez. 31,11 ovis > 
the mighty one, hero, among. the nations. 
i.e. Nebuchadnezzar; Sept. ἄρχων Oram. 
(Many Mss. read 073 5"&, and so espec. 
Babylonish copies.) Is. 9, 5 MB bx the 
mighty hero, i.e. the Messiah. Is. 10,21 
of God. Kindred to this is the phrase 
in Plur. Ez. 32,21 Ὁ 132 "28 (23 Mss. 
a) pr. the mighty among the heroes, 
i. 6. the mightiest heroes, comp. Lehrg. 
p. 678. So Job 41, 17 5°28, where many 
Mss. and editions read: δόστε. ᾿ 

2. strength, might, power, comp. D¥"3% 


1. Particip. of the verb ᾿ 


bs 


So in the phrase "32 585 ws it is in the 
power of my hand, in my power, e. g. 
Gen. 31, 29 ΠΡ ΘΞῺΣ Mips> "497 Syd Ws. 

Prov. 3, 27. Mic. 2, ‘1; also negatively, 
Deut. 28, 32 47" bed Ἢ "x nothing is in 
the power of thy hand, thou canst avail 
nothing. Neh. 5, 5. The > here indi- 
cates state or condition, Some, with a 
very slight perception of the nature of 
this phrase, understand >x of God, and 
render: my hand is for God, i. e. instead 
of God, comp. Job 12, 6.. Hab. 1, 11; also 
Virg. Afn. 10. 773 Dextra mihi Deus, 
etc. Those passages are indeed paral- 
lel among themselves ; but have nothing 
to do with this phrase. See in Wi>x. 

3. God, the Mighty One, the Almighty. 
In order to illustrate how far the Hebrew 
usage in respect to the names of God, as 
dR, OSS, Hint, m7, is synonymous, 
we note here the following in respect to 
this word: a) In prose, when spoken of 
God κατ ἐξοχήν, it never stands alone, 
but always either with an attribute, as 
qirdy Oss, Ud be, NPP 5 ς, ἽΠ ON; or with 
another name of God, as basis ans bx 
Gen. 33, 20; Ἴ1ΞΝ " “iby ban Gen. 46, 3; 
mins ponds bx Josh. 22, 22. Ps, 50, 1, 
where it may be rendered, God of gods, 
Jehovah, comp. Dan. 11, 36 07>x 5x; or 
lastly with the genitive of a place or 
person of which God is called the God, 
as Dx-m"a bx Gen. 31,13. b) Far more 

frequently it is the poetic name for God, 
and stands in poetry very often alone, 
sometimes with the art. xm, Ps. 18, 31. 
33. 48. 68,21. Job 8,3. ὁ) It takes the 
suff. of 1 pers. ">8 my God! Ps. 18, 3. 
22, 2.11. The other suffixes are never 
found with it; and for thy God, his God, 
étc.isalwayssaid 97x, 1>N. d)It 
is also a general name for a divinity, and 


is thus used of idols; either alone Is, 44, © 


10. 15; or with an epithet, as "Gx 5x an- 
other pod Ex. 34, 14, "t 5x a strange 
god Ps. 81, 10. 

To God is said in Scripture to belong 
whatever is excellent, distinguished, 
superior in its kind; since the ancients 
were accustomed to refer all excellence 
directly to the deity as its immediate 
author. Hence δὲὲ "178 Ps. 80, 11 cedars 
of God, i.e. the loftiest, most beautiful, 
as if planted by Jehovah; comp. "2 
min) Ps. 104, 16, nint ja Gen. 13, 10. 


50 by 


prs no. 6. 

Pior. D8 1. mighty ones, heroes , 
see above in Sing. no. 1. 

2. gods, in a wider sense, spoken o1 
Jehovah and also heathen gods, Ex. 15, 
11, comp. 18, 11. Dan. 11, 36 ὈΠῸΝ bx 
God of gods, i. e. the supreme God. Also 
p{>x "22 Ps. 29, 1. 89,7, sons of the gods, 
by an idiom of Heb. and Syriac syntax, 
poet. for sons of God, i. e. angels. 

Nore. Following the example of most 
etymologists, we have above referred δὲ 
to the root 538% ; but to speak more accu- 
rately, δὲ would seem rather to be a 
primitive word, yet adapted in a certain 


that to the mind of the Hebrew it always 
presented the idea of strength and power. 


respect to Semitic usage : 


the word >x (Arab. ὧι. Jt, and JD 


as from a root or stem, οἱ ie several 


. ΜΗ͂Σ 
God, espec. in an oath ; ADR, x1, to wor- 


ship God; also mix, FE, 55}, God; 
comp. 05} to be a father, eeey fathers, 


from «21. b) That in Hebrew, besides 


oN, which follows the analogy of verbs 
‘>, there are two other forms follow- 
ing the analogy of verbs >, viz. 
dx, ὌΝ, which are usual in pr. names, 
corsp. Spy, aN 
Among the Phoniojann "1A, “Thos, was 
used κατ ἐξοχήν of Saturn; see Monum. 
Pheenic. p. 406. 


II. 5x pron. plur. i. q. 42% these, Lat. 
hi, he, hec, found only inthe Pentateuch 
and in 1 Chr. 20,8. Kindred is the form 


ce 
of the art. 4, Arab. Jf. 


ΠΙ. δὲ, only in constr. dy, almost al- 
ways with Makkeph, (without Makk. 
2 Sam. 8, 7. 1K.7,34,) rarely and poet. 
in Plur. constr. "28 Job 3, 22. 5, 26. 


15, 22. 29,19, (comp. Arab. ff.) plur. ¢. 

suff. “Dx, FTN, MER, SR, BIN, 
binds sd pHbs, once OMS Ez. 31. 14, 
poet. sande Ps, 2, δὲ pr. ἃ subst. implying 
‘motion and dirachion to or towards a 





So dx “an mountndal of God Ps. 36,7. ἦ 
Comp. ἃλς δῖα, δῖα «Ἱακεδαίμων. See in- 





measure to an etymology from 54%, so _ 


other derivative words, e.g. toinvoke — 


T227PN, etc.— ‘ 


However this may be, we may note in — 
a) Thatfrom — 


᾿ | 







wards any thing, e. g. 


~~ 


DN 


piece, but in common usage always 


over into a preposition. 
_ A) Prep. signifying in general to tend 


_or verge to or towards a place, whether 
one reaches and so enters that place, or 


‘not; ; whether spoken of motion or direc- 
‘tion of the body, or of the mind, thoughts, 
attention, etc. i. q. to, into, towards ; Lat. 
ad. versus, in; Germ. zu, gen; Greek 


πρός, εἰς. It differs from >, which is 


abridged from it, chiefly in being more 
commonly used in the physical and pro- 


per sense ; see under >.—Spec. 


1. Of motion toa place, to, unto, to- 
wards ; espec. with verbs of going, 725, 
xia, and Gen. 8,9, tm 2K. 1,15, ΠῸΣ 
Deut. 17, 8, 739 Gen. 24,29, ΞῚ Ex. 14, 
20; of placing casting, 1 Sam. 6,11. Ley. 
1, 16. Is. 5,14; also of giving, delivering 
over, Ex. 25, 16. 21; of selling, Joel 4,8; 

\d. with other like verbs, where the Lat. 
and Germ. use the dative, the French 
and Engl. @,to. Sometimes in construc- 


tio pregnans, as 5X ΓΤ to commit whore- 


dom (by going in) unto, Num. 25,1. Ez. 
16, 29; δὲ ws 10 seek an oracle (in 


turning) unto any one Is. 8,19. Opp. is 


72, as πατρὸς ΤΙΣΙ 2 ‘from end to 


bad x. 26, 28; ποτὸν mp2 Ezra 9, 11. 


Of time, pin-bx pina : from day to day, 
Num. 30, 15. 1 Chr. 9, 25. 

2. Of a turning or direction to or to- 
a) Of the body, 
as after verbs of turning, Is. 38,2; of 


looking, beholding, Gen. 4, 4. 5. Ex. 3, 6; 


of speaking, 19, 9; of commanding, 
Num. 36,13. b) Of the mind, as after 
verbs of desiring, Lam. 4,17; of expect- 
ing, Hos. 12, 7; of accustoming oneself, 
Jer. 10, 2. 

3. Where the motion or direction is 


hostile, against, contra, like εἷς, πρός, 


oftener ἐπὶ. Gen. 4,8 >3n->x ἢ ἘΠ 
“nx and Cain rose up against Abel his 
brother. Is. 8, 8“ by prmbdoas oviws 
their tongue and their doings were 
against Jehovah. 2,4. Josh. 10,6. Judg. 
12, 3. 20, 30. Biches after a als of con- 
tending, fighting, Hos. 12,5. Espec. be- 


_ longs here the phrase =o "2253 lo! I 
am against you, (Targ. ecce » mitto tram 


meam contra vos,) Ez. 13, 8. 21,8. 34, 10. 


_ Jer. 50,31. 51,25. Nah. 2,14; which ni 
_ very rarely i is taken in the opp. sense, 


to! Tam for you, Ez, 36, 9.—So too >8 


51 





ὌΝ 


is taken ina sense of favour, towards, 
2 Chr. 16,9 172% θῶ 0225 their heart 
is upright toward him. 2 Sam. 3, 8. 
Comp. Ex. 14, 5. 

4. Denoting also the reaching or at- 
taining to any term, limit, object, even to, 
usque ad, i.g. 19. Jer. 51,9 his judgment 
(punishment) reacheth praun-by even 
unto heaven, 37"|~>8 even unto his mouth 
Job 40, 23. Metaph. Hos. 9, 1 rejoice 
not, Ferasl daav>x even unto joy. Job 3, 
22. To these latter examples may not 
unaptly be applied the remark of the 
Arabian Grammarians, that dt includes 
what is of the same kind, but excludes 
what is of a different kind; see Cent. 
Reg. p. 44,45.—Here belongs also the 
use of b8: a) As denoting measure, 

6. δ ἢ ΘΝ ΌΝ Gen. 6, 16, even to a cubit, 
a cubit long ; comp. Gr. εἰς ἐνιαυτόν till 
the completion of a year, a year long ; 
εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν, Bast. Ep. Crit. p. 12,13. 
Schaef Ellips. p. 108. Ὁ) Compounded, 
Vorb even out of. Job 5,5 D°22O->N4 

amp" and taketh it even Gut of the thorns, 
i. e. thorn-hedges which enclose fields, 
ete. Comp. the like use of 5 Deut. 94. 
5; also 19 Judg. 4,16. In Arabic we 


may compare Sew utique ex, Cor. 26, 


41, pr. adeo ex. Indeed J seems to 
have been derived from this signification 
of 5X. 

5. Asimplying the entering or passing 
into a term, limit, object, into, sic, i. q. 
the fuller Fim7>x. Deut. 23,25 9753758 
imMm N> thou shalt not put (grapes) into 
thy vessel. M3MM7>¥ xia to come into the 
ark Gen. 6, i8. 7,1. 8,9; mandy into 
the house Gen. 19, 3. 2 Sam. 5,8; on7bx 
(to cast) into the sea Jon. 1, δ᾽ yas by 
into the land Deut. 11, 29. ay where 
spoken of a number or multitude, it may 
be rendered among, i. q. the fuller ἜΤΟΣ. 
Jer. 4, 8 sow not ΣΡ οὺς among thorns. 
1 Sam: 10, 22 lo, he hath hid himself 
ὉΠ Ξ ΠΤ ΟΝἘ among the baggage. 


τ 


6. As we have seen above (no. 1) " 


that dB 1 is used to denote giving, so also 
it expresses an adding, superadding, 
(comp. δὰ prin 1 K. 10, 7,) Zo, i. 6. in 
addition to, together with, hextidee ἢ comp. 
Gr. ἐπὲ τοῖσι besides these, and Arab. 
dt for δ' Cor. 4,3. Cent. Reg. p. 48. 


΄ 


és 


—Lev. 18, 18 nor shalt thou take a wife 
MMIMN~>¥ to her sister. Lam. 3, 41 δἰ} 
bynby Ἐπ ὃν ΞΡ let us | ft up our 
heart wrru our hands unto God ; Sept. 
ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Arab. After a verb of 


‘oining together, Dan. 11, 23.—But the 
prep. >> is more frequent in this sense. 

7. Metaph. of regarding, having re- 
spect toany thing; hence a) in respect 
to,as to, Ex. 14, 5; comp. Gr. εἰς μὲν 
ταῦτα. Ὁ) on account of, because of, 
propter, Ez. 44,7 op miavin->27>x be- 
cause of all your abominations ; comp. 
v. 6 where in the same connection is 
read 12. and v. 11 where it 153. 2 Sam. 
24 15:1 Ke, 5591. 22. So by m22 to 
weep on account of ‘for any one, 2 Sam. 
1, 24; 5x pn, bs ἘΠῚ Judg. 21, 6. 
6) about, concerning, of, after verbs of 
speaking, narrating, as 72% Gen. 20, 2, 
"a7 Jer. 40, 16, "BD Ps. 69, 27; also of 
hearing Ez. 19, 4, dx πη tidings 
about any thing 1 Sam. 4, 19. (Comp. in 
N. T. εἰς Acts 2, 25. Eph. 5, 32.) See 
also 1 Sam. 1, 37 "n>benn myn sin-dy 
for (concerning) this child I prayed ; 
where >% marks also the end or object 
of the prayer. 

8. Metaph. also ofa rule or norm, ac- 
cording to, secundum ; as “ΒΝ accord- 
ing to the commandment Josh. 15, 13. 
17,4; 7i227>s according to the certainty, 
for certain, 1 Sam. 26, 4; mi>"mn-by ad 
tibias Ps. 5, 1. 80,1. So too after verbs 
of likeness, as 727, Dwi, q. v. 

9. When put before prepositions de- 
noting rest in a place, >8 gives to them 
the signif: of motion or direction fo, to- 
wards that place ; > 73" without, out 
of doors, but > yann-be to without forth 
without Lev. 4,12, comp. foris and_fo- 
ras ; 472 batercen. naa byg in between Ez. 
10, 2. 31, 10, Comp. sanyn by, ma- dx, 
3 si2-by Josh. 15, 3, τι θὲ, “pon-by. 

B) Less frequently and in a less accu- 
rate use of language, but yet in many 
certain and definite examples, >8 as 
Prep. is used also of rest or delay at, on, 
in a place to which one has come; comp. 
Ὁ lett. B, and also Gr. εἰς, ἐς, for ἐ ἐν, as ἐς 
δόμους μένειν Soph. Aj. 80, οἴκαδε μένειν, 
see Passow Gr. Lex. ἔν ΠΟ. 6. Bernhardy 
Gr. Synt. p. 215, 216. So in common 
Engl. to home, to bed ; Germ. zu Hause, 


52 





ἘΝ 


zu Leipzig ; comp. vice versa also 8 at 
a place, no. 8. ἢ. In all this, however, 
the idea of motion is not wholly lost, 
viz. a motion which preceded.—Hence 
spec. 

1. at, by, near. jn>wA~>y aw" to sit 
at table, Germ. zu Tische sitzen, 1K. 
13, 20; comp. ἐς ϑρόνους ἕζοντο Od. 4. 51. 


Ser. 41. 12 DID? OV" IMR ANE they 


Sound hin by the great waters near Gi- 
beon, comp. 2 Sam. 2,13. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 136, 138.—1 Sam. 17, 3 the 
Philistines stood by a mountain on this 
side ; where the same sense would be 
given by “IN-ya, see 12 no. 8. ἢ. “ὃν 
mess at the hill Josh. 5, 3. Ez. 7, 18 
nvia Ὁ98 "ἘΞ 5 ὌΝ. shame shall be on all 
faces ; comp. just after, orues-b23 -- 
Here does not belong Gen. 24, il 772 
OY) “NS"N... O° wa, which Winer 
inaccurately renders : bibendum _dedit 
ad puteum aque, but which strictly sig- 
nifies, ‘he made them kneel down to the 
well of water,’ a verb of motion. 

2. im, at, as in the phrase of Sophoe. 
ἐς δόμους μένειν, Deut. 16, 6 ~DR-ON “2 
mosn-nx maim ow...cipan but i the 
place which Jehovah shall choose... there 
shalt thou sti: the passover. (Sa- 
mar. Cod. mp3.) Ps. 5, 8. 1 K. 8, 30 
pr2win-be pet: oipa7oy Sein ANN 
hear thou 1N thy Ἐκ πλρῆς, IN hea- 
ven. Here by a slight change it might 
be: ‘let our prayers come up into hea- 
ven; but as the words now stand, 58 
follows a verb of rest. Gen. 6, 6 382 met 
nab-bx it grieved him av his heart, he 
felt grief in his heart; not, as Winer 
renders, ‘it grieved hin to ἘΠ heart ;’ 
since 32307 as being intrans. does not 
express the idea of penetrating into the 
mind.—Hence also 

3. 58 as sometimes put before parti- 
cles denoting rest in a place, does not 
always change the sense ; comp. above 
inA.9. 1Sam. 21,5 ΓΒ ἘΠῚ ἘΠῚ ps 
"1" there is no common bread sonia my 
hand da77bx for b92 q. v. 

Nore. Other significations have been 
ascribed to >, which are foreign to its 
true power; e. g. with, appealing to 
Num. 25, 1. Josh. 11, 18, see in A. 1, 3, 
but comp. in no. 6; also by, with, Jer. 
33, 4, ete. 


rox 


1. ΓΚ. 4. 18. , 

raON m. i. q. ΓΗ ice, κρύσταλ- 

06, whence wWrsp>N "238 pr. stones of 

a; A. Ὁ. hail-stones, ‘hail, Kz. 13, 11. 13. 

8, 22. The word perhaps is rather 
o?s 


.rabic than Hebrew, viz. joel , which 


1e Camoos p. 742 explains by duol LI 
e. concretum, spec. congelatum. . See 
1 bx II. 


ὉΠ, 566 ὉΠ Ὁ 5 , 


ITN (whom God loveth, Theophilus) 
yldad, pr. n. τὰ. Num. 11, 26, 27. 


MYION (whom God calls, see 425) 
Jidaah, pr. n. of a son of Midian, Gen. 
5, 4. 


“Ἑ 
* FIN a root not in use, Arab. xJf 
9 worship God, to adore ; mid. Kesra 
γ) be astonished, affrighted. See note 
nder δὲ 1; comp. ποις, 


i rs I. pr. to be round, rotund ; 
ence to be thick, fat, gross ; kindr. with 
dam, comp. espec. δὲ abdomen, belly, 


”, τ 
5. 73, 4. Arab. dt to have thick but- 


ocks, of a man; to have a fat tail, of a 
keep. —Hence maby. 

II. Denom. from by I, wheré see note; 
r. to call on God, to Seoke God ; hence 


“Ἑ es 

1. to swear, Arab. Sf for Ὁ} Conj. IV, 
7, pr. to call on God as a witness, to af- 
rm by God. 1K. 8, 31. 

2. to curse, Judg..17, 2. Hos. 4, 2. 

3. to lament, to wail, pr. to call on God 
or mercy, like Engl. ‘God have mercy "ἢ 
oel 1, 8. 

Norte. It may perhaps be worth in- 
juiry, whether this root be not strictly 
momatopoetic, like 55", >>&; and then 
he signification which we have here put 
ast (no. 3), would be the primary one. 

Hipu. to cause to swear, to bind by an 
ath, c. acc. 1 Κα: 8, 31. 2 Chr. 6, 22. 
| Sam. 14; 24.—Fut. apoc. 5x51 from 
TN" for = 1 Sam. 1. ὁ. 

Deriv. πὸς and M>xn. 


MON £. Kamets impure, from M>8 no. 
iI, for MORN, hie again is for ΤΌΝ, 


TDR, Arab. ἐν, see Lehrg. p. 509. 
δὲ 


53 


RN (terebinth, i. q. 48) Ela, pr. ἡ. 


hi, 6A he, Chald. ἢ 





TION 


1. an oath. M283 NID to come into or 
under an oath, i. e. “to take an oath, Neh. 
10, 30; hence M>X3 NAN to put to an 
oath Ez. 17,13. So "ὯΌΝ my oath, i. e. 
sworn to me, Gen. 24, 41. 

2. an oath of covenant, a sworn cove- 
nant, Gen. 26, 28. Deut. 29, 11.14. Ez. 
16, 59. 

3. an imprecation, ait execration, 
Num. 5, 21. Is. 24, 6. > ΤΟΣ ΞΩ an oath 
of cursing, i. 6. “ined with curses, Num. 
5,21. m2x> nn 10 be for an execration 
Ter. 44, 12. 42, 18. Plur. mips curses, 
execrations, Num. 5, 23. Deut. 29, 11: 


TDN f. an oak, Josh, 24, 26, i. q. idx. 
R. >>x III. 


TION £ (τ. 81} 1. ᾳ. DYN no. 2, a strong 
hardy tree, spec. ὦ terebinth, Pistacia 
Terebinthus Linn. a tree. common in 
Palestine, long-lived, and therefore often 
employed for landmarks and in designa- 
ting places, Gen. 35, 4. Judg. 6, 11. 19. 
According to Pliny (16. 12) it is an ever- 
green; but this is contrary to the fact. 
The ancient versions render it sometimes 
a terebinth, and sometimes an oak ; see 
more in Thesaur. p. 50,51. Hence the 
word would seem to have been taken in 
a broader signification, for any large and 
durable tree, like Gr. δρῦς. The modern 
name is 5 butm; see Bibl. Res. in 


Palest. III. p. 15. 


2% Chald. m. emphat. NITbS, i. α. 
Heb. iby a god, generally Dan. 3, 28. 
6, 8. 13; stat. emphat. spec. of Fehovals 
Dan. 2, 20. 3,32. With a prefix, M>x> 
2,19; but also with suffix contr. ae 
Dan. 6,24, Plur. 7°28 gods Dan. 2, 11. 
5, 4. 11. 23. yx 1B a son of the gods 


Dan S25, 


TDN pron. demonstr. plur. comm. these. 
Lat. hi, he, hec, employed in common 
usage as the plural of mt this. The 
simple form is > q. v. which is less 
frequent; the ending ΤΠ has a de- 
νοῶν power, oer min: Arab. 


Sit, ἢ, St, fem. SST, Ethiop. Ὁ Λ' 


WEN .—It refers both 
to what follows, fei 2,4. 6, 9. 11, 10; 
and also to ὭΡΗ precedes, Gen. 9, 19. 
10, 20. 29. 31. Usually put after the 
noun, as A285 07277 Gen. 15,1; rare- 





ΓΝ 


ly before the noun, where it is δεικτικῶς, 
Ps. 73, 12. Comp. mi. Sometimes it 
1s ἸΝ δὲ repeated, Is. 49, 12.—Like my it 
refers also to space, nby- 13 1. ᾳ. ΠῚ 1D 
Lev. 96, 18—Some suppose M58 to be 
ised wee for the Sing. as 2 Chron. 3, 3. 
Ez. 46, 24. Ezra 1,9; but these passages 
are uncertain. See on this pron. Hup- 
feld in Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Morgenl. II. 161. 


TON, DTN, see mide. 


"ON Chald. see, lo, behold! i. q. 378 
q. ν. Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7. 1, 8. Comp. under 
lett. >. 


_ 9S if, although, a particle of the later 
Hebrew, Ecc. 6, 6. Esth. 7, 4. Syr. 


asf. According to Hupfeld (Zeitschr. 
᾿ ἃ. Morgenl. II. 130) it is i. gq. 9> with 
the demonstr. j& prefixed. 


MON m. a god, God, with pref. and 
suff. F>N> Dan. 11, 38, i4>x> Hab. 1, 11. 


Arab. 55)" all, c. art. xt the true 
God, Syr. jog Chald. 7>x. 


son with Aramean usage, the form of 
the singular is employed only in the 
poetic style and later Hebrew; while 
the pluralis majestaticus v. excellentia, 
p7>x, is the common and very frequent 
- form. 

Sine. 1. ἃ god, i.e. any god, Dan. 
11, 37. 38. 39. 2 Chr. 32, 15. Neh. 9, 17. 
So in the proverbial phrase, Hab. 1, 
11 πο Ὁ imd 11 this his strength is his 
god, spoken of a self-confident person 
who contemns God, and trusts to the 
strength of his own hand and sword. 
Comp. Job 12, 6 i923 WN NAM AWN 
who carries ἡ god in his hand, i.e. his 
sword, weapons. 
773 Dextra mihi deus, et telum.. 
adsint. 

2. More comm. God, the true God κατ᾽ 


cs 
ἐξοχήν, for Το τ, xt, Deut. 32, 15. 
Ps. 50, 22; and often in the book of Job. 
Constr. with an adj. sing. Deut. l.c. and 
plur. Job 35, 10. 

Piur, OTN with pref. contr. ow7>xa, 
onda, ΠΌΝΟ, 

A) in a plural sense: 1. gods, deities, 
in general, true or false. 097949 ΜῊΝ 
the gods of the Egyptians Ex. 12, 12. 
"225 "Mx strange or foreign gods Gen. 


In uni- 


. Nune 


δὰ, 


Comp. Virg. A&n. 10. ° 





“SDN 7 
35, 2.4. Deut. 29, 18. orvtn\nrnby new 
ἈΜΡᾺ 32, 17. Sanietimess in the language 
of common life, both Jehovah and idols 
are included under this common appel- 
lation; as Ps. 86, 8 among the gods 
there is none like unto thee, O Lord! 
Ex. 18, 11. 22,19. But elsewhere the 
attribute of deity is expressly denied to 
idols, and ascribed to Jehovah alone, as 


Is. 44, 6 besides me there is no god. 45, 


5. 14. 21. 46,9. Idols are even called 
DAM>DN-ND πον 2 Chr. 13, 9. 

2. Once of kings, i. q. my "23, Ps. 
82, 1; espec. v. 6. 

Nore. Many interpreters, both an- 
cient and modern, assign also to ἘΡΓΙΌΝ 
the signif. angels, see Ps. 8, 6 ibique 
Sept. et Chald. 82, 1. 97, 7. 188, 1; and 
also judges, Ex. 21, 6. 22,7. 8. For an 
examination and refutation of this opin- 
ion, see Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 95. 

B) In the sense of the Sing. spoken 
of one God ; see on this pluralis majes- 
tatis s. excellentia, Lehrg. p. 663, 664. 
Heb. Gram. § 106. 2, b. Θο δὴ with 
verbs (Gen. 1, 1. 8 5α.) and adjectives 
singular, as "M DT>R 2 K. 19, 4. 16; 
pyix omy Ps. 7, 10. 57, 3. 78, 56.— 
Construed with a verb plural onty in 
certain formulas, retained possibly from 
the usage of βοΐ Θέ in which ΘΙ ϑὲς 
may perhaps be translated in the plural 
and understood of the higher powers 
or intelligences. Gen. 20, 13 "τὸς "ΣΤ 
pdx q. ἃ. the gods cianacd seve wea 
der. 35, 7. Ex. 22, 8. 32, 4.8. 2 Sam. 7, 
93, 1 Κ 19, 2. Ps. 58,12. Comp. Com- 
ment. de Pent. Sam. p. 58.—Hence 

‘1. any god, deity. Deut. 32, 39 there 
is no god besides me. Ps. 14.1. So 
where the divine nature is opp. to the 
human, Ez. 28, 2. Ps. 8,6 thou hast made 
him but little less than a god; comp. 
Heb. 2, 7. 

2. an idol-god, god of the heathen. 
Ex. 32, 1 make us a god, i. e. an idol. 
1 Sam. 5,7 Dagon our god. 2 K. 1, 2. 
3. 6.16. So of a goddess, 1 K. 11, 5. 

3. the God of any one, is the god 
whom one worships, his domesti¢ and 
tutelary god, ϑεὸς ἐπιχώριος. Jon. 1, 5 
they cried every one unto his god. Ruth 
1, 16. Gen. 17,7. 8. 28,21. So the God 


of Israel is Jehovah, hence very often 


called Sx 0" "1>x Ex. 5, 1. Ps, 41, 14; 


ὋΝ 


Sp>2 ὙΠΘΝ Ps. 20, 2. 46,8; and connect- 
ed *H>x minn Ps. 18, 29, abe nim in 
Deuteronomy more than 200 times. 

4. More rarely followed by a genit. 
expressing that over which the deity 
presides, or which he has created; e. g. 
VIST] Ove Sy Gen. 24, 3; ἽΝ 
ΤΉΝ ΝΠ the God of hosts, i. e. of the 
celestial hosts, Am. 3,13. So with an 
attribute of God, as ἸΏΝ "> the God 
i truth Is. 65, 16. 

5. o°7>N is put for a godlike shape, 
apparition, spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 13, where 
the sorceress says to Saul, J see a god- 
like form ascending out of the earth. 

6. With the art. o*n>xn, GOD, καὶ 


o£ 
ἐξοχήν, the one true God; Arab. xi int 


Go 8 - - 
the well known formula xt YS xt ν 


‘there is no god but God.’ Comp. Ps. 
77, 14.—Deut. 4, 35 7>NN NAN iat 9D 
for Jehovah he is the trae God. 1K. 18, 
21 if Jehovah be God, follow him; if 
Baal, follow him. v. 37. Deut. 7, 9. 
Hence oN very freq. for Jehovah, 
Gen. 5, 22. 6, 9. 11. 17, 18. 20, 6. 17. al. 
sepiss.—But the same is also D°>x 
without the art. Josh. 22, 34; and this 
is very often used both in prose and in 
poetry for M357, with scarcely any dis- 
tinction; either so that both names are 
employed together, or the use of one or 
the other depends on the nature of the 
formula and a certain usus loquendi, or on 
the taste and usage of particular writers. 
Thus we find constantly ΤΌΝ "23, and 
on the other hand 5775 mwa, nin EN; 
while in other instances the nai is ἊΝ 
miscuous, as Mn+ 5339 and ὈΠΓΥΘΝΓΙ Tay 
Dan. 9, 11; nim min and mandy ms 
Gen. 1, 2. 41, 838, Ex. 31, 3. On the 
special usage of different writers, see 
the remarks in Thesaur. p. 97, 98. 

To God is said in the Scriptures to 
belong whatever is excellent, distin- 
guished, pre-eminent in its kind, or 
which bears an august or divine appear- 
ance, τὸ ϑεῖον ; since this was regarded 
by the ancients as especially proceeding 
from, or created of God; e. g. the moun- 
tain of God Ps. 68,16; river of God Ps. 
65,10; nny mmn terror of God, i. e. 
suddenly inspired by him, q. d. panic ter- 
ror, Gen. 35,5. 1 Sam. 14,15; τὸς Ux 


δ 





soa 


fireof God, ligntning, Job 1,16. Comp. 5x 
p. 50. col. 1.—Similar is the force of the 
phrase n°n>xd of or through God, like 
Gr. τῷ ϑεῷ after adjectives ; Jon. 3,3 779 
ΘΟ Ὁ nding a city great through God, 
divinely great ; and so Acts 7, 20 ἀστεῖος 


Comp. Arab. xU pr. ἃ Deo, 


divinitus, egregie, Har. Cons. IV. p. 38 
ed. De Sacy. 

For the phrases D°7>8 Wx, ἘΡΉΜΗΝ . 
see under W°N, JB, etc. 

Note. Some interpreters also sup- 
pose D°F>x to be spoken of one king, for 
ὈΠΒΝ ΓΞ, (see as to the plural in A. 2 
above.) and they appeal chiefly to Ps. 
45,7, where they translate : Dx yNOD 
53) obs thy throne, O God, (i.e. O King 
divine,) is for ever and ever. But this 
is to be construed as by ellipsis for: 
ὈΠΌΝΣ NOD NOD thy throne shall be a 
throne divine, i. e.-established and pros- 
pered of God, according to a very com- 
mon rule of language, Lehrg. § 233. 6. 
[The rule here referred to is not ap- 
plicable; and there is no philological 
ground whatever for taking 0°7>x in 
any other than its simple and direct 
sense: J'hy throne, O God, is for ever 
and ever.—R. 

DON m. 1. i 4. >°>8 nought, vain, 
Jer. 14, 14 Cheth. 

2. Elul,the sixth Hebrew month, from 
the new moon of September to that of 


October, Neh. 6,15. Syr..foS.T, Arab. 


JAF The etymology is unknown. 


TIN m. 1. 1. ᾳ. πὸν an oak, Gen. 35, 
8. Ez. 27,6. R. dbx ΠΙ. 
_ 2. Allon, pr. τ, τὰ, 1 Chr. 4, 37. 


TOS τη. (τ. 53%) 1. Any strong, dura- 
ble tree, spec. an oak, Gen. 12, 6. 13, 18. 
14, 13. 18,1. Deut. 11, 30. al. So the 
ancient interpreters unanimously. Cel- 
sius in Hierob. T. I. p. 34 sq. endeavours 
to show that Ἰδὲ, like M>x, is the tere- 
binth ; but see our remarks to the con- 
trary in Thesaur. p. 50, 51.—Sometimes 
single oaks are distinguished by pr. 
names, 6. g. the magicians’ oak Judg. 9, 
37; oa of Tabor 1 Sam. 10, 3; also Ἢ 
Plur. oaks of Mamre Gen. 13, 18. 14, 13; 
oaks of Moreh Deut. 11, 30. 

2. Elon, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14. 


- 


τῷ Feo. 








ὋΝ 
DDN adj. τὰ. (r. 958) 1. familiar, 


intimate, a friend, Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9. 


Mic. 7,5. mn "22 ADR ΕΚ of one’s 
youth, i.e. a husband, Jer. 3,45 comp. 
34 Jer. 3, 20. 

2. wwonted, i i.e. tame, gentle. Jer. 11,19 
and Iwas Dabs 5335 like a tamed lamb. 

3. an ox, bullock, i. q. DPN no. 1, so 
called as tanied and necuatoniod to 
the yoke; in gender it is masculine 
epicene, so that under the masculine the 
female of the ox-kind is also included ; 
Ps. 144, 14 onbaoa spade. 

4. ἈΡᾺΣ of a family or, tribe, φύλαρχος, 
a chief, chieftain, prince ; espec. of the 
chiefs of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 15 sq. 
1 Chr. 1, 51 sq. More rarely of the 
Jews, Zech. 9,7. 12,5. 6. Also genr. of 
chiefs, leaders, Jer. 13, 21. 


WAN (Talmud. turba hominum) Alush, 
pr. n. of a station of the Israelites, Num. 
33, 13. 


ἼΞΙΟΝ (whom God hath given, Θεὸ 
δῶρος, Theodore) Elzabad, pr. n. m. 
a) 1Chr. 36, 7. b) 12, 12. 


Ἂ Ν ὍΣ Kal not used; Arab. Conj. 


VIII a] to become acid, sour, as 
milk. τς 

ΝΊΡΗ. M28? trop. to be corrupt, in a 
moral sense, Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. Job 15, 16. 


137728 (whom God bestowed) Elha- 
nan, pr. n. of one of David’s warriors, 
who according to 2 Sam. 21, 19 slew 
Goliath ; see under pr. ἢ. vam>. The 
one mentioned 2 Sam. 23, 24 does not 
seem to be a different person. 


ANON (to whom God is father) Eliab, 
pr. n.m. a) A phylarch or chief of 
Zebulun, Num. 1, 9. 2,7. Ὁ) Num. 16, 
1. 12. 26, 8. 6) A brother of David, 
1 Sam. 16,6. 17, 13.28. 4) 1Chr.16,4. 


282N (to whom God is strength) 
Eliel, pr.n.m. a) Of two of David’s 
warriors, 1 Chr. 11, 46. 47. 12,11. Ὁ) 
A phylarch of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 5, 24. 
c) A phylarch of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 
20. d) ib.v.22. 6) 15,9.11. f) 2 
Chr. 31, 13. 


MONON (to whom God cometh) Eli- 


athah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25,4; in v. 27 


written Mm*>R. 


56 





“ON 


S28 (whom God loveth) Elidad, 
pr. n. of a phylarch of Benjamin, Num. 
34, 21. 


YIN (whom God knoweth, i. e. 
careth for) Eliada, pr.n.m. a) A son 
of David, 2 Sam. 5, 16, for which 1 Chr. 
14,7 79>9a. b)1K.11,23, 6) 2Chr. 
ap a 


moe (r, mby 1) i. g. Arab, Sa the 
Sat tail of the common species of oriental 
sheep, ovis laticaudia Linn. the smallest 
of which according to Golius, himself an 
eye-witness, weigh ten or twelve pounds, 
Ρ. 146. Comp. Hdot. 3. 113. Diod. Sie. 
2. 54; and other writers quoted by Bo- 
chart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 494 sq. See 


‘Russell Nat. Hist. of Aleppo LIL. p. 147. 


—Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 7, 3. 8, 25. 9, 19. 3, 9 
the whole tail let him take off near the 
back-bone. 


M28 and W728 (my God is Jehovah) 
Elijah, Elias, pr.n.m. a) A celebrated 
prophet, the thie? of the prophets in 
the kingdom of Israel during the reign 
of Ahab, distinguished by many mira- 
cles, and received up into heaven, 2 K. 
2,6sq. But comp. 2 Chr. 21,12. The - 
Jews expected him to reappear before 
the coming of the Messiah, Mal. 3, 23 
[4,5]. b) 1 Chr. 8, 27. 6) Ezra 10, 
21.26. . 

328 (whose God is He, i.e. Jehovah) 
Elihu, pr. τι. τη. 8) 1 Chr. 26,7. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 27, 18, 6) i. ᾳ. πος lett, a. 

ΝΎΓΡΟΝ (id.) Elihu, pr. n. m. 8) 
The son of Barachel the Buzite, a friend 
of Job and the fourth disputant against 
him, Job c.. 32-35. Sometimes written 
nm > Job 32, 4. 35,1. b) 1 Sam. 1, 1. 
c) 1 Chr. 12, 20. 

"IVITN (towards Jehovah are my 
eyes) Elihoenai, pr.n.m. a) Ezra 8, 
4. b)1Chr. 26, 3. 

"2WPN (id.) Elicenai, pr. n. τα. 8) 
1 Chr. 3, 23... b) 4,36. δ) 7,8 d) 
Ezra 10, 22. e) 10, 27. 

N2I2N (whom God hideth) Eliahba, 
pr. n. of one of David’s warriors, 2 Sam. 
23, 32, 

SIF"2N (God his recompense, from © 

Conj. III to recompense,) Eliho- 
reph, pr. ἢ. m. 1 K. 4, 3. 


+ Sob (r. >dx 1) 2 6 ‘ay of nothing, 
3 ‘nought, empty, 1ain, 1 Chr. 16, 26. Ps. 
96, 6. Plur. the nought, i. 6. idols, Lev. 
ἡ 19, 4. 26,1. Comp. 5311. 

Be Subst. nought, vanity. Job 13, 4 
ree "854 physicians of nought, hothing 
worth, i. e. empty comforters ; comp. 
ν Beck. Th Os a 


2 ΠΝ (God ‘his king) Elimelech, 
_ pr. ἢ. of Ruth’s father-in-law, Ruth 1, 2. 
21. 

x ἸῸΝ and PN Chald. pron. demonstr. 
 plur.comm. these, Lat. hi, he, hec, i. q. 
Heb. bk. Dan. 2, 44. 6, 7. 

pony (whom God hath added) Elia- 
_ saph,pr.n.m. a) A chief of the tribe 
_ of Gad, Num. 1, 14. 2,14. Ὁ) 3, 24. 


“TION (God his help) Eliezer, pr. n. 
-m. a)Amanof Damascus, whom Abra- 
_ ham before the birth of Isaac had intend- 
_ ed for his heir, Gen. 15,2. According 
_ tov.3 he was a servant born in his house, 
_verna. b) A son of Moses, Ex. 18, 4. 
c)1Chr.7,8. d) 27,16. 6) 15,24. f) 
| 2Chr. 20,37. g) Ezra8,16.10,18. h) 
~~ 10, 23. i) 10, 31. 

Ε΄. “ION (perh. contr. from ἌΣ) 

Elienai, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 8, 20. 


DION (i. gq. DN, INR) Eliam, 
pr.n.m. a) "The “fither of Bathsheba, 





- 2Sam.11,3; for which 1Chr.3,5 x99. . 


_b) 2 Sam. 23, 34. 


TDN (God his strength) Eliphaz, 
pr.n.m. a) Α Ἔοη of Esau, Gen. 36, 4 
_ sq. b) A friend of Job and one of the 
_ disputants against him, Job 2, 11. 4, 1. 
| 15,1. al. , 


5D"28 (whom God judgeth, from dbp) 
_ Eliphal, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 11, 35. 
AMD ON (whom God makes distin- 
_ guished) Elipheleh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 
ΕΞ 18, 21. 

D2HON (God hisdeliverance) Eliphe- 
let, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3,6. 14,7; for 





which 14,5 0>p5x. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 23, 34. 
ec) 1 Chr. 8,39. 4) Ezra 8, 13. 6) 
~ 10, 33. 


sandy (God his rock) Elizur, pr. n. 
τ ταὶ Num. 1, 5.2, 10.7, 20. 8. 10, 18. 


ak sae (whom God protects) Eliza- 
_ phan, pr. ἢ. m. a) Num. 3, 30; for 


[ “ON 57 





“ON 
which j©%>¥ Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10,4. δ) 
Num. 34, 25. 


NPN pr. n. m. Elika, 2 Sam. 23, 25. 
The etymology is unknown. 


O°2"28 (whom God hath set up) Eli- 
akim, pr.n.m. a) A prefect of the pa- 
lace under king Hezekiah, 2 K. 18, 18, 
19, 2. Is. 22, 20. 36, 3. Ὁ) A son of king 
Josiah, set upon the throne by Necho 
king of Egypt, who also changed his 
name to =°Pp3in" (whom Jehovah hath 
set up) Jehoiakim, 2 K. 23, 34..24, 1. 
Jer. 1, 3. 1 Chr. 3, 15, 6) Neh. 12, 41. 


pate (God her oath, q. d. worship- 
per of God, comp. Is. 19, 18) pr. n. f. 


' Elisheba, Elisabeth, Ex. 6, 23. Sept. 
‘Ehouset, as Luke 1, 7. 


MUON Elishah, pr. n. of aregion situ- 
ated on the Mediterranean, whence pur- 
ple was brought to Tyre, Gen. 10, 4. Ez. 
27,7. Most prob. Elis, a district of the 
Peloponnesus, (comp. Cod. Samar. in 
which it is written W758 without 4,) the 
name of which seems to have been em- 
ployed by the Hebrews as an appellation 
for the whole Peloponnesus ; as not un- 
frequently whole countries, espec. if re- 
mote, are designated by the names of 
single provinces; comp. 17. The pur- 
pura, or shell-fish producing the purple 
dye, was found not only in Laconia (Hor. 
Od. 2.18.7), but also in the gulf of Co- 
rinth and the islands of the Aagean sea: 
comp. Bochart Phaleg III. 4.—Others 
understand by πον, Hellas ; see Mi- 
chaelis Spicil. Geogr. Hebr. T. I. p. 78. 


PWN (God his salvation) Elishua, 
pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. ὅ, 1’ 
1 Chr. 14, 5. 


3708 (whom God restoreth) Eliu- 
shib,pr.n.m. a)1Chr.3,24. b)1 Chr. 
24,12. Ezra 10,6. c) Neh. 3, 1. 20. 12, 
10. 4) 6) Ezra 10, 24. 27. 36. 


YAWN (whom God heareth) Eli- 
shama, pr.n.m. a) 2 Sam. 5,16. Ὁ) 
Num. 1, 10. 2,18. cc) 2K. 25, 25. Jer. 
41,1. d)1Chr.2,41. e)2Chr. 17,8. 


yonby (for 2w4 "58 God his salva- 
tion) pr. n. m. Elisha, a celebrated 
prophet, the disciple as well as the com- 
panion and successor of Elijah, and dis- 
tinguished by many miracles. He flour 


"ὮΝ 


ished in the kingdom of the ten tribes, in 
the ninth century B.C. 2 K.c. 2-13. In 
N. T. ᾿Ελισσαῖος Luke 4, 27. 


DDN (whom God judgeth) Elisha- 
phat, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 23, 1. 
MPN see HNN. 


JON Chald. pron. plur. these, i.q. Heb. 
Hbx. Dan. 3, 12. 13. 21. 22. Ezra 4, 21. 
5, 9. al—In jz lurks the suff. 2 pers. 


(tibi), as in 93, 3, Arab. Mo. 


ΜῈ DON a verb not in use, to be no- 
thing, to be empty, vain ; comp. under 
“ix no. 1. It is comm. derived from the 
particle 5x I, merely in order to form 
bxbx , but is quite doubtful; see in > fin. 


‘At, DON to wail, ed howl, onomatop. 


i. q. >>, and Arab. δ Camoos p. 1391. 
Comp. Gr. ddadétew.—Hence ΕΟ 


ΚΣ DON kindr. with Dax, πον I, 
pr. to roll, then to be round, swelling, 
thick ; whence M>&, 7i>8, an oak, thick 
tree. - 


“ON interj. expressing grief, wo! 
alas! Gr. ἐλελεῦ, only with "b, Job 10, 
15. Mic. 7,1. R. >dx II. 


. DDN ; in Kal not used. 1. to bind, to 
tie, see Piel and Map. 

2. Pass. to be bound sc. as to the tongue, 
i. 6. to be mute, dumb ; see Niph. and the 
nouns B>X, obs, npinby Comp. Engl. 
bethaptie-tied, Gr. biaube τῆς hese Mark 
7,35, also φιμοῦσϑαι, Pers. 


to bind the tongue, i. 4. to be silent, dumb. 
᾿ 3. to be lonely, forsaken, widowed, since 
solitary persons remain silent, mute; 
comp. Arab. to be mute, also to be 


unmarried. ee are derived }2>x, 

Mmam>N, JOON, MON. 

οἰ ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to be mute, dumb, Ps. 31, 19. 
39, 3. 10. Is..53, 7. 

2. to be silent, to keep silence, Kz. 33, 22. 

Pre.. to bind sheaves, Gen. 37, 7. 

Deriv. see in Kal. no. 1, 2, 3. 


DON τὰ. dwmbness, silence. Ps. 58, 2 
W7DIM pI Ode Oyen do ye indeed 
decree dumb justice? ie. do you really 
at length decree justice, which so long 
has seemed dumb? So commonly; but 
it may be worth inquiry, whether D>x 


58 





ΟΝ 


perhaps from~a careless repetition of 


| D328. This being dropped there arises 


thesense which the parallelism requires: 


do ye indeed decree justice? Maurer 


| 


should not be dropped, having arisen 





f 


gives to 058 the signif: of league, law, — 
590. 
from the sense of binding; as (as | 


league, from 1P> ligavit.—Ps. 56, 1 m2" 
D"PM Db the i νθ dove among stran- 
gers, (i. e. perh. the people of Israel in 


exile, comp. "im Ps. 74, 19,) prob. the 
inscription of a song or poem, to the tune — 
or measure of which Ps. 50 was to be 


sung. Comp. the remarks under M238. 


DON τη. adj. mute, dumb, pr. tongue-— 
tied, see τ. ODN no. 2. Ex. 4, 11. Is.35,6. 


Ps. 38,14. Plur. obs Is. 56, 10. 
DON porch, see D248. Once BBX but 


Job 17, 10 in some editions ; see in πω | 


no. 2. 


D°W22N m. plur. 1 K. 10, 11. 12, and ὦ 


by transpos. D"29928 2 Chr, 2, 7. 9, 10. 
11, almug-trees, a kind of precious wood, 
brought along with gold and precigus 
stones in the time of Solomon from 
Ophir, and employed for ornamenting the 
temple and palace, and for making mu- 
sical instruments; according to 2 Chr. 
2,7 growing also on Lebanon. It seems 
to correspond to Sanser. micata simpl. 


mica (so Bohlen), with the Arab. 
Es 


art. Jt, lignum Santalinum, Pterocar- 
pus NSantaliorus Linn. red sandal- 
wood, still used in India and Persia for 
costly utensils and instruments. Or it 
may be compared with the Malabar 


word malajaga, a name of the same 


wood ; so Hoffmann. See Celsii Hiero- 
bot. I. p. 171 sq.—Many of the Rab- 
bins understand corals, and so the singu- 
lar 3258 is used in the Talmud; but 
these are not wood, "> ; although were 
the Talmudic usage ancient, this wood 
might have been so named from its 
resemblance to coral, q. ἃ. coral-wood. 
Kimchi: wid {, ig. DN 2 Brazil-wood. 


TON f. plur. n— and mi—, a bundle, 
sheaf, ‘of grain, Gen. 37,7. Ps. 126, 6. 
R. 528 no 1. 


Stiabs Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20, Al- 


modad, pr. n. of a son of Joktan, i.e. of a 


ὯῸΝ 


a People and district of southern Arabia. 
Assuming an ancient error in transcrip- 
tion, 7 for Ἢ, i.e. 777258, we might 
- compare Morad, ofp or “oly is 


the name of a tribe inhabiting a moun- 
tainous region in Arabia Felix, near to 
Zabid. 

4 JIN (perh. king’s oak, for δὰ 
qbant) Alammelech, pr. n. of a place in 
the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 26. 


‘PON m. adj. forsaken, widowed, Jer. 
δι, 5. R. D>8 no. 3. 


O28 m. widowhood, trop. of a state 
deprived of its king, Is. 47,9. R. 0x 
no. 3. 


Se ;05 
Τ᾿ WOON fa widow, Arab. Lay! , 
Byr. faSsoif. Gen. 38, 11. Ex. 22, 
91. al. Metaph. ofa state deprived of 


‘its king, Is. 47, 8; comp. v. 9 and 54, 4. 
R. Px no. 3. 


IL. M2228 ΓΙ plur. Is. 13, 22, palaces, 
i. q. M2298, which latter is read in 
some Mss. The letter Ἢ is here softened 
mto >, as is very often done; comp. in 
“jie Others retain the ed of a 
widow, and understand trop. desolate 
palaces. 
PAP plur. onabx widowhood 
Gen. 38, 15. Metaph. of the condition 
of the luthelites 3 in exile, Is. 54, 384. R. 
BSN no. 3. 


























c 


"21028 m. a certain one, some one, 6 
δεῖνα, pr. one kept silent, whose name is 
not mentioned, from r. ἘΝ πο. 3. Al- 
ways preceded by "358 q. v. 


728 Chald. i. q. 77> these, q. v. 


DYN (God his delight) Elnaam, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46. 


AION (whom God hath given, comp. 
ἼΣΟΥ, α. ἃ. Theodore, Diodate) Elna- 
than, pr. n. m. a) The grandfather 
of king Jehoiakim, 2 K. 24,8; perhaps 
the same mentioned Jer. 26, 22. 36, 12. 
25. Ὁ) Three Levites in the time of 
_ Ezra, Ezra 8, 16. 


“ODN Gen. 14, 1. 9, Ellasar, pr. n. of 
a country or district in the vicinity, as it 
would seem, of Babylonia and Elymais ; 


since it is read between "320 and por. 


59 ὩΡΝ 


Symm. and Vulg. Pontus. Targ. Hie- 
ros. MWN2M Is. 37, 12. But the Assyro- 
Babylonish name of its king, Fis, 
would seem to indicate some province 
of Persia or Assyria; comp. Dan. 2, 14. 


SION (whom God applauds, from 
9, comp. Job 29, 11,) Elad, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 7, 21. 

M3928 (whom God puts on, i.e. fills 
with himself, comp. w2> Job 20, 14,) 
Eladah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 20. 

“TAN, in some Mss. ἘΝ (pr. God 
is my praises: i.e. the object of my 
praise) Eluzai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 5. 


ΤΣ 2 (whom God helpeth) Eleazar, 
pr.n. τὰ. a) Ex. 6, 23. 25. 28, 1. Lev. 
10, 6 sq. Num. 3, 2. 4. 32. Deut. 10, 6. 
Josh: 14,1. al. Ὁ) 2 Sam. 23, 9. 1 Chr. 
11,12. c) 1Sam.7,1. 4) 1 Chr. 23, 
21. 24,28. 6) Ezra 8, 33, comp. Neh. 
12,42. f) Ezra 10, 25.—Sept. ‘HAsa- 
Cao. From ᾿Ελεάζαρος was afterwards 
made by contraction the name 4ufagos. 

δ Ὁ θὲς and “2928 (whither God as- 
cends) Elealeh, pr. n. of a town or large 
village in the tribe of Reuben, near 
Heshbon, where there are still ruins 
called Slt el-Al. See Burckhardt’s 
Travels in Syria etc. p. 365. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 278.—Num. 32, 3. 37. Is. 
15, 14. 16, 9. 


MWI2N (whom God made, i. 6. cre- 
ated, Job 32, 10,) Eleasah, pr. n. m. 
a) 1 Chr. 2, 39. 8) ib. 8, 37. 9, 43. 
6) Jer. 29, 3. 


* DON or DON fut. 9282 Prov. 22, 25, 


Arab. “ail 3 to join together, to asso- 


ciate, Arab. Conj. I, III, IV; whence 
92% a thousand, a family.—Kindred 
senses are: to be accustomed, wonted, 
to learn, Prov. 22, 25. Syr. Chald. id. 
Hence 9528, 528 0x.—R. . 

Piet to cause to learn, to teach, like 
Syr. eaXf, with two acc. of pers. and 
thing, Job 15, 5. 33, 33; with acc. of 
pers. only, Job 35, 11, where Part. 2257 
for 12X72, comp. wads. 

Hiru. denom. from bx, to bring forth 


_Gs 
thousands, Ps. 144,13. Arab. CaSf mille 
fecit. 





| Dos 


ΡΣ 1. an ox or cow, as tame and 
wonted to the yoke; comm. gend. 
like Gr. βοῦς, Lat. bos, Germ. Rind, 
Engl. beeve ; see 488 no. 3. Only in 
plur. D'BEN oven Ps. 8, 8. Prov. 14, 4; 
fem. kine Deut. 7, 13. 28,4. The sin- 
gular is found only in the name of the 
first letter of the alphabet, Aleph, Alpha. 


50°F ra] a 
2. a thousand, Arab. calf, Syr. bos] 


id. but Eth. HA a myriad, ten thou- 


sand. Perh. pr. ‘conjunction of num- 


bers.’—The nouns enumerated for the 
most part follow the numeral word; 
some in the singular, as ὅπ Judg. 15, 
16; others in the plural, 2 Sam. 10, 18. 
1 K. 10, 26. Deut. 1, 11; and others 
again promiscuously, as "22 1 Chr. 19, 
6, and 5°32 29,7. Rarely and only in 
the later Hebrew does the noun pre- 
cede, 1 Chr. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 1,6. Comp. 
Lehrg. p. 695, 697,699. The construc- 
tion is different in the phrase 02 428 a 
thousand (shekels) of silver, for which 
see Lehrg. p. 700. Not unfrequently it 
is put for a large round number, Job 9, 
3. 33, 23. Ps. 50, 10.—Dual pipbs two 
msond Judg. 20, 45. 1 Chr. 5, 21.— 
Plur. 2°D>x thousands, 6. g. ΒΠΕΌΝ nud 
Ex. 38, 26. Put also for an indefinitely 
large sound number, 9334 "528 thou- 
sands of myriads Gen. 24, 60. 

3. a family, i. ᾳ. MMBWA q. v. as the 
subdivision of a tribe (wai, maa) Judg. 
6, 15. 1 Sam. 10,19. 23,23. Spoken of 
a city, Bethlehem, as the residence of 
such a family, Mic. 5, 1. 

4, Eleph, pr. n. of a city of Benjamin 
Josh. 18, 28. 

528, BPN, Chald. a thousand, Dan. 
5,1. 7, 10, 

ὈΞΟΝ see DEEN. 

bypby (God his wages, comp. >3b, 
ΓΣΣΕ, wages) Elpaal, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 
8, "11. 12. 18. 

* VON in Kal not used, i. q. V8 q. v. 
yn. 

PrEL YN to urge, to press any one, 
Judg. 16, 16. More frequent in Syriac 
and Zabian. 

FEIN see WPI by. 


Pt ας 
pxpbyy i. q. Arab. esl, with the art. 
retained, the people, populace; see in 


60 DON 


bx II. Prov. 30, 31 129 papas 1272 a 
king with whom is the people, i. e. who is 
surrounded by his people, in the midst of © 
his people. See Pococke ad Spec. Hist. 


| 

Sov 
Arabum p.207. Arab. e9 people seems | 
to come from the idea of living ; comp — 
Samar. D'p to live, Heb. D5>* what lives, 
and m= people, from 7M to live. Sept. — 
δημηγορῶν ἐν &Fve.—The Heb. intpp. 
regard Dxp>X as a compound from >x 
part. of negation, and ΣΡ to rise up, | 
(comp. m727>8 Prov. 12, 28,) and trans- 
late: a king against whom there is no 
rising up, i. e. who cannot be resisted. — 
But this does not accord with the or 
text. 


MapoN rene God created) Elkanah, 
pr.n.m. a) 1 Sam. 1, 1 βα. 2,11. 20. 
b) Ex. 6,24. c) 2 Chr. 28,7. δ 
Chr. 12, 6. e) 1 Chr. 6,8. 10. 11. 20, 
91. 15, 23. 


“OPN gentile n. Elkoshite, spoken 
of Nahum the prophet, Nah. 1,1. Sept. 
and Vulg. without 0, ᾿Ελκεσαῖος, Elce- 
saius. As toa place Elkosh there are 
two opinions; one, that of the ancient” 
fathers, makes it a town of Palestine 
and spec. of Galilee, see Hieron. Procem, — 
ad Nahum; the other, that of the ori-— 
piel Swe, regards it as the village 

3) el-Kash, near Mosul. Both are — 
very doubtful; see Thesaur. p. 1211. B. 


SDIMON (perh. God its race or pos 
terity) Eltolad, pr. n. of a place in Ju- 
dah, Josh. 15, 30. 19,4. See 334m. 


ΜΝ and Mpres (God its fear) 
Eltekeh, pr. n. of a Levitical city in the 
tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44. 21,23. ὁ. 


IPMN (God its foundation) Eltekon, 
pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, - 
Josh. 15, 59. 


* DN £ constr. DN, c. suff. ax ; plur. 
mia. st 5] Ἷ 
1. ἃ mother, Arab. εἶ and el Eth. 


BP, Aram. NON, {sof , Sam. WAX, 
id. E.g. 08138 father and mother, pa- 
rents, Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 27, 10. Esth. 2, 7. 
"”aN-j2 the son of my mother, my womb- 
brother, Gen. 43,29. Poet. “28 "323 i. q. 
my brethren, genr. Gen. 27, 29. Cant. 1, 
6. With less exactness mother is also 











DX 


rately called ax mex Lev. 18, 11.—But 


_ mother has often a wider sense, 6. g. - 


Ὁ, i. ᾳ. α grandmother 2 K. 15, 10; 


also of any female ancestor, Gen. 3, 20. 


3. Metaph. for a benefactress, Judg. 


5,7. 


4. As expressing intimate relation- 


_ ship, close alliance, Job 17, 14; see in 
3X no. 8. 


5. Of a nation or people, as opp. to the 
children i. e. individuals born of it, Is. 50, 


1. Jer. 50, 12. Ez. 19, 2. Hos. 2, 4. 4, 5. 


6. II ON , the mother of the way, i. 6. 
biviwm, place where a way divides, pr. 
the source, beginning, head of the way, 
Ez. 21, a [21], i.g. D7 DTN "VY WN ibid. 


Arab. elo root, beginning of a thing ; but 
Gaybt “| the highway. — 


7. i. gq. MX, mother-city, metropolis, 
i. e. any large and important city, al- 
though not the capital. 2 Sam. 20, 19 
barra ON} TD a city, even a indthint in 
Israel. So on the Phenician coins of 


ge 


Tyre and Sidon; comp. Arab. a! me- 


tropolis ; also Gr. μήτηρ Callim. Fragm. 
112, and mater Flor. 8. 7. 18. Ammian. 
17. 13. 

8. Metaph. of the earth, as the com- 
mon mother of all, Job 1, 20. 

Note. This word is without doubt 
primitive ; and like a8 (see p. 2. n.) im- 
itates the earliest sounds of the lisp- 
ing infant; comp. Gr. μάμμα, μάμμη, 
μαμμαία, μαῖα, Sanscr. md, ambé, Copt. 
mau, Germ. Engl. Fr. Mama, Germ. 


_ Amme. Deriv. fem. is a8, used only 


in tropical significations. In Arabic 


ae 
there is a denom. verb { to be a moth- 


er; then, to be related, to set an exam- 
ple, to teach. 


ἘῸΝ mostly with Makkeph, a particle 
demonstrative, interrogative, and condi- 
tional; the various significations of which 


are distinguished in the more copious 


of 

Arabic by various forms, as el, ws 
5 GE 

ὦ Gy ΤῊ ; while Pe the other hand 


61 


put for a-step-mother Gen. 37,10; comp. 
35, 16 sq. the latter being more accu- 





ON 
the Ethiopic and Syriac also have only 


one, AP, { . Traces of this particle 


exist also in the occidental languages , 
as in Gr. ἤν, lo, if, Lat. oa Germ. wenn, 
wann. 

A) The primary power seems to be 
demonstrative, lo! behold! (kindr. 4, Gr. 


ἤν, Lat. en,) Arab. at truly, certainly, 
ol id. see De Sang “Gramm. Arebe t. 
6 


§ 889, “: Gy! lo! as in the phrase oils sls 
he ae and lo! Comp. Hupfeld in 
Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. II. p. 130.—Hos. 
12, 12 438 ἸΣῸΣ ox lo! Gilead is wicked- 
ness, i. 6. wholly wicked ; where the 
other member has 3X. ΤῸ 17, 13 ON 
sma Sine maipslo! 7 wait for Sheol, my 
house. vs. 16. Prov. 3, 34. Preceded by 
τ in the same sense, Ἰδὲ 31, 20.—There 
are some who deny the doth onktraneee 
power of this particle in these passages, 
and claim for it here the usual condi- 
tional sense. But granting that it might 
be here so explained, still analogy shows 
that the former is the primitive and na- 
tive power of the word.—Hence 

B) Adv. of interrogation, comp. 47 
II. 3, and the remarks there made ; also 


=e of 

bn, 4, J, interrogative, from 5m, Jt, 
demonstrative. 

1. In adirect ΑΝΑΝ tive Lat. num? 


an? corresp. with Arab. i) 1K. 1, 27. 
Is. 29, 16. Job 39, 13. 31, 5. 16. 24. 25, 29. 
os. hee the ΟΣ of Job c. 31 is seen 


‘the close connection between this inter- 


rogative power of 08 and its conditional 
sense in lett. C, since between sentences 
beginning with OX interrog. are interpos- 
ed others beginning with Θὲ conditional 
followed by an apodosis ; see v. 7. 9. 13. 
19. 20. 21. 25.—F ar more frequent in dis- 
junctive forms of interrogation, where 


% precedes, utrum—an ? whether—or 7 


ἘΠ 5 
Arab. oft. Josh. 5, 13 “Dx MN n> 


a> art thou for us, or for our ene- 


mies? 1K.22,15 bang bx — 797 shall 
we go.. “on aikall we not go? Thesame _ 
is DNI—A Gen. 17,17. Job 21, 6; and - 

bx — HN 34, 17. 40, 8. 9.—The two are 
also used together in a question with 
two clauses, though not disjunctive, as 
DX —13 Gen. 37, 8, δ᾿ ---ἰὶ 17, 17. But. 


ὮΝ 
where two questions follow each other 
with a less degree of coherence, 77 is re- 
peated, 1 Sam. 23, 11. See Heb. Gr. 
5. 150. 2. 

2. In indirect interrogation, whether, 
if, after verbs of inquiring, examining, 
doubting, Cant. 7, 18. 3 Κα. 1,2. Soina 
double and disjunctive question, Ὀὲ ---- 
Gen. 27, 21. Num. 13, 20. The phrase 
ἘΝ v7 572 Esth. 4, 14, who knoweth 
whether, corresponds to the Lat. nescio 
an, i. 4. perhaps. 

C) Conj. 1. Mostly conditional, τ, 
Gr. εἰ, Lat. si, q. ἃ. supposing that, etc. 


comp. 37 lo, num ? if; Syr. {a lo, if. In 
this signif. correspond Arab. cyl: Sam. 
WK, JX, Eth. AP.— Followed, 


according to the sense, by the preter, 
Esth. δ, 8 7 "27°72 ΠῚ "MRED DN if J 
have found favour in the eyes of the king. 
Gen. 43, 9. 18,3; and fut. Judg. 4, 8 os 
ἌΞΕΙ “a3 “bn if thou wilt go with me, 
T will go. Gen. 13, 16. 28, 20. Job 8, 4 
sq. 11, 10; more rarely by a particip. 
Judg. 9, 15. 11,9; by the infin. for a 
finite verb, Job 9, 27; also without a 
verb, Job 8, 6. 9, 19.—This particle dif- 
fers from %>, in that D8 implies a true 
and real condition, where the fact is left 
uncertain, whether a thing exists or will 
exist, is or will be done, ‘si fecisti, si 
fastaras 65: while 45> implies that a thing 
does not exist, is not or will not be done, 
or is at least very uncertain and impro- 
bable, ‘si faceres, si fecisses,’ Gr. et εἶχεν, 
See %>, and also 42 the like distinction 


between ° Ι and «ἷ De Sacy Gramm. 


Arabe I. § 885. By an ingenious and 
delicate usage, DX is every where put 
in conditional curses and imprecations, 
where we might perhaps expect* nd; 6. 9. 
Ps. 7, 4-6 8)» ὧν DN MNT sme DN 
ΩΝ mba ps "B25 if Ihave ‘done 
this, if there be iniquity in my hands, if 
I have done evil to my friend, ...let the 
enemy persecute me, etc. The Psalmist 
here denies, (if we look at his object,) 
that he had done such things ; but, as if 
on trial, he leaves this point undecided, 
or even assumes the truth of the allega- 
tion, and then invoking the severest 
punishment upon himself, he thus adds 
great emphasis to the imprecation. 


62 





ON 


Comp. Ps. 44, 21. 73, 15. 137, 5. 6. Job 
31,7 sq. Other examples, where more — 


—— | - 


accurately ἢ» would be put instead of — 


os, are: Ps..50, 12 s358 ON if J were 
hungry. Hos. 9, 12. Yet ®& is here 
not incorrect; since its usage has a 
wide extent. — Spec. a) Condition or 
supposition is modestly or timidly ex- 
pressed by IER , see in). 
disjunctive, if—if, i. q. whether—or, Gr. 
εἴτε--εἴτε, ἐὰν τε -- ἐάν τε, Lat. sive-sive ; 
comp. si—si Gell. 2. 98, So Ex. 19,13 
D°N"ON ΠΏΓΙΞΤῸΝ whether it be beast or 
man. 2 Sam. 15, 21. Lev. 3, 1. Deut. 18, 
3; also preceded by a negative, neither— 
nor, 2 K. 3,14. The same is 581—B8 
Gen. 31, 52. Josh. 24, 15. Ece. 11, 3. 12, 


14. Arab. éyt5— ol and Lel5— μι. 

6) By an STeeis of the formula of an 
oath, 58 becomes in some connections 
a negative particle. The full form 
is read in 1 Sam. 3, 17 God do so to thee, 
and more also, if thou, ete. 24,7. 2 Sam. 
3,35. Hence by ellipsis, espec. in oaths; 
2 Sam. 11, 11 by thy life, [let God do so 
to me, and ‘more! ΓΕ NI SINMy NWP ON 
if I do this thing, i. e. I will not do this 
thing. 20, 20. 1 K. 1, 51; also in obtes- 
tations, Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. Neh. 13, 25; 
rarely elsewhere, and chiefly in poetry, 
Is, 22, 14. 62, 8. Judg. 5, 8. Prov. 27, 24, 
where the other member has ¥>.—In 


the same manner the Arabs use wl 


more fully wl Lo, for not. 

2. As concessive, though, although ; 
Arab. ὦ}5: Gr. ἐὰν καί, κἄν. Followed 
by the preeter, to express the idea ‘though 
I am,’ Job 9, 15. 29; more usually by 
the fut. expressing the idea ‘though I 
were,’ Is. 1, 18. 10, 22. Ps. 139, 8. Job 
20,6; but comp. Job 9, 20. Also with 
a verbal noun, Nah. 1, 11. 

3. As a particle of wishing, oh if ! 
would that! oh that! si γάρ. Comp. 
">. With fut. Ps. 68, 14. 81, 9. 95, 7. 
139, 19. An anacoluthon occurs in 
Gen. 23, 13 ὭΣΘ A> MM ON would that 
thou—oh that thou wouldst hear me. 

4, It passes over also into a particle 
of time, when, pr. if ; comp. Germ. wenn 
and wann. Followed by the preter 
which is often to be rendered by the 
pluperfect or by the fut. exactum; Is 


Β) Ὡδ ---νς 


- 



















yal 


24,13 "92 ΠΡ ON when the vintage is 
done, pr. if it shall have been ended. 
Am 2.7, 2 5585 ΠΙΡΞ ON HAM! and it came 
to pass when they had finished eating. 
Ts. 4, 4 jiternia mes mx ὍΣ yr DN 
‘when the Lord shall have washed away 
the filth of the daughters of Zion. Gen. 
38, 9. Ps. 63, 7. Job 8, 4. 17,13. Soalso 
Sueonnection with other particles, as ‘ID 
“D8 until when, until, Gen. 24, 19; 43 
“SN ΩΝ 28, 15. Num. 32 17. Is. 6, 11. 

7 5, Rarely for when causal, i. e. since, 


Arab. nf Gen. 47, 18 we will not hide 
it from my lord, that DN... ODF OM ON 
Sx: ND τς iohén (since) all our mo- 
ney is spent... there is nothing left Sor 
my lord, etc. Is. 53, 10. 

_ D) In composition with other, parti- 
cles: 

1. DNF, twice in the beginning of an 
interrogation, i. q. 8>4, put affirmative- 
ly, is not? nonne ? i. q. lo! Num. 17, 28 
[13]: Job 6, 13. 

2. xb-py a) is not? nonne? pre- 
ceded by Nn, Is. 10,9. δ) if not, un- 
less, Ps: 7, 13. Gen. 24,8. Hence after 
formulas of oaths it appears as a strong 
affirmation and asseveration ; comp. 
above in C. 1. c. Num. 14, 28. Josh. 14, 
9. Is. 14, 24 ; also in obtestations, Job 1, 
11. 2, 5. 17, 2. 22, 20. 30, 25. 1s.5,9. ο) 
After ἃ negative partic. in the sense of 
but, Gen. 24, 37. 38. Comp. εἰ μή, nisi, 
; Chald. NEN from xb-pR, 


“SVAN £ subst. plur. mins, the letter 
‘being inserted, comp. Chald. {43% , and 
Lehrg. p. 530; α maid-servant, hand- 
maid, female sleeve: Hence anak thy 
: Rndmaid, for I, spoken even by a free 
- womanin idiiséaeing her superiors, Judg. 
(19,9. 1 Sam. 1, 11. 16. 25, 24 sq. 2 Sam. 
14,15. Comp. in 7758. Ate ΓΙ 3 son 
ΒΡ a handmaid, i. 6. a servant, slave, Ex. 
was, 12. Ps. 116, 16.—Hence is derived 


S 
the Arab. Lof to be a handmaid. The 
' word "2x is prob. primitive ; least of all 


: <= 
is it to be referred to a root HX, δ ΐ; 
inito pacto indixit. 


_ ΠΝ pr. i. g. ἘΝ, but everywhere 
a metaph. the beginning, head, foundation 
2 of any thing. » Spec. 

ο΄ 1. mother of the arm, i.e. the fore-arm, 


7+ 


63 





ras 


below the elbow, cubitus, Deut. 3, 11 
Hence 

2. a cubit, ulna, a measure of length 
comp. Lat. cubitus, ulna, Gr. πῆχυς ani 


πυγών, Arab. Bhd, Egypt: mahi. The 


mode of enumerating cubits is as fa! 

lows: D°max two cubits Ex. 25, 10. 17 

mix W>v 27, 1, and so on up to ter 
cubits; in the later Hebrew B>W nize 
2 Chr. 6,13. With numbers above ten. 
in the earlier Hebrew Tax DWI Gen 

6, 15, in the later miax prwan Ez. 42,2 
or DBS Mie 2 Chr. 3, 4. Farther; ὃς 
is joined with numerals of every kind 
both in the early and later Hebrew, by 
means of 2, as MX2 ΣΞ ΝΣ lit. four by 
the cubit, i.e. four cubits ; MAXI ΓΙῸ ἃ 
hundred cubits Ex. 27, 9. 18. 36, 15. 38 
9. The common cubit of the Hebrews 
(2 Chr. 3, 3) was reckoned at 6 palms, or 
18 inches; though some without good 
reason make it only 4 palms, or 12 inches. 
A larger cubit of seven palms, ἑπταπά- 
λαιστος, is mentioned Ez. 40, 5. 43, 13, . 
which agrees with the royal cubit of the 
Babylonians (Hdot. 1. 178) and Egyp- 
tians ; see Boeckh Metrol. Untersuch. 
pp. 212 sq. 265 sq.—Metaph. Jer. 51, 13 
thine end is come, the measure of thy 
rapine, i. e. the time when God will 
set bounds and measure to thy iniqui- 
tous gain. 

3. i.g. DN no. 7, a metropolis. 2 Sam. 
8,1 and David took the bridle (bit) of 
the metropolis out of the hand of the Phi- 
listines, i. e. he subdued the metropolis 
of the Philistines. Comp. the Arabic 
proverb: I give thee not my bridle, i. 6. do 
not subject myself to thee; see Schult. 
ad Job. 30, 11, and Hariri Cons. IV. p. 24. 
See also Gesch. der Hebr. Sprache p. 41. 

4. a foundation, Is. 6,4 O° BD MIAN | 
the pane ne of the thresholds. Comp. 


eis, o get, roots, beginnings. 
5. Ammah, pr. ἢ. ὁξὰ hill, 2 Sam. 2, 24. 


MON Chald. f. plur. jx, a cubit. 
ulna, Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 3. Syr. Hal, 
Ἰδϑοῖ, ρίαν. «ἀδοῖ. 

MON i. α. MON α. v. terror. 

aN f. (τ. 028) @ people, ‘nation, 
tribe, Arab. δα people, Aram. NaN 


γΊ δὲὰ 


Jasco} id. Found only in Plur. nizx 
Gen. 25, 16. Num. 25, 15; also 0"2N Ps, 
117, 1. Syr. {Zaxyf. 


MAN Chald. f. id. Dan. 3,29. Plur. 
ὯΝ  emphat. nvan, Dan. 3, 4. 7. 5,19. 
7, 14. Ezra 4, 10. 


Ἵ ΤῊΝ m. 1. an archiect, builder, 
opifex, (τ. Ὑ38ὲ no. 1. b,) ig. Pas q. v. 
Prov. 8, 30 spoken of the hypostatic wis- 
dom of God as the architect of the world. 
The. word seems not to have admitted 
the form of the fem. gender, any more 
than the Lat. artifex, opifex, whence 
Plin. Il. 1 artifex omnium natura. 
Quinct. 2. 15 rhetorica persuadendi opi- 
fex.—Others understand son or foster- 
child, from r. {28 no. 1. a. 

2. Amon,- pr. n. a) The son and 
successor of Manasseh, king of Judah, 
τ. 644-642 B.C. 2K.21, 18-26. 2Chr. 
33, 20 sq. b) 1 K. 22,26. 2) Neh. 7, 
59, for which Ezra 2, 57 7x. 


IL. YAN i. gq. yin, a multitude of 
people, Jer. 52,15. R.nmen. 


ΠῚ. FVO8 Amon, pr. n. of the supreme 
god of the Egyptians, worshipped at 
Thebes with great pomp, Jer. 46, 25, see 
V7 82; called by the Greeks “dupa, 
Ammon, and compared by them to Jupi- 
ter, see Hdot. 2. 42. Diod. Sic. 1. 13. 
On Egyptian monuments he is usually 
-depicted with a human body and the 
head of a ram; and the name is there 
written Amn, more fully Amn-Re i. e. 
Amon-Sun; see the figures as given in 
Thesaur. p. 115. Comp. also Kosegar- 
ten de Scriptura vett. ZEgyptiorum, p. 
29 sq. Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust. of 


the Anc. Egyptians, Second Ser. 1. p.. 


243 sq. 


JUAN τη. (τ. 728) by Syriasm for 5328, 
Juithfulness, fidelity, Deut. 32, 20.— 
Plur. 5°28 id. Prov. 20, 6 D°21728 WN 
u man of (fidelity, faith ful. 

MIVAN Εἰ (τ. oR) 1. firmness, sta- 
θείη. Ex. 17, 12 M728 9" A and 


his (Moses’) hands were firm, steady, 
lit. firmness. 


a security, Is. 33, 6. 


t 
ual, ia. 
3. faithfulness, fidelity, espec. in ful- 


Arab. vail 


64 





ἸῺΝ 


filling one’s promises; so of God, Deut. 
32, 4. Ps. 36, 6. 40, 11; of men, Plur. 


| 
| 
| 


minx Prov. 28, 20. Also faith, trust, 
confidence of men towards God, Hab. 2, 


4. Ps. 37, 3; see in MP" no. 2. 


yar (strong) pr. n. Amoz, the father 


of the prophet Isaiah, Is. 1, 1. 2, 1. 13, 1. 
20, 2. 


“AN Ami pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 57. It 
seems to be a corrupted form for "ὮΝ 
Neh. 7, 59. 


DAN see ΣΝ. 


7i2"ON (faithful) Aminon, pr. ἢ. i. ἢ. 
yi2aN, a son of David, 2 Sam. 13, 20. 


YAN m. (τ. yes) adj. strong, mighty, 


Job 9, 4. 19; more fully as joined with 
m>, Nah. 2,2. Abstr. strength, might, 
Is. 40, 26. 


WAN m. (τ. WON αἱ v. no. 1, and 


Hithp.) the top, summit, 6. g. of a tree, 
Is. 17, 6 "78 WD in the highest top. 
Also of a mountain Is. 17, 9; see under 
art. MHDATD. 


r bo or Das to languish, to drocp, 
pr. to hang the head, kindr. with 538 
q.v. In Kal part. pass. of a drooping 
heart, Ez. 16, 30. 

Pot. b>aN only 4 in poetry. 1. to lan- 
guish, to droop, as of plants, Is. 24, 7; 
hence of fields Is. 16, 8. Nah. 1. 4; 
of a sick person Ps. 6, 3, where ἜΝ 
seems to be for 228% ; so Maurer. 

2. to mourn, to lataoal Is. 19, 8;. so 
of a land laid waste Is. 24, 4. 33,9; of 
walls thrown down Lam. 2, g.- Henes 
in prose | 


stax m. languid, feeble, Neh. 3, 34. 


μ Das obsol. root, perh. i. q. 023, 
nay q.v. to join together, to collect, to 


; oF. 
congregate. Arab. οἱ to be near, relat- 


ed.—Hence the noun Max i. q. By a 
people, and ' 


ON Amam pr. τι. of a place or city in 
the southern part of the tribe of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 26. 


ΤῊΝ Vas 1. pr. to prop, to stay, 
to support. a) Spec. with the arm, 
to bear or carry a child, Num. 11, 12. 
Lam, 4,5. Part. 728, παιδαγωγός, a 





ἼὮΝ 


πυγοῖηρ. Κα ν6 7, one who carries ἃ child 
on his arm and takes care of it, Num. 
l.c. Is. 49,23; also a foster- father, Ksth. 
2,7. 2K. 10, 1.5. Comp. >3>2, Arab. 

οἷο sustentavit, aluit. —Fem. mak a 
: nurse, Ruth 4, 16. 2 Sam. 4,4. b) to 
_ found, to build up, kindr. with ΓΞ, jaN; 
hence 7728, 7128, architect, mya a pil- 
lar, prop. 

2. Intrans. to stay oneself, to be stayed 
up, supported ; hence to be firm, stable, 
such as one may safely Jean upon, me- 
_ taph. tobe faithful. Part. pass. 5°2572x the 
| faithful, πιστοί, Ps. 12, 2. 31,24. Comp. 


; AO Ἀ,, 1 ᾿ 
W700 7 Ἢ 3. Arab. cpl to be παρε 
ful, τοῦ to lean upon and trust in an 

ful, Cyt : y 

one, oul to trust, to be secure. 


Nipx. 1. to be supported, i.e. to be 
borne in the arms as a child, Is. 60, 4. 
Comp. Kalno.1. — 

_ 2. to. be founded, i. 6. to be firm, sta- 
ble, sure, 6. g. of a house 1 Sam. 2, 35: 
25, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 K. 11, 38; οἵ ἃ 
firm place, where a nail holds fast, Is. 
| 22, 23. 25; of a firm and stable condition 
7,9. 

_ 3. to be durable, lasting, permanent, 
le. g. of waters which never fail (opp. 


3328) Is. 33, 16. Jer. 15, 18; οἵ. diseases 


Deut. 28, 59; of a covenant Ps. 89, 29. 

4. Metaph. to be faithful, trustworthy, 
_ sure, such as one can lean upon; so of 
a servant 1 Sam. 22,14. Num.12,7; a 
_messenger Prov. 25, 13; a witness Jer. 
42.5. Is. 8,2; of God Deut. 7,9. Is. 49,7. 
Hos. 12, aie 78, 8 ὉΝτῸΝ 77283 x 
man his spirit was not faithful towards 
God. Part. 97282 faithful, upright; Prov. 
11, 13. 27, 6 S58 "3B DVN? faithful 
are the wounds of a friend, i. e. his se- 
vere rebukes proceed from fidelity and 
sincerity. Also of a man of tried wis- 
_ dom, Job 12, 20. 

5. to be sure, certain, true, Hos. 5, 9; 
of the word of God Ps. 19, 8. Also to be 
_ found true, to be verified, confirmed, 
Gen. 42, 20. 1 K. 8, 26. 

Hipw. jx 1. to stay upon, to build 
upon; pr. Is. 28, 16 he that buildeth 
thereon shall not flee away.—Usually 

2. Metapb. to trust, to confide in, like 


Arab. ἴα. «ον, Job 4, 18 7333 
6 





65 yas 


ἼΩΝ Nb lo! he putteth no trust in his 
servants. 15, 15. 39, 12. Ps. 78, 22. 32.119, 
66. MIT ja 10 trust in “ehouals Gen, 
15,6; "m3 Ἦ Nd to have no trust in 
one’s life, i.e. to fear for one’s life, Deut. 
28, 66; c. ace. et inf. Judg. 11, 20. 

3. ἐῤ believe, to receive as true, absol. 
Is. 7,9; oftener with > of pers. and thing, 
Gen. 45, 26. Ex. 4,1. 8. 9. Prov. 14, 15. 
Ps. 106, 24: "2 Ex. 4,5. Job 9, 16. Also 
with infin. j ob 15, 22 fe believeth (hopeth) 
not to escape out of darkness i. e. terror. 

4. Perh. intrans. to stand firm, still. 
Job 39, 24 he standeth not still, when the 
voice of the trumpet sc. is heard. Comp. 
Virg. Georg. 3.83. According toa com- 
mon idiom of speech, it might also be ex- 
plained: ‘ He so longs for the battle that 
he scarce believes or trusts his ears for 


joy,’ etc. Comp. Job 9, 16. 29, 24. 
Deriv. P28—D2ON8, PVN, HAN, APN 
Max, ya. 


IT. ΤΩΝ Hiew. ἸΏΝ i. 4. denom. 
j772 to turn to the right hand, Is. 30, 21. 


JOS Chald. Apn. yan to trust, Ὡς 
Dan. 6, 24; like Syr. «Ὁ Saunt pat 
pass. 2 ΤῺ faithful, trustworthy, Dan. 
6, 5. 2, 45. Syr. Sasate. 


JOS m. an architect, artist, workman, 
Cant. 7, 2; see r. j28 no. 1. b. Syr. 


δ. Oy 


Pisco}, Chald. ja5~, id. To this Ara- 
mean form inclines the orthography 78 
omman, which Kimchi and Judah Ben 
Karish read in their Mss. 


Pos (τ. Ἰ2Ν no. 2) 1. Adj. verbal firm ; 
8 =S 
metaph. faithful; Arab. cpt, Syr. 


{aiss}. Abstr. i. q. faithfulness; fidelity ; 
as iON ὝΟΝ the God of faithfulness Is. 
65, 16. Comp. Rev. 3, 14. 

2. Adv. amen, i. e. verily, truly, cer- 
tainly, Jer. 28,6. ‘ax jax Ps. 41, 14. 
72, 19. 89,53. Its proper place is, where 
one person confirms the words of another, 
and adds his wish for success to the 
other’s vows and predictions, amen, so be 
it. Sept. well, γένοιτο. 1K. 1, 36. Jer. 
11, 5. Num. 5, 22. Deut. 27; 15 sq. Neh. 
5, 13. 8, 6. 1 Chr. 16, 36. 


Tas m. (τ. ax) faithfulness, verity, 
Is. 25, 1 


JN 


MIAN ἢ (Ὁ. oN) 1. ὦ covenant, pr. a 


5 0, lee | 


confirmation, surety, Neh. 10, 1. Arab. 


6. Ἑ 
XSL. 

2. Something fixed, appointed, i. e. 
an allowance, portion, i. q. pm, Neh. 
11,23; spoken of a daily allowance for 
the subsistence of the singers. 

3. Amanah, pr. ἢ. ofa perennial stream 
(comp. Is. 33, 16) which rises in Anti- 
Lebanon, and waters the territories of 
Damascus, 2 K.5,12. Hence also that 
part of Anti-Lebanon bore the same 
name, Cant. 4, 8. The Greek name was 
Chysorrhoas ; now el-Barada. 


ΓΙΣ ὩΣ f. pr. supporting; hence a pillar, 
column, plur. M2287 2 K. 18,16. R. yx. 


MON f (x. TER) 1. a bringing-up, 
tutelage, Esth. 2, 20. 

2. verity, only as adv. verily, truly, in- 
deed, Josh. 7, 20. Gen. 20, 12. 


JON (faithful) Amnon pr. n.m. 8) 
The eldest son of David, by Ahinoam, 
slain by his brother Absalom, 2 Sam. 3, 
2.13,1-39; once 115 8 q.v. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 
4, 20. 


D228 adv. (from 7728 with the adv. 
ending D.,) verily, truly, indeed, Job 9, 2. 
19, 4. 5. Is. 37,18. "D> D208 true that, 
it is true that, Job 12, 2. Ruth 3, 12. 


DIAN id. Gen. 18, 13. Num. 22, 37. 


᾿ Vas fut. ax", to be alert, active, 
firm; xindr. with yan, 02m, to be 
sharp, eager. Hence of the feet, to be 
strong in the feet, to be swift-footed, comp. 
Piel no. 1, yo8, and the Arabic usage. 
Trop. of activity and alertness of mind, 
a firm and undaunted spirit, 2 Chr. 13, 
18; opp.>33 and 273 to have the knees 
sink, to befeeble-minded. With 12 to 
be stronger than, to prevail over any 
one, Gen. 25, 23. Ps. 18, 18. 142,7. pin 
γ᾽ Ἢ be strong and of good courage, i.e. 
brave and undaunted, et 31, 7. 23. 


Josh. 1, 6-18. —Arab. nen to be active, 

& st 
fleet, of a horse; whence Loss 1. 4. 
Vos, a fleet horse. 

Pint 72x 1. tomake firm, to strength- 
en, pr. sinking knees, faltering feet, Job 
4,4. Is. 35,3. Trop. to render alert, to 
encourage, Deut. 3, 28. Job 16, 5. 


66 “a 





“ 
>» 
Ἑ 


2. to strengthen, to make strong, Ts. 41 
10. Ps. 89, 22. 2 Chr. 11,17. Prov. 31,17, 
24, 5. 

3. to restore, to repair a building, i. 
pin, 2Chr. 24,13. Also to found, tos 
fast, Prov. 8, 28. 

4. to strengthen, i. e. to harden th 
heart, to make obstinate, Deut. 2, 







(a 


15, 7. 2 Chr. 36, 13. 
5. to set fast, i.e. to appoint, to choose. 
Ps. 80, 18 whom thou hast chosen for 
thyself comp. v. 16. Is. 44, 14. 
Hipu. intrans. to be Glen , of good cour- 
age, undaunted, Ps. 27, 14. 31, 25. ᾿ 


. 
Hirspa. 1. fo be alent active, c. infin. 


to do any thing with alacrity, eagerly, 
1 K. 12, 18. 2 Chr. 10, 18. 
2. to make oneself strong, of conspira 
tors, 2 Chr. 13, 7. ; 
3. to make oneself Jirm, i. 6. to resolve” 
firmly, to be resolute, Ruth 1,18. Comp, 
pan. 
Deriv. 7728, oN, and the five fol- 
lowing : 


Vas plur. DEON, active, spirited, 
fleet, of horses Zech. 6,3. It is read — 
also in v. 7, where the Contre sige 


neatN red.—Arab. ash and eget ac- 


tive, “fleet, of a horse. ~ 
ΤῊΝ m. strength, Job 17, 9. 


MAN ἢ strength, protection, i. q. 1372, 
Zech. 12,5. R. yar. 


"ZN (strong) Amzi, pr. ἢ. τη. a) 
1 Chr. 6, 31. b) Neh. 11, 12. 


ΓΝ δὲς (whom Jehovah strengthens) 
Amaziah, pr.n.m. a) A king of Judah, 
son of Joash and father of Uzziah, r. 
838-811 B. C. 2K. 12, 22. 14, 1'sq. 2 Chr, 
25,1 sq. Written also "πο ΝΣ 2 K. 14, 
1.9.11. b) A priest of the golden calf - 
at Bethel, hostile to Amos, Amos 7,10 sq. 
c) 1 Chr. 4, 34. d) 6, 30. 


* VAN) inf. absol. “iN, constr. “DX, 
ὁ. pref. πον Deut. 4, 10, ae Josh. 6, 8, 
but always sion contracted fut. "aN", 
“28"1, with conj. accent. "WN", with 
Aleph dropped ¥772" Ps. 139, 20. 

1. to say, very freq. The primary 
idea is to bear forth, to bring out to light, 
and hence (o utter, to say; comp. XW), 
i), 732, and Gr. φημί. Hence Hithpa. 
q. v. also ""728% top, summit. and ἜΣ 































pr. mountaineer.—It differs from “at to 
speak, in that 723 is put absolutely, 
i vhile "2x is followed by the words 
spoken; 6. ¢. Lev. 1,2 ἘΝ" Wade aT 

om eX NIN) speak unto the children of 
sro 1, and say unto them. ete. 18, 2. 23, 
2. 10; or also Ex. 6, 10 “bx nim 3" 
3 ony and Jchooah spake unto Moses, 
ying, i. 6. in these words. 13, 1. Also 
Ὁ: aceus. Jer. 14,17 “my Ὁ bitthy nV} 
3 9253 and thane shalt say unto them 


this word. Gen. 44,16 ΝΘ ΤΙ what 


shall Il we say? 41, Bd FO VON WD 


according as Joseph had said. 22, 3 
lo, the place ovr>x i> Wax ἼΩΝ which 
God had said unto him. Rarely with 
"2, Job 36, 10.—In a few doubtful ex- 
amples, and only in the later Hebrew, 
a8 seems to be put absol. for "23; 6. g. 
2Chr. 2,10 “bx mbuiey sansa oon mane 
ταν Br Hisram said (spake) by letter, 
“and sent it to Solomon ; but here the very 
yords follow, so that the clause and sent 
_ttto Solomon is parenthetic, and "2x" 
; _refers to the words of the letter. 2 Chr. 
82, 24 15 2 5) and he (God) said unto 
Sin, i i.e. spake to him ; but here we may 
also render: and he prenided him, since 
_ after verbs of speaking, showing, etc. the 
_ object it is very often omitted ; see Lehrg. 
p. 734. This remark also throws light 
“upon the vexed passage in Gen. 4,8: and 
_ Cain said (it) unto Abel his brother (i. e. 
he told him that which God had said to 
him in v.7), but it came to pass when they 
were in the field, etc. Samar. and Sept. 
‘insert maw n33, διέλϑωμεν εἷς τὸ 
πεδίον. 
_ The person to whom one says any 
thing, is put with b> 2 K. 22, 8; DN 
_ Gen. 3, 16. 13, 14; and > Gen. 3 17, 20, 
5. 6. But both these latter particles, 
_ although more rarely, serve to mark the 
- person ‘of, concerning whom one speaks, 
e.g. 8 2K. 19, 32. Jer. 22, 18. 27, 19; 
5, Gen. 20, 13 “Ὁ "77N say af me. Ps, 3, 
) 3. 71, 10. Jide. 9, 54. The person of 
hom i is also put in the acc. Gen. 43, 27 
_ your father, the old man oH 72x δα 
' whom ye said, i. e. spoke of. v. 29. Num. 
14. 31. Deut. 1, 39. Ps. 139, 20. 
Spec. a) to say to or of any thing 
this or that, i. q. to call it so or so, to 
᾿ term, to name, Is. 5, 20. 8, 12. Ecce. 2, 2. 
_ Part. pass. "4728 called, named, Mic. 2, 7. 








“TaN a Ὁ. 





ὯΝ 


Comp. Niph. no. 2. b) to say is some- 
times i. q. to exhort, Job 36, 10; to pro- 
mise, 2 Chr. 32, 24; to tell, to declare, 
Ex. 19, 25; and hence to declare c. acc. 
i. q. to proclaim, to laud, Ps. 40, 11. 
Is. 3, 10. Such examples are for the 
most part readily determined by the 
context. 

2. i222 “728 Gen. 17,17. Ps. 10, 6. 11. 


14, τ: Is. 47, 8, (Arab. ee ΕἸ Ju, 


Kamndd ὦ, JU ,) also 338» “a8 Hos. 7, 2, 


ἜΝ Gen. 8, 21, and simpl. "728, to say 
in or to one’s heart or self, i. q. to think, 
to suppose, to wish, to purpose ; see in 
n> no. 1. f. Comp. man, mw, Arab. 


JG, Gr. φημέ in Homer and the tragic 
writers. Forster relates that among 
some of the savages of the Pacific ocean 
they use the phrase to speak in the belly 
for to think.—1 Sam. 20, 4. Gen. 44, 28 
and I thought, Surely he is torn in pieces. 
Ex. 2,14 "ὮΝ HAN 227A thinkest thou 
to Kill me 3 ? Sept. μὴ ἀνελεῖν μεσὺ ϑέλεις ; 
2 Sam. 21, 16, Sept. διενοεῖτο. 1K.5,5 
[19]. 1 Sam. 20, 4, Absol. Ps. 4, 5 com- 
mune with your own heart upon your 
bed. So simpl. vax Ps. 16, 2. 31, 15. 
116, 11. ete. é 

3. to command, like Arab. 2.5], chiefly 
in the later or silver age of the Heb. 
tongue; c.inf-et 5, Esth. 1,17 89372 VN 
“MUIN“MN he ἐὐνην δα to bring in Vash- 
ti. 4,13. 9,14. Also followed by ἢ and 
a ἜΠΗ cork, Neh. 13, 9 "524 mR 
then I commanded and they purified. 2 
Chr. 24, 8 SN jin WoT WD WINN 
the eine commanded and they made a 
chest. 1 Chr. 21, 7. Ps. 105, 31. 34. Jon. 
2, 11. Job 9, 7. (In Chaldee we find the 
former construction Dan. 2, 46. 3, 13; 
and the latter Dan. 5, 29. The same is 
common in Syriac, Samaritan, Arabic.) 
Elsewhere also with acc. of thing, 2 Chr. 
29, 24 for the king had commanded this 
burnt-offering for all Israel, i. 6. had ap- 
pointed, instituted. 1 K.11, 18 "ὮΝ 5m 
ib and commanded (to give) him victuals. 
Job 22,29, With dat. of pers. 2 Sam. 
16,11. Comp. Lat. jubere legem, fedus. 

NipH. ἸΏΝ, fut. aN? and aN. 

1. to be ect, with - + and >& of pers. 
Num. 23, 23. Ez. 13, 12. Also’ impers, 


"a 


tt is said, they say, Gen. 10, 9. 22, 14. 
Num. 21, 14. 

2. > "7282 to be said to any one, sc. 
this or that, i. e. Lo be so called, to be 
named, Is. 4, 3. 19, 18. 61, 6. 62, 4, Hos. 
a & 

Hip. “2x0 to make say, to cause to 
promise. Deut. 26, 17 thou hast this day 
made Jehovah say or promise, 18 and 
Jehovah hath made thee promise, i. 6. ye 
have mutually promised, have mutually 
accepted and ratified the conditions of 
each other. 

Hirupa. Waxnn to lift up oneself, to 
boast oneself, Ps. 94, 4. Comp. Kal no. 1. 

Deriv. VaN— —bernn, also 7728 , "72872. 


WAX Chald. 3 fem. ὈΠῸΝ for MON 
Dan. 5,10; fut. ΩΝ, inf. ΠΩ Ὁ and 727 
Fizra 5, 11; part. 72x; i. q. Hebr. 

1. tosay, with dat.of pers. Dan. 2, 25 ; 
acc. of thing, Dan. 7. 1; also followed 
by the words spoken, Dan. 2, 24, or even 
written, Dan. 7,2. See our remarks on 
the oriental usus loquendi in Luke 1, 63, 
in the London Class. Journ. no. 54. p. 
240.—Plur. je pr. they are saying 
1. Q. they say, put "for the Pass. it is side 
proclaimed ; Dan. 3,4 8222 ἼΩΝ isd 
to you it ts proclaimed, O people, etc. 
Theod. λέγεται. On the idiom see Lehrg. 
p. 798. 

2. to command, see the examples in 
Heb. "8 Kal. no. 3. 

Deriv. 8223. 


“YQ8 in sing. only c. suff. 728 Job 20, 
29 ; plur. nN, constr. “78. For the 
sing. absol. the Fora "ὮΝ is ‘used. 

1. a word, discourse, what is said, i. q. 
"2; but, wit the exception of Josh. 
24, 27, only in the, poetic style. Espec. 
bi the words of God, 58-"70% Num. 24, 
4.16. MAX “VOX Beas 22, 21; Bd) "aK 
15, 26. Ps. 19, 15. Prov. 6, 5. a Gen. 49, 
21 Naphtali is ΓΙ" 9 bx a slender 
hind, ἜΛΘ "728 402N giving forth words 
of grace, 1. 6. pleasant, persuasive ; prob. 
to be referred to some poetic or oratorical 
talent of this tribe, otherwise unknown. 
If it be objected, that words cannot be 
ascribed to a hind, we may reply that 
snin refers to Naphtali and not to n>"8 
hind; and hence there is no necessity 
for the conjecture of Bochart, following 
the Sept. that it should read τις and 


68 





“Vas 


“728. For this use of the art. 4, see 
Heb. Gr. § 107. init. 

2. a command. Job 20,29 i7ax m2h 
2x7 lit. the lot of his command from God, 
i. e. his appointed lot from God. Comp. 
“ὮΝ no. 3. 


8 Chald. m. plur. vax, a lamb, 
Ezra 6, 9. 17. 7, 17. Syr. 1,8], Arab. 
Pe sel a lamb. The root is val 
Conj. I, IV, to make much, to multiply. 
αὶ δὰ 
κι to be much, multiplied ; hence pr. 
progeny of the flock. Or it may also be 


‘progeny of the flock’ from the idea of 


bringing forth, see in τ. "728 no. 1. 


“VAN (talkative) Immer, pr.n.m. a) 
Jer. 20,1. b) Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61. 


ἼΩΝ i. α. “ax, the forms of which it 
borrows in the plural ; a poetic word. 

1. a word, discourse, Ps. 19, 4. 

2. Spec. a song, hymn, ἔπος, Ps. 19, 3 ; 
a song of triumph, epinicium, Ps. 68, 12. 

3. a promise, from God, Ps. 77, 9. In 
a punitive sense, threat, Hab. 3, 9. 

4. a matter, thing, like "23. Job 22, 


Soe 
28. Arab. οἱ id. 


MOS f. (τ. vax) plur. niver, i. q. 
“yay, Wak, and like them only poetic ; a 
word, discourse, mostly of God, Ps. 18, 
31. 119, 38. 50. 103. 140; also ὦ song, 
hymn, Gon. 4, 23. Deut. 32, 2. Ps. 17, 6. 


MON f. id. Lam. 2, 17. 


"AN according to the probable con- 
jecture of Simonis pr. mountaineer, from 
an obsol. "8 height, mountain, see un- 
der r. "728 no. 1; hence as gentile ἢ. an 
Amorite, collect. the Amorites, Sept. 
᾿Δμοῤῥαῖοι, a Canaanitish people, appa- 
rently the largest and most powerful of 
all, and whose name is sometimes taken 
in a wide sense so as to include all the 
other Canaanitish tribes; Gen. 15, 16. 
48, 22. Am. 2, 9. 10. Deut. 1,20. . A part 
of them dwelt in the mountainous tract 
which afterwards belonged to the tribe 
of Judah, and were subject to five kings, 
Gen. 14, 7. 13. Num. 13, 29. Another 
part held the country beyond Jordan 
north of the Arnon as far as to the Jab- 
bok and even beyond this stream, Num. 
21, 13. 24. 32, 39. These were subject 


Se ee ee ee 





a ae χε νι, 


ὯΝ 69. 


to two kings, viz. of Heshbon and Ba- 
shan or Batanea, Deut. 4, 47. Josh. 2, 10. 

. V8 (eloquent) Imri. pr.n.m. 8) 
1 Chr. 9,4.  b) Neh. 3, 2. 


τ Δὲ (whom Jehovah said, i. 6. pro- 


mised, q. d. Theophrastus) Amariah, pr. 
ἢ. τὰ. a) 1Chr.5,33[6,7]. b) 1Chr. 
5, 37 [6, 11]. Ezra 7,3. Comp. 177728 
a. 6) Neh. 10,4. 12,2.13. ἀ) Ezra 
10, 42. 6) Neh. 11,4. f) Zeph. 1, 1. 
g) See sn77798 Ὁ. 


W7NVAN (id.) Amariah, pr.n.m. ᾿ a) 
2 Chr. 19, 11. b) 1 Chr. 24, 23, written 
also M7728 23,19. 6) 2 Chr. 31, 15. 


2 ΔΝ Amraphel, pr. n. of a king of 
Shinar, i. e. Babylonia, in the time of 
- Abraham, Gen. 14,1.9. It seems to be 
Sanscr. amarapdla, keeper of the gods ; 
comp. Sardanapalus, Sanscr. sridhana- 
pala, keeper of the treasures ; so Boh- 
len and F. Benary. 


WON for neex from τ. πῦρ, Live, 
vesperi fecit; comp. eX from M20. 

1. Pr. the past night, as adv. yester- 
night, last night, Gen. 19, 34. 31, 29. 42. 
Also yesterday, i.q. 212", 2 K. 9, '26,—It 
implies strictly the last part of the pre- 
ceding natural day, (not the civil,) i. e. 
the evening and night of yesterday, and 
is then transferred so as to denote even- 
ing and night in general; just as the 
words which signify to-morrow, are also 
often referred to morning in general. Of 
yesterday we remember the close ; of to- 
morrow the beginning is more pa sn 


onour mind. See Arab. pak adv. yes- 
terday, SORE subst. yesterday, comp. 


Lie vesperi fecit; and for to-morrow, 
see Heb. “Ξ morning and morrow, like 
Germ. Morgen; Gr. αὔριον to-morrow, 


from αὔρα morning air; Arab. δία 
8. 

morning, (δ ιΣ morrow, the to-morrow. 
Hence 

2. night, darkness, genr. Job 30, 3 they 
flee τὶ 85 Nw wo into the night or 
darkness of desolate wastes, the pathless 
desert being strikingly compared by the 
Orientals to night and darkness; see Jer. 
2,6. 31, and Is. 42,16. Others: yesterday 
of desolation, i. e. places long since deso- 





8 
lated; but against this it may be urged, 


=e 
that peal according to Arabian gram- 
marians, is spoken only of time just past. 

DAN f. (for ὭΡΩΝ, τ. PX) c. suff. "Max, 
Noy. 

; firmness, stability, perpetuity, Ps. 
19, 10, parall. 132 M193. Is. 39, 8 οἰῶ 
MAN) peace and ‘stability, i i.e. firm and 
stable peace, by ἕν διὰ δυοῖν, comp. no. 
2. Also sureness, certainty ; pm 2, 12 
Mok MIN a token of sureness, i. e. sure 
and certain. 

2. faithfulness, fidelity, truth, i. e. firm- 
ness and constancy in oneself; in keeping 
and executing one’s promises, etc. As- 
cribed to a people Is. 59; 14.15; toa 


-king Ps. 45, 5; to God Ps. 30, 10. 71, 22. 


91, 4. Very freq. joined with sor, Ps. 
25, 10. 40, 11. 57, 4.11. 108, 5. 138, 2, 
all which passages, by ἕν διὰ δυοῖν, are 
to be understood of the faithful and con- 
stant goodness of God. So Ion mvp 
p> max to deal kindly and truly with 
any one, to show him sincere kindness, 
Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29. Josh. 2, 14. 2 Sam. 
2, 6. 15, 20. 

3. truth, as opp. to falsehood, Gen. 42, 
16. Deut. 22, 20. 2 Sam. 7, 28. ΘΝ 
max words ΩΝ are truth Pyew: 22, 91. 
Ascribed to the word of God Ps. 119, 
142; to prophecies Jer. 26, 15; to the 
servant of God Is. 42, 3. Hence 2x 
mim the truth of Jehovah, often put for 
his true doctrine, the true religion, P 
25, 5. 26, 3. 86, 11. 

4, good faith, uprightness, integrity. 
Ex. 18, 21 5¥2 7470 MEX "WIN men of 
integrity, not eager for gain. Neh. 7, 2. 
Judg. 9, 16. 19. Opp. 287 Prov. 8, 7. 
Spec. af a judge, uprightness, justice’; 
Ps. 19, 10 the judgments of Jehovah are 
upright, just. Is. 16, 5. Prov. 29, 14.— 
Also sincerity, opp. to hypocrisy, Josh. 
24,14. 1 Sam. 12,24. 1 K.2,4. Is. 10, 20. 

ΓΝ f. (τ. mm2 to expand) plur. 
constr. nina, a sack, Gen. 42, 27 sq. 
43, 18. 21. 22. 

“EVAN (true, veracious) Amittat, pr. n. 
of the father of the prophet Yonah, 2 K. 
14, 25. Jon. 1, 1. 

Δ Chald. f (for Ὧ5- strong, 
mighty, Dan. 7,7. R. Δ q. v. 

Ἰδὲ interrog. adv. contr. from. j78 IT, pr. 


es aa 70 


where? ἡ whence? 2 K. 5, 25 Cheth. 
Then, where? whither? 1 Sam. 10, 14.— 
Also of time, j8™73 του when? how 
long? Job 8, 5. 


Hence 728, with πὶ local; but Milra 
Deut. 1, 28. Ps. 139, 7. 

1. whither 2 also without interrogation 
Josh. 2,5. Neh. 2,16. Pregn. Is. 10, 3 
BI 1123 ADIN HIN ‘whither will ye (catty 
and) leave your ‘wealth? 

2. where? Ruth 2, 19. 

' 3. Of time, MINI until when? how 
long? Ex.-16, 28. Ps. 13, 2. Job 18, 2 
{rbd 8p proton MIN“ how long ere 
ye make an end of words ? 

4. Without interrogation, M28) M28 
hither and thither, any whither, 1K. 2, 
36. 42. 


BS ig. Fix Heliopolis, ἃ. v. 
S28 Chald. pron. 1 pers. J, Dan. 2, 8; 


oftener M28 2, 23. 3,25. 4,6. As genit. 
Dan. 7, 15. 


N28 Milél (read anna, not ons) i in- 
terj. of entreaty, compounded from ΕΝ 
and δὰ, pr. ah now! ah I pray thee! 
With an imperat. Gen. 50,17; or fut. 
apoc. as Opt. Neh. 1,5; elsewhere ab- 
sol. Ex. 32,31. Dan. 4,4. Written also 
mx Milél, 2 K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3. Jon. 1, 14. 


é 

ei. rla® (for max, Arab. xt) i. q. 

M2N, P2N, Ἰδὲς, onomatopoetic, to sigh, to 

groan, Is. 3, 26. 19,8. Hence the noun 

max, Gr. ἀνία (ἀνιάω, ἀνιάζω), and 
mon. 


Ἢ, rigs in Kal not used, to ap- 
proach, to come to meet, to be present. 


6 
Arab. <5! to be in good time, <I fit 
time. Conj. V, X, to delay, to be pa- 
tient, pr. to take time. IV, toretain. . 

Priew to cause to meet, to let fall in 
with, spoken of God, Ex. 21, 13. 

Pua pr. to be made to meet, i. q. to 
be brought upon, to befall, e. g. evil, ca- 
lamity, sent from God, Prov. 12, 21. Ps. 
91, 10. 

Hi THPA. to seek occasion against any 
one, c. 2 2K. 5, 7. 

Deriv. "IN, AN, MN IT (for m3), 
mon, magi. 


“2S whither? when? see jr. 
MON Chald. J, see 82. 





ΤΩΝ é 
MBN see in NIN. 


TN we, pron. ig. 12728, once Fae 24, 
6 Cheth. This unusual flare which is 
found also in Rabbinic, is derived froin 
"IN, as UMN from "238; and from it 
odie the suffixes 4), m—, 2—. In Keri 


is read the common ὥτον,, but τηοδ 


prob, "28 is the genuine reading, 


JN Chald. pers. pron. 3 plur. i. q. 
Heb. 13, they, Dan. 2,44. Fem. 7728 they, 
7, 17, and in this passage strictly for 
sunt, they are. The more regular fem. 
form would seem to be }"28; but Px 
stands in,all the editions, so 6. g. Ex. 
1,19 Onk.—The form 3328 comes from 
OWN, and 7738 or 773N from 7728, the 
demonstrative syllable 8 (ecce/) being 
prefixed. So also in the Talmud, 1538 
i. ᾳ. 819. See under "338, note. In the 


Targums also 955, fem. yo. Syr. . 
aaa and qa . | 
DN m. 1. a man, (see below in 


Ὁ.) 1. gq. DIN, but only in poetic style. 
Rarely in the sense of the singular, Ps. 
55, 14. Job 5, 17; more usually collect. 
for the whole human race, man, Job 7, 


17. 15,14. Ps.8,5. Thesame is Wie-ja 


Ps. 144, 3.— —~Spen: a) Ofa multitude, 
the common people, vulgus ; hence Is. 8, 
1 Wis VANS pr. with a man’s stylus, i.e. 
with common letters, not artificial, so 
that the common people may read with- 
out difficulty ; see Comment. on Is. l. c. 


and Rey. 13,18. 21, 17; also κατὰ ἄνϑρω- — 


πον Gal. 3,15. b) wicked men, Ps. 9,20. 
56, 2. 66, 12. Comp. ὉΠ no. 1. 

2. Ence: pr. n. of a son of Seth and 
grandson of Adam, Gen. 4, 26. 5, 6. 9. 


* TON in Kal not used, kindr. with the Ὁ 


roots M28 1, Ἰὰς, PR. 

Nipu. to sigh, to groan, pr. to bemoan 
oneself, Fr. se plaindre, Ex. 2, 23. Joel 
1,18. Aram. Ethpa. id.—With ὃ. Ez. 
21, 12, ja Ex. 2, 23, of that on account 
of which one groans.—Hence 


MIN £ plur. mime, α sighing, sigh, 
groaning, Ps. 31, 11. Takk 1, 22. Is. 21, 
2 mmnN->> all the sighthgs on account 
of her i. 6: Babylon. 35, 10. 51, 11, 


727328 pers. pron. 1 plur.comm. awe, the 
common form; whence by apheresis 


ἢ 


Ἷ 
: 


; 


δὰ 


i 





δ». 


fam. Arab. Gen. 13, 8. 29, 4. 
42, 31. etc. Ste 7238, note. 


NITIN, TNIIN, Shald. id. Dan. 3, 16. 
17. Ezra 4, 16. 


38, with distinct. accent "38, pers. 
pron. 1 pers. sing. of both cendexs.Ji5 i. q. 
sb q-v. Pleon. joined with the 1 pers. 
of verbs, espec. in the books of the silver 
age of the Hebrew, as "38 "M28 Ecc. 
2, 1. 11, 12. 15. 18. 20. 3, 17. 4, 1.2.4.7. 


7, 25. Mostly in the nominative case ;: 


: Hand put for the oblique cases only where 
these already precede, Heb. Gramm. 
| §119. 3.— Sometimes it includes the idea 
_of the subst. verb, i. α. J am, Gen. 15, 7. 
24, 24.—See 725s, note. 


"28 comm. a ship, or rather collect. 


i 
] 
j 
Ἄχ α fleet, Bay: Arab. lst, plur. 
Ll and er a vessel, espec. for wa- 


_ter, a bucket, urn, pitcher, so called from 
the idea of retaining and containing, 


comp. is! Conj. IV. Comp. in Engl. 


vessel for ship; also Gr. γαυλός a milk- 
pail, and γαῦλος ship, Hdot. 3.136; σκα- 
gis milk-pail and ship; Heb. Mam and 
wah "32 Is. 18,2.—So 1 K. 9, 26. 27. 
10, 11 where it is joined with a verb 
“masc. v. 22. Is. 33, 21, in both passages 
with a fem. In ait these passages it 
4 seems to be a collective, to which the 
corresponding noun of unity is “78, 
after the analogy of the aligey nomen 


vicis et sage as Bias one stalk 


; 
τς 
[ 
ν 


οἵ straw, os straw, see De Sacy 


SGramm. Arabe I. § 577; whence also 
“oN wants the plural. The author of 
Chronicles by way of explanation has 
twice put for it the plur. ni"28; see 1 K. 
9, 26, comp. 2 Chr. 8, 18; 1 K-10, 22, 
comp. 2 Chr. 9, 21. Vulg. always δίων. 
sis, Syr. ships. 





_ 28 f noun of unity corresponding 
“to collect. "2%, a ship, Prov. 30, 19. Jon. 
ΕἼ, 3. 5. Plur. ‘Gen: 49, 13. Fade. 5, 17. 
ΠΟΤ Ὁ τύποις merchant-ahipe Prov. 31, 14. 

ΠΣ mix ships of Tarshish Is. 23, 
1; spoken genr. of any large merchant- 
ships (see in O7w9m) 2 Chr. 9, 21. Ps. 


PON 71 





oJ8 


48, 8. ΕἸ 2, 16. mins "WIN ship-men, 
sailors 1 K. 9, 27. 


MPN f. sighing, mourning, Is. 29, 2. 
R. mn 1. 


DYN (sighing of the people) pr. n. 
m. Aniam, 1 Chr. 7, 19. 


᾿ 728 m. lead, Lat. plumbum, i. q 
mip>; hence for a plumb-line, plummet, 
Am. 7, 7 ἬΝ n2in a wall of the plumb- 
line, i.e. built by rule, plumb. v. 8 Iwill 
lay ‘the plumb-line to my people Israel, 
i. e. I will destroy utterly as if by rule 
and measure; comp. Is. 34, 11. 2 K. 21, 
13.—T his word appears to be primitive ; 


ΓΞ 
at least the Arabic verb ΘῈ to be gross, 
unwieldy, dull, is prob. a denom. derived 
from lead. pr. to be leaden. Correspond- 


: . So 0 oO 
ing is Arab. JG}, Syr. faa}. Eth. by 
transp. 441, also Armen. uifiurd. 


anak, which δ υπό both black 
and white lead. 


"228 (Milra), in Pause with a change 
of tone "258 (Milél), 1 pers. pron. of both 
genders, J, i.g. "28. This is the pri- 
mary and fuller form, and is in general 
more rare than the shorter one; yet in 
the Pentateuch it is more frequent, while 
in some of the later books, as the Chroni- 
cles and Ecclesiastes, it wholly disap- 
pears.. The Phenicians have the same 
form written 738, see Inscr. Citiens. 2, 1. 
3, 1, in Monumenta Pheenicie; the an- 
cient Egyptians and Copts also have 
it written ANoK, ANoG; while Aram. 


5 _ 
af, xox, Arab. GI, Eth. AZ, accord 
more nearly with the form "38. 

Norte. The striking resemblance of 
the Hebrew personal pronouns to those 
of the ancient Egyptian language, ap- 
pears from the following table ; in which 
the capital letters are those found in the 
ancient writing, and the small vowels 
are inserted from the Coptic. 


Pron. sep. | Suffix. 
1 ANoK A; I 
2.m. eNToK K 
2. f. eNTO ey 
3.m. eNToF F 
3. ΚΙ eNToS 5 


yk 
Pilur. 1. ANaN N 
2.° eNTOTeN TeN 
os eNTSeN SeN 


This table shows clearly the follow- 
ing points: a) All the Egyptian sepa- 
rate pronouns are compounded, by pre- 
fixing to the proper kernel of the pronoun 
the prosthetic syllable an, ant, ent,which 
must have had a demonstrative mean- 
ing, and served to give more body and 
force to the pronominal word. 
prosthetic syllable, at least an, is found 
in the Hebrew pronouns of the first and 
second persons: 1. an-oki, an-t. 2. an- 
ta (sometimes an-ka), f. an-ti, an-t. 
Plur. 1. an-ahhnu. 2. an-tem, an-ten. 
The third pers. has it not in biblical 
Hebrew; but the Talmud frequently 
has 528 Ἢ τὴ ipse; Plur. 9338 for πλὰξ, 
0) The demonstr. prosthetic syllable an, 
in, (j8%,) has a clear analogy to thé 
Heb. demonstr. ἽΠ, ecce! lo! and may 
originally not have been prefixed to the 
third person in Hebrew, because this 
could not be pointed at as present. But 
we clearly find the same syllable in the 
Nun epentheticum (so called) inserted in 
the suffixes of verbs future; and there 
is therefore scarcely a doubt, that this 
Nun belongs strictly to the pronoun.— 
For a fuller exhibition of the pronouns, 
see Heb. Gram. pp. 293, 294, edit. 13. 
Leipz. 1842. 


i 128 in Kal not used, Chald. 28 to 
be grieved, to be sad, to mourn. Arab. 

a 
τῇ to groan, to sigh. 

Hirupo. 42i8n7 pr. ‘to show oneself 
584; hence to complain, to murmur, 
Lan: 3, 39; with the notion of impiety, 
Num. 11, 1. 


CN to urge, to press, to compel; 
kindr. are V28, γῆ, q. v. Once Esth. 
1, 8 DDN ἡ none did compel sc. the 


guests to drink.—This root is frequent. 


in the Targums for Heb. 513, 72, Pw. 
Syr. Ethpe. 23/2] to be compelled; 
Pa, 223 for ἐκβιάζομαι Wisd. 14, 19. 

O28 Chald. id. Dan. 4, 6 [9] τη." 
"Ρ ΣΝ ΑΝ no secret presseth upon thee, 
troubleth thee. 

* TEN fut. met, to breathe ; also to 
breathe hard through the nostrils, to 


72 


b) This | 





pas 


snort ; found in the verb only trop. to be 
angry, comp. "2 Ps. 10, 5.—Constr. 
absol. Ps. 2, 12. 60, 3. 79,5; or with 3 
of the object, Is. 12,1. 1 K. 8, 46. Ps. 85, 
6. Found only in the loftier and poetic 
style ; in prose the more common form is 

Hirupa. pr. to show oneself angry 
hence to be angry, i. q. Kal, ὁ. 3 Deut. 
1, 37. 4, 21. 9, 8. 20. 

Deity. DN IL 


5/28 Chald. only in plur. c. suff. "71228 , 
i. q. Heb. 5°BR, the face, visage, Dan. 
2,46. 3,19. In the Targums we more 
frequently find the contracted form "5X , 
with a plural termination, Targ. Gen. 
32, 30. Deut. 1, 17. 34, 10. Cant. 1, 11.— 
A Dual "58 is not found in Chaldee. 


MDIN f. name of an unclean bird, 
to which are ascribed several species 
(F2°2>) Lev. 11,19. Deut. 14,18. Sept. 
χαραδριός, i.e. a bird haunting clefts and 
chasms in the banks of rivers, perh. sand- 
piper. Bochart in Hieroz. I. 335 sq. 
renders it with the Rabbins angry bird 


and understands the bird ats i. ὁ. the 
wrathful, a species of eagle; which 
would also accord with the Heb. etymo- 
logy from >38. Among the more irasci- 
ble birds is also the parrot, and so both 
the Arabic versions. 


i pas 1. Pr. Lat. angi, to choke, 
to be in anguish ; hence of cries extort- 
ed by pain and anguish, to shriek, to 
sob, to groan, Germ. Angstgeschrey, 
Tor. 51,52. Ez. 26, 15.—Kindred are the 
roots oon, ΤΩΣ, and. words depending 
from them, as Biv ἀνάγκη, angere, an= 
gustus, Germ. enge, Angst, Engl. an- 
guish, anxious ; and more softened M28, 
M28 for 728 .—Chald. p2x, Syr. 2], id 

2. From the idea of choking (see 
p2) comes also the signif. of collar, 
p22, and fo adorn with a collar, see p22 


hence also the neck, From its 
slender neck, a she-goat or kid is called 
in Arab. Lie q. d. long-neck, in 
Heb. Se anciently P23, P2&, comp. 


¢ to have a slender neck. From 

the goat, is derived the word for roe, i. 6. 
ἾΡΙΣ ; comp. Lat. caprea from capra. 
Nipu. i. q. Kal no, 1, Ez. 9, 4. 24, 17 


| 


ἊΞ ἊΨ» 


pas 


ἘΠ ΩΝ sob in silence, i. 6. forbear to 
ery out.—Hence 


MpsN f. constr. MPR 1. ἃ shriek, 
ery, mourning, Mal. 2,13; of captives Ps. 
79, 11. 102,21; of the wretched Ps. 12,6. 

2. Lev. 11, 30, a species of reptile, 
prob. of the lizard genus, having its 
name from the moaning cry uttered by 
some species of lizards. Sept. and Vulg. 
mus araneus or shrew-mouse. See Bo- 
chart Hieroz. I. 1068 sq. i 

Ἢ wis i. ᾳ. O39, Syr. wa, (comp. Gr. 
νόσος.) to be sick, ill at ease; found only 
in Part. pass. ON, f mys, il, des- 
perate, incurable, fatal, of a disease or 
wound, Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1, 9. Job 34, 6. 
Trop. af grief ia. 17, 11, like ndin, mbm; 
of a day of calamity Jer. 17, 16; of a 
malignant disposition Jer. 17, 9. 

ΝΙΡΗ. to be very sick, 2 Slam: 12, 15. 


*'O2N mn. a primitive word, not used 
in the sing. pr. aman, vir, and then man 
in general, homo. Instead of it the He- 
brews used the contracted and softened 
form τ a man, comp. Gr. εἷς for ἕνς, 
gen. ἕνός ; and also the prolonged form 
Wisi homo. From this primary form 
comes fem. M8 for MBIN a woman, and 
plur. D728 men. —The signif. of sick- 
ness and disease, which lies in the root 
2x, is derivéd from another source, the 
primary syllable ©3; and has no con- 
nection with this substantive root. 


DIN Chald. and WN Dan. 2, 10, stat. 


emphat. X28 Dan. 2, 38, and δον 5, 21, 


also NWP 4, 13 Cheth. man, homo, 


and collect. men, mankind, Dan. 4, 29. 


30. Soin B38 "2 1. g. ΘΠ ΓΞ sono of man, 
i. 6. Man, homo ; Dan. 7,13 lo! 83x 72> 


one like the son of man came with the 


_ clouds of heaven, i.e. the king of the fifth 


™? 


empire, the Messiah. From this passage 
in Daniel was derived the appellation of 
the Messiah which in the times of our 
Saviour was the most common of all, 
viz. Son of man. Besides the N. T. 
traces of it are found also in the apocry- 
phal Book of Enoch, written about the 


_ time of Christ’s birth, but before the 


death of Herod the Great. See c. 46, ed. 


~ Oxon.—Plur. NON "22 Dan. 2, 38. 5, 21. 


Pour. "28 after the Heb. form, Dan. 


4,14 


7 


73 





DON 


γι δὲ Chald. i. g. Heb, omy q. 
Pron. 2 pers. Sing. m. thou, Dan. 2, 29 
31. 37: 38. 3, 10. 5, 13. 18. 22. 23. 6, 17 
21 Cheth. This forfd is a Hebraism 
peculiar to the biblical Chaldee, instead 
of the usual M28, MX, comm. gend. and 
for that reason not acknowledged by the 
Masorites, who everywhere regard ΠῚ as 
redundant, and substitute in Keri τηνὲ. 

PFI Chald. ye, pron. 2 pers. plur. 
Dan. 2,8. In the Targg. id. also FM. 

NON (prob. physician) Asa, pr. ἢ. m. 
a) A king of Judah, son of Abijam and 
grandson of Rehoboam, who died after 
a reign of 41 years, 914 B.C. 1 K. 15, 9 
sq. 2 Chr. c. 14-16. b) 1-Chr. 9, 16. 


* PION obsol. root, i. q. Arab. sO, 
(t and Ὁ ete interchanged, see under 
t,) to be hurt, injured, and trans. to hurt, 
harm, injure-—Hence ΚΝ and NON. 

JON τη, (τ. 730) pr. a vessel for hold- 
ing ointment, an oil-flask, 2 K. 4, 2. 

TION m. (r. Mon) hurt, harm, mischief, 
done to any one, Gen. 42, 4. 38. Ex. 21, 
22. 23. 

“AOS τὴ, (τ. 70%) plur. OMON, ἃ 
band, bond, Ecc. 7, 26. ION m3 Jer. 
37, 15 the house of bonds, i. e. prison. 

“VON Chald. id. Dan. 4,12. Ezra 7, 26. 

EPON m. (τ. OX) collection, ingather- 
ing of fruits, Ez. 23, 16. 34,22. Formed 
after the analogy of the like nouns "XP, 
“191, Wn. 

“YON τη. (Ὁ. TON) plur. 5°7"OX, one 
bound, a captive, prisoner, Job 3, 18. Ps. - 
68,7. It differs from “OX, in that the 
latter retains the force of a participle, 
while 7°08 is a substantive; see Gen. 
39, 20... Zin 

WON m. (τ. 708) 1. id. Is. 10, 4, 2 
22. 42,7. 

2. ‘Assi: pr.n.m. a) Ex.6, 24.1 Chr. ‘ 
6,7. b) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22. ἐς 


* DON obsol. root, 1. ᾳ. Dw, Dw", to 
put, to set, v layup ; comp. Aram. jO8, 
«οἴ, (2 and 3 being interchanged,) to 
heap up, to lay up, whence {1s} and 
ἴζαλλυΐ a heaping up, provision, 820% 
store-houses.—Hence 


7208 τἀ 
D"2ON plur. store-houses, Deut. 28, 8. 
Proy. 3,10. Inthe East these are often 
under groatid: and are now called Mat- 


mhrat, wh) olan. 


* 108 obsol. and doubtful root, Aram. 
to lay up, to hoard,'see in DON. Hence 


MON pr. n. m. Asnah, Ezra 2,50. It 
is an appellative, signifying either store- 
house, or thorn-oush i. ᾳ. Chald. 8208, 
Heb. 30. 


“BION Asnappar, Sept. ᾿“σσεναφάρ, 
Vulg. Assenaphar, pr. n. of an Assyrian 
king or satrap, who is said to have led Ὁ 
out colonies into Palestine, Ezra 4, 10.— 
Bohlen compares Sanscr. Sendpa, leader 
of an army; see also 2°9M20. 


FON Asenath, Egyptian pr. n. of the , 
daughter of Potiphar priest of Heliopo- 
lis, the wife of Joseph, Gen. 41, 45. 46, 
20. The LXX, whose authority is con- 
siderable in Egyptian pr. names, write it 
“‘Aowed, Ms. Alex. ‘Aoevvé, which may - 
be written in Egyptian thus, ἃ. -ΠΟῚ 
she is of Neith, i. 6. belongs to Neith the 


Minerva of the Egyptians (4£¢ she 
is); like Asisi, 2£.C-HCE€ she is of Isis, 
i. e. devoted to her. A different expla- 
nation is given by Jablonsky in Opusc. 
II. 209. Panth. AXgypt. I. 56. For the 
goddess Neith, see Jablonsky 1. c. and ᾿ 
Champollion Panthéon Egyptien no. 6. 
* DION, imper. HON, HON Num: 11, 
16, plur. "oN Ps. 50, 5; fut. pox", in 
blir. et c. suff. NDON?, "ZEON", rarely 
with δὲ quiescent or ‘dropped moh, OM, 
mos 1 Sam. 15,6. 2Sam. 6,1. Ps. 104,29. 
—Pr. to scrape, to scrape together, Lindt. 
with the verbs 50 iene MBI 
whirlwind), “BO, also 70", and the 
harsher 0M q.v. Hence 
1. tocollect, to gather, as fruits Ex. 23, 
10; ears of grain Ruth 2,7; money 2 K. 
22,4. Also to gather together, to assem- 
ble men, a people, nations, Ex. 3, 16. 
Num. 21,16. 2 Sam. 12, 28. Constr. 
with acc. to which is sometimes added 
dx of pers. or place to or at which ; Gen. 
42,17 “atanby pm FORT in ὧς ga- 
thered them together into prison, i. 6. put 
them all together in prison. 1 Sam. 14, 




























. BPR 
52. 2 Sam. 11, 27. Gen. 6. 21; also ἊΣ 
2 K. 22, 20. Senos 

2. to gather to oneself, to take, to receive, 
espec. to one’s hospitality and protection, — 
Deut. 22, 2. Josh. 20,4. moqga BHOR 
2 K.5,3 sq. to receive one from leprosy, 
i.e. to restore a leprous person, so that 
he is again received into the society and 
intercourse of others. 

3. to gather up, i. e. to contract, to 
draw up or_back, to withdraw. Gen. 49, 
33 he gathered up his feet into the bed. 
1 Sam. 14, 19 43" ON withdraw thy 
hand, i. e. desist. Joel 2, 10 the stars 
D432 (DON withdraw their brightness, i.e. 
shine no more.—Hence 

4. to take back or away, espec. that 
which one has formerly given. Ps..104, — 
29 Asta omn HOM thou takest away 
their breath, they die. Job 34,14. Gen. — 
30, 23 "ΒΤ ΤΟΝ OTR HON God hath 
taken away my reproach. Is. 4, 1. 10, 14. 

5. to take out of the way, to destroy, — 
Judg. 18, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 6. 13 4EON 18. 
lest I destroy thee with them. Ez. 84,29. 
33 "BION taken away by famine, con- 
sumed. Jer. 8, 13. Zeph. 1, 2. Pome 
the roots NBO, Ad. 

6. to bring up the rear, to bea rears’ 
ward, agmen claudere, as collecting and 
bringing together the stragglers, Is. 58 
8. Comp. Pi. no. 3. 

Nipu. 1. to be collected, gathered ΡΣ 
gether, assembled, with δὰ of place, Lev. 
26,25; Ὁ 2Chr.30,3; Ὁ; 2 Sam. 17,11; 
though more cousraasngis ὃν in this phrase 
signifies against, Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 35, 15. : 
Also "7257>& O82 Gen. 49, 29, 70 4 
Judg. 2, 10, and simpl. ΤΙ δ Num. 20, 
26, to be gathered to one’s people, fathers, 
etc. i. e. to depart into Sheol, Hades, 
where the Hebrews supposed all their 
ancestors to be congregated. The being 
gathered to one’s people or fathers, is ex- 
pressly distinguished both from death and 
from burial, Gen. 25, 8. 35, 29. 2 K. 22, 90, 
Different are those passages in which — 
FON? denotes the gathering of the dead © 
slain in battle for the purpose of burial, — 
Jer. 8, 2. Ez. 29, 5. Job 27, 19. 3 

2. to be received, comp. in Kal no. 2, 
e. g. a leprous person, i. q. to be restored, — 
as healed, Num. 12, 14. Reflex. of a — 
sword, Jer. 47,6 put up thyself into thy — 
scabbard 


ω; 





FON 


_ 9. .ἐο be taken away, to depart, to perish, 
Is. 16, 10. 60, 20. Jer. 48, 33. Hos. 4, 3. 
Piet 1. i.q. Kal no. 1, to collect, to 
_ gather, Is. 62, 9. 
2. to receive in hospitality, Judg. 19,18. 
3. i. q. Kal no. 6, to bring up the rear, 
to be a rear-ward, Num. 10, 25. Josh. 6, 
9. 13. Is. 52, 12. 
_ Poat pass. of Piel no. 1, to be collected, 
gathered together, Is. 24, 22. 33, 4. 
 Hrrupa. to gather themselves together, 
to be assembled, Deut. 33, 5. 
Deriv. ΠΝ, and the six here follow- 


mg. . 

_ ΟΣ (collector) Asaph, pr.n.m. a) 
_A Levite, the chief of David’s singers, 
1 Chr. 16, 4.5; ina later age celebrated 
also as a poet and prophet, 2 Chr. 29, 30; 
to whom twelve Psalms (50, 73-83) are 
ascribed in their titles ; and whose pos- 
terity, FOX "22 , in the times of Ezra and 
_ Nehemiah stilloccupied themselves with 
_ sacred poetry and song. 1 Chr. 25, 1. 
2 Chr. 20, 14. 29, 13. Ezra 2, 41. 3, 10. 
Neh. 7, 44. 11,29. b) 2K. 18, 18. Is. 
36, 3. 06) Neh. 2, 8. 


FON (after the form 05x) only in Plur. 
BBO collections, i. e. stores, store-hou- 
ses, 1 Chr. 26,15. 17. ΠΣ ΣΙ "BON the 
iore-chambers of the gates, Neh. 12, 25. 


| HOR collection, ingathering, harvest, 
 espec. of fruits, Is. 32, 10. 33, 4. Mic. 7, 1. 


MDS f. a gathering together, assem- 
blage. ἡ Ἢ 24, 22 pleon. MBOX ᾿ξ they 
are gathered tagether with a ‘guthering, 
i. 6. in one gathering, all at once. 


BOS f. only in Plur. nipox, assem- 
blies, congregations, espec. of wise and 
learned men to dispute on divine things. 
Ee. 12,11 nisos "223 masters of ussem- 
blies, i. e. members, associates of such 
assemblies, i i.q. 0°22 in theother clause. 
In Arabic sola, II lsst; though the 
Arabian consessus, ey Lae, are a dif- 
ferent thing from these Jewish assem- 
blies. [Others: masters of collections, 
i. e. compilers, composers of books ; so 
Kimchi.—T. 

DY BON see HON. 


F}ODON m. pr. collected, adj. dimin. 
used in contempt for a mixed multitude, 
rabble, vagabonds, scraped together from 


75 





"ION 

every quarter and following the Israel- 
ites in their exodus ; with art. FOO087 
Num. 11, 4, Aleph being quiescent.— 
The same is called in Ex. 12, 3839 342. 


" NPABON (Milél) Chald. adv. diligently, 
carefully, speedily, Ezra 5, 8. 6, 8. 12. 13. 
7, 17. 21. 26. Sept. ᾿ἐπιδέξιον, ἐπιμελῶς, 
fata Vulg. studiose, diligenter.—The 
etymology is doubtless to be sought in 
the Persian language, comp. 833778 ; but 
in respect to the root and signification 
there is little certainty; Bohlen, Symb. 
p. 21, regards it as from we ὃ 3! from 
wisdom, i. e. wisely, diligently. Kose- 
garten prefers with Castell to compare 


CS and srt: wholly, perfectly. 


NMBON Pers. Aspatha, pr. n. of a son 
of Haman, | Esth. 9, 7. Prob. Sanser. 
Asvaddata, Pers. solduut, ‘ab equo 
datus, (i. e. by Bramah ‘under the form 
of a horse,) comp. Gr. ᾿σπαδής. So 
Benfey, Pott. 


*™ON fat. “ox” and "ὌΝ", c. suff. 
STON, ATIONA. 

1. to bind, to make fast, to bind to any — 
thing, kindr. with "t& and other roots of 
binding, which see in art. "18. Chald. 


P _-& 
sox, Syr. wot Arab. cut, Eth. AgaZ, 
and AWZ id.—E. g. an animal, Gen. 
49,11; a victim, Ps. 118, 27; a sword 
upon the thigh, Neh. 4, 12; a person 
with cords, Ez. 3, 25.—Hence 

2. to bind, to put in bonds, Gen. 42, 24 ; 
espec. in fetters, chains, Ps. 149, 8. Jer. 
40,1. 2 K. 25,7. Part. "30% one bound, 
a captive, prisoner, Ps. 146, 7; metaph. 
of a captive to. woman’s love, Cant. 7, 6. 

3. to put in prison, to hold in confine- 
ment, although not bound, 2 K. 17, 4. 23, 
33... Part. "90% a prisoner, Gen. 40, 3. 5. 
Is. 49,9. B™AONA M72 the house of pri- 
soners, i. 6. prison, judg. 16,21. ok ies! 


puion ma Hc. 4, 14. Arab. 7 “fe id. τὶ 
captivity. ~~ a 
4. to make fast animals to a cart or 
vehicle, i. 6. to harness, to yoke. 1 Sam. 
6,7 nbava Minen-my oA ION? and yoke 
He kine to thecart. v.10. Also with ace. 
of the vehicle. to harness a chariot, Gen. 
46,29; or absol. 1K. 18, 44 3) “Ox har- 
ness thy chariot and go down. 2K. 9, 21 


"ON 


5. Pr. to bind on, to join ; hence ON 
memran-re to join battle, to begin the 
fight, 1 K. 20, 14. 2 Chr. 13, 3. 

6. iWH2->y AON "ῸΝ 10 bind a binding 
(interdict) upon oneself, i i. 6. to bind one- 
self by a vow of abstinence from the use 
of any thing otherwise lawful, Num. 30, 
3sq. Different from "73 “3 to vow a 
vow, which implies something to he per- 
formed. —Chald. "Ox to prohibit, to for- 
bid, Syr. {jo μοὶ to bind and lodse, to 
prohibit and permit. 

Nip. 1. to be bound, Judg. 16, 6. 13. 

2. to be kept in prison, Gen. 42, 16.19. 

Pua to be made captive in war, Is. 
22, 3. 

Deriv. the two following, and “0x, 
“PON, WON, MIO}, HOW. 

“ON and VOX m. pr. a binding, pro- 
hibition, interdict; hence a vow of absti- 
nence, Num. 30,3 sq. See in r. "δὲ no. 
6. The absol. state is every where "ON, 
but c. suff προ, plur. TON, Num. 
30, 6. 8. 15. 


ON Chald. a prohibition, interdict, 
Dan. 6, 8 sq. 


11 Οὲξ pr. n. Esar-h@ddon, a king 
of Assyria, the son and successor of 
Sennacherib, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38. Ezra 
4,2. Before his father’s death, he had 
been made viceroy over the province of 
Babylonia, with regal honours. 
Berosus in Eusebii Chron. Arm. T. I. p. 
42. 43, where he is called ᾿ἀσυρδάν, as 
also in Sept. 2 K. et Is. l. c. elsewhere 
Suyeyduy, Σαχερδονός Tob. 1, 21.—This 
name was perh. in ancient Assyrian 
equivalent to Athro-dana, Pers. x3! ,d 
‘ gift of fire,’ which comes near to Asor- 
dan. Bohlen. 


“MON Esther, Pers. pr. ἢ. of a Jewish 
virgin, before called Hadassah, 075, 
Esth. 2, 7, who became the wife of 
-Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and queen of Per- 
sia. The etymology is correctly given 
in Targ. sec. ad Esth. 2, 7, as i. q. Pers. 
s,Liw sifdreh, star, also good fortune, 
happiness, Zend. stara, Sanscr. stri nom. 
std for stér ; whence in the occidental 
languages, Gr. ἀστήρ, Lat. aster, Germ. 
Stern, Engl. star. See Lassen Ind. 
Biblioth. III. 18. In Syr. put for the 
star of Venus, (see Bar Bahlal Ms.) and 


76 


See_ 





ὮΝ 


we recognise the same Persian name in 
the Heb. πῶ, for which see in its 
place. This name therefore was parti- 


cularly appropriate to the character and | 


circumstances of Esther. 


YS Chald. st. emphat. x38, wood, 
Ezra 5, 8. 6, 4. 11. Dan. 5, 4. It is soft- 
ened from Heb. 73, the > being changed 
into 8, and y into ». See under the 
letters 8,3, ΚΖ. 


I. 58 Partic. denoting: 1. addition, 
accession, espec. of something greater 
and more important, pr. yea more, be- 
sides, even, adeo. Kindr. with 78, 4p, 
i£x ; Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Morg. II. 
p.143. Corresp.are Syr.<3] , Chald. τὰ. 
Arab. .3.—Job 15, 4 AX9 MER ΠΝ ΩΝ 
yea more, thou dost bring to nought the 
Sear of God. 14, 3. 34, 12. So with a 
partic. of interrogation; 8 is it even ἢ 
shall even? followed by 581, e. g. Job 
34, 17. 40,8. Am. 2,11. Before a pro- 


noun repeated for emphasis, Prov. 22, 19 


MAX FX FMS TIN 7 make known to thee 
even to thee—Hence i. q. Lat. nedum, 


much more, by impl. much less, how 


much less, (more fully "> 58, which see 
in its order below, no. 2,) Job 4, 18. 19. 
So "2 HN separ. much less when, if, Job 
9, 14 52238 "238 "DON how much less if 
I should answer him? 35, 14. Ez. 15, 5. 
2. Simpl. marking accession in gene- 
ral, also,-Lev. 26, 16. 28. 2 Sam. 20, 14. 
Ps. 93, 1. 108, 2. Job 32, 10. al. 
Hx and also, Lev. 26, 39. Deut. 15, 17; 
once even ΡΩΝ, like Lat. etiam quo 
que, Lev. 26, 44. Twice or thrice re 
peated, Is. 40, 24. 41, 26.—Often put 
poetically and with emphasis for the 
more common and, also; comp. Arab. 


3. Is. 48, 12.13 7 also am the last ; 
my hand also hath founded the earth, 
i.q. and 1...and τὴν hand, ete. 26, 8. 
33, 2. 41, 10. 

3. By ellipsis of the conditional parti- 
cle, i. ᾳ. ON HX even if, although. Job 
19,4 "7738 DANA“ TN although indeed ἴ 
have erred. Syr. τ -s}, and contr. 
<2 .—Also even though, when yet ; Ps. 
44,10 we praise God all the day 5&8 
sranboms mm although thou hast cast us 
off and put us to shame. 68, 17. 


Often: 





cre sale ater 


Job 25, 6. 
_ ted, id. 


"BN, IBN, dual ΒΝ, pr. 
place” the member with which we 
_ breathe; hence 


πρόσωπον, 0°28, and Syr. [5]. 
1,5 3 PMR M7 a portion of two per- 
 sons,i. 6. a double portion. 





BS 


᾿ς $8 Chald. also, Dan. 6, 23. 


“DON 1. pr. yea more, that; but 


_also, but even. Ez. 23,40 yea further- 
more, that ye did send for men from 


far. Hab. 2, 5—Gen. 3,1 "28 73 ὩΣ 


Dore, put be “D> ON, is it even so, 
that God hath said 2—Hence 


2. Lat. nedum, pr. much more, how 


much more, when preceded by an affirm- 


ative, 1 Sam. 14, 30. 2 Sam. 4, 11; where 


a negative precedes, how much less, 
Sometimes with "> omit-. 


TI. 58 m. (for 28, τ. 928) c. suff. 
‘a breathing- 


1. the nose, Arab. il, Eth. Al, 


id. Spoken of men Num. 11, 20, and of 


animals Job 40, 24; anthrapor: of God, 
Ps. 18,9. & F125 pride, see 724. Also 
HR πη breath orblast of the nose, spoken 


_ of the hard breathing of an angry per- 
son, Job 4,9. Hence 


‘2. anger, which shows itself in hard 


breathing. 9&8 553 Prov. 22, 24, and 
“PR WN 29, 22, an angry man. Very 


often of the anger of God, Deut. 32, 22. 
29, 19. Job 36, 13. 


- Duar 1. Pr. ‘the two breathing- " 
holes,’ i. 6. the nostrils, Gen. 2, 7. 


2. anger, chiefly in the phrases 71% 
ὈΠΕΝ slow to anger, patient, and "Pp 
D DN short i.e. quick of anger, impa- 
tient ; see in FIN, "Zp. 

3. Meton. the face, countenance, Syr. 
tsi, Chald. 538. Gen. 3, 19. Fre- 


quent in the phrase fo bow oneself D758 


ΠΣῚΝ the face to the ground, Gen. 19,1. 
42, 6. S17 ΕΝ before David 1 Sam. 


: 96, 23, for the common D5, 


4, two persons, as if dual from Sing. 
τς ἴῃ the signif. of face, person ; comp. 
1 Sam. 


See more 
fully: in’ Thesaur. p. 127. Others, he 


_ gave to Hannah one portion in anger, 


i. e. with sadness, in a sad and sorrow- 
ful spirit; words signifying anger being 


_ sometimes transferred to express the 


Ἢ 


idea of grief, sadness. 
δ. Appaim, pr. n. τα. 1 Chr. 2, 30. 31. 
7* 


77 





‘EN 


Ἶ TEN fut. SBN", to gird on, to put on 
sc. the high-priest’s ephod, MIDS y Ex. 29, 
5. Lev. 8, 7. 

Deriv. the two following, and TibS. 


“DN (i. 4. “SBS ephod,) pr. n. m, 
Ephod, Num. 34, 23. 


OJON fi 1. Inf οὔτ. TN, a girding 
on, putting on, sc. of the ephod, Ex. 
28, 8. 

2. @ covering, overlaying of a statue 
with gold, plating, Is. 30, 22, 1. q. "BE. 
Idols of wood were often thus overlaid 
with plates of gold or silver, περέχρυσα, 
περιάργυρα, Ep. Jer. 6, 34. | 


JIBS <i. q. Syr. Dysf a palace ; Dan. 
11,45 12798 “> his palace-like taberna- 


cles.—It is 1. 4. Arab. (OS a high 
tower, castle, fortress, with Aleph. pros- 
thetic followed by Dag. forte; comp. 
ΒΝ, also D3, -Chald. Dx, 53x, blood; 
72, J28, JAS, a garden.—R. 475 q. v. 


* TIEN | imp. 15x for NDS Ex. 16, 23; 
fut. nex, once ἢ 1 Sam. 28, 94: to 
cook, spec. to bake, e. g. bread or palsed 
in an oven. Chald. Syr. id. - Arab. 


. 2 
as: whence ste oven. furnace. In 


the occidental languages comp. Gr. ἕψω, 
ὀπτάω, πέπτω, Lat. epule, epulari.— 
Gen. 19, 3. Lev. 26, 26. Is. 44, 15. 19. 
With two acc. of the material and of 
that which is prepared from it; Lev. 24,5 
nibn awe ont mmk mp and bake 
[of ] it twelve cakes ; comp. Lehrg. § 219. 
Part. πξν a baker Gen. 40,1. ΒΝ πὶ Aw 
chief of the bakers, chief- baker, an officer 
of the Egyptian court, Gen. 40, 2 sq. 
The same dignity αχίδίο among the 
Mogols. 

Nipu. to be cooked, baked, Lev. 6, 10. 
7,9. Plur. Πρ Lev. 23, 17. 

Deriv. ΕΝ 3, D"7En. 


MES an ephah, see WD’. 


TPS and 8128, Aleph paragog. like 
ja7, 8125; pr. here, hic, and of time, 
now ; but always a particle postposi- 
tive, which gives emphasis to the pre- 
ceding word, like the Greek enclitics 
MOTE, πως, που, Lat. tandem. It is sub- 
joined: a) To interrogative pronouns. 


TEN 


and adverbs, Engl. now, Gen. 27, 33. 
Ex. 33, 16 Ni5SR M2 wherein now? 
Is. 22, 1 NIPR Fe" what aileth thee 
now? Job17,15 S158 5X where now ? 
Judg. 9, 38. Is. 19, 12. Gen..27, 37 n2>5 
"72 MWYIN 12 RIN and what now shall I 
do for thee, ‘my son? b) To negative 
and eAenatize particles or words. Job 
9, 24°5DR ND ON if not now (God), i.e. if 
it be not God, who is it? 24,25. The 
contrary is found Gen. 43, 11 158 19 ΝΣ 
ifsonow. c)Inexhortations and wishes. 
Job 19, 6 81BX 433 know now, know there- 
fore, Sauk γνῶτε οὖν. 19, 28. 2 Κ. 10,10. 
ῥδον: 6, 3. Sornespandiins is Chald. ji8 
iideed, truly, now, etc. see Buxtorf 
Lex. 1706. The primary force of ‘58 
is demonstrative, as in 1B, MB, here ; 
with & prefixed, which is alo demon- 
strative, like xm ecce! Comp. Rabb. 
MAM, WX, RT, ig. RT, NI. See 
Hupfeld in Zeitschr. fir d. Morg. II. p. 
128, 137.—T his i5X ov enclitic, and the 
interrogative MB"& ποῦ, are kindred. 

TIES τὰ. (by Syriasm for TiN) 
constr. also tiDX 1 Sam. 2, 18. Syr. (2,5 
from the Heb. R. 75x. 

1. an ephod, a garment of the high 
priest, worn over the tunic and outer 
garment or pallium, 5°32 7i=X Ex. 28, 
31. 29, 5; without sleeves, and divided 
below: the armpits into two. parts or 
halves, of which one was in front cover- 
ing the breast and belly, and the other 
behind covering the back. These were 
joined above on the shoulders by clasps 
or buckles of gold and precious stones, 
and reached down to the middle of the 
thighs; they were also made fast by a 
belt around the body, ΒΓ 3m; see 
Ex. 28, 6-12.—Besides the high-priest, 
the ephod was sometimes worn also by 
other persons; 6. g. by David as lead- 
ing the sacred choir and dance 2 Sam. 
6.14; by Samuel as the high-priest’s 
minister 1 Sam. 2, 18. 28; and also by 
some priests of lower rank.—As to the 
material, the ephod of the high-priest 
was of gold, purple, scarlet, and byssus ; 
that worn by others was usually of linen. 

2. an image, statue of an idol, comp. 
ΗΒ no. 2. Judg. 8, 27; prob. also in 
Judg. 17... 18; 17-20. Hos. 3, 4. 

3. Ephod, pr. ἢ. m. Num. 84, 23. 


78 





SEN 


TPEN (refreshed, from an obsol. root 


MeN 1. ᾳ. mB, +Ls, to breathe, to blow, ) 


pr. ἢ. τῇ. Aphiah, t Sam. 9, 1. 


DDN adj. (r. ΕΝ) late, slow of erowth, 
long in ripening, spoken of fruit and 
grain, Ex. 9, 32.—Pr. weak, tender, see 
the root no. 2. 


PDS or P"DN, τὰ. (τ. PEN) constr. 
P7aN, plur. "PDN. 

1. a pipe, tube, from the idea of hold- 
ing, containing, see r. PBX no. 1. Job 
40, 18 MwAm2 ΕΝ tubes of brass.— 
Spec. a) a channel, bed of a brook or 
stream, Is. 8, 7. Ez. 32,6; also for the 
bottom of the sea, 2 Sam; 22, 16. b)a 
brook, torrent, Ps. 42; 2. 126, 4. Joel 1,20. 
ΠΗ ΓῈΝ a valley-brook, Job 6, 15. 
Hence c) a valley itself, as watered by 
a stream or torrent, i.q. bm, Arab. sol, 
wady, Kz. 6, 3. 34, 13. 35, 8. 36, 4. 6. 

2. Adj. strong, mighty, see r. PES no. 
2. Job 41, 7 [15] 57229 "P"DN the strong 


of shields, i.e. the strong shields or 


scales of the’ crocodile. 12, 21 he looseth 
the girdle of the mighty ; parall, ἘΠΞ. 2. 
—Ewald ad Cant. 5, 12, ascribes to this 
word the notion of owiftncad 3 but arbi- 
trarily. 

PDN see in PEN no. 1 


"DR see “DIN, 


. DEN bs root not. used in Hebrews 


- Arab. jaf is: 


1. Pr. to go down, to set, as the sun; 
comp. the kindr. roots Dax, 523, 559; 
hence to be dark, obscure. 

2. to fail, to be weak, tender ; spec. of 
plants, to be late, of slow growth. 

Deriv. from no. 1, ἘΝ, SBR, M>bR, 
PEN, M7PBND; fron ῊΣ Ὁ SBN. 


DN dark, 6. g. the day, Am. 5, 20. 


DBR m. darkness, gloom, espec. thick 
darkness, a poetic word, Job 3, 6. 10, 22. 
28, 3. 30, 26. ‘Trop. for misfortune, ca- 
lamity, Job 23, 17; also of a place of ar am- 
bush, Ps. 11, 2. 


TIDE £ (τ. bax) darkness. thick dark- 
ness, Ex. 10,22. Comp. d8&. Trop. 
for misfortune, calamity, Is. 8,22: Plur. 
mibex Is. 59, 9. 


—". 


tee ee ¥ 1h aed 














_ DEN 
SSPN (judgment, τ. dbp) Ephlal, pr. 


τι Ὁ 

τα. πὶ. 1 Chr. 2, 37. 

* EN obsol. root, prob. to turn, to re- 
__volve, like 725 .—Hence ἸΞῚΝ a wheel, and 
28 m. time, season, from the idea of 
turning, revolving, see r. jD&5; comp. 
"15, ΠΕΡΊ, περίοδος, and other words 
which denote a year, many of which 
_ signify pr. a circle, as annus, whence an- 
nulus a ring, Gr. ἐνιαυτός. Hence Prov. 
25, 11 ΒΝ ΤΟΣ 723-723 a word spoken 
in its times, i. 6. in due season, timely. 
(On the form ὝΕΣ for "358 see Lehrg. 
p. 575.) So among the ancient intpp. 
Symm. Vulg. acm who rightly 


compares Arab. gt time. Or, if we 
may take j2S as Ρ 4. ΠΡῚΝ a wheel, the 
_ phrase TIEN-Dy might be rendered upon 
its wheels, as a proverbial expression 
implying quickness, celerity in replying. 
So Syr. \.& and Les, Lae, in 


rota, i. e. quickly, rapidly. 


" DEN to cease, to fail, to have an 
end, Gen, 47, 15. 16. Ps. 77, 9. Is. 16, 4. 
Kindred perh. is 008.—Hence 


TDN pr. cessation, a coming to an 
end ; hence 

A) Subst. m. 1. an end, extremity. 
ΥῊΝ "OPN the ends of the earth ; poet. and 
hyperbol. for the remotest regions, Ps. 
2, 8. 22, 28. al. 

2. Dual DIOSN pr. the extremities i. 6. 
soles of the feet; e. g. Ez. 47, 3 DIOEN "2 
waters of the solés, i.e. not deep, not 
rising above the soles. Comp. 0B. 
Chald. Syr. Vulg. ankles. 

B) Adv. 1. πὸ more, no further, i. q. 
Tid [°S, Is. 5, 8. 54, 15. Am. 6, 10. Deut. 
32, 36. Also, none besides, Is. 45, 6. 46, 
9. Once with "ΠΡ 2 Sam. 9,3; and so 

with Yod parag. Ti? "ODS te, 47, 8. 10. 
Zeph. 2, 15 iv “eps ὋΝ Fam and 
there is none besides. 
i. α. ΠΡ j°83, with no more ; Job 7, "6 
MPM ὈΒΝΞ swith no more of hope, i. e. 
without hope. Prov. 14, 28. Also for 

7a Dan. 8, 25. 

2. nothing, nought, Is. 41, 12.29. Opxa 

for nothing, i. e. without cause, Is. 52, 4. 
_ 05x22 of or from nothing, i. 6. something 
from nothing, Is. 40, 17; see 12 1. Ὁ. 3. 
3. Adv. of feateietion, limitation, no- 





79 





PEN 


thing but, only, Num. 22, 35 spiny: v. 20. 
23, 13. 

4. Conj. "D> ODN pr. only that, i. αἱ 
nevertheless, but yet, Num. 13, 28. Deut. 
15, 4. Am. 9, 8. 


D"AT Cf Ephes-Dammim, pr. n. of 
a place in the tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 17 
1; for which 1 Chr. 11, 13 ΘΠ ΤΌΒ. 


YDN found only once, and prob. a 
wrong reading for 558; spoken of the 
nothingness of idols, Is. 41, 24 p23 
ΕΝΏ, where the ‘other prin: has 
7x72. Some of the Rabbins regard 
DDN as being i. ᾳ. MSDN viper ; and ren- 
der, your work is worse than vipers ; but 
wholly against the context, in which 
idols are said to be altogether nought. 
Better therefore with Vulg. Chald. 
Saad. to replace 0X72, which is read in 
the similar passages Ἢ 40, 17. 41, 12. 
29; and is also very fequent i in these 
chapters. 


MEN comm. ({ Is. 59, 5) a viper, 
adder, any poisonous serpent, ey 20, 


16. Is. 30,6. 59,5. Arab. ai R. 
MIB q. v. 


. FN i. q. 330, to surround, to en- 
compass, but only poetic, c. ace. Ps. 18,5. 
116, 3. 2 Sam. 22, 5. Jon. 2,6; >> Ps. 
40, 13.—It is not contracted in flexion, 
whence 55DN, "JADEN. 


i PEs in Kal not used. 1. to hold, to 
contain, i. q. PIT, ΡΤ πα Hiph. no. 1.b; 
see P"DX no. 1, and Hithpa. 

2. to be firm, strong, see P"DN no. 2; the 
idea of holding, espec. of holding firmly, 
being often transferred to strength. Arab. 


ἐπε ne 
at to overcome, to conquer ; κι. 59 to 
excel (pr. to prevail, to be strong) in 


liberality, in eloquence, etc. ἘΠ ex- 
cellent, pre-eminent. 

Hirira, to contain oneself, i. e. to with- 
hold or refrain oneself from giving way 
e. g. to affection Gen. 43, 31. 45,1; to 
grief Is. 42,14; to anger Esth. 5,10; to 
conscience 1 Sam. 13,12. So Gen. 45,1 
and Joseph could not refrain himself. Is. 
63, 15 spExnn "Nx AWM thy compas- 
sion toward me refraineth itself. 1 Sam. 
13, 12 of Saul, I forced myself and offered 


ΕΝ 


a burnt-offering, i. 6. did violence to my 
conscience, since I knew that this was 
forbidden. 

Deriv. the two following and P"5&. 


pas (strength, a fortress, strong city) 
pr. n. Aphek. 

1. A city in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 
13, 4. 19, 30; also called p"Dx Judg. 1, 
31. This can hardly be any other than 
Apheca, a city of Mount Lebanon near 

‘the sources of the river Adonis, cele- 
brated for a temple of Venus; the ruins 
are still called Afka, and are situated 
between Byblus and Heliopolis or Baal- 
bec. See Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria 
etc. p. 25, or p. 70 Germ. and p. 493 note. 

2. A city near which Benhadad was 
defeated by the Israelites, 1 K. 20, 26 sq. 
To this corresponds the Apheca of Euse- 

_bius, situated east of the sea of Galilee 
near Hippus, Onom. 8. v. ‘Agexe. It is 
igual ee by Arabian writers Bast 
and $ Feik ; and is described by 
Seetzen and Burckhardt under this 
name ; see Travels in Syria etc. p. 279. 
3. A city in the tribe of Issachar near 
Jezreel, famous for several battles with 
the Philistines, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 29,1; comp. 
28,4. Hither this or the Aphek in no. 1 
was the residence of a Canaanitish king, 

Josh. 12, 18. 


MPPN (strong place) Aphekah, pr. n. 
of a city in the mountains of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 53. 


¥ “EN a root of doubtful signification, 
kindred with "52; prob. 


I. to cover, i. q. ΚΣ whence “5X a 
covering. 


II. to be whitish, Arab. pis whence 


“DX ashes; unless this comes perhaps 
from the idea of grinding, pulverizing, 
“BX 1.α. 778. Comp. 153, "b>. 

“DN m. (Ὁ. "BN) ashes, Num. 19, 9.10. 
2 Sam. 13,19. Used chiefly in reference 
to mourning, Jer. 6, 26. Lam. 3, 16; 
where also belong the phrases, Ps. 102, 
10 7} have eaten ashes like bread, and 
Esth. 4, 1 "ἘΝῚ pe wabs he put on 
sackcloth and ashes, comp. 4, 3. Is. 58, 5. 
So in paronomasia, “D8! "52 dust and 
ashes, Job 30,19. 42, 6. '—Metaph. of any 
thing light, worthless, fallacious, Job 


80 





"EN 


13, 12 "BR “bei maxims of ashes, i. 6. 
empty, fallacious. Is. 44,20 "BX ΓΙΣ 15 
Seeding on ashes i.e. σία μην after them 


as driven by the -wind, i. q. elsewhere — 


min ΠΡ to feed upon the wind, see in 


ΓΙΣ no. 3.—For the difference between 


"BN and 21, see in JWI. 


“EN m. (τ. ΒΝ) a covering for the 
head, head-band, turban, 1 K. 20, 38. 41. 
Sept. τελαμών. Chald. and Abulwalid, 
by the help of their respective lan. 
guages, employ for it almost the same 


word, the former M3832, the latter 
S__y ἃ 
δια 1. 6. cap, helmet. The same 


word exists in Syriac, Tpanto i. e. the 
turban or tiara of the priests and bish- 
ops.—Others make it by transpos. i. q. 
“85. ornament of the head. 


TDN m. the young of birds. a brood, 


Arab. 553, comp. MMB. Deut. 22, 6. 
Ps. 8474, 


young of animals. 


FMB m. a sedan, litter, a portable 
couch or palanquin, once Cant. 3, 9, i, q. 
ΓΙ inv. 7. Sept. φορεῖον litter, comp. 
Athen. 5.5; Vulg. ferculum. Talmud. 

VBR and δε bed; and so also Syr. 


ΩΣ The root is ΠΞ, Chald. δ Θ 


vr?) 739 


to be borne along, to run, comp. 778 no. 


R. πὴ to break forth, to. 
sprout, as plants; in Arab. alsg of ‘the ᾿ 


’ 
8 ee —E—=EEE— σοο 


2, Gr. φέρω, Lat. fero; like currus from — 


currendo, τρόχος from τρέχειν, φορεῖον 
Serculum from φέρειν ferre. 


DDN (perh. double land, twin-land, — 


comp. D°2%) pr. n. Ephraim. 


1. The youngest son of Joseph, and 


founder of the tribe of Ephraim, "34 
pias Num. 10, 22, and simpl. DUBS 
Josh. 16, 10; the territory of which lay 
almost in the middle of the Holy Land, 
Josh. 16, 5 sq. In this tract was SH 
B'DN mount Ephraim, or the mountains 
of Ephraim, Josh. 19, 50. 20, 7. 21, 21. 


Judg. 2, 9. 3, 27.—Different is the forest 


of Ephraim 2 Sam. 18, 6, which ac- 
cording to the context is to be sought 
beyond the Jordan, comp. 17, 24-29; 
prob. so called from the slaughter of 
the Ephraimites, Judg. 12, 1 5. —2 Sam. 
13, 23 DIIDN DY at Ephraim i.e. in the 
territory of Ephraim. 


ἜΝ 


2. The kingdom of Ephraim, i. 6. of 
the ten tribes, or Samaria, so called be- 
cause the tribe of Ephraim was the most 
important, and also because the family 
‘of Jeroboam the first king was of that 
tribe, 1 K. 11,26. So espec. in the pro- 
phetical books, Is. 9, 8. 17, 3. 28, 3. Hos. 
4 17. 5,3 sq. 9, 3 sq. Is. 7, 2 Syria rest- 
eth CVIEN >» upon Ephraim, i. 6. the 
‘Syrians are encamped in the territory 
of Ephraim.— When the land of Ephraim 
is meant, it is fem. Hos. 5,9; when the 
people, masc. Is.7,8. Comp. 775 no. 2. 


δ ΒΞ ὃς Chald. plur. Apharsites, pr. 
ἢ. of a people from which a colony was 
sent to Samaria, Ezra 4,9. Hiller under- 
‘stands the Parrhasii, a tribe of eastern 
Media; better the Persians themselves, 
‘see in 098. The Aleph is prosthetic, 
‘as in the two names here following. — 


_ SDDS Ezra 5, 6, and NINO 
‘Ezra 4, 9, Chald. οὐδε Apharsachites, 
SAphareathchites, pr. n. of two Assyrian 
‘tribes otherwise unknown ; unless per- 
haps they are to be regarded as one and 
‘thesame. Not improb. the Paretaceni, 
between Persia and Media; comp. Hdot. 
‘1. 101. 


: ΓΞ Gen. 48, 7, oftener 


MAID with He parag. Gen. 35, 16. 
19. Ruth 4, 11, (land, region,) pr. n. 
Ephrath, Ephratah. 

_ 1. A city in Judah, called also Bethle- 
i Gen..48, 7; more fully Bethlehem- 
Ephratah, Mic. 8 1. 

Ἰ 2. i. 4. DVIEN Ephraim: Ps. 132, 6. 
‘Comp. "758 no. 2. 

3. As pr. ἢ. Κ 1°Chr. 2, 19. 50. 4, 4. 


᾿ “28 m. 1. an Ephrathite,a Beth- 
lehemite, 1 Sam.17,12. Plur. Don TEN 
Ruth 1, 2. 

2. i. ἃ, an Ephraimite, Judg. 12, 5. 
1K. 11, 26; perh. 1 Sam. 1, 1. Comp, 
in HN no. 2. 


| BBN Chald. adv. perh. in the end, 


at last, from the Pers. {3 end, at last, 
comp. Pehlv. Afdom end. Once Ezra 4, 
18 prom ὈΠΞΡῺ ohex and so at last 
bring damage to the kings ; comp. v. 15. 
22, where thsx is wanting.—Sept. oFax" 
καὶ τοῦτο, Peshito wa vejo. Aben Ezra 
and others, by conjecture from the con- 





Sux 


text, render it revenue (of the kings) ; so 
the English version. 


= EN a doubtful root, perh. 1. ᾳ. 323, 
to work, to toil—Hence 


IAN Ezbon, pr.n.m. a) A sonof 
Gad, Gen. 46, 16; called also "318 q. v. 
b) 1 Chr. 7, 7; but comp. 8, 3. 


YARN f. (r. 2a¥ 1) c. suff. "22¥N, plur. 
misaxx ; for saz, Aleph. prosthet. 

1. a finger, Ex. 31,18; espec. the fore- 
finger, which is more usually dipped in 
any thing, comp. r. 23%. Lev. 4, 6 56. 
14, 16. Ex. 8, 15 sn pay SAEN this is 
the finger of God, i. e. this is done by the 
power of God himself. Plur. the fingers, 
for the hand, Ps. 8, 4.144,1. Asa mea- 
sure, e. g. four fingers thick, Jer. 52, 21. 


= 
Chald. id. Arab. «τοὶ, Sy? ἴθι, 
espec. of the fore-finger. 

2. With 07235, pr. finger of the feet, 
i.e. ὦ toe, 2 Sam. 21, 20.—Chald. Syr. 
Arab. id. 


YaEN Chald. f. id. plur. ΡΞ Ν fingers, 
Dan. 5, 5; toes, Dan. 2, 41. 42. 


D{EN m. (τ. ἘΧΝ) 1. ἃ side, i. q. DEN. 
Is. 41, 9 PUNT ΞΡ the sides of the 
earth, i. e. the extremities, remotest 
countries, as elsewhere V8 M1522, 
ye .7297. In the other clause it 
is VAN mixp. 


2. Adj. i. q. Arab. LiF pr. deep- 


rooted, striking its roots deep and firmly 
into the earth ; hence metaph. ‘sprung 
from an ancient and noble stock,’ noble, 
Ex. 24,11. See, for both the Heb. and 
Arabic words, under στ. >¥& no. 1. In 
Engl. the corresponding metaphor is 
drawn from the stock or trunk. 


DEN m. (r. ὉΧΝ) @ juncture, joint ; 
hence plur. 0737 Mid "ZN, "DEN joints 
of the hands, i. q. the knuckles, Jer. 38, 12. 
Ez. 41, 8... The same are to be under- 
stood in Ez. 13, 18, where the sewing 


of cushions ‘for all the joints of the 


hands’ is put hyperbolically to express 
the extreme luxury of the females; since 
usually cushions are placed at most only 

under the elbow. : 


* ON 1. i.q. Arab. hos, to join, to 
connect ; whence ἘΠ Ν ‘sind be, D°SN 


ὌΣΝ 82 


$ 95 
no. 1, the side, near by. Arab. ef root, 


as that which joins a tree to the ground, 


Oe ἃ 
duol to take root deeply, pr. to be firmly 
joined to the ground; metaph. to be of 
an ancient and noble stock, comp. >"28 
no. 2. ' 

2. Denom. from 5 3, pr. to put aside, 


to separate, comp. 335; hence with 12 to 


take from or of any thing, Num. 11, 17; 
to keep back from, to refuse, Ecce. 2, 10. 
With >, to reserve for any one, Gen. 27, 
86; robin p13 and DIA c. 5. 

Dries to be drawn in, ‘contracted, Ez. 
42, 6. 


Eiusaan fats Sats , i. q. Kal‘no. 2. Num. 


11, 25. 
δὴν, see in Kal no. 1. 


SEN (noble) Azel, pr.n.m. a) 1Chr. 
8, 37. 9,43; in Pause xx 8, 38. 9, 44. 
~b) A place near Jerusalem on the east 
of the Mount of Olives, (in Pause 558.) 
Zech. 14, 56. Perh. appellat. side or root 


S$ ,5 
of a mountain, i. ᾳ. (vol. 


DEN m. (r. 555) c. suff. "EN 1. ἃ 
side, i i. q. 2"¥8 no. 1, so called from j join- 
ing, see r. bry no. 1. 1 Sam. 20, 41 
sarin ὉΧΝ Ὁ » from the south side, from the 
south. Β >¥N2 from one’s side, 1 K, 3, 
20; also i. q. at the side of, by, Ez. 40,7; 
comp. 42 no. 3.—More freq. as 

2. Prep. at the side of, i. e. by, near, 
Gen. 41, 3. Lev. 1, 16. 6, 3. 10, 12. 1 Sam. 
5, 2. 20,19. Joined also with verbs of 
motion to a place, Gen. 39, 10. 2 Chr. 
28, 15. 


AMZN (whom Jehovah reserved) 
Azaliah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34, 8. 


, DEN an uncertain root, perh. i. q. 
ΣΦ, to be strong.—Hence 


ὩΣ Ozem, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 15. 


b) ib. 2, 25. 


MIPEN f. 1, α. 39% with Aleph pros- 
thet. pr. step-chain, ankle-chain, i. q. 
MIS no. 2,q.v. Hence, without refer- 
rence to the etymology, an arm-band, 
bracelet, Num. 31, 50. 2 Sam. 1, 10. 


i “EN to lay up, to store, to treasure 
up, 2 K. 20, 17. Is. 39,6. Am. 3, 10.— 
The primary idea is that of shutting up, 
enclosing, restraining ; comp. the kindr. 


‘ kindle. 





=a"N8 
roots NEM Mz, also "δ, "08, and 


Arab. 2 at. to shut up, to restrain, kindr. — 
with which are pel and ΤΣ ; 

NIPH. pass. if 2: 23, 18. ‘ 

Hipu. ‘ to cause to store wp or treasure — 
up,’ i. 6. to set one over the store-house or 
treasury, to make treasurer; Neh. 13,13 
ningix 59 ΠΝ and Imade treasurers 
over the treasuries. 

Deriv. "S58, and 


“EN (treasure) Ezer, pr. n. m. Gen. 
36, 21. 30. 


“EE see ἽΣΊΝ. 


τὸς m. a species of gem, precious 
stone ; prob. as the name would indicate, — 
a flaming, sparkling gem, from r. mR to 
Once Is. 54, 12. bi 


PS m. (r. p28) α roe, roe-buck, Lat. 
caprea, capreolus, from P28 or PIX i. q. 
Arab. , sie. she-goat, and Talmud. 
NPN a goat, with the ending ἢ i. q. 71; 
just as Lat. caprea is from capra. Deut. 
14, 5. See more under r. P38 no. 2. 
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 900 sq. 


AN see ix light, and πον 


SIS (perh. i. q. "8 lion) Ara, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 7, 38. 


NIN prob. i. 4. D8“ Lion of God, 
hero.—Hence 
a) “2878 (of heroic birth, son of a 
hero) Areli, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16. Num. 
26, 17. | 

b) Also the difficult word D> x Is. 
33, 7, their hero, or rather collect. their 
heroes, i. 6. those of Israel, Engl. Vers. — 
their valiant ones ; in which interpreta-_ 
tion no change is required in the form, ~ 
except dropping the Dagesh from the 
letter >, i. 6. DONIN. The common 
reading with Dagesh has doubtless 
arisen from another interpretation an- 
ciently received, in which B>R"N was 
regarded as contracted, ams DENN, 
ΠΣ δ ΝΣ , ὄν. et Theod. ἰδοὺ apes 
σομαι αὐτοῖς, Jerome ecce videntes ; see 
also Chald. Syr. See οὐδεν on 
Is. l. c. and Thes. Heb. pp. 146, 1248. 


* "8 fat. 2491 1. to knot, to knit, 
to interlace, Lat. nectere ; whence M278 
net-work, lattice. Kindr. is 39> to min- 





Φ ἫΝ 








gle E _ Arab, SI to tie a knot, II id. 


St a knot. 
ἘΦ, ἐν lie in wait, to lie in πριν, Arab. 


= 


‘of to be cunning, astute, III to act 





















cunningly, pr. intricately. Verbs of 
Κη itting or weaving, also of twisting, 
spinning, sewing, are often transferred 
‘to wiles and plots, opp. to upright and 
‘open dealing; comp. 5nB, 32%, Gr. 
δόλον γ. μῆτιν ὑφαΐνειν, κακά ν. δόλον 
ῥάπτειν, nectere insidias v. scelera, suere 
dolos, Germ. Trug spinnen, Engl. to 
weave plots—Constr. c. > Ps. 59, 4. 
Prov. 24, 15. Josh. 8. 4; acc. Prov. 12, 
5; >> Judg. 9, 34. Elsewhere also to 


82. 21, 20; ὁ. inf. et > Prov. 1. c. Ps. 
10, 9. ’Part. ΔΝ, ΞΜ, a lier-in-wait, 
| often collect. Nevo-escsh an ambush, 
a band of soldiers pladed in ambush, 
Josh. 8, 14. 19.21. Judg. 20, 33 sq. Hance 
with plur. Judg. 20, 37. 
| Piet i. q. Kal, c. 59 2 Chr. 20, 22; 
absol. Judg. 9, 25. 
_ Hipn. to lay wait, to set an ambush, 
fut. 3925 for 29871, 1 Sam. 15, 5. 
Deriv. 238, =, Mais, AEN, A782, 
and pr. games =, bROIN. 


238 (ambush) Arab, pr. n. of a city 
in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 52. 
Hence prob. the gentile n. "258 Arbite 
2 Sam. 23, 35. 
218 m. 1. a lying-in-wait, ambush, 
‘of wild beasts, Job 38, 40. 
2. Place of dying in-wait, covert, lair 
of wild beasts, Job 37, 8. 


ΘΝ τη. c. suff. i298, wait, insidious 
attempts, plots ; Jer. 9, 7 pry iaqps 
4258 and in his breast he hice his 
‘ pait, his plots. 


SNDIN see DNDN ma in m3 no. 12. ἃ. 


MAIS τῇ. (r. m7) a locust, Ex. 10, 4 
g. Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4. Ps. 78, 46. 
‘Spoken also ofa particular species, prob. 
the gryllus gregarius or common migra- 
tory locust, Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4.—On 
the various species of locusts, see Bo- 
E chart Hieroz. II. 447. 


TW ΕἸ. α. 238, Plur. constr. ΠΡ Δὲ ; 
. only Is. 25, 11 minty n> imi bain 












aatch, to reconnoitre in ambush, Judg. 9, . 





89 “πὰ 


1" God will humble his (Moab’s) 
pride with the plots of his hands, i. e. 
the plots which his own hands have 
woven, in allusion to the primary mean- 
ing of the root; see in r. 338 no. 1, 2. 


Mai’ f. (τ. 3s) once in Sing. Hos 
13, 3; ἢ elsewhere only Plur. nin wR. | 

1. viet snsicle laced work ; hence a ἰαΐ- 
tice, a swindon; sc. as closed by a lattice 
and not with glbind; Hos. 13, 3. Ecc. 12, 3. 

2. a dove-house, dove-cote, as shut in 
with lattice-work, Is. 60, 8. 

3. a chimney, or hole for the smoke 
covered with lattice-work, Hos. 13, 3. 
Comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. 2. 242. 

4. στ MID the windows of heaven, 
i. e. sluices, flood-gates, which are opened 
to let fall the rain, Gen. 7, 11. 8, 2. 2 K. 
7, 19. Is. 24, 18. Mal. 3, 10. 

δ. mins Aruboth, pr. π. of a place, 
prob. in the tribe of Judah, 1 K. 4, 10. 


JAIN f. and MAI constr. MV2qN'm. 
See Heb. Gram. § 95. 1. 

1. Card. num. four, for 329 with Aleph 
prosthet. which is wanting in the deriva- 
tives, as in 324, "3929, 335, etc. With 
suff, OMSDI8 they ‘four Ez. 1, 8. 10. 
Dual ΛΩΝ ΞΡ fourfold, quadruple, 2 
Sam. 12, 6. Plur. p°sa5N forty Gen. 8, 
6. The number forty, ‘like seven and 
seventy, is sometimes used by the Ori- 
entals as a common and indefinite round 
number; e. g. Gen. 7, 17. Jon. 3,4. Ez. 
4,6. ete. Comp. Chil mindr, the forty 
towers, spoken of the ruins of Persepolis ; 
see more in Lehrg. p.'700. Thes. Heb. 
p- 1258. 

2. Arba, pr. n. of a giant of the race 
of the Anakim, Josh. 14, 15. 15, 13. 21;~ 
11. Comp. 3358 AP. 


ΣΦ and Wa Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. 
four, Dan. 8, 25. 7, 2. 3. 6. 17. 


* 308 fat. shyt Is. 59, 5, ἜΝ ἢ Judg. 
16, 13. ny 

1. to plait, to braid, Judg. 16, 13. 
Kindr. are 490, 71v. 

2. to weave, e. g. of the spider, whence 
Gr. ἀράχνη, Is. 59, 5.—Part. 3718 weav- 
ing Is. 19,9; and subst. a weaver Ex. 
28, 32. Is. 38,12. ΠΝ 7129 α weaver’s 
beam, jugum textorium, 1 Sam. 17, 7. 


AN τὴ, 1. any thing plaited, awe, 
Judg. 16,14, R. a2 no. 1. 


ya 


AN 


2. a weaver’s shuttle. Job 7,6 ᾿Ξ Va" 
ΔΝ ΤΑΣ my days are swifter than a 
aweaver’s shuttle ; 3; comp. 9, 25. 


BAN (for 357 heap of stones, from r. 
335 i. q. 039) Argob, pr. n. 

1. Aregion beyond Jordan, containing 
sixty cities, anciently subject to Og king 
of Bashan, Deut. 3,4. 13. 1K. 4,13. [A 
vestige of it remains in the fortress and 
city ὩΡαγαβὰ beyond Jordan, Joseph. 
Ant. 13. 15.5; mentioned also by Euse- 
bius as Hoye (read "LoyaBa), fifteen Ro- 


man miles west of Gerasa. Now wl 
Rajib, with ruins ; see Bibl. Res. IIL. : App. 


p- 166. Buckitigh. Arab. Tr. p. 12.—R. 


2. A man, 2 K. 15, 25. 


98 Chald. purple, i. q. 72298, Dan. 
5, 7. 16. 29; also once by Chaldaism 


oF ορ 
2Chr.2, 6.—Arab.osheeyt, Syr. af. 


For the root see under 72358, note. 


ΤΡ δὲ m. a bow, chest, coffer, hanging 
from the side of a cart or wain, 1 Sam. 
6, 8.11.15. The form is for 139 with 
Aleph prosthet. from r. 135 py be moved, 


shaken; whence also Arab. ὃ ses asack 


of stones suspended from a camel by way 
of equipoise. 


Poe TS m. 1. purple, reddish purple, 
a precious colour obtained from certain 
species of shell-fish or muscles found on 
the coasts of the Mediterranean, Gr. 
πορφύρα, Lat. purpura, 1 Mace. 4, 23. 
Plin. H. N. 9. 60 sq. So Ez. 27, 7. 16. 
Vai78 332 a purple cloth or covering, 
Num. 4, 13. Different is the cerulean 
purple, pbon q. v.—Comp. under the 
word mushy , and Bochart Hieroz. II. 
740 sq. Braun de Vestitu sacerdo- 
tum p. 201 sq. Amati de restitutione 
Purpurarum, edit. 3. Cesene 1784. Hee- 
ren Hist. Werke XI. p. 84. 

2. Any thing dyed with purple, pur- 
ple cloths, Ex. c. 25. 26. 27. Ez. 27, 16. 
Prov. 31, 22. Jer. 10, 9. 

Note. The etymology of this word, 
and of the kindred 333798, has been 
traced with great probability by F. 
Benary in the Sanscrit; Berl. Jahrbb. 
1841. p.141. The form 772598 is Sanscr. 
régaman, and {1378 is Sanscr. rdgavan, 
‘tinged with a red colour;’ from réga 





84, ἊΝ 


red colour, with the formative syllable 
mat, vat, see Wilson’s Sanser. Dict. p. 
700. a. Rdgaman and régavan are put 
in the nom. the primary forms bei 
ragamat, rdgavat. 

* "TAN obsol. root, perh. 1. 4. ee ΤᾺ τῷ, 
to flee—Hence the pr. names 778% an 
the two following: 


TIN pr. n. Ard, a grandson of Benja- 
min Num. 26, 40, or a son Gen, 46, 21.— 
The gentile ἡ. is "798 Num. 1. 6. 


JITAN (fugitive) Ardon, pr. ἢ. al 
1 Chr. 2, 18. { 


“iY iTS 1. to pluck, to pull, to pluck 
off, to gather, 6. g. leaves, Cant. 5, 1. 
grapes from a vine Ps. 80, 13 —Ethiop. 
SZP to pluck off, to gather, e. g. fruits, 
herbs; and 4ZZ to harvest. ) 

2. to feed by pulling, cropping, in the 
manner of flocks and herds. Hence 


7798 and 4748 a crib, manger, rack, 


from which animals pull or crop their 
fodder; "8 lion, pr. one pulling in 
pieces ; ὨΞΣῸΝ a hare, pr. cropping the 
grass. So other animals have their 
names from the idea of plucking, οἴορ-. 
ping as "73, 32, DIS, DOM, ὩΣ ΘΌ, Arab. 


Sih lamb, from 3) to pluck. F 


3. to gather, to collect, see Ethiopgl 


above ; hence ji8. i 
Deriv: see in no. 2, 3. 4 
ἘΠ. ΠΡ ἢ gq. Arab. SI οὐ, a 


burn, to inflame, ) ἤ to kindle; kindr. 
with Heb. 75n, a and the occidenta 
areo, ardeo, uo. Heenan DS" no. 
hearth or altar of God. 


TN Chald. also 18 q. v. lo! eta 
Dan. 7, 6. 7. 18.—Not found in other 
Chaldaic books; but kindred with it od 
in Chald. and Talmud. “77 lo, 78 lo, 
then for, because, (like Chald. va lo, 
if.) and δὶς because; also Samar. > 
lo, then for, because. This demons 
tive force exists elsewhere likewise both 
in the syllables bx, ὅπ, (see 5H, bey 
πὸ, abn, mxbn, Feet Jt) and a 
in 48, 57, pease: Loia, x2dn, oxen, 


here, in this place,) so that it is κηρᾷ 
say, which form is the more ancient and 













- 


J. H. Michaelis ad Jer. 30,17. R. 


ms 


primitive-—Commonly 5-8 is held to be 


by transposition from 48" see ye. 


TIS (for 319 Aleph. prosthet. prob. 
wandering, place of fugitives, from r. 
a9 q. v.) Arvad, Aradus, a Phenician 


city situated on a small island near the 


coast, founded according to Strabo by 
fugitives from Sidon, Strab. 16. 2. 13; 
see the etymology above. Ez. 27, 8. 
11. The Arabian geographers write it 


οἱ Ruwdd, which is now the name of 


the island. See Rosenmiller Bibl. Ge- 
ogr. Il. i. p.6 sq. W.M. Thomson in 
Miss. Her. 1841, p. 98.—The gentile n. 
is "W458 Arvadite Gen. 10, 18. 1 Chr. 1, 
16. 


TINS (perh. i. q. tind wild-ass) Arod, 
pr.n. m. Num. 26,.7. Gentile n. "7198 
Arodite Gen. 46,16. R. 73x. 


ays and ms f. after the form 


nvisn, ‘Pur. abeol: “THIN 2 Chr. 32, 28, 
“(by yriasm for mings, as pink for 


pwnN,) plur. constr. MW 1K. 4, '26 [5, 
6] and minx 2 Chr. 9, 25. R. max I. 

1. acrib, manger, ack, whence cattle 
ina stall pull out their fodder, see the root 


mx I. 2; hence for stall, stable, 2 Chr. 


90 8. = 
32, 28.—Arab. St stall, 5)! crib.—By 


transpos. MII 2 Chr. 32, 28. 
2. a stall of horses, i. e. a certain 
number which usually stood in one stall, 


_ or were harnessed to one vehicle; per- 
haps two, as this was the number har- 


nessed to a chariot, Engl. a pair, span, 
team. 1K. 4,16 [5,6] and Solomon had 


BIO Mine ἘΝ ΘΡΣΞ ΝΣ forty thousand 
stalls [pairs 2] of horses. 


TAN adj. (denom. from tx) of cedar, 


cedrinus, Ezra 27, 24.—Others explain 


it firm, stable ; comp. τ. 18. 


MINS and 78 f. in some copies 
also 729%, but against the Masora, see 
Ἢ δὲ. 
"1. along bandage, applied by a physi- 


cian in order fo heal a wound, see the 


rootno.1, E.g. > 297 ΠΡ» the band- 


g age is applied to any one, i. e. his wound 


is healed, Jer. 8,22. Neh. 4, 1 [7]. 2 Chr. 


24, 13; also in Hiph. > ΠΞῚΣΝ Mb to 
apply the bandage to any one, i. 6. to 


heal his wound, Jer. 30,17. 33,6. Every- 
where metaph. of the restoration of 
Α 8 


85 


‘prosperity, Is. 58,8. Arab. 





TAN 


the state Jer.1.c. or the repairing of the 
walls 2 Chr. Neh. ll. ce.—Hence 
2. ἃ healing, health; trop. welfare, 


GS-5 
KX)! heal- 
ing of a wound. _ 
MQM Arumah, pr. n. of a city near 
Neapolis, Judg. 19, 41; perh. the same 
with m5" 2 K. 23, 36. 


DATS 2 K.16, 6 Cheth. a corrup- 
tion for D°72558, wien is read in Keri; 
see In DON. 


FAS and FAS comm. gend. (m.1Sam. 
6, 8. f. 4, 17. 2 Chr. 8, 11,) an ark, 
chest, in which things to be preserved 
are collected, from r. 578 I. 3. Arab. 


ὧδ! and 
a ott, Spoken of a money-chest 2 K. 
12, 10. 11; of a mummy-case or coffin 
Gen. 50, 26; but most frequently of the 
sacred ark, in which the two tables of 
the law were deposited, called more fully 
mats ins the ark of the law Ex. 25, 22. 
26, 33; mm masz 7im8 Deut. 10, 8. 31, 
9. 25; man ss Josh. 3, 6. 4, 9; vay 
mins 1 Sam. 5, 3. 4. 6, 8 sq. 

MTS 2 Sam. 24, 20 sq. Araunah, 
pr. n. of a Jebusite, written in v. 16 
Cheth. 42958, in v. 18 Cheth. 5727; in 
1 Chr. 21, 18 sq. j29% Ornan. 


=e 
me, { a wooden chest, espec. 


* FAN a root not in use, Arab. ἢ fF to 
contract oneself, to aE together, poner 


to be compact, firm ; τ firm, stable, ) sf 


a tree firmly rooted. Hence A. Schul- 

tens and many after him derive Part. 

pass. 199% made fast, firm, Ez. 27,24. But 
most of the ancient versions here render 

mms made of cedar, cedrini, as a 

denom. from TIN, after the form w1n2 

brazen, see Lehre: p- 512; and to these 

we do not hesitate to lickade. —Hence 

ΤῊ for TI9N2, and 


TIS τῇ, plur. ow, constr. "IN, a 
cedar, so called from the firmness of its 
roots, which is common to all trees. of 
the pine genus, Theoph. Hist. Plant. 2. 7. 
It is the cedrus coniferi, or pinus cedrus, 
known as the cedar of Lebanon, a tree 
uncommonly tall, Is. 2, 13. 37, 24. Am. 
2, 9; and wide-spreading Ez. 31, 35 
formerly very frequent on Mount Leba- 


τοὶ 


non Ps. 29, 5. 92, 13. 104, 16, but now 
greatly reduced in number; Bibl. Res. in 
Pal. Ill. p. 440. The wood is odorifer- 
ous, without knots, and exceedingly dura- 
ble; and was therefore much used in the 
temple and the royal palaces for orna- 
mental work, and espec. for the wainscot 
and ceiling. Hence put for pent hic 


Ν᾽, which 
is still in use among the inhabitants of 
Lebanon; Ethiop. SCH, Aram. 8778, 
| is1.—There is therefore no ground for 
understanding ™8 to be the pine, and 


not the cedar, according to Celsius in 
Hierob. I. 106 sq. 


OTIS f. denom. from ms, cedar- 
work, e. g. wainscoting, awh: 2, 14. 
The fora. has the force of a collective, 
as in ΠΕΣ wood, Lehrg. 477. 


μ᾿ ἢ 4.5... to go, to walk, to be on the 
way, as finite verb once Job 34,8. Chald. 
max id. Similar is Gr. ἔρχομαι, and 
softer forms from the same stock are 
329, 725.—Part. πον ἃ wayfarer, tra- 
veller, Judg. 19,17. 2 Sam. 12, 4. Jer. 
14,.8. . Plur. Jer. 9,1. Fem. 5m"8 col- 
lect. a company of travellers, espec. of 
merchants, a caravan, συνοδία, Gen. 37, 
25. Is. 21,13. See Lehrg. p. 477. Comp. 
nis, nmk. 

Dery. PINAR. 


wainscoting, 1 K.6,18. Arab. 


μὰ τ MAN to decree, to appoint, i. q. 
ΡΠ, whence nT i.g. Pin, something 


Repante’, fixed. Corresponding i is cae 
8 
f to appoint a time; whence ἜΦΙ a 


O ᾿ξ 


set time, era, epoch, Ὁ) to date ἃ letter, 
eye a chronicle, annals. Perh. kindr. 


with τ. 323 q. v. 


TIN (perh. for 48 wayfaring) Arah, 
pr.n.m. a) Ezra2,5. Neh.7,10. b)1 
Chr. 7, 39. 


MIS , plur. ninsy, constr. mim; c. 
suff. "NAAN, TH, pms, in place 
of which asm pines in Mes. and editions 
sna, FINA, ono, see J. H.Mich. 
ad Job 13, 27; comm. Bead: e. g. masc. 
Prov. 2, 15, comp. Job 6, 18.19; fem. 
Prov. 15, 19 : a poetic word, a way, 
path, road, i. ᾳ. 774. Chald. mak, Syr. 


86 





"Ne 


Last, Samar. VOAIMX id—Gen. 49, 
17. Jude. 5,6. Ps. 19,6. Da nin the 
paths of the seas Ps. 8, 9; comp. ὑγρὰ 
κέλευϑα Hom. 1]. 1. 312. 5m ΓΝ the 


path of life i. 6. to life or happiness Prov.” 


5, 6—Hence: a) Metaph. way i. e. 
manner of life and conduct, i.q.777%. So 
“PW MIR false way, i.e. Gilg and deceit- 
ful conduct, life, Ps. 119, 104, minis 
mim" the ways of Jehovah, i. e. a way of 
life pleasing to God, Ps. 25, 4.119, 15. Is. 
2,3. The idea of a way is often pre- 
served, as Prov. 4, 14. 8, 20. Ὁ) i. α. 
mode, manner, Gish. 18, ΠῚ nin bon 
ὈΠΩΣΞ MIk MIw> i ceased to be with 
Sarah afier the manner of women, by 
euphemism for the menses, comp. 31, 35. 
c) The ways or paths of any one, i. q. his 
condition, lot, Job 8, 13... Prov. 1, 19. 
Comp. in Engl. ‘the way it goes with 
him.’ d) Poet. πηδ is put for a way- 
farer, traveller, Job 31, 32. Plur. nin ws 
Nan the travellers of Tema, the cara- 
vans, Job 6, 19. 


mS Chald. plur. ὁ. suff: FOTN, 
MAMAN, i. q. Hebr. ways, i. e. metaph. 
counsels of God, Dan. 4, 34; affairs, 


destinies of any one, Dan. 5, 23. 


TUT £ company of travellers, cara- 
van ; see under r. MN I. 


TWIN f. (τι tx IL) an appointed por- 
tion of food or provision, an allowance, 
delivered out daily or at fixed times, 2 Καὶ. 
25, 30. Jer. 52, 34. Hence genr. a por- 
tion of food, meal, Prov. 15,17. Jer.40,5. 


IS m. plur. DTN 1 K. 10, 20, else- 
where ὍΝ 1 K. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 9, 18. 
19, a lion, q. ἃ. the pallet in pieces, the 
render (see r. 58 I. 2). Num. 24,9. 1 
Sam. 17, 34 sq. 2 Sam. 23, 20. al. “752 
Ὠλὴν ayoung lion Judg. 14,5; Mima 74a 


a lion’s whelp Ser. 51, 38. Trop. as the — 


emblem of strength and valour, Num. 23, 
25; of fierceness and cruelty, Prov. 28, 
15. See Bochart Hieroz. I. 715 sq. 
Syr. ἴω. 

28" m. compounded from "a8 and 
de. | 
I.. lion of God, i. 6. lion-like champion, 
hero. a) Collect: 2 Sam. 23, 20 "38 
ayia Sx" two lion-like champions of 
Moab ; see ben and "8 1 Chr. 11, 22. 


ee 


— 


a 





this passage to no. 2.—Hence 


ὋΝ 


Bn UE Gro oxi 
᾿ς Comp. Arab. ai ual and aS eas 
lion of God, an epithet of heroic war- 


riors; also Pers. {hs ra Shiri khoda 
lion of God.—Spoken ‘of Jerusalem, Is.’ 


29, 1. 2, q. d. city of heroes, which ahiould 
never be subdued ; though others refer 
b) a 


_ pr. ἢ. m. Ariel, Ezra 8, 16. 


—_— ΎΎ“-- 
, 





Il. hearth i. e. altar of God, ‘san 


8} hearth, fire-place, from r. πὶ ΠΣ 
spoken of the altar of burnt-offerings, Kz. 
43, 15. 16. 

"DN Aridai, Pers. pr. n. of the ninth 
son of Haman, Esth. 9,9. Comp. ‘Agr 
δαῖος i. 6. the strong, from Pers. art, ard. 


_—Perh. from Airyadao ‘digna dans’ 


(Benfey), or Arydday ‘donum Arie’ 
(Bohlen). Comp. the next article. 


RNIN Aridatha, pr. n. of the sixth 


son of Haman, Esth. 9, 8.—The etymo- 


logy like the preceding article. _ 
ANS i. g. 8, with 15 parag. comp. 


ὧν and TBR ; bake frequent than "78, 


but used nae in the sing. alion, Gen. 49, 
9. Deut. 33, 22. Judg. 14, 8. al. Spokenef 
a paweril and cruel enemy, Is. 15, 9. 
Jer. 4, 7. Is, 21, 8 πὴ NIP™ and he 
Deted.as Hon. Comp. Rev. 10, 3. 


“MIN Chald. id. Dan. 7, 4. Plur. 
emphat. 87748 Dan. 6, 8. 

τ δ see AN. 

ΤΊ Arioch, an Assyrio-Chald. pr. 
n. a) A king of Ellasar Gen. 14, 1. 9; 
comp. Judith 1,6. b) A captain of the 
royal guard at the court of Babylon, 


Dan. 2, 14.—Sanscr. Aryaka veneran- 
dus ; Bohlen. 


OMAN Arisai, Pers. pr. ἢ. of a son of 
Haman, Esth. 9, 9.—Sanscr. Arydsdya 
sagitta Arie ; Bohlen. 


ὙΠ 1, pr. trans. to make long, to 


_ prolong, to extend in a straight line; 


Hence 
iain Syr. 
st to prolong, Arab. of { to defer, to 
delay. 


2. Intrans. fut. ΠΝ, plur. 1258", to 
be long, prolonged ; Syr. Arab. ΡΟΝ 


kindr. with 329, where see. 
ma:7% a long bandage. 


— id. Aph. 77758, υϑοῖ, to prolong.—Ez. 


87 





ps 


31, 5. Gen. 26, 8 nw iboats 9D. A 
ns and it came to pass when the time 
there was ‘long to him, i. e. when he had 
lived there a long fine, Hz. 12. 23. 

Hips. ΝΠ. 1. to make long, to pro- 
long, Ps. 129, 3; to extend or thrust out 
the tongue, Is: 51, 4, "p24 FNM to 
prolong the days of any one, to grant him 
long life, 1 K. 3,14; also 109 “πὶ to pro- 
long one’s own dove to live long, to be 
long lived, Deut. 4, 26. 40. 5, 30..17, 20. 
22, 7. Is. 53,10; and without 2770 Prov. 
28, 2. Ecc. 7, 15. 8, 12. 

2. Intrans. to be made long. 1 K. 8, 8. 
Espec. of time, as 172" ἼΞ ΠΝ ΓΙ his daw 
are made long, i. q. to live long, Ex. 20, 
12. Deut. 5, 16.6, 2. 25,15. Comp.no. 1. 

3. to retard, todelay, to defer, as 7787 
‘BX to defer one’s anger, i. 6. to he pa- 
tient, μαχρόϑυμος, Is. 48, 9. Prov. 19, 11. 
So too 953 JIN id. Job 6, 11. Comp. 
DABN TIS in 728. 

4. to remain long, to tarry, Num. 9, 
19. 22. 

Deriv. M3598, and those here follow- 
ing. 


JIN Chald. i. q. Hebr: to make long ; 
also to fit, toadapt. Part. 3778 fit, meet, 


Ezra 4, 14.—Talmud. id. Arab. o,f ap- 
tissimus, dignissimus. 


JIN adj. found only in constr. FAX. 

1. long, Ez. 17, 3 "ARH FAN having 
long pinions or wing-feathers, 

2. tardy, slow, in the phrases M5" FAN 
slow of spirit Ecc. 7, 8, and ΘῚΒΝ FIN 
slow of anger, patient, ΕΟ ΒϑΝ ὃς Prov. 
15, 18. 16, 32) Ex. 34,6. Num. 14, 18. 


Comp. Syr. Lwods pag patient, Arab. 


Jyto 30 long, i.e. oR paoring: longa- 
nimis.—Once ΡΒ JIN is τὸ μακρόϑυ- 
ov, patience, Jer. 15,13. Opp. πη ΣΡ. 


JAN adj. f. nN , long, 6. g. of space, 
Job 11, 9; of time, 2 Sam. 3, 1. : 


JIN (length) Erech, pr. n. of a ¢ity 
of Babylonia, Gen. 10,10. Among the 
ancient interpreters, Pseudo-Jon. 'Targ. 
of Jerus. Jerome, and Ephrem under- 
stand Edessa ; but Bochart, Phaleg TV. 
16, more correctly regards it as Areca or 
Arecca, situated on the confines of Baby- 
lonia and Susiana; comp. Ammian. 23. 
21. 


ΤᾺ 


TIN m. c. suff. idan, length, Gen. 6, 
15. tax, 26, ὃ 5. 27, 1 sq. 0725 FIR 
length of dane. long ite, Ps. 21, 5. 91, 16. 
pr" WIR? as long as I live Ps, 23, 6. 
DDN sak patience Prov. 25, 15. 

M28 Chald. fem. length, a lengthen- 
ing, spoken of time, Dan. 4, 24. 7, 12. 

MTN see ADIN. 

ΓΔ δ Chald. fem. the knee, Dan. 5, 
6. In the Targums 3929, 82455, the 
prosthetic Aleph being dropped: See 
inr. 325. 

ὙΦ ἐξ Chald. plurs 87258, gentile ἢ. 
Archevites Ezra 4,9; from the city 7728 
Gen. 10, 10. 

"28 gentile n. Archite, an inhabitant 


of a city or district πὰ situated in the 
territory of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 2, differ- 


ent from the city of like name in Baby-. 


lonia. 2 Sam. 15, 32. 16, 16. 


* DON a root not in use, i. q. D9, 
ὉΠ, Dw, bd, oN, to be high ; comp. 


Arab. ey intumuit, extulit se.—Hence 
VAN, and 


DAN constr. Ax pr. n. Aram, pr. high 
region, q. d. Highlands, opp. 3222 Low- 
lands. 

1. Aramea, the Arameans, i.e. Syria, 
the Syrians, constr. with a verb mase. 
sing. 2 Sam. 10, 14. 15. 18. 1 K. 20, 26; 
plur. 2 Sam. 10, 17. 19. 1 K. 20, 20; 
rarely with sing. fem. Is. 7,2. To the 
Greeks also this ancient and domestic 
name of Syria was not wholly unknown; 
see Hom. Il. 2.783. Hesiod. Theog. 304. 
Strabo 13. 4. 6. ib: 16.4.27. The name 
Aramea however was of wider extent 
than Syria, and comprehended also 
Mesopotamia ; although Pliny and Mela 
ascribe to Syria the same and even a 
greater extent; Plin. H. N. 5. 15. 12. 
Mela 1. 11. Where it stands alone, 
DON, it is for the most part to be under- 
stood of Western Syria, or Syria strictly 
so called, Judg. 3,10. 1K. 10, 29. 11, 25. 
15,18; espec. the territory of and around 
Damascus, Is. 7, 1.8. Am. 1,5; which 
is more dégnitely called Pkvas OAK Syria 
of Damascus 2 Sam. 8, 5. Where Me- 


sopotamia is meant, the expression is- 


ἘΠῚ ΠΣ ox Syria of the two rivers Gen. 


88 





ὮΝ 


24,10. Deut. 23,5. Judg. 3, 8; or ΤΣ 


pen Padan ara: Plain of ΡΟΣ Gen. 
25, 90. 28, 2.5. 0. 7; and ellipt. (78 Gen. 
46, 7; rarely simply DAN Num. 93.7; 
where however it is made definite by a 


description; comp. "228.—The king-_ 


doms of Western Syria in the time: of 
David, (not of Mesopotamia, as is often 
supposed, ) were the following: N21 038 
Aram Zobah, see ΓΙΞῚΣ ; 37 MD CIN 
Aram Beth Rehob, see 30> M73 in M13 
no. 12. pp; M222 DIX Aram Maacah, 
see M232 ; and. also others ; but these all 
became afar wore subject to the kings 
of Damascus, 1 K. 20, 1.—Comp. gentile 
n. “28, VAIN. 

2. Ayecies pr.n.m. a) A βοὴ οἵ Ke- 
muel and pratdde of Nahor, Gen. 22, 
21. He seems to have given his name 
to the region of Syma. Comp. 0°. 
b) 1 Chr. 7, 34. 

PAIS m. (τ. D3) plur. constr. mia, 
a fortress, castle, palace, so called from 
its height, Is. 32, 14. Prov. 18, 19. al. 
Also 4239 ma ἸῸΝ the fortress of the 
king’s house, the innermost part, as the 
highest and strongest, q. d. the citadel, 
1K. 16, 18. 2 K. 15,25. J. D. Michaelis 
(Suppl. 128) and after him most modern 
interpreters here translate it the erage 


apartment, comparing Arab. “ἢ is ay } 


eh conclavia, Gol. p. 78, and 

Haram ; but there is no trace of this in 
the ancient interpreters, nor is there any 
reason for departing from the simple ex- 
planation above given.—Spoken of the 
citadel of a hostile metropolis, Is. 25, 2. 

“OTS ig. ΒΝ, fem. MN, adv. 
Aramaice, in Aramean or Syriac, Dan. 
2,4. Ezra 4, 7. Is. 36, 11. 

“QS gentile ἢ. an Aramean, Syri- 
an, i.e. an inhabitant either of Western 
Syria 2.K. 5, 20; or also of Mesopota- 
mia, Gen. 25, 20. 28,5. 31, 20.24. Fem. 
mats 1 Car. 7, 14. ΚΝ οὐδῷ pan 2 K. 
8, 29; and by apheresis OV21n for 
ΒοΘΌΝ 2 Chr. 22, 5. 


"2128 (q. ἃ. Palatinus, from via) 
an n. τη. Armont, 2 Sam. 21, 8. 
τ fe 


be active, nimble ; whence ΗΝ wild goat 
Hence 


ἜΝ a root notinuse; Arab. 7 


a 








| 


ἮΝ 
᾿ς FR (wild goat) Aran, pr. τ. of a 
 Horite, Gen. 36, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 42. 

TR see yim. 

TIS m. 1. the pine, pinus, Is. 44, 14: 
In the Talmud of Baby]. (Para fol. 96. 1) 
are joined OwWid DWAR WAN WS. 
Sept. πέτυς, Vulg.- pinus.—So called, 
- because when agitated by the wind it 
emits a tremulous sound ; from στ. 125, 
ΠΟ i. e. 728 contr. for 278, as FIP for 727"), 
772 from 727. See wh. 

2. Oren, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 25. 


MAM f. epicen. a hare, Ley. 11, 6. 


S -oF “. 
Ῥρυι. 14,7. Arab. 35,1, Syr. {o357 ia. 
- See Bochart Hieroz. 1. 994 sq. who re- 
gards this quadriliteral as compounded 
from 478 to crop, and 352 produce, fruit. 
TEIN and F27N (for p27 a noise, 
murmur; concr. a noisy or murmuring 
stream,) Arnon, pr. n. of a torrent (3172) 
with a valley of like name, rnnning from 
the eastward into the Dead Sea, an- 
_ ciently the northern boundary of Moab 
and the southern of the Ammonites; 
now called > | el-Modjeb. Num. 21, 
13 sq. 22, 36. Deut. 2, 24. 36. 3, 8 sq. 
“4, 48, Is. 16, 2. al. See Burckhardt’s 
| Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372. Also 
Comment. on Is. 16, 2. Bibl. Res. in 
_ Palest. II. p. 204. 
MIN see TIN. 


_ 7278 (active, nimble, see r. 11) Ar- 
‘nan, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 3, 21. 

WS (id.) Ornan, pr. n. of a Jebusite, 
on the site of whose threshing-floor 
Solomon built the temple. 1 Chr. 2, 15. 
~2Chr. 3,1. Comp. 72728. 


JIS Chald. st.emph. 8998. 1. the 
earth, i. q. Heb. 718, 2 and & being in- 
_terchanged, see under 9. Dan. 2, 35. 39. 
3. 31. al. 

_ 2. the ground, and as adv. low, be- 
low. Dan. 2, 39 after thee shall arise 
another kingdom 332 829% lower than 
thee, inferior to thee. Comp. Chald. 
ΦΉΣ, NTI, low; 22> for s4N>2 
at the reat part, below. —Hence 

— FPP IS Chald. f. the ground, the low- 
est part, bottom of a pit, Dan. 6, 25. 


an 
[ΑἹ 
' 


ζ΄ 








city, for ἼΒ from r. 359,) Arpad, pr. 
Q*¥ ΐ 


“BAS (prop, support, i. 6. a strong 


89 





- HDB NS 


ys 


n. of a city and region of Syria, not far 


from the city Hamath, with which it 


is often coupled, governed by its own 
kings, and to be distinguished from 
ἼΩΝ gq. v. 2K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 10, 9. 
Jer. 49, 23. [More prob. the same with 
WAN Aread i.e. the island Ruw4Ad, with 
its territory on the adjacent coast; 
which was contiguous to that of Ha- 
math. The interchange of 5 and ἢ 
(like 3 and 4) is not unnatural.—R. 


U2E IN Arphazxad, pr. n. of the third 
son of Shem, and denoting at the same 
time a people or region of country, 
Gen. 10, 22. 24. 11, 10-13. The con- 
jecture of Bochart is not improbable 
(Phaleg. 2. 4), that it is the province 
᾿Δῤῥαπαχῖτις, Arrapachitis, in northern 
Assyria near Armenia (Ptol. 6. 1), the 
primitive country of the Chaldeans; see 
Comment. on Is. 23,13. Josephus, Ant. 
I. 6. 4, ᾿ἀρφαξάδης δὲ τοὺς viv Χαλδαΐ- 
ουὅς καλουμένους ‘Aopasadatous ὠνόμασεν. 
Bohlen ad Gen. |. c. compares Sanscr. 
Aryapakshaté ‘(a land) by the side-of 
Asia ;? comp. Borussia i. q. Po-rus, near 
the Russians. : 


ae: 


οὐδ low, inferior ; but this is derived 
rather from the primary idea earth. 


arootof uncertain signif. Arab. 


78, comm. gend. (rarely masc. Gen. 
13, 6. Ps. 104, 6. Is. 9, 18; or when 
the earth is put for its inhabitants, Is. 
26, 18. 66, 8,) c. suff. "X98, 6. art. 8H 


He loc. πε, the earth, Arab. ex 
Chald. 8358 ate iss} .—Spec. 

1. the amie orbis terrarum, opp. to 
the heavens; YN}. D72U Gen. 1, 1. 
2,1. 4, and 7281 yas Gen. 2, 4, the 
heavens and the earth, the whole uni- 
verse. Synecd. for the inhabitants of 
the earth, Gen. 9, 19. 11, 1. 19, 31. 

2. the earth, land, opp. to the sea, 
Gen. 1, 28. ; 

3. a land, country, Ex. 3, 8. 13, 5. 
Gen. 21, 32 ΠΕΣ yR. Ruth 1,778 
mint. So the land of any one is either 
the country subject to him, as the land 
of Sihon Neh. 9, 22; or consecrated to 
any one Jer. 2, 7. 16, 18; or in which 
one dwells Deut. 19, 2. 10. 28, 12; or was 
born, q. d. one’s father-land Gen. 24, 4. 


278 


30, 25. Num. 10, 9. Is. 8, 9. Comp. γῆ 
τινος Acts 7, 3; and the words D3, "ΠΣ, 
AN A biol: rs and TR often de: 
note Palestine κατ ἐξοχήν Joel 1,2; and 
so in the formula 7728 j2¥, 625, Ps. 37, 
9. 11. 22. 29. 44, 4. Prov. 2, 21. ‘10, 30.— 
Synecd. for the inhabitante of a land, 
Is. 26, 18; spec. of wicked inhabitants 
Is. 11,4; comp. Wi8 no. 1. Ὁ. 

4. land, i. e. a piece of land, a field, 
. Gen. 23,15. Ex. 23,10. Of the fields 
or country around a city, Josh. 8, 1. 

5. the ground, with He local Hz7& 
(Milél) to the ground, as τυ ANHw"} 
Gen. 33, 3. 37,10. Hence poet. for rep- 
tiles, as crawling upon the ground, i. q. 
V287 Ὁ, as Job 12, 8 pI? MD speak 
lo the ground, i. 6. to the reptiles crawl- 
ing thereon; followed by ‘the fishes of 
the sea;’? comp. Gen. 9, 2. 1 K. 5, 13. 

6. earth, i. 6. the element, earthy par- 
ticles, scori@ of metals. Ps. 12, 7 silver 
puri ified in a work-shop V8 as to the 
earth, i. 6. from its dross, scorie. 

Piur. Mix 8 lands, δὐδυκινδάς, regions, 
Gen. 26, 3. 4. So mix2xn the lands, 
often espec. in the later Hebrew put κατ᾽ 
ἐξοχήν for heathen lands, foreign coun- 
tries, comp. D7*8, DA; e.g. ΤΊΝΙ ὩΣ 
ihe nations of the (heathen) lands ὃ Chr. 
13, 9. 17, 10. ΣΤΟΝ τ mind the king- 
doms of the (gentile) lands 1 Chr. 29, 30. 
2 Chr. 12,8. 17,10. The οί ρα ἐδὼ 
usus hidden is apparent from the fol- 
lowing passages in Ezekiel, 5, 6. 11,17. 
12, 15. 20, 23. 22, 15. 20, 32. 22, 4. 

Norse. He paragogic in M¥"X is for 
the most part local; but sometimes also 
it is merely a poetic form, so that M¥5% 
does not differ from 778, 6. g. Job 34, 13. 
37, 12. Is. 8,23; comp. 272 for bab — 
Hence ; 

NIN (earth) Arza, pr. n. m. 1 K. 
16, 9. 

PIS Chald. stat. emphat. SPI, i. q. 
nDax, the earth, the letter > being 
changed into the harsher p, Jer. 10, 11. 
Freq. in the Targums. 


Ν “AN fut. “&"7, imp. 718 Judg. 5, 23, 
with He parag. 78 Num. 22, 6, to curse ; 


j a - 
corresponding is Arab. to abhor, to 


detest; and still more nearly Gr. ἀρά, 
ἀράομαι. Constr. 6. acc. Num. 22, 6. 





90 : WAN 


23, 7. Mal. 2,2. Judg. 5, 23. Job 3, 8 
pin "Ik cursers of the day, i. 6. a 
class of magicians who were thought 
to render particular days unfortunate 
by their imprecations. Gen, 3, 14 cursed 
art thou from every beast, i.e. all beasts 
shall avoid thee as infamous and ac- 
cursed. Deut. 27, 15 sq. 28, 16 sq. 

Nipu. pass. Part. D°783 Mal. 3, 9. 

ΡΙΕΙ, “38, part. "89 1. i. ᾳ. Kal, 
to curse, Gen. 5, 29. 


2. lo cause a curse. Num. 5,22 Dan 


D4N ΠῚ the waters causing a curse, i.e. 

which cause destruction tothe adulterous 

and perjured woman who drinks them. 
Hopn. fut. 1&5" pass. to be cursed, Num 

22, 6. . 

Deriv. 778. 


OTN pr. n. Ararat, a region or pro- — 
vince near the middle of Armenia, be- — 


tween the Araxes and the lakes Van 
and Oroomiah, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38; 
still called by the Armenians Ararat, 


wipuupuui ; upon whose mountains, | 


ὍΝ “I, the ark of Noah rested, Gen. 
8, 4. 
sense for Armenia itself, Jer. 51, 27. 


That it is the name of a region, and not ~ 
strictly of a mountain, is affirmed also — 
by Moses Chorenensis; see Schroeder — 


Thes. Ling. Arm. p. 55.. Mosis Choren. 
Hist. Arm. ed. Whiston, p. 289, 308, 358, 


361.—For an account of this region, see _ 
Morier’s Second Journey, p. 312. ἢ. K. 
Porter’s Travels Vol. I. p. 178 sq. Smith — 
and Dwight’s Researches in Armenia, — 
Vol. II. p. 73 sq.—The root is Sanscr. — 
Aryavarta, ‘terra sancta ;’ Bohlen, Ben- © 


fey, etc. 


3 DN in Kal not used, but as is ὶ 
noted by Manger ad Hos. 2, 21, pr. i. q. 
, to erect, to build, whence — 


ὩΣ, ιὦ 


was ἃ bed or couch, with a canopy. 


So 
Thence also By oi 


Hence 


Pret ΘΝ to betroth a woman, pr. tom 
make her a spouse; 6. acc. MWR WSK 
Deut. 20, 7. 28, 30; and MeN ‘> oa 
Hos. 2, 21. 22. 2 Saba! 3, 14. "The price 
paid for a wife is put with 3 2 Sam. |. 6. 


Pua Wn, fem. in Pause MDA, to be 


It is sometimes taken in a wider ; 





5 a bed-fellow, hus- 


band or wife, 0.75 one Βοίτοιμοά. --- ᾿ 





. cin αἰαὶ I~ snl pil 


_ betrothed, Ex. 22,15. Deut. 22,28. Part. 
_ mike Deut. 22, 23. 25.27.—Chald. 028 
_ Pe. and Pa. id. 


* AN obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Uys 
to desire, to long for. Hence 


MON £ desire, longing, Ps. 21, 3. 
Sept. δέησις, Vulg. voluntas. 


ORMOWNOMIN Ezra 4, 8. 11. 23.6, 14, 


SHOUD 7,1.7, ΑΘ ΤΙΝ 4, 7, 
_ Artaxerxes, pr. n. of several Persian 
_ kings; in Greek written “Agtaségine, by 
the Armenians wiping Eu Ardashes, 
by the modern Persians Ati o,f; 
prot, Ardeshir ; by the ancient 


_ Persians, in the inscriptions of Nakshi- 
Rustam in Niebuhr’s Reisebeschr. II. 
tab. 27, according to De Sacy, Snwnn-sx 
Artakhshetr, Artakhshatra ; whence by 
interchanging the letters r and s, and by 
transposition, arose the form Artakh- 
sharta and the Heb. Artakhshast, Ar- 
takhshasta, as above. Comp. Lassen in 
Zeitschr. f. ἃ. Kunde des Morgenl. VI. 
p- 160. 

This name is compounded from the 
syllable art, strong, mighty, (comp. the 
pr. names ᾿ρτοβάρης, ‘AgtuButys, ‘Agte- 
φέρνης,) and "MwM, which in the ancient 
usage denoted king, like the Zend and 
Sanser. ksatra. Nor yet is Herodotus 
to be taxed with error in rendering it 
_ mighty warrior (6. 98), comp. ksatra 
_ ‘soldier ;? since kings also were warriors. 
See Lassen Keilschrift p. 36. 

Two kings of this name are mentioned 
in the O. Test. a) Pseudo-Smerdes 
Ezra 4,7. 8.23 comp. 24, who not improb. 
took the name of Artaxerxes on his 
- accession. b) Artaxerxes Longima- 
mus. in whose seventh year Ezra led out 
_ acolony into Palestine, Ezra 7,1. 7:11. 


- 12.21. 8,1; and from the twentieth to 


_ the thirty-second year of whose reign 
_ Nehemiah was governor of Judea, Neh. 
_ 2,1. 5, 14. 13, 6. See more fully in 
Thesaur. p. 155, 156. 


? DON obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. "ON to 


: _ bind. Hence the two following : 


ἈΝ (whom God hath bound se. by 
ἃ vow) pr. n. m. Asareel, 1 Chr. 4, 16. 





Ἰδὲ 91 





ON 


DNR (vow of God) pr. n. m. As- 
piel, Num. 26, 31. Josh. 17,2. 1 Chr. 
7, 14. Patronym. is "ρα δ Asrielite, 


Ne νῶν fog 


» ony, suff. ix Job 18, 5, D3WN Is. 
50, 11, comm. gend. (rarely masc. Job 
20, 26. Ps. 104, 4. Jer. 48, 45; comp. on 
the gender of words signifying fire. 
Lehrg. p. 546 note,) fire, comp. Chald. 


κῶν, xp, fire fever, ὅγε. Wap fe-_ 


ss 
ver, Ethiop. HFT fire, Arab. Riad), 


which however is rarely used. The 
branches of this very ancient stock are 
widely spread throughout the languages 
of Asia and Europe; comp. Sanscr. ush 


~~ 


to burn, Pehlv. and Pers. yeast, perh. 
Lat. estus, Germ. heitzen, heiss.—Spec 

1. the fire of God, often for the lightning. 
1 K. 18, 38.-2 K. 1, 10. 12.14. Job 1, 16; 


comp. Ex. 9,23 and Pers. ων! yal 

Trop. for thesanger and wrath of God, 
(comp. Virg. An, 2. 575 exarsere ignes 
animo, subit wra, etc.) Deut. 32, 22 
"BNI MIP Wx a fire is kindled in mine 
anger. Jer. 4, 4. 15, 14. 21, 12. Lam. 2, 
4, Ez. 22,21. In like manner fire is put 
for ardour in men, q. d. burning zeal or 
passion, Jer. 20, 9. Ps. 39, 3. 4. 

2. Poet. fire for war, 6. g. to be con- 
sumed by fire, i.q. to be consumed, wasted 
by war, Num. 21, 28. Jer. 48, 45. Judg. 
9, 15. 20. Is. 10, 16. 26,11. Ps. 21, 10. 
So Ux Mp to kindle a fire, metaph. to 
kindle a war, to excite the tumult of war, 
Is. 50,11.—The same figure is frequent 
in the Arabian poets; comp. Comment. 
on Is. 7, 4. 

3. Trop. for destruction, ruin, of any 
kind, both of men and things, Job 15, 34. 
20, 26. 22, 20. 31, 12. Is. 1, 31. 30, 30. 


38. 11. 14. 


4. heat, scorching, of the sun, Joel 1, 
19, 20: 2, 3.5. 

5. a flashing, brightness, splendour, e.g. 
of arms Nah. 2,5. x "22% stones of fire, 
glittering gems, Ez. 28, 14. 16; comp. 
Stat. Theb. 2. 276 arcano florentes igne 
smaragdi. 

Deriv. TWN, q. v. 


WN Chald. st. emphat. 88, id. Dan 
7, 11. re! 


ON 

* DN ig. wn, there is, there are, 2 

Sam. 14,19. Mic. 6, 10. 
Chald. ἕν, "nx. 


DN (6sh) Chald. plur. j°88 , founda- 
ee Eizrad, 12. 6,16. R. wwe. Arab. 


- o= 
Arab. gaol 


Bl: 

*2UN obsol. root, perh. i. q. her? 
ne; sum, to icinele: to compute. -- 
Hence 

D2UN (for ἘΝ ΞῸΝ sententia Dei) Ash- 
bel, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 
21. 1 Chr.8,1. Hence patronym. "2368 
Ashbelite Num. 26, 38. 

ἸΞῸΝ (i. q. yizbn) pr. ἢ. τη. Eshban, 
Gen. 36, 26. 

YUN (I adjure) pr. n. τὰ, Ashbea, 
1 Chr. 4, 21. 

SyawN Eshbaal, pr. n. of a son of 
Saul, 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39; i. ᾳ. ζῶ δος 
p. 45. 

ἘΏΝ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Chald. and 
Syr. ἜΝ, oats to pour, to pour out — 
Hence the two following: 

THN m. an outpouring. Num. 21, 15 
p> Tw i.e. places where the tor- 
rents from the mountaigs are poured out, 
or flow down, into the valleys and plains 
below, q. d. ravines. 

MIN f. id. outpouring of torrents,.a 
low place or ravine at the foot of a moun- 
tain where a torrent flows down, Josh. 
10,40. 12,8. Ma0DM MiTGN the ravines 
of Pisgah, for the foot or base of the 
mountain, eh, Ξ 17. 4, 49. Josh. 


12, 2.3. hig 
or hill, from 
THIWN (strong-hold, castle, for TY 


from s'103) pr. n. Ashdod, Gr. ACwtdc, one 
of the five principal cities of the Philis- 


w foot of a mountain 
to pour out. 


tines, (assigned to the tribe of Judah | 


pea 15, 47,) Josh. 11, 22. 15, 46. 1 Sam. 
5,1. Is. 20,1. It was a key of Pales- 
tine towards Egypt ; comp. Is. 1. c. and 
Hoot. 2.157. A village still stands upon 
its site, called Esdid; see Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 374 sq. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 368.—The gentile n. is 
“six, fem. m°—, and this latter adver- 


ma 





TWN 
bially, in the dialect of Ashdod, Neh. 13, 
24, 


: o See 

ἘΣ}... obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Arab. Laf for 
“= ! ; 

1. to prop, to support, i.q. BOX. 

2. Metaph. to heal, to cure. 

Deriv. A758 and pr. n. HN". 

MMPS fem. ig. 8x, fire, as in Chald. 
Jer. 6, 29 Cheth. M389 Bmwx by their 
Sire the lead (is consumed). Keri Dm wx. 
consumed by fire. 

MN m. constr. Ww, plur. constr. "WR, 


a sacrifice, offering, so called from the © | 


fire (88) which consumes it, as πυρά 
from πῦρ, q. ἃ. the sacred fuel to be burn- 
ed before God, with πος parag. like "4x, 
m8 5 33,734. Spoken of every kind 
of sacrifice and offering, and once even 
of those not burned, Lev. 24, 7.9. Most 
freq. in certain ritual formulas, as MUN 
mints nh m4 a sacrifice of sweet odour 
unto Jehovah Lev. 1, 9. 18. 17. 2, 2. 9.3, 5. 
mins nwx ny nab Ex. 29, 41.. Lev. 
8, 21; ellipt. mind rain a sacrifice to 
Johotah sc. of sweet odour Lev. 2, 16. 
Ex. 29, 18.25. Plur. 30" "tix sacri 
of Jehovah, i.e. offered to him, Lev. 2 
3, 10. 

MON (for mtx, fem. of the form 
inn), constr. ning (fom. of the form "8, 


for mx) which is sometimes also put | 


for the absol. Deut. 21, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 7. 
Ps. 58, 9; ὁ. suff. “AN, AON, inex, 
etc. once 7MURX Ps. 128, 3; Plur. once 
nmive Ez. 23, 44, elsewhere alwayu ὉΠ 
(for DIN by apheresis, from sing. 
MWIN), constr. “2, c. suff, "22, bt 
DIT). 

1. awoman, female, of any age or con- 
dition, married or unmarried. Cant. 1,8 
prepa mp1 O thou fairest among wo- 
men! 5, 9. 6, 1. Gen. 31, 35 9 pw 433 
the way of women is upon me, i. 6. I have 
what is usual with women, the menses. 
2 Sam. 1, 26 thy love to me was... pass- 
ing the love of women. Job 42,15. Of 
unmarried females Gen. 24, 5. Is. 4, 1.— 
Spec. a) As the name of the sez, and 
thus applied to animals, a female, Gen. 
7,25; so Lat. femina, French femelle, Gr. 
γυνή in Aristotle. See Wx no. 1. a. 
With the artic. collect. women, the fe- 
male sex, Ecc. 7,26. 6) ἃ wife, opp. 









‘to a husband, Gen. 24, 3. 4. 25, 1. 26, 34. 
28,1. 34, 4.sq. [SN MN thy father’s 
_ wife, i. 6. thy step-mother, Lev. 18, 8. 11. 
Comp. 1 Cor. 5, 1. Frequent in the 
phrase Mwix> i> mp> to take to oneself a 
_ woman for a wife, Gen. 4, 19. 6,2. Spo- 
_ ken also of a concubine, Gen. 30, 4; of 
one betrothed, Gen. 29, 21. 6) Asa 
_ term of reproach for a man who is weak, 
_ cowardly, effeminate, Is. 19, 16. 3, 12. 

Jer. 51, 30. Nah. 3, 13. Comp. Hom. 
| “Ayatides οὐκ é¢ “Ayumi. Virg. AEn. 9. 
617. 
_ rious nouns, 6. g. 725} MeN ὦ harlot Josh. 
"1; ΠΝ mun a concubine Judg. 19,1; 
ΟΝ mun a widow 1 K. 7,14; mwx 
rN" Judg. 4,4; τοῦ "15 ‘s Liev. 24, 10. 
e) With genit. of an attribute, τ ΤΡ 
of an adjective, 6. g. 59m mux a capable 
woman Ruth 8, 11; Ὁ 91 Ὡ. MYX a con- 
tentious woman Prov. 27, 15; DAD PUN 
ἃ prostitute Hos. 1, 2. f ) Emphat. of a 
true woman, mach as she should be, 
_ Ece. 7,28; see ὉΠ no. 2, comp. in S810" 
no. 1, and the saying of Diogenes, ‘T 
seek a man.’ 

_ 2. Followed by mins or ΤΆΣ, one, an- 
other ; altera, altera ; see under these 

- words. 

3. every one, Ex. 3, 22. Am. 4, 3. 

Nore. In Chaldee the word for woman 

is SAN, st. emph. ROMN, ROM, plur. 


Ἐῶ). Syr ἴδ, plo. (43. Arab. 


sil. sis, ae ony hp 
j Oey > also il woman, plur. CR 
Ethiop. A3f1T anest (not anset) which 
- also is put for plur. women. 


my see MIN. 


PUN m. (r. ἽΝ) darkness, obscurity, 
only Prov. 20, 20 Keri yan ΟΝ; ; in 
_ Cheth. Ἴϑπ via. The Targ. gives 
the like orthography in Chaldee, τὰ 
RSTO jars. 


| sry or MON m. only 6. suff. STAR, 
-plur. c. suff, ION. R. six. 

1. ἃ step, going, Prov. 14, 15. Ps. 40, 
3. Metaph. in reference to virtue atid 
| piety, 6. g. to follow the steps of Jeho- 
_vah, Job 23, 11; also one’s steps are 
said to slide and al, Pa: 375.912. 73;. 2. 
_ Comp. 43%. 

2.1. ᾳ. "WENN, a species of cedar, 


onde 93 


d) Joined in apposition with va- , 





TWN 
Arab. Sherbin. Ez. 27, 6 juve esp 
Bwana thy benches (or decks) they 
make of i twory, the daughter of the Sher- 
bin-cedars, i. e. ivory inlaid in cedar 


wood, bordered with it; comp. Virg. 
AGn. 10.136. See in WRN. 


WES (τ. 1N) 1.1. ᾳ. WN, a@ step, 
constr. with a fem. Job 31, 7. 

2. Rarely “we 1 Chr. 5, 6, with He 
local MIN Gen. 25, 18, pr. n. Assyria, 
Hos. 9, 3. 10, 6. Zech. 10, 10; more fully 
“AUN YIN Is. 7,18. Also the Assyrians, 
constr. c. masc. Is. 19} 23. 23, 13. 30, 31. 
31, 8. Ps. 83, 9. Hos. 14, 4. In the cunei- 
ἐνῶ inscriptions it is written Asura ; 
see Lassen tiber d. Persepol. Keitsokigt 
p- 71-79.—The name Assyria is va- 
riously employed by the Hebrews, e. g. 
a) Assyria proper, in the ancient sense, 
Gen. 10; 11. 22, seems to have compre- 
hended nearly the same countries which 
Ptolemy (6.1) assigns to Assyria proper, 
viz. those lying east of the Tigris, be- 
tween Armenia, Susiana, and Media, 
and espec. Adiabene. Ὁ) Usually it 
stands for the Assyrian empire, which 
comprehended also Babylonia and Me- 
sopotamia, Is. 10, 9.10, comp. Comment. 
on Is, 39, 1 ; and extended to the Euphra- 
tes, Is. 7, 20, which river therefore is put 
as the emblem of the Assyrian empire 
Is. 8,7. So too the name Assyria com- 
prehends also Babylonia in Hdot. 1. 102 
106. Strabo 16 init. Arrian Exped. Alex 
7. 7.6. Once also in the O. Test. the 
provinces beyond the Tigris seem to be 
left out of view, and the Tigris is thus 
said to flow on the east of Assyria, τ ΠΣ 
"NWN, Gen. 2,14. c) After the over- 
throw of the Auegrion empire, the name 
“1x Assyria continued to be sometimes 
used of the countries over which that 
empire had formerly extended, and of the 
new kingdoms which had then taken its 
place, e. g. of Babylonia 2 K. 23, 29. Jer. 
2, 18 (comp. Is. 8, 8). Lam. 5, 6; also 
Judith 1, 5. 2, 1. 5,1; of Persia Ezra 6, 
22, where Darius is called "18x 352.— 
Hitzig attempts to show that πῆ is put 
also for Syria, Is. 19, 23. Ps. 83,9. (Begr. 
ἃ. Kritik p. 98. Jes. p. 235.) But his argu- 
ments are not convincing. 


"THEN plur. πὲς Asshurim, pr. n 
of an Arabian tribe Gen. 25,3; perh. the 


τὸς 
same which is called in 2 Sam. 2, 9 


"10N, to be sought in the vicinity of 
Gilead. 


ANWN (perh. blackness, black, σ᾿) 
pr. n. m. Ashur, 1 Chr. 2, 24. 4, 5. 


MUN f. (r. MS no. 1) a support, col- 
umn ; “Plur. c. suff. mnmiox Jer. 50, 15 
Keri, Sept. ἐπάλξεις αὐτῆς, ‘Vulg. better 


fundamenta ejus. Comp. Arab. out 


column. In Cheth. is PAN from 
a form MANN. 


NOON Ashima, the domestic idol of 
the city of Hamath, 2 K. 17,30. The 
name is of uncertain etymology ;. most 
prob. it stands in connection with Pers. 
yw asumdn heaven, Zend. agmdano. 


MINDS see TN. 
DON τη. λῷ ἮΝ α ᾿γβεθεγμρο Arab. 


cic, ἐπὶ i unl ἢ ciel. Found 
only i in plur. DWN foundations, 1. €. 
ruins of buildings destroyed to the foun- 
dations, so that those alone remain. 
(Comp. τ Ὁ Is. 58, 12 of ruins.) Is. 
16, 7 τῶι Ὁ ἼΣΩΝ the ruins of Kir- 
hareseth, i. e. of the city Kerak. In Jer. 
48, 31, where there is an imitation of 
this passage in Isaiah, is read "828 
win-n="p the men of Kir-heres ; but there 
is no need of supposing an exact corre- 
spondence in such passages. Later 
writers employed the words of earlier 
prophets only so far as they were appli- 
cable to their purposes ; and sometimes 
added explanations, or even changed 
them, e. g. substituting for difficult or 
perhaps obsolete words others more easy 
and in current use. See Gesch. der 
Heb. Spr. p. 37 sq. and Comment. on Is. 
Le 


MWD f. 2 Sam. 16, 19. 1 Chr. 16, 3; 
Plur. τῶν Hos. 3, 1, and mith 
Cant. 2, 5, a cake, caalees, Lat. liba, spec. 
such as were prepared from dried grapes 
or raisins, pressed or compacted into a 
certain form, from r. BUX; so WH UN 
"223 raisin-cakes Hos. |. c. . They are 
mentioned as delicacies with which the 
weary and languid are refreshed, 2 Sam. 
1 Chr. Cant. Il. cc.and were also offered to 
idols in sacrifice, Hos. l.c. They differ- 


94. 





SON 


ed from ΤΗΣ Σ i. 6. grapes dried, but no 


compacted into the form of cakes; and — 


also from 337 i. e. figs pressed into 


cakes.—The etymology is doubtless to — 


be sought in the idea of pressing toge- 
ther ; 
cake, from 133 to make firm, also ΒΝ 
from MD to spread out;) and not in that 
of fire, UX , as if cakes prepared with fire. 
The same word occurs in Pseudo-Jon. 
Ex. 16, 31, where }28°O8 is for Heb. 


mm By ; abo in the Mishna, Nedarim — 
6. 10, Gite pw" denotes a kind of — 


food prepared from lentiles, prob. cakes 
made from boiled lentiles. 


TUN m. a testicle, Lev. 21, 20. Syr. ἢ 


toe] and Ethiop. ANT id. The 


form is for ΓΌΟΝ from r. 520, 


anal, from awe) Ethiop. ΤΩΡ to in- 


dicate, to inform, whence ἢ 1B. index, 


informer.. So in Lat. testis, testiculus. 


SON plur. τ στον and τ δοῦν as if 


from nbdeix , comp. ΠΟῪ masc. Num. 


13, 23. 
1. a bunch, cluster, pr. the stem or 
stalk of a cluster, Lat. racemus ; spoken 


of berries or flowers hanging in clusters © 
like grapes, 6. g. of dates, Cant. 7,8; of — 


the flowers of the henna, alhenna, Cant. 


1, 14; but chiefly of the vine, either fully — 


with (2a 7,9; 2°52> Num. 13, 23. 24; 
or absol. Is. 65, 8. Mic. yay f Once Gehi 
40, 10 >5wx is distinguished from 233, 
and denotes the stem, racemus, strictly 
so called, 6. g. 0°223 ΠΡ ΣΝ swan, 
i. 6. and its stems (the cluster-stems of 


the vine) ripened the grapes, the berries, 


i.e. shot forth pe στάρει. a τον τὰ 


ing is Arab. SEI, Js, palm- 
branch, Ethiop. Αἰ ὯΔ a grape, avine, 


whence the verb f'NA to bear grapes; 
Syr. and Chald. How, Ndi20, a grape, — 


cluster. Among ail this variety of or: 
thography, the etymology is doubtful. 


Perhaps Ὁ δ may be for >>x, from 
bab χὰ, to bind, to braid, to plait, — 


q. d. a braid of grapes; comp. 323. 
2. Eshcol, pr. n. 


of Palestine, Num. 13, 98. 24. 32, 9. 


(as BQN, 


a) Of a valley ; 
abounding in vines, in the southern part — 


(see the root, and comp. 712 ἃ 





[ SUN 


J Deut. 1, 24. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
Lp. 316. b) Ofa man, Gen, 14, 13. 24. 
T2208 Ashkenaz, pr. n. of a people 
‘and region in northern Asia, sprung 
from the Cimmerians (7724) Gen. 10, 3, 
and situated in the vicinity of Armenia 
_ Jer. 51, 27; unless perhaps it was ἃ pro- 
_ vince of that country itself. A similar 
- form is 125U%.—The modern Jews un- 
_ derstand by it Germany, and even call 
_ this country by the Heb. name; a rare 
_ specimen of ignorance in geographical 
matters. 
4 "DUN m. for "2%, Aleph prosthet. a 
᾿ gift, present, Ez. 27, 15. Ps 72,10. R. 
"28 II, i. g. "2, to hire, to rower 


: ae” 
«DUN ee root, Arab. h3{ and 


AC i. q. ey to strike deep root, to be 


deeply rooted, xf a root, stock, origin. 
Hence 

SON (Kimchi >wx) i. q. Arab. At, 
a tamarisk, myrica, Tamarix orientalis 
Linn. 1 Sam. 22, 6 >Yxan on under the 
_tamarisk-tree. 31, 13, the parall. passage 
to which in 1 Chr. 10, 12 has H>xn nnn 
under a terebinth or tree generally.— 
Then perh. any large tree, (like 7>x, 

ΠΝ.) and collect. trees, a wood, pari 
_ Gen. 21, 33.—An accurate description of 
the tree \Sf is given by J Εἰ. Faber, in 
Fab. and Reiskii Opusc. med. ex mo- 
“numm. Arabum, p. 137; see also R. K. 
Porter’s Travels II. p. 311. 


ὶ * DON Lev. 5, 19. Num. 5, 7, also 
DUN \ Lev. 4,18, 5, 2.3.4.17; fat. otis, 


ἦ 1. to fail in duty, to transgress, 
δὲ guilty, an Vers. to trespass. Arab 
= 






























r id. 1 il causat. reum judicavit, ast 


and ΕΘ fault, guilt, a mulct, comp. 
Wf fault, guilt, AAW 


. The primary idea seems to 
_ be that of negligence espec. in one’s gait, 


5 5... 
whence eel a camel of slow gait, falter- 


ing, weary. Comp. ΤΙ, m3.—Leyv. 
p4, 13. 22. 27. 5, 2. 3. 4.17. ‘Jer. 50, 7. 
The person towards whom one fails in 
duty is put with > Num. 5, 7. Lev. 5,19; 
that in which one is guilty, with > Lew 
5,5, with 2 Hos. 13, 1. Ez. 22, 4.— 


95 





Dux 


Others, in several passages, render DUS 
to acknowledge oneself guilty, as Hos. 5, 
15. Zech. 11, 5. Lev. 4, 22. But there 
seems no good reason to depart from the 
common acceptation of DWN, since we 
need only render in Hos. 1. c. until 
they suffer punishment, as in no. 2; in 
Zech. 1. c. and are not punished ; in 
Lev. 1. c. when a ruler hath sinned 
through ignorance .. . then he is guilty, 
has contracted aie here DWN is i. q. 
i259 δὲ 89 in c. 5, 1. 17. 

2. to bear one’s guilt, i. e. its conse- 
quences, to suffer punishment, to be pun- 
ished, Ps. 34, 22. 23. Is. 24, 6. Jer. 2, 3. 

3. i. q. DW and 03%, to be laid waste, 
destroyed, spoken of altars Ez. 6, 6. 
Comp. Syr. sana] a desert. 


ΝΊΡΗ. to be punished ; hence to be de- 
stroyed, to perish, e. g. flocks, Joel 1; 18. 

Hrpn. to punish, and hence to destroy, 
Ps. 5, 11. 

Deriv. the three following. 


DUS m. c. suff. iaws, plur. c. suff. 
"aN. : 

1. " fault, blame, guilt, which one con- 
tracts, Gen. 26, 10. Jer. 51, 5.—Hence 

2. Meton. trespass, i. e. the thing 
through which guilt is contracted, 
Num. 5, 7. 8. 

3. a sacrifice for fault or guilt, Engl. 
Vers. a trespass-offering, 1 Sam. 6, 3 sq. 
2 K. 12, 17. Is. 53, 10. Ez. 40,39. In the 
Mosaic law these sacrifices for fault or 
trespass-offerings (0Wx) are carefully 
distinguished from sacrifices for sin or 
sin-offerings (Mikwm). Not only were 
the rites and ceremonies of each differ- 
ent; (see Lev. 5, 1-26, or 1-19 and 6, 1- 
7; 7, 1-7, comp. 4, 1-35. 6, 17-23 or 24- 
30 ;) but the different victims pertaining 
to each were sometimes conjoined in one 
and the same offering, (as Lev. 14, 10 sq. 
Num. 6, 12 sq. comp. Lev. 5, 7-10,) and 
the particular faults or sins are carefully 
enumerated by the lawgiver, which were 
to be expiated by this or that rite; see 
Lev. c. 5. 14, 12. 34. 19, 20-22. Num. 6, 
11.12. Still, the precise point of distinc- 
tion between the two kinds of faults or 
sins, has hitherto been sought in vain 
See Jos. Ant. 3.9.3. Philo de Victimis 
2. p. 247. ed. Mang. Rosenm. ad Lev. 5, 
6. Carpzov. Antiquit. S. cod. Ὁ. 707 sq. 


OUN 

DWN m.adj.verbal 1. in fault, guilty, 
Gen. 42, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 13. 

2. seats a trespass-offering, Ezra 
10, 19. 

MIQUE f, 1. Inf. of the verb Ets (like 
non, DN), a being in fault, trespass- 
ing; Lev. 5, 26 [6,7] m¥s ὑῶν dd 
ma ΓΝ Ὁ of all that he hath done in 
trespassing therein, i.e. every thing in 
which he is in fault. Lev. 4, 3 max 
psn i. 6. so that the people incur 
guilt. 

2. a fault, blame, guilt, Engl. Vers. 
trespass, 1 Chr. 21, 3. 2 Chr. 24, 18. 28, 
13, Am. 8, 14 jin Ὁ ΤΌΝ the guilt of 
Samaria, i. 6. its idols. Plur. miaux 
2 Chr. 28, 10. Ps. 69, 6. 

3. the bringing of a trespass-offering, 
see in DWN no. 3. Lev. 5, 24[6,5] nina 
moun in the day when he bringeth his 
trespass-offering. Comp. DX no. 2. 

ΝΣ see ΠΛ ΘΝ, 


ὩΣ ΟΣ m. plur. i. ᾳ. D228, Aleph 
prosthet. pr. fatness ; hence fat fields, 
fertile fields (comp. Gen. 27, 28); Is. 59, 
10 ὉΠ ὈΠΡΏΘΝΞ in fertile fields we 
are as the dead. The Rabbins and Je- 
rome render it darkness, comp. Lam. 3, 
6; but see Comment. on Is. l. c. 


MIAN, TIVAWN, f(r. vawd,) con- 
str. nytt (once abbol: Judg. 7,19), 
Plur. τῶν, a watch, φυλακή, a part 
of the night, 50 called from the military 
watches. Among the ancient Hebrews 
there were only three night-watches ; 
the first or ΤῸΝ UX Lam. 2, 19; 
the middle Judg. 7,19; and the third 
"pan myowsx Ex. 14, 24. 1 Sam. 11,11. 
Later and in the times of the N. T. there 
were four, after the Roman manner. 


᾿ TON obsol. root, perh. I. tobe hard, 
jirm, strong ; Chald. PUN, PeR, hard, 


strong; comp. 85, Arab. Sst, hard, 
strong, robust. 
II. to be dark, obscure, see Ἰδὲ. 


3208 m. a lattice, i. 6. a latticed 
window, through which the cool breeze 
passes, Judg. 5, 28. Prov. 7,6. R. 128 
4. ν. 

MIWN (the strong, fortified) Ashnah, 
pr. n. of two cities in the tribe of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 33. 43. 


96 





Due : 


JUN (prop, support) Lshean, pr. n. 
of a city in Judah, Josh. 15, 52. R. 720. | 


: EDN obsolete root, Syr. Saf to | 
use incantation, enchantment. Simonis— 
places the primary power in the notion Ϊ 
of covering, hiding; whence Syr. to use — 
incantation, pr. to practise hidden arts, — 
comp. 0&3 and [255 ; also MBN a quiver, — 
so called a recondendo. Kindred with ; 
the signif: of incantation is FWD. 1 

Deriv. the two following. 


WON Heb. and Chald. an enchanter, 
magician, Dan. 2,10. Plur. Heb. D°5wR 
Dan. 1, 20. 2,2; Chald. }"5%&, emphat. 
N°DON (from a Sing. Hx) Dan. 2, 27. 
4, 4. 5,7. 11. 15. Syr. teas] enchanter. 


MBWN fc. suff. IMBON, a quiver, perh. ἷ 
SO called as covering and concealing 
the arrows, see r. δ, Is. 22, 6. 49, 2. 
Jer. 5, 16. Ps. 127, 5. Job 39, 23. Lani, 
3, 13 InBON 22 the sons of his quiver, 
his arrows. 
























TIBWN Ashpenaz, pr. n. of a chief 
eunuch in the court of Nebuchadnezzar, — 
Dan. 1, 3. Roediger well compares Pers. 

crawl, Sanser. agvas, horse, and ndsd 
nose; pr. ‘nose of the horse. A simi- 
lar foro is T2308. 


“BUN an obscure word, found only 
twice, 2 Sam. 6,19. 1 Chr. 16,3; where 
Vulg. assatura bubule carnis, dociviial 
it absurdly enough from x fire and "B 
bullock. Engl. Vers. a good piece of 
flesh. But there can be little doub 
that it was a certain measure of wine 
or drink, a measure, cup, for "B® with 
Aleph. prosthet. from r. "EW no. 3 i. qe 


Ethiop. M144 to measure, whence 


@7f1A,C a measure, cyathus, see Lu- 
dolph Lex. Ethiop. p. 187 ; comp. kindr. 
“BO to number.—An approash to the 
truth was made by L. de Dieu, who, 
following the same etymology, under- 
standsa porren of the sacrifice measured 


out. 


; 

MEWS m. a dunghill, finata, for 
mbt (Neh. 3, 13) with Aleph. prosthet. 
from r. MDW to put, to place, perh. also to 
heap up, comp. Ὁ. So MbOxn "Dw 
Neh. 2, 13. 3, 14. 12, 31, contr. rbth “σῷ 
3, 13, the dunghill-date, dung-gate, in 
: ) 








ἊΝ | 97 


Jerusalem, see in ng. Trop. put as 
the απ οὐδόν of deep andsqualid poverty ; 
1 Sam. 2, 8 he raiseth wp the poor out 
of the dust, PAAR OM MBOX he lifteth 
up the needy fromthe dunghill. Ps. 113, 7. 


So 
Comp. Arab. 


deepest poverty.—Plur. mimawx, from 
a lost Sing. MMBON or ΓΒ. Lam. 4,5 
they embrace dunghills, i. e. lie in the 
just, wallow in filth. Comp. the simi- 
lar phrases ‘to embrace the rock’ Job 
24, 8; ‘to lick the dust,’ etc. 

Nore. The signif. dunghill, which 
J.D. Michaelis needlessly calls in ques- 
tion, Suppl. p. 137, is expressed by all the 
ancient versions with once voice ; and the 
same is found also in the Mishna, where 
occurs the Sing. MDwWX dunghill, Chetu- 
both 7.5. Baba Mezia 5.7; and Plur. 
mrpwx of dunghills in the fields, She- 
biith 3. 1-3. According to this first form, 
we might suppose the word to be de- 
rived from the root WX, but whence 
then would come the Plur. mimpwx 7 
Most prob. however this Sing. belongs 
to a later age, and arose’from an error of 
etymology by which the earlier mBUx, 
was regarded asa Plur. Comp. 3x, 
plur. nin2&, and thence Chald. Sing. 
MTN. 


5 dung, mire, put for the 


Ti>PWX (perh. migration, from τ. bp 
Aram. to migrate, comp. mt22) pr. n. 
Ashkelon, Askelon, a maritime city of the 
Philistines: Judg. 1, 18. 14,19. 1 Sam. 6, 
17. 2 Sam. 1, 20. Arab. uy dane ? As- 


kelan, which name is still retained by 
the village which stands among the 
‘ruins of the ancient city. The gentile 
nv is "3i>px Josh. 13, 3. 


: ὮΝ ΟΥ̓ TON, see the pr. 0. ᾿ὔν. 

1b Dr. ‘to be sinniaht, right, i.q. 8" no. 
2. espec. ofa way, and then also of what is 
upright, erect ; whence comes the signif. 
to be firm, strong, in the Talmud. 

2. to go straight forward, and genr. to 
go on, to advance, Prov. 9, 6. . 


3. to go well, to prosper, to be happy τ 


_comp. the kindr. verbs “87 no. 1, 3, 
"WD. 

. Pret "8x to cause to go straight, to 
guide right, Prov. 23, 19. Is. 1,17 Wx 
Yon lead right the CRETE i. 6. guide 





“ON - 


him into the right path. Or it may 
here be taken as the Act. of Pual no. 2; 
and then we may render with the an- 
cient versions: ῥύσασϑε ἀδικούμενον, 
Vulg. subvenite oppresso, Eng. Vers. 
relieve the oppressed. [More exactly: 
right the oppressed.—R.] Part. "wx 
genr. leader, guide, Is. 3, 12. 9, 15. 

2. Intrans. to go on, to advance, i. q. 
Kal. no. 2. Prov. 4, 14. 

3. to pronounce happy, to call blessed, 
Gen. 30,13. Ps. 72,17. Prov. 31,28. Cant. 
6, 9. Job 29, 11. 

Puau “WN and “Wir 
guided, Is, 9, 15. 

2. to be made happy, to be blessed, Ps. 
41, 3. Prov. 3, 18. 

Derly, “wy, MADR, WY, WN, πῶς, 

“TWN , “ANN, ΕΠ Ἢ 


WN (happy, blessed, comp. Gen. 30, 
13) Asher, pr. n. a) A son of Jacob 
by Zilpah, Gen. 30, 13. 35, 26; the foun- 
der of the tribe of like name Num. 1, 40. 
41, the territory of which lay in the north- 
ern part of Palestine and is described 
Josh. 19, 24-31. ‘The gentile ἢ. is "70x 
Asherite Judg. 1, 32. Ὁ) A city east- 
ward from Shechem, Josh. 17, 7. 


. ὮΝ A) Pron. relat. of all genders 
and numbers, like Engl. who, which ; 
also that, what. In the later Hebrew 
and Rabbinic is found the abbreviated 
form ὦ ©, which was elsewhere used 
only among ‘the Phenicians; in the other 
kindred dialects the relative has forms 
derived from the demonstrative M1, as 


1. to be led, 


Chald. "1, 3, Syr. ὃ, Samar. J, Arab. 


sot i i. q. πὶ in , Ethiop. H who, comp. 
‘H he, this; see Thesaur. p. 165.—The 
various uses of the relative belong strict- 
ly to Syntax; and we give here only 
the following: . 

1. Before the relative, the pron. for he, 
she, it, or their plurals, is often omitted, 
e. g. Num. 22,6 "XA WHR) and he whom 
thou cursest. Ruth 2, 2. Ex. 4,12. Josh. 
2,10. The same pron. is also to be sup- 
nlied wherever prepositions are prefixed 
to the relative; 6. g. "8X2 to him who 
Gen. 43, 16, to thew who 47, 24; “WRN 
him who, that which ; “wi from or of 
those which Is. 47,13. Sometimes the: 
pron. implied refers to place, as "HX~>X 


mix 98. 


to that place which Ex. 82, 34; ΝΞ in 
that place which, i. e. where, Ruth 1,17. 
Lehrg. § 198. 

2. Often "OX is merely a sign of rela- 
tion, which serves to give to substantives, 
adverbs, and pronouns, a relative sense ; 
as ΡΣ τὲ WR which dust Gen. 13, 16; 
moony ἼΩΝ which field 49, 30; penis 
where, from bw there; Dw an whence, 
from Dw thence; ἴδ "ῶν to whom, from 
i> to him; 3 my in whom ; ἼΣ9 “WN 
from whom ; 28> ΩΝ whose toast? Deut. 
28, 49, etc. Indeed this is the usual mode 
in which the Hebrews express the ob- 
lique cases of the relative, Lehrg. p. 743 ; 
with a very few exceptions not as yet 
noted by any one, that I am aware of, 
viz. WX Is. 47, 12, for Da Wx (Targ. 
yina—s, Syr. σις); and ὮΝ b> 
Gen. 31, 32, for 72> "68 with whom. 


3. 5 “WN serves to circumscribe the 
genitive, like the Talmudic θῶ, espec. 
where several genitives depend on one 
governing noun, andin the later Hebrew; 
e. g. 1 Sam. 91, 8 Danw> “Wy D4 AN 
the chief of Saul’s herdsmen. Cant. id. 
πρῶ AWS oMwN Ww the Song of 
songs of Solomon, i. e. Solomon’s Song 
of songs. See Lehrg. p. 672, 673. 

4, In the later Hebrew ΩΝ is some- 
times redundant, like the Aram. "3,5 
6. g. Esth. 1, 12 22 “yx 7237 Ἔβῃ 
BO"; see v. 13, where “ON 1 is omit- 
ted ; comp. 2 Stain, 7,14. 9,8. See in 
art. Ἀπ᾿ 

B) It passes over also into a relat. 
Conjunction, like Heb. "3, Aram: "5, 2, 
Ethiop. H, Gr. ὅτι, Lat. quod, Germ. 
dass, Engl. that. Its various uses, in 
which it has a great resemblance to "93, 
may be reduced to the following: | 

1. that, quod, after verbs of seeing, 
hearing, knowing, Ex. 11,7; of finding 
Ecc. 7; 39 ; of speaking Esth. 3,4; con- 
fessing Lev. 5,5; swearing 1 K. 22, 16, 
etc. Also after nouns of like power, Is. 
38, 7. Eec. 5,4. The manner in which 
the neut. of the relative passes over into 
. this power, is exemplified in the follow- 
‘ing passages: Josh. 2, 10 “Wx Mx 129790 
PAO"Ds Wa" Mi tesin we have heard 
that which (how) Jehovah dried up the 
waters of the Red sea. 1 Sam. 24, 11.19. 





“ION 

2 Sam. 11,20. 2 K. 8,12. Dent. 29, 15. 
Is. 38, 7 this shall be to thee a sign, that, 
etc. Comp. no. 9. 

2. that, in order that, ut, denoting end, 
purpose, aim, before the Fut. Deut. 4,40 ᾿ 
and ye shall diligently keep his statutes 
which I command you this day, 32" VR 
ΌΤΙ HPD A> that it may be well with’ 
thee bal with thy children. 6,3. Ruth 3, 
1. Gen. 11, 7. 2° Ro Soar. Ps. 144, 12. 
Also after a verb of asking, Dan. 1, 18.— 
More fully “Wx 322% in order that, see 
in 5 ; once SOg-my Ez. 36, 27. —Neg. 
Nd “WN that not, lest, Ece. 7, 21. Esth. 
1, 19, 2, 10. 

3. Causal, because that, because, be- 
fore a Pret. Gen. 30, 18. 31, 49. 34, 27. 
Josh. 4, 7. 22, 31. 1 K. 15, 5. Eee. 4, 9. 
8,11. Rarely before a Fut. referring 
to something still uncertain, 1 K. 8, 33; 
comp. 2 Chr. 6, 24, where in the same 
connection is"2. More fully "Ws nnn, 
“WN fF", see no. 9. Like "3 it is also 
put at the beginning of an answer as- 
signing a reason where one has been 
demanded ; 1 Sam. 15, 19 wherefore then — 
didst thou not obey the voice of the Lord, 
but didst fly upon the spoil ...? 20 And 
Saul said unto Samuel, heedine that | 
(ts) I have obeyed the voice of the 
Lord,...and have brought Αδαρ... 
and have utterly destroyed the Amalek- — 
ites, i. e. because, in doing as I have 
done, I have obeyed (I think) the di- 
vine command. Vulg. ‘imo audivi vo- 
cem domini.—Sometimes it may be 
more conveniently rendered for, Deut. 
3, 24; so Sept. Syr. Vulg. Here too 
balance mad “tis Dan. 1, 10 (comp. 
maby Cant. 1, 7), pr. for wherefore? Sor 
why? and hence i. 4. ne, lest, Syr. kaso. 
See under 79 D. 3. b. 

4, Conditional, if that, if, Lev. 4, 22, 
comp. DX in vv. 3.27. Deut. 11,27, comp. 
EN v.28. Deut. 18,22. 1K.8, 31 (comp. 
2 Chr. 6, 22). 2 Chr. 6, 29.. Before a 
Fut. Gen. 30, 38. Is. 31, 4. Josh. 4, 21.— 
Rarely it is concessive, #f that, i. q. al- 
though, Ecce. 8, 12. | 

5. Of time, when. ὅτε, pr. ‘the time 
that ;’ before the Pret. Deut. 11, 6 when — 
the earth opened her mouth. 1K. 8, 9. 
Ps. 139,15. 2 Chr. 35, 20 Smswins 9739 “wis of 
ΛΞ τ when γριὰ had repaired the ἢ 








ON 


temple. Comp. Syr. 9 Mark 11, 3. Matt. 
20, 54. 28, 1. 
6. Of slice, where, ov, pr. ‘the place 


that,” for ot "ts, Num. 20, 13. Ps. 95, 


3) 


= 9, te. 64, 10. “Also for naw TUN wabsthen, 
i whithereoever, Num. 13, 27. Ps. 84,4. Is. 
fF. 55, ‘11. Comp. Syr. 9 Heb. 3, 9 for ov. 
So. i. a. WRD » a8, like as, in protasis 
_ Ex. 14, 13, Sept. ov τρόπον. 1 Κ΄. 8, 24. 
, Followed by 19 Jer. 33, 22. Also in 
_ what way, how ; Job 37,17 knowest thou 
- aM AIS ἼΩΝ how thy garments be- 
come warm ? 
_ 8. Asasign of the apodosis, pr. ‘then 
is it that,’ etc. i. q. then, like "3D no. ὃ, 
where see. With OX preceding, Is. 8, 20 
Sd ἼΡ τ. AiR ΓΙΥΓῚ a2 ON ND ON 
if they speak not thus, then shall there be 
to them no dawn. Like "3 and ἢ (Lehrg. 
_ p. 723) it is put where a nominative ab- 
solute precedes; 2 Sam. 2, 4 the men of 
| Jabesh-Gilead >~d-nx 372P VW then 
they buried Saul. Also with, other cases 
absolute, espec. those marking time and 
place ; Zech. 8, 23 "WX Manh on72 
Ap HT in those Says, then shall ten men 
take hold, etc. Deut. 1,31 "8x "2723 
mein the desert, thére thou hast seen ; ; 
comp. 2 Sam. 14, 15 ΝΞ “Hx ams and 
now, so am ἜΝ Chald.  ἸΣ3.- 
᾿ This usage of the particle "Hx is denied 
by Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 650; but in so 
_ doing he seems to have uveblodked the 
fact, that the Heb. and Aram. particles 
"2, 2, 3, all have the like origin and 
signification. 
9. Prepositions to which “88 is sub- 
_ joined are converted into conjunctions ; ; 
_ comp. "3. E. g. δ πὶ after that ; 
WN ID until that, even to; “YX τος 
aside from that, except, Esth. 4, 11; 
ΩΝ 7905 in order that; “8X nnn, 
ror “Aaya, WW 59, WX “23 by, "9" 
ἢ “UN, sti, "Ὡς “DD, “is "IB, “AP? 
q SOR, on Siccolnt of that, because ; comp. 
Lehrg. p- 636.—Once “8 is put first, 
| 92 53 ΩΝ Job 34, 27, ig. “WR 7D by 
and j aby “> on this account that, because. 
c) ‘With prefixes. 
1. "8x2: a) Pr. in what place, where, 
wheresoerer, Ruth 1,17. Judg. 5, 27. 17, 


_ 9; followed by cvi there, Job “39, 30.. 


More fully ow-ntxa Gen. 21, 17, and 
SH Wx cipea 2 Sam 15, 21. The 





oo | sep 


same sense may be retained in 1 Sam, 


23, 13. 2 K. 8,1, where it is commonly 
rendered whither, whithersoever, as if for 
maw WN. b) in that, because, i. q. Syr. 
>, Gen. 39, 9.23. Ece.8,4, 6) > ἼΘΝΞ 
on account of, because of, propter, where 


it takes the nature of a preposition, 
Jon. 1,8. Contracted >wa ib. 1, 7. 12. 


Both forms correspond to Syr. Quo 
propter. : 
2. ΩΝ see after 3. 
3. “tN pr. from that, i. 6. since, be- 
cause, Is. 43, 4. 


ON m. (τ. Wx) happiness, blessed- 
ness, found only in plur. constr. "TW, 
where it takes the nature and force of 
an interjection; as D°NT "IWR lit. O the 
happiness of the man, i. e. Happy the 
man! Ps.1,1. 2,12. 32, 1.2. 33, 12. So by 
an ellipsis of the relative, Ps. 65,5 "708 
“man happy he whom thou choosest. 
With suff. FR happy art thow! 
Deut. 33, 29; 37728 for ἼΩΝ Kee. 10, 
17, "ON Prov. 14, 21, and AT WN for 
ἡστν τὶς Prov. 29, 18, DST hx Is, 32, 20. 
For the shorter plural form of Segholate 
nouns, 6. g. ἼΩΝ for "POR, see in 
Lehrg. p. 575, 576. In the present word 
this shorter form pertains to its use in 
exclamation. Comp. the Gr. and Lat. 
exclamatory phrases, τρισμακάριος, τρισ- 
ὄλβιος, τρισευδαίμων, terque quaterque 
beatus ; Germ. viel Gliick ! 


“WS id. c. suff. et pref. “WN pr. with 
my happiness, i. re happy am 1, Gen. 
30, 13. 


nbs Milél (upright towards God) 
Asharelah, pr. n. of a Levite and singer, 
1 Chr. 25, 2; in v. 14 written MoN70". 

MAWS f£ rarely TON Mic. 5, 13. 
Deut. 7,5; Plur. "UN and δ. 

1. Ἰδὼν a goddess of the Heb. 
idolaters, to whom they made statues, 
images, (M¥252,) 1K. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15, 
16; and whom they often worshipped 
together with Baal, as at other times 
Baal and Astarte (Judg. 2, 13. 10, 6. 
1 Sam 7,4. 12,10). 1K. 18,19 prophets 
of Baal... prophets of Asherah. 2 K.23 
4 of Baal, of Asherah. and of all the host 
of heaven. Judg. 3, 7 and served “PX 
ninwanmms) pqbyan ‘Baals and Ashe- 
rahs , comp. 2K. ‘17, 16. 21,3. 2 Chr. 33 


"DN 


3. Judg. 6,25. Once, where in the same | 


context mention is made οἴ Mx 2 K. 
23, 6. 14. 15, and also of ΩΣ v. 13, 
the latter seems to pertain to the idola- 
trous worship of the Sidonians, and the 
former to that of the Hebrews. 

2. a statue, image, of Asherah, made 
of wood, a wooden pillar, of great size, 
Judg. 6, 25-27; which on account of 
its height was fixed or planted in the 
ground, Deut. 16, 21. An Asherah or 
statue of this sort stood near the altar of 
Baal at Samaria from the time of Ahab, 
1 Ὁ 16, 32. 33. 2 K. 10, 26. 17, 16; on 
the high place of Bethel, 2 K. 23, 15; at 
Ophra, Judg. 6. 25; and even in the 
temple at Jerusalem from Manasseh 
until Josiah, 2 K. 21, 3. 7. 23, 6.—Plur. 
DIN, Asherahs, pillars, columns, ofien 
coupled with the cippi or stone pillars 
(riax2) consecrated to Baal, 1 K. 14, 
23. 2 K. 17, 10. 23, 14. 2 Chr. 14, 2, 
Mic. 5, 12. 13. Ex. 34, 13. Deut. 7, 5. 12, 
3; with pr>s3 soap. 3,7; with 59 ἘΠ 
Is. 17, 8. 27, 9, 2 Chr. 34, 4.7; and with 
other species of idols, Deut. 7, 5. 12. 3. 
2 Chr. 31,1. 33, 9.—That iliews pillars 
were of wood appears especially from 
uhe fact, that whenever they are de- 
stroyed they are always said to be cut 
down and burned, Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25. 
2 K. 23, 6. 15. ete. 

Nore. Of the ancient versions some 
render this word Astarte, others a wood- 
en pillar, others a tree.. Sept. very fre- 
quently ἄλσος, Vulg. lucus, (Engl. a 
grove,) by which they seem to have 

understood a sacred tree ; but see 2 K. 
17,10. In the Mishna too it is explained 
by ‘7253 7" ‘a tree that is worshipped.’ 
The primary signification of the word 
may pertain either to the goddess, her 
nature and qualities ; or to the statue or 
figure of the goddess. The latter has 
recently been maintained by Movers in 
a learned dissertation on this word (Phe- 
nizier I. p. 560 sq. Bonn 1840); accord- 
ing to whom M7Wx is pr. right, upright, 
then a pillar, and at last a female divi- 
nity of the Canaanites worshipped under 
the figure of an upright pillar, often as 
the partner (σύμβωμος) of Baal in his 
altars, but different from Astarte ; comp. 
the: epithet of Diaha, ‘Og dia, *Opdesiae 
‘Phe former idea was adopted by me, 


100 





| ὨΩΝ 
(Thesaur. 5. h. v. et in.A ppend.) referring 


MOR to the nature and qualities of the 
goddess herself; though I admit, that 


the proper and primary signification of — 


the word was afterwards neglected and | 


obliterated, as is not uncommon. Ac- 


cording to this view 7¢& is pr. For- 
tune, happiness, (comp. “tr no. 3, "OX 
Gen. 30, 13, espec. "JER ,) and hence 
became an attrinate of Astarte. or Venus 
as Fortuna datrix, which was made 
great account of among the Hebrew 
idolaters ; see the arts. δ, "22. To 
this we may add, that the Romans too 
regarded Venus as the giver of good 
fortune and a happy lot; comp. the 
expressions : Venerem jacere Suet. ve- 
nereus jactus Cic. et al. And I am still 
induced to regard this view with favour, 
by the analogy of other similar names 
derived obviously from the nature and 
qualities of heathen gods, and very 
rarely if ever from the form of their sta- 
tues or images; 6. g. py92, ΠΩΣ, 
pan. 
that, the propér signification of ποθ, 
ΕΝ, being afterwards neglected, 
these words might come to be used of 
rude pillars and wooden statues ; just as 


the Gr. ‘Leujjc was used of any human ᾿ 


statue which terminated below the 


breast in a square column, although it — 
might represent any thing or every thing — 


but Mercury. 


ΣΡ ΩΣ Chald. a wall, so called as — 


being upright, see r. WGN no. 1. Ezra 
5,3. For the form, see inm2va. 


* WEN obsol. root, pr. to cram or 


press together, to make compact, either ᾿ 


by treading, stamping, or in any other 


os 
way; comp. Arab. 23] to tread. to 


stamp, tosubdue. Kindr. is 7X to press, ' 
to urge; also ΥῈΝ and the roots there — 


adduced.—Hence πῶ a pressed cake 

of dried grapes ; S78 a foundation, se. 

as made firm by stamping; also Arab. 
£ 

6 Conj. II, to found, to make firm; 

comp. MN to prop. 


Nore. Hithp, Swixnn see under r. 


7x p. 45. 
nor see MUR. 


- νυν νον SS 


It is however quite possible — 





TR 
7 _ SSTMBN (perh. recessus, as if Inf. from 
 Syr. ‘jas to recede, to withdraw, 1 

Tim. 5, 11) Eshtaol, pr. n. of a city 
belonging to the tribe of Dan, situated 
in the plain of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
"15, 33. 19, 41. Judg. 13, 25. 16, 31. Ev- 
sebius places it fifteen Roman miles 


- north of Eleutheropolis on the way to Ni- 
copolis.—Gentile n. "28BX 1 Chr. 2, 53. 


MATHS Chald. eshaliion Ezra 4, 15. 
19; verbal of Conj. Ithpa. from τ, 778 
_ to strive, q. v. 


PINUS (womanish, uxorious, from 

mx) pr. n. τὴ, Eshton, 1 Chr. 14, 11. 12. 
ΟΠ ΤΕ Josh. 15, 50, and PVANWN 
_ (obedience, as if Inf. of Arab. Conj. VIII, 
from τ. 28) Eshtemoh, Eshtemoa, pr. n. 
_of a Levitical city in the mountains of 
* Judah, Josh. 21, 14. 1 Sam. 30, 28. 1 Chr. 
Ε 4.17. 19. 6,42. Still called Semd’a, a 
large village south of Hebron; Bibl. 
- Res. in Palest. II. p. 194, 627. 


_ FS Chald..comm. gend. i. q. Heb. ix, 
a sign, portent, synonym. 772m. Dan. 3, 
82, 33.6, 28. Rin. 

“RS 1. ᾳ. OMX thou, q. v. 

TS , with distinctive accent AX, pers. 
pron. 2 pers. fem. dhou, often. The form 
_ is apocopated from the fuller "Fix , where 
see. Sometimes joined with a masc. 
Ez. 28, 14. Deut. 5, 24. 


Β΄ "1. DN, with Makk. “mx, c. suff. 
ΟΝ, AMR, in Pause FMS, nk, ANS, 
A mn, (all which are just as often writ 
ten fully,) D2ns, rarely nami Josh. 23, 
16, om, yn, Tonk Ex. 35, 26, ‘more 
| “rarely Dons Gen. "32, 1, DMs Ez. 93, 45, 
FANS v. ‘AT. 

1. Pron. demonstr. αὐτός, ipse, self, this 
same. This primary demonstr. power 





would seem to have been pecperved in 
the language of common life, and after- 
wards to have emerged and become 
' current in the later books, as also in 
_ Rabbinic and Syriac. Josh. 22, 17 ts τί 

too little for us "28 ΣΤΟΝ this same ini- 
| quity of Peor? Hagg.2,17 "2% BINS PR 
yet ye yourselves turned not to me. Dan. 
| 9,13 as is written in the law of Moses 
canbe mya, mss mp->2 mx all this 
same evil is come Upon US, age as an- 


᾿ Υ a) 
᾽ 
> 5 2. » 


of the soles of my feet. 


_ appears less in the early Hebrew ; but 





CT Ae seats 
nounced in Lev. c. 26 and Deut. c. 28 
Jer. 38, 16 DEIN-My 123 ND Wx MRM 
i. 6. the same who gave us this life. 2 
K. 6,5 as one was felling a beam, the 
ΙΕῸΝ (>3937mx) fell into the water, 
where the word iron is at least to be 
pronounced with a certain emphasis. 
Neh. 9, 19.1 Sam. 17, 34 3 ἢ "ANA 8a 
there came the lion and namely the bear ; 
or perh. with the bear himself, comp. αὐτῇ 
σὺν φόρμιγγι Hom. Il. 9. 194. Others, 
and with the bear.—Here belong also in 
the O. T. the following: a) The reflexive 
use of MX, as IMS ἑαυτόν, DMN ἑαυτούς. 
ΕΖ. 34, 2 wo to the shepherds ἢ WS 
ons 0°25 who do feed themselves, i. q. 
pup). v. 8.10. Jer. 7,19. Num. 6, 13. 
b) In Ezekiel it is read four times with- 
out a noun following, being put for αὐτό, 
this, it, itself ; while every where else, 
in a relaxed sense (see no. 2), it requires 
a noun or suffix; so Ez. 43,7 dipa my 
"D3 Mip> DPA MN} "NOD this (αὐτό) is 
the place of my throne and this the place 
ΕΖ. 47, 17. 18. 
19; comp. ν. 30, where MNT is ead in 
the same context.*—Comp. the Rabbi- 
nic formula, B17 IMI αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ on 
the same day, that very day; “M83 
ΠΡῸΣ in the same hour, that — hour 5 
also Syr. oi he, comp. ag ἑαυτοῦ, a 
se ipso. 

Nore. Some have ΡΎΣΕΩΣ the 
above use of this particle, choosing τὰ- 


| ther to refer the passages cited, and 


others like them, to its use with an ac- 
cusative ; but with little success. See 
Maurer’s Comm. II. p. 608. The origin 
of the word, which is treated of below, is 
not contrary to the above view; but 


| rather*favours it. 


2. By degrees Τὶ lost much of its pri- 
mitive force; so that as set before nouns 
and pronouns already definite, it came 
to add little of demonstrative power ; 
e.g. "233 PN, like Engl. the thing itself, 
the same thing, often put redundantly 
for simpl. this thing, the thing. As to 





* Some have suspected the reading in v. 17. 
18..19 ; and have proposed to substitute ΝΥ, 
as inv. 20. But the similar passage in c. 43,7, 
where MNT could not well be substituted, sup- 
ports the common reading. Maurer suppiies: 


‘lo! the place, ete. Sept. ἑώρακας τὸν τόπον 


κ. τ. }. 


case, it is put: a) Rarely before the 
nominative, e. g. 2 Sam. 11, 25 S777 
MI ASAIN MS 2 ΣΞ Let nit this thing 
displease thee. 1 Sam. 20, 13. Neh. 9, 
32. Not to mention, farther the exam- 
ples where PX is coupled with a passive 
verb, as Gen. “4, 18 TASTER rr pb ba abhi 
and ‘there was born unto Enoch Irad ; 

for which construction see Heb. Gr. 
§140, 1. a. For the examples, see 
Lehrg. p. 682-685. Maurer Comment. 
on Hagg.2,5. b) Very freq. and chiefly, 
before the object ofa proposition, when 
definite ; comp. the pronouns αὐτός, ἦρθε, 
which espec. in the oblique cases αὐτοῦ, 
αὐτῷ, αὐτόν, ipsum, ipsi, lose in a degree 
their demonstrative power. Hence it 


passes over into a particle designating | 


a determinate object ; so that Heb. “m8 
pi.un, which would be pr. i. q. αὐτὸν 
τὸν οὐρανόν, becomes in common usage 
i. q. τὸν οὐρανόν. like Gr. αὐτὴν Χρυσηΐδα 
Tl. 1. 143, without emphasis for Χρυσηΐδα; 
also τ otal pr. αὐτόν σε, σεαυτόν, and then 
simpl. σε. Inthismanner Τὰ is put very 
frequently before substantives made de- 
finite by the article, as τ ΘΙ MN 
V2N0 Gen. 1, 1, comp. prot ys 2.4; 
or by a genitive or suffixes added, Esth. 
9, 14. Ruth 2, 15; also ‘before proper 
names, Jon. 2, 1. Ἃ all these construc- 
tions it is far more frequent in prose than 
in poetry. Very rarely is τς put before 
nouns not made definite; Ex. 2, 1. 21, 
28. 2 Sam. 18, 18. Prov. 13, 21. Kec. 3, 15. 
Nore. The origin of this particle is 
still uncertain. Corresponding to it in 
the Semitic languages are Chald. m3, 
Syr. Ds, ipse ; but these are of rare oc- 
currence. Kindred are thiop. eyfa who 
(pr. demonstr. like all relatives), Egypt. 
ent who; and espec. the demonstr. syl- 
lable ent, which in the Egyptian lan- 
guage is prefixed: to the personal pro- 
nouns, as ent-oten ye, ent-sen they, ent-of 
he. Here the simple and genuine forms 
are oten, sen, of. The form ‘ent-sen cor- 
responds entirely to the Heb. O4nx, 
(Minx, and ent-of to the Heb. ink; at 
all these forms express the nomina- 
tive. See the Table in "58, note. Heb. 
Gr. p. 293. edit. 13. έν ent comes 
both Px (as Mm from mn), and Mik; 
comp. Sanscr. état, Gr. ovt-o¢.—Others 


102 


- Preposition, of like force with b> q. v. 













































ὮΝ 7 


refer PX, M58, to the Aram. ΠΝ, ΠΣ 
i.qg. ©"; so Hupfeld. On the demonsir 
power of the letter m, see Hupfeld in 
Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. II. p. 135. 


I]. M8, with Makk. τρὶς, c. suff. "hE, 
FAN, in pase and fem. sn Gen.’ 6, 
18 comp. 20, 18, IMR, MX, SIAN Gert, 
9,9. 11, OMX; more rarely and chiefly 
in the books of Joshua, Kings, Jer. and 
Ezek. 78, AMS, OMX, where it might — 
seem to be confounded with PR assign — 
of the accus. Strictly a Subst. denoting 
nearness, vicinity, prob. for 73% from τ᾿ 
mx ΠῚ, to approach, as ΓΞ from M3. 
In common usage it passed over into a 


1. with, apud, i. e. at, by, near, of 
nearness and vicinity, comp. 09. Gen. 
19, 33. Lev. 19,13. Job 2,13. 1 K. 9, 26 © 
Exzion-geber πῆρα ΤΣ "ὥς ΣΙΩΝ is 
near by Eloth ; comp. Judg. 4, 11. “PN 
ΓΒ "2p with i.e. in the presence of any 
one, i,q. 22>, see in M25. Unusual 
is Gen. 30, 29, thou knowest what thy — 
flock has become “FIN with me, i.e. under | 
my care as their shepherd ; comp. 39, 6 
he took care for nothing iM& with 1 him, 
i.e. so long as he had Joseph for his 
οἰκόνομος. v.8.—Spec. a) As implying 
eae age like Lat. penes, comp. Gr. τὰ 
παρ ἐμοΐ, Arab. ons rashes espec. of 
what one has in mind; Job 12, 3 "Ὥστ 
nbs 0D 98 who knowetl not euch things? 
14, 5 the number of his months is with 
thee, i i.e. in thy mind, is determined, by 
thee; comp. ὩΣ no. 2. c. b) Rarely of 
motion to or towards a place, (like παρά. 
c. ace. and vulg. apud te Inscr. Grut.) 
2 Sam. 15, 23. Ps. 67,2 528 3B AN, 
i. q. nbs, Ps. 4, 7. ὁ) 1. ᾳ. besides, 
preter, (comp. παρὰ ταῦτα preter ista,y 
Ex. 1,14. 1K. 11,1. 25. d) Ellipt. for 
mx en 49, 25, where {2 is implied 
from the preceding context. e) In 
some phrases and examples MX might 
seem to stand more laxly for im; as im 
Lat. apud villam, apud forum, apud 
Hierosolyma Suet. Vesp. 93; apud Pa. 
lestinam Eutr. 7,13; see Handii Tur- 
sell. p. 414,415. But still, in all such 
cases, the notion of nearness can and 
ought to be retained ; 6. g. 1 Sam. 7, 16 
and he judged Israel nish ninborbs- δ 
at all these places; ‘the tribunals i 





ns 


which justice was administered being in 
the gates of the cities, and therefore at or 
bythe cities. 1K.9, 26 νῶν ims “UPN 
"7 20> and Solemn Duimed:sncanies a'r 
that altar which was before Jehovah ; 
comp. Suet. Aug. 35, ‘ut thure et mero 
supplicaret—apud aram ejus dei etc.’ 
and Deut. 16,6 maim ow... Dipamm>s. 
Sacrifices were offered πεν at the al- 
tar, and in 1 K. |.c. this phrase is employ- 
ed as if the usual one for offering incense. 

2. with, cum, comp. 6Y no. 1; pr. of 
accompanying, society, etc. Gen. 6, 13. 
A3, 16. Judg. 1, 16. Jer. 51,59; of affi- 
‘nity 1K. 3,1; of a covenant Gen. 15, 
18; of help, aid, Gen. 4, 1 J have gotten 
a ΙΑ ΘΗ Σ αὐ. avith Jehovah, i. 6. 
with his help, ‘through his aid. Jer. 1, 8. 
15, 20. Also, to speak with any one 1 XK. 
8, 15; to fight or wage war with any one, 
where MX can also be rendered against, 
Gen. 14,9. 1 Chr. 20, 5. Prov. 23, 11. 
nins-rxy WON to walk with God, ᾳ. d. 
as the companion of God, to live a life 
pleasing to God, Gen. 5, 94. Jon ΠῺΣ 
‘e-my fo do Ieindness ie. to act kindly 
with any one, ‘Zech. ‘M9. Deut. 1, 30; 
comp. Ruth. 2, 20. 2 Sam. 16, 17. 

For MX see after 47. 

Nots. Noldius in his Concord. has 
everywhere confounded the two words, 
mx I and II. 


ITI. FS c. suff. img 1 Sam. 13, 20; 
Plur. 5°Ms ib. v. 21, and D°MN Is. 2, 4. 
Mic. 4, 3. Joel 4, 10; an agricultural 
instrument of iron, having an edge and 
requiring to be sometimes sharpened, 
(1 Sam. 1. c.) according to most of the 
ancient intpp. a plough-share or coulter, 
though in 1 Sam. 1. ὁ. it is joined with 
mo om plough-share ; according to 
Symm. and the Rabbins, a mattock. 
The LXX in Sam. 1. c. use the more 
general word oxsvo¢; comp. Arab. 


Οὐδ᾽ household-stuff, flocks and herds, 
utensils. Better perhaps to regard mx 
as contr. for MIN (as MD for MID from 
' § SE οἱ g§ Ξ 
m2) i. q. Arab. 31 instrument, sol 
apparatus, instrument, espec. of war, 
. Ἑ 
from r. ΤῚΣ [δὴ to help, also to be fur- 


nished with instruments, apparatus ; 
and then this general word is prob. put 


103 





mins 


for some particular kind of instrument, 
perhaps for the coulter of a plough ; see 
the passages above cited from Isaiah 
and Micah. 

SYANS (with Baal, i. e. enjoying the 
favour and help of Baal) Ethbaal, 
pr. ἢ. of aking of Sidon 1 K. 16, 31. Jo- 
sephus calls him ᾿Ἰϑόβαλος, Εἰϑώβαλος, 
(532 imx,) Ant. 8. 13. 1,3. ς. Apion. 1.18. 


. miss; Deut. 33, 2, and RON Is, 21, 
12, plur. 12m8 Jer. 3, 22 for 23NNN ; Fut. 
πρὶ Job 37, 22, plur. “mx Job 16, 22, 
contr. and défect. πρὶ Mic. 4,8, sn 
Deut. 33, 21 and ὨΝΞῚ for MN Ἐ 41, 
25; Imper. mx for ἸῺΝ Is. 21, 12. 56, 
9. 12; most of ‘which forms imitate the 
Aearoisall 

1. to come, poetic instead of δ. 


τ 
Chald. xmx, Syr. fzf, Arab. GI, in 


these languages the common prose 
forms. Constr. with > of pers. to wham 
one comes Jer. 3, 22, and 71> Mie. 4, 8. 
Part. plur. fem. ΓΝ ΠῚ things to come 
i. 6. future, Is. 41, 23. 44, 7. 45, 11. Arab. 


Tia OS 
wi for isl future. 


2. to come upon any one, to happen to 
him, e. g. evil, Job 3, 25, i. q. 5} 6. ace. 

3. lo go, to pass away, Job 16, 22. 
Vulg. transeunt. 

Hipu. to bring, i.q. 8°39. Preet. plur. 
mt for ἼΩΝ Is. 21, 14; also the 
same form for Imper. Jer. 12, 9.. 

Deriv. ji". 

MAN Chald. Dan. 7, 22, inf. xm Dan. 
3, 2, 1. ᾳ. Hebr. to come, with >» of pers. 
Ezra 4, 12. 5, 3. 

Apu. "177, inf. mm, by Hebraism, 
to cause to come, to bring, e.g. persons 
Dan. 6, 17.25; things Dan. 5, ᾿ 23. Syr. 
δι: 

Hopu. borrowed. from the Hebrew, 
but anomalous, "75, 3 fem. 175 Dan. 
6, 18, plur. °° 3, 13, to be brought. 


“MN pers. pron. 2 pers. τῇ. thou. 
With distinctive accent Mm& (Milél) 
Gen. 3,11, 4,11. 27, 32; without 7 five 
times in Cheth. AX 1 Sam. 24, 19. Ps. 
6,4. Ecc. 7,22. Job 1,10. Neh. 9, 6. 
In oblique cases: of thee, thine, 1 K. 21, , 
19; thee Prov. 22, 19; see Heb. Gr. 
§ 119. 3. Lehrg. p. 727.—Instead of the Ὁ 


‘ms 
toubled, the Arabic and Ethiopic have 


oF oF 
nt, SSI, f wt, vulg. ol, AFT, ἢ 
Art ; the Syriac has Nun. occult, nat 
ἣν what ; and thesame letter appearsalso 
in the Egyptian eNToK, f: eNTO; all 
which are compounded of the demonstr. 
syllable en and the simple pronouns fa, 


ti, tok, comp. Indo-europ. tu. See in 
“258, note. Heb. Gr. p. 293. edit. 13. 


IMS f. (r. jO8) a she-ass, so called 


$ <P 
from its slow gait; Arab. yt she-ass, 


both domestic and wild, Aram. 8278, _ 


2) id—Num. 22, 23 sq. ἴδ "22 son 
of his ass i. e. his ass’s colt, Gen. 49, 11. 
Plur. many Gen. 12, 16. 32, 16. 


JAMS Chald. comm. gend. a furnace, 
i, q. Syr. 3927, Dan. 3, 6. 11. 15 sq.— 
The form }!M8 is for 4298, from r. }2" 
to smoke; like p57 for Ppt". 

PAMS Ez. 41,15 Cheth. for P"mx q. v. 

“FS i. q. MN pers. pron. 2 pers. sing. 
fem. thou. This form is rare in the 
O. Test. occurring only seven times in 
Cheth. 1K. 14,2. 2 K. 4, 16. 23. 8, 1. 
Judg. 17,2. Jer. 4,30. Ez. 36,13; the 
Yod being everywhere dropped through 
the ἀκρισία of the Masorites, and AX 


substituted, so that in the text itself the . 


apparent fori is ὮΝ. Still, there can 


be no doubt but that this (my) is a | 
genuine form, (comp. Arab. st and . 


Syr. way ,) and even the more’ ancient 


and primary form, which the negligent 
pronunciation of common life afterwards 
abridged into MX. Yod at the end of 
words is a mark of the feminine, as in 
"RORN. 

“EN (perh. near, from MX nearness, 
and the ending "—,) Jitai, pr. n. τη. 
a) A Gittite, one of David’s military 
chiefs, 2 Sam. 15, 19. 22. 18,2. b) A 
Benjamite 2 Sam. 23, 29; also written 
sms 1 Chr. 11, 31. 


P°RS m. Ez. 41, 15 Keri, v. 16. 42, 3, 
5, a term of architecture signifying in- 
crement, projection of a story or portico, 
an offset, terrace, gallery. It is a verbal 
Hiph. from ῬῸ Hiph. to tear away, to 
cut off. So Bottcher recently, Proben p. 
350; but so too Abulwalid long before, 





104 "ὮΝ x 


i. q. dues augment, increment, etc. see 
his words quoted in Thesaur. Append. 
s. h. v. 

DMN pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. m. ye, 
joined less accurately with a fem. Ez. 


20> 
13,20. Arab. ert, Aram. }AF28. 

DMN Ex. 13, 20. Num. 33, 6, Etham, 
pr. n. οἵδ place on the confines of Egypt 
and the Arabian desert; from which also 
the adjacent part of the desert as far as 
to Marah had the same name, Num. 33, 
8. Sept. ’OFapu. Jablonsky supposes it 
to be i. q. Egyptian &TIORLi. 6. bound- 


ary of the sea; Opuse. ed. te Water IL. 
Ρ. 157.. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 80. 


DANN 1 Sam. 4, 7. 14, 21. 19, 7. 
2 Sam. 5,2. Ps. 90,4; bnans Mic. 2,8. 
Is. 30,33; once Shans 1 Sam. 10, 11; 
Adv. 

1. aforetime, of old, spoken of time 
long past, Mic. 2, 8. Is. 30, 33. 

2. yesterday ; so in all the other pas- 
sages above cited. 

Nore. There exists, likewise a form 
ὈΠῸΣ q. ν. Also Syr. \Sezf, Chald. 
dion, “bans. The form seems com- 
pounded from Mx with, at, and din i. q. 
p25, fore-part, ” front j hence of time, 
antea, aforetime. 


* TDN obsol. root, Arab. ol ig. df 
to take short steps, to go slowly ; Con: 


IV to stop, to stand still; comp. at to 


delay.—Hence jim a she-ass. 


JOS in some Mss. and editions for 
{"N perennity, perpetuity, Mic. 6, 2. 
Job 33,19. See jm". 


JAN pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. fem. ye ; 
only once Ez. 34, 31, where some Mss. 
read jFN. Elsewhere with He parag. 
MIAN, but only Gen. 31, 6. Ez. 13, 11. 
34, 17; also Ez. 13, 20 mime after the 
sncluex of the arm mat, mq. Nun 
added at the end of words is a sign of 
multitude, espec. in the fem. comp. j"—, — 
uk m2upn. 

Mn f. a gift, reward, spec. as given 
to a harlot, Hos. 2,14 [12]. R.mgy. 


"IFN (giving, munificent, from 72m§) 
Ethni, pr. n. τῇ. 1 Chr. 6, 26 [41]. 















ams 


ams Ez. 16, 34. 41, and 298 m. (for 
“2m, Aleph. prosthet. from r. 72m,) 6. 
sult “DIM. 
mt, a gift, hire, e. g. of a harlot, absol. 
_ Ez. 16, 31. 34; and with mit added 
Deut. 23,19. Metaph. of fruits and pro- 
duce of the fields, regarded by idolaters 
as gifts from the idols: Hos. 9, 1. Mic. 1, 
7; comp. Is. 23, 17. 18. 
_ 2. Ethnan, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 7. 


Υ “ON Chald. subst. m. c. suff. FIN. 
δ....1. a place, Dan. 2, 35. Ezra 5, 15. 6, 5. 
7. Inthe Targums freq. Syr. et Samar. 


pf id.—Hence "5 "m8 the place where 


Beth, ὍΘ, the second letter of the 
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral denot- 
ing 2. The Hebrew name is contracted 
from ΓΞ, house, lent, to which the ear- 
liest form of this letter seems to have 
borne a resemblance. See Heb. Gr. p. 
291. edit. 13. Monumm. Pheen. p. 21. 

It passes over into the other labials, 
e.g. a) Into 5, as “13 and "35 to dis- 
_ perse; >P2 and ‘Vas to cleave ; 2172 
_ Aram. 3178, Ui-2; iron; 738 and ae 
to be weak. b) Rarely into’, as 2735, 
“S305, great; also into quiescent, as 
Saw-nma for sab-M2; comp. in the occi- 
dental languages βόσκω vescor, pascor ; 
Budo vado. c) Into 2, the sounds of 
_ these two letters being very nearly re- 
_ lated in the mouth of an oriental; e. g. 
ΜῊ and δ fat; FIN and 7A 
 ~pr.n.ofa Babylonish idol; ἹΠ3 ΟΣ Ξ to 
try; jot. Sen | time ; "723 Wa) to prune a 
_ vine; 712" and 172. pr. n. of a stream ; 
039 i. g. 3922 a writing, poem; Arab. 


q KK for ἈΚ Mecca. Comp. βλέττω for 
| μελέττω from μέλε mel, honey ; scamnum, 
_ scabellum ; marmor, Fr. marbre, Engl. 
_ marble, etc. 


ΟΞ , before monosyllables sometimes 3 
(see Heb. Gr. § 100), c. suff. "2; 43, 
rarely 722 Ps. 141, 8, in Pause atid fem. 
4253, FB; 55} 022, 133; DNB, bz, 








105 a 


Ezra 6, 3, i.q. where, a pleonasm very 
common in Aramean, Syr. ? 52}; comp. 
“ws Dip, in dipa. aoe 

2. Perh. track, i. q. Arab. me Δ" 
Ethiop. 4f1C. Hence ΝΞ for ἼΣΞ 


Dan. 7,6.7, afteryi.g. St &, , il de, 
pr. in the track; with aff. 72M2 after 
thee Dan. 2, 39. Syr. and Samar. 
sD. 

D™IMS (places, regions) Atharim, pr. 
n. of a place in the south of Palestine. 
Num, 21,1 SQN FI by the way of 
Atharim. 


f. j92; Arab. «Ὁ, rarely O; Ethiop. 
fl; rarely 11; Syr. 5; ἃ prefix Prepo- 
sition, for the origin of which see the 
note at the end of the article; primarily 
denoting the being and remainingin a 
place, Gr. ἐν, Lat. in; then transferred 
to the ideas of nearness and society or 
accompaniment, at, by, with ; and coupled 
also with verbs of motion. 

A) Pr. in, Lat. in c. abl. Gr. ¢vy.—Spec. 

1. in, pr. of the being in a place, 
(which might-be more fully and pre- 
cisely expressed by Jim2, 33.) as 
“"92 in the city, M733 in the house, "122 
in the pit, YX in the land or province, 


ΟΦ in (the place) which, i. q. where.— 


Here belong also the following: 8) 
The formulas "3°33 in the eyes (pr. in 
the sight of the eyes), "IRS, "23; 


-comp. ἐν ὀφϑαλμοῖς Hom. Il. 2. 587, in 


oculis Q. Curt. 9. 4. b) The idiom 
3 πρὸ ‘to drink in a cup,’ as in Engl. i.e. 
to drink what is in a cup, for ‘ to drink out 
of a cup,’ Gen. 44,5. Am. 6, 6, comp. 
Chald. Dan. 5, 2. So Gr. ἐν χρυσῷ, ἐν 
ποτηρίοις πένειν Xen. Anab. 6.1.4. Fr. 
‘boire dans une tasse,’ ‘ puiser dans une 
fontaine. The analogy of these other 
languages speaks decidedly against the 
explanation of Fasi, that the vessel is 
here to be conceived of as an instru 

ment, q. d. to drink with a cup. 


= 106 m= 


2.-As denoting the being in the midst 
of a number or multitude, in, among ; 
Lam. 1, 3 D°i92° among the nations. 
Gen 23, 18 i999 ἜΣΘ "Na->22 among 
all that went in at the gate of his city, 
i. q. in their presence, -before them. 
Spec. a) When a person or thing is 
one individual or part from among a 
large number. Cant. 1,8 Ὁρῶ πεῖ O 
thou fair (fairest) among women. 2 Sam. 
15, 31 Ahithophel is among the conspira- 
tors, i.e. one of them. Ps. 118, 7 in" 
"1132 Jehovah is among my helpers, i.e. 
is my helper. Ps. 54,6. 99, 6. Judg. 11, 
35. (Comp. ἐν σοφοῖς εἶναι.) Ps. 139, 16 
my days were predestined 052 ΤΙΝ by 
and there was not yet one among them, 
i.e.of them. 1 Sam. 11,11 528 05 two 
among them, of them. Ex. 14, 28. Lev. 

16, 36.-Deut. 1,35. Hence: Ὁ) After 
several verbs, when they relate only to 
a part of a large number; 6. g. 3 72h 
to smite among i.e. of them, a part of 
them, 2 Sam. 23, 10; diff. from “2m ec. 
accus. to smite tiem: 3 37 Ps, 78, 31. 
Comp. 3 528, 3 HN, to eat of, to drink 
of, Prov. 9, δ. c) Gen. 7, 21 and all 
flesh fenimals) died... QAI HiT 
ΕΠ 533} M134 pr. which was among 
the birds, and among the cattle, and 
among the wild beasts, etc. i. 6. even all 
the birds, the cattle, aid the wild beasts, 
etc. 8, 17. 9, 2. 10. Hos. 4, 3. 

3. As referring to the bounds, limits, 
by which any thing is circumscribed, in, 
within, intra, e. g. Wy within thy 
gates Ex. 20, 10. "nicha within my 
walls Is. 56, 5. 

4. Of high objects, spoken of being 
upon them, i, on, wpon ; as AIMS in or 
on Horeb 1K. 8,9. ἼΣ ΤΩ bnka on the 
tabernacle Num. 14, 10. Deut. 31, 15. 
boa wpon horses Is. 66, 20. So Gr. 
ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἐν ἵπποις. 

5. Trop. of a being or happening in 
time, in, within ; as MUNI in the be- 
ginning Gen. 1,1. 8°" mwa in that 
year Judg. 10, 8, pow wus in three 
years, i. 6. ἜΗΙ three. years, Is. 16, 14. 
Comp. 0703, Tiva,—So of being in any 
situation, odious as Di>wa in peace 
1 Sam. 29, 7. So in later Hebrew even 
before allverbs as 23,52; see 13, M2. 

6. Trop. of the mode or manner, the 
norm or rule, in, after ; comp. ἐν τῷ τρό- 





πῳ, ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, Lat. ‘hune in τηοάστη, 
Heb. ὃ no. 1. 8. 7. Thus 7713 in (af 
ter) the manner of Am. 4, 10. Is. 10,24. | 
26 ; and, after the same aualegm 273 in 
(after) the commandment, of, nya son 
B's. το walk in (live after) the coun- | 
sel of the wicked Ps. 1, 1. Gen.1,26 | 
namatD wabya in our image after Ἐ 
our likeness. ν. 27. 5, 1, 3. Adam begata ἢ 
son a>z5 inva. The original form ὦ 
is here conceived of as the rule or 
standard, within which the copy is 
kept.—Hence, without fiirther addition, 
3 takes the signif. in, after, according to, 
secundum ; as Gen. 21, 12 Rap" paz | 
ΣᾺ > in (after) Isaac shal thy seed be — 
named ; comp. ἘΣ NIP), καλεῖσϑαι ἐπὶ | 
τινος. Also in the manner of, as, like — 
as; comp. in Greek éat ϑηρός in the — 
manner of beasts, like beasts, Arab. 
Lindpatf ὦ ‘in homine, i.e. in the man- ~ 
ner “of men. So Job 34, 36 because of — 
his answers {18 "0283 in the manner of 
wicked men; Sept. ὥσπερ of ἄφρονες.. 
Two Mss. here read 3; and others 
translate, ‘ among wicked men,’ contra- — 
ry to the context. Is. 44, 4 and they — 
(the Israelites) shall spring up 723 — 
“"3M as among grass, i. 6. joyously and — 
luxuriantly ; parall. as (3) willows by — 
the water-courses ; Sept. ὡς, and several — 
Mss. and editions read 3. (It would be — 
absurd to translate: ‘the Israelites shall — 
spring up in among the grass.’) Ps. 37, 
20 s>> ἼΩΣΞ 159 they (the wicked) shall — 
vanish away as the smoke; parall.as (2) — 
the beauty of the pastures. Against the — 
sense: they vanish away in smoke, we i 
it here the parall. passage, Ps. 102, — 

4 "a" "22 5>>D my days are consumed 
as smoke, parall. “pind. Zech. 10, 5, | 
parall. >. Hos. 10, 15 as the morning- — 
dawn ("M2) shall the king of Israel be 
cut off. Others, to-morrow, i.e. speedi- — 
ly.—The remarks of Ewald and others — 
against this signif. of 3 are not satisfac-— 
tory. (Ewald Gr. p. 607.. Winer’s Lex. — 4 
p- 109. Fasi in Jahn’s Jahrb. I. p. 183 
sq.) As has been shown, it is not only — 
susceptible of entire explanation and — 
has the clearest analegies in several 
languages ; but also in several of {πὸ 
passages above cited, (which those 
writers do not notice or else interpret — 





wou 










































“contrary to the context and in a forced 
_ manner,) it is necessary, and was there- 
fore adopted in the ancient versions and 
even by copyists, who sometimes wrote 
2 as an explanatory gloss. 
_ 7. After verbs of motion, in the several 
relations of no. 1-4, in, into, εἰς. So with 
verbs signif. to go in, Gen. 19, 8. 31, 33; 
to send, Lev. 16, 22. Deut. 7, 20; to 
_ place, put, lay, ‘ponere in loco,’ Gen. 27, 
17. Also, into and through any thing, 
so as to come out on the other side; 
Deut. 15, 17 thou shalt take an awl and 
thrust it 02324 W282 through his ear and 
into the door ; comp. 1 Sam. 18, 11. 19, 
-10.—So too in, among, Deut. 4,27. 1K. 
11,2; on, upon, 1 K. 2, 44 Jehovah shall 
return thy wickedness 872 upon thine 
own head. Ley.20, 9. Comp. 3 53 to 
tread upon ; a mba se a to put trust 
“upon or in. 
 B) The other main signification is, 
at, ὃν, with, expressing nearness ; asia 
Bao in several; tropical senses, and put 
after verbs of motion. 
1. Pr. at, by, near, on; 3132 αἱ a 
fountain 1 Sam: 29, 1; "3D 7922 by the 
river Chebar, Chaboras, Ez. 10, 15 (Gr. 
ἐν ποταμῷ by the river) ; crwa on the 
_ sky, ἐν οὐρανῷ, Prov. 30,19. Here be- 
long also: a) The phrases, 01°32 01° 
day by day, every day, q.d. so that one 
day touches the other; wha wh month 
by month 1 Chr..27,1; ΠΣ ΠΡ year 
by year Lev. 25, 33. Ὁ) The formula 
3 322 to swear by any one, i.e. appeal- 
ing to him and invoking his name, Gen. 
21, 23. 22,16. So to curse by any one, 
1 Sam. 17, 43. Arab. als by God. 
Here 3 may indeed be referred to πο. 4 
_ below, as expressing that to or towards 
which one turns in taking an oath; 
Ἢ comp. in Engl. ‘I swear to God.’ 
_ 2. Closely connected with the pre- 
ἢ ceding is the signif. with; spoken: 
a) Of accompaniment, Num. 20, 20 ἘΣΞ 
732 with much people. Is: 8,16 "ya>a2 
} with my disciples, i. e. they taking part. 
Jer. 11, 19 iam>a Υϑ the tree with its 


ἢ Hencetoo αἱ) Verbsofcoming followed 
} by 3 denote a coming with something, 
τι G. to bring ; see N13, 379, DIP, IPB; 
comp. Lehrg. p. 818. De Sacy Gramm. 


Sruit.. Hence 853, 3°83, 7523, without. - 





3 107 a 


Arabe I. p. 47. edit.2. 6) As it is said, 
Ps. 55, 19 they come with many against 
me, and Deut. 28, 62 ye shall be left with 
Sew, i. 6. few of you shall remain; so 
also it is said, Num. 13, 23 they bare it 
(the cluster) upon a staff D2WA with 
two, i. 6. by two at a time, Vulg. duo 
virt. b) Of help, aid, with, by; Ps. 
18, 30 with thee (#3) i. 6. with thy help 
I have run upon a troop. 44, 10 thou (Ὁ 
God) goest. not forth with our armies. 
14, 5. 60, 14. Is. 26,13. 60) Of the in- 
strument; as 3972 pore the sword Josh. 

10, 11; 555 with the feet Ez. 34; 11; 

7733 SIP to cry with the throat, :i. e. 

aloud, -with full voice, Is. 58,1; to burn 
with fire; ΝΞ, Lev. 8, 82; mua 393 

muna, by the ‘hand of Moses by Moses 

3 533 is serve with any one, i. 6. to im- 

pose ‘labour «or service upon him, Lev. 
25, 29; see in 722.—Sometimes also of 
the material, regarded as an instrument, 
with, of, out of. Ex. 38,8 he made the 
laver ... with (out of) the mirrors. 
1 K. 7, 14 to work all works ΤΥΘΤΊΣΞ 
with copper, i. e. out of copper, or as in 
Engl. in copper. Lev. 13, 52. 2 Chr. 9, 
18. In like manner of the cause, author ; 
as, to punish with hunger Lam. 2, 19; to 
prophesy by Baal Jer. 23, 13; and also 
of the efficient cause or agent after 
passive verbs, Num. 36, 2. Is. 45, 17. 
d) With a noun of quality 2 formsa 
periphrasis for an adjective; as Ps. 29, 4 
the voice of Jehovah is (M22) with power, 
i.e. powerful, Also for adverbs; jit=M3 
with haste, hastily, Ex. 12,11. mrana 
understandingly, wisely, ‘Prov. 3, 19. 

6) MNI7>22 with all this, i. e. for, in 
spite of, all this, Is. 9, 11. 16, 20: 10, 4. 
47,9. The 3 here denotes something as 
done with, along with, other acts; hence 
pr. ‘though all this has occurred or will 
occur, yet along with it this other will 
also take place.’ 

3. Spoken of price, wages, exchange, 
Sor, at, (derived from the local signif. 
at, by, comp. loco,) Deut. 19, 21 ‘DER 
w_22 life for life. Gen. 29, 18 733 for 
thy daughter. Is. 7,23 a δονορηὰ vines 
at (3) @ thousand ialeate i. e. worth so 
much. 2 Sam. 23, 17 oniwD23 with jeo- ὁ 
pardy of their lives. 

4, Asimplying motion quite toa place 


as | 
— 


or thing, to, wnto, wpon; different from 
ds towards a place, which does not imply 
that the object is actually reached; this 
latter idea being still more definitely 
expressed by 72 even to, usque ad. Gen. 
11, 4 a tower DY 2v2 IWR whose top may 
reach unto heaven , comp. Jer. 51,9 with 
bx. 1K. 16,11 1"p2 ἡ: mingens ad 
parietem, upon (against) the wall ; see in 
iny.—With 3 in this sense are con- 
strued a large number of verbs, which 
denote motion to or wpon any thing and 
in Latin are compounded with in or ad ; 
as 2 Pp", 2 πὶ, to lay hold upon ; 
a ΣῈ to touch upon; ‘a 38 to rush upon ; 
a pos to cleave to, or hang upon; ANP 
to call to or upon ; also 2 "23 to chide 
αἱ; 2 dxti, 2 WIS, to ask or seek at, ete. 
Siawaesally2 a) After verbs of sense ; as 
3484, 3411, to look wponor at ; 3 st 
to hear or listen to ; 2775 to smell to 
or at; sometimes too with the accessory 
idea of sympathy, usually complacent, 
rarely painful, as Gen. 21, 16 HRIN7>N 
sb*m maa 1 cannot look upon the death 
of the child. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11. Lehrg. 
Ῥ. 814 Ὁ) Ina hostile sense wpon, i.e. 
against ; as 533 177 his hand is upon 
(against) every man Gen. 16, 12. 2 Sam. 
24,17; 3 0M>) to fight against ; 3 nya, 
2 bya, 3 Ἴ2Ξ, to rebel or be falthiloee 
ἡ οϊδοὶ any Ὁ δὶ : 2 58 ON anger is 
kindled against. 

5. Implying a reference or respect to 
any thing,e. g. a) in respect to, as to, 
1K. 5, 22 [8]. 
of, because of ; Gen. 18, 28 mwama be- 
cause of five. Ex. 10, 12. 2K. 14, 6. 
Jon.1,14. 06) about, concerning, after 
verbs of rejoicing, see maw, 558, ὙΌΣ ; 
speaking of or about, see 25 ; testify- 
ing, see 12>. 

C) Particular consideration is demand- 
ed by that peculiar idiom of the He- 
brew and Arabic called Beth pleonastic, 


soley Ls, or also Beth essentic. 


Arabic, where it is far more frequent, it 
is commonly put before the predicate, 
espec. where this is a participle or ad- 
jective, and in negative or interrogative 
sentences; rarely is it prefixed to a 
substantive, Hamas. ap. Schult. ad Prov. 
3, 26; never to the subject. This use 
of it therefore approaches near to that 


In 


b) for, i. e. for the sake. 


108 


+ 





‘explained : This hath destroyed thee, 


= 


of the Accusative after the substantive — 
verb in Arabic; so that one might say — 
promiscuously, hiles χλ} Lo, and 
λοις af Lo, God is not remiss ; 
where the former construction may ae : 
explained, ‘God (acts) not as if remiss ;? 
Fr. en, 6. g. ‘vivre en honnéte homme.’ — 

In the same manner most of the ex-_ 
amples in the O. Test. may be explain-_ 
ed; and thus this use of 3 approaches” 
near to its use in comparison, see in A, — 
no. 6. Ex.6,3 J appeared unto Abraham 
"1 >x2 as God Almighty, q. ἃ. in the — 
character of God Almighty. Is. 40, 
10 pins wins "25% m3 Lo! the Lord will 
come as a strong one. Ex. 32, 22 thou — 
knowest the people 845 33 "D that they are 
evil; Vulg. pronus ad malum, bent on 
evil. Ecc.7,14 3103 m9 Haw bia ὁ 
the day of joy be thou joyful, pr. cond 
thyself as joyful. Prov. 3,26 3m ni 
72022 Jehovah shall be thy hope. 
68, 5 aw m7 his name is Jah. all 
Jon: mgt BT, Sept. Syr. Vulg. omit 3 ; 
comp. Josh. 47, 4, 48,2.) 15. 26, 4 m3 ἊΣ 
min for Jah ( e. eternal, unchanged 
able) is Jehovah.—Some of these and 
other passages may indeed be differently 
explained ; but it is in vain to deny the 
existence of the idiom itself in Hebrew, 
as has been done by Ewald, Heb. 
Gramm. p. 607; and after him by Wi 
ner, Lex. p. 109. Still it is not less ce 
tain, that many examples which have 
been referred to this idiom, do not belong 
under it; but are to be otherwise ex- 
plained. So Hos. 13, 9 "3 ἘΝ ΟΝ ann 
77193 "3, where Vulg. perditio tua, Is 
rael, taniuininiodée in me auxilium tuum , 
but, comparing c. 7, 13, it should be s 




































| 
| 


Israel, that (thou art) against me th 
helper. 1K. 13,34 render: and for thi 
cause (M3 7272) the house of Jeroboai 
fell into sin—In three examples, all i 
the later Hebrew, 3 seems clearly to ἢ 
prefixed to the subject ; e. g. Ezra 3, 
pitb> MNS "D, unless this is a mir 
gling of two construpeid ὈΠῸΣ man 
and ἘΠ᾿ ΠΝ 3. 1 Chr. 9, 33 pain 
moxbiaa pny mo">5, where yet 
might render, ‘ it was rhoumbent ont 
to be in the work? 7, 23 ANI ASIA 1D 


τοι 


‘in7a2 because evil was in his house, i. 8. 





ἃ, finite verb; e.g. 


Ba wa, Cin 53, 


» 109 


calamity. Beshava this is a solecism of 
‘the later age of the Hebrew. 
Ὁ) With the Infinitive 3 forms a pe- 


a riphrasis for the Lat. gerund, Engl. in 
with pres. particip. as pha in ridendo, 
- Engl. in laughing, Prov. 14, 13. More 


commonly it may be better axpitesndi in 
Engl. by an adverb or conjunction with 
a) while, when, i. q. 
in that, of time, comp. in A. no. 5. Num. 


35, 19 ia-isana when he lighteth upon 


him. Prov. 30, 32. Cant. 5, 6. Esth. 2, 8. 


8) when, after, with a past tense, of time 


completed, comp. in A. no. 5; the infin. 
here having the force of the preter. 
Gen. 33,18 O98 7722 ina when he had 


_ come from Mesopotamia, after he came, 


etc. 2, 4. Ex. 3, 12. Is. 20, 1. Job 42, 10. 
c) (hbish, even if, comp. in B. 2. e. Ps. 


46,3 778 7272 though the earth be 


changed. Is. 1, 15. d) because, comp. 
inB.5; 03193 becantse they had forsaken, 
2 Chr. 28, Ὁ. 

Notre. The opinion of the ancient 


_ Grammarians is not improbable, that 3 


was originally apocopated from M72, "2, 


1 in the house, within, in ; as > from by, δι 


from 2. This view may be supported 
on the following grounds : a) The 


q *Chald. "3, Syr. .5, not only signifies 


house, but ee has the power of the par- 
ticle 3 in, not unfrequently in the Tar- 


gums, as Cant. 1,9.2,15. Ὁ) Even now 


in the East the Word ern house, in geo- 


_ graphical names, is often abridged into 
᾿ ἜΣ Ls, 9; as ως Beisén for Heb. 
\ ἽΝ ma Beth-shean ; ese 
} ΟῚ see note on Burckhardt’s Travels 


for AAD 


in Syria, I. Ρ. 491. Germ. .c) An ex- 
ample of the same abbreviation occurs in 
the O. Test. itself, in the form 78a for 


_ MINS m2 the house of Astarte; comp. 


Bebeten in Euseb. and J erome, for Beth 
Beten. d) The Persian exhibits a like 
analogy; in which are promiscuously 


employed the separate forms x3 in, G 


with, and the inseparable  .— Comp. 
Arab. (ὁ, prob. for =), and also other 


; words not less violently abbreviated, 


as ἼΞ, see 3 below; and 8"3 whence 
Chald. bin, Arab. 





ΝΖ 


Ξ Chald. in, i. ᾳ. Heb. 6. g. in heaven, 
ina dream, Dan. 2, 19.28, comp. Heb. A. 
1; to drink in vessels Dan. 5, 2, comp. 
A. 1. b; to be given into one’s hand 
Dan. 11, 11, comp. A. 7; with the hand 
Dan. 2, 34, comp. B. 2. c. 


= in proper names appears as a con- 
traction for {2 son ; as in “P33 1. α. ΓΞ 
son of stabbing ; see also bina, pba, 
sua, Ὀρῶβξ. See Schol. ‘ad Fisiinien 
ed. Freitag. 3. Roediger de Libb. Hist. 
interp. Arab. p. 20, 21. 


MRA f. an entrance, entry, Ez. 8, 5. 
ΒΗ. 853. to enter. 

WAND Chald. adj. bad, wicked, Ezra 
4,12. R. Pu. 


*"N2 in Kal not used, Aten to 
dig, e. g. a well, ditch. Kindred’ roots 
are "12, "73, also "NB, Lat. forare, 
Germ. bohren, Engl. to bore. .Comp. 
ἌΝ, N2, 73. 

Piet 1. to dig in, to grave, 6. g. letters 
on stone, to inscribe, 6. >» Deut. 27, 8. 
Hab. 2, 2. 

2. to expound, to declare, pr. to dig 
out, to dig out and explain, Deut 1, 5. 

Deriv. 71a, "2, ΠΩ ΤῚΞ or "i732, and 
those here following. 

Wa f. plur. nae constr. ΓΝ Ξ 
Gen. 14, 10. - 


1. @ well, Arab. es , Syr. pre, (2, 


id. Gen. 24, 11. 20. 26, 19. 20. 21. al. 
Often more fully p72 "N85 Gen. 21, 19, 
pM ὉΠ “NS 26, 19. —Different leas 


τ fountain (712) on the surface of the 


ground or flowing from a rock; al- 
though a well (982) may also be called 
a fountain (5), as Gen. 16, 7 comp. v. 
14. 24, 11. 13. 16. Spoken of pits of 
bitumen Gen. 14, 10. 

2. a pit, Ps, 54, 24. 69, 16. 

3. Beer, pr.n. a) A station of the 
Israelites in the confines of Moab, Num. 
21, 16-18; prob. the same place which 
in Ja 15,8 is called more fully 5°28 "83 
Beer-ohiene i. e. well of heroes. Ὁ) A 
place in Palestine; Judg. 9,21. Perh. 
p20 "83, so Studer; more prob. the 
place now called el-Bireh i in the plain of 
Judah ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
132. ; 
DN WA, see "N23 no. 8, ἃ, 


ΝΖ 


ἜΝ 12 AND (well of life of vision, 
2. 6. a vision of God, comp. Judg. 6, 22 
sy.) Beer-lahai-roi, pr. n. of a well on the 
southern borders of Palestine, Gen. 16, 
14.24, 62.25,11. The etymology above 
given is that of the sacred writer, Gen. 
16,14. By neglecting the vowels, one 
might also conjecture it to be for "83 
"x7 "> well of the jaw-bone (or rock) of 
vision, i. e. well of the conspicuous rock, 
comp. Judg. 15, 19; or also ‘ well of the 


far seen region,’ comp. Arab. 2516 


jaw-bone, region. 


YI “ANS (well of the oath, i. ᾳ. "83 
nyiaw , according to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33) 
Beer-sheba, pr. n. of an ancient city on 
the southern border of Palestine, 2 Sam. 
24,7; whence the phrase, in describing 
the hinnite of Palestine: 3a ΝΞ ΤῚΣ 4770 
from Dan to Beer-sheba Judg. 20; 1's 
and of the kingdom of Judah: 3239 
ΞΘ "N2°-73 from Geba to Beer-sheba 
2 K. 23, 8—Still called Bir es-Seba’, 
with two deep wells; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 300-3. 


SND (well, fountain) pr. n. m. Bee- 
ra, 1 Chr. 7, 37. 


MANS (id.) pr. ἢ. τὰ. Beerah, 1 Chr. 
ae 


MIND (wells) Beeroth, pr. n. of a 
city of the Gibeonites Josh. 9, 17, after- 
wards belonging to the tribe of Benja- 
min, Josh. 18,25. 2 Sam. 4, 2. After 
the exile it was still in existence and 
inhabited, Ezra 2,25. Neh. 7, 29. Now 
el-Bireh on the great road north of Jeru- 
salem; Bibl. Res. in Palest. IT. Ὁ. 132.— 
Gentile n. "MRA 2 Sam. 4, 2. 23, 37; 
and contr. "m3 1 Chr. 11, 39. Comp. 
in "nin2. 


p22 "2A MANA, Wells of the sons 
of Jaakan, pr-n. of a station of the Isra- 
elites in the desert, Deut. 10,6. In the 
parallel passage Num. 33, 31 ellipt. "23 
ip>2.°See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 583. 


“INA (α. ἃ. fontanus) Beeri, pr. n,m. 
a) The father of Hosea, Hos.1, 1. Ὁ) 
Gen. 26, 34. 


“82 (by Syriasm for 83) i. ᾳ. 73, 
which is the more usual form, a cistern, 
2 Sam. 23, 15. 16.20, Cheth. where Keri 


110 





ὌΝ 


has “ia, as also 1 Chr. 11, 17. 18, 22; 
comp. Gesch. der Heb. Sprache, p. 40, 
not. 46. Plur. mink Jer. 2, 13. 


*UNS fut. wes 


smell, to " stink, Ex. 7, 18. 21. 8, 10. 16, 
20. Comp. ONS. 


2. 1. ᾳ. Chald. to be bad, wicked, to be — 


of a bad disposition; see W583, DONA, 


Re 
MUN2, and Hiph. no. 3. Arab. ose t to 


be bold, audacious, pr. to be bad; comp. 


Germ. bose. —Among Orientals the idea 


of bad smell is often transferred to a bad 
disposition; just as a good smell is put 


for a good and pleasant disposition ; 
comp. 0W2 to have a good smell, to be © 


fragrant, and Syr. sam to be pleasant ; 


312 to be good, and Arab. ob to have 
a good smell. 


1. to have a bad 





Nipu. to be made to stink ; τος to 


become loathsome, hateful, with 3 and τὰξ᾿ 
(mR) of pers. 1 Sam. 13,4. 2 Sam. 10, 


6. 16,21. Comp. Engl. ‘to be in good 
or bad odour, 


Hipu. 


2 of pers. Gen. 34, 30. More fully Ex. δ. 


21 aM ITM ἘΏΝ ΖΓ ye have made our 


odour bad, i. e. ye have made us loath- 
some, objects of hatred. 

2. Intrans. to stink, pr. to make a stink; 
Ex. 16, 24. Ps. 38,6. Metaph. to be loath- 
some, hateful, c. 3 1 Sam. 27, 12. 


3. to act badly, wickedly, like Syr. : 


af}. Prov. 13, 5 a righteous man 
hateth false words, ἜΘ τι BNI σι 
but the wicked man acteth wickedly, and 
causeth shame, sc. by his falsehoods. 
Hirupa. i. q. Niph.c. ἘΞ 1 Chr. 19, 6. 
Deriv. those here following. 
ND Chald. to be bad, evil, with d¥ to 
displease, Dan. 6, 15. 
Deriv. ©5823. 


GND (bédsh) τα. a stink, stench, Amos 


4,10; c. suff. IONS, DUR, Joel 2, 20. 
Is. 34, 3. ; 


TWN £ a bad plant, weed, Job 31,40. 


ς ee ee 


DWN only in Plor, Is. 5, 2.4, bad 


grapes, unripe and sour, labruscz, ff 
lambrusques, i. e. wild grapes, worthles 
as Jerome and Jarchi well. Kimchi 


δ. 


1. to cause to stink, Ecc. 10, 1. 
Metaph. to make loathsome, hateful, with 



















ΝΞ, 


> pews o>, Saad. 4 px, Aqu. 
“sung, Symm. ἀτελῆ. The same use 
_ of the word is found in the Mishna, Maa- 
_ seroth I. § 2; where for D°WaN is to be 

ead D"DNI, as appears from the gloss 
of Tanchum of Jerusalem. See a full 
_ discussion in Comm. on Is. I. p. 230. II. 
ΟΡ. 364; where it is shown that the 
' sense of aconitum or wolf’s bane, monk's 
hood, so commonly received among mo- 
_dern interpreters, rests upon a mere error 
of Celsius, Hierobot. II. p. 199. 


“ANA Chald. after, see in art. "ms. 


M33 f. (Kamets impure, for 533), 
MINI, Γ΄ 322) pr. a hollow, hole ; and 


hence a gate, door, like Arab. ob. 
In Hebrew found only in the phrase 
ΠΣ ὯΞΞ the gate of the eye, i. 6. the pupil, 
which is literally the door to the inte- 
‘rior of the eye, Zech. 2,12 [8]. Cor- 
“responding is [1.59 fans, Chald. 833, 
/832.—Another etymology which I for- 
“merly followed, has perhaps no less 
_ probability ; panely. that M23 may be 
for ΤΙΝΞΝΞ i. q. ee boy, puellus, Syr. 


ox 


eee from the onomatop. o> παπ- 
mace 5 pe then this is transferred to 
the pupil of the eye, like jiw"K q. v. 


| 7332 pr. π᾿ τη. Bebai, Ezra 2, 11. 8,11. 
Neh. 7, 16.—Pehlvi bab kigniiien father. 
222 Babel, i. e. confusion, for pada 
from τ. 532, Gen. 11,9; comp. Syr. Was 
‘confusion of speech, stammering ; and 
‘for the dropping of the second letter 
| comp. ΠΕ for MBwHL Lehrg. 134, 869. 
‘ Others regard it as i.g. Arab. db wh 
' gate i. 6. court of Bel; comp. the Sub- 
lime Porte. Babel, Babylon, is the name 
_of the most ancient and celebrated city 
of Asia, the metropolis of Babylonia, 
' Gen. 10, 10. 2 K. 17, 24. 20, 12 sq. Mic. 4, 
10. al. It was situated in lat. 32° 32/ on 
both banks of the Euphrates. Its ruins 
are still visible near the small city Hil- 


lah, XLs, and have recently been ex- 
| plored and described with great accura- 
ey and learning. See Hdot.-1. 178, 183. 
Strabo 16.1.6. R. K. Porter’s Travels 
Il. p. 283 sq. C.J. Rich Memoirs on the 
Ruins of Babylon. Ritter’s Erdkunde 


111. 





gs 


Th. XI. pp: 865-925. Berl. 1844.—The 
name of the city is also applied to the 
province Babylonia, Ps. 87, 4. 137, 1. 
Is. 14,4; whence often 533 abn the kine 
of Bainienta, a title ascribed also. to 
the kings of Persia, as to Cyrus, Ezra 
5,13; and Artaxersen: Neh.13,6. Comp. 
“AWN. 


7323 Chald. plur. emphat. NnDa2 Ba- 
bylonians, Ezra 4, 9. 


42 a Persian word signifying food, 
Pers. sls, in Arab. σαὶ, comp. φάγει», 


and the Phryg. βέκος bread Hdot. 2. 2. 
Found in the compound 33M® q. v. and 
also in Ez. 25,7 Cheth. pind 235 FAN? 
Iwill give thee Sor food to the nations. 
Here the Kerj has 12> for a spoil, which 
also the ancient versions express; and 
this is likewise supported by the similar 
passages in Jer. 15, 13. 17, 3, and espec. 
Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. The reading 339 is 
therefore prob. a mere error of transcrip- 
tion, like 73 for πὶ in Ez. 47, 13. 


" 32 fut. 3437, once 7339 Mal. 2, 10; 
pr. to cover, whence 32 a covering) gar- 


‘ment.—Hence 


1. to act covertly, deceitfully ; to deal 
falsely, faithlessly, treacherously. Verbs 
of covering, concealing, are often thus 
transferred to deceit and treachery ; 
comp. ; J to cover, to clothe, to dis- 
semble ; Samar. **9)), to defraud, c. 5 
Ex. 21,8; 22 «καρ to cover, to hide 


oneself, whence >2P; also to defraud ; 
comp, 5, >35, ina heo, due .— 
Constr. akeol; 1 Sam. 14, 33. Job 6, 15: 
oftener with 3 of pers. (eon: 3 Β. 4) 
q. d. to treacherously desert any one 
Judg. 9,23. Lam.1,2; espec. towards a 
friend Lam. 1]. 6. a spouse Ex. 21,8; God 
Hos. 5,7. 6,7. Rarely with 12 Jer. 3, 20; 
ace. Ps. 73, 15 "M732 F722 VS ΓΣΠ Ἐξ 
I should deal falsely with the generation 
of thy children. _ Part. 7352, plur. 5°33, 
treacherous dealers sc. towards God, she 
ungodly, wicked, Sept. παράνομοι, trans- 
gressors, Prov. 2, 22. 11, 3. 6. 13, 2. 15. 
Ps. 25, 3..59, 6. Jer. 9, 1. Part. plur, 
fem. ning ineapherics Zeph. 3, 4. 

2. to oppress, to pillage, to spoil, i. q. 
ΒΝ, PUD; ὁ. a, Is. 21, 2 Tia Tian 
ce TTT the spoiler spoileth and the 


‘ 


eee 


waster wasteth. 24,16 335 w32 ma 
Wga Oa the spoilers spoil, yea, the 
spoilers spoil the spoiling. 33,1—With 
the idea of impudence, shamelessnes, 
Hab. 2, 5. 

Deriv. the three following. 


“Ida in pause 932; ὁ. suff. 1733, "93, 
as if from 722, the - without Dag: lene, 
contrary to the rule, Lehrg. p. 94; Plur. 
ΛΞ, "732, once ΠΥ Δ Ps. 45, 9; τη. 
once on. ‘Ley. 6, 20. 

1. acovering, cloth, in which any thing 


is wrapped, Num. 4, 6-13; also for a bed, ' 


a coverlet, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 1 K. 1, 1. 
_ 2. αὶ garment, robe, usually the outer 
garment of the Oriental, Gen. 39, 12. 13. 
15. 41, 42; espec. costly, 1 K. 22, 10. 
2 Chr. 18,9. 933 8? hisdap-full 2 K. 
4,39. Sept. ἱμάτιον, στολή. 

3. faithlessness, treachery, Jer. 12, 1. 

4. a spoiling, rapine, Is. 24, 16. 


M733 see in S22 no. 1, fin. 


“132 adj. (Kamets impure, Lehre. 
§120. 3) f m1i0a, faithless, treacherous, 
Jer. 3, 7.10. R. 33. 


ms 

“33 Bigvar, pr. τι. of a man of rank 
who returned with Zerubbabel from the 
exile, Ezra 2, 2. 14, 8, 14. Neh. 7, 19.— 
Perh. Chald. "832 husbandman, Syr. 


Le garden, which passed over also into 
the Persian gb bagh, garden. Or i. q. 
Pers. Βαγαῖος Hdot. 3. 128; according 
to Bohlen, Sanscr. 
happy. 


ΑΞ (perh. garden, gardener, see 
"32 ) Bigtha, pr. τι. of a eunuch in the 
eourt of Kerees Ksth.1,10. For another 
etymology see 8M328. 


722 (id.) Bigthan, id. Esth. 2, 21; 
also x23 Esth. 6, 2. Come Dios 
and Sanser. Papading em of for- 
tune ;? Bohlen. 


I. ἼΞ m. pr. separation, thing sepa- 
rated, from. τ. ‘33 I.—Hence 

4: a part, Ex. 30, 34 523 ἼΞ' part for 
part, i.e. like parts, ἜΡΙΝ portions. Plur. 
ὈΠῚΞ spec. parts of the body, the mem- 
bers, limbs, Job 18, 13. 41, 4; of a tree, 
the branches (comp. Gr. κῶλα) Ez. 17, 6. 
19, 14; hence staves, bars, poles, for 
bearing any thing, Ex. 25, 13 sq. Num. 


112 


bhagi, bhagasan, 


Syriasm for 5872 Neh. 1. c.—Arab. 





N73 


4,6 sq. Metaph. bars of a city, its 
princes, chiefs, Hos. 11, 6.—Sing. with 
prefix, 25 


themselves (12>), six curtains by them- — 
selves (72). 36,16. In this sense a 
suffix is often added’ Gen. 21, 28 and — 
Abraham set seven ewe-lambs saat by 
themselves. 30, 40. 32, 17. 43, 32. al. 
b) Oftener “35. c. suff. is i. ἃ. alone’; 80- 
lus,a,um ; Gen. 2,18 ἘΠῚ ΤΠ sions 
ina it is not good for man-toabe alone, 
pr. man’s being in his separation. nah 
"725 7 alone Num. 11, 14; 9725 FAN 
Ex. 18, 14; i535 ΞΡ Ὁ" Gen. 32, 25; 
baa> DIF non Gen. 44, 20. Also after 
oblique cases, as Dat. wand τ towards 
thee alone Ps. 
W322 ANP IS lit. the righteousness of 


thee, of thee alone, i. e.\thy righteous-— : 


ness, thine only. ὁ) Adv. of restriction, 
limitation, only, in the later Hebraism, 
Kec. 7, 29. Is. 26, 18. ἃ) With j2 it 
passes over into a Prep. apart from, be- 
sides ; ix. 12,37 besides children. Num. 
29, 39. Josh. 17,5; with 5» Ezra 1, 6. © 
The same is 1252 Gen. 26, 1. Num. 17, 
14; c. suff. maby besides him Deut. 4, . 
35; "Ws saba besides that which Num. | 
6, 91. 

2. Spec. a thread, collect. thread, yarn, 
espec. of linen, comp. }}08 ; hence linen, — 
i. e. fine white linen, Ex. 28, 42. 39, 28. 
Lev. 6, 3. Plur. "3 linen garments Ez. — 


ὃ. 
9, 23 5ᾳ. Dan. 10, 5.—Arab. γ byssus. 


II. 73 τὰ. plur. 572, from r, 772 IT; 
1. empty talk, lies, vain boasting, Job 
11, 3. Is. 16, 6. Jer. 48, 30. 
2. i.g. D"32 ἼΣΟΝ, liars, boasters, spo- 
ken of conjurers and fain prophets, Is. 
44, 25. Jer. 50, 36. ‘ 


* N72 1. to form, to fashion, spoken 
of a potter; and this sense is preserved — 
in the Zabian |,2. i | 

2. to devise, to invent, to feign, with 
‘nba 1 K. 12, 33 where Sept. well ἐπλά- 
σατο. Neh. 6,8. Part. c. suff. DRT by | 


as . ) 
JS to begin; IV, to produce something 
new, to devise and do first ; corp. ede Ἐ 
I, IV, to feign. 





a) Adv. apart, separately, Ὁ 
by oneself. Ex. 26, 9 five curtains by — 


51, 6; Genit. Ps. 71,16 





° 


- ἘΠ 


1 ἜΤ. 172 1. pr. to disjoin, to divide, 


to separate, like Arab. do.—The notion 
of cutting or tearing apart, and hence of 
_ dividing, lies in the primary syllable 73, 
_ as likewise with various modifications in 
_ the kindred and harder syllables m3, 
35, MB; comp. 273, P12; MMR, 53, 
92, PMA; ὙΠ, ΠῚΒ ; ΠΏ, ΠΏΣ, Me, 
ons, ὯΒ. Kindred also are the sylla- 

bles 13, 73, V5; for which see under 
ΤΣ, ΞΎΞ. 

2. to separate oneself, fo be atone, 
solitary. Part. T3712 alone, solitary, Ps. 
102, 8. Hos. 8, 9. Is. 14, 31. 

Deriv. 72 I, and 772. 


χὰ ἢ 2 i. ᾳ. NQ3 q. v. βαττολογεῖν, 


_ blaterare, to babble, i. e. to talk idly. 


_ Talmud. oe, ope a .—Hence "3 II. 


t32 m. separation, i. ᾳ. ἼΞ I. Hence 
in Acc. as adv. separately, i. e. solitary, 
_ alone, Lev. 13, 46. Is. 27, 10 MPAA WD 
ΟΞ the strong city is left solitary, i. e. 
desolate. Deut. 32, 12 52529 373 Nin 
Jehovah alone did lead him.—Also 4125 
_ pr. in separation, i. q. solitary, alone, 
) Num. 23, 9. Ps. 4, 9. Mic. 7, 14. 


_ ‘“TJ32 (separation, part.) Bedad, pr. n. 
᾿ς χη, Gen. 36, 35. 
"72 see "5. 


maya (prob. i. q. 9733 servant of Je- 
hovah, see 113) Bedeiah, pr.n.m. Ezra 
10, 35. 


Sa m. (τ. 532) stannwm of the an- 
cients, i. 6. 

1. alloy of lead, tin, or other inferior 
| metals, combined with silver in the ore 
_ and separated from it by smelting, dross ; 
Pliny plumbum nigrum, H. N. 34. 16.— 
Is. 1,25 5 Ὑ13:ὸ9 NON 7 will remove 
all thy ‘slow i.e. all thy impure and 
spurious parts. Comp. 3°09 b. 

2. tin, plumbum album, Num. 31, 22. 
| Ez. 22, 18. 20. 27, 12. 


| mode in Kal not used, kindr. dna, 
his, to separate. 
_ Hips. 1. to separate, to divide, Lev. 
1,17; e. g. two places by a curtain or 
wall, Ex. 26, 33. Ez. 42, 20; or things 
mixed together, Gen. 1,4. Part. 513 
dividing, a divider, Gen. 1, 6.—For 
the construction see no. 2. 
10* 


113 





512 


2. Trop. of the mind, to discern be- 
tween different things, to distinguish. 
Lev. 10, 9. 10 ye shall drink neither wine 
nor strong drink ...that ye may discern 
between what is holy and unholy. 11, 47. 
20, 25.—In both these significations (no. 
1, 2) constr. c. [923 — a Gen. 1, 4. 7. 
Ex. 26, 33; j9a5—772 Is. 59, 2; >—jra 
Gen. 1, 6. 

3. to separate from others, to select, to 
choose owt, in a good sense; with }2 
Num. 8, 14. 16, 9. Lev. 20, 24. 26; also 
with > of that fo or for which one is dee- 
tined, ‘1 K. 8,53. Without 72 Deut. 4, 
41. 10, 8. 1 Chr. 25, 1; absol. Deut. 19, 
7. Ez. 39, 14. 

4, to separate out, to shut out,e. g. a 
mixed multitude from a people, with ἸῺ 
Neh. 13, 3, 597 Is. 56, 3. With m4 
Deut. 29, 20. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be 
separated, to separate oneself, with 2 ~ 
Ezra 6, 21. 9,1. 10,11. Also to be se- 
lected, chosen out, Ezra 10,16; with > to 
or for any thing, 1 Chr. 23, 13. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 4, to be separated, 
shut out, Ezra 10, 8. 

3. Pr. to separate oneself from a place, 
i.e. to go away, to depart, with 72 of 
place, Num. 16, 21; with >x of pers. to 
whom one d@parts, 1 Chr. 12, 8. 

Deriv. 5°73, ni5332, perhaps md52, 
also ; 


232 m. a part, piece, 6. g. of an ear, 
ts, Am. 3, 12. 


M272 a costly article of merchandise, 
mentioned along with gold and precious 
stones Gen. 2, 12, and described as re- 
sembling the Arabian manna Num. 11, 
7; which latter consisted of white grains 
and scales, and is elsewhere compared 
to hoar-frost, see Ex. 16, 14. Num. |. 6. 
though according to Burckhardt, the 
colour of the present manna is a dirty 
yellow; Travels in Syria, etc. p. 599 sq. 
Most of the ancient interpreters, 6. g. 
Aqu. Symm. Theodot. Vulg. Josephus 
(Ant. 3. 1. 6), understand βδέλλιον bdel- 
lium, a whitish gum or resin which distils 
frém a tree growing in Arabia, India, 
and Babylonia; pellucid, approaching 
to the colour of frankincense, and with 
grains like frankincense, but larger; Plin. 
H. N. 12. 9 or 19. With this accord 


. 713: 
the various names μάδελκον, βδολχόν 
(which latter rests on conjecture, see 
Diosc. 1. 71 or 80), βδέλλα, βδέλλιον.--- 
On the other hand, bdellium is not of so 
costly a nature as to be properly ranked 
among gold and gems; or as that the 
region of Havilah should become cele- 
brated for producing it. Hence, the 
opinion of the Rabbins is not to be con- 
temned, which also Bochart has learn- 
edly Sipported (Hieroz. II. 674-683), 
viz. that M253 signifies @ pearl, collect. 
pearls, which are found in great num- 
bers’ on the shores of the Persian Gulf 
and of India, and which may not unaptly 
be compared with the grains of manna. 
Bochart also gives the etymology, as 
being quadril. M253 from r. 573, i. q. 
something selected, precious, and hence 


a pearl ; comp. Arab. 
Sori τ oy ig. D323. 


772 Bedan, pr.n. a) A judge of Is- 
rael, 1 Sam. 12,11; not found written 
with these letters in the book of Judges. 
Sept. and Syr. read p12; the Targ. ex- 
plains it by j37ja a Danite ; see 3 for 13 
p. 109. But 113 is doubtless i. q. 1333 
Judg. 12, 13,15; the > being dropped, 
as was often fe case among the Pheni- 
cians in the word 29; 6. g. jawNI3 for 
ἸῺΝ Tay, mwas. Bodostor for “29 
smwx. See Monumm. Pheenic. pp. 174, 
175. b) 1 Chr. 7,17. 


dks γῇ a pearl, 


Ἷ pia 1. to sunder, to make a 
breach ; whence p72. Comp. under 
Fr. 172 I. 


2. Denom. from P73 , to repair breach- 
es, and genr. to repair, to rebuild, 2 Chr. 
34,10. Syr. de> and 5,5 id. 

P22 τα. ὁ. suff. 4PI3; a breach, gap, 
chink, in a building 2 K. 12, 6. 7. 8.9; 
in a ship Ez. 27, 9. 27. 


“P72 Bidkar, pr. τι. of one of Jehu’s 
captains, 2 K. 9,25.—The form is contr. 
for "P3772 son of stabbing, i. e. stabber ; 
see 3 p. 109. 


7 “72 Chald. Pa. "73, to scatter Dan. 
4,11; 1. ᾳ. Heb. "43, “35. 


aera , 
"ἰὼ obsol. root, prob. to be clean, 
pure; hence in Arabic trop. of neatness, 


114, 





Ὁ 


. 
elegance, whence Les to be neat, bright, 
beautiful; but also of emptiness, whence _ 


ce to be empty, waste, of a house— 


Hence 


IM m. (for M2, a Segolate form) 
emptiness, ΤΡ λας concr. empty, void ; 
found thrice in paronomasia with 40h 
Gen. 1, 2. Jer. 4, 23. Is. 34, 11. 


᾿ oe obsol. root, either i. q. Arab. 

2 to lie, to feign; ori. q. Aram. wna, 
Heb. Win, pr. to be white, oe | 
Redslob. —Hence 


O12 Esth. 1, 6, a species of marble 
used for pavement Sept. Vulg. σμα- 


ραγδίτης, smaragdites. Arab. ngs ;ac- 
cording to the Camoos p. 176, is a spe- 
cies of stone, either perh. white marble, 
or imitation marble; socalledas feigning — 
the appearance of ‘navite’ ; comp.r. 02. 


ἘΣΤΙ Chald. ἢ haste, Ezra 4, 23, 
R. >a. 


“TI adj. bright, shining, of the sun 
Job 37, 21. ΒΒ. ἼΠ3. 


᾿ 71a or 12 in Kal not used, to 
tremble, to be in trepidation ; comp. by 
transp. >2, and Ethiop. NUZZ to in- 
spire terror, > and Ἢ being interchanged. 

‘Nien. 1. to tremble, to shake, e. g. of 
the bones Ps. 6, 3; the hands Ez. 7,27; 
trop. of the nil Ps, 6, 4.—Hence : 

2. to be in trepidation, to be amazed, 
confounded, to be struck with terror, 
consternation; Ex. 15,15. 1 Sam. 28, 21. 
2 Sam. 4,1. Ps. 48, 6. Ez. 26,18; with 
spa Gen. 45, 3. Job 23, 15. Ece. 8, 3. 7 
Including also the idea of despondency, Ὁ 
Job 4, 5. Is. 21, 3. 

3. to flee in trepidation, in consterna- 
tion, Judg. 20,41. Hence genr. to hasten 
to or after any thing, c. > Prov. 28, 22 


prea way pind 533 the man of evil eye 


hasteth after riches, i.e. anxiously seeks 
to be rich. Ecc. 8,3 72m 7728 >aM7>N 
be not hasty to go out of his sicht, i, e. 
depart not arrogantly, perversely. 

4. to perish suddenly, as with fright, 
to be destroyed ; Ps. 104, 29 thou hidest 
thy face, \7>13" they perish at once, 56. 
thy creatures. So Ps. 90,7, as required 








ep 


_by the parallelism. Comp. 7273. Part. 
“fem. n2na3 subst. sudden. “destruction 
Zeph. i. 18; comp. ΓΙ ΤΙΣ. 

Piet 1. to cause to ‘tremble, to terri- 
Sy, to confound, to strike with terror and 
consternation, Ps. 2, 5. 83, 16. Dan. 11, 


_ 44. Job 22,10. Hence to cause to de- 
‘spond, Ezra 4, 4 Keri. 


2. to hasten, to quicken, Esth. 2, 9. 
Hence with inf. c. >, i. ᾳ. "1172, to hasten 
to do any thing, i. 6. to do it hastily, 
rashly, Ecc. 5, 1. 7, 9. 

Puat to be hastened, quickened. Prov. 
20, 21 Keri, m2m22 ΡΤ} ἃ possession 
hastily gotten, i. e. acquired with anx- 
ious haste. Hence part. 593 hastened, 
quickened, Esth. 8, 14. 

Hien. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1. Job 23, 16. 

2. i. q. Pi. no. 2. Esth. 6, 14. 

3. Caus. of Kal no. 3, to drive out in 
haste, to thrust out, 2 Chr. 26, 20. 


272 Chald. in Pe. not used. 

ΤΤΉΡΕ. Inf.n>ann subst. haste, speed, 
with pref. 3 adv. in haste, quickly, Dan. 
2, 25. 3, 24. 6, 20. 

Pa. to terrify, to put in trepidation, 
Dan. 4, 2. 16.7, 15.—ITupa. pass. Dan. 
5, 9. 

Deriv. 92°73. 

Moma f(r. dm) terror, Lev. 26, 16. 
Plur. Jer. 15,8. With the art. terror, 
κατ ἐξοχήν, i.e. sudden destruction, Is. 
65, 23. Ps. 78, 33. 

᾽ Dia a root not in use, pr. to shut, 
to close, spec. the mouth, hence to be 
mute, dumb. Arab. ~@2 IV to shut, X 
to be mute, dumb. The like significa- 


tion is found in many roots ending with 
the letter ©, and denoting sounds pro- 


duced with the mouth shut; as ΠΗ, 

bos, 0>3, Dey, DM, Bow, comp. Lat.) 
hem, Gr. μύω. Other roots ending with 
the same letter designate murmuring, 
whispering, humming sounds, which 
likewise are produced with the mouth 
closed; as ἘΠῚ), ON2, MAM, ἘΠῚ, Arab. 


e+e, βρέμω, fremo, βριμάομαι, ΡΣ’ 


‘Germ. brummen, Engl. to hum. 


92 f. constr, mana, c. suff. ἢ inona, 
Anan (as if from nana); Plur. nian, 
constr. minna; a beast, pr. a dumb 
beast, from r. Dn: ; > apoken usually of 


115 





yar 


the larger land quadrupeds, opp. to 
birds and reptiles; but see in Plur. no. 


Ὅν, - 
2. Arab. RaQ. Gen. 6,7. 20. 7, 2. 


8. 23. 8, 20. Ex. 9, 25. Lev. 11, 2. Prov. 
30, 30 ΓΙΏΓΙΞ 3. 7ViBs wD the lion, a mighty 
one among the beasts.—Spec. 

1. Collect. domestic beasts, cattle, Lat. 
pecus ; opp. VANT τ Gen. 1, 24, man 
mw 2,20. 3,14, mm 7, 14.21. Lev. 
25, 7, i.e. beasts of the field. wild beasts. 
The word M73 includes both j8¥ and 
"ps, Gen. 47, 18. Lev. 1, 2.—Elsewhere 

2. beasts of burden, as asses, camels, 
opp. ΠΏ, Gen. 34, 23. 36, 6. Num. 32, 
26. 2 K. 3, 17. Conip Is. 30, 6. 46, 1. 

3. Poet. also for beasts of the ‘field, 
wild beasts ; so in plur. nvara Deut. 32, 
24. Hab. 2,17; espec. with yusn Deut. 
28, 26. Is. 18, 8, πῶσ, “Sw 1 Sam. 17, 
44. Joel 1, 20, “55 Mic. 5, 7. 

Pior. miata 1. beasts, quadrupeds, 
see above. 

2. Plur. majest. joined with sing. masc. 
Behemoth, i. e. the great beast, huge quad- 
ruped, by which name is designated the 
hippopotamus, Job 40, 15. So Bochart, 
Hieroz. II. p. 754 sq. Ludolf, Hist. 
ZEthiop. I. 11. Others wrongly under- 
stand the elephant ; as Drusius, Grotius, 


Schultens, J. D. Michelis ad ἢ. 1. Scho- 


der in Hieroz. Spec. I. p. 2 sq.—Proba- 
bly under the form i722 there lies 
concealed some Egyptian name for the 
hippopotamus, so modified as to put on 
the appearance of a Semitic word; see 
in F278. Thus N-€ge-wworet 
P-ehe-mout would signify the water-ox ; 
by which epithet (bomarino) the Italians 
also designate the hippopotamus ; see 
Jablonsky Opusc. ed. te Water, 1.52. It 
is true that this word so compounded is 
not now found in the remains of the Cop- 
tic language; but the objection urged 
(Lee’s Heb. Lex. p. 74), that it is formed 
contrary to the laws of language, is not 
valid. It is said indeed that ehe (ox) is 
of the fem. gender, and that the word for 
water is mou, not mout. But ehe is of 
the comm. gender and is frequently 
used as masculine, see Peyron p. 46; 
and the ¢ in mout may be an article 
postpositive, see Lepsius Lettre ἃ Ro- 
sellini p. 63. 


"72 


* via obsol. root, prob. 1. q. 03, 
3 Conj. IV, to shut up, to cover.— 
Hence the two following: 


72 m. the thumb when followed by 
so called as shutting and covering 
the hand; also the great toe when fol- 
lowed by ban; so Ex. 29,20. Lev. 8, 23 
sq. 14, 14.17. 25.28. Plur. constr. Mi21723 
Judg. 1, 6.7, from a lost sing. Teas Arab. 


ol gst. and in vulgar Arab. ex id. 


772 (thumb) Bohan, pr. n. of a son 
of Reuben; from whom also comes the 
name ἼΠΞ ΖΝ Stone of Bohan, a place 
on the confines of Judah and Benjamin. 
Josh. 15, 6. 18, 17. 


. pla obsol. root ; Syr. woos} to be 
white, spec. with leprosy ; Chald. pax 
to be bright, shining, p°72 bright, shin- 
ing. Comp. "12.—Hence 


po. τὴ. vitiligo alba, white scurf, 
morphew, an efflorescence, on the skin, 
not uncommon in the East, consisting 
of spots of a palish white, mind minna 
miz>, resembling the leprosy, but 
ὌΑΩΝ and neither contagious nor 


“ S os 
hereditary. Lev. 13, 39. Arab. ς ὅ-ζ9 
ap. Avic. See more in Thes. * P- 183. 


as, = obsol. root, Arab. — 3 to shine, 


to be bright, trop. to be conspicuous. 
Ethiop. OCU to be light, bright, NCU 
light, ACY? a light, luminary. The 
primary idea lies in being tremulous, 
glittering, glancing; comp. >92.—Hence 
"a and 


mwa f. plur. ninna, a brightness, 
i. 6. ὦ spot in the skin, for the most part 
white. When such a spot is lower than 
the rest of the skin, and has in it white 
hairs, it is a symptom of the oriental 
leprosy, Lev. 13, 2-4. 18-23. 24-28. 
Otherwise it is harmless, whether it be 
a scar, or arise from a burning, or from 
the morphew, pna, ib. v. 38. 39—Jahn 
wrongly supposes the word m3 to be 
the name of a particular disease, the 
λεύχη of Hippocrates; Archeol. I. ὃ 215. 


Different is pn3 bohak q. v. the name of - 


a particular disease consisting of whitish 
spots. 


116 





Nia 


ἘΝῚΞ pret. NB, once 333 Milél for 


‘4282 1 Sam. 25, 8: Ἐς nia, "yd, twice 


mR Milél 1 Sam. 20, 21. 1K. 13, oF inf. 
ria, once A&B Milra 1K. 14, 12; fut. 
Nin3, Xa"), once 13") 1 K. 12, 12 Cheth. © 
with He parag® and suff. sometimes 
irreg. HMNIM Deut. 33, 16, FMRiIsmH Job 
22, 21, “nNSh, Keri mXan 1 Sam. 20, 
84; see Index at the end of the volume. 
1. to go or come in, to enter ; Ethiop. — 


NPA id. Arab. ls to return. Kin- 


dred is 33 coéundi sensu. Correspond- 
ing are Sanscr. va to go, Gr. Baw, 
whence βαίνω, vado, see signif. no. 3, 
which although less frequent is perhaps 
the primary one. Opp. &%° Josh. 6, 1. 
1K. 15, 17.—The place info which one 
goes, as a house, city, country, ship, is 
put with 3 Gen. 19,8. Deut. 23, 25. 26; 
bx Gen. 6, 18. 7, 1. 19, 3; Ὁ sth. 6, 43 
with He local Gen. 12,11. 14; and poet. 
c. acc. Ps. 100, 4, Lam. 1, 10, comp. Lat. 
‘ingredi urbane whence Gen. 23, 10. 18 
jd ASW OND thoes entering the gates 
of his city. Prov. 2, 19.—The person to 
whom one enters, is put with 5 Gen. 6, 
20. 7,13; with 3, to enter into e. g. one’s 
body, Ez. 2, 3 mm "2 Nom} the Spirtt 
entered into me (comp. μένος ἄνδρας 
ἐσέρχεται 1]. 17. 157). 2 K. 18, 21.— 
Spec. a) HBN"be Nin to go ἐν unto a 
woman, an euphemism for sexual inter- 
course, Gen. 6, 4. 16, 2. 30, 3; rarely 


with 59 Gen.19,31. Arab. εἰῷ and δ. 
id. Ὁ) to go or come into the house of a 
husband, spoken of a bride. Josh. 15, 18. 
Judg. 1,14; with >§ Dan.11,6. Comp. 
Hiph. πο. 1. 6) D9 vps sin to enter 
into judgment with any one, i. -e. to bring 
before a tribunal, to arraign, Is. 3, 14. 
Job 22, 4, Ps. 143, 2. d) xia mee la 
go out and come in, to xo out and in, spo 
ken of one’s daily walk and life, 1 Sam 
29, 6. Deut. 28, 6. Ps. 121, 8. Different 
is to go out and come in before the peo- 
ple, i.e. to lead out a people to war, 
spoken of a military leader, commander, 
Num. 27,17. 1 Sam. 18,16. 2 Chr. 1, 
10; also ‘without pen ὩΣ Josh. 14, 11. 
1 K. 3,7; comp. Deut. ‘81, 2 of Moses. 
Comp. Hinks. e) 3 812) ito.enter in with 
any one, i. 6. to have intercourse with, 
Josh. 23, 7.12. Hence M283 ΝΣ. ete 





᾿ Gen. 15, 12. 17, 28, 11. al. 





Nia 
mbx 


2%, to enter into an oath, see 
m33 into a covenant, see ΡΣ; 


ace. 


by; 


. soz to enter into the secret εὐώδ 


οἵ any one, to become his confederate, 
Gen. 49, 6. With >x, Gen. 15, 15 
wn isy-by xia to go unto one’s fathers, 


im i. α. to be gathered to one’s fathers, to 


_ enter into Sheol; see Ox Niph. f) to 
_ enter upon an office, duty, 1 Chr. 27, 1. 
| Opp. 8¥2 2K. 11, 9. g) to enter 50. 
_ into his chamber Ps. 19, 6, spoken of the 
> sun, i. gq. to go down, to set, Sept. δύω. 
Opp. 82}. 
- h) to come in, spoken of the annual pro- 
_ duce of the earth, to be brought in, to be 
_ gathered, Lev. 25, 22; hence of profits, 
_ revenues, to come in, to be rendered, 
1K. 10,14. 2 Chr. 9, 13. Comp. mxian. 
Opp. πη to go out, to be expended. 

- 2. to come, very often in Ὁ. T. Opp. 
‘42m, Gen. 16, 8. 1 Sam. 20, 21. 22. Eee. 
5,15. With ‘by of pers. or place Gen. 
37, 23; >> Ex. 18, 23; ID 2 Sam. 16, 5; 
| b 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49,18; also ace. and 
D henee Lam: 1,4 “yin "Na those coming 
to the festival.. Often of inanimate things, 
Gen. 43, 23. Job 37, 9. 38,11; espec. of 
time, Jer. 7, 32. Ecc. 2, 16; whence 
D "Nan the coming days, adv. in the time 
to come, Is. 27,6; comp. OMX. Spec. 
/ a) 212 fo come with any thing, i. 6. to 
_ bring. it, to offer, see 2 Β. 2. 1 K. 13,1. 
Ps. 66,13. Ecc. 5,2 252 Diba x3 Ἢ 
7229 for a dream brings much ado, i..e. 
many and empty matters. Ps. 71, 16 
ΣΝ ΤΤΊΞΑΞ δῖ 7] will come with the 
_ mighty deeds of the Lord, i. e. I will re- 
count and celebrate them; parall. ""23x . 


Comp. Pers. wy? Ἢ] to bear and to nar- 


rate; also Lat. ferunt. Ὁ) 82> 9 lit. 
even unto the coming, until one come, 
Judg. 3, 3, and ellipt. 835 Num. 13, 21. 
34, 8, for even unto, usque ad, in geogra- 
phical descriptions. The same is ANAnT 
until thou comest Gen.19, 22; M282, FR3, 

id. Gen. 10,19. 30, 13.10. “ἢ ‘With 5, 

tocome toa ‘place or person Ex. 22,8; and 
metaph. to reach or attain unto any one, 
be equal to, 2 Sam. 23,19; > 2 Sam. 


23,23. Arab.sl3 to be equal, like ; comp. 
Germ. gleichkommen. 4) to come upon 
any one, to fall upon unexpectedly; 
e.g. of an enemy, to attack, Gen. 34, 27. 


117 





NS 


1 Sam. 12,12. Job 15, 21; of calamity 
Job 20, 22. In prose for the most part 
constr. c. 3 Gen. 1 Sam. ll. cc. 58 Gen. 
32, 8; in poetry with acc. and > Job 
3, 25. Is. 47,9. Rarely spoken of good, 
something desired, c. 9 Josh. 23, 15; 
acc. Job 22,21. Ps, 119, 41. 77; Arab. 


ΕἼ 
(51 c. ace. to come upon any one, to fall 
upon. e) i. 4. to come to pass, to be 
Fulfilled, accomplished, 6. g. of desire, 
Prov. 13, 12; espec. of prophecies 1 Sam. 
9,6. Deut. 13, 2. 18, 22. Judg. 13, 12; of 
a sign given by a prophet, 1 Sam. 10,7. 
Opp. 583, 298. (Ὁ mina Niaz to come 
with their names, i.e. to be enumerated 
by name, 1 Chr. 4, 38. 

8. Rarely simpl. to go, i. q. 324, the 
place whither being usually expressed. 
Gen. 37, 30 83 "28 728 whither shall I 
go? whither turn myself. Gen. 45,17. 
Jon. 1,3 he found a ship 'S"0"9n πὰ 
going to Tarshish. 15. , 24. 22,15. Num. 
32, 6. Job 2,11. With dat. pleon. 75 
1 Sam. 22, 5.—Metaph. to walk, to live, 
1. 4. 72, 2NN; so with mx and ὩΣ 
with any one, i.e. to have intercourse 
with, to associate with, Ps. 26, 4. Prov. 
22, 24. 

ΗΙΡΗ. 8°35, 2 pers. OXI, ὁ. ἀν 
WNIT Ps. 66, 11, ΘΏΝΞΙΠ Ez. 23, 22 
more freq. "IMAI, ANNI, oonkan; 
plur. SmN3 n Lev. 23, 10, and 5mk"35 
1 Sam. 16, 17. inf. R"37, once "27 Ruth 
3, 15, with. pref. 873775, twih δ 535 2 Chr. 
31, 10. Jer. 39, 7; fat. N735, R33, with 
ἐς dropeed “38 1K. 21, 29; causat. of 
Kal in most of its significations. 

1. to cause to come in, i. 6. to lead or 
bring in, e. g. into a house Gen. 43, 17; 
a ship Gen. 6, 19; a land Ex. 6,8. Spec. 


‘a) to bring home a wife Judg. 12, 9, see 


inKalno.1.b. Ὁ) OBY93 N73 to bring . 
into judgment, i. e. before a tribunal, 
Job 14, 3. Ecc? 11, 9, see in Kal no. 1. ¢. 
6) N73) NIT to ecu out and in a peo- 
ple i.e. to and from war, spoken of a king 
or other military leader, Num. 27, 17. 
1 Chr. 11,2; see in Kal no.1.d. d) 
Also to cause the sun to go down, to set, 
Am. 8,9; see Kal no.1.g. 6) Spoken 
of inanimate things, e.g. to bring in 
fruits, produce, i. q. to bring home, to 
gather, 2 Sam. 9,10; to bring or bear 
in, Sept. siagéow, Gen. 27,10. Lev. 4,5 


ply πὶ 
16. to put in,to insert, 6. g. the hand in- 
to the bosom Ex. 4, 6; staves or poles 
into rings Ex. 25, 14. 26, 11. 

2. to bring to any one, to lead up, pr. 
of persons or animals; with >& or > to 
any one, Gen. 2, 19. 22. 43,9. 44, 32; to 
let come, i. e. to eal for, to admit, Esth. 
5, 10.12. Also of things Loknaniiste: a) 
to bring to any one, Gen. 27, 10. 30, 14. 
31, 39. 33, 11..2 Chr. 9, 10.,Gen. 37, 2 
pHvay by HY] ΠΏΞῚ ΤΌΝ NI he Bisupat 
to their Sather an evil report concerning 
them. b).i. q. to offer, 6. g. a present 
1 Sam. 9,7. 25, 27; a sacrifice Gen. 4, 4. 
6) With 53 to bring wpon one any evil, 
destruction, e. g. the deluge Gen. 6, 17; 
calamity Jer. 4,6. 5,15. More rarely 
with > Jer. 15, 8, ἘΠ P& 32, 42. d) to 
bring to pass, to fulfil to accomplish, 6. g. 
one’s words, purpose, a prophecy, Is. 37, 
20. 46, 11. Jer. 39, 16. Comp. Kal no. 2. e. 

3. to bring with oneself, to bear, to 
carry away, 2 Chr. 36, 7. Dan. 1, 2. 
Sept. ἀποφέρω. Hence a) Simpl. to 
bear, to carry, i. q. 8&2. Job 12,6 who 
carries his god in his hand, see in MPN 
no. 1, p. 54. Ps. 74, 5 nbs nn325 
τ 5 τ . as one who beareth ‘upward 
axes, a 6. ᾿ lifteth up, as ἃ wood-cutter. 
b) to bring back, to let return; comp. 
Arab. oly to return, IV to let return. 
Deut. 33, 7 hear, Jehovah, the voice of 
Judah, 323730 123-58) ane bring him 
back unto his people. ‘c) ao bring away 
any thing, i. e. to get, to acquire, comp. 
Arab. ols ὁ. ῳ. Ps. 90, 12 335 ἐδ 532} 
M2271 that we may acquire a heart of 
wisdom, a wise heart. 

Horn. 835s 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, 
to be led or brought in, Gen. 43, 18. Ps. 
45, 15; to be brought in, Lev. 10,18. 2 K. 
12, 10 sq. to be put in, inserted, Ex. 27,7. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be brought 
-or led to any one, Lev. 13, 2. 9. 14, 2; 
to be brought to any one, Gen. 33, 11. 

Deriv. ΓΞ, 85122, also nai, ONION. 


ΔΊΞ ἃ root usually assumed for the 
forms 3433 and 723 ; which belong rather 
to r. 332 q. V. 


* 712 fat. 12", to despise, to contemn ; 
kindr.is ta. The primary idea is i. q. 
dra q. v. to tread under foot, which also 
is put for contempt, comp. Prov. 27, '7.— 
Constr. c. acc. Prov. 1, 7; oftener c. > 


118 





pia 


Prov. 11, 12. 13, 13. 14, 21. 23, 9. Cant. 8, 
1:7. Ῥτον. 6, 30 5925 m3 Nb mendo ak 
despise a thief, i i. e. do not overlook his 
crime and let him ge unpunished ; comp. 
30,17. In Zech. 4,10 13 is read in pret. 
3 pers. for 12, as if from 133. 

Deriv. the to “following: 


ΤῊΞ m 1. contempt, Job 12, 5. 31, 34. 

2. Buz, pr.n. a) The second son of 
Nahor Gen. 22, 21; also as the name of 
a people and district of Arabia Deserta 
Jer. 25, 23. . Gentile n. is "42 Buzite, 
Job 32,2. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 5, 14. 


mrad f. contempt, meton. one con- 
temned, collect. Tre ones Neh. 3, 36 
[4, 4]. 

"Ja (pr. a Buzite, see in 192 no. 2. 8.) 
pr. n. Buzi, a priest, the father of the 
prophet Ezekiel, Ez. 1, 3. 


"33 Bavai, pr. n. m. of Persian origin, 
i. q- "23, Neh. 3, 18. 


"ΤῚΣ not used in Kal, prob. to roll up, 
to involve, to entangle, and hence to per- 


- -΄ x 
plex ; comp. 728, A3}"and 35h to turn, 


to turn about, Arab. YL to be confused 
and perplexed, 6. g. a business, dhs to 
entangle oneself in evil. 

Nipu. 132), Part. plur. 5°33) Ex. 14, 
3; to be perplexed, disquieted, Esth. 3, — 
15 ; to wander in perplexity, in perturba- — 
tion, Joel 1, 18. Ex. 1. ¢. 

Deriv. 93532. 


272 m. (for baat, τ. 53.) 1. Pr. rain, 
see the root no. 1; hence as the name 
of the eighth Hebrew month, Bul, i. e. 
rainy month, from the new-moon of No- — 
vember to that of December, 1 K. 6, 38. | 

2. produce, increase, i. q. H8I3h, Job — 
40, 20.—Hence Is. 44, 19 7» baa stock or 
trunk of wood, as in Chaldee. 


-* DAS obsol. root, prob. to be high, 
whence “22 high place, q. v. This 
root is not found in the other Semitic 
dialects, (yet see Syr. [Sato 1 Sam. 10, 
23 Pesh.) but obvious traces of it are 
extant in the languages of the Indo- 
european family ; as Pers. als top ofany — 
thing, roof; βωμός altar, tumulus, and 
βοῦνος hill; pomus, of tall trees; and in 
the Teutonic tongues Bom, Boom, Baum. 








7a 


9 ya with its deriv. see in J"3. 
272 (discretion) pr. ἢ. m. Bunah, 
1 Chr. 2, 25. 


"B12 see 722. 


f * OID fut. 012", to tread down, to 
trample under foot, 6. g. in neglect and 
_ contempt, Prov. 27,7. Also to trample 
| in pieces, to stamp upon enemies, i. e. 
' utterly to subdue them, Is. 14, 25. 63, 6. 
Ps. 44, 6. 60,14. Part. "01a Zech. 10, 
_ 5.—The idea of treading is expressed in 
_ many languages by the syllable pat va- 
_ riously inflected ; 6. g. Sanscr. pati way, 
_ pad, pada, foot, path to go; Zend petho, 

pate, a path, (Pers. LL foot,) Gr. πάτος, 
 πατέω, and ποῦς for’ “ποῦς, gen. ποδός, 
Lat. pes, pedis, also petere, Low Germ. 

_ padden, pedden, i. q. πατεῖν, Pfad, Engl. 
_ path, also to pad, to pat ; in Heb. ὁ being 
_ changed to a sibilant, pas, bas. In ‘the 
kindred sense of stamping in, cramming, 
is 038; in that of despising, 112, ΓΞ, 
like Gr. πατέω Il. 4. 157. Comp. also 
327, 982. 

Pu. 0043 to tread down a place, land, 
i.e. to lay waste, with the accessory 
' idea of pollution, profanation, Jer. 12, 
10, Is. 63, 18. Comp. καταπατεῖν i. q. 
᾿ βεβηλοῦν 1 Mace. 3, 45. 51. Rev. 11, 2; 
' also 0725. 

Horn. part. 021 trodden under foot, 

e.g. a corpse, Is. 14, 19. 

_ Hrrapar. 00%2nn to be cast forth to 
be trodden under foot, Ez. 16, 6. 22. 
Comp. 0B7nn. 

| Deriv. no39, ΠΟΣΊ, and pr. n. O13". 


* 272 a root not in use, which with 
_ kindr. 732, 333. signifies to swell, and is 
_ then Megiously. applied, e.g. to water as 
boiling up, gushing forth ; to ulcers and 
pustules as breaking forth, rising in the 
skin. Hence m>a>ax. 


a ya obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Usb 
‘mid. Ye, to be awhite, 6. acc. to surpass 
im ehiiances ; II to make white; IX 
and XI to be of a white colour ; Ghisibe 


Bigs 
yeas! white, bright. Kindr.are Chald. 
Y28, 722, p72, stannum, tin; also 
52. Comp. also Pers. S229 white, 


bright, Germ. weiss, High Germ. biess. 
Hence 472 egg, and 


119 





ἊΣ 


7 m. byssus, also cloth of byssus, so 
called from its whiteness; see r. yia 
and Rev. 19, 8.14; comp. also further in 
Thesaur. p 190. Spoken of the finest 
and most precious stuffs, as worn by 
kings 1 Chr. 15, 27, by priests 2 Chr. 5, 
12, and by other persons of high rank or 
honour Esth. 1, 6. 8,15. The word is 
of Aramean origin, and is therefore used 
spec. of the Syrian byssus Ez. 27. 16, 
which seems to be there distinguished 
from the Egyptian byssus or Ww. ib. ν. 
7. Elsewhere it seems not to differ 
from Ww, and is often put for it in the 
later Hebrew, 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 3, 14; 
comp. Ex. 26, 31. So f,a5 and Chald. 
ya in O. and N. T. for Heb. 6 and 
Gr. Bvacoc.—After long inquiry and dis- 
pute, whether the cloths of byssus were 
of linen or cotton, (see Celsii Hierobot. 
II. 167 sq. Forster de Bysso antiquor. 
Lond. 1776,) recent minute investiga- 
tions at London with the aid of the 
microscope have decided the contro- 
versy so far as relates to cloths found 
around Egyptian mummies, and shown 
that the threads are linen. See Wil- 
kinson’s Manners and Cust. of the Anc. 
Egyptians, III. p. 115. 


722 (shining, glittering, from yas 
to shine) Bozez, pr. n. of a rock near 
Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 4. 


* pia i. gq. PR2, to empty; hence 
ΓΙ, and 


ΤΡῚΣ f. emptiness, i. 6. desolation, de- 
vastation, comp. Ppa. Once Nah. 2, 11 
Mpa MPa intens. for uttermost deso- 
lation, like Hyde πῶ, maws naa, 
from the roots τῶ, 233, 


“Pi pr. a herdsman, keeper of cat- 
tle, denom. from "3 q. v. In a wider 
sense also of a shepherd, Am. 7, 14, 
comp. v.15. Vulg. armentarius, which 
is like comprehensive; comp. Virg. 
Georg. 3. 344. 


I. 2 and "2 πὶ. (for 783, ἬΝ, τ᾿ 


ΝΞ.) plur. nin’. 


1. a pit, Arab. 
1 Chr. 11, 22. 

2. Spec. a cistern, Gen. 37, 20 sq. 
DIZ Mina cisterns hewn, sc. in the 
rock, Deut. 6,11. Cisterns when with 


S92, 1 Sam. 13, 6. 


2 


out water were often used as prisons, 
Zech. 9, 11. Jer. 38, 6 sq.—Hence 

3. i. gq. a prison, dungeon, Is. 24, 22; 
more fully “iam ma Jer. 37, 16. Ex. 
12, 29. ᾿ 

4. a sepulchre, the grave; freq. in the 
phrase 7ia-"3'}'" those who go down to 
the sepulchre, i.e. the dead, Ps. 28, 1. 30, 
4, 88, 5. Is. 38, 18. 14,19 =p 3N7by “35° 
“3 soho go down to the stones of the sepul- 
chre, i. 6. those laid in costlier sepulchres 
hewn in the rock. “i3 73 even to the se- 
pulchre Prov. 28,17. Is.14,15 "iav"N2"3 
the recesses of the sepulchre. 


II. "93 alkali, see Wa Il. 


*mnl i. q. 24, to search out, to exa- 
mine, to prove, once Eee. 9,1 inf ΑΒΘ; 
comp. 3, 18 335. 


* Wid, pret. win, “ma ; part. plur. 
Dwi; fut. wis. 

1. to be ashamed, to feel shame. So 
Chald. Syr. nna, 22; comp. also 


- - ms Oe 
Arab. μῦν crag to be: astonished, 
¢ 


amazed, struck dumb; Lat. pudere, pu- 
dor. The primary idea seems not to lie 
in blushing, but in paleness and terror, 
‘ thus kindr. with ya andms2. [Orrather 
perh. to be hot, to glow, and then to blush, 
comp. 83" —Tj Ezra 8,22 >> “ns 
Iwas ashamed to ask. 9, 6. Once fol- 
lowed by a finite verb, Job 19, 3 sWan-Nd 
"D-ATDNN ye are not ushathed, ye stun me, 
i.e. shameless ye stun me. With 42 of 
that of which one is ashamed, Ez. 36, 32; 
comp. 43, 10. 11.—Hence 

2. Spec: to be disappointed in one’s 
hope or expectation, which is often con- 
joined with blushing and shame, Jer. 
14, 3. Job 6, 20. Ascribed to enemies 
and wicked men who are put to flight 
after vain attempts, Ps. 6,11. 25, 3. 31, 
18. 35, 4. Also to persons oppressed 
with sudden calamity, Jer. 15, 9. 20,11; 
to husbandmen disappointed of their 
harvest, Jer. 14,4; comp. Is. 19, 9, and 
w7ain. On the contrary, it is said those 
who trust in God shall never be ashamed, 
disappointed, Ps. 22, 6. 25, 2.3. With 
ἡ of that which disappoints the hope, 
Jer. 2, 36. 

3. Trop. of the mind, i. q. to be con- 


Sused, perplexed, troubled ; comp. Arab. 


120 "3 


























. So espec. in the phrase ia Ww; 
Judg. 3, 25 they waited Biz 39 until 
they were ashamed, i. e. perplexed, trou- 
bled. 2 K. 2,17. ~ | 

4. Once apparently spoken of that 
which disappoints the hopes of any one; 
comp. Ma. Hos. 13,15 ipa Wiss his 
fountain shall be ashamed, i. e. shall dry _ 
up, comp. Jer. 14,3; followed by 335%. 
But more prob. 83" is here equivalent 
to ba3. ἢ 

Norse. This verb is frequent in po- 
etry, and rare. in prose; see in no. 2, 4. 
Kal is not found in the Pentateuch ; see 
Hithpal. 

Pit. wwa to delay, pr. to shame or 
disappoint a person waiting; constr. ὁ. 
inf. et > Ex. 32, 1. Judg. 5, 28. Comp. 
Dia ID Judg. 3, 25. 

Hira. 87393, 2 pers. nia. 

1. to shame, to put to shame, to frus- 
trate evil designs, i. q. to disappoint, 
Ps. 14, 6; so of God, Ps. 44, 8. 119, 31. 
116. 

2. to bring to i - to disgrace, Prov. 
29, 15. 

3. Intrans. to doch things, to act 
shamefully ; comp. 2°23, DI. Pa 
wa shameful, base, wicked, opp. >"202 
Prov. 10, 5. 14, 35. 17,2. The idea of 
wickedness includes also folly ; and else 
where words signifying folly (589) 
m>32) are transferred to wickedness 
Fem. mua Prov. 12, 4, opp. 59m nus, 

Nore. Another fori of Hiphil, wan 
see under the root 833. 

Hitupat. to be ashamed, Gen. 2, 2 
This seems to have been the prose form 
comp. in DANN, ARNNM. 

Deriv. 7383, rita, pegs, and 


ΓΞ f shame, Ps. 89, 46. Ez. 7, 18 
Obad. 10. Mic. 7, 10. 


* TAD Chald. to pass the night, De 
6, 19. In Targg. often for ἪΡ». Sy 
5 id. also to sojourn, to remain; Are 


if 
| 
7, 

u 


G5 mid. Ye, Ethiop. OT, to pass th 
night, to remain.—Hence is commonl 
derived the word M2 house; but see i 
ἌΡΗ 

ΤΞ m. (τ. Τ13} c. suff. MI2, prey, sp 
booty, spoken of men and beasts ca 
away in war, (elsewhere "2, Mp>% 


γυ =. eS ee ee OOS ee 


) 


πον» 
and also of goods or property plundered 


by an enemy; Num. 14, 3. Jer. 15, 13. 


49,32. 13 11a, seein 112. Very fre- 


€ quently i in the phrase ἸΞ5. m0 to become 





— ve 








a prey, to be carried off as ‘spoil, Num. 
-14, 31. Deut. 1, 39. Is. 42, 22; some- 
times c. dat. Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. Also 
425 402 to give for prey, as spoil, Jer. 17, 


3. Ez. 25, 7 Keri. 


* NTS ἅπαξ heyou. Is. 18,2 a people.. 
ix38 un ANT “UN Bea land rivers 


rend, i.e. break up into parts, 1813 i. q. 
13; or perh. divide up, '8123 1. α. 4313 fr. 


Chald. 313 to cleave. The allusion is 
to Ethiopia ; see Comm. on Is. l. c. 


"ya j 1. 4. 112, to despise, to contemn ; 
pr. to tread under foot, see THD, 052, 
Constr. c. acc. Num. 15, 31. Ps. 22, 25. 
102,18; more rarely with > 2 Sam. 6, 16, 


Ρ. and (suitably to the primary idea) by 


Neh. 2,19. Opp. 723 1 Sam. 2,30. Also 
Prov. 19, 16 1737 AYT2 he that despiseth 
his ways, i. 6. overlooks them, lives heed- 
lessly. Esth. 3,6 32 MbO> 172723 13" and 
he despised to lay hands on Mordecai 


᾿ alone, i. 6. this was too little. Ps. 73, 20. 


Nis. part. M333 despised, contemned, 
Is. 53, 3. Ps. 15, 4. 

Hin. i. q. Kal, Esth. 1, 17. 

Deriy. 1113, pr.n. 21743, 43322, also 


72 verbal adj. of the intrans. or pass. 


᾿ς form, despised, contemned. Is.49,7 “M3 


ΦΒ2 despised of men, i.g. BD "553 Ps, 22,7. 

MS i.g. ΤΞ᾿ (Ὁ. 112) prey, booty, found 
only in the later Hebrew; comp. Aram. 
{2445. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 28, 14. Ezra, 9, 7. 


Neh. 3, 36. Esth. 9,10 sq. Dan. 11, 24. 
33. Often joined with the synon. 5>% 


- and "δῷ. 


*1T3, plur. Ata, 8332, once 52433; inf. 


72, fut. 155; to oney upon, to epi i.e. to 


size as prey, to plunder. Arab. § 3 Conj. 


I, VIII. Aram. 133, }2, id. The primary 
_fotion seems to be that of pulling in 
“pieces, scattering ; comp. the kindred 


roots 812, P12, "ta. Hence Chald. 1313 
to squander, to dissipate, from which is 


commonly derived 3122 gift, q. v.— 


Construed: 
1 Sam. 14, 36. 


a) Absol. Num. 31, 53. 
b) With acc. of the 


prey, to seize as prey, to carry off as 
Ἷ " Tl 


121 





wma 


spoil, Gen. 34, 29., Num. 31, 9. Deut. 2, 
35. 3,7. ἸΞ 112 to prey the prey, i.e. to 
take the prey, Is. 10, 6. 33,23; >>) 112 
id. 2 Chr. 28,8. ¢) With acc. ofa city, 
country, persons, Gen. 34,27. Ez. 39,10. 
2 K. 7, 16. 2 Chr. 14, 13. Is. 42. 22. 

Nips. 133, plur. 9733, inf. and fut. rian, 
Tia", to be spoiled, plundered, pass. of Kal 
lett. c. Amos 3, 11. Is. 24, 3. 

Pua.. id. Jer. 50, 37. 

Deriv, 12, 33. 


7°72 m. (r. nt2) contempt, Esth. 1, 18. 


mM T2 (contempt of Jehovah) Biz- 
jothjah, pr. n. of a place in the south of 
Judah, Josh. 15, 28. 


ts pia obsol. root, prob: to scatter, to 
disperse, like Syr. po. The Arab. 
is to spit, to sow seed ; also to rise,. 
as the sun, pr. to scatter his rays; in 
which sense of radiating, coruscating, it 
would seem to be kindr. with p22; for 
the interchange of ¥ and ", see under “. 
Hence 

ῬῚΞ m. ἅπαξ Asyou. Ez. 1, 14.i.q. P22, 
lightning, flash of lightning. So all the 
ancient versions; also Abulwalid and 
Kimchi. 

pt (lightning) Bezek, pr. n. of a Ca- 
naanitish city, whose king was Adoni- 
bezek; Judg. 1,4 sq. 1 Sam. 11,8. As 
to its site, see Studer on Judg. 1. c. 


τὶ Wa to scatter, to disperse, to dissi- 
pate, 1. ᾳ. "IB, Dan. 11,24. Arab. Ds 
Conj. II, and γώ, to sow seed; comp. 
Aram. "33. 


ΡΊΕΙ,. toscatter enemies, to put to flight, 
Ps. 68, 31. 


RMT Biztha, pr. τι. of a eunuch in the 
court of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Perh. i. αἱ 
Pers. ἄχανῳ beste ligatus sc. membro, i.e. 
spado. 

71M m. verbal adj. i.g. 722, acrier of 
metals, assayer, Jer. 6,27. R. m3. 

772 m. (Dag. impl.) a watch-tower, 
tower, built by a besieging army, Is. 23, 
13 Keri. R. {M3 no. 2. 

“772 m. plur. DY M3, constr. "M2, 
(after the form δ», Dag. f. impl. to 
distinguish it from 5™5"3,) @ youth 


m2 


young man, pr. a*chosen youth, i. e. 
choice, one in the prime of manhood, etc. 
See part. "9M3 in r. "a no. 2. Or per- 
haps the signif. may be derived from the 


kindr. "22 no. 3, whence Arab. pe vir- 


gin.—E. g. Judg. 14, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 16. 
It denotes pr. a young man of ripe vi- 
gour, but unmarried, Ruth 3, 10. Is. 62, 
5; often joined with mbana Deut. 32, 25. 
unin, 1, 18. 2, 21. al. Spec. young men 
for young mnrrors, Is. 9, 16. 31, 8. Jer. 
18, 21. 49, 26. 51, 3. Am. 4, 10. Comp. 
mim>3 and 55. 

MITT see ona. 

77a Is. 23; 13 Cheth. see j:m2. 


"M2 m. (τ. 72) Verbal adj. chosen, 
elect, ἐκλεκτός, found only in the phrase 
mint ama the chosen of Jehovah, spoken 
of Saul, 2 Sam. 21, 6; of Moses, Ps. 106, 
23; of the people of evel, Is. 43, 20. 45, 
4, ara mim) 733; of pious men and 
prophets, or of the Messiah, Is. 42, 1. 
Plur. of the righteous Is. 65, 9. 15. 22. 
Ps. 105, 43. 


a Bi; aq. bya no. 3, with 3, to 


loathe, to abhor ; comp. Syr. Wams πάν. 
ing nausea, sick at the stomach. Zech. 


11,8 "3 nbn ἘΦΞ2 their soul abhorred 
me.—This_ signification may be drawn 
either from the kindr. 3 523, or also 
ὁ from 9732 and 3 "72 in the eens of re- 
jecting. 

Il. ig. Arab. (hss to be greedy, avari- 
cious. Hence Puat Prov. 20, 21 Cheth. 
mbna nm? wealth greedily gotten. See 
Schult: Animadv. ad h. 1. The ancient 
versions express the sense of the Keri 
ὨΣΓΙΞΏ. 


᾿ wa fut. (35 1. to try, to prove, to 
put to the test, espec. metals, like the 
synon. ΕΣ: Jer. 9,6. Zech. 13, 9. Ps. 
66, 10. Metaph. Job 23, 10 amy “22M 
REN let him try me, I shall come ὁ forth as 
gold ; also neglecting the primary force, 
Job 12, 11 ἼΠΞῸ Ὑ58 WR NbN doth not 
the ear try words ? 34,3. a) Often of 
God as trying the hearts or minds of 
men, Ps. 7, 10. 17, 3. Prov. 17, 3. Ps. 81, 
8; espec. by sending calamities upon 
them, Job 7,18. b) Of men as proving 
or tempting God, i. q. M3. i. 6. by doubt, 


122 


P WMD, j1M2, watch-tower. 





“ra 


unbelief, Mal. 3, 10. 15. Ps. 95, 9.— — 
Chald. jn, Syr.. <u, to try, to exa- — 
mine. The Arabic in this sense has — 
Conj. I, VIII; w and » being 
παι κούρα; : ῬΓ. ἴο rub, to rub upon, — 
and hence to try metals, sc. by rubbing — 
them upon the lapis Lydius or touch- 
stone, Gr. βάσανος. 
2. to keep a look-out, to watch ; whence 


























Nipu. to be tried, proved, Gen. 42, 15. 
16. Job 34, 36. | 
ῬυΑΙ, ΜΗ id. Ez. 21, 18 9m *> ΓῺ 
is tried, i.e. trial is made ,comp. Schnur-— 
rer'ad bil. Sept. ὅτι δεδικαίωται: Others ) 
take {M2 as a noun, for trial se. is made. 

Deriv. the two following, and jin2, 
yrs, PHA. 


772 m. a watch-tower, tower, see the - 
root no. 2. Is. 32, 14 yma) dd the hill” 
(Ophel) and the tower upon it; prob. the 
tower upon the hill Ophel tteritionbd in 
Neh. 3, 26. 27. 


2 m. trial, proof. Is. 28, 16 na i328 
a tried stone, i. e. proved and found suit- 
able for a foundation-stone. Ez. 21, 18, 
see inr. {2 Pu. : 


᾿ “ria fut. "M3" 1. to prove, i. ᾳ. to 
try, toexamine ; like Syr. uD, i. q. Hebr. 


jna. We place this signification first, 
although it is rare and mostly found onl} 
in the later Hebrew; since trial must 
precede choice. The primary idea i 
either that of rubbing upon the lapis 
Lydius or touch-stone, so as then to be 
i. q. 73 q. v. or else it lies in cutting in 
pieces and scrutinizing, comp. aD, “pa 
no. 1. Corresponding are Gr. πειράω, 
Lat. perior, whence experior, comperior, 
periculum, peritus.—Is. 48, 10 phar 
“23 "4922 7 have proved thee in the fur 
nace of affliction. Job 34, 4. 2 Chr. 4 
6, where the Chethibh is to be thus read 
pam. "m2 he proved their houses, i. 
examined the houses of the idolaterd 
2. to approve, i. q. to choose, to selec 


Comp. Arab. re VIII to choose τ Ἢ 
a 3 
best, to take the best part; ss , et 


thing selected, chosen.—Job 9, 14. «εἴ 
29,25. Oftenc. dat. > to choose for one 
self Gen. 13, 11. Ex. 17, 9. Josh. 24, 15, 


a na 


The thing chosen is put in the accus. 
see the examples already quoted ; also 
more freq. with 2, (comp. 2 B. 4,) Deut. 
ἢ, 6. 14, 2. 18, 5. Num. 16, 5, 17, 20. 
1. Sam. 10, 24. 106, 8. 9. 4]. Once with 


ὃν as marking denise, see >3 no. 4, Job” 


36, 21; also 12 implying relvedicn, Ps. 
84, 11. = Part. “ama, plur. constr. "3n3 
1Sam. 26,2. a) "chosen, select, Ex. 14, 
nis b) choice, excellent, Cant. 5, 15. 
3. to choose, i. q. to like, to delight in, to 
desire ; c. acc. Gen. 6, 2. Is. 1, 29.2 Sam. 
16, 15 Ὃν “IAT IW 533 according to 
all that my lord shall please. Prov. 1, 29. 
8, 31; 3 Is. 14, 1 Sy 3. ΡΣ AN and 
he will yet delight α in Israel. Zech. 1 
8,2; > 1 Sam. 20, 30, where yet many 
Mss. read 3. Once pregn. with >> of 
pers. 2 Sam. 19, 39 "b> aMam-7Wwy 55 
ΠΡ ΠΙΩΣΝ ἸΝ αὐόδορόν thou shalt desire to 
lay upon me, that I will do for thee. 

: Nira. 1. to be chosen, i. e. to be wor- 
thy of choice, with 72 to be better, rather 
_to be chosen, Jer. 8, 3.—Part. "3 cho- 
sen, choice, sncéllent. 933 ὩῸΞ choice 
silver Dans 10, 20. 8, 10. 19; with 12 
_choicer than, rather to be choses, better, 
Prov. 16, 16. 22, 1. 

2. With 3, to be chosen by any one, 
i.e. to be acceptable, pleasing to him, 
Prov. 21, 3. 

Puat to be chosen, selected, only Ecc. 
9, 4 Chethibh. 

| Deriv. sa, “ma, mimMa, “M32, 
“ima, pr. ἢ. sn, and the two here 
following : 


B72 (young men’s village) Bahu- 
rim, a small town of Benjamin, beyond 
the Mount of Olives; Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. II. 103. n. 3.—2 Sam. 3, 16. 16, 5. 
17, 18, 19, 17. 1 K. 2, 4.--Henice Simonic 
Revives the gentile n. "29m2 Baharu- 
mite 1 Chr. 11, 33; and with the letters 
transposed "9772 ὃ Sam. 23, 31. 


O72 (after the form 5°7p1) m. plur. 
Num. LL, 28, and minana Eee. 11, 9. 12, 
1, youth, γομ Ι age. Comp. “AMS. 


"ΔΩ and TOS, i. q. 973 ΤΙ, βαττο- 
λογεῖν, blaterare, to babble, i. 6. to talk 
idly, unadvisedly, onomatop. like the 
Greek, Latin, and English words. Part. 
τ 3 an idle ceniee babbler, Prov: 12, 18. 

Prez id. Lev. 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33. fn 


123 





moa 


both these passages pinava is added 
intensively, see 57ND in may no. 1. 
Deriv, 8232. 


pf MOD 1. to trust, to confide, to 
place hope and confidehce in any one. 
Chald. and Samar, id. but rare. Arab 


5 to throw one down upon his back, 


to throw in his face ; whence Heb. 2 nua 
perh. pr. ‘to cast teats or one’s cares 
upon any one ;’ comp. >¥ 553 Ps. 22, 9. 
—With 3 Prov. 11, 28. Ps, 28, ΠΝ by 2 
K. 18, 20. 21. 24; by Ps. 4, 6. 31, 7. 
With dat. pleon. Jer. 7, 4 amas by 
“PUN “Wats 22d trust not for your- 
selves in lying words. v.8. 2K. 18, 21. 
Rarely in this sense absol. Job 6, 20; 
but often 

2. Absol. to be confident, i. e. to be se- 
cure, without fear, Jadg. 18, 7. 10. 27. 
Jer..12, 5. Job 40, 23 1531} maim Noa 
or he feareth not, though Jordan 
break forth over his mouth, i. q. Engl. 
over his head. Prov. 11, 15 n"sph maw 
Moa he that hateth suretyship is sure, 
i. e. secure, has nothing to fear. Oph. 
sins 34. Further: a) Ina good sense, 
of the trust and security of the righteous, 
Is. 12, 2. Prov. 28, 1. Job 11,18. 8) In 
a bad sense, of those who place trust 
and confidence in the things of this 
world, and have no fear of God nor of 
his punishments, Is. 32, 9. 10. 11. Prov. 
14, 16. Comp. ἸΡ 9, πρῶ, m1>w.—Part. 
m2 trusting, confiding, in an* active 
signif. Is. 26, 3 IMA 73 1D for he is 
trusting in thee. Ps. 112, 7. 

Hipx. fut. apoc. Maar 1. to cause to 
trust, to persuade to trust. with >x and 
by, fs: 36, 15. Jer. 28, 15. 29, 31. 

2, Absol. to make secure, without fear, 
Ps. 22, 10. 

Deriv. ΠΏΞ, ΠΏΞ, jinwa, ninwas, 
ΠΏΣ. 


ἘΠῚ, MOD transp. i. ᾳ. πβῷ, dab, 


to cook, to ripen; whence "238 a me- 
lon, where see more. 


M02 τη. (Ὁ. ΠΏΞ 1) 1. trust, confidence, 
as adv. confidently, boldly, Gen. 34, 25. 

2. security, fearlessness, Is. 32, 17.— 
Elsewhere always ma3> and mua adv, 
a) in security, without danger, i. e. se 
curely, safely ; so 232 31, ΠΏΞ aus, 


nos 

ΠΏΞ Ἰϑῶ, to dwell securely, safely, 1 Sam. 
12, 11. Lev. 25, 18.19. 26,5. Deut. 33, 12. 
b) securely, i. 6. without fear, Mic. 2 8; 
also as implying too great spourtiy, 
want of care and,caution, Judg. 8, 11. 

3. Betah, pr. n. of a city of Syria, 
ich in brass, situated in the territory of 
Hadadezer, 2 Sam. 8,8. In the parall. 
passage 1 Chr, 18, 8 written nma0. 


moa f. trust, confidence, Is. 30, 15. 


JING] m. trust, confidence, Is. 36, 4; 
hope Ece. 9, 4. R. nova 1. 


minws f. plur. Job 12, 6, ia 
tranquillity. R. noua 1. 


ἢ 202 to be vacant, comp. 422; 
espec. to be free from labour; hence, to 
cease, to rest from, Ecc. 12,3. Arab. 


Ab and Ethiop. NMA to be empty, 


vain; more rarely, to cease. 


203 Chald. id. Ezra 4, 24. 
Pa. to cause to cease, to hinder, to for- 
bid, Ezra 4, 21. 23. 5, 5. 6,8. 


ὁ ἼΩΝ obsol. root, pr. to be vacant, 
empty, hollow, i. q. bog , dies. Hence 
the three fslowing: 

723. c. suff. 202, fem. as being a 
female member, see no. 2; comp. Arab. 
: ) and Lat. cwnnus, both of which are 
fem. for the same reason. 

1. the belly, so called as being empty, 
hollow ;»comp. Gr. HEVEWY, λαγών, κοιλία. 


Arab. pes id wos body, mostly dead 
body, Ethiop. .2"7 dead body.—Spoken 
of the external belly, both of man Cant. 
7, 3, and of beast Job 40, 16. Mostly of 
the internal belly, as the receptacle of 
food, Prov. 13, 25. 18, 20. Job 20, 20. 
Kee. 11, 5. Ez. 3, 3.—Also as the place 
of the foetus, and hence 

2. the womb, Gen. 25, 23.24. ἸΏΞΠ 2 
Judg. 13, δ. 7, 7222 Is. 48, 8. 49, 1, and 
more fully "ax 232 Ps. 22, 10. Judg. 
16, 17, from the womb, i. e. as soon as 
born; hyperbol. i. q. from the tenderest 
years Job 31,18. 232 "5 fruit? of the 
womb, i.e. offspring, progeny, Gen. 30, 2. 
Deut. 7; 13. Is. 13, 18. Mic. 6, 7, always 
spoken δὲ ‘children aleady born, and not 
of the foetus; also with gen. of the father, 
Mic. ].c. Spoken of one child, "232 "3 


124 "2 








son of my womb Prov. 31, 2, where the 
suffix refers to the mothers but in Job 
3, 10 "303 my womb is for my mother’s 
womb, Also in Job 19, 17 "203 "22 the 
sons of my womb seem not to be the sons 
of Job, for these had perished, 1,19 comp. — 


29, 5; but prob. his uterine beothiond ΒΕ. 


ἀδεληοῖ, comp. Ps. 69,.9. 

3. Trop. the inmost part, i. q. =p. 4 
So Din 22 the womb of Sheol, its deep- . 
est recesses, Jon. 2, 3. Kspec. the inmost 
part of man, whete he thinks and feels, 
like the heart, breast, reins, ete. Job 15, 
35. 32, 18. Prov: 22,18. ἼΏΞ "ΔἼΠ chiens 
bers of the belly, depths of the heart, 
Prov. 18, 8. 20, 27. 30. 26, 22. Hab. 3, — 
16 "302 TAM} and my bowels trembled. 
Comp. κοιλέα Ecclus. 51, 21. John 7, 38. 

4. belly of a “ἜΝ protuberance, ; 
1 K. 7, 20. a 

5. Beten, pr. n. of a place in Asher, ' 


Josh. 19,25. Perh. valley, i. q. oh, 


χοιλᾶς. 


D203 plur. Gen, 43, 11, pistacia-nuts, 
pistachios, a kind of nuts of an oblong — 
shape, so called from their form, which is 
flat on one side and round or bellied on the © 
other. They grow on a tree resembling 
the terebinth, Pistacia vera of Linn. 
which is found in Syria, Plin. H. N. 13. - 
10. The kindred dialects have not this — 


» “- Seo 3 
word; but ἰδοῦ, ROUND, > Butm, 
signify terebinth, i. 6. Pistacia terebin- — 
thus of Linn. a tree often confounded 


with the pistacia. 


D203 (pistacias) Betonim, pr.n. ofa 


place in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 26. 


"2 (for "22, τ. M23, as 53 for 553) 
entreaty, prayer, in common use in ac- — 
cus. as a particle of entreaty, or rather — 
of asking leave; everywhere joined ‘ 
with "258, 7258, pr. with entreaty, i. q. 
Engl. with leave, by permission. Gen. 44, 
18 935% ΤΑ Ξ ἜΣ τ AIFS NM "278 12” 
with leave, my lord. i. e. I beseech thee, . 
let now thy servant speak one word in 
my lord’s ears. Ex. 4, 10.13. Num. 12, 
11. Josh. 7,8. Judg.6, 13.15. 13,8. Sam. 
1, 26. 1 K. 3, 17.26. Also when several 
speak.” Gen. 43, 20 345 "hy Ἢ TNS 
sar as and they said, With leave, my — 
lord, we came down indeed, etc. Of the — 








[2 


4 * 
ancient versions, Sept. well δέομαι, 
᾿ δεόμεϑα, Vulg. obsecro, oramus, Targg. 
4932, Syr. esas Judg. 13, 8 cum roga- 
 tione, rogando ; all which correspond 
_ exactly to the Heb. "3, and confirm 
the etymology here proposed. Other 
opinions see reviewed in Thes. p. 222. 


ἘΞ pret. Om22 Ps. 139, 2, also 113 
Dan. 10, 1, "7373 Dan. 9,2; inf. and imp. 
ΠΟ 972; fut. 1.37. apoc. and conv. j37, 133}, 
_ see note under Hiphil; pr. to separate, 
to distinguish; comp. 773, 113. and 
ΕΓ Arab. — G mid. Ye intrans. to be sepa- 
rate, distinct; metaph. Conj. I, V, X, to 
_ be distinct, manifest, easily discerned. 
Hence to discern, to mark, to understand, 
all which depend on the power of sepa- 
rating, distinguishing, discriminating ; 
comp. Ἀρίνω Lat. cerno, intelligo for 
inter-ligo, Germ. merken comp. Marke, 

"Z2, "p23, etc.—Spec. 

1 to perceive, to discern, 6. g. a) 
With the eyes, i. q. to see, c. acc. Prov. 
e 7, 7; 2 Neh. 13, 7; b Job 9, 11. 23, 8. 
᾿ b) With the ears, i. q. ‘to hear, Job 23, 5. 
_ Prov. 29,19. ο) By the touch, i. q. to 
feel, of manimate things, Ps. 58, 10. 
2. As implying will, purpose, to mark, 
to attend, to give heed to ; c. acc. Dan. 9, 


2. 10, 1. Ps. 5,2. 94,7. Deut. 32,7. Prov. 


_ 23,1; with 2, which seems peculiar to 
the later Hebrew, comp. in no. 1 above, 
_ Ezra 8, 15. Dan. 9, 2.23; dx Ps. 28, 5; 
Ὁ 73, 17. Job 14, 21. Deut. 32, 29. Is. 32, 
_ 4; 53 Dan. 11, 30. 37; absol. Ps. 94, 7. 

3. to discern mentally, to understand ; 
Dan. 12, 8 7738 851 "M2 7 heard, but 
Tunderstood not. Is. 6,9; with "> 1Sam. 
3, 8. 2 Sam. 12, 19. μ 43, 10. 

4. To have Gnilerstood: i. e. to know, 
to be acquainted with, c.‘acc. Ps. 19, 13. 
Job 38, 20; 5. Ps. 139, 2. wptia 72 to 
know the right Job 32, 9. Prov. 98, ae 
MIs 57S Prov. 29, 7, comp. 273 337. 

5 Absol. to hare understanding, to be 
intelligent, wise, Job 42, 3. 18, 2 be wise, 
then will we speak. Hos. 4,14. Part. plur. 
D723 the wise, the prudent, Jer. 49, 7. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 
knowing’ [5. 10,13.—Part. 1139 as particip. 
adj. intelligent, discreet, knowing, often 
joined with. D2m wise, Gen. 41, 33. 39. 


Deut. 1, 13. 4, 6. Is. 5,21; opp. to words 
at. ἘΣ 


125 


22 to be intelligent, discreet, | 





7 

signifying folly, Prov. 10,13. 14,33 4133 
“a5 knowing of speech, eloquent, 1 Sam. 
16, 18. 

Pi. $213 i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2. Deut. 32, 10 
ἼΓΙ29 121 477330" he compassed him about 
and gave heed to him. 

Hipu. 9935, inf. 3, imp. 935, part. 
7722 ; see note below. 

1. Pr.causat.e.g. a) Causat. of Kal 
no. 3, to cause to understand, i. e. to de- 
clare, to explain, Dan. 8, 16. 27. Neh. 8, 8 
spss 223), b) Causat. of Kal no. 4, 
to teach, to “instruct, with acc. of pers. 
Neh. 8, 9. Ps. 119, 34. 73. 130. Is. 40, 14; 
also with acc. of thing added, Ps. 119, 27 
"22°33 ΠΤ ΠΡΒ WTI teach me the way of 
thy precepts. Prov.8,5. Elsewhere also 
with acc. of thing and dat. of pers. Job 
6, 24. Dan. 11,33; and with acc. of pers. 
and dat. of thing, Neh. 8, 7. Spoken 
also of one who reveals future events, 
Dan. 10,14. 06) Causat. of Kal no. 5, 
to give understanding, to make intelli- 
gent, Job 32, 8. 

2. Like Kal,e.g. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, 
to perceive, 6. g. a rumour, report, Is. 28, 
19. b) i. q. Kal no. 2, to mark, to give 
heed, to attend to any thing, with 3 Dan. 
9, 93. 10, 11. Neh. 8, 12; “by Ps, 33, 15; 
shnal, Dan. 8, 5. 17. 6) i. ᾳ. Kal no. 3, 
to discern mentally, to understand, 1 K. 
3,9. d) 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 4, fo know, to be 
acquainted with, Job 28, 23. Mic. 4, 12. 
m>3 ὙΠ Dan. 1, 4. Prov. 1, 2, to be 
knowing, skilled in any thing, 6. 2 
Dan. 1, 17; acc. Dan. 8, 23. Prov. 1, 6; 
absol. Is. 29,16. 6) i. q. Kal no. 5, to 
have ‘eulevstouding, to be wise, Is. 57, 1. 
Part. 7°22 wise, intelligent, Prov. 8, 9. 17, 
10. 24. 28, 7.11. -— 

Nore. Inthe examples adduced under 
no. 2, are found only the Praeter, Infin. 
Imper. and Participle ; which forms alone 
can with certainty be referred to this 
conjugation. The forms of the Fut. 
j93", ja", etc. we have assigned to Kal ; 
and only a few examples are found where 
they have a causative power, e. g. Is. 
28, 9. 40, 14. Job 32, 8. 

Hirupar. 7212nn 1. pr. to show one- 
self attentive, and hence for the most 
part i. q. Kal no. 2, to mark, to attend, 


to consider ; absol. Nar, 2, 10. 9, 16. Job 


11, 11; 8. by 1K. 3,21. Is. 14, 16; by 
Job 31, 1. Ps. 37, 10; "9 Job 32, 12. 38 


τῷ 


18; 3 Jer. 30, 24. Job 30, 20; also, the 
“force of the conjugation passing over to 
a transitive sense, c. acc. Job 37, 14.— 
‘Hence 
gre. to percerve, e. g. with the ears, 1. q. 
‘to hear, c. acc. Job 26, 14. 
3. to have εἰσ ν ΩΣ to be intelli- 
gent, wise, pr. to show oneself intelligent, 
*Ps. 119, 100. 
Deriv. 712, Pa, 7273, 
and pr. n. 972". 


722 constr. 113 pr. subst. i. q. Arab. 


§ oF 


.pad separation, interval, space inter- 
posed, see Dual below; found only in 
the constr. state 772, miz"2a, and with 
suffixes "2"2, 72°32, 5°25 also pla: 7272, 
nny, 19797, ὈΞ ΔΒ, and senna, onio"a. 
In diese ἙΝ it passes over into a Pre- 
position. ὁ 

1. between, betwixt, Lat. inter, Arab. 


Pay, APSA, 


- 


: pony "2 between brethren Prov. 
6, 19; pnw 1ἼΞ betwixt the bushes Job 
30, 7; DID 772 between the eyes, i. e. upon 
she forehead, see "3 no. 1.d. ja "DIN 
between the Ulai, i.e. among its windings 
and branches, Dan. 8,16. Plur. mi2"3 id. 
Ez.10,7. After verbs of motion, i.q. “> 
372, Judg.5,27.—In repetitions, between— 
and, inter—et, we find }"35—}"2 Gen. 26, 
28. Ex. 11, 7. Josh. 22, 25; more rarely 
— "2 (pr. interval—even to) Gen. 1, 6. 
Lev. 20, 25. Deut..17,8; 1539 --- τ i 
59, 2; Ὁ 755 706] 2, 17. Where it is 
tius put after verbs of seeing, under- 
standing, teaching, and the like, it gives 
them the sense: to see, undersbrnd: 
teach thé difference between ; Mal. 3, 18 
SwI> PTX PPA DMNA ye shall discerh 
the ‘difference between the righteous and 
the wicked ; comp. Ὁ --- Ἴ3 577 2 Sam. 
19, 36. Jon. 4,11; ὃ -- 2 Wah 1 K. 8, 
9; >—p2 ποῖπ Ez. 44, 23. 

2. within, Lat. intra. Job 24,11 4°23 
pmonw sbitlein their walls. Prise 26, 13 
minh 103 within the streets, i. q. in the 
streets; comp. Zech. 13, 6. Of time, 
Neh. 5, 18 within ten days ; comp. Arab. 
WS 
aa Sometimes }— 73, and }"35— 473, 
are put disjunctively, i. q. whether—or, 
sive—sive. 2 Chr. 14,1072 "432 ἼῺΣ 7X 

9 ἼΝ Ὁ 34 it is nothing with thee to help, 
Peas: the strong or the weak ; pr. with 


126 


tains. Ps. 104, 12 which sing B NES 29 


“πέσῃ μετὰ ποσσὶ γυναικός. 


‘reign tongue, 12" j>8 which thor under- 





i 


thee, Ὁ God, is no distinction in helping, 
between the strong and the weak. The 
source of this idiom may be seen from 
Lev. 27, 12 and the priest shall value tt 
(the beast) 35 153} 2iv 153 whether it 
be good or bad, pr. deciding between the 
good and the bad, Sept. εἴτε χαλή, εἴτε 
σαπρά. 2 Sam. 19,:36. Soin Rabbinic, 
ἼΔ3-- 3 whether—or, as—so. 

4. With other prepositions : 

a) #"2">k pr. into-between, in amongst, 
i. 6. between, after verbs of motion, Lat. — 
inter, c. acc. Ez. 31,10.14; also. Pinney 
10, 2. 

b) yra7>y id. between, after a verb of 
motion, Ez. 19, 11. 

6) 7722 from between, Fr. entre; 
Zech. 6, 1 there came out four chariots 
Dn mpi \"22 from between two moun- 


« 


From between the branches, amid the foli- 
age. Jer. 48,45 jim* 7727 ellipt. from 
the midst of the kingdom of Sithon.—So 
mrban i727 from between the feet, by 
euphem. for from the womb ; Deut. 28, 
57 the after-birth 7299 97272 Osi 
that cometh out from her womb ; comp. © 
Hom. Il. 19. 110 ὅς κὲν én ἤματι τῷδε 
Also meton. 
i. q. from the seed, offspring, posterity of 
any one; Gen. 49, 10 the sceptre shall 
not depart...7239 ἸῺ from his seed. — 
It is thus equivalent. to "322, 303 752, 
ΟΠ. Sept. ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐ, coknte 
Gen. 46, 26.—Where two things are 
inentioned, from between which any thing 
comes, }"22 is repeated, 38} --" 3 ἢ 
2 Κι. 16, 14. Ez. 47, 18. 

d) > mina atonal in between, i..q. 
mis72 , ‘Ez. 10, 2. 6. 7. 

e) 1ῈΞ in between Is. 44,4; 5663 A.6. 

Dua 0722 the inter soll between two 
armies, τὰ μεταίχμια Kurip. Pheen. 1285; 
wines pan wax 1 Sam. 17, 4. 23, α 
go-between, μεσίτης, i.e. a champion, who 
decides between the two in single com- 
bat, as Goliah. 


1.3 Chald. between, Dan. 7, 5. 8. 
ma f. (r. 13) 1. understanding, 
i.e. the act, Is. 33, 19 a people of a fo- 


standest not. Dan. 8, 15, 9, 22. 10, 1. 
2. understanding, i. e. the fac ilty of 
insight, intelligence, Prov. 4, 5. 7. 8, 14. 








| 


9, 6. 10. 16, 16. Job 28, 12. 20. ΡΞ S45 


a » 


to know understanding, i. 6. to be or be- 
come intelligent, Job 38, 4. Prov. 4, 1. 
Is. 29,24. Plur. mina ἘΦ a people of 
understanding, intelligent, Is. 27, 11.— 
Spec. of skill in any art or science, 2 
Chr. 2,12. 1 Chr. 12, 32 ΞΘ ΓΞ 14 
i. e. skilled to judge of the times ; comp. 
Ksth. 1, 13. 


ΓΞ. Chald, ἢ i. gq. Heb. no. 2, Dan. 
2, 21. 
mia f. an egg, so called from its 


whiteness, see r. yia. Arab. wal, 
Syr. ἴδ. In Sing. not found. Plur. 
pys72 with adj. f. ΤΊΣΙΣ oz" eggs left, 
forsaken, Is. 10, 14. Deut. 22, 6. Job 39, 
14. Is. 59, 5. 


72 a well, i. ᾳ. "832, Jer. 1,7 Keri. 
2 
Comp. Arab. με : 


#71" f. a word of the later Hebrew. 

1. a fortress, castle, fortified palace ; 
see Chald. and Syr. below. If it be of 
Semitic origin, it may be for "73 
strong, fortified ; or, as some prefer, for 


7732, from Ethiop. 70Z to sit, whence 


PTC seat, tribunal, and pe seat, 


tribunal, metropolis, ᾳ ἃ. royal seat. 
Perhaps however. it is of Pers. origin ; 
comp. Pers. els baru, fortress, wall, 
castle, Sanscr: pura, puri, pur, Gr. πύρ- 
γος and Bugic.—Very often in the phrase 
maran 7 Shushan the palace, not 
only of the royal palace or citadel, Neh. 
1, 1. Esth. 1, 2. 2, 3. 8. 3) 15. Dan. 8, 2; 
but also of the whole adjacent city, Esth. 
1, 5. 2, 5. 8, 14. 9, 6. 11. 12; comp. Ezra 
6,2. This city is elsewhere more defi- 
nitely called 7w28 ἜΣΤΙ, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 
15.—Where it refers to Jerusalem, the 
fortress of the temple is meant, prob. the 


same called Bugis and afterwards Anto- 


nia, Neh.2,8. Comp. Jos. Ant. 15. 11.4. 
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 632. 

2. the temple, 1 Chr. 29, 1. 19. 

a" Chald. f. emphat. M473 id. a 
fortress castle, palace, Ezra 6, a Syr. 


(2,05. 


HVS f. twice in Plur. mit27"3 for- 
tresses, castles, 2 Chr. 17, 12. 27, 4. 


127 





ma 


Comp. on the nature of this ending 
Lehrg. p. 516 note. | 


M72 m. but fem. Prov. 2, 18? constr. 
ma, with He parag. 7972 Gen. 19, 10, 
constr. ΓΞ 43,17; Plur. o°ma bdtiim, 
ὁ. suff. "MA, HS"H2, OMS, for ΘΠ 
from a lost Sing. M3, comp. Syr. wis 
Lehrg. 604. 

1. a house, domus, Arab. ands Syr. 
[aud, Ethiop. OT, Phenic. defective 


ma, see Monumm. Phen. Ῥ. 348. It is 
commonly referred to the root M2 to 
pass the night, to remain. But it may 
be worth inquiry, whether M72, 3, is 
not rather for the harder form 22 from 
τ. M22, as δόμος, domus, from δέμω. As 
to the form, we ey, then compare "8 
q. v. for WIN, ax ; 0°D purse, for 022; 

diD cup, for DID ; ; ἀνε εἷς (ἑνός) for ὃ rs, 
Lat. unus ; εἷς prep. for ἐνς, see Schmidt 
de Prepositt. Gr. p.7; τυφϑείς for τυ- 
pers ; ὁδούς for ὁδόνς, Lat. dens. Adopt- 
ing this conjecture, M2 might then be 
regarded as a secondary verb from the 
noun m2; and the plur. 0°M3 as for 
pm from a sing. M32 i. 4. M23, after 
the form p20, ps 3, see Lehrg. 
p. 575.—E. g. aia son of the house 
Gen. 15, 3. Ecc. 2, 7; also ma 575" 
one born in the honse ‘Gen. 17, 12. ΩΥ, 
Jer. 2, 14, i.e. verna, a home- Septal 
vant or slave, whose fidelity was there- 
fore greater. So man dy "Wx one over 
the house; i. 6. in private houses thé oixo- 
γόμος, steward, dispenser, a servant who 
had charge of the household affairs and 
of the other servants, Gen. 43, 16. 44,1; 

see also below in no. 3. san "m2 henteds 
of clay Job 4, 19, spoken of the human 
body as frail οὐδ mortal; comp. 2 Cor. 
5, 1, and the commentators. T'he house 
of Goal i is put once for the whole world, 
Ps. 36,9. The constr. ΓΞ in acc. often 
ganda for 722 in the house of any one, 
Gen. 24, 23. 38, 11, also genr. in the 
house ; and M725 into the house Gen. 
24, 32.—Spec. 

2. A movable house or dwelling, a 
tent, tabernacle, Arab. vray, Gen. 27, 
15. 33,17; of tabernacles consecrated to 
idols 2 K. 23,7, comp. 1722 no. 3,4. So 

m4, nbn m2, of the tabernacle of 
the éevetinnt Ex. 23, 19. Josh. 6, 24 


ms 


Judg. 18, 31. 1 Sam. 1,7. 24.3, 15. 2Sam. 
12,20. Ps.5,8. In other places ΓΞ and 
brik are opposed, 2 Sam. 7, 6. _ 

3. House of a king, a palace, castle, 
citadel ; fully 423% m2 2 Sam. 11,2. 9. 
1K. 9,1.10. 14, 26. 15, 18; nisbant m2 
Esth. L, 9. Also xut ἐξοχήν matt, whence 
man by “WwW one over the palace, i. 6. the 
prefect of the palace, one of the king’s 
attendants and ministers, to whom the 
key of the palace or royal castle was 
committed, Is. 22,22; who also had charge 
over all the household affairs of the king, 
much like the mod. Maréchal du palais, 
‘Marshal of the Court, 1K. 4,6. 2K. 10,5. 
15, 5. Is. 22,15, comp. Dan. 2,49. In later 
Hebrew called 725 35 Esth.1,8; comp. 
in no. 1.—Further, 113-m"3 the house i.e. 
palace of David, Is. 22,22; M39 m2 
the palace of Pharaoh Gen, 12, 15. 
Sometimes also of single parts of the 
royal palace or castle, yet consisting of an 
entire house, 6. g. 5°33 m"2 the harem 
Ksth. 2, 3.9. myawana 2 Sam. 20,3. 

4. House of God, i. 6. a temple ; spoken 
of idol-temples, Is. 37, 38. 44,13. 1 Sam. 
5, 2.5. Oftener of the temple of Je- 
hayah at Jerusalem, called min" m2 
pny na, 1K. 6,5. 37. 7,12. Is. 66,1, 
and often. Pou. above in no. 1. 

5. House of the dead, i.e. a sepulchre, 
espec. one costly. sumptuous, Is. 14, 18; 
comp. {20 Is. 22,16. More fully called 
also cbisn ma the eternal house, long 
home, Eee. 12, δ. 

6. a dwelling, habitation, place of any 
Aind: a) Of men,e. g. Sheol, orcus, 
ἶ fob 17,13, ΣΙ m2 collect. fences of 
“the people, i. e. of the citizens, Jer. 39, 8, 
i. g. ODWAN "Ha 52,13. oay ma ΤΆ κὰν 
of servants, i.e, workhouse, prison, spoken 
of Egypt, Ex. 20,2. Ὁ) Of animals, Job 
39, 6. Ps. 84,4. 104,17; comp. Virg. Ge. 
2. 209 antiquasque domos avium. "2 
wW"a>> the spider’s house, her web, Arab. 
ον ΑΚλα! cus, Job8, 14; house of the 
moth Job 27, 18. 
tacle for any thing; 52 "m2 perfume- 
boxes, smelling-bottles, Is. 3, '20. p'na 
ἜΜΕΝ ὩΠΠΞ5, places for the bars, Ex. 
26, 29. 36, 34. 37, 14. 38, 5. 1 K. 18, 32 and 
he made a trench 7} ὉΠ Ὁ ΛΞ about 
the space (capacity) of two measures of 
seed. ὉΠ m2 place of stones, i. 6. 





128 


0) place, space, recep- 





peel 


stony place in the soil, Job 8,17. Neh. — 
2,3. Ez. 41,9 m1a> “wx nisbs mea the 
space of the side-chambers of the temple. 
7. In the house, i.e. the inside, inner 
part, within, (opp. 71M out of doors, with- 
out,) mma Ex. 28, 26, maa Gen. 6,14. — 


Ex. 25, 11. 37, 2, and mmya9 1K. 6, 15, 


inside, snmasd: within, opp. 71" ; comp. 
ἸῺ no. 3. ἢ. Sob ma Ez. 1, 27, Ὁ ΤΟΣ Ϊ 
1 K. 6, 16,5 nnaab Num. 18, 7, within a 
certain space. Ὁ ΤΆΞΟΝ to within Lat. 


intra c. accus. 2 K. 11,15. Comp. oy 
A. 9.—F rom this signifiention comes the 


Chald, "3 in, whence also we have above 

derived the prefix 3; see p. 109, note. 
8. Trop. of persons living together, a 

house, i. q. household, family, comp. Arab. 


S oe 
Aol; i.e. incliding the wife, children, — 
and all domestics, Gen. 7, 1. 12,17. 35, 2. 
36,6. 42,19. Sothe king’s household, i.q. 
his court, courtiers, Is, 22, 18. nap m2 
i. g. MSD “Ay Gen. 50, 4.—Hence 

9. Of those descended from one’s 
household, house, for descendants, pos- 
terity, lineage, race, i. q. 5°22 sons, child- 
ren (hence joined with a Plur. Is. 2, 5), 
Gen. 18, 19. "2 ΛΞ i. g. "12 "22 Ex. 
2.1. Hoi m2 Josh. 17, 17; bei ΛΞ, 
MIT Ma, TT Ma hones of David, his 


* descendants, 1 Sam. 20, 16. Is. 7, 2.13. οἷ: ἢ 


κος ΖΙαβἰδ Luke 1,27. Lihe "22 ἀνϑᾷ also 
trop. as span ΡΞ i. q. srranbn "22, 
pr. my house of war, i.e. my adversaries, 
enemies, 2 Chr. 35, 21; "79 ΓΞ ἃ stub-— 
born house, people Ez. 2,5; and. vice 
versa Mim? ΓΞ the house or family of 
God, i. q. Israel, Num. 12,7. Hos. 8,1; as 
οἶκος ϑεοῦ 1 Tim..3, 15. In other phrases 
the figure of a house is more distinctly 
preserved: Ruth 4,11 Leah and Rachel © 
did build the house of Israel, i. e. founded 
the race of Israel. 5 72 432 to build up — 
a house to any one, i. 6. to give him pos- 
terity ; spoken of one who marries his 
brother’s widow (i. q. 5 0% D°p) Deut. 
25,9; of God 1 Sam. 2, 35. 25, 28. 2Sam, — 
γ, 27. The same is Ὁ nia ΠῺΣ 2 Sam. 
7,11. Ex. 1, 21. 

10. Sep. also of the things contained 
in one’s house, goods, substance, wealth ; : 
Esth. 8,1 jan m3, Sept. ὅσα ὑπάρχει 
“Auoy, comp. v. 2.7. Gen. 15,2. Ex.1,21 
So Gr. otxia, οἶκος. 

11. 38 m"3, pr. father’s house Gen, 24 





Ξτω 








Ἵ 


2 ma 4 
, 23; father’s household 31, 30. In the 
᾿ enumeration or census of the Hebrew 
é tribes, B73, Miwa, they are divided 
into families, ‘pinswe ; and these again 
f are subdivided into households, ancestral 
_ houses, nay n72.1 Chr.7,40. In this 
‘signification the Plural, instead of "ma 
a8, takes the form Miah M3, as iscom- 
᾿ fmon in Syriac; see in "bain note. Heb. 
- Gram. § 106. 3. c. Num. 1, 2 nwmber the 
children of Israel oniay mish omnpttia> 
_ after their families and after their houses 
| of fathers. v.18. 20. 22. 24. 26 sq. 2;2 sq. 
Over these households, or houses of 
fathers, were BMiax M73 "WN Ex. 6, 14, 
ἘΣ ma patie 1 Chr. 5, "24; ofan 
by ellipsis Misa "Os Num. 31, 26. 
Josh. 14, 1, or mien any 1 Chr. 29, 6, 
mist 9. 2 Chr. 5, 2, i. 6. heads, 
chiefs, princes of households patriarchs. 

12. Very often, espec. in later writers, 

ΤΣ is put before the pr. names of cities 
' and places, sometimes necessarily, as 
forming part of the name ; at other times 
_ more loosely, so that it can also be omit- 
_ ted; see below in the letters, 6, h, 1, Ι, 
_ v, x. So Syr. das, comp. Germ. hausen 

in Nordhausen, Mihlhausen. Such are 
the following: 

a) Ἰδὲ ΓΞ (house of nothingness i. e. 
of idols, see }38 no. 1,) Beth-aven, a city 
in Benjamin, eastward from Bethel Josh. 

7,2. 1 Sam. 13,5; with a desert of like 
name Josh. 18,12. The Talmudists have 
confounded this city with the adjacent 
Beth-El, (lett. b,), which also is some- 
times called by the prophets in contempt 
WRT A|; see PR. 

b) d¥ mB (house of God) Beth-El, 
Bethel, a very ancient city of the Ca- 
naanites, afterwards belonging to’Ben- 
jamin, in the time of Joshua still called 
τὴ Josh. 18, 13, comp. Gen. 28, 19and 159 ; 
though once (Josh. 16, 2) it is more defi- 
nitely called by both names. It lay upon 
high ground, 1 Sam. 13, 2. Josh. 16, 1, 
comp. Gen. 35,1; and was for a long 
time the station of the sacred tabernacle, 
Judg. 20, 18. 26. 27. 21, 2. 1 Sam. 10, 3. 
Afterwards one of the calves of Jeroboam 
was set up here, 1 K. 12, 28 sq. Comp. 
ἜΝ M72 and ἢ". Its ruins are still seen 
near the high road north of Jerusalem, 
and are now called Beitin; see Bibl. 


129 





ma 


Res. in Palest. II. p. 125-30.—For the 
origin of the name, see Gen. 28, 10 sq. 
35, 1 sq. 9sq.—The gentile ἢ. is "3 
“oun Bethelite 1 K. 16, 34. 

c) dxxm ma (house of firm root, i. e. 
fixed dwelling) Beth-ezel, a town a Ju- 
dea probably, Mic. 1, 11; where there 
is an allusion to this aivinology. 

d) ἘΞ ma (house of God’s am- 
bush) Beth-arbel Hos. 10, 14; prob. i. q. 
Ἄρβηλα in Galilee 1 Mace. 9, 2, situated 
between Sepphoris and eras: Jos. 
Ant. 12. 11. 1. ib. 14. 15. 4. de Vit. ὃ 60. 
Now Jrbid, a site of ruins, with a singu- 
lar fortified cavern in the vicinity ; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 281, 282. 

e) id 59a ὉΠ Josh. 13,17, elsewhere 
jive bya Num. 32, 38, and isa m3 
(house of habitation) Jer. 48, 23, Beth- 
Baal-Meon, a place or town nesigeee to 
the tribe of Reuben, but which soon came 
into the power of the Moabites. Its ruins, 
still called ...) M? iin, are mentioned 


by Burckhardt, Travels i in Syria, p. 365. 
The same place seems meant by 193 
(for 1192) Num. 32, 3. 

f) "xa ΤῊΣ (house of my creation) 
Beth-birei, a city belonging to the tribe 
of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 31; perh. corrupted 


. from nix} nna δι 19, 6. 


σ) ΠῚΞ ma Judg. 7, 24, Beth-bara, 
a place near the Jordan, prob. for M73 
ma> (house of passage) ; ; comp. Byda- 
Baga John 1, 28 in many Mss. 

h) 75 ΤῈΣ (house of the wall) Beth- 
gader, a. place in the tribe of Judah, 1 
Chr. 2, 51, i. q. M775 q. v. 

i) babs ma Neh. 12, 29, Beth-Gilgal, 
i. q. baby q. v. 

k) Bara ma (house of the weaned) 
Beth-gamul, a city of Moab, Jer. 48, 23. 

1) ponds m2 Jer. 48, 22, see binds. 

m) 7137. m3 (temple of Dagon) Beth- 
Dagon, a city: «) of Judah, Josh. 15 
41; 8) of Asher, Josh. 19, 27,—Comp. 
rita Beit Dejan. 

‘n) owt m2 (house of the height, q.d. 
mountain-house) Beth-haram, Josh. 13 
27, ‘a city of Gad, called [75 nea Num. 
32, 36, afterwards Julias and Livias ; see 
Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1. Jerome Onomast. s. v. 
Betharam. 

0) Mba ma (partridge-house) Beth- 
hoglah, a place in Benjamin on the con- 


So 


fnes of Judah, Josh. 15, 6. 18, 19. 21. 
The ancient name is still preserved in 
Ain Hajla near Jericho ; Bibl. Res, in 
Palest. II. p. 268. 

p) pm ma (house of grace) Beth- 
hanan, a. place belonging to Judah or 
Dan, 1 K. 4, 9. 

q) ith. (house of the hollow) 
Beth-horon, the name of two towns be- 
longing to the tribe of Ephraim, called 
Upper and Lower Beth-horon ; both of 
which lay in the western part of the ter- 
ritory of that tribe, Josh. 16, 5. 21, 22; 
and the latter near the western petronitty 
of Benjamin, Josh. 16, 3. 18,13. Twice 
Beth-horon simply is mentioned, Josh. 
10, 11. 2 Chr. 25, 13; where at least in 
Josh. 1. c. the Lower Beth-horon is to be 
understood. These two towns still bear 
their ancient names ; that on the moun- 
tain being Beit ’Ur el-Féka (the upper), 
and the other in the valley being Bett 
‘Ur et-Tahta (the lower). Between 
them is a long, steep, difficult ascent or 
pass; Jos. 1. 6. 1 Mace. 3, 16,24. The 
two towns and the pass lie on the present 
camel-road between Ramleh and Jeru- 
salem. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. HI. p. 
59 sq. 

r) Mow ma (house of desolations) 
Beth- ~jeshimoth, a town in Reuben near 
the Jordan. Num. 33, 49. Josh. 12, 3. 13, 
20. It afterwards became subject to 
Moab, Ez. 25, 9. 

s) "2 ΓΞ (house of pasture) Beth- 
car, 1 Sam. 7, 11, perh. a guard-house 
or garrison of the Philistines in the ter- 
ritory of Judah. 

t) o920 ma (house of the vineyard) 
Beth-hakkerem, Jer. 6, 1. Neh. 3, 14, a 
town of Judah situated on a hill between 
Jerusalem and Tekoa, according to Je- 
rome on Jer. l. 6. 

Ὁ) minad m2 i. g. MIND q. v. 

v) mesh ma, see ΠΕΡ. 

w) pn ma (house of bread) Beth- 
lehem, masc. Mic. 5,1. «@) A city of 
Judah, more fully w7:n% pN> ma Judg. 
17,7. 9. Ruth 151/23 also ΠΡ ond m3 
Mic. 5, 1, since Ephratah was anciently 
the name not only of the city itself, Gen. 
35, 19, but also apparently of the cir- 
cumjacent region. It was the seat of 
the family ofDavid (Ruth 1. 6.) and the 
birth-place of the Saviour ; and is hence 


130 ” 





na 


still celebrated under the same name, 
caw Beit Lahm, lying six Roman 

miles distant from Jerusalem, west of 
south. The gentile n. is "Man m3 
Bethlehemite 1 Sam. 16, 1. 18. 17, 58. — 
8) A city in the tribe of Zebulun, Josh. — 
19, 15. | 

x) wiba ma, see NiD2. 

y) jiv ΓΞ, see lett, 6. . 

z) M237 oe (house of Maachah) 
Beth-Maachah, a place situated in or 
near Merj ’Ayin, not far from Mount 
Hermon, 2 Sam. 20,14. See in m2 bax 
maya. 

aa) prvan m3 (house of remoteness) 
Beth-merhak, a place near the brook 
Kidron, 2 Sam. 15, 17. 

bb) minDvan m2 (house of chariots) 
Beth-marcaboth, a place belonging tothe — 
tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 5. 1 Chr. 4, 31. — 

ec) M722 ma (house of limpid and 
sweet waters, seer. 702 IL) Num. 82,86 
Josh. 13, 27, and 7792 Num. 32, 3; Beth- 
nimrah, a city in the tribe of Gad, called 
BydvaBols i in the time of Eusebius, now 
Nimrin ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. 279. — 
The waters in the vicinity are called 
m9 "2 Is. 15, 6. 

dd) yD ma ‘(house of pleasantness) 
Beth-eden, a city of Syria, the residence 


; 





of a king, Amos 1,5. Prob. the same | 


called by the Gre me Παράδεισος, Ptolem. 
5. 15, [and mentioned with Iabruda now 
Yebrad on the eastern slope of Anti- 
Lebanon north of Damascus. Cellar. 
II. p. 374. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. 
Ῥ. 171.—R. 
ee) myoty mea Neh. 7, 28, and simpl. 
mits ib. 12, 29. Ezra 2, 24, a village i in 
Judah or Benjamin, Betlnasmanetl 
ff) pas m2 (house of the valley) 
Beth-emek, a place belonging to the © 
tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 27. 
go) Ὁ ma (house αἵ response, perh. | 
of echo) Beth-anoth, a place in Judah, 
Josh. 15,59. Perhaps mod. Beit ’Aindn ; — 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 186. | 
hh) τὸν ὯΔ (id.) Beth-anath, a place — 
in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. Judg. 1,33. 
ii) DYD4hH Ips m3 (house of the shep- 
herds’ hamlet, comp. Arab. jie ham- 
let, farm) a place near Samaria, 2 K. 


10, 12; without messn ν᾿ 14. 
kik) my ma, with art. M3724 m2 


Σ΄ ἊΝ 
house of the desert) Beth-arabah, a 


_ place on the confines of Judah and Ben- 


_ jamin, Josh. 15, 6. 18, 22; without ΤΠ 


i 





Ἧ. 
5 
' 


Τ 
τᾶν 


Josh. 18, 18. 
ll) > ma (house of escape) Beth- 


Kt gs a place in the south of Judah, Josh. 
Ν 15, 27. 


sam) ἜΣΘ m°2 (temple of Peor, i. e. 
of Baal-Peor, see “i38) Beth-Peor, a 


city of Moab assigned to Reuben, noted 


for the worship of Baal-Peor, Deut. 


3, 29. 34, 6. Josh. 13, 20. 


nn) 722 n°"2 (house of dispersion) 


ἶ Beth-pazzez, a place in Issachar, Josh. 
19, 21. 


00) "4% mM" (house of the rock) Beth- 


 zur,a city in the mountains of Judah 
_ between Jerusalem and Hebron, Josh. 
15, 58; fortified by Rehoboam 2 Chr. 
B11, 73 aiid again also by the Maccabees, 


1 Mace. 14,33. [The spot is now called 


_ Beit Sir and ed-Dirweh ; see Bibl. Res. 


in Palest. I. p. 320. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843. 


ΟΡ. 56.—R. 


pp) 36> 3 (house or region of the 


' street) Beth-rehob Judg. 18, 28. 2 Sam. 
10, 6; also 3h" Rehob, (unless perhaps 
_ one denotes a district, and the other a 
 city,) a city or district on the northern 
- borders of Palestine Num. 13, 21, situ- 


ated among the valleys of Lebanon not 
far from the sources of the Jordan. The 


_ adjacent part of Syria is called ΓΞ Dux 
52 Sam. 10,6; 37 ons v. 8. [Prob. 
the region af Wady et-Teim west of 


Mount Hermon, and perh. including also 
> Merj *Ayin.—R. 
qq) Rw (house of quiet) Josh. 17, 


11. 16, contr. Ἠῶ ΛΞ 1 Sam. 31, 10. 12, 


and “5 m2 2 Sam. 21, 12, Beth-shedn, 
Beth-shan, a city in the tribe of Manas- 
seh, but long subject to the Canaanites 
and Philistines; situated on this side the 
Jordan, and Ger Wedrds called Scythopo- 
lis, Sept. Judg. 1,27. Rabb. jo"2. Now 
called ,, Be Beisdn ; see Bibl. Res. 
in bapat ΠῚ. p. 174. 

ir) MVM m2 (acacia-house) Beth- 
shitiah, a place near the Jordan between 
Beth-shan and Abel-meholah, Judg. 7, 
22. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 219. 

ss) Ha m2 (house of the sun) Beth- 
shemesh, the name of several cities: 


a) A Levitical city Josh. 21, 16, situated 


131 





Slo 


in Judah on the confines of Dan and 
Philistia, Josh. 15, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 12 sq. 
2 Chr. 28, 18; large and populous, 1 Sam. 
6,19. 1 K. 4,9. 2K. 14,11. Constr. c. 
plur. 1 Sam. 6, 13, where it is to be un- 
derstood of the inhabitants. Its ruins 
are still visible, called ’Ain Shems ; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 18. The 
gentile ἢ, is "Wawn ma Bethshemite 1 
Sam. 6,14. 18. $8) In Naphtali, Josh. 
19, 38. Judg. 1.33. ) In Issachar, Josh. 
19,22. 5) ig. Fix, i. 6. Heliopolis in 
Egypt, Jer. 43, 13. Comp. jik. : 

tt) Mipn a (house of apples) Beth- 
tappuah, a place in Judah, Josh. 15, 53. 
Now called Teffih.; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 428. 


"3 Chald. m. st. emphat. x72, O72, 
constr. M°2,c. suff. mm22, plur. j5m3, 
i. q. Hebr. a house, Dan. 2, 5. nzbo ΤΠ 
Ezra 6, 4, Ἰ99 ΓΞ Dan. 4, 27, house of 
the king, palace. No 3 ‘house of 
God, temple, Ezra 5, 2 sq. also simpl. 
ΝΠ 14. ν. 3, 9. 11. 

ἸΓΞ m. constr. ἼἼ3, a great house, 
palace, Esth. 1, 5. 7,7. 8. 


ν X22 obsol. root, i. q. 922, to drop, 


5. 
distil ; hence to weep. Arab. LX to 
pour milk by drops.—Hence 


822 1, weeping, lamentation, Arab. 


BLS, 2G. So Ἀϑξπ pry the vale of 
Baca i. 6. of weeping, valley of lamenta- 
tion, pr. n. of a valley in Palestine, prob. 
gloomy and sterile; hence the allusion in 
Ps. 84, 7 SMM Ys 1972 NIA Paya 73 
passing through the valley of Baca (of 
lamentation) they make it fountains, i.e. 
it becomes so to the pilgrims. 

2. Plur. "823 2 Sam. 5, 23. 24. 1 Chr. 
14, 13. 14, the name of a certain tree, so 
called froth its weeping i. e. distilling, 
q. d. weepers. According to Celsius, 
Hierobot. I. p. 335-340, i. q. the Arab. 


al, similar to the balsam-tree, and 
distilling white tears of a pungent acrid 
taste. 


*7122 fut. 33", convers. 4231, iq. 
N22, to drop, to distil, to flow in drops, 
see 33. Spec. to weep, and in this sense 
common to all the kindred languages 
and dialects, Ex. 2, 6. Gen. 43, 30. 


yea 


2Sam. 19, 2; often of a people making 
lamentation under public calamities, 
Num. 11, 10. 25,6; also of the sorrow 
of a penitent, Ezra 10,1. With ace. to 
weep for any one, to mourn, to lament ; 
espec. for one dead, Gen. 23, 2. 37, 35. 
50, 3; also with by of pers. or ching 
wept for, Lam. 1, 16. Judg. 11, 37; > 
2 Sam. 1, 24, Ez. 27, 31, and Ὁ Far. 22, 
10. Job 30, 95, Further ΓΞΞ c. ὉΣ is to 
come weeping to any one, Num. 11, 13. 
Judg. 14, 16; also to weep wpon any one, 
i. e. in his embrace, Gen. 45, 15. 50, 1. 

Piet to weep for one dead, to mourn, 
ὁ. ace. Jer. 31, 15. Ez. 8, 14. 

Deriv. 133, mina, ΕΝ ΓΞ. 

M22 m. a weeping, Ezra 10,1. R.n23. 

ΖΞ τὴ. (τ. 125) 1. the first-born, 
firstling, both of man Gen. 25, 13. 86, 
23; and of beast Ex. 11, 5. 12, 29. 13, 
15. Jt denotes the eldest son on the 
father’s side, Gen. 49, 3.—The first-born 
son enjoyed many rights and privileges, 
see M155 no. 2; hence 

2. Metaph. i. q. the first, the chief of 
its kind, whatever is most distinguished, 
pre-eminent. Job 18, 13 M19 “53 the 
first-born of death, i. 6. the chief among 
deadly diseases, the most terrible dis- 
ease. By the common Heb. idiom dis- 
ease is aptly termed the son of death, 
as being its precursor and attendant; 
so the Arabs call fevers Kiet les 
the daughters of fate or of death ; and the 
most fatal and terrible disease is here 
figuratively described as the first-born 
among many brethren.—Is. 14, 30 "152 
pn the first-born of the poor, the very 
poorest, the most wretched, q. d. the 
chief among the sons of the poor; or 
the first-born (next descendants) of the 
present wretched and oppressed genera- 
tion; see Comment. on Is. 1. c. 

Nots. As Fem. the form 17°33 q. v. 
is in use, i. e. first-born daughter. 

“D2. sing. Is. 28,4 according to the 
Masora, see in M122; elsewhere only 


in plur. D™ 22, pwD3, the firstfruits, 


spoken of fruit and grain, the first 
which is gathered from the trees or 
fields, Num. 13, 20; espec. of the first- 
᾿ς fruits offered to God Lev. 2, 14. 23, 17. 
Neh. 10, 36. Sometimes m78x° is add- 
ed, Ex. 23, 19. 34, 26. mb Dan ἘΠῚ 


132 





ἼΣΩ 


bread of the first-fruits, made of the firs 
new grain, Lev. 23, 20. ΘΡΗΞΞΠ Bis 
day of the first- Lfruite, the festival ¢ ) 
Pentecost, Num. 28, 26. 


ΓΞ, 52, £ ὦ. 453) Ἢ Aaj. 
pert oa Jirstling ; Phar. mins. the 
Jirst-born offspring, of men Neh. 10, 375 
of beasts Gen. 4,4. Deut. 12, 6.17. 14, 23. 

2. Subst. ecnter birth, senior ΦΗ͂Ι opp. 
mrsx, Gen. 43, 33. M152 DB. right © 
of primogeniture, birthright, Deut. 2. 
17. Ellipt. for the same, nina Gen. 
25, 31. 34. 27, 36. 


M22 f. (r. 123) the first-ripe fig. 
early fig, regarded as a delicacy Mic. 7, 
1. Hos. 9,10. In Is. 28, 4 it is better to 
read with several Mss. 49832 with 
quiescent, instead of M7522 with the 
Masora and editions; the suffix is pro- 
saic.—In Mesuritanse the éarly fig i 





















still called 8 25, boccore, Spa 7 
albacora. eal ae 
m2 id. Plur. MiMDEH WANA Je Σ 


24, 2, 


Mvi24 (first-birth, grat hora Becho- 
rath, pr. n.m. 1 Sam. 9, 1. 


HAD f(r. M23) a weeping, mourn 
Gen. 35, 8 miaa jibs oak of weeping. 


! 
"22 m. in Pause "23, 6. suff. "23 | 
R.n32. | | 
1. weeping, lamentation, Gen. 45, 2. 
Is. 15, 3. 22, 4. al. Ding "2a ΠΞΞ toy 
weep a great weeping, to make great 
lamentation, 2 Sam. 13, 36. 

2. a weeping, dropping, trickling 0 
water in mines, Job 28,11. Comp. ἢ 
for rorare, stitlaré, Lueret 1. 350, Gir 
δάκρυον, and M22. 


122 (the weeping) Bochim, pr. n. ὁ 
a place near Gilgal, Judg. 2, 1. 5. 


M22 adj. fem. the first-born daug : 
ter, Gen. 19, 31. 29, 26. 1 Sam. 14, 1 
It corresponds to "i>. | 

M22 f. a weeping, mourning, Ger 
50,4. R.mz2. 


' “22 in Kal not used, pr. to clear 
to open, to burst forth, i. q. kindr. "23 
hence to be first, to come or do first ; als 
to be early, seasonable ; to do early, sea 
sonably. Referred ¥ εἰ 

1. To the day, whence re 10 Tis 








wa 133 Nn | 
SRLS BS ah Ps, 10, 4. 6. 49, 13. Prov. 10, 30. Is. 26, 
early, to do any thing early, $>X9 early | 94 Also mot yet, i. q. scarcely, Is. 40, 


time, morning ; comp. kindr. “pa. 
2. To the year and its produce; hence 
p52 first-fruits, ™7*>2 early fig, 


᾿ Set 
BLS early fruit. 
3. To the time of life, espec. birth ; 


g 2g 
hence “i38, 97°35, first-born, re and 
Ese a virgin, a woman who has her 
‘first child, "33, 


Pret 1. to bear early fruit, as a tree, 
Ez. 47,12. Comp. Kal no. 2. 

2. to make or constitute as first-born, 
to give the birthright to any one, Deut. 
21, 16. 

Puat to be be treated as a firstling, to 


3, young camel. 


be devoted as a firstling sc. to God, Lev.’ 


27, 26. 

HiPH. part. f. "5372 one bearing her 
First child, Jer. 4, 31. 
᾿ Deriv. see in Kal no. 2, 3. 


“22 τῇ. (τ. 23 no. 3) a young camel, 
already fit for riding and light bur- 
_ dens::comp. "79 and 539. Plur. constr. 
"7232 Is. 60 6. Corresponding i is Arab. 
Ss o! 

3 young camel, which μὰ describe 
as denoting the same ageas xa ado- 
lescens in man. See Bochart. Hieroz. I. 
p. 82sq. See also more in Comment. 
on Is. 1. c. and in Thes. p. 206. 


22 (i. q. "22 young camel) Becher, 
pr.n.m. a) A son of Ephraim, Num. 
26, 35. Gentile ἢ. "33 ibid. Ὁ) A son 
of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 21. 


M92 f. ἃ young she-camel, in heat 
Ser. 2, 23. See “23. 


M92 see mba. 

3723 (i. q. x15 123 the first-born is 
he) Bocheru, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8,38. 9, 44. 

"122 (youthful) Bichri, pr. n. τη. 
2 Sam. 20, 1. 


22 (τ. 453 no. 3) 1. nothing, Ps. 17, 
Stry thou me, 882m 53. thou shalt find 
nothing sc. of evil; unless like Sept. and 
Vulg. we connect *niat ΝΣ ΩΤ 53, thou 
shalt not find my evil thoughts, i ie. ‘those 
which perh. lurk within me. 

» 2. Adv. not, no, i. ᾳ. &>, but poetic ; 
with pret. Ps. 10, 1, 21. 3; with fut. 
12 





24, comp. 2 K. 20,4. Once for 23 i. q. 
ba, Ps. 32, 9 be not as horses... to be 
ἌΣ te with bit and bridle 4728 Sp ba 
lit. in not coming near to thee, i. 6. be- 
cause otherwise they avoid thee.— Put 
for is not, non est, the verb being omit- 
ted, Ps. 16, 3 9733 22 ἸΩΞΩ. 

3. Conj. that not, lest, Lat. ne, i. q. 
dx, c. fut. Ps. 10, 18. 78, 44. Is. 14, 21. 


23 Chald. m. the heart Dan. 6, 15. 
Syr. WS heart, mind, Arab. οἱ id. for 
5,,“5 
LG from mba, As ΠῚ to care for; pr. 


care, hence the mind as caring, full of 
care. 


33 contr. from 553 i. ᾳ. D932, Bel, Be- 
lus, the chief domestic god of the Baby- 
lonians, worshipped in the celebrated 
tower of Babylon, Is. 46, 1. Jer. 50, 2. 
51, 44; also Sept. Dan. c. 14. Greek 
and Roman writers compare him with 
Jupiter, Diod. Sic. 2. 8,9. Plin. H. N. 
37.10. Cic. de Nat. Deor. 3. 16. Here: 
however we are not to understand Jupi- 
ter as the father of the gods, of whom 
the Orientals were ignorant; but, in ac- 
cordance with the peculiar mythology of 
the Babylonians, which was wholly con- 
nected with the worship of the stars, it 
stands for the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis, 
Cic. de Nat. Deor. 2.20. This planet 
was regarded as a good genius, the 
author and guardian of all good fortune 
and felicity, hence called by the Arabs 

Yt dent! Fortuna major ; and, 
together with the planet Venus, (see 
max, ΓΉΡΩΣ.) was the object of wor- 
ship to the Semitic nations. Comp. 73, 
"22, and see 533 no. 5.—Hence the fre- 
quency of this name in the compound pr. 
names of Chaldee men, as “2xO>3, 
“zxgora, Belesys, Belibus, etc. 


* ND2 Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. nba. Pa. to 
afflict, to vex, Dan. 7,25. Comp. Heb 
Pi. no. 2. 


73822 (contr. from jIN>Pa 1. 6. Bel is 
his lord, worshipper of Bel) Baladan, 
pr. n.of the father of king Merodach- 
Baladan, 2 K. 20, 12. Is. 39, 1. 


553 


| 323 in Kal not used, Arab. AS to 


be bright, to shine forth, as the dawn; 
V, to be cheerful, to smile. 

Hiren. 1. to cause to shine forth, me- 
taph. Amos 5, 9 13759 τῷ 3") who 
causeth desolation to shine forth wpon the 
mighty, i.e. who bringeth it suddenly 
upon them; the figure being taken from 
the swift and sudden diffusion of the 
dawning light; comp. Joel 2, 2. 

2. to make cheerful, to enliven one- 
self, i. 6. to be or become cheerful, joyful, 
glad, Ps. 39,14. Job 9, 27. 10, 20. 

Deriv. n73">32, and 


m2 (cheerfulness) Bilgah, pr. n. m. 
Neh. 12, 5.18; written in Neh. 10,9 "2>3. 


322 pr. n. (prob. i. q. 37> 52 son of 
strife, quarreller, from r. a>. q. Vv. see in 
3 p. 109,) Bildad, the Shuhite, the friend 
of Job and the second disputant with 
him, Job 2, 11. 8, 1. 18, 1. 25, 1. 


᾿ ΓΙΘΞ, in Kal not used, prob. i.g. ΒΞ, 
to tremble, to be in trepidation ; comp. 


Arab. &A5 to be feeble, bashful, pr. timid. 

Pie. 22 to terrify, to frighten ; hence 
to cause to despond, Ezra 4, 4 Cheth. 
In Keri is read the more usual 0">n30. 


Syr. va quadril. to terrify. 
Deriv. 4422, and pr. names >3; 
722. 


* D2 fut. M24, to fall, to fall away, 
to fail ; like 859, “boy, where see.— 
Spec. — 

1. Of garments, to fall away, to decay, 
e.g. to be worn out, to wax old; with >», 
Deut. 8, 4 thy raiment 472372 nba δὲ 
did not fall from thee, did not wax old 
or wear out. 29, 4; absol. Josh. 9, 13. 
Neh. 9,21. Trop. of the heavens and 
earth as growing old and perishing like 
a garment, Is. 50, 9. 51,6. Ps. 102, 27. 


Arab. (Ay to be worn out, as a garment. 


2. Of persons labouring under disease, 
.old age, cares, to fall away, to waste 
away, fail ; comp. Gr. παλαιός, and with 
another flexion μέλω to care. Job 13, 28 
Mba" ΞΡῚΞ Ninh and he (δεικτικῶς for T) 
as a rotten thing falleth away, is con- 


sumed. Gen. 18, 12. Ps. 32,3. Comp. 


134 





2 















ὧς to care, to be consumed with cares, ᾿ 
ve consumed with cares, x 5, the 


heart, mind, as affected with cares, see — 
Chald.>2. Ethiop. MAP to be or grow 
old.— Hence 

3. to fail wholly, to be reduced to no- 
thing ; whence >32,°>3, "M>2, nothing, — 
not. 

Pret 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, Lam. 
3,4. Hence genr. to consume, Ps. 49, 15. 
Is. 65, 22. Spoken of time, like Lat. 
tempus terere, Gr. τρίβειν βίον, Engl. | 
to wear out the time, i. q. to spend, to 
pass, Job 21, 13 ΠΩ" siwa 5535 they 
spend their days in prosperity.—Hence © 

2. to afflict, to vex, 1 Chr. 17, 9. Arab. 


aa a S- ps 
do IV. id. 2G and 25 sorrow, 


affliction, calamity. που Chald. nda. 

Deriv. 53y, 52, 53, 23, iba, “ba. 
"HDS, ΕΝ ΡΟΝ and the. com- 
pounds bysba, “sqyb3, nenba. 


moa pr. n. see in ΜῈ lett. b. 


nba ; adj. f. m3, decayed, worn out, 
old, e. g. garments, sacks, bottles, shoes, 
Josh. 9, 4.5. Trop. of an adulteress, 
Ὁ ΕΝ nba worn out with adulteries, ef- 
fete, Bz. 23, 48. R.nba. 


mmp3 f. sing. once Is. 17, 14; of 
in Plur. RB. FID. 

1. terror, terrors, Job 18, 11. 24, 17. 
27, 20. 18, 14 ninbs ty the king of 
terrors ; see In IDX Hiph. 

2, sudden destruction, comp. niet 
no. 2. Ps, 73, 19 minba-ya 4am they 
perish with sudden destruction. Ez. 26, 
21 APS) FAN ninba, Sept. ἐηβλῳνι 
σε δώσω, καὶ οὐχ Sncuabiee ἔτι, Vulg. ὁ 
nihilum redigam te. 27, 36. 28, 19. 


mi23 (perh. bashfulness, see ΠΡ i 
Kal) Bilhah, pr. n. a) The hand. 
maid of Rachel, the mother of Dan ὃ 
Naphtali by Jacob, Gen. 30, 3 sq. 35, 2 
b) A place belonging to the tried 0! 
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; written also 723 
Josh. 19, 3; sometimes M>¥2 q. v. 


37122 (perh. bashful, modest) Bilhan, 
pr.n.m. a) Gen. 36,27. b) 1 μ᾿ 
7, 10. " 
ἼΞ Chald. tribute of some kind, 
prob. a tax on articles consumed, excisa 





2 


ὶ Ezra 4, 13. 20.7, 24. Comp. also niba. 
R. nba. 


813 m. (τ. 3) only in ler constr. 
ida Jer. 38, 12, and contr. "353 v. 11, 
“old clothes, rags. The latter form (pron. 
-belo-vé) is from a sing. 93 for 1153 ; but 
_insome Mss. (see J. H. Michaelis) i is ia 
ova, and in editt. 1153, after the form 
oa, nia, from a sing. “iba of the form 
J εἶπα. 

ἜΣ ΘΌΣΞ (Bel’s prince, i. 6. whom 
Bel favours, compounded from 83, tsha 
an ending which in Zend δα the 
genitive, and tsar i.q. "& prince) Belte- 
_ shazzar, an Assyrio-Babylonish name 
_ given to Daniel at the court of Nebu- 
chadnezzar, Dan. 1, 7. 2, 26. 4, 5. 6. 15. 
10. 10, 1. 

995 βαθεῖ. (τ. n>3) 1. conswmption, 


᾿ φ 
destruction, Is. 38,17. Arab. AS id. 

2. failure, nought, nothing ; hence as 
_ Ady. of negation, i. q. 8>, joined with 
_ verbs and nouns; Gen. 31, 20. Hos. 7, 8. 
8.71. Is. 14, 6. 32, 10.—Sometimes “>a is 
_ so closely joined with a subst. as to coa- 
lesce with it into one idea, like Engl. in, 
wn; e.g. BW "83 no-name, i. e. a bad 
name, infamy, Job 30, 8. 

3. For "533 with no, i. 6. without, only 
in poetry ; Job 8, 11 5% ">2 without wa- 
ter. 24, 10. 31, 39. 33, 9. 34, 6. Ps. 59, 5. 

4. With prepositions: a) "533 pr. in 
defect of, with no, i.e. without, i. q. 8>2. 
So n37 baa without Riowbidee: Job 35, 
16; also i. g. unknowingly, unawares, 
Deut. 4, 42. 19,4; wneapectedly, Job 36, 
12. Comp. in no. 2. 

b) 7525 id.comp.> lett. B. 3. Job 38, 41 
ΣΝ without food. 41, 25. Is. 5, 14. 

‘c) sda pr. from ἀὐζοεὶ of, froin not, 
“i.e. «) because not, c. infin. Deut. 9, 
28 mini mp5 “ban because Fokobah 
was not able, lit. from Jehovah’s not 
being able. Is. 5,°13. With particip. 
because no one, none; Lam. 1, 4 ">32 
“312 "82 ecause no one came to the 
solemn festival. Sometimes pleon. "53 
qx, 2K. 1, 3. 6.16. Ex. 14,11. Syr. 
9 oe Be and ws2 <2 because not. 
8) so that not; Job 18,15 >4Na DUM 
§> 752 terror shall dwell in his tent, so 
that it shall be no longer his, i. e. terror 
_ shall take possession of the tent of the 





135 





"Ὁ 


wicked, and drive him out of it. Job 6, 6. 
Deut. 28, 55. With particip. so that ne 
one ; 30" 4222 so that no one dwells there, 
so that there is no inhabitant, Jer. 2, 15. 
9, 10; comp. Ez. 14, 15. With 7x 
formats a Conj. and with pleon. ἐδ, 
Kec. 3, 11 BINT NYBITND WR 722 so 
80 that man cannot find out, etc. 

d) "52 “2 pr. until failure, i. e. as long 
as, quamdiu, Ps. 72, 7. Mal. 3, 10. 

6) ᾿Ξ ΡΣ because not, with Pret. Gen. 
31, 20. 


2°23 m. (τ. 853} pr. mixed, a mixture ; 
spec. meslin, mixed provender, Lat. far-. 
rago, made up of various kinds of grain, 
as wheat, barley, vetches, and the like, 
all mixed together, and thus sown or 
given to. cattle, Job 6, 5. 24,6. That 
grain is to be understood, is apparent 
from Is. 30, 24. See Varro de Re Rust. 
1. 31. Plin. H. N. 18. 15 or 41. 


772723 compounded from "ba and M2, 
i. qet roan Nd, not any thing, nothing, 
Job 26, ἧς. So at least Sept. Vulg. Syr. 
Chald. The Rabbins refer it to r. 853, 
and explain it by bridle, band. 
59922 compounded from "3 not, with- 
out, and 9" use, profit; comp. bvin 


to be of use, profit, and Arab. δὲ; and 
yt noble, prince. 


des ia. (ἐν Not 


from ">a and dis yoke, q. d. impatient 
of the yoke, obstinate, rebellious, as pro- 
posed by Fischer, Prolus. de Verss. Gr. 
p. 93.—Pr. unprofitableness, worthless- 
ness, nothingness, yielding no profit or 
good fruit; comp. Arab. dolb 
useless, without fruit, bad. See. note 
below.—Hence 

1. worthlessness, badness, wickedness, 
as 53252 Ox a worthless man, i. e. wick- 
ed, abandoned, 1 Sam. 25, 25. 30, 2 
bynb Ὁ DIN thew: 6, 12, wai vosba ἦν 
1 Sam. 25, 17, id. Blur. often bynda 5 
1 Sam. 2, 12, and byrbs nga mown, WIN 
bysba 23 ‘Deut. 13, 14. Judg. 19, 22, 20, 
13. bysba m2 a pike woman 1 Sam. 
1, 16. bytba "81 an evil thing, wicked, 
Ps. 41, 9. 101,3; comp. Deut. 15,9 18 
d93b3 522 ἘΦ “ΞῚ m4 Lest there be a 
wicked thought in thy heart. 

2. destruction. Nah. 1, 11 >33>3 ΥῈ 5 
purposing destruction. Ps. 18, 5 "M3 


‘Soa 


spamgay ὉΣΡ5 5 floods of destruction ter- 
rified me ; Sept. χείμαῤῥοι ἀνομίας i. e. 
torrents of iniquity, q. d. of wicked men, 
enemies. Some of the moderns render 
it incorrectly: torrents of the nether- 
world or Sheol. 

. 3. Ellipt. for o97>2 wx a wicked man, 
see no. 1. 2 Sam. 23, 6. Job 34,18. Also 
a destroyer Nah. 2, 1; see no. 2. 

Norr. Hence was derived in later 
usage and in N. T. the pr. ἢ. Bediad or 
Βελίαρ, Belial, i. q. ὃ πονηρύς, Satan. 
The Engl. Viere: alen after gives 59702 
in the O. T. as a pr. n. Belial ; but i in- 
correctly. See Thesaur. p. 210... 


pi 1. to pour over, to oint, to wet 


G 

all over; comp. Arab. ho to wet, to 
moisten, 3" to flow, ds», babe, \ as 
to sprinkle.—In Heb. only of oil ; Part. 
pass. y72Wa 952 poured over with oil, 
e. g. oblations Lev. 2, 4. 5. 7, 10. 12. 
14, 21. Num. 7, 13. 19.—Intrans. of per- 
sons, to be poured over with oil, to be an- 
einted 9 Ps. 92, 11: 55 903 sniba Tam 
anointed with fresh oil. Comp. the deriv. 
daa and >4>an. 

2. to pour together, Gr. συγχέω, 1.. 6. 
trop. to mingle, to confound, espec. lan- 
guage. Gen. 11, 7 oY m>an mt? nan 
ΓΒ come, let us go down and confound 
their lips i. e. speech, which is further 
explained, so that they may not under- 
stand one another's speech. The form 
mba2 is for MP2); see v. 9, and Lehrg. 
p: 372. Heb. Gr. §66. 11. Comp. >">3. 
Arab. dads to be confounded, as speech, 


St Judas confusion of languages ; 


Con. II, to stammer. 

3. to smear, to soil, to stain; comp. 
PE>D, \S3, cited in Kal. So in the 
deriv. Dan, baban Comp. Chald. 033 

ingle, alo to stain. 

4. Denom. from 5">2 provender, to 
give provender to beasts, to fodder. Judg. 
19, 21 oman. 5535), Vole: et pabulum 
asinis prebuit. 

Hipn. fut. plur. 1 pers. ΞΡ. Is. 64, 5 as 
to form ; but the signification i is from r: 
523, we ΨῊΝ awe wither, prob. for Hiph. 
1 fat. 5a25; see Index. 

Hirnpo. to mia oneself, to be mixed, 
with 2 Hos. 7, 8. 


136 


Ἴ to be shut, e. g. one’s mouth, i. q. to be 
In form-and 
signif. 02 is kindr. with D2 ; see on 








52 


Deriv: 5953, 53, Ἐπ ) Pug and 
pr.n. daa. | on 


x Dba to bind together, to shut fast, to. to 
stop, spec. the mouth with a bit or muz- 
zle, Ps. 32, 9. Syr. soso id. Ethpe. — 


dumb, Kees a muzzle. 


roots ending i in ®, under 572. 


*ODa (denom. from pokes NAMPA, fig, 
in Ethiop. also sycamore-fig,) to ay : 
vate figs or sycamore Figs, to gather figs 3 
comp. συχάζειν and ἀποσυκάζειν. ‘Asal 
7, 14 pape o>dia, Sept. technically 
es συκάμινα, Vulg. vellicans sycami- Ἷ 
na, i. e. one who nips sycamore-figs, a 
process by which they were ripened. — 
Theophr. Hist. Pl. 4, 2 πέπτειν ov δύνα- 
ται ἂν μὴ ἐπικνισϑῇ" ἀλλ ἔχοντες ὄνυχας 
σιδηρᾶς ἐπικνίζουσιν" ἃ δ᾽ ἂν ἐπικνισϑῇ, 
τεταρταῖα πέπτεται. Plin. H. N. 13. 7. 
14. Bochart Hieroz, I. 384 sq. 


β y2a fut. 9535 1. to swallow, to dod 
vour, with the idea of eagerness, greedi- 


ness. Arab. fen and quadril. wads id. 


Ethiop. NAU to eat, to eat up. Kindr. 
roots are 94>, oS, and many others 
beginning with »>.—Spoken of persons 
eating any thing greedily, Is. 28, 4; of 
animals, Ex. 7,12. Jon. 2, 1. Jer. 51, 84, 
Gen. 41, 7. 24, | 
sion, Job 7, 19 nor let me alone "¥>3-59 
"po till Ican swallow my spitile, i. 8. not 
fora moment, asin Engi. ‘ till I can ote 


a breath.’ Soin Arabic ἜΝ out 


let me swallow my spittle, i. 8. give mea 


moment’s time, Har. Consess. 15. p. 149... 


ed. De Sacy. See more in Schult. ad 


Job 1. c. pata 


In like manner Pers. 


‘swallowing of spittle, for delay. Comp. 


Pi. no. 1. : 

2. Metaph. a) toconsume, to destroy, 
yet so that the figure of swallowing up, 
devouring, is preserved, e. g. to devour 
substance, wealth, Job 20, 18 ; comp. ‘ de- 
voratam pecuniam evomere’ Cic. Pis. 37. 
Prov. 1, 12 let us swallow them up alive 
as Sheol, i.e.consume, destroy them. Ps. 
124, 3. Comp. >28 no. 1. σ. Ὁ) Ascrib- 


In a proverbial.expres- _ 


| 
, 

: ~ 

{ 


ΐ 


: 
Ν 


broken down. 
_ The Syriac Vers. retains the same word, 


: Fpsou «ἰῷ αὐ Ζῇ; the Arabic in the 


same phrase uses the verb ἃ 


19. Hab. 1, 13. 


to perish, Is. 9, 15. 
_ structionis prepared for any one, 2 Sam. 
B17, 16, 





comp. 19, 20 sq. 





yda 


ed to inanimate things, e. g. a chasm of 
_ the earth Num. 16, 30 sq. the sea Ps. 69, 
_ 163; comp. Ex. 15, 12. 


Nipu. pass. of Pi. no. 2, to be swallowed 


| up, destroyed, lost, Hos. 8, 8. Spec. of 
drunkards, Is. 28, 7 j2" ya 33532 they 


are swallowed up of wine, i. €. overcome, 
Comp. 025, 799, 729. 


Piet 1. i. q. Kal, to swallow ; once 


᾿ς éllipt. Num. 4, 20 nor shall they go in 
to look at the holy things 5333 for a 
_ swallowing sc. of spittle, i.e. not fora 
single moment; comp. in Kal. no. 1. 


Sept. well ééawo.—Metaph. 438 553 to 


_ devour iniquity, to fill oneself with wick- 
edness, Brow. 19, 28; comp. MMW Job 15, 
16. 


2. to destroy, spec. a) to give over to 
destruction, to ruin, Job 2; 3. 10,8. Is. 49, 


c) to lay waste a country 
2 Sam. 20, 19. 20. Lam. 2,8; also to 


_ waste, to spend property, Prov. 21, 20; 

_ to destroy counsel, i. e. to disappoint, to 

render vain, Is. 19, 3, comp. Ps. 55, 10; 

to destroy one’s way, i. 6. to lead him 
into destruction, Is. 3, 12. 


Puat pass. of Pi. no. 2, to be destroyed, 
Impers. c. >, de- 


Errors. id. to vanish away, Ps. 107, 
27.—Hence 


922 m. c. suff. "~>2 1. a swallow, 
thing swallowed, devoured, Jer. 51, 44. 
. 2. elerhiction, Ps. 52, 6. 

3. Bela, pr. n. of a city near the south- 


ern extremity of the Dead Sea, called 


also "2% (the small) Zoar, Gen. 14, 2. 8; 


4. Bela,pr.n.m. a) Aking of Edom 
Gen. 36, 32. Ὁ) Gen. 46, 21. c)1 
Chr. 5, 8. 


"7952 6. suff. "9952, A7IDb3, com- 
pounded from 83 not, non, and 33, "23, 
to, even to. 

1. Pr. not unto, nothing to or ya a 
particle of deprecating or declining any 
thing. Gen. 14, 24 32x "ΣΝ PT “1Y>3 

ae 


137 


| b) to destroy utterly, to’ 
_ exterminate, Ps. 21, 10. 35, 25; ο, ja 
Job 8, 18. 





wo. 

D325 nothing for me, Task nothing for 
myself, only that which the young men 
have eaten, etc. 41, 16 BSN  4yda 
ΓΞ pibti-ny m7, it i not for’ me, God 
will answer as to the welfare of Pharaoh. 

2. without. Gen. 41, 44 without thee, 
i. ὁ. without thy knowledge and assent, 
shall no man lift up his hand, etc. 

3. besides, Is. 45, 6. Ellipt. for "32>3 
WN besides that which; Job 34, 32 
“Tin MAY mm ἬΠΣῸΞ (if I have sin- 
i besides what I 866, rg thou it me. 


ga id. tit with prefix ja, i.e. 
“33532. 

1. without. Is. 36, 10 am I now come 
up without the Lord against this land? 
i.e. without his will and permission. Jer. 
44,19. Comp. "3353 no. 2. 

2. besides, Ps. 18, 32. Num. 5, 20. Is. 
43, 11. 


‘922 (compounded from 53 and Dy, 
perh. non-popularis, i. q. a foreigner 
stranger) pr. n. 

1. Balaam, a false prophet, Num. c. 
22-24, Deut. 23, 5. 6. Josh. 13, 22. 24,9. 
Mic. 6,5. Sept. Βαλαάμ. 

2. Bileam, a city of Manasseh beyond 
Jordan, 1 Chr. 6, 55 [70]; elsewhere 
called 52537 (B3 453") Ibleam q. v. 


po to empty out, to make empty, . 
waste, i.q. PP2, and like it onomato- 
poetic, imitating the sound of emptying 
out a bottle. Is. 24, 1. Comp. Arab. 


ee I, IV, to Hine a bottle. 
Puat part. δ mpea9 emptied out, i. e. 


wasted, desert, Nah. 2, 11. ΤΑΝΕ, 


P22 (emptier, spoiler) Balak, pr. n. 
of a king of Moab in the time of Moses, 
Num. 22, 2 sq. Josh. 24, 9. Judg. 11, 25. 
Mice. 6, 5. 


NENWP2 Dan. 5, 1. 2. 9. 22. 29. 30. 8, 
1, and sywiaba 7,1, Belshazzar, pr. n. 
of the last of the Προ kings, whom 
the book of Daniel speaks of as the son 
of Nebuchadnezzar, 5, 2. 11. 13. 18. 22; 
comp. Bar. 1, 11.12. Sept. Βαλτάσαρ. 
The last king of the Babylonians is 
called by Herodotus AuSvrytos, 1. 188; 
by Berosus in Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20, Nofov- 
yn Soc.—It seems to be i. g. "¥NUD>A2 q. v 


ado 


ἘΣ (i.q. 1:5 :-Ξ son of the tongue, 
i. e. eloquent, see in 5 p. 109) Bilshan, 
pr. n. of a man of rank who returned 
with Zerubbabel from the exile, Ezra 2, 
2. Neh. 7, 7. 


M22 or M23 a subst. not in use, from 
r. nba, after the form no> from nop, 
ἔν p. 507; pr. nothing, a hedurinig 
to nothing, i.q. >2, "22. Hence, in the 
construct state with Yod paragogic, 
comes the form: 


"M22 1. Adv. of negation, i. ᾳ. >, 
not, 1 Sam. 20, 26. 

2. Prep. for. "533, i. q. X53, without 
Is. 14,6; except, besides, where a nega- 
tive “iitedes Gen. 21, 26. Ex. 22, 19. 
Num. 11, 6. 32, 12. —With suff “nba be- 
stds tie HOS: 13, 4. 1s.10,4. 9M>2 besides 
thee 1 Sam. 2,2. In Is. lc. render: with- 
out me (forsaken by me) they shall sink 
down under the prisoners, and shall fall 
beneath the slain, i. e. part of them as 
captives, exhausted with hunger, thirst, 
and toil, shall sink down under. the. feet 
of their companions, comp. "532 103 
Judg. 5, 27; and part of them slain in 
battle shall be covered with the corpses 
of their fellows. 

3. Conj. for ὌΝ "A>2 besides that 
Dan. 11,18; except that, unless, Gen. 43, 
3 ye shall not see my Face pa"ny ands 
BEMN except your brother be “with you. 
More fully ἘΝ "mba wnless if, unless it be 
that, Amos 3,4; also simply wnless, save, 
Fudg. 14 ten ‘A7, 18. 

4. With other prepositions: 8) ἘΣΣῚ 
c. Inf. pr. to not, in that not, Judg. 8, 1. 
The Hebrews use this particle whenever 
the infin. with 5 (50p>) is to be put 
negatively (dep ‘m>a>), and it may 
usually be rendered so as not to do so 
and so, 7 not doing so and so, ete. Ex. 
8, 25 [29]. 9,17; 6. g. after verbs of re- 
sisting, Jer. 16, 12; of forgetting, Deut. 
8, 11; of hindering, Num. 9,7. Also, so 
that not, lest, Gen. 38, 9.— With acc. and 
inf. after verbs of commanding, Gen. 3, 
11; of consenting, 2 K. 12, 9. Once 
pleonast. Ὁ ΡΞ 2 K. 23, 10. Thrice 
"mba is followed by a fhite verb for 
"ὧῶνπ “mba, Jer. 23, 14. 27, 18. Ez. 13, 3. 

b) “pba from not, i. 6. because not, 
with Inf. Num. 14,16; before a verbal 
noun Ez. 16, 28. 


138 


to idols and to God himself, 1 Sam. 9,12 










yay 


6) "M2252 until not, until none, with 
Preet. Num. 21, 35. Deki. 3, 3. Josh. 8,22. 
10, 33; hence i. q. so long as, quam 
Job 14, 12. Comp. 723 53. . 


02 Kamets impure, (r. 813.) plur. 
mina, constr. id. and "ni22 Deut. 32, 13. 
Is. 58, 14. Mic. 1, 3 Chethibh, but in 
Keri ἼΠΏΞ,; and so in the text Job 9,8. 
Is. 14, 14. DoE 13, see note ; ὁ. sui. | 
“nina, etc. 

ta high place, height, a general word 
comprehending mountains and hills, see 
the root; 2 Sam. 1, 19. 25... "33 mina 
mountains with forests, Jer. 26, 18. Mic. 
3, 12. Ez. 36, 2, comp. v. 1. PI Mi. 
the heights of Arnon, i i. 6. through whish : 
that river flows, Num. 21, 28. 

2. a fastness, strong-hold, an inadill 
cessible retreat; comp. Lat. arx, Germ. — 
Burg. Ps. 18,34 "73"7297 25 ΟΦ he set 
me upon my fastnesses, i. e. put me in 
safety from the enemy. Hab. 3, 19.— 
Whoever possesses the fastnesses of a 
country has also secure possession 
of the whole land; hence the poetical — 
phrase: γον “Πρ τὸς W213 he walketh 
upon the fastnesses of the earth, spoken 
of God as the Lord and governor of the 
world, Amos 4, 13. Mic. 1, 3. Deut. 33, 
29. Trop. pranna-by Job 9, 8 wpon the 
fastnesses of the sea ; ay-anea-bs: Is. 14, 
14 above the fastnesses of the clouds ; all 
spoken in likemannerofGod. Also2"370 
V8 ΠΏΞ ΟΣ Deut. 32, 13. Is. 58, 14. 

3. The Hebrews, like most other an- 
cient nations, νεήγῥδαθὰ that sacred rites 
performed on high places were particu- 
larly acceptable to the Deity; see Com- 
ment. on Is. 65,7, and Vol. Il. p. 316. 
Hence they were accustomed to offer 
sacrifices upon mountains and hills, both 


: 
: 

































a 





sq. 1 Chr. 13, 29 sq. 1 K. 3,4. 2K. 12, 
2.4. Is. 56, 7; and also to build ‘there 
chapels, Janae: tabernacles, M7225 “na 
1 K. 13, 32. 2 K. 17, 29; with their 
priests and other ministers of the sacred 
rites, ΤΩΣ "275 1 K, 12, 32. 2 K. 17, 32. 
And so tenacious of this ancient custom 
were not only the ten tribes, (see th 
passages above cited,) but also all the 
Jews, that even after the building of 
Solomon’s temple, notwithstanding t 
express law in Deut. c. 12, they conti- 


yar 


nued to erect such chapels on the moun- 
tains around Jerusalem, and to offer 
sacrifices in them ; and even thosékings 
who in other respects strictly observed 
the law of Moses, until Josiah, did not 
abolish these unlawful sacrifices among 
_ the people, nor themselves desist from 
them; 2K. 12,14. 14, 4. 15,4.35; comp. 
2 Chr. 20, 33..15,.17.. 2 K. 23, 8. 9. 19. 
Ez. 6, 3. 20, 29. Lev. 26, 30.. Even 
Solomon himself sacrificed in chapels of 
this sort; 1 K. 3, 2. 3, comp. 11, 7. See 
the author’s discussion respecting these 
high places in Pref. to Gramberg’s Reli- 

gionsideen des A. 'T. Vol. I. p. xiv, etc. 
οὐ 4, Very oftenmaa is 1. ᾳ. Maan m2 
house of the high-place, i. 6. a hill-chapel, 
erected to God or to idols upon a moun- 
tain or hill, see in no. 3. 1 K. 11,7. 14, 
23. 2 K.°17; 9. 21, 3.. 23, 15. Trans- 
ferred also to any chapel or fane, e. g. in 
the valley of Hinnom, Jer..7, 31; comp. 


Ethiop. ®1C mountain, also cloister.— 
Prob. these chapels or fanes were some- 
times tents or tabernacles, decked with 
curtains, Ez. 16, 16; comp. 2 K. 23, 7. 
Am. 5, 26. Such tabdrhacles were in 
use among the Carthaginians, and also 
among the ancient Slavi; Diod. 20. 25. 
Mone in Creuzer’s Symbol. 5. 176. 

5. Rarely αἱ sepulchral mound, tumu- 
lus, Gr. βωμός, Ez. 43,7; comp. v. 8 and 
the intpp. on Is. 53. 9, where also this 
signification is applicable. 

Nore. The form of the Plur. constr. 
“mia, in which there is a double plural 
ΤῊ ΤῊ has its counterpart in "ΘΝ ἢ 
1 Sam. 26,12; comp. Lehrg. p.541. The 
Maxorités reject this form, and substitute 
for it"n2a. This latter many pronounce 
ba-mthé ; ; but 4, as being immutable, 
could not thus be Moretivd into Hateph- 
Kamets. More correctly therefore it is 
pronounced bé-m°thé, for "722, from a 
sing. M23 afier the form nia, the Ὁ 
being retained in the plural, as in 35, 
min23. But disregarding this suagmiant 
of the Masorites, it should prob. every 
where be read "ni702, “nna. 


| oman (son of circumcision, i. e. cir- 
cumcised, for >4727j2, see in 3 Ὁ. 109) 
Bimhal, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33. 

TAB see in, 





139 Ἐ 


nina (heights) Bamoth, Num. 21, 19, 
more fully 5593 mia (heights of Baal) 
22, 41. Josh. 13, 17, pr.‘n. of a town in 


Moab on the river Arnon. 


32 (for 723 from r. 422 no. 3) constr. 
“72, and so before the prefixes 9, 3, a5 
without Makkeph ; rarely j3 μων» 80, i. 
Deut. 25, 2. Jon. 4, 10, and always be 
fore the pr. ἢ. 382; once "33 (like 738) ὁ 
Gen. 49, 11, and i322 Num. 24, 3.15. Plur. 
p22 as ‘7 frou a Sing. j2; constr. "33. 


So 3 

1. a son. Arab. pl » plur. ore ; 
constr. “9. ἜΣ in the Phenician re- 
mains very often j2; Aram. sing. "2, 
(>, from 873 to beget, but with plur. 
723, "23, ju1>.—Spoken nut ἐξοχήν of 
a king’s son Is. 9,5; comp. 2213 Ps. 
72, 1. Plur. 5°22 sons sometimes for 
children of both sexes, Gen. 3,16. 21, 7. 
30, 1.31, 17. 32,12. Deut. 4, 10; though 
this ded is more frequently put fully, 
sons and daughters Mi235 0722 Gen. 5, 4. 
7.10.13. 11,11sq. In “the Sing. there 
is also a trace of comm. gend. in "3372 
(more correctly "33 13) a man-child Jer 
20,15; comp. υἱὸς ἀθόην Rev. 12, 5.— 
Poet. sons of the Greeks for the Greeks 
themselves Joel 4, 6, like vies ᾿ἀχαιῶν ; 
also sons of the Ethiopians i. q. Ethiop- 
ians Am. 9, 7; comp. 57932 757 i. q. 
strangers Ἢ 2. 6, ΒΝ WA ig. the poor 
Ps. 72, 4, Gr. otter πὸϊδες I]. 21. 151. 
This mci of speaking every where im- 
plies a like condition of the father and 
son. 

The word son, like those of father and 
brother (seé 38, my), is employed by 
the Hebrews in Wikis other and ‘wider 
senses, 6. g. 

2. a grandson, like 38 a grandfather, 
Gen. 29, 5. Ezra 5,1; comp. Zech. 1, 1. 
More definitely a αϑὐθδοδδῦιι is called 
323. 13 Judg. 9, 32. - Plur. 0°22 grand- 
sons Gen. 32, 1 [31, 55]. 31. 28; though 
where greater accuracy is used grand- 
sons are called 5°72 "23, Ex. 34,7. Prov. 
13, 22.17, 6. Plur. alo for childs 
ει descendants , posterity, as S877 "22 


children of Israel, Israelites ; nan "22, 


"12 "22, the children of Judah: ‘of ‘Levi, 
£6; Fete, Levites ; a> "23 Ammonites, 
Mr "22 Hittites, ΘῈΣ Ὁ) "22 Ishmaglites 


P ΟΡ. Ὲ 


In the same sense is said DX ma, 
os Ma, see MD no. 9; also ‘Ww Ox 
see "δ no. 1. g. 

3. Asaname of age, i. q. a boy, youth, 


like Gr. mais, comp. M3 no. 3. Cant. 2, 8. 


Prov. 7, 7. | 

4, Put for a subject, vassal, yielding 
obedience to a king or lord, as to a father, 
2 K. 16, 7—Hence metaph. son of death 
i. e. one condemned to death, q. d. deliv- 
ered over to the power of death, 1 Sam. 
20, 31. 2Sam. 12,5; a son of stripes, i: Ὁ; 
condemned to be bediam Deut. 25, 2. 
Comp. υἱὸς γεέννης Matt. 23,15; υἱὸς 
τῆς ἀπωλείας John 17, 12. 

5. a foster-son, educated as a son, Ex. 
2, 10, comp. Acts 7,21. Also a pupil, 
disciple, since feaghers were regarded 
and’ obeyed as in the place of parents, 
and were also addressed by the title of 
Jather, see in 38 no. 6. Hence "33 
D°N220 the sons i. 6. disciples of the pro- 
phets, ‘spoken of the schools of prophets, 
1K. 20, 35. 2K. 2, 3.5. 7, 4, 38. al. 
comp. Am. 7,14. So among the Per- 
sians the sons ‘of the magi are their disci- 
ples; comp. among the Greeks ἰατρῶν 
viol, ῥητόρων υἱοί, παῖδες μουσικῶν, φιλο- 
σόφων, for ἰατροΐ, μουσικοί, etc. Syr. 

eer 41> sons i. e. disciples of Bar- 


desanes.—Hence also in the book of 
Proverbs, the poet (teacher) addresses 
the reader as his son, Prov. 2, 1. 3,1. 
21. 4, 10. 20. 5, 1. 6,1. 7,1; comp. m2 
Ps. 45, 11. 

6. With a genit. of place, {2 denotes a 
᾿ native of that place, one born and brought 
up there ; e. g. sons of Zion, Zionites, Ps. 
149, 2; sons of Babylon, Babylonians, Ez. 
23, 15.17; sons of the East, Arabians, see 
DIP no.2; sons of the province Ezra 2,1; 
sons of a strange land Gen. 17, 12; son 
of the house, i. 6. a home-born slave, 

verna, see M72 no. 1; son of my womb, 
i.e. born of the same womb, see in j23 
no. 2. This arises from the more gene- 
ral idiom, by which whatever is done in 
any place or time is ascribed to that 
place or time itself, see Is. 3, 26. 8, 23. 
Job 3, 3, ete. So too countries or cities 
are regarded as mothers of the indivi- 
dual inhabitants, see 08 no 5; and also 
nations or a people, as fathers ; whence 
is said likewise "23 "22 the sons of my 





people, i. e. my countrymen, my tribe’s-— 
men, see D9; and 827 "22 are the com- 

mon δορὶ, τὰ 17, 19. 26, 38. Spoken 
of animals, Deut. 32, 14 rams, the sons 

of Bashan. Trop. sins of things con-— 
tained in any place, as sons of the quiver 
i. e. arrows, Lam. 3, 13. 

7. With a genit. of time, it denotes a 
person or thing born or appearing in that 
time, or which has existed during that 
time. So the son of one’s old age,i.e. 
begotten in old age, Gen. 37, 3 ; theson of 
one’s youth, i. e. begotten in his father’s 
youth, Ps. 127,45; sons of bereavement, 
born of a mother bereaved, i. 6. in exile, — 
Is. 49, 20. Also the son of five hundred 
years, i. 6. five hundred years old, Gen. — 
5, 32; a lamb ΓΘ the son of a year, 
a χορ Ex. 12, 5; of the ricinus, Jon. — 
4,10 928 M3"37435 An mere" 2u which 
came up in a night and perished ina 
night. Poet. son of the morning for the — 
morning star, Lat. Lucifer, Is. 14, 12. 

8. With a genit. of a quality good or 
bad, or of a condition in life, 13 denotesa — 
man possessing that quality or brought — 
up in that condition; e. g. "ὙΠΠῚΞ son of 
strength or of the haat i.e. a warrior, hero, 
see in 5°"; also bysba-y 2 son of wick- 
edness, a wicked man, nba id, "33 
V8 sons of pride, poet. of wild beasts ; ia 
"237)2 1. q. 129 afflicted Proy. 31,5; son 
of senate i. €. possessor, heir, Gea. 15,44 
2; sons of suretyship i i.e. hostages, 2K. 
14, 14. Comp. υἱὸς τῆς ἀπειϑείας Eph. 
2,25 τέκνα ὑπακοῆς 1 Pet. 1,14.—In other — 
πάθεα and poetical expressions of 
this kind, which are also frequent in the — 
kindred languages, (see Gol. Lex. Arab. 
art. onl, Castell and Buxtorf art. 93, _ 
Jones de Poési Asiat. p. 128 sq.) that is 
said to be the son of any thing, which is — 
similar to that thing, as sons of the light- — 
ning for birds of prey which fly swift as 
the lightning Job 5,7; or which is de- — 
pendent on it, as sons of the bow i. q. 
arrows Job 41, 20; or which is in any 
close connection with it. as sons of oil i. e. 
anointed Zech. 4. 14; son of oil or fatness . 
i.e. fat, fertile, Is. 5,1. Comp. ay, WN, 
bya. 

9. Sons of God, an appellat‘on given 
intheO.T. a) To angels, Gen. 6,2 sq. 
Job 1,6. 2,1. 38,7. Ps. 29 1. 29,7; either 





ἢ 
j 
4 


_ asconstituting the hosts and ministers of 
_ God, see 82¥; or because of their greater 
resemblance to'the divine nature, 815 
_ though a body is ascribed to them in 
Gen. 1. 6. Ὁ) To kings, not only of the 
Hebrews, but sometimes also to those 
_ of foreign nations, comp. Ps. 89, 28; ‘as 
. being the vicegerents of God on earth; 
taught and aided by a divine spirit, 
| 1 Sam. 10, 6. 9. 11, 6. 16, 13. 14. Is. 11, 
'1..23.0n this account called also by the 
Greek poets Ζιογενεῖς βασιλῆες. Ps. 2, 7 
_ Jehovah said unto me, Thou art my son 
this day have I begotten thee, i.e. con- 
_ stituted thee king, comp. Jer. 2, 27., Ps. 
82, 6.7 Ihave said, Ye are gods, (O ye 
Bkings,) and all of you sons of the Most 
_ High ; but ye shall die like common men, 
etc. Ps: 89,.28. 2 Sam: 7, 14. 9) To 
_ righteous men, the pious wordliivipert of 
God, saints, Ps, 73, 15. Prov. 14, 26. 
Deut. 14,1. Spec. to the Intitelites, al- 
| though often ungrateful children, Is. 1, 
3. 90,1. 9. 43, 6. Hos. 2,1. Jer. 3,14.19. 
In ἢ ρα: Ierael is called the son of God 
Hos. 11,1; and also the first-born and 
Bicloved son, Ex. 4, 22. 23, comp. Jer. 31, 
20. 

10, Spoken of the young of animals, as 
xsm723 sons of the flock, lambs, Ps. 114, 
4; 128 723 the son of his ass, i. q. his foal, 

fry, Gen. 49, 11; ἜΘΟΥ Ὁ dove, i. 6. 
young ddvtes, hie: 12, 6; sons of the 
raven i. 6. young ravens, Ps. 147, 9. 

11. Poet. son of a tree seems put for a 
shoot, branch; bough,(comp. p21, mp3 ,) 
Gen. 49,22 9079 ΓΞ j2 Joseph is the 
son of a ‘fruitful tree; here 13 (or perh. 
more correctly “j2) seems to be in the 


constr. state, and M78 to be i. ᾳ. 4795 Is. 


17,6, i. 6. fruit-bearing, fruitful, sc. tree ; 
see in r. 778 no. 1. ἃ.---Ἴ 2 13. Is. 2h, 10, 
see in 13. 

12, Ben, pr. n. τῇ. 1 Chr. 15, 18. Other 
compound pr. names are the following : 
~ a) "JiN752 (son of my sorrow) Ben-ont, 

‘aname given by‘his mother to Benja- 
min, Gen. 35, 18. 

b) 77-42 (son or worshipper of ‘Ha- 
dad or Adod, the chief divinity of the 
Syrians, comp. Macrob. Saturnal. 1. 23, 
and pr.-n. “1273%) Ben-Hadad, pr. n. 
of three kings of Syria of Damascus: 
The first of them waged war with Baa- 
sha king of the ten tribes, 1 K. 15, 20 sq. 


a) 141 





ma 


2 Chr. 16,2sq. The second was the son 
of the preceding and contemporary with 
Ahab (1 K. 20, 34); he twice besieged | 
Samaria, and became more famous than 
his father, 1 K. 20, 1 sq. 2 K.24, 6sq. 8, 7. 
The. third was the son of Hazael,. and 
lost most of the provinces acquired by 
his predecessors, 2 K. ο. 13.—The pa- 
laces of Ben-hadad, i. e. of Damascus, 
Jer. 49. 27. Am. 1, 4. 

6) ΠῚ ΓΞ Ben-zoheth, pr.n.m. 1 Chr: 
4,20. See nnit. 

d) >*n7j2 (son of strength, warrior) 
Ben-hail, pr. n. τὰ. 2 Chr. 17, 7. 

e) }277ja (son of one cation) Ben- 
hanan, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 

Γ) 4770"7}2 (son of the righ hand, i. e. 
of good fortune, see in art. 72723, also 
y72",) Benjamin, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 
7,10. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 32. Neh. 3, 23.— 
Where the patriarch Benjamin is meant, 
this name is always written as one word, 
772532 q. v. except once in 1 Sam. 9, 1 
Cheth. 

5) p237"22 (sons of lightning) Bene- 
berak, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of 
Dan, Josh. 19, 45. 

ἢ) 95 "25 see 3 ninya. 

j2 Chald. id. found only i in Plur. 9723, 
"24, the place of the Singgbeing filled 
by “3 —E. g. xm>3 722 sons of exile, 
i.e. exiles ‘captives, Dan. 2,25. woe "23 


young bullocks, Ezra 6,9. Syr. >, oe 


ale id. 

823 Chald. ὁ. suff. "428 Ezra 5, 11, 
infin. nab Ezra 5, 2. 17, mad 5, 9, 
xoad 5, 3. 13, i. ἃ. Hebr. m2, to ‘build, 
Dan. A, 27. 

ik pass. Eizra 4, 13, 21; with ace. 
of material Ezra 5, 8. 


᾿ rida fut. 4339, conv. 351, and six 


times P21, nN). 


1. to ἈΦ to ‘erect, to construct, as a 
house, temple, city, ΡΤ fortifications 
Ez. 4,2; an altar Gen. 8,20; chapels or 
tabernacles Jer. 7, 31; the frame-work of 
ships Ez. 27,5; once apparently of lay- 
ing the foundation of an edifice 1 K.6, 1, 
comp. 2 Chr. 3, 1 where it is mi23> 513). 


Arab. Lis, Aram. [> , 822, id. Comp. 


ἼΞῈ and j28.—The material with, of, 
from which any thing is built, is mostly 
put in the acc. 1 K. 18, 32 “my ma" 


ma 


mata ΞΕ and he built the stones 
(into) an altar, i. e. with or of them; 
comp. Lehrg. p. 813. Ex. 20, 22. Deut. 
27,6. 1 K.15,22. More rarely with 21K. 
15, 22 fin. Construed also: a) With 
acc. of place on which one builds, to build 
up or over, 1 K.6, 15. 16,24. Ὁ) With 
acc. of person, where it is i. q. to build a 
house for any one. i.e. to give him a fixed 
abode, and trop. to make him prosperous 
(for another sense of this formula see no. 
3); Jer. 24,6 I will bring them again 
into this land, ὈΠΩΣ 9 Ohms Noi DNs 
Wins Ndi and I will build them and not 
pull down, and Iwill plant them and not 
pluck up, 1. 6. I will give them a fixed 
abode and make them prosperous. 31, 4. 
33,7. 42, 10. Ps. 28,5. Arab. Lis bene- 
ficiis auxit aliquem. c) With 3, to build 
on any thing, to be occupied in building, 
Neh. 4, 4. 11. Zech. 6,15. With 53, to 
build against any one, to obstruct ; Lam. 
3,5 God hath builded against me, ob- 
structed me, shut up my way on every 
side so that I cannot get out; comp. "73 
v. 7. 9.—Trop. to construct, i. e. to form, 
tomake, with >, into a woman Gen. 2, 22. 
τ 2. to build up, to rebuild, to restore, 
e. g. a house or city in ruins, Amos 9, 
14. Ps. 122, 980 Jerusalem thou pestered? 
147, 2. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. 2 K. 14, 
22. Comp. ΓΞ ΠΤ ΓΞ tinder art. ΓΞ 


no. 3. So of the fortifications οἱ a city, 


15. 17. 

3. > ΤῊΞ M22 to build a house to or for 
any one, i. q. "to give him offspring, pos- 
terity; see M3 no. 9, and Niph. no. 3. 
By a common oriental metaphor, house 
is transferred to a family, and children ; 
and whoever begets children, is said to 
build a house. Hence j3 son comes 
from the idea of building. i. e. of beget- 
ting. The same metaphor is elegantly 
carried out in Plaut. Mostell. 1. 2. 37. 

Nipu. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be built, 
Num. 13, 22. Deut. 13,17; with acc. of 
material 1 K. 6,7. Persons are said to 
be built wp, when they are placed in a 
fixed abode and rendered prosperous, 
see in Kal πο. 1. Ὁ. Jer. 12, 16. Mal. 3, 
15. Job 22, 23.—A different metaphor 
see in no. 3. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be rebuilt, re- 
stored, Is. 44, 28. 


142 





po = 


3. A woman is said to be built up when 
her house (family) is built up, i.e. when | 
offspring is given her; see in Kal no. 3. 
Gen. 16, 2: hia MZaN “DAN perhaps I 
may be built up through her, i. 6. obtain 
children by her. 30, 3. 

Deriv. j2. 2, 5793, 7222,9732, ΛΞ, 
to which may ὟΝ addoai mah pr. names, 

as "M22, "23, "22, m2, WMI , 333, 
PRIS, nist, "a. 




































"132 (a building) Binnui, pr. n. m.— 
freq. after the exile: a) Neh. 7, 15; 


written "22 Ezra 2, 10. Ὁ) Ezra 10 
30. 38. c) Ezra 8, 33. d) Neh. 3, 24. 
10, 10. 12, 8. 


mi daughters, see M3. 

"22 (built) Bani, pr.n.m. a) One 
of David’s warriors 2 Sam. 23, 36. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 6,31. c) 1 Chr. 9,4 Keri. 4) 
Neh. 3, 17. 9,4.5. 10,14. 11,22, e) See 
“aa. [Ὁ Ezra 10, 29. 34.38. Neh. 8, 
7. 10, 15. 

"22 (built, a verbal οἱ Pual) Bunni, 
pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 9, 4. 10, 16.—Different is 
“D2 Bunni, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 11, 15. 


m2 (whom Jehovah hath built up, 
see 723 no. 1.b,) Benaiah, pr.n.m. a) 
1Chr.4,36. b)2Chr.20,14. ο) Ezra 
10, 25. 30. 35.43. d) See next art. c. 6: 


24 pr. n.m. Benaiah (i. q. 9723) 
a) 1 Chr. 15, 24. 16,5. b) 1 Chr. 27, 34, 
c) 2 Sam. 8, 18. 23, 20. 22 ; written sles 
ma 20,23. d)1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5. 
e) 2 Sant: 23, 30; written also M7323 
1 Chr. 11, 31. 27, 14, f) 2 Chr. 31, 13. 
g) Ez. 11, 1. 13. | 


ΤΡΩΞ f a building, Ez. 41, 13. Re 
ma. Comp. 7723. 


7723 (son of the right hand i. e. of 
good fortune, q. d. Felix, see 472" no. 4,) 
pr. ἢ. Benjamin, Sept. Benopir, the 
patriarch, youngest son of Jacob and 
Rachel, and founder of the tribe of like 
name, 8.23 "23 Num. 1, 36, ‘a nee 
Josh. 21, 4. 17, and simpl. 479733 m. Judg. 
20, 39. 40. Their territory, 772723 YAS 
Jer. 1,1, lay nearly in the middle of Pales- 
tine on this side Jordan, and is describ 
Josh. 18, 231 5ᾳᾷ. A certain warlike dis 
position in this tribe is alluded to in Ger 
49, 27.—The 39222 "2 gate of Benja- 
min was on the northern side of Jerusa 





με 


lem, Jer. 37, 13. 38,7. Zech. 14,10; proB. 
the same called elsewhere the gate of 
Ephraim, 2K. 14,13. Neh.8,16.—When- 
ever this name designates the patriarch 
Benjamin, it is written in one word ; see 
in Ἴ Δ ΠῚΞ p. 141. The gentile ἢ. is writ- 
ten separately, °2°2""ja (comp. Lehrg. 
p. 515) 1 Sam. 9, 21. Ps. 7, 1, Ben- 
jaminite, Benjamite ; with the art. “42 
"277 (like "Baw m2) Judg. 3, 15. 
2 Sam. 16, 11. Plur. "9°" "33 Judg. 
19, 16. Bllipt. 3770" wan for “3 WAN 
"9°27, 1 Sam. 9, 1. 2 Sam. 20. 1; also 


"370" v8 1 Sam. 9, 4, like Arab. SX 
Bekrite for Abubekrite, from re Par 
1723. m.(r.m22) 1. a building, edi- 
fice, Ez. 41,12. Syr. (2425 a build- 
ing, Arab. muse id. 
2. a wall, Kz. 40, 5. 


7724 Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, Ezra 5, 4. 


12°22. (our son, from the Segolate form 
"22 Gen. 49, 11) Beninu, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 
10, 14 [13]. 

: c22 Chald. to be angry, indignant, 
Dan. 2,12. Often in the Targums. 


8223 (according to Simonis i. q. M233 


ἃ gushing forth, fountain) Binea, pr. n. 

m. 1 Chr. 9, 43; also 7325 ib. 8, 37. 
M>TIO} (in the intimacy of Jehovah, 

see 710) Besodeiah, pr. n. τὰ. Neh. 3, 6. 


.O3 pr. n. m. Besai, Ezra 2, 49. Neh. 
7,52. Perh. Sanscr. bigaya victory, also 
pr.n. So Bohlen. 


3 cos a spurious root, see 033 Hithp. 


O02 a root not used in Hebrew, 
prod. to be sour, i. gq. “NW q. v. whence 
Arab. a 


also to look sour, to make a sour face.— 
Hence 


3 to do any thing too soon; 


"Ὁ ὁ. suff. 903 Job 15, 33, and 


YO2 m. collect. unripe grapes, sour 
grapes, ls. 18, 5. Jer. 31, 29, 30. Ez. 18, 
2. Different froin pvtie q. v. ἰδία, 
wild-grapes. Sept. ὄμφοξ. Chald. 890523 


id. Syr.};m5 sour grapes. 
S23 Chald. see after n32. 


143 





Wa 
* 2 


Arab. das to be distant, absent, re- 
mote ; [V, to remove; Ethiop. pr. to be 
other, different, and hence Pret. A, trans. 
NUE to change, to exchange, TOUR 
to be made other, different, {1U.8" and 
10.8" other, another, different. Among 
the Hebrews it would seem to have de- 
noted: to be without (opp. to within), to 
be near, close by. Hence 


TWA and W3, c. suff. “192 et 72793 
Ps. 139, 11, 133 in Pause 7393, 523, 
27D, once 3732 Amos 9, 10, D213, 
ὈἼΣΞ; ; primarily a Subst. but in asage 
εἰκύνε a Preposition denoting in general 
the being without an object (opp. to 
within), but near to it; and then spec. 
the two following more definite relations 
of place. 

1. about, round about, which latter idea 
is expressed more definitely by 2°20. 

a) Genr. see. for both particles (733 
and 3730) Job 1, 10 132 MY noms son 
a"300 ‘5 swix-b> “331 inna “D3 hast 
thou not made an hedge about him, and 
about his house, and about all that he 
hath, on every side ? Lam. 3, 7 "732 733 
he hath made a wall round about me. ᾿ 
Ps. 139, 11 729932 “ik 12921 even the night 
is light about me. Hence a) With 
verbs of shutting up, (pr. shutting up 
around or upon any one,) as BIT) T9373 
1 Sam. 1, 6, and ἘΠ 133 72> Gen. 20, 
18 toshut wp the womb, i.e. to senderaiga- 
man unfruitful. Poet. 0°23135 792 Onn 
God sealeth up the stars Job 9, 7. For 
‘p 322 730 and i493 430, see no. 2. 
8) With words implying protection ; Ps. 
3,4 "Ya 4972 a shield round about me. 
Zech. 12,8. y) Put, like the Gr. ὑπέρ, 
for all that one does for, on account of, 
in behalf of any one; 6. g. to pray for 
any one 1 Sam. 7, 9, see ΞΒΏΠ ; to 
bring a sin-offering for, Job 42, 8, see 
"82. So of consulting an oracle Is. 8, 
19. Jer. 21,2; bribing a judge Job 6, 22; 
andof other like ideas, Ez. 22, 30.2 Sam. 
10, 12. 2 Chr. 19, 12. Ps. 138,8. In Prov. 
20, 16 to take a pledge for any one, for 
whom one becomes security. Then 
without a verb, Job 2, 4 "id 793 "i> skin 
Sor skin. Prov. 6, 26 ἪΡ nyit ΓΝ 73a 
ΟΠ 122 fora whore one comes toa piece 


root not used in Hebrew; 


5» 


fear. to disdain. Inc. 31 the common 
signif: might perhaps be adopted, q. d. 
although 1 (72:8) was their lord. But 
this sense is not so easy; and besides, 
the signif. of disdaining is not foreign 
from the primary meaning of the verb. 
_~In Arabic there are also other verbs, in 
which the signif. of subduing, being 
high, having dominion, is transferred 
also to that of looking down upon, despis- 
ing, contemning, as ui to subdue, 
c. \ to despise; V, to be 
high ; Conj. I, to look down upon, to 
contemn. 

Nipu. to have a husband, to be mar- 
ried, Prov. 30,23. Metaph. Is. 62, 4. 

Deriv. >9a—7292,, M23. 


$92 c. suff. "boa, Adda; Plur. ovb93, 
constr. "593, 6. oh ἢ alge: ΔΌΣ Ex. 
21, 29. 34. 36, 22, 10-14. Ecc. 5, 12, and 
mbps Job 31, 39. Eec. 7, 12, sometimes 
for Sing. like 17258 his lord , comp. Lehrg. 
663; but c. suff. 3 plur. bss Esth. 1, 
17, 20, as plural. 

1. lord master, possessor, owner. Fre- 
quent in the Phenician dialect; see 
Monumen. Phen. p. 348. Aram. 533, 


5 o- 
bya, \Ss, id. Arab. hep in the dia- 
lect of Yemen lord, master, elsewhere a 


husband ; Ethiop. NOA. Comp. also 
Sanser. péla lord—Spoken of the mas- 
ter and owner of a house, Ex. 22, 7. 
Judg. 19, 22; of land Job 31, 39; of cat- 
tle Ex. 21, 28. Is. 1,3; of money lent, 
i.e. a creditor Deut. 15,2. Spoken of 
the head of a family Lev.21, 4; also 
pia Ya the lords of the nations Is. 16, 
8, spoken of the Assyrians as the con- 
querors of nations; or according to 
others, of their princes. 

2. a husband, Arab. Syr. Chald. id. 
Comp. Sanscr. pati lord, also husband. 
Ex. 21,22. 2Sam. 11, 26. mun 592 hus- 
band of a wife, i.e. married Ex. 21, 3. 
pwnns2 5Y2 husband of one’s youth, i. 6. 
to whom one was married in youth, 
Joel 1, 8, i. q. κουρέδιος πόσις 1]. 5. 414. 

3. Plur. with gen. of a city,Jords of a 
city, i. q. inhabitants, citizens, 1771 "293 
Josh. 24, 11, Ὀϑὺ Judg. 9,2 sq. 83" ἘΣ 
ἼΣΟΣ 2 Sam. 91, 12, who also are called 
in 2 Sam. 2.4.5 ‘29 28. Some mod- 
ern interpreters understand chiefs, no- 


146 


πεν "b93 55), where also Sept. 


as the name of a chief domestic an 


worshippers, Zeph. 1, 4. Plur. pabeiat 





bya 


bles, princes, misled perhaps by t 
words in Judg. 9, 51 ΘΠ Onn & 


οἱ ἡγούμενοι τῆς πόλεως. Better, a 
men and women, even all the inhabitants 
of the city, the latter expression com od 
hending the two former; Engl. Vers 
and all they of the city. ἡ 
4, With genit. of thing, lord or 7 
sessor of a thing, i. e. one having tha 
thing, one to whom that attribute | 
quality belongs; thus often forming 
periphrasis for an adjective ; comp. ἃ 
no. 1. Κ᾿ ax no.9. ΕἸ. σ΄. DIP Pa "i 
aram having two horns, aries bicornis 
Dan. 8, 6, 20; 092237 bya the winged on 
poet. Gra bird Ecc. 10,20; “sv bya ty 
a hairy man 2.K. 1,8; nivban bya he 
dreamer, one who hag, dreams, Gen. 3 
19; 525 52 one who has a law-s 
controversy, Ex. 24, 14, comp. aye 
my adversary Is. 50,8. So too possesso 
of my covenant, of my oath, i.e. οὶ nec 
in covenant with me, confederate, G 
14, 13. Neh. 6,18; jit 53 master of 
the tongue, i. 6. a charmer, enchanter 
Ecce. 10, 11; 52 593 given to appetite 
greedy, Prov, 23, 2, comp. 29, 22; 
the receiver of a bribe Proy. 17,8 —Pro 
16, 22 "23a baw OM Tipe a fou 
of life is understanding to its posses. 
i.e. to him who hath it, is endued 4 
it. 1,19. 17, 8, Eee. 8, 8 39 ond ΝΣ 
ΤΌΣΣΟΝ nor shall wickedness deliver it 
possessor, i.e. him who is given to it 
the wicked man. 7, 12. Prov. 3, 
bya sio-syenby withhold no good 
from its lord, from him to whom itis due 
to whom it pertains, i. 6. from the needy, 
5. With the Art. 5325, and pref. "3: 
byad, Baal, i.e. the: Kase καὶ ἐξοχήν, 



















tutelary god of the Phenicians, and p 
ticularly of the Tyrians; worshippec 
also by the Hebrews espec. at Samaria 
with great pomp, along with Astarte; 
see in MON, MIMDY. Judg. 6, 25 sq. 
2K.10,18sq. Hence 592m m2 the ter 
ple of Baal 1 K. 16, 32; dear ἊΝ Ἴ59 the 
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 22.25; "wv 
b9an the remnant of Baal, i. 6. of is 


Baalim, i.e. images of Baal, Judg. 2.11 
3, 7. 8, 33. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10, 

















Of the currency and extent of this wor- 
“ship among the Phenicians and Cartha- 
ginians, we have one proof among others 
m the frequency of the name Baal in 
‘compound pr. names of Phenician men, 
as >9am% q. v. Jerombalus (5237), 
and also of Carthaginians, as Hannibal 
(5933 grace of Baal), Hasdrubal 
(2925919 help of Baal), Muthumballes 
( bain man of Baal), ete. Among 
the Babylonians the same god was 
‘ealled in the Aramean manner >3 Bel, 
εἴτι, for 592, see 53. Among the Ty- 
rians themselves the full name of this 
divinity appears to have been m p>2 
"a bya (Inscr. Melit. biling.) i.e. Malke- 
reth lord of Tyre; where again ΤῊ Ὁ 
‘is for ΓᾺΡ 729 king of the city. The 
Greeks, on account perhaps of some 
_ similarity of emblems, constantly gave 
him the name of Hercules, Hercules 
| Tyrius, and compared him with Jupiter ; 
_ see Inser. laudat.. See more in Ersch and 
_ Gruber’s Encyclop. Vol. VIII. p. 397 sq. 
under the articles Baal, Bel, Belus. 
᾿ Minter, Religion der Babylonier p. 16 
sq. Movers Phenizier I. p. 169 sq. 
_ These writers suppose that under this 
name the sun was worshipped; but I 
_ have elsewhere endeavoured by various 
_ arguments to show that not the sun, but 
the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis, as the 
_ guardian ‘and giver of good fortune, was 
_ the object of this worship. See Com- 
_ ment. on Is. Vol. II. p. 335 sq. Encyclop. 
_ Le. p. 398 sq. and so Rosenmiller in his 
_ Bibl. Alterthumskunde 1. ii. p.11. YetI 

would not deny, that >>2 with certain 
attributes, as 72M 523 (see 1371), is also 

referred to the sun.—In some cities 

where the worship of Baal was preva- 

lent, a special epithet was added to the 

name,e.g. a) ΓΞ 522 Baal-berith, 
_ i. 6. lord or guardian of covenants, wor- 

shipped by the Shechemites, Judg. 8, 

33. 9, 4, comp. v. 46; q. d. Ζεὺς oyxzos, 

Deus fidius ; or, according to Movers l.c. 

‘Baalsin covenant with the idolaters of 


Israel” Ὁ) 2921 522, Baal-zebub, wor- 


shipped by the Philistines at Ekron 2K. 
1, 2; α. ἃ. fly-Baal, fly-destroyer, like 
the Ζεὺς ᾿ἀπόμυιος of Elis, Pausan. 5. 14. 
2;and the Myiagrus deus of the Ro- 
mans, Solin. Polyhist.c.1. 6) 7iv8 532 
of the Moabites see 7i>p. 





bra a | Ὁ bya 


6. As denoting the possessor of a thing 
it is trop. also applied to a place which 
has or contains any thing, i. e. a place 
at or in which any thing is or is found, 
equivalent to ΓΞ no. 6. So in the pr. 
names of cities and places: 

a) 592 Baal, 1 Chr. 4; 33, perh. the 
same place elsewhere called "ND M2S2 
Baalath-beer (having a well) in the 
borders of the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 
19, 8. 

b) 73 522 Baal-Gad, so called from 
the worship of Gad i. e. Fortune, at the 
toot of Hermon near the sources of the 
Jordan, prob. i. ᾳ. }i257 522 in lett. e. 


@osh. 11, 17. 13, 5. By some it is er- 


roneously supposed to be the same with 
the celebrated Ba’albek or Heliopolis; 
see Thesaur. p. 225. 

6) ix 532 Baal-hamon (place of 
multitude, or i. q. ὩΣ 522 sacred to 
Jupiter Ammon) a place near which 
Solomon had a vineyard, Cant. 8,11. A 
town Βελαμών (Sept. Βαλαμών) situated 
in Samaria is mentioned Judith 8, 3. 

ἃ) “ixm >ya (having a village or 
hamlet) Baal-hazor, a town or villag@ 
near the territory of Ephraim, 2 Sam. 
13, 23; perh. i. ᾳ. "ism Neh. 11, 33, io 
the tribe of Benjamin, q. v. 

e) ji297 553. Baal-Hermon, a town 
and an adjacent height near Mount 
Hermon, 1 Chr. 5, 23. Judg. 3,3. Comp. 
lett. b. 

f) jix9 553 Baal-meon (place of 
dwelling), see jive 523 m2 p. 129. 

g) Θ᾿ΧῸΡ 522 (place of breaches, de- 
feats) Baal-perazim, a place or village 
near the valley of Rephaim, 2 Sam. 5, 
20. 1 Chr. 14, 11; comp. Is. 28, 21. 

h) 7px 52a (place of Typhon, or sa- 
cred to Typhon) Baal-Zephon,.a place — 
in Egypt near the head of the Red Sea, 
Ex. 14, 2. 9. Num. 33, 7. The name 
accords well with the site of this place, _ 
near the desert tracts between the Nile 
and the Red Sea, which were held to be ᾿ 
the abode of Typhon, the evil genius of 
the Egyptians. See Creuzer in Com- 
mentt. Herodoteis I. § 22. Symbolik I. 
317 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81. 
i) πῶϑ 553 Baal-shalisha 2 K. 4, 42, 
the name of a place prob. situated in the 
district πόθ, near the mountains of 
Ephraim; comp. 1 Sam. 9, 4. 


bya 


fear. to disdain. Inc. 31 the common 
signif. might perhaps be adopted, q. d. 
although 1 (72:81) was their lord. But 
this sense is not so easy; and besides, 
the signif. of disdaining is not foreign 
from the primary meaning of the verb. 
“In Arabic there are also other verbs, in 
which the signif. of subduing, hiding 
high, having dominion, is transferred 
also to that of looking down upon, despis- 
ing, contemning, as yl to subdue, 
c. \ to despise; > V, to be 
high; Conj. I, to look down upon, to 
contemn. 

Nipu. to have a husband, to be mar- 
ried, Prov. 30,23. Metaph. Is. 62, 4. 

Deriv. 59a—m7b9a, M23. 


292 c. suff. ">a, md¥a; Plur. py2, 
constr. "D3, 6. suff 3 ἠδ. "292 Ex. 
21, 29. 34. 86. 22, 10-14. Ecc. 5, 12, and 
mbps Job 31, 39. Ecc. 7, 12, sometimes 
for Sing. like shy his lord, comp. Lehrg. 
663; but c. suff. 3 plur. bss Ksth. 1, 
17, 20, as plural. 

1. ine master, possessor, owner. Fre- 
quent in the Phenician dialect; see 
Monumen. Phen. p. 348. Aram. >33, 


22, ‘\Ss, id. Arab. ir in the dia- 
lect of Yemen lord, master, elsewhere a 


husband ; Ethiop. OA. Comp. also 
Sanscr. péla lord.—Spoken of the mas- 
ter and owner of a house, Ex. 22, 7. 
Judg. 19, 22; of land Job 31, 39; of cat- 
tle Ex. 21, 28. Is. 1,3; of money lent, 
i.e. a creditor Deut. 15,2. Spoken of 
the head of a family Lev. 21, 4; also 
pia "292 the lords of the nations Is. 16, 
8, spoken of the Assyrians as the con- 
querors of nations; or according to 
others, of their princes. 

2. a husband, Arab. Syr. Chald. id. 
Comp. Sanscr. pati lord, also husband. 
Ex. 21,22. 2Sam. 11,26 nw 592 hus- 
band of a wife, i.e. married Ex. 21, 3. 
p92 592 husband of one’s youth, i. e. 
to whom one was married in youth, 
Joel 1, 8, i. q. κουρέδιος πόσις 1]. 5. 414. 

3. Plur. with gen. of a city,lords of a 
city, i. q. inhabitants, citizens, 1771 "293 
Josh. 24, 11, D2 Judg. 9,2 sq. 829 nbya 
ἼΣΟΣ 2 Sam. 21, 12, who also are called 
in 2 Sam. 2.4.5 Δ ΔΝ. Some mod- 
ern interpreters understand chiefs, no- 


146 


POF "29a 55}; where also Sept. πάντες. 


‘worshippers, Zeph. 1, 4. Plur. κέν. 





ὌΣΩ 


bles, princes, misled perhaps by the 
words in Judg. 9, 51 D°it) DTW bb 

































οἵ ἡγούμενοι τῆς πόλεως. Better, all the 
men and women, even all the inhabitants 
of the city, the idtter expression compre- 
hending the two former; Engl. Vers. 
and all they of the city. 

4. With genit. of thing, lord or pos- 
sessor of a thing, i. e. one having that 
thing, one to whom that attribute or 
quality belongs; thus often forming a 
periphrasis for an adjective ; comp. O7%_ 
no. 1.k. a8 πο. 9. ΕἸ. g. D124 p ΘΒ Say 
a ram having two horns, aries bicornis, 
Dan. 8, 6,20; 072235 bya the winged one, 
poet. for a bird Ecc. 10,20; "sv bya “2 
a hairy man 2.K. 1,8; ninbon bya. 
dreamer, one who heed dreams, Gen. 31, 
19; "925 593 one who has a lav 
controversy, Hix. 24, 14, comp. eRe 
my adversary Is. 50,8. So too posses 
of my covenant, of my oath, i. 8. joisil 
in coveriant with me, confederstel Gea 
14, 13. Neh. 6, 18; jim 553 master of 
the tongue, i. e. a charmer, enthenaay 
Kce. 10, 11; 652 592 given to appetite 
greedy; tov 23, 2, comp. 29, 22; als 
the receiver of a bribe Prov. 17,8. “ΡΩΝ 
16, 22 "29a boy on Tipe a fountain 
of life is understanding to its possessor, 
i.e. to him who hath it, is endued with 
it, 1,19. 17,8. Ecce. 8,8 33 wba Ne 
wbys"-ny nor shall wickedness deliver it 
possessor, i. e. him who is given to it 
the wicked man. 7, 12. Prov. 3, "ἢ 
ἼΛΟΘΞ Ὦ siv-sren by withhold no gooe 
from its lord, from him to whom it is due, 
to whom it pertains, i. e. from the needy. 

5. With the Art. 522m, and pref. bya3 


ph 


d92>, Baal, i.e. the Lord, uur ἐξοχήν, 


as the name of a chief domestic anc 


tutelary god of the Phenicians, and. par 
ticularly of the Tyrians; worshippec 
also by the Hebrews espec. at Samarié 
with great pomp, along with Astarte 
see in MON, MIAYS. Judg. 6, 25 sq. 
2K.10,18sq. Hence 592m "2 the tem 
ple of Baal 1 K. 16, 32; dam ἊΝ 135 the 
prophets of Baal, 1K. 18, 22.25; xt 
b9am the remnant of Baal, i. 6. of hi 


Baalim, i. e. images of Baal, Judg. 2, 1 
3, 7. 8, 33. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10. 


bya 147 


_ Of the currency and extent of this wor- 
_ship among the Phenicians and Cartha- 
_ ginians, we have one proof among others 
im the frequency of the name Baal in 
; compound pr. names of Phenician men, 


b92 


6. As denoting the possessor of ἃ thing 
it is trop. also applied to a place which 
has or contains any thing, i. e. a place 
at or in which any thing is or is found, 
equivalent to ΓΞ no. 6. So in the pr. 


as >92mN q. v. Jerombalus (53:5), 
and also of Carthaginians, as Hannibal 
(222m grace of Baal), Hasdrubal 
(222519 help of Baal), Muthumballes 
(beam man of Baal), ete. Among 
the Babylonians the same god was 
ealled in the Aramean manner > Bel, 
_ Belus, for 592, see 52. Among the Ty- 
_rians (enidelves the full name of this 
divinity appears to have been m7>7 
ΠΝ da (Inscr. Melit. biling.) i. e. Malke- 
_reth lord of Tyre; where again ΤΠ 
is for ΓᾺΡ 722 king of the city. The 
Greeks, on account perhaps of some 
| elinilarity of emblems, constantly gave 
him the name of Hercules, Hercules 
Tyrius, and compared him with Jupiter ; 
see Inser. laudat.. See more in Ersch and 
Gruber’s Encyclop. Vol. VIII. p. 397 sq. 
under the articles Baal, Bel, Belus. 
Minter, Religion der Babylonier p. 16 
sq. Movers Phenizier I. p. 169 sq. 
These writers suppose that under this 
name the swn was worshipped; but I 
have elsewhere endeavoured by various 
arguments to show that not the sun, but 
the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis, as the 
guardian ‘and giver of good fortune, was 
the object of this worship. See Com- 
ment. on Is. Vol. II. p. 335 sq. Encyclop. 
l.c. p. 398 sq. and so Rosenmiller in his 
Bibl. Alterthumskunde L.ii. p.11. YetI 
would not deny, that >»2 with certain 
attributes, as 7727 522 (see 772M), is also 
referred to the sun.—In some cities 
where the worship of Baal was preva- 
lent, a special epithet was added to the 
name,e.g. a) ΓΞ 522 Baal-berith, 
i. 6. lord or guardian of covenants, wor- 
shipped by the Shechemites, Judg. 8, 
33. 9,4, comp. v. 46; q. 4. Ζεὺς ὅυκιος, 
Deus fidius ; or, according to Movers l.c. 
‘Baal-in covenant with the idolaters of 
' Israel.’ 
shipped by the Phiiatinos at Ekron 2K. 
1, 2; 4. d. Siy- Baal, fly-destroyer, like 
the Ζεὺς ᾿Απόμυιος of Elis, Pausan. 5. 14. 
2; and the Myiagrus devs of the Ro- 
mans, Solin. Polyhist.c.1. 6) "ΣΒ 522 
of the Moabites see ΣῈ. : 


b) saat 553, Baal-zebub, wor- 





names of cities and places: 

a) 53 Baal, 1 Chr. 4; 33, perh. the 
same place elsewhere called "NB M233 
Baalath-beer (having a well) in the 
borders of the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 
19, 8. 

b) 73 522 Baal-Gad, so called from 
the worship of Gad i. e. Fortune, at the 
toot of Hermon near the sources of the 
Jordan, prob. i. ᾳ. ji29" >22 in lett. 6. 

Mosh. 11, 17. 13, 5. By some it is er- 
roitbously βλᾶτ ας τ to be the same with 
the celebrated Ba’albek or Heliopolis; 
see Thesaur. p. 225. 

6) ix bya Baal-hamon (place of 
multitude, or i. q. 7128 592 sacred to 
Jupiter Ammon) a place near which 
Solomon had a vineyard, Cant. 8,11. A 
town Βελαμών (Sept. Βαλαμών) situated 
in Samaria is mentioned Judith 8, 3. 

4) “izm bya (having a village or 
hamlet) Baal-hazor, a town or villag 
near the territory of Ephraim, 2 Sam. 
13, 23; perh. i. q. "ism Neh. 11, 33, in 
the tribe of Benjamin, q. v. 

e) Ἴ 2 522. Baal-Hermon, a town 
and an adjacent height near Mount 
Hermon, 1 Chr. 5, 23. Judg. 3,3. Comp. 
lett. b. 

f) yi99 522 Baal-meon (place of 
dwelling), see 158 532 ma p. 129. 

g) px4e bya (place of breaches, de- 
feats) Baal-perazim, a place or village 
near the valley of Rephaim, 2 Sam. 5, 
20. 1 Chr. 14,11; comp. Is. 28, 21. 

h) ips boa (place of Typhon, or sa- 
cred to Typhon) Baal-Zephon;.a place © 
in Egypt near the head of the Red Sea, 
Ex. 14, 2. 9. Num. 33, 7. The name 
accords well with the site of this place,» 
near the desert tracts between the Nile 
and the Red Sea, which were held to be ἡ 
the abode of Typhon, the evil genius of 
the Egyptians. See Creuzer in Com- 
mentt. Herodoteis I. ὃ 22. Symbolik I. 
317 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81. 

. i) πῦϑ 55:3 Baal-shalisha 2 K. 4, 42, 
the name of a place prob. situated in the 
district mu>ti, near the mountains of 
Ephraim; comp. 1 Sam. 9, 4. 


ὌΨ 


k) am 522 Baal-tamar (place of 
palm-trees) Judg. 20, 33. 

1) matin “bya elves Jude) 2 Sam. 6, 
2, a city elsewhere called also nya 
(oiwias) Baalah and Kirjathjearim, 
comp. 1 Chr. 13, 6. See M223 no. 2. a. 

7. As pr. n. of several men, e. g. 

a) 53 Baal a) 1Chr.5,5. £) 8, 
30..9,.36. ὦ 

b) 329. 532 (lord of grace) Baal-ha- 
nan, pr.n. o) A king of Edom Gen. 
36, 38. 1 Chr. 1.49. 6) A royal pretect 
or overseer, 1 Chr. 27, 28. 


2Y2 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. bya, lord ; 
for bs 53a see OO. From this form 
comes by contraction 83 q. v. 


M292 f(corresp.to>va) 1. a mistress, 
man ΤῸΣΞ 1 Καὶ. 17, 17. Metaph. mis- 
tress of any thing, i. 6. possessing or 
endued with any thing, as 2iN"m>y2 a 
woman having a divining spirit, see 
ain; OrHYD ΓΌΣΞ mistress of sorceries, 
a sorceress, Nah. 3, 4. 

2. Collect. civitas, 1. ᾳ. 0°>33 cives, in- 
habitants, see 53 no.3; as M2 daughter, 
for b"22. Sol explain ΓΌΣΞ Baalah as 

e pr. ἢ. of towns or cities, viz. a) One 
in the northern part of the tribe of Ju- 
- dah, Josh. 15, 9. 1 Chr. 13,6; called also 
mam "bya ἔοι οὶ Jude) see 553 no. 6. 
lett, 1; p22 NP q. v. and bya-nap. 
It seems likewise to have given name to 


a mountain Baalah Josh. 15, 11, lying 


in the same region, but nearer the sea. 
b) Another city was situated in the 
southern part of the same tribe, Josh. 15, 
29; and seems to be the same which 
elsewhere is called 423 Josh. 19, 3, and 
mba 1 Chr. 4, 29, and was aneiened to 
Simeon. c) Baas in 532 no. 6. a. 


MinVA (civitates, see ΓΌΣΞ no. 2) Bea- 
loth, pr. n. of a town in the southern part 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 24; different from 
ndza in v. 9. 29. 

¥3°292 (whom the Lord knows and 
eares for, comp. 377577) Beeliada, pr. 
n. of a son of David, 1 Chr. 14,7; called 
in 2 Sam. 5, 16 25x i. e. whom'God 
knows, q. v. 

mova (whose lord is Jehovah) Bea- 
liah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr, 12, 5. 

oy (i. q. 0953772 son of exultation, 
see in 3 p. 109) Baalis, pr. n. of a king of 


148 





"va 


the Ammonites, Jer. 40,14. Some Mss. — 
read 0°53; and so Josephus Ant. 10. 
OF Qu 


nov. (civitas i. ἃ. M22 no. 2, after 
the form mat, mI) Baalath, a city of 
the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44; rebuilt or 
fortified by Sélomont, 1K. 9,18. 2 Chr. — 
8, 6. ἢ 


a so M2V2 see in 553 no. 6. a. 
W2 see in MB no. 12. 8. 
8272 (i. q. 829772 son of affliction, see 


in 3 p. 109) Baana, pr.n.m. a) 1K. 
4,12. b) ib. v.16. 6) Neh. 3,4. 


ΓΞ (id.) Baanah, pr.n.m. a) 2 
Sam. 4,2. b) 2 Sam. 23,29. 1 Chr. 11, © 
30. c) Ezra 2,2. Neh. 7, 7. 10, 28. - 


~i 


*"S= fut.123" 1. to feed upon, toeat ὦ 
up, to consume ; see Pi. and Hiph. no, 1, 


also "733 cattle, so called from feeding. 
Syr. 2 to glean, j-se5 a gleaning. 

2. Spec. to conswme with fire, to burn — 
up; comp. 228 no. 3. Chald. "33 to 
burn, Pa. to kindle.—Ps. 83, 15 "Dam WRD 
">" as a fire burneth a forest. Mostly — 
with 3, to set fire to, to burn up; Job 1, 
16 the fire of God is fallen from πόθεν 
DISS WNLa Asami and hath burned up — 
the flocks and the servants. Num. 11, 1. 
3. Ps. 106, 18. Is. 42, 25. Jer. 44, 6. Tiana 
2, 3. Also to cause to burn, to kindle, — 
Is. 30, 33.—Elsewhere intrans. a) to 
be consumed with fire, to be burned, Ex. 
3, 3. Is. 1, 31. 9,17. Ὁ) to burn, as fire 
Jer. 20,9; pitch 15. 34,9; coals Ez. 1, 
13; trop. of anger Is. 30, 27. Ps. 79, 5. 
89, 47. c) to be set on fire, kindled. 
Hos. 7, 4 as an oven MBR2 MIE kindled 
by the baker. Also to kindle up, to in- 
flame, as coals Ps. 18, 9; metaph. an- 
ger, Ps. 2, 12. Esth. 1, 12. 

3. dno: from = cattle, to be 
brutish, Jer. 10, 8. Part. p°7232 brutish 
men Ps. 94, 8; savage Ez. 21, 36. 

Nipu. to be or become brutial Jer. 10, 
14. 21. 51, 17. Is. 19, 11 M3933 MED the 
counsel is become brutish. 

Prev 23, inf. constr. "3a, fat. 933". 

1. to feed upon, to eat up, to consume, 
6. g. a field, vineyard, Is. 3, 14. 5, 5; 
with 3 Ex. 22, 4 [5]. . 

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to cause to burn, to 
kindle, e.g. fire Ex. 35; 3; wood Lev. 6, 





"Ja, 


5 [12]. Also to burn, to consume, Neh. 
10, 35. Is. 44, 15. 40,16; 2 UX “D2 to 
set fire to any thing, Ez. 39, 9. 10. 

3. to take or put away, to remove, to 


‘destroy. 1K. 22,47 and the remnant of 


the Sodomites YNM-772 "D2 he put away 
out of the land. Deut. 26,13. 14. 2 Sam. 
4,11. 2K. 23, 24. 2 Chr. 19, 3. A usual 
formula in Dantosenomy. silane the 
puaishment of death, is: 275 ὩΣ 3) 
ΞΡ thou shalt pul away the evil per- 
son from the midst of thee, Deut. 13, 6. 
17, 7. 19, 19. 21, 21. 22, 21. 24, 24,73 or 
ex qe 17, 12. 22, 22; comp. Jadg. 20, 
13. (For synon. Remsalaa in Exodus, 
Levit. and Numbers, see r. ΓΞ Niph.) 


4s. 6, 13 alihough a tenth part remain in 


“the ond, "92> MN Maw yet shall this 
be again destroyed. Num. 24, 22 m3" 
WP 7D3> the Kenites shall be dvtgen out, 
destroyed. Is. 4,4 when Jehovah shall 
have washed away the filth of the daugh- 
ters of Zion...722 M731 DEwa Mma 
with a spirit of judgment and a spirit 
of destroying. i. e. judging and destroy- 
ing the wicked by his Spirit, his divine 
energy or power. Construed also with 
"10%, implying pursuit and destruction 
from behind, 1 K. 14,10 "πὸ "M38 
22377 "937 sug> ovata and I will 
take away the house of Jeroboam, as one 
taketh away dung. 21, 21. 

Pua to be kindled. to burn, of a fur- 
nace or stove, Jer. 36, 22. 

Hipu. 1. to feed upon, to eat up, i. q. 
Pi. no. 1, Ex. 22, 4 [5]. 

2. 1. q. Pi. no. 2, to cause to burn, to 
kindle, Ex. 22,5 [6]; also to burn up, to 
consume, c. acc.. Ez. 5, 2. Judg. 15, 5. 
With ὧν3 2 Chr. 28, 3. 3 ὧδ W520 to 
set Jire to any thing Jade. 15, 5 init. 

3. 1. q. Pi. no. 3, to take or put away, 
to destroy, with "7m" 1 K. 16, 3. 

Deriv. the three following, also "33, 
MISS, and pr. ἢ. ida. 


“2 m. pr. brutishness, stupidity. only 
as concr. brutish, stupid, like cattle ; 
spoken of men, Ps. 49, 11. 73, 22. Prov. 
12. 1. 30, 2. Comp. r. "D2 no. 3, and 
Niph. 

8172 (brutish) Baara. pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 
8.8; written in ν. 9 83h, by a manifest 
error. 


M23 f. a burning, fire, conflagration, 
13* 


149 





bya 


espec. of produce in the field, Ex. 22, 5 
[6]. Comp. r. "23 no. 2. 


mowya (for 7242 work of Jehovah) 
Baaseiah, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 6, 25 [40]. 
Comp. under lett. 3. 


* wa obsol. root, Chald. 82a i. q. 
Bxa, to be bad, offensive, Hence 


ΣΡ ‘Baasha, pr. n. of a king of Is- 
rael, r. 952-930 B.C. 1 K. 15, 16 sq. c. 
16. 2 Chr. 16, 1 sq. Jer. 41, 9. 


MaIMwya (i. q. TINY ΤῚΣ house of 
Astarte, sée in 3 note, ‘lett. ¢, p. 109) 
Beeshterah, pr. n. of a Levitical city 
in the tribe of Manasseh beyond Jor- 
dan, Josh. 21, 27; called in 1 Chr. 6, 
56 minnws. 


*nya or ny j in Kal not used. Syr. 
δ to fin, to be terrified. 

Pret n>3 fut.m9a9 1, simackoctolll 
to terrify, only poetic, Ps. 18, 5. Job 3.5. 6, 
4, 7,14. 9, 34. 13, 11. 21. 15, 24. Is. 21, 4. 

2. to come upon suddenly, to seize sud- 
denly. 1 Sam. 16, 14.089 439 τη" PINSA 
mim an evil spirit from Jehovah came 


upon him suddenly. v.15.—Arab. r3 
to come suddenly, to happen unexpect- 


or 


2 
edly; III, to attack unexpectedly; Χλὰϑ 
suddenly. 

Nipu. to be afraid, terrified, Dan. 8, 
17; with "352 1 Chr. 21, 30. Esth. 7, 6. 

Deriv. 5°mi32 and 

‘NYA f. terror Jer. 8, 15. 14, 19. 


72 τὰ. (r. 722) mire, mud, in which 
one sticks fast, Jer. 38,22. 

M22 f. (r. y£2) a marsh, fen, Job 8, 
11. 40,21. Plur. 6. suff. ὌΣΣΕ 5. by an 
incorrect orthography for mnie, Ez, 
47, 11. 

"£3 (prob. i. q. "02 q. v.) Bezai, pr. 
n. m. Ezra 2, 17. Neh. 7, 23. 10, 19. 

E32 τη. (τ. ἼΣΞ no. 1) 1. a vintage, 
Lev. 26, 5. Is. 24, 13. 32, 10. Jer. 48, 32. 

2. Adj. inaccessible, lofty, steep, i. q. 
“32, spoken of a forest Zech. 11, 2 
Keri. Comp. r. za No. 2. 


*oe8 not in use, i. α. >%8, Arak. 


hua, to strip, to peel; kindr. is ἽΣΞ, 
comp. in N12, 4¥8.—Hence ΤΗ͂Ρ 5. and 


bya 


>¥2 only plur. pr>z2, onions, Num. 
ΗΠ δ ὅγε, Ἰΐ,2, Ethiop. NAA, Arab. 


2] 


has, id. Comp. quadril. rbgsn. 


N23 (in the shadow of God, i. 6. in 
his protection) Bezaleel, pr.n.m. 8) 
Ex. 31, 2. 35, 30. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 30. 


maka (a stripping, nakedness) Baz- 
luth, pr. n.m. Ezra 2, 52; in Neh. 7, 54 
written m°>%2 Bazlith. ᾿ 


vs, fut. 34237 1. to cut in pieces, 
to break or dash in pieces. Chald. ΣῈ 3 
to cut in pieces, to divide. as bread; Syr. 


Veo to break, Arab. ip to cut, to 


SLU ow 


cleave asunder, to cut off, 3, Keds 


apart, piece. Kindr. is >£5 to wound ; 
comp. in "¥3.—Amos 9, 1 smite the capi- 
tals of the columns nb> uss ΣΧ Ξ} and 
dash them in pieces upon the heads of 
all; od%2 for o>¥2. Intrans. to be 
wounded ; Joel 2, 8 ‘of locusts, they rush 
among the weapons, 9X37 Nb they are 
not wounded ; others less well , they break 
not off their course. Comp. in 733 no. 
1. b. 

2. to tear in pieces, i. q. to plunder, to 
spoil, pr. of enemies Hab. 2, 9. Ps. 10, 3. 
Trop. in the formula Σ᾿ ἘΞ 3% to spoil the 
spoil, to get unlawful gain, to be greedy 
after gain, spoken of those who rob and 
defraud others by extortion.and oppres- 
sion, Germ. Geld schneiden. Part. 513 


Sxa Prov. 1, 19. 15, 27. Jer. 6, 13. 8, 10. 


‘Inf. Ez. 22. 27. Comp.’ by5, and A. 
Schult. Opp. min. p. 61. 

Pre., 3823 fut.>227 1. to cut off ; Is. 
. 88, 12 "22827 ΠΕΡῚ he (God) cutteth me 
off from the ‘thrum, a metaphor drawn 
from a weaver, who, when his web is 
finished, cuts it off feoae the thrum by 
which it was fastened to the beam. Job 
6, 9. 

2. ἀνῇ, Kal ἢ no. 2, to plunder, to ss 
any one, Ez. 22, 12. 

3. to bring to an end, to finish, to com- 
plete, e.g. the temple Zech. 4,9. Of 
God, who executes his judguatnt upon 
the wicked Is. 10, 12; or fulfils his pro- 
mise Lam. 2, 17.—Hence 


_ 9X3 m. in pause 533, c. suff. 4223. 
1, spoil, plunder, prey, see the root no. 


150 


‘8. Jer. 7, 18. 


"95, 5. 11;°0f a vineyard Deut. 24, 21. 


τα d. cuts down their pride, breaks thei 





"Za 


2; pr. of enemies Judg. 5, 19. Jer. 51, 13. 
Mic. 4, 13. Trop. of the rapine and — 
extortion of kings and nobles who de- 
spoil a people, Jer>.22, 17. Ez. 22,13. — 
Hence 

2. unjust gain, lucre, e. g. from bribes 
1 Sam. 8, 3. Is. 33, 15; or by other un- 
lawful means, Is. 57, 17. Also Ex. 18, 
21 Prov. 28, 16. Is. 56, 11. Ez. 33, 31. 

3. gain in general, profit; Θ᾽ ΞΓ ΓΙ 
what profit ? Gen. 37, 26. Job. 22, 3. Ps. 
30, 10. 


Se ee 


ἊΨ 


“yaa obsol. root, Arab. yas to flow — 
8 -- 
gradually, to trickle, e. g. water, (ana, 


ξι ιν, Kaas, little water. —Hence : 
ya, me. ‘ 
* P22 to swell ; hence spoken of the 
foot as unshod, to become callous, to have — 
callous spots or tumors, Deut. 8, 4. Neh. — 
9,21. Sept. in Deut. well, ἐτυλώϑησαν. 

Hence 


ῬΧΞ τη. dough, so called from its swell- 
ing, rising ; but» spoken also of that not — 
yet fermented, Ex. 12,34. 39. 2 Sam. 13, — 


Mp¥2 (stony region, high, Arab. 


| 


Kixa5) Bozkath, pr. n. of a place in. 
Judah, Josh. 15, 39. 2 K. 22, 1. Josephus 
Boozéd, Ant. 10. 4. 1. 


Y "Xa 1. tocut off. Syr. Pa. to short- 
en, to diminish, |. diminished, small, 
low. Kindred roots are >¥2, >%2; see 
on the primary power of the syllables 13, 
V3, 75, under the roots 13 , M2B; comp. 
also under 73 I. 1 —Spoken indetly of 
the vintage of grapes, e. g. to gather 
grapes, to hold a vintage, 6. aec. Lev. : 


etal 





Judg.9,27. Part. “ΧῚΞ a vintager, grape- 
gatherer, Jer. 6, 9; Plur. 8°7¥3 vinta-— 
gers, metaph. of enemies preparing de- 
struction, Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5; comp. 
soza. Metaph. Ps. 76, 13 πὸ “303 _ 
pns"22 he cutteth off the spirit of princes, 





spirit. 

2. to cut off access, i. q. to restrain, to 
prevent, see Niph. and 983; also to 
make inaccessible. Hence Part. pass. 
“ax2 inaccessible, walled, spoken of high 








᾿ 


- ticle of such gold, from 


- to break ; VIII, to be cut off, broken off ; 
comp. Germ. brechen as a technical 


tobe 


. Josh. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 20, 6: 


3. to cut out, to break or dig out, e. g. 


' metals, see "X32. 


Nips. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be cut 
off or restrained from any one, to be 


_ inaccessible, difficult ; c. 72, Gen. 11, 
6 miws> 121" ὮΝ 5D ἘΠῚ ἼΧ3" Nd no- 
thing will be restrained from them, will 
' be too hard for them, which they may 
_ purpose to do. Job 42, 2. 


Prievi.q. Kal no.2,t0 make inaccessible, 


6. 6.8 fortification, Jer.51,53. Also sim- 


ply to fortify, to rebuild a wall, Is. 22, 10. 
Deriv. ἼΣΞ — m3, also 1°¥2, 943. 
ZA Job 36, 19, i. ᾳ. ἼΧΞ q. v. no. 1. 


2m. 1. ore of gold and silver, 


| precious metals, in the rude state, as cut 
or dug out of the mines, from r. "¥3 in 
_ the sense of gee or breaking Ps. 76, 


; 13; like Arab. rs native gold or silver, 
τ yet subjected to the fire and hammer, 


Bos noun of unity, i. q. a piece or par- 


3 1. ᾳ. 920 II, 


word in mining.—Job 22, 24 “ἜΣ τὸν mou 
ἽΧΞ cast upon the earth the precious ore, 


parall. with gold of Ophir in the other 
_hemistich. Plur. v. 25 477¥3 "30 ΓΙ ἢ 


and the Almighty shall be thy precious 
ores, parall. with τ OD. So 
da: “A, in pause "F2 Job 36, 19, id.— 
This ditinGiotory explanation of an ob- 
scure word we owe to Abulwalid; see 
more in Thesaur. p. 230. Winer ad 
Sim. Lex. prefers the signif: a piece, par- 
ticle of native gold or silver, from the 


S 


gor W ae 
notion of cutting off, comparing a 


piece of gold. But the notion of piece, 
particle, in this word, does not come from 


the root, but from the circumstance that. 


5. 


ae) isa noun of unity. So from 85 


gold, comes mss a particle or bit of 


gold; from eee straw, KAAS a bit of 


151 


_ walls Deut. 1, 28. 28, 52. Is. 2,15; of a 
_ lofty impervious forest Zech. 11, 2 Ke- 
ri; of Sortified cities, strong, Num. 13, 
| 28. Deut. 3; 5 
» Is. 25, 2. Deut. 1, 28. Metaph. difficult 
to be niihaestood, Jer. 38, 3. 





“pa 
straw, chaff; although these feminine 
forms do not always thus imply a part or 
particle. 

2. Bezer, pr.n. a) A Levitical city 
of refuge in the tribe of Reuben, Deut. 
4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21, 36. RS Bosor. 
b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 37. 


MIZ2 f. 1. a fold, sheep-fold, Mic. 2, - 
12; so called from the idea of restrain- 
ing, see Tr. "%2 no. 2; comp. 823 from 
nb>. Chald. NATED an enclosure, stall, 

2. Pr. a fortress, strong-hold, i. q. 
"372 ; hence pr. n. ἜΣΚΕΝ one of the 
chief cities of the Edomites, Is. 34, 6. 63, 
1. Jer. 49, 13. 22. Am.1,12; comp. Gen. 
36, 33. There can scarcely be a doubt 
that it was the same with el-Busaireh 


(% Ae AJ} dimin. from ὅ ; Busrah), 
a village and castle in Arabia Petrea 
south-east of the Dead Sea; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p.570. I formerly held 
that Bozrah of the Edomites was identi- 
cal with Bozrah of Auranitis or Hauran; 
see Comm. ad Is. 1. c. Burckhardt’s 
Travels in Syria etc. p. 226 sq. Yet 
I cannot but assent, to the reasons urged 
to the contrary by Raumer, Hitzig, and 
Robinson I. c. 

723 m. a fortress, strong-hold, Zech. 
9,12. R, X23 no. 2. 

MZ f. (r. ἼΣΞ no. 2) a cutting off of 
rain, drought, Jer. 17,8; Sept. ἀβροχία. 
Plur. mingza Jer. 14,1; comp. Lehrg: p. 
600.—Some refer hither the word 7724 
Ps. 9,10. 10,1; but 3 is there a prefix. 

papa m. (τ. pp2) 1. @ bottle, so 
called from the gurgling or bubbling 
sound made in emptying; 1 K. 14,3. Jer. 


19, 1.10. Syr. Lani, and Gr. βόμ- 
βυλος, βομβύλη, also from the sound. 
Comp. Maltese bakbijka, under r. Ppa. 

2. Bakbuk, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 
7, 53. 

mpaps (emptying i. e. wasting of 
ie α Bakbukiah, pr. n.m. Neh. 11, 
17. 12, 9. 25. 

ἼΡΞΡΞ (perh. ig. "3 P2P2 wasting 
of the mount) Bakbakkar, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 
1 Chr. 9, 15. 

ΡΞ. ig. 
Num. 34, 22. 
36 [51]. 


wmpa, Bukki. pr.n.m. a) 
'b) 1 Chr. 5, 31 (6, 5]. 6 


= 


WPS (wasting from Jehovah) Buk- 
kiah, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 13. 


ΦΡΞ m. plur. o-y"F3, clefts, fissures, 
breaches, Am. 6, 11. Ἢ 92, 9. ΠΟ. 


* Spa fut. >p27, inf. c. suff oypa. 

1. to cleave asunder, to rend, to divide. 
Kindred are 323, Syr. wos.. The sig- 
nification of cleaving and opening, as 
proceeding from a blow or violence (see 
P28, 22) and inherent in the syllables 
ἘΞ, PP, is found also in the kindred roots 
mp, “pa, -22.—Spec. to cleave wood 
Ece. 10, 9; to divide the sea, spoken of 
God, Ex. 14,16; tovip-up women with 
child Am. 1, 13; to rend or wound the 
shoulder Ez. 29,7. Of a city, to rend 
its walls, to break open, to take by 
storm, to subdue; 2 Chr. 32, 1 "Qn" 
smbx expa> and thought to subdue these 
cities Lo “himself. 21, 17.— With 3, to 
cleave into or through any ibar to 
break through, 2 Sam. 23, 16. 1 Chr. 11, 
18. 

2. to cleave. to lay open any thing shut, 
so that what is enclosed may be set free 
and break forth. Is. 48, 21 he clave the 
rock, the waters gushed forth. Judg. 15, 
19.—Pregn. and constr. with ace. of pe 
thing bursting forth; Ps. 74,15 Hsp 
dri yn thou didst cleave (and ΤΣ 
burst ‘forth) fountains and torrents. 
Comp. Niphal, Pi. no. 3, and Gr. ῥήγνυσι 
δάκρυα, πηγάς, to shed tears, to send 
forth fountains. 

3. to cleave eggs, spoken of a fowl, 
i. 6. to hatch, Is. 34, 15. 

Niew. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cleft 
asunder ; intrans. to be divided, to open 
itself, 6. g. the earth Num. 16, 31. Zech. 
14,4. Also to be rent, ruptured, Job 26, 
8. 32, 19. 2 Chr. 25, 12; to be broken in 
upon, to be taken by storm, as a city 2K. 
25,4. Jer. 52, 7. 

2. Pass..of Kal no 2, to be opened, as 
fountains Gen. 7, 11. Spoken also of 
waters which break forth, Is. 35,6. Prov. 
3, 20; so the light Is. 58, 8. Comp. 
synon. "YB, ἘΞ, 725, in which the 
idea of cleaving, rending, is also trans- 
ferred te the thing bursting forth. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be hatched. to 
break forth from an egg, as the viper’s 
brood Is. 59, 5. ' 


152 


Other plains take their names from ad- 





*p= ; 
4. to be rent, hyperbol. for to be shaken, _ 
to tremble, e. g. the earth, 1 K. 1, 40. : 
Piet >pa, fut. >p29 1. 1. ᾳ. Kal no, 
1, to cleave, as wood Gen. 22, 3, a rock 
Ps, 78,15; to rip up women with child, 
2 K. 8, 15. 15, 16. 

2. to rend, to tear in pieces, as wild} : 
beasts, i.g. 20, Hos. 13, 8. 2K. 2, 24. 

3. i.g. Kal no. 2, to open, to cause to : 
break forth, e.g. waters from a rock Job 
28, 10; torrents. Hab. 3,9, comp. in Kal 
Ps, 74,15; a wind Ez. 13, 11. 13. | 

A, i. ἃ. Kal no. 3, to hatch eggs, Is. 59, 5. | 

PuaL 5193 to be cleft rent, Josh. 9, 4: 
lo be ripped up Hos. 14,1 (13, 16]; of a 
city, i.q. Niph. to be broken into, to be 
taken by storm, Ez. 26, 10. } 

Hipu. 1: i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to rend or 
break opena city, i.e. totake it by storm, 
to subdue, Is. 7, 6. Ε 

2. With >x, iocleate -or break through 
to any one, 2 K. 3, 26. Comp. in Kal 
no. 1 ult. 

Horn. 3227 pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to 
be broken open, taken, as a city, Jer. 
39, 2. } 
Prrira, to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 13. 
Mic. 1, 4. 7 

aite, P"Pa, pie the three here fol- 
lowing. q 


Yea m. a part, half ;. spec. hal a 
shekel, Gen. 24, 22. Ex. 38, 26. : 


NOP2 Chald. Dan. 3, 1, i. 4. Heb. 
n>pa. 


ΓΞ, f. (τ. 553) Aa mispa, a val- 
ley, pr. a cleft of the mountains ; opp. 
to mountains Deut. 8, 7. 11, 11. Ps, 104, 
8; to hills Is. 41, 18. Often also Saale 
low plain, a ἜΣ plain, level country, 
Sept. πεδίον, e.g. that in which Babylon 
was situated, es 11,2; comp. Ez. 3, 
23. 37,1.2. jabn mepa valley or plain 
of Lebanon, lying at the foot of Hernton 
and Anti-Lebanon around the sources 
of the Jordan, Josh. 11, 17. 12,7; not 
the valley between Lebanon and Anti- 
Lebanon, the Celesyria of Strabo, 
and el-Bikd’a Lat of the Arabs. 



















jacent cities, as ὙΠ} PER gia Chr. 35, 
22; in7 "3 Deut. 34, 3; 7a Am. 
1, 5; see in TR is no. te ἐς 7 


{psao, Arab. oi Seis and Rada 


Ppa 


, Pe pa 1. to pour out, to empty, sc. a 


vessel, bottle, see piapa. Arab. BA 
onomatopoetic from the sound of a bot- 
tle in being emptied; like Pers. (hale 
gulgul, Engl. to gurgle, to bubble. In 
the Maltese dialect, bakbak is to boil, as 
water, like Arab. eas, A 
a bubble in water; bakbijka, bekbika, a 
bottle. Comp. ainh vid, YAVa, P2a.— 
Trop. a) to empty of inhabitants, χὰ de- 
populate a land Is. 24,1; to spoil, to pil- 
lage a people, Nah. 2 3, b) Jer. 19,7 
πη ΤΣ τὰς "nea 7 will empty out, 
pour out, the counsel of Judah, i. 6. will 
make them without counsel. Comp. 
Niph. Is. 19, 3. 

2. Intrans. to be poured out, i. q. to 
spread wide, spoken of luxuriant growth 
and foliage. Hos. 10,1 ppa 182 a 
spreading vine; Sept. ἄμπελος εὐκλη- 
ματοῦσα, Vulg. frondosa. 

Nips. P33, infinit. Pian, fut. pia. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. a, Is. 24, 3. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. b. Is. 19, 3 
Ja9p2 OMS Min ΠΡΞ} the spirit of 
Egypt shall be emptied out from within 
him, i.e. Egypt shall Be wholly deprived 
of épinit understanding, The form "p33 
is for P32, see Lehrg. p. 372. 

Po. ῬΡῚΞ i. q. Kal 1. a, to empty a 
land, to depopulate, Jer. 51, 2. 

Deriv. ἢ ΤΊΞΡΞ, and pr. names T3Papa, 
"PS, mepR , par. 


* "P= in Kal not used, pr. i. q. Arab. , 


mr to cleave, to divide, to lay open, 


_kindr, with r..22. The notion of cleav- 


ing, laying open, is in this root transfer- 
red to signify : 

1. to cleave the soil, to plough, Lat. 
arare, comp. OI, ΠΏ, 175. Hence 
ἽΡΞ armentum qs. aramentum, cattle. 

2. to burst forth, to break forth, as 
light, see >pa Kal and Niph. no. 3. 
Hence "P3 morning. * 

3: to search into, to inquire ; Syr. 
89 ἴο search, to examine, [ΒΕ and 
{,22 search, inquisition. Also in the 
sense to look at, to inspect ; so in 

Pie, “pa 1. to search, to inspect 


carefully, to take note of any thing, with 
> Lev. 13, 36; 5- ῦ5 (comp. 472 no. 1) 


153 


; bokka, 





“pa 


Lev. 27, 33. With 3, to look at with 
pleasare, to behold sith admiration, to 
admire, Ps. 27,4. Comp. 3 B. 4. a. 

2. to look after, to take care of, c. acc. 
Ez. 34, 11. 12. 

3. to look at mentally, to consider, to 
think upon, 2 K. 16, 15. Prov. 20, 25. 

4. to take note of any one, to animad- 
vert, i. 6. to punish ; comp. ΓΞ. 

The derivatives all follow. 


ΡΞ Chald. in Pr. not used. 

Pa. "p32, plur. "p32, fut. "p24, inf. 
mp2, to search, to inquire, to examine 
Ezra 4, 15. 19. 6, 1; 6. 59 7. 14. 

Irnpa. pass. Ezra 5, 17. 


ΡΞ comm. gend. τη. Ex. 21, 37; ἢ 
Job 1, 14. 

1. a beeve, Lat. bos, male or female, 
ox or cow, so called as used for plough- 
ing ; seer. ΖΞ no. 1. So according to 
Varro de L. L. 4. 19, Lat. armentum for 


GS-7 οἱ Ε 
aramentum ; and Arab. 85, according 


to Damiri so called as cleaving the 
ground with a plough; see Bochart 
Hieroz. I. 280; or according to Ewald 
from the cloven hoofs, Gramm. § 358.— 
Plur. Am. 6, 12. Neh. 10, 37. 2 Chr. 4, 3. 
Elsewhere always 

2. Collect. oxen, cattle, herd of neat 


59 mm . 
cattle, Arab. re id. and noun, of unity | 


S 
oe ee 


s ἢ) an ox. 


Syr. ἵμα a herd, pr. οὔ" 
oxen, but in a wider sense also of other 
herds and flocks. Comp. "pia.—So jXx 
“P21 sheep and oxen, flocks and herds, 
Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5. 20,14. Deut. 32, 14 
“pa mxan milk of kine. It is joined: 
a) With numerals, opp. "18 an ox, etc. 
comp. Γ and Ἰδὲς, Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1] if 
a man steal an ox (7"d).. "pl nwan 
“iwi mom obi. five oxen shall he re- 
store for the one. Num. 7, 3 “wy "20 
“pa. v.17 D320 ΡΞ, »b) With verbs 
and adjectives ibe 2 Sam. 6,6 "3 

“Part ἸῺ for the oxen were restive. 1 
K. 5, 3. Also with fem. where kine are 
understood, Job 1, 14. Gen. 33, 13.— 
"Paria >a¥ a young calf Lev. 9,2 ; n2ay 
“pa Is. 7, 21, and simpl. “3.3 Gen. 
18, 7. 8, ἃ calf Of the figures of oxen 
1. KI; 29: 

Hence the denom. “p13. 


\ 


“pa 

“pa τῇ. plur.b"4p2 1. morning, the 
dawn, or even before light, Ruth 3, 14; 

pr. daa brehh from the breaking forth of 

the i ; see r. "P2 no. 2. Arab. 

“Pa ἫΝ δὰ morning light 2 Sam. 23, 4. 

Acc. as adv. in the morning, early, (like 


Arab. Ὁ Χ3,) Ps. 5, 4; oftener “p22 
early Gen. 19, 27, and poet. "P22 Ps. 30, 
6. 59, 17; which elsewhere is also 79 
“pa Deut. 16,4. Ps. 130,6. Distribu- 
tively "PB2 "p22 Ex. 16, 21. 30, 7. 36, 
3. Lev. 6, 53 ἘΡ bab oe Ee) 1 Chr. 9, 27; 
ἘΞ Ps, 73, τ. 101, 8. Is. 33, 2. Lam. 
3, 23; ΓΕ Job 7, 18 ; all signifying 
every morning. —Metaph. morning, q. d. 
dawn of prosperity, happiness, Job 11, 17. 
2. Spec. the next morning, Ex. 29, 34. 
Lev. 19, 13. 22, 30. Num. 9, 12, Judg. 
6, 31 "RAND ran i> 3.1 “Wr he that 
will pipe for him, let him be put to death 


5 id. comp. r. "23 no. 1.—So 


_ before morning ; Vulg. antequam lux 


crastina veniat, Sept. ἕως πρωΐ.--- Hence 
the morrow, i. q. "7172 (comp. W728), and 
as Adv. to-morrow, Ex. 16, 7. Num. 16, 5 
(comp. v. 16); i. ᾳ. "F223 1 Sam. 19, 2. 
Also for early, soon, speedily, Ps. é, 4 
init. 90, 14. 148, 8; “pBd id. Ps. 49, 15. 


mp2 ἢ (Kamets impure, pr. Inf. 
Aram. in Paél) a looking after, care, Ez. 
34,12. R. “pa Pi. no. 2. 


MP2 £. animadversion, i. e. punish- 
ment, chastisement, Lev. 19,20. R."p2 
Pi. no. 4. 


ie . 

upa in Kal not used, to seek, to 
search, (see Pi.) corresponding to Arab. 
Gauss, Chald. 82, to inquire into, to 
scrutinize, which is kindr. with 5m. 
The primary idea seems to be that of 
touching. feeling out; Syr. Wares a touch- 


ing ; comp. YW: to feel out, ΘῈ to seek 


pr. by feeling. 

Pir, tP2 1. to seek, to search for, to 
inquire after ; absol. 2 K. 2,17; acc. of 
pers. or thing Gen. 37, 15. 16. 1 Sam. 
10, 14. With >, to search: ἧς inquire 
into any thing, ‘Job 10, 6; different is 
Gen. 43,30 niza> TEI he sought whee 
to weep, i.e.a place where. Sometimes 
6. dat. commodi ἴθ, 1 Sam. 28, 7. Lam. 
1.19; hence, with this dat. to seek out 


154 





apa 
for oneself, i. q. to choose, 1 Sauk 13, 14. 
Is. 40,20; comp. Ez. 22, 30. —Spec. ay 
to sebhe ihe face, presence, of a king, i. e. 
to go to him, to wish to see him, 1 K. 
10, 24; also to supplicate his favour, 
Prov. 29, 26. Ὁ) to seek the face of Je- 
hovah, pr. to turn unto him, to draw near — 
to ἬΜᾳ espec. with prayer ‘and supplica- | 
tion, 2 Sam. 12, 16. Ps. 24, 6. 27, 8. 105, 
4; or to inquire of him, to deel a re- 
sponse, 2 Sam. 21, 1; or in order to ap- 
pease his anger, Hos. 5,15. The same — 
is: c) Min-ry Vea Ex. 33, 7. 2 Chr, | 
20,4. Opp. Ἀπ to find God, i. 6. to be ~ 
heard by him, Deut. 4, 29. Is. 65, 1. 
mins wpa they who seele Jehovah, his’ 
worshippers, Ps. 40, 17. 69, 7. 105, 3. Is. d 
51.1. Comp. 85 no. 2. 
2. to seek, to strive after, to try to gain, 
8. g. the priéathoad Num. 16, 10, false- 
hood Ps. 4, 3, love Prov. 17, 9; rarely 
with > PSE 18,1. So ‘pS ΘῈΣ ᾿ῬἘΞ to 
seek the life of any one, to plot against 
him, Ex. 4, 19. 1 Sam. 20, 1. 22, 23. 23, 
15. 2 Sam. 4, 8. 16, 11; once in a good. 
sense, to seeks prea one’s life, Prov. 
29, 10 ; comp. wEy 43 Ps. 142,5. Also 
‘p ὈΣῚ wpa to seek the hurt of any one, 
to strive to do him harm or to destroy 
him, 1 Sam. 24, 10. Ps. 71, 13. 24. wpa 
τὶ ΓΙΣ ἃ. 1 Sam. 25, 26. With inf. Cs] 
Ὁ to seek to do any thing e. g. 1 Sam. 
19, 2 FNVAMI> "AN DANw Opa Saul my 
father seeketh to kill thee. Ex. 2, 15. 4 
24; inf simpl. Jer. 26, 21. 
3. to require, to demand, Neh. 5, 18; 
c. 7a Ps. 104, 21; 127 Gen. 31, 39. 43,9. 
Is. 1,12. Spec. Ἔ 38 Ὲ 53 WPA to 78- 
quire the blood of any one at the hand of 
or from any one, i. 6. to exact or inflict 
punishment for bloodshed, 2 Sam. 4, 11. 
Ez. 3, 18. 20. 33, 8; without 03 1 Sam. 
20, 16. 
4. to seek from any one, i. 8. to ask, to 
request, with 2 of pers. Ezra 8, 21. Dan 
1,8; also acc. of thing Esth. 2,15. With 
by to entreat for any one, to supplicate 
for, Esth. 4, 8. 7, 7. 
5. to inquire of any one, to intertall fe 
6. 172 Dan. 1, 20. : 
Pua. to be sought Ez. 26, 21. Jer. 50, 
20. Esth. 2, 23—Hence 


mvp. f. (Kamets impure) 7eq ost, 
entreaty, Esth. 5, 3. 7. 8. Ezra 7 6. a 


τῳ ὉΝ 
Se «αὐ ΣΝ 


—_— 


































— ΨΎῚ 





ΠΡ Ὁ 1ὅδ᾽ 


/ 


I. "3 m. c. suff” "72, a son, from the 
idea of begetting, Being born, see r. nua 
no. 3, and Niph. no. 2; the common 
word jm son in the Cheldes, but in He- 
brew only poetic. T'wice, Prov. 31, 2. 
Ps. 2, 12 "2 1pw2 kiss the son sc. of J ghee: 

_ vah, the king ; comp. v. 7, and 13 Is. 9, 
D. Gincr here take 72 in the sense of 
chosen or pure (from "2, see "2 no. II), 
and suppose the king to be saluted by 
the title of the chosen, the pure, i. q. ""113 
m0%; but this is less satisfactory. 


IL. "2 f. 73, adj. from r. "73. 

1. chosen, δ δεν, Cant. 6,9 wn m3 
FInT>i72 she ig the beloved of her mother, 
her mother’s delight. 

2. pure, clear. Cant. 6, 10 fair as the 
moon, a2 ΓΞ clear as the sun, i. 6. of 

purest brightness. 
sense: 322 “2 pure in heart, Ps. 24, 4. 

73,1. See τ΄ 3 no. 3. Ὁ. 

Ε΄ .3..clean, i. e. empty, of a stall or barn, 
Prov. 14, 4. 


III. 13 m. Am. 5, 11. 8, 6. Ps. 72,16; 
_ elsewhere "2, subst. R."93. 

1. corn, grain, pr. that which has been 
cleansed, winnowed, (comp. Jer. 4, 11,) 
and is stored up in garners or sold, Gen. 
41, 35. 49. Prov. 11, 26. Joel 2,24. Once 
of grain se in the fields, Ps. 65, 


14. anh kor A, 


-also Lat. fier, whence farina. 
_ 2. the open fields, country, Job 39, 4. 
See Chald. "2 II. 


I. 72 Chald. m. c. suff. #93 Dan. 5, 
22. Plur. "23, see in ἼΞ p. 139. 
ΠῚ. a@son, Dan: 6,1. }M2N-2 son of 
the gods Dan. 3, 25. 

ΠΡ ὦ prandson, descendant, Ezra 5, rs 
comp. Zech. 1, 1. 


II. 2 Chald..m. emph. 873, the open 
field, campus, pr. campus purus Liv. 24. 
14; i. e. the open country without woods 
or villages, Dan. 2, 38. 4, 18. 22. 29.— 


ΓΝ 
gu με: we 


Arab. r? Koy 















3 wheat ; 3 corresponding is 





campus, the open 
elds, desert, Syr. Fe id. 

"2 see D2. 

La pit, see "3. 

Il. "5 m. (r. 473) once N13 Job 9, 30. 


Metaph. in a moral - 





1. cleanness, pureness, mostly with 


NAS 


p15" Ps. 18, 21. 25, or 5182 Job 9, 30. 22, 
30, i. e. cleanness of hands, metaph. for 
innocence. Once A simpl. in the same 
sense, 2 Sam. 22, 25. 

2. That which cleanses, salt of lye, 
vegetable salt, alkali, e. g. potash or soda, 
i.g. M72 α΄ v. Job 9,30. The ancients 
made use of alkali, both as mingled with 
oil instead of soap for washing, Job 9, 30 ; 
and also in smelting metals to make them 
melt and flow more readily and purely, 


Ts. 1, 25. 


τ X73 fut. 8727 1. pr. to cut, to cut 
out, to carve, to forin by cutting or carv- 


Arab. [9 final Ye and 


fut. J, to cut out, to cut or pare down, to 
plane and polish. For the notion of 
breaking, cutting, separating, which is 
inherent in the radical syllable "5, see 
under 138. The same belongs also to 
the softer syllable "3; comp. "23, 773, 
w2a, M22; 772 to scatter, 712 pr. to 
break; also 727, 


2. to form, to create, to produce. Comp. 


pe to smooth, to polish, then to form 
to create; also Germ. schaffen, Dan. 
skabe, which is of the same stock with 
Germ. schaben, Belg. schdeven, Eng. to 


ing, see Piel. 


oe δ. 
shave. Arab. In id. (Sb creator. Syr. 


Chald. {-2, οὔ, 822 id.—Spoken of 
the creation of the heavens and the earth 
Gen. 1,1; of men Gen. 1, 27. 5,1.2. 6,7; 
spec. of Israel Is. 43, 1. 15. Jer. 31, 22 
VI. HVIN mint x12 Jehovah hath 
created a new thing in the earth, a wo 

man shall protect a man ; comp. Num. 
6, 30. Is. 65, 18 DY2WATI“MY NI] 72 
nay behold, I create Jerusalem a re- 
joicing, i.e. cause her to rejoice. Part. 
77872 in Plur. majest. thy creator Kee. 
12, 1.—In Gen. 2. 3 is read: miws> x12 
ich he created in making, i. e. ‘which 
he made increating. As to the construc- 
tion, comp.rthe formulas mivy> ΛΠ, 

niws> yan. 

3. to beget, to bring forth, whence 
"2 son; see Niph. no. 2. Chald. Ithpe. 
genitus est. 

4. to feed, to eat, to grow fat, from the 
idea of cutting up food; hence Hiph. to 
fatten, and 86]. δὰ" 3 fattened, fat. Comp. 


NTS 


s 


Ἐ 
m2 no. 2. Kindred roots are hs to be 


filled with food, S)9 and ἊΣ to be fat, 


8172 to be well-fed, 8°70 i. q. 8" fat- 
tened, fat, and Gr. Boow (βιβρώσκω), 
whence Bogus Lat. vorare. 

Nipu. - 1. to be created Gen. 2,4. 5,2; 
to be made, done, Ex. 34, 10. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be born Ez. 21, 
35 [30]. 28, 13. Ps. 104, 30. 

Pret 852 1. to cut, to cut down, e.g. 
with a sword Ex. 23, 47; wood, a forest 
with an axe, Josh. 17,15 get thee up to 
the forest OY ἢ" MXI29 and there cut 
thee down room; Vulg. well, ibigue suc- 
cide tibi spatia ; so v. 18 but the moun- 
tain shall be thine, 1M8935 NAN AD ἘΦ 
for it is a forest, and thou shalt cut it 
down. 

2. to form, to fashion, to make, i. q. 
Ἔχ, Ez. 21, 24 [19]. 

Hrx. causat. of Kal no. 4, to feed, to 
fatten, to make fat, 1 Sam. 2, 29. 

Deriv. "2 I, 83, HN72, and pr. n. 
ΓΑΝΞ. 


N72, (872, see *wIA-N7a p. 129. 


yas JIN Berodach Baladan, 


pr. ἢ. of a king of Babylon, 2 K. 20, 12; 
called also Merodach Baladan Is. 39, 1. 
This latter orthography seems to be 
more ancient, and accords better with 
the etymology; see in FIN. 

M2872 (whom Jehovah created) Be- 
raiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21. 

B22 m. plur. fowlsywhich are said 
to be fattened for the table of Solomon, 
1 K. 5,3 [4,23]. Kimchi understands 
capons ; but more prob. with the Tar- 
gum of Jerus. geese, so called from the 
pureness and whiteness of their plu- 
mage; from r. "13 no. 8. 


4 m3 pr. to strew, to scatter, to sprin- 
kle,.comp. 728 and "33, 55; hence 
to scatter hail, to hail, Is, 80 si Eth, 


OZR, Syr. {9-5 hail; Arab. oe hail ; 
323 to be cold, to hail; but the signif. 


ν ala is secondary, and derived from 
that of hail. 
Deriv. ‘4—7732. 


156 





stuffs, damask cloths, in which threac 


"a 


Ta m. hail, Ex. 9, 18 sq. 10, ὅ 54. 
Ps. 18, 13, 14. 78, 47.48. 92 "23% hail-— 
stones, i. q. hail; see ἸΞὶξ. | 


72 adj. (τ. 733) plur. 5°93, pr. 

strewed or sprinkled with spots, spotted, . 
prebald, spoken of goats Gen. 31, 10. 12; 

of horses Zech.6,3.6. So Lat. sparsus — 
albo pelles, Virg. Eel. 2. 41. It differs — 
from “p32 in Gen. 1]. 6. in that the lat- 
ter denotes smaller spots, speckled.— 












































Arab. ὃ 3 and 8353 party-coloured gar- 
ment; by transp. dj) Conj. If, to be 
spotted, piebald, spoken of sheep. Syr. 
Licr> a leopard, panther, so called from 
his spots; and from this source have 
doubtless come also Gr. and Lat. 2agdos, 


pardus. From the above Arabic word 
comes the Fr. broder, Engl. to broider. 


"Ξ (hail) Bered, pr.n. a) A place 
in the desert of Shur, Gen. 16, 14; comp. 
v. 7. b) m.1 Chr. 7, 20. 


* FINS fat. mgt 1.1. ἃ. kindr. = ; 


to cut, to cut asunder ; comp. Arab. ' 2 


final Waw, to cut out or off, also 833 
1. Hence M72 covenant, so called from 
cutting in two or dividing the victims. 

2. to eat, ig. 8723 no. 4, from the idee 
of cutting up food ; like "35 no. 3, and 
many verbs of cutting in ‘Arabic, see 
Thesaur. p. 238. Comp. Boom, βιβ σώ: 
σκω.---ῷ Sam. 12,17 ὉΤῚΡ 173, ig. 53 
ond, see Dax no. 1. c. 2 Sam. 13, 6. 10 

3. “to select, to choose out, likeyrise fron 
the idea of cutting out and separating 
see "72 no. 2. 1 Sam. 17,8 Hx pad 975 
choose you out a man. . 

Pret inf, min i. 4: Kal no. 2. 
4, 10. 

Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause t 
eat, to give to eat, with two acc. 2 Sam 
3, 35; 13;'5. 

Deriv. "72,7793, nina, ma. 


JI72 (blessed, Benedict) Baruch, pi 
n. a) The friend and companion of th 
prophet Jeremiah, to whom the apocry 
phal book of the same name is ascribe 
Jer. 32, 12-16. 36, 4 πᾳ. 43, 3-6. 45, 1.2 
b) Neh. 3, 20. 10,7. 6) Neh. 11, 5. 


pains τῇ. plur. Ez, 27,24, vareg 


: m2 


of various colours are woven together 
in figures, etc. comp. r. 033 no. 2. So 


Kimchi correctly. aes ΩΝ a thread 


or cord of two colours, 


nee: stuff woven 
of such threads. 


DiNS τὰ. ρίαν. owina 1. a cypress, 
a tall and fruit or cone-bearing tree, Is. 
_ 55, 13. Hos. 14, 9; constituting along 
_ with the cedar, with which it is often 
joined, the glory of Lebanon, Is. 14, 8. 
37, 24. 60,13. Zech. 11, 2 comp. v. 1. 
Its wood, like that of the cedar, was em- 
ployed for the floors and ceilings of the 
temple, 1 K. 5, 22. 24. 6, 15. 34. 2 Chr. 
2,7. 3,5; also for the decks and sheath- 
ing of ships Ez. 27,5; for spears Nah. 
2,4; and for musical instruments 2 Sam. 
6, 5. Once by Syriasm called mina 
Cant. 1, 17.—That the cypress and not 
the πε ϑοὶ is to be understood, is apparent 
from the nature of the case, as well as 
from the authority of ancient interpret- 
ers; although this name may perhaps 
also have comprehended other trees of 
the pine genus; see more in Thesaur. 
p. 246. As to its etymology, the name 
seems to come from the idea of cutting 
wp into boards, planks, etc. see r. W213. 
[ The cypress is not now indigenous on 
Lebanon, while the species of pine 
known as the Pinus bruttia is found in 
large tracts; Schubert Reise ins Mor- 
genl. III. p. 347, 353. Hence, if an in- 
ference may be drawn from the present 
Flora to that of ancient times, the 
wina was probably not the cypress, but 
the pine.—R. 

2. Any thing made of cypress [or 
pine],e.g. a) alanceNah.2,4. b)a 
musical instrument, 2 Sam. 6, 5. 


PM τὰ. plur. oonina a cypress [or 
pine], i.g. Bina q. v. a form tending to 
Aramaism, Cant. 1,17. R. nia. 


PANS f. food, Ps. 69,22. R. ΓΞ no. 2. 


MONA Ez. 47,16, and "M772 2 Sam. 
8, 8, (my wells, for "Ninx2,) Berothah, 
Berothai, pr. n. of a city rich in brass, 
formerly subject to the kings of Zobah, 
and situated in the northern extremity 
of Palestine. Some suppose it to be i. q. 
Berytus, Beirit, a maritime city of Phe- 
nicia; but from Ez. 1. c. it would seem 

14 


157 


a 





ma 


not to have been situated on the coast. 
but rather in the neighbourhood of Ha- 
math. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. 
p. 292. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 441 
sq. In the parallel passage 1 Chr. 18,8 
it is 4D q. v. 


r m3 obsol. root, Chald. and Talmud. 
to transfix, to pierce; also 8192 a hole, 
wound, made by piercing.—Hence quad- 
rilit. 5792 and ΠΤ in next art. 


ΓΟΤῚΞ (perh. m4 "82 well of olives) 
Birzaith, pr. n. prob. fem. 1 Chr. 7, 31 
Keri. But Chethibh has M113 (holes, 
wounds, r. 2) Birzoth. 


ὅΤΞ m. Deut. 19, 5, tron, ἃ quadril. 
from Chald. τὴ to transhix, with: ὃ mddy 
ed; comp. band from D732, 5390 from 
an. Chald. ὈΠῚ3 and bap , Syr. Ἰῆ;5. 


—Geh. 4, 22. Ez. 27, 12. 19. ete. Often 
put as the symbol ie hardness and firm- 
ness, as 193 wad a sceptre of iron, for 
stern dominion Ps. 2, 9. Is. 48,4 "13 
EID 5ΓἼΞ a sinew of iron is thy neck, in 
allusion to the perverse obstinacy of a 
people. Spec. an iron, i.e. an iron tool, 
Deut. 27, 5. Josh. 8, 31; an axe 2 K. 6, 
5. Is. 10, 34; trons, iron fetters Ps. 105,18 
fully 913 "35 149, 8. 


“3712 (iron, of iron, unless perh. we 
compare Talmud. x>t%2 herdsman, 
y{2"173 princes, ) Barzillai, pr.n. a) 
A Gileadite distinguished for his hos- 
pitality and liberality towards David, 
2 Sam. 17, 27. 19, 32-39. 1K.2,7._ b) 
A Meholathite, father of Adriel, 2 Sam. 
21, 8. c) Ezra 2, 61. 


i ΓΞ fut. M13" 1. fo pass through, 
to reach across, as a bar or bolt; prob. 


pr. to cut through, to break through ; 


comp. 23, and for the signif: of cutting 
and breaking which belongs to verbs 
beginning with 93, "5, see above in 
x a.—Ex. 36, 33 and he made the mid- 
dle bar nxpAAy pwipA sina m435 
MEPM7~>R to pass through the middle of 
the boards from one end to the other. 
Comp. Hiph. no. 1, and "92 a bar, bolt. 
—Hence 


2. to break away, to flee ; Arab. ΕΣ 


to depart, to slip away, to escape into ἃ de- 


sert place, er wl the son of flight 


| 


a gazelle.—Absol. Gen. 31,22.27. 1 Sam. 
19, 18; acc. of place whither, 1 Sam. 
27,4; thao Ὁ Neh. 13, 10, >& Num. 24, 
11: ἜΗΝ ἸῺ of es whence 1 Sam. 
20,1. The person from whom one flies 
is preceded by "282 Gen. 16, 8. 35, 1. 7, 
"pba Jon. 1, 3, 772 Is. 48, 20, 137 rom 
one’s hand i. e. his power Job 27, 22, 
exo from with 1 K. 11, 23.—It differs 
from vbam to escape, e.g. 1 Sam. 19, 
12 wba) mass 251 and he departed, 
and fled, and escaped: —To the imperat. 
is sometimes added the dat. 42-73 q. ἃ. 
in Engl. get thee away, flee, Gen. 27, 43. 


Num. 24, 11. Am. 7, 12. Comp. Fr. 
senfuir. 
Notre. In one passage, Ex. 14, 5, 


Michaelis and others assign to ΓΞ the 


signif. of Arab. 5 a to turn the left side 


or to the left. But this is needless; for 

it might well be said of a people, whom 

Pharaoh had expected to return after 

three days, but who were now prepa- 

ring to pass into Arabia, that they fled. 
Hipx. 1. 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, Ex. 26, 28. 
2. to make flee, to put to flight, J ob 41, 

20. Also to chase away, Neh. 13, 28. 
Deriv. 92, M32, and 


M2 Is. 27,1. Job 26, 13, and "2 
plur, oon ie 43, 14; for mag, after 
the form DoT. 

1. One who flies, a fugitive, Is. 43, 14. 
Also fleeing, the fleet, as a poetical epi- 
thet for the serpent, Is. 27,1; likewise a 
constellation Job 26, 13. 

2. Bariah, pr. τι. τη. 1 Chr. 3, 22. 


“O72 see in pna. 


"3 adj. (r. H3) fmm, fat, i. q. 
R "a, comp. the root no. 2. Ez. 34, ον 
πὴ, mw a fat sheep, where perh. i 
should read m2, or with three Misa 
m2 .—In Job 37, 11 39 II ΚΠ AR, 
many interpreters following the Chaldee 
and Rabbins explain "2 by pureness, 
spec.' clearness, serenity of the heavens, 
(Targ. 8mi7"2,) and then render the 
whole clause: also serenity dispelleth the 
cloud. But the interpretation given be- 
low in art. MX is more satisfactory. 


"3 (i. ᾳ. ΝΞ. q. ἃ. fontanus) Beri, 
pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 7, 36. 


NX" adj. fatted, fat, seer. N73 no. 4; 


158 








“2 wg 
of men Judg. 3,17. Dan. 1, 15; of kine — 
Gen. 41, 2. 4. 18. 20; of ears of grain ib. 
v. 5.7, comp. 225; of food Hab. 1, 16. 


Fem. n&8™25 δε δῶ the fatlings, din fat 
flock or herd, Zech. 11, 16. Ez. 34, 3 


MwA f. (τ. 82) a creation, thing 
created or performed of God, espec. new — 
and unheard of, Num. 16, 30. Comp. — 
Jer. 31, 22. 


ΓΞ f foods 2 Sam. 13, 5. 7. 10. R. 
ΓΞ no. 2. 


T")2 see 173. 


m3 m. plur. 0°73, from r. ΤῚΣ 
no, 14. 

1. a bar, cross-bar, which passed from 
one side of the tabernacle to the other 
through rings attached to each board. 
and thus held the boards together; so 
called from passing through, as Lat. 
transtrum for transitrum. Ex. 26, 26 sq. 
35, 11. 36, 31 sq. Num. 3,36, 4,31. 

2. a bar, bolt, for fastening a gate or 
door, Judg. 16, 3. Neh. 3,3 sq. al. In 
Jon. 2,7 the bars of the earth are the 
bars of the gate which leads into the 
deep recesses of the earth, i.e. into Sheol, © 
ig. DY 43 Job 17, 16. —Metaph. bares 
bolts, for princes, as sidiend to protect and 
ἜΤ a state (comp. 72 Hos. 11, 6); Is. 
15,5 "9S 79 I his princes flee unto 
Zoar. Jerome, vectes ejus. Yet perhaps 
such an ellipsis of the verb to flee is here 
too harsh, especially as there has been 
no previous mention of flight; and I 
would prefer therefore with Chald. Saad. 
Kimchi, to render 4°72 his fugitives ; 
whether we read it 4°42, or deriv 5. 
mya from ΓΞ with Kaméts pure, 
after the form mys. 


"3 (put for D3, wells) Berim, 
pr. name of a place or district in the 
north of Palestine, 2 Sam. 20, 14.—R. 


My"2 (gift, donation, τ. 92) Beriah, 
pr.n.m. a) A βοὴ οὗ Ephrainé 1 Chr. 
7, 23 and he called his name Beriah 
in33 MMI MP3 "D because a gift was 
unto his "house ; so at least Michaelis 
Suppl. 224. Better it would seem: 
cause evil, calamity, was unto his : 
mp1 Reine for 42" with Beth pleonastic 
see 3 lett. C; comp. v. 21. 22. Sept. ὅτι 
ἐν κακοῖς ἐγένετο ἐν οἴκῳ μου. Ὑαΐσ. e 
quod in malis domus ejus ortus esset. b 













































-« 





Γ 


i ; "2 ) ΄ 


Gen. 46,17. 6) 1 Chr.8,13. d) 1 Chr. 
23, 10.—Patronym. from Ὁ, ἼΣΗΣ Be- 
) ea Num. 26, 44. | 


ΓΒ f. (τ. 92) 1. acovenant, league, 
' usually referred to the cutting in pieces of 
the victims which were sacrificed on con- 
eluding a solemn covenant, and between 
the parts of which the co atradting parties 
were accustomed to pass ; see in r. ΓΞ 
-and Gen. 15, 9 sq. But the idea sug- 
“gested by Lee (Heb. Lex. h. v.) deserves 
attention, viz. that ΓΞ is strictly no- 
thing more than an eating together, ban- 
quet, from "93 no. 2; since among Ori- 
entals to eat together ts almost the same 
as to make a covenant of friendship. 
The Hebrews too were accustomed to 
eat together when entering into a cove- 
nant, see Gen. 31, 54; and in this way 
we obtain an explanation of ΠΡ m772 
covenant (an eating ?) of salt, see nba. 
—Spoken of a league bbtieek nations 
or tribes Josh. 9, 6 sq. or between private 
persons and friends 1 Sam. 18, 3. 23, 18; 
of the matrimonial covenant Mal. 2, 14. 
“pan Ὁ Σ3 Gen. 14, 13, and "2x 
Ῥ ΠῚ Obad. 7, possessors or men of a 
covenant, i. 6. confeilerate with any one. 
mana τὶ Judg. 9, 46, ig. MA ὉΣΞ v. 4, 
god or guardian of covenants ; see in b35 
no.5.a.—The verbs Aeoroved to express 
-the making and sanctioning of a cove- 
nant, are: M3, DPM, 29, ob 2 Sam. 
23,5,2 Nia, 3 “3 Deut. 29, 11, all which 
see in (aioir order. Those which denote 
its violation, are: "BM, 55M, 31d, a “pw. 
The covenant of any one is the covenant 
made by or with him, Lev. 26, 45. Deut. 
‘4, 31; mint ma the covenant entered 
into with Jehovah Deut. 4, 23. 29, 24. al. 
Spec. and very freq. dasbeat of the ceve- 
nant instituted between God and Abra- 
ham Gen. c. 15, ο. 17; confirmed with 
Moses Ex. 24, 7. 8. 34, 27. Deut. 5,25 to 
be renewed and ennobled in after times 
through the intervention of prophets 
and the Messiah, Is. 42, 6. 49, 8. Mal. 3, 
1; comp. Jer. 31, 33. The land pro- 
mised and given to the people of Israel 
by this covenant is called "720 yo 
the covenant land Ez. 30,53; and the 
people itself, 83> mena the λῶν covenant 
(people) Dan. 11, 28. 30. man ΝΘ 


159 





ΤΞ 
the messenger of the (new) covenant 


μεσίτης, i. 6. the Messiah, Mal. 3, 1. 
2. Elsewhere it sigflifies also the con- 


dition of God’s covenant with Israel, viz. 


a) the covenant promise of God, Is. 59, 
21. b) Oftener the precepts of Gx d 
which are to be observed by Israel, thu 
divine law, i. q. πο. Hence mins 
nan Dent 9,9, 15; Mima m2 FAN 
and myn ins the ark of the covenant 
or law, i.e. in which the tables of the law: 
were preserved; see 1. So "25 
mean the words of the covenant or law 
Jer. 11, 2-8. 34, 18. Ex. 34,28 man “133 
Seerets mv the words of the covenant 
or law, the ten commandments. “BO 
man the book of the law} spoken both 
of its earliest beginnings, Ex, 24,7; and 
also of the whole collection of lain: 2K. 
23, 2. 21. 2 Chr. 34, 30.—For a covenant 
of salt, see inM>2. 

3. Ellipt. a) i.g. M*I3N ΝΘ the mes- 
senger of the (new) covenant, its interpre- 
ter, μεσίτης, i. 6. the intriatcnie of a new 
law and new dispensation, the Messiah, 
Is. 42, 6. 49,8; comp. Mal. 3,1. b) i. q. 
ΓΞ Mix the sign of the covenant, i.e. cir- 
cumcision, Gen. 17, 10. 13; comp. v. 11. 


ΓΞ f. pr. that which cleanses, any 
thing used for cleansing and scouring ; 
from 75 q. v. with the fem. adj. ending 
τς, Spec. salt of lye, vegetable salt, 
alkali, (that from minerals is called 
"m2 q. v.) obtained from the ashes of 
various plants of a saltish or alkaline 


AE Gee ea 

nature, Arab. ΑΝ ey ral , AS, 
Salsola Kali Linn. The ancients made 
use of this along with oil for washing 
and scouring garments instead of soap, 
Jer. 2, 22; and also in refining metals, 
Mal. 3, 2.—See more on the various 
names and uses of these plants, in Bo- 
chart Hieroz. Il. p. 43 sq. Celsius Hi- 
erob. I. 449 sq. C. B. Michaelis Epist 
ad Fr. Hoffmannum de herba Borith, 
Hale 1728. J. Beckmann Beytrage zur 
Geschichte d. Erfindd. [V. p. 10 sq. 


* lS fut. Gras 1. to bend the knee, 
Arab. &. ey Ethiop. NZ, 
Syr. ¥i2, id. The primary notion is 


that of breaking down, comp. P18; and 
for the connection of these two ideas, - 


to kneel ; 


ia a= 


see under 9493, 923 .—2 Chr. 6,13 724" 
mp a-by and’ he Inecled down upon his 
knees ; comp. Dan. 6.13. Ps. 95,6 Oh 
come...1289 mim "2d M395) let us 
kneel befure Jehovah our maker. See 
Hiph. and 473 knee. 

2. toinvoke God, to bless; often in Piel, 
butin Kal only Part. pass. 3392 adored, 
blessed, Sept. εὐλογημένος, Wiebe 
The fuller detail in respect to 372 is 
given in Piel.—The forms 173 (inf. 
absol. for 373 after the form 8%2p , 40") 
Josh. 24, 10, and 15592 Gen. 28, 6. 1 Sam. 
13, 10. 2 Sam. 8, 10. 1 Chr. 18, 10, are 
more correctly referred to Piel. 

Nipu. reflex. i. q. Hithpa. to bless one- 
self, Gen. 12, 3. 18, 18. 28, 14. See fully 
in Hithpa. 

Pie. 3723, once 322 Num. 23, 20 ; fut. 
237, FIN, with a distinctive accent 
W237. 

1. Spoken in respect to God, to invoke, 
to bless God, i. e. to celebrate, to praise, to 
adore, which is done with bended knees ; 
see 2 Chr. 6, 13. Ps. 95, 6. Dan. 6, 11, ete. 


Arab. Sy Conj. V, to bless, to praise ; 


VI, God is praised with reverential mind. 
—Constr. c. ace. (like γογυπετεῖν τινὰ 
Matt. 17, 14,) Ps. 104, 1. 26, 12. 34, 2. 63, 
5, 66, 8. 103, 1. 2. 104, 35; rarely c. Ὁ 
1 Chr. 29, 20. So Part. passive of Kal, 
ΘΝ ἼΠΞ, Mins “a, blessed be Jehovah, 
i. e. praised, adored, Ex. 18, 10. 1 Sant, 
25, 32. 39. Ps. 28, 6. 31, 22. 41, 14.—Job 
2,9 rot ὈΠΡΝ 723 ἤει God ‘and die, 
i.e. bless and praise God as thou wilt, 
yet thou must now die; thy piety towards 
God isin vain. The laisse is that of 
an impious woman. For this use of two 
imperatives, one of which is concessive, 
while the other affirms, promises, threat- 
ens, see Heb. Gram. ὃ 127. 2. b—More 
fully mim? ow 73D to bless the name of 
Jehovah Ps. 96, 2. and Mins ΒΞ WI 
(like ἢ pw2 sp) Deut. 10, 8. 91, 5— 
Once of the invocation of rable Is. 66, 3; 
also of self-praise, Ps. 49, 19. 

2. Of men towards men, to bless, pr. to 
invoke blessings upon any one in the 
name of God, M37" OWA Ps. 129, 8. 1 Chr. 


16,2. Arab. Sle, Kthiop. ΩΖΏ, id. 


—Gen. 27, 27. 28. Spoken of the vows 
and prayers of a dying parent in behalf 
of his family, his last blessing, Gen 


160 


2 of thing, Gen. 24, 1. Ps. 29, 11. 





ΤΞ 
27, 4.'7. 10. 48, 9; of a priest for ἃ peo- 
ple, Lev. 9, 22. 23. Num. 6, 23; of one 
or more ribs for others, Déat: 27, 12) 
Constr. usually with ace. rarely > Neh. 
11, 2.—Once of the consecration of a 
Mh al 1 Sam. 9, 13. 
3. God too is said to bless men and 
other created things, Gen. 1, 22. 9, 1. 
Often implyii.r also the effect of the di- 
vine favour and blessing, i. q. to prosper, 
to make prosperous ; Gen. 12, 2 729385 
720 ΠΡ δ Iwill bless thee, and I will 
make thy name great. v. 3. 17, 16. 22, 17. 
24, 1. 30, 27. Constr. with tro ace. of 
pers. and of that in or with which one 
is blessed of God, Deut. 12, 7. 15, 14; or 
Where 
a blessing is invoked upon any one from — 
God, the formula is: min} mmx FAM 
blessed be thou of Jehovah 1 Sam. 15,18: 
mins) xin 372 Ruth 2, 20; comp. Gen. 
14, 19. Judg. 17, 3. Min ΠῚ blessed — 
of Jehovah Gen. 24, 31. 26, 29. Num, 24, — 
9.—God is also said to bless inanimate 
things, i. q. to cause thém to prosper, — 
thrive, be abundant, Ex. 23, 25. Job 1, 
10. Ps. 65, 11. 182, 15, Prov. 3, 33. So 
of the consecration of the Sabbath, Gen. — 
2.3. | 
4. Of men, to bless, i. q.'to salute, to 
greet, implying the wish or invocation — 
of every good, 1 Sam. 15, 13; comp. 
εἰρήνη ὑμῖν, Arab. Jude edt. (This | 
of course is more emphatic than the mode ~ 
of salutation which merely asks after — 
one’s welfare, > Bi>w> dN, see ἴδ.) 
Prov. 27, 14. 2K. 4, 29. 1 "Saka, 25, 14, ( 
comp. v. 6. Spoken of a person whol 
comes to any one, Gen. 47, 7. 2 Sam. 6, — 
20; of one who departs and bids fare- — 
well, Gen. 47, 10. 1 K. 8, 66; also of 
those present who salute a person on — 
coming, 1 Sam. 13, 10; or bid farewell 
to those departing, Gen. 24, 60. 28, 1. 
Josh. 22, 6. 7. 
5. In the sense of invoking evil, i. q. 
to curse, to invoke a curse from God, to — 
wish destruction to any one; comp. Job 
31,30. This is one of the class of inter- 
mediate verbs, verba media, like Arab. 
x wt, Ethiop. NZ, to bless and to — 


curse ; hes VIII, to supplicate, also to 
wish one ill; see more in Thesaur. ΡΥ 
241.—Spoken strictly only of men. Βα 














72 
_ transferred also to curses and impious 
_ words uttered against God, 1 K. 21, 10. 
_ Ps. 10, 3. Job 1, 5. 11.2, 5.—Some inter- 
_ preters, as Schultens, are not fully satis- 
_ fied that the sense of cursing belongs to 
this verb; they therefore derive from 
the idea of bidding farewell (see no. 4) 
a signif. to deny, to renounce, which they 
apply in the passages above cited ; 
comp. Gr. χαέρειν ἐᾷν, χαίρειν φράζειν 
τινά. But the signif. of cursing is sup- 
ported both by the words in 1 K. 21, 10, 
_ and by the analogy of the kindred lan- 
_ guages as above exhibited. 

| Post ΠἼΞ, part.3y259, 1. Pass. of Pi. 
_ no. 1, to be blessed, i. e. adored, praised, 

50. God, Job 1, 21. 
2. Pass. of Pi. no. 3, to be blessed, i. 6. 


prospered of God, with 12 of the thing. 


ΟΠ with which ; Deut. 33, 13 Ain n2732 
ΠῚ Dw ἼΣ 5 ἸΧῸΝ blessed of Jehovah 

be his land with the precious gifts of 
| heaven, etc. Comp. " 373 i. 6. 33 
mint>. The prep. 72 has here the same 
force as elsewhere after verbs of abun- 
- dance, Ex. 16, 32. 

Hips. 37237 causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
make kneel down, e. g. camels, in order 
to rest and drink, Gen. 24, 11. Arab. 


τ 5 
Oost ia. Eth. ANZN, ὅγε. «ἱ ἢ ia. 
See 75923, also 7238 p. 10. 

Hirapa. 32207 reflex. of Pi. no. 2, to 
“a oneself, Deut. 29,18. Constr. with 
-a) Of God as invoked in blessing 

ὙΠ comp. "7 0W2 742. Is. 65, 16 
ἸῺΝ ὙΤΟΝΞ T2377 ΤῊΝΞ ἸΞΏΒΗ he that 
blesseth himself in the land, shall bless 
himself in (by) the true God. Jer. 4, 2. 
b) Of a person or people whose happi- 
ness one invokes for himself. comp. Gen. 
48,20. Ps. 72, 17 spoken of the king 
there celebrated: p1ia->> ia Ἰ3ἼΞ." 
ATW in (by) him shall all nations 
bless themselves, they shall call him 
blessed. In a similar manner is to be 
explained the formula occurring with 
slight variation five times in the book of 
Genesis : YIN wiawd2 AS IIa AD NaN 
and in thy seed shall all the nations ‘of 
the earth bless themselves, i. e. they shall 
invoke for themselves the lot of Israel, 
Gen. 22, 18. 26, 4, comp. 28, 14 where 
Niph. is read for Hithpael ; also 12, 3. 
18, 18, where for 7273 is read 7A, ia. 

14* 


161 





2a 


So Jarchi, Le Clerc, and others.—But 
many interpreters, as I also formerly, 
prefer to follow the Sept. and Chald. 
(comp. Gal. 3, 8,) and explain this pas- 
sively: and in thy seed shall all the 
nations of the earth be blessed, i.e. pros- 
pered, be brought by them to the know- 
ledge and worship of the true God. See 
Jahn Archeol. II. ii. ὃ 168 note. But the 
analogy of the other examples in which 
2 722, 2 72205, are read, favour the 
other interpretation. 

The derivatives follow, except the pr. 
names FAiN2, W337 5 comp. IAN. 


772 Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to 
fall upon the knees, to kneel down, sc. in 
prayer to God Dan. 6, 11. 

2. to bless ; Part. pass. 373 i. q. Heb 

7772, Dan. 3, 28. 

Pa. 73 fir comm. 372, to bless God, 
to praise, to adore, with > Dan. 2, 19. 4 
31. Part. pass. Dati. 2, 20. 


72 a knee, once in sing. Is. 45, 23. 
Syr. yopo, ἴϑϑα5, Ethiop. MCA, id. 
Chald. transp. 8233"58. 

Dua 05553, constr. "D2, knees, the 
knees, spoken nat only of thea but also — 
of many, for the plural. 01292752 all 
knees, every knee, Ez. 7, 17. 21, 12. 249 
"33 waters reaching to the Ienees Kz. 
47,4, 0923 >3 upon the knees, upon the 
tans where new-born children are re- 
ceived by the parents or nurses, Gen. 30, 
3. 50,23. Job 3, 12; where also children 
are fondled by their parents, Is. 66, 12. 


722 Chald. id. Dan. 6, 11. 


D822 (whom God hath blessed) 
Barachel, pr. n. of the father of Elihu, 
Job 32, 2. 6. 


M272 f. once 433 Gen. 27, 38, constr. 
n27a, c. suff. "ὩΞΉΞ ; plur. nisza. R. 
Ἴ153. 

1. a blessing, benediction, as of a dy- 
ing parent, Gen. 27, 12 sq. 33,11. mD"3 
pw" the blessing of the supright Prov. 
11, 11. mim? mD72 the benediction of Je- 
howads the divine blessing, the source of 
prosperity and happiness of every kind, 
Gen. 35, 9. Ps. 3, 9. Is. 44, 3; so also 
22 simpl. Is. 19, 24. Joel 2, 14; some- 
times with genit. of him whom God thus 
blesses, Gen. 28, 4 DSN mD72 the 


ln 
blessing of Abraham, i. e. with which 
God has blessed him. 49, 26 "Tin nia 
ἪΣ the blessings of the everlasting moun- 
tains, 1. 6. with which God has blessed 
then, With gen. in another sense, Prov. 
24, 25 sin mD"2 benediction of ie ee 
Plur. miss3 blessings from God, Prov. 
10, 6. 28, 2; but oftener benefits, ‘favours, 
gifs, sent fron God, Ps. 84, 7. Gen. 49, 
25. Comp. Is. 65, 8 destroy it not (the 
cluster) 12 5392 "3 for a blessing is in 
it, 1. 6. a gift from God. 

2. Concr. i. q. an object of blessing, 
one blessed of God, one prosperous and 
happy. Gen. 12,2 392 mn}. Ps. 21, 
7 33> midq3 AANA thou dost make him 
most blessed | forever. Collect. Zech. 8, 13. 

3. a gift, present, as signifying kind- 
ness and good-will, usually offered with 
congratulations and good wishes, Gen. 
33, 11. 1 Sam. 25, 27. 30, 26. 2K.5, 15. 
ΓΙΞῚΞ WH: the liberal soul, i. e. a munifi- 
cent man, Prov. .11, 25. Syr. Lojan, 
Eth. NZ 'T , id. 

4, ig. DIU, peace, 2K. 18,31 "τὶ wy 
M273 make ye peace with me. Is. 36, 16. 

5, Berachah, pr. n. a) A valley in 
the desert near Tekoa, 2 Chr. 20, 26. 
Still called Wady Bereikit, near the 
village Bereiktit; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, 
Ρ.43. Ὁ) m. 1 Chr. 12, 3. 


M72 f. constr. M292, a pond, pool, 
pr. at which camels kneel down to drink; 


seer. 513 Hiph. Arab. τα the basin 


of a fountain or other like reservoir for 
water, Span. alberca.—2 Sam. 2, 13. 4, 
12. Cant. 7,5; fully p47 ὯΞῚΞ Nah. 2, 9. 
Kee. 2, 6. Pacts were two pools of thie 
kind on the western side of Jerusalem, 
one at the head of the valley of Hinnom, 
and the other lower down in the same 
valley, intended to preserve the waters 
of the rainy season:and perhaps those 
of Gihon; viz. the upper pool Is. 7, 3, 
called also the old pool Is. 22,11; and 
the lower pool Is. 22,9. See Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. I. p. 483-87. 


372 (whom Jehovah hath blessed, 
for 77392) Berechiah, Barachiah, pr. τι. 
m. a) Asonof Zerubbabel 1 Chr. 3, 
20. b) ib. 9,16. c) Neh. 3, 4. 30. 
d) See sm"553 a. 


162 


denied by some; who however do not 




























pia 


W723 (id.) Berechiah, Barachiah, — 
pr.n.m. a) The father of the prophe 
Zechariah, Zech. 1,7; but inv.173393. 
b) 1Chr. 8, 34. c} 2 Chr. 28,12. 


p73 a root not used in the verb, © 
pr. onomatopoetic, i. 4. βρέμω, βριμάομαι, — 
Lat. fremo, Germ. brummen, summen, — 
Engl. to hum, to buzz. In Arabic it is — 
spoken: . 

1. Of the noise and murmuring of mo- — 
rose and discontented men, to murmur, — 
to grumble ; whence in 1 Pet. 4, 9 for 
Gr. γογγυσμός the Arabic version has 
Sg_- 


pyres comp. also Py? to be disdainful, 





proud, pr. to be peevish, morose. 

2. Of the sound made in spinning 
and twisting a thread, to hum, to buzz; 
and hence ey Conj. I, IV, to twist 
threads together, e. g. of different col- 
ours. Hence Heb. "9753. 

3. Like other verbs of twisting and 
binding, (see 54m, ptn,) this is also” 
transferred to the idea of firmness, 


strength, a8 wy) to make firm; comp. 


Lat. firmus. Hence perhaps | 

DIA Chald. pr. adv. of affirmation, 
yea, truly, certainly, as in the Targums” 
and Syr. $;5; but in the O. T. it is 


every where adversative, but, yet, never- 
theless, Dan. 2, 28. 4, 12. 5, 17. Ezra 5, 
13. Comp. 538 no. 2.—The possible 
derivation of this word from r. 032 is 


suggest any other. Kindred perhaps 
with Chald. D498 ; see 178, 98. 


3272 see 3293 WIP. 


a oa obsol. root, Arab. to ex- 


cel; Conj. V, to give spontaneously. : 
Hence pr. ἢ. ΠΡ ΛΞ... ' 


ΠΣΞ 1 Chr. 7, 33, see inny a. 
53 (for "ΓΞ, see 5 p. 109) Bera, 
pr. n. of a king of Sodom, Gen. 14,2. _ 
* ΡΞ to lighten, to send forth lig 
ning, as God, once Ps. 144, 6. Arab, 


al 


GP: Syr. κϑρς id. Ethiop. NZ® 
fulsit, &Z® fulminavit. 4 
Deriv. D"2p72, MPI, and 


δ 


pr 
ἼΞ τὴ. i lightning, Syr. Arab. 


Lop, (ὃ 3, id. Dan. 10, 6. Collect. 


. Risers Ps. 144, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 15. 
Ezra 1, 13. Plur. "p72 Job 38, 35. 

5.18, δ. 77, 19. al. Trop. of the 
brightness or glittering of a sword, Ez. 
21, 15.33. Deut. 32,41 "25n pia the 
lightning of my sword i.e. my glittering 
sword. Nah. 3, 3. Hab. 3, 11; comp. 
Zech. 9, 14.—Hence 

2. Poet. for a glittering sword, Job 
- 20, 25. 

3. Barak, pr. n. of a leader of the Is- 
raelites, who with the aid of Deborah, 
obtained a great victory over the Ca- 
naanites, Judg. 4, 6 sq. 5, 1. 12. 15. 
He is called Barak i. e. thunderbolt, 
Lat. fulmen (Cic. pro Balb. 15), as 
among the Carthaginians Hamilcar 
was called Barcas. 

P23, see ῬῊΞ 23, p. 141. a. 

Dip1a (painter, for ὈἿΡ ΓΞ, see 5 
p. 109; from Arab. UH) to paint with 
colours; or from the quadril. Uy id.) 
Barkos, pr.n.m. Ezra 2,53. Neh. 7, 55. 

ΠΣ m. plur. i.g. Dai, thresh- 
ing sledges, tribula, see in 372. Judg. 
8, 7. 16. The bottom or the rollers were 
set with jagged iron or stone, prob. flint- 


stone so common in Palestine, Gr. πυρῦ-᾿ 


τις fire-stone; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
ΠῚ. p. 143.—This name is perhaps de- 
᾿ rived from an obsol. form P72 lighten- 
ing, giving out light, which prob. 
denoted flint, firestone, πυρῖτις ; comp. 
5 

R505 stony ground, perh. pr. abounding 
in flint-stone, as is the case with a great 
part of Palestine and Arabia. Hence 
Sing. "2772 ὦ threshing-sledge of ‘flint, 
Plur. ΒΡ. 


MP2 ἢ Ex. 28, 17, and M22 (Lehrg. 
p. 467) Ez. 28, 13, a species of gem, so 
called from its glittering, sparkling, from 
r. p12. Sept. Vulg. and Josephus ren- 
der it smaragdus, emerald, which Braun 
also advocates, de Vest. Sacerdott. p. 
517 sq. appealing to the Greek form μά- 
gaydoc, σμάραγδος, which seems to come 
from the Heb. word. And not unaptly; 
since also Gr. μαραγή, σμαραγή, with 
their derivatives, which have the signif: 


163 





ΤΩ 


of noise, thunder, correspond also to the 
Heb. p22; while μάραγδος, as the name 
of a gem, would come from the notion of 
brightness, sparkling, which is primary 
in this root. 


ἘΞ, praet. 1 pers. "Mina Ez. 20, 38, 
inf. c. weil pa Kee. 3,18 after the Sorin 
38 from 72u. Kindr. are NUD, ΓΞ. 

1. to separate, to sever out. Ez. 20, 38 
man baa onina Iwill separate from 


Ge 


among you the rebellious. Arab. 


Conj. VIII, to stand separate from others. 

2. to select, to choose out, comp. 773 
no. 3. Part. pass. "472, selected, chosen ; 
1 Chr. 9, 22 cath pays ne> all 
those chosen for porters, as porters. 16, 
41. Also select, chosen, choice, 1 Chr. 7, 
40; animals Neh. 5, 18. 

3. to separate and remove filth, impu- 
rity, i. q. ἐο cleanse, to purge, to purify, 
e.g. a) An arrow from rust, to polish, 
to make bright and sharp, Is. 49,2. See 
Hiph. Arab. ἢ. to cut or pare down, 


to point a weapon. b) Ina moral sense, 
of words and actions, to cleanse, to pu- 
rify. Part. pass. Zeyh. 3,9 7793 ADD 
a pure lip, i. e. language. Adv. Job 33, 
3 dba sana snp rps) and what I know, 
my lips shall utter purely, i i. 6. with sin- 
cerity, without falsehood. Ps. 19, 9 
the commandment of Jehovah ts pure, 
i. 6. true, just, holy. Comp. Niph.. 


Pi. Hithpa.—Arab. r mid. E, to be 
rn just, true. Syr. (pope 
pure, neat, simple, {2op4,5 purity. In 
the literal signification it corresponds 
with Lat. purus, Engl. pure, Germ. bar, 
Engl. bare ; and trop. with Lat. verus, 
Germ. wahr. 

4. to search out, to examine, to prove, © 
which is done by separating and distin- 
guishing, comp. "Pa no. 3. Ecc. 3, 18 
n1a>; corresp. to inf. "122 Ecc. 9, 1. 


just, true, 


A Ge-- 
See "32. Arab. peel scrutatus est 


veritatem, sG mid. Waw, exploravit. 


5. to be clean, clear, i. e. empty, see 
adj. "2 II. no. 3, and Chald. 92 Il. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 33 reflex. to purify oneself, to 
be clean, sc. for the performance of a sa- 
cred office, Is. 52, 11. Part. "32 pure 


wn 
i.e. upright, pious, Ps. 18, 27. 2 Sam. 
22,27. See Kal no. 3. b. ) 

Piz to cleanse, to purify, morally, 
Dan. 1, 35. 

Hien. to cleanse, to clean, e. g. arrows, 
to make bright and sharp Jer. 51,11, see 
Kal no. 3. a. Also grain in the thresh- 
ing-floor, Jer. 4,11. 

Hirupa. 1. 10 purify oneself, sc. from 
the filth of idolatry and sin, to be purified, 
to reform, Dan. 12, 10; comp. 11, 35. 

2. to show oneself pure, i. e. just, up- 
right, benignant, spoken of God, comp. 
in Kal no. 3. Ὁ. Ps. 18, 27 "23 bd 
"sanm bith the pure thon wilt show 
thyself pure. The form "2mm 2 Sam. 
22, 27, is for "73nN in Ps. 1c. see Lehrg. 
p. 374. 

Deriv. "2 II, 92, Ma, E243. 


wa obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
Sty to cut, to ἫΝ in, see under r. N13 ; 


3 axe.—Hence wina 
cypress or pine, q. Vv. 
PWIA (i. ᾳ. ΘΠ ΓῚΞ. son of wicked- 


ness, see 3 p. 109,) Birsha, pr. n. of a 
king of Gomorrah Gen. 14, 2. 


* 122 obsol. root, prob. to cut, to hew ; 
see 072. Hence mi73 cypress or pine. 
NWA (cool, cold, comp. Arab. ον; 
to be ‘cool, 6. g. water,) every where 
with art. “ivan q.d. the cold, Besor, pr. 
n. of a torrent emptying itself into the 


Mediterranean near Gaza, 1 Sam. 30, 9. 
10. 21. 

MMW and maiwa ¢ (r. sys) 1. glad 
tidings, good news, 2 Sam. 18, 22. 25. 
2 K.7,93; once with mie added, 2 Sam. 
18, 27. 

2. reward for good tidings, 2 Sam. 4,10. 


whence Arab. eh 


. pws obsol. root, to have a good 
smell, to be fragrant. Chald. et Syr. 
nos, samo, id. but oftener genr. to be 
sweet, pleasant. Comp. ὥν3. 

Deriv. the pr. names DW3", DwAN; 
also the three following : 

nwa or nwa (Kamets impure) m 


balsam, balsam-plant, frequent in the 
gardetid of the Hebrews, Cant. 5, 1. 


Arab. elie a fragrant shrub, similar 
to the balsam-plant; also with Lam 


164 “wa 


_ cheer by good news, with acc. of pers. and 


Also with ace. of the thing announceé, 






























elds; ahaa | 
βάλσαμος, balsam, bhteare- pleat or tree | 
Chald. and Talmud. 72912, also Fag es . 
l being changed into 7. 


MWA and OW? m. both in Ex. 30, 23. — 
1. aromatic odour, fragrance, espec. 


as diffused by spices; Syr. [Sam spice 
Is. 3, 24. ἘΞ 9 spicy cinnamon, 
aromatic, Hx. 1.c. Plur. Cant.4,16. — 

2. spice itself, spicery, 1 K. 10, 10. © 
Ex. 35, 28. Ez. 27, 22. Plur. poava © 
spices, aromatics, Ex. 25, 6. 35, 8. "37 
O22 mountains bearing spices, spice 4 
mountains, Cant. 8, 14. 

3, i. ᾳ. 002, balsam-plant, Cant. 5, 
13. 6, 2. 


M203 (fragrant) Basemath, pr. n. f. 
a) A wife of Esau, spoken of as a Hittite - 
Gen. 26, 34, and also as a daughter οὗ 
Ichmael Gen. 36, 3.4.13. b) A daugh- 
ter of Solomon, i K. 4, 15. ! 


inserted quadril. 


ὅν "wa in Kal not used, Arab. bell 


to be cheerful, joyful, espec. on account — 
of good news; mid. A and Conj. II. to 


Ww of thing. The primary idea seems 
to be that of fairness, beauty, perh. rud-— 
diness or brightness, see DIN; whence 


9 - 4 
ΩΣ fair, beautiful ; since the coun- 


tenance is made fairer by cheerfulness 
and joy; (comp. 21% good, fair, joyful; 
"re cheek, from τ. MM? to be fair;) 
as vice versa it is deformed is Pla 


S- o 
Hence 2, Spite 


the human skin, "2 flesh, in both which 
is the seat of bein: 

Piet “Wa 1. pr. to cheer with glolh 
tidings, i. 6. to bring glad tidings, good 
news, to announce (good news) to any 
one, with acc. of pers. 2 Sam. 18, 19 
‘aa ἘΦ anny mwar: See let 
me now run and bring the king tidings, 
etc. Ps. 68, 12 39 Rag minwann (fe- 
males) miaiinked the glad tidings to 
the mighty host. 1 Sam. 31,9. Is. 40,9 
Absol. 2 Sam. 4, 10 "2"93 “wan rm 
he thought to ye brought good tidings. 


ness and anger. 


Is. 60,6. Ps. 40,10. Part. “wae 168- 
senger of good tidings Is. 40, 9; esp. of | 


wa 


peace 52, 7, of victory 1 Sam. 31,9. Ps. 
68, 12. 

2. Rarely in a more general sense of 
any messenger, to bear tidings, 2 Sam. 
18, 20. 26; even of evil, 1 Sam. 4, 17. 
Hence twice more definitely 210 "wa 
1 K. 1, 42. Is. 52, 7. 

Hirupa. to receive good tidings, 2 Sam. 
18,31. Arab. Conj. I, mid. 
IV, VIII, X. 

Deriv. πο 3, and 


22 τὰ. once plur. b*7wa Prov. 14, 30. 
1. “flesh ; for the etymology see in r. 


“wa Kal. Syr. Vrms, Chald. ae and 


x72, id. Arab. τ "thie 


skin, but metaph. the human race, with 
comes trom the idea of flesh. _Spokeii: 
a) Of the flesh of the living body, both 
of men and beasts, Gen. 41, 2. 19. Job 
33, 21. 15. Once, it would seem, for the 
plik. (comp. Arab.) Ps. 102,6 "2x3 ΠΡΞ Ἢ 
“i335 my bones cleave to my skin, as 
denoting extreme emaciation. b) Of 
the flesh of cattle for eating, meat, Ex. 
16, 12. Lev. 7,19. Num. 11, 4. 13. So 
Job 31, 31 in praise of his hospitality : 
yaw xb jnwa m1 7 where is one who 
is not satiated with his meat? i. e. his 
feasts.— Also 

2. Meton. flesh, i. q. the body, the whole 
body, opp. 1855), Is. 10, 18. Job 14, 22. 
Prov. 14, 30 xB72 32 pwws Ἴ5Π| the life 
of the body is a quiet heart. Sometimes 
with the accessory notion of frailty and 
proneness to sin, (comp. Matt. 26, 41,) 
lice. 2, 3. 5, 5. 

3. Spoken of all living creatures ; as 
“wa-b> all flesh, i. e. all animate be- 
ings, men and animals, Gen. 6, 13. 17. 
(19. 7, 15. 16. 21. 8, 17; all animals Gen. 
8,17. Spec. all men, the human race, 
mankind, Gen. 6, 12. Ps. 65, 3. 145, 21. 
Is. 40, 5.6. Very often as opp. to God 
and the divine Spirit, ("75x M5 , ΤΠ.) 
with the accessory notion of weakness, 
frailty, mortality, Gen. 6, 3. Job 10, 4 
Πρ wa ΠΣ hast thou eyes of flesh? 
i. e. mortal eyes, dull, not clear-sighted. 
Is. 31, 3 the Egyptians are men, and not 
gods ; M9 N54 “wa DOA thet horses 
are flesh, and not spirit, i.e. not endowed 
with a-divine spirit. Ps. 56, 5. 78, 39. 
Jer. 17,5; comp. 2 Cor. 10, 4. InN.T. 


τ aka 
in and gc 


165° 


E, and Conj. 





ua 

σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα are in like manner opp. to 
God and his Spirit, Matt. 16, 17. Gal. 
1, 16. 

4, "wah M222, my bone and my flesh, 
i.e. my relative, blood-relation, Gen. 29, 
14. Judg. 9, 2. 2 Sam. 5, 1. 19, 13. 14; 
comp. Gen. 2, 23. Also gimpl, “wa id. 
Gen. 37,27 85 "303 3 ΤΙΝ 7D. Spoken 
of any other person, a fellow-mortal, Is. 
68,7. Comp. "XW. 

5. By euphemism i. q. pudenda viri, 
comp. Gr. σῶμα, Gen. 17, 11 sq. Lev. 
15, 2. 3.7.19. Also πῆ" “wa flesh of 
nakedness Ex. 28, 42. 

“WA Chald. i.q. Heb. flesh, Dan. 7, 5; 
in stat. emphat. 81¥3, spoken of man- 
kind, mortals, Dan. 2, ‘LL. xqwa-52 all 


flesh, all iting creatures, men and ani- 
mals, Dan. 4, 9 [12]. 


mmW2 see nriwa. 


A 20a or Ὁ to be cooked, ripen- 
ed, i. 6. 

1. By fire, to be boiled, seethed, Kz. 
24, 5. 

2. In the sun’s heat, to ripen, to be 
ripe, 6. g. a harvest, Joel 4, 13 [3, 13]. 

Syr.\2o, Chald. dvia, Eth. OLA to 
be cooked, to be ripe. In the same man- 
ner the ideas of cooking and ripening 
are united in other verbs; as in Arab. 


, Pers. E> and eos bukhten 


and pukhten, to which nearly corre- 
sponds Germ. backen, Engl. to bake ; 
Gr. πέπτω, πέσσω, Lat. coquitur uva, 
vindemia, Virg. Georg. 2. 522, i. q. 
Germ. die Traube kocht. | 

Piri causat. of Kal no. 1, to cook, i. 6 
to seethe, to boil, espec. flesh, Ex. 16, 23. 
29, 31. 1 K. 19, 21; other kinds of food, 
Num. 11, 8. 2 Sam. 13, 8. 2 K. 4, 38. 
6, 29. 

Puat pass. of Pi. Ex. 12, 9. Lev. 6, 21 

Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 2, to ripen. 
to bring to maturity, Gen. 40, 10; see 
under τῶν. ᾿ 

Deriv. nibwan and 

bwin m. Ex. 12,9, M2W2 £ Num. be 
19, the boiled, the audilen. 

powa (for b>¥i-2 son of peace, see 
in 3 p. 109) Bishlam, pr. n. of a Persian 
officer in Palestine Ezra 4, 7 


wa 
τ wa not used in Hebrew; Arab. 


KS light and level soil, soft sand. 
Hence pr. n. 1.233 and 


JWA (light sandy soil) often with art. 
j8an, Bashan, pr. n. of the northern 
part of the country beyond Jordan ; 
bounded on the northwest by the region 
᾿ adjacent to Mount Hermon 1 Chr. 5, 
23; on the south by the Jabbok and 
mountains of Gilead; and extending on 
the east as far as to Salchah (Silkhad) 
Deut. 3, 10. 13. Josh. 12, 4. It was 
taken by the Israelites from Og, king of 
the Amorites; and given with a part 
of Gilead to the half tribe of Manasseh, 
Num. 21, 33. 32, 33. It is often cele- 
brated for its groves of oaks, Is. 2, 13. 
Ez. 27,6. Zech. 11, 2; and for its rich 
pastures and fat cattle and flocks, Deut. 
32, 14. Ps. 22,13. Am. 4,1. Ez. 39, 18. 
[Though comparatively a level region, 
. yet there are high mountains in its 
southwestern part, Ps. 68, 16. —R.] 
Chald. 9272, 42752., Syr. Ms, Gr. in 
Josephus and Ptolemy Βαταναΐία, Bata- 
nea, Arab. Kita el-Bethenyeh ; see 


Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 158. 
n. 5. 


MW f. (τ. wiz) shame, Hos. 10, 6. 
Nouns ending in-the syllable ΤΣ, &2, 
appended to the root, are found also in 
Chaldee, see art. 827 ; and more fre- 
quently in Ethiopic, see Ludolf Gram. 
Zéthiop. p. 90. It is analogous to the 
ending j-. | 

ows once read in Po. OWS for 
Ὁ to tread down, to trample upon, c 
by Am. 5, 11. For the interchange of 
Ὁ and &, see under lett. Ὁ. 


WW a spurious root, whence some 
derive the form 4a Pil. of the verb 
wiz, q. v. 


nya f. (r. Bia) c. suff. "Mv, θῶ. 

1. sleame, confusion, often with 0°28 
added, where Engl. Vers. confusion of 
Face, Jer. 7,19. Ps. 44, 16. Dan. 9, 7. 8. 
So mua ab Job 8, 22. Ps. 35, 26, and 
mwa ney Ps. 109, 29, to be clothed with 
shame, to be covered with confusion. 

2. shame, i. e. disgrace, ignominy, Is. 


166 





na 


54,4. 61, 7. Hab. 2, 10. Mic. 1, 11: πῆηϑς 
nus in nakedness and shame ; others: | 
having thy shame (pudenda) naked, 

3. an idol, which only disappoints the ᾿ 
hopes of its pronghippers: and puts them — 
to shame and disgrace, Jer. 3, 24. 11, 3. 
Hos. 9, 10. 






















1 rat. <contr. from ΤΩ for ΒΞ, r. 
23) ὁ. suff. "m2 from ma; Plur. ΓΒ, 
constr. N22 as fr. a Sing. 423, comp. — 
"22 sons. 


1. a daughter. Arab. EAL, plur. 


4 wis; Syr. [ζῇ plur. {212 ; Chald. 
na and 8F)73, constr. M73, c. suff. AIA, 
plur. m23 at τὶ DING nba the drughiel 
of men, women, opp. to the sons of God, 
Gen. 6, 2. 4. Cant. 7,2 [1] ΡΣ O 
prince's daughter, a term of courteous 
address to a high-born maiden. So the — 
queen herself is addressed as M2, Ps. 45, 
11; comp. Ἴ3 no. 4. 
The word m2 daughter, like 43, is” 
employed also by the Hebrews in wider 
senses: 
2. a grand-daughter, and genr. a fo’ 
male descendant. So >x iH? ΤῊΣ daugh- 
ters of Israel for the Hebrew wome oy 
Judg. 11, 40; 7329 miva daughters of 
Canaan, the Canaanitish women, espec. 
maidens, Gen. 28, 8; and so with the: 
name οἱ 8 particule people, mia 
o‘nwoan 2 Sam. 1, 20; "ὩΣ mba my 
countrywomen Ez. 13, 17. So also mia 
mim" Ps, 48, 12, where some incorrectly 
understand the towns of Judah ; since the 
small places around a city are called the 
daughters of that city, and not of the 
district. ° In this passage the daughters 
i. 6. women of Judah (no. 5) are put i 
antith. with Zion, i. 6. the sons or men of. 
Zion, and thus both together according 
to the laws of parallelism designate the 
inhabitants of Zion and the rest of Ju- 
dah of both sexes. Comp. Is. 4, 4. 
3. ἃ maiden, young woman, comp. * 
no. 3; Gr. Seven Fr. fille. Gen. ὃ, 
13. Cant. 2, 2. 6, 9. Judg. 12, 9. Is. 32, 9. 
Poet. oni na daughter of women, & 
maiden, Dan. 11, 17. δ 
4. an adopted daughter, foster-daugh- 
ter, Esth. 2,7. 15.—Also @ female pupil, 
disciple, comp. ἼΞ no. 5; here in refer- 
ence to a god, i. q. female worshipper. 


na 


Mal. 2, 11 922 Dx na the daughter of a 
strange god. 

5. With a genit. of place, espec. of a 
city or country, ΓΞ denotes a native of 
that place, one born and brought up 
there, a female inhabitant, espec. of 
youthful age; 6. g. p»>wans Miva Cant. 
2, 7. 3, 5. 5, 8. 16; Ἰΐος mda Is. 3, 16. 17. 
4,4;°798F mia pots 34, 1.—By a pe- 
guliar idiom of the Hebrew and Syriac 
tongues, the word m3 daughter, like 
other feminines (comp. Lehrg. p. 477. 
Heb. Gram. § 105. 3. d,) is used by the 
poets asa collective, for D523 sons ; comp. 
7193 ΓΞ Mic. 4,14 δὰ SAT: "23 2 Chr. 25, 
13; and then the daughter of a city, 
country, people, is put poetically for its 
inhabitants. KE. g. "2-2 for "¥ 733 the 
Tyrians Ps. 45, 13; ὈΡ πη ΩΣ Is. 37, 
22; rena Is. 16, Ἰ. 52, 2. Του. 4, 31; 
nox na Lam. 4, 22; nm¥9-na Jer. 46, 
11. 19, 24 ; dnnacns Is. 23,10; ‘av-na 
i,q. ὩΣ "22 my countrymen Is. 22, 4. 
Jer. 4, 11. 9, 6. So also in Syriac, 
son,2] 2,5 the daughter of Abraham, 
for the sons or descendants of Abraham, 
the Hebrews ; see Comment. on Is. 1, 8. 
Hence has arisen the προσωποποιΐα so 
common to the Hebrew poets, by which 
the whole body of inhabitants in a place 
is personified as ἃ female, (Is. 23, 12 sq. 
47, 1 5α. 54,1 sq. Lam. 1, 1 sq.) and thus 
the daughter of a land is also said to be 


a virgin, as ἼΣΑΣ Ξ MDM2 i. e. thou Ὁ 


virgin, daughter of Sidon, st. constr. in- 
stead of apposition, Is. 23,12; >2a-na “3 
Is. 47, 1, HNN: 3 ΠΑΝ 1, 15, 
ὉΠ ΏΓΩΞ ‘ig Jer. 46, 11. "ad"-n3 9 Jer: 
14,17. Butas the name of a people is 
often transferred to designate its land, 
and vice versa, (Lehrg.p. 469, ) so this use 
of M2, which strictly designates inhabi- 
tants, is transferred by the poets to the 
city or country itself. Thus ji*"7ma 
i. q. the city Jerusalem Is. 1, 8. 10, 32; 
b3a-n2 Ps. 137, 8; and so we find even 

ΞΞτὯ3 nao sahabitend of the daugh- 
ter of Babylon. i.e. inhabitants, dwellers 
in Babylon, Zech.2,11. Jer.46,19. 48,18. 

6. With genit. of time, as denoting a 
female who has lived bring that time ; 
6. g. ποῦ prveim-na the daughter of 
ninety years, i. e. ninety years old, Gen. 
17,17. Comp. 43 no. 7. 


167 


mma 


7. Trop. the daughter of any thing is 
that which is dependent on, connected 
with, or distinguished for that thing ; 
comp. j2 no. 8. Thus the daughters of 
a city are the small towns and villages 
lying around it and dependent on its 
jurisdiction, Num. 21, 25. 32. 32,42. Josh. 
17, 11. Judg. 11, 26. So ἢ 3 daugh- 
ter of the eye, i. e. the pupil, Ps. 17, 8, 
see in ji"; also 78M M22 the daughters 
of song, songstresses, Ecc. 12, 4; ma 
D928 a wicked woman, 1 Sam. 1,16; 
παν ΠΣ (ivory) the daughter of lag 
wood, i. 6. inlaid in cedar, Ez. 27, 6. 

8. Chie of animals, in the prt “na 
ms7, Koleilf wats, daughters of the 
oatrith i. q. the ostrich, see under 22°. 
Comp. j2 no. 10. 

9. Poet. daughters of a tree, for its 
boughs, branches ; Gen. 49, 22 MIsx M32 
“ny "Dd its dasphtove mount over the 
wall, i.e. the branches of the fruitful 
tree to which Joseph is compared ; see 
“DY. 

10. In a few feminine proper names: 

a) p°25-na (daughter of many) Bath- 
rabbim, pr. n. of a gate in Heshbon, 
Cant. 7, 5 [4]. 

b) >2H°ma (daughter of the oath) 
Bath-sheba, pr. n. of the wife of Uriah, 
defiled by David, and then taken as his 
wife after the murder of her husband ; 
known also as the mother of Solomon. 
2 Sam. 6. 11, c.12.1K.1,15sq. Called 
also s80-na Bath-shua, 1 Chr. 3, 5. 

c) Mma (daughter i. e. worshipper 
je of Jehovah) Bithiah, pr. n. ἢ 1 Chr. 4, 18. 


II. (r. mma no. 1) plur. o1n3, 
comm. gend. m. Ez. 45, 10. f. Is. 5. 10; 
bath, a measure of liquids, as of wine 
and oil, equal to the ephah (M5"8 q. v.) 
in dry measure, i.e. about 81 gallons. 
Ten baths made one homer (3h, see 
ΕΖ. 45, 11. 14), 1 K. 7, 26. 38. 2 Chr. 2, 
9. 4, 5. Ez. 45, 10 sq. iw. 5, 10. 


ΓΞ Chald. i. gq. Hebr. no. II. Plur. 
s{"ma, Ezra 7, 22. | 
mma f. (τ. mm2 no. 2) desolation ; Is. 
7,19 miman "bm the desolate valleys, de- 
serts. Or perh. abrupt valleys, precipi- 
tous, craggy 5 comp. ΝΞ cut off, abrupt, 
precipitous, and ῥαγάς from ᾧ ῥήγνυμι. But 
the former sense is preferable. Comp. 

in M2. 





Εν" 


mM f. (r. ΓῺΞ no, 2) desolation ; spo- 
ἴω of a vineyard Is. 5,6 TMB ANMwA 
ᾳ ἃ. πὸϑ inns 7 anil make it a deso- 
lation, pr. a cutting off, consumption ; 
Vulg. ponam eam desertam. 'The gram- 
marians have not been consistent in re- 
spect to this and the preceding form 
mma; they ought both to have been 
Ῥοϊητοῦ with the same vowels. 


D8IM2 Bethuel, pr. n. 1. Of a man, 
(i. q. baima man of God,) the father of 
‘Laban and ‘Rebecca, Gen. 22, 22. 23. 24, 
15. 24. 47. 50. 25, 20. 28, 2. 5. 

2. Of a place, (from Lis i i. q. M3, pr. 
abode of God,) belonging to the hike of 
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 30; written by con- 
traction >3Ma in Tia, 19, 4. In the 
same list of cities in Josh. 15, 30, we find 
instead of it o>. See Reland Pales- 
tina p. 152, 153. 


2AN3 see in b¥IN3 no. 2. 
moana f. (τ. bna q.v.) 1. α virgin, 


pure and unspotted; Arab. 555, Syr. 
Wioao, id. Gen. 24, 16 ndama... 79271 
MBIT ND Wet and the nehden ν . was a 
virgin, neither had any man known her. 
2 Sam. 13, 2.18. /mb8n3a M432 a maiden 
who is a virgin, intacta, Deut. 22, 23. 28. 
Judg. 19, 24. 21,12. 1 K. 1, 2—Hence 
also 

2. a virgin just married, a young 
spouse, Joel 1, 8. Sept. νύμφη. So Lat. 
virgo Virg. Hcl. 6. 47. Aun. 1. 493; 


puella Georg. 4. 458; also Arab. pe 
virgin. 

3. By a προσωποποίΐα. common to the . 
Hebrews, in which cities or countries 
are personified as females, the same are 
also called virgins, see the examples 
cited in na no. 5. So too where ὯΞ is 
omitted, simpl. >xtw1 n>3n2 virgin of 
Israel, i. e. the Israelitish people, Jer. 18, « 
13. 31, 4. 21. Am. 5, 2. Chald. Vers. 
correctly Peony Nm cetus Israélis. 
—Hence 

moana m. plur. 1. virginity. Lev. 
21,13 mpi AMDINAa HUN NAN he shall 
take a wife in her virginity, who is a 
virgin. Judg. 11, 37. Ez. 23, 3 "53 
WDM their virgin breasts. 

2. signs, tokens of virginity, (comp. 


168 


ie. mountains cut up with valleys. ἡ 





“na 


m7. no. 3. b, sign of a covenant.) i. 8 
the bed clothes stained with blood on the 
wedding-night, Deut. 22, 14 sq. Comp. 
Leo Afric. p. 325. - Niebuhr’s Descript. 
of Arabia p. 35 sq. Germ. Michaelis 


Mosaisches Recht IT. ὃ 92. 
MPA see na I. no. 10. ο. 
D.Ma plur. houses, see M2. 


ῬΏΞ, whence 4>4n3 virgin. Arab. 
his is to separate, i. ᾳ. D132; hence 
mina is one separated and Tbottndd ; 
from intercourse with men. But it may 
be worth inquiry, whether dma is not 
i. q. ῬῺΞ to ripen ; whence nbina one 
ripe, mature. Comp. mad. , 


* Poa j in Kal not used; once in Prer 
Ez. 16, 40 enisqn3 yPHI and the 
shall cut (hew) thee in pieces with cd 
swords ; Sept. κατασφάξουσί σε, Vulg, 


trucidabunt te. Arab. Se to cleave 
asunder, to cut in pieces, to cut off; 
Ethiop. ΩΤ Ὦ to break. 
























᾿ gia) to cut im two or in pieces, t uC 
divide, as victims in sacrifice, so il 


Kat and Pret, Gen. 15,10. Arab. Ἵ 

to cut off, to break off. Kindred root 

are os, κἄν, 0B, IMB. 
Deriv. "na, ji73. 


“M2 Chald. after, for "M82; see ὃ 
mR p. 105. 


“2 τὰ. (τ. ἼὩ3) ὁ. suff. 3, plu 
constr. "2. 

1. a piece, part of a victim as cut u 
Gen. 15, 10. Jer. 34, 19. 4 

2. section, i.e. the being cut up; spe 
ken of a region cut wp or divided | 
mountains and valleys, rugged, cragg, 
precipitous, comp. 73. Cant. 2,_ 
sna ΉΤΟ», Sept. ἐπὲ ὄρη κοιλωμάτ 


a σα στον τσ σννν».......»....».......»............ὄΦῳΆἌ. 


7iNM m. (τ. 12) pr. section, i.e. a7 
gion cut wp with mountains and valleys 
or better, a valley cutting into mountain 
i.q. @ craggy valley, mountain g me 
defile, κοίλωμα, like ῥαγάς from ῥηγνῖ 
2 Sam. 2,29. Comp. "na no. 2.—Othe 
take it as the pr. n. of some pi ing 
valley or region; but this ΗΝ 
little difference, since even then it m 








nna 


have been derived from the nature of 


_ the place. 


*nna obsol. root, Arab. tin I, IV, to 
eut, to cut off, to babak ‘off comp. andor 


ΤῊ Ἢ ὠἰΐϑ something broken off, 
finished, destroyed, Xt and Ki whol- 


Ψ 


Gimel, 5273, the third letter of the 
Hebrew siohabets as a numeral denot- 
ing 3. Its name differs only in form 


from 525 camel ; and its figure in Pheni- 


cian inscriptions (A, A,) bears acer- 
tain resemblance to the camel’s hump 
or neck; see Monumen. Pheen. p. 22. 
As the softest of the palatal letters 
(p274) except Yod, it is often inter- 
changed: a) With the harder palatals 
>and Pp, both in the Hebrew itself, 


and in the corresponding forms of the 


kindred dialects; 6. g. "7A, peter 
yard) a heap of sheaves; M53, 
ἴδ βϑ, Cas sulphur; 324 and 42> 
to cover, to protect ; ὯΔ and 022, 

to collect, to heap up; 53" and $35 to run 


; 5 “3. : 
up and down, 2733, Kar3, calix of flow- 


Ge Ge R 
ers; 773, > and 5 to cut; 7pw, 


πλῷ, ire: an almond-tree. 


b) More rarely with the gutturals ; as 
3, e.g. 532, Chald. 932, 233, to burst 


forth : 8, Arab. Ss σὲ to provoke ; alson, 


6. g. MDX, Kor, young of birds ; 
comp. MX. 


83 m. adj. for ΝᾺ (Ὁ. nya) elated, i.e. 
haughty, proud, Is. 16, 6. 


c INS fut. M37, a poetic word. 
1. to lift up oneself, to rise, to increase, 
e. g. of rising waters Ez. 47, 5; of a 
plant growing Job 8, 11 be, κ᾿ 10, 16 
"ASH Ow. HAI iit of it lift up itself 
(sc. my head) thou eee me as a lion. 


169 








WW 


ly, entirely. In Hebrew it seems tu 
have signified : 

1. to cut or mark out, to ἌΡ. and 
hence to measure ; ΠΑΝ ma Il, as ἃ 
measure of liquids. 

2. to cut off any thing, to make an end 
of, to lay wholly waste, i. q. 122; whence 
nna, nna. 


2. Metaph. to be exalted, majestic, 
glorious, spoken of God, Ex. 15, 1. 21.— 
Hence in the derivatives also: 

3. to be eminent, excellent, splendid ; 
see deriv. ji84 no. 2. 

4. to be elated, i. e. haughty, proud ; 
see deriv. Na no. 2, 7183 and Fiks no. 3. 

Syr. Pa. ly to decorate, to make 
splendid, magnificent ; Ethpa. to boast 
oneself ; i LL. decorated, elegant, 


magnificent. In the signif. of pride it 
corresponds with Gr. vaio. 

Deriv. 83, 714 I, and those here fol- 
lowing. 


TIN adj. 1. lifted up, high, lofty, 
Is. 2, 12. Job 40, 11. 12 ΠΝ Δ 29 ΠΝ" 


ὙΠΡ ΒΘ ΠῚ look upon every high thing 


and bring it low. 

2. elated, i.e. proud, haughty, Jer. 48, 
29. Plur. ®°x3 the proud, often with the’ 
accessory notion of impiety, ungodli- 
ness; as elsewhere gentleness and hu- 
mility include also the idea of piety, see 
"32>. Ps. 94, 2. 140, 6. Prov. 15, 25. 16, 
19. Sept. ὑπερήφανοι, ὑβρισταί. 


MINA f. pride, haughtiness, Prov. 8, 13. 


DSANI (majesty of God) Geuel pr. n. 
m. Num. 13, 15. 


MINA ( (r. 4N4) pr. elevation, exalta- 
tion; hence 

1. majesty, glory, as of God, Deut. 33 
26. Ps. 68, 35. : 

2. ornament, excellency, splendour, 
Job 41, 7. Deut. 33, 29. 

3. pride, haughtiness ; Ps. 73, 6 12> 


“ΓΝ ἸΏ» therefore pride surroundeth 


them like a neck-chain, i. e. clothes their 
neck, as being the seat of pride. Ps. 31. 


aR 


24. Prov. 14, 3. Is. 9,8. 13, 3. 11. 16, 6. 
25,11. Trop. of the sea, Ps. 46, 4 the 
mountains tremble through its pride, i.e. 
its proud swelling or heaving. 

D SANS m. plur. (τ. 5&5, after the form 
ΠΡΟΣ, op,) προ πολ redemp- 
tion ; Is. 63, 4 "DANA MND the year of my 
Fedemption, ὦ ive. in which I will redeem 
my people. So Sept. Vulg. Syr. Usu- 
ally: the year of my redeemed. 

ὙΠ 3 m. (τ. TRA) constr. jks, once 
plur. o2i83 Ez. 16, 56; pr. elevation, 
exaltation; hence 

1. majesty, grandeur, e. g. of God, Ex. 
15, 7. Is. 2, 10. 19. 21. 24, 14 aby ™ ἽΝ 
die shant for the majesty of " Jehovah. 
Job 37, 4 ἼΣ 5. DIP the voice of his ma- 
jesty, ὲ 6. thunder. 40, 10 jika δ) ID 
mah) deck thyself now with majesty and 
grandeur. Mic. 5, 3. 

2. ornament, excellence, splendour, Is. 
4,2. 60, 15 I will make thee Bid ἽΝ Ἀ a 
perpetual excellency, glory. 13,19 ΡΒ. 
23 ΝᾺ the glorious ornament of ‘the 
Chaldeans, i. 6. the city of Babylon. 
14,11. Ps. 47,5 aps" 7ixs the excellency, 
ornament, of Jacob, q. d. the pride of Ja- 
cob, the Holy Ltd’, also of God, Am. 8, 
7. FPP PRs the excellenty, pride, of 
Jordan, poet. for its green and shady 
banks, clothed with willows, tamarisks, 
and cane, in which lions make their cov- 
ert, Jer. 12, 5. 49,19. 50,44. Zech. 11, 3. 
Comb. Sdecuhe on Zech. l. 6. Relandi 
Palestina p. 274. 

3. ig. M485 no. 3, pride, haughtiness ; 
Prov. 16,18 pride goeth before a fall. 
SPP" ΝᾺ the haughtiness of Jacob Am. 
6, 8. Nah. 2, 3. Job 35,12. Is. 13, 11. 
16, 6. Hos. 5, 5. Ascribed also to waves, 
Job 38, 11; see in MIRA no. 3. Comp. 
MAXd no. 4. 

MANA f. (r. mya) Tsere impure. 

1. a lifting wp, any thing high. Is. 
9,17 jOY mas a column of smoke. 

2. majesty of God, Ps. 3, 1. 

3. ornament, excellency, splendour, Is. 
28, 1.3. Concr. Is. 12, 5. 

4. haughtiness, pride, Ps. 17,10. Trop. 
of the sea, Ps. 89,10; comp. in 7383 no. 3. 

JPRS adj. (τ. MNa) proud, haughty, 
Ps. 123, 4 Cheth. In Keri 0°21" "3 the 
proud oppressors. 

MPRA valleys, see NA. 


170 


_est kinsman, Ruth 4, 1. 6. 8; comp. κ᾿ 























ὈΝΔ ' 
ἋΣ q 
ΤΣ, BY: fut. Dea 1. to redeem, t i 


ransom, 6. g. a field or farm sold, Ὁ: 
paying back the price, Lev. 25, 25. Ruth ' 
4,4.6; any thing ‘consecrated to God, 
ay. 97, 13. 15. 19. 20. 31; a slave Lev. 
25, 48.49. Part. xi Ἀπ ΡΟΝ, one who 
redeems a field, Lev. 25, 26. Trop and — 
very often spoken of God as redeem- 
ing and ‘delivering men and. espec. 
Israel, e. g. from the bondage of Egypt 
Ex. 6, 6; from the Babylonian exile Is 
43,1. 44, 22. 48, 20. 49,7. al. Cont Ὁ » 
72 Ps. 72,14; 129 Ps. 106, 10. Part. pas 
ὈΠΟΝΣ, mins “ba, the redeemed of Jeh 
vah, Is. 35, 9. 51, 10. Part. act. Job 19,2 
al “yi "AT" ὋΝ I know that myredeem- 
er liveth, i.e. God himself, whowill deliver 
me’ from ‘these ‘eatemiticHaadap 3; 5 in 
curses upon his natal day: 7M 572 oe 
ΓΛ let darkness and death-shade Τ᾽ 
deem it for themselves, i. e. recover t 
again take posséssion’of it. | 
2. With 05, to redeem blood, i. 6. to 
avenge bloodshed, to demand or i 
punishment for blood; found only in Part 
nat bx the avenger of blood, Num. 35, 
19 sq. Deut. 19, 6.12. Josh. 20,3. 2 Sam 
14, 11; without pan id. Num. 35, 12. Ma 
3. As the right ‘of redemption (no. 1 
and the duty of blood-revenge (no. 2) be 
longed to the nearest relative, hence 58 
denotes a blood relative, kinsman, Num 
5, 8. Lev. 25, 25. Ruth 3, 12. With th 
art. R50 the Goél, the next of kin, n 


12. The one next after him is calle 
bein Ruth 2,20,comp. 4,4. Plur. 5°98 
blood-relatives, kinsmen, 1 K. 16, 11.-- 
So to Heb. "XW i. 6. blood-relative, col 


ag cn Arab. me avenger of Βοος 
and bs a friend, kinsman, also a pre 


tector, avenger. 

4, Since also by the Mosaic 
when a man died without children, ἢ 
was the duty of the next of kin to mam 
his widow and raise up children in h 
name, (see 037, Ὁ3",} the verb DXA 
also transferred to denote this a it 
duty of relationship, and is then der 
from dxh, E.g. Ruth 3, 13, where B 
says: YB ND-DN} bye" ait baa 
SDN NS ΠΈΡΤΗ if he will perfor 


[᾿ 





marry thee. 


on 


thee), well; let him do the kinsman’s 
part ; but if he will not,... then I will 
do the kinsman’s part to thee, i. e. will 
Comp. Tob. 3, 17. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be redeemed, 
ransomed, e. g. a field or tarm Lev. 25, 
30; things cousecrated Lev. 27, 20. 27. 


28. 33; a slave Lev. 25, 54.—Reflex. to 





redeem oneself Lev. 25, 49. ; 
Deriv. Mya, ΘΗΝ, and pr. n. 9837. 


ς Il. ORS, a verb of the later He- 


_ brew, in Kal not used, to be defiled, pol- 


luted, unclean, i. q. Chald. PNB, 
ἡπρόὶ d¥ANN to be polluted. 

Prax x3 to defile, to pollute, Mal. 1,7. 

Puat 1. to be polluted. Part. byhn 
polluted, wnclean, of food Mal. 1, 7. 12. 

2. to be pronounced unclean, i.e. to 
be removed as polluted from the priest- 
hood, Ezra 2,62. Neh. 7,64. Comp. Syr. 
Sa to cast away, to reject, and 55} 
Hiph. 

Nipu. 5833 Zeph. 3, 1, and ΔῈ39 Is. 59, 
3. Lam. 4, 14, to be defiled, polluted. 
The latter form i is Soplar to the Arabic 


passive Conj. VII Judit. 


Hipu. fo soil, to stain, as a garment 
with blood, Is. 63,3. The form "ΘΝ ΩΝ 
for ἘΌΝ is by Syriasm. 

Hrrapa. to defile oneself, e. g. with 
unclean food, Dan. 1, 8— Hence 


33, 
: 


P84 plur. constr. “>a, defilement, 
pollution, Neh. 13, 29. 


MONS f(r. bez 1) 1. redemption, re- 
purchase of a field or farm, Lev. 25, 24. 
Ruth 4,7—Hence aa) i.q. right of re- 
demption, fally ΤΡ ἈΠ ΒΦ 8. Jer. 32, 7, 
comp. v. 8 and see mina. Lev. 25, 29. 
31. 48, odi> mbna perpetual right. of 
redemption, in perpetuity, Lev. 25, 32. 
b) With gen. of pers. a field to be re- 


deemed by any one as next of kin, Ruth 


4.6. c) price of redemption, Lev. 25, 
26. 51. 52. ῖ 

δῷ, relationship, kindred. Ez. 11, 15 
MONA WIN thy relatives, thy Rehadired: 
Seer. bya 3; 


33 m. (τ. 333 no. 1) c. suff. "23, plur. 
O73, and nina, see no. 5,6; pr. some- 
thing gibbous, convex, arched; hence 


171 


unto thee the kinsman’s part (i.e. marry 





== be} 

1. the back, 6. g. of animals Ez. 10, 
12; also of men, Ps. 129, 3 484m 72a by 
β᾽ Ὁ. the ploughers ploughed. upon my 
back, i.e. they made deep furrows on 
my back with their blows. 

2. the boss of a shield or buckler, i. 6. 
the exterior convex part; comp. Arab. 


ὡς shield, and Fr. bouclier from bou- 
cle. Soin the proverbial expression, Job 
15, 26 "7292 "BA TAD... 72N PIII he 
runneth upon him. vail the thick 
bosses of his fecklesecd a metaphor drawn 
from soldiers who join their shields to- 
gether and so rush upon the enemy. 
Comp. Schult. ad 1. c. Har. Cons. 23, p. 
231. 40, p. 454, ed. de Sacy.—Hence 

3. a bulwark, intrenchment, strong- 
hold. Job 13, 12 02722 “72h "Ba bulwarke 
of clay are your bulwarks ; here spoken 
of weak and futile arguments behind 


.which his opponents intrench them- 


selves ; comp. Is. 41,21. So Arab. gb 
back, also for bulwark. 

4. a vault, fornix, spec. of a brothel, 
arched cell, in which harlots prostituted 
themselves, Ez. 16, 24. 31, 39. Sept. 
οἴχημα πορνικὸν, πορνεῖον. So Lat. for- 
nix Juven. 3. 156. ᾿ 

5. the rim of a wheel, the circum- 
ference, felloes. Plur. 0°33 1 Κὶ. 7, 33; 
miay Ez. 1, 18. 

6. an eye-brow, q. d. arch of the eye, 


Plur. mi25 Lev. 14,9. Arab. Kap the 
bone which the eye-brow covers. 

7. the back, i. e. upper part, top of an 
altar, Ez. 43,13. Sept. τὸ ὕψος τοῦ ϑυ- 
σιαστηρίου. So Gr. νῶτος for the surface 
of the sea, of the land, etc. The same 
is Mata δὲ Ex. 30, 3. 37, 26; so that 
one might doubt whether it ought not to 
be so read in Ez. l. c. 


34 Chald. i. q. Heb. the back ; plur. 
for sing. like Gr. τὰ νῶτα, Dan. 7, 6 
Cheth. it had four wings M724 >> upon 
its back ; Keri aa. Sept. ἐπάνω αὐτής, 
Theod. ὑπεράνω αὐτῆς, Vulg. super se. 


23 plur. p'a3 2 K, 25,12 Cheth. see 
r. 333 no. 3. 


I. 33 τη. (τ. 33) 1. α board, from 
the idea of cutting; plur. 0°33 1 K. 6, 9, 

2. a well, cistern; plur. 3°23 Jer. 14, 
; 8. 2K. 3, 16, 


2 172 


II. 35 (for naa, r. 23) a locust, plur. 
3°33 Is. 33, 4. Bape: ἀκρίδες. 

33 Gob, pr. n. see 333. 

35 Chald. (r. 333 no. 2) emph. 833, ὦ 
pit, den, in which lions were kept, Dan. 6, 
8 sq. In Targg. for Heb. "a. Syr. 


ee ee » δ γ᾽ 

poo,» Ἰδδϑαςς, Arab. Ue, Eth. 1), 

id. : 
i N25 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. GS final 

Waw and Ye, to gather together, to col- 

lect, e. g. waters into a reservoir, tribute ; 


- IV, to gather together, to collect.— 
Hence 

834m. 1. a@ reservoir, cistern, Is. 
30,14. Vulg. fovea. 

2. a marsh, pool, Kz. 47, 11. 


ἢ 5:3 a verb of twofold signification, 
one its own, the other derived. 
1. Pr. to be curved, hollow, or also to 


be gibbous, convex, in the manner of an ° 


arch, vault; hence 34 q. v. something 
gibbous, the back, etc. The same pri- 
mary idea lies also in th® kindred roots, 
as 113.13, whence δ, 18; 523 whence 
ΒΔ; Dan hence ΗΝ ᾿ also in p> 
where see more, and MED; 32, ls, 
and even 5PM. ‘Covteiondinge: are ‘algo 
Lat. gibbus, Engl. gibbous, Germ. Gie- 
bel, Gipfel. Comp. also the roots m5, 
M33, 123, 533. 

2. The other signif. is borrowed from 


» a - 
ΔΙΆ, 237, to cut in, to dig; Arab. > 


to cut, to cut or hew out; comp. Cols 
mid. Wqw and Ye id. Conj. VIII, to dig 
a well. Hence Chald. 35 a well ἂν pit. 


* yas obsol. root, i.q Arab, ΤΩΣ to 
come forth out of the ground, to creep 
forth, as a serpent from his hole ; whence 


- δ. 
ωοἱΞ. for igh a locust, so called as 


issuing from the earth when hatched; 
comp. Eth. A7MM the great locust, 
from fous to emerge from the water. 


Comp. Plin. H. N. 11.29 or 35. Bochart 
Hieroz. II. p. 443—Hence 33 IT. 345 I. 


**I23 inf. mds, once m3: Zeph. 
3,11; fat. mS3", ¥ lar. fem. irregular 
myrsan Kz. 16, 50, 

1. to be high, lofty, tall; comp. in 333 


ak ἢ 


, 


mnaa. 





riots 


no. 1. E. g. a tree Ez. 19, 1; the 
heavens Ps. 103, 11; a man ‘Sam, 7 
10, 23. ql 
2. to be elevated, exalted, toa higher { 
degree of dignity and glorg: Is. 52, 13. 
Job 36, 7. a 
3. 125 ΓΞ} one’s heart lifts itself up, is 
lifted up, elated: a) Ina good sense, 
i. q. to take courage, 2 Chr.17,6 mag 
mint “2973 12> and his heart was en- 
couraged i in the ways of Jehovah. Ὁ) In 
a bad sense, to be lifted up in pride, to be 
proud, Paso ΤᾺ Ps. 131, 1. Prov. 18, 15. 
2 Chr. 26, 16.—Hence 
4. Of a person himself, to be cca q 
haughty, Is. 3, 16. Jer. 13, 15. | 
ΗΙΡΗ. 97230 to make high, to exalt, 
Ez. 17, 24. 21, 31 [26]. Prov. 17, 19 
inne A730 έφήμν, βένο gate highh 4 
Jer. 49, 16 Wie WED Azan Da though — 
thou makest thy nest high like the eagle, 
i.e. buildest thy castles upon the highest 
cliffs; comp. Obad. 4, where 727 is omit- 
ted. Adverbially with an infin. Ps. 113, δ 
maw> ἜΠΑΞΑ ΣΙ pr. who maketh high to 
dwell, i.e. who dwelleth on high. 100 
5, 7 HAY ὙΠΆΞ25 they fly on high, soar 
aloft; so with 42 impl. Job 39, 27 [30]. 
Also followed by a finite verb, Is. 7, 11. q 
Deriv. the four following, and pr. ne 




























733 iq, mby adi heh, ΠΝ ΡΣ 
only in constr. 5"2"3 723 Ps. 101, 5; ἐς. 
2> Prov. 16, 5; πο ΤΙΞᾺ Ece. γ 8, 


‘325 adj. once in Ps. 138, 6; constr, — 
maa 1 Sam. 16,7, comp. 723; f.mmaa. 
1. high, lofty, tall, e. g. a tree Ez. 17, 
24; a tower Is. 2, 15; a mountain Gen. 
7, 19. Is. δὴ: εἰ mei fate 9, 5 
ΤΊΟΡ. powerful Ecc. 5,7. Subst. height, 
tallness, 1 Sam. 16, 7. ] 
2. proud, haughty, Is. 5,15. 1 Sam. 2, 8, Ὶ 


rad τὴ. 6. suff. ἧπαρ 1, height, alti- 
tude, as of trees, buildings, ete. Ez. 1, 18. 
40, 42. 1 Sam. 17. 4. Am. 2,9. Job 22, 12 — 
bray mah mibacndm is not God in the 
height of heaven? i. e. in the lofty hea-* 
vens. Plur. constr. Job 11,8 πῶ "38 — 
bsen- as the heights of heaven are the 
mysteries of divine wisdom, what canst | 
thou do ? . 
= majesty, grandeur, Job 40, 10. . 
3. pride, haughtiness, Jer. 48, 29; more 


᾿ Ἵ 


rls) 


fully 3> mab 2 Chr. 26,16; "1" F135 Prov. 
16, 18; HR mA Ps. 10, 4. This latter 
expression is also very frequent in Ara- 
bic, see Thesaur. p. 257. 


ΓΔ f. (τ. w2a) pride, haughtiness, 
Is. 2, 11. 17. 


bag m. (r. 523) ὁ. suff. "Daa, "233, 


plur. onda. 

l. ἃ bound, limit, Sonia as of a field, 
district, country ; pr. a cord or line ἣν 
which a limit is measured out; see r. 
53} πο. 1. Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Prov. 
22, 28. Judg. 11, 18. ὯΝ 95:3} western 
border Num. 34, 3. 6. Spoken of the 
bounds of the sea, Ps. 104, 9.—T he idiom 
21235 Num. 34, 6 etc. see in” copul. no. 
1. f. 

2. The space included within certain 
borders, territery, country, district, like» 
Engl. bounds, limits. Gen. 10,19 5138 
"23227 the bounds, territory, of the Ca- 
naanites. prs daas->d the whole 
bounds, land, of Egypt Ex. 10, 14. 19. 
0 ‘bengnba 1 Sam. 11, 3.7; “33 Dada 
wind ‘Num. 21, "24. al. Plur. bountda, ter- 
ritories, Jer. 15, 13. Is. 60,18. 2 K. 15; 16. 
Ez. 27, 4 thy borders, terwitonies are in 
the midst of the sea, spoken of Tyre. 

3. a margin, edge, e. g. of an altar, 
Ez. 43, 13. 17. 


~ T1393 f(r. 533) a border, margin. Is. 
28, 25 indaa ΓΘ ΞῚ and spelt in the bor- 
der of it, sc. of the field.—Plur. midis, 
ΤΡ, borders: bounds, as of a field, Job 
24,2; of regions, countries, Num. 34, 2. 
12; of nations, Deut. 32, 8. 


a3, 34, adj. (τ. 38) 1. strong, 
mighty, valiant ; spoken οἵα hunter, Gen. 
10,9; mostly of an impetuous warrior, 
champion, hero, 2 Sam. 17, 10. Ps. 33, 
16. 45, 4. “aa 7322 @ mighty king, im- 
petuous, i. e. Alexander the Great, Dan. 
11, 3. 733 > the mighty hero Is. 9, 5. 
10, 21, comp. Ez. 82, 11. Gen. 6,4 man 
pwn qwiy ὈΡῚΣ Ὁ “ὧν pean these were 
the mighty men, heroes, who of old were 
men of renown. Prov. 30, 30 the lion is 
mighty among the beasts. Also genr. a 
warrior, Jer. 51, 30. Ps. 120, 4. 127, 4; 
ban “a3 a mighty man of valour, valiant 
warrior, Judg. 6, 12. 11,1. 1 Sam. 9, 1; 
plur. 57>" "7123 1 Chr. 7,5. 11.40. So 
of God, Ps. 24, 8 MIN hag way Minn 

1δῈ 





179 135 


mano ini Jehovah strong and mighty, 
Jehovah mighty in battle. Deut. 10, 17. 
Jer. 32, 18. Neh. 9, 32. Ironically, Is. 5, 
22 sox barre 7a mind) omnia an 
"20 wo unto those mighty to drink wine, 
the valiant to mingle strong drink ; see 
Comment. on Is. 28, 1.—Trop. spoken 
also of ability, activity, in the transac- 
tion of business, etc. 59% i24 strong 
in ability, i. e. active, capable, enter- 
prising, 1 K. 11, 28. Neh. 11, 14; 
also of wealth, >" “ina mighty in 
wealth, of great substance, Ruth 2, 1. 
1 Sam. 9, 1. 2 K. 15, 20; of power, Gen. 
10, 8.—Hence 

2.. Like Engl. warrior, put for a leader ~ 
in war, war-chief. Is. 3, 2 Wnt 7iDa 
nanena the war-chief and, the soldier ; 
comp. Ez. 39,20. The same is prob..to be 
understood of those who are called ™33 
17 2 Sam. 23, 8.1K. 1, 8. 1 Chr. 11, 26. 
29, 24. Genr. of any chief, prefect ; 1 
Chr..9, 26 D™ Ze VIiD4 the chiefs of the 
porters. 

3. In a bad sense, violent, an ἄρον 


or, tyrant, Ps. 52,3. So Arab. pir 


4, Poet. a man, i. 4. "33, 2 Sam. 22, 
26. In the patall. Ps. 18, 26 is "33. 


MVII3I f. (τ. 3) 1. strength. Ecc. 
9,16 MI9389 MISH ΓΞ wisdom ts bet- 
ter than strength. 10,17 Ohappy land! 

.. whose princes eat in due season 
"nwa Nb) Maa for strength and no 
Sor drunkenness, i. 6. in order to strength- 
en the body. Plur. Ps. 90, 10 our years 
are seventy years i mw 9 ὦ nina 1323 ON? 
and if by reason of. strength they be eighty 
years, etc. Job 41, 4 [12]. 

2. Spec. our, strength, might, sc. 
for war, Judg. 8, 21. Is. 36,5; ascribed 
also to the horse, Job 39,19. Once trop. 
of the bold and intrepid spirit of a pro- 
phet, Mic. 3, 8. Sometimes as concr. 
might, for mighty deeds ; 1 Κι. 15, 23 and 
the rest of all the acts of Asa ingas-b3) 
nips ἜΘ τ 31 and all his mighty deeds, 
and all that he did, etc. 16, 27. 22, 46. 
Also concr. for D213 mighty men, he- 
roes, Is. 3, 25. 

3. power, might, Is. 30, 15; espec. of 
God, Ps. 21,14. 54, 3. 66, 7. 71, 18:89, 


14, Plur. mia ΤΠ ΛΗ2} mighty acts, won- 


ders of Jehovah, Deut. 3, 24, Ps. 106 2. 
Job 26, 14. 


33 


4. victory, Ex. 32,18; comp. the verb 
in Ex. 17, 11. 


_ #09933 Chald. emph. 8M7533, power, 
might, of God, Dan. 2, 20. 


3 Maa i. q. maa, to be high ; spec. of 
stature and of the forehead. So ae 


m5 one who is too tall; Arab. at 
one Who has a high broad orale Lat. 


fronto, Prat forehead. Hence the two 


following: 


T3324 m. adj. one who has the forehead 
too high, fronto, since nouns of the form 
Sup denote blemishes of the body; 
hence, bald in front, forehead-bald, Lev. 
13, 41. Sept. ἀναφάλαντος. Opp. MOP 
i. e. bald behind. ὃ 


M324 f. (τ. M22) baldness in front, a 
bald forehead, Lev. 13, 42. 43. Trop. 
bareness,'‘a threadbare spot on the outer 
or right ade of cloth, Lev. 13, 55. Opp. 
mrp baldness behind, also a threadbare 
spot on the wrong side of cloth. 


"34 (i. q. Syr. poy tax-gatherer) 
Gabbai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 8. 


BD" (cisterns Jer. 14, 3, or locusts Is. 
33,4) Gebim, pr. n. ofa small place a short 
distance north of Jerusalem, Is. 10, 31. 


M2935 f. (τ. 323 no. 3) curdled milk. 
cheese, Job 10,10. Arab. τὰ IV to 
gurdle milk; V, to be curdled, coagu- 
lated ; Bocas Ae, Ethiop. 21.21, 
Syr. jaa, cheese. 

23 τὰ. (r. 223) 1. a cup, goblet, 
bowl, of a large size, Gen. 44,2 sq. So 
a bowl or goblet of wine Jer. 35, 5, distin- 
guished from the ΤΌ or smaller cups 
into which the wine was poured from 
the larger goblet. 

_ 2. cup, calix of flowers, as an orna- 
ment of the sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 


31 sq. 37, 17.19. Comp. Arab. Kaas calix 
of flowers, and Heb. n2ap cup, calix. 


“33 τῇ. (τ. 23) @ master, lord, from 
the notion of might and power, Gen. 27, 
29. 37. 


M1734 f. (fem. of preced.) a mistress, 
every where for @ queen, e. g. the king’s 


174 


Trop. for crystal, which resembles ice, 


from the signif. bowndary comes Aa 


‘i. 6. little mountain.—Gentile ἢ. “bal 


- Gebal Ps. 83, 8, i.e. Gebalene, pr. n. of 





Ὁ 


consort, 1K. 11,19. 5 Κ.10,13; the king’s 
mother, 1 K. 15, 13. 2°Chr. 15,16. > 


O23 τη. (r. Waa) pr. ice, see ΠΗ. 
























and was in fact supposed to be ice, Plin. 
H. N. 37.2; comp. Gr. χρύσταλλος and 
Eth. 4114: AZ.& hail-stones, also erys- 
tal.—Once, Job 28, 18. } 


‘ 225 1. to twist, to wreathe, as ἃ 
cord or rope, wreathen work; kindr. 52m, 


>3D, Big) also Ay a rope. Hence 
nabas, 22 wreathen work ; also ΘΊΞ5, 
pr. a cord, line, with which boundariias 
are. τα δάϊδηι δὲς, and then for a bound or 
limit itself ;-comp. Lat. finis and funis, 
Engl. linei.q.cordandboundary. Then 


pte mountain, chain of mountains, as — 
the natural boundary of countries ; comp. 
ὄρος and ὅρος, and Heb. daa, Poa. 
2. Denom. from 5433 to Bound, to limit, 
e.g. a)Asa boundary Josh. 18, 20 
imix-diass ye and Jordan shall b ba! 
its boundary. b) With ace. of bound- 
ary, to set, to determine ; Deut. 19, 14 
thou shalt not remove thy neighbour’: 
boundary, B77 3533 WR which they 
of old time have established. a 
3. With 3, to border upon, also denom. 
from 555}. maak 9, 2. 
Hipu. Ἕ set bounds around any thing or, 
Ex. 19, 23 -nnvmy ban set bounds 
around the mountain. v. 12 "ὮΝ mba 
pst and set bounds to the people roun 
about. 
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1. 


533 (i. q. i ea Jebel, mountain, see 
Te boy no. 1,) Gebal, pr. n. of a Pheniciai 
city between Tripolis and Beirit, situ- 
ated on a hill, and inhabited by ceainel 
and builders, Ez. 27,9; comp. 1 K. δ 
[18]. Strabo XVI. p. "155 Casaub. 
was called by the Greeks BiBloe, 8 3€ 
Strab. Ptol. Steph. Byz. rarely Bidho 
The Arabs still call it Reve Jebet 


Giblite, plur. ὉΠ 553} 1K. 5, 82 [18]. 


223 m. (mountain, see in τ. b35 no. 1, 


the thountainous tract inhabited by th 
Edomites, extending from the Dead Se: 


$35 


soutnwards to Petra, and still called by 
the Arabs Jl Jebél. In Judith 3, 1 
Lat. Vers. and also in the writings of the 
Crusaders, it is called Syria Sobal ; by 
Josephus, Bizaob. and Steph. Byz. I’ofo- 
λῖτις, 1 εβαληνή, Γάβαλα. See Bibl. Res. 
n Palest. II. p. 552. 


223 see dan3. 


M235 f(r. 538) wreathen work, twist- 
ed like cords, see the root Kal no. 1. Ex. 
28, 22 and thow shalt make upon the 
breast-plate ant may nye. noaa Ὁ 
inw wreathed chains (i. e. like cords), 
braided or laced work of pure gold; 
Sept. well χροσσοὺς συμπβλεγμένους. 
Ex. 39,15. The same thing Is expressed, 
in Ex. 28, 14, and two chains of pure gold, 
may mvs ons nem ΤΊΘΞΔῸ wreathed 
(like cords) shalt thou make them, braid- 
ed work ; Sept. καταμεμιγμένα (ὦ ἂν- 
ϑεσι). Most prob. we are to understand 
small chains made of gold threads or 

wire twisted or braided together like 
cords; and then M33 ΠῺΣ is added by 
τ οἵ epexegesis. ~ 


eas not used in Heb. 1. ἐο be gib- 
bous, curved, see under 333 no. 1; so of 
the body, see j23; of a mountain, see 
873333 ; of the eye-brow, arch of the eye, 
see “Syr. and Chald. 82°33. ‘ 
2. Trop. of the body, to shrink together 


From fear, terror, Arab. CMS and one 
to be timid, fearful; Act. to terrify. 

3. Of milk, to curdle, to coagulate ; 
comp. Germ. die Milch erschrickt, i. e. 
curdles. Hence 2723 curdled milk, 


cheese. 


724 m. adj. gibbous, hunch-backed, 
Lev. 21, 20. R. 133 no. 1. 


03233 m. plur. (r. 138 no. 1) heights, 
sumnuits, q. ἃ: humps, hummocks of a 
mountain. Ps.68,16 Wana 7233-50 O 
mount of summits, mount of “Bashan; 
and v. 17 072223 O°" by apposit. ye 
mountains, summits, i. e. abounding 
in summits.—Comp. Talm. ™"35235 
- crown of the head, summit; Syr. εἶν 
summit of a mountain, arch of the eye- 


brow; Arab. epee rough uneven coun- 
try; alsoa cemetery, so called from the 
sepulchral mounds, tumuli. 


175 





y24 


, 233 not found in the verb, kindr 
with the roots 333 q. Vv. 733, M33, etc. 
and signifying to be high, like a rian | 
tain, hill; and spec. to be arched, con- 
vex, round, like a cup, the top of the 
head, ate, see 9723 , 9323, 49239. Comp. 


Arab. ae head. chief; Gr. κεφαλή, Lat. 
caput, capo, all which few from the same 
primary source. 
Deriv. 5733, 
following. 


533 (hill) Geba Gaba, pr. n. of a 
Levitical city in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24. 
21,17; situated on the northern border 
of the kingdom of Judah, 2 K. 23,8. Zech. 
14,10. More fully j-"33 233 1 Sam. 
13, 16. 1 K. 15, 22. It was near to 
Gibeah (M233 no. 2. a); towards the 
northeast, Is. 10, 29. Josh. 18, 24. 28. 
From these passages too it is evident 
that Geba and Gibeah could not have 
been the same place ; although in Jude. 
20, 10. 33, 323 is inaccurately put for 
M233; comp. the context. [Now 


Jeb’a ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
113,114. Biblioth. Sac. 1844, p. 598 sq. 
—R. 


N8I34 (hill). Gibea, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
2, 49. 


Mls f. (r. "πὴ plur. mivay 1. ἃ hill, 
2 Sam. 2,25. Is.40,12. 41,15. Cant. 2,8. 8]. 
ἘῚΣ myay ἐδ κοξη; hills, i.e. ever.the 
same from the creation anil now, Gen. 
49, 26. Job 15, 7 Ma>in missy “2d wast 
thou brought forth before the hills? Prov. 
8, 25. mint m933 the hill of Jehovah, i.e. 
Zion Ez. 34, 26, comp. Is. 31, 4. Many 
of the hills in Palestine were distinguish- 
ed by pr. names; as Mak, 32, ΓΟ ΣΤΊ, 

2. Meton. a city on a hill ; ecienb the 
termination dunum in the early names of 
cities in Germany, France, and Britain, 
which in Celtic signifies a hill, as Au- 
gustodunum, Cesarodunum, Lugdunum, 
etc. Hence as pr. n. Gibeah: 

a) 2523 M933 1 Sam. 13, 2. 15,923 
7779923, 2 Sam. 23, 29, Gibeah of Benj 
min ; likewise ealled bat ms2a Gibeah 
of Saul 1 Sam. 11, 4; panbyn ms33 
1 Sam. 10, 5. comp. 10; also xat ἐξοχήν 
maan Gibeah. Hos. 5, 8. 9, 9. 10. 93 


mas, and the six here 


: maa 1 Sam. 10, 26, ie Josh. 18, 28 


E pal 


a city of Benjamin, the birthplace of 
Saul, noted for the atrocious crime com- 
mitted by its inhabitants Judg. 19, 12 sq. 
20,4 sq. Like Bethel it seems to have 


been reckoned among the ancient sanc- 


tuaries of Palestine, 1 Sam. 10, 5. 6. [It 
lay on and around a high and sharp hill, 
now called Jwletl el-Ful, about three 
miles north of Jerusalem, near the great 
road; see Biblioth. Sac. 1844, p. 598 sq. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 144, 317. Jo- 
seph. B. J.5.2.1.—R.] Gentile n. "934 
Gibeathite 1 Chr. 12, 3. 

b) omp"B ΓΞ} Gibeah of Phinehas, in 
the mountains of Ephraim, Josh. 24, 33. 

6) M333 Gibeah, a place in the tribe 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 57. Now called 
x2as Jeb’ah, a village southwest of 
Jerusalem near the foot of the moun- 
tains ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 327. 


71934 (hill-city, i.e: built on a hill,) 
Gibeon, a large city of the Hivites Josh. 
10, 2. 11, 19, afterwards belonging to 
Benjamin Josh. 18, 25. 21,17; to be dis- 
tinguished from the neighbouring cities 
Geba 324, and Gibeah 4933, lying west- 
ward of both, and narth eat of Jerusa- 
tem; now called >| el-Jib ; see 
- Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. Ῥ. 135-9. In the 
reigns of David and Solomon the sacred 
tabernacle was stationed here, 1 K. 3, 4. 
5. 9, 2.—Gentile n. "23233 Gibeonite, 2 
Sam. 21, 1 sq. 


yas quadril. m. the caliz or corolla 
of flowers, i. q. 3723 calix with > added, 
which sometimes seems to have the fared 
of a diminutive, comp. 5272, 53°99 from 
aan. Once spoken of flax, Ex. 9,31 for 
the barley was in the ear 553} HME 
and the flax in the caliz, i.e. in flower.— 
It is used also in the Mishna for the calix 
or covolla in the flowers of hyssop or ori- 
ganum, which exhibits almost the ap- 
pearance of ears of grain, e. g. Para 11. 
δ 7.9. 10. 12. ὃ 2,8; where the more learn- 
ed Rabbins have long ago explained .it 
correctly. See more in Thesaur. p. 261. 


MYAA see in M233 no. 2. ἃ. 
. 23 and ar) 2Sam. 1, 23, fut. 235, 


to be or become strong, mighty, to prevail, 
The primary idea is that of binding, 


kindr. with >23; like Arab. ᾿ξ I, VII, : 


176 





“a4 


VIH to bind up something broken, te — 
make firm and solid, which is also re- — 
ferred to strength and power, as in Conj. 
V, to be strong, strengthened, confirmed ; 
VVvVge γ γν- ἐν 

Syr. ἐξ, par], to show oneself — 
strong. Ethiop. 114 to labour, to do, — 
which seems derived from the idea of 
force and strength. Kindred is also "23, 

.—Absol. of an enemy Ex. 17, 11; 
of waters rising and increasing, Gen. 7, — 
18. 19. 20. 24; of wealth Job 21,7. With — 


2 to be stronger than any one, 2 Sam. 1, 
23; also with >>, Gen. 49, 26. 


Pie. to make strong, to strengthen, 


Zech. 10, G2. Ecc. 10, 10 7333 px 
he puts to more strength. | 
Hipx. 1. to make strong, to confirm. — 


Dan. 9, 27 ΠΡ Ma WAIT he shall 
make a firm covenant with many. | 
2. Intrans. to prevail, pr. to exercise 
strength, comp. synon. P28, PIN, 
and Lat. robur facere Hirt. Bell. Afr.85. — 
Ital. far forze.—Ps. 12, 5 97533 522105 
with our tongue will we prevail. Comp. — 
Is. 28, 15. ; 
Hirupa. 1. to show oneself strong, to 
prevail, with >» Is. 42, 13. : 
2. toconduct oneself proudly, insolently, 
ὑβρίζειν, Job 36,9; with DN against any 
one, Job 15, 25. Arab. V, to be proud, 


contumacious, jus proud, contuma- 
cious. ἃ 
Deriv. "523, 77533, 733, 79733, “ 
those here following. Ἷ 


724 m. plur. 533 1. α man, so 
called from his strength, i.g. O"®; found 
only in poetry except a few exaniplell 
Deut. 22, 5. 1 Chr. 24, 4. 26, 12, comp. 
ΘΒ; but the usual word in Aramean, 
"33 ones fan: —Ps. 34,9 "33 "iR 
"Στ ΠΌΤ happy the man who trusteth in 
him. 52, 9. 94, 12. al. p75, OSA, 
man by man, Josh. 7, 14. 17.1 Chr. 23, 3. 
Spec. a) Opp. to woman, a man, male, 


| Deut. 22,5. Jer. 30,6. 31,22; and so even 


of a man-child just born, Job 3,3 the night 
when it was said "33 797 a man-child 4 is 
conceived. Comp. WN ‘La. b) Opp. 
to a wife, a husband, Prov. 6, 34. οἵ 
Sometimes put for manly vigour, might. 
Is. 22,17 behold Jehovah will cast t 

out "23 72052 with a manly cast, i.e. 





ὯΔ 

_ mighty, *toleat: Job 38, 3. 40,7. Ps. 88, 5. 
Comp. wx 1. ἃ. d) a man, niortdl, 
opp. to God, comp. 88 1. 6. Job 4, 17. 
610, δ. 14,10.14. e) a soldier, warrior, 
comp. 87x 1.1, Judg. 5, 30; comp. Jer. 
41; 16 manda mio ΒΞ. 
2. ig. “ON no. ‘4, each, every one. Joel 

2,8 1123 inbona "123 they shall go every 
one in his path. Lam. 3, 39 in the sec- 


ond hemistich. 
3. Geber, pr. n.m. 1 K. 4,19, comp. 13. 


133 i. g. "3a, a man, a form imitating 
the Chaldee, ‘Ps. 18, 26. In the-parallel 
passage 2 Sian. 22, 26 j ig "iB3. 

24 Chald. id. a man, Dan. 2, 25. 5, 
11. Plur. 77733 , 82753 (as if from 8733), 
men, Dan. 3,8 sq. 6, 6 sq. 

24 Chald. m. i. q. "23, plur. constr. 
wa). 

l. a mighty man, hero, warrior, Dan. 
3, 20. 
| 2. Gibbar, pr. n. of a place, Ezra 2, 
20; apparently for ji>33, comp. Neh. 
p?, 25. 

"D3 see "33. 

SNS (man of God) Gabriel, one of 
the archangels, Dan. 8,16. 9,21. Comp. 
Luke 1,19. © 
A733 f. (for m3"33 from masc. 9733) 
6. suff, "M733, @ mistress, opp. to a 
“maid-servant, Gen. 16, 4. 8. 9. 2 K. 5, 3. 
Prov. 30, 23, ᾿Ξ 88 m733 mistress of 
‘Ieingdoms Is. 47, 5.7. 


Ἐ133 not found in the verb, i. q. 
Arab. nw and nes to freeze, to 


congeal ; whence 735>8 and W233. 
But Chald. 833 is to collect, to gather ; 
hence pr. n. wna. 


Ting (a height, hill, r. 232, comp. 
Chald. maa) Gibbethon, pr. n. ‘of a city 





Dan, Josh. 19, 44, 21, 23. 1 K. 15, 27. 
It is called fey fusehive Γαβαϑὼν τῶν 
᾿Αλλοφύλων, by Josephus Γαβαϑώ. 


32 m. constr. 33, 6. suff. 133, with He 
parag. 734 Josh. 2, 6, plur. musa. 

1. a roof, the flat roof of an oriental 
house, Josh. 2, 6. 8. 1 Sam. 9, 25. 26. 
Prov. 21, 9. al. Spoken of the roof of 
a tower Judg. 9,51; of a temple Judg. 
16, 27. . 


‘Samar. 


of the Philistines in the territory of 





177 “2 


2. the top, upper part of an altar, Εἰ. 
30, 3. 37, 26. 

Note. The suggestion of Redslob is 
not improbable, that 43 may be for 423 
424, and this from 7223 5 as HWY from 
nays ; 5, dS; from "292; Γολγο- 


yoda Arab. KA from m25>3. It 
can also be for m4, ma, from the root 


5.5 ; whence a> a plain, level sur- 
8S .o- 
face ; comp. roof, from ene to 


expand, 


"3 m. (τ. 2) 1. coriander, the seed, 
so called from the little furrows or stripes 
on the grains, see r. ‘773 no. 1. Ex. 16, 
31. Num. 11,7. Sept. Vulg. κόριον, xog 
avoy, coriandrum ; and so the other ori- 
ental interpreters, except the Chald.an¢d 
This is also supported by the 
Carthaginian usage; comp. Dioscorid. 
3. 64 Αἰγύπτιοι ὄχιον, Ἄάφροι (i. 6. the 
Carthaginians) void. 

2. i. gq. Ἴ no. 1, fortune, with the art. 
spec. the god Fortune, Gad, worshipped 
by the Babylonians arid the Jewish ex- 
iles, Is. 65,11. He is elsewhere callea 
also Baal, Bel, >22, >3, i. 6. the plane’ 
Jupiter, stella Jovis, which was regard- 
ed throughout the east as the genius 
and giver of good fortune, and is hence 


called by the Arabs rool hewn! bona 


fortuna major ; see more in art. 53. In 
the other hemistich in Is. I. ὁ. is also 
mentioned "22, prob. the planet Venus, 
which is called i in the east bona fot 
minor, see in "24. See more fully on 
these superstitions in Comment. on Is. 
II. p. 283 sq. 335 sq. Sept. well Τύχη, 
Vulg. Fortuna. Comp. 13 553 p. 147. 


Am. 1. fortune, i. q. Δ no. 2, comp. 
Arab. διῶ and Syr. ire 


Ge 
id. ch> to be fortunate, to be rich, 


r. 7733 no. 3. 
ε 


dS fortunate.—Gen. 30, 11 Cheth. 


332. Sept. ἐν τύχῃ, in fortune, fortunate- 
ly, Vulg. feliciter sc. hoc mihi accidit. 
Keri 73 ΝΞ forturl® cometh. 

2. Gad, pr.n. a) A son of Jacob, 
the name being prob. derived from good 
fortune, Gen. 30,11; although another 


17. 


signification is alluded to in Gen.49, 19. 
He was the head of the tribe of like name, 
whose territory lay in the mountains of 
Gilead, Deut. 3, 12. 16, between that of 
Manasseh and Reuben, Josh. 13, 24-28 ; 
comp. Num. 32, 34. 35. 36. Ez. 48, 27. 
28. ‘tan 5112 the torrent of Gad, i.e. the 
Jabbok, not the Arnon, 2 Sam. 24, 5.— 
Gentile ἢ. is "73 Gadite, (diff. from "73 ,) 
mostly collect. "421 the Gadites Deut. 
3, 12. Josh. 22,1. Ὁ) A prophe twho 
lived in the time of David, 1 Sam. 22, 5. 
2 Sam. 24, 11 sq. 


1212 Chald. see below in "213. 


ἢ 773 quadril. Ethiop. guadguada 
to beat. pulsare ; to thunder. Hence 


So 545 (perh. thunder) Gidgad, whence 
spain “hm Hor-hagidgad Num. 33, 32, 
pr. ἢ. of a station of the Israelites in the 
desert, i. q. 13393 Gudgodah Deut. 10,7. 


MISA see in 7373. 


*'T73 fat. 143 1. to cut or hew, to cut 
in. to make incisions, see Hithpo. Arab. 


ds to prune a vine, to cut cloth from 
the loom; comp. Chald. 733. Kindred 
roots are 173, 333. This primary sig- 
nification of cutting, hewing, is possessed 
by the syllable 53 in common with the 
sibilated 14, see 113 ; from which indeed 
it has arisen by dropping the sibilation ; 
and both of them are only softened forms 
from the harder syllables yp, wp, o>, 
7, ™, and dropping the sibilation Up, 
4p, ὉΠ, IM, to all which belong the 
same idea of cutting ; see the roots 13, 
ΥῈΡ, 725, TIP, TH. In the Indo- 
Kuropean languages, comp. Lat. cedo, 
scindo, Gr. σχίζω for σχέδω, Pers. Lyne 


to cut, to cleave, Wye i. q. Engl. to 
cut. ἐκ Henee 

2. to penetrate, i. e. to break in upon 
any one, to press or crowd upon, i. q. 
“hi; c. DY, Ps. 94, 21.—Hence 73 and 
ithbo. no. 2. 

3. From the notion of cutting off, de- 
ciding, comes also the signif. of lot, fates 
fortune, comp. "14 no. 2; whence Heb. 
74a, 72, fortune. ἀπ 

Hirupr«. 1. to cut oneself, to make 
incisions in the, skin or flesh; e. g. in 
mourning Jer. 16, 6. 41, 5. 47,5; or as 


178 


upon him, i. e. bands ἂΐ Wandering Ant 





73 


a part of idol worship, Deut. 14, 10} κι 
18, 28. 

8. Reflex. of Kal no. 2, to press or 
crowd themselves together, sc. great num- 
bers into one place, Jer. 5, 7. Mic. 4, 14. 

Deriv. 73, 73, 7473, and pr. n. "a, 
ΝΟΣ, in. 


“3 Chald. to cut or hew, to cut d 
e.g. a tree, Imper. 97% Dan. 4, 11. 20. 
Comp. Heb. "113 no. 1. . . 


Md see 33 ἬΣΙ. 



























c ΠΕΡῚ obsol. root, prob. to cut, to cut 
off, and hence to pluck, to crop, to tear 
off; comp. kindr. 13. Hence "Ἢ a 
kid, so called from cropping; also | 


33 or 3a ff plur. constr. rita, 
banks of a river, Josh. 3, 15. 4,18. Is. 8,73 
so called as cut and torn away by the 
stream, comp. Τὶ 73. Comp. 423, ale 


sn, eg sg from §2% to rub or 
wash away ; 0 te bank, from > 
pis a kid; 
comp. Gr. ἀκτή, ἀγή, from ἄγνυμι; ῥη- 


γμίν, dugiu, from gyyvyut.—Chald. X33 
a wall, stone wall; also bank, shore, q. id. 


to cut aise whence also 


wallofthesea. Arab. 83 shore , coast, 
also from the notion of cutting. / 


“3 τη. plur. 5°73 and ΤΥ ΠΣ, 

1. an incision, cutting, from r. 733 n0. 
1; 6. g. in the skin Jer. 48, 37; in the 
wile Surrow, Ps. 65, 11. 

2. a troop, band of warriors, (pr. 
cutting in,) so called from the figure as 
intended to cut or break in upon the 
enemy, like Lat. acies ; used mostly of 
light-armed troops engaged in plunder- 
ing and predatory incursions. Gen. 49, 
19 52839 3453 53 Gad, troops shall p 


from the neighbouring desert. 2 K.5,2 
Τὰ ANS. DIN the Syrians had made 
an excursion in bands. 1 Sam. 30, 8. 15. 
23. 2 Sam. 3, 22. ‘Hh 433 the sons of 
the troop, i. e. soldiers, 2.Chr. 25, 13; poet. 
sata ma Mic. 4, 14. Ofa band of robbers 
Hos. 1: ἃ K. 11, 24. mn VTA 
bands of Jehovah, be armies of ange 8, 
Job 25, 3; also hosts of calamities i 
flicted by him, Job 19, 12.—Syr. tree Ὶ 
troop, band of soldiers. a 


on 


Sa πὶ. adj. (x. 5.1) rarely defect. 
bh Gen. 1, 16 ; constr. 5173, 553, thrice 
“in Keri “bt Ps. 145, 8. Nah. i Ὁ Prov. 
19, 19; fem. mdi53, nba. 
1. great, in itgilitalll and extent, 
>in osm Num. 34, 6; dian ΘΝ 
7 Rpisa a large (tall) man among "the 
᾿ Anakim Josh. 14, 15; in number and 
multitude, as 511 "ia Gen. 12, 2; in 
intensity, as joy Neh. 8, 12, mourning 
Gen. 50, 10; in weight, importance, 
Gen. 39, 9. Joel 2,11. Also Gen. 29, 7 
oar pint ‘Tid it is yet great (high) day. 
i. e. much of the day yet remains; comp. 
French grand Jour, Germ. hoch am 
Tage. Sept. ἔτι ἐστὴν ἡμέρα πολλή. Subst. 
ΣΤ 53 the greatness of thine arm Ex. 
15,16. Plur. mid4a great things, mighty 
deeds, espec. of God, Job 5, 9. 9, 10. 37, 
5. Spec. a) Of greater age, natu ma- 
jor, elder, eldest ; Gen. 10, 21 ΓΞ" “nx 
-2953m the elder brother of Jphet: 27,1 

boa ‘iba his eldest son. ν. 15. 42. b) 
great in power, dignity, rank, wealth, 
powerful, high, noble, Ex. 11, 3. 2 K. 5, 1. 
Job 1, 3. din jnDn the high priest 

Hag. 1, 1.12. 14. Plur. nb54 the great, 
i.e. men of rank and power, Prov. 18, 
16; 30 aap 2 K. 10, 6. 11. 

2. haughty, proud, insolent, comp. >73 
Hiph. Hithpa. no. 2. Ps. 12, 4 ΠΕ 
ΤΡῚΣ M9579 the tongue speaking proud 
things, i. 6. insolent, impious. Comp. 
Dan. 7, 8. 11. 20. 11, 36. Rev. 13, 5; 
also Gr. μέγα εἰπεῖν Od. 16. 243. ib. 22. 
288. 


M2973 or MDT, see mba. 
5/14 only in Plur. a y34 Is. 43, 28. 


‘Zeph. 2, 8, and mips7a Is. 51,7 reproach- 
£8, revilings: R. F733. - 


MDA £ id. Ez. 5, 15: 
lA 1. a Gadite, patronym. from ἢ ; 


see 73 no. 2. a. 
2. Gadi, pr. τ. τη. 2 K. 15, 14. 


_ 34 (fortunate, from 73, 13) Gaddi, 
pr. n. m. Num. 13, 11. 


"74 m. (r. 773) a kid, so called from 
its cropping the herbage, see the root. 


Arab. sas id. &3od> a she-kid.— 


Gen. 38, 23. Ex. 23,19. Deut. 14, 21; 
more fully o> “a ἃ kid of the goats 








179 





“2 


Gen. 38, 17. 20. Plur. pw 1 Sam. 10, 
3; DD "743 Gen. 27,9. 16. 


ONT TE (fortune of God, i. 6. sent from 
God) Gaddiel, pr. n. τα. Num. 13, 10. 


ΓΙ or M27 f. (Ὁ. Ia) bank of a 
river ; Plur. waning or ΩΣ 1 Chr 
12, 15 Cheth. In Keri “nina, see M73 
shia 


ΠΡ f. a she-kid, plur. mi"73 Cant. 1, 
8. Comp. "3H. 

2°33 m. only in plur. 07748 , pr. twisted 
threads, see r. 573 mo. 1. Chald. ΣΈΘΕΝ 
a thread, cord, Syr. Wop. plaited jodie 


9 ar 
Arab. (hych> a rein or halter of braide 


thongs. Hence 

1. fringe, tassels, i. α. ὍΣΑΣ, worn by 
the Israelites on the corners of the outer 
garment, Deut. 22, 12. 

2. festoons, on the capitals of columns, 
1K. 7, 17. 

D4 τὰ. (τ. ta) 1. a heap of 
sheaves in the field, a shock or stack of 
grain, Ex. 22, 5. Judg. 15, 5, Job 5, 26. 
Syr. Chald. ore soa id. Arab. 


‘espec. among the Moors, yw3d>, 


vanes) comp. rd to heap up. 
2. a tomb, tumulus, sepulchral mound, 


Job 21,32. Comp. Arab. Ree sepul- 
chre. 


3 913 1. to twist, to twist together, 
to bind together, like Arab. Jch> to turn, 
to twist a cord, Chald. 543, Syr. ΔΩ to 
twist, to twine; hence Heb. Ὁ 
twisted threads q. v. This primary 
signification is in the kindred dialects 
transferred, on the one hand to wrestling, 


whence ἦδιΞ to wrestle, also Ethiop. 

12 A to wrestle, to contend; and on the 

other to strength and force, like other 

verbs of twisting and binding, as >5n, 
ῷ 


dan, 122; Wp; whence δ strength, 
might. And from this again comes the 
intrans. signification alone current in 
Hebrew, viz. ὁ 

2. to beor become great, to grow 3 once 
pret. E, ἘΠ, Job 31, 18; fut. always 
339. (A trace of transitive power hes 


Da 
in the pr. n. m4593 α. ν.) Gen. 21, 8. 
20, 27. 38, 14. Ex. 2, 10.11. Job 31, 18 
AN2 "2298 he grew up to (with) me as 
with a father, i.e. the orphan, the suff. 
being here for the dative.—Trop. of 
wealth and power ; Gen. 26, 13 2437-73 49 
Sx2 until he became very great, i. e. very 
wealthy. 24, 35. 48, 19. 41, 40 only in the 
throne will I be greater than thou, i. e. 
as possessing royal dignity. 

3. to be great in value, i.e. to be greatly 
valued, to be highly prized, 1 Sam. 26, 
24; comp. v. 21. Also to be magnified, 
i. e. praised, extolled ; Ps. 35, 27 552" 
min let Jehovah be marnified. 40, 17. 
70, 5. 2 Sam. 7, 26. 

Piki bay Tosh: 4, 14. Esth. 3, 1; at 
the end of a clause 853 Is. 49, 21 ; comp. 
Lehrg. § 93. n. 1. Heb. Gram. ὃ 51. n. 1. 

1. to make great, to cause to grow, to 
let grow, i. q. to nourish, to train; e. g. 
the hair Num. 6, 5; so the rain nourish- 
es plants, trees, i.e. causes them to grow, 
- Is.44,14. Ez. 31,4; to bring up children 
2K. 10, 6. Is. 1, 2. 23, 4.—Trop. to make 
great, biicerful: Josh. 3, 7. Esth. 3, 1. 5, 
11. 10, 2. Gen. 12, 2. 

2. Taine: of Kal no. 2, to value greatly, 
to prize highly. Job 7,17 what is man 
npogan 7D that thou sliouldet. ao greatly 
prize him? Hence to magnify, i. e. to 
- praise, to extol, Ps. 69, 31; with > 34, 4. 

PUAL pass. of Pi. no. 1, to be brought 
up, trained up, Part. Ps. 144, 12. 

Hipu. 1. to make great, to increase, 
Gen. 19, 19. Is. 9, 2. 28, 29. miws> dean 
pr. to make great in doing, i. e. to do 
great things, wonders, spoken of God, 
Joel 2,21, and with nigh impl. 1 Slam, 
12, 94: see also below. So with the 
ΠΝ lof a different infin. 1 Sam. 20, 41 
and they both wept ‘13 >"330739 ἴω. 
Γ1235) until David wept greatly, vehe- 
mently. —The like construction is also 
taken in a bad sense: M8 5"435 Obad. 
12, npa San Ez. 35, 13, pr. to make 
great the mouth, i. q. to speak great 
things, i. e. proudly, insolently. Also 
miss d953n to do proud things, to act 
proudly, insolently, Joel 2, 20; and 
simpl. 5°73 Lam. 1, 9. Zeph. 2,8; with 
by Ps. 35, 26. 38, 17. 55, 13. Job 19, 5. 
Jer. 48, 26. 42. Sia. “23 Hithpa. 

2. to make high, to lift up, Ps. 41, 10. 

Hirupa. 1. to show oneself great and 


180 





wy , 
powerful, to magnify oneself, of God, Ez. 
38, 23. ; 4. q 

2. to magnify oneself in a bad sense, 
i. e. to act proudly, insolently, ὁ. 551 
10, 15. Dan. 11, 36, 37. 

Berit. Θ1Ἴ8, ΡΝ Py, and με 
n. D335, boa or bina. The re 
here Esllow, 




























213 m. part. or verbal adj. becomii 
great, growing up, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Gen 
26,13; great Ez. 16, 26. 


25 τῇ. ὁ. suff. 1543, once sa Ps, 1 , 
2. R. 33. 
1. greatness, magnitude, Ez. 31, 7. 
2. greatness, i: e. majesty, magnificence, 
as of aking Ez. 31, 2.18; of God, Deut 
3, 24. 5, 21. 
3, nab bth ereatnese of hewitt. i.e. pride, 
ον Ἰροῖ Is. 9, 8. 10, 12. 


ἢ (perh. too great, giant, after th 
form of adjectives expressing blemishes 
of the body, as Maa, ΠΡ», Mp2) Giddel, 
pr. n,m. a) Ezra 2, 41. Neh. 7, 49. 
b) Ezra 2, 56. Neh. 7, 58, 


23 see bina. 


M273 f. (τ. 512) five times TRI oF 


aoa] (the copies differ, see J. H. Mich. 
ad 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 19) ἃ word d 
of the later Hebrew, 

1. greatness, concr.. great thing 5, 
mighty deeds, espec. of God, 2 Sam. 7 
23. 1 Chr. 17, 19. Plur. nibs 1 Chr, 
17, 19. 21, also Ps. 145, 6 Cliethibh. 

2. greatness A. e. majesty, magnifice 
of God Ps. 145, 3; of a king, Esth. 1, 4 
Ps. 71, 21. 


M5533 (whom Jehovah hath made 
great or powerful, see r. 573 no. 2) Geda 
liah, pr.n.m. a) Of the governor Οἱ 
Judea appointed by ΜΕΝΟΝ ΝΝ 
2 K. 25, 22 sq. Jer. 40, 5 sq. 41, 1 sq, 
called alo n5534 39, 14. b) Ezra 10 
18. c) Zeph. ἢ. Ἰ; 


ἜΤΙ ἢ (id.) Gedaliah, pr.n. τὰ. a) 
Jer. 38,1. b) 1 Chr. 25,3.9. ¢) See 
mp3 lett. 8. 

“M23 Giddalti, pr. n. of a son of He 
man, 1 Chr. 25, 4.29. R. 51} Pi. 


* 7A fut. 2499 1. to cut or hew de 
to cut off to fell trees, see Pual. 
of persons slain, Is. 10, 33, 










































ἡ 212 
eg to cut off the hands, nose, ears, 


eT et 


east mutilated. Kindr. is 13; see 
' more under 733 .—Once of the beard.as 
__ eutoffin mourning, Is. 15,2 49973 jpI->D 
every beard is cut off, mutilated. In the 
i corresponding passage Jer. 48, 37 is read 
_ 3973 clipped, which some 80 Mss. have 
also adopted in Is. l. c. though without 
᾿ good reason; since Jeremiah, in the man- 
ner of later writers, nahatitites a more 
* common word in the place of one less 
usual. See Comm. on Is. 1. c. comp. 
_ Gesch. d. hebr. Sprache p. 37; see also 
above under 7x p. 94. 

2. to cut: or break asunder, as a staff, 
Zech. 11, 10. 14. Trop. God is said to 
_ break the arm of any one 1 Sam. 2, 31, 
_ or the horn of any one Lam. 2, 3 (comp. 
| Ps. 75,11), i. ᾳ. to break his power, to 
take away his stength. So also in 
_ Arabic. | 

_ Nipu. to be cut off or down, Judg. 21, 6. 
Is. 14, 12.22, 25, Also to be broken, e. g. 
horns Is. 48, 25, statues Ez. 6, 6. 

Ὁ Pip. 333, with distinct. accent 333, to 
cut or break asunder, to break in pieces, 
as bars, bolts, Is. 45,2; horns, Ps. 75, 11; 
idols, images, Deut. 7, 5. 12, 3. 

_ Poat to be cut down, as a tree Is. 9, 9. 
The derivatives all follow. 


_ PT (perh. tree-feller, i. 6. impetuous 
“warrior, comp. Is. 10 33) Gideon, pr. n. 
‘of a warrior and judge of Israel, who de- 
livered the nation from the bondage of 
Midian, Judg. c. 6-8. Sept. Γεδεών. 


DY (a cutting down) Gidom, pr. n. 
of a place in the tribe of Benjamin, Judg. 
20, 45. 


| "25°35 (id. after the form 739") Gid- 
ont, pr. n.m. Num. 1, 11. 2, 22. 


* oa pr.i.q. Arab. ῳ3.λ- to cut off, 
comp. under 73; trop. to use cutting 
ppords, verbis proscindere. Hence 
“Pree "34 to reproach, to revile; Arab. 
Conj. II, Syr. Pa. id. So as to men, see 
675173; mostly of God, to blaspheme, 
2K. 19, 6. 22. Is. 37, 6. 23. Ps. 44, 17. 
So also by actions, by presumptuous 
ar han sins, with which men mock 


20, 27. 
Deriv. Mp3, Dp. 
16 ’ 


181 





“2 


ἘΠ to wall, to wall in or around, 
also to build a wall. Arab. )}Ξ- id. 


The primary idea is that of surrounding, 


_ enclosing, 6. g. with a wall, hedge, etc. 


comp. the kindr. roots "XM, "IM, ete. 
and see under “τὰ p. 30. Comp. also 
"OX, "m2. The same stock of roots is 
widely diffused likewise in the occidental 
languages, designating now that which ὦ 
encloses, and now the space enclosed. 
Compare in later Lat. cadarum, Ital. 
catarata, Germ. Gatter, Gitter ; oftener 
with the letter r transposed, as Gr. χόρ- 
τος, Lat. hortus, cors, chors, cohors, Germ 
Garten, Engl. garden, also Germ. Gard 
i.e. a fortified enclosure, fortress, as ir 
the pr, ἢ. Stuttgard, etc. Slavic goroc 
i. e. fortified city, comp. Russ. Novogorod, 
Engl. yard, etc. ete.—Part. 0°74 ma- 
sons, Germ. Maurer, 2 K. 12,13. Trop. 
a) >Y ὙΠῸ 93 to build a wall around any 
one, ise. to protect, to defend, Ez. 13, & 
comp. 22, 30. b) Ἔ ἼΣΞ 773 to wall up 
around any one, i.e. to obstruct his way 
shut him up, Lam. 3, 7. 9. Job 19, 8 
Hos. 2, 8. 
The derivatives all follow. 


‘Y34 comm. gend. τη. Ez. 42,7; ἢ Ps 
62, 4. 

l. @ wall Ez. 13, 5; spec. wall of a 
vineyard Num. 22, 24. Is. 5, 5. 

2. a walled ef enclosure, Ezra 9, 9. 


Sow 
Arab. >: de, a wall of a house 


or enclosure, Poe place walled in. 


VA m. 1. ig. "3, ἃ wall of a court, 
garden, etc. twice in constr. state, Prov. 
24,31. Ez. 42,10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 565. 

2. Geder, pr. n. of a Canaanitish city, 
the residence of a king, Josh. 12, 13; per- 
haps the same with 1773. 


3. (wall) Gedor, pr.n. a) A place 
in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 58. 
Now called Jedir on the brow of the 
mountains; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
p- 338. δ) m. 1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37. 


τ f(r. 1a) constr. 73a; plur. 
mint, constr. mina, ὁ. suff. ὙΠ Ps, 
89, 41. 

1. a wall, as of a city Ps. 89, 415; of 
tener of a vineyard Jer. 49, 3. Nah. 3, 


—5 


17. It differs from a hedge, 73:2 Is. 
5, 5. 
2. a place walled in, enclosure ; hence 


i. q. Arab. BOS, a fold for flocks and 


cattle, i.e. a stall in the open fields, open 
above and surrounded with a wall ; fully 
INS MINI sheep-folds Num. 32, 16. 24, 
36. For such folds, comp. then Od. 9. 
185. 

3. With art. 9933, Gederah, pr. n. of 
a city in the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 36; 
perh. the same elsewhere called "33 ΓΛ. 
Comp. Pun. "73 i. 6. Gades in Spain, see 
Monumm. Phen. p. 304 sq. also adage 
a city of Perea, Ταδαρηνός Matt. 8, 28. 
al.— The gentile n. is "173 Gederathite 
1 Chr. 12, 4. 


ΓΗ (folds) Josh. 15, 41, and with 
art. ΤΊΣ ΓΙ 2 Chr. 28, 18, Gederoth, also 
a town in Judah. R. "73. | 


oniny (two folds, comp. pinevin) 
Gederothaim, pr. n. of a town in the plain 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 36. R. Δ. 

ὙΠ gentile n. Gederite, from “M72 
331, or from "33 q. v. 1 Chr. 27, 28. 


& 3 i.q. Chald. 613, to heap up. 
Hence "3 q. v. 


ma Ez. 47, 13, a corrupt reading for 
mt, which οτος in v. 15, and is also ex- 
prestied in the Sept. Vulg. Chald. and 
Engl. Vers. So also in 14 Mss. See un- 
der 323. 


* — 
rid pr. to thrust away, to remove, 
sc. the bandage or dressing from a wound, 
i.g. to cure. Hos. 5,13 032 naseNdy 
ἼΤΩ nor remove from, you. the sore, 
i. 6. the king of Assyria could not cure 
the wounds of the Jewish state ; as in 


the other clause. Syr. Joy to go away, 
to flee; Aph. to i rest, to relieve, to 


deliver; Arab. χε. to repulse. The 


Rabbins explain nna by 85".—Hence . 


m4 f. pr. ‘removal of the dressings,’ 
i.e. a healing, cure of a wound. Prov. 
17,22 mma 555 Maw 3d a joyful heart 
maketh a happy cure; comp. 16, 24. 
Sept. εὐεκτεῖν ποιεῖ, 


᾿ 3 to bow oneself down, to prostrate 
oneself ; spoken of Elisha as about 


182 





“Δ 


to raise the dead child, 2 K. 4, 34. 35 
"9 “Mas and he bowed himself upon 
him. Also 1K. 18, 42 τι “IN and 
he bowed himself to the ground. This 
signif. is demanded by the context, and 
is also unanimously expressed by all 
the ancient versions and interpreters ; 
except Chald. and Arab. in2 Κα. The 
Syriac has the same word under the 
form Ethpe. with which corre- 
sponds Chald. 33; the letters Ἢ and ἢ 
being frequently interchanged; see ex- 
amples under lett. 2. 


A m. (r. 4331) c. suff. "43, the back ; 
only in the phrase Ἷπ2 πὸ ΡΠ to 
cast behind one’s back, i. 6. to neglect, 
to contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Ez. 23, 35. Neh. 
9, 26. Comp. srbun. So the Arabie 


sgl» chee, sab Ny us 
A Chald. m. constr. ia and ia, e. suff. 
maa, Mia; che middle, midst, see τ. M3 




















γ᾽ ὃ. , 
I. Syr. a. id. Arab. yo the inside of 


a house, pes within.—Hence a) ‘3, 
Nisa, i. ᾳ. Fira; in the midst of, or 
simpl. in ; as 8742 ἼΔΞ in the fire Dan. 8, 
25. 4,7. 7,15. maga in it Ezra 4, 15. 
Ezra 6, 2 471935 ΓΙΠΔΞ 2 21 and in it 
(the roll) was a record thus written. 5,7 

b) xia> into the midst of, i.q. into, Dan 
3,6. 11.15. c) Nis-ya from the mid 
of Dan. 3, 26. 


2 for mia τὴ. (r. ha, as 13 for M22) 
constr. 3, 6. suff. "3, ΠῚ. 
1. the buck, Prov. 10, 13. 19, 29. 26, | 
Is. 50, 6. 51, 23. Ἢ ΠΝ το θη Is. 3 
17, see in "3 : 
2. Trop. the middle, midst ; pr. th 
belly, see r. 712. Job 30,5 sO955 1374 
they are driven forth from the midst ¢ 
men, from among men. 


Ni see ἢ Chald. 


ἘΦ 1. ig. vl. mid. Waw a 
Ye, to cleave, to cut ; whence Bye be a 
plank. —Henee r 

2. to dig a well, like Arab. Conj 
See 3} I. 2. ¢ 
3. i. q. 239, to plough, to cleave t 
ground with > plough. Hence 2 K.. 
12 Cheth. p33 (8°33) ploughene 
Keri 07235", 


“(ὧν 07343, 








“2 


Ἴ 353 m. (τ. 73a q. ν.) α locust, Nah. 
3, 17. Plur. or collect. "353 and 725 
Heb. Gram. ὃ 86.. 1. c) 
Am. 7, 1. Nah. 3, 177353 343 locust of 
locusts, denoting swarms of locusts. 


Ε Chald. R218, RDA, “213, plur. ἈΝ 313 : 


11. 353 and 38 pit, cistern, (r. 344 no. 


_ 2,) Gob, pr. n. of a place otherwise un- 


known, where David fought with the 


Philistines, 2 Sam. 21, 18. 19; in 1 Chr. 


20, 4 "33. 


* 34 Gog, pr. n. a) The king of 
the land Magog, 31925 yx, Ez. 38, 
ΝΣ 18. 29, 1.11; ‘also! of 
Meshech and Tubal, Ez. 38; 2.3; who is 


‘described by the aemphiet Ezekiel as 


about to come with a vast army from 
the extreme north, 38, 15. 39, 2, after 
the exile, 38, 8. 12, im order to invade the 


Holy Land; where, however, he is to 


perish. See 3332.—In Rev. 20,8 Iwy, 
like Magog, seems to be the name of a 
region, and not of a king; as also in 


Arabic, gre b) A Reubenite, 1 


- Chr.5,4$ 


a if 75) ‘i. q. 773 no. 2, to press or crowd 
ἢ upon any. one, to invade, Gen. 49, 19. 


3, 16. 


TS and >) a root not in use, hav- 
ing the same general force as 333, i. e. 
to be rising, gibbous, like a back or belly. 





_ The derivatives follow partly the ana- 


logy of verbs 33, as 12, "Δ; and partly 
that of verbs rib, as ‘Ny for 33, M3, 
m3; and have partly the εἰναι "of 


back; see 13; and/also that of belly, see 


Ἵ τσ. 2. From the belly comes then 
the word for body, see 13, 7793; and 


this idea is then transferred to the 


signif. of a people, see "13. 


I. 73 f. contr. for ΠΝ; from τ. ΠΝ" 
l. a lifting up, exaltation. Job 22, 29 


Mia TaNM ISBN "D when men hombls 


themselves, thou dost command exalta- 
tion, i. e. the humble and meek thou 
Mibt-exalt’ Others: when they (thy 
ways, v. 28) are cast down, then thou 
shalt say, exaltation, i. e. thou shalt 
soon pass from the lowest to the most 
prosperous condition. 

2. haughtiness, pride, Jer. 13, 17. Job 
33, 17. 





ieee. “3 


IL. M5 f. i. q. 12, the body, Job 20, 25. 
See in r. 33. 


MA Chald. pride, Dan. 4, 34. 


*TIA kindr. with Th, pr. to cut in 
pieces, to cut through ; ‘henite 


1. ο pass through, to pass over or 


away, i. q. Arab. + τις. mid. Waw, Syr. 
Ἐν to pass away, to fail. Ps. 90, 10 
ΠΙΕΣΞῚ War 127" for it (life) soon passeth 
over, and we fiy away. 

2. Causat. to cause to pass through or 
over, to bring over. Num. 11, 31 there 
went forth a wind from Jehovah, 1331 
pan-ja ow and brought up quails 
from the sea; Sept. ἐξεπέρασεν, Vulg. 
detulit ; Heb. intpp. and cut them off 
From the sea, comp. 3 —[ Also to bring 
or take out, e. g. an infant from the 
mother’s womb; Ps. 71, 6 "4x "3122 
“tia mms thou didst take me out of my 
mother’s bowels, where ΤΊΣ is a less usual 
form of the participle, Lehrg. p. 402; 
comp. part. "Mia Ps. 22, 10, and see in 
ma no. 2. But see also r. 713 no. 2.—R. 


Tid m. (Ὁ. Ἐ1 IL) a young bird, e. g. 
a dove or pigeon Gen. 15, 9; an eaglet 
Deut. 32,11. So called: from its peeping, 


Arab. Aes 
of doves and other mite 4 ae the same 


genus; Syr. transp. ey : 


Wa (τ. ta, as 21} from θα, perh. 
quarry,) Gozan, Gauzanitis, a region of 
Mesopotamia subject to the Assyrians 
2K.19, 12. Is. 37, 12, situated on the 
river Chaboras 2 K. 17,6. 18, 11. 1 Chr. 
5, 26; whither a part of the ten tribes 
were carried away by Shalmaneser 2 K. 
17,6; Gr. Γαυζανῖτις, Ptolem. 5,18. Cel- 
larius II. p. 603.—In 1 Chr. 5, 26 indeed, 
in the words 83) “iam nbn ΣΕ 135} 
wia "7325, the Chaboras is separated 
from the river of Gozan by the word 
x27 interposed; so that these might 
seem to be different streams. But this 


see the root. the young 


‘is prob. to be attributed to a laxness of 


construction in the writer. © 
M3 see ma. 


“Nd m. (r. M93) c. suff. 1 pers. once 
sia Zeph. 2,9; plur. 5°53, constr. "74 


oo 


sumetimes in Cheth. 
Gen. 25, 23. 

1. a people, nation, pr. it would seem, 
body, corpus, see the root; and then 
transferred to a body politic or whole 
people; comp. Lat. ‘corpus reipublice, 
populi, civitatis’ in Cicero and Livy. It 
is a general word, spoken of nations 
universally, and also of the Israelites, 
notwithstanding the doubts of some 
interpreters; 6. g. Is. 1, 4. 9, 2. 26, 2. 49, 
7. Gen. 35, 11. 12,2. Ps. 33, 12—The 
Plur. ='13 is spoken spec. of nations other 
than Israel, foreign nations, Neh. 5, 8. 
Comp. ὈΠῸΣ no. 1. a, espec. Jer. 32, 20; 
also ΓΝ p. 90. Often with the ac- 
cessory notion of hostile and barbarous, 
Ps, 2, 1. 8. 9, 6. 16. 20. 21. 10, 16. 59, 6. 
9. 79,6. 10. 106,47; comp.5°". Or also 
as profane, aliens from the true God, 
i. e. Gentiles, heathen, (see below,) Jer. 
31, 10. Ez. 23, 30. 30, 11. Ps. 135, 15. al. 
brian 5554 the circle of the Gentiles, Gali- 
lee of nations, see 5953. So pram 78 
islesof the Gentiles,comp."®. Collect. "13 
for 03 Is. 14,32. Sometimes opp. too?, 
p2n, which the Israelites usually ap- 
plied to themselves; [5.42.0 M7735 72M 
ota Wind DY [will set thee as a covenant 
for the people and a light to the Gen- 
tiles, i.e. a teacher, enlightener, comp. 
v. 1. 49, 6. Deut. 26, 18. 19. 32, 43.— 
Very rarely found with a genit. or 
suff, mins “ia, 1a Zeph. 2, 9; usually 
min Dy, “ay, iad. The LXX com- 
monly éetdor a by λαός, ia by ἔϑνος, 
Vulg. gens; whence also in N. T. τὰ 
ἔϑνη opp. ὃ λαὸς ϑεοῦ “Iogayd Luke 2, 32. 

2. Poet. of flights or troops of animals, 
Joel 1,6. Zeph. 2,14. Comp. ὩΣ Prov. 
30, 25. 26; Gr. ἔϑνεα χηνῶν, γεράνων, 
μυιάων, μελισσάων, χοίρων, Hom. Il. 2. 87, 
458, 469. Od. 14. 73; equorum gentes 
Virg. Geor. 4. 430. 

3. Sometimes 0112 Gentiles approach- 
es nearly to the nature of a proper name. 
Josh. 12,23 3535 ovis 7° the king of the 
Gentiles at Gilgal, where apparently, as 
afterwards in Galilee, Gentiles had set- 
tled down among the Fistirowa: In Gen. 
14, 1 it is uncertain where the ἘΠῚ are 
to be sought who joined in the war 
against Sodom; Le Clerc understands 
the people of Galilee, comparing 5753 


ba Is. 8,23; perhaps comparing Gen. 


184 
ph Ps. 79, 10. | 





ὯΔ 
10, 5 we might understand nations of the 


West. 
λεὺς Παμφυλίας. 


ΓΡῚ2 ᾧ (Ὁ. πῶ) 1. the body, pr. the 


belly, as. Syr. μᾶς trunk. Ez. 1, 11. 


23. Dan. 10, 6. Gen. 47, 18 there is no-— 
. ἼΣΓΛΟ ἽΝ VNB Ada 
but our bodies and our lands. “Neh. 9, 37 


thing left, . 


ἸΣΏΓΙΞΞῚ otbwa smsya-bs. they have 
dominion over our bodies and over our 
catile. 

2. dead body, corpse, carcass, of men 
1 Sam. 31,10. 12. Nah. 3, 3; of animals 
Judg. 14, 8. 9. 


Om sée δ 


ΓΙ} f. 1. Part. act. fem. of the verb | 


33 no. 2; collect. exiles, company of ex- 


iles, captives, (comp. sing. Mia an exile 


2 Sam. 15, 19,) Ezra 1, 11. 9, 4. Jer, 28, 


6. Ez. 1, 1. 3, 11. 15. 11, 24. 25. al. 


Spoken also of those who have been 
in exile and returned, Ezra 10, 8, 


Arab. LS and μις. exiles. 


2. Abstr. exile, captivity, emigration. 
1 Chr. 5, 22 mbisn-7y until the exile. 
ndinn nb equipment for exile, vessels 
or baggage for wandering, Ez. 12, 7. 


ΓΙΞῚΒΞ 72h to go into exile, captivity, Jer. . 


29, 16.al. M3435 "22 exiles, captives, also 
those who have been in captivity, Ezra 4, 
1. 6, 19. 8, 35. 


725 (exile) Golan, pr. n. of a city of 
Bashan, afterwards belonging to Manas- 
seh, and assigned as a city of refuge to 
the Levites, Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21, 
27 (where Cheth yid3). 1 Chr. 6, 56. 


Josephus mentions both the city, which 
he calls Γαυλάνη, B. J. 1.4. 4,85; and the - 


adjacent region, I'aviovitic, Ant. 8. 2. 3. 
ib. 8. 13.45; which latter he sometimes 
distinguishes from Bashan and places 
west of it on the Upper Jordan and Sea 
of Galilee, though elsewhere he includes 
it under Bashan. Its modern name is 
Jauldn. 
pp. 308, 312. App. 149, 162. 


724m. ( v3) a pit, once Ecce 10, 
Chald. nxt 


8. Syr. [sony id. 


NX72D, the letter ἃ being interchanged 


with > The root 774 has in Syr. and 


Chald. the signif: to dig, 


Not unaptly Interp. anon. βασι- Ἷ 


See Bibl. Res. in Palest. Π1. 


— 


ew 


a 














m3 


* 115 aroot not used ; Syr. ey colour, 
Chald. 433 to colour, to dye. Hence 


"214 (coloured, dyed) Guni, pr. n. τη. 
a) Gen. 46, 24; whence also patronym. 
of the same form, for "253 , Gunite, Num. 
26,48. b) 1 Chr. 5, 15. 


* 315 inf. δ and 51}, fut. 2135, to 
breathe out one’s lige, to. expire to as. 
Gen. 6, 17. 7, 21. Num. 17, 28; mostly 
poet. Job 3, 11. 10, 18. 13, 19. 14, 10. 27, 
5. al. Sometimes with mia Gen. 25, 8. 


ὙΦΗΞ i. g. Arab. GLS to be hollow, 
see in 333 no. 1; Conj. V, id. also to be, 
or be hid, within any thing; Conj. II, 
to shut, to close a door or gate, pr. to 
cause any thing to be or be hid within. 

Hipu. to shut, 6. g. a door, Neh. 7, 3. 
—Hence 


MDA £. a body, i. 6. dead body, corpse, 
so called from its hollowness, 1 Chr. 10, 
12; i. ᾳ. ΠΡ in the pene passage I 


[ Sam. se 12. Arab. ee a hollow, the 


belly, ie dead body. Rabb. 5 


_ body, person. 


οὐ ὅν.» 7. ᾳ. Arab. se pr. to turn 
_ aside from the way, like’™55 ; then, toturn 
aside to any person or place, sc. in order 
_ to lodge or remain; and hence in com- 
mon usage : 

1. to sojourn, to dwell for a time, i. e. 
as a stranger or guest; e. g. of single 
persons Gen. 12, 10. 19, 9. 20,1. Judg. 
17, 7; also of a people Ex. 6, 4. Ps. 105, 
23. Ezra 1,4. Poet. of beasts, Is. 11, 6. 
With 3 of the land in which one sojourns 
Gen. 21, 23. 26,3. 47,4. The person or 
people υἱεῖς what one sojourns is put 
with 0» Gen. 32,5; ™x Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 
19, 33; 21s. 16,4; but poet. οἷω in the 
-aceus. Ps. 120, 5 ΠΣ MID Sn 
wo ἐσ me that I. sojourn with Meshech, tHe 
Moschi. Judg. δ, 17 min2x 25 nia 1 


and Dan, why abides he at the ships ‘ 2 


i.e. why dwells he listless on the coast 
of the sea? as aptly Sept. Vulg. Luth. 
Job 19, 15 "ma "Δ the sojourners in my 
house, i. 6. my servants, parall. with 
maids in the other hemistich. Ex. 3,22 
AND 2. the sojourner in her Route. 
Sept. σύσκηνος, Vulg. hospita ejus ; 
16* 


185 





“Δ 


others understand neighbours, from the. 
Arabic usage. Is. 33, 14 ὧν 4925 ΒΔ "9 
Deis “Ipia sd “As mba who among 
us shall dwell with devouring Sire? whe 
among us shall inhabit everlasting burn- 
ings? the language of sinners trembling 
for themselves in sight of destruction and 
overthrow from God, v. 12,13. 5483 “Aa 
mins to dwell in the Labeprnele of Jeho- 
vah, i. e. to frequent the temple, to be as 
it were the guest of Jehovah, and by 
impl. under his care and protection; Ps. 
15, 1. 61, 5, comp. 39, 13; also c. ace. 
Ps, 5, 5 3 ΠῚ NP nor shall the wicked 
dwell with thee ; ; parall. God hath no 
pleasure in wickedness. Arab. ye 
Conj. III, to remain in a temple out‘of a 
sense of religious duty, also to receive 


ὥ no 
under one’s protection ; xf ie guest 


of God, i. e. one who has sojourned in 
the sacred city.—Part. "3 a stranger, 
foreigner, to be distinguished from the 
verbal noun "3; whence Lev. 17, 12 
ὈΞΞῚΤΞ 73m 7a the stranger that so- 
journeth among you. 18, 26. 19, 34. 
Fem. 73 Ex. 3, 22. Pir Dp." stran- 
gers, nomades, Is. 5, 17.—Job 28, 4 in 
the description of a mine, 092 bn ΥΒ 
“a he breaketh a channel, shaft, from 
where men dwell, i. e. from the surface of 
the ground as the abode of man; here 
“a 037 is for the fuller DY "3 "OX D3 
i. q. afterwards Wi2N72. So with R. Levi 
would I interpret this passage. 

2. to fear, to be afraid, like "53 and 


post from the primary idea of turning 


out of the way ; since he who is timid 
and in fear of any one, yields the way 
to him, gets out of his way. With 12, 
(comp. 8 no. 3. b,) Job 41, 17; "25% 
Num. 22, 3. Deut. 1, 17. 9, 19. 18, 92. 
1 Sam. 18, 15; once with acc. of the 
thing fared Deut. 32,27; with > of that 
for which one fears Hos. 10,5. Of fear 
or reverence towards God, Ps. 22, 24. 
33, 8. 

3. to gather themselves together, to be 
gathered together, a signification which 
it has in common with kindr. 738, 73, 
4. Vv. pr. to scrape together ; see more in 
Thesaur. p. 274, where this meaning is 
vindicated against J. D. Michaelis. Ps. 
56,7 ΒΝ  ἡπηλη they gather themselves 


ἐὰν 


together, they hide themselves, i. e. in 
troops they lurk in ambush. With >» 
and P& against any one, Ps. 59, 4. Is. 
54, 15. See Hithpal—Once. it would 
seem, trans. i. q. Chald. and Syr. 333, 
δον: Ps. 140, 3 miamba sas4 they ga- 
ther together wars, i.e. multiply wars, 
strifes. 

ΗΊΤΗΡΑΙ, “3nn 
to sojourn, 1 K. 17, 20, 

2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to gather themselves 
together. Hos. 7, 14 ΦΊΛΑΣ as" 
"2 ὙΌΣ ANTaM for corn and wine they 
assemble themselves, they rebel (turn 
away) against me, i. e. they assemble to 
supplicate idols in behalf of the fertility 
of their fields.—For ὝΛΑΣ Jer. 30, 23, 
see under "3. 

Deriv. “ἢ, "73, M73, “Vin, 
ΓΡ ΔΩ, nya, nope , pr. ἢ. au, 


1. i. q. Kal no. 1, 


"9, 
τ 


* it. “AA a different root, perh. éo 
suck ; whence 43, "3, ὦ suckling, the 
sucking whelp of a lion. Comp. 9, 
Ethiop. UPA, a young ass ; 543 a suck- 


ing child ; (Nisa young animal. 


“3 τὰ, (τ. 753 IL) a whelp, sc. of a 
lion, -plur. miv9x 4 Jer. 51, 38; "1 
Nah. 2, 13. 


3 om. (τ. 9a 11) plur. pa 1. ἃ 
whelp, cub, so called as still a suckling ; 
see the root. Spec. of a lion’s whelp, 
Ez. 19, 2. 3, 5. Mm a Gen. 49, 9. 
Deut. 33,22. Different from ""53 i.e. a 
young lion already weaned and begin- 
ning to seek prey for itself. Once of 
the pore seas ae (jm) Lam. 4, 3.— 


Arab. Lye fos "5 whelp of the lion 


and of the dog. Syr. {3a 


2. Pr.n. ἌΡΤΙΟΣ Ὁ (ascent of the whelp 
or whelps) Maaleh-gur, a place near 
Ibleam, 2 K. 9, 27. 


bya 5 (sojourn of Baal) Gur-Baal, 
pr. n. of a place in Arabia. prob. so called 
from a temple of Baal, 2 Chr. 26, 7. 


DVS m. (τ. 852) plur. midis, pr. a 
small stone, calculus, κλῆρος, as used in 
casting lots ; hence 

1. a lot, Lev. 16, 8 sq. To express 
the casting of lots the verbs used are 
yg. πὸ, ΕΠ, eM, oer, M2, 


186 


| 18, 4 νὰ τ Mm wN. the first of ἱ 





375 


which see; for the lot as cast, >B3 Jon. 
1,7. Ez. 24,6; of the lot as shaken from 
the urn 44 abd dy 9.11} ΓΙῸΣ Lev. 6, 9, 
and > 551} NX" Num. 33, ‘54, Josh. 19, 
1 sq. That as to which ‘the lot is con- 
sulted is put with >» Ps. 22, 19, δὲ Joel 
4, 3. 

2. lot, that which falls to one by lot, 
espec. a portion, inheritance. Judg. 1,3 
sDIia2 "FN ΓΙῸΣ come up with me into 
my lot, my portion. Is. 57, 6. Ps. 125, 3. 
Metaph. lot, portion, destiny, as selene! 
to men fest God, Ps. 16, 5. Dan. 12, 13 
2282 ἼΩΣΤΩΝ and arise to thy lot in the 
end of days, in the Messiah’s kingdom ;_ 
comp. Rev. ΝΜ 6. 


* wa, "3, a clod, lump of earth or — 
dust; once "ah 7, δ Keri may “wa ba2 
“ED ἘΝ (Cheth. ὁ) my body is clothed | 
with worms and lumps of dust i. e. they © 
coverit, referring to the ashy skin ofa sick 
person, which, as being also rough and 
scaly, has in a measure the appearance 
of being sprinkled over with lumps of 
dust. Sept. βώλακες γῆς, Vulg. sordes 
pulveris. The Talmudists also use this 
word for a clod, or mass like a clod, 
Mishna Tehor. 3. § 2. ib. 5. ὃ 1. See 
more inThes. p. 276. From it they then 
derive the denom. wwunn to wrestle, 
pr. to raise the dust in wrestling; see 
pax2.—The etymology is very _ob- 
scure. Simonis regards 843 and "ἢ as 


put for Waa3, 823, from τ. us to be 












unclean, filthy, whence cols filth. 
Better perh. to assume a root Way i. q. 


as 5 whence also pr. ἢ. 73. 


TA m. (r. 113) plur. estr. "23 1. ἃ shear- 
ing, meton. wool shorn, a fleece. Deut. 





fleece of thy sheep. Job 31, 20. Com 
mya. 

@2. ἃ mowing, e.g. a mown meadow. 
Ps. 72, 6. Am. 7,1 32m 7433 the king’s 
mowings, referring perhaps to some righ’ 
of the Israelitish kings to exact the θὲ 
liest grass. 


“274 m. Ezra 1, 8, @ treasurer, th 
keeper of the royal treasures among the 
Persians; see in r. 133. Plur. Chal 
y7a%3 Ezra 7,21; and dropping the sib 
lation 979374 Dan. 3, 2.3. Correspondi 








ὌΝ 
is Syr. Teh ἤβδῶῳ pop, Pers. 


Ss all which are compounded from 
‘ 123, and the Pers. syllable y's 9 99? 
(like ae bar in ehrbar, achtbar,) 


_ which seems to.denote possession. 


“ ΓΞ pr. to cut, like 118 ἃ. ν. Spec. 
1. to cut stone, to hew, to form by cut- 
_ ting orhewing; whence ΤΣ. Syr. “Ky 
to cut off, to shear 

2. Metaph. to divide out to any one, to 
mete out, to assign as a portion; comp. 
Gr. ταμίας from τέμνειν. Espec. like 
synon. 528, spoken of benefits, kindness 
bestowed; Ps. 71, 6 "Tia OMAN "AN 1377 
from my mother’s womb thou hast. meted 
out to me in kindness, i. e. hast been my 
benefactor. [Better from r. 11a no. 2, 


where see.—R.] Arab. = to retri- 


bute, to repay, ale retribution, pun- 


ishment, reward. 
Deriv. m"t3, and pr. ἢ. M43, ris. 


MA f. (τ. 112) ig. 12 no. 1, a fleece, 
Judg. 6, 39. vd more “fully ἜΝΙ ΤῚΣ 


ν. 37. Arab. ὅγε. 


“TW (Ὁ. Ht, after the form Mba, πϑῶ, 
perh. quarry) Gizoh, pr. n. of a place 
otherwise unknown, whence is derived 
_ the gentile n. "233 Gizonite,1 Chr. 11,34. 
Comp. 5355} from >a, οὐ θαι from sow). 


"278 see preced. art. 


*1T3 to cut, 6. g. grass, to mow, see 
τὰ viola Sipeeit to shear a flock, Gen. 31,19. 
38,12. 1 Sam. 25,4.'7. Also ofthe Snir, 
to shine the head in mourning Job 1, 20. 


Mic. 1,16. Syr. Chald. and Arab, +> 


id. Kindred roots, all having the pri- 
mary idea of cutting, are M12, DIR, 513, 
dia, 733, and transp. 13; see under 
ΥῈΡ, 25, Wa, T74.—The form 1335 
Num. 11, 31, see under the root 133. 
Nipx. 122, plur. 54332, to be shorn, to 
be shaven, spoken of enemies, i. e. to be 
cut off, slain, Nah. 1,12. Comp. as to 
the metaphor, Is. 7, 20. 
- - Deriv. ta, 73, and 


ΤΊ (shearer) Gazez, pr. n. of two 
men, 1 Chr. 2, 46. 


187 





13 


My f(r. 412) @ cutting, hewing of 
stone; hence Mth "238% hewn stones, 
espec. squared, 1K. 5, 31; and simpl. 
mya id. Is. 9, 9. 1K. 6, 36. 7, 9. 11. 12. 
Ex. 20, 22. 


ἘΠ 515. fat. diy, kindr, with “13. 
1. to strip off, as skin from the flesh, 


to flay, Mic.3,2. Arab. Jy 


of burden, to be aii wounded, flayed. 
Hence _ 

2. to-pluck off or away, to tear away, 
to take by force, like Syr. transp. uy 
a) By open violence, 2 Sam. 23, 21 8125" 
ἜΣ ΓΙ 332 MINIM he plucked the 
spear out of the Egyptian? s hand. 1 Chr. 
11, 23. Job 24, 9 they tear the orphan 
from te mother’ abreast.’ Ger: 88 SET 
feared lest thou wouldst take by force thy 
daughters from me. Deut. 28, 31. Of 
the carrying off of women, Judg. 21, 23. 
Trop. Job 24, 19 ~"a"2 sro ἘΠ ἘΞ my 
bbls drought anil heat carry of the snow- 
waters, i.e. absorb them, dry them up. 
b) Oftener by fraud or injustice of any 
kind, e. g. the property or possessions of 
others, to seize wpon, to take by force, 
Job 20, 19.:24, 2. Mic; 2,2. Espec. of 
the rich and powerful who seize upon 
the possessions of the poor by fraud and 
violence, Lev. 5, 23. Jer. 21, 12. 22, 3. 

3. With acc. of pers. to strip, to spoil, 
to rob any one, Judg. 9, 25. Ps. 35, 10. 
Also by fraud and injustice, i. q. Pwy, 
Lev. 19, 13. Prov. 22, 22. 28, 24. Part. 
pass. 5113 Deut. 28, 29. 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. to be taken away, 6. g. 
sleep, Prov. 4, 16. 


of 3 beast 


a 1 ἢ 513 obsol. root. i. 4. Arab. Som 
to peep, as a young bird. Hence tia. 


_ 393 m. robbery, concr. any thing taken 
by violence, plunder, Lev. 5, 21. Is. 61, 8. 
dra bts Ez. 22,29. R. 5121. 


TR m. (Ὁ. 513 1) @ spoiling, violence, 
violation, Kz. 18, 18. Ecc. 8, 7. 


TOTS Γ (Ὁ. ὅτ 1) constr. md13 Is. 3,14, 
a spoiling, violence ; ΓΤ} 513 Ez. 18, 7. 
12. ὭΣΤ Mba the spoil of the poor, 
i.e. goods taken’ from them by violence 
and injustice, Is. 3, 14. 


=) pe) 


* DTS obsol. root, to cut off, like 


Arab. es and 


Jesm, the cutting off of a syllable ; comp. 
under r. %3. In Heb. trop. to crop, to 
eat off, to devour, like kindr. 002, D073, 
comp. “ΤᾺ no. 3.—Hence 


--- 90“ 
ΩΣ whence 


Dia τη. a locust not yet winged, bru- 
chus, Joel 1, 4. 2,25. Δη. 4,9. Targ. 
Syr. ἴχζωλζο 
(exuens, detrahens) a locust without 
wings; Sept. κάμπη, Vulg. eruca. See 
Credner ad Joel. |. ὁ. 


x>mt a creeping locust ; 


Dia (devouring) Gazzam, pr. ἢ. m. 
Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7, 51. 


i +74 obsol. root, i. q. 373 no. 1, to cut 
down a tree. Comp. ha Conj. II, and 
ey I, Il, to cut off; VIII, to cut wood 
from a tree.—Hence 


513 m. c. suff. ἼΣΤΕ, the trunk of a tree 
cut down, the stump, Job 14,8. Then, 
genr. brink, stock, stem, Is. 11, 1; also 
of a tree just wlanted and τ root, Is. 


40, 24. Arab. ες: trunk of the palm, 


Syr. ya, a trunk, espec. a slender 


trunk. 


. ΠῚ fut. "ta" see no. 3, and "134 see 
no. 4. 
1. to cut, to cut in two, to divide, 1 K. 


3, 25. 26. Ps. 136, 13. Arab. yy to cut 
off, Syr. hy to cut away or around. 
Comp. under the roots t13, 333. Kindr. 
are also "XP, “YD, , and by transp. 
Mm, IR, PB. 

2. to cut down trees, wood, 2 K. 6, 4. 
See 9132, and jf a axe, from kindr. 
rma. 

3. to eat, to devour, from the notion of 
cutting up food, see 842 no. 4, and M3 
no. 2. So Fut. O, Is. 9, 19, trop. of war 
and slaughter, parall. with >>. Arab. 

y= to eat quickly, to slaughter, to kill. 

4. Trop. to cut off, i. e. to decide, to de- 
termine, to decree, fat. A, Job 22, 28. So 
Chald. Syr. "14, iT. Comp. 7773. 

5. Intrans. to be cut off, to fail. Hab. 
3,17 ΝΣ m>2a9 "12 though the flock 


188 





"Δ 


fail from the Sole ; Sept. ἐξέλιπεν πρό: 
Boro. Arab. spec. of failing water. [ 

Νιρη. 1. pass. of Kal no. 4, to be de- 
creed, Esth. 2,1. | 

2. to be cut off i. e. separated, excluded, 
2 Chr. 26, 21 mins ma ΤΩ. "2 for hed 
was cut off, excluded, from the house of — 
Jehovah, Is. 53,8 BF yaya 7132 "2 for — 
he was cut off from the land of the living. 
Ps. 88, 6. 

3. to be cut off, i. q. to perish, Lam. 3, 
54; ὁ. dat. plete ΕΖ. 37, 11 933 999733 we 






’ 


perish, Arab. Fa calamity, destruc- — 
tion Sy 
The derivatives follow, except marge, ; 


Wa-Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to cut 
to cut off ; see Ithpe. . 

2. i.q. Heb. no. 4, to decide, to deter- 
mine, to decree, spec. of fate, destiny. — 
Part. plur. 7°13 pr. deciders determiners, 
put forthe Chaldean astrologers,diviners, — 
who by casting nativities from the place 
of the stars at one’s birth, and by various 
arts of computing and divining, foretold — 
the fortunes and destinies of individuals, 
(numeri Babylonii Hor. Carm. I. 11. 2,) 
Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4. 5,7.11. Comp. Chald. 
NIT] decree: in Rabtiwle spoken of the 
divine decree, fate ; 1712 the art of cast- 
ing nativities, astrology; on which see 
Comment. on Is, II. p. 349. 

Irupe. to cut off or.out, 3 pret. fem. 
maramx Dan. 2, 45; and in the Heb. 
manner mann v. 34. 


“Wa τὰ. (τ. 12) 1. @ piece, part, plur. 
mnta pieces of victims Gen. 15, 17; 
parts of the sea as divided Ps. 136, 13. 

2. Gezer, (prob. a steep place, preci-. 
pice,) pr.n. a) A city anciently the 
seat of a Canaanitish king Josh. 10, 33. 
12, 12; situated on the western border 
of Ephraim and assigned to the Levites 
Josh. 16, 3. 21,21; although the ancient 
inhabitants were not expelled, Josh. 16, 
10. Judg. 1,29. It was destroyed by the 
Egyptians, and again rebuilt by Solv- 
mon, 1 K.9,15 sq. Ὁ) A place else- 
where called = Gob, 1 Chr. 20, 4; 
comp. 1 Sam. 21, 18. 

MITA f. once Lev. 16, 22 7713 PRN 
into a desert land or tract. The same 
is expressed in v. 10. 21. 22 fin. by 
manta. Sept. εἰς γὴν ἄβατον, Vulg. in 








“4 


terram solitariam. Lit. into.a land eaten 
off, cropped, naked, ie ip pos 


Te, 


seer. "13 no. 3. So Arab. > 5 


see Camoos p. 699. Syr. be sterile. 


M1f4 Chald. f. constr. m2113, ὦ decree, 
sentence of God, of angels, Baw 4,14. 21. 
Often in the Targums. Comp. r. "14 no. 


_ 4, and Syr. 12p,. 

ΤῊ} f. (τ. 31) 1. cut, i. 6. form, 
Jigure of a man, the body; comp. 353} 
from Sp and Fr. éaille. Lam. 4, 7. 


“= 


Corresponding is Arab. + 

2. Pr.a place cut off, a separate place, 
prob. an area, enclosure, court, in the 
middle of which the temple was built, 
_ Ez: 41, 12-15. 42, 1. 10. 13. 


_ ‘MA 1 Sam. 27, 8 Keri (Cheth. 7173) 
 Gezrites, pr. n. of a people attacked by 
David while sojourning among the Phi- 
listines; prob. the inhabitants of the 
city Gezer, "15. 


pn m. (τ. }93) the belly of reptiles, 
so called from its bent or curved form, 
Lev. 11, 423 of a serpent Gen. 3, 14. 
Comp. Glenii: Bauch from beugen, bucken, 


"7734 2 K. 4, 31. 5, 25, oftener "1707S 
(valley ofvision) Gehazi, pr. n. of the ser- 
vant of Elisha, 2 K. 4, 12. 14. 25 sq. 5, 
20 sq. 


*On3 obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 


= (> and 2 being interchanged) to 
light a fire, to kindle ; mid. Damm. to 


δ 5 
burn, to flame, whence AS a great fire 


‘burning fiercely, Gehenna; from the 
primary root 05, Dam.—Hence 

mbna f. plur. psdra, constr. "m3 (f 
Kz. 1, 13) a coal, a burning coal, diff. 
from DMB a Black coal Prov. 26,21. So 
Job 41, 13. Prov. 6, 28. Is. 44, 19; more 
fully Ux *>m3 Lev. 16, 12. Post; coals 
for lightnings, 2 Sam. 29. 9.13. Hence 
put for punishments to be sent from God, 
Ps. 140,11. Cvals upon the head. a pro- 
verbial expression denoting something 
exceedingly troublesome, which causes 
the severest pains and torments; so 
Prov. 25, 21 if thine enemy be hungry, 
give him bread to eat; and if he be 





189 





NN" 


thirsty, give him water to drink ; 12 for 
so thow shalt'heap coals of fire on his 
head, i. e. thou wilt overwhelm him with 
shame and remorse for his enmity to- 
wards thee; comp. Rom. 12, 20. In like 
manner the Arabs speak of coals of the 
heart, fire of the liver, to denote burning 
care, anxiety; remorse, and shame. See 
the author’s remarks on this expression 
in Rosenmiller’s Repert. I. p. 140, and 
in the Lond. Class. Journ. no. LIV. p. 
244.—F urther, a coal, as being kept in 
order to preserve fire, is put for the last 
hope or scion of a race or family, like 
Gr. ζώπυρον, 2 Sam. 14, 7. 


“DMS i. gq. Arab. -= 
flame, see 5113 .—Hence 
D4 Gaham, pr. n. of a son of Nahbs, 


Gen. 22, 24; perh. appellat. i. q. es 
having πυρὰ eyes. 


to burn, to 


ὙΠ 1. ᾳ. Chald. yha, Syr. hy 10 
incline, to bend.—Hence ὙΠ. 


* ἽΠΠΩ obsol. ee Arab. ΧΞ to hide 


oneself, to lurk, = lurking-place. — 


Hence 

“4 (lurking-place) Gahar, pr. n. τῇ. 
Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 49. 

"A see R1B. 

* N° or N75 to flow together, as wa- 
ter—Hence “ 

NM rarely 8"4 Zech. 14, 4, and δὲ ἢ 
Is. 40, 4, without Aleph "3 ; constr. 873 
and "3; Plur. pr. ΓΝ (Mika) 2 K. 2, 
16. Ez. 6, 3 Chethib, but oftener transp. 
MINN, 6. ‘watt Fmixs Ez. 35,8; comm. 
gend. (in: Zech. 14, 5. fv. ἐγ valley, 
so called as the phicé where waters flow 
tngeriet: then a level region, low plain ; 


Se 
Arab. ΤΣ valley, level tract, %i> 
Sey 9. τὸ 


“. ὦ 
BAAS kA=>, place where waters flow 


together, valley, depressed tract.—It 
differs from >m2; which signifies a valley 
watered by a brook or torrent; also from 
m2p2 and py, which denote plains of 
greater extent; see Relandi Paleest. 348 
sq. Hence it is spoken only of certain 
particular valleys; just as others are 
called 5m3, Apa, pay. Thus 

a) Dina "4, Δ, Jer. 7, 32. 19, 2. 6. 


1 


pin "22 "a 2 K. 23, 10 Cheth. nin 3 
Josh. 15, 8, valley of Hinnom, of the sons 
of Hinnom, etc. on the south and west 
of Jerusalem, through which passed the 
southern boundary of Benjamin and the 
northern of Judah, Josh. 15,8. 18,16. It 
was noted for the human sacrifices here 
offered to Moloch, 2 K. Jer. 1]. ce. and 
was also called MEM and καὶ ἐξοχήν 
xin Jer. 2,23. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 382, 402 sq. 

b) Dvn "a, with Art. ΘΓ "2, 
valley of craftsmen (see Wm) near Je- 
rusalem, with a village of like name, 
1 Chr. 4, 14.. Neh. 11, 35. 

c) by-nme" ab (valley which God 
hath opened) the valley of Jiphthah-el in 
the northern part of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 
14, 27. 

d) m3 x, 2 Sam. 8, 13. Ps. 60, 2, the 
- valley of salt, [ prob. the very Komiarka 
ble Valley of Salt a few miles southeast 
of Aleppo; see Russell’s Nat. Hist. of 
Aleppo I. p. 55. Maundrell p. 213.— 
Another valley of salt, m>7a3 74, is men- 
tioned 2 K. 14, 7, in the vicinity of the 
Dead Sea; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
p. 483.—R. 

6) D723 93 the valley of the passen- 
gers, east of the sea of Galilee, Ez. 39, 11. 

f) nosy "ἢ che valley of Shot i.e. 
hyenas, in the tribe of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 
13, 18. 

g) ΠΕΣ xa the valley of Zephathah 
in the plainof Judah, 2 Chr. 14, 9 [10]. 
Comp. the mod. es-Sé/eh, Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. IT. p. 345. 

h) 8"2, with Art. x30, the valley, a 
place in Mount Pisgah, opposite to Beth- 
peor in the land of Moab, a station of 
the Israelites, Num. 21, 20. Deut. 3, 29. 
4, 46. 

*"TA a root not in use, signifying to 
bind, to tie together, to couple, like Arab. 
ols mid. Ye Conj. II, to bind, to fetter, 


9 
dus a bond, fetter, thong; and with a 
guttural prefixed 3p3, 728, Att 1, TaN, 
perh. 798,15. In the occidental lan- 
guages comp. the roots gaden, gatten, 
i.e. to couple, whence Germ. Gatte, Gat- 
tung, Kette, Lat. catena, etc.—Hence 
‘TA m. a nerve, sinew, tendon, Chald. 
ΝΣ, Syr. Ip: Gen. 32, 32. Plur. 


190 





ae) 


Ez. 37, 8. Job 10, 11. 40, 17. Trop 
Is. 48, 4 of a stiff-necked people: 7°3 
WEI ΓΞ a sinew of iron is thy neck. 


ΤΣ and TA Mic. 4, 10, fut. m733, 
cony. Mas}. 

1. to break or burst forth, spoken of a 
fountain or stream of waters, Job 40, 23 ; 
of an infant breaking forth from the — 
womb, Job 38, 8; of a warrior rushing 
forth to ‘battle, Ez. 32, 2.—Syr. Laing to 
break forth, as water or as an infant. 
Chald. id. and espec. to break forth a 
battle. 

2. Trans. to cause to break forth, to 
bring or draw forth ; 6. g. an infant from 
the mother’s womb, Ps. 22, 10 HARD 
7329 "MA for thou didst bring me forth 
out of the womb, where 13 is a less usual 
form of the participle, comp. Lehrg. p. 
402. So of a mother, to bring forth, 
Mic. 4, 10. ' 

Hira. to break forth, to rush forth 
from a place of ambush, Part. "373 Judg. 
20, 33. 

Deriv. ying. 


3 or M4 Chald. Apu. to break 
forth, to rush forth, e. g. the winds, as 
if to battle, Dan. 7,2. See the Heb. 
root no. 1. 


5 
3 


{ 
| 






























q 





T3"4 (breaking forth sc. of a eal 
Giah, pr. n. of a place near Gibeon, 
2 Sam. 2, 24. 


ὙΠ pr. a stream, river, so called ΔῈ 
breaking forth from fountains ; comp. 
Job 40, 23. rade των. is Arab, 


les and os: which is use i 
by the Arabs before the names of several 
large Asiatic streams, as the Ganges, 
the Araxes, etc. In Heb. it is a pr.r 
Gihon, e. g. 

1. A fountain with a stream and pool 
on the west and southwest of Jerusalem, 
1 K. 1, 33. 38.,.2 Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 512. | 

2. The second of the four rivers of 
Paradise, which is said to flow arounc 
the land of a> Cush, Gen. 2,13. Some 
follow here the Arabic usage of the wore 
ῳ > mentioned above, and unde 
stand the Arazes ; ; thus taking 85> in 
sense different from the usual one. O 








ὌΝ 


the other hand, the constant testimony 
of the ancients is in favour of the Nile, 
as Sept. Jer. 2,18. Ecclus. 24, 37. Jo- 
seph. Ant. 1.1.3. On this supposition, 
prob. the Ethiopian Nile is to be under- 
stood, which may be truly said to flow 
around Ethiopia. See Thesaur. p. 281 sq. 


ἜΤ 3 see "IM. 


Ξ 575 rarely 593 or DiS Prov. 23, 25 
Cheth. fut. >"33, apoc. 3"; pr. to move 
in a circle, to revolve, whence deriv. 858, 


comp. 523; also like Arab. Jie mid. 
Waw, to dance in a circle, comp. >4n 
and 33% .—Hence 


1. to exult, to rejoice, poetic. Job 3, 22 
arabs oonnwN joyful even unto rejoic- 
ing, pr. unto leaping for j joy. Is. 49, 13. 
65, 18; with 3 of pers. or thing in δεν, 
one rejoices, Ps. 9, 15. 13, 6. 21, 2. 31, 8. 
149, 2; also ὃ Zeph. 3, 17. nina bay 
_ to rejoice in Jehovah, espec. in his good- 
ness and mercies, Is. 29, 19. 41, 16. Joel 
2, 23. Ps. 35, 9. 89, 17. Trop. joy is also 
uscvibed to inanimate things, Ps. 96, 11. 
Is. 35, 1. 

2. to tremble, to fear, which comes 
from the leaping or palpitation of the 
heart, see Job 37, 1. Ps. 29,6; comp. the 
roots 439 and 54m. So Gr. ὀρχεῖται καρ- 
δία φόβῳ Aaschyl. Choéph. 164, 1022 ; 
ἢ καρδία πάλλει, πάλλει φόβῳ, Seidl. ad 
Kurip. Electr. 433; Lat. cor salit Plaut. 
So vice versa 38 implies a trembling 
| for joy, Is. 60, 5. Jer. 33, 9.—Hence Ps. 
2, 11 M3992 5553 fear with trembling ; 
others, rejoice with trembling, as no. 1. 
Hos. 10, 5 for the people shall mourn over 
tt (the calf) 95533 "22 19225 and its 
priests shall tremble for it. 

The derivatives follow. 


2B see bay. 


Dm. 1. pr. @ circle, circuit ; hence 
an age, evum, and meton. men of an age, 
generation, i.g. “i, comp. 28. Dan. 1, 
10635533 ἬΝ oN the youths of your 


age. Arab. hace or dice i. gq. 5, 


γενεά. In the Talmud %>"3 42 is one 
born in the same hour and under the 
same star with me. 

2. exultation, rejoicing, gladness, Hos. 
9, 1. Is. 16, 10. Jer. 48, 33. 


191 





252 


TID" f. ig. "a no. 2, exultation, re- 
joicing, gladness, Ps. 65, 13. Is. 35, 2 
WPT) _Md74 rejoicing and shouting, i i.e. st. 
constr. for the absol. 


"3594 see in mda. 


*""3 obsol. root, Arab. \LS mid. Ye, 
prob. to boil wp, to effervesce, whence 


ne a boiling of the breast, from an- 


ger, hunger, thirst. Corresponding is 
Germ. géhren, in some dialects gohren, 
giehren. Hence 


"A or 14 m. lime, so called from its 
me Gem when slacked, Is. 27, 9. 


Arab. > and 4S unslacked lime. 


re Chald, emphat. 873 id. Dan. 5, ὃ. 
Comp. Targ. Is. 27, 9. Am. 2, 1. 


"4 ἃ sojourner, stranger, i. q. 2 4. V. 
2 Chr. 2,16. R. 3 I. 


"3 see wins. 


704 (filthy, see tina) Geshan, pr.n.m. 
1 Chr. 2, 47, 


23 τῇ. (τ. 853) plur. ona 1. @ heap . 
of stones, Job 8, 17 ; mostly with p°228 
added, Josh. 7, 26. Often of ruins Is. 
25,2. Plur. heape, ruins, Jer. 9, 10 "AN 
pnb) prbwamny and Iwill make Jeru- 
salem heaps, ruins. 51, 37. 

2. a fountain, spring, so called from 
the rolling or welling up of the waters, 
Cant. 4,12. See >da Niph. no. 1.—Plur. 
rolling waves, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 89, 10 


107, 25.29. Syr. rie a wave, billow. 


25 m. a bowl, reservoir for oil upon the 
sacred candelabra, so called from its 
round form, i. ᾳ. 723 no. 2.. Zech. 4, 2. 
R. 553 to roll. 


Nba see MD3. 


μ =p) obsol. root, softened from 273, 
to scratch, to eT OR, to shave ; kindr. 


Arab. Wil to scrape, to meres; es 


to shear wool. Hence 
233 m.a barber, Ez.5,1. Syr. Pad, 


a razor. 

954 (boiling fountain, from 58. and 
312 ebullition, see r. 312) Gilboa, pr. n. 
of a mountain or mountainous tract in 


Se 


the tribe of Issachar, where Saul was 
defeated and slain by the Philistines. 
1 Sam. 28, 4. 31, 1. 2 Sam. 1, 6. 21.— 
From the etymology it would seem to be 
strictly the name of a fountain ( Tuba- 
nia?) or of a village near a fountain ; 
whence it was prob. transferred to the 
neighbouring mountain. A village called 
Τεβουέ (τ. Γελβουέ) is mentioned by Eu- 
sebius ; and the same exists upon the 
mountain at the present day as Jelbén ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 157, 170. 


3.23 τῇ. (Ὁ. 258} plur. o"Ea>3 1. α wheel, 
e. g. of a chariot, etc. Is. 5, 28. Ez. 10, 
2. 6. 23, 24. 26,10; of a well for δῶν. 
ing water, Ecc. 12, 6. 

2. a whirlwind, Ps. 77, 19. Ez. 10, 13. 
Syr. Hence 

3. chaff, stubble, any thing driven 
round before a whirlwind.’ Ps. 83, 14 
PRDAD WanW “ride O my God, make them 
as the chaff, etc. Is. 17, 13 "3B? DRDsD 
meio like stubble before the whirl- 


wind ; parall. yia.— Aram. i, nba, 
chaff, dust, or the like, which is driven 
Ss 


round by the wind; Arab. ὧν id. 
2323 Chald. a wheel, Dan. 7, 9. 


babs πα. (τ. 04) 1. a wheel, Is. 28, 28. 

2. With the art. 53937 (circle, or ac- 
cording to Josh, δ, 9a rolling away) 
Gilgal. 

a) A place situated between Jericho 

and the Jordan, Josh. 4; 19.20. 9, 6. 10, 
6. 7. 14, 6. 15, 7; where Samuel and 
Saul offered sacrifices, 1 Sam. 10, 8. 11, 
14. 15. 13, 4-9. 15, 21. 33; and where 
the prophets dwelt, 2 K. 4, 38, although 
idols were also worshipped there, Judg. 
3, 19. Hos. 4, 15. 9, 15. Am. 5,5. More 
“fally papa ma Neh. 12,29. Gr. Dud- 
γαλα, Ϊ ‘Mace. 0.9, No trace of the 
name er site of Gilgal now remains; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest, II. p. 287. 

b) [A place or region near the western 
coast of Palestine, Deut. 11, 30. Josh. 12, 
23. .Euseb. and Jerome speak here of a 
Galgula, and the modern name Jiljileh 
is still found; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. 
Ῥ. 47.—R. 


ὨΡΒ 98 f, (τ. 553) α skull, cranium, so 
_ called from its round form, 2 K. 9, 35. 
Also used like Lat. caput, Engl. head, 


“162 


poll, where the individuals of a tribe or 





































rae 


people are enumerated or mentioned, as 
Ex. 16, 16 m>h>n> “a> an omer the 
head, i. e. for each person. Num. 1,2 
pryeaba> ἽΞΙ ΟΞ all-the males aocondiny 
to their polls, i. 6. singly, man by man, 
v. 18.20. 22. Comp. tx Judg. 5, 20.— 
Among the Rabbins m3 o> is 
‘poll-money,’ a poll-tax. Syn foXe 

id. Lamed being. dropped in the first 
syllable ; Arab. oe et id. where the 


second Lamed is dropped, COP. Tol 
youu Matt. 27, 33. 





" DS obsol. root, signifying prob. to 
be smooth , polished. Kindr. are 72%, 7% q 
q. v.—Hence 


23 m. 6. suff. "724, the skin, i. e. the 
human skin, as aintibek and ah Well Job 


16,15. Arab. de, Syr. [om idv9 


᾿ ΓΙῸΣ fut. 1239 conv. 535), pr. to be 
naked, and trans. to make naked ; kindr. 
with r.™23. to be naked, bald, whence 
with a softer. pronunciation m>a, M3. 
It is applied espec. to the ear as unco- 
vered by removing the hair, or to the 
face when the veil is removed. Comp. 
Arab. > to put off a garment, to put 
off a veil and so uncover the face ; me- 
taph. to disclose any thing. Hence in 
Hebrew: 

1. to make naked, to uncover ; and 
then to disclose, to reveal; espec. in 
the phrase ‘B ἼΝ M23 to make bare Gil 
uncover the ear of any one by removing 
the overhanging locks, as is often done 
in whispering a secret to another; hence 
to tell to any one, to disclose, to show. 
1 Sam. 20,2 my father doeth nothing .. 
“INNS nba NX> but that he telleth me. 
v. 12. 13. 9, 15. 22, 8. 17. Also in a 
slightly different sense spoken of God, 
Job 36, 10 he openeth their ear to disci- 
pline, to instruction, i.e. causes them to 
hear. v.15. 36,16. Hence trop. io 33_ 
to reveal a secret, Am. 3,7. Prov. 20, 19. 
—Also "Bd nbs to unfold or open ¢ 
book, to unroll a volume. Jer. 32, 11,14. 

2. to make bare a land of its inhabi = 
ants, i. 6. to migrate, to emigrate, (Arab. 
Ye and > id.) either voluntarily 
2 Sam. 15, 19; or involuntarily, i. 6. to be 





Ὶ 


55 


carried away captive, to go into captivity | 


or exile, 2K. 17, 23. 24,14. 25,21. Am. 
1,5. 6,7. al. Spoken of inanimate things, 
Is. 24, 11 the joy of the land is banished, 
gone. Job 20, 28. Prov. 27, 25. 
_ Nira. 1. to be uncovered, made na- 
_ked; Is. 47, 3 thy nakedness shall be 
uncovered. Ez. 13, 14. 16, 36. 23, 29. 
_ Also of removing a veil, Jer. 13, 22. 
2. to be revealed, i.e. a) Of men and 
_ God, to discover oneself, to appear, as if 
_ a veil were removed, i. ᾳ. 5872, with > 
~ Gen. 35,7. 1 Sam. 14,8. 11; comp. Is.53, 
©, mharé0- by, b) tide discovired, 
; mianifested, to come to light, spoken of 
f 


x 
4 


what before was concealed, Is. 49, 9. 


Hos. 7,1. 6) to be uncovered, with > 
“and x, Is. 23, 1. 1 Sam. 3, 7. 

8. to be carried away, removed, pass. 
of Hiph. Is. 38, 12. 

Prat i.q. Kal, but oftener in the literal 
_ and primary signification. 

1. to make naked, to uncover, 6. g. the 
feet Ruth 3, 4. 7; the foundations of 
a building Mic. 1,6. Also with acc. of the 
' veil or covering removed, Is. 22,8. 47, 2. 
Nah. 3, 5. Job 41,.5.—Spec. 8) nbs 
nur MIND to uncover the nakedness of a 
woman, i. e. to have carnal intercourse 
with her, Ley. 18, 8.sq. 20,17 sq. So 
to uncover the nakedness of a man is to 
have unlawful intercourse with his wife, 
‘Lev. 20, 11. 20. 21, as is explained by 
Lev. 18,8; and in the same sense is used 
the phrase to uncover one’s skirt or cover- 
‘Tet, Deut. 23,1. 27,20. 8) God 1s said 
to uncover the eyes of any one, i. 6. to 
“open the eyes, to discover secret. things 
to mortal eyes, Num. 22, 31. Ps. 119, 18. 
ae "323 opened as to the eyes, having 
4 he eyes open, spoken of a prophet, um. 
“24, 4, 16. 

a 2. Metaph. to reveal any thing hidden, 
‘Tob 20, 27; a secret Prov. 11,13; to ha. 
tray a Hcitive Is. 16,3; to lm open, to 
make known, e. g. God ae attributes Ps. 
98, 2. Jer. 33,6. So “Ἴ 59 mba is ig. mba 
by aYig-7y to uncover that which is 
‘upon any thing, to remove the veil from 
upon it, Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22. 

Puat to be uncovered, made naked. 
‘Nah. 9, 8 mnea she is made naked, i. 6. 
j ignominiously. spoken of Nineveh. 

> Hien. 5535 and 7334, fut. conv. 35, 
17 






























193 





3 


to carry away captive, to carry into exile, 
1 K. 15, 29. 17, 6. 11. 18, 11. al. 
Hopu. pass. of Hiph. Esth. 2, 6. al. 
Hirup. 1. to uncover oneself, Gen. 9, 


ei: 


2. to disclose or reveal oneself, 6. g. the 
heart, Prov. 18, 2. 

Deiiv: mia, mada, Pea, and pr. ἢ, 
ia, ΓΑΒ, “ban, 


ΓΖ, Soy. Chald. to reveal, Dan. 2, 
22. 28. 29. 

Apu. after the Heb. manner "534, i. αὶ 
Heb. Hiph. to carry away captive, ta 
cause to migrate, Ezra 4, 10. 5, 12. 

M25 i. q. mia q. v. exile, migration 

m3 (after the form “iw"p, md; 
exile, τ. 123,) Giloh, pr. n. of a city in 
pa mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 51. 

2 Sam. 15, 12.—Gentile n. 93593 Gilon- 


ite 2 Sam. |. c. from a form ἜΡΟΝ as 
θῶ from n>"). 


M2 f(r. dd3) 1. a fountain, spring, 
i,q. da no. 2. Plur. Josh. 15, 19. Judg. 
1, 15. 

2. a bowl, reservoir, so called from its 
round form; spoken of the reservoir for 
oil above the sacred candelabra, Zech. 
4, 3, comp. v. 2, where is masc. 3. 
Trop. Ecc. 12,6 in describing old age 
and death: O39 >an pow-N> Wwe 33 
amt mba yn} before the silver cord be 
loosed, and the golden bowl be broken, 
ἐν 6: lanrpidwl, oil-cup. 

3. a ball or globe, as an ornament on 
the tops or capitals of columns, 1 K. 7, 
41. 2 Chr. 4, 12. 13. 

4, mbd nibs and m'nnnm ‘x, Gulloth, 
ae and Lower, pr. n. of dito towns, 
not far from Hebron, Judg.1,15. In the 
parall. passage Josh: 15, 19 its mindy “ἢ 
and nana 3. 


393 τη. plur. (τ. 553 note, lett. b) 
pr. trunks, logs, blocks, which are rolled , 
hence in derision, idols, Lev. 26, 30. 
Deut. 29, 16. al. So in various phrases, 
as ebibsn "IM& 2h to go after idols 
1 K. 21, 26; osbibsn a> to serve or wor 
ship idols 2 K. 17, 12. 21, 21; DD Koy 
τὸν to lift wp the eyes unto idols Ez 
18, 12. Often joined with other con- 
temptuous names of idols, as O°x5pu 
Deut. 29, 17, niavin Ez. 16, 36, pxbaby 
30, 13; alte very ‘freq. in expressions in 


65 


which idol-worship is reprobated, as 
BrDADAQ NBL? to pollute oneself with idols 
Ez. 20,7; ΠΝ "ame ΠῚ 6.9; "may FR? 
mba 23. 37; etc. 


ὩΠ53 m. (r. 558) a covering, mantle, 
pallium, in which one is wrapped, Ez. 
27,24. Chald. 053, 82">3, id—Hence 
Gr. χλαμύς, χλανίς, po 

7123 Josh. 21, 27 Cheth. i. q. 7bia q. v. 

nad} £ once M23 Obad. 20, wich Ka- 
mets impure. R. m>3. 

1. a carrying away, captivity, exile, 
2 K. 25, 27. Jer. 52,31. Ez. 1, 2. 33, 21. 

2. Collect. captives, exiles. nan nabs 
the exiles of Judah, Jer. 24, 5. 28, 4. 29, 
22. 40, 1. nim nabs epokon or ἌΜΕ 
living in exile Is. 45, 13. | 


maDd Chald. f emph. xm%d3, captivity, 
exile, M953 723 the exiles Dan. 2, 25. 5, 


13. Ezra 6,16. Syr.{zeXy. 


* m5 in Kal not used, pr. to be 
smooth, and hence to be bare, naked, 
comp. >i; spec. to be bald, Arab. 

Ρ ττ p ) 
ΛΞ. to have a bald forehead. This 


- 


is a softened root from the harsher ΤΠ ; 
comp. by transpos. pen . In the western 
languages correspond calvus, Slavic 
goly, holy, Germ. kahl ; also gelu, glacies. 

Piet to make bare, bald; hence to 
shave the head, Num. 6,9. Deut. 21, 12; 
a person 1 Chr. 19, 4. Also to shave off, 
to cut off the hair, see Pual; the beard 
2 Sam. 10, 4. Once intrans. to shave 
oneself, the hair and beard, Gen. 41, 
14. Metaph. to shave a land, i. 6. to lay 
it waste with fire and sword, Is. 7, 20.— 
Chald. m>3 to shave, to shear, m3 shave- 
ling, spoken by the Rabbins of monks, 
like Bohem. holy. 

Pua to be shaven, shorn, Judg. 16, 
17. 22. 

Hirupa. 1. to shave oneself, Lev. 13, 33. 

2. to shave or cut off from oneself, c. 
acc. Num. 6, 19. Comp. Lehrg. p. 284. d. 


pha τη. (τ. M>5, after the form 71723, 
ymin, ip) @ table, tablet, of wood, 
stone, or metal, on which to write or 
inscribe any thing, i.g. M>, so called 
as being smooth, bare, naked, or empty; 
see the root. is. 8, 1—In Talmudic 


194 





"ἢ 


yinba_ is the empty margin of a page or © 
volume, roll. 3 

Puur. 072553 Is. 3, 23, mirrors, 1. 8. 
tablets or plates, lamina, of polished 
metal, which were used by the Hebrew . 
women as mirrors, Ex. 38,8. Job 37,18; — 
and which were carried about by them | 
in the nianner of other nations, being — 
mostly of a round form and furnished 
with a handle; see Comment. on Is. |. 6. 
So Chald. Vulg. Kimchi in Comment. 
Abarbenel, Jarchi.—On the other hand, 
the LXX and Kimchi in Lex. under- 
stand transparent garments, διαφανῆ 
Aaxovixe, as if making naked the body ; 
comp. Schroeder de Vestitu mul. Heb. 
p. 311, 312. 

bby τη. (τ. 852) 1. Adj. rolling, turn- 
ing, e. g. the leaves of a folding door, 
1 K. 6, 84. Comp. Ez. 41, 24. 

2. Subst. a ring, Esth. 1, 6. Cant. 5,14. 
wryjoma oNbag ΞΠῚ subs "1 his 
hands are as gold rings set with gems of 
Tarshish, i. e. the fingers when curved 
are like gold rings, and the nails dyed 
with henna or the like resemble gems. — 

3. a circle, circuit, region, i. q. “33. 
Spec. ois babs Is. 8, 23 ‘the circle of the 
Gentiles,’ i. e. Galilee ; and xat ἐξοχήν, 
ιν Josh. 20, 7. 21, 32; mo%ban (He 
parag. )2K. 15, 29; baba γον "1K. , 
11) i.e. the dietriet with twenty small 
dition in the tribe of Naphtali, around th 
city Kedesh (thrice called 5">32 Wp), 
inhabited mostly by Gentiles, espec. by 
the neighbouring Phenicians. Sept.1 
Ταλιλαία, Galilee. 


ToD f. ig. d5dz no. 3, a circle, 
cuit, region. ΕΣ nibsby the cir 
cles or districts of the Philistines Josh 
13,2; mebp mibyba Joel 4,4; Γαλιλαΐ 
πον 1 Mace. 5, 15. aie. πες 
ig. 2953 "D3, the circuit or borders 0 
the Jordan, el-Ghor, Josh. 22, 10. 11 
The same region seems to be meant ii 
Ez. 47, 8. ‘ 

mds (fountains) Gallim, pr. n. of 
city of Benjamin, lying north of Jerusé 
lem, 1 Sam. 25, 44. Is. 10, 30. 

mnd5 (exile, an exile) Goliath, a Ph 
listine giant, slain by David in sing 
combat, 1 Sam. 17, 4. 23. 21, 10. 22, 1 
comp. Ecclus. 42, 5. On 1 Chr. 20.1 
see under art. "n>, , 





































52 


#5551 1 pers. oat. but 3 plur. P| 
Gen. 29, 3. 8; imp. “ba, das, once δὲ Ps. 
119,22; to roll, e.g.a icine Gen. 29, 3. 
8. Metaph. with ὩΣ to roll off or away 
from any one, e. g. reproach Josh. 5, 9. 
Ps. 119, 22; with >¥ and 53 Zo roll froin 
oneself to or upon another, Ps. 37, 5 dis 
4273 Tiny roll or devolve thy way 
upon Jehovah, i. e. commit all thy affairs 
tohim. Prov. 16, 3 ἸΠΏΣ Mimw>y 53 
commit unto Jehanal thy works, deeds. 
Ellipt. Ps. 22,9, where the poet intro- 
duces his iautbies as deriding his confi- 
dence in God and saying: Hin >y >A 
snwbb" [roll all upon Jehovah, tely upon 
him ; let him deliver him; ; comp. a like 
lianas of person in v. 27.—R.] Or, 58 
may be infin. put for the finite verb, he 
rolleth etc. 

Nore. The genuine force of this 
widely extended root, which imitates the 
sound of a globe, ball, or other round 
body rolling rapidly forwards, is ex- 
pressed by the Germ. rollen, Engl. to 
roll, each onomatopoetic like the Hebrew 
word. Hence in the derivatives it 1s re- 
ferred: a) To things round, rolling, re- 
volving, as 5353 wheel, also a whirlwind, 
dba a ring, | mb32 a roll, volume, mbibs 
a skull, 853, bby ball of dung, bi, nba a 
bowl, eeurvvir, b) To things ea, 
which are rolled along, and not carried ; 
whence >: a heap of stones, prbaby 
logs, blocks, put for idols ; 533 weight, a 


large stone; Arab. (AS a heavy busi- 
ness. 6) Also spoken of rolling waves, 
like Germ. quellen, Engl. to well, whence 
da, DES, i. q. Germ. Wellen, Engl. waves, 
billows.—F rom this most fertile mono- 
syllabic stock have also flowed the 
triliteral roots >ax, Arab. chef, dad, 
whence "532 wagon, wain; and as in- 
creased at the end, 5>3 to roll or wrap 
up, D153, 024, Lat. glomus, glomeravit, 
globus, Germ. Klumpen, Engl. clump. 
Other kindred roots in the Hebrew it- 
self are: 593 to move in a circle; and, 
changing the palatal to a guttural, 53m, 
bom, ban, 98%, q.v. Beside these, there 
is also a multitude of shoots branching 
off into the occidental languages, espec. 
the Greek; comp. χέλλω, κέλλω (Valck. 
ad Hdot. 7. 155), xvdiw, xvdivdw (553), 


195 





bbs 


κόλλοψ, κόλλαβος, κόλλιξ, κύλλος (comp. 
κοῖλος), κόλλυρα a round cake (732); 
also, the palatal being dropped or trans- 
ferred to the end, ἔλλω, sido, εἰλέω, εἰλύω, 
ἴλη, οὖλος, ἴουλος, ἴλιγγος, ἕλιξ and ἑλέίσσω, 
etc, Lat. volvo, later Lat. callus i. q. Fr. 
gallet, caillou (>3), Germ. Galle, Gélle 
i. ᾳ. Quelle, quellen, wallen, walzen, ono- 
mat. kullern, Swed. kula, low Germ. 
Kaul, whence Kugel.—Where any thing 
is rolled along or revolves on a rough, 
stony, gravelly soil, so as to cause a 
harsh, grating, scraping sound, this is 
expressed by similar roots made harsh 
by the letter 1, as 573, "2a, "92, the 
branches of which are no less widely 
diffused. 

Nien. 832, plur. 3] pers. 552, fut. D3". 

1. to be rolled, to roll along, a billows, 
Am. 5, 24. 

2. to be rolled together, as a scroll, e. g. 
the heavens, Is. 34, 4. 

Hien. fut. conv. 534, to roll, to roll 
away a stone, Gen. 29, 10. 

Poat, to be rolled, e. g. in blood, to be 
stained with blood, Is. 9, 4. 

Hirupo. id. 2 Sam. 20,12. With dp 
to roll oneself wpon any one, i. e. to rush 
or fall upon him, Gen. 43, 18. 

Pixp. 5353 i. q. Kal no. 1, to roll, to roll 
down, Jer. 51, 25. 

Hirapawp. 539309 to roll oneself down 
upon an enemy, i.e. to rush or fall upon. 
Job 30, 14. 

Deriv. see in Note above. 


223 m. 


1. dung, ordure, so called from 


tee globular form, i. q. bbs ; ; see r. >D3 


note, lett. a. 1 K.14,10.—Arab. ἰῷ 
the round dung of camels, sheep, etc. 

2. acircumstance, cause, reason, Germ. 
Umstand ; comp. as to this turn of the 
etymology, M20, τῆς, Hence 5553 as 
Prep.c. suff. abbsa, b2>a2 on account of, 
because of, Gen. 12, 13. 30,27. Deut. 15, 
10. 18, 12. Jer. 11, 17. Mic. 3, 12. Cor- 
responding is Arab. Sines ue and 
SHA! ω» with Elif prosthet. 

3. Galal, pr. n. m. pert weighty 


worthy, like Arab. ea a) 1 Chr. 
9,15. δ) ib. v. 16. Neh. 11, 17. 


223 Chald. m. pr. a rolling then 
weight, magnitude, see τ. 523 note, lett. 


δὰ 


b. Ezra 5, 8 and 6, 4 552 ja% great or 
heavy stones, hewn stones, which must 
be rolled along, not carried.—So Tal- 
mud. x>>3 without j28, spoken of a 
large stone, Buxt. Lex. p. 433. 


225 m. i. q. 523 no. 1, dung, ordure of 
men; in Sing. once, Job 20,7 Mxz> i232 
ax", Chald. and Vulg. well sicut ster- 
* cus suum in eternum peribit. Comp. for 
this degrading figure of destruction, 1 K. 
14, 10.—Plur. 0"533 balls of dung, dung, 
Zeph. 1,17; spec. human ordure Ez. 4, 
12. 15. 


ap? (perh. dungy) Gilalai, pr. n. m. 
Neh. 12, 36. 


i =e fut. pda, to roll or wrap toge- 
ther, to “fold, ones ὁ KC. 2,8. Seer. 553 
Kal and note. 

Deriv. 05>3, and 


=p m. pr. any thing rolled or wrap- 
ped together ; hence an unformed mass, 
substance, not yet wrought, the parts of 
which are not yet unfolded nor devel- 
oped; spoken of the embryo fetus, Ps. 
199, 16.—Often in the Talmud for any 
thing not yet wrought, elaborated, per- 
_ fected, see Chelim 12. ὃ 6; also trop. of 
an unformed unlettered man, Pirke 
Aboth. 5. ὃ 7. 


᾿ Ἴ223 quadril. not in use, formed 
from Qhac> and Me, both which roots 
signify to be hard.—Hence 


37023 adj. quadrilit. hard, Arab. 
ὃ poets hence sterile, barren, as a hard 
stony soil, comp. στεῤῥός, sterilis ; then 
of a woman, Is. 49, 21. Poet. of a night 
in which none are born, Job 3,7. Trop. 
lean, famished, emaciated with hunger, 
Job 15, 34. 30, 3. 


ᾧ 528 in Kal not used, Arab. Conj. 
III, to quarrel with any one, espec. in a 
game of dice, drinking, or in dividing an 
‘inheritance. So in Hebrew: 

Hirupa. to become angry, to be irri- 
tated, to grow warm, sc. in strife. Prov. 
20.3 it is an honour to a man to cease 
from strife, spans bux-b2) but every 
fool becometh angry. With 3 of thing or 
cause, Prov. 18, 1.—Spoken also of strife 
itself as growing warm, Prov. 17, 14. 


196. ὨΔ 





Ξ 7375 obsol. quadrilit. comp. Arab, 


Sale hard, rough.—Hence 


ἼΣὉ3 Gilead, pr: n. 1. Of several 
men: a) A βοὴ οἵ Machir and grand- 
son of. Manasseh, Num. 26, 29. 30. 
Patronym. "I3>5 Gileadite, Judg. 11,1. Ὁ 
12,4, b)Judg.14,1.2. δ) 1Chr. 5,14 

2. With the art. 33547 , Gilead, Gileas 
ditis, (pr. hard, stony. reigns or i. q. 7328 
hillof δα a district of Palestine be- 
yond Jordan, strictly comprehending the 
mountainous region south of the river 
Jabbok, Gen. 31, 21-48. Cant.4, 1; with — 
acity of like name, Hos. 6,8, comp. Sept. 
Judg. 12, 7, apparently the same with — 
ἜΣ nay. Here is the highest part of 
the mountains east of the Jordan; and — 
one ridge is still named Jebel Jel’dd or 
Jel’id, from two ruined towns so called — 
upon it; see Burckhardt’s Travels in 
Syria, etc. p. 348. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
II. p. 243, 306. III. App. p. 167. But the 
name Gilead was also employed in ἃ 
wider sense, so as to include the whole — 
mountainous tract between the Arnon — 
and Bashan, inhabited by the tribes of — 
Gad, Reuben, and part of Manasseh, 


now called Laut and pst dual . 
i. 6. el-Belka and Jebel ’Ajliin, Num. 32, 
26. 29. 39. Deut. 3, 12, Josh. 12, 2. 5. 13, _ 
10. 11. 30. Am. 3,13. Hence put for — 
the territory of the tribes of Gad and 
Reuben Ps. 60, 9. 108, 9; for the tribe — 
of Gad Judg. 5, 17, comp. 5, 16; although 
too this usage is not constant, and in h — 
Sam. 13,7 the land of Gad and Gilead — 
are joined.—Once it comprehends also 
Bashan, and extends to the northern 
extremity of Palestine, Deut. 34, 1. 
“23 (i. e. 1D ἘΝ heap of witness) Ὁ 
Galéed, pr. n. Gen. 31, 47. 48. 


*WD3 i. q- Arab. rhc to sit down, 
to lie down. Cant. 4, 1. 6, 5 thy locks 
are as a flock of goats πρὸ ὙΠ sibs 
which lie down upon Mount Gilead, i Ὁ: 
upon its side, as if hanging from it, see 
472 no. 3.h.—Jerome Cant. 4, 1 que ascen- 
derunt.Sept.Complut, Cant.6,5 ἀνέβησαν. 
Comp. (μιὰς Conj. II, to ascend. 

aye) see MDa. 


DA Conj. (τ. 03) 1. Implying con- — 
junction, together, at once; so in the 














ἈῺΔ 


"phrases p28 pa two together, both, Gen. 
27, 45. Prov. ‘17, 15. 20, 10. 12; 55 88 all 
Ὶ together, i. 6. every one, cunctt, 2 Sam. 
19, 31. Ps. 25,3; 31 Da Ps. 133, 1. 

2. Implying accession, also, etiam, Gen. 
_ 8, 6. 22. 7, 3. 19, 21. 35. 30, 15. 35, 17. al. 

It is commonly put before the word to 
_ which it refers ; but where a word is re- 
_ peated for the sake of emphasis, its place 
_ is before the latter, e. g. with pronouns 
8% Da N81 she, she herself also, Gen. 
. 20,5; δὲ! 03 1°BA in Ais mouth also, 
| 2 Sam. 17, 5. Prov. 23, 15. Gen. 27, 34, 
_ comp. Lehrg. §191. Heb. Gr. § 119, 3. 
_ With verbs, Gen. 46, 4 ἘΔ 7238 7258) 
ΟΣ and I will also come up with thee. 
» 31, 15. 1 Sam. 1,6. Sometimes af the 
Re cioning ofa diawe it refers not to the 
_ next word, but to another more remote, 
_ Proy. 20,11. Repeated 03 —b3 also— 
also, i. g. both—and, Gen. 24, 25. 43, 8. 
_ Ex. 12, 31. Jer. 51, 12; thrice repeated 
Is. 48,8 ; δ) ---;ϑ Gen. 24, 44. 
3. Intensive, even, see 8 no. 1; Prov. 
14, 20. 17, 26. Joel 3,2. With a nega- 
tive particle, not even, not so-much as, 
| Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13, comp. 
mas Ο. 3. So Dai Gen. 6. 4.—Often it 
serves merely to give emphasis to the 
owing word, and frequently cannot 
be rendered into English, q. ἃ. yea, in- 
deed, 1 Sam. 24, 12 AX7 DA AN see, yea 
see! Gen. 29, 30 and he loved Rachel 
more than Leah, where it shows merely 
that the word Rachel is emphatic. Gen. 
16, 13°85 79ny ἜΝ Ob Dn do J 
then here see (live) after the vision, sc. 
of God ? i. e. in this place, just here, and 
not elsewhere. Job 2, 10 what! shall 
we receive good at the hand of God, and 
mot etc. Hos. 9, 12 for wo to them! 
Gen. 42, 22. Job 13, 16. 16, 19. Is. 66, 4. 
ΠῺΡ 53 yea now, now then, Gen. 44, 10. 

4, Adversative, even so, yet, neverthe- 
less. Ez. 16, 28 yea thou hast played 
‘the harlot with them, MY3U NX> Ὁ) and 
even so (yet) thou art not satisfied. Ps. 
129, 2. Ecc. 4, 16.—Hence “3 Da even 
when, even if, although, Is. 1, 15; and 
without "2 id. Is. 49, 15. Ps. 95,9. Da "> 
id. Ecc. 4, 14. 


4 NOS in Kal not ‘used, to absorb, to 
drink up, to swallow, i. q. Chald. 


Prex poet. of the horse swallowing as 
17* 


197 





"a3 


it were the ground in his eagerness and 
fleetness. Job 39, 24 y3x7N723" he swal- 
loweth the ground, q.d. he runs away 
with it.—The same metaphor is common 
in Arabic in the verb to drink, to 
take a draught, as U4) HI if; see 


Schultens ad ἢ. 1. and Bochart Hieroz. 
I. p. 142-148. 

Hipn. to let swallow, to give to drink, 
Gen. 24, 17. —Hence 


N05 m. a bulrush, spec. the Egyptian 
papyrus, papyrus nilotica, paper-reed, 
so called from its porous nature as ab- 
sorbing moisture ; comp. bibula papyrus 
Lucan. 4. 136.—Job 8, 11. Is. 35,7. The 
Egyptians made from it garments, shoes, 
baskets, vessels of various kinds, and 
especially boats or skiffs, Plin. H. N. 13. 
21-26. So Ex. 2,394 nam an ark or 
skiff of papyrus. Is. 18, 2. 


* Ws a root not in use, Arab. hee 
to cut off to amputate ; Ethiop. 12 , 
transp. D3, spy. Hence is derived 
‘ah a cut, i. 6. a rod, staff, and then 


cubit. The same verted is ἐμέναν ΘΉμῈ to 
brave warriors, who cut down the enemy 


like trees ; whence Arab. ἀμ. and Syr. 
Apu. fo be bold, brave, fierce, of a soldier. 
—Hence 


"3 τη. (τ. "123 q. v.) pr. a cut, i.e. ὦ 
staff, rod, as being cut from a tree; Zab. 
Hpasciay, a staff, rod, the letter Ἢ being 
inserted, and * and “Ἵ interchanged ; 
Chald. τ, Then a cubit, the 
measure of a cubit, Judg. 3, 16.—Syr. 
ἵράξοας cubit, pasos, Vpatopy, id. 

D"33 τὰ. plur. Ez. 27, 11 brave sol- 
diers, fierce warriors, Jerome bellatores. 
This word has given rise to endless 


conjectures among interpreters; see 
Thesaur. p. 292. 


7703 (weaned) Gamul, pr. n. m 
1 Chr. 24,17. Comp. >123 ma. 


DAA m. (τ. θ22) 1. act, work, deed, 
whether good or evil, q. d. donert more 
any bis ee Judg. 9, 16. Prov. 12,14. 
Is. 3, 11; in a good sense, benefit, Ps. 
103, ἢ Hence 5 154723 ΞΕ to render 
to any one his desert, to repay his doings, 
works ; Ps. 28 Aor pbi2a atin. Prov. 


Δ 


12,14; 6. >9 Ps, 94,2. Sr > bay ob 
id. Ps. 137, 8. Ῥίον: 19, 17, 6. by Joel 
4, 4, 

- 2. recompense, retribution, Is. 35, 4. 


moras f. (τ. 583) 1.i.q 5903 no. 1, 
Is. 59, 18 ; some copies read plur. ΤΡ. 
ΒΤ Ὁ. bray no. 2, 2 Sam. 19, 37. 


: M25 obsol. root, prob. i. q. 1724 to cut 
off; whence Arab. yA > acute-minded, 


Soas 
sagacious, and yas sycamore, from 
the idea of cutting, see 0>2. Hence 


W723 (for jit, place fertile in syca- 
mores) Gimzo, pr. n. of a place in the 
plain of Judea, 2 Chr. 28, 18. Now 
Jimzu, a village east of Lydda; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 56, 57. 


: 523 fut. 5139 1. 1. to do, show, or 
cause to any one, sc. good or evil, to deal 
well or ill with him, with two acc. of 
pers. and of thing (comp. Gr. εὖ, κακῶς 
πράττειν τινά). 1 Sam.24,18 “3 8} NMR 
maiwn thou hast done me good, hast dealt 
well with me. Gen. 50, 15 ali the evil 
mR 1503 ὍΝ which we did unto him. 
γ. 17. Prov. 3, 30. 31, 12. Is. 63,7. With 
> of pers. Is. 3, 9 nD ἘΠῚῸ sbing they have 
brought evil upon themselves. Ps. 137, 8 


ἢ) Meant) ΡΠ thy deed which thou 


hast done to us. 

2. to do good to any one, to benefit ; 
Prov. 11, 17 ἼΦΞ9 5% he doeth good unto 
himself. With >> Ps. 13, 6. 116, 7. 119, 
17. 142, 8. 

3. to reward, to render, to recompense 
to any one good or evil ; c. acc. Ps. 18, 21 
“PIxD mint ἡ: ΒΝ" the Lord rewarded 
me according to my righteousness. With 
>> 2 Chr. 20, 11. Ps. 103, 10; 5 Deut. 
32, 6, unless by a diff. ἰνίον of the 
words mim bin is here acc. of person. 

Deriv. bara, may, 423m, and pr. n. 
aN7D02. 

II. 1. to wean a child, Is. 28,9 where 
am is added. Is. 11, 8. 1 K. 11, 20 
Hos. 1, 8.—Hence pr. ἢ. 57705. 

2. to ripen fruit, to make ripe, Num. 
17, 23. Intrans. to ripen, to become 
ripe, Is. 18, 5. 

Nipu. pass. of no. II. 1, Gen. 21, 8. 
1 Sam. 1, 22. 

Norse. The primary signification of 





q 


198 a5 ΟΣ 


this verb, and the origin and connection 
of the other senses, are illustrated by A. 
Schultens (ad Prov. 3, 30) by comparing 
Arab. (4 pr. to cover with fomenta- 
tions so as to produce warmth and heat, © 
to cherish ; which idea of warming and . 
cherishing he supposes is then trans- 
ferred: 8) To the ripening of fruit; 
b) Toachild as weaned; 6) To be- 
nefits done to any one, by which we as” 
it were cherish him; and also even to 
evils which we bring upon any one. But 
the verb (4 can refer only to the sig- 
nifications in no. Il; while for those in 
no. I, we may compare 523, Arab. \yc, 
to labour, to do. 
223 plur. pba, comm. gend. a ca- 
mel, male or female, Gen. 32, 16. al._— 
This word is found in all the Semitic 
languages; also not only in Greek 
and Latin, but likewise in Egyptian, 
KEIMOPA, S2ILOFA, and in San- 
scrit under the form kraméla, kramé- 
laka. If the origin of the word is to be 
sought in the: Semitic languages, >723, 
is prob. bearer, carrier, from 5723 i. q 
Arab. (hy to bear. . 


ΡΩΝ see Md424. 
ay P| (camel-driver, or camel-rider) 
Gemalli, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 12. 
ΝΣ ΡΒ (reward or benefit of God) 
Gamaliel, pr. n.m. Num. 1, 10. 2, 20. 7,55. 
* ΒῺΞ a root not used, i. q. D22 q. ¥. 
to congregate, to conjoin, to heap up; 

































Ge 
comp. Arab. ~> to heap up, to increase 
also intrans. to be heaped up, to ἢ 
much.—Hence 03 and ΓΒΔ. 


" Υ33 a root not used in Hebrew, # 
dig, see 783}. oe 

: Vas fut. "an" 1. to bring to a 
end, to complete, to perfect. Ps. 57,3 > 
“by "724 God who will complete for me 
i. e. will do all for me, will maintain m 
cause ; c. 132 Ps. 138, 8. 
eS tutana en come to an end, to cea . 
to fail, Ps. 7, 10. 12,2. 77, 9.—In th 
Aramean dialects this verb is very fre 
quent in both significations. 


"Wai Chald. id. Part. pass. "723, per 
Sect, complete, finished, in skill or ‘ear 
ing, Ezra 7, 12. 








>! 


25 Gomer, pr. n. 1. A northern 


_ people sprung from Japheth, Gen. 10,2; 


from which Togarmah or the Arme- 


᾿ς nians are said to be descended. Gen. 


10, 3; and who are mentioned along 
with Togarmah in the armies of Gog, 


_ Ez. 38,6. Most prob. we are to under- 
_ stand the Cimmerians, Κιμμέριοι, inha- 
_ biting the Chersonesus of Taurica and 
_ the adjacent regions as far as the mouths — 
_ of the Tanais and the Ister, and cele- 
_ brated for their incursions into Asia Mi- 


nor in the sixth century before Christ; 
see Herodot. I. 6, 15, 108. IV. 1, 11, 12. 
The Arabs call this people by transpos. 


py?) whence the modern Krim, Crimea, 
i, e. the Taurican Chersonesus; also 
e af 5 the Cimmerian sea, for the 


EKuxine. Wahl compares Gamir, the 


_ Armenian name for Cappadocia; Altes 


and neues Asien I. p. 274. 
2. The wife of the prophet spe pone 


harlot, Hos. 1,3. Perh. appell. 1. q. ee 


coals. 


9°24 (whom Jehovah has perfect- 
ed) Gemariah, pr. n. m. Jer. 29, 3. 


WII (id.) Gemariah, pr. n. of a 
man of rank in the time of Jeremiah, 
Jer. 36, 10-12. 


74 ὁ. suff. "23 (r. 323) comm. gend. (f. 
Gen. 2, 15,) a garden, espec. a park, 
orchard, place planted with trees; pr. 
a place surrounded and protected by a 
fence or wall; Gen. 2,8 sq. ΡΠ 18 a 
garden of herbs, plants, Deut..11, 10. 
1 K. 21, 2. ja9 ΤῈΞ ἃ garden-house 2 K. 
9, 27, or perh. pr. ἢ. of a place. 41> 43 
the eanilin of Eden, planted of God, Gen. 
8,24. Joel 2,3; also-called ony 8 Ez. 
28, 13. 31, 8.9; and min ya Gen. 13, 10. 
Is. 51,3. A Scrila enclosed, shut up, as 
the emblem οἵ ἃ chaste female, Cant. 4, 
12.—Plur. 0723 Cant. 4, 13. 6, 2. 


223 fut. 3535 1, to steal, to take 
by stealth, secretly. This verb would 
seem strictly to be a denom. from Arab. 


ods side, latus, Chald. 33, and hence 
to signify pr. to put aside privily ; ; comp. 
Sanser. pdrevaka thief, from paregva 
side ; and so Arab. i> has several 
Mivoifiedtions drawn from the idea of 


199 





12 


side, as fregit latus, duxit a Ἰαΐον6.--- Τὸ 
Heb. with ace. of thing, Gen. 31, 19. 30. 
32; acc. of pers. 2 Sam. 19, 42. Deut. 
24,7. Job 21, 18 BID "32 γ 29} and as 
chaff which the storm stealeth (carrieth) 
away. 17,20. Part. pass. fem. with Yod 
parag. "1323 Gen. 31, 39. 

2. to deceive, like Gr. κλέπτειν. Gen. 
31, 27 "M& dams and didst deceive me. 
Espec. with 35, pr. to deceive the heart 
or mind of any one, as κλέπτειν γόον 
Hom. Il. 14. 217. Gen, 31, 20 apyt 33371 
72> ab-msx and Jacob decesed Laban. 
v. 26. See L. de Dieu ad Gen. l. c. 

Nipu. pass. of no. 1, Ex. 22, 11. 

Previ. q. Kal. 1. to steal, rR 23, 30. 

2. With 35, to deceive, 2 Sam. 15, 6. 

PvuAL pass. i q. to steal intrans. Job 4, 
12 3239 23 "28 an oracle stole secretly 
upon me. Inf. absol. 33} Gen. 40, 15. 

Hirupa. to do by stealth, with ‘nf and 
2, 2 Sam. 19,4 san ofa oh spans 
ΡΝ wind and the people that day gat 
them by "stealth into the city. Syr. 


Laci to steal oneself away. 
Deriv. the three following: 
224 m. a thief, Ex. 22, 1. 6. 7. 
M35 f. a theft, thing stolen, Ex. 22, 3. 


ΓΞ 33 (μοῦ. Genubath, pr. n.m. 1 K. 
11, 20. 

“24 fem. of 33, a garden, park, Job 8, 
16; Plur. m2, Am. 4, 9. 9,14; α grove, 
where idolatrous rites were performed, 
Is. 1,29. 65,3. 66.17. BR. 423. | 


M33 f. id. chiefly in the later Hebrew, 
Esth. 1, 5. 7, 7.8. Cant. 6,11. R. 18. 


5 Τ23 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. τῷ. and 


Chald. 123, to hide, to hoard, to lay up 
im store. Kindred roots are 023, yjS, 


US, 25, and transp. Wind ἸΞΌ, jon 
athcabe 


O°f24 plur. constr. 423 1. treasures, 
Esth. 3, 9. 4, 7. 

2. chests, treasure-chests, in which 
precious goods or wares are stored, Ez. 


Q7, 24. 


P1243 Chald. plur. πη. treasures, Ezra 
6, 1. 87123 ΤᾺΞ house of treasures, treas- 
uUry, Ezra 5, 17. 7, 20. Comp. 72a. 


3723 m. plur. 5°Dt23, treasury of the 
temple, 1 Chr. 28, 11. The ending 7-, 


re , ~ 200 


J~, occurs also in other Chaldee words, 
as 3, 728; Lehrg. p.516. R. 123. 


weer to cover, to cover over. i. q. 


Arab. es kindr. 723, 125. 
protect, every where of God as protecting 
en, c. >9, like other verbs of covering, 
see 59 no. 2.b. 2K. 20, ) "9379 ἼΓ132} 
xin and I will protect this city. Is. 37, 
35. 38, 6; Ὃ. τὴ 2 K. 19, 34. Inf. absol. 
1123 Is. 91, 5, 

Hin. fut. 3 i372 i. q. Kal, c. 53 Is. 31, 5. 
Zech. 8. 15; ‘with 733 Festi 12, 8, see 
ἼΣΞ no. 1. a. 

Deriv. 4a 
pr. n. rok 


Trop. to 


. MBA, MPA, 432, B39, and 


7-) 


ints. 


TIM 23 (gardener) Ginnethon, pr. n. m. 
Neh. 10,7. 12,6. Inv. 4 is the corrupted 
reading "inz3. 


risa to low, as an ox or cow, an ono- 
matopoetic root, 1 Sam. 6, 12, Job 6, 5. 


Talm. id. Syr. TK, to ery out, to exclaim. 
Corresponding is Gr. youw, Sanscr. and 
Zend. gauw-s, Pers. bs gl) kau, gau, ox 
or cow, Lat. ceva cow, Columel. 6. 24 
fin. ‘Teut. Ko, Kuh, Engl. cow, so 
called from their lowing. See Grimm’s 
Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 327.—Hence 


my5 (lowing) Goah, with He local 
mrsh, Goath, pr. ἢ. of a place near 
Jerusalem, Jer. 31, 39. 


Σ Σ3 to abhor, to reject with loath- 
ing, to cast away. Chald. Ithpe. to be 
polluted, impure, unclean, see >x3 II; 
whence too the signif. of loathing, ab- 
horring may be derived, i. q. to hold as 
polluted, unclean, comp. ἘΠῚ .—Often in 
the phrase m8 “WiE3 n>z3 my soul abhors 
any thing, Lev. 26, 11. 15. 30. 43; ο. 3 
Jer. 14,19; also without we? Lev. 26, 44. 
ΕΖ. 16, 45, 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be cast away. 2 Sam. 1, 21 
p'7iD3 4372 5332 DY "> for there was cast 
away the shield of the mighty ; Vulg. ibi 
enim. abjectus est clypeus heroum ; Sept. 
προσωχϑ ίσϑη. 

Η!ΡΗ. i. q. Kal, Job 21, 10 ad ὦ 
bea Nb» his cow breedeth and casteth not, 
i. e. does not suffer abortion; Vulg. bos 
eorum concepit, et non abortivit ; and so 
Aqu. Symm. Sept. But Saadias, Kim- 





W953 
chi, and others, his bull gendereth ‘ 
lets pass in, sc. membrum genitale) a 


suffereth not to cast his seed. See i 
“2> Pi.—Hence the two following: 


by3 (loathing) Gaal, pr. τι. τη. Judg. 
9, 26. 28. 30. 


295 a loathing. Ez. 16, 5 aaa 55: 7 
with loathing of thy soul, ive. so that thou 
didst loathe thyself, i. q. 72333. Not, as 
some suppose, with loathing of thy life 


+03 fut. "337, to rebuke, to reprove, 
to chide, e. g. as a father his son, ¢.. 2 
Gen. 37, 10 "58 ia 237) and his fathe 
rebuked him. ‘Ruth. ὃ, 16. Jer. 29, 27. 


Syr. my id. Ethiop. 1.2 to cry out. 


Kindred is Arab. Ls to low, to'ask with 
a loud voice, to supplicate with wailing 
and lamentation.—Often spoken of God 
as rebuking his enemies, constr. with 3 or 
accus. Is. 17, 13. 54, 9. Ps. 9, 6. 68, 31. 
119, 21. Espec. as thereby restraint 
and deterring them from their wickec 
purposes; Zech. 3,2 jwwn 73 mint ὍΣ 
the Lord rebuke thee, Satan! i.e. ‘restrain 
thee, deter thee. Mal. 3, 11 855 ἼΟΣΣ, 
boa I will rebuke (restrain) for you: 
sakes the devourer, i, 6. voracious and 
hurtful animals, 2,3 "mx 02> 935 "27 
sain behold, Iwill rebuke your seed, i.e. 
will restrain it from coming into your 
garners, will deny you the usual harves 
Spoken also of the sea as dried up at 
God’s rebuke, Ps. 106, 9. Nah. 1, 4. 
Deriv. M3332 and 


M4 f. constr. MP3, rebuke, 
Prov. 13, 1. 17, 10. Eee. 7, 5. Is. 30, 17. 
Spoken of the ‘rebuke of God upon his: 
enemies, by which they are destroy ed, 
Ps. 76, 7. 80, 17; also as causing the 


sea to beéome ay, Ps. 104,7. Is. 50, a 


* 035 pr. to push, to thrust, to she ce 
by asudden impulse. Syr. Sto pus 
with the horns, to butt ; and in the pas- 
sive confuiations, to δὲ shaken, to | be 
moved violently to and fro, to quake. 
Heb. once in Kal, Ps. 18, 8 829m} oer 
ΝΠ then the pai shook and tremble i. 
In the parall. passage 2 Sam. 22, 8 Ker 
Hithpael is read, which is more freque 
in this signification; while in Ps. le 
the writer seems to have employed ἢ 




































/ 


proo}, 


ὭΣ, 









































intrans. for the sake of paronomasia in 
t he words Byam, OPIN. 

Puan 3b “id. Job 34, 20 pd sviphs 
ra) the people shall be moved and 
9 away, i. e. shall be troubled, shall 
eel and perish. 

_ Hrrupa. to be moved, shaken, to quake, 
of the earth Ps. 18, 8 and2 Sean 22, 8 fin. 
Of waves, to be agitated, to toss them 
, Jer. 5, 22. 46, 7. 8. 

_ Hirupo. to stagger, to reel, as one 
drunken, Jer. 25, 16.—Hence 


ἔῃ Oa (a shaking, earthquake) Gaash, 
“al n. of a hill among the mountains of 
Sephraim, Josh. 24, 30. Judg. 2,9. Hence 
$33 "M2 the valleys of Gaash, around 
‘that hill, 2 Sam. 23, 30. 1 Chr. 11, 32. 


ones (i. ᾳ. Arab. one puny 


Ὰ nd thin) Gatam pr. n. m. of a son of 
Eliphaz, Gen. 36, 11. 16. 

᾿ς $m. (τ. 953) 1. the back, i. ᾳ. 33; 
hence 783 > wpon the back of. i. q. simpl. 
upon, like Chald. "33 >>, Prov. 9, 3. 

_ 2. the body; hence 4833 pr. with his 
body, i. 6. by himself, alone, withoet 
vife and children, Ex. 21, 3.4. Sept. 
μόνος. 

$3 Chald. a wing, plur. 188} Dan. 7, 4. 
5 Syr. ἴας, comp. Heb. π᾿. It 
eems to come from Heb. 522, whence 
722, 924, and thence 43. 


“124 a root not used, i. q. 733 to 
bent, curved, arched ; heads’ Arab. 


AR the eye-lashes, also a young and 
pendulous shoot, vine-branch, so called 
from its bending. See more on this 
oot in Thesaur. Ρ. 298.—Hence 


Bux vent "253, plur. "253, comm. 
nder, (rarely m. Hoe: 10, 1. 2 K. 4,39,) 
δι srserig and pendulous shoot ¥ hence a 
plant having such shoots, espec. a vine, 
erape-vine (comp. saliz i.q. ἕλιξ, pr.arod, 
witch), which where’ greater accuracy 
“ἢ Wis required, as in laws, is called fully 753 

$75 Num. 6, 4: Judg. 13,14. Rarely 
| poken of other similar plants, as MW 153 
2K. 4,39 a. wild vine, bearing wild cu- 
cumbers.—Most freq. it denotes simpl. 
pine, i.e. grape-vine, Gen. 40, 9. Is. 7,23. 
24,7. 32,12. Judg. 9,13 sq. A noble 


τ vine is put as an emblem of men of no- 


| 
Ἵ. 
$40 
¢ 
᾿ 
ἐ 


201 





N"5 


ble and generous disposition, Jer. 2, 21, 
comp. Is. 5, 2; and vice versa a strange 
vine, a vine of Sodom, stands for men of 
ignoble and degenerate character, Jer. 
2, 21. Deut. 32, 32. With the latter 
comp, also the apples of Sodom, Joseph. 
B. J. 4. 8. 4. 


‘i Ξ3 obsol. root, i. q. 323, to be curv- 


τ᾽ 


ed, gibbous, conver. Hence 43, 27838. 


ν “BS obsol. root, prob. i. q. "BD and 
= to cover, to cover over.—Hence the 


two following: 


"5 once Gen. 6, 14 , pr. pitch, i.g. "BD; 
hence “BA "XD pr. pitch-wood, resinous 
wood, such as the wood of the pine, jr, 
cypress, cedar, and other trees of like 
kind, which are used in ship-building ; 
see M53. Among modern interpret- 
ers, Bochart in Phaleg. I. 4, and Celsius 
in Hierob. I. 328, not unaptly understand 
the cypress-tree, κυπάρισσος, cupressus ; 
appealing not without reason to the 
similar letters and sound. 


FM"DA f. (τ. 53) prob. pr. piich, but 
transferred also to other combustible 
substances, spec. brimstone, sulphur. 
Gen. 19, 24. Deut. 29, 22. Is. 30, 33. 34, 


9. Job 18,15. Syr. ἴδ μϑρ and ἴδ, 


8 ο “042 
Arab. Sra whence Sys to smear 


with sulphur; Chald. 8n™53, SN™75a, 
Rm", id. 


“af. ma, plur. O43, Part. of στ. "ἘΣ 1. 
1, q. v. p. 185. ; 


A m. (Ὁ, 793 1) @ sojourner, stranger, 
a man living out of his own country, © 
Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 2, 22. 18, 3. 22, 20. al. 
Often joined with the synon. ADin a 
stranger (comp. Michaelis in Mos. Recht 
II. § 38) Gen. 23, 4; opp. M28 a native 
Ex. 12, 19, —With suff. τ 7, i713, thy or 
his sojourner, stranger, i. e. living in 
thy or his land, (not in thy house,) Ex. 
20, 10. Deut. 5, 14. 24, 14. 31, 12..- 


Δ lime, see "74. 
"3 Lion’s whelp, see "δ. 


83 (ig. 493 a grain) Gera pr. n. 
a) A son of Benjamin Gen. 46, 91. Ὁ) 
Judg.3, 15. c¢)1Chr. 8,7. d) 8.3.5. 
e) 2 Sam. 16, 5. 


ὩΣ Δ 


* “3 obsol. root, pr. fo scratch, to’ 


scrape, a signif: found also in several 
other verbs beginning with "4, imitating 
the sound of scratching, pa Se 2. Β66 
TA, O93, 118, 52, 4; and transferred 
also afterwards to the idea of roughness, 


see 13, ne Arab. Oye to be scab- 


by, mangy, ῳ > the scab, mange, Syr. 


oy bonita ; comp. Germ. Krdétze, 
kratzen, Engl. with sibilant to scratch, 
the scratches, scurf, scurvy.—Hence 33 , 
pr. ἢ. 33. 


22 m. scab, scurf, scurvy, perh. of a 
malignant kind, Deut. 28, 27; concer. 
scabbed, scurvy, Lev. 21,20. 22,22. Sept. 
ψώρα ἀγρία, Vulg. scabies jugis. 


274 (scabby) Gareb, pr.n. a) One 
of David’s chief warriors, 2 Sam. 23, 38. 
1 Chr. 11,40. Ὁ) A hill near Jerusa- 
lem, Jer. 31, 39. 


"373, m. (r. 13 no. 5) plur. "353, 
a berry, from its round and rolling 
form, τῇ 17,. 6—In the Mishna id. 


Arab. = 

MIAN plur. f. (r. 74 no. 3) the eae 
gullet, (comp. Lat. surges, Germ. Boar 
gel, Engl. gargle,) i. q. 178 ; spoken 
every where of the external throat, 
neck, Prov. 1, 9. 3, 3. 22. 6, 21.—A Sing. 
Δ Δ is read in the Mishna, Cholin 2. 4. 
ib. 3. 3. 


| ἢ D575 obsol. quadril. Chald. xmvana 
clay, loam, lump of earth, Syr. Ἰδιαςς ἐς» 
Arab. UX>y> black mud. Hence 

W373 (dwelling in clayey or loamy 
soil) a Girgashite, collect. Girgashites, 
a Canaanitish tribe, whose residence is 
not distinctly specified in the O. Test. 
Gen. 10, 16. 15,21. Josh. 24,11. Sept. 
and Josephus Ant. 1. 6. 2 Τεργεσαῖος. 
Euseb. in Onom. 5. v. Τεργασεῖ affirms 
that they dwelt beyond Jordan. 


ὴ TA in Kal not used, Arab. Aram. 


* ‘m2 to grate, to scrape, to scratch, 


onomatopoetic ; comp. O12, 095, Hn, 
mrt, χαράττω, Wdyyld dads, 


and from the occidental languages, grat- 


202 


| c. 3, Deut. 2, δ. 19 ἘΞ ἼΤΩ ἘΝῚ mor 





we) 


tare, gratter, to grate, to scratch, kratzen. 
Comp. in 23. 

Hirupa. to scrape oneself, 6. 5. with a 
shell or sherd to allay an itching,Job 2, 8. 


᾿ 13 in Kal not used, pr. to be rough, 
from the notion of grating, scraping, 
comp. roots beginning with 4; spec. of 
roughness of the throat, i. q. 123 no. ὃ: 
whence 4193 throat. Thence transfertedl 
to harshness, moroseness, proneness to 
anger, Arab. sy to give way to anger, 
IV to provoke, 8 . g-adog; Aram. "93, _ 

Sy NY to irritate. Comp. Germ. 


kratzig, griesgramig, spoken of a morose 
person. 

Pret. 773 to excite, to stir up strife. 
Prov. 15, 18 iva ΠῚ}. Mn WN a wrath- 
ful man stirreth up ‘strife. 28, 25. 29, 22. 

Hrrupa. pr. to excite oncaie to be 
stirred up to anger, strife, battle, ete. 
Hence 

1. to be irritated, angry. Prov. 28, 4 
bl sam ΠΡ “ya they who keep the 
law are angry with them sc. the wicked. 
Dan. 11, 10 init. 

2. to contend with, to make war upon ; 


contend with thems so with nigh added, 
to contend with in battle, ν.9. 54. mI ὦ 
mim3 to contend with Jehovah, to wage 
war against him, Jer. 50, 24. 2 K. 14,10 ‘ 
ΓΙΣῚΞ mann nis wherefore shouldest f 
thou contend with calamity, q. ἃ. excite ᾿ 
it to battle. Absol. Dan. 11,10 πηρτπι 
Miya and shall wage war even to his ὃ 
fortress. ν. 25 manba> msm he shall 
be stirred up to battle, i. e. shall rouse 
himself to war. ; ; 

Deriv. 7173, 773m. :Σ 


ΓΒ ἢ (τ. "3 πο. 4) 1. rumination ;— 
hence the cud, the food which ruminating 
animals bring up and chew over again, — 





Arab. — Of a ruminating animal — 
is said: M3 MdyM to bring up the cud, 
i. q. to chew the cud, Lev. 11,3 sq. Deut. — 
14, 6.7; also 93 V3 Lev. 11, 7. 

2. a grain, berry, i. q. "392; used as 
the smallest weight and coin of the He- Γ 
brews, a gerah, equivalent to the twen- — 
tieth part of a shekel, Ex. 30,13. Lev ὸὸ 
27,25. Num. 3, 47. 18, 16. Sept. Vulg 
ὄβολος, obolus. So called either from ἃς 





2 


granule of lead (as Gr. ὅβολος accord- 
ing to Aristotle is from the figure of a 
spit or needle, Chald. 829 a little stone, 
obolus); or because in weighing small 
things the Hebrews used grains or ker- 
nels either of barley (comp. Engl. 
barleycorn), or perhaps the seeds of 
the carob tree, ceratonia siliqua, like 
the Greeks and Romans. But it must 
_ be remembered, that the Mosaic gerah, 
_ which is 13,4 Paris grains, is equal to 4 
or 5 beans of the carob, and according to 
_ the Rabbins to 16 grains of barley.—Of 


Ss - 
a like origin are Arab. Xs> grain, ber- 


S_ - 
ry, and Rs ᾿Ξ, carob bean, Pers. slo 
᾿ᾳδανάκχη) i. q. Isto, x3fo, all of which 
refer also to small weights. 


7174 πὶ. (τ. 93) constr. 7173 , che throat, 
so called as giving forth rough, harsh, 
hoarse sounds; see the root, also "74 no. 3, 
ming73, comp. Ps. 69,4. Spoken of as the 
instrument of speech, Ps. 115, 7. 149, 6. 5, 
10 0253 MMB “AP their throat is an open 
sepulchre, i.e. they-utter smooth speech- 
es, while like an open sepulchre they 
meditate destruction. Is. 58, 1 1153 δὲ 
cry with the throat, i.e. with open throat, 


aloud, with full voice coming from the — 


throat and breast ; while vice versa one 
who speaks low uses only the lips and 
tongue, 1 Sam. 1, 13.—Of the external 
throat, the neck ; Is. 3, 16 4173 MTD} 
_ with outstretched throat or neck, i. e. toss- 
ing back the head. Ez. 16, 11. 


MINS £. place of sojourning, habitation, 
encampment, Jer. 41.17. ΒΔ. ἘΣ 1.1. 

- mA in Kal not used, i. q. "ta q. v. 
Arab. > to cut, to cut off, to separate ; 
_ also to devour, whence Samar. AMAT 
- locust. Comp. in 513. 

Nipu. i. gq. "33 Niph. no. 2. Ps. 31, 23 


or presence ; comp. “122 Ps. 88,6. But 
14 Mss. in Ps. 31 read also "M7143. 
The derivatives follow. 


"P73 or "TA (after the form "158, 

dwelling in a shorn or desert land, 
Soe 

comp. Arab. },> sterile land,) Girzite 

or Gerizite, pr.n. of a tribe in the vicinity 


203 





par 


of the Philistines, attacked and subdued 
by David, 1 Sam. 27,8 Chethibh. In 
Keri "714 q. v. 


D-NY, always "3 9 Mount Ge- 
rizim, one of the mountains of Ephraim, 
situated over against Mount Ebal, Deut. 
11, 29. 27, 12. Josh. 8, 33; and over She- 
chem Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44; on which after 
the exile a temple was built-by the Sa- 
maritans as the seat of their national 
worship; see Joseph. Ant. 11. 7. 2. ib. 
11. 8. 2, 4, 6. On the reading of the 
Samar. Codex Deut. 27, 4, see the au- 
thor’s Comment. de Pent. Sam. p. 61.— 
As to the etymology, 5"773 "7 seems to 
be pr. Mount of the Gerizites, see "373 ; 
so called prob. from some colony or set- 
tlement of that people which anciently 
dwelt there; just as the Amalekites their 
neighbours also gave name to another 
mountain in the same tribe, "P2230 74 
Judg. 12,15. Now called Jebel et-Tur, 
overhanging Nabulus; see Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. III. p. 97 sq. 

P74 τὰ. (r. 13) an aze, for cutting or 
chopping wood, Deut. 19, 5. 20, 19. Is. 
10,15; for hewing stone, 1 K. 6,7.—Kin- 


S 


S o> 5 ὁ oe 
dred words are .yy~3> () 08» CPSP? 
dred words are 975) wp75) yD 
eye ayy an axe. 

. 275 obsol. root, softened from "73, 
(as 59m from. ὙΠ to burn,) pr. to be 


rough, espec. of a rough, gravelly, gritty 
soil, in which the foot partially sinks 


witha grating sound; comp. Arab. Joe 


a gravelly place, ines gravel, grit. 


Hence Heb. 8.15 pr. a small stone, lapil- 
lus, then lot, Gr. transp, KAyPos, Lat. 


GLaRea ; also Arab. Je to be stony, 
gravelly, Camoos p. 1412, derived from 


the noun Joe q. v. above. 
Deriv. 5713 and 

23 rough, morose, stern, comp. Germ. 
grollig, grillig, from the same stock. 
Prov. 19, 19 Cheth. ποτ 5} stern in 
anger, i. e. rough, harsh, angry. All 
the versions express the Keri 77am >5a 
which however is too feeble. 


275 see Ἀγ}. 


πὰ 
" ὉΠ pr. to cut off or away, as Syr. 


rere and Arab. ΡΞ Once in Καὶ, 


c. dat. to cut off for any thing, i. q. to 
reserve, to keep, to lay up. Zeph. 3,3 
"pa? wana NX> they lay up nothing for 
the morrow ; Sept. well οὐχ ὑπελίποντο, 
Vulg. non xelnatebant ad mane. Comp. 
2 > Gen. 27, 36; also ey Koran 
11. 87. Pg 

Piet 093 denom. from 03, to gnaw, 
crush, craunch bones. Num. 24, 8 he 
shall devour the nations his enemies, 
Dis? on ias3. and shall craunch their 
bones. Hence trop. Ez. 23, 34 thou shalt 
drink and suck it out (the cup) “Fx 
"223m Mw and thou shalt craunch the 
sherds thereof, i i. e. hyperbol. thou shalt 
lick it out clean, lest a single drop be 
left therein. 


Dam. 1. a bone, i. gq. S¥2, but rarer 
and only poetic, Prov. 17. 22. 25, 15. 


Plur. Job 40, 18. Syr. Chald. doi. ἴδον» 
x23, Sam. "YT id. Arab. o> the 


body. The letters r and s being inter- 
changed, kindred words are Chald. Dua, 


So 


>, and even BX> itself. 
2. “the body, as in Arabic. Gen. 49, 14 
ΠΣ “iam an ass of body, well-bodied, 
i.e: strong, stout; Vulg. asinus fortis. 


So also Arab. — body is used of a 


beast of burden, e. g. ΡΞ uy a horse. 


of body, large bodied, ΡΣ j= a 
strong ass. The same is expressed by 
a special adj. δὲ 

3. the very bone, substance, of any 
thing, i. q. self, ipse, like DY. 2 K. 9. 
13 then took every man his garment and 
spread them under him (Jehu) D337>8 

ΤΕΣ ΓΙ upon the steps themselves, the 
very steps. 

D3 Chald. a bone, Dan. 6, 25. 


"074 (bony) Garmi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
4, 19. 


i 22-obsol. root, Arab. G5 > to make 
smooth, level, to wipe or sweep off ; kindr. 


with 043 and other roots beginning with 
"1.—Hence 


204, 





on 


774 τὰ. (but fem. Jer. 51, 33) ὁ. suff. 
"23, He parag. 4295 Mic. 4, 12; Plur. 
mts Joel 2, 24, constr. nis Hos! 9,153 
a place made opie an area. ἌΡΗΝ 
Soe 
ΩΣ oye ors id.—Spoken : 
a) Of the area or open place around 
the gates of cities, called also 34, 1 K. 
22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9. b) Mostly “Of the 
area on which grail is trodden out or 
threshed in the open field, a threshing- 
Jloor, Ruth 3, 2 sq. Judg. 6, 37. al, ὨΝΗΞΩ 
wh the produce of the threshing- -floor, 
i.e. grain, Num. 18, 30. j357ja id. Is.21, 
10 "28 3 my son (grain of the threahs 3 
ing-floor, i. e. my country, my people ! | 
now broken and trodden down, as grain 
upon a threshing-floor; parall. “ma 
my threshing. Comp. Mic. 4, 12. 18. 
Meton. for the grain itself, Job 39, 12. 


“OTA pr. to break in pieces by scrap- 
ing, grating, rubbing; and genr. to 
grate, to break in coarse pieces, to 
crush ; comp. 723, 823. So Syr. Sing, 
Arab. (iy> comp. Heb. 022, whence 
NOM erits, groats, Germ. Gries. Griiize. 
—In O. T. once intrans. Ps. 119, 20 γι" 
maxn> wr? my soul is broken crushed, 
for longing. 

Hipu. to break in pieces, to crush. Lam. 
3,16 "20 yuna O13" he hath broken my 
teeth with gravel-stones, trop. for a state 
of calamity and wretchedness. See be- 
low in B93. 


Ἢ 53 fut. 5434, pr. to scratch, to 
scrape, like many verbs beginning with 
"4, see in 273, "93.—Hence 

1. to scrape off, to shave off the beard, 
like Syr. \p-y, Jer. 48, 37; also Is. 15, 2 
in some Mss. see under 533. Corre- 
sponding is Gr. χεέρω, Germ. scheeren, 
Eng. to shear.—Then 

2. Genr. to take away, to detract, to 
withhold ; kindr. χῆρος, and intrans. ca- 
reo. Jer. 26,2 733 323M >& thou shalt 
not withhold aught therefrom ; with 77a 
Job 36,7. Often 72 374 is i. q. to take 
away (aught) from any thing, the accus. 
of the part taken away being omitted, 
comp. opp. "07M no. 2, Deut. 4,2. 13,. 
1. Ex. 5, 8.19. Ecc. 3,14. Hence c. ace. 
to diminish, pr. to take away or with- 

























7 


hold from, Ex. 21,10. Ez. 16, 27. Job 15, 
—4$x rp nw san} and withholdest 
prayer (adoration) before God. With >x 
to take to or for oneself, i. e. to reserve, to 
keep, to lay up for oneself, comp. 573. 
Job 15,8 hast thou listened in the council 
of Jehovah, MDM ΤῸΝ Taam and dost 
- thow reserve all τὐλλδοη te thyself? Simi- 
lar is the Arabic usage, in which : 
is to absorb, to drink in. oF 
Pipi. q. Kal no. 2, to take to oneself, 
_ to attract ; Job 36, 27 Θ᾿ 2.522 S297 8D 
when (God) attracleth, draweth upwards, 
the drops of water. 
_ Nips. . 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be 
taken away, withheld ; construed so that 
the thing to be taken away is either ex- 
pressly mentioned, Num. 27, 4. 36,3; or 
else it is implied, 973 573) it (something) 
is taken away from a thing, i. q. to be 
_ diminished, Num. 36, 3 fin. Ex. 5, 11. 
Lev. 27, .18.—Hence 
2. to be put back, to be made less of, 
Num. 9, 7. 
Deriv. ΓΗ͂Σ ΔΩ. 


Ν ἼΆΡᾺ 1. to snatch or hurry away, to 
drag off, to pluck off ; comp. Engl. to 
grab, to gripe. There is something 
“dnomatopoetic in this root, both in the 
letters "4, which include the notion of 
‘scraping, grating, see under r. 373 ; and 
also in the syllable 57, comp. Lat. rape- 
re,Germ. raffen. Arab. 3y> to scrape 
away, fo clear off, e.g. mire with ashovel; 
-Conj. II, to carry off, to wear away, as a 
ο 9 Ὁ.» 

>> wipes 
ashore eaten away by astream. Ethiop. 
“1Z4 a drag-net, which sweeps all be- 
fore it. Chald. and Talmud. to sweep ; 
‘Syr. Hof water sweeping away what- 
ever it meets.—Once in O. T. Judg. 5, 21 
“5523 jit-p 512 the river Kishon swept 
them away ; Sept. ἐξέσυρεν, Vulg. traxit 
cadavera eorum. 


_ 2. to grasp, to gripe, whence FINN 
ἵ the fist. See also mp7. 


a . 5, 
δέ δ πη ἃ part of its bank ; κ. 9 


a ῬΥ an onomatopoetic root, express- 
a ing the idea of grating, scraping, drag- 
Bing, sawing, and other similar rough 
and harsh sounds, such as are produced 
in the throat; comp. Gr. saigw, σαρόω, 
4 σύρω, Lat. βαγῖο, sarrio, serro, verro. gar- 


18 


205 


‘So fut. "39 Lev. 11, 7. 





"Δ 


rio, Germ. zerren, scharren, schiiren, 
scheuern, kehren, Eng. to grate, to scrape, 
to scour, to drag, to saw ; comp. also "3% 
no. 1,293. Spec. 

1. to drag or sweep away, Hab. 1, 15. 
Prov. 21, 7. See Hithpo. Syr. and 
Arab. id. ᾿ 

2. to saw, to cut with a saw; whence 
mi a saw. See Poal. In Syr. and 
Arab. this signif. belongs to the kindred 
form "43. 

3. Lat. gargarizare, to gargle,to gur- 
gle,to give forth harsh or gurgling sounds 


from the throat. Comp. Arab. 75) 


“or 


rey which denote various guttural or 
gurgling sounds as made either by a 
liquid or by the voice ; also Germ. schliir- 
Sen; schnarren, schnarchen, gurgeln, Gr. 
γαργαρίζω, Fr. gargariser, Eng. to gur- 
gle, to guggle, to gulp. Hence nina; 
comp. 173 throat. 

4. to ruminate, to chew the cud ; pr. te 
bring up again through the gullet, sc. the 
food in order to chew it over; which is 
usually attended with a gurgling noise. 
Arab. ~> IV 
and VIII; Syr. $ay2f. This form 737 
may be either in Kal by Chaldaism, or 
in Niphal; as also the Syriac and Ara- - 
bic languages express this idea by pas- 
sive or reflexive forms, pr. to ruminate 
with oneself. 

5. Sometimes this verb remits some- 
thing of its roughness of signification, 
and expresses the softer sound fo roll, 
which elsewhere pertains to the kindr. 


bb3. So Ethiop. A37C1Z, to roll one- 
self, Syr. lems i. q. ᾿δίδω δος a cha- 


riot, and in O. T. 7373 for 5255 a berry, 
which latter form is read in the Talmud. 
Comp. "13, 7272, and Lat. currere. 
Nien. 1. to be dragged or scraped 
together, collected, spoken. of wealth, 
riches; comp. kindr. "48, which also is 
used of wealth scraped together and 
collected trom every quarter—So doubt- 
less Part. plur. M932 after the Chaldee 
form Job 20, 28, i. 6. gathered riches, i. q. 


/ 5925 in the other hemistich.. The whole 


verse may then be rendered: The in- 
crease of his house shall depart, his 
riches shall depart in the day of his anger. 


a 206 


2. to ruminate, see in Kal no. 4. 

Poa to be sawed, to be cut with a 
saw 1K. 7,9. Comp. Kal no. 2. 

Hirnpo. i.q. Kal no. 1, spoken of a 
whirlwind sweeping all before it, Jer. 
30, 23. 

Deriv. 3, MINER, 7799, WSO q. v. 


774 (according to Simonis, a sojourn, 
lodging-place, from r. "74 i. q. "94, comp. 
Gen. 20,1; perh. also water-pots, Arab. 


>) Gerar, pr. n. of a city, anciently 


the residence of a Philistine king, and 
in the time of the patriarchs subject to 
king Abimelech, Gen. 20, 1. 26,1. m3 
"13 valley of Gerar Gen. 26, 17. 


i wr5 i. q. 093 q. v.—Hence 


D3 c. suff. "tw , something crushed, 
broken, pounded, Lew. 2, 14, 16. 


* On pr. to drive, to thrust, to carry 
off or away, as in Chald.. Spec. 

1. to drive or cast out, to expel, as a 
people from a land, Ex. 34, 11; but this 
signif. is more ὐδὰϊ in Piel. Spoken of 
inanimate things, Is. 57, 20 the wicked 
are like the troubled sea when it cannot 
rest, O°) WH 772 WI whose wa- 
ters cast. up mire ‘and dirt, mud.—Also 
to pul away a wife, to divoreé ; Part. 
pass. TWAM3 one put away, divorced, Lev. 
pA We 6 14, 22, 13. Num. 30, 10. Ez. 44, 22. 

2, to plunder, to pillage, to spoil, Ez. 
36, 5 132 MOI ἸΣῺ 10 spoil it (the 
land) as a prey, booty; here ©7372 is 
infin. after the Arameean form. 

3. to drive out, i. e. to ΡῈ forth fruit, 
see WA. 

4. to drive to pasture, e. g. cattle, see 
wre. 

Pre 83 to drive or cast out, to expel, 
with acc. of pers. Gen. 3, 24. 4, 14. 21, 
10; also 2 of place whence, Ex. 11, 1. 
Judg. 11,7. Ὁ 28a Wra to drive out 
Srom before any one, so as to make room 
for any one, 6. g. God the Canaanites 
before Israel, Ex. 23, 29. 31. Judg. 2, 3. 

Pua 05 pass. of Piel, Ex. 12, 39. 

Nipu. 1. to be driven or cast out, Jon. 
2, 5. 

2. to be carried off, swept away, by the 
violence of waters. Am.8,8 M121 7032 
mx ΝΞ it shall be swept away and 
drowned as with the flood of Egypt. 





stops} 


3. to be driven, agitated, tossed, 6. g. 
the sea. Is. 57,20 732 0° the tossed sea, 
troubled. : 

Deriv. 8732 and those here following. — 


Ὧ 3 m. pr. what is put forth, protrud-— 
ed; hence produce, product. Deut. 33,14 
noma 3a the produce, products of the 
months, that which each month produces 
from ihe earth. Comp. r. 73 no. 3. 


aia f. a driving out, expulsion ; spec. 
of a person from his possessions, extar 
tion, exaction, Kz. 45,9. R. O73. 


}1W74 (expulsion) pr. n. Gershon, a 
son of Levi and the founder of the Levi- — 
tical family of the Gershonites, Gen. 4b, — 
11. Ex. 6,16. Num. 3, 17 sq. Once οὖς 
q. ν. lett. b. Hence patronym. sha a 
Gershonite,and collect. Gershonites, Num. 
3, 23. 26, 67. 


DW (expulsion i. q. 7053) pr. τι. 
Gershom. a) A son of Moses and Zip- 
porah, Ex. 2,22. 18,3. In the first of 
these passages there is an allusion to 
the etymology of the name, as if it were 
for DD “ἢ 1. ᾳ. OY "Δ ἃ sojowrner there 


> 
(comp. pe i.q. WY); and hence the LXX, 
in order the more clearly to express this 
etymology, write it Γηρσάμ. b)Asonof 
Levi, 1 Chr. 6,1; elsewhere called jit 
q.v. ¢) Fudge, 18, 30. d) oe 8, 2. 


“05 (a bridge, Arab. ὃ, 


prew) pr. n. Geshur, a district of Syria 
subject to king Tolmai, whose daughter — 
David married, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 37. 15,8. 
From 1 Chr. 2, 23, we may gather that 
Geshur is to be sought in the neigh-— 
bourhood of Gilead, and that its inha- 
bitants are not to be distinguished from 
the o" 7" ; see the next arucle. 


>; Syr. 


"V1W3 Geshurite, a gentile name: 
a) Of a people dwelling at the foot of 
Mount Hermon, near Maachah, on the 
north of Bashan and Argob; included 
indeed within the boundaries of the Holy 
Land, but not subject to the Hebrews 
Deut. 3, 14. Josh. 12, 5. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 2, 
23; comp. "3. [Perh. near the pre- 
sent bridge in that quarter over the Jor- 
dan, called Jisr Bendt Ya’kéb; see 


‘Burckh. Syr. p. 316. Bibl. Res. in Palest. — 


III. p. 361.—R. Ὁ) Of a people in the 





upon, Vulg. ‘compluta est, 


μάλα, Arab. 








- διὰ 
neighbourhood of the Philistines, Josh. 
, 2. 1 Sam. 27, 8. 


μι pws in Kal not used, to rain, espec. 


with violence, to pour. 


Pua Ez. 22, 24; see in DWa. 
Hipu. to cause to rain, Jer. 14, 22.— 


‘Hence the two following: 


DWI m. plur. prota, constr. Vata. 
1. rain, i. e. violent rain, heavy shower, 
diff. from “22, which denotes rain in 


general. Svnos Dw, 109 shower of rain 
Zech. 10,1; also 742 ous Job 37,6. The 
same is apparent from the epithets, as 


dima DA 1 K. 18, 45, oi “a Ez. 13, 11. 
13. 
2. Geshem, pr.n. m. Neh. 2,19. 6, 1.2; 


written also BLAL=E| Gashmu Neh. 6, 6. 


pws c. suff. mB; Ez. 22, 24, rain. 


But it is better to write without Mappik, 


ma for mows Pual of 5a, is rained 
R. pws. 


pw Chald. c. suff. mawa, πος, 
the body, Dan. 4, 30. 5, 21.—Syr. sodas, 


S$ -¢ 
eau ἃ Gis id 
See in D3. “oO 


wavs Gashmu, pr. n. see in pws no. 2. 


703 pr. n. Goshen. 1. A region of 
Egypt where the Hebrews dwelt from 
the time of Jacob until Moses, i.e. during 


_ four hundred and thirty years, Gen. 45, 


10. 46, 28. 34. 47, 27. 50, 8. Ex. 9, 26. 
As the name of this region is mentioned 
by none of the Greek geographers, in- 
terpreters and modern geographers have 
differed widely in respect to its site. 
But it seems well ascertained, that Go- 
shen was the name given to that part of 
Lower Egypt lying east of the Pelusian 
branch of the Nile, between Heliopolis 
and the extremity of the Sinus Herodpo- 
litanus or Gulf of Suez. This opinion 
is supported: a) By several passages 
of the O. Test. which indicate the same 
not obscurely; e. g. Gen. 46, 29. Ex. 13, 
17. 1 Chr. 7, 21. Ὁ) By the authority 
ef the LXX, who render ἡ} by Τεσὲμ 
‘AgaBius Gen. 45, 10, and Ἡρώων πόλις 
ἐν γῇ Ῥαμεσσῇ 46, 28. Other opinions 
are reviewed in i hseaie: p- 307. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. p. 76 sq. 

2. A city with the neighbouring dis- 


207 





ὯΔ 


trict in the mountains of Judah Josh. 10, 
41. 11, 16. 15, 51. 


i ae) obsol. root, Syr. aay to 


stroke, to caress, to flatter. Hence 


NBWS (caress, flattery) oni pr. n. 
m. Neh. 11, 21. 


he obsol. root, Arab. ree to 
bridge, to build a bridge, pr. to join, 
comp. "Wp; also to be bold, daring ; 
since the building of a bridge, espec. in 
war or over a rapid stream, requires 


boldness and energy. Syr. pany id — 
Hence "703. ' 


i wa, only in Piet, to feel, i. 6. to 
seek by feeling, to grope for, c. ace. Is. 


59, 10.—Arab. wales Aram. ay and 
id. but mostly trop. to examine, to 


explore. Kindr. is SYP. 


ΓᾺ f. (contr. from 23, after the form 
mia, ΓΞ; for 7337, r. 429) plur. mma. 
1. a press, wine-press, or rather trough, 
vat, in which the grapes were trodden 
with the feet, and from which the juice 
flowed off into a lower vat placed near, 
aR", ὑπολήνιον. Joel 4, 13. ma 379 to 
tread the wine-press Neh. 13, 15. Lam. 
1, 15. 

2. Gath, pr. n. of one of the chief cities 
of the Builistines the birth-place of Goli- 
ath, Josh. 13,2. 1 Sam. 6,17. 21, 11. 1K. 
2, 39, 40.—Hence patronym. “τς Gittive. 

3. “5M Ma. (wine-press of the well) 
Gath-hepher, a city of Zebulun, with He 
loc. "BM OM, Josh. 19, 13; the birth- 
place of the prophet Jonah, 2 K. 14, 25. 

4, ji7 ma (press of the pomegranate ) 
Gath-rimmon, a city of the tribe of Dan, 
Josh. 19, 45. 


“Ml Gittite, gentile n. from τῷ no. 2, 
2 Sam. 6, 10.11. 15,18. For mma see 
in its place. 


ΩΣ (two wine-presses) Géttaim, pr. 
n. of a city in Benjamin, Neh. 11, 33. 


MMi, a stringed instrument of music, 
Ps. 8,1. 81,1. 84,1. So called from Ma, 
ΤᾺ for 332 (r. 422) ‘music of stringed 
instruments;? hence similar to, if not 
identical with 2°33 q.v. See Redslob 


a ye 


derivation foes Ma a city or wine-press 
is less probable. 4 


Daleth, 723, the fourth letter of the 
Hebrew diphaber: as a numeral denot- 
ing 4. The name signifies a door, and 
the midst ancient form of the letter (4) 
obviously imitated the ds onal door 
of a tent. 

In sound Daleth is kindred: a) Tothe 
harder dentals, as Ὦ, M, with which it is 
often interetianged ; a 327, 330, FDR; 
boa, bmg, dis; PIR, png. Rarely it 
passes over also into 5, see 738, and 
lett. 5 no. 2. 8) To the sibilant 1, see 
below under lett. 1. 


SJ Chald. i.q. Heb. πὶ and mx, this, 
fem. and neut. hec, hoc ; elsewhere 73, 
may. Dan. 4, 27. 5,5 sb NI this upon 
that, together: —In the Targg. written 
with τ demonstrat. 837, 837; Syr. hoa. 


᾿ =N7 to melt away; hence to pine 
away, to languish. This signif. of melt- 
ing or pining away is widely extended 
in the kindred verbs, as 338, 833, 355, 


BLT ly 
nis, Syr. 209, Arab. wd, Wd ἦ 
and is variously transferred, both to the 
languor of sickness and old age, and to 
the weakness of terror.—Spoken of the 
. eye as pining away for grief Ps. 88, 10, 
see HWS, M22; of the spirit, OD2, Jer. 
31, 25; of a person Jer. 31, 12. 
Deriv. the two following : 


MAN'T £ terror, dread, from the idea 
of melting away, becoming weak, comp. 
00% Niph. Job. 41, 14, 22. 


FIAT m. (τ. 385%) constr. JISR3, a 
pining, languor, faintness of spirit, 052, 
Deut. 28, 65... Comp. Jer. 31, 25. 


ANT i. g.57, a fish, Neh. 13,16. Since 
Kamets in this word (signifying a 
fish, and not a fisherman) is pure, as 
eoming from 23, the letter δὰ which the 
Kasora notes as being omitted in very 


known. 





208 a7 


de voc. Ὥπῶϊ, Lips. 1831. 8.—The usual | 


‘3 Gen. 10, 23, Gether, pr.'n. of an 
' Aramean region, otherwise wholly“un: 


wo Deer pet τ 


~ 


of { 


' WEY YL 
many Mss. is here a mater lectionis 76- 
dundans, as in 0°23 2 Sam. 11, 1. 


* ANT fat. ANT", to be ansrious, to fear, 


to be afraid, not pane in the kindred 
dialects. Absol. Jer. 17, 8; 6. ace. Jer. 
38, 19. Is..57; 11; 7. Sue: 42, 16. Also 
with > of pers. ΩΝ whom one fears 
1 Sam. 9, 5. 10, 2; and 47 of that from 
or on account of which one fears, Ps. 
38, 19. 

Deri: the two following: 


. 


at (fearful) Doeg, pr.n. of an Edom- 
ite, the chief of Saul’s herdsmen, 1 Sam. 


21, 8. 22, 9. Ps. 52. 2—In Chethibh — 


1 Sam. 22, 18. 22, it is written 3975 , after 
the Syrian pronunciation. 


MINT fi. g. Days, fear, dread, anx- 
iety, Ez. 4, 16. 12, 18. 19. Prov. 12, 25. 
Ascribed alse to the sea as agitated, Fer. 
49, 23. R. ars. 


‘ ΓΝ Ἢ fut. ANT, apoc. and conv. 
eT Ps. 18, 11, to ‘fly, to dart, Sanscr, dé 
id. Spoken of the rapid flight of birds 
of prey, Deut. 28, 49. Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22. 
Trop. of the Deity, Ps. 18, 11 “b> x7 
m5 "522 and did fly upon the wings of 
the wind.—For 2 K. 17, 21, see ΠῚ 1. 

Deriv. "5 and 





ANT f. only Lev. 11, 14, pgs of 4 


ravenous bird, having a raptd flight, 


Sept. γύψ, Vulg. milvus. Comp. Bochart 
Hieroz. II. p. 191.—In the parall. passage 
Deut. 14, 13 is read M89, by an error of 
the copyists. . OY κεν 
NT see MONT. 
ANT see Wis no. 3. 


25 and 317 masc. epiceen. (r. 598) α 
bear, so called from its slow gait; 1 Sam. 
17, 34. 36. 37. 2\Sam. 17,8. Prov17,12. 


Fos. 13,8 bd Ξ a bear bereaved of 


her whelpst Plur. 5°25 bears, she-bears, 


ala 


. ὃ » Sas» 
9Κ.2,234. Arab. 0, &0, bear, she- 
_ bear. 


a5 Chald. id. Dan. 7, 5. 


* R27 a root not in use, i. q. Arab. 
ΟΝ to Ser, to be quiet, kindr. with r. 
3x3 q.v. A vestige of this root appears 
in the pr. n. 827"72 Medeba, i. 6. waters 
of quiet.—Hence 





NAT m. rest, quiet, i. e. a condition 
of rest; once Deut. 33, 25 RIT 253 
as thy dave, so shall thy rest be, i. 6. as 
_ long as thy life endures, so long shall 
thy condition of rest continue, i. e. thy 
prosperity. Vulg. senectus tua; but old 
age cannot well be put in antithesis 
with life. 


237, Arab. SS 1. pr. to go soft- 
ly and slowly, to creep along, an ono- 
matopoetic root like Germ. tappen, Fr. 
tapper, comp. Eng}. to tap, to step. 
Similar is #5, spoken of a light and 
quick gait, which we express by the 
verb to trip, Germ. dim. trippeln ; comp. 
also 312 whence 37n2, Gr. στείβω. In 
the signif. of treading the Semitic lan- 
guages have by transp. pat, see under 
r. 012.—Hence 353: ἃ bear. 

2. to creep about, as a slanderer, tale- 
bearer; then i. q. to slander, to dispar- 
age, whence M35; comp. 53 and 72h 
52. 

3. Of liquids, to flow softly, 6. g. wine 
Cant. 7, 10; for which PORES see in 
art. 72" adj. 


mat { (τ. 225 no. 2) slander, evil re- 
port, e.g. ΓΙΞῚ NIN to bring out an evil 
report, to spread aslander, Num. 14, 36. 
Prov. 10, 18. The genitive which fol- 
lows is either active, i.e. of the slander- 
er, as Ps. 31,14 "35 rat ὭΣ ὩΣ "> for 
T hear the slander of many. Jer. 20, 10; 
or also passive, i. e. of the person sin 
_ dered, as Num. 13, 32. 14, 37. Gen. 37, 
2. Prov. 25,10 55: NX> ΠΏΞ 1 and let 
thine infamy (ill report) turn not ana’, 





_ i.e.not depart from thee.—Arab. 35 
a secret detractor, one who spreads slan- 
ders. Syr. (23 report, rumor, and aay 
to spread a report. Chald. 30 re- 
proach, contumely. 
18* 


a7 209° 





$274 | 


MINIDF f(r. 923 n0.2) 1. abe, Is. 7, 
18: plur. p55 TJudg. 14, 18. Ps. 118, 


9 —Syr. (2sa23 a bee, wasp. Arab. 


pe collect. a swarm of bees, wasps, 


comp. Lat. examen, qs. exagimen, ab 


-exagendo; like agmen, qs. agimen, ab 


agendo; comp. r. "23 no. 2. But in © 
Heb. this word is a noun of unity from 


ὃ Se +. 
an obsol. form "13'7 i. q. re Ἶ ἂ 


2. Deborah, pr. n. f. 
ess, Judg. 4, 4. 5. 5, 1. 
nurse, Gen. 35, 8. 


ig ΓΞ: Chald. to sacrifice, to offer 
sacrifice, i.q. Heb. mat. Ezra 6, 3.— 
Hence ΓΞ altar, and 


a) A prophet- 
b) Rebecca’s 


M24 Chald. plur. j°"35, @ sacrifice, 
Ezra 6, 3. 


D2"3T m. plur. 2 K. 6, 25 Keri, 
doves’ dung, a softer expression for "5 
p°217, which stands in Chethibh; pr. 
the flowing, flux of doves, from the verb 
N23, 757, ig. 383, 355, to flow. Comp. 
ῥεῦμα γαστρός, διάῤῥοια, flux, diarrhea. 


ὙΠ m. (Ὁ. 7243 πο. 3) 1. the inner 
sanctuary, adytum, of the Mosaic taber- 
nacle and: of Solomon’s temple, also 
called S°87p Op holy of holies, 1 K. 6, 
5. 19-22. 8, 6. 8. 2 Chr. 3, 16. 4, 20. 5,7. 
9. Aquil. Somme χθηματιστήριον, Vulg. 
oraculum, from "2 to speak; but more 
prob. it is pr. pars postica, the hinder 
part, i.e. the western side ; see in "τὲς 
no. 2. See Iken, in Dissert. philol. theol. 
P. I. p. 214. 

2. Debir, pr. n. a) A royal city of 
the Canaanites Josh. 12, 13; afterwards 
within the limits of Judah, lying on the 
mountains not far from Hebron, Josh. 
11, 21. 15, 49; and assigned to the 
priests 21, 14. Called also "BD MP q. v. 
b) A town of the Gadites, Josh. 13, 26. 
Ὁ) A king of the E Eglonites, Josh. 10, 3. 


. 27 Chald. obsol. root, prob. i. q. 
p2't lo cleave, lo adhere ; trans. to join 
together ; see 3372. 


. 923 to press together, espec. into ἃ 
round mass; kindr. 531. Hence Arab. 


Jls3, x55 ball of dung (comp. 353), 


oat 
Σοὶ, ds, ic}, dung, LS, ἀϊδό 
buccella rotunda.—Hence 
M227 f. constr. mbas, plur. 0°35, 
round cakes of dried figs pressed Pee 


ther into a mass, 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 Chr. 
12, 40; with ἢ added 2 Bs eek 


Gr. παλάϑη, from Aram. NADI FS 


qprpme the Daleth. See Celsii Hie- 
ot. T. Il: p: 377-79. 


‘ moa Ez. 6, 14, doubtless a corruption 
of the text fir nas Riblah, a city in 
the northern part of Palestine, q. Vv. 


ὈΠΟΞῚ (double-cake ?) Diblaim, pr. n. 
of the father-in-law of Hosea, Hos. 1, 3. 


p°M>234 (twin cakes, prob. so called 
from the shape of the city) Diblathaim 
Num. 33, 46, and tineas ma Jer. 48, 
22, pr. n. of a city of Moab. Jerome: in 
-Onomast. sub v. Jassa: “et usque hodie 
ostenditur inter Medabam et Deblatai.” 


ἘΞ and Pav, fut. p2t?, inf. ΡΞ. 
1. to cleave, to adhere, spec. with firm- 
ness as with glue, to be glued, to stick 


fast. Arab. ($30, Syr. .25?, id. Con- 


strued c. 2 Job 19, 20, >% Jer. 13, 11, 5 
Ps. 102, 6. Lam. 4 4 “by pain sib Sah 
ἼΞΙ the tongue of the suckling Uhh to 
his palate, for thirst, dryness. Ps. 22, 16. 
The same sipketsion is also used or one 
who is silent from reverence and awe, 
Job 29, 10. Ps. 137, 6; comp. Hiph. Ez. 
3, 26. Also Deut. 13, 18 let nothing 
cleave to your hands, i. e. take nothing 
covertly. Job 31, 7.—Trop. to cleave to 
a person, i. e. to follow, to adhere to him, 
Ruth 2, 8. 21; c. 3 v.23. Hence to be 
attathed or Bevoted to any one, to hang 
upon, to love him, Gr. κολλᾶσϑαι τινί, 
e. g. a wife, Wing: God, with 3 and Ὁ 
Deut. 10, 20. 11, 22. 2 ἜΠΟΣ 90, 3. 1K. 
11, 2. Josh. 23, 12. Gen. 2, 24. 34, 3; 
with sams, Ps. 63,9 FN WE? ΠΡ. 
my soul cleaveth as thee, is ‘wholly 
devoted unto thee. 

2. to attach oneself to any thing, i. 6. 
to come upon, to overtake, to befall, with 
acc. or 3 or "248 Gen. 19, 19. Deut. 28, 
60. Jer. 42, 16 p>"InN | pat? Bw shen 
( famine) shall overtake vie befall you. 


210 





“lanl 


Comp. Hiph. no. 3. Synon. with ΔΘ 
no. 1, 568 ina}. 

Pua pass. to be glued together, to 
cleave fast together, to cleave, Job 38, 38. 
41, 9. 

Hipw. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
cause to cleave, to make adhere, Ez. 3, 
26. 29, 4. Jer. 13, 11. 

2. to follow close, to pursue, with acc. 
Judg. 18, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 6; with nx, 
Judg. 20, 45 "ΠΝ Spratt and they 
pursued hard after him. 1 Sam. 14, 22. 
31, 2. 

3. to overtake, comp. Kal no. 2, Gen. 
31, 23. Judg. 20, 42. Also causat. fo let 
over take, to cause to come upon,’ bcighidg 
28, 21. 

Hora. to be made to adhere, i.e. to 
cleave fast, Ps. 22, 16. te os 

The derivatives all follow. 


P27 Chald. id: Dan. 2,438. Ὁ 


p27 verbal adj. cleaving, adhering, 
2 K. 3, 3. Prov. 18, 24. 


p23 m. 1. @ soldering, “7 “of 
metals, Is. 41, 7. 

2. Plur. o°p24-1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr: 18, 
33, prob. joints ‘of a coat of mail; so 
Chald.— Others understand orwapstte, 
comp. Chald. 377 "7279 Jer. 38, 12 Targ. 


boa) mostly to speak ; a root of va- 
rious significations, some of which in 
Heb. are found only in derivatives, al- 
though in the kindred languages they 
still appear in the verb itself. E.g. | 

1. to set in a row, to range in order ; 
comp. 772. Hence : > 

2. to lead, to guide, to drive, spec. 
flocks and herds to pasture, see βῆ, 
mai, “a1; also fo govern, οἷο rule s 


προς Chala. and Syr. 925, 2), to lead, 


to rule, Arab. 35; further, to reduce 


to order, to subdue, see Hiph. and comp. 


Arab. pe swarm of bees, examen, q. d. 


flock or herd of bees, also ΠΣ a bee, 
q. v.i—Hence asa stiepherd who guides 
or drives his flock also follows it, there 
arises also the sense : 

3. to ϑοῦριαϊ to be behind, like “Arabs: 


ΚΣ , whence 78 the hinder part, AG 





727 


Aindmost, last ; Heb. "35 inner sanctu- 
ary of tlie Ἰολουϊοι —Hence also , 

4. to approach from behind, i. 6. to way- 
lay, to plot against, to destroy, comp. 22. 


Hence "33 
tiJence. 
_ 5. From the primary idea of ranging 


Soe 
Wa © , destruction, death, pes- 


in order, connecting, comes also the 


most freq. signification of this verb, to 


_ speak, pr. to set in order words ; comp. 


sermo and dissero ὃ. serendo, and Gr. 
εἴρω to connect and to speak. In Kal 
found i in Part. act. "25 Ex. 6, 29. Num. 
32, 27. 36, 5. Ps. 5,7. 15, 2. 28, 3. 8], Part. 
pass. 253 Prov. 25, 11. Inf. c. suff. 77253 
Ps:-51, 6.—Far more freq. is 

Pre. "25 at the end of a clause, else- 
where "35; fut. "27". 

1. to speak, diff. from “72% to say (q. ν. 
no.-1), as also Germ. reden and sagen, 
Gr. λαλεῖν αηὰ λέγειν, Lat. logui and di- 
cere, Aram. >5% and "28%. Canstrued: 
a) Absol. e.g. Job 11,5 725 mMibx jt 
Oh that God would speak. 33, 2. Num. 
12, 2. Ez. 3, 18. al. Sometimes emphat. 
i. q: lo speak well, eloquently, Ex. 4, 14 
RAT ADIT WAI D ὭΣ τος Jer.1,6. Often 
with “0% added, see "étemplée under 
“728 no. i b) With the acc. of that 
which one speaks, utters, as PIX 73°, 
BID, NW, "PW , 10 speak or utter justice; 
deceit, fidlechood, etc. Ps. 101, 7. Is. 45, 
19. 59,3. Dan. 11,27. 335 “24 to talk 
a palhicnan. i.e. much and idly, is 58, 13. 
p33 725 10 speak words, i. Eat. 
verba dedit, Hos. 10, 3. Ex. 6, 29 se "a5 
FN WaT ay Tea-b> oN now speak 
thou unto Pharaoh all that I speak unto 
thee. 24, 7 T2312 MIT TaIW~TwN 99. all 
that Jehovah hath ‘spoken will we do. 
ger. 1, 17.. Dan. 10,.11, Ζοη, 3.8. ὁ) 
Rarely, it is Senmaadjataly followed by 
the words spoken, and “®xX> is to be 
τορος apie supplied, Gen. 41, 17. Ex. 32,7 

“ἢ ΠΌΤ Aine 7274 and Teliowitih 
spake unto ‘Moses, Go, etc. 1K. 21, 5. 
2 K. 1, 7. 9. Ez. 40, 4. Dan. 2, 4. 

The person to or with whom one 


speaks, is put mostly after the particles 


bx Gen. 8, 15. 19, 14. 1 K. 21, 6; and > 
Jude. 14, 7; but also after ἘΣ Gen. 21, 


, 29. Deut. 5,4; MX (MN) Gen. 23, 8. 42, 


30; d> ah 6, 10; 385 Ex. 6, 12. Ale 
4 725 to speak to or with, is used of God 


211 





"27 


as making a revelation, communication, 
an oracle; Zech. 1, 9 "2 7255 ΝΘ 
the angel who spake with me. v. 14. 2, 
2.7. 4,1. 4.55. Hab. 2,-1. Jer. 31, 20. 
Num. 12, 6. 8. Once c. acc. to speak to, 
to address, Gen. 37, 4, comp. λέγειν tive. 
— To speak of any person or thing is put 
with acc. as λέγειν τινά. Ruth 4,1 dx55 
ἸΣΞΤΞΞ WR ad the kinsman came by, 
of whom Boaz spake. Gen. 19, 21. Τ᾽ 
16; with 3,1 Sam..19, 3 42 “238 τς 

nay-by and I will speak of thee to my 
father (v. 4), >% Job 42,7; >2 1K. 2, 
19, the latter espec. of πη μὲ God sboals 
or promises to any one (see below in 
lett. a) 1 K. 2, 4. Dan. 9, 12. Jer. 25, 13. 
42,19.—To speaks against any one, with 
by (pr. to assail with reproaches) Ps. 
109, 20. Jer. 29, 32. Deut. 13,6; with 5 
(see a B. 4. b) Num. 21, 7 mina 725 
32) we have spoken caasnat Jehovah and 
against thee. Job 19, 18. Ps. 50, 20. 78, 
19. But 3 737 is web to speak ihectegh 


. or by any one, to use one as an interpre- 


ter (see 3 Β. 2. 6) Num. 12, 2. 2 Sam. 


ἢ 23; 2: Κα, 22,28. 40 ὦ 


Spec. to speak is also used in various 
senses according to the context: a) 
i. q. to promise, Deut: 19, 8. Jon. 3, 10; 
with acc. of thing Deut. 6,3; with >x 
and 53 of pers. see above; also of evil, 
to threaten, Ex. 32, 14. Jer. 25, 13. Ὁ) 
i. q. to command, to prescribe, comp. a8 
no.3; with >¥ Ex. 1,17. 23,22; to warn, 
to seiviniioks 1 Sam. 25, 17. τ to utter 
a song, i. q.'to sing, Judg. 5. 12; comp. 
Arab. οἱ 5 and Gr. ἔπος ig. song. d) 
to speak for a woman, i. e: to ask her in 
marriage, with > Judg. 14,7; 21 Sam. 
25, 39. Comp. Arab. oo and Pual. 
—Further to be noted are also the fol- 
lowing phrases: e) Ἔ 35-53 "23 to 
speak to one’s heart, i. e. to speak kindly 
with any one, espec. to comfort, to con- 
sole ; comp. Gr. παραμυϑέομαι, Lat. al- 
loquium. Gen. 34,3. 50,21. Ruth 2, 13. 
2 Sam. 19, 8. 2 Chr. 30, 22. 32,6. f) 
jab-by, τὲς 737 0 speak to one’s own 
heart, swith oneself, Gen. 24, 45. 1 Sam. 
1, 13 mab“>s ΓΞ she spoke in her 
Ate Also jad oD, ig>a. Ece. 1, 16. 
15, Pa. ϑρθλς .6) by naa, a2 723, of 
God, to speak good concerning any one, 
to promise good, Num. 10, 29. 1 Sam. 


recy 


25, 30. Jer. 18, 20. Also 53 N39 "35 to 
speak cvil concerning any one, to deter- 
mine evil, 1 K. 22, 23. Jer. 11, 17. 19, 15. 
26, 19. 35, 14; with 5X 36, 31. Ina 
somewhat different sense, Esth. 7, 9 
2a >> ain as Ww ἼΞΞ V Mordecai 
who had spoken good for ‘the king, i. e. 
given him good information, comp. 6, 2. 
h) 58, ΤΣ ΤΊΣ nas to speak kindly 
with any one, 2 K. 25, 28. Jer. 12,6; 

also BY Di>Y NaI to speak peace with 
any one, i. e. kindly, friendly, Ps. 28, 3 

my Jer. 9, 7; with >x to speak paces 
unto, i. e. to announce or promise welfare, 
happiness, Ps. 85, 9; c. 3 Ps. 122, 8 
Wa C199 NITIAIN i.e. I will now pray 
for thy peace, prosperity ; ; 6. > Esth. 10, 
3 istinb2> ibe nah and spake for the 
peace, prosperity, of all his race. So 
absol. Ps. 35, 20. 1) FS DEW? “AN to 
speak a jude ment i. e. to pronounce sen- 
tence upon ; see in DEBWA. 

Nore. In former editions, like A. 
Schultens (Opp. min. p. 124. al.) I have 
ascribed further to the verb "353 in Pi. 
the significations to waylay, to plot 
against, also to destroy; comp. "23 and 
Arab. .30 c. As motitus est in ali- 
quem. ναι the three passages usually 
cited, do not necessarily make out this 
sense. Thus Gen. 34,13 5727" and they 
spake so, i.e. 773722 deceitfully, as before. 
Ps. 127, 5 they shall not be ashamed when 
they shall talk with the enemies within 
the gate, i.e. when they combat with 
enemies ; corresponding to the Gr. phrase 
συλλαλεῖν τινί Is. 7,5 Alex. and ints ‘to 
have something to say to any one,’ se. 
in fight; comp. also Heb. π nA 2 K. 
14, 8, and see Comm. in Jes. I. p. 280. 
More difficult is 2 Chr. 22,10 and Alha- 
liah arose 32277 sur-ba-rx “27M1, in 
parall. 2 Κ. A, 1 SENM? 5 here Sept. 
ἀπώλεσε, Vulg. interfecit, But it can be 
rendered: and she talked with them i. e. 
_ made war upon them, comp. Ps. 127, 5; 

or it may be ellipt. for eh) = hp) “2171 
‘2"r& i. e. pronounced sentence wpon 
them. 

Puat pass. Ps. 87,3 72 "279 nita22 
glorious things are Pe ion of thee, i. e. 
decreed of God. Cant. 8, 8 "a7" pita 
m2 when she shall be spoken for, i.e. 
asked in marriage. See in Piel. lett. d. 

NiPH. recipr. of Piel, fo speak one with 





212 at 


another, to converse, Mal. 3,16; 6. 3 Ez. 
33, 30. Ps, 119, 23; ὃ» Mal. 3, 13. 

Hipu. to subdue, see in Kal no. 2. Ps. 
18,48 "mmm ὩΣ 32754 who subdueth the 
nations under me. Ps. 47, 4. 

Hirup. 1. Pass. part. fem. rina, 
what one has spoken. So with farchi 
would I interpret Deut.33,3 τ aT nw 
they(Israel)receive what thou hast spoken, 
i.e. thy words, precepts. 

2. Recipr. to speak with, to converse 
with, Part. "aa Num. 7, 89. 2 Sam. 14, 
5 Ἔν 2,2. , 

The derivatives follow, except 9135 , 
"735, "272. 


27m. 1. ὦ word, verbum, λόχος, 
2K. 18,36. Job 2,13. Gen. 44,18. Col- 
lect. words, speech, discourse, Job 15, 3. 
pinpSw 3247 lip-talk, vain words, Is. 36, 
5. “33 1159 skilled in discourse, fuaent. 
1 Sam. 16, 18. Often in plur. Gen. 29, 13 
ΓΝ πο ππ στὸ all these words. 34,18. 
Ex. 4, 28. 18, 19. 19, 7.8. 20,1. 24,3.al. 
p25 532, ON, a man of ried fluent, 
eloquent, Ex. 4, 10. 24, 14. —Spes, a) 
ὦ promise, 1 Κ. 2,4. 8,20. 12, 16. Ps. 33, 
4. 56,5; comp. Gr. τελεῖν Feud Engl. ‘ to 
give one’s word.’ b) precept, command, 
mandate, comp. r. 927 Pi. lett. Ὁ. “735 
masd ἀνόδαὶ mandate, Esth. 1,19. Josh. 
1,13. 1Sam.17,29 89m “2185n was there 
sot atonmulers Is. 8,10. Ex. 34,28 maivs 
p37 the ten commandment the deca- 
logue. 1 Chr. 26, 32. 2 Chr. 29,15. ο) 
α saying, sentence, maxim, as of a wise 
man ; Plur. Ece. 1,1 Γ ΠΡ "933. Prov. 4, 
4,20. 30,1. 31,1; espec. an oracle, effa- 
tum of the deity, Num. 23, 5.16; comp. 
ἔπος, λόγος." So PR mm 527 7 atid the 
word, oracle, of Jehovah came to any one, 
Jer. 1, 4. 11. 2,1. 13,8. Ez. 3, 16. 6, 1. 
7,1. 11,14; c. >» 1 Chr. 22, 8. Job 4,12 
225 "53 "28 a.word, oracle, stole upon 
me, i.e. a divine communication. Col- 
lect. oracles, Hos. 1, 1. Mic. 1, 1. Joel 1, 1. 
d) counsel, advice given, 2 Sam. 17, 6. 
e) report, rumor, 1K. 10,6. With genit. © 
the report of any thing is what ts to be 
reported of that thing, what is to be said 
of it; Job 41, 4 [12] Iwill not conceal... 
miniaa “25 che report of his strength, i. 6. 
what is to be said concerning hisstrength. | 
1K. 9,15. Deut. 15,2. 19,4. Or we might 





ΠΆΑΤΔΡ. 


8 “25 


~ also render, the measure, manner of his 
_ strength, comp. 173% no. 1. 


2. thing, matter, affair, business ; pr. 
thing spoken of, subject of discourse ; 
comp. λόγος in Passow, A. no. 11, ἔπος, 
djuo from ῥέω, Germ. Sache from sagen. 
The same signif. word and thing are 


waited in Aram. nba, JASS, panp, 


5 o> §2 2 
yl and {bs —E. g. nin ἜΒΗ 
this thing, Gen. 20, 10. 21, 11. 26; τὸϑ 


— Oban oan all thede ibis Gen. 20, 8. 


_ this manner, 80. 


— daily affairs, i. 6. 


main “2 332 "Gen. 18, 25. 32, 20. 44; 7, and 
ban O32 24, 88. 39, 17. 19,.1. e. in 
nbn p23 nN 
(LXX μετὰ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα) after these 


things, afterwards, Gen: 15, 1. 22,1. 39, 


7. Hiddd 435 the thinze of Solomon, i.e. 
his acts, deeds, 1 K-11, 41. e105 "35 
course of "events, 


_ chronicles, 1 Chr. 27,24. Esth. 6,1. Also 
Ὁ Ἴ33 daily matter, hence 7572 03" 725 
_ the daily task in its day i. e. day by day, 


every day, Ex. 5, 13.19. 16, 4. Lev. 23, 
37. 1K. 8, 59; pina ὉΠ "272 2 Chr. 
8, 13, and iaira in ba v. 14. 31, 16. 


Often pleonast. like Gr. χρῆμα, 1 Sant. 
10, 2 MRASA ἈΞΊΩΝ FAN Wy. thy 


father hath left the matter of the asses, 


i.e. has done thinking of the asses. Ps. 


65, 4 "32 1733 min ΔῈ iniquities 
prevail over me. Ps. 105, 27. 145, 5.— 


Hence 


a) cause, in a forensic sense, suit at 


law. Ex. 18, 16 933 ἘΠῚ mani") if they 


have a cause, suit. v. 22. 22,8. ~b5-d3 
ΞΘ Θ 21 in every suit of trespass, fraud, 
ete. 24,14 524 525 one who has causes. 
Fully opi “St 2 Chr. 19, 6. 

b something, any thing, Gen. 18, 14. 
"35 PN, BIND, nothing; 1 Sam. 20, 21 
ἽΞΗ ΝΣ these deduthing: sc. to fear. Fade. 
18, 7,28 ἘΝ ΟΣ ἘΠ5 τ IIT) and they 
had nothing 1 to do with other men. "37>2 
every thing Num. 31, 23. Deut. 17, 1. 
RQ “23 any uncleai thing Lev. 5, 2. 
“3 mine any thing filthy Deut. 23, 15. 
24, ΝᾺ 5. "23 evil thing, harm, 2 Κι. 4. 41. 
Also Plur. ‘praia 139 Chr. 12, 12. 

3. @ cause, reason, Josh. 5,4. Hence 
"a3 5D because of, oe the sake of, Gen. 
12, 17. 20, 11. 43, 18. Ps.45,5; “a7 Ὁ» 
id. Deut. 4, 21. Jens 7,22. 14,1. "a5 >» 


mts beloes a verb, because that, because, 





213 da 


Deut. 22, 24. 23,5. 2 Sam. 13,22. Comp. 
ΓΞ no. ὃ. 


“27 m. plur. p23 Hos. a 14, pr, 


destruction, death, like Arab. 


r. "23 no. 4. Hence plague, pestilence. 
comp. m2; often with the art. "237 
(Heb. Gr. § 107. n.1) Lev. 26, 25. Deut. 
28, 21. 2 Sam. 24, 13. 1 K. 8, 37; mur- 
rain among beasts Ex. 3) 9} Sept 
mostly ϑάνατος, comp. Ecclus. 39, 29. 
sat 7m. (1. ἼΞ no. 2) i.g. "279, a 
pasture, whither flocks and herds are 
driven; Mic. 2,.12. Is. 5, 17.—Syr. }po9 


30, ser 


and {,-23, Arab. pe field, tilled field. 


ΓΖ plur. αὶ (τ. "23 πο. 2) pr. drifts, 
i.e, floats, rafts, as driven by the sea, 
1 K. 5, 23 [9]. Sept. σχεδέαι. 


M33 or ΓΞ a form assumed in 
Deut. 33,3. Butsee τ. "23 Hithp. no. 1. 


MIF f. i. qg. 125, but mostly in the 
later Hebrew. 

1. thing, i. e. manner, mode, see in 133 
no. 1 fin. Ps. 110, 4 thou art a priest for 
ever ΤῚΣ ΞΘ σπηπητὸν after the man- 
ner of Melchizedek ; here the "— is para- 
gogic, see Lehrg. ὁ 127. 2. 

2. 1. q. "35 no. 2. a, cause, suit at law, 
Job 5, 8. 

3. i. gq. 133 no. 3, cause, reason ; hence 
mass > because of Ecc. 3, 18. 8, 2, by 
ὦ mins for this cause that, to the end 
that, Ecc.7, 14. 


M33 Chald. f. a cause, reason. Dan. 
2,30 "3-mIa5 ἘΣ for this cause that, to 
the end that. 


"233 (perh. eloquent) Dibri, pr. n. τα, 
Lev. 24, 11. 

ΓΞ Josh. 21, 28; with art. ΤΆΞΗ 19, 
12; Daberath, pr. n. of a town in δεν 
chink prob. now Debirieh at the foot of 
Μουπὶ Tabor; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
IIT. p. 210. | 


, 121 a root not in use, prob. i. q. 
δέψω, Lat. depso, to knead, to make soft 
by kneading, working over, etc. Kindr. 
are 54, O95, perh. wv to be fat.— 
Hence the tir following. | 


W253 τη. ὁ. suff. αὔξη, honey, so called 
as being glutinous, like a kneaded mass: 


gs 


9 ο vp m 
Arab. (wood, Syr. bas, id. Maltese 


dibsi yellow, i.e. honey-coloured. There 
is now in the Semitic languages no verb 
from which this noun can be derived; in 
Greek however there is derived from 
this word the verb τιϑαιβώσσω to make 
honey, Od. 13. 106.—Spec. 

1. honey of bees, Lev. 2,11. 1 Sam. 14, 
26. 27. 29. 43. Prov. 16, 24. 24, 13. al. 
Spoken of wild honey, i.e. from wild bees, 
Deut. 32,13. Ps. 81, 17 ἼΣΞῸΝ Was ΠΝ Ὁ 
with honey from the rocks I will satisfy 
thee. 

2. honey of grapes, syrup, i. e. the 
newly expressed juice of grapes, must, 
boiled down to the half or third part, Gr. 
ἕψημα, Lat. sapa, defrutum, Ital. musto 
cotto. At the present day this syrup is 
in common use in Palestine under the 
Arabic name (jw dibs, and is export- 
ed espec. from the district of Hebron into 
Egypt; see Russell’s Nat.Hist. of Aleppo, 
I. p. 82. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IT. pp. 442, 
453.—Gen. 43, 11. Ez. 27,17. Often 
joined with milk, as the spontaneous pro- 
ducts of nature; and hence the frequent 
phrase: a land flowing with milk and 
honey, Ex. 3, 8.17. 13,5. 33,3. Lev. 20, 
24. Num. 13, 27. Honey and milk are 
put also for pleasant discourse, Cant. 4, 
11. 


ΓΏΞΙ ΓΙ 1. the hump of a camel, Is. 
30,6. This signif. is sufficiently certain 
from the context, andis expressed by the 
Chald. Syr. Vulg. but the etymology 
has long exercised the ingenuity of in- 
terpreters. Perhaps so called from the 
softness of the flesh or fat of which the 
hump is composed ; it being a mere mass 
of fat, soft and yielding to the touch; 
comp. τ. 025. See Burckh. Notes on 
the Bedouins II. p. 82 sq. 

2. Dabbasheth, pr. n. of a place, Josh. 
£9.17. 


AF m. (τ. 43) ὦ fish, so called as mul- 
tiplying abundantly (comp. 452), Jon. 2, 
1.11. Plur. 0°35, constr. "35, Gen. 9, 2. 
Num. 11, 22. 1 K. 5, 13. Henge comes 
the denom. verb 34% 10 fish. The form 
4x3 see in its order. 


ΓΔ constr. P38 , fem. of the preceding, 
a fish, Deut. 4, 18. Jon. 2, 2; mostly col- 





14 — πον s 


lect. fish, (comp. M050 ,) Gen. 1, 26. 28. 
Ex. 7, 18. 21. Num. 11, 5. Ez. 29, 4. δ. 


. mas pr. to cover, Arab. leo; then 
to cover over by numbers, to multiply, to 
be increased ; once Gen. 48, 16. 

Deriv. 53, 533, 7197. 


PAF (pr. little fish; then in endear- 
ment and worship, ‘dear little fish ;’ 
comp. on this use of diminutives in sa- 
cred things, J. Grimm’s Deutsche Gram. 
III. p. 665,) Dagon, pr. n. of an idol of 
the Philistines worshipped at Gaza and 
Ashdod, Judg. 16, 23 sq. 1 Sam. 5, 1; 
having a human head and arms, but the 
rest of the body like a fish; see 1 Sam. 
5, 2 sq. espec. v. 4. Judg. 16, 23. 1 Chr. 
10, 10; comp. 1 Mace. 10, 83. 11, 4.— 
Similar was the figure of Derceto, wor- 
shipped at Askelon under the like form 
of a fish; comp. Diod. Sic. 2. 4, αὕτη δὲ 
TO μὲν πρόσωπον ἔχει γυναικός, τὸ δὲ ἄλλο 
σῶμα πᾶν ἰχϑύος. See on the worship 
of fishes in this region, Selden de Diis 
Syris II. 3. Creuzer Symbol. II. § 12. 
Movers Pheenizier I. p. 590. 


y 235 perh. i. q. Arab. he, to cover, 
to cover over; then also to act covertly, 
to deceive, comp. 32. Hence 535 a 
flag, banner, standard, pr. a covering, 
like Germ. Fahne from πῆνος, pannus.— 
The signif. of glittering, shining, which 
I formerly ascribed to this root, with 
Nanninga Diss. Lugd. II. 916, and 
Muntinghe ad Ps. 20,6, now seems to me 
hardly susceptible of proof_—From the 
noun 55 is then again derived the de~ 
nom. sense of 551, to set wp a banner, to 
erect a standard ; Ps. 20, 6 qyoN ἘΞ 
2532 in honour of our God will we set 
up our banners; comp. the formulas 
“Dwa “"2It, and ἢ ΒΞ ΝΡ. Sept. 
μεγαλυνϑησόμεϑα, reading or “conjectur- 
ing >722. Muntinghe (I. c.) from his 
etymological conjecture, gloriabimur, 
exultabimus. Part. pass. 2435 lifted up as 
a banner, i. e. conspicuous, distinguished, 
spoken of a noble youth, Cant. 5, 10. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be furnished with banners , 
Cant. 6,4. 10 τ ΝΣ may terrible as ar 
army with banners ; Symm. ὡς τάγματα 
παρεμβολῶν. The virgin is here repre 
sented as victorious and triumphant ver 
hearts. Comp. the similar figure drawn 








$33 


from an army in ὁ. 2, 4; the same is 
very common in Arabian poets. 


227 m. (Ὁ. 555) 6. suff. i533, plur. ODay , 

constr. "35, ὦ flag, banner, standard, 
i.e.of a Reger kind, serving fer three 
tribes together; the smaller flags being 
called mins. Num. 1, 52. 2, 2. 3. 10. 18. 
25. 10, 14. 55. Cant. 2, 4 many "53 yn 
and his banner over me is love. 


( a3 obsol. root, to cover, i. q. ΓΝ ; 
_ then, fo multiply, to increase. Hence 


123 τὰ. constr. 123, corn, grain, pr. as 

_ covering the AS increase ; Gen. 27, 

28. 37. Num. 18, 27. Deut. 28,51. Me- 

_ ton. for bread Lam. 2, 12.—Samar. 435, 
Δ, ja58, id. 


shag , like Chald. "35, to brood, to sit 
upon, as a bird her eggs or young. Jer. 
17, 11 339 851 4397 NIP the partridge 
eitteth on eges she hath not laid, so is he 
that gathereth riches and not by right. 
Sept. πέρδιξ συνήγαγεν ἃ οὐκ ἔτεκεν. In 
Is. 34, 15 spoken of a serpent brooding 
its young, noteggs. Vulg. in each pas- 
sage well, fovere—The rash assertions 
_of J. Ὁ. Michelis in respect to this root, 
_have been well refuted by Rosenmiller, 

ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. 632 sq. 


“TH i. g. πῶ, mH, 4. v. breast, pap, 


found only in the Dual, constr. "33, c. 
suff. 3°77, breasts, paps, Ez. 23, 3.8. 21. 
Prov. 5, 19. 


: rita to go slowly, softly. Talmud. 
m3 to lead slowly, gently, e. g. a child. 
| Hrrup. M330 for opin, Is. 38, 15 
| Sryinti->> ππῆν I will go softly all my 
years, i. 6. submissively, comp. 2% 325 
1K. 21,27; gq. d. I will walk humbly and 
| submissively all my life, I will never 
cease to mourn.—Hence spoken of a 
slow and solemn procession, Ps. 42, 5 
DWN ΓΞ ay Ὀππὸ 7 went with them 
(in slow procession) to the house of God ; 
here the suffix D— is for o>, and this 
dative is to be referred to ‘the circum- 
_ stance, that the poet as leader of the choir 
prob. led the way for the procession. 


TTI Dedan, pr.n. 1. A people with 
_aregion of like name, descended from 
Raamah, Gen. 10, 7. Ez. 27, 15. Raa- 
mah, 7297, Sept. ἹῬέγμα, is to be sought 


215 





ott 


on the shore of the Persian Gulf (see 
m3 no. 2), and so also Dedan; in 
which, with Bochart (Phal. [V. 6) and 
J. D. Michelis, we recognise Wolo 
Déden, an island of the Persian Gulf, 
called by the Syrians <i? ; see Asse- 
mani Biblioth. Orient. III. ii. p. 560, 564, 
744. Most of the islands of this gulf 
were anciently occupied by colonies of 
the Phenicians; see Heeren’s Ideen I. 
2. p. 227, 419. 

2. A people of northern Arabia, de- 
scended from Keturah, Gen. 25, 3, adja- 
cent to the Edomites Jer. 49, 8. 25, 23. 
Kz. 25,13; and also following traffic, Is. 
21, 13. According to Eusebius and ΄ 
Jerome, they dwelt not far from the city 
Pheeno; prob. a colony of the former 
(no. 1), or vice versa. 


DIF m. plur. Dodanim Gen. 10, 4, 
pr. n. of a people descended from Javan, 
i. e. from the Greeks. It is usually re- 
ferred to the inhabitants of Dodona in 
Epirus; but possibly 0°235 may be for 
p79 i.e. Dardani, the Trojans. For 
" thus softened into a vowel, see Mo- 
numm. Phenic. p. 432. Still we must 
not overlook the reading 972345 Roda- 
nim, the Rhodians, which is expressed 
by the Samar. Sept. and by the Heb. 
text itself in 1 Chr. 1,7. See in 07274. 


333 Chald. m. emph. 8205, ΠΆΓΩ, 
gold, i.q. Heb. 291. Dan. 2, 32. 3, 1. 5. 
7.—Hence M3072. 


S773 Chald. or in Cheth. S7J, τὴ, 
plur. Dahi, Dehavites, pr. n. of a people 
from which a colony was led out into 
Samaria, Ezra4,¥. Most prob. the Jao 
Hdot. 1. 125, (i. e. perh. pagani, villagers, 
from Pers. δῷ deh, dih, a village,) a Per- 
sian tribe near the Caspian Sea, some- 
times enumerated with the Scythians, 
Strab. XI. p. 580. Plin. H. N. VI. 17. 


. Ds in Kal not used, prob. to be 
dumb, to be struck dumb, like 072, an 
idea which is aiso kindred to stupor, 
astonishment, as in 020, mm. Arab. 

ὦ is to come upon suddenly, pr. to 
confound, to amaze, pPAro stupified, 


= 90. 9 
stupid, gO sudden 


/ calamity, pr. 
astounding, stupifying. 


ὙΤΊ 


ΝΊΡΗ. part. ἘΠῚ 12 struck dumb, asto- 
, nished, by sudden calamity, Jer. 14, 9. 


ἽΠΠ i. q. A", pr. fo move in a cir- 
cle, and espec. swiftly ; comp. also "7%. 
ΝΑ 

1. to move swiftly, to press on rapidly, 
to course, spoken of a horse and his rider, 
Nah. 3, 2; pr. to run, course, prance in 
a circle, as is usual with horses in break- 
ing and exercise. See the noun ΓΙ. 

2. to revolve in a circle; then to en- 
dure, to last. Hence "i377; also 


UNIT ἢ rapid course of a horse, Judg. 
ὅ, 22.. See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 97. 


ait i. q. 337 q. v. a bear. 


ἜΦΗ: q. 2853 q. v. to pine away, to 
languish. Not used in Kal. 

Hipu. causat. to cause to pine away, 
to consume, Lev. 26, 16. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. ji". 


ΔῊ and 2.7 a secondary root, de- 
nom. from 23, to fish. Jer. 16, 16 ΘῃΔῪΠ) 
and they shall fish them. 

Deriv. 7355, 4°54 and 55 fisher. 


AJ m. a fisher, a fisherman, Ez. 47, 
10 and Jer. 16, 16 Cheth. 


TAF f(r. a4 )a fishing, fishery ; hence 
Mais Min fishing-hooks,harpoons. Am. 
4,2 he will take you away with hooks, 
mais Mis j2N NN} and your pos- 
terity with ‘fahing ἘΜ, a figure taken 
from animals which are tamed by put- 
ting hooks and rings in their noses; 
comp. Is. 37,29... Why fishing-hooks are 
here mentioned, may be understood from 
ΕΖ. 29, 4. Job 40, 26; comp. Oedmann 
Verm. Sammll. aus d. Naturkunde V. 4. 
- The larger fishes when taken were again 
let down into the water, suspended by a 
ring or hook in their nostrils. 


*"T1 obsol. root, 1. i. q. ‘Tit, ‘t"t, to 
boil, as water; hence 55 a pot. 
2. Trop. of the mind, fo be moved, 


agri ated, Syr. 909 ; espec. to love, i. q. 


7, Ss! Hence 715 love, W755, "N79 , 
ant pr. names 75 , ΤΟΝ, “ΠΝ (Tis. 


"ΤΠ m, c. suff. defect. ith, 9Th, δίο.. 
1. love, chiefly as between the sexes, 
only in Plur. 5°, loves, caresses, endear- 
ments, Cant. 1, 2. 4. 4.10. Ez. 16, 8. 23, 


216 





"4 


17 oo 339 Led of love. Prov. 7, 18 
pet ny nb come, let us drink our fill 
of love. 

2. Concer. object φ' i one beloved 
comp. ὃ; Sani hey ae <) love and one 
beloved, a lover, friend ; M2172 acquaint- 
ance, also an acquaintance; Engl. my 
love, my first love, etc.—Cant. 1, 13. 14. 
16. 2, 3. 8. 9. 10. 16. 17. 

3. a friend, Is.5,1. Spec.anunele, the 
father’s brother, Syr. 199 κατ ἐξοχήν called 
the friend of the family, as also Chald. 
82° friend, then uncle; comp, 8M3°34 
mother-in-law, Germ. and Eng. Freund, 
friend, for a relative; Lat. amita aunt, 
qs. amata. Lev. 10,4. 20,20. 1 Sam. 10, 
14. 15,16. Esth. 2 15. Jer. 32, LBs Os 
in v. 12 it seems to be pat fos πὐπτὴς 
uncle’s son. | 


ΠΥ m. 1. a boiler, pot, see r. ἽΝ ΠΟ. 
1. Job 41,11. 1Sam.2,14.. Plur. ΘΠ 


2 Chr. 35, 13—Syr. 569]. ἃ large pot, 
foo> kettle, Samar. n°75 pots. ; 


2. a basket, Jer. 24, 2. Ps. 81, 7. Plur. 
ours 2 K. 10, 7. 


13, also ΛΠ ‘in Chron. | “Bara, 
Nehem. Zech. anid rarely in the earlier 
books, Hos. 3, 5. Am. 6,5. 9, 11, (beloved, 
teibal adj. fbn si. q.. 399 no. 2.) 
David, pr. n. of the son of Jesse, the 
sbicad’ king of the Israelites, τ. 1055- 
1015 B. C. renowned for his warlike 
achievements as well as for his sacred 
songs. The account of his life is chiefly 
contained in the books of .Samuel, from 
1 Sam. c. 16 to the end of the second 
book ; also 1 Chr. c. 12-30.—By meton. 
David is put for 7947)2 spoken of the 
Messiah, the son of David, Ez. 34, 23.24. 
37,24; elsewhere also i..q. 77°3 "32, Hos. 
3,5. ‘tht “72 the city of David i. e. Zion, 
1K. 3,1. 8,1. 9,24. Is, 22,9 3 mg 
the house of David, i. 6. the palace or cita- 
del of his race, Is. 22, 22 ; elsewhere his fa- 
mily, posterity, Is. 7, 2. 13. Jer. 21, 12. - 


M77 £. aunt, father’s sister, Ex: 6, 20; 
also an uncle’s wife, Lev. 18, 14. 20, 20. 


ὙΠ (for jist amatory) Dodo, pr. n. 
m. a) 1 Chr. 11,12. 2Sam. 23, 9 Ker:. 
b) Judg. 20,1. 0) 2 Sam. 23,24. 1 Chr 
11, 26. . 


2 
"7 


= 7775 (for am7ti5 love of Jehovah) 
Dodavah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 20, 37. 


“S57 2 Sam. 23, 9 Cheth. See it" a. 


"377 adj. with Chald. ending "= i.q. 
s—, from r. 713. In Sing. not used; 
‘Plur. ΘΝ ΠΗ. 
1. Pr. boiling ; hence a boiler, pol, i. q. 
“Sino. 1; then a basket, Jer. 24, 1. 
2. loving, amatory, from r. 755 no. 2; 
plur. love-apples, Gen. 30, 14 sq. i. 6. the 
apples of the mandragora, Atropa man- 
dragora Linn. a plant similar to the 
belladonna, with a root like a beet, white 
and reddish fragrant blossoms, Cant. 7, 
14, and with yellow apples also fragrant, 
which ripen from May to July. To these 
apples the Orientals to this day ascribe 
the power of exciting to venery ; comp. 
Li l. c. See Dioscorid. 4. 76, Mardgu- 
yoous... οἱ δὲ Κιρκαίαν καλοῦσι, ἐπειδὴ 
δοκεῖ ἡ ῥίζα φίλτρων εἶναι ποιητική... 
[κυ παρ αὐτὰ (φύλλα) μῆλα, οὗοις (eae 
bis) ἐμφερῆ, ὠχρά, εὐώδη, ἐν οἷς καὶ καρ- 
nbc, ὥσπερ ἀπίου. 
des Hochsten, V. p..197. D’Herbelot 
Biblioth. Oriental. p.17. Sept. μῆλα μαν- 
Oayogay. Chald. 779723 which denotes 
‘the same ; comp. Arab. oy , and see 






Sprengel Hist. Rei herbarie I. p. 215, 
ed. 2..'Tuch Comm. in Gen. 1. ο. 


* yas iq. 584 q- ‘v. to belanguid, δα ρὲ) 
unwell, Arab. SS and εἰ for (53 


spoken espec. of women in their monthly 
courses. Lev. 12,2 the wncleanness of 
her being sick, i.e. of her courses, comp. 
15, 33. 

2. to be sick at heart, sad; see M15 
no. 2. ’ ᾿ 
 Deriv. ΠΡ, "7, 7953, HIT. 

MYT fons, adj. 1. languid, faint, 
_ sick, spec. of women in the*menses, Lev. 
15, 33 ΠΙΠ23 HI. 20,18. Hence 715 

Is. 30, 22 a menstruous cloth, i. 6. polluted 
with menstrual blood. 

2. sick at heart, sad, Lam. 5, 17; af- 
fiicted, unhappy, Lam. 1, 18, Syr. {o» 
to grieve, to be unhappy; Aph. to af 


flict, to make unhappy. [o> afflicted, 


, wretched ; [a0 affliction, misery. 


217 


Schulz Leitungen 





nt 
* TF in Kal not used, i. gq. ΓΙ, M72, 


to thrust away, to cast off; Arab. 245 


to render abject; also intrans. to be ab- 
ject, vile ; VI, to project. 

Ηιρη. 3° 1. to thrust away, to cast 
out, Jer. 51, 34. 

2. to wash away, to cleanse, 6. g. an 
altar, 2 Chr. 4, 6. Ez. 40, 38 ; blood- 
duittiness Is. 4, 4. 


"13 m. (Ὁ. 73, after the form “eR) 
constr. " ms. 

1. languor, sickness, Ps. 41, 4. 

2. Spoken of any thing sickening, i. e. 
insipid, loathsome, exciting loathing, 
nausea. Job 6, 6 can that which is un- 
seasoned be eaten without salt? or is 
there flavour in the tasteless herb? (7) 
My soul refuseth to touch, "am "17> an 
these are as the loathsomeness of my 
food ; i.e. heavy calamity is described 
under the figure of insipid and*loath- 
some food (comp. in m7abm); in accord- 
ance with the common Oriental figure 
by which one is said to eat or taste of 
any thing, i. q. to experience it; comp. 
Maiva 528 Job 21, 25, γεύεσϑαι ϑανάτου, 
Syr. |Za8e say. 


“J m. (after the form 5:2) faint, sick 
at heart, Is. 1, 5. Jer. 8, 18. Lam. 1, 22. 
R. m5. 


‘TTT see 15. 


ἘΠῚ ᾧ 327, to pound, to beat in 
a mortar, to bray, Num. 11,8. Chald. 


τ, Arab. OS, id. 
Deriv. 372 a mortar. 


MDD f. Lev. 11,19. Deut. 14, 18, 
a species of unclean bird, according 
to Sept. Vulg. Saad. the hoopoe, Lat. 
upupa; according to the Targum 
gallus montanus, mountain-cock, a spe- 
cies of large grouse, Tetrao urogallus. 
Perh. compounded from 435, Joao, gal- 
lus, and &5°D, one 5 being dropped. 


The ending m= is forn—, see Heb. Gr. 


§ 77. n. 2. 
* DAI obsol. root, i. ᾳ. 223 no. 1, to be 


dumb, silent, still. Arab. eld to be still, 
quiet, to remain; II, to quiet, to allay.— 
Hence the three following nouns. 


ὯΔ 


Mais f. 1. silence, land of silence, 
poet. for Sheol, the region of the dead, 
“ai 94,17. 115, 17. 

2. Dumah, pr. n. of a tribe and diewhat 
sichmactites | in Arabia, Gen. 25, 14. Is. 
21,11. Prob. the same called at this 
day Joadt Ke Stony Dumah, and 
λοι X90 Syrian Dumah, situated 
on the confines of the Syrian desert and 
Arabia, with a fortified castle, marked 
on D’Anville’s map under lat. 29°, 30/, 
long. 58°; the 4“ουμαΐϑα, of Ptolemy. 
See Abulfeda ed. Paris, p. 82. Edrisi par 
Jaubert I. p.355. Niebuhr Arabien p. 344. 


ΠΡ f. 1. Adj. fem. (from an obsol. 
masc. a%5) silent, mute; Ps. 62, 2 τοὶ 
"WB? Γ 555 ony my soul is silent unto 
God, i.e. trusts inhim. R. 097. 

2. Subst. silence, and adv. silently, Ps. 
. 39,3; quiet, remission of pain, Ps. 22, 
3; trust, confidence in God, Ps. 65, 2 
mbnn mass τ 10 thee (belongeth) confi- 
dence and praise: 


Dat (ro) 1. Subst. dumbness, si- 
lence, Hab. 2, 19 ox jan the dam 
stone, silent, Lifelése, Or it could be 
taken here adverbially, comp. 03M. 

"Ὁ, Adv. silently, in silence, Is. 47, 5. 
Lam. 3, 26 it is good that one wait 072571 
even in silence, quietly. 


PWArT pr. n. 2 K. 16, 10, a rare form 
in Hebrew, but usual in Syriac for 
pwas or pwuets, Damascus. 


* 117 or 1 prob. i. ᾳ. Ghd mid. Waw 
intrans. to be low, depressed, humble ; 
whence perh. }"% trans. 10 subject to 
oneself, to rule, to judge. Kindred is 
778 q. v. whence 7178 lord, master. 
Once Gen. 6, 3 D>iy> HIND MAN YITITND 
my spirit shall not be made low in man 
for ever, i. e. the higher and divine na- 
ture shall not for ever be humiliated in 
the lower, shall not ever descend from 
heaven and dwell in flesh upon the 
earth ; comp. ν. 1. 9. Others here take 
y73 asi. q. 11, thus: my spirit shall not 
rule in man for ever.—Most of the an- 
cient versions give to 171. the sense of 
remaining and dwelling ; Sept. ov μὴ 
καταμείνῃ τὸ πνεῦμά μου x. τ. A. Vulg. 
non permanebit ; Syr. Arab. shall not 
dwell. This is best adapted to the.con- 


218 





7 


text ; whether they regarded the spirit 
as the ruling and therefore indwelling 
principle in man, or perhaps read 91>"; 
comp. 91> μένω Judg. 19, 9. 

JIT Job 19, 29 Keri, i. q. 13 Cheth. 
judgment. 


5317 Ps. 97,5, and 3277 m. waz, Ps. 
92, 15. 68, 3. Mich. 1,4. R. 328 q. v. 


᾿ yu to leap. to skip, to dance ; Job 
41, 14 [22] ΠΞΝΞ prom 172B>5 before him | 
dancelh terror. So the trepidation of 
terror is compared to skipping, dancing, 
in Ps. 29, 6. Corresponding is Arab. 
yolo mid. Waw and Ye, see Schult. ad 
le. Syr. 40? in N. T. for σκιρτᾶν, Chald. 
v3, whence &¥"4 caprea, Lacon. δέζα. 
Kindred roots are 653, 075. 


* PF obsol. root, Chald. and Syr. to 
look around, to keep a look-out. Chald. 
ἢ Dan. 2, 35, see in r. Pe4.—Hence 
P2t- 

wa Lake 4. Arab. p15 to to ΝΣ round. 
in a circle, to Zo round ; enahts » and 


5315 circle, orb, Als round. Kindr. 


roots are “Πρ, "25, "0, “Hm, and the 
dental being changed to a sibilant “AT, 
"id, "90, all which express the idea of 
going round, turning oneself, surround- 
ing, variously modified. Hence 755 no. 
1, and "5. 

2. to remain, to dwell, like Chald. ""5, 
Ps. 84,11. This sense comes perhaps 
from the circumstance that the primitive | 
dwellings were usually erected in a cir- 
cle (Simonis) ; or better, the signif. of 
moving round, turning oneself, is trans- 
ferred to the idea of moving about in 
a place, Lat. versart ; comp. 794, TIX. 


‘1 Chald. to dwell, Dan. 4, 9.18. Part. 
spat, Keri ies Dan. 2, 38. 3,31. 6,26. 
Deriv. "79, 71772, 795999, aR 


tm. 1. @ circle, Arab. 90° Is. 
29,3 "99> as a circle, i. 6. round about. 
: 2. a ball, Is. 22, 18. 

3. a round pile of wood or bones for 
burning, Ez. 24,5; comp. 735772 v. 9. 


ὙΠ and ὙΠ τὰ. 1. an age, genera- 
tion of men, q. d. the revolving period or 
circle of the years of human life, from r. 


a ae 





4:3 no. 1. 





-nifying time, see under 358. 


"mx another generation. 
: sia->2 ἘΓΙΓῚΣ until all the generation 
- was consumed. “31°55 generation and 


| simpl. “ind id. Ps. 22, 31..71,,18. 





εἰς 


Comp. Arab. 8b time, from 
yb to go round ; also other words sig- 
Corre- 


sponding to the letter is ps time, age, 
middle Waw and He being interchan- 
ged, see lett. 5.—Ece. 1, 4 2171 72h 1 
ΝΞ one generation goeth, and another 


generation cometh. Deut. 23, 3. 4. 9 
mtb vist, “wy 77, the third, the tenth 


Rensrdtion. Job 42, 16. Judg. 2, 10 “45 
Num. 32, 13 


generation, every generation, many gen- 


erations, all ages, for ever, Ps.61,7. Joel 


2,2 793.95 53 coe to the years of many 
generations, all future time. Ps. 45,18 
313) 3in7>22 through all generations, all 
coming ages., So 15 35> unio all gene- 
rations, all filture ages, Ex. 3, 15. Joel 
4, 20; Ὑπὸ ab Ps. 10, 6. 33, 11. 49, 12: 

nh 49 
“51 100, 5. Is. 13,20; 75 “50 Ex.17,16 
Bisewhere also of past ages or genera- 
tions, Deut. 32, 7. Is. 58, 12. 60,15; "73 
“ΠῚ Ps. 90,1. Comp. Plar. below. With 
genit. or a the generation of any one, 
i. e. the men of his age, his contempora- 
ries, Is. 53, 8. Gen. 6, 9 ΠῚΠ Ὁ 
sninta Noah was upright among his 
generation.—The Hebrews, as we do, 
seem commonly to have reckoned the 
duration of a generation at from thirty 
to forty years, comp. Job 42; 165; but in 
the times of the patriarchs it was reck- 
oned at a hundred years, see Gen. 15, 16, 
comp. v. 13 and Ex. 12,40. So among 
the Romans the word seculum originally 
signified an age or generation of men, and 
was later transferred to denote a,centu- 


ry; see Censorin. de Die natali ¢. 17.— 


Dropping the notion of an age, 155 sig- 


_nifies also @ race, class of men, e. g. of 
_ the righteous Ps. 14, 5. 24, 6. 73, 15. 
ΒΕ 112.2; of the irked Dans: 32,5 "95 


_ dbmbmas wipe a deceitful and perverse ge- 
_ neration, race. v. 20. Jer. 7,29 in733 75 


se ee 


— Bxi5 and 


the generation of his wrath, i. e. against 
which God is angry. 

_ PLur. with two forms in this sense, 
mins, both masc. Job 42. 16. 
The former occurs thrice in the phrase 
pws 75 ages of ages, generations of 


219 





Ὁ 

generations, signifying perpetuity, eter- 
nity, everlasting, Ps. 72,5. 102, 25. Is. 51, 
8. The latter is very frequent for future 
ages, generations to come, posterity ; 
Lev. 23, 43 pa m5 ἸΣΤῚ 40>. 22, 3. 
Num. 9, 10 ὈΞΎ ix "pad of you or 
your posterity. 15, 14. Espec. in the 
legislative brinite pa") obis mpn a 
perpetual law for your posterity, Lev. 3, 
17. 23, 14. 31.41; comp. Gen. 17, 7. 9. 
12. Ex. 12, 14. 17. 16, 32. 33. 8 

2. a dwelling, habitation, Arab. 15. 


Is. 38, 12. Ps.49.20 MAK WF the dwell- 
ing of his fathers, i. 6. their sepulchre. 

3. Dor, pr. n. of the city of a Canaan- 
itish βὰν Judg. 1,27; written also "85 
Josh. 17,11; more fully 15 52 (height 
of Dor) Josh. 12,23; "83 ΓΕΣ 1 K.4,11; 
“873 mip? 1K. 12.2; Gr. Δῶρα, τὰ Δῶρα, 
ἡ Muga. It belonged to Manasseh ; but 
lay in the territory of Issachar, on the 
coast, near Mount Carmel. Now Tan- 
tira. See Reland Palest. p. 738 sq. 
Prokesch Reise p. 27. 


S73 Chald. pr.n. Dura, a town, it 
would seem, in Babylonia. Dan. 3, 1 
x79 ΟΣΞ the plain or valley of Dura ; 
comp. inn ὌΣΡΒΞ, Ὑπὸ Mpa. Inter- 
preters usually compare Dura a city 
mentioned by Ammian. Marcell. 25. 6. 
situated on the Tigris ; or another of like 
name in Polyb. 5, 48, on the Euphrates 
near the mouth of the Chaboras. 

* WII, WI Mic. 4, 13, and 1 
Deut. 25, 4, softened from 93 q. v. 

1. to beat, to bruise in pieces, espec. by 
treading; comp. Engl. todash. Hence 
to tread, to trample; to crush, Job 39, 15. 
Hab. 3, 12; enemies, Mic. 4,13. 2 K. 
13, 7. | 
2. to tread out grain, to thresh, by 
driving cattle round upon the grain, Jer. 
50, 11. Hos. 10,11. Spoken also of per- 
sons who thus thresh with cattle; 1 Chr. 
21, 20 τῶ π Wa WN and Ornan was 
Hiteshing (treading out) wheat. ‘Trop. 
of a cruel punishment inflicted by the 
Hebrews upon captives, by crushing 
them with threshing-drays like grain on 
the threshing-floor, Am. 1, 3. Arab. 


ualo to trample the earth, to trample 
upon enemies, to tread out grain. Syr 


wa id. Comp. WIN. 


wn 
Nipw. wi53, inf. constr. wa3h, pass. of 
Kal no. 1. fs. 25, 10. 
Hopu. pass. of Kal no. 2. Is. 28, 27. 
Deriv. 677, ji, NWI. 
WAT Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 1, Dan. 7, 23. 


seat rims to thrust, to push or knock 
down, to overthrow. Arab. Lao id. also 
de coitu, like s).4 and other verbs of 
thrusting, pushing, see 7193. Syr. and 
Chald. (42, 817, id. The idea of thrust- 
ing, pushing, knocking, impelling, is 
found in many verbs of which the pri- 
mary syllable is M7, as M5, mms, 903, 
ἘΠῚ, ΤῚΣ, ASO, PSO, O, Oy, 
a0? ; comp. similar families of roots 
under 325 and PR .—Ps. 35, 5. 118, 13 
bpsd ἌΣ ΤΤῚ AN thou hast thrustane thiat 
I should fail. 140, 5. 62,4 FUN NTE 
a wall thrust dawn, overthrown. 

Nripu. pass. of Kal, to be thrust down. 
Prov. 14, 32 the wicked is thrust,down in 
his wickedness, i. e. rushes to destruc- 
tion, perishes. Comp. 573" from mn, 
Jer. 23, 12.—But Part. plur. constr. 
"ΠΣ, as DX? "172, is more properly 
referred to r. m3 q. ν. 

Puaw pret. amt, to be thrust down, 
made to fall, Ps. 36, 13. 

Deriv. "73, ΠΤ, and 


M33 Chald.f. plur. (397, a concubine, 


from r. 53, Arab. LS3 and iss sishe- 
git femincem. —Dan. 6, 19 5338-8? [INT 
ὙΠ, and his concubines he did not 
let come before him. 'Theodot. and Syr. 
render it food, but arbitrarily. The 
Rabbins, instrwments of music, spec. 
those which are struck. 


7 mint i. q. 3, to thrust; whence 
fut. Niph. 1m33 Jer. 23, 12. But by 
simply writing it 1m", it may be re- 
ferred to 45. 

73 τὴ. (τ. OM) in Pause "ΠῚ, a 
thrust, push, so as to fall; hence a fall, 
falling, Ps, 56, 14. 116, 8. 


i Ὁ. Chald. to fear, to be afraid, 
i. q. Heb. 5m, pr. to creep along hesi- 
tatingly and tual. Corresponding is 
Syr.‘\. to fear, Arab. hs to flee, to 
get away, pr. to steal away, to withdraw 
covertly.—Constr. c. DIP, 72 (comp. &74 





ν᾿ 


220 “| 


"82) Dan. 5, 19, Part. 9m, Sone 
terrible, Dan. 2,31. 7,7. α΄. 
Pa. bmn to terrify, Dan. 4, 2. 


*07 not in use, Arab. yo to 
smoke, and trop. of a smoky, ibid 
colour. Hence eee 


ait im: Arab. ξ ὁ, Ez. 4, 9, the 


holcus.dochna of Pinas a species of mil- 
let of which several kinds are cultivated 
in Italy, Syria, and Egypt, and used 
partly as green fodder, and partly for 
the grain; which is of a dark smoky 
colour, and is employed for bread, pot- 
tage, etc. The ancient versions render 
it milium, i. q. Panicum Italicum Linn. 
panic-grass ; see Celsii Hierob. 1. 453 sq. 


. sia) to thrust, to impel, to urge, see 
under r. 7m. Part. pass. impelled, 
hastened, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 14. 

Nipu. 973 to urge oneself to hasten, 
2 Chr. 26, 20. Esth. 6, 12. 

Deriv. nipmt2. 


μ PO7 to thrust, to push, to press upon, 


as is done in a great crowd, Joel 2, 8. 
Arab. ( ὅτ to repulse, to drive away, 
(SA>O rejected. Aram. κῶωϑ, PN, 
i.q. Heb. Comp. Gr. d:axw.—Part. pms 
oppressor of a people, Judg. 2, 18. 


"3, constr. "1, c. suff. "9, 42, B'S. 
1, Subst. sufficiency, quantum sufficit, 
enough ; and hence as Adv. enough. 
The form is as A from a verb °"5 i. q. 


m5 (like "11, μι from >) which ac- 
cording ie Simonis is equivalent to 


Arab. el to be much. Or one might 
also conjecture that “5 is put for"%3 ; but 
this is quite untertain.—Esth. 1, 18 “734 
Hsp) ja and there will be pnbkeh of 
contempt and strife. Mal. 3,10 I will 
pour you out a blessing 77 “3 “> until 
there is not enough, i. e. until my abun- 
dance shall be exhausted; hence, as 
this can never be, the sense is: per 
petually, for ever ; comp. Ps. 72,6.—The 
genitive or suffix which follows mostly - 


designates the person or thing to or for 


whom any thing is sufficient. Prov. 25, 
16 435 what is sufficient for thee, pr. thy” 
sonnei sufficit. Ex. 36,7 855 sufficient 
for them. Obad. 5. Jer. 49, 9. Lev. 5/7 


ee ΘΠ ῸῊ.-» 


.. 


fa Ai τ που i ie ei 


τὰ : 221 χὰ 


my "3 enough for a lamb, i. 6. to buy ἃ 


damb ; not as Simonis renders, quot suffi- 


ciunt ad agnum comedendum. 12, 8. 25, 
26 indx3 73D enough to redeem it. Neh. 
5, 8 533 “1D quantum in nobis erat, after 
our ability. Rarely the genit. denotes 
that of which there is enough; Prov. 
27,27 ὈΠῚΣ 32m "3 enough of goat’s milk. 

2. To the construct ™#, the preposi- 
tions 2. 72, 3, are often preheat. with 
which it then pr new compound pre- 
positions; in all of which, however, the 


- notion of sufficiency and abundance is 


more or less preserved. 

a) "ID according to the abundance 
of, i. q. according to, as. Judg. 6, 5 they 
came up 372 M278 "4D as the locust for 
multitude. Dent. 25, 2 IMP "ID ac- 
cording to his fault. : 

b) "37 id. according to the abundance 
or multitude of, comp. 2 no. 2. σ. Hence 
with inf. as often as, whenever ; 1 Sam. 
18, 30 ΝΣ 7379 4 and it came to pass, 
as ‘often as they went out, made an excur- 
sion; comp.1,7. 1K. 14,28 si2 "772 "7 
aban and it was so, as often as the king 
went, etc. Is. 28,19. Jer. 31,20. 2K. 4,8. 
Also before a finite verb, where suppl. 
“0x. Jer. 20,8 "BIN ὙΠῸ as often as I 


speak. In like manner before a noun, 


where there is an ellipsis, as WIh "72 


Wana Is. 66, 23, 1. 6. as often as the new- 


moon cometh in its new-moon, i. q. in its 
time, every month; and so M293 mow 772 
from year to year, every year, 1 Sam. 
7, 16. Zech. 14, 16. ° 

6) "12 «@) according to the abun- 
dance or multitude of, i. q. "ID and “πῶ, 


_ comp. 2 A.6; hence as often as, Job 39, 


stich ANID. 


25 “BI "73 as often as the trumpet sc. is 
sounded. 46) to sufficiency for any one, 
(comp. 3 B.4,) i.e. until he have enough, 
i. q. for any one, usually where there is 
mention of food; Nah. 2, 13 "8 “a 
for his whelps, comp. in the other hemi- 
Hab. 2, 13 the nations 


labour 8x 743 for the “fire (i. 6. they only 


what, that ; 


become food for the fire), yea, the nations 
labour Ὁ "32 for nothing, in vain. Jer. 
51, 58, where the same words are read. 


_™IChald. A) Pron.relat. who, which, 


qui, que, quod ; i. q. Heb. 


δ . This form of the relative comes 


_ from the demonstr. my, ΣΝ οὗ, (so, 





which latter is often rendered lord, mas- 
ter, possessor ; 6. g. ups ra οὗ posses- 


sor of two horns, bicornis ; but still it is 
nothing more than a.pronoun, and in| 
the Tayitic dialect is used for the relat. 
sat. So plur. 9} and { com- | 
monly lords, masters, but pr. i. q. Y,!, 
MEN, qui; comp. 341 "4. Hence in Syri- 
ac and Chald. the "apocopated prefix 3. 
On the use of the Chaldee relative the 
following is to be noted: 

1. It is often put for he who, that 
which, Dan. 2, 23; more fully "7 m9 2, 
28. 43. Cone nix no. 1. 

2. Often it is merely a sign of rela- 
tion, comp. "ZX no. 2. Man 53 where 
Kz. 6; 1. Vins "3 whose dwelling 
Dan. 2,11. "28 "5 Dan. 7, 17. 

3. Also as ὦ sign of the Genitive, comp. 
"WN no. 3; 6. g. NddQ “Norby the 
king’s captain, pr. who was of the king, 
Dan. 2,15. The preceding subst. is thus 
put either in stat. emphat. as Dan. 1]. 6. or 
in the constr, "52 "3 972 Dan. 7, 10; or 
c. suff. pleon. HT38 75 ποῦ the name of 
God, comp. Engl. “God his name,’ Dan. 
2,20; RIAN PITA trop. accusa- 
tions a the Jews 3,8. So with a genit. 
of material, Dan. 2 32 3:2. 311. AWN 
his head was of fine gold. Ezra 6,4. 

4, In the verbose manner of the Chal- 
dee, it is sometimes redundant before the 
prepositions 3, 12 ; e.g. D>w9773 7 Nd 
the temple (which is) in Jerusalem Dan. 
5,2. 793 77 ΝΞ the palace (which 
is) in Media Ez. 6, 2. Dan. 6,14; espec. 
Dan. 2, 34, comp. Esth. 1, 12 iit ds 15. 

B) It also passes over into a relat. 
Conjunction, like Heb, "4x lett. B, and 
then signifies: 

1. that, Dan. 2, 23; because that, since, 
4, 15. Ἴπ Ἢ Dan. 2, 9, i. gq. Heb. 58 "3, 
bat if ; Theodot. well ἐὰν οὖν. 

2. that, so that, ut, Dan. 2, 16. 47. 

3. Put beises words directly quoted or 
spoken, like “3, ὅτι. Dan. 2,25 and said 
unto him, "25 rng yc "5 Ihave found a 
man, etc. v. 37. . 6, 6. 14. 

C) With Profixes, 1. "72 i.g. "WN, 
as soon as, when, comp. “ND no. 3. . 
Dan. 3, 7. 5, 20. 6, 11. 15. 

2. 917572 from what time, after, Dan. 
4, 23. Ez. 5, 12. 

3) "3752P7>2, see in bap no. 2. 


a 222 " 


aT FT (of gold, i. 6. a place rich in 
gold, comp. under Chald. "3 no. 1) Di- 
zahab, pr. n. of a place in the desert of 
Sinai, apparently so called from the 
presence of gold, Deut. 1,1. Now called 
Dahab, on the western shore of the 
Elanitic gulf, abounding in palms; see 
Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 
523. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p. 217 and 
Map. 11. p. 600. n.—Sept. Καταχρύσεα, 
comp. Euseb. et Hieron. in Onom. ἢ. v. 

113. (a pining, 
n. Dibon. 

1. A city in the borders of Moab, on 
the northern bank of the Arnon, rebuilt 
by the Gadites Num. 32, 34; ἰδίου call- 
ed Dibon-Gad, Num.33,45; afterwards 
assigned to Reuben, Josh. 13, 9.17; and 
ut last again occupied by the Moabites, 
5. 15, 2. Jer. 48, 18.22. At the present 
lay it is called Dhiban; see —Burck- 
iardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372.— 
Jnce by an interchange of the letters 2 
and 3 it is written 7172". for the sake of 
harmonizing with the word 05, Is. 15, 9. 

2. A city in the tribe of Judah, Neh. 
11, 25; also written 7252"% Josh. 15, 22. 


A} to fish, see 5 .—Hence 


1.7 m. a fisher, fisherman, Is. 19 8 
and Jer. 16, 16 Keri. 


wasting, r. 293) pr. 


RS a a root not in use and doubtful : 

I. Perh. i. gq. Chald. "m5 to be dark, 
dusky ; hence 1°" ink. 

II. to be enough, sufficient, much ; see 
a 

mT f. Deut. 14, 13. Is. 34, 15, a bird 
of prey, inhabiting ruins. Bochart under- 
stands the black vulture, comparing "3. 
Beiter, the kite or falcon, so called from 
its swift flight; deriving 755 from τ. ΓΝ Ἢ, 
the & when doubled being changed into 


5, as Syr. \Le , Pa. Vie. Vulg. milous. 


‘Sm, (τ πρπὶ after the fot 153) 
ink, Jer. 36, 18. Arai. RMI", [Zao 


Arab. st; © ink-stand. 
re, ma" see jin" no. 1, 2. 


fet "7 fut. y", pret. ᾿Ξ. 1. to rule, to 
govern ; pr. as it would seem, to subju- 
gate, to subject to oneself, causat. of r. 
Ἵ3Ξ q.v. as if for [°-37.—Constr. 6. acc. 


2 Sam. 19, 10. 





1 Sam. 2,10. Zech. 3, 7 then shalt thou 
rule my house. Gen. 6, 3, se@ in r. 975. 
2. to judge, i.q. BY, but more fre- 
quent in poetic style. The ideas of ruling 
and judging are closely allied not only 
in Oriental practice and polity, but also 
in their languages; comp. 25W, also 
wld and pX>.—Gen. 49,16 59 4°97 53 
Dan shall judge his people. Often of 
God as judging the nations, Ps. 7,9. 9, 9, 
50, 4. 72, 2. 96, 10. Is. 3, 13.—Spec. to 
judge any one isi.q. a) to condemn, to 
punish the guilty, Gr. κατακρίνειν, Gen. 
15, 14. Job 36, 31; 6. 3 Ps. 110, 6. _b) 
to protect the cause of any one, to defend 
his right, to see that he obtains justice ; 
spoken of a just judge, espec. of God. 
Prov. 31, 9 7938" "2d 94 defend the cause 
of the poor and needy. Gen. 30, 6 "225 | 
eve God hath judged me, hath pro- 
tected my cause. Ps. 54, 3 Anas 
"22°7M and in thy might defen me, 1. e. 
protect and avenge me. More fally Jer. 
5, 28. 22,16 ὙΠ 32" ὍΘ τη 1π he judgeth 
the cause of the poor and needy. 30, 13. 
3. With ἘΦ, to contend with any one, 
pr. before a judge, as in Niph. Eee. 6, 10. 
Nipu. 4572 recipr. to contend together, 
pr. before a judge, to strive together, 
Comp. synom. θὰ, 
Arab. to judge ; III, IV to strive 
together. 
Deriv. 13, 71773, 55272, 7272, and pr. 
n. (772, 779, byt ; ales those here tals 
lowing :* 


13 and ΤΠ Chald. id. part. Ezra 126: 


TT m. 1. judgment, Ps. 76, 9. 1.1 NOD 
judgment-seat, tribunal, Prov. 20, 8.—. 
Spec. a) a judgment-seat, tribunal, 
Is. 10, 2. b) α cause, right, which is 
brought for judgment; Deut. 17, 8 113 
77> 1 between cause and cause, i. 8. 
ἀνα the rights of the parties. Prov 
29,7. jt nes Ps. 140, 13,1. ἃ. PA 3 
to judge or protect the cause of any one. 
c) wrong, guilt, as being judged; Job 
36, 17 and fillest thou up the guilt of the 
wicked, guilt and punishment take hold 
on each other. 4) sentence of a judge 
Ps. 76,9. 6) right, justice ; Esth. 1, 13 
PR mt s-bp all who knew law and 
justice. 





" 


2. controversy, strife, Prov. 22, 10; see 


αι ἸΞ το. 3, and Niph. 


11 Chald.m. 1. judement, and meton. 
tribunal, i.e. the judges ; comp. wyls2 ῷ 


Diwén, the highest tribunal. Dan. 7,10 
an? x2" the judges were seated. v. 26. 
2. justice, right, righteousness, Dan. 4, 
34 4° ΠΤ his ways are righteous- 
ness, i. 6. just, upright. Dan. 7,22 2°) 
ΟΡ ΠΡ am and until justice was 
rendered to the saints of the Most High. 
3. punishment, Ezra.7, 26. 
᾿ WT m. (τ. 15) 
24, 16. 
2. a defender, advocate, Ps. 68, 6. 
Chald. Ezra 7, 25. 


ΤΊΣ (judged, acquitted) Dinah, pr. n. 
of the daughter of Jacob, Gen. 30, 21. 
34, 1 sq. : 
* N72" Chald. m. plur. Dinaites, pr. n. 
of an Assyrian people transferred to Sa- 
maria, Ezra 4, 9. 


ΓΞ 1.Chr. 1,6, a various reading 
for ΓΕ in the parallel passage Gen. 
10,3. But many Mss. have ΓΒ also 
in 1 Chr. 1. c. and so Sept. and Vulg. 
Riphat. See rp. 


p.7 m. (τ. p's Chald. and Syr. 4. v.) 
pr. a watch-tower, specula ; then genr. 
a tower, erected by besiegers to over- 
look and harassa city ; i.q. ja and Syr. 
Loos. Mostly collect. 2 K. 25, 1. Jer. 
52,4. Ez. 4, 2. 17, 17, 21, 27. 26, 8. 
Freq. P93 722; once “Ἴ jn? Ez. 26, 8.— 
J. D. Michaelis understands a wall or 
line of circumvalilation, Sept. in 2 K. 
περίτειχος, and this I have formerly fol- 
lowed; but see Rosenm. ad Ez. 4, 2, 
and also Barhebr. p. 206,.‘ exstruxit tur- 


rim Loops ad speculandum.’ 


1. a judge, 1 Sam. 


Swi. q. 0's q. v. to tread out grain, 
to thresh. Hence 


O73 τη. threshing-time, Lev. 26, 5. 


ΤΊ. m. 1. A-species of ontenene 
so called from, its leaping, springing 


from τ, 33 pr. to tread, but prob. ale 


i. ᾳ. γ8π to Jeap, to spring, whence 
Aram. 83™5, ἢν εἶν caprea, pygarg; comp. 
Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 270, ibique Ro- 


223 





N27 


senm.—Deut. 14, 5.. Sept. πύγαργος, 
Engl. Vers. pygarg; Syr. and Targ. 
$o25, Arabs (both) S93 all which 
words denote a species of antelope, ga- 
zelle, etc. 

2. Dishon, pr.n. a) A son of Seir, 
also of a region of Idumea bearing his 
name, Gen. 36, 21. 30. 1 Chr. 1, 38. b) 
A grandson of Seir, Gen. 36, 25. 1 Chr. © 
1, 41. 


JI τὴ. adj. (τ. 423) crushed, broken; 
hence dejected, afflicted, oppressed, un- 
happy, Ps. 9, 10. 10, 18. 74,21. Once 
apparently in an active signification, i. q. 
crushing, i.e. chastising ; so with Luther 
and Geier I understand Prov. 26, 28 


ΤΠ DT Rw PY ji) a lying tongue ren 


son) hateth them that chastise it. Ver- 
bal adjectives of the forms 33, 73, and 
also of the form 5:29 from which these 
are contracted, are indeed for the most 
part intransitive, and are derived from 
intransitive verbs, as tM, >5, 3, and 
many others ; yet there is nothing in the 
nature of the case, why a form of this 
sort derived from a transitive verb, such 
as is 31, should not also have a transi- 
tive sense, 3273 contr. 33, 73, 1. 4. 31; 
and that in some instances this is the 
fact, is shown by the words j2W, 728. 
Sept. well as to the sense, γλῶσσα ψευδὴς 
μισεῖ ἀλήϑειαν. The other clause favours 
the same sense, ὦ flattering mouth work- 
eth ruin.—Those who prefer to take 
it intransitively, may render: a lying 
tongue hateth those crushed by it, α. d. 
its victims. 


73 Chald. m. this, hic, Ezra 5, 16. 17. 


6, 7.8; and_J73 fem. this, hec, Ezra 4, 
15. 16. 19. 5, 8. Corresponding is Arab. 


SS; and both have arisen from the 
simple demonstrative [ὦ (71), with the 
pleonastic *suffix of the second person, 
td pr. hic tibi, elsewhere SUS; and 

3 - 
where one speaks with several, wo 


hic vobis. Inthe Targums for Heb. mt 
Bre PUCAS a Mag go dy ts 


* NOT i. q. M=3, to be broken in 
pieces, beaten small, crushed, in Kal not 
used. Comp. j=. 


N34 


Piru 3 1. to break.in pieces, to 

crush. Ps.72,4 ῬΘῚΡ XDI" he breaketh 
in pieces the oppressor. 89, 11. 143, 3. 
Job 6, 9 "282371 ION bh and would 
that God might crush me! destroy me. 
4,19 those dwelling in houses of clay.. 
* they are crushed (lit. they crush them) 
as by the. moth, in the manner of the 
moth.—Infin. 833 as noun, a bruising, 
bruise, wound, Is. 53, 10 i823 YER nin 
“Smt ἐΐ pleased Jehovah, he made sick 
his wound, i.e. it ildasod Jehovah to 
wound hit severely, incurably ; the con- 
struction is ἀσύγδετος. Others: it pleased 
Jehovah that disease should crush him ; 
“bon for "mn; so Hitzig—Metaph. 
Job 19, 2 phen "axDIMi and (how 
long) break me in pieces with words ? 

2. to crush under foot, to trample upon, 
Lam. 3, 34. “Hence to oppress, 6. g. the 
needy, Is. 3,15. Ps. 94,5; espec. in the 
forum, in court, Prov. 22, 22. 

Nipu. part. broken in spirit, contrite, 
humble, Is. 57, 15. 

Puat 1. to be broken, crushed, bruised ; 
e. g. the arm, Job 22,9; with plagues, 
calaniities, Is. 53, 5 

2. to~be broken in spirit, afflicted, 
humbled, Is. 19,10; with penitence, con- 
trite, Jer. 44, 10. 

Hirup. fut. 833", pass. of Pi. no. 1, 
Job 5, 4. 34, 25.—Hence 


NDT adj. intensive from r. 825, after 
the form >uP. 

1. broken very small, beaten fine ; 
hence as Subst. poet. for dust. Ps. 90,3 
NDINIS Wie stm chow turnest man to 
dust. 

2. broken in spirit, contrite, humble, Is. 
57, 15. Ps. 34, 19. 


‘ Te i.q. 823, to be broken in pieces, 
crushed ; in Kal once, Ps. 10, 10 Cheth. 
mos mst) and he is crushed; he sinks 
down. ‘Keri met id. ’ 

Pie to breals in pieces, to crush; Ps. 
44. 30. 51,10 m-25 minsy mzdsm that the 
bones thou hast broken ma y rejoice, i. 8. 
broken with the consciousness of guilt. 

Nipn. to be broken, crushed, Ps. 38, 
9; trop. of the mind, heart, Ps. 51, 19 
ΓΞ ἜΞῸΣ 32 a broken and contrite 
heart. . 

Deriv. "23. 


crushing, sc. the testicles. 





22M Ὁ 


m7 f. (τ. 33) α crushing ; Deut. 2, 
2 mp3 ΣἾΧΘ wounded or mutilated by 
The allusion 
is to a peculiar kind of emasculation, still 
practised in the East, as we have learn- 
ed from Greek physicians ; it consists in 
softening the testicles of very young — 
boys in warm water, and then rubbing 
and pressing them till they disappear. 
The Greeks call a eunuch of this, kind 
ϑλαδίας, as Sept. ἢ. 1. Vulg. well, eu- 
nuchus attritis testiculis. 


"23 m. (Ὁ. Mt) a crushing, dashing, 
beating together of waves; hence a 
raging, roaring noise. Ps. 93, 3 5X8 
prs minh? the floods lift up their roar- 
ing, ‘parall. -abip.—Arab. L¥Q to beat, to 
thrust; VI to beat together, to collide ; 
comp. who VI to press upon each other 


in the tumult of battle, x56 ὦ tumult, 
conflict. é 


ἘΠΞῚ obsol. root, Arab. ὧδ, to beat 
small, to break in pieces, to crush, i. ἃ. 
N23, M55, WY, Chald. J Hence 
33,523. Comp. Pz and the remarks’ 
undermms. In the western languages 
comp. Gr. duxo, δάκνω. 


723 Chald. this, hic, i. q. 73. Dan. 2 
81. ἡ. 20: 


*"27 Chald. i. q. Heb. “21, to re- 
member ; whence V7S5, i754, ood 


"21 Chald. plur. j=", α ram, Ezra 
6, 9,107.47, The? ht viguilies pr. ὦ male, 
i.q. Heb. 1231; but is put spec. for a male’ 
sheep, ram, like Gr. ἄῤῥην male, ἄρην, 
ἄφης, aries, a ram. | 

PID Chald. m. (Ὁ. 3} emph. 72435, 
a record, register, in which any thing is 
noted for remembrance, Ezra 6, 2. 

7727 Chald. m. id. Ezra 4, 15 “BO 
ΣΑΣ Ἢ che book of the recohde ti e. the 
public ‘records of the kin gdom kept by the 
king’s secretary or recorder, Heb. "21%. 
Syr. [a;¢209 record, mémoir, e. g. me- 
moirs of the martyrs. 

Ὁ m. (for M3, r. M5) constr. 51, pr. 
something hanging, swinging ; hence 
valve of a door, a door, as hanging sus- 
pended and moving to and fro. Once, 
metaph. door of the lips for the mouth ~ 








by 


στόματος Barry. Hippol. 882. The fem. 
n25 door is far more frequent, q. v. 


27 m. (τ. 553) in pause 55, plur. D°}s, 
weak, feeble, powerless. 2 Sam. 3, 1 Da- 
vid waxed stronger and stronger, M"35 
mbt} px DAN and the house of Saul 
waxed weaker and weaker, i. e. conti- 
nually weaker.—Spec. a) lean, thin, 
2 Sam. 13, 4 53 nD ΠῺΝ v2 why art 
thou so lean? emaciated. Once plur. 
fem. ΓΞ of kine, Gen. 41,19... Ὁ) weak, 
low, poor, of low estate, Ex. 23, 3. Lev. 
14, 21. 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ruth 3,10. Ps. 41, 
2. 72, 13. Prov. 10, 15. Is. 14, 30. al. seep. 


. 307 to leap, to spring, in Kal once 
Zeph. 1, 9. 

Prev id. Is..35, 6 MOB 5515. AST IN 
then shall the lame man leap as the 
hart; with >3 Cant. 2, 8; acc. Ps. 18, 
30 ΡΝ “ba with my God have I 
leaped walls. 


τ m7 1. i. q. 555, to hang down, to 
be ate comp. Nrebi do Conj. 
‘V, spoken of pendulous boughs, and Eth. 
ὃ AO to wave, to hang down. See 
m->5.—For the form 3735 Prov. 26, 7, 
see under Det. 

2. to let hang down, i. e. to let down a 
bucket or pitcher into a well, to draw 
water, Ex. 2.16.19. Arab. Yo and do, 
Syr. ly id. Metaph. Prov. 20, 5 coun- 
sel in the heart of man is deep water, 
M2577 ΓΞ Wx) but a man of under. 
standing will draw it out. 

Pret to draw out, pr. from a well; 
metaph. to deliver, to set free. Ps. 30, 2 
"3n723 7D F2aINN I will extol thee, for 
thou hast delivered me. 

S eriv. ὅπ, 23, mds, “>t, aba, m5, 
and pr. n. mits, γιοῦ ὌΝ 


MD i. α. no a door, see in >5. Is. 26, 
20 ett’ Hence Dual banks, see ander 
n>. 


| me fF. (r. 553) pr. something hanging 
down, pliant, slender. Spec. 
_ 1. thread, spoken of the threads or 


_thrums which tied the web to the weav- 


er’s beam. Is. 38,12 2283" ΓΞ. from 
the thrum he cutteth me off, an image of 
death drawn from the weaver, who when 


Ps. 141, 3; comp. Mic. 7, 5, and πύλαι 





5 


his work is finished cuts it out of the 
loom. Chald. 5755 filamentum. 

2. hair, locks, hanging down, Cant 7, 
6. Vulg. coma capitis. ' 

3. slenderness, i. 6. weakness, lowness, 
poverty ; concr. the poor, 2 K. 24, 14. 
25,12. Plur. osm mibs id. Jer.52,15 © 
and yas Ἢ v. 16. 


* Pk to trouble water with the feet, 


to make turbid, Kiz. 32,2.13. Syr. PAS 
id. 


"2 m. (r..9>3) ἃ bucket, any vessel 


for drawing water, Is.40,15. Arab. piks 


“7 τη. (r.7125) id. Num. 24,7 072 537 
baa the waters stream frou his buck- 
ets, Ἵν e. his posterity will be numerous ; 
a metaphor drawn from water as flow- 
ing from a bucket, and applied to the 
semen virile ; comp. ba, AS, and Is. 
48,1. In the other hemistich 022 i371 
535. The form 7>3 (dél-yav) is from 
Dual 0°75 the two. buckets (as was 
usual), Metheg being retained in the 
penultima. 


223 (whom Jehovah hath freed) 
Delaiah, pr.n.m. a) Neh. 6, 10. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 3,24. c) Ezra 2, 60." Neh. 7, 
62.—The Phenicians had the pr. n. 4s- 
λαιαστάρτος. as read in 705. 6. Ap. 1. 18, 
i.e. Manws 455 ‘freed by Astarte.’ 


TDF (id.) Delaiah,pr.n.m. a) Jer. 
36, 12.25. b) 1 Chr. 24, 18. 


ΤΣ f. (feeble, pining with desire) 


Delilah, pr. ἢ. of a Philistine woman 


whom Samson loved, Judg. 16, 4-18. 


m3 ff (τ mds) only plur. nibs 
(Kamets impure), boughs, branches, so 
called as hanging down, waving; Jer. 
11, 16. Ez. 17; 6. 23. 31, 7. 9. 12. Syr. 


{aes9 id. 


: 227, preet. 3 plur, 1554 Is. 19, 6, 954 
Job 28, 4, and "5 Prov. 26,7 see in no. 
1), 1 pers. omiby Ps. 116, 6. 

1. to hang down, to Ν" pendulous, to 
swing, to wave; e.g. as a bucket let 
down ina well, the slender and pendulous 
branches of the palm, willow, etc. which 
wave to.and fro, Kindr. is >, also 551, 
J: SY pen and >mbm.q.v. Comp. in the 
Indo-European tongues, Sanscr. tilla to 


34 


go, to be moved, Gr. σαλεύω, σαλάσσω, 
σάλος, to wave, to fluctuate,etc. To the 
same family may be also referred 5, 
dbs, jks, in all which the primary 
notion is that of hanging down, laxness, 
languor.—In Job 28, 4 spoken of miners 
letting ae down into the pits or 
shafts: 132 Wiax72 33 they hang down 
Sar ὑλῶν men, they swing to and fro. 
Here too I veonld refer Prov. 26, 7 aye 
mud o> "DA dwn Mona op the legs 
hang down from a lame man (sc. as a 
useless weight), and so is a sententious 
saying in the mouth of fools. In this 
passage if we read 1725 (with Patah), it 
may be for 3; so several Rabbins, and 
comp. 81953 Ezra 10, 16 for Din5, er 
λον folium, ἄλλος aia and vice versa 
filia, fille. But it is easier with R. Ju- 
dah, R. Jonah, and several Mss. to read 
smb ἢ i. q. δ, from r. 724. 

2. to be nick, languid, feeble, weak. 
Spoken 8) of shallow and languid 
waters; Is. 19,6 “is "982 139M} 955 
the streams of ‘Egypt ‘languish and are 
dried up; comp. ‘flumen languidum’ 
Hor. Od. 2. 14, 17, ‘aqua languida’ Liv. 
1.4. .b) Of persons, to be brought low, 
to be afflicted, oppressed, Ps. 79, 8. 116, 
6. 142,7. c) Of the eye, to languish, 
to pine with desire, Is. 38, 14 72°32 529 
pina>. 

Nipn. pass. of no. 2, to be onfeebled, to 
be brought low, of a people, Judg. 6, 6. 
Is. 17, 4. 

Beriv: by, mba, and pr. ἢ. M2954. 


P 553 obsol. root, Arab. ἰο thrust out 
the tongue ; Chald. nz>3 a gourd, perh. 
oblong, tongue-shaped. ‘Hence 


9223 (gourd-field) Dilean, pr. n. of a 
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 38. 


* DD fut. 5/539 1. to drop, to drip, 
to distil ; spoken of a house, Eec. 10, 18 
mann abt the house droppeth, i.-e. leaks, 
lets the rain drop through the roof. 

2. to shed tears, to weep, as the eye, 
Job 16, 20 "252 ΠΡῸΣ ΡΝ ΤΟΝ my eye 
φἰδεββεὶῃ unto God. Ps. 119, 28 sup) meds 
my soul weepeth ; comp. we no. 3. Aram. 
id. Arab. Ua) to go slowly, to creep 
along; VII, to be poured out, to flow; 
comp. 2233.—Hence 


226 





nn 
| p27 m. a dropping, dripping, from a 
roof, Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15. 


piby pr. n. of a son of Haman, Dal- 
phon, Ksth. 9, 7. 


% pot fut. P23" 1. to burn, to flame, 
Aram. ‘igs id. Ps. 7, 14 ὉΠ a da 


Ὁ5Ὲ" he maketh his arrows flaming, i. 6. 
shooteth burning arrows. With .2 to 
inflame, to kindle, Obad. 18. 

2. Trop. in various senses: a) Of 
love, ardent friendship, to burn. Prov. 
26, 23 o»p>h none) burning lips, i. e. 
discourse professing ardent affection, 
burning love. Ὁ) Of burning anxiety, 
to burn with anguish, often compared to 
heat, Ps. 10, 2 through the pride of the 
wicked "23 p27" doth the poor man burn, 
is troubled, anxious ; comp. Is. 13, 8. Ps. 
39,4. 6) Of burning persecution, whence 
ΠΝ p25 to burn after any one, to pur- 
sue hotly, Germ. nachfeuern. Gen, 31, 
36 "38 MP2s "2 that thou so hotly pur- 
suest after me. 1 Sam. 17, 53. With ~ 
ace. id. Lam, 4, 19 "p24 pynncbs they 
pursued us hotly upon ‘the mountains. 

Hiren. to make burn, to kindle, Kiz. 24, 
10. Trop. to inflame, e. g. as wine, Is. 
5, 11 op7>75 155 wine inflames them. 

Deriv. reba. 


P27 Chald. to burn, Dan. 7, 9. 


mp2 f. (r. P23) inflammation, fever, 
Deut. 28, 22. 


nF f. (r. nbs) comp. the mase. ἅπαξ 
λεγόμ. ὅπ; pr. valve of a door, so called 
as hanging and swinging; then a door, 
as hanging and turning on hinges Prov. 
26, 14; as shut and opened Gen. 19, 10. 
2K. 4,4. 9,3; as knocked at, beaten, 
Judg. 19, 22. Diff. from "8, whieh 
denotes a door-way or opening for a 
door. Where a double or folding door 
is meant, the Dual (q. v.) is for the most 
part employeds but the Sing. also some- 
times includes both valves ; 6. g. 1 K. 6, 
34 psbsba ΠΝ ΓΡΗΠ ΡΟΝ "ὦ the 
two leaves of the one door were folding, 
turning. In Ez. 41, 24 ΓΒ is laxly put 
both for the single ville and also for the 
whole door: pond mins) Micha Dunes 
“Aw! PON τὰ Ὁ ἔπινον minora 
rand mint two leaves were to each 
door, two turning leaves, tivo to the one 





oy) 


_ door and two to the other door. Spoken 


—_—— 


ve eS eee 


of the lid of a chest, 2 K. 12, 10.—Me- 
taph. Cant. 8, 9. if she be a door sc. our 
sister, i. e. if she make herself easy of 
access to suitors. 

Ὅσαι, D7M>5 constr. "M>5 (pr. from a 
form 125) folding doors, Lat. fores, es- 
pec. large, as of a city, gates, Deut. 3, 5. 
1 Sam. 23, 7. Is. 45, 1. Jer. 49, 31. Me- 


| taph. doors of heaven, through which the 


rain flows down, (elsewhere ΓΞ.) Ps. 


78,23. Job 3,10 "20: "ΡΞ the doors 
(of my (imother’ s) womb. 41,6 1.8 "027 


_ the doors of his face, i. 6. the j jaws ‘of the 
- crocodile. 


38, 8 or shut up the sea with 
doors, comp. v. 10. 
Pior. mines constr. minds f. but in 


_ Neh. 13, 19 masc. 


1. doors, i. e. leaves of a folding door 
or gate, 1 Κ. 6, 31. Ez. 41, 24; see Sing. 
Hence | 
2. a door, gate, Judg. 3, 23-25. 19, 27. 
Ez. 26, 2 o°a2n minds maw. broken is 
the gate of the nations, i.e. J erusalem. 

3. the columns of a book or roll, so 
called as resembling a door in their 
form, as in Lat. from their likeness to a 
column, Jer. 36, 23. Others, chapters 
of a book, like Rabb. “σῷ 


DJ τη. constr. D4, c. suff. 103, 0295 
Gen. 9, 5. 

1. blood ; prob. for DIX, τ. DIN to be 
red ; whence Talmud. DoN, DIN, RON, 
Punic edom oe 46 Augustin 


on Ps. 136. Arab. "δ, rarely Pes 


-whence a new verb ar to bleed, to 


let blood ; II, to wound.—So 53 59 52x 
to eat (flesh) with the blood, 1 Sam. 14, 
32. 55. Ez. 33, 25; this was contrary to 
the Mosaic law, Lev. 17, 11. Deut. 12, 
23. “pi 03 innocent blood 2 K. 21, 16. 
Ps. 106, 38; spoken likewise of an inno- 
cent person, Ps. 94, 21 5 πη "p2 DT 
and condemn innocent blood ; also “Pp? =a 


_ blood of the innocent Deut. 19, 10. 13. 27, 


p. 


25. Jer. 19,.4. 22, 17. 
_ ~2. Trop. blood, tor bloodshed, murder, 


_ Lev. 19,16. Also for the guilt of mur- 
_ der, blood-guiltiness, Gen. 37; 26. Lev. 17, 


4. Deut. 17, 8 ὉΠ ὉΠ ῚΞ. 
“Et ἸῈΣ he is not "guilty of blood, no 


Num. 35, 27 


blood- -guiltiness is upon him. 
3. blood of grapes, poet. for wine, which 


221 





rat 


in Palestine is red, Gen. 49,11. Deut. 
32,14. Comp. αἷμα τῆς σταφυλῆς Ecclus, 
39, 26. 

Pur. 0°23 bloods, i. e. drops of blood, 
but put like the sing. 

1. blood, espec. as shed. Gen. 4, 10. 
Is. 9, 4. Hos. 1, 4. Ps. 106, 38. 

2. bloodshed, blood-guiltiness ; "x 
m2 a man of blood, blpody man, Ps. 5, 
7. 26,9. 55,24. Bs Ma, 19D, house or 
city of blood, i. e. guilty of bloodshed, 2 
Sam. 21, 1. Ez. 22, 2. 24,6. ‘a 1795 
Lev. 20, 9. Ez. 18, 13, and ba D794 
Lev. 20, 11 sq. his blood be upon him, 
their blood be upon them, i. 6: they are 
guilty of their own blood. 

Nore. To 0° is once usually ascribed 
the signif. likeness, similitude, i. q. D721, 
in Ez. 19,10 773 5339 FAN thy mother 
is like a vine after thy likeness, than 
which nothing can be more langage 
especially as there follows: planted by 
the waters. Most prob. we ought to read 
with Calmet: 77292 {232 like a vine of 
thy vineyard. 

* |, ΓΤ, Aram. δὰ Ὧπ, ἴδον, to be or 
become like, similar, to resemble, c. > Ps. 
102, 7. 144, 4. Cant. 2,9. 7,8; dx Ez. 
31,8. With dat. pleonast. Cant. 2, 17 

sad “Tit Wb-n23 be thou, my beloved, 
like a roe. 8, 14. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to become like, to resemble, c. 
acc. Ez. 32, 2. 

Piet 725 1. to liken, to compare, c. 
dx Is. 40, 18. 25 ; > 46,5. Cant. 1, 9. Lam. 
2,13 SSA ma ‘had shall I ΠΝ unto 
thee ?—Hence to use similitudes, para- 
bles, i. g. 222, >t. Hos. 12, 11 a 
MATS DNA n is the prophets... I have 
used similitudes ; so in accordance with 
the context. Others, I have destroyed, 
i, 6. announced destruction. 

2. to liken in one’s mind, i. q. Engl. to 
deem, to think. Ps. 50, 21 “nin ΤῈ 
7722 HN thou thoughtest me to ‘be ‘like 
thyself. Esth. 4, 13. Is. 10, 7. 

3. to think, i. 6. to purpose, to meditate, 
sc. to do any thing; Num. 33, 56. Judg. 
20, 5 443 31 "MS they thought to have 
slain me. Is. 14, 24.2 Sam. 21, 5 w-xn 
aad mat “wit 5.92. “tix the man who'con- 
sumed us and who meditated against us 
sc. destruction. 


4. to think upon, to remember. Ps. 48. 


ad 


lat 


10 470m ὈΠΓΙΒῈΣ 424 we remember, O 
God, thy loving-kindness. 

Ηραμ, fut. 1 pers. M7238 Is. 14, 14, to 
make oneself like, to become like, with >. 

Deriv. ΤΠ, 1102. 

Nore. This signif. of likeness seems 
to be the appropriate and primary one 
in this verb; but. it has still another, 
borrowed from,the kindred family 27, 
bit, as in the following article: 


κυ δ re} 1. to be dumb, silent, still ; 
to rest, tocease. Jer. 14,17 my eyes flow 
down with tears night and day, and do 
not rest. Lam. 3, 49. 

2. Causat. to cause to cease, to make 
an end of ; hence to destroy, comp. D7, 
“ans, matin, m2D no. 3; espec. do lay 
‘ waste, to destroy a country, Hos. 4, 5 
ἼῈΝ 2 will destroy thy mother, i. 6. 
will lay waste thy country. Jer. 6,2 
yPscra (m3 7 will destroy the daugh- 
ter of Zion, i. e. thee. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be destroyed, cut off, to perish ; 
of persons, Hos. 10, 15 797} M04 “Nea 
ἘΝ) ΠΡ to-morrow the king of Israel 
shall be cut off. Is. 6,5 "7272793 2-718 
wo is me, for I perish ! So of brutes Ps. 
49, 13. 21; of nations Zeph. 1, 11. Hos. 
4 6;.of sities lands, Is. 15, 1. Feb 47, 5. 
Hos. 10, '7.—In all the examples here 
quoted, the Preter only is read. For 
the Fut. are used the.forms a7", 123M, 
from the synon. 0%. 

Deriv. "25, "7. 


mn Chald. to be like, similar, fats 
3, 25. τ τὰ 


My f. (r. 625) desolation, destruc- 
tion; also for concr. desolated, laid 
waste. So commonly ΕΖ. 27,32 “ix3 "79 
ΓΙΒῚΞ who is like Tyre, like the de- 
stroyed ; but probably it is better with 
Hitzig to read 7727 the desolated. 

mins f£ (x. mes. 1) 1. a@ likeness, 
image, i. q: Syr. [Zaso9. Gen. 1, 26 let 
us make man... 327927 after our like- 
ness ; comp. 5, 1. 3 he begat α son inet 
jabs in his own likeness, after his own 
image. 2 Chr. 4,3 DPsa M25 images 
of oxen, i. 6. cast, molten. Is. 40, 18 

Spas eR ΓΝ ΓΙῺ aha likeness, image, 
will ye compare unto him? 


2. a model, pattern, e. g. for an altar, 
2K. 16, 10. 


228 





ὨῚ 


3. an appearance, form, shape. Ez. 
1, 16 jASaIN INN M4 one shape was 
to the four. With genit. the appearance, 
likeness, shape of any thing, i. e. some- 
thing having that form; e. g. spoken of 
what s indistinctly seen in dreams or 
visions; Ez. 1, 5 229% ΤΉ mina 
nism and in the midst of it the appear- 
ance, likeness, of four living nein 
i. e..an appearance like four. animals. 

26 ROD M25 the appearance of a haa 
v. 28. 8, 2. 10, 1.21. Dan. 10,16. Comp, 
ΓΙ. Henbe 

"4, Adv. like, as, Is. 13,4; mant> id. 
Ps. 58, 5. 


AT m. (τ. 12 IL) stillness, rest, qui- 
et, i. q. "703. Is. 38, 10 "2" "7272 in the 
quiet of my days, i. e. now when I might 
reignin quiet. Sept. ἐν τῷ ὕψει τῶν 7u8- 
eay μου, either reading or conjecturing 
"7272. See more in Comment. on Is. I. c. 


“27 m. (τ. 53 IL) stillness, quiet ; 
Ps. 83, 2 727077>N ΡΝ O God, be 
thou not quiet, i. e. look notin quiet in- 
activity upon our persecutions, defer not 
thy help; comp. 02m, num. Is. 62, 6.7. 

MT see Γῆ, 


on m. (Ὁ. ΠῚ 1) ig. m4, a like- 
ness, Ps. 17, 12. ) 


* Da" pret. 124, imp. and inf. ἘΞ, 
pin Josh. 10,12. Ps. 37,7; fut. 054, plur. 
ya" in the Chald. manner. 

1. to be dumb, silent, still, Lev. 10, 3. 
Lam. 3, 28. Ez. 24,17 05 pan Vulg. 
ingemisce tacens. With Ὁ to be silent to 
any one, i. 6. to listen to him in silence; 
hence: Job 29, 21 »nxy ab 1977 they 
kept silence at my counsel. nin bot 
to be silent towards Jehovah, i.e. to wait 
in silent patience and saniedanei for his | 
help, Ps. 37, 7. 62, 6.—Jer. 8, 14 why de 
we sit still? assemble yourselves and let 
us enter into the fenced cities DW7N2737 
and let us be silent there (i. e. remain 
quiet), for Jehovah hath put us to silence, 
q. d. hath brought our affairs to such a 
strait that we cannot resist. Here [259 
is fut. Kal with He paragogic. 

2. to be struck dumb, i. e. to be asto- 
nished, amazed, see note below; i. q. 
now. Εἰ σ. with admiration and terror, 
Ex. 15, 16. Is. 23, 2 58 ΞΘ" 475 be asto- 
nished, ye inhabitants of the coast, se. of © 


— - 


ὩΣ 229 


7 Tyre. Lam. 2, 10.—The idea of silence, 
stillness, i is also transferred from speak- 
ing to acting, comp. B24, Nw ; hence 


3. to rest, to cease, to leave off Ps. 4,- 


5. 1 Sam. 14, 9. Job 31, 34. Lam. 2, 18 
ΤΟΣ ΩΞ hme let not the apple of. 
thine eye cease sc. to weep. Job 30, 27 
{a7 ND} AMAT 7372 my bowels boil, and 
rest not. Also to stand still ; Josh. 10,12 
Dis jiP333 Haw Sun, stand thou still on 
Gibeon! v.13 wawi oa and the sun 
stood still. 

Norte. This root isonomatopoetic and 
widely spread in other families of lan- 
guages, imitating, like the kindred 0277, 
Din, 425, and Gr. μύω, the sound made 
with the lips closed, hm,dm. It is there- 
fore pr. to be dumb, which is referred 
either to silence and stillness, quiet ; or 
also to stupor, astonishment *or lastly in 
the causative and transitive conjugations 
to desolation and destruction, as implying 

subsequent silence.—Most nearly kin- 
dred to 02% are the roots 045 (the ob- 
scure sound made with the lips closed, 
comp. the Lat. and Teutonic words 
below) and 25, which see; and the 
same primary force lies in the roots 028, 
mam, ἘΠῚ, etc. not to mention those in 
which the idea of the mouth as closed 
is referred to the taste (030), to hun- 
ger (D5X), to inarticulate or unmeaning 
sounds, (D723, 0M), 0X2, 7273), or lastly 
_to the general sense of closing, shutting, 
‘see DON, DY, etc. In the Greek lan- 
guage a tbat at the same family is μύω, 
which is spoken of the mouth, lips, eyes, 
as closed ; and also of sounds κᾶν with 
the lips closed ; see Passow’s Lex. in wi, 
uv, and the citations there made; then 
also ϑαῦμα, ϑάμβος, i. ᾳ. Heb. DW, 

Chald. mam. In Lat. mutus from wider, 
utw; and still more in the Teutonic 
Deiaiages, Germ. dumm stupid, Anglo- 
sax. and Engi. dumb, mute, which is 
hearer the primary idea; also with a 
‘sibilant, Germ. stumm, comp. Lat. stu- 
por, stupidus, Germ. stawnen, Engl. to 
stun, Fr. étonner. 

| Po. nat to silence, to quiet, Ps. 131, 2. 
a _ -Hipn. ἘΠῚ to aks silent, Jer. 8, 14; 

see in Kal no. 1. 

_ Nien. 073, plur. 9273 Jer. 25, 37; fut. 
"2, also "asm Jer. 48, 2; pass. of 
Ph. to be destroyed, cut off to perish ; 

20 
























é,! 





wnt 


spoken of persons, 1 Sam. 2,9 D530" 
van1 yuma the wicked perish in dark- 
ness. Jer. 49, 26. 50, 30. 51,6. Ofa 
region, to be laid waste, destroyed, Jer. 
25, 37. 48, 2. 

Deriv. W723, 77925. 

mva'2'3 f. silence, stillness, 6. g. of the 
winds, a calm Ps. 107,29. maa Dip a 
voice of stillness, i. e. still, gentle, 1 K. 
19,12. So poet. by Hendiadys, Job 4, 16 
ΣΩ͂Ν dip ΠΩ [hear stillness and a 
voice i. e. a still voice, light whisper. 
Sept. and Vulg. lenis aura, gentle 
breeze. 


y yaa obsol. root, Arab. Lo fo dung, 


8 
to manure; perh. denom. from were 


Hence the deriv. 772772, 732772, 922772, 
and the two following. 


a7 m. dung, manure, 2 K. 9, 37. Jer. 
8, 3. 16, 4. 25, 33. 
Si -4 
yd. 

223 Dimnah, pr. n. of a city in Ze- 
bulun, Josh. 21,35. But prob. we ought 
here to read ma Rimmon, see Josh. 


19,13. 1 Chr. 6,62 [77]. Comp. Mover’s 
Chronik, p. 72, 73. 


*9 Pai to weep, to shed tears, Jer. 13, 
17. Aram. and Arab. id.—Hence the 


9 
Arab. ey) and 


' two following. 


ΣῈ m. a tear, collect. tears ; me- 
taph. tears of olives and grapes, i. e. 
wine and oil. Ex. 22, 28 4371 FMN>2. 
Sept. ἀπαρχὰς ἅλωνος καὶ Anvov.—Comp. 
Gr. δάκρυον τῶν δένδρων Theophr. arbe 
rum lacrime Plin. 11. 6. 


ΠΡ ΔΓ (r. 353). α dem but only col- 


Let 


lect: tears ; Arab. acd tears, απὸ a 


tear; and so Gr. δάκρυ is often used col- 
lectively by the poets. Ps. 6, 7. 39, 13. 
56,9. Plur. miv2% Ps. 80, 6. Lam. 2, 11. 
For the poetic phrase in Jeremiah : 37" 
myat ΠΣ my eye flows down with tears, 
see in r. 777 no. 1 fin. lu 
3 “Va obsol. root, whence "7 q. v. 
"- pwn quadril. not used; Arab. 


Ed to be quick, hasty, active, 


wt 230 “Ἢ 


9 - O- So ae ᾿ 
ἐλ ΝΣ ace “9 do, quick, active, alert. 
—Hence perh. pr. n. 


᾿ς o ο 
PUT, Arab. ς διλ and ς διῶ 
Dimeshk, (activity, alertness, perh. in 
reference to traffic,) sometimes PY2"' , 
pws q. v. 

2. Damascus, the metropolis of west- 
ern Syria, situated on the river Chry- 
.sorrhoas, now Barada, in a large and 
beautiful plain at the eastern foot of 
Anti-Lebanon, Gen. 14,15. 15, 2. It 
was subdued by David, but in the reign 
of Solomon recovered its independence, 
2 Sam. 8, 6. 1 K. 11, 24; and was gov- 
erned by its own kings, until Tiglath- 
pileser king of Assyria annexed it to his 
empire, 2 K. 16, 9. Is. 7, 4. 8. 8,4. 10, 9. 
At the present day Damascus is one of 

the most opulent cities of hither Asia. 
2. Damascene, Gen.15, 2, i.g. PWAT B® 
or pwas-ja a man of Damascus: as {322 
Hos. 12, 8 for "2222. The writer doubt- 
less shuwe this form, and not "pws, for 
the sake of paronomasia with the pre- 

ceding ptt3. See more under pwr. 


put (in very many Mss. pws, 
pws, see De Rossi Schol. Crit.) a spe- 
cies of cloth, stuff, of silk artificially 
woven, silk stuff, manufactured at Da- 
mascus, and still bearing in the western 
languages the name of that city, Engl. 
and Dan. damask, Ital. damasco, Fr. 
damas, Germ. Damast. Amos 3, 12. 
The same word with the letters various- 
ly interchanged and transposed is found 


90, 
also in Arabic, viz. (jRod silk, ac- 


cording to the Camoos p. 760, espec. 
that made from cocoons from which the 
insects have broken forth, flos-silk ; or 


according ye era tae silk. Also 
9 το 


wind, νυ τὴν Mere At the 


present day there is still a great culture 
of the silk-worm around Mount Lebanon. 


1 (judge) Dan pr. n. 1. The son 
of Jacob and the tribe descended from 
him, whose territories are described in 
Josh. 19, 40-48. 

2. A city in the northern. extremity of 
Palestine, formerly called 8">, but named 





Dan from a colony of Danites, Josh. 19, 
47. Judg. 18,29. It lay west of Paneas 
at the spot now called Tell el-Kéddy ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 351, 358. 
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 196, 211. In the 
words {37 733 2 Sam. 24,6, there seems 
to be an error in transcribing, for which 
"3" should be restored. Vulg. silvestria, 
—For 771 Ez. 27,19, see in its order 
under ". 


72 Chald. st. emphat. 425, Pron. de- 
monstr. i. gq. Heb. πὶ, Xt, comm. this, 
Lat. hic, hec, hoc ; Din, 2, 18, 28. 30. 36. 
43.47. al. 27D as this, so, thus; Ezra 
5,7 2.3 are) thus it was written, Jer. 
10, 11. Dan. 2, 10 m272 ba a word like 
thia, such a word. ἀν by on this account, 
therefore, Dan. 3, 16. Ezra 4, 14. 15. 
nt "INN efter this, afterwards, Dan. 2, 
29.—In the Targums mostly fully writ- 
ten 1, 71, IM, for Heb. my; 1.19 
thus. 

D827 see in DAD. 


"Ἢ 221 obsol. root, prob. to melt, to be- 
come liquid, like 381, 395, τήκω. See un- 
der lett. Vav, Thesaur. p. 393.—Hence 
3213 wax. 


M27 (r. 42) Dannah, pr. n. of a city in 
Judah, Josh. 15, 49. 

M3727 (perh. for 7252 "5 lord i. 6. 
place of plundering, q. d. robbér’s den; 
comp. _»@5 to rob, to plunder,) Dinha- 
bah, pr. n. of an itdomivials city, Gen. 36, 
32. 1 Chr. 1, 43. 

N23 (judge of God, i. 6. who judges 
in the name of God, r. 7.5) Daniel, pr. τι. 
a) The celebrated Heb. prophet and sage 
attached to the court of Babylon, whose 
life and prophecies are contained in the 
book bearing hisname. Mentioned also 
Ez. 14, 14. 20. 28, 3; where it is >x25. 
b) A son of Deeds 1Chr.3,1. 6) Ezra 
8, 2. Neh. 10, 7. | 


“23 obsol. root, Arab. £5 to whis- 
per, to murmur. Hence 735. β 


51 m. pr. infin. of τ. 573, as Subst. 
what one knows, knowledge, opinion. Job 
82, 10 ἜΝ ΤΩΝ “ST MAN’ 7 also will show 
my opinion. v. 6. 17. 36,3. Plur. ἘΞ 5 
O'S perfect in knotoledige or wisdom, 
Job 37, 16. 


_ to call. 


“YI (fem. of preced.) a knowing, 
knowledge, Ps. 73, 11; c. acc. Is. 11, 9 
Tw 437 knéwledge of Jehovah, pr. 
a "knowing Jehovah. 28, 9.—Plur. ΤῚΣ 
1 Sam. 2, 3. Job 36, 4. 


MYT Prov. 24, 14, see r. 53" init. and 
Index. 


ἢ ΓΊΣ Ἴ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Leo 
A trace of this root is found in 


pr. n. H93>8, and in 


28997 (invocation of God) Deuel, pr. 
n. m. Num. 1, 14. 7,42; for which in 
2,14 ἘΝ» q. v. lett. d. 


᾿ 21 i. q. 1 and Syr. Ὁ), to go 
out, to be quenched, extinguished, as 


light, lamp. Prov. 13, 9 7377 Bye “Ὁ "2 


the lamp of the wicked shall be put 
out, i.e. their good fortune shall perish; 
comp. the Arabic proverb Lab XT 

; {w ill fortune has putout my lamp. 
Prov. 20, 20. 24, 20. Job 18, 5.6. 21,17. 
Trop. of the destruction of enemies Is. 
43, 17.—Also of water drying up, see 


_ Niph. 


ΝΊΡΗ. to become extinct, 6. g. water, 


to dry up, Job 6, 17.—Comp. eatinguere 


aquam Liv. 5. 16, succum Curt. 6. 4, 


~ mammas Plin. 23. 2. 


Pua to be quenched, destroyed, e. g. 
enemies, Ps. 118, 12. 


7 ὉΣῚ obsol. root, in Samar. i. ᾳ. 511 
to fear. Hence pr. ἢ. 5337). 


FYI inf. fem. of r. 937, as Subst. like 
273 and 35. 

1. a knowing, knowledge sc. of any 
thing ; which is thus put as the object, 
either in the acc. Gen. 2, 9 m33n y> 
sai 310. Jer. 22, 16; or in the genit. as 


| Dory ὌΣῚ Driovleiige of God Hos. 4, 1. 
6.6; once 6. art. m>3m id. Hos. 4, 6. 


With genit. of the subject, Job 10, 7. 
Also M33 7222 without knowing, un- 
awares, (opp. on purpose, with intent,) 
Deut. 4 42. 19,4. Josh. 230, 3. 56. ">a 


ΤΡ 15. 5,13 either: δυδααδδ of no know- 
_ ledge i. e. because of their lack of know- 


ledge of God, religion, comp. Hos. 4, 6 


_ where once m33m 752; or: unexpect- 


edly, suddenly, see Fr. a no.l.a. Sept. 
διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι αὐτοὺς τὸν Κύριον. 
2. intelligence, understanding, insight, 


231 





"ΡῚ 


wisdom, i. q. 793%, 7393m, Prov. 1, 4. 7 
2,6. 24,5. al. M93 33" to have wisdom 
Prov. 17, 27. m372 wisely, discreetly 
Prov. 13, 16; contra ΓΘῚΞ 85 wnwisely, 
indiscrectly, ‘Job 34, 35; ὩΣῚ “ba id. 38, 2. 
42,3; my't "522 id. 35, 16. 


ἢ ΓΙΞῚ obsol. root, Arab. 30, bo 


to thrust, to push sc. so. as to make fall ; 


@ a 
comp. the similar roots 25, 30, >: 
p23. Hence 


"57 m. in pause "BS, a stumbling- 
block, cause of falling, Ps. 50, 20; Sept. 
Vulg. σκάνδαλον, offendiculum.—The 
Rabbins, by a conjecture drawn from 
the other hemistich, explain it by "a3 
m3" evil report, slander. 


" ὈΞῚ 1. to thrust, to beat, to knock 


sc. at a door, Cant. 5, 2. Bonny Hithpa. 
2. to drive hard, to overdrive a flock, 
Gen. 33, 13.—Arab. ($20 to go swiftly, 
pr. to be thrust forward, propelled. 
Hirup. Part. o*pein knocking in 
rivalry at a door, i. e. emulously, eager- 
ly, Judg. 19,22. This seems here to be 
the force of the conj. Hithp—Hence 


227 Dophkah, pr. n. of a station of 
the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 12. 
Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 107. 


ῬῚ adj. (τ. Pps) f. mp3 1. beaten 
small, fine, minute, spoken of dust. Is. 
29,5 PI Pax small dust, fine. Lev. 16, 
12. Hence Subst. any thing small, mi- 
nute, ἃ. ἃ. small dust, atom, Ex. 16, 14.. 
Is. 40, 15. 

2. slender, thin, lank, withered; e. σ 
hair Lev. 13, 30; of kine and ears of 
grain Gen.41,3sq. Soofa person, tabid, 
withered, dwarf, or having a withered 
member, Lev. 21,20. Also small, light, 
slight, of a sound or whisper, 1 K. 19, 12. 


Ps m. pr. inf. of τ. Pps, fineness ; 


hence fine cloth, a garment, curtain, etc. 
Is. 40, 22. 


Pa obsol. root, Arab. ἐδ, Aram. 
bp, tio), palm-tree—Hence 


M2P7 £ Gen. 10, 27, Diklah, pr. n.of a 
district of Joktanic Arabia, prob. abound- 
ing in palm-trees; of such there are 
several in Arabia. One famous place 
of palm-trees existed at the very en- 


“ Ἕ 


PPT 


trance of Arabia Felix, called by the 


Greeks Pow xo Ptol. 6.7; but this was © 


remote from the other territories of the 
Joktanide. With Bochart therefore 
(Phaleg II. 22) I would understand the 
district of the Minei, which was also 
rich in palm-trees, Plin. 6. 28. 


eR pret. Pa, fut. pt, i, q. 927 
q. v. and Arab. Lo, onomatopoetic. 
Kindred are 923, 827, also 3,505. 

1. to beat small, to break in pieces, to 
crush, espec. by pounding, stamping, 
threshing. Is. 41, 15 behold I will make 
thee as a new sharp threshing-sledge... 
pom) on tm thow shalt thresh the 
mountains and crush them small. There 
is a play upon a twofold usage in Is. 
28, 28 spuaTy ity Mez2 Nd 7D py ond 
1p Nb... bread-corn is beaten out, 
but yet one 08 not thresh it always .. 
nor does he crush it. Here the fiat 
pI. is i.g. WIN" in v.27 (perh. it should 
be so read) ‘to beat or tread out with a 
dray or cattle” opp. 037) v. 27; while 
"2p77 implies the crushing of the ker- 
nels, ‘which the husbandman avoids. 

2. Intrans. to be beaten.small, crushed, 
to be made fine. Ex. 32, 20 43 ΠΏ) 
PI-MwNX and he brake it in pieces until 
it was made ag like powder. Deut. 
9, 21. 

Hien. ΤΠ i. q. Kal no. 1, to beat or 
stamp small, to break in pieces, e.. g. 
altars, idols, 2 Καὶ. 23, 6. 15. 2 Chr. 15, 16. 
34, 4. 7. Inf | pin wide: very small, fine, 
like: powder, Ex. '30, 36. Metaph. Mic. 
4,13 and thou shalt ‘beat in pleces many 
nations. Inf. pI 2 Chr. 84, 7. Fut. ce. 
euff. OPIN for ppt 2 Sam. 22, 43. 

Horn. pass. ls. 28, 28, see Kal no. 1. 

Deriv. p3, po. p 


Pe? Chald. id. to be beaten small, 
broken in pieces ; in Peat only 5p3 for 
ἢ», Dan. 2, 35. 

Apu. p35 to beat small, to break in 
pieces, in.3 pret. fem. OPIN Dan. 2, fs 
45; fut. Pam, P3m; part. Pat, f. mp 
μι dy ἤν Ἐν 


vee fut. "Pt, to thrust through, to 
pierce, to stab, as with a sword, spear, 
Aram. 09, “pt, id. Num. 25,8. Judg. 
9.54. 1 Sam. 81. 4 —Metaph. to curse, 


i 


232, 





4. 


to contemn, Zech. 12, 10; oonre “Sp, 
pon. 

Nipa. fut. "p37, ito be pes trong 
Is. 13,15. - 

Poat id. Jer. 37, 10. 51, 4. Gaur 4,9 
happier those slain with the sword than 
those slain with hunger, 2°79 pV 9313 Dnt 
"Iw missin for these pine away, | ‘being 
thrust through (perishing) for want of 
the fruits of the field ; here "p77 by 
the force of antithesis is put for those 
perishing of famine, as in the preceeding 
member 39 “bb is opp. 237} sbbn; 
comp. Is. 22, "2. Vulg. contabuerunt a 
sumtt a sterilitate terre. 

Deriv. ΡΞ, MMP Va, and 

“PT (a thrusting through) Dekar, pr. 
n.m. 1 K. 4, 9. 

‘YI m. Esth. 1, 6, commonly taken as 


ὃ. 80 
i. q. Arab. 0; 8503, a pearl, espec. a 
large pearl, from r. “7% to glance, to 
glitter. Nor indeed would pavements 


inlaid with pearls be foreign from Asiztic — 


luxury; see Bochart. Hieroz. II. 708 sq. 
Yet we may pérhaps understand a spe- 
cies of marble resembling pearl; per- 
haps a kind of alabaster called mother 
of pearl stone; or possibly mother of 
pearl itself’ 

VI Chald. i. q. "i3, age, generation, 
Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31. 

3 see Win, 


ae ae 
ἘΝῚ obsol. root, Arab. Iho ἰ. 4. 5) 3, 
=o; to thrust away from oneself, to re- 


pulse, espec. evil. Hence the two fol 
lowing : 

Pay m. constr. ἽΝ, repulse; hence 
aversion, abhorrence. Dan. 12, 2 and 
these to ‘shame pois yan do everlast- 


ing abhorrence. Sept. et Theod, αἰσχύ- 
yn. Syr. ἵμα. 


TINT m. Is. 66, 24, an abhorrence, ol) ὁ 


ject of horror. R. R"'s. 


"2.1 obsol. root, i. q. Arab, 
to be sharp, pointed—Hence 
7133 only in plur. ni2i243 (dérbéndth, 


comp. Lehrg. p. 43) goads, ox-goads, 


βούκεντρα, Ecc. 12, 11. 


j277 τὰ. (dorban,) a goad, ox-goad, - 


βούκεντρον, 1 Sam. 13,21. It differs from 


Wo 


i afr 


5 sabe, the latter being strictly the staff in 
| "which the goad is fixed.—As to the form, 
Dag. lene is not more necessary in 13.5.5 


than in 7748 Esth. 8, 6, or in ΤΑΣ, 


mags. 


"Δ obsol. root, Arab. yo to go on, 


: to advance, espec. by steps, and so to as- 
_ cend by steps, kindr. 723. Hence 73772. 


Y713 (pearl of wisdom, compounded 


ὥ. : Η 
from "3, 5d, and 33 1. α. 33, M33 wis- 
dom,) Darda, pr. τι. of a wise man con- 


_ temporary with Solomon or a little be- 
fore him, 1 K. 4, 31 [5,11]. In the parall. 


passage 1 Chr. 2, 6 by contraction or 
corruption 373. 

VIF m. (r. 927 no. 3) a thorny plant, 
caltrop, thistle, tribulus terrestris Linn. 
growing in fields and among grain ; col- 
lect. Gen. 3,18. Hos. 10,8. Syr. {5953 
for Gr. τρέβολοι Heb. 6, 8, and for ἄκαν- 
Dor Matt. 7, 16. 

DIF m. (for dint, r. V3 no. 2,), pr. 
bright sunny region, hence the south, 
the southern quarter, Ez. 40, 24 sq. 42, 
12 sq. Ecc. 1, 6. Poet. for the south wind, 
Job 37, 17.—Opp. jiPS region covered 
with darkness, the north, comp. Hom. 
πρὸς ᾿μῶ t ᾿Πέλιόν τε, and πρὸς ζόφον». 

TNF m. but fem. Ps. 84,4. R. 795. 

1. Pr. swift flight, a wheeling, a gyra- 
tion; hence concr. for a bird which flies 


in circles, wheels in gyrations, according 


to the Heb. intpp. the swullow ; in the 


other member is ΠἾΞ asparrow. Ac- 
- cording to the ancient versions a turtle- 


_ dove, i.g. “ΤΥ, which is less suited to the 
context. Ps. 84, 4. Prov. 26, 2. 


2. spontaneous flow, a flowing freely 


and abundantly, comp. r. "73 no. 3. Ex. 
80, 23 MINA" myrrh flowing sponta- 


neously, q. d. pure.-—Hence 


3. a letting go free, freedom, liberty. 


So 3 717 ΝΡ fo proclaim liberty to any 


one, Is. 61, ‘1. Jer. 34, 8. 15,17; c. 2 
Lev. 25,10. 71-37 τοῦ the year of lib- 
erty i.e. of the manumission of slaves, 
i. q. year of jubilee, Ez. 46, 17. 

BIN Darius, pr. ἢ. of several Me- 
dian and Persian kings. 

1. Darius the Mede, Dan. 6, 1. 9,1; of 
whom Josephus says, Ant. 10. 11. 4, ἦν 


3 , Be eg 
dotvayous υἱός, ἕτερον δὲ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλ- 


20* 


Re 233 


_ tus. 





ΤΠ 


λησιν ἐκαλεῖτο ὄνομα. This was appar- 
ently Cyaxares II, the son and successor 
of Astyages, and uncle of Cyrus; who 
held the empire of Media between As- 
tyages and Cyrus, yet so that Cyrus was 
his colleague and viceroy, on which ac- 
count he alone is mentioned by Herodo- 
See Xenoph. Cyrop. I. 5. IV. 5. 8, 
18, 27, 51, 53. V.1.5. See also Ber- 
thold’s Daniel p. 842 sq. Against this 
view see v. Lengerke ad Dan. p. 219 sq. 
Hitzig Begriff der Kritik p. 141 sq. 

2. Darius Hystaspes, king of Persia, 
Kzra 4, 5. 5,5. Hagg. 1, 1. Zech. 1, 1. 

3. Darius Nothus, king of Persia, Neh. 
12, 22. 

Nore. The genuine form of, this 
name appears in the cuneiform inscrip- 
tions of Persepolis, nom. DAR Ya WUS, 
accus. DAR γα ΟΜ; see Lassen tiber 
d. keilformigen Inschriften p. 158. Zeit- 
schr. fir ἃ. Morgenl. VI. p.9,169sq. Beer 
in Allg. Lit. Zeit. 1838. πο. δ. It is com- 
pounded according to Lassen (p. 39) 
from the root darh (dary), Zend. dere, 
Sanscr. dhri,to preserve, with the afform- 
ative awu, and s as sign of the nomina- 
tive; all which accords sufficiently with 
Herodotus (6. 98), who translates the 
name by ἑρξεέης, perh. coercer, con- 
servator. 


Ὁ Ezra 10, 6, see 815 Piel. 
ὙΠ fut. Jo. 
ple with the feet. 
Kindred are 373, 2)" Gay’ a way, 


Gr. τρέχω ; and of the same family are 
also 673, (wy0, pr. to rub, beat, pound ; 


1. to tread, to tram- 
Syr. and Chald. id. 


and from the occidental languages‘tero, 
δρέμω, trappen, treten, to track, to tread ; 
in all which the initial letters or sounds 
tr imitate the sound of the foot planted 


firmly upon the ground, espec. as in 


stamping any thing in pieces, 716 Ten, 
zertreten, Engl. to T’ReaD.—Spet. a) 
35 W273 Job 24, 11, or ma, ΓΞ, Lam. 1, 
15. Is. 63. 2, to tread the wine-press, ete. 
i. e. in order to crush the fruit and 
express the wine or oil. Also 1 775 
p7ap7a Is. 16,10, τὴν 77 Mic. 6, 15, and 
simpl. ἢ to tread sc. the grapes, etc. 
Judg. 9,27. Jer. 25,30. Metaph.of ene- 
mies trodden down as grapes Is. 63, 3 


‘ 


ey. 


and so also Judg. 5,21 13 "52 "244m O 
my soul, thou didst tread down strength 
Hes the mighty. b) rep 773 to tread 


a bow, i. 6. to bend a bow Ne placing the. 


foot upon it, as is usually done when the 
how is strong and stiff, comp. Arrian. 
Ind. 16. Diod. Sic. 3.8. So Ps. 7, 13. 
11, 2. 37,14. 1 Chr. 5, 18. 8; 40. 2 Chr. 
14, 7. Is. 5, 28. al. Trop. and without 
reference to the origin of the phrase, 
D xm 375 to bend the arrows i.e. to fit 
the arrows upon the bent bow, Ps. 58, 8. 
64, 4. 

2. Spec. to tread a way or place, by 
going or walking upon it, entering into 
it; hence to tread in or upon, to walk, to 
enter a place, Mic. 5,4; in a place, c. 3 
Deut. 11, 24. 25. Josh. 1,3. 14,9. Is. 59, 
8; 6. acc. Job 22,15; >9 1 Sam. 5,5; 
6. 2 to tread forth out of a place, to come 
forth, Num. 24,17. 52 975 is also to 
tread upon, to walk or go upon any thing, 
Job 9, 8. Ps. 91, 13. 

Hiew. J. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
cause to tread, go, walk. Is. 11, 15 
ὈΠΟΣΣΞ IT and-he shall: hake them 
tread (the channel of the Euphrates) in 
shoes, i. e. pass over dry-shod, scarcely 
wet. With 3, to cause to tread in a 
way, to lead, to guide ; Ps. 107, 7 53°73 
Mmw3 77a he caused them to go in a 
right way, he led;them forth in a right 
way. 119, 35. Is. 42, 16. 48, 17. Prov. 4, 
11. Ps. 25, 5 FONT "QT cause me to 
walk (lead me) in thy truth. v. 9. 

2. 1. 4. Kal no. 1, to tread a threshing- 
floor, i. e. to tread oat the grain, Jer. 51, 
33; also a bow, but metaph. Jer. 9, 2 
“Pd omvp mriwWo-msy sy they bend 
(tread down) their tongues, as their bow, 
for lies.—Also i. q. Kal no. 2, to tread a 
way, fo walk in it, poet. c. acc. Job 28, 8. 


-—\y- 0 S 
3. ig. Arab. Qof and Syr. Aph. to 
tread upon, i. 6. to overtake in pursuing, 
6. acc, Judg. 20, 43. 
Deriv. 3772 and the two following: 


JF i. gq. WN, way, only in the Dual 
D273 Ops perverse in his double way, 
spoken of a double-tongued deceitful 
person. Prov. 28, 6. 18. 


777 comm. gend. (m. 1 Sam. 21, 6. 
f. Ezra 8, 21,) 6. suff. "295, plur. 95°95 
constr. 9295. R. 777. 


234, 


. senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 161. 





a 
1. Pr. the act of treading, walking, 
going ; agoing, way, journey; e.g. ΓΙΌΣ 
TT, ποιεῖσϑαι ὁδόν, to make one’s way — 
Judg. 17,8, and 327 72h to go one’s way 
Prov. 7, 19, i. 6. to be on one’s way, to 
journey. 1K. 18, 27 ‘ib 477 lita way 
is to him, i. e. het is journeying ; or perh. 
he is gone out, is away from home. 773 
pi" a day’s journey 1 K. 19, 4; see Ro- 
rebe ἢ} 
n°" three days’ journey Gen. 30, 36, 
comp. 31, 23. Ex. 5, 3. 

2. a way, path, ἢ odos, in which one 
treads, goes; very freq. So 9295 >2 by 
the wayside Gen. 38, 21. 1 Sam. 24, 3. 
Also 32 9251. to go (by) a way, comp. 
Engl. the way he went, Deut. 1, 31. Judg. 
2,17; and after other verbs of going, 
Num. 21, 34. Josh. 13, 18. 8) With 
genit. of place, it is i. q. the way leading 
to that place ; comp. on the Attic usage 
Valck. ad Hippolyt. 1197. E.g.y3 473 
the way ¢o the tree Gen. 3,24; dixw 295 
Prov. 7,27; comp. Gen. 16, 7. 35, 19. 
38, 14. Ex. 13, 17. Rarely anaiher iqordl 
is interposed,as Hos. 6, 9 πὴ" 773 
m2 they murder in the way to Shechem. 
In the Accus. it approaches to the force 
of a preposition, the way to, i. q. towards ; 
6. g. DININ WTI towards the south, 777 
MDs towards the north, Ez. 8, 5. 21, 2. 
40, 20 sq. 41, 11. 12. Deut.1, 19 we passed 
through the desert..." 2x "iI FTI to- 
wards the mountain of the Amorites. Ὁ) 
With genit. of pers. the way of any one, 
i. e. the way by which he is wont to go 
or pass, 6. g. 25 419 the king’s way, ἢ 
i.e the public highway, military road, 
Num. 20, 17. 21, 22; comp. 7 0d0¢ βασι- 
ληΐία Herod. 5. 53. 5.15 92h te go on 
in one’s way, to proceed on one’s journey — 
by the usual road, Gen. 19, 2. 32, 2.) 
Num. 24, 25. Josh. 2,16. yARn->> 423 
the way oF all the earth i. 6. of all man- 
kind, the way to Sheol, 1 K. 2, 2. Josh. 
23, 14.—Sometimes it includes a whole | 
region or district in or through which a 
way passes; Is. 8, 23 DT 323 the way 
i.e. region of the sea, the coast of the sea 
of Galilee. ; 

3. & way, i. e. course, mode, manner, in 
which one walks, lives, which one follows; i 


like Gr ὅδός. Arab. Gayb, ως ὶ 





5 


Eth. 7, Τὶ, 20H, Germ. einen 
Gang nehmen.—Gen. 19, 31 ~>2 F779 
VIN after the manner of all the eurth, 
ofall mankind. Spec. a) wayof vine, 
acting, one’s walk, conduct, life. Prov. 
12,15 77pa 25 ὌΝ Ἴ13 the way of a 
fool is right in his own eyes. Ps. 107,17 
SWE 1, sinful way. Prov. 1, 31 "8 
p77 the fruit of their ways, the good or 
evil resulting from their own conduct. 
1 Sam. 18, 14 and David acted wisely 
792937525. Often the figure of a way 
is retained, comp. 724 no. 2; F273 42, 
Ἔ 72973, to walk in the way of any one, 
to ΤῊ ἈΝ his conduct, 1 K. 16, 26. 22, 
43. 2 K. 22, 2. 2 Chr. 17, 3. 21, 12. 22, 3. 
Also M357 7393, 77, spoken ‘of men, a 
way or conduct which Jehovah approves, 


and in which men ought to walk, Ps. 5, 9. 


27,11. 25,4; spoken of God, his mode of 
acting, agency, Ps. 18, 31. Deut. 32, 4; 
spec. of the creation, as the effect of the 
agency, operation of God, Prov. 8,22 nn" 
{DIF MWK 722-2 Jehovah created me the 
beginning of his way, i. e. as the firstling 
of his agency, work. | Plur. ways of God, 
i. e. his works, Job 26, 14. 40, 19 [14]. 
b) way of worshipping God, wayvhin 


UT Sax, 


Pers. al), 000¢ het 19, 9.23. So Amos 


8,14 aes 127 the way of Beer-sheba, 
i. e. idol-worship. Ps. 139, 24 2.5 ΠῚ 
idol-way, idolatry ; ibid. obis 23 the 
way of old, i.e. the fathers’ way, the 
true and genuine worship ; comp. "273 
pbdix Jer. 18,15. 6) Sometimes pass- 
ive, way, manner of one’s experience, 
i. 6. lot, how it goes with any one. 773 
nx afier the manner, lot, of Egypt, 
Is. 10, 24. Ps. 37,5 F237 by δὴ} com- 
mit thy way, lot, fiat unto Jehovah. So, 


9 —9- 


religion ; comp. 


retaining the figure of a way, Job 3, 23.. 


Amos 2, 7. 


0297 m. Ezra 2,.69. Neh. 7, 70-72, 
a daric, a Persian cold coin, i. q. 9 τᾷν 
q. v. from which however it differs perh. 


in its origin, being i i. q."Pers. wy fo 
bow of Darius, as bearing the image of 


an archer. 


pws i. q. ῬΏΞ: Damascus, 1 Chr. 
18, 5.6. The Dagesh forte is by Syri- 
asm resolved into “. 


235 





wn 


* 977 Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. 211 the arm, 
Dan. 2, "32.—Hence ΠΝ, “STN. 


51 pr. ἢ. see 3773. 


᾿ p73 obsol. root, Chald. i. q. P12 to 
strew, to scatter ; Arab. 5) to hasten. 
—Hence 


ΡΞ pr. ἢ. τὰ. Darkon, Ezra 2, 56. 


Ν aa) an onomatopoetic root, not in 
use, imitating the sound of swift rotary 
motion, like Engl. to drill, to twirl, to 
whirl ; comp. kindr. "5 and the roots 
there quoted ; also togyos, τοργεύω, 
Germ. dorl, drillen, trillen, trillern, Engl. 
to trill. In Arabic spoken of a spindle, . 


5. Ge 8 ᾽ 
δ))γὃ ἃ. spindle, γα a woman turning 


her spindle.—Hence in Hebrew: 

1. to fly in circles, to wheel in flight ; 
whence 7177 the swallow so called from 
its gyrations. Also to run swiftly ina 
circle, as a2 horse, comp. "#73; whence 


Arab. 


idea of swift motion comes the sense 


2. to mane, to sparkle, to radiate. 


Ba» 


δ) radiant star, "5, » BO a 


7 a fleet horse.—From the 


Hence 


pearl, (although this might also be so 
called from its roundness,) and ©1773 for 
nina bright region.—Also 

3. to flow out like ray to spout, as 


milk, blest, rain; Arab. .)δ ap. Gol. no. 
1-3, 550 abundance of milk. Hence to 


flow freely, spontaneously, see 7i77 no. 
2,3. Trop. to grow luxurianily, exube 
rantly, as a plant; hence "375. 


‘ Ὁ fut. OI", pr. Lat. terere, to 
rub with the hands ; to stamp, to tread 
with the feet, like Syr. 239 to tread or 


beat a path, Arab. | wo to rub, to beat, 
to thresh ; trop. terere libros, i. e. to use 
books, to study. The kindred roots are 
collected under ΤΠ, all having the 
common idea of treading. The letter" 
being softened into a vowel, there comes 
from this root the biliteral 657; comp. 
Germ. dreschen, Engl. to thresh, Belg. 
dérschen, low Germ. déschen.—Hence in 
Hebrew : 


ΠΥΡῚ 

1. Pr. to tread a place, i. 6. to go or 
come to it, to frequent, c. acc. 2 Chr. 1, 5. 
Amos 5, 5; 6. δὲ Deut. 12, 86. Part. 
pass. TWIN a city ἡ δριδνδα; celebrat- 
ed, Is. 62, 12.—The signif. of going or 
coming to a place or person, is also 
transferred to express the ideas of seek- 
ing, inquiring, demanding, and also car- 
ing for; hence the following: 

2. to seek, to search for, Ez. 34, 6; c. 
ace. of thing, Lev. 10, 16; 5 Job 10, ἜΠΗ 
“ΠΝ to search after Job 39, 8. “Chiefly 
in the phrase Min "nx Ws Engl. Vers. 
to seek Jehovah, pr. to go to him, to have 
recourse to Hem for aid, by prayer, etc. 
(Often coupled with synon. pa q. v. 
no. 1.) 2 Chr. 16, 12 yet in his dis- 
ease DINBAD "3 Mini-my Was-nd he 
sought not the Lord (implored not his 
aid) but to the physicians. Deut. 4, 29. 
Ps. 34, 5. 88, 34. Lam. 3,25. al. sep. Of 
ten of the pious who habitually invoke 
God, to worship, to adore, Ps. 14, 2. Is. 
58, 2; mint w55 seekers of God, his 
pious πὰ inane: Ps. 9,11. 22, 7.34, 
11. ἃ]. Sometimes with sb-bos Ps. 109, 
2. 10. 2 Chr. 22,8. Also in the liter 
Hebrew with >, as nin*> ws 1 Chr. 
22, 19. 2 Chr. 15, 13. 17, 4. Ezra 4, 2. 
Ὁ. el... .Once with DR Job 5, 8.— —Spo- 
ken also rarely of false voile of whom 
their followers implore aid, 2 Chr. 25, 
15. 20. Jer. 8,2; with > Deut. 12, 30.— 
Part. pass. Ps. 111, 2 the works of the 
Lord are great, pren-bsb pray 
sought out of all those delighting there- 
in, i. 6. sought and obtained of God by 
their prayers. 

3. to seek from any one, i. e. to ask, 
to inquire, Judg. 6, 29. Deut. 13, 15. 17, 
4.9. With acc. of pers. or thing about 
or into which one inquires ; ; 2 Chr. 32, 31 
min wd to inquire concerning the 
miracle. 1 Chr. 28,9 ™ wos mina 2D 
Jehovah inquireth into “all hearts, i. e. 
examines, searches them; also with > 
2 Sam. 11,3; δ᾽ 2 Chr. 31,9. Ecce. 1, 13. 
Spec. to inquire of any one, to ele an 
oracle, to consult, 6. g. God, c. acc. Gen. 
25,22. Ex.18,15. 2K. 22,13; also idols, 
magicians, with 3, pr. to inquire at or of 
any one, 1 Sam. 28,7. 2 K. 1, 2. 1 Chr. 
10, 14; >, pr. to go with inquiry to any 
one, Is. 8, 19. 19. 3. Deut. 18,11; > Ez. 
14,7; ™ "BD 532 out of the brook of 


236 





Ὁ 

Jehovah Is. 34, 16. The prophet by or 
through whom one inquires of God, is — 
put with 637 1 K. 14, 5, mx 2 K. 3, 11. 
8,8, a Ez. 14,7; e.g. 1K. Le. the wife 
af ie oboam ain τον FN ἼΞ: Wad 
M22 to ask an oracle of thee concerning 
her son. 

4. to ask for, to demand, to require, 
with acc. of thing and 12, 522 of pers. 
Deut. 22, 2. 23, 22. Mic. 6, 8. Absol. 
to ask bread, to beg; Ps. 109, 10 895 
pa nian let them beg far ἝΩΣ the 
desolations of their home. Also to re- 
quire or demand back, with 7372 Ez. 
34, 10; and hence by ‘tone to avenge, 
to ον, absol. Ps. 10, 4 ὅτ ba God 
will not punish. v. 13. Deut. 18, 19.— 
Spec. 792, ἘΣ D3 Ws to require blood 
from or at the hand of any one, i. 6. to 
punish bloodshed, to avenge murder, 
(comp. >83,) Gen. 9, 5. 42, 22. Ez. 33, 
6. Ps. 9, 13. 

5. to seek, i. e. to apply oneself unto, 
to regard, to follow, to practise ; comp. 
Ux to apply oneself, to study, Eth. 


Ὁ ΔΗ͂ to compose a book with study.— 
E. g. to seek or practise justice Is. 1, 
17. 16,5; good Am. 5, 14; the divine 
law Ps. 119, 45. 1 Chr. 28, 8. Ὁρῶ wot, 
‘p ΓΞ “4, to seek the good, the welfare 
of any one ‘Deut. 23,7. Ezra 9,12; 875 
> oiw> Jer. 38,4; Ἔ ὨᾺ 51 Ps, 38, 
13. Prov. 11, 27. 31, 13 "ὩΣ ning she 
applieth herself to wool, ete. —Hence, 
to care for, to take care of any thing; 
comp. no. land ἽΡΒ. Deut. 11,12 77% 
πῶ τ ws Ws a land which Jehistak 
careth for. Job 3, 4. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 84, 
G3, Ὁ ΡῈ, 112, δ. Jer. 80, 14. 17; be 
2 Chr. 24, 6. 

Nipx. 132, inf. abso W998 for W3n 
Ez. 14, 3; 1 fut. ὅτε. 

i. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to let come to 
oneself, to grant access to any one, with 
5; hence of God, to hear and answer 
any one, to listen to his prayer. Ez. 14.3 
Ἐπ Hams wun should 1 listen unto 
them? i.e. to their prayer. 20, 3.31. Is. 
65, 1 δε Xb smut 7 have listened 
unto those that asked not. So with 
accus. of the thing granted, Ez. 36, 37; 


comp. 29 c. acc. to bestow. 


2. Pass, of Kal-no. 2, to be ocugheaae 
mustered, i.q. IPB, 1 Chr. 26, 31 


ἐ 


No 


8. Pass. of Kal no. 4, to be required, 
e. g. blood, Gen. 42, 22. 

Prev inf, wires Ezra 10, 16, if the 
reading be genuine, for ine, SORE 
under r. 55: no. 1. 

Deriv. wr72. 


aa Nw to sprout, to spring up ; hence 
to be green, Joel 2, 22.—Kindr. is Arab. 


“= S - 
Urs: whence Uws sprouts from the 
earth. 
Hipu. to cause to sprout, to bring forth 
herbage, e. g. the earth Gen.1,11; comp. 
δ ΓΙ v. 4.—Hence 


NWI m. the first shoots from the earth, 
tender grass, young herbage, Gr. χλόη (so 
Sept. five times), Is. 66,14; as clothing 
the meadows Deut. 32,2. 2 Sam. 23, 4; 
as the choice food of beasts Job 6, 5. 

Rw PI? greenness of the herbuge, green 
herbage, Ps. 37, 2.—Diff. from "sn ripe 
grass, ready for mowing, Prov. 27, 25. 
Ps. 104, 14; and also from > an herb 
fall grown and setting seed, Gen. 1, 11. 


12. Chald. πα, Syr. transp. loz, 
Zab. Lag). 
ῳ 23 to be or become fat, Deut. 31, 


20. Arab. « 
terchanged. 

Pinu 1. to make fat, marrowy, 6. g. 
the bones. Prov. 15, 30 M2iv nw 
DED" IN good news maketh the bones 
fat, q. ἃ. fills them with marrow, gives 
strength—Hence also to anoint, Ps. 
23, 5. 

2. to pronounce or regard as fat. Ps. 
20, 4 ngvian Amd) and pronounce fat 
thy burnt-offering, i. e. regard it favour- 
ably, accept it. For S > parag. comp. 
1 Sam. 28, 15.—Kimch: here takes it as 
denom. from Ἴ2 51, comp. no. 3, i. 6. to 
reduce to ashes sc. by fire from heaven, 
comp. 1 K. 18; 24. 36. 

3. Denom. from 74, to cleanse from 
ashes, totake away ashes, Ex. 27, 3. 
Num. 4, 13. 

Puat pass. of Pi. πο. 1, to be made fat, 
spoken of the ground moistened with 
blood Is. 34,7; of men Prov. 11, 25. 13, 


wo id. Ὁ and } being in- 


- 4, 28,25, where it is metaph. i. q. to be- 


come rich.—Trop. to be satiated, abun- 
dantly satisfied, Prov. 13,4 ΘΠ wp? 


237 
jem the desire of the diligent shall be 





mn 


abundantly satisfied. 28, 5. 
Horup. yea for yw to be smeared 
with fat, e. g. a sword, Is. 34, 6. 
The derivatives here follow. 


JOT adj. fat, comp. yaw. 
fertile, of soil Is. 30, 23. 

2. full of sap, fresh, of a tree Ps. 92, 15. 

3. rich, opulent, Ps. 22,30. Comp. 72. 


JOT m.‘c. suff. 204. 1. fatness, fat, 
Judg.9,9. Meton. of fat food, 1. 6. sump- 
tuous, Job 36, 16. Is. 55, 2. Jer. 31, 14. 
Trop. fertility, abundance, Ps. 65, 12. 

2. ashes, pr. fat ashes, from the vic- 
tims consumed upon the altar, Lev. 1, 
16. 4, 12. 6, 3.4. 1K. 13,3; also from 
corpses burned, Jer. 31, 40. Diff. from 
“ἘΝ q. v.—Ashes were also used by the 
ancients, as by us, for fattening i.e. ma- 
nuring the soil; see Plin. 17. 9. 


\ 


1. rich, 


MI f. constr. m3, plur. constr. "m5, a 
word of the later Hebrew; see note. 

1. a mandate of a king, an edict, de- 
cree, Ezra 8, 36: Esth. 1, 8. 2, 8. 3, 14. 

2. a law, statute, Esth. 1, 19. 2, 12. 3, 
8. 4,11.15. Here too we may refer the 
difficult words, Deut. 33, 2 M3 WN 325727 
42> at his (Jehovah’s) right hand fire 
a law to them sc. the Israelites, where 
we may understand perhaps the pillar 
of fire guiding their way in the desert. 
Others render: a fire of laa, referring it 
to the law as given in fire. Vulg. ler 
ignea, Engl. Vers. fiery law. 

Note. The origin of this word is 
doubtful. Many regard it as Persian, 
comparing ὁ right, justice, from the 
verb Wolo daden, to give, to publish, 
to command, coll."an3. But it may be 
Semitic, for 77, from r. 7? to throw, 
to cast, perhaps also to point out, to 
teach, like the synon. 73"; hence pr. ἃ 
pointing out, concr. one iho points out, 
a guide, leader, as in Deut. 1. ο. then i.q. 
main law, mandate. 


MI Chald. f. 1. an edict, decree, Dan. 
9. 9. 13. 15. 

2. a law, collect. laws, law, Dan. 6, 9. 
13.16. πρὸς “NM the law of God, Ezra 


| 712.21, 


3. divine law, i. q. religion, system of 
faith and wtoraliip. Dan. 6, 6 3>N M73 


in his religion, comp. 7, 25. —So the 


Nm 


Rabbins call the Christian and Moham- 
medan religions. 


NI)J Chald. st.emph. 485, i.g. Heb. 
NWT, tender grass, young herbie: Dan. 
4, 12. 20. 

VN} Chald. m. (pr. Pers.) only 
plur. emph. x0307 Dan. 3, 2. 3, skilled 
in the law, judges ; 5 @rapoinaed from 
ms law, and the ending "3, EE comp. 
in-ata. In Pehlvi datouber’ is a judge, . 
Pers.  gblyolo lawyers. 


He, 81, the fifth letter of the Hebrew 
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 5. Its 
original figure represented perhaps a 
lattice or window, and the same seems 
to be expressed by the word 8m lo! see! 
Compare the German Haha, a garden- 
window opening upon a prospect. See 
Heb. Gr. p. 291. edit. 13. 

As a guttural, © holds a middle place 
between the softer δὲ and the harsher 
m.—lIt is interchanged with δὲ, see p. 1; 
rarely with M, as ἼΠ3, «τος; MIA, M3, 
etc. Not unfrequently also 4, as the mid- 
dle letter of a root, is softened into Vav 
quiescent ; although in the preseng state 
of the Semitic languages, the harder 
form with is more frequent in the later 
dialects. Comp. Dia, Aram. 73, 22 


OS age; >, 
"2 to shine ; 


ν᾽ So 
to be ashamed; "5, 
ὉΓΙ to circumcise ; 753, 
v 
717, a5 to run. 


wd, το ἊΝ 1. Pron. demonstrative, 
this, Lat. hic, hec, hoc; like ὃ, 7, τό in 
Homer and often in Herodotus. So 


é 
in the forms 0°55, seat; this day, i. 6. 
to-day ; 038 this time Ex.9,27; n>"bn 
this night Gen. 19, 34, comp. 35. DIST 
on a day, at a time, pr. at this time, 
about this time.—Rarely: a) Prefixed 
to the relative as in Engl. 2 K. 6, 22 
FMP FAIA ΛΞ WAT those whom 
thou hast taken ‘captive with thy sword 
and with thy bow. b) Or it stands itself 
in the place of the relative, and is then 








298. Ἢ 


ὉΠ (two cisterns, dual of Talm. ΓΞ 
a cistern, r. M77) ζεῖ, 37, 17, contracted 
JM 2K. 6, 13, comp. Lehre. p. 536; 
Dothain, Dothan , pr. n. of a place in the 
north of Samaria, Gr. 4“ωϑαΐμ Judith 
4,6. 7,18; Ζωταία 3, 9. 


77 (perh. fontanus, from mai. ᾳ. m5 
a well, see in 13) Dathan, pr. n. of 
one of the conspirators with Korah, 
Num. 16, 1. 26, 9. Deut. 11, 6. Ps. 106, 
17. 


prefixed to the verb, but mostly only in 
the later Hebrew. Josh. 10, 24 the chiefs 
of the warriors ‘ire si2>nn who had 
gone with him. Ezra 8, 25 the vessels 
zi" an awn which the king 
and his ministers had offered. 10,14. 17. 
1 Chr. 26, 28. 29, 17. Dan. 8, 1. aks like 


ie ¥ 
manner Arab. Jt for sot is put before 


verbs and prepositions; see De Sacy 
Gramm. Arabe I. § 793.—Hence 

2. As the definite article, Engl. the, 
like Gr. 6, ἡ, τό, in the insertion or omis- 
sion of which the Hebrews and Greeks 
and also the English and Germans fol- 
low similar laws, for which see the 
usual grammars, e. g. Lehrg. p. 652 sq. 
Heb. Gramm. § 107 sq. One topic how- 
ever, which has latterly been much 
discussed, although superficially and 
carelessly, as is usual where the deduc- 
tions are made from a few examples, it 
will be proper here to consider, and to 
give the result.of recent and careful 
investigations. See Winer’s Lex. p. 239. 
Gramm. Excurs. p. 57. Ewald Heb. 
Gramm. p. 568. The question is raised: 
Whether the definite article is used 
indefinitely 2 This is wholly denied by 
some, and affirmed by others. The 
true answer is, that the definite article 
cannot indeed be rightly said to stand 
indefinitely ; but yet the Hebrew con- 
ceives and expresses many things defi- 
nitely, which in Greek, German, En- 
glish, French, are expressed without 
the article. Just as the modern lan 


᾿. Ε tolerate the definite article. 


rT 


guages differ much in this respect among 
themselves ; and espec. the French lan- 
guage by a peculiar idiom inserts the 
article before very many words, which 
in English and German do not admit of 
it. Thus in French it is said correctly: 
nous aurons aujourd’hui la pluie, soyez 
le bien venu, il ala mémotre bonne, Pes- 
prit inquiet ; in all which phrases the 
idiom of the English and German does 
The 
ebrew usage in this respect may be 


reduced to certain classes ; which how- 


ever for the most part all flow from the 
one principle, that the article is prefixed 
to things well known. Apollon. de Synt. 
1. 6 τὸ ἄρϑρον προὐφεστῶσαν 7νῶσιν δη- 
λοῖ, et ibid. ao Foor, ov ἐξαίρετός ἐστιν 7 
ἀναφορά, comp. 2.3 ἰδίωμα ἀναφορᾶς προ- 
κατειλεγμένου προσώπου δεύτερα γνῶ- 
σις. See the excellent remarks of Har- 
ris in his Hermes, B. II. c. 1—Hence, in 
a manner differing from English usage, 
the article is put: 

a) Before nouns which denote objects 
and classes or species of things which 
are known to all; such as ἼΝΝΠ, ait, 
HOD, pan. Gen. 13,2 Abraham ‘was 
very rich ANI31 ὩΌΞΞ A3paa. Deut. 14, 
26 and thou shalt lay out that money 
“2W35 531 JIN pag. Ex. 31, 4 
ROD ana niwy>2 co work in’ gold and 
silver. Lam. 4,2 192 ὉΠ ΞΟ. Is. 1, 22 
wine 22 bina, Ex. 2, 3.and datibed 
tt (the ark or skiff ) ΓΕΙ͂ΞῚ "Na with 
bitumen and pitch. 2 K.9, 30 7333 relay 
M2"y she put her eyes in paint, painted 
them. Comp. Is. 28, 7. 40,19. 43, 24. 
Comp. Heb. Gramm. § 107. n. 1. 

b) Before abstract nouns, like Gr. τὸ 
πολιτικόν, τὸ ἱππικόν, espec. before the 
names of virtues and vices; comp, F'r. ‘la 
modestie convient ala jeunesse, la super- 


‘ stition engendre l’erreur, where Engl. 


omits the article. So "pwa 72h Jer. 23, 
14, comp. 51,19. 16, 4.5. Is. 29) 91. Brow 
25, 5 INOD Dia yi". Yet Gees in such 
cases the article is omitted. Also before 
words signifying evils and calamities ; 
Θ. ρ΄. NED 752 to perish of thirst Is. 41, 
17. 50, 2. Judg. 15,18; oie blind- 


ness (which in Engl. is indefinite, though 


we too say the plague, the small-pox), 


Gen. 19, 11 he smote them 3973303. Is. 
45, 16 ma>3a 325m ἽΠΤΙΣ i. e. into dis- 


239 





mt 


grace, shame; comp. 32, 19 Satin n>awa 
ἜΣ into (the) lowness sinks the city. 
46,2 n29h "awa we. 47,5 ἼΦΓΙΞ δ Ξ, 
comp. 60, 2. 

c) The most frequent use of the article 
in this manner is after 9, the particle of 
comparison; since a thing can properly 
be compared only with what is presup- 
posed to be well known. See.Heb. Gram. 
ὃ 107. n.1.a@. Comp. in Engl. ‘ quick as 
the bird in the air, as the ses in the water; _ 
white as the driven snow.’ So jX22 Is. 
53,6. Ps. 49,15; mw Is. 53,7; "pad 11, 
7. 65, 25. Job 40, 15; ΝΞ. Is. 1, 18. 51, 
8; bu Job 17,8. 14,2; orzo, Shing, as 
the coccus, as crimson, Is. ἣν 18. How 
very widely this usage is extended. is 
apparent from the following exafiiplild 
taken from the single book of Isaiah: 
5, 24 My) pad. v. 25 MMOD. v.28 "kD 
and ἜΡΟΝ , comp. 66, 15. Jer. 4,13. Is. 
10, 14 "DD. 13, 8 nadie (and so always 
in this word, Ps, 48,7. Is. 42, 14. Jer. 6, 
24. 30, 6. 49, 24. Mic. 4, 9.10). 14, 17 
"2742 <oomp 27, 10. ΠΝ 9, 11. How 2, 
5). 22,18 "47D as the ball, comp. 29, 3. 
24, 20 “idw> like the rushed: etc. see 
30, 17.29. 34,4. 35,6. 38,14. 41,15. 42, 
13. 43,17. 44,22. Here it 1s to be noted, 
that the article.is mostly omitted before 
the noun or object of comparison, when- 
ever this is rendered definite by an adjec- 
tive or in any other way ; comp. 93 Is. 
10, 14, but Mdvi 72 16,2; yiaD Ps. 1, 4. 
but 133 yin3 ‘Is. 29, 5; itd 5712 30, 28 ; 
wata mmx Ex. 16, 31. Add ban 
and ‘ax ">> bray Ps. 131,3; also Is. 17, 
13. 24, 13. 28, 4. 29, 4. 

The Seilhorwrinigy usages with the article 
are more commonly known: 

d) Before Collectives, see Lehrg. p. 
653. Heb. Gr. § 107. 1. 

e) Sometimes the article is put before 
a noun which more accurately would be 
made definite by a suffix; comp. De Sacy 
Gramm. Arabe II. § 482.1; as when a 
German woman calls her husband xat 
ἐξοχήν, the husband; or a servant his 
master, the master. So Is. 9, 6 Hava 
mawan for inawa, which the Engl. Vers. 
eXpresses ;_V. "2 anata for inmaw. So 
too is prob. to be explained 19>9F Is. 7, 
14, which, with the Hebrew intpp. αὐᾷ 
Groting) I understand as for "172>9. 

After this exposition it is hardlv ne- 


rT 


cessary to repeat, that every noun which 
has the article, is, and ought to be taken 
as, definite and demonstrative. As to the 
examples which we have elsewhere cited 
in support of the contrary opinion, Lehrg. 
p. 655, they may be explained as follows: 
1 Sam. 17, 34.7987 the lion, as the known 
and perpetual enemy of flocks, comp. 4 
λύκος John 10, 12, Arab. sae J 

Ex. 2,15 "830 the well of that tN 
Num. 11, 27 “92M the young man, i. e. 
the servant, minister ; and so Gen. 14, 13 
ws>en the ἡ μενα, the only one who 
escaped. 1 Sam. 17,8 lo, Jam the Phi- 
listine, “mwbpr, i.e. he who challenges 
you to single combat. So in Is. 66, 8 
23> 999 ΓΙῸΣ Nit Ow nae ἜΣ oniw. 

Here it may be, asked why the words 
ΠΩ, MW, take the article, while 87x and 
ΠΝ υἱοῖς it. The reason is, that the 
slaughterers of oxen and sheep really 
existed and could be pointed out by the 
writer as with the finger; but homicides 
and sacrificers of dogs are here only 
supposed, for the sake of comparison ; 
the ox-slaughterer is as a@ homicide, etc. 
—The precept is also correctly given 
by Grammarians, that the predicate of 
a sentence does not take the article; 
comp. χαλεπὰ τὰ χαλὰ and τὰ χαλεπὰ 
καλά. See Heb. Gr. § 108. 3 

Nore 1. The vowels with which 4 
is to be written, may be specified as 
follows: 

a) Commonly before letters not gut- 
tural, it takes Patah followed by Dag. 
forte, WQUIN. 

b) The gutturals do not admit Dagesh 
forte, and before them © therefore takes 
different vowels; e.g. o) Before καὶ, 
which wholly rejects all duplication, the 
Patah is every where prolonged into 
Kamets, as Ji585, JONI, PING, CUNT. 
So also before 4, as "bran, b3iNN ; and 
often also before 5 and nm, as an, on. 
6) On the other hand the harsher gut- 
turals 5 and ™ admit a certain degree of 
duplication, although no Dagesh forte is 
marked in them by the Grammarians ; 
(just as Germ. sicher, verglichen, are pro- 
nounced almost as if with double ch ;) 
and the syllable being therefore more 
acute, the Patah is mostly retained, as 
mann, O1hn. Butsee nevertheless "17 
Gen. 6, 19. γ) But whenever the gut- 


240 





7 


tural has Kamets, the Patah passes over 


into Segol, according to the general rule, — 
Heb. Gram. ὃ 27. ἢ. 2.b. So espec. be- — 


fore Fh, as WInn, PINT, ann, om. 
Before 7 mand 3 in monosyliables the 
vowel is Kamets, (see above in a,) as 
“Ton ; and Segol stands only in dis- 
syllables or trisyllables, where the tone 
is thrown forward towards the end, as 
ΛΠ (although 79), jenn, Ninn, 
On, psn. a 

Norte 2. Corresponding to the Heb. 


article in the kindred languages are: - 


a) Phenician δὲ, more rarely 7, once dx; 
see Monumm. Phen. p. 437. by Ara- 


ot 
bic Jt, rarely and in the vulgar tongue 
hs, kindr. with Heb, 8, bX. Many 
grammarians suppose therefore that -5 


os 
comes from ἘΠῚ i. 4. dx, Jf; and this 
not without reason, agen τον Bau the 


sun, Arab. λέ τι { pron. esh-Shems. 
On the other hand, it cannot be denied, 
that the pure syllable ha has the same 
demonstrative power; as in Chald. 15: 


34; ba, Arab. {chs®; and this sylla- 


ble Hupfeld supposes to be the source 
of the Heb. article, so that Dagesh in 
wun arises in the same way as in M7 
for ΠΣ ΠΏ, ΞΡ for pad-m72. See Zeit- 
schr. f. d. "Kunde des Morgenl. IT. p. 449. 


rt, ἊΝ ri, for the origin and use of 
which te pee the note below Adv. of 


interrogation, like Arab. 1, a prefix put 
before the first word ofa clause, and apo- 
copated from the fuller 55 (Deut. 32, 6 
in the reading of the Nehardeenses, see 


ο 

Kennic. and De Rossi), Arab. AD. 

1. In simple and direct interrogation, 
i. q. Lat. -ne? Job 2,3 τοὶ 42> math 
aR "IID hast thou observed my servant 
Job? Ex. 10, 7. 33, 16. ete. 8) The in- 
terrogation is often so put as to require a 
negative answer; and then the question 
itseif has the force of a negative, i. q. 
Lat.num? Gen. 4, 9 238 "nx ἜΘΟΣ am 
I my brother’s keeper? i.e. I am not his 
keeper. Job 14,14 M3719 “2, mas DR 
if aman die, shall he live again? i.e. he 
shall not revive. 8, 11. 21, 22. Comp. 
Job 23, 6. 36, 19, where the negative an- 
swer is given by the speaker. A strik- 


~ 


7 241 


ing example is $2 Sam. 7, 5 man OASn 


ra ">, which in 1 Chr. 17, 4 is express-_ 


ed without interrogation in ‘the negative, 
‘mn mmx 8D. Ὁ) Sometimes the inter- 


 sogation seems to have an affirmative 


πὰ» γυ υν 





866 DR ; 


force, equivalent to ἃ negative question 
in Engl. Job 20, 4 n377 MNT knowest 
thou (not) this ? Ez. 20, 30. Elsewhere 
Non i is put in the same sense ; comp. Gr. 

ἢ γάρ; and γὰρ οὔ; for is not? and Lat. 
—ne for nonne? see also Heusinger ad 
Οἷς. Off. 3.17. 0) In disjunctive ques- 


. tions, where the latter clause is preceded 


by Dx and DN}, see above on p. 61; e. g. 
in—T 
Job 16, 3. But in Bee poetical books 
X— and oxI—F are frequently em- 
ployed, where two questions expressing 
the same or a like sense in different 








_ words, follow one another in poetic par- 


allelism, i.q. num—an? num—et? (not 
utrum—an?) though even here there 
is a sort of disjunctive relation, which 
however lies more in the words than in 
the sense. Job 4,17 pax" ΠΡῚΡΝ Ὁ. Bin 
924 ἽΠΠΩ Ants. oN, comp. 6, 5. 6. 8, δὴ 
10, 4.5. 11, 2. 7. 22, 3. Hence in sich 
patidletisin, the getond member is often 
preceded merely by the simple copula, 
as i— Job 6, 26. 10, 3. 13,7. 15, 7. 8. 
11. 18, 4; comp. espec. 13, 7. 8; and 
even the copula is omitted 22, 4. 

2. In indirect interrogation, whether, 
(comp. ΒΝ B. 2,) after verbs of proving, 
trying, Ex. 16, 4. Judg. 2, 22. Deut. 8, 2. 


13,4: of seeing, Ex. 4,18. Gen.8,8. In 
a disjunctive proposition, followed by 88 - 


Gen. 18,21; or 3, Num. 13, 18 and see 
the land nd the people, MEW RAN PIN 
S7-ON NAN ὈΣῺΤΙ whether ihey be strong 


or weak, whether few or many. So too 
| in— Ecc. 2, 19. ; 


Ῥγβῆχϑα to other particles, as DNn, 
"am, seé "D; NOM, see ND. 

N bet AD to the Yotrels ~ander , the 
following may be noted: 8) Before let- 
ters not guttural, and which have not 


_ Sheva simple, the interrogative 7 takes 

the Hhateph-Patah, as m3, Monn; the 
vividness of interrogation causing it to 
_be made still shorter than in the de- 
‘Monstrative ‘3. 
᾿ same form as the Article, as ΞΏ 3 Π Lev. 
10,19. Ecc. 3,21; mostly before letters 
_ with Sheva simple, as j255 Gen. 17, 17. 


b) Rarely it takes the 


21. 





br 


18, 21. 37, 32. c) So too it sometimes 
coincides with the Art. in form before 
gutturals, as 728%. d) Also before 
gutturals with Kamets, as "23N, PI. 


NI Chald. interj.lo! behold! Dan. 3, 
25. Syr. fa, Arab. L® id. 


NT] Heb. and Chald. id. Gen. 47, 23. 
Ez. 16, 43. Chald. pleon, Dan. 2 43 


“32 xO lo as, etc. So Syr. {a often. 


MN interject. onomatopoet. of joy, 
rejoicing, aha! Lat. eja! Is. 44, 16. 
Espec. in exultation over a fallen ene- 
my, Ps. 35, 21. 25. 40, 16. Ez. 25, 3. 


3 imperat. of the verb 373° q. v. 


D°AI37 m. plur. Hos. 8, 13, pr. gifis,. 
offerings, here sacrificial, for ΒΡ ΓΙ, 
R. 3" to give. 


‘ 227 fut. bam 1. to breathe, to 
breathe "out, to exhale ; for the: idea of 
breathing as connected with the syllable 
an, see under 338%. Hence 53m breath, 
something vain, vanity; whence also 

2. to be or become vain, to act or speak 
vainly, i. 6. idly, foolishly. 29. K. 17, 15 
aba) ban way 32551 chey folloived 
after vanity (i. e. idolatry) and acted 
vainly. Jer. 2, 5. Job 27, 12 53m nina 
san why then do ye thes act (or speak) 
80 vainly 3 ? Also to cherish vain hopes ; 
Ps. 62, 11 sbanm7>y 53a place not vain 
hope in robbery. 

Hien. to make vain, to seduce to vant- 
ty, i. e. to idolatry, Jer. 23, 16. 


an 6. suff. "23m ; plur. 0435, constr. 
"oa. 

1. a breath, breathing, e. g. of air, a 
gentle breeze, Is. 57, 13.. Vulg. well, 
aura ; Sept. less well xaturyic.—Oftener 
breath of the mouth, Kimchi &°0 "x 
mpa, Aqu. ἀτμίς, Symm. ἀτμός, which 
word in Wisd. 7,25 the Syr. Vers. trans- 


“lates ica. Prov. 21, 6. Ps. 144,4. So 


very often for any thing evanescent, 
transient, frail ; Job 7, 16 "727 ban 7D for 
my days are a ἤτω, Prov. 13, 11 reba 
uy" Sara wealth vanisheth more swiftly 
than a breath.’ Ecc. 11, 10 for childhood 
and youth are a breath. 21, 6. 31, 30. 
Ps. 39, 6. Kec. 1, 2. 14. 2, 11. 17. 23. 4, 4. 
8. 5, 9. 6, 9. al— Hence the signif: vanity, 


sh 


i. e. something vain, empty, fruitless, 
Tam. 4,17. Jer. 10, 3.8; also as Adv. in 
vain, vainly, Job 9, 29. 21, 34. 35, 16. Is. 
30, 7. Ps. 39,7. Spec. of idols as things 
vain and worthless, and also of their 
worship, 2 K. 17, 15. Jer. 2, 5.—Plur. 
pba vanities, espec. idols, Jer. 10, 8. 
Ps. 31, 7. Jon. 2, 9. 

2. an exhalation, vapour, mist, which 
one cannot see through ; so of an abor- 
tion, Ecce. 6, 4 for he cometh in mist and 
depurteth in darkness, seen by none. 
11, 8 5am 3.29 all that cometh ts mist, 
i. 6. shrouded in darkness. 8, 14. 

3. Abel, pr. n. Sept. βελ, the second 
son of Nilsen prob. so called from the 
shortness of his life. Gen. 4, 2 sq. 


22M i. q. dan no. 1, breath, hence va- 
nity, with Chald. Pa pbsn bait Ece. 
1, 2, 12, 8. 


" am obsol. root, i. q. {28 ; hence 


"234] m. (stony, qs. "238 from 73X i. q. 
ἼΞΝ a stone) plur. 0°23 Ez. 27, 15 Keri, 
in Cheth. D237, ebon-wood, eboney, q- ἃ; 
stone-wood, so called from its hardness. 
This etymology is so obvious, that we 
need not look for another, much less for 
a foreign one. The Semitic name is 
preserved in the Gr. and Lat. ἔβενος, 
ebenum, ebony, see Bochart Hieroz. II. 
Ρ. 141; and from the Greek it has been 
transferred back with an epenthesis into 
the Arabic and Persian, where it is 
written wl, iy! . The Hebrews 
use the plural, prob. because this wood 
was cut up into pieces or sticks for ex- 
portation, called by the Greeks φάλαγγες. 
Comp. DXADRN, m"x>. 


i “art to cut, to cut up, to divide out, 
i. q. Arab. Once Is. 47, 13 Keri 
pw "ah sky- -dividers, i. e. astrologers, 
who divide up the heavens for augury, 
or to take a horoscope. Sept. ἀστρολό- 
yot τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Vulg. augures celi. 
Cheth. is Ὁ 4725 ("GN).—Others take 
"an as i. q. n> to know; and some 
again prefer to read "72h, comparing 
737 v. 10. 

R30) Esth. 2, 3, and "3° v. 8. 15, Hege, 
Hegai, Pers. pr. n. of a eunuch in the 


court of Ahasuerus. Benfey compares 
Aja eunuch ; Monatsnamen p. 192. 


242. 





Ta 
* 3a obsol. root; Arab, sD IV to 
set on fire, to kindle, st heat 


Hence 3739 —Others, to moan, as 3h IT. 


1 ult. 


μά: ἃ man fut. 7303 1. to murmur, 
to mutter, to growl, pr. to utter a low 
rumbling sound, nearly i. q. 97253. Spo- - 
ken of the ἘΝ of the lion over his 
prey Is. 31,4, Gr. ὑποβρυχάομαι (to roar ” 
is ANY , βρυχάομαι) ; also of low thunder, 
see nant Job 37, 2; of the muttering of 
enchanters, see Hiphil ; of the low tones 
of a harp, see 71739 Ps. 9,17. 92,4; of 
the murmuring or cooing of doves, Is, 
38, 14. 59,11; of the moaning and sigh- 
ing of men, οἰμώζειν, Is. 16,7. Jer. 48, 31. 
2. Poet. i. q. to speak. a) Absol. pr. 
to utter a sound, Ps. 115, 7. Ὁ) With 
acc. of thing, Job 27, 4. Ps. 37, 30. Is. 59, 
3. Prov. 8,7. Hence to speak of, i. q. to 
sing, to celebrate, (comp. "Y28 ,) Ps. 35, 
28 APIS mann ἌΣ 129. my tongue shall 
speak of (sing) thy righteousness. 71, 24, 
3. to meditate. pr. to speak with one- 
self in a low murmuring voice, as is often 
done by a person in deep meditation ; 
opay no. 1, and "a8, 1222 728. With 
3 to meditate i in or un any thing, to think 
upon it ; Josh. 1, 8 ΠΡ Ὶ os 13 NBT} 
and ‘bide shalt eee thereon ( the 
law) day and night. Ps. 1, 2. 63, 7. 77, 
13 Ἴ5 Ὁ 923 oN 7 mediate on all thy 
works. 143, 5. (Synon. is m7.) Prov. 
15, 28 ningd mann ΤΣ > the heart of 
the righteous meditateth what to answer. 
With acc. to think upon, to remember ; 
Is, 33, 18 ms*s MBN? 42> thine heart re- 
membereth the time of terror. Also ina 
bad sense, to devise, to plot; Ps. 2, 1 
prt anit Dan? why do the nations devise 
a vain thing? i. 6. attempt resistance in 
Prov. 24, 2: Is. 59, 13.—Syr. Kya 


to meditate, to read by syllables; Pa. to 
meditate, to contemplate ; Ethpa. to read. 
Comp. Eth. 70M to murmur, to utter 
inarticulate sounds, to wre to meditate; 


vain. 


Conj. IV, toread. Arab. ws to mutter. 
Post inf. ish i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 59, 13. 
Hiren. part. plur. "302, the mutter- 

ers, i. e. soothsayers muttering enchant- 

ments; or the sighing, the whimpering © 


rat 


ive. jugglers pretending to imitate the 


low thin voice of the shades, Is. 8, 19. 





Deriv. 7353, man, 7173. 


Ἔ. ΤΊΣΙ i. q. 73° II, to be separated, 
taken away, comp. 32 and 42". Transit. 
to separate, to take away ; Prov. 25, 4 
ὩΌΞ ὉΠ Ὁ aN separate the dross from 
the silver, where it is Inf. abs. for the 
imperat. Symm. χάϑαιρε, Vulg. aufer. 
v. 5.- Here too is apparently to be refer- 
red Is. 27,8 DIP BQ HVE inms ΓΙΣΓῚ 
he taketh them’ away with his strong 
wind in the time of the east-wind. Kim- 
chi well "on. 

Note. Maurer not unaptly explains 
the connection of this second significa- 
tion with no. I, by supposing that 735 II 
is pr. to cause lo puff or pant for breath, 
then to drive (comp. 372, ἄγω), to impel, 


Is. 27,8; and with 12, to drive off, to 


separate, Prov. 25,4. See Maurer ad 


Prov. l. c. 


Mi τη, (τ. πὰ 1) 1. a@ muttering, 
growling of thunder, Job 37, 2. 

2. a sighing, moaning, Ez. 2, 10. 

3.) a laigtion, thought, Ps. 90, 9; 
i. q. Paar. 


Mma f. (Kamets impure) meditation, 
thought, Ps. 49,4. R. nan 1. 


"33 see in Rat. 


3°03 τη, (τ. 3353) heat , fervour of mind. 
Ps. 39, 4x van Na in my fervour 
the fire burned. Hence fervent cry, 
prayer, Ps. 5, 2.—Others, moaning. 

TPIT τὰ. (τ. 4951) constr. 774, 6. 
suff. 725737] Ps. 19, 15. Lam. 3, 62. 

1. murmur, sound of the harp or ci- 
thara ; comp. 7m Is. 14, 11.—Ps. 92, 4 
siaza pun 7 “with the murmur of the 
harp, with its murmuring tones’; Sept. 
pst ὠδῆς ἐν κιϑάρᾳ. In Ps. 9,17 115.3Π 
mo is a musical sign, Sept. ᾧδὴ δια- 
ψάλματος, and so Symm. Aqu. Vulg. 
see in ΠΡΌ. 

2, meditation, Ps. 19, 15; device, ma- 


_ chination, Lam. 3, 62; comp. Ps. 2, 1. 


ΤΠ m. adj. (τ. 13%) convenient, com- 
modious, suitable, i. q. Talmud. 7135 and 


‘jane. Ez. 42, 12. . 


ὃ (a3 to be convenient, commodious ; 
but not found in this signification i in any 
of the kindred languages. 


243 





THI 


ae | τ obsol. root, Arab. oe to flee ; 
whence Bes Hejrah, flight of Mo- 
hammed ; kindr. 39.—Hence 


737 (flight) pr. n. Hagar, the hand- 
maid of Sarah, of Egyptian birth, the 
mother of Ishmael; so called as having 
fled from her mistress. Gen. 16, 1. 25, 
12.—Also 


“143 (fugitive) Hagri, 1 Chr. 11, 38 
27, 31; Plur. pan Ps. 83, 7, ‘and 
= bal taba 4 1 Chr. 5, 10. 19. 20, πάν 
Hagarenes, pr! n. of an ‘Arabian people, 
with which the tribes living beyond Jor- 
dan carried on war. oe Seen cor- 


responds to the Arab!” , whence the 


gentile n. ($y ls, a people and region 
adjacent to the Persian Gulf, called 
‘Aygatot in Strabo XVI p. 767 Casaub. 
᾿ἀγφέες Dionys. Perieget. 956, in the pro- 
vince now called Bahrein. 


TI m. i. ᾳ. TIM, shout of joy, rejoic- 
ing, Ez. 7.7; comp. Is. 16, 9. 10. R. 
S37. 

12 1Γ1 Chald. m. plur. counsellors of 
state, ministers, viziers, Dan. 3, 24. 4, 
33. 6. 8; also ND>0 "7353 3, 27 the 
king’s counsellors—It seems to be a 
compound word; and if Semitic, may 
be either Chald. 77733 (τ. 923) eialord: 
governors, with ite ‘Heb. article pre- 
fixed, which then coalesced with the 
word itself} as elsewhere the Arabic 
article also with several Heb. words, 
see 5X p. 49; or it may be pela 


“sm :sc te 


Lee. 


TI obsol. root, Arab. AM to break, 
kindr. ΓΤ ; in Heb. trop. to break forth 
into joy, to shout for joy, comp. ΠΙΞΒ, 
m2. Hence 4, 11°.—The Arabic 
root is likewise tenmeforced to sound, 


comp. δῷ ory of the camel, a deep 
hoarse voice, διῶ the sound of waves 


dashing upon the shore, Paes a crash- 
ing, fragor. 
‘T343 Hadad, pr. n. 1. An idol of the 


Syrians, and perhaps of the Edomites. 
see ὙΠ ῚΞ and "INI. ἦν: 
Ἂς a 


sn 


2. Of several Edomites and Ishmael- 
ites. a)A king of Edom, Gen. 36, 35. 
1 Chr. 1, 46 comp. 50. _b) 1 Chr. 1, 30. 
c) 1K. 11, 14; called in v. 17 53. 


WTI pr. n. (Hadad i. e. Adod is 
his help, see in 7213742) Hadadezer a 
king of Syria-Zobah, contemporary with 
David, 2 Sam. 8,3 sq. Written "32775 
2 Sam. 10, 16. 19. 1 Chr. 19, 16. 19; 
though some Mss. every where retain 
the better and genuine form with 5. 


Paw Hadad-rimmon, pr. n. of a | 


place in the plain near Megiddo, Zech. 
12, 11; afterwards according to Jerome 
called Mazximianopolis. Prob. so called 
from the worship of the idol Hadad- 
rimmon ; see Hitzig ad Jes. 17,9. Mo- 
vers Pheenizier p. 297. See Biblioth. Sac. 
1844, p. 220. 


5 TIT. q. 775 (comp. 737 and 435) 
‘pr. to throw out the hand, i. e. to stretch 
or put out the hand; once Is. 11, 8.— 


Arab. cde to lead right, to show the 


way; Syr. 2901, ds; way, custom, 
Gr. ὁδός. 


ὙΠΓῚ (for nish) Syr. opla, Arab. 


iD, India, Esth. 1,1. 8,9. The form 


Hidhus, is old Pers. for Sanscr. Sindhus 
(omitting 7), the land of Sind; Lassen 
in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. p. 62. 


DI Hadoram, pr.n. a) A tribe 
of the Joktanites in Arabia Felix, Gen. 
10, 27. They would seem to be the 
7Adoupitou, Atramite, Ptolem. ΥἹ. 7, and 
Plin. 28 or 32, on the southern coast of 
Arabia, between the Homerite (Him- 
yarites) and the Sachalite. Ὁ) Masc. 
ig. DIAN, HIND q. v. 2 Chr. 10, 18. 

ὙΠ Hiddai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 30; 
for which in the parall. passage 1 Chr. 
11, 32 is "Nn. 

Bly to tread down to the ground, 
to trample under foot, once Job 40, 12. 
Kindr. roots are 823,725. 525. Arab. 
(SchS to tear down sc. a house, to de- 
stroy. 


om obsol. root, perh. to tread down, 
intrans. to be trodden down; whence 


 QAA, 





“7 


trop. to serve, to wait upon; Arab. 
p>. Hence 0% footstool. 


B33 Chald. i. q. Syr. ἔρμα ie 6 ah 


member. Dan. 2, 5 kis ap. (Gr. 
μέλη ποιεῖν 2 Masia: 1, 16) pr. to make 
into members, i.e. to cut or hew in pieces, 
aspecies ofpunishateas common to many 


Comp. sooo Barhebr. 


amember ; comp. Pore 


ancient nations. 
p. 218. 


DST m. (τ. 03%) astool, footstool, every 
where with D535. Only trop. Is. 66, 1 
the earth is thy ‘footstool. Ps. 110, 1 until 
I make thine enemies thy footstool.— 


Spec. the ark of the covenant is called 


the footstool of God, because his pre- 
sence was supposed to be always upon it, 
1 Chr. 28, 2. Ps. 99,5. 132, 7. Lam. 2, 1.- 


η O77 obsol. root: Talmud. to leap, 
to spring, to hasten.—Hence 


O77 m. plur. D°O15, the myrtle, so 


called according to some because it leaps 


or springs up rapidly and grows quickly ; 
like salix ἃ saliendo according to Ver- 
rius, though salix is from &us.—Neh. 8, 
15. Is. 41,19. 55,13. Zech. 1,8. 10, 11, 
See Celsius Hierob. P. II. p: 17 sq. Arab. 


ἀῶ id. in the dialect of Yemen; | 
among the other Arabs this tree is called 


oa 
MOI (myrtle) pr. n. Hadassah, the 
earlier Jewish name of Esther, Esth, 2,7. 


“SiN fut. qh 1. to thrust, to push, 
to smite, ‘Chald. 977 id. Comp. 753, pps. 
Num. 35, 20. 22. Ez. 34, 21. With ia, to 
thrust away; Job 18, 18 “in AMI 
Wen->x they shall thrust him from the 
light into darkness. 1s. 22, 19.—Hence 
to thrust down, to oop Jer. 46, 15. 

Bs to thrust away, to repulse, 2 K. 4, 

. Prov. 10, 3. 

ἮΝ to rast out, to drive out, with "352, 
"2552, Deut. 6, 19. 9, 4. Tiled, 23; 


if “07 1. to cause to swell, to make 


fumed, and saps to be swollen up, tu-. . 


mid. Arab. ie tumid, o> to be- 
come tumid.—Hence part. pass. “974 


swollen, tumid, raised. Is. 45,2 B-=san~ | 





_ montes Ovid. Amor. 2. 16. 51. 


adorn, pr. of apparel, see "377. 


ὙΠ 


“WN the swelling (raised) places will I 
make plain, level. LXX. ὄρη, unless, 
perh. they read ΘΠ. So tumidos 
. Comp. 
Engl. a swell, i. q. a low hill. 

2. Trop. of ornament and splendour, 
in allusion to the wide and flowing robes 
of Oriental pomp; hence to decorate, to 
Is. 63, 1 
Swazda ἌΓ decked, glorious, in his ap- 
parel. Also to honour a person, with 
Ἔ "28 to honour the face, person, of any 
one, to reverence, Lev. 19, 32; also ina 
bad sense, to favour his cause, to be par- 
tial in judgment, like 0°25 Nw, Lev. 19, 
15; c. ace. of pers. Ex. 23, 3. 

Nipu. Pret. plur. in Pause 19773, were 
honoured Lam. 5,12. Comp. Kal no. 2. 

Hiruap. to show oneself proud, to carry 
oneself proudly, Prov. 25, 6. 

The derivatives fallow: 


ὙΠ Chald. Pa. "34, to honour, Dan. 
4, 31. 84. 


VF m. (τ. "IA no. 2) 1. ornament, 
decoration, splendour, pomp, Ps. 45, 4. 
96,6. Ez. 16,14, ΤΡ “In holy-orna- 
ments Ps. 110, 3; see in m4. Prov. 
20, 29 mary ΠῚ ὙΠ the ornament of 
old men is the gray head. Lev. 23, 40 
“111 7> ornamental trees.—Spec. of the 
splendour, majesty of God. Ps. 104, 1 

mpa> sami Tin thou art clothed with 
splendour ‘and majesty. Job 40,10. Ps. 
29, 4 “Ἴπ|ξ Min Dip the voice of Jehovah 
is in majesty, majestic. 

2. honour, Ps. 149, 9. 


V3 Chald. i. gq. Heb. 777, ὁ. suff. 


7770 Dan. 4, 27 [30]. 


VII m. (τ. 995) ornament, splendour ; 
once Dan. 11, 20 naz>a. ὙΠ ὉΔῚ ὍΣΣ Ὁ 
sending forth an exactor of tribute 
through the ornament of the kingdom, 
Palestine, q. d. the best part of the king- 
dom, like "387 ys v. 16, comp. Zech. 
9, 8. For the historical allusion, see 
2 Mace. 3, 1 sq.—Others understand tri- 


bute, census, by a Grecism, like τιμή. 


But see in Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache p. 64. 


ANI f(r. 777) constr. PIIN, i. q. 
17, ornament, decoration, Prov. 14, 28. 


Sap mn Aoly adornment, i. e. apparel 


morn on solemn festival occasions, (not 
21* 


2A5 





΄ 


NT 


sacerdotal as some suppose,) Ps. 29, 2 
96,9. Comp. 83p "275 Ps. 110, 3. 


“WTYV3 so written sometimes fot 
ὙὝΣΠΗ Ὁ ve 


ri} inter}. expressing grief, onomato- 
poetic, like HIN, ah! wo! Ez. 30, 2. 


aa inter]. expressing grief; onomatop, 
like "5, ΟἹ wo! alas! Am. 5, 16. 


NW m. SWI Lf he, she; is, ea, id; per- 
sonal pronoun.of the third person. The 
same form dropping the & is found in the 
pr. n. 7728. Corresponding forms are: 
Phen. 84; Samar. 815, f. 7, and 87, 


faa; Arab. 5, ἢ 5. 


As to its origin, see Hupfeld on the Se- 
mitic demonstr. Particles in Zeitschr. f. ἃ. 
Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 127 sq. 147 sq. 
—In the Pentateuch 857 includes also 
the feminine gender, and is put for 8", 
which latter (according to the Masora on 
Gen. 38, 25) is read only eleven times 
in the whole Pentateuch. The puncta- 
tors, who prob. did not notice this idiom 
of the Pentateuch, wherever 85> refers | 
to a feminine object, seem to have regard- 
ed it as an error, and wrote it 814, sig- 
nifying that 8°74 ought to be read. Be- 
sides the Pentateuch, 850 is found as fem. 
in1K.17,15. Job 31,11. Is. 30,33, where 
it is also written by the punctators 815. 

Like the Lat. is, ea, id, so the pronouns 
Ni, RW, point out a definite person or 
thing already mentioned or well known 
from the context. They thus.differ from 
mt, mXt, which is i. q. οὗτος, this, point- 
ing to a person or thing present and 
near; and correspond rather to the Greek 
αὐτός, especially in the oblique cases, as 
> ig. αὐτῷ, imix ig. αὐτόν. Hence xin 
and 8"F. are put: 

1. Without emphasis, he, she, like Lat. 
is, ea. Gen. 4, 20 and Adah bare Jabal, 
brik aw" 73 MF NAM he was the father 
of such as dwell in tents. v. 21. 10, 8. 9. 
12. 19, 36. 37. 20, 16. That its proper 
place ᾿ where a person or thing is men- 
tioned a second time, (see the remarks 
above on the article,) is obvious from 
passages where itrefers to Mt preceding ; 
so Judg. 7, 4 92 πὶ yy Wek 7x nan 
πὶ abe “2R-TN ben JN 4b? Nn ἸῺΝ 

abo 8d xe spas πον ND, aren Sept. 


» 
1; Syr. on, 


ΝΠ 


well: καὶ ἔσται, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπω πρὸς σέ, 
οὗτος πορεύσεται σὺν σοΐ, αὐτὸς πορεύ- 
σεΐαι σὺν σοί" καὶ πᾶς ὃν ἂν εἴπω πρὸς 
σέ, οὗτος οὐ πορεύσεται μετὰ σοῦ, αὐτὸς 
οὐ πορεύσεται μετὰ σοῦ. So too in the 
same relation, MX and Msn, Gr. οὗτοι 
and αὐτοί, Ps. 20, 8. 9. 


2. Witha degree of emphasis, as again - 


taking up a preceding noun. Is. 33, 22 
ἊΣ ἼΖ 1. Nin A2D>2 Min Jehovah our Isai: 
he will save us. 38, 19. So in various 
ways and examples; as Gen. 13,1 Abra- 
ham. ΘΝ" Rin, Sept. aUTOS καὶ ἢ 
γυνὴ αὐτρῦ, he and hide wife. 14, 15. Gen. 
4,4 nampa ban, Sept. ᾿“βὲλ καὶ αὐτός, 
Abel, even'he. Gen. 20,5 9) "ax NAN Nm 
wea HE not unto me 2 Shlec. a) Some- 
times 841M i. q. αὐτός is referred to God, 
as HE who alone is to be adored, wh 
alone created and governs the world. 
Ps. 33,9 7 WAN RIT. Job 5,18. Deut. 
32, 39, So in the pr. names 557>N, 
WT"ax, etc. Ὁ) Put also by way of 
amis. 2 Chr. 28, 225 like Gr. οὗτος, 
Lat. iste. ὁ) Like 5 αὐτός, the same, 
idem, Ps. 102, 28 85 OMX thou art the 
same. Is. 41, 4. 43, 13. 48,12. d) Put 
after a noun it is often i. q. αὐτός, ipse, 
self. Is. 7, 14 nix ἘΞ. NIM ἼΣΗΝ nT j2> 
therefore the Lord hi mself (Sept. Κύριος 
αὐτός) will give you a sign, i. e. of 
himself, of his own accord. Often and 
emphatic after the pronouns "238 (15. 
μὲ 25), MAX, 72; as Jer. 49,12 AmN 

Pim ΠΡῸΣ ssn and shalt tuou go un- 
ΤΗΣ Is. 50, 9 "23597 NAM “2 WHO 
then shall condemn me ? Gen. 27, 33. 

3. Put with the art. after a noun having 
the art. it expresses the remote demonstr. 
that ; tlle, illa, iilud; and so OAR, jan. 
Job 1,1 88H WNT that man. Ged, 28, 
' 11 SIN Dips. in that place. Mic. 8, 4 
xn ΤΣΞ αἱ that time. So very often 
Rim bia in that day, at that time; 
spoken both in the historical books of a 
day just before mentioned, Gen. 15, 18. 
. 26, 32. 30, 35. 33, 16; and also. in the 
prophetic writings of a day just before 
announced, Is. 2, 17. 20. 8, 7. 18. 4, 1. 2 
(comp. 2, 12). 5, 30. 7, 18. 20. al. Sept. 
ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκεῖνῃ.---ΤῊ Syriac on ᾽ wor; 
are used to correspond with Heb. δ, 
aan. 

4. Like the other personal pronouns, so 


246 





THI 


NIT. N41, (also OF 44,) involve the idea 
of the verb of existence or substantive 
verb, i. q. he is, she is, it is. Gen. 24,65 
what man is this? Ὁ. "27% 815 he is my 
master. 20,7 for he is a prophet. 2, 11 
MNT ὙΝ ΡΞ ΤῸΝ ἘΞ ΘΓ RIM that is 
it which compasseth the whole land of 
Havilah. More frequently put last; 


as Gen. 25, 21-8" ΤῊΣ %D for she 


was barter. Ps. 18, 31. Ts. 41, 7. In 
both genders it is not seldom ‘put by 
way of explanation, i. q. that is, ete) 
Gen. 14, 8 ΣΝ NN ΣῸΞ Bela, that is 
Zoar, now called Zoar. ν. 7. 23, 2. 19. 
Josh. 15, 8. 9—Hence it comes that 
these pronouns frequently stand instead 
of the substantive verb itself; as Gen. 7, 
2 and of the beasts SIT HAH Nd Wwe 
that arg not clean. Ps. 50, 6 ponds nD 
win DS for God 1s judge. Gen. al, 20." 
320) m7 Dw yaw rhtn mop 3303 
Mi ow yay pobn pawn the seven 
good kine are seven years, and ihe seven 
good ears ARE seven years ; comp. v. 27 
fin. where instead of M33 we have 4757. 

Gen. 25, 16 Θ᾿). "32 pn ΠῈΝ these 
ARE the sons of Ishmael. Zech. 1,9. 
will show thee H>R MBM ΓΡῸ what these 
ARE. Espec. Zeph. 2, 12, where man 
even refers to a different (the second) 
person: Mgr} "S47 725m Oo waD DMS ba 
also ye Ethiopians sHaut BE slain with 
my sword. Comp: Ezra 5,11; also Syr.’ 
Matt. 5, 13. 


N17 m. NWI £ Chald. i. q. Heb. he, 
she; is, ea, id; Dan. 2, 22. 6,11. 17. 
Often as implying the verb of existence 
or substantive verb, he is, she is, ete. 
Dan. 2, 9. 20. 28. 32, 47. 6,5. Put also 
for the substantive verb, Dan. 4, 27. 


ΔΓ Chald. i. q. M15 q: v. 


ὙΠ apheresis for TiM3 (r. 92) Arab. 
<5 to swell, e. g.'the flesh, the female 
breast. 

1. a swelling sc. in the exuberance 
of health and strength; hence vigour, 
strength, e. g. of the youthful body Prov. 
5,9; of anoble steed Zech. 10,3. Dan. 10, 
8 ‘remind "DY FEM? MN my strength was 
turned within me to destruction, i. e. was 
destroyed. Hos.14,7 !1in ΓΞ like the 
olive-tree his strength.—Trop.of strength — 
of voice, snorting, Job 39, 20 [23]. 


oo ae QNT 


— 2. splendour, majesty, e.g. a) Of 
God; often, with "35, Ps. 21, 6. 96, 6. 
104, 1. 111, 3. Job 40,10. b) Ofkings 
and princes, 1-Chr. 29, 25. Dan. 11, 21. 
Comp. Num. 27, 20. 

3. Hod, pr. τι: τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 37. 

MITT (perh. i. ᾳ. ΓΝ ΤΕ praise ye 
Jehovah) Hodaviah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 
5, 24. b) 9,7. 6) Ezra 2, 40. 

WIT (id.) Hodaviah, pr. n. τη. 
1 Chr. 3, 24 

M15 (splendour of Jehovah) Ho- 
deiah, Neh. 7, 43, i. ᾳ. 327757 lett. Ὁ. 

mM (id.) Hodijah, pr. n. of several 
Levites, Neh. 8, 7. 9, 5. 10, 11. 14. 19. 


f rd to be, to exist, i.g. 790. In 


ἢ Aramean this is the usual form for 





Pon a Owe —s =. Ὁ 


from on high, i. q. ἘΠ: 


the substantive verb, Chald. m5, Syr. 


jon; in Hebrew it rarely occurs, and 
only in the poets and later writers. 
That it is however the primitive form 
and earlier than M741, is apparent, be- 
cause the form has obviously an onoma- 
topoetic origin; and hence 4°47 comes 
from 715, as ΓΙ from Tim. The ori- 
gin of 55 lies in the idea of breathing, 
comp. 838, Arab. Ss: and see in no. 
2,3. This idea is then transferred to 
the breathing of persons and animals; 
whence fo live i.g. MIN, and so to be.— 
Part. m:n Neh. 6, 6. Ecc. 2, 22. Imp. 
mis, kt, " Gen. 27,29. Is.16,4. Fut. 
apoc. 819" Kee. 11, 3, for 177 from F357. 
2. to breathe after, to desire, i.q. ΓΞ, 


mx 1.2. Arab. ἘΠῚ to desire, to love, 
to will—Hence 55 no. 1, desire. 


’ 3. Intens. to strive eagerly, to rush 
headlong ; hence to fall headlong, to fall 


Job 37, 6 

IR NIT WN Ἢ ΡῈ 5. Ἴ2 for to the snow 
he saith, Fall (rush down) upon the 
earth; Vulg. ut descendat in terram, 
Sept. as in no. 1, γίνου ἐπὶ yijc.— Hence 
Mi no. 2, Tin. , 


ma and St Chald. to be, i.q. Heb. 


mn. Often joined with the participle 


of another verb, e. g. M7177 TIM thou wert 
seeing, i.e. thou sawest, Dan. 4, 7. 10. 7, 
2. 4. al. 

- Nore.—In the formation of the Fut. 





mn 


of this verb, there occurs this singulari- 


ty, that in the third pers. sing. and plur. 


is found the prefix >, where we should 
expect the pealeniiatine ἢ: "; and this with 
the regular and usual ΠΡΑ που ῦϑ, of the 
future or subjunctive. Thus, 8152 will 
be Dan. 2, 28. 29. 45. 4, 22. Ezra 7, 26 ; 
be it, let it be. Dan. 3, 18. 5, 29. Ezra 7, 
23. 4, 12.13... 528; plus, a may be 
Dan. 6, 2. 3. 27. Ezra.7, 25; fem. 115 
Dan. 5, 17; but in 3d fit. sing. man 
Dan. 2, 40-42, 4,24; Ninn 7, 23. Ezra 
6, 8. ovis of the same ἘΝ are found 
in the Targums, as Hieros. Ex. 10, 28. 
Jonath. Ex! 22, 24; and more in the 
Talmud, as 1>2W> for 1320", 1"70> [οἱ 
ya", 1975 for 1955, see Furst Chald 
Lehrg. p. 114. From all this it appears 
that these forms are not infinitives, as is 
sometimes supposed; but that in suck 
examples either the > is put for the Nuz: 
of the Syrians (so de Dieu, Beer Inscr. 
et Papyri I. 19, 20), or else these forms 
have arisen out of the Hebrew usage 
which began to put >¥p> instead of 


bop, Heb. Gr. § 129. π. 1. Comp. Wi- 
ner Chald. Gr. p. 67. edit. 2. 
avs f. (Ὁ. 9) verbal of Pi. 1. dere, 


cupidity, see the root no. 2. Prov. 10, 3 
HA ow mit he thrusteth away the 
desire of the wicked ; parall. P"I¥ 052. 


Comp. mix. Arab. ἘΠ: desire, will. 


2. fall, ruin, Arab. Ss : 5, see the root 
no. 3. . Only in the plur. calamities, de- 
struction; Ps. 57,2 mi 7332779 until 
these calamities are overpast. 91, 3737 
mins fatal pestilence. 94, 20. Prov. 19, 
13. Job 6, 2. 30, 13. (In Job Il. ce. 
Chethib 55 .)—Hence also, ‘calamities 
which one prepares for another,’ mis- 
chief, injury, wickedness ; Ps. 5,10 D29P 
mint their inward part (or mind) is 
wickedness. 38,13 nix 9733 they speak 
mischief, mischievous things. 52, 4. 9. 
55, 12. Prov. 11, 6.17, 4 1199 το2ϑ pra 
niin giving ear to a wicked tongue. Job 
6, 30. Sing. id. Ps. 52, 9. 


min i. ᾳ. O55 no. 2, fall, ruin, cala- 
mity, Is. 47,11: Ez. 7,26. R. ΠῚ Π no. 3, 
oan (prob. for omint, whom Jeho- 


vah impels, τ. ΘΠ.) Hoham, pr. n. of a 
king of Hebron, Josh. 10, 3. 


oH 


"Wt interj. onomatopoetic, like "ix. 

1. Of threatening, ho! wo! ove, oi, 
with nominat. for the vocative ; comp. 
Sept. Is. 1, 4 Nom Ma IN wo, sinful 
nation! 5, 8.11. 18. 20. 21. 10, 5. 28, 1. 
29, 1. 15. 30, 1. 31,15; with by Jer. 48, 
“1; 53 50, 27. Ez. 13, 8; Ὁ 13, 18. 

2. Of grief O! tbo! ae 1 K. 13, 30 
“mx “in alas, my. brother ! Is. 17, 12. 

3. Of exhortation, ho! πρίν 2, 10 
[6]. Is. 18,1. 55, 1. 


‘ yd Chald. to go, a softened form 
from 72; comp. 873 and a5, y>s8 and 
ἘΝ, P29 and ΤῈΣ ; and in modern lan- 
guages Engl. to talk, to walk (in which 
the / is not sounded), Fr. dowa from Lat. 
dulcis, faux from falsus. Fut. A (the 
only instance in verbs 5) ἼΠ i. q. 5202, 
Eizra 5, 5. 6,5. 7.13. Infin. 7599 7, 18, 
—The same forms are found in the Tar- 
gums. 

M227 £ (τ. dd Po.) plur. middin, 
folly, Kec. 1,17. 2, 12. Then, impro- 
bity, wickedness, Ecc. 9, 3. 


mabbin £ id. Ecc. 10, 13: 

pein (Milél) m. Is. 41, 7; see in DDH. 

* DAT to put in motion, throw into 
commotion, consternation, to agitate ; 
kindr. 025, mot. Deut. 7, 23 Den 
ΓΙΡ ΤΣ non he will bring upon them 


great consternation. —Hence pinn. 
NipH. see in 025. 


Hien. to make commotion, to make a 


noise, (comp. Y*PUtn to keep quiet.) of 
a noisy multitude Mic. 2, 12; of an un- 
quiet mind, internal commotion, Ps. 55, 3. 
Deriv. M2107, DIM. 
DOW (destruction, τ. oan) Homam, 


pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 1, 39; for which in Gen. 
36, 22 pant. 


ἘΠ i. 4. Arab. Gls, to be light, 
easy ; comp. kindr. πὲ, 778. ° 

Hipu. to act lightly, with levity ; Deut. 
1, 41 mibed anim? ye acted lightly to go 
up, went up heedlessly ; comp. Num. 
14, 44. 

Deriv. 9", and ; 

TW m. 1. riches, wealth, substance, 
Prov. 1, 13. 6, 31. 8.18. Ps. 44, 13 Xda 
yin for nought, pr. for no wealth. Plur. 


9.0. 
pon Ez. 27, 33.—Arab. ..y_ ease, 


248 





rit 


- 


comfort ; comp. ΤῊΝ mid. 1 to live 


in comfort and quiet, te quiet, com- 
fort, }i8 wealth, substance. 

2. Adv. enough, Prov. 30, 15. 16. So 
Sept. ἀρκεῖ, Chald. Syr. Arab. Vers. 


“in and Ἢ 1. Anold and unusual 
word, i. ᾳ. "3, α mountain, Gr. ὄρος. 
Gen. 49, 26 53 "5 (i. 6. IY IF) efer- 
nal mountains, parall. with D2is nivas 
everlasting hills in the other hemistich. 
—The Masorites direct it to be read 
“42 "iN, and seem to follow the inter- 
pretation embraced by the Vulg. and 
Chald. i. 6. taking "7M as particip. of 
the verb 555, i. q. my parents, progeni- 
tors, and referring “> to the words fol- 
lowing. But against this is the compa- 
rison of the similar passages in Deut. 33, 
15. Hab. 3, 6; and also the parallelism 
of the members. 

2. Hor, pr. n. of two mountains: a) 
One on the borders of Idumea, one and 
a half days’ journey from the Dead Sea 
towards the south; at its eastern foot 


lay the city Petra. At the present day 
it takes its name Bo Aaron, who died 
on it, up ot > hie Jebel Neby 


Harin, Mount mo. the Prophet Aaron. 
See Comment on Is. 16,1. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 548, 651.—Num. 20, 22. 
33, 82, Ὁ) The other was perhaps a 
spur of Lebanon at the northeastern 
extremity, Num. 34, 7. 8. 


ΣΙ (for »2tins, whom Jehovah 
heareth,) Hoshama, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 
18. 


YIM (deliverance, safety, see τ. 98" 
Hiph. and Niph.) pr. n. 

a) Oshea, afterwards Joshua, the mi- — 
nister and successor of Moses, Num.°13, | 
8. 16. etc. 

b) Hoshea, a king of Israel, 2 K. 15, 
30. 17, 1 sq. 18, 1 sq. 

c) Hosea, a prophet Sept. Qoné, Hos. 
1, 1. 2. 


ΤΣ ΤΊ (whom Jehovah helpeth, r. 
3°) Hoshaiah, pr. n. of several men: 
a) Neh. 12, 32.33. Ὁ) Jer. 42, 1. 43, 2. 


* TT see NNN. 


, rir) to dream, to talk in one’s 





-π 249 


_ dreams, Is. 56,10. Kindr. is mm; and 
+ the primary idea seems to be that of 
nocturnal vision. Sept. évummafouevor, 
Aqu. φανταζόμενοι, Symm. δραματισταί. 
—Arab. eae and {chs to talk at ran- 
dom, espec. of one delirious ; and nearly 
_ the same in the Talmud. 


WJ m. (for "2, τ. 972, as 592 for 553") 
wailing, lamentation, wo, Ez. 2, 10. 


NI pron. of 3 pers. sing. fem she, 
Lat. ea; neut. id; see fully in x17, 
Sometimes in the Masoretic text it is 
read 8°74, where 8" used in a neuter 
sense is referred to the masculine, and 
the Jewish critics expected 810; 6. g. 
Job 31, 11. Eee. 5, 8. Ps. 73, 16. 


87 Chald. i. q. Heb. she, Dan. 2, 9. 
«320. 21. 7,7. Ezra 6,15. See in sin. 

TIN} m. (τ. TIM) shout of joy, joyful 
acclamation, 6. g. (a) Of vintagers 
treading the grapes, vintage-shout, Jer. 
26, 30. 48, 33. Ὁ) Of soldiers rushing 
to battle, batile-shout, Jer. 51, 14. Is. 16, 
9. 10, where these two senses are put in 
antithesis. 


HT Neh. 12, 8, a corrupted form, 
prob. for MINIM choirs, as 1 Chr. 25, 3. 
Comp. also Neh. 11,17; where in a like 
context is Nitin. 


ῳ ΓΙ, fat. MH, apoc. 5°, with 
Vav cnrers. 74; ὃ inf. absol. nin and 
it Num. 30, 7; ‘inf. constr. mint, once 
. mH Ez. 21, 15, with pref. nit, mina ; 
imp. T355 ; art: f, mh Ex. 9, 8, signi- 
fying i. ᾳ. M35, Chald. 14, Syr. loa, 
on. 

1. to come to pass, to happen, to be ; 
for the origin and etymology see the 
Note. Ex. 82,1 we know not i> mn m7 
what has happened tohim. Ecce. 3, 22 
PINS ATTY ΤΠ what shall be (happen) 
after him. Is. 14, 24 ΓΙΑΤῚ 13 "NAT AWAD 
as Ihave thought. 80 shall it come to pass. 
1 K. 13, 32. So ὦ mF m2 how comes 
(is) tt that? oer 4, 10, iq. Gr. thyé- 
 yovey ὅτι; John 14,.22. Often in the 
phrase δὲ "7.723-55h the word of Jeho- 
vah happened (came) to any one; see 
examples in 727 no. 1..c, and comp. Lat. 
fama. accidit ad aures alic. Liv.—Most 
_ frequent of all is the form "4%, Gr. καὶ 
ἐγένετο, and it came to pass, in historical 





a 


narrative, with a notation of time. Gen. 
22, 1 DOAN) HR PAT INS ἜΤ. 
mo: and it came to pass after these 
things, and God did try Abraham. 23, 1. 
26, 32 ἢν 5) NANT DISD 77 and it came 
to pass on the same day, and they came 
etc. Josh.4, 1 WaN)...78R WRI TN. 
5,1 0a™.. pads 77 and it came to 
pass when they heard... then their heart 
melted. The notation of time, as ap- 
pears from these examples, is variously 
expressed ; 6. g. with D and inf. Gen. 
24, 30. Ex. 16,10; 5 and inf. Gen. 35, 
17. 18. Num. 10. 35; “ORD with pret. 
Gen. 24, 22. 52. 1 Seca 8, 1; "2 with 
pret. Gen: 6, 1. 27, 1im-Clorresponilieig 
to this is also the form 7°53) and it shall 
come to pass, referring always to a future 
event, and usually followed by a nota- 
tion of time. Is. 7,18 83953 D192 4771 
an patie and it shall come to pass in that 
day, Jehovah shall hiss, ete. Ex. 12,25 
DRI... YAN NBN 2 AT and 
it shall come to pass when ye shall come 
to the land ...then shall ye keep, ete. So 
with "3 Ex. 12, 26. Judg. 12,5; ox de- 
noting time or a condition Ex. 4. 8. 
Deut. 8, 19; 5 and 3 with inf. Deut. 17, 
18. 20, 2. 9. Judg. 2, 19. 

2. to begin to be, i. e. to become, to be 
made or done. Spec. a) ΤῸ come into 
existence, to begin, to arise, to be ; Gen. 
1,3 ΝΣ WAN WN WT Let light be, and 
light was. v. 6. Is. 66, 2 mex 22 90775 
and all these things hove arisen, have 
come into existence. With 3, of or 
from any source, Gen. 17, 16 ava> 72573 
wi) ΠΡ dose of nations shall be of 
her, spring from her. Ecc. 3, 20. δ) to 
be done, established, opp. to fall, to be in 


vain. 15. 7, 7 57250 ἐξ 9) pipn δὲ it shall 


not stand, οὐδ shall it be done. With 
> auctoris, Is. 19, 15 nIa¥a> mnt 8d 
mwyva neither shall any work be done by 
the Egyptians.—It is construed as fol- 
lows: o) With a subst. following, to be- 
come or be made any thing. Gen. 19, 26 
ma a°x2 "ΠῚ and she became a pillar 
of salt. 4, 30. 21: So Gen: 1, 5 29 ὙΠ) 
Ins Din "pa "75 and the evening was 
and the morning was one day, i.e. even= 
ing and morning became one day. β) 
In the same sense, with > before the 
subst. Gen. 2, 7 ΤΠ wind PINT NT 
and man became a living soul. v.24. ὃ 


Ten 


15. Is. 1, 22. 31. 5,9. y) But > m°n, to 
be or become to any one, as his posses- 
sion, property, etc. Is. 17,2 "259 "> 
mImnh OID the cities of Aroer shall 
be for the flocks. i.e. be given up fo them. 
23, 18. Job 30, 31. So espec. of a wo- 
man, 8"x> nn", she became to a man, 
ive, became his wits: (MND being bften 
added, Num. 36, 3) Num. 30, 7. 36, 3. 
Deut. 21, 15. 24,2. δὴ 3 55 to ὑὲ or 
become as or like any thing. Gen. 3,5 
p'm>xD on and ye shall become as 
God. v. 22. Ps. 1,3. Cant. 1,7. Then 
also, to be or hecome like any one, is to 
have the like lot with him; comp. Fr. 
‘je ne sais pas ce qu’il est devenu.’ Is. 
1,9 "πὶ DIDD we should have become 
like Sodom, i. e. have experienced the 
fate of its inhabitants. Gen. 18, 25. Num. 
17, 5. Is. 17, 3. 24, 2. 28,4. 29,7. 30, 13. 
Comp. Is. 10, 9. 20, 6; where “°F is 
omitted. 

3. to be, i. e. the substantive verb. like 
Gr. εἰμέ, Lat. swm. a) As the copulative 
connecting the subject with the predi- 
cate; whether the latter be an adjective, 
noun, numeral, or adverb; or whether it 
stand alone, or in connection with a par- 
ticle. So with an adjective, Gen. 3, 1 
ἘΠῚ my emits and the serpent was 
cunning. 2, 25. With a substantive, 
Gen. 3, 20 “np Dx ON NT 1D orshe 
was the mother of all living. 5, 32. 16, 12. 
With a subst. and numeral, Gen. 5, 5 
and all the days of Adam.... were nine 
hundred and thirty years. v. 8. 11. Job 
1, 8. With an adverb, Gen. 15, 5 2 
SON! m7 so shall thy seed be. Witha 
subst. having the prefix 2, Ps. 22,15 155 
ἈΞ 125 my heart is like waz. Ἢ 1, 18. 
30. 9, 18. In very many examples of 
this kind the substantive verb may be 
omitted; and indeed is more frequently 
omitted than inserted ; see Lehrg. p. 849. 
But the rules laid down as to its use by 
Ewald are too narrow; Krit. Gr. p. 632. 
Kl. Gr. § 571..2. b) As expressing 
the being or remaining in any place or 
state; Gen. 4,8 MIWwa cnn 1 and it 
came to pass when they were in the field, 
pr. in their being in the field. 13, 3. 17, 
13. Is. 7,23. Gen. 2, 18 DIRT Minn 51 sib 
52> it is not good for man to be alone. 
Ece.7,14. c) Emphatic, to be in exist- 
ence, to exist, 6. g.in some place, Gen. 2,5 


250 





rsd 


P2207 OI MwA Mw the planis of 


‘the field: were not yet in the earth, did not ° 


yet exist. 6,4. Is. 11, 16. Absol. Gen. 
13,7 = > and there was strife. 15, 
17 πὴπ maby there was darkness. Zech. 
14, 6. Is. ‘1s, 6. Ecce. 1, 9. 10. —Also, to 
exist, to lide so Gr. ΚΗ 9. g. ἔτ εἰσί 
Hom. Od. 15. 432; οὐ δὴν ἦν Il. 6. 131. 
Matt. 2,18. So Toh 3,16 as a hidden 
untimely birth MAN Nb Thad not been, 
should not have éxisted, lived. Is. 23, 13. 


' Dan. 1, 21. Eee. 2, 7. 18. 4, 16. 6, 12. 


The following constructions and phra- 
ses may also be noted: aa) >¥p m7n, 
he was slaying, for he slew ; comp. Syr. 
joa Lo. Gen. 4, 17 533 “1 and he 
was building. 15, 17 mN2 wewn 3 
and the sun was going down. Is. 10, 14, 
Often in the later writers, Job 1, 14. 
Neh. 1,4. 2,13.15. bb) 5 m3, to be to 
any one, i.e. to belong to, and with a per- 
sonal subject, to have. Gen. 12, 16 "7 
“pai jNx i> and he had sheep and oxen. 
Ex. 20,3 DUNN OAD FD TTR thou 
shalt have no other gods. ‘Gen. 13, 5. 
2 Sam. 12, 2. Is. 5, 1; > omitted 2 Sar: 
4, 2. Comp. "> ws, Gr. ἔστε μοι, Arab. 
J S) Κ est mihi, i. gq. habeo, Cor. 10. 100. 
cc) Also 3 4°, to be for any thing, i.e. 
to serve as or for any thing, to be any 
thing, Gr. εἶναι εἴς τι, γένεσϑαι εἴς τι. 
Gen. 1, 15 mink> 3°17 and they shall 
be for lights. v. 14. 29. Is. 1, 14 "ὃν mh 
το they are to me for a burden. With 
bc. inf. Is. 5,5 ἜΣΞ» mm and it shall 
be for consuming, ‘burning, pr. Eng. tz 
shall be to burn. With a dat. of pers. 
Gen. 6, 21 M228> ἘΠῚΞῚ 4b MAM and it 
shall be to thee and to them for ‘food. Ex. 
4,16 > TIN omy ἢ ΠΕΡ Τ9 ΓΙΆΓΡῚ Rn 
Θ΄ ΟΝ Ὁ he shall be to thee fora mouth, 
and thou shalt be to him for God, i. e. 
he shall speak in public whatever thou 
shalt suggest to him in _ private.— 
Sometimes > 577 is i. q. to show oneself 
so and so, to acquit oneself as; 1 Sam. 
4,9 pow ny) Apiaimn be strong and 
quit yourselves like men. So with > 
twice, 1 Sam. 18, 17 5°n-425 τ be 
thou valiant for me, pr. quit thyself for 
me as a man of wallow. dd) The for- 

mula mivs> mn has a double signif. 
a) to be about ‘to do, to begin to do, as 
Gen. 15, 12 xin} wav ὙΠ and the 


: 





2 Sam. 13, 20. 


‘ab 1K. 11, 11; see DY no. 2. 6. 


a 


sun was about to go down, was in going 
down. 2 Chr. 26, 5 mindy wt ὙΠῚ 
and he began to seek God, applied him- 
self to seeking God. 6) to be about to be 
done, implying necessity, it must, it ought, 
etc. Josh. 2,5 7403 ἼΣΘΙ ὙΠ and the 
gate was to be shut, it was time to shut 
the gate. Is. 6,13 a tenth part in her 
273925 nmin shall be to destroy, i.e. 
shall be destroyed. So with the pas- 
sive, Ez. 30,16 span? mann 82) and No 
{ Thebes) shall be to be rent asunder, i i.e. 
shall be destroyed. ee) » o> ΠῚΠ to 
be with any one, in various senses: 
αν) to be on his side, of his party, VRB; 
see DY no. 1. Comp. εἶναι μετά τινος Matt. 
12,30. β) πῸΝ Dy HN 10 be with a wo- 
man, i. q. to lie with her, Gen. 39, 10. 


Comp, Syr. sas fon 
122.3}, Hist. of Susann. 14. Judith 12, 16. 


7) to be in one’s mind, heart, i. ᾳ. ἘΦ ΤΠ 
ff ) mn 
Έ "2793 to he in the eyes of any one, i. e. 


to seem to him, see 19 no. 1. Ὁ. gg) 


ἘΦ 57 fo be over any one, i. 4. to protect 
him; pr. ofa wall, 1 Sam. 25, 16. Metaph. 
Zech. 12,2 πῆ mam by 023 and also 
over Judah shall (God) be, i. e. he will 
protect Judah. μ 

ΝΙΊΡΗ. 97) only in Pret. and Part. 
i. q. Kal, but less frequent. 

1, to come to pass, to happen, to be. 
Judg. 19, 30 MNt2 OMN FINS AMD 
no such thing had come to pass nor was 


| seen. 20, 3. 12. Deut. 4, 32. Jer. 5, 30. 
_ Ez. 21, 12. Neh. 6, 8. Dan, Le, i 


2. to become, to be made or done, to be 


| accomplished. Part. fem. 7773 it is done! 


it is over! Mic. 2,4. So mn MRM a 
desire aecomplished, fulfilled, Prov. 13, 


19; comp. parall. ΠΝ v. 12. With > to 
| Eecome any thing, ‘lit. for any thing, 


Deut. 27,9. With mx noting the au- 
thor, 1 K. 12, 24. 1, 27. 2 Chr. 11, 4. 

3. to be, as the subst. verb, Joel 2, 2. 
Twice emphat. implying the idea of 


_ something finished and past; as Lat. 
_ ‘ fuimus Troes.’ 


Dan. 2,1 mm ings 
πο» and his sleep for him: had been, i.e. 


. sleep for him was over, existed no more ; 
᾿ ΩΣ for em, ἌΡ Theodot. well, ὃ ὕπνος 
αὐτοῦ αν χὐνμὴὰ ax αὐτοῦ, ΡΝ Sugit 


ab illo. 


Comp. 6, 19. Dan. 8, 27 and I 
Daniel "77372" "mn had BEEN (vulg. 


251 | 





ὉΤΊ 


Engl. was done up) and was sick. Vulg. 
langui et egrotavi. 

Norse. As-the notion of the αὐλόν: 
tive verb is too abstruse and metaphy- 
sical to be regarded as primitive, etymo- 
logists have with good reason sought 
after the origin of the Heb. verbs 1°45 
and m3. With some I formerly em- 
braced the conjectural opinion, that the 
primary idea was that of falling, comp. 
Arab. Ss ruit, decidit ; and that the 


sense of falling out, coming to pass, was 
derived from this; in support of which 
one might appeal to Pers. wolasl to 
fall, to fall out, to happen. But I can- 
not now regard this signification as the 
primary one. The notion of existence 
would seem rather to come from that of 
living,applied metaph. evento inanimate 
things; so that then the verbs ΠῚ, πη, 
and mM", M7, may all be referred to the 
same origin. Of these 71M and 415 sig- 
nify primarily 10 breathe, to blow, (comp. 
MIS, FIN, ION, 52,) which notion then 
passes over into the signif. partly of 
breathing after, desiring, rushing, and 
partly of living, existing. See more 
under 735. Some also regard the verbs 
mit and 45 as very closely related to 
the pronouns 817 and ἀξ, 


m7 f. in Cheth. Job 6, 2. 30, 31, for 
mit fall, ruin, calamity. 

ΤΠ a form imitating the Chaldee, for 
378 how? 1 Chr. 13, 12. Dan. 10, 17.— 


Freq. in Chaldee writers; Samar. =f 
id. 

22°F} comm. gend. once fem. Is. 44, 
28. Plur. 0"~, once mi Hos. 8, 14. 

1. a large building, edifice, a palace, 
Prov. 30, 28. Is. 39,7. Dan. 1,4.—It comes 
from r. 57 i. q. 3D, 22, to take, to hold ; 
espec. to be capacious, spacious. Syr. 


Wasa, Arab. (UGS, Ethiop. Ὁ ὯΔ, 


id. alsoa temple. There is likewise a 


verb IS. 

2. mini 52" the palace of Jehovah, 
i. 6. the temple at Jerusalem, 2 K. 24, 13. 
2 Chr. 3, 17. Jer. 50, 28. Hagg. 2, 15. 
Zech. 6, 14. 15; aliswhiore mins m2. 
Spoken also of the dicred tabernacle in 
use before the building of the temple, 
comp. ΤῊ no. 2; 1 Sam. 1, 9. 3,3. Ps 


ΤΩΣ 


5,8; not 2 Sam. 22, 7. Ps. 29, 9, where 
the heavens are to be understood. Poet. 
for the heavens, Ps. 11, 4. 18, 7 et 2 Sam. 
22, 7. Ps. 29, 9. Mic. 1,2. Sometimes 
the epithet holy is added. 

3. Spec. for a part of the temple of 
Jerusalem, the outer sanctuary, or rather 
the temple itself, ὃ ναὸς κατ ἐξοχήν, as 
distinguished from the holy of holies 
(7923); so 1 K.6,5 33>) bard. v.17. 
7, 50.—But ἘΞ" ΠῚ does not stand for the 
holy of holies itself. 


3 ΤΙ Chald. m. emphatic. ΔΌΞΗΙ, 6. 
suff. ΠΡ ΠῚ, as in Hebr. 

ἃ; palace of the king, Dan. 4, 1. 26. 
Ezra 4, 14. 

2. the temple, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 5. 


227 Is. 14; 12, according to Sept. 
Vulg. Targ. Rabbin. Luth. brilliant star, 
i.e. Lucifer, the morning star. Aptly, 
since it is followed by "7W~)a son of the 
morning ; and in Chaldee also this star 


9 ’ 


is called nmx2 aziz, Arab. §)9y, ie. 
splendid star. In this sense ΒΘ would 
be derived from r. >3F to shine, as a par- 


ticipial noun from a conj. Θ᾽, comp. 
Arab. » A, Syr. Chat, and the like; 
or rather it is for 555 verbal of Pi. light- 
giving, radiant.—T he form >>" is else- 
where Imperat. Hiph. of the verb 555 
in the signif. wail, lament, Ez. 21, 17. 
Zech. 11,2. This gives here a less apt 
' sense; though adopted by Syr. Aqu. 
Jerome. 
D7" see in p2in. 


T's (i. ᾳ. jana Chald. and Syr. 
faithful) Heman, pr.n. a) A wise man 
of the tribe of Judah, who lived before 
the times of Solomon, 1 K. 5, 11. 1 Chr. 
2,6. b) A Levite, of the family of the 
Kohathites, one of David’s chief singers, 
1 Chr. 6, 18 [33]. 15, 17. 16, 41. 42. Ps. 
88, 1.—Some have supposed these to be 
one and the same person; but see Thes. 
p. 117. 


ΤΠ @ hin, a measure of liquids con- 
taining the seventh part of a bath, i: e. 
twelve Roman sextarii, according to Jos. 
Ant. 3. 8. 3. ib. 3.9. 4; or about five 
quarts English.—Num. 15, 4 sq. 28, 5. 7. 
14, Ezra 4, 11. Sept: εἴν, iv, tv.—This 


word corresponds to the Egyptian hn, 


202 





sor 


hno, which signifies pr. vessel, and then 
a small measure, sextarius, Gr. tov. 
See Leemans Lettre ἃ Salvolini p. 154. 
Bockh Metrol. Uniersuch. pp. 244, 260. 
But it is not certain that these Heb. 


—  —. »»»5».. 


Ee 


and Egypt. measures were of the same — 


size. 
"213 see "D. 


* 27 once in fut. Kal (or perh. Hiph. 
Heb. Gr. § 52. n. 4) Job 19, 3 iam Nd 


"b aNDAN, Sept. οὐκ αἰσχυνόμενοί μὲ énl- 
κεισϑέ μοι, Jerome: et non erubescitur — 


opprimentes me. Usually compared with 
Arab. to be stupified, stunned ; 


Hiph. to stupify, to stun; whence in 
Job 1. c. shameless ye stun me. Better 
perhaps i. q. Arab. - 


litigate pertinaciously ; whence in Job 


to injure, to 


l. c. shameless ye injure me.—Several — 


Mss. read "727m. 
M213. f, (Ὁ. 923, verbal of Hiph. after 


the form m23h , Heb. Gr. § 83. 28. ὃ 84. I,) 


a regarding ; hence DF1"38 M13 the re- 
garding of their persons, i. e. respect of 
persons, partiality, in a judge, Is. 3, 9. 


Comp. the phrase 0°38 "ΣΙ in "22 Hiph. 
no. 1. 9 


| ef 

" on 1. The article, Arab. Jt, in 
Hebr. “πὶ the letter 5 ἘΠ assimilated 
to the inet letter and inserted in it; see 
above on p. 240, note 2. 


2. Particle of interrogation, Arab. he, : 
whence comes J interrogative, q. v. The 


full form is found once Deut. 32, 6, ac- 
cording to the reading of the Nahar- 
deenses ; who separate nin 54, which 
is elsewhere written as one word, 
minsdn. In that case, 525 is to be con- 
strued with the accusative, as is often 
done. 


MNF (Milél, pron. hd-l’ah) adv. off, 


afar off, pr. to a distance, thither away. 
It is for M25 from 5h that, as 3812 Is. 8, 
1 for 473. Corresp. are Chala. "snd, 


MEM , Syr. Ἃς σι, Nas, id. whence the 


verb esp tZ to prolong, to remove. 
1. Of space, Gen. 19, 9 are stand 


of; stand back, see in Wa) ; ‘Sept. ἀπόστα 


ἐκεῖ, Vulg. recede illuc ; ἐδὲ Comment. | 
on Is. 49, 20. Deere come niger κέ ὡς | 











9 Κ 


thence further. 90, 22 ΓΙ ΘΓ 2 from 
thee further, i. 6. beyond thee. ν. 37. 
(Opp. 343) 329 this side of thee.) Num. 
32,19. Is. 18, 2.7 nxditn RIN-P! NT OD 
a people terrible and further off than he, 
beyond; others here of time: from the 
first and onward ; see Comm. on Is.1.¢. 
So 5 ΠΝ ΘΙ further off than, beyond, as 
Am. 5,27 pont ΓΝ ΘΓ beyond Damas- 
‘Us. 

2. Of time, further, forward, onward. 
1 Sam. 18, 9 ANDI NINH DIN from 
that day forward. Lev. 22, 27. Is. 18, 2. 
7, see in no. 1. 

Hence as a denom. verb comes 

Nips. part. fem. OX8>4:5 removed, 
~emote ; collect. the far remote, Mic. 
4,7. 


D227) m. plur. (τ. 551 verbal of 
Piel, days of rejoicing, thanksgiving fes- 
tivals, after the ingathering of the fruits 
and harvest, Judg. 9, 27. Lev. 19, 24. 


DIM see Dr. 


7273 pron. demonstr. comm. gend. this, 
these. Masc. Judg. 6, 20. 1 Sam. 14, 1. 
17, 26. 2 K. 23,17. Zech. 2, 8. Dan. 8, 
16. Fem. 2 K. 4, 25.—The fuller form is 
ΤΙΣΙ, which is apocopated also in Ara- 


bie, QT, LT. 


M25 τη, this, Gen. 24,65. 37,19. It 
is compounded from Ft onl the fall form 
of the article 55, comp. tha for ὩΓΙῺΘ ; 
or according to Hupfeld from mt and an 


i. ᾳ. 4854, which is also favoured by : 


the Talmudic plur. 9555 for S58 Nn. 
: os 
Corresponding is Arab. swt, which 
also takes the force of a relative—Hence 


. 95 ᾿ 
by apoc. tn, UI, by apheresis φῶ. 
‘TBM id. once Ez. 36, 35 ; joined with 
‘Y'28, and therefore fem. 

PO or POM m. (τ. 21) a going, 
step. Job 29, 6 "27> my steps. 
M227 £ (Ὁ. Π5Π) only in plur. Το, 
1. goings, progress, Nah. 2,6. Spec. 
p, processions, in honour of God, Ps. 
ὴν 25. 4 
2. ways, Hab. 3, 6 5. o>is misthn the 
‘ancient ways are to him, i. 6. his ways 
‘are as of old, in ancient ‘dinve.Trop, 
22 


| 


203 





pa 


ways of life; Prov. 31,27 mm7a min">n 
(she looketh well) to the ways of her 
household, i. e. to her domestic affairs. 

3. companies of travellers, caravans, 
Job 6, 19. 


, ree and "JO" (Heb. Gr. §77) fat. 
Te2, TEM, from Wd", once with Yod 
m22"% Mic. 1,8; poet. 72m" from 72h, 
twice 72on Ex. 9, 23. Ps. 73, 9; Imp. 
"2, with He parag. 72> (see in no. 7), 
or He being dropped => fem. "33, 135 
rarely 52> Jer. 51,50; Inf. abs. 97557 
constr. nad, c. suff. πο; part. 727. 

1. to go, ‘to walk, to go fir also 
rarely to come, etc. Chald. and Syr. 
Pa. id. Arab. JU to perish—1 Sam. 
17, 39. Gen. 3, 14. Is. 6, 8 395 G23 779 who 
will go for us? sc. as our messenger, 
prophet. Job 38, 35. Often before an 
infin. with 5, as t13> 45m he went to 
shear Gen. 31, 19: xpd 125 he went to 
call 1 K. 22, 13. Judg. 8,1. Ina differ- 
ent sense, Gen: 25, 32 “nab 27 ἼΞΌΝ FA 
lo! I am going to die, am at the point 
of death.— With another finite verb 9>7 
is often apparently redundant, mostly in 
the language of common life ; as Job 1, 
4 Mm sws1 13m they went ΕὟΡ ἡ ΔῈ 
a feast. Gen. 35, "92. Ex. 2,1. Josh. 9, 
4. al. 

The following constructions are to be 
noted: a) With >x of the person to 
whom one goes. Num. 22, 37 85> a> 
ἊΝ M2>M wherefore wentest (camest) 
thou not unto me? 1Sam.17.44. Some- 
times in a hostile sense; see >& A. 3. 
1 Sam. 17, 33. 2 Chr. 11, 4. Also of 
place to which, Gen. 22, 2. Jon. 1, 2. 
b) With 5 of plate withers as abn 
inna he went to his house, went home, 
1 Sam. 10, 26. ἴον ‘rn to his tent 
Judg. 19, 9. ‘aipo> Judg. 19, 28. cc) 
With an accus. and He parag. in the 
same sense; Gen. 28, 2 ΝΣ M278 9 
bNAra mma go to Pid ornin: to the 
house of ‘Bethuel. 1 K. 17,9. Without 
He, 2 Chr. 9, 21 νυ δ nisbin nits 
ships going to Tarshish. Judg. 19, 18.— 
But with a simple accus. the sense’ is 
also to go through, to pass through ; 
Deut. 1, 19 MBTAM~DD My 7222 we went. 
Aouah all the desert. 2,7. So too Ἴ5Π 
217 he went the way, see in 1 no, 2. 
ἃ) With 73, Gen. 22, 5. Judg. 19, 18. al 


ἽΝ 


6) Rarely with >>, Jer. 3, 18. 2 Sam. 
15,20 FF 728 Wes by 72h "281 and Igo 
whither I go. Jer.3,6. f) The phrase 
> 727 has several senses a) to Zo 
i.e. move about in a place; Josh. 5, 6 
satan ΝΣ 173 925m the children of 
Israel went (walked) in the desert. 14, 
10. Judg. 11, 16. 18. ) to go intoa 
place, to pet see 3 A. no. 7. Is. 38, 10 
bind mss nabs I shall enter the gates 
of Sheol. ΠΕΡῚ 72 and ἸΞῸΞ ἼΞΠ to 
go into captivity, Is. 46; 2. Jer. 20, 6. 
Lam. 1,18. y) togo avith a person or 
thing, i.q. to take along, Ex. 10, 9. Jer. 
ς 46,22. Hos.5,6. g) ὯΝ, DS 42M, to go 
with any one, to accompany, Gen. 24, 58. 
Ex. 10, 24; particularly as an ally in 
war, Gen. 14, 24. Josh. 10, 24. Judg. 1, 
17. 4, 8. 7, 4. More rarely to go in 
company with, to company with, Job 34, 
8; metaph. 31, 5. hh) "25> τς to go 
betes any one, 2 Sam. 6,4. So of God 
and his angel as leading his people, Ex. 
13,21. 23,23. 32,1.21.34. i) “Ins 7A 
to go after a person or thing, to follow ; 
comp. in N. T. ἔρχεσϑαι oniow. Gen: 
24,5 samy ms>> NUNN OaNkm ND DAN 
perhaps the woman will not be willing to 
follow me. ν. 8. 31,17. Ruth 2,9. Often 
in a bad sense; Has: 2, 15 [13] 72m 
ὈΡΓΗ͂Σ TIN anil she went after her 
lovers. DIAM D*ADR MANN 'N fo go af- 
ter other gods Deut. 8, 19. 11, 28. 13, 3. 
Judg. 2, 12. Jer. 35, 15. Metaph. “nx ΝΠ 
a> mann to follow stubbornness of heart 
Jer. 3,17. 9,13. 11, 8. 

2. Metaph. to walk, i.q. to live, to pur- 
sue a way of life, see 723 no. 3. Very 
often in the phrase 'Ἔ "2772, FIA 727 
to walk in the way of any one, to imitate 
his life and conduct, see in 77 no. 3. a. 
So "3 nipna ‘mn to walk in the statutes of 
Jehovah Ez. 5, 6.7. 11, 12.20. “wpwaa 
“ἢ Ez. 37, 24. Ps, 89, 31. “a MNS Neh. 
5, 9etc.etc. Also Έ nys3 sen to walk 
in the counsel of any one, to live and act 
as he does, Ps. 1, 1, comp. Mic. 6, 16. 
Ps. 81, 13. 2 Chr. 22,5. Poet. c. acc. 
(like 913 ‘nN, Wma ‘n,) Is. 33, 15 ηὴπ 
ΤΡῚΣ SE in 71 ‘oieousene living a 
righteous life. Mic. 2,11 "pen man Ἴ2Π 
walking in wind and falsehood. So 
with an adject. subjoined, Ὁ 32h 
walking uprightly Ps. 15, 2. Prov. 28, 8. 

3. Used often of inanimate objects; 


254 





“pn 


thus ships are said to go Gen. 7, 8. 2 Καὶ. 
22, 46; wheels Ez. 1, 19. 10,16; the 
moon in the heavens Job 31, 26 ; rumours 
2 Chr. 26, 8. Spec. of waters, streams, 
to flow, torun; Gen. 2,14 027 9200 san 
“IN which flows before Assyria. Josh. 
4, 18. 1 K. 18, 35. Ece. 1, 7. Is. 8, 6. 7. 
Comp. Virg. En. 8. 726 ‘ Euphrates ibit 
jam mollior undis.—Poet. of a land, to 
go or flow with any thing, i. e. to produce 
it in abundance, see Heb. Gr. ὃ 135. 1. n. 
2; with accus. Joal 4,18 mam Missan 
abn the hills shall flow with ‘milk, “b3 
= nabs MTAM “Pa and all the valleys 
of Judah shall flow with water se. in 
abundance. So too Ez. 7, 17 et 21, 12 
[7] v2 mo25m ὈΛΞΊΞΘΞ, Vile. due 
genua fluent aquis, se. for terror. 

4. Spec. to go away, to depart ; in this 
sense opp. to 812. q.v.no.2init. 1 Sam. 
15, 27 and Samuel turned m2>% to go 
away. 10,9. With 72 from any place or 
person 1 K. 2,41; ἘΣ 1 Sam. 10, 2. 14, 
17; ΓΝ Jer. 3,1; 938% Ecc. 8,3; "252% 
Judg. 6,21. So by euphemism for death, 
Gen. 15,2 "12 925 7238 J depart (die) 
childless. Ps. 39, 14. 2 Chr. 21, 20.— 
Also to be gong to perish, Arab. SLAs, 
of men Job 19, 10. 14, 20; to vanish, of 
a cloud Job 7, 9. 27, 21; of the bieath' 
Ps. 78, 39. 

Norte. In the preceding senses and 
constructions, and espec. in no. 4, there 
is sometimes appended to 72 a pleo- 
nastic dative of the subject, i> 42H i. q. 
Fr. s’en aller, Ital. andarsene ; which 
seems to have belonged chiedy to the 
language of every-day life. Cant. 4, 6 
“ian ainm>s 4b [> 7 will go (get me) to 
the mount of myrrh. Jer. 5, 5. Imperat. 
"72 go, for thyself, get thee away, Gen. 
12, 1. 22,2. 5.53» Cant. 2, 10. 13. 

5. A not.unusual formula is the follow- 
ing: “AT! Wie Wl he went on going 
and talking, i.e. talking as he went, 2 Καὶ, 
2,11. So 1 Sam. 6, 12 52) ibm ab 
they went on lowing as they went, Is. 3, | 
16 τῦΞ 5 HiBy Wibh they walk mincing 
as they go. 2 Sam. 3, 16. Josh. 6,9. In 
this sense the same idiom is found in 
other verbs of going, as M531 M>y Ὁ Σ᾽ 
2 Sam. 15, 30; >bp2n ἐξ πὰ nh 16, δι 
comp. 1 K. 20, 37. Jer. 12, 47.—But it ig 
peculiar to abn that to go is also used 


a 


trop. for to go on in any thing, to in- 
crease ; and that in a threefold construc- 
tion: a) With the infin. pleonast. ΡΠ 
and a participle or verbal adj. of another 
verb; Gen. 26, 13 512} cia W221) he 


_ went on going and growing, i. e. grew 
“more and more. Judg. 2,24 7722 73 9m} 
Rep) Wien lew and the hand of the 


— 


hice went on going and being hard, 
i.e. grew harder and harder upon hac 
bin. 1 Sam. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 5, 10. 18, 25. 
b) Instead of the first 724, is not seldom 
put the verb itself which expresses the 
action thus increased; as Gen.8 343075 
212] qin yus0 ΕΝ 27am and the wa- 


ters “returned (flowed) from off the earth, 


going and returning, i.e. more and more. 


12.9. Rarely for the first 427 is put 


min, as Gen. 8,5 and the waters 720 97 
“IO were going and decreasing, i. e. 
decreased continually, more and more. 
6) With the part. 925 anda particip. of 


_ another verb; 1 Sam. 17, 41 smo ΠΈΡΑ 


ap) 72h oad the Philistine went on, go- 
ing jeg drawing near, i.e. drew nearer 
and nearer. 1 Sam. 2, 26 529 ABET} 
D331 92h and the child Samuel went on, 
going and growing, i.e. grew more and 
more. 2 Sam. 3, 1. ‘Esth. 9,4. Jon. 1, 11. 


Prov. 4.18. Comp. in Fr. ‘la maladie va 


toujours en augmentant et en empirant.’ 
—See on the above idioms, Heb. Gr. 


_ § 128. 3, and notes. 


_ rush, also to rage ; 


Ww 


ἡ om 


6. Judg. 19, 11. 


6. Intensive, to go swiftly, to run, to 
6. g.of lightning, Ex. 
9,23 MEAN WX Wen and fire ran along 
the ground. Ps. 73,9 YISZ ἽΠΠΩ o7iw> 
their tongue rageth through the earth. 
91, 6 ab 58: Ν 3 ἽΞ the pestilence that 
walketh (rageth) in darkness. Comp. 
Piel no. 4.—In Kal this signif: is marked 
by the harder forms 39, 9am. 

7. Imperat. 52> with He parag. is not 
only: go, depart, etc. Num. 10,29. 1 Sam. 
22,5. al. sep. out it also passes over into 
a particle of inciting, goto! come! come 
now! Lat. age! Gen. 31, 44. Num. 22, 
It is even addressed to 
females, instead of "35, Gen. 19,32. So 
without He parag. 82 + 72 goto! go,2K. 


5, 5.—Plur. 129 id. Gen. 37, 20. 1 Sam. 


9, 9. al. sep. 
Nipw. 7272 pr. to be made to go; 


hence, to be gone, to vanish away, like a 


shadow, Ps. 109, 23. Comp. Kal no. 4. 


299 





7 
Prev 32M i. q. Kal, but only poetic 
except 1 K. 21,17; in Chald. and Syr 
the usual form.—Spec. 

1. i. gq. Kal no. 1, to go about, to walk, 
like Hithp. Ps. 115, 7. With an adjunct 
of manner, Job 30, 28. 38,7. 1 K. 21, 27. 
Ps. 38,7. With 3 Ps. 131, 1. 

2. i. 4. Kal no, 2, trop. to walk, to live; 

as "2 moa Ps. 86, 11; "ἢ nipna Ez. 18, 
9: also Ps. 89, 11: Pv, 8, 20. Ece. 11, 9. 

3. i. gq. Kal no. 3, to go, to flow. of 
inanimate things; as ἘΝ: Ps. 104, 26; 
streams Ps. 104, 10. 

4. Intens. i.q. Kal no. 6, to go swiftly 
to speed, to fly; spoken of arrows Hab. 
3, 10; of God on the wings of the wind 
Ps. 104, 8. Also to roam about, to rav- 
age; Lam. 5, 18 the foxes ravage upon 
it. Part. abn a rover, ravager, robber, 
Prov. 6, 11; parall. 732 Us. 

Hien. τοϑὴπ (fr. ΚΝ rarely 72773 
Ex. 2, 9; part. plur. 5°2>n2 Zech. 3, 
ἡ foe abn, formed in the Chaldee 
manner. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, pr. to cause to ᾿ 
go, hence to lead, Deut. 8, 2. 2 K. 24, 
15. Is. 42, 16. al. Part. 0°25 leaders, 
companions, Zech. 3, 7.—Of things, to 
take away, to carry, Zech. 5, 10. Eee. 
10, 20. Ex. 2, 9 min Sbn-ny sa7b-n 
take away this child. 2 Sam. 13, 13 
“MBININ-MN WIN MIN whither shall J 
carry my pede 2. whither shall I σε 
with it? 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to 
flow, e. g. a river, Ez. 32,14; to cause to 
flow off or out, e. g. the sea or tide, Ex. 
14, 21. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to 
perish, to destroy, Ps. 125, 5. 

Hirapa. 725n0 1. Pr. to go for one- 
self, Fr. se promener, comp. Gr. mogevo- 
μαι; hence to walk up and down, as for 
exercise or amusement, Gen. 3, 8. 2 Sam. 
11, 2; to go about, to walk about, Ex. 21, 
19. Job 1, 7. Zech. 1, 10.11. 6,7; to go, 
to walk, Ps. 35,14. With acc. (like Kal) 
Job 22, 14 ἼΞποι ow an he walketh 
the vault of the heavens. 

2. Trop. like Kal no. 2, Piel no. 2, to 
walk, to live. maxa Fea, cha τ, to 
walk in truth, in uprightness, i. e. so to 
live, Ps. 26, 3. 101, 2. Prov. 20, 7. 23, 31. 
To walk before God Gen. 17,1. 24, 40. 
48, 15, also to walk with God 5, 22. 24. 6 


᾿ pn 


9, τ. 6. to live in ἃ manner well pleasing 
unto God. 

3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to flow, 6. g. wine, 
Prov. 23, 31. 

4. Part. PIM Prov. 24, 34, a ravager, 
robber. Comp. Pi. no. 4. . 

Deriv. besides those here following, 
are 77725}, N27, Tea; NBN. 


ἸΣΓῚ Chald. Pa. to go, to walk, Dan. 4, 
26. 

Apu. id. Part. plur. 4723472 Dan. 3, 25. 
4, 34. 


J τα. 1. away, journey; then i. 4. 
en Os a wayfarer, traveller, 2 Sam. 
12,4. Comp. Heb. Gram. § 104. 2. a. 

2. a flowing, a stream. 1Sam. 14, 26 
was 720 a flowing of honey, i. 6. hanen 
was flowing. Comp. 725 no. 3. 


27 Chald. m. α way-taz, toll, Ezra 
4, 13. 20. 7, 24. 


εν 52. 1. to give a clear sharp sound, 
an onomatopoetic root. In Ethiopia the 
women on occasions of public rejoicing 
are accustomed to repeat the sounds 
ellellell-ellellell ; whence to make ellell is 
i. q. to rejoice ; see Isenberg Amhar. Lex. 
p.112. Comp. Germ. hallen, gellen ; Engl. 
halioo, yell ; and with a sibilant, Germ. 
schallen, Heb. >>. 

2. Transferred to light, to be clear, 


a 
bright, to shine, Arab. AS, Germ. hell 
seyn. Job 29,3 152 iba when his candle 
shined ; for the pleonastic suffix, comp. 
33.20. Ez.10,3. See Hiph. andn. 55°. 

3. Trop. of persons to shine, to make a 
show, i.e. in external things and in words, 
i.q. to boast, to glory. Ps. 75,5. Part. 
mbit boasters, the proud, Ps. 5, 6. 73,3. 
75, 5.—Hence 

4. to be foolish; see Poel. Inthe minds 
of the sacred writers the idea of boasting 
and pride is always connected with that 
of folly; as on the other hand modesty 
and humility are the attendants of wis- 
dom and piety. Comp. 329. 

Piet 1. to praise, to celebrate, mostly 
spoken of God, c. acc. MI7I>>h praise 
Jehovah, Hallelujah, Ps. 104, 36. 117, 1. 
145,2. Inthe later books c. Ἂ pr. to sing 
unto Jehovah. 1 Chr. 16, 36. 95, 3. 2 Chr. 
20, 21. 30, 21. Ezra 3,11; 6. 2 Ps, 44, 9. 
_ Also of men, ἕο praise, Prov. 27,2. 28, 4; 


256 





no 


with ἘΝ, fo praise to any one, to com> — 
mend, Gen. 12, 15. | | 

2. Titrans! to glory; Ps. 56,5 ΘΤΡΝ9 
bax in God will I glory; c. Ὁ Ps. 
10, 8. 

Puat to be praised, celebrated, renown- 
ed, Ez. 26, 17. Part. >r9 one to be 
praised, aworthy of praise, e. @. God, Ps. | 
18, 4. 96,4. 145, 3.—Ps. 78, 63 mnbanss | 
sbban sb as dis vowels now stand: and ᾿ 
their virgins were not praised, se. in nup- 
tial songs; comp. Chald. x59 nuptial — 
song. But this does not accord with the 
parallel sentiment in v. 64; and there- 
fore it is better to read “553m for 35557, 
they made no lamentation ; see in 555 
ῬῸ" 

Ροει, din, fut. dims, causat. of Kal 


no. 4, to neil foolish, Ece. 7,7. Also to Ὁ 


show to be foolish, to put to ‘shame, Job 
12 17. Is.44,25 ἜΗΝ ΠΣ ΩΌΡῚ and show- | 
eth diviners to be fools, puts them to 
shame. 

Poat part. >2in9 pr. made foolish ; 
hence mad, raving. Ps. 102, g "Doing 
those mad spares me, like "2. Ece. 
2, 2. 

Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
cause to shine, Is. 13, 10. Job 41, 10. 

2. to shine, pr. to cause light, to give 
forth light, i. q. "Xt no. 2, Job 31, 26. 

Hirupa. 1. Pass. of Piel no. 1, to be 
praised, Prov. 31, 30. 

2. to boast oneself, to glory, 1 K. 20, 11. 
Prov. 20, 14 Sbamt tw i> ἘΠῚ he goeth 
away, and then he boasteth sc. of his gain. 


With 3 of that im which one glories 


Prov. 25, 14. 27,1; espec. in God Ps. 34, 
3. 64, 11. 105, 3. Orcs’ és ἘΦ Ps: 106,5. 
Hirupo. 1. to be foolish ; hence to be 
mad, to rage, Jer. 25, 16. 51, 7. Nah. 2, 
5 a2 sbbinn: the chariots are mad, 
i.e. rage, are driven furiously. Jer. 50, 
38 s>dinn H2"Nz they are mad in (af. ) 

ter) idols. 
2. to feign oneself mad, 1 Sam. 21, 14. 
Deriv. ell an mbbin, ΣΝ 


~~ “ab 


bation, pes = 
bon Hiliel, pr. n. m. Judg. 12) 13. 15. 


* D7 fat. cbr Ps. 74, 6. 1. to beat, 
to strike, to smite. Judg.5,26 83070 MDS 
she smote Sisera. Ps. 74, 6. 141, 5. Is. 
41,7 ὉΣΘ ὈΡῚ who smote the andi pr 





ἢ τον 


ἘΞΒ odin; for this change of accent see 
-Lehrg. p. 175, 308. Of a horse’s hoof 
smiting the ground, Judg.5,22. Metaph. 
Is. 28, 1 929 "7255 smitten of wine, drunk- 
ards; comp. Gr. οἰνοπλήξ, Lat. percussus 
tempora Baccho Tibull. and for similar 
expressions in Arabic see Thesaur. Heb. 
p- 383. 

2. ta smite in pieces, to break, Is. 16, 8. 

3. Intrans. to break up, e. g. an army, 
_i. q. to disband, to scatter themselves. 
1 Sam. 14,16 o> 55) and they went 
on and were scattered, i. e. dispersed 
themselves more and more. 

Deriv. the three following, and t>m°, 
ΤΌΤ. 


τις pr. a stroke or tap of the foot, 
as if showing where to come; hence 
Adv. of place, hither.—Corresp. is Arab. 


Bie 
wis come hither, declined as an imper. 


whence fem. eld. Ewald regards 


it as from 4N>4 with o~ added, ὃ 448; 
but Ὦ seems to be radical. 

1. hither, to this place, Ex. 3, 5. Judg. 
18, 3. 1 Sam. 10, 22. sdm-y hitherto, 
thus for, 2 Sam. 7, 18. 1 Chr. 17, 16. 
᾿ς Ὁ, here, in this place, Gen. 16, 13. 


ὩΣ (stroke) Helem, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 
7, 35. 


non f. a hammer, mallet, Judg. 5, 
26. R. pba. 


DM or B49 Ham, pr. n. of a region or 
district otherwise unknown, the resi- 
dence of the Zuzim, prob. in or near the 
country of the Ammonites. Gen. 14, 5. 


DM or Of} m. (τ. 42) only in Plur. 
6. suff oye for oan their riches, 
wealth. Ez.7, 11 8>% prom, x1 one Nb 
ὈΓΠΏΓΤ (there shall remain) nothing of 
them, neither of their multitude, nor of 
their wealth. The patononinaia of the 
words 0712, Diam, om2n2, seems to 
have piven occasion for this new or at 
least unusual form. 


Dr and ¢ Tan pers. Pron. 3 plur. masc. 
they, Lat. τὶ ; sometimes connected with 
a fem. as if for Lat. ee, Zech. 5, 10. 
Ruth 1, 22.—The general use of this 
pron. is similar to that of 897 q. v. viz. 

1. Without emphasis, they, Lat. ii, 
Gen. 37,16 D°25 ἘΠῚ Mb ἢ Man tell 


iavtat 4 


257 





sant 


me where they are feeding. 44,4. Often 
with .a particip. marking the present 
time, Ex. 5, 8. 6, 27. 14, 3. 

2. With a certain emphasis, i. q. αὐτοί: 
Ps. 37,9 As WI Man mins Tip those 
that wait upon Jehovah, they ‘shall possess 
the land. 23,4. 43, 3. Gen 14,24.—Gen. 44, 
3 the men were sent away, B72 Man 
they and their asses. 7, 14. 42, 35. 

3. Subjoined to nouns, and with the 
article ; 6. g. in the Ooriaula DIT D772 
in those days, Sept. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις éxet- 
vows, Gen. 6,4. Ex. 2,11. Deut. 17, 9. al. 
sep. More rarely 7237 5222 Joel 3, 2. 
4,1. Zech. 8,23. See in 8415 no. 3. 

4, As involving the idea of the sub- 
stantive verb, they are, Gen. 3,7 and 
they knew bi BAND ἊΞ that they (were) 
naked. 34, 23. Ex. 15, 23. Is. 37, 19. seep. 
—Hence 04, a5, stand also instead 
of the substantive verb itself; Gen. 25, 
16 ἘΣΣΙ" "23 ὉΠ mx these are the sons 
of Ishmael. 34, 21. Ps, 16, 3. Zech. 1. 9. 
So even with feminines, Cant. 6, 8 aww 
mind mam there ARE threescare queens. 
Also for the second person, Zeph. 2, 12; 
see in 8 no. 4. 

5. With prefixes : a) Marya by them 
Hab. 1, 16, 1. ᾳ. comm. ἘΓΙ͂Ξ. "b) on, 
man, ha they, i. q- such, like, 2 Sam. 21, 
3. Jer. 36, 32; comp. 2 K. 17, 3. {ἢ 
ΓΙ i. q. pnb, Jer. 14, 16. ἃ) mar. 
from them Ecce. 12, 12. Jer. 10, 2. But 
pn Ez. 8, 6 is for ἘΠῚ 72; see 72. 


i rar fut, M727, onomatop. like 
Engl. to hum, Germ. hummen, of bees, 
whence Hummel humble-bee; comp. 
also Germ. brummen, swmmen, Arab. 


peo, eip0 ey , and (pws; pr. spoken of 


any ἐδῶ ὁ ἀν a confused noise or sound ; 
similar to 3 q. v.—Hence : 

1. Of the sounds uttered by certain 
animals, 6. g. to growl asa bear Is. 59, 
11; to growl or snarl as a dog Ps. 59, 7. 
15; to cooas a dove Ez. 7,16. Trop. of 
the sighing, moaning of men Ps. 55, 18. 
77,4; which also is compared with the 
growling of bears Is. 59, 11, and the coo- 
ing of doves Ez. 7, 16. 

2. Of various sounds and noises, genr. 
lo sound, to make a noise ; so of the hum- 
ming sound of the harp, comp. Germ, 
Hummel as the name ofa species of harp 
or guitar, Is. 16, 11, comp. 14, 11; also 


raed 


of other musical instruments Jer. 48, 36 ; 
of rain 1 K. 18, 41; of waves, to rage, to 
roar, Ps. 46, 4. Is. 51, 15. Jer. 5, 22. 31, 
35. 51,55; also of a tumultuous crowd, 
to be noisy, clamorous, Ps. 46, 7. 59, 7. 
83, 3. Is.17,12.—Part. fem. Mean “"3 Is. 
22,2. Hence mirain poet. noisy places, 
i. 6. the public streets, Prov. 1, 21.— 
Prov. 20,1 "2 nah p30 72 wine is a 
mocker, strong drink is raging, noisy. 
Comp. Zech. 9, 15. 

3. Trop. of internal emotion, tumult, 
of a mind agitated and disquieted by 
cares, anxiety, pity, and the like, i. q. to 
moan internally, to be disquieted, Ps. 42, 
6. 12. Jer. 4, 19. 31, 20; comp. Cant. 5, 
4.—This internal moaning or commotion 
is sometimes compared by the poets to 
the sound of musical instruments, comp. 
no. 2; just as Forster relates of the na- 
tives of some of the islands in the Pacific, 
that they call pity ‘the barking of the 
_ bowels.’ Is. 16, 11 407 999 3} 729. ἊΣ Ὦ 
my bowels sound (moan) like a har; Ῥ for 
Moab. Jer. 48, 36 m7>5m> anid 7nd 
mam my heart shall moan for Moab like 
pipes.—Hence 

4, Of a person roving about from in- 
quietude, q. ἃ. to buzz about, to ramble, 
e. g. an adulterous woman Prov. 7, 11. 
9.13. 

Deriv. CH or BF, M39r, jim, pr. ἢ. 
mat. 


MAM see on. 


‘AM and FAN Chald. pers. Pron. 3 


pers. plur. m. they, i.q. Heb. Ἐπ, Dan. 
2, 34. Ezra 4, 10. 23. 


MDW see nbn. 


JO m. (r.2m) once fem. Job 31, 34. 
Comp. jan. 

1. noise, sound, e. g. of rain 1 K. 18, 
41; of singers Ez. 26, 13. Am. 5, 23; 
espec. of a multitude 1 Sam. 4, 14. 14, 
19. Job 39, '7.—Hence 

2. Meton. a multitude, crowd of men. 
yionm Sip the noise of a multitude, Is. 
13, 4. Dan. 10,6; espec. a tumultuous 
crowd, a tumult, Is. 33, 3. 2 Sam. 18, 29. 
pia 713 Gen. 17, 4, 5, ὈΠῸΣ ‘nm Is. 17 
12. a multitude of nations. ὈΠῸΣ ji a 
multitude of women, many wives, 2 Chr. 
11, 23. Espec. of troops, a host, army, 


258 





yan 


Judg. 4,7. Dan. 11, 11.12.13. Also a 
ΜΉΝ δὲ of waters 4: 10, 18, 51, 16, 

3. multitude of possessions, i. e. abun- 
dance, riches, wealth, Ps. 37, 16. Ecce. 5, 
8. Is. 60,4. Concer. the rich Is. 5, 13. 

4. commotion of mind, disquietude. Is. 
63,15 4932 ji pr. the sounding (moan- 
iin) of thy bowels, i. e. thy compassion. 
Comp. τ. 77217 no. 3. 

TAM see ian. 


221 (multitude) Hamonah, pro- 
phetical name of a city in a valley 
where the slaughter of Magog is to 
take place, Ez. 39,16. R. man. 


mart f. sound of a harp, Is. 14, 11. 
R. nit. 


“bon obsol. root, Arab. Ms to rain 
continually, kindr. with "2. The pri- 
mary idea is prob. that of noise, sound ; 
comp. 21 spoken of rain 1 K. 18, 41.-- 
Hence 


MPM and MAM £ noise, sound, i.q. 
yin. "Jer. 11, 16. Ez. 1,24 dip pnsba 
nym dips nben (I heard) as they went 
the dood of their noise as the sound of 
a host. Comp. 72m ῚΡ Is. 13,4. 33,3. 
1 K. 20, 13. 28; espec. Dan. 10, 6. 


ΩΡ fat. Dh, i. g. 0°59, pr. to put 


in motion ; hence 

1. to put in commotion, consternation ; 
to disturb, to discomfit, e. g. God his ene- 
mies, Ex. 14, 24. 23, 27. Josh. 10, 10. Ps. 
144, 6 Dann yan πὸ send forth thine 
arrows and discomfit them sc. the ene- 
mies. Ps, 18,15. 2 Chr. 15,6 52725 p"nbs 
mox-b22 God did discomfit ‘them with 
all affliction. —Hence 

2. to destroy utterly, to make extinct, 
Deut. 2, 15. Esth. 9, 24 joined with 738 ; 
Jer. 51, 34 joined with 52x. 

3. to impel, to drive. Is, 28, 28 ban 
inbax Dn>a he driveth the ὌΝ of his 
car, i. Ὁ, threshing-dray. 

N IPH. fut. DA, to be moved, disturbed, 
e. g.acity, land, Ruth 1, 19. 1 Sam. 4, 
5. 1K. 1, 45.—Simonis wrongly fefers 
this form to min. 


Ya) i. g. jim q.v. hence Ez. 5, 7 
pring con 15 because of your tu- 
mult more than the nations, i.e. because 
you have been more tumultaons than 
the nations round about; comp. 1. A2h 


π΄ - Oe 


yan 


no. 2. Here 03229 is for 5322 (from 
yi07) ; or perh. this latter form is the 
_ true reading. 


7129 Haman pr. n. of a Persian noble, 
celebrated for his plots against the Jews, 
Esth. 3, 1 sq.—Perh. Pers. a homam 
magnificent, splendid ; or Sanser. héman, 
the planet Mercury. 


7223 Chald. or according to Cheth. 


712729, Dan. 5, 7. 16. 29, ἃ necklace, 
neck-chain, Lat. monile. Corresponding 
is Syr. [ealson ; Loudson , and Gr. wav- 
ἄάκης, μαγνίακον, μάννος, also μανάκιον, 
μαννάκιον, all which are diminutives 
from wavos, μάννος, μόννος, words chiefly 
‘Doric, whence also Lat. monile ; see 
Polyb. 2. 31. Pollux 5. 16; also the 
LXX, in Biel and Schleusner. The 5 
in the Chald. and Syriac words is pros- 
thetic, and ἢ or 7"~ is a diminutive 
ending common also to the Persians and 
Greeks. Comp. also Sanscr. mani, a 
gem, pearl. 


2 ony obsol. root, iq. (press peer; 
which are spoken of any light noise, 
comp. M727, 225, 727, "72; 6. g. as of 
persons moving or walking; or of small 
boughs or brushwood thrown together 
and breaking, i.e. the cracking or crack- 
ling of brushwood; comp. by transpos. 


%.5> to break any thing dry, as twigs, 
brushwood, με brushwood.—Hence 


Do m. plur. Is. 64, 1, brushwood, 
twigs. Saadias well retains yet. 


‘ vat not in use in Hebrew; Arab. 
re to flow rapidly, to stream, to 
9 


-0- , 
pour; ὃ rain, a heavy shower. 
The primary idea is doubtless that of 
noise, sound, (comp. 271, andsee "21 II, 
note,) as in >2m, which indeed comes 
from this root, the ἢ being softened into 
5. Hence prob. also the Greek ὄμβρος, 
‘Lat. imber. Similar is "72. 

Deriv. minan. 


ΠῚ ΠΣ pers. Pron. 3 pers. plur. fem. 
they. ee ; found only with prefixes, as 
yma Gen. 19, 29: 30, 26. 37; {n> Ez. 18, 
14; (72 Ez. 16,47; 30> therefore Ruth 
1,13.. As a separate pronoun it always 
takes “ parag. as Mit, q. v. 


959 





ΡΝ 


ἘΠ. ἸΠ, with Μακκ. -Ἴπ 1. Adv. ot 
interj. demonstrative, lo! behold! Kin- 


S - 
dred particles are Arab. Gy! lo! is, 


US here, Gr. ἤν, ἠνέ ig. O24, ἠνέδε, Lat. 
en; also Chald. 9, 9513, j48, pron. de- 
monstr. hic, heec, hoc. Indeed, demon- 
strative pronouns and adverbs are often 
expressed by the same or similar words ; 


comp. (St, of lo! and {chs this; "x 


ss 
where, and isl who ?—Gen. 3, 22. 4, 
14, 11,6. 15,3. 19, 34. 27,11. 29,7. 30,34. 
39, 8. 47, 23. Job 8, 19, etc. More fre- 
quent is 3h q. v. 

2. It passes over into a particle of 
affirmation, lo! i. q. yea, surely, as in the 
Talmud. Gen. 30, 34 where Saadias 
well, Hence 9? i. q. 135. 

3. Also into a particle of interroga- 
tion, num ? or at least of oblique interro- 
gation, whether? Jer. 2,10 075 7A 489 
MND see, whether there be such a thing. 
Comp. Chald. 4 no. 2. This transition 
of demonstrative particles into interro- 
gatives is easy; comp. Heb. 5, ox lett. 
B; also Syr. 1a lo! which is used inter- 
rogatively in some formulas, as {a 1! is 
not? Lat. ecquid? for en quid or ecce 
quid. 

4.°As a conditional particle, if, i. q. 
BN lett. C, like Chald. 37, Syr. 15 but 
chiefly injthe later books which verge 


towards Chaldaism. E. g. 2 Chr. 7, 13 


where ®8 follows. Job 40, 23. Is. 54, 15. 
Jer. 3, 1. The manner in which this 
signification has arisen, is apparent from 
the following passages of the Penta- 
teuch: Lev. 25, 20- what shall we eat the 
seventh year? 3212 ΝῸ 5m for lo! we 
shall not sow, etc. i. q. unless we sow, if 
we do not sow. Ex. 8, 22. 


7 Chald. 1. lo! surely, Dan. 3. 17. 

2. whether, Ezra 5, 17. 

3. tf, Dan. 2.5.6. 3,15. 18. Repeat- 
ed, 7/—or, whether—or, Ezra 7, 26. 


man (Milél) TI. As pers. Pron. 3 pers. 
plur. fem. they. ee, Gen. 41. 19; also 
themselves, ipsa. αὐταὶ, Gen. 33.63; with 
art. these 1 Sam. 17. 28.—Often as in- 
cluding the substantive verb. Gen. 6, 2 


Γ 


my mind "5; or put directly for it, Gen. 
41. 26 min ΔΝ 330 ninen mine saw. 
v. 27.—With prefixes, e. g. mana Lev. 
5, 22. Num. 13, 19; m2 Lev. 4. as AB 
34,16; nem> Ez. 1, 5. 23; nI3 as they, 
gach, Gen. Al, 19. Job 23,14; M2439 MIMD 
such and ial things 2 Sam. 12, 8.—See 
ἘΠ. 835, 

II. Adv. of place: a) hither, to this 
place, compounded from ἽΠ II, lo, here, 
and © parag. local; Gen. 45, 8. Josh. 3, 
9. al. m2) Min hither and thither. this 
way. and that way, Josh. 8,20. 1 Sam. 
20, 21 mem Fa from thee hither, i. 6. 
on this side of thee, opp. M83 7132; 
see ΓΊΝΘΙΤ, --- So mn hitherto in 
place, thus far, Num. 14,19. 1 Sam. 7, 
12; hither 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2K. 8;-7; 
siden of time, hitherto} as yet, Gen. 15, 
16. 1 Sam. 1, 16, etc. Contracted into 
VIZ, ΠΡῚΣ, α. ν.  b) here, in this place, 


ae 
Arab. is, where © is merely demon- 
strative, Gen. 21,29. Repeated, here... 
there Dan. 12, 5; mim mn here and 
there 1 K. 20, 40. 


25), with Makk. xi7hin Gen. 19, 2, 
i. q. ἡπ with πὶ parag. having a demon- 
strative power, (like "8X, M=8,) a demon- 
strative particle, inter}. lo! behold! For 
the etymology, or-rather analogy, see in 
77 II. It serves to point out both per- 
sons and things, places and actions; 
Gen. 12,19 >Mwsx min behold, thy wife. 
16, 6. 18, 9 brits min behold, in the tent. 
20, 15. 16. 1, 29 ‘as ἘΞὉ “maynn lo, 1 
give unto you every herb, etc. “Espec. in 
descriptions and in lively narration, ani- 
mated discourse; Gen. 40, 9 7375 “cma 
nyp> ἼΞᾺ in my dream, and. lo, a vine was 
before me. v.16. 41,2.3. Is. 29,8; comp. 
Dan. 2, 31. 7,5.6. Sometimes it serves 
for Stern bat: exhortation; Ps. 134, 1 
"Δ PX AD A MEM behold, bless ye Jehorals 

"When the thing to be pointed out is 
expressed by a personal pronoun, this is 
appended to Mm asa suffix ; as in Plau- 
tus eccum for ecceeum. The forms are: 
"320 behold me, the pron. being in the 
accus. since the particle contains a ver- 
bal idea, see Heb. Gr. ὃ 98, 5; in Pause 
“200 Gen. 22, 1. 11. 27, 1, and ἌΣ: Γι 22, 
7. 27. 18. 43% behold thee Gen. 20, 3, 
once M2in 2 K. 7.2; fem. 725 Gen. 16, 
ll. in behgld him, eccum, Num. 23, 17. 


260 





ἼΞΠ 


1553 behold us Josh. 9,253 in Pane oh ba 


Job 38, 35, 133 Gen. 44, 16. 50, 18. ps7 
Deut. 1, 10. D3 Gen. 47, 1 —The forms 
“2303 behold me! SEP behold us! are used 
by way of answer when persons are call- 
ed, and imply that they are present and 
ready, Gen. 22, 1. 7. 11. 27, 1. 8. Num. 
14, 40. 1 Sam. 3, 8. Job 38, 35. Is. 52, 6. 
58, 9. 65, 1—Further, Min c. suff. is 
very often in animated discourse put be- 
fore a participle standing for a finite verb, 
and espec. for the future; Gen. 6, 17 
ΤῸΝ ND) 72 pr. behold me abeut to 
bring a deluge, i. 6. behold, I will bring, 
etc. 20, 8 ™Q 429 behold thee about to 
die, i. e. behold thou art a dead man. Is. 
3, 1. 7,14. 17, 1. Jer. 8,17. 30,10. Also 
for the preeter, Gen. 37, 7. 1 Chr. 11, 25; 
and the present. Gen. 16, 14. Ex. 34, 11. 
Rarely a finite verb follows, the person 
being changed; as Is. 28, 16 TO? "235 
behold the, who layeth, etc. 


mies f. (verbal of Hiph. r. 53) per- 





mission of rest, rest, quiet, Esth. 2,18. — 
Sept. and Chald.. understand a remis- — 


sion of tribute. 
D3 Hinnom, see in nv5 lett. a. 
5271] Hena, pr. n. of a city of Mesopo- 


tamia, otherwise unknown, 2 K. 18, 34. 
19, 13. Is. 37, 13. 


* Ord an interject. onomatopoetic like 
hist! hush! implying silence! comp. Gr. 
σίζω. Hab. 2, 20. Zeph. 1, 7. Zech. 2, 
17. Judg. 3,19. Amos 6,10. Adv. si- 
lently Am. 8, 3, Sept. σιωπήν. It was 
declined like Imp. Piel; so plur. "ΘΠ 
Neh. 8, 11.—Hence the verb 


MOM denom. only in Hira. fut. oF", 
to hush, io still, 6. g. a people, Num. 
13, 30. 


MDM f. intermission, pause, Lam. ἃ 
49. R. a. 


* JEN] fut. Gb, 1 pers. Bq Zeph. 


3,9. Aram. yen, Arab. OG. 

1. to turn, to turn about or over, e. g. 
a cake Hos. 7, 8; a dish 2 K. 21, 13; a 
bed, i. ᾳ. to make, Ps. 41,4. 9472 320 
turn thy hand sc. in driving a chariot, so 
as to cause the horses to turn round 
i.e. turn about, return, 1 K. 22, 34. 2 
Chr. 18, 33; comp. 2K. 9,23. 539 ἼΞΠ 
‘p "25> to turn the back (neck) to any 


ee ee 


en ne 


ἼΞΠ 


one, Josh. 7, 8.—Intrans. like Engl. to 
turn, also στρέφειν in Hom. to turn one- 
self, to turn about, 2 K. 5, 26; hence 
to turn back, to flee, Judg. 20, 39. 41. 
Ps. 78,9. _ 

2. to overturn, to overthrow, to destroy 
cities, Gen. 19, 21. 25. Deut. 29, 22; c. 


F ΄ > 
a Am. 4, 11.—Arab. RAC er the 
overturned, destroyed, κατ ἐξοχήν of 
Sodom and Gomorrah. 

3. to turn, to convert, to change, Ps. 
105, 25. With > to turn into any thing, 
Ps. 66, 6. 105,29. Jer. 31, 13; without > 
Ps. 114, Bi Yatrans as in no. 1, to turn, 
to be Ey changed, c. acc. ini any 
thing ; Lev. 13, 3 Ἴ39 ἼΞΙ 3222 3 the 
hair in the Plagite (spot) is turned white. 
v. 4. 10. 13. 20. 

4, to turn away, to pervert, e. g. the 


words of any one, Jer. 23, 36. Comp. . 


FER. 

Nipu. 722, inf. absol. 7553, part. f 
in pause M2873 Jon. 3, 40. 

1. to turn oneself about, to turn back, 
Ez. 4, 8. Lam. 1, 20. Prov. 17, 20 3573 
4252 who turns about, is Versatile: with 
his tongue. With 3 to turn against any 
one Job 19, 19; >> 10 any one Is. 60, 5; 
ἘΝ Josh. 8,20; > Lam. 5, 2.—1 fam, 4, 
19 πο Σ maby SDM} her pains turned 
- themselves within her, i. e. began to 
cause writhings within her; see in >9 
no. 3. e. 

2. to be overturned, overthrown, de- 
stroyed, Jon. 3, 4. 

3. to be turned, i. e. to be changed, 
with > Ex. 7,15. Lev. 13, 16.17; ace. 
Lev. 13, 25. Spec. to be changed for 
the worse Dan. 10, 8, see in 57 no. 1; 
to be changed, dried up, as moisture, 
Ps. 32, 4. 
᾿ς Hopu. ὭΒΠΙ c. ἘΣ to be turned or to 

turn against any one, to assail, Job 30, 
15. 

Hirupa. 1. fo turn oneself, Gen. 3, 24 
mpm. 3 a sword continually turn- 
ing itself, i. e. brandished, glittering. 
Of a cloud turning itself, i.e. moving 
about on the sky, Job 37, 12. 

2. to be turned, changed, Job 38, 14. 
3. i. q. to roll oneself, to tumble, Judg. 
e 7, 13. 

Deriv. those here following, and also 
nzery2, MIRE, N2wD. 


261 





ay) 
JI or FOI m. the reverse, the con- 
trary, Ez. 16, 34. 


JOM τη. trop. perverseness. 
D325 O your perverseness ! 

WD £ overthrow, destruction, Gen. 
19, 29. RB. 5aH-no. 3. 

JPIDA adj. turning, winding, crooked, 
Prov. 21,8. Opp. "0". R. 957. 


MONT f. (verbal of Hiph. τ. 512) a 
snatching away, deliverance, Esth. 4, 14. 


Is. 29, 16 


“VI obsol. root, prob. i. q. pas 

3 F 
and τ , the letters Π and ΠῚ being 
interchanged, to be firm, strengthened, 


fortified ; whence pas defence. weap- 


ons, Ethiop. 48,7 iron, plur. iron umple- 
ments, weapons.—Hence 


IZ Ez. 23, 24, weapons, arms, as the 
Targums and Kimchi well. Many co- 
pies read xh. 


WI m. (τ. "5 q. v.) with He loc. A745 
Gen. 14, 10; with art. "45, and He lo- 
eal AAA Cou, 12, 8. 19, 17. 19. al. Plur. 
7, “constr. "7, with art. On. 

1. a mountain, mount, Germ. Berg ; 
corresponding is Gr. ὅρος, Slavic gora. 
Is. 30, 25. 40, 9. 57,7. al. sep. Often 
with a pr. n.as "270 "7 Mount Sinat, 
sian πὶ Mount Tabor ; and with the 
art.;i222F 7 Mount Lebanon. —Further, 
DO M>NT 5H the mountain of God, i.e. a) 
Sinai, as the place where the law was 
pa Ex. 3,1. 4,27. 18,5. δ) Zion 
Ps, 24,2. 15.2.8; which also is often call- 
ed God’s holy mountain, mostly "74> 71, 
{Op 7, where the ait refers to God, 
Is.11,9. 56,7. 57,13. Ps. 2,6. 15,1. 43,3. 
Obad. 16. Ez. 20,40. More fally Zion is 
called "7 m2 553 Is. 2,2. 6) In plur. the 
Holy Land, Palestine, as being moun- 
tainous, the mountains of God, Is. 14, 25. 
49,11. 65, 9.—On the superstition of the 
ancient nations and partic. of the He- 
brews, by which they regarded moun- 
tains as sacred and the seats of the 
Deity, see Comment. on Is. Vol. IL. p. 
316 sq. Gramberg die Religionsideen 
des ] T.’Pref. p. XV sq.—m"nwan An 
the mount i. e. citadel, castle, of the de- 
stroyer, spoken of Babylon, Jer, 51, 25. 


ἘΣ 


gion, Germ. Gebirge, Josh. 14,12; e. g. 
“ΠΣ “iT the mountains of Seir; NIN AA 
the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15,48. "3 
wa the mountains of Bashan, Ps. 68, 16. 
With the art. "nh the mountains, κατ 
ἐξοχήν, viz. a) The high mountainous 
tract extending nearly through Pales- 
tine between the plain on the sea-coast 
and the valley of the Jordan, Gen. 12, 8. 
Josh. 9,1.. Ὁ) The mountains of Judah, 
i.e. the same tract south of Jerusalem, 
(ἡ ὀρεινή Luke 1,39,) Num. 13,29. Deut. 
1,2. c) The mountainous region east 
of the Dead Sea, afterwards the country 
of Moab, Gen. 14, 10. 19, 17. 19. 30. 

3. In proper names: a) 095 ἽΠ 
(mount of the sun) Mount Heres, a city 
of the Samaritans, Judg. 1, 35. b) "4 
D737, see 732. 


a see “ih. 


NF] (mountainous land) Hara. pr. ἢ. 
of a region of Assyria, 1 Chr. 5, 26. Prob. 
Media Magna, now called - sf 


Irak ’Ajamy, also SLAY el-Jebal the 
mountains. See Bochart Phaleg III. 


c. 14. 


ala (mount of God) put for the 
altar of burnt-offering, Ez. 43, 15; called 
also there and in v. 16 >8""8 4q. v. 
no. II. 


Δ fut. 251", to kill, to slay, viz. 
a) Men, spoken not willy of homicide 
between private persons (for which also 
ΤΙΣ) Gen. 4,8 sq. Ex. 2,14; but also of 
the slaughter of enemies in war, Is. 10, 4. 
14, 20. Josh. 10,11. 13, 23; and of any 
killing, 1 K.19, 10 sq. 2K.11,18. Esth. 
9,6; whether done with the sword Ex. 
22,23. 2Sam. 12,9. Am.4,10, or bya 
stone thrown Judg. 9,54. Hence ascribed 
also to the pestilence Jer. 18, 21; toa 
viper Job 20, 16; and poet. even to grief, 
vexation, Job 5,2. Ὁ) Beasts, Is. 27,1; 
hence to slaughter for eating, Is. 22, 13. 
6) Plants, like Engl. to kill. Ps. 78, 47 
p25’ Waa NM" he killed their vines swith 
hail ; comp. m7 Job 14, 8, and see in 
ria. Virg. Georg. 4. 330 felices inter- 
fice messes. —Construed mostly Ge acc. 
rarely c. Ὁ, 2 Sam. 3, 30. Job 5, 23 also 
c. 3, q. d. to slay among them, 2 Chr. 
28, 9. Ps. 78, 31. Comp. 3 A. 2. 


262 


2. Collect. mountains, mountainous re- 





aie pass. to be killed, slain, Ez. 26, 
6. 15. 

Puav id. Is. 27, 7.. Ps. 44, 23. 

Deriv. the two following: 


41} m. a killing, slcupe Is. 27, Ἴ, 
90, 25, Bz. 26,15. Esth.9,5. Prov. 24, 11. 


MAI f id. Mao INS sheep for the 
slaughter Zech. 1, 4. 7; comp. the verb 
Is. 22,13. M977 N72 the oaiil of slaugh- 
ter len. 19,6. ΒΕ. λπ. ᾿ 


ν m5 fut. conv. "IM; inf. 55, inn. 
1. to become pregnant, to conceive, 


spoken of a female; the etymology 


seems to lie in the idea of swelling, kin- 
dred with "25, "1991.—Gen. 4, 1. 17. 
16, 4. 21, 2. 25, 21. 29, 32; with Ὁ of the 
man to.or by whom one conceives, Gen, 
38, 18. Part. πη πὶ she that conceives, 
hence poet. for a mother, Cant. 3, 4. Hos. 
2. 7.—The Heb. interpreters also affirm 
that plur. 2°77 is put as if by Zeugma 


for both parents Gen. 49, 26; comp. 


τ ᾿ 
Arab. yl the ‘two fathers, i. 6. the 


parents. But see under "iF. 

2. Metaph. to conceive in mind; hence 
to meditate, to purpose any thing. Ps. 7, 
15 “Rv sb") S23 mn he conceived mis- 
chief and brought forth disappointment. 
Job 15, 35. Is. 33, 11. 59, 4. 

Note. Some nacre also to this verb 
the sense to bring forth, to bear, appeal- 
ing to 1 Chr. 4, 17 Duye-Mx TIM). But 
here the writer only omits to mention 
the birth. 

Puat 555 pass. to be conceived. Job 3, 
3 and (perish) the night which said nh 
ἜΞΆ a man-child is conceived. Schultens 
well: “Inducitur nox illa (in qua Jobus 
conceptus sit) quasi conscia mysterii et 
exultans ob spem prolis virilis.” 


Po. inf. absol. inh Is. 59, 13, i. q. Kal 


no. 2. 


Deriv. in, "5, ji, and 


M1 adj. only fem. Mh pregnant, 
with child, Gen. 16, 11. 38, 24. 25. Ex. 
21, 22. al. With of pers. to or by 
whom, Gen. 38, 25. “mdb man with child 
near to be Belesehed 1 Sam. 4, 19. man 


‘Bbid ever pregnant Jer. 20, 17,—Plur. 


mins Jer. ibid. With suff. mins, 
caeninn (forms with Dag. f. impl. as if 
from Pi.) 2 K. 8, 12. 15, 16. 





ttl IE AES a Se ννονονον 


es ἐν 4... ἰ- 


ΟΥ̓ 


“N73 Chald. conception, thought, from 
“i371 to conceive in mind, to think, see 
Chald. τ. 995. Plur. Dan. 4, 2 daoliais of 
visions in dreams, like the synon. 7"33, 
2, 29. 30. 4,16. Syr. {sada fancy, ima- 
gination. 

TIN} m. (r. 924) conception, pregnan- 
cy, Gen. 3,16. Tsere impure. 

ὙΠΟ i. qg. 94, fem. 4°75, whence 
sna Hos. 14, Ἷ. R. i nn. 


THI m. (x. 134) conception, Ruth 4, 
13., Hos. 9, 11. 


MoM" ( (τ. 014) something torn 
down, a ruin, 6. g. a house demolished, 
Am. 9, 11. 


MAO MN f. (τ. ὉΠ) a tearing down, 
destruction, Is.-49, 19. 


"ΘΠ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. BIN, BAN, to 
be high. Arab. pr to make great, to 


πῇ up; whence “75 a pyramid, lofty 


building.—Hence 70777 and 


DM (height, after the form bis ; or 
mountaineer, from ΠῚ with the ending 
B+,) Horam, pr. ἢ. of a Canaanitish 
king, Josh. 10, 33. 


DW (exalted) Harum, pr. n. m. 1 
Chr. 4, 8. 


yan i.g. ἸΏ, a fortress, castle, 
sc. of an enemy, Am. 4,3. R.557. 


72 (mountaineer, from 97) Haran, 
pr.n.m. a) The brother of Abraham, 
Gen. 11, 26.27: Ὁ) 1 Chr. 23, 9.—For 
72 ΓΞ see p. 129. n. 


“ONT fat. chit Job 12, 14. Is. 22, 
19, and SoA" Bx. ‘15, 7; 2K. 3, 25. 

1. to pull or tear down, ‘to destroy. 
The primary signif. lies in the syllable 
07, which like v1, Gr. ῥήσσω, ῥήττω, 
Gorm. reissen, is onomatopoetic, with 
the notion of rending, tearing, pulling 
in pieces, etc. Comp. 7%", ΠΣ, also 
V2, V2, 778, O28, etc. Arab. Uw 
©, to tear in pieces, to lacerate.—Pr. 


and mostly to tear down houses, cities, 
walls, (opp. 722 Ps. 28, 5,) 1 K. 18, 30. 
19, 10. Is. 14, 18. Jer. 1, 10. 45, 4. Laie, 
, 2 Ez. 13, 14. 16, 39, Mic. 5, 10. al. 
Elsewhere also to tear out teeth, i. e. to 


263 





‘er 


break out, Ps. 58,7; to pull down from 
a station Is. 22,19; to pull or tear down 
a people, to destroy, Ex. 15,7; and hence 
of a kingdom, Prov. 29, 4 a king by jus- 
tice establisheth the land, Mia" ON} 
ΓΙΌΣ but he that loveth bribes pulleth 
it down, i. e. an unjust king destroys it. 

2. Intrans. to tear through, to break in ; 
Ex. 19, 21 "27> }OTTI“IB lest they break 
ἐν unto Jehovah. v. 24. 

Nipu. to be torn down, overthrown, de- 
stroyed, Ps. 11,3. Joel 1,17. ΕΖ. 30,4. al 
Also of mountains, Ez. 38, 20. | 

Piex i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1. Ex. 23, 24. Is. 
49, 17. 

Deriv. No", mio", and 


OW ἅπαξ deyou. and of doubtful au- 
thority, destruction, Is. 19, 18; where 
most Mss. and editions, as also Aqu. 
Theod. Syr. read: MAN? ΩΝ OTT 7D 
one (of these five cities) shall be called, 
The city of destruction, i.e. in the idiom 
of Isaiah, one of these cities shall be de- 
stroyed ; comp. 87 Niph. no.2.y. The 
Jews of Palestine, who approved this 
reading, referred it to Leontopolis in 
Egypt and its temple, which they ab- 
horred, and the destruction of which 
they supposed to be here predicted.— 
But the more probable reading is 077 
4. v.no.2. See more in Comment. on 
Ie. 1s. 


r “Ἢ a root not in use, prob. to swell: 
kindr. with mat to become pregnant, pr. 
to swell, to become tumid; Chald. "1775 
to become pregnant.—Hence “4, πο 
"73, mountain, "775. 

ὙΠ Chald. in Peal not used, kindr. 
with Heb. 737 to conceive ; PaLp. 777 
to conceive in mind, to think. Hence 
shan 


“nn, once 6. suff. "7° Jer. 17, 3, sate 
VI only c. suff. "77 Ps, 30, 8; Plur. 
sgh το ὙΠ, δ. suff. m7 Deut. 8, 9, 

i. gq. "3, a schsitelin’ but ‘mostly poetic. 
Jer. τῇ 8 ἸῺΝ rab - nts “In my 
mountain (Zion) with the ‘field . . . will 
I give as spoil; in the parallel clause 
is MNBMI FN. thy high places with 
their sin i. e. with their idols. R. 777. 


"11 2 Sam. 23, 33, and 1) v. 11, 
a mountaineer, inhabiting the mountain- 
ous tract of Ephrata or Judah. R.WI7 


Zt 


oun 
DW (perh. i. q. pun fat) Hashem, 


pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 14, 34; in the parall.. 


passage 2 Sam. 23, 32 is jw". 


masawT verbal of Hiph. (τ. >2v}) 
i. q. inf. a causing to hear. Ez. 24, 26 
Drie mavawiyd tu cause the ears to hear. 


FAH verb. Hiph. (r. 3) α melting, 
Ez. 22, 22. 


70 Hatach, pr. n. of a eunuch in 
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 4,5. Bohlen 
compares διὸ verity. | abi 


ᾧ ons a secondary root not used in 
Kal, formed from Hiph. of the verb >>m. 
Most of the forms exhibit manifestly an 
origin from >>m; while in others the 
letter πὶ acquires the nature of a radical. 
The former is the case in Pret. >nn 
Gen. 31, 7; inf. >nn Ex. 8, 25; fut. 
ann Job 13,9; pass. man Ts. 44, 20; 
all which are real forms of Hiph. bar 
Hoph. from >>. The latter has place 
in omit 1 K. 18, 27; nomnn Jer. 9, 4; 
and the ale a p bn, “ribo ; ; in 
all which 1 is retained as if radical. 
These forms signify : 

1. to deceive, c. 3 Gen. 31, 7. Judg. 
16, 10. 13. 15. Job 13, 9. Jer. 9, 4. 

2. to mock, to deride, 1 K. 18,27. See 
the derivatives above. 

Note. Inthe kindred languages the 
root >>m is both primary and secondary, 
and the guttural preformative (4) as- 
sumes also the power of a radical letter. 


GL 
Thus Arab. (\3 is to cause to fall, to 


Vav, the sixth letter of the Hebrew 
alphabet; as a numeral denoting 6. 
The name Vay, "Ἴ, sometimes written 
"31, denotes a peg, nail, hook, see in its 
order; to which its form in many ancient 
alphabets bears a resemblance. 


For the twofold power and office of 


this letter, as movable and quiescent, 
see the Grammars. As a consonant, it 
is rarely found at the beginning of a root, 
Yod (") being mostly substituted for it, 








264 5 


= 


prostrate ; whence Hiph. > fo deceive, 
like a", σφάλλω, fallo ; which aaa 


sense also belongs to the kindr. A to 
defraud. Then from >nn, the letter π 
being changed for a hanahan guttural, 


5 ed 
comes (Li to deceive, to defraud, iS 


fraud, cunning; comp. Ewald, Heb. 
Gramm. p. 487, where he errs enly in 
denying that © is at all radical. Other 
secondary roots of this kind, in which 
one or another servile letter becomes 
radical, are M2, MMO, ah, q.v. Also 
from the kindred languages we may 
add: Mvp bow from r. Bip, and thence 
Ao; wom from 7472, thence Rabb. 
TOT 5 5.65.» before, from δ 5.0. 
thence aad). 
Deriv. nibmaa, and 


monn m. plur. mockings, derisions, 
poet. for mockers, Job 17, 2. 


ΩΓ in Kal not used, prob. i. q. 


τ 


non, AD, to break; whence to break 
in upon, to set upon, to assail any one. 
Hence as ἅπαξ deyou. 

Port Ps. 62, 4 wx Ὁ. ANNAN FIX 7D 


how long will ye break in upon a man? 


i. 6. set upon him. Sept. ἐπιτίϑεσϑε, 
Vulg. irruitis—Less well Abulwalid 
assigns to this root the sense of talking, 
prating. Others assume a root Min, 
comp. Arab. wls to acclaim, to ap- 


-plaud. Simonis compares Arab. aL to 


harm, to injure. 


as "185 for ah J, ; in the middle of a 
root it is sometimes movable, and is 
there interchanged with 2 q. v. but 
oftener it is quiescent, see Lehrg. p. 
406; at the end of a root or word it is 


τ στῶ» ne a as 


—--.- λιν. 


——— σα 


quiescent, except in a few examples, as — 


θῶ, M120. See Thesaur. p. 393. 


Ἵ, or ἢ before Sheva movable and the 
letters $22, also Ἵ before monosyllables 
and barytones espec. when marked with 


— ΞΟ--- 


/ 


"Ἢ , 265 Ὶ 


a distinctive accent (see Heb. Gr. § 102. 
2), the Conjunction copulative, and, 


et, καί, Arab. 5 Waw and 3, Syr. o, 
Ethiop. (Ὁ. The use of this particle is 
of wide extent; since the Hebrews, in 
many cases where sentences are to be 
connected, did not accurately distinguish 
the exact manner of connection; but 
in the simplicity of an early language 
rested satisfied with this one copula, 
where more cultivated tongues employ 
various particles, adversative, caugal, 
final, etc. To its very frequent use is to 
be ascribed especially an appearance of 
loose simplicity, which is characteristic 
of the Hebrew.—Hence 

1. Primarily and most frequently Vav 
is merely a Cépula, serving both to con- 
nect words, as YIN) OvawW7 Gen. 1,1; 
ἩΓΙΞῚ AM 1,2; and also sentences, espec. 
as continuative of discourse, e. g. Gen. 1, 
2 ΓΞ} nh Hn praxt.—Special uses 
as connecting words, are the following: 

a) Where three, four, or more nouns 
or verbs are connected, the copula is 
inserted, either before each one after the 
first, Gen. 6, 21. Ex. 25, 4. Deut. 14, 26; 
or only before the latter ones, as the 


third, if there are three, Gen. 13, 2. Ex. 
_ 28,19; the third and fourth, if four, Deut. 
18,10; the third, fourth, and fifth, if five ; 
2 K. 23, 5. Or, what is more remote 


from our usage, it is inserted between 
the first and second, and not before the 
subsequent ones; as Ps. 45, 9 ΓΊΞΓΙΝῚ 72 


ΡΣ ΧΕ myrrh aiid aloes andl cussia. v. 


᾿ δ. Devt. 29, 22. Job 42,9. Is. 1, 13.—For 
_ the omission of the cbpula, conetrnciia 


asyndeta, see Lehrg. p. 842. Σου τς 


Heb. Gr. § 354. 5. 


b) Sometimes two nouns are connect- 
ed by Vav, of which the first denotes a 


_ genus and the other a species, or at least 


the latter is included in the former; here 


_Vav is i. q. and especially, and particu- 

larly, and namely. 
_ Judah and especially Jerusalem, Is: 1 1. 
mo, '4. 
and among them the inhabitants of Sa- 
maria. Ps. 18, 1.—More rarely is the 


So bua asain 


In like manner, Is. 9, 7 Bolirain, 


special word put first, 2 K. 23, 2 Jerusa- 
tem and the rest of Judah. Is. 24, 23 
Zion and Jerusalem. Jer. 21, 7. So 

23 





Lat. Pent et Hannibal Just. 29.3; Han- 
nibal et Peni Liv. 21. 40. 

c) The copula is occasionally inserted 
between words strictly in apposition, 
Engl. even, and that too. 1 Sam. 28, 3 
ὙΣ3} 7231Xin Ramah, even in his own 
city. Chald. Dan. 4, 10 πὴ Wa 
watcher (angel), even a holy one.—Some- 
times the copula thus adds emphasis to 
the word to which it is prefixed ; 2 Sam. 
13, 20 m9) “2m awn and Tamar 
abode; and that desolate. Lam. 3, 26. Is.: 
57, 11 have I not held my peace bisa 
even from of old? Am. 3, 11. 

d) The copula sneehinaes connects 
two words, whether nouns or verbs, in 
such a way that they coalesce and form 
one idea. ἃ) In nouns this constitutes 
the figure Hendiadys (ἕν διὰ δυοῖν) ; in | 
which the latter noun depends upon and 
serves to define the former, as elsewhere 
the genitive. Gen. 1, 14 and they shall 
be ὉΠ ῚΣ 29) minxd > for signs and for sea- 
sons, i. e. for signs of seasons. Gen. 3, 
16 L will multipl y thy sorrow and thy 
pregnancy. i. e. the sorrow of thy preg- 
nancy. So ΓΘ ΝῚ 70M favour and fide- 


‘lity, i. e. constant favour, see in M28 no. 


2. But the defining noun may also 
stand first ; as 2 Chr. 16, 14 521) OOAwS 
odours Wied kinds, i. e. divers kinds of 
odours. Job 10,17. §) Of two verbs 
so connected by. the copula, the latter is 
dependent on the former, and elsewhere 
is oftener put in the infin. or in a finite 
form without the copula; see Heb. Gr. 
§ 139. Esth.8,6 7°87) 5238 43278 how 
can I endure gained see? i.e. endure to see. 
Cant. 2, 3. Very often we may best 
render the first verb in Engl. by an ad- 
verb; as Mp FOI" he added and took, 
i. ᾳ. he again took, Gen. 25, 1. 26, 18 
“pm) aus he returned and dug, i. e. he 
again dug. Dan. 9, 25. 

e) The copula is also used where to 
the primary person there is subjoined a 
person or thing less important; which 
is expressed in Engl. more definitely by. 
with, and likewise in Heb. often by the 
particles 59,3. Esth. 4, 16 "n4325 ὋΝ 
pixx J and my maidens will fast, i. q. 
sm493 Db» I with my maidens. Jer. 22, 
7. Gen. 3, 24 Cherubim and the blade of 
a glittering sword, i.e. with a glittering 
sword. 1 K. 20, 20. Judg. 7,10. Ina 


5 266 5 


similar way the ancient interpp. under- 
stood the difficult passage: 1 Sam. 14, 
18 the ark of God was at that time "323 
ayn Engl. Vers. with the children of 
Israel ; Vulg. cum, Syr. Chald. Sak, 
mn». Better to read "2" "252 as Sept. or 
“wo "333. 

f) In the following idiom peculiar to 
the Pentateuch and Joshua, Vav is put 
like Lat. etiam, simul, i. q. also as, even 
for: at the same time. Num. 34, 6 

ΣᾺ Dita Or 02> mT DT οηΞ 51 and 
as for the western ‘border, there shall be 
to you the great sea even for a border ; 
i. q. in Greek ἔσται ὑμῖν... καὶ ὅριον, 


fe ἔ 

Arab. Lee. Deut. 3,16 Fim FAN bm 3 
daaan bain even unto the brook Arnon, 
to the middle of the brook, which is even 
for the border. v.17. Josh. 13, 23 "775 
Daaaa PRINT ἸΞῚΝ Ἢ 22 513} and the bor- 
der of the children of Reuben was Jor- 
dan, even for a border. v. 27. 15, 12. 47. 
See Thesaur. p. 394 sq. 

g) When a noun is repeated, the in- 
sertion of the copula denotes:. #) Pr.a 
doubling, something two-fold; Ps. 12, 3 
39 3a with a double heart i. 6. with 
duplicity of mind, comp. 1 Chr. 12, 38. 
Deut. 25, 13 Ἰ3ΝῚ 728 double ἀφ ΝΙΝ 
one full and the other light. Heb. Gr. 
§106. 4. £) Single things of a kind, 
distributively, each, every. Ezra 10, 14 
ὍΣΣ AWD "2PT the elders of every city. 2 
Chr. 11, 12 ὌΣῚ ἜΣ ΤΟΞΞ in every seve- 
ral city. 28, 28. Jer. 48, 8. Esth. 1, 8. 
“4 “it every generation, see in "7 no. 
1. Esth. 3, 4 pin pi and 2,11 5933 
mins every day, daily. 

h) Repeated 1—1, i. q. Lat. et—et, 
Engl. both—and. Ps, 76, 7 333) D3 
Did" both the chariot tenet horses are 
stunned. Dan. 8, 13 N3¥1 WIP" both the 
sanctuary and the host. Num. 9, 14. 
Josh. 7, 24. Is. 16, 5.—Here too Belong 
the examples where it may be rendered, 
whether—or ; e. g. Ex. 21, 16 and he 
that stealeth a man i973 δὰ 22) 17375 
whether he sell him or he be found in his 
hand, he shall surely be put to death ; 
pr. anid if he sell him, and if he be found 
in his hand. Lev. 5, 3. Deut. 24, 7. 

i) That Vav is put as a disjunctive 
between words, i. q. or, is hardly sup- 
ported by a single probable example ; 





those usually referred hither not requir- 
ing such a signification. Thus in Ex. 
21, 15. 17 he that curseth his father anp 
his mother shall surely be put to death ; 
here the verb refers not to one or the 
other, but to both: he that curseth his 
father anv he that curseth his mother 
etc. Ex. 12,5. For 1 Sam. 17, 34, see 
in x 1. πο. 1. [But in 1 K. 18, 27, it is 
difficult to avoid the disjunctive sense 
of Vav; and so the author himself else- 
where admits, see in "3 no. 2. a. y, fin. 
Thgsaur. p. 679.—R. 

k) It sometimes connects two impera- 
tives, and then the latter expresses a 
promise or threat. Gen. 42, 18 do this 
and live, i. e. and thou shalt live ; comp. 
John 7, 52, also Lat. divide et impera. 
See Heb. Gr. ὃ 127.2. ™ 

As to the use of Vav as a copula in 
connecting sentences and giving continu- 
ity to discourse, for which also Vav con- 
versive serves, the following may be 
noted : 

aa) Sometimes, though rarely and for 
various causes, the copula stands at the 
beginning of discourse, e. g. a) At 
the beginning of some books, Ex. 1, 1. 
1K. 1,1. Ezra 1,1. In these cases the 
history is continued from a former book. 
8) Twice, 2 K. 5,6. 10, 2, MHz) stands 
at the beginning ofan epistle; the salu- 
tation and exordium being prob. omit- 
ted. Comp. Arab. dx Lol; also Lat. 
et at the beginning of epistles, Cic. ad 
Fam. 10. 1. ib. 13. 62; see Handii Tur- 
sell. II. p. 494. γ) Ex. 2, 20 and he 
(Jethro) said unto his daughters; And 
where is he? So Lat. et often; Handii 
Tursell. 1. c. p. 493. no. 14.—See more 
in no. 4 below. 

bb) It serves to introduce the apodo- 
sis, espec. where this is to be distinctly _ 
marked ; Engl. then, Germ. da ; comp. 
Arab. ὃ. So when preceded by. 58, 
Gen. 13, 9 4772577 Ex) M20 s) SNowH Bx 
nba) if thou take the left hand, then 
Twill go to the right; and if the right 
hand, then I will go-to the left. Ps. 78,34 
AMAT Da ON when he slew them, then: 
they sought "him. Ruth 3, 13. Job 10, 14. 
Preceded by 1551 Sam. 15, 23; 359. 
Deut. 7, 12; "2 Gen. 29, 15. Is. 98, 18 3% 
Δ Ὁ. infin, Gen., 3, 5. Ez. 33, 18 awa” 


: ‘267 5 ee 


ἣν ΠΝ. Comp. in N. T. we... καὶ 
ἰδού Luke 7, 12. Acts 10, 17.—Very often 
it is put with a certain emphasis after 


- words and clauses which stand abso- 


lutely, espec. those which mark time. 
Ex. 16, 6 Dm33"7 373 at evening, then 
shall ye know. Prov. 24, 27 ΤΑῚ TIN 
3 afterwards, then build thy “house. 
Gen. 40, 9. 48, 7. Jer. 7, 25.—Here too 
belong examples where the copula is 
inserted in a clause between the subject 
and predicate, so as to take up a sen- 
tence not yet completed; 6. g. .«@) 
Where the subject precedes and the 
copula is put before the predicate ; 
Prov. 23, 24 ia naw 02m 33" he that 
besetteth ἃ wise son, and (then) he shall 
have joy in him ; here the copula is em- 
phatic. 31,°28 mon" mba her hus- 
band, and he praiseth her, i. e. he too 
praiseth her. 1 Sam. 25, 27. Gen. 22, 
14. Job 36,26. β) When the predicate 
stands first ; 2 Sam. 15, 34 7 {AN 323 
ἸΝῺ "IN thy father’s servant, and I was 
so hitherto. Job 4, 6 F277 Hh AMpN 
thy hope. and it is the uprightness of thy 
ways, i. 6. in the integrity of thy life lies 
thy hope. y) Where the object stands 
first ; 2 Sam. 22,41 om 2485 "Nw them 
that nie me, and (then) I will destroy 
them. Num. 23, 3. 

cc) It has an intensive or cumulative 
force, like Gr. καί, i. ᾳ. even, yea, yea 
even,e.g. α) It augments; as Job 5, 
19 in six troubles he shall deliver thee, 
S235 yea in seven there shall no evil 
touch thee. Ps. 74, 11. Prov. 6, 16. 30, 15. 
18 sq. 21sq. Am.1,3.6.9.11. ) Itdi- 
minishes; as Job 21, 6 MMs MITT ONT 
yea even if I remember, I am afraid, i.g 
if I only remember, if I barely, think 
thereon. So ἐξ not even, Deut. 28, 39. 

dd) It is put between clauses which 
are to be compared together, and marks 
espec. an equality or likeness of lot, i. q. 
as, 80. (So 02 q. v. no. 1. 6, f. g.) This 
is calied by Grammarians Nine 4 
Vav adequationis. Job 5,7 man is born 
to trouble, and the sons of lightning soar 
on high, i. e. as swift birds of prey soar 
onhigh. 14,19 the waters wear away the 
_ stones, their flood washeth away the dust 
of the earth, and (so) thou destroyest the 
hope of man. 12,11. 34, 3. Prov. 26, 9. 

ee) It is put before clauses inserted 





by way of parenthesis, where also the 
relative often stands. Gen. 49, 25 >x2 
FIIIN WI ΓΝῚ PRIS ΡΣ froin the 
God of thy father (and he hath helped 
thee). and from the Almighty (and he 
hath blessed thee), shall come the bless- 
ings of heaven above. Job 29,12 for I 
delivered the poor...%> 73> Ndi bins) 
and the orphan, and there was none to 
help him, i.q. to whom there was no 
helper. Is. 13, 14. Ps. 55, 20.—On the 
intimate connection between the copula 
and the relatiye, see Harris’ Hermes, 
B. I. c. 5 penult. 

2. Vav is also put before adversative 
clauses, and yet, but, since. But here the 
antithesis lies in the thought or in the col- 
location of the words, rather than in the 
particle Vav ; and when it is to be more 
strongly expressed, the regular adversa- 
tive particles are used, as DD48 , 538, 38. 
Cant. 1, 5 MIN) ὋΝ ANY Tam black, 
and yet comely. Gen. 2, 16. 17 of every 
tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat, 
ao SONM ND say 31 ryan py but 
of the tree of the knowledge of good and 
evil thou shalt not eat of it. 17, 21. 42, 
10. Judg. 16, 15 how canst thou say, tious 
thee, "AN 77% 73>) and yet (since) thine — 
heart is not with me? Ruth 1, 21. Job 
6, 26.— Where the subject of a clause in 
this construction is a personal pronoun, 
it is put first. Gen..15, 2 75 ἸΏ 
say ἼΡΓΙ Ἴ25Ν} what ‘wilt thou give me, 
and yet (since) I depart childless? So 
"25X17 18, 13. 27; 7281 Is. 49, 21; AMR} 
Neh. 2, 2; sam} Ἢ 10: 7. 42, 22; ome 
Gen. 26, 27; ἘΠῚ Is. 1, 2. aUsldine inven 
also it may be ‘rendered though, al- 
though ; but here 9 is in itself only and, 
the conditional particle being omitted. 
Job 15, 5 for thy mouth teacheth thine 
iniquity, D™AID ἢ 9. ANIM although 
thou choosest the tongue of the crafty. 
Mal. 2, 14. Is. 32, 7. 

3. Before causal clauses, i. e. those 
assigning a cause or reason, i. q. for, 
because of. Gen. 20, 3 behold! thou art 
a dead man because of the woman thou 
hast taken, 532 ΤΈΣ N71 for she is a 
man’s wife. 6,17. Ps. 7, 10. 60, 13 give 
us help from the enemy, “for (3) vain is. 
the help of man. Is. 8, 7. 39, 1. 

4. Before inferential clauses, therefore. 
wherefore ; then, so then. Ez. 18, 32 1 


, 96g ΠΝ 


desire not the death of the βἴημου,.. 
wm Aa tit wherefore turn ye and lien’ 
Zech. 2, 10. Ps. 81, 13.—Here belong 
most of the vaeinuiia in which Vav 
stands at the beginning of discourse 
(see others in no. 1. aa); since there is 
usually here some reason implied in the 
preceding circumstances, from which the 
proposition to which Vav is prefixed isa 
conclusion; i. q. then, sothen. 3 K.4, 41 
Mp Amps ἜΝ) and he said, Then bring 
meal, sc. since these things are so. ‘Is. 
3, 14 ODEN oNITAa CM} so then ye have 
eaten up ‘the vineyard. PS. 4,4 4335 know 
then. 2, 10. pad mms) now therefore, 
O ye kings, comp. v. 6. 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is. 
47, 9. 58, 2. 

5. Before final and consecutive clauses, 
marking end or aim and result, that, in 
order that, so that ; followed by the fu- 
ture, often apocopated or paragogic. So 
where a sentence precedes including a 
command, Gen. 27, 4. 42,34. 1 Sam. 15, 
16; or an entreaty, Job 10, 20. Judg. 
16, 28; or an interrogation, 1 K. 22, 7. 
Is. 41, 26; or a hope, Jer. 20,10. Thus 
Gen. 42, 34 and bring your youngest 
brother unto me, M2781 that Imay know. 
Judg. 16, 28 strengthen me only this once, 
ΓΞ ΝῚ that I may be avenged. 1 K. 22, 
7 is there not here a prophet of the Lord 
besides, INN MWA: that we might in- 
quire of him? 

6. Before clauses dependent on verbs 
of perceiving and uttering, where com- 
mon usage admits the relat. conjunction 
“2 thal. So after a verb of knowing 
Gen. 47,6; of swearing Josh. 2,12; of 
augury Gen. 30, 27. Also without a 
verb, Is. 43, 12 ye are my witnesses "281 
dx that Yam God ; comp. v. 10 837 "28 7D 
in the same connection. Lam. 3, 26 31 
25 D373 good that one wait even in 
silence, comp. v.27 "2 3iv. Num. 14, 21. 

7. Vav conversive of the Preter, (so 
ealled as converting the preter into a fu- 
ture,) is merely the Copula; and affects 
the Preter simply by connecting it back 
to a preceding future. Yet it also has 
the effect, that in most verbal forms 
having the tone on the penultimate, the 
same is moved forward by it upon the 
final syllable; ὃ. ο΄. "M23 J went, "mb 
(with a preced. fat. ) and 1 will £0, Judg. 
1,3. See Heb. Gr. ὁ 48 ὃ. 1, 3. 





‘1 and before a gutt. ἢ, a particle 
prefixed to the Future, and imparting to 
it (when a preter precedes) the sense 
of the Imperfect ; hence called Vav con- 
versive of the Future; e.g. 58% he will 
slay, >¥>7) (with preced. pret.) and he 
slew. It appears to be nothing more 
than Vav copulative -with a peculiar 
punctuation; and affects the Future 
simply by connecting it back to a pre- 
ceding preter. Whena shortened form 
of the Fut. exists, this is preferred; and 
very often the tone is drawn back from 
the last syllable to the penultimate; e.g. 
fut. m2", apoc. a5, with Vay convers. 
m5 . But in the first pers. especially 
in the later books, the fut. paragog. is 
sometimes employed’ 6. 6. ΠΝ Ezra 
9,3. See Heb. Gr. ὃ 48 6. 1, 2. 

Norte. In former editious thé prefer- 
ence was given to another view of this 
Vav ; according to which it was regarded 
as a contraction or fragment of the verb 
mit do be, put before the Future so as to 
form by periphrasis the narrative tense, 
viz. ops mn it came to pass (that) he 
slew ; then dropping nas in Syriac 
bepe- n>, and contracted 229%), like “7g 


mt, 3%; comp. aks < Gy 8 he was (that) 
he will slay, for he oa —But on the 
other hand it is evident that the Copuwla 
lies in this αν. for the following rea- 
sons: a) The Fut. conversire as con- 
nected with what precedes al ways stands 


‘before the noun, as ΘΝ WEN; and 


where the noun is put first, the Vav is 
separated from the verb, e. g. Is. 6, 4 
iis Nba7 musi)... sea and trembled 
the ‘foundati ons of the shevenkobds) . and 
the house was filled with smoke. 8, 16. 
b) It never stands after the Relative or 
Conjunctions, which exclude the copula. 
c) In parallel passages there often stands 


for it a simple 1, see Is. 59, 16; comp. 


63, 3.5.6; also in the same connection a 
simple ἢ Is. 43, 28. 4) When whole 
sections or books begin with Vav con- 
versive, as is often the case, this denotes 
that they are connected with an earlier 
narrative, Ex. 1,1. Ezra1,1; or at least 
are regarded as having such connection, 
Ruth 1,1. Esth. 1,1. In 1K.1, 1 the 
book begins with a simple}. See in ἢ 
no. 1. aa. Heb. Gr. 1. ο. 


SS δὰ 





———— 


yn 


TT) Vedan, pr. n. of an Arabian city, 
whence cloths, wrought iron, cassia, and 
other spices were brought to Tyre, Ez. 
27, 19. Very prob. the prophet here 
speaks of the city and mart j7>, Bloat 


?Aden, in connection with which Edrisi 
enumerates these very wares, Τ᾿. 1. p. 51. 
ed. Jaubert: “La.ville d’Aden est petite, 
mais renommée ἃ cause de son port de 
mer, d’oti partent des navires destinés 
pour le Sind, l’Inde, et la Chine. On y 
apporte de ce dernier pays des marchan- 
dises telles que le fer, les lames de sabre 
damasquinées, ... le cardamome, la can- 
nelle,... les myrobalans, ... diverses étof- 
Ses tissues Vherbes, et d'autres riches et 
veloutées, etc.”—The text ought there- 
fore prob. to read "9 or j7>"; unless 
perhaps 775 is here for 5355. 


23) a doubtful word, found only in 
Num. 21, 14 am1-mx, pr. ἢ. of a place, 
Vaheb, in the territory of Moab on the 
Aywwn; according to Le Clere i. q. jf” 


v. 18, comp. ae) to give, i. q. 173.- 
Kimchi found it in some Mss. written in 
one word 335M, which would be Aram. 
Ethpa. of the verb ee) i. ᾳ. 27", Jeho- 
vah dedit se in turbine. But the whole 
passage is abrupt and fragmentary, and 
therefore very obscure. 


Δ m. plur. 0") (Kamets impure) a 
peg, nail, hook, spoken only of the pins 
or hooks from which the curtains of the 
tabernacle were suspended, Ex. 26, 32. 
37. 27,10. 11.17. 36, 36. 38. 38, 10 sq. 
The etymology is unknown; see Thes. 
p. 399. 


Zayin, ἡ, the seventh letter of the 
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral de- 
noting 7. The name is i.q. Syr. tu7 
a weapon; which the figure of this let- 
ter resembles in all the ancient alpha- 
bets.—In Arabic there are two corre- 


sponding letters, differently pened 
viz. ὁ dh (d, z), and 3) 2.88 mat ὦ 35 to 


9 o- 
slaughter; 273 &)) seed. For the for- 
° 23* 








269 7 


yeni Arab. » to bear. to carry, por- 


tare; whence , 259 ς Vizier, pr. porter of 


public business ;~ comp. bajulus used by 
writers of the middle ages for an 
envoy, chargé daffaires, whence Engl. 
bailiff. Ital. bailo. Also in Pass. to be 
laden with guilt, borne down with pun- 
ishment ; since sin and guilt in the Se- 
mitic idiom are a burden laid upon the 
wicked, Ps. 38, 4. Is. 53,11. Comp. 8), 
αἴρω, to take off or away, i. 4. to par- 
don.—Hence 


“Tm. laden with guilt, guilty, Prov. 
21, 8. 

SOT) (Pers. $239 pure, pr. white, 
see 713) Vajezatha, Pers. pr. n. of the 
youngest son of Haman, Esth. 9, 9. | 

aoa i. q. 755, to bear, to bring forth ; 
Arab. ws, Hanes the two following: 


“2 m. a child, offspring, Gen. 11, 30. 

2) m. id. 2 Sam. 6, 23.—Keri 334, 
and so the occidental Mss. 

91 pr. ἢ. m. Vaniah, Ezra 10, 36. 


"OD (perh. i. q. "0B" additamentum 
meum) pr. n. m. Vophsi, ‘Num. 13, 14. 


"201 pr. n. m. Vashni, 1 Chr. 6, 13 
[28]. Prob. a corrupted form for "387", 
comp. 1 Sam. 8,2. The passage should 
read: MPayx "Ty Ὁ ἢν 33; see Mo- 
vers Chron. Ῥ. 54. 

nD) (Pers. whe a beauty, la belle,) 


Vashti, the former queen of Xerxes, 
Ksth. 1, 9. 


mer the Aramean has"; for the latter 
it sometimes also has 1; hence a9 5 
mat, for "21 to slaughter ; <3], a, 
for 231 to sow, etc. Comp. in lett. 7. 


But ὦ and ἃ are also interchanged ; 
e.g. ἜΣ, ie and 5,5 to help; 5, 
eh> and ey> to cut off. 


Further, t is interchanged: a) With 


μαΐ. Ἢ! 


Υ, -n pst and P2x to cry out; 19 and 
ΥΕΣ to exult, to shout; m3 gold, comp. 
shy yellow, tawny. b) With Ὁ, Ὁ, as 
sat and "90 to go away ; T23 and 0>3 to 
ma, Syr. {ms to despise ; jiON 
harm, from ox, eo) to harm. c) 
With ἡ, as pos pry pia, etc. 


exult ; 


* ONT obsol. root, prob. i. gq. 31, VIS, 
to be yellow, tawny.—Hence 


ANT m. (Tsere impure) 1. a wolf, so 
called from its tawny colour; like Lat. 
vulpes from fulvus, Goth. wulfs, whence 


ΘᾺ, i. 
wolf. Arab. WO; Syr. bolo.—Gen. 


49, 27. Is. 11, 6. 65,25. Jer. 5,6. "ant 
352 evening ‘abtllnen: prowling at night, 
Hab. 1, 8. Zeph. 3, 3; comp. ise γυ- 
κτερινοΐ Oppian. Cynegee 3. 266, νυκτι- 
πόροι ibid. 1. 440. 

2. Zeeb, pr. n. of a Midianitish prince, 
Judg. 7, 25. 8, 3. Ps. 83, 12. 


PNT this, hec, fem. of the pron. Mt αν. 


* 221 obsol. root, onomatopoet. prob. 


ig. O%3 to murmur, to hum, to buzz. 
Germ. swmmen ; whente 321 a fly, from 
its buzzing, like Lat. museca. fr. pute, 
musso (mussito). Bochart compares 
wed to move up and down in the 
air; but this is secondary. 


ἡ ΡῚ] once Gen. 30, 20, to give, to pre- 
sent with any thing, to endow, Lat. do- 
nare ; Sept. well δεδώρηται, Vulg. dota- 
vit. Comp. Chald. Saad. Abulw. Arab. 
ov id. Syr. {1 spec. dowry ; see The- 
saur. p. 401.—That this root was in fre- 
quent use in Hebrew, is shown by the 
many pr. names derived from it; e. g. 
those which here follow, six in number, 
and also "ΣΙ, MIST, ἜΣΤΙ, WN. 


“iat τῇ. a gift, dowry, Gen. 30, 20. 


Tat (whom God gave, as {3 for 58202, 
15:15) Zabad, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 36. 
b) 1 Chr. 7, 91. c) 1 Chr. Τ|;41, ἃ) 
2 Chr. 24, 26. 
ὁ K. 12, 22 is 933%". 


“Jat (for mat gift of Jehovah) 
Zabdi, pr.n.m. a) Josh. 7, 1; 
saratlel passage 1 Chr. 2,6 "πὶ. Ὁ) 
1Chr. 8, 19. ¢) 1 Chr. 27, 27. d) 
Neh, 11, 17. 


270 


In the paral: passage 


in the. 





mat 


NFAT (gift of God) Zabdiel, pr. τι. τα. 
Neh. 11, 14. Comp. Σαβδιήλ 1 Mace. 
Walsh re We 

ΤΡ Ἴ2] (Jehovah gave) Zebadiah, Ze- 
bedee, Gr. Ζεβεδαῖος, pr. n. of several 
men: a) 1Chr.8,15. b) ib. Κ 17. 
c)ib.12,7.27,7. ἃ) Ezra8,8. e)10,20. 

WIiIST (id.) Zebadiah, pr. n. m. 
a) 1Chr. 26,2. Ὁ) 2Chr. 17,8. ο) 
19,11. 


A737 m. (τ. 221 q. v.) α fly, Is. 7, 18. 
Ece. 10, 1 τὴ tt dead flies. For the 
pr. n. ΞΗΞῚ bya Beelzebub, see in 33 


no. 5. b.—Arab. SLs, Chald. N33, id. 


WT (donatus) Zabud, pr. n. m. 1K. 
4, 8. R. ἽΞΙ. 


‘TAT (id.) Zabbud, Ezra 8,14 Cheth. 


MTT (donata) Zebudah, pr. n. f. 
2 K. 23, 36 Keri; but Cheth. is M7731. 


2527 and 227 m. (Ὁ. 531) 1. a dwell- 
ing, habitation, Ps. 49, 15. Hab. 3, 11 
ΓΡΞῚ ISD MII Wr) sun and moon stand 
still in their liabitation, i. 6. they hide 
themselves, do not ΚΌΡΗΝ —Of the habi- 
tation of God, Is. 63, 15; so >= ΞῚ ΤῊΣ id. 
1 K. 8, 13. 

2 . Zebul, pr. n. m. Judg. 9, 28. 


FAT , 7277, ΣΤ, (habitation, 
see Gen. 30, 20.) Zebulun, pr. n. of the 
tenth son of Jacob, born of Leah ; also 
of the tribe ΣΡ ΟΣ from him, the ter- 
ritory of which is described in Josh: 19, 
10sq.—The gentile ἢ. is "75437 Zebulon. 
ite, from a form jioazt, Num. 26, 27, 


ἜΤΞΙ kindr. with nso , Arab. 3 τὸ, 


Syr. μ᾽, Zab. wo9 and 2], Eth. 


Hf)th. Perhaps from the same stock 
is Gr. σφάσσω, σφάζω, i.e. Shaul. 

1. to slaughter, to kill animals, sc. for 
eating, Deut. 12, 15. 1 Sam. 28, 24. 1 K. 
19; 21. Ex. 39, 17. 

2. Spec. to kill for sacrifice, to sacri- 
ἴσο, to immolate victims, 1 Sam. 1, 4; 
with > of the deity to whom sacrifice is 
offered 1 K. 8, 63, also 25 1K. 8, 62. 
2 Chr. 7, 4. Lev. 9; 4.—This verb is not 
used of the priests as slaughtering vic- | 
tims in sacrifice ; but of private persons 
offering sacrifices at their own cust; 
Num. 22, 40. Deut. 12, 21. 27, 6. 





nat 


Pre. M31, fut. mar, fo sacrifice, i. q. 
Kal no. 2. ΓΚ. 12, 32. 2Κ. 12,4. Spo- 
ken also of a ταν υ ἐωδὸ οἵ dserifites, 1K. 
8, 5; of repeated or customary sudvifice, 
1K. 3, 2. 3. 11, 8. Hos. 4,14. al. So 


Arab. 2 


Deriv. mara, and 


ar : 
> to sacrifice much, often. 


MAT τὴ. ὁ. suff. "737; plur. 07731, 
“constr. “31, once nina Hos. 4, 19. 

1. Pr. a slaughtering, e.g. a) Of 
men, slaughter Is. 34,6. Zeph.1,7. Ez. 
39,17. Ὁ) Of beasts, meton. the flesh 
of slaughtered animals, i. q. α repast, 
Gen. 31, 54. Prov. 17,1 2-9-7731 ban- 
quets of strife, quarrelsome feasts. 

2. asacrifice, i.e. the act of sacrificing, 
Lev. 19, 6. Also the thing sacrificed, 
victim, Is. 1, 11. Ps. 51,18; opp. both to 
mm22 a bloodless offering 1 Sam. 2, 29. 
Ps. 40,7, and to M>4> a burnt-offering ; so 
that M27 denoted a sacrifice which was 
only in part consumed by fire, such as 
were the sin and trespass-offerings, the 
thank-offerings, etc. Ex. 10,25. Lev. 17, 
8. Num. 15,5. D220 mata victim of 
thank-offering Lev. 3, 1. 4,10. al.—Spo- 
ken also genr. of any great and solemn 
sacrifice and of sacrificial feasts, as M31 
D277 the yearly sacrifice 1 Sam. 1, 21, 
20, 6. nnpsa nat a family sacrifice 20, 
29, comp. 9, 12. 13. 16, 3. 

3. Zebah, pr.n. ofa Midianitish prince, 
Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12. 


"AT pr. ἢ. τῇ. Zabbai, Ezra 10, 28. 
Neh. 3 20 Cheth. Prob. a corrupt read- 
ing for ">t, as is read in Ezra2, 9. Neh. 
7, 14. 

MPI see ΠΞΗΣΙ. 


R227 (bought, τ. 
n.m. Ezra 10, 43. 


at 1. pr. prob. i. q. bam to be 
round, lo make round, ,comp. 838; whence 
Talm. >21, a1, dung in balls, round 
dung, as of 8058, camels. ἊΝ and 


Arab. t=}, i. 


2. to dwell, see in ΜΠ no. 8. Gen. 80, 
20 “25 hha he will dwell with me, sc. my 
husband. with the accessory idea of con- 
jugal intercourse, as in Engl. to cohabit. 

Other verbs of dwelling also take the 


j=1) Zebina, pr. 





271 rit 


accus. inthe sense ‘to dwell with;’ see 
3, j20. 

Deriv. 5,21, j7>921. 

52] see D423}. 

TAT see jAda=t. 


* 127 Chald. to get for oneself, to buy, 
to gain, as in Syr. and Samar. Dan. 2, 8 
ἼΞΤ FMI RITID ὙἹ that ye would gain 
the time, i.e. make delay. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 82731. 


ΔΤ m. Num. 6, 4, the skin of a grape 
husk, as being transparent. R. 331. 


. AAT to be clear, transparent ; comp. 
Samar. 437 i. q. 721 to be pure. Arab, 
Ae ἢ 
ce glass, i. ᾳ. M7392; Chald. 351 to 


. 


be clear, transparent.—Hence 31. 


“IT m. verbal adj. (τ. 751) proud, arro- 
gant, pr. boiling, swelling, inflated ; 
with the accessory notion of wickedness 
and impiety, comp. in 53m no. 3, 4.—Is. 
13, 11. Jer. 43, 2. Ps. 19, 14. 119, 21. 51. 
69. 78. 85. 122. 


TINT m. (τ. 447) constr. it as if from 
a root M7, c. suff. 4257 1 Sam. 17, 28. 
Jer. 49, 16; pride, arrogance, haughti- 
ness. sseibinei with fdsblonce: Prov. 11, 
2. 13, 10. 21.24. 35 yt the pride of 
thy heart, proud insolence, Jer. 49, 16. 
Obad. 3. Deut. 17, 12. Conan soaked 
of haughty Babylon, Jer. 50, 31. 32. 


ΓΊ τῇ. rarely put with a subst. fem: 
Josh. 2, 17; with pref. mta, 713; Fem. 
MT, more rarely ΓΤ Ecce. 2, 2. 5, 15. 
18. 7, 23. 9,13; so in the formula πὶ 
mio Judg. 18, 4. 2 Sam. 11, 25. 1 K. 14, 
5; also Ἵ Hos. 7, 16. Ps. 132, 12 (here 


relat.) once MmNxt Jer. 26,6 Cheth. Plur. 


MEN q. v. 

1. Pron. demonstr. this, Lat. hic, hec, 
hoc. Arab. 3, fds hic, Syr. ba heee, 
Eth. Ἢ, fem. H, H*i:. Hence the 
Aram. "3, 3, and Eth. H, which have 
passed over into relatives. Corresp. are 
Sanscr. sa-s, sd. tat ; Goth. sa, so, that ; 
hic, hee, hoc.—It εὐἰάπαν: ᾿ 

8) Absol. i. 6. by itself. this. this one; 
Gr. οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο. Job 1. 17 πὶ THY 
“aT. this one was yet speaking. Eee. 
6, 9 ban mz pa /ris also is vanity. 9. 13 


ὟΣ 272 Ἐν 


Ex. 2, 6. 2 Sam. 23,17. So in the ge- 
nit. 1 K. 21,2 ΠῚ “11 OD money, the 
price of it Dat my to this one, to him, 
1 Sam. 21, 12 [11]; Tt to this woman 
Gen. 2, 23. Sometimes in contempt, 
like Gr. οὗτος, Lat. iste; 1 Sam. 10, 27 
AY sw" how shall this (fellow) save 
us? Ex. 10, 7. 

b) With a subst. aM so that like an 
adj. it is often put after the subst. and 
both take the article ; as M7 7250 this 
word, P&T MUNG this woman, Mim Dina 
on this day. Rarely without the art. 
where the noun hasit; comp. 11 "ii Ps. 
12,8. Poet. also MNT 183 this vine Ps. 
80, 15.—But ΠῚ without the art. is also 
put before a noun made definite, e. g. 
a) When the pronoun marks the sub- 
ject or predicate of the sentence, the 
substantive verb being implied. Ex. 35, 
4 "237 ΠῚ this is the word. Judg. 4, 14 
pin my this is the day. 2 K. 6,13. Ps. 
118, 20. Is. 14,16. βὺ More ranely also 
Mian ΠῚ is i.g. ANI MEN; yet so that 
the former has a stronger demonstrative 
force. So too in Aramean and Arabic ; 
comp. Chald. 825m 725 this dream Dan. 


4,15; Syr. Lis} La this time; [Δ 
SL this book; also in Greek οὗτος 


0 οἶκος.--- τὰ 3,12 man mr this house, 
this temple, Sept. τοῦτον τὸν οἶκον, opp. 
Hwa ova. 1K. 14,14 07 Τὶ this 
day, Sept. ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Vulg. in hac 
die. Ps. 49, 14. Josh. 9, 12 "5 ΓΞ ΠῚ this 
our bread. Ps. 73, 12 lah hs) : πεν mn 
lo! these ungodly. 

c) The difference between πὶ, PNT, 
and 815,85, has been pointed onl τ 
art. N37 init. The former, πὶ, PNt, refer 
to a person or thing present, which one 
can as it were point at with the finger ; 
and also to the present time. Gen. 38, 
28 PION RST Ty this came out first, was 
first born. Is. 29. 11 mITN? NIP ee 
this, 1 pray thee. Very often in the 
phrase min visa on this day, 1. 6. this 
day, to- day, Lev. 8. 34. Josh. 7, 25. 13 
mrt cir unto this day. sc. this very day 
when I am speaking or writing, Sept. 
ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης, Gen. 32, 33. 47, 
26. 48.15. Deut. 2 22.3. 14. 10.8. 11,4. 
—In historical narrative also the follow- 
ing are regarded as present: o) That 





which has just been mentioned; Gen. 
7, 11 on the seventeenth day of the month, 
mit Dita on this very day, were all the 
fountains, etc. v.13. Ex. 19,1. βὺ That 
which is immediately to follow, and 
which is as it were pointed at; Gen. 5, 

1 DWN mitdin 72D ΠῚ this is the book of 
the ‘generations of Adam. 6, 15 WR TY 
AMX ΠΌΣΏ this is how thou ‘thal make 
it, i. e. so shalt thou make it; Sept. 

ofan ποιήσξις, comp. Ex. 29, 38, Gen. 
45, 19. Ps. 7, 4. | 

d) These idioms are also to be noted : 
a) Repeated, ΠῚ --- πὶ i. q. this—that, 
one—another, Job 1, 16. 1 K. 22, 20. Ps, 
75, 18; mXt—nxt id. 1 K. 3, 16; ΠῚ 
nib one to another Ex. 14, 20. Is. 6, 3. 
8) Vividly demonstrative is it, when ΠῚ 
is added to interrogatives to increase 
their strength; Is. 68, 1 82 ΠῚ 2 who 
is this that cometh? Job 88, 2. 42, 2. 
The same is 847 "72, see in 815 no. 2. ἃ. 
—A similar usage with mt as ady. see 
below in no. 3. 6. 

2. Rarely and only in poetic style it 
is put for the relative, like Engl. that, | 
which is both demonstr. and relative ; 
see it no. 1. Comp. the relatives as 
derived mostly from demonstratives, un- 
der Ux A, p. 97. ΤΠ no. 1.—Ps. 104, 8 
end mien ΠῚ rips ΤΌΝ unto the place 
which thou hast founded for them, i. 6. 
destined. Prov. 23, 22. Job 15, 17. Ps. 
78, 54. In this sfenie it seems, like 
“WO, to be indeclinable, and is put also 
for the plur. Job 19, 19.—A]so as a mere 
sign of relation, like "Wx no. 2. Ps. 74,2 
12 MISW ΠῚ Ps An mount Zion, wherein 
thou dwellest. Is. 29, 9. 

3. It passes over ἰού Adv. 
a) Of place, here, for “12 in this place, 
Gen. 28, 17. Num. 13,17. al. πὶ from 
ete hence, Gen. 37, 17. Ex. 11,1. m4 

ΓΙ 21 anos and hence, i. e. on thi side 
bad on that side, Num. 22, 24. Josh. 8, 
33. It often corresponds to Engl. here, 
there, Germ. da, δεικτικῶς. Judg. 5, 5 
ἌΣ Ὁ ΓῚ this Sinai, Sinai itself. Dan. 
10, 17 mt ΣΝ my lord here. Sony min 
lo here! see here! Cant: 2, 8. 1K. 19, 
5. Ὁ) Of time, pr. at this time, now. 
Mic. 5, 4 οἵδ πὶ mA amd now there 
shall be peace. τ ΠῺΣ just now, even 
now, this ‘thee “Ruth > ae 705} K. 17, 
24 mst ΠῚ ΠῺΣ now 7 know. In this 


at 


signif. it is often put before numerals, 
as Gen. 27, 36 DY2SD Mz now twice. 31, 
38 πρῶ HMw? ΠῚ this twenty y years, now 
for twenty years. v. 41. 43.10. 45, 6. 
Num. 14, 22. Judg. 16, 15. Zech. 7, 3m 
ὉΠ) ma2 this (now) somany years. C) 
Of manner, thus, so, Gen. 6, 15. Ps. 49, 
14, It is often added to interrogatives 
to augment their force; as ΓΙ} how 
so, how then, Gen. 27, 20; ; mt πρὸ pr. 
why so that, scharefore, Gen. 18, 13. 

4. With prefixes: a) M12 in this sc. 
_ place, here, comp. no. 3. Gen. 88, 21. Ex. 
24, 14. Trop. of time, then, Esth. 2, 13. 
| b) πιϑ such, seein 3 Β. 1. ἃ. 0) matt 
on this Sein therefore ; whence ἾΝ 
rxt> wherefore? Jer. 5,7. Comp. 425 
ΠΉΞΙῚ, 1211. 

Ὗ Ξ.Π obsol. root, i. q. 33%, to shine, 
to glitter, to be yellow, as gold ; comp. 31. 

a7 m. constr. 271, 
2, " 

1. gold. Arab. δ, Syr. Chald. 
Loans, 337 id. Gen. 24, 22. 53. 36, 39. 
Ex. 3, 22. a. Where numerals precede, 
the weight 5} shekel is to be supplied, 
e. g. Gen. 24, 22 ant ΓΙΌΣ ten (shekels) 
of gold. 

2. Metaph. of the golden brightness 
of the sky, perhaps for the sun itself, Job 
37, 22. Also for golden oil, i. e. pure 
and bright as gold, Zech. 4, 12. 


᾿ rit obsol. root, Arab. Ls to shine, 
to be bright and beautiful ; 


once =3 Gen. 


also to be 


proud ; >) brightness, beauty, espec. 


of flowers, and hence a flower; comp. 


las flower, from r) to παρῆν Syr. 
Ἰσι] to be proud, Ethpa. to be made 


bright, splendid. 
Deriv. 11, "", and m4. 


* DoT in Kal not used, Arab. το to 


stink, to be rancid, spoken of fat ; Chald. 
to be dirty, filthy. In the abian dia- 
lect this verb is used of stinking water. 
Kindr. are ΠΣ, 21, 2 ΟΝ 


Pier, to regard as filthy; hence to 
loathe. Job 33, 20 om> amnaiat he loath- 
eth it, the bread. The suffix is pleo- 
mastic; see Lehrg. ὃ 195. 2.—Hence 





213. *: 


OM (loathing) Zaham, pr.n.m.2 Chr 
11, 19. 


WaT in Kal not used, i. q. ro jay. 
to be bright, to shine, comp. "4%. Hence 
a bo 

ΗΙΡΗ. 14 1. to cause to Ἢ ΤῊΝ to 
make light, i.e. metaph. a) to enlight- 
en, to teach, with two acc. of pers. and 
thing, Ex. 18, 20; acc. of pers. 2 Chr. 
19,10. b)to admonish, to warn, sc. to 
beware of any thing 2 K. 6, 10; to desist 
from any thing Ez. 3, 19, 20, with 12 lo 
warn from any thing, Lev. 15,31 DAA, 
others DNF. Ez. 3, 18 sw ashy 
mw 32 to warn the wicked from 
his evil way, to admonish him to turn 
from it. But Ez. 3, 17 et 33,7 mann 
"27279 ἘῺΝ warn this them from me, i.e. 
in my name, by my authority. Syr. Pa, 
et Aph. Chald. Aph. id. 

2. Intrans. to give light, to shine, Dan. 
12,3. Chald. "71 id. 

Nipu. to be taught, admonished, Ps. 19, 
12. Also to receive instruction, admo- 
nition, to take warning, Ecc. 4,13. Ez. 
33, 4.5.6; to beware Ecc. 12, 12, where 
2 belongs to "mi". 


“WIT Chald. id. Part. pass. 173 ad- 
monished, cautious, Ezra 4, 22. Syr.° 
Ethpe. to take heed, to be watchful 
over any thing. 


“WIT m. brightness, splendour, of the 
heavens, Ez. 8, 2. Dan. 12,3. R. 71. 


Wm. i. gq. 1% which is read in many 
Mss. (pr. for. 771, r. M1.) brightness, 
beauty, espec. of flowers; hence as the 
name of the second Hebrew month, 
Ziv, from the new-moon of May to that 
of June, or according to the Rabbins 
from the new-moon of April to that of 
May; q. d. flower-month. 1 Κ΄. 6, 1. 37. 
Chald. 872472 1% M71 the month ef the 
brightness of flowers. The same month 
is called bs Chald. Syr. Arab. "7"8, 


ἵμ δεῖ, also from brightness, splen- 
dour. 


iT see ny. 


ἼΤ᾽ comm. gend. i. q. πὶ and Mt. 

1. Pron. demonstr. Ps. 12,8. Hab. 1,11 
indxd ind 51 this his strength is his god. 

2. Oftener as relat comp. “Yt no. 2, 


ait 
Ex. 15,13. Ps. 9,16. 10, 2. 142,4.. Also 
as a sign of relation: Is. 42, 24 NOM ἢ 
i> against whom we ues peel. 

Nore. In the Talmud ἼΤ᾽ is not un- 
freq. put for M1, and also in compounds. 
Among the Tayitic Arabs, . is often 
used for scott; see Schult ad Har. II. 
p. 75. 


FAT 1. to flow, pr. of water, Ps. 78, 
20. 105, 41. Is. 48,21. Often also of the 
monthly courses in women, Lev. 15, 25; 
of the seminal flux or gonorrhea in men, 
Lev. 15, 2.—To flow with any thing. is 
also by an idiom of language said of a 
person or thing in or from which any 
thing flows; so of a woman having the 
menstrual flow Lev. 15, 19; of a man 
having gonorrhea Lev. 15, 4 sq. 22, 4. 
Num. 5, 2. 2 Sam. 3,29. Espec. also of 
affluence, abundance, with acc. of that 
with which any thing flows or overflows; 
Ex. 3, 8 8278 32m nar ΥῈΝἘ a land flow- 
ing (with) milk and honey. v.17. 13,5. 
33, 3. Lev. 20, 24. Num. 13, 27. 14, 8. 
16,14. Absol. Jer. 49,4 ΡΣ at thy 
valley flows, sc. with blood.—Aram. =) ‘ 
an, to flow, to flow down, to melt. 
2. Trep.to flow away, i.e.to pine away, 


.to die, Lam. 4, 9.—Arab. Id to pine 
away, sc. with hunger, disease. See 
under r. S83. 


aT τη. (r. 351) a flowing, flux, as of 
the semen in men, gonorrhea benigna, 
Lev. 15, 1-15; of the monthly courses 
in women, Lev. 15, 16 sq. 


TN or FT Ὁ. 4: q. kindr. 55, to 
boil, to boil over, as water ; éndinaitapo- 
etic, like Engl. to seethe, Germ. sieden, 
Gr. ζέω, whence ζύϑος (Germ. Sud, Ab- 
sud, Engl.suds) ; comp. the similar oifw. 
See Niph. and Hiph. no. 1. 

2. Trop. of the mind, to boil, to be fer- 
vid, like Gr. ζέω and Lat. ferveo ; (comp. 
m5 and Arab. Las, Schultens Opp. min. 
p- 80 ;) also of pride. insolence, wicked- 
ness.—Hence, to act proudly, wickedly 
towards or against any one, c. >> Ex. 
18, 11, δ Jer. 50, 29. In this signif: it 
is kindred with "7%. 

Nore. Both the Arabic roots of: 
mid. Waw, and df, mid. Ye, have sig- 
nifications derived from the idea of boil- 





φ7λ, “7 


ing; but only secondary. The former, 
for Og)» signifies, to prepare provisions 


for a journey, ots “provision for a jour- 


ney, from the idea of cooking, boiling. 


The latter, for doy, is, to increase, to 
exceed, from the idea of boiling over. 

Nipu. part. 7°32 (from the form ΠῚ, 
see Lehrg. p. 411, nor is it necessary to 
assume a root “12), something seethed, 
sodden, potiage, Gen. 25, 29. 2 K. 4, 38- 
40. Hag. 2, 12. 

Hea. <1. 't6 seethe, to cook, see Kal ἡ 
no. 1; to prepare by boiling, seething. 
Gen. 25, 29 "512 Sp23 “1 and Jacob sod 
pottage. Sept. ἥψησε δὲ ᾿Ιακὼβ ἕψημα. 

2. to act insolently, presumptuously, 
wickedly, spoken mostly of those who 
knowingly and purposely violate the 
precepts of God and commit sin, Deut. 
1. 43. 17, 13. Neh. 9, 16. 29; with inf. et 
> Deut. 18, 20; dy of pers. Ex. 21, 14 
n.s3 ‘ian — WN Tt 4D if a 
man act wickedly against his neighbour 
in slaying him with guile. Neh. 9, 10. 

Deriv. 31, 717%, vir. 


TAT Chald. id. Apa. Inf. m4 i. q. 
Heb. Hiph. no. 2, to act proudly, wick- 
edly, Dan. 5, 20. 


*F1t obsol. root, Arab. (99) ἴο hide, 
to conceal, by putting away, comp. 739; 
VII to hide oneself, to get in a corner; 
in Heb. also prob. to lay up, to hoard. 

Deriv. Ὅτ, ἸΏ. 


* TAT obsol. root. 1. i. q. ΥῈΣ to glit- 
ter, to sparkle, to throw out rays ; hence 
of milk, to flow out like rays, to ate 
see ΤῊ no. 1. Comp. "75. 

2. to move, to move about, from the 
idea of sparkling, glancing ; Talmud. id. 
Hence Τοῦ no. 2, Mat. 


ὈΠΤῚ Gen. 14,5 Zuzim, pr. ἢ. of a 
people on the borders of Palestine. Sept. 
ἔϑνη ἰσχυρά, and so Syr.Onk. So called 
perh. from the fertility of their country ; 
see Τὴν no. 1, and r. THT no. 1. | 

DT Zoheth pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 
A root mm is not found, either in He- 
brew or the kindred languages. 

mT f. (Kamets impure) only in plur, 
rviNNt , Conners, from r.3t. Syr. {roo} 


Arab. ὅρος. Spoken of the corners οὗ 


| 
: 
: 





ing 


corner-columns of a palace; Ps. 144, 12 
miawn maqt> j2°m 123 lit. that our dintieh- 
ters may be as corner-columns Sinely 
sculptured, in allusion prob. to the Ca- 
ryatides, or columns representing female 
figures, so common in Egyptian archi- 


tecture; Aquil. ὡς ἐπιγώνια, Vulg. quasi 


anguli. The point of comparison lies in 
the slenderness and tallness combined 
with elegance; comp. Cant. 5, 15. 7, 8. 


ie Sor 1. ig. 551 , comp. 512, to shake 
out, 10 pour out; once Is. 46, 6 D> 


0732 31 they pour out gold from the bag, 


lavish it. Arab. Jt IV, to make light 
of. 


2. Pr. to shake off, i. q. to remove, to 


put away or aside; comp. Arab. (ἢ ὦ 
mid. Waw and Ye, to remove, to put 
away; intrans. i. q. to go away, to de- 
sist, to fail—Hence 


Moar ἢ pr. removal, a putting aside ; 
only in constr. M251, et c. suff. "M>41, 
724, with the force of a Prep. bevides; 
aside from, except. ἘΣ. g. "M231 bupicles 
me, aside from me, pr. by my removal, 


‘IT being removed, Is. 45, 5. 21; constr. 


2K. 24,14. Sometimes with Yod pa- 
ragog. "M251 for ΓΗ Deut. 1, 36. 4, 12; 
comp. "M?2.—Once as a Conj. for m>41 
“WX except that, save that, 1 K. 3, 18. 


*at in Kal not used; Chald. Syr. 
and Sam. to nourish, to feed, to pasture. 

Horn. Jer. 5, 8 Θ Στὴ ὉΠ" Cheth. 
Sed horses, i. e. well fed, fat.—Keri has 
Dos", which, decording to Schultens, 
is teed from 41", δ» to weigh, in 
the sense: ponderibus “Gibhpudsh bene 
vasati ; -pondera i. q. testes, see Catull. 
62,5. Stat. Silv. 3. 4.77. Comp. Engl. 
stone-horses. Sept. ἵπποι ϑηλυμανεῖς. 

Deriv. 71172. 


TT Chald. id. 
Dan. 4, 9. 
Deriv. i172. 


Irupe. fut. ὙΠῸ pass. 


27 f. a harlot, prostitute, part. fem. 
of r. 523, where see more. 


Pe, very frequent in Syr. Chald. 
Zab. i. g. Gr. σεέω, σεύω, (comp. 312 


veve,) pr. to shake, to agitate, see Pil. 


275 


an altar, Zech. 9, 15. Meton. of the 





Ἢ 


and ΠΣ. In Kal intrans. fo be shaken, 
agitated ; hence 

1. to move oneself, Esth. 5, 9. 

2. to quake, to tremble, Eee. 12, 3. 

PIL. part. 51312, to deitaté, to dis- 
quiet, to maltreat, Hab. 2,7. Aram. and 
Arab. id. 

‘Deriv. pr. ἢ. 9%, and the two here 
following. 


5 Chald. to tremble, to fear, c. 74. 
Part. }"2NT, or as in Keri 77371, Dan. 5, 
19. 6, 97. 


mT f. (τ. 5510) with Vav movable. 

1. agitation, i. e. disquiet, ill treat- 
ment. Jer. 15,4 nisboe 535 sid OMANI 
7287 7 will. give them over for ill treat- 
ment to all the kingdoms of the earth. 
24, 9, 29, 18. 34, 17. 2 Chr. 29, 8.—Keri 
in all these examples has the form 7131 
q. v. as being more easily pronounced. 

2. a quaking, terror, Is. 28, 19. 


Ἶ aa obsol. root, prob. i. 4. 251 to flow 
to become liquid ; comp. Ws ; SLE to 
flow, to liquefy.— Hence mq pitch, and 
pr. n. 5". 

ἘΠ. TT fat. conv. "ii 1. to press to- 
gether, to press out. Syr. 5] 3 ες: , to press 


in the hand, to grasp, Arab. | τ to com- 


press, to pinch, spec. the lip of a horse. 
The primary idea is ¢o straiten, to bring 
into a narrow compass ; comp. the kindr. 
roots "Ax, W2X¥.—F ut. Judg. 6, 38 “151 

IRIN «πᾶ he pressed out the fleece, 
wrung it out. Job 39, 15 533 "> n>Umi 


‘mm and (the paivieh ) forgetieth that 
the foot may press them, i. e. may crush 


her eggs.—Intrans. Pret. 171 (for which 
intrans. form see Lehrg. p. 401) Is. 1, 6 
Ant NX> they have not been pressed out, sc. 
the wounds, i. e. not cleansed from blood. 
—Part. pass. Is. 59,5 ofan egy: M5574 
MZDX Spam and being crushed it break- 
eth out a viper, i.e. when broken a viper 
comes forth. 
Deriv. “i179 I. 


ἘΠ. ΠΤ kindr. with τὸ and 1; 3 
plur. pret. 171, also 17% Ps, 58,4, Lehrg. 
p. 401. 

1. to go off, to turn aside or away, to 
depart, like Arab. ,/, mid. Waw Conj. 


VI, ΠῚ; with ja from any one Job 19, 


κι 


13. Ps. 78, 30; espec. from God Ps. 58, 
4. So from the way of truth and right, 


whence “ΠΤ II, falsehood, 
hood, lie, yf, Conj. I, to speak falsehood. 
Comp. 754 and Arab. le. 

2. to turn aside to a place or person, 
sc. in order to lodge, to take lodging ; 
Arab. οἷν to visit any one. Hence fo be 
strange, to be a stranger, Arab. fad 
a visitor, stranger; only in 

Part. "I strange, a stranger, foreign- 
er. Spec. 8) one of another nation, 
not an Israelite. Ex. 30,33. With this 
is often connected the accessory idea of 
an enemy, a barbarian ; just as Lat. 
hostis was primarily a stranger, Cic. de 
Off. 1. 12, and Gr. ξεῖνος also denoted an 
enemy, Hdot. 9. 11; and vice versa Sa- 
mar. X& εἰ pr. a hater, then a stranger. 
eo is. 1, 7. 29,2. 29, 0. Ps. 54, Ὁ, Hz. 
11,9. 28; 10. 30, 12.\ Hos. 7, 9. -8, 7. 
Obad.11. “3 Ἐν a strange god, i.e. the 
domestic god of another people, foreign 
to the Hebrews, Ps. 44,21. 81,10; ellipt. 
“i id. Is.43,12. Plur. ὉΔῚ Deut. 32, 16. 
Jer. 3, 13. 5, 19. 

b) one of another family, Deut. 25, 5 ; 
then for another, any other, Prov. 11, 15. 
14, 10. 20, 16. 27.13. Fem. ΠΤ a 
strange woman, the wife of another, 
(i. ᾳ. 2 τῶνδ Prov. 6, 29,) spoken espec. 
in respect to unlawful intercourse with 
her, an adultress, prostitute, Prov. 2, 16. 
5, 3. 20. 7, 5. 22, 14. 23, 38. (Syr. and 
Sam. ὯΝ AX, is to commit adultery, 
pr. to lodge with.) So ὉΔΟῚ strangers, 
i. q. adulterers, debauchees, Jer. 2) 25. 
Ez. 16,32. oO; 0°23 strange chile: 
i. 6. spurious, bastard children, Hos. 5, 7. 

c) Opp. to true, right. lawful, strange, 
i. gq. unlawful ; so N71 CNX strange fire 
i. 6. uniawful, profane, opp. to the sacred 
fire, Lev. 10,1. Num. 3, 4. 26,61. myop 
M1 sfrange incense, Ex. 30, 9. 

d) Trop. strange, i. e. new, unheard 
of, Is. 28, 21. if 

3. i.g. Arab. τ᾽ ὃ mid. Ye, to loathe ; 
intrans. 10 be loathsome. Job 19,17 "77 
“MUNd Mm my spirit (as agitated: quer- 
ulous) is loathsome to my wife-—Hence 
δὲ loathsomeness, for 751. 

Nipu. i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 1, 4. 


S 9 
9) a false- 


276 





va) 


——— 


Hopn. part. "17 made strange, es 


tranged, Ps. 69, 9. 
Deriv. πρὶ, ΠΤ II. 


*TOT in ὶ c= 
i) im Kal not used, i. q. Arab. O 


and ξ =) to move, to shove, to displace. 


Aram. wo], Π "t.—Hence 


Nipn. lo be moved, shoved, displaced, 
Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21. 


. Pint 1. to creep, to crawl. Part. 
sesh pr. crawlers of the dust, ser- 
pents, Deut. 32, 24. Mic. 7, 17. -Henos 

2. to fear, to be afraid ; pr. to creep 
timidly along, see 593. Job 32, 6 j2°>2 
NTI ONSET therefore Iwas afraid and 
feared. 


mony (serpent) Zoheleth, pr. ἢ. 43% 
rbnin i. q. the stone f Zoheleth, near 
Jerusalem, 1 K. 1, 9. R. Smt. 


“INT see m3 no. 2. ¢. 


"iT ad m. (τ. 141) boiling, rebthig 
raging, 6. g. waters, Ps. 124, 5. 


YT Chald. m. brightness, splendour, 
(contr. from 771, i. q. Heb. 14, r. ΠῚ 
4. v.) Dan. 2, 31. 4.33. Plur. of a bright 
and cheerful countenance, bright looks, 
Dan. 5, 6. 9 "ATs 5920 “Hi his bright 
looks were changed, i. e. his cheerful 
countenance grew pale. v. 10. 7, 28. 


Comp. the Heb. in c. 10.8. Syr. {05} 
splendour, Arab. S) and S) ornament. 


TT in. (Ὁ. 151) 1. @ full breast ; so, 
retaining the image, Is. 66, 11 48m 43722 
MIVSD IQ CHEST that ye-may suck 
and delight yourselves (i. e. suck with 
delight) from her abundant breast, as 
overflowing with milk. Parall. tt 
Tene. 

2. any moving thing, whatever lives 
and moves ; so poet. "7¥ τὴν what moves 
on the field, i. q. beasts of the field, Ps. 
50, 11. 80, 14. Comp. Gr. χγώδαλον 
beast, for κινώδαλον, also κινώπετον, χνώῳ, 
from κιγέω ; πρόβατον from προβαίνω. 


NTT (full breast, abundance, iq. τ) 
Ziza,pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4,37.  b) 
2 Chr. 11, 20. 


OMT (id.) Zizah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 23, 


11; for which in v. 10 82". 


oy 


2"T (motion) Zia, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 5, 
13. R.>0. 


ST (a flowing, τ. 957) Ziph, pr.n. a) 
A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 
55. 2 Chr. 11, 8; also a desert of like 
name in its vicinity, 1 Sam. 23, 14. 15. 
Now Zi?f, a place of ruins between He- 
bron and Carmel; Bibl. Res. in Palest. 


II. p. 191. Gentile n. "5" Ziphite, 1 
Sam. 23, 19. 26,1. Ὁ) A man, 1 Chr. 
4, 16. 


MPT plur. f. (tor mp2, Mipt, τ. P21) 
burning arrows, fiery darts, Is. 59, 11; 
i. q. SPT Prov. 26, 18, where many Mss. 
read ὉΠ. ~Syr. Los} a weapon, thun- 
derbolt.—On the form, comp. the exam- 
- ples collected in Lehrg. p. 145, and add 
V="P for FiXP, VN for sox. 


PT τὴ, (τ. πὶ) constr. mt, plur. 
pont. 

1. an olive, olive-tree, Judg. 9,9; more 
fally 12 my otl-olive Deut.8,8. mn 129 
olive-oil, Ex. 27, 20. 30, 24. Lev. 24, 2. 
on 3M the Mount of Olives. near Je- 
rusalem, Zech. 14,4. 2Sam. 15,30; used 
as a high-place for sacrifice, 1 K. 11, 7. 

2. an olive, the fruit; MM > the 
olive-tree Hagg. 2,19. mt 725 to tread 
olives, in order to express the oil, Mic. 6, 
15. 

3. an olive-branch, Zech. 4, 11, comp. 
v. 12. 

Nore. This word is current in all the 


kindred dialects; Syr. {du} olive-tree, 


Arab. wast olive-oil, Ἢ 335 olive, Eth. 


HPT olive and oil; hence it passed 
into the Coptic RWIT, Theb. ROEIT > 
olive, and Span. azeyte oil. The ety- 
‘mology is to be sought in the root 


mitt to. shine q. v. Arab. Ss) (for ἘΝ 


to adorn, pr. to cause to shine; V, to be 


clothed (adorned); (¢) ornament, pr. 
splendour ; see Castell’ p. 1040, and the 
examples there cited; Heb. "1, Chald. 
"1. mance: ΤΙ poi be pr. fem. of 


a form “1, ὋΣ , and denote ΩΝ 


shining. This might be referred either 

to the freshness and beauty of the olive- 

trce, comp. MiININ; or, better, to the 
24 


247 





i 


shining of the oil, ent “i337 oil, from 
“mx to shine, also 35% spoken of shining 
and transparent oil, "Zech. 4,12. After 
the true etymology had ieconie neglect- 
ed or forgotten, the ™ came to be re- 
garded as a radical letter ; and hence it 
is that mM" is of the masc. gender, and 
the Arabs have thence formed a new 
verb, wif, to preserve in oil; II, to pro- 
cure cil. 


Sirisee 
JT (olive-tree, Arab. ὡΣ Ὁ) Ze- 
than, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10. 


ΠΤ and JT, fem. m31, adj. clean, pure, 
e. g. oil Ex. 27, 20, frankincense 30, 34. 
Trop. in a moral sense of the heart and 


- life, Job 8, 6. 11, 4. 23, 9. Prov. 16, 2. 20, 


11. 21,8. R. 9}, 


+ mine 

biel i. q. 721, to be clean, pure, 
every where ina moral sense, Job 15, 14, 
25, 4. Ps. 51, 6. Mic. 6, 11.—Arab. Ls, 
Syr. be? and [5] id. 

Piet to cleanse, to make clean, pure, 
6. g. one’s way, heart, Ps. 73, 13. Prov. 
20. 9. Ps. 119, 9 IMIR "AY ATI MBIA 
how shall a young man. cleanse his way ? 
i. e. keep himself pure. 

Hirupa. 725m for MzInn, to cleanse 
oneself, to make oneself clean, pure ; Is. 1, 
16 5355 make yourselves clean. Others 
regard this form as Niph. of the verb 
321, which however is against the ac- 
cent; fer 1535 (Milra) implies a verb 
rm, while Niph. of 423 would be 5337 
(Milél). 


127 Chald. f. purity, innocence, Dar 
6,23. R. mat. 7 


AMDT f. (τ. 423) once Job 28, 17, 


glass or crystal. Arab. cS) , Syr 
ἴδα δ id. Comp. 31. 

ΣΤ m. i. α. 921, α male, spoken both 
of men and of animals, Ex. 23, 17. 34, 23. 
Deut. 16, 16. 20,13. R. "51. 

“Dt (mindful) Zaccur, pr. n. of seve- 
ral men, Num. 13,4. 1 Chr. 4, 26. 25, 2 
(in 9,15 9731). Neh. 3,2. 10,13. 13, 13. 
R. 724, 

ἜΤ (pure, innocent) Zaccai; pr. ἢ. 
m. Ezra 2, 9. Neh. 3, 20 Keri. 7, 14. 


Prob. also Ezra 10, 38; see in’ "a1. R. 
ToT 


ἘΣ 


τ 13] i. q. 33 q. v. to. be clean, pure, 
physically of things Lam. 4,7; in a moral 
sense Job 15,15. 25,5. Comp. kindr. 331. 

Hipn. to cleanse, to wash, Job 9, 30. 

Deriv. 3} or 31, h7=9>7, and pr. ἢ. "21. 


-- 


᾿ “21 fut. "217, to remember, to recol- 
lect, to call to mind ; Lat. meminisse, re- 
cordari, reminisci, for the difisrones of 
which wonlla see Οἱξ. pro Ligar. 12. 35; 
Doederlein Lat. Synonyme und Etymo- 
logien I. 166. Arao. “ὃ, Syr. 19)» 
Chald. "33, id—The origin seems to 
lie in the ‘idea of pricking, wprereng, 
comp. kindr. "—3; whence “21 mem- 
brum virile, a like the ogc si A 
fem. ΓΞ) seems to be derived from the 
shape. The idea of memory then may 
come from that of penetrating, infixing ; 
comp. Ecce. 12,11. A different etymo- 
logy was proposed by me in Monumm. 
Phen. p. 114, viz. that as in Athen. 1. 1, 
“20 is written for "3% memory, perhaps 
“21 is primarily i. q. "20 10 shut up, and 
then to keep, to preserve ; comp. "728 
no. 2. But the other view is favoured 
by the noun "33 .—Hence 

1. to remember, to call to mind, as 
above; with an accus. Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29. 
al. sep. more rarely with > Ex. 32, 13. 
Deut. 9, 27. Ps. 25, 7. 136, 23; 3 Fox. 3, 
16; "3 Job 7,7. 10, 9. Deut. 5, 15. Part. 
pass. “931 <Sinemberne, mindful, Ps. 
103, 14.—Spec. a) to call to mind, to 
recollect, Gr. i alee, opp. to for- 
get. Gen. 40, 23 o"pwan iy N27 Ni 
AMD HOM. v. ‘14, 42, 9. Num. 
11, 5. Ece. 9,15. Job 21, 6. Tah. 44, 21 
synon. with 3> >3 msm. Often with 
the inset bed idea οὔ care, kindness, to 
renew one’s care for any one, i. q. ἽΡΒ, 
Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29. 30,22. b) to relepened 
_ ber, i.e. to base in mip to be mindful 
of, Ps. 9,13. 98, 3. 105, 5. 42. 2 Chr. 24, 
22. Ex. 13, 3 797 DINI“PN st remem- 
ber this ἀὰν, be mindful of it. 20, 8. 
‘MMMM D1 to remember a covenant, 
to bear it in mind, Gen. 9, 15. Lev. 26, 
. 43. Am.1,9. 6) to bear in mind, to con- 
sider, to reflect. Deut. 5, 15 remember 
that thou wast a servant in Egypt. 15, 
15. 16, 12. 24,18. 70} 7, 7 "3 mn ΠῚ 
O consider, that my life is a breath ! Ps. 
103,14. d) to recall to mind and con- 


278 





ie "at 


template, Lat. recordari. Ps. 119, 55 
“1 9799 Mba smI21 J call thy name to 
mind in the night, O Lord! 1. 6. 1 medi- 
tate upon it. v. 52. 143, δ. 63, 7. 6) 
With dat. of pers. and acc. of thing, to 
remember a thing to or for any one, i. 6. 
to bear it in mind either to his advantage 
or disadvantage ; e. σ΄. for good, Neh. 5,19 
τῶν πῶς Ὁ fu οὲ ἜΠΟΣ 1b mast 76- 
member to me for good, O my God, all 
that Ihave done, i. 6. so that I may at μὴ 
obtain from thee reward. 13, 22; for evil 
Neh. 6, 14. 13, 29. [ἢ Referred also to 
things future, i. q. to think upon, to con- 
sider, comp. Lat. memento mort. Lam. 
1,9 she remembereth not her latter end. 
Is. 47, ἡ. Hence also i. q. to think of, 
to meditate, to attempt, Job. 40, 32 734 
manda think of the battle, i.e. prepare 
to attack. 

2. to mention, to make mention of, Gr. 
ἐπιμνάομαι, Jer. 20, 9, 

Nipu. 1. to be remembered, recollect- 
ed, Job 24, 20. Jer. 23,16. With dat. of 
pers. >, to be remenibered 16 δὲ against 
any one, to his detriment, Ez. 18, 22. 
33, 16. minx “212 Ps. 109, 14 and 
m1 9253 "3 ‘Num. 10, 9, to be remembered 
with or before Jehowahe to be borne in 
mind of him. 

2. to be mentioned, Jer. 11, 19. Job 28, 
18. 

3. Denom. from "31, to be born a male, 
Ex. 34, 19. Arab. «ὁ IV, to beara 
male. 

Hipu. “7210, inf. c. suff. o3921n Ez. 
21, 24. 

1. to cause to remember, to biti to re- 
membrance, to keep in remembrance. 
Construed:' «) With an acc. of thing 
2 Sam. 18, 18. So freq. {9 771M to 
bring to remembrance iniquity, 1 K. 17, 
18. Ez. 21, 24. 28. 29,16. Num. 5, 15 
ἫΣ MYST. Pind MMI an offering of me- 
morial, bringing iniquity to remem- 
brance sc. with God. #) With an ace. 
of bbjert and >x of pers. Gen. οὖ 14 
belinis to Phardon! 7) With an ace. of 
pers. Is. 43, 26 "29°31 put me in remem- 
brance sc. of thy virtues and merits. 
5) Absol. "°D1M> to bring to remem- 
brance sc. oneself with God, in the inscr. 
Ps. 38, 1. 70, 1; comp. 38, 93. 70, 2. 6.— 
Spec. a) ences prodere, i. e. to 


- the membrum virile. 


“oF 


record, to register ; Part. ""31"2 as subst. 
a recorder, register, i.q. historiographer, 
the king’s annalist, whose duty it was to 
record the deeds οἴ the king and the 
events of his reign, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24. 
1 K. 4, 3. 2 K. 18, 18. 37. 1 Chr. 18, 15. 
2 Chr. 34, 8. Is. 36,3. 22. The same 
office is mentioned as existing in the 
Persian court, both ancient and modern, 
where it iscalled Waka’ Nuwish ; Hdot. 
6. 100. ib. 7. 90. ib. 8.100. Chardin Voy- 
age en Perse T.III. p. 327; T. V. p. 258. 
ed. Langlés. So too in the time of the 
Roman emperors Arcadius and Hono- 
rius, under the name of magister memo- 
rig. Ὁ) In the ritual language, to offer 
as a memorial sacrifice, M7318 q.v. Is. 
66,3 M745 37212 he ‘that burneth incense 
sc. as a memorial sacrifice. 

2. 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to mention, to make 
mention of ; with acc. of thing, 1 Sam. 
4,18. Ex. 23,13. Is. 49, <a With 5x 
of pers. edded. Is. 19,17; > of pers. Ps. 
87, 4 "3355 533} ann 921% Iwill make 
_ mention of Egypt and Babylon to them 
that know me ; and without an accus. of 
thing, Jer. 4,16 o%isd ΛΞΓ make ye 
mention to the nations sc. of this, an- 
nounce this to the nations. Sice: to 
mention with praise, to praise, to cele- 
brate ; with an acc. 1 Chr. 16, 4. Ps. 71, 
16. Is.63,7. mint ov warm Ex. 20, 24. 
Is. 26, 13. " OWS τ Josh. 23,7. Ps. 20,8. 
45, 18. Is. 48, 1. 63,7. minm> ‘m1 Chr. 28, 
4; with "5 Ἢ 12, 4.—Once, to cause to 
praise to let be praised: Ex. 20, 21 [24]. 

3. i.q. Kal no. 1, to remember, to call 
to mind sc. with oneself, Gen. 41, 9. 

Deriv. the five here following, and 
PIIDIN, ΣΤ, ἜΤ. 


27 m. a male ; spoken of mén, Gen. 
1, 26. 5,2. 17,10 sq. 34,158q. Also of 
animals, Gen. 7,3. 9.16. Ex.12,8. Plur. 
pest Ezra 8,4 sq. Compr. 731 Niph. 


Arab. po: Syr. 1-29 ‘ 
id. The Arabic word also denotes pr. 
For the etymo- 


no. 3, also "421. 


logy, see r. 27 init. 


— 37 m. and ἍΞΙ Ex. 17, 14. Is. 26, 14. 
Prov. 10, 7, (where Koweinet other Mss. 
have Tsere, comp. J. H. Michaelis Nott. 
erit.) c. ak, “ot. R..“33. 

1. remembrance, memory, Arab. pe ᾧ. 


219 





ἘΠῚ] 


Ex. 17, 14 I will utterly put out the re 
membrance of Amalek. Deut. 25, 19 
32, 26. Ps. 9, 7. 34,17. 109, 15. al. 

2. memorial, i. e. name, by which one 
is brought to remembrance, mentioned, 
i.g. OY. Ex. 3,15 Πιὶ pbisd ἜΘ ΠῚ 


75953 7931 this ds my name for ever, 


and this my memorial (name) to all 
generations. Ps. 30,5 twp "319 sin 
praise his holy name. 135, 13. Hos. 
12, 6. 

3. praise, laud, Ps. 6,6. 102,13. Arab. 


ῳο 


o laud. : 
4. Zecher pr. n. of a man 1 Chr, 8, 31; 
called also M931 9, 37. 


TI73T m. (Ὁ. 721) constr. 73, plur. 
ΒΡ 3} and mizinst. 

iF remembrance, memorial, Kicc. 1, 11. 
2,16. 5 7131 m5 to be for a memorial | 
to any one, so that his memory shall not 
perish, Ex. 12, 14. Josh..4, 7. So 23% 
yi7D1 stones of remembrance, memorial 
stones, i. e. the two engraved stones 
upon the shoulder-braces of the high- 
priest’s ephod, Ex. 28, 12. 39,7. mn 
si923 ὦ memorial sacrifice Nui 5, 15. 
yi93t niw to set up a memorial, sc. of 
oneself by procreating children, Is. 57,5 

2. a memento, record, Gr. ὑπόμνημα, 
Fr. mémoire. Ex. 17, 14 ji9D1 ONT 3h 
"DoD wrile this as a memento in the 
book. 41721 "BO Mal. 3, 16, and Plu 
ΤΥ 3. ABO Esth. 6; 1, book of records, 
annals, register or journal, comp. 1,33. 
Also até memorial sign, Ex. 13, 9. 

3. 1. ᾳ. δ, a@ memorable ‘saying, 
ἀπόφϑεγμα, Job 13, 12. 

4. a day of memorial, a celebration, 
festival, Lev. 23,24. Comp. the verb 
in Esth. 9, 28. Ex. 20, 8. 


“I2T (remembered, renowned, comp. 
9 g . 
“ ὦ renown) Zichri, pr. n. of several 


persons, Ex. 6, 21. 1 Chr. 8,19. 23. 9,15 
(in 25, 2. 10. “$D1). 2 Chr. 23, 1. Neb. 
17, 2. al. 


ΓΦ and W"ST (whom Jehovah 
remembers, r. "31) pr.n. Zechariah, Gr. 
Ζαχαρίας. 

a) A king of Israel, son of Jeroboam 
II, put to death by Shallum after a reign 
of six months, B. C. 773. 2 K. 14, 29. 
15, 8-11. 


ΝῸῚ 


b) A prophet who flourished after the 
exile, whose writings are preserved in 
the sacred canon, son of Berechiah and 
grandson of the prophet Iddo, see in 43 
no. 2. Zech. 1, 1.7. Ezra5,1. 6, 14. 

c) A son of Jeberechiah, contempo- 
rary with Isaiah, prob. also a prophet, 
Is. 8, 2; comp. v. 16. 

d) A prophet, son of Jehoida the priest, 
slain in the court of the temple during 
the reign of Joash, 2 Chr. 24, 20 sq. 

e) A prophet at Jerusalem in the reign 
of Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26, 5.—Also of several 
other persons; see in 733 no. 4. 


᾿ NOT obsol. root, perh. i. q. O53, fis, 


to draw sc. water. Hence pr. ἢ. H87>17. 


* 507 obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
ὦ to draw up, kindr. h>3. Hence 


7 


32172, , Mgbt0, fork. 


ΓΗΣῚ f. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. pr. a shaking, 
trembling, earthquake, see r. >>1 Niph. 
Hence a storm, tempest; Ps. 12, 9 the 
wicked walk on every side, "23> naby p12 
ban like the rising of a tempest upon the 
sons of men.—[ Others better, abjectness, 
vileness, see r. 551 no. 3.—R. 


ToT m. (r. +51 Niph.) only in plur. 
pxb151 , shools, twigs of a vine, so called 
from their waving and tremulous mo- 
tion, Is. 18, 5. Comp. miz050, D7r020, 
ἘΡΩ͂. 


ἜΣ to shake, kindr. with >>3 and 
the roots there caatpieih 

1. to shake, to make tremble or nats 
see Niph. 

2. to shake out, to pour out, trop. to 
squander, spoken of property, reputation, 
etc. Part. 5551 a squanderer, prodigal, 
Prov. 23, 21. 28,7. Deut. 21,20. Prov. 23, 
20 “wa bb squanderers of their own 
body. voluptuaries, debauchees. Comp. 
bnt.—And as one shakes out and casts 
away only worthless things, hence 

3. Intrans. to be abject, vile, ey 


Jer. 15,19. Lam.1,11. Arab. Sia. J3 
vileness, abjectness of mind. Syr. \] to 
be vile. Comp. Hiph. : 
Nipu. 542, to be shaken, to tremble, to 
quake. Is. 64,2 9242 Dan ΠΣ ΒῸ at thy 
presence the mountains quaked. So also 


280 





rat 


Judg. 5,5 "519 psn the mountains quak- 
ed, the form ‘aby being for sbi, Lehrg. 
§ 103. n. 15. Sept: well svalsSieun, 
(the root 551 corresponding in etymology 
also with σάλος, σαλεύω,) and the same is 
vn eat by Chald. and Arabs Polygl. 


Arab. ἜΞ , to shake the earth, J 


earthquake. See 55151. 

Hien. ὅπ, with Chaldee flexion, 
causat. of Kal no. 3, to lightly esteem, to 
ΕΣ Lam. 1, 8. 


* ODOT quadrilit. not used, i. q. 521 to 
be hot, to glow, the letter > here insert- 
ed, comp. Lehrg. p. 864.—Hence 

ΓΊΣΣΟΙ and MPY>T, plur. τοῖς Ps. 11 
6. Lam. 5, 10, violent-heat, glow, espec. 
of a wind Ps. 11, 6, prob. the wind called 
regen | es-Simtim, i.e. the poisonous.— 
Also of a famine, Lam. 5, 10; comp. Ez. 
5, 2 and v. 12. 16.17; also λιμὸς αἴϑοψ 
Hes. Op. 361, ignea fames Quinctil. 
Declam. 12. Arab. 
famine, Hariri Consess.—Of anger, Ps. 
119, 53. 


i Pi obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to drop. 


to trickle, i. q. }2.—Hence 


ME=T (a dropping) Zilpah, pr. n. of 
Leah’s maid, Gen. 29, 24. 30, 9. 


ΓῺΤ f. (τ. Dt) 1. purpose. counsel, 
plan, sc. for evil, Prov. 21, 27. 24, 8; 
rarely for good, Job 17, 11. 

2. mischief, wickedness, crime, Ps. 26, 
10. 119, 150. Spee. of crimes arising 
from unchastity, as rape, incest ;. Lev. 
18, 17 8° Mat this is wickedness. Job 
31, 11. Ez. 16, 27. 22, 9.44. 

3. Zimmah, pr. ἢ. τὴ. 1 Chr. 6, 5. 27. 
2 Chr. 29, 12. 


ΠῺΣ f. (τ. D1) purpose, thought, i. q. 
mat, mata; Plur. c. suff. "at for "Mint 
Heb. Gr. § 89. 3.n. Ps. 17,3 ΞΕ 
“p--ast my mouth doth not pass over 
(go beyond) my thoughts, i. e. my 
language and thoughts are the same. 
Or: my thoughts transgress not my com- 
mand, i. 6. do τοῦ swerve fromthe laws 
of God and of virtue which I have im- 
posed on myself; see Thesaur, p. 1087 
fin. [Others take "Mat as infin. of 52} 
ὁ. suff. my thinking, thought, which 
gives the same general sense.—R 


3! Ls fire of 


-ρω χανε 


ἝΝ 


Vat 


maT f. (τ. Vat 1) Plur. o°— Nah. 
2, 3. 

1. ἃ vine-shoot, twig, so called from 
being pruned, Num. 13, 23. Is. 17, 10. 

2. Genr. a twig, shoot, branch; Ez. 


15,2. 8,17 and lo, they put the branch to, 


their nose; in allusion to the custom of 
the Persians (Parsees). who adore the 
rising sun holding in their left hand a 
bundle of twigs called Barsom; see 
Strabo XV. p. 733 Causab. τὰς δ᾽ ἐπῳ- 
Sug ποιοῦνται πολὺν χρόνον ῥάβδων μυρι- 
κίνων λέπτων δέσμην κατέχοντες. Comp. 
Hyde de Rel. vett. Persarum p. 350. 
Zendavesta ed. Anquetil du Perron, II. 
532. ° 


d ΤῺ quadril. obsol. 


-- 0- 


>) onomatop. like Germ. swmmen, 


. 4. Arab. 


i. 6. Lo hum, to murmur, to make a noise ; 
9 


“-“ - ο . . 
whence a) noisy multitude.—Hence 


ὩΣ ΩΤΤ m. plur. (noisy people) Zam- 
zummimn, pr.n. of a race of giants dwell- 
ing anciently in the territory of the Am- 
monites, but extinct before the time of 
Moses, Deut. 2,20. Comp. 07151. 


WT m. (τ. 21 I, after the form 37x23, 
wear, Lehre. § 120. no. 5,) pruning-time 
SC. foe vines, Cant. 2,12; Sept. well καιρὸς 
τῆς τομῆς, Syram. x. hee el ὦ ὕσεως, Vulg. 
tempus putationis. Others, time of the 

singing of birds, but contrary to the 
' usage of the’verb 721 and to the analogy 
of nouns of the form 5.5. 


Wat m. Is. 25,5, (τ. vet I) plur. 
Min21, a song, Ps, 119,54. 2 Sam. 23,1. 
Spec. song of praise, hy ymn, Is. 24, 16. 
Job 35, 10 who giveth songs in the night, 
i.e, ‘ey, rejoicing in misfortune.’ Also 
song of triumph; Is. 25, 5. 

M1"OT (song, fem. of preced.) Zemi- 
rah, pr. n. of a man, 1 Chr. 7, 8. 


* Oa pret. ΩΤ and ."727; fut. 
pin | plur. 21" for τα, see Heb. Gem. 
5 66. n. 11. Lehrg. p- "372; to memiate, 


΄σ 


to have in mind, to purpose ; Arab. « 

id. It seems to come from the idea of 

murmuring or muttering, i.e. the low 

voice of persons talking to themselves 

or meditating; comp. 0127 to murmur, 

also 331, MM, ΠΣΓΙ no. 1, 2, 3.—With 
24* 


281 





“aT 


accus. Prov. 31,16 Snnpmi my Mast she 
meditateth upon a field (purposes ' to ; buy 


it) and acquireth it. With inf.c. > Gen. 
11,6; absol. Jer. 51,12. Lam. 2,17. For 


ἼΘΙ Ps. 17, 3, see art. Mat Ἐπ ΡΤ ina 


bad sense, to siiedittive evil Prov. 30, 32; 


c. inf. etd Ps. 31,14. With > ét pars. to 
plot against Ps. 37, 12. 
Deriv. ΠῚ, Mat, M2172, and 


DT m. a purpose, plan, device, sc. 


for evil, Ps. 140, 9. 


* VT not used in Kal, to determine, 
to fix, to appoint ; 
Chald. and Syr. Pa. id. 

Puat plur. part. 052279 B°nD Ezra 10, 


14. Neh. 10, 35, and nist ‘y Neh. 13, . 


31, appointed times, stated times. 
Deriv. ee 


ΤΩΤ Chald. Pa. to determine, to rn 
point, to prepare. 

Hirupa. ja31M convenire inter se, ta 
agree together, pr. to appoint time and 
place with each other, Dan. 2, 9 Keri; 
comp. Am. 3,3 Targ. The Chethibh is 
to be read 59m2°217, and is Aphel; which 
is used also in Chaldee and Samaritan. 


TOT m. (τ. 721) plur. o°721, time, spec. 


2 Σ 


an appointed time, season; Arab. ur)» 


<=] id. Kee. 3, 1 


721 ca to every thing a stated time, i. e. 
every thing remains but for a time, all 
things are frail and fleeting. Neh. 2, 6. 
Ksth. 9, 27. 31.—A word of the later 
age, instead of the earlier n>, 


TT and JOT Chald. m. st. emphat. 
R751, plur. 77791. 

1. time, an appointed time, season, 
Dan. 2, 16. 221 ΠΙΞ at that time Dan. 
3, 7.8. 4, 33. ἸΠΡῚ 7721 3 even to a sea- 
son ined time. 7,12. Spoken of sacred 
seasons, festivals, Dan. 7, 25. Comp. 
“5917 no. 3. 

2. Plur. times, Lat. vices, Dan. 6, 11 


nanan yt three times. So Syr. ΟΝ 


and Arab. ὡς, time, plur. times, Lat 
vices. 


be “Vat to prune a vine, Lev. 25, 3.4 
Arab. id. 


Νιρᾷ. pass. Is. 5, 6. 
Deriv. Hy, "21, HATA, 


5, time. Syr. 


mat" . 


kindr. with 072%. | 


“ὮΙ 


wy ἐν “it in Kal not used; bat fre- 
quent in 

Pie. to touch or strike the ates of 
an instrument, to play, Gr. ψάλλειν ; and 
hence to sing, to chant, as accompany- 
ing aninstrument. Chald. Syr. id. Eth. 


HZ, to sing, c. ἢ to strike an instru- 
ment. Arab. ys, I. II, to sing to the 


pipe.— With dat. of pers. to or in honour 
ef whom, i. q. to celebrate, Judg. 5, 3. Ps. 
9. 12. 30, 5. 47, 7. 66, 4. al. With >x 
Ps. 59,18; accus. 30, 13. 57, 10. 66, 2. 
68, 5. Sometimes with 43 of instrum. 
Ps. 33, 2. 98,5. 145,3. ΕΝ, 

Deriv. "721, “70172, and the seven 
here following. ' 

Nore. The origin of this root, no. II, 
seems to lie in the hum, murmur, clang 
of chords, of the hurp, etc. which is else- 

ewhere expressed by the verb 727, and 
also by various kindred verbs, as referred 
to the humming or buzzing of bees and 
flies, to the murmur of water, the noise 
of a multitude, and other like sounds; of 
which the following comprises a large 
family: a) 1 and O11 to hum, to mur- 
mur, Germ. swmmen, sumsen, whence 
also the first means to meditate ; 321 id. 
spoken of the buzzing of flies, whence 
3527 a fly; also with an aspirate in place 


of the sibilant, 035 in Arab. +240 to 


hum, Germ. hwmmen (whence Huminel 
humble-bee), ΠῚ to clang asa harp, 
to clamour as a multitude. Ὁ) ‘vat to 
clang as a harp; Chald. ΓΞ, Arab. 
»» Heb. 57424, a bee, so called from 
its humming, buzzing; "35 to speak 
(comp. 735 no. 1, 2, also ἘΝ) comp. ἘΠῚ, 
D727, ΠΕ); "Ad and "aw to meditate 
(comp. in 021); “728 and "72M i.q. 729 to 
give forth a tremulous vibrating sound, 
as a rod or branch; and with an aspirate 
in place of the sibilant or dental, 125, 

, to murmur as water; and also 


without much doubt, V8 to speak, which 
then is of like origin with "33. ὁ) 
With mid. radical n for m, ΝΣ to make 
a noise as the rushing of falling water, 
comp. Germ. schnarren, schnurren ; 72 
to clang, to clatter, as arms; "25 to give 
a quavering sound, Germ. knarren, 

whence "3D harp. See Hupfeld in 


282 





“27 


Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. Il. 
p- 394 5ᾳ. Thesaur. App. ἢ. v. 


“WaT Chald. m. music of instruments, 
Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 


V8T Chald. m. a singer, Ezra 7, 24. 


‘VOT m. once Deut. 14, 5, an animal 
of the deer or gazelle species, so called 
from its leaping and springing ; as ji" 
from Oa3 1. g. yea. Arab. ᾿ saliit ca- 


prea. The idea of leaping (i. e. danc- 
ing) is connected with that of singing ; 
comp. 121 II. 

mat ἢ (τ. wet IL) song, music, e. g. 
of the voice Ps. 81, 3. 98,5; of instru- 
ments, Am. 5, 23. 2 Sam. 23, 1—Meton. 
VIN met the song of the land. i. 6. its 
best and most celebrated fruits, Gen. 43, 
11. Comp. Gr. ἀοίδιμος sung, celebrated 
in song, i. 6. renowned. 


AT m. (sung, celebrated in song, ἀοί- 
διμος) Zimri, pr.n. a) A king of Israel 
who slew and succeeded Elah, B. C. 930. 
1K. 16,9. 10. 2K. 9,31. Gr. Zopfoi. 
b) A phylarch or chief: of the tribe of 
Simeon, Num. 25, 14. 6) 1 Chr. 2, 6; 
in Josh.7,1 321. ἃ) 1Chr.8,36. 9,42. 
e) Apparently also as patronym. from 
Wet for "2770 Zimranite, Jer. 25, 25. 

TWAT (id.) Zimran, pr. n. of a son of 
Abraham by Keturah, and of an Arabian 
tribe descended ‘fons him ; Gen. 25, 2. 
1 Chr. 1,32. We may compare perhaps 
Zabritin: a city with a king, according 
to Ptolemy, situated between Mecca and 
Medina. See also "71 lett.e. 

NOT ἢ (τ v1 IL) ig. ΠῚ, song, 
meton. for the object of song or of praise. 
Ex. 15,2 πῆρ mst) “> Jehovah is my 
glory and song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12, 2. 


JI m. plur. 6°21, form, sort, kind, man- 
ner ; for the etymology see under r. 431. 
Ps. 144, 13 737>x 4372 from sort to sort, of 
every sort. 2 Chr. 16, 14. Chald. Syr. id. 

ἽΤ Chald. id. Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10:15: 

3 2:1 subst. m. plur. ΓΊΣΟΙ, ie 


mint, tail of an animal, Arab. 5o) 
2055, Syr. [316 id. The verb 2d 
to follow after, is secondary.—Ex. 4, 4. 
Judg. 15,4. Job 40,17. Metaph. end. 
stump ; STANT ΤΊΣ 72 these taro tails 


rat 


stumps, of firebrands, Is. 7, 4.—Put also 
for something small, mean, contemptible, 
mostly in opp. to UX. Deut. 28, 13 Jeho- 
vah will make thee the head. and not 
the tail. v. 44. Is. 9,13. 19,15. In the 
same sense the Arabs put in antithesis 
Hd, —23f nose and tail; see Comment. 
on Is. 9, 13.—Hence the denom. verb 
Piet 237 pr. to hurt or cut off the tail ; 
hence trop. to smite the rear of an army, 
to cut of the rear -guard (Arab. 5d, 
comp. Gr. οὐρά, οὐραγίαν), Deut. 25, 18. 
Josh. 10, 19. S-Dicnowitiative verbs de- 
rived rom nouns signifying members 
of the body, often ‘have in the Semitic 
tongues this sense of injuring or cutting 
off those members; see Lehrg. p. 257. 
Ewald’s Heb. Gram. p. 200. 


ἜΡΩΣ fut. 7239, apoc. jj") 1. to com- 
mit fornication. to ‘play the whore or har- 
lot. Arab. ἘΣ coivit, scortatus est, Syr. 


1 id. Eth. HPO, although Nun is, 


retained in H4'F semen coitus—Pr. 
and chiefly spoken of a female, whether 
married (where it may be rendered to 
commit adultery) or unmarried, Gen. 
38, 24. Lev. 19, 29. Hos. 3, 3. Constr. 
with acc. of the male paramonr, Jer. 3, L. 
Ez. 16, 28. Is. 23,17 unless here PX is 
with ; also a τὰ τὴ Ez. 16, 17; ὃς Ex. 
16, 26. 28; very often with SAMS, pr. fo 
go a whoring after any one, torun after a 
paramour, Ez. 16,34. Lev. 17,7. 20, 5. 6. 
Deut. 31,16. al. On the other hand, the 
husband from whom a woman departs 
in playing the whore, agatnust whom 
she-commits this crime, is put with 12 
Ps. 73, 27, "7x2 Hos. 1, 2, MN. 4, 12 
and ὑπ Ez. 23,5 (comp. Num. 5, 19. 
29), 552 Hos. 9, 1'and b> Judg. 19, 2 
where however the reading is doubtful. 
Ez. 16: 15 >> i. 6. with a husband, 
having a husband, in spite of him.— 
Parr. fem. 7331 a whore, harlot, Gen. 38, 
15. Deut. 23.19. al. more fully M271 AES 
Ley. 21,7. Josh. 2.1. Judg. 11,1. Plur. 
mi:t Hos. 4.14. 1 K.3,16; also 1K. 22, 
38 where Sept. αἵ πόρναι. Nor is there 
any ground to render 7251 in Josh. |. 6. 
hostess, one who keeps a public house, as 
if from 731 to nourish.—Rarely this verb 
is appliel to men, e.g. with 5x Num. 





283 Ἢ 


25,1; comp. Arab. oh for shy whore- 
monger. 

2. "Trop. andoftenspoken: a) Ofidol- 
atry, to go a whoring, i. q. to commit idol- 
atry ; the relation existing between God 
and the Israelitish people being every 
where shadowed forth by the prophets 
under the emblem of the conjugal union, 
see Hos. c. 1. 2. Ez. c. 16. 23; so that 
the people in worshipping other gods are 
compared toaharlotandadulteress. For 
the prepositions with which it is constru- 
ed, see above inno. 1. A very frequent 
fenwain j is DUN OAD TIN 431 10 go 
a whoring after other gods: Lev. 8 rp 
20, 5. 6. Deut. 31, 16. Judg. 2, 17; also 
THN mina mt to goa hiarine from 
their god, see in no. 1. Further, ΤΙΣ 
DMA TMX fo goa whoring after i. 6. in 
the manner of the heathen Ez. 23, 30. 
Ὁ) Of superstitions connected with idol- 
atry, MiaNm 77nN M2 10 go a whoring 
after wizards, necromancers, Lev. 20, 6. 
c) Of the intercourse and commerce of 
heathen nations among themselves, e. g. 
of Tyre, Is. 23, 17 and commits fornica- 
tion with all the kingdoms of the world. 
Comp. Nah. 3, 4, and j278. 

Pua 735 pass Ez. 16, 34. 

Hiren. mote , fut. apoc. 115} 2 Chr. 21,11. 

1. to edluce. to fornication, to ἀπο δ: 
dom, Ex. 34,16; to cause to commit for- 
nication, to let be a whore, Lev. 19, 29. 

2. Intrans. i. 4ᾳ. Kal to commit forni- 
cation, Hos. 4, i 18. 5, 3. 

Devi. DAT, PAST, MALTA. 


mit (perh. marsh, bog, comp. r. M33 
Hiph.) Zanoah, pr. n. of two places in 
the tribe of Judah. Josh. 15, 34. 56. Neh. 
3,13. 11, 30. 1 Chr. 4, 18. 


D727 m. plur. abstr. from στ. 423, with | 
formative Nun added. as }°S? from TEP, 
7278 from ΠΣ. Lehrg. p. 508. 

1. whoredoms. for nication Gen. 38. 24. 


Hos. 1, 2 072927 2755 ἘΣηΣΤ ΤῸΝ a wife 


of whoredoms and κε δὴ of whore- 
doms, i. e. ἃ wife who is a whore and 
bastard children. 2 6. 4.12.5 4. 2,4 
ΓΞ ΠΆΣΗΣ MOM and lel her phe away 
her whoredoms fro her countenance. i.@. 
lay off her wanton countenance, *vultum 
protervum’ Hor. Carm. 1.19. 7,8. Comp. 
Ez. 6. 9. 


2. Trop. spoken: a) Of idolatry, 2 K. 


ἫΝ 284 


9,22. b) Of the intercourse and com- 
merce of heathen nations, Nah. 3, 4; 
comp. the verb in Is. 23, 17. 


DAT f. (τ. 21) plur. pM, whore- 
dom ,_ fornication, only trop. a) Of idol- 
atry, Jer. 3, 2. 9. Ez. 23, 27. 43, 7. 9. 
Hos.4,11. Ὁ) Of any breach of fidelity 
towards God, e. g. of a murmuring and 
seditious people, Num. 14, 33. 


Ξ mat 1. to be foul, rancid, to stink, 


see Hiph. sr any δ Kindr. 


are (MX, ἘΠῚ, 39) foul water, turbid ; 


Gr. τάγγος and ταγγή rancidity, ταγγός 
rancid, Engl. tang; also σικχός loath- 
some, ouxyuirw.—Metaph. to be” loath- 
some, abominable. Hos. 8, 5 3233 ΠΣ] 
vind thy calf, O Samaria, is an abomi- 
nation. Hence 

2. Trans. to loathe, to spit out, i. e. 
to reject, to cast off, comp. ἘΠῚ; Hos. 
8,3 si Saw mt Israel hath réhected 
good. Often of Jehovah as rejecting a 
people, Ps. 43,2 ἌΠΟ M%> why dost 
thou cast me off? 44, 10. 24. 60, 3. 12. 
74, 1. 77, 8. 89, 39. With 52 to thrust 
away, to nenistee from any thing, Lam. 3, 
17 "D2 ΘΊΡΕ Ὁ MIM chow hast thrust me 
Sar away from prosperity, hast destroyed 
my welfare. 

Hien. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, pr. to emit a 
stench, to stink, Is. 19,6 MING? ΠΆΤΑ ΓΙ 
the rivers stink, i.e. “ἘΠ become shallow 
and foul. Sept: Vulg. deficient flumina. 
—The form 4n"3218F is scarcely Hebrew, 
and seems to be made- ‘up of two read- 
ings, 9M7:17 and ‘77:18, the latter of 
which imitates the Ohaldes: 

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to reject, to cast off, 
ΤΣ δ 94).  ὩΙΟΒ 11, 14. 
Causat. to cause to cast away, i. q. to 
profane, 2 Chr. 29, 19. 

Deriv. ΤΡῚΣ pr. ἢ. 


are obsol. root, prob. i.q. Arab. 
(kindr. with Heb. 1:2} to form, to Bhape 
Se» 9... 
whence Xiw form, appearance, 

rule, mode. Hence Heb. jt form, sort, 
species. (the origin of which has escaped 
ety mologists,) although afterwards, the 
etymology being overlooked, it was in- 
flected after the analogy of nouns from 
verbs m>, 





D7 

* Pat in Kal not used. Syr. «δὴ ἴο 
throw, to shoot an arrow, spec. to ἃ 
great distance. Talmud. to spring, to 
leap forth ; and so by transpos. Arab. 
(ὅν. The primary idea seems to be 
that of binding ; comp. Arab. ($55 to 
bind underneath, Syr. fo} a cord with 
which:a load is bound. Spoken espec. 
of animals, which draw their feet toge- 
ther before a leap (comp. YEP, +25) 
pr. to contract the feet for a leap, to — 
throw: oneself forward; and so of an 
arrow. Comp. ®"p}. 

Pret to leap or spring forth ity vio-- 
lence, of the lion Deut. 33, 22. Sept. 
ἐχπηδήσεται, and in other Mss. ἐκπηδή- 


ost. Kimchi 9. 


Deriv. ὉΡΡῚ for BP, Mp": for mipt, 
DTPIN. 

OST f. for ΠΙΣΤῊ (τ. 54, as M3 from 
555} sweat, Gen. 3,19; iq. ΣΤῊ, Gl 2 
mud, ΠΣ sweat, ΣΤ to sweat ; ‘Syr. 
ἴδιο» sweat, whence a new verb δ 
to sweat. 


MST f. by transpos. for ΠΣ (as | 
mi>3 for M212) pr. a shaking, agitation, 
i. 6. oppression, tll treatment, in ΟΠ ἢ. 
Deut. 28, 25. Ez. 23, 46; in Keri Jer. 
15, 4. 24, 9. 29, 18. 34, 17. 

TIZT (unquiet, ‘comp. M131) Zaaran, 
pr. ἢ. m. Gen. 36, 27. 1 Chr. 1, 42. 

YT m. (τ. 251) a little, Job 36,2; like 
μικρόν. The form imitates the Chaldee, 


"YT Chald. little, small, i. g. Heb. 
“SX, Dun. 7,8. «ΤΣ ΠΣ: 


4 
Beal i. . Ἴ 
extinct, once in 
Nipu. id. Job 17,1; where three Mss. 
read 125373, as if from ὭΣΤ. 


* DST fut. cbt: Num. 23, 8, and e271 
Prov. 24, 24, i. q. Arab. ha Conj. V, to 
foam at the mouth, spoken of a camel; 
also, 10 speak in anger. Of the same 
family is Germ. Schaum, schaumen, 
Engl. to scum, to skim, Fr. écume; comp. 
ὭΣΤ. Hence 

1. to be very angry, to be indignant 
towards any one; often with the idea 
of punishment, to pour out one’s anger 
upon any one, to punish with indigna- 


33, to be extinguished, 


\ 


Ὁ — 


OST 
tion, c. acc. Mal. 1, 4. Zech. 1, 12 "9 
MAST WW TTA the cities of Judah 
upon which thou hast poured oul thy in- 
dignation, etc. Is. 66, 14; >9 Dan..11, 
30. Part. mins cast Ploy: 22, 14. 

2. to curse, c. acc. Num. 23, 7.8. Prov. 
24, 24. Mic. 6, 10. 

‘Nrpeu. as if pass. of Hiph. to be pro- 
voked to anger, to be angry. Prov. 25, 23 
D733) DIB an angry countenance, i. 6. 
morose, ill-natured; Vulg. facies tristis. 
Comp. 521 no. 2.—Hence 


DIT m. foam, as one angry foams at 
the mouth, Is. 30, 27. Lam. 2, 6; then 
trop. wrath, anger, Hos. 7, 16. Spoken 
espec. of the indignation of God, as 
manifested in punishment ; so Is. 1. ¢. 
Eiz. 22, 24 nxt dina in the day of God’s 
Sddienntion. Absol. D335 Dan. 8, 19; 
without art. Dan. 11, 36 ost m>> 43 until 
the indignation (punishment) be accom- 
plished. Is. 10, 25. 


ΩΣ fut. AS. 1. to be angry, ὁ. 55 
Deny, 19,3; 09 2 Chr. 26,19. The pri- 
mary iden ried either in breathing: blow- 
ing, Sam. jv‘3 id. comp. Chald. 8531 
a strong wind; or else in burning, comp. 
Syr. 35] Kthpe. to be burned, and 
quadril. 5251 ; or possibly in foaming, so 
that ὭΣΤ is i. q. 531, comp. BX O31 Lam. 
2, 6 and 58 937 Is. 30, 30. 

2. to be morose, gloomy, sad ; the con- 
nection of the significations lying in the 
pain of mind; comp. in τ. =¥2. Part. 
ΠΕΣ gloomy, sad, Gen. 40, 6. i.g. D727 
inv. 7. Dan. 1, 10 of the countenance 


as fallen away from long fasting, and 


also sullen and sad. Theod. aptly oxv- 
ϑρωπός, comp. Matth. 6, 16. 

Deriv. the two following: 

527 m. adj. angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4. 


ὭΣΤ τη." 6. suff. test, anger, rage, 


2 Chr. 16, 10. 28, 9. Trop. of the raging 


sea Jon. 1, 15. 


ΕἾ 
ῬΣῚ fut. P19, imp. Prt, inf. Pry, 
i. q. PPS, to cry out, to exclaim, espec. 


in pain, by way of complaint and for 


help. The form px belongs more to 
the earlier books of the Ο. T. while P21, 


od] , 1s the common form in Arainzan ; 
the Arabic like the Heb. having both 


285 


| forms, 





“pT 
_§wo and S55, also eo. a 


The person to whom ‘one cries, whom 
one implores, is put with >x Ps. 22, 6. 
142, 6. Hos. 7, 14; > 1 Chr. 5, 20; in 
acc. Judg. 12, 2. Neh. 9, 28. The thing 


_ or cause of complaint j is put after b2 Jer 


30, 15; > Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 31; "2% 
1 Sam. 8, 18; ales in acc. as Hab. 1, 2, 
where both constructions are προς 

DM ΠΝ ΤΣῚΝ (how long) shall I cry 
out unto thee because of violence ? comp. 
Job 19, 7. 

Nipu. pass. of Hiph. no. 3. to be call- 
ed together, convoked, Jadg. 18, 22. 23. 
Hence to come together, to assemble, 1 
Sam. 14, 20. Judg. 6, 34. 35. 

Hipu. 1. 1. ᾳ. Kal to cry out, pr. to 
make an outcry, Job 35, 9; to proclaim, 
to make proclamation, absol. Jon. 3, 7. 

2. to cry unto any one, to call upon, to 
invoke, c. acc. Zech. 6, 8.—Hence, as 
referring to many, 

3. to call together, to convoke, 2 Sam. 
20, 4. 5. Judg. 4, 10. 13. 

Deriv. | Poi, ΓΣΣΤ. 

ῬΦῚ Chald. to cry out, Dan. 6, 21. 

ῬΦῚ m. outcry, cry, Is. 30,19. More 
frequent is 

M37 f. outcry, cry, espec. from pain 
and sorrow, or as imploring help, Is. 15, ° 
10. 65, 19. Neh. 5, 6. 9, 9. Jer. 18, 22. 20, 
16. 50, 46. R. a 

* ΣΙ obsol. root, Aram. 1, "=1, to 
be small, i. q. Heb. "3%. 
—Hence ΣΤ, "219. 

, “ET obsol. root, Arab. -30 to emit 
sweet odours, to be fragrant, e. g. a gar- 
den.—Hence 


TINDT (sweet odour) Ziphron, pr.n.of 
a city in the north of Palestine, once 
Num. 34, 9. 


- FST : ἐξ m1) pitch, Ex. 2, 3. Is. 94, 9. 


Comp. in p=t. 


Arab. τόν, Aram. 122]; x21, but also 
RST. 


DPT m. plur. for ΘΠ, from a lost 
sing. Pt for P3t, r. 9]. 

1. bonds, ifetters chains, with which 
captives are bound; see the root in its 
primary sense. Ps. 149, 8. Is. 45, 14. 
Nah. 3, 10. Job 36,8. Chald. ppt id 
Comp. "18. 


PF 


2. burning arrows, fiery darts, fitted 
with safe anti Prov. 26,18. Comp. 


nip’. Arab. es the sharp point of 
an arrow. 


* PI subst. comm. gend. Is. 15, 2. 
2 Sam. 10, 5, the bearded chin Lev. 13, 
29. 30. Meton. the beard Lev. 19, 27. 


2 Sam. 20, 9.—Arab. ὡϑὸ the chin; 
[1.09 beard, chin.—Hence the verb 


23 denom. fut. jp1" to be or become 
old, to grow old, to be aged; pr. to have 
the chin hanging down, from 42%, like 


So. 
upd. an old man with a hanging chin, 


decrepit ; whence perhaps may come 
the Lat. senex, senectus, which some 
absurdly suppose to be for seminex.® But 
ἸΡῚ is spoken not only of decrepit, but 
also of vigorous old age, Gen. 18, 12. 13. 
19, 31. 24, 1. 27, 1.. 1 Sam. 2, 22.--al. 
For the difference between this word 
and the synon. }#", 20, wun, see those 
articles. 

Hiren. intrans. to grow old, to be old, 
Prov. 22, 6; qs. to contract old age, 
comp. ΗΠ in Heb. Gram. § 52. 2. ἢ. 
Also of plants, Job 14, 8; as RRPY, 
‘senescunt arbores.’ 


Jet τὰ. (τ. 151) constr. {pt Gen. 24, 2, 
plur. OFT, ΡῚ, old, aged. an old man ; 
as adj. joined with a subst. {237 Woxn 
Judg. 19,17; jt =% Gen. 44, 20; and 
also i separately as subst. Gen. 19, ἐν Is. 
20, 4. al. seep. With 72 older than some 
one, Job 32, 4 Brand ἢ3)3 Ὁ ΓΙΩΓΙ Ὁ MPT 7D 
for they were elder ‘than he. —Sr v7 367, 
musa Ὁ, sh 't, elders of Israel, of 
Egypt, of the citysi. e. proceres, senators, 
the chief men, magistrates, the notion of 
age being neglected. Ex. 3,16. 4, 29, 
Deut. 19, 12. 21, 3. 4. ed: 22, 15. 17. 18. 


Ps. 105, 22. 


Son 


In like manner Arab. Aste 


Sheikh, an old man, and then, ‘chief of 
a tribe; also Ital. Signer. Fr. Seigneur, 
Span. Sevior, Engl. Sir, all which come 
from the Lat. Senior elder; also Germ. 
Graf, Count, is pr. i. q. graw, krawo, 
gray-headed.—Metaph. of an old and 
decrepit people, Is. 47, 6. Plur. fem. 
mint old women Zech. 8, 4. 


286 





27 


TPF m. (τ. 321) old age, Gen. 48, 10. 

ΓΤ f. (τ. WPI) old age, Gen. 24, 36. 
Ps. 71, 9. 18, Metaph. of a people Is. 
46, 4, comp. 47, 6. 


DT m. plur. (Ὁ. Ἴ51) old age, Gen, 
21, 2. 7. 44, 20. ORs a son of old age, 
i.e. born in one’s old age, Gen. 37, 3. 
On this form of denominatives, see 
Lehrg. § 122. 13. 


* Sil to raise up, 6. g. those bowed 
down, trop. to comfort, Ps. 145,14. 146,8, 
Syr. 25] id. 


ΡΤ Chald. to raise up, to hone up, 
6. g. a criminal upon a stake or cross, 


Ezra 6,11. Syr. «5.01 to crucify. 


* Ppt 1. i. g. PRY, to strain, to fil- 
ter, to Sine, e. g. wine, see Pual ; comp. 


Arab. (ὃ 3) wine newly strained. Trop. 


of metals, to refine, Job 28, 1.—In this 
signif. corresponding words are Gr. oux- 
x06, σάκος sackcloth, strainer, σακχκέω, 
σαχκεύω, σακκίξω, Lats saccus, saccare, 
Heb. Pw; and of the same family are 
Germ. séthen, seigen, seigern, a form ap- 
propriate to metals ; stronger sickern. 

2. to make flow, i. e. to pour, to pour 
out, genr. as Fr. couler from Lat. colare, 
Job 36, 27. 

Prbx } PPT, to refine, to purify metals, 
Mal. 3, 3. 

Puat, to be strained. fined, e. g. wine 
Is. 25, 6; to be refined, as metals 1 Chr. 
28, 18. 29, 4. Ps, 12, 7. 


“WT a stranger, enemy, see r. "51 IT. 2. 


Wom. (τ. "1 1) ἃ border, wreath, 
crown, around a table, the ark of the 
covenant, etc. Ex. 25, 11. 24. 25. 37,2. 


11. 26. Syr. (1 necklace, collar. 


NT f for πρὶ (τ. 71 IT. 3) loathsome- 
ness, once Num. 11, 20; Vulg. nausea. 


* 277 in Kal not used; Chald. Ithpe. 
to pour out, to flow off or away ; whence 
a5} gutter, and by transpos. 31973, 
Arab. \y,, channel.—Once in 

Puat, spoken of streams, torrents, full 
in winter, but drying up and failing in 
summer; Job 6, 17 5m9x3 sash mya 
what time they flow off, “they fail, 1. 0. 


ΝΣ 2 


when the waters flow off. the streams 
dry up. See more in Thesaur. p. 428. 


22377 (prob. for 53 33 S491 sown i. 6. 
5 begotten i in Babylon) ἢ pr. n. Zerubbabel, 
Sept. Ζοροβάβελ, one of the descendants 
of David, who led out the first colony of 
Jews into their own country after the 
δου Ezra 2, 2. 3, 2. Hag. 1, 1. 


ean obsol. root, Aram. ‘7 to prune, 


trees, to remove the superfluous boughs 
and foliage ; 173 exuberant growth of 

trees. Hence 

TIT Zered, pr. ἢ. of a valley Num. 21, 

12, and of the stream flowing through it 
Deut. 2, 13. 14, in the territory of Moab 
on the east of the Dead Sea. Targ. of 
Jonath. brook of willows, willow-brook ; 
“comp. p7aasn 5712) Is. 15,7. Prob. the 
modern Wady el-Ahsy ; see Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p- 555. 


, mT 1. to scatter, to cast loosely 
about, Ex. 32, 20. Num. 17, 2 [16, 37]. 
Is. 30, 22.—Arab. (5 ὦ to scatter, as the 
wind dust; II, to winnow. Syr. and 
Chald. 132, N77. 
kindred roots, all having the primary 
idea of ἀκ δ δα e.g. S33, PI, V1 IL, 


The following are 


also mr, Arab. 55 to sow. In the 


Indo-European tongues correspond San- 
“ser. sri to scatter, Lat. séro ; and with p 
or ¢ added to the sibilant, Sanscr. stri, 
Gr. στορέω, Lat. sterno, Germ. streuen, 
Engl. to strew; σπείρω, spargo, Goth. 
sprethan, Germ. spriihen, Spreu, chaff. 
—Espec. 

2. to winnow, by casting up and scat- 
tering in the wind, Is. 30, 24. Jer. 4, 11. 
Ruth 3,2 omsivn ὙΠΆΤΩΝ ἢ mat sancnt 
lo, he winnoweth the threshing- -floor of 
barley.—Trop. of enemies as routed and 
scattered, Jer. 15; 7. Is. 41, 16. Ez. 5, 2. 

3. Genr. to spread out ; whence 71 
8, span. ; 

_ Nien. to be scattered, Ez. 6, 8. 36, 19. 

Pie. ΠῚ 1. to scatter, to strew, Prov. 
15,7 ; to scatter, to disperse, 6. g. nations 
Lev. 26, 33. Ez. 5,10. 6,5. 12, 15. 30, 26. 
Prov. 20,8 the king... scattereth all evil 

with his look. 
} 2. towinnow, i.q. Kal no.2, Prov. 20,26. 
Hence trop. i. q. to winnow out, to sift,i.e. 







287 





to search out, to prove; Ps. 139, 3 "N78 


a 


mut 37) my walking and my lying 
down thou searchest out ; Jerome eventi- 
lasti, Sept. ἐξιχνίασας. In Arab. trop. 
(Ss)? to know. 


Puat, to be scattered, strewed, Job 18, 
15; to be bestrewed, besprinkled, Prov. 
1,17.—The form ΠΤ Is. 30, 24, which 
some refer hither, is part. Kal impers. 
The form 574 in Ps. 58, 4, is from στ. 
sat IT. 

Deriv. O73, 7779, ON. 


ΣῪ fem. rarely masc. Is. 17, 5. 51, 5. 
Daa. 11, 15. 22, chiefly in δἰ αἴ: no. 2. 
Comp. Tohreb: p- 470. Plur. p7s"1 and 
ΤΣ στ. R. >t no. ds 

1. the arm, Is. 17, 5. 40,11. al. ‘Spec. 
the lower arm, hie the elbow, ἢ in Lat. 
also called Pasrheien κατ ἐξοχήν, diff. 
from ΤΣ the upper arm, Job 31, 22. In 
animals the fore leg, shoud. ΓΆΜΟΝ 


Num. 6, 19. Deut. 18,3. Arab. ehyd, 


Aram. 8975, iS59, 
Hence M35) 2-1 a stretched-out arm, 
ascribed to God and signifying his power 
and promptness to protect or punish, Ex. 
6, 6. Deut. 4, 34. Ez. 20, 33. 34; in like 
manner 39 ΣῪ Job 38, 15. 

2. Trop. a) ‘strength might, power, 
2 Chr. 32,8 "w2 Στ an arm of flesh 
i. €. inn might. Ps. 44, 4. Job 40, 9. 
mst “Sint the powers (might) of δὼ 
hands, Gen. 49, 34. Hence military 
force, an army, ἕῳ» 11:15, 95. 31.3 sb): 
violence Job 35,9. Si7t ON the violent 
man Job 22, 8. Here belongs the phrase, 
to break the arm of any one, i. 6. to de- 
stroy his power, to put an end to his vio- 
lence, 1 Sam. 2, 31. Job 22,9. 38,15: Ps. 
10, 15. 37,17. Comp. Arab. sQuae cus. 
c) strength as imparted to any one, hence 
help, aid, Ps. 83, 9. Is. 33,2. So Arab. 
OWES ; Pers. gb arm, also help, Syr. 


[N39 με son of the arm, i. e. helper; see 


more in Comment. on Js. 1.c. Meton. 
a helper, ally, ἴ5. 9,19; comp. Jer. 19,9 
where it is 92. Sept. cod. Alex. ἀδελφός. 

Hence denom. >i*4& , with Aleph pros- 
thetic. 

JAN τὴ. verbal of Pi. (τ. 271, after 
the form PiaM,) sown. to be sown, Lev. 
11, 37. Plur. 23471 things sown, garden 
herbs, Is. 61, 11. 


arm, also a cubit.— 


ΤῊ 


ΤΙ m. quadril. a pouring rain, vio- 


lent shower, Ps.72,6. Syr. ἴθ] show- 


er, Talmud. 8°27 “D7171 ‘adspersiones 
aque, gutte.—It comes from 571 to flow, 
by repeating the first radical between 
the second and third; comp. pes from 
r. "71; also Zab. aie and a.m ac- 
aaa 

MET m. bound together, girded, ver- 
bal Pilp. from r. "21 I, q.v. Once Prov. 
30, 31, where, among those comely in 
going, is mentioned =72m%2 "171 one 
girded about the loins, by this some 
understand ὦ war-horse, as ornamented 
with girths and buckles about the loins; 
others a greyhound, as having the loins 
contracted and slender ; and others again 
a wrestler, see 'Talm. Hieros. Taanith, 
fol. 57. Maurer ad ἢ. 1. 


μι ΓΙ fut. πστ΄ 1. 10 rise, as the sun 
Gen. 32, 31. Ez. 22,2. 2 Sam. 23, 4. Ps. 
104,22.al. Soofthe light Is. 58,10; the 
splendour or glory of God Is. 60, 1. 2. 
Deut. 33, 2.—Pr. to scatter rays; comp. 
kindr, ποτ, "97 II. In the kindred dia- 
letts this root has undergone various 
changes ; in Arabic and Ethan: there 


have come from it Gy, WZ®; in 
Aram. "25, sande: 


2. Trop. hodlten! a) Of leprosy rising 
in the skin, 2 Chr. 26, 19.—Further, in 
the derivatives: δ) Ofa fetus break- 
mg forth from the womb, see Mt and 
Gen. 38,30. c) Ofa plant springing up, 
germinating, i. q..77B; see MIN. 

Deriv. M718, 9779, pr.n. M319, AIMITS, 
und the three Bere follow tigi 


Mim. 1. a rising, of light Is. 60, 3. 

2. Zerah, Zarah, pr.n. Gr. Ζαρα. a) 
A son of Judah by Tamar, Gen. 38, 30. 
Num. 26,20. Ὁ) A son of Reuel, Gen. 
36, 13.17. c) Num. 26, 13, for which 
in Gen. 46,10 “Mz. d) 1 Chron. 6, 6. 26. 
e) A king or leader of the Ethiopians, 
who invaded Judea in the reign of Asa, 
2 Chr. 14,8 [9]. See the conjecture of 
Champollion, Précis p. 257; et contra, 
Rosellini in Monum. Siorici II. 87-91. | 


‘ITT patronym. a Zarhite, from M2 
no. 2.a. Num. 26, 13. 20. See 7. 


TIT (whom Jehovah caused to be 
born, r. Wt 0. 2.b) Zerahiah, pr. τι. τη. 


288 
a) 1 Chr. 5, 32. 6; 36. Ezra 7, 4; for 





wT 


which ΤΆΤ 1 Chr. 7,3: OB Ezra 8, 4, 


Dv m. (τ. 851) ig. Ot, a violent 


shower, inundation, bursting of a cloud ; 

Is. 1,7 ὉΔῚ ΞΕ as the destruction 
of an inundation or overwhelming rain. 
So Saadias, Aben Ezra, Michaelis, etc. 
Better, 5°} is here plur. strangers; and 
2 is the Caph veritatis so called, see in 3 
B. 4. 


Ἶ =a) to flow, to pour, i. q. ὉΔῚ q. v. 


With acc. to pour wpon, to overwhelm, to 


wash away, Ps. 90, 5. 

Po. to pour out, c. acc. with any thing, 
Ps. 77, 18.—Hence ΠΡ, perh. 5°55, 
also 


DIT m. a pouring rain, violent shower, 
storm, Is. 4,6. 25, 4. 28,2 Wa 5 @ 
ἜΠΟΣ Is. 25, 4p DY a wall- 
storm, i. e. which prostrates walls. Hab. 
3,10 ὩΣ Dnt gush or flood of waters. 


ΓΤ f. (τ. 51) a flowing, emission 
of seed, ἘΠΕῚ of seed-horses, Ez. 23, 
20. 


be Ἵ fut. sor 1. to scatter, to dis- 
perse; “Zech. 10, 9, See the kindred roots 
beginning with “5 underart. 537. From 
the kindred sense of spreading out, ex- 


panding, comes 2171 arm; as ΓΤ span, 
But a pecondnee form, and 
εἰ) is the Arabic 


from ΠῚ. 
derived from 315%, 
to attack violently, to seize, 
IV to take in the arms.—Spec. 
2. to scatter seed, to sow, Arab. 


verb 


Ey? 
Syr. ὌΝ Ethiop. HCU, id. Construed: 


a) Absol. Job 31, 8. Is. 37, 30. b) With 


accus. of the seed sown, e. g. B°EM 5.1 


to sow wheat Jer. 12, 13. Hage. 1, 6. 
Lev. 26, 16. Ecc. 12,6. 6) With ace. 
of the field sown, Gen. 47, 23. Ex.23, 10. 
Lev. 25, 3. Jer. 2 2 mssnT ND PIN aland 
not sown. 
and field; Lev.19,19 51852 571m 83 WI 
thou shalt not sow thy field with mixed 
seed. Deut. 22,9. Is. 30,23. Judg.9, 45. 
To scaiter its με: 15 wid ofa end bund 
ing plant or tree, Gen. 1,29; comp. v. 12. 
Metaph. to sow righteousness Prov. 11, 
18; also to sow iniquity 22, 8, mischief 
Job 4, 8, the wind Hos. 8, 7; i. e. genr. u 
prepare for oneself the rewards or pun 


d) With two ace. of the seed’ 





| 
| 





5 
ishments of good or evil actions, which 
in the same connection are also said to 
be reaped, harvested ; comp. Gal. 6, 7.8. 
In another construction, Hos. 10, 12 4391 
Som ἜΞ XP NPI = sow fe your- 
selves in Rae and reap accord- 
ing to your piely, comp. in 8 no. 6. b. 
Trop. Ps. 97, 11 p7322 a “ix light is 
sown for the righteous, i. 8. happiness is 
prepared for him.— Ὁ sow a people, to 
increase, to spread, to multiply, Hos. 
2, 25. Ver. 31, 27. 

3. i. gq. to plant, with two acc. Is. 17, 
10. 

Nipa. 
Ez. 36, 9. 

2. to be sown, scattered, as seed Lev. 
11, 37. Trop. Nah. 1, 14 that no more 
of thy name be sown, i. e. thy name shall 
no longer be propagated. 

3. Trop. to be sown, spoken of a wo- 
man, i. 6. to be made fruitful, fo con- 

ceive, Num. 5, 28. 
τ Puat pass. of Kal no. 2. Is. 40, 24. 

Hips. 1.tobear seed,asa plant; Gen. 
1, 11 333 BS" 72 =>, comp. v. 29 where 
in the same connection it is Sy Dat. 

2. to conceive seed, spoken of a woman, 
to be fruitful, Lev. 12, 2; comp. Niph. 
“no. 3. 

Deriv. the three following, and 3174 
(SiN), S77, SNSIT, Sa. 


1. to be sown, as-a field, trop. 


ΚΤ, constr. id. once 5 Num. 11, 7, 
6. suff. "291; plur. c. suff. ὈΞῸΣ ΣΙ 1 Sani: 
8, 15. 

1: PY: a sowing, then seed-time, time 
of sowing, i. 6. late in autumn in Pales- 
tine, Gen. 8, 22. Lev. 26, 5. 

2. seed, which is scattered, sown, whe- 
ther of plants, trees, or grain, Gen. 1, 11. 
12. 29. 47, 23. Ley. 26, 16. Deut. ‘99, 9; 
Ke. 11, 1. Meton. a what springs 
from send sown, field of grain, harvest, 
1Sam. 8,15; crop, produce of the fields, 
Job 39, 12 [15]. Is. 23, 3. 

3. semen virile, Lev. 15, 16 sq. 18, 21. 
19, 20; comp. r. 321 Niph. no. 3. Hiph. 
no. 2.—Hence_ a) i. q. children, off- 
spring, posterity, Gen. 3,15. 13, 16. 15, 
Ὁ. 13. 17, 7. 10. 21,.13. al. Spoken also 
_ of one child, when an only one, (whence 
_ Gen. 3, 15 does not belong here,) Gen. 
4, 25. 1 Sam. 1,11 ΣΝ 571 ὦ male 
Ps child. HEM 51 seed of thy seed, i. e. 
. 25 


289 





nT 


children’s children, grandchildren, Is, 
59,21. b) iq. α΄ race, stock, family ; 
ἘΝ Sap Ps, 22, 24. ‘qbun or, 54 
ΠΡ ΘΠ, the seed royal, royal line, 2 K. 
11, ἐν 14. 6) a race or class yao as 
wIp saz Is. 6 13, "2 DIMA 51 65, 23; 
in a bad sense, i. d. breed, iréod, al 
ΠΣ Is. 1, 4, 2 Σ 57, 4. Carpi 
Heb. AMD, Gr. γέννεμα ἢ Matth. 3, 7; 
Germ. Brut brood, ΕἾ. race. 

4. a planting, what is planted, Is. 17, 
11. Also a sprout, shoot, Ez. 17, 5. See 
the root in Kal no. 3. 


5 Chald. id. Dan. 2, 43. 


DAT and OST m. plur. (τ. 51) 
pr. seed-herbs, greens, vegetables, i. 8. 
vegetable food, such as was eaten ina 


half fast, opp. to meats and the more 
delicate kinds of food, Dan. 1, 12.16. So 


Chald. and Talmud. Syr. es} id. 


BT obsol. root, Arab. 40; to 
flow, to pour, of water ; to flow as tears, 
Comp. 071. Hence the quadril. 57177. 


ee prt to scatter, to sprinkle, kindr. 
M3, ΣΤ. a) Things dry, as dust, Job 
2,12. 2 Chr. 34,4; cinders, soot, Ex. 9,8. 
10; coals, Ex. 10,2. Ὁ) Often of things 
liquid, as water, Num. 19, 13; blood, Ex. 
24, 6, 29,16. 20. Lev. 1, 5. 11. 3,2. al. 
sepe. With >> lo sprinkle upon Ex. |. ο. 
—Intrans.. Hos. 7, 9 13 APA aw ba 
yea gray hairs are sprinkled upon him. 
Comp. Lat. spargere in the same sense 
Prop. 3. 4. 24; and Arab. ἢ ὃ to sprin- 


kle ; mid. E, to be gray on the front 


_ part of the head, pr. to be sprinkied with 


gray hairs, to begin to be gray. 

Pua. pass. Num. 19, 13. 30. 

Deriv. P71. 

Ge 

We mit obsol. root, i. q. Arab. » to 
bind or fasten together, as with buckles, 
clasps, to buckle together, kindr. with 71 
I, and also with ἊΣ, ἜΣ, Hence the 
nouns “4, 77%t.. Chald. 11 to bind 


around, to gird, comes. from the quadril. 
"TT. 


mF mal) pr. to scatter, like Arab. "Ἂν 
kindr. with | mat, 3571, pat. Hence 

Po. “51, to sneeze, which scatters the 

mucus from the nostrils, 2 K. 4. 35. 


Ὁ] 
Comp. Chald. ""21 a sneezing. see 
Schult. ad Job. 41, 40. 
| wT (gold, from Pers. 
the ending |») Zeresh. pr. n. of the wife 
of Haman, Esth. 6, 13. 

NT f. a span, Ex. 28, 16. 39,9. 1 
Sam. 17,4. Aram. 25], [23], NAN id. 
R. ΠῚ to spread out, toexpand; whence 
“1 for O71, f MI, as MIP from ΠΡ, 
ΤῸΞ from nos -<Aceording! to the Rab- 


bins nat is also the little Singer (j2>), for 
ΤΊΣ; and hence they derive the mean- 


4 gold, with 


Hheth or Cheth, 0°11, the eighth letter 
of the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral 
denoting 8. The figure of this letter on 
Phenician monuments and on Hebrew 


coins, is ΕἸ ΠΗ » whence the Greek 


H; and the name ΛΓ prob. signifies an 


enclosure, fence, from r. bls, tes, to 


surround, to enclose. Ὁ and Ὁ being inter- 
changed. The name corresponds to that 
of the Ethiopic letter ch Haut. Comp. 
Monumm. Phen. p. 28. 

’ As to pronunciation, this letter, the 
harshest of the gutturals, seems ancient- 
ly to have been uttered sometimes in a 
softer manner, like a strong / or Ah, and 
sometimes more forcibly and harshly, 
like the letters kh ; which double pro- 
nunciation was afterwards marked in 
Arabic and Ethiopic by different letters 
or characters, viz. hh by ,, th (Haut), 


and kh by +, 2 (Harm) ; although at 


a still later period this distinction was 
neglected in Ethiopic, and both letters 
softened down into the simple h. Hence 
the same Hebrew root is often written 
in Arabic in two ways, as, M¥" to kill, 
Arab. ) and gn.< ) to break or dash 


in pieces. Still more frequently. how- 
ever, the various significations of one 
Hebrew root are distinguished in Arabic 
by this double manner of pronouncing ; 


290 








Ran 


ing span, as being terminated by the 
little finger. 


τὸ NDT obsol. root, perh. i. q. Aram. 
NMI i. q. NWS to sprout ; hence 

NAT pr. n. m. Zattu, Ezra 2, 8. 10, 
27. Neh. 7, 13. 10, 15. 

DMT (perh. i. g. Smt, jM"t, olive) pr. 
n.m. Zetham, 1 Chr. 23, 8. 26, 22. 


“NT (perh. i. qg. "MW star) Zethar, pr. 
n. of one of the eunuchs of Xerxes. 
Eisth. 1, 10. 


as ΤΌΤ a) to be smooth, Arab. 

trans. to make smooth or bare, to shear ; 
b) to smooth, to form, Arab. bh to 
form, to create ; also 55m a) to pierce, 


Gu 
to perforate, Arab. h& «το: ΓΟ} 


b) to open, to loose, Arab. dé. Comp. 
the roots "2M, SUM, DIN, On. ' 

It is tates chiefly with mq. v. 
Besides the gutturals, it passes over also 
on account of the similar sound into the 
palatals, espec. 3 COB, the roots 54 and 
bam, Som; Sap and 52m; 13 and ὙΠ; 
alae 2, as Pon, ΓΏΞ; “2m, "SD, 733; 
dan, bap, 528; so too with p, as ΠΤ 

ὦ to rise, as the sun, UES Gas .to 

seek, "SP AZ to be short. 

Sometimes also, like & and πὶ, it is 
prefixed to triliteral roots, and thus 
forms quadriliterals, as 522m, D"PStN, 
see Lehrg. p. 863. 


aM m. (τ. 22m q. v.) 6. suff. "25, the 
bosom, lap, so called from cherishing, 
Job 31, 33. Chald, 8am, 823n, RN, 


id. Samar. 4A. : 


᾿ NIM in Kal not used, i. 4. man, to 
hide, to conceal ; comp. the kindr. roots 
nem, REN. Arab. LA, Eth. $A, 
to hide ; also Ls for gi to put out 


fire, pr. to hide or cover it; Conj. X to — 
hide oneself. 








. 





_ they held their peace. 





221 
Νιρη. to hide oneself, to lie hid, Gen. 
3, 10. Judg. 9, 5. Job 29, 8 the young men 


saw me and hid themselves, i. 6. gave 
_ place to me from reverence and modesty. 


v. 10 the voice of the nobles lay hid, i. e. 
With 3 sh. 
10, 16. 2 Sam. 17,9; 58 1 Sam. ‘10, 22. 


é With infin. it may be rendered by an 
adverb (like λανϑάνειν with part.) Gen. 
$1, 27 5935 mx2nm2 12> wherefore hast 


thou secretly fled away ? 
Pvat id. pr. to be made to hide oneself 


_ Job 24, 4. 


- Hipu. to hide, to conceal, Josh. 6, 17. 
25. 1 K. 18, 13. 2 K. 6, 29. ° 

Hopn. pass. Is. 42, 22. 

Hirup. i. q. Niph. Gen. 3, 8. 1 Sam. 
13, 6. 14, 11. al. 

Deriv. 837172, 8i3"2. 


“230 to love, once Deut. 33, 3. 


Arab. GS 1, ΠῚ, Χ. Syr. 25 Pe. and 
_ Pa. id. The primary idea lies in breath- 
_ ing upon, warming, cherishing ; whence 


=h lap, bosom, in which we cherish ; 
comp. further under the root =x. A 
manifest trace of this origin is found in 
Syr. «αὖ to burn, as fire, tou a burn 
ing, heat, espec. from blowing. 

Deriv. 3h and 


237 (beloved) Hobab, pr. n. of the 
father-in-law of Moses, Num. 10, 29. 
Judg. 4,11. Comp. "m7, 7m". 


* FI i. gq. NIN, to hide, to hide one- 
self, in Kal once Imper. 21 Is. 26, 20. 

Nips. inf. mmm id. 1 K. 22, 25. 2K. 
7, 12. 

Deriv. 91937, and pr. n. 4238, Hin, 
“am. 


nbn Chald. f (r. dam) evil deed, 


crime, Dan. 6, 23; comp. Heb. D3 no. . 


3. and Neh. 1, 7: 


sian (joining together, τ. "3") pr. ἢ. 
Habor, Chaboras, a river of Mesopota- 
mia which rises in Mount Masius near 
Ras el-’ Ain, and flows into the Euphra- 
tes near Circesium, 2 K.17 6. 18, 11. 
1 Chr. δ, 26. Arab. ysl Khabar. 


Gr. ᾿“βοῤῥας Strabo XVI. p. 748 Casaub. 
Χαβώρας Ptolem. Ritter’s Erdk. Th. 
XI. p. 253 sq. See more under "39. 

ϊ 


291 





San 


MV and TAN Is. 53, 5, f. a stripe, 
weal, bruise, i.e. the mark or print of | 
blows in the skin, Gen. 4, 23. Is. 1. 6. 53, 
5. Ps. 38,6. R. 737 no. 3. q. v. 


* DOT fut. wan, to beat off or out 
witha stick or club, ina Lor% to beat 
off leaves with a stick. —Hence 

1. to beat off apples or olives from a 
tree, Deut. 24, 20. Is. 27, 12. 

2. to beat out grain with a stick or flail, 
to thresh, Judg. 6, 11. Ruth 2,17. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 385. 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of no. 2. Is. 28, 27. 


M31 (whom Jehovah hides, protects. 
r.2m) Habaiah, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 61; 
for which 793m Neh. 7, 63. 


ΤΠ m. a hiding, covering, veil, Hab. 
3,4. R.O5n. 


© aan 1. to tighten a cord, to twist ; 
and so to bind, to bind fast. Correspond- 
ing is Arab. his, for which see Camoos 
p. 1219. Kindr. are the roots 538, 532, 
also "an, ὅπ. Hence >ana fed, , Tope. 
—Parr. bch pr. binding, a binder, bond, 
poet. for a cord. So is prob. to be under- 
stood the parabolic name of the staff or 
crook, plur. 8°>2h bands, Zech. 11, 7. 
14, i. e. a crook of cords, bands, which 
being broken, the fraternal league be- 
tween Judah and Israel is dissolved, v. 14. 


Comp. Arab. das league, covenant. 

2: to bind by a pledge, to take a pledge 
of any one, with ace. of pers. Job 22, 6. 
Prov. 20, 16. 27,13. Also with acc. of 
thing, to take as a pledge or in pledge, 
spoken of one who compels a debtor to 
give pledges, Deut. 24,6. 17. Ex. 22, 25. 
Job 24, 3. Ibid. v. 9 aban "23 535 for ἬΝ" 
"29.52 and what is on the poor man (his 
garment) they take as a pledge, comp. >>. 
Part. pass. 2121 taken in pledge Am. 2,8. 


Comp. Arab. Avex debt, usury, Camoos 
p. 1434; Syr. loom, Chald. x7d920 id. 

3. Metaph. to twist, to pervert ; in- 
trans. to be perverse, corrupt ; to act per- 
versely, corruptly. Job 34,31 >anx Nd 
I will no more do corruptly. With > 
Neh. 1,7. §yr. and Chald. Pa. to act 
corruptly: 

Nipu. pass. of Piel no. 2, io be de- 
stroyed, Prov. 13, 13. 


san 


Piet 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to twist ; hence 
to writhe, to be in pain; and so of a fe- 
mule, to travail, to bring forth, Cant. 8, 
5. Ps, 7, 15. 

2. to turn upside down, i. e. to destroy, 
Ecce. 5,5; spoken of persons Is. 32, 7. 
Mic. 2, 10; of countries, 1. q. to lay waste, 
Is. 13, 5. 54, 16. 

Puax pass. Job 17,1 533m ὙΠ my 
spirit is.destroyed, i. e. my vital powers 
are spent. Is, 10, 27 ygu77282 >) Dam} 
and the yoke (of Israel) is destroyed 
(broken off) for fatness, where Israel 
is thus compared to a fat and wan- 
ton bullock which shakes off the yoke; 
comp. Deut. 32, 14. Hos. 4, 16. 

Deriv.23h—733n, andadan, nibann 


an Chald. Pa. 1. to overthrow, to 
destroy, Dan. 4, 20. Ezra 6, 12. 

2. to hurt, lo harm, Dan. 6, 23. 

Irupa. to be overthrown, destroyed, 6. g. 
a kingdom Dan. 2, 44. 6, 27. 7, 14. 


an τη. (r. 5371) Is, 66,7, mostly in 
plur. p7>23m, constr. “ben, writhings, 
pains, pangs, espec. of a ἀράδα in tra- 
vail, throes, (see the root in Pi.) Gr. 
ὠδῖνες, Syr. mae id. Is. 13, 8. Jer. 13, 
21. 22, 23 DXbam 5.33 when pangs 
come upon thee. Is. 66, 7. Hos. 13, 13. 
Job 39, 3 ΠΡΠΣ ἘΠ ἘΞ, pr. they cast 
forth their pangs, i.e. they bring forth 
their young with throes; and since the 
pangs cease with the birth, the mother 
may strictly be said to cast forth her 
pains with her young. In like manner 
the Greeks put ὠδίές, ὠδῖνες, for a foetus 
brought forth with pain, Eurip. Ion. 45. 
Zéschyl. Agam. 1427.—Once of other 
pains, Job 21, 17. 


an τη. once ἢ Zeph. 2, 6, c. suff. 
~bsn ; plur. D°>an, constr. bon Ps. 18, 
5. 116, 3, and “350 Josh. 17, 5. R. bon. 


1. a cord, rope, Arab. ἡδέα Syr. 
ἴα, Eth. ANA. Corresponding is 


Gr. κάμιλος, Fr. and Engl. cable ; nor 
is there any good reason why philolo- 
gists should regard this Greek word as 
spurious, see Passow, Greek Lex. art. 
xouihoc.—Josh. 2,15. Ecc. 12, 6 dan 
Hos the silver te i. 6. matle of silver 
threads. Spec. a) a measuring-line, 
Am. 7, 17. 2 Sam. §, 9. Hence, α por- 


292, 





xan 


tion measured out, as of land, and as- 
signed to any one by lot, Josh. 17, 14, 
19,9; and so genr. an hereditary portion 
of tanh possession, inheritance, Ps. 16, 6 


iY - + a 


p23 ἼΞΤΡΕΣ Oban my portion has — 


fallen to me in ᾿ pleasant places. Deut. 
32,9 indm2 bam aps2 Jacob is his por- 
tion of seaheritavions Ps. 78, 55. Also 
gear. a tract, district, repiin; Deut. 3, 4. 
13.14. 05m an the region of the sea. sea- 
coast, Zeph. 2, 5.6. b) a snare, gin, 
toil, Ps. 140, 6. Job 18,10. dixth sban, 
ny? ‘nm, toils of Sheol, of death, ‘Ps, 18, 

5. ὃ, 116, 3. c) A cord or hots used 
as a bit, bridle, Job 40, 25 [41, 1]. 

2. As in Engl. a band of men, ἃ 
company, 1 Sam. 10, δ. 10. 

3. destruction, desolation, Mic. 2, 10. 
So Syr. Vulg. See the root in Pi. no. 2. 


233 m. a pledge, Ez. 18, 12, 16. 33, 
15. Comp. r. 53m no. 2. 


223 Chald. m. hurt, harm, Dan. 8, 25. 


an Chald. m. hurt, damage, Ezra 
4, 22. 


2293 m. (Ὁ. 311) mast of a ship; so 
called from the ropes and stays by which 


it is fastened. Once, Prov. 23, 34 thou _ 


shalt be as one lying 53m ἘΞ at the 
top of a mast, at mast-head; the other 
hemistich hin, one lying in the heart of 
the sea. Vulg. freely: sicut sopitus gu- 
bernator omisso clavo. 


ΒΩ" τὰ, (denom. from 53m ἃ ship’s 


rope,) @ shipman, sailor, Jon. 1, Ὁ; Ez. 
27, 8. 27-29. 

moan ἢ, (τ. 53m) 1. g. 5am, a pledge, 
Ez. 18, %: 


ΓΡΝΞΙῚ £ Cant. 2, 1. Is. 35.1, a flow- 


er growing in meadows and pastures, 


which the ancient versions render some- _ 


times the lily, and sometimes the nar@is- 
sus. More accurate, however, is the 
Syriac translator, who uses the same 


[ 
' 


word, VradeSou, which according to — 


the Syriac lexicographers (cited in full 


* 


in Comment. on Is. 35, 1) signifies the — 


colchicum autumnale ἐδ or meadow 


saffron, an autumnal flower similar to ¢ 


saffron, springing from poisonous bulb 


ous roots, and of a white and violet — 


colour. 


This is favoured by the etymo- 








Zan 


_ logy; the word being compounded from 


_ yn acid, acrid, and >¥2 bulb. 


28377 pr. n. m. Habaziniah Jer. 
_ 35, 3.—Appellative, perh. light or lamp 
of Jehovah, from Chald. 82°x12 lamp, 
_and Γι Jehovah, the being prefixed ; 
see in M fin. p. 290. 


ri P= in Kal thrice., 1. to fold the 
hands, spoken of a sluggard, Ecc. 4, δ. 

2. to fold in one’s arms, to embrace ; 
6, acc. 2 K. 4, 16; absol. Ecc. 3, 5. 
Pie, pan, fut. pan, part. pana, to 
embrace, c. acc. Gen. 33, 4. Prov. 4, 8. 
5, 20; ο. dat. Gen. 29, 13. 48,10. To 
embrace the rock, the dunghill, i. e. to 
_ make a bed of them, Job 24, 8. Lam. 4, 5. 
Deriv. the two following. 


P27 m. a folding of the hands, as 
characteristic of the sluggard, Prov. 6, 
10. 24, 33. 


P'\p2 (embrace, after the form 
“ΠΣ 9) Habakkuk, pr. n. of a prophet, 
Hab. 1,1. 3,1. Sept. ‘duBaxovp, after 
the fiiten p'pan, and with x corrupted 

into μ at the end. .R. pan. 


;; “27 pr. to bind, to bind together, 
_ kindr. with ban; see Piel. Hence 
1. to join together, but almost always 
_ intrans. to be joined together, lo adhere ; 
Aram. ;2, Eth. $MZ,, id. Ex. 26, 3. 
28, 7. 39, 4. Ez. 1, 9. 11. Spoken of 
nations, to be confederate, allied, Gen. 
14, 3 ὈπΠ pesn>y aman ΓΙΞΝ bp all 
these came together as allies in the valley 
of Siddim. Part. pass. Hos. 4,17 7320 
ΠΣ» allied with idols. 

2. to bind with spells, to fascinate, to 
charm, spoken of a species of magic 
which was practised by binding magic 
knots, Gr. xatadém, κατάδεσμος, comp. 
Germ: bannen, i. q. binden, and other 
words of binding, which are transferred 
to magic incantation, as Eth. AUWZ. 
Spoken of the shaming of serpents, 
Deut. 18, 11. Ps. 58, 6. 

3. to be bound ar dua with stripes, i.e. 
to.be marked with lines or stripes, io be 


striped, Arab. n> meee BAS a 
striped garment, Pass. a> the skin is 


striped, i. e. covered with stripes and 
25* 


293 





“ar 


marks of blows, 566 Camoos p. 491.— _ 
Hence 77527 astripe, weal, and 9172924 
the stripes and spots of a leopard. Comp. 
Schult. ad Har. Cons. V. p. 156, 157. 

Pie, "aM 1. to join together, to con- 
nect, Ex. 26, 6 sq. 

2. to join in a league, to Citrus 
2 Chr. 20,36 39 577355 and he mate 
alliance with him. 

Puat "2M, once “am Ps. 94, 20. 

1. tobe joined together, Ex. 28,7. 39,4. 
Ecc. 9, 4 Keri. Ps. 122, 3 of Feruadled 
as restored, TT m2 MIaMy WsD asa 
city that ts σία together, compacted, 
i. e. whose stones and ruins, so long 
thrown down and scattered, are now 
again brought together. 

2. to be confederated, allied. Ps. 94, 20 
mint NOI FISM NT shall the throne of 
iniquity be confederate with thee? 

Hipu. to join together words, espec. 
empty and false. (Comp. 59 ΠΣ ἜΣ Π 
Targ. Ps. 119, 69.) Job 16, 4 WANs 
ὈΠΡῸῺΞ potty J could join together (with) 
words against you, i.e. 1 might heap up 
vain and lying words against you, imitet- 
ing your example. For this use of 3 see 
Heb. Gr. § 135. n. 3. 

ΗΙΤΗΡ. “amnn and by Syriasm 
ἜΣΠΩΝ, to join oneself with any one, to 
make a league with, to be confederate, 
ce. &9, 2 Chr. 20, 35.37. Dan. 11,6. Infin, 
in the Syriac manner is Γῆ, πο Dan. 
11, 23. 

Deny. see in Kal no. 3, also moana, 
Minas, pr. n. “am, and thiose here ἊΝ 
lowing, an—nvsh. 


“aM τη. an associate, companion, i. q. 
"2m, Job 40, 30; where fishermen are 
to be understood, who follow their voca- 
tion in partnership; see in ΓΞ I. 


“al m. an associate, companion, Cant. 
1,7. 8,13. Judg. 20,11 2°93 ANN O°KNd 
associated as one inan, joined or knit to- 
gether. Ps. 119, 63. Ps. 45, 8 47272 
above thy companions, ‘fellore, i. e. other 
kings; comp. Barhebr. p. 328. 


“2 Chald. m. id. Dan. 2, 13. 17. 18. 


“ail m. 1. society, company, commu- 
nity, Hos. 6,9. Prov. 21,9 "2 ΓΞ a 
common house. 25, 24. 

2. spell, enchantment, Deut. 18, 11. 
Plur. 5973" Is. 47, 9. 12. 


92h 


3. Heber, pr.n. a) Gen. 46, 17, for 
which "3 Num. 26,45. Ὁ) Judg. 4, 11. 
ΕΣ c) 1 Chr. 8, 17. d) 4, 18. 


mina an f. plur. variegated spots of 
the panther ; or rather, stripes, streaks, 
of the tiger, Jer. 13,23. See r. "23M no. 3. 


M31) Chald. fem. an associate, com- 
panion, and then fellow, other, i. ᾳ. ΤΩΣ, 
_ Dan. 7, 20. 


MIM f. (r. aM) society, company, Job 
34, 8. 

77727 (conjunction, alliance, τ. 927) 
Hebron, pr. n. 

1. An ancient city in the tribe of Ju- 
dah, first called S29N-N29p Gen. 13, 18. 
23, 2, comp. Judg. 1,10; and which for 
a time, before the capture of Jerusalem, 
was the royal residence of David, 2 Sam. 
2,1. 5,5. It is now called Sutd | el- 
Khilil, fully yey Jude i.e. [ον 
of | the friend of the Most Merciful sc. 
God, i.e. Abraham. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 431 sq. 454 sq. 


2. Of several men. a) Ex. 6, 18. 
1Chr. 5, 28. Patron. "- Num. 3, 97. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 2, 42. 43. 


ὙΠΖΓῚ patronym. a Heberite, from pr. 
ἢ, "=" lett. a. Num. 26, 45. 


MIAN f(r. 92am) a companion, wife, 
Mal. 2, 14. 


mash f. (τ. 3M) a joining, teadebet 
Ex. 26, 4. 10. 


* WM fiat. στε, once tiam Job5, 18. 

1. to bind, to bind on, to bind around, 
e.g. a) Asa head-band, turban, Ex. 29, 
9. Lev. 8, 13. Jon. 2, 6 "N75 wean 1D 
the sea-weed was bound around my head, 
as if my head-dress, turban. Ez. 16, 10 
tea WWsnxi 7 bound thee around with 
fine linen, i. 6. adorned thy head with a 
turban. b) to bind up a wound, Job 5, 
18. Is. 30, 26; c. > Ez. 34, 4..16. Is. 61, 
1. Part. Sah a binder up, dresser, sc. 
of the wounds of the state, Is. 3,7; comp. 
1, 6. 

2. to saddle an animal, which is done 
by binding on the saddle or panniers, 
6. acc. Gen. 22; 3.. Num. 22, 21. Judg. 
19, 10. 2 Sam..17, 23: -. 

3. to bind fast, i. q. to shut up ; Job 40, 
13 [8] java Wisn Bw shut up their 


294, 





aan ἵ 
faces in darkness, in Sheol. See Piel — 
no. 2. 

4. imperio coéreuit, to bind to , alle- . 
giance, i.e. to rule, to govern ; Job 34, 17 
Wom cbt» xiv Ox shall even he that | 
hateth right, govern? Some here take — 
ΤῊΝ in the sense of anger; but less well, 
on account of the parall. passage c. 40, 
8, 9. 

Piet 1. to bind up wounds, c. > Ps. 
147, 3. 

2. to bind fast, i.e. to shut up, to stop, 
lo restrain. Job 28, 11 tan Γῆ) 7339 
he stoppeth up the streams (rills) that 
they trickle not, spoken of a miner shut- 
ting off water Ste flowing into the pits. 

Pua to be bound up, as a wound, Is. 
1, 6. Ez. 30, 21. 


* TM obsol. root, prob. to caok, to 


bake bread, Eth. \21'T, Arab. : Sad 
bread, ἃ to bake bread. Hence ἔξπο 
cooking-pan, frying-pan, and 


ὨΠΤΛΔΤῚ m. plur. things cooked or fried, 
1 Chr. 9,31. Comp. amo. 


at m. (τ. 339) constr. 39, and so be- 

fore > Ex. 12, 14. Num. 29,12; c. suff. 
“3m; with art. am; plur. B°sn. 

1. a festival, feasts Ex. 10, 9. 12, 14. 
an ΠΏΣ, am 3m, to keep a festival Liev. 
23, 39. Deut. 16,10. Spoken κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν 
of the passover Is. 30, 29; of the feast 
of tabernacles 2 Chr. 5, 3. 1K. 8, 2. 


Comp. Arab. & pilgrimage to Mecca. 


2. Meton. a“festival sacrifice, victim, 
Ps. 118, 27 o°Maza am-s7oN bind the 
sacrifice (victim) with cords. Ex. 23, 18 
sam nom the fat of my victim. Mal. 2, 3. 
Comp. 73° 2 Chr. 30, 22. 


N37 or [32 which is read in many 
Mss. fem. vertigo, i. q. consternation, ter- 
ror, Is. 19, 17. R. 337 no. 3. 


* Sse 
237 obsol. root, Arab. U5 lo 
hide, to cover over. Hence 


ΦΑΓῚ m. 1. a locust, winged and edi- 
ble Lev. 11, 22; also Num. 13, 33. Is. 
40, 22. Ecc. 12, 5, So called, it is said, 
as covering the ground, hiding the sun, 
etc.—Another etymology is proposed by 
Credner, ad Joel. p. 309. The Samar. in- 
Lev. 1. c. for =35 has H539n, which ean 





=a 


signify a leaper, comp. Arab. > 
_and from 3:97 then might come’ the 
triliteral 33" ; comp. de>, Dam. 

_ 2. Hagab, pr. n. τη. Ezia 2, 46. 


ΓΊΖΑΓΙ (locust) Hagabah, pr. n. m. 
Ezra 2,45; written also 8230 Neh. 7, 48. 


* 3471 kindr. with 34m, pr. to move in 
acircle. Hence 

1. to dance, pr. ina circle, 1 Sam. 30, 16. 

2. to keep a festival, to celebrate a 
holiday, sc. by leaping and dancing, 
by sacred dances, Ex. 5, 1. Lev. 23, 41; 
spec. of a ponte ΠΉΡΘΒΗΝΙ Ps. 42, 5. 


Syr. Le, αἰ, id. Arab. ¢ 


thé Haj, tomake a pilgrimage to Mecca. 
8. to reel, to be giddy, spoken of drunk- 
ards Ps. 107,27. Also to be astonished, 
amazed ; whence 83M terror, conster- 
nation. 
Deriv. 44, 8m, and the pr. names 
"OM, "AN, Man, man, 


man obsol. root, i. q. Arab. l= to 
take oe —Hence oan. 
man see Nin. 


to perform 


D4 m. plur.(r. 737) refuges, “3m 
sben the as ylums of the rocks, Cant. 2, 


14. Obad. 3. Jer. 49,16. Arab. sla 
refuge, asylum. ‘ 


“33. verbal adj. intrans. (τ. 737) 
girded ; Ez. 23, 15 ΠΝ τ ΠῚ girded 
with girdles ; comp. 2 K. 3, 21. 


33 m. (τ. “27, after the form >izp) 
a girdle, absol. Prov. 31, 24; constr. 
2 Sam. 20,8 39m 730; ¢. suff. 1 Sam. 
18. 4. 


MNT f(r. 3m) α girdle 2 Sam. 18, 
11. Also an apron Gen. 3, 7. 


"213 (festive, from 3m with the ending 
“= i.q.°-) Haggai, pr. ἢ. of a prophet, 
Hagg.1,1. Sept. “dyyuTtos. 


"AT (id.) Haggi, pr. n. of a son of Gad, 
Num. 26.15. Patronym. is the same, ibid. 


τ ΓΙΡΑΤΊ (festival of Jehovah) Haggiah, 
pr. ἢ. τὴ. 1 Chr. 6, 15 [30]. 
MTT (festive) Haggith, pr. n. f. of a 


wife of David, the mother of Adonijah, 
2 Sim..3, 4. 1 K. 1,5. 


295 





dia 


* 5am obsol. root, Arab. (LS to hop, 
to advance by short leaps, i in the manner 
of a bird, or of a person with his feet 
shablded: This triliteral seems to have 
come from the quadril. >39m q. v. by 
dropping \".—Hence 


nay (partridge, like Arab. AS, Syr. 
iL.) Hoglah, pr. n. f. Num. 26, 33. 27, 
1. 36, 11.—Comp. 123m ΓΞ p. 129. 


; ΒΡ ' fut. Ἄβπι, to bind around, to 
gird, to tein up; kindr. are Arab. 
to restrain, Syr. pe to be lame. Con- 
strued: a) With acc. of the part to be 
girded, 2 Καὶ, 4, 29. 9,1; and also with 3 
of that with which one is girded, trop. 
Prov. 31,17 she girdeth her loins with 
strength. Ὁ) With acc. of the garment 
or thing okie on, 6. g.. DIAM aN 


to gird on one’s amore 1 Sam. 17, 39. 25, 


13. Ps. 45,4; Pw man to gird on sack- 
cloth, to gin oneself with sackeloth, Is. 
15, 3. Jer. 49, 3. Part. act. 2 K. 3, 2] 
msm aan 59 from all who girded on a 
girdle. i.e. whe were able to bear arms. 
Part. pass. TIEN 793% girded with an 
ephod 1 Sam. 2. 18; with gen. Joel 1, 8 
ΤΏ ΡΤ girded with sackcloth, and so 
sometimes ellipt. Joel 1, 13 473m gird 
yourselves sc. with sackcloth. 2 Sam, 21, 
16 τι ΓΙ “AIM NAN? and he was girded 
with a new sword.—Metaph. Ps. 65, 18 
monn mists 272 dhe hills gird on 
rejoicing, comp. v. 14, Ps. 76, 11. With 
3 of a girdle Lev. 16, 4. a With two 
acc. of pers. and that with which one is 


girded, Ex. 29, 9. Lev. 8,13; also 3 of 


that with which. Lev. 8,7. 4d) Absol 
to gird oneself, Bz. 44,18. 1 K.20, 11 
Here belongs 2 Sam. 22, 46 573m" 
primo they gird themselves (and σοὶ 
forth out of thei? strongholds ; unless we 
follow the Syriac usage, ‘they creep 
or limp forth olit of their strongholds 
comp. Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11. 

Deriv. best ows, Mama. 

I. “ΠῚ adj | (τ. 73m) fem. N31. sharp 
spoken of a sword, Ez. 5, 1. Ps. 57, 5, 
Prov. 5, 4. 


Il. 3 j{ q. Chald. 1m, Heb. πῶς 
one, Ez. 38. 90. 


-- 


“ΤΙ Chald. num. f. 837, TI", one, i.e. 
unus, a, um, for Heb. snk, ἢ. ἐξ being 
dropped by apheresis. Used: a) Often 
for the indef. article ; Dan. 2, 31 4m 03x 
an image, a certain image, comp. 6, 18. 
Ezra 4,8. Ὁ) Fem. 0 is put also for 
the ordinal, first, espec. in the enumera- 
tion of years, as Ὁ 129 HIN ΓῺ Engl. 
the year one of Cyrus, Ezra 5, 13. 6, 3. 
Dan. 7,1. c) Before Ὁ ΒΆΡΕΙ 4m im- 
plies rauliiplieation times ; as Dan. 3,19 
na be MspI lit. one seven more te 
So Syr. ps . 
d) MIMD as one, i. e. at once, πρᾶν, 
1. 4. Heb. ἼΠΝΞ. Dan. 2, 35. 


i. 6. one seven limes more. 


1. to be sharpened, sharp, 


Prov. 27, 17, see in Hiph. Arab. Le 
fut. J. Kinde, 774, and the roots there 
quoted. 

2. to be quick, vehement, fierce; comp. 
Gr. ὑξύς, Lat. acer. Hab. 1,8. Comp. 

Ww. 

Hipu. to sharpen. Prov. 27. 17 ora 
ANSI I. SN IN 5ΤΞ3 iron 18 
sharpened on iron, and a man sharpen- 
eth the countenance of his friend ; here 
ἼΤ᾽ is fut. A of Kal for 3h7; and 717° is 
fut. Hiph. formed in the Chaldee manner 
for M7, 1M°, as n>? Num. 30, 3, 5nx Ez. 
39,7. See Lehrg. § 38. 1. § 103. n. 14. 

Horn. 1735 to be sharpened, e. g. a 
sword, Ez. 21, 14. 15. 16. 

Deriv. 37 I, 3855, pr. ἢ. 77, and 


‘T311 Hadad, pr. n. of one of the 
twelve sons of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15, 
where many read 979; 1 Chr. 1, 50, 
where most read 77M 5 ἢ this chigmldt 
probably stand in both places. 

*STIM fut. apoc. 317, 10 rejoice, to be 
glad, Aram. |p, 837 id. 
ing in the occidental languages are y7- 
dew, γαϑέω, Bapeeo: —Ex. 18, 9. Job 3, 
6 πρὸ wera an wy let it not rejoice 
among the days of the year. 

Pie to make glad, jouful, Ps. 21,7. 
Deny. MIT. pron. SS", ATAN, 
“TNT (τ. 34M) sharp, and perh. subst. 

sharpness, a point, Job 41.22 [30] τ πηπ|Π 
wan sharp points of a polsherd, sharp 
potsherds, broken pieces of earthen-ware, 


put for the scales of the crocodile. Comp. 
ΖΕ]. Hist. Anim. 10. 24. 


Correspond- 


296 





ὉΠ 


MIT f. joy, gladness, 1 Chr. 16, 27 
Neh. 8, 10. In Chald. context, Ezra 6, 
10. R. man. 


‘3"'II3 (sharp, τ. +n) Hadid, pr. n. of 
a city in Benjamin, situated on a moun- 
tain, Ezra 2,33. Neh. 7, 37. 11,34. ᾿᾿διδά 
1 Macc. 12, 38; comp. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 5. 


ΤΠ Chald. plur. the breast, Heb. 
min, Dan. 2, 32. In Targg. oceurs 
Sing. “1m. See Heb. Gr. ὃ 106. 2. a. 


“0M and 230 fut. 53m", in pause 
bm Job 10, 20. For the anomalous 


| form “Aan see Index. 
1. to leave off, to cease, to desist. Arab. 


JA id. also to desert, to forsake, see 


Scheid ad Cant. Hiskie p. 53. Schul- 


tens ad Job. p. 72. The primary idea 
lies in becoming pendulous, languid. flac- 
cid, which is transferred to slackening 
mad desisting from labour. It belongs 
to the family of roots quoted under 555, 
which all express the idea of being pen- 


dulous, flaccid, flabby.—Construed: a) | 


With infin. and >, Gen. 11, 8 555m" 
ἜΣΤΙ ΓΖ and they y left off to build the 
city. 41, 49. 1 Sam. 12, 23. Prov. 19, 27; 
poet. also with inf, In 1,16 390 an 
cease to do evil ; or with a verbal noun, 
Job 8,17 125 bon they cease from tumult. 
b) Absol. to cease from labour; 1 Sam. 

2,5 adam oases the hungry do not labour. 
a to rest, Job 14, 6. Judge. 5,6 the 
highways rested, were not travelled. 
c) Absol. i. q. to cease to be, to be at an 


end, Ex. 9, 34 the rain and the hail - 


ceased. v. 29. 33. Is. 24,8. Also to fail, 
to be wanting, Deut. 15,11 the poor shall 
never fail. Job 14, 7. 

2. to cease from any person or thing: 
a) With 12 of pers. to desist from any 
one, to forbear from, to let alone, Ex. 14, 
12. Job 7, 16 "2:42 54M let me alone. per- 
secute ine no more. 2 Chr. 35, 21 for 
bear from God, strive against him no 
longer. Without 72, absol. Judg. 15, 7. 
Job 10,20. δ) to cease from, to leave, 
sc. a person or thing formerly loved. un- 
dertaken. pursued, i. a: to desert, to give 
up, Job 19,14; with 72 1Sam. 9,5. Judg. 
9,954. Is. 2. 22 ΞἼΝΙ 2 b=> 155M cease 
ye from man, i. e. leave the vain confi- 
dence ye have reposed in man. Absol. 
Ps. 49,9. ὁ) With 12 and inf. to cease 


᾿ 
Ἢ 


Sin 


from, to desist, 1 K. 15,21. Hence to 
forbear from doing any thing, i. q. to 
beware of, Ex. 23, 5; see in 31> no. 1. 
3. to leave undone, fo let. alone, to for- 
bear, not to do. 1K. 22,6.15 δὲς... 7220 
ΓΙ shall we go... or shull we τοὶ go? 
lit. or let it Shania! Kz. 2, 5. Jer. 40, 4. 
Job 16, 6. Zech. 11, 12. With infin. and 
>, Num. 9, 13. Deut. 23, 23. Ps. 36, 4. 
Deriv. the three following: 


2737 m. verbal adj. 
Frail, Ps. 39, 5. 

ee forbearing to do any thing, Ez. 
3,27. 

3. Intrans. left, destitute, forsaken, 
comp. Arab. Js hse id. Is. 63,3 >In 
DN ipbiaiien’: of men, comp. Job 19, 14. 


1. ceasing to be, 


241 m. pr. place of rest, region of the 
dead, hades, Is. 38,11. R. >" no. 1. Ὁ. 

"25M (resting, r.bIM no. 1.b) Hadlai, 
\ pr. ἢ. m. 2 Chr. 28, 12. 

εν pln obsol. root, i. q. Arab. dS 
to prick, to sting, with which are kindr. 

sc\> to be sour, biting, as vinegar, 
and go> to be sharp-sighted.—Hence 

P24 Mic. 7, 4, and P73 in pause 
pim Prov. 15,19, a species of thorn. 


Arab. dS melongena spinosa, i. e. 
solanum insanum Linn. prickly mad- 
apple ; see Abulfadli ap. Cels. in Hierob. 
IL. p. 40 sq. 


2PM in pause ἘΠῚ, pr. n. Hiddekel, 
i.e. the Tigris, Gen. 2 14. Dan. 10,4. In 


v a Ie ο 
Aramean δ 51, ASvc9, Arab. Keo, 
If oe 
KL>S; also Zend. Teger, Pehlv. Tege- 


ra, stream, whence have arisen hoth the . 


Greek name TJigris and the Aram. and 
Arab. forms. In Hebrew is prefixed "ΠῚ 
aclive, vehement, rapid ; so that >PIN is 
pr. the rapid Tigris ; comp. Hor. Carm. 
4.14. 46. The Hebrews seem not to 
have been aware that the name Jeger, 


Ὁ, of itself signifies velocity ; (so in’ 


the language of Media, Tigris i is an ar- 
row, Strabo 11. 527. Plin. Η. Ν. 6. 27, 
Pers. 
swift;) and hence arose ἃ pleonasm, 
such as we have in M238 732 bing Pha- 
_ raoh and in Engl. the Alcoran.. 


297 


$ arrow, Sanscr. tigra sharp, 





wn 
“iT 1. q. Syr. ἫΝ to surround, to 
enclose, 6. g. with a wall or rampart ; 
and in a hostile sense to beset, to besiege. 
This root is of the same family with "37 
and "1i-q.v. A secondary form is Arab. 


ioe curtain, and o> to hide behind 


a curtain; also Eth. SRF to dwell. 
Hence Ez. 21, 19 [14] Ὀπὸ mytnn ΞῚπ 
the sword BE besiegeth them, which 
besets them on every side. Abulwalid 
derives the same sense of besetting, 
lying in wait, from the idea of dwelling 
or lurking ; see Ethiop. and Arab. above. 
The ancient versions render, the sword 
that terrifieth them, as if i. g. PIIN.— 
Hence 


ὙΠ m. in pause 77M, constr. TI, c. 
suff. in3n ; plur. on, "eos “4n. 

1. an apartment, chamber, espec. an 
inner one, either of a tent or house, Gen. 
43, 30. 1.[ὰ. 16, 9. 12. Hence, ἃ hed- 
chamber 2 Sam. 4, 7. 13, 10 Κ female 
apartment, harem, Cant. 1, 4. ὃ, 4: a 
bride-chamber Judg. 15, 1. Joel 2, 16; 
a store-chamber Prov. 24,4; "3Ma 757 
a chamber within a chal. i. 6. an 
inner chamber, 1 K. 20, 30. 22, 25. 2K. 


9, 2. Arab. ye curtain, hanging, by 


which the inner apartment is concealed, 
the inner chamber, private apartment ; 
comp. ΠΡ’ tent-curtain, and Syr. Topo 
tent. 

2. Metaph. jan" Job 9, 9, the | 
chambers of the south, the remotest re- 
cesses of the south, comp. jiD¥ "727°. 
Also 123 ΠῚ the chambers of the belly, 
the inmost breast, Prov. 18, 8. 26, 22. 
mya "73m the chambers of death, i.e. the 
grave, Sheol, Prov. 7, 27. 

JI ἅπαξ λεγόμ, and very obscure, 
Hadrach, pr. ἢ. of a country ; Zech. 9, 1 
290 ys land of Hadrach, in the parall: 
member is Damascus. Perhaps the land 
of Hadrach is the region of Damascus 
itself. 

ὙΠ pr..n. see in TIM. 


Ἶ wan in Kal not used, to be new, 
Aram. MImid. Arab. ddr to be new, 
recent ; IV, to produce something new; 
but Conj. III, IV, also to polish a sword. 


wan 

Perhaps the original idea is to shine, to 
glitter ; comp. WIP to be pure, holy. — 

Piet to make anew, to renew, 1 Sam. 
11, 14. Job 10, 17. Ps. 51, 12. Espec. 
buildings, cities, to rebuild, to repair, Is. 
61, 4. 2 Chr. 15. 8. 24, 4. 

Hirup. to renew oneself. Ps. 103, 5. 

Deriv. the three following : 


WIM adj. f nvisn, new, e. g. a cart, 
threshing-dray, 1 Bam: 6, 7. Is. 41, 15; 
a house Deut. 20, 5. 22,8; a wife Deut. 
24,5; aking Ex. 1,8; a song Ps. 33, 3. 
40,4; a name Is. 62,2. Often also it is 
i. q. fresh, of this year, spoken of grain 
(opp. 1:33) Lev. 26, 10 ; unheard of Ecc. 
1,9.10. So new gods i. e. not before 
worshipped Deut. 32,17. MYM a new 
thing Is. 43, 19; ple. Is. 42, 9. For 
moon "3m 2 Sam. 21, 16, see in "3n 
lett.b. 

WIN m. (τ. 83m) 1. the new moon, 
day of the new moon, the first day of the 
lunar month, which wasa festival among 
the Hebrews, Num. 29, 6. 1 Sam. 20, 5. 
18, 24. Ex. 19, jwehben wha in the 
third new moon, i. 6. on the first of the 
third month. Hos. 5,7 W3n D>=N9 nny 
now shall the new moon consume them, 
i.e. in the time of the new moon they 
shall be consumed.—Plur. O°O7N new 
moons, often coupled with sabbaths and 
Bietivals 2 Chr. 2,3. 8,13. Ezra 3, 5. 
Is. 1, 13.14. Ez. 45, 17. al. 

2. a month, i. e. a lunar month, begin- 
ning with the new-moon, Gen. 8, 5. Ex. 
13,15. al. om" OIh a month of time, 
for the space of a month, (see 5.25.) 
Gen. 29, 14. Num. 11, 20. 21. 

3. Fiodesh, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 8, 9. 


“WM Hodshi, metronym. of no. 3, 
2 Sam. 24, 6. 

nan Chald. to be nen, i. My oan .— 
Hence 

M3 Chald. adj. new, Ezra6.4. Syr. 
ἵδρώ. 

Nn 565 mim. 

* 39M in Kal not used, to be or come 
under penalty, reum esse v. fieri, like 


Syr. Siu, Arab. ols of debt (Ez. 18, 
7) and of guilt. 

Piet 25 ΠΠ to bring under penalty, to 
cause to forfeit, Dan. 1, 10.—Hence 


298 





on 


3M m. debt, Ez. 18, 7. 


M31 (hidden, hiding-place, τ. 2m) 
Hobah, pr. n. of a place to the northward 
of Damascus, once Gen. 14, 15; comp. 
Χωβὰ Judith 4, 4. 15, 4. Eusebius in 
QOnomast. confounds this place with Co- 
caba, the seat of the Ebionites ; see the 
author’s note to Burckhardt’s Travels in 
Syria, etc. II. p. 1064. Germ. 


* 1M to describe a circle, to mark out 
with a compass, Job 26, 10. Syr. ww 
to move in a circle, ἵδικω circle. Kindr. 


roots are 527 and Δ, 
Deriv. 73572 and 


AT m. circle, sphere, e. g. the arch or 
vault of the heavens, Prov. 8, 27. Job 
22. 14; the circuit of the earth, orbis 
terrarum. Is..40, 22. 


*9 1. pr. ig. Arab. SLA mid. Ye, 
to turn aside ; II, to tie knots ; whence 
may be derived Heb. 17°M an enigma, 
riddle, parable.—Hence 

2. Joined with "'1"M, to propose a rid- 
dle Judg. 14, 12 sq. to propose a parable 
Ez. 17, 2. Comp. y2> and ΠΧ, also 
Gr. din Missi αἰνίγματα ZEsch. 'Prometh. 
Vinct. 610. 

Deriv. 9H, OPN, TN. 


ἘΠῚ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to 
breathe, comp. Piel. For this power in 
the syllable 37, 38, 1%, see under =A, 
TaN, bs 23. Hence 

'2. to live, i. ᾳ. 5°, comp. subst. Fn. 

Pret “3m pr. to breathe out; hence 
to declare, to show, a poetic word for the 
prose 1°35. Chald. and Syr, "35, aha 
Arab. transp. ; like max, Arab. 

9 .—Job 32, 10.17; with dat. of pers. 
Ps. 19, 3; also accus. Job 32, 6; 6. suff. 
15, .17.. 36, 2. 
Deriv. S38. 


mum} Chald. in Kal not used. 

Pa. NM i. q. Hebr. 55M, to declare, to 
show, Dan. 2, 11; with > of pers. Dan. 
2, 24; c. suff. 5, 7. 

‘Ava. inf. m=, fut. mm, id. with 
> Dan. 2, 16. 2A, “7; accus. 2, 8.9 

Deriv. On. 

ΓΗ fig. msn. 
comp. Γῆ ἀπ 735, 











ain) 


1. life,i.q.7°". Hence pr. ἢ. of the 
first woman, Havvah, Eve, as the mo- 
ther of all the living, "7-52 =&, Gen. 3, 
20. 4,1. Sept. Εὔα, (comp. 7 Εὐαῖος,) 
Vulg. Heva. 

2. i. gq. M35 no. 2, a village, nomadic 
encampment, (pr. place where one lives, 
dwells; so Germ. leben in pr. names, 
E7%sleben, Aschersleben, etc.) Num. 32, 
41. Hence δὴ min Havvoth-Jair, 
towns or villages of Jair, i. e. Bashan or 
a part of it, so called from Jair, a descend- 
ant of Manasseh, Num. |. c. Deut. 3, 14. 
Josh. 13, 30. 1 K. 4,13. In Judg. 10, 4 
this name is given to thirty towns in 
Gilead pertaining to Jair, one of the 
judges; comp. 1 K. ]. ¢. 


*T47 obsol. root, prob. i. q. ΤῊΣ fo flee 


to; »andm being interchanged. Hence 
rim. 


"TIM (seer, τ. IN) Hozai, pr. ἢ. m. 
1 Chr. 33, 19. 


Ti m. contr. for M24. from r. M30 ; 
see other like forms in 01D. Others de- 
rive it from a root ™1N of the like signif. 

1. i. gq. MM, a hook, ring, or the like, 
which was put through the nostrils of 
large fishes in order to let them down 
again alive into the water, Job 40, 26 
[41,2].—A similar instrument was used 
in binding captives, 2 Chr. 33,11; comp. 
Am. 4, 2. 

2. a thorn, thorn-bush, Job 31, 40. 
Prov. 26, 9. 2 K. 14, 9. Plur. oonin 
Cant. 2,2, and with Vav movable ΤΠ" ΤΊ 
1 Sam. 13, 6, thorn-bushes, thickets.— 
In the kindred languages are found 


δὸς 
ἐστ᾽ [wow the sloe, sloe-thorn. 


* DAT Chald. to sew, to sew loci 
Ld 
Syr. Qu, Arab. bls mid. Ye, id. 
Apu. to mend, to repair, e. g. a wall, 
Ezra 4,12. Comp. x571.—Hence 


DO τὰ. a thread, Judg. 16, 12. Ecc. 
4,12. Cant. 4, 3. Collect. thread, Josh. 
2, 18. Proverbially, Gen. 14, 23 vim 
ἜΝ πἰ 335 from a thread to a shoe- 
latchet, i i. e.neither a thread nora sandal- 
thong, not even the least thing. Corre- 
sponding is the Lat. neque hilum Lucr. 
8.784. Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 4. 22, for 
*neque filum,’ whence nihil. The Arabs 


299 





pala 


have a similar proverb ; see Hamasa ed. 
Freytag. p. 245. ed. Schult. p. 404. 


"7 (perh. villager, from 74n i.g. man 
no. 2,) gentjje n. Hivite, often ‘collect. the 
Hivite, Hivites, Sept. Ltutog, a Canaani- 
tish people dwelling at the foot of Her- 
mon and Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3. Judg. 3, 
3; but living also at Shechem and Gi- 
beon, Gen. 34, 2. 2 Sam. 24, 7. 1K. 9 
20. Josh. 11, 19. 


mon Havilah, pr.n. 1. A region of 
Arabia, inhabited by descendants of Jok- 
tan Gen. 10,29; eastward of the Ishmael- 
ites and Amalekites, Gen. 25,18. 1 Sam. 


15,7. Probably the Χαυλοταῖοι of Stra- . 


bo are to be understood (XVI. p. 728 
Casaub.) dwelling on the Persian Gulf, - 
on the coast of which Niebuhr mentions 
a town and district hog HawHat; 
Beschr. v. Arab. p. 342. 

2. A region of the Cushites, Gen. 10,7. 
1 Chr. 1, 9, which is to be sought in 
Ethiopia. Most prob. the Avalile, dwell- 
ing on the Sinus Avalites, now Zeilah, 
to the southward of the Straits of Bab 
el-Mandeb, Pliny 6. 28. Ptolem. 4.7. So 
also Saadias apparently, who three times 
in Genesis for ΓΤ puts Ἄλον ig Shey 
Zeilah. 

3. The first Havilah (no. 1) enables 
us probably to ascertain the land of Havi- 
lah, τ τι YX Gen. 2, 11, abounding 
in gold, pearls (comm. bdellinm), and 
gems, and flowed around by the river 
Pishon (Indus?) ; since the Havilah of 
Gen. 10, 29, is also enumerated among 
gold countries, and, as being on the Per- 
sian Gulf} was adjacent to India. In- 
deed we are here probably to understand 
India, in accordance with the ancient 
usage, in so far as it also embraced 
Arabia. See Assemani Bibl. Orient. T. 
III. P. Il. p. 568 sq.—Those who regard 
the Pishon as the Phasis, make Havilah 
to be Colchis; so Reland Diss. I. p. 17. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 202. But 
the name of the Colchians is Ὁ ΓΙΞΌΞ. 


«am, and 5 “TI. fut. Sams and ΓΗ, 
apoc. briss Ps. 97, 4, brs} 1 Sam. 31, 3 
thm Jer. 51, 29; Imp. “aban Mic. 4, 10, 
and ἢ ΤΊ Ps, 96, 9; pr. to turn eine 
to twist, to whirl ; and intrans. to be turn- 
ed around, to be twisted, to whirl or be 


Dan 
whirled. Arab. As mid. ἐμῶν: to be 


turned, converted, changed, ds round 


about, Jo a year, ἐν et of turns, 
wily. Kindred are >4x, Gr. sidéw, εἰλύω, 
ἴλλω; and with Vav as it were strength- 
ened into Beth, >am.—Hence 

1. to dance in a circle, to whirl in the 
dance, Judg. 21,21. Comp. Pil. no. a 
and subst. Dim. 

2. to be whirled, to be hurled upon any 
person or thing, pr. of a sword Hos. 11, 
6; of a whirlwind, c. >» Jer. 23, 19. 
30,23. Trop. 2 Sam, 3, 29 ὥδ by sn 
“Δὲ ain let it (the murder of Abner) be 
hurled wpon the head of Joab. Lam. 4, 
- 6 85πὸ Fa 45m ND and no (human) hands 
were hurled upon her, i. e. laid upon her 
with violence.—Often in the Targums, 
see Buxt. Lex. Chald. p. 719. Arab. 


hss to swing oneself upon a horse, to 
mount a horse; IV to rush upon one 
‘witha scourge, with As and W. 

3. to twist oneself with pain, to writhe, 
to be in pain, comp. 537; espec. of a 
woman in travail, Is. 13, 8. 23, 4. 26, 18. 
66, 7. 8. Mic. 4,10. Hence to bear, to 
bring forth, Is. 45,10. Metaph. c. 5, 
to be in pain for any thing, Mic. 1, 12.— 
Hence 

4. to tremble, to quake, in allusion to 
the trembling or shuddering of a woman 
in travail, Ps. 55, 5. 77,17. 97,4. With 
72. of pers. before whom one trembles, 
1 Sam. 31, 3, 1 Chr. 10,3; 35 Deut. 
2, 25. Joel 2,6; "2550 Ps. 114, 7. 

5. to be strong, firm, stable, just as 
also other verbs of binding and twisting 
are transferred to strength, see D213, Pin, 
"wp. Arab. dln mid. Waw, id. Rees 
Pa. 59m to make strong. Eth. ΡΛ 
to be strong, able. Hence >*n strength: 
—Ps. 10,5 137 559M" his ways are frm 
stable, i.e. all his affairs prosper. Job 20, 
21 ini dS" Nd his good shall not ἐὲ 
stable, his prosperity shall not last.— 
Hence 

6. to stay, to delay, and so to wait, i.q. 
brs, Gen. 8, 10. Judg. 3, 25. 

ike. causat. of Kal no. 4, Ps. 29, 8. 

Hopn. fut. 537, pass. of Kal no. 3, to 
be born, Is. 66, 8. 


. 


300 





ὍΤΙ 


Pit. >5>5m 1. i. α: Kal no. 1, to dance | 


in a circle, Judg. 21, 23. 

2. iG: Kal no. 3 to bear, to bring 
forth, Job 39, 1; things to create, to 
form, Deut. 32, 18. Ps. 90, 2. Causat. 
Ps. 29, 9. 


3. i. q. Kal no. 4, to tremble, Job 26, δ᾽ 


4, 1. ᾳ. Kal no. 6, to wait, for, ο. 2 Job 
35, 14. 

Put. ddim to be born, Job 15, 7. Prov. 
8, 24. 25. Ps. 51, 7. 

Hirup. Sbinnn 1. to. whirl or hurl 
oneself, i. 6. to rush. with violence, i. q. 
Kal no. 2, Jer. 23, 19. 

2. lo writhe with pain, Job 15, 20. 


3. to wait for, c. >, i. q. Kal no. 6 


and Pil. no. 4. Ps. 37, 7. 

Hirupace. >m2nnn to be pained, 
grieved, Esth. 4, 4, 

Deriv. 53M, bn, birt, ΘΠ dm, ΤΣ 
Dn, den, yh, nbnbn, bine, ndina. 


ban (circle) Hul, pr. ἢ. of an Arame- . 


an region, Gen. 10, 23. Rosenmiiller 


compares the district Hileh, Arab. υδ) ] 4 


rape a Ard el-Hileh, near the jeri 
ofthe Jordan. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 252, 
309.—R. dan. 

>iM m. (r. 8m) sand, Syr. Le, from 
its rolling and sliding motion, Ex. 2, 12. 
Deut. 33, 19. Jer. 5, 22. 
the sea, 2271591, poet. ΘΒ 34M, is very 
often put as the image of abundance, 
Gen. 32, 13. 41, 49; also of weight Job 
6,8. Prov. 27,3.—In Job 29, 18 the Rab- 
bins uuiderstand by =n the bird pheniz, 
from a conjecture resting on the other 
member of the parallelism, where there 


The sand of — 


is mention of a nest; and the Codd. 


Babyl. for the sake of distinction even — 


read d3m. But sand is the frequent 
emblem of numerous days; nor is there 
any reason to depart from the common 
signification. : 


* DAM obsol. root, pr. to be burned, 
scorched, and hence to be black. . Comp. 


kindr. t2m, Arab. pes to be black.— | 


Hence 
Dw adj. black, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 


Main £ (τ. mn q. v.) @ wall, Ex.\14, 
22.29. Deut. 3, 5. 28, 52. Often for the 


wall of a city, Is. 22, 10. 36, 11:12. Neh, 


3, 8. 33. al. rarely: of other buildings 


' 


4 


t 


eh ha 


_ Lam. 2,7. Metaph. of a maiden chaste 
and difficult of access, Cant. 8, 9. 10. 


Piour. Mian walls of a city, Is. 26, 1. 


Ps. 51, 20; with a verb plur. Jer. 50, 15. 
So too Jer. 1, 18 lo, I have made thee this 


day a defenced city...and brazen walls ; 
although i in the same phrase in 15, 20, 
it is in the singular. 

Dua ΓΙ, formed from the Plural, 
two walls; hence ὉΠ ὩΓΙΓΙ 773 between 


the two walls, 2K. 25,4. Jer.39,4. These 


were near the king’s gardens below Si- 


_ loam, [and may refer to the wall on the 
east of Zion and the eastern wall of the 


461]. 








city; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 400, 
In Is. 22, 11 the same expression 
seems to refer to the western part of 
Jerusalem, and may perhaps denote the 
first and second walls described by 
Josephus, B. J. 5. 4. 2. Biblioth. Sacr. 
1843, p. 199.—R. 


* OAM fut. pins, om, 1 pers. ΓΙ 
Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24, 14. Jon. 4, 11. 

1. to pity, to have compassion on, c. 
>> Ps. 72, 13; also to be grieved for any 


_ thing, Jon: 4, 10 PD PINs mon ΠΝ 
thou wast grieved for the ricinus which 


perished; comp. Gen. 45, 20.—Hence 
2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. >>, 


Neh. 13, 22. Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24, 14. Joel 


2,17. Aram. we 6. \S id. 


Norse. In connection with this root, 
it is to be observed that the ideas both 
of pity and of sparing are attributed 


more frequently to the eye than to the 
person himself; as elsewhere weakness 


and strength to the hands, comp. 75", 
pin; longing or pining also to the eye, 
see MDD. Hence we may gather, that 
the primary idea of the verb is that of a 
gentleand benigncountenance; like Engl. 
to overlook, Germ. nachsehen, Nach- 
sicht. So Deut. 7, 16 42°2 pinn-N> 
ἘΠ 55 spare them not, pr. let not thine 
eye have pity on them, i. e. behold them 
not with a feeling of pity. 13, 9. 19, 13. 
21. 25, 12. Is. 13, 18. Ez. 5,11. 7, 4. 9. 
Gen. 45, 20 pa"b3 by chn-bx D22"> be 
not grieved for your stuff left. behind, 
pr. let not your eye grieve. Once alin: 
1 Sam. 24, 11 4752 omm but (mine eye) 
spared thee. In like manner the Arabs 
attribute pity to the eye; Vit. Timur. T. 


Lp. 542.1. 14. 


96 


301 





yin 


sin or oi m. (r. 529 II) a coast, shore, 
as washed by the sea, yer 49,13. Deut. 


1,7. Josh. 9, 1.—Arab. ziL<, zee 
margin, sea-coast. Of the same origin 


ere ὶ 
are also (hols and ja” sea-coast. 


DEW (perh. coast-man, from 44m) 
Hupham, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin 
Num. 26, 39; for which Gen. 46, 21 
p"en.— Patronym. "255m Huphamite, 
Num. I. ὁ. 


VIM obsoi. root. Syr. Pa. εν to 
gird ; comp. bl, Juss, to surround.— 
Hence 775 wall; also 


70 m. pr. wall, side of a building; 
then spec. the outside of a house; whence 
the antithesis 7325 7737 on the inside 
and on the outside, pr. on the house-side 
and on the wall-side or outside, Gen. 6, 
14, Ex. 25,11. Hence 

1. Subst. whatever is out of doors or 
abroad, i.e. a) Out of a house, the 
street, Jer. 37, 21 BDH yan the bakers’ 
street, in Jerusalem. Is. 51, 23. Prov. 7, 
12. Plur. ΤΊ ΗΓ streets Is. 5,25. 10,6. 15, 
3. Jer.7,17.al 1K. 20, 34 and thou shalt 
make mixin streets for thee in Damascus, 
as my father made in Samaria, i. e. build 
whole streets of houses. Others, mar- 
kets. b) Out ofa city, the country, the 


fields, pastures, the desert, Aram. "3, 


Job 5,10. 18,17. Hence in opp. γα 
mixin the (tilled) land and the deserts, 
Prov. 8, 26; comp. Mark 1, 45. 

2. Adv. out of doors, without, abroad, 
Deut 23, 14; e. g. yan-n το ο born 
abroad, out of the house, Lev. 18, 9. 
Also forth, forth abroad; Deut. 23, 13. 
Also with © loc. m£5M abroad, without, 
1 K. 6,6; forth abroad Ex. 12, 46; c. 
art. y3nn forth abroad Judg. 19,25. Neh. 
13, 8, pr. into the street; and so ΓΚ 
Gen. 15, 5.—With prepositions: a) 
ΥΓΙΞ without, abroad, i. 6. out-of a tent 
Gen. 9, 22; a house Ex. 21, 19; ἃ city 
Gen. 24, 31. Ὁ) y:m> poet. id. Ps. 41, 
7, and myim> 2 Chr. 32,5. 6) y3m2 
from without, on the outside, opp. 139 
Gen. 6,14. yamma id. Ez. 41,25. d) © 
> yin without, implying rest, 6. σ. yim 
a3 without the city Gen. 19, 16% 24, 11. 
δ] gina Ez. 40, 40. 44. 6) Ὁ pananby 


pin 
without, out of, after a verb of motion, 
Num. 5, 3. 4 mama> yima7>x without the 
camp Deut. 23,11. Lev. 4,12." f) Me- 
taph. 12 73" except, besides, i. q. more 
than, Ecc. 2,25. So Chald. 7a 3, Syr. 
Samar. and Zab. <x os. 
Hence jix7h. 
sk 


PT a root not in use, i. q. cS 
to surround, to embrace. It seems to 
have come from P=, the 3 being soft- 
ened.—Hence ΡΠ and 


PIN or PM, i. 4. pr, the bosom, Ps. 
74, 11 Cheth. 


PP'N wee FPN. 


ν min fut. “113 1. to become white ; 
and hence of the face, to become pale 
for shame Is. 29, 22; comp. Zeph. 2, 1, 


[2 ᾿ Ἀ 
Aram. ja#, Ἔτι, id. Arab. Waw quies- 


cent yl to be fulled white, as a gar- 
ment.—Hence ΓΙ, “in I, and ἜΗΙ, "7h. 

2. Trop. to be splendid, noble, i. q. "241 
no. 2.—Hence pr. ἢ. O71N, HIN. 


*"ATT obsol. root, prob. to hollow out, 
to bore, or the like. as appears from the 
derivatives “in, 72m II, a hole, cavern, 
and the pr. names ὙΠ, 72.5. Comp. 
some of the derivatives of r. jy >: as 


σὺ. 
° 


hye 


river, bay of the sea. 


, Sor 
foramen ani, mouth of a 
Kindred are the 


roots “9 and γι; whence M7532, 
S_ -=- 9 - 
Ro, yt cavern. 


1. ὙΠ and WI m. (τ. 517) fine white 
linen, Sept. βύσσος, Esth. 1, 6. 8, 15. 


II. "AN m. (τ. Ἔτι) 1. 1. g. “in Ila 
hole, as of a serpent Is. 11, 8; also of a 
narrow and filthy subterranean prison, 
‘Is. 42,22. Comp. the black hole of Cal- 
cutta. 

2. Hur, pr.n. a) A king of Midian, 
Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13,21. Ὁ) The hus- 
band of Miriam, Moses’ sister, Ex. 17, 


10. 24,14. c) 1 Chr. 2, 19.50. 4,1.4; 
comp. 2, 20. Ex. 31,2. d) Neh. 3, 9. 
e) 1K.4,8. 


1.50 m. (τ. 7911) ig. SHI, white lin- 
en, only plur. "2h poet. for DN, white 
‘inens, cloths of linen or byssus, Is. 19, 9. 


302 





on 
Kindred ie Arab. nye white silk; Eth 


~¢hAC cotton, according to Ludolf in 


Lex. Aith. p. 36. 


11. ὙΠ τὰ. (τ. 4m) 1. α hole, 2 Καὶ. 
12, 10; spoken of a window Cant. 5, 4; 
of the socket of the eye Zech. 14, 12. 

2. a cave, cavern Job 30,6, 1 Sam. 14, 
11; of the dens of wild beasts Nah. 2,13, — 


ΠῚ. in, plur. 2°" nobles, see "πὶ. 
“3 Chald. m. white, Dan.7,9. R.771. 
27M see ah. 


ὙΠ (perh. worker in linen, fr. ἌΤΙ, 
like Arab. SP Hariri,) pr. ἢ. τὰν. 


Huri, 1 Chr. 5, 14. 
“UM (id. Chald.) Hurai, 1 Chr. 11, 
32; see "377. 
“NM see “Ih. 


DIF (noble, high-born, r. “17 no. 2) 
Huram, pr. 0. 

a) A king of Tyre, contemporary 
with David and Solomon, 1 Chr. 14, 1. 
2 Chr. 2, 2, and so always in the Chroni- 
cles. But in the books of Samuel and 
Kings this name is written 59° Hiram, ὦ 
2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 1-18. 9, 11. 12; 
by Greek writers Ligemos, Jos. 6. Apion. 
1. 17, 18. 

b) A Tyrian artificer sent by Hiram 
to Solomon, 2 Chr. 4, 11; elsewhere 
pinn Hirom 1 Κι. 7, 40, em Hiram 
2 Chr. 1. ς. Cheth, Also "38 BUN 
2 Chr. 2,12, ay DM 4, 16; where 
however "38 and 1738 do not belong to 
the name, but are appellatives; Huram 
my (his) father, i. e. counsellor, master- 
workman. 

c) A Benjamite 1 Chr. 8, 5. 


7711) Hauran, pr.n.ofa region beyond ~ 
Jordan, eastward of Gaulanitis (i245), 
and west of Trachonitis or el-Lejah, ex- 
tending from the Jabbok to the territory 
of Damascus, Ez. 47, 16.18. Gr. Adgwi- 





‘ SG ,o- ‘ 

τις, Roortts, Arab. ωἱ oo Haurén, so 
called prob. from the multitude of caves 
sim) found there, which even at the 
present day serve as dwellings for the 
inhabitants. See a full description of — 
this region in Burckhardt’s Travels in 
Syria, etc. p. 51 sq. 211 sq. 285, 291 sq 


"a 








win 


EUAN 1. to haste, to make haste. 
Arab. Ula mid. Ye, to flee hastily. 
This root is onomatopoetic, imitating 
the sound of rapid and hasty motion, 
like Germ. huschen, transit. haschen, also 
hasten, Hast, hetzen, Engl. to haste, to 


Ge 
chase. Kindr. are Arab. 5 i. ᾳ. Germ. 
hissen, hetzen, to rouse up, to urge on, to 


chase, 1 ae id. ayy to rouse, to chase, 


intrans. to be swift, to fear, Heb. 
mom to flee, to take a a WAY, ΤῊΣ, 
dle, q.v.—Constr. a) Absol. 1 Sam. 
20, 38; also i. q. to come hastily, to ap- 
proach speedily, Deut. 32,35. b) With 
infin. aud >, to make haste to do any 
thing, Ps. 119,60. Hab. 1,8. Also with 
dat. of a noun, Ps. 22, 20 man ons 
make haste for my help, i. e. to help me. 
38, 23. 40, 14. 70, 2. 71, 12; and in the 
same sense dat. of pers. Ps. 70, 6 D°77>x 
“Ὁ nuism O God, make haste for me, help 
me quickly. 141, 1. Part. pass. with 
active power, plur. O°", hasting, hasty, 
quick, Num. 32, 17. 

2. Trop. a) Of vehement emotion, 
internal haste or ardour. Job 20, 2 "1232 
“a "2am because of my hasting within 
me, i. e. the fervid impulse by which I 
am driven. Ὁ) Of the passions, appe- 
tites, lusts. Ecc. 2,25 tam 9705 bax 40 
who doth banquet or who is hasty i. e. 
eager therein? i. q. who doth gratify his 
appetite, or enjoy the pleasures of life ? 
In the Mishna it is not unfrequently used 
of the feelings of pleasure and of pain. 


Syr. ow and Lau to feel, to perceive, 
tas emotion of mind, passion, [aoc 


lust, Arab. ues to feel, whence oe 


and kindr. meg Ethiop. hhPi feel- 
ing, sense. 
Hipu. 
19. 60, 22. 
2. i. q. Kal intrans. to haste, to make 
haste, Ps. 55,9. Judg. 20, 37. Job 31, 5 
wri for Smmi; see in r. UD. 
3. Pr. to make haste to flee, i. 6. to flee 
hastily, Is. 28, 16. 
Deriv. 8° and the four following pr. 
names. 


MM (haste) Hushah, pr. n. 1 Chr. 


1. to hasten, to urge on, Is. 5, 


303 





rir 


4,4; see maw. Patron. “man Husha- 


thite. 2 Sam. 21,18. 1 Chr. 11, 29. 20, 4. 


“WM (hasting) pr.n. Hushai, David’s 
friend and ally in the war against Absa- 
lom, 2 Sam. 15, 32 sq. 16, 16 sq. 


DAN (the hasting) Hushim, pr.n.m. 
a) A son of Dan, Gen. 46. 23; see DMD. 
b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. c) 1 Chr. 8, 8. 11. 


DWN (haste) Husham. pr. n. of a king 
of Edom, 1 Chr. 1, 45. Written defect. 
Ὁ πὶ Gen. 36, 34. 35. 


DAN a spurious root. For jn" Hab. — 
2, 17, see τ. [MM Hiph. no. 2. 


DMM m. (r.omm) 1. ἃ seal, signet- 
ring, Ex. 28, 11. 21. Job 38, 14. 41, 7. 
Jer. 22, 24. al. The Hebrews, like the 
Persians of the present day, sometimes — 
wore their signet-ring suspended upon 
the breast by a string, Gen. 38, 18; to 
which allusion is made in Cant. 8, 6. 


Arab. wl and wil. 


2. Hotham, pr. n. m. 
b) 11, 44. 


O8TT and SAIN 2 Chr. 22, 6 (whom 
God beholds i. 8. cares for, r. 717) pr.n. 
Hazael. king of Syria, 1 K. 19, 15. 17. 
2K.8,9.12. ‘nm m3 house of Hazael,i. 6. 
Damascus, Am. 1,4. Lat. Azelus Jus- 
tin. 36. 2. ΣΡ 

᾿ ΓΙ fut. MIM, apoc. 1m Mic. 4, 11, 
in Pause TIN Job 23, 9; to see, to ΑΚ 
Engl. to gaze, the eeuion venti in Aric 


mean (|}s, xia, S434) for Heb. 
ΓΝ Ἢ ; in Heb. mostly poetic, like Engl. 
to behold, Germ. schauen, Ps. 46, 9. 58, 
9. al—Spec. 

1. to see God, sometimes of the actual 
vision of the divine presence, Ex. 24, 11. 
Job 19, 26, comp. 38, 1; elsewhere spo- 
ken of those who worship in the temple 
Ps. 63, 3. So to behold the face of God 
is metaph. i. q. to enjoy his favour, to 
find him propitious, the figure being 
drawn from the practice of kings, who 
admit to their presence only those whom 
they favour, Ps. 11, 7. 17, 15. 

2. Spoken espec. and as the usual 
word for what is presented by a divine 
influence to the prophet’s mind, either 
in visions properly so called, or in reve- 


a) 1 Chr.7, 32. 


niin 


lations, oracles: Hab. 1, 1 "Oy ΝΠ 
‘nm Hm the oracle which Habakkuk saw, 
i.e. which was divinely presented to his 
mental vision, revealed to him. Is. 1, 1. 
\2,1: 13, 1. Num. 24, 4, Am. 1, 1. Ez. 13, 
6 NO 31m ἐλευ behold Lies, false revéla- 
tions. Zech. 10,2. With >, to announce 
or declare visions or revelations to any 
one, Lam. 2,14 8) 2 51m FINI thy 
prophets announce unto thee lies, false 
revelations. Is. 30, 10. 

3. to look upon, to gaze upon, to con- 
template, c. 3 Is. 47, 13; espec. with 
pleasure, to delight in Denolatig: to feast 
the eyes upon, Ps. 27, 4. Cant.'7,1. Job 
36, 25. Mic. 4,11. With an ace. to look 
upon with favour, to care for; Ps. 17, 2 
let thine eyes look upon the right, i. e. 
regard justice. Also to look out for one- 
self, to choose, to select, Ex. 18, 21. Is. 57, 
8; comp. i> AX Gen. 22, 8. 

4. Trop. to see, i. 6. to perceive, to expe- 
rience, to feel, mentally ; comp. M87 no. 
3. Job 15, 17. 24, 1. 27, 12. 34, 32. By 
a bold metaphor ascribed to the roots 
of a plant, which feel the stones, i. e. 
meet with, strike upon the stones; Job 
8, 17 it (thy root) seeth the stony place. 

Deriv. AIN— man, FM, AMS. MI, 
and the pr. names bein, bxoIn, Sarr, 
ym. 


tt and smn Chald. to see, c. acc. 
Dan: 5; 5. 23.3, 19 min ws by ΓΙΣΞ ΘΠ 
one seven times more than (ever was) 
seen. Inf. atm Ezra 4,14. Also ab- 
sol. to behold, to look on, Dan. 2, 34. 7, 
4.9. 21. 


MT τη. (r. ΓΤ) the breast of animals, 
pr. the part seen, front. Ex. 29, 26. 27. 
Lev. 7, 30,31. Plur. nitm Lev. 9, 20. 21. 
—Chald. in plur. 999M q. v. 


OM τὴ. (τ. ΠῚΤῚ) 1. @ seer, prophet, 
a word mostly of the silver age of He- 
brew, signifying i. q. 8°22, 1 Chr. 21, 9. 
20,9. 29,.29, 

2. Segolate (like m4 Is. 28,7) and 
abstr. i. q. MAM no. 3, g. v. pr. ὦ vision ; 
then a league, covenant, agreement, Is. 
28,15. See Comment on Is. I. c. 


03 (perh. for mtn vision) Hazo, pr. 
n. of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22, 22. 


ὙΠ Chald. m. emphat. sam, plur. 


304 





ἽΠ 
constr. "IM, a vision, Dan. 2, 28. 4, 2.7 
7,7. 13.20. Syr. tops. 


yin τῇ. (τ. 43m)~_ 1. ὦ vision, spoken 
of ἃ ‘night-vision or dream, Is. 29, 7. 


| Spec. a vision from God respecting fu- 


ture events, prophetic vision, Lam. 2, 9. 
Mic. 3, 6. Ps. 89, 20. Dan. 1, 17—Hence 
2. an oracle, prophecy, Hos. 12, 11. 
Hab. 2, 2. 3. Obad. 1. Nah. 1,1. Col- 
lect. Is. 1, 1, where it is for jim "BO. 
3, a revelation, divine communication, 
1 Sam. 3, 1. Prov. 29, 18. 


Mit £ a vision, revelation, 2 Chr. 9 
29. R.om. 


DiI Chald. sight, view, prospect, 
Dan. 4, 8. 17. | 

HA f£ Kamets impure, r. AIM. 

1. look, appearance, espec. something 
conspicuous, remarkable, comp. M8772. 
Dan. 8, 5 ΤΙ jp a horn of appear- 
ance, i.e. conspicuous, large. v.8 0372201. 
sax maim and there came up four con- 
spicuous horns; for so the sense seems 
to demand, on account of v. 5. 

2. a vision, i. e. prophetic, Is. 21, 2. 

3. a revelation, revealed law, Is. 29, 
11; and hence, league, covenant, these 
two ideas being kindred in the mind of 
the Hebrew, whose whole religion was 
a covenant with God, Is. 28, 18, comp. 
nin v. 15.—Hitzig derives the signif. of 
covenant from the fact that in making a 
covenant the prophets were consulted ; 
comp. 2072 libation and covenant. 


* TIT obsol. root, Arab. <& to pierce 
through, to transfix, e. g. with an arrow; 


= to cut in, to perforate, to wound. 
Kindred is y2m.—Hence Tir. 


P8413 (vision of God) Haziel, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 23,9. R. mm. 


ΓΟΤΙ (whom Jehovah beholds) Ha- 
zaiah, pr.n.m. Neh. 11,5. R. 51m, 


THT (vision) Hezion, pr. n. m. 1K. 
15,18. R. myn. 


JVI τη. (τ. 417) constr. 714, plur. 
miosis. 

1. a vision, Job 4, 13. 7, 14. 20, 8. 

2. a revelation, 2 Sam.7,17. ins "5 
Is. 22, 5 (comp. v. 1) valley of vision, or 
collect. of visions, i. e. Jerusalem, as the 


“TT 


seat and home of the divine revelations, 
comp. Is. 2, 3. Luke 13, 33; perhaps also 
_ in allusion to 77x (whence Sept. Ζιών), 
or to 729%, which latter 1s explained as 
signifying ‘vision of Jehovah,’ Gen. 22,2. 
2 Chr. 3,1. The city is sitpated on the 
side of a valley. 


MT or TI τὴ. (τ. 111} pr. arrow; 
hence lighining, Zech. 10,1; more fully 
ΤΡ mm thunder-flash Job 28, 26. 38, 25. 


VT m. a ee Lev. 11, 7. Syr. 
jap, Arab. rye id. with Nun in- 


serted; whence is perh. derived the verb 
5) es to have small eyes or swines’ eyes. 


See r. “11. 


"TTI (swine) Hezir, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
24, 14. Neh. 10, 21 [20]. 


* PPI fut. pr 1. to bind fast, to 
gird tight, e. g. bands, ligatures. Arab. 
Ἔα and = id. Syr. to gird. Of 
the same family are Heb. 72m, Gr. 
ἴσχω, ἰσχύω, ἰσχύς, both in the sense of 
adhering and of being strong.—Intrans. 
to be bound fast, made tight, Is. 28, 22. 
Hence 

2. Intrans. to hold fast to any thing, 
to cleave, to adhere firmly. 2 Sam. 18,9 
H2X2 WAX pr) and his head canght 
fast in the terebinth. Trop. H7imz ΤΊ to 
hold fast to the law, to be zealous in it, 
2 Chr. 31,4. With > ο. infin. to persist 
“ἴῃ any thing, to be constant, diligent in it, 
Deut. 12, 23. Josh. 23, 6. 1.Chr. 28, 7. 

3. to make firm, strong, to divtostheis 
Verbs of binding, binding together, gird- 
ing, are thus transferred also to the idea 
of strength, because things are. made 
firmer and stronger by girding or bind- 
ing together; as also persons with their 
loins girded feel stronger and more ac- 
tive ; see the roots 27a, an, 54m no. 
5, DP; also the similar Arabic usage 
in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 514 sq. and 
Schultens Opp. Min. p. 101 sq.—Trans. 
iz. 30.21; hence i. q. to help, 2 Chr. 28, 
20.—Oftener intrans. to be or become 
strong ; spoken of a prosperous people 
Josh. 17, 13. Judg. 1,28; of a famine, 
which becomes severe. Gen. 41, 56. 57. 
2K. 25.3. Jer. 52.6; of a strong and 
fixed purpose, will, 2 Sam. 24, 4. 1 Chr. 

26* 


305 





"ar 


21,4. With 18 to be stronger than, to 
prevail over, 1 Sam. 17, 50; c. 5% id. 
2-Chr. 8, 3. 27, 55 acc. 1.K..16, 22. 
Trop. a) Of bodily health, to grow 
strong, to recover, Is. 39,1. b) Of the 
mind, to be strong, firm, undaunted, as 
in the formula y2x} PIN (Hom. ἴσχεο) 
be strong and of good courage Deut. 
31, 23, comp. Dan. 10, 19; also in the 
same sense spoken of the hands of any 
one, Judg. 7, 11. 2 Sam. 16, 21. Comp. 
in OM ult.. c) to be confirmed, establish- 
ed, 6. g. a kingdom, dominion, 2 K. 14,5. 
2 Chr. 25,3. ἃ) In a bad sense, to be © 
Jirm, hardened, obstinate, of the heart, 
Ex. 7, 13. 22; comp. Mal. 3, 13. 

4. to be strong upon any one, i. e. to be 
urgent, to press upon, c. ὉΣ Ex. 12, 33. 
Ez. 3, 14; acc. Jer. 20, 7. 

Piet pin 1 Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
bind a girdle around any one, to gird 
with two acc. Is. 22,21; with acc. of the. 
member girded Nah, 2, 2. 

2. to make firm, strong, to strengthen ; 
espec. to fortify a city, 2 Chr. 11, 11. 12, 
26, 9; to repair ruins, to build anew, 
2 K. 12, 8. 9.13.15; ὁ. > 1 Chr. 26, 27; 
comp. Neh. 3, 19.—Spec. a) to heal, to 
cure, comp. Kal no. 3. a. Ez. 34, 4. 16, 
b) to strengthen one’s hand, i.q. to en- 
courage him, Judg. 9, 24. Yer. 23,14. Job 
4,3. 1Sam. 25, 16; without 7” id. Deut. 
1, 38. Is. 41, 7; with, > to or fory any 
thing 2 Chr. 35,2. 1979 3M fo strength- 
en one’s own hands, i. q. to take courage, 
Neh. 2, 18. ὁ) to help, to assist one 
2 Chr. 29, 34. Ezra 6 22. 1,6 and all 
their pene Blonine Ὁ Ξ 533 env aan 
aided them with vessels of silver, etc. i.e. 
made them presents. d) Ina bad sense, 
with 32>, to harden one’s heart, to make 
obstinate, Ex.4,21. "25 prim to harden 
one’s face, i.e. to be obstinate, perverse, 
Jer. 5,3. Ps. 64, 6 39.733 105 sPIM they 
are obstinate in wickedness. ea 

Hips. ptm 1. to bind fast to any 
thing, i.q. to fasten to or upon; so in 
the formula 3177 ΡΤ ΠῚ Jo fasten one’s 
hand upon any thing i.e. to lay hold of, 
to take, comp. Gr. taza to hold. Gen. 21, 
18 3 πο τν Wp MN fasten thine hand 
upon him, i.e. take him, hold him.——So 
with 3" impl. with 3 of pers. or thing, 
to lay hold of, to take, to seize a person 
or thing,(comp. Gr. κρατεῖν τινος.) Fe, 


pin 


4, 4, Deut. 22, 25. 25, 11; also c. > 
2 Sam. 15, 5; by Job 18, 9; poet. c. ace. 
Is. 41, 9. 13. Jer. 6, 23. 24. 8, 21. 50, 43. 
Mic. 4, 9 >°n Ten pangs have seized 
thee, and in the like sense Jer. 49, 24 
MP ny wyy she hath seized on terror. 
So in Lat. ignis comprehendit ligna, 
and vice versa domus comprehendit ig- 
nem; Engl. the fire seizes the house, 
and the house takes fire. Comp. Heb. 
tN Job 18, 20. 21,6. Gr. ἔχω, see Pas- 
sow ἔχω no. 1. b.— —Spec. a) i. ᾳ. to hold 
fast, to retain, Ex. 9, 2. Judg. 19, 4. 
b) to take in, to hold, as a vessel, 2 Chr. 
4,5. c) to take or get possession of, 
Dan. 11, 21. 

2. to hold fast to any thing, to cleave 
unto, e. g. integrity, innocence, with 3 
of thing, Job 2, 3.9. 27,6; with >» of 
pers. Neh. 10, 30. 

3. to make firm, strong,e.g. a) Of 
buildings, to repair, to rebuild, Neh. 5, 16. 
Kz. 27,9.27. Nah. 3.14. Ὁ) Of persons, 
to strengthen Ez. 30,25. Intrans. to be- 
come strong. powerful, (comp. Lat. robur 
Sacere, Ital. far forze,) 2 Chr. 26, 8. 
Dan. 11, 82. c) to help, to aid, c. 3 tae. 
5, 35; comp. ΠΤ helper Dan. 11, 1, 
c. acc. v. 6. 

Hirupe. 1, to be strengthened, estab- 
lished, confirmed, as a new king, 2 Chr. 
1, 1. 12, 18. 13, 21. Also to strengthen 
oneself, i. e. to collect one’s strength, 

ypowers, Gen. 48, 2; to tuke courage, 
2 Chr. 15, 8. 23,1. 25, 11. 

2. to show oneself strong, courageous, 
brave, 2 Sam: 10, 12; "25> against any 
one 2 Chr. 13, 7. 8. 

3. to show oneself strong for any one, 
i. e. to help, to aid, with 3 and DY 2 Sam. 
3, 6. 1 Chr. 11, 10. Dan. 10, 21. 

Deriv. the eighe following and MPT, 
SNPIM. 


FI τὰ. verbal adj. 1. firm, ina bad 
sense.hardened, e.g. 22° PIN, MLQ"PIN 
hardened in heart, forehead, i. e. obsti- 
nate, perverse, Ez. 2, 4. 3, 7.9, comp. 
v. 8. 

2. strong, vigorous, Num. 13, 18. Ps. 
35,10. Also powerful Is. 28,2. Amos 2, 
14; and in a bad sense, violent, Job 5, 15. 
Freq. is the phrase ΠῚ 5 a strong 
hand ; spoken of men i. q. an armed 
force, Num. 20, 20, coupled with 733 DY. 


306 


"Ktsyiue, Lat. Ezechias. 





τὰ 


Ex. 3, 19. 6,1; oftener of God, his mighty 
power, espec. exerted for the deliverance 
of his people, Ex. 13, 9. 32, 11: Deut. 3, 
24. Ps. 136, 12. al. 

3. strong, i. e. vehement, violent, e. g. 
wind Ex. 10, 19; disease 1 K. 17, 17; 
famine 1 K. 18, 2. 

PIN adj. strong, powerful, waxing 
strong, Kix. 19, 19. 2 Sam. 3,1. R. pin. 

PIT] πὶ. ὁ. suff. "prin, strength, in the 
sense of help, aid, Ps. 18,2. R. prim. 

PIM τη. strength, might, Ex. 13, 3.14 
16. Am. 6,13. R. ptn. 

MPT pr. infin. fem. of the verb pin, 
the being or becoming strong ; as 2 Chr. 
12, 1 and 26, 16 ἼΣΡῚΠ9 in his becoming 
strong, i.e. when he had strengthened 
himself, had become strong. Is. 8, 11 
sa-mpina in the being strong of his 
hand, i. e. when God’s hand was strong 
upon me, when his Spirit impelled me; 
comp. the verb in Ez. 3, 14. Jer. 20, 7. 
Dan. 11,2 9833 ἼΤΡΊΙΓΙΞ in his being 
strong in his wealth, i. e. trusting in his 
riches. 

OPT f. (τ. prim) 1. strength, force ; 
mpina by force, violently, 1 Sam. 2, 16. 
Ez. 34, 4; vehemently, greatly, Judg. 4, 
3. 8, 1. 

2. a strengthening, repairing, of a 
building, 2 K..12;13. Comp. the verb 
Pi. no. 2. 

"PTD (strong) Hizki, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
8, 17. 

MPT and WPT (for Hpi Hos. 
1, 1. Is. 1, 1, and this for M5P1m9 Jeho- 
vah strengthens) pr. n. Hezekiah, Gr. 
a) A pious king 
of Judah 728-699 B.C. 2K. c. 18-20. 
2 Chr. 29, 18 sq. c. 30-32. Is. 6. 36-39. 
Prov. 25,1. Ὁ) An ancestor of the pro- 
phet Fephanias! supposed by many to 
be the same with king Hezekiah, Zeph. 
1,1. c) 1 Chr. 3,23. ὦ) Neh. 7, 21. 
10, 18. ; 


᾿ ἽΠ obsol. root; Chald. "19, Syr. 
3}, to return, to go about. Arab. > - 


to have small eyes like a swine; but 
perhaps this is a denominative. 
Deriv. ""I, pr. ἢ. 4, PT. 


I τη. (τ. 72m) c. suff. "nn, plur 
ὈΠππ Dag. forte impl. Lehrg. § 38. 1 


‘mn 


The form is-contracted for "20, as nin 
for MM, ὈἿΞ for 023, etc. 

1. a hook, ring, inserted in the nostrils 
of animals, to which a cord was fastened, 
in order to drag them about, or subdue 
and tame them, 2 K. 19, 28. Is. 37, 29. 
ΕΖ. 19, 4. 29, 4. 38,4. Comp. Job 40, 
26, and Mn no. 1. 

2. a hook or clasp, according to Kim- 
chi, for fastening the garments of fe- 
males, Ex. 35, 22. Comp. Fr. épingle, 
Germ. Spendel, from spinula, see Tacit. 
Germ. 17.—Others understand a nose- 
ring, elsewhere called B13, see Bochart 
Hieroz. I. p. 764. 

HI i. g. mm, plur. own Ez. 29, 4 
Cheth. 


*S8ON fut. NOI, inf. constr. ROM, 
Nig, once ἼΩΠ Gen. 20,6; part. RvIN, 
also Ron Kee. 8, 12. 

1. Pr. to miss, not to hit the mark, 
spoken of an archer, slinger, see Hiph. 
in Judg. 20, 16; also of the feet, to 
miss, to make a false step, to stum- 
ble and fall, Prov. 19, 2. The same 


primary idea lies in Arab. bs to 


miss, opp. Wle to hit the mark; also 
in Gr. ἁμαρτάνω, spoken of a weapon 
Hom. 1]. 10. 372. ib. 4. 491, of a way Od. 
7. 292.—So too as opp. &¥2 to light 
upon, to find. Prov. 8,36 ivi ooh "Son 
whosoever misseth me (doth not find me) 
harmeth his own life, opp. "822 v. 35. 
Job 5, 24 thou musterest thy pasture 
(flocks), NUMM Nd and missest nought, 
nothing is gone, all thy flocks are there. 
In this sense corresponds Ethiop. 444 
not to find, not to have. 

2. to sin, i. e. to err from the path of 
right and duty; Syr. Chald. Arab, id. 
Job 1, 22. 2,10. al. sepiss. MOM NOM to 
sin a sin Lev. 4, 3. 28. 35. 5, 6. 10. 19, 22. 
With > of him towards at against whom 
one sins, e. g. minn> xon Gen. 20, 6. 9. 
1 Sam. 2, 25. 7, 6.al. With 3 of pers. 
and thing t in which one sins, Gen. 42, 22. 
Lev. 4, 23. Neh. 9, 29; by Lev. 5, 4. 
Num. 6, 11. Neh. 13, 26. Pregn. Lev! 
5, 16 wipn-ya kon τῶνπ re τ δαὶ he 
hath taken sinfully ‘of the holy things, 
sc. through ignorance. 

3. to sin away any thing, i.e. to forfeit 
by sinning, fo incur as penalty, c. acc. 


307 





NOM 


Lev. 5, 7, comp. v. 11. Prov. 20, 2 sain 
ἼΦΞ2 he forfeiteth his own life, i. e. ex- 
poses it to danger, comp. Hab. 2, 10. 
Gen. 43, 9 if I bring him not again, 
‘ia SnNum then will I bear the blame 
all my life. 

Pir, δὲ 1. to bear the blame or © 
loss of any thing, to alone for, c. acc. 
Gen. 31, 39.—Hence 

2. to offer as a sin-offering, as a sacri- 
fice of atonement or expiation; Lev. 6, 
19 [26] FIM& NwMaM he who offereth it 
Sor sin, as a sin-offering. 9, 15 ἘΓΠ ΓΙ ἢ 
and offered it as a sin-offering. Also 

3. to make atonement, to expiate, i. e. 
to cleanse by a sacred site: to purify, i. α. 
"BD, as men Num. 19, 19. Ps. 51,9; a 
building, vessels, etc. Lev. 14, 49; c. 53 
Ex. 29, 36. Sept. καϑαρίζειν. 

Hipx. 8°25 1. Causat. of Kal no. 
1, to let miss, “not to make hit the mark ; 
ub walingtr Fudg: 20,16. Arab. Conj. IV. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. to cause to sin, 
to lead into sin, c. acc. Ex. 23, 33. 1 K. 
15, 26 byntny ron wig ἸΓΟΣΤΟΤΓΊΖἢ 
and in his sin, which he made Israel, to 
sin, i. 6. idolatry, as often. 16, 26. 2 K. 
3, 3. 10, 29. 

3. to cause to be accused of sin, Deut. 
24,4. Ecc. 5, 5. Also i. ᾳ. 3°89N, fo 
pronounce guilty, to condemn, as before 
a tribunal, Is. 29, 21. 

Hirup. 1. 1.4. Kal no. 1,¢0 miss one’s 
way, to lose oneself, spoken of a person 
in astonishment and terror missing his* 
way in precipitate flight, Job 41, 17 [25]. 
Comp. Schultens Opp. min. p. 94. 

2. Reflex. of Piel no. 3, to purify one- 
self by a sacred rite, Num. 19, 12 sq. 31, 
20 


Deriv. the five following. 


SOM m. c. suff. "NOM; plur. NON, 
constr. "son, which tattor 1 is from ROM. 

1. asin sfimaall Lev. 19, 17. 22, 9. m7 
2 NOM it 18 sin unto any one, he is guilty 
of asin, Deut: 15, 9. 

2. punishment of sin, ὀμενμείι, Lam. 
3, 39. 


SOM m. (Kametsimpure) 1. a sin- 
mer, not in the sense in which all are sin-' 
ners, but as wont to sin, Gen. 13, 13. Is. 
1, 28. Ps. 1, 1. 5. al. sep. 

2. one held guilty, an offender, 1 K. 
1, 21. 


NOM 


mR ¢. (r. ἈΠ) 1. asin, Gen. 20 
9. Ps. 32, 1. 
2. a sin-offering, Ps. 40, 7. 


ONO ( (Ὁ. kvm) 1. Fem. of Non, 
ὦ sinner, Am. 9, 8. 

2. i. ᾳ. TREN a) a sin Ex. 34, 7. 
b) a sin-offering, Ezra 6,17 Keri. ὁ) 
punishment, like mNwm no. 4, Is. 5, 18. 


PROM f. once ram Num. 15, 24, 
constr. PREM, plur. ninw 2m. R.xon. 

1. a miss, misstep, slip. of the foot, 
Prov. 13, 6. 

2. a sin, Gen. 4, 7. Is. 6, 7. al. sep. 
Rarely for the habit of sinning, sinful- 
mess, Prov. 14, 34. Is. 3, 9.—Meton. of 
that in which one sins, the cause or 
occasion of sin, as idols, Hos. 10, 8. 
Deut. 9, 21; comp. 2K.13,2. Pron 2 
water of sin, i. e. of expiation or "puri- 
fication tor i, Num. 8, 7. 

3. a sin-offering, Ex. 29, 14. Lev. 4, 
. 1-35. 6, 18. 23. al. On the difference 
between it and St, see this latter, no. 
3. p. 95. 

4. punishment for sin, Lam. 4,6. Zech. 
14,19. Hence for calamity, misfortune, 
Is. 40, 2. 


7 =O" 1. to cut wood, to hew, Deut. 
29, 10 sq. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 2 Chr. 2, 10. 
q , 


Jer. 46,22. Arab. obs wood cut or 


hewed, bs to go after wood. Kindr. 


is 3£M to hew stones; also S¥p and the 
roots there given. 

2. Intrans. like Arab. mid. E, pr. to be 
cut with a whip, rod, etc. Hence to be 
marked with stripes, to be striped, varie- 


gated; comp. "37 no. 38. Arab. obs 


to be variegated, versicoloured; Syr. 
ἵδιϑΐλωζο an embroidered garment, pr. 
striped.—Hence Part. pass. plur. ΓΊΞΌΣ 
Prov. 7. 16 I have decked my bed swith 
coverings DVIS JASN ΟἼΣΩ variegated 
(striped) with the thread of Egypt; where 
M=oN as adj. is to be referred to 5°73. 

Pua pass. of no. 1, to be hewn oul, 
sculptured, Ps. 144. 12. 


PICT see in 2M no. 2. 


MOM ἢ (τ. 02M no. 3) wheat, as being 


Seg 


ofareddish tinge. Arab. Ui Khia, 


308 





pen 


Chald. }"»:m. In the sing. mostly of 
the plant as growing in the fields, Ex. 
9, 32. Deut. 8, 8. Job 31, 9. Is. 28, 25. 
Joel 1,11. But the following μανίαν 
ure to he understood of the grain, e. g. 
nun =>m fat of wheat Ps. 81,17, and abn 

wn minds kidney-fat of wheat Deut. 32, 
14; for here the fat denotes the marrow 
or flour, farina, μυελὸν ἀνδρῶν, and is 
also called pven adm Ps, 147, 14. 

Pior. ΘΠ wheat, i.e. the grains, col- 
lect. the grain. Sing. mom of a single 
grain, Mishna Chelaim 1.§9. Hence 
mean sar Jer. 12,13; oem "zp Gen. 
30, 14. Judg. 15,1; ΒῸΠ was 4 Chr. 
21, 20; ὉΠ “5 2 Chr. 27, 5. By 
Chaldaism 1.2 Π Ez. 4, 9. | 

WAT (prob. assembled, τ. Yum) Hat- 
tush, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3,22. Ezra 8, 
2. b) Neh.3,10. c) Neh. 10,5. 12, 2. 


* DON obsol. root, Aram. «δῦ to dig, 


to explore, Arab. LE to cut in, to write. 
—Hence pr. ἢ. δὲ ΤΊ: 

"0 Chald. m. a sin, c. suff. ΩΤ 
Dan. 4,24. R. on ig. Heb. kon. 

Mord Chald. i..q. Heb. HRzn, a sin- 
offering, Ezra 6, 17 Cheth. R. Ron. 

ROOTS (a digging, exploring) Hatita, 
pr.n.m. Ezra 2,42. Neh.7,45. R. von. 

PaO) (wavering) Hattil, pr. ἢ. τη. 
Ezra 2, 57. Neh. 7,59. R. don 

ND OT] (seized, captive) Hatipha. pr. 
n.m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7,56. R. non. 


ἘΘΏΤΙ obsol. root, Arab. ὧδε. to be 


pendulous, loose, to wave to and fro; 
kindr. "2. Hence pr. n. >*om. 


μ pon to muzzle an animal; Arab, 


plas, whence elas amuzzle. Kindr. 


are COM, CX, also O&M; comp. on the 
signif. of the syllables 07, tH, tn, 
what is said in the note under art. 05. 
Of a kindred power w:th this root are 
Lat. domare, Germ. démimen, zudéim- 
men, zaihmen. Engl. to tame.—Metaph. 
Is. 48.9 ΠΡ ΘΌΤΙΝ pr. J muzzle (myse’f) 
towards thee, i i.e. refrain myself. 


: gon fut. Hom, 1. ᾳ. HMM, to catch 
to seize, to make captive, Judg. 21,21. Pa 


SOM 


10,9bis. Aram. o}u, Arab. 4b id 
—Hence pr. ἢ. 85"011. 


Ὅ “ON obsol. root, to wave, to bran- 
dish a rod, spear, etc. to wag the tail ; 
Arab. Kindr. are the roots >on, 
Abs’, Ae: and others, whose pri- 
mary syllable is dal, tal, sal, implying 
the idea of being yondilous: or waving, 
or swinging to and fro; see under 533 
p- 225. Hence 


“oh τη. ὦ rod, i. 6. slender and flexi- 
ble, Prov. 14,3; α shoot, twig, Is. 11, 1. 


9 ES 
Arab. μὰ > twig, branch, Syr. ἵμὼω 


ἃ staff, rod. Samar. Ax , Aleph and 
Heth being interchanged. 


᾿ von obsol. root, perh. i. q. 
to gather together, to assemble, as a peo- 
ple.—Hence pr. ἢ. wien, 


ὙΠ constr. "1, fem. 729; plur. on, 
fem. nem. R. =n, 

A) Adj. 1. alive, living, Gen. 43, 7 
"TI DI" ‘Tish is your father yet alive 7 ? 
v. 27. 28. 45, 3.20. 46,30. “1-2 all 
living, every living thing, Gen. 6, 19. 8, 
- 21, Tob 12, 10; espec. all men, every 
man, Gen. 3, 20. Ps. 143, 2. Plur. o=n 
living, alive, Num. 16, 30. 33; and with- 
out subst. the living, Ecc. 4, 2: 15. 6, 8. 


Is. 8,20. mom ΥῊΝ the land of the living, ἡ 


opp. Sheol, Ps. 27, 13. Is. 53, 8. Ez. 26, 
20; 6. art. D0" τς Ps. 142, 6. Job 38, 
13.—Very often of God, who is called 5x 
"mi the living God, i. 6. eternal, efficient, 
true, (opp. to dead idols Ps. 106, 28,) 
Josh. 3, 10. Hos. 2, 1; "4 Το 2 K. 
19, 4. 16; comp. 1 Thess. 1, 9.° ΤΙ 
ἘΠῊΝ δὰ the living forever, i. 6, God, 
Dan. 12, 7. Soin the usual formula of 
an path: mins ἘΠῚ living is Jehovah, i.e. 
as Jehovah liveth, Ruth 3, 13. 1 Sam. 
14, 45. 2Sam. 4, 9; ΠΝ “7 2 ὅδ). 
2,27; poet. 8 "ΠΠ Job 27,2; also "IN ἽΠ 
as I live, where Jehovah himigal? speaks, 
Num. 14, 21. 28. Is. 49, 18. Jer. 22, 24. 
Ez. 5, 11. 14, 16. 18; so Deut. 32, 40. 
Without path; Ps. 18, 47. 2 Sam. 99. 47. 

2. lively, vigorous, strong, 2 Sam. 23, 
20 Cheth. in Keri Dom wes 5 comp. ἢ mn. 
Also flourishing, prosperous, 1 Sam. 25, 6, 

3. living again, reviving ; whens 
metaph. ΓΒ PSD Gen. 18, 10. 14. 2K. 


309 





ὙΨΙ 


4, 16. 17, with the reviving year, i. 6. the 
coming spring, when the winter shall 
be past and nature revives ; περίπλομέ- 
vou ἐνιαυτοῦ Od, 11. 247. 

4. live, fresh, raw, of flesh, 1 Sam. 
2, 15. Lev. 13, 14 sq. 

5. living, fresh, e. g. of a plant, green, 
not dry, Ps. 58, 10; of flowing water as 
opp. to stagnant and putrid, which latter 
is called in Arab. eve | LS dead wa- 
ter, Gen. 26, 19. Lev. 14, 4. 20. 

B) Subst. life, Lev. 25, 36. 1 Sam. 
25,6 "M2 HD on vers and thus shall ye 
say: For life, a form of salutation, Lat. 
salve ; "112 in pause for "72. Often in 
the formula of an oath by things other. 
than God ; in the accus. as M375 ὙΠ is 
the life of Pharaoh Gen. 42, 15. 16; 
222 by the life of thy soul, be thy life 
1 Sam. 1, 26. 17, 55. Am. 8, 14. The 
name Jehovah in the like formula is 
preceded by "5, see in A. no. 1; whence 
ἼΦΞ9 MT) Hi “3 1 Sam. 20, 3. 25, 26. 
—Far more usual in this sense is the 

Prior. ΘΝ, once 97m Job 24, 22, life, 
Gen. 2, 7. 3, 14. 15. 7,15. ἃ]. Bm man 
breath of life Gen. 6, 17; B"h "BO book 
of life, Ps. 69. 29; DB" Y> tree of life, 
i. 6. of long life, ϑεοείκελος, of immortal- 
ity, Gen. 2,9, comp. 3, 22. 24.—Hence 
a) living, sustenance, Bios, Prov. 27, 27. 
b) refreshment, recreation, Prov. 3, 22. 
4,22. cc) welfare, prosperity, happiness, 
Ps. 34, 13. Prov. 4, 22. 23. 12, 28. 13, 14. 
14,27, nM πον the way of life, of hap- 
piness, Prov. 2,19.5,6. Comp. Syr. ἔχω 
Luke 3, 6. 19, 9, for Gr. σωτηρία. 


I Chald. emph. 897, plur. 777. 

1. Adj. alive, living, Dan. 4, 31. 6, 21 
27. Plur. the living, Dan. 2,80. 4, 14. 

2. Subst. in plur. j™m, life, Ezra 6, 
10. Dan. 7, 12. 


287 (perh. for bx"42 God liveth) 
Hel, pr. ἢ. m. 1 K. 16, 34. 


ΓΤ ἢ pr. something entangled, in- 
tricate ; see ΓΤ. 15M, espec. no. 2; comp. 
Dan. 5, 12.—Hence 

1. trick, stratagem, Dan. 8, 23. 

2. intricate speech, a riddle, enigma, 
1K. 10,1; comp. 4x752. To propose 
a riddle is expressed by 75M q. v. to 
solve a riddle by 3735 Judg. 14, 14. 

3. i. g. δ Ὁ, @ sententious saying. 


maxim, Prov. 1,6; a parable Ez. 17,2 ; 
a poem, song, Ps. 49, 5. 78,2, comp. Hab. 
2,65 an oracle, vision, Num. 12, 8. 


ἢ ane inf. absol. Hn Ez. 18, 9 and 
i 3, 21. 18, 28; inf. constr. ὁ. suff, 
pmin Josh. 5, 8 with pref. nin) Ez. 33, 
12; Imp. with pref. m2m1 Gen. 20, 7, 
plur. 4°71) 42, 18; Fut. m3, apoc. ἜΝ, 
“TTT 

1. to live, the usual and frequent word. 


Arab. - 


see "57 5 
τ 


= , which form is also in Heb. 
Eth. MPO, Syr. paw id. 
The primary idea is that of breathing, 
as the manifestation of animal life, comp. 
WED ; and its more ancient form is Mn 
q-v. The same origin belongs to the 
Gr. Caw, Cow, kindr. with dw, ἄημι, to 
breathe, and used by Aéschylus also of 
the winds as breathing, blowing ; comp. 
Passow in faw.—Construed: a) With 
acc. of time, Gen. 5, 3 and Adam lived 
a ‘undred and thirty years. 11, 11 sq. 
b) With 3 of place Lam. 4, 20; alas of 
that on or from which one lives 2 K. 4, 
7; and of that by which one lives and 
prospers Hab. 2,4. c) With ἘΣ, to live 
on any thing, see >> 1. a. «—Further, 
mn 0 live is also put: aa) i. q. to live 
well, to prosper, to thrive, Deut. 8, 1. 30, 
16. Neh. 9, 29. 2713 7M" let the ide 
live, prosper, flourish, 1 Sam. 10, 24. 2 
een: 16, 16, 02235 "Mm let your heart 
live, i. e. be lively, ‘cheerful, joyful, Ps. 
22, 27. 69, 33. bb) to live, to be pre- 
pee alive, Josh. 6, 17. Num. 14, 38. 
Espec. in the formula "852 ΔΓ my 
soul liveth, 1 remain alive, Gen. 12, 13. 
19, 20. Is. 56, 3. Jer, 38, 17. 20. Contra, 
man XD he bons dive he shall die, 
Gen. 31, 32. Ex. 19,13. Zech. 13, 3. 2 
Κι 20, 1. 

2. to live again, to revive, Job 14, 14. 
Ez. 37,5 sq. 1K. 17,22. Hence a) 
to become well, to recover one’s health, 
Gen. 20, 7. Josh. 5, 8; with 472 of dis- 
ease, 2 K. 1.2. 8,8. δ) to recover, to 
revive, spoken of one overcome with 
grief or fatigue, Gen. 45; 27. Judg. 15, 
19, 

Pre. ΠΡ 1. to make live, to give life 
to any one, Job 33, 4. A woman is said 
to make live or to quicken the seed of a 
man, when she conceives by him, Gen. 





310 mn 


19, 32. 34; and in like manner Hos. 14, 
8 151 47m" they shall quicken the corn, 
make it live and flourish, sc. in the de- 
serted land, by tilling and sowing the 
fields anew. Metaph. Hab. 3,2 Jeho- 
vah, let thy work live, i. e. accomplish it, 
complete it. Also to make live prosper- 
ously, to make prosper, to give life and 
prosperity to any one, Ecc. 7, 12. Job 
36, 6..Ps. 119, 156. 

2. i. q. to preserve alive,.to let live, 
comp. Kal no. 1. bb. Gen. 12, 12. Ex. 1, 
17. Ps. 40, 3. 138,7; Ὁ ie men id. 1 
K. 20, 31. Ps. 22, 30. 9πὶ MM to pre- 
serve seed Gen. 7, 3. ἘΞ ΤΠ to keep 
cattle, lit. to keep them alive, Is. 7, 21. 

3. i. q. to revive, to bring to life again, 
to restore to life, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ps. 30, 4. 
Deut. 32, 39. Hence to revive, to com- 
fort, to refresh, Ps. 71, 20. 85, 7. Trop. 
to revive a city, i. e. to rebuild, to repair, 
1 Chr. 11,8. Neh. 3,34 O3RAT Py TT 
will they revive the stones again? i. e. 
again build them up. So Syr. Saud sus- 
citare ruinas. 

Hipu. 7°71 1, i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pre- 
serve alive. ‘to let live, Gen. 6, 19. 20, 
With 53 Gen. 19, 19 ;"to save one’s life, 
i. 6. to preserve frou deliths, Gen. 47, 25. 
50; 20;°c. > 45,7. Also, to permit to 
live, to grant one’s life, Josh, 6, 25. 14, 


10. 2 Sam. 8, 2. 


2. i. q. Pi. no. 3, to restore to life, 2 K. 
5, 7. 8, 1. 5. 

Deriv. nn, mrma, and pr. n. ἘΝ, 
na, ben. 


ΓΤ and N° Chald. id. Dan. 2, 4 
“In "jabs ΕΝ O king, live for ever! 
a form of salutation towards a king. 3, 9. 
5, 10. 6, 7. 22. Comp. Neh. 2, 3 2n 
mn phish. 1 K. 1, 31. 

"Apa. Part. NIT2 saving alive, preserv- 
ing alive, Dan. 5,19. Comp. Syr. ἴωζο. 


MF adj. plur. αὶ mien, lively, vigorous, 
strong, Ex.1,19. See ae no.2. R.nn, 


ΓΤ f. constr. ΡΤ and poet. in2n Vav 
parag. Gen. 1, 24. Ps. 50, 10. 79, 2. 104, 
11, comp. Heb. Gram. § 88, 3. ὃ ; c. suff. 
insm Is. 40,165; pr. fem. of adj. "MF, i. 6. 
living, where see ; then as subst. living 
thing. Hence 

1. an animal, beast, 6. ο΄. ΤΣ AN a 
ravenous beast Gen. 37,20.33. Plur.nm 


es ς Ὡ..... 


ὙΠ 


Ps. 104, 25. Is. 35, 8. Ez. 1,5; πὸ men 
the beast’ of the feeds i. 6. the crocodile, 
Ps. 68, 31. Oftener in the Sing. collect. 
nin-52 every living thing, all beasts, 
Gen. 8, 19. 9,5. Lev.11,46. The word 
isthus used: a) In the widest sense, of 
all kinds of beasts, including also aqua- 
tic animals, Lev. ].c. Ὁ) Oftener of 
quadrupeds, as opp. to birds, Gen. 1, 30. 
2,19. 8,19. 9,2. Lev. 11, 2. 27. 17,3..Is. 
46,1. Ὦ Of wild ininiads us opp. to tame 
cattle (mana) Gen. 1,25. 2,20. 714.21. 
8,1. 9,10; spec. of wid baste where it 
is sometimes more fully "7wm mm Ex. 
23, 11. Lev. 26, 22. Deut. 7: 22. Hos. 
2, 14, 13, 8. Jer. 12, 9. Ez. 33, 27; also 
ΠΣ 9m collect. Ez. 14, 14. 34, 25. 
“ia71N77)_ gregarious animals, Zeph. 2, 


14. Arab. iS denotes spec. a serpent. 

2. Collect. pr. the living ; hence a 
band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 23, 11. 13. 
‘Poet. a people Ps. 68, 11; and so Ps. 
74, 19 arm 952 nem jmm->x deliver 
not over to the blood: y-minded troop thy 
turtle-dove, where Ὁ 52 signifies a desire 
of slaughter and vengeance; see 05} 
no. 3. 

3. life, but only poetic, i. ᾳ. 5°°, Job 
33, 18. 22. 28. Ps. 143,8. Soin m5 By, 
c. art. ASM Wp, ‘animal of life, i. 6. 
living animal, see W52 no. 4.—Life is 
also put for vigour, strength, Is. 57, 10 
ὈΝΧῸ WIT MM thow findest yet airaneth 
in thy hand.—Hence 

A. 1. q. 953 no. 2, life, vital spirit, ani- 
ma, to which is ascribed hunger, thirst, 
lodthing. Job 33,20. mm xba Job 38, 
39 i. ᾳ. 62 ΝΞ, to fill the spirit, i. 6. to 
satisfy, to satiate. 


NIT, TIT Dan. 7,5, Chald. f. emph. 
RN, eon, an animal, beast, Dan. 4, 
12 sq. 7. 3, 12. 17. It is for 5, the 
double Yod being changed into 1". 


DANI f. life, 2 Sam. 20,3. Β.. Ἀπ, 


stk τ, q. 7°95, to live, a verb of the 


form 39, like Arab. Here belongs 


3 Pret. 9, Gen. 5, 5 "1-7ON DIN VQINDD 
all the ise of Adam, which he lived. 3, 


22 obdis> "ΠῚ D283 lest he eat and live - 


for ever. Num. 21, 8.—From these are 
to be disitngtisted the passages in which 


911 





Ὁ. 
"J is an adjective, as "1 O2"aN Tish is | 
your futher yet alive? Gen. 43, 7. 
Deriv. "1, 457, men. 

2 see ban. 


2°17 m. also 27 Is. 36, 2. Job 20, 18; 
constr. ὉΠ, c. suff. “bn, plur. pan. 
R. 53m no. 5, 

1. strength, might, valour, Prov. 31, 3. 
Zech. 4, 6; espec. in war, Ps. 18, 33. 40. 
33,16. 59m ΠῺΣ to display valour, to do 
valiantly, Num. 24, 18. Ps. 60, 14. "28 
>1n men of valour, valiant men, Judg. 3, 
29. 1 Sam. 31,12; metaph. Is. 5, 22; 
Dim 723 id. 2 Sam. 2,7. 13, 28.—Hence 

2. forces, a host, army, Ex. 14,28. 1K. 
20, 25. 59mm "ὦ captain or leader 
of the host, 2 Sam. 24, 2. ὉΠ 723, 
‘Mh ΣΝ, men of the host, men of war, βοΐ. 
may ‘Deut! 3, 18. 1 Sam. 14, 52. Ps. 110, 

Aon pina. in the day of thy warfare, 
i.e. ‘of thy warlike expedition, campaign. 

3. ability, i. q. substance, wealth, riches 
Gen. 34, 29. Job 20, 15. Is. 8, 5. Jer. 15, 
13, Zeph. 1, 13. al. 4m my to get 
riches, to acquire wealth, Deut. 8,17. 18.. 
Ruth 4,11. Prov. 31, 29. 59m “as 2 K. 
15, 20. 

4. Trop. moral strength, good quality, 
integrity, virtue. 2°71 πῶλος active, cupa- 
ble men Gen. 47,6. Ex. 18, 21.25. rw 
θη a capable woman, well qualified for 
her station, Ruth 3, 11. Prov. 12, 4. 31, 
10. 51|π13 an honest man’. ὅξὶ 1, 52. 

5. strength of a tree, poet. for its fruit, 
Joel 2, 22; comp. > Job 31, 39. 


S97 Chald, m. 
Dan. 3, 4. 

2. forces, a host, army, Dan. 3, 20. 4,32. 

2 and > m. strictly ig. don. 
Spec. 

1. a host, army, 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 36, 2. 
Once >m Obad. 20; also Ps. 10, 10 Keri, 
where =°XD">m may be rendered the 
host of the afflicted ; but it is better to 
follow the Chethibh, see 435m. 

2. fortification, intrenchment, espec. 
the exterior low wall or rampart which 
surrounds and covers the trench, 2 Sam. 
20, 15. Is. 26,1. Nah. 3, 8. Lam. 2. 8. 
Comp. 1 K. 21. 23. Ps. 48,14. 122. 7 
Sept. προτείχισμα, περίτειχος, Vulg. an- 
temurale.—In the Talmud 57m is the ex- 
terior space surrounding the wall of the 
temple ; see Lightfoot Opp. Ty II. p. 193. 


1. strength, valour, 


br 


211 m. also once ΓΘ f. Job 6, 10. 

1. pain, pang, espec. of childbirth, 
Ps, 48,7. Jer. 6, 24. 22, 23. Mich. 4, 9. 
R. 54m no. 3. 

2. trembling, terror, Ex. 15, 14. R. 
DAM no. 4. 


ΤΊ ΤΊ Ps. 48, 14, according to the com- 
mon reading i. q. ΘΠ no. 2; but Sept. 
Vulg. Syr. Chald. Jerome, and 18 Mss. 
read with Mappik ™2°m, from 5. q. v. 
no. 2, and this is to be preferred. 


DOM 2 Sam. 10, 16, and DSM v. 17, 
Helam, pr. n. of a city near the Euphra- 
tes, where David gained a victory over 
Hadadezer. R. 55m, subst. 5°n. 


32°M) Hilen, pr. n. ofa city of the priests, 
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 6, 43 [58]. 
Written also 7>" Holon, Josh. 21, 15. al. 


TTT m. (τ. 9273) 1. g. ὙΠ, grace, beauty ; 
Job 41, 4 [12] id"9> 7°M the beauty of his 
trappings, armature, i.e. of the croco- 
dile. The form is contr. for 335, as 
Wn for WIN, OND for OID. 


ΥῊ τὰ. (τ. yim) a wall, side of a 
house, Ez. 13,10. Arab. bac id. 


FLT adj. (τ. yan) ἢ nyieen, outer, 
exterior, Ez. 10,5. 40, 17. 31. Hence 
civil, as opp. to sacred, 1 Chr. 26, 29; 
comp. Neh. 11,16. ΣΤΡ. without, on 
the outside, 1 K. 6, 29, 30. 


Pp" m. rarely PM Prov. 17, 23, c. suff. 
spn Ps. 35, 13, and "pm Job 19, 27. R. 
pm q. v. 

1. bosom of a garment, Ex. 4, 6.7. 
Prov. 6, 27. 16, 33. pma In a present 
in the bosom, i.e. given secretly, Prov. 
21,14; comp. 17, 23. Comp. Lat. sinwm 
laxare v. expedire, spoken of a person 
expecting a gift, see Senec. Ppt 119. 
Thyest. 430. 

2. bosom of a person, as ΠΏ 338 to 
lie in the bosom, 6. g. of a wife 1 K. 1, 2. 
Mic. 7,5; of a mother 1K. 3, 20, ἐν ἤδη 
ofa child ; comp. Ruth 4,16. Hence of the 
tenderest conjugal affection, ΡΠ MUN 
the wife of thy bosom, the object of thy 
love, Deut. 18, 7. 28, 54, comp. 56. Bbw 
pom->x Jer. 32, 18, Ἔ ῬΊΟΝ a7 Ps. 
79,12, to repay or aie into one’s bosom, 

o requite, (as God the actions of mpi.) 
ig. elsewhere UX a ΓΙ Judg. 9, 57. 


312 





mon 


1 Sam. 25, 39. Joel 4, 7. Comp. the simi- 
lar Arabic phrase = & ) ‘redit in 
jugulum alicujus,’ ae Tim. 4 I. p. 30. 
Mang.—Spoken of the internal bosom, 
the breast, mind, Job 19, 27. Ecce. 7,9. 
3. Metaph. the bosom of a chariot, the 
inside, hollow part, 1 K. 22, 35; the bosom 
of an altar, the cavity or hollow in the 
hearth, where the fire is kept burning, 
Ez. 48, 13. . 


ΓΛ) (noble birth, r. "3%) Hirah, Ἐπ 
ἢ. m. Gen. 38, 1. 12. 


DI" and DAN see pun, 


γὰ να i. ᾳ. bin, to hasten, to make 
haste, imper. MH" Ps. 71, 12, Cheth. 
Hence 


WT adv. hastily, soon, Ps. 90, 10. 


37) m. (Ὁ. 72) c. suff. "2M, the palate, 
together with the corresponding lower 
part of the mouth, the inside mouth, the 


jaws, like pane . Arab. ican the pal- 
ate and corresponding lower part of the 
mouth, beak, Syr. fore palate.—Hence 
Job 20, 13 am Fina in the midst of his 
mouth. 33,2. Spec. a) As the organ 
of taste, Job 12, 11, comp. 6, 30. Ps. 119, 
103. Ὁ) Asan organ of speech, Prov. 
8,7 "DM mam ΤῸΝ "3 for my mouth (pal- 
ate) speaketh truth. Job 31, 30 nor have 
I suffered my mouth (palate) to sin ; 
comp. Hos. 8, 1 the trumpet to the mouth ! 
Comp. m2n.—In Cant. 7, 11, palate 
seems put by way of delicacy for the 
moisture which accompanies a kiss, 
comp. 5,16. Lette ad Amrulk. Moall. 
p- 180: See fully in adj. qw> no. 1. 


, rian to look, to look out ; hence with 
Ὁ to look for, to wait for, to desire. In 
Kal once Part. constr. i> "24M ‘those who 
wait for him Is. 30, 18.—More usual in 

Pie, ΠΞΤῚ id. 2K. 7,93; 6. ace. et > 
Job 32, 4; espec. Hind NBM fo wait (full 
of hope and confidence) for Jehovah, Ps. 
33, 20. Is. 8,17. With infin. and, Is. 
30, 18 porn ns mart 42>) and therefore 
Jehovah wai iteth, that ks may be gracious 
unto you, he desires nothing more than 
to favour you again, and therefore he 
delays punishment. In the parallel mem- 
ber is ΘΠ he doth arise sc. in order to 
do this or that, which thus comes near 





= 





ot 


oars) 


wo the Arab. aly, ig. dgévecGou.—Inf. 
in the Chald. manner, "25 Hos. 6, 9. 

M7 f. (τ. 927) a hook, angle, so called 
as contracting the mouth of a fish, etc. 
Job 40, 25. Is. 19, 8. 


M2927 (darksome) Hachilah, pr. n. of 
a hill near the desert of Ziph, 1 Sam. 23, 
19. 26,1.3. R. don. 

D313 Chald. adj. wise Dan. 2,21; spec. 
α wise man, magus, magician, Dan. 2, 12 


sq. 4. 8. ὅ, 7. 8. R:03n. > 


_ person excited with wine: 





i an obsol. root, to be dark, black ; 
kindr. with 52, and spoken, in the de- 
rivatives of the dark flashing eyes of a 
a) Ina 
good sense Gen. 49, 12; see "2">3n. 
b) In a bad sense and referring to the 
fierceness arising from intoxication, Prov. 
23, 29; see mas*ban. See Thesaur. 
App. 

Deriv. the three following : 

m2 (whose eyes Jehovah enlivens) 
pr. n. m. Hachaliah, Neh. 10, 2. 


“S20 adj. dark, dark-flashing, spo- 
ken of the eye, see r. 52m. Gen. 49, 12 
pire Bray 7222N his eyes darkly flash- 


ing from wine, implying abundance of 


wine ; dark eyes are here contrasted 
with white teeth. Aquila well κατάκοροι 


satiated with colour, dark ; Sept. zago- 
᾿ ποιοί. 


F222 £. Prov. 23, 29 uy ΓΗΒ Ὁ 5ΤῚ 
dark flashing of the eyes, fierceness, as 
arising from intoxication. See r. bon. 


τ pon fut. 05113, to be or become wise, 
to act wisely, Prov. 6, 6. 23, 19. Ece. 2, 


19. 1K. 4,31. Job 32,9. al. Arab. Xs 
to judge, to govern, ee judgment, 


wks ¢ and “13 a judge; plied to 


know, rarely to be wise. 

Piet to make wise, to teach wisdom, 
Job 35, 11. Ps. 105, 22. 

Pua. part. made wise, i. e. taught 
wisdom, wise, Prov. 30, 24; of a magi- 
cian, Ps. 58, 6. ᾿ 

Hipu. i. q. Pi. Ps. 19, 8. 

Hirup. 1. to be wise in one’s own eyes, 
Ecc. 7, 16. 

2. to show oneself 2 wise, 1. 6. cunning ; 

27 


313 





pon 


with 3 to outwit, to deceive, Ex. 1, 10. 
Comp. Gr. σοφός cunning. 

Deriv. the six following, and Chald. 
ΊΞΠ. 


DIT adj. i. q. Gr. σοφός, wise.—Spec. 

1. knowing. skilful, skilled in the arts, 
Is. 3, 3. 40, 20. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 12; more 
fully ‘ab-oon Ex. 28, 3. 31, 6. 35,10. 36, 
1. 2. 8. Comp. Hom. eile sansa 
Jer. 10, 9 Ὁ ΛΏΞΠ ΠῺΣ the work of skil- 
ful artisans. 9,16 (7327p) mina i.e. 
mourning women skilled in lamenta- 
tion. 

2. wise, i. 6. intelligent, φρόνιμος, sen- 
sible, judicious, endued with reason and 
using it, Deut. 4, 6. 32,6. Prov. 10, 1. 
13, 1. Hos. 14,10. Often coupled with 
7132 Deut. Il. cc. and opp. 532 ibid. >", 
2°02 Prov. 17, 28. Ecc. 6, 8. Also sa- 
gacious, shrewd, never at a-loss, 2 Sam. 
13, 3. Jer. 18, 18. Is. 19, 11. 29,14; wise - 
froti the experience of life and niin 
affairs Prov. 1, 6. Ecc. 12,11; also skill- 
ed in divine things Gen. 41, 8; and 
hence spoken of magicians and enchant- 
ers Ex.7,11; comp. Chald.5°5n. Fur- 
ther. skilful to judge, wise in judging, ᾿ 
1 K. 2,9; and hence cunning, artful, 2 
Sam. 13, 3. Job 5,13; firm and constant © 
in mind, consistent, Is. 31, 2.—The wide 
circle of virtues and mental endowments 
which the Hebrews comprised under . 
this word, is best gathered from the his- 
tory and character of those whose wis- 
dom became proverbial among the He- 
brews, 6. g. Solomon 1 K.5,9 sq. Daniel 
Ez. 28, 3; the Egyptians 1 K. 1. ὁ. 
Thus the wisdom of Solomon is mani- 
fested in his acute judgment 1 K. 3, 16 
sq. 10,1 sq. in his knowledge of very 
many objects, espec. of nature 5, 13; in 
the multitude of verses and sentences 
which he either composed himself or 
retained in his memory 5, 12. Prov. 1,1; 
in a right judgment as to human affairs, 
etc. Elsewhere, wisdom also includes 
skill in civil matters, Is. 19, 11; the fa- 
culty of prophesying, and interpreting 
dreams, Dan. 5,11; and the art of en- 
chantment and magic, Ex. 7, 11. A 
higher and more enlightened wisdom is 
ascribed to angels, 2 Sam. 14, 20; to 
God, Job 9, 4. 28, 1sq.—The seat of 
wisdom is placed in the heart; hence 


aso 


often Dan a Prov. 16, 23, and so Don 
11, 29. 16, 21.—Plur. D°25M wise men, 
magi. magicians, Ecc. 9, 17. Gen. 41, 8. 
Jer. 50, 35. Esth. 1, 13. | 


MIT f.(r.02m) 1. skill in an art, 
dexterity, Ex. 28, 3. 31, 6. 36, 1. 2. 

2. wisdom, for the notion and extent 
of which, see in 02m no. 2. Job 11, 6. 
12, 2.12. 15, 8. 26, 3. 20,18. It com- 
prises various learning Dan. 1,17; also 
reverence and piety towards God Job 
28, 28; is attributed to a leader Deut. 
34, 9; to a king Is. 11,2; and in a 
higher and more perfect sense to God, 
Job 12, 13. 28, 12 sq. 


M2277 Chald. id. Dan. 2, 20. 


"221 (wise) Hachmoni, pr. n. m. 1 
Chr. 11, 11. 27, 32. 


_ FIA ἢ sing. (perh. for m2") wis- 
_dom; constr. with sing. Prov. 9,1, comp. 
14,1; perh. Prov. 1,20, where however 
msm can also be plural. With plur. 
Prov. 24,7. Elsewhere only once, Ps. 
49,4. R.p5n. 


M0911 id. with sing. Prov. 14, 1. 
7] see b°n. 
5m τὴ. unholy, profane, common, opp. 


to holy, consecrated, Lev. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 
21,5.6. R.>dnm Pi. no. 3. 


᾿ NOM to rub, to wear away ; then to 
be sick, -i.g. MM no. 2, 3. Once fut. 
sori 2 Chr. 16, 12. 

‘Deriv. smn and 


MN ff 1. rust, on a brazen pot, 
Ez. 24, 6. 11. 12.—Prob. pr. external 
disease, scab, leprosy of metal. Arab. 


on is spoken of pustules on the lips, 


an eruption. 
2. Helah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 4, 5. 7. 


DNS see “on. 
ENON see nd"n. 


i 321 obsol. root, to be fat. The pri- 
. mary idea lies in the smoothness and 
slipperiness of fat things ; corresponding 
are Gr. Auta, λιπάω, λιπόω, ἀλείφω, Lat. 
lippus.—Hence pr. n. 2278, and the five 
here following. 


229 m. ὁ. art. 23m4, constr. 3bm (as 


if from 32m), 6. suff. ‘aabn, milk, i.e. new 


314 





s5n 


milk, different from MN", and so called 
ραν. its fatness, Gen. 18, 8. 49, 12. Prov. 
27,\27. Is..7,, 22... Yet inva Sans, 17, 18 
it seems to be for curdled milk; see in 
yn. For the phrase 225 Mat 738 
a7) see under art. 351. 
the milk of nations, i. ᾳ. to make their 
riches one’s own, to get possession of 


their wealth, Is. 60, 16.—Arab. pi 
avers id. whence ods to milk, Eth. 
MAA milk. 


355 m. also 22% Is. 34, 6. 6. suff. 
ἼΞΌΤΙ ; plur. 0°22n, constr. "22m Gen. 
4, 4. 

1. fat, fatness, of victims Lev. 3, 3. 4. 
9.10. 15 sq. Is. 1, 11; of persons πᾶν; 
3, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 22, Job 15, 27.. .Plor. 
Gen. 4, 4. Lev. 8, 26. 10, 15,-Metaph. 
a) For the best, richeat part of any thing, 
as YN ΞΡΤῚ the fat of the land, i. 6. its 
best fruits, richest productions, Gen. 45, 
18; non. sbn Ps. 81, 17, and ΠΩ =bn 
147, 14, the fat of ished! also nish =bn 
mon Deut, 32, 14 (comp. Is. 34, 6) the 
kidney- -fat of sohant i. e. the finest wheat, 
the finest flour... Ὁ) For a fat heart, 
i.e. covered thick. with fat, and there- 
fore torpid, dull, unfeeling, Ps. 17,10; 


comp. Ps. 73, 73 also Gr. παχύς, Lat.. 


pinguis, for dull, stupid. Some have 
here compared Arab. She pericar- 


dium ; but this seems:rather to be so 
called from its fatness; although under 
the root whe the Arabs comprise al- 
most every thing. ) 

2. Heleb, pr. n. of one of David’s mili- 
tary chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 29; for which 1 
Chr. 11, 30 “bn, ahd “sled Chr 27, 15 
"3391. 


moh (fatness, fertile region) Helbah, 
pr. n. ‘of a city in the tribe of Asher, 
Judg. 1,31. R. 33m. 


TiD2M (fat, fertile) Helbon, pr. n. of a . 


Syrian city, celebrated for its wine, Ez. 
27,18; Gr. Χαλυβών. On its ὄχθρηθης Ν 
wine, ade Strabo XV. p. 1068 (al. 735). — 


Poet. to suck - 


The city is famous i in Arabian history in Ϊ 


815 
the middle ages, under the name os t= 


Haleb, now Aleppo; see Freytag Hist. 
Halebi. Bochart Hieroz. I. 543. Abul- 


ᾷ 
ν 
᾿ 


β 


Ἢ 


ΝΣ 


feda Syria p- 118. Golius ad Alferga- 
num p. 270 sq.—J. D. Michaelis, Sup- 
plem. p. 748 sq. conjectures without 
sufficient ground that the city Kennes- 
rin, or Old Aleppo, is to.be understood. 


ma27 f. galbanum, Gr. χαλβάνη, a 
gum of a strong odour, flowing from the 
ferula galbanifera, which grows in Syria 
and Arabia, Bubon galbanum Linn. 
Ex. 30,34. Syr. toss gum. Comp. 
Celsii Hierob. T. I. p. 267. 


*7om a root not in use, pr. to be 
smooth, slippery ; then also of smooth 
and swift motion, to glide, to slip away, 
to fleet ; kindr. with 229, 03m, 52m, 75°. 
See Thesaur. p. 474. 

Deriv. the five following. 

ἜΤΙ m.in pause 72" 1. life, as fleet- 
ing and transient, Ps. 39, 6. 89, 48. Job 
11, 17. 

2. this world, as fleeting, transient, 
vain, Ps. 49, 2. 17, 14. 


21 pr. ἢ. see 25m no. 2. 


727 m. a weasel, Lev. 11, 29. So 
called from its swift gliding motion, or 
from its gliding into holes; comp. Syr. 
ἘΠ insinuavit se. So Sept. Vulg. Targ. 
Jon. and so Talmud. 47>" a weasel. — 


Syr. |,Ssou and Arab. eed signify a 
mole. 


mon (weasel) Huldah, pr. ἢ. of a 
prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 34, 22. 


ἜΤΣΙ (worldly, see 127 no. 2) Heldai, 
pr.n.m. a) See 2>mno.2. Ὁ) Zech. 6, 
10; and also to be read in v. 14 for o>. 


. Pia 1. to rub smooth, to polish, 
kindr. on; ; intrans. to be polished pr. 
from the idea of smoothness, lubricity, 
so that Mn (75m) is kindred to the 
verbs abn, "gbn, pom, and also "57 
αὶ v. Fienée “Tt, nbn, necklace, fe- 
male ornaments, δὼ “called as being 
polished.—Syr. 4s to be sweet, pleas- 
ant, (pr. smooth.) Pa. to adorn, ἴω 
sweet. So of sweet and pleasant sounds, 
as Eth. SAP to sing, whence Heb. 
mdm q. v. 

2. to be worn down in strength, to be 
weak, Judg. 10. 7 sa. Is. 57 10. 


315 





Pon 


3. to be sick, diseased, Gen. 48, 1 
“om Men, as Gr. γοσεῖν νόσον, 2 K. 13, 
14. 397 mx dn to be diseased in the 
feet, lame, 1K. 15, 23; of disease from 
a wound or hurt, 2K.1,2. ΠῚ ass 


a deadly evil, sore ἘΠῚ i. 6. scarcely | 


curable, Ecec..5, 12.15. M358 O35n sick 
with love Cant. 2, 5. 5, 8. 

4. to be pained, hurt, Prov. 23, 35. Jer. 
5, 3.—Hence metaph. to be concerned, 
anxious, grieved, c. 59 1 Sam. 22, 8, 
Comp. Eth. fhAP to be anxious, for Gr. 
μερὶμνᾷν Matt. 6, 28; see Lud. de Dieu 
ad ἢ. |. ; 

ΝΊΡΗ. 42m} 
strength, to be wearied, Jer. 12, 13. 

2. to be made sick, to be sick, Dan. 8, 
27. Part. fem. mbm, 8. g. πὸ πὸ ΠΞῸ a 
deadly wound, i.e. severe, scarcely cura- 
ble, Jer. 14, 17. 30, 12; comp. 10, 19. 
Nah. 3,19. So ellipt. mom id. Is.17, 11. 

3. to be concerned, anzious, grieved, 
ὁ. >> Am. 6, 6. 

Pret HM, imperative bn 1K. 13, 6. 

1. Pr. to vib or stroke the face δὲ any 
one, from the primary force of the root; 
see in Kal no. 1, and comp. Gr, xy 
to soothe, to caress. 
Έ "2D mbm to stroke one’s face, i. q. 
to soothe, to caress; spoken: a) Of 
one who strives to please a king or 
noble, i. q. to caress, to flatter, to court, 
Job 11,19. Prov. 19, 5. Ps, 45, 13 the 


richest of the nations shall make court: 


to thee with gifts. b) Of one who 
entreats God’s favour, i. q. to beseech, 
to supplicate, Ex. 32, 11. 1 Sam. 


13,12; 1K. 13, 6.2 K. 13, 4. "Dan. 
9, 13. al. Comp. Iliad 8. 371. ib. 10. 
454 sq. 


2. to make sick, to afflict with disease, 
Deut. 29, 21. Ps. 77, 11 8° 7MibM this 
maketh me sick, ill. — 

Pua. pass. to be made.weak, so of a 
shade in Sheol, Is. 14, 10. 

Hien. pret..°204,.by Syriasm for 
nonin, Is. 53, 10. 

1. to make sick, diseased, incurable, 
e. g. a wound Is. 1.c. Mic. 6,13. Also 
to make oneself sick ; Hos. 7, 5 in the 
day of our king j2772 nan pw abn the 
princes make themselves sick with the 
glow of wine. 

2. Trop. to afflict, to grieve, Prov.13. 12. 


Always > fully 


1. to be worn down in ἢ 


ae 


τηὸπ 


Hopn. to be hurt, wounded, 1 K. 22, 34. 
Hirupe. 1. to make oneself sick, to 


_ fall sick, for grief, 2 Sam. 13, 2. 


\ in. Holon. 


Loe 


2. to feign oneself sick, 2 Sam. 13, 5.6. 

Deriv. from the signif: to polish ete. 
see in Kal no. 1; from the signif. to be 
sick, “Ὅτι, m>n72, Om, "M2. 


m2 £ a cake 2 Sam. 6, 19; espec. as 
offered in sacrifices, Lev. 8, 26. 24, 5. 
R. 55m no. 1, to bore, to pierce; since 
such cakes were perforated like bis- 
cuits, as among the Arabs and modern 
Jews. 


pion hs O° τὰ. plur. nian, α 
dream, Gen. 20,. 3. 6. 31, 10. 11. 94. 
Pires are put er trifles, follies nuge, 
ice. 5,6; comp. v. 2. R. bn. 


pen comm. Josh. 2, 18. Ez. 41, 16; 
plur. ="— Joel 2,9, and mi- Ez. 40,165 a 
window, hole for the light. from r. bbn to 
perforate. jibNn ἼΣΞ through a window, 
out of a window, Gen. 26, 8. Josh. 2, 15. 
Judg. 5, 28. 

FOF and 72h (sandy, comp. 4M) pr. 
a) A city of the priests in 
uke tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 51. 21, 15; 
the same called 7>"m 1 Chr. 6, 48. Ὁ) 
A city of Moab, Jer. 48, 21. 


so m. (r. 2m) @ passing away, de- 
parture, decease,-as of parents. Prov. 
31, 8 312M "22 children of decease, i ie. 2 
orphans. Symm. υἱοὶ τῶν ἀποιχομένων. 
Arab. Cale II, to leave children at 
death, Mark 12, 19. 20. Acts 18, 21. 


MOON αὶ αθεγίίτου, defeat, Ex. 32,18. 
R. wn, 


men Halah, pr. n. of an Assyrian 
province, into which a part of the ten 
tribes were transported by Shalmaneser. 
Prob. Calachene, ΚΚαλαχηνή Strab. XVI. 
1, Καλακινή Ptol. VI. 1, the northernmost 
province of Assyria proper, on the east- 
ern bank of the Tigris. 2K.17,6. 18,11. 
1 Chr. 5, 26. Comp. 952 no. 2. 


Damon Halhul, pr. n. of a town in the 
mountains of Judah, Josh. 15,58. Jerome 
places it near Hebron; and its remains 
still bear the name Πα, Bibl. Res. 


in Palest. I. p. 319. 


momen ἢ (τ. Ῥηπι Pilp.) 1. pain, pang, 
of a woman in travail, Is. 21, 3 


316 





“Sr 


2. trembling. terror, Nah. 2, 11. Ez. 
30, 4. 9. i 


i men ἅπαξ λεγόμ. in Hiph. i. q. Arab. 


bik, bis » to be quick and hasty in 


any thing, to press, to urge ; for the pri- 
mary idea see in kindr.93m. 1K. 20,33 
aay wor IT and they haste 
and urged whether it was from (or of ) 
him. The form 35m" is for Hiph. 
newbs, as 327M for ΡΒ 5) 1 Sam. 14, 
22, 31,2. Lehre. Ρ. 322. 


"1 m. plur. owxtn for ood Lehrg. 
p- 575. R.nb 5ΓἼ no. 1 


1, necklace, trinket, so called as being 


polished, Prov. 25, 12. Cant. 7,2. Arab. 


84 - 


id. 
2. Hali, pr. ἢ. of a town in the tribe 
of Asher, Josh. 19, 25. 


"2 m. in pause “3h, 6. suff. on, 
plur. ‘ohn, R. mdm, 

1. sickness, disease, ‘both internal Deut. 
7, 15. 28, 61; and external Is. 15:5. 

2. anxiety, affliction, grief, Ece. 5, 16 
in>n for i> 55m. 

3. an evil, calamity, Kce. 6, 2. 


ΤΙ fem. of Ἔτι, a necklace, trinket, 
Hos. 2,15, R. 3m no. 1. 


221 m. 1. Subst. @ pipe, as an in- 
strument of music; so called as being 
perforated, see r. >>M no..1. Is. 5, 12. 
30, 29. 1 K. 1, 40. 

2. Adj. unholy, profane, see τ. >> Pi. 
no. 3; also as Neut. something profane, 
whence with He parag. M255n, 4>>n 
(Milél), pr. ad profana, profane be it, 
i. q. absit, far be it, Talmud. 97>°n 
>, an exclamation of abhorrence. So 
1 Sam. 20, 2 τῆ X> mb=bm far be it! 
thou shalt not die. comp. 2, 30. Con- 
strued a) "> ΠΡ ΒΓ with 97 and inf, 
far be it from me to do so and s0, 
Gen. 18, 25. 44. 7. 17. Josh. 24, 16; 
comp. Job 34,10. Ὁ) With tx before 
a fut. Job 27,5. 1 Sam. 14, 45 without >. 
2 Sam. 20, 20. —To both these construc- 
tions thére is sometimes added Min, 
1 Sam. 24, 7. 26,11. 1 K. 21, 3 so that 
the sense is: ‘ profane or accursed be it 
from Jehovah,’ God forbid, Sept. μὴ yé- 
γοιτο, or, the primary signification being 
neglected: 


‘we to me from Jehovah. if - 


ἀν το ee ee 


“Sn 


etc.’ Josh. 22, 29 a> ssa "Ὁ ΓΘ ΡΤ 
ΓΞ. wo to us from him (Jehovah), if 
we rebel against Jehovah.—A somewhat 
different turn is in 1 Sam. 20,9 ΤΉ be it 
from thee (for me), that if I new . a 


_ would not tell thee. 


» 


ΓΒ ΣΤ £ (τ. 92") 1. achange, sc. of 
morals, life, Ps. 55,20. Espec. of gar- 
ments, 2K. 5,5 07732 ΓΒ ΘΓ "ws ten 
changes of raiment, i. e. ten suits, so 
that one can change himself. v. 22. 23. 
Judg. 14, 12. 13. Gen. 45, 22; also with- 
out 5°52 Judg. 14, 19. 

2. change, ΘΗΝ alternation, espec. 
of soldiers keeping watch alternately 
and relieving each other; hence metaph. 
Job 14, 14 all the days of my warfare 
will I wait "mb7>m ΝΞ ΤΣ until my ex- 
change come, ‘until I am relieved by 
others; the giieerkbte state of the shades 
in Sheol being compared to the hard 
service of a soldier on guard. Also spo- 
ken of new troops succeeding in place 


of those fatigued; Job 10,17 nip bm 


“a> ax) by Hendiadys, changes and a 
host are against me, i. e. hosts continu- 
ally succeeding each other. So of simi- 
lar changes or alternations of labourers, 


adv. in alternate courses, alternately, 
1 K. 5, 28 [14]. 


myn f. spoil, booty, stripped from the 
dead bodies of the slain, 2 Sam. 2, 21. 
Judg. 14,19. R:y>n. 


᾿ Ton obsol. root, Arab. G&A to be 
black ; metaph. to be dark, sad, wretched, 
as SLe a wretched life.—The 


primary idea is prob. to burn, to scorch; 
and then this root isa softened form from 
Chald. 32m, Arab. 3y>> to scorch ; 


eomp. 55m black, from r. 53m and ‘Dn. 
Hence 

M22 or 8227 m. adj. quadril. (for 7 
or δὲ added at the end, see Lehrg. p. 
865.) Ps. 10, 8; in pause M23m v. 14; 
Plur. poysbn v.10 Cheth. wretched, af 
flicted, the poor ; so the ancient versions 
correctly.—[ The vowels belong to Keri, 
which takes 5m as i. q. ΠῚ host ; hence 
m25n thy host ; Αἴβο ΘΝ 9 >m the host of 
the afflicted, see MRD. Hengstenberg 
(ad v.8) regards nsbn as compounded 
from the two roots nbn to be weak, ill, 
and 782 to be afflicted.—R. 

27* © 


S17 





᾿ pon 

. mon 1. to bore through, to perfo 
wo 

rate, to pierce, Arab. (ἀξ. Conj. I and V; 

also reflex. or intrans. to be pierced, 


wounded, Ps. 109, 22.—Hence >3n, >">n, 
nb, jan, mba. Comp. Pi. and Po. 


2. to lay open, to loose, to dissolve, 


. Arab. nee similar are Gr. χαλάω, λύω. 


Comp. Pi. and Hiph. 

3. Denom. from 595m, to play the 
pipe, to pipe, comp. Piel no. 4. Part. 
ΠΡΟΤῚ Ps. 87; 7. - 

Piet 1. ἕο pierce, to wound, Ez. 28, 9. 

2. to loose a covenant, i. e. to break, to 
violate, Ps. 55, 21. 89, 35. 

3. to lay open, to give access to; hence 
to make common, to profane, to defile, 
since holy things were not open to the 
people; 8. 5. a sanctuary Lev. 19, 8. 21. 
9sq. Mal. 2, 11; the sabbath Ex. 31, 
14; the name of God 19, 22. Mal. 1, 12; 
priests Is. 43, 28; a father’s bed by incest 
Gen. 49,4; also splendour, i.q. to pol- 
lute, destroy, Is. 23, 9.—Pregn. Ps. 89, 40 
inn ys? m>bn thou hast profaned his 
crown (casting it) to the ground, comp. 
74, 7. Ez. 28, 16. ‘ima >bnm to make 
common ( pollgte) one’s daughter, to pros- 
titute mee Lev. 19, 29; comp. 21,7. 14. 
pian >bn to make common a tineyared 
(which had been consecrated for the first 
three years Lev. 19, 23), i.e. to gather its 
fruits for common use, Deut. 20, 6. 28, 
30. Jer. 31, 5.~Hence bh, nbsbn. 

4. Dénoit. from ΠΝ to play the 
pipe, to pipe, 1 K. 1, 40. 

Pua pass. of Pi. no: 1, Ez. 32, 26; 
pass. of no. 3, Ez. 36, 23. 

Po. >>1n to pierce, to wound. Is. 51, 9 
els) nbbinn who hath pierced the great 
dragon, i.e. Egypt. Pass. part. bona 
pierced, wounded, Is. 53,5. Sept. ἐτραυ- 
ματίσϑη. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 273 from 53m, inf. > (like 
oan), fut. ὅπη, bam Lev. 21, 9, pass. of 
Piel no. 3, to be profaned, defiled, Ez. 
7, 24. 20, 9. 14. 22. Lev. 21, 4. 

Hien. ἘΠῚ 1. to loose, to set free. 
Hos. 8, 10 58 ΝΘ wo stm and 
they (the hostile nations) shall presently 
set them free from the burden of the 
king, i. e. from his oppressive rule. 

2. to loose, i. 6. to break one’s word, 
faith, Num. 30, 3. 


or 


3. i.q. Piel no. 3, to prefane, to defile, 
Ez. 39, 7. 

4. to begin, like Eng). to open, as also 
in many synonymous words, e. g. Arab. 


Syr. |, to 
loose, to open, to begin; Germ. erdffnen. 


—Constr. with > and inf. Gen. 6, 1. 10, 
8; without > Deut. 2, 20, 31. 1 Sam. 3, 
2. Rarely followed by a finite verb, as 
᾿ Deut. 2,248.3 5nn. 1 Sam. 3, 12 bn 
ΓΞ beginning and finishing, i. e. from 
‘beginning to end. Gen. 9,20 m3 brim 
MAINT wx and Noah bépah to pea 
husbandman, was the first husbandman. 
—Also to have a beginning, to be begun, 
Num. 17, 11 [16, 46]. 2 Chr. 29, 27. 

Horn. pass. to be begun, ceptum est, 
Gen. 4, 26. 

Deriv. ὅπ, nbn, πὴ πὶ, 
mann, and 


2297 m. adj. 1. pierced, wounded, i.e. 
mortally, Job 24,12. Ps. 69,27. Jer. 51, 
52. Often also killed, slain, in a private 
feud Deut. 21, 1.2.3.6; oftener in battle 
Josh. 11,6. Judg.9,40. al. Collect. Deut. 
32, 42. Ez. 6,7. 22" 52m slain with the 
sword Num. 19,16. Ez. 3], 17.18; and 
trop. on account of the antith. 5 ἘΣΤΊ 
slain of famine Lam. 4, 9; comp. ‘ls. 22, 
2.—In respect to the active signif. af 
slayer, i.e. soldier, which some have 
unnecessarily proposed, see Comment. 
on Is, 22, 2. Thesaur. p. A78. 

2. profane, polluted, Ez. 21, 30 [25] ; 
see the root Pi. no. 3. Fem. 535m (joined 
with M251) one profaned, polluted, a pros- 
titute, Lev. 21, 7. 14. 


*p>n fut. b> 1. i. q. Arab. 7 
Conj. I. V, to be fat, full, rounded, 
kindr. with 35m; and as this takes place 
at puberty, hence to arrive at puberty, 


«ὁ to open, to begin; 


yibn, mbna, 


to become ripe, manly, like 523, phe 
puber, coéundi cupidus fuit—Job 39, 4 
[7] their young ones 725M" grow up ripe, 
puberes fiunt, full of manly vigour ; spo- 
ken of the ibex. 

2. to dream; spoken primarily of the 


sensual dreams of puberty ; comp. pes 


nocturnal pollution, a dream ; AS to 
suffer nocturnal pollution, to dream ; 


918. 





“orn 


VIII, to arrive at puberty; Syr. and 
Ethiop. to dream ; see Thesaur. p. 479. 
—Gen. 37,5 sq. 42,9. Is. 29,8. bin 
pion a yee of dreams, ἕ q. 8733, 
since dreams were regarded as a me- 
dium of divine communication, Deut. 13, 
2.4. Comp. Joel 3, 1. Num. 12, 6. 

Hiren. 1. Pr. to make fat, sound, well; 
hence to heal, to let recover, Is. 38, 16. 
Syr. Pe. Ethpe. to be sound, strong, 
robust. 

2. to cause to dream, Jer. 29, 8. 

Deriv. pi>m, ΤΉ ΩΡ, nbn. 

Don τη. 
dream, Dan. 2, 4 sq. 4, 2 sq. 

2. Helem, pr. n. m. see “Ten Ὁ. 

DM see pibn. 


man [ ἅπαξ Asyou. Job 6, 6, a 
much vexed passage, where homeune all 
agree that the context requires this word 
to mean some kind of insipid, tasteless 
food. The exact signification can be 
determined only by the etymology. The 
form mvabn then (from τ. 021, after the 
form m:s>8) denotes pr. somnolency, 
dreaminess, and hence fatuity, simplici- 
ty, folly (comp. Ece. 5, 2. 6), any thing 
simple, foolish ; which may then be trop. 
referred to tasteless food, just as vice 


versa the notion of tnsipidness is trans- 


ferred from food to discourse ; comp. 
μωρός in Dioscorides, spoken of tasteless 
roots. What this food was, is clearly 
shown by the Syriac translator, who 
renders it |ASa\, a word similar to 
the Heb. name, and denoting portulaca, 
purslain, an herb formerly eaten as 
salad, and proverbial for its insipidity 
among the so Grom and Romans ; 


comp. aS) ¢ Ce: ree portulaca stul- 


tior, see Meidanii Proy. no. 344, p. 219 
ed. H. A. Schultens ; ; Golius ad Serten- 
tias Arab. no. 81. So Greek μωρὸν λάχα- 
γον, βλίτον, whence βλέτων, βλιτάς, βλιτο- 
μάμας Aristoph. Nub. 997, of ἃ silly per- 
son; and so Lat. bliteus Plaut. Trucul. 


4.4.1. Hence called Aves | ΦΈΜΙ 


olus fatuum, silly herb, which very word 
the Arabic translator of Job puts for the 


Syr. |ASaSw. Hence in Job Le. “ἢ 


maabn purslain-slime, prob. spoken con- ὦ 
temptuously for purslain-broth, as 1m ~ 


1, Chald. empl ΣῊΝ a 4 





. 
ons 5 - 
“πα ν᾿ ὦ ΔΝ να eS e  ee + of" de 


= SL Sl t——S ... 


ee 


‘pated, Hab. 1, 11. 


- abr 


is jestingly called Kohl-Briihe, cabbage- 
broth. See Thesaur. p. 480.—The Rab- 
bins and Targums regard ΤΩΣ as the 
same with Chald. i05m and yon yolk 
of an egg, from τ. 05m i. q. 37 no. 1; 
and slime of a yolk they explain’ by the 
white of an egg, as a tasteless, insipid 
food. This in itself is not ill; but the 
former interpretation is to be preferred, 
on account of the analogy of so many 
languages. 


WAIT m. quadrilit. flint, silex, any 
hard stone, Job 28, 9. Ps. 114, 8; more 
fully Wrabnn =x Deut. 8, 15. 32, 13. 


} S os 
The ae has ὡσόλξι according 
907 


to others ‘ys A , pyrites. The pri- 
mary idea seems to be that of smooth- 
ness, which is found in several roots be- 
ginning with >n, 6. g. 32m, Mon, pan; 
comp. Lat. glaber, gladius, Germ. glatt. 
Comp. also Gr. χάλιξ silex. 


727 (strong, τ. 1m) Helon, pr. ἢ. m. 
Num. 1, 9. 2, 7. © 


>A see γ5π. 


. pon fut. 5m", to slip, to glide, 
spoken of the swift motion of any thing 
smooth; the primary idea being that of 
smoothness and slipperiness, as of fat 
things; comp. 22h, also 75m, 03, Gr. 
ἀλείφω ; and so Germ. schliipfen, Engl. to 
slip, with the sibilant prefixed—Hence 

1. to glide along, to pass by, Job 4, 15. 
9, 11. 26. Cant. 2,11. Also, to pass on 
1 Sam. 10, 3; to pass away, to perish, 
Is. 2,18; to pass beyond sc. a law, to 
transgress, Is. 24,5. [Here too may be 
referred: Ps. 90, 5. 6, of herbage, fo pass 
away, to wither and die; also Hab. 1, 
11 oven Map Mn DM τὸ then his spirit 


. passes over and he transgresses and is 


guilty, i.e. his spirit overflows, becomes 
proud and arrogant. The signif. to 
flourish, to revive, given in no. 2. b, is 
doubtful in Kal.—R. 

2. to pass through; hence causat. 
a) to pierce, to transfix, Judg.5, 26. Job 
20, 24. b) to let spring up, as new 
shoots pierce the ground, i. e. to grow 
green, to flourish, as a plant Ps. 90, 5. 6. 
Trop. of the mind, to revive, to be reno- 
But see in no. 1. 


319 


German any long and tedious discourse » 





yon 


3. Intens. to pass on against any one, 
to assail, Job 11, 10; to rush on, as the 
wind Is. 21, 1; a stream Is. 8, 8. 

4, tochange, intrans. i. q. to be changed, 
Rass: of Pi. and Hiph. Ps. 102, 27. 

\ Pint to let pass away, to icimda: e. g. 
garments Gen. 41, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 20. 
Syr. Pa. id. 

Hieu. 1. to change, i. q. Piel, Gen. 
35, 2. Lev. 27, 10. Ps. 102, 27; to alter 
Gen. 31, 7. 41. 

2. to change for new, to renew, to re- 
vive, to make flourish again, 6. g. a 
tree Is. 9,9. Also intrans. to revive, to 
flourish again, pr. to produce new 
sprouts, foliage, Job 14,7. Hence with 
m>, to renew one’s strength, to gain new 
strength, Is. 40, 31. 41,1; and so ellipt. 
without M3, Job 29, 20. 

Deriv. gon, ain, men, 7m, 
mipora. 


on Chald. to pass, spoken of time, 
Dan. 4, 13. 20. 29. 


52°31. pr. subst. exchange; hence 
as Prep. in exchange for, instead of, for 
Num. 18, 21. 31. 

2. Heleph, pr. n. of a place in Naph- 
tali, Josh. 19, 33. 


* Von ‘fut. ym? 1. todraw out e.g. 
the: breast to suckle Lam. 4, 3. Also fo 
draw off, to pull off, sc. the shoe, Deut. 
25,10. Arab. ΦΞ id. Υ and 3 being 
interchanged. 

2. to withdraw oneself, to depart, with ° 
ἸΏ, Hos. 5, 6. ‘Arab. discessit e 
loco. 

3. Part. pass. 715M expeditus, stripped, 
spoken of a warrior disencumbered from 
all impediments eapedite for war. or 
battle, i. q. armed, ready, alert for con- 
flict, comp. Lat. ‘expedire se ad pug- 
nam?’ Liv. 38. 21. Tac. Hist. 2.99. So 
Josh. 6, 7. 9. 13. Num. 32, 21. 27. Deut. 
3,18. More fully nanbad yan Num. 
32, 29; ΝΙΝ ‘nm 1 Chr. 12, 23; plur. 
NSE OE! sb Num. 31, 5. Josh. 4, 13. 
ayy "x99n Is. 15,4, ig. aNia =i35 Jer. 
48, 41. 

Piex intens. 1. to pull off garments 
by force, i. 6. to strip, to spoil, with ace. 
of pers. Ps. 7, 5 and yf I have spoiled him 
that without cause is mine enemy. i 
Pe. and Pa. id. 


yon 

2. to draw out, to take away, e. g. 
stones from a wall, Lev. 14, 40. 43. 

3. to deliver sc. from danger, 2 Sam. 
22, 20. Ps. 6, 5. 50, 15. 81, 8. 

Niro. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to eaype- 
dite oneself for war or battle, to arm 
oneself, Num. 31, 3. 32, 17. 

2. Pass. of Piel no. 3, to be delivered 
sc. from danger, Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7. 

Hipu. to make alert, strong, vigorous, 
6. g. the bones, Is. 58, 11. 

Deriv. n47>m, mix>m2, and the two 
here following. 


yon only Dual 8°29 the loins, where 
one girds himself for strength, vigour, 
activity; seer. yen Kal no. 3. Hence to 
gird up the loins, to prepare for an en- 
counter, Job 38, 3. 40,7; to come forth out 
of one’s loins, i.e. to be begotten of him, 
Gen. 35, 11.—Chald. 7>x9n, Syr. lew, 
Ὁ or being dropped. 


72M in pause y2n (perh. loin, i. q. 
yen) Helez, pr-n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 39. 
Ὁ) 2 Sam. 23, 26; for which ἀπ 1 Chr. 
11, 27. 27, 10. 


* pon fut. Pom 1. to be smooth. 


Arab. ($4 and ge id. but 5.1. 


act. to form, to make, pr. to smooth off; 


to which is kindr. ($A to cut off the 
hair, pr. to make smooth the head or 
chin. This signif. of smoothness is found 
in several families of roots beginning 
‘with gl, and espec. glc, in the occidental 
languages also; as Gr. χαλκός, χάλιξ 
smooth silex, calculus; κόλαξ a smooth 
man, flatterer, i. q. P24 no. 2; γλυκύς of 
which the primary idea lies in touch; 
γλοῖος, γλίσχρος, Lat. glacies, glaber, 
gladius, glisco, gluten; Germ. glait, 
gleiten, Glas, gleissen, i. q. glanzen; 
Engl. to glide, glass, glue, etc. comp. 
Heb. m3, Ὰς, to polish.—Metaph. to 
be smooth, bland, flattering, e. g. the 
heart Hos. 10, 2; the lips, words, Ps. 
55, 22. 

2. to divide, to distribute, to appropri- 
ate, espec. by lot, Josh. 14, 5. 18, 2. 22, 8. 
This signif.is derived from the noun pon, 
which denotes pr. a smooth stone used 
as a lot, comp. Chald. P2% ἃ reckoning- 


9 “κί = 
stone, lot, ΡΞ. ia. Secondary forms 


320 





pon 


are Arab. (gs to destine, to predes- 
tine, Eth. "ΛΟ to number, to reck- 
on among, “2A. * number, lot; comp. 
Aram. bass, xp>an lot, xpbm land di- 
vided by lot, an inheritance —2 Sam. 
19, 30. 1 Sam. 30, 24 5pdmn 135 they 
shall divide (share) together, i. e. alike, 
in equal portions. Prov. 17,2 he shall 


‘share the inheritance along with the 


brethren, i. e. shall have an equal por- 
tion, comp. Job 27,17. With » to divide 
with any one, to be partner with him, 
Prov, 29, 24; with > to divide out to any 
one, to impart to him, Deut. 4, 19. 29, 
25. Neh. 13, 13; with 2 of thing, Job 
39,17 masaza md pbm bi nor hath he 
imparted to her with (of) understand- 
ing. Comp. P2M no. 2. 

3. to divide out as spoil, i. q. to spoil 
from ΘΓ no. 2. 2 Chr. 28, 21 Ahaz 
spoiled the- house of the Lord and the 
house of the king and the princes. Sept. 
well ἔλαβεν τὰ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ, the house being 
put for what is therein contained, see 
m3 no. 10. 

Nipu. 1. to be divided out, distributed, 
Num. 26, 53. 55. Ἂ 

2. to divide or distribute oneself, Job 
38, 24. Pregn. Gen. 14, 15 ὈΠῸΣ pons 
and he divided himself against them, 
i. e. divided his forces and attacked 
them. Job 38, 24. 

3. to divide among themselves, like 
Hithp. 1 Chr. 23, 6 open and he di- 
vided them into courses. 24,3. But the 
better reading is Dpen, see Lehrg. p. 
462. 

‘Piet 1. Like Kal no. 2, to divide out, 
to distribute, 6. g. spoil, prey, Gen. 49, 27. 
Ps. 68, 13; with > to distribute among, 
2 Sam. 6, 19. Is. 34,17. 1 K. 18,6 Span 
VNTR OND they divided the land be- 
tween them. Also c. > i. q. to apportion, 
to assign, Job 21, 17. Is. 53, 12 i>"phny 
pa72 [will assign hima portion among 
the great. 


2. to disperse, Gen. 49, 7. Lam. 4, 160. 


Puat fo be divided out, distributed, Is. 
33, 23. Am. 7, 17. Zech. 14, 1. 

Hiew. 1. Trans. of Kal no. 1, to make 
smooth, to shape, as an artisan Is. 41, 7. 
Metaph. to make smooth the tongue, i. q 
to flatter, Ps. 5, 10. Prov. 28, 23; and so 
to make smooth one’s words, id. Prov 


«+ allel 


pon 3 


2,16. 7, 5; also without accus. Prov. 
29, 5 snza->y pt 723 a man who 
flattereth another. Ps. 36, 3. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer. 37, 12 
pwa pem> to obtain from thence his 
portion, his inheritance ; so Vulg. Targ. 
But Kimchi: that he might slip away 
from thence, a signif. which might easily 
come from that of smoothness. 

Hirup. to divide among themselves, 
Josh. 18, 5. 

Deriv. pon —nipopon, ΓΤ. 


Pot m. adj. 1. smooth, opp. to hairy, 
rough, Gen. 27,11; hence bare, bald, of 
a mountain Josh. 11, 17. 12, 7. Trop. 
smooth, i. e. bland, flattering, of the pa- 
late (i. e. mouth, words) of a harlot, 
Prov. 5, 3; comp. 26, 26. 

2. slippery, deceitful, false, Ez. 12,24; 
comp. 13, 7. 


P21 Chald. lot, portion, part, Ezra 4, 
16. Dan. 4, 12. 20. Comp. Heb. pon. 


pen m. 6. suff. ce plur. ΡΝ 
constr. "22M, once "R= Dag. euph. Is. 
57, 6. 

1. smoothness, polish, Is. 57, 6 spoken 
of idol-worshippers: Ren bn "pbna 
Wbris ἘΠῚ ch with the smooth (stones) 
of the torrent is thy portion ; these, these 
- are thy lot. i. 6. with idols formed of 
smooth stones set up (comp. 1 Sam. 17, 
40) is thy intercourse, these are thy 
gods; as immediately follows: even to 
them hast thou poured out a drink-offer- 
ing, etc. So Targ. and most intpp. 
Others: in the bare (smooth) places of 
the valley is thy lot, i. e. in the open (not 
wooded) places dost thou worship idols. 
In either case there is a play upon the 
double meaning of 72m i. 6. smooth- 
ness, also portion.—Metaph. smoothness, 
flattery, Prov. 7, 21. 

2. part, portion, share, lot, Job 32, 17. 
Josh. 18, 5.6.9. p2m> Pm portion as 
portion, like portions, Deut.18,8. Spok- 
en of the portion of the sacrifices allotted 
to the Levites Lev. 6,10; ofa portion of 
spoil Gen. 14, 24. Num. 31, 36. 1 Sam. 
30, 24. Hence for spoil itself, Job 17, 5 
py 3732 p2m> who betrayeth friends to 
the spoil, i.e. concy. spoilers. Hab. 1, 16. 
Especially of a lot or portion by inheri- 
tance, Josh. 14, 4. 15, 13. 18,7 the Levites 
shall have no portion (P2M) among you. 





“1 (pon 


“as p>m the portion of my people i. e. 
the land of Israel, Mic. 2,4; comp. Is. 
61,7.—In phrases: 8) pon % (778) ws 
Ἔ py mbm he has (or has not) lot and 
possession with any one, i. e. receives a 
like portion, partakes with him (κοινωνεῖν 
τινι) Deut. 10, 9. 14, 27. 29. 18,1; SS 
ib. 12,12. Metaph. to participate with, 
to consort with, Ps. 50; 18; comp. Dan. 
4,12. b)3 by pen (778) = he has (or 
has not) part in any thing, partakes in 
it Sess τινος) Num. 18, 20. Kce. 9, 6. 
any one, i. . 4. ἴο athe ‘othe to do with ~ 
him, 2 Sam. 20. 1. 1 K. 12, 16. Gen. 31, 
14. Josh. 22, 25. 27; also Neh. 2, 20. 
6) BP27 pen the portion of Jacob, i. e. 
Jehovah, whom it is allotted to Israel to 
worship, Jer. 10,16. 51, if; comp. Deut. 
4,19. Ps. 16,5. 142,6. Vice versa, P2n 
mim the portion of Jehovah, i. 6. the peo- 
ple of Israel, whom God has allotted to 
himself to protect and cherish, Deut. 32, 
9. d) lot, portion in this life; press 
Kee. 2,10. 3, 22. 5,17. Job 20, 29. 31, 2 
mids PM lot appointed of God. 

3. a portion of land, q. d. fields, terri- 
tory, 2 K. 9,10. 36. 37. So by transpos. 
Chald. xbpn and Ethiop. dA field. 
Hence the land. terra firma, as opp. to 
the sea, Am. 7, 4. 

4. Helek, pr. n. of a son of Gilead, 
Num. 26, 30. Josh. 17, 2.—Patronym. 
"pon Helekite Num. 1. ὁ. 


pan adj. (r. P2%) smooth ; 1 Sam. 17, 
40 DIAN "PEM Awan five smooth ones of 
the stones, i.e. five smooth stones. For 


this idiom comp. Is. 29, 19. Hos. 13, 2; 


see Lehrg. p. 678. 


MP fi. q. pn 1. smoothness,- 
smooth part, Gen. 27. 16.. Plur. smooth 
i. 6. slippery places Ps. 738,18. Metaph. 
flattery Prov. 6,24. Plur. nip>m smooth 
things, flatteries, Is. 30, 10. nic pon ΓΞ 
flattering lips Ps. 12, 3. 4, 

2. portion, part; with M0 added, 
portion of a field Gen. 33,19. Ruth 2, 3; 
so without M7W id. 2 Sam. 14, 30. 31. 
23, 12. 

3. Constr, npenaspr.n. Helkath. a) 
A city of the Levites in Asher, Josh. 19, 
25; writtenmpon 21,31. b)o EN npbn 
Helkath-hazzurim (field of swords) a 
place near Gibeon, 2 Sam. 2, 16. 


pon 


mpon f. plur. mipn  flatleriee, Dan. 11, 
39. 2 2 pen Hiph. 


Mpen 1 f. partition, division, 2 Chr. 35; 
5. |B. pen 


"PON (for ΓΘ ΤΙ Jehovah his portion) 
Helkai, pr. τι. m. Neh. 12, 15. 


m pon and ἼΓΙΡΡΟΤῚ (portion of Jeho- 
vah, i. e. specially assigned to God,) pr. 
n. Hilkiah. a) A high priest in the 
reign of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 8.12. Ὁ) The 
father of Jeremiah, Jer. 1,1. ὁ) The 
father of Eliakim, 2 K.:18, 18. 26. Is. 22, 
20, 36,3. ἋΣ Chr. 26,11.  e) Jer, 
29,3. f)1Chr. 6,30. g) Neh. 8, 4. 


mipopon plur. f. (r. pdm) 1. slippe- 


riness, q. d. smooth or slippery places, 
Ps. 35, 6. Jer. 28, 12. 

2. flatteries, blandishments, Dan. 11, 
21. 34. 


᾿ won 1. Fut. 65m", to prostrate, to 
overthror, to discomfit, Ex. 17,13; with 
>> Is. 14, 12, like Engl. to triumph over. 


Arab. pees to prostrate, (ase man- 


ful, brave.—Hence nwabn. 


2. Fut. 8m intrans. pr. to be pros- 
trate. i. e. to be weak, _Srail, to waste away, 
Job14,10. Syr. Ethpa. to be weakened, 


he weak.—Hence 
won m. weak, Joel 4, 10. 


I. OF m. (τ. 77h) only ὁ. suff. 772n, 
man; a father-in-law, Gen. 38, 13. 25. 
1 Sam. 4, 19.21. Fem. is min q. v. 
It follows the analogy of the irregular 
nouns 38, MX, Lehrg. p. 479, 605, 606. 


9 Soe ; 
Arab. , father-in-law, a rela- 


tive of husband or wife, Eth. mh father- 
in-law, TACO to contract affinity, to 
become a son-in-law, Samar.2¥¥f father- 
in-law, also one betrothed. Correspond- 
ing is the Greek γαμβρός for γαμερός 
father-in-law, son-in-law, bridegroom, 
kinsman, from γάμος, youem. See r. 
man, also Day. 


Il. OF (τ. pn) 1. Adj. warm, hot, 


e.g. of bread just baked Josh. 9, 12. 


Plur. ΘΠ ἘΠῚ Job 37, 17. 

2. Ham, pr. ἢ. a) A son of Noah, 
whose posterity are described in Gen. 
10, 6-20 as occupying the southernmost 


322 





No 


regions of the known earth. thus accord 
ing aptly with his name, i. e. warm, hot. 
Ὁ) Aname of Egypt, prob. itsdomestic — 
name among the Egyptians themselves; 
but so inflected by the Hebrews as to 
refer it to Ham the son of Noah, as the 
progenitor of the Egyptians as well as 
other southern nations. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 
23.27. 106, 22.—In the Coptic language, 
the name of Egypt is written CHL 


in the Sahidic dialect KH&KE ; which 


words, according to Plutarch, have the 
signification of blackness and heat; de 
Iside et Osir. VII. p. 437. Reisk. So 


also according to their Coptic etymolo- 


gy ; see Peyron Lex. p.66. In the hie- 
roglyphic language it is written with 
two letters, KM. The same name for 
Egypt is likewise found in the Rosetta 
Inscription, in which this word occurs 
more than ten times, (line 1, 6, 7, 8,11, — 
12, 18.) and is read by Champollion — 
Chme. See Jablonski Opusc. ed teWater 
1. p.404sq. Champollion ?Egypte sous 
les Phar. I. p. 104 sq. Gramm. p. 152. 
Akerblad Lettre ἃ Silv. de Sacy sur Pin- 
scription de Rosette p. 33-37. 


ἘΠῚ m. 1. pr. inf ofr. nen to be warm, 
e.g. DaNMS Jer. 51, 39. 

2. Subst. warmil heat, Hos. 1, 6; of 
the day Gen. 18, 1: 2 Sam. 15,5; of the 
sun 1 Sam. 11,9. Neh. 7, 3; δος Gen. 
8, 22. Is. 18, 4. 


μ N70 obsol. root, Arab. G& to be- 
come thick, to curdle. to coagulate, as 
milk. The primary idea seems to be 
that of growing together. coalescing ; see 
man, and the remarks on the syllables 
pn, ὃν, D3, under 023.—Hence ΓΝ ὩΓῚ, 
Axon, and mar no. II. 


ἐς ΤΙ by Chaldaism for 2h, anger, 
wrath, Dan. 11, 44. 


ἐς ΤΙ, ΟῚ Chald. f f. i. 6. Hebr. 
mam, heat, anger, wrath, Dan. 3, 13. 19. 


NAT ΕΓ (τ. ΝΠ) 1. curdled milk, 
curds, Gen. 18, 8. Judg. 5, 25 where 
comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 5.4 γάλα διεφϑορὸς 


70n, milk in this state having an inebri- 


ating power. Is. 7, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 29. 
Poet. also for milk in general, Job 20, 17. 
Is. 7,15. Deut. 32.14. To eat curdled 
milk and honey Is. 7, 22, i. e. by those 








TAR 


who remain in the land after it is deso- 
lated by the enemy, without fruits and 
grain; see in "D B. 2. a.—Sept. βούτυ- 
gov, Vulg. butyrum, which in most places 
is inept; see Thesaur. p. 486.—Plur. 
_ MINH, see ΤῊΝ ΤΙ. 

"2, cheese, Prov. 30, 33. 

Deriv. by syncope 772m IL. q. v. 


i Tah fut. Tam? and 7271, whence 
piur. 1 pers. 4777273 Is. 53, 2. 

1. to desire, to covet, Ex. 20,17. 34, 24. 

Mic. 2, 2. 

2. to delight in any thiiigt to take plea- 
sure in, Ps. 68,17. Is. 1,29. Prov. 12, 12; 
also with dat. pleon. , Prov. 1, 59... 
Part. pass. 7472" pr. desired, delighted 
in; hence something desirable, pleasant, 
a delight, what is dearest to any one, 
Job 20, 20. Ps. 39,12. organ Is. 44, 9 
their delights; i.e. tdola, comp. Dan. 11,37. 

Nipa. part. 77273 desired, i. 6. 

‘1. desirable, pleasant, grateful, Gen. 
2, 9. 3, 6. 

2. precious, Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 21, 20. 

Prex i.g. Kal no. 1. Cant. 2,3 ‘bya 
“Maw "NTN in his shade I desire to 

sit down. Heb. Gr. § 139. 3. 
 Deriv. Varya, Jara, and the four here 
following. 


ΤΊ m. desirableness, pleasantness, 
beauty ; Ez. 23, 6 7am Ma comely 
young men. Is. 32, 12 an "Ty plea- 
sant fields, comp. Am. 5, 11. Is. 27, 2 in 
some copies; others ΤΙ. 


myo f(r. 32m) 1. desire, 2 Chr. 
21, 20 he departed M3737 >a undesired, 
i.e. regretted by none. 

2. object of desire, a delight, 1 Sam. 
9, 20. Dan. 11, 37 5782 ΤΠ ΤΊ the delight 
of women, where the context requires us 
to understand some idol specially wor- 
shipped by the ean women, as As- 
tarte, Anaitis. 

3. pleasaniness, excellence. Jer. 3, 19. 
ΠΌΤ PIN @ pleasant land. Ez. 26, 12. 
nyan "22 precious vessels 2 Chr. 32; 27. 
36, 10. Nah. 2, 10. 


mits and misvant f£ plur. precious 
things, ‘Dan. 11,38.43. mivan bs, h "793 
goodly raiment, precious ὁ peasels, Gen. 
27,15. 2 Chr. 20, 25. nistvan ot sa- 
voury food, delicacies, from which a per- 
son fasting was wont to abstain, Dan. 


323 





van 


10, 8. mitvan Ss Dan. 10, i1. 19, and 
without "8 9, 23, man of God’s delight, 
i.e. beloved of God. R. 727. 


1727] (pleasant) Hemdan, pr. n. m. 
Gen. 36, 26. In 1 Chr. 1, 41 it is written 
ἸΏ πι, by an error of the transcribers. 


᾿ Wan obsol. root. 1. to join toge- 
ther, spec. to. join in affinity ; hence on 
father-in-law, nian. Comp. 82m, and 
also the force of the syllables on, 53, 
ba, under D2. 

2. to surround witha wall; pr. to γοῦν 
or hold together things conjoined. Arab. 


L=>. Hence min, and pr. names 


man, vans. 


Mart f.(r.n2m) 1. warmth, heat of 
the sun, Ps. 19, 7. 

2. Post. for the sun itself, Job 30, 28. 
Cant. 6, 10. Is. 30, 26. So often in the 
Mishna. 


I. 27 f. once NO Dan. 11, 44 
constr. M2"; for nom from r. om, 

1. heat, sc. from wine, Hos. 7,5; hence 
meton. for wine itself as heating, Hab 
2, 15. ᾿ 

2. heat of anger, i.q. anger, wrath, 
often coupled with synon. &, espec. in 


the later books and in poetry, Gen. 27, 


44, Deut. 29,27. Jer. 7,20. Esth. 2, 1. 
3, 5.. Ps. 37, 8. Prov. 15, 1. 21, 14. al. 
Mam WAN, Man 532, aman of wrath, an 
angry man, Prov. 15, 18. 29, 22. Often 
of the wrath of God, Is. 27, 4. 34, 2. 
Ez. 7, 8. Nah. 1,6. al. mann jn ot 
Jer. 25,15, and mann oiD Is. 51, 17, the 
cup of wrath, of which Jehovah causes 
the nations to drink; see in 04D no. 1, 
comp. Rev. 16, 19 and Job 21, 20 he shall 
drink of the wrath of the Almighty— 
Plur. Mim Prov. 22,24. Ps. 76, 11. 

3. poison, so called as causing inflam- 
mation, Deut. 32, 24. 33. Ps. 58, 5. Job 


6,4. Arab. Ram id. 
Il. 2M 1. ᾳ. HNN, the radical καὶ 
being dropped, milk, Joh 29, 6. 


PS Syl) (wrath of God) Hammuel, pr. 
n.m.1.Chr. 4, 26. R. on. 

ΓΤ ΤΙ ‘see mitan. 

pow (father-in-law or kinsman of 


the dew, or perh. for 54 miam) Hamu- 
tal, pr. τι. of the wife of king Josiah, 2 K. 


von 


23, 31. 24,18. Jer. 52,1. In these latter 
passages the Chethibh is >¥°2n. 


San (pitied, spared) Hamul, pr. n. 
m. Gen. 46, 12. 1 Chr. 2, 5.—Patron. 
“byan Hamulite Num. 26,21. R. dan. 


yan (warm, sunny, r. 02m) Ham- 
mon, pr.n. a) A place in Asher Josh. 
19,28. b) A town in Naphtali, 1 Chr. 
6, 61. 

7 Vrs m. (τ. YON no. 3) a violent man, 
oppressor, i.q. yam, Is. 1, 17.—Accord- 
ing to others, pass. one who suffers vio- 
lence, oppressed, Sept. ἀδικούμενος, Vulg. 
oppressus ; nor would I object, since an 
intransitive form (70M) may assume a 
passive sense. 


P12" m. circuit, compass. Cant. 7, 2 
NS o> FIST "pran the roundings 
of thy hips are like neck ornaments, i. e. 
like the knobs or bosses of a neoklane, 
The maiden is here painted as καλλίπυ- 
γος. R. pan 


“an, 72% m. 1. anass, so called 
from the reddish colour, which belongs 


- not only to the wild ass, but also often to 


the common ass in southern countries ; 
hence ealled in Spanish burro, burrico. 
Gen. 12,16. 24, 35. Ex. 13,13. Judg. 
10, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 23. al. R. an no. 2. 

2. a heap, i.g: 4h; and this rarer 
form is chosen perhaps on account of 
the paronomasia in Judg. 15, 16 "Mba 
Danan “ian Mh with the jaw-bone 
of an ass, a heap, two heaps, sc. have I 
slain, R. van no. 3. 

3. Hamor, pr. n. of a Hivite, contem- 
porary with Jacob and his sons, Gen. 33, 
19. 34,2. Josh. 24, 32. Judg. 9, 28. 


MIM £ a heap, i. q. “art no. 2, q. v. 
Mian f(r. man, after the form Minx 


q. v.) a mother-in-law, Ruth 1, 14. 2,11. 
See on I. 


ST nian pr. ἢ. see man. 
* Dan obsol. root, Chald. to bow 


down, to lie upon the ground, in the Tar- 
gums for Heb. 21>.—Hence 


“AM m. Lev. 11, 30, prob. a species 
of lizard. Sept. σαύρα, Vulg. lacerta. 

ΓΙΌ (place of lizards, or i.q. Syr. 
Laisa “nultvgth.) Humtah, pr. n. of a 
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 54. 


324 





oon 
ΦΩΤῚ see δὼ vor . 


YO) m. adj. salted, seasoned. Is. 
30, 24 yran 5.53 salted provender, i.e. 
sprinkled with salt, which is eaten so 
greedily by flocks and ΠΝ have 
occasioned, the Arabis proverb: ‘sweet 
fodder (XLS) is the camels’ bread ; 
salted, it is their sweet-meats.’ See 
Bochart Hieroz. T. [. p. 113. 


"2" and "WATT m. (fr. card. wan) — 
fem. F"—, Adj. ordinal, fifth, Gen, 1, 
33. 30,17. Lev. 19,25. Num. 6, 36. al 
Fem. ellipt. the fifth, the fifth part, Gen. 
47,24. Lev. 5, 16. 17,15. Plur. irreg. 
wnwen Lev. 5, 24; comp. ὉΠ ΤΊ, 


“DT fut, barn; int nbon Ez. 16,5 
to be mild, gentle, clement. Arab. by 


transpos. de to be mild, clement, whe 
μαχροϑυμία, mad mild, gentle. The 


primary idea is that of softness; and — 
this is preserved in Gr. ἁμαλός, ἀμαλός, 
amahog.—Hence 

1. to pity, to have sympathy, compas- 
sion, with >3 of pers. Ex. 2,6. 1Sam. — 
23, 91. 

2«to spare, to treat with pity, c. >» 
1 Sam. 15, 3. 15. 2 Sam. 21, 7.. 2 Chr. 
36, 15.17; >& Is. 9,18 [19]. Also of 
Hilaoe, to spare, to use sparingly, c. bx 
Jer. 50,14; > c. inf. 2 Sam, 12, 4; ἘΚ 
Job 20, 13. “Biz. 36, 21 and I will spare 
my holy name, i. e. have regard for its 
honour. . 

Deriv. ΠΩ, unless this is from Arab. 
ches; also pr. n. 5995 and 


nan f. pity, mercy, Gen. 19, 16. Is. 
63, 9. 


*DeM pret. on, fat. O ss conv. 
om Is. 44, 15. 16. Also fut. A ἘΠῚ 
Deut. 19,6; omm Ez. 24,11; plur. sams 
Hos. 7, 7; fat. impers. - om 1K. 1,1; 
> ἘΠῚ Eee. 4, 113 see "below. These 
fornis of the fut. are by some referred 
to 6m3, but they belong rather here ; 
comp. pret. 24, fut. 999. Inf th, o3n, 


see below.—7Zo be or become warm, 


kindr. with om. Avab. es to make 


warm, mid. Kesr. to be warm; 45 to 
be hot, 6. g. the day.—Ex. 16, 21. Is. 44, 














‘yan 


16. Impers. Ὁ om, fut. ἴδ om, it is 
warm to him, he is made warm, gets 
» warmth, 1 K. 1,1. Ecc. 4, 11.—Trop. of 
the mind as heated, excited. Ps. 39, 4; 
and so of heat from wine Jer. 51, 39; 
from lust Hos. 7, 7. Also of cattle, to be 
in heat, to conceive, Gen. 30, 38.39; see 
in ont.—Inf. ch, c. suff. oana Jer. 51, 
990.» Once pan, with pref. in pause 
pend for warming sc. oneself, Is. 47, 14. 

Νιρη. part. plur. ὩΛΏΓΤΙΣ, burning, in- 
flamed, sc. with lust, ο. 3 ἴω 57, 5. 

Pie. to warm, to make warm, Job 39, 
14. 

Hirup. to warm oneself, Job 31, 20. 

Deriy. 0m LI, of, man, jan, aba the 
proper names baman, yian, man. 


JO, only in plur. ἘΠ ΤΙ, images, idols 
of some kind for idolatrous worship, Lev. 
26, 30. Is. 17,8. 27,9. Ez.6,4.6. 2 Chr. 14, 
4, 34,7; in which passages it is several 
times joined with statues of Astarte, 
p“1tin; while from 2 Chr. 34, 4 it ap- 
pears farther that the nan stood upon 
the altars of Baal. Arabs Erpen. and 
Kimchi long ago explained the word by 
suns, images of the sun; and both this 
interpretation and the thing itself are 
now clearly illustrated by ten Punic 
_ cippi with inscriptions, consecrated to 
yan ὉΣΞ (722 53) i.e. to Baal the solar, 
Baal the sun. See the subject fully 
treated in Thesaur. p. 489. Monumm. 
Pheenic. p. 170 sq.—The form jan solar 
is from an the sun; and the plur. 
nm in the O. T. is put ellipt. for 
on nb>a, and is found in the same 
context as iheewibins ὈΠΛΡΣΞ. 


* 0m fut. d2m3 1. to do violence 
to any one, fo oppress, to wrong ; pr. to 
be eager, vehement, and hence violent, 


Arab. Ue in a 


good dense, to be active, brave, con- 


i. g. 72M no. 3. a. 


stant, tl oe warlike valour; ; comp. 
730. Jer. 22,3. Prov. 8, 36 he that sin- 
neth against me, iwes ooh wrongeth his 
own soul, injures himself. Job 21, 27 
ADAM “by nit the plans wherewith ye 
think to oppress me, how ye may over- 
come me. Mim dan 10 violate a law 
Ez. 22, 26. Zeph. 3, 4, 

2. to tear away with violence, 6. g. a 

28 


325 





yan 


hedge, Lam. 2, 6. Also to tear off from 
oneself, i. q. to shake offs Job 15, 33 
{70a 3339 oan? like a vine he shall 
shake off his unripe grapes. ᾿ 

Nipnu. to be treated with violence, Jer. 
13, 22; i. 6. by impl. to be violently mgde 
hare as the other clause shows. 

Deriv. 02mm, and : 


DMM m. 1. violence,oppression,wrong, 
Gen. 6, 11. 13. 49,5. oan wrx Ps. 18, 
49. Prov. 3, 31, and ΘΟ ΤΙ WN 2 Sam. 
22, 49. Ps. 140, 2. 5, ἃ violent man, op- 
pressor. 02m ἽΣ a wrongful witness, 
i. 6. false, Ex. 23, 1.—A genitive or suffix 
after this word may refer either to him 
who does the wrong, or to him who 
suffers it. Of the former kind are oan 
his wrong i. 6. which he does, Ps. 7, 17, 
pS"37 0% 58, 3, comp. Ez. 12,19. Of 
the latter, "0% my wrong i. e. done to 
me Gen. 16, 5, an" "22 07M Joel 4, 19; 
also Judg. 9, 24. Obad. 10. Hab. 2, 8.17. 
Jer. 51, 35. So Lat. injuria, e. g. Ces. 
Bell. Gall. 1. 30 ‘ pro veteribus Helveti- 
orum injuriis populi Romani,’ i. e. done 
to the Roman people ; see the Commen- 
tators, and comp. Heinrich ad Cic. part. 
inedit. p. 21. 

2. Meton. what is got by wrong, ill- 
gotten wealth, Am. 3,10. Plur. id. Prov. 
4,17. 


“yan fut. yarns, inf ΠΧ ΌΤΙ Hos. 7, 
4, to be sharp, pungent. 

1. As to taste, to be sour, eid, leav- 
ened, e. g. fermented or leavened bread 
Ex. 12,39. Hos. 7,4; or vinegar,see ὙΠ. 
Also to be salted, seasoned, see 721 .— 


Arab. Uda, Syr. εἴων. 

2, As to sight, colour, fo be bright, 
splendid, so as to dazzle the eyes; 
spoken espec. of a bright red or scarlet 
colour. Part. pass. 732" splendid, gor- 
geous, spoken of the scarlet mantle or 
pallium of a prince, Is. 63,1; comp. D5N > 
v. 2, and Sept. Syr.—In the same manner 
the Greeks say χρῶμα ὀξύ i. 6. κόκκινον, 
πορφύραι ὀξύταται, ὀξυφεγγῆ ῥόδα, see 
Bochart Hieroz. I. p.114. Simonis Are. 
Formarum p. 66, 102. 

3. Trop.ofthe mind: a) 0 be eager, 
vehement ; to do violence, like kindr. 
ὉΠ; whence part. yan a violent man, 
oppressor, Ps. 71,4. Comp. yam and 


yan 
yn no. 2. Eth. UU to be unjust, 
violent, to wrong. b) to be sharp, bit- 
ter, spoker of pain, see Hithpa. 

Hieu. part. intrans. MX2M"2 soured, 
leavened, pr. what has contracted sour- 
ness, Ex. 12, 19. 20. 

Hiruapa. to be embittered, pained, 
i. e. moved with anger, pain, Ps. 73, 21. 
Chald. Pa. id. 
᾿ς Deriv. pian, yon, and the two here 
following. 


ΤῊΣ τὰ. 1. any thing soured, leav- 
ened, Ex. 12, 15. 13, 3. 7. al. 

2. Prob. i. q. 02° , what is got by wrong, 
ill-gotten wealth, Am. 4,5; see τ. ὙΠ 
no. 3. So Chald.—The common signifi- 
cation of something leavened might also 
serve; but the other is preferable. 


VM τὰ. vinegar Num. 6, 3. Ruth 2, 
14. Ps. 69, 22. Sept. and Syr. render it 
ougas, sour grapes, in Ps. 1. c. and Prov. 
10, 26; and this Michaelis also endeav- 
ours to vindicate, Suppl. p.828. But the 
common signification is not unapt. 


τ pan 1. to go round, kindr. with 
pan.. See Hithpa. 

2. to turn about, to go away, to depart, 
Cant. 5, 6. 

Hirupa: to go or wander about, Jer. 
31, 22. 

Deriv. pian. 


% van 1. to boil up, to ferment, to 
foam. Arab. p> Conj. I, II, VIII, to 
ferment, to rise, as leaven; Con}. VIII, to 
farttient, as wine.—Spoken of the sea Ps. 
46,4; of wine Ps. 75,9, where others as- 
sign to it the sense of redness, see no. 2. 
Comp. Poalal, "72" wine, Yah no. 1. 

2. to be red, from the idea of boiling, 
foaming, becoahay heated or inflamed. 


Arab. re Conj. IX, XI, to be red; 
Conj. I mid. E, to burn with ange 


Conj. it to write with red ink; πεὶ 


red, Ἢ Sear 2S vehement 


ardour ; to blush, to feel shame.— 


Spoken of wine according to some Ps. 
75, 9; but see in no. 1. Hence ὙΠ, 
“i708 no. 1, “72 no. 2, "2M". 

3. to swell, to rise in bubbles or heaps, 
from the idea of boiling up, foaming, as 


326 





“ΤΙ 


the sea, leaven, etc. Hence 9h no. 3, 
“iam no. 2, 777093 heap. 

4, Θϑυροὶ from “2m bitumen, to daub 
with bitumen, to pitch, Ex. 2, 3. 

PoaLaL, pass. "2972", doubling the 
last two radicals. 

1. to be made to boil, to be in a fer- 
ment, to be troubled, Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11. 
Comp. 2 no. 3, ΠΏ. 

2. to become red, e. g. the countenance 
as inflamed by weeping, Job 16, 16. 

Norte. 
radical letters doubled, are chiefly em- 
ployed where rapid motion is to be ex- 


' pressed ; as has been abundantly shown 


by Hupfeld in his Exercitatt. ΖΕ ΟΡ. p. 


27, 28. 


Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2, 3. 


ΤΠ τη. ἄσφαλτος, asphaltus, bitumen, 
which boils wp in the manner of boiling 
oil or pitch, from subterranean fountains 
not far from Babylon, also from the 
bottom of the Dead Sea; afterwards it 
hardens in the sun, and is collected even 
on the surface of the Dead Sea, which 
is thence called Lacus Asphaltites ; see 
Tac. Hist. 5. 6. Strabo XVI. p. 763. 
Diod. Sic. 2. 48. ib. 19. 98,99. Q. Curt. 
5. 16. Comp. also Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
II, p. 228 sq.—Gen. 11,3. 14, 10. Ex. 2, 3. 


Arab. 


either from its boiling up from fountains 
(Gen. 14, 10) from r..727 no. 1; or from 


‘ [ el-Hummar. Itisso called 


its redness, the best kind being of that: 


colour, Dioscor. 1. 99 ἄσφαλτος διαφέρει 
ἢ ἸΙουδαϊκὴ τῆς λοιπῆς" ἐστὶ δὲ καλὴ ἢ 
πορφυροειδῶς στίλβουσα.... Γεννᾶται 
καὶ ἐν Φοινέκη καὶ ἐν Σιδῶνι καὶ ἐν Βαβυ- 
λῶνι καὶ ἐν Ζακύνϑῳ. ' 


‘WaT τὰ. (τ. "7am no. 1) wine, so called 
as being fermented, Deut. 32, 14. Is. 
27, 2 Ὡς most editions; others 31}. 


Arab. Sah, Syr. ἵμβοῦ id. 


"ΠῚ Chald. m. emph. 8, id. Ezra 


6, 9. 7, 22: Dan. 5, 1. 2. 4. 23. 
AN an ass, see im. 


"72h τὰ. 1. a boiling, foaming, e. g. of 
waters, waves, Hab. 3,15. R."72F no. 1. 
' 2. clay, loam, sc. of a reddish colour ; 
see r. 72M no. 2. E. g. potter’s clay'Is. 
45, ὟΣ 64, Ὑ; as used for sealing Job 38 


Forms of this kind, with the, 


EE = SS 


—--_s 





ae Se μοον... - ΝΝΝΝΝ, υἶν 











ΜΒ. 


14; mortar, cement, Gen.11,3; mire, Is, 
10, 6. Job 10, 9. 30, 19. 

3. a heap, EX. 8, 10 [14]; see τ΄. 72N 
no. 3.—Hence homer, chomer, a measure 
for things dry, containing ten ephahs, or 
114 bushels; Lev. 27, 16. Num. 11, 32. 
Ez. 45, 11. 13. 14. Called elsewhere 
"D, q. ν. 


323 Hamran, pr. n see in ἽΠΏΤΊ. 


args F wan obsol. root, to be fat, 
whence arn II, belly, abdomen. Arab. 


- 
is 55. fat, fatness, Camoos p. 826; 
Sot 
but, far more usual is by transpos. a 


STi 
fat, eerie to be fat, corpulent; 
also to become fat after leanness. 


Ὁ wan a root having affinity 
with 09m and yen, ig. Arab. (ee 


to be fierce, active, brave in battle ;'II, 
IV, to provoke to anger; XII to be an- 
gry ; V to show oneself stern agd obsti- 


- 


5 
nate 4 (religion and)’ War 5 (jprress 
et brave, warlike, πυρὰ bravery, 


ale 


valour; comp. > to be angry, | ipo 


to kindle with.anger; all which senses 
come from the primary idea of sharp- 
ness, pungency ; seer. ὙΠ init. —Hence 

Part. pass. plur. 5°82", a word of 
which the etymology was long sought 
in vain, i. 6. fierce, active. eager, brave 
in battle, Ex. 13, 18. Josh. 1, 14. 4, 12. 
Judg. 7, 11. (Comp. also the use of 
n°x>m in the same connection Josh. 4, 
13 comp. v. 12. Num. 32, 30. 32.) Aquil. 
ἐνωπλισμένοι, Symm. καϑωπλισμένοι, 
Vulg. armati ; and so Onk. Syr.—Some 
have referred this form to wen III, 


S 


comp. Une, i. e. in battle-array, pr. 


quinquepartitum, q. ἃ. quinquefied, as 
consisting of five parts, the centre, the 
two wings, and the front and rear gusied, 
Theod. πεμπταΐζοντες. Other solutions 
have also been given; but the one above 
presented is best suited to the context 
and to the genius of the language. 


* JIT. wan f.constr. Ban; mn m. 
constr. 7721, card. numeral five ; Arab. 


327 





nan 
Soe 59 “6. τ, t 
>, Xun, in the other kindred 
dialects tam. In the Indo-european fa- 
mily, this numeral is Sanscr. pantshan, 
Zend. and Pehlv. peantshe, pandj, Pers. 
, Gr. πέντε (ZEol. πέμπε), all of 


which have affinity with the Semitic form 
in the last two radicals; and with a pal- 
atal instead of the labial we have also 
Lat. quinque (uévne), like πῶς κῶς, λύκος 
lupus, ὕτπος equus, ἕπομαι sequor, etc.— 
Like the number seven, so also five is 
sometimes put as a round number, Is. 
17, 6. 30,17; especially, it would seem, 
in what has siacebel to Egypt, Gen. 43, | 
34. 45, 22. 47,2. Is. 19,18. This usage 
nating peseed over to the Hebrews 
from the religious rites of Egypt, India, 
and other oriental nations; among whom 
five minor planets, and five elements and 
elementary powers, were accounted sa- 
cred. Comp. the sacred πεντάς of the 
Basilidiani, Iren. adv. Heres. 1. 23. Epi- 
phan. I. p. 68. Colon. 

Piur. own fifly, c. suff. ΘΠ, 
wen. thy fifty, his fifty, 2 K. 1 9-12, 
mwan a captain of fifty sc. soldiers, 
πεντηκόνταρχος, 2K. 1, 9-14. Is, 3, 3. 

Denom. an, wan I. 


WAN Prex denom. from 2n, q. d. to 
fifth land, i. 6. to exact the fifth part, 


e. g. of all the produce as a tax, Gen. 
41, 34. 


I. BaF τὰ. a Sifth, fifth part, from an 
five ; as 53 a fourth, from 335, 2378. 
Shae: the fifth of all rode, paid by the 


Egyptians to the king as tribute, Gen. 
47, 26. 


11. WAM τὰ. (τ. wan 1) the belly, abdo- 
men, 2 Sam. 2, 23. 3, 27. 4, 6. 20, 10. 
Syr. Lasoo id. 2 Sam. 3,27. 4,6. Eth. 
hr womb, Talmud. τ "ΤΙ abdomen, 


ὦ and x being interchanged.—From 
this Semitic word seems to have come 


’ Lat. omasum. 


"WT see "an. 


΄σ 93. 
Η men obsol. root, Arab. wry> to be 
warm, hot, as the day; mid. E, to be 
spoiled, foul, rancid, as water, butter, etc. 


9 - -§ 905 
whence wrAp-> and east a bottle or 


skin. and any thing becoming rancid 


nan 


withmit. Or perhaps this root is second- 
ary, and derived from these very nouns ; 


while the primary root may be t= to 


be warm, hot, whence wrrp> for Kine. 
Hence perhaps 


Mar m. Gen. 21, 15. 19, constr. man 
v. 14, a leathern-bottle, water-skin. R. 
men or 12m. But constr. 2m Job 21, 
20. Hos. 7, 5, is from 25 heat, anger. 


ΓΤ (fortress, citadel, from στ. 72n, 
kindr. 725M wall,) pr. n. Hamath, a large 
and important city of Syria, situated on 
the Orontes near the northern boundary 
of the Holy Land, Num. 13. 21. 34,8. It 
was anciently the seat of a powerful 
king, the ally of David ; and was called 
by the Greeks Epiphania, while the 


Arabs retain the ancient’ name, {4s 
Hamah. Fully Am. 6,2 "a" ren Ha- 
math the great; also 35% ron 2 Chr. 
8, 3. The gentile name is πὶ Ha- 
mathite Gen. 10,18. man pax 2 K. 25, 
21 land of Hamath, i. e. the country or 
district around. See Abulfeda, who was 
a prince of this still noble city, Tab. Sy- 
rie p. 108,109. Relandi Palestina p. 
119 sq. Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, 
etc. p. 146. 


G1 (warm springs, r. 62") Ham- 
math, pr. n. of a town of Naphtali near 
Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. Josephus calls 
it ‘duuoots, which he interprets by ϑὲρ- 
μά, B.J. 4.1.3. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
III. p. 260. The same prob. is "83 nian 
Josh. 21, 32. 


V3 πὶ. (7. 327%) ¢. suff. in 1. grace, 
favour, kindness, Ecc. 9,11. a) &82 
aybp "2°32 ὙΠ to find Poon in the eyes 
of any one, i. 6. with him, Gen. 6, 8. 19, 
19. 32, 6.' 18, 3 FILA [MT AN. NTO 
if now I have panth? aaa in thy sight, 
if thou favourest me. Gen. 30, 27. 47, 
29. 50,4. In the same sense, ἊΝ ἽΠ xis 
Esth. 2, 15:17. Ὁ) 2°33 ‘pM 179 to 
give one favour in the eyes of any one, 
with any one. Ex. 3, 21 Ἱπττὰ ἽΠΠΩ 
py) Ta HI ὭΣΤ and I will give 
this people favour. in the sight of thee 
Egyptians. 11, 3. 12, 36. Gen. 39, 21.— 
Spec. compassion Zech. 12. 10. 

2. grace, i. q. gracefulness, beauty, ele- 


328 





neha 


gance, Prov. 22, 11. 31, 30. 5,19 jm mbes 
the graceful chambien Pd 45, 3. Ecce. 10. 
12. ὙΠ 73 stone of beauty, i. e. precious 
stone, Prov. 17, 8. 

3. Hen, pr. ἢ: τὴ. Zech. 6, 14. But 
comp. v. 10. 


‘TI27) (for 135. Ἴπ| favour of Hadad, 
see 3) Henadad, pr. n. m. Ezra 3, 9. 


‘Neh. 3, 18. 


“127 fut. moms, apoc. ΠΡ] 1. to 
bend, to ‘bow down, rm incline ; kindr. 437, 
my. Arab. Lis to bend, to incline ; 
metaph. to incline, to be favourably dis- 
posed, comp. 2M. —Judg. 19, 9 mA 
pitt ΓΤ lo! the declining of the day, 
i.e. the day is declining —Henee min 
a spear, lance, so Sapp: as being flexi- - 
ble. 

2. to set oneself down in any place, to 
sit down, i. e. to pitch one’s tent, Gen. 
26, 17; to pitch a camp, to encamp, Ex. 
13, 20. 17, 1. 19, 2. Num. 1, 51 Pisma 
j2ean Dior the tabernacle is set down, 
i.e. pitched. Poet. of locusts, Neh. 3, 17. 
Spec. a) With >, lo encamp against 
a city, i. q. to besiege, Ps. 27, 3. 2 Sam. 
12, 28. Is. 29.35; with 3 id. Jude. 9, 50; 
also c. ace. id. Ps, 53 6. b) With Ὁ, to 
encamp for or around any one, i. q. ta 
defend, Zech. 9,8; comp. Ps. 34, 8. 

3. Poet. i. q. to dwell Is. 29,13 comp. 
PAR i. g. house. ὁ 

‘Deriv. PAI, MM, MM, Mim, pr. 

n. JOM. 


mn Γ (τ, 20) 1. Plur. ni3n, grace, 
favour, compassion, Ps. 77, 10. «ὦ 

2. Perh. entreaty, tupplication. prayer, 
see the root in Hithp. Job 19, 17 "Msn 
"203.7235 and my prayers (are loath- 
some) to the sons of my womb, i. e. to 
my brethren. The form "3m is then 
for "n't. see Heb. Gram. ὃ 89. 3.n; not 
1 pers. Preet. from (24, contrary to the 
accent. 

3. Hannah, pr. ἢ. the mother of Sam- 
uel, 1 Sam. 1, 2 sq. 


77273 (initiated or initiating, τ. 429) 
pr. n. Henoch, Enoch. a) The first- 
born son of Cain, whose name was also 
given to acity founded by his father, 
Gen. 4,17. b) The father of Methu- 
selah, translated to heaven on account 
of his piety, Gen. 5, 18-24. The later 





a 


oie) 


Jews, founding a conjecture on the ety- 
mology of the name, make him out to 
have been not only the most distin- 
guished of the antediluvian prophets, 
but also the inventor of letters and 
learning ; and have forged in his name 
a spurious book, comp. Jude v. 12. 
These fables are current also among the 
Arabs ; by whom he is called υ"9)0 
Idris, i. 6. the learned. c) The eldest 
son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6,-14. 
Patronym. "235 Henochile Num. 26, 5. 
d) A son of Midian Gen. 25, 4. 


P35 (graciously regurded, favoured, 
r. 425) Hanun, pr.n. a) A king of the 
Ammonites, 2 Sam. 10,1. 1 Chr. 19, 2. 
b) Neh. 3, 30. c) Neh. 3, 13. 

Tad m. adj. gracious, merciful, com- 
passionate, Ps. 111, 4, 112,4. R. jn. 
᾿ PA f(r. m2) plur. mit, a vault, 
cell, so called from its curved or arched 
form. Chald. and Syr. mast, [2ou, a 


tradesman’s cell, stall, Arab. web, 


Sus: Hence in Jer. 37, 16 the pro- 
phet is said to be cast ~>x1 Vian maby 
mis2mm into the dungeon and into the 
vaults, i.e. under ground. So common- 
ly, and not unaptly.—An exposition per- 
haps more suitable to the context is given 


by E. Scheid in Diss. Lugdun. p. 988, 


who understands curved blocks or stocks, 
nervi curvi et obtorti, in which a prisoner 
sat bent and distorted, elsewhere called 
"Ὁ, M2an2, 4. V. comp. Jer. 20, .2.:3. 
29, "26 ; ae κύφων ffom κύπτω. Comp. 


Arab. 515 a saddle-bow, saddle-tree, 


i.e. the curved wood which constitutes 
the frame. 

‘ ΤΣ not in use, i. 4. 320 and pon 
(comp. Gr. ἄγχω, Lat. ango), to straiten, 
to choke, to suffocate ; intrans. to be nar- 
row, strait, close. Hence deriv. mM for 
mon, and min for mon. 


é. Dan to spice, to season with spices. 
Hence 

‘1. to embalm dead bodies Gen. 50, 2. 
3.26. Arab. his I, II, id. 

2. Poet. the fig-tree is said to spice its 
fruit, i.e. to fill it with aromatic juice, 
to ripen, Cant. 2,13. Arab. lis to 

DQ* 


329 





Ἵ:Π 


ripen fodder; IV to be ὦ νὴ of the har- 
vest,- grain. 
3. to be reddish ; Arab. we to be - 
red, e. g. leather; see H&M wheat. 
Deriv. Mon, lds 


D°O277 m. plur. the embalming of dead 
bodies, and hence time of embalming, 
Gen. 50,3. It follows the analogy of 
other nouns designating time, as 27733, 
DPT. 


PO Chald. m. plur. wheat, Ezra 6, 
9. 7, 22, 1. ᾳ. Heb, 92M q. v. in Hen. 


νυ (grace of God) Hanniel, pr. n. 
a) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of 
Manasseh, Num. 34,23. b) 1 Chr. 7,39. 


727 τὰ. (τ. 525 no. 2) pr. initiated , 
hence trained, proved, of tried fidelity, 


ΠΤ 
Gen. 14,14. Arab. Sass tried, proved, 
8. 


-. . 3 . 
Kis experience. 


MIT Εἰ grace, favour, mercy, Jer. 16, 
13. R. 53. 


M3 f£ plur. oom 2 Chr. 23, 9, 
minim Is, 2,4. Mic. 4, 3; a spear, lance, 
so called as being flexible, 1 Sam. 18,11. 
19, 10. 20, 33. R, 425 no. 1. 


. 20 1. to straiten, to choke, Lat. 
angere; also intrans: 0 be narrow, strait 
5 ᾽ 

close, i. ᾳ. ΤΊ, P22, α.ν. Hence 3m for 


gS 
32, Arab. HES, the jaws, palate. 
Comp. ΤῸ neck, from kindr. P29, and 
p2n to choke. 

2. Denom. from 3M, Ὁ τυ the palate, 
jaws, fauces, pr. ἐμβύειν, Lat. imbuere, 
i.e. to stuff into one’s mouth or jaws, to 
give lo taste, and then by a common me- 
taphor transferred to the intellect ; comp. 
nde and Job 12,11. Hence a) to im- 
bue one with any thing, to initiate, to 
train; (comp. «&3 to put into one’s 
mouth, also to teach, to train;) Prov. 
22,6 train up a child according to his 
way, according to his disposition and ha- 
bits.. Ὁ) Of things, to initiate, i. 6. tode- 
dicate, to consecrate, e.g. a house before 
taking possession, Deut. 20,5; the tem- 


ple 1 K.8, 63. 2 Chr. 7,5.—Arab. Jas 
to understand. 

Deriv. 911, 921, 4727, pr. name Fi", 
also 


oan 


M2215 f. dedication, consecration, 6. g. 
of a house, altar, Num. 7, 11. Ps. 30, 1. 
Also sacrifice of dedication Num. 7, 10. 


227 Chald. f. id. Dan. 3, 2. 3. Ezra 
Ὁ. 16. 17. 


DIM adv. from 7h with the adverbial 
ending O-. 

1. gratis, gratuitously, for nothing, i. 8. 

without reward, Gen. 29, 15. Job 1, 9; 
without price or payment, Ex. 21, 2. 11. 

2. frustra, tono purpose, in vain, Prov. 
1,17; more fully pn->y q. d. for in 
vain Ez. 6, 10. Comp. δωρεάν i in N. T. 
gratis, frastris and frustra in Plautus 
for gratis, 

3. without cause, undeservedl, γ, Job 2, 
3. 9,17. Ps. 35,7, 69,5. al. As genit. 
1K. 2. 31 Opn-"24 blood without cause, 
i. e. innocent blood. Prov. 26, 2. 


Syn (perh. i. ᾳ. >8229) Hanameel 
pr. n. m. Jer. 32, 7. 9. 


22253 quadril. found once Ps. 78, 47, 
where it is parall. with 772 hail, in the 
other member, and the context implies 
that it is something destructive to trees. 
Sept. Vulg. Saad. Abulwalid render it 
frost, which however cannot be gupport- 
ed on etymological grounds. Michaelis 
more prob» ants, i. q. 7222, comp. Arab. 


aay ants, 145 an ant, the letter πὶ be- 
ing prefixed as in M>¥2m, >P43M; Suppl. 
846. See more in Bochart Hieroz. III. 
p- 255 ed. Lips. 


ἐπ fut. ἹπῚ, also [2M Am. 5, 15; 
the former c. suff. 422m" Ps. 67, 2. 123, 2 
Pha ΤΕΥ: 11:3 Ὁ, suff. 2 pers. 727 fir 
Tip Gen. 43, 29. Is. 30, 19; inf. absol. 
yim Is. 1. ὁ. constr. c.. suff, 52227 Is. 30, 
18, 227) Ps. 102, 14. 
1. to incline, to bé favourably disposed, 
comp. kindr. 7211 ; hence to regard with 
favour, to be Siegseeen: χων to com- 


passionate. Arab. to feel ‘desire, 
compassion towards ea one, ¢. ἐδ As. ‘ 
—With acc. Ex. 33, 19. Lam. 4, 16. 
Prov. 14, 31. al. "22m, 3227, (once 722377 
Ps. 9, 14,) be gracious unto me, have 
mercy upon me, upon us, Ps. 4, 2. 6, 3. 
~ 31, 10. 

2. to give graciously, to bestow in 
mercy and kindness, with two acc. of 


330 





Jon 


pers. and thing, Gen. 38, 5. Ps. 119, 29. 
Judg. 21, 22. 
be charitable, with accus. of pers. Prov. 
19, 17; absol. Ps. 37, 21. 26—For Job 
19, 17 see? 23 no. 2. 

Nips. ΠΣ (after the form "83 from r. 
“8, ὉΠ from r. D277, see Lehrg. p- 371) 
to be compassionated, pitied, to be an ob- 
ject of pity, pass. of Poel, Jer. 22, 23. 

Pinu to make gracious, pleasant, fair, 
e. g. words Prov. 26,25. Comp. 9M, ὙΠ. 

Port i. q. Kal no. 1, Prov. 14, 21; to 
pity, to grieve for, Ps. 102, 15. 

Hop. to be shown favour, mercy, i. q. 
ἽΠ 8¥2 to find favour, mercy, Prov. 21, 
10. Is. 26, 10. 

Hitup. to implore favour, mercy, i. 8. 
to entreat, to make supplication, with Ὁ 
of pers. Esth. 4,8. Job 19,16; 58 1K. 8, 
33. 47. Job 8, 5. Ps. 30, 9; Ν 1 Κ. 8, 
59. 9, 3. 2 Chr. 6, 24. 

Deriv: besides those here following, 
are ὙΠ, 7°, ME, 727, M2, BIN, Minn, 
ὈΡΣΗΣΤΊΩ, and pr. names ann, Syn, 
aging, Fe.” 


1271 Chald. to show mercy, to compas- 
stonate, inf. 772 Dan. 4, 24. 

Irupa. to entreat, to make supplication, 
Dan. 6, 12. 


327 (merciful) Hanan, pr. n. a) One 
of David’s officers 1 Chir. 11, 43. Ὁ) 
1Chr. 8, 39. 8, 44. 
Jer. 35, 4. 6) Others less known, Ezra 
2.46. Neh. 7, 49. 8,7. 10,11. 23. 27. 
13, 13. 


82293 (God has, graciously given) 
Hananeel, pr. ἢ. of a tower in Jerusalem 
Jer. 31, 38; comp. Zech. 14, 10. Neh. 3, 
1. 12, 39. 


"227 (gracious) Hanani, pr.n.m. a) 
A prophet, the father of Jehu, 1 K. 16,1. 
2 Chr. 16,7. Ὁ) A brother of Nehe- 
miah Neh. 1, 2. 7,2. 60) 1 Chr. 25, 4. 
25. d) Ezra 10, 20. Neh. 12, 36. 


22273 (whom Jehovah has graciously 
given) pr. n. Hananiah, Gr. ‘Avoviag, An- 
anias. a) A false prophet in the time 
of Jeremiah, Jer. 28,1sq. Ὁ) A com- 
panion of Daniel, afterwards called Sha- 
drach, Dan. 1, 6. 7. 2, 17. 
less known, 1 Chr. 3,19. 8,24. Ezra 10 
28. Neh. 3, 8. 30. 7,2. 10,24. 12, 12.41 
Jer. 37, 13. 


Also to give in charity, to. 


c) 1 Chr. 8, 33. 4) 


c) Others — 








ee 








a 
— 


᾿ 


Ι 


pn 


WII (id.) Hananiah. pr.n.m. 8) 
A military leader under Uzziah 2 Chr. 
26,11. b) 1 Chr. 25, 23; comp. 57225 

c) Jer. 36, 12. 

O27 once Is. 30, 4, Hanes, pr. n. of a 
city of middle Egypt on the west side of 
the Nile, called by the Greeks Heracleo- 
polis, “Ἡρακλέους πόλις, Arab. ysl, 
Egypt. CMEC, CMHC, ECMHC, an- 
ciently a royal residence. See Etienne 
Quatremére Mémoires sur l’Egypte T.I. 
p.500, 501. Champollion l’Egypte sous 
les Pharaons I. p. 309. Comment. on Is. 
Uc: 


, 2 fut. 72m" 1. to pollute, to de- 


> file, i. gq. 52%. Jer. 3, 9. 


2. Intrans. to be polluted, defiled, as a 
land with blood Ps. 106, 38. Is. 24, 5. 
Jer. 3, 15; or persons with crimes Jer. 
23. 11. 

Hipn. to pollute, to profane, 6. g. aland 
Num. 35, 33. Jer. 3, 2; so of persons, to 
make profane, i. e. to seduce to impiety 


0 OF 


and apostasy, Dan. 11, 32.—Syr. Lalu 


one unclean, a heathen, eis to apos- 


tatize from the faith. Sept. well μεαΐνε- 
σϑαι, μολύνεσθαι; but Vulg. wrongly 
renders 35 by hypocrita, a meaning 
drawn from the Talmudic and Rabbinic 
usage. 

Deriv. the three following : 

51217 one profane, impious, godless, pr. 
polluted ; Job 8, 13. 13, 16. 15, 34. 17, 
8. al. Sept. ἀσεβής, ἄνομος, παράνομος, 
twice ὑποκριτής, see in τ. 92" Hiph. 

525 m. profaneness, impiety, wicked- 
ness, Is. 32, 6. 

MBIT f. id. Jer. 23,15. R. HM. 


. Pn Kal not used, pr. to be strait, 
close, to choke, of the same family with 
PIN. 72M, P2> (055), and in the occiden- 
tal languages ἄγχω, ἀνάγκη, ango, ang- 


ustus, enge (Zange, Zwang), anxious.— 


Hence 

Piet to strangle, to throttle, Gr. ἄγχω, 
nviyw, as a lion his prey, Nah. 2, 13. 
Arab. (34, Ethiop. 4® , Syr. ols, 
id. 

Nipu. to strangle oneself, to hang one- 
self, 2 Sam. 17, 23. 

Deriy. 727 


3 


Q 
Jv 





i sen 


ἸΏΞΤῚ (graciously regarded, r. 427) 
Hannathon, pr. n. of a place in Zebulun 
Josh. 19, 14. 


᾿ Ton not used in Kal, but commonly 
said to have the signif. of kindness, be- 
nignity, and by antiphrasis that of re- 
proach, disgrace. The primary idea 
seems to be that of eager and earnest 
desire, ardour, zeal, by which one is 
actuated, i. q. 82, and then like N2p 
transferred to the trop. senses: 

1. to be zealous towards any one, i. 6. 
to feel desire, kindness, love towards him; — 
see Hithpa. and 40M no. re. 

2. to be jealous, envious towards any 


i7 = 


one, to envy, Arab. unc to envy, rite το 
envy; and hence i. q. to hate, to reproach, _ 
to treat with reproach and contumely ; 
see Piel, and 49M no. 2. 

Pieu to reproach, to disgrace, to treat 
with reproach and contumely, Prov. 25, 
10. Syr. pits id. in Targ. 30m for Heb. 
4M to reproach. Syr. | atts oppressed 
with envy, also beloved, see in Kal. 

Hirup. to show oneself kind, benign, 
merciful, Ps. 18, 26. Comp. Kal no. 1. 

Deriv. 30%, 3°OM, ΠῚ ΌΤΙ, and pr. ἢ. 
mor. 


TON} in pause ION, c. suff. "707; plur. 
ὈΥΤΌΤΙ, constr. "πο ΠΣ , pr. desire, enone 
zeal, ie r. “ὉΠ Kal ahaha 

1. In a good sense, zeal towards any 
one, kindness, love. Spec. a) Of men 
towards one another, kindness, good-will, 
as shown in doing mutual favours, bene- 
fits, Gen. 21, 23. 2 Sam. 10,2. As re- 
ferring to the afflicted, pity, compassion, 
Sept. freq. ἔλεος, Job 6, 14. Frequent 
in the formula, by Tom ΓῺΣ to do or 
show kindness with or to any one, Gen. 
lc. 2 Sam. 3, 8. 9,1. 7; also with m8 
Zech. 7, 9; by 1 Seas 20, 8; more fully 
By Mex] TOM mvs Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29. 
Josh. 2, 14. ὃ Sam. 9,3 ἼὍΠ lay ΠῸΣΝ 
ὈΠῸΝ Τὰ show him Ieindness like that 
of God. Also > 10m MB to turn kind- 
ness upon any one to procure favour 
for him, Gen. 39, 21; more fully Ezra 
7, 28 ban Ὁ on ne m "533 and’God 
turned kindness upon me defere the king, 
i. 6. gave me favour with him; alsc 
Dan. 1, 9 7om> bse2a-Py OTN GAM 
and God gave Daniel good-will, favour 


“ΟΠ 


etc. b) Of men towards God, piety, 
goodness, love of God. Ion ΟΝ ae 
ΠΟΤῚ the pious, Is. 57, 1. Plur. aon 
good deeds, goodness, 2 Chr. 6; 42. 32, 
32. 35, 26. Neh. 13,14, .-.c) Of God to- 
wards men, ΒΟ ΒΆΔΕῚ mercy, grace, Ps. 
5, 8. 36,6. 48, 10. 4]. Very often coupled 
with max truth, fidelity, (q. v. no. 2,) 
τρ δ. faithful mercy, constant goodness. 
Here also occur the same formulas as 
above in lett. a, as 5 Jom Mwy Gen. 
24, 12. 14; δ, Ὁ Ex. 20, 6. ‘Deut. 5, 10; 
BY ΓΝ TOM ΓΙῸΣ 2 Sam, 2, 6. 15, -20. 
Trop. ‘of God himself asa Senifal Lenk 
factor, Ps. 144, 2. Jon. 2, 9.—Plur. 
BOM mercies, benefits from God, Ps. 89, 
2. 50. 107, 43. Is. 55. 3 ὩΠ2 ὯΝ) TI τας τ 
the sure mercies of David, i. 6. the per- 
petual benefits bestowed on David. ἃ) 
Once, like synon. 4M, it seems to denote 
grace, favour, i. q. elegance, beauty, Is. 
40, 6. Sept. δόξα, and so 1 Pet. 1, 24. 

2. In a bad sense, zeal against any 
one, envy; hence. reproach, disgrace, 
see the root in Kal no. 2. Prov. 14, 34. 
Lev. 20, 17. Some also refer hither 
Job 6, 14. 

3. ROE Ea 1 K, 4, 10. 


M7053 (whom God loveth) Hasadi- 
ah, pr. ἢ. of a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 
3, 20, 


* non fut. Mom, Pret. 3 pers. fem. 
before pause 70M Ps. 57, 2, see Lehrg. 
p- 429. Heb. Gr. "§ 74. I. ‘4; pr. to flee ; 
see under τ. ΘΓ no. 1. pe: 

1. to flee to a place, to take refuge or 
shelter, with 2 of place, as ‘bp 5x3 in the 
shadow (protection) of any one, 7 udg. 9, 
15. Is. 30, 2; "Ὁ "H2D ὉΧ3 in thé shadow 
of Phovalis wings Ps. 57, 2. 61, 5.— 
Hence 

2. to put trust in any one, to trust, to 
confide, espec. in God, c. 3 Ps. 2, 12. 5, 
12. 7,2. 25, 20. 31, 2. 37, 40. al. ‘A deol: 


Ps, 17, 7. Pie’ 14, 32 Pp! iniaa moh: 


the peal ees in his death trusteth sc. in 
God. 
Deriv. Mion, noma, 


mon, and 


mon (taking refuge, or a refuge) Ho- 
sah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 16, 38. 26, 10. 


TION adj. strong, Am. 2,9; collect. the 
mighty, the powerful in a state, Is. 1, 31. 
R. jon. 


332 





Don 


DAC £f. refuge, Is. 30,3. R. non. 


TO adj. (r.10)-_ 1. kind, merciful, 
benevolent, Ps. 12, 2. 18, 26. 43,1. > 
170m malevolent, wicked, Ps. 43, 1.— 
Spoken in allusion to the stork, Job 
39, 13; see in next art. 

2. pious towards God, godly, e. g. 
mins "ton the pious of Jehovah, i. e. 
his pious worshippers, saints, Ps. 30, 5. 
31, 24. 37, 28; i> "ΌΤΙ Ps. 4, 4. 

3. Of God, kind, merciful, gracious, 
Jer. 3, 12. Ps. 145, 17. 


ΓΤ ΟΠ f. (τ. 10M) the stork, pr. the 
pious, avis pia, so called from the affec- 
tion and tenderness it manifests, towards 


_ its parents and its young, for which it 


was celebrated in antiquity ; see Plin. 
H. Ν. X. 23. AKlian. Hist. An. 3. 23. ib. 
10. 16. On the contrary, the Arabs call 


S$ 1f ‘ 
the male ostrich partis the impious, on 


account of its neglect and ‘cruelty to- 
wards its young ; comp. Job 39, 13 sq.— 
Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Ps. 104, 17. 
Jer. 8, 7. Zech. 5, 9.. See Bochart Hie-. 
roz. II. 327 sq.—In Job 39,13 Hon | 
does not stand for che stork, but as an 
adj. fem. pia, pious, affectionate, in allu- 
sion however to the stork, thus: the 
wing of the ostrich exults, 572% BR 
Mein MIO but are her pinions “and 
feathers pious ? i. e. she is not, like the 
stork, affectionate towards her young, 
but treats them with cruelty, v. 14. 15. 
16. | 


DOF τη. (τ. 50m) pr. devourer, put for 
a species of locust, 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 
28. Ps. 78, 46. Is. 33, 4. Joel 1, 4. Sept: 
ἀκρίς and in 2 Chr. βροῦχος, which how- 
ever is rather the B73. — 

PUI adj. strong, mighty, Ps. 89, 9. 
R.,jon. 

OT] Chald. adj. wanting, deficient, 
sc. in weight, light, Dan. 5,27. R. "on. 


‘ on to eat off, to devour, Deut. 28, 
38. Chald. id. Kindr. are the roots " 
“Id, NOM. q. v.—Hence ΠΌΤ, 


. BoM to muzzle an ox Deut. 25, 4, 


to stop the nostrils, Ez. 39, 11 mon} 


ἘΞ ΤΟΝ KT (the valley) shall "stop 
the nostrils of them that pass by, i. e. ee 








᾿ jen 
its stench. Others render with the Sy- 
riac: it shall stop the way to them that 
pass by, sc. from the multitude of the 


slain. Kindr. 50" where see; comp. 
also onm.—Hence dion. 


. jon 1. to be strong, mighty, like 
Syr. and Chald. —mw», jo". The pri- 
mary idea lies in binding together; comp. 
n Pin no. 3.—Hence jin, °Or, jor. 

2. Trop. to be rich, wealthy, see OM ; 
- hence to heap together, to lay wp, to 


hoard, Arab. >: whence wy 


storehouse, magazine. 
Nipu. to be laid up, hoarded, Is. 23, 18. 
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 


JM Chald. Apu. or rather Hien. after 
the Hebrew manner, to possess, to have 
in possession, Dan. 7, 18. 22.—Hence 


ἼΘΙ Chald.m. emphat. 820n, strength, 
might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27. 

JOM τὰ. (τ. OM no. 2) riches, wealth, 
Prov. 15, 6. 27, 24. Jer. 20, 5. Ez. 22, 
25; treasure, abundance, Is. 33, 6 ἸῸΠ 
nis" abundance of deliverance, parall. 
“zis treasure.—Chald. ἸΌΤΙΝ to possess. 


᾿ ὉΠ in Kal not used, i. ᾳ. ΦΘΤΙ, to 
strip off bark, to peel, to scale, to scrape. 
- Arab. Visas to peel dates, and transp. 
ae to anes off; hence Chald. on, 


Arab. ke S and WA om, a scale, sherd, 


-. fragment of an earthen vessel, Syr. 


ἔξει ἢ id. In the occidental tongues 


words of the same stock are Gr. σκάπτω, 
Lat. scabo, squama; Germ. schaben, 
schuppen, Schuppe, Scherbe, Schiefer, 
schaufeln; Engl.scab, scale, shell,sherd ; 
in all which a sibilant precedes, as also 
in Heb. and Arab. 97ND, 2s .—Hence 
quadrilit. O80, part. pass. ὈΞΌΤΤ ; Ex. 
16,14 DEON. ~ something small cue 
off, like scales.—Hence 


NOM Chald. m. sherds, burnt clay, ο 


earthen-ware, Dan. 2, 33 sq. 
OBO quadril. see in r. HON. 


* CT fat. som, plur. mon, pr. to 
diminish, to be ‘cut short, intrans.— 
Kindr. are "13, "12, “XP; comp. >on, 
~>ta.—Hence 


"- 


—— 


333 





riers 
1. to be diminished, to fail, Gen. 8, 3. 


5. 1 K. 17, 14.—Also to fail, to be want- _ 


ing, 
15, 8. 

2. to want, to lack, to be without any 
thing, with acc. like other verbs of 
plenty and want, Deut. 2, 7. 8, 9. Ps. 34, 
11. Prov. 31, 11. Gen. 18, 28 pron aba 
mwan oan pwanm perhaps there 
shall lack five to the fifty righteous, lit. 
perhaps the fifty righteous shall lack 
five. Absol. to want, i. e. to be in want, 
to suffer need, Ps. 23, 1. Prov. 13, 25. 


Ecce. 9, 8; with > of. pers. De Digi 


Neh. 9, 21. Comp. Arab. ΤΣ. and 
_— to suffer harm or loss. 


Pret to cause to want or lack. Ps. 8,6 
ΠΝ Ὁ UA AMON thou hast tanned 
him to lack but little of a god; see in 
ovn>s B. 1. p. 54. With 12 of thing, 
Kee. 4, 8. 

Hiren. 1. Causat. to cause to fail, 
with accus. Is. 32, 6. 

2. Intrans. to want, to lack, i. e. to suf- 
fer want, Ex. 16, 18. 

Deriv. ΌΤΙ, “ora, and the five here 
following. 


“OM verbal adj. wanting, lacking, with 
ace. i K. 11.525; with 7 Ecc. 6,2. “ὉΠ 
ἘΠῚ lacking ἐγ 2 Sam. 3,29. 55 on 
lacking understanding Prov. 6, FQ 7, 
9,4. Subst. want of understanding 
Prov. 10, 21. 


OM} m. want, i Prov. 28, 22. 
Job 30, 3. 


“OF m. want, poverty, Am. 4, 6. Deut. 
28, 48. 57. 


M013 Hasrah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34, 22; 
for which in the parall. passage 2 K. 22, 
14 is Onn. 

pron m. (τ. 90M) deficiency, defect, 
Kee. 1, 15. 

ὉΠ adj. m. clean, pure, morally, Job 
33,9. R. san IL. 

DM see pin. 

Ὑ NET prob. i. gq. MM and pen I, to 
cover ; whence ΡΊΕΙ, to do covertly, se- 
cretly, 2 K. 17, 9. 


* SIEM to cover, to veil, 6. σ. the head 
2 Sam. 15, 30. Jer. 14,4; the face Esth. 


nen 


6,12. 7,8. Syr. Tou, Arab. Las iid. 


-Comp. ὭΞΙῚ I. 

Prex to overlay with gold, silver, etc. 
with two acc. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 7. 8. 9. 

Pua to be covered, Is. 4, 5; see in 
Mer no. 1. 

Nrpu. pass. of Pi. Ps. 68, 14. 


mem f. (τ. HEN 1) 1. @ covering, 
protection, Is. 4, 5 MBM TinD-bD-d> over 
all the glory shall be a covering, i. 6. 
protection. Others here take Bn as 
Pual of 755. 

2. a canopy; hence a bed with a 
canopy, curtains, bridal-bed, nuptial- 
couch, comp. ΠΣ. Ps. 19, 6. Joel 2, 16. 

3. Huppah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13. 


* TEM fat. tem to leap or start “τὰ 
kindr. with ΤΒΡ, »25, comp. 118, xl, 
ΩΣ γϑ: pals ath 

1. to start up, to rise up suddenly, in 
order to flee, 2 Sam. 4, 4. Job 40, 23. 
2 K. 7, 15 Cheth.— Hence 

3. to be startled, alarmed, Deut. 20, 3. 
Ps. 31, 23. 116, 11. 

Nipu. to flee away sc. in terror, to 
shrink away, 1 Sam. 23, 26. Ps. 48, 6. 
104, 7.—Hence 


ΤΕΣ m. haste, hasty flight, Ex. 12, 
11. Deut. 16, 3. 


D°ST (coverings) Huppim, pr. ἢ. m. 
a) Gen. 46, 21, elsewhere ἘΞΗΓΙ gq. v. 
b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. 15.—R. pen 1. 


μὴ jan obsol. root, Arab. ‘pac to take 
with both hands, to fill both hands.— 
Hence, unless the verb itself be a de- 
nominative, 


7271 only in dual D2BN, the two fists, 
Ex. 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12. Prov. 30, 4. Ez. 
10, 2. 7. Ecc. 4,6. Aram. sas, Arab. 
Gia. ) 

SARS. By transpos. πυγμή, pugnus. 

"251 (perh. fister, fighter, from 151) 
pr. n. Hophni, one of the sons of Eli, 
1 Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4. 


ἘΠ gan i. g. MBM, to cover, with 59, 
comp. 702; hence to protect, Deut. 33,12. 


Arab. ἕω to cover with a garment. 
The idea of covering lies in the syllable 
ἘΠῚ, as also in the kindr. 3m, >, 5p, 
55, >; comp. besides HEN and XBN, the 


334 





yen 
roots 82M and 73M to hide; "BD, aS, — 

22, and wp>, to cover; > Is. 31, 5, 
339, 439, etc. also 522, 923, in which 
Nun and Lamed are insect in the pri- 


mary syllable, as in 728, VAX, ete. 
Deriv. npn, DBT. 


7 1} 95m obsol. root, i 1. to rub, 
scrape, wipe off. Arab. a> rasit, fri- 
cuit. 

2. to wash off or away, to lave; hense | 
deriv. FIM, ἘΠ. 


“VET fut. yr and yan: Ps. 37, 
23. al, 

1. to bend, to curve ; Job 40, 17 ym, 

i221 he bendeth his tail, ete. Arab. 


Years to bend wood. 

2. Intrans. and metaph. to incline, to 
be favourably disposed: a) Towards 
any one, to delight tn, to favour, to love 
e. g. a person, c. 3 Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam. 
20, 11; God towards man, Num. 14, 8. 
2 Sam. 15, 26. Ps. 18, 20. al. Also of 
things, c. 2 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is. 56, 4. Ps. 
112, 1; acc. Ps. 40, 7. Mic. 7,18. b) To 
dolog any thing, i. q. to will, to desire, to 
please; absol. Cant. 2,7. 3,5; with a 
finite verb Is. 42, 21. 53, 10; init: c. > 
Deut. 25, 8. Ps. 40, 9. Job 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2, 
25; inf. simpl. Job 13, 3. 33, 32 "MSH 
ἩΡῚΣ 7 desire to justify thee, i.e. thy 
justification. 

Deriv. the three following: 


723 m. plur. constr. "¥8n Ps. 35, 
27. 40,15; but pmoxEM Ps. 111, 2; fem. 
MEM ; verbal adj. from r. yen. 

1. delighting in, loving any thing. Ps. 
5,8 πολ S89 yan Ἐκ ND. 34,13 pan 
pn loving life. 35, 27. 111, 2. With 
infin. and > Nah. 1, il. Also desiring, 
Ps, 40, 15 "ny ἼΧΕΤΙ. 35, 27. Mal. 3, 1. 

2. πβαρ: 1K. 21, 6 MR PEON tf 
thou art willing, if it plenies thee. 30, 33. 
1 Chr. 28, 9 MxDm ΘῈ a willing mind. 


TET τὴ. c. suff. ἜΧΕΙ 1. inclination 
to any thing, and hence favour, love, 
delight in any thing, Prov. 31,13. 4b ws 
2 V5M one delights in any thing 1 Sam. 
15, 22. 18, 25. Ecc. 5,3. 12,1. Ps. 1,2.— 
Concrete} that which delights, pleases 
any one, 1 K. 10, 13, "1 yam ΓΙῸΣ to de 
the pleasure of God, etc. Is. 44, 28. 46." 





35m 


- 10. 48,14. 1 K. 5, 8. 9.—Spec. desire, 
Ps, 107, 30. Job 31, 16. 

9. pn Clegunice; as causing de- 
phecione. Is. 54, 12. yRIp We pleasant 
land Mal. 3,12. Plur. 5°52 precious 
things Prov. 3, 15. 8, 11. 

3. Any application or purpose of mind, 
purpose, studium ; hence a business, a 
matter, affair, Sept. teayue.—Ecc. 3, 1 
ὙΠ 935 n>} and a time to every matter, 
i. e. all things are frail and fleeting, 
nothing is stable and enduring. 5, 7 το 
‘yearn ἘΣ HMM marvel not at the matter. 
8,6. The transition to this signification 
is manifest in passages like these: Is. 53, 
10 m>x2 Ἴπὴξ Hin ὙῈΠ the pleasure of 
Jehovah (i. 6. his cause, affair) shall pros- 
per inhis hand. 44,28. 58, 3.13. Job 21, 


21. 22,3.—Similar is Syr. ay a mat- 

ter, business, affair, from [o, ig. YER 

to will. 

_  - AAEM (my delight is in her) Heph- 
zibah pr. n. of the mother of king Ma- 

nasseh, 2 K. 21,1. Also as a symbolic 

name of Zion, Is. 62, 4. 


#1. a) fat. "M2 1. to dig, to ex- 


cavate ; Arab. VIII, X, to dig 
S27 9. 
the sears, p> , ἃ well, pit; 


Syr. a6 to dig, j;a a pit, ditch. 
Hence with mid. rad. softened 74M q. v. 
In the Indo-European tongues the idea 
of digging is expressed by transpos. in 
γράφω, χρίμπτω, Germ. graben, Engl. 
grave; and with a sibilant prefixed Lat. 
sCRiBo ; with r softened γλάφω, γλύφω, 
sCaLPo, sCuLPo.—Absol. Jer. 13, 7; 


with acc. 6. g. a pit, well, Ecc. 8, 8. Ps.- 


7, 16. Gen. 21, 30. Num. 21,18. So ¢o 
dig for any thing, Ex. 7, 24. Job 3, 21. 
Poet. of the war-horse pawing the 
ground, Job 39, 21 P22 47H they paw 
in the valley ; comp. Virg. Georg. 3. 87, 
88 cavat tellurem.—Metaph. to dig a pit 
for any one, i.e. to plot against him, 6. 
> Ps. 35, 7. 

2. to dig out, i. e. to search or spy out, 
to explore ; Job 39, 29 from thence he 
spieth out the prey. With acc. to explore 
a land, to spy out, Deut. 1,22. Josh. 2, 2. 
3.—For Is. 2, 20 see H7595N. 

. Deriv. 7295N, pr. ἢ. aN, DYES. 


- 





335 “20 


* TT. 9273 fat. rans, plur. sent. in 


pause 17977, Arab. > to become red. 


to blush, kindr. perhaps with "7217 no. 2 
to be red. Hence to be ashamed, to be 
put to shame, espec. as being frustrated 
or disappointed in one’s plans and ex- 
pectations, Ps. 35, 4. 26. 40, 15. 70, 3. 
83, 18. Is. 24, 23. Ser: 15,9; with 5735 
Ps. 34, 6. Job 11, 18 Ξϑϑ naa men 
now thou art dshitumedd, ‘then shalt thou 
lie down in quiet. With ἽὩ of that in 
which one is disappointed, ashamed, Is. 
1, 29; comp. Wiz. 

Hira! to bring to shame, to cause dis- 
grace, Prov. 19, 26. 

2. Intrans. like Kal; comp. verbs of 
colour, Heb. Gram. ὃ 52. 2. n; to be 
ashamed, to be put to shame, Is. 54, 4. 
Trop. of Mount Lebanon, as grieving 
for the loss of its beauty, Is. 33,9. Also 
to act shamefully, to come to shame, Prov. 
13, 5. 


“EM see mIBION. 


“2M (a pit, well, r.-=m 1) Hepher, 
pr. n. 

1. A royal city of the Canaanites, 
Josh. 12, 17; comp. 1 K. 4, 10. 

2. of nexerat men: a) A son of Gi- 
lead Num. 26, 32. 27,1. Josh. 17,2. Pa- 
tronym. “"2n Hepherite Num. 26, 32. 
b) An officer of David 1 Chr. 11, 36. 6) 
1 Chr. 4, 6. 


Dye (two pits) τρανό pr. ἢ. 
ofa place i in Issachar, Josh. 19, 19. 


757 pr. n. Hophra, aking of Egypt, 
contemporary with Webuchadnezzar, 
Jer. 44, 30. Sept. Οὐαφρῆ, in Manetho 
GPapods) the eighth king of the second 
Saitic dynasty ; the same who is called 
by the Greeks ‘Amoing, Hdot. 2.161, 162, 
169. ib. 4.159. Diod. Sic. 1. 68. See 
Rosellini Monum. Storici IT. 143. 

MIB f. (Ὁ. ΒΤ 1) an animal which 
frequents houses, so called from its dig- 
ging or burrowing; Jerome, a mole ; 
better perhaps, a rat. In Is. 2, 20, 
where we now read divided ning “Bm 
i,e. into the digging of rats, q. ἃ. rats’ 
holes, the plural form of this noun ought 
prob. to be restored, as better suited to 
the context, .viz! nine yen to the pos 
or moles. PS m3. 


ὯΕΤῚ 


«wen fut. plur. "wpm, pr. to dig, 
Sept. αὐ λλὸ Ps. 76, 7; Chald. and Sa- 


‘nar. ODM id. Kindred parhepe with “5M ΄ 


1, the “and Ὁ being interchanged. In 
Heb. only trop. to seek, to search after, 
to find out, 6. g. wisdom Prov. 2,4; secret 
things Prov. 20,27; one’s conduct Lam. 
3,40. Also to devise, to contrive ; Ps. 64, 
7 midis swam they devise wickedness. 

Nien. pass. to be searched out, Obad. 6. 

Pie to seek, to search, absol. Gen. 31, 
35. 44, 12. -With acc. to search out, 
1 Sam. 23, 23; to search through 1 K. 
20, 6. Zeph. 1, 12. Metaph. once Ps.77, 
7 "TAN wen my spirit maketh search, 
inquiry. 

Puat 1. to be sought, and so ‘to let 
oneself be sought,’ i. 6. to hide oneself, 
Prov. 28, 12; comp. v. 28, and Hithpa. 

2. to be searched out, devised, Ps. 64, 7. 

Hirupa. pr. to let oneself be sought, 
i. 6. to hide oneself, see Pu. no. 1; hence 
to disguise oneself, 1 Sam. 28, 8: 1 Καὶ. 20, 
38 ἼΣΟΣ “MHRA wenn and dismmaed 
himself with a ‘bandage over his eyes. 
22,30. Job 30,18 "w»a> wenn ΠΙΞ 32 
thepiich the violenieg (of disease) my gar- 
ment is disguised, i. e. my skin or exter- 
nal appearance is changed ; comp. v. 19. 
—Hence 


2M m. a device, purpose, Ps. 64, 7. 


See τ. WEN Pu. no. 2. 


. WEN pr. to be loose, free, opp. to 
what is bound, restrained. Hence 

1. to spread out loose things, to spread 
loosely, see YEN. Arab. URS II, to 
stretch out, to prostrate. 

2. to lie prostrate, and hence to be 
weak, feeble, exhausted. Comp. 02m. 


Arab. mid. E. Hence miter. 
3. to set free, e. g. a slave. Arab. 
to be poured out freely. Hence 


Puat to be set free, to be freed, asa 
slave, Lev. 19, 20. 
τ Deriv. the four following. 


DON m. a spreading out, stratio ; once 
Eiz. 27, 26 mas > Opn-"732 tapetes stra- 
te ad equitandim, i i. e. cloths spread out, 
carpets, for riding and driving. 


TWEEN f. freedom, Lev. 19, 20. R. 
Der no. 3. 


336 





aan 
PAWOM and MUST £ weakness, in- 


firmity, disease, whence "Enh ΓΒ 
the sick-house, infirmary, hospital, 2 Κα. 


15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 21. R. Φξπ no. 2. 
“WEN adj. (pr. from a subst. WE i. q. 


nen, ‘with the adj. ending “—) plur. — 


pwn. 

1. prostrate, weak, feeble, Ps. 88, 6. 
But see in no. 2. 

2. free, opp. to a slave or captive, Job 
3,19. "EM nbw to let go free, e.g. a 
slave, Deut. 15, 12. 13. 18; 
id. Ex. 21, 26.27. "wan si, stend ’ " 
to go out free, to be set free, δὲ under 
nx". [Ps. 88,6 "W5m Bonz. free among 
the dead, sc. trom the cares and oppres- 
sion of life; comp. Job 3, 19.—R. 

3. free from public taxes and burdens, 
1 Sam. 17, 25. 


PMWEN see mien. 
77 τα. (τ. 72") c. suff. "8M, plur. Bsn; 


also "2M (Milél) with Yod parag. 1 Sam. 
20, 36.37. 38 Cheth.2K.9,24. 


1. an arrow,2 K. 13,17. 1Sam.20,20. 


ὈΠΣΤΙ ΤΟΣ Ξ arrow-men, archers, Gen. 49, 


23. Trop. the arrows of God are light-. 


nings, Hab. 3,11; also poet. evils, cala- 
mities, inflicted upon men, Deut. 32, 23 
comp. v. 42. Job 6, 4. Ps, 38, 3. 91,5; 
espec. famine Ez, 5, 16.—Num. 24, 8 
yrrat wan he doth shake his arrows in 
blood ; comp. Ps. 68, 24, and 7112 no. 2. 

2. an αὐλοὶ Αδαρ wound, Job 34, 6. 
—Vice versa, in Eurip. Iphig. Taur. 314, 
missile weapons are called τραύματα 
ἐπιόντα, flying wounds. 

3, mun yn 1 Sam. 17,7 Cheth. the 
iron point of a spear. But i in Keri and 


the similar passages 2 Sam. 21,19. 1 Chr. 


20, 5, the reading is 72 wood i.e. the 
handle or shaft of a spear; and this 
alone is suited to the context. 

* 2ST and 237 Is. 5, 2, fat. S87. 

1. to cut, to hew, to hew out, espec. 
stones; kindr. 30m. For the primary 
idea of cutting, which lies in the sylla- 
ble yn, see in y2.—Deut. 6, 11. 8, 9. 
Is. 5, 2. 10, 15. 22, 16. Prov. 9,1. Part. 


paz hewers of stone, stone-cutters, 2 Καὶ. 


12, 13. 1 Chr. 22, 2.15. 2 Chr. 24, 12; 
also hewers of wood, wood-cutters, 1 K. 
5, 39 [15]. 2 Chr. 2, 1.17. Metaph. Ps. 
29, 7 the voice of Jehovah cleaveth out 


ἜΣΤΙ mw 








en 


flames of fire, i. e. sends forth forked 
lightnings ; comp. Pu. 
_ 2. Trop. to cut off, to destroy ; Hos. 6, 
5 pwg7ara ἼΏΞΕΓΙ 7 cut them off by pro- 
phets, i. e. I announce to them death 
and destruction. The other member has 
Bors. 
Nipu. to be cut in, to be graven, on 
stones, Job 19, 24. . 
ραν to be hewn out, formed, Is. 51, 1. 
Hiren. i. q. Kal. no. 2. Is. 51, 9. 
Deriv. 3472. 


"ΓΝ fut. ΠΥ, with Vav conv. 
yn. 


--- 


1. to cut in two, to halve, like kindr. 


yin q.v. Chald. and Syr. 83m, xu, 
to cut or dig out. 

2. to divide, espec. a) Into two parts, 
to halve, Gen. 32, 8. Ps. 55, 24 ¥m7 ND 

ἘΠ 2} they do not halve laeir days, i. 8. 
do not live out’ half their lives. With 
Pa... 13 pregn. to divide and distribute 
between, among, Num. 31, 27. 42. Is. 30, 
28 NEMNI Wx ID the stream divides his 
even to the neck, i. 6. rises to the neck 
and there divides him asit were into two 
parts. b) Also into several parts, Gen. 
23, 1. Judg. 7, 16. 9, 43. Job 40, 30 [41, 
6]. : 
Nipu. to divide oneself, to be divided, 
2 K. 2, 8. 14. Dan.11, 4. Spec. into two 
parts, Ez. 37, 22. 

Deriv. "¥, ΤΙΣΙ, ΠΕ, mxn2, 
and pr. names byxns, “byssnn, 


ZT (enclosure, castle) Hazor, pr. n. 
a) Acity in Naphtali, fortified by Solo- 

mon, Josh. 11,1. 12, 19. 19, 36. Judg. 4, 
2.1K. 9,15. 2 K. 15, 29. [It appears 
to have been situated on the high 
ground somewhere to the south of Ke- 
desh; see Biblioth. Sacra, 1846, p. 212 
sq.—R.] b) Another in Benjamin, 
Neh. 11, 33. 9) Two cities in the 
south of Judah, Josh. 15, 23. 25. One is 
called also jin" v. 25. 4) A region 
of Arabia, Jer. 49, 28. 

MALE see maze, a trumpet. 

PASM f. sing. only in constr. mixn, 
the middle, midst, as 37> nixn mid. 
night Job 34, 20. Ps. 119, 62. Ex. 11, 4. 
R. msn. 

"£13 m. (τ. HM) constr. "2M, c. suff. 
“en 

29 


337 





e an, 


yan 


1. half, the half part, Ex. 24,6. Num. 
15, 9. 10. Josh. 22, 23. A22En the half of 
us 2 Sam. 18, 3; sn Is. 44, 16. 19. 

2. the mild midst, 2 Plan, 10, 4. 

mb ἜΣΤΙ midnizht Tada, 16, 3. Ruth 
3, 8. 

Nore. 
in 77. 

Min XI (midst of resting= 
places) Hatsi-hammenuchoth, pr. n. m. 


For "3M signifying arrow, see 


1 Chr. 2, 52, Hence patronym: "ΣΤ 
ΤΣ ΓΙ v. 54. 
YEN m. 1. i. ᾳ. I¥M, pr. an enclo- 


sure, court ; then poet. a dwelling-place, 
habitation, i. q. ΓΞ. Is. 34, 13 WSN © 
mp3 nina a dwelling-place ‘for ostrich: 
es. 35,7 a court for reeds and rushes. 
R. 755 no. 1. 

2. grass, herbage, Job 8, 12. 40, 15. ° 
Ps. 104, 14. al. Spec. @ leek, collect. 
leeks, Num. 11,5. R."¥5 no, 2. 


eaSn a root not in use, having the 
primary force of strength, firmness, like 


the kindr. j8, jom, and Arab. ras 


to be firm, fortified, whence Soe for- 
tress.—Hence the two following: 

J=3 m. the arm, fore-arm, as the seat 
and symbol of strength. Ps. 129, 7, see 
in "a> Piel. 

720 τὰ. (v. ἼΞΠ) the arm, on which 
children are carried, the bosom, Is. 49, 22. 
Hence also bosom of a garment, Sept. 


ἀναβολή, Neh. 5,13. Arab. pas arm 


bosom; denom. ,. to carry in the 


Eth. dw bosom. 


*t/Z0 Chald. to be hard, rough; 
hence to be harsh, severe ; see Thesaur. 
p- 510. 

Apu. part. ΓΒ ΓΙ strict, severe, of a 
royal edict, Dan. 2,15. 3, 22. 


arms or bosom. 


“VS5 to divide, and intrans. to be 
divided. Arab. yas ITT, ay, to divide 


one’s portion with another, a> part, 


portion. Talmud. to cut or hew in 
pieces, whence MX"EM an axe or adze; 
trop. to distinguish. Kindred roots are 
nn, Chald.1xm. The primary, 


yan 


force of cutting, hewing, sharpening toa 
point, is possessed by the syllable ym in 
common with the kindred 1M, 4M, see 
i, TI, win; also VP, O35, τὰ, 7A, 
see ‘Mnder TTS, 113, ΥῈΡ a τ δὲ ται 30, 97 
the locusts hate no ph sb = ysn ἘΣ 
yet go they forth all of them divided, 1. @ 


in divisions, bands; comp. Gen. 14, 15. 


Jerome: per turmas suas. 

Prev part. o°sxra Judg. 5,11, either: 
those dividing sc. the booty, spoil; comp. 
Is. 9, 2. 33, 23. Ps. 68, 13; or, with the 
Pater. and Rabbins, ναρ ζιαιβον; archers, 
as denom. from YM an arrow; comp. 
Targ. Judg. 5, 8. 

Puau to be divided out, to be allotted, 
e. g. the months of one’s life, Job 21, 21. 

Deriv. 77, and the two following. 


7* τὰ. 1. ig. YM, an arrow, poet. 
for lightnings, Ps. 77, 18. 

2. a small stone, gravel-stone, as cut 
or broken small; collect. gravel, grit, 
Prov. 20, 17. Lam. 3, 16.—Syr. {yew, 


“ῳω» 
Arab. «65: Eth. &8. 


WAN FLIN, WALI (pruning of 
the palm) Gen. 14, 7. 2 Chr. 20, 2, Ha- 


zezon-tamar, pr. n.of a city on the west- | 


ern shore of the Dead Sea, renowned 
for its palm-trees; afterwards called j7> 
"13 En-gedi. On the palms of En-gedi, 
see Plin. H. N. V. 7. Celsii Hierob. II. 
491. 

MASE and MING Γ a trumpet, 
Num. 10, 2 sq. 31, 6. Hos. 5,8. 2 K. 12, 
14. This was the straight trumpet, 
different from the "piv buccina or horn, 
which was crooked like a horn; see 
Joseph. Ant. 3.12.6. Jerome ad Hos. 
5,8. Buxtorf Lex. p.816.—The etymo- 
logy has occasioned various conjectures. 
With most interpreters, I have formerly 
referred it to "xm, Arab. to be 


present, Conj. X to call together, to con- 
voke; whence then the form "iz after 
the elders of Arab. Conj. XII, i. q. to 
convoke sc. with the trumpet; and hence 
maxxn trumpet, so called as used for 
convoking an assembly. Others, as re- 
cently, Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 242, sup- 
pose the trumpet to be so called as being 
narrow and slender ; a meaning which 
1s not found in the root either in Hebrew 


338° 


or Arabic. But there can be little doubt, " 





"Zr 


that this is an onomatopoetic word, imi- 
tating the broken pulse-like sound of the 
trumpet, like the Lat. taratantara in 
the verse of Ennius ap. Serv. ad Virg. 
fen. 9. 503. Germ. trarara. Similar 
to this is the Hebrew word, especially 
4 pronounced in the Arabic manner, 


οἰ, 2. haddderah.—Hence the de-. 


nom. verb: 


“XEN to trumpet, to blow the trumpet, 
found only i in part. ὉΠ ΤΙ (O™ ESM) 
1 Chr. 15, 24. 2 Chr. 5, 13. 7, 6. 13, 14. 
29, 28 Chethibh. In Keri, one X being 
dropped, it is every where DEM i. 6. 
p°xm9 Part. Pi. by a needless correc- 
tion of what was an unusual form.—In 
2.Chr. 5, 12 is B""""M2, which seems 
to be an error of the transcriber. 


* "ET obsol. root. 1: to surround, 
to enclose with a wall, hedge, etc. Arab. 

“ὯΔ. to surround, to besiege, Eth. 
mh&Z to wall in. Comp. in "t5h.— 
Hence "2m, ἜΣΤΙ no. 1, and pr. n, ΣΤ, 
vinx, Ὄπ. 

2. to be green, verdant. Arab. rs 


to be green, sc. a field, grain, etc.— — 


Hence ΝΠ no. 2, grass. 
Note. Etymologists have usually as- 
sumed here two different roots. But the 


connection of the ideas is shown in the. 


Greek χόρτος, which like "3M signifies 
first an enclosure, court, especially for 
cattle; and then a pasture, and by me- 
ton. pasturage, i.e. grass, green herbage, 
etc. See Passow and other Gr. Lex. 
art. χόρτος. 


2M constr. ἜΣΤΙ, c. suff. "750; Ναὶ 
ἘΠ ΣΤ constr. “azn, also ninsn boriste 
ninsn, comm. geil: an enclosure, 1. Ἣν 
an ἍΝ place surrounded by a fence, 
paling, wall, ete.—Spec. ~~ 

1. a court, before or surrounded by a 
building; 6. g. a private dwelling, Ex. 
8,9. 2 Sam. 17, 18. Neh. 8, 16. 
minan court of the guard or prison Jer. 


32, 2. 12. 33,1. Neh. 3,25. Ofa palace, — 


1 K. 7, 8. 9. 12. Esth. 2,11.. Before the 
tabernacle Ex. 27, 12 sq. 35, 17. 18. 40, 
8. Also of the temple, which had two 
courts; one inner, "72728 “smn Ez. 40, 
28. 32, and m"- 1 K. 6, 36. Ez. 10, 3; 


“sn 
bo 4 








a an, 








Ἐν 


called also the court of the priests 2 Chr. 
4,9; the other the outer, T2ix°NA ΤΙΣ 
Ez. 10, 5. 40, 17. 31. Plur. Is. 1, 12. Ps. 
65, 5. 

2. a village, hamlet, Lat. villa, pagus, 
i. 6. farm-buildings, farm-hamlets, usual- 
ly erected around an open space or court, 
often in the neighbourhood of cities, 
Josh. 13, 23. 28. 15, 32 sq. 1 Chr. 4, 33, 
Neh. 11, 25. Diff. from 97353 ΓΞ, Josh. 
15,47. Spoken also of the movable vil- 
lages or encampments of nomadic tribes, 
who usually pitch their tents in a circle, 
or so as to form an ericlosure, Gen. 25, 
16. Deut. 2, 23. Is. 42,11; comp. Ps. 10, 
8.—Hence 

3. As the name of several cities and 
villages: 

a) Ἐπ τΟΣΤῚ Hazar-Addar (village of 
Addar) a place on the border of the tribe 
of Judah Num. 34, 4; called shortly "78 
Josh. 15, 3. 

b) ποῖ “XM Josh. 19, 5, and "xn 
po 1 Chr. 4, 31, Hazar-susah or Ha- 
Zar-susim (village of horses) in the tribe 
of Simeon. 

6) find ἜΧΠ Ez. 47,17, and 4279 "sn 
48, 1. Num. 34, 9. 10, \Haserenan (vil- 
lage of fouditains) on the northern bor- 
der of Palestine. 

d) dai asm Hazar-shual (village of 
jackals) Josh. ‘15, 28. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4, 28. 
Neh. 11. 27, in the tribe of Simeon. 

e) a “zm Hazer-hatticon (mid- 
dle village) Ez. 47, 16, on the borders of 
Hauran, Auranitis. . 

f) Plur. ninszm Hazeroth, a station of 
the Israelites after leaving Sinai, prob. 
the fountain now called ’Ain el-Hidhera, 
1! a5; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.223. 


—Num. 11, 35. 12,16. 33,17. Deit. 1, 1. 
In Hezro, see in "2". 


IZ (enclosed, walled in, τ. °¥") 
Hezron, pr. n. a) A son of Reuben 
Gen. 46, 9. Ex.6,14. Patronym. is 72°34 


Num. 26, 6. b) A son of Perez Gen. 
46, i2: Ruth 4, 18. Gr. ᾿Εσρώμ Matt. 
1,3) ΥΑ ity in the south of Judah, 


called also "izm Josh. 15, 25. 


"72 (id.) Hezrai, pr. n. of one of 
-David’s military chiefs, 2 Sam: 23, 35 
Chethibh. In Keri and 1 Chr. 11, 37, 
‘ins Hezro. 


339 





apn 


HITS (court of death) Hazarma. 
veth, pr. ἢ. of a district in Arabia Felix, | 
situated on the Indian ocean and abound: 
ing in frankincense, myrrh, and aloe; 
but noted for the insalubrity of the 
climate, whence the name; still called 


by the Arabs es , Hadramaut. 
Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr’ 1, 20. See Abulfe- 
de Arabia ed. Gagn. p. 45. Niebuhr’s 
Descr. of Arabia p. 283-294. Germ. 

PT see Pp". 3 
ῬΤῚ τη. (r. PRM no. 3) c. Makk. “pn, c. 
suff. "pr, but ΡΠ Lev. 10, 13, popn Ex. 
5,14; hie DPN constr. Ἢ smand “pan Ez. 
20, 18; pr. something etachent. prescrib- 
ed, pratt e. g. "pM that which is 
décresd or appointed for me, Job 23, 14. 

—Spec. 

1. An appointed portion, e. g. of la- 

bour, a task, Ex. 5, 14. Prov. 31, 15; of 
food, an allowance, Prov. 30, 8. Gen. 47, 
22. 
_ 2. An appointed bound, limit, Job 26, . 
10. Prov. 8.29. Jer.5,22, ph 753) with- 
out bound, without measure, immeasur- 
ably, Is. 5, 14. 

3. An appointed time, set time, Job 14, 
13. Mic. 7, 11. 

4. A prescribed statute, ordinance, law, 
Gen. 47, 26. 1 Sam. 30,25. Ps. 81,5. In 
Sing. also coliect. ef a body of laws 
(comp. 5m) Ex. 15, 25. Is. 24,5. Plur. 
statutes, laws, espec. laws prescribed 
from God to men, Deut. 4, 5. 8. 14. 6, 
24. 11, 32. 12,1; of the laws of nature 
Job 28, 26. Ps. 148,6. Also: 8) ade- 
cree of God Ps. 2,7; comp. Job 23, 14. 
b) a statutory portion, appointed portion, : 
as fixed by law, Ex. 29, 28. Lev. 7, 34. 
10,15. Num.18,8. 6) a custom, having 
the authority of law, Judg. 11, 39, 2 Chr. 
35, 25. 


* pn in Kal not used, i. q. PPM, pr. 
to cut in, to hew, i. q. to hack ; hence to 
engrave, to carve, see Pual no. 1; to de- 
lineate, to portray, see Pual no. 2, comp. 
PRG no. 2; also to hack up the ground, 
to dig, see Hithpa. 

Pua part. ΠΡ 1. engraved, carv- 
ed, 1 K. 6, 35. 

2. delineated, portrayed, painted, Ez. 
8, 10; comp. 23, 14. . 

Hirup. to hack up the ground with a 


owe Ge 


npn 


hoe or pickaxe, to dig a trench, ete. So 
from the primary Rentheatian I would 
explain Job 13,27 NpMNM 737 ὙΦ ΣΤΟΣ 
around the roots (soles) of my feet hast 
thou digged,i. e. hast made a trench, so 
that I can go no further, thou hast stop- 
ped my way; comp. 19, 8. Lam. 3, 7. 
Usualiy, around the roots of my feet hast 
thou drawn lines, i. e. made marks how 
far 1 may go. 

“pi fem. of ph no. 4, a statute, law, 
ordinance. Sing. spoken always of a 
single law; 6. g.noBm mpm the law of 
the passover Ex.12,43. Num. 9, 14. 19,2. 
Lev. 3, 17. al.—Plur. statutes, laws, Lev. 
18, 5. 26. 20, 13. Ez. 5. 6. 48, 18. Deut. 
8,11. 2 Sam. 7,19. al. Of the laws of 
the heavens, of nature, Job 38, 33. Jer. 
31, 35. 33, 25. Also customs, 1 K. 3, 3. 
Mic. 6, 16; of the heathen i. e. idolatry 
2 K. 17, 8. Lev. 20, 23. 


NDAPTI (bent, crooked) Hakupha, pr. 
n.m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 7, 53. R. pn. 


* Ti" i. gq. Arab. Wass to bend one- 
self. to be crooked. Hence pr. ἢ. 8B3PN. 


= pen pr. to cut in, to hew, to hew in; 
comp. the kindred verbs (all of which 


Ge 
and 


to cut or hew with the sword, 
and then also to stamp vioiently, to en- 


also are onomatopoetic) MPN 


Φφ. 


counter violently ; GAD and Keke id. 
Germ. hacken, Engl. to hack. We may 
remark in passing. that espec, in verbs 
ΣΡ, which double the middle radical, 
there are many which are onomatopo- 
etic, and therefore common to several 
πη δ. ἊΝ as PP? to lick, 333, HDL, to 
tap, to grope, bby allen, bby tinnio, 
schallen. PEI to beat. to pound, etc. and 
also in dsubled forms, as "393 gargari- 
zavit, DSO pipivit, byby tintinnum edi- 
dit, etc. Spec. 

1. to cut in, 6. g. a sepulchre in a rock, 
to hew in, Is. 22, 16; letters and figures 
ona tablet, to grave in, to inscribe. γράφω, 
Is. 30, 8. Ez. 4, 1. 

2. i. ᾳ. γράφω, to grave, to trace, to 
portray, Is. 49, 16. Ez. 23, 14. 

3. to ordain, to appoint, Prov. 8, 27. 
29 ; to decree, as a judge Is. 10,1. Part. 
PPM poet. for ves, judge, leader, ruler, 
Judg. 5. 9. 


340 





“ph, 


Puat part. Ppns pr. what is prescrib- 
ed, i. 6. a law, statute, Prov. 31, 5. 

Horn. fat. "PA" (for prs Dag. f. be- 
ing dropped) to be graved in, inscribed, 
Job 19, 23. 

Po. i. q. Kal no. 3, to decree Prov. 8, 
15. Part. ppm a) a lawgiver, Deut. 
33, 21. Is. 33, 22; a judge, leader, ruler, 
i. q. DEW, Jade. 5.14. 6) a@ sceptre, as 
the badge of power, Num. 21, 18. Ps. 
60, 9. Gen. 49, 10. 

Deriv. ΡΠ , OPM, pr. n. PRN , and 


Piet} m. only in plur. constr. "ppm de- ὦ 
crees Is. 10, 1; resolves, determinations, 
Judg. 5, 15, Shee it corresponds to the 
similar word ΠΡ in ν. 16. 


pen Hukkok, pr. n. of a town on the 
confines of Asher and Naphtali, Josh. 19, 
34; for which psn 1 Chr. 6, 60. Perh. 
mod. Yékik, Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ. 
App. p. 133. Biblioth. Saer. 1843, p. 80. 


τ “pM ' fut. "pri Job 13, 9, to search, 
to search out; to examine, pr. the interior 
of the earth, spoken of mining, Job 28, 3 
The primary idea lies in boring and dig 
ging ; kindred with "2, %3>.—Constr. 
absol. Deut. 13, 15. Ez. 39, 14; with 
acc. of pers. or thing, to search out, to 
explore, e.g. a land Judg. 18, 2; food 
and drink, i. q. to taste, to try, Prov. 23, 
30 ; wisdom Job 28, O17 ; the mind or 
heart of any one 1 Sam. 20, 12, Ps. 139, 
1. Prov. 28, 11 the rich man is wise in 
his own eyes,32>—M7 4722 9.1) but the poor 


‘man who hath understanding searcheth 


him through ; Sept. καταγνώσεται, Aqu. 
Theod. ἐξιχνιάσει. 

Prez i. ἃ. Kal, Ecc. 12, 9. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal, Jer. 31, 37. 1 K. 7, 
47 Ὠφγ Spin ἜΤ Nd the weight of ; 
the brass was not to be searched out, as- 
certained ; comp. "PM ἡ. 

Deriv. ἘΠ and 


“PM 1. asearching out, examination, 
Job 34, 24; Prov. 25, 27 see in 7122 no. 
2% Retire “PM ik no searching out, 
past finding out, cancion Prov. 25, 
3; so of what is innumerable. Job δ. 9. 
9,10. 36,26. Also 32 "APN searchings of 
mind, queries, deliberations, Judg. 5, 16. 

2. What is known only by searching 
out, a secret, the inmost part,Job 33, 16 
binn 7PNn the secret recesses of the deep. 





ΟΠ 
Metaph. mi>x “pm Job 11, 7, i. ᾳ. τὰ 


βάϑη tov ϑεοῦ 1 Cor. 2, 10. . 


~ 





‘TI. a. only in plur. oh, nobles, 
Sfree-born, 1 K. 21, 8. 11. Neh. 2, 16. 4, 
13; once fully written ΘΠ EKce. 10, 17. 
R. 727 no. 3, q. v.—But on Horites 
see in "5h II. 


Il. "7 a hole, see >in. 
WI see “AN. 
557337 WH pr. n. see in S273. 


. Ran or R20 obsol. root, Arab. 
Be 
Om 
for this act. Hence, wherever a deriv- 
ative from it occurs in the text, the He- 
brew critics have placed in the margin 
or Keri a less offensive expression. See 
the deriv. ΓΝ ΠΏ, and 


to ease oneself, the vulgar word 


D875 τὴ, plur. constr. "4 for "X40 
2K. 6,25; c. suff. pa Ran Is. 36, 12, and 
contr. DiI" 2 K. 18, 27; excrements, 
dung. In Is.1.c. and 2 K. 18, 27 is read 
in Keri the less vulgar MNix, the vowels 
of which are written under this word in 
the text—2 K. 6, 25 07219 “=m doves’ 
dung; which may be taken literally ; 
since it is not incredible that persons 
oppressed by severe famine should de- 
vour even the excrements of animals; 
comp. Celsii Hierobot. II. p.32. Rosen- 
miller ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. p. 573. 
Still, it is not improbable, that some 
kind of vegetable food is to be here un- 
derstood ; just as the Arabs call the herb 


Kali, sparrows’ dung, pirat > ; 


and as in Germ. asafcetida is called de- 
vil’s dung. See Bochart Hieroz. II. 
p-580 sq. But comp. Celsius |.c. p. . 233, 
who clearly shows that Bochart was 
mistaken in affirming that among the 
Arabs doves’ or sparrows’ dung is a com- 
mon epithet for chickpeas or vetches 
fried. In Keri 2 K. 1. c. is D773 q. v. 


* 35M and 21 fut. 23773, once 33209 
Jer. 26, Ὁ in’ some copies ; imperative 
ann. 

1. to be dried up, to be dry, spoken of 
water, streams, Gen. 8, 13. Hos. 13, 15. 
Ps. 106, 9.—It seems to denote merely 
the absence or failure of water, and thus 
differs from 3" to be fully dry, dried ; 

29* 


941 





an 


see Gen. 8, 13 comp. 14; also Job 14, 11 
Is. 19, 5, where Wat SIT? Wy ex 
presses graitices Of the same ‘family 
is Gr, κάρφω. 

2. to be laid waste, to lie desert, e. g. 
lands, cities; since dry places quickly 
become waste and desert (comp. Is. 42, 
15. 48, 21); Is. 34, 10. Jer. 26, 9.; of 
sanctuaries Am.7,9. Also to be wasted, 
destroyed, of a people, Is. 60, 12; and 
trans. to waste, to destroy, Jer. 50, 21. 27. 


—Arab. o to be laid waste, Conj. I], 


to waste to destroy; kindr. with which ὦ 


is Coys I, ΠῚ, IV, to wage war. 

3. to be amazed, astonished, Jer. 2,12; 
since the silence and solitude of the 
desert overpower the mind. See the 
synon, 072. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be deso- 
lated, to be laid waste, Ez. 26, 19. 30, 7. 

2. Recipr. to waste one another, to fight 
together, 2 K. 3, 23. 

Pua. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be dried, 
Judg. 16, 7. 8. 

Hiex. 1. todry up water 2 K. 19, 24. 
Is. 50, 2. Jer. 51, 36. 

2. to desolate, to lay waste cities, lands, 
Ez. 19,7. Judg. 16, 24; to destroy a peo- 
ple 2 K. 19, 17: Is. 49, 17. 

Hopu. pass. of Hiph. no. 2. Ez. 26, 2. 
29, 12. 

The deriv. all follow. 


377 Chald. i. q. Heb. 
Hopn. to be laid waste, destroyed, 
Ezra 4, 15. 


3 adj. fem.n39n 1. dry, Lev. 7, 
10. Prov. 17,1. 

2. waste, desolate, Jer. 33,10. 12. Neh. 
2, 3.17. Ez. 36, 36. 


a7) f. in pause 294, c. suff. "25, 
plur. ΤΊΞ ΤΙ, constr. nian. 
1.6 sword, as laying waste, destroy- 


ing; Arab. — Syr. [Topo whence 
Gr. ἅρπη, see Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 760. 
So 237] "b> 42H to smite with the edge of 
the sword, i. 6. to slay with the sword. 
Deut. 13, 16. 20, 13. Josh. 6, 21. 8, 24. 
10, 28. 3973 370 to slay with the sword 3 
Josh. 13,22. ‘ma 459 to fall by the sword, 
Num. 14, 3. Is. 3, 25. Jer. 11,22, mind 
237 iniqiities (worthiy) of the sword i, e. 


or 


of death, Job 19,29. Metaph. ofa false 
and slanderous tongue, Ps. 57, 5. 

2. Trop. of other cutting instruments, 
e. g. a knife for circumcising Josh. 5, 2. 
3; a knife or razor Ez. 5,1; a graver 
or chisel Ex. 20, 25; an axe Ez. 26, 9. 
Poet. of the curved tusks of the hippo- 
potamus, Job 40, 19. 

3. dryness, dpéught Deut. 28, 22; un- 
less perhaps it should be written 23h. 


275 and 375M (dry, desert) pr.n. Ho- 
reb, a lower part or peak of Mount Sinai, 
so called at the present day, from which 
one ascends towards the south the sum- 
mit of Sinai properly so called, or ἀμ 

Jebel Misa. Ex. 3, 1. 17,.6. 


Deut. 1, 2. 6. 4, 10. 15. 5,2. 18, 16. 1 K. 
8,9. 19,8. Mal.4,4. Comp. Burckhardt’s 
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 566sq. [But 
Horeb seems rather to have been a 
general name for the whole mountain, 
of which Sinai was a particular summit ; 
see Hengstenberg Auth. des Pentat. II. 
p. 396. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. pp. 177, 
551.—R. 


370 m. 1. dryness Judg. 6, 37. 39. 
Hence, drought, heat, Gen. 31,40. Hagg. 
1, 11. Is. 4, 6. 25, 4.5. Also of the dry- 
ness and heat of fever, Job 30, 30. 

2. waste, desolation, Ez. 29,10. Zeph. 
2,14, 3. ὩΣ waste cities Is. 61, 4. 


Man f. plur. M290, withart. ΓΞ, 
constr. Mian. R. 337. 

1. dryness, plur. dry places, deserts, Is. 
48, 22. 

2. wasteness, desolation ; concr. waste, 
desolate. Lev. 26, 31 ΞΔ τΩΝΣ "N32 
main 7 will make your cities. desolate. 
Ez. 25, 19. 35, 4. Plur. waste places, 
ruins. Ps. 102, 7. Ez. 13, 4. 33, 24. 27. 
nisin ΓΞ to build up waste places, to 
rebuild ruins, Ez. 36, 10. 33. 38, 12. 
Mal. 1, 4. Is. 58, 12. 61, 4; also DRP 
miasn id. Is. 44, 26. Somewhat differ- 
ent is: Job 3, 14 kings and counsellors of 
the earth sab miann 0285 who build up 
ruins for themselves, i. e. who build up 
splendid palaces which will soon be ru- 
ins. Sora mina ruins of the rich, i. e. 
their ruined houses, etc. Is. 5, 17. 


nan f (for M229) only with art. 
mam, the dry, the dry land, Gen. 7, 


342 





BOD 


92. Ex. 14, 21. 2K. 2,8; comp. in tas. 
R. 5:1. | 
ΤΊΖ ΤΙ τὰ. (τ. 39") plur. constr. 971390, 
dryness, drought, heat of sammer, Ps. 
32, 4. 
N13) (prob. Pers. we > ass-dri- 
ver) Harbona, pr. n. of & eunuch of 
Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10; for which in 7, 9 © 
man. 


% al ἅπαξ heyou. to tremble, to be in . 
trepidation, to fear. Chald. 8399 fear, 
trepidation. The primary syllable is — 
39, which like 2" denotes tremulous 
motion, see 139, 339, 559.—Ps. 18, 46 
prminao7a"3 aan ‘and they were dies 
mayed out of their strong-holds, they 
came out trembling from their strong- 
holds and delivered them up; comp. — 
Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11. Others here 


compare Arab. to go forth, i. e. 


they came forth from their strong-holds, 
but this is languid. In the parall. pas- 
sage 2 Sam. 22, 46 is 730; see in"3n. 


“500 obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab. 


7-0 

b> >> to leap, to gallop, as a horse, 
locust. It comes from the triliteral 325 
to tremble, to be in trepidation, which is 
also referred to leaping, comp. 274. By 
dropping the Ἢ from this root, there re- — 
mains the triliteral 539 q. v.—Hence 


ia m. a locust, so called from its 
leaping ; see 7. Bsn, and comp. attux 0s, 
ἀενέλαθδς; from deeb Spoken of a 
winged and edible species of locust, Lev. 


S< -%- 
11, 22.—Arab. Χλε. a troop of horses, 


a flight of locusts, olyeye a kind of 
locusts without wings, / afid n being in- 
terchanged. 


ἘΠ fut. sam" 1. to tremble, e. g. 
a mountain, Ex. 19, 18. Elsewhere 
only of persons, to be in trepidation, to 
be terrified, Ex. 19, 16. Gen. 27, 33. 
Ruth 3, 8. Is. 10, 29. al. Ascribed to 
the heart, 1 Sam. 28,5; with > of cause, 
Job 37, 1. Pregn. a) Gen. 42, 28 
“ΝΟ sry by ving atone they trembled 
one towards ‘another i. 6. they turned 
trembling one to another, saying. Ὁ) 
With "nx, to follow any one trembling, 
1 Sam. 13, 7. 6) With ΤΡ, to trem- 





mn 


ble at meeting any one, to meet him 
trembling, 1 Sam. 16, 4. 21, 2. 

2. Trop. a) i. 4. to come trembling, 
to hasten, (comp. Lat. trepidare, Virg. 
ZEn. 9. 14.) with 72 from a place, Hos. 
11, 10.11. Ὁ) With 5x, to tremble for 
any one, i. q. to care for, 2 K. 4, 13. 

Hipn. to terrify, to make afeatd, Judg. 
8,12. 2 Sam. 17, 2. Lev. 26, 6. Job 11, 
19. Is. 17, 2. al. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 739% and those here fol- 
lowing. 


‘TI adj. 1. trembling, fearful, Judg. 
7,33; with 53 of that for which one trem- 
bles 1 Sam. 4, 13. 

2. Trop. of reverence towards God, 
piety, i.e. fearing, revering. Ezra 10,3 
2 ΆΓΥ 5 ὲ mizaa ὈΥΤΉΓΙΓΙ fearing, revering 
the commandment of our God, comp. 9, 
4. Is. 66, 2 “27 52 39 who trembleth 
at my word 3 with 5x v. δ. 


OTN f. constr. n374, plur. nin 
ΕΖ. 26,16. R. 735. 


1. a trembling, terror, fear. Gen. 27, 


33 and Isaac trembled M253 NINN a 
great trembling, i. e. was in great trepi- 
dation and alarm. 1 Sam. 14, 13. Is. 21, 
4.al. The genit. following refers to the 
person feared, as 078 N37 fear of man 
Prov. 29, 25; ony ΡΝ] a terror of 
God, a great or panic terror, 1 Sam. 14, 
15; comp. ϑεσπέσιος pita Il. 9. 2. 

2. care, concern, 2 K. 4,13; see the 
root no. 2. b. 

3. Haradah, pr. n. of a station of the 
Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 24. 


ἘΓΡΉῚ fut. FN, apoc. "3, “WIT. 
But 3777 Is. 24, 6 is from ὙΠ. 

1. to burn, to be kindled, to glow, kindr. 
"75; spoken only of anger, espec. in 
the following phrases: a) Ἔ 98 On 
Ex. 22, 23. 32, 22. Num. 11, 10; with 3 
against any one Gen. 30, 2. 44, 18. Job 
32, 2. 3; often of God, Ex. 4, 14. Num. 
11, 33. Josh. 23, 16. Is. 5, 25. Hos. 8, 5; 
rarely with > Num. 24, 10; 53 Yech: 
10, 3. - b) Impers. 5 man it was kin- 
dled to him, i. e. he was angry, wroth, 
where δ anger is usually supplied, Gen. 
31, 36. 34, 7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 
43. al. “) SI ΠΤ (anger) is kin- 
dled in his eyes, anger being chiefly 
- visible in the kindling eyes and inflamed 


343 





"nM 


countenance. Gen. 31, 35. 45, 5—Some- 
times these formulas express the feeling 
of grief; sadness, rather than anger; | 
and hence are rendered in Sept. by the 
verb λυπέομαι, as Gen. 4, 5. Jon. 4, 4. 9. 
Neh. 5,6. On the affinity of these ideas, 
see in 3X3. 

2. tobe angry, wroth, c. 3 Hab. 3, 8. 

Nipu. Part. plur. 5°73, i. q. Kal no. 
2, to be angry, wroth, with 3 of pers. Is. 
41, 11. 45,24. The form ΤΣ Cant. 1, 6 
is fot r Vn. 

Hipu. mann, fut." 1, to let burn, 
to kindle sc. ogi c. b¥ Job 19, 11. 

2. to be ardent, zealous, to do with 
ardour, zeal, followed by a finite verb. 
Neh. 3,20 793 ΡΤ TIANA WINK after 
him Baruch zealously repaired, etc. or, 
emulating him repaired, etc. 

Tipu. fut. 537M" (after the form >upm) 
to emulate, to rival, Jer. 22,15; ὁ, rx to 
contend awith any one, Jer. 12, 5. 

Hirupa. fut. apoc. "MM, fo fret one- 
self, to be angry, indignant, Ps. 37, 1. 7. 
8. Prov. 24, 19. 

Deriv. }i95, "0, ΡΤ. 


NII (he was dry) Harhaiah, pr. 
n.m. Neh. 3,8. R.734. 

TINT (trembling, terror, τ. 2%) Ha- 
rod, pr. n. of a fountain, or of a place 
near by it, Ti9h 19 τάς 7, 1:—Hence 
gentile n. "750 Harodite, 2 Sam. 23, 25. 


DANI m. plur. (τ. 199) strings of 
pearls, gems, corals, or the like, neck- 


laces, Cant. 1, 10θ. Syr. ἤρα and 


9 “= 
Arab. ἡχ» a necklace of gems or pearls. 


2990 m. Job 30, 7. Zeph. 2,9; Plur. 
n-bam Prov. 24, 31, a thorn-bush, bram- 
ble, so called from its pricking, burning ; 
from a root 2M i. g. 720. Comp. Eth. 
AMAA to burn, for AZZ. See Cel- 
sii Hierobot. T. II. p. 166. 


ΠΥ ΤΙ (i. ᾳ. FN BAIN snub-nosed) 
Harumaph, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 10. 


JING τὰ. (r. mn) a burning, something 
burning, Ps. 58,10. Of anger, 98 ὙΠ 
glow of anger, burning anger, fierce 
wrath, Num. 25, 4. 32, 14. 1 Sam. 28, 18. 
Hos. 11, 9. Job 20, 23, Jer. 25, 37.— 
Hence 

2. Trop. anger, wrath, Neh. 13, 18 


hn 
Ps, 2, δ. Ez. 7, 12. 14. 
bursts of anger Ps. 88, 17. 


ἐμ 7 m. plur. constr. niz3M Am. 
1,3; part. pass. from r. ὙΠ to cut in, ete. 

1. Pr. something cut in, dug out ; Wins 
a) a ditch, trench of a fortified city, Dan. 
9, 25; ee the verb M232 can be re- 
fated to yA7n only by Zeugma. Chald. 
ἈΠ. b) Poet. for gold, pr. some- 
thing dug out, fossil, Ps. 68, 14. Prov. 3, 
14. 8, 10. 16, 16. Zech. 9, 3. 

2. sharpened. pointed, see the root no. 
2; hence as a poetical epithet for the 
threshing-sledge, tribulum; fully 3742 
Yin a sharp threshing-sledge Is. 41,15; 
and then without the’ subst. in the same 
sense, Is. 28, 27. Job 41, 22. Plur. 
mizan Am. 1, 3. On the form of this 
instrument see in 3947. 

3. Trop. decided, see the root no. 3; 
and hence decision, judgment. Joel 4, 
14 yon pays in the valley of judg- 
ment, i. 6. of punishment. Sept. ἐν τῇ 
κοιλάδι τῆς δίκης. 


Il. 7393, Kamets impure, for y75n, 
2 =e 

1. Adj. eager, see the root no. 5; 
hence active, diligent, strenuous, Prov. 
12, 27. 21,5. Plur. 5°99 Prov. 10, 4. 
12, 24. 3, 4, 

2. Haruz, pr. n-of the father-in-law 
of king Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19. 


* TI obsol. root, kindr. with ὙΠ, 
to cut in, to puncture ; hence to bore 
through, to perforate. Arab. + χα to 
bore through, e. g. pearls or gems, in 
order to string them. Hence D°739n. 


Cm pr. ἢ. m. Harhas, 2 K. 22,14; 
in 2 Chr. 34, 22 written M70n q. v. 


WII τη. (τ. 20) 1. inflammation, 
burning fever, Deut. 28,22. Sept. ἐρε- 
ϑισμός, Vulg. ardor. . 

2. Harhur, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 
7, 58, 

* OAM obsol. root, Syr. ὥξω; pr. to 
scrape, to scratch ; hence to cut in, to 
grave, to wnsculp, like kindr. D9N, P25, 
bin, won, χαράσσω, yogatto. See 
more ander τ. 123.—Hence 031 a gra- 
ver, ὉΠ. 


OV} τὰ. 1. ἃ graver, graving-tool, 
chisel Ex. 32, 4. 


Plur. 0255 


BAA, 





=n 


2. a stylus, style, with which letters 
were written or inscribed on wood or 
stone ; hence poet. of a manner of writ- 


‘ing, Is. 8,1 Bix VINA with a man’s 


style, i.e. with the common letters, so 
as to be read without difficulty by the 
common people. 


Don m. only j in plur. 0°09, sacred | 


scribes, skilled in the sacred writing or 
hieroglyphice. ἱερογραμματεῖς, a class of 
Egyptian priests ; see Jablonski Proleg. 
in Panth. AXgypt. p. 91 sq. Creuzer 
Symbolik und Mythologie, I. p. 245.— 
Gen. 41, 8. 24. Ex. 7,11. 22. 8, 3. 14. 15. 
9,11. The same name is appliéd also 
to the Magi of Babylon, Dan. 1, 20. 2, 2. 
—The word seems to be of Hebrew ori- 
gin, and derived either from van style, 
and Ὁ΄- formative, comp. pine from 
ΓΒ, D195 from "23; or else a quadrili- 
teral made up from the triliterals DON 
to grave, and D9 to be sacred. See 
Michaelis Suppl. 923. 


DOW Chald. id. Dan. 1, 20. 2, 10. 
Plur. 0°09 Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4. 6. 5, 11. 


"IT m. (Ὁ. ΠΤ) heat, glow, sc. of anger, 
with 98% Ex. 11, 8. Deut. 29, 23. Is. 7, 4, 
al. With the idea of grief, 1 Sam. 20, 34. 


Ι. ΠῚ τὰ. (τ. "1M%) white bread, ands 
of fine flour ; once Gen. 40, 16 ™h "bd, 
Vulg. canistra farina, Sept. κανᾶ Saabs 
tov.—In the Mishna, Tract. Edaioth 3. 
δ 10, "7m is a species of bread or cake ; 


Arab. Slee white bread, white flour. 


II. "35 (a dweller in caverns, troglo- 
dyte, from "15 II, a hole, cavern, and 
the ending "—) pr. n. 

1. Horite, Horites. a people who an- 
ciently dwelt in Mount Seir, Gen. 14, 6; 
and were afterwards driven out by the 
Edomites, Deut. 2, 12. 22.—Gen. 36, 
20-30. Plur. oh id. Deut. 2.12. 

2. Hori, pr. ἢ. m. a) Gen. 36, 22. 
b) Num. 13, 5. 

p27) "OT see in art. DANN. 


OT m. (r. 09) twice pl. ΘΠ, 
purses, bags, for money; prob. so called 
from their long and round form, perh. like 
an inverted cone, 2 K. 5, 23. Is. 3, 22. 


S_ 
Arab. Ray Comp. Schreeder de 
Vest. mul. Heb. c. 17. 





δὰ: 


ΠῚ (Arab. yh the autumnal 


_ rain, from Aan atitumn,) Hariph, pr. n. 


τμήματα τοῦ ἁπαλοῦ τυροῦ. 
 cem formelle casei. 


Arab. Yas 


of a man, Neh. 7, 24. 10, 20.—Instead 
of this is read 73" (antamnal rain) 
Ezra 2, 18. 


ee verbal ἢ. (τ. 79") 1. acutting, 
τμῆμα, piece cut off, slice ; 1 Sam. 17,18 
Sony "7M MIwS ten cuttings (slices) 
of curds, new or soft cheese. Sept. 
sonmaiiies i. e. according to Hesych. 
Vulg. de- 
Chald. Syr. 972355. 
soft cheese. 

2..a threshing-sledge, tribulum, i. q. 
yin no. 2; spec. for a sharp threshing- 


sledge, 2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3. 


Ow" m. (r. 84m) a ploughing, old 
Engl. earing, 1 Sam. 8, 12; time of 
ploughing, ἀροτός, Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 34, 21. 
1 Sam. 8, 12. 


"WN adj. (τ. 87H no. 5) silent, still, 
and hence sultry, spoken of the east 
wind, Jon. 4, 8. 


“77 a root ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Prov. 12, 
27 i"x hey JM N5, i. e. either: the 
slothful man roasteth no game, comp. 
Chald. 72% to burn, to scorch ; or bet- 
ter: he snareth no game, pr. icon not 
take it with a net ; comp. 0°27" net. 
Kindr. is 38. 

723 Chald. to burn, to singe, i. q. 
Arab. ἘΠῚ 


ΙΤΗΡΑ. Conn to be singed, 6. g. the 
hair, Dan. 3, 27. 


D'S τὴ. plur. lattices of windows, 
pr. net, net-work, Cant. 2, 9; Sept. 
“yaa Chald. 8295 a lattice-window. 

R. 727 kindr. with aN. 


*5n see Dan. 


᾿ Ban pr. to shut up, to shut in ; see 
Dan net, no. 1. 

1. Spec. to shut in the nose, to draw 
in, to contract, comp. 50%. Hence part. 


~painm Lev. 21, 18 pr. drawn in as to the 


nose, i.e. snub-nosed, Jlat-nosed ; bie 
parvo naso. Arab. ° and ῥ᾽ 


-bore through between the nostrils of a 


camel and pass in a ring; pr. to con- 
tract the nose. 
2. to shut up from common use, to 


345 





aan 
make sacred, to consecrate, to devote te . 


God, opp. 3. Arab. os 
to prohibit, sc. from common use; II to 


- 


to shut up, 


9, σ 


make sacred; IV to devote. a 
sacred place, adytum; also the women’s 
apartment, harem. Ethiop. MZ to 


esteem unlawful, KHLSP to forbid, to 
prohibit. See Hiph. 

Hipw. ΘΠ 1. to consecrate, to de- 
vote unto God, so that the person or thing 
thus devoted can never be redeemed, 
Lev. 27, 28. 29. Mic. 4, 13. Ethiop. 


AihLO to anathematize, t> put under 
a curse.—In the exterminating wars 
against the Canaanites, cities were often 
thus devoted; and these when taken 
were razed to the foundations, and the 
inhabitants, both man and beast, utterly 
destroyed ; so as to prevent them from 
ever being redeemed from this vow. 
Hence 

2. to devote to destruction, i. q. to utterly 
destroy, to exterminate, e. g. cities and 
their inhabitants, Deut. 2, 34. 3,6. 7,2. 


20, 17: Josh. 8, 26. 10, 28. 37. 11, 21.° 


Judg. 1, 17. Is. 37, 11. Jer.51,3. Some- 
times with =n “p> added, Fun 11, 12. 
1Sam. 15,8. The formula’s "7nx Sn 
Jer. 50, 21, seems to denote the enemy 
as pursuing after those who are to be 
utterly destroyed; comp. ΠΝ 732 1K. 
14, 10. 21, 21.—Poetically, God himself 
is said thus to devote any person or 
thing, i. 6. to utterly destroy, Is. 34. 2. 
Jer. 25,9; also Is. 11, 15 min4 cnn 
ὈΠΟΧΌΤΟΣ FW mx ani Jehovah will 
utterly destroy (dry up) the tongue of the 
Egyptian sea; comp. Ps. 106, 9. 

Horn. 5750 10 be condecwated: devot- 
ed, Ezra 10,8; of persons i. q. to be put 
to death Ex. 22, 19. Lev. 27, 29. 

Deriv. the five following, and 5725971. 


DIN (devoted) Harem, pr. n. of a place 
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. 


DIT for on (i. gq. BAN flat-nosed) 
Harim, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 32. 10,31. Neh. 
3, 11. 


DT once OI Zech. 14, 11, c. suff. 
‘ann, io7n, plur. oon. R. oon. 

1. a net, ὧν fishing or fowling, so call- 
ed from its shutting in the prey, see the 


oan 


root init. Hab. 1, 15.16.17. Ez. 26, 5. 
14. 47,10. Metaph. nets, for female en- 
ticements, Ecc. 7, 26. 

2. devotion of any thing to destruction, 
utter destruction, Mal. 3,34. Zech. 14,11. 
ὙΠ WN one devoted by me to destruc- 
tion 1 K. 20, 42. Is. 34, 5.—Often coner. 
any thing devoted to God without power 
of redemption, and, if animated, to be 
put to death, Lev. 27, 21. 28. 29. Num. 
18, 14. Deut. 7, 26. 13,18. al. Sept. 
generally ἀνάϑεμα. 


ΓΘ 77 (place desolated, r. 04") Hor- 
mah, pr. n. of a royal city of the Canaan- 
ites, inthe south of Judah towards Edom, 
afterwards assigned to the tribe of Si- 
meon, Num. 14, 45. 21, 3. Deut. 1, 41. 
Josh. 12, 14. 19, 4. Anciently called ΤῈΣ 
Judg. 1,17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
p. 591. 

So < Se ? 


pan (i. q. ΡΞ ῥ) prominent 


summit, peak, of a mountain; perh. pr. 
ΕΞ 

nose of a mountain, comp. iT Her- 

mon, the high southern part of Anti- 

Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3.17. Ps. 89,13. 133, 

3. It lies around the sources of the Jor- 

dan, and is now called Jebel esh-Sheikh, 


mits, and is therefore spoken of in the plur. 
eqn Ps. 42,7. According to Deut. 3, 
9. 4, 48, this mountain was called by the 
Amorites "720, by the Sidonians FI, 
and sometimes πα it was named jR"W ; 
but in Cant. 4,8. 1 Chr. 5, 23, Senir and 
Hermon are distinguished. Probably dif- 
ferent summits or parts of the chain bore 
different names, which were applied in a 
wider or narrower acceptation at differ- 
ent times. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. 
Ῥ. 357. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, Ρ. 13. 


WAI m. a sickle, Deut. 16, 9. 23, 26. 


Prob. made up from Dn ὌΝ to cut off, 
and ©" to cut in. 


17 (i. q. Arab. ls parched, dry, 
τ. πὸ Haran, pr. n. a) A city of 


Mesopotamia in the time of the patri- 
archs, Gr. and Lat. Καῤῥαι, Car- 


It has two or more sum- 


r@, Arab. and Syr. ols ; φ» after- 
wards celebrated for the defeat of Cras- 
sus; Gen. 11, 31. 12,5. 27, 43. 2 K. 19, 


346 





Onn 


12. Ez. 27,23. See Golius ad Alferg. 


p- 249. Schult. Ind. Geogr. v. Charre. 
b) A man 1 Chr. 2,46. 


ὈΠΣ (two caves, dual of 73h i. q. 


“im) Horonaim, pr. ἢ. of a Moabitish 
city, situated upon a declivity, Is. 15, 5. 
Jer. 48, 3.5.34. Gentile n. 25m Horo- 
nite, Neh.2,10.19.—Different is 797 ΓΞ. 


B27) (perh. for “ByIM2 fr. “M2 to 


snort, to snore, and Syr. ;a2 to breathe ! 


hard, to pant,) Harnepher, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 
1 Chr. 7, 36. 


i ὉΠ and wan obsol. root. 1. i.q. 
Uy; to scrape, to scratch; intrans. 


lo be scratched, rough ; > a sherd, 


potsherd, so called from being rough 
and scratching, comp. Job 2, 8.—Hence 
In potsherd, also 09M, ΓΒ ΡΠ, 

2. Perh. to be dry, arid, hot ; the idea 
of roughness being transferred to what 
is dry, or shrivelled and cracked from 
dryness, and so to heat as the cause of 
dryness; see under r. "2%.—Hence 0497 
the sun. 


O°] m. (τ. 049) in Pause 09M Judg. 
8, 13. 

1. the itch, as the cause of scratching, 
Deut. 28, 27. 

2. the sun, a sense not frequent and 
rather poetic, Job 9,7. Judg. 8, 13; with 
He parag. 907A Ταῖς. 14, 18, like nen, 
ΠΡ, Prob. on is hots pr. heat, ‘like 
ran, see the root no. 2; unless one 
choones with Hitzig to take it as de- 
noting the orb or disk of the sun, Germ. 
‘die Sonnen-scheibe, from the idea of 
scraping, forming, making, as Germ. 
Scheibe from the verb schaben to scrape ; 
see Adelung h. v.—As to 0977 "99 Is, 
19, 18, (which is read in 16 Mss. and 
some editions, and is expressed by the 
Sept. Complut. ᾿ἀχερές, by Symm. πόλις 
ἡλίου, by the Vulg. civitas solis, by Saa- 
dias U~y> 3,5, and has also the tes- 


timony of the Talmudists in Menachoth | 


fol. 110. A,) if we follow the certain and 
ascertained usus loquendi, it denotes city 


of the sun, i. 6. Heliopolis in Egypt, else- - 


where called Ἰδ and 828 m2; whatever 
we may determine as to the authenticity 
of the words: MAND WER OWT ΟΡ 








ee ee es 


ἱ 








| 


onan 


Or, “from the Arabic usus loquendi, 
(comp. , wy> to defend, to preserve,) it 


may be rendered, one shall be called, A 
city preserved, i. e. one of these five cities 


' shall be preserved. Whichever inter- 
_ pretation may be chosen, this reading is 


to be preferred to the other, 09773 "9, 


_ for which see 075 p. 263. 


PAO f. (from subst. wIM) a pot- 


tery, a potter? s work-shop. Hence "3 
᾿ mad MA the pottery-gate Jer. 19,2 Cheth. 


a gate of Jerusalem near the ‘valley of 
Hinnom; see in “28 no.1. Keri m7-0"n 
id. 

< 5 a doubtful root, Syr. Ethpa. to 
be cunning ; whence 370". 


*$)27 fut. s2m1 Job 27, 6. Is. 18, 6 

1. to pull, to pluck, to gather fruit, 
Arab. .3,. Kindr. are 93, 921, 920; 
comp. in 85". Corresp. is Lat. carpo, 
Engl. to carp.—Hence 92h,  a3,>, 
time of gathering fruits, autumn ; and 
from this again: 

2. Denom. to pass the autumn and 
winter, to winter, χειμάζω. Is, 18, 6 


Aponn nbs yuan mona-d2) and all the 


beasts of the field shall winter upon it, 
as Chald. Jerome, Luth. Engl. Vers. 
correctly. Opp. y3P to summer, to pass 
the summer, from Y??.—The Arabic 
verb 3, has also many denom. sig- 


nifications derived from 235 


3. Trop. carpere conviciis, Engl. to 
carp, i.e. to upbraid, to reproach, to 
scorn, c. acc. Ps. 69, 10. 119, 42. Prov. 
27, 11. Job 27, 6 7292 7332 HANI ND my 
heart reproacheth not one of my days, 
i.e. my conscience upbraids me for no 
day of my life. 

Pre. 93m 1.1. q. Kal no. 3, towpbraid, 
to reproach, to scorn, c. acc. 1 Sam. 17, 
26. 36. 1 Chr. 20.-7. Ps. 42,11. Zeph. 
2, 8.10; spec. God, 2 K. 19, 4. 16. Is. 37, 


4.17; also his anointed, Ps. 89,52. With’ 


> 2 Chr. 32,17; 3 2 Sam. 23,9. Ann 
man Ps. 79, 12. 89, 51. 52. Pregn. 
Judg. 5. 18 rarad Wwe? AT oY ἸΔΟΞῚ Ze- 
bulun, that people, scorned their life even 
unto death, i.e. jeopardized their lives, 
exposed themselves to instant death. 
in like manner the Arabs use the words 


BAT 





an 


ὡὐϑι, ὠὸόσ, » YOre see Comment. on 
Is. 53, 12. 

Nira. to be betrothed, spoken of a 
woman; Lev. 19, 20 a handmaid npn} 
wind betrothed to a man. So in the 
Talmud. MBI is i.g. MON betrothed. 
Pr. to be delivered over to a husband ; 


like Arab. Jd, » YO), pr. to esteem 
lightly, and then to deliver over a wo- 
man to a man; see Schultens Opp. min. 
p- 145 sq. 

Deriv. the three following, and "7". 


ὉΠ (plucking off) Hareph, pr. ἢ. m, 
1 Chr. 2, 51. 


DIF τὰ. (r. mM no. 1) autumn, the 
season when fruits are gathered, Arab. — 


κὐνγξ,, see Schult. ad Job 29,4. Not 
unfrequently it includes also the winter, 
so that 9h yp summer and autumn 
is put for the whole year, Gen. 8, 22. 
Ps. 74,17. Zech. 14,8. 9 9n7 ΓΒ win- 
ter-house Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of ripe 
manly age ; Job 29, 4 "BIN 7273 in the 
days of my ripeness, τῆς ἀκμῆς μου, of my 
manly vigour, in the flower of my age. 
Comp. Gr. ὀπώρα Pind. Isthm. 2.8. Nem. 
5.10; Lat. auctumnus Ovid. Met. 15. 
200. Hor. Carm. 2. 5, 11. 


ΓΒ f. (τ. IN no. 3) 1. reproach, 
cast upon another, scorn, contumely, Job 
16, 10. ‘Ps. 69, 21. 79, 12. Jer. 51, 51. 
Lam. 3, 61. So 52 mBq Nw to take 
up a reproach against any one, Ps. 15, 
3; but also to bear reproach on account 
of, Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 15, 15; without >» id. 
Mic. 6,16. For Zepk. 3, 18 see in mx. 
With gen. of him who casts reproach, 
Zeph. 2, 8. Neh. 5, 9. Is. 51,7; ὁ. suff. 
id. Neh. 3, 36. Hos. 12, 15, also of him 
suffering reproach, Ps. 74,22. Meton. 
a reproach, i. e. the object of reproach, 
a person or thing subject to scorn and 
contumely, Neh. 2,17. Ps. 22,7. Joel 
2,17. 19.—Plur. minan reproaches, Ps. 
69, 17. Dan. 12, 2. 

2. reproach, which rests upon any one, 
i. ᾳ. disgrace, shame, Gen. 34, 14. 1 Sam. 
11, 2. 17, 26. Ps. 119, 22. Is. 4,1. With 
genit. of that for which one suffers, Ez: 
36, 30. Is. 54,4 ΠΡΟΣ ΤΊ the reproach 
of thy widowhood, i. e. which rests upon 
widows. Josh. 5,9 the reproach of Egypt, 


yu 


..e. the reproach of being uncircumcised, 
resting on Israel as having dwelt in 
Egypt. Is. 25, 9. Jer. 31, 19. 

3. pudenda, Is. 47, 3. 


ΠῚ fat. yom 1. pr. to cut, to cut 
in, kindr. with Oan, ran. The LXX. 
sometimes render it by συντέμνειν Prov. 
21, 5. Is. 10, 23. 28, 22. Hence ὙΠ 
a cutting, slice.—Spec. a) to cut into 
the skin, to wound slightly; Part. y37n 
slightly wounded Lev. 22, 22. Arab. 


Θ - ~~ 
ωθ.»» to σαί the skin, hols a wound 


oe ae 


skin-deep, Xoy> id. upon the head. 


b) to dig, see yan I. 1. 
2. to cut to a point, to make pointed, to 


sharpgn, comp. Arab. La2S point of 


a spear, Schult. ad Prov. p. 251. Only in 
the proverbial phrase, Ex. 11, 7 "22 55 
HH 353 yom Nd Senos against all the 
children ‘of Israel not a dog shall sharpen 
(point) Ais tongue, i.e. no one shall even 
slightly offend or provoke them; Vulg. 
non mutiet canis. Josh. 10,21. Comp. 
Judith 11, 13 [19]—Hence yarn I. 2. 

3. Trop. to decide, to determine, from 
the idea of cutting off. 1K. 20,40 such 
is thy sentence, MIN AM thow thyself 
hast decided. Job 14, 5 1797 ὉΠ ΧΗ ON 
if his days be determined. -Is. 10, 22 
yinn 7i9bD destruction is decreed. Comp. 
Niph. and yann I. 3. 

4. Trop. to be sharp, spoken of the 
taste, i. e. to be acid, sour; comp. Arab. 

9.09 

Ue alkali. 
rie 

5. Trop. of the mind, to be sharp, 
eager, active. Comp. in Germ. ‘sich’s 
sauer werden lassen.’ Hence adj. 7300 
II. q. v. and once in the verb 2 Sam. 5, 24, 
ΥΠῸ τὸ then be thou on the alert, i. 6. 


Hence ὈΠΣ ΧΙ grape- 


“= 


bestir thyself, make haste.—Arab. | 0 


to desire eagerly, to be impelled’ by 
eager desire, VIII to covet, to strive 


S 
after, to be strenuous and ready, δ. 
studium. 

Nipu. part. f. ΠΧ ΤΣ, constr. MEI", 
something decided, determined, i. e. a 
decision, decree, Dan. 11, 36; chiefly in 
the phrase ΓΝ 9) >> destruction and 


348 





κα 


decree, by Hendiadys for destruction de- 
creed sc. from God, Is. 10, 23. 28, 22. 
Dan. 9, 27.—Dan. 9, 26 τ 1 Msn 
desolations decreed. 

Deriv. yarn 1, U1, yan, exon. 


723 Chald. m. loin, lumbus, plur. the 
loins, the lower part of the back around 
which the girdle passes, i. q. Heb. ΘΕ ΘΠ, 
the letters > and "ἡ being interchanged, 
In Targg. Sing. Deut. 33, 11. 2 K.1, 8; 
Plur, 77s" Ex. 28, 42. Job 40, 11. Also 
in λας where Sing. ἵςώ (Resh being 
dropped) is often put for the back, Rom. 
11, 10; see Castell Lex. Syr. ed. Mi- 
chaelis p. 316.—So Dan. 5,6 πὴ OR 
ἼΔΩ Ὦ the joints of his loins were loosed, 
i.e. the joints of his back, the vertebra. 


* 227 obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab. 



























5 to bind fast a cord, to 


draw tight, comp. pyro and aye 


—Hence 

ΣΙ plur. ΓΞ 1. tight bands, — 
cords tightly drawn, Is. 58, 6. 

2. Impl. pains, pangs, torments, Ps. 
73,4. Comp. 53m and 54m no 3. 

DSL m. plur. (τ. YI no. 4) grape- 
kernels, grape-stones, so called from their 
acrid taste, once Num. 6,4. Syr. (2; ‘ 
Onk. }"28758, grains. So also the Tal- 
mudists; see Mishna Tr. Nasir. 6. § 2. 
R. Tanchum in Lex. v. 41. See The- 
saur. p. 527.—Others: sour grapes. 


transp. Ww 


* 


pam fut. Pan, to grate, to gnash. 
with the teeth, onomatopoetic. Arab. 
ι ὃ. Syr. Djs, [osau grating of 
the teeth; corresponding is also Gr. 
κρίζω, aor. ἔχριγον, from the old root 
ΚΡΙΙ. Construed, 09203 pry Job 16, 
9; and ow: ‘nm Ps. 35, 16. 37, 12. 112.10. 
ae. 2, 16. 


ΠΥ 1. to be dry, arid, parched ; 
Job 30, 30 aah "32 mh Ἴ2ῚΣ my bones 
are dried up with heat ; “comp. Niph. no. 
1. Syr. sa to be dried up with heat. 
Kindr. are 229, O77 no. 2, Lat. areo. 


Ge 
9. to burn, to glow. Arab. to be | 


warm, hot, to glow, Ethiop. #hZZ, to 
be hot, to boil. For this signification of 








“san 


heat, burning, comp. ΓΤ, >2n, GS 
Lat. areo, ardeo, old Germ. har, ‘hyr, 
fire, Heerd, harsten, to roast, Engl. 
hearth. Spoken of glowing metal Ez. 
24, 11; of persons as consumed, Is. 24, 6 
V2 [3297 7. 


3. i. q. Arab. > for Jy> to be of no- 


“ble birth, to be free, free-born ; whence 


Heb. 9h, 71m, free-born, noble; Syr. 


1 Spas to fae free, Chald. "2 id. The 


primary idea seems to lie in the glowing 
brightness, the purity of one whose rank 
and character is obscured by no stain. 

ΝΊΡΗ. "2, also ὙΠ) Ps. 69, 4. 102, 4, 
after the form >m2 from >>m and ΓΙ) 
from Mmm; fut. "m5 Ez. 15, 5. 

1. to be dried up, Ps. 69, 4. 102, 4. 

2. to be burned, scorched, Jer. 6, 29. 
Eiz. 15, 4. 5. 24, 10. 

3. Trop. to burn with anger, to be an- 
ery, Cant. 1,6 "2 Ὑπὸ. Others make 
this form from ΓΤ. : 

Pixp. inf. “119M to kindle strife, Prov. 
26, 21. 

Bariv. sh I, 399, 70, and 


Doe m. Sie, arid places, parched 
by the sun, Jer. 17, 6. 


7 wan i. q. ὉΠ q. v.—Hence 


DIT) m. in pause WIN, a sherd, pot- 
sherd, i. 6. fragment of an earthen ves 
sel, comp. in 037 no. 1. Job 2,8. 41, 22. 
Ez. 23, 34. Hence wn >> an earthen 
vessel a 6, 21. 11, 33. 14, 5. 50. 15, 12; 


. for which poet. τ ον wan Prov. 26, 23. 


Proverbially, a potsherd is put for any 

thing mean and contemptible, Is. 45, 9; 

also for any thing very dry Ps. 22, 16. 

For 53% ΠΡ see in PR no 2.—Arab. 
Soe 


Ve a a wine-jar, Uys to make earth- 


‘en wine-jars, Golius ex Maruph. 


MUI MP see in Pp no. 2. 


* WAN fut. dam and tian, see no. 
3, 4. 

1. to cut in, to grave, to inscribe letters 
upon a tablet, Gr. χαράσσω, χαράττω, Jer. 
17,1 Kindred roots are μα vIn, yan, 
man, which see. Syr. rar to cut one’s 
throat. 

2. to grave, i.e. to form, to make, to 
fabricate, e.g. in metal 1 K. 7, 14; in 

30 


349 





wan 

= 
wood, stone, see 89M; with acc. of mate- 
rial 1 K. ].c.—Metaph. to work, to devise, 
to machinate evil, mischief, Prov. 6, 14. 
14; 22 where once by Zeugma also BIN 
niv; with >» against any one 3,29. So 
Lat. facteurs Sraudem Plaut. Asin. 1. 1. 
89; doli fabricator Virg. Ain. 2. 264; 
κακὰ τεύχειν, δόλον τεύχειν, Hom. Hesiod. 
τεχνάζω to machinate, τέχτων machina- 
tor, zextuiver Foe μῆτιν 1]. 10, 19. In 
Chald. Syr. Ethiop. spoken of magic 
arts; see in WAM no. 2. 


3. Fut. wan to plough, Arab. — 
Eth. MZ id. {5.0 ploughman, hus- 


bandman, Els a a plough.—Spoken 


of cattle ploughing, Job 1, 14; also of 
the plougher, with 2 of the nfinal Deut. 
22,10. Judg. 14, 18. ‘Am. 6,12; with ace. 
of ‘the field 1 K. 19, 19. Ps. 129, 3 "aa D9 
pwn swan the ploughers ploughed 
upon my back, i. e. they furrowed my 
back with stripes.—Metaph. to plough 
in iniquity, as elsewhere to sow iniquity 
(Prov. 22, 8), is to prepare for oneself 
the punishment of it, Job 4, 8. Hos. 10, 
13; opp. to reap calamity. 

4. Fut. 8am, to be deaf, Mic. 7, 16; 
comp. ΘΠ deaf. atte 

5. to be dumb, which often depends on 
deafness and is joitied with it, to be mute, 


is ie mid. E, 


Ξ 
id. nee St dumb, The 


origin of this signif. lies in the idea of 
cutting with repeated strokes, hacking, 
beating; so that Wn is pr. blunted, dull, 
as also xwpos is both deaf and dumb 
from χόπτειν, and Germ. stumm, dumb, 
is of the same origin with stumpf, dull. 
So obtusus from Lat. obtundere, tundere. 
But the examples show that 8am im- 
plies only voluntary silence, and so dif- 
fers from 05x which refers to that which 
is involuntary.—Spoken of God, Ps.’50, 
3; as not listening to and answering 
the prayers of men (opp. 925), Ps. 35, 22 
Wanh~>x ἢ AM ND thou beholdest all 
things, O Lord, ‘keep not silence. 39, 13. 
83, 2. 109, 1. With j2 pregn. Ps. 28, 1 
"D720 son >& keep not silence from me. 
turn not away from me in silence. 

Nipu. pass. of no. 3, to be ploughed, 
Jer. 26, 18. Mic. 3, 12. 


to keep silence. 


Arab. Uy 


} wan 


Hira. 
to devise sc. evil, c. 52 1 Sam. 23, 9. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 4, to be deaf, pr. to act 
the deaf man, as if deaf, 1 Sam. 10, 27. 

3. Corresp. to Kal no. 5. a) Causat. 
to put to silence, to make one hold his 
peace. Job 11, 3 will thy lies make men 
hold their peace? So Chald._ Ὁ) In- 
trans. to keep silence, to be silent, to hold 
one’s peace, Gen. 24, 21. 34, 5. 2 K. 18, 
36. Prov. 17, 28. Job 6, 24; as abstain- 
ing from complaint, 2 Sam. 13, 20. Job 
13,19. Is. 42, 14; or also from confession, 
Ps. 32,3. With > to be silent towards 
any thing, to allow it silently, to let 
pass in silence, Num. 30, 5. 8. 12. 15. 
With 47 to be silent from any one, 
i.e. not to interrupt*him, Job 13, 13; 
with >& id. to keep silence towards, Is. 
41,1. With acc. to be silent as to any 
thing, to conceal, Job 41,4. ο) Often 
by impl. to be still, quiet, inactive. Ex. 
14, 14 the Lord shall fight for you, DAS} 
wenn and ye shall remain quiet. 
With 12, to withdraw quietly from any 
one, to leave him alone, Jer. 38, 27. 
1 Sara. 7,8. Also with > and inf. qui- 
etly to neglect doing any thing, comp. 
Engl. ‘to say nothing of doing it, 
2 Sam. 19, 11. Spoken of God, to be 
quiet as to sin, to bear it in silence, i. q. 
to forgive, opp. to punishment, Zeph. 3, 
17. 

Hirupa. to keep ener 2 still, quiet, 
Judg. 16, 2. 

Derivat. Dan—nean, wn, "wn, 
mon, ruin. 


WT m. (for Bn) constr. Jan Ex. 28, 
11. Is. 44,12. 13; comp. 8» constr. 815 
Ez. 26,10. Plur. own, constr. "wan. 

1. a graver, engraver in stone, Ex. 
28, 11. 

2. a workman, artificer, craftsman, 
e. 5. a) In stone, fully jax won 2 
Sam. 5, 11. 1 Chr. 22,15. Ὁ) In wood, 
a carpenter, Jer. 10, 3 ; fally ovx> πὶ Is. 
44,12; plur. 2 K. 12, 1. 1 Chr. 14, 1. 
c) In metals, a smith, 1 Sam. 13, 19. 
Jer. 10, 9. Hos. 8, 6. ὑτη΄ nm Is. 44, 12; 
plur. 2 Chr. 24, 12. 4) ᾿'Μείαρῃ. “wan 
ΓΤ Ὁ artificers of destruction, skilful 
to destroy, Ez. 21, 36 [31]. 


WM adj. (for Wyn after the form 
5102) plur. own, deaf, see στ. WIN no. 


900 


1. i. q. Kal no. 2, trop. to work, 





om 
4. Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19, 14. Ps. 38, 14. 
Metaph. of those who refuse to hear the | 


prophets and obey the law, Is. 29, 18. 
42, 18. 19. 43, 8. 


wv} m. 1. artificial work, work of 
the ὥστ, hence ow Δ valley of arti- 
ficial works, valley of craftsmen, near Je- 
rusalem, Neh. 11,35; comp. 1 Chr. 4, 14. 

2. In a bad sense, an artifice, art, spo- 
ken of magic arts, like Syr. Lape, Lape, 
comp. Lain, Chald. 3m, magician, en- 
chanter. Is.3, 3 ΘΠ DSM one skilled - 
in magic arts, a skilful magician; fol- 
lowed by end 722 a skilful enchanter. 
So Chald. But Sept. Vulg. Saad. un- 
derstand a skilful artificer. 

3. silence, comp. the root no.5. Hence 
as Adv. silently, secretly, Josh. 2, 1. 

4. Heresh, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 9, 15. 


ὌΠ ΤΊ τὰ. pr. part. Kal of Brn no. 1, 2, 
cutting, graving, forming ; hence a cule 
ter, graver, i. e. any cutting instrument, 
tool. Gen. 4, 22 mum2 wannd> every 
cutting instrument of brass. 


WIA a thick wood, thicket, forest, 
either as being to be cut (τ, ὉΠ). or 
from Chald. ΘΠ to be entangled, inter- 
woven, δὲ ΓΙ a wood, RMA 7H thicket 
of trees; comp. Samar. ΛΩΝ a 
wood.—Is. 17, 9. Ez. 31, 3. With He 
parag. NWN 1 Sam. 23, 16; so too with 
prep. WINS v. 15, 18, Plur. own 
2 Chr. 27, 4. 

NUTT .(Chald. enchanter, magician) — 
Harsha, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 52. Neh. 7, 54. 


HOW ἢ (τ. wom) 1. a work, working 
in wood, stone, etc. Ex. 31, 5. 35, 33. 

2. print ‘mM Harosheth of the Gentiles, 
pr. ἢ. of a city in the north of Palestine. 
Judg. 4, 2. 13. 16. 


* PAM i. g. wan no. 1, to cut in, to 
grave, to inscribe, comp. χαράσσω, χα- 
ράττω. Once Ex. 32, 16. Chald. non 
id.—Hence 

tT) (prob. i. q- wh thicket) Hereth, 


pr. n. of a wood in the mountains of ip 
dah, 1 Sam. 22,.5. 


NDA (stripped, τ. nvm) aes 
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7,46. δ η 
. ’ 
UTI τὰ. (τ. HwM) pr. something peeled 
off, separated ; hence a flock, i.e. a little 











« 
f 
. 
᾿ 





_ if thou forbear. . 


‘Jon 
flock. 1 K. 20,27 ΘῚΣ Ἔ" ΘΠ Ἢ two 
little flocks of goats ; Sept. δύο ποίμνια 
αἰγῶν, Vulg.duo parvi greges caprarum. 
Abulwalid compares Kerbs a little flock, 


so called from being cut off, separated 
from a larger one. 


SAN fat. Jor, once FMR Job 7, 
11; pr. to hold, to keep, kindr. with Pin 
q.v- Job 16, 5 Fem "mBw 3735 and the 
comfort of my lips should hold you, i. e. 
hold you up, ironically; parall. ΞΘ ΘΝ, 
Oftener 

1. to hold or keep back, to withhold, 
with 12 from any thing,e.g. a) Genr. 
Gen. 20, 6 J also withheld thee "> ‘urva 
from sinning against me. 1 Sam. 25, 
39. Ps. 19, 14. Job 30,10. Absol. that 
being omitted from which one is with- 
held; 2 Sam. 18, 16 Joab held back the 
people sc. from pursuing. Prov. 10, 19. 
17, 26. Job 7, 11. Is. 58, 1 ery aloud (pr. 
with thy throat), hold not back. 54, 2. 
b) With ace. of thing and 47 of pers. to 
keep back or withhold a thing from any 
one, Gen. 39, 9. 22, 12 and hast not 
withheld thy son... from me; comp. v. 
16 where 12 isimplied. Poet. Ps.78, 50 
he kept not back their life from death. 
6) to keep from danger, i. 6. to save, to 
preserve, Job 33, 18. 

2. to forbear, to spare, 6. g. a) 
Things, 6. acc. Prov. 13, 24 joaw win 
23 8210 whoso spareth his rod, hateth his 
son. With an inf. 24, 11 Fiwnm ox—>en 
. to deliver, etc. With > 
to spare for any thing, to reserve, Job 38, 
23. Absol. Prov. 11, 24. 21,26. Ὁ) Ber: 
sons, i. q. to deal bently with, c. acc. 2K. 


5, 20.. Absol. Ezra 9, 13 nub moon 


922532 thou hast farborsé below our ini- 
quities, hast punished us less than our 
sins deserve. Is. 14, 6. 

Nien. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be 
restrained, spoken of pain, Job 16, 6. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be spared, 
reserved, for any thing, Job 21, 30. 


“SOM fat. poms, ig. AON q. v. 

1. to strip off bark, to bark, to peel, 
e. g. a tree, Joel 1,7. So of a firbat to 
strip off the bites’, to make bare, Ps, 
29, 9. 

_ 2. to strip off a covering, to uncover, 
with acc. of covering, Is. 47,2 53% "sn 


901 





Sun 


uncover the train. Jer. 13,26. With acc. 
of pers. i. q. to make naked, bare, Jer. 49 
10. Is. 52, 10 the Lord hath made bare 
hisholy arm. Ez. 4,7. Is. 20,4 MY "pon 
with the buttocks uncovered. 

3. to draw water from the surface, to 
skim off, Is. 30, 14. Hag. 2, 16.—In Ara- 


nee te 
bic 3 is a well of living water in 
sandy ground; but the etymology is 
different. 


Deriv. 9°03, Hem2, and pr. ἢ. NbwN. 


* SUM fat. sins, but ~stin7 Ps. 40, 
18, pain Ps. 35, 20. 

1. to think, to regard as so and so. 
The primary idéa is that of computing, 


reckoning, see Piel no.1; Arab. gum 
Syr. os, Eth. ἤν ἢ and mH id. 
Or perhaps it may be that of mingling, 
like Arab. it» and δ; whence 
aun a weaver in colours, pr. mingling 
threads of different cblotivs —Is. 10, 7 
sms 13 N85 1339 nor doth his heart think 
80. Often, to think to be so and so, to 
hold or count as, Gr. λογίζεσϑαΐ τινὰ εἰς 
τι, c. acc. et 5 Gen. 38, 15 m2it> Hane 
and he thought her a harlot, re rded 
her as such. 1 Sam. 1, 13. Job 13, 24 
9 =7N>d ΠΌΤ and holdest. me for 
(as) thine enemy. 19, 15. 35, 2. al. With 
two acc. Is. 53,45; ace. et 2 Job 19, 11. 
—With ace. sitaph to think of, i. e. to 
regard, to esteem; Is. 13, 17 03 "ὧς 
natin Xb who regard not silver. 33, 8. 
53, 3. Mal. 3, 16. Comp. Rabb. a12m 
one esteemed, honoured. 

2. to think of as belonging to any one, 
to impute, to reckon to any one; with 
ace. of thing and > of pers. e. g. sin 2 
Sam. 19, 20. Ps. 32,2; ἃ good deed Gen. 
15, 6, comp. Ps. 106, ‘31. Ellipt. perh. 
Ps, 40, 18, comp. Ps. 32, 3-5. — 

3. to think, to meditate, to purpose. 
a) With acc. to think out, to invent, to 
devise, e. g. musical instruments Am. 6, 
5; artificial work Ex. 31, 4. Hence 
Part. 38m an inventor, artificer, as of 
warlike engines 2 Chr. 26,15; also an 
inventive weaver, an artist, Vulg. plu- 
marius, whose work is called 3=m Nw" 
Vulg. opus plumarium, Ex. 26, 1. 31. 
28, 6. 15. 36, 8. 35. 39, 3.8. Here is tc 
be understood a fabric artificially wover 


awn 
with figures of various colours, as asso 
of gold and silver, such as flowers, fruits, 
and birds ; used mostly in Babylonia 
(see “320 ΤῊΝ Josh. 7, 21); and diff. 
from 3, ΠΡ, in Vulg. likewise opus 
plumarium, which consisted of figures 
embroidered or stitched upon the cloth, 
and not woven into it; seein 2". See 
Braun de Vest. sacerd. I. ὁ 267 sq. The- 
saur. p. 531, 1310 sq. Ὁ) With > and 
infin. to think to do any thing, to pur- 
pose, to devise; Ps. 140, 5 330m "Ox 
"ὮΣΒ min3> who have purpoeed to over- 
throw my goings. 1 Sam. 18, 25. Jer. 18, 
8. Lam. 2, 8. Job 6, 26. by dn. bad 
sense, to meditate ἐδ against one, to 
devise, to plot ; so 55 Minwma awn to de- 
vise devices against any one, to lay plots, 
Esth. 8, 3. 9, 25. Jer. 11, 19. 49, 30. Dan. 
11,25; 5x Jer. 49, 20. 50,45, Πρ atin 
by Mic. 2, 3. Nah. 1, 11; comp. Gen. 5, 
20, where by antith. it is also put ina 
good sense. ἫΝ BWM, mara πὶ, Ps. 10, 
2. 21, 12. 52, 4. Ez. 11, 2. Mic, 2, 1. al. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Pi. no. 1, to be com- 
puted, reckoned, accounted, 2 K. 22, 7; 
to be reckoned or counted to any one, ὁ. - 
Josh. 13. 3; >» 2 Sam. 4, 2. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be regarded, 
counted, esteemed as so and so; ©. acc. 
Prov. 17, 28 even a fool, so long as he is 
silent, 20M7 DM is counted wise. Gen. 
31, 15. Neh. 13, 13. With > to be count- 
ed as, to be eitecused like, Job 18, 3. 41, 
21. Hoe: 8,12. (Hence fo be Like Is. 5, 
28.) With > id. 1K. 10,21. Lam. 4, 2; 
2 Is. 2, 22 san aumnm2a to what 15 he 
to be sniccmell like? i.e. how is he to be 
estimated ? ἘΣ Ps. 88, 5. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be imputed to 
any one, 6. 5 Lev. 7, 18. 17, 4. Num. 18, 
27. Ps. 106, 31. 

Piet 1. to compute, to reckon ; see 
for the primary signification as often 
_ preserved in Piel, Lehrg. p. 242. With 
acc. Lev. 25, 27. 50. 52. 27, 18. 23; mS 
(mx) to reckon with any one, 2 K. 12, 16. 

2. to make account of, to regard high- 
ly, Ps. 144, 8. Comp. in Kal no. 1. 

3. to think upon, to consider, Ps. 77, 6. 
119, 59. 

4. to think, to meditate, to purpose, i. q. 
Kal no. 3; absol. Ps. 73, 16; c. acc. to 
think out, to plan, Prov. 16,9. Ina bad 
sense, to devise, to machinate, Prov. 24, 


352 





. 
=un 7 - 


8; with 59 of pers. Ὁ nian sum Dan. 
11, 24; ὃ of pers. Nah. 1, 9. Hos. 7, 15. 
—Metaph. of things,-to be about to do or 
suffer. Jon. 1, 4 the ship was about to be 
broken, wrecked. 

Hitup. reflex. i.q. Niph. no. 1,toreckon 
oneself, c. 2 among, Num. 23, 9. 

Deriv. 338m, M2072, and those here 
following. 


30M Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, to repute, 
to regard, to count as so and so, 6. 3 Dan. 
4, 32. 


2011 m. girdle, belt of the high-priest’s 
ephod, Tnx 30M Ex. 28, 27. 28. 29, 5. 
39, 20.21. Lev. 8.7; inves stn Ex. 28, 
8. 39,5. So called fica its ‘being woven 
in slates see r, 30M no. 3. a. 


ΤΩ 3 ὉΤῚ (for 7272 ΞῈΠ thought in 


judging, perh. thoughtfal judge,) Hash- 
badanah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4. 


man (esteemed, i. q. ΞΘ ΤΠ with art. 
Aram.) Hashubah, pr. ἢ. τῇ: of a son of 
Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 3, 20. 


FIDO m.(r.20) 1. Power of think- 
ing, reason, intelligence, understanding, 
Ecce. 7, 25. 27. 9,10. Vulg. ratio. . 

2. Heshbon, pr. n. of a city, celebrated 
for its fish-ponds Cant. 7, 5; formerly 
the seat of an Amorite king Num, 21. 
26 sq. afterwards within the bounds of 








Reuben and Gad and assigned to the Ὁ 


Levites, Josh. 13, 17. 21, 39; and still 
later ranked among the cities of Moab, 
Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48,2. Pliny mentions a 
tribe of Arabs called Esbonite, H. N. 
5. 11; comp. Abulfeda Tab. Syr. p. 11. 
Now called Hesban, lms, according 
to Seetzen and Burckhardt, Travels in 
Syria etc. p. 365. Comp. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 278. 


yan τῇ. plur. mizatn, Ecce. 7, 29; 


pr. inventions, from r. son Kas 3. a. Spee. 


1. warlike engines, for casting darts, 
stones, etc. 2 Chr. 26, 15. Comp. Lat. 
ingenium, which in the middle ages 
came to signify a warlike machine, ba- 
lista, whence Engl. engine. 

2. arts, devices, Ecc. 7, 29. 

Mawr, A730 (whom Jehovah re- 
gards) ΤΗΝ pr. n. of several Le- 
vites: a) 1 Chr. 6, 30. b) 9, 14. 
Neh. 11,15.  c¢) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 19 Ezra 


΄ 
ΝΥ ae 








‘ aun 
8, 19. d) 1 Chr: 26, 30. 27,17. e) 


Ezra 8, 24. Neh. 12. 24. f) Neh. 3, 17. 
10, 12. 11, 22. 


natn (id. > for ") Hashabnah, pr. n. 
m. Neh. 10, 26. 


maw (id.) Hashatyiiah, pr. ἢ. m. 
a) Neh. 3,10. b) 9. 5. 


“ION fut. mein, to be hush, silent, 
still, an onomatopoetic root, comp. Engl. 
hush ! hist ! Ecc. 3, 7. Is. 62, 1. 6. Ps. 
107, 29. Kindr. is ὉΠ, 0.—Spoken 
also of one not acting, i. q. to be still, 
quiet, to rest ; espec. of God as not af- 
fording help, Is. 64, 11. 65,6. With 72 
i. q. to turn away in silence from any 
one, not to render him aid, Ps. 28, 1. 
Comp. 835 no. 5. 

Ηιρη. mOn4 1. Causat. to silence, to 
still, to make quiet, Neh. 8, 11. 

2. Intrans. to keep silence, to be still, 
like Kal, (comp. ὅπ, wo pwin,) 2 K. 
2, 3. 5. 7, 9. Ps. 39, 3.—Also as in Kal, 
to be still, quiet, inactive, Is. 57,11. 1 K. 
22, 3. Judg. 18, 9. 

‘Nore. The form 8mm) in Job 31,5 


-— 


belongs to Win; comp. in τ. OD. 

A077 (thinking, r. 2m) Hasshub, pr. 
ἢ, τῇ. a) 1 Chr. 9, 14. Neh. 3, 23. 11, 
15. b) Neh. 3, 11. 10, 24. 

JO Chald. m. emphat. τ τι, dark- 
ness, Dan. 2, 22. R. 70m. 


ὩΣ ΤΙ see ΌΤΙ. 


non Chald. 1. to be needed, neces- 
sary. Ezra6,9 jNvN-2 whatever things 
are necessary. Syr. ssw to be suitable. 

2. to have need, c. inf. et >, Dan. 3, 
16.—Hence | 

PANWH £ need, necessity, i. 6. what is 
necessary, Ezra 7, 20. 


mon see mourn. 


* JOT fat. Wim, to be dark, darken- 
ed, obscured, to ih shrouded i in darkecen: 
Chald. 73m, Syr. sbipae id. Spoken of 
the light of the sun, Job 18, 6. Is. 5, 30. 
-13, 10; of the stars, Job 3,8; the day, 
Ez. 30,18; of the eyes as dim, not able 
to see, Lam. 5. 17. Ps. 69, 24, and so of 
persons Ecc. 12, 3; of the colour of the 
skin Lam. 4. 8;,of the earth darkened 
by locusts, Ex. 10, 15. 

Hien. 1. fo darken, to make dark ; 

30* 


353 





Sun 


Am. 5, 8 77m 1272 Din he maketh the 
day dvi eben nto night ; with > Am. 
8, 9. Metaph. Job 38, 2 sna: my Δ 
ΔΊ MD who is this that darkeneth my 
counsel by words without wisdom ? i. e. 
strives to hinder it. 

2. Intrans. to be dark, pr. to keep dark, 
Ps. 105, 28. 139, 12. Jer. 13, 16. 

Deriv. the five following ; comp. 7127. 


yon adj. plur. ΡΞ ΌΤΙ, dark, metaph. 
obscure, mean, Prov. 22, 29. Chald. 
NSTOM, NIN id. 


sin τη. 6. suff. "Dd 1. darkness, 
opp. to Vik, Gen. 1, 2 sq. Ex. 10, 21. 22. 
al. Also of a derk place, as of Sheol, 
Hades, Job 17, 13. Ps. 88, 13 comp. Job 
10, 21; WOM 72" days of darkness, to be 
spent in Sheol, Ecc. 11, 8; of a subter- 
ranean prison, Is. 42, 7. 47, 5. 49, 9. 

WIN Minsix treasures of darkness, 1; ἃ, 
laid up in dark subterranean cells, Is. 
45, 3. 

2. Metaph. a).adversity, misery, ca- 
lamity, Is. 9,1. Job 15, 22 358 ὯΝ 85 
WON "22 he hopeth not to return out of 
darkness, destruction. ν᾿ 23. 30. 20, 26. 
23,17. Mic. 7,8. Am. 5,18. 20. Ps. 18, 
29. b) darkness of mind, ignoranee, Job 
37,19; comp. 12, 22. 25. 0) sorrow, sad- 
ness, Kice. 5,16. d) wickedness, Prov. 
2,13; comp. τὸ σκότος Rom. 13, 12, and 
see Job 38, 13. 15. Is. 29, 15. 

M2 f. darkness, Gen. 15, 12. Is. 8, 
22. Ps. 82,5; once ΠΤ Ps. 139, 12. 
Plur. 5°36n id. Is. 50,10. R. Wn. 


M2UM or MDW (Tsere pure) constr. 
natn Ps. 18, 12, darkness, sc. of wer 
clouds. R. jon. 


MUM f. id. Mic. 3, 6 52> ms 
pop. and darkness shall be around you 
from divining, i. e. so that ye cannot 
divine. Some editions read 30M, as 
if pret. 3 pers. fem. impers. it shall be 
dark unto you; but the formeris to be 
preferred on account of the subst. mad 
in the other member. 


* 0M j in Kal not used, to prostrate, 
to enfeeble ; kindr. 65m no. 2. 

Nipu. part. ὉΠ ΤΊΣ enfeebled, ex- 
hausted, Deut. 25, 18. Sept. χοπιῶντες͵ 
Vulg. lassi. 

> Chald. to make thin, small; 
hence to crush, to beat fine, i.q. P35. | 


pwn 


Dan. 2, 40.—Chald. and Talm. of Jerus. 
to beat out thin, to draw out with a 
hammer, 203m pounded barley. Syr. 


<2.» to draw out thin with a hammer. 


is DON obsol. root, Arab. to 
be fat, transp. M72; metaph. to be rich, 


opulent, to have many servants. Hence 
Pat, Hyawr, oy, and 
OUT (rich, opulent, Arab. hav- 


ing many servants,) Hashum, pr. ἢ. m. 
Ezra 2,19. 10,33. Neh. 7,22. 8, 4. 10, 19. 


pun see DAN. 


TiN (fatness, fat soil) Heshmon, pr. 
n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 27. °R. oon. 


mW (id.) Hashmonah, pr. n. of a 
station of the Israelites in the desert, 
Num. 33, 29. 


22 m. smooth brass, i. e: polished, 
burnished, Fiz. 1, 4. 27. 8, 2.—Bochart, 
in Hieroz. II. p. 877 sq. supposes this 
word to be compounded from m3 for 
mim: brass, and Talmud. 82> gold, so 
- that devin for bom: would be a mix- 
ture of brass and gold, or at least pre- 
senting the splendour and colour of gold. 
But this noun 85>” itself seems to be of 
very uncertain authority. And since in 
ΕΖ. 1,7 we read in the same connection 
Ὁ τῷ τ burnished brass, it would seem 
that bavin ought to be explained in the 
same sense, viz. from wm, the 2 being 
dropped by apheresis, and ba, a sylla- 
ble which had the sense not only of soft- 
ness but also of smoothness and polish, 
as is manifest from many roots begin- 
ning with it, e.g. 022, 722, Uno, 
Labo, μαλάσσω, mulceo, mollis, and 
with a guttural prefixed 52%; see 722. 
The LXX translate it ἤλεκτρον, Vulg. 
electrum. by which words however they 
do not mean amber, but a mixed metal 
composed of gold and silver, and distin- 
guished for its brilliancy; see Pausan. 
5. 12. Plin. 33.4 or 23. Buttmann tiber 
das Electron, in his Mythol. II. 337 sq. 
In Rev. 1, 15 in a like connection is 
read χαλκολίβανον, which might be for 
χαλκολίπαρον burnished brass, i.q. 27201. 


mon m. plur. (τ. DUM) ἅπαξ λε- 
you. Ps. 68, 32, pr. the fat, i. e. the opu- 


3o4 





pen 


| ol: SE 
lent, nobles, princes; comp.Arab. pein 


a great man with a large train of serv- — 
So Kimchi well, 55.73 p°w3x | 


ants. 
p35. 


} 


Ἐπ obsol. root, i. gq. Arab. τ 
to be fair, beautiful, Conj. Il, LV to adorn. 
In the occidental tongues accord perhaps 
Goth. skeinan, Germ. scheinen, whence 
skéni, schon, Engl. sheen.—Hence 


JUN m. pr. ornament ; spoken of the 
breast-plate or gorget of the high-priest, 
woven in colours with figures, orna- 
mented on the outside with twelve 
gems, on which were inscribed the 
names of the tribes, and hollow within, 
where were deposited the sacred lots 
ΞΟ O78 q.v. whence more fully 
called vpn jun, Ex. 28, 15. 29. 30. 
39, 5 sq. Lev. 8, 8. Comp. ΘΝ. Sept. 
Loveide, Philo λόγια; Ecclus. 45, 10 λο- 
γεῖον κρίσεως. 


* 


PM pr. to join or fasten together, 
comp. ptm no. 1,2. Also intrans. (for 
pum) to be joined or fastened together, 
to adhere, see Piel. In Kal only me- 
taph. e. g. 


1. to be attached, to cleave to any one, . 


i.e. to love with warm affection; comp. 
Engl. to stick fast to any one, Lat. af- 
αι est, Οἷς. ad Q. Frat. 3.1. So of 
love toveainda a maiden, c. 3 Gen, 34, 8. 
Deut. 21, 11; towards God Ps. 91,14; 
of God towards men Deut. 7, 7. 10, 15. 
Comp. Arab. (mu to cleave to a 
maiden, to burn with love for her.— 
Pregn. Is. 38,17 "Da ὉΠ WS? ΠΡῸ ΠῚ 


in love to my soul thou hast delivered me — 


From the pit of perdition. 


2. With infin. and >, to love to do any — 


thing, to delight in diag: to please, 1 K. 
9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 6. 

Pret trans. of Kal init, to join or fasten 
together, to connect, Ex. 38, 28. 

Puat pass. of Pi. Ex. 27, 17. 

Deriv. the three following. 


pon τη. c. suff. pun, delight, plea- 
sure, desire, 1 K. 9,1. 19. Is. 21,4 53 
“pun the night of my desire, i. 6. long 
anaired, 


pun, ΣΡ ΤΊ τὰ. 5. joinings 
ie, poles or rods which served to join 


OO μιν. ιν νΝμνς ὑννιννυι. μι. δ΄. κι .... Δ... .....»... 








pun 
together the tops of the columns around 
the court of the tabernacle, and from 


which the curtains were suspended. Ex. 
27, 10. 11. 36, 38. 38, 10 sq. 


mpen m. plur. spokes of a wheel, 
which connect the rim with the nave, 
1K. 7, 33. R. pon. 


: on obsol. root Arab. to 


gather together, to assemble. Hence the 
two following : 


MIU Εἰ constr. mtn, a gathering 
of waters, poet. for clouds 2 Sam. 22, 12. 
In the parall. Passage Ps. 18, 12 it is 
: nur. 


pwn m. plur. the nave of a wheel, 
into which the spokes are gathered, 1K. 
7,33. R. wn. 


aes ὁ G = 
. won obsol. root. Arab. Um is to 
Sodder with hay; but this is denom. 


from bhutan hay, dry grass; while 


the primary signif. is in Conj. IV, to be 
dried up, to be dry.—Hence 


WON m. dry grass, hay. Is.5,24 won 
mand the dry grass of flame, i.e. daming, 
burning. 33, 11. 


PT m. (τ. mmm) c. suff. o2AM Gen. 9, 2. 

1. Adj. broken, e. g. a bow 1 Sam. 2,4. 
Trop. broken in spirit, dismayed, terri- 
fied, Jer. 46, 5. 

2. Subst. dismay, terror, dread, Gen. 
9, 2. Job 41, 25. 


PI (terror, dread, r. Mm") Heth, pr. n. 
of a son of Canaan, Gen. 10, 15; whence 
ΤΠ 23. children of Heth, Gen. 23, 5 sq. 
25, 10, also "MM plur. ΘΠ the Hittites, 
a Canaanitish tribe dwelling in the vi- 
‘cinity of Hebron, Gen. 23,7. Josh. 11, 3; 
sometimes also further north, Judg. 1,24 


sq. They still remained in the times® 


of the kings, and also after the exile, 
1 Sam. 26, 6. 2 Sam. 11, 3 sq. 23, 29. 
Ezra 9,1. pomnn ΞΡ 2 K. 7, 6, spokiin 
of all the Canaanitish kiage. nae 
menn Ez. 16,3. Plur. ΤΩ 1K. 11,1; 
also mm τ Gen. 27, 46. 


* PIE fat. mm, to take, to lay hold 
of, to seize; perh. kindr. with 5nn, 
whence by softening the third radical 
might come 2mm and inn. Spoken once 


355 


—- 





oar 


of a person Ps. 52,7; elsewhere always 
of taking up fire, apis: Is. 30, 14 τη. 
‘TAP 372 WN Zo take up fire Srom the hearth. 
Prov. 6, 27. 25, 22 pregn. TMX B2M3 4D 
Wxa-by nnn ‘Ton thou shalt take up and 
heap coals of fire upon his head; see 
under m2m3. 

Deriv. 7M"2 fire-pan, and pr. ἢ. "72. 


OMT f. (τ. mmm) terror, Gen. 35, 5. 

Sunn m. (r. 50M) a bandage, roller, 
for binding up a wound, Ez. 30, 21. 

DMN adj. plur. oANNN, timid, terri- 
Jied, dismayed, Ecc. 12,5. R. nn. 

"INT see mn. 

MAT f. (τ. mmm) terror, dread, Ez. 
32, 23. 27. With suff. om"nn the dread 
of them, i. e. which they inspire, Ez. 26, 


17. 32, 24. 25. 26.—Also as gent. n. fem. 


see in MM. 


ΟὟ yon in Kal not used, pr. to cut off; 
trop. to divide, and so to determine, to 
decree, as in Chald. and Rabbinic ; 
comp. γι, ΤῊ. 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. Dan. 9, 24 seventy weeks 
Way ἘΣ GM are decreed upon thy peo- 
ple. Theod. and Gr. Venet. συνετμήϑη- 


σαν, τέτμηνται. Sept. ἐχρέϑησαν. 


*onn in Kal not used, to wrap in 
bandages, 6. g. a wound, see ΤΙ ; also 
a new-born infant, to swathe, to swaddlle, 
see Pual and Hoph. Arab. his pr. to 
cover, also to hide, to deceive. 

Pua and Hopn. pass. Ez. 16, 4. 

Deriv. 54mm, and the two here fol- 
lowing. 


monn f. a bandage, erst Wand 
Job 38, 9. 


orn (wrapped up, hiding-place) 
Hethlon, pr. n. of a city in northern Sy- 
ria, Ez. 47, 15. 48,1. R.>nn. 


* DOM fat. bmn 1. to shut up, to 
close ; kindr. with other words of shut- 
ting up, closing, as DOM, DUN, DXDT; see 
Piel, Hiph. Arab. pri id. Conj. IV, to 


shut fast, to lock. The general sense of 
closing is found also in some forms of 
the Ethiop. root 21 59, see Ludolph 
col. 282. * 

2. Spec. to seal, to seal up, to close by 
a seal. Chald. Syr. Zab. id. Arab. 


ann 


I, Il, Eth. TO, id. So Gr. 
σφραγὶς seal, from φράσσω to shut up. 
a) With ace. Is. 8,16 πὴ onMG seal up 
the oracle. Part. pass. DIMM sealed ; 
Cant. 4, 12 ΘΠ 42372 a sealed fountain, 
metaph. for a chaste maiden. Deut. 32, 
34. Job 14,17. The ancients were ac- 
customed to make fast with a seal many 
things for which we use a lock. as doors, 
gates, fountains, etc. Cant. 1]. c. comp. 
Dan. 6, 18. Matt. 27, 66. See Lips. ad 
Tac. Annal. 2.2. Salmas. Exercitatt. c. 
45.—They also sealed up rolls or vol- 
umes, espec. oracles Is. 29, 11. Dan. 12, 
4.9; billsof sale or purchase Jer. 32, 10. 
11.44. The seal also, as in the East 
at the present day, was the token 
and confirmation of signature, e. g. in 
covenants Neh. 10, 1. 2; in letters\1 K. 
21, 8. Esth. 8, 10. 
10.44; with 3 of the ring 1K.1.¢, Esth. 
lc. 9) With ἼΣΞ pr. to seal up around 
any thing, Job 9, 7. d) With 3, e.g. 
phim? pyN7>> 32 he sealeth up the hand 
of every man, i. e. binds up their hands, 
hinders the use of them, Job 37, 7. Diff. 
is Job 33, 16 chm? oyo%2 he sealeth up 
their admonition, i.e. admonishes them 
δ seule ἃ. d. under seal; comp. Arab. 
c. \ to reveal to any one; see 
Schult. ad ἢ. 1. 

3. As a letter or roll when completed 
was sealed up, hence to complete, to_fin- 
ish ; Dan. 9, 24 87335 jitm oMM> to com- 
plete the vision and the prophets, i. e. 
until the prophecies are fulfilled. Ez. 
28, 12.—Arab. to mark with finis, 
to finish: Γ i 

Nipu. pass. of no. 2, to be sealed, with 
3 of the ring Esth. 2, 12. 8, 8. 

Piet to shut up, see in Kal no. 1; 
with >, q.d. to oppose a barrier to any 
one, Job 24,16 i> Samm Dain by day 
they shut themselves up. 

Hipu. i. q. Pi. to shut up, to stop; 
once Lev. 15,3 iaiva inva DOAN IK 
or whether he stop his flesh from the 

issue, 1. e. the part become so ob- 
᾿ structed that the issue cannot flow off 
freely. 

Deriv. onin, mann. 


DM Chald. i. q. Hebr. to seal, to seal 
up, Dan. 6, 18 


vameeven. 34, 9.1 Καὶ, 8. 
b) Absol. Jer, 32, 





356 nn 


pan see ONIN a seal. 
mann f. a seal, signet, Gen. 38, 25. 


“yoo to marry, i.e. 1. to give in 
marriage, to marry away a daughter. 
Hence Part. ΠῚ a father-in-law, i. e. 
the father of the wife, one who gives his 
daughter in marriage; the father of the 
husband is called DM q. v. So π fon 
the father-in-law of Moses Ex. 3, 1. 4, 
18. 18, 1-27. Judg. 1, 16. 4,11. Fem. 
minh a mother-in-lato, mother of the 
wife, Deut. 27, 23. 

2. to take in marriage, to marry a 
wife; hence jNM, m2nn. 

Hitupa. to mutually give and take 
daughters in marriage, to contract af- 
Jjinity by marriage, with any one, ¢. AX 
2 Deut. 7, 3. 
Josh. 23, 12. 1 Sam. 18, 22. 23. 26. 97, 
Ezra 9, 14; > 2 Chr. 18, 1. 

Norr. In Arabic we find: κα 
Conj. LII, to contract affinity by marriage; 


9... 


father-in-law, son-in-law, any af- 


Jinis. Further, this root signifies: Conj. 
eis 

I, to circumcise an infant; wy cir- 
Ss ᾿ - 

cumcision ; ups an infant circum- 


cised. That these two significations 

are connected by a common bond, is 

shown not only by Ex. 4, 25, see in {nn 

no. 1; but also by another signification 

of ut}, viz. Conj. I, to give a feast, 

both a nuptial feast and one at ie cir- 
S e+ 


a feast, either at a fart or a Cir- 
cumcision. The primary idea is per- 
haps that of cutting off, circwmcising ; 


cumcision of a child; 


: (comp. Sees a cutting off, also the 


roots j2P, WM, and others beginning 
with the syllable kat;) and then the 
word for the celebration of this rite was 
transferred to the like celebration of 
nuptial rites. 


JON m. (τ. jo no. 2) one who mar- 
ries the daughter of ariother, Gr. γαμ- 
Booc.—Hence 

1. In respect to the bride, @ bride- 
groom, spouse, Ps. 19, 6. Is. 62, 5. Jer. 7, 
34. Joel 2, 16. al—In Ex. 4, 25 an in- 








onn 


_ fant son after being circumcised by his 
_ mother, is called by her 5°93 On a 
bloody spouse, in allusion probably, to 
the signif. circumcision, i. e. an infant 
circumcised ; see r. jMM note. Aben- 
Ezra: “mos est mulierum, filium, cum 
circumciditur, sponsum vocare.” Others 
regard these words as spoken not of the 
child, but of Moses. 

2. In respect to the parents, ὦ son-in- 
law, Gen. 19, 12. Judg. 15, 6. Neh. 6, 
118. al. 

3. a relative by marriage, affinis, 2 K. 
8, 27. 


mat f. (τ. 197) espousals, nuptials, 
Cant. 3, 11. 


᾿ 
‘i 


ἱ 


* TION fut. prs, i. gq. 90M, to catch, 
to seize, in the manner of a lion, Job 9, 
12. Comp. Ps. 10, 9.—Hence 


STI m. prey, rapine, then poet. for 
HMM Dx a robber, Prov. 23, 28. Comp. 
2 for 32m wrx 2 Sam. 12, 4. 


*DT fat. “rm. 1. to dig or break 
through a wall, kindr. with N25, won 
Constr. c. acc. o°MD IMM to break 
through houses, as a thief. to break into 
them, Job 24,16. With 3.as "pa "nn 
id. Ez. 8, 8. 12, δ. 7. 12; also to break 
through into, im. 9, 2 bina IAIN? ON 
though they break through into Sheol. 

2. to dig through or plough the waves 
by rowing, i. q. to row, absol. Jon. 1, 13. 
Comp. ‘arare aquas’ Ov. Trist. 3. 12. 36; 
‘scindere freta’ Metam. 11. 468. 

Deriv. man. 


‘e nan fut. om, plur. S75 1 Sam. 2, 
10. al. The same form is also fut. Kal 
of m2 q. v. and Job 21, 13. 

1. to be broken, weakened, destroyed ; 
kindr. with the other onomatopoetic roots 


Ge 
nn, tne, dS. 





Spoken of a king- 


Teth, ΤΏ, Sept. in Lamentations T79, 
the ninth letter of the Hebrew alphabet ; 
as a numeral denoting 9; whence “Ὁ i. q. 
9+6 for πὴ 15. The signification is 


357 





[9] 


Ὥ 


dom Is. 7, 8; of the justice of God Is. 
51, 6. . 

2. Metaph. to be broken with fear, 
to be terrified, dismayed, confounded. 
Other verbs of breaking are also trans- 
ferred to terror, as "28 Job 41, 17, Arab. 
iy» Tous aD, Schult. Opp. Min. 
Ρ. 93.—So Is. 8, 9. Obad. 9. Jer. 50, 36. 
Often coupled with synon. 837, as Deut. 
31, 8 MMn ND NIN ND fear not, neither 
be dismayed. Josh. 1,9. 8, °° 10.25; 
With "28 before any one Jer: 1,17. Ez. 
2, 6. 3,9; with 72 of that Fam which 
one flees i in dismay, Is. 30, 31. 31,4. Jer. 
10,2. Coupled also with wis, train, 
where it signifies to be confounded, 
Saint-hearted, sc. from fear, terror, Is. 
20, 5. 37,27. Jer. 8, 9. 17, 18. 50. 2; also 


from shame, Job 32, 15. 


Nira. TM) (comp. 5712 from >>, Ἢ 
from 977) i. q. Kal no. 2, with "22 Mal. 
2, 5.—Another mm) is from nm. 

Pret. 1. Intrans. but with an inten- 
sive power, to be broken in pieces, 6. g. a 
bow Jer. 51, 56. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to terrify, to 
dismay, Job 7, 14. 

Hips. m5, fat. nm, c. suff. "Am, 
once jn°n" for jmm Hab. 2, 17, see 
Lehrg. p. 369; once in the manner of 
regular verbs "mann Jer. 49, 37. 

1. to break, to break in pieces, Is. 9, 3. 

2. to terrify, to confound, to pul to fear 
and shame, Jer. 1,17. 49, 37. Job 31, 34. 
Hab. 2, 17 jn-m miota 301 and the 
destruction of the beasts (which) terrifies 
them, sc. shall cover thee, shall return 


=e 
upon thine own head.—Arab. sak te 
be terrified, put to shame. 
Deriv. 9, Onn, ΓΤ, onninn, 
ona, pr. ἢ. mI, and 
DM m. 1. terror, dismay, Job 6, 21. 
2. Hathath, pr. τ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 13. 


uncertain. It iscommonly explained to 


mean a serpent, Arab. bib; others 


make it something rolled or twisted t- 


Ὁ 358 


Se 
gether, ΤῺ from r. m0, Arab. Kubo , 50 


Lee ; or perhaps it is Egypt. δὶ hand ; 
all which views accord well enough with 
the figure of this letter in the Phenician 
alphabet ; see Monumm. Phen. p. 30. 
As to the pronunciation, 0 is ¢ pro- 
nounced with a certain roughness or 
scraping of the throat, (appropriately 
written ?’,) but differing from ™ whether 
aspirated th, 3, or smooth M, t, τ; just 
as Ὁ, k’, pronounced at the back part of 
the palate near the throat, differs from 
> whether aspirated ch, x, or smooth 3, 
k, x.—Ewald, in his Gramm. p. 26, main- 
tains the opinion, that Ὦ is strictly an 
aspirated letter ; but in this he has been 
ably met by Hupfeld, in his review of 
that work in Hermes Vol. 31, p. 9, 10; 
and more recently by Ehrenberg, in Ar- 
chiv f. Philologie VIII. fasc. 1. Ewald 
appeals: a) To the Greek &, which 
accords with © both in name (Ὁ δῆτα) 
and in its place in the alphabet; and 
which is unquestionably aspirated. But 
however much in general the Greek 
letters may accord with the Semitic, yet 
we are not warranted in deducing from 
their nicer and more exact pronuncia- 
tion, rules for the Hebrew pronunciation; 
~ especially since some of them have man- 
ifestly changed their nature and power ; 
e.g. n—E; n=H; 9=O; =A. 0) 
To the Arabic 4. which also has a semi- 
gutturalsound. Correctly; but this must 
not be confounded with an aspirate.— 
The common mode of pronunciation rests 
also upon the authority of the LX X. who 
with the exception of a very few exam- 
ples (one only, 2 Sam. 5, 16, is quoted 
by Hartmann in his Ling. Hinleituog 
page 63, and by Ewald 1. c.) constantly 
render it by 1, as ἸΏ “Ζατανᾶς, ΤΙΝ 
Τωβίας, SHY Ταρφαλαῖοι; and like- 
wise upon the contrary usage of the 
Syriac translators, who for the Greek t 


everywhere put J, and for ? always 2; 


as Τιμόϑεος wwofdSerg, Τίτος ee we) ᾽ 

In Arabic. the letters corresponding 
to the Heb. Ὁ are b and 4s, more fre- 
quently the former ; since the latter, as 
approaching more to a sibilant, nearly 
corresponds to Heb. ¥, see under ΣΦ. 
Comp. the roots "12, 550, j20. 





ΠΏ. 


Itisinterchanged: a) With %, whieh 
see. b) With Ὁ. as 0%, NM to seize, 
bop (λχϑ to kill, nom, mem, Ty, to wane 
der. c) With 5, which see. 


7 =80 Chald. to rejoice, to be glad, c. 
>» Dan. 6, 34. Syr. oly id. See r. 
352 no. 3. - 


NOND see after 0°, 


20 Chald. good, i. q. Heb. 3%. Dan. 
2. 32. Ezra 5, 17 32 NDoa-by ἼΠ af at 
seem good to the king, if it be his plea- 
sure. Comp. 250 Esth. 1, 19. 3, 9. 


ὉΝΣΦ in pause 2838 (God is good, | 
by Syriasm for beaten, comp. 7172930, 
m350) Tabeal, pr. ἢ. Syr. a) A per- 
son of low condition, whose son the Sy- 
rians and Ephraimites were about to 
make king in Jerusalem, Is. 7, 6; see 
Comment. on Is.adh.J. Ὁ) A Persian 
governor or prefect in Samaria, Ezra 
Ye ae 

* 220 obsol. root. Syr. «οὖ Aph. is 
i. q. Heb. 335 no. 2, to creep about, to 
slander ; and also in a good sense, to — 
spread a good report.—Hence mad. 


pay m. plur. head-bands, tiaras, 
turbans, Ez. 23,15. Sept. Alex. τιάραν 
βαπταί, Vulg. tiarae tinctae.—T he usual 
etymology is from 539 to dip, to which 
corresponds Arab. hyo to dye with co- 
lours. Better perhaps from Ethiop. — 
MAA to wrap or wind around; so 
Simonis. 


“22 m. (r. 930) the highest part, 
height, summit. Judg. 9, 37 Bd DNS 
ΤΠ 720 they come down from the 
height of the land, in v. 36 DAA WR. 
Ez. 38, 12 γῆν πὶ ΠΞΌΤΟΣ "a0" ‘wha 
dwell on the height of the earth, i. 6. i» 
the Holv Land, which the Ἡδέξενα re: 
garded as higher than all other lands 
comp. >&70" nt for the land of Israes 
Ez. 6, 2. 33, 28. 35,12. 38, 8. Corre- 
sponding is Samar, ΩΨ, Ethiop 
PC, mountain.—Sert. and Vulg. ren- 
der "120 by umbilicus, navel, as the tor 
or height of the belly ; comp. Talmud 
"7270 navel. 


*T20 1. to slaughter, to kill ani- 


mals, Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1]. Deut. 28, 31 








“ria 1 Chr. 18, 8. 


rao 


Jer. 11,19; espec. for eating, Gen. 43, 16. 
1 Sam. 25, 11. Prov.9,2. To slaughter 
for sacrifice is expressed by the kindred 
verb Mat q. v.—Ethiop. Mh to 


slaughter, to butcher, Arab. wb to 


cook, to roast ; comp. art. O°"23IN. 

2. to slay, to kill men, Ps. 37, 14. Lam. 
2. 21. Ez. 21, 15. 

Deriv. 720 and the six following. 


M20 τὴ. pr. a slaughterer, slayer ; 
hence | 

1. a cook, 1 Sam. 9, 23: 24. Arab. 
1 Lib id. 
8 an executioner, then a lifeguards- 
man, body-guard of a king ; since these 
in the East act as executioners. So 
p"mawn~aw Gen. 37, 36. 39,1. 40, 3. 4. 
41, 10. 12, and later Ὧ 35 2 K. 95, 8 sq. 
Jer. 39, 9. 11. 40, 1-5, the captain of the 
body-guard, pr. the chief executioner. 
In Egypt he had a public prison in his 
house, Gen. 40, 3; in Babylon Nebuzar- 
adan, who held this office, commanded 


also a part of the royal army, Jer. 39, 13. 


52, 15. 


M20 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, an execu- 
tioner, and hence lifeguardsman, body- 
guard, Dan. 2, 14. 


M20 m. in pause M3v, c. suff. ANID. 

1. slaughter, 6. g. of cattle, Prov. 7, 22. 
Is. 53,7. 65,12. Also of men, Is. 34, 2:6. 
Jer. 48, 15. 50, 27. 

2.’ Meton. cattle slaughtered, meat, 
butcher’s meat, Prov. 9, 2. Gen. 43, 16. 
Comp. M33 no. 1. 

3. Tebah, pr. n. of a son of Nahor, 
Gen. 22, 24. 


“M30 f. a cook, 1 Sam. 8,13. R.maw. 


WAP f. (r. M32) 1. q. masc. Fay. 

1. slaughter of cattle, Ps. 44, 23. Jer. 
12, 3. 

2. cattle slaughtered, meat, 1 Sam. 25, 
11. 


MIAN Tibhath, pr. ἢ. of a city of Sy- 
In the parall. passage 
2 Sam. 8, 8, it is written nua q. v. 


᾿ av fut. 524", to dip, to dip in, to 
immerse, with ace. of thing and 3 of the 
liquid Gen, 37, 31. Lev. 9, 9. Deut. 33, 
24. Job 9, 31 Ruth 2,14; also without 


909 





“ΔῸ 


acc. Ex. 12,22. 2 Κι. 8, 15. Intrans. fo 
dip, to immerse oneself ; 2 K. 5, 14 he 
went down D°Q28 532 7772 bars and. 
dipped himself 5 seven times in Jordan.— 
Chald. bau, Arab. dub, id. 

Nieuw. pass. Josh. 3, 15. 

Deriv. 072530 and 

9719220 (whom Jehovah has immers- 
ed, purified,) Tebaliah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
26, 11. 


τὰ Ξ: 1. pr. to sink, to press in, to 
impress into any soft substance, as clay ; 
then to impress a seal, to seal. Arab. 
Hence ΣΞῺ a seal.—Kindr. ‘s 


vax, A , to dip in, to immerse, Eth. 


MU id. as also 52. The primary 
syllable is 30, which in the western 
languages also expresses depth and im- 
mersion ; comp. Goth. diwp, Engl. deep, 
Germ. tief; also Goth. doufan, Germ. 
taufen, Engl. to dip; Gr. duatw and 
softened dev. 

2. Intrans. to sink, to be sunk, immers- 
ed, as in the mire, a pit, 6. 3 Ps. 9, 16. 
69, 3. 15. Jer. 38, 6. Lam. 2, 9 yiN2 Ia 
ΠΣ her gates are sunk into the ground. 
Trop. 1 Sam. 17, 49 iM¥22 jaNt >20MI 
and the stone sunk into his forehead, was 
fixed in it. 

Pua i. q. Kal no. 2. Ex. 15, 4. 

Horn. id. Jer. 38, 22; of the founda- 
tion of the earth or mountains, to be 
sunk, settled, Job 38, 6. Prov. 8, 25. 

Deriv. the two following. 

Mmy20 f. plur. mivaa, constr. ΔΊΣΞΏ. 

1. a seal, signet-ring, Gen. 41, 42. 
Esth. 3,10. Ex. 35,22. Is.3,21.al. The 
signet-ring was worn by the Hebrews 
on the right hand, Jer. 22,24; comp. 
Ecclus. 49, 11 [13]. The person to 
whom a king committed his signet-ring 
became. thereby prime minister, Gen. 
41, 42. Esth. 3, 10. 8,2; comp. 1 Mace. 
6, 15. Q. Curt. 10. 5. ; 

2. a ring. of any kind, Ex. 25, 12 sq. 
26, 24. 28, 28. 


mivao (ange) Tabbaoth, B-, Ἀν Βν 


᾿ Ezra 2, 43. 


*"920 obsol. root, prob. i. q. "3% to 
heap up. Hence 7932, q. v. 

i220 (for 77 3B, good is Rim- 
mon, comp. in 13. no. 2,) Tabrimmon 


nae 


pr. ἢ. of the father of Benhadad king of 
Syria, 1 K. 15, 18. 


MQ perh. 1. ᾳ. ἴλας the cele- 
brated, r. 22%) Yabbath, pr. n. of a 
place not far from Abel-meholah in the 
tribe of Ephraim, Judg. 7, 22. 


_ ὨῸῺ Tebeth, the tenth Hebrew month, 
from the new moon of January to that 
of February, Esth. 2, 16. So Jerome ad 
Ez. 39,1: “Decimus mensis, qui He- 
breis appellatur Tebeth, et apud Aigyp- 
tios Τύβι, apud Romanos Januarius.” 


Copt.  teGs La Croze Lex. p. 107. 
Arab. Kgl. The etymology isunknown. 


“IND m. adj. constr. "hv, fem. nVinD, 
clean, pure, spec. a) in a physical 
sense, opp. to filthy, soiled, of a garment 
Zech. 3, 5; a place Led. 4,12; water 
ΕΖ. 36,25. b) pure, unalloyed, spoken 
of gold Ex. 25, 11 sq. 28, 36. al. c) In 
the Levitical sense, opp. to profane, pol- 
luted, Lev. 7, 19. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 20, 26. 
Is. 66, 20; and hence of animals which 
might be eaten, Gen. 7, 2. 8,20. d) In 
a moral sense, Ps. 12, 7. 19, 10. 51, 12 
“inv => a clean heart. Job 14, 4.—See 
also "nz. 


ΠΩ fut. 710" 1. to shine, to be 
bright, like kindr. "31, "4%. Syr. (son 
noon, Chald. ἐδ πη Ὁ id.—Hence "130 no. 
1, "50. 

2. to be er become clean, pure. a) In 
a physical sense, opp. to the filth of 
leprosy, 2 K.5,12.13. Ὁ) In the Levi- 
tical sense, opp. 820, Lev. 12, 8. 13, 6. 
34. 58. Num. 19,12. 19. 4]. c) Inamoral 
sense, Ps. 51, 9. Jer. 13,27. Job 4, 17. 
Prov. 20, 9.—Arab. to be clean, 
pure, espec. from the monthly courses ; 
kindr. 5 to be manifest, conspicuous. 


Ethiop. ΔΖ to purify, to wash one- 
self with water. 

Pre. "0, fut. "Me4 1. fo cleanse, to 
purify. a) Physically, as metals from 
dross Mal. 3,3; a land from corpses Ez. 
39,12; the heaves from clouds Job 37, 
21. b) Levitically, 6. g. things Ez. 43, 
26. 2 Chr. 29,15.18. Neh. 13, 30; per- 
sons Lev. 14, 11. Num. 8, 6.7. ο) Mo- 
rally, Jer. 33, 8. Ez. 24, 13. Mal. 3, 3. 

2. to pronounce clean, spoken of per- 


360 


sons or things. 





᾿ 
Ὁ 
a) Ina Levitical sense, 
Lev. 13,6 sq. 16,30. b) Ina moral sense 
Ps. 51, 4. | 
Ῥυλὲ to be cleansed, part. fem. Ez. 
22, 24. q 
. Hiriir. “un and “en, to purify or 
cleanse oneself, to make oneself clean. — 
a) Levitically, Gen. 35,2. Lev. 14, 4 βα. 
Num. 8, 7.. Ezra 6, 20. Neh. 12, 39. 18. 
22. Ὁ) Morally, to cleanse oneself from — 
sin, 6. 7a Josh. 22, 17. . 
Deriv. the four here following, and — 
“nD. 


"12 τὰ. Holem pure, constr. ne, | | 
i. q. "Hb, cleanness, pureness, 6. g. of — 
hands, infismence: Job 17,9; of heart | 


Prov. 22, 11 Keri. 


ὝΠΟ m. 1. brightness, clearness, pu- 
rity of ether, Ex. 24, 10, 
2. purification, cleansing, Lev. 12, 4.6. 


“2 m. brightness, splendour, see 
r. no no. 1. Ps. 89, 45 Awa MavA 
thou makest his brivhinbed® to cease. 
The verb m7atn c. 72 is also found 
thus construed Ez. 34, 10, according to 
which it should here be rendered, thow 
causest him to cease from his bright- 
mess; or, better, it is a constructio 
pregn. for, thou causest to cease and 
takest away from his brightness. But 
as nouns of the form "M¥ are of very 
doubtful authority, it may be worth in- 
quiry, whether by transposing the Sheva 
we ought not here to read i719 from 
the common “Ht. This strikes me now 
more favourably, than the solution of 
Aben Ezra and Kimchi which I have 
formerly followed, Lehrg. p. 87, viz. that 
Dagesh in the © is euphonic, and % is 
formative, so that NS or 17782 (asis 
read in some Mss.) would be for ὙΠ 
from the subst. “ΠΩ. 


Mio f. (τ. ὙΠῸ) 1. pureness, ina 
moral. sense, 2 Chr. 30, 19. 

2. purification, cleanaing: Lev. 13, 35. 
14,2.al. m mv 725 blood of purifica- 
tion, i.e. from which a lying-in woman 
is to be purified, Lev. 12, 4. 5. 


S70, see NOND after DID. ν 
u aio pret. 12% Num. 24,5. Cant. 4, 


10; for the fut. is used the form 2 
fois 30". 


ae 


1. to be good, well: Chald. Syr. τᾶ. 

_ Arab. ; Slb wid. Ye, to be good, sweet, 
᾿ pleasant, espec. of fragrant odour, comp. 
ΝΞ, xa. Always impers. in the foll. 
_ phrases: a) "> 310 it is well with me, it 
goes well with me, etc. Deut. 5, 30. 15, 16. 
19,13. Num. 11,18. Ece.9,4; also Jam 

_ well, 1 Sam. 16, 16. 23. With bs id.1 Sam. 
20,12. Job 13,9 "> aivM is {{ well (for 
Fs you) that? ete. For Job 10,3 see lett. b. 
) b) 2733 310 i is good in my eyes, i.e. 
| it pleaseth me, is my pleasure, Num. 24, 
1, In the later books with >», 1 Chr. 13, 
)2. Esth. 1, 19 siv ΡΠ» ΓΝ if i 
Γ please the king. 3,9: 5, 4. 8. 7,3. Neh. 
2, 5, comp: Ezra 5,17; once with > Job 
































Vulg. Chald. 

2. to be goodly, fair, pleasing, Num. 
24, 5. Cant. 4, 10. 
_ 8. to be in good humour, i. 6. to be 
cheerful, joyful, the prevailing usage in 
Syriac; espec. of the heart, 1 Sam. 25, 
6. 2 Sam. 13, 28. Esth. 1, 10. 

Hiren. 3725 fut. 3°25 1. to do well, 
9 act right, c. acc. 1 K. 8, 18. 2 Chr. 6, 


to others, to confer benefits, Ez. 36, 11. 
2. to make goodly. fair, Hos. 10, 1. 

3. to make cheerful, to cheer, Ecc. 11,9. 
Nore. More frequent is Hiph. 2°0"7 
from 325. 

Deriv. the five following. 


310 m. good. A) Adj. having fem. 
T3210. 
ri, good, καλός, bonus, in various senses, 
iccording to the character of the ob- 
jects; 6. σ. of a land, field, pasture, i. e. 
f eile, fruitful, Ex. 8, 8. Ez. 17, 8. 34, 
4; of cattle, in good case, fat. (opp. 5 
Ge n. 41, 26. 27,) Lev. 27, 10 sq. Gen. 18, 
i”. 21,9; of a tree, fruitful, 2K.3, 19; of 
ff its! feel sound, Jer. 94. 25 of pa 
‘pu are; Gen. 2 12. 2Chr. 3, 5. 8.—Spec. 
i = a) Spoken of what is ἘΌΝ to the 
senses, good, pleasant, sweet,etc. «) To 
he sight, good to look upon, goodly, fair, 
beautiful. Dan.1,15 21 210 BK their 
ppearance was better, fairer, than, ete. 
persons Gen. 6, 2. Ex.2,2. 1 Sam. 
BP 5 often with a yeord added, as MN 
fen. 24, 16. Esth. 1, 11. 2, 3.7; sui 
| ΤῈ Ok 6; ἜΝ 1 Sam. 16, 12. OF Νούίόξα 
15. 5, 9. B) "To the hearing, pleasing, 
31 


δὰ 


yr. 


3 


10, 3 ἘΞ aivm doth it please thee? So 


8; inf. ο. > 2 Κ 10,30,—Also to do good 


Ό 





Ι 


well sounding, harmonious, spoken of a 
poem Ps.45,2. y) To the smell, plea- 
sant, frakrant, sweet-scented ; as 720 
a2 fragrant ointment Is. 39, 2. Ps. 133, 
2. 210m ΤΡ the fragrant cane Jer. 6, 
20. δὴ To the taste, good, pleasant ; 
>2N2> 3 good to eat Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6. 
Prov. 24, 13 eat thou honey, because it is 
good, tastes good. Comp. 3125 j% Cant. 
7,10. ε) To the senses and feelings 
generally ; Gen. 49, 15 he saw the rest, 
that it was good, pleasant. Ps. 73, 28 
but to draw near to God is good for me. 
84, 11 a day in thy courts is better than 
a thousand. 183,1. So 318 Di α good 
day, i.e. joyful, Esth. 8,17. 9, 19. 21. 
Zech. 8, 19; comp. bonus dies Ovid. 
Fast. 1. 72. Also very freq. "Β "2733 321 
good in the eyes of any one, i.e. grateful, 
pleasing to him, Num. 24, 1. Deut. 6, 18. 
Gen. 16, 6 33 siv π πὸ “wy do to her 
as it pleaseth thee. 19, 8. Is, 9, 25. Judg. , 
10, 15. 19, 24. Esth. 8, 8. et. 26, 14. 
In the later books for "3792 is put 2B 
Ecc. 7,26 o°r>8n "25> si2 whoso shea 
eth God. 2, 26; ‘also > Deut. 23, 27; 
comp. Job 10, 3. 
b) good for a particular purpose, i. e. 


“ἸῺ 


well adapted, useful, profitable, etc. Gen. 


1, 4 and God saw the light, that it was 
good. 2,18 it ts not good that the man 
should be alone. 29,19. With "2, it is 
good that, Ruth 2, 22. 2 Sam. 18, 3. 
With dat. of pers. good for any one, Ex. 
14, 12 “ian sora... TAY 999 31 better for - 
us to serve the Egyptians, than to die in 
the wilderness. Num. 14, 3. Ps. 119,71 
Kee. 2, 3. 8,15; with 3 Kec. 2, 24. 

6) good in measure and quantity, 1. e. 
much, great, abundant; Syr. 2) very, 


comp. Fr. bien. Soa good profit Prov. 
31,18; good wages Ecc. 4,9; a good 
(ample) present Gen. 30, 20; main naw 
a good old age Gen. 15, 15. 25, 8. Ps. ‘69, 
17 FIOM 312 "3 for great is thy loving- 
kindness. 63, 4. 109,21. Comp. 312 9h 
Prov. 22, 1. 

d) goodinamoralsense: «) Of per- 
sons, good, well-disposed, upright, Lat. 
vir bonus, honestus, 1 Sam. 2,26. Prov. 
12, 2. 13, 22. 14, 14. Ece. 9, 2. Espec. 
kind, benevolent, benign, of Jehovah Ps, | 
25, 8. 34, 9..52, 11. 54,8; with dat. to- 
wards any one Ps. 73, 1. Lam. 3, 25 


“Ὁ 


Prov. 22,9 912 31 good of eye, i. 6. look- 
ing with kindness, Sept. ὃ ἐλεῶν πτωχόν. 
Comp. also 310 733 α kind word Prov. 
12, 28. ) Of actions, good, right, true ; 
8. g. iO WIT the right way Jer. 6, 16; 
opp. 2iv Xd W217 Ps. 36, 5. Prov. 16, 29. 
niv das the right path Prov. 2, 9. Job 
34, 4 let us know among ourselves i772 
what is good, true. So 510 δ» not good, 
not right, wrong, Prov. 18, 5. 20, 23.— 
Hence often as Subst. the good, τὸ καλόν, 
see in B. no. 1, and 7270. 

2. Spoken of the character or feelings 
as affected by good, viz. a) glad, joy- 
ful, joyous ; 1 K. 8, 6 ad -ziv glad of 
heart. Ecc. 9,7% 31 33 with a glad 
heart. Ὁ) well, prosperous, happy ; 80 
of persons as made prosperous and 
happy, Is. 3, 10. Jer. 44, 17. Ps. 112, 5 
wx 21 happy the man; comp. Syr. 
? «ὀσιαξος Oh, the happiness of! i. q. 
satis, see Matt. 5, 2 sq.—Of things as 
making prosperous and happy, 1 Sam. 2, 
24 main ΠΣῸΦ a good report, pleasing. 
Prov. 15, 30. 25, 25. 2 Sam. 18, 27 maiwa 
naziv glad tidings. J osh. 21, 45 318 "33 
a good word, glad promise. 23, 14. 15. 

B) Subst. for which also fem. 72350 is 
employed , q- Υ. 

1. good which one does, the right, τὸ 
καλόν, in a moral sense, Prov. 11, 27. 
aiv ΠῺΣ to do good, to lead a good life, 
Ps, 14, 1.3. 34, 15. 37, 3. 27; with ὩΣ fo 
do good with or to any one, to deal well 
with, Gen. 26, 29. Ps. 119, 65. So 38 
οἷο to love good Am. 5,15; aiv FI" Ps. 
38,21; aiv wos Am. 5,14; also 21 δὲ Ὁ 
Mic. 3,2; 210 1M Prov. 14,22; comp. 
in wan no. 2. Hence >>) aio 3" to 
know good and evil, see in $7} Do. 5. bb. 

2. good which one receives; Job 2, 10 
shall we receive good from God? Ps. 21, 
4. Hos. 8, 3 210 SNIw? ΤΣ Israel rejects 
the good sc. that is proffered.—Spec. 
a) a good thing, a benefit, spoken of sin- 
gle benefits; Ps. 34, 11 siu-d> sOTM ND 
they shall not want any good i. 6. any 
benefit from God. 84 12. Prov. 18, 22 
aio N¥Q ΓΝ Xs whoso findeth a wife, 
findeth a good thing. 3,27. Collect. for 
all good, benefits from God; Ps. 104, 28 
thou openest thy hand, aiv asa’ they 
are satisfied with good, i. e. with thy 
benefits. 107, 9. Prov. 12, 14. Ὁ) goods, 


362 














“ἸῺ 


wealth; Job 22, 18 51 BAH nba he 
filled their houses with goods, wealth, — 
1 K. 10, 7. ὁ) good fortune, welfare, 
prosperity ; Ps. 25, 13 rom iva iE, 
his soul shall abide in good, he shall 
prosper. 23, 6. Job 21, 13. 36,11. Soin 
the phrases: 310 MN) 10 see good, to — 
prosper, Ps. 4, 7. Job 7, 7; nivs ANI Δ. 
Eee. 2, 1; 210 >28 id. Prov. 13,2; S23 | 
sip id. Prov. 16,20; ete. So too sb 310 
(itis) good for me Ps. 119,71. Lam. 3,27; 
also Ecc. 8, 12.13. 310% for good Deut. 
30, 9. Ps. 119, 122; 6. dat. Deut. 6, 24. 
10, 13. Jer. 32, 39. 

3. Tob, pr. ἢ. of a region beyond Jor- 
dan, Judg. 11, 3. 2 Sam. 10, 6. Prob. 
i. q. Τούβιον or Τώβιον 1 Mace. 5, 13. 

C) Adv. good, well, καλῶς, Ruth 3, 13. 
1 Sam. 20, 7. 2 Sam. 3, 13. 1 K. 2, 18. 
So too the phrase: "27 310 the thing — 
is good, i. q. well, 1 K. 2, 38. 42. 18, 24. 


ἜΣ ἸΣ ID Tob-Adonijah, pr. n. τὰ. 
2 Chr. 17, 8. 

330 m. subst. 1. goodness, the quali- . 
ty of being or doing good. Ps. 119, 66 — 
psy a1 goodness of understanding. 
good insight. Often of the goodness or — 
benignity of God, Ps. 25,7. 31,20. 145,7. 
Is. 63,7.—Concr. good things, i.e. things 
good in themselves, wealth, Deut. 6, 11. 
2 K. 8, 9; precious things Gen. 24, 10, 
comp. v. 22. 30." With a gen. the good-— 
ness of any thing, the best, Gen. 45, 18. 
20. Spec. a) YRS Be the goodness 
of the land, its best fruits and products, 
Gen. 45, 23. Is. 1, 19. Jer. 2, 7. Ezra 9, 
12. Ὁ) mint 300 the good gifts of Jeho- 
vah, which in his goodness he bestows 
on men, e. g. the gifts of nature, fruits, 
wine, oil, flocks, ete. Jer. 31, 12. 14. Hos. 
3, 5. Ps. 27, 13. 65, 5. 

2. goodness of appearance, fairness, 
beauty ; comp. adj. 31% A. 1. a. a. Hos. 
10,11. Spoken of the divine majesty 
and glory, Ex. 33, 19. Zech. 9, 17. | 

3, ab 310 gladness of heart, joy, Deut. 
28. 7. Is. 65,14. Comp. adj. 210 A. 2. a. 

4, good fortune, welfare, prosperity, 
Job 20, 21. 21, 16. Prov. 11, 10. Comp. 
adj. 2iv A. 2. Ὁ. j 

mao fem. A) Adj. fem. of 312 α. v- 
lett. A. | | 

B) Subst. i. q. 210 lett. B, good, a 
good thing, opp. M3}; 80 maivd for 








ὕω “1 





a  ψνον 


ere δ μ ἀω, 


a 





210 


good, not for evil, Neh. 5, 19. 13, 31. Ps. 
86, 17. Jer. 24, 6.—Spec. ; 

1. good which one does, confers, bene- 
fit; so in formulas: M214 ΠῺΣ to do 
good to any one Ex. 18, 9. Num. 24, 13. 
Judg. 9,17; Maiv nnn nn ὈΡ Gen. 44, 
4. Ps. 35,12; Haiv Ξ τι to requite good 
1 Sam. 25, 21. 2 Sam. 16,12. Hence 
goodness, the doing of good, Ps. 68, 11. 

2. good which one receives, viz. a) 
welfare, prosperity, happiness, e. g. O87 
Mid to see goud, to enjoy prosperity, 
happiness, Job 9, 25. 22, 21. Ece. 5, 17. 
6,6; M3i~a 528 to eat in prosperity, to 
enjoy it, Job 21,25. So Ps. 16, 2 "᾿Ξ 
323 53 my happiness is nought beyond 
thee, i. 6. 1 delight in nothing more than 
thee, besides thee. b) goods, wealth, 
riches, Ecc. 5, 10. Ps. 65, 12 ἡ m2 
the year of thy riches, i.e. of thy rich 
bounties; comp. 352 Ps. 104, 28. 

3. goodness, sc. in any one ; plur. Misi 
good qualities Neh. 6, 19.—The signif. 
goodness in the sense of kindness, benig- 
nity, is by some ascribed to this word in 
Ps. 65, 12. 68, 11; but see in nos. 1, 2. 

APBD and WIND (i. q. Hianb sin 
pleasing to Jehovah) pr. ἢ. Tobiah, To- 
bias, Gr. Τωβίας, a name common after 
the exile. a) Neh.2,10. 4,1. Ὁ) Ezra 
2, 60. Neh. 7,62. c) Zech. 6, 10. 14. 


ἘΠῚ 1. i. q. Arab. ἘΠ᾿ to roll up 
or together, to twist ; hence to spin, Ex. 
35, 25. 26. Hence 02. 

2. to be hungry. famished, to fast, i. q. 


Arab. (55, whencé spb hungef, 


jib hungry, famished ; pr. to be con- 


Cer twisted, sc. in one’s bowels: so 
the ‘Arabs mackie to hungry ‘persons 
bowels convolved, twisted, e. g. Hariri 
Cons. 3. p. 142. ed. Schult. Une (55: 

spat As to twist up the bowels from 
hunger. Comp. Schult. 1. c. Cons. 3. p. 
136. Hence min. 

Deriv. MID, MID. 


mio to spread over, to daub, to be- 
smear, e. g. a wall with mortar, to plas- 


ler, Lev. 14, 42. 1 Chr. 29, 4; the eyes, 


so as not to see, Is. 44, 18, where pret. 
MQ for M2; with two acc. Ez. 13, 10-15. 


22, 28.—Arab. +b mid. Ye, II to cover 


ς 


363 





“0 


over with fat, to besmear, see Camoos p. 

328. In the occidental languages, comp. 

τέγγω, tingo, to tinge, Germ. tiinchen. 
Nipu. pass. infin. Lev. 14, 43. 48. 
Deriv. πῶ, Ing. 


* DAU obsol. root, Arab. “29. 
lect, to gather. Hence 072. 


MDW plur. f. bands, fillets, spec. the 
prayer-fillets or phylacteries of the Jews, 
7 EEN, φυλακτήρια Matth. 23, 5; i. e. 
strips of parchment on which are writ- 
ten various sentences from the Mosaic 
law, 6. g. Ex. 13, 1-10. 11-16. Deut. 6, 
4-9. 11, 13-21, and which the Jews are 
accustomed to bind around the fore- 
head and the left wrist while they are at 
prayers, Ex. 13, 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 18. 
Chald. x2uid, δ ΒΤ, a bracelet, front- 
let—The ‘Sorin te foes ΠΕΣ, as 533 
for 353 ; 224> for 3332; mbibs, Syr. 


fasstite: Lehrg. p. 869. The root is 
DY q. v. not Dv, to which the signif. 
of binding has been attributed without 
good reason. 


ἜΘΗ ἃ in Kal not used; Arab. Aja 
mid. Waw, to be long. 

Hien. 5°24 pr. to throw down at full 
length, to prostrate, comp. Hoph. and 
Is. 22,17; hence to throw, to cast, Ez. 
32,4; a spear 1 Sam. 18, 11. 20, 33; to 
cast out, as from a land Jer. 16, 13. 22, 
26, from a ship Jon. 1, 5. 12; to send out 

a wind Jon. 1, 4. 

Hopu. bess, faut. θη, Sw". 

1. to be cast ‘down at full length, to be 
prostrated, Ps. 37, 24. Job 41, 1. 

2. to be cast, as the lot, Prov. 16, 33 ; 
to be cast out Jer. 22, 28. 

Pitp. 50 i. q. Hiph. to cast down, to 
prostrate, Is. 22, 17. 

Deriv. 52050. 


*{)10 obsol. root, Arab. Lb mia. 
Waw, to go around, to surround. Hence 
Mipwid q. v. bands, fillets. 

*"10 obsol. root, prob. like kindr. 


“3, "Im, to go round about, to surround. 
—Hence 


“10 m. 


3 to col- 


1. a wall round about, an en- 
closure, Ez. 46, 23. Arab. 538 border, 
bound 55 fence, enelosnre. 


Ὁ 


2. a row, range, ἃ5 οὗ gems, Ex. 28, 
17 sq. 39, 10 sq. Also a course of hewn 
stones 1K. 7, 12; of beams 6, 36. 7,43 
of pomegranates 1, 42. etc. 


WW Chald. m. a rock, hitountieen. i. q. 
Heb. "1%. Dan. 2, 35. 45.—Syr. [3ag, 


Arab. yl, a: 

* WIAD to fly swiftly, to pounce upon 
the prey, as an eagle, Lat. tundere ; 
comp. Germ. stossen spoken of birds of 
prey, whence Stdsser, Stossvogel ; also 
Engl. to toss. Job 9, 26 "33 res 29D 


ἘΞΝ —Corresponding is dir! 2} of the 


flicht of the eagle, vulture, for Heb. 783 
Jer. 48, 40. 49,22; Pa. Deut. 32, 11. Job 


39, 13; [ood lofty and rapid flight. 


M0 Chald. f. a fasting ; as Adv. fast- 
ing, without food. Dan. 6, 19. R. πλῷ 
no. 2; the form is like 72> from 732. 


BE rime in Kal not used, ο stretch, to 
bxbetid. Arab. “Lab to spread out. 
Pi. part. πῶ τ INL? pr. those draw- 
ing the bow, i. e. bowmen, archers, Gen. 
21, 16.—For the form, comp. "58, Hith- 
pal. πῦρ τι, doubling the last radical. 


ΤΠ τὰ. a mill, hand-mill, Lam. 5, 13. 
R. jn. 


ON m. ce (τ. "M2) “wmores ani, 
i. 6. the piles, hemorrhoids, so called as 
protruded from the fundament, with 
straining or. tenesmus and a flow of 
blood, 1 Sam. 6, 11. 17; also Deut. 28, 
27. 1 Sam. 5, 6. 9. 12. 6. 4. 3 in Keri, 
for Chethibh 0°>D3, which seems to 
have been the more vulgar or less usual 
word. . 


ming plur. f. the reins, according to 
the Heb. interpreters ; so called because 
overspread with fat, from r. MD q. v. 
Comp. =bm and 32. Like 35 and mi72> 
it is put as the seat of the mind, feel- 
ings, intellect ; Ps. 51,8 lo! thou, Yovest 
truth in the vbhie sc. of a man. Job 
38, 36 who hath put wisdom in the reins, 
i.e. so that thou knowest and under- 
standest all these things; the other 
member has “12> the mind, intellect. 
However this whole passage may be 
understood, the same signif. must be 
attributed to the word Mind as in Ps. |. c. 


364, 





Ὡ"Ὦ 
*MNO, see nv Is. 44; 18 in τ. MIB. 
“00 fat. |10" ,imper. fem. "278, to 


crush, to beat small, c. ace. Ex. 32, 20. 
Deut. 9, 21; spec. fo grind with a afi . 


mill, Fuad: 16, 21. Num. 11, 8. Is. 47,8. 


Arab. , Aram. τιν ime, id.— 
Trop. "23 "38 ἼΠῸ to grind the person 7 
(not face) of ihe poor, i. e. to oppress © 
him with exactions, Is. 3,15 ; eomp. nz. 
Job 31, 10 "Max sox jon let my 
grind on another, i i.e. be his ‘nil-eeneks 
his abject slave, (comp. Ex. 11, 5. Is. 47, 
2.) and also his concubine, a sense re- 
quired by the other clause and v. 9; so 
Sept. Vulg. and Chald. The Rabbins 
understood the phrase to grind for ano- 
ther in a trop. and unchaste sense, q. d. 
‘let her be ground, violated, by another 
man ;’ just as Gr. μύλλειν Theocr. 4. 58, — 
and Lat. molere, permolere, are spoken 
of intercourse with a woman; see the 
commentators ad Petron. Sat. 23. Hor. — 
Sat. 1. 2. 35. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 188. 
But in such instances the word for grind- 
ing is every where attributed to the 
man. 
Deriv. ji"%, and the two here follow- 
ing. a 
M2170 (ἃ mill, hand-mill, Eee. 12, 4. 


mina plur. f. grinders, for the double- 
seth dentes molares, Eee. 12, 3. Arab. 


Sialb id. 
* "TD obsol. root, Syr. κι 10 lireazhe 


' hard, ay blow, as under a load; also in 4 


easing the belly with a great effort ; to 
have tenesmus ; hence pangs [5csng , te- 


. nesmus with flow of blood; Arab. ’ 


espec. 2}, spoken of the same.—Hence ~ 
ΠΛ ΠΩ q. v. 


ΤΠ Ὁ m. plaster, roughcast, spread over — 
a wall, Ez. 13, 12. CR. πλῷ. 


ὩΣ m. (Ὁ. ἀρ ph mire, Eth. R® 
mire, Arab. iba. ὅ mud collected in — 


the bottom of a pool; see the root.— 
Spec. a) mud, mire, as in streets Ps. 
18, 43. Mic. 7, 10; at the bottom of the 
sea Is. 57, 20; in a cistern or subterra- 
nean prison Jer. 38,6; on the banks of 








- ΤῸ 


hie Nile Job 41, 32 [30]. Trop. for deep 
zalamity Ps. 69,15. b) clay, potter’s 
elay, Is. 41, 25. Nah. 3, 14. 

Hence the denom. verb: 


NON Pip. to remove mud or dirt, to 
sweep away ; comp. 1151 to rémove ash- 
es, from 723. Once, Is. 14, 23 πο ΘΝ Ὁ 
S203 xoxve2a I will sweep her (Baby- 
lon) away with: the besom of destruction, 
1. 6. will wholly destroy her, so that her 
site shall be as a place swept clean; 
' comp. 1 Κι. 14, 14. 21, 21. 2 K. 21, 13.— 
In the Talm. is the form "0x0 ; Kimchi 
has ὌΝ, and also DIN"D a sweeping 
_ away. Heb. Xoxd is either for "ONG 
' adding &, or else by transp. for D°X0.— 
A derivation from a root δὲ" is less cer- 
tain. 

Deriv. 8280-2 a broom, besom. 


᾿ yo Chald. m. clay, potter’s clay, 
Dan. 2, 41.43 x2" HOM earthen ware, 
sherds of clay. Arab. and Syr. uprb, 
Gor id. whence the denom. verb ω- 


‘mid. Ye, to besmear with clay or mud, 
_toform fromclay. Kindr. are "0, ἸΝΌ, 


 q.v. 


MMOL (r.93) 1. a wall round about 
_ a place, i. q. "98 no. 1. Ez. 46, 23. 

2. A place surrounded by a wall, an 
enclosure; hence a) a fortress, castle, 
- Cant.8.9. Ὁ) A nomadic encampment, 
_ rustic village, hamlet, usually enclosing 
_ a space in which the cattle were secur- 
ed, Gen. 25, 16. Num. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 6, 
_ 39 [54]. Ez. 25,4. Poet. of a habitation 


Ps. 69, 26. Syr. Tena enclosure, fold. 
_ See “57 no. 2. 


20 m. (τ. 5541) in pause 52, c. suff."52 , 
dew, Gen. 27, 28. 39. Ex. 16, 13.14. Num. 
' 11, 9. Job 29, 19. Zech. 8,12, ninix >a 
Job 26,19, see inHaixno.2. The dewas 
_ moistening plants is the emblem of fresh- 
ness and refreshing, Deut. 32, 2. Prov. 
19,12. Hos. 14,6. The drops of the dew 
_ are put for a multitude, 2 Sam. 17, 12. 
_ So Ps. 110, 3 from the womb of the morn- 
ing shall be to thee the dew of thy youth, 
_ i. 6. the youths of thy people numerous 
and fresh as the drops of the morning 
_ dew shall go forth to fight thy battles. 
_ Mic. 5,6. Also, the morning dew is the 
_ symbol of something evanescent, Hos. 
| 31* 





365 





nde 


8 - 
6, 4. 13,3. Arab. jb fine rain, dew; 
Syr. ty, Ethiop. MA, id. 
50 Chald. id. Dan. 4, 12. 20. 5, 21. 


* R90 to patch, to mend ; see Pual. 
Chald. xbv id. In Kal only Part. pass. 
Sober“) patched, i.e. spotted, having large 
spots like patches, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 

Puat part. patched, clouted, Josh. 9, 5 
mixbus ΓΘ») shoes clouted. 
END see "bu. 


5 ΠΡΌ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Syr. thy to be 


new , fresh, young ; kindr. is "30, comp. 
Gr) Béla Herve "bv and 


M20 m: a lamb, young and tender 


Ze 

1 Sam. 7,9. Is. 65, 25. Arab. Yue a 
young animal of any kind, espec. a young 
gazelle just born, Eth. MMA, kid, Syr. 
ὭΣ boy, aS girl. 

moon f. a casting down Is. 22, 17. 
See τ. 53 Pilp. 

"50 τη. (r. 75%) i. gq. 954, only in plur. 
pny for pby, 

1. lambs, young and tender, Is. 40, 11. 
Comp. Lehre. p- 575. 

2. Telaim, pr. n. of a place in the 
tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 15, 4. See also 
pet. 


~ =“ 
Ἐ]. 520, Arab. Ab, Eth. APAA, 
to moisten gently, as the dew, light rain. 
Hence 52 dew. 


τ If. 220 i. ᾳ. >>¥% II, and Arab. 
Lb II, to shade, to overshadow ; hence 
to cover, to cover over. Chald. 20, Syr. 
SZ, id. 

Piet 53% to cover, espec. with beams, 
timber, contignare, Neh. 3, 15; else- 
where Mp q.v. Comp. Gen. 19, 8 55 
“NP. 

Pitp. 5250 is from 5572, q. v. 

220 Chald. i. q. Heb. >} II. 

Apu. ἘῸΝ to get shade, to lie in the 
shade, Dan. 4, 9. , 

. pot obsol. root, Aram. 530, saz, 
Arab. yA, Ethiop. MAP, to oppress, 
todo wrong. Hence the two following: 

ὩΡῸ (oppression) 7 θην, pr. ἢ. of ἃ 
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 24. According to 


nu 


Kimchi and others it is the same which 
is called in 1 Sam. 15, 4 D°N>D. 


71020 (oppressed) Talmon, pr. n. τα. 
Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7,45. R. bw. 


"N20, fut. wavs, inf. παν Ὁ Lev. 
15, 32; to be or become unclean, impure ; 
to be defiled, polluted. Syr. Ἰζδ to pol- 


lute, Kew polluted; comp. Lat. conta- 
mino, attamino, intamino. The primary 
idea is that of immersing ; see in 720. 
a) Chiefly spoken of Levitical unclean- 
ness, both of persons and animals, (i. e. 
animals not to be eaten, see Lev. 11, 1- 
31.) and also of things, as buildings, 
vessels, etc. opp. 0, Lev. 11, 24 sq. 
12, 2.5. al. With 3, to be defiled with 
any thing, Lev. 15, 80. 18, 20. 23. Ὁ) 
Spec. to defile oneself SC. with idolatry, 
guilt, ὁ. 2 Ps. 106, 39. Ez. 22, 4. 

Nira. NOU, part. plur. ΘΠ 232 Ez. 
20, 30. 31; pas, of Pi. no. 1, to defile one- 
se if, lo be defiled, polluted, as @ Woman 
by adultery, Num. 5,13.14; a people by 
whoredom or idolatry, Hos. 5, 3. 6, 10. 
With 5 of that with which one is defiled, 
e.g. idols, Ez. 20,7. 23,30; > Ez. 20, 31. 

PieL 820 1. to make unclean, to de- 
file, to pollute, Lev. 15,31. Hence a) 
to defile, to profane, e.g. the name of 
God Ez. 43,7. 8; the sanctuary Lev. 
15, 31. Jer. 7, 30. Ps. 89,1; a land by 
wickedness and idolatry, Num. 35, 34. 
Jer. 2,7. Ez. 36,18; oneself, 1052, Lev. 
21, 44. So of jaolatroun: high wacps, 
mina, i. α. to destroy, 2 K. 23, 8. 10. 13. 
16. Is. 30, 22; this was done by casting 
uriclean things, as dead men’s bones, up- 
on the places, in order that they might 
νι not be rebuilt, 2 K. 23, 6. 14.16. 90. b) 
to deflour, to violate a woman, virgin, 
Gen. 34, 5. 13. 27. Ez. 18, 6. 15. 

2. to pronounce unclean, 6. g. as a 
priest, Lev. 13, 3. 8. 11 sq. 

_ 3. to let pollute oneself, to let be pol- 
luted, c. ace. Ez. 20, 26. 

Puac part. defiled, polluted, Ez. 4, 14. 

Hirup. fut. Xavi. q. Niph. to make 
oneself unclean, to defile oneself, Lev. 21, 
4. Hos. 9,4; with 3 of that with which 
one is defiled, Lev. 11, 43. 18, 30; also 
> Lev. 21, 3. 11. 

Hovar. nawn id. Deut. 24, 4. 

Deriv. the three following. 


366 at 


-is better in Job 1. 6. we are foolish 





N20 adj. f. mye; unclean, defiled, 
impure, opp. sing, S lev: 10, 10. 11, 47. 
Deut. 12, 15. 22. a) ‘Levitieally, as per-— 
sons Lev. 13, 11. 15. 36. 44 sq. 15, 2. 
Num. 19, 13. 15. 20; spec. BE) NBD ide- 
filed by a dead Wacky Hagg. 2, 13; NOD 
>> id. Num. 5, 2. 9, 6. 7. 10. of ani- 
mals which may not be eaten, Lev.5,2. — 
7, 21. 11, 4. 5.'7. Deut. 14, 8. 10; of fhod 
jada 13, 4, Ez. 4, 13; of Sonal from 
leprosy, Lev. 14, 44. ete. Ὁ) Morally, 
Job 14, 4. Is. 6, 5 DINBY Ngee unclean 
of lips, i. e. sinning with the lips, utter- 
ing blasphemies and falsehood. MRaD 
nun the unclean of name, infamous, Ez. 
22,5. Of the gentiles, Is, 35, 8. 52, 11. 
N20 ΓΟ Ν Am. 7, 17. 


MNO f. Mic. 2, 10 (τ. 822) also 


MND f. wncleanness, impurity, pollu 
tion. a) In the Levitical sense, Lev. 5 
3. 7, 20. 21. 14,19. Num. 19,13, 2 Sam. 
11,4. m3 mxoy Lev. 15, 26. Ez. 36, 
17. Also an unclean thing, Judg. 13,7. 
14. 2 Chr. 29,16. b) Ina moral sense, — 
impurity frei 4 crime, e. g. adultery, for- 
nication, idolatry, Bev 16, 16.19. Num. 
5, 19. Lata, 1, 9. Ez. 22,15. τι ὍτοΓΙ ΓΙ 
the unclean spirit, moving the false pro- 
phets, Zech. 13, 2. Of the gentiles, 
Ezra 6, 21. 9, L.—Plur. constr. ΤΡ Ὁ 
Lev. 16, 16. 19. Ez. 36, 25. 29. 


ἣ ΓΙΌ, ᾳ. 820; at least some forms 
of this latter verb follow the analogy of 
verbs Πρ. Thus 

ΝΙΡΗ. to be unclean, to be defiled, 
nov? Lev. 11, 43. Job 18, 3 "5γ5023 
paqy7s2 we are unelean'i in your eyes, i. 8. ( 
impious, wicked, comp. 14,4. Ψαῖρ. sor- 
duimus. Some of the Hebrew interpret- 
ers, favoured by the parallelism, here 
make 30 to be i. q. Chald. 520, DD, 
Heb. 008, to be stopped up, i. q. to he 
stupid, foolish; and this sense perhaps 


(stupid) in your eyes. 


* 1720 fut. ja", to hide, to conceal: 
Josh. 2, 6. Job 31,33. The primary idea 
is that of 7mmersing, and is common to 
several verbs beginning with the syllable 
mY (=), some of which retain the idea of 
immersing, while others pass over to that 
of hiding and also of defiling, polluting ; 
comp: synon. jP¥, and see more in 








S20 


Thesaur.. p. 552.—Spec. to hide under 
‘ground, to bury, Gen. 35, 4. Ex. 2, 12. 
Josh. 7, 21. 22. Jer. 43,10. jan be ἃ 
hidten abortion Job 3,16. Sod mB jaw 
Ps. 140, 6. 142, 4; Ὁ ny Ὄ Ps. 9, 16. 
31, 5, i. e. to hide a snare, net, for any 
one, i. 4. to lie in wait, to plot against 
tien : comp. Ps. 64, 6. Job 18, 10. With 
Ὁ. to hide for any one, i.e. to hoard up, 
to reserve for him, Job 20, 26 ἼΣΟΣ 
ἼΛΗΣ 9 4900 all darkness (calamity) is 
hoarded up for his treasures, where ob- 
serve the paronomasia in the kindred 
words }20 and 52. Similar is Deut. 
33, 19 Dim "22D “ΒΩ pr. the hidden of 
the hid treasures of the sand, perh. glass. 
Tronically, Prov. 19,24 ΠῚ Ὑπὸ buy jou 
the slothful hideth his hand in the dish, 
i.e. he plunges it slowly and deeply 
into the dish. Pass. part. }'002 in the 
hidden, i.e. in secret, in darkness, Job 
40, 13. 

Nipu. to hide oneself, under the earth, 
Is. 2,10. ᾿ 

Hipn. i.q. Kal, 2 K. 7, 8. 
. Deriv. 29. 


*NIO m. c. suff. FNIV, a basket, 
Deut. 26, 2. 4. 28, 5. Chald. 2% id. 
Kindr. axe m3x2% basket, urs to weave, 


whence ὙΠῸ basket; also 0°50, etc. 
For the origin, see r. 530 no. 2. 


* 20 in Kal not used, Aram. aly 


to be soiled, dirty. 
ῬΙΕΙ, to soil, to defile, Cant. 5, 3. 


Ἧ iy Ὡ i,q. NIN, to go astray, to wan- 
der, Aram. 830, ty, and Arab. lab , 


Hipu. to lead astray, to seduce, Ez. 
13, 10. 


ΟΣ Ὧ 1. to taste, as in all the kin- 

dred dialects ; e.g. a) totry the fla- 
vour, Job 12, 11. b) to eat a little, 
1 Sam. 14, 24. 29. 43. Jon. 3, 7. 
have the sense of taste, to perceive the 
flavour, 2 Sam. 19, 36. 

2. Metaph. to perceive by the mind, to 
feel, Prov. 31, 18. Ps.34,9 “93 ANT ΠΏΣ 
mins 210 O taste and see that Jehovah is 


Deriv. those following, and nva>u72. 


367 


c) to. 





ne 


ὩΣ Chald. id. Pa. to make taste, ive: 
to cause to eat, to feed, Dan. 4, 22. 5, 21. 


DIO m. 1. taste, flavour of food, Num. 


11,8. Jer.48,11. Job 6,6. Arab. palo id. 


2. Metaph. intellectual taste, i. e. judg- 
ment, discernment,understanding ; comp. 
Lat. sapere, sapiens, sapientia, et contra 
insipidus. 1 Sam. 25, 33. Ps. 119, 66. Job 
12,20. ὩΣῸ NID NWS an insipid woman, 
i. e. without discernment, Prov. 11, 22. 
ὈΣῸ πρῶ he changed his understanding, 
i.e. feigned himself mad, Ps. 34,1. ἈΞ Ὁ 
ὩΣῺ who answer discreetly Prov. 26, 16. 

3. From the Chald. judgment of the 
king, 1. 6. mandate, decree, Jon. 3,7. See 
Chald. 530 no. 3. | 


DYL Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. no. 3, man- 
date, decree, Ezra 6, 14.—More frequent 
is 

DYY Chald. m. 1. taste, flavour, espec. 
pleasant. Dan. 5, 2 87°35 0202 in the fla- 
vour of wine, i. e. while drinking. 

2. judgment, discernment, reason, see 
Heb. 02 no. 2. Dan. 2, 14, Hence, 
reason as demanded or given, an ac- 
count ; Δ ΩΣ 3" to render an account, 
Dan: 6, 3; >9 psy Dit to make account 
of, to regard, Dan. 3, 12. 

3. judgment of the king, mandate, edict, 
decree, Dan. 3, 10. 12.29. DBSu Dw to 
give command Ezra 4, 19. 21. 5, 3..9. 18. 
6,1. 7,13. Of a cause to be judged, de- 
creed, Ezra 5, 5. ov 553 lord of judg- 
ment, the title of the Persian governor 
in Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17. 


ae ἸΣῸ to thrust through with a 


sword, Arab. ik id. cyano thrust 


through, rele a thrust. Chald. Pa. id. 
Pua pass. Part. plur. constr. "2907 
Is. 14, 19. 


ἍΕ ἸΣῸ to load up beasts of burden, 
Gen. 45, 17. Aram. 522, ead: to be 


loaded, laden. Arab. upeb VIII to sit 


upon a camel, 2A a loaded camel, 
Kinal camel’s saddle i.e. with a tent 
or canopy. Comp. ἸΣΣ. 

Ὁ τὰ. (Ὁ. 92) c. suff. 02_v, collect. 
little ones, little children, boys ἀνὰ girls, 
so called from their quick and tripping 


rao 


gait, see the root; comp. >2i9. Gen. 
34, 29. 43, 8. 45, 19. 46, 5. Opp. to 
youths and maidens Ez. 9, 6; to men 
above twenty years old, Ex. 12, 37; to 
maidens, Num. 31,18. Often ΠΏ 3 Π 
Deut. 20, 12; ow ὩὯΏ Josh. 1, 14; 
ἢ aor DIN Jer. 40, 7. etc. = Hole: 
times it is applied toa whole family, ex- 
cepting only the father or head of the 
family; 2 Chr. 20, 13 pn") Deore 
ἘΠ 23 also their families, to wit, their 
wires and their children. 2 Chr. 31,18. 
Gen. 47, 12 uh "£> according to their 
families. Ex. 10, 10. Num. 32, 16. 
24, 26. 


*TDO in Kal not used. Syr. wo, 
to spread out, to expand. Kindr. ΠΕΣ. 

Piet ΠΒ 1. tospread out, to expand, 
trans. e. g. the heavens, Is. 48, 13. 

2. Denom. from M5 no. 1, to bear 
wpon the palms, sc. a child, in Engl. ‘to 
carry in the arms,’ Lam. 2, 22. 

Deriv. "724%, and the three follow- 
ing. 

m0 τὰ. plur. rinse 1. Pr. the 
spread hand, palm ; put as a measure 
of four fingers, a hand-breadth, 1 K. 7, 
26. 2 Chr. 4, 5, comp. Jer. 52, 91. Ps. 39, 
6 "2" ΠΡῸΣ minay mn lo! thow hast 
made my days hand-breadths, i. e. very 
short. 

2. As a term of architecture, plur. 
mutuli, corbils, i.e. projecting stones on 
which the ends of timbers are laid, 1 K. 
7,9. Sept. τὰ γεῖσα. 


MDVD m. ig. NEY no. 1, a palm, hand- 
breadth, Ex. 25, 25. 37,12. Ez. 40, 5. 
43. R. ΠΕΏ. 


DSO m. plur. verbal noun (τ. ΠΕῸ 
Piel no. 2) a bearing on the palms, nurs- 
ing of children, Lam. 2, 20. 


ῳ Bt fut. DBO", pr. ¢o patch, as in 
Talinudic ; then trop. to patch up false- 
hood, i. 6. to devise, to forge ; comp. δό- 
hoy ῥάπτειν, Lat. suere dolos. Ps. 119, 69. 
Job 13,4. Ellipt. Job 14,17 “by bbon} 
“is Pin devisest (falséhoods) upon my 
iniquity, i. e. thou makest my sins more 
numerous by false accusations in addi- 
tion. Comp. the similar passage in Targ. 
Jonath. Deut. 1,1 3p 7b MOD FIMbED 
concinnastis contra eum verba menda- 


368 





aoa 


cia.—Arab. dab to arrange one’s dis- 
course artificially. ϊ 


ΠΌΣΟ m. Jer. 51, 27, plur. c. suff 


“qriepy Nah. 3, 17, a foreign word, a 


satrap, military governor of a province 
among the Assyrians and Medes. If we © 
may form a conjecture from the modern 
Persian language, we may compare — 
pays , pes , war-chief, prince. Boh- 
len in his posthumous sheets compares 
Sanscr. adhipacara king’s legate. In 
Targ. Jonath. Deut. 28, 12, it occurs as 
the name of an angel of high rank. 


ἘΏΞῸ ae of te 

20 Arab: Wal and W30 to take 
short and quick steps, to trip, spoken of 
the walk of children, whence 9%. Also 
of the affected gait of coquettish females, 
to mince ; once infin. absol. Is. 3, 16 7755 
m22>m Hie) walking and mincing as 
they go; Luth. well as to the sense: sie 
treten einher und schwénzen, i. 6. wag, 


waddle ; so Saad. uyb=; Chald. jana 


ἸΒΡΏ. Corresponding are 223, Germ. 
tappen, trappen, and its dimin. ‘trippeln, 
Engl. to tap, to trip. 


. "50 Chald. m. plur. } 50, i. q. 
Heb. 77S, nail of a man, Dan. 4, 30; 
hoof of an animal, Dan. 7, 19. 


* WED to be fat; metaph. to be dull, 
stupid, like Gr. παχύς, Lat. pinguis, Ps. 
119, 70. Comp. 477285 Is. 6, 10.—More 
frequent in Chaldee. | 


MY (for mw drop, r. }22) Taphath, 
pr. ἢ. of a daughter of Solomon, 1 Καὶ, 
4, 11. 


᾿ TO to thrust, Lat. trud-o with the 
same radical letters; hence to follow on 
continually one after another ; only Part. 
Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15 "τῷ 524 stillicidium 
trudens, i.e. a continual dropping of the 
eaves, one drop following another and 
thrusting it forward ; comp. Engl. ‘ driv- 
ing rain.—Arab. d, trusit, propulit ; 
IV, res consecuta est aliam ; see Schult, 
ad Prov. 1. 6. Chald. 1%, Syr. 2d, te 
extrude. 

Deriv. pr. n. T7022. 


“ΠΏ Chald. to thrust, to drive forth, 
Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30. 








ao 


ὩΣ obsol. root, i.g. 950 


τ 


Or τὴ 


ee raw, uncooked. The primary 
idea perhaps lies in plucking off, so that 
MID (770, 330) may be i. a FY gq. v.— 
Hence "10. 


nin i. 4. DIY not yet, Ruth 3, 14 
Chethibh. 


5 mao in Kal not used, Arab. 


Conj. I, IV, VIII, to cast down, to project. 

His once Job 37, 11 AB? “S-HR 
a> also in rain, he (God) casts down the 
thick cloud, precipitates it, implying the 
descent and sudden fall ofclouds through 
the weight of water in them, the burst- 


ing ofa cloud. But Arab. cree. ο. Ac 


signifies also to cast upon, to lay upon 
any thing, comp. M7 a load, burden; 
and hence the passage might be ren- 
_ dered: with rain he loads the thick 
_ clouds ; so some of the Rabbins. Symm. 
ἐπιβρίσει. Still another interpretation 
see in art. "3, p. 158.—Hence 


MQ m. a cumbrance, trouble, Deut. 
1,12. Is. 1, 14.—Chald. xv toil, weari- 
ness, M7 to be wearied, Eth. MCh id. 

"YQ adj. fem. HD, fresh, new, e.g. a 
wound Is. 1, 6; the jaw-bone of an ass, 
Judg. 15,15. ΒΗ. πρῶ. 


hie =a) obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. 42% to 
pluck off, comp. ey? to cut off.—Hence 


DI pr. a cutting off, the place where 
_ a bough has just been cut from a tree; 
_ then, beginning.—Hence, though this 
etymology is doubtful : 

1. before, sooner than; with fut. in a 
_ past sense, Ex. 12, 34 the people took 
their dough yon one before it was 
leavened. Josh. 3, 1. Ps. 119, 67; with 
fat. in fut. sense, Is. 65,.24. me" this 
signif. we more freq: find ΞΏΞ. 

2. not yet; with pret. Gen. 24, 15 ἘΞῺ 
nat ΠῸΞ he had not yet done speaking. 
- 1Sam. 3, 7. Oftener with fut. in past 
_ sense, Gen. 2,5 and every plant of the 
_ field was not yet in the earth. Ex. 10, 7. 
_ Josh. 2,8. 1Sam. 3,3; fut. in fut. sense, 
Ex. 9, 30. 

3. With the prepositions 3 and 12, id. 
a) D703 when not yet, before with 


369 





op 


pret. Ps. 90,2. Prov. 8, 25. With fut. in 
the fut. ἄγει" Is. 66, 7. Job 10, 21 ὉΔῺΞ 
2% before I shall go; but often in the | 
signif: of pret. Jer. 1, 5 I sanctified thee 
NEM O12 before thou camest forth. Gen. 
27, 33. 41, 50. Ex. 1,19. Ruth 3, 14. 2 K. 
6, 32. With inf. Zeph. 2, 2 ny} pHa. 
Tbid. pleonast. Sia? N> DID pr. before 
it come not upon you, strictly a double 
negation. With a subst. yp 0703 be- 
fore the harvest, pr. in there being yet 
no harvest, Is. 28, 4. 

b) DIwa i. gq. 0703, when not yet, 
Hagg. 2,15. Comp. 7 in the formula 
mw, OTP, Is. 46, 10. 


*FI0 fat. F547, once in pause 707 
Gen. 49, 27. 
1, to pull or pluck off, kindr. 728, DID, 


comp. Gr. ϑρύπτω. Hence Arab. 3 at 


to be fresh, new, i. 6. freshly plucked, 
Heb. 470, 79 no. 1. 

2. to pull or tear in pieces, to rend, as 
wild beasts, Gen. 37, 33. 44,28. Deut. 33, 
20. Ps. 22,14. Nah.2,13. Trop. of fierce 
warriors and enemies, Gen. 49, 27. Ps. 7. 
3; even of God, Ps. 50, 22 554X778 lest 
I tear you in pieces. Hos. 4, 14. 6, 1. 
Ascribed also to anger, as of God, Job 
16,9; of men Am. 1, 11. Job 18, 4 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass of no. 2, Ex. 22, 12. Jer. 5, 6. 

Pua id. Gen. 37, 33. 44, 28. 

Hien. to tear up food, i. 6. into small 
pieces or mouthfuls, to cause to eat, to 
feed a person, Prov. 30, 8. 

Deriv. the three following. 


sie adj. fresh, new, of a’ leat, Gen. 8, 
11. Seer. 90 no. 1. 


70 m. c. suff. aay 1. a green leaf, 
fresh foliage, pr. freshly plucked off, Ez. . 
17,9; comp. Gen. 8,11. Chald. et Syr. 
ΝΒ ἌΝ id. 

2. prey of a wild beast, pr. an animal 
torn in pieces, Job 4, 11. 29, 17. 38, 39. 
Is. 5, 29. Am. 3, 4. Nah. 2, 13. 3, 1. 
Trop. 922 "25 mountains of prey i. e. 
of plunderers, robbers, fastnesses whence 
they sally forth for prey, Ps. 76. 5. 

3. food, of animals Job 24, 5; of men, 
Prov. 31,15. Mal.3,10. Ps. 111,5. Comp. 
the verb in Hiph. 


MDD Γ᾿ collect. what is torn in pieces 
flocks torn by wild beasts, Gen. 31, 39 


570 


Ex. 22, 12. Lev. 7, 24. Ez. 4, 14. Nah. 
2,13. R. $20. 

N22BID Chald. Turpelites Ezra 4, 9, 
the name of a people from which the 


Yod, the tenth letter of the Hebrew 
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 10. 
The name of this letter, ti5, is doubt- 


less i. ᾳ. 1" the hand, comp. 01", plur. . 


D°72" from obsol. 5"; and its figure in 
the Phenician and Samaritan alphabets 
and on Maccabean coins, still presents a 
rude image of the hand; see Monumm. 
Phenic. p. 30, also Pl. 3. So too the 
Ethiopic, where this letter is called Ya- 
‘man, i. e. right hand. 

Itisinterchanged: a) Withthe other 
feeble letters, δὲ, 7, 1, so that these three 
aspirates are softened into Y od; 6. g.with 
δὲ, 566 ἰη δὲ ; with 5, as 72M 722, nan na, 
see Thes. p. 360; often with 1. Indeed 
most of the Heb. roots which have Yod 
for the first radical, i. e. verbs “5, are in 
Arabic and Ethiopic 5, see Lehrg. p. 
379 sq. as ‘72°, J, MAR etc. For 
the affinity of verbs “B with other bili- 
teral roots, espec. verbs 19 and 33, see 
Lehrg. §112. 2. Ὁ) With the semi- 
vowel 3, as MN?) ON", etc. seein}. ὁ) 
@ With the other palatals; 6. g. with ἃ, 
as "HQ" yedham Iturea; "Ὁ" Ethiop. 
WIZ, td chastise ; 155 Armen. gini 
wine. Also with > and P, as "W* and 
ἜΘ; see Thesaur. p. 557. 


y =N° to long for, to desire earnestly, 
6. Ὁ Ps. 119,131; Sept. ἐπεπόϑουν. Syr. 
«αὐλῇ and Ὁ τα ὙΦ id. Kindr. are 
AIAN, TIN; comp. 338 where see, 38M. 


Υ ΔῈ to be comely, becoming, i. q. 
Mx? (Ps. 33, 1. Prov. 17,7). Impers. 
with >, it is becoming, suitable for any 
one ; once Jer. 10,7 Hx 5> "D for thee 
doth it become. Sept. “ed. Compl. cot 
γὰρ moénet.—Syr. | Le it is Ῥφορχαίη μὴ 
=> for any one, πρέπον. 


TIN” see “ik” river. 


᾿ς 370 








Sy 


Assyrian kings sent colonists to Sama- 
ria. Sept. Ταρφαλαῖοι. Perh. the Ta- 


pyri, Ταπουροΐ, dwelling on the east of 


Elymais; Ptol. p. 148. ! 


ΤῊ 1 δ. (whom Jehovah hears, τ. j8) 
Jaazaniah,pr.n.m. a) Jer.35,3. Ὁ). 
Ez. 11, 1. 


WWITS? (id.) Jaazaniah, pr. n. m. 
a) 2 K, 25, 23. Contr. 347321 Jezaniah 
Jer. 40, 8; 37" 42, 1. b) Ez. 8, 11. 


YN" (whom God enlightens, τ. "ik) 
prin. Jair, Gr. ‘Tasigog Mark 5,22. a) A 
descendant of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 2, 21-23, 
comp. Gen. 50, 23; called also his son, 
Num. 32,41. Deut. 3,14. Ὁ) A judge 


of Israel, Judg. 10, 3. Patronym. "7782 | 


Jairite 2 Sam. 20, 26. c) Esth. 2, 5. 


wah 2s for >85, in Kal not used, to 
be foolish, i. q. 248 q. v. 

Nipu. >8%3 to become foolish, to dote, 
Is, 19, 13. Jer. 50, 36. Also to act fool- 
ishly, Num. 12, 11. Jer. 5, 4. 


a 41; ys to will, to desire ; kindr. 
with Sanscr. wal, Gr. βούλομαι, Lat. 
volo, Germ. wollen, Engl. to will. Found 
only in 

Hira. "xin, fut. apoc. 5xi"1, to will, 
in two senses : 

1. Of one who undertakes that which 
he wills, however difficult, implying ac- 
tive volition, i. q. to take upon oneself, to 


assay; Sept. often ἄρχομαι to begin. 


With inf. c. > Gen. 18, 27. 31. Josh. 17, 


12. Judg. 1. 27. 35. 1 Sam. 17, 39. With 


verb fin. ἀσυνδέτως Deut. 1, 5. 

2. Of one willing to yield to the re- 
quest or entreaty of another, implying 
passive volition, i. q. to be content, to 
consent, to please, sc. to do any thing. 
Job 6, 28 "3 526 A>"N IN be content, look 
upon me. 2K. 6,3. Spec. a) of one 
who yields and accepts a kindness offer- 
ed; Judg. 17, 11 maw> “bm Θὲ) and 
the Levite consented to dwell, etc. Ex. 2, 
21. 2K. 5, 23. So Josh. 7,7 would we 
had been content, and dwelt on the other 


= 


: 








3 


side Jordan! _») Of one who yields to 
sin; Hos. δ, 11 12-78 925 S*win 7D 
for he consented and went after vanity 
i.e. idols; 1% being for 18 i. ᾳ. NIU. 
c) Of God, who in his clemency yields 
to prayer; Job 6, 9 "28277 HIN ONT 
that it may please God, and he destroy 
me. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam. 7, 29.—Con- 
str. infin. ὁ. > Todg. 17,11; with verb 
fin. ἀσυνδέτως 2 K. 5, 23. How: 5, 11. Job 
6, 28; with verb fin. c. 1 Josh. 7,7. 2 Sam. 
7, 29, Job 6, 9. 


"SN" and ik? m. an Egyptian word, 
signifying canal, channel, river ; in the 
dialect of Memphis 52.)0; in that of 
Thebes SEPO, see Jablonski Opuse. ed. 


_ te Water T. 1. p. 93, 444. Peyron Lex. 


Copt. p. 40. In the Inscription of Ro- 
setta, 1, 14, 15, it is written JOR; see 
Kosegarten de Scriptura vett. Aigypti- 
orum p. 14. Among the Hebrews it 
signified : 

1. a ditch, canal, channel, Is. 33, 21, 
where it is the fosse of a fortified city ; 
Sept. διῶρυξ. So of the canals of the 
Nile, Ex. 8,1 [5]. Nah. 3,8; comp. in 
no. 3. 

2. a channel, shaft, sc. of a mine, Job 
28, 10. 

3. ἃ river, καὶ ἐξοχήν the river of 
Egypt, the Nile ; fully oo" “N° Am. 
8, 8. 9,5; often with the art. “Ron, ὃ 
ποταμός, Gen. 41, 1 sq. Ex. 1, 22. 2, 3. 
7, 15.18. So with prefixes : aor Ex. 
1. 18. 20. Is. 19,8; “δὴ as the Nile Jer. 
46, 7.8. Am. 9, 5, once contracted “82 


- id. Am. 8,8. Poet. also without art. Is. 


19,7. 23, 3. Ez. 29, 9. Zech. 10, 11; 
whence "8"> as the Nile Am. 8, 8. 9, 5. 
In one place only is it spoken of ano- 
ther river, Dan. 12, 5. 6.'7.—P tur. "18" 
727% Is. 7, 18, and siza "nk" 2K. 19, 
24. Is. 19, 6, the rivers of Egypt, Ϊ. 6. the 
branches and canals of the Nile. So 
with suff. Ez. 29, 3. 4.5.10. Ex. 7, 19. 
Ps. 78, 44. 

ἘΩ͂Ν; 


ΝΡ 


in ae not used, Arab. ΤΣ 


and transp. inal, to despond, to despair. 


Nipa. ὉΝ ia. with 12 pregn. fo de- 
spair of and desist from; 1 Sam. 27, 1 
id "2UP2> D4Nw "yan win) and Saul 
shall desist from me to seek me any more. 


371 





ran bale 

Bi δ 

—Part. Uxi2 one in despair, desperate, 
Job 6, 26. Impers. desperatwm est, there 
is no hope, it is in vain, Is. 57, 10. Jer. 2, 
25. 18, 12. 

Pret inf. wx", with 12>, to let despair, 


to give over to despair, Bee. 2, 20. 


τλϑ δ" (see next art.) Josiah, pr.n. m. 
Zech. 6, 10. 


WON” (whom Jehovah heals, r. 73x) 
pr. n. Josiah, king of Judah 642-611 
B. C. the restorer of the Mosaic law, 
slain at Megiddo in battle with Necho 
king of Egypt, 2 K. 23, 23. 2 Chr. 34, 
33. Gr.’ Iwoias. 

“INN? , Jeatherai, pr. n. τα. 1 Chr. 6, 6 
[21]; for which v. 26 τὶ q. v. 


53 in Kal not used. Pret, ἕο call 
aloud, to cry out. Judg. 5, 28. Aram. 
id. spec. of shouts of rejoicing, in the 


Targums for Heb. 2°95, 329; Syr. also 
to blow the trumpet, ἔϑϑοῦ sound of the 


5 
trumpet. Arab. aS, id. chiefly of the 
shout of battle; but from 2,3 is also 


SLs desert, so called from the howl- 
ing of wild beasts. Comp. >3'". 
Deriv. pr. ἢ, 33%". 


272" m. ὁ. suff. mMDI=", once M23" or 
mba" Deut. 32, 22; produce, increase of 
the earth, Law: 26, 4,20. Deut. 11, 17. 
32, 22. Judg. 6, 4. Ps. 67, 7. 85, 13. Hab. 
3, 17. Trop. Job 20, 98 mea baat 5} 
the increase of his πδώς departs, disap- 
pears, i.e. the wealth laid up in his 
house.—R. 523 Hiph. i. q. 8°35, as 
MM proventus, from Nia. 


O12" (place trodden down, threshing- 
floor, r. 013) Jebus, the ancient name of 
Jerusalem among the Canaanites, Judg. 
19, 10. 11. 1 Chr. 11, 4.5.—The gentile 
n. is "0527 Jebusite, collect. the Jebusites, 
a Canaanitish tribe who inhabited this 
city and the neighbouring mountains ; 
they were subdued by David, but still 
existed in the time of Ezra; Gen. 10, 16. 
15, 21. Num. 13, 30. Josh. 15, 63. 2 Sain. 
5, 6. Ezra 9, 1. The same gentile name ~ 
ti scmoaniuees put for the city itself (i. q. 
"91a ΠΣ Judg. 19, 11), Josh. 15, 8. 
18, 16; also poetically in later times for 
Ioauislans Zech. 9, 7, as B°7WD for 
Chaldea. 


ma" 


“W237 (whom God chooses, r. "M3) 
\ Dhar, pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 
5, 15. 1 Chr. 14, 5. 


1.3.) (whom God observes, r. 113) Ja- 
bin, pr. n.of two kings of Hazor. a) 


Josh. 11,1. δ) Judg. 4, 2. Ps. 83, 10: 
wn see 2532. 
mh. ey 1. to well, to flow, sc. copi- 


Arab. as to 
vik copiously, to rain, whence dS; 


ously and with impetus. 


dts, rain, a shower. Corresponding 


are Germ. wallen, whence Welle ; Engl. 
to well. Hence bo, a1" 1, >aAN a river, 
Pad for 553" rain, “Sag dal sires —Also to 
flow, to run, sc. with matter, as a sore, 
whence 53" sanie diffluens. 

2. Poet. to go, to advance gently ; as 
in Engl. to flow, to glide, also Germ. 
wallen, poet. for to go, the figure being 
taken from water; chiefly spoken of 
the waving motion of a crowd or of a 
solemn procession; hence 

Hien. dain, Syr. “Sef, Chald. 
>°3"1, causat. of no. 2; poet. for 8"2n. 

1. to lead, to bring, to conduct, sc. per- 
sons, chiefly in solemn pomp, Ps. 60, 11. 
108, 11. Jer. 31, 9, Is. 23, 7. 

2. to bring, to offer, e. g. presents Ps. 
68, 30. 76, 12. Zeph. 3, 10, 

Horn. ὅπ. 1. to be led, brought, 
conducted, Is. 53, 7. Jer. 11,19. So of 
persons, mostly: in state or solemn pomp, 
Ps, 45, 15. 16. Is..55, 12; of funeral 
pomp. ἭΝ 10, 19. 21, 80. 32, 

2. to be brought, offered, e. g. gifts, 
presents, Is. 18, 7. Hos. 10, 6. 12, 2. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, algo bas and 
bnz produce, dan. 


ant fe par a root not in use, onoma- 
topoet. like Lat. jubilare, i. q. 10 shout in 
joy and triumph; other kindred forms 
see in 527. Hence 31", 555" IL. 

Da Chald. iq. Heb. 1. Apa. 53" 
to bring, Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5. 


22” τὴ m.(r.>2"1) 1. a stream, river. 
ΠΟΣΌΝ Is, 30, 25. 44, 4. 

2. Jabal, pr. n. son of Lamech, the 
father of nomadic pastoral life, Gen. 
4, 20. 


372 





p=" 


22? adj. f. mba", flowing; running, se. 


with matter as a sore, i.e. having run- 


ning sores, ulcers, spoken of a flock Lev. 
22,22. Vulg. papulas habens, having 
pimples, pustules; and so in biked yg 


see Mishna Erubhin10.13. Arab. Ls 
defluxus pilorum. 


235 see in pas. 


= (for DY 422% he consumes: the’ 
people, r. M23) Ibleam, pr. n. of a city in. 
Manasseh, Josh. 17, 11. Judg. 1,27. 2 K. 
9; 27; δὰ in 1 Chr. 6, 55 πὸ. 


3 ὰ m. 6. suff. "23", a brother-in- 
law, husband's brother, Lat. levir, who 
by the Mosaic law, when a husband 
died without heirs, was bound to marry 
the widow, Deut. 25, 5-9. Hence the 
denom. verb: 

Piet 02" pr. to act the husband's 
brother, to perform his duty, to marry ἃ 
brother’s widow, Deut. 25, 5.7. Gen. 38, 8. 


ΓΞ. ἢ ὁ. suff. FHQS1, ἸΌΒΑ, sisler- 
in-law, a brother's wife, Deut. 25, 2.8, 
Also the wife of a husband’s brother, 
Ruth 1, 15.—Fem. of ἘΞ", 


P8229 (God lets build) Jabneel, pr. 


n. a) A city in Judah Josh. 15, 11. 
b) In Naphtali Josh. 19, 33. R. m3. 


227 (God lets build, τ᾿ 422) pr. n. 
Jabneh, a city on the Mediterranean, 
taken from the Philistines by Uzziel, 
2 Chr. 26, 6, comp. Josh. 15, 46. Sept. 
᾿Ιαμνία 1 Mace. 4, 15, and ᾿Ζάμνεια 5, 58. 
2 Mace. 12, 8. Strab. XVI. 2. Arab. 
Ling Yebna, which name is still borne 
by a village’ among the ruins of the 


| ancient city. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 


ILL. p. 22. 

M227 (Jehovah will build) Ibneiah 
pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 9,8. R. 23. 

m3.) (id.) Ibnijah, pe. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
9, 8. 


*'V22 obsol. root, Arab. (299 to 
shine, to be bright. Hence pr. n. Yan, 


P2" Jabbok, pr. n. of a stream or tor- 
rent near Mount Gilead, flowing from 
the east into the Jordan on the northern 
border of the Ammonites, now called 


Ly sol, Wady Zerka, i. e. cerulean, 











ΩΡ 


ΟΝυπ).21,24. Gen. 32, 23. Deut. 2.37. 3, 
16. Josh. 12,2. Judg. 11,13. See Burck- 
hardt’s Travels in Syria, p. 347. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 121.—As to. the 
_ etymology, Simonis (Onomast. p. 315) 
not unaptly derives pa? from Ppa to 
_ pour out, to empty, by Chaldaism for 
ΡΞ", i.e. a pouring out, emptying. Yet 
in Gen 32, 23. 25, there is an allusion to 
_. this name, as if it were for pia", from 
|r. PBS. 

— 9339 (whom Jehovah blesses) 

Jeberechiah, pr. n. m. Is. 8, 2. 


pwa> (pleasant, τ. 0W2) Jibsam, pr. 
n.m. 1 Chr. 7, 2. 


* Wa" fut. dam, vi, plur. "2"; inf. 
constr, MY2" Gen. 8, 7, with prep. Wa" 
Is. 27, 11. 

1. Perh. pr. to be hot, to glow, comp. 
_ in; then ¢éo be arid, to be or become 
dry, to dry up, as plants, trees, grass, Is. 
15, 6..19, 7. 40, 7.8. Joel 1, 12; bread 
Josh. 9, 5. 12; fields tilled and sown Jer. 
23,10. Is. 27, 11; the earth after the 
_ deluge Gen. 8, 14; bones as destitute of 
marrow Ez. 37, 11; the hand as para- 
lyzed 1 K. 13, 4. Zech. 11, 17, comp. 
Mark 3, 1; hence of the vital strength, 
Ps. 22, 16 sn wand wa" my strength is 
_ dried up like a potsherd. —_The moisture 
itself is also said to dry up; hence of 
streams and the sea Job 14, 11. 1 K. 17, 
7. Joel 1, 20; a fountain Hos. 13, 15.— 
Aram. id. Arab. 4) id. For the 
_ difference between 037 and 25M to be 
_ dry, see under 357. 

2. Like tia, to be ashamed, to be put 


_ to shame, see Hiph.no.2. Arab. wl 
_ pudendum. [This signification comes 
- from the idea of heat, blushing ; comp. 
in ΟΞ no. 1.—T. 

Piet a" to make dry, to dry up, Job 
15, 30. Prov. 17, 22. Nah. 1, 4, where 
anwar is for awa. 

Hie. wrzin 1. ‘to make dry, to dry 
wp, as plants, trees, Ez. 17,24. Is. 42, 15; 
streams, the sea, Josh. 2, 10. 4, 23. Is. 44, 
27. Jer. 51, 36.—Intrans. to become dry, 
to be dried up, of plants, fruits, the har- 
vest, Joel 1, 10.12.17. Metaph. ν. 12 
joy is dried up, withered away, from the 
sons of men. 

2. to shame, to make ashamed, see Kal 
acs ae 


373 





ira" 


no. 2. 2 Sam. 19, 6.—Intrans. i. q. Wid im 
Kal, to be ashamed, to feel shame, Jer. 
2, 26. 6,15. 8,12. Often of persons who 
are disappointed in their hopes, Joel 
1,11. Jer. 2,26. Zech. 9, 5. Poet. of 
cities overthrown, to be put to shame, 
disgraced, Jer. 48, 1. 20. 50,2. Also to 
act shamefully, Hos. 2, 7 [5]. 


D2? adj. ἢ mvs. R. war no. 1. 

1. dry, Job 18, ‘25. Ez. 17, 94. 37, 2. 4. 

2. Jabesh, pr.n. a) A city: in Gilead: 
fully written “7253 wa" Judg. 21, 8 sq. 
also 872" 1 Sam. 11, 1. 3. 5. 10, ete. dis- 
tant a night’s journey from Bethshean 
1 Sam. 31, 11. It was prob. on the 
Wady Yéabes, which enters the Jordan 
from the east not far below Beisdn; 
Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 289. ® Accord- 
ing to Eusebius, it was six miles from 
Pella towards Gerasa. Ὁ) A man, 2 K. 
15, 10. 13. 14. 


ὯΞ adj. an intensive form, i. q. 83"; 
found only in fem. M31, dry ; so Masa 
on the dry, i.e. on dry ground, Ex. 14, 16. 
22. 29. Josh. 4, 22. Then for the dry 
land, opp. the sea, Gen. 1, 9. Ex. 4, 9. . 
Jon. 1, 9. 13. 2, 11. Ps. 66, 6. Comp. 
ma3n.—So_ Gr. ἢ ξηρά πᾷ τὸ ξηρόν, 
Matt. 23,15, opp. 7 ϑάλασσα. 1 Mace. 8, 
32. Vorstius de Hebraismis N. T. ed. 
Fischer. cap. 2. ὃ 2. — 


MwA? ( id. Ex. 4,9. Ps. 95,5.—Chald. 
st. emphat. SMw3" id. Dan. 2, 10. 

2837 (God will avenge) Jgal, Izeal, 
pr.n.m. a) Num.13, 7. b) 1 Chr. 
3, 22. 6) 2 Sam. 23, 36. R. 558. 


22" i. q. 253, to cut sc. with a 
plough, to plough, to till; only Part. 
plur. 0°3317 ploughmen, husbandmen, 
2 K. 25, 12 Keri. Jer. 52, 16.—Hence 

33” m. plur. 5°33", a field, as plough- 
ed, Jer. 39, 10. 

M23? (elevated, verb. fut. Hoph. r. 
maa; comp. 12") Jogbehah, pr. n. of a 
place in the tribe of Gad, Num. 32, 35 
Judg. 8, 11. 

772732 (Jehovah will make great, 
r. 933) Igdaliah, pr. n. m. Jer. 35, 4. 


εὖ ἢ ma" in Kal not used, to grieve. 
The primary idea lies either in being 
pained, kindr. 935; or else in panting, Ὁ 
sighing, groaning, kinér. 035. 


a” 


Piet 54, to afflict, to grieve, fut. 73" 
for 73775 Lam. 3, 33. Comp. 853" Pi. 

Hira. 9357 to afflict, to grieve, Job 19, 
2, Lam. 1, 5. 12. 3, 32. Is. 51, 23. 

Nipx. Part. 73% for 333, afflicted, 
grieved ; plur. Zeph. 3, 18 ἼΣΞ "Δ" 
those grieved as prohibited from the 
sacred assembly. Fem. Mist3 afflicted 
Lam. 1, 4. 

Deriv. 9137, 734m. - 


*II. ria” i. q. mat II, to be separated, 
apart. 

Hiren. 43h for m3in, to take away, to 
remove, 2 Sam. 20,13. Arab. >s Con}. 


IV, id. Syr. Ba to expel, to eject. 


ΤΆ m affliction, grief, sorrow, Gen. 
42, 38. “tt, 31. Ps. 13, 3. al. R. ms 
no. 1. 


“i part. or adj. verbal (τ. "b1) _fear- 
ing, used with pers. pronouns for a finite 
verb, Jer. 22, 25. 39, 17. 


“iA? (lodging-place, τ. "53) Jagur, pr. 
n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 21. 


Σ᾽ m. adj. wearied, weary, Job 3,17. 
R. 339. 


3°47 τῇ, (τ. 23) 1. labour, toil, espec. 
difficult and wearisome; Gen. 31, 42 
"BD 373" the labour of my hands. 

2. Meton. the product of labour ; hence 
a work, Job 10, 3. Oftener earnings, 
_ gain, wealth, Is. 45, 14. 55, 2. Jer. 3, 24, 
20, 5. Ez. 23, 29. Ps. 109,11. Neh. 5,13; 
espec. as derived from tillage, Ps. 78, 46. 
Job 39,11; 59 2939 Hag. 1, 11, id. Ps. 
128, 2. Plur. "739 id. Hos. 12, 9. 

3. Asconnected with eniioring: labour, 
pain, i. 6. the effort and pain of parturi- 
tion; spoken. of the ostrich Job 39, 16. 


ΠΣ Δ f. (τ. 521) labour, pion 
Kee. 12, 12. 


5539 (exiled, r. nba) Jogli, pr. n. m. 
Num. "34, 22. 


’ 52» fut. 22°" 1. to labour, to toil, 
espec. with wearisome and painful effort, 
Arab. >» to pain; kindr. is 133 I. 
Constr. absol. Job 9,29 39% 531 ΓῚ ΤΩΡ 
why then should I labour in ‘vyain? Is. 
49, 4. 65, 23; with Ὁ c. inf. Prov. 23, 4; 
with 3 ὀϊ that in which one ἰυδῶν: 





374 Bs 


Josh. 24,13. Is. 43,22 thou hast not call- 
ed upon me, O Jacob, so that thou hast 
laboured in me, i.e. so that thou hast 
taken much pains about me (comp. v. 
23. 24). 47, 12. 62, 8; once with ace. in 


the same sense, v.15; with "Ja for any 


thing Hab. 2, 13. Jer. 51, 58. 

2. to be wearied, faint, 2 Sam. 23, 10. 
Is. 40, 31. With 3 of that im or with 
which one is weary, Ps. 6, 7 "md35 


i-T 


“nnina J am weary with my groaning. 


Jer. 45, 3. Ps. 69, 4. 

Pre. to weary, to make faint, Josh, 7 
3. Ecc. 10, 15. 

Hipu. 3°350 to weary any one, to be 
burdensome to him; with ace. of pers. 
and 3 of thing, Is. 43,23 Frnszin NS 
nyinda I have vot wearied thee with in- 
cense, i.e. have not burdened thee by 
demanding it. v. 24 s7miiga Sys 
thou hast wearied me with thy iniquities. 
Mal. 2, 17. 

Deriv. 3°33, 3°35, 
two which here follow. 


5 m. labour, i.e. product of labour, 


ἌΝ 


earnings, Job 20, 18. 


ΠΡ, and the 


33° adj. verbal (τ. 329) weary, ex- 
hausted, faint, Deut. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 17, 
2. Ecce. 1,8 D334 pwaan-ba all words | 
become weary, i. e. would fail in trying = 
to recount all those things. 


"i" Chald. m. α heap of stones, Gen. 
31, 47, where it is ig. Heb. 53 in 1358. 


Syr. me id. Ethiop. ΦΊ( ia. ΦΊΖ io 


stone. Kindr. in Heb. is r. "38. 


᾿ "a, only in 1 and 2 pers. "M75", 
maS4, i.g. 7A no. 2, to fear, to be, afraid 
of, ὁ. ace. Job 3, 95. 9, 28. Ps. 119,39; ἡ 
with "282 Deut. 9, 19. 28, 60. Arab. 1 


ΕΞ id. —Hence 
"A" adj. see 39. 


“Δ Εἰ (r. 734) constr. 4, c. suff. "4, 
7, but, also 0379, 7272 (for 515, 
5.5); Dual 0775 constr. Tc suff. “3; λ 
Plur. nit", constr. mivs, 

1. the hand, strictly. the whole bani : 
as extended, (ahd so diff. from 2 the 
hollow hand,) from τ. M3 espec. Hiph. 
no. 1; comp. >i" arm, “and mat span, | 
both fron the idea of expanding ; also 
Goth. handus i. 6. a hand, ἃ prehend- 





} 


ae. 

endo. Syr. 4, Arab. OS, Eth. AP ia. 
_ Strictly and usually only of the human 
hanc ; once spoken of the feet of the 
Heard as resembling the hand of a man 
Prov. 30, 28.—The following are the 
principal phrases in which the literal 
signification is retained. 

a) Ἔ ΤΣ 739, Έ DD's, my hand is with 
any one, i.e. I aid him, am on his side, 
1 Sam. 22,17. 2 Sam. 3, 12. 2 K. 15,19. 

Ὁ) ἘΞ ANH 741 my hand is upon any 
one, i. q. against him (Gen. 16, 12), i.e. I 
do him violence and harm, Gen. 37, 27. 
1 Sam. 18, 17.21. 24, 13.14. Josh. 2, 19. 


So 2794 “75, of the hand of God as — 


afflicting and punishing Ex. 9, 3. Deut. 
2,15. Judg. 2, 15. 1 Sam. 7, 13. 12, 15; 
rarely in a sense of kindness, as aiding, 
favouring, 2 Chr. 30,12. Ezra 9,2; and 


for avoiding the ambiguity of this phrase 


» 18. 31. 


there is added 37> Judg. 2, 15.—So in 
a sense of disfavour only: 3 Ὑπὸ m2 (of 
God) Ex. 7, 4,and 3 ™° πὸ meer Ruth 
1,13; but in a sense of ‘favour, Is. 25, 10 
I Aa 8 ΤΊΣ the hand of Jehovah 
shall rest upon this mount. 

6) Ἔ 595 τ AM the hand of Jeho- 
vah is upon any one, both for good and 
for evil, but more usually ina good sense. 
EK. g. as aiding, favouring, Ezra 7, 6 
72 HDR 9D when the hand of Je- 
hovah his God was upon him. v. 28. 8, 
(Hence to withdraw his hand, 
i. q. to take away his favour, Ps. 74, 11.) 
Twice it is added expressly, orchids ” 


"main Ezra 7,9. Neh. 2, 8; also Hated 


Ezra 8, 22. In a good sense further, 
Is. 1,25 7729 2 Naw. But ina hos- 
tile sense, Am. 1, 8 pope ἘΦ 3 “NS 
Iwill turn my hand upon i.e. against 
Ekron; and so with >x for 59, Ez. 13, 9. 
Comp. in N. T. Acts 13, 11 zelg Κυρίου 
ἐπὶ σε, καὶ ἔσῃ τυφλὸς x. τ. λ. 

4) The phrase, the hand of Jehovah is 
upon (>2) any one, is further used in the 
sense: the Spirit of Jehovah is upon a 
prophet, the prophet is moved, inspired, 
by the Spirit of God; since the divine 
Spirit was communicated to men by the 
laying on of hands, Ez. 1, 3. 3, 14. 22. 
37,1. 2K.3,15; with de for ὃν, 1K. 18, 


46. The same is ἘΦ "775 api Ez. 3, 


14 (comp. Is. 8, 11), and by "5 Ἢ nb: 
Ez. 8,1, comp. ἮΙ 5 where for n is mn. 


3715 





7 


Hence also Jer. 15,17 477 728 because 
of thy hand, i.e. because of the divine 
Spirit which rests upop me, by which I 
am moved. 
6) Ἢ ἼΏ9 to give the hand, as a pledgé 
of fidelity, as confirming a.promise, i. q. 
to promise, 2 K. 10, 15. Ezra 10, 19. 
Spec. of the vanquished giving their 
hands as a pledge of submission’ and 
fidelity to the victors, Ez. 17,18. Jer. 50, 
15. Lam. 5, 6. 2 Chr. 30, 8 τῆ am 
give the hand i. 6. submit yourselves to 
Jehovah.—Similar is the formula 7 12 
Έ nnn to pledge fidelity under i. e. to 
any one, 1 Chr. 29, 34. Here belongs 
also the gloss of the Arabic lexicogra- 


phers, dd, i. 6. surety by a pledge, fide- 
jussio ; surrender, supjectio, χεέρωσις. 

f) 325, rae hand, zat ἐξοχήν, is some- 
times spoken: α) Of the hand of God, 
as Mann for 7 m4, ov for TInt ov. 


So Is. 8, 11 Son npina for ™° “ ‘na r 


(comp. lett. d) with strength of the hand, 
i.e. with the powerful hand of God. 8) 
Without art. of the hand of man, i. e. 
human help, as 773 ἐδ Job 34, 20, and 
33 ΌΒΝ3 Dan. 8, 25, without man’s hand, 
i. 6. without himan aid or interference. 
Chald. 113 &> Dan. 2, 34. 35. Comp. 
Lam. 4, 6. 

g) The hand of God is put: «) For 

the divine agency, mode of action, provi- 
dence; Job 27, 11 πὴ Dany HTN 7 
will teach you concerning the hand of 
God, his providence, how he acts. A) 
For the power, care, protection of God ; 
hence M355 372 in the power of God, Ps. 
31, 16. 95, ‘4. Prov. 21,1; in the care or 
providenis of God, Ἢ 62, 3; comp. Ps. 
74,11. . 
h) 175 34, hand to hand, from hand to 
hand, i.e. throagh all ages and genera- 
tions, ever, and with a negative particle 
never. Prov. 11, 21 32 npr NP πῆρ πῇ 
through all generations the wicked shall 
not go unpunished. 16, 5. Similar is 
the Persian formula, wwods wiwd, 
Schult. Animadverss. ad Prov.l.c. Also - 
Syr. {ts TT i.e. sigillatim, one after 
another. For a like reason Arab. Oy 
i. q. succession, 

i) πῈ τὸ the hand to the mouth, i. 6. lay 
thy hand upon thy mouth, i. q. be silent. 


so oe 376 "Ἢ 


hold thy peace, Prov. 30, 32. Comp. 
Job 21, 5. 29,9. 39, 34. Mic. 7, 16. - Pers. 
wd 2 crawd. 

k) UX bY 45 ONY 2 Sam. 13, 19, i. α. 
to smite the hands together over one’s 
head, a gesture of despairing grief; 
comp. Jer. 2, 37. 

For other phrases see under the verbs 
ND9, NBD, ΠΏΣ, NWI, NBT, Md, Fon, 
3pm, etc. atid ‘tite dijectived pa, pin. 


With prepositions, where sometimes 
the proper force of the noun itself is lost: 
aa) "72D a) in my hand, often for 
with me, after verbs of bearing, bringing, 
leading, eic. as ἕο bring in-one’s hand, 
i.e. with him, 1 Sam. 14, 34 “3 sine 
W733 IM WN osm and all the " people 
brought every man his ox with him, etc. 
Jer. 38, 10 pyw2x Doe) AI FIA ΠΡ 
take ‘from hence thirty men with thee. 
Gen. 32, 14. 35,4. Num. 31, 49. Deut. 
33, 3. 1 Sam. 16, 2. 1 K. 10, 29.—That 
which one has in his hand, or takes with 
him, he has in his possession ; hence this 
phrase is also referred to possession, like 
PN, ἘΣ, Lat. penes. Ecc. 5,13 he beget- 
leth a sun 79582 1793 ἼΣΝῚ who has no- 
thing in his hand, i. e. possesses nothing ; 
comp. Heb. "33 ΓΝ Ὁ “9 under the art. 
RED no. 2. c. Chald. Ezra 7, 25 the 
wisdom of thy God which is in thy hand, 
i.e. which thou possessest. . 2) into my 
hand, i. e. into my power, after verbs of 
delivering over, Gen. 9, 2. 14. 20. Ex. 4, 
21. 2 Sam. 18, 2. Hence i77 ΝΣ the 
flock of his hand i. e. delivered into his 
hand, Ps. 95,7; and here too belongs 
Is. 20, 2 Jehovah spake 7320" 773, Sept. 
πρὸς Houiuy, sc. as about to deliver him 
arevelation. y) by my hand, often for 
by me, by my intervention. Num. 15, 23 
whatever Jehovah hath commanded you 
mena-372 by the hand of Moses, i. e. by 
Moses. 2 Chr. 29, 25. 1 K. 12, 15. Jer. 
37, 2. al. Often after verbs of sending, 
1 K. 2,25 and king Solomon sent 772 
wea. Hx. 4,13. Prov. 26, 6. 1 Sam. 16, 
20. 2 Sam. 12,25. Comp. Acts 11, 30. 
15, 33. δὴ at my hand, i. e. Before me, 
in my sight, i.q."22>. 1 Sam. 21, 14 he 
feigned himself mad 07°23 at their hands, 
i.e. before them. Job 15, 23 he knoweth 
Wan ois inna Ὑ22 72 that the day of 
darkness is ready at his hand, impends 





over him.—In this sense the Arabs often 
say, EROS eye between the hands 
of any one, see Koran Sur. 2. 256. Sur. 
3. 2. Sur. 20. 109. Schult. Opp. min. p. 
29, 30, et ad Job. p. 391. So the Greeks © 
ἐν οὐδ, Apollon. Rhod. 1. 1113; comp. 
πρὸ χειρῶν, Germ. vorhanden, at hand. 
διὰ χειρῶν ἔχειν, Lat. ‘hostes sunt in ma- — 
nibus’ i. 6. in conspectu, Ces. Bell. Gall. 
2.19. Sallust. Jug. 94. Virg. A=n. 11. 
311 ‘ante oculos interque manus sunt 
omnia vestras,’ i. 6. πρόχειρά ἐστι. 

bb) 573" 3°32 between the hands, i. 6. 
on the breast, on the front of the body, © 
Zech. 13, 6. Comp. 072"3 7°3.0n the 
forehead. μ 

ec) 7°D pro manu, according to one’s — 
hand, in the phrase sb 372 according © 
to the hand i. e. bounty of the king, 1K. 
10, 13. Esth. 1,7. 2,18. The phrase ~ 
Fenda the open and liberal hand of the — 
king. Others less well: according to the 
royal power ; but power and strength 
do not here belong to the subject of dis- 
course, but libérality. . 

dd) Ὁ 522 from or out of the hand of 
any one, i. q. Engl. at his hand or out of 
his power ; often after verbs of demand- — 
ing Gen. 9, 5. 31, 39. Is. 1,12; of receiv- 
ing Gen. 33. 19. Num. 5, 25; of delivering 
Gen. 32. 12. Ex. 18, 9. Num. 35, 25. © 
Hence also we ‘find: from the hand 
(power) of the lion and the bear 1 Sam. — 
17, 37, of dogs Ps. 22, 21, of the sword 
Job 5, 20, of Sheol Ps. 49, 16. 89, 49, of 
the flame Is. 47, 14. 

ee) B12 53, ’p 952) upon the 
hand or hands of any one, i. q. into his — 
hand, after verbs of delivering over, 
committing, Gen. 42, 37. 1 Sam. 17, 22. 
2 K. 10, 24. 12,12. 22,5. 9. Ezra 1, 8. © 
So to deliver 395 77" by into the hand 
(power) of the sword Ps. 63, 11. Jer. 18, 7 
21. Also in the same sense:ie amine 
‘pn rom,’5 Τὶ Ὡς under the hand of 
any one, fas 16,9. 41,35. Is.3,6. β) 5 
"35 on or at the hoo of any one, asin — 
Engl. under the hands of any one, iq. # 
under his guidance and auspices, his — 
hand guiding and directing, Germ. ‘an — 
der Hand jemandes.’ 1 Chr 25,3 "7" 59 
chsx under the guidance or auspices 
of their father. v. 2. 6. 7,29. Also of — 
one absent or dead, whoke ordinances — 





"ὦ Kien 








β 
[ 
; 
| 





am 


under his guidance, according to his or- 
dinances. Ezra 3,10. Of things, 2 Chr. 


990, 27 the song began with the trumpets 


4973 93> "T} >> at or under the lead of 
the instruments of David, i. 6. it followed 
the measures of the instruments appoint- 
ed by David. Comp. on this idiom Lud. 
de Dieu ad Jer. 5, 31, Critice jiucks p- 


C-- - 


240. So Arab. 83 Ps <yee 


under the auspices or care of any one ; 


a formula often used on Arabic coins to 

denote the persons by whom they are 

coined. See also below under no. 5. 
ff) 17>, see no. 1. h; also no. 5. 
Dual 573" the two hands of a person ; 


_ also for the plural, Job 4, 3. Prov. 6, 17. 
Is. 13, 7. 


2. Plur. mit" artificial hands, also of 
things which bear resemblance to hands, 
e.g. a) tenons on boards, Ex. 26, 17. 
19. 36, 22.24. Ὁ) azles, azletrees, for 
wheels, 1 K. 7, 32. 33.—For the diate 
tion between ‘the dual and plural fem. 
in nouns denoting members of the body, 


see Lehrg. p.539.—Arab. δῷ handle, as 
of a mill, axe. Syr. plur. f2o,of han- 
dles, tenons. Comp. mip>. 

3. Metaph. power, strength, might, the 
hand being regarded as the seat of 
strength ; here too the proper force of 


the word is sometimes lost, comp. above 


in no. 1. dd. "ἈΞ with πολέ Is. 28, 2. 
Ps. 76, 6 none of the men of might have 
found τι their hands, i. 6. they found 


_ themselves without strength. (Comp. in 


Vita Timur. I. 44, they found their hand 


_ and side, i. 6. had all their strength rea- 


dy.) So of one powerful deed, mighty 
work, Ex. 14, 31; comp. manus Virg. 
fEn. 6.688. Spec. protection, help, Deut. 
32, 36 "ἢ τς help is departed.—So 
Arab. Loa Ae the force of the east- 
wind, = 6) oe S tas hast no power 
in this or that. . padoomis ἴ,.] 


the power of the gi Pers. νυ 
power.—F or the phrase a short or long 
hand, see under the verb “2p. 

4. Meton. a stroke, blow, pr. as given 
with the hand. Job 20, 22 b29 "5.83 
SENN every stroke of the wretched. cometh 

. 32* 


577 


are followed by posterity, 2 Chr. 23, 18 
mrt by at the hands of David, i. e. 


1 Neh. 11, 1. 





a 


upon him, i. e. all that befalls. the 
wretched. Job 23, 2 my stroke, calamity. 
—Comp. Lat. manus for blow, as used 
of gladiators. 

5. a side, pr. of the sides of the body, 
where the hands and arms are situated ; 
comp. Engl. ‘on the right hand, left 
hand,’ Lat. ‘ad hance manum?’ Terent. 
Ad. 4. 2. 381. Hence Dual 577" pr. the 
two sides, chiefly in the phrase 0739 315 
large on both sides, on every side, i. e. 
broad-sided, spacious, (comp. in 3m",) 
Gen. 34, 21. Ps. 104, 25. Is. 33, 21. al— 
Sing. of the side or shore of a river, Ex. 
2,5. Deut. 2, 37. Syr. [sos sea shore, 
coast.—With prepositions: nb 1 Sam. 
19, 3. 1 Chr. 18, 17. 23, 28. Prov. 8, 3; 
42 Iya 1 Sam. 4,18; 7 οὶ 2 Sam. 14, 
30. 18, 4; "ἢ 59 Teah. 15, 46. 2 Sam. 15, 
2. 2 Chr. 17, 15. 31, 15. Job 1, 14. Neh. 
3,28q. "75 by Num. 34, 3. Judg. 11, 26; 
all signifying at, on, by the side of any 
one, near, Syr. r ἋΣ near. 1 Chr. 6, 
16 [31] mea τῶ oy) ἘΣ TT THOT TR 
min? whom David appointed by the side 
of the temple-singing, i. 6. to whom he 
gave an appointment in or by the tem- 
ple-music * See further on the partic. 
"37 >> in no. 1. ee.—Plur.' i79 sides, 
e.g. 8) Of a throne, 1. 6. lateral sup- 
ports, arms, 1 K. 10, 19. _ b) lateral 
projections, side-borders of a base or"pe- 
destal, 1 K. 7, 35. 36. 

6. a place, Deut. 23,13. Num. 3. 17 
ἡ ὍΣ WN every one in his place. Jer. 
6, 3. Is. 56, 5, see in no. 8. Is. 57, 8 “5 
min thow lookest out for thee a place. 
Ez. ὯΙ, 24. Dual id. Josh. 8, 30 mn ἐδ 
ὈΝ29 on ἘΠῚΞ they had no place to flee to. 

7a part, perh. pr. a handful, a part 
of a thing taken up at once in dividing, 
Dan. 12,7. Plur. min3, 2 K. 11,7 "na 
33 Miss the two parts ‘of you, opp. the 
third part. Gen. 47, 24 mit F258 the 
four parts, opp. N87 the fifth part 
Comp. “8 no. 4. Also in 
the connetion’t Dan. 1, 20 and he found 
them ΘΙ ΤΊΓΙ ΓὉΞ 59 ΤΟΥΤῚ Aw? ten parts 
above (ten times wiser than) all the ma- — 
gicians, etc. Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 19, 44. 

8. a monument, trophy, i. ᾳ. DY, 6. g. 
of victory, 1 Sam, 15, 12; a sepulchral 
monument 2 Sam. 18, 18. Iv. 56, 5 to 
them will I give a place within my walls 


77" 378 


pws πα monument (or portion) and a 
name.—Perhaps this name for monu- 
ment in the Hebrew language may 
stand in some connection with the an- 
cient custom of sculpturing upon the 
cippi or sepulchral columns an uplifted 
hand with the arm. See Hamacker 
Diatribe de monumentis Punicis p. 20; 
also Reuvens ad eadem Animadvers. 
p- 5 sq. 

Dua see no. 1. 3.5.6. For. Prior. 
mim see no. 2. 5. 7. 


2 Chald. st. emph. 837 Dan. 5, 5.24; 
6. suff. 777, AIT, CAT Ezra 5, 8; Dual 
7 Dan. 2, 34. 45: i. ᾳ. Heb. 35, the 
Kai So 723 in one’s hand, spoken of 
what one has with him, in possession, 
Ezra 7, 14.25; comp. Heb. 37 no. 1. aa. 
Έ 72 3977 to give into the hand, power, 
of any one, Ezra 5, 12. Dan. 2, 35. 7, 25. 
Also 3% 572 from or out of one’s hand or 
power, after verbs of delivering, comp. 
Heb. "5 in 3 no. 1. dd; 6. g. from the 
power of lions, Dan. 6, 28. 

N37" Chald. i. q. Heb. m4, to cast. 

Apu. to praise God, i. q. Heb. Hiph. 
no. -2; Part. Ting Dan. 2, 23; contr. 
NTI 6, 11. 

eet Idalah, pr. n. of a place in 
Zebulun, Josh. 19, 15.—Perhaps from a 


“5. 
dovfbtful root bx3 i.g. Arab. S{S and 


5. 
ὃ to go softly and secretly. Or, ac- 
cording to Simonis, for mDbT" ‘what 


God exalts, by Syriac flexion from ἧδ 
to show. 

W's (perh. honied, comp. 833) Id- 
bash, pr. ἢ. τη. 1 Chr. 4, 3. 


Tike ΠΩ i. ᾳ. 17°, to throw, to cast, 
6. g. lots; only Pret. 3 plur. 452 Joel 4, 
3. Nah. 3, 10. Obad. 11. 


ἘΠ ae i. q. T4, to love, to esteem 
highly, Arab. 35: Hence "3" one be- 


loved, 737797", and the pr. names 7'3"75, 
IITs, TINA, 1, MT. 


*ST7" to throw, to cast, i. ᾳ. ΠῚ 1. 
Kindr. is tn. Eth. OPP id—tmp. 
am Jer. 50, 14. 

Pret i.q. Kal, to cast e.g. stones. Fut. 
aa} for sn) Lam. 3, 53. Inf. nist 
Zech. 2, 4. 





il ον, 


Hires. min, fut. mais, sometimes 
mains Ps. 28, 7. 45, 18. Neh. 11, 17. 

1. to profess, to can fees: perhapé i i. q. 
to point out, to show with the hand ex- 
tended, as if with the hand thrown out, 
projected; see Kal, and comp. 772 πρῶ 
and 33 Kal and Hiph. to cast, to throw, 
and then ‘to point out with extended 
hand.’ Arab. ‘SO Conj. Χ, Syr. Aph. 
id.—Constr. c. acc. Prov. 28, 13; ¢. 53 
concerning Ps. 32, 5. 

2. to give theres: to praise, to cele- 
brate, since the acknowledgment (con- 
fession) of benefits is naturally followed 
by thanksgiving and praise; with ace. 
Gen. 29, 35. Jer. 33, 11. Ps.'7,18. 30,13; | 
also > of pers. Ps. 92,2. 106, 1. 1 Chr. 16, 
7. 8. Neh. 12, 46. al. So in the phrase 
"" Dw main 10 celebrate the name of Je- — 
hovah 1 K. 8, 33. Ps. 54,8; ™ 08> id, 
106, 47. 122, 4; absol. id. Neh. 12, 24. 

Hirspa. T7300, Vav being assumed 
in place of Yod, i. q. Hiph. . 

1. to confess, pr. concerning oneself, 
to point out oneself as guilty; Ethiop. 
HUTPELP to accuse, to criminate, pr. 
prob. to object, Germ. vorwerfen, from 
the sense of casting, i. 4. to cast in one’s 
teeth; ORT accusation, objection, Vor- 
wurf.—Dan. 9, 4; with acc. of thing, 
Lev. 5,5. 16,21. 26,40; ὃ; Neh. 1,6. 9,2. 

2. to praise, to celebrate, c. > 2 Chr. 
30, 22. 

Deri. “> hand, perh. 3 law, 3204; 
also MTim, Mit, and the pr. names 
yinwss, mM, mm; likewise those 
which again come from this latter, as 
Ta, A, MAM, IN. 


I> (for yi4 loving) Jddo, pr. n. m. 
a) 1Chr.27,21. 8) Ezra 10,43 Cheth. 


ri (judge) Jadon, pr. n.m. Neh. 3,7. 


31°37 (known) Jaddua, pr.n.m. a) 
Neh. 10, 92. Ὁ) 12, 11. 22. 

PHA, PI, and FH 1 Chr. 
16, 38, (praising, celebrating, from obsol. 
subst. 777 laud, with the ending jf, 
τ. 35 Hiph.) Jeduthun., pr. n. of a Le- 
vite, one of the choristers appointed 
by David, 1 Chr. 9, 16+ 16, 38. 41, 42. 
25,1. Put also for his descendants ("33 
jans7s) the Jeduthunites, who also were 
musicians, Neh. 11, 17. Ps. 39, 1. 62. 1 
ry ee 

ε 








——_— νου 


555 


ν “a (i. q. pat ina pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 


ΕΝ m. a 137 Il) constr. 17°. 

i Adj. lovely, pleasant, Ps. 84, 2. Plur. 
Τὴ delights, as Ps. 45, 1 miw aw 
a delightful song. Others ‘a song of 
love, i. e. an epithalamium. 

2. Subst. one beloved, a friend, Is. 5, 1. 
mim? 3°73 the beloved of Jehovah Ps. 
127, 2; so of Benjamin Deut. 33, 12; of 
Israel Jer. 11,15. Plur. of the Israelites, 


Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7. Syr. fpa_ beloved. 


ΓΙ) (one beloved, fem.) Jedidah, 
pr. n. of the mother of king Josiah, 2 K. 
22,1. R. 5 IL. 


mim £. something beloved, a de- 
light, Jer. 12,7. R. 097 IL. 


ms") (beloved of Jehovah) Jedi- 
diah, the name given to Solomon at his 
birth by the Senne Nathan, 2 Sam. 12, 
25. R. 77 IL. 


m3) (praise God, τ. na") Jedaiah, 
pr.n.m. a) 1Chr.4,37. Ὁ) Neh.3, 10. 


282737 (known of God, τ. 515) Jedi- 
ael, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 
7, 6. 10. 11. 


PNW see Amis. 
: 


23° (tearfal, yr. 92%) Jidlaph, pr. n. 
of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22, 22. 


* 7° fut. 914, once 5155 Ps. 138, 6; 
inf. absol. 315", constr. M33,;.M33; imp. 
33, with 4 parag. once ΠΣ for 135 Prov. 
24, 14; Part. 335, fem. m334; pr. to see, 
and hence to perceive, to come to know, 
to know; corresponding to Gr. εἶδον, 
οἶδα. It comprehends the action of 
knowing, both as inchoative and com- 
pleted, i. e. to come to know, to gain a 
knowledge of, and also to know, to have 
a knowledge of. This root is widely 
spread in the Indo-European tongues, in 
the sense both of seeing and knowing ; 
as Sanscr. wid, Zend. weedem, Gr. εἴδω, 
ἴδω, οἶδα, Lat. video, Goth. witan, Germ. 
weten, wissen, Engl. to weet, to wit ; 


‘and so also in the Slavic languages, as 


Pol. widze to see. Bohem. wedeti to see. 
See Pott Etymol. Forschungen I. p. 246. 
In all these examples the first radical is 
τὸ; and so 53" is for 37). 


379 





we 


A) The primary signif. to see in 37% 
is apparent in these examples; Gen. 3, 
7 and their eyes were opened 3 33773 
nm oeaay and they saw that they were 
naked. Ex. 2, 4 and his sister stood 
afar off 5. muss-ma ΤΙΣ to see what 
would be done to him. 1 Sam. 22,3. So 
too Deut. 34, 10 “5X DnB 77 iF TWN 
D"28 ; elscwehenti in the same connection 
we ‘find maga Gen. 32, 31. Judg.'6, 22. 
2 K. 14, 8. 11. So Esth. 2, 11 τος 5 
Έ οὐδ, ig. Ἔ οἰρτος ΠΝ ἢ Gen. 87, 
14. Sometimes 37° to see is coupled 
with a verb of hearing, to indicate what 
one perceives with his eyes and ears; 
Is, 40, 21 gavin Nom ADIN Nd have ye 
not seen? have ye not heard? v. 28. 43, 
19. 44, 18 32733 Nd1.37" ND they see not, 
they understand not, for he hath daubed 
their eyes from seeing, and their hearts 
from understanding, where 373" and 
MX" are attributed to the eyes, as 113 
and >"2vn to the heart or mind. The 
LXX also often translate S35 by εἶδον 
to see ; as 1 Sam. 10, 11. Job 28, 13. 31, 
6. Ece. 3, 81. Frenee 

B) The verb 2% signifies to perceive, 
to know, pr. what follows seeing, or from 
seeing, unless one is destitute of the 
senses and of intellect, or obstinately 
shuts up his understanding; as in Is. 6, 
9 AIM ONT INT INT seeing they shall see 
and shall not perceive, understand. Ecc. 
6, 5.—To be more specific, 37° is 

1. to know, i. 6. to perceive, to discern, 
to become aware of, e. g. with the eyes Is. 
6, 9, see above ; often with the mind, an‘ 
hence to understand, to comprehend, 
Judg. 13, 21. Gen. 8, 11. 1 Sam. 20, 33; 
with τος by Deut. 8.8 5. With 3 of that 
by or "from which one understands. 
knows, Gen. 15; 8 538 ΓΞ whereby shall 
I know? 24, 14. Ex. 7, 17.—Spec. . 

a) Often with intent and purpose, to 
take knowledge of any thing, to observe, 
to mark; 1 Sam. 23, 22 “MX Ἴδη ASS 
jap. observe and see his place. v. 23, 
12, 17. 25, 17. Job δ. 27 52 53 mark it 
for thee:—+Herice by a peculiar poetic 
idiom, not to know, not to mark, 15 said in 
respect to things which happen wne2- 
pectedly, suddenly, as if before one 
knows or marks them. Ps, 35, 8 let 
destruction come upon him 3732 &> and 
he know it not, i.e. unexpectedly un- 


7 


awares, Job 9, 5 God removeth moun- 
tains 19°74 > they know it not, i. e. unex- 
pectedly, "suddenly. Cant. 6, 12 “FIST ND 
“δ "anew "WH. Tknew not, my soul made 
me etc. i.e. unexpectedly, before I was 
aware. Jer. 50, 24. So 35%" "2 who 
knoweth 2 who marketh? i.e. no one 
marketh, for wneapectedly, suddenly, 
Prov. 24, 22; parall. psms.—Koran Sur. 
16. 28 ‘ evertit eos Deus ws wee) Y, 


et non animadvertebant.’ Lokm. Fab. 28. 

b) With the like idea of volition, often 
to know, i.e. to see after, to care for, to 
regard. Gen. 39, 6 ΠΝ Ὁ 910 ND he 
saw after nothing of what he pad. Prov. 
9, 13. 27, 23. Job 9,21, opp. OX. Is 
51, 7 Pi ΣΙ those who regard right. 
With 3 Job 35,15 tan 515 Nd he re- 
gardeth not iniquity. —Spec. aa) Of 
God as knowing i.e. regarding men and 
kindly caring for them, Ps. 144, 3. Nah. 
1,7; with 7a Am. 3,2 you only have I 
known, regarded, loved, of all the fami- 
lies of the earth. Gen. 18, 19 93722 PAST" 
MIS WON him (Abraham) have I known, 
regarded, chosen, that he may command, 
etc. With 3 Ps, 31, 8. parall. AX q. v. 
no. 2.d. Comp. Ps. 1,6. bb) Of men 


as knowing God, i. e. as honouring and- 


worshipping him, Hos. 8, 2. 13, 4. Ps. 
36, 11. 9, 11 πῶ ὅλ who know thy 
name, i.e. who worship thee. Job 18, 21 
PX ΣΤ δὲ (ὯΝ) who knoweth not God, 
i.e. who careth not for him, an atheist. 
1 Sam. 2, 12. Job. 34, 4. 

2. to know, i. 6. to come to know, to 
learn, to discover, e. g. by the sight, Ex. 
2,4. 1 Sam. 22, 3, “see above; or by 
houriie: Gen. 9, 24. Deut. 11, 2. Neh. 
13, 10; also to learn by experience, to 
experience, Job 5, 25. With an ace, 
Ecc. 8, 5; "3 Ex. 6,7. Is. 45,6. Ez. 
6, 7. 13. 7, 4.9. 11,10. al. Often in 
threats, comp. Eng]. you shall soon know, 
learn, feel; Lat. lu ipse videbis, sen- 
ties. Hos. 9,7 dx nv ast: Israel shall 
see and know, shall learn. Job 21, 19 
SIT WEN ἜΤΗ God shall recompense 
him, so that he shall know, feel. Is.5,19. 
9,8. Ps. 14,4.—In the Korén a freqitent 
phrase is ; Wogavy then they 


shall know, understand, learn, e.g. Sur. 
26. 48; see Schult. Opp: min. ad Job 
21. 19. 


380 





a 


3. to know, i. 6. to become acquainted 
with, 6. g. a person Deut. 9, 24; a land 
Num. 14,31; so Ῥτον. 94, 14.—Often also 
by euphemism for intercourse with the 
other sex, e.g. a) Of a man, to know 
a woman, i.e. to lie with her, Gen. 4, 17. 
25. 1 Sam. 1, 19. al. Also of unnatural 


lust, sodomy, Gen. 19, 5.—This euphe- 


mism is frequent also in verbs of know- 
ing in other languages both oriental 


and occidental; e. g. Syr. Sonu, Arab. 
, Ethiop. HHPL,, Gr. γινώσκω, 


see Fesselius Advers. Sac. II. 14. Lat. 
cognosco Justin 5,2; and so even Ital. 
and F'r. conoscere, connaitre, although in 
these the usage is perhaps derived ae 
the Scriptures. 8) Of a wonffn, ny ἽΔ 
wx to know a man, to have latin with 
man, Gen. 19,8. Judg. 11,39; more fully 
“st aDw2> ΣΝ Hs Num. 31, 17. 18 
35. Comp. Ovid. Heroid. 6, 133, ‘ tur- 
piter illa virum cognovit adultera virgo.’ 
4. to know, i. e. to be acquainted with, 
any person or thing; with acc. of pers. 
Gen. 29,5. Ex. 1,8. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Is. 45, 
4.5. Ps. 18, 44 "289394 ΝΣ ND ED a 
people whom I have not’ known shall 
serve me. 81,6 "7S nd rew the 
lip (language) of one J knew not. 
Job 11, 11. With ace. of thing, Deut. 
34, 6 INTAP Mx WK ST ND no man 
knoweth his sepulchre, where it is. Is. 
29,12 BD ὭΣ NX> 7 know not writing, 
am unacquainted with writing and read- 
ing. Ps. 104,19. Job 21, 27. 28, 13. 23. 
al. With 5 of thing Ps, 69,6; acc. et 
"2 2Sam.17,8. Jer. 10, 23. Ps, 119, 75. 
With acc. of pron. isnph Job 36, 26 be- 
hold, God is great, 232 8>) and we know 
him not, sc. his greatness. 37, 5. Is. 1,3. 
Also ΕΞ Ἐ 33" to know one by name, 
i.e. to know him well, to have familiar 
intercourse with him, Ex. 33, 12. 17.— 
Parr. Act. 27° one who knows a person 
or thing. Job 19,13 "B74 those who know 
me, my acquaintances. With a genit. 
of thing, knowing, skilled, skilful in any 
thing. Gen. 25, 27 x 35 skilled in 
hunting, a skilfal hunter. 1 K. 9, 27 
pr s't* skilled in the sea, in maritime 
affairs. Am. 5, 16. Esth. 1, 13.—Part. 
Pass. 3979 known, with > Deut. 1,13 men 
nsreswd ps evondn ἐπίο your tribes ; 
dat. impl. v. 15. Poet, c. gen. Is. 53, 3 





' 


construction ἌΡ DAT, 
1. ἊΣ r 
5. to know a thing, to have a know- 


oo? 


with sickness, for the common prose 
Comp. Syr. 
known, ronawited. 


ledge of it; followed: a) By a subst. 
in the acc. as 4}"2 51 (see M373), 91 
93, to. know understanding, knowledge, 
i. 6. to excel in knowledge, wisdom, etc. 


ον. 17,27. al. Job 15,9 372 N>1 ADIN 


what knowest thgu and we know it not? 
20,4. 38,18; with 2, to know of a thing, 
Gen. 19, 33. 35. 1 Sam. 22,15. Jer. 38, 
24; >¥ id. Job 37, 16; Ὁ. 7a 5 to 
lento (discern) hebaicen one thing and 
another, Jon. 4,11. 2 Sam. 19, 36. b) 
By a verb, aathe infin. Jer. 1,6 "M1939 ND 
ἜΣ. 1Sam. 16,18; infin. c. > Ece. 4, 
13. 10,15; a finite verb, Job 32, 22 eS 


— RDN AMI 7 know not to flatter. 1 Sam. 


Job 23, 23. 


16, 16. Neh. 10, 29; so with 3 interposed 
c) By a clause, mostly 
with "2D, Gen. 20, 6. 3,5. Ex. 34, 29. 
Num. 11,16. Job 9, 2. 28. al. rarely with 
"2D impl. Job 19, 25 "nM Rh "HOT 7 
know that my redeemer liveth. “Also 
with % whether Judg. 18, 5; often with 
interrog. pronouns, as "2 Glen: 21, 26. 
43, 22; m7 Ex. 32, 1. 16, 15; ΠΡ Dan. 
10, 20; 7987 Josh. 2,4 5. etc. d) With 
an acc. of a pron. impl. as after verbs of 
speaking; Gen. 48, 19 "M577 723 "HDT 
I know, my son, I know, i. 6. I know it. 
4,19. Cant. 1, 8. Job 38, 5. 21. Ps. 139, 
14.—Spec. in phrases: aa) 93" 772 who 
knoweth ? i.e. no one can well know, 
c. acc. Ecce. 6, 12. 8,1 (comp. 3, 21); 
with in— Ecc. 2,19. So too as ex- 
pressing desire and hope, i. q. ‘who can 
tell but,’ etc. with fut. 2 Sam. 12,22 7 


— Aint ὭΣΤ 234 who knoweth? perhaps 


Oe ὑπ i el 


Jehovah may have mercy upon me. Joel 
2 14. Jon. 8,9. With 0% and a pret. 
Esth. 4,14. bb) 27) 310 535 to know 
good and evil, to know what is good and 
what is ewil, i.e. to be wise, prudent, 
Gen. 3, 5.22; whence 97) 210 ὭΣΤ p> 


Gen. 2, 17, the tree of wisdom. Hence 


young children are said not to know 
good and evil Deut. 1,29, comp. Is.7, 15; 
also old and decrepit persons who are 


_ in their second childhood, 2 Sam. 19, 36. 


See Hom. Od. 18. 228. οἶδα ἕκαστα, Ho Fhe 


‘ ν᾿ Ρ 3.» , 3 
Te Kul χέρηα" magoc δ᾽ ἔτι νήπιος He. 


381 


bn vist known of disease, i. 6. familiar 





a 


6. Absol. to know, to be knowing, to be 
wise ; Job 8,9 we are of yesterday S>4 
52 and know nothing, i. e. are not wise. 
Ps. 73; 22. Is. 32.4. 44, 9.18. 45, 20. 56, 
10. Part. n°975 i.g. O722n Job 34, 2. 
Ecc. 9,11. Hence 33 wisdom, q. V. 

Nie STi2 fut. 9337, 9779-1. Pass. of 
of Kal no. 1, to be perceived, known, with 
the eyes; Gea. 41,21 by ἼΝ3. 2D OTD ND 
ΓΞ and it could not be known that they 
had come into their bellies, no one could 
perceive it. 1K. 18,36. Ps. 77,20. 74, 5. 

2. to be or become known, sc. to or by 
any one, with > Ruth 3, 3; or by any 
thing, with 3 Ex. 33, 16. Houan genr. 
a) Of persons, with 3 of place where, Ps. 
76, 2. 79,10. Prov. 31, 23. Is. 61, 9; or 
Ὁ of pers. to or by secica, Ex. 6, 3. Is. 19, 
21. Ez. 20, 5; 58 Ez. 20, 9. Comp. 
1 Sam. 22, 6. Ps, 9, 17. b) Of things, 
Ex. 2, 14. Lev. 4, 14. Judg, 16, 9. Nah. 


3,17. Impers. it is known, with > of 
pers. 1 Sam. 6, 3; "> Ex. 21, 36; "Ὁ 
Deut. 21, 1. 


3. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be made to 
know, to be taught by experience, i. q. to 
be punished, comp. Kal no. 2. Prov. 10,9 
PIII M33 Opa he that liveth perversel y 
shall be made to know, shall be punished. 
Jer. 31,19 "337 "ANN after Iwas taught 
by experience ; Luther well, ‘nachdem 
ich gewitzigt bin,’ i.e. made wiser. 

PIEL causat. to cause to know, to show 
one something; with two accus. Job 
38, 12. 

Poa part. 9372 known, ὁ. suff. "95377 
my acquaintance Ps. 31, 12. 55, 14. 86, 
9.19. Fem. ΤΙ ΎΣ ᾿ἃ known thing. Is. 
12,5 Cheth, 

Po. STi" ig. Pi. to se and hence 
to appoint, with acc. of pers. 1 Sam. 21, 3. 
But perhaps it should read "M3310 ΠΣ 
“STi. 

Hien. yin, imp. stim 1. Causat. 
of Kal no. 1, to cause to see, to let per- 
ceive, to show ; with two acc. Jer. 16, 21 
ἌΡΤΟΝ oS"Tix 7 will cause them to see 
my hand, i.e. my power. With > of pers. 
Ex. 18, 20 and shalt show them the way. 

2. to let know, to show any thing to 
any one ; with two acc. Gen. 41, 39. Ex. 
33, 12. 13. Ez. 20, 11. 22,2; acc. of 
thing and dat. of pers. Deut. 4, 9. Ps. 
145, 12. Neh. 9. 14; acc. of pers. and a 
whole clause. Job 10, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 2. 1 K. 


\ 


7” 


1,27; comp. Josh: 4, 22; acc. of thing, 
Ps. 77, 15. 98, 2. Job 26, 3. 

3. to make known, to acquaint, to teach, 
with acc. of pers. Job 38, 3. 40,7. 42,4; 
dat. Prov. 9,9; acc. of thing Ex. 18, 16 ; 
two acc. of pers. and thing Is. 40, 14. Ps, 
16, 11. 51,8; ace. of pers. and ined, > 
Prov: 22,19. Spec. to teach by experi- 
ence, or by punishment, i. q. to punish ; 
comp. Kal no. 2.. Judg. 8, 16 he took 
thorns of the desert and threshing-sledges, 
midd "WIN MX oD sa and with them 
made the men of Succoth know, i. e. pun- 
ished them, prob. by crushing them with 
the drays upon a layer of thorns, see 
wat no. 2. Sept. and Vulg. ἡλιόησεν, 
contrivit, as if from Heb. 83", which 
seems indeed better adapted to the con- 
text, than is the common reading. 

Hopu. >in to be made known, to be- 
come known, with >& of pers. Lev. 4, 23. 
28. Part. fem. n>357 Is. 12, 5 Keri. 

Hirup. 23107 to make oneself known, 
to let oneself be known, Gen. 45, 1; to 
reveal oneself, c. δὰ Num. 12, 6. 

Deriv. "2577, 33, MPI, MBI, 972, 
yA572, STi, msTi2, and the pr. names 
S32, MIST}, B92, OMIT}. 


51) Chald. fut. 3334 Dan. 2, 9. 30. 4, 
14; i. q. Heb. to know. Spec. 

1. to perceive, to understand, Dan. 2, 8. 
5, 23. 

2. to come to know, to learn, to discover, 
Dan. 4, 6. 6, 11. 

3. to Ieriown, to have knowledge of Dan. 
5, 22. Part. pass. ND>2> NIT2 BT? be 
it known unto the king, Ezra 4, 12. 13. 

Aru. 2715, fut. εἶπα, part. ST ina, 
to make known, to show, with dat. of 
pers. Dan. 2, 15.17. 28; acc. as suff. 
Dan. 2, 23. 29. 4, 15. 5, 15. 16. 17. 7, 16. 

Deriv. 3729. 


93" (knowing, wise) Jada, pr. n. τῇ. 
1 Chr. 2, 28. 32. 

ΤΟΣ 5 (Jehovah cares for him) Jeda- 
iah, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 9, 10. 24,7. Comp. 
Zech. 6, 10. 14. 

"3932 m. (Ὁ. 515) plur. D937. 

1. Pr. knowing, wise; and hence a 
wizard, sorcerer, Lev. 19,31. 20, 6. Deut. 


18,11. 1 Sam. 28, 3.9. Comp. pdle pr. 


knowing, wise, magus; so Engl. wizard 
is pr. a wise man. 


382 





a7 


2. awizard spirit, spirit of divination, 
by which wizards were supposed to be 
attended, Lev. 20, 27. Comp. 3°8 no, 
2. a. 


# 719 Jah, a poetic form from Min" ἯΣ 
vah, or rather from the more ancient 
pronunciation min, whence by apocope 
im (as ΓΘ for Ayn), and then 3 
by ‘dropping the unaccented 4, see Lehre. ' 
p. 157. Both these forms (ama and ™) 
are promiscuously used at ‘the end 
of many compound pr. names, as "7258 
and πρὸς, ὙΠ Ω Δ and ΠΆΩ", snow 
and niswh ; the latter always in such 
cases waibons Mappik. The form πὰ is _ 
chiefly employed in certain customary 
formulas or refrains; as 775>>h halle- 
lujah, praise ye Jehovah, Ps. 104, 35. 105, 
45. 106, 1. 48. 111, 1. 112, 1. 113, 1. al. 
Further, e. g. Ps. 89, 9. 94, 7. 12. Is. 38, 
11. Ex. 15, 2 m3 M927) 4D Jah is my 
glory and my song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12, — 
2. Ps. 68,5 i024 M72 Jah is his name, see | 
in 2 lett. C. Is. 26, 4.—This form is also 
retained in the Syriac i in a few doxolo- 


gies, as ἴον» oad glory to Jah ; As- 
sem. Bibl. Orient. II. 230. III. 579. 
* SIT" i. q. (M2, to give, to set, to put ; 


ἃ verb defective and rare in Hebrew, 


but very common in the kindred lan- 
guages; Chald. 33", Syr. — Arab. 
wy, Eth. MUN. Once in Pret. Ps. 
55, 23 yah minwby y2Un cast upon 
Jehovah what he hath given (or laid up- 
on) thee, i. 6. thy lot, for 42 33 Tx. 
The person to whom, is often thus ex- 
pressed after a verb of giving, by a suffix 
pron. e. g. "202 Josh. 15, 19; comp. in 
r. (92 no. 1. Others here take =) asa 
subst. lot, burden, trouble. —Elsewhere 
only in imper. 2 once Prov. 30, 15; 
usually with He parag. Man, ἢ 3 Ππ Rath 
3, 15, plur. 12 Ps. 29, 2. a give, give 


here, Gen. 29, 21. Job 6, 22. 2 Sam. 16, 20 


my n5> sam give ye counsel b) set. 
put, place, 2 Sam. 11, 15. Deut. 1, 13 
ὉΠ ΞΘ ἼΞΙῚ set ye for yourselves men, . 
i.e. appoint. Josh. 18, 4. ὁ) Adv. of 

exhorting, of incitement, come, come on ! 
goto! Gen. 11, 3. 4. 7. 38, 16. Ex. 1, 9. 


Arab. ae: give, grant.—For 53°) Hos, 
4, 18, see Index. 
Deriv. D°A30 . 





᾿ 
4 
a 


| 
| 


᾿ 


om 


317° Chald. Dan. 3, 28, imp. = Dan. 
3 part. act. 23° 2, al, pass. 2°74, 
eet pass. nat, 37 Dan. 7, 
11. 113. Ezra 6,14. The fat. and inf. are 
borrowed from 4M; comp. Syr. oo, 


fat. Sal from Na. i. q. 12}.— T° give, 


a. 


to set, i. q- Hebr. 


1. to give, with acc. and dat. Dan. 2, 


91. 23. 37. 5,17. 19. 7, 4.6; to give or 
_ deliver over Dan. 2, 38. Ezra 5,12; with 


acc. to offer, to yield, Dan. 3, 28. 393° 


R230 to give account Dan. 6, 3. 


2. to set, to put, to lay a foundation, 


Ezra 5, 16; in the fire Dan. 7, 11. 


irare. amns, fat. on), part. 
amin , to be dnd to be deleterd over, 


Dan. 4, 13. 7, 25. Ezra 4, 20. 6, 4. 8. 9. 
ai” Ps. 55, 23, see in r. 34. 
‘os wi" a secondary: root, denom. frogn 
want, HIM, Judah, τ. N77. 
Hirap. 331M4 pr. to make oneself a 


β Jew, to become a Jew, by embracing the 
Jewish religion, Esth. 8, 17. So Eth. 


TPUR, Arab. or to become a Jew, 


from Sgt Jews, for ὁ,45. 5.668 in. 
“WI? see "Γ᾽ no. 2. 


"31? or "373? (for M2377 whom Jeho- - 


 -vah directs, r. m3) Jahdai, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 2, 47. 


37 Jehovah, see in 7. 
SAN) (for RAG wT i. q. NAMI Jehovah 
is He, comp. andy, simmax, and the 


- same contraction in 3055) Jehu pr. n. 


prob. from obsol. tax, 
_ dehoash, pr. n. 


a) A king of Israel who destroyed the 
family of Ahab, r. 884-856 B. C. He 
was hostile to idolatry, but of great cru- 
elty, 1K. 19,16. 2 K.c.9.10.. b) A 
prophet in cusaarias in the reign of Baa- 
sha, 1 K. 16, 1..2 Chr. 19, 2. 20,34. c) 
1 Chr. 2,38. d) ib. 4, 35. e) ib. 12, 3. 


TSI (whom Jehovah holds, sus- 
tains, r. 178%) Jehoahaz, pr. n. a) A 
king of Israel, r. B. C. 856-840, the son 
of Jehu, 2 K. 10, 35. 13, 1-9. b) A 
king of Judah, τ. 611 B.C. the son of 
Josiah, 2 K. 23, 31-35. 2 Chr. 36, 1; 
written also 14x77, v.2. Sept.’ Images. 


osm (whom Jehovah bestowed, x 


cul, donavit,) 
a) A king of Judah 877 


383 





ὙΠ᾿ 


-838 Β. C. the son of Ahaziah, 2 K. 12, 
1. 21. 14,13; written also δε τη ib. 11,2. 
12, 20. b) A king of Israel 840-825 
B. C. the son of Jehoahaz, 2 K. 13, 10- 
25; written also by contraction δι ib. 
v. 9. Sept. ” Tortie. 


‘TH apocop. from aan. 1. Judah, 
i. 6. the land of Judah, "Judea. Dan. 3, 
25 Tat  NMIDZ 722 the captives of ἐν 
dea. 8, 18. 6, 14. Ezra 5, 1. 8. Arab. 


a os 8 
On gs ἢ ὁρῶ, collect. the Jews. 


denom. TIN, see in WI. 
2. Jehud, writin Ἔα, pr. n. of a town — 
of the Danites, Josh. i9, 45. 


MTN (pr. verbal from fut. Hoph. of 
m5, celebrated, lauded, comp. Gen. 29, 
35. 49, 8) pr. n. Judah. 

1. The fourth son of Jacob, born of 
Leah, Gen. 29, 35, 35,23; also the tribe 
descended front him, 97303 my. Num. 
1, 27. "ma 2Sam. 2, 7. 10, Ἢ Num. 
1, 26; the bounds of whose territory 
are described in Josh. c. 15. MAN AH 
the mountains of Judah, Josh. "15, 48. 
After the secession of the ten srihion 
the name of Judah was given to the 
subsequent kingdom, which comprised 
the tribes of Judah and Benjamin with 
a portion of Simeon and Dan, and 
had Jerusalem for its metropolis. The 
other kingdom was called 5x7 Israel, 
and also 5758 Ephraim ; ‘the latter 
chiefly in the prophets. Hence M248 
maim the land of Judah, the kingdom of 
Judah, Is. 19,17. MIAN WD the city of 
Jutlals i. e. Jerusalem, 2 Chr. 25, 28, is q 
T13 "> 2 K. 14, 20.—Afier the carrying 
away of the ten tribes and after the Ba- 
bylonish exile, the name Judah, Judea, 
was applied to the whole country of the 
Israelites, Hagg. 1, 14.. 2, 2.—Where 
the land, Judea, is signified, "757° is 
fem. Is. 7,6. Joel 4,20. Ps. 114,2; where 
the people is intended, the Jews, it is | 
masc. Is. 3,8. Hos. 4, 15. al. but also cou- 
pled with.a fem. Nah. 2,1. Jer. 14, 2. al. 

2. Of several persons: 8) Neh. 11, 
9. b) Ezra 3,9. Neh. 12,8. 9) Neh. 
12,34. d) ib. v. 36.. 

FAT plur. DA , sometimes mean 
Esth. 4,7. 8, 1.7.13. ‘9, 15. 18, Cheth. 


1. As a antite name, ὦ Join, the Jews. 
a) A member of the Sieedoas of Judah 


Hence 


7 


2 K. 16,6. 25, 25. Jer. 32, 12. 38, 19. al. 
b) In the later Hebrew, after the carry- 
ing away of the ten tribes, put for any 
Hebrew, the Hebrews, Neh. 1, 2. 2, 16. 
Esth. 3,4 sq. 4, 3 sq. °8, 1. al. Fem. 
mea a Jewess 1 Chr. 4, 18. 

"2. Jehudi, pr. τι. τὰ. Jer, 36, 14. 21. 


ὙΠ Chald. a Jew, only in plur. 
PRN, sx. emphat. RN, the Jews, 
Dan. 3, 8. Ezra 4, 12. 5, 1. 5. 


mvs f. 1. Gentile n. fem. of "73, 
as Adv. Judaicé, in Jewish, i. e. in the 
Jews’ language, 2 K. 18, 26. Neh. 13, 24. 

2. Judith, pr. ἢ. of the wife of Esau, 
Gen. 26, 34. 


᾿ ri Jehovah, pr. n. of the su- 
preme "Deity, ΘΠ ΝΠ, among the He- 
brews. The later Hebrews, for seve- 
ral centuries before the Christian era, 
either misled by a false interpretation 
of certain laws (Ex. 20, 7. Lev. 24, 16), 
or following .out some ancient supersti- 
tion, regarded this name as too sacred 
to be uttered, as the ineffable name 
which they scrupled even to pronounce ; 
see Philo Vit. Mosis T. III. p. 519, 529, 
ed. Colon. Jos. Antt. 2.12.4. Hence in 
the sacred text, wherever this ὄνομα 
ἄῤῥητον was written, they substituted 
for it in reading, or pronounced for it 
the word "258 ; and for this reason the 
vowels of the name "258 are in the Ma- 
soretic readings every “where written 
with the four letters 15". The initial 
Yod, however, takes only a simple She- 
vas and not the composite one, mins not 
mint ; while prefixes receive the same 
points as if followed by "258, 6. g. MIND, 
ΓΞ, min. This Bp ἮΝ must at: 
ready have existed in the time of the 
LXX interpreters; since they uniformly 
render M1" by ὃ Κύριος ἱ. 6. "25%. The 
Samaritans also followed the same cus- 
tom; pronouncing however instead of 
min the word N27" i.g. Stn. veel 
er the sacred text has MN? "35x, 
order not to repeat “258 twice in em 
cession, the Jews pronounce DNDN DAN, 
and write Mins "258. 

Hence it appears that the name Fin" 
is furnished not with its own vowels, but 
with those of andther word; and the 
question arises, what are its true and 


384 





7 


genuine vowels? Many interpreters 
regard it as for τ πο, after the an 
of 3p32, ΠΡ, justly appealing to the 
authority of several ancient writers, who 
relate that the God of the Hebrews was 
called IAN, 6. g. Diod. Sic. 1. 94, ἵστο- 
govar... τοὺς νόμους διδόναι---παρὰ δὲ 
τοῖς Ιουδαίοις Maoiy tov [AQ ἐπικαλού- 
μένον ϑεόν. Macrob. Sat. 1.18, Hesyeh. 
v. ᾿Οζείας. Clem. Alex. Strom. p. 666, 
Oxon. See more, Thesaur. p.577. To 
this may be added, that the same form 
is conspicuous as the name of God on the 
gems of the Egyptian Gnosties; Iren. 
adv. Heres. I. 34. Bellermann aber die 
Gemmen der Alten mit dem Abraxas-— 
bilde, I, 11. Not very unlike is the form 
ΤΕΥ, of Philo Byblius ap. Euseb, Prep. 
Evang. 10. 11; and 140  ("πλ) ap. 
Clem. Alex. Strom. V.p. 562.—Others, as 
Reland in his Decad. Exercitatt. de vera 
pronunciatione nominis Jehova, Traj. ad. 
Rh. 1707, following the Samaritans, 
suppose it anciently to have been pro- — 
nounced M77, and have a support for — 
their opinion in the abbreviated forms 
int and B41. So Theodoret Quest. 15 
in Exod. καλοῦσι δὲ αὐτὸ Supugsiras 
TABE, ‘Iovdaior δὲ ATA (TAN); Cod. 

Aug. 14.—Even those who regard 70 
as the tfue pronunciation, as Michaelis 
in Supplem. p. 254, are not destitute of 
some apparent grounds; for the abbre- — 
viated syllables 7° and ἦν, which stand 
first in many compound proper names, 
can be so readily explained from πὸ 
other form.—But those only waste their 
time and labour, who endeavour to refer 
this name to a foreign origin, or assign 
to it any special relation with Aphid , 
Jov-is, or the like. 

My own view coincides with that of 
those, who regard thisname asanciently _ 
proiounoed nim, like the Samaritans; — 
since from this all the apocopated forms — 
can be more readily derived (177, 7, 
in", for 13, Ὑπὸ}; and because allusiow | 
is made i in the Ὁ. T. to such an etymo- 
logy; 6. 5. Ex. 3, 14 72m WR TIA 
I shall be what I am, (comp. Rev. 1, 4. 8, 

ὃ ὧν καὶ ὃ ἦν καὶ ὃ ἐρχόμενος,) the name 
mim" being derived from the verb πὴ Π 
to be, and regarded as designating God 
as eternal, immutable, who will never be 
other than the same. A like allusion is 










Γ 


ἔχ 


found i in Hos. 12, 6 i133 Min" Jehovah is 
his name, i. e. the Eternal, the Immuta- 


‘ble. Comp. also the Inscription on the 
‘Saitic temple of Isis, Plut. de Iside et 
“Osir. 9, ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ ὃν καὶ ἐσό- 
μένον. See Tholuck on the Hypothesis 
of the Egyptian or Indian origin of. the 
name Jehovah, Vermischte Schriften 1. 


p- 377 sq. rane! in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 
89 sq. 1834. Hengstenb. Authentie des 


| 


Pentat. I. p. 204 sq. 
As to the usus loguendi of this name, 


some of the differences of usage be- 
tween it and 0°7>xn4 or ΤΌΝ have 
already been noted ; see in pony B. no. 


6. It may be Sother added, that in the 


: prophetical books for the most part only * 
mint is employed, as being the more 


august and venerable name ; D°7>x be- 
ing there used of the true God only i in 
certain formulas, as Is. 13, 19. 53, 4. Jer. 
35, 4. etc. On the other hand, in certain 
other usual formulas, 737" alone is em- 


ployed, 6. σ. HIN BNI, Nin ὍΝ AD, 


MIN} 333, Ain 1, Mint 337, ete. 


_ Thes. p. 578.—Spec. we may note: 


a) DPX Mins, i.e. Jehovah God, 
comm. the Lorp Gop, by apposition, and 
not as some would have it Jehovah of 
gods, i. 6. chief; or prince of gods. This 
is the customary appellation of Jehovah 
in Gen. 6. 2.3; elsewhere less frequent, 
as Ex. 9,30. 2 Sam. 7, 22. 1 Chr. 28, 20. 


| 29, 1. 2 Chr. 1, 9. 6, 41. 42. Ps. 72. 18. 





“4 «b+ 2K. 12, 22. 


Jon. 4,6; also ounban mins 1 Sam. 6, 
20. 1 Chr. 22, 1.19. 2 Chr. 32, 16. Far 
more Enqwent is this semipound form 
when followed by a genit. as "77x Mint 
Px07 Josh. 7, 13. 19.20. 8, 30. 9, 18. 19. 
al, πτρῖξις "πῶς mint Deut. 1, 21. 6, 3. 
27,3; AFTON rin, “by min" Deut. 1, 
1,31. 2,7. 4; 5. 18, 16. 26, 14. al. 

Ὁ) Minas mins + Jehovah ( God) of hosts, 
i. e. of the celestial armies, see in 82% 
no. 2. b. 

c) Mins "25x, for the points in mins 
see ahove at the close of the first para- 
graph; 2 Sam.7, 18.19. Is. 50,4. Jer. 32, 


17; also very freq. in Ezekiel. 


a) mint "225, see in "28>, under art. 


me Ὁ. 


Jay" (whom Jehovah bestows, r 
931) Jehozabad, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 
6) 2 Chr. 17, 18. 

33 


980. 


1 ὅδ. c. 13-31. 





we 


PT m. (whom Jehovah bestows, 
τ. 329, q. ἃ. Θεοδῶρος) Jehohanan, pr. ἢ. 
a) A military commander under Jeho- 
shaphat, 2 Chr. 17,15. 23,1. b)2Chr. 
28,12. wv) 1 Chr. 26,3. d) Neh. 12,13. 
6) ib. 6,18. [Ὁ Ezra 10, 6, contr. 429% 
Neh. 12, 22. 23. g) Ezra 10,28. 8) 
Neh. 12, 42.—See 2m". Hence Greek 


᾿Ιωαννᾶς and *Im@urynge. 


3371) m. (whom Jehovah knows, fa- 
vours, r. 51.) Jehoiada, pr.n.m. a) A 
priest of great authority in the kingdom 
of Judah, 2 K.11,4.al. b) 2 Sam. 8, 
18. 20, 23. c) 1 Chr. 27,34.  d) ib. 12, 
27.—Hence contr. 3375" q. v. 


P27) τὴ, (whom Jehovah hath ap- 
pointed, τ. 1,3) pr. n. Jehoiachin, son of 
Jehoiakim, king of Judah B. C. 600, 2 K. 
24, 6.8-17. The same name is written 
3. Ez. 1, 2; 97234 Esth. 2, 6. Jer. 
27, 20. 28, 4; ΓΗ for qm 553 Jer. 24, 
1 Chethibh ; and a3 Jer. 22, 24. 28. 
37, 1. 


ΡΟΣ m. (whom Jehovah hath set 
up, r. ἘΞ) pr. n. Jehoiakim, son of Jo- 
siah, king of Judah 611-600 B. C. 2. K. 
23, 34. 36. 24, 1. Jer. 1, 3. His former 
name was D7P7>N q. v. 


ay and 277" (whom Jehovah 
defends, r. 32°) pr. n. Jehoiarib, Joiarib, 
a distinguished priest. at Jerusalem, 
1 Chr. 9, 10. 24,7. Ezra 8, 16. Neh. 11, 
10. 12, 6.19. Hence Gr. ᾿Ιωαρίβ 1 Mace. 
2, 1. 


22577" (potent, verbal fut. Hoph. from 
555) Jehucal, pr. n. m. Jer. 37 3; for 
which contr. ‘bom Jer. 38, 1. 


227 and 2727" (whom Jehovah 
impels, r. 332) Jehonadab, Jonadab. pr. 
n. a) A βοὴ οἵ Rechab, an ancestor οὔ 
the nomadic Rechabites, who bound his 
tribe by a vow to abstain from wine, 2 K. 
10, 15. Jer. 35, 6. See 339. b)2Sam. 
13, 5 sq. 


FOI" and 427" (whom Jehovah 
gave, τ. 02, Gr. Θεοδῶρος,) Jonathan, 
pr.n.m. a) A βοὴ οἵ Saul, ovlebrated 
for his noble friendship sowaeils David, 
b) A son of Abiathar, 
2 Sam. 15, 27. 36. 1 K. 1, 42. 43.—Also 
of several others, called only }M25777, viz. 
6) A son of Gershom, an idolatrous 


wT 


priest, Judg. 18, 30. 
1 Chr. 20, 7. 27. 39. e) 2 Chr. 27, 25. 
f) 2 Chr. 17,8. g) Jer. 37, 15. 20. 38, 

26. ἢ) Neh. 12,18.-—See more in 791). 


ROW" ig. HO (by Chaldaism not 
contracted, r. 5}0") Joseph, pr.n. Ps. 81, 6, 
poetically for the nation of Israel. See 
mou. 


ΤῊΣ ΤΊΣ (whom Jehovah adorns, r. 
1115) Jehoaddah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8, 36 ; 
for which 9, 42 ΠΣ", 


pwn (fem. of preced.) Jehoaddan 
pr. ἢ. f. 2 Chr. 25,1. 23 Κα. 14,2 Keri; 
but pus" Cheth. 


Pp I= and PIX" (whom Jehovah 
makes just, r. PIX) Jehozadak, Jozadak, 
pr. h. of the father of Joshua the high 
priest, Hagg. 1, 1.12. Ezra 3, 2. 8. 5, 2. 


- DTW (whom Jehovah has exalted, 
τ. 09") Jehoram, Joram, pr.n. a) Aking 
of Judah 891-884 B. C. son of Jehosha- 
phat, 2 K. 8, 16-24. b) A king of Israel 
896-884 B.C. son of Ahab, 2 K. ο. 3. 
c) A priest 2 Chr. 17, 8.—Written also 
contr. D3". 


Yawn? (Jehovah is her oath, i. 6. 
worshipper of Jehovah, comp. satby) 
Jehosheba, pr. n. of a daughter of king 
Joram, and wife-of Jehoiada the priest, 
2 K. 11, 2; written in 2 Chr. 22, 11 
msayin. 


YAWN and yon (Jehovah his help, 
r. 90%, comp. Sanh, Germ. Gotthilf,) 
Jehoshua, Joshua, pr. n. m. a) The 
minister and assistant of Moses, after- 
wards his successor and leader of the Is- 
raelites, the son of Nun, Ex. 17, 9. 24, 
13; elsewhere called also SO Num. 13, 
8.16; see also 9205. Ὁ) A high priest 
contemporary with Zerubbabel, Zech. 
3,1. 6, 11. Hagg. 1, 1.12; see also 
305. c)1Sam.6, 14.18. d) 2K. 23, 
8.—Sept. ᾿Ιησοῦς, Vulg. Josua. 


DEW? (whom Jehovah judgeth, i.e. 
whose cause he sustains, ) pr. ἢ. Jehosha- 
phat. a) A king of Judah, 914-889 
B.C. son of Asa, 1 Καὶ. 22,41-51. From 
him the valley between Jerusalem and 
the Mount of Olives is supposed to have 
received the same name, Joel 4, 2. 12. 
2 Chr.c. 20. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 396. Ὁ) The recorder or annalist 


d) 2 Sam. 21, 21. 


386 





x7 


of king David, 2 Sam.°8, 16. 20, 24. 
c) 1K.4,17. ἃ) The father of Jehu 
king of Israel, 2 K. 9, 2. 14. 


ὙΠ. adj. (τ. "92) elated, proud, arro- 
gant, Prov. 21, 24. Hab. 2, 5.—Chald. 
and Talmud. id. "4°M& to be proud ; 
mans, R51, pride. 


ela (who praises God, it’ oo 
Jehalelel, pr.n.m. a) 2 Chr. 29, 12. 
b) 1 Chr. 4, 16. 


DOM? m. (r. £m) a species of hard — 
gem,so called from beating, hammering, 
Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez. 28,13. Several 
of the ancient versions render it ὄνυξ, 
ὀνύχιον, the ony2, which is not im- 
probable. Others, adamant, but less 
well; so Braun de Vestitu Sacerdotum, 
II. 13. 


τ v1" obsol. root, Arab. UA, to 
tread down, to trample upon.—Hence 


V2 Is. 15,4. Jer. 48, 34, elsewhere 


mxri), (place trodden down,) Jahaz, 
Jahazah, pr. n. of a Moabitish city situ- 
ated near the desert, afterwards reckon- 
ed to the tribe of Reuben and assigned 
to the priests. Num. 21, 23. Deut. 2, 32. 
Josh 13. 18. 21, 36. Judg. 11, 20. 1 Chr. 
6, 63. Jer. 48, 34.—In several of these 
examples the final 5 in 735% is local ; 
as Num. Deut. lc. 

i Ὕ a root not in use, prob. to be 
high, tumid, kindr. with "3, "5. Arab. 


9 390. 


ree a prominent heap of sand.-- 
Hence ἜΠΗ, 


381" (whose father is Jehovah) pr. » 
Joab. a) The nephew and chief mili 
tary officer of David, 2 Sam. 2, 24. 1 K. 
2,5. 22. al. .b) 1 Chr. 4,14. c¢) Ezra 
2,6. 8,9. Neh. 7,11. Ὁ 


MN (whose brother i. 6. helper is 
Jehovah) pr. n. Joah. a) A son of 
Asaph, the recorder or annalist of He- 
zekiah, 2 K. 18, 18. Is. 36,3. Ὁ) The 
annalist of king Josiah, 2 Chr. 34, 8. 
6) 1Chr. 6, 6. 2 Chr. 29, 12. ἀ) 1 Chr. 
26, 4. 


TINT see Ὑπὸ ἔτη, 


8" (Jehovah is his God, i. 6. worship- 
per of Jehovah,) pr. n. Joel. a) A pro- 





: Jobab, pr. n. 


Εν 
phet, son of Pethuel, Joel 1, 1. Ὁ) The 
eldest son of Samuel, 1 Sam. 8,2. c) A 


son of king Uzziah 1 Chr. 6, 21; for 
which, by a manifest error in transcrib- 


ing, is read in v. 9 53x .—Also of seve-_ 


ral other persons ; see Thesaur. p. 582. 


UNM (i. 4. wNiN" q. v.) Joash, pr. n. 
m. a) See in wyim a. b) See ibid. b. 
c) The father of Gideon Judg. 6, 11. 
ἃ) 1K. 22,26. 2Chr.18,25. 6) 1.Chr. 
12,3. f) ib. 4, 22. 


31° Job, pr.n. of a son of Issachar Gen. 
46, 13; perhaps an error in copying for 
1 Num. 26, 24. 1 Chr. 7, 1 Keri. 


227 (ig. οἰ: desert, see in r. 33") 
a) “A people of Arabia, 
descended from Joktan, Gen. 10, 29. 1 
Chr. 1, 23. A trace of this tribe is-to 
be found perhaps in Ptolemy, who men- 
tions a people on the eastern coast of 
Arabia near the Sacalite, whom he 
calls ᾿Ιωβαρίται, or as Salmasius and 


. > 
 Bochart conjecture ᾿Ιωβαβέται, chang- 


ΨΥ 


_ the Canaanites Josh. 11, 1. 
8, 9. 


ing the g into 8. See Bochart Phaleg 
II. 29. b) A king of Idumea Gen. 36. 
33. 34. 1 Chr. 1, 44.45. ὁ) A king of 
d) 1 Chr. 
e) ib. 8, 18. 

227° comm. see in no. 2, (r. >= 11) 


~onomatopoetic, i. q. Lat. jubilum, Germ. 


Jubel, comp. Engl. jubilee, signifying 


acry of joy, joyful shout, and then 


transferred to the sound or clangour of 


_ trumpets, trampet signal, alarm, like 


mDa9m q. v.—Roots of like sound and 


signification denoting outcry, clamour, 


as the expression both of joy and pain, 
(since the two are often hardly to be 
distinguished, and are frequently ex- 
pressed by the same words, comp. >5%, 


mtn.) are in the Semitic, tongues bbs 


ee ΣΝ eee 


the Teutonic dialects, 


oe 


Joly, d58, also 33", ws ; Gr. ὀλολύ- 
ζειν, ἀλαλάζειν, Lat. δα μά ululare ; in 
Swed. jolen, 
whence the ancient Scandinavian festi- 
val called Jul (Engl. Yule), Dutch joelen, 


comm. Germ. jodeln. In all these syl- 


lables 761, jobl, jodl, the primitive idea 
is to cry to; comp. Lat. to triumphe. 
- Hence 


1. bain 1} the horn of jubilee, signal- 


_ horn, i.e. with which asignal of attack or 
_ alarm is sounded, Josh. 6, 5; also ellipt. 


387 





3} 


dais Ex. 19, 18. ΡΙαν. πεῖς ninpisi 
Josh. 6, 6, with art. pba mini 6, 4. 
8. 13, trumpets of jubilee (for the pit, 
form see note) i.e. with which a signal 
is given, alarm-trumpets, signal trum- 
pets. Between 529° 11} the signal-horn 
and 5313 “Div the signal-trumpet, there 
seems to have been no difference, see 
Josh. 6, 4, comp. v. 5. 6.—>2 23 
Ex. 19, 13, and 533° 7 2—3 W622 Josh. 
6, 5, Ἐς ΡΟΝ the signal-horn is sounded, 
ΡῈ eleéwhere ninpiwWa Spm, comp. oak: 
6, 4 and v. 5.—The Chaldee translator 
and the Rabbins by an absurd conjec- 
ture interpret 831" a ram, and 52955 ‘Pp 
the ram’s horn; nor are several modern 
conjectures much better, for which see 
Fuller’s Miscell. [V. 8. Carpzov. Appa- 
rat. Antiqu. Cod. sac. p. 449. Bochart 
Hieroz. I. lib. 2. ο. 43. 

Nore. The plural o*>3isn mined 
trumpets of alarms, which stands where 
we should expect basen ’ ὦ, depends on 
an idiom of the Hebrew language, 
which has hitherto been overlooked by 
Grammarians ; see Heb. Gram. § 106. 3. 
In Hebrew, as in Syriac (Hoffmann 
Gramm. Syr. p. 254), there ure three 
modes of forming the plural of compound 
nouns, or nouns in construction, viz. 
either: a) The governing noun alone 
is put in the plural, and this is much 
the most common method, as 5. “435, 
plur. 5" “i232; or b) The Genitive 
or noun governed i is also put in the plu- 
ral, as 0°59 "934 1 Chr. 7, 5, Dea “MY 
for dan oni) Ex. 1. 11, pbx "33 Ps. 29, 
2 for dx "235 or firihaes , 6) The gov- 
erning noun remains unchanged, and 
the Genitive alone is made plural, of 
which a striking example is the phrase 
miax ΓΞ ‘houses of fathers, for 38 "M3, 
see in M3 no. 11.—The example above 
in question belongs to the second form, 
lett. b. 

2. baint mw Lev. 25, 13. 15. 31. 40 
and ellipt. Sai ib. v. 28. 30. 33, (comm 
gender, m. Num. 36, 4, but often fem. on 
account of the ellipsis of M23 Lev. 25. 10,) 
the yeur of jubilee, Vulg. annus jubileus, 
annus jubilei, so called from the sound- 
ing of trumpets on the tenth day of the 
seventh month, by which it was an- 
nounced to the: people, Lev. 25,9. It 
occurred every fiftieth year, Lev. 25, 10. 


= 


11. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 3; not as some sup- 
pose in the forty-ninth; and according 
to the Mosaic law, in this year all lands 
which had been sold returned to their 
first possessor, all slaves were to be set 
free, and the lands lay untilled. Sept. 
ἔτος ἀφέσεως, ἀφεσις. 


227 m. 1. a river, stream of water, 
Jer. 17,8. Β. 5551. 

2. Jubal, pr.n. of a son of Lamech, and 
the inventor of music, Gen. 4, 21. The 
name Jubal signifies perhaps pr. jubi- 
lum, or the sound of trumpets and other 
instruments, i. 6. music, kindr. with 53%"; 
and was afterwards applied to its in- 
ventor.—R. 53" IL. 


“att (i. q. satin«) Jozabad, pr. n. of 
several Levites, a) 2 Chr. 381,18. Ὁ) 
Ezra 8, 33. 10, 23. 0) 10, 22. 


“I (whom Jehovah remembers) 
Jozachar, pr. ἢ. of the murderer of king 
Joash, 2 K. 12, 22. In 2 Chr. 24, 26 
written 731, a manifest error in trans- 
cribing. 


81 (perh. contr. from Hi" whom 
Jehovah revives, comp. 53% for 733") 
Joha, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 16. Ὁ) 
11, 45. 


20) (i. q.. j20IN? where see) Joha- 
nan, pr. ἢ. as contracted borne also: 
a) By two of David’s officers, 1 Chr. 12, 
4.12. b) A βοὴ οἵ king Josiah 1 Chr. 
3,15. 6) A priest ib. 5,35. d) 2 K. 
25, 23. Jer. 40,8. e) 1 Chr. 3, 24. f) 
Eizra 8, 12. 


no see mw. 

ΣῊ (i,q. STINT q. v.) pr.n. Joiada. 
Neh. 3, 6. 12, 10. 

‘PIM see pati. 

DP (i. q. EAP) Joiakim, pr. n. 
m. Neh. 12, 10. 

a9 (i. gq. Sati") Joiarib, pr. ἢ. 
a) See anim. Ὁ) Neh. 11,5. ᾿ 

227° (whose glory is Jehovah, x. 
12>) Jochebed, pr. ἢ. of the mother of 


Moses and wife of Amram, Ex. 6, 20. 
Num. 26, 59. 


29} Jucal, see Daan, 


*D'" a root not in use, prob. to be 
warm, hot, like the kindred roots nM, 


388 





DAT, ἘΠῚ, oe) the π᾿ being gradually 


softened into % and so into ἢ; see p. 
370. And as there exist three roots 
with the harsher guttural, DAN, ΘΠ, 
mam; so also with the softer letter, bit, 
ba, ΠΣ .—From the root pi" come Di" 
diy pian warm springs; from m7 


comes plur. D772" constr. "27 days. 
DT c. suff. ‘i, Bl a plur. 
constr. 27, poet. nt Ἦν 
si as Eee. 7, 14. Jer. a 18. 27.10. 
1. a day, so called frou the diur 
heat, r. Di. Chald. Samar. id. 


Ἰζοαῦ, Arab. ΜΕ id.— Spoken of the 
natural day, from the rising to the set- 
ting sun, opp. the night, Gen. 1, 14. 16. 
7,4. 12. 8, 22. 31, 39; also of the civil 
day or 24 hours, which includes the 
night, Gen. 7, 24. 50, 3. al. Job 3, 6 let 
not (that night) rejoice among the days 
of the year. “TM Ci" in or on one day 
Gen. 27, 45. 33, 18. Num. 11, 19; the 
same das y Is. 9, 13. mit Oy Dera in 
the self-same day Gen. 7, 13, see in OS. 
Gen. 18, 1 01° BMD in the heat of the © 
day, at noon, elsewhere called D1" 7153 
Prov. 4, 18, see in Ἰ9.- τ Ὁ oO the © 
sabbath-day Ex. 20, 8. 5°9B> Bi" day 
of atonement, expiation, Lev. 23,28. Dx 
micm Num. 29, 1. Prov. 27,1 boast not — 
thyself of to-morrow, for thou knowest 
not di t>=-m72 what a day (to-day )emay 
bring forth. —Put for the light of day, 
day-light ; comp. Gen. 1, 5. So Zech. 
14,7 >"> ND) OTN... IN BT 
and there shall be a ae when there 
will be neither day-light nor night. Job 
3,5. Also for a day’s journey, i. q. 723 
nit, Deut. 1, 2; comp. Num. 11, 31.— | 
Adv. absol. £1" i. q. 0249", by day, tn the 
day-time, Ps. 88,2. Also Bi7 017 day by — 
day, daily, Gen. 39, 10. Ex. 16, 5. Is. 58, — 
2. Ps. 68; 20; in genit. p17 DY" "92 daily — 
vows Ps. 61,9; 81) Οἷα id. Esth. 3,4; — 
pita ot pr. day by day 1 Chr. 12, 22. 
Neh. 8, 18; ΕἿΣ bind from day to day, 
daily, 2 Chr. 24, 11; but ofa ἘΤῚΞ. as 
day by day 1 Sam. 18, 10; also. pita 
piv-bx from day to day Num. 30, 15. 
1 Chr. 16, 23.—With a genit. of pers. 
the day of any one signifies: a) In a 
good sense, his festival day. Hos. 7, & 
42359 Di" the day of our king, his birth- 
day or day of inauguration. 2, 15 "2" 








or 
mrbyvan the festivals of idols. 2,2 [1,11] 
ὈΝΣ ΤῸ pin the day of Jezreel, i. 6. when 
the people shall be aasembled at Jezreel. 
Spoken of one’s birth-day Job 3,1; not 
1,4. So ἡμέρα τινος Diog. Laert. 4. 41; 
comp. Cic. Att. 13. 42. b) In a bad 
sense, day of calamity ; Obad. 12 pi" 
ΠΝ the day of thy brother. Job 18, 20 
posterity shall be astonished at his dany, 
ΔΑ, i. 6. at his calamity. Ps. 37, 13. 
“187, 7. 1 Sam. 26, 10. Ez. 21, 30. Arab. 
day of misfortune. sey Is. 9, 3 


ira oh the day of Midian, when the 
Midianites were defeated with slaughter. 
~ Comp. dies Alliensis, Cannensis, Arab. 

ae) a dies pugne Bedrensis, Kor. 3. 
119. ὁ) the day of Jehovah, i.e. the day 
of judgment and punishment which Je- 
hovah will hold upon the wicked, Joel 1, 
15. Ez. 13, 5. Is. 2,12. 13, 6.9. Am. 5, 
18. 20. Obad.15.al. Plur.Job24,1. Gr. 
ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 1 Thess. 5, 2. 2 Pet. 
3, 10. 

2. time, like ἡμέρα and Lat. dies, Judg. 
18, 30. Is. 48, 7. Job 15, 32. 30, 25.—See 
the forms Bi, OD, DID, etc. below 
in no. 3, under the letters a, Ὁ, ἃ, e, f, g. 
More frequent in this sense in Plur. 
pins, see below in Plur. no. 2. 

3. With the art. and prepositions pre- 
fixed : 

a) Din this day, to-day, Gen. 4, 14. 
Ex. 22, 14. 24, 12. 30, 32. 31, 48. al. 


Arab. egal id.—Also: α) by day, in 
the day-time, opp. 12925 by night, Neh. 
4, 16 [22]. Hos. 4, 5,i.q.01". 8) at 
this time, now, Deut. 1, 39. 1 Sam. 12, 
17. 2 K. 6, 26. y) that day, at that 
time, then, 1 Sam. 1,4 Die 4. 14, 
1. 2 K. 4, 8. Job 1, 6, where some ren- 


der a day, a certain time, i. q. Logs, 
neglecting the force of the article. 

b) pita with infin. a) in the day 
that, ete. Gen. 2,17 WP2¥ Dina inthe day 
that ‘(when) thou eatest. 3,5. Lev. 7, 36. 
B) in the time that, i. q. when; Gen. 2,4 
pind) ΥᾺΝ minds ἢ mivs pina when 
Jehovah made the earth and the heavens. 
Ex. 10, 28. 32, 34. 1K. 2,8. Is. 11, 16. 


Lam. 3,57; after, 2 Sam. 21,12. With © 


pret. Lev. 7, 35. 2 Sam. 22, 1. 
c) bina) αν) in the day-time, opp. 
mosba Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36,30. ) in 
, 33* 


389 





oY 


that same day, i. e. immediately, at once, 
Prov. 12,16. Neh. 3,34. ) on that day, 
i. q. the other day, lately, Judg. 13, 10.— 
For S13 Ὁ 53 see in 857 no. 3. 

d) 9153 (with 3 of time) this day, at 
this time, now, 1 K.1,31. Is.58,4. Some- 
times it refers to an action about to take 
place, now, i. q. before, first, Gen. 25, 31. 
33. 1 Sam. 2, 16. 1 K. 22; 25. 

6) M3 DID α) as at this day, as at 
this time, as things now are; a phrase 
marking the present state of things as 
if pointed to with the finger. Gen. 50, 
20 where Sept. ὡς σήμερον. Deut. 2, 30. 
4, 20. 38. 29, 28. 1 Sam. 22, 8.13. 2 Chr. 
6, 15. Jer. 11, 5. al. So too nin ΘΠ 
Deut. 6, 24. Jer. 44, 22. Ezra 9, 7. 15. 
Neh. 9,10. βὺ) Once ΠῚ ΘΠ, about 
that time, then, > being taken as a parti- 
cle of time, Gen. 39, 11. 

f) 2152 from the time that, since, Ex. 
10, 6. Deut. 9, 24. 

g) piva->>—s aw) all days, every day, 
daily, Ps. 42, ‘4. 11. 44, 23. 56, 2. 3.6. 71, 
8. 15. 24. 73, 14, parall. pvpad every 
morning. Sep’. sometimes 208? ἑκάστη» 
ἡμέραν. γ)) the whole day, all the day, 
Is. 62, 6 parall. n>"ba->d. Ps. 32, 3. 35 
28. 37, 26. 38, 7.13. Sept. ὅλην τὴν. ἡμέ- 
ραν. y) at all times, always, continu- 
ally. Ps. 52,3 τῖνπτο 58 TOM the good- 
ness of God is manifested continually. 
Prov. 21, 26 MXN ΠΗ DiwM->D the 
wicked continually burneth with desire. 
23. 17. Is. 28. 24 doth the ploughman 
always plough? 65, 5 DisI~>>d MIP wR 
a fire always burning. Often with 172m 
added, Is. 51, 13. 52,5. Ps. 72,15. The 
seme is 0197523 every day, at all times, 
Ps. 7, 12. 88, 10. 145, 2.—This formula 
belongs to the poetic style ; in prose the 
corresponding expression is 0°277>D 
q. v. below in no. 2. 

Dua 5721" two days Ex. 16, 29. 21, 
22. Num. 9, 22. Hos. 6, 2 pita pv 
ΡῈ τι after two days on the third day, 
i. e. soon; comp. John 2, 19. 20. ‘ 

Piur. 0°97 as if from a sing. 5° (Ὁ. 
m0"), by Chaldaism 9779 Dan. 12, 13; 
constr, 727, poet. mia" Deut. 32, 7: Ps. 
90,15. Comp. Aram. mai, , (adoas. 

1. days, 6. g. D9 MZIAB seven days 
Gen. 8, 10. 12. B-Imy 51%" some days, 
i.e. some time, for a time, Gen 27 44. 


bp 
In the same sense 0°27 is put absol. 


c 2, oF 
(like Lol} some days, some time, Syr. 


{adca» 345 after some time, Barhebr. | 


Chron. p. 391, 418,) Neh. 1, 4. Dan. 8, 
27. Gen. 40, 4 ~awea poe 1 and 
they were for some time in ward. 07232 
after some time Judg. 11, 4. 14, 8. 15, Ἵ. 
ps" ὙΡ id. Gen. 4,8.1 Κ. 17,7. “ yR> 
id. Neh. 13,6. The space of time thus 
signified, often several months, never a 
whole year, is apparent from these ex- 
amples: Gen, 24, 55 let the damsel abide 
with us VW ἴδ 2%" some days, per- 
haps ten, the indefinite 0°27 being made 
specific by the adjunct "Mwy. Is. 65, 20 
pn" ΘῈΣ an infunt of a few days. A 
longer time is implied in Num. 9, 22 
pw is wih ix ovis two days or a 
month or some longer itme. 1 Sam. 29, 
3 he hath been with me Ht iN O27 TT 
Dw for these aig days or rather 
these years. 

2. days, time, as odelathtiity of a suc- 
cession of days, very frequent. So 1 K. 
2,11 and the time (9°2°1) that David 
reigned over Israel was forty years. 1 
Sam. 27, 11. Gen. 47, 8 475m Ὁ 7" 
the time of the years of thy life. peta 
ἘΠῚΤ in those days, at that time, Ex. 2, 
11. 23. Josh. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 1. Jer. 3, 
16. 18. Joel 3,2. al. mrasn-b> for all 
time, for ever, Fr. toujours, (ἤματα πάντα 
Hom. Il. 8. 593. ib. 12. 133,) Deut. 4, 40. 
5, 26. 6, 24. 11, 1. 1 Sam. 1, 28. 18, 29. 
Job 1, 5. Jer. 31, 36. 32,39. al. "35 
p75 pr. the daily affairs, i. 6. annals, 
see in "35 no. 2. 
ham’s time Gen. 26, 1.15. 18; so espec. of 
kings and princes, e. g. ΒΝ Ὁ 252 in the 
time of Saul, during his reign, 1 Sam. 
17,12; of David 2 Sam. 21,1; Solomon 
1 K. 10, 21; so Esth. 1, 1. Neh. 12, 26. 
47. oomubp 272 in the time of the 
Philistines, during their rule, Judg. 15, 
20.—Is. 39, 6 m'xa DO MEIN behold 
the days come, the time cometh, etc. a 
phrase frequent in prophecies, espec. in 
those containing threats; Jer. 7, 32. 9, 
24. 16, 14. 23, 5.7. 31, 27. 31. 38. al. 
comp. Is. 7, 17.—With a genit. or suff. 
time appointed to any one; Gen. 29, 21 
"729 ΝῺ my time is full, completed, out, 
comp. v. 18.—Spec. a) Often i. q. time 


390 


| of life, age. 


cm338 72°93 in Abra- ὁ 





oy 


Se nva"a 8a far gone in 
days, advanced in age, Gen. 24, 1. Josh. 
13, 1; comp. προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις, 
Luke 1,7. ΘΝ "732 great of age, i. 6. 
of great age, very aged, Job 15, 10; 
opp. 5°72" “sp short of age, short-lived, 
14, 1. ΡΟΣ all one’s days, hits 
whole life, Gen. 43, 9. 44, 32. With — 
genit. Wik "2" a man’s days, life, Job 
10,5; 2" my life 7,6; ΩΡ all thy life 
long, so long as thou hast lived, Job 38, 
12. 1 Sam. 25,28. 1 Κὶ. 1.6, Basan 
your days, while ye live, Jer. 16, 9. | 
‘5727 FINA to prolong one’s days, to live 
long, see in 328 Hiph. Poet. Job 32, 7 
ἜΠΞ 1 D725 let age speak, i. 6. the aged. 
Trop. of things, Gen. 8, 22 yarn "7297>3 
all the days of the earth, while the earth 
endures. Ὁ) 8°75 in accus. is often put 
pleon. after words denoting a certain 
and definite time, as 0°97 0°N20 Engl. 
two years of time Gen. 41, 1. Jer. 28, 3. © 
11; 525 OWay Mabe Dan. 10, 2, 8; 
ὉΠ} ὉΠ a month of time, i. 4. a month 
long, Gen. 29, 14; ΛΩΝ My" id. De 
21, 13. 2 K. 15, 13. See on this idiom, 
Lehrgb. p. 667. In like manner the 
Arabic subjoins yh time, and the 
Ethiopic PUA days, like the Hebrew; 
see the Ascension of Isaiah by Laurence, 
£11. 2a, 
3. Sometimes 0°23" marks a definite 
space of time, viz.a year; as also Syr. and 
Chald. eS 73>, denote both time and 
year ; and as in Engl. several words 
signifying time, weight, measure, are 
likewise used to denote certain specific 
times, weights, measures; see inT733. — 
—Certain examples of this idiom are 
the following: 1 Sam. 27,7 and the time 
that David dwelt.in the country of the 
Philistines was DOSIN HPA WW) Dm a 
year and four months. Ley. 25, 29, " 
Judg. 17,10. 0°25 M31 the yearly sac- 
rifice 1 Sam. 2,19. Mare B02 from 
year to year, every year, Ex. 13,10. Judg. 
11, 40. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1, 3 (comp: mw 
mwa v. 7). 2, 19. novisbs nn Is. 32, 
10, for which is read 29, 1 τοῦτος τῷ. 
abso for Plur. years, with numerals 
added, (as 0°28 plur. faces,) 2 Chr. 21, 
19 052%) pmb VPA ras ΤΣΞ after the 
end of two years.—Am. 4, 4 ah ὈΡΘῸΝ 
is doubtful, either every ‘hree years. or 






























oY 
better every three days, the latter in bit- 
ter irony. 


εὐ D1 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. ΠΡ. Ezra 6, 
15. Siva 51" day by day. daily, Ezra 6, 
9. Emphat. 821° Dan. 6, 11. 

Puiur. hasathreefoldform: a) 77%", 
constr. "25", emphat. X25", Dan. 2, 28. 
5, 11. 6, 8.13; and so in the Targums. 
Ὁ) Constr. ΤΟ Ezra 4, 19, like the Syr. 
and Samar. 6) Heb. constr. "29 Ezra 
4, 7.—Like Heb. "2" it denotes in Plur. 
time, Dan. 4, 31. 5, 11. Ezra 4, 15; es- 
pec. time of life, age, as 872°" P"MD ad- 
vanced in age, the ancient one, Dan.7, 22. 

DAN adv. (from i> with the adv. 
ending D—) by day, in the day-time, opp. 
nm"), Ex. 13, 21. 22. Job 5,14. bom 
nbsby day and night, i. 6. continually, 
Ps. 1. 2. Is. 60, 11. Jer. 8,23. Once i. 4. 
pin->>, all the day, Ps. 13, 3; so with 
genit. Di" "2S every-day etait, con- 
stant, Ez. 30,16. Once with 3, as 97°23 
Neh. 9, 19.— Syr. [iakas] day-time, 
Ἰζοΐα 9 daily. 


1 (322) obsol. root, prob. fo boil up, 
to be ina ferment ; whence 115 mud, 
mire, and j™2 wine; as "2h mire, μὲ 
ΠῚ wine, δ΄ "2n to boil up, to fer- 
ment. Kindred roots are 51°, 533, 7703. 

Deriv. 533, 535°, 37°. 

72? pr. n. Javan, i.e. 1. Jonia, the 
name of which province as being adja- 
cent to the East, and better known than 
others to the orientals, was extended so 
as to comprehend the whole of Greece, 
as is expressly said by Greek writers 
themselves ; see Aristoph. Acharn. 104, 
ibique Schol. ZEschyl. Pers. 176, 561. 


Syr. αἱ, os cass Greece ; Arab. 


als Greek.—Gen. 10, 2. Dan. 8, 21. 


Is. 66, 19. Ez. 27, 13. Zech. 9,13. Pat- 
| Tonym. is "339 an Ionian, Greek ; hence 
m3 "3 ihe sons of the Greeks, υἷες 
Ayalon, Ἂν the Greeks, Joel 4, 6. 

2. In Ez. 27, 19, Ἴ is prob: a city of 


Arabia Felix; comp. wee? wipe: Ya- 
wan, atownin Yemen; Camoos p. 1817. 


122 m. (τ. 719) constr. 175, mud, mire, 


pr. prob. dregs, feces, Ps. 69, 3. 40, 3 
ji ve mire of clay, deep miry clay. 


991 


37, 16, 19. Zech. 10, 6. 





a 
2327" see aim. 


m1 f(r. 715) ρίαν. Θ΄ 1. @ dove, 
Gen. 8, 8 sq. Hos. 11. 11. Ps. 55, 7. — 
279 "23 young doves Lev. 5, 7. 12, 8. al.® 
"ἤν my dove, a term of endojieniit 
Cant. 2, 14. 5, 2. 6, 9. 1, 15 531) FAs 
thine eyes are dévbe-tike: i. e. like the 
eyes of doves. 4, 1.—Derived from r. 
i", referring to the sexual warmth of 
the dove.—Another 27" see as part. 
fem. of r. 73%. . 

2. Jonah, pr. n. of a prophet, Jon. 1, 1 
2 K. 14, 25. 


%2)? see in 937 no. 1. 
p21, np2i9, see r. p2" Part. - 


7927" pr. ἡ. Jonathan, i. q. {NAY q. v. 
This contracted name was borne by se- 


veral: a) 1Chr.2,32. δ) Jer. 40,8. 
c) Ezra 8,6. d) 10,15. e) Neh. 12, 
11. f) 12, 14. 


ΠΟῪ m. (whom may God increase, r. 
5/07) Joseph, pr.n. Once 9017 Ps. 81, 6. 

1. The son of Jacob, the youngest ex- 
cept Benjamin, sold by his brothers into 
Egypt and afterwards advanced to the 
highest honours; see Gen. ο. 37-50.— 
The two sons of Joseph, Ephraim and 
Manasseh, were adopted by Jacob, and 
became heads of tribes in Israel; hence 
yo and Hoi" m"a are put: a) For 
these two tribes, Josh. 17, 17. 18, 5. Judg. 
1, 23.35; so also O07" "23 Num. 26, 28 sq. 
Josh. 14, 4. 17,14. Ὁ) Poet. for the 
kingdom of Ephraim, i. e. of the ten 
tribes, see S725 no. 3. Ps. 78, 67. Ez. 
c) For the 
whole nation, of Israel. Ps, 80, 2. 81, 6. 
Am. 5, 15. 6, 6. 

2. Several other persons, 
25, 2.9. b) Neh. 12, 14. 
42. 

Nore. In Gen. 30, 23, 24, allusion is 
made-to a double etymology, both as if 
for 5ON° he will take away, or also for 
Fut. Hiph. apoc. from 50" he will add ; 
and this latter is also supported by the. 
Chaldaizing form Sicha Ps. 81, 6. 


ΓΟ (id.) Josiphiah, pr. ἢ. τα. Ezra 
8, 10. 


ΤΙΣ (perh. for m453%, whom Jeho- 
vah helps) Joelah, pr. n. m. 1,Chr. 12,” 
R. 533 Hiph. - 


a) 1 Chr. 
6) Ezra 10 


5 


wr (his witness is Jehovah) Joed, 
pr.n.m. Neh. 11,7. R. 749. 


ἜΣ (whose help is Jehovah) Joezer, 
pr.n.m.1 Chr. 12,6. R. "19. 

yn see r. 72" no. 2, Part. 

on (to whom Jehovah hastens sc. 


with help, τ. 05>) Joash, pr.n.m. a) 1 
Chr. 7, 8. b) 27, 28. 


PIX) see ῬΎΣΙΣ, 
“XN see r. “x Part. 


mph (contr. from 951.) Jokim, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22. 


mI" (i. ᾳ. ποτ) Jorah, pr. ἢ. τη. Ezra 
2, 18. Elsewhere called ΛΠ q. v. 


ΤΡ m. (part. act. Kal of τ. 79) pr. 
sprinkling, watering, Hos. 6,3. Hence 
the first or early rain, which falls heavily 
in Palestine from about the middle of 
October until December or January. 
The first showers prepare the ground for 
receiving the seed. Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 5, 
24. Comp. Wipba. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 97. 


"7" (for 24%" whom Jehovah teach- 
eth, τ. 57" Hiph.) Jorai, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 
5, 13. 


DI (i. q. prim) Joram, pr. n. m. 
a) i.g. Jehoram king of Judah 2 K. 8, 
23; comp. v.16. b) i. q. Jehoram king 
of Revagl 2 K. 8,16; comp. 3,1. c) 2 
Sam. 8, 10; for which 1 Chr. 18, 10 
eying. d) 1 Chr. 26, 25. 


“OJ AW (whose love is returned) 
Jushab- hesed, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 20. 


MAW” (whom Jehovah lets dwell, τ. 
3") Joshibiah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 35. 


MO (contr. for M7 g. v. or from | 


τ. M5 after the form 721s) Joshah, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 4, 35. 


mo (for M7344, ig. MIBWiF q. v.) 
Joshaviah, pr. Π. πη. 1 Chr. 11, 46. 


DM" (Jehovah is upright) pr. n. Jo- 
tham. a) Α βοὴ οἵ Gideon, Judg. 9, 5. 7. 
b) A king of Judah, son of Uzziah, r. 
759-743 B. C. 2 K. 15, 2.’ 7 32-38. is. 1, 
1.. ¢) 1 Chr. 2, 47. 


SM and "act. part. Kal οὔτ. ὅτι. 
1. Pr. ‘that remaining, ‘ what is over 
and above ;’ hence as subst. the rest, re- 


392 





ἪΡ" 


stdue, 1 Sam. 15, 15. Also gain, ka 
emolument, Ecce. 6, 8. 11. 

2. Adv. a) more, further, of time, 
with τὸς Ecc. 2,15; comparat. Ece. 7, 
11, With 12 more than Kee. 12, 12. 


Chald. "nin, Syr. 424 id. b) too much, Ὁ 


overmuch, i. q. δα; Kee. 7, 16, parall. 
man. c) besides ; Esth. 6,6 "yaa amis 
besides me. So 3 anit Conj. besides 
that ; Ecc. 12,9 bon nbn many Anim 
and δῶ that Koheleth was wise. 


. MANN, only defect. MIN, (fem. of 
“mi, pr. redundant,) in full -59 mymsn 
2290 Ex. 29,13. Lev. 3,4, also 73 ΩΣ 
ἼΞΞΙΣ Lev. 9, 10, and 7335 ΓΝ Ex. 29, 
22. Lev. 8, 16. 25.. 9, 19, i, @. collect. 
the lobes of ‘the liver, qs. the redundant 
parts of the liver, the flaps. Sept. do- 


ραν 
Bog τοῦ ἥπατος, Saad. sob id. of like 
origin with the Heb. from Off i. q: 5 


See other views in Thesaur. p. 645 sq 
ἘΣ 


rit” obsol. root, Arab. Ss intrans 
to gather together, to anpouile —Hence 
ar (assembly of God) Jeziel, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 12, 3. 
97 (for 3 435, whom Jehovah sprin- 
kles, τ. 412) Jeziah, pr.n.m. Ezra 10, 25. 
TT? (whom God moves, to whom he 


gives life and motion, r. 51) Jaziz, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 27, 31. 


ΤΙΝ 27. (whom God draws out, pre- 


serves, r. X21) Jizliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 


8, 18. 


᾿ Di a root sometimes assumed for 
the form 923" Gen. 11,6; but see r. D7. 
**. 


11 see in r. Ἐν’ Hoph. 

ΓΤ see MINT. 

* 53” obsol. root, Arab. ὃς to flow, 
to run, as water, Amhar. OH for OHU 
to sweat. Hence ΠΣ and 

51. m. sweat, i. q. ΤΙΣΤ, ἅπαξ λεγόμ. 
Ez. 44, 18. 

MIT? c. τί, ΠΤ the Izrahite 1 Chr. 
27,8; prob. for "AT15, i. gq. ἜΤΙ, ὝΠΙΝ, 


mT? (whom Jehovah brings forth, 
τ. ΠΤ no. 2.) lzrahiah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. a) 1 
Chr. ἡ, 3, see πῦπιτὶ Ὁ) Neh. 12, 42. 


~~ 





ee ee Ὁ ε- 


— 


Ἴ" : 


ΝΣ ΤΟ, once NPI 2K. 9, 10(God 
hath planted) pr. n. Jezreel. 

1. A city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 
19, 18; the royal residence of Ahab and 


_ his successors, 1 K. 18, 46. 21,1. 2K. 9, . 


15; whence bean "25 Hos. 1, 4, the 
blood of Jezreel, i.e. the blood here shed 
by Ahab andJehu. [The city lay in the 
midst of the great plain, on the brow of 
the descent into the lower broad middle 
arm of it, which runs down eastwards to 
the Jordan valley, between the moun- 
tains of Gilboa and the modern Little 
Hermon. This latter seems to have 
been the Valley of Jezreel, 583919 Pay 
Josh. 17, 16. Judg. 6, 33. Hos. 1; δ. The 
great stain on the west is τὸ μέγα πεδίον 


᾿Εσδρηλών the great plain of Esdraelon. 


Judith 1, 8. 1 Mace. 12,49; now called 
pe up! Oi Merj Ibn ’’Amir. The 
town itself is called ὌΧ» Zer'in, ἃ 


corruption of 583717. In the valley be- 
ἰοῦ the city, about twenty minutes east, 
is a large and fine fountain, 1 Sam. 
29,1. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 
162. sq. 173, 227 sq. This great plain 
has ever hesn a celebrated battle-field, 
Judg. c. 4. 6,33. 1 Sam. 29, 1. ο. 31.—R.] 
There too the prophet Hosea (1, 5) pre- 
dicts a great slaughter of the people, 0" 
bxoitt Hos. 2,2. The same prophet 
gives to his oldest son, then just born, the 


name of Jezreel, 1, 4: and εὐπειχα αν 


makes him, borether with his brother 


_Lo-Ammi aff his sister Lo-Ruhama (1, 


6. 9), emblems of the people to be re- 
stored after punishment and dispersion 
and augmented by new favours, 2, 24. 25, 
comp. 2,2. In this way is to be undet: 
stood the vexed passage Hos. 2, 24, the 
earth. shall answer, and yield hes. corn, 
wine, and oil ; ana these (gifts of the 
earth) shall answer Jezreel, i.e. the earth 
rendered fertile from heaven (v. 23) shall 
again yield her produce to Jezreel. The 
prophet then proceeds in the allusion 
thus made to Jezreel, v. 25 πη Τὴ 


7283 7 will sow her ion myself in the 


land, and I will again cherish Lo-Ruha- 


_ ma (the non-cherished), and I will say 


to Lo-Ammi (not my people), thou art 
my people, i. 6. the whole people of Is- 
rael (whom the prophet thus represents 


393 





ine 


emblematically by his three children) I 
will again plant, cherish, and vindicate 
as my own. Here >X351" is construed 
c. fem. as a collect. like. Ephraim Is. 17, 
10. 11. al—The gentile n. is ἘΝ 
Jezreelite, 1 K. 21, 1; fem. mabasar 
mason, Jearediteas: 1 Sam. 27, 13 
30, 5. . 

2. A town in the mountains of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 56. 

3. Mase. pr.n. a) A son of Hosea, 
comp. in no. 1. Hos.1,4. b) 1 Chr. 4,3. 


“TO? fat. 1, kindr. 7n¥, INN, to 
become one, to be united, joined ; to unite 
oneself, c. 3 Gen. 49,6; τὰ (MN) Is. 14 
20. 

Pre. to make one, to unite, Ps. 86, 11. 
Arab. X>s Con}. II. 


, Deriv. 7°57, 73m7 also 


‘TI? m. 1. a being one, oneness, union. 
1 Chr. 12,17 1135 235 ΒΞ ὃν ab nin 
my heart shall be towards you for one- 
ness, shall be one with you; comp. opp. 
"35 apart p. 112.—Hence , 

2. Adv. in union, conjointly, together ; 
spoken : 

a) Of united action, together. Ps. 2,2 
IMIS γἼῸ 2 they take counael together. 31, 
14. Ezra 4, 3 but we Israelites 2) 437 
minn> will toge:her build unto the Lord. 
with our united strength. So after verbs 
of contending together , as 3112 0M to 
Sight together 1 Sam. 17, 10; also Is. 48, 
26. 50, 8. 

b) As to place, together, in one place; 
am 30" to dwell. together Ps. 133, 1. 2 
Sam. 10, 15. 1 Sam. 11, 11 so that two 
of them were not left together. 

c) As to time, together, at the same 
time, Job 6, 2. Is. 45, 8. Sometimes 
sameness of both time and place is im- 
plied, 2 Sam. 14, 16. 21, 9. 

d) It connects two or more nouns 
more closely by the’ idea of equality 
likeness, together, alike, in like manner. 
Ps. 49, 3 high and low, i738) "82 37 
rich ond poor together, alike. v. 11. Jok 
34, 29. So also as connecting verbs, Is 
42,14. 44, 11 “πη 9825 SMD they shall 
feu, they shall be ashamed together, i.e. 
shall both (alike) fear and be ashamed. 
Ps. 40, 15. 

6) With nouns or pronouns it implies 
oneness, a whole, all, all as one. Ps. 62, 


7" 


10 SM ΞΙΠῺ MBM they all are swifter 
than a breath. Job 40, 13. Ps. 74, 6 
31 ΠΎΤΠῺΒ all the carved work thereae 
v:8. Is. 27,4. Also afier 59, all together, 
all as one, wholly, Job 34, 15 st va-b> 
all flesh labether. all as one. Is. 22, 3.— 
Hence 

f) With >> implied, altogether, all as 
one, wholly, poet. for 59 itself. Job 38,7 
when the morning stars all sang toge- 
ther, i. e. all as one. 3, 18. 24, 44. 31,38. 
Deut. 33, 5. So without a noun, Job 
16, 10 ἘΝ ΌΤΣ "by ὙΠ all they have 
gathered themselves against me. 17, 16. 
19, 12. Ps. 40, 15. 41,8. With a nega- 
hee. no one, none at all, i. gq. 55 δ, 
Hos. 11, 7 mins X> 312 none of all ex- 
alts him. 

g) As referring to a single thing, i. q. 
5, altogether, wholly. Ps. 141,10 Ὑπὸ 
“AyN ID 755N until that I wholly pass 
oxer, escape. Job 10, 8 thine hands have 
fashioned me 2°30 M7 wholly round 
about. 


WITT? Jer. 46, 12. 21. 49, 3, elsewhere 
ὙΠ, (from the preced.) pr. im his 
unions, conjunctions, for %"3"7, i. 6. 
conjointl y, together ; sols. 40,5 Sipa-by 
11119 all flesh together. Ex. 19. 8 psn-bz 
“3m7. But by degrees the force of the 
suffix was lost, so that 13"? is referred 
not only to the Sing. as in these exam- 
ples, but also to nouns and verbs, plural, 
Deut. 33, 17. 2 Sam. 2, 16; and even to 
those in the first and second persons, Is. 
41, 1. 23. Ps. 34, 4. Job 9, 32, also Is. 45, 
20. Hence it is i. gq. 1M", but more fre- 
quent. Opp. i925 in ἼΞ no. 1. b.— 
Spoken: 

a) Of united action, together; Ps. 34, 
4 O magnify the Lord with me, 72725735 
sam ‘iw and let us exalt his name to- 
gether. Is. 11, 4. So with reciprocal 
verbs, as to seinstilt together, etc. Job 
2,11. Ps. 55, 15.-83, 6. Is. 45,21. Also 
with verbs of contending, fighting, Is. 
41, 1. 23. 

b) As to place, together, in one place, 
Deut. 22, 10.11; 13m" 32" to dwell to- 
gether Gen. 13, 6. 36, 7. Deut. 25, 53 to 
go together Gian: 22, 6. 8. 19. Job 9, 32; 
to eat together Jadg. 19, 6. Jer. 41, a% 
to gather together Josh. 9,2. Judg. 6, 33. 
Ps. 102, 23. 


ὅθ᾽ 





1 


c) As to time, together, at the same 
time ; Is. 1, 31 and they shall both burn 
VIM together. 65, 7. 66, 17. 1 Sam. 31, 
6. 1 Chr. 10, 6. 

d) With the idea of equality, likeness, 
together, alike, in like manner; 1 Sam. 
30, 24 pom 13m they shall part alike, 
share equally. Deut. 12, 22. Am. 1, 15. 
2 Sam. 2,17. In this way it often con- 
nects more closely two nouns; comp. 
ἽΠ no. 2.d. Jer. 6, 12 1372 DB wp1 NT 
fields and wives togeihan alike. v.11. 91. 
13,14. Is. 41,19. 60,13. Also verbs, Ps 
35, 26. Is. 46, 2. 

e) Put with a plural, as if comprising 
many in one, all, all as one; Jer. 5,5 
VN Mah they all, all together. Job 94, 
17 mobs 722 “PA THM the morning is 
to them all the shadow of death, i. q. 
wab vam. So after 53, all together: all 
as one, ‘Ts. 31, 3 499334 rb sam" they all 
shall fail together. 43, 9. “45, ‘16. Jer. 31, 
24. 

f) With >> implied, altogether, all, all 
as one; Is. 10,8 B32 vars sy Non are 
not all my princes kings? Ps. 37, 38. 48, 
5. Deut. 33,17. So without'd noun; they 
all, i. q. pba, Ps. 14, 3. 19, 10. Is. 18, 6. 
48,13. Jer. ‘51, 38. Prov. 22, 18. 


75132 (his union) Jahdo pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 5, 14. 


287307? (whom God makes joyful, τ. 


| 3m) Jahdiel, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 5, 24. 


123) (whom Jehovah makes joy- 
ful, τ. 1m) Jehdeiah, pr.n.en, a) 1 Chr. 
24,20. ὁ) 27, 30. 


28111) (whom God saves alive, for 
by mam, τὶ 79m) Jehavel, pr.n.m. 2 Chr. 
29, 14 Cheth. 


ST (whom God beholds) Jaha- 
ziel, pr. ἢ. m. of several persons, 1 Chr. 
12, 4. 16, 6. 23, 19. 


ΓΤ (whom Jehovah beholds) Jah- 
ztah, pr. τ. m. Ezra 10, 15. 


ONPTT (for bx Pim ‘whom God 
makes strong,’ Patah in a short syllable 
being chased to Segol, as 4228 Ex. 
33, 3 for "228, Heb. Gr. § 27. n. 2. a.) 
Ezekiel, pr. n. 

a) A celebrated prophet, the third iu 
the prophetical canon, son of Buzi a 
priest. He was carried into captivity 














: ™ 


with king Jechoniah, and lived in the 
Jewish colony on the river Chaboras ; 
Ez. 1,3. 24,24. His prophecies extend 
to the sixteenth year after the capture 
of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar, comp. 
Ez.29,17. Sept.’ ZeCexiqd, and so Ecclus. 
49, 8 [10]. Vulg. Ezechiel. Comp. the 
like forms in ?P1"", ᾿Εζεχίας, Ezechias. 
b) A priest, 1 Chr. 24, 16. 


MPT) m. i. g. OPIN, q. v. 


WPT? pr. ἢ. m. Jehizkiah, 2 Chr. 
28,12. For the form, see in ΠΡ ΊΤ, 


ΓΤ (whom God leads back, fut. 
Hiph. parag. of Chald. "35 to return,) 
Jahzerah, pr.n.m.1 Chr. 9,12. Better 
perh. to read ΠΤ" q.v. See also in 
“TAN. 


287 (God liveth, τ. m9") Jehiel, pr. 
n.of several persons: a) 1 Chr. 15, 18. 
16,5; calledalso =r" 15,24. b) ib. 27, 
32. 6) 2 Chr. 21,2. d) ib. 29, 14 Keri, 
but Cheth. 58304. 31,13. e) ib. 35, 8. 
f) Of others Ezra 8, 9. 10, 2. 21. 26.— 
From lett. a comes Patronym. "δ ΓΙ 
1 Chr. 26, 21. 22. 


‘TH adj. (r.M) f. nn. 1. uni- 
cus, one alone, only, espec. an only child, 
only begotten, with j2 Gen. 22, 2. 12. 16; 
absol. Am. 8,10. Jer. 6,26. Zech. 12, 10. 
Prov. 4, 3.—Fem. mam Judg. 11, 34; 
poet. the only one, put for life as not to be 
replaced, Ps. 22, 21. 35,17. Comp. "123. 

2. alone, lonely, forsaken, wretched, 
Ps. 25, 16. 68, 7. 


MTT) see in 5x71" lett. a. 
ὩΣ m. waiting, hoping, sc. in God 
Lam. 3, 26. R. ὅπ. 


he on in Kal not used, i. q. 537 no. 3, 


T 


to be in pain, see Hiph. no. 2. Also to 


stay, to delay, and so to wait, i. gq. D3 


no. 6; see Pi. Hiph. Niph. 

Piet 5m 1. to wait, Job 29, 21 "Ὁ 
abm7} Ad2Y wnto me they gave ear and 
waited sc. for my opinion; the Dag. is 
euphonic, Lehrg. p. 85. Espec. with 
hope, confidence ; hence i. q. to expect, to 


hope; Job 6,11 bras "2 ἽΓΙΞ᾽ ΓΙ what is - 


my strength, that I should (longer) hope? 
13, 15.—With an acc. of time, Job 14, 14; 

>of pers. Job 29, 23. Mic. 5, 6; b of 
| thing Job 30, 26. i. 42,4. Vecaonnt is 


395 





am 


mims> bm to hope in Jehovah, to await 
his aid, Ps. 31, 25. 33, 22. 69,4; 7 dx 
130, 7. 131, 3; 72.7275 5137 to hope in the 
word of Jehovah, to trust in his promise, 


Ps. 119, 74. 81. 114. 147; also Ps. 33, 18. 


147, 11. 119, 48. 

2. Causat. to cause to hope, Ps. 119, 
49; inf. c. > Ez. 13, 6. 

Hien. 1. to wait, totarry, i.q. Piel no. 
1; with acc. of time 1 Sam. 10,8. 13,8; 
BS ἀαρ 2 Sam. 18, 14; > of thing Job 32, 
11. Also to wait with hope, to hope, ὁ 
>, as Min*> DmMin to hope in Jehovah, to 
await his aid, Ps. 38, 16. 42, 6. 12. 2 K. 
6, 33. Mic. 7,7; 2 9272 7. Ps. 130, 5; 
absol. id. Lam. 3, 21, comp. v. 24. 

2. i. ᾳ. >4M no. 3, to be in pain ; Jer. 4, 
19 Keri ᾿Ξ ΤΡ Honig Jam pained 
at my very heart. So too, many Mss. 
in the text. Cheth, m>4:nix, made up 
perhaps from 2"Mi8 ahd 72548 which 
is read in some Mss. 

Nipu. >ri3 fut. das (for dm) i. q. 
Piel and Hiph. to wait, pr. to be made 
to wait; with acc. of time Gen. 8, 12; 
absol. Ez. 19, 5. 

Deriv. 5°13, M2Min, also 


2851" (hoping in God) Jahleel, pr. ἢ. 


‘of a son of Zebulun, Gen. 46,14. Pa- 


tronym. "2x>m" Jahleclite Num. 26, 26. 


: pm" i. q. 3°25 to be or become warm, 
espec. as cattle in heat; Arab. to 
be warm, as the day; V, to be in heat. 


5 heat, lust. The forms 


usually referred to Kal of this verb. I 
have referred above to Dam p. 324. 
Thither too may be referred 12m" for 
vars Gen. 30, 39 and the flocks were in 
heat, i. e. conceived ; also mms) v. 38, 
which is 3 plur. fie in the Chald. and 
Arab. manner for the comm. ΓΙΣΏΤΗΣΣ, 
see Lehrg. p. 276. 

Piet 07" or om, to be warm in Just 
of a flock, to be in heat, to rut, Gen. 30 
41. 31,10. Hence to conceive, of a wo- 
man, Ps. 51, 7 "ax “arya ἐξ ΓΙ and 
in sin did my mother conceive me, where 
ΓΙ is for "272M9, as 75N for ATIN 
or "MN Judg. 5) 28. 

Deriv. mar ἐν ala 


ΩΤ Deut. 14, 5. 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]; 
Arab. Qe a species of deer, of a red- 


8 
as cattle; 


mr 


dish colour, (see τ. ὙΠ no. 2,) with ser- 
rated horns which are cast every year ; 
prob. the cervus dama or fallow-deer. 
See Bochart Hieroz, P. I. p. 913, or T. 
II. p. 284, Lips. Oedmann Verm. Samml. 
I. p. 30 sq. 

an? (for 72m", whom Jehovah 
guards, r. 772m) Jahmai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
7, 2. : 


* ΩΤ. obsol. root, to be barefoot. Arab. 


st id. 
take off one’s shoes. The ultimate root 
lies in the syllable 5M, and the primary 
notion is that of rubbing off, qs. peeling, 
removing the bark or shell, etc. see r. 


Syr. waoe unshod, 23} to 


men Il. Hence igt> is also ‘to have 


the hoof worn,’ as a beast of burden; 
‘to have the skit! rubbed, galled, as a 
horse ; IV, to cut off the mustachios, to 
trim the beaitt—Hunce 


5” adj. unshod, barefoot, 2 Sam. 15, 
30. Is. 20, 2. 3. 4. Jer. 2, 25. 

Sur (whom God allots, r. msm) 
Jahzeel, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali, Gen. 


46, 24; in 1 Chr. 7, 13 written ΘΑ ΛΣΤ, 


SHertile n. “syn Num. 26, 48. 


=e ig. "FIN, to delay, to tarry, 
once 2 Sam. 20, 5 Cheth. "nm" i. e. 
ἽΠ fut. Kal. The Keri "Mi" is Hiph. 
οὔτ. "9, or also of ΠΝ by: Chaldaism. 


; on” obsol. root, prob. to protrude 
itself, to swell out, and hence to put forth, 
tosprout, of plants. Comp. Arab. (4 
to shoot up, to grow, as a plant; also 
Heb. 018, whence "nw ‘what grows 
of itself? said ΥΠ to lift up oneself, to 
rise.—Hence 


WIT? m. a word of the silver age, stem, 
lineage, family ; once Neh. 7, 5 "59 
wen the genealogical table or register. 
—Chald. 0m" and 01m" in Targg. are 
put for Heb. nnpwa and mitdim Ruth 
2,1. Gen. 6,9. Simonis compares also 


$,-2 

ys nature, origin; but this word 
Strictly denotes brass, i. ᾳ. Mwy, and 
the formula vist μὲ ‘ofa liberal 
and generous disposition,’ is merely tro- 
pical, pr. ‘of fine brass..—Hence the 
denom. verb in. 


396 





30" 


Hirap. ὉΠ to enrol one’s name in 
the genealogical tables, to be registered 
ἀπογράφεσϑαι, 1 Chr. δ, 1. 7. 17. 9, 1. 
Neh. 7, 5.—Inf. omann often\as a noun, 
i. q. register, genealogical table, 1 Chr. 
7, 5.7.9. 40. 2 Chr. 31, 16.17. 2 Chr. 
12, 15 the acts of Rehoboam,...are 
recorded in the annals of Shemaiah... 
wrnn in the manner of a register ; 
Vulg. ‘diligenter exposita.’ 


5 . 
MM? (perh. union, contr. for ΤΠ") 


Jahath, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 6, 5. 28. al. 


* 20" i. ᾳ 242, used only in fut. 
2077, 309, once "20° Nah. 3, 8. In 
the pret. only siv is used. 

1. to be good, well, before 77 comparat. 
to be better Nah. 3, 8.—Elsewhere im- © 
pers. a) 30" it shall be well with 
me, Gen. 12, 13. 40, 14. Deut. 4, 40. 
Pret. nb nid. b) "2°32 3V it was 
good in my eyes, i. e. it pleased me, Was 
my pleasure, Gen. 41, 37. 45, 16. Lev. 
10, 19. 20; in the later books with "38> 
Esth. 5, 14. Neh. 2, 5.65; > Ps. 69, 32. 

2. 10 be cheerful, joyous, i. e. the mind 
or heart, 35, Judg. 19, 6. 9. Ruth 3, 7. 
Ece. 7, 3. 1 K. 21, 7. 

Hiru. 
Job 24, 21, ἐφ su"). 

1. Genr. a) to make or do well, sc. 
what one does, Deut. 5, 25 [28] "5" πὶ ἢ 
AMD WR-d> they have done well all that 
they have spoken, i. 6. have well and | 
rightly spoken. 18,17. With infin. ce. 
>, Jer. 1,12 minyd mawN chow hast done 
well in seeing, hast well seen. 1 Sam. 
16, 17 82> 2°22 who can play well, 
aia > being omitted, poet. Is. 23, 16 
Inf. absol. ao", 2%, pr. doing well 
or right, as Adv. well: carefully, dili- 
gently, Deut. 9, 21. 13, 15. 17, 4. 19, 18 
27, 8. So best Mic. 7, 3 B°BD Sam D3 


Ξ ΠΡ for evil are their hands dili- 


gently, i. 6. they do evil diligently. Ὁ) ᾿ 
W255 ΞΡ Jer. 2, 33. 7, 3. 5, and ‘nm 
wbbon 35, 15, to make pood one's ways, 
one’s dbihes i.e. to conduct oneself well 
to live uprightly, virtuously ; also ellipt. 
the acc. being omitted, Jer. 4,22 35277755 
ἜΣ 15. ND to-do well they know not. 13; 23 
Gen. 4,7. Inf. abs. 20° as Adv. well, 
right, Jou, 4,4. 9. 6) to do good to any 
one, to benefit ; absol. Is. 1, 17. Jer. 10, 
5; with dat. of pers. Gen. 12, 16. Ex. 1, 


"O'R, fat, 3°27, once so" | 











3D 


20. Judg. 17,13; 0» of pers. Gen. 32, 10. 
13. Num. 10, 32; τὰ (δ for ὯΔ) Jer. 
18, 10. 32, 41; acc. of pers. Deut. 8, 16. 
30, 5. Job 24,21. Once in a bad sense, 
Ps, 49, 19 they do praise thee 372") 53 
τ because thou doest well to thyself, i.e. 
indulgest thine appetites, ete. d) In- 
trans. to be guod, well, Mic. 2,7. Hence 
with 5x, to please, as in Kal, 1 Sam. 20, 
13. 

2. to make well. comely, to adorn ; 
Prov. 30. 29 bis; there are three "2°27 
13% which make comely their going, i. e. 
walk or run gracefully. Jer. 2,33. So 
to dress the head, to tire, 2 K. 9, 30; to 
trim lamps Ex. 30, 7. 

3. to make cheerful, joyous, Judg. 19, 
22. Prov. 15; 13. 

Deriv. 3272 , and those here following. 


30" Chald. fut. 30% id. with 59 to 
seem good, to be pleasing to any one, 
Ezra 7, 18. 

207 (goodness, pleasantness, r. 32") 
Jolbah, pr: n. of a place elsewhere un- 
known, 2 K. 21, 19. 

MMHAY? (id.) Jotbathah, Num. 33, 33. 
Deut. 10, 7, pr. n. of a station of the Is- 
raelites in the desert, with water. 


2" and 1 (extended, r. nv fut. 
Hoph.) Juttah, pr. n. of a city in the 
south of Judah, assigned to the priests, 


Josh. 15, 55. 21,16. [Now Ly Yutta 
south of Hebron, see Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. II. p. 190, 195, 628. Prob. the πόλις 
᾿Ιούδα of Luke 1, 39, the birth-place of 
John the Baptist ; see Reland Palest. 
p. 870.—R. 


0" (prob. i. q. 82, πο Ὁ, an enclo- 


sure, nomadic camp, ὍΝ r. ‘aap, after . 


the form 5p") pr. ἢ. Jetur, a son of Ish- 
mael, Gen. 25, 15. 1 Chr. 1, 31; put also 
for his posterity, the Itureans, dwelling 
beyond Jordan east of Mount Hermon, 
1 Chr. 5,19. Here was later the pro- 
vince of Iturea, Luke 8.1. See Reland 
Palest. p. 106; now called “ας: 


Jeidiwr. Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, 
etc. p. 286. The general boundaries of 
this province seem to have been Gaula- 
nitis and Bashan on the south, Mount 
Hermon on the west, the territory ‘of 
Damascus on the north, and Trachonitis 
34 


397 





mS" 


(el-Lejah) and Hauran on the east ; bus 
its limits appear to have varied at differ- 
ent times. The inhabitants were skilful 
archers and daring robbers ; Cic. Phi- 
lipp. 2. 8, 44. Strabo 16. 2. 10, 18, 20 
κακοῦργοι nmavtsec. See Thesaur. Ρ. 548. 
fF’. Minter Progr. de rebus Itureorum 
ad Lue. 3, 1. Hafnie 1824. 


722 πὰ. (τ. 713) constr. J", once ie 
Cant. 8, 2, ὁ. suff. 7275. 

1. wine, so called from its fermenting, 
effervescing ; as 72M from 92m. Arab. 


wes collect. sinsten turning black, 


with the noun of unity a5, Eth. ORF 


a vineyard, wine, Gr. οἶνος, Lat. vinum, 
Armen. gint.—Gen. 14, 18. 19, 


32 sq. Ex..29, 40. "203 72 wine and 
slrong drink: Lev: 10, 9, Num. 6, 3. Judg. 
13, 4. 7. j= IN wind bottle i. 6. skin, 1 
Sam: 16,20. Hence 7° "23 the house 
of wine Cant. 2, 4, poet. for ANY. m2 
13Π the banqueting-hall Esth. 7,8; and 
the words in Cant. 1. c. ΡΝ “δ 2 
ym he brought me to the banqueting- 
house, imply ‘he made me drunk with 
love,’ μεϑύσκομαι ἔρωτι. Vulg. cella vi- 
naria. Others understand a vineyard ; 
but less well. 

2. Meton. of cause for effect, wine, for 
drunkenness, intoxication, Gen. 9, 24. 
1 Sam. 1, 14. 25, 37. 


37 1 Sam. 4, 13 Chethibh, a manifest 
error of copyists for 7 side, which stands 
in Keri. 


s ΓΞ" in Kal not used. 1. Pr. 1. q. 
M23 to be right, straight, direct ; then 

2. to be in front, right before the eyes; 
and so to be clear, manifest. Kindr. is 
Arab. > i. q. . 9. to appear; IV 


to be clear, manifest, of a way. 

Hiew. m7 _~—s 1. Pr. to make or set 
right, e. g.a cause, to decide, to judge, 
comp. Gr. εὐθύνω, ἰϑύνω. Is, 11, 3. δὲ» 
mais ΤῊΤΝΣ satiad nor decide nee the 
hearing "of his ears, according to what 
his ears have heard. Gen. 31,42.—Hence, 
to do justice to any one, to defend his © 
right, see 113, BBY; so with > Is. 11, 4. 
Job 16, 21. Also ‘to adjudge to any 
one, to appoint, ο. Ὁ Gen. 24, 14. 44. 
With 33 to judge between parties, to 


mo" 


set right, to be an arbiter, Gen. 31, 37. 
Job 9, 33. 

2. to show to be right, to justify, to 
prove ; Job 13,15 M7218 Δ: Β ΡΣ ἼΞ.1Ξ ἫΝ 
only I will prove my own ways before 
him, show that they are right. v. 3 I de- 
sire to prove my cause, to justify myself. 
19, 5 prove against me my reproach, 
show that I have deserved it. 6,25 see 
in no. 3.—Spec. to defend one’s cause 
in court, to plead, Is. 29, 21. Am. 5,10; 
comp. Job 13, 3 above. 

3. to set right from error, etc. to admo- 
nish, to warn ; with acc. of pers. Lev. 19, 
17. Prov. 9, 8. 28, 23; > of pers. Prov. 
9, 7. 15,12. 19, 25. Also to confute, to 
convict, to show to be wrong ; Job 22, 4 
WMD AMR ΩΓ will he confute thee for 
Jear of thee? 32,12. Ps, 50, 21; ¢. 3 
Prov. 30, 6. —Often with the idea οἱ cen- 
sure, i. 4. to reprove, to rebuke, to chide, 
Gr. ἐλέγχειν. Ps. 50,8 not for thy sacri- 
jices will I reprove thee. Job 6 25 “m9 
ὈΞῸ Msn M731" what doth your reprov- 
ing prove? i.e. your censure (M27 for 
main). v. 28. 15, 3..Gen. 21, 25. Part. 
m3 ὦ reprover, censurer, Prov. 25, 12. 
Ez. 3,26; DIN “2 Prov, 28, 23; mi>x "Ὁ 
Tob 40, 2. 

4. Intens. to set right by punishment, 
i. q.. to correct, to chasien, to punish. 
(Comp. ἰϑύνω ϑανάτῳ Heéot. 2. 177.) 
Ps. 141, 5 let the righteous smite me... 
let him chastise me. Prov. 24,25. Hence 
of God as punishing men; Job 5, 17. hap- 
py the man whom God correcteth, chas- 
teneth, comp. Heb. 12,6 παιδεύει. Prov. 
3,12. Ps. 6,2. 105,14. Job 13,10. 2 Sam. 
7,14. Hab. 1,12. 2K.19, 4 it may be the 
Lord thy God will hear all the words of 
Rabshakeh ...0°7232 1°35 and will 
punish him for the words, etc. Is. 37, 4. 

Hopu. pass. of Hiph. no. 4; to be chas- 
tened, Job 33, 19. 

Nipx. ΓΞ 1. Pass.. of Hiph. no. 3, 
to be confuted, convicted. Gen. 20, 16 
mrss) and she (Sarah) was convicted, 
had nothing to say in excuse. 

2. Recipr. pr. to set right one another, 
i.e. to argue or reason together, to dis- 
pute with any one, Is.1,18; c. ὮΣ Job 
23, 7. 

Hirup. M21nM i.g. Niph. no. 2, c, 9 
Mic. 6, 2. 

Deriv. nnDin, MASI. 


398 





bs" 


mada" see in mab". 


73 (whom God makes firm, τ᾿ 115). 
Jachin, pr. n. 

i. Of men: a) Asonof Simeon Gen. 
46, 10; for which 1 Chr. 4,24 3". Pat- 
ronym-is "2°23" Num. 26,12. Ὁ) Neh.11. 
10. 1 Chr. 9,10. ) 1 Chr. 24, 19, 

2. The column on the right before the 
porch of Solomon’s temple, 1 K. 7, 21. ° 


2D. rarely >i" 2 Chr. 7, 7. 32, 14, 
"m>5). Judg.-8, 3, ὌΡΟΣ Ps. 13, 5; fut. 
bom , bak pr. fut. Hoph. ‘ to be enabled, 
see τοι Δ p. 460; (that it is not fut. 
Kal is apparent ΓΝ the fact, that the 
pr. n. 523" Jer. 38, 1,.is also written 
225m Jer. 37, 33) fat. Ῥίον; Ἴβϑῆι, ADD" 
Ps. 18, 39; inf constr. M25" ‘Num. 4 16. 

1. to be able, I can. Chald. et Suniar. 
id. Kindr. is 55> to iake in or hold, to 
contain to sustain. Constr. with ace. 
Job 4,2; more freq. inf. c. >, to be able 
to do any thing, ete. Gen. 13, 6. 16. 
45,1. 3. Ex. 7, 21. 24; inf. simnpft Ex. 
2, 3: 10, 23% ἘΠῚ with a finite verb 
Esth. 8, 6 "M"N9) 5258 N22"8 how shall 
I be able to see the evil; and without 1 
Lam. 4, 14. Num. 22,6 see in 732 Pi. 
Absol. Is. 39, 11. Job 31, 23. 33, ine 
Spec. a) to be able to effect, to accom- 
plish, to prevail, stronger than My; 
1 Sam. 26, 25 525m 553 2) nven nw τ. 
1 K. 22, 22, Jer. 3, 5. With negat. Ps. 
21,12. Jer. 20,11. Is,16,12. 8) to be 
able legally, J may, i. q. impers. it is law- 
ful for any one. Gen. 43, 32 the Egyp- 
tians could-not eat with the Hebrews, sc. 
by law, it was not lawful for them. Num. 
9, 6. Deut.12,17. 6) In a moral sense, 
to be able sc. to bring oneself to do any 
thing. Gen. 37, 4 they could not (bring 
themselves to) speak kindly with him. 
Job 4,2. Hos. 8, 5 ellipt. 8> "mo 
"Pp? bom how lone will they yet not be 
able (to show) cleanness of hands, suppl. 
mixy>, q.d. how long that they cannot 
resolve to practise integrity? d) to be 
able to bear, for the fuller ΓΘ 55 Jer. 
44, 22. Prov. 30, 21; so Is. 1, 13 boa xd 
ws 7 cannot bear iniquity, etc. Ps. 101, 5. 

2. to be able, strong, to prevail, to over- 
come, sc. in battle or in any business, un- 
dertaking, etc. Hos. 12,5. Gen. 30,8. 32, 
29. With > of pers. to prevail over any 
one in contest, Gen. 32, 26 Judg. 16, 5. 








55" 


{Sam.17,9. Jer.20,10. With a verbal 
suffix, either as dat. or acc. Ps. 13, 5. 
With dat. of thing, metaph. to master 
any thing difficult, to comprehend it, 
Ps. 139, 6. 


Deriy. pr. names 97339, 5257, 52574. 


bo or 895 Chald. fut. 59 Ὁ Dan. 3, 29. 
5,16; and with Heb. form 355 Dan. 2, 10. 

1. to be able, I can, with inf. c. > Dan. 
2, 47. 3, 17. 4, 34. 

2. to prevail, to overcome, with dat. of 
pers. Dan. 7, 21. 


23" and 7717227 (able through Je- 
hovah, στ. 531) Jecholiah, pr. n. of the 
mother of king Uzziah, 2 K. 15, 2; also 
2 Chr. 26,3 Keri, where Cheth. 75739 id. 


7339, 3 >, see pom, 


«abs , 1 pers. "M72", ὁ. suff. ANT" 
> Pas. 2, 7, som Jer. 15 10, samt>4 2, 27, 
Patah changed to Hirek, Heb. ‘Gr. § 27. 
n. 3; Infin. absol. 152, constr. 77> (mdb 
Is. 37, 3, Mba Hos. 9, 11), usually ma. 
once nb 1Sam. 4,19, c. suff. mm} ; Fut. 
5"; Part. S>45, fein. mabis, main and 
nbs Gen. 16, 11. Judg. 13, 6. 7. 

Ἵ. to bear, to bring forth, as a mother, 


Arab. Ms, Eth. OAR, comp. 754, 753; 
Aram. τῷ SB%, θα, 
idea seems to be that of slipping or 
gliding out ; ‘so that 755 is kindred with 
ΡΠ, comp. 22, wb. 
kind Gen. 4, i. ‘17. 20, 25, and often; 
also of beaata Gen. 30, 39. 31,8. Job 
39, 1; and of birds, to lay eggs, Jer. 
17,11, comp. Gr. ὠὰ τίκτειν. Constr. 
absol. Gen. 17,17. 1 K. 3, 17. Judg. 13, 
2. Ecce. 3,2; with accus. and often with 
dat. of the father to whom a child 15 born, 
Gen. 17, 21 with Isaac, nv ἢ Ton ἼΩΝ 
whom Stirah shall bear unto thee. 21, 3. 
41, 50. Judg. 8, 31. Hos. 1, 3. al. dnd 
so ellipt. with the dat. Blbne Gen. 6, 4. 
16, 1. 30, 2; comp. Niph. and Pual.— 
Part. fem. has three forms distinguish- 
ed as follows: a) >i" as subst. a wo- 
man in travail, a lying-in woman, Hos. 
13, 13 m3>% “ban. Is. 21, 3. Jer. 6, 24. 
Mic. 4, 9.10. Ps. 48,7. Ὁ) το" as 
real particip. often put for a finite verb, 
Gen. 17, 19 13 94> τη ANUS nw. Is. 
7, 14. Jer. 31, 8; rarely as a subst. a 
woman in travel Lev. 12, 17. With 


The primary 


399 


Spoken of man-, 





35° 


genit. genitrix, mother of any one, Prov. 
17, 25. 23, 25 4125 she that bare thee, 
thy mother. Cant. 6, 9. Jer. 60, 12.. ὁ) 
m72° like the Arabic (comp. 3272 for 
757), for the finite verb in the like for- 
mula: 13 M3351 ΠῚ 42M Gen. 16, 11. 
Judg. 13, 5. 7.—Part. pass. 13" ey 
hence a child, son, just born, 1 K. 3, 26. 
27. 1 Chr. 14,4; with gen. NWR 3357 
born of a woman, i. e. a man, mankind, 
Job 14, 1. 15, 14. 25, 4—Trop. to bring 
forth deceit, wickedness, comp. in 777, 
Job 15, 35. Ps. 7,15; comp. Is. 33,11: . 
By a like metaphor, Prov. 27, 1 for thou 
knowest not what this day may bring 
forth. Zeph. 2,2 pm m12 07a before 
the decree (of the Lord) bring forth, i.e. 
take effect. 

2. to beget, as a father; so Arab. Ethiop. 
as ahove, Gr. τέκτειν, γεννᾷν, Lat. parere, 
of both sexes. So 0°34 Zech. 13, 3 
parents, ot τεκόντες Hom. Gen. 4, 18 
Methuselah begat (135) Lamech. 10, 8. 
13. 15. 24. 26. 25, 3. Prov. 23, 22. al. seep. . 
Spoken of God in two senses: a) fo 
create, to produce, i. q. 812, comp. Job 38, 
8.9. So Job 38, 28. 29 hath the rain a 
father ( creator) τ . Hs 79 DIY “bos 
and the hoar-frost of the heavens who 
hath begotten it? Deut. 32,18. Comp. 
38 father, also creator, no. 4. So of an 
idol, Jer. 2,27. Ὁ) to constitute, to ap- 
point, sc. as son of God, as king; Ps. 2,7 
FMI) oT ὋΝ ON "22 thou art my 
son, this day have I begotten thee, con- 
stituted thee as king. Comp. éyévyyom — 
1 Cor. 4, 15. 

Nrpu. 7343, twice plur. "9552 for 97532 
1 Chr. 3, 5. 20, 8, (with Dag. euphon. 
and 6 shortenci to u, Heb. Gr. ὁ 27. n. 
1,) to be born, as $755 Din the day -»of 
one’s being born, his natal day, Kec. 7,1. ὦ 
Hos. 2,5; comp. Job 3, 3. “353 ov a 
people to be born, yet unborn, Ps. 22, 32. 
With > of father, Job 1, 2. 2 Sam. 14, 27. 
Gen. 10,1; impers. or wit \2 impl. Gna, 
17, 17, shall there be Pal (aba) unto 
him that is a hundred years old? With 
2 of the mother, 1 Chr. 2,3. Ezra 10,3; 
> 1 Chr. 3, 1. 

PIEL abs to help bring forth, to deliver 
a woman, as a midwife, Ex. 1,16. Part. 
f. τῆ a midwife Gen. 86, 17. 38, 28. 
Ex. 1, 15 sq. 

Bias 3p7 and 73%" Judg. 18, 29. Job 


5. 


5, 7; to be born, i. q. Niph. Judg. 13, 8. 
Ps. 87, 4. 5.6. With > of father Gen. 
4,26. 24,15. Judg. 18, 29; with 13 impl. 
Gen. 10, 21. So with > of a near rela- 
tive, Ruth 4, 17 "72329 1D 2". Is. 9, 53 
5 of thing Job 5, 7.--- ane to be broushit 
forth, created, e. g. the mountains, Ps. 
90, 2. 

Hien. 555 361. to cause to bring 
forth, as God a woman Is. 66, 9; aman 
his wife, to make fruitful, to have chil- 
dren by her, 1 Chr. 2, 18. 8, 8.—'Trop. 
of rain as fertilizing the earth Is. 55, 10. 

2. to beget, as a father, i. q. Kal no.2; 
Gen. 5, 4. 7. 11, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 2, 10 sq. 
Ecce. 6, 3. al—Trop. to create, Job 38, 28 
by-abay ΡΠ who hath hepbtion 
(created) the store-houses of the dew? 

3. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bear, to bring 
forth ; bat only trop. to bring forth 
wickedness, Is. 59, 4; parall. >a> nn. 

Hopu. pr. ‘to be begotten,’ hence fo 
be born. Inf. r'334 Gen. 40, 20. Ez. 16, 
5, and m3ban Ez. “16, 4,a being born, 
birth, nativity. Gen. Ἰ. ὁ. ὯΝ mah bin 
mp the birth-day of Pharaoh, pr. the 
day of Pharaoh’s being born. On the 
accus. with passives, see Heb. Gr. § 140. 

Hirupa. to declare one’s birth or de- 
_ scent, pedigree ; to give one’s name to 
be enrolled in genealogical tables, Num. 
1, 18.—In the ‘later books this idea 1s 
expressed by erns. 

Deriv. 375%, mai, ma>im; pr. names 
indi, nadia, odin, abinby ; and the 
four here Giiveing 


427 m. in pause 32"; plur. 07735, 
constr. "72", once "75" Is. 57, 4. 

1. one nee a son, poet. i.g. 323 spoken 
nut ἐξοχήν of the king’s son Is. 9, 5. 
Hence 0°22 "5" sons of strangers, 
poet. for foreigners, see {2 no. 1; also 
sons of transgression, for transgressors, 
Is. 57, 4.—Plur. comm. children, i. q. 
b.22, Ex. 21, 4. Ezra 10,1. Hos. 1, 2; 
also for the young of animals, Is. 11, 7. 
Job 38, 41. 

2. a boy, child, recently born, an in- 
fant, Ex. 1, 17. 2..3 sq. Ruth 4, 16. 
2 Sam. 12,15sq. 1K. 3 25; as δ᾽ in 
the arms Gen. 21, 8; also as older and 
mingling in childish sports 2 K. 2, 24. 
Job 21,11. Zech. 8,5; but still of tender 
age Gen. 33, 13. Is. 57,5. Also as more 


4.00 


J 





33" 


advanced, a youth, young man, Gen. 4, 
23 parall. Wx. 37, 30. 42, 22 of Joseph 
when 17 years old. Dan. 1, 4.10. 1K. 
12, 8. 10. Ece. 4, 13. 


mys2 fem. of 13%, a girl, maiden, 
Gen. 34, 4. Joel 4,3. Plur. mi539 Zech. 
8, 5. 

mato f. (denom. from 93) childhood, 
youth, Ecc. 11, 9. 10.—Coner. youth, for 
young men, Ps. 110, 3. 

715? adj. verbal, born, i. q. 7454, Ex. 
1, 22. Josh. 5, 5. 2 Sam. 5, 14. 

113. (passing the night, abiding, r 
42>) Jalon, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 4, 17. . 

759 m . (Ὁ. πη) 1. Adj. verbal, born, 
chiefly i in the phrase M22 7959 one born 


in the house, a house-born slave, verna, 
Gen. 14, 14. 17, 12. 18. 23. Lev. 22, 11. 


Jer. 2,14. Arab. duds, Dab, ia. 


2. Subst. a son, child, p23 "375" the 
sons of Anak Num. 13, 22. 28; anh 
ΠΡ the sons of Ragha, i. q. ΠΕ 
Rephaim, 2 Sam, 21, 16. 18, 


* - 
Ἴ2᾽ to go, see 725. 
r 55. not used in Kal, onomatopoetic, 


to yell, to wail, Arab. ὑφῆς, Syr. and 
Zab. “uf, Chald. >>%-Aph. dd5x. 
Kindred roots are >>% II, πϑὲ, Gr. 
ὀλολύζειν, Lat. ejulare, ululare, Engl. 
to yell; also Armen. lal, Germ. helen, 


Engl. to lull. 
Hien. d*>5n; fut. 59553 Mic. 1, 8; 


oftener baba Τὰ 15, 2. 3, from the tg 
a5di9 Is. 52, 53m Ἰριώμῶν two vowels 


being éoftened to”. 


1. to wail, to lament, Jer. 47, 2. Ez. 
21,17. al. With >> of that over or for 
which, Jer. 48, 31. 51, 8. Mic. 1, 8; > id. 
Is. 16, 7.—Ascribed also to inanimate 
things, as trees Zech. 11, 2; places, as 
filled with wailings, "28 sbabh Is. 14,31. 
23,1. Often in prophetic denunciations 
Is. 13, 6. 23, 6. Jer. 25, 34. Joel 1,11. 13. 
Zeph. 1,11. Amos 8, 3 b3" Minny sS%bh 
the songs of the palace wail, are turned 
to wailings. 

2. Once of the exulting cries of 
haughty victors, to yell; to shout, Lat. 


ululare, Is. 52,5. So Sof ofa warlike 











>), 


ery, Barhebr. p. 411, 413; Gr. ὀλολύζειν 
of a shout of joy, AXschyl. Sept. ante 
Theb. 831. Agam. 28 sq. Vice versa 
ἀλαλάζειν of wailing. Eurip. Phen. 358. 
Comp. also 929, 3°97, M179, signifying 
a cry of either kind. 

Hopu. >bam (as ΓΞ) to be made to 
wail. Ps. 78, 63 the fire consumed their 
young men sbban Nd wemdbanaa and their 
virgins made no wailing, comp. v. 64 
_ ‘their widows made no lamentation ; 
Sept. οὐκ ἐπένϑησαν, Vulg. non sunt la- 
mentate. So Schnurrer; but perhaps 
it should be read %>">inm in the active 
i. q. 1575" .—More usually taken as Pual 
of 55m, where see. 

Deriv. δῆτ] and the two here follow- 


»ing. 
229 m. a yelling, howling of wild 
beasts in the desert, Deut. 32,10. Comp. 


Arab. ar oes howling, poet. for the 
desert in which wild beasts howl; see 
Willmet’s Lex. Arab. 8. ν΄. Comp. also 
Heb. 578. 


729 £ (τ. 855) constr. ndd4, wailing, 
lgmentation, Is. 15, 8. Jer. 25, 36. Zeph. 
1, 10. Zech. 11, 3. 


: 5" 1. 1. ᾳ. 355 to lick up, to swallow 
down ; see Ἢ 33>. Hence >>im, n>>in. 

2. to speak rashly, to utter at random ; 
a signif. connected with the former, and 
frequent in the syllable >>; see in 35>, 
note. Pfov. 20,25 wip 55" DIN wpin 
“pa> O°72 “NN it is the snare of a 
man, that he rashly utters a vow, and 
after the vow makes inquiry. Arab. 
_ id. chiefly of those who take rash oaths, 
Kor. Sur. 2. 225. 

Deriv. see in no. 1. 


i te obsol. root, Arab. wil Conj. 
ΠῚ, to stick fast, to cling. ace 


MDD" f. a sort of itching scab, scurf, 
tetter, so called as sticking fast. Lev. 21, 
30. 22,22. Sept. λειχήν, Vulg. impetigo. 


δ p>” obsol. root, i. ᾳ. PP? to lick, to 
lap, also to lick up or off, as an ox in 
feeding, to feed off, comp. 37> Num. 22, 
4+ also 3>3.—Hence 


P2” m. feeding, the feeder ; put fora 
species of locust, winged Nah. 3, 16, and 
hairy Jer. 51, 27; so Ps. 105, 34. Joel 1, 

34* 


401] 





ἜΝ 


4, 2,25. Prob. the ἀττέλαβος, attelabus, 
a locust with small short wings, not yet ᾿ 
full grown, and therefore not yet able to 
fly; so Jerome in Nah. l.c. See The- 
saur. p. 597. 


Dap? m. a sack, pouch, scrip, 1 Sam. 
17,40. R. Ὁ. to collect. 


D? m. (r. 02°) constr. "ἘΜ except ir 
FOTN; ¢. suff. 72" Jer. 51,36; with He 
loc. 7725; Plur. Donn". 

1. a sea, so called from its tumult 


ὃ. ο 
and roaring. Arab. ἊΣ Syr. {ses anc 
{DSas, but the latter is more usually a 


lake, Egypt. 1034, EJORKX, id— Where 
the sea xat ἐξοχήν is spoken of, the arti- 
cle is usually added: m1 τι the sand 
of the sea Gen. 32, 13 [12]. 41, 49; maw 
ont Judg. 7, 12. 1 Sam. 13,5; O37 "ΔῈ 
Gen. 1, 26. 28. Job 12, 8; also in po- 
etry Job 36, 12. 36, 30. Ps. 8, 9. 33, 6. 
78, 53. al. But in poetry the art. is 
often omitted, Ex. 15, 8. 10. Job 9,8. 11. 
9. 38, 8. 16. Ps. 66, 6. 68, 23. Is. 5, 30. 
50, 2. 60, 5. al. sep. hkewise in prose, 
but more rarely, as 5° 1 towards the 
sea 1 K. 18,43; ὈΠῸΣ on the sea, by 
sea, 2 Chr. 2, 15 [16], comp. 5°->8 Ezra 
3, 7.—Is. 11, 9 B\M29 DD D122 as the 
waters cover the sea i. e. its depths, bot- 
tom. Hab. 2,14. p53 02 from sea to 
sea, from the Mediterranean to the Per- 
sian Gulf or Indian Sea, Am. 8, 12. 
Zech. 9, 10. Ps. 72,8; comp. Mic. 7, 12. 
—Various parts of the ocean, and also 
several lakes (for 5° is used of these 
Job 14, 11, comp. Syr. [24a4), are deno- 
ted by special names: a) The Medi- 
terranean, as ΤΙΝ ΓΙ O° the hinder or 
western sea Deut. 11, 24. Joel 2,20; 0° 
ΠΩΣ the sea of the Philistines Ex. 23, 

31; bing b5n the great sea Num. 34, 6. 

7. Josh. 1,4. 9,1. Ez. 47, 10. 15. 20. 8) 
The sea of Galilee, or [ἐλ of Tiberias ; 
39 Ὁ" the sea of Chinnereth Num. 34,11. 

y) The Dead sea: bat 5° the salt sea 
Gen. 14,3; ΠΕΣ 05 the sea of the Ara- 
bah oxdesert Deut. 4, 49; "jo TPIT OAT the 
eastern sea Joel 2, 20. Zech. 14,8. ὃ) 
The Red sea: 4070" the weedy sea Ps. 
106, 7. 9,22; DII42 07 the Egyptian sea 
Is. 11, 15.—Absol. 555 according to the 
context is put for the Mediterranean 


e 


o A02 


Josh. 15, 47; the lake of Galilee Is. 8, 
23; the Red sea Is. 10, 26; the Dead 
sea, without art. Is. 16, 8.—Poet. the sea 
is put for maritime regions; so T3 "R703 
the princes of the sea i.e. of countries 
around and beyond the sea Ez. 26, 16, 
i. 4. NN ‘3 Is. 60, 5. Deut. 33,19. So 
Is. 23, 4 DT Tis” BY WAN the sea hath 
spoken, the fortress of the sea. i.e. Tyre.— 
Piur. 5°" seas Gen. 1,22. Lev. 11, 9.10. 
Ps. 135. 6. Poet. often where the sing. 
stands in prose; as Da" Din ¢he sand of 
the sea Job 6, 3. Ps. 78, 27. Jer. 15, 8; 
comp. sing. above. 07> 915M the coast 
of the sea Gen. 49, 13. Judg. 5,17 (comp. 
ptm aim Josh. 9,1); 029 35 the heart 
of the sea Ps. 46,3. Jon. 2,4; comp. also 
‘Gen. 1, 10. Deut. 33, 19. Ps. 8, 9. al.— 
The word 0° sea is also transferred : 

a) To a large river; 6. σ. the Nile 
Is. 18, 2. 19, 5. Nah. 3, 8. Job 41, 23; the 
Euphrates Is. 27, 1. (prob. 21, 1.) Jer. 
51, 36. Plur. the branches of the Nile 


᾿ ὥ. 
Ez. 82, 2—So Arab. gy of the Nile, 
Kor. Sur. 20, 39. al. In like manner 
ΑἹ the sea for the Nile, Elmac. I. 12. 


Kutych. Alex. I. 86. II. 377,499. The 
Egyptians still use , | the sea in 


common parlance for the Nile; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 542. 

b) By hyperbole,.to a large vase or 
basin ; hence MYmz ὯΔ the sea of brass, 
brazen sea, i.e. the great laver in the 
court of the priests before Solomon’s 
temple, 2 K. 25, 13. 1 Chr. 18, 8; also 
ΤΕΣ oo 1 K.7, 23; O81 v. 24. 29. 2 
K. 16, 17. 2 Chr. 4, 3 sq. 

2. the West, the western quarter, since 
_ the Mediterranean sea lies west from 
Palestine ; see in “M8 no. 2. p. 33. A 
Δ the west wind Ex. 10,19; D°"MN® the 
west side Ex. 27, 12. 38, 12; M2) west- 
ward Gen. 28, 14. Ex. 26, 22. (But mas 
is to or at the sea, Num. 34, 5. Josh. 16, 
6. 8. 24,6; so M52 19, 11.) Ὁ from 
the west, i. 6. αἱ or on the west, Gen. 12, 
8. Josh. 11, 2. 3; > ὉΞ on the west of 
any place, Josh. 8, 9. 12. 13. —Twice, 
Ps. 107, 3. Is. 49, 12, D" is joined with 
yes the north 3 whence some have 
preferred to understand it, at least in 
these passages, of the south ; but else- 
where too, other quarters are coupled 





"7" 


together not opposite but adjacent to 
each other, comp. Am. 8, 12. Deut. 33, 


. 23. i 


D° Chald. emphat. x32 the sea, Dan. 
7, 2.3. 


* 172" obsol. root, i. q. bY, D2", q. v. 
to be warm, to be hot. Comp. Ἔα et 


x» ferbuit dies—Hence 0°72" and mia" 
plur. of 0°"; also 


by770” (day of God, 104 i. 4. BS, Bi, 
comp. 12% i. gq. BY, ἸῺ i. q. ΤΏ man.) 
Jemuel, pr. n. of a son of Simeon, Gen. 
46, 10; for which 5x43 Num. 26, 12. 


mia” poet. plur. of the noun nis, 4 Υ. 
DO" id. see Di". ὦ 


nO" m. (τ. pit) plur. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. 
Gen. 36, 24, prob. as Vulg. aque calidt. 
warm springs ; such being actually 
found in the region in question on the 
eastern shore of the Dead sea, see in 


suid. Arab. , Syr. ἰβδασα»ἤ, id. 
Jerome says, in Guaat ad. 1. 6. “nonnulli 
putant aquas calidas juxta linguee Puni- 
ce [Syriace ?] viciniam, que Hebrage 
contermina est, hoc vécstuld significa- 
ri ;” and this is not to be disregarded. nor 
is it destitute of etymological grounds ; 
see under ὉΠ and 77".—The Cod. Sa- 
mar. reads D°2"N the Emim or giants, 
and so Onkelos and Pseudo-Jonathan 
understand it. By a groundless con- 
jecture from the context, some of the 
Rabbins and modern versions render it 
mules. 


mig" (dove, Arab. Kaleg, τ᾿ BED; 
comp. nisin, r. 75") Jemimah, pr. n. ἐν 
one of Job’s daughters, Job 42, 14. 


7"? comm. gend. rarely masc. Prov. 
27, 16. Ex. 15, 6; constr. 18". R. 125. 
1. the right hand, as the pledge of 
good faith and as lifted up in swearing, 
2 K.10,15. Is. 62,8. Lat. spans ro 


fe Valer. Flacc. 5.65. Arab. ose 


3, Ethiop. PA, Syr. Lakes, the 
Πα ‘haba, the right.—Gen. 48, 8. 14. 
Ex. 15, 6. Ps. 44, 4. al. sep. Ps. 144, 8. 
11 "PY 7" 62°70" their right hand is a 
right hand of ‘falsehood, deceit. Is. 62, 8 
the Lord hath sworn ‘27273 by his right 
hand. (Comp.,the Arabic oath ἜΣΧΟΝ: 


ΜΡ ΠΟ 


95: 7707 


"2" 


xt by the right hand of Allah; whence 

te) fem. oath.) Is. 41,10 7 will up- 
hold them “PI% 23 with my righteous 
right hand. Hence 42727 078 the man 
of thy right hand, whom thou sustainest, 
aidest, Ps. 80,18. So freq. 73 1585 Ex. 


. 15, 6. Ps. 118, 15. 16. Hab. 2, 16; 5770" 


ynbs Ps/77, 11. al. Pleon. 42727 73" 
Ps. 74, 11.—The following constructions 
may be noted: a) On the right. at 
the right hand, is }7727 ἘΣ Job 30, 12, 
yrama 1K. 7, 39.49. Ὁ) On the right 
of any one, at the right hand of any 
person or thing, is "Ὁ 1.25 95 Ps. 109, 6. 
Zech. 4, 11, 933 7707 58 1 Sam. 23, 24, 
Έ an. Ps, 109, 31. Is. 63, 12, Ὁ 7 
Gen. 48, 13. Ps. 16, 8, > ya" 2 K. 23, 
13. ‘p 7.25 2 Sam. 94. 5. 8. 6) On or 
at the right hand, after verbs of motion, 
is 1.255 Neh. 12, 31, 5709 59 Zech. 12, 
6; of any one, 85, as Ps. 110, 1 3 
"2972"> sit thou on my right hand. ἀ) 
Toor towards the right hand, is }""2"71 >> 
2 Sam. 2,19. Is. 9, 19, oe Ez. 1, 
10, j77253 Gen. 13, 9; ie ira Is. 54, 3, 
Zech. 12,3. So 1)" chiefly ἴῃ phrases : 

dxow ix 525 He? Num. 20, 17. 22, 26. 
1 Sam. 6, 12, and "brent ix [22 7D, to 
turn to the right or to the left, Dank 2, 
27. 17,20. Josh. 1, 7. 23.6.—Further in 
the phrases: aa) ‘To stand or be at 
one’s right hand, i. q. to aid, to assist 
any one, Ps. 16, 8. 109, 31. 110, 5. Is. 
63,12. _ bb) Jo sit on the right hand 
of the king, as the highest place of hon- 
our, e. g. spoken of the queen 1 K. 2,19. 
Ps. 45, 10; of one beloved of the king 
and vicegerent of the kingdom Ps. 110, 
1, where see the Commentators. Comp. 
Heb. 8,1. Jos. Ant. 6.11.9. Elsewhere 
too the right hand is the place of honour, 


to which there is allusion in Job 30, 12." 


cc) To take or hold the right hand of 
any one, i. q. to sustain. to aid, Ps. 73, 
23. Is. 41, 13. 45, 1. 

Ὁ the right, i. 6. the right side, part, 
quarter ; comp. 7° signifying both hand 
and side. In the genit. after other nouns 


it expresses the adj. right ("12"), as pis 


y729 the right leg Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 8, 
W212 Ais right thigh Judg. 3, 


16. 21; j7a" ἩἼΣΤΘ9 all your right eyes 


‘1 Sam. 11, 2; also 29m ‘5 his right 


hand Gen. 48, 17. Judg. 3, 15. 20, 16; 


403 





2 


"2777 ‘32 my right hand Ps. 73, 23. Jer. 
22, 24 ; m2" 39 their right hind for 
their ἥδε hands Judg.7, 30, comp. 25 
Ps. 17, 10 their mouth ior ἐμοῖς mouths. 
—The right part or side seems also to 
be put for the right place, the proper 
and legitimate position ; Ecc. 10,2 awise 
man’s heart is {27> at his right, i. 6. 
in its right and proper place, is itself 
right ; but a fool’s heart is at his left, 
i. 6. in the wrong place, perverse. 

3. the South, the southern quarter, see 
in “IFN no. 2. p. 33. Ps. 89,13. Ace. 
7772" in the south Job 23, 9. 1 Sam. 23, 
19 jin"w 477 on the south of the Te. 
sert. v. 24. 2 Sam. 24, 5. 

4. good fortune, prosperity, happiness, 
since the right hand was of good omen ; 


hence Arab. ure to be happy, one 
happiness. So in the pr. name j72732 
q. v. p. 142.—Hence | 
5. Jamin, pr. τι. m. i. ᾳ. Felix. a) A 
son of Simeon Gen. 46, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 24. 
b) 1 Chr. 2,27. ὁ) Neh. 8, 7.—Hence 


ὩΣ Jaminite, patronym. from pr. n. 
y75, Num. 26, 12. 


"9772 1. Adj. i. ᾳ. "224. right, not 
left, only 2 Chr. 3,17 Cheth. Ez. 4, 6 
Cheth. 

2. 99°97""72 and ellipt. "2°27, Benja- 
mite ; gentile n. from 572723 q. v. p. 142. 


N22” and 227 (whom God makes 
full, τ. ΝΡ) Imlah, pr. n. of the father of 
the prophet Micaiah, 1 K. 22, 8. 9. 


32%? (whom God makes king, τ. 72) 
Jamlech, pr. n. of ἃ phylarch or chief in 
the tribe of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 34. 


i = obsol. root. I. i. gq. B25 and 
mart to make a noise, to rage and roar, 
as the billows of the ocean. Hence ὉΠ 
sea. 

II. 1. ᾳ. DT, 724, to be warm, hot, as 
the day, whence Syr. [Sokes day-time ; 
comp. in pit. Trop. of desire, love; 
whence 72"2" dove, as pr. ἢ. 


* Va, in Kal not used, kindr. with 


yor to be firm, also to be farthful. 
Hence 477 the right hand, as the pledge 
of good faith, etc. 

Hipw. 470" and jan 2 eae 14, 19, 
denom. from 477°. 


27" 


1. touse the right hand, (opp. >"82Bn,) 
part. plur. 5°3°""2 right-handed 1 Chr. 
12, 2. 

2. to take the right, to turn to the right 
Gen. 13, 9. Is. 30, 21. Ez. 21, 21. So 
proverb. to turn to the right or left of any 
thing, i. q. fo evade, 2 Sam. 14, 19.— 


Arab. oye and cue a dextra_acces- 
sit. 

Deriv. {7727 see Kal, "3°25, ἸΏ, 
perh. 82°M; also the two following. 


227 (good fortune, i. q. Rigs) Jim- 
nah, pr.n.m. a) A son of Asher, Gen. 
46,17. Num. 26, 44. 1 Chr. 7, 8. b) 2 
Chr. 31, 14. 


"2727 adj. (τ. 121) f£ m2", right, not 
left, Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. 1K. 6, 8. al.— 


The form is as if from a subst. 73, 


οὐ 8. the right side. 


322" (whom God keeps back, r. 22) 
Imnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 


i Va? i in Kal not used, i-q. "97, to 
change, to alter, intrans. Hence 

Hiren. "2" to change trans. to ex- 
change, Jer. 2,11; where several Mss. 
read "72m from r. "7, 

Hirue. "29M to change oneself with 
any one, i. e. to substitute oneself for him, 
to take the place of any one. Comp. 
Arab. Jide to change, to exchange ; 
Conj. V, to take the place of any one.— 
Is. 61,6 Wa MM ὉΠ 295 in their splen- 
dour ye shall take their place, i.e. pos- 
sess it in their stead. So Saadias and 
Jarchi. Others, as Vulg. Chald. Syr. 
‘yn their splendour shall ye glory,’ as if 
i,g. Wannn. 


_ 17? (refractory, r. 92) Imrah, pr. 
n.m. 1 Chr. 7, 36. 


* Wo" j. gq. Ww, to feel, to touch, in 
Kal not used. 

Hien. id. Judg. 16,26 Cheth. "20°7"n , 
read 3 ὉΠ, let me feel, touch. 


3 ra” fut. 2°", part. ἢ 25", to be vio- 
lent, raging, cruel; the primary idea 
being that of heat, so that 42° is kindr. 
with i" to boil up, and also with D1, 
br", M7", see in ni".—Part. fem. Zeph. 
3, 1 F353 ἜΣ ΓΙ the violent or oppressing 
city. Elsewhere as an epithet of the 





ἀρ. oe 


sword, M355 29M the cruel, the 

sword, sword of violence, Jer. 46, 16 50, 
16; and without 237 id. Jer. 25, 38 Fan 
πρό the wrath of the cruel sc. sword, 
where the epithet is put for the thing 
itself, as Schnurrer well; or perhaps, 
with Sept. Chald. and some Mss. it 
ought to read M2 397).—With an ac- 
cus. Ps. 74,8 om 55) ‘let us maltreat 
them all, desctoy them. 

Hipx. 257, fut. m2, to treat with 
violence, to maltreat, to oppress ; with: 
acc. as princes a people Ez. 45, 8; the 
Chaldeans Israel Is. 49, 26; espec. of the 
rich and noble as oppressing the poor, 
widows, orphans, strangers, Ex. 22, 20. 
Lev. 19, 33. Deut. 23,17. Jer. 22, 3. Ez. 
18, 7. 12. 26. 22, 7. 29; of fraud and 
overreaching in buying and selling Lev 
25, 14.17. With acc. of pers. and 2 
to thrust out of a possession by violence 
to dispossess, Ez. 46, 18. . pat) Aph. 
"218 id. 


I> (rest, quiet, τ. 942) Janoah, pr. n. 
of a place on the confines of Ephraim 
and Manasseh, 2 K. 15, 29. With © 
local MMi28 Josh. 16, 6. 7. 


D2" (slumber, r. 053) Josh. 15, 53 
Cheth. for which Keri has 0435 (flight, 
r. 043) Janum, pr. n. of a place in the 
tribe of Judah. 


O52" Janus, see in B24. 


x ma” a spurious root, assumed for 
Hiph. m:n. But see 2 Hiph. 


Mp7" (1. α. MPI, a sucker, sprout, 
Ez. 17,4. It has the pass. form but ac- 
tive power. Chald. p73", pas, suckling, 
R. p23. , 

᾿ ἘΝ fut. PI" to suck; Chald. 5", 
Syr. «οἷν, Sam. Pim id. Absol. Job 
3,12; pr. to suck the mother’s breast, 
ὁ. acc. Cant. 8,1. Joel 2,16; but also 
other things, as Job 20, 16 he ΜΕΤῸΝ the 
poison of asps. Trop. Is. 60,16 thou 
shalt suck the milk of the nations, and — 
shalt suck the breast of kings, i. 6. thou 
shalt be made rich with the wealth οὗ 
nations and kings. Deut. 33,19 SW "> 
spi pa" for they shall suck the abun- 
dance of the seas, i. e. of nations beyond 
the sea. Is. 60, 11. 12.—Part. P32" a) 


a suckling, sucking child, (Syr. }ea4 











“ap 


[oi ,) Num. 11,12. Deut. 32,25. 1Sam. 
15, 3. 22, 19. Is. 11,8. Jer. 44,7. Ps. 8, 
8. al. More fully 073% "p25 Joel 2, 16. 
b) Trop. a sucker, sprout, as drawing 
the sap from the parent stock, Is. 53, 2. 
More frequent in this sense is fem. MP2%", 
Job 8, 16. 14, 7. 15, 30. Plur. mip 
Ez. 17, 22. Hos. 14, 7. Ps. 80, 12. 

Hipx. p72" ‘so p24 int. 4, 3, to 
give suck, to suckle, as a mother her in- 
fant, Gen. 21,7. Ex. 2,7.9. 1 Sam. 1, 
23; also of animals, Lam. 4, 3; absol. 
mip 2.2 (camels) giving suck, milch- 
camels, Gen. 32,16. Trop. to cause to 
suck sweet things, i. 6. to give to taste, 
to let enjoy, Deut. 32, 13.—Parr. fem. 
mp2 Ex. 2,7, ὁ. mull, inpa 2 K. 11, 2, 
giving suck, as subst. a wet-nurse. Plur. 
mip Is. 49, 23. 

Deriv. HR72". 


5/2" m. once 122 Is, 34,11, an un- 
clean pird, prob. a water or marsh fowl! 
Lev. 11,17. Deut. 14,16; frequenting 
deserts or marshes, Is. ].c. Sept. and 
Vulg. render it ibis, i. 6. the Egyptian 
heron ; Chald. and Syr. the owl, which 
also Bochart adopts, Hieroz. P. II. p. 281 
sq. and supposes it to be derived from 
FH2 twilight. Most prob. some species 
of heron or crane is to be understood, 
whose cry resembles the blowing of a 
horn or trumpet, as the ardea stelluris or 
bittern, the ardea agami or trumpeter- 
bird, or the common crane, etc. and this 
is supported by the etymology from 82 
to blow. In the list of unclean birds in 


Lev. 1. c. this bird is followed by the 


movin, derived from the similar verb 


pti. q. >. 


* 70" inf. with pref. πο Is: 51, 6, 
sod 2 Chr. 31, 7 (as if from 38), ¢ 
suff. "70" Job 38, 4; pr. to set, to place, 


to seat, comp. Niph. no. 1, and ‘id 





seat. The primary monosyllabic root is 
Sanscr. sad to sit, Lat. sed-ere, Goth. 


_ sat-jan to put, Engl. to set; the same 
root with harder letters is Heb. τῶ, 
Gr. στάω, ἵστημι, and with softer letters 


Gr. 80— (owas). Arab. Owe i is spec. to 
put or place under, 6. g. a cushion, pil- 
low -Hence 

1. to set, 1. 6. to place, put, lay the foun- 


dations of any thing, to found, e. g. a 


λρῦ 





"To" 


building Ezra 3,12; a city Is. 54, 11. 
(Comp. 2° Is. 42,4. 44,7; τοῦ 1 Sam. 
2,8.) More freq. in this sense in Piel; in 
Kal mostly poet. of God as founding the 
heavens and the earth, Ps. 78, 69. 89, 
12. 104, 5. Job 38,4. Is. 48,13. Zech. 
12, 1. Am. 9,6 πο" PAN by INIaN) and 
hath founded his vaull upon the earth, 
i.e. the vault of the heavens as appa- 
rently resting upon the earth. Ps. 24, 2. 


| —Ofa heap, fo lay down sc. the bottom, 


2 Chr. 31, 7. 

2. to set, i. 6. to appoint, to assign sc. a 
place to any one (comp. 5°w Ex. 21, 13). 
Ps. 104, 8 they go up mountains, they go ἡ 
down valleys, pnd MIO" Ay ripe by unto 
the place that thou hast ‘appointed for 
them. ‘So of a people, Is. 23, 13 lo the 
land of the Chaldeans ; this people till 
now was not, D> MIO" "AWN Assyria 
appointed it for dwellers in the desert, 
i. e. for the Chaldeans; see Comment. 
on Is.ad loc. Hence to appoint or con- 
stitute for some specific purpose, Hab. 
1,12 imto1 M721N> for chastisement hast 
thou appointed them sc. the Chaldeans, : 
i.e. hast called them forth; parallel 
‘mow vera. 

3. to set laws, to ordain, Ps. 119, 152. 
Comp. D° Gen. 47, 26, ale Gr. γομυ- 


ϑ ἕτης. 
Nieuw. 7092 J. to be settled, seated 
down, i.e. a) to settle in a land, Ex. 9. 


18 in Egypt ot03 Dim 129 since the 
day of their setiling in it until now. i. 6. 
since the Egyptians settled down in the 
land. b) to sit down together for cou- 
sultation ; hence to consult, to take coun- 
sel together, with >> against any one 
Ps. 2,2. 31, 14. 

2. to be founded, as the temple Is. 44,8 

Pret 30" 1. to set, place, lay, 6. g. 
a foundation-stone Is. 28, 16; to found 
an edifice Zech. 4, 9. Ezra 3, 10; a city 
Is. 14, 32. Josh. 6, 26 MIO 1333 with 
his first- -born (i. 6. with the loss of him, 
2 of price) shall he lay its foundation. 
Also acc. of material 1 K. 5, 17 [31].— 
Trop. Ps. 8, 3: owt of the mouth of babes 
and sucklings τῷ MID" hast thou founded. 
for thee praise, glory; so Arabic writers 
compare glory to an editice firmly found- 
ed and fortified, see Muntinghe ad ἢ. I. 
Thesaur. p. 602. 

2. to set, i. e. to appoint, to constitute 


i 


for any purpose, 1 Chr. 9, 22. Also to 
set fast, i. 6. to prescribe, to ordain, c. 
> Esth. 1,8. ἢ 

PuaL to be founded, e. g. columns 
Cant. 5,15; the temple 1 K. 6,37. Ezra 
3, 6. Hagg. 2,18. Zech. 8, 9; with an 
acc. of material, as in Pi. 1 K. 7, 10. 

Hopu. i.q. Pual. Inf. 10455 ‘the being 
founded, subst. foundation, Ezra 3, 11. 
2 Chr. 3,3. Part. 3©472 (Dag. euphon.) 
Sounded, Is. 28, 16 8172 4047 a founda- 
tion founded, i. e. firm, sure; comp. Yn 
vpn? Ps. 64, 7, wan 5.5 Ex. 12, 9. 

Deriv. the three “next Slowing, and 
Tid, Toi, Tow, TION, IO, pr.n. “Tid. 


TO? m. foundation, metaph. begin- 
ning, Kzra7,9. R. 0%. 


“Ὁ m. foundation, as of an altar Ex. 
29, 12. Lev. 4,7. 8,15. 9,9; of a build- 
ing Job 4, 19. Ps. 137, 7. al. [Poet. 
foundation of the sea, the ground or 
bottom on which it rests, the depths, 
Hab. 3, 13; see in "X*¥.—R.]—Plur. 
p70" Mic. 1, 6, and miso Lam. 4, 11; 
also metaph. princes Ez. 30, 4, comp. 
minw. R. "Ὁ". 

MIO” f. foundation, Ps. 87,1. R. 30%. 


VO" m. (τ. Ὁ") a corrector, reprover, 
censurer, verbal subst. of the ἰδίαι “a3. 
Job 40, 2 [39, 32] “ids "πῶ ὩΣ 355 con- 
lending shall the reprover of God contend 
with the Almighty? 35 is here inf. absol. 
from 3" instead of the finite verb (comp. 
Judg. 11, 25 Sx 3w1 py 39 2455, where 
the finite verb is added), and to iD" 
then corresponds in the other hemistich 
πῖον M212, comp. Prov. 9, 7. The sin- 
gle words of this clause have often been 
correctly explained, (see for "i" Junius 
and Tremellius, and for the form 5 
Aben Ezra and Kimchi,) but I have 
found no one who has rightly appre- 
hended the whole sense. The above 
interpretation was proposed in former 
editions, and has been adopted by Um- 
breit, Winer, De Wette, but neglected 
by Rosenmiller. 

"AO? (verbal of fut. τ. "30, as 3" 
from 3.) departing, one who departs ; 
Jer. 17, 18 Cheth. "10" those departing 
Lik me. Keri 970. ‘ 


Ἐ70. a doubtful root, i. ᾳ. 9 to pour, 
but intrans. to be poured, comp. D5 and 


4.06 





ro" 
Bz"; once Ex. 30, 32 FO" Nd it shall 


not be poured. Perhaps it should read 
yen? Hoph. of FiO. ~ 


20? (she looks abroad, r.420) Iscah, 
pr. n. of the sister of Lot, Gen. 11, 29. 


71937207 (whom. Jehovah upholds, r. 
20) Ismachiah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 31, 13. 


ὙΦ᾽ in Kal and Hiph. both of which 
are defective, thus: Pret. 0", rarely 
proin 2 K. 20, 6. Eee. 1, 16; Inf. ΠΟΤ; 
Imper. twice 15d Is. 29, 1, Jer. 7, 21, 
though this form can be referred to 
MO; Fut. 9°01", apoc. O17, in pause 
Doin Job 40, 32, noO!M™>s Prov. 30, 6, 
and by a wrong orthography FON" Ex. 
5, 7. 1 Sam. 18, 29 (as vice versa 9%, 
nos, from FOX q:. v.) convers. 50%; 
Part. 50%" for HO" Is. 29, 14. 38, 5, plur. 
n"BO'" Deut. 5, 22; also Hoi Neh. 
13, 18. 

1. to add, Syr.and Chald. Aph. 9d%x, 
ae}. The primary idea seems to be 
that of scraping, scraping together, like 
kindr. 550, comp. }10.—With accus. of 
the thing added and 5 of that to which 
it is added, Lev. 5, 16 O%" {MWA PNY 
"b> and shall add the Sifth part of it 
thereto. Lev. 22,14. 27,13 sq. Deut. 19, 


9; dx 2 Sam. 24, 3. Often too the ac- © 


cus. of the thing: addidhi is omitted, Deut. 
13,1 [12, 32] sya 393 ND) by nohcNs 
thou shalt neither add thereto nor di- 


minish therefrom, sc. any thing. Prov. 


30, 6. Ecc. 3, 14-—Hence 

2. to add to, i. 6. to increase, to en- 
large, comp. French ajouter ἃ. With >> 
Ps. 71, 14 ἸΏΞΠΏ ΡΞ ΟΣ. sMpdINy J will 
add to, increase, all thy praise ; 3 comp. 
Lat. cd trahere (aliquid) de laudibus 
alic.’? Ps. 115, 14. Ezra 10, 10; δ Ez. 
23, 14; Ν Is. 26, 15; acc. Lev. 19, 25. 
Job 49, 10 sien swincbo-ry mins FO" 


| nazigd and Jehovah increased twofold 


all that Job had. Ece. 1, 18. Prov. 9. 9. 
16, 21. 19, 4. Job 17, 9. Is. 29,19. Im- 
pers. Priv. 9, 11 by me mie ἪΡ ἼΞ "Ὁ ἢ" 


ἱ 


pM shall they increase the years of thy 


life, i. e. thy years shall be increased; 
comp. Heb. Gr. § 134. 3.--- ΤῸ increase 
any thing ¢o any one, is sometimes i. q. 
to give more, as Ps, 120, 3 “a8 42 ἸΏ ΤΙ 


mean ΩΡ 7> poh δαὶ giveth to thee 


and what giveth more (adds to give) to 





. nO" 
thee thy false tongue? i.e. what doth thy 
false tongue profit thee ? comp. Lev. 26. 
21. Ez. 5,16. Elsewhere to increase 
is also i. q. to surpass, to exceed, as 
2 Chr. 9,6 ΠΡΟ 53 MBO? thou ex- 
ceedest (hast added to) the ‘fame that I 
heard ; comp. 1 K. 10, 7. So Kec. 1, 
16. 2, 9.. 

3. to add to do any thing, with infin. 
either simply or with pref. >; more 
rarely followed by a finite verb with or 
without the copula, Proy. 23, 35. Is. 52, 
1. Hos.1,6. Hence a) i.g.todoagain, 
another time, so that it may be express- 
ed in Engl. by the adverb again. Gen. 
4,2 τ 35 yom} and again she bare. 8,10. 
12. 18, "29 nat> ἪΡ HOM and he spake 
yet again. 25, 21. Ex. 10, 28.29. Ὁ) to 
do further, longer ; ; to continue to do any 
thing. Gen. 4, 12 9> AMD-mm FOND 
the ground shall no longer yield to thee 
her strength. Num. 32, 15. Josh. 7, 12. 
1 Sam. 19, 8. 27, 4. Is. 47,1. ὁ) to 
do the more ; Gen 37,5 Now ‘Tid ἸΘΌ 15) 
ins and they hated him yet the more. V., 
8. 1 Sam. 18, 29. 2 Sam. 3, 34. —Some- 
times the action which ia thus to be 
repeated or continued is not directly 
expressed, but is implied in the pre- 
ceding words. Job 20,9 >) AMaIy jy 
HOI the eye saw him, but shall not add 
sc. 91>, i.e. shall see him no more. 34, 
32 if I have done iniquity, I will (do it) 
no more. 38, 11. 40, 5. 32. Ex. 11, 6 such 
as was never before, $)"0n~X> sins) sc. 
nitnd, and such as never more shall be. 
Num. ΤΙ, 25 and when the spirit rested 
upon them they prophesied, "29" Nd1 sc. 
N2IMM> but never again or more after 
that day ; so Sept. and Syr. well. Here 
belongs also the phrase: D°FF>8 ΓΙΌΣ ND 
Epo ΓΞ God do so and so add to do, 
i. e. and more also, 1 Sam. 3, 17. 14, 44. 

Nipu. 9043 
36, 3.4. Reflex. to join oneself Ex. 1, 10. 
Ὁ, to be increased, i. 6. intrans. to in- 
crease, to grow, e.g in wealth, Prov. 11, 
24. Part. ΓΙῸΣ Is. 15, 9 additions, 
accessions, sc. of calamities, i. q. new 
calamities. 

Deriv. pr. names 9077, FO, AIDA. 


. Ὠδ᾽ Chald. in Kal not used. Hops. 
‘inthe Hebrew manner 4017 fo be added, 
‘Dan. 4, 33. 





1. to be Mike. c. >3 Weer { 





A407 i 


* "0" rarely found in Kal, fut. c. suff. 
DSN Hos. 10, 10; part. “ἡ Prov. 9, 7. 
Ps. 94, 10. Elsewhere with the same 
sense : 

Pret "87, fut. "©", inf. 5797 Lev. 26, 
18, 1107 Ps. 118, 18. 

1. to chastise or chasten, to correct, to 
punish with blows, strokes, Deut. 22, 18. 
1 K. 12, 11.14 my father chastened you 
with whips. Espec. of children as cor- 
rected by their parents, Prov. 19, 18. 29, 
17; of men as chastened of God, Lev. 
26, 18. 28. Ps. 6, 2. 38, 2. 39, 12. 118, 18. 
Jer. 2,19. 10, 24.—Eth. 2UJZ, to chas- 
tise, to reprehend, to,instruct ; the pala- 
tal " being changed into the harder 5. 

2. to chasten with words, i.e. a) lo 
admonish, to exhort, Prov. 9, 7. Job 4, 3 
(comp. Hoi. 7 15). Ps. 16, 7 mibsb-n 
sMind> "D707 also by night my reins ad- 
monish me sc. to praise the Lord. With 
"72 to admonish or dehort from any thing, 
Is. 8, 11. Often of the admonition and 
discipline which parents give to child- 
ren, Deut. 21,18; or which God bestows 
on men, Deut. 4, 36. 8, 5. Ps. 94, 12. 
b) to set right, to instruct ; Is. 28, 26 
ἢ wy oped ‘ino? he doth instruct 
him according to the right, his God doth 
teach him. With two acc. Prov. 31, 1. 
—It is often coupled with 1315, which 
differs from "0" only as it primarily de- | 
notes a milder discipline consisting in 
admonition and confutation, and is trans- 
ferred to the severer which employs 
blows and punishment ; while the latter 
is used pr. of the severer discipline, and ᾿ 
trop. of that which is milder. Like the 
former is also Gry παιδεύειν, Germ. zitich- 
tigen, from Zucht, ziehen, erziehen ; 
like the latter, Heb. 77>. 

Hien. i. q. Kal and Piel; once D2"0"8 
Hos. 7,12. — 

Nipu. "043 to be chastened, admonish- 
ed, to take warning, Ps. 2, 10. Jer. 6, 8. 
31,18; 6. 3 Lev. 26, 23. Prov. 29, 19. 

ΝΊΤΗΡΑ. 19032 Ez. 23, 48, to be in- 
structed ; for 191M}, see Lehrg. p. 249. 
Yet the common analogy would be pre- 
served by giving it the vowels of Niph. 


ag ANDI. 


Deriv. “87, 90", “Ὁ. 


2m. (r. 532) plur. O°", a shovel, for 
removing ashes, mentioned among the 


ae” 


furniture of the altar. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. 
Num. 4, 14. 1 K.7, 40. 45. al. Vulg. 
forceps.—In Arab. several nouns deriv- 
ed from the root signify vessel ; 
but the Arabic usage in this root seems 
nevertheless to have differed from the 
Hebrew. 


V2? (he causes pain, r. 722) Jabez, 
pr.n. a) Aman 1 Chr. 4, 9.10, where 
the name is so explained. δ) A place 
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 55. 


" 73" fut. 39" 1. to point out, to ap- 
point, to fix, to or for any one, with >; 
espec. a place Jer. 47, 7, or time 2 Sam. 
20, 5; also punishment, Mic. 6, 9.— 
Arab. (λῶῳ to point out beforehand, 
sc. good, but also evil; III, to appoint 
a time or place. The primary idea is 
that of commanding ; kindr. are 737, 
15, q.v- Arab. ἃ 


2. to fix wpon as a wife or concubine, 
to betroth. with ace. and > Ex. 21, 8. 9. 

Nip. ἜΣ 1. Reflex. to meet with 
any one at an appointed place, by ap- 
pointment, with > Ex. 25, 22. 29, 42. 43. 
30, 6. 36; > Num. 10, 4. 

2. Rech: to meet together at an ap- 
pointed time and place, by appointment, 
Neh. 6,2. 10. Job 2, 11. Am. 3,3. Also 

3. Genr. to come together, to assemble, 
Josh. 11, 5.1K. 8, 5. Ps. 48,5; with >3 
against any one, of conspirators Num. 
14, 35. 16, 11. 27, 3. 

Hien. 310, to cause or appoint to 
meet at a certain time and place, espec. 
‘ before a tribunal, fo cite before a court, 
to arraign, c. acc. Job 9, 19 "27"Bi" "2 


who shall arraign me? Jer. 49, 19. 50, 


44. 

Horn. 1. to be fixed, set, Jer. 24, 1. 

2. to be turned, directed, of the face, 
Ez. 21, 21. 

Deriv. M39, IDI, Ii, MID, and 
pr. names Hi, HIS, and 

Ty" 2 Chr. 9, 29 Keri (in Cheth. 
s13") Jedo, pr. n. m. elsewhere 433 Jddo, 
8. Υ. pane 

* STS" ἅπαξ Asydu. to snatch away, to 
sweep away; Is. 28,17 Homa “3 AVN 
513 and the hail shall sweep away the 
refuge of lies. Vulg. subvertet, Saad. 
Sym abripiet.—Arab. (5, to collect ; 


408 





12" 


IV, to lay up; but the primary 
seems to be that of snatching, which is 
applied both to snatching or scraping 
together and to snatching away ; comp. 
FON, FQ, FRO, MEQ. 


N19" (perh. treasured of God, from 
the Arab. see in τ. ΠΣ) Jeuel, pr. ἢ. ma. 


1 Chr. 9, 6.—Elsewhere beast is found - 
only in Chethibh, where Keri has PRD, 


as: a) The founder or restorer of Gi- 
beon, 1 Chr. 9,35. Ὁ) A military offi- 
cer of David, ib. 11,44. ὁ) A scribe of 
Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26,11. d) ib. 29, 13. 
e) Ezra 8, 13. 


Τ᾽ (counselling, verbal fut. r. r) 
Jeuz, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. | 


“AY see in “33. 


on plur. woods, forests, i. q. 8°39, 
Ez. 34, 25 Cheth. See "3" no. 2. 


WAY” (to whom God hastens, r. a>) 
Jeush, pr.n. a) A son of Esau, Gen. 
36, 18; for which "2" vy. 5. 14 Cheth. 
b) A son of Rehoboam, 2 Chr. 11, 19. 
c)1Chr. 7,10.  d)ib.8.39. — e) ib. 
23, 10. 


ἜΤΣΙ im Kal not used, prob. i. 4. 123 
to be strong, Jirm, robust ; see in 729. 

Nipu. Is. 33, 19 1353 DY ἃ firm people, 
i. e. fierce, obstinate, sc. the Assyrians. 
So Symm. ἀναιδής shameless, Vulg. im- 
pudens. 


a be (whom God consoles, from r. 
(sy to console,) Jaaziel, pr. n. τη, 1 


Chr. 15, 18; for which v. 20 5x"13. 


72" (whom Jehovah consoles, see 
preced. art.) Jaaziah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
24, 26. 27. 


“197 and "JY" 1 Chr. 6, 66. 26, 31 
(whom God helps, r. "12) Jazer, pr. ἢ. 
of a city in the tribe of Gad, on the bor- 
der of the Ammonites, and for a long 
time subject to Moab; Num. 21, 32. 32, 
1. 3. 35. Josh. 13, 25. 21, 37. Is. 16, 8. 9. 
The sea of Jazer, "137 DS Jer. 48, 32, is 
of doubtful authority. as no such sea is 
known to exist; see Comment. on Is. 
16, 8. Gr. Ἰαζήρ 1 Mace. 5, 8.—Comp. 
Eusebius de locis Heb. voe. Ἰαζήρ. Re- 
land Palest. p. 825. It was perh. situa- 


‘ted where now are found the ruins ’A 


Hazir, or those of Sar or Sir ; Burekh 





‘ae? 


Travels in Syr. p. 355, 357. Seetzen in 
Zach’s Monatl. Corr. XVIII. p. 429, 430. 


. oP" a root ἅπαξ λεγόμ. i. g. NBD to 


clothe Is. 61, 10. 


ὭΣ. Chald. i. q. Heb. 72>, to counsel. 
Part. ὩΣ" counsellor of the king, plur. c. 
suff. Wies2 Ezra 7, 14. 15. 

Irup. to consult together, Dan. 6, 8. 

Deriv. 82>. 


DN (iq. dis) Jeiel, Jehiel, see 
Keri in bass, Elsewhere: a) A wines 
of Reuben 1 Chr. 5,7. b) A Levite 
ib. 15, 18. 21. 16, 5. 2 Chr. 30, 14. c) 
2 Chr. 35,9. d) Ezra 10, 43. 


"9? (whom God awakes, τ. 932) Jair, 
pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 20, 5 Keri; in 
Cheth. is "33". In the parallel passage 
2 Sam. 21, 19, there stands instead of 
it ὩΣ "337 (forests of the weavers) ; 
but prank is prob. repeated from the 
following ΡΝ 39 by an error of 
transcription. 


ὍΣ) see in Was lett. a. 


$29" (afflicted, τ᾿ 135) Jachan, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 5, 13. 


Ae Bess in Kal not used: 1. to go up, 


ΕΟ ἢ to rise above, kindr. with M22, 


Arab. hes to rise above, to ascend a 
mountain, to stand upen the summit, 


ne eminent, noble, a prince. Hence 

ΣᾺ rock-goat, ibex. 

. 2, to be eminent, to have worth, to be 

cpa comp. B35 in the compound 
sda, and see Hiph. 

Hira. bwin 1. to be of use, to profit, 
to help, absol. Prov. 10, 2. 11, 4, Jer. 2, 
8 ἼΞΡΓ" 55 ὙΥ ΝΡ INN they Z0 after those 
that profit nothing, i. e. false gods, idols. 
1 Sam. 12, 21. Is. 44, 10. Hab. 2, 18. 
With dat. Br pers. Is 30, 5. Jer. 23, 325 
or.of thing, Job 30, 13 sbagh ant ees 
help my fall. With suff. 935935" Is. 57, 
12 


2. Intrans. to profit, to receive profit, 
from any thing. Job 21, 15 >°3i3-m2 
what profit should we have, ete. 15, 3 
words DD 57359 δὲ by which he is not 
profited. 35, 3. Is. 47,12. 48,17. Jer. 
12, 13. 
 Deriy. the two following. 

35 


409 





iP: 


22° m. plur. 73" constr."239 1. the 
wild or mountain goat, ibex, Germ. Slein- 
S 


bock, Arab. hes and hss. Ps. 104, 18. 


Job 39,1. m7b>3m “4x the rocks of the 
wild goats, situated in the desert of En- 
gedi, 1 Sam. 24,3. See Bochart Hie 
roz. P. { p. 915 sq. 

2. Jael, pr.n. a) A judge in Israei 
before the age of Deborah, Judg. 5, 6. 
Ὁ) The wife of Heber the Kenite, whe © 
slew Sisera, Judg. 4, 17.18. 5,24. Some 
suppose the same to be meant in Judg 
5, 6. 

NOD? see next art. no. 2. 


M23" fem. of the preced. 1. a wild 
she-goat, the female ibex; Prov. 5, 19 
j ΤΕΣ" the graceful ibex, an epithet for 
a lovely woman. The Arabs say pro- 


verbially het Cm is! more beau- 
tifal than the ibex, Bochart Hieroz. I. 
899. 

2. Jaalah, pr. n. of a man, Ezra 2,56; 
written 825% Neh. 7, 58. 


Do" (hidden, τ. 859} Jaalam, pr. ἢ. 


of a son of Esau, Gen. 36, 5. 14. 
* mye ΤΥ af 
\Z, obsol. root, Syr. Ethpa. <> 
to be greedy, voracious, to be avaricious, 
fas» greedy, voracious. Hence }°, 
M239, ostrich. 


22 (for M394, τ᾿ 29 I. no. 4) pr. subst. 
purpose, intent,aim. But it everywhere 
passes over into a particle, viz. 

1. Preposit. with a subst. on account 
of, because of, propter, Ez. 5,9. Hagg. 
1, 9. With inf. Is. 30, 12. 37, 29. Jer. 7, 
13. 48, 7. Ez. 5, 7. 16, 36. al. 

2. Conjunct. “νὸν 32" because that, be- 
cause, Gen. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 22. 1K. 
3,11. al. So ae freq. "> {27 Num. 11, 
20. Is. 7, 5. al. Both forms are followed 
by a preter. With fut. "Ox 327 Zo the 
intent that, in order that, Ez. 12, 12.— 
With ary impl. i. 6. {23 alone as Con- 
junct. because, with pret. Num. 20, 12. 
1 K. 20, 42. 2 K. 22,19. al. Thrice it is 
repeated emphat. }2735 737 because, even 
because, Lev. 26, 43. Ez. 13,10; and 
fithout copula Ry 22 Ez. 36,3. Comp. 
“372. 

155 τὰ. (r. 42%) the ostrich, the male,. 
so called from its greediness and glut 


2" 


tony ; once in plur. 29 Lam. 4,3 Keri, 
and there prob. éaixoty ὡς, nabnicher Sept. 
ὡς στρουϑίον, Vulg. sicut siruthio. Com- 
pare for the sense, Job 39, 16. 17. —Much 
more frequent i is 


my fem. of the preced. the female 
ostrich, (for the form comp. 59 fem. 
mp9, not M23",) always coupled with 
m3, i. 6. HID na the daughter of the os- 
trich, i.e. the female ostrich herself, see 
Bochart Hieroz. II. 230; opp. o2mm 
the male ostrich, Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 
14, 15.—Plur. 733" ΓΞ, ἀρ ωΣ for 
both sexes, Is. 13, 21. 34, 13. 43, 20. Jer. 
5, 39. Mic. 1, 8. Job 30, 29; in which 
passages they are said to inhabit the de- 
sert and to utter a plaintive cry. The 
Arabs also call the ostrich, without dis- 


9 “a - “a 
tinction of sex, elas, Roles wir 


—Others derive 732" from ΓῺ ἰο cry 
out, referring to the doleful cries of the 
ostri¢h. Others again without good 
reason render it an owl. 


"22" (for 735, whom Jehovah an- 
swers, r. 722) Jaanai, pr. n. τὴ. 1 Chr. 
5, 12. 


ΩΣ Jer. 51,58. 64, fut. 92, 424, 
to be wearied, faint, comp. ὉΠ, ὯΝ ; 
either with running, Jer. 2, 24 ΡΞ 
ΒΦ στ Ὁ they that seek her will not bé 
wearied. Is. 40, 30. 31; or also with se- 
vere labour, Is. 40, 28, Hab. 2, 13; and 
also thirst, Is. 44,12. Hence to be wea- 
ried out, exhausted, Jer. 51, 64. . Arab. 
Wtf, to run swiftly; IV, to go with 
fatigue, to loll as a dog; I, IV, to look 
feeble. The primary idea seems to be 


that of breathing hard, panting, like one ' 


weary with running; so the syll. 53, 
comp. 27, ON, IX. 

Horu. part. wearied, faint, exhausted, 
Dan. 9, 21 "2 ὩΣ wearied with a 
wearisome course, i. e long and swift ; 
comp. ΞΘ no. 2. Sept. τάχει φερό- 
μένος. Others following Theod. Vulg. 
Syr. derive m2" from r. ὩΣ, and render 
it flying ; but unaptly, since it is fol- 
lowed by 5"3. 

Deriv. mi5Sim and the two following. 


ΠΣ τη, wearied, faint, Is. 40, 29; of a 
people 50,4. ᾿ 


410 








>" 
52? m. weariness, fatigue, from a swift 
course, Dan. 9, 21; see r. }23 Hoph. 


55 fat. 727"; for imper..is twice 
ΧΦ from τ. YA, Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10; 
to consult, to advise, i. 6. both to take and — 
give counsel. Phenic. 72% 73" Ὁ δ coun- 
sellor of the king, Monum. Pheen. p. 152.” 
Chald. t35 id. Arab. Lae, to admon- 


ish, to exhort, as prophets. The native 
power of this root is prob. to command, 
which is kindred to that of taking and 
giving counsel, of exhorting and pre- 
dicting, comp. consid and consulo; al- 
though the ultimate primary idea seems 
to be that of strength, firmness, power, 
which lies in the root 73, 3. Kindr. 
roots are: MSY to make firm, strong, to 


be firm, whence 72, Las, wood ; ee 


and },% to be firm, obstinate ; yas to 
be hard, ata strong; also DED, 483; 


, UHH, to strengthen; 


and SHH to command; also 33% 
q. v. The LXX express the native 
power of the root Ps. 32,8; where they 
render the Heb. "3" aby ΓΙΣΘῚΝΣ by 
ἐπιστηριῶ ἐπὶ σε TOUS ὀφθαλμούς pov.— 
Hence | 

1. to consult, i. e. to take counsel, te 
purpose, to determine. Is. 14, 24 "UND 
pAPH NN ὭΣ as I have purposed (de- 
creed) so shall it stand. v.27. With an 
ace. Nah. 1, 11 59253 Y2" purposing de- 
struction. Is. 32, 7.8. ΠΙῈΡ 735 to take 
counsel, to purpose a purpose, Is, 8, 10. 
14, 26. Ez. 11, 2. With infin. and > 
2 Chr. 25, 16; with by against any one | 
Is. 7, 5. 19, 12, 17. Jer. 49, 30; 5% Jer. 
49, 80. μὐώγρεδβον τπλι., to Sue i. q. to. 
devise, c. acc. Hab. 2, 10 thou hast con- 
sulted shame to thy house, hast dévised 
it, prepared it by thy counsels. Mic. 6, 
5; with inf. and > Ps. 62, 5. 

2. to counsel, i. e. to advise, to give 
counsel, Judg. 19, 30. 2 Sam. 17, 15; 
with acc. of counsel ΠΧ» ys ib. 16, 23. 
17, 7. Prov. 12, 20; with ὃν apainel 
any one 2 Sam. 17, 21; followed by ἃ 
whole sentence v. 11. With dat. of pers. 
Job 26, 3; for which is put a suffix Ex 
18, 19. 1K. 1,12. 12,8. 13, 2 Chr. 10,8. | 
Jer. 38, 15.—Spec. a) Of God as coun y 


further: τ = 


-7) 








“py 


selling, admonishing, and persuading 
men, by the law and prophets; Ps. 16,7 
I bless the Lord ἼΣΩΝ who giveth me 
counsel sc. to abstain from idolatry, comp. 
v.4-6. Pregn. Ps. 32,8 "5 Ἴ Ὁ» NYDN 
1 will counsel thee and keep mine eye 
upon thee, will be propitious to thee; 
see in "9. Others refer this to the 
psalmist, comp. Jer. 38,15. Ὁ) Of future 
things, to advise, to advertise, to predict, 
Num. 24, 14; comp. Is. 41, 28. So Arab. 
fas, .—Hence 

Part. 721" as Subst. a counsellor, ad- 
viser, Prov. 11, 14. 15, 22. 24, 6. 2 Chr. 
25,16. Ezra4,5. Espec. a king’s couwn- 

or, royal adviser, 2 Sam. 15, 12. Ezra 
7, 28. 8, 25, comp. 7, 24.25. 28> yi 
the king’s counsellor 1 Chr. 27, 33. 2 Chr. 
22,4. mdqp x97" Is. 19, 11. Also 
ys "x31" Job 3, 14 and “n> Ἢ Is. 1, 26. 
comp. Mic. 4, 9, the counsellors, chief 
men (q. d. consuls) of a state or city; 
and so simpl. yi" Is. 3, 3. Job 12, 17. 
In Is. 9,5 735" is one of the attributes of 
the Messiah, as mighty in counsel.— 
Fem. nx3" a female counsellor to evil, 
2 Chr. 22, 3. 

ΝΙΡΗ. ΥΣ 1. Reflex. to let oneself 
be counselled, advised ; Part. y3%2 q. ἃ. 
well advised Prov. 13, 10. 

2. Recipr. to consult or take counsel to- 
gether ; spoken of several, often with 
sams. Ps. 71, 10. 83, 6 ὑπ 35 ἸΧΣῚ 
they have consulted together with one 
heart, mind. Is. 45,21. Neh. 6,7. Of 
one. i K. 12, 28. With ὩΣ, to consult 
with any one, 1 Chr. 13, 1. 2 Chr. 32, 3; 
with MX (AN) id. Is. 40,14. 1K. 12,6.8. 
Also with >, spoken of a king consult- 
ing with his servants and giving them 
his commands, 2 K. 6, 8. 2 Chr.-20, 21. 

3. to decide after consultation, to coun- 
sel, to advise, 1 K. 12, 6.9 D°x>32 OMS ΤῸ 
what do ye advise? what is the result 
of your deliberation? 2 Chr. 10,6. With 
inf. and > 2 Chr. 30, 23. 

Hirupa. i. q. Niph. no. 2. Ps. 83, 4. 

Deriv. HE>, >i. 


=p2" (heel-catcher, supplanter, lier- 
in-wait, τ. 3P9, comp. Gen. 25, 26. 27. 
36. Hos. 12, 4,) pr. n. Jacob, the young- 
-est. of the twin sons of Isaac, called also 
Israel, 58787, the founder of the Israel- 
itish nation, Gen. c. 25-50; hence ἜΤ 


411 





a 


=pP1 the God of Jacob, i. e. Jehovah, [5. 
2,3. Ps. 20,2; and so prob. Ps. 24. 6, 
where "/7>8 seems to have been dropped 
in transcribing. Also 3p>4 72 the house 
or family of Jacob, poet. for the people 
of Israel, i. ᾳ. Ἐδῶ, Den 122, Ex. 
19, 3. Is. 2,5. 6. Am. 3,13; and simpl. 
ΞΡ" id. Num. 23, 7. Ps. 14, 7. Is. 27, 6. 
9. al. Elsewhere put for the whole 
people regarded as one individual, e. g. 
Is. 44, 1. 45, 4. Jer. 30,10. Obad. 10. al 
Put also later, like Israel, for the king- 
dom of Ephraim or the ten tribes, Hos. 
12, 3. Mic. 1, 5. Is. 17,4; as likewise 
afterwards for the one remaining king- 
dom of Judah, Obad. 18. Nah. 2, 3. 


Mapz? (id.) Jaakobah, Jacobah, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 4, 36. 


1P2? see iP. 


* "2" obsol. root i. q, Arab. κξ 2. Pr. 


to boil up and over ; then to be redun- 
dant, spoken of any kind of redundancy 
or exuberance, as of plants. Hence the 
two following: 


"> m. c. suff. "37, with He local 
m37 Josh. 17,156, Plur. 5° 3" Ez. 39, 
10; mins" Ps, 29, 9. 

1. redundance or overflowing of honey, 
the droppings, i. e. honey flowing or 
dropping of its own accord from the 
combs, which the Greeks and Romans 
call ἄκητον μέλι, mel acetum, (Plin. H.N. 
15. 11,) Cant. 5, 1. More fully maz" 
a3 1 Sam. 14, 27, from the fem. form 
mast. Some have ‘wrongly rendered it 
favus mellis, which signifies’ honey- 
comb, i. 6. the cells in which the honey is 
contained: comp. Ovid. Fast. 4. 152 ‘ ex- 
pressis mella liquata favis.’ It is rather 
i. ᾳ. ΘΕῚΣ MBI dropping of the honey- 
combs, Germ. Honigseim, i. 6. liquid 
honey, Ps. 19, 11. 

2. a thicket of trees, so called from the 
exuberance, luxuriousness of trees and 
shrubs. Syr. {p44 thicket of briers, Arab. 
rs rugged tract, whence the verb re 
to be rugged, difficult of passage.—Is. 
21, 13. Ez. 21,2.3. Hence genr. a wood, 
forest, Deut. 19, 5. Josh. 17, 15. 18. al. 
sep. “DT "XD trees of the forest Ps. 96, 
12. Is. 44, 14; "32 imi beasts of the 
forest, wild Hanate, Ps. 50, 10. 104, 20 


“3° 


Contrasted with "35 is 5293 a park, 
garden, as the smaller with the greater, 
the cultivated with the wild, Is. 29, 17. 
32, 15; but the forest of cedats in εὐναὶ 
non, as being small and beautiful, is 
called iba ND ἜΣ. the forest of his park 
i. e. like a park, 2 K. 19, 23. Is. 37, 24. 
S32 ma the house of the forest Is. 22, 8, 
fally 7225 ἜΣ m2 the house of the forest 
of Lebanon 1 K. 7,2. 10,17, i. 6. the 
armoury or arsenal of king Solomon, 
called also P¥2 Neh. 3, 19, and having 
its name from the cedar of Lebanon of 
which it was built. Metaph. a forest of 
enemies, Is. 32, 19, comp. 10, 18. 19. 34.— 
Spoken of the sanctuary or tabernacle, 
Ps. 132, 6 lo we heard of it at Ephratah, 
we found it ἜΣ. “72 in the fields of 
the forest, implying a region of Ephraim 
with forests where Shiloh was situated ; 
or perh. in allusion to the name of the 
city DIS NMP Airjathjearim, where 
the ark was kept twenty years. 


v9" or ΤΌΣ (7 732) 1. “Fem. 
honey, 1 Sam. 14, 27; see in "3° no. 1. 

2. Jarah, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 Chr. 9, 42; prob. 
a corrupted form, see πη ΠῚ 


Dyas "172 see in “739. 


mw (whom Jehovah makes fat, 
τ, Ud) Jaareshiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 27. 


"WP (contr. for Mw", whom Jeho- 
vah has made, τ. M2) Jaasai, pr. τι. m. 
Ezra 10,37 Keri. In Cheth. 1023 Jaasu. 


SSW2" (whom God has made, r 
mes) Jaasiel, pr. ἢ. of one of David's 
military officers, 1 Chr. 11, 47, comp. 
27, 21. 


32) (whom Jehovah sets free, r 
mz) Iphedeiah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 8, 25. 


3 me" fut. MH", apoc. Ὁ Ez. 31, 7. 

1. Pr. to be bright, to shine, kindr. with 
S53, comp. 233 and 733. Hence "5" no. 
1, and mpi splendid “deed, miracle. 

2. to be fair, comely, beautiful, of a 
woman Ez. 16, 13. Cant. 7, 2. 7, ae 
4,10; Siatace Kz. 31, 7. 

Dict to beautify, to deck, with silver 
and gold Jer. 10, 4. 

Pu. ΠΕΡ", the two first radicals being 
doubled. tsa. lo be very beaultful, Ps. 
45.3,—But this form is without analogy, 
there being no other example of thus 


412 





ΓΕ" 


doubling the first radicals. According 
to some the letters 5" at the beginning 
are spurious; having arisen perhaps 
from a mode of abbreviation practised 


by the copyists, which has been the - 


fruitful source of errors; see Thesaur. 
Heb. p. 64. Others propose a different 


punctuation, "5°57 or MBS", com — 


paring the adj. n*2np" q. v. so that the 
signif. would then ®¢ diminutive rather 
than intensive. But in all languages 


diminutives are used to express strong 


affection and praise. See Thes. p. 612. 
Hirup. to beautify oneself, to deck 
oneself, e. g. a woman, Jer. 4, 30. 
Deriv. the three followings also “B®, 
"bp", and Mpia. wit 


Ring adj. m. constr. 981, f. ΓΒ constr. 
ms "plur. mip", constr. MBS, rb. 
Et fair, comely, beautiful, of both men 


and women, Gen. 12, 14. 2 Sam. 13,1. 


14, 25. Cat! 1, 8. 16. 5, 9; often with 


ΓΝ 1 Sam. 17, 42, or =xh Gen. 29, 173. 


of animals Gen. 41,2 sq. Of a region 
or country Ps. 48, 3; of the boughs of a 
tree Ez. 31, 3; of a pleasing voice Ez. 
33, 32. 

2. good, excellent, καλός. Eee. 3, 11 
God hath made all things seat srg ive. 
good, well, καλῶς. 5, 17.. 


ΠΡ ΓΘ adj. f. Jer. 46, 20, fairish, 
tolerably fair. The form is pr. TPEND, 
a diminutive, Lat. pulcherula, Span. 
bonitina, and should be thus written as 
one word, the letter M being quiescent, 
as im >NOIn 2 K. 8, 8. 15, dang , 
“AXMIB; or "perh. mp"E" with many 
Mss. which however savours of emend- 
ation. The division into two words has 
arisen from copyists, who did not per- 
ceive the grammatical character of the 


_word; comp. also in Is. 2, 20. 61, 1. 
©” (beauty) Josh. 19, 46. 2 Chr. 2, 


15. Jon. 1, 3, also ee? Ezra 3, 7, pr. n 
Japho, Gr. ’ Jonny Joppa, a maritime 
city in the territory of Dan, with a har- 
bour on the Meditéipenbany now called 
Lely γάζα, and still distinguished for its 
port. Reland Palestina p. 864. 


* TS" ig. mE, mB , to puff, to blow, 


in Kal not used. 
Hirnp. to pant, to sigh, to bewail one- 
self, Ter. 4, 31.—Hence 


4 


H 


{ 





of Lachish, Josh. 10, 3. 





mS" 
ΤΡ" 


-τ 


adj. breathing, puffing out. Ps. 
27,12, 077 M5" and breathing out vio- 
lence. Comp. Prov. 6,19. Acts 9, 1. 
Cic. Catil. 2. 1. 


"5 Ez. 28,7, elsewhere "2", τῇ. in 
pause "55, c. suff. "22. R. ΠΕ". 

1. splendour, 6. g. of a king Is. 33, 17; 
of a city Ps. 50, 2. Ez. 27, 8. 4. 11; ofa 
people Zech. 9, 17. 

. beauty, of a woman Ps. 45, 12. Is. 3, 

. Ez. 16, 25. Esth. 1, 11. al. 


3")? (splendid) pr. n. Japhia. 

1. A place in the tribe of Zebulun, 
Josh. 19,12. Now γάζα near Nazareth; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 200. 

2. Of persons: a) A king of the city 
b) A son of 
David, 2 Sam. 5, 15. 1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6. 


025" (whom God delivers, τ. 58) 
Taphlet, pr. τι. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 32. 38. Pa- 
tronym. with the syllable "— added, 
Josh. 16, 3. 


125? (perh. for whom is prepared, 
see r. 725 Pi. no. 2,) pr. ἢ. Jephunneh. 
a) The father of Caleb, Num. 13, 6. 14, 


6. b) 1 Chi. 7, 38. 


v 75" in Kal not used, to be bright, 
to shine, kindr. with 53. Chald. Zab. id. 

Hirw. 2"5in = 1. to cause to shine, said 
of God, Job 37, 15. 

_ 2. to shine forth, pr. to give light, to 
scatter light, (like ἜΝ.) Job 3, 4. 10, 
22. Espec. of Jehovah as appearing in 
light and splendour, Deut. 33, 2. Ps. 50, 
2, 80, 2. 94, 1.—Trop. Job 10, 3, to shine 
upon, i. e. to approve, to aid. 

Deriv. pr. names 3°57, M352; also 


MZD? f. splendour, beauty, of a city, 
Kz. 28, Alf. 


MD? pr. n. Japheth, the second son of 
Noah, Gen. 5, 32. 7, 13. 9, 18 sq. whose 
posterity are described as occupying 
chiefly the western and northern re- 
gions, Gen. 10, 2-5. This accords well 
with the etymology of the name, which 
signifies pr. widely spreading, from r. 
mms; see Gen. 9,27. Sept. ‘aged. 


FID? pr. n. perh. for MMB whom 
God sets free, r. ΠΏ ; comp. ΠΉΠΌΒ. 
1. Jiphtah, a place i in the tribe of Ju- 
dah, Josh. 15, 43. 
35* 


AAS 





Xx" 


2. Jephthah, a judge of the Israel- 
ites, who by a rash vow bound him- 
self to immolate his daughter, Judg. c. 
11.12. 1Sam.12,11. Gr. Ἰεφϑάε, Vulg. 
Jephte. 


SN"MMD" (which God opens, τ. MM) 
Jiphthah-el, pr. n. of a valley in the ter- 
ritory of Zebulun and Asher, Josh. 19, 
14, 27. 


Ν XE" ; pret. once "MX" Job 1, 21; 
fut. 8¥2; imp. 8¥, with He parag. ΠΣ 
Judg. 9, 29, plur. once anomalous τα τ᾽ 
Cant. 3,11; inf. absol. 8%", constr. MNS 
part. SZ, ἢ 8z5 for mass Ecc. 10, 5, 
mai" Ps. 144, 14, and & being drowned 
nzi" Deut. 28, 57.—T go out, to go 
forth, Ethiop. OWA id. In Syt. and 
Chald. the corresponding verb as to the 
radicals is 83°, ἴδ, to put forth, to ger- 
minate, i.e. a plant “but of men and 
other things the usual word for the idea 


of going out is 23), p22, and in Arabic, 
Opp. is 83 fo go in, to come, 


566 in 813 no. 1. ἃ ; and see there also 
the phrase fo go in and out. 

Constr. «) absol. Gen. 24, 11. Ex. 
16, 4. Judg. 3, 24. al. sep. £8) The 
place whence one goes out is put with 
772, Gen. 8, 19. Job 3,11; also with acc. 
like Lat. egredi urbem, to go out of a 
place, Gen. 44, 4 “"3"mx SNE" OF they 
had gone out from the city. ‘Ex. 9, 29. 
33. Job 29,7. Deut. 14, 22 ΤΙ ΓΙ xxi 
what goeth forth from the field, its pro- 
duce. Am. 4,3 M2X%m B'S ye go forth 
from the breaches, ruins. So Part. "NETS 
ἼΔΗΣ “SU Gen. 34, 24. 9,10. Ex. 1, δ... 
The gate through or by ‘Which one goes 
out is marked by 47a Judg. 11, 31; 3 
Jer. 17, 19. Neh. 2,13; in acc. Job 30, 
24. y) The person from whom one 
goes out is put with ἘΞ Ex. 8, 26. 9, 
33; mag Ex. 5,20; "2559 from the pre- 
sence of a king, etc. Gen. 41, 46. 47, 10. 
Esth. 8, 15. Ecc. 10,5. So ΒΦ xx3 
mint Gen. 4,16; 77 "2B ΤΣ Ὁ Job 2, 7, 
Poet. also Ἂς. acc. Jer. 10, 20 [JAN 32 
my children go forth from me, abandon 
me. Different are those passages where 
72 NE" is to go forth from a people, i. 6. 
to go away, to depart from them; Is. 
49, 17 thy wasters 5X" 722 shall go 
forth of thee, i. e. shall ieiert from thee 


ea 


comp. v. 19. Jer. 43,12; trop. Lam. 1, 6. 
δ) The place whither and person to 
whom, are put with >, Ex. 33,7. Ez. 
3.20, Set, 19, 2. Deut. 33, 11; 5, as 8x3 
san} Num. 31, 27.28; a1 Sai: 28. 1; 
c. acc. as nen Rx" Gen. 27, 3. Num. 
11, 26; 83% Ren whence in part. "8x4 
sx 1 Chr. 5, 18. 7, 11. 12, 33; comp. 
By in b. Also with DN οἱ pers. Gen. 
19, 6. Ex. 2; 115 mRap> to go out to meet 
any one Prov. 7, 15:—Both construc- 


tions (vy, δ) are found trop. Jer. 9, 2. 25, 


32. ε) The time when one goes out 
is put in regimen with the participle ; 
2K. 11, 7.9 mai ἈΝ ΧΗ who go out (of 
duty) .on) the Sabbath. ¢) Once poet. 
with accus. of number or quantity with 
which any thing goes forth; Am. 5, 3 
DPX MNS WMS the city that ‘went forth 
a thousand. 

Spec. to go out, to go forth, is spoken: 

a) Of those who emigrate out of a 
land ; 6. g. persons or families, Gen. 10, 
11. 12,4. Ruth 1, 7. Jer. 22, 11..1 Sam. 
22,3; also a whole people, Ex. 34, 18. 
Num: 22,5. Deut. 9,7.. Hence 43493 83° 
to go forth into captivity Jer. 29, 16. 48, 
7. Zech. 14, 2; and so prob. Ps. 144, 14 
PRS" PN nothing going forth sc. into 
captivity, exile. 

b) Of.soldiers, as going forth, march- 
ing out,.e. g. from the city to war, from 
the camp to battle, 1 Sam. 23, 15. 26, 
20. 1 K. 20, 39. 2 K. 19, 9. Is. 37,9. al. 
or with nranbisd Judg. 3, 10.1 K. 8, 44; 
man>np 2 ‘Sam. 21, 17; with reap 
Num. 20, 18; DN noitease Deut. 28, 7; 
aabals; Josh. 8, 17. Trop. of God hp 
goes forth to conquer his foes, Is. 26, 21. 
42,13. Hab. 3,13. Zech. 14, 3. Ps. 81, 
6; of an dupel warring for, a peuple 
Dan, 10, 20; of a war-horse Job 39, 21. 
So psn and Nx" 10 go out before the peo- 
ple to war, to be their leader, e. g. of a 
king 1 Sam. 8, 20; of Jehovah 2 Sam. 
5, 24. Judg. 4 14. Ps. 68, 8.—On the 
other hand, 8° is also spoken of soldiers 
as going forth out of a strong city in 
order to deliver it up, 1 Sam. 11, 3. 10. 
1 K. 20, 31. Is. 36, 16. al. 

6) Of persons going forth or out in 
various ways; 6. g. from a house abroad 
Prov. 7, 15. Job 31, 34; a shepherd to 
hunt wild beasts 1 Sam. 17, 35; a hus- 
bandman to his labour Ps. 104, 23; a 


A414, 


‘to put forth, to spring up, to grow, 1 K. 





Rx" 











































merchant or sailor to exercise his cail-— 
ing, Deut. 33, 18 ANN¥a Pay My 76- 
joice, Zebulon, in thy going forth, i. e. in 
thy voyages and commerce. 

d) Of children, to go forth, to issue 
from the mother’s womb, i.e. to be born ; 
Gien. 25, 25. 26. 38, 28. Ex. 21, 22. With 
7222 added Job 1, 21. 3, 11. Eee. 5, 14; 
ἘΠῚ Jer. 1, 5. 20, 18; comp. Deut. 28, 
57. ‘Trop. Job 38, 29.—So too a soy is 
said to go forth from the loins or bowels 
of his father ; “x79 Gen. 35,11; 97" 
Gen. 46, 26; "322 Gen. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 
7,12. Hence j2 8¥3 to go forth from 
any one is i. q. to be descended from 
him, Gen. 10, 14. 17, 6. 2 K. 20, 18. Is. 
39, 7. al.—Of animals Is, 14, 29. 

e) Persons are said to go forth, who 
are set free, escape, from prison, danger, 
etc. 6. g. from prison Eee. 4, 14 (comp. 
Ps, 88, 9); from trouble Pred 12, 13; 
danger Jer. 11, 11; fire Ez. 15, 7; ser- 
vitude, i. q. to be delivered, 2 K. 13, 5. — 
So of slaves who go forth free, are man- — 
umitted, Ex. 21, 3. 4. 11. Lev. 25, 41.54; — 
more fully "5m ΝΗ, as Ex. 21, 5. 
‘Trop. of lands reverting free to their 
former owner in the year of jubilee, Lev. 
25, 28. 30. 31. 27, 21. Oncec. ace. Kee. 
7, 18 he that feareth God D22-m& 833 
goeth forth (escapeth) from them all. Ἰὰς 
a like sense, to go forth free from a lot | 
1 Sam. 14, 41; from trial Job 23, 10; 
contra 38" '" to go out guilty, be con- 
demned, Ps. 109, 7. 

f) The soul, spirit, heart, is said to 
go forth, when one is overwhelmed, 
faints, with joy, Cant. 5,65 or fear, ter- 
ror, Gen. 42, 28. 

Trop. also of inanimate thiiigt Ἔ 

g) Of plants, to go or come forth, i. 6. 


— 





5, 13. Is. 11, 1. Job 31, 40; flowers Job 
14, 2; fruits Deut. 14, 22; also a horn 
Dan. 8,9. So Job 28,5 the earth 4222 
ἘΠῚ Nx? oud of which cometh forth bread. 
—Hence oongny. Comp. Syr. [Ss te 
germinate. 

h) Of the sun, to go forth, i. 6. lo rise 
Gen. 19, 23. Judg. 5, 31. Is. 13, 10. Ps 
19,6; the stars Neh. 4,15; comp. the 
dawn Hos. 6, 3. . Poet. of deliverance, 


as compared with the sun or dawn, Is. 
51,5. Ascribed also te fire Nunu. 26, 


Sz" 


35 “PRD ANT EN. 21, 29; to light- 
ning” Ez. 1, 13; to the withis Zech. 
- 6, 5. 

i) Of waters, to go forth, to spring up, 
sc. from a fountain, source, Gen. 2, 10. 
Ex. 17, 6. Deut. 8, 7. Ez. 47,11. Comp. 
bw vin Is. 41, 18. 

k) Of the lot as going forth from the 
urn, with > of pers. Num. 33, 54. Josh. 
16, 1. 19, 17. 32.40. So of an arrow 
that is sped, Zech. 9, 14. 

1) Of things exported 1 K. 10, 29; 
comp. 8342 v. 28. 

m) Of money as being laid out, ex- 
pended, with >» 2 K. 12,13. Talm. id. 
comp. the synon. verbs in Syr. Arab. 
Ethiop. 
᾿ς δ) Of a border, boundary, to go forth, 
i.e. to run on, to pass on, Num. 34, 9. 
- Josh. 15, 3. 4. 9. 11. 16,6. 19, 12. Jer. 

31, 39. 

0) Of a building or a part of it 
which runs out, projects, Neh. 3, 25. 
26. 27. 

p) Of words, discourse, which go forth 
frum the mouth, Josh. 6, 10. Num. 30, 3. 
Espec. of vows Num. 33, 24. Judg. 11, 
- 36; also of a command Esth. 7, 8; pro- 
mises Is. 45, 23; pc aie Is. 48, 3. 
Ez. 33, 30. 

q) of whatever goes forth, is i μοι 
gated, to the public; 6. g. an edict of the 
king or of God Esth. 1, 19. Dan. 9, 23 ; 
a judicial sentence Hab. 1, 4. Ps. 17, 
2; comp. Zech. 5, 3. So of rumours 
Esth. ἢ ὁ — Comp. Ps. 19,5 pusn~>22 
ἘΞ ΟΣ ἊΣ 

Ἷ οὐ things which go or come forth, 
from any person or thing as their author, 
source; 6. g. physically, Judg. 13, 14 
{iT ἸΒΔῸ NLDA 5D any thing that 

cometh forth of the vine. 14,14. Also 
morally, 1 Sam. 24, 14, Jer. 23, 15. 30, 
19. Comp. Job 26, 4. Of the hua 
counsel, Gen. 24, 50. Is, 28, 29; comp. 
Is. 2, 3. 51, 4. 

s) Οἵ dings which come to an end, 
the outgoing or end of any thing. Ez. 7, 
10 A752 ANE" the circle is out, the turn 
is ended. So of the outgoing or end of 

time, Ex. 23, 26 m2 mrxxa at the end 
of the year ; and hence of the end, de- 
struction of a city Ez. 26, 18. Comp. 
Chald. ΓῸΣ for ΝΣ end. 

Hips. 87355; fut. δὲ ΤΥ, conv. SLI ; 


ALS 


ἀ. 





NX" 


imper. 8217, once N"¥1IN Is. 43, 8; part. 
"2172, once X¥12 Ps. 135, 7; to cause te 
go out or forth ; 1. 6. 

1. to lead forth, to bring out, with acc 
of pers. and 47 of place whence, Ex. 13 
14, 16, 6. al. see below; also with 522 
of pers. from whom Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam. 
13, 9. With 58 of pers. to δ ποι Chak 
19, 5. Jer. 38, 23. Hos. 9, 13, also of place 
τῆς Shichi 46, 21; Ὁ of isles 2 Chr. 
29,16. The pines thionigh which is put 
with 3 Ez. 12, 5.—E. g. to bring out the 
people from Egypt Ex. 13, 14. 16, 6. 18, 
1. Deut. 1, 27. 7,8. 16,1; any one from 
prison Gen. 43, 23. Is. 42,7. Jer. 39, 14. 
Ps. 68, 7; from distress Ps. 25,17. 143, 
11, comp. 31, 5; from the power of 
enemies, i. q. to deliver, 2 Sam. 22, 49 
"2"NQ "NEI, for which in Ps. 18, 49 
is "athe “2h5n, which: is more. usual. 
Also to lead ‘forth to war Is. 43, 17; to 
bring or lead forth for punishment SC. 
without a city Gen. 38, 24. Deut. 17, 5. 
22,24. 1K. 21,10. Ina stronger sense, 
i. q. to send forth, to put away, Ezra 10, 
3. 19.—Trop. of various things: a) to 
bring forth out of the womb, i. q. to let 
be born Job 10, 18. Is. 65,9; see Kal lett. 
d. Also of the magicians who brought 
forth flies Ex. 8, 14; and of the artisan 
who produces an instrument Is. 54, 16. 
b) to bring forth, to produce, as the earth 
herbage, trees, Gen. 1,12. 24. Ps. 104,14. 
15. 61,11. Hagg. 1,11; also to put forth, 
as a rod buds, shoots, Num. 17, 23 [8]; 
see Kallett.g. c) to bring or lead forth 
the stars, to cause to rise, Is. 40,26. Job 
38, 32; see Kal lett. h. d) to bring 
forth to light, to make conspicuous, Job 
38,11. Ps. 37,6. Jer.51,10. e) to bring 
or take forth, i.q. to separate, Lev. 26, 
10. Jer. 15,19 >bitva “po δ ΧΙ ON if 
thou take forth (separate) the precious 
from the vile. 

2. Of things, with the idea of bear- 
ing, to bring forth, to bear forth. to 
carry out, 6. g. from the camp. Lev. 4, 12. 
21. 6,4. 14,45; from the temple 2 K. 23, 
4; Gorn a hota Ex. 12,46. Amos 6, 10; 
into the field Gen. 14, 18. Deut. 24, 11. 
Judg. 6, 18. Also ofa report, rumour, to 
bring out, to spread, to publish, with >» 
of or about, Num. 14, 37. Deut. 22, 14. 
19; with 3, to report words to any one, 
Neh. 6, 19. Comp. Is. 42,1 vind vein 


ΔῊΝ 


nx" he shall bring forth (publish) law 
to the nations. v. 3. 

3. to take or draw out, as the hand 
from the bosom Ex. 4, 6. 7; a sword from 
the sheath Ez. 21, 8.10. So to take out 
or bring forth from a coffer, etc. Gen. 
24, 53. 2 Chron. 34, 14; from a pot Ez. 
24, 6.—Hence 

4. to exact money, and with >» to im- 
pose a tribute, contribution, 2 K. 15% 20; 
comp. Kal lett. m. 

Horn. to be led forth, to be brought 
out, Gen. 38, 25. Jer. 38, 22. Ez. 14, 22. 
38, 8; of water flowing out Ez. 47, 8. 

Deriv, 8°X5, 
PINSIN, DONERY, ONY, ONiIZ, viz. 


82" Chald. in Kal not used. Suapn. 
ΧΩ and ΧΦ in Targg. to bring to an 
end, to finish, for Heb. 522. Hence 
Nz finished, Ezra 6, 15. 
=" in Kal not used, to set, to put, 
to place, i.q. 3%2, from which latter verb 
Niph. Hiph. and Hophal, as also many 
derivative nouns, are formed. 

Hrrup. 22274 1. 10 set or place one- 
self, to take a stand, to stand. 1 Sam. 17, 
16 Di Eva aL IM and took his stand 
(for combat) forty days. 2 Sam. 18, 30 
md assnn. Ex. 2,4. 14,13. Num. 22, 
22. 1 Sam. 3,10. 12,7. 16; i. q. to stand 
Sorih Ser. 46, 4. 14. With 3 of place Ex. 
19, 17. Deut. 31, 14. Judg. 20,2; ὃ; Ps. 
36, 5. Hab. 2,1. Num. 23, 3. 15. ~Other 
egnstractions ure : a) With >3 of pers. 
_ to set oneself to any one, to present oneself, 
to resort to his party; 2 Chr. 11,13 and 
the priests and the Levites 1923 338°Nh 
resorted to him, Rehoboam, i. e. went 
over to his party, Vulg. venerunt ad illum. 
So Him by ax7NA to present oneself un- 
to Jehovah, to stand before him, spoken 
of angels as his attendants, ministers, 
presenting themselves daily, etc. Job 1, 
6. 2,1. Zech. 6,5; comp. Luke 1, 19. 
Once in a hostile sense, against, Ps. 2, 2. 
8) With ἘΦ to stand with, near, any one, 
Ex. 34,5. Num. 11, 16. ”) With "25>, 
as ΕΝ 55 ΤΠ to present @neself before 
the king, to attend upon him, Ex. 8, 16 
[20]. 9,13; comp. "ὩΣ Prov. 22,29. So 
ns "95> ΤΊ to present oneself before Jeho- 
vah, in the holy place, Josh. 24, 1. 1 Sam. 
10, 20.—It sometimes implies the idea of 


416 


Nxi2, ΠΝ ΤΩ, ox II, 





ἽΝ" 


rising up, ο. "23 against, 2 ϑατα. 18,18: 
comp. Ps, 2,2 and 2. 

2. to stand, to stand forth, of things; — 
Job 38, 14 wand j> AawoM and (ali 
ἐπί ρον stand forth asin splendid attire ; 
see 12>. 

3. to stand firm, to endure, sc. before 
any one, either as victor before an 
enemy, "252 Deut. 9, 2. Job 41, 2, "323 
Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25, bY 2 Chr. 20, 6; or 
as upright and innocent before a judge, 
"27D 33> Ps. 5, 6. Absol. 2 Sam. 21, 5. 

4. to stand up for any one, to stand by 
him, with 5 of pers. Ps. 94, 16. 

Nore. For the anoinalogs form 330m 
Ex. 2, 4 for Ξ ΠΏ, see Lehrg. p. 386, 


3%" Chald. Pe. not used, to be firm, 
sure, certain. 

Pa. to speak the truth, certainty, Dan. 
7,19. comp. v. 16.—Hence adj. 374. 


* 3%" in Kal not used, but kindr. with 
the roots 335 (3.3), >%7, and px Hiph. 
Hipx. 3°25, comp: 3¥%, Hiph. 33h, 

pr. to cause to stand, i. 6. 

1, to set, to place, e.g. persons Gen. 
43, 9. 47, 2, Judg. 7, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Job: 
17, 6; things Gen. 30, 38. Deut. 28, 56. 
al. Trop. to set up, to establish ; Am.5, 
15 establish justice, right, in the gate. 

2. to put, to place, Judg. 6, 37. 

3. to let stand, i. 6. to let stay, to leave, 
Gen. 33, 15. 6 : 

Horn. suit” pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be 
left Ex. 10, 24, 


“WZ? m. from r. “M¥ to shine ; comp. 
in 3 no. 2. 

1. oil, espec. new and of this year’s 
growth, Num. 18, 12. Deut. 12, 17. 14, 
23. Joel 1,10. al. It is often ‘coupled 
with oien must, new wine; and seems 
to differ from 738, as win from 47°. 
Hence "nx "23 the sons of oil, i. 6. the 
anointed, Zech. 4, 14.—Hence the de- 
nom. vee “27; see in "ΠΣ. 

2. Izhar, pr. n. of a son of Kohath, 
Ex. 6, 18. Num. 3, 19. Patronym. in "=, 
Num. 3, 27. 


7X" subst. m. (pr. part. pass. Kal, r. 
3%") any thing spread down or strewed: 
hence 

1. a bed, couch, plur. Ps. 63,7. 132, 3 
Job 17, 13; of the marriage bed, sing 
Gen. 49, 4 | 








ne 


2. a floor, story, Vulg. tabulatum, 1 
K. 6, 5.6.10; Keri 3°%7. Constr. with 
fem. v. 6; with masc. v. 10. 
mon’s temple this name is given (I. c.) 
to the three stories of side-chambers 
(miv2%) which were built around the 
temple on three sides, five cubits in 
height, one above another. In v. 6, 
33x" fem. is spoken of the single webvlews 
in vv. 5. 10, where it is joined with the 
masc. it is put collect. for this whole 
part of the building. See A. Hirt der 
Tempel Salomo’s p. 24, 25; who how- 
ever makes these stories to have risen to 
the height of the temple itself, following 
indeed the testimony of Josephus, but 
contrary to the express words of the 
Hebrew text in v. 10: S4s5O"My 135} 
inaip niay wan mran->D->3. 


PZ" (sporting, mocking, r. POS, see 
Lehrg. p.500; to which etymology allu- 
sion is made Gen. 17, 17. 19. 18, 12. 21,6. 
26, 8) pr. ἢ. Isaac, Sept. ᾿Ισαάκ, the pa- 
triarch, son of Abraham and Sarah, Gen. 
c. 21. 22, 24-27. Inthe poetical books it 


is four times Pmw (Syr. -ouste), Arab. 


GE) Ps. 105, 9. Jer. 33, 26. Am. 7, 


9,16. In Am. ]. ο. put poetically for the 
whole nation of Israel, i. ᾳ. 5870". 


"WIZ" Izhar, see NS. 


N°) m. adj. verbal (r. 8¥>) pass. in 
form but with active signif. plur. constr. 
ΝΣ gone forth, come out, 2 Chr. 32, 21. 


3°) Chald. adj. m. (r."%7) 1. es- 
tablished, fixed, valid, Dan. 6, 13. 

2. certain, sure, true, Dan. 2, 45. 3,24. 
7, 16. 3.552 adv. certainly, 2, 8. 


*? =" to spread down, to strew as a 
bed, Lat. sternere. Arab. ado to put 


or place, to strew. Kindr. are 127, PX?, 
χη. In Kal only Part. pass. 35X72 as 
subst. q. v. 

Hipu. 3°85 to spread down or under- 
neath, asa bed. Ps. 139,8 inv ΤΡ ΟΣ ΝῚ 
and if I spread down Sheol as my bed, 

i.e. make Sheol my bed. Is. 58, 5. 
~ Horn. pass. Is. 14, 11 ma Sa" ΠΏΣ 
worms are spread under thee, as thy 
covch. Esth. 4.3; comp. Is. 58, 5. 
Deriv. 3°27, 5272. - 


AT 


In Solo-— 


| steadfast, intrepid, Job 11, 15. 





ἜΣ" 


ς ps fut. p81, plur. pz? 1 K. 18, 
34; once fut. Εἰ p>) intrans. 1 K. 22, 
35; imp. px 2 K. 4, 41, and px" Ez. 24, 
3; Inf. ΓῸΞ Job 38, 38. ; 

1. to pour, to pour out ; kindr. is pix 
II, comp. 702.—Spoken: a) Of liquids 
Gen 28, 18. 35, 14. Ex. 29, 7. 2 K.3, 11. 
al. Metaph. to pour out the spirit, Is. 
44, 3; also Part. pass. Ps. 41, 9 "25 
ja paz 5y2ba his wicked deeds are 
poured out upon him, i. e. the wrath of 
God is poured upon him on account of 
his wickedness; see also in pax I. Ὁ) 
Of melted metal for molten work or ves- 
sels, to cast, Ex. 25, 12. 26, 37. 36, 36. 
al. Part. pass. pix? poured out, cast, 
1 K. 7, 24. 30; hence hard, firm, solid, 
as of cast metal, Job 41, 15. 16. 

2. Intrans. to be poured out, to flow out, 
1 K. 22, 35. Job 38, 38 pein? 722 MPpxa 
when the dust flows into a molten mass, 
i.e. when wet with rain it flows together 
and becomes hard. 

Pew to pour out, Part. fem. ὉΠ} 
2 K. 4, 5 Chethibh. 

Hier. p°sin, Part. fem. ΤΩ id. 
2K.4,5 Keri. But with another form: 

Hipu. p"3 Zo set or lay out, to place. 
i. gq. 5925, Josh. 7, 23. 2 Sam. 15, 24. 
The idea of. pouring out is kindred with 
those of laying out, setting, placing, etc. 

Horn. pxin to he poured out, as 
liquids Lev. 21, 10. Job 22, 16; trop. Ps. 
45, 3; of metal, to be cast, molten, 1 K. 
7, 23. 33. Job 37, 18.—Part. P22 molten, 
i. 6. molten work, 1 K. 7, 16; trop. firm, 
The 
form psi 1 K. 7, 37. Job 38, 38, see 
in its order; also in Kal no. 2, above.’ 

Deriv. ΡΝ ΠΏ, ΓΙ ΩΣ, NPA, and 


Mpz? f. a pouring out, casting of 
metal, 1 K. 7, 24. 


: "x? 1. Pri. ᾳ. ἜΣ, “4S, but in- 
trans. to be straitened, narrow, scanty ; 
found in this signif. only in fut. "33, aoe 
sax", Prov. 4, 12. Is. 49,19. Job 18, 7 
cthewhiene i impers. i> "874 it is strait to 
him, i.e. a) he is ina strait, in trou- 
ble, Side: 2,15. 10,9. Job 20,22. Ὁ) he 
is in distress, in anxiety, Gen. 32,8; and 
so in fem. i> "¥m1 1 Sam. 30,6. 6) he 
is grieved, takes it to heart, 2 Sam. 13, 2. 
For the pret. is used ἜΣ, from r. ΠΣ 


= 


2. to form, to fashion, to maké ; from 
the idea of cutting, see in 1X. In this 
signif. we find pret. "X75; part. "Zi; fut. 
ἘΝῚ, also 74 Gen. 2, 7, ἌΧ 2, 19, Cc. 
aie, wes Is. 44, 12 Solan of a 
workman i in wood whi carves statues, Is. 
44,9.12; also in iron, who forges any 
thing, Is. 54,17; and of a potter who 
moulds clay Is. 64, 7. Hence of God as 
the creator, Gen. 2,19 and the Lord God 
formed out of (47 “s"1) the ground every 

beast of the field ; with ace. of material, 
v. 7. Often without mention of the ma- 
terial, Ps. 94, 9 429 “i" who formed the 
eye. 95, 5. 104, 26. Am. 4, 13. Is. 45, 8; 
whence, the idea of fashioning being 
neglected, it is i. q. to create, as Ps. 74, 
17 thou hast created summer and winter. 
Is. 45, 7. Ps. 33, 15. Zech. 12, 1; in all 
which passages it differs little from the 
synon. 892, MWY, with which it is often 
coupled, Is. 43, 7. 45, 7. 18. Am. 4, 13. 
Jer. 33, 2.—Further: a) With Ὁ it is 
to form for any thing, to destine ; Is. 42, 
6 py mead FIM) AIBN [have formed 
and set thee for a covenant with the peo- 
ple, as the author or mediator of a cove- 
nant. 49, 5.8. 45, 18 fin. Without > Is. 
41,21. Ὁ) Of things predestined, pre- 
formed, purposed of God in his counsels, 
to take place afterwards, (opp. ΓῺ of 
the actual event,) Is. 22, 11. 37, 26. 46, 
11 ABWSN HX WNT Thave purposed, I 
will also do it. 2K. 19,25: ¢) With 
22, to\ form in mind, to devise, to plot 
against, Ps. 94,20; of God Jer. 18, 11.— 
Hence 

Parr. "24" assubst. 1. a potter, Is. 
29, 16. 41, 25. Jer. 18,2 sq. Lam. 4, 2. 
“xi "5D a polter’s vessel, earthen, Jer. 19, 
11. Ps. 2, 9. 2 Sam. 17, 28; comp. Is. 30, 
14.—Zech. 11, 13 cast it ΣΊΤΩΝ to the 
potter ... and I took the thirty pieces of 
silver, ‘onal cast them *Zi*->8 Nin m2 
in the house of the Lord to the potter. 
Here Grotius interprets "¥7"17>8 10 the 
potters, to the pottery, or place where the 
potters dwell, where was prob. a court 
into which were thrown all the broken 
vessels of the temple (comp. Jer. 19, 2. 10. 
11), and where it may be supposed that 
other filth was cast out; so that the ex- 
pression is i. q. ‘to cast upon the dung- 
hill,’ ἐς κόρακας. This pottery was ap- 
parently on the south-east part of the 


A418 





nx 


city, at the pottery-gate, MIOIN “Dw, 
near to the valley of Hinnom, which 
was polluted by various kinds of filth ; 
and some understarid here this valley 
itself, Hengstenb. Christol. II. p. 249. 
But the words Tin" ΤῊΣ. seem not to 
be reconcilable with this interpretation. 
[Yet such a place for refuse pottery may 


well have been connected with the tem- — 


ple itself—R.] Hence the other and 
earlier explanation is preferable, which 
here regards "1" as i. q. ἼΣῚΝ treasurer, 
from r. "X&8; so Chald. and Syr. Vers. 
Kimchi: "258 125 Nin AZT. Two 
Mss. read "X18 >. The letters δὲ and 
" are elsewhere not unfrequently inter- 
changed; see in &, and Thesaur. p. 2. 


2. a statuary, maker of statues, Is. — 


44, 9. | 
3. a creator, spoken of God Is. 43, 1. 
44, 2. 24. 

Nira. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be Sormed 
created, Is. 43, 10. 

Puan "x" pass. of Kal no. 2. Ὁ, to be 
preformed, predestined, Ps. 139, 16. 

Hopn. fut. ἜΧΗ" to be ‘formed 8. δ. 
weapons Is. 54, 17. 

Deriv. the two following. 


"2" m. c. suff. inx1 1. formation, 
Frame; Ps. 103, 14 3925 373 ΜΉΤ ΤΣ for 
he knoweth our frame, i. e. he knoweth 
how and whence we are formed. Hence 
thing formed, work, e. g. of the potter 
Is. 29, 16; spec. an image, idol, Hab. 
2, 18. 

2. Metaph. what is formed in the 
mind, imagination, thought, purpose, 
fully 25 χα, Gen. 8, 21. 6, 5. Deut. 31, 
21. 300 “21 staid in purpose, i.e. a 
man of stable mind, firm purpose, Is. 26, 
3. Comp. Ps. 112, 8. 

3. Jezer, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali 


Gen. 46, 34. Patronym. is "1 Jezerite 


Num. 26, 49. This latter form after- 
wards was also the pr. n. of another 
person, Jzri, 1 Chr. 25, 11, for which in 
v. 3 ἌΣ. 


ms? m. plur. (τ. 182) pr. things 


formed, forms, poet. for members, as 


Vulg. well. Job 17, 7—Others under- 
stand lineaments of the face. 


* miz" 


=_, only in fut. m2", plur. in panse 
im" Is, 33, 12, Dag. euphon. for ἢ". 











“ap 


1. to set on fire, to kindle, c. 3 Is. 
9,17. 

2. Intrans. to burn, i. q. to be burned, 
consumed, with txa, Is. 33, 12. Jer. 49, 
2. 51, 58. 

Nirg. pret. m2 1. to be set on fire, 

to be burned, consumed, Neh. 1, 3. 2, 17. 
Jer. 2, 15. 9, 9. 11. 46, 19. 
᾿ς 2. Metaph. to kindle up, to burn, of’ 
anger, with 3 against any one, 2 K. 22, 
13. 17. 
Hira. M85. once msn 2 Sam. 14, 30 
Cheth. i. q. Kal no. 1, to set on fire, to 
burn, construed: 
set ‘fire to any thing, Jer. 17, 27. 50, 32. 
Lam, 4,11, Am. 1,14; ¢. 3 Jer. 11, 16. 
b) te "25 naan to burn any thing 
with fire, Josh. 8, 8. 19. Jer. 32, 29. 
2 Sam. 14, 30.31. With ΘΔ Ξ impl. Jer. 
51, 36. 


* =P: obsol. mes to hollow out, to e2- 


λυ τον τὶ Arab. ans and κχϑς a hollow 
in the rock, in which water collects ; the 
former alec of any hollow in the hady, ad 


of the eyes. Kindr. are Arab. OG I, 
- II, to dig, to excavate, Heb. 32 to bore, 
Chald. 33} to vault, and others which 
‘see under 52D “Ufuioe 


ap) m. c, suff. 3} Deut. 15, 14. 16, 
13; plur. constr. "ap? Zech. 14, 10. 

1. a wine-vat, ὑπολήνιον, the vat or 
receptacle into which the must or new 
wine flowed from the press (ma), Joel 2, 
24. 4,13 [3,18]. Prov. 3, 10. Hagg. 2, 
16. Jer. 48, 33. It was often excavated 
in the earth or even in the rock. 

2. the wine-press, i.e. the upper vat 
or receptacle in which the grapes were 
trodden out or pressed, Job 24, 11. 2 K. 
6, 27; comp. Hos. 9,2. See m3. 


ΝΣ ΞΡ" (which God gathers, τ. Υ30) 
Jekabzeel, Neh. 11, 25, and S8X3p 
(God’s gathering) Kabzeel, Josh. 15, 21. 
2 Sam. 23, 20, pr. ἢ. of a δια in the 
southern part of Judea. 


μαι fut. 1p" Is. 10, 16, also Ἵ." 
Deut. 32, 22; to set on fire, to burn, Is. 
65,5. Arab. OSs id. Syr. poe .—Part. 
pass. Tip? as Sci a kindled or burn- 
ing mass upon a hearth, Is. 30, 14. 

Hepa. “pin, to be kindled, to burn, 


419 


a) 372 ὧν msn fo | 





"Ρ" 

Lev. 6, 2. 6.6; top. of anger Jer. 15, 
14. 17, 4. 

Deriv. Tip", Ipia, MIpia. 

iP? Chald. id. Part. fem. emphat. 


RMIP? and RAMP? burning, flaming, 
Dan. 3, 6. 15. 21. 23. 26. —Hence 


NJ? Chald. f. constr. mIP", a burn- 
ing, conflagration, Dan. 7, 11. 

Dy" (possessed by the people, r 
mp) Jokdeam, pr. τι. of a city in the 
mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 56. 


ΠΡ obsol. root, Arab. 535 to obey. 
Hence ΠΡ". 


, rip” obsol. root, Arab. 3, V, to 


venerate ; VIII, to fear God, to be pious. 
Hence pr. ἢ. S4"Msp", also 


2" (pious) Jakeh, pr. n. τὰ. Prov, 
30, 1. 


FI? £. (τ. HP) only in constr. MAP" 
Dag. euphon. obedience, Gen. 49, 10 
pray mop? 9) and uutil to him ΑΝ 
be the obedience of the nations, i. e. until 
the nations obey him. Prov. 30, 17. 


TIP? m. a burning, Is. 10,16. R. 4p". 


DAP? m. (r. sp no. 3) whatever exists 
on the earth, living thing, Gen. 7, 4. 23. 
Deut. 11, 6." 


Bip? m. Hos. 9, 8, also WIP? Ps. 91, 3. 
Prov. 6, 5; Plur. p"wap" Jer. 5, 26, a 
fowler. The first of the above forms is 
pr. intransitive ; the other is passive, 
but with an intransitive sense.—R. tips. 


a a (perh. piety towards God, r. 
mp") Jekuthiel, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 4, 18. 


ee JQP? (who is made small, τὸ (2p) Jok- 
tan, pr. n. of one of the sons of Eber, a 


descendant of Shem, Gen. 10, 25. 26, the 
progenitor of many tribes in southern 
Arabia. In the Arabian genealogies he 
is called lbs Kahtaén; see Bochart 
Phaleg II. c. 15. Pococke Spec. Hist. 
Arab. p. 3, 38. A. Schultens Hist. im- 
perii Joctanidarum in Arabia Felice, 
Harderov. 1786. 4. 


DB")? (whom God sets up, r. og Ja- 
kim, pr. n,m. a)1Chr. 8, 19. Ὁ 
24, 12. 


YP? adj. dear, beloved, i. q. "22 no. 3 
Jer. 31,20. R. 7p". 


7 


"Ρ᾿ 


“Pp? Chald. adj. (τ. "p") 
difficult, Dan. 2, 11. 
2. honoured, noble, Ezra 4, 10. 


Mp" (whom Jehovah gathers, r. 
map) Jekamiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 
241. b) 3,18. 


made (who gathers the people, Ir. 
map) Jekameam, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 19. 
ot 23. 


Dy")? (gathered by the people, r 
map) Jokmeam, pr. n. of a Levitical 
city in the tribe of Ephraim, 1 K. 4, 12. 
1 Chr. 6, 53. For it is read in Josh. 21, 
22 DISSP q. v. 


DY2P" (possessed by the people, στ. 
mp) Jokneam, pr. n. of a place in the 
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 12, 22. 19, 11. 
21, 34. 


* 22> only in fut. 515, ig. 513 of 
which only the preter is used, ¢o be rent 
or torn away ; hence 

1. to be out of joint, dislocated, as a 
limb Gen. 32, 26. 

2. Metaph. to be alienated from any 
one, with 47 Jer.6,8. Ez.23,17; 537 v.18. 

Hix. 3"pin to hang up on a stake or 
cross, to impale, ἀνασκολοπίζειν, pr. to 
dislocate the limbs, since this was an 
accompaniment οἵ" this punishment ; 
Num. 25, 4. 2 Sam. 21, 5. 9. 

Hopn. pass. of Hiph. 2 Sam. 21, 13. 


¢ VR? only in fut. γῇ, YP, once 
yR™ Gen. 9, 24, also yp? 1 K. 3,15 
in some Mss. al editions ; ἰλύν to 
awake, Gen. 28, 16. 41, 4. 7. al. For 
the pret. is bed the fren y7"pn Hiph. 


of yap. Arab. ἰδ 85 id. 


ἘΠ fat. spy 2 K. 1,13, "pt Ps. 
72, 14, and "Pp" Ps. 49, 9. 

1. Pr. to be Oi Syr. 4 , Chald. 
“p?, Arab. 

2. to be tat em i. 6. to be dear, pre- 
cious, costly ; Ps. 49, 9 DWE? 1118 “5 
_the redlemption (λύτρον) οὗ their life is 
precious, costly, i. e. they cannot be re- 
deemed from death with money. With 
"3°22 to be dear, precious, in the eyes of 
any one, i.e. to him; 1. Sam. 26, 21 “WN 
12°33 "We? map" ἜΉΘΗΗΙ my life was 
precious in thine e eyes, because thou didst 
spare my life. 2 K. 1, 13. 14. Ps.-72, 14. 
With 51d. Ps. 139, 17. Also with >379 


1. hard, 


420 


kings’ daughters are among thy beloved 





"Pp" 

to be highly estimated, prized, by an 
one, (comp. 12 PIX, 12 59...) Zech. 11, 
13 the noble price_Dy"232 "HIP? WUE 
which Iwas prized at of them, i.e. which 
I was held to be worth, ironically. 1 Sam. 
18, 30. 

Ἠμρῆ. “"pin to make rare, Is. 13, 12. 

Prov. 25,17. Comp. adj. "Pp? no. 5. 
Diet. the three following, and ""p" © 


“WP? constr. “p"; fem. H4p* 1. Pr. 
heavy, weighty, see the verb; only me- 
taph. of demeanour, grave, calm; Prov. 
17, 27 Keri, 335 Δ calm of spirit. In 
Cheth. is M9 “pi, see in “Pp. Arab. 
735 to be grave, quiet, patient. — 

2. precious, costly, Jer. 15, 19. 458 
mp" collect. precious stones, ἘΣ ΉΜΕ, 1K. 
10, 2. 10. 11. 1 Chr. 20, 2. Ez. 27, 22. 
28, 13; also of the costlier lids of 
stones empligad ‘in building, as marble, 
and even hewn stones, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Is. 
28, 16; plur. ΠΡ" Das 1 K. 5, 31. 7, 
9sq. Metaph. Ps. 36,8 9th ΡΥ ΤΙ 
p"n>s how precious is thy loving-kind- 
ness, O God! 116, 15, comp. 72, 14. 
Prov. 3,15. 6,26. Also esteemed, prized, 
Ecc. 10, 1. 

3. Of persons, dear, beloved. Ps. 45,10 


ones, in the number of thy maidens; 
where ΠΟΤ is by Syriasm for 
WMP a Dag. euphon. Lam. 4. 2. 

hs splendid, beautiful, Job 31, 26 7" 
"2h “ps the moon walking in splendour. 
Plur. ἢ ἔχετ the splendid, as an epithet 
for the stars; as Zech. 14,6 Cheth. γῆν 
PREP the splendid ones are drawn in, 
i. e. the stars grow pale, draw in their 
brightness, comp. Joel 2, 10.— Subst. 
splendour, beauty, Ps. 37, 20 ΒΞ “P"D_ 
like the beauty of the pastures, i. e. the 
grass, verdure. 

5. precious, i.e. rare, 1 Sam. 3,1. See 
the verb in Hiph. 


“iP? m. Kamets impure. 1. precious- 
ness, costliness. “1 "22 a precious ves- 
nel. Pas 20, 15. Coner. “p22 what- 
ever is precious, precious things, Job 28, 
10. Jer. 20,5. Hence value, price, Zech. 
11, 13. 

2. honour, dignity, Ps. 49, 13. 21. 
KEsth. 1, 20. 6, 3. 6. 9. 11. 

3. splendour, magnificence, Esth. 1. 4. 





PA nm 


- softened form of 3°." and oe q. v. 
‘found in the kindred dialects. ‘—Hence 


9p" 


“PP? Chald. m. 1. precious or costly 
things, Dan. 2,6; comp. Is. 3, 17. 10, 3 
Targ. 

2. honour, dignity, Dan. 2,37. 4,27. 33. 


an wp” (yakosh) 1 pers. "M8P3 Jer. 50, 


24,i.q. Bprand wip q.v. to lay snares ; 


with > of pers. to lay snares for any one, 
i.e. to plot against him, Jer. 50, 24; 
more fully > mp ps Ps. 141, 9. Part. 
wpi a fowler Ps. 124, 7.—Fut. poe 
Is. 29, 21 is from Bip. 

Niex. pis to be snared, caught in a 
snare, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13; c. 3 Prov. 6, 2. 
Metaph. to be ensnared by avarice, to 
be seduced, Deut. 7, 25. 

Puav part. plur. D°e_™ for pw" 
Ecc. 9,12; see, for this dropping of 7, 
Lehrg. p. 316. 

Deriv. Bip, UP, and 

JOP? (fowler) Jokshan, pr. n. of the 
second son of Abraham and Keturah, 
the ancestor of the Sabeans and Dedan- 
ites, Gen. 25, 2. 3. 


SNMP? (subdued of God, τ. MAP) Jok- 
theel, pr.n. a) A city in the tribe of 
Jodah, Josh. 15, 38. Ὁ) Given by king 
Amaziah to the city Sela or Petra, the 
capital of Arabia Petrea, 2 K. 14, 7. 


ἘΝῚ pret. plur. oX27 Deut. 5, 5, 
once MN? Josh. 4, 24; Fut. xo, 
RIN, N71, plur, 3899 anid ART 2 K. 
17, 98 ; en. an , plur. Ἴδα by Syriasm 
ὥς INI Lehrg. p. 417, 1 ‘Sam. 12, 24. 
Ps. 34, 10; Inf. X77 Josh. 22, 25, with 
pref. sab for Nard 1 Sam. 18, 29, else- 
where fem. me11.—The primary signif 
is pr. to tremble, since 8° is strictly a 
Not 


1. to fear, to be afraid, construed: 
a) Absol. Gen. 3,10, 18,15. so°m->x, 
Το fear not Gen. 15, 1. 21, 17. 
26, 24. al. sepe. Poet. of the earth, Ps. 
76, 9. Ὁ) With ace. of pers. or thing 
Ioaeed. Num. 14, 9. 21, 34. Job 9, 35; 
also ja Ps. 3, 7. 27, 1. Job 5, 21; pr. 
to be in fear from or before any person 
or thing, in the manner of verbs of 
fleeing, comp. 72 no. 3.b. With 252 
2K. 1, 16., Jer: 1,8. 2K. 19,6; spb 
1 Sam. 18, 12. δ) With 5, to fear for 
any pers. or thing, Josh. 9, 24 SkQ 8773 
ἘΞ wMdD2> we feared greatly for 

36 


42] 





ΝΡ 


our lives because of you. Prov. 31, 21. 
4) With > and 12 c. inf. to fear to de 
any thing, to hesitate, Gen. 19, 30 δὰ Ἵ2 
“ska m30> for he feared to dwell in 
Zoar ; oftener 772 Gen. 46, 3. Ex. 3, 6. 
34, 30. e) With 48, to fear lest, etc. 
Gr. δείδω μή, Gen. 31, 31. 32, 12. ‘ 

2. to fear, i. 6. to reverence, to honour, 
as parents Lev. 19,3; a king 1 K. 3, 28. 
Ps. 72,5; a leader Josh. 4, 14; a prophet 
1 Sam. 12, 18; a sanctuary Lev. 19, 30; 
an oath 1 Sam. 14, 26—Spec. x3 
Minny, OT>SN-nN a) to fear God, pr. 
because of his wonders, portents, Ex. 14, 
31. 1 Sam. 12, 18. Ps. 33, 8. 40, 4. Is. 
41,5. Mic. 7,17. b) to reverence God, 
as the punisher of wrong; hence to ab- 
stain from evil, to be upright, pious, e.g. 
Lev. 19, 14, 32. 25, 17. Ex. 1,17. Prov. 3, 
7 fear God and shun evil. Job 1, 9. Ecc. 
12,13. With "2252 before God, Ecce. 8, 
12. 13. ὁ) to worship or serve God, 
1K. 18,12; also of false gods 2 K. 17, 7. 
35. 37. Deut. 3, 22.—In like manner in 
Syr. and Arabic, verbs of fearing are 
also transferred to religion and piety, as 
5293 83) we (στ 

Nore. The form "85h ("87") Is. 60,5 
15 from MN" fo see ; comp. Is. 66, 14. Zech. 
10, 7. Mic. 7, 16. etc. Thesaur. p. 622. 

Nipu. 8753 to be feared, fut. 873M Ps. 
130, 4. ‘Elsewhere only Parr. 8752, δει- 
γός, i. 6: : 

1. fearful, dreadful, terrible, of a peo- 
ple Is. 18, 2.7. Hab. 1,7; of a desert 
Deut. 1, 19. 8, 15; of the judgment-day 
Joel 2, 11. 3, 4. 

2. deserving reverence, august, awful, 
holy, of God Deut. 10, 17. 7, 21. Neh. 1, 
5. Ps. 47, 3. 96, 4; the name of God 
Deut. 28, 58. Ps. 99,5. Mal. 1,14; an . 
angel or celestial appearance Judg. 13.6. 
Ez. 1, 22; a sacred place Gen. 28, 17. 

3. As causing astonishment and awe, 
stupendous, wonderful, great, Ps. 66, 3. 
5. Ex. 15, 11.. Plur. miniia wonderful 
acts, glorious deeds, of a king Ps. 45, 5; 
espec. of God Deut. 10, 21. 2 Sam. 7. 23. 
Adv. in a wonderful way, wonderfully 
Ps. 65, 6. 139, 14; like ΤΊΝΕΣ, 

Piet 872 to make afraid, to terrify, ὃ. 
acc. 2 Sam. 14, 15. 2 Chr. 32, 18. Neh. 
6, 9. 14. 

Deriv, 873—jiNW NWA. 


ΝΡ" 


8) m. constr. 877, plur. constr. *875; 
fem. ANT, constr. PST Proy. 31, 80; 
participial adj. r. 83°. 

1. fearing, reverencing ; joined with 
personal pronouns it forms a periphrasis 
for the finite verb, as "28 a1 7 fear 
Gen. 32,12; MMX NI thou fearest Judg. 
7,10; D987" TN we fear | Sam. 23, 3; 
negat. SI 42278 he feareth not Ecc. 8, 13. 
Followed by the case of the verb; 6. ace. 
Prov. 13, 13. Ex. 9, 20. Ecc. 9, 2;_also 
freq. TITTY RT n fearing God 2K. 4.1. 
17, 32 sq. Jon. 1, 9, Oftener with genit. 
mint NT, ΡΟΝ x7", fearer of God, 
and therefore abstaining from evil, i. q. 
upright, godly, pious, Gen. 22, 12. Job 
1,1.8. 2,3. Fem. id. Prov. 31, 30. Plur. 
pwndy "wy? Ps. 15, 4. 22,24. 115, 11. al. 
Comp. Ovid, ‘ timidus Deorum.’ 

2. fearful, timid, Deut. 20, 8. 


as? 1. Pr. inf. of the verb 83%, to 
fear, to reverence, with pref. > Neh. 1, 11 
ΠΌΤ ΓΝ 9. to reverence “thy name. 
Deut. 4, 10. 5, 26. 6, 24. 10, 12. 14, 23. 
1 K. 8, 43. a With pref. 2, 2 Sam. 
3, 11 wrk ings because he feared him. 

2. Subst. fear, terror ; Jon. 1,10 3x7 
ΓΞ 2 MN OWN dhe men were afraid 
with ‘great fear. Ps. 55, 6. Ez. 30, 13. 
With genit. of the subject, i. e. of hiin 
who fears, Job 22,4; also of the object, 
i.e. that which i is fared, 6. 5. ANT? the 
Sear of thee Deut. 2,25. Acc. as adv. Is. 
ἢ, 95 meds saw a for fear of briers 
tind thorns. Comp. Ez. 1, 18 54> ΓΝ 
terror was to or in them, i. 6. they were 
terrible, dreadful. 

3. holy fear, reverence, awe; PR" 
pvnds Gen. 20, 11. 2 Sam. 23, 3, also 
nin mgm}, reverence towards God , prety, 
religion; Prove 1,7 τὸ Mw ins my. 
Job 28, 28. Is. 11, 2. Ps. 34, 12. 111, 10. 
Meton. precepts if piety, af religion, Ps. 
19,10. With min‘ impl. Job 4, 6. 15, 4; 
and so c. suff. "nN" the fear of me, sc. 
of God, piety, Jer. 32, 40. Ps. 5,8. Ex. 
20, 20. Rarely the suff. refers to the 
subject, as "M& ἘΏΝ their piety to- 
wards me Is. 29, 13. 

PINT (piety? τ. δ.) Tron, pr. ἢ. of 
a city in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. 

PRI (whom Jehovah looks upon, 
r. πὸ) Jrijah, pr. n. m. Jer. 37, 13. 14. 
Written 75x" in some editions. 


422 





i 


a)? i. g. 2°", an adversary; hence 
a3 322 an atloerse king, hostile, i. 6. 
the king of Assyria, Hos. 5, 13. 10, 6. 
Β. 505. 


2927" m. (contr. for ὅ53 355, with 
whom Baal contends, r. 2°) Jerubbaal, 
a surname of Gideon, the judge of Israel, 
Judg.6,2. In 2 Sam. 11, 21 he is ealled 
myan", q.v. Sept. Ἱεροβάαλ. 


DY)? (whose people is many, r. 333) 
pr. Jarobeam, comm. Jeroboam, pr. n. of 
two kings of the ten tribes. a) One, 
the son of Nebat, was the founder of 
that kingdom, and introduced the wor- 
ship of the golden calves, r. 975-54 B. C. 
1 K. 11, 26-43. ο. 12-14. Ὁ) The other, 
the son of Joash, r. 825-784 B. C. 2 K. 
13, 13. 14, 23-29. 


ΓΞ (with whom the idol contends, 
τ. 3", comp. mwa) Jerub-besheth, pr. n. 
m. 2 τᾷ 11,21. See >za7". 


͵ 


5 1 once by apheresis ‘5 Judg. 19, 
41. Fut. 722, TIN, in pause 3534 Ps. 
18, 10; Imp. =, aI, once aah Judg. 
5, 13; Inf absol. nal Gen, 43, 20, constr. 
N72, ὁ. suff. "M75, once ΠῚ Gen. 46, 3. 


1. to go down, to descend ; Eth. OZP 
to descend; in Arabic comp. Ory to go 


to drink, to go to water, pr. to go down 
to the wey etc. but the word in com- 
mon use is Jy3.—Construed: a) Ab- 


sol. Ex. 19, 24. Is. 47,1. ) The place 
whence is put with 2, Ex. 19, 14. Ez. 
27, 29; 592 1 Sam. 25, 23. Ez. 26, 16 ; 

also in acc. Jer. 13, 18 the crown shall 
come down as to your heads, i.e. from 
your heads. y) The place whither with Ὁ 
>> upon, 6. g. from heaven wpon a moun- 
tain Ex. 19, 18, also Ez. 47,8. Josh. 3,16. 
Judg. 11, 87; with bx 2 Sam. 11, 10; > 
Cant. 6,2; 5 Ex. 15, 5. Is. 63,14; 6. ace. 
with oFwithiOat π- Ἰορδὶ Gen. 12,10. Ps. 
55, 16. Job 7, 9. 17, 16. Hence ‘Parente, 
oni “3 "πη oat going down to the 
pit, i.e. about to die, see “ia, Ps. 28, 1. 
30, 4. al. Ps. 22, 30. Is.42,10. Also with 
by of pers. to whom Ex. 11, 8. Neh. 6, 3. 
5) Poet. like other verbs of running down) 
flowing, (see Heb. Gram. § 135. 1. ἡ. 2.) 
it is construed with an accus. of that 
which descends or flows down in abun- 
dance; espec. of the eye as running 





ene 


_ down with tears, weeping abundantly ; 
᾿ς Lam. 3,48 "Ὁ Iam D7 735 my eye 


_ runneth down with rivers of water, i. e. 


_ pours them forth. 1,16. Jer.9,17. 13,17. 
14, 17. Ps. 119,136. The same idiom is 


frequentin Arabic, oy j Wo) “Ὁ 


my eye flows down with waco see 
Schult. ad Prov. 20,5. By a different 
turn, Is. 15,3 "333 a running down 
᾿ with weeping, i.e. weeping abundantly. 
Spoken of motion from place to place, 
not only of descending from a mountain 
Ex. 34, 29, but genr. of those who go 
from a higher to a lower place or region. 
Often of God as descending from hea- 
ven, Gen. 11, 5. 18,21. Ex. 3,8. Is. 31, 4. 
Mic. 1, 3.—Spec. a) Of those who go 
down to a fountain or river Gen. 24, 16. 
45. Ex. 2,5. Josh. 17,9. 1K. 2,8; or to 
the sea Jon. 1, 3. Is. 42, 10. Ps. 107, 23, 
since the land is higher‘than the water; 
but comp. Ez. 27,29. Ὁ) Of those who 
go outofa ‘city, cities being mostly built 
on hills and mountains for the sake of 
security, Ruth 3, 3. 6. 2K. 6,18; or 
who go down from a citadel (acropolis) 
to the lower parts of a city 1 Sam. 9, 25. 
27. 2Sam. 11, 9.10.13. 1K. 1, 25. 38. al. 
6) Of those who go out to battle, as oc- 
curring in plains, Judg. 5,14. 1 Sam. 
14, 36. 2 Sam. 21, 15. 2 Chr. 20,16. d) 
Of those who go from a mountainous 
district or country to one lower’ and 
more level, as from Jerusalem or its 
vicinity to Egypt Gen. 12, 10. 26, 2 sq. 
46,3; or to the country of the Philistines 
and the sea-coast (M>5Y) Gen. 38; 1. 
1 Sam. 13, 20. 23, 4.11; or to Samaria 
1 K. 22, 2. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22,6. 6) 
Of those who go towards the. south ; 
since the ancients regarded the northern 
parts of the earth as the highest; 1 Sam. 
25, 1. 26, 2. 30,15. See the intpp. ad 
Virg. Georg. 1. 240 sq. Hdot. 1. 95. 
_ 1 Mace. 3, 37. 2 Macc. 9, 23. Comp. C. 
«B. Michaelis Diss. de notione superi et 
inferi, reprinted in Comment. Theol. a 
Velthusen aliisque, V. p. 397 sq. 

Often also of inanimate things, as 
of a stream descending from a moun- 
tain Deut. 9, 21; of the rain Ps. 72, 
ὁ; of a way and of boundaries which 
tend downwards or towards the south, 
Num. 34,11.12. Josh. 18,13sq. Of the 


423 





™7 


day as declining, Judg. 19, 11; of ca- 
lamity as sent down from God Mic. 
1, 12. etc. _ 

2. to be brought down, cast down, thrust 
down, to fall. 1 Sam. 23,6 1793 77" TiS 
an ephod had fallen into his hand, 8." 
he had an ephod with him. So οἵ ἃ 
crown falling from the head (see above 
in #) Jer. 3, 18; a wood cut down Is. 
32, 19. Zech. 11,2; a wall thrown down 
Deut. 28, 52; a city destroyed Deut. 29. 
20; horses killed in battle Hagg. 2, 22. 
So 10 be cast into the sea, to sink, Ex. 15, 
5; into Sheol Is. 5, 14; also trop. of 
those who are cast down from a state of 
prosperity into poverty and want, Deut. ἡ 
28, 43. Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 1, 9. 

Hipu. 3775 to make go down, to cause 
to descend, in any way, either a person 
or thing, to bring down, Gen. 42, 38. 44, 
29. 31. Hence 

1. Of persons, to lead or bring down, 
cause to come down, Gen. 44, 21. Judg. 
7.4; to let down, as with a cord, Josh. 
2, 15. 18; to bring or send down, as into 
Sheol, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ez. 26,20. Also with 
violence, to cast down, cause to fall, as 
God nations Ps. 56, 8; or kings from 
their thrones Is. 10, 13, comp. Obad. 3. 
4; to subdue nations 2 Sam. 22, 48. 

2. Of things,'to bring or carry down, 
Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11; ¢o let or take down, 
Gen. 24, 18.46. Num. 4, 5; to let descend, 
fall, flow down, 1 Sam. 21, 14. Joel 2, 
23. Lam. 2,18. Ps. 78, 16. Also with 
violence, to cast down, Hos. 7, 12. Prov. 
21, 22. 

Hopu. 355 pass. of Hiph. fo be led or 
brought down Gen. 39, 1; to be taken 
down, as a tent Num. 10, 17; to be cast 
or thrust down Is. 14, 15. Ez. 31, 18. 
Zech: 10, 11. 

Deriv. the two following, and 3712. 


‘TI (descent) Jared, pr. n. m. 8) 
Gen. 5,15. Gr. ᾿Ιαρέδ Luke 3, 37. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 4,18. © 


J2.., always with art. j3°9°5, except 


Ps. 42,7. Job 40, 23, (pr. the flowing, the 


river, from the idex of descending, flow- 
ing down, r.3", as Germ. Rhyn, Rhein, 
from the ‘verb rinnen,) the Jordan, Gr. 
ὃ Ἰορδάνης, the chief river of Paleas 
tine, rising at the foot of Anti-Lebanon, 
and flowing into the Dead Sea, where 


7 


it terminates. Gen. 13; 10. 11. 32; 11. 
50,10. Arab. we I el-Urdun, and 
at present also xa) “Sf esh- - Sher? ah, 


watering-place. On the character of 
the Jordan, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
p. 257. III. p. 309 sq. and for its sources 
see ib. III. p. 347 sq. Biblioth. Sac. 
1846, p. 187 sq. 208 sq.—Hence “32> 
J277, ἢ περίχωρος τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου, the 
valley and region through which it 
flows, Gen. 13, 10. 12. 19, 17. 2 Sam. 
18, 23; comp. Matt. 3,5. Poet. without 
art. 7772 73 id. Ps. 42,7. In Job 40, 23 
Jordan is poet. put for any large stream ; 
as a Cicero, for any distinguished orator. 
—On the etymology, see more in The- 
saur. p. 626. 


* FIN ἅπαξ λεγόμ. kindr. with the 
roots 79, 879, pr. to tremble, and then 


to be astonished, amazed, like Arab. 89: 


Hence 505m, in 2 Mss. πη, Is. 44, 8. 
Sept. μὴ ἀλύδόϑὲ but the other ancient 
versions express the sense to fear, to be 
afraid, as if it were i. gq. IN4°h. 


Ewe νιν) inf. absol. M55, constr. nin", 
also xin 2 Chr. 26, 15; fut, abe , plur. 
1 pers. 6. suff. 51") Nam. 21, 30; imp. 
ma? 2 K. 13, 17. 

1. to throng, to cast, c. acc. Ex, 15, 4; 
e. g. lots Josh. 18,6; an arrow 1 Sam. 
20, 36. 37. Prov. 26, 18, hence absol. to 
shoot 2 Κι. 13,17; metaph. of plots Ps. 
11, 2. 64,5; acc. of pers. Num. 21, 30. 
Part. plur. ὉΠ archers 1 Chr. 10, 3. 
2 Chr. 35, 23. Eth. ᾧ ΖΦ id. 

2. to place, to lay a foundation, to 
found ; comp. Gr. βάλλεσϑαι ἄστυ i. q. 


to lay the foundation of a city, Syr. ke 


to cast, also to lay a foundation. Job 38, 
6 who hath laid the corner-stone thereof ? 


Gen. 31, 51 lo this pillar "7777 VEX 


which I have founded, placed, erected. 

3. to sprinkle, to water, c. acc. Hos. 
6. 3; pr. to throw water, to scatter 
drops of water,- comp. P72t.— Hence 
Part. M35" as subst. the early rain, see 
above p. 392. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cast at, 
shot through, with arrows ; fut. 7739 Ex. 
19, 13. 

Hips. F557, fat. H315, conv. Wi") WK. 
13, 17, plur. ANIA 2 Sam: 21, 24. 


A24, 





ἽΝ 


1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to throw, to cast, Job 
30, 19; spec. arrows, to shoot, 1 Sam. 
20, 20. 36. 2 K. 13,17. 19,32. The 
person shot at is put with > 2 Chr. 35, 
23; in acc. Ps. 64, 5. 8.—Part. ΠΏ an 
archer 1 Sam. 31, 3. 1 Chr. 10,3. By 
Aramaism, written in the manner of 
verbs 8>, 2 Sam. 11, 24 ΘΝ yin Ih 
and the archers shot, ete. comp. 2 Chr. 
26, 15. 

2. to sprinkle, to water, i. q. Kal no. 
3; hence Part. τ] i. q. HY the early 
rain, Joel 2, 23. Ps. 84, 7. 

3. to thrust out the hand, like 34 M33, 
espec. in order to point out or show any 
thing; hence to point out, to show, Gen. 
46, 28. Prov. 6, 13 HdaxRa 47% point- 
ing with his fingers, i.e. ‘making signs. 


With two ace. of pers. and thing Ex. 15, 


25.—Hence 

4. to teach, to instruct, comp. Gr. δει- 
xvi, ἀναφαίνω, absol. Ex. 35, 34. Mic. 
3, 11; with acc. of pers. Job 6, 24. 8, 10. 
12, 7.8; acc. of thing Is. 9, 14. Hab. 2, 
18; with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps. 
27, 11. 86, 11. 119, 33. Also with 3 of 
thing, pr. to instruct in any thing, Job 
27,11. Ps. 25, 8. 12. 32, 8; once with 
by pr. to teach “or form to any thing 
2 Chr. 6, 27; with 72 as fo any thing Is. 
2, 3. Mic. 4,2. With dat. of pers. and 
acc. of thing Deut. 33, 10. Hos. 10, 12.— 
Part. 7572, teaching, a teacher, see in its 
order. 

Deriv. M77, My, ποῖ, and pr. 


names M47, "77, barn, bern, mP9", 


ovina. 


bem (founded of God, τ. 19) Jeruel, 
pr. n. prob. of a town and of a desert 
adjacent, 2 Chr. 20,16. 

Tin? (i. q. M22 moon) Jaroah, pr. n. 
τη. 1 Chr. 5, 14. 

Pin? m. green thing, green herb, ‘Job 
39,8. R. pn. 

NWN and MW" (possessed se. by 
a husband, r. tins) Jerusha, pr. n. of the 
mother of king Jotham, 2 K. 15, 33. 
2 Chr. 27, 1. 

2a, 


Esth. 2, 6. 1 Chr. 3, 5. 2 Chr. 25, 1. 32, 
9; fem. Is. 3, 8. 10,11. 40, 2. 9. al. (ioe. 
τὸν Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3;) pr. ἢ. Jeru- 


4 
a 





| 





according to the Masora 
five times fully moon Jer. 26, 18... 








7 


salem, Gr. “Isgovoadnu and “Ιερουσόλυμα, 
a royal city of the Canaanites Josh. 10, 1. 
5. 15,8; after the accession of David, the 
chief city of the Hebrews, and the royal 
residence of David and his posterity, 
' situated on the confines of Judah and 
Benjamin. Fora full description of its 
topography and antiquities, see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 371 sq. Comp. Re- 
land Palest. p. 832 sq. 

As to the etymology and orthography 
_ of the name, there has been much dis- 
pute. In respect to the former, Reland 
Palest. p. 832 sq. and recently Ewald 
Heb. Gram. p. 332, hold 824557 to be 
ig. ΘΠ τη possession of peace, one 
being dropped. But this is contrary 
to analogy; since where a letter is 
doubled, the first in such case is not 
dropped, but compensated by a Dagesh 
forte in the other, as in 532°" for 3177 
ὌΣΞ; and besides, the form wan’ no- 
where occurs in the sense of possession 
(i. ᾳ. M89) either separately or in com- 
pounds. Hence it is better to regard 
17 as derived from r. 77" no. 2, i. ᾳ. ἃ 
Sounding, foundation ; whence p>wA7" 
a foundation of peace, of prosperity ; 
comp. >¥97.—As to the other part of 
the compound name, there are some who 
regard 05% and Ὁρῶ as the dual of 
5%) quiet, and suppose the city to be 


thus designated as double, or having two. 


parts, comp. 2 Sam. 5,9; so Ewald and 
Maurer. But in the passage cited there 
is no mention of a double city ; and that 
the Ὁ in this word is a primitive radical, 


and not servile, is apparent from the — 


forms 02% Gen. 14, 18, Chald. n>vans, 
Gr. Sodvua, “Περοσόλυμα. More proba- 
bly, therefore, it was dnciently pro- 
nounced 03% peace, safety, prosperity ; 
but in the later periods of the silver 
age, some began to write it 5°>w, and 
᾿ to regard it asa noun plural or perhaps 
dual which was to be pronounced 073W; 
and this in the seventh-or eighth cen- 
tury, when the points were added, had 
become the established view, so that 
the grammarians supposed the same 
pronunciation was to be restored in all 
cases. It follows, in our view, that the 
defective form ought every where to be 
read and pointed 53%". In like man- 
ner Samaria in Heb. and anciently, was 
36* 





A2Q5 





ΠΡ 
called yin2t, Chald. 37°28, and thence, 


as if dual, pied ; comp. Lehrg. p. 538. 
See more in Thesaur. p. 628, 629. 


Down” Chald. Jerusalem, Ezra 4, 12 
20. 24. 5, 1.2. 15, also D209 Ezra 5 
14. 6, 9. 

᾿ mm obsol. root, perh. i. q. ΤᾺ, to be 
pale, yellow, ™ and Pp being interchang- 
ed; see under ™, p. 290.—Hence the 
two following, and Min". 


TT)" m. the moon, so called from its 
paleness ; in prose always with the arti- 
cle, in poetry usually without it; Gen. 
37, 9. Deut. 4, 19. 17, 2. 2 K. 23, 5. Jer. 
8, 2. Ecc. 12, 2. Ps. 8, 4. 104, 19. Job 25, 
5. al. Ps. 72, 5 1927 "28> in the sight of 
the moon, i. e. so long as the moon shall 
give her light ; comp. v. 7. 


TT)" m. plur. D9", constr. 792; de- 
nom. from M5". 

1. a month, i. e. a lunar month, as was 
customary among the Hebrews ; comp. 
Germ. Mond and Monat, Engl. moon 
and month, Gr. μήνη and μήν, Lat. mensis. 
Syr. ἕω month. It is i. q. win, but 
less frequent, and used mostly by earlier 
writers, Ex.2,2; and in the poetic style 
Deut. 33, 14. Job 3, 6. 7, 3. 29, 2. 39, 2. 
Zech. 11,8. But see 1 K. 6, 37. 38. 8 
2,.—n"79" ΓΙ see in D1" Plur. πο. 2. b. 

2. Jerah, pr. ἢ. of a people and region 
of Arabia, of the descendants of Joktan, 
Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. Bochart in 
Phaleg II. 19, not unaptly supposes this 
name to be itself Hebrew, but yet a 
translation from an Arabic name of the 
same signification ; and this being pre- 
mised, he understands by it the Alilai, 
dwelling in a gold regionon the Red sea 
(Agatharchides c. 49. Strabo XVI. p. 
277), whose true name he conjectures to 
be JIS ἐὉ sons of the moon, so call- 


ed from the worship of the moon or Ali- 
lat, Hdot. 3.8. Fora tribe bearing this 
name in the vicinity of Mecca, see Nie- 
buhr’s Descript. of Arabia p. 270 Germ. 
—More probable however is the opinion 
of J. Ὁ. Michaelis in Spicileg. II. p. 60, 
who understands by it the Moon coast 


( pou ὌΝ δ" and Moon mountain 


( pot ue), near Hadramaut; since 


ΠΡ 


my? in Gen. 1. 6. is joined with the 
land of Hadramaut, i. 6. MYOIEM q. v. 
See Edrisi par ΤΟΝ I. p. BA, 


ΤῊ Chald. a month, Ezra 6, 15. Dan. 
4, 26. 


I}? see in"y. 


DMA (who finds mercy, r. Et) Jero- 
ham, pr.n.m. a) 1 Sam, 1, 1. 1 Chr. 
6,12.19. b)1Chr.9,12.  ¢) 27, 22. 
d) 2 Chr. 23,1. 6) Neh. 11,12. ἢ) 
Other persons, 1 Chr. 8, 27. 9, 8. 12, 7. 


287277" (on whom God has mercy, r. 
ons) Jerahmeel, pr.n.m. 8) 1 Chr. 2, 
9, 25. 26. 42. Hence patronym. in "-: 
Jerahmeelite 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30,29. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 24, 39... ὁ) Jer. 36, 26. 


3131) Jarha, pr. n. of an Egyptian 
slave 1 Chr. 2, 34.35. The etymology 
is unknown. 


*O7", Arab. yy! II, to throw head- 


long, to precipitate, xb5s a precipice, 
destruction; hence in Kal once, to be 
headlong, rash, perverse, Num. 22, 32 ; 
in Cod. Samar. stands 355 as gloss. 

Piz, 05" to throw headlong, to cast ; 
once Job 16, 11 "2099 DXDw4 TT be 
God hath cast me into the hands of the 
wicked ; Sept. ἔῤῥιψέ με, Vulg. tradidit 
me. 

2877 (i. q. PRIN q. v.) Jeriel, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 7, 2. 

a") m. (τ. 55) 1. an adversary, 
Ps. 35, 1. Jer. 18, 19. Is. 49, 25. 

2. Jarib, pr.n. a) See "53" no. 1. a. 
b) Ezra 8, 16. 

7") (see "2%) Jeribai, pr. π. τὰ. 1 
Chr. 11. 46. 

ΓΙ and Ww?) (founded i. 6. consti- 
tuted of Jehovah, τ. Γ΄) Jeriah, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 23, 19. 24, 23. 26, 31. 

TI" Josh. 2, 1. 2. 3, TI? Num. 22, 
1, and AN 1 K. 16, 34, Jericho, a 
celebrated city of Palestine, situated 
near the Jordan and Dead Sea, in the 
‘territory of Benjamin, and in a most fer- 
tile region. Sept. “Ἱεριχώ, Strabo “Jeg- 
κοῦς XVI. 2. 41, Arab. Ls, Eriha, 
called also Riha ;.see Reland Palestina 
p- 383, 829 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
279, 285 sq.—The form in" is prob. 


426 





T 


the primary one, signifying place of fra- 
grance, from r. M7. 


mia see in nia. 


nian (heights, τ. Ὁ...) Jerimoth, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 8. 


myn" ἢ (r. 232) a curtain, hanging, 
so called from its tremulous motion, 
spec. of a tent Is. 54, 2. Jer. 4, 20. 10, 
20. 49, 29; of the sacred tabernacle Ex. 
26, 1 sq. 36, 8 sq. 2 Sam. 7, 2; of Solo- 
mon’s palace Cant. 1, 5. Syr. [Soyo 
tent-curtain, also tent itself. 

ΓΦ (curtains) Jerioth, pr. n. f 1 
Chr. 2,18.—R. 3°23. 


4 ΠΝ obsol. root, of the same or ἃ. 


similar power with the kindred 32%, to 
be tender, soft. Hence 323,27, pr. ἢ. 


nai. 
72" constr. W272, 6. suff. "3%; dual 
b.27" ; fem. Num. 5, 21. 


1. the thigh, so called from its soft- 
ness, see r. 55; Gr. μηρός, Arab. ὥ» 


and eke 9 thigh, buttock, haunch. How 


far it ΤῊΝ from 692m the loins, ὀσφύς, 
is apparent from Ex. 28, 42: thou shalt 
make for them linen drawers to cover 
their shame, B23" “3 B52" from the 
loins even unto the thighs ; as also from 
the general use of the word. That is, 
ὉΠ denotes the lower part or region 
of the back, while 723, dual 693°, sig- 
nifies the thick and fleshy double mem- 


. ber which commences at the bottom of 


the spine and extends to the lower legs 
(Do °piw), i.e. the two thighs with the but- 
tocks. So 72" ὮΞ the socket of the thigh, 
by which the thigh is connected with 
the pelvis, the hip-joint, Gen. 32, 26. 33. 


72-2 on or at the thigh, where the | 


sword is worn, Ex. 32,27. Judg. 3, 16. 21. 
Ps. 45,4. To smite the thigh, a gesture 
of mourning and of indignatfon, Jer. 31, 
19. Ez. 21, 17; comp. Hom. Il. 12. 162. 
ib. 15. 397. Od. 13. 198. Cic. el. Orat, 80. 
Quinctil. XI. 3. Also, to put the hand 
under the thigh, as the accompaniment 
of an oath, prob. in some connection 
with the sacredness of circumcision, Gen. 
24, 2. 9. 47,29; to come out from the 


thigh of any one, i. 6. to be begotten by — 


any one.or descended from him, Gen. 46, 





5 4 


26. Ex. 1, 5. Judg. 8, 30; comp. Koran 
Sur. 4. 27. Sur. 6.98. The buttocks are 
prob. meant Num. 5, 21.27. For ῬῚ 
ΠΡ Judg. 15, 8, see in art. piv. ᾿ 
animals the tien, haunch, ham, Ez. 
244.5 τ 

2. Trop. of things, in which sense the 
fem. form 35" is much more usual. 
K.g. a) the shank of the sacred can- 
delabra, where the stem (73>) separated 
into the three feet, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17. 
b) the side of a tent or tabernacle Ex. 
40, 22. 24; of an altar Lev. 1, 11. 2K. 
16, 14. 

Punt Dw" the two thighs Ex. 28, 42, 
see in no. 1, above. Cant. 7, 2. : 


ΓΞ f. (Ὁ. 5,2) ig. WIM πο. 2. b, the 
side, hinder part, 6. g.of a country.c. suff, 
in297 Gen. 49, 13. Comp. m2, 02¥. 

Dua p'n293 constr. "D5", once 
“mina 1 K. 6, 16 Cheth. pr. the two 
thighs, buttocks, haunches, but used 
only of things. E. g. 

1. the hinder part, hinder side, rear, 
Ex. 26, 22. 23. 27. 36, 27. 28. 32; of the 
temple 1 K. 6, 16. Ez. 46, 19. 

2. The interior of any thing, the hinder 
or inner parts, recesses, penetralia, as of 
a house Am. 6, 10. Ps. 128, 3; of a ship 
Jon. 1,5; of acavern 1 Sam. 24,4; ofa 


.sepulchre Is. 14, 15. Ez. 32,23. Hence 


7225 ἼΠΞ.. the recesses of Lebanon, i. e. 
the extreme and inaccessible parts of 
the mountain, Is. 37, 24; also Judg. 19, 
1, 18 DENA MND77 the recesses of 
mount Ephraim. Hence 

3. uttermost parts, remote regions, 6. g. 
Vinx "ND79 the uttermost parts of the 
north, extreme northern regions, Is. 14, 
13. So in Ps. 48, 3 beautiful in its ele- 


_ vation, the joy of the whole earth is mount 


Zion ; the joy of the remotest north is 
the city of the great king, viva being 
répeated, and the remotest north being 


| put by synecd. for the most distant na- 


tions ; so De Wette ed. 4. ΥΝ "ὭΞ5" 
the extremities of the earth, remotest 
lands, Jer. 6, 22. 25, 32; comp. minzD 
787. | 

O27) Chald. f. the thigh, Dan. 2, 32. 


pn" obsol. root, prob. i. 4. wg, B97 


Bux, 10 be high. Hence pr. ἢ. mio 
ris, "7279, also 


3 


ἌΧΟΣ 





py 


ΓΙ. (height) Jarmuth, pr.n. 8) 
A city in the plain of Judah, anciently 
a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 10, 
3. 12,11. Neh. 11, 29. Vulg. Jerimoth, 
Jerimuth ; Euseb. and Jerome Jarimuth, 
Jermucha, ten miles from Eleutheropolis 
towards Jerusalem; now ON 2 Yar- 


mtk, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 344. 
b) A city of the Levites in Issachar, 
Josh. 21, 29; called 8" 19, 21. 

nia)? (heights, τ. 22") Jeremoth, pr. 
n.m. a) 1 Chr. 8,14. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 26. 
c) v.27. d) 1 Chr. 23, 23, for which 
mia) 24, 30. 6) 25, 22, for which 
nia v. 4. f) Ezra 10, 29 Cheth. 
Keri nian. 

"27? (dwelling in heights, r. 77) Je- 
remai. pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 33. 


777 and 4% (whom Tehowal 
setteth up, fT. Aral Chald. no. 2) Jere- 
miah, Sept. “Iegsuiwc, py n. a) The 
distinguished prophet, son of Hilkiah a 
priest, Jer. 1,1. 27,1. Dan. 9,2. ete. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 12, 13. ¢) 2 K. 23,31, comp. Jer. 
35,3. d) 1Chr. 5,24. e) 12,4. f) 12, 
10. g) Neh. 10, 3. 12, 1. 12. 

. 5 to tremble, and hence to fear, 
to he afraid, ig. 79, 879. Arah. δ) 
and ¢y3 id. This signification lies in 
the primary syllable >", comp. the roots 
592, 539, 529. Once in pret. Is. 15, 4 
ib hess ΕἾ "his soul trembleth within 
him (Moab), sc. for fear, terror.—Fut. 
371 belongs to r. 335. 

Deriv. 5377, pr. ἢ. ΣΝ, 

SRB? (what God heals, τ. ΝΕ) Jr- 
peel, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin, Josh. 
18, 27. 


δ px 1. to spit, i.q. Pps II, Chald. 
P27, Ethiop. OZ®, id. Pret. Num. 12, 


14. Deut. 25, 9. Inf. absol. ps Num. 
l.c.—The fut. Pi is borrowed ‘Goin PP. 


νὴ ἈΝ obsol. root, to be green, pale 
green, as a plant; comp. jip33. Arab. 


5) to put forth leaves, as a tree; IV, 


to sprout; both from the idea of green- 
ness, verdure. Hence the six following, 
and Fin", 


PI? m. adj. green, neut. something 


| green, green herbage, 2 K. 19, 26. Is 





pe 


37, 27. Spec. greens, herbs; ὭΣ jz a 
garden of herbs Deut. 11, 10. 1K. 21, 2. 
PI? MMI ἃ portion of herbs, vegeta- 
bles, Pray 15,17. Syr. Lope, Pacis, 
an herb. 

P). m. greenness, 29 ΛΞ all 
greenness of plants, every green plant, 
Gen. 1, 30. 9,3. N03 PT? greenness of 
grass i. e. green grass, Ps. 37,2. Else- 
where concer. the green, the venture , foli- 
age, of fields and trees, Ex. 10, 15. Num. 
22, 4. Is. 15, 6. 


TP) m. (r. Τ᾽.) greenness, paleness, 
χλωρύτης, ὠχρότης. Spoken 

1. Of persons, paleness of face, that 
ghastly greenish-yellow tinge which 
arises from sudden affright, Jer. 30, 6. 

2. Of grain, paleness, yellowness, a turn- 
ing yellow from disease, Deut. 28, 22. 
1K. 8, 37. Am. 4,9. Hagg.2,17. Arab. 


S “A 


or id. Cgupled with ji53¥ q. v. 


ΤΡ m. (r. Pa) yellowness, see “2 
TPIT in art. 7, O72, bb. 


DP? (paleness of the people, r. Ῥ ΔῈ; 
or perh. ‘the people is spread abroad,’ 
for SY sp 77) Jorkeam, pr. n. of a town 
of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 44. 


PIP? plur. f. nipapm. R. py. 

1. Adj. greenish, yellowish, χλωρίζων, 
spoken of a leprous colour in garments, 
‘Lev. 13, 49. 14, 37. 


2. Subst. paleness, yellowness, of gold |. 


Ps. 68,14. Ethiop. OC® gold itself. 
Arab. ἊΣ money, coin. 


: 2) Jer. 49, 1, also wn. 2 pers. 
mos Deut. 6, 18, bat 6. suff. HMB 30, 
5, ‘plur. 2. Ῥ. Dnt ; Fut. wa", plur, 
a, HY 5 Imp. 3 Deut. 1, 21, ἡ ib. 
2, 24, 51, and fully 3", with He parag. 
mos 33, 23; Inf. nw, c. suff. ind. 

1. to take, to seize, to take possession 
of, to occupy, mostly by force, 1 K. 21, 15. 
16, 18.—That this, and not ; to hentia 
is the primary signification, is apparent 
from the derivatives MY net, and Bin"n 
must, new wine ; as also from the sylla- 
ble 8", which like 0", 7", has the force 
of taking, seizing, see in 01. The 
secondary sense of inheriting is found 


in Arab. sy; Syr. 2,2, Chald. m7, 


428 





wo 
Eth. OZF1; and perhaps Lat. heres 
for hered-s is from the same seurce.— 
Construed: a) With ace. of thing, 
spoken very frequently of the occupa- 
tion of the promised land, Lev. 20, 24. 
Deut. 1, 8. 3, 18. 20. Ps, 44, 4. 83, 13. 
al. So of the whole earth Ἰὼ 14, 21; 

houses Ez. 7, 24; the wealth of satin 
Ps. 105, 44. Part. V9 @ possessor, con- 
queror, Mic. 1, 15. Jer. 8,10. b) With 
acc. of pers. to take possession of any 
one, i. 6. to seize upon his possession, fo 
drive him out, to dispossess him, to suc- 
ceed in his place. Deut. 2, 12 "®2 "355 
ὉΠ ἘΣΤῚ ow and the chil- 
dren of Esau drove them out (the Hor- 
ites), and destroyed them from before 
them. v. 21. 22. 9, 1. 11, 23. 12, 2. 18, 
14, 19,1. 31,3. Prov. 30,23 a handmaid 
who has dispossessed her mistress, has 
succeeded in her place. Is. 54, 3. Jer. 49, 
2. With "282 from before Deut. 12, 29. 
Judg. 11, 24. The proper force of the 
word is apparent in the following pas- 
sages: Deut. 31,3 the Lord will destroy 
these nations from before thee, Bre") 
and thou shalt take possession of them, 
seize upon their possessions, succeed 
them. Judg. 11, 23 Jehovah hath driven 
out the Amorites before his people Israel, 
ay I°T OMX" and wilt thou (Sihon) take ~ 
possession of their land ? 

2. to possess, to hold in possession, ~ 
Lev. 24, 46. Deut. 19, 14. 21, 1. al. So 
ofa land Obad. 19. Ez. 36, 12. Judg. 18, 
9; wealth Judg. 18, 7. Very frequent — 
in the phrase VI% ΘΔ to possess the 
(promised) land, spoken of the quiet ὦ 
occupancy and abode of the Israelites — 
in Palestine, promised of old to Abra- — 
ham, and emblematic of the highest 
prosperity and happiness, Gen. 15, 7. 
Ps. .25, 13. 37, 9. 11. 22. 29. Is. 60, 21. 
Comp. Matt. 6, 5.—Poet. of animals Is. 
34, 11; plants Hot: 9, 6. 

3. Syde: to inherit, to receive an inhe- — 
ritance, with ace. of thing Num. 27, 11. 
36,8; also, acc. of pers. (comp. no. 1. b,) 
to inherit one’s estate, to be one’s heir, 
Gen. 15, 3. 4. Absol. Gen. 21, 10 the son 
of the bond-woman shall not inherit witk — 
my son, with Isaac. Part. 071" an heir, 
Jer. 49, 1. 2 Sam. 14; 7. 

Nipu. Ὁ to be dispossessed, to be 
driven out of one’s possessions, to come 





on 

to poverty, pass. of Kal no. 1. b. Gen. 45, 
11. Prov. 20, 13. 30,9. In this senseG% 

has affinity with an to be poor. 

Piet ©" twice, i.q. Kal no. 1; with 
acc. of thing Deut. 28, 42; with acc. of 
_ pers. i. q. to drive out from a possession, 
_ to dispossess, to bring to poverty, Judg. 
14,15 ὮΝ EMR IP 32475 have ye called 
us to impoverish us? Here ‘some Mss. 

and editions omit Metheg, and the form 

would then be Kal. 

Inf. Kal would be 529W"7>. 

Hien. B75 = 1. to cause to possess, 
_ to give possession of any thing ¢o any one, 
_ with two acc. Judg. 11, 24. 2 Chr. 20, 11. 

Poet. Job 13, 26 "432 Mins "WTI and 

makest me to possess the sins of my youth, 
ice. still imputest them tome. With > 
of pers. Ezra 9, 12. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to take possession of, 
toseize upon. a) With acc. of thing, e.g. 
a land Num. 14, 24; a city Josh. 8, 7. 
17, 12; a mountainous tract Judg. 1, 19. 





























possessions, to drive out of a possession, 
to dispossess, to expel, Judg. 1,29 sq.‘ 11, 
23. Josh. 3,10. Ps. 45,3. al. Often of 
God as driving out the Canaanites, Ex. 
34, 24. Num. 32,21. 1K. 14, 24. 2K. 
16, 3. al. Trop. also of things, Job 20, 
15 God shall drive them out from his 
belly, sc. the riches swallowed.—Hence 

3. to dispossess of wealth, to make 
poor, 1 Sam. 2,7. Comp. Niph. 

4. to destroy, Num. 14, 12. 

Deriv. FON, FV, My, Oia, 
πῶ], winsn, and pr. ‘i m. Rut * 

BAN, nui. 

MW" f. a possession, Num. 24, 18. 
mw? ΓΟ 1. a possession, Deut. 2, 5. 9. 
fosh, 12, 6. 7. Judg. 21,17. Ps. 61, 6. 

2. inheritance, Jer. 32, 8. 

PID? see pret. 

2872707 (whom God has set up, r 
piv) Jesimiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 36. 

δ pw” 1. i. ᾳ. BAW, fo put, to place ; 
hence πρὶ Judg. 12, 3 Cheth. 

2. Intrans. to be put, placed ; comp. 
sz" and “x, 
also Gen. 24, 33 Cheth. where in καὶ 
is Ἐ} 15" Hoph. of 32. 

Sew" (for > M04, warrior or sol- 
dier of God, τ. MY, see Gen. 32, 29) 


429 


But the regular 


b) With acc. of pers. to seize upon ane’s, 


Fut. pens) Gen. 50, 265° 





“0° 
Israel, pr. n. given by Jehovah to the 
patriarch Jacob, see Gen. 32, 29. 35, 10; 
but more frequently put for his pos- 
terity, the people of Israel—Hence 

1. For the whole people of Israel, the 
twelve tribes, is put 58 3W7 "23 the chil- - 
dren of Israel in the Pentat. Josh. Judg. 
Sam. Kings and Chronicles; 5877 ΤῈ 
the house of Israel Ex. 16, 31. 40, 38; 
also simpl. 5x17 Israel, the ἡαάρῆμον, 
Ex..5, 2.. 9, 7. 11, 7; with sing. mase. 
Josh. 4, 22. 7,8. 11. hen 7, 11.17; sing. 
fem. Ἢ 19; 94. Jer. 3, 11; plur. masc. 
Josh. 3,17. 7, 25. Judg. 8,27. So too in 
the phrases beni wimp, * wbx, ie. 
Jehovahg byrinna in Ὁ 1 Sain! 9,9. 
Judg. 11, 40. Ruth 4, 7. Deut. 17, 4. 
dx ys the land of Israel, Palestine, 
1 Sam. 13, 19. 2 K. 6, 23. Sometimes 
the whole people is presénted as one 
person, Ex. 4, 22 Israel is my son. Num. 
20,14; and so Is. 41,8. 42,24. 43, 1. 15. 
22.28. 44.1.5; parall. sp91.—Emphat. 
dbxrw is sometimes put for the érue 
Israelites (adn Pas ᾿Ισραηλῖται John1,48), 
those distinguished for piety and virtue, 
and worthy of the name, Is, 49,3. Ps. 73, 
1; comp. Rom. 9,6 ov γὰρ πάντες οἵ ἐξ 


᾿Ισραήλ, οὗτοι ᾿Ισραήλ. 


2. In consequence of the dissensions 
between the ten tribes and Judah after 
the death of Saul, these ten tribes, 
among whom Ephraim took the lead, as 
being the majority, took to themselves 
this honourable name of the whole na- 
tion, see 2 Sam. 2, 9. 10. 17. 28. 19, 40- 
43. 1 K. 12, 1; and on their separation 
after the death of Solomon into an inde- 
pendent kingdom, founded by Jeroboam 
this name was adopted for the kingdom, 
so that thenceforth the kings of the ten 
tribes are called S377 725%, and the 
descendants of David, who reed over 
Judah and Benjamin, 5757" “a2, So 
in the prophets of that period Judah and 
Israel are put in opposition, Hos. 4, 15. 
5,3 5. Am.1,1. 2,6. Mic. 1,5. Is. 5, 7. 
al. Yet the kingdom of Judah was still 
reckoned as a part of the people Jsrael ; 
as in Is. 8, 14 the two kingdoms are 
called the two houses of Israel, comp. Is. 
10,20. And hence, after the destruction 
of the kingdom at Samaria, the name 
Israel began to be applied to the whole 
surviving people ; so in Jer. Ezek. Ezra, 


ww” 
Nehemiah, see 2 Chr. 12, 1. 15, 17. 19, 
8. 21, 2.4. 23, 2. 24, 5. 


The cantite ἢ. is "xr" Israelite 2 
Sam. 17, 25; fem. midge Lev. 24, 10. 


_ .IDWW? Issachar, pr. n. of the fifth son 
of Jacob by Leah, Gen. 30, 18. The 
tribe of Issachar ("2W" "23) inhabited 
the region adjacent to the sea of Gali- 
lee, Josh. 19, 17 sq. comp. Gen. 49, 14. 
Deut. 33, 18. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 22.—The 
name, as it now stands in the text, is 
every where furnished with the vowels 
belonging to the constant Keri "2% 
i.e. bought with a reward or price, see 
Gen. 30,16. The fuller form in Chethibh 
may be read in two ways, eithe? "38 w" 
there is reward, or “vw for "2 Nw" 
he brings reward, see Gen. 30, 18. 


o>, with Makk. “wi (Ὁ. M3, as 13 
from 123) pr. τὸ εἶναι, being, existence ; 
then what is, what exists, there is. 
Hence ! 

1. Implying existence, presence, ete. 
there exists, there is; so Arab. yal 
Syr. δαὶ, Chald. "m8 q.v. 8) Spec. 
there exists ; Ps. 58,12 Dron on Sy-ws 
ΤῊΝ there is (exists) a God that judgeth 
in the earth. Is. 44,8 "13229 BPX Wn 
is (exists) there a God besides me? 
Ps, 14, 2. 2 Sam..9, 1. Jer. 5,1. Lam. 
1,12. b) Genr. there is, Fr. il y 
a, Germ. es gibt, implying existence, 
presence, readiness, etc. Ruth 3, 12 ws 
“p72 inp >xk there is (here) a kinsman 
nearer than I. Judg. 19,19 there is (Ὁ) 
both straw and provender, i. e. here, 
ready. 1 Sam. 21,5 ὃν tap ond. Ecc. 
1, 10. 2, 21. 7, 15. 8, 14. Prov. 13, 7. 18, 
24. Hence comes in later Heb. the 
phrase “Wx wW there are (were) who, 
twice or thrice repeated, for some, others, 
others, Neh. 5, 2. 3. 4 ΘΝ WR ws 
there were who said, i. e. some said. 
Also mst “ON ws there was that it was, 
repeated for ‘it was (happened) some- 
times,” i. gq. "2 “πη, Num. 9, 20. 21. 
Onk. “33 τὸν. Ἢ With a note of 
place added, Gen. 28, 16 Mim WI 28 
min pipaa. 24, 33. Num. 13, 20. Judg. 
4, 20. Job 6,6; or a people, etc. in or 
from which one is, Deut. 22,17. 2 K. 
2,16. Ezra 10, 44. 

2. Put directly for the subst. verb to 


430 


5. 





12" 


be, i. q. as, it is; Judg. 6, 13 mim ey 
ἪΘΣ and Jehovah is with us. Gen. 23,8 j 
cating ws ox if it is in your mind, ὦ 
ifit be your mind. For "33 ΝΡ ts see — 
in δὲς I. 2. Also with a suffix, which — 
then expresses the subject of the subst. — 
verb; as 98 thou art Judg. 6, 36; ἘΞ 
ye are Gen. 24, 49; ‘i283 he. (it) is Esth. — 
3, 8. 1 Sam. 14, 39. 23, 23 ; with a note — 
of place Deut. 99, 14. θα Ἢ parti- 
cip. Judg. 1. c. Gen: 24,49 o> D202 ON 
son if ye are dealing kindly, if ye “deal 
kindly. 

3. > ws there is to any one, he heel 
genr. to have, i. q. > 7A, see in ny no. ; 


+r) ἢ 
8. bb. ὅϑ'υ7σ. aS "ἢ id—Ruth 1, 12 a 
mipn "> ws there is to me hope, J have 
hope. Gen. 44, 20 jpt a8 ssb-2s we have 
a father. 43,7. 1 Chr. 29, 3. Job 25, 3. 
Jer. 41,8; so i> ws αὐϑν τὸ all εὐπαίϑο-, 
ever he had Gen. 39, 4. 5.8. 2K. 4,18. 
ἜΡΓΟΝ 2 TS wn hast thou to speak 
to the king ? So with the dative impl. 
Job 33, 32 15 9. bx for 7152 5 2 DS 
if thou rate words i.e. any thing to say. 
Is. 43, 8. 2 Chr. 25, 9. Prov. 8, 21. A 

Note 1. It appears from the exam-— 
ples, that the subst. 8 corresponds, so 
far as the common use of language is” 
concerned, to the substantive verb 737, 
viz. to those significations of it given in” 
m3 no. 3; in such a way indeed as of 
itself to mark no distinctian of number 
or time, but more commonly implying 
the present time. Thus in very many 
examples it is put for is, plur. are, 2 K. — 
2, 16. Ezra 10, 44. Ps. 58, 12. Ecce. 8. 
14; also Preet. was, were, Gen. 39, 4.5.8. 
Num. 9, 20.21. Neh. 5,2. 3.4; Fut. will 
or shall be, Jer. 31,6. So too in con- 
ditional οἰκοῦν after ox Gen. 23, 8. 
1 Sam. 14, 39; ἢ» Num. 22, 29. Job 
16, 4. 4 
Nore 2. For tt xd there is not, which 
is found in Arabic and Arameean con- 


tracted into one word Coad ᾿ Rates 3 
m->), the Hebrews employ 7°8, δὲν 
the various uses of which correspond to ~ 
those of 84; see above, p.43. Strictly 
therefore a form Ὁ 4°& is not admissi-— 
ble ; yet it is found twice, by a pleonasm ~ 
of the subst. verb, 1 Sam. 21, 9. Ps. ἜΝ 
17; see in Ἴ δ no, 2. b. 


























20" 


si a" . fat. 383, conv. 3¢°; inf: abs. 
_ sits 1 Sam. 20, 5, once 51 Jer. 42, 10; 
constr. M3, ὁ. suff. "Mau; Imp. a, 
maw; Part. fem. N38%" Nah. 3, 8, else- 
where "28%", mau". For M38 Ps. 23, 
_ 6, see Index. . 
1. to sit down, to seat oneself ; kindr. 
_ with 337 to set, to place; intrans. to be 
_ set, placed. Aram. 3", ois id. The 
_ Arab. verb wey has the signification to 
_ sit, only in the Himyaritic dialect; see 
_ the amusing story in Pococke Spec. Hist. 
“Arab. p. 15 ed. White; but this sense 


_is found in the common Arabic in the 
3 


9 -, 
_ subst. wk, throne, couch, consessus. 


—-— ! 


_ The verb is frequent in the sense to lie 
‘in wait, to spring upon the prey, and 
genr. in the sense of leaping, springing. 
—Construed: absol. Gen. 27, 19. Prov. 
23,1; with > of place Ps. 9,5. 110, 1. Is. 
47,1. 1K. 2, 19; ο. dat. pleon. Gen, 21, 
ΕἸ6 ‘mb 30m) ‘and sat doion for herself, by 
A herself—Also to be seated, to sit, to be 
‘sitting. with 3 Gen. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 7, 1; 
ὃν 1K. B 35. 2 K. 13, 13. 1 Sam. 20, 
94. Poet. with acc. of that on which 
one sits, Ps. 80,2 5°392F 38° who sitteth 
_ upon the cherubim, i. 6. upon a throne 
“borne by the cherubim. 99, 1. Is. 37, 16. 

Impl. to sit up, Is. 52, 2. 

Spec. 20" 10 sit spoken: a) Of 
_ judges who sit to dispense justice, Is. 
28,6 wprian d2 avis who sitteth at judg- 
ment, at the judicial table (comp. >3 35 
q onin to sit at meat 1 Sam. 20, 24), ive. 
asa judge. Joel 4, 12. Mal. 3,3. Hence 
ΘΠ May the seat of violence, i. 6. of un- 
just judgment, Am. θ, 38. b) Of kings 
sitting either as judges Ps. 9, 5.-8; or 
upon the throne, Germ. thronen, Ps. 61, 
8. 55, 20. Is. 14, 13. Zech. 6, 13; comp. 
Rey. 18, 7.. Hence in Is. 10, 13 nai" 
are kings sitting upon thrones. Of God 
as king and judge of the world, to sit 
enthroned for ever, Ps. 29, 10. 102, 13. 
6) Of those who sit in ambush, fo lie in 
await, to luk, fully 398 70> 35 Job 38, 
40; with dat. of pers. Judg. 16, 9. Jer. 3, 
2; absol. Ps. 10, 8. 17, 12. So Ho; 
see above ; comp. Gr. λόχος, λοχεύω, λο- 
χίζω, from λέγω to sit down, Lat. insi- 
diz. 4) Of mourners, who sit upon 

. - 


“- 
































491 





212" 


the ground Is. 3, 26. 47,1. Job 2, 13; or 
solitary Lam. 1, 1. 3, 28; or who are 
said simply to sit, Ps. 137, 1. Neh. 1, 4. 
Deut. 21, 23. Hence of a widow. Gen. 
38, 11. Is. 47,8. 6) Of those who sit 
still, who are quiet, idle, opp. to those 
who go out to war or to hunt, Jer. 8, 14. 
Is. 30, 7, Gen. 25, 27 DXA Addi sitting 
in tents i. e. remaining at home, occu- 
pied in domestic affairs. So κάϑημαι 
Valckn. ad Hdot. 2,86. f) Of an army 
which sits down in a place, holds it, 1 
Sam. 13, 16. Lat. ‘sedere contra aliq.’ 
5) 0D 35 10 sit with any one, to have 
intercourse, to associate with him, Ps. 
26, 4.5; comp. Ps. 1,1. Jer.15,17. h) 

The phrase to sit at the king’s right 
hand see in }"2" no. 1. bb. i) Further 
at" is used also of things which else- 
where are said to be set, put, placed, 
comp. the primary idea above and also 
Piel; and where other languages em- 
ploy either verbs of standing, being laid, 
(comp. 70", ",) or like the Heb. those 
of sitting, dwelling. Comp. 217% site of 
a city, 2 K.2,19; Chald. 3" to be situ- 
ated, of a city, Targ. Is. 22, 1. Nah. 3, 1. 
Eth. ZZ id. So of thrones as set, 

placed, Ps. 122, 5 mixd> 130" Mav "D 
vpn? for there are set thrones for judg- 
ment, as the highest seat of justice. Ps. 
125, 1 a Mount Zion, which cannot be 
moved, 23" 21> but is set fast for ever. 
Zech. 12, 6. 14, 10; comp. Jer. 30, 18. 
Zech. 2,8. This last example can also 
be referred to no. 4; to which also some 
interpreters refer all these passages. 
But the idea of inhabiting does not suit 
the most of them ; while they all admit 
and even require the signif. of being set, 

placed. —flence inf. ΓΞ as eet. seat, 

see in its order. 

2. to remain, to abide, to tarry; since 
those who continue in a place sit down. 
2 Sam. 10,5 tarry (238) at Jericho until 
your beards be grown. 1 Sam. 25, 13. 
Gen. 24, 55. 29,19. Num. 35, 25. Judg. 
6, 18. al. With ace. of place, as in no. 
1; Ruth 2,7 099 man Ana her tarry- 
ing in the house is little. With dat. 
pleon. Gen. 22,5 nb 02> 13} abide ye 
here.. With dat. of pers. Hos. 3, 3 ἌΘΩ 
"Ὁ abide for me, i.e. remain true to me ; 
also to stay for any one, to wait, Ex. 24, 


au" 


14; absol. id. Num. 22, 19.—Of things, 
Gen. 49, 24 ‘imvip 103 stim his bow 
abides in strength, remains strong. 

3. to dwell, to dwell in, to inhabit, Gen. 
13, 6. Ps. 133, 1. al. seep. With 2 of 
plese, e. g. a land Gen. 13, 12. 45, 10. 
Deut. 2, 10. 12. 20; a city Gen. ¥9, 29; 
a house Deut. 19, ι ; with >> as M24N by 
on or ina land Lev. 25, 18. 19. Jer. 23, 
8. Ez. 28, 25; also with >& at, by, Ez. 
3,153 b Judg. 5.17; 2 Gen. 27,44; τὰ 
with Gen. 34,16; Ἐ “25> before ateach- 
er, master, 1. 6. ith. 2K. 4,38. 6,1; ¢. 
acc. as ΓΞ 3" Is. 44, 13. 42, 11. Poet. 
Ps, 22,4 beri mibam sui inhabiting 
(dwelling among) the ‘praises of Israel, 
in the temple, where the praises of ie 
rael resound before thee. But 35 ο. 
acc. is also to dwell at, by, near a place, 
to be neighbour, comp. "53, 3} ; 6. g. 
in both senses Gen. 4, 20 naps brik au" 
those dwelling in tents and by (with) the 
flocks, i.e. nomades ; also Ez. 26, 17 fin. 
ma her neighbours, i. 6. neighbour- 
ing cities, nations. 170 dwell in the 
house of God is to frequent his temple and 
its worship Ps. 23, 6. 27, 4. 84,5; comp. 
"13. Spoken often of God as dwelling 
either in heaven Ps, 123, 4. 1 K. 8, 39. 
43. 49; or the temple Ps. 9, 12, 2 Sam. 
7, 6; so too of an idol Is. 44, 13; of 
beasts Jer. 50,39; and also of things, 
as the ark 1 Sam. 7, 2; justice Is. 32, 
16.—Parr. 285" a dweller, inhabitant, 
often as subst. as bowans "aui9 Jer. 1, 
25; baa" 51, 12; PIN Ὁ 10, 18; 
ben Is. 18, 3. Ps, 33, 8. Sing. often 2. 
lect. = 50} inhabitante of Jerusalem 
Is. 5, 3; γ awin 9,8; comp. 20, 6. 
24, 17. Jer. 48, 43. al. Also in fem. 
“maw? collect. for inhabitants Is. 12, 6. 

Jer. 21, 18. 48, 19. Mic. 1, 11 ἐᾳ. See i in 
M2 no. Π Ῥ. 167. 
4. Poet. also pass. or intrans. to be in- 
habited, to be habitable, i. q. Hoph. with 
_which Kal often agreesin signif’ Comp. 
b55 fut. 529". So too Gr. veiw, espec. 
voustuw Od. 4.404. Spoken of cities Jer. 
17, 25; regions Joel 4, 20 Judah shall 


be inhabited for ever, opp. ‘to be deso- . 


late’ v.19; Sept. κατοικηϑήσεται, Vulg. 
-habitabitur. Zech. 7, 7. Often 22 8> 
to be uninhabited, not habitable, in the 
description of desolate cities and regions, 
e.\g. Babylon Is. 13, 20 comp. parall. Jer. 


452 





30" 


50, 40; also Jer. 49, 18. 33. 50, 13. 39 
Of Tyre Ez. 29,11 no foot of man ΟἹ 
beast shall pass through it, neither shal. 
it be inhabited (atin 8d) forly years 
comp. Jer. 2, 6 and parall. Ez»26, 20. 
Of Askelon Zool’ 9,5; the δ. ἢ 
Idumea Ez. 35, 9. of regions Jer. 17,6 
also of single houges Job 15, 28, whe 2 
Sept. οἴκους ἀοικήτους. In all these μὲ 
sages the Sept. and Vulg. have the pass 
κατοικεῖσϑαι, habitari ; while the Chald. 
and Syr. mostly retain the active form 
which in those languages, as in Heb 
admits the passive or intransitive sensé 
This signif. therefore stands firm, al 
though denied by Hengstenberg, a 
Zech. 12, 6. Christol. IL. p. 286. 
ΝΊΡΗ. ΠΝ to be inhabited Ex. 16, 
Jer. 6, 8. Ez. 12, 20. 26, 17 Dra ΓΞ = 
inhabited trom the seas i. 6. frequente¢ 
by maritime nations. 38, 12. 
Pret causat. of Kal no. 1. i, to set, to 
place, to pitch tents Ez. 25, 4. 
Hipn. 3"win, once c. suff. ὈΠΊΣΩ 
Zech. 10, 6 for 5°7385F as in some Mss. 
The writer prob. had in mind the simila 
form ὉΠ ΣΉ ΘΓΙ from r. 398. 
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to sit, 
to seat, to set, 1 Sam. 2,8. 1 K. 21, 9. 10 
12. Job 36, 7. 
2. οὐδε, of Kal no. 3, to cause 
dwell or inhabit, Ps. 4, 9. 68, 7. 113, 8 
with two ace. Ps. 113,9; 3 of place Ger 
47,6. 2K. 17, 6. Hos. 12, 10; ὃ; He 
11,11. Also to let dwell with oneself, ὁ 
cohabit with, as a wife; hence i. q. t& 
take to wife, to marry, Ezra 10, 2. 10. 14 
17.18. Neh. 3,27. Comp. Eth. AM aL 
id. 




































3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to b 
inhabited, Ez. 36, 33. Is. 54, 3. 

Horn. 1. to be made to dwell, Is.5,§ 

2. to be inhabited, Is. 44, 26. 

Deriv. M34, πο, ΞΟ, avin, pr 
n. M234, aa, =53 ats, nBpaeys 
ἈΠῸ the tive fllowing. 


᾿Ξ AW (sitting in the consessus 
Josheb- bashshebeth, pr. n. of one of Da 
vid’s chief officers, 2 Sam. 23, 8; in tk 
parall. passage 1 Chr. 11, 11 beats. 

ANI" (seat of one’s father) Jesi 
beab, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13. 


| maw: (praising, τ. M38) hbbah ἢ 
n. 1 Chr. 4,17 





30" 


353 ‘5t> (nis seat is at Nob) Ishbo- 

benob, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 21, 16 Cheth. 
323 "20" (my seat is at Nob) Ish- 

bi-benob, pr. ἢ. τὴ. 2 Sam. 21, 16 Keri. 


DD "BW (τ. a9) Jashubi-lehem, pr. 

BoM. xn. 1 Chr. 4, 22. 

DYIW> (to whom the people turneth) 

Jashobeam, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 11, 11. 27, 2. 
P2W? (leaving, τ. p2td) Ishbak, pr. ἢ. 

of a son of Abraham by Keturah, Gen. 

25, 2. 

᾿ ΡΞ" (for [HPS =H" seat in hard- 

~ ness) Joshbekashah, pr. τι. τα. 1 Chr. 25, 

4, 24, 


"πὸ" not in use, pr. to stand, to 
stand out, to stand upright, and hence to 
be ; whence the noun © being and 
mom ὦ setting upright, uprightness. 
Corresponding are Sanscr. as to be, 
Pers.: |. , Lat. esse; comp. Syr. 
tof, Arab. 4" Comp. as to signifi- 
cation }i> to stand, whence ylS to be. 


Other traces of this root in erie are 
᾿ς found in the pr. names τυ, πῶσ, 


370? (he turneth, r. 33%) Jashub, pr. 

-n. a) Ason of Issachar, Num. 26, 24. 
Hence patronym. "307 Num. Ty. Gj ,-.D) 
Ezra 10, 29. 


M10" (even, level, τ. mi) Ishvah, pr. 
n. of a son of Asher, Gen. 46, 17. 


M2? (whom Jehovah bows down, 
τ, ΠῚ 9.) Jeshohaiah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 4, 36. 


“IO (ig. mitin) Ishvi, pr.n. a) A 
son of Asher, Gen. 46,17. Ὁ) A son 
of Saul, Ἐ Sam. 14, 49. 


YA" pr. n. Jeshua, contracted from 
DOW ig. Sw Joshua q. Vv. common 
in the later Hebrew; whence Gr. ’In- 
᾿ σοῖς. ‘ 

1. Of men. a) Of Joshua the suc- 
cessor of Moses, Neh. 8, 17. Ὁ) Of the 
high priest of the same name, see Sin" 
no. 2. Ezra 2, 2. 3, 2. Neh. 7, 7. ὁ) 1 
Chr. 24,11.  d) Three Lesites 2 Chr. 
31, 15. Ezra 2, 40. 8, 33. Neh. 7, 43. 8, 
ἢ. 9,4.5. 10, 10. 12, 8. 234. 6) Neh. 3, 
19, comp. 7, 11. Ezra 2, 6. 

2. Jeshua a city of Judah, Neh. 11, 26. 

mpi f. (τ. 98) with πὶ parag. poet. 
ΠΡΌΣ Ps. 3, 3. 80, 3. Jon. 2, 10. 

37 


433 





“1 


1. deliverance, safety, salvation in a 
temporal sense, Is. 56, 1. 59, 11. Ps. 14, 
7. al. Ps. 3,9 Myawr Hind to Jehovah 
belongeth deliverance, it comes from 
him. “mst5 x God my deliverer 
Ps.§8,2. myatis> "2 m°n he is to me for 
deliverance, is become my deliverer, Ex. 
15, 2. 2 Sam. 10, 11. Ps. 118, 14.21. So 
of deliverance from guilt Job 13, 16.— 
Concr. a) a deliverer, Ps. 68, 20 >xn 
NHS. 62, 3.7. Is. 33,2. Plur. Ps: 42, 
12 and 43, 5 “rN IB MSs my deliv- 
erer and my God ; so too doubtless 42, 6. 
b) delivered, rescued, (comp. 273 Gen. 
12, 2, and plur. miosis Ps. 21, 7,) Is. 26, 
18 yay mys da roan we hace not made 
the earth ‘delivered, i. e. we have not 
delivered the earth, vig deliver- 
ance in it. 

2. help, aid, espec. from God, Ps. 9, 15. 
13, 6. 20, 6. 21, 6; fully "2 myrws Ex. 
14, 13. Is. 26, 1 brs nian ‘mts magn 
his help will God set as walls and bul- 
warks, i. e. God’s help will be to us 
instead of walls, etc.—Hence, victory, 
1 Sam. 14, 45. Is. 59, 17. Hab. 3, 8. Ps. 
118, 15. Plur. victories, espec. those by 
which a people are delivered from dan- 
ger through the divine aid, Ps. 18, 51. 
44,5. 74,12. Comp. the root Hiph. 


5 
no. 2. Arab. 


3. welfare, prosperity, happiness, Is. 
51, 6. 60, 18. Job 30, 15. 


ἘΠῚ). obsol. root, Arab. transp. 
Us to be empty, spoken of a desert 


and desolate region, also of a hungry 
stomach. Conj. 1V, to have an empty 


a5 help, also victory. 


stomach, to be hungry, Liss fasting. 
Hence 


Mw" m. emptiness, hunger, once Mic. 


" 


6, 14. 
* OD" only Hips. vo wiNn, to stretch 


rT 


out, fo extend, c. acc. et > Esth. 4,11. 5, 
2. 9, 4. Chald. owix, Syr. υλὰ οἴ id. 


"> (perh. firm, strong, see r. mw) pr 
n. Jesse, the father of king David, who as 
being of humble birth was often called 
by his enemies in contempt "877j3 the 
son of Jesse, 1 Sam. 20, 27. 30. 31. 22, 7 
8. 2 Sam. 20, 1. 1 K. 12, 16. (1 Sam. 16, 
1sq.) The stem of Tease, poet. for the 


"135 


family of David, Is. 11,1; and the root 
(sprout) of Jesse for the Messiah, id. 
v.10. Sept. Jeooud. 


mo) (whom Jehovah lendeth, r. 32) 
Ishiah, Ishijah, pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 7,3. 
b) Ezra 10,31. Also of several Lovites. 


wnew (id.) Ishiah, Jesiah, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 12, 6. 


moe f. (r. Ow7) ρίαν. Mit deso- 


lations, ruins, destruction, Ps. 55, 16 
Cheth. Comp. pr. n. mio g-n72 p. 
130. r. 


via m. a waste, desert, Is. 43, 19. 
20. Ps. 68, 8. 78,40. 106, 14. al. R. oth. 


DW m. (τ. ww) an old man, pr. one 
grey-headed, only poetic, Job 12, 12. 
15, 10. 29, 8. 32,6. In the kindr. dia- 


= v 


lects the corresponding word is beim. 
Bis ok. 
UsAw5, the letter ἢ being changed to 


a rough palatal, see under lett. >. 


"WW" (son of an old man) Jeshishai, 
pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 5, 14. ΒΕ. Ow. 


*DW" ji. gq. pew to be laid waste, 
made desolate ; hence fut. o&m Gen. 47, 
19. Ez. 12,19. 19,7. But this form can 
be derived from Ὁ ὦ itself, as 5155 from 
b4p, see Heb. Gramm. § 66. n. 1. 3. 
Plur. mad" Ez. 6, 6. 

Deriv. mas, pian", pr. ἢ. ji, 
and 


Now? (waste, desolation) Ishma, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 3. 


2822? (whom God heareth, τ. 22%) 
Ishmael, pr.n. a) The sonof Abraham 
by Hagar, the ancestor of many Arabian 
tribes, Gen. 25,12-18. Hence patronym. 
“sxsw 1 Chr. 2, 17. 28, 3, plur. o°-, 
Ishmaelites, Arabs descended from Ish- 
mael; they are spoken of as carrying on 
a traffic with Egypt, Gen. 37, 25. 27: 39, 
1; and living a wandering life as noma- 
des at the eastward of the Hebrews and 
of Egypt as far as to the Persian gulf and 
Assyria, i. e. Babylonia, Gen. 25, 18; 
which same limits are elsewhere (1 
Sam. 15, 7) assigned to the Amalek- 
ites. Judg. 8, 24 comp. v. 22. Ps. 83, 7. 
b) The murderer of Gedaliah, Jer. 40, 
8.14 sq. 41, 3 5ᾳ. c) Of several other 


ABA, 





ἊΝ 


persons, 1 Chr. 8, 38, 2 Chr. 23, 1. are’ 
10, 22. 


2220" (whom Jehovah heareth, 4 
sau) ‘Ishmaiah, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 Chr. 12, 4. 


ἜΠΟΣ (id.) Ishmaiah, pr. ἢ. m. 
1 Chr. 27, 19. 


"720" (for n2y7204, whom Jehovah 
keepeth, r. 120) Ishmerai, pr. n. m. Ὁ 
1 Chr. 8, 18. 


ew. 1 pers. "M702 Job 3,13; fut. 
jo, plur. 3209 Prov. 4, 16; inf. γ15 
Ecc. 5, 11; pr. to be langrusd weary. 
Hence 
1. Of persons, to fall asleep, Gen.2,21 
41,5. Ps. 4,9. Also to sleep, 1 K. 19, 5. 
Prov. 4, 16. Ecc. 5, 11 ; of beasts Ez. 34 
25.—Arab. Gps to begin to sleep, to 
slumber, Kw beginning of sleep. Vice . 
versa, the Arabs use the verb pls of 
sleep itself, while the Hebrews denote 
by it only slumber, see =52.—Coupled 
with 042 in the phrase jW7 N>3 Β525 Nd 
to neither slumber nor sleep, spoken of 
an active soldier Is. 5,27; of a sleepless 
guardian Ps. 121, 4.—To sleep is also 
spoken poetically: a) Of the listless, 
those who do nothing, whence ἀνϑρωπο- 
μύρφως of God, Ps. 44, 24 why sleepest 
thou, Jehovah? 78,65. Ὁ) Of the dead, 
Job 3,13; more fully c. ace, D213 MIB 79 
Jer. 51, 39. 57, and mit 7 Ps. 13, 4. 
2. Of things, to be flaccid, flabby, dry ; 
hence to be old, not new, comp. 533, 


mba2. So adj. jw, and 
‘Niu. 52 1. to be dry, spoken of old 


grain of a former year, opp. to new or 
of this year, Lev. 26, 10. . 

2. to be old, i. e. of leprosy, to be inve- 
terate, Lev. 13, 11; of a person who has 
dwelt long in a country, Deut. 4, 25. 

Pie causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to 
sleep, Judg. 16, 19. 

Deriv. πρῶ; my, and the three here 
following. 

1 adj. fem. nye, dry, i. 6. old, not 
new, spoken of grain of a former year 
Lev. 25, 22. Cant. 7,14; of an old or 
former gate Neh. 3, 6. 12 39; of an old 
pool Is. 22, 11. See Ὁ. 195 no. 2. 


70" adj. fem. m0", plur. constr. "20" 
Dan. 12, 2. 











ow 


1. Part. and verbal adj. sleeping, 
asleep, 1 Sam. 26,7. Ps. 78, 65. Cant. 7, 
10 thy palate (i. e. its moisture) ts like 
sweel wine flowing straight to my belov- 
ed, 079159 "MDW A215 gently stealing over 
the lips ‘of the ‘sleepers, i. e. those sleeping 
together. The Arabian poets often thus 
refer to the moisture of kisses, see Hug 
ad Cant. p. 49. Doepke ad Cant. 4, 11. 
p. 142. Trop. of death Dan. 12, 2.—In 
the manner of participles it serves to 
form a periphrasis for the finite verb, 
1 K. 3,20 A289 ANN thy handmaid was 
sleeping, { i. 6. slept. Cant. 5, 2. 

2. Jashen, pr. n. τὰ. 2 Sam. 23, 22; for 
which 1 Chr. 11, 34 pwn. 


mw" (old) Jeshanah, pr. n. of a city 
in Ephraim or Samaria 2 Chr. 13, 19; 
see Jos. Ant. 8. 11. 3. ib. 14. 15. 12. 


* pa" ; a. 
~_ in Kal not used, Arab. ous to 


be broad, ample, spacious ; trop. to be 
rich, opulent; kindr. with 35%. See 
Jauhari in A. Schultens Orig. Heb. T.I. 
p- 20. To the Hebrews broad space, 
wide room, is the emblem of liberty, de- 
liverance from dangers and straits, comp. 
am, M9; as on the other hand narrow- 
ness of space, straits, is put for difficulty, 
distress, danger, comp. "3%, 79%. Hence 

Ηιρη. 3°Win ; fut. 9815, rarely with 
m retained ΣΟ 1 Sam. 17, 47. Ps. 
116,6, apoc. Suir, swim, ΣῸΞῚ Job 5, 15, 
once 6. suff. 533" Is. 35, 4. 

1. to deliver, to save, Sept. σώζω, with 
acc. of pers. Ps. 3,8 "2>°Win 7" Msp. 
Is. 38, 20. Jer. 17, 14. al. So a city 


1 Sam. 23, 2. Is. 37, 35. Often with 52° 


of pers. from whom, Ps. 7,2. 22, 22. 109, 
31; also 199 Ex. 14,30. 2K.19,9; D2 
2K. 16, 7; also 12 of thing, as 33% 
Job 5, 15, dr. 2 Sam. 22, 3, etc. Rare- 
ly with 3 or 772 of pers. or thing by or 
through whom, 2 K. 14, 27. Hos. 1, 7. 
The acc. being omitted: Is. 59, 1. Ps, 
118, 25 xemns win save now! whence 
Gr. ewoavve.—Parr. >i a deliverer, 
saviour, Sept. σωτήρ, Judge. 3, 9. 15. 
1 Sam. 10, 19. Is. 19, 20; of God as de- 
livering, saving his people Is. 43,11. 45, 
15. 21. ἃ]. Θ΄ 7x1 and there is no 
deliverer, no hope of safety, Deut. 22, 27. 
2 Sam. 22,42. Often coupled with "25 
in a like signif. Ps. 6,5. Jer. 15, 20. al. 





439 


5" 


2. to help, to aid, to succour, Sept. 
βοηϑέω, with acc. of pers. Ex. 2, 17. 
2 Sam. 2,19; c. dat. Josh. 10,6. 2Sam — 
10,11. Absol. 2 Sam. 14,4 9245 n> win 
help, O king ! 2 K. 6, 26. Often of God 
as affording help, aid, c. acc. Ps. 12, 2. 
28, 9. 76, 10, though these examples can 
also be referred to no. 1; c. dat. Ps.72, 4. 
86, 16. 116,6. Prov. 20, 22; of idols 
Judg. 10,14. Jer. 11,12. Hence, as help 
from God brings victory, i. q. to give vic- 
tory. to let triumph, Deut. 20, 4. Josh. 
22, 22. 2 Sam. 8, 6, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 14 
nbing mp 3 Sein and Jehovah gave 
them a great victory, by which they 
were delivered from their enemies.—A 
customary phrase is "72 "> ΠΡ ΗΓ or 
sar Ὁ ΠΣ ΓΙ, my own hand or arm 
hath helped me, i.e. by my own might, 
my own valour, have I gotten the vic- 
tory, sc. without the help of another, 
Judg. 7, 2. Job 40,9 [14]; of God Ps. 
44, 4. 98, 1. Is. 59, 16. 63,5. But ina 
different construction and sense, 1 Sam. 
25,26 4> τὸ Vwin Lo help thyself with 
thine own hand, i.e. to avenge thyself 
privately. v. 33. Here 10 and "75 v. 
33 is the accus. of instrument, which is 
elsewhere coupled with this verb, Ps. 60, 
7. 108, 7, comp. 17,13; for which see 
Heb. Gram. § 135. 1. n. 3. 

Nipu. 3813 1. to be delivered, saved, 
Ps. 80, 4. Is. 30,15. Jer. 4,14. Zech. 
9,9; with 2 of pers. Ps. 18,4. Num. 
10, 9; 12 of thing Jer. 30, 7. 

2. to be helped, succoured from God ; 
and hence, to gain the victory, to triumph, 
Ps. 33, 16 where the parall. member has" 
ΧΡ, showing that the primary force of 
ΣΦ is every where preserved. Deut. 33, 
29. Is. 45, 17. 

Deriv. the four here following, also 
mpaws, mivdia, the pr. names 1072, 
φῶτ, Mswin, Doin, Sw, sn, 
Sut, 


9D? and JW? m, in pause 24, c. suff. 
ΘΝ, FH Ps. 18, 36, once 725" a 85, 8. 

1. broad place, wile room, freodint, 
iq. 272, opp. to straits, see the root. 
Ps. 12, 6 sun MMR Twill set him ina 
wide place, at liberty, i.e. I will deliver 
him; comp. 18, 2.—Hence 

2, deliverance, help ; with acc. of the 
kindr. verb, Hab. 3,13 Aa-ny ye 


yD" 


for the deliverance of thine anointed. 
_ So wot “Ax my rock of deliverance, 
through which I am secure from danger, 
2 Sam. 22,47. Ps. 95,1; "3" jp id. Ps. 
18,3; ast MTN God of my deliverance, 
1.8; God my deliverer, my helper, Ps. 
18, 47. 25,5. 27,9. Mic. 7,7. Coner. 
“ot my delideren helper, Ps. 27, 1. 

3. safety, welfare, prosperity, Job 5, 4. 
11. Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61,10; comp. 2 Chr. 
6, 41. 


“i? (saving, salutary, τ. 5%") Ishi, 


> 


436 


pr.n.m. a) 1Chr. 2, 31. b) 5, 34." 
c) 4, 20. 

ΓΙ (id.) Jesaiah, pr.n.m. a) 1 
Chr. 3, 21. b) Ezra 8, 7. c) v.19. 
d) Neh. 11, 7. 


"729 (help of Jehovah, r. >t) 
Isaiah, Sept. “Hovius, Vulg. Isaias, pr.n. 
a) The celebrated prophet who lived and 
had great influence under the reigns of 
Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah ; 
see Is. 1,1. 6, 1 sq. 7, 1 5ᾳ. 20, 1 sq. 
22,15 sq. c. 36-39. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 15. 
c) 26, 25. 


τ po" obsol. root, kindr. with Maw to 


—T 


smooth, to polish, and ΠΕΣ, so: to 
shine. Hence 


MEW" (in some Mss. Mp4) Ex. 28, 
20. 39, 13. Ez. 28, 13, jasper. a precious 
stone or gem of various colour, but 


mostly green. Arab. δ, Uda, 


pin; ring « 
MEW" (perh. bald, r. MBw) Ishpah, pr. 
n. 1 Chr. 8, 16. 


jeu? (id.) Ishpan, pr.n.m.1 Chr. 8, 22. 


=D" fat. mains, plur. 3 pers. [ΡΝ 
1 Sam. 6, 12. 

1. to be even, level, [which seems to 
be the primary idea of this verb and its 
derivatives.—T.] Arab. 3 facilis, 
lenis, prosper fuit.—Metaph. ofan even 
mind, tranquil, composed, (comp. πη 
Is. 38, 13.) opp. to inflated, proud. Hab. 
2,4 jn ἼΘΕΣ Mawe-Nd ΠΡῸΣ nin lo elated, 
not tranquil is his soul within him. 
Hence “* no. 2, “W770, πῶ. 

2. to be straight, right, espec. of a way, 
kindr. with "WX, and also "WD, WW .— 
1 Sam. 6,12 533 Mises HMw pr. and 
the kine were straight in the way, i.e. 





"0" 


took the straight way; for the grammat. 
form, see Heb. Gramm. § 47. n.3. Me- 
taph. only i in the phrase "2°32 "10" ἐξ is 
right in my eyes, i. e. ‘is pleasing to me, | 
I approve it, Num. 23, 27. Judg. 14, 3. 
1 Sam. 18, 90. 1K. 9, 12. Jer. 18 4: 

Piet 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make 
even, to level, to make plain, 6. g. ways 
Is. 40, 3. 45,13; with > for any one. So 
God is said to make plain the ways of 
any one, i.e. to give him success, pros- 
perity, Prov. 3, 6. 11, 5, opp. 885. 

2. to make straight one’s way, Prov. 
9,15 who make straight their ways i. e. 
who go straight forwards, the upright. 
m2>> “un pr. to make straight to go, 
i.e. to go straight forwards, to walk up- 
rightly, Prov. 15, 21. Hence to direct, 
to lead, e. g. an aqueduct 2 Chr. 32, 30; 
poet. the thunder Job 37, 3. 

3. to esteem as right, to approve, Ps. 
119, 128. 

Puat pass. of Pi. no. 1. Part. amt 
ἜΘ flattened gold, i.e. drawn out into 
plates, fitted, 1 K. 6, 35. 

Hipx. "03, also "Win Ps. 5, 9 and’ 
Is. 45, 2 Cheth. 

1. to make even or level, to level, 6. σ΄. 
a way Ps. 5, 9, uneven places Is. 45, 2 
Cheth. 

2. to make straight one’s way ; ellipt. 
Prov. 4, 25 let thine eye-lds 73332 3770" 
make straight (their way) before thee, . 
i. e. look straight before thee. 

Deriv. i072, “O79, ; Pr. ἢ. vine, and 
the six here fllowinge 


“VW? adj. fem. πῶ. 1. even, level, 
plain, of a way Jer. 31,9; hence 773 
mw a plain way, not difficult j i. δὲ pros- 
perous Ezra8,21. Trop. 23> "12 plain- 
minded, i. e. prompt, ready to do, 6. inf. 
et > 2 Chr. 29, 34. Comp. Arab. 
facilis obsequiosus fuit. Conj. ITI, faci- 
lem se prebuit alicui. 

2. straight, right, Ez. 1, 7. 23. Job 
33, 27 ἜΣΤΙ ΩΣ I have made crooked 
the straight, i. e. have acted perversely. 
Mic. 3,9. So espec. of a way 1 Sam. 
12, 23. Is. 26, 7. Jer. 31, 9. Ps. 107, 7.— 
Metaph. a) "3°23 "0" right in my eyes, 
i.e. pleasing to me, what I approve. 
Judg. 17,6 every one did "3°32 “OST 
what was right in his own eyes, what he — 
pleased. Josh. 9, 25. Deut. 12, 28 "Wsr 





δ" 


Mint "2°23 i. e. what God approves. 1K. 
11, 33. 38. 2 K. 10, 30. al. 2 Sam. 19, 7. 
Rarely with 7285 Prov. 14, 12. 16, 25. 
b) upright, righteous, just ; so of God, 
Deut. 32, 4. Ps. 25, 8. 92, 16; of God’s 
Sndgments Ps. 119, 37. Neh. 9, 13; of the 
divine word Ps. 19, 9. 33,4. Of men, 
a hate 29, 6. Job 1,1. 8. 23,7. Ps. 11, 

; often in plur. Th the upright, the 
as alk Job 4, 7. Ps. 49, 15. 111, 1. 
Prov. 2, 21. al. sep. More fully 53 ἼΔΩ} 
Ps. 7,11. 94,15; omiaza Ὁ Ps. 125, 
4; alee 773 ΜΝ Prov. 49, 27, ἘΠῚ “04 
Ps. 37,14. So ofa way of life, conduct, 
Prov. 20, 11. 21,8. Subst. "0s upright- 
Ness, integrity, Ps, 37, 37. 111, 8.—Hence 
"FI "HD the book of the upright, (Vulg. 
liber justorum, Engl. Vers. the book of 
Jasher,) a collection or anthology of an- 
cient Heb. poems, twice quoted in the 
O. T. Josh. 10, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 18; so 
called as celebrating the praises of up- 
right men, or perhaps for some other 
cause; since the Orientals often derive 
the titles of their books from words or 
things having little connection with 
the argument. See various conjectures 
in Wolf Bibl. Hebr. IT. 219. 


“0” (uprightness) Jesher, pr. n. m. 
i Chr. 2, 18. 


"WW" m. (τ. 1") 1. evenness, smooth- 
ness, rightness, of a way Prov. 2,13. 4,11. 

2. Trop. a) equity, right, duty, what 
is right and proper ; Prov. 11, 24 who ts 
more frugal “u'2 than is meet. With 
suff. 15 what is right for him to do, 
his duty, Job 33,,23. Prov. 14,2. Also 
what it is right to speak, right, upright- 
ness, sincerity, Job 6, 25. Adv. rightly, 
Ecc. 12, 10 ΤῸΝ “35 WW sna" and 
the tnards of truth are rightly written, 
i. e. consigned to this book, as is right. 
b) Of persons, wprightness, integrity. 1 
K.9, 4. Ps. 25, 21. “ws b> because of 
= gues Prov. 17, 26. Often with 

2, 22>, Deut. 9,5. Ps. 119, 7. Job 33, 3. 


nbytds (right towards God, τ. "¥%") 
β Jesharelah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 14. ’ 
TID or TIO f(r. “ws) constr. 
niu", uprightiness, integrity, 1 K. 3, 6. 
15 m. Jeshurun, a poetical name 
for the people of Israel, apparently ex- 


pressive of affection and tenderness, and 
a * 


* 
ABT 


to the wall, etc. 





om" 


occurring four times, Deut. 32, 15. 33, 5 
26. Is. 44, 2.. The origin is doubtful ; 

but prob. }'78" is a diminutive (of the 
form 4°33, pr) from "13" i. ᾳ. WW 
(comp. οὐδ and Ἐ5Ὁ) q. d. rectulus, . jus- 
tulus, ‘the good little people ; Aqu. 
Symm. εὐθύς, Vulg. rectissimus et dilec- 
tus.—Others, as Grotius, whom I for- 
merly followed, make it a diminutive 
from the name 5X7 itself, for jF>N727 ; 

but a contraction of this sort is without 
analogy. 


Ν ww obsol. root, kindr. δ), to be 
white, hoary ; hence to be grey-headed, 
aged ; comp. MA". 

Deriv. BW", pr. n. "Ww", and 

UW" m. an old man, pr. one grey- 
leaded, 2 Chr. 36, 17. 


ΓΙᾺ Chald. i. q. Hebr. mx, a sign of 


. the accusative, c. suff. jim" them Dan. 


3, 12. 


* St)? Chald. i. q. Heb. sv 1. to si 
down, to sit, Dan. 7, 9. 10. 26. 

2. to dwell, Ezra 4, 17. 

Apu. anim to cause to dwell, Ezra 4,10. 


Ἢ 7m” obsol. root, Arab. c\3q to drive 
in firmly, to fix fast, e. g. a pin or stake 
in the ground; comp. db, . Hence 


“TE? constr. 107, plur. Mitm, constr. 
niin; mase. Ez. 15, 3; fem. is, 22, 25. 
Deut. 23, 14. 

1. a peg, pin, nail, as driven into the 
wall, Ez. 15,3.1s. lc. Spec. a tent-pin. 
stake, driven into the earth to fasten the 
tent, Ex. 27,19. Judg. 4, 21. 22. Is. 33, 
20. Judg. 16, 14 ΔΝ πὶ 3M" the pin of the 
web or braid, with which it was fastened 
Hence, to drive a peg, 
to fasten a nail, sc. in the wall, is to the 
Hebrews an image signifying to render 
firm, stable, Is. 22, 23; for which also 
simpl. tm" Ezra 9, 8, comp. 775 v. 9. 
The Arabs have also the same figure, 
see Vit. Timuri, I. p. 134, 228. ed. Mang. 
—Further, @ nail, peg, is put metaph. 
for a prince, on whom the care and wel- 
fare of the state depends, Zech. 10, 4; 
where the same person is also called 
35 corner stone, on whom the state is 
founded. 

2. alittle spade, apatle, paddle, Deut. 
23, 14. 


Ἢ" 
Bin? m. (τ. 07) an orphan, Ex. 22, 
23. Job 6,27. 31, 17. al. Also of one 
whose father only is dead, a father- 
less child, Job 24, 9. With genit. Ps. 
109, 12; so of a people Is. 9,16. Jer. 
49,11. Hence the stranger, the orphan, 
and the widow are named together as 
forlorn and needing help from others, 
Deut. 14, 29. 16, 11.14. 24, 19. 20. 21. 
26, 12. 13; so the widow and orphan 
Ex. 22, 21. 


VAN? m. (τ. 4A, after the form 54>) 
a searching out, search, and meton. that 


sought out, what is found by search, 
Job 39, 8. 


» mn a ας root, Arab. 35; to beat 


with a club, χάξ aclub. Hence minim 
club, q. v. 

Wr)? (pre-eminent, τ. "M7) Jattir, pr. 
n. of a city in the mountains of Judah, 


assigned to the priests, Josh. 15, 48, 21, 
14. 1 Sam. 30, 27. 1 Chr. 6, 42.—Perh. 


the mod. A *Attir; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 194, 625. 


ὝΣ Chald. (τ. 5) 1. Adj. ezcel- 
lent, pre-eminent, Dan. 2, 31. 5, 12. 14. 

2. Adv. fem. πη", very, exceedingly, 
Dan. 3, 22. 7, 7. 19. 


‘ mon (hanging, high, τ. 52m) Jithlah, 
pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Dan, 
Josh. 19, 42. 


τ om obsol. root, Arab. nay and es 
to be lonely, bereaved. This signif. of 
loneliness seems to come from the idea 
of silence, so that this verb has affinity 
with 528, D253, comp. in D> no. 3. 
Hence Dim" an orphan.—The form ΘΝ 

Ps. 19, 14 is from Dam. 

ΓΘ (orphanage, r. >) Ithmah, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46. 


" mo obsol. root, i. q. Arab. urs to 


τ 


be perennial, to flow constantly, of water ; 
8 

III, to be assiduous, constant ; up Ις any 

. thing perennial, permanent; kindr. perh. 


=e 
8 Ty! to stand. The primary idea 
seems to be that of extending, comp. 
be .—Deriv. Ἰὰς. 





A38 π᾿ νὴ 


ἘΣ λα (whom God bestows, r. nm) . 
Jathniel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 2. | 


rela (bestowed. τ. 532m) Ithnan, pr. ne 
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 
23. 


τ “nm” in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to hang 
out over, to be redundant, see Δ no. 1, 
and "nm". Hence 

2. to be abundant, to be more than 
enough, see Hiph. no. 1, "m3 no. 2; also 
to have over and above, to gain, πλεο- 
γεκτέω, see FIM, AM no. 1. 

3. to be over and above, to be left, to 
remain ; see Hiph. no. 2, Niph. no. 1, 
Sry" no. 3, AN. 

4. to εὐοδοῖ bounds ; and hence to be 
very great, excellent, pre-eminent ; see 
Niph. no. 3. 

Part. "ni", MIM", see in their order, 
p- 392. | 

Hew. “nin, fut, "95, "Mi, in pause 
anit, conv. =m. 

1. to cause to abound, to make abun- 
dant, sc. a person in any thing, constr. 
with acc. of pers. and 3 of thing, Deut. 
28, 11. 30, 9. 

2. to let ‘remain, to leave, with ace. of 
thing Ex. 10, 15. 16, 19. 20. Ruth 2, 18. 
Ez. 12,16; and 5 of pers. added Is. 1, 9. 
Jer. 44,7. Absol. in the phrase ‘to eat 
or drink, and leave,’ sc. when satisfied, 
Ruth 2, 14. 2 K. 4, 43. 44; also Ex. 36, 
7. Ez. 6, 8.—Ps. 79, 11 ΠΣ "32 ANIA 
let remain the sons of death, i ive. preserve 
those appointed to die. 

3. Intrans. to be more than others, to 
excel; Gen. 49,4 “τ ὃς thou shalt not 
excel, i. 6. shalt not. be pre-eminent 
among thy brethren according to thy 
birthright.—But "mim may also be Hoph. 
for "msm, as Sin from 339, δι for 


man Pris 11, 25. 


Nipu. “ni2 1. to remain, to be left 
remaining, Gen. 44, 20. Neh. 6,1; e. g. 
after a slaughter or destruction of others 
Num. 26, 65. Josh. 11, 11. 1 K. 17,17. 
Is. 1, 8. 30, 17. al. sep. so of things Ex. 
10, 15; with dat. of pers. added 1 Sam. 
25, 34.. With "IM after 1 K. 9,21; ja 


of, out of any number, quantity, etc. 2 ἢ 


Sam. 13, 30. Zech. 14, 16. Lev. 14,29; — 
Ξ in or of any thing Lev. 8, 32. 14,18; 
also with 3 ina like sense 2 Sam. ‘17, 12. j 
—Part. ania, f. myMi2, that which is left, | 








/ 


a | Ws 


the rest, remainder, remnant, Gen. 30, 
36. Ex. 28, 10. 29, 34. Lev. 2, 3. 10. al. 
sep. 


2. to. remain, to be left, sc. after the. 


departure of others. Gen. 32, 25 and 
Jacob ("m3") was left alone. So also 
many intpp. Dan. 10, 13 DY “HAM "28 
and I remained there with the king of 
Persia ; but the context favours ἃ refer- 
ence to no. 3. 

3. to be more than others, to excel ; 
hence fo get the_victory, to be victorious. 
Dan. 10, 13 "2a "χὰ DY "AND UNI 
ὉΠ and I there obtained the victory with 
the ‘kings of Persia. Comp. Hiph. no. 3. 
Syr. Ethpa. prestans, excellens fuit. 

Deriy, 997, PAHs, VHD, Wis, WN, 
and those here following: 


I)? m. c. suff. ian? 1. a cord, rope, 
pr. something hanging over, redundant, 
see the root "M2 no. 1. Judg. 16, 7. 8. 


9. So Arab. τς id. string of a bow, of 


a lute, ete.—Spec. a) Of the cords by 
which a tent is fastened to the pins or 
stakes ; metaph. Job 4, 21 ba DIM 59) 
their cord in them is torn away, their tent 
is thrown down, i.e. they die; comp. the 
figure of a tent in v.19, also Is. 38, 12. 
Ὁ) The string of a bow, Ps.11,2. c) Of 
a cord used as a rein or halter ; Job 30, 
11 Cheth. Mm Imm" he letteth loose (lets 
go) his rein, or collect. they let loose 
their rein, i.e. are unbridled, impudent. 
Keri "πὴ they loosen my rein, i. e. the 
rein which I have put upon them, the 
reverence due to me. 

2. abundance, Ps. 17, 14; comp. Ex. 
23, 11. “m1 >> abundantly, enough and 
more, Ps. 31,24. Adv. "nt, abundant- 
ly, paveddingly, Is. 56, 12. Dan. 8, 9. 


3. remainder, esidiss, the rest. "ty 


Caph, the eleventh letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
20. The name 42 signifies the hollow 
of the hand, palm, to which the ancient 
figure of this letter prob. bore a resem- 
blance 








439 


non the rest of the people Judg. 7, 6.. 
2 Sam, 10, 10; Ὁ "723 “mM the rest of 
the. acts of limon 1K. 11, 41. 14,19. 

al. sep. Spec. what is left after de- 
struction, the remnant, residue, Deut. 3, 
11. Josh. 12, 4. 13, 12. Job 22, 20.—But 
Joel 1,4 ΠΕΣ SMI that which the lo- 
cust hath left, his leavings. Ez. 23, 11. 

4, Spoken of what exceeds ἘΝ ΟΥ̓ 
measure; hence a) excellence, pre- 
eminence, Prov. 17, 7. Coner. Gen. 49, 3. 
Ὁ) Adv. more than, besides, i. q. "77 no. 
2.c. Num. 31, 32. 

5. Jether, pr. ἢ. m. a) The father- 
in-law of Moses, elsewhere i707, Ex, 4, 
18. b) Judg. 8,20. c) 1 Chr. 2, 32. 
d) 4,17. e) 7, 38, for which 737" v. 37. 
f) 1K. 2, 5, Sig ‘whieh nary) 2 Sam. 17, 
26. —-Patronymi. want 2 Sam. 23, 38. 


NW? see sm no. 5. f. 


min? f. ig. "M3 no. 2, abundance, 
wealth, riches, Is. 15, γ. Ὧν. 48, 36. 


IAM? (i. q. yin) Jethro, pr. n. of the 
father-in-law of Moses, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 18. 
Comp. "1 no. 5, a, and 23m. 

JINN? m. (τ. 27) a word of the later 
Hebrew. 

1. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecce. 2, 13. 
7, 12 10, 10. 

2. gain, profit, emolument, what one 
has over and above, Kce. 1, 3. 2,11. 3,9. 
5, 8.15. Syr. [a5 2e4 gain. 

TU? see M7 no. 5. e. 

ὩΣ (residue of the people, r. Δ") 
Ithream, pr. τι. τα. 2 Sam. 3, 5. 1 Chr. 3, 3. 

mam see nani. 


Mr)? (for mim pin, nail, r. 3071, so 
Simonis) Jetheth, pr. τι. of an Edomitish 
chief, Gen. 36, 40. 


It is a palatal of a middle character 
as to roughness, and is therefore inter- 
changed: a) With the softer 4, see p. 
169; “and even with ", as "0" εὐ "2, 


comp. also 87H" and ae senex. δ) 


i 

With the harder palatal P, see 723 and 
P75 327 and pe; j2h and 1h “23 
and "22; and others almost innumerable 
in the kindred dialects; see Schult. Clav. 
Dialectorum p. 295. Scheid ad Cant. 
Hiskie p. 196. 0) Less freq. it passes 
over into the stronger gutturals ΠῚ ας 


So 9.909 τ᾿. 
and 5 ὁ, as 12h, dle, US, a mole; 


"33 and “ian yn> Chaboras; ὙΠ, 


0) =) 80, 
Uae, ‘cheese; “752, » ht, yet, young 
lion ; ane and "M2 to surround, 


2; before monosyllables and bary- 


tones often 2 (Lehrg. § 151, 1), c. suff. 
D322, 02,05; with the other persons 
it takes the form 2, 02, q. v. 

A) Adv. of quality, abridged from 42, 
as ἫΝ for j38, and the like ; see Heb. 
Gramm. ὃ 100. ᾿ 

1. Pr. demonstr. thus, so, in this man- 
ner, Gr. wc. Hence repeated, 3—2, as 
—so, where two things are compared. 
Lev. 7,7 DWND PNRLMD as the sin-offer- 
ing so the trespass-offering. Num. 15, 15. 
Hos. 4, 9. 1K. 22, 4. Is. 1,8. Some- 
times (though rarely) inverted, so—as ; 
Gr. oc—we. Gen. 44, 18 ΠΣ Ξ9 Π7Ὼ9 
so thou, as Pharaoh. Ps. 139, 12.— 
According to the various modes of com- 
parison, this particle may also be va- 
riously rendered, e. g. as well—as, Lev. 
24, 16 all the congregation shall stone 
him, WIRD 732 as well the stranger 
as the native. Deut. 1,17. Ez. 18, 4. 
Also how great, so great ; quantus, tan- 
tus; qualis, talis; ὅσος, τόσος ; οἷος, 
τοῖος ; so Josh. 14, 11 "M234 1 "MSD 
mm> how great my strength then, 80 
great my strength now, or in Engl. 
shorter, as—so. 1 Sam. 30, 24.—More 
fully, j2—2 Ps. 127, 4. Joel 2,4; also 
35-- Josh. 14,11. 1 Sam. 30, 24, Dan. 
11, 29. Ez. 18, 4. 

9. Relat. δι what way, how, after the 
verb 379 (as elsewhere 7"8 Ruth 3, 18), 
Kee. 11, 5 as thou knowest not what will 
be the way of the wind, j233 ὉΛΏΧ 59)" 
mba nor how the bones grow in the 
teeming womb, so, etc. 

3. Indef. in some way, in some mea- 
sure; hence, where numbers or mea- 


sures of space and time are expressed _ 


without strict exactness. about, nearly, 





2 


Gr. ὡς (ὡς πεντήκοντα), ὡσεί, ὅσον. 1K. 

22,6 O° mine SAIND about four hun- 
dred men. Ex. 12, 37. Ruth 2, 17 MED 
psy about an ephab of barley. Num. 
11, 31 it 212 about a day’s journey. 
Ruth 1, 4 Ὁ ἢ ΩΣ about ten years 
Gen. 38, 24. Josh. 3, 4. al. seep. With 3 
rarely; Sam. 14, 14. —Also of a point 
of time not exactly. defined. Ex. 11,4 

ΓΡΆΞΓΙ ὨΝΤῚΞ about midnight. 9, 18 — 
sn about this time to-morrow. Dan. 9, 
21 33 ΠΡ; ne about the time of the 
evening sacrifice. In all these exam- 
ples, > may be taken adverbially, as is — 
here done; and the subst. is then in the 
accusative of time when. But see in B. 
no. 3. 

B) Prep. 1. as, like, as if, denoting 
resemblance of any kind, 1 Sam. 25, 86 
227 Owed ina nti. Gen. 9, 3, 
29, 20. Ps. 1 8. Job 32, 19. Gen. 25, 25, 
So of the torn, appearance, Cant. 6, 6 
thy teeth are bmn 7139 like a flock of 4 
sheep. Judg. 8, 18. ‘Job “41, 10. Of mag- - 


nitude, Josh. 10, 2 for Gibeon was ὦ 


great city, nabay "79 MAND like one of — 
the royal cities, i.e. as great as one of 
them. Of number, Gen. 22, 17 733552 
p2ui. 13,16 "B22. Also of time, Job ἰ 
10, 5. Ps. 89, 37 Uews ἼΝΌΞ his throne 
shall endure like the sun, i. e. as long 
as the sun shall shine, comp. 72, 17. 
Of lot, fortune, comp. 3 73H to be as, like, 
to experience the same as, etc. p. 250, 
col, 1. δ; also 9 jM2 see in jm}. Often so 
that the ‘tertium comparationis’ is sub- 
joined, as Job 34,7 who is like Job, who 
drinketh in iniquity like water? Gen. 3, 
5.—Spec. to be noted are the following 
idioms: a) A subst. preceded by 3 
often denotes something like itself, a 
person or thing similar to that which the 
noun denotes. Dan. 10, 18 DIX MX 29 
(an appearance) like the appearance of 
aman, (something) like the human form. ἡ 
Deut. 4, 32 whether there hath been 
min bits "20> any thing like this 
great thing ? Gen. 41, 38 MID Reo 
wx can we find a man like this man? 
i.e. such a man. Hence 32 ΡΝ, 
may often be rendered such, Judg. 13, 


23. Is. 66,8 HENDON PND soy 
who hath heard such a thing ? who , 


hath seen such things? Job 16,2; also 
PND (what) is like this, i.e. the same . 





a 4A1 2 


in like manner, Judg. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 31, 20. 
ΓΞ} ΠῚ thus and thus, so and so, Fudg. 
18, ‘4, 1K. 14,5. ὈΝΤΞῚ ND id. 2 Sam. 
17, 15. Ὁ) With verbs of likeness 2 is 
put by pleonasm, 6. g. 3 dw22 Ps. “49, 
13. 21; 4s in Engl. to be made like as 
a person, etc. 6) For the article so 
frequent after 9 of comparison, see 
above under the art. ‘1 no. 2. 6. Ρ. 239. 

2. according to, after, Gr. κατά, im- 
plying aecordance and conformity with 


some rule or model. Gen. 1, 26 39m). 


after our likeness. 4,17 32 ‘23 pw > 
after the name of his son Enoch. Josh. 6, 
15 πὴ wEhD after this manner. 2 K. 
1,17 mint 272 according to the word 
of Jehovah. 1 Sam. 13, 14 12253 ON a 
man afler his own heart, such as is 
pleasing to him. Ps. 7, 18 7 will praise 
Jehovah 15 iocotding to his right- 
eousness. i.e. as his righteousness de- 
mands. Zech. 2, 10. Ex. 8, 9. 27.. Josh. 
1.7, Jer. 17,10. Prov. 24, 12. al. Comp. 
173 according to one’s hand, i. 6. bounty, 
see 37 no. 1. ec.—In this signif. also 3 is 
followed in the apodosis by 72; Gen. 6, 
22 ΤῊΣ 13 DON ink ΤῊΣ Wy 595. 

3. From the adverbial use explained 
above in A. 3, comes also the use of this 
particle as a article of time or space, 
like Germ, wm, Engl. about, at, as in the 
phrase, ‘wm drey Uhr,’ which means 
not only about three o’clock, but also at 
three o’clock. So οἰ binns i. q. 
pissy Siam yesterday and the day be- 
fore. formerly, 1 Sam. 14, 21. 21, 6; 
‘DD to-day, at this time, now, see di" 
no. 3. d,e; 3232 in a moment, at once, 
Num. 16, 21; 22> in a Little ‘while Is, 
26, 20. isp too of space; 1 Sam. 20, 3 


MrT 7734 9272 SwED there is as a step. 


(but a step) between me and death. Ps. 
73, 2. 

_ 4. The notion of likeness and compari- 
son is retained by 9 in those places also 
where the Heb. grammarians give it 
the name of Caph veritatis (Mmvax 52), 
or also of Caph confirmationis et identi- 
tatis (OMIPM H2, oxsm 3). Here, al- 
though no comparison is actually ex- 
pressed, yet > is not redundant, but 
implies a comparison with all other 
things of the same kind; see Lehrg. p. 
846. Heb. Gr. § 151. 3. f. Neh. 7,2 "3 
τον W°N> NIT for he was as a faithful 





man is and should be, i. e. he was what 
is called a faithful man. Ecc. 8,1 2 
mann who is as the wise man? wlio ἰδ. 
such that he may be called wise? who is 
truly wise? Is.1,7 D3 N3BM22 ΓΘ 
desolation like the overthrow ‘of stran- 
gers, truly such as enemies make.—This 
comparison is so far from weakening the 
force of the expression, that on the con- 
trary it strengthens it: ΤῸΝ ΘΝ 9. ‘as 
only a faithful man can be,’ most faithful, 
Lat. quam Jfidissimus ; p"t M2BN29 ‘as 
only foreign enemies can “destroy, the 
utmost desolation; comp. the Gr. ὡς ἀλη- 
ϑῶς, Passow Lex. i ὡς ; also ὅσον Viger. 
ed. Hermann p. 563. So espec. in the 
phrase 0323 very few 1 Chr. 16, 19; 
very little Prov. 10, 20, comp. Gr. ὅσον 
ὀλίγον. ὩΣῺΞ TW a very small rem- 
nant Is. 1, 9.—But very many examples 
usually referred to Caph veritatis, be- 
long rather to the Caph of resemblance 
or similitude (B. 1), though with various 
relations; 6. g. 3 757 Zo be as any one, 
to act like him; Ex. 22, 24 i> minn sb 
me thou shalt not be to him as an 
usurer. Num. 11, 1 ORNS OP ὙΠ} 
>" and the people were as if complaining 
of evil, complaining as if some evil had 
happened to them. 1 Sam. 10, 27. Job 
24,14 5333 ὙΠ ΓΙ 53} and by night is us 
the thief, acts the thief. Hos. 5, 10. 10, 
4. Cant. 1,7. So Lam. 1,20 abroad the 
sword bereaveth, nad T7323 at home 
there is as death, α. ἃ. as it were death 
itself, viz. famine and plague; see no. 
l.a. Is. 13,6 int Ἐπ 32 like a de- 
stroying tempest from the Alinighty shall 
it come, i.e. suddenly, as tempests are 
wont to come. Is. 1, 8 see in A. 1.—In 
Job 3, 5 "7929, the 5 is radical. 

5. Prefixed to the Infinitive > is: 
a) as, like, comp. no. 1, 2. Is. 5, 24. 
Ironically, as if, Is. 10, 15 way 2 
Wa" Va" as if the rod should brandish 
him who lifteth it wp. Ὁ) as. i.q. after, 
when, as soon as, a particle of time, 
(comp. no. 3,) where the time of two 
actions is compared, like Gr. ὡς for ἐπεί, 
Passow in ὡς B. II. 5; comp. Ps. 89, 37. 
38, in no. 1 above. Gen. 39, 18 "2°75 
a193... 2p as [lifted up my voice (ise. 
when, as soon as)... then he left, etc. 
1 Sam. 5, 10 minbyn jie xiap ons 
“Δ APB") as the ark of God came, then 


Te 
they cried oul, etc. 1K. 1,21. Also of 
future time, in a conditional sentence, 
Gen. 44, 30 Han... [aN7>R NBD ANT) 
ΤΩΣ. nie and it shall be as (when) 
I come to my ‘father... . and as (soon as) 
he seeth... then he will die, etc. comp. 
Deut. 16, 6. Jer. 25,12. Strictly of both 
time and condition in Is. 28,20 >27an "Xp 
ὈΞΞΏΓΞ IS N20) sanwns shorter is 
the bed than that one can stretch himself, 
and the covering is too narrow when 
(if) he will wrap himself—In the same 
sense 2 is prefixed also to verbal nouns. 
2 Chr. 12, 1 inzim> as his strength sc. 
inereased. Is. 23, 5 "¥ ΣΦ when the 
report of Tyre sc. is heard. 30, 19. 
Rarely in like manner before a partici- 
ple, Gen. 38, 29 17 a" "7775, for in" 
="W7s, as he drew back his hand. 40, 10. 

C) Conjunct. rarely, where 9 is then 
ig. ΝΞ, and is put befure a whole sen- 
tence, as, Like as. Is. 8,23 jitx yw m2 
ΔΊ 79297 ΤΙΝΙ ος bat ΓΙΣῚΝ bon 
like as the times of old have manele 
despite upon the land of Zebulun . 
shall future times bring honour, ate: for 
msi "GRD. 61, 11.—For prepositions 
thus converted into conjunctions by an- 
nexing to them the relative conjunction 
ἸῸΝ or "D, (which also may be omitted 
by élikinet see Lehrgeb. p. 636. Heb. 
Gr. ὃ 102.1.c. Comp. also on the above 
example Ewald Heb. Gr. p. 614. 

Nore. For the alleged ellipsis of 
the prefix 3 after 3, which many inter- 
preters have domecossarily assumed, 
see Heb. Gramm. § 116. note. 


2 Chald. i. q. Heb. B. 1, like, as, Dan. 
a 4. 6. 9.18; as, as if, as it were, Dan. 
6, 1. 7393 i.q. Hebr. MN1D as this, i.e. 
so, thus, see “in 43 p. 230; "such Dai. 2; 
10. For "12 i.g. "WND, as, when, see ᾿Ξ, 


“WND (Aram. "73, 52) pr. as who, 


as one who, Job 29, 25; but varying 
according to the diferent significations 
of each particle. 

A. according to what, i.e. a) accord- 
ing as, as much as, Gen. 34, 12 and 1 
will guve "2X ὙΠ Δ ΘΝ pipe δὰ as 
ye shall say to me. 1 Sam. 2,16. 8) ac- 
cording to what manner, as, like as, i. q. 

ν A. 2, not prefixed to a a ν words, but 
to whole sentences only; Gen.7,9 “WX2 
pins irk ΤΣ as God had commanded 


nin as at the first. 





=N5 


him. 34, 22. Is. 9, 2. 1 K. 8, 573 also 


before an imperfect or elliptical sen-— 
tence, Josh. 8, 6 they flee before us "WR3 
c) because, pr. 
in accordance therewith that. Num. 27, 
14 "B BM. WWD because ye rebelled 
against my commandment. 1 Sam. 28, 
18. 2 K. 17, 26. Mic. 3, 4. Compare 
the corresponding usage of the prefix 9 
in phrases like "P7¥2. d) Very often — 
“U2 is followed by a corresponding 19, 
6. g. j2—"UND, as—so, Num. 2, 17. Is. 
31,4; even as—so, Judg. 1,7; in what 
manner—so, i. q. the more—the more, 
Ex. 1, 12. Is. 52, 14, 15. Hos.*4; 7. 
So where there is a double protasis, 
j2—"ERD—"ENP Is. 10, 10. 11. - 

2. as if, as though, comp. “8x B. 4. 
Job 10, 19 HAM "MNT NS WwWRD 7 should 
be as though I had never been. Is. 29, 8. 
Zech. 10, 6. 

3. Of time, as, so as, i. 4. 3 before an 
infin. (comp. 2 B. 5.b.) i. 6. after, when, 
as soon as. With pret. Ex. 32,1977 
ΞΡ "UN2 and as soon as he came nigh 
to the camp. Gen. 18, 33. 1 Sam. 8, 6. 
Ex. 17, 11. Ps. 51, 2. Jet. 39, 4. al. Esth. 
4,16 "ΣΝ ὍΠΩΣ “WND when I perish, 


. 1 perish, ‘the language of despair. Gen: 


43, 14.—Before a future it acquires a 
conditional power; Ecc. 4,17 when (if) 
thou goest to the house of God. 5,3 when 
thou vowest a vow,.i. 6. if thou dost vow. 
Gen. 27, 40. Hos. 7, 12; so the verb 
being impl. Is. 23, 5. 


* SND (see Syr. and Arab.) fut. 
3X5" 10 have pain, to be sore, Gen. 34, 25, 
Trop. of the mind, to grieve, to be sad, 
Prov. 14, 13. Ps. 68, 30. By hyperb. 
pain is attributed to a dead body, with 
by of cause, Job 14, 22; comp. Is. 66, 24. 


Judith 16, 7.—Chald. 383, Syr. {> to 
be in pain, to be sad, Arab. pee to be 


sad. 

Hipu. 1. to cause pain, to wound, to 
make sad, Job 5, 18. Ez. 28, 24; acc. of 
pers. Ez. 13, 22. 

2. to afflict, i. 6. to mar, to destroy. 2 
K.3, 19 55382 ἸΞΝΞῺ ΓΒ ΓΙ Ope 25) 
and every good field ye shall mar with 
stones, by casting stones upon it so as to 
render it sterile, Sept. ἀχρειώσατε, comp. 
Is. 5, 2. Job 5, 23; by a similar figure, 





μι 


land left untilled is said to die Gen. 47, 
19; and vines destroyed by the hail are 
poetically said to be killed Ps. 78, 47.— 
Simonis regards 4N3m as by Syriasm 
for 12°22, from r. 333, Syr. 25, to 
harm, comp. 0X2" for Ὁ. Job 7, 5; but 
this ib unnecessary. 

Deriv. 318372 and 

382 m. (Tsere impure) constr. 382 
Is. 65, 14, pain of body Job 2, 13. 16, 6; 
so of sblagnity, adversity, Jer. 15, 18. Ps. 
39, 3. Also of mind, grief, Is. 17, 11; 
with 39 added Is. 65, 14. 


*FISD in Kal not used, to chide 
harshly, to upbraid, like Syr. its; then 
intrans. to become dejected, desponding, 
to be sad; comp. 772 to rebuke, 


.- G -ς 
to be faint-hearted, sLS to be sad, to 


terrify, to restrain, intrans. mid. E to 
be timid, faint-hearted. The primary 
idea lies perhaps in smiting, comp. &33 ; 
whence intrans. and pass. to be cast 
down, dejected, so that Niph. 4833 is i. q. 
R53. 

Hipu. to afflict, to make sad, inf. Ez. 
13, 22 a2 MIND 155. 

ΝΊΡΗ. fo be dejected, desponding, hum- 
ble, Ps. 109, 16. Dan. 11, 30. The form 
4X32 Job 30, 8 is Niph. of 833.—Hence 

TSP m. dejected, sad, unhappy. Plur. 
τ Ps, 10,10 Keri. But the Cheth. 
is to be pietaited, see M357. 


“WED see after 3, p. 442. 


* 322 obsol. root ; Arab. ἀντ Eth. 
TNA, to roll up; N1NN bail, globe ; 
Syr. }225 something rolled up, a ball. 
Hence 1139, 339 star, pr. globule. 

*"J2) Is. 24,20 and 123 Judg. 20, 
34, fut. 723°. 

1. to be heavy; Eth. OLN id. In 
Arabic and Syr. traces only of this signif. 


remain; as OS to be burdensome, trou- 
blesome, as cold, paszf to be indignant, 


angry. Spoken pr. of weight Job 6, 3; 

then trop. of any heavy guilt Gon, 18, 
20; comp. in 731. With >3 to be heavy 
upon any one, as a victorious powers 
which depresses and crushes an enemy, 
Judg. i, 3° ; so of the punitive hand of 


AAS 





oh) 


God Ps. 32,4. 1 Sam. 5, 11, comp. also 
Job 23, 2; of sin Is. 24, 20, comp. Ps. 
38,5. Hence to be burdensome, griev- 
ous, to any one, Neh. 5, 18. Ex. 5, 9. 2 
lai. 13, 25 412d 3223 8) and let us 
not be burdensome unto thee. 14, 26. Job 
33,7. With >x for 55 1 Sam. 5, 6.— 
Usually trop. as in the following senses: 
2. to be heavy in the sense of abun- 
dance, i. q. to be great, abundant, to be 
rich in any thing, with 3, Gen. 13,2 and 
Abraham 73722 482 22 was very rich 
in calile. See Niph. no. 1, ‘132 no. 1. 
3. to be great in number, to be many ; 
see Hithpa. no. 1, adj. 123 no. 2, and 
722 no. 2. 
4, to be heavy. i. 6. vehement, sore, as 
a battle Judg. 20, 34; with δὲ 1 Sam. 
31, 3. Comp. 735 no. 3, adj. 739 no. 3. 
5. Of things as not easily moved, to 
be heavy, i. q. to be dull, slow, sluggish, 
e. g. of the senses, as the eyes Gen. 48, 
10; the ears Is. 59,1. Also of the mind 
or heart, to be dull, stupid, hardened, 
Ex. 9,7. Comp. Piel no. 1, Hiph. no. 3, 
adj. 733 no. 4. 


6. to be weighty, honoured, comp. Gr. 


βαρύς, Ez. 27, 25. Job 14, 21. Of God, 
to be honoured, glorified, Is. 66,5. This 
signif. is more freq. in Piel no. 2; see 
Hiph. Niph. Hithp. 

PIEL 23 
harden the heart 1 Sam. 6, 3. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to 
do honour or reverence to any one ; spo- 
ken: a) Of men, Ex. 20, 12 “mx 725 
FENN FPN honour thy father and thy 
mother.. Deut. 5, 16. Num. 22, 17. 37. 
1 Sam. 2, 29. inde 1,8. 1 Sam. 2, 30 “"3 
ἼΞΞΝ "7229 for them that honour me I 
will honour. Ps. 15, 4. 91, 15. ‘b) Of 
God, 1 Sam. 2, 30. Prov. 14, 31; and 
hence often i. q. to glorify, to preine, Ps. 
22, 24. 50, 15. 23. Is. 24, 15; elsewhere 
also to honour with oblations, c. 972 Prov. 
3,9; 2 Dan. 11, 38 (of idols) ; ; with two 
ace. Is, 43, 23. So} mins Dw ἼΞ9 Ps. 86, 
12:5) pu v. 9. Poet. the beasts ans 
are said to praise God Is. 43,20. ο) 
Of things, e. g. the sabbath Is. 58,13; a 
sacred place 60, 13; of the olive, Judg. 
9,9 should I leave my fatness, which in 
me both God and men do honour ? 

Pua 122 to be honoured, Prov. 13, 18. 
27, 18. Is. 58, 13. 


; 


1. Causat. of Kal no. 5, to . 


ag παν 


Hien. 1. to make heavy, 6. g. a yoke 
1 K. 12, 10. Is. 47,6; a chain Lam. 3,7. 
Ellipt. Neh. 5, 15 the former governors 
poi by ὙΤΊΣΞΓΙ, sc. 59, had made heavy 
the yoke upon the people, had heavily 
oppressed them. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to make abun- 
dant, to heap up, Hab. 2, 6. Comp. 
Niph. no. 1. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 5, to make heavy, 
dull, 6. g: the ears Is. 6, 10. Zech. 7, 11; 
to harden the heart Ex. 9, 34. 

4, Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to 
cause to be honoured, Is. 8, 23 [9, 1]. Jer. 
30,19. Also, to acquire honour, renown, 
for oneself, 2 Chr. 25, 19. 

Nipx. 7253, Part. plur. D252 Dag. 
euphon. Prov: 8, 24. Is. 23, 8. 9, Nah. 
3,10; but with grave suff. 017725) Ps. 
149, 8. | 

1. to be heavy, from abundance, i.e. to 
abound, to be rich in any thing, comp. 
Kal no.2. Prov. 8,24 52 "332 M332 
fountains abounding in water. 

2. Pass. of Piel no. 2, and Hiph. no. 4, 
to be honoured, to be held in honour, to 
enjoy honour, Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam. 6, 20. 
22. 1 Sam. 22, 14. Is. 49, 5 "2°22 328 
“yet am I honoured in the eyes of Jeho- 
vah. 43,4. 2 K. 14,10 ΡΞ 3} ἼΞΞΠ 
enjoy the honour and abide at home.— 
Part. 3233 honoured, honourable, distin- 
guished, Num. 22, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19. 23. 
1 Chr. 4, 9. Is. 3, 5. 23, 8. 9 (opp. ἘΠ), 
comp. Nah. 3, 10. Ps. 149, 8; so of the 
name of God as honoured, glorious, Deut. 
28,58. Plur. fem. P1722) glorious things, 
promises, Ps, 87, 3. 

3. Reflex. like Hithp. to get honour to 
oneself, to show oneself great and glori- 
ous, Lev. 10, 3. Is. 26,15. Ez. 28, 22, 
Hagg. 1, 8; with 2 im or by any one 
Ex. 14, 4. 17. 18. 

Hirup. 1. to make oneself many, to 
multiply oneself, see Kal no. 3. Nah. 3, 
15. 

2. to honour oneself, to glory, to boast, 
Prov. 12, 9. 

Deriv. 323 —ma733, 7733, N75. 


‘122 constr. 12> Ex. 4, 10, and 733 Is. 
1, 4. 

A) Adj. 1. heavy, e. g. a load Ps. 
38.5; a yoke 1 K. 12, 4. 11; an old 
man of large frame 1 Sam. 4, 18; of a 


hk 


_218,) spoken of an army Num. 20, 20. 


Quenched.—Arab. LS to cover with 





a) 


cloud charged with rain Ex. 19, 16; 
rock, i. 6. great Is. 32,2. Ina bad se: 
heavy; i i. 6. oppressive, grievous, sore, 8. σ΄. 
a murrain, Ex. 9,3; locusts and flies 
Ex. 8,20. 10,14; hail 9,18. 24; fami 
Gen. 12, 10. 41, 31. 43,1. 47,18. Trop 
of sin Ps, 38, δ: henea Is. 1, 4 a people 
yy 732 heavy with iniquity, i.e. la- 
den with heavy sin.—Also burdensome, 
roublesome, Prov. 27, 3; rir: Ecclus. 
22, 17. . 
2, much, many, great, (comp. ‘ graves 
pavonum greges’ Varro ap. Non. 4. no. 
















Is. 36, 2; a retinue 1 K. 10, 2. Gen. 50, 
9; flocks Ex. 12, 38. 

3. great, vehement, sore, see the root 
Kal no. 4; 6. g. lamentation Gen. 50, 10. 

4. Of things as not easily moved, 
heavy, i.e. dull, slow, sluggish ; so of 
the speech and tongue Ex. 4,10; of the 
heart, hard, Ex. 7, 14. 

5. difficult, hard, sc. to be done, as a 
business Ex. 18, 8. Num. 11, 14; hard 
to be understood, as a language Ez. 3, 
5.6. Comp. Germ. schwer, schwierig. 


ρον 
B) Subst. the liver, Arab. WAS, OAS, 

ee 

δ JUS, as being the heaviest of the vis- 


cera, both in weight and importance ; 
Prov. 7, 23. Ez. 21, 26 [21]. Lev. 3, 4. 
10. Lam. 3. 11 "22 yoy yews my liver 
is poured oul upon the ground, hyperbol. 

expression for the severest mental suf 
fering ; comp. Job 16; 13. 


“Ia? see in Tisd and M333. 


“22 1. heaviness, weight, Prov. 27, 3. 

2. a great number, multitude, Nah. 
3, 3. 
3. vehemence, violence, e. g. of fink. Is. 
30, 27; of war Is. 21,15. See r. 733 
no. 4. 


PAT f. heaviness, difficulty, Ex. 14, 
25. 'R: 523. 


*yia2 fut. M32", to go out, to be 
quenched, pr. of fire Lev. 6, 5. 6. Prov. 
26, 20; of a light 1 Sam. 3, 3. Prov. 31, 
18. Metaph. of the anger of God 2 K. 
22,17. Jer. 7,20; of enemies who pe- 
rish, Is. 43, 17 like a wick are they 


ashes, not wholly to extinguish; but 


29 


Li to extinguish. The primary no- 
tion is that of covering over, concealing ; 
yaad ᾧ RAM, 750. 

Przt to put out, to quench, e. g. fire Is. 1, 
31, alight 2Chr. 29,7. Is. 42, 3. Metaph. 
anger Jer. 4, 4. 21,12; bevel Cant. 8, 7. 
So 2 Sam. 21, 17 be ἜΤΟΣ TAIN sb) 
that thou quench not the light of Israel, 
i. e. lest thou, the light of the nation, 
perish. Comp. 2 Sam.14, 7, and art. N23. 


Ti3D, defect. 723 twice Gen. 31, 1. 
Nah. 2, 10; ὁ. suff. "i233, OTIAD , rarely 
defect. "732 Ex. 29, 43. 33, ‘22 ; m. but 
fem. Gen. 49, 6; pr. weight, but always 
rop. R. 733. 

1. abundance, substance, riches, wealth, 
Nah. 2, 10. Ps. 49,17. Is. 10,3. Gen. 31, 
1, ἂς See 1, Ἴ39. πο. 2. 

2. honour, glory, Sept, δόξα, see the 
rout no. 6, a) Of men, 1 K. 3, 13 "> 
ind 03 riches and Roa, Ecc. 6, 2. 
Proy. 8, 18. 2 Chr. 1, 11. 12.—Prov. 20, 3 
=" a Wd ΖΦ it is honour far a 
man to cease from strife. 11, 16. Ps. 8, 6. 
Job 19, 9. 1 Sam. 4, 21 of the ark.— 
Prov. 95, 27 to eat much honey is not 
good, "i332 D132 37 and the search- 
ing out of their honour is not honour, i. e. 
to seek one’s own honour is not honour, 
the negat. being repeated from the pre- 
ced. member. Or it may be so divided: 
wia22 3i22 IPM the searching out of 
honour is without honour ; comp. for 72 
Is. 14,19: Job 11, 15. 21,9. See The- 
saur. p. 515.  b).Of God, Ps. 19, 2 
by iad ὈΒΟ or OUT the heavens dle- 
clare the glory ‘of God. 29, 1. Is. 42; 8. 
48, 11. al. ‘isd 7272 the King of glory 
Ps. 24,7.8.9.—T give or render ho- 
nour to any one is: > ὙΞ9 Ἴ2, as to 
men Prov. 26, 8, to God 1 Sam. 6, 5. 
Ps, 115, 1; > tia2 C1, to God Is. 42, 12; 
Pi > 377" to ‘God Ps. 29, 1. 9. 1 Chr. 16, 
28 ; δ > mize to do honour to 2 Chr. 
32, 23. 33, comp. Is. 14, 18.—Concr. 
an) God is called 5x09 Tin the glory 
of Israel, i. 6. in whom Israel should 
glory, Dar: 2,11. Ps.106,20; genr.’D 7133 
the glory of any one, i.e. who restores 
and protects his honour, Ps. 3, 4. 57, 9. 
bb) Also 5x57 7122 collect. the pean 
of Israel, the nobility, nobles, Is. 5, 13 
(opp. ‘ian. 17, 3.4. Mic. 1,15. So too 
the nobles of Assyria Is. 8, 7. 10, 16; of 

38 


AAS 





125 


Moab Is. 16, 14;,comp. also Is. 22, 23. 
24, cc) ‘B 29 the honour, glory, of 
any one, poet. for the spirit, the heurt, 
as the noblest part of man, Gen. 49, 6 
where it is joined with a fem. like WED. 
Ps.7, 6 (parall. 853, pM, 3d Ps. 16, 9). 
16, 3. 30, 13. 57, 9. 108, 3, Comp. Gi 
(ites Fan Seiietiens assign to 29 
the signif: of liver, i.q. 723; but the 
liver is never (like the heart and reins) 
assumed as the seat of the mind and 
affections.—Adv. with honour, glorious- 
ly, Ps. 73, 24; comp. 149, 5. 

3. splendour, glory, majesty. Gen. 45, 
13 and ye shall tell my father “bony 
puss "7133 of all my glory (splendour) 
in Egypt. Is.4,5. 11,10. 22,18, tin2 dD 
a throne oF elors 1 Sam. 2 8. Jer. 14, 21. 
17,12. jf225 31nd the glory of Labia. 
non, its magnificence, beauty, Is. 35, 2. 
60, 13. 5 ina M7 10 be for glory (ho- 
nour) fo any one, Is. 4,2; comp. Zech. 2, 
9. Espec. min" ὙἼ29 the glory, majesty. 
of Jehovah, Sept. δόξα Κυρίου, Is. 59,19 
60, 1; pr. that fiery effulgence surround- 
ed with dark clouds in which Jehovah is 
represented as appearing, or Jehovah 
himself as surrounded by this effulgence 
(from which lightnings proceed Lev. 9 
23. Num. 16,35. Ps. 18, 13), such as he 
manifested himself at Sinai to Moses 
and the people, Ex. 16, 7. 10. 24, 16 
comp. v.17. 33,18. Lev. 9, 6. 23 ; or ap- 
peared in che tabernacle Ex. 40, 34; or 
in the temple 1K. 8, 11. 2 Chr. 7, 1, 
comp. Ez. 43, 2.5. 44,4; or was seen in 
prophetic visions Is. 6, 3. Ez. 1, 28. 3, 12. 
23. 8,4. 10, 4.18; comp. in N. T. δόξα 
Κύριου Luke 2, 9. 9,11. Acts 22,11. To 
this corresponds the πρῶ Shekinah of 
the later Jews, Buxtorf Lex. Chald. h. v. 
—God appears too in glory to punish 
transgressors Lev. 10,2; and sinners are 
said to provoke i733 "3°9 the eyes of his 
glory, i.e. of him as thus appearing in 
his glory for their punishment, Is. 3, 8. 


MJIAD f. for 1723, from a masc. 723, 
after the form DUN, N27y. R.732. 
_1, Adj. fem. splendid, magnificent, 
e.g. a bed Ez. 23,41; the attire of a 
queen Ps. 45, 14. 

2. Subst. precious things, wealth, Judg. 
18, 21; i. ᾳ. 'TiaD_ no. 1, comp. Is. 10, 3. 
Gen. 31, 1. 


i) 

2529 (r. 539) Cabul, pr.n. a) A city 
in the tribe of Asher Josh. 19, 27. It 
seems to correspond to the village Xa- 
βωλώ mentioned by Josephus de Vit. 5. § 
43,44. B.J. 3.3.1. Comp. Reland. Palest. 
p- 668. A fortress Jnl Kabul is men- 
tioned by Arabian writers in the district 
of Safed; see Rosenm. Analecta Arab. 
Til. p. 20. 

b) A district of Galilee comprising 
twenty eities and towns, given by Solo- 
mon to Hiram king of Tyre, 1 K. 9, 13; 
so called by the latter in token of dis- 
satisfaction, comp. v.12. Josephus says, 
prob. by conjecture from the context, 
Ant. 8. 5. 3: μεϑερμηνευόμενον γὰρ τὸ 
Χαβαλὼν κατὰ Φοινίκων γλῶτταν οὐκ 
ἀρέσκον onucive. The LXX have 
ὕριον border, as if 422 i. q. 2933, and so 
Bochart; but this neglects the context. 
Hiller, in Onomast. V. T. p. 435, takes 
baad for >A3D part. pass. of ban, ‘as 
something exhaled, as nothing.’ Some- 
thing like this was perhaps present to 
the mind of the sacred writer; though 
the reading of the Sept. is in itself the 
more natural. 

‘JIBD (Syr. Haas cake, τ. 339) Cab- 
bon, pr. n. of a place in the plain of Ju- 
dah, Josh. 15, 40; perhaps the same 
with 8225 1 Chr..2, 49. 

"5 τη. (r..72D) something braided 
or plaited; hence a quilt, mattress. 
1 Sam. 19,13. 16 ODF 9935 the mat- 
. tress of goat's hair. Comp. “237. 


“22 m. adj. poet. mostly in Job. R. 
"23 no. 2 and Hiph. 


1. great, vast, mighty, Arab. pas 
So py"AaD 072 mighty waters Is. 17, 12. 
28,2. “aD M5 a mighty wind Job 8, 2 
Spoken of great men, renowned, Job 34, 
24; of God as great, mighty, Job 34, 17. 
36,5, mm) "22 of great age, grand: 


evus, Job 15, 10; so Arab. tah ora 


senex Lenni des wuil 


* 52D obsol. root, Talm. Syr. Arab. 
to tie, to bind, to bind together, kindy. 
with bas and ban; also "33, "22, 72". 
Hence the qnadeilit. ἘΞ. q.v. pr. ἢ. 
baad, and 


bn m. a fetter, plur. constr. "232, Ps. 
105, 18. 149,8. Arab. and Syr. id. 


AAG 





“25 


. 133 obsol. root, Chald. and Tal- 
mud. to bind, to bind together, i. q. kindr. 
22; Syr. to bind around. Hence pr. 
names ἃ 82252, ἈΣΞΞὮ. 


*T22 pr. to tread, to trample with 
the feet, kkindr. with ODD; on the syllable, 
ὍΞ, which is primary in this root, see 
under art. 042 p. 119.—Hence to wash, 
to cleanse, sc. garments by treading them 
in a trough, etc. differing from 7} to - 
lave or wash the body, as Gr. πλύνειν 
from λούει». In Kal not found except in 
Parr. 0343 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. a 
washer, “fuller, Gr. πλυντήρ, κναφεύς, 
whose business it was to cleanse soiled 
garments, and to full new ones. See 
Schneider Ind. ad Scriptt. Rei Rustice 
p. 385. Schottgen Triture et fullonize 
Antiquitates, Lips.1763.—The ὈΞῚ9 ay 
fuller’s field Is. 1. ὁ. was a place on the 
west of Jerusalem, where the fullers 
spread out the garments after washing 
to dry. 

Piet 03> Gen. 49, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 25. 
elsewhere 023. . 

1. 1. q. Kal, Ex. 19, 10. Lev. 11, 25. 
98, 40.,13, 6. 34. Num. 19, 7. al. Part. 
0229 i. q. 02D Mal. 3, 2. 

2. Metaph. to cleanse: to purify the 
heart from sin, Ps. 51, 4.9. Jer. 4, 14; 
yet so that the priinard notion of Wail! | 
ing is retained and alluded to, Jer. 2, 22. 
Mal. 3, 2. 

Pua Pass. Lev. 13, 58. 15, 17. 

Horap. pass. 0237 Lev. 13, 55. 56. 


* 922 obsol. root, like kindr. 333 aan 
Sap, to be high, espec. with a round 
form, as a tumor, a cup, the head. 
Hence 3152 helmet. 


ΩΣ; in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to bind 
together, to plait, to braid, i. q. ἘΞ and 
the verbs there compared, also “32 II. 
Hence "733 plaited mattress, n733 
sieve, 230 coarse cloth, "237 net: 
work. bike many other verbs of twist- 
ing, plaiting, braiding, (>, >, "Yp. 
mip,) it is also transferred to the idea of 
strength and magnitude ; hence 

2. to be great, much, many, also to be — 
long, both in space and duration, see 


Arab. με to be great, Ded 


to be advanced in years, Syr. :29 to 


"2D, 732. 





TP 


merease in wealth, Eth. ὯΏΖ to be 
honoured, illustrious. 

Hiren. to make many, to multiply, Job 
35, 16. Part. “23 subst. (after the 
tind manta ,) multitude, abundance, 
with > pref. a7) i. ᾳ. 292, abundant- 
ly, Job 36, 31. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1 also "39, 
732, 7°39. 


22 pr. subst. length, both of space 
and time, see the root "23 no.2. Hence 

1. Chebar, pr. n. of a river in Mesopo- 
tamia, called also "ian q. v. Gr. and Lat. 
Chaboras, Ez. 1,3. 3, 15. 23. 10, 15. 22. 
This orthography of the name , approach: 
es to Syriasm, Syr. p22, a5; while 
the form "ian. ( 5.5.) imitates the 
Arabic. Although each form admits 
of a tolerable etymology (713m conjoin- 
ing, "32 long river), yet in a river of 
Mesopotamia the Aramean would be 
more likely to exhibit the genuine and 
primitive orthography. See Ritter’s 
Erdkunde Th. XI. p. 253 sq. Berl. 1844. 

2. Ady. of time, long ago, already, 
formerly ; found only in the book of 
Kec. and belonging to the later Hebrew; 
Kee. 1, 10. 3, 15. 4, 2. 6, 10. 9, 6.7. 2,16 
ΠῺΣ bon DARDS DAT ἼΞΞΩΞ since in 
days to come all will have been long ago 
Sorgotten ; here "22 qualifies the verb. 


Syr. pats long ago, already: 
M122 f. α sieve, Am. 9,9. ΒΕ. "32 
no. 1. 


M32 f. (τ. "2D no. 2) only constr. 
mia. pr. length, and then a certain 


definite measure of distance, like many » 


other words denoting measure, weight, 
time, which are also used to designate 
particular measures, weights, intervals 
of time; comp. Heb. Axo, Ὁρῶ, nya, 0°72" 
a year; Aram. ἴω», ὥρα, a short time, 
spec. an hour; Engl. a measure of wine; 
Lat. pondo, whence Engl. pound.—The 
exact length of the M733 cannot be 
ascertained from the passages where it 
occurs, Gen. 35, 16. 48, 7. 2 K. 5, 19. 
The Sept. once adds (Gen. 48, 7) by 
way of explanation, ἱππόδρομος, which 
may be either a stadium, see Hody de 
bibl. Text. originalibus p. 115; or else 
a measure common among the Arabs, 


Ἀλῆ 





, Bap 
ors 9 be 
us , boyd the course of a horse, i. e. 


as far as a horse can run or travel 
without fatigue, a stage or post; see 
Koehler ad Abulf “paca in Addend. 
ad p. 7. not. 27. 


i was obsol. root, pr. i. gq. ©2D and 
032 to tread, to μια to force, spec. a 
female, comp. W232 no. 3. Arab. yd 
subegit semel puellam. Hence 


2? m. a he-lamb, a young ram, from 
one to three years old, already fit for 
coupling, whence the name. Lambs of 
this kind, chiefly a year old, were used 
for the sacrifices; hence frequently with 
the addition in3¥772 the son of his year, 
one year old, Num. 7. 15. 21. 23.39.45. 51. 
57. 63.69.75; also in plur. 53% "23 ib. 7, 
17. 23. 29. 35. 41. al. Elsewhere lambs 
(Θ᾿ 33) are mentioned as feeding in 
pastures Is. 5, 17. Hos. 4, 16; as yield- 
ing wool Job 31, 20. Prov. 27, 26; as an 
emblem of wigs and patience Jer. 


11,19. Arab. a he-lamb of one or 
two years; see the Arabian grammari- 
ans in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 421 sq.— By 
transpos. sometimes 12, fem. M2D5 ; 
but the other forms, as the more “diff 
cult, are doubtless primitive ; comp. 
"gen, transp. ὝΠΝΟ, 


MWD 2 Sam. 12, 3. 4. 6, and MWAD 
Lev.14,10. Num.6,14, constr. mva>, plur. 
mwad; fem. of 33, an ewe-lamb, from 
one to three years old. Plur. Gen. 21, 28. 
29. 30.—By transpos. M202, see in 223. 


*wWad fut. Bia2" 1. to tread upon, 
to trample under foot, kindr. with. 02D. 
Zech. 9, 15 S2p7"23N saz and they 
shall trample under foot the stones of the 
sling, i. e. easily turn them aside as 
harmless; comp. Job 41, 20. 21 [28]. 
Metaph. Mic. 7, 19 antag wins" he 
treadeth under foot our iniquities, ie, 
disregards them, does not avenge them. 

2. to subdue, to make subject to one- 
self, 6. g. a man the beasts Gen. 1, 28; 
enemies, slaves, a hostile land 2 Chr. 28, 
10. Jer. 34, 16. Neh. 5,5. Comp. πη. 

3. to force a woman, Esth. 7,8. So 


Arab. ἐν A 
Pre., to subdue a people, i. q. Kal no. 
2. 2 Sam. 8, 11. 


. 


2.5 
Hrpu. i. q. Kal πο. 2. Jer. 34, 11 Cheth. 
Nipx. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 9. Num. 32, 
22. 29. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Chr. 22, 18. 


2. Pass. of Kal no. 3. Neh. 5, 5 fin. 

Deriv. the two following. 

TAD m..a footstool, 2 Chr. 9, 18. 
Chald, wa, Syr. Paces, id. 

1225 m. a furnace, i. e. according to 
Kimchi a lime-kiln, or also for smelting 
metals, and aiderent from ΠΣ a kind of 
oven for baking. Gen. 19, 28. Ex. 9, 8. 
10. 19, 18—So. called from subduing 
metals, from r. Y3D; comp. igne ferrum 
aomatur’ Plin. H. N. 36. 27. 


2 f. (τ. 73D no. 2) 1 K. 17. 14. 16; 
Plur. 0°53 masc. Judg. 7, 16. 1 K. 18, 34; 
a bucket, pail, both for drawing water 
and carrying it, Gen. 24, 14 sq. Ece. 12, 
6; a tub for keeping meal, 1 K. 17, 12. 
14.16. Water was carried by women 
upon their shoulders, Gen. 1. e.—Corre- 
sponding are Sanscr. ghada, Gr. κάδος, 
κάδδος, Lat. cadus, Slav. kad. 


? 53 Chald. Pa. to lie, not to speak 
the truth, i.q. Heb. 31>. Hence 


ma32 Chald. f. a lie, falsehood, Dan. 
2.9 M372 nba by apposit. words, false- 
hood, i. e. false words. Others make it 
an adj. contrary to the form and usage. 


+77 obsol. root, kindr. mm>, Lat. 
cudo, to beat, to pound ; hence 

1. to strike fire, whence 7i7"2 spark, 
and 3372 sparkling gem, ruby. 

2. to labour severely, to toil hard, pr. 
in the manner of smiths and other arti- 
sans, comp. cudo; spec. to draw out a 
well, to draw water; whence 43. So 


Arab. OT to hammer or forge, toil hard, 
to draw out a well. Comp. Eth. NPR 
to tread with the feet, to triturate. 
32 see "5. 
“J2 Chald. see "5. 
4D5D m. (r. 11D) Ez. 27. 16. Is. 54, 


12, a sparkling gem, prob. ruby.—Chald. 
NITDID, [TWDID id. Ex. 39, 11, Targ. 


Comp. also Arab. $SQS rubedo max- 


ima. 


᾿ "3 obsol. root, kindr. “1p, Arab. 


pate and os, to be turbid, troubled, as 


AAS 





πο 


water ; metaph. of life, 


79S to be aise 


turbed, troubled, by site fortune, ¢ ca- 
farniiye comp. "23. By another meta- 
phor the Hebrews transfer it also to the 
tumults of war; hence "i773. 


“QvoN3D pr. n. Chedorlaomer, king 
of the Elamites in the time of Abraham, 


Gen. 14, 1. 9.—This name if Semitic 
may be i. q. handful of sheaves, from 


50S handful, and 723 sheaf; but not 


) improb. the etymology is to be ane 


in the ancient Persian. 
ΓΞ contr. for in2, Heb. Gr. § 57,25 pr. 


as this, i. q. "13, Arab. tas Hence 

1. thus, so, οὕτως, referring pr. to what 
precedes; Gen. 15, 5 tell the stars... 
and he said unto haat ὭΣΤ ἃ a7 m> so 
shall thy seed be. Ex. 5, 15 comp. 14. 
1 Sam. 17, 27 comp. 25. But more freq. 
to what follows, Deut. 7, 5 but thus shall 
ye deal with them ; ye shall destroy their 
altars, ete. Gen. 31, 8. 2 Καὶ. 12,10. OF 
ten where the words of any one are re- - 
peated, Judg. 11, 15 and said unto him, - 
Mma? ὍΝ MD thus saith Jephthah. Ex. 
5, 10. 3, 15; also freq. in the formula 
mim “ax MD thus saith Jehovah Jer. 2, 
2. 7, 20. 9, 16. 22. 22. 6, 49, 12, al. seep.— 
There are also examples, where Τῷ 
stands without any thing to which it 
can refer; as in the formula of swearing © 
and adjuring: (Min) ods 9b nits nD 
ὉΠ AS) God do so to me and more 
also, where at first the words were prob. 
accompanied by some gesture of chas- — 
tisement or punishment; since they im- 
ply: let God inflict dire punishment upon 
me ; see Ruth 1, 17. 1 K. 19, 2. 20, 10. 
1 Sam. 14, 44. 95, 22. Where this for- 
mula cation a negative, it is followed 
by 5&8, 2 Καὶ. 6, 31 God do so and more 
also to me, 1F (ἘΝ) the head of Elisha 
shall stand on him this day, i. 6. it shall 
not remain on him. 1 K. 20,10. 1 Sam. 
3, 17. 25, 22; once OX "3 2 Sam. 3, 35. 
On the contrary, when the oath is affirm- 
ative, 8> oN follows, 2 Sam. 19, 14; 
oftener with "3 1 Sam. 14, 44. Ruth 
1,17. 2'Sam. 3, 9. 1 Ki'2723. "19; 2 
See in D8 C. 1. c. 

2. Partic. of placa, here, like Gr. ὧδε, 
but rarely, Ruth 2.8; 50 [13 -- ϑ here 





ait 


ar) 


—there Num. 11,31. 3 3 to that place 
sc. before spoken of, yonder, Fr. jusque 
la, Gen. 22,5.—After verbs of motion. 
hither, here, Gen. 31,37. Num. 23,15. n> 
35 hither and thither Ex.2,12. Syr. ἴ- 
here, in comp. tad hither, {= hence. 

3. Partic. of time, now ; M253 until 
now, hitherto, Ex. 7, 16. Josh. 17, 14. 
MS439 MD-3> till now and till then, in 
the mean time, meanwhile, 1 K. 18, 45. 

ΓΞ Chald.i.q. 3 πο. 3. Dan. 7, 28 
MD"4> hitherto. 


ω ΣΡ fut. MAIS", apoc. M2m1 Job 17, 
7. kindr. with AND afid ΓΙ ; to be weal 
feeble, faint, to be digpirited, to déepond, 
Is. 42,4. Spec. of a light about to go 
out, to be feeble, dim, Is. 42,3. Also of 
eyes, to be or become dim, either from 
old age Deut. 34,7. Zech. 11, 17. Gen. 
27,1; or from grief Job 17, 7. 

Pre, 773, also ΠῚ Lev. 13, 56. 

1. Intrans. lo become faint, pale, as a 


| spot on the skin, Lev. 13, 6. 56; comp. 


adj. MD y. 21. 26.28. Also to be faint- 


‘hearted, timid, to despond, Ez, 21, 12; 


comp. Is, 61, 3. 

2. to chide, to admonish, to restrain, 
with 3 1 Sam. 3,13 Da Ama N54 (be- 
cause) he rebluked them not, i.e. did not 
restrain them. Comp.7x2. Deriv. the 
two following. 


32 adj. found only in the fem. m3 


_ weak, feeble, faint, spec. of the dim wick 


of a lamp just about to go out, Is. 42,3; 

of eyes bedimmed, dull, 1 ϑοιά, 3, 2; or 
of a faint or pale colour; Lev. 13, 21. 26. 
28. 39 spots ni2a> nin> of a palish white; 
comp. the root Pi. no. 1. So of ἃ faint 
heart, desponding, Is. 61, 3. ; 

m2 f. mitigation, alleviation; sc. of a 
wound, i. q. healing, Nah. 3, 19. R. 
nin. 

EMD -Chald: tobeable« Team; kinds. 
with bp, bos; 3 comp. on the affinity of 
verbs ΠΡ and ‘> under lett. 4, p. 238.— 
Part. 592 plur. 77292, with inf c. > Dan. 
2,26. 4, 15. 5, 8.15. 


* S12 not used in Kal; whence i> 
a priest. The etymology is doubtful ; 


Arab. oe and oret to presage, to 


divine ; ed a diviner, soothsayer, 
38* 





4A9 τ 


"> 


often among the pagan Arabs; then, an 
internuncio, envoy ; Ethiop. SUZ to be 
a priest, to minister ; Syr. 
ministered, consecrated ; in Bar Ali, to 
be rich, opulent, to enjoy the comforts 
On zy, . 
of life ; {2021.05 richness, riches, pros- 
perity, happiness. But all these appear 
to be secondary meanings, derived from 
the station and power of the priesthood, 
i. e. from 77> priest, which is found in the 
Heb. Chald. Syr. and Eth. languages.— 
The native power of this word, there- 
fore, is still to be sought by conjecture. 
Hitzig supposes (ad Is. 61, 10) that n> 
is i. q. 31D to stand, whence A> pr. one 
who stands by, an assistant. Maurer 
regards {> as i. q. 74, j44, to incline, 
to bend, i. e. to bow down, as is done 
in worship, whence 43> pr. one bowing 
down, making prostrations. Both of 
these conjectures are worth attention ; 
in favour of the last, we might perhaps 
also appeal to the Syro-Arabic gloss 


ue to be 


us 
in worship. Other conjectures see in 
Thesaur. p. 661, 662. 

Pie, 732 denom. 1. to minister as 
priest, to act as priest, to perform the 
priestly functions, Ex. 31, 10. 35, 19. 
Ley. 16, 32. Num. 3, 34; often with 
mins Ex, 28, 1. 3.4, 29,1. 44. Lev. 7, 
35. al. Sept. ἱερατεύω. 

2. to be or become priest, Deut. 10, 6. 

3. Unusual is Is. 61, 10 942" jms 
"xB as the bridegroom priests it with 
his turban, i.e. decks himself with a 
splendid turban such as the priests 
wore ; q. d. ‘plays the priest with his 
turban” So Aqu. ὡς γνύμφιον ἱερατευό- 
μενον στεφάνῳ, comp. Jarchi, Symm. 
Vulg. Syr. : 


«ιοζί i. 6. to bow down oneself 


a) m. plur. Dw2D, a priest ; Chald. 
emph. 8233, Syr. aus, Arab. po, 


Eth. ")4J7, id. , For the etymology see 
inr. 43. Very freq. in Ex. Lev. Deut. 
of the priests of Jehovah, as Ex. 2,16. 3, 
1. 18, 1. al. sexcent. Also of the priests 
of idols, as Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20. 47, 
26.al. Gonstr. a) With genit. of the 
divinity, as Mim jm> 1 Sam. 14, 3; Ε 
bean 2 Chr. 28, 17; ji ὭΡΙΞ 1 Sinks 


n> 


; ID thy priests, sc. of Jehovah, Ps. 
zi 9. Sometimes with a genit. of the 
ΡΝ or city where the priest officiates, 
as ἽΝ 9 priest of On Gen. 41, 45. 50; 
{272 ‘> priest of Midian Ex. 3,1. 18,1; 
be ma‘> Am. 7, 10; ninan 2nd the 
priests of the. highs places 1K. 13, 2.33; c. 
suff. 27205 owr priests sc. of erael, Ezra 
9,7. Neh. 10,1. ete. Ὁ) With of the 
divinity, as hind ἼΠΞ Lev. 23, 20. 1 
Sam. 1,3. 2°Chr. 96, 17; ΠΗ de> 9 
Gen. 14,18. πα bb '> 2 Chr. 13, 
9. Sometimes 5 marks the person who 
employs a priest, Judg. 17, 12. 13. 18, 4. 
19. 2 Sam. 20, 26. —Among the He- 
brews the Hieh Priest, ὃ ἀρχιερεύς, was 
ealled 51535 955 Lev. 21, 10. Num. 35, 
25. 28. Josh. 20, 6. Hagg. 1, 1. 12. 14. al. 
also UNAM iS 2 K, 25, 18. 2 Chr. 19, 
11. 26, 20; Win ‘Dt Ezra 7,5; jndn 
mz the anointed priest Lev. 4, 3. 5. 
16. The next in dignity was called ‘> 
ΓΘ Ὁ. the second priest Jer. 52,24; but 
this phrase in the plur. Mar "IMD 2 K. 
23, 4 seems to imply all the other priests 
in opp. to the high priest.—Melchize- 
dek, the earliest “king of Jerusalem, is 
also called a priest of Jehovah Gen. 14, 
18. Ps. 110, 4; and several of the earli- 
est Hebrew kings were in fact also 
priests, as Solomon 1 K. 6. 8; comp. 
Uzziah 2 Chr. 26; 16. So Virg. En. 3. 
80: “Rex Anius, rex idem hominum 
Pheebique sacerdos.” 

Nors. It is an ancient opinion of the 
Heb. intpp. that ἸΠ signifies also prince. 
Not only have the Chaldee translators 
rendered it in several places by 2° 
prince, as Gen, 41, 45. Ex. 1. c. Ps. 110, 
4; but the author of Chronicles also 
seems to have followed this view, since 
he renders the words 2 Sam. 8, 18 7334 
aD OD 7, giving in his manner a 
gloss : 1 Chr. 18, 17 cps 3. 3} 
ean > and the sons of David, the 
chiefs, were at the side of the χων i i. δι 
were the chief ministers of the kingdom. 
The chief passages are 2 Sam. 8, 16-18. 
20, 23-26. 1 K. 4, 2-6; from all which 
it appears that there were priests con- 
nected with the court, partly exercising 
their proper functions, and partly as 
friends and counsellors of the sovereign ; 
as was also often the case with prophets 
and priests in later times. The author 


450 





pala) 


of Chronicles seems td have chosen this — 
interpretation of the more ancient con- — 
text, because priests of any other than — 
the Levitical family were unknown to — 
him. Of less weight is the authority of 
Onkelos. Hence in all the passages re- 
ferred to, the signif. priest is the only 
true one. Comp. the case of Solomon 
above. See more in Thesaur. p. 663. 


2 Chald. m. st. emphat. 8272.,, plur. 
7202, i. q. Hebr. j3, ὦ priest, Ezra 7, 


12. 21. Plur. Ezra 6, 9. 16. 7, 16. 24. 


M202 f. priesthood, the priests’ office, 
Ex. 29, 9. 40,15. Num. 3, 10. 25, 13. 1 
Sam. 2, 36. R. 993, 72. 


12 Chald. plur. 792, ἃ window, Dan. 6, 

ν > Ἢ g > Ss- 
11, Syr. ἴαδ, Arab. 95, 8S id. R. 
mp II. ey 


37D ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Ez. 30, 5, Chub, pr. 
n. of a country, coupled with Egypt and 
Ethiopia. Some understand Coben, a 
port of Ethiopia, or Cobium, a town near 
the Mareotis. Perhaps itshould be writ- 
ten 253 Nubia, which at least is followed 
by the Arabic version, doubtless in ac- 
cordance with the Septuagint, although 
this word is wanting in our Mss, of the 
latter. Thus the Arab. has Kary dl Ast 
the people of Nubia ; anda vestige of this- 
reading remains in Cod. de Rossi 409, 
which for 3533 has a proma manu 31235. 
—Or perh. we might read 3% Libya. 


92> (Milra) m. Ez. 27, 10, in pause 
said 38,5; constr. 3215 (Milél) 1 Sam. 
17, 5. Is. 59, 17; plur. ὉΠΣ 319 Jer, 46, 4. 
2 Chr. 26, 14, a helmet. Metaph. Is. 59, 
17. ἦν 932 Ton written with p, as 
Sip (Milra) Ez. 23, a4, constr. sap 
(Milél) 1 Sam. 17, 38. . 

Norte. There is in this word a singu- 
lar confusion of the Segolate and pena- 
cute form Op, >3B, with the acute form 
p>id, which may be thus explained. 
Strictly, the word in either shape was 
originally a Segolate, after the form 


dvb, like the Arab. Kaas cup. But 
Holem, as strengthened by the tone, and 
also as fully written, contrary to the com 
mon Heb. usage and in the later He 
brew and Syriac manner (comp. WTP 
Dan. 11, 30, 721 2 Sam. 18, 9, Syr 








ΣῊ 


ἴγ3.). became so strong in this word 
as to be retained also in the plur. S*2 24D 
(instead of B°235, or B°33D kdbaim), as 
‘if from a Sing. 3355, after the form pdis. 
‘Hence it arose, that such a form (2559) 
came into Scttal use, at least in the ab- 
solute state ; although in the construct 
the primary segolate form was preserv- 
ed; comp. 723, constr. 733. Alengthened 
and secondary form is the Syr. φῶς. 


Intermediate forms fluctuating between 
the two, are 9353 Ez. 27, 10, ΣΞῚΡ 23, 24. 


ἀπ: a root not used in Kal. 
I. to burn, Gr. καίω (καύω). Arab. 
> Syr. ἴα», to burn in, to brand, to 
mark with cautery. Hence "2 II, ΤΡ, 
ΓΞ. 
IL. Like the kindred 33}, =P, 3p", 
also 32, 112, prob. to hollow out. to 
excavate, of which there is a vestige in 


Chald. 1> window, Arab. peg hole in a 


wall, ἔν 5, window.—Simonis refers these 
to «S95 to pierce, to bore through; but 
the word has not this meaning. The 
signif. given by the Arabic lexicons, 
to prick or sting, as a scorpion, 
comes from the notion of burning ; since 
the scorpion injecting the poison with 
his sting, may be said to mark the skin 
as with a hot iron. 
Nien. pass. of no. I, to be burned, 
scorched, with fire, Prov. 6, 28. Is. 43, 2. 


TD strength, Dan. 11, 6, see MD. 
MD f. a burning, brand, i.e. a part 
of the body burned, Ex. 21,25. R. >. 


299 m. (for 3333, 3912, then,33'5, r. 
535) constr. 2353, a wane pr. & globule 5 


Arab. LES. Chald. 3345, Syr. {asa5, 
Eth. NO" and nnn , id.—Gen. 
1, 16. 37,9. Job 3,9. 9.7. Ps. 8, 4. al. 
Am. 5, 26 ΠΝ 224D, see in 1559. 
Often spoken of as animated, see 82%; 
as pure Job 25, 5; as praising God, 38, 
7; also as innumerable Gen. 15, 5. 22, 
17. Ex. 32,13. Deut. 1. 10. al—Metaph. 
of an illustrious prince Num. 24,17. So 


~ Arab. 5, see Camoos. 


* . 7 
DAD to measure, to include or con- 
éain in a measure, e.g. grain, as in Syr. 


45] 





119 


Chald. and Arab. SLY for JUS. In Kal 
only once, Is. 40, 12. 

Pitp. 5352 1. to hold, to contain, as 
a vessel, measure. 1 K. 8, 27 lo the 
heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot 
contain thee. 2 Chr. 2, 5. 6, 18. 

2. to hold up, to sustain, a) i. q. to 
bear up, to endure, to hold out, Mal. 3, 2. 
Prov. 18, 14. Jer. 20,9. b) i. q. to protect 
any one Ps. 55, 23; to maintain one’s 
cause before a tribunal Ps. 112, 5. 

3. to sustain, to nourish, to furnish with 
the means of living, 6. acc. Gen. 45, 11. 
50, 21. 1 K. 4;'7..17, 4. With two ace. 
Get 47, 12. 1K. 18, 4. 13. 

Poxp. pass. >D>3 to be furnished with 
provisions, etc. 1K. 20, 27. 

Hiew. 592m 1. i. q. Pilp. no. 1. 1 K. 
7, 26. 38. 8, 64. 2 Chr. 4,5. Ez. 23, 32 
basnd mas i. 6. containing much. 

2. i. q. Pilp. no. 2. a. Jer. 6, 11. 10, 10. 
Joel 2, Il, Am. 7, 10. 


* DAD obsol. root, Arab. alS Con). II, 
Θ᾽...» 
to heap up, ἄχ. 5 a heap. This word 
belongs to the widely extended family 
of roots D3, ὯΔ, ὩΣ, ON, for which see 
under r. 52> .—Hence 72". 


ΤῊ Ὁ τη. (Ὁ. 122, after the form 3359) a 
globe, globule of gold, perh. collect. ¢lo- 
bules, drops, or rather a string of gold 
drops like beads worn around the neck 
or arm by the Israelites in the desert, 
Ex. 35,22. Num. 31, 50. Such are 
found solid in Arabia according to Diod. 
Sic. 3. 44 or 50. Strabo XVI. p. 777 
Casaub. Thesaur. p. 692. 


Ἂ 113 in Kal not used, pr. to stand up- 
right ; whence 19 upright, 119 place 
of standing, m2'>% base. Frequent in 
the kindred dialects in various forms 
and meanings: Chald. Pa. 39 i. q. Heb. 
25D to set up, to establish ; Syr. <2} 
to establish, to plant; Arab. eS to ex- 
ist, to be; II, to cause to ΜΌΝ to create, 

Pit. 1219 1. to set upright, i.e. to set, 
to place, 6. g. a throne Ps. 9.8; espec. to 
set up firmly, to establish. a throne 2 Sam. 
7,13. 1 Chr. 17, 12. Ps. 48.9. Metaph. 
Ps. 7, 10. 40, 3. 68,10. 90. 17. 99. 4.— 
Also to found, as a city Ps. 107, 36. 
Hab. 2, 12; the earth Ps. 24,2. 119, 90. 
Is. 45, 18; the heavens Prov. 3. 19 


12 

2. to form, to create, as God creates 
man Deut. 32,6. Ps. 119,'73; the moon 
and stars Ps. 8,4. .So to form for one- 
self, to prepare, sc. a people 2 Sam. 7, 
24.—Here belongs Job 31, 15 3353") 
ms B42 and did (not) the same one 
form us in the womb? for 123312", the 
first and second Nun coalescing into a 
double one, and ἢ being shortened to ἢ. 
, 3. to fit, to direct, to aim, as arrows, 
Ps. 11, 2 58m 212. 7, 13; with DSN 
impl. Is. 51,13; with >9 of the mark 
Ps. 21, 13.—Metaph. for 3> 424, i. q. 
animum advertere, to apply one’s mind, 
with > Job 8,8. Comp. in Hiph. no. 3. 
a, 6. 

Pou. 325D 1. Pass. of Pil. no. 1, to be 
established, metaph. Ps. 37, 23. 

2. Pass. of Pil. no. 2, to be formed, pre- 
pared, Kz. 28, 13. 

Hien. 2. 1. to set up, 1. q. to set, to 
place, 6. g. a seat Job 29,7, Ps. 103,19; 
a statue Is. 40,20. Also to fownd, as the 
earth, the heavens, mountains, Ps. 65,7. 
Prov. 8, 27. Jer. 10, 12. 51, 15. 
sol. j25 and Ἴ2Π as adv. firm, firmly, 
Josh. 3, 17. 4,3.— Hence a) fo consti- 
tute, to appoint any one, Josh. 4, 4. 2 Chr. 
2, 6. Jer. 51,12. Job 28, 27. So to set or 
constitute as king 2 Sam. 5, 12. 1 Chr. 
14, 2. 1 Κα. 2,24. b) to establish, to con- 
Jirm, 6. g. the throne of a kingdom Is. 
9,6. 1 Chr. 22,10; the kingdom of any 
one 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7,12. 1 Chr. 
17, 11. 2 Chr. 17, 5; one’s posterity Ps. 
89,5; the heart Ps. 10, 17. 89,5. 0) to 
repair, to restore, e.g. the temple 2 Chr. 
35, 20; comp. 34, 10. 

2. to set right, i. e. to make ready; to 
prepare, Gen. 43, 25; 6. g. wood and 
stones for building 1 K. 5, 33; a sacrifice 
Zeph. 1,7 comp. ὁ. Ὁ Is. 14,21; a way 
Deut. 19, 3; a net Ps. 57,7; food Gen. 
43, 16. Ex. 16, 5. Josh. 1, 11; the parts 
of a building 1 Κα. 6, 19. 2 Chr. 31, 11; 
a place: for any thing, c. > Ex. 23, 20. 
1 Chr. 15, 1. 3. 12. Ps. 68, 11; war, i.q. 
to fit out, to arm, Ez. 7,14. 38,7. Jer. 
46, 14. Metaph. Job 15, 35.—Also to 
prepare, i.q. to procure, to provide, often 
‘with a dat. besides the acc. Num. 23, 1. 
29. 1 Chr. 22, 5.14; e.g. food Job 39, 3 
[38, 41]. Ps. 78, 20. Prov. 6, 8. 30, 25; 
arms 2 Chr. 26,14; garments Job 27, 16. 
17; to take care of a work, to transact 


A52 


Inf. ab-. 





ΠΩ 


business, Prov. 24,27. Of God, to create, 
to prepare, to provide, as fruits Ps. 65, 10 ; 
the rain 147,8; the sun and light 74, 16. 

3. to set, i.e. to aim, to dinect, to ad- 
just, e.g. weapons against, c. > Peay, 
14; one’s face towards or gainst, c. 8 
Ez. 4, 8.7. So God directs the steps of 
any one Prov. 16, 9. Ps. 119,133; a man 
his own steps Jer. 10, 23; a man his 
ways 2 Chr. 27, 6. Prov. 21,29. Spec. 
a) Ὁ ab 3 to set or fix the heart on 
any thing, to apply the mind to do any 
thing; 2 Chr. 12, 14 he had not applied 
his heart to seek the Lord. 19, 3. 30, 19~ 
Ezra 7, 10. With 2> impl. 1 Chr. 28, 2. 
b) myns7>x ΞΡ 772m to set the heart upon 
Jehovah, to apply the mind to the wor- 
ship of God, 1 Sam.7,3; with 5 to idols 
2 Chr. 20, 33. With mim3~5x impl. Job 
11,13. Ps. 78, 8. ¢) 9°35 ellipt. for 
=> 4"2n to apply the mind, to give 
heed, 1 Sam. 23, 22. Judg. 12,6. 2 Chr. 
29, 36. 

Horn. ἸΞῚΠ 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, 
to be established, as a throne Is. 16, 5. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be made 
ready, prepared, 6. g. a funeral pile Is. 
30, 33; a horse for battle Prov. 21, 31; 


mantlets Nah. 2,6; to be set in order, 


arranged, Zech. 5, 11. 

Nipu. 1133 pass. of Pilel and Hiphil. 

1. to be set up, i. e. to rise up, e. g. the 
breasts as becoming round and full Ez. 
16,7; to be made to stand, to stand, Mic. 
4, 1etIs.2,2; to be founded, with 59 upon 
any thing Judg. 16, 26; to be established, 
confirmed, as a kingdom 1 K. 2, 12. 45. 
46. Hence i. q. to stand firm, 6. g. a 
throne, kingdom, 2 Sam. 7, 16. 26. Ps. 
25, 5. 29,14 comp. 1 Sam. 20, 31; the 
world Ps. 93, 1; the moon 89, 38; of 
men i. 4. to flourish, to prosper, Job 21, 
8. Ps. 102, 29. 140, 12. Prov. 12, 3. 19. 
Ps. 101,7 he that telleth lies 1332 7127 85 
"2"3 shall not abide in my sight, shall 
not prosper; parall. ‘to dwell with.’ So 
of the counsels of men Prov. 20, 18. 16, 
3.—Peculiar is Ou 552) the fixedness 
(steadiness) of the day, Prov. 4, 18, i. 6, 
high noon, when the sun seems to stand 
immovable in the zenith, Gr. σταϑερὸν 


} ἦμαρ, σταϑερὰ μεσημβρία, Ruhnken ad 


Timeum p. 236, Arab. Leis 1 Kwls 
Schult. ad Prov. 1. c.—Trop. mostly in _ 





"2 


Part. "33: a) to be firm, steadfast, 
fixed; Ps. 51, 12 152 M57 @ steadfast 
spirit, a mind fixed in virtuous purpose. 
Ps. 78, 372. b) to be firm, steadfast, in- 
trepid, full of hope and confidence; so 
the heart Ps. 57, 8. 108, 2. 112,7. ὁ) 
Of things, to be firm, fixed, established ; 
Gen. 41, 32 ΘΠ bya ἼΞΙΠ 1129 the 
thing is established from God, is cer- 
tainly decreed. Hence, to be certain, sure, 
Deut. 13,15. 17,4. Hos. 6,3; and as subst. 
122 the certain, i. q. certainty, 7i227>% 
for certain, with certainty, 1 Sam. 23, 
23; adv. certainly 26,4. d) to be right, 
true; Part. 1132 right, true, Job 42, 7. 
8. Ps. 5, 10, comp. 78,°37. e) to be 
right, fit, proper, Ex. 8, 22 [26]. 

2. to be made ready, prepared, e. g. 
a) Of business, to be taken care of, trans- 
acted, 2 Chr. 8, 16. 29, 35. 35, 10. 16. 
b) Of things, to be prepared, to be ready 
for any one, with > Neh. 8, 10. Prov. 19, 
29. Job 18, 12 destruction apbud 39 is 
ready at his side, impends over him. 12, 
5. 15,23. But Ps. 38, 18 Ὑ129 55:29 "διὰ i 
am ready to fall,am near to ruin. ‘c) Of 


persons, to be prepared, ready, Ez. 38,7. ' 


Ex. 19, 11 (with an adjunct of time). v. 
15. 34, 2. Josh. 8,4. ἃ) Intrans. or re- 
flex. to prepare sc. oneself; Am. 4, 12. 
ΗΙΤΉΡΑΙ,. 723207 Prov. 24, 3, else- 
where 92525. 7 
1. to be es‘ablished, to be made firm, 


strong, Prov. 24,3. Num. 21,27. Is. 54,14. . 


2. to prepare oneself, Ps. 59, 5. 

Deriv. 13, j28, 119, 772, 132, 72532, 
M353, M742M, and the pr. names $3, 
mu334 Spain, and 


119 Chun, pr. ἢ. of a Syrian city, 
1 Chr. 18,8; which in the parallel pas- 
sage 2 Sam. 8,8, is called "m2. Perh. 
the Conna mentioned in the Itin. An- 
tonini p. 199 ed. Wesseling; situated 
between Laodicea of Lebanon and He- 
liopolis or Ba’albek. 


712 m. a kind of cake, wafer, offered 
in sacrifice, Jer. 7, 18. 44, 19. Sept. 
καυών, χανών, χαβών, the Heb. word in 
Greek letters. R. 119, Pi. 119, Chald. 
12, to prepare. 


Dif. plur. το Jer. 25, 15; for 035 
(τ. 22>) pr. a receptacle, ¢bieel as DD 
for 023, Ὅτ for BI, ma for m3, min 
for ΤΣΤῚ ; so abhaahé. 


45S. 





a 


1. a cup. Syr. (m5, Chald. xoia, 
kop, arid, Sam. 4QX¥X and QA, 


68> SFs Ses 

Arab. ls; ον, 3 a cup, cup οἵ. 
wine.—Gen. 40, 11.13. 21. 2 Sam. 12, 3. 
Ps. 23,5. al. Ps. 116, 13 Rwy misiws-oiD 
I will take the cup of deliverance, i ie. I 
will pour out to Jehovah a cup of thanks- 
giving for his aid.—In the prophets Je- 
hovah is often represented as pouring 
out for the nations a cup of intoxicating 
wine, ΓΙΌΣ ΓΙ O81, in order that reeling 
they may rush into destruction: Jer. 25, 
15 take this wine-cup of wrath at my 
hand, and cause all the nations, to whom 
I send thee, to drink it; 16 and they 
shall drink and stagger and be mad, 
because of the sword that I will send 
among them. Jer. 49, 12. 51, 7. Lam. 4, 
21. Is. 51,17. 22. Hab. 2, 16. Ez. 23. 31. 
32. 33; comp. Rev. 17, 2. 4. For the 
same usage in Arabic poets, see Comm. 
on Is. 51, 17.—Further, cup is also put 
metaph. for lot, portion, and is so coupled 
with pon portion, Ps. 11,6. 16,5; comp. 
Matt. 26, 39. 20, 22, ale ohn no. 2. ¢. 
See on this inetaphor as employed by 
Arabian writers, Comment. on Is. 51, 
17, also on Matt. 1. c. in Rosenm. Re- 
pertorium I. p. 130. Lond. Classical 
Journal no. LITI. p. 159. . 

2. A species of unclean bird, Ley. 11, 
17. Deut. 14,16; living among ruins. Ps. 
102, 7. The ancient versions render it 
an owl, but against the etymology. Bo- 
chart more correctly, Hieroz. Il. p. 267, 
understands the pelican or cormorant, so 
called from the receptacle or pouch un 
der the throat, as Lat. truvo from trua. 


*], Da root, doubtful in the verb, 
but so far as can be gathered from the 
derivatives i. q. to dig, to bore through, 
to pierce, like the kindr. 533, 728, “Pp, 


“2. Arab. \LS to dig in the earth, also 


to prostrate; comp. Sanscr. khur to 
cleave, to cut.. Hence M729, μάχαιρα, 
a sword, so called from its piercing, “2 
executioner; also 752%, M715", place 
where metals are dug, then ‘native 
place.’ 

The verb itself is found by many in 
the vexed passage referred to the Mes- 
siah, in Ps. 22,17, where David as if 





™ 


hard pressed by the troops of Saul ex- 
claims: for dogs do compass me about, 
the bands of evil-doers surround me, 
"237) ὙΠ 77ND. Here the simplest 
interpretation seems to be that which 
preserves the ordinary sense of the 
words: as lions they gape upon my 
hands and my feet, i. e. they threaten to 
tear my limbs in pieces. The form "πὲ 
is pr. ὡς ὃ λέων, i. e. as lions, comp. Is. 


38, 13; and the notion of surrounding, . 


ee upon, or the like, is then readily 
derived in this manner by zeugma from 
the preceding context.—Most of the an- 


cient interpreters have taken "82> as a_ 


_ verb; and this is certainly possible, if we 
regard "782 as particip. Kal in the Chal- 
dee manner (D45p part. XP) and in the 
plural number for 583, as "372 Ps. 45, 
9 for 2°32; although to “ind two gram- 
matical ναι of such extreme rarity 
combined in this one word, is at least 
remarkable ; comp. Lehrg. p. 401, 523. 
In this way it would be rendered: 8) 
piercing my hands and my feet, i.e. my 
enemies wonnd me with darts and wea- 
pons on every side. And it is hardly 
necessary to remark, that all this ap- 
plies as completely as possible to David, 
to whom the Psalm is assigned in the in- 
scription; and there is at least no necessi- 
ty for understanding here directly Christ 

_as affixed to the cross. A verb of boring 
through, in the sense of wounding, (comp. 


: Ge 
2M and Arab. ys to pierce, to wound,) 


is aptly attributed to hostile weapons; 
and the hands and feet are put poetically 
for all the members and so for the whole 
body, comp. Hesiod Op. et D.114. Sept. 
ὥρυξαν, which word is elsewhere used 
in Sept. for 593, "72. Vulg. foderunt. 
Syr.eS}2. 8) Aqu. Symm. in Hex- 
apl. and Jerome in the reading vinze- 
runt, attribute to this word the sense of 
binding, which may also be defended on 
philological grounds, (and this Hengst- 
enberg ought not to have denied, 


Christol. des A. T. I. p. 180,) comp. \S" 
J, V, to fold or bind around the turban, 


Sos 


95 a wreath, turban. But this is far 


less suitable to the context. 6) Finally 
Aqu. in the earlier edit. renders it ἤσχυ- 


ASA 





1512 

γὰν they disfigure, stain with blood, ete. 
prob. assigning to the root “ΝΞ the sig- 
nif. of Aram. "83 and "32.—That "x2 
was commonly held to be a verb, is also 


shewn by the reading found in two Mss. 
Viz. TAN82 (A982) for ἢ. 


ἘΠῚ. 55 or "3. obsol. root, prob. 
i. gq. "8 to boil wp, and then to cook. 
Syr. 5052) to boil up, to be hot.—Hence 


ἘΠῚ 5 frying-pan, “153 basin, and the 
two following. 


“iD m. (r. 19D IT) a furnace, for smelt-- 


ing metals, Ez. 22, 18. 20.22. Prov. 17, 3. 
27,21. Metaph. Is. 48, 10 I have tried 
thee in the furnace of affliction. Deut. 4, 
20 and hath brought you forth out of the 
tron furnace of Egypt. 1K. 8, 51. Arab. 


ys Syr. ἴ5α.5, id. 


ND ig. τ q. Υ. 


ἸῺ VD (smoking furnace) Chor- 
ashan, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of 
Simeon, 1 Sam. 30, 30; elsewhere Ὁ 9 
q. ν. 

wD Ezra 1,1. 7. 8, also 2, Cy- 
rus, pr. n. of a king of the Persians, son 
of Cambyses and grandson of Astyages 
the Mede; Ezra 3, 7. 4, 3. 5. Is. 44, 28. 
45, 1. 2 Chr. 36, 22. 23. Dan. 1, 21. 6, 
29. 10,'1. 
that this name in Persian signified the 
sun, Ctesias ap. Plut. Artax. Opp. g yt ἢ 
Ῥ. 1012. Ktym. Μ. Κύόρος, κοῦρος, ἥλιος. 
Correctly, for it is the Pers. >; Zend. 
hvaré sun, gen. hiiré; comp. Sanser. 
stra, stiri, and the, more frequent siryd. 
The &—is merely an ending, as in W175 
q.v. [This signification is doubted ‘by 


Lassen, but without suggesting another; _ 


see Zeitachr. f.d. Morgenl. VI. pp. 152, 
154.—R. 


3D Cush, pr.n. 1. Of persons: a) 


A son of Ham, and father of Seba, Ha- ' 


vilah, Sabtah, Raamah, Sabtecha, and 
Nimrod, Gen. 10, 6. 7. 8. 1 Chr. 1, 8-10. 
b) A Benjamite of the court of Saul, 
Ps. 7, 1. 

2. As the name of a country or region, 
Cush was of wide extent, and variously 
employed. Of the descendants of Cush 
(Gen. 10, 6-8, see no. 1. a), Nimrod peo- 
pled Mesopotamia and Assyria; Raa- 


The Greek writers affirm 





1219 ἀδδ mM 


man and his sons Sheba and Dedan had 
their seats in eastern and southeastern 
Arabia (see these articles); while at 
least Seba and Sabtah are properly re- 
ferred to Ethiopia. Hence the posterity 
of Cush, the Cushites, accupied the im- 
mense region stretching from Assyria 
in the N. KE. through eastern Arabia 
into Africa; carrying with them into 
the latter country a branch of the Semi- 
tic language, viz. the Ethiopic, which 
stands in the closest affinity with the 
old Himyaritic dialect of eastern Arabia. 
The name Cush, Cushites, appears not 
to have been used of the posterity of 
Nimrod or their country in the north ; 
though some find such an spiel ieditsiot 
of it in Gen. 2, 13; see jim7a. But 
these names were evidently applied to 
the descendants of Cush both in Arabia 
and Africa; and as a country Cush is 
therefore backald . 

a) As denoting Eastern Arabia, in 
which were situated the Seanaito ute 
and territories of Raamah, Sheba, and 
Dedan; Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9. All 
these, as merchants trading with Tyre, 
are expressly coupled with Arabia, Ez. 
27, 20. 21. 22. 
bians are said to be awd h-d¥ at the 
side of the Cushites. When the Israel- 
ites were at Hazeroth, in or near the ter- 
ritory of the Midianites, Moses had mar- 
ried a Cushite woman, prob. from eastern 
Arabia, Num. 12,1. In Hab. 3,7 the 
prophet sees the tents of Cushan (Cush) 
and of Midian agitated, i. e. the noma- 
dic tribes of both eastern and western 
Arabia troubled. at the advance of\Israel. 


In Is. 11, 11 Cush is perh. doubtful, be-- 


ing mentioned between Egypt on the 
one hand, and Elam and Shinar, Persia 
and Babylonia, on the other. Perh. Job 
28,19; see ΠΏ. See Ritter’s Erd- 
Bande. Th. XII. p- 56. Berl. 1846. Ro- 
senm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 154 sq. 

b) Put for Ethiopia, (fem. Ps. 68, 32,) 
in part surrounded by the upper Nile, 
and therefore understood by ancient 
intpp. in Gen. 2, 13, see in jim74 and 
comp. ls. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; inhabited 
by a people of dark colour Jer. 13, 23; 
opulent Is. 43, 3. 45, 14; situated on the 
south of Egypt Ez. 29, 10; and there- 
fore often mentioned with Egypt Nah. 


- WD no. 2. 
eastern Arabia, plur. 9 Chr.21,16. Fem. : 
In 2 Chr. 21, 16 the Ara- . 





3, 9. Ez. 30, 4. 5. 9. Ps. 68, 32; with the 


Libyans 2 Chr. 12, 3. 16,8; with Phut 
Jer. 46, 9. Ez. 38, 5; as the extreme 
western limit of Xerxes’ empire Esth. 
1, 1. 8,9; also Ps. 77, 4.—Sépt. αὐϑιο- 
nto, Αἰϑίοπες, Vulg. Athiopia, Azthio- 
pes; Chald. and Syr. retain 139, eas. 
Josephus explains the ancient name ; 
Ant. 1.6.2 Χοῦσον μὲν οὐδὲν ἔβλαψεν ὁ 
χρόνος, AiPionss γάρ x.t.4. The name 
Kush for Ethiopia is also found upon 
the hieroglyphic monuments of Egypt ; 
Champollion Gramm. Egypt. p. 150, 151. 
See more in Thesaur. p. 673. 

Nore. In the Thesaurus, art. WD, p. 
673, the author strenuously maintains, 
in opposition to Bochart, Walton, and 
Vitringa, that the name Cush, Cushiies, 
is applied only to Ethiopia in Africa. 
In the art. 5239, Thes. p. 1297, written 
some years later, he admits that this 
tribe (Raamah), as also Dedan and 
Sheba, were Cushités, and dwelt in 
Arabia.—R. for the whole article. 


"01D m. 1. a Cushite, gentile n. from 


a) Spoken of a native of 


ΛΘ Num. 12,1; see in Wid no. 2. a. 
b) i. ᾳ. an Ethiopian, see UD no. 2. Ὁ. 
Jer. 13, 23. 38, 7.10. 12. 2 Chr. 14, 8. 
Plur. ΔΛ 2 Chr. 14, 11. 12. 16, 8. 
Dan. 11, 43; also πη. Am. 9, 7.—R. 
2. Cushi, pr. n. of the father of the 
prophet Zephaniah, Zeph. 1, 1. 


722 Cushan, i. 6. eastern Arabia, 
i. ᾳ. WAD no. 2. a, where see. Hab. 3, 7. 
—R. 


DNYw JW Chushan-rishathaim, 
pr. n. of a king of sons prea Judg. 
3, 8. 10. 

ΓΘ fF ἮΝ “wd no. 2) prosperity, 
plur. Ps. 68,7. Syr. ἴω», ἱμάς, id. 

MAD 2 Κ 17, 30, and “M2 ν. 24, pr. 
n. Cuth or Cuthah, the land of the Cuth- 
ites, who with others were brought by 


the king of Assyria into the desolated 
kingdom of Israel, and there amalga- 


mated with the ancient inhabitants into — 


the Samaritan people; whence the lat- 
ter are called by the Chaldee writers 
and Talmudists "MD. Nothing certain 
is known of the site of this country ; Jo- 





ὅς) γ5 


sephus places it in Persia, which is not 
improbable, Ant. 9. 14.3; others seek it 
in Phenicia, because the Samaritans 
themselves professed to be of Sidonian 
origin, Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6. ib. 12. 5. 5. 
See Michaelis Spicileg. P. I. p. 104 sq. 


* 27) in Kal only part. 21 Ps. 116, 


11 ; more usual in 
Piet 332 to lie, to speak falsehood ; 


Chald. 352, Syr. eyes Arab. dS, 
id. The primary idea, lies perhaps in 
breaking and cutting, so that 219 may 
be a softened form from 3¥P 53 and then 
this idea is transferred to falsehood and 
fraud; comp. >%3.—Mic. 2, 11. Job 6, 
28. 34, 6. Prov. 14,5. With > tolie unto 
any one, to deceive him, Ez. 13,19. Ps. 
78, 36. 89, 36 shall I then lie unto Da- 
vid? 1. 6. break my faith, comp. Num. 
23,19; with 2 id. 2 K. 4, 16. Metaph. 
Hab. 2, 3; so of waters ΜΈΡΕΙ dry up 
and thus deceive the hope of the tra- 
veller Is. 58, 11, see 3338. Comp. Lat. 
‘spem mentita seges’ Hor. Ep. 1.7. 87; 
‘fundus mendax’ Carm. 3. 1. 30. 


Hiru. to make lie, i. e. to give the lie, 


to convict of lying, Job 24, 25. 
ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Hiph. to be proved false, 
fallacious, Job 41, 1 [9]. Prov. 30, 6. 
Deriv. 332 —3™9, also 3128, ΟΝ 


519. m. a lie, falsehood, Is. 28, 15. 17. 
5139 COP lying divination Ez. 13, 6; 
3 top to divine lies. Ez. 13,7. 21, 34 
[29]. 22, 28, D's'D M2 to utter lies, 
to dele falsehood, Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5. 25, 
19,5.9. Also deceit, Sraud, pint τ Dan. 
11,27 333 725. Ps. δ, 7. 58, 4. Prov. 19, 


22 219 δὴν a man of filsthood, a War, | 


deceiver. 23,3 pat ἘΠῚ» 5 deceitful food, 
spoken of the banquct ofa prince, which 
allures his guests into danger.—Concr. 
liars, deceivers, deluding with false hope, 
θὲ ρὲ idole- ΤᾺ 40, ὅ. Am. 2, 4. 


N75 (lying, false) Cozeba, pr. n. of 
a place 1'Chr. 4, 22; prob. the same 
with 319. and 32x Ὁ. 

"ST? (lying, false, τ. 31D) Cozbi, pr. n. 
of the daughter of a Midianitish prince, 
Num. 25, 15. 18. 

5139 (lying, false) Chezib, pr. n. of a 
place in the tribe of Judah Gen. 38, 5; 
prob. i. q. ΞῚΞΝ Ὁ. 


4.56 m2 





ε 


ΗΘ obsol. root, kindr. with Arab. 
(there being no Arabic root 5. ) 


to break with violence, to rout an enemy ; 
in Heb. transferred to the idea of vio 
lence in general.—Hence “358, USS, 
DAIITON. 


Mm. once M12 Dan. 11, 6, ὁ. suff. 
"md. R.mm>q. v. 

1. strength, “might, power, both to act 
and to endure, Job 6, 11. 12; spoken of 
men, as of military prowess Judg. 16, 5 
9.19. Hab. 1,11. Is. 63,1; vital stre eth 
Ps. 22, 16. 31, 11. 38, 11; πλννν νὰν 
energy in buisitresd Gen. 31, 6. Is. 49, 4 ; 
virile strength, and pset: for its fruit, 
the first-born son, Gen. 49, 3; also of 
animals Job 40, 16. Dan. 8, 7. Spoken 
of the power and might of God, Jer. 10, 
12 insa γὴν nbs. ‘Num. 14, 17. Job 
23, 6. 24, 22, 37, 23. Ps. 65, 7.—(757) wr 
3 m5 there is shrenatele power, in any 
one, he has power, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 1 Sam. 
28, 20, comp. 1 K..19, 8; 6. inf et > to 
have power ta do any ching i. q. to be 
able, I can, 1 Sam. 30, 4 wntil ora ἫΝ 
ninsd n> they had no power to weep, 
could weep no more. 2 Chr. 20, 12. 25, 
8. Dan. 8, 7. 11, 15. Is. 50, 9 eine. 
times it is put in the genit. after sub- 
stantives and adjectives; as M2 y"28 
mighty in strength Job 9, 4. Is. 40, 26; 
ΠΞ ΝΙΝ Job 37, 23; m5 "455 Ps. 103, 
20; m5 x55 for ΓΞ xb sein Job 26, 2. 
τ ἐπέ δ a) Ina bad sense, vio- 
lence, Ecc. 4,1. Ὁ) Trop. ability, i. 6. 
wealth, riches, comp. >", Job 6, 22. 36, 
19. Prov. 5, 10. Hos. 7,9.  c) strength 
of the earth, its fruits, produce, brought 
forth by its vivifying power, Gen. 4, 12 
Job 31, 39. 

2. A species of large lizard, prob. so 
called from its strength, Lev. 11, 30. 
Sept. and Jerome the chamelion ; Arab. 
Vers. wy the land crocodile, or a 


species of it. [Not improb. as Bochart 
supposes (Hieroz. I. p. 1069), Arab. 
Joel the waral (vulg. waran), a spe- 
cies of lizard several feet in length, 
lacerta Nilotica, found occasionally in 
Palestine ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL 
p. 253.—R. 








a 


ia) 


+97) j in Kal not used, prob. like Un} 
and bm having the signe to cover, to 
hide ; which then passed over partly to 
the idea of denying, deceiving, lying, as 
in OmD, 13D; and partly to that of be- 
silecsrings painting, as in >>. The 
order of derivation is md, an, PMD ; 
comp. medius, milieu. Eth. Ὦ ΠᾺΡ to 
deny, to apostatize ; Arab. (X= to de- 
ny. 

Pre. M3, to hide, to conceal, with acc. 
and 12 of pers. Jer. 38, 14. 2 Sam. 14, 
18; acc. impl. Josh. 7, 19. 1 Sam..3, 17. 
18. Jer. 50, 2; different is a in Job 15, 
18. With "2 Gen, 47,18. By litotes 
“m2 X> not to hide is for to speak out 
openly, to proclaim, Job 27, 11. Ps. 40, 11. 
78, 4. Is. 3,9; contra, not to hide what 
is true, i. q. not to deny, Job 6,10; comp. 
wn. 

Hipx. 735 1. to hide, Job 20, 12. 

2. to destroy, to cut off, pr. to make 
disappear, Gr. ἀφανέζειν, 6. σ΄. men Ex. 
23, 23. 2 Chr. 32, 21. Zech. 11, 8; with 
121 K. 13, 34. Ps. 83, 5. 

Nip. 1. Pass. of Piel, to be hidden, 
concealed, with 32 from any one, 2 Sam. 
18, 13. Ps. 69, 6. 139, 15. Hos, 5, 3. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be destroyed, 
fo be cut off, Job 4, 7. 15, 28. 22, 20. 
Zech. 11, 9.16; yaxn ja Ex. 9, 15. 


9132 Chald. see in Chald. “πὶ p. 296. 


* TM) obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. Syr. καθ 


lo pant, Germ. keuchen, comp. the simi- 
lar onomatopoetic roots MD), M28; then 
fo exert oneself, one’s strength, ete. 
Hence M5 strength, power. The Arab. 

LS to prevail in battle, is apparently 


secondary, and derived from the Heb. 
71>. 


*OnD ἢ ἅπ. heyou. i.g. Arab. SS, to 
paint the eyes with stibium, Ez. 23, 40; 
comp. 2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4,30. The pri- 
mary idea is that of covering, besmear- 
mg; see in IMD. Chald. Syr. Arab. 
Eithiop. id—The paint of the Hebrew 
women, called 335 q.v. Gr. στέμμι, oti- 
joy, was a powder producing a black 
colour, commonly prepared from anti- 
mony or from lead ore and zinc, which 
they mixed with water, and spread by 
means of a needle or probe of silver or 

39 





AST bi 


ivory upon the borders of the eye-lids; 
so that the white of the eye might ap 
pear still whiter by being surrounded 
with a black margin. See Bottiger’s 
Sabina p. 22, 48. Hartmann’s Hebrae- 
rin II. p. 149. sq. III. p. 198 sq. 


“WMD 1. pr. to lie, to speak lies’ see 
Piel. For the primary idea see in kindr. 
sD. 

2. Trop. to fail, to waste away, 8. δ. 
the body, Ps. 109, 24 2 wns “wa 
my flesh faileth from fatness, i. e. is 
without fatness, pines away. Comp. 
wm, also Piel no. 3. 

Pie, ὉΠ 1. to deny what is true, 
Gen. 18, 15. Josh. 7, 11. With 3 of 
pers. to deny any one, as if not knowing 
him, Job 8, 18; hence mint OD to deny 
Jehovah Is. 59, 13. Jer. 5, 12. Josh. 24, 
27; > id. Job 31, 28; absol: id. Prov. 30, 
9. ’ With 2 of pers. and 3 of thing, to 
lie or deny to any one as to any thing, 
Lev. 5, 21 [6, 2]. 

2. to lie, to speak falsehood, Lev. 19, 
11. Hos. 4,2. With 51K. 13, 18 wn 
ἴθ he lied unto him. 

3. to deceive or disappoint hope, ex- 
pectation; hence i. q. to fail, spoken of 
the products of the earth, Hos. 9, 2." 
Hab. 3,17. Comp. in 519 Pi. 

4, to feign, to flatter, to fawn upon, 
chiefly of the vanquished, who profess 
devotedness and love towards their vje- 
tors, 6. Ὁ Ps. 18, 45. 66, 8. 81, 16. 

Nieuw. ‘Deut. 33, 29, and Hrrnp. 2 Sam. 
22, 45, ο. ὃ; i. q. Pi. no. 4. 

Deriv. the,two following. 


WMD 1. a lie, deceit, Nah. 3, 1. Hos. 
10, 13. 12,1. Ps. 59, 13. 

2. a pining away, leanness, Job 16, 8. 

OM2 τη. adj. lying, false, e.g. children 
who deny their father, Is. 30,9. R. ὉΠ. 


pal aon primitive particle. A) Pr.a 
Pron. relat. i.g. "88, although in this 
its primary sense it is extremely rare 
and therefore uncertain in the Hebrew 
writings. The use of this ancient and 
primitive word is also widely spread in 
the Indo-European tongues: comp. 
Sanscr. relat. yas, yd, yat, (softened for 
gas, qa, φαΐ.) Lat. qui, que, quod; Pers. 

, poet. 5, and even Chinese khé he, 
and ¢éshé who. Correlative to these are 





as , 458 omy 


demonstr. δ, , Gr. 1, ts, Lat. is, 


see Buttm. Ausf: Sprachl. I. p. 290; 
demonstr. and relat. "5, So; comp. 
Germ. die; interrog. %, 72, Ti-s, τί. 
By dropping also the initial palatal from 
the fuller and antique form qui, there 
has arisen the Pers. and Zab. S97 
Germ. wie.—The most certain example 
of the relat. use, is prob. Gen. 3, 19 till 
thou return unto the ground 232 "2 
mnpe from which (whence) thou wast 
taken, Sept. ἐξ ἧς ἐλήφϑης, and so also 
Onk. Syr. Saad. The same idea is ex- 
pressed in v. 23 by ΒΘ προ “Why. 
Causal it can hardly be in these words; 
since the cause isimmediately subjoined: 
BWA ADS7>N1 MAX WDD "7D. Soo too in 
Gen. 4, 25 ἢ 39m 9D, Vulg. quem oc- 
cidit Cain, Sept. ὃν ἀπέκτεινε Kaiy, and 
so Onk. Syr. since nothing could well 
be feebler than the expression, ‘ for 
Cain slew him. The same ancient 
usage is again revived in Is. 54, 6 the 
Lord calleth thee as a wife of youth "> 
ὈΝ ΘΓ who hast been rejected, Sept. μεμι- 
σημένην, Vulg. abjectam, Chald. que ab- 
jecta eras. Is. 57, 20 the wicked are 
dike the troubled sea 5259 ἂν» LPM Ἢ 
which cannot rest, Vulg. quod quiescere 
non potest. Other examples which may 
be referred to this usage, are Prov. 30, 
23. Deut. 14, 29. Ps. 90,4. Further, the 
LXX take "D asa ΚΝ ΤΙΝ in why "2, 
translating 27> ἕγεκα τούτου, and "5 
ΞΡ ov ἕνεκεν. Of the primary prono- 
minal power of this word no one can well 
doubt, who considers the analogy of 
other languages, and compares the two- 
fold use of "®& as relat. and conjunc- 
tion. 

B) As a relative Conjunction, like 
“tx, Gr. ὅτι, (whence wti, wt,) Lat. 
quod, Fr. que. 

1. that, (which also is a relat. pron.) 
before dependent clauses following an 
active verb and standing in the place of 
an accusative, as elsewhere "WX and 
fully "WX MX, see WW B. 1. Gen. 1, 10 
siv: Ἢ “ponds nom pr. and God saw 
this, that it was good. Job 9,2 ἜΣ ἼΔ 
j2 “3 IT know that it is so. So snes verbs 
of seeing Gen. 1, 4. 10. 12. 3, 6; of hear- 
ing Gen. 14, 14. 29, 33. 39, 15; of know- 
ing Gen. 22, 12. 24, 14. 42, 33; of point- 





γ΄ - 


ing out Gen. 8, 11. 12, 18. Ps. 50,6. 92, 
16; of demanding Is. 1,12; of believing 
Ex. 4,5. Job 9,16; of remembering Job 
7, 7. 10, 9; of forgetting Job 39, 15. 
Repeated, "31—"2 Gen. 29, 12.—In for- 
mulas with a verb (or verbal) intransi- 
tive, the dependent clause with "3 is to 
be regarded as in the nominative, e. g. 
"2D 31D it is good that, comp. Gen. 2, 18. 
—Here also belong the following uses 
of "3, viz. : 

a) After formulas of swearing, as "1 


"> mim by the life of Jehovah (1 swear) 


that, 1 Sam. 20, 3. 25, 34. 26, 16. 29, 6. 
Drban “m2 Seam. 2, 27 ; bx ὙΠ Job 27, 
2; SON ‘an Is. 49; 18; ΡΝ > ΠΏΣ" ΓΞ 
pro ma) 1 Sam. 14, 44, "2 Sam. 3, 8 
19,2. 1 Κ. 3,28 ; seein M23 πο. 1. Hence, 
by an ollipais οἱ a like formula, "3 is put 
affirmatively even at the beginning of 
an oracle, Is. 15, 1. 

b) Where "2 is put before a clause or 
words directly quoted, like Gr. ὅτε, Syr. 
9, for which last see a host of examples 


in Agrelli Otiola Syr. p. 19. Gen. 29, 33 
nt Sw 9D WANN and she said, Jehovah 


hath heard, pr. and she said that Jeho- ; 
“vah hath heard Ex. 3, 12. 1 K. 11, 22. 


Ruth 1, 16. 1 Sam. 10, 19. al. 

c) Subjoined to adverbs and interjec- 
tions which have the force of a whole 
clause, 6. g. Job 12,2 DD DMN "D DION 


no doubt that ye are the people. So ran | 


"> behold that, i. q. the simple 735, Ps, 
128, 4: "ἢ 2 wibh id. 1 Sam. 10, 1; “> AN 
ΓΤ that, see FN; "D OBS only that, 
see ODN; in all wine phrases "2 can 
be omitted in rendering. 


d) "2m is it so that? is it the case 


that? Fr. est-ce que ? for whether? num? 
Job 6, 22 "max "25 is it that I said? 
didd say? 2 Sam. 9, 1. 
an affirmative answer is expected (comp. 
ΓΙ no. 1. b), is 7 not the case that? Fr. 
nest-ce pas que? i. q. nonne? Gen. 27,3 
29, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19; comp. 1 Chr. 
11, 21, 

2. Asa relative causal particle, ὅτι 
quod, viz. 

a) As marking the cause and 7 
of any thing, because, since ; so where 
the causal clause precedes, as Gen. 3 
14 because thou hast done this, cursec 
art thou, etc. v. 17 because thou 






















So also where 


‘a 


hearkened unto thy wife, .... cursed is the 
ground, etc. So where it follows, which 
is far more common; Gen. 2, 3 and God 
blessed the seventh day....because (3) 
in it he had rested, etc. Lam. 3, 28 he 
sitteth alone and silent 1739 9.22) "> be- 
cause God hath laid it upon him. Ps. 22, 
9. Where the causal clause is thus put 


_ last, "2 may often be rendered by a de- 


monstrative causal particle, for, Gr. γάρ, 
6. g. Ps. 6, 3 heal me, Jehovah, 12132 7D 
“2x2 for my bones tremble greatly. 10, 
14, 25, 16.. Is. 2, 3. 6. 22. 3, 1. 10. 11. 
Gen. 5, 24. 30, 13. 41, 49. al. sepiss.— 
Almost dimaya "2 stands at the begin- 
ning of its clause; very rarely it is in- 
serted after one or more words, like Lat. 
enim, Ps. 118, 10. 128, 2; so too Gen. 
18, 20. 

Where two or more causal clauses 
follow each other, "2 is repeated, as 
"3—"3, "3'—"D, because—and because, 
or for—and. Of such examples there 
are several classes: «) Where more 
than one cause of a thing is assigned, as 
Is, 6,5 wo is me! for (53) Tam undone, 
aban ΤΣ D.... 728 ὉΠ Ὁ NID Wx "Dd 
"229 AN nina " because Iam a man 
of unclean lips .. .and because mine 
eyes have seen the ine Jehovah of hosts, 
i. e. because I, a man of unclean lips 
have beheld the Deity. Ps. 22,12. ) 
Where the clauses are either less close- 
ly connected, as Is. 9, 3. 4. 5. 15, 6. 8. 9. 
28, 19. 20. 21. Job 3, 24. 25. 8, 9 (comp. 
γάρ---γὰρ Matt. 6, 32, 18, 10. 11. 24. 27. 
28); or one is, so to epeak, continuative 
of the other, as Gen. 33, 11 for (53) God 
hath dealt graciously with me, and ("3") 
7 have all things. Job 38, 20. Is. 65, 16. 
7) When the latter sinisdh dopants on 
the former; Gen. 26, 7 for (3) he feared 
to say, she is my wife, lest the men of the 
place should slay him; because ("2) she 


was fair. 43, 32. 47, 20.—To the first 


class (α) belongs also the ironical pas- 
sage 1K. 18, 27 cry aloud ποτ θὲς 72 
19 977 53) #5 ony 923 ΠῚ "DRAM for 
heisa god, and he is meditating, or has 


gone aside, or has gone out, etc. the ἡ ins 


"ai, 731, being here pyideatly disjunc- 
tive ὅδ in 1 no. 1. i. p. 266. 
Sometimes the causal power of "2 is 
not at once obvious, where yet on con- 
sidering the connection of the sentences 


459 





ar 


it is found really to exist. E. g. Job 5, 
22 at destruction and famine thou shalt 
laugh, and of the beasts of the field thou 
shalt not be afraid ; 23 for (53) with 
the stones of the field shalt thou be in 
league, and the beasts of the field shall 


_ be at peace with thee, i. e. thou shalt fear 


nothing, because thy field shall be fer- 
tile, not covered with stones nor infested 
with wild beasts. Is. 5, 10 for (73) ten 
acres of vineyard shall yield one bath, 
and the seed of an omer (ten ephahs) 
shall yield one ephah; where the pro- 
phet had just said, many houses shall be 
desolate, without inhabitant, sc. because 
of the impending sterility of the fields. 
Is. 7,21 in that day a man shall leep 
a heifer and a couple of sheep, 32. 
‘sal miznn-b> Dok wath Nan 7D Ἂν 
curds and honey shall every one eat, ete. 
i. e. those who remain in the desolated 
land, for want of fruits and wine, shall 
live only on curdled milk and honey, and 
therefore turn their attention to the 
keeping of cattle and flocks. Comp. Is. 17, 
3 sq. 30,9. In other examples "5 refers 
not to the words next preceding, but to 
others more remote, as Is. 7, 14 therefore 
the Lord himself will give thee a sign: 
Behold, a virgin shall conceive....16 
for (72) before the child shall know, ete. 
i.e. in this very thing, contained in v. 16, 
consists the sign and prophecy which 
Jehovah will give; comp. 8, 4. Is. 10, 25 
fear not....26 for yet a very little while 
and the punishment shall cease. Josh 5, 
δ. 14, 12. 17, 18. Ps. 45, 11. 12. Comp. 
for the like use of the particle γάρ, 
Herm. ac Viger. p. 846; and for enim, 
Ramshorn’s Lat. Gram. ὃ 119.1. With 
these particles "D> has also this further 
in common, that it is put where one 
appeals to a thing as, known to all, as 
matter of common notoriety, for surely, 
for certainly, of course, 6. g. Job 5, 6 
VIN DI NY ND.1D_ for surely affliction 
cometh not forth from the dust. Is. 32, 6. 
13. So ironically, Prov. 30,4 what is 
his name and what his son’s name? “D 
stn for thou knowest it of course. Job 
38,5. 1 K. 18, 27, see end of preced. 
paragr. 

Finally, to this causal signification 
belong the following uses of "D>: αα) 
After verbs implying an affection of the 


“5 460 8 a 


mind, as marking the cause of that 
affection; e. g. of rejoicing Is. 14, 29. 
Ps. 58, 11. 105, 38. 107, 30; of being 
angry Gen. 31, 35. 45, 5; of fearing 
Gen. 43, 18. Ps. 49, 17; of respecting 
Gen. 6, 6. 7. £88) As introducing an 
explanation, or the application of a par- 
able, etc. for, for indeed, Lat. atqui, Is. 
5, 7. Job 6, 21. 

b) As marking consecution, result, ef- 
fect, i. e. the cause or reason why a thing 
is or will be so and so, i. q. that, so that, 
so as that; comp. Gr. τέ γέγονεν ὅτι. 
Gen. 20,9 what have I sinned against 
thee, that (53) thou hast brought on me 

..a great sin? 40,15 here also I have 
dame nothing, that ("D) they should put 
me into the dungeon. Is. 36, 5 now on 
whom dost thou trust, that ("D) thou hast 
rebelled against me? Ps. 8, 5 what is 
man, that (53) thou art mindful of him? 
comp. Ex. 3, 11. Is. 29, 16 shall the pot- 
ler be accounted as the clay, that ("3) 
the work shall say of the workman, He 
made me not? Hos. 1,6; also Gen. 20, 
10."Ps. 44, 19. 20. 2 K. 8, 13. Job 6, 11. 
10, 5. 6. 15, 14. 21, 15. al. 

3. From the preceding causal power 
is derived the use of "D> in various ad- 
versative constructions. Εἰ. g. 

a) Preceded by a negative it is i. q. 
but, Lat. sed, Germ. sondern. 1 K. 21, 
15 Naboth is not alive m2 "> but dead ; 
pr. for he is dead. Gen. 24,3 thow shalt 
not take a wife for my son τὰ the daugh- 
ters of the Canaanites’....4 τοις "2 
WOM... ἼΣΟΝ but thou shalt g go unto my 
tan etc. Inv. 38 in the same con- 
text we find ἔσταν. Gen. 45, 8 it is not 
you who sent me hither, but (53) God, 
pr. for God sent me. Gen. 19,2 "3 &> 
152 ainna nay! but we will abide all 
night in the street. Gen. 3,°4. 5. 17, 15. 
Ex. 1, 19. Josh. 17, 18. 2 Chr. 20, 15. 
Ps. “4. 8. Is. 7, 8. 65, 6. Dan. 9, 18. al. 
See below in Ὀδ "D Β. 1. Once for 
Dx "D B.2, 1 Sam. 27,1 nothing is well 
for me, 23%% "D unless that 1 flee, ex- 
cept I flee; Sept. ἐὰν μή. 

b) Similar to this is the use of "5 in 
passages where a preceding negative is 
not directly expressed, but yet a nega- 
tive force lies in the sentence itself; 
e.g. where in Latin the full construction 
would be, ‘(minime vero) sed,’ also sim- 





ply enim, as in Cicero Tusc. 2. 24: “num 
tum ingemuisse Epaminondam putas, 
quum una cum sanguine vitam effluere 
sentiret ? Imperantem enim patriam La- 
cedeemoniis relinquebat, quam acceperat 
servientem,” for: Minime vero, nam —; 
Germ. nein sondern ; Engl. nay but ; nay 
for; but no, for ; ete. Job 31, 17 have 
I then eaten my morsel alone, and the 
orphan hath not eaten thereof? 18 Nay 
but (53) from my youth he grew up with 
me as a father. Mic. 6, 3 what injury 
have I done to thee? 4 None, for (but) 
I brought thee up out of Egypt, etc. Ps. 
44, 21 sq. if we had forgotten God.... 
would not God have searched it out? 24 
But no ("2), for thy sake are we slaugh- 
tered. Job 14,13 Oh that thou wouldest 
hide me in Sheol. . until thy wrath be 
past (and afterwards recal me to life, 
though I know this cannot be!) 16 59 
“BOR “IT¥ ΠῺΣ bul no! instead of this 
thou numberest my steps; so far from 
dealing kindly with me, thou even liest 
in wait as it were against me. Ps. 49,11. 
130, 2. 2 Sam. 19, 23. Is. 49, 24. 25. 

c) Rarely where no negative pre- 
cedes, like ἀλλὰ γάρ, but truly, but yet, 
yet, nevertheless ; comp. DN "D B. 3.. Is. 
28, 28 bread-corn is beaten out, X> “> 
sents tity mxz> but yet one does not 
thresh it always ; see in ppt no. 1. Is. 
8, 23.m> ΤΣῊ atind Asan ND τῷ never- 
theless the darkness shall not abide 
where now distress is. Job 23, 10. 

4. As a particle of time, like "tx B. 
5; pr. at which lime, what time, when. 
With a pret. Ps. 32, 3 35a ΤΙΣΙ “2 
“2x2 when (while) I kept silent, my 
bones wasted away. Judg. 2, 18. Ez. 3, 
19. Job 7, 13. Oftener with a fut. Gen. 
4,12 ΠΝ ΠΤΟΝ TAsM ὙΦ when thou 
tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth 
yield unto thee her strength. 24, 41. Is. 
43, 2. Jer. 2, 26. 1 K. 8, 44. Job 27, 8.9; 
and so with fut. as pres. Job 22, 2 is a 
man profitable unto God. when as d wise — 
man he is profitable to himself? Ps. 8.4 
when I consider thy heavens, etc. Job 


4, 5. Ps. 11,3. Is. 1, 12. Lev. 21,9. al. 


With a participle Jer. 44.19. So too — 
without a verb, Hos. 11, 1 5x4 722 ΓΞ 
when Israel was a child. Joh 39, 24. 
Very freq. in the construction "2 "77", 
"2 nim and it came to pass, when, etc. 











- ditional ° ot i. q. 


γε 


Gen. 6, 1 and it came to pass when 
(3 "π|5) men began to multiply, etc. 
Sept. καὶ ἐγένετο ἥνικα x. τ. 2. 2. Sam. 
7, 1. 19, 26. al. sep. Ex. 1, 10 and it 
come to pass when (3 nim) there fall- 
eth out, etc. Judg. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 10, 7. 
Is. 16, 12. Jer. 5,19. 15,2. See in Ain 
no. 1, p. 249.—Sometimes this use ap- 
proaches near to a conditional power 
(comp. 788 B. 4) as in Engl. when for 
if; so with a pret. Ex. 20, 25; or with 
a fut. 2 K. 4, 29 when (if) thou meetest 
any man, salute him not. Gen. 46, 33 
where Sept. ἐάν. Ex. 7; 9. Deut. 14, 24. 
Josh. 20,5. At other times, a strict dis- 
tinction is observed between this parti- 
cle and the conditional 08, as Ex. 21, 2 
when (53) thou buyest a Hebrew servant, 
six years shall he serve thee, and in the 
seventh he shall go out free. 3. If (2%) 
he came in alone, he shall go out alone ; 
if (ON) with a wife, then his wife shall 
go out with him. 4. If (0%) his master 
have given hima wife... 5 and if (5&3) 
the servant shall say, etc. So very often, 
ps being every where used before the 
particular conditions of a law, and "2 be- 
fore the whole law. Comp. in the same 
chapter, v. 7 "2, and v. 8. 9. 10. 11, O&. 
v. 14.18 "3, and v.19 ON. v. 20 "5 and 
v.21 08. v.22 "Dandv.23 0x. Sov. 
26. 27. 28, comp. 29. 30. 32. Also Lev. 
1, 2. 3.. In Arabic the same distinction 


exists between fof i. q. "D and the con- 
Dx .—This *> of time 
Seiad "stands’i in a clause after the 
nominative, as Lev. 1, 2. 2,1. 4, 2. Is. 
28, 18. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Ez. 14, 
13. al. 

To the same conditional usage per- 
tain the examples where "2 is for the 
fuller "> ΘᾺ even when, even if, although ; 
see DA no. 4. p. 197. Ex. 13, 17 God led 
them not the way of the land of the Phi- 
listines, 277°) IN 7D although that was 
near. Ps. 49, 19. 116, 10. Hab. 3, 17. 

5. A less usual but certain use of 73 
is in the apodosis, Engl. then, so. The 
protasis then has a ἀμ δἰ ἀσραὶ particle, 

e.g. DN, Job 8,6 HAY "3 ANN WW AON 
Ὁ» = if thou art pure ‘and ‘upright, 
then he will soon awake for thee. 37, 20 ; 


xd on, Is. 7, 9 if ye will not believe, then 
205 





461 "5 


ye shall not be established ; > Job 6, 2. 
3; "55 Gen. 31, 42. 43, 10; ">48 Num. 
22, 33; WW condit. Ecc. 8,12; "YX Ἴ55 
Gen. 22, 16. 17.—Some assume here an 
ellipsis, e. g. I affirm that, sure it is that, 
or the like. This accords with the like 
usage in no. 1. a, and is not improbable ; 
although a demonstrative or affirmative 
power, which some assume as the pri- 
mary one in this particle, is without any 
certain traces. 

6. Prepositions to which "3 is sub- 


joined, (like τῶν B. 9.) are thus convert- 


ed into conjunctions, as "3 432 and "> dz 
on this account that, because ; “ΤῚΣ un- 
til that, until ; “D PY and "9 MAN for 
the reason that, because. Comp. Lehrg. 
p. 637.—For }27>> "D see in its order 
after ON "D p. 462. For "2 5N see p. 
77. 

Note. A remarkable example of the 
various significations of "> is found in 
Josh. 17, 17. 18 Thou shalt not have one 
lot only, but (72) the mountain shall be 
thine ; since ("2) it is a forest, so thou 
shalt cut it down, and its utmost ends 
shall be thine ; for (53) thou shalt drive 
out the Canaanites, because (53) they 
have iron chariots and because ("2) they 
are strong, i. e. because otherwise they 
will be a source of trouble and destruc- 
tion to you. Comp. 14, 12. | 


DX "5 a compound particle having a 
twofold usage : 

A) Where ἘΝ refers to an inserted or 
parenthetic clause, and each particle 
retains its own native force. Thus: 

1. that if, see "> B. 1. Jer. 26, 15 but 
know ye 037-72 "NN DAN ΘΛ Ὁ ΓΝ 7D 
ps">9 ound DMN “PP? THAT, IF ye put me 
to death, (that) ye shall bring innocent 
blood upon yourselves. 1 K. 20, 6. So 
after a formula of swearing, 1 Sam. 14, 
39 92 22 FNM ΤΟΣ ἜΘ. πη Π 
mia" mia as Jehovah liveth .. (I swear) 
THAT, IF it be even Jonathan my son, 
(that) he shall surely die. Jer. 22, 24. 
In these examples "D is repeated after 
the parenthetic clause; in others Vav 
copulative is put instead: 1 Sam. 20, 9 
far be it τι ANID sy Dao 72 
2 TEN FMR NDT...7IN DIA THAT, IF 
I knew that evil were prepared of my 
father ...then I would not tell it thee. 


ἐς λθῷ 


Ex. 22, 22. Gen. 47, 18; comp. ἢ p. 266. 
bb. 

2. because if, for if, see "D> Β. 2. Ex. 
8,17 [21]. 9, 2. 10,4. Deut. 11, 22. Esth. 
4.14. Is. 10, 22. Prov. 23, 18. al. sep. 
Also interrog. nam num ? for whether ? 
see DN B. 1. Lam. 5, 22 dka7DN 1D 
amon’. for wilt thou then utterly reject 
us? comp. Jer. 14, 19 where it is 4 in- 
stead of "3. 

3. but if, after a negative, see "D B. 3. 
Lam. 3, 32 DA ΠΡ ΠΝ "DB but if he 
cause inte yet will he have compassion. 
Also without a previous negative, see 
in "3 B. 3. c, Ex. 23, 22. 

Norte. In 1 Sam. 25, 34 "3 introduces 
the apodosis, see "2 B.5; while ἘΝ is 
the negative after an oath, see O& Ὁ. 1. 
ce. In 2 Sam. 3, 35 "3D continues the 
clause after a formula of swearing, see 
“2 B.1.b; and 0&8 is negative as be- 
fore. 

B) Where both particles are closely 
conjoined and refer to the same clause. 

1. but if, after a negative; Ps. 1, 1 
happy the man who walketh not (q. ἃ. tf 
he walk not)... 2 but if (0% 59) his de- 
light 18 in the law of Jehovah ; here it is 
simply but, Germ. sondern, after a nega- 
tive, i. gq. "> B. 3. a; the force of the 
other particle being attenuated and ne- 
glected. So Gen. 15, 4 this shall not 
be thine heir, but (G8 “D) he that shall 
come forth, etc. 32, 29 thy name shall not 
be called Jacob, but (ἘΝ 52) Israel. Josh. 
17, 3 he had no sons, but (ἘΝ "D) daugh- 
ters. 1 Sam. 8,19 and they said, Nay, 
but (ON ἈΞ) we will have a king over us. 
2 Sam. 5,6. 1K. 18, 18. Is. 37, 19. 65, 
18. Jer. 3, 10. al. sep.—Sometimes the 
negative before O& "D is to be supplied, 
comp. "D2 B. 3. Ὁ. 1 Sam. 26, 10 as the 
Lord liveth 5323" TN BX ἘΦ (not 1) but 
the Lord smite him. 2 Sam. 13, 33 let 
not the king take it to heart etise they 
say, All the king’s sons are dead ; (not 
so) but Amnon only is dead. 

_ 2. but tf, but when, i. q. unless, except, 
always after a negative. a) Beforea 
verb, ‘Gen. 32, 27 I will not let thee go, 
except (ON "D) thou bless me. Am. 3, 7. 
Gen. 42,15. Lev. 22,6. Ruth 2, 16. 3, 
18. 2Sam. 5, 6. Ecc. 3,12. Ὁ) Before 
a noun; ‘Gen. 39,9 he hath kept back 
nothing from me except (DX "D) thee, 





as a 


because thou art his wife. v. 6. Lev. 21, 
1.2 there shall none be defiled for the 
dead ...except (0% "D) for his kin. Num. 
26, 65. Josh. 14, 4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. 22. 
Esth. 2, 15. Jer. 7, 23. al. The preced- 
ing negative is sometimes implied in a 
question, Mic. 6, 8. Is. 42, 19. 


3. Without a preceding negative, but, . 


Germ. aber, comp. "D B. 3. e. Gen. 40, 
14 "M721 ON "DB but remember me, when 
it shall be well with thee ; Sept. ἀλλά, 
Syr. iif. Num. 24, 21. 22 strong is thy 
dwelling-place ...but (ἘΝ 32) Kain shall 
be wasted. 

C) It is seen above, that one of the 
two particles is often redundant and 
might be omitted; and so 5X is four 
times actually omitted in Keri, Ruth 3, 
12. 2 Sam. 13, 33. 15, 21. Jer. 39, 12. 
Still more is this the case, where 5X 72 
stands in the following connections: 

1. that, i. q. "> B. 1. a, after formulas 
of swearing, 2 Sam. 15, 21 where Keri 
omits ON. 2 K. 5, 20; after a verb of 
swearing, Jer. 51, 14; after 0208 Ruth 
3,12. So where the words of an oath 
or affirmation are implied, thus marking 
astrong affirmation, Judg. 15,7 ΠΏΣ ON 
“rap? OX "D PND if ye have done thus, 
(know assuredly) that I will be avenged. 
1 K. 20, 6.—For 2 Sam. 3, 35, see above 
in A, note. 

2. because, for, causal, i. ᾳ. "D B. 2. 
Job 42, 8. 


]2702 "2 a formula signifying lit. for 
therefore, and used to mark not purpose 
and end, but rather the reason and cause 
ofa thing. The examples fall into two 
classes, viz. 

1. Where "> and 3. 85 are to be taken 
separately, for because; so that ΞΘ is 
for VX 4275 on this account that, be- 
cause, (see in {> with Prep. d,) and in- 
troduces the protasis, which the apodo- 
sis then follows. Soin these passages : 
Gen. 33, 10 receive my present, }2">2 "2 
ab Salo cobs “8 PROD ΠῸΒ NN for, 
because I have seen thy face as though I 
had seen the face of God, so thou wilt 
receive me graciously. Num. 10, 31. 14, 
43 for, because ye are turned away from 
Jehovah, so Jehovah will not be with you. 

2. Where the formula is i. q. 3.» 
for "WX 3.55 on this account that. be. 


es 











tee 


cause, as above. Gen. 38, 26 she (Ta- 
mar) is more righteous than J, because 
(j27>2 53) I gave her not to Shelah my 
son; Vulg. quia. Judg. 6, 22 alas, O 
Lord God ! (I must die) because I have 
seen an angel of the Lord face to face ; 
comp. 13, 22. Is. 6,5. Sept. ὅτι, Vulg. 
quiu.—2 Sam. 18, 20 Keri. Jer. 29, 27. 
28. 38, 4. Gen. 19, 8 only unto these men 
do nothing ; because (jD7>3 "D) they 
have come under the shadow of my roof. 

Nors. From the examples in no. 1, it 
appears that in this formula "3 origi- 
nally retained its distinct native causal 
power; and no transposition or trajec- 
tion is necessary, suchas I formerly as- 
sumed. In the other examples 19 >> "> 
seem to have coalesced into one com- 
pound particle, in which two causal 
particles are ‘accumulated ; and the 
power of the first became by degrees 
so attenuated as to be nearly or quite 
redundant ; just like "78 in Chaldee 
(2753 TN, ‘which stands for the Heb. 
formula i in the Targums. 


I]. "D subst. (for "3D, στ. MID, as "δὶ 
for 8, 9 for "2) a ‘mark burnt in, 


brand, once Is. 3, 24. ΠΤ οι 
*I"D obsol. root, Arab. SW mid. Ye, 


E Sor 
to use deceit, to overreach ; whence QuS 
trick, fraud, also destruction, ruin, war. 
Hence-in Heb. "3, ji". 


2 m. destruction, calamity, Job 21, 
20. See also ji". 

TWD m. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. a spark, Job 41, 
1 Ὡς. Ὑ2. 


PT m. (τ. 13) 1. a javelin, spear, 
asmaller kind of lance, different from 
mm (1 Sam. 17, 6. 7. 45. Job 39, 23); 
borne by soldiers suspended from the 
shoulder, 1 Sam. 1. c. and thrown after 
brandishing Job 41, 21 [29]; common 
among the Babylonians and Persians 
Jer. 6, 23. 50,42; and so made as to be 
conspicuous when lifted up Josh. 8, 18 
comp. 26, being probably decorated with 
a flag, like the lances of the modern 
Polish lancers or Uhlans. So Kimchi 
02 aw MINN Nin ‘this is the spear with 
a flag onit.” Bochart aptly derivesit from 


59 o- 
1.°D, comp. 237 sword, and yo war. 


463 





i 


2. Chidon, pr. n. of a place between 
Kirjath-jearim and Jerusalem ; 1 Chr. 


é 


13,9 γ71Ὶ3 7.8 the threshing- -floor of Chi- 


don; in 2 Sam. 6, 6 1133 775, see 1122. 


“iD τὰ. (τ. 1D) tumult, espec. war- 
like tumult, wav, Job 15,24. Vulg. pre- 
lium, Syr. war. 


713 unas λεγόμ. prob. a statue, image, 
from r. 119 Pi. 1533, after the ἐπα Pian, 
2435p, etc. The prophet says of the Is- 
dublites % in the desert: Am. 5, 26 ye bore 
the tabernacle of your king (idol), and 
the statue (j"°2, or statues, Heb. Gr. 


. § 106. 3) of your idols, the star of your god 


which ye made to yourselves ; so Vulg. 
imaginem idolorum vestrorum ; comp. 
Acts 7,43. According to this interpre- 
tation, the only one which the received 
vowels well admit, the name of the idol 
so worshipped by the Israelites is not 
given; and it can only be inferred from 
the mention of a star, that some planet 
is to be understood, which Jerome con- 
jectures to have been Lucifer or Venus. 
—The Syriac translator gives a differ- 
ent explanation, translating D275 4.72 


by este, ele Saturn your idol; pro- 
nouncing the Heb. 112 prob. as 272, 
and regarding it as i. q. Syr. ek Arab. 


S$ ,-oF 
las the planet Saturn, which the 


Semitic nations worshipped along with 
Mars as an evil demon to be propitiated 
with sacrifices ; see Comm. on Is. II. p. 
343.—The LXX held 41" to be the 
proper name of an idol; although chang- 
ing 3 into " (comp. WX> Nah. 1, 6 Sept. 
ἀρχάς as if for WN") they write it cor- 
ruptly ἹΡαιφᾶν, ἹΡηφάν, which by the fur- 
ther corruption of transcribers became 
‘Peupay, ἹΡεμφᾶ. It has been assumed, 
but cannot be shown, that “Poway or 
“Ῥηφάν was an Egyptian word denoting 
the planet Saturn. It was so found in- 
deed in two Coptic-Arabic Lexicons by 
Kircher, Ling. AXgypt. restit. p. 49, 527; 
but Jablonsky long since remarked, 
that this word and the other names of 
planets in these lexicons were of Greek 
origin, and were drawn from the Coptic 
version of Amos and the Acts. The 
more recent lexicographers of the Cop- 
tic tongue have been able to find ne 


᾿Ξ 


more in Thesaur. p. 669, 670. 


“92 and Ἴ59 m. plur. o*D 2 Chr. 
4, 6, and ni- 1 K. 7, 38. 40, 43. R. "55 IT. 

1. Pr. a basin, fire-pot, fire-pan, so 
called from boiling or roasting, 1 Sam. 
2,14. So Ox "2 a fire-pan, fire-basin, 
Zech. 12, 6. 

2. a basin, wash-basin, laver, from its 
form, Ex. 30, 18, 28. 31, 9. 35, 16. 39, 39. 
1 K. 7, 38. al.—Further 

3. a platform or pulpit, suggestus, for 
speaking in public, so called from the 
form, 2 Chr. 6,13. The context does not 
determine whether this suggestus was 
round or square; and the measure of 
length and breadth given would rather 
imply the latter. But as the name im- 

‘plies a likeness to a basin, it was more 
probably round. 

"2° Is. 32, 5, and "DD vy. 7, deceitful, 
a deceiver, Vulg. fraudulentus; by 
apheresis for “b523, "523 (r. 523) the 
adj. termination "— ‘bee added. Syr. 
111. id. The comet perhaps uses the 


form ">> for ">">, in allusion to the fol- 
lowing sb. 

nish f. plur. (τ. sb) sledge-ham- 
mers or axes, Ps. 74,6. Syr. tases 
a hammer, axe,-mattock. Kindr. is 
Chald. xp>5p club, cudgel. 


ΓῺ f. (τ. 85:9) pr. a heap, cluster, 
espec. of stars, and hence for the con- 
stellation of the Pleiades, or the Seven 
Stars, consisting of seven large stars 
closely con gst alo with other smaller 


ones, Arab. GS ee ἐὰ multitude, 
more fully Le | dg&e the binding to- 
gether, bundle, cluster, of Pleiades; Syr. 
like Heb. aao.—Am. 5,8. Job 9, 9. 38, 
31, in which latter passage we have the 
Habla figure M7272 Nin. ἼΣΟΙ didst 
thou bind the bands of the “Pleiades ? 
See more in Hyde on Ulugh-Beigh’s 
Tabb. p. 32. Niebuhr’s Arabia p. 114 
Germ. Ideler Ursprung und Bedeutung 
der Sternnamen, p. 146. 

ΟἽ m. contr. for 022 from r. 022, like 
Did q. v. for 025. 

1. a bag purse, for money Prov. 1; 
14. Is. 46,6; used also by merchants to 


ἀρά, 


other examples; Peyron. p. 184.—See . 





=> 


carry their weights for money and mer- 
chandise, Deut. 25, 13. Mic. 6, 11; see 
Chardin Voyage T. III. p.420. Hence 


ὈΠ3 "258 Prov. 16,11. Syr. and Chald. id. 


2. a cup, i.q. 01D, Prov. 23, 31 Cheth. 
where Keri 01>. Hence ὉΠ and ὈἿ2 
are seen to be kindred forms 


"2 only Dual Ὡ 9 (τ. 44D 11) prob. 
a cooking-furnace, range for pots, per- 


chaps of pottery, as it could be broken ; 


and double, as having places for two 
pots or more, Lev. 11, 35, where it is 
coupled with "52m oven. So Kimchi. 


Syr. aod dad pot-house, hearth, Sept. 
χυτρόποδες pot-feet, supporters. 
47D see 3. 


“WWD m. (τ. 8D) a righter, director, 
sc. of a spindle, i. e. the whirl or twirl of 
a spindle, fixed upon its lower end for 
the purpose of twirling it; once Prov. 
31,19. So Kimchi. In the East the 
spindle is held in the hand, often per- 
pendicularly ; and is twirled with one 
hand, while the other draws out the 
thread. Comp. Thes. p. 722. 


M22 (Milél) contr. from 2 MD so so, 
i. e. so and so, thus and thus, i. q. simpl. 
HD, but stronger. As referring to 
what precedes, Ex. 29, 35. Num. 8, 
26. 11,15. Deut. 29, 23. Hos. 10, 15; 
also to what follows Ex. 12,11. 1K. 
1,48. It is found in every age of the 
Hebrew: and stands always absol. be- 
ing never preceded by 2. Hence M2378 
how? q.v.—In Aramean the final 7 
is dropped, leaving the form 3 ‘so; 


whence some have regarded M32 as de- 


rived from 32 with He paragogic. This 
opinion, though false, seems to have 


been followed by the Hebrew gramma- — 


rians in placing the tone on the penult. 


22 f£ Gen. 13,10. Ex. 29, 23. 2K. 5, 
5, constr. "22, pr. a circle, orb, for "272, 
from r.113, Pilp.93"2. Plur. see in no. 
2,3. Inthe occidental languages corre- 
sponding words are circus, circulus, and 
with the r softened κύκλος. Comp. 22 

1. a circuit, circumjacent tract of coun- 


try, Neh. 12, 28. So ipsa “22 the cir-, 
cuit or tract of the Jordan, i.e. the tract — 


through which the Jordan flows into the 
Dead Sea, Gen. 13, 10. 11. 1 K. 7. 46 








Tae 

2 Chr. 4, 17; Sept. ἢ περίχωρος τοῦ 

᾿Ιορδάνου, and so Matt. 3,5. Often also 

καί ἐξοχήν “DD id. Cesk 13, 12. 19, 17. 

25. 2 Sam. 18, 23. Neh. 3, 59, Now 
| el-Ghor. . 

2. ἘΠῚ “2D lit. a round of bread; a 
round loaf or cake, Ex. 29, 23. 1 Sam. 
2, 36. Prov. 6, 26. Plur. ΠΡ ninD> 
Inde. 8, 5. ales 10, 3. 

3. a talent, Syr. ᾿μαϑ, a weight equal 
to 3000 shekels of the sanctuary, as ap- 
pears from Ex. 38, 25.26; comp. how- 
ever 2 Sam. 12, 30. =snt "22 a talent 
of gold 1 K. 9, 14. 10, 10. 14; HOD "2D 
2 K. 5, 22. 23, 33; map> “> Zech. 5, 7. 
Dual 5"">> two talents, 2 K. 5, 23 ; 
02 p23 two talents of silver, ib. 
where 5.25 holds as it were the mid- 
dle place between the stat. absol. DDD 
and constr. "22; which latter would 
not*here mark the dual number. Plur. 
B22 constr. "222 f. talents 2 K. 5, δ. 
1 Chr. 22, 14. 29, 7. Ezra 8, 26. 


22 Chald. plur. 133 or 1.123, a 
talent, i. q. Hebr. no. 3. Ezra 7, 22. 


55 im. once 54D Jer. 33. 8 Cheth. 
c. Makk. “59, pr. subst. the whole, to- 
parish from r. 553 to complete. Arab. 


, Syr.\\5, Samar. 274; Eth. A, 


id. Corresponding are Gr. ὅλος, Lat. 
ullus, Engl. whole. In the occidental 
languages it is mostly to be rendered by 
adjectives. 

1. Where it refers to a single thing 
and includes the idea of oneness, totality, 
whole, all, Lat. totus, Gr. ὅλος ; followed 
by a substantive in the genitive, made 

definite either by the definite article, as 
Gr. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ, toute la terre, the whole 
earth; or by the genit. of a noun or pro- 
noun; unless it be a proper name which 
is in itself definite. E. g. yuxt7>> all 
the earth, the whole earth, Gen. 9,19. 11, 
1; orn->> all the people Gen. 19, 4; 
4820-59 all the flock 31,8; dixn-d> the 
whole ram Ex. 29, 18; oin->D all the 
day, the whole day, see ἘΠ no. 3. g. 8; 
JPINI ID2->2 the whole tract of the Jor- 
dan Gen.13,10; 85D y7N~>> all the land 
of Ethiopia Gen. 2,13, comp. 14. 7. 41,8. 
45, 20; ἼὩΣ. 23 all my people Gen. 41, 
40; Ἴ952. 533) Faa>-bsa Deut. 4, 29. 





A465 >> 


2 Sam. 9,9. Gen. 2, 2; 9) 1.55 all 
Israel, the whole people of Israel, 1Chr. 
11,1. But even in this signif. there oc- 
cur certain examples where the subst. 7 
without the art. (comp. in no. 2. c,) 6. 
ΘῈ5- 555} 327523 with all the heart cold 
with all the mind 2 K. 23,3; so Ps. 111, 
1. 119, 2. 34. 69. 145. Also “wan->> all 
flesh, all men, Gen. 7, 15; but 1wa-5> 
6, 12. 13. Is. 40, 5. 49, 26.—With suff. 
wR, 22, thou ‘whole, Is. 14, 29. 31. 22, 
5 ibe all of him Gen. 25, 25. Rarely 
ἐς is ‘put in the genit. after a noun, (in 
the manner of the phrase 83> "5 and 
the like,) as D>m mtn the whole vision 


or revelation, Is. 29, 11; oftener with a 


suffix, as nbp byte =a Israel all of it, 
i. e. all Israel, 2 Sam. 2,9; 22 bez 
for ΤΣ 2.59 Ez. 29, 2; bs ban Job 34, 
13. For the Minilar usage ‘in the Ave 


bic words is and 


Gramm. Arabe II. § 68. 

2. Where it refers to several things, 
many individuals, all, every, e. g. 

a) Absol. o) Without art. 55 all, i.q. 
they all, but with verb sing. Is. 30,5 >> 
texan all were ashamed. Is. 44, 24 all 
things, sc. which exist. Ps. 8,7. Job 13. 
1. 42,2. 8) With art. 55m the whole, all, 
i.e. all: men, i.q.DINM7>D. Gen. 16, 12479 
b22 his hand against all. Ece. 9. 2b 
>D> “wind all things alike to all, i.e. the 
same lot awaits all. Job 24, 24 bop 12277 
PREP) they melt away, like all they die. 
Joined with a verb sing. Ps. 14, 3. Eee. 
6,6. So for all things, every thing, Ece. 
1,2 93m 55h all is vanity. 3, 11. 7, 15. 
12, 8. Ps. 49, 18. Dan. 11. 2. 

b) Before a plur. subst. made definite, 
comp. F'r. ‘tous les hommes.’ So “>> 
pia all the nations Is. 2, 2. 25,7; “b5 
mibsbn all the nights, every night, 21, 8. 
prswn-bp all the wicked Ps. 145, 20 ; 
ptbpin-b>. all the falling 145,14; “bp 
pon all the days, i. e. the whole time, ’ 
seein ἘΠῚ no.2; DI %277d> all the days 
of Adam Gen. 5, 5; ash ΤΈΣ all the 
Levites Ex. 32, 26; ‘bon natin-d> Is. 18, 
3; pra “abn-bs 14, 9; arminbay-b2 all 
thy mighty works Ps, 9,2. Poet. and in 
the later books also without the art. 
p3"->9 Is. 13, 7, mismew->> 28, 8, comp. 
5: 18, 80; prha-bs all the women Ezra 


ase see De Sacy 


59 
10, 3. With suff. plur, 1252 all of us, 
we all, Gen. 42, 11; 0255 all of you, ye 
all, Deut. 1, 22; nbs they all Is. 14, 10. 
18/.31,, 3, yal cms 2 Sam. 23, 6; f. 
m3bD Gen. 42, 36, “ranbe 1 K. 7, 37.— 
Mes hhelore tite vabai{ τως Gen. 6, 2 “>> 
na “tx all (the daughters) whom 
they "chose. 7, 22 °° τ) “wx->> 
TBR all in whose nostrils was the breath 
of life. 39,5 %> ὧν “wix-d> all that he 
had ; and ellipt. "minh nb all thet I 
have prepared 1 Chr. 29, 3. So too be- 
fore a periphrastic plural, “oi “->2a 
in all generations Ps. 45, 18; “pin-b5a 
nin) Esth. 2; 11. 

ο) Before. a noun sing. collective, with 
the article, as DINN">D all men Gen. 7, 
21. Judg. 16, 7; naan b> all living 
things, abarnals, Gen. 8, 1; jan->> all 
sons, every son, Ex. 1, 22, Rarely 
ἠοῦς art. though still definite, as 
tB2->> all the souls Gen. 46, 15. 22. Ex. 
1,5; mx1~>> all this Is. 5, 25, where the 
demonstr. pron. does not require the art. 
to make it definite. ‘b> they all Is. 1, 23. 

d) Before a noun sing. without the 
art. 5D signifies all, every one, whoever, 
whatever, Fr. tout homme ; e. g. 82752 
every people, nation, Esth. 3, 8; nin-b3 
id. 2 Chr. 32, 15; DIN7>D every man Job 
21, 33. 37, 7. Ps. 39, 6; ΤΠ ἘΞ every 
house Is. 24,10; @x77>>D Jer. 48, 37. Am. 
8,10; "21->D every male Gen. 17, 12; 
mow->=3 every year Esth. 9,21; Mg7>D 
every mouth Is. 9,17; and in the same 
sense 6. art. Hencbe 1 K. 19,18; jan->2 
every son Ex. 1. 22, 

3. Before a noun not made definite, 5 
is also any one, any thing, as "237>D any 
thing whatever Ruth 4, 7. Num. 35, 22. 
Ez.15,3. With plur.miz2 59 any of the 
commandments, any commandment, Lev. 
4.2.—Hence with a negat. part. not any, 
no one, none, nothing,e.g. a) Where >> 
stalids absol. Deut. 8,9 ma 59 Sonn Xd 
thou shalt not lack any thing in it, thou 
shalt lack nothing. Prov. 30, 80. Ὁ) 
With a genit. sing. Ex. 12,36 nexba-bp 
mist NX> no work shall be done. 20, 4. 
2. Chr. 32, 15. Gen. 3, 1. Lev. 3,17. Prov. 
12, 21. Dan. 11, 37. With neg. part. }°%, 
Todo. 19, 19 στὴ som 5° there is 
no want of any thing, nothing wanting. 
Ece. 1, 9; 6. > Judg. 13,4. 6) With 
&plur, Dan 8, 4 ὑπ: xb mism-555 and 


A66 


i 





gether vanity, wholly a vain thing, i. q. 


22 < 


no beast could stand before him, pr. none 
of the beasts. Dan. 12, 10.—Different is - 
55 with neg. in the passage Ps. 49,18, 
>2 Mp? inion NX> (where 53 has the 
article) dying he takes not this all with 
him, i. e. all these things; and also in 
those passages where 55 before a defi- 
nite subst. signifies the whole, totus, as 

1 Sam. 14, 24 om> csn-bz ὈΦῸ xd the 
whole people did not taste food. Num. 23, 
13 MANN NX> ibD thou shalt not see the 
whole sc. of Israel, but only a part. 

4. all, i.e. of all kinds, of every kind 
and sort, like Gr. πᾶς for παντοῖος, παντο- 
δαπός Il. 1.53 just as the Hebrews also — 
use the periphrastic plural for things 
of various kinds, Heb. Gramm. § 106. 4; 
comp. in Engl. many for many kinds. 
Germ. Viel for Vielerley. KE. g. ΥἹΈ Ὁ 
all manner of trees, trees of every kind, 
Lev. 19, 23; "279755 all manner of wares 
Neh. 13, 16. 1 Chr. 29, 2. 

5. Adv. for πάντως, all, wholly, altoge- 
ther,e. g. a) Before substantives, Ps. 
39, 6 ΠΝ ΓΘ danm>D every man is alto- 


ba ἼΝ. 45,14. Ὁ) Before other ad- 
verbs, chiefly in the later Hebrew, as 
a ras-bp wholly as, in all points like 
as, Ece. δ. 15; tiv->>D all the while yet, 
wholly SO long as, Job 27, 3. Comp. 
Lelrgb. 626. 

Note. When 55 stands in connection 
with a subst. fem. or plural, the predicate 
usually agrees in gender and number 
with the noun as the more important 
word, 6. g. 22mm matwin-b> Ps. 150, 6; 
more rarely with b> as the governing 
word, Gen. 9,29. Ex. 12,16. Nah. 3, 7.— 
Once 5D is found separated from” ited 
genitive, Hos. 14, 3 43 xWmn->D; also 
Is. 40, 12 according to some. 


>> Chald. with Makk. ->2, i. q. Heb. 

1. With the sing. all, the whole, every; 
xminb27>> the whole kingdom Ezra 6, 
11. 12. ty 16. ; 

2. With the plural. all, every, Dan. 3, ‘2S 
5.7. With suff. ἡ πὲ all of them, them 
all, Dan. 2, 38. 7,19. Absol. in st. em- 
phat. ND (Milél, as in Syr.) i. q. Hebr. 
ἘΞ, all,i.e.all things (not adverbially), 
Dan. 2, 40 xb> dein grinding small all 
things. 4,9 FA NP5> ji food for all 
was in it sc. the tree. v. 25. Ezra 5, 7. 








NDS 
Before the relat. ellipt. Dan. 2, 38 in 
every place where men dwell. 
3. any one, whoever, Dan. 6, 8 mid. 
With x, no one, Dan. 2, 10. 35. 6, 24. 
_ 4, Adv. like the Heb. no. 5, wholly, 
altogether, before other adverbs pleo- 
nastically in the diffuse manner of the 
Aramean dialects, which delight in the 
languid accumulation of particles. So 
in the formulas: m337>2p7>2 wholly for 
this cause, Ἐπ ΞΡ wholly because, 
i. q. simpl. because ; see in >ap. 


: 23 fut. 823" Ps. 40, 10. 12. Is. 43, 
6; but both in pret. hid fut. often so 
inflected as to imitate verbs ΠΡ, as 
“nxb> Ps. 109, 101, "2m>> 1 Sam. 25, 33, 
ἘΞ 1 Sam. 6,10; mba Gen. 23, 6. Vice 


versa δὲ 9 Dan: 9, 24 is for nbs inf. Pi. - 


- from nbd, 
ΟΠ. to close, and so to enclose, to shut wp 
any one Jer. 32,3. Part. pass. 893 shut 
up v. 2. Ps. 88,9. Intrans. to be shut up 
Hagg. 1,10. © 

2. to withhold, to restrain, a person 
Num. 11, 28. Is. 43, 6; the wind Ecc. 8, 
8; the lips Ps. 40,10; also 1 Sam. 6, 10. 
With 2 from doing any thing 1 Sam. 
25, 33. Ps. 119,101. With 47 of pers. to 
withhold a thing from any one, to prohi- 
bit in respect to any thing, Gen. 23, 6. 
Ps. 40, 12; comp. Hagg. 1,10. Chald. 


Syr. N22, i>, Ethiop. DAA to prohibit, 


= 

Arab. XS to guard; Il. to prohibit, to 
constrain. 
_ 3. From the idea of separating con- 
tained in no. 1, seems to come the no- 
tion of diversity in D°X>D q. v. in N>D 
no. 2. a 

Nore. This root is also widely spread 
in the occidental languages, e. g. in the 
signif of shutting up, as κλείω, whence 
κλείς, κληΐς, κλαΐς, clavis, claudo, Eng). to 
close ; in the sense of restraining. κωλύω, 
xohovw, comp. also celo, occulo. 
~ Nira. to be shut wp. restrained, as wa- 
ters Ez. 31, 15; the rain Gen. 8, 2. 
With ya and inf. to restrain oneself “from, 
lo cease from doing, Ex 36, 6. 

Deriy. ΝΗΡ, snp, nbs and plur. 

ΤΟΝ ΘΞΏ, also 


καθ m, ¢. suff. ix>>D Jer. 52, 33; plur. 
ἘΠ 52. R. ΠΕΣ 


la shutting up ; hence a prison, Jer. 





467 





“ 
555 


lc. 2K. 25,29; elsewhere more fully 
nba ΓΞ 2 K. 17, 4. Is. 42, 7: ὁ. art. 
ndon ma 1K. 22, 27. Jer. 37, 15. 18; 
plur. obs nna Is. 42, 22. 

2. separation ; then things separated, 
diverse, see the root no. 8. Found only 
in Dual mind> two things of diverse — 
kinds, hetenngeneous, Lev. 19, 19. Deut. 
22, 9.—Corresponding is Eth. AA, 


two, of two kinds; Arab. WY both, see 


De Sacy Gramm. Arabe II. p. 155, 156, 
edit. 2. 


3852 (perh. like to his father) Chi- 
leab, pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 
3; 3. 


DIN>D dual, see in N2D no. 2. 


“i 325 obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr. 
imitating the sound of striking, beat- 
ing, like kindr. 922 q. v. Engl. to clap, 
Germ. klappen, as a door when shut or 
the like; hence 3859 q. v. Thence 
transferred to the barking of dogs, as if 
a series of pulses or claps; as in Engl. 
also ‘the dog strikes up ;? comp. Germ. 
klaffen, French. clapir, clabauder, Swed. 
glaffa, to bark, Engl. to yelp. Hence 
352 dog, where see. 


229 (perh. dog, for 353) Caleb, pr. n. 
a) The companion of Joshua, son of Je- 
phunneh, Num. 13, 6. 14, 6 sq. Josh. 15, 
14. Patronym. “ab 1 Sam. 25, 3 Keri. 
b) 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19, for which naib v. 9. 
c) 1 Chr. 2, 60. 


OMIDS abs Caleb-Ephratah, pr. n. 
ofa place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 2, 
24. 

222 m. (τ. 252) plur. 5°3>D. constr. 
"a>>, a dog, so called from his bark- 


ing, pr. the barker. Arab. ἕως ἐα Syr. 
tas, Eth. MAA, id. Secondary 


verbs, derived from the nature and ha- 
bits of the dog, are: eas to. be mad, 


rabid, to pursue enemies, aso to be 


rabid.—Among the Hebrews, dogs were 
kept to guard houses and flocks Is. 56, 
10. Job 30, 1; but throughout the Bast 
they are taoatty without masters, and 
wander half famished and fierce in troops 
around the cities and villages, 1 K. 14 


τ) 


11, 16, 4. 2 K. 9,10; whence dogs is 
often an appellation for fierce and cruel 
enemies, Ps. 22,17.21. ‘Further, as the 
dug was to the Hebrews an unclean and 
despised animal (Is. 66, 3), so by way 
of reproach a person is said to be a dog 
2 K. 8,13; a dead dog 1 Sam. 24, 15. 
2 Sam. 9,8. 16,9; a dog’s head 2 Sam. 
3,8; just as at the present day in the 
Kast, Christians are called dogs by the 
Muhammedan rabble.—In allusion to 
the lechery of this animal, the name dog 
is also applied to a male prostitute, sod- 
omite, Deut. 23, 19, comp. v. 18 where it 
is UIP. Comp. κύνες Rev. 22, 15. 


ὴ rod fut. 922", once M22" like verbs 
851K. 17, 14; apoc. bo, bon Job 33, 
21; inf. constr. ΓΝ 

1. to be complete, perfect, finished ; 
Sept. often συγτελεῖσϑαι. The primary 
idea is pr. to close up, to come to a close, 
kindr. with 82D and 53D, comp. Dan. 
This root is almost peculiar to the He- 
brew, few traces of it being found in the 
kindred dialects.—Spoken of any work, 
e.g. a building Ex. 39, 32. 1 K. 6, 38. 
2 Chr. 29,34. Hence a) to become 
ready, to be ready, prepared, sc. for a 
person, to impend over him; e. g. pun- 
ishment, calamity, Ez. 5, 13 "Bx m0, 
mine anger is prepared, i. e. is ready to 
be poured out. Prov. 22,8. With o>2, 
mx2, from or by any one, and >8 for any 
one, Esth. 7,7; comp. 1 Sam. 20, 7. 9. 
25,17. b) Ofa prophecy, to be accom- 
plished, fulfilled, 2 Chr. 36, 22. Ezra 1, 
1, Dan. 12, 7. 

2. to be finished, ended, past, 6. g. a 
season or period of time Gen. 41, 53. 
Ruth 2, 23. Is. 24,13 "4% >D ON chen 
the Vintaire is eniled. 10, 25 ost nbs) and 
the indignation will be past, i.e. the 
time .of punishment. 16, 4. 32, 10. Jer. 
8, 20. 

3. to be ended, spent, adie 6. g. 
food 1 K. 17, 16; c. 72 Gen. 21, 15. 
Hence a) 10 be consumed, destroyed, 
to perish, as by the sword, famine, di- 
vine judgments ; Jer. 16,4 33935 Ξ ΓΞ 
43" they shall be consuined by the sword 
and by famine. Ps. 39, 11. 71. 13. 90, 7. 
Is. 1, 28. 29, 20. Mal. 3, 6. Ὁ) to waste 
away, to pine away. to fail, as the flesh, 
eyes, strength, Job 33, 21 nwa 52° his 


468 


- thou shalt not finish reaping the corners 





ἌΡ ἢ 


flesh is wasted away. Prov. 5, 11. Ρε, 8, 
26. Lam. 3, 11 72793 mista 35 72 mine eyes 
do fail with: tears. Ps: 71,9 ΓΞ ΓῖΡΞ2. 
So espec. in the pliradeet "279 DD Ps. 
69, 4. 119, 82. 123; sminb2 τὸ Job 19, 
27; "WE? minds Ps. 84, 3. 119, 81; Anda. 
smn Ps. 143, 7, i. 6. my eyes, reins, soul, 
spirit, pine away with desire, i. q. I my- 
self pine away, languish, with the hope 
of deliverance so often disappointed ; 
constr. either absol. Ps. 69, 4. 143,7; or 
with > of thing Ps. 84,3. So the eyes, 
as expressive of emotions, are said to 
pine away, fail, from disappointed hope, 
Job 11, 20. 17, 5. Lam. 4, 17; also of 
beasts Jer. 14,6; comp. Pi. no. 3.b. οἢ 
to pass away, to vanish, as a cloud Job 
7,9; smoke Ps. 37, 20. 102,4; time Job 
7, 6. Ps. 81, 11. Jer. 20, 18, ! 

Piet 5D, 1 pers. "MD Ez. 6, 12. 7, 
8, and ὙΠ ἘΦ Num. 25, 11. Is. 49, 4, ΔῈ 
Ez. 4,6; Inf. constr. mibp, absol. ‘and 
constr. MED, once XPD Dan. 9, 24; Fut. 
M2", conv. bam. 

Ἷ. ‘ Causat. of Kal no. 1, to complete, to 
Jinish, to end ;-Gen. 2, 2 and on the sev- 
enth day God. eniled (5251) his work. 
Ex.5,1402—h Bm >> Nb D110 wherefore 
have ye not finished your task? Ruth 3, 
18. Lev. 19,9 "p> + 77H PNB ΠΕΞῚ Nd 





































of thy field, i. e. shalt not wholly reap 
the corners, but, leave them for the 
gleaners. 1 K. 6, 14. Ez. 42, 15. Ruth 
2, 21. Dan. 9, 24 >wEM Nb2> 10 finish the 
transgression ; see on the whole passage 
Thesaur. p. 538. In Gen. 6, 16 it differs 
little from ΓΙῸΣ to make.—Hence, tomake 
ready, to prepare, st. evil against any 
one, Prov. 16, 50 xe who biteth his lips 
ΠΣ ΠῈΣ hath prepared evil sc. in his 
heart. But 5 (ὉΠ) ΒΝ m2 is to com- 
plete one’s anger upon any one, to pour 
it out, spoken of God Ez. 6, 12. 7, 8. 18. 
15. 20, 8. 21. Lam. 4, 11. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to finish doi 
any thing, i. q. to leave off tocease ; Gen. 
44, 12 he began at the eldest and left off 
(ΠΕΞ) at the youngest. 1 Sam. 3, 12. 
With inf. c. 5, Gen. 18, 33 as soon as 
left off speaking (7379 mb) with Abra- 
ham. 24, 19. 43, 1. 1 Chr. 27, 24 he be- 
gan to number 4>2 δὲ 5. but finished not, 
sc. because of interruption. Deut. 31, 
Josh. 8, 24. al. 2 Chr. 24, 10 32> 49 








PAS ‘469 ΡΣ 


- 


until they had finished, done. More | 
rarely with 12, Ex. 34, 33. Lev. 16, 20. 
1 Sam. 10, 13. Ez. 43,23.—Also to finish, 
i. q. to make an end of, to make cease ; 
Num. 17, 25 [10] omas5m 53} and thou 
shalt make their murmurings to cease ; 
comp.’ v. 20. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to consume, to 
spend, e. g. food Is. 27, 10; strength Is. 
49,4; arrows, i. q. to use up, Deut. 32, 
23. Hence ἃ) 10 consume, to destroy, 
e. g. men, nations, Gen. 41, 30 and the 
famine shall consume the land. Often 
of God as destroying a people with fa- 
mine and pestilence, Num. 25, 11. Josh. 
24, 20. Jer. 5, 3. Job 9, 22. Ez. 22, 31. 
Of man 2 Sam. 21, 5. 1 Sam. 15, 18 43 
mis ΤΑῚΣ: even unto the destroying of 
them, until they be destroyed. 32> 43 
id. 2 Chr. 31,1. ὃ) to make pine away, 
to cause to fail, e. g. the eyes Lev. 26, 
16. Job 31, 16. 1 Sam. 2, 33. ὁ) to 
cause to pass away, to make vanish, as 
time Ps, 78, 33. 90, 9. Job 36, 11. 

Puau M22 Ps. 72, 20, fut. 152" Gen. 2, 
1, to be completed, foished. 

Deriv. N2D, ΓΞ... ἈΦ, 72D, ΠΡΟΣ 
mids, mbon, nsbon, and pr. names 
yined, “ASD. 


M22 adj. ἢ md>, pining, failing, of 
the eye, Deut. 28, 32. Seer. 45> Kal 
no. 3. b. 


M22 1. completion ; hence acc. >> 
as adv. completely, wholly, altogether, 
Gen. 18, 21. Ex. 11, 1; also M325 id. 
2 Chr. 12, 12. Ez. 13, 13. 

2. consumption, destruction, Dan. 11, 
16. So m>> Mwy to make a destruction, 
i. e. to destroy utterly, Jer. 4, 27. 5, 10. 
Neh. 9, 31. Nah. 1, 8.9; with 3 Jer. 30, 
11, and τ of pers. ΝΣ 5, 18. 46, 28, 
Ez. 11, 13. 20, 17.—For 7x32 nbs see 
in wn Niph. 

ΓΡΞ ἢ (τ. 589 no.2) 1. a bride, spouse, 


so called from her bridal chaplet, Cant. 
4,8 sq. Is. 49,18. 61,10. Jer. 2,32. 7, 34. 
16,9. 25,10. Syr. ἴδδνϑ, ρίαν. WSS, ia. 
2. a daughter-in-law, Gen. 88, 11. 24. 

Lev. 18,15. Ruth 1, 6.7.8. 4,15. Comp. 
ὉΠ. 


8923 m. (τ. NSB) a prison, ig. Nb2 





no. 1. Jer. 37,4 and 52. 31 Keri. The 
40 


Cheth. has x75>, which differs only in 
form. 


27>) m. (r. 233) 1. a bird-cage sc. of 
a fowler, i in which he keeps a bird asa 
decoy; furnished with valves or clap- 
pers, which as soon as a bird has entered 
shut to with a clap, q.d. α trap-cage 
see the root. Jer. 5,27 as a cage (=4>2) 
is full of birds, so are their houses full 
of deceit ; comp. v.26. The Greeks have 
the same word adopted from the east, 
κλωβός, κλουβός, κλοβός; see Bochart 
Hieroz. I. p. 662. II. p. 90. 

2. a basket, from its likeness to a cage, 
as made of wicker-work; or perhaps as © 
having a clap-cover; Am. 8, 1. 2. 

3. Chelub pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 11. 
b) 27, 26. 

"25D see 3>> lett. b. 

"95D, Keri 3993, Cheluhai, Che- 
luhu, pr. p.m. Ezra 10, 35. .R. >>. 


ribs f. plur. denom. from M2, the 
bridal state, the condition ofa ride be- 
fore marriage, Jer. 2,2. R. 555. 


. m2> obsol. root, perh. i.q. M22 to 
be complete, finished ; comp. YP and 
mop, HMB and MMe. ΠΧ and nxB.— 
Hence 

m2> m. 1. old age, perh. α good or 
vigorous old age; Job 5, 26 M223 Nia 
“ap 728 thou shalt come to the grave in 
a good ald age, as a shock of corn cometh 
in its season. Job 30, 2 spoken of despi- 
cable persons: even the strength of their 
hands, whereto is it to me? 73% 42723 
ΓΞ to them old-age perisheth, i. δ. they 
are weak and exhausted, so as to have 
no hope of old age. So Kimohi ΓΩΡῚ my. 


“~— 


—Secondary forms are Arab. DAS to 
look sullen, peevish, and s A $ to con- 


tract the lips, to show the teeth. Some 
have compared here Syr. wo ‘inte- | 
gritas, sanitas ;? but this rested on an 
error of Castell in translating a gloss of | 
Bar-Bahlul. 

2. Calah, pr. n. of a city and province 
of Assyria, Gen. 10, 11. 12, prob. the 
same which is elsewhere written nbn 
where see; comp. "39. and "ian. See 
Bochart Phaleg 3.14. Michaelis Sup- 
plem. p. 767. ' 


4 


>?) m. (τ. 423) in pause "Ὁ; Plur. - 
pb. (from an obsol. sing. nba) cotiate, 
sb, c. suff. 1922; pr. ‘any thing com- 
pleted, repared, made, (comp. M=D 
Gen, 6, 16,) q. ἃ. apparatus, implement, 
equipment, etc. Comp. Germ. Zeug 
from zeugen, Gr. tevyey i.q. to make. 
Spec. 

1. Of furniture, utensil, vessel, Gen. 31, 
37. 45,20. amt “b>, HOD “DD. wissels of 
gold, esate of ἌΝ Germ. Silberzeug, 
Ex. 3, 22. 11, 2.‘ n>ia "bd vessels for 
captivity, equipment for exile, Jer. 46, 19. 
. Spec. a vase, vessel ; WIN "ἂρ earthen 
vessel Lev. 11, 33. Jer. 19,11. m2 9 
mim" the vases, vessels of the temple, 
Ezra 1, Y i tie “b> Is. 52,11; also Num. 
4, 15. Ex. 27, 19. 431, 38, 3. 30. 

2. Of clothing, equipment, i. e. dress, 
garments, trappings, Germ. Zeug. ">2 
"31 a@ man’s garments Deut. 22, 5; of 
bridal ornaments Is. 61, 10. Hence 5°>> 
impedimenta, baggage, of a person 1 
Sam. 17, 22; of an army, 1 Sam. 25, 13. 
30, 24. Is. 10, 28; 59 “mtd the bag- 
gage-master 1 Sam. 17,22. Also of the 
harness or yokes of oxen, 2 Sam. 24, 22. 

3. ἃ vessel for sailing, a boat, skiff, Is. 
18,2. So σκεῦος. 

4, implement, instrument, tool, Germ. 
Werkzeug. “7% "22 instruments of mu- 
sic 2 Chr. 34, 12.-Am. 6,5; 19 "b> in- 
struments of praise 2 Chr. 30, 21; “tp 
532) pleon. a hanp-instrument Ps. 71, 22. 
Metaph. nin? pst "DD instruments of the 
divine wrath Ts. 13, 5. Jer. 50, 25. Is. 32, 
7 my bp sb> de intiranenite of the 
deceiver are evil, i. e. the means and de- 
vices which he employs to accomplish 
his purposes. Gen. 49, 5. 

5. implements of war, weapons, arms, 
Germ. Riistzeug, Gen. 27, 3; more fully 
rr>7 "3D Judg. 18, 11.16. nya-bs ὁ im- 
plements of death, deadly weapons, Ps. 
7,14. b> xo armour-bearer, much 
like the mod. aide-de-camp, 1 Sam. 14, 
1. 6.7 sq. 31,4.5.6. 559 m2 house ἐς 
arms, armoury, arsenal, Germ. Zeug- 
haus, Is. 39, 2. 

"3D see ΝΕ 

ΛΘ see in ΣΕ 


mb> f. only in plur. mi*2D, constr. 
ΣΕ R. >>. 
1. the reins, kidneys, Ex. 29, 13. 22. 


"ἢ 


» 





| called as being in two parts, double, 


0 509 


Job 16,13. m»buy misty abn the fat of 
the kidneys of rams Is. 34, 6; comp. Deut. 
32, 14. Chald. sing. ἈΠῸ, Syr. ‘plur. 


jAudsas, Arab. tts rarely and less 
ὃ: 
well KL id—As to the etymology, 


Schultens supposes the reins to be so 


a 


comp. D°N2D, XG; but this is not well 
founded, because 0°8>2 signifies rather © 
things of different kinds, and the Arabs 
use this word in the sing. dual, and plu- — 
ral. Aben Ezra and Bochart derive it 
from 522 with the idea of desire, long- 
ing, comp. Job 19, 27. Perhaps 752 
may be simply fem, of the noun “bo, 
and so signifies pr. instrument, vessel, 
just as physicians call the veins and 
arteries vessels, vasa. 

2. Meton. reins for the inward part, 
mind, soul, as the seat of the desires, af- 
fections, passions, like 3> with which itis — 
often coupled; Jer. 11,20 abi minds wna 
(God) trieth the reins and the heart. 
Jer. 17, 10. 20, 12. Ps. 7, 10. Job 19, 27 ~ 
ΠΝ ">> my reins pine away within : 
me, i. 6. my soul pines. Ps. 73, 21. 
Prov. 23, 16. 


722 τὰ, constr. ftbD. R. mop. 1 
1. consumption, destruction, Is. 10, 22. 
2. a pining, wasting away; B72 9 
a pining (failing) of the eyes, i.e. in 
pining for one’s home and country, 
Deut. 28, 65. See ΡΞ no. 3. b. 


23 (a pining, τ. M>>) Chilion, pr. ne 
m. Ruth 1,2. 4, 9. : 


"22 m. (τ. 853) 1. Adj. complete, 
finished, perfect, espec. of beauty; Ez. 
28,12 "ἜΣ 5°22 perfect in beauty. 27, 3. 
otis 2, 15. Ez. 16, 14. | 

2. Subst. the whole, Judg. 20, 40 “baba 
“930 the whole city. Ex. 28, 31 >">> 
ΓΞ the whole of blue, all blue. 39, 22. 
Num. 4, 6. 

3. i. ᾳ. πὸ no. 2, ἃ holocaust, w ole 
burnt-offering, i ἷ, 6. which i is wholly con- 
sumed, Lev. 6, 15. 16. Deut. 13, 16. Ps. 
51, 21; espec. 1 Sam. 7, 9. ‘Z 
4. Adv. wholly, Is. 2, 18. Lev. 6, 15 
[22]. , 

DPD (perh. sustenance, from >35 ) 
Pil. of 515%) Chalcol, pr. n. of a wise man 























* 


δὼ 


[4,31]. 1 Chr. 2, 6 


x 222 1. to complete, to make perfect, 
Ez. 27, ‘4.11. Kindr. with δὲ 59 and >> 
q. Vv. ‘Hence bd, bib, dban, didny, 
75>, pr. n. bby, 


2. to deck, espec. with a crown, to 


os ny 
crown. Arab. hS Conj. II, Syr. Ws, 
Ethiop. MAA, id. Hence nba, nidada. 


5525 Chald. id. whence Shaph. >>>) 
to complete, to Sinish, Ezra 5, 11. 6, 14. 
Inf. 352%) Ezra 5, 3,,9. Pubs. Ishtaph. 
boone Ezra 4, 13. ‘Often in the Tar- 
gums. —Ezra 4, 12 Cheth. has ">>IwWR, 
but a form of this sort is elsewhere ἀδ 
known. 


222 (perfection, r. 859) Chelal, pr. ἢ. 
m. Ezra 10, 30. 


ἘΏΞ53 in Kal not used, Arab. 
Conj. I, II, to wound. In Heb. it is 
always referred to threats, reproaches, 
injury, like other words of pricking, 
piercing, cutting, as 3P2, 43, etc. 

Hipu. ‘psn and ΗΝ 1 Sam. 25, 7. 

1. to reproach, to revile, to insult, in 
words, pr. to wound any one, 1 Sam. 20, 
34. Job 19, 3. 

2. to hurt, to harm, to injure, in word 
or deed, 1 Sam. 25,7. Judg. 18, 7. Ruth 
2, 15. 

3. to shame, to put to shame, Job 11, 3. 
Prov, 25, 8. 28, 7. Ps. 44, 10. 

Nore. This is a stronger word than 
the synon. Siz, Hiph. 8°31, comp. Is, 
45, 16.17. Jer.31,19. See Reimarus de 
Differentiis vc. Heb. Diss. I. p. 67 sq. 
Hops. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be 

hurt, injured, 1 Sam. 25, 15. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, fo be made 
ashamed, put to shame, i. e. disappointed 
in one’s hope, Jer. 14, 3. Comp. Niph. 
no. 2. 

‘Nieg. 1. to be insulted, disgraced, 
2 Sam. 10, 5. 1 Chr. 19, 5. 

2. to be affected with shame,i.e. a) to 
be ashamed, to feel shame, i. q. Bia but 
stronger, Num. 12, 14. Jer. 8, 12. Is. 54, 
4, 2 Chr. 30, 15. With 3 of that of 
which one is ashamed, Ez. 16, 27. 54. 
43, 10. 11. 
be put to shame, 2 Sam. 19, 4. Is. 41, 11. 
50,7. Jer. 31,19. Spoken often of one 


471 


before the age of Solomon, 1K. 5, 11 4 


b) to be made ashamed, to — 





ra. 


who suffers disappointment, fails in 

what he undertakes, Ps. 35, 4. 40, 15. 

70, 3. 74, 21 let not the oppressed return 

ashamed (022) i.e. disappointed. With 

2 of cause, Jer. 22, 22; 3 Ps. 69, 7. 
Deriv. 5233, ΡΟΝ 


1122 Chilmad, pr. n. of a city or 
region, mentioned along with Assyria, 
Kz. 27, 23. Both the signification of 
this quadriliteral name, if indeed it be 
of Semitic origin, and the situation of | 
the place, are unknown. Sept. Χαρμᾶν. 


M222 f. (r. 805) shame, reproach, Ὁ 
contumely, Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 51, 51. Ez. 16, 
54. Is. 30, 3. Job 20, 3. nb wad to be 
clothed with shame, i. e. wholly covered 
with it as with a garment, Ps. 109, 29. 
Plur. ni222 Is. 50, 6. Mic. 2, 6. 

MA2D ff id. Jer. 23, 40. 

™252 Gen. 10, 10, M25D Am. 6, 2, 
4250 Is. 10, 9, prob. also MED Ez. 27, 23, 
Calneh, Calno, Canneh, pr. n. of a large 
city subject to the Assyrians, according 
to the Targums, Euseb. Jerome, and 
others, i. q. Clesiphon, situated on the 
eastern bank of the Tigris opposite Se- 
leucia, and the winter residence of the 
Parthian kings; Strabo XVI. p. 312. 
Plin. H. N. 6. 30. Cellarii Not. Orb. II. 
p- 774. See Bochart Phaleg. IV. 18. 
Michaelis Spicileg. I. p. 228.—The m52 
of Ez. 1. c. Michaelis refers to the Kavy 
of Ptolemy, a promontory and port of 
Arabia Felix; but Arabia had already 
been mentioned in v. 21. 22, and ΓΣ9 is 
here coupled with Haran and Eden, 
cities of Mesopotamia. ! 


* p25 a root not in use, onomato- 
poetic, and imitating the sound of beat- 
ing, striking, pulsation, i. q. Engl. to 
clap, Germ. klappen, klopfen ; comp. 
Gr. xohuntw, whence κόλαφος, colaphus, 
Ital. colpo, Fr. coup. Verbs of a kindred — 
form are transferred, sometimes to the 
beating of the feet, i. q. to leap or dance, 
Gr. κάλπη, Engl. to gallop ; sometimes 
to hewing or scraping, as 9>3, γλύφω, 
sculpo, scalpo; and also to the barking of 
a dog, as if a series of pulses or claps, see 
2>>.—Hence subst. mipd"> hammers. 


* 9 to pine after any thing, ἔο 
long for, once Ps. 63,2. Arab. X45 to 


ride 


become dark, as the eye, a colour, the 
mind. According to Firuzabadi (Ca- 
moos p. 1832) it is used spec. of a person 
who changes or loses colour; hence pr. 
to grow pale, and so metaph. of desire, 
longing, comp. }02. Similar is Sanser. 
kam to desire, Pers. LS desire ; comp. 
also Gr. κάμω, κάμγω. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 0922. 

MAD see M2 D. 2. 


DMa>2 (pining, longing, r. 2D) Chim- 
ham, pr. n. of a son of Barzillai, 2 Sam. 
19, 38. 39. Jer. 41,17; Chethibh ἘΠῚ 29. 
Called also ἹΠῺ3 2 Sam. 19, 41. 


YO2, WO, the former before simple 
nouns, also before grave suffixes, as 
ΞΘ, EminD; the latter before light 
suffixes, e.g. agi as I, 4523, nid, 
Mind, 30D; a separate particle, ρα 
chiefly in poetry, for the 2 of prose; 
instead of which it is likewise almost 
every where employed with suffixes. 
For the force of 12, see in 12 I. 

A) Adv. of quality, demonstrative, i. q. 


> lett. A, like Gr. ὥς, thus, so; e.g. in | 


the difficult passage Ps. 73,15: should I 
say, 23 T7BOX 7 will speak thus, i. 6. as 
the wicked speak. Sept. οὕτως. Others 
here take 12> for 0533 as they; but then 
it should read ied —Repeated, as—so ; 
qualis, talis ; Judg. 8,18 ἘΠ Aird 
as thou, so they; also mayetied so—as ; 
talis, qualis ; 1 K. 22, 4 41D "2923, so 
1 as thou, i.e. 1 am as thou. 2 K. 3, Ζ, 
2 Chr. 18, 3. 

B) Prep. implying likeness, similarity, 
as, such as, like Gr. ὥς. "2722 WR a 
man such as I, like me, Neh. 6, 11. Ex. 
15, 5 they sank inte the depths {38 ‘22 
as a stone. Ps. 58, 9. Job 6, 15. 10, 22 
PES oD HMB γὴν a land ofidanienens 
like thickest darkness. Ex.15, 8. 11. Ps. 
29, 6. 58, 5. 9. ‘al—Hagg. 2, 3 snia2 Nd 
DITA PND is nota eenighe like this as 
nothing in your eyes? Mbx¥ 22 words 
like these, i. e. such words, Job 12, 3. 
amin like it, such as this, Ex. 9, 18. 

C) Conj. i. ᾳ. "RD, before a whole 
sentence; pr. as that which, like what, 
as how, i. 6. 

1. as, like as, Is. 41,25 “07399 “Ei W023 
"0 as the potter treadeth the clay. 

2. Of time, as, i.e. when, after, as soon 
us; with pret. Gen. 19, 15 “Tu iD 


A72, 





“n° 

m3 when (as soon as) the dawn a 
Is. 26, 18 mn nT" 23 as we bre 
forth, it was wind. a 
Nore. In the kindred dialects co omnes 


sponding forms are: Arab. as: Chal 
nod, Syr. [eo], Eth. NP, as. 


ὙΠ defect. 135 q. v. a 


wins m. (perh. subduer, vanquisher, — 
r. 83) Chemosh, pr. n. of the con | 
god of the Moabites, 1K. 11,7. 2 K. 23, 
13. Jer. 48, 7; and of the Canaanites, 
Judg. 11, 24; the worship of which w 
tintvoriedsl at Jerusalem under Solomon, 
1K.2K.ll.cc. Hence 82> ὩΣ people 
of Chemosh, i. 6. the Moabites, Num. 21, 
29. Sept. Χαμώς, Vulg. Chamos. ᾿ 


᾿ ΤῺ3 obsol. root, Arab. % 
globulate, whence W252 q. v. 


*1722 obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to 
lay up, to hide away; hence D°3233° 


treasures. Arab. 5, ΘΙ id—In 


Syr. also 10 preserve, 10 season, espec. 
with salt, pr. to lay up in salt; hence 
































to CON- Ἑ 


ΤΏ m. cumin, Germ. Kimmel. 
num sativum Linn. used along with salt 
as a condiment, Is. 28, 25.27. See Plin 


H. N.19.8.—Arab, fe Chald. ntl 
Syr. [iesas, Eth. "OV, Gr. xduuvor. 


ἘΞ το lay up, to hide away, perh. 
i. ᾳ. 02D, 123. Once part. pass. Deut. 
32, 34 “3 D2 sim ἐξ ts not this laid 
up with me? i.e. their sins for punish- 
ment; comp. Hos. 13, 12. Job 14, 17. 
Cod. Sam. 0°35 in the same sense.— 
Hence pr. ἢ. 037. 


Tihs a2 in Kal not used, kindr. wit 
“att. ἥ 
1. to be warm, ὦ grow warm, to 
burn; see Niph. no. 1. Talmud. πο 
δ 29, calefactio. 

2: to be burned, scorched, see Niph,. 
no.2; hence to be dark, obscured, comp. 
pin and ben; also to be ‘gloomy, sad, 
like Syr. hao, Aph. to go about in 
black, i. e. in mourning. Comp. “Be, 
py. 

Nira. 1. to be warm, to burn, 6. zg. 
one’s affection, i. q. to yearn, with >> 


J 


t 


“a2 


1 K. 3, 26; 58 Gen. 43, 30. So of pity, 
compassion, to be kindled, moved, Hos. 
11,8. Comp..Hom. Od. 1. 48 pot aug . 
᾿οδυσῆϊ δαΐφρονι δαίεται ἦτορ. 

2. to be burned, scorched. Lam. 5, 10 
our skin is scorched as with a furnace 


__ from the glow of famine. Vulg. exusta 
68. 


ἘΠῚ. 23 1. q. ἼΞ5, to plait, to braid, 
to interweave ; whence "23%, 723%, 
m70579 , net. 

"722 m. (τ. 122 1) only plur. 5732 
idol-priests 2 K. 23,5: Hos. 10,5. Zeph. 
1,4. Syr. |;sooo a priest, in general. 
But this word, as well as other Syriac 
words relating to divine worship, is re- 
stricted by the Hebrews to idol-worship ; 
see Gesch. der Heb. Sprache p. 58.—As 
to the etymology, 7725, {;soa5, is pr. 
blackness, sadness, and concr. ‘one who 
goes about in black, in mourning ;’ hence 


| Ἂς se 
anascetic,a priest. Comp. ἀμ Wet, 





gloomy, sad, mourning, also an ascetic, 
monk, ecclesiastic. See Comment. on 
Is. 22, 12. 38, 15. 


“B92 plur. m. (τ. 7231) obscu- 
rations, after the form "75H, except 
Hirek in the first syllable, as in ΠῚ. 
Once Job 3, 5 577 "7793 5ANS23 ‘let 
bhecurations of the day terrify it se. my 
natal day, i.e. obscurations of the day- 
light or of the sun, eclipses, which 
were anciently supposed to portend evils 
and calamities—Some ancient versions 
regard > asa prefix before the subst. 
pr77712, and then the sense is, the bit- 
ternesses as of the day, i. e. the greatest 
calamities which can happen to a day ; 
comp. on this 3 p. 441. no. 4. But the 
first sense is far better adapted to the 
parallelism. 


i Ὁ ῺΞ3 obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. 62D to 
subdue, to depress, 3 and 2 being in- 
terchanged; whence [acsas incubus, 
night-mare, Arab. υ»". oases 
grape-husks, refuse, as being trodden 
out. Hence Heb. 42. 


*TV22 obsol. root, perh. i.g. MD to 
hide. Hence 937 pr. ἢ. 
. 40} 


473 





Ἴ3 


4} ἼΞ3 a particle in frequent use, from 
r. 2. ΨΥ Σ 

A) Pr. participial Adj. upright, erect ; 
metaph. upright, honest, plur. 5°22 Gen. 
42,11. 19.31. Neut. right Ezra 10, 12. 
With negat. j> > not right, wrong, 
2K. 17,9; empty, vain, Is. 16, 6 13 > 
w12 his lies are vain. Prov. 15,7. Jer. . 
23, 10.—Adv. uprightly, right, well ; 
2K. 7,9 BBD wm 3 N> we do nol 
right. Ecc. 8, 10. Ex. 10, 29 ὩΞῚ 13 
thou hast spoken rightly, well. Num. 27, 
7. 36, 5. 

B) Adv. so, thus, Gr. ws, οὕτως, pr. 
right according to some rule or standard, 
right so, just so. But Gusset, Danz, and 
also Ewald (ΚΙ. Gr. § 455. ed, 2 and 3) 
make Ἴ9 so a different word, as if contr. 
from 4132 as they, like HD from "42; but 
comp. j2%, and see Thesaur. p. 650, note. 
With Makkeph τῇ Gen. 44, 10. Josh. 2, 
21. Prov. 23,7. Almost always 19 re- 
fers to what precedes: Gen. 1,7 13 "07 
and it was so, as God commanded. v. 9. 
11. 1 K. 20, 40 HEIN HX ἸΏΒ 2 so 
(this) is thy judgment, thou hast thyself 
decided. 1 Sam. 23,17 and also Saul 
my father Ἵ3 27" so knoweth, where there 
is no need of reading 13 as a demonstr. 
pron. this.. Jer. 5, 31 j3 3508 ὩΣ my 
people love it thus, love to have it so.. 
Prov. 28, 2 but with prudent and wise 
men, ὭΣ Ἴ9 80 shall he endure, i.e. the 
prince (comp.~ the other clause) shall 
prolong his reign; here }2 approximates 
to a sign of the apodosis, comp. ovze 
Matthie Gr. Gramm. ὃ 565.1,2. Ps. 61,9. 
63, 3. 90, 12.—Often as Sorcoupordhies to 
each other are }2—>, as—so, see in 9 A. 
1; }2—"WRD, see Wind no. 1. p. 442. 
More rarely inverted, "Yxd—}2, so—as 
Gen. 18, 5. 2 Sam. 5, 25; i02—j2 Ex. 
10,14. In other places 3 is omitted in 
the protasis, Is. 55, 9 (comp. v. 10. 11). 
Judg. 5, 15. 

Further, this adverb may be variously 
rendered, according as it refers to quali- 
ty, to quantity, or to time, etc. a) As 
to quality or character, so, such, so con- 
stituted, etc. Job 9, 35 "a> 725N 13 NP 
non ego sic sum (as Terence often) apud 
me, Engl. I am not so constituted with 
myself, 1 am not so at heart. 1K. 10,12 
D ADR WLP 4P RIND there came after- 


13 ATA, "5 ᾿ 


wards no such almug-wood. Also so very, 
Nah. 1,12 5739 3} 0°50 oN alihough 
they be secure and so very many ; comp. 
Lat. negat. non ita multi, not so very 
many. Ter. 14,10 3525 Aa 4D they have 
so loved to wander. Ps. 127, Ὁ ὦ BAAR 
to quantity, i. 4. so much, so many. Ex. 
10, 14 'm2D MAAN 13 so many locusts as 
these, in such multitudes. Judg. 21, 14 
ἼΞ ont ax ND" but they found not dor 
them so many, i.e. not so many women as 
were needed, not womenenough. c) As 
to time, i. 4. so long. Esth. 2, 12 48577 19 
WM 770" so lone continued the days of 
their purification. Also so often, Hos. 11, 
2 Drape 1255 13 OD ANP (as often ὌΝ 
they called them, 80 often did they go back 
from them. —Further, so soon, straight- 
way, immediately, preceded by > of time 
(as soon as), 1 Sam. 9, 13 42 bSsxS> 
Ik JANSGM as soon as ye be come. so 
soon ye shall I fi ind him, i.e. αὶ ον μάν: 
comp. Gr. ὡς---ὥς fiuHp: Pheeniss. 1437. 
Hom. 1]. 1. 512. ib. 14. 294. In poetry 
by astrong ellipsis > is sometimes omit- 
ted, Ps. 48. 6 "ΠῺΣ "3 IN" as they saw, 
80 they were astonished, i. 6. as soon as, 
immediately. 

Nore. This particle is found also in 
the kindr. languages; but so that in its 
form or signification it departs more from 
its original than in Hebrew. Arab. only 


AS ae OT δ 
in Crs; pees see below inc. Syr. 


-Ξ refers to time, and is changed also 
into Δι. Chald. 13, also jx23 here, 
ἼΝΞ5 hither, 822 hence. Zab. { SO. 

As connected with Prepositions : 

a) 139 “ΠΝ, 3 INN, after so, i.e. 
thereafter, after things have so hap- 
pened, afterwards ; see “TiN. 

b) ἼΞΞ in such a state or condition, 
i. 6. so, then, therein, Ecc. 8, 10. Esth. 4, 
16.—In the Targums very often then, so. 

c) 72> «) As causal adv. lit. ‘on ac- 
count of so,’ i. e. on that account, there- 
fore, Ex. 6, 6. Judg. 10,13. 1 Sam. 3,14. 
Is. 5, 24. Job 32,10. al. Gen. 4,15 42> 
‘sa Vp sab therefore (lest it be as 
thou fearest) tbhosoever slayeth Cain, 
etc. Corresponding to each other are 
Re "D 155 because—therefore Is. 8, 6. 

7; [3 Is, 29,13. 14. Num. 20, 12,— 


that, because, Is. 26, 14, where it has the 





Once it is for “OX 42> on this account 


fereb δα conjunction ; comp. }27>> for 
“Wx i275). 6) By degrees 42> was also . 
deflected so as to assume an adversative 
power, yet therefore, nevertheless, atta- 
men, comp. j28. So preceded by ἘΝ in 
the protasis, Jer. 5,2 although (D8) they 
say, As the Lord liveth ; yet therefore 
(422 pr. for this very reagan) they swear 
falsely. Also Is. 7, 14, ‘although ye 
impiously refuse the offered sign, yet 
therefore (nevertheless) the Lord him- 
self will give you a sign. Often in the 

prophets, where there is a transition 

from rebukes and threats to consolations 
and promises; as Is. 10, 24 nevertheless, — 
thus saith Jehovah of hosts,...fear not, 
etc. Is. 27, 9. 30, 18. Jer. 16, 14. 30, 16. 
Ez. 39, 25. Hos. 2, 11 [14]. In Job ~ 
20, 2, Zophar begins "}12"H3 "Bs 139 
nevertheless my thoughts suggest to me 
an answer, i. e. notwithstanding thy 
vaunting and threatening words, I 
have yet something to reply ea 


responding to this is the Arab. pre 


Bie) attamen, nevertheless, which is 


prob. derived from the Heb. 42>; but 
see De Sacy Gr. Ar. I. p. 566.—This 
adversative 2? many regard as another — 
word and of a different origin; and so 
I have also formerly taken it, viz. as_ 
made up from δὲ (NX>) and 43. This 
view may indeed be supported by the 
authority of the LX X, who have twice 
rendered it οὐχ οὕτως, Gen. 4, 16. Is. 16,7; 
and by the Arabic orthography, where 


it is also written Oey ᾽ oS), see 


Hamas. Schult. p. 312, 364, 412. But. 
the adversative use, as we have seen 
above, is really connected with and de- 
pendent on its causal power; and so too 
in the Chaldee particle > q. v. 

d) "27>y on that account, therefore, 
i. q. 135, but more frequent hoth in 
prose and poetry; Gen. 2, 24. 10, 9. 11 
9, Is. 5, 25. 13, 7. 16, 9. Job 6, 3. Ps. 
45, 8. al. sepiss.—In the poetic style it 
has also the force of a causal conjunction, 
for "HX 427>2, on this account that, be- 
cause ; comp. 1ΞὉ Is. 26, 14, and "τὸν ": 
p- 462; also the remarks on the ellipsis 











































= 415 


of relative conjunctions Lehrg. p. 636. 
Ps. 45,3 thou art fairer than the children 
of men. ἘΌΝ 4272 ΞΡ because 
that God hath blessed thee for ever. Ps. 
1, 5. 42, 7. Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 36. 

6) {5772 lit. until so, i.e. until now, as 
yet, hitherto, Neh. 2,16. Here 93 refers 
to time as in δἰ τίμα. ; see note above. 

f) j2710> like this, in like manner, 
Is. 51, 6; comp. Engl. such-like. Sept. 
ὥσπερ ταῦτα, Vulg. sicut hec; and so 
all the ancient versions. But see in ἢ9 
ΠΙ.--ΞΠ. 

Il. 13 m: (τ. 221) ὁ. suff. "2D, ἴ59. 

1. a stand, base, pedestal ; 1 K. 7, 31 
ἸΞ ΠΏΣ in the manner of a base, like 8, 
pedestal. Spec. of the base or foot of 
the laver in the court of the temple, Ex. 
30, 18. 28. 31, 9. Lev. 8, 11. Of the 
base or socket of a ship’s mast, Is. 33, 23; 
called in Greek μεσόδμη Od. 15. .290, 
ἰστοδόκη Il. 1. 494, ἰστοπέδη Od. 12. 51. 

2. a stand, station, place, Gen. 40, 13. 
41,13. Dan. 11,20 425 53 7723 and there 
shall rise up in his place, in his stead. v. 
21.38. So v. 7 39 Hwy ὍΣΣ TIT 
and out of a shoot of her roots (one) shall 
rise up in his place, pr. stand in his place. 
Sept. and Vulg. render 422 by φυτόν wi- 
tov, plantatio ejus, taking it in the nom. 
case; see in 722. 


ΠῚ. 13 m. (τ. 723 11) a gnat, in Sing. 
once Is. 51, 6 j2-123 like gnats. Sept. 
frigidly ὥσπερ ταῦτα, Vulg. sicut hec; 
see in 19 I. B. f. above. 

Pior. 0733 Ex. 8, 12. 14. Ps. 105, 31; 
Sept. oxvigec, Vulg. sciniphes, a species 
of small gnats, very troublesome from 
their sting, and abounding in the marshy 
regions of Egypt; culex reptans Linn. 
culez molestus Forsk. See Hdot. 1. 95. 
Philo de vita Mosis T. II. p. 97 ed. Man- 
gey. Other ancient and modern testi- 
monies are collected in Bochart Hieroz. 
Il. p. 572. Oedmann’s Verm. Sammill. 
aus der Naturkunde, Fasc. I. c. 6.—The 
Hebrew intpp. and Josephus (Ant. 2. 14. 
3) with little probability explain it by 
lice; and the Talmudists also use the 
sing. 0:2 for a louse. Comp. 33. 
᾿ 13 Chald. i. q. Heb. so, thus, but re- 
ferring always to what follows, where 
the Hebrews use not 13, but MD; so 
Dan. 2,25. 4 11. 6,7. Ezra 5, 3. 6.2.al. 





135 


ἣ PP) in Kal not used, Arab. 
I, II, IV, to call a person or thing by 
another and more honourable name or 
title, to deck with a title ; see Tauriz. 
ad Hamas. Schult. p. 320. Teblebi ad 
Harir. Schult: If. 57. Chald. to address 
one by his proper title. ‘The primary 
idea is perh. to cover, comp. 323.—In 
Heb. only ' 

Pret fut. 7329 1, to address in a 
soothing manner, to speak kindly to any 
one. Is. 44, 5 m359 Dewi ows and 
αλλ πεῖν names the name of Tsrael. 
kindly, though thou hast not lento me. 

2. to flatter, Job 32, 21. 22. 

Deriv. subst. "22. 


M32 f. (τ. Ὁ9 1) α plant, shoot, as be- 
ing set, placed; comp. 332, >nw. Ps. 
80, 16 42772" ASHI WS m3) and (visit, 
protect) the plant which thy right hand 
hath planted. The ancient intpp. as- 
sumed also the masc. 13 in the same 
sense Dan. 11,7; see in 13 II. 2.—Others 
here make "2D imper.-Kal with He pa- 
ragog. from r. 123 in a signif. ἐο cover, to 
protect ; of which however there is no 
other trace. | 


M22 un. λεγόμ. Ez. 27. 23, Canneh, pr. 
n. of a city, prob. Clesiphon, i. q. [1223 
which also is read in one of De Rossi’s 
Mss. Comp. mp? for Mp>%; see more 
in m2>2. 


ΓΞ see M22. 


32 m. (τ. 922) plur. minh> 1 K. 10, 
12, c. suff. s"MTD Ps. 137, 2, once 
W722 Ez. 26,13; Gr. κινύρα, κινγύρα, 
a species of harp or lyre, Lat. cithara, 
[whence the modern word guwilar,] a 
stringed instrument of music, celebrated 
for David’s skill in playing upon it, and 
employed both in sacred and profane 
music, in rejoicing and in mourning, 
1 K. 10, 12. Is. 5,12. 23, 12. Gen. 31,27. 
Job 30,31; usually as an accompaniment 
to the voice, Ps. 33, 2. 43, 4. 49, 5. 71, 
22. al. Josephus relates, Ant. 7. 12. 3, 
that the κινύρα had ten strings. and was 
struck with a plectrum ; but this is con- 
trary to the words in 1 Sam. 16, 23. 18, 
10. 19,9, from which it appears that this 
instrument was played with the fingers 


"32 
Corresponding are Arab. SUS, Syr. 


(15, fps, cithara, harp, lyre. The 
etymology lies in the tremulous, stridu- 
lous sound ; comp. r. "2D. 

N22 Chald. see τ Chald. 

W722 pr. n. see P2707. 


DZD 1. q. D°2D gnats, Ex. 8, 13; comp. 
v. 12.14. It is construed with the femi- 
nine; and seems to be a collective form 
from Sing. 72. Cod. Samar. has plur. 
m72>. Comp. Lehrg. p. 517. 


8222 Chald. adv. so, thus, in this 


manner, referring mostly to what fol-. 


lows, Ezra 4, 8. 5, 9. 11; but also to 
what precedes, 5, 4. 6,13. It seems to 
be compounded fects 3 and 870"), 873, 
which is often negligently used in the 
Talmud for 772"2 , "7282, we say, dropping 
the "; pr. therefore as we say, as is said, 
referring sometimes to what precedes, 
and sometimes to what follows. The 
Heb. translator renders it in Ezra 4, 8 
by Wax j> (read 72822), and in 5, 4 by 
“2x20 as is said. In like manner Syr. 
DLs namely, is contracted from Zpshs 
ae dicas. 


* 22 I. i. q. 119, but trans. fo set, 
[0 place ; comp. 517323, 5772:3. Hence 
}2 stand, base, 732 plant. 

II. Perh. to nip, to pinch, Gr. κνάω, 
χγήϑω, xvito, Germ. kneipen, Engl. to 
nip; comp. κνιπός, κνιφός, κνίψ, a nip- 
ping insect; and with a sibilant prefixed 
oxviw, oxvigec, a gnat, gnats. Hence 
j2, 0°22, gnats. 

Deriv. 19 II, HI, m:D, and the three 
here following. 


"222 (prob. for 77323, whom Jehovah 
hath set) Chenani, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 9, 4. 


W322 (id.) Chenaniah, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 15, 22. 26, 29; for which 15, 27 
M22. 


Ww232 (id.) Conaniah, pr. n. of a Le- 
vite, 2 Chr. 31, 12. 13. 35,9 Keri. -In 
Cheth. sn722%9. 


; O22 1. to collect, to heap up, as 
stones Ecc. 3, 5; treasures Ecc. 2, 8. 
26; waters Ps. 33.7. Hence 0°23, 01D. 

2. to gather together persons, to assem- 
ble, Esth. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 22, 2. 


476 





5). ; 


3. to hide, see Hithp. and deriv. 0327. 
Chald. 02> id. but more freq. vy, 
uals, whence Nw ID Congr λνοοι sy- 


nagogue,- Arab. to hide one- 
self; but in the deriv. also to collect. 


as ROLES, Kind, synagogue, church, 
temple; but }iS to collect, Eth. ἴῃ ζῶ 


to assemble, Ὡ ΖΕ church. See more 
in 123. 

Pret i. q. Kal no. 2, to gather together, 
to assemble persons, Ez. at, 21. 39, 28. 
Ps. 147, 2. 

Hitup. to hide oneself, to wrap oneself 
in any thing, see the Arabic above. Is. 
28, 20 dann mx nZ08m) and the 
covering is narrower than that he can 
wrap himself in it. 

Deriv. "2, 01D, 033%, ΤΠ ΞΌ ΔΩ. 


*¥22 in Kal not used, pr. to bend the 
knee, to fall upon the knees, kindr. with 
39> q. v. This root is widely spread, 
comp. γόνυ, γνυ in γνυπετεῖν, genu, San- 
scr. ganu, Germ. Knie, Engl. knee; yo- — 
via, tyvve hollow of the knee; Aram. 823, 
ἴςς incubuit; also with the third radical 
strengthened, Germ. knicken, einknick- 
en. In Heb. spec. | 

1. to fold together, to lay together, and — 
hence to collect, to bind up, as packages, 
bundles, see 1332 ; comp. Arab. aid to 


contract, be contracted, Conj. I, V, VII. 

2. to be bowed down, to be low, de- 
pressed, as a land, see ἼΣ39 ; and trop. — 
of the mind, to be depressed, like Chald. — 
and Samar. 323. Arab. «iS Conj. I, 
IV, id. of | 

Hiren. 37935 to bow down, to bring 
low, to humble any one, Job 40, 12. Ps. 
107, 12. Is. 25, 5. So espec. enemies, to 
varices, to pitas: 2 Sam. 8, 1. 1 Chr. | 
17, 10. 18,1. Ps. 81,15; andsometimes 
God is said to subdue enemies before 
(3559) any one, Judg. 4, 23. Deut. 9, 3. 
2 Chr. 28, 19. Neh. 9, 94. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 523) 1. to be brought low, hum~ 
bled, subdued, e. g. a vanquished enemy, 


| with Β τὸ nnn Judg. 3, 30. Ps. 106, 42 


"292 Judg. 11, 33; νὰ. 1 Sam. 7, 13, 
1 Chr. 20, 4. ; 

2, 16 himnble oneself, to submit, cipal 
before God or a divine messenger, with 





555 ATT pps 


"98> 2 Chr. 34, 27; yea 1 K. 21, 29 
seest thou how Ahab hath humbled him- 
self before me? 2K. 22,19; "28> 2 Chr. 
3a, 14. 23.36, 12; aay Lev. 26 41. 
2 Chr. 12, 7. 12. 30, 11. 


Y29 f. (r. 539) once c. suff. 4N922 Jer. 
10, 17, a package, bundle, bale, so called 
from folding and binding together. Sept. 
by conject. ὑπόστασις. Targ. wares. 


7222 pr.n. Canaan. R.223 Kal no. 2. 

1. Canaan, the son of Ham, and father 
of the Canaanites, Gen. 9, 18. 22. 25-27. 
10, 6.15. Sept. Χαναᾶν. 

2, Canaan, the land of the Canaan- 
ites, Ex. 15, 15; fully {322 y28 Gen. 
13, 12. 16, 3. 23, 2.19. 33,18; pr. low 
tract or region. from r. 539 with the end- 
ing | as in }2%, opp. to the higher 
land 548 or Syria, see "2333 no. 1.— 
Spec. ‘a) The country on this side 
Jordan, opp. to Gilead, Num. 33,51. 
Josh. 21, 2. 22,9. b) Phenicia, a 23, 
11, i. e. the northern part of Canaan at 
the foot of Lebanon. whose inhabitants 
call themselves 1529 on coins; comp. 
Comment. on Is. |. c. Monumm. Phenic. 
p- 267. They are called by the Greeks 
Φοίνικες. The Carthaginians, a colony 
of the Phenicians, also retained this an- 
cient name ; as is testified by Augustin 
(Expos. Ep. ad Rom. ὃ 13) as follows : 
“Tnterrogati rustici nostri (i. 6. Hippo- 
nenses), quidsint? Punice respondentes 
Canani, corrupta scilicet, ut in talibus 
solet, una littera, quid aliud respondent, 
quam Chananei?” cc) Philistia, Zeph. 
2. 5 OMwse IN 1529 —Hence mina 

ἼΣ29 Canaanitish women Gen. 28, 1. 6. 
86. 2; ‘> ἼΞΧΣ the idols of Canaan, wor- 
δ ρροῦ there, Ps. 106, 88 ; ἼΣ29 MDw the 
language of Candan. i. e. the Hebrew, 
which was spoken by the Canaanites 
and Hebrews, Is. 19, 18; comp. also Ps. 
135, 11. Judg. 3, 1. 

3. Put for 1529 ὅτ a Canaanite, Hos. 
12,8; and so for a merchant generally, 
Te 93, 8 Π 2529 her merchants ; comp. 
Zeph. 1, 11, ‘and see "3222 no. 2. 


T3923, fem. of the preced. Chenaanah, 
pr. n.m. a)1Chr.7,10. b) 1K, 
22, 11. 2 Chr. 18. 10. 


"2232 Gen. 38, 2, fem. 2322 46, 10. 
Ex. 6. 15; Plur. ΓΕ Neh. 9, "24. Ob. 





20, but far more freq. Sing. with art. 
collect. "3322'7, a gentile noun. 

1. a Canaanite, the Canaanites, i. e. 
a) A single people who inhabited, be- 
fore the Hebrews, the lower tracts of Pa- 
lestine on the sea-coast. and the Jordan ; 
Num. 13, 29 the Canaanites dwell by the 
sea and by the side of Jordan. Josh. 5,1. 
11, 3. Deut. 11, 30; see the etymology 
in {323 no. 2. ‘Often coupled with the 
names of other tribes; and the sacred 
writers, while intending to comprise all 
the tribes dwelling in Palestine, some- 
times by synecdoche mention only two, 
the Canaanites and Perizzites, Gen..13, 
7; sometimes three, the Canaanites, 
Hivites, Hittites, Ex. 23, 28; or again 
five, the Canaanites, Hittites, Amorites, 
Hivites, Jebusites, Ex. 13, 5; or six, 
adding the Perizzites, Ex. 3, 8. 17. Josh. 
12. 18; or seven, adding the Girga- 
shites, Deut. 7, 1. Josh. 3, 10; -or finally 


.ten, the Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmon- 


ites, Hittites, Perizzites, Rephaim, Amor- 
ites, Canaanites, Girgashites, Jebusites, 
Gen. 15, 19-21. In this number are 
several which cannot be reckoned as 
Canaanites, but as other aborigines ; as 
the Rephaim, the Kenites, ete. Ὁ) In 
a wider sense put for all the tribes 
dwelling west of the Jordan and in Phe- 
nicia before the Hebrews, deriving their 
descent from Canaan (Gen. 10, 15-18) ; 


Gen. 10, 18. 19. 12, 6. 50, 11. Josh. 16, - 


10. 17, 12 sq. Judg. 1, 10. 28. 29; also 
Ex. 3, 8. 17. Deut. 11, 50. Ez. 16.3 


They are mentioned as Gentiles and _ 


unclean Zech. 14, 21.—Sept. for j2:3, 
"1322, has usually Χαναάν, Χαναναῖος, 
but sometimes also Φοινίκη, Φοίνιξ, Ex. 
6,15. 16,35. Josh. 5, 1. 12. Job 40, 25. 
So Mark 7, 25 comp. Matt. 15, 22.—The 
Canaanites were celebrated merchants, 
and hence 

2. Canaanite for merchant, generally, 
Job 40, 30 [25]. Prov. 31,24. So "129 
Chaldean, for astrologer. 


* 022 i. q. Arab. Was to cover. to 
protect ; whence 23 covering, wing. 
Comp. r. 13. Not found in Kal. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to cover or hide oneself. Is. 30, 


| 20 Fain Tid ΠΣΘ ΝΡ no longer shall 


thy teachers hide themselves, i. e. they 
shall come forth openly, and no longer 


ΓῺ 


pe vexed by persecutors. So Abulwalid 
and Jarchi; see Comment. on Is. 1]. ¢.— 
Hence 


99 f. 1 K. 6, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12, 
constr. 123 ; Dual D"f2> constr. 7522 ; 
but the same is used for the Plur. as ὦ 
ὉΠΕ29 Is. 6, 2, ὈΞ529 53 Ez. 1, 6. 10, 
21. Plur. constr. rip? fem. Die 22, 
12. Is. 11, 12; but masc. in the signif 
no. 2. a. b, Ez. 7, 2. R. #23. 


1. ἃ wing, so called as covering, 


protecting. Arab. ἜΤ wing, side, 

Eth. AIG wing ; 
Chald. 923, Sam. JTS, Syr. velo, 
(215, id. Comp. 93 Heb. and Chald. 


from kindr. 523; also 5°Bax p. 12.—Is. 
10, 14. Job 39, 13. 1 K. 6, 27. Ez. 1, 8 sq. 
al. p27 197>D every fowl of wing, every 
winged fowl, Gen. 1, 21; ‘2 "1px birds 
of wing Ps. 148, 10; “3 "ipx->> Deut. 
4,17; "3.9 “ips Ez. 39, 17 comp.v. 4; 
555 ὝΒΕΤΟΣ every bird of every wing, 
every species of bird, Gen. 7, 14. Ez. 
17, 23. So 2D 553 Prov. 1, 17, and 
DIED 553 Ece. 10, 20, ‘one having 
wings,’ poet. or a bind. Poet. m3" "532 
the wings of the wind Ps, 18, 11. 104, 3; 

“mu "52D the wings of the morning 139, 9; 

expressive of the swiftness with sahieh 
the winds and the dawn move o:ward. 
—Metaph. with the idea of protection, 
defence, Ps. 17, 8 ΠΌΤ 7°H2D >¥2 
hide me beneath the shadow of thy wings. 
36, 8. 57, 2. 61, 5, 63, 8. 91, 4. Ruth 2, 


12. Comp. Arab. Lis and 


οὐλπ Schult. ad Job. 472. 


2. an extremity, corner, e. 8: a) Of 
a garment, a skirt, flap, πτέρυξ, πτερύ- 


region, protection. 


yor, fully >9an 42> the skirt of the. 


robe 1 Sam. 24, 5. 12. Num. 15, 38. 
Deut. 22, 12. Hage. 2. 12; also, the 
name of the garment being omitted, 
Zech. 8, 23 "759 WN 29 the skirt bbe 
Jew, i. 6. of his upper garment. Ez. 5, 3. 
As the outer garment was ‘used by 
the Orientals to wrap themselves in 
at night, hence #23 is also put for the 
extremity or corner of a bed-covering, 
coverlet, etc. Deut. 23,1 523 Mb N54 
"38 nor shall he uncover his father’s 
coverlet, i i. 6. he shall not violate his fa- 
1} ev’s bed. 27,20, comp. Ez. 16,8. Ruth 


A78 





025, 


3, 9 spread now thy covering over thy 
handmaid, i. e. receive me to thy bed. 
comp. Theocr. Idyll. 18. 19, and ἐπισκιά- 
few Luke 1,35. Ὁ) Spoken of a land, 
the earth, etc. a border, corner, end ; as 
the habitable earth is often compared 
by the ancients to a garment spread out. 
Is. 24, 16 YAN 425 corner, end of the 
earth. Mostly in the plur. Job 37, 3. 38, 
13 YIN MEI the corners of the be 
extrema terrarum; also Is. 11, 12 and 
Ez. 7,2 7287) mined MPa the νὰν: cor- 
ners of the earth or land. 6) Of an ar- 
my, wing, as in Lat. and Engl. whence 
poet. for an army itself, Is. 8, 8. 18, 1. 
Comp. 0"Bax p. 12. d) The highest 
point, battlement, pinnacle of the temple, 
Dan. 9,27. Comp. πτερύγιὸν τοῦ ἱεροῦ, 
Matt. 4, 5. 


r 


" “22 obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr. 
to give forth a tremulous and stridulous 
sound, e. g. the quavering sound of a 
string when struck, Germ. schnarren, 
knarren. Hence “"3> harp, lyre, from 
its stridulous sound.—Kindred are Greek 
κίνυρος, pr. whimpering, spoken of a que- 
rulous, mournful tone, whence Gr. xwv- 
ou; also γέγγρος, yiyyou, yiyyoas, Lat. 
gingrina, i. e. a pipe yielding a stridu- 
lous querulous tone, and gingritus the 
cackling of geese.—Deriv. 9123, and 


m2 (i. q. Vi2D lyre) Deut. 3, 17, 


mins> (plur. lyres) 1 K. 15, 20, Γῆ ΩΦ, 


Josh. 11, 2, Chinnereth, Chinneroth, pr. 
n. of a city in the tribe of Naphtali, situ- 
ated on the lake of Galilee, which is 
thence called m= 0° Num. 34, 11, 
Josh. 13,27; Τὴ π89 δ" 5 Josh. 12, 3. Inthe 
Targus’ is found the later name “ὌΝ, 
“o21, whence Gr. Τεννησάρ 1 Mace. 11, 


67. hin Ant. 2. 25. 3,17; and in N. T. 7 
Τεννησαρέτ Matt. 14, 834. Mark 6, 58. 
This beautiful lake is about. . 
twelve miles long by six broad in its” 
widest part, with limpid water and 


Luke 5, 1. 


abounding in fish. See Reland Palest. 


Ῥ. 258 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIT. pe 


261 sq. 312 sq. 


Ἐ123 Chald. to gather together, to” 
assemble, i. q. Heb. 023, Syr. id. Inf 


Dan. 3, 2. 


Irup. to be νων together, baie ; 


bled, Dan. 3. 3.27. Freq. in the Targg. — 


a ν 











omy 


23 m. (Ὁ. 423) only Plur. ΓΞ; pr. 
ἃ surname, cognomen, title. Meton. one 
having the same surname or title as an- 
other, i.e. sustaining the same office, 
subject to the same king, i. ᾳ. σύνδουλος, 
colleague, associate in office. Correspond- 
ing is Syr. ᾿δλο ρίαν. [Ζα 5, i.e. σύνδου- 
λος, σύνδουλοι.---Οπηο6 Ezra 4, 7 "NDA 
ΓΦ and the rest of his abllcasuce ; 
Sept. οἵ λοιποὶ ovrvdovdor.—The form 
ΤΣ is for MN22, MX22, and the plural is 
formed in the es manner as mini , 
ΤῊ), from m3, see Lehrg. p. 509, 606. 


ΓΞ Chald. id. a colleague, rindaiite 
only plur. c. suff. N12> his colleagues, 
Ezra 5, 6; i332 their colleagues 4, 9. 
17. 23. 5, 3. 6, 6.13. Comp. the Heb. 


ὉΞ3 m. um. λεγόμ. in the suspected 
reading Ex. 17,16, commonly held to be 
i.q. OD throne, which is read in the 
Samaritan codex. But the context and 
the words of v. 15 "3 Mim", demand the 
reading 02 a standard, banner, where 
see. 


᾿ NOD obsol. root, i. ᾳ. 502 to cover ; 
whence δὲ Ὁ 5 and 


NOD Prov. 7, 20, also MOD Ps. 81, 4, 
the full moon, time of the full moon. Syr. 
[ms , according to Isa Bar Ali, is ‘ the 


first day of the full moon,’ and also ‘the 
whole time of the full moon;’ so also often 
in Barhebreus and Ephrem Syrus.— 
The etymology is doubtful; unless we 
may say that the moon at her full is whol- 
ly covered with light, from r. 50D, 8O2 ; 
comp. Ps. 104, 2 nabw> "ἿΝ ny cover- 
ing thyself with light as with a garment. 
See Thesaur. p. 698, 699. 


NOD m. twice MOD Job 26, 9. 1K. 10, 
19; c. suff. "NOD (for "NOD), ΠΝ ῸΞ ; le: 
ΤΟΥΝῸΞ for nmino>. , R.Rd2. 

1. a throne, i. 6. an elevated seat with 
@ canopy and hangings which cover it ; 


& 2 ρ ES 
Arab. cw, Aram. 8072, bates, id. 


the letter ἢ being inserted instead of 
doubling the ©, i.e. rs for ss, see under 
lett... The Samaritan has also in the 
root Hex4 4% for MOD.—So jW δῸΞ a 
throne of ivory 1 K. 10, 18; nbn 5 
the throne of the kingdom, royal throne, 
Deut. 17,18. 2 Sam. 8, 13; and so "9 


A79 





"09 


mazda 1 Chr. 22,10. 2 Chr. 7, 18. Esth. 
ἐδ δ Ὡς πριν natban ἜΣ Ἢ 48. Hence 
oe the royal dignity ΦΙ authority ; Gen. 
41, 40 only as to the throne will I be 
phenter than thou, i.e. l reserve to my- 
self only the royal dignity. Ps. 45, 7, 
see in DN p. 55, note. So to establish 
one’s throne, i.e. his kingdom, Is. 16, 5. 
Spoken of the throne of God, Ps. 9, 5. 
47,9. Is. 6, 1. Job 26, 9.—Also 

2. For the elevated seat or cathedra 
of the high-priest, 1 Sam. 1, 9. 4, 13; 
the tribunal of a judge, Ps. 122, 5 (comp. 
Dan. 7,9). Ps. 94,20 niin “3 tribunal of 
wickedness, i.e. unjust judges. Hence ° 
for jurisdiction, district, Neh. 3,7. Of 
a military tribunal, Jer. 1, 15; also of 
any seat, e. g. a stool or chair, 2 K. 
4,10. Prov. 9,14; espec. an honourable 
seat, "23 NOD 1Sam.2,8. Metaph. Is. 
22, 23 and he (Eliakim) shall be fora 
seat of glory to his father’s house, i. e. 
through him shall all his kindred be 
honoured. 


302 Chald. a Chaldean, Ezra 5, 12; 
elsewhere "302 q. v. 

i "ΟΞ to cover; kindr. are SOD and 
med. Syr. [mo id. also ‘to put on; 
Arab. LuS to put on; Chald. MOD te 
cover, and hence to hide, lie concealed. 
—In Kal only in particip. NOD Prov. 
12, 16. 23; and pass. constr. "10D Ps. 
32, 1. Far more usual is 

Pree MOD, 1 pers. "MOD, "MOD Ps. 
143, 9, "M2 Ez. 32,7; fut. 52", apoc. 
O21. 

1. to cover, c. acc. Ex. 10, 5. Num. 9, 
15. 22,5; or also >» (like otek verbal 
coperisay 6. g. 20, 2D), q. d. to cover 
over, Num. 16, 33 ὙΠ Dm72d d2M1 the 
earth covered them over, pr. was a cover- 
ing over them. Job 21, 26 mean ma" 

ninby and worms cover them. 2 Chr. 5, 
8. Ps. 106, 17. Hab. 2, 14; ¢. > Is. 11,9. 
—So to cover a person or thing with any 
thing, e. g. construed : a) With acc. 
of pers. and 3 of the covering, Lev. 17, 
13 "ἜΣ3 ἢΓΙΟΞῚ he shall cover it (the 
blood) with earth. Job 15, 27. Is. 51, 16. 
Num. 4, 5.8. 11. Ὁ) With two acc. Ez. 
16,10. 18, 7.16. 9) With >» of pers. 
and 3 of covering, Ps. 44,20. ἃ) With 
acc. of the covering and >» of the thing 
covered, Ez. 24,7; comp. Job 36, 32.— 


mos 


Trop. in the phrases: fo cover any one 
with shame Mic. 7, 10; confusion Ps. 
44,16. Jer. 51, 51; terror Ez. 7, 18. Ps. 
55,6; so God covers the faces of judges, 
makes them blind, Job 9,24. Also to 
cover any one (a wife) with violence, 
heap.up injuries upon her, Mal. 2, 16.— 
Intrans. to cover oneself, to put on any 
thing, 6. 3 Gen. 38, 14. Deut. 22, 12; 
c. ace. Jon. 3,6 pw D275 he covered on: 
self with sackcloth, put on sackcloth, 
Arab. Lu to put on, 6. ace. 

2. to cover, i. e. to hide, to conceal, 
comp. Chald. Prov. 10, 18. 12, 16. 23. 
Job 31, 33; with >» of pers. Deut. 13, 9; 
with acc. of thing and 12 of pers. Gen. 
18,17. Job 23,17 Dax-meD 35} and 
bécaisse he hath (not) covered the dark- 
ness from my sight, hath not freed me 
from. calamities.—Intrans. pregn. Ps. 
143, 9 »M"@> 478 unto thee do I hide, I 
flee to thee for covert; Sept. πρὸς σὲ 
κατέφυγον. 

3. Metaph. to cover sin, i. 6. to pardon, 
to forgive, i.q. "BD, c. acc. Ps. 85, 3; ἘΣ 
Prov. 10, 12. Neh. 3, 37 [4, 5]. Ps. 32, 1 
ΓΙ ΟΣ OD whose sin is covered, i.e. par- 
doned. Comp. "DD. 

PuaL 48> and no Ps. 80, 11. Prov. 
24, 31, fut. nos", part. M029 ; to be co- 
vered, Gen. 7, “19. 20 ; with = of the 
covering, 1 Chr. 21, 16. Ecc. 6, 4; also 
with acc. Ps. 80, 11 ΠΡ OM AOD the 
mountains were covered with ils shade. 
Prov. 24, 31. 

Nipu. id. Ez. 24, 8; 6. 3 Jer. 51, 42. 

Hirup. to cover oneself, to wrap one- 
self up, with 2 of the covering, Is. 59, 6. 
1 K. 11, 29; once acc. Jon. 3, 8. 

δεῖν, "IDD, ΓΠΌΞ (and mio), ΓΌΞ, 
MO29, ΠΕΞΏ. 


MDD see NOD. 
MOD i. gq. NED q. v. 
ΤΩ Is. 5, 25, see HMAD. 


"702 m. only constr. “i "30D αὶ cover- 
ing of skins Num. 4, 6.14. Β. ΠΌΞ. 


ΓΟ ἢ (τ. nOD) 1. a covering, 
cover, Ex. 21, 10. 22, 26. Job 24, 7. 26, 
6. 31,19. Metaph. b22"> M802 ὦ cover- 
ing of or for the eyes, i. e. a present offer- 
ed as an expiation for some fault, in order 


that one may shut his eyesuponit, connive . 


at it; or, a present made in the hope of 


A80 





\ 


"D5 ἧ: 


pardon, an atonement, a penalty. Soin 
the much vexed passage Gen. 20, 16 
WAS Wx b55 ὉΠ» md. 9 RAM AE 
b> PN) lo, this (the thousand shekels) is 
to thee a penalty for all which has hap- 
pened with thee and before all men. 
Comp. Gen. 32, 21 Maa 72D MSN 
pr. I will cover his face (appease him) 
with the present. The Sept. though here 
neglected or misunderstood by interpre-— 
ters, renders it correctly: ταῦτα ἔσται σοι 
εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ προσώπου Gov, where τιμή 
is a fine, penalty, price, Il. 1. 159, i. q. 
elsewhere tiunuc.—Most interpreters 
understand this covering of the eyes to be - 
a veil, and the whole passage they arbi- 
trarily render thus: lo, this shall be to 
thee a veil for the eyes unto all who are 
with thee and to all others, i. e. so it shall 


be manifest to all that thou art a mar- 


ried woman. They add further, that 
only married women were accustomed 
to wear veils; but this is contrary to 
oriental custom, and is incapable of 
proof. | 

2. a garment, Deut. 22, 12. 


moo to cut off a plant, vine, etc. to 
cut down, part. pass. MOD Is. 33, 12. Ps. 
80, 17. Kindr. are MEP, MEP, SEP, 
V2XR, also δὲς, Ota, ta. Chald. and 
Syr. ΠΌΞ, wal, to prune vines. 


D°OD τη. (r. bo>) 1. a fool, Ps. 92, 7. 
94, 8, Prov. 1, 32. 10, 1. 18. 13, 19. 20. 


14, 8. 24. 33. 15, 2.7, and often in Prov. 


and Ecc. The notion of impiety, un- 
godliness, is often implied, Prov. 5, 20. 
19, 1. al. comp. the synon. 518, 535, and 
the opp. O37. 

2. Chesil, as the name of a conataitin 
tion, Job 9,9. 38, 31. Am. 5,8; according 
to most of the ancient jaternetnes the 
constellation Orion, which the Orientals 
call US, an, nd°b2, i.e. the giant. 
They appear to have conceived of this 
constellation under the figure of an im- 
pious giant (>"02 impious) bound upon 
the sky; whence Job 38, 31 canst thow 
lodse the bands of Orion 2—Plur. Drb"OD 
Is. 13, 10, q. ἃ. the Orions or giants of 
the sky, i.e. the greater constellation 


similar to Orion. So Lat. Cicerones 
Scipiones, i.e. men like Cicero and 











. 202 
Scipio.—Abulwalid understands ri 
or Canopus, a bright star in the rudder 
of Argo or the ship, in the southern 
hemisphere. See more in Comment. 
on Is. 13,10. Michaelis Suppl. p. 1319 
sq. Hyde on Ulugh Beigh’s Tables, p. 
74. Ideler ἄρον Ursprung ἃ. Bedeut. der 
Sternennamen p. 240, 263. 

3. Chesil, pr. n. of a city in the south- 
ern part of Judah, Josh. 15, 30. 


MADD f. folly, Prov. 9,13. R. >o>. 


“ 202 a root found only once in the 
verb, see no. 2. b; but of various signifi- 

cations in the derivatives The primary 
idea seems to be: 

1. lo be fleshy, fat ; whence >92 loin, 
flank.—Then 

2. Asa denom. from 503, in a double 
signification: a) Ina cas sense, lo be 
strong, lusty, the loins being the seat of 
strength; comp. 72%, 22; metaph. 
to be firm, confident, whence bop, ΠΡΌΣ, 
confidence, hope. b) Ina bad one, 
to be dull, sluggish, languid, like Arab. 


hind to be weak. Hence also as a 


kindred idea, to be foolish ; comp. >33, 
832, 229; and vice versa compere 
words signifying strength transferred 
to the idea of virtue, as ΘΓ. 
this sense may come by transpos. from 
520 to be foolish.—So once fut. A, 50>" 
Jer. 10,8. Hence the deriv. bpp fool- 
ish, abv, ῬΌΞ, folly. 


202 m. 1. loin, flank, lumbus, Job 15, 
27. Plur. "502 the loins, pr. the internal 
muscles of the loins near the kidneys, 
to which the fat adheres, woos, ψοῖαι, 
as Symmachus well. Lev. 3, 4. 10. 15. 
4,9. 7,4. Job 15, 27 o> »53 mann wo 
᾿ς and because he maketh fatness upon his 
loins, i. e. the γαστρέδουλος pam pers him- 
self. Also for the viscera generally, the 
bowels, inward parts, Ps. 38, 8. Comp. 
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 506 sq. 

2. confidence, hope, Ps.'78,7. Job 8, 14. 
31, 24. Prov. 3, 26. See r. 50D no. 
2. a. 


3. folly, Ecc. 7,25. See the root no. 
2. b. 


Ti20 f. (r.>0>) 1. confidence, hope, 
Job 4, 6. 
2. folly, Ps. 85, 9. 
41 


Or perh. . 


verbs beginning with 14; 





A481 205 


"20D m. Zech. 7, 1. Neh. 1, 1, Gr 
Χασελεῦ 1 Mace. 1,54, Chislev, the ninth 
month of the Hebrews, beginning with | 
the new moon of December.—The ety- 
mology is unknown; yet it might per- 
haps be so called from the languor and 
torpor of nature, from r. 502 no. 2. Ὁ. 
Or it may be of Persian origin, as would 
appear from a Palmyrene inscription ; 
see Benfey, die Monatsnamen, comp. 
Thesaur. p. 702. 

71202 (confidence, hope, τ. 509) 
salon, pr. n. of a place on the border of 
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10; there © 
called also D"939°771. 


yibo> (id.) Chision, pr. n. τῇ. Num. 
34, 21. 

nibop (hopes, τ. 50D) Chesulloth, pr. 
n. of a place in the tribe of Issachar, 
Josh. 19, 18; prob. the same with the 
next art. 2 

ἸΏ 29 (loins or flank of Tabor) 
Chisloth- Tabor, pr. ἢ. of a place near the 
western foot of mount Tabor, on the bor- 
der of Zebulun, Josh. 19,12. [Prob. the 
same as the preced. article, and both 
identical with the mod. Iksdl JLuSt, 
Gr. Zuid Jos. B. J. 3. 3.1. See Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 182.—R. 


p°7202 plur. Gen. 10, 14. 1 Chr. 1, 
12, Casluhim, pr. n. of a people sprung 
from the Egyptians; probably, as Bo- 
chart supposes, Phaleg IV. 31, the Col- 
chians, whom the Greek writers also 
mention as being a colony of the Egyp- 
tians, Hdot. 2. 104. Diod. Sic. 1. 28, 55. 
Strabo I. 3 ult. The name Colchians 
might readily come from the fuller 
m>o>, dropping the 8. 


, Ro2 to shear, to poll the head, once 
Ez. 44, 20. Kindred are 013, and other 
see Τῖ3 --- 
Hence 


M902 f. Ex. 9, 32. Is. 28, 25, plur. 
p> Ez. 4,9, a species of grain like 
wheat, with a ἐχάθη or bald ear as if 
shorn, Lat. far, adoreum, Gr. ζέα, ὀλυρά, 
the modern spelt, triticum spelta Linn. 


9 --9 : 
Arab. ὅλων, which is in fact the same 


word as in Hebrew, m and being inter- 
changed and r inserted. See Comment 
on Is. l. ¢. 


᾿ cos 


co) 1. Pr. to divide out, to distri- 
bute ; kindr. with yxP and other verbs 
begiming with yp, >, t3. Hence 

2 tribute. 

2. to number, to reckon, comp. ΓΙ ; 
once Ex. 12, 4 every man according ‘0 
his eating shall ye reckon for the lamb. 
Sept. συναριϑμηϑήσεται, Onk. jinn, 
Syr. elie. 

Deriv. 023, 7032, 02, ΠΡ. 


érc2 fut. ROS" 1. Pr. to be or be- 
come pale, as in Chald. Comp. Niph. 
no. 1, and 42 silver.—Less near are 

and Sa deficit sol, luna, ca- 
ligavit oculus, diminutus est. 

2. Trop. to pine or long afler any 
thing, to desire greatly, with > of pers. 
Job 14, 15; inf. c. > Ps. 17, 12. 

Nira. 1. to be pale, to turn pale, from 
shame, since this feeling is indicated not 
only by blushing, but also by turning 
pale; see "3m and Talmudic 7725n to 
make ashamed, comp. Comment. on Is. 
29,22. Hence, to be ashamed; Zeph. 2, 
1 9022 δὲ inn O nation not ashamed, 
i. 6. without shame, shameless. 

2. i.q. Kal no. 2, Gen. 31, 30. Ps. 84, 
3.—Hence 


322 τὴ, c. suff. "BoD 1. silver, so 
called from its paleness, r. }OD, as Gr. 
ἄργυρος from ἀργός white, and 2m gold 
from its yellow colour; comp. ins. Syr. 
Samar. id.—Gen. 23, 15 ~>pw nv dane 
HOD four hundred shekels’ of silver. v. 
16. Lev. 27, 3. 6. Josh. 7,22. Often 
mith the sword bau dicted: 6. g. FPN 
mO> a thousand (shekels) of silver Gen. 
20, 16. HOD pws twenty shekels of 
aber Gen. 37, 28. Deut. 22, 19. Hos. 3 
2. Metaph. to purify pilver; i. 6. τὸ 
cleanse a people from their sins, Mal. 3, 
3 comp. v. 2. Is. 1, 25. 

2. money, which anciently consisted 
of bars or pieces of silver weighed out 
and not coined; comp. ἀργύριον, Fr. ar- 
gent. Gen. 23, 13. 43, 15. 21. Ex. 22, 6. 
Num. 3, 49. 51. Deut. 23, 20. "a> 502 
current money, see in "39 no. 2. Also, 
that which is bought with money, e. g. a 
slave, Ex. 21,21 ein BOD "2 for he is 
his money, his purchase; also Gen. 17, 


12. Ex. 12, 44. Plur. pieces of siloer, 


money, Gen. 42, 25. 35. 


482 





Ὁ59 ὁ ᾿ 


FO2 Chald. m. id. silver, st. emphat. 


npo2 Dan. 2, 35. 5, 2. 4. 23. Ezra 5, 14. 


6, δ. Td ἐς 18. 
N"DODD Ezra 8, 17, Casiphia, pr. n. 


of a place (0'P2) on the way between — 


Babylon and Jerusalem.—To this corre- 
sponds neither the Pyle Caspie@ nor the 
city Kaswin, as held by some. 


NOD f. (r. 50D) plur. mine>D cushions, 
pillows, Ez. 13, 18. 20. Sept. mgooxs- 
φάλαια, Vulg. pulvilli, according to the 
Rabbins long pillows, bolsters.—The 
letter m, although not radical and mere- 
ly the sign of the fem. gender, is never- 
theless retained also in the plural; as in 
mbt, mvp, comp. Lehrg. p. 474. 


29> Is. 59, 18, see 53 lett. Ce 1. 


172 Chald. adv. of time, now, at this 
time, Dan. 2, 23. 3, 15. 4,34. 5,12. Ezra 
4, 13. 8]. {33> 79 until now Ezra 5, 16.— 
It is prob. derived asa prolonged form 
from Heb. 42 so, also now, comp. 2742 
Neh. 2, 16, and art. 13 lett. e. p. 475; 
just as Samar. BYP from Heb. ἘΠ. In- 
deed j3> seems also to have had the 
signif. so; whence the following art. 


M292 Chald. fem. of the preceding, 


adv. so, thus, i. q. 13.) but found only in — 


one formula ΓΩΣΞἢ and so forth, et cetera, 
Ezra 4, 10. 11. 7, 12; contracted M334 
id. 4, 17. 


Ν OD fut. O33" 1, to be indignant, 


vexed, ns take ill, ‘Ece. 5,16. '7, 9. Néh. 


8, 33 [4, 1]. Ps. 112, 10. 

2. to be angry, Ez, 16, 42; with dx 
of pers. 2 Chr. 16, 10. . 

Piet 022 to provoke, to irritate, i. q. 
Hiph. Deut. 32, 21. 1 Sam. 1, 6. 

Hipr. 0°53 1. to vex, to grieve, to 
trouble any one, 1 Sam. 1, 7. Neh. 4,5 
[3, 37]. Ez. 32, 9. 

2. to make angry, to provoke, often of 
men who provoke Jehovah by their sins, 
espec. by idolatry, c. 3 Deut. 31, 29. 32, 


16. 1K. 14, 9. 15. 16, 2. 7.13 54. Ps. 78, 


58. Jer. 8, 19. al. More fully ‘ora 
aa“my OSD 1K.15, 30, 2K. 23, 26; also 
qwith the name af God implied, 1. Ke 
21, 22 mOsan AWN OraM-by because of | 
the anger with which thou hast made 


me angry. 2K. 21, 6. 23,19. Hos. 12 — 


15.—Hence 


———— «μές, 





Ὁ59 


᾿ς O22 m. 1. vexation, trouble, grief, 
Eee. 1, 18. 2, 23. 11, 10. Ps. 6, 8. Prov. 
17, 25. 21, 19 ὈΣΞῚ DT MWR a con- 
Sritiotte aiid Sretful woman. Deut. 32, 27. 
2. anger, Deut. 32, 19. 1 K. 15, 30. 
Ez. 20, 28. Plur. 5°022 bursts of anger, 
2 K. 23, 26. 
O22 τα. i. q. O22, found only in Job. 
1, vexation, grief, Job 5,2. 6,2. 17,7. 
2. anger, wrath of God, Job 10, 17. 


FY see in m33>. 


52 f. (r. 92D) c. suff. "BD, pr. some- 
thing curved, hollow.—Spec. 
1. the hollow of the hand, the palm ; 
S 


Arab. WaS, Syr. (225. Lev. 14, 15 and 
pour (the oil) upon the palm (52 >2) of 
the priest’s left hand. v. 18.26. 2 8>2 
ΤΡ a handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12 ,comp. 
ὮΞ nba Lev. 9, 17. Ps. 129, 7; so Is. 28, 
4.2K. 18, 21. At pet times 52D is 
used like 37 the hand ; as Deut. 25, 12 
MBD-PX OM) and thou shalt cut off 
her hand. Often of the hand as that 
with which we lay hold of any thing, 
Hz. 21, 16. 29. 29,7; or with which we 
labour, whence 4°25 5D a@ slack hand 
Prov. 10, 4. So espec. in the following 
phrases: 8) Ἐ 93% out of the hand of 
any one, after verbs of freeing, deliver- 
ing, like 152, 1 Sam. 4, 3. 2 Sam. 14, 
16. 19, 10. 22,1. 2K. 16, 7. 20, 6. Ps. 
18, 1. Jer. 5. 21. al. Ὁ) 59 5D Bw Zo 
lay the hand upon any one, i. e. to attack 
him, Job 40, 32 [41, 8]; also 5D ow 
12> to lay the hand upon one’s mouth, sc. 
in order to stop it, i. q. to be silent, Job 
29,9. But >> 52 mz) to put the hand 
over any one, i. 4. to protect him, Ps. 
139. 5; comp. Ex. 33,22. ο) Judg. 12, 
3 "B22 "WD? ms"wRNs T put my life in my 
: hand, 1.8, exposed myself to great dan- 
‘ger; since what we thus take in our 
hands is liable to be dropped, or to be 
east away. 1 Sam. 19.5. 28, 21; comp. 
Job 13, 14. Ps. 119,109. The same pro- 
verb occurs in Atheneus Deipnosoph. 
XIII. p. 569. C, ἐν τῇ χειρὲ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχων. 
So the Danes also say of ἃ man in dan- 
ger of his life: at gaae med Livet 1 
_Haenderne, i. 6. he goes with his life in 
hishands. d) 92525, 52 2pm, 2 xa, 
fo clap the hands, see pndor these verbs. 
Ὅσαι 0°»), c. suff. "BD, 7782, -both 


483 





_#pP 

palms, the two hands, the hands, Job 36, 
32. Is. 49,16; very freq. also for the 
plural. Hence, 0°23 61» to spread out 
the hands in prayer, etc. see in 78 no. 
3.6; DNBD Nw» Zo lift up the hands. Lam. 
2, 19. Ps. 63, 5; [ΒΞ 59 Nw? to bear 
upon the hands, to deal kindly with, to 
cherish, Ps. 91,12; ‘5 "B22 ON τς 
is in the hands of any one, i.e. he has 
done violence, wrong, Job 16, 17. Is. 59, 
6. Ps. 7, 4. 1 Chr. 12 , 17. Jon. 3, 8; con- 
tra, 5B "23 of clean hence, eho ἐὴ Ps. 
24,4; "BD 58 the work of one’s hands 
Ps. 9,175; also DYED 3727 the labour of 
the λαῶν profit, Gen. 31, 42. Ps. 128, 2.. 
—PLouR. MiBD palms, used instead of the 
Dual before 577", as0177"> the palms of 
the hands Dan. 0, 10; twice pws MED 
of hands cut off and dead, 1 Sam. 5, 4. 
2 Κι. 9, 35; see Lehrg. p. 539. Comp. 


in no. 3, 4, 5, 6, below. 


2. 523 ὯΞ the sole of thé foot, Deut. 2,5. 
11,24. So in the phrase 53) 5) [92 
(ΠΡ) ὅδ" Srom the sole of the foot even 
to the. head, i. e. the whole body, Is. 1, 6. 
Deut. 28, 35. 2 Sam. 14, 25. Job 2, 7. 
Deut. 28, 65 7227 92> Misa rest for the 
sole of thy foot, i.e. a quiet habitation, 
comp. Gen. 8, 9.—Plur. always nips 
Josh. 3. 13. 4, 18. Is. 60,14. Ez. 43,7 
1237 mip nip the place of the soles of 
my feet, i. 68. the ark as the footstool of 
God; comp. in 055. Once with ὩΣΘ 
2 K. 19, 24. 

3. the foot or paw of a quadruped hav- 
ing toes, as the bear Lev. 11,27. Sept. 


| χείρ. So Arab. δ 


4. a hollow vessel, a pan, dish, censer, 
(so Syr..and Arab.) Num. 7, 14. 20. 26. 
32. 38. al. Plur. mip> Ex. 25, 29. Num. 
7, 84. 86.—Hence soph 52 the hollow or 
dish of a sling 1 Sam. 25,29. y2 4D 


| the hollow of the thigh, socket of the hip, 


Gen. 32, 26. 33. 

5. Plur. ΒΞ handles of a bolt or bar 
Cant. 5,5. Comp. mits. 

6. nr Mmipd Lev. 23, 40, palms, i. 6. 
palm-branches, with green leaves, so 
called from their bent or curved fori. 
See MD, and comp. Lat. palma. 

52 m. (r. 92D) a@ rock, pr. hollow or 
arched, used only in plur. Jer. 4, 29. Job 
30,6. Syr. and Chald. tels, xBvD, id. 
whence in N. T. Κηφᾶς i. ᾳ. Πέτρος 


ΤΒ5 


5 ΓΊΞΞ to bend, to bow, kindr. with 
HD; and hence {0 tame, to subdue. 
Chald. and Talmud. 85> to bow, to sub- 
due, to compel, to turn away, see Bux- 


‘ Ξ. 
torf Lex. p. 1070; Arab. La to turn 
away, to turn aside.—Proy. 21, 14 jm 
RX B27 “Noa a gift in secret tameth 
anger. Sept. ἀνατρέπει dgydc, and so 
Syr. Contra Symm. σβέσει ὀργήν,  αἱσ. 
exlinguit tras, comp. M32 to extinguish. 


MBD f. (τ. 9D) 1. a palm, palm- 
branch, the fem. form being often em- 
ployed for things without life, Heb. 
Gram. § 105.3. Comp. 2 no. 6. Chald. 
xE"D, Syr. [des.—Is. 9, 13 and 19, 15 
772381 ΠΕΣ the palm-branch and the bul- 
rush, proverbially for the high and the 


low, noble and vulgar. 
2. Genr. branch, bough, Job 15, 32. 


“DD τῇ. (r."BD) 1. a cup, goblet, 
prob. covered with a lid, 1 Chr. 28, 17. 
Ezra 1, 10, 8, 27. 

2. hoar-frost, so called as covering the 
ground, Ex. 16,14. Ps. 147, 16. Job 38, 29. 


ODD un. λεγόμ. Hab. 2, 11, prob. a 
cross-beam, for binding together the 
walls of a building, from r. SED to con- 
nect. Sept. κάνϑαρος, 1. q. cantherius 
in Vitruv. 4.2. Jerome: “lignum quod 
ad continendos parietes in medio struc- 


ture ponitur. vulgo iwartwors.” Comp. 
Eeclus. 22, 16 [18]. 


WED τὴ. (τ. ΒΞ) 1. i. g. ED, a vil- 
lage, Neh. 6, 2. — 

2. a young lion, old enough to roar 
Judg. 14, 5. Ps. 104, 21. Prov. 19, 12. Jer. 
2,15. Am. 3, 4; going forth for prey Is. 
5, 29. Mic. 5, 7. Jer. 25, 38. Job 4, 10; 
ferocious and bloodthirsty in his youth- 
ful strength Ps. 17. 12. 91, 13. Is. 11, 6. 
How “"5> differs from 753 whelp, ap- 
pears from Ez. 19, 2.3: she (the lion- 
ess) brought up one of her whelps (πιὰ 
r4952), it became a young lion (77=2), 
tt learned to seize the prey, it devoured 
men.—Trop. a) Of cruel and. blood- 
thirsty enemies, Ps. 34, 11. 35, 17. 58,7; 
comp. Jer. 2, 15. Ez. 32, 2 oa "75D 
a young lion of the nations, an enemy 
prowling among them, sc. Pharaoh. Ὁ) 
Of the young princes or warriors of a 
state, Ez. 38, 13, comp. Nah. 2, 14.—The 


484 





15D 


etymology seems to be from r. "BD no. 


8, to be shaggy, with special page 


to the lion’s mane. Comp. Arab. Be, 
pe, hair re the neck, back of the 


head, jaws; ; pe hairy on the neck, face, 
back of the head. 


MDD (i. q. "2D no. 1, village) Che- 
phirah, pr. n. of a city of the Hivites 
assigned to Benjamin, Josh. 9, 17 comp. 
v. 7. Josh. 18, 26. Ezra 2, 25. Neh. 7,29. 


* DED 1. to divide equally, to dis- 
tribute, i. q. Ethiop. DAA, whence 


“\<-A part, portion, Arab. cis” por- 
tion, like part, equal, and Dual ys 


ἘΠΞῈΞ two portions, double. —Hence 

2. to fold, to double, Ex. 26, 6. Part. 
pass. S32 doubled, double, Ex. 28, 16. 
39. 9.—Chald. 88} to double, to fold 
around, Syr. Ethpe. \ao2f to be dou- 
bled, infolded. 

Nipn. to be doubled, i. 6. repeated, Ez. 
21, 19 [14]. 

Deriv. mbps, and 


923 m. a doubling, Job 41, 5 207 SED 


the doubling of his jaus, i. e. his double 
row of teeth. 

Duat 0°52 I. Pr. two folds, double 
folds. Job 11, 6 mand cxbes ἊΦ for 
double folds hath God's wisdom, i i.e. the 


wisdom of God is complicated, inexpli- 
e. manifold, © 


cable. Others double, 1. 
infinite, is the wisdom of God. 


4 


2. double, twice as much, Is. 40, 2. 


Arab. Lis. 


if |22> Arab. 7 
SBD no. 2), to otek to spin ; whence 
Aram. 522, «35, to be hungry, NDED, 
j125, hunger, sc. as accompanied uy 


a twisting and writhing of the bowels, 
see in τπῖ no. 9. In Syriac with > it is 
also to hunger or thirst for any thing. 
to pine after, see Thes. p. 705. Hence 
Heb. 322 id. once preegn. fiz. 17, 7 lo, 
this vine 72> Hw md did tnirst 
(and bend) “her roots towards him. 
that he might wate it. Vulg. nittene 
radices suas ad eam.—Hence 


‘to roll up comme 








a) 
22 τὰ. hunger, famine, Job 5,22. 30, 3. 


* ODD a root of doubtful signif. prob. 
to contract, to draw together, and so to 
connect ; kindr. with VER, ἸΒΡ, 72P, 
to contract, to compress, to gather one- 
self for leaping; see also yD3. Syr. 
mao according to Castell: to connect, 
to contract, to abbreviate.—Hence 0°22. 


Υ ὩΞΞ to bend, to curve, to bow. Chald. 
᾿ς id. Syr. vas to be curved, bent. This 
root with its kindred ones is found ex- 
tensively in the Semitic and western 
languages, both in the sense of bending 
curving, and in that of being hollow, 
arched, vaulted; see 75D, 333 no. 1, 


m3 II, 33p, ee to hollow, to vault, 
5.55 to hollow out, excavate, =P? to bore 
out; and comp. Gr. κάμπω, κάμπτω, 
γνάμπτω, also κύπτω, κύβη, κύμβη, La- 
con. κύββθα cask; Pers. to bend 


over, to incline, me a hollow, a cavern; 
Lat. cubo, cwmbo, also cavus ; old Germ. 
Gaff i. e. 2, kippen, umkippen, in the 
sense of folding.—So Is. 58,5. Intrans. 
to bow oneself, to be bowed down, trop. Ps. 
57,7. Part. D°B'DD those bowed down, 
deproased, Ps. 145, 14. 146, 8. 

Nipu. to submit oneself to any one, 6. 
> Mic. 6, 6. 

Deriv. 52, 42, TBD. 


*"B2 1. Pr. i. q. Engl. fo cover, 


whence “"i5D and MED a cover, lid. 


i eg I, to cover, to hide; also 


pe to cover.—Spec. 
2. to cover over, to overlay with any 


thing, as pitch, i. q. to pitch, as the ark 
Gen. 6, 14. Comp. “55 no. 2. 
_ 3. to be covered with hair, to be shaggy ; 


see "BD. Arab. ἀξ I, XI to be shag- 
gy. e.g. cloth. 
_ 4. to cover over sins, i. e. to forgive, 
comp. "D5 no. 4, and Piel. Arab. 

II to expiate a crime, -&& to pardon. 
Chald. "85 id. Salinas 

_ Pret "82, found only with Vav "835, 
2 pers. N82, fut. "p>". 

1. to cover over sin, to hide, spoken of 
God as the offended party, i. e. to for- 
give, to pardon sin, comp. 23. With 

A1* 


485 





"22 


acc. Ps. 65, 4. 78, 38; with δ᾽, like 
other verbs of covering, Jer. 18, 23. Ps. 
79,9; > Deut. 21, 8; also > of pare: Ez. 
16, 63; once 733 2 Chr. 30, 18. 

2. Spokeii of the offevider or his repre- 
sentative, to cover sin, to hide, i. e. to do 
away by some expiatory act, to purge, 
so that he may be pardoned; hence 
a) to expiate an offence, fault, to atone 
for, c. acc. Dan. 9, 24; >» Lev. 5, 26 
[6,7]; 323 for Ex. 32, 30; 12 Lev. 4, 
26. Num. 6,11. Ὁ) to make expiation 
or alonement for an offender, to free him 
from guilt, comp. 82%; with >» of pers. 
Ex. 30, 15. Lev. 4, 20; 193 Lev. 16, 6; 
11. 24. Ez. 45,17; 3 Lacy. 17,11. Sincken 
also of things without life which are 
polluted, c. acc. Lev. 16, 33. Ez. 43, 20. 
26. Deut. 32,43; >» Lev. 16, 18. Ex. 
29, 36. 37. 30, 10. Examples of full 
me aa are: Lev. 5,18 59 “B55 

Δ Ὁ ἘΦ Dn and the priest shall make 
ude Sor him on account of his fault. 
4,26 imxwne jodo 1p. "ΒΞΞῚ and the 
priest shall make expiation for him from 
his sin. 14,19. Num. 6, 11. ὁ) to ap- 
pease, to placate the person offended, 
with ace. of pers. Gen. 32, 21. Prov. 16. 
14. So of impending evil, i. 6. to avert 
by expiation, Is. 47, 11.—The gift or 
sacrifice by which expiation is made, is 
put with 3, 2 Sam. 21, 3. Num. 6, 8 
Lev. 7, 7. 

Poat 1. to be covered, i. 6. done 
away, obliterated, pr. of letters, writ- 
ing, which are covered or erased by 
drawing the stylus over them; Is. 28. 
18 5373 B37 your covenant shall be 
blotted out, i. e. cancelled, abolished, re- 
ferring to the written law. Aram. 35 ) 
“SD, abstersit, diluit, abolevit. 

2. Pass. of Piel no. 2. a, to be hidden, 
expiated, purged, sc. iniquity, Is. 6, 7. 
22, 14. 27, 9. 

3. Pass. of Piel, no. 2. b, to be freed 
from guilt, i.e. an offender, to obtain 
pardon, Ex. 29, 33; c. > Num. 35, 33. 

Hirupa. fut. "Bm" to be expiated 
1 Sam. 3, 14. 

Nirupa. "823 Deut. 21, 8, to be expi- 
ated, forgiven, i. e. an offence. See. 
Lehrgebs p. 249, note. 

Deriv. "BI—N75D, also Wipd, "DD 
and pr. ἢ. M3752. 


“55 


“22 m. a village, hamlet, so called as 
being a covering, shelter, to the inhabit- 
ants, Cant. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 27, 25. Neh. 6, 


2. Arab. Kefr id. very frequent. 

“29M “DP (village of the Ammon- 
ites) Chephar-haammoni, pr. n. ofa place 
in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24. In Keri 
maior 5. ; 

22 m. (τ. 2) 1. i. g. "BD, α vil- 
lage, hamlet, 1 Sam. 6, 18. 

2. pitch, as a material for overlaying, 
see the root no. 2. Gen. 6,14. Aram. 


0 
nor id. 
3. i. ᾳ. Gr. κύπρος, cyprus-flower, el- 


Henna of the Arabs, a shrub or low tree, 
with fragrant whitish flowers growing 


ΝΣ, jpoas, and Arab. 


F; G 
in clusters like grapes, Arab. εἰ: ) 
eae Lawsonia inermis Linn. So 


called in Hebrew, as Simonis well sug- 
gests, because the powder of the leaves 
mixed with water into a paste, is used 
by oriental females to cover or besmear 
the nails, in order to produce the reddish 
colour which they regard as an orna- 
ment. Cant. 1, 14 "85m 55t'x a cluster 
of el-Henna. Plur. D"BD Cant. 4, 13. 
—Comp. Celsii Hierob. Ἐ Ῥ. 222. Ro- 
senin. Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. i. p- 132. 

4. Ἰγερὸς ransom, price of expiation 
or redemption, Ex. 21, 30. 30, 12 "> 
WWE] a ransom Sor his life. Is. 43, 3 
W222 thy ransom i.e. for thy redemp- 
tion. Num. 35, 31.32. 1 Sam. 12, 3. Job 
33, 24. al. 

DBS τῇ. plur. (τ. BD) expiations, 
atonement, Ex. 29, 36. 30, 10. Num. 29, 
11. oy pan ὉΠ the day of atonement, 
Lev. 23, 27. 28, 25,9. “am dx Num..5, 8. 


PbD ἢ (τ. "ΒΞ) a cover, lid, only of 
the lid of the ark with cherubim upon it, 
over which appeared ἡ δόξα τοῦ Kiglow, 
Ex. 25,17 sq. 30,6. 31,7.al. ὈΠΒΞΙ ma 
the holy of holies phen the ark of the 
covenant was placed, 1 Chr. 28, 11.— 
Sept.. ἱλαστήριον, Vulg. propitiatorium, 
Luth. Gnadenstuhl, Engl. mercy-seat, as 
if from the signification of appeasing, 
placating ; see "22 Pi. no. 2. ¢. 


* WDD ἅπαξ λεγόμ. perh. i. q. ne 


to fill up, to cover, sc. with earth, 6. g. a 


4.86 





S 


n> : 
5 
well, channel ; V. to be filled up; oad 


earth with which a well etc. is filled ἀρ... 


So in Hires. Lam. 3, 16 “ΒΝ 72878sh 
he hath covered me with ashes.—The 
Talmudists use it to express crowded, 
pressed, heaped measure; also of the 
Jewish church bowed down in ashes, or 
covered with ashes, “δὲ MwD>12 Ber. 
Rabba, sect. 75. Chald. depressit me 
in cinerem. But Sept. and Vulg. ἐψώ- 
μισέ μὲ σποδόν, cibavit me cinere, from 
the context, because verbs of feeding 
precede. 


nD Chald. to bind, to fetter ; Pret. 
pass. ΓΞ 9 Dan. 3, 21. 

Pa. id. Inf. med Dan. 3, 20; 
pass. "F829 v. 23. 24. | 


“MED and VIMDD Am. 9, 1, a quadri- 
lit. prob. compounded from the triliterals 
"£2 to cover, and "m2 tocrown. Hence 

1. a crown, chaplet, cirelet. a) Ofa 
column, the capital, Am. 9, 1. Zeph. 2, 
14. Ὁ) An ornament of the golden 
candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 33 sq. 37, 17 sq. 
Sept. σφαιρωτῆρες, Vulg. spherule. Jo- 
sephus pomegranates Ant. 3. 6.7. Comp. 
Syr. |e blossom of the pomegranate. 

2. Caphior, pr. n. of a country on the 
sea Jer. 47,4. Am. 9,7. Plur. ΒΕ 
Caphtorim Gen. 10, 14. Deut. 2,23, the 
inhabitants. These are described as a 
colony of Egyptians and as ancestors 
of the Philistines; so that in Gen. l. c. 


Part. 


‘the words p*mv>p own Nx “WN should 


prob. stand after ove, comp. the 
other passages cited. Almost all the 
ancient interpreters understand Cappa- 
docia ; but from Jer. 1. ὁ. it was clearly 
an island, or at least on the sea-coast, 
ἌΝ Ὶ to which indeed the ancient limits 


of Cappadocia are said to have extended 
on the north upon the Euxine. 


. Some 
have thought of Cyprus, and this is fa- 
voured both by the situation of the 


‘place, and a partial resemblance in the 
name; but on the other hand it is next 


to certain that the Cyprians were called 


6°m>; comp. Michaelis Spicil. T. I. p. 


292-308. Supplemm. p. 1338. Better, 
the island of Crete, which is favoured 
by the circumstarce that the Philistines 


are called "ΩΣ Cretans; see this word — 


The choice therefore woth seem to lie 


EE ——— a, πο 











% 
‘between Cappadocia and Crete; but 
the weight of ancient testimony is in 
favour of the former. 

"2 τη. (τ. 533) plur. 572 
riage, litter, so called from running ; 
comp. 7i7988 from 833,778. Hence 2 
Doan Gen. 31, 34, a τ paid litter, sad- 


dle, i.e. the ἜΜΕΝ tent or canopy fas- : 


tened upon the back of camels, in which 
females are accustomed to ride. Arab. 


2 ο 9 
yp and ye, also /§ id. See Jahn 
Bibl. Archeol. I. i. § 58. [Engl. § 49.] 

Thesaur. p. 715. 
- 2. a lamb, so called from its leaping 
and bounding, see the root no. 2; espec. 
as well fed and fat, feeding in rich pas- 
tures, Deut. 32, 14. Is. 34,6. Ez. 39, 18; 
also Am. 6,4. 1 Sam. 15,9. 2 K. 3, 4. 
Ps. 37, 20. Jer. 51, 40. Collect. Is. 16, 1 
yay iin spans send ye the lambs 
of the lord of the land, i.e. which be- 
long to him, are his due; comp. 2 K. 3, 
4—Trop. a)a Bier poe Gr. κρίος, 
a warlike machine for making a breach 


in the walls of cities (Arab. οὐδ᾽ ), plur. 
Fiz. 4, 2. 21,27. b) pasture for lambs, 
meadow, Is. 30, 23. Ps. 65, 14 8.3 nin 
Nan the pastures are clothed with ‘flocks, 
i. e. adorned. 37,20. This word was also 
adopted by the Jonians in the sense both 
of lamb and pasture. Hesych. Κὰρ... 
πρόβατον. Κάρα... Ἴωνες τὰ πρόβατα. 
Κάρνος.... βόσκημα, πρέβατον. Κάρος.... 
Booxnua. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. 429. 


“2 m. (Ὁ. "ἢ 1) pr. a digger through, 
piercer ; hence a stabber, executioner, 
ἃ kind of body-guard or soldiers attach- 
ed to the person of the king, whose duty 
it was to execute capital punishment, 
not only by beheading ("773, see 72) 
but also by stabbing. Thrice in Plur. 
"92> for o> Lehrg. p. 525; so 2 K. 11, 
4. 19 ΠῚ "797 the executioners and 
the xunners, spoken of the guards of 
Athaliah; and 2 Sam. 20, 23 Cheth. 
ὭΞΒΓῚ 7720 of David’s guards; Keri 
ΓΞ ἼΔῚ.  Sce more in Thes. p. 671. 


- (D> τῇ. (τ. 9 no. 1) cor, prop. a 
round: vessel, then.a measure both of 
things dry and liquid, 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22]. 
Ez. 45,14; containing ten ephahs or 
baths, i 6. 11} bushels or 882 gallons, 


> as 487 


1. acar- 





5 


i.g. an.—In Aramean "9, fias, is 
usually put for Heb. "2h. It was also 
adopted by the Hellenists, i. 6. κόρος. 


* ND Chald. to be pained, te grieve, 
like Syr. ἵ,». 

Irup. Dan. 7, 15 "πῆ MNN my 
spirit was grieved. 

ων 53 a doubtful root, see 3} fin. 


«dann quadrilit. i. gq. 523, Pi. bap, 
to gird, to put on, with © inserted ; see 
Lehrg. p. 864. Bou part. 53927 REL IS 
clothed, 1 Chr. 15, 27; in the parall. 
2 Sam. 6, 14 is 39. —Hence | 


ἈΝΞῚΡ Chald. f. @ manile, pallium, 
plur. c. suff. Dan. 3, 21. 


ΣΤΩΣ Ἵ todig ; Chald. 893 and Arab. 
IS to dig the ground. Kindr. are "ἢ I, 


728, also IP, "P).—E. g. to dig a well 
Gen. 26, 25; a pit or sepulchre 50, 5. 
Prov. 26, 27. Trop. a) Of plots, de- 
vices against any one, to dig a pit, Ps. 
7,16; c. 5 Jer. 18, 20. 22. Ps. 119, 85; 
35d Ps. 57,7. With >y of pers. the 
word for pit being omitted, Job 6, 27 
PIV "INDY ἸἼΞΏ ye ‘dig (a pit) for your 
friend ; and so in the vexed passage, 
Job 40, 30 Bam 759 47D" do the com- 
panions (the fishermen in company) dig 
pits, lay snares, for him sc. the croco- 
dile? do they part him among the mer- 
chants? i. e. do they catch him and sell 
him like fish? So by a bold figure 
Prov. 16,27 499 MD d39"ba vinx @ wicked 
man dispetk (deviseth) evil. b) Ps. 40, 

7 "2 HNMID ONIN pr. mine ears hast thou 
aS out, a bold poetical figure for 
the more common ™> mba ἽΝ my ear 
hast thou opened, i.e. thou hast revealed 
(this) to me. 

Nipu. to be digged, Ps. 94, 13. 

Deriv. 972 I, 7337. 

ἘΠ, ra 1. to buy, to purchase, 
Deut. 2,6. Hos. 3,2 77381 c. Dag. euph. 
—Samar. id. Arab. {5 ΠῚ, IV to lend, 
VI, VIII to hire. 


2. to give a feast, to make a banquet, 
2K. 6,23. For Job 40, 30 see [13 1.-- 


Arab. 9. to make a feast, espec. at 
the completion ofa building; also sp 


to entertain as guest, [τ entertainment, 


m7 


hospitality.—Perhaps splendid and cost- 
ly entertainments are to be understood, 
for which one’s own stores do not suffice, 
so that he must purchuse more. 


I. ΤΡ or ΓΔ f. (τ. 9D 1) only plur. 
constr. rap , pits, cisterns, wells ; Zeph. 
2, 6 IRS nine peas map nip fields full 
of shepherds’ cisterns and ‘folds for flocks. 
In the word ΤῊ lies an allusion to 5°73 
v. 5. 


IT. 2 f(r. πὸ ΠῚ) a feast, banquet, 
2 K. 6, 23. 


3772 m. plur. 8°3993, ΒΞ 1. Che- 
rub, plur. Cherubim., in ‘the theology of 
the Hebrews, a creature of a sacred and 
celestial eatare: mim Ez. 1, 5. 14 sq. 
10, 17. 20; ζῶον πετεινόν, μορφὴν δ᾽ ov- 
dat τῶν un ἀνθρώπων ἑωραμένων παρα- 
πλίσιον, Joseph. Ant. 8.6. 56. In the ear- 
lier books they are represented as hav- 
ing in great part the human form and 
erect, 1 K. 6, 23-27; with one face Ex. 
. 25, 20; two wings ib. 1 K. 6,24; and 
prob. also with hands Gen. 3, 924. Eze- 
kiel on the other hand (c. 1. 10), while 
he ascribes to them the erect human 
figure (Ez. 1, 5 mim> Dts M405), repre- 
sents them as having four wings, of 
which two covered the body and two 
served for flying, 1, 6. 11. 23; with hu- 
man hands under their wings 1, 8. 10, 
7.8.21; and four faces (1, 6), viz. of a 
man, a lion, an ox (78 "38 1, 10, but "28 
3972 10, 14), and an eagle; though in 
c. 41, 19 only two are mentioned, those 
of a man and a lion; having the soles 
of the feet round like those of a bullock 
1,7; and the whole body full of eyes 
1, 18. 10,12, comp. Rev. 4,6. Aboda 
Sara fol. 20.2. Most of the attributes 
here assigned to them, go to imply the 
power of looking, walking, flying in any 
direction, without the necessity of turn- 
ing the back. 

The office ascribed to the cherubs is 
twofold. The earliest mentioned is 
where they are set to guard the ap- 
proach to paradise, Gen. 3, 24; comp. 
Ez. 28, 14-16, where the king of Tyre 
guarding his treasures is compared to 
the Cherub which covered with his 
wings and protected radiant gems ("238 
WX) in the holy mount of Eden. The 
other consists in bearing the throne of 


488 





ΤΊ ye 
God upon their wings through the 
clouds; whence 2 Sam. 22, 11 >» 3274 
R25) ΞΖ he rode wpqn a Cherub and 
did fly. Ps. 18, 11. 80, 

who sitteth upon the Cherubitn, ie. upon 
a throne borne by Cherubs. 99, 1. 1 
Sam. 4, 4. 2 Sam. 6, 2. 2 K. 19, 15. Is. 
37,16. These celestial bearers, again, 
were represented by the two wooden 
images of Cherubs overlaid with gold, 
with expanded wings, which stood upon 
the cover of the ark in the holy of holies 
both of the tabernacle and temple, Ex. 
25, 18 sq. 37, 8. 9. 1K. 6, 23 sq. 2 Chr. 
3,10sq. Throned upon these Jehovah 
is represented as communing with Mo- 
ses, Ex. 25, 22, Num. 7, 89. Further, 
the figures of Cherubs were woven into 


the curtains of the tabernacle Ex. 26, 
1. 31. 36. 8, 35; and were sculptured — 


among palms and flowers upon the walls 
of the temple 1 K, 6, 29. 32. 35. 2 Chr. 
3, 7, comp. Ez. 41, 18. 20. 25; and with 


the figures of lions and oxen upon the — 


bases of the saered lavers, 1 Καὶ. 7, 29. 86, 

As to the symbolic meaning of this 
compound figure of the Cherubs, we are 
not informed. Many supposé, the forms 
of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle, de- 
note valour and wisdom; and that these 
figures are symbols of these virtues. 
More prob. the attributes of the lion, 
the ox, and the eagle are thus added to 
the human figure, to mark partly the 
strength and partly the swiftness of 
these ministers of Deity. 

The etymology is obscure. If the 
word be of Semitic origin, and I may be 
permitted to suggest a new derivation, 
perhaps we may take the root 293 as 
having had a meaning like 537, ey> 


‘to prohibit from a common use,’ Con). 
II to consecrate; Ethiop. AZ& to 
forbid, to prohibit; at least Ethiopic 
PY is i. q. ey 
adytum, comp. in r. 03M p. 345. Hence 
2192 would be a keeper, warder, guard, 


a sanctuary, 


sc. of the Deity, to guard against all ap- — 


proach; asense aecording perfeétly with 
their office as above represersed.—Or 
as assumed by Gussett, de Dieu, Rddi 
ger, it may be by transpos. 353 for 33, 
and 2372 as if 313 steed or courser of 


2 ayaa air. 














᾿ a2 


navis vectoria.—Or, as Hyde supposes 


“(46 Relig. vett. Persarum, p. 263), 272 


may be i. 4. 29> one near to God, his 
minister, one admitted to his presence ; 
comp. i. q. \y3.—Others, as 
Eichhorn (EHinleit. ins“A. T. III. p. 80. 
ed. 4), think the 35 to be the same 
with the γρύπες griffins of the Persians, 
the guardians of the golden mountains, 
comp. Gen. 1.c.. In this case the root 
must be sought in the Pers. |.,s ¥ to 


grasp, to seize, to hold.i—See further 
Thesaur. p. 710; also the article of Ro- 
diger in Ersch and Gruber’s Encyclop. 
XVI. art. Cherub. . 

2. Cherub, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 
7, 61. 


ΤΥ Chald. m. emphat. RIND, a her- 
ald, Dan. 3,4. Syr. ἴγο 9. -R. 129. 


TD Chald. to cry out. to make pro- 
clamation, in the manner of a herald. 
Apu. Dan. 5, 29.—Syr. 1-2 Pe. et Aph. 
id. This root’is widely diffused in the 
Indo-European languages, 6. g. Sanser. 
krus to cry out, Zend. khresié crying out, 


a herald, Pers. aay Wms 


to cry out, Gr. κηρύσσω, also χρέζω, κρα- 
ζω, Germ. kreischen, kreissen, Engl. to 
ery. Comp.873p. Among the Christian 
Arabs 5) is to preach, for χηρύσσειν. 


"5 2 K. 11, 4. 19, see in 79. 


MD (a cutting, separation, r. M2) 
Cherith, pr. n. of a torrent near the Jor- 
dan, 1 K. 17, 3.5. [Perh. the modern 
Wady el-Kelt, chet}, near Jericho ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 288.—R. 


MAMMA and MND £. (τ. M22) pr. a 
culling in two of wedlock, separation, 
divorce. mm77> "BO bill of divorce 
Deut. 24, 1. 3. Is. 50, 1. Plur. c. suff. 
Mm “DD Jer. 3, 8. 


* 2 obsol. root, Syr. ΜΞ to sur- 
round ; also Syr. and. Chald. to wrap 
around. It would seem to be a second- 
ary root from 775, “27> to surround 
(whence “22 circuit, circle), one letter 
being dropped. Comp. mw chain, for 


/ mwas, dsm from dann q. v. 
Deriv. 3722" mantle; comp. 72372. . 


489 
the sky (Ps. 18, 11) comp. Arab. aye 





=e) 


3 3272 .obsol. quadrilit. Zab. fo sur. 
round, compounded from 22 to sur 
round, and 332 to roll up or together 
Hence 


2273 m. ὁ. suff. 1533 Ex. 27, 5. 38, 
4, a margin, border,  pirteunding the 
mica of the altar over the brazen grate 
or lattice, perhaps in order to receive 
what fell from the altar. 


D2 m. crocus, saffron, both the com- 
mon plant, and also crocus Indicus or In- 
dian saffron; Cant. 4,14. Sept. κρόκος. 
Chald. 02953, 822755 crocus, 0272 to 
be dyed a crocus or saffron colour Syr. 


ἴλαοϑαϑ, Arab. ΞΕ 


WDD Is. 10, 9. Jer. 46,2. 2 cox 
35, 20, Carchemish, pr. n. of a cit 
the Euphrates, doubtless the same ‘ith 
the Greek Κιρκήσιον, Lat. Cercusium, 
Arab. Ladys The city is large and 


strong, and is said to be witisetce onan 
island formed by the Chaboras at its in- 
flux from the east into the Euphrates. 
—The Heb. name is compounded from 


W272, 8DID, Syr. Lops, fortress, and the 
proper name 7%) i. q. iD pr. n. of an 
idol, pr. ‘ fortress of Chemosh.? 


0272 Carcas, pr. ἢ. of a eunuch of 
Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Comp. Sanser. 
karkaga severe ; Benfey p. 199. 


PND f. plur. (r. 972) dromedaries, 
swift camels, Is. 66, 20. Comp. Hdot. 3. 
103 αἵ γάρ σφι κάμηλοι ἵππων οὐκ ἥσσονες 
ἐς ταχύτητά εἶσι. So called from their 
bounding or heaving motion, from Pil. 
“2.3 to dance; their speed being also 
sometimes accelerated by musical in- 
struments; according to Sadi Gulist. p. 
190. See Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 90. 
On the speed of the dromedary see 
Burckhardt’s Notes on the Bedouins 
II. p. 76 sq. 

*D™S obsol. root, Arab. ey to be no- 


ΠΝ 


ble, of a generous nature, fic noble, 


generous, epokey πο, of persons and of 
things, as US good and fertile 
soil, etc. Hence 

2D m. (fem. Is. 27, 2. 3,) c. suff. 
~an>; Plur. ΞΘ, constr. "273.0 


2 


1. a field or park of the nobler plants 
and trees, cultivated in the rhanner of a 
garden or orchard. So mt ὉΠ olive- 
yard Judg. 15,5; 8°53 Fink the way to 
gardens and orchards i. e. leading to a 
cultivated and inhabited land, opp. to 
the desert, Job 24, 18. 

2. Spec. a vineyard, Ex. 22, 4. Deut. 
20, 6. 28, 30. al. sep. Fully ar 542 
wine-garden Is. 27,2. In the prophets 
a vineyard is a frequent emblem of the 
people of Israel, Is. 3, 14. 5, 1.sq. 27, 2 
sq. comp. Matt. 20, 1 sq. 21, 28. Luke 
20,9. In Cant. 1,6 the spouse says: 
my own vineyard have I not kept, i. e. 
her beauty ; comp. 8,12. Chald. 87253, 


Syr. Trop, id.—Hence 


D7 m. (denom. from 03, as “pa 
fron® 23) a vine-dresser, Joel 1, 11. Is. 
61,5. Syr. [ozo id. 

212 (vine-dresser) Carmi, pr.n. 8) 
A son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14. 


Also as patronym. Carmite Num. 26, 6, 
for "7292. b) Josh. 7, 1. 


2.29 m. crimson, a colour prepared 
from insects inhabiting a species of oak, 
coccus tlicts of Linn. Also crimson stuffs, 
2 Chr. 2,6. 13. 3,14. It is a word of the 
later Hebrew, for the earlier "28, rz>im ; 
see espec. in "2%.—The Hebrews adopt- 
ed the word from the Persians or Arme- 
nians. Among the latter it was called 
karmir, from Pers. eS, Sanscr. krimi 


worm; and Pers. JLo kermiel is ‘the 


and Jf bright 
sa Lorsb. Archiv. f. morgenl. Lit. IT. p. 
~Comp. Arab. yoy: also Sy 


μὴ red ; whence ΕὟ. cramoisi, Germ. 
carmesin, Engl. crimson. In like man- 
ner from vermiculus comes Fr. vermeil, 
Engl. vermillion. See Thesaur. p. 714. 


21212 τη. c. suff. sbosD 2 K. 19, 23; 
denom. from the noun p12, with Ὁ ap- 
pended, which perhaps may have a di- 
minutive force ; see in >. 

1. a garden, orchard, park, i. 6. a 
place cultivated like a garden and 
planted with fruit-trees, herbs, corn, 
etc. (Kimchi: mw mints ΤΣ Dp 
τ 121.) opp. to the desert, and also to 
the forest. Is. 29. 17 Lebanon shall be 


red of worms,’ from 


490 


See Reland Palest. p. 327. 
| in Palest. IIT. p. 190. 





yale =) af 


turned into a garden, and the garden 
shall become a forest. 32, 15. 16. Jer. 2,7 
I brought you 22725 YAN" into a 
land of gardens, that ye should eat the 
fruit thereof. Is. 10, 18. 16, 10. Jer. 48, 
33. 2 Chr. 26. 10. 8 K. 19 23, of ieee: 
non, 12292 “3° his ‘foréstoatentioh, prob. 
the nursery of his cedars in the deep 
recesses of Lebanon. 

2. Meton. most prob. garden-fruits, 
the produce of gardens, as earlier and 
more valued than those of the fields; 
just as with us the finer species of fruits 
and herbs are cultivated in gardens, 
and are superior to those growing in the 
fields. Thus 5993 Ὁ} Lev. 2, 14, i. 6. 
grits or polenta of ear rly grain, and so, 
by an ca ellipsis in a word so common, 
simply 5992 Lev. 23, 14. 2 K. 4, 42. In 
both the passages in Levitean ΩΣ ἃ 
is offered on the altar along with the 


first-fruits, with which also it is coupled. 


in 2 K. 1. c. and we may perhaps under- 
stand grits or groats, polenta, ἄλφιτα, 
made from the new and earliest grain, 


i. 6. fresh wheat or barley groats; in — 


preparing which as an offering to God, 
the best and earliest ears were selected 
from garden wheat or other grain.—The 
Jewish interpretation therefore is not ab- 
surd, but opens the way to the true sense, 
viz. mM>s AD" ΡΞ a young and tender 
ear of grain; not a green ear. 

3. Carmel, pr.n. 8) A lofty promon- 
tory, jutting out into the Mediterranean 
on the south-western borders of the tribe 
of Asher, beautiful for its forests and 
flowers ; often with art. bon>n Am. 1,2. 
9,3. Jer. 4,26. Cant. 7,6; fully bongn “7 
(the gardenemourit) 1K. 18, 19. 20; with- 


out art. Is. 33, 9. Nah. 1, ᾿ Josh. 19, 96. 
Hence Cant. ]. 6. 59733 9723 FUN thy 


head is like Carmel. i. e. adorned with 
locks, as Carmel with groves of trees. 
Bibl. Res. 
b) A city about 
six miles south-east of Hebron, beyond 


_Ziph, Josh. 15,55. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 25,5. 40. 


2 2 i aati 
Now Kurmul. aS; seo Bibl. Res in 
Palest. II. p. 193, 196 sq. Biblioth. Saer. 
1843, p. 60. Comp. Reland Sip ove 
p. 695.—Hence gentile n. 9>372/Car- 
melite, 1 Sam. 30, 5. 2 Sam. 23,°85; 
fem. "57292 Carmelitess, 1 Sam. 27 3. 


119 | 

| : 

9 Cheran, pr. n. τα. Gen. 36, 26. 
‘Arab. lst q. "2 cithara, lyre. 


_ δὲ Chald. throne, i. ᾳ. Heb. xed, 
where see; Dan. 5, 20. With suff. 
#052 Dan. 7,9; plur. 37973 ibid. 


q * Do") quadrilit. for 0&> Piel of 
B82 q. v. (see 8O7D, and letter 4,) to 
cut down or off, to lay waste, to de- 
_vour, as the wild-boar a vineyard Ps. 


80, 14. Jerome vastavit, Syr. No] 
) comedit eam. 


τῇ κα ἽΞ to bend, to bow, intrans. spoken 
of the knees. Kindr. is 923 q. v. Chald. 
id. Samar. VS to lie down. In Ara- 
bic only some vestiges of the primary 
signification remain, as ‘to drink stoop- 
ing,’ pr. to stoop down to drink; ‘appe- 
tivit congressum viri,’ pr. to stoop down 
to him. By transpos. is ‘to be bent 


with age, to bow in prayer,’ ete.—Hence 
Is. 45, 23 ἬΊΞ. 59 SIM every knee shall 
bow. Tove, 4. Then of a person, 52 
D'D72~>> Lo ‘bow down upon his knees, 
to kneel, Judg. 7, 5.6. 1 K. 8, 54. 2K. 
ny) 13. Bzra 9, BLU teh the! keiee δὲ 
to bow down upon the knees, to kneel, is 
alsospoken: a) Of those who do reve- 
rence to a king, or who worship God, 2 
Chr. 29, 29; in which sense it is coupled 
with minmwn Ps.95,6. With > of pers. 
Esth. 3, 2:5. Is. 45, 23; "25> Ps. 22, 30. 
72,9." 'b) Of those θεν strength fails 
and their knees become feeble and sink, 
where it is usually followed by 583. Ps. 
20, 9 Ἰ9Ε31 5373 they bow down and fall. 
ΓΚ. 9, 24 he sank down in his chariot. 
Is. 10, 4. 46, 1. 2. 65, 12. Judg. 5, 27. 
So of the knees ἀρεταί δα. Job 4, 4 
‘mivyd Ὁ 3ἼΞ bowing i. 6. feeble Ienees. 
6) Of those about to lie down for rest, 
Gen. 49,9 3 55. he bowed himself 
and lay down. Num. 24,9. Or who kneel 
down to drink Judg. 7, 5.6. 6) Of wo- 
men in labour, who were delivered kneel- 
ing, as is still the custom in Ethiopia 
(see Ludolf. Hist. Athiop. I. 15), 1 Sam. 
4,19; so of the hind Job 39, 4.—Rarely 
Spoken of those who bow dows with the 
whole person, (comp. Arab.) 2 Chr. 7,3 
MEW ODN 19371 and they bowed them- 
selves their faces to the ground. Hence 
ΠΙῺΝ 52 222 comprimere feminam Job 


491 “ep 





aad 





31, 10; comp. incurvare Martial 11.44, — 
subbices Juvenal 9. 26. 10. 224, 

Hiren. 1. to make bow down, to cast 
down, to prostrate, e. g. enemies Ps. 17, 
13. 78, 31. 18, 40 and 2 Sam. 22, 40. 

2. to bring low, to afflict any one, 
Judg. 11, 35.—Hence 


D2 dual fem. (Ley. 11, 21,) the 
legs of quadrupeds, both the fore legs 
and hind legs, from the knee to the an- 
kle, so called as being bent under in 
kneeling or lying down; Ex. 12,9. Lev. 
1, 13. 8, 21. 9,14. Am. 3, 12; also of 
locusts Lev. 11,21. .Chald. and Syr. - 


PSTD, ΝΡΣῚΣ id. Arab. els: 
OB 12 m. fine white cotton, cotton stuff, 
9.202 
Ksth. 1,6.—Arab. er . Pers. Lys 


Gr. κάρπασος, Lat. carbasus, a species 
of fine linen, or more prob. cotton, which 
the classic writers describe as produced - 
in Spain and in India and the East. 
Sanser. karpdsa cotton, cotton stuff. See 
Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 157. αἰ 


Ἢ ἽΞ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to go 
or move in a circle, comp. "78 no. 5, and 
the kindred but softened root >>3, also 
555, bam. ~=Hence “5 pr. a round vhiseil 
i. q. "bh, nbs, from >>}; also "D9. 

2. to ΚΑΙ sc. in ἃ circle, comp. Dan 
no. 1, (Gr. with a sibilant σκαίρω,). to 
leap, to exult ; whence “> lamb, from 
its leaping and springing. Also to run, 
as a wheel or carriage; whence "> no. 
2, camel’s litter or riding tent, ΓΞ. 
Comp. Lat. curro, currus, carrus, car- 
rum, Engl. car. 

Pitp. "D923 to dance around, e. g. the 
ark, 2 Sam. 6, 14. 16; in the parall. 
passage 1 Chr. 15, 29 is 4p". 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 


wD to bend, to be curved, i. q. kindr. © 
ὉΠΡ».. Hence 


WD the belly, Jer. 51, 34; so called 
from its curved shape, like Germ. Bauch, 
from beugen te bend, and Heb. jins from 


r. ja. Aram. ts ἵν,5, NOD, i. 4. 
33.  Arab. bs ventricle of ruminat- 


ing animals PLES: a big-bellied woman. 
WD pr. n. see wip. 


25 

NID Carshena, pr. n. of a prince in 
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1,14. Bohlen 
compares mod. Pers. (εχ Ly belli spo- 


liatio, or spoiler. Benfey suggests Zend 
keresna, Sanscr. krishna, black. 


ΠΩ 1 pers. "AD, 1. ΡΞ. 1. to 
cut, to cut off ; not found i in the kindred 
Hinlevias comp. Sanscr. krit to split. 
So to cut off part of a garment 1 Sam. 
24, 5.12; a branch οἵ ἃ tree Num. 13, 23. 
24; the prepuce Ex. 4, 25; the head 
1 Sam. 5, 4. 17,51; to cut down trees 
Deut. 19, 5. 20, 20. Is. 44, 14. Jer. 10, 3. 
22, 7. 46, 23, whence D°E35 "MD wood- 
cutters 2 Chr. 2,9; to cut or hew down 
idol-images Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25. 26. 
30; p15 mod 10 cut in two parts Jer. 
34,18. Part. pass. MIMD Lev. 22, 24 and 
more fully M2pW ΤΡῚΣ Deut. 23, 2, pr. 
cut off as to the privy member. 

2. to cut off persons, to destroy, Jer. 11, 
19. See Niph. and Hiph. 

8. Spec. Ma mID, Gr. ὅρκια τέμ- 
vew, τέμνειν σπονδάς, icere fadus, to 
, strike a league, to make a covenant, in 
allusion to the victims offered in sacrifice 
and cut in pieces on occasion of entering 
into a covenant; see Gen. 15, 10. Jer. 
34, 18. 19. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. T. 
I. lib. 2. cap. 35. Danzii Interpres p. 
255. Grotius ad Gen. l.c. Comp. also 
Gr. σπο»δή libation, league, whence 
spondere.—Constr. c. ὩΣ with any one, 
Ex. 24, 8. Deut. 4, 23. 5,3. 29,11. 1K. 
8, 9.21; or MR (nx) Gen. 15, 18. Ex. 
34, 27. Deut. 28, 69. Jer. 11, 10. Ps. 105, 
ἢ); al. Mostly of the éowenant of Tehp- 
vah with his people; but transferred also 
to other things, as Is. 28, 15 we have 
made a covenant with death. Job 40, 28 
[23]. Also ¢. dat. commodi Hos. 2, 20. 
—But with >: a) Where the more 
powerful party prescribes the terms of 
the covenant. 2 K. 11,4; poet. Job 31. 1 
ἜΣ oma na 7 wiles a covenant with 
my eyes, i.e. imposed this law upon them, 
comp. 2 Sam. 5, 3. 1 Chr. 11, 3. Benes, 
where a victor grants to the ‘vanquished 
the benefits of peace and a league, Josh. 


9,6 mea n> imaD> ΠῺΣ make now α΄ 


πω with us. ν. ἡ sq. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 2. 
Ex. 23, 32. 34, 12. 15. Deut. 7, 2. Hence 
of J ahovah establishing a covenant with 
men, 2 Chr. 21, 7. Is. 55, 3. 61, 8..Jer. 


492 


is said of those of whom there remai 


_ ment of death in general, without defin- 





n> es 


32,40. Ὁ) Where.any thing is solen.a- 
ly’ promised to God, Ezra 10, 3 ΓΙΏΣῚ 
mrws-b2 Nwind nnrnbeb n95°-n333 ‘let 
us now make a covenant with our God to. 
put away all our wives.—Further, 75 
ἊΣ m2 is to make a league against 
any one Ps. 83, 6.—Instead of ma 
we find once πρὶ covenant Neh. 10, i 
[9, 38]; and once "35% word, promise 
Hagg. 2,5. But ra can also be omit- 
ted, as 1 Sam. 20, 16. 22, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 18. 
Is. 57, 8 ore ΕΝ prob. and thou 
didst covenant for thyself from them, i.e. 
to receive from them the price of thy 
whoredom. Vulg. fedus pepigisti cum 
eis, i.e. cum quibusdam ez eis. 

Nipo. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to oe cut 
down, as a tree Job 14, 7. 

2. Pass: of Kal no. 2. to be cut off hel 
stroyed, to perish ; énokest of persons, 
Gen. 9, 11. Ps. 37, 9. Prov. 2,22. 10,31. 
Dan. 9, 26. al. sepe. Also of things, as 
a land (people) perishing with famine, 
Gen. 41:36 ; the name of any one, Ruth 
4,10; adwelling Zeph. 3,7; hope Prov. 
23,18. 24,14, comp. 738 Job 8,13; wi 
ἸῺ Joel 1, 5. Jer. 7, 28.— Not to be cut off 




























a perpetual succession; as Josh. 9, 23 
Tad ἘΞῸ mp7 ND there Shall not be cut: 
off from you a servant, i.e. ye shall be” 
servants for ever. 2 Sash; 3, 29 let there 
not be cut off from the house of Joab one 
having an issue or a leper, i.e. let there 
never be wanting in the house of Joab 
such a person. 1 K. 2, 4. 8, 25. 9,5. Jer. 
33, 17. 18. 35, 19.—Here too belongs the 
frequent formula of the Mosaic law 
mal NWT WENT ΠΡ 52 that sow 
(person) shall be cut off. ‘from his people, 
Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 7, 20. 21; "ὩΣ Ley. 
17,95 ΡΝ i> ΠΡ Ὼ Lev. 17, 4, 18, 29. 
20, 18. Navi 15, 30; byron Ex, 12, 15 
Nau: 19, 13; bar on yim Num. 19, 20; 
penn ΤῚΣ Ὦ Ex. 12, 19; and simpl. 
ἈΠ WEI MMos) Ley. 17, 14. 20, 17 
where this phrase denotes ‘the punish 


ing the manner, see Ex. 31, 14. 35, 2 
Num. 15, 32-36; comp: Tob. 6, 12. Heb 
10, 28. It is never the punishment οἱ 
exile, as is supposed by J. D. Michaeli 
Mos. Recht V. ὃ 237. | 

3. to be cut off from one’s city, i. e. 
be carried into exile, Zech. 14, 2. 


mp 


_ 4. to be. consumed, devoured, as food, 
Num. 11, 33. 

5. to be cut asunder, divided, as the 
waters of the Jordan, Josh. 3, 13. 4, 7. 

Puat ΓΞ Judg. 6, 28 and τὴ Ez. 
16,4; to be cut off, as the navel-string, 
Ez. 1. c. to be cut down, as a statue, 
Judg. 1. ο. 

Hips. ΛΞ, 1 pers. ΘΠ. 1. i. α. 
Kal no. 2, to cut off, to destroy; 6. g. 
single persons from a people ‘9 39 
(comp. in Niph. no. 2) Lev. 17, 10. 20, 
3. 6, ἘΝ 5 Is. 9, 13; also whole tens 
and nations Josh. 23, 4. 1 K. 11, 16. 14, 
14. Is. 10,7. Ez. 25, 16. al. Hots be- 
long the iplrases: “Pa Prva ἼΠΠΞΠ 
1K. 14, 10. 21,215; 7335 472) "Nw DY ΄ 35 
Is. 14, 22, comp. Jer. 44, va 47, 4; "31 'π 
Ps. 34, 17. 109, 15. a8 too of beasts 
Ex. 8, 5. Lev. 26, 22. Mic. 5,9; and of 
things Zech. 10, 10, as idols Lev. 26, 30. 


Mic. 5,12; cities Zech. 9, 10. al. Some-_ 


times from a place Am. 1, 5.8. See in 
Niph. no. 2. 

2. to cut off, to withdraw, ¢ 80. og hii 
kindness, from any one, c. 092 1 Sam. 
20, 15. 

Hora. m3 to be cut off, to perish, 
c. Δ Joel 1, 9, 

Deriy. τῷ, ΤΉ, and the two fol- 
lowing. 


PAD f. plur. hewed beams, 1 K. 6, 
36. 7,12. R.m2. 


“2 τη. (τ. 922). 1. an executioner, 
_ see the root in. 1 Sam. 5,4. 17,51; only 
_ in the formula "3971 ἼΘΙ 2 Sain, 8, 
18. 15,18. 20,7. 23..1K. 1, 38. 44. 1 Chr. 
18, 16, ‘coll. the executioners and the run- 
 nersor couriers, names applied to David’s 
body-guard (σωματοφύλακες Jos. Ant. 7. 
5.4), whose duty it was both to execute 
_ punishment and to convey the king’s 
_ commands as speedily as possible to his 
officers; comp. 9, ΠΞΏ, MBN. See 
1K. 2, 25. 34. 36, comp. Dan. 2, 14. In 
2 Sam. 20,7 they are sent forth on an 
urgent occasion without the king— 
Some understand here Cherethites i..e. 
Philistines ; but it can hardly be sup- 
posed that David would choose his own 
life-cuard from a people at all times so 

hostile and odious to the Hebrews. 
2. Cherethite, a gentile name i. q. Phi- 
Rstine, 1 Sam. 30, 14; plur. o°123 Chere- 

42 









493 


‘psd ὯΞ Is. 47, 1. 





TW 

thites, Philistines, Ez. 25,16. Zeph. 2, 5. 
Sept. and Syr. render it Cretans, from 
which and the passages Am. 9,7. Jer. 47, 
4, Deut. 2, 33, the conjecture would be 
strong that the Philistines sprang from 
Crete, were it certain that "R22 Caph- 
tor signifies the island Crete ; see ἼΏΕ2. 


a> m. plur. p7aw>2, by transpos. of 
letters i. q. 2335 q. v. a lamb, from the 
first to the third year, Lev. 3, 7: 4, 35. 
7, 23. Gen. 30, 32. 33. 35. al. 


maw> f. by tranpos. for MW32 q. v. ἃ 
lamb Lev. 5, 6. 


, 23 obsol. root, UF doubtful signif. 
Arab. δ to cut i in, NES, gain. Hence 


“WD Chesed, pr. n. of a son of Nahor, 
the brother of Abraham, Gen. 22, 22. 
He is perhaps mentioned in order to de- 
rive from him the Hf of the Chal- 
deans, B"502. 


%JW2 only in plur. pens re Chal- 
deans, gentilen. Once 072302 Ez. 23, 
14 Cheth. 

1. Pr. as the inhabitants of Chaldea or 
Babylonia; Ez.23,23 o7w2-521 5237323, 
where 533 refers only to the city. Often 
also called 533 7207, 2K. 25,4 sq. Is. 
43, 14. 48, 14. Jer. 21 9. 32; 4. 24. 25. 
98. 29. Ez. 23, 14. Hab. 1, 6-11; poet. 
Their country is 
called p°3w> YR the land of the Chal- 
dees, Chaldea, often parall. with 523, 
Jer. 25, 12. 50, 1.8.10. Ez. 12,13. Is. 23, 
13; ans ellipt. o°302 fi (as Lat, Bruttii, 
Sumustan, for their district,) Is. 48, 20. 
Jer. 50, 10. 51, 24,35; with Mloc. ng"3H2 
unto Chaldea Ez. 16, 29: 23,16. Ina 
wider sense the name Chaldea compre- 
hended also Mesopotamia, which was 
inhabited more or less by Chaldeans, 
Ez. 1, 3. 11, 24; hence ἸΏ "4x Gen. 
11, 28 Ur of the Chaldees, a city of upper 
Mesopotamia. The Chaldeans in their 
irruptions into Palestine are said to come: 
from the north, (not from the east,) 
through Syria hy way. of Hamath and 
Riblah, Jer. 1,14. 4,6. 6,1. 39,5. 52; 9. 
Ez. 26,7; but this can be matter of 
difficulty to no one, since they would 
naturally march around the Arabian 
desert, elit} Xsd4, nor indeed was 
there any other way.—LDesides: the 


“25 


Chaldeans inhabiting Babylonia, Greek 
writers mention a people of this name 
as dwelling among the Carduchian 
mountains bordering on Armenia; Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 1. 24. ib. c. 2. Anab. 4. 3. 4. ib. 
5. 5. 9. ib. 7. 8.14; and also Chaldeans 
adjacent to Colchis and Pontus, Strabo 
12.3.19. Nor 1s the opinion improbable, 
as held by many, that the primitive seat 
of this people was in that mountainous 
region (now occupied by the Kurds) ; 
and that under the Assyrian sway a por- 
tion of them migrated into Mesopotamia 
and Babylonia, of which they afterwards 
became the masters; see Is. 23, 13 and 
the commentators, Vitringa ad Jes. I. p. 
412 sq. Gesen. art. Chaldéer in Ersch 
and Gruber’s Encyclop. Others main- 
_ tain the Semitic origin of the Chaldeans, 
as implied in Gen. 22, 22; so Adelung 
Mithridat. I. p. 314 sq. J. Olshausen 
Kmend. z. A. T. p.41sq. Comp. Comm. 
on Is. II. p. 748.—If the former opinion 
be adopted, the forms "502 and Χαλ- 
δαῖος may be easily reconciled. The 
primary form was not improbably "172, 


3 
still preserved in the name ὥς Kurd 


(plur. ots! 1); and from this the He- 


brews made "3vD (putting Ὁ for ‘), 
and the Greeks Χαλδαῖος. Gol. ad Al- 
farag. p. 17. Rédiger:in Zeitschr. fir 
die Kunde des Morgenl. III. p. 8. Las- 
sen ib. VI. p. 49, 50.—Syr. Le pss 

2. Meton. Chaldeans, for astrologers, 
magicians, this nation being particularly 
devoted to astrology, Dan. 2, 2.4. So 
also in profane writers, Strabo 16. 1. 6. 
Arrian. Exp. Alex. 7.16. Ammian. 23. 
6. Juv. Sat. 6. 553. Comp. Comment. 
on Is. II. p. 349 sq. 


"32 Chald. m. emph. nxsw>, plur. 
PRT. emph. xyWw2. 

1. a@ Chaldean, Dan. 8, 8. 

2. an astrologer, magician, Dan. 2, 5. 
10. 4,4. 5, 7.11. See Heb. no. 2. 


᾿ ri prob. i.q. MOD to cover; spec. 
to be covered with fat, to grow fat, comp. 
Job 15, 27 ἼΞΞΤΙΞ 1.25 Nea. Once Deut. 
32, 15 of Israel, as likened to a bullock: 
mw> may neat thou art waxen fat, 
thow art grown thick, thou art covered 
with fatness—We may compare Arab. 


ADA, 





819 2 
as to be stuffed with food, Camoo8 


p-31; though here is a ὕστερον πρότερον. 


202 m. an are, asa felling instru- 
ment, Ps. 74, 6. See τ. 285 Hiph.— 
Chald. id. Jer. 46, 22 Targ. 


7 55 fut. Diviss Prov. 4, 16 Cheth. 
Elsewhere fut. Niph. is used. 

1. to be or become weak, feeble, to fail, 
Ps. 31,11; see Niph. Sept. often ἀσϑε- 


’ > ’ , - 
γόω, also aduvatéw, κοπιάω. Corresp. 


is Heb. >tim, Arab. duwS to be weak, 


feeble, sluggish, pr. weak in the loins, 
from >02 loin. It is one of a class of 
verbs derived from the names of members 
of the body and signifying an injury or 
weakness of those members; e. g. 


to be weak in the ankles, to waddle, 


Ἐν... ee 
from Pd =P ankle; Os and OS to have 


the liver affected, sont RECs Liven Kin- 
dred is 50>. 

2. to faint, to falter, to totter, as being © 
ready to fall ; 6. g. the knees Ps. 109, 24. 
Is. 35, 3. Oftener of persons who faint 
and falter from weakness, 6. g. as arising 
from weariness and exhaustion, Is. 5, 27. 
40, 30. Ps. 105, 37. Lam. 5, 13 5°33 © 
abut ΥΣΞ the youth faltered under the 
wood sc. which they had to carry; or as 
arising from wounds, followed by 553, 
Jer. 46, 16. 50, 32. Is. 31, 3. Ps. 27, 2. 
“ins bw to falter backwards Is. 28, 13. 
Trop. of one who falters in mind, is dis- — 
heartened, >wii> Job 4,4; of a city or 
state tottering and falling Is. 3, 8. Hos. 
14, 2.—Hence also 

3. to stumble, as accompanying a faint — 
and faltering gait. Is. 59, 10 we stumble — 
(92243) at noonday as in the night. v.14. 
With 3 of that wpon or against which © 
one stumbles, Is. 8, 15. Lev. 26, 37. Jer. Ὁ 
6, 21. 46, 12. 

Nien. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to be weak ; 
Part. >> weak 1 Sam. 2, ἃ Zech: 12, 8. 

2. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to faint, to alter | 
Dan. 11, 19, with ΡΝ Also to falter βο 
as to fall, Dan. 11, 14. Prov: 24, 16. 17. ᾿ 
Ps. 9, 4, with 938. Ez. 833, 12 where it 
is nearly i ᾳ. 438. Of a state Hos. 5, 5.1 

3. 1. 4. Kal no. 3, to stumble, Prov. 4, 
12. Is. 63, 13. Jer. 20; 11. Hide. 14, 10. 
Nah. 2,6; c. 3 Nah. 3, 2. Prov. 4. 19. 


. 
4 
Ἷ 


ἡ 
a 


bu> . 


Piet to make falter Ez. 36, 14 Cheth. 
but the Keri is to be preferred, *>>an 
thou shalt bereave, comp. v. 13. So too 
in v.15; see de Rossi Schol. crit. ad ἢ. 1. 

Hirw. 1. to cause to fail, Lam. 1, 14. 

2. to cause to fall, to fell, (comp. >"%'D), 
to destroy, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 28, 23. Ps. 64. 9. 
Metaph. to seduce into sin, Jer. 18, 15. 
Mal. 2, 8. 

Hopu. to be made to stumble and fall, 
to be overthrown, Jer. 18, 23. 

Deriv. 59832, Diva, nDw22, and 


Tew m. ὦ fall, ruin, Prov. 16, 18. 


* pw ~~ in Kal not used. Syr. Ethpa. 
snail to pray, to offer prayers or wor- 
ship, 6. g. Acts 4, 31. 13, 2, for Gr. Asi 
τουργεῖν ; Phil. 1, 4 for Gr. δέησιν ποιεῖν. 
Like many other Syriac words pertain- 
ing to religious rites (as 523, 0°22, 
730, S0p,q.v.) this word male in the 
Heb. language i is limited to idol-worship ; 
whence 

Piz. ΠΕ 9 to practise magic, pr. to use 
magic formulas, incantations, to mut- 
ter, 2 Chr. 33,6. Part. }w2 a magi- 
cian, sorcerer, Ex. 7, 11. Deut. 18, 10. 
Dan. 2, 2.. Mal. 3, 5. Fem. mawoo Ex. 
22,17. Sept. φαρμακός, φαρμακεύεσϑαι, 
Vulg. maleficus, maleficis artibus inser- 
vire. 

Deriv. pr. n. }Y2N, and the two fol- 
lowing. 

_ 9 only in plur. ΡΞ incantations, 
sorceries, 2 K. 9, 22. Mic. 5, 11. Nah. 3, 
4, 15. 47,12. R. Hae. 

MWD a magician, sorcerer, Jer. 27, 9. 

R, 2. 


* "10D fat. tio 1. to be right, like 
the kindred roots "Wx, πο, Constr. c. 
"29>, Esth. 8, 5 aban 255 “31 72" 
and if t the thing be right before the king, 

i. e. if it be approved by, if it please, the 
king. Chald. id. 

2. to prosper, to succeed ; and hence 
of seed, to sprout, Ecc. 11,6. Syr. id. 

Hiren. to make prosper, Ecc. 10, 10. 

Deriv. "wd, N2WiD, and 

TIWD m. Syr. {pao 1. success, pros- 
verity, Ecc. 2,21. 4.4. See navia. 

- 2. profit. advantage, Ecc. 5, 10. 


“SDD fat. smo", -an27, to write, 
Arab. Chald. Syr. Batear. ‘id. Ethiop. 


Se 


A495 





πε μι 


‘Ace letter, book. The primary idea 
is to cut tn, to grave, comp. 38h, 2ΧΠ ; 
since the earliest writing was probably 
graven on stones. 

1. Genr. to write. Ezra 4, 7 «255 
ΓΛ written with Aramaan letters. 
Construed : a) With an ace. of that 
which is written; as words, discourse, 
Num. 5, 23. Deut. 10, 2. 17, 18. 31, 24. 
Jer. 45, 1. Also "20 amd to wirite a 
book or record Ex. 32, 32 ; a letter 2 
Sam. 11, 14; a book or writing of accu- 
sation Job 31, 35, which in Ezra 4, 6 is 
>3 ΤΣ amd. Further, naa 3 to write 


a roll, volume, Jer. 36,27; though this 


may also be referred to lett. b. b) The 
material or book upon or in which one 
writes, is often put after d¥, as dy ‘> 
mindy Ex. 34,1; "20 53 ‘> Josh. 10, 13. 
1 Chr. 29, 29 now the acts of David the 
king .. οὐ δα νου "997 59 ὈΛΞΊΓΞ ὈΣΠ Lo, 
they are written in the book entitled the 
Acts of Samuel. 2 Chr. 9, 29. Deut. 6, 9. 
Josh. 8, 32. Is. 8,1; trop. 23 59 amd to 
write upon the heart Jer. 31, 33. Also 
after 5x Jer. 36,2. Ez. 2,10; a Josh. 
23,6. Neh. 7, 5. 8, 14. 13, 1. So too 
with an accus. to inscribe, q. ἃ. to BE- 
write any thing, to cover with writing ; 
as part. pass. Ez. 2,10 0722 MIMD AT 
“InN and it was written on before and 
behind. Ex. 32, 15 "2872 BYDIND nind 

pn 32 tables written upon both sides. 
31, 18. Deut. 9, 10. Here belongs Is. 
44. 5 mind τὸ sma" he inscribes his 
hand: I am Jehovah’s, i. e. he writes 
this upon his hand, (Sept. ἐπιγράψει zeigt 
αὐτοῦ" τοῦ ϑεοῦ εἰμί,) in allusion to the 
ancient custom by which servants bore 
the names of their masters, soldiefs 
those of their generals, idolaters those 
of their idols, cut or burnt in upon the 
forehead, hand, wrist ; see Rev. 13, 16. 
Spencer de Legib. Heb. ritual. § 135. 1, 
note 3. Others: he writes with his hand, 
etc. 6) The instrument, stylus, is put 
with 2 Is. 8, 1. Ex. 31,18. For Is. 44, 
5, see in lett.b. ἀ) He to or for whom 
one writes is put with 53, >, >; as > 
PN ED to write a letter to Hie one 2 
Sam. 11, 14. 2K. 10,6; >> "2 ‘3 -id. 
2 Chr. 30, 1. Ezra 4, 7; but “ΞΌ ‘3 
Ὁ ΤΙΣ to write a bill of divorce for a 
wife Deut. 24, 1.3. So to write any 


ans 
thing for oneself, i. 6. to write down, to 
note any thing, is put with Ὁ of pers. 
Jer. 30, 2. Deut. 31, 19; >8 Judg. 8, 14 
he wrote down for him the princes of 
Suceoth. 6) To write of or concerning 
any one is 58 2n> Jer. 51, 60 fin. or 2nD. 
by Ps. 40,8; so Sept. and others, but 
see in no. 6 Belews Also for any one, in 
his behalf or for his benefit, 59 an> 
Ksth. 8, 8.—Spec. 

2. to write, i. 6. to write down, to com- 
mit to writing, Num. 33, 2. Judg. 8, 14; 
6. g. acts, deeds, 1 Καὶ, 11, 41 and the 
rest of the acts of Solomon...lo, they are 
written in the book of the Acts of Solo- 
mon. 

3. to write up, to inscribe in a regis- 
ter, e. g. men, inhabitants, soldiers; Ps. 
87,6 Jehovah counteth, when he writeth 
up the people, when he enrols them. Is. 
4,3 ὉΠ airzn-d> every one who is 
inscribed unto life, i.e. in the book of 
life, the register of those predestined to 
live. Jer. 22, 30; comp. Is.10,19. Part. 
pass. D°31"D the inscribed, enrolled, 
Num. 11, 26. 

4. to write about, to describe, 6. g. a 
land Josh. 18, 4. 6. 8. 

5. to write or record a sentence, edict, 
i. q. to decree, Is. 65.6; with >> against 


Se 
Job 13, 26. Arab. GES. ᾳ. ree ju- 


dicial sentence, Kor. 4, 104. 

6. to write or record a law, i. q. to 
prescribe ; with 53, 2 K. 22, 13 552 
ἼΣΟΣ DAT DN Gécorthing to all that i 18 pre- 
scribed unto us. Ps. 40, 8 lo, I come with 
the volume of the book “by 33MD prescrib- 
ed unto me ; where Sept. and others: 
ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίου γέγραπται περὶ ἐμοῦ 
in the volume of the book it is written of 
me, see above in no. 1. 6. Also with 5x 
Esth. 9, 23; > 2 K. 17, 37. Prov. 22, 20. 

7. to subscribe, "BOA ‘> Jer.*32, 12. 

Nipew. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be 
awritien Esth. 3,12. 8, 5.8.9. al. With 
3 of the book in which, etc. Esth. 1, 19. 
2. 23. 9.32; trop. vasa =M=} fo be writ- 
fen in the dust. i. 6. given over to obli- 
vion, Jer. 17,13. With 52 id. Ps. 139, 
16; > for any one Ps. 102, 19. ἡ 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be written 
down, committed to writing. Job 19, 23. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be inscribed, 
enrolled, Ps..69, 29 


496 





a) oa “Sa 


Pre. to write a sentence, edict, to 
decree, i. q. Kal no. 5, Is. 10 
Deriv. and, m3h3, ΞΏΞΏ. . 


312 Chald. fut. 392", to write, Dan. 
55’; with acc. as a ‘Teter Ezra 4, 8; 
with 3 of pers. to whom Dan. 6,26; 3 
of the book iz which Ezra 5, 7. 6, 2. 
Also to write down, to commit to writ- 
ing, Dan. 7, 1. 


2.9 m. (Kamets impure) a word of 
the later Hebrew for the earlier “ee. 
R. amo. 

1. writing, a writing, 1 Chr. 28, 19. 
2 Chr. 2,10 333 DAM aN and Hu- 
ram onid in writing, by letter. So of 
the kind of writing, the form of the let- 
ters, Ezra 4, 7. Esth, 1, 22, 3, 12. .8, 9. 

2. @ prescript, precept, sc. as written, 
2 Chr. 35, 4. 

3. a document, book ; e. g. an edict, 
decree, Esth. 3,14. 8,8.13; fully man “9 
Ksth. 4. 8; a register of names Ez. 13, 
9. Ezra 2, 62. Neh. 7, 64; a book, 3m> 
man the book of truth, in which God’s 
decrees are written, Dan. 10, 21.—Syr. 


Lots, Arab. SUES; Ethiop. Arn a 
book. 


ΖΞ Chald. m. 1. writing, a writing, 
something written, e. g. an inscription 
Dan. 5, 8. 15. 16. 24. 25. 

2. a prescript, precept, Ezra 6, 18. 7, 
22 23 Nb "5 without prescription, at wil: 

3. ‘a document, edict, Dan. 6, 9. 10. 11. 


mah f. ἃ writing, mark, Lev. 10, 28. 
R. 3n2. 


on and DMD Jer. 2, 10. Ez. 27, 
6. Is. 23,12 Cheth. a gentile n. plur. 
Kittim, Chittim, Lat. Chittei, viz. 

1. Citienses, Cyprians, i. e. inhabitants 
of the ancient Citiwm, Kitior, Κίττιον, 
Κήτιον, now Chieti or Chitti, a city of 
Cyprus founded by the Phenicians; as is 
shown by the thirty-three antique mar- 
bles with inscriptions in the Phenician 
character dug out of the ruins by R. 
Pococke, and first published by him ; 
and also published and explained in the 
author’s Monumm. Pheenic. p. 124-153 — 
The sing. "M2 does not occur in the O. T. 
but is found in a bilingual inscription at 
Athens; where the pr. ἢ. ofa manof Citi- — 
um buried at Athens is written in Greak 














“nS 


νγουμήνιος Κιτιεύς, and in Phenic. letters 

M2 ON...WIM 13.1.6. "MD UN. » Ina 
Ben-Hodesh (son of the new βου δόμα 
a man of Citium; see Boeckh Kar: 
Inser. Gre. I. p. 523.—Among the He- 
brews the name ὉΠ Chitlim seems to 
have comprised all the Cyprians, Gen. 
10, 4. Is. 23,12; O°MD YI i. e. Cyprus 
Is. 23, 1; “> "28 the coasts of Cyprus Ez. 
27,6. Comp. Epiphan. in note below. 
So in Gr. Κιτταῖοι, Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 
9. 14. 2.—Studer conjectures that "Md 
is for "MM Hittite. and that Citium was 
a colony of this Canaanitish people; 
B. der Richter p. 44. This is supported 
also by Inscr. Citiens. no. 33; see in 
Monumm. Pheenic. p. 152, 153. 

2. In a wider acceptation this name 
comprehended the islands and coasts of 
_ the Mediterranean sea, especially the 
northern parts, and therefore stands for 
the islands and coasts of Greece and even 
Italy, (in the same manner as DX, 
which also has a wider sense,) Num. 24, 
24. Jer. 2, 10. Dan. 11, 30 ΘΠ ox 
ships of Chittim, i.e. Roman ships, Sept. 
Ρωμαῖοι, comp. Polyb. 29.11. App. Syr. 
66. In the like sense also Perseus is 
called Κιττιέων βασιλεύς 1 Mace. 8, 5, 
and Alexander the Great is said to have 
come ἐκ τῆς γῆς Χεττιεὶμ ib. 1, 1. 

Nore. The truth in regard to this 
twofold signification is thus expressed 
by Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 1, Χέϑιμος δὲ Xe- 
ϑιμὰ τὴν νῆσον ἔσχεν" Κύπρος αὕτη νῦν 
καλεῖται. καὶ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς νῆσοΐ τε πᾶσαι καὶ 
τὰ πλείω τῶν παρὰ ϑάλασσαν Χεϑὶμ ὑπὸ 
Ἑβραίων ὀνομάζεται. μάρτυς δὲ μου τοῦ 
λόγου μία τῶν ἐν Κύπρῳ πολέων ἰσχύσασα 
τὴν προσηγορίαν φυλάξαι. Κίτιος γὰρ 
ὑπὸ τῶν ἐξελληνισάντων αὐτὴν καλεῖται. 
Also by Epiphanius, bishop of Cyprus, a 
native of Palestine and acquainted with 
Hebrew learning, e. g. adv. Her. 30. 
25, παντὶ δὲ δῆλόν ἐστι, ὅτε Κίτιον ἢ 
Κυπρίων νῆσος καλεῖται" Κίτιοι. γὰρ Κύ- 
πριοι χαὶ Podvot. Hence it appears that 
some included Rhodes as well as Cyprus 
under this name. The Syro-Arabic 
lexicographers mostly understand Greece, 
so Bar-Bahlul; Jerome and many of the 
Heb. intpp. /taly. and so Bochart Pha- 
leg p. 157. Vitringa ad Jes. 23,1. But 
the name doubtless included both coun- 
tries. See Thesaur. p. 726. 
/ 49: 


497 





n> 


MHD m. (τ. ὯΏ9) beaten; hence 


ΕΣ 


mon> 7333 beaten oil, Ex. 27, 20. 29, 40.: 


Lev. 24, 2. Num. 28, 5. VK. 8. Sg.ddet 
socordinns to the Heb. intpp. such as 
flowed from the olives when merely 
pounded in a mortar and not put into a 
press ; hence, the purest and finest oil. 
Celsii Hierob. II. p. 349 sq. 


z n> obsol. root, Arab, (iS in unum 
Geo? 
coégit, also to enclose; & i 


pact mass, etc. Hence 
Ὁ. m. a wall, c. suff. ὭΣ) Cant. 2,9. 


2M? Chald. id. Dan. δ, δ; plur. 8m2 
Ezra 5,8. Comp. "24 plur. NP733. 


won (prob. for ΘΝ dn> a man’s 
wall) Kithlish, pr. n. of a town in the 
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 40. 


" pn> in Kal not used; the various 
significations may be thus brought to- 
gether: 

1, i. gq. AND, 30M, A¥NM, fo cut stones. 
perh. to cut owt or dig ore; hence Dm= 
gold. 

2. to cut in letters, to grave, to write. 
see Niph. and 0m39.—Kindr. is Syr. 


a com- 


v 
seh2 to make scars, to mark; also to. 


spot, to soil. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be written. Jer. 2, 22 for 
though thou wash thee with nitre, and 
take thee much soap, yet thine iniquity 
is written before me; Kimchi 0w73.— 
But Sept. κεκηλίδωσαι, Vulg. maculata 
eris, after the Syriac usage. 

Deriv. 592, m2. 


DMD m. (τ. ἘΠ) a poetic ar) gold, 
Prov. 25, 12. Job 31, 24; “ἘΣ “D gold 
of Ophir Is. 13, 12. Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 
10; tax “9 id. Dani 10, 5; sias Lam. 4, 
1. Job 28, 19. Cant. 5, 11. 


*4n2 obsol. ἘΝ Eth. RZ to cover, 
to hide, b'aR 2 to clothe oneself, 41.2% 


tunic. Hence 


mm f. only absol. Gen. 37, 31. Ex. 
29, 5. Lev. 8, 7; also min> mostly as 
constr. rarely absol. Ex. 28, 39, c. suff. 
"m2m> Gen. 37, 23; comp. Gr. χιτών, 
Engl. coat; pr. a tunic, i. 6. the inner 
garment next the skin Lev. 16,4; worn 
also by females Cant. 5, 3. 2 Sam. 13, 


rns 


18; and espec. by the priests and Le 
vites Ex. 28, 4. 29, 5. Neh. 7, 70. 72; 
commonly with sleeves, and reaching to 
the knees, rarely to the ankles; see D"OB. 
Plur. ΤΣ Ex. 28, 40. 29, 8. 40, 14, also 


misn2 Ex. 39, 27; constr. mind ΜΉΝ 9)91;: 


6. suff. onion Lev. 10, 5.—The etymo- 
logy is doubtful ; Chald. 792, ἸΏ, jm", 


Syr. }22.5, Arab. Uy, saga OSs i is 

oO? > Bis 
flax, linen; comp. 85, 5, col- 
ton, cotton cloth ; and the garment might 
be so named from the material; see 
Jos. Ant. 3.7.2. To the same effect 
Bohlen compares Sanscr. katam some- 
thing woven, linen. But it is easier to 
derive ΤῸ from the idea of covering, 
7 plgthing see Γ΄ in2. 


* one f. constr. 92D; dual c. suff. 
mena Ex. 28, 22; plur. ΓΒ, constr. 
nin. 

1. the shoulder, strictly so called, dif- 
ferent from 020, where see. Chald. 


3° ts 
mn2, Syr. fears, Arab. Wass, KAS, id 


whence is derived the denom. verb 

to wound in the shoulder, etc.— 
Burdens are said to be borne upon the 
shoulder, > ἘΣ Is. 46, 7. Ez. 12, 6, 
hnz2a Num. 7, 9; also infants Is. 49, 22; 
so of animals, Is. 30,6. Hence metaph. 
Neh. 9, 29 maid τος ‘2m and showed 
a pebellions shoulder, refused to bear the 
appointed burden, i. e. they refused to 
obey, comp. Zech. 7,11. "Ema 1.3 be- 
tween his shoulders, i. e. upon his back, 
1 Sam. 17, 6. 

2. Trop. of things, the border, side, 
- e.g. ofa building 1K. 6,8. 7,39; of the 
sea Num. 34,11; of a city or country 
Josh. 15, 8. 10. 11. 18, 12 sq. Hence 
poet. Deut. 33, 12 (Benjamin) shall dwell 
‘between his shoulders sc. Jehovah’s, i. 6. 
between the sacred mountains, Zion and 
Moriah. Is. 11,14 (the enemies) fly upon 
the shoulder of the Philistines, i. e. rush 
upon their borders, the figure being 
taken from birds of prey. 

Pur. MBM, constr. MIEN 1, shoul- 
der-pieces of ‘the high-priest’s ephod, 
iN, Ex. 28, 7. 12. 39, 4. 7. 18. 20. See 
Braun de vest. Sacerd. p- 467. 

2. sides of a gate, i. e. spaces on each 
side of 1 gate, Ez. 41, 2. 26. 


΄ 





| =e 


498 nns Ἢ 


3. shoulders of an axle, 1 K. 7, 30; 
also v. 34 ΒΞ, as if from the dual. 


, “In? in Kal not used, pr. to sur- 
round. Kindr. are ὭΣ, \¥9, "135 75M, 
on, 8. 

Pie. 1. to surround, ina hostile sense, 
c. acc. Judg. 20, 43. Ps. 22, 13. 

2. to wait, as in Syriac and Chald. 
Job 36,2; prob. from the idea of going 
round and round, comp. 55 no. 6, and 
5115. 

Ητρη. 1. i. q. Pi. πο. 1; ina hostile 
sense, to circumvent, Hab. 1,4; but also 
in a good sense, c. 3 Ps, 142, 8. 

2. Intrans. i. 4. to crown oneself with 
any thing, to be crowned, see "M2. Prov. 
14,18 m3‘ "3 TIM the “prudent 
are crowned with insight: 

Deriv. m2n>, and 


“ID m. diadem, crown, of the Persian 
king Esth. 6,8; of the queen Esth. 1, 11. 
2°17. Gr. κέταρις, κίδαρις, comp. Quint. 
Curt. es 


man) plur. ninn>, f. capital, chapiter 
of a column, made of brass, sometimes 
in the form of lilies 1 K. 7,19; and some- 
times with pomegranates or the like, 
2 K. 25,17; so 1 K. 7, 16-20. 2 Chr. 4, 
12, R. ne. 


*WN2 fut. ms to pound in a mor- 
tar, to bray, to mash, kindr. "M25; Prov. 
27, 22.—Chald. n> to pound, also to 
smite, to war. 

Deriv. ©M>2 a mortar. 


*MND fut. m4 Deut. 9, 21; imper. 
plur. ond. 

1. to beat, to hammer, to forge, Joel 4," 
10. Comp. quatio, percutio; kindr. 773 _ 


on 
to beat, Lat. cudo, Arab. dS to pound 
in a mortar. 

2. to beat in pieces. to break, e. g. a 
vessel Is. 30, 14; the golden calf Deut. 
9,21. Part. pass. mirD crushed, i. 6. 
emasculated by crushing or bruising the — 


. testicles, Lev. 22, 24. 


3. to beat down, to rout an enemy, Ps 
89, 24. 

PEL mm> 1. i.g. Kal no. 1, Mic. 4,3 
Is. 2, 4. 

2. i.g. Kal no. 2, 2K. 18,4. 2 Chr 
34, 7 J 





Ans 


3. i. 4. Kal no. 3, to smite a land, i. 6. 
to lay it waste, Zech. 11, 6. 

Pvuat pass. to be dashed upon any 
thing ; 2 Chr. 15, 6 they dash themselves 
nation upon nation, and city upon city, 
spoken of civil discord and war. 

Hipu. fut. 3932, 10 smile an enemy, 


Lamed, the twelfth letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 30. 
The name, 72>, signifies the same as 
ὙΦ o2-goad, in allusion to the figure 
of this letter in the Phenician alphabet. 

Itisinterchanged: 1. With the other 
consonants of the class of liquids or semi- 
vowels, of which it is the softest; 6. g. 


a) With 3, as ym> and yn to urge;. 


mt? Chald. 72>, 8272 sheath; nDwWo 
and M2? cell, chamber; 1) Syr. QI 
to give; in all which examples 2 seems 
to be the primitive form. Vice versa, 


χσ 


ψαλτήριον, Chald. \"7n20B; ἘΣ, 
image, etc. where 3 seems to come from 
5; comp. Dor. ἦνϑον, βέντιστος, for ἦλϑον, 
tlaurioc, also the multitude of examples 
from the Arabic collected by Ev. Scheid 
in Diss. Lugdd. p. 953. Ὁ) With ἡ, 
mostly so that Ἢ as the harder letter 
is softened into 5, espec. in the later 
books and Gislecta, e.g. TW chain, 
Chald. and Arab. πρῶ es el ΤΟΝ and 
even Kliniw; mio οὐλὰς with a 
softer pronunciation Mix2>x Is. 13, 22; 


yx and τοὶ Chald. lo! ΞΡ ake 
midst ; comp. λείριον, Lilium. Yet else- 
where the > sometimes appears to have 
gone over into the harder, e.g.72>8, 


So ue 


SE ΧΟΡ ἢ widow; o7xon Chald. 
R270 loins; mini Job 38, 32 for mi>ra 
2 K. 23,5; pr. n. 7250 Arab. AS 
minds Sam. minx divinity; see’ also 
the paronomasia in ">> and 827 Mic. 
1, 13. _ Ὁ) Ay with a; as babs 


Arab. te skull. 
2. Sometimes with 4, as 518, Chald: 





“199, 5395 pr. n. SND, 





499 b 


i. q. Kal no. 3; c. ace. Num. 14, 45. Deut. 
1, 44. 

Horn. fut. 937, plur. "M33, to be beaten 
in pieces, broken, e. g. of a gate, Is. 24, 
12; idol images, Mic. 1,7; metaph. of 
persons, Job 4, 20. Jer, 46, 5. 

Deriv. ΠΩ, O39, pr. ἢ. "MD. 


drs and 38, to go away, to depart, q. v. 
comp. the kindr. 43 and θη; ἽΤΙΞ, 53; 
mod. chs j 
Irbid, see p. 129. Comp. also ‘Odnaee 
Ulysses ; δάκρυον, lacryma ; odor and 
oleo; δαήρ Lat. levir; medius, Fr. mi- 
lieu, etc. 

Quadriliterals are occasionally formed 
from triliterals by means of >, viz. a) 
By inserting 5 after the first radical, as 
ὭΣΤ, S21 to glow. b) By annexing > 
at the end, by which form perhaps the 
Semitic languages may have designat- 
ed diminutives, like the Greek, Latin, 
and German; comp. Matth. Gr. Gram. 
§ 102. Ramshorn Lat. Gram. p. 236, 257. 
Grimm’s Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 665. 
Thus 539m to hop, to gallop, Germ. 
huppeln ; benz garden, >d7p ankle, 
Germ. Knochel, knuckle ; baa caliv 
ofa flower, ete. 


Bs and before monosyllables and ba- 
rytone dissyll. > (as 295, m¥2>, Lehrg. 


p- 628) ; ‘a> see in its order; c. suff. 7; 
72, 92>, in pause and fem. τὸ; Df. ab; 
na; B22 f. mad; cmd, mam> Jer. 14,16, 
poet. iad, ἢ ind; Arab. J, Ethiop. A, 


Syr. &; a prefix preposition, abbrevi- 
ated from δὲ, with which it is in a great 
measure synonymous; but with this 
distinction, that >X is more usual in the 
proper and physical signification. while 
> is more commonly employed in a tro- 
pical and metaphysical sense. 

A) Pr. as denoting motion, or at least 
direction towards any thing, a turning to 
or towards any object. 

1. to, towards. unto, Gr. εἰς, espec. δὲς. 
ter verbs of going. where eta differs eg 


»Ἣ»»Ἕ" “ον σα 


5 500 


bx in that ὃν is put before the person to 
whom one goes, and > before the place ; 
so >X 72h and > E72, see in 32 no. 1. 
p. 2533 xin c. by of pers. Gen. 37, 23. 
Judg. 3, 20, c. > of place 1 Sam. 9, 12. 
2 Chr. 98, 9; =m c. bx of pers. and : of 
place Ruth 1,8; and so after 775, =p 
Job 33, 22, bn 1 Sam. 4,10. Also to be 
led to, as naub Is. 53,7; ἼΞΙΡ9 Job 10, 19; 
Ez. 5, 10 to scatter to all the winds, “bob 
man. Job 12, 22. Mic. 7, 9. Also > ΝΡ 
to call to any one, see in 83P. Put Sis 
before particles of place to intimate 
direction, like Engl. -ward, -wards, as 
“ined ΣΑΙ ΤΆΣ ΓΙῸΣ Ὁ ἀρ δ γῶν, nab 
downwards, ete. So in ‘phrases like the 
following: Ps. 99, 5 17239 Cond Anon 
worship towards his footstool i i.e. turning 
towards it. Is. 51,6 Doq2"> Drew sNy 
lift up your eyes tbicards the heavens.— 
Trop. of a turning or direction of the 
mind to, towards, upon any person or 
thing; e.g. > man, > map to look to, to 
wait for ; Sock, by INT, to listen to ; 
> ἼΦΕΣ mmbD Ps. 84, 3; 5 ΞΝ to lie in 
wait for any one. Ope. is 2, see Gen. 
9,10. So 5"---Ὦ Neh. 3, 15—Some- 
times > differs little from 32 unto, even 
unto; 6. g. M25 unto fullness, satiety, 
Ez. 39, 19; pnind even unto their death 
Ps. 73, 4; et see in 792 no. 1. 

2. into, εἰς, spoken of a passing into 
another state or condition, e. g. to make 
or change fo or into any thing. Gen. 2, 22 
nwed... S>an-msy cy 99 7355 and the 
Lord God made the rib...into a woman. 
2 Sam. 5, 3. Job 17,12. Hence > Fen 
to Runge into; > 3, > nv», > psi, to 
make or place a person or thing inito or 
for any thing; > 975 to be for any thing, 
to become any thing, see in M75 no. 2. 
a, 3. So by hyperb. for ‘to become as 
any thing, 1 Sam. 25, 37 7385 "74 Nn} 
and he became as a stone. With 75 
impl. Job 13, 12. Lam. 4, 3. Is. 1, 5 -b5 
sdm> Ox the' whole Wedd i for sickness, 
is wick; comp. 2 Chr. 21, 18. Job 30, 31. 
So pati ΓΞ to cut into two parts, Ser. 
34, 18; comp. Lev. 8, 20. 

3. It serves to mark the dative, like 
Engi. fo and Fr. ἃ prefixed to nouns, 
where the Greek. Latin, and German 
employ the dative case. —Thus 


a) After verbs of giving, > m2, > nx 


Ex. 4, 11; of rewarding, ‘eetcibattog, 





p) ; 
2 m3, > atin; of bringing, > 873n 
Gen. 27, 31; of forgiving, > DD; of 
giving over, Ἰεαν ον, >? ΞῚΣ Ps, 16, 10, 
Ὁ mam Ecc. 2,18; of consulting, > > 733, 
etc. So too 3 as m2" she bare to him 
a son Gen. 24, 36; > ra M22 to make 
(grant) a covenant ‘to any one, see in 
ΓΞ no. 3.a. Ofa person to whom any 
thing is said, > "aN Gen. 27, 31, 34. 
Deut. 33, 9; or narrated, > sar, Ὁ BD; 
or promised with an oath Deut. 6, 23. 
26, 3.15. But for > "28 to speak of 
any one, see below in no. 11.—Very 
freq. verbs in Hiph. are followed by >, 
if they include the idea of giving, im- 
parting, causing to any one, 6. g. > ΓΙΆΓΙΣΙ 
to save life to any one Gen. 45, 7; nn 
Ὁ to give rest to Ex. 33, 14. te 14,3; 
Ὁ ΠΡΌΣ 1 K. 19, 20; oles Is. 53, ll. 
Judg. 7, 2. 

b) As marking the person (or thing) 
to or for whose use, advantage, profit, a 
thing is done or serves. Lat. Dat. com- 
modi. Gen. 2,20 ror Adam there was 
not found a help, etc. 24,4 and take a 
wife for my son Isaac. 45, 23. 50, 10. 
Ex. 26,7. Neh. 8, 4. Gen. 12,7 he built 
an altar unto Jehovah, in his honour. 
Kee. 1, 3. 6, 11. 12. 8,15. So too con- 
tra, as marking the Dat. *ncommodt, 


Prov. 17, 25 a foolish son is a grief "38> — 


to his father. 19, 13.—A reflexive dative 


of this kind is often added after verbs, ᾿ 


and espec. verbs of motion, 6. g. of go- 
ing, as 32M, >IN. 
ba, M22; signifying strictly that one 
does a thing for his own advantage or 


pleasure, for himself ; although by de- | 


grees it passed over into a pleonasm, 


Ξηῶ ; of fleeing, as 


which cannot well be expressed in En- © 


glish. Cant. 2, 17 [38> "is 9) ΠΡ 
my beloved, be thou ( for thyself ) like a 
roe. Job 15,25 125 saws xd ooma houses 
which none inhabit ( “for themselves). 
Ez. 37,11. Prov. 13, 13. al. Gen. 12,1 
72-72 go for thyself. See Lehrgeb. p. 
736, 737. 

c) As implying an effect, impression, 
influence, /o or wpon a person or thing. 
Prov. 24,9 7> oTN> mazim the scorner 
is an abomination to men. Cant. 1, 3. 
Job 10, 3 πὸ 212m is it good to thee? se. 


iwthine eyes ; comes ab ao) Ps. 69, 32. 


So Ὁ ΡΣ Π profane (be it) to me! tar 


‘be it from me, see in >"> no, 2. Here 





~ 501 ον 


too belongs Gen. 45, 1 then Joseph was 
not able 739 ΠΞΧΒΓΙ 55D PERM to re- 
 frain himself to (before) all them that 
stood by him, i. e. could not appear firm 
and unmoved to those present. 

d) Implying possession, or a dative of 

the possessor, Lat. est mihi; as "> 5h, 
> wh, 9b PN, see in MT, Br, PX. Also 
_ 3 3x what is to any one, what he has; 
- Gen. 31,1 s29axd “Wix-d> all that was to 
our father ive. all that was our father’s. 
29,9. 47,4. See Lehrg. p. 672. “S-ma 
723 what is there to me and to thee? 
what have I to do with thee? see in 
A.1.c. So too ΠΡ pibw, nad nibui, peace 
(prosperity) be to thee, to you, i.e. be 
thine, yours, see Ὁ, Further: «) 
_ Of him who comes into the possession 
of any thing, fo whom it becomes pro- 
perty, etc. as "5 n° it becomes mine, 
5866 ἴῃ ΠῚ πο. 2. γ. () Of him to whom 
any thing belongs as a duty. office, ete. 
2 Chr. 26, 18 ""apn> ΠΣ 72 8> it is 
not unto thee (not thine), Uzziah, to burn 
incense. 20,17. 35, 3. Ps. 50, 16. Mic. 3, 
1. So perh. "43 5x5 wh it is permitted 
to the power of my hand ; but see in δὰ 
I. 2. p. 50. γ) Of that to which a per- 
son or thing pertains; 1 K. 15, 27 and 
Baasha, the son of Ahijuh, 9202" m3) 
of the houube of Issachar, pertaining to 
that tribe. 

e) As marking the cause and author 
of any thing, like the dative in Greek ; 
also the instrument. Job 37, 1 mst 
"a> 32m" for (at) this my heart trem- 
bleth. Ps. 18, 45 “Ὁ 53NW7 Wk SQW at 
the hearing a the ear they obey me, ‘be- 
cause of the report of my fame. Num. 
16, 34. Is, 19, 22 n> 52 he is entreat- 
ed of (by) them, listens td their prayers. 
Thus put: «) After passive verbs, Ex. 
12, 16 535 ΠΏΣ" 1135 NIN this only may 
be done by you. Prov. 14, 20. Neh. 6, 1 

B5320> Saw it was heard by Sanballat. 
Gen. 14, 19. Ex. 13,7. Lev. 21, 11. 1 
Sam. 15, 13. Esth. 5, 12. Is. 65,1. “So 
Syr. S, Hoffm. Gr. Syr. §143. β) 
After other verbs having ἃ passive 
sense ; as mr to be done by any one, 
Is, 19,15; 5 nn to conceive by any one, 
Gen. 38, 18. 25. 7) In the inscriptions 
of poems, Lamed aztctoris so called; 
comp. the J auctoris of the Arabs in 





the titles of books, see Pref. ad Golii 
Lex. So 3115 "219 psalm of or by Da- 
vid Ps. 3, 1. 4, 1. al. ἜΤ 17> id. 24, 
1; also without ‘the noun, ow of or by 
David Ps. 25, 1. 26, 1. 27,1. ‘al. comp. 
Ps. 86, 1. Hab. 3, 1. Is. 38, 9. etc. The 
same Dat. auctoris stands alone on Phe- 
nician coins; e. g, DIT¥> (Ὁ 5115) of the 
Sidonians, i. 6. struck by them; "x5 
of Tyre ; in the corresponding Gioek 
Σιδονιῶν, Τύρου. 5) In many other 
examples, where often some passive 
verb or the like is to be supplied ; Is. 2, 
12 MRB~bD-bY Hind oi "DB for the day 
of Jehovah, etc. i. 6. the day of wrath 
and judgment held by Jehovah. 22,5 
Mims "5N3...02I92 DID for a day 
of confusion. -sent ‘by the Lord Jeho- 
vah ; Sept. παρὰ Κυρίου. 28, 2. Zech. 
14,1. Ps. 3,9 mann mind from (by) 
Jehovah is deliverance. Job 33, 6. Jon. 
2, 10. Is. 61, 2. 1 K. 10, 1. Jer. 10, 23. Ez. 
1, 18 04> AN fear was by them, they 
were terrible. 2 Sam. 3, 2. 3. 5. Ηρα; 6. 
10.—Also of the instrument, as "ΞΘ 737 
351 to smite witu the edge of the sword, 
see in ΓΒ no. 3; so 7123 MN Lo see with 
the eye Ez. 12, 12. Ps. 12,5. s9233 not 55 
with (by) our tongue will we prevail, 
conquer. 

f) Often after nouns signifying mas- 
ter, lord, God, or servant, minister, alse 
Friend, enemy, and the like, as marking 
those relations to any one; comp. Gr. 
ἄναξ ἄνδρεσσιν 1]. δ. 546, also ὁταῖρος, 
φίλος, ἐχθρὸς τινέ et τινός. So espec. 
where the first noun is indefinite, as 13 
"wind a son of Jesse 1 Sam. 16, 18, contra 
sunny THE son of Jesse. > 717% Gen. 45, 
8.18; > ἘΌΝΤΙ Is. 37, 16; > 3a Gen. 
9, 25-27, 40, 12; also Gen. 14, 18. 1 Κ. 
18, 22. 1 Chr. 27, 33. 1 Sam. 14, 34. 
5 ook 1K. 5, 15; > 5 Job 30, 29; xz 
5 Deut. 4, 42; > six Num. 35, 23. ete. 
So the αι εἰδεδ, see Monumm. Pheen. 
Ῥ. 199, 351. ; 

5) Sipieetines also Hebrew writers, 
especially the later ones. who inclined 
to Chaldaism, employ > (the sign of the - 
dative) incorrectly after active verbs 
for the accusalive, as in Chaldee, Sy- 
riac, and Ethiopic; e.g. > mp> Fer, 40, 
8. ‘boy Lam. 4, 5, Ξ #15 Job 5, 2; comp. 
1 Chr. 16, 37. 25, 1. Ps. 135, 11. ete. 
Once > is thus put before a whole sen- 


3 a 5 «Ἢ 


3 

tence, which must be regarded as in 
the accus. Is. 8, 1 and write upon it with 
a common stylus (these words), “*72> 
ta wn bbb fasting to the spoil, etc. 
comp. ν. 3, ‘where Ὁ is omitted; see in 
"372 Pi. no. 1. 

4. Many of the examples above cited 
(no.3.d,ande.yv) would properly be trans- 


lated in Lat. by the Genitive, in Engl. ; 


by the Gen. or by of with its case ; and 
hence in various other kinds of examples 
also, > maybe taken asa sign of the Gen- 
itive; comp. the like use of the Greek da- 
tive for the genitive by the figure called 
Κολοφώνιον, 6. g. ἢ κεφαλὴ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, 
see Bernhardy’s Greek Syntax, p- 88 ; 

also the Gascon idiom, le fils ἃ Mr. A. 
s'est marié avec la filled Mr. B. for de. 
Spec. a) Where several genitives are 
dependent on one nominative, as "723 
‘wa "25> pram the dhnonicies annals, 
of the kings of Israel 1 K. 15,31. ΤΌΤ 
rad maw a part of the field of Boaz 
Ruth 2, 3; also Judg. 8. 28. 1 K. 15, 31. 
2 K. 5, 9. Seals 14,1. So too where the 
nominative has an adjective, as SM& 42 
ΠΡΌ ΤΙΝΘ 1 Sam. 22, 20. In both these 
kinds of examples the usual form of the 
construct and absolute could not well be 
applied. Comp. Lehrg. p. 673. Ὁ) Af- 
ter numerals, Gen. 7,11 in the sir hun- 
dredth year ¥13 "2712 of Noahs life. So 
55 {iwi the first of all 2 Sam. 19, 21; 

end rmx one of them Ez. 1, 6; “πὸ 
with on the first day of the month Gen. 
8,13. Ez.1,2. c) Asmarking the genit. 
of the possessor, comp. in no.3.d. Kee, 
5, 11 suis sawn the abundance of the 
ΠΝ nian.) Pe. 37, 16 pyIE> ὉΣῸ the 
little of the righteous man. Is. 34, 6. Jer. 
12,2. ἃ) Where adverbs with Ὁ are 
put before nouns, and thus take the force 
of prepositions ; as > 3°30 prep. also 
Ὁ momo ig. mmm preposit. So > ὉΣΏ, 

Ὁ yina, Ὁ ὉΠΡ, ete. Lehrg. p. 631. 3. 

From the primary signification of di- 
rection or turning to or towards any 
thing, come also the following tropical 
“senses ; 

5. Spoken of time,itdenotes: a) The 
point of time ἕο or until which something 
is done, etc. i.g. 12. Am. 4,7 J have 
withholden the rain from you when yet 
three months ΧΡ to the harvest. Deut. 
16,4 shall not remain all night "p2> un- 





til the morning. Comp. bdis> εἷς αἰῶνα 
for ever i. ᾳ. D219 43; also mgd εἰς αἰεὶ 
Sor ever i. q. me "2. Ὁ) The point of | 
time for or against which a thing is done; : 
Ex. 34, 2 be ready “Pp2> for to-morrow. 
Num. 11, 18 sanctify yourselves “ry72> 
against tpanornete. Ksth..5, 12. Is. “4, | 
23. Prov. 7,20. Also of an interval of | 
time ; 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22] and Solomon's — 
provision "MX Di%> for one day, every 
day.—Other significations relating to 
time, see below in B. 2. 

6. to, even to, until, usque ad; comp. — 
in no. 1 fin. So pr “S25 even to no 
measure, i. 6. without measure, Is. 5, 14; 
mand pd even to no remnant, aati 
none were left, Ezra 9, 14; also 2 Chr. 
20, 25. 1 Chr. 29. 4; comp. 2 Chr. 36, 
16. Judg. 16, 16 vexed mn even unto 
death, comp. Gen. 27,46. Hence a) 
Of a number to which any multitude 
amounts, as Greek εἰς μυρέους, πρὸς μυ- 
gious. 2 Chr. ὅ, 12 m4 we HRB? ὈΡΣΣΙΘ 
priests to the number of a hundred and 
twenty. But 1 Sam. 29, 2 belongs in 
no. 13 below. . Ὁ) Of degree. amount, 
even; Deut. 24, 5 923 95 1729 "33 NS 
there shall not pass over (be imposed) 
upon him even any thing, not the slight- — 
est charge; comp. 32 in the phrase 
Ἔτι S3—N>. So 2 Chr. 7, 21. Kce. 9, 
4532 “a1 31 δῆτ: ὙΠ 3355 for even a dog 
alive is better than a lion dead. 

7. Like >x A.6, it implies an adding, 
superadding to, i. 6. in addition to, wpon, 
besides. Is. 28, 10 9P> 1p 12> 1% precept 
upon precept, line wpon line. Ecc. 7, 27 
mand mos adding one to another. Ps, 
135, 7 he maketh lightnings "22> to the 
rain, i.e. accompanying the rain in addi- 
tion. Jer. 10,13. Gen. 46, 26 all the souls 
that came 3P2"> in addition to (besides) 
Jacob into Egypt.—In this sense 559 is 
more frequent. 

8. It marks a direction of mind {o- 
wards any one, either to, for, or against ; 
e.g. 5 ΠΌΤ pious towards God Ps. 4, 4; 
Ὁ on nny” see in TOM no. 1. 6; 5 51 
good to any one Lam. 3, 25. Contra, 
> xum do sin against any one, see in 
RUM; ‘Sb man to be angry against, see in 
ΠΣ; Ὁ Dor to plot against Ps. 37. 12. 

Ὁ, Flere too it forms a Dat. commodr 
(comp. no. 3. b)¥ for, in behalf of any 
one, for his advantage, on his side, ete 





























gal. 


49>, propterea, therefore. 


; we Π τὦ 


Gen. 31, 43. 5 ΤΠ ὈΛΤΌΝ 7b5d unless 


God had been for me, ou my side. Ps. 56, 
10. 118, 6. Is. 6, 8 125-Gb9 "2 who will 
go for us? Judg. "ἢ i. Deut. 30, 12..13. 
So Judg. 7, 20 the sword for Pehovak 
and for Gideon ! comp. v. 18. Job 13, 7 
M233 ASIN bNdM will ye speak wickedly 
‘for God? i.e. in his behalf, to défend 
him. Ps. 69,22. ‘p 9835 for one’s life, 
to preserve it, see in wED no. 2. 6. Also 
? on to fight for; Ὁ 5 to contend 
for; > 2 "MST to entreat for: 

10. Spoken of a cause, reason, motive, 
on account of, because of, for, Lat. prop- 


ter; comp. Arab. XAs/{ 2 Lam cau- 
So in md, md, wherefore? Gr. 
εἰς τί; πρὸς ti; Germ. wozu? Also 135, 
Gen. 4, 23 I 
have slain a man "3%5> for my inion 
(because he wounded me), “72M> 3259 
yea, a young man for my stripe. Is. 14, 
9. 15, 15. 36, 9. 60, 9 (comp. 55, 5, where 


it is more fally 155). Hos. 10, 10. Lev. 


*% 


19, 28. Josh. 9, 9. Ezra 3, 13. 

11. As marking the object of discourse, 
etc. of, for, about, concerning, Lat. de. 
Lev. 14, 54 237525 ΓΟ MN this is 


the law for (concerning) every kind of 


plague. Ps. 22,31 i732 °75N2 “BD it 
shall be seacotmted concerning the Lord 
to the coming generation. So after 


_ verbs of speaking Gen. 20, 13. Ps. 3, 3; 


of commanding Ps. 91,11. Esth.3,2; of 
singing Is. 5, 1. 27,2; of inquiring, as 


> pibw> Saw; comp. Gen. 42,9. Hence 


of the subject or argument of an oracle, 
as DY2> concerning Egypt Jer. 46, 2. 
48, 1. 49, 1. 7. 23. 28. 23, 9. So Arab. 


ὦ Kor. Sur, 3. 162. Sur. 4. 64. 


12. Of the end or final object; as 
ΠΣ» for help, either as sought or giv- 


en, Is. 10, 3. 20,6. 31,1; pmd, xrwd, 


for jotight in vain. So “napa tor 
“1233. 

13. Spoken of a norm, rule, etc. ac- 
cording to, after, by, Lat. secundum. 
Gen. 1, 11 5585 after its kind. 8, 19. 
10, 5 3b wn every one dccordine to 
is language. Num. 4, 29 after their 
tribes and families. 1 Sam. 10, 19. 
2 Chr. 25,5; P3"> according to right 
and justice, i.e. justly, righteously, Is. 


32, 1. 11,3. 2 Sam. 18,4 and all the peo- 


ple came out Ὁ ΠΕ 3815} τὴ 25. by hundreds 





and by thousands. 1 Sam. 29, 2. Is. 27, 
12. 1 Chr. 23, 3. Gen. 41, 46 ΣΡ by 
sheaves.—Hence also the idea of like- 
ness, q. d. like, like as, as if, as though, 
Job 39, 16 [19] 2 N5> M722 MPN she 
is cruel towards her young, as though 
not hers; Vulg. quast non sint sui. Hos. 
9,13 Ephraim ...ts planted in a pleas- _ 
ant place “> like Tyre, pr. as though he 

were Tyre. “EM> Nz? fo go out (from 

servitude) as free, i. e. free; written 

also without > in the same sense, 8% 

"WEM, see in SEN. So > aun fo re- 

gard as, see in sun no. 1. 

14. As denoting reference or relation, 
as to, in respect to, as for, in; and thus 
subjoined: a) After adjectives, to mark 
the nature or quality of an attribute ; 
8. σ΄. H22M24 ὍΣ 511 great in (as to) 
riches and wisdom, comp. 1 K. 10, 23; 
mva%> ΣΟῚ older in years Job 32, 4; 
aw) bing Josh. 22, 10. Comp. Lar 

‘ preestantior ad rationem sollertiamque,’ 
Cic. Nat. Deor. 2.62. Ὁ) After verbs, 
Gen. 17,20 and 5x22)" as for Ishmael, 
I have heard thee. 19, 21. Num. 18, 7. 
Ps. 12,7. Comp. Lat. ‘ad omnia alts 
etate eapiitvus rectius’ Ter. Ad. 5. 3. 45. 
6) After substantives; 2 Chr. 21, 3 and 
their father gave them great gifis 7023: 
ambi in (as to) silver and gold. 16, 8. 
Aliso before a subst. put absol. at the 
beginning of a clause ; as Is. 32,1 Do 7w>4 
snot xptind and as for princes they 
shall rule justly. Ps. 16, 37>b2...prwinp> 
p2"x5m as for the saints. -all my de- 
light is in them. 17, 4. 32, 6. 

Nore. It is affirmed by some (Ewald 
Krit. Gramm. p. 603. KI. Gramm. § 326), 
and denied by others ( Winer in Simonis 
Lex. p. 509, 510), that > is also prefixed 
even to the nominative case; and the 
following examples are quoted: 1 Chr. 
3. 2. 7, 1. 24, 20. 22. 2 Chr. 7, 21. Ecc. 
9,4. Ps. 89,19. But it would seem that 
most of these examples may be referred 
to one or another of the acknowledged 


‘senses and constructions of this parti- 


cle; (although in particular examples I 
would explain it differently from what 
Winer has done;) while nevertheless 
the > in such instances stands before 
what would otherwise have ‘been the 
nominative. Thus Ps. 89, 19 our shield 
is or the Lord, and or the Holy one of. 


9 504 > 


Israel our king. For 2 Chr. 7, 21 and 


Kec. 9,4, see above in no. 6. In 1 Chr.. 


7,1 and 24, 20.22 we may render: to 
the sons of Issachar, to the Levites, sc. 
belonged, are to be reckoned, those who 
follow. In 1 Chr. 3,2 pibvs ab senbuin 
the third was Abeaion, the reading with 
?i is indeed suspected, since it is wanting 
before the names of the other five sons 
v. 1-4, and is not found in 20 Mss. of 
Kennicott; yet > stands in the same 
way halire the predicate after mt in 
2 Chr. 16, 8 p>vinpbs 595 ΞΡ bord | clara 
they were (for) a “hug ge host in (as to) 
chariots and horsemen. So too 2 Chr. 
15, 3, for which gee below in B. no. 3. 

B) Less frequently > is spoken: 

1. Of rest or delay at, on, in a place, 
i. 6. the being at a place to which one 
has come; comp. Lat. ad, also ἐς ϑρό- 
vous ἕζοντο Od. 4.581; Germ. zu Hause, 
zu Leipzig. E. g. '» 17> at one’s side ; 
Ἔ 47775 at one’s right hand, see 7707; 
srs ned at the door of his tent Num. 
11, 10; ΤῊΣ Ἢ al the entrance of the 
city Deo 8,3; O°" min? on the shore of 
the sea. Gen. 49,13; Ὲ “333 i.e. before 
the eyes, in the aight of any one; "25> id. 
This use of > is more extensive in the 
poets and later writers, who sometimes 
put it for the common 3, e. g. yine Ps. 
41,7, and nyin>- 2 Chr. 32, 5, i.g. Yama 
Moria ΓΒ ὩΣ αἱ Mizpah as 5.13 
ΤΠ Ὁ in the pit, i. 6. in prison, Is. 51, 14. 

2. Trop. of time, and spoken of a 
point of time to which an action has ap- 
proached so as to coincide with it; comp. 
inA.no,5. Hence a) Of time when, 
i. 6. the moment or point of time at or 
in which any thing is done; chiefly in 
poetic style and in the later writers who 
imitated this. E.g. "22> in the morning, 
early, Ps. 30,6. 59,17. Am. 4, 4, for the 
usual "j253; so mind at day-light, dawn, 
Job 24, iA: spb at evening Gen. 49, 97, 
Ps. 90, 6. Ece, ‘11, 6, for the usual 2733; 
Shy rgb Gen. 8, 11, pitt mind Gen. 3, 8, 
wan xe ry) at the time of sunset Josh, 
10, 27; also conjoined 3°2>) "pad 1 Chr, 
16, 40. 2 Chr. 2,3. Ὁ) Of a time with- 
in which any thing i is done, 6. g. τῶ» 
n°2"h within three days Ezra 10, 8. DAN 
pap) τὼν once in three years 1 K. 10, 
22. 6) Of aspace or interval of time 
after the lapse of which any thing is to 


| be done; comp. Gr. εἰς ἐγιαυτόν | 
3 Ρ 



















































‘for a year, and ‘after a year, and 
Engl. ‘ina year.’ Gen. 7, 4 Tid Ὁ 5 
ΓΙΣΞ in yet seven days, i. 6. after seven 
days. Am. 4,407" ΤΌΘ after (every) 
three years. 2 Sam. 13, 23 Dra", DINE 
after two years. 11, 1. 

3: Also of the state or condition in 
which one is ; where espec. in the later 
writings the partic. > is said to be used 
in nearly the same sense as 3. The 
examples however are doubtful # and 
most of those usually referred hither, ad- 
mit of a different solution. E.g. ">> 
see in A. no. 2; "N2x> Ps. 69, 22, see in 
no. 9; "73 >x> Bs soe find: SMe B. So 
33 apart, separately, may be referred 
to B. no. 1; also mua> in security, se- 
curely ; pas> justly ; ὍΝ gently ; for 
Is. 5,14 see in A.6; and so Job 41, 25.— 
Contra, 2 Chr. 15, 3 ἘΝ. DXA) DOG 
"ἢ Ndba nox “πῶς ΡΩΝ and long time 
to Israel (he hath been) without the true 
God, and without a teaching priest, and 
without law ; here it might be difficult 
to say in what N55 differs from 853; un- 
less we prefer to render it: and for a 
long time was Israel witheut the true 
God, etc. see in A. 13, fin. Further, we 
have in 2 Chr, 20,21 ὅπ ΓΛ ΠΡ in holy 
ornaments, for wIp natn id. Ps. 29, 2. 
96,9. 1 Chr. 16, 29. This analogy also 
serves to strongthel the usual interpre- 
tation of Ps. 45,15 ΞΘ 53") ΤΛΏ ἽΝ 
in embroidered garments (adorned with 
these) shall she be brought unto the king. 

C) The Infinitive with > prefixed has 
in general the nature and signification 
of a noun, or rather of the Engl. infin. 
with to; 6. g. Inf. ΤΣ; 

1. Lat. ad faciendum, to do, denoting 
end and purpose, like Engl. to before the 
infin. Thus Cant. 5,5 J rose up ΠΕΡ 
to open. m12> rd a time to bring forth, 
Ece. 3,2. 825 ἢ nap near to flee to, Gen. 
19, 20. nivg> ΓΙ what is to be done? 2 
K.4,13. Is. 5,4. ‘tap soa (7373) Dir τὴν 
yet this day (he must) remain at Nob, 
Is. 10, 32; comp. p. 251. dd. β. 

2. Lat. faciende, for doing, ΤΟΣ Ὁ m7 
to be ready or disposed for doing (to do), 
see 77} no. 3. 41. Ellipt. ΣΤ. mins 
Jehovah is ready lo save me, i. e. wil 
save me, desires my safety, Is. 38, 20. 
21,1. 44,14, So ellipt. and negat. nh 


? 


—_ = 


ον ἐςπ δορὶ 505 


mivs> one may not do, Am. 6, 10; or, 


one cannot do, etc. Judg. 1, 19, comp. 


Josh. 17, 12. \ 

3. Lat. faciendi, of doing ; Num. 1,1 
in the second year SMXX> of their coming 
out, i.e. after their departure from Egypt. 
afn/other examples > c. inf. signifies : 

4. even to, until, Is. 7, 15. Comp. 
above in A. 5. a. 

_ 5. on account of, because, Is. 10, 2 init. 
30,1 mivs>. Num.11,1. Comp. in A.10. 

6. as if, as though, 1 Sam. 20, 20. 
Comp. in A. 13. 

7. ata time, when; 392 ΤΕ lit. ‘at 
the turning of evening,’ when evening 
drew near, at even tide, Gen. 24, 63. 

D) Once > seems to serve as a Con- 
junction, and is apparently prefixed to a 


finite verb, in the sense of that, like 





5. 45, 1. 8. al. 





Arab. J for «9 ; thus 1K. 6,19 in the 


common reading, ΠΡ that thou mayest 
_ place. But as this sense is harsh in con- 
- nection with the context, we may per- 


haps with Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 213, 


_ regard jMm as a sort of reduplicated in- 


fin. for 7F2F), as also in 1 K. 17, 14 Cheth. 


Ὁ Chald. prep. i.q. Hebr. 1. to, τηΐο, 
towards, spoken of place, Dan. 2, 17. 4, 
19. 6,11. 7, 2. 

2. As sign of the Dative, Dan. 2, 5. 7. 
9. Put often also with the Accusative 
after active verbs, Dan. 2, 10. 23. 24. 25. 
5,4. -Also as a sign of the Genitive, 
Ezra 5, 11. 6, 3. 15. 

3. Prefixed to the Infinitive, after 
verbs of speaking, commanding, ete. 
Dan. 2, 9. 10. 12. 

Nore. For Chald. > as prefixed to the 
forms of the fut. of mi, e. g. aim, 
>, etc. see in MIM mated p: 247. The- 
saur. p. 734. 


NO and 35 times Rip according to 
the Masora, e. g. Gen. 37, 13; Adv. of 
negation, 70, not. Ratiqne παν were 
wb, 7b, whence xb3>. "bad, "baw. Syr. 
ff and oS, Chald. x>, Arab. δ. The 
ultimate root is Ni) q.v. whence also 
nnd, 9D. 

1. Like Gr. ov, οὐκ, it expresses an ab- 
solute negative, and is put: a) Witha 
Preter, unlike >8 q.v. as Gen. 2. 5. 4, 


43 





xd 


Gen. 3, 4 jimon Min Nb thou shalt not 
surely die. Ps. 16, 10 atm ΝΘ thou will 
not leave. With the 2d pers. it often in- 
terdicts, and thus stands for the negat. 
imperative as Ex. 20,15 33am’ 8> thou 
shalt not steal. v. 5. Gen. 3,1.2. 24,37 . 
Lev. 19, 4. 25,17. Deut. 25,4; here it 
differs from 58 which expresses dissua- 
sion, but comp. Prov. 22, 24. With the 
3d.pers. Gen. 31, 32 4377 N> he shall not 
live, i.e. let ΕΝ die. So Arab. Ν with. 
the Fut. condit. De Sacy Gr. I. § 419. 
Whether &> is put (like 5x) with the 
fut. in clauses marking purpose, may 
justly be doubted; 6. g. Ex. 28, 32 x} 
ΞΡ (so) tt shall not be rent, not: ‘that it 
be not rent.’ Is. 41,7 he fasteneth it with © 
nails, 5729 X> thus it moveth not, stands 
firm. Job 22,11. c) Itstands also where 
the substantive verb is omitted; as Ps. 
5, 5 ms sO yen dx Nb thou art not a 
God having pleasure in wickedness. Ex. 
16, 8. 2 Sam. 18, 12. Is. 63, 9. Very 
rarely with a Participlé, Wwiere ἽΝ is 
the usual negative ; or with an Infini- 
tive, where "M23 is comm. employed.— 
As to its place in ἃ clause, 8> is always 
closely connected with the verb, and 
immediately precedes it; although oc- 
casionally for the sake of emphasis a 
word may be placed between the two, 
as Gen. 32,9 70 "ἿΡ ἼΩΝ apn ND. 
1 Sam. 8,7. Ez. 16, 47. Job 22, 7. 34,23. 

The plowing uses of this particle 
may likewise be noted: 

2. Absol. in answer to a question, no, 
nay, Zech. 4,5. Job 23,6 will he con- 
tend with me with all his might? No 
(5), but, etc. Also in declining an in- 
vitation, Gen. 19, 2 nay, but we will abide 
in the street all night. 23, 11. Is. 30,16; 
comp. Gen. 18, 15. 

3. In neg. interrogations, where an 
affirmative answer is implied, (different 


from >& no. 3,) for 8>m is not? nonne? 


like Gr. οὐκ Hom. 1]. 10. 165. ib. 4. 242. 
Mostly in clauses coupled with a preced- 
ing one; Job 14, 16 "NNwNM Dy an Nb 
dost thou not wateh over my sin? 2, 10. 
2 K. 5, 26. Jer. 49,9. Lam. 3,36. Ton. 4, 
11»; Bleo Jer. 49, 25. 

4, Put for 8>3 with no, i.e. without, 


1 Chr. 2, 30 and Seled died 2722 δ 


without children. Ps. 59,4. 2 Sam. 23, 4. 


Ὁ) With Futures, as | Job 34, 24. 397 N> without way Job 12,. . 


nd 506 nd Ἧ 


24. tins Xd without men, deserted, deso- 
late, Job 38, 26. 

δ. i. ᾳ. DIY not yet, 2 K. 20, 4. Ps. 139, 
16. 

6. Prefixed to nouns it gives them 
"a negative or contrary meaning, like 
Engl. un, in,im. a) Before adjectives, 
son ND not pious, i. ᾳ. ungodly, Ps. 43, 
L; 12 NX> not strong, i. q. infirm, weak, 
Prov. 30,25; Dam NX> unwise Deut. 32, 6. 


b) Before suetan tives, as DY δὲ q.d. 


non-deus, a no-god, i.e. an idol, Deut. 
32, 21. Jer.5,7; V2 δὲ nol wood, spoken 
of a man in opp. to a rod or instrument 
of wood, Is. 10,15; S78 N>, DIN 5, 
spoken of God, as not to be brought itt 
comparison with mortals, Is. 31,8. But 
the sense is different in phrases like 
m> Xbb Job 26,2 and M327) N92 ib. v. 3, 
where there is an ellipsis for: ‘he whe 
hath no power, no wisdom ; see below in 
C.2. c) For the phrase b5 xb see under 
ἘΞ πο. 3. d) With anadverb, as ¥>9 NX> 
no litile, i. e. much, Is. 10, 7. 

7. Da7N> nol even, see in 03 no. 2; not 
much different is ἀρ. εἶν Judg. 4,16.— 
Also >—X> Deut. 24,5; see in > A.6.b. 

8. By pleonasm Nd j is joined with 18 
1K. 10,21; with oy Zeph. 2, 2. 

Nore. Some assign also to N> the 
power of a subst. nothing, but the exam- 
ples adduced are not certain. In Job 
6, 21 the reading is doubtful; and Job 
31, 23 Do4x NX> may be rendered, J could 
not se. do any such thing. Comp. how- 
ever Chald. 8b, 2, Dan. 4, 32. 

With prefixed ab is connected ns fol- 
lows: 

A) Xba 1. Prep. varying in signifi- 
cation, according to the different signifi- 
cations of the particle 3. a) notina 
certain time, comp. 3 of Give, A. 5; ie. 
out of, beyond a. certain time. Lev. 15, 25 
ΠΣ ΤΡ Nba beyond the time of her un- 
cleanness. Also before, i. q. 2223, Job 
15, 32 ‘iain Xba before his time, conip. 
above Nd for piv, no. 5. Ὁ) not for 
a certain price, ἐόν 3 of price, Β. 3; 
Is. 55, 1. Ps. 44, 13; also 3 ND Is. 45, 13. 
c) not with sc. any thing, i. €, awithout, 
1 Chr. 12, 33 3b) 3> Nba not with a 
double heart, i. e. with one heart, with 
‘the whole soul, comp. Ps. 17, 1. Job 8, 11. 
Ez. 22,29. 2 Chr. 30, 18 they did eat the 
© passover 2132 soa without (doing) as 





it was written. In the same sense is anid 
38>, as 393 &> without (man’s) hand 
Job 93. 90; ὩΞ3 N> not with silver, i.e. 
not so as to obtain silver, Is. 48,10. Syr. 
2 fy without. d) not by or with, comp. 
2 of the instrument and cause, B. 2. ¢; 
Job 30, 28 I walk darkened an nda 
but not by the sun.—tIn some instances 
also X52 is put concisely for 8> “NB, 
as Is. 55, 2 ΠΙΡΞῸΣ Nba for (that which} 
satisfieth not. Jer. 2, 11. 

2. Conj. with fut. in that not, i. 6. 80 
that not. Lam. 4, 14 5333 sbosn Nba 
piwab. so that (men) cannot touch 
their garments. 

*B) nbn nonne? is not? ete. Gen. 4, 
7. 20,5. Job 1, 10. Num. 23, 26; annon? 
1 K, 1, 11: implying an affirmative an- 
swer, and Nb is often therefore nearly 
i.g. 72, 725, lo! behold! 1 Sam. 20, 37 © 
myst} 7732 ‘umn xbn lo! the arrow is 
beyond thee. 2 Sam. 15, 35. Ruth 2, 8. 
Prov. 8, 1. 14, 22. 22, 20. Job 22, 12 
(parall. mx). Hence for ΡΠ in the — 
books of the Kings, we find in Chron. 
often min, e. g. 2 K. 15, 36 th Ron 
“pO 5 Drs lo! they are written in 
the book, ete. comp. 2 Chr. 27,7; so2K. © 
20,20. 21, 17, comp. 2 Chr. 32, 92. 23, 18. 
etc. Very rarely both particles stand 
together; as 035 N>m 2 Chr. 25, 26; 
mn ait Hab. 2, 13. See Gesch. d. 
Heb. Sprache p.-39. The LXX also 
often render 8>5 by ἰδού Josh. 1, 9. 2 K. 
15,21. In Samar. and Rabbinic Ndr is 


common for 735.—Arab. St ᾽ NES 


C) 8>> 1. in not, i. q. without, once 
2 Chr. 15, 3, pr. in the not having. 

2. as hii not, Job 39, 16, see in > 
A. 13. Salaceehoas: also τὰ ἰδ, “EN? , Is. 
65, 1. Job 26, 2. 3. 

Nore. By a certain laxness of ortho- 
graphy, X> is occasionally written for 
i> to him, according to the Masorites 
fifteen times in all, Ex. 21, 8. Lev. 11, 
21. 25, 30. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 2 Sam. 16, 18. 
Ps. 100, 3. 139, 16. Job 6, 21. 13, 15. 41, 
4. Ezra 4,2. Prov. 19, 7. 26, 2, Is. 9, 2. 
63,9. Vice versa also ‘> is put for 8> 
1 Sam. 2, 16. 20, 2. But several of 
these examples are doubtful. 


ND once m2 Dan. 4, 32.Chethibh. 
i. q. Heb. 8d ὃ 








“ 


wd 


1, not, no, non, Dan. 2, 5. 9. 10. 11. 3, 
12.14. 83h annon? ib. 3, 24. 4, 27. 
2. nothing, Dan. 4, 32. 


123 xd (no pasture) Lo-debar, pr. n. 
ofa town of Gilead, 2 Sam. 17,27; writ- 
ten inc. 9, 4. 5734 i>. 

"Ay XD (not my people) Lo-ammi, 
symb, name of a son of Hosea, Hos. 1, 9. 

wart) x5 (not compassionated, r. 
nm) Lo-ruhamah, symbolical name of 
a daughter of Hosea, Hos. 1, 6. 8. 2, 25. 


z aN2 obsol. root, kindr. with 34>, 
am), to burn, and thence to thirst. 


Arab. SY mid. Waw, to thirst. ἐδρή κυδο 
mandy thirst. 


᾿ ΠΣ in Kal only fut. πὰ 55, apoc. 
Rom. - 

1. to be wearied, exhausted, i. q. 77>, 
where see for the origin. Chald. nib 
and m3> id. Syr. ail id. Aph. aSf.— 
Job 4, 5 but now it (calamity) is come 
upon thee, xbm? and thou faintest. With 
> c. inf. to labour in vain, not be able, 
Gen. 19, 11. 

2. to be weary of any thing, to take iil, 


Job 4, 2. 


Nipu. i. q. Kal, but more usual. 

1. to be weary, exhausted, to faint ; 
Part. fem. 58>) weary Ps. 68,10. Espec. 
to labour in vain, Is. 16, 12; 6. inf. Jer. 
20,9. Also to weary oneself 56. by vain 
labour, Jer. 9, 4. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be weary of any 
thing, to take ill, to be grieved, with inf. 
Is. 1,14. Jer. 6, 11. 15, 6; inf. c. > Prov. 
26, 15 it grieveth him (the sluggard) to 
bring his hand again to his mouth. In- 


‘tens. to disdain, to loathe, Ex. 7, 18. 


Hien. πδθ 1. to make weary, Jer. 


τ 15. δ. Ez. 24, 12. 


2. to weary out, to tire one’s patience, 
Is. 7, 13. Mic. 6,3; comp. Job 16, 7. 
Dorty. ΠΡ ΤΙ, alsa 


my (wearied) pr. n. Leah, the elder 
daughter of Laban and ifs of Jacob, 
Gen. 29, 16 sq. 30,9 sq. 34, 1. 


ες DND i. ᾳ. 39> and und, to wrap 
around, to muffle, to cover, 2 Sam. 19, 5. 
Comp. Sanser. lud, Gr. λάϑω, λανϑάνω, 
Lat. lateo.—For ©x> Job 15, 11, see un- 
der ON. 





507 “Sie 


DN ing. ὍΣ part. Kal from r. 04> q. v. 
᾿ UN? adv. softly, genily, see 2X. 


* IND obsol. root; Arab. oY Con.’ 
IV, also Eth. AA), to send a messenger, 
TAG'N (to be sent), to wait upon. to 
minister, AAS a minister, servant. 
Kindred are 921, 5". 

Deriv. 98572, 72829, MAN", and pr. 

Nn. "3822. 


by (of God sc. created, comp. Job 
33, 5,) Lael, pr. n. m. Num. 3, 24. 


My OND obsol. root, of doubtful signifi- 


.-' 


cation; Arab. @Y is to agree, to be 
congruent. Perh. D%> may be softened 
from ὉΠ, pr) ; signifying to make a 


noise, ΤῊ ἘΠῚ multitude, and pr. ἢ. 
DMN 5 comp. 515, o>" .—Hence 


DN? m. c. suff, "aNd, ὝΞΗΝ Ὁ Is. 51, 4; 
plur. prayd. 

l. a people, nation, only poetic, Prov. 
11, 26. 14, 28; Plur. Gen. 25, 23. 27, 29. 
Ps. 7, 8. 9, 9, αἰ, 

2. Plur. Ὁ ΚΘ τοδὶ pr. n. of an Arab 
tribe, Gen. 25, 3; supposed to be the same 
with the Mil oiuasinl of Ptolemy 5. 7. 


29 m. (τ. 332) c. Makk. 73), c. suff. 
"a>, 92>, plur. mind; also 

332 m. constr. 22>, ὁ. suff. "225, 
E5235; plur. nia2> 1 Chr. 28, 9, 6. au 
once wns} Nah. 2. 8. 

1. the heart, so called as being covered 


& ? 
with fat; see the root. Arab. ws , Syr. 
ἴα, Eth. Af, id—2 Sam. 18, 14. Ps. 


45,6. al. As the heart is the central 
point for the blood, and the seat of life, 
it is often put: 

a) i. q. 0B (Hom. φρένες) anima, life, 
the vital principle, Ps. 84, 3. 102, 5. Jer. 
4, 18, comp. 022 in v. 10. Hones the 
heart is said to live, to recreate itself, Ps. 
22, 27; or to be sick Is. 1,5; and even 
to sleep and wake Ecc. 2, 23, comp. 8, 
16. Cant. 5,2. Also to stay the heart is 
to refresh oneself with food and drink. 
see 130. Ex. 9, 14 ¥3>7>R upon thy 
heart, i. e. upon thee, thyself. 

b) Further, with the Hebrews as in 
Engl. the heart is the seat of the feel- 
ings, affections, and emotions of various 


Yo) 508 
ΟΠΞΞῸΞ do all that is in thy heart, what 


kinds. e. g. of love, as Judg. 5, 9. 16,15 
thy heart is not with me, i.e. thou lovest 
me not; (contra, to love with all the 
heart, Deut. 4, 29. 6, 5;) of confidence, 
Prov. 31, 11; contempt, Prov. 5, 12; 
joy, Ps. 104, 15; sorrow, Neh. 2,2. Ecc. 
7,3; contrition, Ps. 109, 16; bitterness, 
Ps. 73, 21; despair, Ecc. 2, 20; security, 
22 113) Ps. 57, 8. 108, 2. Poetically 
there is also ascribed to the sorrowful 
a heart sick, wounded, grieved, Prov. 13, 
12. 14,13. Is. 61,1; to the timid a heart 
which melts, Is. 13,7. Deut. 20,8; to the 
inflexible and obstinate a hard heart (see 
mup, mins) like a stone Ez. 11, 19. 
36, 26, not circumcised Lev. 26,41. The 
words too by which we utter or express 
those feelings, are poetically ascribed 
to the heart; and thus the heart is said 
to cry out, Hos. 7, 14; to lament, Is. 
15, 5; to pant, to sigh, Ps. 38.9. Also 
to pour out the heart is i. q. to pour out 
oue’s feelings in tears, Lam. 2, 19.—EHs- 
pec. heart is put for fortitude of mind, 
courage; so taaa bold. courageous. 
1 Sam. 17, 32 >3-n4N => ΘΒ ΓΝ let no 
man’s heart fail, etc. Gen. 42, 28 δ 3} 
~ p> and their heart went forth, their 
courage failed. 2 Sam. 7, 27. 17, 10. 
Jer. 49, 22. Neh. 3, 38 [4, 61. Piriitheas 
of heartai is also put for the same, Job 41, 
15 [24]. Commotion, agitation of eaind 
seems to be implied in Job 15, 12: "ma 
22 FNP? whither doth thy heart carry 
thee away ? 

c) In reference to the mode of thinking 
and acting, i.e. to disposition and char- 
acter; in which sense there is ascribed 
to any one a.clean heart, Ps. 51, 12; 
sincere 1 K.3,6; faithful Neh. 9,8; up- 
right 1 K. 9,4; also on the contrary, a 
heart perverse Ps. 101, 4; contumacious, 
froward, Prov. 7, 10; deep, i. e. hidden, 
crafty Ps. 64, 7; ungodly Job 36, 13; 
also double-minded men are said to 
speak with a double heart or mind, Ps. 
12, 397277 255 253; comp. contra, 1 Chr. 
12, 33 =i =} Nba with one heart, sincere- 
ly. Further, a heart or mind that is 
wide =m4 Prov. 21, 4, great 51 Is. 9, 9, 
high mai Ez. 28, 5, signifies pride ; but 
the former also dente foi Is. 60, 5. 

d) As the seat of w7ll, purpose, deter- 
minition. 1 Sam. 14,7 "x52 ΠΡ 













































“Ss τ ἘΝ 


thou wilt or hast determined. Is. 10, 7 
nada savind to destroy is in his heart, 
Is. 63, 4 the day of vengeance "2b2 is in 
my hiort; i.e. 1 have decreed it, will 
bring it to pass: So a thing is asia tobe © 
"a> ὩΣ in my heart, i.e. 1have purposed — 
it, 1K. 8, 17: 18.. 1 Chr. 22, 7.928, 2. 9 
2 Chr. 1, 11. 29, 10. "23253 i.e. after my — 
own heard, to my own pleasure, 1 Sam. | 
13, 14. Ps, 20, 5; so "2>D Jer. 3, 15, 
ἈΞ 1 Sam. 9, 35. Also nab-by Neh, 
7,5. Ecc. 11, 9 WB "2773 5bM walk in 
the ways of thy heart, follow out your 
own desires, will. 
6) To the heart is also ascribed wnder- — 
— intelligence, wisdom, (comp. — 





μὲ heart, intellect, Lat. cor Cic. Tusc. © 


1.9. Plaut. Pers. IV. 4. 71, also corda-— 
tus i. e. discreet, prudent,) and even too 
the facully of thinking, Is. 10,7. 1 Chr. — 
29, 18.—1 K. 10, 2 she (the queen of 
Sheba) spake with him all that was in 
her heart, i.e. all she knew. Judg. 16, 
17 he told her.all his heart i.e. all he 
knew.. Ece. 7,2. Hence one is said to 
be 225 02m wise of heart Job 9,4, comp. 
1K. 10, 24;-et contra 3 “ΌΤΙ void of 
ἘΣ Δαν αν ee foolish, Prov. 7, 7. 9, 4. 
2> ΣΝ viri cordati. men of undeestaian 
ing, intelligent, Job, 34, 10. 12, 3 “το. 
e2i2D 32> I too have uideratandine as” 
well as you. 32> > strength of under- 
standing Job 36, 5, spoken of the infinite 
wisdom of God. Α fat heart, i. e. cover- 
ed over with fat, is put for a dull and cal- 
lous understanding, Is. 6,10; see in 9. 
—The consciousness of right and wrong 
the Hebrews expressed by: the heart 
knoweth, is conscious to itself, Ecce. 7, 22. 

f) Trop. heart is put for self, like 252 
no 5, in the formuts 1323 7728, a2) x, J 
jad-dx ‘x, to say in or to one’s ‘hearts 
i. 6. oneself ; see in "Y28 no. 2, also in 
"23 Pi. no. 1. f. 

2. Metaph. heart, for the middle, midst, 
inner part, e. g. of the sea, Ex. 15,8; of 
the heavens, Deut. 4, 11. 2 Sam. 18, 14 
moun 222 in the midst of the terebinth. 
So χαρδία τῆς γῆς Matt. 12, 40. 


22 and 225 Chald. m. the heart, i. q. 
mind, intellect, Dan. 4, 13. 7, 43; c. suff. 
sad 7, 28; san} 2, 30. 5, 22; M3392 4,1 
5, 20. 21. 


} 





est; and render thus: 
man will become wise, (when) the wild 
ass’s colt is born a man, i. e. never; 
contrary to the dignity of the Hebrew. 


ND 


ul ND and " m9 obsol. root, whence 
are derived som," =, Bad, “Hine lioness. 
Prob. onomatopoetic, ἰδία μος the sound 
of lowing, roaring, like old Germ. liuwén, 
leuen, Engl. to low, whence Germ. Leu, 
Léwe, comp. Gr. λέων, Lat. leo. 


mina? (lions, see °2>) Lebaoth, pr. n. 
of a city of Simeon, Josh. 15, 32; more 
fully nixa> ma 19, 6. 


ba τε αὶρ in Kal not used, prob. to be fat. 
The primary idea lies in the slipperiness, 
lubricity, of fat things; which notion is 
expressed by the syllables 35, ΠΡ; see 
22m to be fat, H>m, 450, Abed, to be 
smooth, slippery; Sanscr. lip illinere. 
Hence 323, 3359, 32>, the heart, as 
covered with fat, and therefore called 
also 35h q. v. no. ES ‘Kiso miatn q. v. 

ΝΊΡΗ. denom. from 225, pass. of Pi. no. 


1, to be without heart, i. 6. to want under- 


grinding. Job 11, 12 3357 393) ex) 
4217 DUN NAD Ἐν but man rs hollow 
(empty) and wanteth MN TCrRGNIN: 5 
yea, man is born like a wild ass’s colt, 


signifying the weakness and diliness 


of human understanding in comparison 
with the divine wisdom. There is a 
paronomasia in the words 3533 and 325". 
—To this interpretation, which alone 
accords with the context, I have formerly 
objected, that there was no example of 
the privative power of Piel thus transfer- 
red to Niphal; but this objection is re- 


eG 5. 
moved by examples in Arabic, as ous 


in hepate lesus est, hepate laboravit, 
OgKo in hepate ΠΆΡΕ Others com- 


pare Syr! 25S cordatum fecit, animum 


addidit; Ethpa. cordatus, confortatus 
but the foolish 


Pizt 32> 1. Denom. from 335, to rob 
one of his heart, i. 6. to ravish the heart, 
spoken of a maiden, Cant. 4,9. Comp. 
on this species of denominatives, Heb. 
Gramm. ὃ 51. 2. 6. 

2. Denom. from min"2>, to make fat 
cakes, 2 Sam. 13, 6. 8. See miata. 


23? heart, see under a>. 


23? Chald. see in Chald. 3. 
43* 


509 





== 
= 


I> alone, see 73. 
2 22 see r. N22." 


nab contr. for M233 flame, Ex. 3, 2; 
as bap for dup .—Others derive it 
from r. “ad, a Samar. to shine, to 
give light, kinds, with 39>. 


M22 f(r, 22>) the heart, Ez. 16, 30 ; 
plur. “pind Ps. 7, 10. Prov. 15, 11. 


mia? see mad. 


tina and tab m. once with fem. 
signif. see no. DH a>. 

1. a garment, vestment, i. q. 732 and 
mostly poet. Job 24, 7. 10. 31, 19. 38, 9. 
Ps. 22, 19. 45, 14. Prov. 27,6. Jer. 10, 9. 
Spec. a splendid garment, Job 38, 14 
hand 129 ἼΞΝ ΠῚ and (all things) stand 
forth as in splendid attire, i. e. the 
earth as illumined by the morning sun; 
comp. Esth. 6, 9. 10. 11. Is. 63,1. Trop. 
of the skin Job 30, 18; of the armature 
or scales of the crocodile Job 41, 5. 

2. Metaph. a wife, spouse, Mal. 2, 16. 
Freq. in Arab. comp. Kor. Sur. 2. 183 
wives are your garment, and ye are 
theirs; so the words αὐὖμξ. and wh. 
to put on a garment, and also to lie with 
a woman. See more in Schultens Ani- 
madv. ad Ps. 65, 14. 


waa Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1. Dan. 
8, 21. 


ἘῺΣΡ in Kal not used, Arab. 4! 
to throw wpon the ground, to prostrate. 

Nipu. to be thrown down, to fall, to 
perish, Prov. 10, 8. 10. Hos. 4, 14. 


"22 m. (τ. 82>) @-lion, not found in 
sing. Plur. m. D082 lions Pa 57, 5; 
fem. ninad lionesses, c. ‘suff. sanitsd 
Nah. 2, 13; see nab. 


wa> a lion, pr. a lioness, so called 
from their roaring, see Τ᾿ N32; a poetic 
word, Gen. 49, 9. Num. 24, 9. Deut. 33, 
20. Job 4, 11. vis om Is. 5, 29. Be se al. 


Se, 5 ; 
Arab. δι), Rud nal 1, a4, also Sa, etc. 


alia’ Copt. Ἀπ κι lion, lioness, and 
also a bear. Bochart, in Hieroz. I. p. 
719, supposes this word to denote, not 
the male lion, but the lioness ; and this 


| rests on good grounds, though different 


from those assigned by him, viz. 


a) It 


te 510 


of one of David’s enemies ; others regard 


is coupled with other nouns denoting a 
lion, where it can hardly be a mere sy- 
‘nonyme, Gen. 1. c. Num. |. c. Nah. 2, 12. 
Is. 30,6. Ὁ) The passages in Job 4,11 
and 38, 39, accord much better with a 
lioness than with a lion. c) In Ez.19,2 
the letters 8725 certainly imply a lion- 
ess, and the pointing &°3>“savours of 
grammatical artifice. d) The mase. 
termination is no objection, since there 
are many names of female animals with 
masc. endings; as jiM8 she-ass, 5119 ewe, 
1d she-goat. 


N°2> f, Ez. 19, 2 a lioness; see δὲ 3 Ὁ 
lett. c. 


rian? f. plur. (τ. 335) a species of 
cakes prepared in a frying-pan, prob. 
with fat, q. d. fat-cakes, perhaps a kind 
of omelet or the like, fried in fat; 2 Sam. 
13, 6. 7.8.10. Sept. χολλυρίδες, Vulg. 
sorbitiuncula. Hence the denom. verb 
Pi. 235 no. 2, q. v. 


"D>, see rand, 

. 139 1. to be white, in Kal not used, 
see 135, 23>. Hence Arab. Be milk. 

2. Denom. from 4235, to make bricks, 


Gen. 11,3. Ex. 5, 7.14. Arab. ond id. 


Hien. 1. Catsat. to make white, me- 
taph. to purify, to cleanse from the filth 
- of sin, Dan. 11, 35. 

2. Intrans. to become white, Ps. 51, 9. 
Is. 1, 18. Joel 1,7. On verbs of colour 
in Hiph. see Heb. Gramm. § 52. 2. 

Hirup. to purify or cleanse oneself, 
Dan. 12, 10. 

eri: 222, and the nine here fol- 
lowing (without 42>). 


Ἰ29 adj. fem. 23> 1. white, Gen. 30, 
35. 37. Ex. 16, 31. Lev. 13, 3 84. Zech. 
1,8. White natment was worn on fes- 
ive occasions, Ecc. 9, 8; comp. Hor. 
Sat. 2. 2. 60. Ep. 2. 2. 3, 4. 

2. Laban, pr.n. a) The son of Be- 
thuel, an Arameean, the father-in-law of 

Jacob, Gen. 24, 29. 50. c. 29-31. ‘b) A 
place in Arabia Deut. 1, 1. 


22 ig. 422 no. 1, white, constr. “73> 
Gen. 49, 12. 


42> in the phrase 42> ὈΠῸΣ Ps. 9, 1. 
Here some take 43> as a pr. ἢ. Labben, 





925 ’ 





































> as servile and 43 as the pr. n. of a Le- 
vite, as in 1 Chr. 15,18. Some moderns 
suppose Ἴ39 ΤῊ to be the name of a mu- 
sical instrument. Better to read nv2>> 
ΞΘ as in many Mss. with virgins? voice 
(mindy Sz Ps. 46, 1) for the boys, to be 
sung by them; 13 being taken as col-_ 
lective. See j3 no. 3. 


m29 f. (τ. 422) 1. the white, poet. 
for the moon, as am for the sun, and 


Arab. ὩΣ moon, from re to be white. 


Cant. 6, 10. Is. 24, 23. 30, 26. 
2. Lebanah, pr.n.m. Bere 2.45. Neh. 
7, 48. 


M239 f. (r. 325) α brick, a tile, dried 
in the sun or burnt, Gen. 11, 3. Ez. 4, 1. 
Plur. 0°92> Gen. 1. c. Ex. 1, 14. 5, 7 sq. 
Is.9, 9. al. So called from the white and 
chalky clay of which bricks were made, 
as described by Vitruv. II. 3. Arab. 


ops ops ὧν, id. Comp. 1398. 


ma2 m. (r. 135) a species of tree or 
shrub, so called from the whitish colour 
of its bark or leaves, Gen. 30, 37. Hos. 
4,13. According to the Sept. and Arab. 
in Gen. styrax, storax, called in Arab. 


χο 


oul ; according to the Sept. in Hos. 
and Vulg. in Gen. λεύκη, populus alba, 
the white poplar. See Celsii Hierobot. 
I. p. 292. Michaelis Supplem. p. 1404 
Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 263. 


M232 ( (τ. 135) 1. whiteness, clear- 
ness, transparency; Ex. 24, 10. 

2. Libnah, pr. n. a) A city in th 
plain of Judah, the seat of a Canaanitis 
king, afterwards assigned to the pries 
and made an asylum, Josh. 10, 29. 1 
15. 15,42. 2K. 8,22.al. Ὁ) A station 
of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33. 
20. 


M22? and M2532 £ Gr. λίβανος, λιβα 


γωτός, Arab. Sue, Syr. Ἰδᾶδων. 

1. frankincense, Lev. 2, 1. 15. 5, 11 
24,7. Num. 5, 15. Is. 60,6. al. So calle 
from the white colour which marks the 
purest frankincense, Plin. H. N. 12. 1 
or 32. It is found not only in Arabia, 
60, 6. Jer. 6, 20; but also in Palesti 
according to Cant. 4, 6. 14, unless i 


Ὁ 


these latter passages the word is to be 
understood of other odoriferous plants. 
Used chiefly for burning incense. See 
Celsii Hierobot. I. p. 231 sq. Rosenm. 
Alterthumsk. IV. p. 153 sq. 
2. Lebonah, pr. n. of a city near Shi- 
loh, Judg. 21, 19. Now Lwubban, see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 90. 


7222, in prose always with the art. 
ἸΏΞΕΙ 1 K. 5, 6. 9. Ezra 3,7; poet. 
without it, Ps. 29, 6. Is. 14, 8 (comp. 
Ps. 29,5); but also with it, Is. 29, 17. 
33, 9. Cant. 4, 11.15; pr. n. Lebanon, 


Libanus, Gr. AiBayos, Arab. wid, 
Syr. «ον, a celebrated mountain on 


the confines of Syria and Palestine, de- 
scribed as d@bounding in cedars (see 
Ts), vines Hos. 14, 8, and various kinds 
of fragrant plants Cant. 4, 11. Hos. 14, 
7. It consists*of two lofty parallel ridg- 
es, of which the western one is called 
καὶ ἐξοχήν, Lebanon, Libanus ; while 
the eastern ridge bears the name of 
Anti-Lebanon, and in its high southern 
part, that of Hermon, 107% q.v. [The 
whole eastern ridge is called by the 
Arabs Jebel esh-Shirkiyeh ; while its 
southern part or Hermon, as having 
upon it ice in its ravines for a great part 
of the summer, takes the name of Jebel 
eth-Thelj, snow-mountain ; but more 
commonly that of Jebel esh-Sheikh. 
The name 31232 Lebanon comes from 
the whitish colour of the limestone rock ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 439.—R.] 
—The valley between the two ridges of 
Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon is now call- 
ed Kata el-Bikd’a; different from 
«which is the }i22>5 m>p2 the valley of 
Lebanon Josh. 11, 17. 19,7, see in ΠΣΡΞ. 
See Reland Palecstina I. p- 311. Burck- 
hardt’s Travels in Syria, p-1sq. Ro- 
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 236 sq. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 344, 345, 439. 


"22> (white) Libni, pr. ἢ. of a son of 
Gershon, Ex. 6, 17. Num. 3,18. Also 
as patron. Libnite Num. 3, 21. 26, 58. 


93>, see mzb winnd. 

*O2> and U2? Lev. 16, 4. Ps. 93, 
1; fut. wads, imper. 83>. 

1. to put on a garment, i. e. upon one- 


self; Arab. pd , Syr. 22%, Ethiop. 


511 





wa 
Alii, id. With acc. of garment, Lev. 
6, 4. Jon. 3, 5 m pw sviad™ and they put 
on sackcloth. Gen. 38, 19. 2 Sam. 14,2; 
to wear 2 Sam. 13, 18. With >3 of the . 
member Lev. 6, 3; once c. 5 Esth. 6, 8, 
as Lat. “induit se veste,’ and Arab. 
AJ c. acc. et \. Absol. to clothe 
oneself, Hagg. 1, 6. —Parv. pass. 833, 
82>, clothed, with ace, Ez: 9, 2. 3. Dan, 
10, δ᾽ Zech. 3, 3, comp. 1 Sam. 17, 5. 
Prov: 31, 21; or with gen. having the 
art. B"TaN wnat Ez. 9, 11. 10, 2. 6. 7. 
Dan. 12, 6. 7. 

2. Trop. in various senses: 8) Ps. 
104, 1 meab atm tin splendour and 
majesty hast thou pul on, sc. as a gar- 
ment. Job 7,5 ma wa wad my body 
hath put on worms. is clothed or covered 
with worms. Ps. 65, 14 jx D> sw 
the pastures are clothed with flocks. 
pean > clothed with slain, i. 6. lying 
in a confused heap of the slain, and 
covered by them, Is. 14,19.  b) Often, 
to put on or be clothed with shame, i. e. 
to be covered with it, Job 8, 22. Ps. 
35, 26. 109, 29; cursing Ps. 109, 18; 
righteousness Job 29, 14; terror Ez. 26, 
16; astonishment Ez. 7, 27; salvation, 
welfare, 2 Chr. 6,41. Ps. 132,9; strength 
Is. 51, 9. 52,1. ete. Comp. the Home- 
ric formulas, δύειν ἀλκήν Il. 19. 36 ; ἕννυ- 
σϑαι ἀλκήν 20. 381; ἐπιέννυσϑαι ἀλκήν 
Od. 9. 314. There is ἃ play upon this 
twofold use of the word in Job 29, 14: 
sygabe "mwa prs 7 put on pighteneal 
ness, and it put me on, i. 6. without I am 
clothed with righteousness as a gar- 
ment, and within it fills me wholly. In 
like manner the Spirit of the Lord is 
said to put on any one, i. 6. to fill him, to 
come upon or enter into him, Judg. 6, 34. 
1 Chr. 12,18. 2 Chr. 24,20; comp. Luke 
24, 49. Comp. the Syr. phrase Lx 
yas Satan has put thee on, i. 6. has 
entered into thee, Ephrem Opp. Syr. 
II. 504, 505. 

Pua. ‘pare: ὈΛΘΞΡ Ezra 3, 10, and 
mya owas 1 K. 22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9, 
clothed in (royal or priestly) robes. 

Hipu. to put on a garment upon an- 
other, to clothe in or with any thing; 
with two acc. of pers. and garment ; 
Gen. 41, 42 vei "Jaa irk tabs and 
clothed him with vestures of fine linen. 


wa 
Ex. 28,41. 29,5, 40,13.14. 1 Sam. 17, 38. 
Ez. 16, 10. al. With acc. of garment 
and >> of the member. Gen. 27, 16 the 
skins of the kids "32 539 "87224 she put 
upon his hands. With acc. of pers. only, 
Gen. 3, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 15. Esth. 4, 4.— 
Trop. aah 39, 19 ΠῺΣ TNs veaben 
hast thou clothed his neck with shud- 
dering? i.e. with a mane; see in ΠΏΣ" 
Job 10,11. Is. 50,3. So to clothe mh 
ΕΣ ΡΟΝ salvation prosperity, i.e. to be- 
stow it largely, Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61, 10; 
to clothe (cover) with shame, Ps. 132, 18. 

Deriv. wand, waaba, MYaon. 


wn? Chald. fut. 825" to put on a gar- 
ment, 6. ace. Dan. 5, 7. 16. 

Apu. 72>, after the Heb. form, to 
clothe, with acc. of garment and Ὁ of 
pers. Dan. 5, 29. 


Wa, see wand. 


32 τῇ. (τ. 23>) pr. as it would seem, 
‘a deep cavity, basin;’? comp. Syr. 
ἵδο:ς basin, dish, Gr. λάκκος, λᾶκος, 
Lat. lacus, lacuna. Then as the small- 
est measure of liquids among the He- 
brews, a log, containing according to 
the Rabbins the twelfth part of a Hin 
(7°), or six eggs; equal to about 3+ 
gills Engl. Lev. 14, 10. 12. 15. 21. 24. 


ai obsol. root. Arab. μὰ} has for 


one of its meanings, to be~deep, e.g. 


3 
vvater, the sea; depth of the sea, 


abyss.—Hence Heb. 3>. 


I> (perh. strife, quarrel, r. 17>) pr. 
n. Lod, a large village of Benjamites, 
Neh. 7, 37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8,12. Ezra 2, 
33.—Gr. “ύδδα, Avddn, Lydda, Acts 9, 
32. 35. 38. 1 Mace. 11, 34. Jos. Ant. 20. 


w 3 
6.2; afterwards Diospolis. Now dJ 
Ludd. See Reland Palest. p. 877. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 49 sq. 


i map) obsol. root, in Arab. to strive, 
to quarrel ; hence pr. n. 72, and 77>2 
for 772742 son of strife, q. v. 


ΓΦ Chald. nothing, i. q. nd, Dan. 4, 
82 Cheth. See in Rd. 


> Deut. 3, 11 Cheth. for 82 not. 


512 





tab) Ἴ 


"5.9 obsol. root, Arab. wr ip Eth, 
AUN, to burn, to flame. The origin 


lies in the notion of licking, lapping, 
gliding over, which is contained in 
roots beginning with the syllables >, 
m>, 25, and is variously transferred (see 
under the verb 35>); especially to flame 
which seems like a tongue to lick, 1. 6. 
to be lambent; see md, and comp. 
γλῶσσα πυρός Acts 2, 3. 

Deriv. the three following, and 433, 
mando. 


372 m. plur. b°a> Is. 13, 8, constr. 
“smd Is. 66, 15. 

1. a flame, Judg. 13, 20. Job 41, 13. 

¥ ΞΡ Joel 2, 5. Is. 29, 6. 30, 30; 
Wx 20> Is. 66, 15.—Is. 18, 8 D'AMS Ἢ 
ἘΠ faces of flame are their faces, 
i. 6. red and burning (flushed) with 
anxiety, agitation; comp. Ps. 10, 2. 
39, 4. 

2. flame of a weapon, i. e. glittering 
brightness, e. g. of a spear Job 39, 23; 
of a sword Nah. 3, 3. Hence genr. — 
blade of a sword Sails 3, 22. 


Mand £ (r. 31>) constr. mand Ez. 21, — 
33 plur. nian? Ps. 105, 32, constr. nian ‘ 
Ps. 29, 7. 

1. a flame, i. q. 39> but more freq. 
Num. 21, 28. Is. 5, 24. 10,17. 43, 2. 
47, 14. Joel 1, 19. 2, 3. Dan. 11, 23. al. 9 
ΟΝ mad fire of flame, i.e. flaming | 
fire, Is. 4,5. Lam. 2,3; misn> tx id. 
Ps. 105, 32; Ox nisnd flames of ire Ps. 
29,0: 

2. i. g. 32> no. 2, blade of a spear, its 
poin: or head, 1 Sam. 17, 7. 


mane m. plur. ἅπαξ deyou. Gen. 108 — 
13, pr. n. Lehabim, a people of Egyptian 
origin, i. q. i Libyans. Comp. on — 
the affinity of forms 49 and 43 under — 
let. 1, p. 238. This is prob. the primi- 
tive fotm, since the roots 34>, 38>, are 
doubtless softened from and. 


ΤΩΣ obsol. root, Arab. pr. to 


be eager, greedy, for any thing; often 

trop. to be eager, zealous, for any thing ; 
to hear or learn diligently ; nearly i. q. 
Engl. to study. The primary idea is 
that of languishing, fainting, sc. from — 
exertion; see ΓΘ, mm>, o>. Hence 


* 





<oR 


37D m. study of letters, learning, as 
Aben Ezra well, Ecc. 12, 12; parall. 
with 5°80 miw> the making of books. 
Sept. μελέτη, Vulg. meditatio. 


εἰς, 7? obsol. root, Arab. we to press, 
to oppress. Hence. 
42 Lahad, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 


ε mite to be languid, wearied, ex- 
hausted, i. q. 082; comp. 82 and n>. 


_ The origin seems to lie in the idea of 


fainting from, thirst, when the tongue 
is thrust out, and one burns and longs for 
drink ; comp. the verbs beginning with 


m>, as 39>, mm>, and see further under. 


the root 335. Comp. Lat. langueo, also 
Germ. lechen, whence the frequentat. 
lechzen.—Once, Gen. 47, 18 V8 72m 
35777 "38 DME the land of Egypt 
languished, fainted, because of the is 
ine. Chald. > often for Heb. ΠΝ οὶ 


7 inp. in Kal not used, prob. i. q. 
nm and a>, pr. to have bérning thirst ; 
eee as this 3 is a trait of rabid dogs, to 


be had, rabid, like a dog; to be enraged, 


Srenzied. Thus. 
Hirupatpe. part. ΠΤ. a madman, 
one insane, Prov. 26,18. Sept. Aldin. 


and Symm. πειρώμενοι tempted, driven, 


sc. by a demon. Venet. ye Kei 
secondary form, prob. derived from the 
idea of insanity, is the Syriac aXsadzf 
obstupuit, horruit. 

Ὁ]. ὮΣΙ pr. to lick, to lap, see in 


=>; then fo burn, to flame; Ps. 104, 4 
on BY flaming fire. So ΘΠ. the 


| flaming i i.e. those breathing out fire and 
_ flames, trop. Ps. 57,5. Syr. Chald. id. 


Pret ond 1. to make burn, to set on 


Jire, 6. ace. Ps. 88, 15. Is. 42, 25. So of 


the breath, Job 41, 13 [21]. 

2. to burn up, to consume, c. acc. Joel 
1, 19. 2, 3. Ps. 106, 18. 

Deriv. 2m. 


gis ὍΣ ig. 24>, UXd, (comp. un- 
der 4, p. 238,) pr. to wrap up, to cover ; 
then to use secret and magic arts ; 
whence Dun} q. v. 


ὌΓΙ2 m. (τ. wd 1) pr. flame ; hence 
glittering blade of a sword Gen. 3, 24. 
Comp. 37> no. 2 


513 





xpd 


pon m. magic arts, enchantments, 
Ex. 7, 11, i. g. 0°02 in v.22. R. und II. 


*pip in Kal not used. Arab. κε] to 


9 


swallow greedily; whence "9 greedy, 


an epicure, glutton. Kindr. is ἘΠῚ, 

Hitap. part. 0°23n2 ‘ things gree-' 
dily swallowed,’ dainty morsels, Prov. 
18, 8. 26, 22. 

2 therefore Ruth 1, 13; see in 45 I. 
p. 259. 

ἹΠῚΡ Chald. (74 with >) 1. i.g. Heb. 
propterea, therefore, Dan. 2, 6. 9. 4, 24. 
Hence 

2. As an adversative particle, by a 
transition like that of Heb. 42>, see in 
ἽΞ p. 474. c. 8, nihilominus, nevertheless, 
i.q. but, Ezra 5,12; and so after a nega- 
tive Dan. 2, 30; i. q. except, Dan. 2, 11. 
3, 28. 6,8.—Some regard this as a dif- 
ferent word, made up from δὲν and ἡ. 


Mpi2 £ only 1 Sam. 19, 20, prob. by 
transposit. for M>4P (r. 4p) an assem- 
hly, company ; comp. the form 32p" 
2 Sam. 20, 14 Cheth.—Others make it 


from a doubtful root pad, Eth. AU® 


to grow old, whence A presbyter, 
prince ; q. d. a senate. 


> twice for Xd not, see δὲ note, 
p- 506. col. 2. 


"23 12, see "at ND p. 507. 
19, see in Nid. 


ἘΝ obsol. and perh. a secondary 
root, to negative, i.g. S12. q.v. Hence 
X> not, also 

N12 1 Sam. 14, 30. Is. 48, 18. 63, 19; 
δὲ 2 Sam. 18, 12 Cheth. elsewhere 1; 
see note. 

1. Interject. of wishing, i.q. Oh if! 
Oh that! would that ! Constr. with fut. 
Gen. 17,18. Job 6,2. Imper. Gen. 23, 13. 
Preter, Num. 14,2 Ὁ 59> would that 
we had died! 20,3 53353 τὸ, Josh. 7, 7; 
but with fat. signif. Is. 63, 19 AEP xb 
paw Oh that thou sopuldat rend the hea- 
vens! Also as merely concessive, Gen. 
30, 34 FIDID "7 4D i. q. let it be accord- 
ing to thy word.—Hence as 

2. Conj. conditional, if, implying that 
the thing supposed does not exist, is not 
true, or at least is very uncertain avd 


=, 


improbable; comp. D& C, and Arab. pa ) 
De Sacy Gr. I. ὃ 886. It is followed, 
according as the sense requires: 8) 
By the preter, Deut. 32, 29 13h ἢν 
mXt bid if they were wise (which 
they are not), they would understand 
this. Judg. 13, 23 "5 ΓΙ ™ yan Ὁ 
san Mp> N> if the Lord were pleased 
to kill us, he would not have accepted, 
etc. 8, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 30. Mic. 2,11. Ὁ) 
The Future, Ez. 14, 15. if I shall send 
evil beasts upon the land (which I do not 
say will take place),...16...these (three 
upright men) alone shall be delivered. 
In v. 13 is "D in the same sense; while 
in vv. 17. 19, the conditional particle is 
wholly omitted. c) A Particip. 2 Sam. 
18,12 FOD Ab "BD ἘΦ Sp “Day 1% 
“Δ ΠΡῸΝ ND even if I should have 
weighed out to me a thousand shekels 
(which no one will do), yet would £ not 
put forth my hand, etc. Ps. 81, 14. ἃ) 
v4, Num. 22, 29.—Comp. ndad. An 
example of aposiopesis is Gen. 50, 15 ἢ» 
“Hoi avout if now Joseph should per- 
secule us! what then? Sept. well as 
to the sense, μή ποτε. 

Nore. As to the origin, 81> and > are 
prob. i. ᾳ. Nib; ND, non, nonne? see δὲ" 
no. 2; which latter was so pronounced 
in interrogation as to express desire, 
and thus passed over into a particle of 
' wishing; 6. g. M21 ἢ» shall he not live? 
i.e. Oh that he might live! 747 ἢ» 
nonne sit? i.q. sit! Comp. Gr. ov in 
entreaties, as Od. 7. 22 οὐκ ἄν μοι 
δόμον ἀνέρος ἡγήσαιο ᾿Αλκινόου. ib. 22. 
132.—This view is confirmed by the 
analogy of the Syriac; in which the 
various significations of the Heb. parti- 
cle are expressed by particular forms; 
thus the primitive negat. is αἷς non, 
also wtonne? the optative is wes uli- 


nam ; the conditional asf if, 


* 340 obsol. root, i. q. aN to thirst ; 
kindr. 393. Arab. id.—Hence 

ὈΠ 39 gentile n. plur. 2 Chr. 12,3. 16, 
8. Nah. 3, 9, also DD2 Dan. 11, 43, Liby- 
ans, every where joined with the Egyp- 
tians and Ethiopians. Comp. »°3m>. 


Arab. Ste Libyan, strictly, ‘inhabi- 


514 





sid.- Comp. ἘΠ Σ. 


ἘΠῚ Lud, pr. n. of two nations οἵ 


tribes, viz. 

1. A people descended from Shem, 
Gen. 10,22; not improbably the Lydians 
in Asia Minor, according to the opinion 
of Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 4. 


2. A people of Africa, (perh. of Ethio- 


pia,) sprung from the Egyptians, and 
accustomed to fight with bows and 
arrows, Ez. 27,10. 30,5. Is. 66,19; also 


plur. 0"'35> Ludim Gen. 10,13. Jer. 46, 9. | 


See J. D. Michaelis Suppl.1418. Bochart © 
Phaleg IV. 26. ‘i 


* FIND fat. yb 1, to fold, to wreathe, 
to twine, whence 47> and 57> a wreath, 
garland, j971> a serpent coiling himself 
in folds; comp.™2>. Arab. sx to twist 


a cord, Se to be distorted, Conj. III to 


coil oneself, as a serpent. 

2. to join oneself to any one, to cleave 
to him ; pr. to fold oneself around him. 
Chald. x15, Syr. Zab. JaX, id. Eee. 8, 
15 it is good for a man to eat and to” 
drink and to rejoice, 12222 52324 RID} 
for this will cleave to him (abide with | 
him) in his labour; Vulg. hoc solum se- 
cum aufert de labore suo. Hence 

3. to borrow, q. ἃ. to bind oneself to 
any one, Lat. nexus est, Neh. 5,4. Deut.” 
28,12. Part. > a borrower Ps. 37, 31. . 
Prov. 22.7. Is. 24, 2.—Comp. Lat. neaus, 
ji. 6. a debtor given up, bound to serve 
his creditor till payment is made, Varro 
Ling. Lat. 6. 5. Liv. 2. 27. ib. 8. 28. * 

Nipu. to join oneself to any one, like 


mm 4 


tant of a dry and thirsty land,” from r 


: 


. 








Kal no. 2; either in society and friend- 
ship Is. 14, 1. Dan. 11, 34. Esth. 9, 275 
or for aid Num. 18, 2. 4; or, in respect 
to the Deity, for worship Is. 56, 3. 6. 
Jer. 50, 5. Zech. 2, 15 [11].—Constr. ὁ. 
by Num. 18, 2. 4. al. 5x Gen. 29, 34. 
Is. 56, 3. al. D9 Ps. 83, 9. 

Hirn. causat. of Kal no. 3, to let bor- 
row, i.e. to lend; with ace. of pers. pr. 
‘to bind to oneself? Deut. 28, 12. 44. 
Prov. 19, 17 mint n> a lender to J 
vah ; also with ace. of thing Ex. 22, 94. 
Absol. Is. 24, 2. Prov. 22, 7. Ps. 112, 5. 
Sept. δανεέζω, éxdaveilo. 

Deriv. >, jamb, ΠῚ pl. misd, mye 
and pr. ἢ, "2. ! 





v 
ΕἸ 








16, 2: 18, 13. 


mab 


᾿ Τὴ 1. to bend, to bend aside ; Arab. 
jy to bend, to incline. 
2. to turn away, to depart, fut. plur. 


| abe 6. 2, Prov. 3, 21. 


‘Nien. part. ΤῊ perverted, i. 6. per- 
verse, wicked, (comp. mid, Upy,) Prov. 
3, 32. Neutr. 11>) perverseness, wicked- 
ness, Is. 30.12. More fully Prov. 14, 2 


ata riba perverse in his ways, and 2, 


15 pnibasen Ὁ51199 id. 
ivi: fut. ΤΆΞΗ inflected in the Chal- 


, dee manner (like 32°51 from 41>), i. q: 
_ Kal no. 2, to turn away, to depart, Prov. 
4, 21. 


See Heb. Gr. § 71. n. 9. 


ΤῊ m. 1. As the name of a tree or 
shrub bearing nuts, Gen. 30, 37; either 
U Sor Θ᾽, - 
the almond-tree, Arab. 39) ’ Sea Syr. 
Hes; or the hazel, -Chald. 135. almond 


or hazel. Interpreters are divided; but 


the former seems the more probable.— 
The etymology is hardly to be looked 
for in the Semitic dialects. It seems to 
be softened from a primitive form, which 
the Armenian has preserved in engies, 


Lat. nuz, old Germ. hnuz ; and which 
_ the Heb. also exhibits in another man- 
ner (dropping 7) in Tiax nut. 


2. Luz, pr.n. a) Anancient city of 


the Canaanites, called also δὲ ma Beth- 
el as the seat of a sanctuary, see M2 
no. 12. b. Gen. 28, 19. 48, 3..Judg: 1, 


23; with 7 loc. Ars Gen. 35, 6. Josh. 
b) Another in the dis- 
trict of the Hittites, founded by an in- 


habitant of the preceding, Judg. 1, 26. 


? mad obsol. root. Arab. ..Y to shine, 


i ° , , , 
to glitter ; comp. λευκὸς, γλαυκὸς ; λευσ- 
00, yhavoow; Lat. lux, Germ. leuchten, 
Engl. to lighten. 
smooth. 


Hence fo be polished, 


Deriy. n>, mond. 
MD m. ρίαν. ninsd, mind, a tablet, 
_,* < 

table. Syr. twas, Arab. 4), Ethiop. 
AQ, id. 4) Of stone, on which any 
thing is inscribed or cut in, j38 n> Ex. 
24, 12. 31,18, and m773x ΤΠ 34, 1. 4, 
tables of Bones meaan mind Deut. 9, 9. 
15, myn mhb Ex. 31, 18, the tables of 


the covenant, of the lan. b) Of wood, 
a board ; mind 3533 hollow made swith 


515 





Ὁ» 


boards Ez. 27,8. 38, 7; sculptured 1 K. 
7,36. So of tablets for writing, covered 
perh. with wax, Is. 30,8. Hab. 2,2. Of 
the valve of a folding-door Cant. 8, 9. 
Dual D°nh> the deck of a ship, which 
seems to have been double, Ez. 27, 5. 
c) Trop. Prov. 3, 3 upon the tablet of thy 
heart, comp. Jer. 17, 1. 2 Cor. 3, 3, and 
the δέλτοι φρενῶν of AXschyl. Hence 


ΤΉ, with art. nonin (made of 
boards, prob. having boarded houses, ) 
Luhith, pr. n. of a Moabitish city, Is. 15, 
5. Jer. 48, 5. 


wMi>, with art. wribn (enchanter, r. 
win>) Lohesh, Hallohesh, pr. n. τὰ. Neh. 
3,12. 10, 25. 

ἘΏΝ 1. i. q. DX, Nd IT, to wrap 
up, to muffle, to cover ; Arab. Lb id— 
Part. act. i> covering Is. 25, 5.7; also 
ὯΝ intrans. covered, clandestine, whence 
vba privately, secretly, Ruth 3,7. 1 Sam. 
18, 22. 24,5; once uxba Judg. 4, 21.— 
Part. pass. f. 44> wrapped up 1 Sam. 
21, 10. 

2. to do or act secretly ; hence Part. 
plur. 0°2> secret arts, magic arts, sor- 
cery, Ex. 7, 22. 8,3.14; for which pooh 
Zk. See pind Il. 

Η]!ΡΗ. i. q. Kal no. 1,1 K. 19, 13. 

Deriv. 4>, wi>, pr. n. 72%. 


DID m. 1. a covering, veil; Is. 25. 7 


piasn-ba-by vib vib the covering 


(muffler) ‘which covers all nations, which 
covers their face, makes them sad. 

2. Lot, pr. n. the son of Haran, Abra- 
ham’s Brother Gen. 13, 1 sq. 19, 1 sq. 
the ancestor of the ‘Amindtittes and 
Moabites. who are therefore called the 
children of Lot, Deut. 2, 9. Ps. 83, 9. 

3. As the name of a fragrant gum ; 
see in 0. 


J21> (covering) Lotan, pr. n. of a son 
of Seir, Gen. 36, 20. 29. 


"12 m. (a joining, τ. mi>) Levi, pr. n. 
of the third son of Jacob by Leah, Gen. 
29, 34. 34, 25. 35, 23; the head of the 
tribe of the Levites, "15 "22, who were 
set apart for the worship of God, and of 
whom the family of Aaron (ji778 772) 
possessed the right of the priesthood.— 
Also patronym. (for "=1>) a Levite, Deut. 
12, 18. Judg.17,9.11. 18,3. Plur. 2775 
Levites Josh. 21. 1 sq. al. seep. 


ἡ» Ὁ 


515 Chald. plur. emphat. 8313 the Le- 
vites, Ezra 6, 16.18. 7, 13. 24. 


m1? f. (τ. πὴ) a wreath, garland, 
Prov. 1, 9. 4, 9. 


a (from 4719 with adj. ending ἡ, 
like Ἰπ τ brazen fr. mam, jinap> fr. 
ἜΡΟΝ pr. an animal areata, gather- 
ing itself in folds, see τ. 12 no. 1. E. g. 

1. a serpent, espec. a large one Job 3, 
8; seeinr. "13 Pil. So Is. 27,1, as the 
symbol of the hostile kingdom of Ba- 
bylon. 

2. Spec. the crocodile, Job 40, 25 sq. 

3. a sea-monster, Ps. 104, 26. Trop. 
for a cruel enemy. Ps. 74, 14; comp. 
ym Is. 51,9. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2.3. See 
Bochart Hieroz. P. II. lib. V. cap. 16-18. 


*b95  obsol: root, kindr. with >a, 


i. q. Engl. to roll, Germ. rollen, to wind. 
Hence 5d, "δὴ, 59d. 

252 m. plur. 07555, winding stairs, 1 
K. 6, 8. Chald. id. 


“bn m. (r. 555) only in plur. mixd%>, 
defect. nin?>, constr. MiN>> (after the 
form Dns δὶ v.) loops, corresponding 
to the hooks or taches ("Ὁ") in the 
curtains of the tabernacle, Ex. 26, 4 sq. 
26, 11 5ᾳ. Sept. ἄγκυλαι, Vulg. ansule. 


N27 Gen. 43, 10. Judg. 14, 18. 2 Sam. 
2, 27. Ps. 27, 13; elsewhere always 

nD AD | (comp. from ἢ5 if and xd, >, 
i. q. 8D not,) a conditional conjunct. ne- 
gat. if not, i. e. unless, implying that 
the condition has a real existence, and 
therein differing from X> 08 ; compare 
also under 84> no. 3. With Pret. Gen. 
81, 42 "Ὁ mn... ΒΝ “>be 72nd unless 
God..; . had "bean for me. Is, 1,9. 1Sam. 
25, 34. 2 Sam. 2,27. With Put. Deut. 
32.27. With Part. 2K. 3, 14 "25 "bad 
no IN EWING unless I regarded the 
presence of Jehoshaphat, etc. With mn 
impl. Ps. 94,17. 119, 92. 124, 1. 2. The 
apoddsis Someta takes 8, "IN, Ps. 
119, 92.124, 3; "> Gen. 43, 10. 


Ν Ὁ and ἢ Ὁ pret. > Gen. 32, 99. 
2 Sam. 12, 16, fem. mgd for "35 Zach. 5, 
4,1 plur. ns Tude. 19, 13; inf constr. c. 
pref 3752 Gen. 24, 25 et seepe, also 37>> 
ib. v. 23; Imper. nb Judg. 19, 6.9, 92", 
nnd Ruth 3, 13. Joel 1, 13; Fut. bs, 
adn, apoc. bn 2 Sam. 17, 16, yen Judg. 


516 








19, 20. Job 17, 2; conv. 155) Gen. 28,11. 
32, 14. Part. "hee, n.d Neh. 13, 21. 

1. to pass the night, to remain oe 
night, to lodge, kindr. with 572, W273, 
night, > and ἡ being often interchabgeds 
see lett. 5. Not found in the kindred 
dialects.—Gen. 19, 2 and often; see the 
examples above quoted. Spoken also 
of things which are kept over night, 
e. g. food, Ex. 23,18. 34, 25. Deut. 16, 4. 
Lev. 19, 13 the wages of the hireling 
shall not remain with thee all night until 
the morning. Poet. Job 29,19 the dew 
lay all night upon my branches. Cant. 1, 
13. Also inchoat. to stop for the night, 
to turn in; Ps. 30, 6 at evening weeping 
may come in, but in the morning pare 
is joy. 

2. to abide, to remain, to dwell, comp. 
Arab. uly to pass the night, to continue | 
in any state. Is. 1, 21. Ps. 25, 13 his life 
abides in good, he enjoys constant pros- 
perity. 49, 13 1585 ba “psa BIN) yet 
(such a) man in honour abideth not, his 
honour is not permanent. Job 41, 4 in 
his neck dwelleth strength. 17, 9. 19, 4 
yea, be it so, that I have erred, Ἴ Ὅτ "M8 
“mit with myself abideth mine error 
i.e. J have erred, not you, and I alone 
suffer the consequences. Prov. 15, 31. 

Nipu. to show oneself obstinate, to be 
stubborn, from the idea of remaining and 
persisting, taken in a bad sense; hence 
to murmur, to complain, with 59 against 
any one, asa people against their leader, 
Ex. 15,24. Num. 14, 2. 17,6. Josh. 9,18 
Keri. 

Hiren. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer. 
4,14 how long wilt thou let thy vain 
thoughts remain with thee? i. e. cherish 
them. 

Ὁ, i. q. Niph. pr. to show oneself obsti- 
nate, to be stubborn, with >> against any 
one; hence to murmur. Pret. om3>5 i 
Nur. 14, 29; Fut. conv. 155) Ex. 17, 33 
elsewhere always with the first radical 

doubled in the Rabbinic manner (see 
Lehrg. p. 407. Heb. Gr. § 71. ἢ. 9), as 
go7b9,, ἢ Ex. 16, 8. Num. 14, 36. 16, 

11 Keri; Part. n2"5 Num. 14, 27. 17, 

20. This mode of flexion is found only 
in this signification. 

Hirapan. }i2n4, i. qe Kal no. 2, Ps 
91, 1. Job 39, 28. 

Deriv. ibn, maida, MyM. 





— 











op 


ae 5. _to swallow greedily, to suck 
Z dion. Obad. 16. Hence 2> gullet, swal- 


low. Syr. ‘SS and SX to lick, to suck 


up.—Fr 59> Job 6. 3, see r. 533. 
- Pin. shy) | to suck up blood, Job 39, 30 

[38], if we read 12>3> for 1553"; ; see in 
r. D3. 
᾿ς Nore. J,D. Michaelis long ago appo- 
_ sitely remarked, Supp. p. 1552, that the 
_ syllable »> expresses the sound of swal- 
| lowing greedily, sucking down ; and this 
signification is found in many Semitic 
_ roofs in which >> constitutes the first or 
primary syllable, e. g. > 22) to lick up, to 
_ swallow, “aed (Arab. ecke)) to 
“eat eagerly and daintily, εὐ a Ethpe. to 


rou greedily, ΜΗ greedy, an epicure, 
| vist, yas, ox), to lick, to eat 


eagerly; .msX, pad, to eat; Syr. 
Ba, pSasas, puso, sad, the 


jaw. A similar power belongs to the 
kindred syllables 55, Πρ, n>, as 03> to 


taste, dd, , to lick; ym> (PR) 
_ to lick, 5972 to swallow down, and 2m to 


eat, ad, ¢ Jd, νῷ, to lick, 


33 and ©) to lick, ne be lambent as 
; flame, i.e. to flame ; comp. Sanscr. lih 
to lick, Gr. λεέχω, δορός λιχνεύω, Lat. 
| LinGo, LiGurio, transp. GuLa, deglu- 
tio, Germ. lecken, Engl. to lick, and with 
a sibilant prefixed Germ. schlucken, 
schlingen. See Pott Etymol. Forsch. 
I. p. 283. 
__ To these may be added a large class 
of Semitic roots, beginning with the 
syllables >>, n>, 5d, which denote va- 
vious motions of the tongue; 6. g. to 
“gape, sc. with open mouth and tongue 
thrust oul, as in burning thirst and mad- 
“ness, see M3, m3, 39>, ΓΝ 5, Germ. 
_lechen, lechzen, comp. snp, 385, ad ; 
also to vibrate the tongue nd hiss, ik the 
“manner of serpents or of those speaking 
in a whisper, see 8m>; to stammer, to 
» speak barbarously (uhintelliptbly aned 
inepily, comp. 322 where see more, 73>, 
, 12>, ed. The Greeks expressed 
the ideas of eating daintily, and of stam- 
mering or senseless babble, by the syl- 
lables. la, lam, lab, lap, lal, comp. λάω 
to lick, λάρος, λάμυρος voracious and 
loquacious, λαμός, λαιμός gullet, λαμία 
44 















517 





wD 

the voracious (Lamia, man-eater, XJae 
Ghilah, see in 75"), λάπτω, λαφύσσω. 
Comp. Lat. lambo, labium, Pers. 3 
lip, Germ. Lippe, Engl. lip, also to lap, 
and vulgar Germ. labbern schlabbern, 
schlappen, Eng}. to slabber ; also λαλέω, 
Germ. lallen. The signification to de- 
ride, to mock, which comes from the 
idea of stammering (see in r. 432 no. 2), 
was expressed by a transposition, as in 
γελάω, χλεύη. 


ἥ yo pr. to slammer, to speak unin- 
telligibly, comp. 12>, and the note under 
31>. Hence 

1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign 
tongue, since those who speak in a for- 
eign language seem to ignorant persons 
merely to chatter unintelligibly. See 
Hiph. 

2. to deride, to mock any one, pr. by 
imitating his voice or mode of speaking; 
comp. Is. 28, 10. 11, and 33>. Corresp. 
is Sanscr. lad, Lat. ludere, Gr. λάσϑη 
derision, τὸ Prov. 9,12, Parr. y> a 
mocker, scoffer, scorner, i. e. a frivolous 
and impudent person, who sets at nought 
and scoffs at the most sacred precepts 
and duties of religion, piety, and morals, 
(comp. 73,) Ps. 1, 1. Prov. 9, 7. 8. 13, 1. 
14, 6. 15, 12. 19, 25. 22, 10. 24, 9. Is, 
29, 20. 

Hien. 1. to act as interpreter, to in- 
terpret, from the idea of speaking a for- 
eign tongue, comp. Kal no.1. Parr. 
ya an interpreter Gen, 42, 23, where 
Sept. well ἑρμηνευτής, Onk. Ἰ23 ΛΓ, 
Hence also intercessor, internuncius, 
messenger, 2 Chr. 32, 31. Is. 43, 27; 
Υ 98 W8>2 Job 33, 23 the intercetting 
angel, i. e. interceding with God for 
men, μεσίτης, tutelary, comp. Matt. 
18, 10. 

5. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to deride, to weck 
c. acc. Ps. 119, 51. Prov. 14, 9. Job 16, 
20; c. dat. Prov, 3, 34, 

Pit. part. plur. 0°%2%> scorners, for 
myxx'iba, Hos. 7,5. See Lehrg. p. 316. 

Hirapat. yeion to show oneself a 
mocker, i. 6. frivolous, impudent, Is. 28, 
22. 

Deriv. 7132, ΞΡ, 

# wind pr. to knead with the hands or 
feet; kindr. 53, also W233, t15. Hence 

1. to knead dough, c. acc. Jer. 7, 18. 


wD 
Hos. 7, 4; absol. Gen. 18, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 
24. 2 Sam. 13,8. Syr. and Chald. id. 
Ethiop. APP id—Hence 
2. tobe firm, strong ; whence %"? lion. 
—Arab. wel strength, ὧν mid. Ye 
ΠῚ, V, to be firm, strong. 
OD Lush, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 3, 15 
Cheth. See > no. 2. c. 
"2 Chald. (τ. 72, like Dp, 79) 
pr. adhesion, connection; but passing 
over into a Preposit. by, with, like Syr. 


Za. Ezra 4, 12 W072 72 from with 
thee, i. q. Heb. 772372, Fr. de chez toi. 

Τῷ see Teh. 

Σ ΓΤ obsol. and doubtful root, i. q. 
115; whence perh. mt>. 

mq? see nibN. 

"72 see stbn. 

χων, f. perverseness, frowardness, 
Prov. 4, 94. R. mt> or 18> q. v. 

m2 adj. (r. MN>) plur. ΘΙ with Dag. 
_ forte impl. see Heb. Gram. ὃ 22. 1; pr. 
moist, and hence green, fresh, e.g. wood 
Gen. 30, 37; Ez. 17, 24. 21, 3; grapes 
Num. 6, 3; spoken also of new cords or 
ropes, Judg. 16, 7. 8. 

ΤΣ τη. (r. πῆ) freshness, vigour, 
Deut. 34, 7. 


7 rind obsol. root. Eth. AthP to be 
fair, beautiful ; prob. pr. to be new, fresh, 


nearly i. α. ΠΡ, and spoken of the fresh 


colour of the ἐπε, Hence “TI cheek. 


DAM? or HA? m. (rend) 1. What- 
ever is eaten, food, meat, Job 20, 23 
Samba i733 AUB") and shall rain upon 
them with his food, i. e. God will send 
upon them what shall be their food, fire 
and brimstone, the divine wrath; comp. 
Ps. 11,6. The phrase to rain with food, 
nin>a, is here poetic, i.q. to send down 
food in rain, as we also say: It rains in 
or with large drops, it. rains large drops. 

2. flesh, body, Zeph. 1, 17; where for 
bain? other Mss. and editt. read bane 


as if fromaform ἘΠ». Arab. ve flesh. 


3 mm obsol. root, to be moist, fresh ; 
Eth. AthA sh to moisten, see Ludolf 
Lex. in Syllab. p. 635; in both editions 


518 





Ἐπὶ - 


of the Lexicon itself} this word is omit- 
ted. Chald. m>m> id. ΠΡ, mansb, 
narene moisture, freshness, Hever 
Kindr. is nm>.—Hence ΓΞ, ΠΣ, 


"M2 f. (r. nm>) in pause "TTD , ©. ou. 
im Job 40, 26; Dual pun Deut. 18, 3, 
constr. “nh Is. 30, 28, c. suff, ἤν: ΕΖ. 
29, 4, but ἘΠ ΤΙΣ Fok. 11, 4. 

1. ‘the cheek, so called ree its fresh 


| colour, see the root; Cant. 5, 13. Lam. 


1,2. So ὙΠ ἘΣ  ΠΞΠ and ® som non, 
to smite one upon the cheek, or to smite 


the cheeks of any one, in chastisement 


or insult, Mic. 4, 14. 1 K. 22924. Job 
16, 10; comp. Lam. 3, 30. Is. 50, 6. 

2. the jaw-bone, Job 40, 26. Ps. 8, 8 
ὙΠ. "DNDa"ny NSN thou hast smitten 
all mine enemies as to the jaw-bone, an 
image drawn from ravenous beasts, — 
which are thus rendered harmless. So 
the jaw-bone of an ass, Judg. 15, 15-17. 
Dual Deut. 18, 3. Ez. 29, 4. 38, 4.— 
Arab. es id. xa beard. 

3. Lehi, pr. n. of a district on the bor- 
ders of Philistia, Judg. 15, 9.14.19; fully 
v.17 "> ΤΌΣ the height or hill of Lehi 
(the jaw-bone), prob. so called from a 
chain of steep, craggy rocks; just as 
single rocks are called teeth, see 7. 
So ~ jaww-bone for a mountainous tract — 
in the Chald. pr. π. 2872 m2> for Heb. — 
ay ἜΣ, Michaelis Suppl. Ῥ. 1453. The 
sacred writer himself (v. 17) seems to 
refer this name to the throwing away.of 
the jaw-bone; as if written "> m2, 
from r. 7729 to throw. 


* 02 inf. 772, i. 4. PR2, to lick, 


Germ. lecken. Arab. Jd, Syr. yw 


Pe. and Pa. id. In Kal once, of an ox 
which gathers the grass with his tongue 
before biting it off, to lick up mea 
to feed off, Num. 22, 4. ; 
-PreL 77> to lick, to feed by licking, 
as the ox, see in Kal; comp. Arab. 
to lick up pasture or fodder, as 
cattle.—Num. 22,4; spoken of fire 1 K. 
18, 38, “D> ΠΡ to lick the dust, hyper- 
bol. of one who prostrates himself as a 
suppliant, Ps. 72,9. Mic. 7, 17. Is. 49, 38. 


* DM) fat. ombs 1. to eal, to take 
food, (kindr. with tn> and bb to taste, 








᾿ 
᾿ 


% 





ond 


see note under 35>,) i. ᾳ. >>8, but used 
only in poetic style; with acc. of food 
Prov. 4, 17. 23,6; with 3 to eat of any 
thing, Prov. 9, 5. Ps, 141, 4; absol. of a 
meal Prov. 23, 1. Metaph. to consume, 
Deut. 32, 24 ah 721n> devoured by 
pestilence. 

2. to fight, to war; Part. =m> one 
Sighting, i.q. an enemy, foe; with mx 
of pers. with whom Ps. 35, 1; ο. > 56, 2. 
3; more usual in Niph.—Soldiers in 
war or battle are hyperbolically said to 


sdevour their enemies, as Joshua the 


Canaanites, Num. 14,9 ὈΓῚ 22m> they 

shall be our bread; and the sword 

also is said to devour (>28) Ez. 21, 33. 
3 


Is. 1, 20. Arab. > to be slain in bat- 


tle, pr. to be consumed; also σῶν to 


chew, Conj. II to fight, Pers. y= poy 


-man-eater, spoken of a Pe warrior ; 


also Hom. πτολέμοιο μέγα στόμα 1]. 10.8. 

Nips. 0793, fut.om>, conv. om>54, inf: 
absol. phd, i. q. Kal na. 2, to fight, to 
wage war, to contend, in a recipr. signif. 
like Gr. μάχεσϑαι, rae battre. Absol. 


| Judg. 5,19. 1 Sam. 17, 10 3m7 mand that 
we may fight together. 
_ whom is put with 3 Ex. 1, 10. Num. 21, 
| 26. al. sep. ὩΣ 2 K.13, 12. 14,15; mx 
| (hs) 1K. 20, 23. Is. 37, 9; by Jer. 1,19. 


The pers. with 


15,20; >» Neh. 4,8; ἀϊδο in the ace. ac- 


| Stine to some, but i in part of the exam- 


ples “M8 with a noun signifies with, as 


 Sudg. 12, 4. 2. K. 9, 15, and elsewhere 


DMis is for OMX, as Josh. 10, 25. 1 K.20,.25 
comp. v. 23. ὅρος 6. suff. "957271" thes y 


_ war against me.—The pers. for whom 
_ is put with > Ex. 14, 14. 25. Deut. 1, 30; 
ἘΚ Judg. 9,17. 2K. 10, 3.—So too, ons 
333 Τοῖς: 9, 45 and "9 ὉΣ to fight 
against a city, to besiege it, Is. 7, 1 


2K. 19, 8. Jer. 34, 22. 37, 8; so with 


2D Josh, 19, 47. Also manda ὈΠῚ53 to 
war a war, to fight a fight or baitle, 


1 Sam. 8, 20. 18, 17. al. 
Deriv. 51>, ond, pan, mare" , and 
pr. n. 72m. 


DM verbal of Piel (τ. oM>) war, siege. 
Judg. , 8 ΠΣ ὩΠῚ5 Τὰ then was siege 
of their gales, i. 6. “their gates, cities, 
were besieged. Segol for Tsere, which 
most Mss. exhibit, is perh. on account 
of the constr. state; though other like 


ι 


519. 





pnd 


examples are wanting. Or, better, we 
may read with some Mss. end, with tone 
retracted; comp. M733 mon ‘Prov: 17, 10. 


OM? of both genders; m. Num. 21, 5. 
f. Gen. 49,20. R.emd. 

1. food, meat, both for man Gen. 47, 
12; and beasts Job 24, 5. Is. 65, 25 
Ps. 147, 9. al. seep. 02 528 to eat food, 
to take a meal, ete. see in ‘bon no. 1. ¢. 
ἘΠῚ ot fo set on food Gen. 43, 31. pn 
yoy see in S78 no. 1. ἢ. Past: Obad. 
7 ΚΕ for sam “WIN those who eat of 
thy food, thy household. Num. 14, 9 see 
in r. OM no. 2. 1 Sam. 20, 24. Dns pm 
the food of God, spoken of a sacrifice 
Lev. 21, 6.8.17. 91. 22. So Jer.11,19 73 
jon >a the tree Fade its food i. 6. its fruit; 


comp. Arab. ἀξ! food, also for fruit. 
—Further: a) provision, sustenance, 
living, Kec. 9, 11. mau} nm> Solomon’s 
provision, supplies. 1K, 5, 2 [4, 22]. 
MMBM OM? the provision of the governor, 
his table- -allowance, Neh. 5, 14. 18. 
b) a meal, feast, as D> 528 see in ἘΞ Νὰ 


no. 1. 6. ond nw to make a feast Ece. 
10, 19. 

2. Spec. a) bread, as in mod. Arab. 
S of 


*>' spec. flesh; Gen. 21, 14. 25, 34. 28, 


20. al. sep. 0172) ὈΠῚ- bread and water, 
as daily and common food, 1 K. 18, 4. 13. 

Num. 21, 5. Is. 3, 1. ond "D> a cake 
or loaf of bread Ex. 29, 23; but when 
there is more than one loaf the word 
min2> is omitted after the numeral (as 
p">pw before 90D and 357), 6. g. sre 
on two loaves of bread 1 Sam. 21, 4. 17, 

17. ἘΠῚ ὯΒ 5668 inne. For the phenae 
ὈΓ moa “au see in maa no. 2.. So 
pen en bread of the presence, Sept. 

ἄρτοι ἐνώπιοι, Vulg. panes propositionis, 

Engl. shew- bread, 3 i. e. the twelve lgaves 
which were set out every sabbath before 
Jehovah in two rows upon the table in 
the sanctuary, Ex. 25, 30. 35, 13. 39, 36; 
comp. Lev. 24, 5-9. Called in the later 
books M3533 ἘΠῚ Neh. 10, 34. 1 Chr. 
9,32. b) wheat, as that from which 
bread is made, bread-corn, grain ; comp. 


Arab. "ἰῷ food, spec. wheat, and con- 


tra Gr. σῖτος wheat and also food. Gen. 
41, 54, 47, 13. 15. 17. p34 pm Is. 
36, 17; 28,28 py ond, see in Ppt no. 1. 


DM . 
nn Chald. food, a feast, Dan. 5, 1. 


‘pA see in pam no. 2. 


"ane a) Gentile n. see “ane ma 
Bethlehemite, art. M72 no. 12. w. 

b) Lahmi, pr n. of a man in 1 Chr. 
20, 5, a passage perhaps corrupted from 
2 Sam. 21,19 Drak TISI77R MN 51 
Smart mobs my wanbn mea Elhonon son 
of Jaare-Oregim (Brak i is here doubt- 
ful, see in ""3") the Bethlehemite, slew 
Goliath the Gittite; where, in order to 
remove the supposed discrepancy with 
the account of David’s victory over Go- 
Bath, the text in 1 Chr. |. c. stands thus: 

mao ΠΝ TRS TOMES VINA TEN ΠῚ 
ὌΡΝΙΝ son of Jair, slew Lahmi, the 
br other of Goliath of Gath. [Vice versa, 
Winer and others suppose the true 
reading to be preserved in 1 Chr. and 
the passage in Kings to be corrupted ; 
Realw. ed. 3, art. Goliath.—R. 


OM Lahmas, pr. τ. of a place in 
the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 40 ; where 
32 Mss. read pam. Vulg. Leheman, 
Engl. Lahmam. 


r 17 Chald. a root not used in the 
verb, to be longing, lustful, like Gr. λά- 
yvos; pr. to be eager, greedy, like kindr. 
om>, om>, and transferred to sexual de- 
sire—Hence — 


mz Chald. f. a concubine, Dan. 5, 2. 
3. 23. More frequent in the Targums. 


ἘΥ͂ΤΡ fut. ym>" 1. to press, to crowd, 
Sept. ϑλίβω. Num. 22, 25 the ass crushed 
(ym>m) the foot of Balaam against the 
wall. Hence to crowd out, to thrust forth, 
2 K. 6, 32; a people into the mountains 
Judg. 1,34; comp. Am. 6, 14. 

2. to oppress, to distress, e. g. persons 
Ps. 56, 2; strangers Ex. 22,20. 23,9; a 
μοῦ έρ Jude. 2, 18. 10, 12. 1 Sam. 10, 18. 
2K. 13, 4. 22. Is. 19,10. Jer. 30, 20. 
yn> 's ym Ex. 3, 9. 

Kindred is ym2; also YS, VAN, ON. 


Samar. ὙΠ), Arab. yo II, to 


press. to distress; also y= to press, to 
importune. : 
Nipx. to press oneself, sc. against a 


wall Num. 22; 25.—Hence 


72 m. oppression, distress, affliction, 
e.g. of persons Job-36, 15. Ps. 62,10; of 


520 





ond 


a people Ex. 3,9. With a genitive of — 
the object, beri 12 the oppression of — 
Israel, which “he suffers, 2 K. 13, 4; στ΄ 
suff. Deut. 26, 7. Ps. 44, 25. Also, with 3 
genit. of the subject, ais, ym? Ps. 72, 10. 
—yn> bra, ym? bm, bread and water’ 
of affliction or calamity! one’s food in 
time of distress, 1K. 22, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 
26. Is. 30, 20. 


y nd in Kal not used, to whisper, — 
Gr. yu voifew, Germ. zischeln, all which 
as well as the Heb. are onomatopoetic ; _ 
comp. kindr. ὅτ. Syr. «κῶν to whis- 
per in the ear, Arab. a the serpent — 
vibrates his tongue, hisses; whence 


~ 



























yuely hissers, i.e. serpents. Ethiop. 


Adhf id. also to mutter, to speak soft- 
ly, for Gr. γρύζω, AAS LIL to whisper 
in the ear, TAZPLM to whisper 
among themselves. 

Pie ΤΙ to whisper, to mutter, spec. 
as magicians or sorcerers their incanta- 
tions; only Part. muna conjurers, en=— 
chanters, also charmers of serpents, Ps. 
58,6. Syr. ous Pe. to use enchant- 


ment, whence ἤν charmer of ser- 
pents. 
Hirnp. to whisper among themselves, 
2 Sam. 12,19; with 5% against any one, 
Ps. 41, 8. . 
Deriv. pr. n. Omid and 


Ἁς 4 

wn? m. pr. a whispering ; hence 

1. prayer, uttered in a low voice, Is. 
26, 16. . 
_ 2. incantation, magic, also the charm- 
ing of serpents, Is. 3, 3. Jer. 8, 17. Eee. 
10, 11. Comp. 0°28 in art. O&.—Hence 

3. Plur. evin> Is. 3,20, pr. charms. 
remedies against enchantment, i. e. amu- 
lets, superstitious ornaments, often gems 
ἐπᾶ precious stones, or plates of gold 
and silver, on which certain magic fe 
mulas were inscribed, and which were 
worn suspénded from the neck or in the 
ears, by oriental’ females. According 
to Kimchi ear-rings, amulets being of- 
ten so worn; and so Luth. and Engl 
Vers. comp. Gen. 35,4 and the com- 


mentators, also Syr. ws 8. But eu 


rings had already been mentionea δ 
Isaiah in v. 19. 





rep) 521 


ὩΣ part. Kal, see in on, 


wo (in Cod. Samar. and many Heb. 
Mes. fully 01>) m. Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11, 
Lat. ledwm, ladanum, Gr. λῆδον, λάδανον, 
a fragrant resinous gum, which is gath- 
ered from the leaves of ashrub growing 
in the island of Crete, Arabia, and Af- 
rica, κέστος, Cistus ladanéfera, Herod. 
3.112. So called perh. from covering 
over, concealing, from r. 81>; comp. "22 
pitch. from r."5D. Sept. Vale. στακτή, 
᾿ stacte, Syr. and Chald. pistacia, Saad. 
chestnut. See Celsii Hierob. T. I. p. 
280 sq. 


* ND obsol. root, i. 4. Chald. xu 
i. q. 03> fo hide; or Arab. ὮΪ and ca 


terre adhesit. Hence 


ΓΙ ΟΣ f. a species of lizard, Lev. 11, 
30. Sept. χαλαβώτης, Vulg. stellio. See 
Boch. Hieroz. I. p. 1073. Zab. {ARS 
lizard. 

pian (the hammered, the sharpen- 
ed) Letushim, pr. n. of an Arabjan tribe 


_ descended from Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. R. 

wud. 

$ woud fut. wods 

| forge, Gen. 4, 22. 

_ 2. to sharpen by hammering, 6. g. a 

ploughshare 1 Sam. 13,20; a sword Ps. 

7,13. Metaph. Job 16,9 "> "272 Winds 

he sharpeneth his eyes against me, be- 

| holds me with a stern and threaiening 
look. 

_ Puau part. Sw>2 sharpened, sharp, 
Ps. 52, 4. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 05D. 

M7 for nd, contr. for M77 (Ὁ. 915) 

| a wreath ; only Plur. nix wreaths, fes- 

toons, in architecture, 1 K. 7, 29. 30. 36. 


272 Is. 16, 3. Lam. 2, 19 Cheth. once 
DS Is. 21,11 (in pause, as 5°71 and >"n), 
constr. bab Ex. 12, 42. Is. 15, 1. 30, 29; 

_but far more freq. with He parag. 1 nbs 


(Milél, see note), in pause n>"); Plur. 
mib"2; masc. R. >>. 


1. night; Arab. hi ᾽ 112}, 
ἴων, ὭΣ, Eth. AAT, id. in ai 
which there is a vestige of the He parag. 


as in 72"2; see note. This word is by 
many regatied as primitive; and the 
᾿ A 


1. to hammer, to 








559 


etymology is at least very doubtful. But 
as Di" day comes from the idea of heat ; 
so "5 night may come from that of cold, 
viz. as causing one to roll or wrap his. 
self in his cloak or bed-covering, r. 43>. 
—So Πρ wa forty nights Gen. 7, 
4.12. 1K. 19, 8; mid muby 1 Sam. 
30, 12. Jon. 2, 1; ‘pbb boa every night 
Ps, 6, 7, but nbs ᾿Ξ the whole night 
Ex. 14, 20.21. Num. 11. "32. al. “πὶ mb.b2 
in one night Gen. 40, 5. 41, 11. nbsba 
Rind in that night Gen. 32, 14. 22. Ena 
nibsbn at midnight Ruth 3, 8; ΓΒ Pw 
see in JN no. 2. nbsb ἼΣ pina from 
day-break even to night, i.e. in one day, 
Is. 38, 12. 18, 372772 see in 13 no. 7. 
ma"> ὙΠ vision 4 the night, noctur- 


nal vision, ‘Job 4, 13. 20, 8. 33,15; MRI. 


ΓΒ id. Ges. 46, 2; nbs bibn nochnnal 
dream Gen. 20, 3. minh “m3 nocturnal 
terror Ps. 91, 5. —By night is expressed 
in Heb. by nbd Gen. 14,15. Ex. 13, 22; 
whence ΜΠ ΠΕΡ pais by day and righ 
Ex. 13, 21. ‘Lev. 8, 35. Num. 9, 21, and so 
Bin nbsb night and day Is. 27, 3, m3"> 
pai" 34, 10. Jer. 14, 17. Poet. ΡΟΣ 
Job 24, 14. Ps. 42, 9. 77, 7. 88, 2. 119, 
55, mibs> Ps. 16, 7, mi>*Sa Cant. 3, 1.— 
Also with art. nbsbn adv. this ‘ight to- 
night, (like ΟἿΣ this day, to-day,) Gen. 
19, 5. 34. ΠΡΟΣ as by night Job 5, 14. 


2. Trop. a) For calamity, adversity. 
misery, comp. 78M, Is. . 31. 11. Job 35, 
10. Mic. 3,6. Arab. ἡ misfortune. 


Schult. Opp. Min. p. 74. 
Hades, Job 36, 20. 
Nore. The form 43%3 with He parag. 
signifies pr. by night; but by degrees 
came also to stand for ‘the time when it 
is night, and so for night itself; in the 
same manner as 233, MBX, pr. the 
region towards the por sosceae the 
north, are then put for the south, the 
north, whence M25DZ2, 73323; comp. 
naina. Indeed the paragogic ending 
became so closely united with this sub- 
stantive, that in Chald. and Syr. it was 
retained as a radical letter, and passed 
over in the stat. emphat. into *.—Hence 


w75"5 Chald. m. night, Dan. 2, 19 
5, 30. 7,2. 7.13. Often in Targg. 


m2") ( (from b>, τ. 855} pr. noctur- 
na, @ night-spectre, ghost, a creature 


b) For Sheol, 


r 
of Jewish superstition, frequenting the 
desert, Is. 34, 14. According to the 
Rabbins it bore the form of a female ele- 
gantly dressed, and lay in wait for chil- 
dren by night. Similar are the Greek 
and Roman fables respecting the female 
᾿Εμπούσα, the ὀνοκένταυροι, see Aristoph. 
Ran. 293. Creuzer Comment. Herod. p. 
267; the Lamia, Striges ; and the Ara- 
bian Ghal, Ghilah,(SpeM, ἃ) ..4}},} i-e. 
female monsters dwelling in deserts and 
tearing men in pieces. Comp. the other 
names of spectres, in Heb. e. g. ΠΗ, 
py"sy. See more in Bochart Hieroz. 
T. IL. p. 831. Buxtorf in Lex. Chald. 
Talmud. p. 1140.. Also Comment. on Is. 
13, 22. 34, 14. 


i a see >. 


122 m. (τ. td) 1. Poet. a lion, so 
called from his strength and courage, 
Is. 30, 6. Job 4,11. Prov. 30,30. Arab. 


Gx, Chald. rs}, Gr. dig Hom. Il. 11. 
239. ib. 15. 275. 

2. Laish, pr.n. a) A place in the 
northern extremity of Palestine, called 
also ἘῸΝ and 3 Dan q. v. Judg. 18, 29; 
with 7 loc. moi v.7. Ὁ) Also with π 
‘loc. med Is. 10, 30, a place near Ana- 
thoth, ‘northeast of Jerteslexh ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 149. ὃ A manf 
1 Sam. 25, 44 and 2 Sam. 3, 15 Keri; in 
Cheth. wad. 


=> imper. see 72'7 init. and no. 7. 


ῳ "2D fat, 1554 1. to take, to catch, 
sc. animals, e. g. in a net, snares, (pr. 
‘to strike or hit with a net,’ comp. Arab. 
M0 percussit,) Judg. 15, 4. Am. 3,5. 
Ps. 35, 8; in a pit, Jer. 18, 22; of a lion 
seizing his prey Am. 8, 4.—Metaph. Job 
5,13 he taketh (snareth) the wise in their 
own craftiness. Prov. 5, 22. Jer. 5, 26. 

2. to take, to seize, to get possession 
οἵ viz. a) to take captive in war, Num. 
21, 32. Josh. 11, 12. Judg.8, 12. Ὁ) to 
take a city by assault, storm, to capture, 
Deut. 2, 34. Josh. 8, 21. 10,1. 11, 10. 
6) to take or occupy a land, Josh. 10, 42. 
Dan. 11, 18; also single places, as the 
fords of Jordan, Judg. 3, 28. 12,5. So 
Judg. 7,24 Danny pnd sibs and.seize 
the waters before ‘them, even Jordan. 
d) Other things, as chariots of war, 


522 





775 


1 Chr. 18,4. 1 Sam. 14, 47 ‘Saul took 
(32>) the kingdom over Israel. 8 >me- 
times with 2 of pers. from whom, 1 Ch r. 4 
18, 4. 2 Chr. 13, 19; comp. > Judg. 7, 2 
3. to take, to choos any one by lo 
comp. M8 no. 7. Josh. 7, 14 “Ws & Ἐπ 
rims avian the tribe ‘which Jehovah 
taketh, designates by lot. v. 17. wey 
Niz. 1. to be taken, caught, with 
snares, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13. Jer. 48, 44. Pe 
9, 16. a Top, Prov. 6, 2. 11,6. Job 36, 8. 
2. to be taken, captured; of men Jer 
51, 56; a city 1K. 16, 18. 2 K. 18, 10. 
fer: 13, 28. 50, 2. 51, 31. 41. Reais 
3. to be taken by lot, Josh. 7, 15. 16, 18. 
1 Sam. 10, 20.21. 14, 41.42 [43. 441. 
Hirup. to take hold of one another, 
hold fast together, to cohere. Arab. a 
Conj. V, to be joined together, to have” 
the parts compacted. Job 41, 9 [17] 
ἘΠῚ they hold together, se. the scale 
of the crocodile. 38, 30 13227 Dinh “22 
the surface of the deep coheres, i is frozen. 
Comp. "M8 no. 4. 
Deriv. nybdh and 


"Ὁ m. ὦ being taken, capture, Prov : 
3, 26. ἐ 

























I. 723 imper. see in 320 init. ρὲ πο. 7. 
Il. not for 3 to thee, Gen. 27, 37. 


m2? (a going, journey, for =) 
Lechah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe o 
Judah, 1 Chr. 4,21. R. Ἴ5:. 


τ. (either: the smitten, eantmeal 
or: the tenacious, i. e. impregnable, r. 
235) Lachish, pr. n. of a fortified city 
(Is. 36, 2. 2 Chr. 11,9) in the plain of 
Judah, anciently the seat of a Canaan 
itish king. Josh. 10, 3. 12, 11. 15, 39. 
Neh. 11, 30. 2 Chr. 11, 9. Is. 36, 2. Jer. 
34, 7. Mic. 1, 13. Comp. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 389, 393. 


22 see 19 p. 474. ο. 


᾿ 39 obsol. root, prob. i. q. kindr. | 
Arab. eS, ΔῈ «ἐν a) to strike, 


tosmite. Ὁ) to adhere, to be tenacious; | 
hence, to be difficult.—Deeriv. pr.n. ">>. 


mind? see nbnd, | 


4 τῶν fut. 7259 1, Pr. to beat with { 
a rod, to chastise, espec. beasts of bur-— 
den; whence sabn an ox-goad. Arab. 


Ou! ig. eo to strike, to beat with a 

















ap 
᾽ rod. Hence to discipline, to train, to 
_ teach, sc. beasts of burden, etc. see Pual 
( ‘Hos. 10, 11; also troops to war, 1 Chr. 
, 5,18 προ Ὁ “3172 trained to war, i. 6. 
practised, skilled. Comp. Pual no. 2. 
2. Intrans. to be trained, taught, i. q. 
_ to learn, 6. g. war, Is. 2, 4. Mic. 4, 3. 
_ With ace. Deut. 5, 1. Is. 26, 10. Prov. 
30, 3. Jer. 12,16; with infin. Is. 1, 17; 
_ infin. c. 5 Deut. 14, 23. 17, 19. 18, 9; 
_ verb. fin. with} Deut. 31, 12; see Heb. 
Gr. § 139. 3.a. Also, to accustom one- 
self, to be wont, c: >& Jer. 10, 2. 

Piet 32> 1. to train, to accustom. 
Jer. 9, 4 they have accustomed their 
_ tongue to speak lies. Ps. 18, 35. 

2. to teach, absol. Ps. 60, 1. 2 Chr. 17, 

7. With acc. of pers. to teach one any 
thing, Ps. 71, 17. Cant. 8, 2. Jer. 32, 33. 
Part. 9222 a teacher, c. genit. Ps. 119, 
99. Prov. 5,13. With two acc. of pers. 
and thing, Deut. 4, 5. 14. 11, 19. Ps. 25, 
4. Jer. 2, 33 ἼΛΞ ἸῸΝ sated niswi-ns 
wickedness hast thou taught thy ways. 
Eec. 12, 9.. With acc. of pers. and dat. 
of thing (pr. to train one 0 any thing) 
Ps. 144, 1; with 3 in any thing, Is. 40, 
14; 47 of thing Ps. 94, 12+; inf. ο. > Ps. 
143, 10. Is. 48, 17. Jer. 12, 16; so with 
nist impl. Jer. 13, 21 ποὺς tnis "mtd 
Danby thou hast baught iti, to be lead- 
ers over thee, accustomed them to exer- 
cise dominion over thee. With dat. of 
pers: Job 21, 22. ; 
. Puat 1. to be trained, accustomed, 
taught, e. g. a heifer well trained, Hos. 
10, 11; of troops (comp. Kal no. 1), 
Cant. 3, 8 manda "37> trained to war, 
i.e. expert ; comp. 1 Chr. 25, 7 “aba 
"70 instructed in song. 

2. to be taught, spoken of that in which 
one is instructed; Is. 29,13 Σὲ ΤῊΣ Ὦ 
M122 a mere human precept ‘taught, 
inculcated, which they are made to learn. 

Deriv. 7325, sab, 725m. 


TA? see in 74>, 
— m2, TAD, see in m9 Ὁ. 3, 4. 


TT?) 


‘a> poet. for, as 02 for 9, 103 for 
2, see 2; four times in the book of 
Job, c. 27, 14. 29, 21. 38, 40. 40, 4. 


D822 (of God se. created, see aed) 
Prov. 31, 4; also Syna> Prov. 31, 1, 
Lemuel, pr. n. of a king otherwise un- 


523 





59 


known, prob. not an Israelité, perh. an 
Arabian, to whom the moral maxims 
Prov. 31, 2-9 are directed. 


TWA? and 7A? adj. 1. accustomed, 
used to any thing, Jer. 2, 24. 13, 23; 
practised, expert, Is. 50, 4 277572 ΠΡ 
the tongue of the practised sc. in speak- 
ing, the eloquent. 

2. one taught, a disciple, follower ; 
mint “a> the disciples of Jehovah, 
prophets, Is. 50, 4. 54,13; pious men 
8, 16. 


sf ΤΩΡ obsol. root. Arab. JH to taste; 
6, -¢- 
but HQAS a strong youth. Hence 


772 Lamech, pr.n. 8) A son of Me- 
thusael, a descendant of Cain, and the 
first to misuse the arms invented by — 
his son, Gen. 4, 18-24. Ὁ) The son 
of Methuselah, a descendant of Seth, 
Gen. 5, 25-31. 


ἸῺ see afler 12. 7 
ἸΣῺ2 on account of, because, see 3372. 


> τὰ. (τ. 35>) the swallow, gullet, 
throat, Prov. 23, 2. Chald. 8345. 


* 399 in Kal not used, Arab. a3 


to play, to sport, to jest ; also to jest at, 
to mock. Kindr. are 33>, 12>, see Ὁ 
note. Chald. 3155 mockery, “derision; 
svbmx to mock at, to deride any one, 
Syr. κοῖς Ζῇ id.. Comp. Gr. λώβη, λω- 
βάομαι. 

Hien. to mock at, to deride, part. c. 3 
2 Chr. 36, 16. 


5 492 fut. 2255, pr. to stammer, to 
speak unintelligibly, Syr. HSS; also 
Jat λα], 115 Eth. Δὐδλὺ 
and AfAG stammering, comp. 12> and 
see 315 note. Hence 

1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign 
tongue, see in 735, comp. Niph. By 


9 
transpos. 559, Arab. ek barbare lo- 


quens. 
2. to mock, to deride, pr. by imitating 


the stammering voice of any one in de- 


rision. Chfald. 3525 to mock. Comp. by 
transp. Gr. γελάω, also χλεύη, χλευάζω, 


Goth. hlahjan, lahhan, Pers. .yOnt¥ 


229 


to jest, Germ. lachen, Engl. to laugh.— 
E. g. absol. Job 11, 3; oftener with 5 of 
pers. and thing Job 9, 23. Prov. 17, 5. 2 
K. 19, 21, al. Spec. spoken : a) Of 
those who mock at others in distress, 
Job 9, 23; c. 2 Prov. 1, 26; 5 of pers. 
Ps, 22, 8. Job 22, 19; also vabeasgbs they 
laugh among themselves Ps. ‘80, ἢ, b) 
Of a scoffer, who mocks at God and reli- 
gion, Job 11,3; comp. in γῈΡ πο, 3, ἀ) 
Of one who contemns the threats and ef- 
forts of enemies, Ps. 2,4, 59,9. Is. 37, 22. 

Nipa. to speak in a barbarous or for- 
eign tongue, Is, 33, 19. 

Hipu. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mock, to de- 
ride, Job 21, 3; ¢. b Ps. 22, 8, Neh. 2, 
19; 3 2 Chr. 30, 10; ΕΣ) Neh. 3, 33 


[4, 1). 
Deriv. the two following. 
372 τὰ, 1. mockery, derision, scorn, 


Ps. 79, 4. Ez. 23, 32, 36,4. Meton. for 
the cause of derision, Hos. 7, 16. 

2. scoffing, i. e. impious discourse, Job 
34, 7; comp. in 79> no. 2. 
ep adj. (r. sb) 1. speaking a bar- 
barous or foreign tongue; Is, 28, 11 
Mew 3252 i.e. as barbarians, foreign- 
ers, sc. the Assyrians. 

2, a mocker, jester, buffoon. Ps. 35, 16 
iva "322 pr. cake-jesters, table-buf- 
fons, i. @. parasites ; Gr. ψωμοκόλακες, 
κνισσοκόλακες. Soin the Talmud Ὁ 
ΓΊΣΗΣ cake-talk, i. 6. jesting, buffoonery. 


*199 obsol. root, Arab. Kei) to put 


in order. Hence the two following: 
ΠΣ (order) Laadah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 


4,21. 

7792 (put in order) Laadan, pr. n. m. 
a) 1 Chr. 7,26. 8) 23, 7. 26, 21. 

Η mz? i. q. Arab. LaJ, , to speak 
rashly, to talk at random, kindr. with 


51> q. v. +4) rash discourse.—Once pret. 
8 plur. Job 6, 3 423 "727 427>2 therefore 
were my words rash, ἘΣ Milél for "ΣὉ 
Milra on account of the pause ; like 
mmx, in pause OAR. 

᾿ 12D to speak in a barbarous or for- 
eign tongue; part. ΤΣ 5 Ps. 114, 1. Comp. 
32>, and see 39> note. Syr. JS%& to 


speak in a barbarous (spec. the Egyp- 
tian) tongue. 


624 





589 



































"ὌΣὉ to eat eagerly, to devour; οι 
25> note. Arab. quadril. plaad ia. id g 


voracity. ie 

Hieu. to give to eat ; once Gen. 2: 
ἈΝ) "20°50 give me now to eat Be. € 
gerly, hastily, to devour ; spoken o 
hungry and greedy. 


*139 obsol. root, Arab. ω-" toc 


Hence 


M222 £. wormwood, Jer. 9, 14. 23, 15 
Prov. 5,4. It was apparently reg dec 
as a noxious or poisonous plant, a 
hence called the accursed; see the 
and Deut. 29,17. Rev.8,10.11. [πὸ 
bitter herbs were commonly so regarc 
ed by the Hebrews; see Heb. 12, 16 
Trop. of a bitter lot, calamity, ἡ 
15. 19; bitler injury or injustice 
7. 6, 12. , 


*"E2 obsol. root, to flame, to shin 
Gr. λάμπω. The origin lies in lap-pin, 
being lam-bent, which iikewioat hy 
Semitic and Gréek tongues express 
the syllable lab, lap. and apply also 
flame ; 6. g. 28>, =>, labium, ων» p 
see 22> note. The common radix there 
fore of the Hebrew and Greek vers ; 
ὮΡ, and the third radical 4 is added in 
the same manner as in SP, 722, Ὁ 
ὅμος, ὕμαδος; ἃ vestige of it appea 
also in the Greek λαμπάς, gen. λαμπά 
From the Semitic 18>, declined in the 
Aramean manner 7822, came the G ek 
λάμπω; and from +B, Syr. fps 


Chald. B32, the Gr. λαμπάς, ijn 
and not vice versa. —Hence 


"BD m. 1. a flame Gen. 15, 17. Ex 
20, 18. Job 41, 11. Nah, 2, 5. Dan. 10, 
6. al. ve 


2. Gr. λαμπάς, Lat. lampas, a 
torch, see r. 72>. Judg. 7, 16. 20. Z 
12,6. So according to some, Job 12, 5 
tia ‘12d ὦ torch despised, i. 6. thrown 
aside because it ceases to give 
the emblem of a man once in high ¢ con= 
sideration, but now vile and contemned 
comp. Is. 7, 4, and Comment. in loc 
But it accords better with the parallel- 
ism to make "p> correspond to "75702 
539 in the other member: for misf Mu 
(778 from > and "*B) there is ¢4 





mpd 


in the thought of him that is at ease ; it 
(contempt) is prepared for those who 
_ slip with the feet ; see 17. 

mined (torches) Lappidoth, pr. n. 
__ of the husband of Deborah the prophet- 
ess, Judg. 4, 4. 

"28D adj. anterior, front, in front, 1 K. 
6,17. It is formed from "25>, as "D030 
; from "πο, Heb. Gr. §85. 5. Lehrg. Ρ. 

516. See ‘abd i in 738 lett. Ὁ. 


e MED f fut. Mp2", pr. to bend, to turn 
to fold. Arab. at to inflect, to turn 
_ away the face ; V, to look back by turn- 
ing the Saad; VII, to turn oneself to 
any one; Kor. Sur. 11. 83. Vit. Salad. 
p- 17, 22,26. Hence, to enfold, to em- 

brace. to clasp; Judg. 16, 29 mpd 
“sa pint and Samson clasped the two 
_ middle pillars... . the one with his right 
hand and the other with his left. Sept. 
περιέλαβε, Vulg. apprehendens ; Jarchi 
REIN’ i. 6. Fr. embrasser. 

‘Nien. to bend oneself, i. e. . a) to 
turn oneself around or back, in, order 
to see, Ruth 3,8. See Arab. above. 
_b) to turn aside from a way; Job 6, 18 
D277 Mins §Mbd9 the wayfarers of their 
way turn aside, i.e. those who travel 
that way, and turn aside to find those 
streams, are disappointed and perish. 


ἘΣΘ m. (r. vi>) mocking, derision, 
scorn, sc. of every thing good and noble, 
| Prov. 1,22. Hence jix> "22x i. g. O73 
) mcckers, Is. 28, 14. Prov. 29, 8. 


τὲ v2? to mock, a doubtful root, from 
which some derive Part. plur, o°%%> 
_ mockers, scorners, Hos. 7,5. But this 
is rather for B°%>2 Pil. οὔτ. 73> q. v. 


pp? (pr. way-stopper, i. e. a fortified 
place, τ. op>) Lakkum, pr. n. of a place 
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33. 


*mp? once 3 pret. ΠΡ Ez. 17,5; fat. 
ΤΡ, plur. snp, 3p; imper. πρὸ Ex. 
29, 1, oftener — with He parag. ΓΙ 
Gen. 15,9; Inf. absol. mip> Deut. 31, 
26. Jer. 32, 4: constr. rnp, once “AMP 
2 K. 12, 9, ‘with pref. MMP> (to be distin- 
guished from MNP? 2 fem. pret.) c. suff. 
“AMR - 

1. to take, i. ᾳ. λαμβάνω. Comp. Arab. 
ἐξ semen recepit camela; Malt. la- 


525. " 





mp> 
gach, fut. jylgach to receive as a guest, 
Vassali p. 430. Also by transpos. Arab. 
to take hold of each other, to co- 
here, see in Hithpael, also Gr. Aaya, hay- 
yave.—Pr, to take with the hand, to lay 
hold of ; Gen. 8,9 Noah put forth his 
hand ΤΡ" and took her sc. the dove. 
Ps. 18, 17. 1 Sam. 16, 23. 2 Sam. 22, 17. 
Job 40, 24. al. sep. With acc. of pers. 
and 3 of member or part, Ez. 8, 3 "20273 
"WX Mss. and took me by a fore- 
lock of my head; in Greek it would be 
τῆς κόμης, comp. Hist. of Bel ν. 36. 
Rarely with > of pers. Jer. 40, 2.—Then 
i. q. to take to oneself, with accus. of 
thing or pers. Gen. 8, 20 and (Noah) 
took of all beasts... and offered burnt- 
offerings. 2,15 and God took Adam and 
put him into the garden. v.21 and he 
look one of his ribs. 12, 5. 16, 3. Deut. 
4, 20. 2 Sam. 2, 8. al. sep. In these 
and similar examples MP>, like the Ho- 
meric λάβων (see Vigerus ed. Herm. p. 
352), often appears as if pleonastic ; 
though it strictly serves to place the 
action more fully and vividly before the 
eyes. Here belongs also 2 Sam. 18, 18 
Mago-ry IND eae mpd cibzion 
and Absalom had taken a column and 
erected it for himself in his lifetime. 1 
K. 11, 37 and I will take thee and thou 
shalt reign. But in Jer. 23. 31 they take 
their tongues and pronounce oracles. it 
seems to signify that the false prophets’ 
misused their tongues. 

“To the object is often prefixed 12 par- 
titive, to take of a thing; e. g. D372 MP2 
to take of the blood i. e. some blood, 
Lev. 4, 25. Gen. 6, 21. 28, 11. 43, 11. 
The accus. of a pronoun is’ often omit- 
ted, as also after verbs of speaking ; 
Gen: 12, 19 behold thy wife 5. ΤῊ take 
her and go thy way. 24, 51. 27, 14. 33, 
11.—The person or thing from whom 
any thing is taken or received, is put 
with 12 Gen. 23, 13; 322 Num. 5, 25. 1 
Sam. 10,4; "x2 Lev. 7, 34. Ex. 25, 2; 
so too the place whence, with 72 Gen. 
45, 19. Josh. 4, 20; 527 Is. 6, 6. 

Sometimes also a Dat. commodi is 
added, i> Mp> pr. to take to or for one- 
self ; Gen. 38, 23 m> mpr let her take it 
Sor herself. 14,21. Num. 8,16. More freq. 
the force of the pronoun is so attenuated 


mp> 


that it is apparently redundant ; Job 2, 8 
won i> nps and he took him a potsherd s 
espec. in the imperative, Lev. 9,2 42 ΠΡ 
bay take thee a calf. 15, 14. 29, Eix. 30, 
23. 1 Sam. 21, 10. Is. 8, 1. Kz. 4, 1. 3. 9. 
al. sep. Plur. 02> snp Gen. 45, 19. Ex. 
5, 11. al. 

Spec. a) mee ΤῸ to take a wife, 
Gr. λαμβάνειν γυναῖκα, Gen. 6, 2. 19, 14. 
1 Sam. 25, 43; more fully mwx 45 πρὸ 
Gen. 4,19. Ex. ‘21, 10; nvixd rnsbp i> ng 
Gen. 12,19. Ex. 6, 25. al. Also npe 
422> nen he took a ‘wife for his son, i. e. 
the father gave his son a wife, Gen. 34, 
4. Judg. 14, 2. 3. Ellipt. Ex. 34, 16 
srz3b (ert) THRE AMBP. In the 
later books the more usual phrase is 
Mes NO? q. v. 

b) to take, i.q. totake away, sometimes 
with force and violence (Spina 1 Sam. 
2,16); 1 Sam. 12, 3. Gen. 34, Ὧ8. Judg. 
5,19. Jer. 28, 3. αἱ. Hence ἰο take cap- 
tive and carry away, Gen. 14,12. 1 Sam. 
19, 14. 20.—'p HH2 NP? to take the life 
of any one, Ps. 31, Ἢ 1 K. 19, 10. 14. 
Prov. 1,19; comp. Jon. 4, 3. Job 1, 21. 
Gen. 27, 35 thy brother hath taken away 
thy blessing. Job 12, 20 he taketh away 
the understanding of the aged. Gen. 5, 
24 ὉΠ ink ΠΡ "> for God had taken 
him away, i.e. translated him to heaven. 
2 K. 2, 3. 5. 

c) to take, i. q. to take possession of, to 
caplure, to seize upon, e. g. a city, hos- 
tile country, Num. 21, 25. Deut. 3, 14. 
29,7. Metaph. Job 3, 6 that night, let 
darkness seize wpon it. Also to take or 
captivate one by blandishments, wis- 
dom, etc. Prov. 6, 25. 11. 30. 

d) to take a person any where, to any 
place, etc. iq. to lead, to bring, to con- 
duct, with acc. of pers. and bs of place. 
Nem: 11, 16 and bring (πρὸ) them to 
. the ΑἸ πολιν ἘΚ of the congregation. 23, 


27. Job 38, 20. 2 K. 18, 32. Is. 36, 17;. 


Dx of pers. to whom, Gen: 48,9; > Pink. 
24,11; >c. inf Ex. 14, 11. 

e) to take and bring to any one, to 
fetch ; with acc.of thing Gen. 18, 5. 7. 8. 
27, 13. 2Sam. 4, 6 pon "Πρ as if 
fetching wheat, as if in order to buy 
wheat. 1 K. 17,11; with acc. of pers. 
2K. 3,15 43: 2 “> amp bring me a min- 
strel. Gen. 42, 16. 43,13. Judg. 11, 5. 


Am. 9, 2.3. Often to fetch by another, | 


". 626 





mp> = 


to let come, 1 Sam. 16,11. Gen. 90 2. 
Jer. 37, 17. —With 72 “of place whence, > 
Am. 7, 15. Ps. 78, 70. - 

2. to take, i. ἃ. δίχως i.e. a) ὁ αο- 
cept, to receive, sc. any thing offered, as 
gifts 1 Sam. 12, 3. Ps. 15, 5. Am. 5,12; — 
food, 52 Judg. 13, 3. Also of a 
buyer receiving wares Neh. 10, 32; of — 
God as accepting prayers Ps. 6, 10; of 
a person receiving and following coun- — 
sel, Prov. 2,1 "228 NPM Ex Ba. 4, 10. 
10, 8. 24, 82. Job 22. 22. b) to ‘take in, 
to receive ; Gen.4,11 the earth, which hath — 
opened her mouth to receive (rnp) thy 
brother’s blood. So to receive a person — 
under one’s care and protection, Ps. 49, 
16. 73,24. c) to receive, i.e. to get, a 
obtain ; Is. 40, 2 for she hath received 
(ΠΕ) of the Lord’s hand double, etc. 
Prov. 9,7. 22,25. Num. 23, 20. ‘So Prov. 
31,16 she considereth a field and taketh it, 
i.e. gets it, buys it, Sept. ἐπρέάτο; comp, 
2 Sam. 4, 6. Neh. 10, 32. d) to receive, 
to perceive, sc. with the ears, Job 4, 19. 

Nira. Mp?) 1. Pass. of Kal πο. 1. b, to 
be taken away, 1 Sam. 21, 6 [7]; of the 
ark as captured by the enemy, 1 Sam. 
4,11. 17. 19. 21. 22; of Elijah as taken 
up to+eaven, 2K.2,9. Also to be taken 
away from life by violence Ez. 33,6. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. ἃ, to be brought, 
c. bx Esth. 2, 8. 16. | , 

Puan πῆρ» and Fut. Hora. mp; the 
fut. of Piel and pret. of Hoph. being 
wanting. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be taken, with 
Ἵ of that whence, Gen, 2,23. 3, 19. 23, © 
Job 28, 2. Ez. 15, 3. Trop. to be taken 
up, repeated, as a curse, Jer. 29, 22. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. b, to be taken 
away, of things, with ἢ of pers. Is. 49, | 
24.25; > Judg. 17,2; of persons 8. g. to 
Pana 2 K. 2, 10, comp. Is. 53,8. Also 
to be taken captive, carried away, Is. 52, 
5. Jer. 48, 46. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 1. e, to be fetched, 
as things Gen. 18, 4; to be ore as 
persons Gen. 12, 15. 

Horn. fut. see in Pual. 

Hirup. part. ὈΠΊΣΩ Ox Ex. 9, 24 
and Ez. 1, 4, a fire taking hold on itself, 
holding together, continuous, i.e. amass 
of fire. Comp. synon. “porn. . 

Deriv. Mp2, HAP? , ΠΡΌ, ΠΡ Ὁ | 
and the two fallowing, 











mp 


5 πρὸ m.c. suff. "MPp> 1. taking arts, 

faur spéech, by which the mind of any 
one is captivated, Prov. 7,21; see τ. Mp? 
no. 1. c. 

2. doctrine, learning, kno wledge, which 
one receives, perceives, learns, see the 
root no. 2.c,d. Prov. 1, 5. 9, 9. 16; 21. 
- Comp. Chald. >2p to receive and to 
learn, 1>2p cabbala, learning ; Gr. πα- 
ραλαμβάνω, Lat. accipio.—Hence so far 
as this is communicated to others : 

3. instruction, discourse of a teacher, 
Prov. 4,2. Deut. 32, 2. Job 11, 4. ᾿ 


"Mp> (learned) Likhi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
7,19. Comp. Mp? no. 2. 


ie wpe fut. YP>", to take up, to gather 
_ up, to collect, pr. things upon the ground; 
as stones Gen. 31, 46; flowers Cant. 6, 
2; manna Ex. 16, 4 sq. Num. 11, 8; 
ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2,8. Poet. 
of animals gathering up the herbage, 
pasture, etc. Ps. 104,28. Usually with 
accus. but also abel. as Mwa Vp> to 


glean ina field Ruth 2, 8. —Arab. Jai! 


to take up, Li gleanings, etc. 
had id. 

Pizz i. q. Kal, totake up, to gather up ; 
as ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2, 16 sq. 
Is. 17,5; grapes scattered in a vineyard 
Ley. 19,10; wood Jer. 7,18; herbs2 K. 
4,39; arrows 1 Sam. 20, 38. Trop. of 
money Gen. 47, 14. Usually with ace. 
but also absol. as N7Wa wpP> Ruth 2, 3. 
17; and so Judg. 1,7, comp. Matt. 25, 27. 

Puat to be gathered, as a people dis- 
persed, Is. 27, 12. 

Hitup. to gather themselves together, 
with >x to any one, Judg. 11, 3. 

Deriv. 23>>" and 


Syr. 


yards, Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22. 
mi to stop 
*ppd 
as they drink, 1 K. 21, 19. 22,38. Judg.7, 
Sz on 


UP? m. a gleaning of fields or vine- 

. Dp? obsol. root, Arab. 
the way. Hence pr. ἢ. ΠΡΌ. 

l2?, 8 plur. sppe, fut. p>3, ono- 

matopoet. fo lick, to hin. of dogs lapping 
5. Kindr. is 4m> q.v. and see 31> note. 
Armen. JWHE] lakiel, to lick, Arab. 
BA tongue. 
Pies, id. Judg. 7, 6. 7. 


527 





"Ὁ 


' wp? in Kal not used; Syr. waS 


to be late ripe, of fruit. Hence wipes 
the latter rain, and Ὁ 5 after-grass. 
Piet to gather the late fruits, i.e. to 
glean a vineyard; Job 24, 6 >w7 DID 
"wpb" they glean the Hineyard "of the 
wicked. But some Mss. read ἸΏ. 


WP? m. latter grass, rowen, after-math, 
Am. 7,1. R. p> Kal. 


‘ 12 obsol. root, Arab. daw fo lick, 
to suck ; hence 


"9 τη. 6. suff. "5, pr. something 
usually licked or sucked, something 
sweet, etc. 

1. juice, sap, as being aeked: spec. 
vital moisture, life-blood, vigour, Ps, 32, 
4 ὑπ JEm2 my life-blood is changed, 
i. 6. is dried up. 

2. a sweet cake. Num. 11,8 wn τῶ 
a sweet cake made with oil. Sept. ἐγκρὶς 
ἐξ ἐλαίου, Vulg. panis oleatus. ‘Comp. 
mz from r. 739. 


7129 of both genders, but oftener fem. 
Ps. 12, 4. Prov. 6, 24. al. masc. Ps. 22, 
16. Prov. 26, 28; constr. 78>, ὁ. aaa 
iW, ‘i2b> Ex. 11, 7; plur. maid, ὃ, 
suff, ‘Bmbtis Gen. 10, 20. R. 5. 

1. the tongue, both of men and ani- 
mals, as the instrament of licking, Ex. 
11, 7. Ps. 68, 24. Job 20, 16. 40, 25 [41, 


1]. al. Arab. jLaJ, Ethiop. A‘, 


Aram. 38>, a: Comp. also from 
languages not Semitic, Sanscr. rasana, 
Armen. yeqm, Copt. A&C, and 


even Gr. γλῶσσα, in which the y is an 
addition, comp. λεύσσω, γλαύσσω; γνό- 
gos, νέφος; χλαῖνα, lana, λα many others. 
—Spoken with few exveptions of the 
human tongue as the instrument of 
speech ; (exceptions are Ex. 11, 7. Ps. 
22,16. 68, 24. Lam. 4, 4. Is. 57, 4. Job 
20, 16. 40, 25;) thus Job 33, 5 ΓΞ 
ἈΞΓΞ nyiatd Ps. 12, 4. 45, 2. 39. 4; 
but Ps. 109, 2 "py jiwd 555} they 
speak with a lying tongue, (for which 
accus. of instrum. see Heb. Gr. § 135, 
1. n. 3.) Prov. 15,4. 18, 21. Is. 33, 19, 
45, 23. al—The words which one is 
ready to ulter, are said to be either wpon 
Ne tongue, D Β yiviba Job 6, 30. Ps. 139, 4 

pea by 2 Sam. 23, 2. Prov. 31, 96: 


ἘΡΩ 
or also under the tongue, » 385 ΤΠ Ps. 
10, 7. 66, 17, comp. Cant. 4, 11; which 
phrases seem not greatly to differ in 
meaning ; comp. ‘upon the lips’ Ps. 16, 
4, and ‘under the lips’ Ps. 140, 4.— With 
genit. "pw 189 a lying tongue Prov. 6, 
17. (Meton. for a lying person, with 
masc. Prov. 26, 28.) mo" qi id. Ps. 
52,6. misenn 1110 id. Prov. 10. 31.— 
Also κατ ἐξοχήν for a spiteful, malignant 
tongue, (or as in Chald. and Zab. ‘lingua 
tertia,’ comp. Ecclus. 28, 15,) whence Ps. 
140, 12 9 ex a man of tongue, i.e. a 
tattler, slanderer. (But }iW> 533 an en- 
chanter, charmer, Ecc. 10,11.) Jer. 18, 
18 come, let us smite him with the tongue, 
i. 6. as Chald. well, let us bear false 
witness against him. Job 5,21 ἡ» oid 
the scourge of the tongue, comp. the simi- 
lar figure in Germ. klatschen, Engl. lash, 
Fr. coup de langue. Ez. 36, 3 ye go up 
yit> ray ds upon the lips of ihe slan- 
derer’s tongue, i.e. are traduced in men’s 
mouths.—Meton. a) i. q. speech, Job 
15,5 ὉΠ jie crafty speeches. Prov. 
16, 1. b) tongue, for language, dia- 
lect. Dan. 1,4 ova Vid the Chaldee 
tongue. Gen. 10, 5 θυ wan every 
one after his tongue, dialect. Deut. 28, 
49. Is. 28, 11. Neh. 13, 24. Esth. 1, 22. 


3,12. 8,9. Arab. Qld, ον’ id 


Hence 6) a nation, people, having ἃ 
tongue or language of their own. Is. 
66, 18 τὶ 3 ΠῚ ΘΛ ΝΠ ΡΞ all nations and 
tongues ; see Chald. itd. 

2. Trop. of what resembles a tongue, 
e.g. a) ant ὙΦ a tongue of gold, i.q. 
bar of gold, Josh.7,21.24. Vulg. regula 
aurea. Ὁ) ὋΝ ὙΠ a tongue of fire, i.e. 
a flame of fire, Is. 5, 24, so called from 
its shape and motion, whence also it is 
said to lap, to be lambent ; see amd, 
_ ὌΠ, and Virg. Ain. 2.684. Comp. γλῶσ- 

σαι woed πυρός Acts 2,3. Arab. (youd 


gat, Pers. yeshc yb) zabani dtesh. 


2 on ὙΠ. ἃ tongue of the sea, a bay, 
Josh. 15, 5. 18,19. Is. 11,15; and simpl. 
yiwbn didn. 15, 2) iin Avdbien geogra- 


phers pasty Laws. Comp. Engl. 


‘tongue of land ὅς Germ. Erdzunge. 


* we obsol. root, perh. transp. i. q. 
πρῶ, but intransitive, to throw oneself 


528 , 





7 oa 
down, i. 6. to lie, to lie down. Henve 
perhaps é 

M20? Γ with He loc. nnd8> 1 Sam. 
9, 22: Plur. nizw> , constr. rine}; a cell, 
chatnber. pr. bed- ‘chambers spoken esp. 
of the cells or chambers in ‘the courts of 
the temple, mostly at the gates, 2 K. 23, 
11. 1 Chr. 23, 28. 28, 12. Jer. 36, 10. 
Ez. 40, 17. 44 sq. 42, 13 sq. in which the 
treasure of the temple and every thing 
necessary for the temple-service were 
kept, 1 Chr. 9, 26. 28, 12. 2 Chr. 31, 5. 
11 sq. Ezra 8, 29. Neh. 8, 38 sq. 13, 
5. 9; where the priests, Levites, etc. 
lodged, Ez. 40, 38. 44 5ᾳ. 42, 1 sq. 45, 5. 
Neh. 13, 4; (comp. 1 Chr. 9, 33;) and 
where other persons were rarely admit- 
ted to dwell or as guests, 2 K. 23, 11. 
Jer. 35, 4.5. Once of an eating-room, 
1 Sam. 9, 22; also of the chamber of 
the king’s scribe in the palace Jer. 36, 
12.—Thrice written 22 Neh. 3, 30. 
12, 44. 13, 7. 

Nore. The etymology is uncertain. If 
the more common ">> be the primary 
form, it may come from r. 73> as above; 
and at any rate has no connection with 
Gr. λέσχη, as has been suggested. But 
as is more readily softened into ὦ than 
the contrary, it may be that M2w3 is the 
older form; and this Bohlen derives 


from Pers. οὐ to sit, to sit down, 
whence might come slag seat, though 
this is not found. Others make it by 
transpos. for 723 dwelling, from r. j2¥. 

See Thesaur. p. 762, 763. 


i nw obsol. root, Arab. ἢ al 
pr. to lick ; see in 1%3.—Hence 


pw m. 1. A species of gem, Ex. 28, 
19. 39,12; Sept. λιχύριον, Vulg. ligu- 
rius, Engl. opal—The λιγύριον or dvy- 
κούριον is described as a species of am- 
ber, and also as a species of hyacinth ; 
see Thesaur. p. 763. 

2. Leshem, pr. n. of a city, elsewhere 
called 72 and 33; see j3. Josh. 19, 47. 





to taste, 


xs he ‘ 
| in Kal not used, prob. to lick, to 
lap, like the kindr. pal wud ant 
comp. &m>, : 


Po. yy sletint from ied , pr. to 
tongue, i. 6. to use the tongue freely, Ἷ 
and by impl. to slander; see ἢ) no. 2 ; 


ἐ 


εὐ 


Ἰ9 


mid. Part. with " parag. "20152 Ps. 
101,8; in Keri "90> for 7282 part. Pi. 
_ Arab. ,. 


to slander. 
Hipu. id. Prov. 30, 10. 


15 Chald. τη. tongue, and hence α na- 


_ tion, having a tongue or language of its 


own, see 102 no. 1. c. Dan, 3, 4 827209 


ΡΣ 51 NNN tribes, nations, ond tongues. 


v. 7. 31. 5,19. 6, 26. 7, 14. al. 
Rev. 5, 9. 7, 9. 


* yw obsol. root, Arab. 2“ to 


puncture, to sting, as a scorpion ; 


Comp. 


a chink, fissure, perh. of chasms in the 
earth, fountains, ete.—Hence 


5 Ὁ3 Lesha, pr. τι. of a place, Gen. 10, 


19; according to Jerome (in Quest.) 


Callirrhoé on the eastern coast of the 
Dead sea, celebrated for its warm 


Mem, the thirteenth letter of the He- 


brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 


40. The name ΘΠ probably signifies 
water, i. q. 0772, and the antique forms 
of the letter have a certain resemblance 
to waves ; see Monum. Phen. p. 35, 36. 
Its name accords with Gr. Mi i. 6. Phe- 
nic. 1 water ; in Ethiop. also Mai water. 

It is interchanged: a) Often with 
other labials, as 2 and 4, which see; 
rarely with 1, as 70m, Chald. 1m, to be 
astonished. b) With liquids, chiefly 


Nun, comp. ἘΝ, Syr. als Arab. ὡ» “ἡ ; 
ya, Arab. eles! thumb ; "303 pista- 


3 “ ᾿, 
cios, comp. Trend pistacia tere- 
binthus Linn. 32%, Arab. pwd to be fat; 


37572, ape threshing-sledge, 2 Ὁ and 


mY to ‘be hostile, 5°—- and 15-- plural 
endings. Rarely with >, see in > no. 1. 6. 

For Mem dropped at the end of words, 
see Lehrg. p. 138,524. Comp. the similar 
usage in the language of the Etruscans 
and Umbri, in O. Miller’s Etrusker T. 
I. p. 56. 

45 


529 








IN 


springs; see Plin. H. N. 5.16. Jos. B. J. 
1.33.5. These springs were visited by 
Irby and Mangles; Travels, Lond. 1844, 
p. 144 sq. 


i mn? obsol. root, perh. i. q. ΠΏ, 
Samar. ΠΣ, to spread out a garment; 
whence Eth. HA a garment, tunic, 
perh. ae Hence ΠΡ. 


: ῺΡ obsol. root, prob. i. 4: 392 Zo 
be poured out. Hence > 


J2 m. a measure for grain, Hos. 3, 
2; so called from pouring. Sept. ἡμές 
κορος, Vulg. corus dimidius, accom#mo- 
dated to the context. 


*? n> obsol. root, i. q. ae 


also to bite, whence ΤΊΣ ΤΡ biters, teeth. 
—To this root some refer the form 53m} 
Job 4,10; but it belongs rather to r. 53. 


to strike ; 


‘2 prefix, for 2 what? where see 
note. 


“2 prefix, for 12, q. v. 


872 Chald. i. q. Hebr. 2 what? also 
without interrogation "7'N2 that which 
Ezra 6,8. See 2. 


ὉΠ τὴ. (τ. 038) a store-house, 
granary, plur. Jer. 50, 26. Sept. ἀπο- 
ϑήκη. 

N70 m. (Tr. TAX no. 3) c. suff: FIN, 
ka. 

1. Subst. might, vehemence ; Deut. 6, 
5 and thou shalt love Jehovah, thy God, 
with all thy heart, with all thy sou, B53 
FIka. and with all thy might. 2 K. 23, 
25; comp. Luke 10, 27. Is. 47,9 Maxva 
IN III with (notwithstanding) the 
great abundance of thine enchaniments, 
where connect ἽΝ ΤΩΣ, Job 35, 15. 
Hence a) 182 ἼΝΏΞ with might of 
‘might, i.e. mightily, very exceedingly, 
Gen. 17, 2. 6. 20. Ez. 9,9. Ὁ) 7ka 5> 
even to vehemence, i.e. very exceedingly, 
Gen. 27, 33. 1K. 1,4, Dan. 8.8; wholly; 
utterly, Ps. 119, 8 ; too.much, too exceed- 
ingly, Is.64,8. 0) 18732 539.i.g. 182 ἜΣ, 


ΓΝ 


but in later Hebrew, 2 Chr. 16,14; comp. 
2 Chr. 17, 12. 26, 15. 

2. Adv. pr.acc.asadv. a) mightily, 
vehemently, exceedingly, Gen. 4, 5. 7, 
18. 13, 13. 19, 3. al. Often joined with 
adjectives and adverbs, as I89 21D very 
good Gen. 1, 31. “δ ΠΕ" 12, 14. maw 

Sk very much Gen. 15, 1: Emphat. 
doubled sk Sk Gen. 7, 19. Num. 14, 
7.—Ps. 46, 2 kx N92 MINEI MID he 
is found a help in trouble mightily, i i. δὶ 
amighty helper. Ὁ) speedily, quickly, 
as being connected with the exertion 
of one’s strength; 1 Sam. 20, 19 73m 
ἽΝ. come down quickly; Vulg. festi- 
nus. Comp. Germ. bald from Lat. 
valde; Low Germ. swieth, Anglo-Sax. 
swithe, i. q. valde, Germ. geschwind, 
Engl. swift. 

; dual ΠΝ Ὁ 


τ 


" ΓΝ} f. constr. MNS 

for D9; plur. ΤΙΝ Ὡς rite. 
Se Se 

1. a hundred; Arab. Xa and Kale, 
Ethiop. PAT, Syr. IL. 
logy be sought, we may compare Pers. 
ma, mah, meh, great, much; of which 
also some uncertain traces are found in 
the Phenician, see Monum. Phen. p. 
152.—Lev. 26, 8 p> mx a hundred of 
you. Ecc. 6, 3. al. ‘With substantives it 
is joined variously, and is put: a) Be- 
fore substantives in the singular, usually 
such as denote things often spoken of in 
great numbers ; as 730 ΓΝ a hundred 
years Gen. 17, 17; ΘΝ OND 1 K. 18, 
13; also Gen. 23, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2K. 
23.33. 1 Chr.18,4.al. b) Before sub- 
stantives in the plural, usually those 
denoting things less frequently spoken 
of in great numbers; as "8732 MND ὦ 
hundred prophets 1 K. 18, 4; ὉΠΏΣΕ “Ὦ 
2 Sam. 24, 3. 1 Sam. 25, 18. Gen. 26, 
12; ὦ) In the construct in like manner, 
though rarely, before nouns sing. and 
plur. as "DD mx Ex. 38, 25; ΒΝ “2 
Vv. 27. But, on the other abd, ὈΝ 
stands very frequently where the num- 
ber one hundred is combined with others; 
as MIO DSI) MW mx2 a hundred and 
seventy years Gen. 25, 7. 17. 35, 28; 
mw mayan bw wan Gen. 5, 6. 18. 96. 
28. 7, 24. 47, 28. Ex. 6, 16. 18. Num. 
33, 39. al. d) Rarely and only in the 
later books is 58 put after a noun plur. 


If an etymo- 





530 Ni a 


as ΓΙ ἘΠ; 3) 2 Chr..3, 16; comp. 4, 
Ezra 2, 69. 8, 26. ἘΝ 

2. Adv. a hundred times, Prov.17,10; 
constr. M8 id. Ecc. 8, 12. 

3. the hundredth or one per centum, 
sc. of money or other things, exacted in 
monthly usury; Neh. 5. 11 =n ἘΝ, 
i771, Vulg. centesima. For the cente- 
sima or one per cent..of the Romans, 
see_Ernesti Clav. Cic. sub. ν. and for 
the usury still common in the East, see 
Volney’s Travels, II. p. 410. Bowring’s 
Report on Egypt p. 82. 

4.° Meah, pr. n. of a tower in Jerusa-— 
lem, Neh. 3, 1..12,.39. 

Dua ἘΠΩ͂Ν Ὦ two hundred ; put before 
a noun sing. roe ὈΠΟΝ Gen, 11, 23. 1 
Sam. 18, 27; before a plur. p»bpe) ’ 22 
Sam. 14, 26; after a plur. 2 D> Gen. 
32, 15. 

Pron. ming a) hundreds, as MiN'> by 
hundreds 2 Sam. 18,4; mixan "Ὁ ‘the 
captains of hundreds, centurions, ‘Num, 
31, 14. 48. 52. Hence “a bw siz hun-- 
ved Ex. 12, 37; “2 πο Ὁ eight hundred — 
Gen. 5, 7. etc. ’b) a hundred, q. ἃ. each 
hundred, hundred by hundred, 2 Chr. 
25, 9 Cheth. comp. v.6. Keri ¥9.—A 
rare form of the plur. is Cheth: mmx 
(ΠΝ) 2 K. 11, 4.9.10. 15, Comp. the 
Arabic. 


O82 Chald. a hundred, Dan. 6, 2. 
Ezra 6, 17. 7,22. Dual INNS Ezra 6 
17, 


"1872 m. (τ. ΠΝ 1) desire ; once oan 
constr. 38" "71872 the desires of the wick- 
ed, Ps. 140, 9. 

DAN") for 5489, usually contr. 547 qv. 


a spot, blemish, Dan.1,4. Job 31,7. R 
pin. 


τ δ Milél (prob. for 7723 2, or 
perh. for "92 i8 m2, what or what? 
though the etymology is doubtful, ) what- 
ever, something, any thing. Num. 22, © 


38 have I now any power at all “27 


moira to say any thing? 2 K. 5, 20 
and accept of him 25% something.— 
Oftener with a negat. particle, nothing, — 
nothing whatever, nothing at all; e.g. | 
with X> Deut. 13, 18. Gen. 39,6.9.1 ἢ 


Sam. 12,5. With 398, 1-K. 18,43 Ἐπ 


mara nothing at all, ‘Jade. 14, 6. Ecc. 
5.13; more fully Gen. 39, 23 ων ἮΝ 








ᾧ 


1 
Ἷ 


{ 





᾿ 
Ἕ 
ty 
Ὗ 


᾿ 


ἱ 
ered candelabra, 
| taph. 57393 ΝῺ the light of the eyes, 


é 


ASN 


‘a7 >2-nx not looking to any thing at all. 
With by, Jer. 39, 12 mang i> benroy 


P33. 1 Sam. 21, 3. 


Υ 
᾿ 
Gen. 1,16. R. ix. 


“582 m. once IN Ex. 25, 6, constr. 
“ina; plur. D0 Ez. 32,8, and mink 


, 1, light, a light, Ps..90, 8. 74, 16; also 


_ aluminary, as the sun and moon, Gen. 


1, 14. 16. Ez. 32,8. How it differs from 
“ik, seeinh.v. "ΝΒ Δ) the sa- 
Num. 4, 9. 16.—Me- 


i.e. bright eyes, joyous, Prov. 15, 30. 
2. a candlestick, candelabra, Ex. 25,6. 
27, 20. 35, 14. 


MVNA fem. of Vika (Ὁ. VIN) pr. light, 


_ then light-hole, sc. by which light en- 


ters, and so meton. hole, den of a serpent, 
Vulg. caverna, Is. 11, 8.—Or it may also 
be taken for 7999, 739, Bylo, a 
cavern, τὰ and > being interchanged. 


DTN m. dual (τ. ὯΝ I) balances, 
ἃ balance, Arab. ole, Is. 40, 12. 15. 


Job 6, 2. Ps. 62, 10 so that they as- 
cend in the balance, sc. for lightness. 
ΤῚΣ “2 a just or even balance Lev. 19, 
36. Job 31,6; opp. M7292 “2 a false bal- 
ance Prov. 1, 1. 20, 23. It differs from 
DDB q. Vv. 

722782 Chald. id. Dan. 5, 27. 

ns, see M82 Plur. fin. 


D280 m. (τ. 53}}) food, Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6. 
6, 21; espec. of grain, 2 Chr. 11, 11. 
dona ya tree for food, fruit-tree, Lev. 
119, 23. Deut. 20, 20. dox ix ‘flocks 
for food, for slaughter, Ps. 44, 12. 


M222 f. (τ. doy) plur. nid2y2, @ 


knife, as an instrument for eating, Gen. 
22, 6. 10. Judg. 19, 29. Prov. 30,14. Arab. 


ater spoon. 


M22N2 f. (τ. b>) food, trop. Is. 9, 4 
tx 35x food for fire, fuel. v. 18. 

i DN obsol. root, perhaps fo spot, to 
soil ; whence DINX2, DI, q. v. 

DSN m. plur. (τ. yx) powers ; 
trop. of wealth, Job 36,19 M5 "ΣΝ 8.59 
all the powers (resources) of wealth. 

WAN'2 m. (r. VOX) an edict, mandate, 
ἃ word of the later Hebrew, Esth. 1, 15. 


531 





ὈΝ 


2, 20. 9, 39. Chald. 


x70, id. 
“WON"2 Chald. id. Dan. 4, 14. 


ἸΝῺ Chald. m. vase, vessel, utensil, 
i.q- Hebr. "22, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23. in 
Targg. defect. 72, Syr. Lit .—It seems 
to be for 7382, from r. 72x II, Arab. 


KA SIR 


ἘΔ IV, to retain; whence (3 vase, "28 
a vessel, ship, q. v. 


* 4872 in Kal not used, to refuse, see 
adj. 1 2. Syr. be, every where impers. , 
wes ALS sais me; Aph. cessavit, 


destitit. Kindred is 722; comp. in 833. 
Pret {82 to refuse, to be unwilling, 
(opp. 738 ,) absol. Gen. 39, 8. Is. 1, 20. 
1 Sam. 28, 23; with inf. Jer. 8, 8. Ps. 
77,3; inf. c. > Ex. 7,14. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 
8, 19. Jer. 25, 28. Hos. 11, 5. al. 
Deriv. the two following. 


JS) adj. unwilling, refusing, used 
with personal pronouns for a finite verb ; 
Ex. 7, 27 mx jx727oN if thou refusest. 
9, 2. 10, 4. 


J82 m. verbal of Piel, refractory, per- 
tinaciously refusing, Plur. 5°28’ Jer.., 
13,10. R. jx. 


* OND fut. ON", inf. c. suff. ΒῸΝ 9 
Am. 2, 4. 

1. 1.ᾳ. 00%, to melt, to melt away, 
to run; see Niph. no. 1. Comp. Chald. 
ON2 1. gq. 009, and FXO i. q. 32. 
Spec. of a sore which runs ἘΠῚ matter, 
see Job 7,5; comp. Arab. , late pa- 
tet vulnus. Kindred is the idea of being 
fetid and loathsome. 

2. to reject, to refuse, hs from the 


‘idea of loathing, comp. M21, (opp. 7113 to 


choose.) Is. 7, 15. 16. 41, 9. Job 34, 33. 
Constr. 6. acc. Ps. 118, 22. Is. 31,7; ¢.3 
Is. 33, 15. Ps. 78, 67; acc. et inf. ὁ. 5 
Job 30,1; acc. et j2 c. inf. 1 Sam. 16, 
1; absol. Job 6, 14. 42,6. Chiefly spo- 
ken: 8) Of God, as rejecting a people 
or individuals, Jer. 6, 30. 7, 29. 14, 19. 
Ps. 53, 6. Job 8, 20. al. Ὁ) Of men re- 
jecting God and his precepts, Num. 11, 
20. 1 Sam. 15, 23. Am. 2. 4. Job 5, 7. al. 

3. to contemn, to despise, c. acc. Prov. 
15, 32. Job 9, 21; 6.3 Job 19, 18. Judg, 
9, 38; absol. moxs vay a despiteful. 


PND : 


scornful tribe, Ez. 21, 18. Infin. o&2 
Lam. 3, 45 as subst. aversion, contempt. 

Nipu. 1. to be melted, to melt away ; 
Ps, 58, 8 ἘΠ ΠἸΩΞ ἸΌΝ 3. let them melt 
away like water, i. e. iet them perish. 
Spec. of a running sore; Job 7, 5 "959 


DN" 535 my skin shrivels (cracks) and 


runs with matter. 
2. Pass. to be rejected, contemned, Is. 
54,6. Part. Ps. 15,4 On). 


MN m. (r. MEN) a baking, some- 
thing baked, Lev. 2, 4. 


DEN m. (r. DEX) darkness, Josh. 24,7. 


ΤΣ f. (for m2 bBX2, compare 
nanan Cant. 8, 6) darkness of Jeho- 
vah, i. 6. thick davkowne’ Jer. 2, 31 738 
msde land of thick darkviess, spoken 
of a pathless desert, in which men wan- 
der as if in darkness. Comp. in v. 6 
prbx 728, and Job 30, 3. 


*"N2 in Kal not used, but prob. 
kindred with “Δ to be bitter, acrid ; 


comp. O82 and oO. Arab. ye recru- 


duit vulnus, to excite hatred, ps to 
΄ 


conceive hatred; all which may come 
from the idea of bitterness. 

Hipu. part. "822 pr. making bitter, 
and hence causing bitter pain; Ez. 28, 
24 “"N22 ἩΞῸ a thorn causing pain, 
i.e. pricking. Fem. ΓΝ Ὁ ὉΣῸΣ pain- 
ful leprosy, i. 6. fretting, malignant, 
Lev. 13, 51. 52. 14, 44. 


“IN see sin. 

ΝΣ Ὁ τὴ, (τ. 328) ambush, i. 6. place 
of ambush Josh. 8, 9. Ps. 10,8. Coner. 
troops in ambush, an ambushment, 2 
Chre 13,13. 

MIN f. (τ. ΠΝ) constr. MIND, a 
curse, execration, Prov. 3, 33. Mal. 2, 2. 
Deut. 28, 20. Plur. Prov. 28, 27. 


MND, compounded of 12 and Mx, pr. 
from with, see next after 72. 


Pict Γ᾽ plur. (Ὁ. 513) separations, 
i.e. separate places; Josh. 16,9 D™3n 
mibya2n the cities separately assigned. 


S132 m. (τ. 843) constr. ning, 820; 
pl. Misia, constr. "8133 ,-c. suff. ΛΝ 52. 

1. an contig, cen ah 5 Ez. 26, 10. 
33, 31. 

2. an entrance, place of entering ; 


532 





922 


Judg. 1, 24. 25 ἜΣΤΙ Ninn the entrance 
of the city, i.e. the gate. Prov. 8,3 Risa 
ΠΏΣ in the entrance of the gates. 2 K. 
11, 16. Jer. 38, 14. 

3. Gavin ἘΞ the going down of the 
sun, the west, Deut. 11, 30. Ps. 50, 1. 
104,19. Mal. 1,11. Ace. towards the 
west, westward, Josh. 1, 4. 23, 4. Ἢ 


M2139 f. (r. 32) perplexity, Is. 22, 5. 
Mic. 7, 4. 

D722 m. (r. dn 1, the radical Yod 
being represented by the Daghesh in 3,) 
an inundation, deluge, spoken of Noah’s 
flood, Gen. 6,17. 7, 6.7.10. 9,11. 28. 10, 
1.32. So of the floods above the firma- 
ment, Ps. 29, 10; where others: the 
Lord did sit at the flood, sc. of Noah, i.e. 
did sit in judgment, comp. Ps. 9, 5. 8. 9. 

Θ ἸῺ 2 Chr. 35,3 Cheth. for 5°3"39 
Keri; if not a mere error in copying, it 
is abstr. wisdom, for concr. wise teach- 
ers. R. "Δ. 


MOI [. (τ. 013) α treading down, 
sc. of enemies by the victors; Is. 22. 5. 
18, 2.7 a people....7033% of treading 
down, i. e. treading their enemies under 
foot. 


2722 m. (τ. 232) a fountain, Ecc. 12,6. 
Plur. wasp ὩΠῸ "sia Is. 35,7. 49, 10. 


Arab. cae id. 


P1372 f. (τ. p12) emptiness, nee 5 
11; see MPA. 


“ina m. choice, 2 K. 3, 19. 19, 23. 
R. “na. 


“3272 m. (τ. ἽΠ3) constr. “M32. 

1. choice, and hence whatever is 
chosen, choicest, best; only in the constr. 
Is. 22,7 ΠΠΡῺΣ “ΠΞ thy choicest valleys. 
37, 24 Dina sna its choice cypress- 
trees [or pines]. Jer. 22,7. Gen. 23, 6. 
Ex. 15,4. Ez. 23, 7. 24, 4, Inverted 
wana oD the people of his choice, his 
chosen people, Dan. 11, 15. 

2. Mibhar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 38. 


ὌΞ τὴ. (τ. 232) expectation, hope, 
Zech. 9, 5. Meton. for the object of 
expectation, Is. 20, 5. 6.— With suffix 
moa. for ΓΞ Zech. l.c. Patah being 
shortened into Seghol, as "M38 for 
“ma8 ; comp. Heb. Gram. ὃ 27. ‘not. 2. a. 
























» O25 


᾿ δ Ὁ3 Ὁ m. (1. 822) something rashly 
uttered, as D2mav “a Num. 30, 7. 9. 


ΤΩΣ τη. (τ. MB) constr. MBI, ὁ. 
suff. "M239 and "ΠΏΞ, plur. ὈΠΤΙΩΞΏ, 
Dag. f. impl. inn. 

IL. trust, confidence, firm and certain 
hope, Prov. 22,19. Meton. of a person 
_or thing in which confidence is placed, 
Ps. 40, 5. 65, 6. 71, 5. Job 8, 14. Jer. 17, 
7. Plur. Jer. 2, 37. 

2. security, safety ; Job 18, 14 his secu- 
rity shall be torn from his tent, i.e. he 
himself in his too great security. Plur. 
Is. 32, 18. 


mya ff. (τ. 23) exhilaration, 
cheerfulness, Jer.8,18. The form is pr. 
denom. from the Hiph. part. 37522 ex- 
hilarans ; see Lehrg. p. 514, where to 
the examples ending in ΤῊ this in ™- 
may be added. 


ΓΔ τη. (r. 423) a rrghtite! edifice, 
Ez. ‘40, 2. 


"220, see "230. 


V3") m. (τ. "¥3 no. 2) plur. O¥32, 
constr. "27$23%5; once plur. ninx32 Dan. 
11, 15. 

1. a fortification, fortress, citadel, Is. 
25, 12; then for a fortified city, i. q. ""> 
nmysa, Is. 17,3. Hab. 1,10. The same 
is “33% "9, δ g. WX “37 ΠΣ Josh. 
19, 29, sg "x57 2 Sam. 24, 7, i.e. forti- 
fied Tyre, or Palztyrus, old Tyre; comp. 
Comm. on Is. 23, 7.—Plur. Num. 13, 19. 
Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 2, 2:5. Nah. 3, 12. 14. 
al. So 7x39 "9 Num. 32, 36. Josh. 
19, 35; or ‘with both words in Plur. ἊΣ 
W832 Jer. 5, 17; or the latter only, 
ΓΞ "> fortified cities, Dan. 11, 15. 
See in art. bain note. Heb. Gram. § 106. 
3.—Metaph. Jer. 6, 27 I have set thee as 
a watcher for my people, "%23 a for- 
tress, i. e. secure from the violence of 
enemies; comp. 1, 18. 

2. Mibzar, pr. n. of a prince of the 
Edomites, Gen. 36, 42. 


ΤΣ τη. (τ. 7722) pr. flight, then as 
concer. fugitive, plur. Ez. 17, 21. 


: nwa (sweet odour, τ. 0w2) Mibsam, 
pr.n. a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. 
b) 1 Chr. 4, 25. 


D022 τὰ. plur. (r. ia) pudenda, 
Deut. 25, 11. 


45* 


533 





mist Γ ρίαν. (τ. θῶ) boilers, botl- 
ing-places, pr. part. Piel, Ez. 46, 23, 
comp. 24. Vulg. culine. 


42 m. Magus, plur. Magi, the name 
for priests and wise men among the 
Medes, Persians, and Babylonians, pr. 
great, powerful ; see Hyde de relig. vett. 
Persarum, p. 372 sq. Compare Pers. ἡ 


mogh magus, from xo mih magnus, - 


' dux; Zend. meh, maé, méo; Sanscr. 


mahat, mahdé, in which lies the Greek 
root μέγας, Lat. magis, magnus.—So 
4273 .. in appos. the prince Magus, chief 
of the Magi, Jer. 39, 3. 


8572, see in bya I. no. 3, and 12 no. 
3. g. 

W332 (a gathering, τ. 823) Mag- 
bish, pr. n. of a place, or, according to 
others, of a man, Ezra 2, 30. 


ΓΒΔ f plur. (r. 838) cords, i. e. 
wreathen work like cords, Ex. 28, 14; 
see in Mi>33. 


ΓΣΞΛῺ { (τ. 925) a cap, turban, sc. of 
the common priests, so called from its 
round form, differing from the ™52%2 or 
mitre of the high priest ; Exod. 28, 40 
29, 9. 39,28. Lev. 8,13. Comp. Jos. Ant. 
3. 7.3, 7.—Syr. ea cap; Eth. PAW 
mitre or cap of the priests and monks. 


"ἼΔΩ obsol. root; Arab. Be to be 


honoured, renowned ; Bes nobility, 
honour, glory. Most prob. i. q. "23 (m 


and 7 interchanged), ὅξ, to be chief. 
to be noble, whence 7722, ‘ous, prince. 


—Hence mi3739 precious things, pr. n. 
ἘΝ ΠΏ, and 


372 m. plur. 0°32, something most 
precious, most excellent ; Deut. 33, 13 
pa) 132 the most precious things of the 
heavens, i.e. rain, dew, as immediately 
follows. Verse 14 wow nision "Δ the 
most precious products of the sun. v. 15, 
16. Cant. 4, 13 5°73 "98 most precious 
fruits. v.16; and so without "2, 7,14 
p"s327>2 all precious or pleasant fruite, 
apples, ete. Vulg. every where poma 


—Syr. tw fructus aridus. 


173° see in 712 


ἼΔΩ 


2153 and 93 Miedol, pr.n. a) A 
city of lower Egypt, Jer. 44, 1. 46, 14, 
situated in the northern limits of Egypt, 
Ez. 29, 10. 30, 6; according to the Itin. 
Anton. p. 171, twelve miles from Pelu- 
sium. In Egyptian the name is written 


gewTwa (many hills); and the He 
brews seem to have softened this foreign 
word into 51532 (tower); see Champol- 
' lion l Egypte sous les Pharaons, II. p.79. 

b) A place near the head of the west- 
ern gulf of the Red sea, Ex. 14,2. Num. 
33,7. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81. 


717392 Zech. 12, 11, elsewhere 1730 
(perhaps place of trope, r. ‘TIA, 1373) 
Megiddo, pr. n. of a fortified city of 
Manasseh, situated within the borders 
of the tribe of Issachar, and formerly 
a royal city of the Canaanites; Sept. 
Muy:d50, Vulg. Mageddo. Josh. 12, 21. 
17, 11. Judg. 1, 27. 1 K. 9, 15; comp. 
1K. 4,12. 1 Chr. 7, 29. [It is usually 
mentioned along with Taanach ; and ap- 
pears to have been the place afterwards 
called Legio, now Lejjtin ; see Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. III. p. 177-180.—R.] Hence 
Suyo-mspa the plain of Megiddo 2 Chr. 
35, 22. Zech. 12,11; this was part of 
the great plain of Esdraelon, and here 
king Josiah was slain 2 K. 23, 29. 30. 
2 Chr. 35, 22. i532 2 waters of Me- 
giddo, [prob. the brook with mills, flow- 
ing by Lejjain into the Kishon, Judg. 
5,19; see Biblioth. Sac. 1843, p.77.—R. 


ΝΣ ΥΠΔῺ (praise of God) Magdiel, pr. 
n. of a prince of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 
43. 1 Chr. 1,54. R. 32. 


2732 m. (r. >35) constr. 5332; plur. 
pybs33, mibaa2, constr. nibaaa. 

l. a tower, 50 called from its altitude, 
Gen. 11, 4. 5; spoken chiefly of the 
towers of fortified cities and fortresses, 
Judg. 8,9. 9,46 sq. 2 Chr. 14,6; of a for- 
tress itself, 1 Chr. 27, 25. Prov. 18, 10; 
elsewhere of watch-towers, 2 K. 9, 17. 
17,9; of the watch-turret of a vineyard, 
18. 5, 2, comp. Matt. 21, 33—Metaph. of 
proud and powerful men, Is. 30, 25. 2,15. 

2. an elevated stage, pulpit, βῆμα, Neh. 
8,4; comp. 9, 4. 

3. a bed in a garden, elevated in the 
‘middle ; Cant. 5, 13 thy cheeks are...as 
heds of spices. ὶ 


534: 





1373 - 


4. In pr. names, it marks a town ἊΝ ὲ 
tified by a tower, Migdal, e. g. a 
a) Sx7>y30 (tower of God) ‘Micdal-el 
a fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali, — 
Josh. 19, 38; prob. Maydada Matth. 15, — 

39, now Jos Mejdel on the western 
coast of the sea of Galilee. not far from 
Tiberias, See Bibl. Res, in Palest. ΠῚ. 
p. 298. | 

b) 357332 (tower of Gad) Migdal- 
Gad, a "town of tHe tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 37. 

τῇ “13-5332 (tower of the flock) Mig- 
dal-eder, a village near Bethlehem Gen. 
35, 21; hence put for the city Bethle- 
hem itself and trop. for the royal line 
of David, Mic. 4, 8. [Others, in Mic. 
l. c. a tower so called on Zion; or perh. 
for Zion itself—R. 


27399, see δ᾽ π2Ώ. 


mizy30 f. plur. (r. 33) precious 
things, Gen. 24, 53. Ezra 1, 6. 2 Chr. 
21, 3. 32, 23. : 


+4 Magog, pr. n. 
pheth, Gen. 10, 2. 

2. A region and also a great and pow- 
erful people dwelling in the extreme 
recesses of the north, who are to invade 
the Holy Land at a future time; Ez. 38, 
2. 15. 39, 2.6. Nearly the same people 
seem to be intended as were compre- 
hended ‘by the Greeks under the name 
of Scythians, Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 1. Jerome 
ad Ez. 38, 2; Pete: the Arabs call . 
Eble ctl Yajij and Majiy, 
and have embellished with various fa- 
bles. Their king is called 315, q.v. See 
Kor. Sur. 18. 94-99. ib. 21. 96. Asse- 
mani Biblioth. Orient. T. III. P. Il. p. 
16, 17,20. D’Herbelot Biblioth. Orient. 
arts. Jagiouge, Magiouge. Edrisi par 
Jaubert II. p. 349. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 
I. 1. p. 240. In the same manner are 
joined οτος Chin and Ma- 
chin, i. e. the Ciisede.: " On the syllable 
ma in these names, as signifying place, 
region, Frahn has given a learned dis- - 
sertation; de Musei Spreviziani num- 
mis Cuficis, p. 95. 

2 om. (τ. “ἢ 1.2) plur Ss 
Lam. 2, 22; fear, terror, Ps. 31, 14. Jer 
6, 25. 20, 3. 10. Is. 31, 9. 


1. A son of Ja- — 





Δ 


~ 992 m. (τ. 74a I. 1) once sing. c. suff. 


23999 Ps. 55, 16; elsewhere only Plur. 
οὐ saan, c. suff. 77799. 


. Plur. journeyings, sojournings, in 


so countries; Gen. 17,8 7732 728 


the land of thy sojournings, in ‘which 


thou art a stranger. 28, 4. 36, 7. 37, 1. 
Trop. of human life, as a sojourning 


᾿ 





on earth, Gen. 47, 9. Ps. 119, 54; comp. 
Ps. 39, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 15. 
2. adwelling, Ps.55,16. Pl. Job 18,19. 


mynd Γ (τ. 581. 2) i, ᾳ. "ἴδ, fear, 
Prov. 10, 24. 

m9 f, (τ. 993 I) 1. fear, also ob- 
ject of fear, plur. Is. 66, 4. Ps. 34, 5. 

2. a granary, storehouse, Hagg. 2, 19. 


MTV £. an axe, 2 Sam. 12,31. R. 
"i no. 2. 


2372 m. (τ. 222) a sickle, Jer. 50, 16. 


S$ ¢ > ἐν 
Joel 4,13. Arab. hste, Syr. ss, id 
T2379 f(r. 554) a volume, roll, i. 6. a 
book, Jer. 36, 14 sq. Ez. 2, 9. Ps. 40, 8 
mpp-nb3 the. volume of the book, κατ 
Boats of the bells of the law. Syr. es, 


PDS se, Arab. ae id. 


25 Chald. iq. Heb. Ezra 6, 2. 


ΓΙΩΔ f. (Ὁ. 023) a gathering, host, 
once Hab. 1, 9, of the invading Chalde- 
ans: ΓΘ OB M237 the gathering of 
their faces is forwards, i i.e. all their faces 
are turned forwards, pressing on. Arab. 
Εν. i. band, multitude.—Kimchi 
on Ps. 27, 8 uses this word for desire, 


longing ; comp. Arab. > appetiit, prope 
fuit instititque res. 


* 4372 in Kal not used; Prex 437 to 
deliver over, c. acc. Gen. 14, 20; with 
two acc. of pers. and thing, Prov. 4, 9. 
Also like jm2, D1”, to make one any 
thing, 0 make as, Hos. 11, 8.—It seems 


“ ᾽ 

to be kindred with Arab. Ἐπ potuit, 
valuit; II, in potestatem dedit; 5 and ἃ 
being interchanged. 

722 pr. part. Hiph. (τ. 123) comm. 
gend. (f. 1 K. 10,17. 2 Chr. 9. 16,) c. suff. 
$33; plur. 0°39, misao 2 Chr. 23, 9, 
constr. "252; @ shield, Judg.5,8. 2 Sam. 
δ. 21. 22, 31. 36. 2 K. 19, 32. al. Arab. 





535 





“ΔΩ 
a. 86. 
CNS Rise, id—The 773 was of less 


size and weight than the ΓΙ, see 
1 K. 10, 16.17. 2 Chr. 9,16. 8 ὍΝ 
an armed man, spoken of a robber, Prov. 
6, 11. 24, 34—Metaph. a) Of God as 
a protector, Gen. 15, 1. Deut.-33, 29. Ps. 
8, 4. 18, 3.31. 144,2. Ps. 7,11 ΤΣ "239 
b'n>dx my shield is upon God. i.e. God 
holds as it were my shield, protects me 
with ashield; comp.89,19. b) 73877337 
shields of the earth or land, poet. for 
princes, chiefs, protecting the people by 
force of arms, Ps. 47,10. Hos. 4,18. Once 
of the crocodile’s scales, Job 41, 7 [15]. 


302 f. (Ὁ. 324) @ covering, once Lam. 
3, 65 ΞΡ ΓΞ) covering of the heart, 
Le. obduracy, stubbornness, comp. κά- 
λυμμα ἐπὲ τὴν καρδίαν 2 Cor. 3, 15, and 


$6 5 
Arab. will Ac Kis! coverings 
over the heart, Koran 6. 25. ib. 17. 48. 
Kimchi also properly compares fatness 
of heart, Is. 6,10. But Jos. Kimchi, the 
father, understands failure of mind, fatal 
disease ; comp. Arab. wees) Ruble 
i. 6.8 veiling of the heart, failure of mind. 


ΓΟ ΔῺ f. (τ. 193) rebuke, curse, sc. of 
God, fatal to men, Deut. 28, 20. 


ΓΊΞ9 Ὁ f. (r. 32) Tsere impure, constr. 
mena Zech. 14, 15; plur.c. suff. "mba 
Ex. 9, 14. 

1. a plague sent from God, Ex. 9, 14. 
Spoken chiefly of pestilential and fatal 
diseases, Num. 14, 37. 17, 13. 25, 18. 31, 
16. 1 Sam. 6, 4. 2 Sam. 24, 21. | 

2. slaughter in battle, 1 Sam. 4, 17. 
2 Sam. 17, 9. | 


ὭΣ Δ (perh. for 37s moth-killer, _ 
τ. 932) Magpiash, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 21. 


% : 
"Δ i,q. "32, ""35, to cast before, 


to deliver over ; once Part. pass. Ez. 21, 
17 ΠΣ 3 cast down before the- 
sword, delivered over to it. Syr. in- 
trans. ; to fall. 


Piet 732, to cast. down, to overthrow, 
Ps. 89, 45. 

Deriv. pr. n. 71739. 

"32 Chald. Pa. "3% id. to cast down, 
to overthrow, Ezra 6. 12. 

M190 Ff. (7.7793 no. 2) α saw, 1 K.7,9 
2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20. 3. 

γ 


ΤῺ (precipice, r. 932) Migron, pr. 
n. of a place in the tribe of Benjamin 
not far from Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 2. Is. 10, 
28. 


ΓΗ Δ f. plur. (r. 324 no. 2) contrac- 
tions, drawings in of the wall, ledges, 
resis, 1 K. 6, 6. 


MEI f. (τ. 598) a lump or clod of 
earth, as taken up and turned by a spade 
or like instrument, pr. a spadeful ; Joel 
1, 17 the seeds die beneath their clods, a 
description of excessive drought. So 


3 Sat Ezra and Kimchi. —Syr. ἴδε ζο, 


ἜΣ spade. 

W792 m. (τ. 874) constr. wt; plur. 
constr. "W752, once Miw 737 Ez. 27, 28. 

1. Inf. after the Aram. ‘form, to plun- 
der, to spoil, Ez. 36.5 ; see the root no. 2. 

2. A place whither herds are driven 
to graze, a pasture, 1 Chr. 5, 16. Ez. 
48,15; see the root no. 4. Spoken es- 
pecially of the open country set apart 
for pasture around the Levitical cities, 
Num. 35, 2 sq. Josh. 21, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 6, 
40 sq., Hence these cities are called 
pows9 93, 1 Chr. 13, 2. 

3. an open place, area, around a city 
or building, Ez. 27, 28. 45, 2. 48, 17.— 
Plur. once ΓΘ} (as if froin a sing. 
mui), but masc. Ez. 27, 28. 


‘Tid m. (r. 7172) c. suff. "7 Ps. 109, 18, 
m3 Job 11,9; Plur. o"72 Judg. 3, 16, 
once 11 Judg. 5, 10, c. suff. ΠΤ Jer. 
13, 25. 

1. a vestment, garment, so called from 
its fulness and width, see the root no. 1; 
Ps. 109, 18. Lev. 6,3. Also a carpet on 
which the wealthy sit, plur. j"972 Judg. 
5, 10. 

2. a measure, Job 11, 9. Jer. 13, 25 m2 
W279 the porlion measured out to thee. 


maa Chald. m. emphat. sna‘, an 
altar, Ezra 7.17. R. ΓΞ. 


“2'T2 m. with Π loc. miata Ex. 4, 
27; constr. "250 with 5 loc. once 7239 
1K.19,15. R. =. 

1, pasture land, open fields, i. e. an 
uninhabited tract or region, untilled, 
and adapted only to pasture, see the 
root no. 2; like Germ. Trift from trei- 


ben. Syr. (-29, 1-255, id. Joel 2, 22 


536 


‘Ries, tn: Paleat. ἮΝ p. 202 sq. Motegi 


sq. 41, 1 sq. Deut. 21, 2. Zech. 2, 6. 





grain, Ruth 3, 15.—Metaph. Is. 65,7 ἢ 











































ΝᾺ 4 
“aya Mik? Nw the pastures of the fields 
do flourish. Ps, 65, 13 "ata MIR? om 
the pastures of the en dr ‘Op, distil, fat- 
ness, fertility. So the opp. Jer. 293,10. 
"2772 MN? 102" the pastures of the fields : 
are dry. Joel 1, 19.—Is. 42, 11 let them — 
exult "73% “373 the open fields and their 
cities, i.e. the open country together with 
the cities; comp. 1 K. 2, 34.—Often also 

2. a desert, a sterile and solitary re-— 
gion, Is. 32, 15. 35, 1. 50, 2. Jer. 3, 2. 4, 
11. al. Also of a region desolated by 
violence, Is. 14,7. 64,9. 93%) "aT 
Joel 2,3. 4,19. With the art. ἈΦΊΕΙ 
everywhere the great Arabian desert 
towards and around Sinai, Gen. 14, 6. 
14, 7. Ex. 3, 1. 13,18. Deut. 11, 24, of - 
which the different parts are dintiue 
guished by separate pr. names, see 770, 
"29D, 750, j¥, FIRB. So too T1939 | 
the desert of Judah, on the west of the 
Dead Sea, Judg.1,16. Ps.63,1; see Bibl. 


Hos. 2,5 “a'va2 ΠΡ 7 have made her 
asa desert, 1 i.e. naked, destitute of every 
thing. Ter. 2, 31 byte ἼΗΙ ἜΣ ΘΙ, 
have I been a desert to Israel? i.e. have 
I commanded them to worship me for 
naught, have I been barren towards 
them ? 9, 11. Is. 27, 10. 

3. Poet. instrument of speech, the mouth, 
(τ. "23 to speak, ) Cant. 4, 3 τὴν ἼΔΩ, 
thy mouth is comely, parall. thy lips. — 
Sept. Aadia, Jerome eloquium, and so — 
the Rabbins; but the context almost 
necessarily demands some member, as 
A. Schultens justly remarks. 


i TT, plur. 3 pers. 17172, twice contr. 
“mina Is. 65,7, omina Num. 35, 5; inft 
“7a Zech. 2, 6; fut. 7", Tim, conv, 
28). | 
1. to stretch, to extend, 1. 4. Arab. ἃ; ἡ 
see Hithp. and the nouns ‘V2, 772, 

2. to mete, to measure. ΟΣ 
ing are Sanscr. mad, md, to measure 
Zend. meélé, maté, Gr. μέτρον, μέδιμνος, 
Lat. metior, meta ; Goth. mitan, Anglo- 
Sax. metan, Germ. messen, Engl. t 
mete ; see Pott. Etymol. Forsch. I. 
194.—Pr. to measure a thing by exrtenc 
ing a measuring line upon it, Ez. 40, 5 


Then also of hollow measures, as ¢ 





. 
ΜΗ 
. 


will measure their deeds into their bosom, 
i.e. 1 will bring upon them just retribu- 
tion. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 2, Jer. 31, 37. 
33, 22. Hos. 2, 1. 

Pret 73, fut. ὙΠῸ" 1. Intrans. and 
intens. to be Ndblanded; to be long ; Job % 
4353 °77 long is the night! So Sind. 
—Others take 1372 as a noun; see the 
next art. 

2. 1. q. Kal no. 2, to mete, to measure, 
2 Sam. 8, 2. Ps. 60, 8 7 will mete out the 
valley of Succoth, sc. to my victorious 
troops, who shall become its inhabitants. 

Po. “ἸῺ i. q. Piel no. 2; Hab. 3, 6 
ΥῊΝ Wa 22 God stood and measured 
_ the earth with his eyes, surveyed it. So 
Vulg. Kimchi and others; and this is 
best in accordance with the Hebrew 
usage. But Sept. and Chald. and shook 
the earth, from r. ‘3*2 q. v. and this ac- 
cords best with the parallel clause: ‘he 
beheld and made the nations tremble.’ 
_ But a root 799 is elsewhere unknown in 
Hebrew. 

__Hrrapo. 1yann to stretch oneself. 1 K. 
© 17, 21. 
Deriv. 72, 79, 72°2, pr. ἢ. 7772. 


_ ‘THO m. (τ. 12) flight ; Job 7,4 when 

7 lie down, I say, When shall I arise? 
a9 79721 and when the flight of the 
_ night 2 poet. for: When will the night 
be gone? But see in 779 Pi. no. 1. 


- * rit i. q. 172, to stretch, to measure, 
ἃ root not in use, Arab. φίλο to extend, 


- Go 9 : 
6 a kind of measure.—Hence the 
_ houns 172 and 41772 IL. 


M72 f. (τ. 172) 1. extension, length. 
ΤῊ Ws a man of stature 1 Chr. 11, 23. 
20, 6. Plur. M39 ΣΝ Is. 45, 14, τ 
ΤΊ] wos Num. 13, 32; comp. Bi the 
double form of the pluk. in compounds, 
Heb. Gram. ὃ 106. 3. Jer. 22, 14 ma 
nina a large house, of ample extent. 

2. i. q. V2 no. 1, a vestment, garment, 
plur. nina Ps. 133, 2. 
_ 3. measure, Ex. 26, 2. 8. 36, 9.15. 1 
K. 6, 25. Ez. 40, 10. 24. al. na ban 
Z measuring ΠΝ Zech. 2,5. 792. mp 
a measuring reed or rod Ez. 40, 3. 5. 
Also a portion, as measured out, Neh. 3, 
11. 19. 20. 21. etc.—Metaph. Ps. 39, 5. 

4. From the Chald. tribute, Neh. 5, 4. 


537 





ou) 


my Chald. m. tribute, as if measured 
out to each person, Ezra 4, 20. 6, 8. 
Also with Dag. forte resolved, 3372 


Ezra 4, 18. 7,24, Syr. [2] 36. 


MATT ἅπ. λεγόμ. Is. 14, 4., If this 
be the correct orthography, it is a de- 
nom. from Aram, 33% (q. v.) i. q. ΞΠῚ 
gold, formed in the manner of part. Hiph. 
fem. pr. gold-maker, i. e. exactress of 
gold, a not unapt epithet of Babylon 
(parall. 35); or else heap or treasury 
of gold, where formative implies place, 
comp. 12} dung, 2292 dung-hill, 
Lehrg. p. 512. n. 14. With Kimchi, 
Aben Ezra, and others, I prefer the for- 
mer.—But most of the ancient versions 
(Syr. Chald. Sept. ἐπισπουδαστής, Vulg. 
tributum) give the sense of the Heb. 
M3172, oppresstgn, which is also read 
in the edit. Thessalon. 1600, and ought 
perhaps to be restored in the text; comp. 
Is. 3,5, where the similar verbs 35 and 
32 correspond to each other in parallel 
members. 


ὙΤ m. (r. ΠῚ) plur. c. suff. ἘΓΤΟΥ ΤΩ, 
a vestment, garment, 2 Sam. 10,4. 1 Chr. 
19, 4. 


M72 τὴ. (r. 773) disease, sickness, 
Deut. 7, 15. 28, 60. 


DTT τη. plur. seductions, Lam. 2, 
14. R. 73 see Hiph. no. 3. 


I. ΤΠ ΤῸ m. (r. 1.1) ρίαν. ὨΠ5Ν 12. 

1. contention, quarrel, strife, Prov. 15, 
18. 16, 28. 17, 14. al. Plur. Prov. 23, 
29, 26, 21. 27, 15. al. So of an object 
of strife, Ps. 80, 7. 

2. Madon, pr. n, of a royal city of the 
Canaanites, Josh. 11, 1. 12, 19. 


IT. 7179 m. (r. 47) extension, tall- 
ness ; 2 Sam. 21, 20 Keri jit72 Uw a 
tall man, i. q. 7372 πὰς 1 Chr. 20, 6. 
The Cheth. is to be read 72 measures, 
from sing. "2. 


27772 (contr. from 3235"m2 what is 
known, taught? i. q. for what reason ? 
Gr. ti μαϑών ;) Adv. of interrog. why? 
wherefore? Josh. 17, 14. 2 Sam. 19, 42. 
1K. 1, 6. Job 3, 12. 18,3. Jer. 8, 5. al. 
In an indirect interrog. Ex. 3, 3.—In 
Job 21, 4, 24572 D8 are not to be closely 
joined ; for 08 corresponds to 1 inter- 
rog. in the prior clause, and causes the 


77 


whole verse to contain a double inter- 
rogation: do I then complain of man? 
min gpm ND Sra ἘΝῚ wherefore then 
should I not be impatient? See ox B. 1. 


ἼΤΩ Chald. (r. "4) habitation, Dan. 
A, 22. 29 5, 21. 


M17 f. (τ. 5553} a round pile of fuel, 
i.g. 73 no. 3. Ez. 24, 9. Is. 30, 33. 


maT see ΠΏ. 


TT m. overthrow, ruin, es 26, 
28. R.nns. 


MDT ἢ plur. (τ. 93) pr. ‘ thrust- 
ings, impulses,’ sc. to a fall; hence, over- 
throw, ruin; Ps. 140,12 miprt> to his 
overthrow. Vulg. in interitum. 


ὙΤῺ f. (Is. 21, 2) Media. a celebrated 
country of Asia, lying on the south and 
west of the Claspinis se@, Esth. 1,3.2K. 
17,6. 18,11. Jer. 25, 25. 51, 11. 98, Me- 
ton. the Medes, Gen. 10, 2. ke 13, 17. 21, 
2. Dan. 9,1. Syr. ope. Gentile noun 
"172 a Mede, Dan. 11, 1.—The etymo- 
logy is perhaps from Pehlv. miavad mid, 
comp. Sanscr. madhya medium ; imply- 
ing that Media is in the middle of Asia, 
or rather of the world; comp. Polyb. V. 
44 ἡ γὰρ Μηδία κεῖται μὲν περὶ μέσην τὴν 
᾿Ησίαν. 

72 Chald. Media, Ezra 6, 2. Dan. 
5, 28. 6,13. Gentile n. emphat. [X72 a 
Mede Dan. 6,1 Keri; but in Cheth.&772. 


ὙΠ (contr. for "37N2) pr. what is 
enough, 2 Chr. 30,3. See ΠΏ, note. 


“I see 73 no. 2. b. 


7279 m. (Ὁ. 13 Niph.) 1. strife, con- 
tention, only plur. 0°2°77 Prov. 18, 18. 
. 19,13. Elsewhere in Keri, where Cheth. 
p71, see ΤῸ ; also Bivvy. 6, 14 Keri. 

2, ‘Midian, pr. n. of a son of Abra- 
ham by Keturah, and of an Arabian 
tribe descended from him Gen. 25, 2. 
They would seem to have occupied por- 
tions of the tract of country extending 
from the eastern shore of the Elanitic 
gulf (where Arabian geographers still 
place a town Low) to the region of 
Moab on the one hand, and to the vici- 
nity of Mount Sinai on the other, Ex. 2, 
15. 3, 1. 18,1. Num. c. 31. Judg. c. 6-8. 
Sometimes the Midianites appear to be 
reckoned among the Ishmaelites, Gen. 


538 





tia ~ 
& 
37, 25 comp. 36. Judg. 7, 12 comp. 8, 
22.24; elsewhere they are distinguished 
from them, Gen. 25, 2. 4. 12-18. This 
arose prob. from their being nomadic in 
their habits; so that bands of them often 
moved from place to place.—Hence "733 
i272 the dromedaries of the Midianites 
Is. 60, 6. 473 DIT the day of Midian Is. 
9,3, i. e. the victory gained over Midian, 
see Judg. ὁ. 7. 8.—Gentile ἢ. "39°99 Mi- 
dianite Num. 10, 29, plur. 5°~ Gen. 37, 


28; once contr. Ὁ Gen. 27, 36; f - 


ni— Num. 25, 15. 


ὙΠ (measures) Middin, pr. n. of a 
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 61. 
R. 7772. 


2°70 Γ (τ. 13) a word of the later 
Hebrew, see the Chaldee; pr. judgment, 
jurisdiction ; hence 

1. a province, district, under the juris- 
diction of a prefect or viceroy, as the 
Persian provinces and satrapies, Esth. 
1, 1. 22. 3, 12. 14. al. e. g. Elymais Dan. 
8,2, mira Ὁ the viceroys, rulers of 
the provinces, Ksth.1, 3. 8,9. 9,3. "33 


moa the sons of the provinces, Lass 


Israelitish exiles dwelling in the Per- 
sian provinces, Ezra 2,1. Neh. 7, 6.— 


ie ἢ τ σ 
Syr. [Ads γδο id. Arab. RigQye city. 


2. In a wider sense, land, region, 


‘country, Dan. 11, 24. Lam.1,1. Ez. 19, 


8. Ecc. 2, 8 (comp. Ezra 4, 13). 5, 7. 
ΤΡ Chald. f(r. 703) @ province, 
district, Dan. 3, 2.3. So of the province 


of Baby ΑΝ ὑπ΄ Ὦ, not the empire, Ezra 
4,15. 7, 16. Dan. 2, 48, 49. 3, 1.12. 30; 


so of Media, Ezra 6, 2; of Judea, Ezra 


5, 8. 


ΓΤ f. (r. 35%) a mortar, Num. 11,8. 


Chald. 839772 id. 


yay (dunghill, r. 723) Madmen, pr. 


es 





n. of a town in the borders of Moab, Jer. — 


48, 2. 

ΓΡΟΤΩ £ (τ. 191) 1. 
dunghill, Is. 25, 10. 

2. Madmenah, pr. n. of a town in the 


tribe of Benjamin, not far from Jerusa- 
lem, Is. 10, 31. 


i. q. δ α 


Ψ 


pr. n. of a town in the south of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 31. 


‘ 


727279 (dunghill,r. 795) Madmannah, 





Gr. ti; Syr. Iso, Arab. Lo. 


ya 

139 τὰ. (r. 1.3) 1. contention, strife, 
only in plur. 0°22 Prov. 6, 14. 19. 10, 12. 
2. Medan, pr. n. of a son of Abraham 


and Keturah, the brother of Midian,Gen. 
25, 2. 

ὩΣ ΤῺ Midianites, see in 112 no. 2 fin. 

Y72 m. also YT 2 Chr. 1, 10, a 
word of the later Hebrew. R. >", the 
" being represented by Daghesh dorte, 
as in verbs iD. 

1. knowledge, intelligence, 2 Chr. 1, 
10. 11. 12. Dan. 1, 4. 17. 

2. consciousness, thought ; Ecc. 10, 20 
curse not the king even in thy thought. 
Sept. συνείδησις. ---- Chald. 3332, Syr. 


Sp, id. 

DTA, see » ΤΩ: 

MiP £. plur. constr. (Ὁ. Ἢ) pierc- 
ings, thrusts sc. of a sword, Prov. 12, 18. 

VW" Chald. i. ᾳ. 9179, dwelling, Dan. 
2,11. R. 75. 

MINT f. (τ. Ἀπ α steep mountain, 
precipice, which can be ascended only 
by steps or stairs, Cant. 2,14. Ez. 38, 
20. Comp. κλίμαξ, e.g. κλίμαξ Τυρίων. 

712 τὴ. (τ. 7.3 α treading, i. e. 
space trodden upon, a foot-breadth, Deut. 


2, 5. Comp. Deut. 11, 24. Josh. 1, 3. 
ὌΠ m. (τ. 825 no. 5) a commentary, 


Arab. Unde a 
commentary, book. 2 Chr. 24,27 67772 
pisban "HO a commentary on the book 
of the Kings, i.e. an historical comment- 
ary containing a supplement. 13, 22. 


as often in Rabbinic. 


Comp. Cesar’s Commentaries. 
MOI or ΤΡ ΤΩ f(r. wins) pr. fa 


treading out ;’ concr. trodden out, thresh- 


ed, metaph. of a people trodden down 


and oppressed, Is. 21, 10. 


ΤΏ with art. xnwan, Medatha, 
Hammedatha, Pers. pr. n. of the father 
of Haman, Esth. 3, 1. 8, 5. 


ἘΠ, “Va, ἽΠΠΩ. ΓΙ, °72, 72, for 
the difference of spin forms see note at 
the end of the article. 

A) Asa Pronoun. ᾿ 1. Pron. interrog. 
used of things, as "2 of persons, what 2 


In a direct 


539 ᾿ 





ria 


interrog. Gen. 4, 10 ΩΣ ΓΙ what hast 
thou done? Is. 38,15 "338 ΓῺ what shall 
Isay? Esth.5,6. 1Sam. 4,16. 2K. 4, 13. 
al. sepiss. In an indirect interrog. after 
verbs of asking, answering. speaking, 
seeing, and the like; 1 K. 14, 3 he shall 
tell thee “922 M73" what shall be to 
the child. Ex. 2,4. Neh. 2,12. Job 34, 
33. Num. 13. 18. al.—Put also in the gen. 
after a subst. Jer. 8, 9 ἘΠῚ my-M22N the 
wisdom of what thing is in them? or 
vice versa before a subst. which is to be 
taken as a gen. as Ps. 30,10 >x¥a7N72 
what of gain? Is. 40,18 maaan what 
of likeness ? where in Engl. we say what 
gain? what likeness? So with plur. 
Zech. 1,9. Ellipt. Judg. 18, 8 omy ma 
what word bring ye ?—Further : 

a) Where 2 refers to substantives, it 
often expresses inquiry after quality, like 
Lat. gualis, Engl. what, what kind of ? 
1 Sam. 28, 14 ἽΝ ΤΠ ahead form is he 
of 2 2K. L, 7 WANT vp. ΓῺ what man- 
ner of man? Num. 13, 18. 16, 11. So by 
way of depreciation, Ps, 8,5 Biax7n72 
what is man? 144, 3. Job 6, 11. %; 17. 
1K. 9,13 Hbxn omen ΠῸ what are 
these cities? Hence also in ‘reproaches, 
Gen. 44,15. Judg. 8,1. Is. 36, 4. Josh. 
22, 16. 

b) 727572 what is to thee? i.e. what 
wilt thou? Judg. 1, 14. So with %D, 
what is io thee that thou doest so and so? 
i.e. what aileth thee that, etc. Gr. ti 
παϑὼν τοῦτο ποιεῖς; Is: 22,1; with "D 
impl. Is. 3, 15. Comp. Arab. dU Le, 

Lo, Kor. Sur. 57. 8, 10. 

Ὁ) 321 "boa what is to me and thee? 
what hast thou to do with me? Jidg. 
11, 12. 2 Sam.16, 10. 19, 23. °K. 9, 
18 Ὁ θη Ab-M2 what hast thou to do 
wilh peace? Without the copula, Jer. 
2,18 ΘΠ WWD Ἴ Π. Hos. 14, 9. 
So with mx, Jer. 23,28 7an-n DN Ἰ2ΠΙΞ ΤΙ 
what is to the chaff with the grain? what 
likeness is there between them?—-Comp. 
Syr. yo as Ls Barhebr. p- 170. 1. 8. 
Arab. x3 Lo, ὦ lo, Gr. τέ μάχαισι κἀμοὶ 
Anacr. 17.4. Comp. Matt. 8, 29. Mark 
5, 7. John 2, 4. 

2. Pron.indefinite, whatever,something, 
any thing ; more fully m25x72 for 7217 
q.v. Arab. bo id. Prov: 9,13 παρ στὴ 
m2 he careth for nothing. 2 Sam. 18, 


ye 


22 MANN ΠΙᾺ ὙΠ whatever there is, let 
me run. Job 13, 13 9 "ἜΣ 7597) and 
let come upon me whatever will. v.14. 
Once put after the noun, as 42 [25 
whatsoever thing Num. 23, 3.—Also won 


that which (Syr. 9 tse) Ece. 1, 9. 3, 15. 


22. 6, 10. 7. 24. 8, 7. 10, 14. Or with 
the relat. impl. like Engl. what ; Judg. 9, 
48 "nue πον 72 what ye saw that I 


did. Sept. ὃ εἰδετὲ μὲ ποιοῦντα. Arab. 
Lo id quod. 
B) Adv. ofinterrog. 1. why? where- 


fore? for the fuller ">, as Gr: ti, Lat. 
quid? Arab. Lo. Ex. 14, 15 pssnrma 
"bX why criest thou to me? Pa. 42, 12. 
Job 7, 21. 2 K. 6, 33. 

2. how, how itch: in exclamations of 
admiration, as often Arab. Lo. Gen. 28, 
17 myn Dipan x72 how dreadful is 
this place! Ps. 8,2 how glorious is thy 
mame! Num. 24,5 ποτ Ask how 
beautiful are thy tents! Cant. 7, 2. Ps. 
119, 97 ἡ τ "MIAN NY how love Tthy 
law ! Ironically, Job 26, 2 ΤῚΣ ΓῺ 
MS-N>> how hast thou helped the weak ! 
ἥν τὰ 

3. how? in what way? Gen. 44, 16 
press-n2 how shall we justify ourséloce? 

4. when? Ps. 39,5 let me know >3n-773 
ἊΝ when I shall cease to be. 

C) Sometimes 2 of depreciation and 
reproach (see in A. 1. a) approaches 
very nearly to a negative power ; comp. 
Lehrg. p. 834, and Lat. quid multa? for 
ne multa. So Job16,6 if J speak, my 
grief is not assuaged ; and if I forbear, 
Jed cams what goeth from me? 1. 8. 
even so nothing of my pain departs; 
Vulg. non recedit a me. Prov. 20, 24 
Ws THe CIN and man, how shall 
he know his own way 2 i. 6. hie knows it 
not; Chald. x>. Job 31,1 Ihave made 
a cbbeiant with my eyes, “>> 5IBNN ΓῺ 
~ MeAMD “ey should I look upon a maid? 
Sept. ov, Vulg. ne, Syr. tls. Cant. 8, 4 
MSAK ry MSHA ASAT ‘why 
awake ye....my love? i. 6. awake him 
not; comp. 2, 7. 3,5, where tN stands 
inthe same conettastion: Prov. 31,2.3.— 
Comp. below in 23 Is. 2, 22, ΓΞ Job 
21,17, and n> lett. b. In Arabic, Le 
has by degrees actually adopted this 
negative power, the origin of which we 
here clearly see in the Heb. 


540 


6 ABM 122 how great is the breadth of 





ss 


aye = 


D) With various ‘prepositions, viz. y 

1, Maa, 723, pr. in what? wherein? 
Ex. 22, 26; in hie thing ? wheraal 
Gen. 15,8; with what? 1 Sam. 6,2; by 
what ? whereby ? Judg. 16,5 latter part. 
—Then according to the various uses’ 
of 2, viz. at what price? see 3 B. 3. Is, 
2, 99 Nim ΌΤΙ M22 at what price shall 
he be estimated? i.e. at an empty price, 
he is nothing. So too on what account? 
wherefore? 2 Chr. 7, 21; see 3 B. 5. 

2, N22, 92, (for the art. after > see 


3 2.c,) Arab. aS 





















im FS pr. as what? i.e. 


with what shall it be compared? Spo- 
ken: a) Of space, how great, Zech. 2, 


it? “Also how long? Ps. 35,17. Job 7,19. 

b) Of number, how many? Gen. 47, 8. 
2 Sam. 19, 35. 1 Καὶ, 22,16 Desh Map“ sy 
how many times ? hee often? So inan. 
exclamation, Zech. 7, 3 5°23 ΠῺΞ πὶ 
this how many years! Also how often? 
Ps. 78, 40. Job 21, 17, where how oft is 
the question of one in dpabt for seldom. 

3. ΠΡ Milél (for 12>) also M25 Mil- 
ra, this latter form except in a few ex- 
amples (2 Sam. 2, 22. 14, 31. Ps. 49, 6. 
Jer. 15,18) being used before the letters 
N, 7, >, and the name Min" (see Nol- 
dii Concord. Part. p. 904), thrice 192 
1 Sam. 1, 8. 

a) wherefore? why? for what cause? 
Gen. 4, 6. 12, 18. 44, 7. Ex. δ, 4. Ps. 49, 
6. al. Emphat. nina, see in ΠῚ no. 3. 
c. Gen. 18, 13. 25, 22 SShy hyn why 
then am I? why do I exist ? the lan- 
guage of an impatient woman. Jer. 6,20. 
Prov. 17,16. So in an indirect interrog. 
after a verb of knowing, 1 Sam. 6, 3. 
Dan. 10, 20.—Sometimes it expresses” 
dehortation, warning, prohibition; as 
Prov. 5, 20 why wilt thou, my son, be 
ravished with a strange woman? i.e. be 
not thus ravished. Ps. 44, 94, 1 Sam. 
19, 17 let me go, why should I kill thee? 
i.e. else I must kill thee. 2 Chr. 25, 16. 
Gen. 27, 45.—Hence | 

b) In later writers, where it is chiefly 
used by way of dehortation or prohibi- 
tion, it often passes over into a prohibit- ἵ 
ive or negative power of itself, lest, lest 


perhaps; like Syr. Fas, a9, Chald. 
nod, N22 "I; Eee. 5,5 ORR ΠΝ ΡΣ mb 








ΤΩ 


πὲ by afi should God be angry 
at thy voice? for, lest God be angry; 
Sept. well, ἵνα μή, Vulg. ne forte, Syr. 
PS). Ece. 7, 16. 17. Neh. 6,3. To 
_ the Syriac form [sao correapanda ex- 
ἱ actly mabe Cant. 1, 7, Sept. μή ποτε, 
Vulg. ne; as also rab “ws, which is 


put after a verb of fearing, like ἼΞ, as. 


- Dan. 1, 10 J fear my lord the king 738 
aa ANT M2 ‘lest he should see, etc. 
; Theod. μή ποτε. 

_ 4, 23 on account of what, on this 
"account that, i. 6. because ; from 2 prop- 

ter (see > A. 10) and m2 what? 80 
once, 1 Chr. 15, 13 contr. ΓΝ 39 
for mba 2» because that from "the 
beginning, ete. Comp. "12> enough, 
_ 2 Chr. 30, 3. | 
8, marsy, Gr. ἐς τί Il. 5. 465, till when? 
how long? Ps. 74, 9. 79, 5. 89,47. But 
Num. 24, 22 how Lane till Asshur shall 
carry thee away captive? i. 6. he will 
carry thee away shortly. 

6. M72->d pr. upon what? Is. 1,5. Job 
38, 6; then, wherefore, why? Num. 22, 
$2. Jer. 9,11. Job-13,14. In an indirect 
 interrog. Job 10, 2. Esth. 4, 5. 
Nore. On the use of the forms of 
this particle, the following may be noted: 
a) The primitive form ΓῺ is found every 
_ where in pause, and also before 8 and, 
Makkeph being inserted or omitted, as 
mba Zech. 1, 9, om NK m2 Judg. 9, 
48. More rarely before 4 Josh. 4, 6. 21. 
Num. 13, 19. 20. pent 6, 20; 4 1 
22, 16. Judg. 8, 1; % Gen. 21, 29; 
1K. 9,.13; also 3 2 K. 8,13; 3 Gen. τ 
32. b) The form “72 is parentarte 
frequent before letters not guttural, with 
Dag. forte conjunctive, as 72>"M2 Judg. 
1 14, inw-na Ex. 3, 13, mn 1K. 
14, 3. al. seepiss. Also Beforn the harder 
Pattarals: © 6. g. πὶ with Dag. forte impl. 
as πη ΠΤ Num. 16, 11, 8-72 Num. 
13, 18. Ps. 39,5. But before © it can 
also take Kamets; see above ina. c) 
Sometimes “M2 with Dag. unites with 
the foll. word into one, as D272 for “m7 
o> Is. 3, 15, m1 Ex. 4, 2 2, nxbm Mal. 
I 38, 3157 αν. So with a foll. guttu- 
ral, ἘΓῺ for ἘΠῚ M72 Ez. 8,6; also the pr. 
names "333, "27332. d) The form 
m2 is put before the letters 5, », M with 
Kamets, according to the known canon, 

46 





δ4.1. a ey 


Heb. Gram. ὃ 27. ἢ. 2. δ. Lehrg. § 47 
1. ΤΩΣ ng, damn Ps. 39, 5. 89, 48- 
also sag ΓῺ Ἴ Sam. 20, 1. Very fre- 
quently ‘also it stands before letters not 
guttural, chiefly at the beginning of 
sentences, O"NM ΘΒ ΓΙῸ 2K. 1,7. Ps. 
4, 3. 10, 13. Is, ἘΝ 5. Jer. 11. 15. Still 
more frequently it is found alter prefix- 
es, as 72? 1 Sam. 1, 8, ma> 1 K. 22, 16. 
2 Chr. 18, 15. Zech. 7, 3, also M2 Ex. 


22,26. 33, 16. Judg. 16, δ. 1 Sam. 6, 2. 


29, 4. Mal. 1, 7. al. 
f. “p23 Judg. 16, 5. 


ΓῺ Chald. once 82 q. v. 
rog. what? Dan. 4, 32, 

2. Indef. what, shateven, Dan. 2, 22, 
Ezra 6,9. "3 %2 whatever it is which, 
Dan. 2, 28. 29. 

3. With pref. a) "23 how! how ex- 
ceedingly! Dan. 3, 33. Ὁ) ΓΙ where- 
fore? in dehortations, and hence i. q. 
lest, Ezra 4,22. 793 55 id. 7,23. Comp. 
Heb. mus in m2 D. 3. Ὁ. 


. mda or O72 in Kal not used, 
prob. to deny, to refuse Comp. in Ard 


Followed by Dag. 


1. Inter- 


bic the particles κα, x0, Syr. oss, be- 


ware, desist ; whence to forbid, 
to hinder ; II, to abstain, to desist; comp. 


“συ. 


xi.g5 and with the final He softened 
Lg3, abegit, prohibuit, interdixit; see 
on negative verbs under 813. Hence | 

Hitup. ΓΙ ΩΓΤ ΩΓ pr. to refuse, to be 
reluctant ; hence to delay, to linger, Gem. 
19, 16. 48, 10. Ex. 12, 39. Judg. 3, 26. 
19, 8. 2 Sam. 15, 28. Is, 29, 9. Hab. 2, 3: 


MAW f(r. 594) 1. confusion, con- 
sternation, Is. 22, 5. Deut. 7, 23. 28, 20. 
1 Sam. 5, 9. 11 mya-maing a, deadly) con- 
sternation. 

2. tumult. Ez. 22, 5 maim nan full 
of tumult. Trop. of the unquiet and 
troubled life of the rich, Prov. 15, 16 
Plur. minim tumults Am. 3, ἐν 2 Chr 
15, 5. 

ΤΩ ΓΙ (i. ᾳ. Syr. Stes faithful 
then eunuch, τ. 7728) Méhuman, pr. of a 


eunuch in the court of Xerxes, Esth. 
2, 20, 


282072 (whom: God does good to, 
Chald. for ἘΝ Ξ 2) Mehetabeel; pr. n 
a) m. Neh. 6,10. Ὁ} Ὁ Gen. 36, 39. 


ὙΠ 


ΤΙ τὴ. (τ. ὙΠ I. 2) quick, hence 
vrompl, apt, skilled in business, ete. 
Prov. 22, 29. Is. 16, 5. Ps. 45, 2. Ezra 7, 


6. Syr. [peordo id. 


Ἶ ὉΓΤῺ ἅπαξ λεγόμ. i. ᾳ. Chald. ΓΤ, 
Heb. 8:2 (comp. under lett. τι), to cut 
off, to prune ; trop. to adulterate, to spoil 
wine by mixing water with it, Is. 1, 22. 
The Arabs have the like trope with 
verbs of cutting, breaking, wounding, 
killing, which they use for diluted wine, 
etc. See Thesaur. p. 772. So too Mar- 
tial forbids ‘jugulare Falernum,’ Ep. 1. 
28. [In Engl. also one might speak of 
cutting down the wine, diluting it.—R. 


Jom m. (r. 4b) 1. way, journey, 
Neh. 2, 6. Jon. 3, 3. 4. 

2. a walk, place for walking, Ez. 42, 

sat ΠΝ Zech. 3,7 is part. Hiph. 
of r. 42, way )-fellows, companions. 


-ϑῷ m. (τ. >3 Pi.) praise, applause. 
Prov. 22, 21 as the crucible to silver.... 
so let a man be to the mouth of his praise, 
i.e. let him try closely the mouth which 
tran him.—Hence 


pr. n. ἫΝ A patriarch descended from, 
Seth, Gen. 5,12. Ὁ) Neh. 11, 4. 


ΣΗΙΡ f, plur. strokes, blows, Prov. 
18, 6. 19, 29. R.obn. 


miriam f plur. (τ. 772) ἅπ. λεγόμ. 
Ps. 140, 11, streams, whirlpools, abysses 


of waters. Comp. wl. many waters, 
whirlpools. The Rabbins, Symm. and 


Jerome understand pits of water. 


ME ff. (Ὁ. 525) overthrow, destruc- 
tion, Deut. 29, 22. Jer. 49,18. Is. 1, 7. 
In the manner of verbals, constr. mith 
the case of its verb, 6. g. acc. Is. 13, 19 
piohy pTI>bN MBN? like God’s over- 
throwing Sodom. Jer. 50, 40. Am. 4, 11. 


MDH f. (τ. 42%) pr. torsion, distor- 
tion ; hence a wrench, stocks, Lat. ner- 


_ pus, a wooden frame in which the feet, 


hands, and neck of a person were so 
fastened, that his body was held bent ; 
Jer, 20, 2.3. 29, 26. 2 Chr. 16, 10 m3 
mopar the house of the stocks, the pri- 
son. ‘Comp. So. Scheid in Diss. Lugd. 
p. 986. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 694. 


542 





ἽΠΠΩ ὙΜῊΝ 


ἘΠ ΠΩ 
Kal once, Ps. 16,4 Ἀπ “8 they hasten 
after other gods. —The primary idea of 


haste lies in the syllable "7; comp. — 
High Germ. hurjan to hasten, whence 


Germ. Aurtig, Engl. to hurry. 
2. to be quick, prompt, apt, skilled, in 
any art or business. Arab. solers, 


ingeniosus fuit; see Pi. no. 3 and ΠΏ. 


Preu ὙΠ fut. “737 1. to hasten, to 
make haste, 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49, 17. Jer. 
48,16. With >x of place whither Prov. 
7, 233; with π- loc. Gen. 18, 6; impl. 
Nah. 2 6. 
name, Is. 8,1. 312 tm 520 “2 Maher- 
shalal-hash-baz, i.e. hasting to the spoil 
he speeds to the prey ; the subject is the 
king of Assyria ; comp. in > no. 3. g.— 
Often coupled with another verb, to d» 
any thing quickly, where in the ocei 


dental languages we use an adverb, 


hastily, quickly, ete. a) With a finite 


verb and copula; Gen. 45, 9 3535 9772 


haste ye and go up, i. 6. go up quickly. 


v. 13. 24, 18. 20. 46. 1 Sam. 4, 14. 23, 


4 a With a fin. verb without copu 
la, Judg. 9, 48. Esth. 6,10. c¢) With 
inf. and >, Gen. 18, 7 irk ΓΙΌΣ 9. “ey 
and he hasted to dress it. 41, 32. Ex. 10, 
16. 12, 33. Prov. 6,18. ἃ) With inf. 
simpl. Gen. 27, 20 δ 25 ΠΣ ΓΝ ΤΩ 
how is it that thou hast found it so quick- 
ly? Ex. 2, 18. Ps. 106, 13.—Inf. "72 as 


adv. hastily, quickly, Ex. 32, 8. Deut. 4,. 


26. Judg: 2, 17. 23. Zeph.1,14.al. 

2. Causat. to hasten, to let make haste, 
of persons Esth. 5, 5. 1 Καὶ. 22, 9; of things 
Gen. 18,6. So of God, Is.5,19. 

3. to be quick, prompt, apt, Is. 32, 4. 

Nipu. 9122 pr. to be hurried, preci- 
pitate ; Job 5, 13 m2) ὈΠΡΕ MSs the 
counsel of the cunning is headlong, i ine. 
hastily executed and therefore fruit- 
less.—Part. "52 hurried, hasty, i. e. 
a) rash, headlong, Is. 32, 4. Ὁ) im- 
petuous, rushing on in haste, Hab. 1, 6. 
c) With =>, timid, pr. hasting to flee, 
Is. 35, 4. 

Deriv. "712, 379, pr. ἢ. “2. 


* TT. "0372 to buy, espec. a wife for a 


price (ὉΠ) paid to her parents, Ex. 22, 


15.—Kindred are "92 q. v. and with 7 
hardened, "72, "22. Hence 


1. to hasten intrans. in 


Inf. absol. in the symbolic — 











3 
| 
| 


"WT 


“i m. price, paid for a bride to her 
parents, Gen. 34, 12. Ex. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 
ais 
18, 25.—Different from the Arab. 
gift, dowry, promised by a bridegroom 
to his future wife ; also from Lat. dos, 
Engl. dowry, given by a father to his 
daughter on her marriage. 


ΠΤ f. (r. ἜΤ 1) haste, speed ; hence 
maa Ece. 4, 12, ΓΤ ὉΓἽΣ Ps. 147, 15, 


and mann dy. quickly, speedily, Num. 








30, 10. 


! b) into, Job 37, 8. 


which σατο see in "2, 0° lett. ο. 


17, 11. "Deut. 11, 17. Josh. 8, 19. al. 
\ 
ὙΠ (impetuous, see ὙΠ I. Niph.) 


_ Maharai, pr. n. of one of David’s cap- 


tains, 2 Sam. 23, 28. 1 Chr. 11, 30. 27, 
13. 

ya ὍΤΙ 9 2, the symbolical 
name of one of Isaiah’s sons, Is. 8, t 3; 
see in "72 I. Pi. no. 1. 


mina ἢ plur. (r. 5m) delusions, Is. 


τ ἢ ἼὩ pr. i. q. ma what, Arab. Lo, 
often annexed pleonastically to the pre- 
positions 2, 3, >, so as to form the sepa- 
rate words 123, 102, 125; as in Arab. 


ἰῷ for ῳ; GS for s, see De Sacy 
_ Gramm. Arabe, edit. 2. Tom. I. ὃ 1037, 


1047, 1048. II. §117. These separate 
forms beiong almost exclusively to po- 
etry; except that before suffixes 12> 
and 22 are almost always used for >. 
—Hence a2 poet. i.g.2 a) in, Ps. 
11, 2. Is. 25, 10 Keri. 43, 2. 44, 16. 19. 
c) bi: with, i. q. 3 
of instrument, Job 16, 4. 5.—For ‘02 and 
25 see in their order: 


II. A for win (τ. Ni) waler ; once 
Job 9, 30 Cheth. 233 123 with snow-wa- 
ter ; Keri 323 "223 .—Found also in the 
pr. ἢ. A812 aqua (i. e. semen) patris, for 
Cor- 
responding is Chald. "i2 like the form 
‘ia; and Phenic. ma, my, fem. 12 muth, 
found in pr. names, as Mysocarus “pw 172 
aqua mendax. Mutigenna 724 “m1 aqua 
horti, etc. See Monumm. Phen. pp. 
418,425. Thesaur. p. 774. 


* ND obsol. root, prob. to be fluid, to 


flow ; whence 472 for 812 water, and 772 
for NV (as "3 for 8"3) plur. ὉΠ wa- 


543 





212 

τ - 
ter—From the τ. 8a Arab. {Lo comes 
Arab. 20, σείω, water; and in the 


verb is found 3le to have water, sc. a 
well; II, topour out water. These roots 
are softened forms from the harder >12, 

“2, elo mid. Ye, to flow, to be liquid ; 
also 39, FN, 722, ΓΡῸ, all which 
contain the idea of being fluid, flowing. 


Kindred are also Arab. Lex aqua per- 


fudit, and “32 q. v. Compare in the 
Indo-European languages, Sanser. mih 
to pour out, to void, Gr. ὀμιχεῖν, Lat. 
mingere, mejere, and others; see Pott. 
Etymol. Forsch. I. p. 283. 


38772 (semen patris, see in ἴ 11) 
Moab, pr. n. a) The founder of the 
Moabitic people, born of incest, Gen. 
19,37. See vv. 30-38. Also Ὁ) The 
Moabites, descended from Moab, mase.: 
Num. 22, 3. 2 K. 1, 1. Jer. 48, 11. 13; 
fem. Judg. 8. 30. 2 Sam. 8,2. Put also 
for their country, fem. Jer. 48,4. The 
proper territory of the Moabites, more 
fully ayia IH the field of Moab Ruth 
Li. 2, 6. 2, 6. 4, 3, lay on the east of 
the Dead Sea and Jordan , strictly on the 
south of the torrent Abnon, Num, 21, 13. 
26. Judg. 11,18; but in a wider sense it 
included also the region anciently occu- 
pied by the Amorites over against Jeri- 
cho. called usually 3x13 ΤΊΣ the plains 
(desert) of Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26, 3. - 
12. 33, 49. 50. 35, 1. Deut. 34, 1; 
dséwheére simply N10 YI Deut. 1, 3. 
28, 69. 32,49. 34,5; ‘which latter region 
was afterwards resign to the Reuhen- 
ites, but during the “captivity was again 
occupied by the Moabites, see Is. c. 15. 
16. Jer. c. 48. This region is now call- 
ed the district of Kerak, from the city 
of that name ; see 3x12 ἪΡ. Bibl. Res. 


‘in Palest. II. p. 569.—Gentile ἢ. "Ax 


Moabite Deut. 23, 4. Neh. 13,1. Fem. 
maxi Moabitess 2 Chr. 24, 26; meaxia 
id. Ruth 1, 22. 2,2. 6. 4, 5. -10; "plur. 


ame syi0 Ruth 1,4. 1K. 11, 1. 


Set i. q. di, D472, q.v. over against, 
Neh. 12, 38 Cheth. 
S272 m. for wind (Ὁ. NIB) in-coming. 
entrance, Ez. 43, 11. 2 Sam. 3, 25 Keri; 
a word formed contrary to grammatizal 


av 


_ rule in order to correspond to the accom- 
panying word 812; comp. Lehrg. p. 
374.n. See also in pua. 


ΔΊ 1. to mell, to flow down, see 
Pil. and Hithp. It corresponds to Arab. 
lo nid. Ye.—Trop. to melt, to be dis- 


solved, with fear and terror, comp. 00%; 
Ez. 21, 20. Ps. 46, 7. Am. 9, 5. 

2. Trans. to cause to melt; trop. to 
cause lo melt away and perish, Is. 64, 6. 

Nien. to melt away, of a host 1 Sam. 
14,16. Trop. to melt with fear and ter- 
ror, Ex. 15, 15. Josh. 2, 9. 24. Ps. 75, 4. 
Is. 14, 31. Jer. 49,23. Nah. 2,7 ds*nn 
373 the palace melts with terror, i.e. 
the ‘king and his courtiers; or perhaps 
better: the palace is dissolved, is bro- 
ken down, sinks into ruin. 

Pix. 3% trans. to cause to flow, to 
soften, 6. g. the dry earth with showers, 
Ps. 65, 11 Mpgsam ora —Metaph. 
Job 30, 22 Keri, magn ἼΣΑΙ thou causest 
my health to melt away ; Cheth. ἌΣ ΤῈ 
Γῆ chow causest me to melt, thou terri- 
Jfiest me. 

Hitupat. to flow down, to melt ; Am. 
9, 13 hyperbol. all the hills shall flow 
down, as if into wine and oil.—Trop. to 
melt with fear and terror, Nah. 1,5. Ps. 
107, 26. 


ΤΩ obsol. root. 1. i. q. 772 to 
stretch, to measure. Hence 30M. 

II. Perh. i.q. Arab. OLe mid. Ye, to 
be moved, to be agitated, to shake, e. g. 
of an earthquake; kindr. 24, 393, 343. 
Pil. 73° is perhaps found Hab. 3, 6, he 
stood VX T7207" and shook the saath; 
so Sept. and Chald. But see in 7172 Po. 


35 m. Ruth 2, 1 Keri, 72 Prov. 
7, 4, acquaintance ; concr. an acquaint- 
ance, friend. R.>3". 

ryTia.f id. Ruth 3,2. Β. 515. 

* D412 fut. ov", to waver, to totter, 
to move or be moved ; Chald. et Syr. id. 


Arab. bbc mid. Ye. to swerve from the 


right, Ethiop. @.PM to incline ; comp. 
Syr. Mt to vacillate. Kindr. are 053, 


3.—Spoken of mountains, Ps. 46,.3. ᾿ 


Is. 54, 10; of a land or kingdom Ps. 46, 
7. 60, 4; of persons whose affairs are 
not prosperous, who fail and are ruined, 


DAA 





bon | : =< 


Prov. 25, 26. Ps. 66,9; in which sense 
aleo-we find Ὁ 3 ΓΙ the foot wavers, 
slides, Deut. 32, 35. Ps, 38, 17. So Lev. 
25, 35 if thy brother becomes poor M734 
a> ὑπὸ and his hand wavers with thee, 
i.e. ifhe is threatened with ruin. 

Nip. 04702, fut. Bi", 1. gq. Kal, but 
more freq. to be moved, shaken, i. e. to 
shake, to waver, e. g. of the foundations 
of the earth Ps. 82,5; also of men, comp. 
in Kal, Ps. 13, 5.—With a negat. not to 
waver, not to be moved, is said: a) Of 
persons or things that stand firm, secure; 
as things Is. 40, 20. 41, 7. Ps. 93, 1. 96, 
10; the earth 1 Chr. 16, 30; persons 
Ps. 112, 6. Prov. 10, 30. 12,3. Ὁ) Of 
those who are of firm mind, intrepid, 
fearing nothing, Ps. 21, 8. Job 41, 14.— 
Metaph. Ps. 17, 5 "ὮΣΕ 12703 ba let not 
my footsteps waver, slip, se. from the 
paths of virtue. 

Hien. to make totter over any one, by 
impl. to cause to fall upon, to bring down 
upon, Ps. 55, 4. 140, 11 Cheth. 

Hirup. i. q. Kal and Niph. spoken of — 
the earth Is. 24, 19. : 

Deriv. the two following. 


Din m. 1. ἃ wavering, a being 
moved, of the foot Ps. 66, 9. 121, 3. 

2. astaff, pole, bar, for bearing on the — 
shoulder, so called from its unsteady — 
motion, Num. 13, 23. Also, a frame 
for bearing, Numi. 4, 10. 12,—Hence 

3. a yoke, Nah. 1,12. See mui no. 2. 


MOA Γ (τ. vin) 1. ἢ. ᾳ. BID no. 5, α΄ 
pole, staff, bar, for bearing, 1 Chr. 15, 
15. >3n ΤΟ the bars of the yoke, i.e. | 
the ox-bows, of the same form as now; 
Lev. 26, 13. Ez. 34, 27. ; j 

2. a yoke, Jer. 27,2. 28, 10.12. Ez..30, 
18.—Metaph. Is. 58, 6. 2. 1 





: 12 ‘m= i,q. ἼΞ2 to pine away, trop. 
to wax poor, be reduced to poverty, Lev. © 
25, 25. 35. 39.47. Syr. and Chald. id.— 
Some absurdly refer to this root the pr. 
names M52, M9, 47D", which see 
in their places. 


HON tat -cone bins, to cut off, spec. 
the prepuce, to circumcise, περιτέμνειν, 
Kindred are >i, Ὁ II, 522. Constr. 
with acc. of pers. Gen. 21,4. Ex. !2, 45. 
Josh. 5, 4. 7 ; ace. of the pudenda Gen, 
17, 23. Metaph. Deut. 10, 16 rX DADA 





>a 


b233> ΓΒ» and circumcise the foreskin 
of your hearts, put away impurity from 
your hearts. 30, 6. Comp. περιτομὴν 
καρδίας, Rom. 2, 29. Arab. 
cumcidit, pr. purgavit, since the prepuce 
is held as something unclean and pro- 
fane.—Imper. 5:2 Josh. 5, 2. Part. pass. 
δη Josh. 5, 5. Jer. 9, 24. 

Nien. 5122 by Chaldaism.for 9122 
‘Heb. Gramm. § 71. note 9; fut. di27, 
inf, >in, part. plur. πο Ὡ5; to: be cir- 
cumcised, to circumcise oneself, Gen. 17, 
10. 13. 34, 15. 17. 22. Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 
12, 3. Josh. 5, 8; usually of the person, 
once of the oaths Lev. 1. c.—Trop. 
Jer. 4, 4 nin nbian circumcise your- 
selves unto Jehovah, i.e. putting away 
all impurity from your hearts, conse- 
erate yourselves to Jehovah. 

Pit. 5512 10 cut down ; impers. Ps. 90, 
6 63" Boia ΞΣ9 in the evening one 
cutteth it down and it withereth, i. e. 
grass as the emblem of man. 

Hipu. to cut off a people, to destroy, 
Ps. 118, 10. 11. 12. 

Hrrarat. Daim to be cut off, sc. the 
points of arrows, to be blunted ; Ps. 58, 8 
sbbian? 2D 1M 710 when “he filteth 
his arrows, let them be as if cut off, 
blunted ;.comp. in 377 no. 1. Ὁ. 

Deriv. 7372 and 


ba, once 558 Deut. 1:1; Sein Neh. 
12, 38 Cheth. c. suff. sb Num. 225.5; 
pr. subst. the forepart, front, used always 
as a preposition, before, in front of, etc. 
The etymology is doubtful. In a former 
edition I suggested that perhaps in the 
verb 55} to cut off, there lies the notion 
of the forepart, i.q. 538; and then the 8 
in >xi2 might be inserted in order to 
: lengthen the syllable, as at the end of 
2 for "P2, comp. Germ. hohl, Huhn, 
Eng. foal, seal. ButI would prefer with 
Redsiob, to regard the form 5x2 as by 
Brenkpos. for bine (comp. ἽΝ ΤΙ and xim) 
from τ. d'8; and this is better than the 
etymology θῤορϑυοά by Ewald (Krit. 
Gramm. p. 612), who derives 5x17 from 
‘r. O83, as if for >xa. See more in 
Thesaur. p. 777.—Hence 
1. before, in the presence of, sc. a per- 
son, Ex. 18, 19 omy 552 before God. 
Deut. 2, 19. 


2. over against, opposite, e. g. a place 
ACH 


cir- 


O45 


» Gerizim. 9, 1. 





509 


or city, Deut. 1, 1. 3, 29. 4, 46. 11, 30. 
Josh. 19, 46; the desert Josh. 18, 18.— 
The force of a subst. seems to be retain- 
ed in 1 K.7, 5 Stfva->x mim 517 the 
Sace of a window loa window, i. 6. win- 
dow over against window. 

3. Preceded by various prepositions : 

a) >172">N pr. to before, i. 6. towards ᾿ 
any one, after verbs of motion, 1 Sam. 
17, 30. Ex. 34,3; also of rest, Josh. 8, 
33 stood 27774 “11 3x2->8 cowards mount 
Spec. 128 δ᾽ ὌΝ pr. in 
face or front of, afier verbs of motion ; 
2 Sam. 11, 15 set ye Uriah "28 >472->N 
Mandan in the fore-front of the battle. 
Ex. 26, 9. 28, 25. 37. Lev. 8,9. Num. 
8, 2. 

Ὁ) >xin> as adv. over against, Neh. 
12, 38. 

c) ona a) pr. from before, from the 
Front of, i. q. "2252, after verbs of mo- 
tion, Lev. 5, 8. 2Sam. 5,23 33 dy 
from before the trees called Bacha. Mic. 
2,8 ye strip off the mantle of the traveller 
πρὸ ΘΗ pr. from before the robe or 
upper garment, i.e. from over it. ) 
Of rest in a place, 1 K. 7, 39 332 dy 
i.e. on the south side. Num. 22, 5 and 
they abide ">%°2 over against me. With 
"28 on the forepart, in front, Ex. 28, 27s 
39, 20. 


M7249 (birth, lineage, r. 155) Mola- 
dah, pr. n. of a town in the southern part 
of the tribe of Judah, afterwards yielded | 
to the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 15, 26. 19. 
2. 1 Chr. 4, 28. Neh. 11, 26. Gr. Mada- 
da, Joseph. Ant. 18. 7. 2. [Perhaps the 
mod. Milh, nine hours south of Hebron : 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 621.—R. 


nya f. (τ 85) 1. birth, nativity, 
Esth. 2, 10. 20. Plur. rindi natales, 


nativity, Ez. 16, 3.4. So ‘mibia ΤᾺΝ 


caged country, patria, Gen. 11, 28. 24, | 
7; simpl. θ᾽ id. Gen. 12, 1. 54. 4. al. 
2. Concr. offspring, progeny, children, 
Gen. 48, 6; so of one child, Lev. 10, 9. 
11. 
3. kindred, family, Gen. 31, 3. 43,7; 


7606, countrymen, Esth. 8, 6. 


m7 f. circumcision, Ex. 4, 96. R. 
ῬηΏ, 

πὰ» (genitor, r. >") Molid, pr. ἢ. 
m. 1 Chr. 2, 29. 


ὩΣ 


D4 m. (for ΘΗΝ, r. ON2) a spot, 
blemish ; Syr. oaks id. Arab. 
cula, spec. of the small-pox, Gr. μῶμος. 
—Spoken: a) Physically of any cor- 
poreal blemish, Lev. 21, 17 sq. 22, 20. 
24,19. 20. al. It was essential to per- 
sonal beauty to be without blemish, 
2 Sam. 14, 25. Cant. 4,7. Ὁ) Morally 
Deut. 32, 5. Job 11, 15. 31,7. Prov. 9,.7. 


*41'2 obsol. root, Arab. ωἷ mid. 
Ye, to tell lies; Ethiop. TO°PZ to be 
wily, cunning; Heb. prob. to wear an 


appearance, to pretend. Hence 4" spe- 
cles, MM. 


ma- 


2052 m. (r. 330) circuit, sc. around 
_ an edifice, Ez. 41, 7. 


‘TOW m. (τ. 70%) only in plur. ΤΥ ΤΟ 
Jer. ‘61, 26, constr. "IOi2, MID. 

1. πρὸ αι τον, 6. g. of a building, Jer. 
51, 26; of the earth, Prov. 8, 29. Is. 24, 
18. Mic. 6. 2; of the world, 2 Sam. 22, 16. 
Ps. 18, 16; of heaven, i. e. lofty moun- 
tains on which the sky seems to rest, 
2 Sam. 22, 8; of the mountains, i. e. 
subterranean rocks, Ps. 18, 8. Deut. 32, 
22.—Is. 40, 21 have ye not marked the 
foundations of the earth? i.e. how they 
‘are laid, etc. 

2. ruins, i. e. buildings of which only 
the foundations remain, Is. 58, 12. 


TO" m. i. g. 012, a foundation ; Is. 
28, 16 Tora 2 a foundation well 
founded, i. e. firm, lasting. Comp. r. 
10" Hoph. 


TION f. (τ. 304) 1. foundation, 
plur. Ez. 41, 8 Keri, where Chethibh 
mI". 

2. appointment, decree, sc. of God Is. 
30, 32 MIO" ML. the rod ippointed of 


God, sent by him; comp. 70" Kal and’ 


Pi. no. 2. 
ΠΟ m. (τ. 72d) a covered walk, 
portico, 2 K. 16, 18 Keri, where Cheth, 


ayer 


ΟἿ τοἰ δίων "ond (r. WON) only in 


plur. S047 and ΟἿ. 

1. bands, bonds, spec. of a yoke, often 
metaph. Ps. 2,3. 107,14. 116, 16. Is. 28, 
22. 52, 2. Jer. 5, 5. 27, 2. Job 39, 5. 

2. Aw pr. n. Sing. c. 7 loc. H0%7 Mo- 
serah Deut. 10, 6; also Plur. Moseroth 


5A6 





Sao ᾿ς 


Num. 33, 30; a station of the ioc 
in the dederts 


“OW m.(r.707) 1. correction chas- 
tisement, of children by parents, of a peo- — 
ple by kings, of men from God. Prov. 22, 
15 “012 VAY. 23,13 “OMA ASE ΟΝ 
withhold not correction from a child. 
Job 12,18 Mme D232 7572 he looseth the 
chastisement i. 6. discipline, authority, — 
of kings ; others here take "05% as for 
"0%, i.e. band or girdle ; so Vulg. bal- 
teum regum dissolvit. et precingit fune 
renes eorum.—Job 5, 17 "33 "052 the 
chastisement of the Almighty. Hos. 5,2 
Iwill be chastisement to all. Prov. 15, 10. 

2. discipline, i. e. warning, admoni-— 
tion, reproof, such as parents give to 
children, God to men, etc. Ps. 50, 17. 
Jer. 2, 30. Prov. 1, 8. 4,1. 5, 12. 8, 33." 
So of the reproof of other men, Job 20, 3. 
—Hence erample, by which others are 
warned, Ez. 5,15; comp. the verb 23, 48. 

3. instruction, learning, joined usually 
with P33, 93M, Prov. 1,2. 4, 13. 23, 23. 











































“2 τὰ. (τ. 134) assembly, poet. for 
troop, host, of soldiers, Is. 14, 31; comp. 
ssi Lam. 1, 15. 


“20 m. 22 Deut. 31, 10 (r. 325) c. 
suff. 13377 , ΤΙΣ Ὁ Lam. 2,6; plur. ΘΟ ἸΏ, 
ὈΥῚΣ ἸῺ 2 Chr. 8, 13, constr. an Pal) —But 
ΣΤ Job 12, 5 is Part. of r. “39 4: Vv. 

1. appointment, of time ; 2 Sam. 24.15 
“Sia My the time of appesiinmnd i.e, ap- 
pointed time. 1 Sam. 13,11 BY" 3342 
the appointment of days i.e. time appoint- 
ed; comp. 7357 1 in lett. b—Hence, ὦ 
seltime, appointed season; spoken: a) 
Of a point of time, set moment, 1 Sam. 
13,8. 2 Sam. 20,5. Gen. 17,21 mim 7249 
non mwa about this set time another 
year. ‘18, 14. 21, 2. 2 K. 4, 16. 17. Jer. 
8, 7 the stork nays m3 knoweth her 
seasons, sc. of migration. "Hab. 2,3 11 
“3b the vision has respect to a set time, 
sc. more remote. Dan. 8, 19. 11, 27. 35. 
Ps. 75, 8. Ὁ) Spec. festival day), Sesti- 
val, Lam: 1,4. 2,6; more fully 3279 04 
Hoa: 9,.5. 12, 10.. mine “7p the fest 
vgls of Jehovah Lev. 23, 2.4.37. Hence 
meton. spoken of the victims, festive 
offerings, 2 Chr. 30, 22; comp. 34 ne 2 
c) Spoken of a space of time, appoint 
and definite, i. q. 21, Gen. 1,14. Poe 


ΨΩ 


in the prophetic style for a year, Dan. 
12,7; comp. Chald. 11} Dan. 7, 25. 

2. a coming together, sc. ata time and 
place appointed, an assembly, congrega- 
tion ; comp. r. 12° Niph. ι 

a) Genr. Job 30, 23 "n~53> ΣΤ ΓΞ 
the place of assembly for all the living, 
where all convene, i.e. Sheol. Is. 33, 20. 
Num. 16, 2 73972 ΣΡ those called to the 
assembly, elsewhere T7377 τὴ, Zeph. 
3,18. Lam. 1, 15. aia bnik the tent or 
tedhervitaple of the congregation, spoken of 
the sacred tent of the Hebrews, also 
called the tabernacle of the covenant, 
Ex. 27,21. 28,43. 30,16.18. 40, 6sq. Lev. 
J, 1.3. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. 2, 22. 1K. 8, 
4.al.sep. Itisso called, either because 
God there met Moses, Ex. 25, 22. Num. 
17,19; or because the assemblies of the 
people were held before it. Sept. σκηνὴ 
τοῦ μαρτυρίου, Vulg. tabernaculum testi- 
monii, both taking 3372 as equivalent to 
ΤΡῚΣ, i. 6. μαρτύριον, testimony, it being 
elsewhere also called miazm 5n& Num. 
9, 15. 17, 22. 23 [7.8]. 18, 2.—The place 
wiéationed j in the words of the king of 

‘Babylon Is. 14,13, 12172"979 the mountain 
of assembly (of the gods), is prob. the 


Persian mountain ol yt, el- 


Burj, el-Burz, (comp: Gr. πύργος, Germ. 
‘Burg,) called by the Hindoos Meru, 
supposed to be situated in the extreme 
north, and, like the Greek Olympus, re- 
garded by the Orientals as the seat of 
the gods; see Asiat. Researches VI. p. 
448. VIII. p. 350 sq. Hyde de Relig. 
Persar. p. 102. Also Comm. on Is. II. p. 
910 sq. 
b) Meton. place of assembly, sc. as ap- 
ΒΡ με, Josh. 8, 14. 1 Sam. 30, 35. 33% 
"> the place of God's assembly, the 
ete Lam. 2, 6; but Ps. 74, 8 7>>D 
ὙῊΝΞ ἘΝ ΤΎΊΣ all the sacred places of 
assembly in the land, i. e. other places in 
a certain sense sacred, as Ramah, 
Bethel, Gilgal, etc. distinguished as 
seats of the prophets and as high 
places, M123; see M23 no. 3. 
3. an appointed sign, signal, Judg. 20, 
ΤΊΣ f. (r. 132) an appointed place 
where fugitives assemble, i.e. an asylum, 
refuge ; Josh. 20, 9 M3392 "7D cities of 





δ. BY 


Oe eo Uy “- 
refuge. Syr. ἴρδϑ portus ; jpso Duo 
asylum, perfugium. 

mya pr. ἢ. see ΠΣ. 
INA see r. 132. 


177 m. (verbal Hoph. r. 95>) dark- 
ness, Is. 8, 23. 


OEP f. (τ. y34) i. q. OEY, only in 
plur. Mix>i2 counsels, which one takes 
or follows, Ps. 5, 11. 81, 13. Jer. 7, 24. 
Mic. 6, 16. Prov. 1, 31 i220" binnssa2 
let then be satiated with their own coun- 
sels, i. e. the fruits of them. 


972 f. (verbal Hoph. τ. p3>) heavy 
burden, Ps. 66, 11. 


MyDiA Jer. 48, 21 Cheth. see M35". 


mpd m. (τ. 18} plur. onsite, ὩΣ Ὁ 
Ex.4,21,a miracle, prodigy. The etymo- 
logy was long uncertain, but there is lit- 
tle doubt that it belongs to the root 75%, 
and meansa great and splendid deed, for 
mxpia; although, the etymology being 
neglected. the Tsere of the syllable n— 
is dropped in the plur. Another deri- 
vation see in Thesaur. p. 143. 

1. Spoken chiefly of miracles, wonders, 
exhibited by God and his messengers, 
Ex. 4, 21. 7, 3.9. 11, 9. Ps. 78, 43. 105, 
5.27. Often joined with ΤΊΣ, as ΟἿΌΝ 
ὈΠΩΞ 2) signs and wonders Ps. 135, 9. 
Deut. 4, 34. 7, 19. 26, 8. 29, 2. 34, 11. Jer. 
32,21. mmpiol ΓῚΣΝ jm2 he gave signs 
and wonders Deut. 6, 22. Neh. 9, 10. 
Also with the verb Ὁ’ Jer. 32, 20. 

2. a sign, token. proof, since prodigies 
were accounted as tokens of divine au- 
thority ; e. g. of the divine protection, 
Ps. 71, 7; of the divine justice in pun- 
ishing the wicked, Deut. 28,46. Spoken 
often of a sign given by a prophet in con- 
firmation of his prediction or promise. i. q. 
min no. 5; 1K.13,3.5. 2 Chr. 32, 24. 31. 
Deut. 13, 2.3; see in MIX no.5. Hence 

3. a sign of something future, @ por- 
tent, omen, i. 4. MIN no. 4. Is. 8, 18 lo 
I and the children whom Jehovah hath 
given me ὉΠ 255 rir} are for signs 
and portents to Israel, i. e. our signifi- 
cant names shadow forth future things; 
see in Mix no. 4. Is. 20,3. Zech. 3,8 
mpi "28 men of omen, who themselves 
shadow forth future things. Ez. 12,6. 11. 
24, 24. 27. 


yr 

Va 1. to press ; hence Part. 772 

oppressor Is. 16,4. Kindred is M¥2 to 

press out. Syr. se to suck out.—De- 
riv. 777, 

2. Prob. in general, to separate out, 


like Arab. τ mid. Ye.—Hence 


Vi. Zeph. 2, 2, oftener defect. va 
m. chaff, separated from the grain by 
winnowing ; Chald. 112, ἈΝΤΙ, Nth. 
So. Is. 17, 13. 41,15. Ps. 35, 5 yop ἜΝ 
min"25> they are as chaff before the 
wind, driven, dissipated by the wind ; 
and so Ps. 1, 4. Job 21, 18. Is. 17, 13. al. 


S22 m. once NYA Job 38, 27 (τ. Nx") 
Kamets impure, plur. constr. "X12, c. 
suff. CANIN. 

1. a going out or forth, exit, 2 Sam. 
3, 25; plur. Num. 33, 2. Ez. 12, 4. Seah) 
137 the going forth of an oracle Dan. 9, 
25, comp. v.23. So for the rising of the 
sun Ps, 19, 7, comp. Hos. 6, 3; the ex- 
portation Vheineini up) of heries from 
Figypt 1 K. 10, 28, comp. v. 29. 

2. place o pans forth ; e. g. S10 
bY fountain of waters, i.e. spring-head, 
source of a stream, 2 K. 2, 21. Is. 41. 18. 
58, 11. Ps. 107, 33; comp. 2 Chr. 32, 30. 
FO2 XX vein, mine of silver, Job 28, 1. 
RWI RSID a place springing up in grass 
‘Job 38, '27-—Absol. for the east, whence 
the sun goes forth, Ps. 75,7; and by 
zeugma, Ps. 65, 9 929m ATS “eh ἜΝ ΧΩ 
the outgoings of the morning and of 
the evening thou causest to rejoice, i. 6. 
the east and the west. Comp. surgit 
uoxr Ovid. Met. IV. 92; surgunt tene- 
bre Senec.—Also a way out, a gate, Ez. 
42,11. 43, 11. ‘ 

3. that which goes forth, as D1NDw Ni 
‘whatever issues from the lips,’ i. e. 
words, language, Num. 30, 13. Deut. 23, 
24; promises, Jer. 17, 16. Ps. 89,35; a 
divine command, Deut. 8, 3. 

4, Moza. pr. n.m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 36. 
9,42. hb) 2, 46. 

ALVA f. of the preced. only plur. 
minsia, c. suff. ΟΝ ΧΩ, 

1, outgoings, i. 6. origin, descent, Mic. 
5, 1. 

2. cloace, latrina, sewer, by which 
filth is carried forth, 2 K. 10, 27 Keri. 
Comp, πὰς, Nix, and Mark 7, 19 εἰς 
τον ἀφεδρῶνα ἐ Sebo: VET. 


548 





"3 ΝΣ 


pE2 m. (r. PS?) something fused, a 
melted mass ; spoken of dust wet by the 
rain, which flows together and after- 
wards becomes hard, Job 38, 38; of fused 
metal, a casting, 1K. 7, 37. 


p=". m. in pause P¥19 (verbal Hoph 

r. Pix I) something narrow, straitness, 
opp. 335. Job 37,10 pxiea bi ono 
the breadth of the waters becomes nar- 
row, is contracted; comp. 36,16, whence 
it appears that P92 in this place can- 
not be referred to P¥° to fuse.—Trop. 
straitness, distress, Is.8,23 Τ ΧΗ without 
pause accent. 


ΓΡΧῚΩ f. (Ὁ. PE) a tube, tunnel, for 
pouring, Zech. 4, 2. 


Pps f. (τ. ps") a fusion, casting, c. 
suff. 2 Chr. 4, 3. 


* P7172 in Kal not used. Arab. , sLe 


_mid. Waw, to be light. foolish. 


Hiren. p.m pr. ‘to make light of? 
and so to mock. to deride, Ps. 73, 8.— 


v FA πὸ 
Aram. Pa. P22, «ϑαϑδο, id. Comp. μῶ- 
x06, μωκάω, -ἄομαι, μωκέζω, μωκεύω, Br. 
se moquer, Engl. to mock. 


“Pi m. (τ. Ἴ5) @ burning, confla- 
gration, Is. 33, 14.. Meton. fuel, faggot, 
Ps. 102, 4. 


MIP" f(r. p>) fuel, upon the altar, 
Lev. 6, 2 [9]. | 


oa m. (r. Up?) plur. ΣΡ, 
Dp wp constr. "Wpia, “Spa, once 
nivp >in Ps, 141, 9. 

1. a noose, snare, springe, by which 
beasts and birds are taken, Am. 3, 5; 
strictly here perhaps the stick or rod by 
which the springe was set. see fully in 
art. MB no. 2.—Once of a ring or hook in 
the nostrils of a beast, Job 40, 24; comp. 
min, nn. 

2. " Metaph. > cxtipis mw fo lay snares 
for any one, i. e. to plot against him, 
Ps. 140, 6. 141, 9. mira "8p in the snares 
of death, fatal dangers, Ps. 18,6; so of 
sins as causing destruction Prov. 13, 14. 
14, 27. Also of a person or thing as @ 
cause of ruin, destruction to any one, 
1 Sam. 18, 21. Ex. 10, 7. 23, 33. 34, 12, 
Deut. 7,16. Prov. 18, 7. Job 34, 80, al. 


"10 see "ἰῷ. 








ΟἿ 


ἘΠ in Kal not used, to change, to 
alter, intrans. i.q. "2%. The Syrians 
include in this root the idea of buying ; 
the Arabs in the form οἷον mid. Ye, that 


of selling ; both from the practice of 
barter.—The form "1% is softened. from 
“im II, q. v. 

Hiex. "25 1. to change for some- 
thing else, to exchange, c. acc. Lev. 27, 
33. Ez. 48, 14. Mic. 2,4, With 3 of the 
thing for which exchange is made, Ps. 
106, 20. Jer. 2, 11. Lev. 27, 10; also of 
that into which any thing is changed, 
Hos. 4, 7. 

2. Absol. to change, intrans. Ps. 15, 4 
he swears "2 x4 and changes not sc. 
his mind. i. e. does not violate his oath. 
46,3 738 WITT ΝΥ τ Ὁ we will not fear 
though the earth should change, i.e. pe- 
rish, comp. 102. 27. 

Rigi. "722 (as if from a root 92) to be 
changed, Jer. 48, 11. 

Deriv. 340m. 


N11 m. once NA Deut. 26,8. R. 
xo". 
1. fear, Gen. 9,2 ἘΞ the fear of 


you. Deut. 11,25. Also reverence, Mal. ° 


1, 6. 

2. object of fear or reverence, spec. of 
God, comp. 7M5, Is. 8, 12. 13. Ps. 76, 12. 

3. Meton. a fearful and wonderful 
_ deed, a miracle, Deut. 26. 8. 34, 12. Jer. 
32, 21. Ps. 9, 21 Keri: si Ajo AM 
ἘΓῚΡ ‘set forth, Jehovah, terrible deeds 
among them ; Cheth. M7". Plur. 
px Deut. 4, 34. 


AWWA m. (τ. 397) Is. 41, 15, plur. 
p91 2 Sam. 24, 22, and with the syl- 
lable prolonged in the later manner 
(comp. Lehrg. p. 145) ΘΛ 1 Chr. 
21, 23, a threshing-sledge, Lat. tribulum, 


S-oe 


Span. trillo, Ital. trebbio, Arab. oor? 


a rustic instrument for rubbing or beat- 
ing out grain upon the threshing-floor: 
It is of two kinds. The one is a sledge 
of thick planks, having the bottom fixed 
full of sharp stones or irons, and drag- 
ged about by oxen over the grain; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 143. The 


other consists of three or four rollers οὖς 


wood, iron, or stone, made rough, and 
joined together in the form of a sledge 





549 “12 


or dray, drawn in like manner by oxen 
over the grain; see Varro de R.R. 1. 
52. Niebuhr’s Reisebeschr. T. I. p. 151. 
Of these the former is pr. the Hebrew 
7%; the latter is called 133 Is. 28, 26. 


“ΠΛ m. (τ. 122) 1. α descent, decli- 
vity, Josh. 7,5. 10,11. Jer. 48,5. Mic. 1, 4. 

2.1 K. 7, 29 Tia ΠΌΡ hanging- 
work, festoons. 

mv m. pr. part. Hiph. of στ. 4. 

1. an archer, see 199 Hiph. no. 1. 

2. the early rain, see ho Hiph. no. 2; 
also in wip>a. 

3. teaching, Is. 9,14. 2 K. 17, 28; a 
teacher, Prov. 5, 13; plur. of prophets, 
Is. 30, 20.—Job 36, 22 lo, God is mighty 
in his power, ΤΥ 302 72 who is a 
teacher like him ? i. e. wise, and impart- 
ing unto us wisdom ; comp, 35, 11 52557 
Naam pyow ΠΣ ΥῸΌΝ miomay. 
Sept. δυνάστης, perhaps from the analo- 
gy of the Aramewan x72, fp, lord 
Others here make 777 i. q. N77 Ps. 9, 
21, and 8352, fear, object of fear and re- 
verence. 

4. Moreh, pr. n. a) A Canaanite, 
like Mamre, whence M772 7758 Gen: 12, 
6, and M779 πος Deut. 11, 30, the oaks 
of Moreh, not far fro Shechem, 50 
called feos their former owner.’ Ὁ) 
ΓΛ ΞΓΙΓΏΣ33 the hill of Moreh (teacher’s 
hill) in the valley of Jezreel, Judg. 7, 1. 


I. 777 τὰ. (cr. m2) a razor, Judg. 
13, 5. 16,17. 1 Sam. 1, 11. : 


IT. 7979 Ps. 9, 21 Cheth. ig. x70, 
fear, terror, which stands in Keri by 
way of gloss. See in 8712 no. 3. 

ΤΡ see ATID. 


WI" τὰ. (τ. v7) Kamets impure, 
possession, Is. 14, 23. Obad. 17. Trop. 
Job 17, 11 "223 "770 the possessions of 
my heart, i.e. my delights, my pleasing 
hopes, possessed and cherished in my 
heart. 


morn f (τ. Wn") possession, Ex. 6, 
8. Deut. 33. 4. Ez. 11, 15. 25, 4. 10. al. 


ma mw (possession of Gath, τ. 
t=") Moresheth-Gath, pr. n. of a town 
near Eleutheropolis, the birth-place of 
Micah the prophet, Mic. 1, 14. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IT. p. 423.—Gentile 
η. "HY Mic. 1, 1. Jer. 26, 18. 


wi 


*T. Ὁ 1, t0 give way, to recede, 
to depart; absol. Is. 22, 25. 54, 10; 
_ with acc. of place whither, Zech. 14, 4; 
ya of place whence, Num. 14, 44. Judg. 
6, 18: Josh. 1, 8. Is. 59,21; mx id. Is. 
54, 10; "25 of pers. Jer. 31, 36.—Not 
found in the kindred dialects. 

2. Causat. to put away, to remove, 
Zech. 3, 9. 

Hiew. 1. Trans. to let remove, to let 
go, e.g. prey, Nah. 3,1; to withdraw 
from, ο. 2, Mic. 2, 3 from which ye 
shall not withdraw your necks. v. 4. 

2. More frequently i. q. Kal, to give 
way, to withdraw, to depart, absol. Ex. 
. 13, 22. Job 23,12; with-47 of place, Ex. 
33,11. Prov. 17,13 Cheth. Ps. 55, 12; 
ac. inf. Jer. 17, 8 "78 nivsg Ws NN 
and doth not withdraw (cease) from 
yielding fruit. 


ἘΠῚ. ΘΠ |. q. ΘῈ and 2", to feel, 
to touch, to try by the touch, Gen. 27, 21. 

Hipn. id. Ps. 115, 7. Judg. 16, 26 
Keri. 

Deriv. pr. ἡ. "292. 


300 m. (τ. 3") constr. 389, c. suff. 
"2012; plur. constr. MinHi2, once "310 
Ez. 34, 13. 

1. a seat, 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. Job 29, 
7. Of things, as a city, seat, i.e. site, 
situation, 2 K. 2, 19. 

2. a sitting, session, an assembly of 
persons sitting together, Ps. 1, 1. 107, 
32. 
3. seat, dwelling, Gen. 27, 39. Num. 
24, 21. 1K. 10, 5. Ps. 132,13. sWiarma 
a dwelling-house, Lev.25,19. asia "ΣΡ 
acity of dwelling, to dwell in, Ps. 107, 4. 
7. Meton. a time of abode, Ex. 12, 40. 
Concr. dwellers, inhabitants, 2 Sam. 9, 
12 8a°¥ Ma BWin-dd. 

"W2 (prob. for m=O felt out by Je- 
hovah, r. 8572 II) Mushi, pr. ἢ. m. Ex. 6, 
19. Num. 3, 20; defect, "82 1 Chr. 6, 4. 
—Patronym. also "572 for "057 Num. 
3, 33. 26, 58. 

MDW f. plur. (τ. 72) the drawers, 
poet. for cords, bands, with which one is 


bound, Job 38,31. Comp. Arab. χα 
a fetter, from Suwo firmiter tenuit. 


ΓῊΣ Ὁ) f. plur. (τ. 5») deliverances, 
Ps. 68. 21 ; 


/ e 


550 





* « 
72 pret. m2, "72, plur. ἘΓΏ, 
12772; inf abs. Mia, constr. ΓΗ; imper. 


m7; fut. mivan, 3 pers. nah, conv. MO". 


1, to die, and so in all the Semitic lan- 
guages; Arab. «οἷο mid. Waw, Syr. 
Duso. The middle radical 1, however, 
seems to be softened down from the liquid 
“, comp. ὥστ, 055; so that the primary 
root is probably mrt, comp. Sanser. mri 
to die, mrita dead, mrityu death, also 
math, muth, mith, méth, mid, méd, to 
kill; Malay mita to kill and to die; Zend. 
mreté, mereté, Pehly. murdéh, mard, mor- 
tal, man; Pers. Koy to die, Gr. μορ- 
τός i. ᾳ. βροτός, Lat. mors, mortis, Morta 
in Liv. Andr. Germ. Mord, in old Germ. 
used not only of killing but also for death, 
Engl. murder.—Spoken of the death of 
men or animals, Ex. 11,5. Eee. 9, 4; 
both natural Gen. 5, 8. 11. 14. 17. 20. 27. 
31. al. sepiss. and violent Ex. 21, 12. 
15. Deut. 13, 10. 19, 11. 12. 21, 21. Job 
1,19. al. The instrument or cause of 
death is put usually with 32, Num. 35, 17. 
18.23; as 22 Jer. 34, 4. 42, 17. Am. 
9,10; also Jer. 11, 21. 22. 21,6. 2 Chr. 21, 
19. al. Josh. 10, 11 more died 97353 "2382 
of the hail-stones than, ete. Judg. 15, 18 
ΝΞ max 7 die of thirst. Ez. 5, 12; 
also "2872 Jer. 38, 9.—F req. is the phrase 
raas mi dying he. shall die, i. 6. he shall 
surely die, Gen. 2,17. 3,4. 20,7. 1 Sam. 


. 


14, 39. 44. 2Sam. 12,14. al. Slightly 


different is the phrase M725" M72 with fut. 


Hoph. he shall surely be put to death, ὦ 


used in the Mosaic law to denote punish- 
ment, Ex. 21, 12. 15 sq. 22, 18. Lev. 20, 
2.9 sq. 27,29. Num. 15, 35. al. Also 
mad mbm to be sick unto death, 2 K. 20, 
1. 2 Chr. 32, 24; and hyperbol. Judg. 16, 
16 mrad ἼὩΞ2 MXP his soul was vered 
unto death, impatient.—Trop. the heart 
of any one is said to die, i. 6. to faint, to 


fail. 1 Sam. 25, 37; comp. opp. "3 — 
Gen. 45, 27. Judg. 15,19. So the trunk — 


of a tree Job 14, 8, comp. 325; or land 
untilled, Gen. 47, 19 why should we die, 
we and our land, which is afterwards 
explained by πῶσ NX> πον πὶ. Comp. 
Arab. ws inculta, sterilis, deserta fuit 
terra, Kor. 2. 159. ib. 25. 51. .v. 29. 
63.—Spoken ironically Job 12, 2 O3%2 
naan min wisdom will die with you. — 


nia 9 





ΝΠ ΎΥΥΥ ων oh aie ad ΕΞ 


nia 


Parr. 12 a dead person, i.e. one about 


to die, Gen. 20,3; or actually dead, Num. 
19, 11.13. 16; without distinction of gen- 
der, like Germ. ein Todter, ein Kranker, 
Gen. 23,4; comp. Heb. Gr. § 105. 1. ἢ. 
—Plur. ὈΠ the dead, spoken of idols as 
opp. to the living God, "Mm >x, Ps. 106, 
28; of men Is. 8, 19. Lam. 3, 6. 

2. to perish, to be destroyed, of a state 
or people, Am. 2, 2. Hos. 13,1. See 


ν ΤᾺ. 


“Put. mmia to kill, to slay, Ps. 34, 22. 
Judg. 9, 54. 1 Sam. 14,13. 2 Sam. 1,9 sq. 
Hipeu. m9, 2 pers. m2, | pers. c. 


suff. ὙΠ 1 Sam. 17, 35, AAI Hos. 


2, 5; fut. m5, conv. m2"; to put to 
death, to kill, to slay, Judg. 16, 30. 2 ϑδτη. 
3, 30. 21,1. Often of “death through 
Sinehaed, famine, etc.‘sent from God, Is. 
65, 15. Hos. 2, 5. Ex. 16, 3. 17,3. Num. 


- 14,15. 16,13; and thus opp. to 395, 








which implies a violent death by the 
hand of man, comp. Is. 14, 30.—Part. 


Ὁ destroyers, perh. angels of death, 


Job 33, 22. 
Horn: main to be put to death, to be 


slain, Deut. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 19, 11.—For 
- the phrase M725" M2 see in Kal no. 1. 


Deriv, nia9, Amn, and 


ΓΙ m. constr. nia, with © parag. 
mma Ps. 116,15; piar. constr. "ni 
Ez. 28, 10; c. suff. "m7 Is. 53, 9. 


1. death, Arab. wn, Syr. [Zo%. 
Spoken of both natural and violent 
death ; so nya "22 deadly weapons Ps. 
7,14; my 18. to sleep the sleep of 
death Ps. 13,4; ΤΊ ΓΞ 1 Sam. 20, 31. 
26, 16, and ΤΊ σαν, one worthy of death, 
condemned, 1K. 2, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 29. 
nya wpa sentence of death, α. ἃ. capital 


» 


Ό 


crime, Deut. 19,6. 21,22. mya "BD the: 


dust of death, the penulohre, ‘Ps. 22, 16. 
mia "ban, mia “Opa, snares of death, 


; with ες δῆ death Leni in wait for mor- 
tals, Ps. 18, 5. 6. Prov. 13, 14; comp. 


the personification of death Ps. 49, 15. 
Cant.8,6. Also Jon. 4,9 mio 3 “bnan, 
comp. ἜΧΕΝ 27,2. Matt. 26, 38. <—Boat. 
the dead, Is. 38, 18. 

2. place of the dead, Sheol, Hades, the 
grave, Job 28, 22. Hence nya the 
gates of death; i. 6. of Sheol, of the grave, 


Ps. 9,145 ὭΣ 750 the chambers of the 


a) 
grave Prov. I, ole 


51 





ari 


3. deadly disease, plague, pestilence, 
Jer. 15, 2. 18, 21. 43, 11. Job 27, 15. 
Comp. duvatos Rev. 6, 8. 18, 8. Chald. 


nia, Syr. HZa%, Arab. Gye, id. 
also Germ. schwarzer Tod, the black 
death, a pestilence which raged in the 
middle ages. 

4. destruction, ruin, opp. 8° prosper- 
ity, happiness; Prov. 11, 19. 12, 28. Is. 
25, 8. Ex. 10, 17. 


mia Chald. death, Ezra 7, 26. 


“ΤΩ m. (r.m") pr. ‘what is over 
and above ;’? hence 

1. gain, profit, Prov. 14, 13. 21, 5. 

2. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 3, 
19. 


ΓΞ m. (τ. M3%) constr. mara, 6. 
suff. snara, ymsta 1 K. 8, 31, plur. 
minara; an altar, Lev. 1, 9. 13. 15. 
2 Chr. 99, 22. al. Sept. Sescupsaiak 


6» . 2 Ψ γ 
Arab. do, Syr. baa pso.— T'0 build 


an altar is 2523 Gen. 8, 20. 12,7; “a ΓΙῸΣ 
35, 1.3. 2 Chr. 28, 24; “a mpn 1K. 16, 
32. 2K. 21,3. Often followed by a gent: 
tive: a) Of the materials, as M27N “2 
Ex. 20, 24; 97238 "Ὁ 20, 25. Josh. 8, 31. 
b) Of the divinity to which the altar is 
dedicated, as "7 M212 Lev. 17, 6. Num. 
12, 27. Deut. 26, 4. ἃ]. ἘΣΞΠ Judg. 6, 
96, 28. 305 c) of the species of sneer. 
fice offered upon it; according to which 
the altars in the sanctuary both of the 
tabernacle and temple were: «) ‘2 
ndisn the altar of burnt-offering Ex. 30, 
28; or MYM “Ὁ the brazen altar Ex. 
39, 39; this stood in the vestibule. 3) 
mn opn “2 the altar of incense Ex. 30, 27. 
31.8; or anit “a the golden altar 39, 38. 


40, 5. 26. 1 K. 7, 48; in the outer sanc- 


tuary of the keniple (>27°2).—Plur. of- 
ten of idol-altars, Is. 17,8. 27, 9. 2K. 21, 
3. 4. 2 Chr. 14, 2. 33, 3. 34, 4. αἱ. 


. 41/2 obsol. root, i. 4. JO? q. v.. to 
mingle, spec. to mix wine, to prepare it 
with spices; see Thesaur. p. 808, and 
comp. Gr. κεράννυμι. Chald. 319 id. Syr. 

“Ke Pe. and Pa. to mingle; Pa. also for 
ee. καπηλεύω 2 Cor. 3,17. Arab. ->* to. 


mingle, spec. wine with water Abulf 
Ann. IV. 468. Kor. 76. 17.—Hence 


ΤῺ 


ΔΤ m. wine sc. as mixed, i. 6. pre-. 


pared with spices, spiced wine, Cant. 7, 
3. Pliny mentions (H.N. XIV. 13 v.15, 
19) a ‘vinum aromatites,” made with 
myrrh and fragrant cane; and this 
seems to be the kind of wine implied in 
3372, and also in 7%, 9932, q. v.— 
Others, from the use of the verb 31 
in the kindr. dialects, understand wine 
tempered with water. See in Thesaur. 
p. 808. 


*f1T72 obsol. root i. ᾳ. ΠΣ, P22, 


q. v. Arab. 5», to suck. Hence 


ΓΙ τὴ. verbal adj. intrans. sucked 
out, exhausted ; once plur. Deut. 32, 24 
339 "ΤῸ exhausted with famine. Sept. 
τηκύμεν 1 λιμῷ, Vulg. consumentur fame. 


ΓΤ (fear, r. 112) Mizzah, pr. n. m. 
Gen. 36, 13. 17. 


Wd (for mia, στ. Mt) plur. Sy9, 
cells, garners, Ps. "144, 13. Sept. ταμεῖα. 


“ATO £ (τ. 1 no. 2) a door-post, on 
which the door moves on its hinges, Ex. 
21,6. 1 Sam. 1, 9. Is. 57, 8. Ez. 41, 21. 
al. Plur. mitsva Deut. 6, Bh. 6, 31. 
‘Prov. 8, 34; also a7 smd Ex. 12,7. 99. 23. 


{72 m. (τ. 151) food, Gen. 45, 23. 2 
Chr. 11, 23. 


Ji Chald. food, Dan. 4, 9. 18. 


I, ΤΩ τὰ. (τ. 74-1) compression, 
binding up, of a wound; trop. of reme- 
dies applied to the wounds of a state, 
Jer..30, 18. Meton. a wound, sore, sc. to 
be pressed and bound up, Hos. 5, 13. 


II. Vit τὰ. (τ. 441 II. 1) falsehood ; 
then treachery, plot, Ob. 7. So Sept. 
Vulg. Chald. Syr. well.—Others, a net, 
snare, from Aram. "1 to spread out. 


i Lae) obsol. root i. q. 00%, Chald. 
marane to flow down, to melé with fear. 
Hence pr. ἢ. ΠΤ. 


i ny obsol. root, perh. to gird ; 
whence are usually derived M72 and 
mn girdle. This sense of these words 
is indeed certain, espec. from Ps. 109, 19; 
but the etymology is doubtful. Thus 
mia and m"172 may come from r. M172 (af- 
ter the forms MZ}, 4°72); and also from 
mnt, mt, in which case ΤΙ would be 


552 





ΤΩ 


part. Hiph. of mm, and ΤῸ or Ye 
part. Hiph. of m1. But none of th 
roots, neither ΠῚ nor MM} nor ΣΝ 
found in the Semitic languages Wiehe e 
requisite signification. Still, we m 
with’ probability ascribe ΜΡ θα ττν ΟΒΥ 
root Mt, πτὶ Pt, FW, and transp. 1m, the 
θα to bind, to strengthen ; comp. Pin, 


o>; > to bind, ete. δ πὶ prem, 
>> 1 San, Sir etc. and er 


nothing to hinder us from assigning the 
same power to the biliterals mnt, mt, 
and to the triliteral mr. Siménie: Ἢ An, 
Hitzig, and others, follow the ety mola Υ 
from M12; the other from ΓΤ, mst, ac 
cords better with the common analogy. 


ΤΙ m. a girdle Ps. 109, 19. 
of the bonds of a subject people, Is. 23, 
10. Seeinr. mi. - a 


ΤΠ m. constr. M12, ἃ peat) Job. 
12,21. See inr. m9. 


ΓΗ f plur. (see note) constella- 
tions, spec. the twelve signs of the zodi- 
ac, 2 K. 23, 5. Sept. μαζουρώϑ, a ΠΗ 
reading ΤῊ ΤῺ as in Job 38, 89, Vul 
duodecim signa. arg. sobre, sy: 


ἴδ οἷο .—The same word is frequent 


in later, Hebrew writers, and also in a 
form slightly changed in Aramean; eg. 
N20 m>%2 the constellations of heaven 
Targ. Is. 47,18; tbr 7079 the twelv 
signs Targ. Esth. 3, 7. al. The sens ν᾿ 
signs of the zodiac, therefore, is sup- 
ported not only by the context, but also 
by the Aramean usage, as well as by 
the almost constant tradition of ancie it 
interpreters. See Thesaur. p.869. 
Nore. More difficult is it to determine 
the origin and true signification of the 
forms mi=32 and ΤΥ Ὁ, which are justly 
regarded as identical, r and J being in” 
terchanged (see in 5); although it: 
uncertain which form is the primary ones, 
Taking first the softer, mi>372, these con- 
stellations are held to be so called from 
their influx or influence upon the desti- 
nies of men, from r. 513 to flow (comp. 
Lat. influus stellarum Firmie. ); or fron 
their going, revolving, from r. >38 q. v. ¢ 
again the signs of the zodiac were 
garded as the stations or lodgings of the 


































ID. 


ο- 
sun in his course; comp. Jie ‘station, 


» 


bra 5 







































‘night-quarter, from r. (5 to descend, 
dismount; as the Arabs in like manner 


ag all the zodiac -3y { JU the circle 


"of palaces. More correctly, however, 
the harder minx Job 38, 32, is assumed 
by others as the earlier and primary 
form, though they have not succeeded 
ia pointing out its true origin; for the 
mins are not crowns, as if kindred with 
“13 diadem ; nor zones, belts, from r. "138, 
‘as implying either the belt of Orion or 
the zone of the zodiac; but, in accord- 
ance with the certain usage of the He- 
brew and Arabic, the word signifies pre- 
monitions, forewarnings, concr. fore- 
“warners, presagers, (comp. presaga 
Stat. Theb. 8. 145,) i. e. constellations 
having a foreknowledge of future events 
and foretokening them to mortals, ac- 
cording to ancient and popular belief; 
566 in r. "12 Hiph. no. 1, for the Arabic 
usage. 


3272 m. (τ. 351) a fork, flesh-hook, 
with which flesh was drawn out of the 
pot, 1 Sam. 2, 13. 14. 


MITA f(r: 351) a fork, flesh-hook, 
enumerated among the utensils of the 
altar, Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 4, 14. al. 


δι 





MOT f. (τ. 581) with ΓΕ parag. nna 
Jer. 11, 15; plur. miata. 
a aadtlation. cogitation, thought; Ps. 
10, 4 λον ΠΩ DTN iN there is no 
God ! such are all his thoughts. —Spec. 
counsel, purpose ; Job 42,2 no purpose 
is withholden from thee, 1. 6. thou dost 
accomplish all thy couneels, Ps. 37, 7 


in his plans. Oftener in a bad sense, 
evil counsel, wicked purpose, Ps. 10, 2. 21, 
12. Job 21, 27. Jer. 51, 11; ind nists 
Jer. 23, 20. 30, 24. Fénce 

2. machination, device, plot, Prov. 12, 
. 14,17. 24, 8.—Also mischief, wicked- 
288, 1.q. Mat, Ps. 139, 20. 

3. 1.α. Miata MP3 (Prov. 8,12), coun- 
el, prudence, sugacity, Prov. 1, 4. 3,21; 
plur. 5, 2. 


“AT m. ve “21 Il) @ song, psalm, 
Sept. ψαλμός, found only in the inscrip- 
ions of the Psalms, e. g. Ps. 3. 4. 5.6. 8. 


etc. 24. 47. 48. 68. 98. etc. 
An 


53 “ἷν 

ΩΤ ᾧ (r. 11) ἃ pruning-knife, 
pruning-hook, only plur. ninvara, Is. 2, 
4, 18,5. Mic. 4, 3; 6. suff. Joel 4, ‘10. 


nyara [ (Ὁ. 9721 I) only plur. mivvar, 
forceps, snuffers, 1K. 7, 50. 2K. 12, 14, 
Jer. 52, 18. 2 Chr. 4, 22. 


“WTA m. (τ. ΣΤ) smallness, fewness ; 
Is. 16, 14. 24, 6 7310 "BIN few men. 
Of time, "312 B29 emphat. a very little 
time, Is. 10, 25. 29, 17. 


ἢ “ΤῺ obsol. root of uncertain signif 


either i. bi: joe to be corrupt, foul, 
whence pi: rotten, as an egg, and 


filthy, polluted, of a man; or else i. q. 
> (2 and 3 being interchanged) to de- 
_ spise, to contemn, pr. i. q. “13 to separate 
out, to expel; and Syr. ,02%0 fo contemn: 
Hence "1722 bastard. 


MiTd £ plur. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Job 38, 32, 
i.g. Mi>32 , the twelve signs of the zodiac. 
See fully in Mi>2, and note. R. "12. 


VITO τη. (τ. 1) a winnower, winnow- 
ing fork or shovel, Is. 30, 24. Jer. 15, 7. 


? 9. 
Arab. Sys, Syr. bets, id. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. pp. 277. 371. 
AIP, see ore. 


ΤΠ τὰ. (τ. M7) the sun-rising, 
only by meton. for the orient, the east, 
Ps. 103, 12. Dan. 8, 9. Am. 8, 12. al. 
Zech. 8, Ἴ τ ΥῈΝ the land of the east, 
east country. Neh. 3, 29. 2 Chr. 29, 4, 
With genit. in-5 mar on the east of 
Jericho Josh. 4. 19. 1 Chr. 4, 39. 6, 63; 
c. 5 id. 2 Chr. 5, 12. 1 Chr. 5. 10 “ba-by 
sgbab mnt "28 on all the eastern quar- 
ter ‘of Gilead.—With Prep. a) maya> 
towards the east Neh. 3, 26. 1 Chr. 12, 
15; once ΓΤ. 2 Chr. 31, 14. b) 

mara from the east Is. 41, 2. 48, δ. 46, 
11. Dan. 11, 44. Ps. 107, 3; also α or on: 
the east (see in {2 no. 3 h) Josh. 11, 3. 
17, 10. More fully wow moines ‘froin 

| the east Judg. 11, 18. Is. 41, 25. Ps. 50; 
1; also on the east Num. 21, 12. Jude. 
20; 43.—Further: ο) Accus. mt". to- 
neers the east, eastward, 1 Chr. 9; 24, 

_ Neh: 12; 37; and Baw mora Deut. 4, 47. 
Josh: 1, 16. 13, δι 81: d), With A= local: 





“ΤΏ 


nina towards the east, eastward, Ex. 
97, 13, 38, 13. Num. 2, 3. 3, 38; mM 
wow id. Deut. 4, 41. Josh. 12, 1. Judg. 
21, 19. 


ὩΠΤ m. plur. (pr. part. Pi. ΠΤ, r. 
71) lit. the scattering, poet. for the 
north winds, which scatter the clouds 
and bring severe cold, Job 37,9; Vulg. 
Arcturus, Sept. ἀκρωτήρια, perhepe to 
be read ἀρκτῷα or agxtovgos. Comp. 
wll, and whlyls dispergentes, of 


winds, ps 51. 1.—Others make it the 
same with mins Job 38, 31. 


“ΤῺ τὰ, (Ὁ. 221) constr. 59179 place 
sown, a field; Is. 19, 7 "8" 112 the 
‘fields of the Nile, i. e. watered by the 


Nile. Arab. rage id. 


Ῥ ΤῺ m. (τ. P23) plur. D*p 12 constr. 
“p71d ; also ΡΤ, c. suff. "MP ITA; a 
vase, vessel, from which was sprinkled 
the blood of victims, a sacrificial bowl, 
basin, Num. 4, 14. 7, 13. 19. 25 sq. Ex. 
38, 3. al. Also of a wine-bowl Am. 6, 6. 


2 m.adj.(r.mm2) 1. fat, marrowy, 
spec. of fat sheep, plur. ΘΠ, Ps. 66,15; 
in some’ copies B77". 


6 
Arab. Gia - 
marrowy, of a fat sheep. κὰὼ 


2. Trop. rich, noble, comp. 7X7, Is. 5, 
17. 


ma ο: (r nme) marrow, Job 21, 24.— 


opie ὁ’ and a Aram. [wats, xmin 


ela i. q. Aram. 812, Cass) 
strike, to smite, in Heb. poet. for the 
common 35; comp. ΓΤ no. 2. With 
HDi. g. 9. πξπ (2 K. 11, 12) to clap the 
hands. Ps. 98, 8 para mint let the 
floods clap hes hands, in exultation. 
Ts. 55, 12. 

Pret id. inf c. suff. 13 ANTI, Hz. 25, 6. 


NT Chald. to strike, to smite, Dan. 
2, 34. 35, and often in the Targums. 
Comp. Gr. μάχομαι, μάχη, Heb. ἈΠῸ, 
mm, 752.—Some refer hither 812 or 
ama Dan. 5,19; but this is part. Aph. 
from 83, ‘saving alive.’ 

Pa. Nya id. with 792 to smite wpon 
, one’s hand, i. 6. to stay his hand, to re- 
strain. Dag. 4, 32 [35] none can stay 
his (God’s) hand, and say unto him, 


554 





ana ἕν: 


What doest thou? This phrase is τῆογθ᾽ 
common in the Targums (comp. Ece. 8, — 
3) and Talmud, for to restrain, to hin- 
der ; and in the same sense the Arabs — 
have the formula soy As φγϑ: Ca-— 
moos. 

Irupe. to be affixed, to be fastened up-— 
on, sc. by nails, Ezra 6, 11. 


82172 m. (r. 8am) a hiding-place, Is. 
32, 2. 


DSI m. plur. (τ. 82h) hiding- 
places, 1 Sam. 23, 23. 


n739 f. (r. 92m) -c. suff. inqara, 
junction, juncture, i. 6. the place where 
one thing is joined upon another, 6. g. 
of curtains, Ex. 26, 4. 5; of the parts of 
the ephod, Ex. 28, 27. 39, 20. 


ΓΠΞΙΤ f. plur. (pr. Part. Pi. r. 937) 
conjoiners, couplers, i. e. a) beams, 
braces of wood, for joining and fastening 
a building, 2 Chr. 34,11. Ὁ) cramps, 
hooks, of iron for joining, ete. 1 Chr 
22, 3. 


FIT) f. Ez. 4,3 (τ. Pam) contr. for 
mnsim., a pan, frying-pan, Lev. 2, 5. 6 
14. 7,9. 1 Chr. 23, 29. Ez. 4, 3. 


marta Γ (r. 737) α girdle, belt, cine- 
ture, Is. 3, 24. 


ἘΠ fut. nes, pr. to stroke, to rub 
over, to wipe. Hence 

1. to wipe off. to wipe away. a) 
Genr. e. g. a dish 2 K. 21, 13 see below; 
tears Is. 25,8; the mouth Prov. 30, 20. 
So of letters, writing. to blot out, Ex, 
32, 32. 33. Num. 5,23. Trop. to blot out 
sins, to forgive thers: Ps. 51,3. 11. Ie 
43, 25. 44,22. Ὁ) So to blot out, i. q. t 
destroy, as men from the face of the 
earth Gen. 6, 7. 7, 4; the name and 
memory of any one Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 9. 
14. 25, 19:-Ps. 9, 6. 2K. 14,27. So 2 
K. 21, 13, where the native power is® 
preserved: I will wipe (destroy) J 
salem as one wipeth a dish, he wipeth 
and turneth it upside down. et. 

2. to stroke, i. e. emph. to strike, 
smite, i. ᾳ. XM; hence "M3 stroke: 
Trop. ὁ. 53, to strike upon, in a g 
graphical sense i. q. to reach unto, to 
tend to, as a boundary Num. 34, 11. 

3. to rub over with a fat substance 











rina 


hence intrans. to be fat, marrowy, i. q. 


; 


or 





a τς Ἢ 


“mm ἃ. v. see below in Pual. 

Nore. From the primary signif. of 
stroking, rubbing over, which is also the 
usual one in this root, have arisen the 
_ other two; and these are more common 


in the kindred forms X12 and MN. q. v. 


Chald. 812 to wipe off, to strike ; “Arab. 
Ls to wifie or wash off, to blot out, to 


_ destroy. In the Indo-European tongues 


sorresponding in signif. are μάσσω μέ- 


poze, μύσσω, and with a sibilant σμάω, 


σμύω, σμήχω, σμώχω. 
Prev privat. emedullavit, α. ἃ. to un- 


Ge 
4.0 Conj. II; see 
Kal no. 3. Hence ς᾽ 


Pua pass. emedullatus est ; Is. 25, 6 
pin2 6732 fatness unmarrowed, i. 6. 
drawn out from marrow-bones and there- 
fore the most delicate. The form is from 
a sing. "172%, for the common 499. 
and corresponds to the form opPIS in 
the other clause. 

Hipu. fut. apoc. mm Neh. 13, 14, also 
“mar masc. Jer. 18, 23 for MMIeM ; i. q. 
Kal no. 1, to blot out, to destroy, Neh. 13, 
14. Jer. 18, 23. ee 31, 3 FSI 
47229 ninsd nor give thy ways to the 
destroying of kings, ninad for nina ; 
so those who suppose a warlike spirit to 
be here reprehended. Better, to the cor- 
rupters, destroyers of kings, i. e. courte- 
sans; either reading mind> as part. fem. 
of Kal, or else regarding nina as fem. 
plur. of an adj. ΓΤ in an active sense. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 17703, fut. ΓΤ, apoc. 3° for 
ras Ps. 109, 13. Gen. 7, 23. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. a, to be wiped 
away, to be blotted out. e. g. from the 
book of life, Ps. 69, 29. So of reproach, 
Prov. 6, 33; of sin Ps. 109, 14. Neh. 3, 


marrow, i. q. Arab. 


_ 373 comp. Ez. 6, 6. 


_ 2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. Ὁ, to be destroyed, 
as men Gen. 7, 23; a tribe from Israel 
Judg. 21,17; the name ofany one Deut. 
26, 6. Ps. 109, 13. 


M2 adj. fem. nm, see in r. ΓΙ 
Hiph. 


39 f(r. 28m) @ compass, compass- 
es, for drawing circles, Is. 44, 13. 


THM m. (τ. 33M) pr. a refuge ; hence 
a haven, harbour, Ps. 107,30. So Chald. 
Syr. Vulg. 


555 


Σ 





gore 


S872 and O72 (perh. smitten 
of God, for SX ΓΙ, τ. ΤῸ) Mehujael, 
pr. n. δ a patriarch Sesetded from Cain, 
Gen. 4, 18. 


“DNTD (r. 434) Mahavites, a gentile 
name 1 Chr. 11, 46, where we should 
expect the sing. "72. Elsewhere un- 
known. 


ain τη. (τ. 55") constr. >i. 

1. a dance, dancing, sc. in a circle, 
Ps. 30, 12. 149, 3. 150, 4. Jer. 31, 4. 13. 
Lam. 5, 15. 

2. Mahol, pr. n. m. 1 K. 5, 11 [4, 31]. 


mina or mona f. (r. dm) a dance, 
i. q. D1m2 no. 1, Cant. 7,1; Plur. nna 
Ex. 32, 19. Judg. 11, 34. 21, 21. al. 


MIT m. (τ. HIM) a vision, Gen. 15, 1. 
Num. 24, 4. 16. Ez. 13, 7. 


mur f. (τ. MIM) a window, 1 K.7, 4.5. 


MINN (visions) Mahazioth, pr. ἡ. 
m. 1 Chr. 25, 4.30. R. min. 


* - . 
nm. obsol. root, i. ᾳ. M2 no. 3, 


Arab. 2.2 IV, to be marrowy, of a bone; 


to be fat, of a sheep; whence 2 mar- 
rowy, %2 marrow.—The primary notion 
lies in rubbing over, besmearing, with a 
fatty substance, comp. ΠΤ note. Kindr. 
are M172 and ΓΙ. 


472 τη. (τ. 4M no. 2) a stroke, per- 
cussion. Ez. 26.9 ἼΡΞΙΡ ὙΠ the preg 
of what is over against it, i. e. batter- 
ing-rams or the like. See in >ap. 


NTN (perh. junction, r. 739 Pa. 35 
to join) pr. n. m. Mehida, Ezra 2, 52. 
Neh. 7, 54. 


mma ᾧ (τ. ΠῚ ΤΠ) 1. preservation of 
life, Gen. 45, 5. 2 Chr. 14,12. Ezra 9, 
8.9. Meton. means of life, living, suste- 
nance, Judg. 6, 4. 17, 10. 

2. Prob. something live, the quick, a 
raw spot on the body; hence a spot, the 
quick ; Lev. 13, 10 nxwa ὅτι “wa mora 
and if there be a spot (the quick) of raw 
flesh in the tumour. v. 24 and if the spot ᾿ 
of burning be a white spot. So Syr. 
Chald. 


“TIO m. (τ. 19) 1. price, for which 
a thing is bought or sold, Prov. 17, 16. 
27, 26. "7132 αἱ a price, for money, 2 


ὈΡΙΩ 


gratis, i. ᾳ. DIM, Is. 45, 13. 55, 1. al. 
2. hire, wages, Mic. 3,11. Deut. 23, 
ὰ Dan. 11, 39. Plur. ΘΠ Ps. 44, 18. 
. Mehir, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 11. 


7ST τη. (τ. 425 no. 3,) constr. Mm, 


sickness, disease, Prov. 18, 14. 2 Chr. 
21, 15. 

2m" (disease, τ, h4m) Mahlah, pr. 
ἢ. a) Fem. Num. 26, 33. 27,1. Josh. 


17,3. b) 1 Chr. 7, 18, where the sex 
is uncertain. 


moma f ig. nama, disease, Ex. 15, 
26. 23 25. 1K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. 


mara f. (r. 53m) ἃ cave, cavern, plur. 


Ie. 2, 19. 
mn ἢ see ndina. 


yon (sickly, from the form > 
and ending 11) pr. π᾿ τὰ. Mahlon, Ruth 
1,2. 4, 9. 10. 


7217 (sickly, τ᾿ Πρ τι) Mahli, pr. n. m. 
a) Ex. 6, 19. Num. 3, 20.  b) 1 Chr. 
23, 23. 24, 30. 

p22 m. plur. (τ. 3% no. 3) dis- 
eases, 2 Chr. 24, 25. 

S272 τὰ. (r. 52m) a slaughter-knife, 
with which the victims were killed for 
sacrifice, so called as gliding or passing 
through the flesh ; once in Plur. D"D>r2 
Ezra 1, 9. Syr. tes, Rabb. ΕΝ 


knife ; hence r. wes to shave the hair, 
comp. M772 "33h. 

mips f¢ plur. (r. mm) braids, 
plaits. of hair, Judg. 16, 13. 19; so all the 
ancient versions. The idea of braiding 
differs little from that of changing, inter- 
changing, see the root in Pi. and Hiph. 
no. 1; and a trace of it is found also in 


9 33 
’ Arab. wees twistéd, convolute. 


misma £ plur. (τ. 72M) costly or fes- 
tive garments, holiday clothes, which 
are put off at home, Is. 3,22. Zech. 3, 4. 
Comp. Arab. o> exuit vestem, veste 


ss] ο 
solemni donavit; XeL& a costly gar- 
ment. 
mpm f(r. 
sls riphm. 
J. smoothness ; hence a slipping away, 


Pen) ὁ. suff. "np>M 


556 


Sem. 24, 24. ὍΠΏΞ 85 not for price, 





. Tar 


escape, comp. the root Hiph. no. 2. So 
in pr. n. Mipsis >>0 the rock of es 
capes, 1 Sam. 23, 28. a) 

2. division, class, course ; spec. of the 
24 classes of the Levites and priests, 
ἐφημερίαι, κλῆροι, 1 Chr. 24,1. 28, 18. 
2 Chr. 8, 14. 31,2. 35,4. al. Also of the - 
people of Israel, Josh. 11, 23. 12. 7. 18, 
10. Ez. 48,29; of an army 1 Chr. 27, 
1 sq. 


pea Chald. id. only plur. ΠΡ; 
courses of the Levites, Ezra 6, 18. | 


mm τη. (r. nbn no.1) 1A string- ᾿ 
ed instrument, κιϑάρα, cithara, i.e. a 
lyre, guitar, eccoripenial by the voice, | 
Ps. 53, 1. 88,1. Comp. Eth. ASAP 
song, also κιϑάρα, see Vers. Aithiop. 
Gen. 4, 21. | 

2. Mahalath, pr.n.f. a) The daugh- 
ter of Ishmael, the wife of Esau, Gen. 
28, 9. Ὁ) The wife of Rehoboam, 
2 Chr. 11, 18. 


“noha Meholathite, gent. ἢ. from 
m>ina bax, see >ax IL. ἃ, 2Sam. 91, 8. 


PUNTA Ps. 55, 22, commonly taken 
as a noun ‘detivel from “Nm curdled | 
milk, q. ἃ. milky words, but against the © 
context.—Better, if we take MIN as 
for ΓΝ ΓΙ or Miata (as Cod. R. 368), 
Hirek or Tsere being changed to Pa- 
tah on account ‘of the foll. Hateph- — 
Patah ; comp. Ὑπὸ for 8 Judg. 5, 
28, "ΩΤ" for “nom Ps. 51, 7, and the 
li ke: and then we may rendiér, smoother 
than curds of milk is his mouth. Chald. 
and Symm. also take the Mem here for — 
2 ; and this accords too with the paral- 
lelism. So Kimchi. 


"ΩΤ Ὡ m..constr. 72172; plur.B"72m2, ὦ 
constr. ΠΏ. R. ἼΞΠ. 

1. desire ; then thing desired, a de- 
light, 6. g. 47292 ‘Warva the desire, de- 
light, of thine eyes, 1K. 20,6. Ez. 24, 16. 
Is. 64, 10. Hos. 9, 16 the delights of their 
womb, i. e. their dearest offspring. 

2. loveliness, Cant. 5, 16. 

3. something precious, costly, plur. Joel 
4, 5. 2 Chr. 36, 19. Is. 64, 10. Lam. 
1, 10. 


D°T217'2 m. plur. (τ. M21) sometring 
precious, costly, Lam. 1, 7; also fully 
written o°797"2 v. 11 Cheth. 














ΟΠ, 


ΦΏΓΡΩ m. (1. 5271) constr. bana, pr. 
abject of pity, sympathy ; then of love 
and affection, a delight; Ez. 24, 21 
ὈΞΩΞ9 sme the delight of your seul 
The prophet employs the word in an 
unusual signification, for the sake of 
paronomasia in the nouns 772m and 
>2n2; comp. DWH] xw2 v. 25 in the 
same context. 


MBM f. see τ. yan Hiph. 


37792 (τ. 427) usually mase. but fem. 
Gen. 32,9. Ps. 27,3; constr. 727; sing. 
c. suff. 32M Deut. 23, 15. 29, 10; 
m272m72 Am. 4,10; of 2m2 Num. 5, 3. 
Josh. 10, 5. 11, 4. Judg. 8, 10; perh. ida 
1 Sam. 17, 1. 53. 28, 1. 29, 1 (comp. 
Heb. Gr. § 91. 9. δὴν Which’ last pas- 
sages the ancient interpreters and 
Kimchi take as in the plural; see in 
Ay. For the plur. see after no. 2. 

1. an encampment, camp, either of 
troops Josh. 6, 11. Judg. 7, 10 sq. 8, 11. 
12. 1 Sam. 4, 3. 14, 15. 19; or of noma- 
des Gen. 32, 21. Ex. 14,19; and so of 
the encampment of the Israelites in the 
desert Ex. 32,19. 26. Lev. 14,18. Num. 
4.5.15. 5,2. 10, 34. 11, 9. 30. 31. al. sep. 
—Hence 

2. an army, host; >x tor nina Ex. 
14, 19. Josh. 6, 18. 1 Sam. 28, 19; ak 2 
Judg, 7, 15; δὴ ’ 21 Sam, 17, 46. 
28, 5; ponds ‘2 God’s host, of angels 
Gen. 32, 3 (elsewhere Ὁ: Π ΝΞ); 
perli. stan 1 Chr. 12, 22, comp. Dan. 7, 
10; elsewhere of the Israelites 2 Chr. 
14, 12, and poet. of locusts as sent of 
God Joel 2,11. So of any troop, com- 
pany, band, Gen. 33, 8. 50, 9. 

Pivr. with a threefold form: a) 972" 
camps, Num. 13,19. But c. suff. τ 7722, 
my72M2, are in the sing. see aie. 
b) nism τῇ. whence ‘2 73% two camps 
or bands Gen. 32, 8. 11. Num. 2,17. 32. 
1 Sam. 17, 4. Ez. 4. 2. Zech. 14, 156: 
but τοῦτο mir. the camps i. 6. courts of 
Jehovah, where the priests as it were 
encamped, 2 Chr. 31,2. 6) 592m, as 
from a sing. "272 ; comp. 577799 in nina 
Pual. Cant. 7, 1 punan the heavenly 
hosts, as in Gan: 32, 3; i. e. angels 
(nixss). to whom the poet here ascribes 
dances. as elsewhere song, Job 38, 7; 
comp. the pr. ἢ. 072%, which some very 
ineptly apply in Cant. 1. c. 

47* 


557 





Ἷ ma 


JP2T2 (camp of Dan) Mahaneh- 
Dan, pr. n. of a place near Kirjath-jea- 
rim in the tribe of Judah, Judg. 18, 12. 


O°2772 (camps, see ΓΤ Plur. lett. 6, 
according to Gen. 32,3 ‘camps or hosts 
of angels,’) ‘Maiiaerm. pr. n. of a town 
beyond Jordan on the confines of the 
tribes of Gad and Manasseh, afterwards 
assigned to the Levites, Josh. 13, 26. 30. 
21, 38. 2 Sam. 2, 8. 12.29. 17, 24. 27. 
1 K. 2,8. 4,14. [In the same region 
are still the ruins of a place called xiss 
Mahneh ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. 
p- 166.—R. 


Pp: m. (τ. P29) a strangling, parall. 
ΤῊ, Job 7, 15. 


MOM Ps. 46, 2, elsewhere TO m. 
(r. non) constr. MOM, c. suff. "ὍΤΙ Ps. 
62, 8 and "om 71, 7; ὦ refuge, shelter ; 
Is. 25,4 mo nom a refuge from the 
storm. Job 24, 8. Ps. 104, 18. Is. 4, 6. 28,. 
15. 17. Often of God, in various con- 
structions, Prov. 14, 26. Joel 4, 16. Ps. 
46, 2. 71,7. 73, 28. 91, 9. 142, 6. 


pions τη. (τ. DOM) a muzzle, faster - 
ing for the mouth, Ps. 39, 2. 

ΠΟΤ and “Ὁ πὶ. Β. πο π. 

1. want, deficiency, sc. of any particu- 
lar thing; 7237>D 7iOrM2 PX there is no 
want of any thing Judg. 18, 10. 19, 19. 
20; comp. Deut. 15, 8. 

2. want, need, poverty, Prov. 6, 11. 11, 
24, 14,23. 21,5.17 ΠΌΤ WN a poor man. 
22, 16. Plur. Prov. 24, 34, comp. 6, 11. 


MOM (his refuge is Jehovah, r. 
mom) Mahseiah, pr. n. m. Jer. 32, 12. 
51, 59. 


y "ἸΏ fat. 759709 1. to smite through 
and through sc. with a shock, to dash 
in pieces, to crush, e. g. the head of 
any one Ps. 68, 22. 110, 6. Hab. 3, 13; 
the loins Deut. 33,11; the tempies Judg. 
5, 26; enemies Ps. 18, 39. 2 Sam. 22, 39; 
absol. Deut. 32, 39. Job 5,18. Trop. Job 
26, 12 by his wisdom he smiteth through 
(crusheth) the pride sc. of the sea, i. e. 
restrains its proud waves.—Arab. Yas? 
to smite the earth with the foot, to stamp. 

2. to shake, i.e. to move to and fro, to 
stir, as the foot in blood, dipping it in 
blood, Ps. 68, 24 513 439 pron 7292. 
So prob. Num. 24,8 (Israel as victor) 


ὙΠ ἘΠ ΝΒ | ue = 


doth eat up the nations his enemies, he 
doth craunch their bones, Y13" 72) 
(5:3) and shake (stir, dip) his arrows 
in their blood; comp. Ps. 1. 6. Some 
ancient interpreters take SM as in- 
strument: and with his arrows he doth 
crush sc. his enemies; Sept. καὶ ταῖς 
Boliow αὐτοῦ κατατοξεύσει ἐχϑρόν. Vulg. 
-et perforabunt sagittis. Others: his 
(the enemy’s) weapons doth Israel crush. 
—Arab. (4.9 to shake, to agitate, 6. g. 
a bucket in the water, milk in a skin for 
butter; see Schultens de Defect. Ling. 
Heb. p. 75. Origg. Heb. I. p. 100. ad Job 
I. 153, 722.—Hence 


7779 τη. a contusion, wound, Is. 30, 26. 
am m. (r. 33m) a hewing of stones, 


baineried stones, eK 12 AB. 22,6. 2 Chr. 
34, 11. 


mz. f. (τ. mm) the half, Num. 31, 
36. 43. 


PPL f. (τ. mem) 1. the half, Ex. 
0, 13. Num. 31, 30. 42, 47. al. 
2. the middle, sc. of a day, Neh. 8, 3. 


Ἢ Pay) to smite through, to crush, 
once Judg. 5, 26.—Arab. ( §=9 delevit, 
Conj. I, perdidit. Kindred are δὰ, 
nna, yr. 


“WT m. (τ. ~pn) ‘what is known by 
searching,’ the inmost depth, the recesses, 
i.g. "PM no. 2, Ps. 95, 4. 


$3 “ΠΩ obsol. root, i. 4. "2% to buy, to 
sell ; see in 739 [L—Hence ὙΠ price. 

“Wa subst. and adv. 1. to-morrow, 
the morrow, Syr. spaahd , Samar.id. Judg. 
20, 28. 1 Sam. 20, 5. Is. 22, 13, al. ἘΠ 
sma id. Is. 56, 12. Prov. 97, 1. “ina 
for the morrow Num. 11, 18. Esth. 5, 
12; also to-morrow Ex. 8, 6. 19, comp. 
ἐς αὔριον. “2 ΤΣΞ to-morrow about this 
time, see in M3 no. 1. ¢; more fully "72 
mxin ΤΣΞ Josh. 11,6. του δοῦν nrg PPD 
about this time to-morrow or the third 
day. 1 Sam. 20, 12, as Vulg. Chald. well; 
others here join together mvsben “ΠΏ, 
as if crastinum tertium, the day after to- 
morrow, but less well; so Syr. 
' 2. in time to come, hereafter, Ex. 13, 
14. Josh. 4,6. 21. ὙΠῸ Diva id. Gen. 
3), 33. Comp. ΤΠ, 





Nore. This word seems not to come 
from τ. “ὙΠ, but is rather connected — 
closely with r. "78. Not indeed for 
"ΤΙΝ as if from Pi. “MN ; but it comes 
more prob. from ὙΠ fi, and mane 
from MAMN BAT. contr. "m9, MIM; as 
in Targ. Jonath. often sone, Wr, 
see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. p. 941. In the 
2 therefore we have a vestige of Di*.. 
See more in Thesaur. p. 784. 


ASIA Γ (τ. 82m) cloaca, a sink, 
privy, 2 K. 10, 27 Cheth. 

MOM and MW f. (τ. wom) 1 
Sam. 13, 20, two agricultural cutting 
instruments, one of which perhaps is the 
plough-share, and the other the coulter. 
The plur. of both is ΤΊ ms v.21.—For 
the form of oriental ploughs, see Paulsen 
Ackerbau d. Morgenlander p. 52. Nie- 
buhr’s Deser. of Arabia p. 155 Germ. 
On the Egyptian plough, see Deser. de 
Egypte I. Plates 70, 71. 


HM" ἢ (see “ΤΙ note) constr. PIM, 
6. suff, ANIM, the morrow, to-morrow, 
once with. Din, vis. marvan Cn the day 
of the morrow, to-morrow, Num. 11, 32. 
Elsewhere nam (comp. 725) Tou. 4, 
7, Dr IN) 1 Sam. 30, 17 (the suff. is 
pleon.) ‘and more freq. moma, on the 
morrow, the next day, Gen. 19, 84. Ex. 
9, 6. Num. 17, 6. 23. Josh. 5, 12. Judg. 
6, 38. al. mamaa> even unto the mor- 
row Lev. 23,16. With genit. Bi mom 
the morrow of that day, the day afier, 
1 Chr. 29, 21. Lev. 23, 11. 15. 16 mom 
ἈΞῈΠ the day after the sabbath. Num. 
33, 3. 1 Sam. 20, 27. 


SWI m. (Ὁ. LYM) α peeling, decorti- 
cation, adverbially Gen. 30, 37. 

Mt and MAW f. Ex. 35, 33. 
2 Chr. 2, 13; constr. M3um2, c. suff. 
inst; plur. Mistn2, constr. Nise. 
R. avin. 

1. work of art or skill, see the root no. 
1. Ex. 31,4. 35, 32. 33. 35. 2 Chr: 26, 15. 

2. counsel, purpose. plan, what one 
meditates or has devised, 2 Sam. 14, 14. 
Job 5, 12. Ps. 33, 10.11. Prov. 15, 22. al. 
So of God’s counsels, Ps. 40, 6. 92, 6. Jer. 
29, 11. Mie. 4, 12.—Gen. 6, 5 every ima- 
gination "35 mint of the purposes of 
his heart, which his heart has medi- 
tated; comp. 1 Chr. 28, 9. 29, 18.—Spee. 











τον rn 
of wicked counsels, devices, machinations, 
as is ‘2 Prov. 6, 18. Is. 59, 7. Jer. 4,14; 
neo 2 Ez. 38, 10. Esth. 9. 25; τ μία, 
Esth. 8, 3. 5. For the phrase “2 aun 
868 in sein no. 3. ὁ. 


FON m. (r. FE) darkness 15. 29, 15. 
Ps. 88, 19 Fw "33772 my acquaintances 
are in darkness, i. e. are lost from my 
sight.—Plur. 0°>m darknesses, i. e. 
dark places, Ps. 88,7 . 74,20 pS "DEN 
the dark places of the earth. Spec. of 
Sheol, Ps. 143, 3. Lam. 3, 6. 


D2 (apoc. for nana taking, grasp- 
ing, τ. Om) Mahath, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 6, 
20. 2 Chr. 29, 12. 31,13. See niany. 


OAM f. (τ: ΠΡ) plur. ΡΠ 1. ἃ 
Sire-pan, fire-shovel, censer, in which 
coals were taken up and incense kindled, 
Lev. 16, 12. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 16, 
6. sq. 1 K. 7, 50. al. 

2. Plur. snuff-dishes, trays, Ex. 25, 38. 
37, 23; Sept. ὑποϑέματα, Vulg. vasa, 
ubi que emuncta sunt, exstinguantur. 
This accords with the context, which 
treats of the lamps. 


IMI f. (τ. mom) pr. a breaking in 
pieces ; hence 

1. destruction, ruin, Prov. 10. 14. 13, 
3. 18, 7.. Ps. 89, 41. 

2. consternation, terror, Prov. 10, 15. 
29. 21, 15. Is. 54, 14. Jer. 17,17; comp. 
48, 39. 


Man) f(r.) @ breaking in, sc. 
of a thief by night, Ex. 22, 1. Jer. 2,34. 


012 m. (for mw, τ. [129 ; as ῬΣῺ for 
nbz) inclination, doaveteion: a low 
place ; only with He local ἃ m2, which 
see below. 


DM see vin. 


* O72 Chald. Dan. 4, 25, 109 7, 
13. 22; comp. Heb. 832, in which how- 
ever the usus loquendi differs. Freq. in 
the Targg. 

1. to come to any place or person, c. > 
Dan. 6, 24.25; 43 7, 13. 

2. to reach to, c. > Dan. 4, 8. 17. 19. 

3. to come, to come on, as time Dan. 
7, 22; with >3 to come upon any one, to 
happen to him, Dan. 4, 21. 25. 


NDNOD m. a bi oom, besom, Is. 14, 23; 
see SUN under art. 2° p. 365. 


559 





ria 
M2072 m. (r. ns) slaughter, Is. 14,21, 


MQ m. but ἢ Mic. 6, 9, prob. Hab. 
3,9; constr. MB, Ὁ. se. Inw., ΤῺ; 
plan mica Num. a3 16. Josh. 14, in 2s 
once 6. suff. "272 Hab. 3,14. ΒΕ. πῶ»... 

1. a branch, bough, diva, Ex. 19, 11 
sq. So called from its stretching or ex- 
tending itself, comp. 7W°2? from ww). 

2. a rod, staff, for walking, supporting 
oneself, Gen. 38, 35 (comp. Hdot. 1. 195). 
Ex. 4, 2.4.17. 7, 15 sq. Num. 17, 21 sq. 
1 Sam. 14, 43; with which grain is 
beaten out Is. 28, 27; espec. for chas- 
tisement, Is. 10, 5. 15. 24. 9,3 Yaaw mB" 
the rod of his back, with which he is 
beaten. 14, 5. 30, 32. Ez. 7, 11 canna 
59. muad op the violence (of the ene- 
my) is risen up for a rod of wickedness, 
i.e. to chastise it. v. 105220 YX the 
rod hath blossomed, sc. for your chastise- 
ment. Hab.3,9 72% ning misas sworn 
are the rods of his word, i. e. the prom- 
ised chastisements, he hath sworn the 
overthrow of his eneiatew but more in 
accordance with the parallelism the Syr. 
reads mizaw i.e. sated are the spears 
sc. with blood, a song! Mic. 6,9 52728 

22 heur ye the rod, the chastisement, 
aS tow een ΠΡ no? “as to 
break the staff of bread, i. e. to cause a 
dearth of bread, which the Hebrews call 
also ‘the strenatheser of the heart’ 
(see in 120), pr. therefore i. q. to break 
the staff of life, which bread is, Lev. 26, 
26. Ps. 105, 16. Ez. 4, 16. 5, 16. 14, 13. 
—Spec. for a) ascepire ofaking Ps. 
110, 2; hence as an emblem of power, 
empire, Jer. 48,17. b) a spear, lance, 
1 Sam. 14, 27. Hab. 3, 14. 

3. a tribe of Israel, (pr. a branch, no. 
1,) i. gq. 228, Num. 34, 11. 15. 36, 3, 4, 
ἊΣ m7 Num. 1, 49; saan “2 Num. 
13, 2 sq. Josh. 20, 8 sq. 21, 4; also 
yisaT "3a mua, 1 733 Ἔν; Num. 34 
20. 22. 24 sq. Josh. 13, 29. 18, 11. al. 
rivet wx the heads of the tribes 


1K.8,1; τ: ΤῚΣ τῷ δα the heads 


of the fathers (families). ‘of the tribes, 
Josh. 14, 1. 21, 1. 


M72 (Milél) adv. from 2 q. v. with 
τι loc. down, downwards, beneath. Deut. 
28, 43. Prov. 15. 24. Opp. 4322 up- 
wards, above. With Prefixes: 

a) 2722 αἱ) down, downward, Deut. 


ΓΙ 


28, 18. Ez. 1,27. 8, 2..Ecc. 3, 21.3) 
below, beneath, 2 K. 19, 30. Jer. 31, 37. 
1 Chr. 27, 23 twenty years old 224 
and under. With ja Ezra 9, 13 mwa 
422139 below our guilt, less than our sins 
deserve. 

b) ΠΡ from below, underneath, 
(opp. 72325 from above, above,) Ex. 
26, 24. 27,5. 28,27. 36, 29. 38, 4. 39, 
20. 


ΓΘ f. (τ. m2) constr. M22, plur. 
mina; comp. Gr. κλίνη from κλένω. 

1. a bed. genr. Gen. 47, 31. 48, 2. 49, 
33. Ex. 7, 28. al.—So for reclining at 
table, Esth. 1,6. Ez. 23, 41; for ease 
arid: quiet, a couch, divan, Am. 3, 12. 
6, 4, 1 Sam. 28, 23. Esth. 1, 6. 7. 8. 
Prov. 26, 14. 

2. a litter, palanquin, Cant. 3, 7. 

3. a bier, for dead bodies, 2 Sam. 
3, 31. 


MO m. (pr. part. Hoph. τ. 2) 1. a 
spreading out, expansion, plur. Mn" Is. 
8. 8. 

2. a stretching, bending, wresting of 
right, i. e. wrong, iniquity, sing. Ez. 9, 9. 


mdi see πρῶ. 


MO" m. (τ. M52) @ spinning, i. 6. 
thing spun, Ex. 35, 25. 


| aera m. a hammered bar, as of iron, 
once Job 40,18. R. dun. 


. 2072 to draw out, to make long, 
kindr. with 55%; hence to forge, to ham- 


mer sc. iron. Arab. part. Joby ham- 
mered iron. 


ΤΩ m. (τ. you) plur. prow, 
constr. "720 Is. 45, 3. 

1. Place where any thing is hidden 
under ground, espec. a subterranean cell, 
storehouse for grain. Jer. 41,8. Such 
subterranean storehouses for grain are 
still common in Palestine; see Bibl. 
‘Res. in Palest. II. p. 354, 385. 

2. hidden stores. hid treasure, sc. un- 
der ground, Prov. 2, 4. Job 3, 21. Is. 45, 
3. So genr. treasure, Gen. 43, 23. 


YO m. (τ. 522) constr. 282; plur. 
constr. "5072 Mic. 1,6; a planting, plan- 
tation, Ez. 17,7. 34, 29. Is. 61, 3. 60, 21 
Keri: "2072 722 the branch of my plant- 
wg, planted by me. 


560 





“073 ἐς 


D°AYN2 m. plur. (r. 032) Gen. 27, 
4, and niayva f. plur. Prov. 23, 3. 6, 
dainties, savoury dishes. A. Schultens 
ad Prov. |. c. remarks that the Arab. 
9 ae - 

is used espec. of dishes from the 
flesh of animals taken in hunting, which 
the nomades esteem a great delicacy. 
This accords well with Gen. ].c. Comp. 
his Epist. 2 ad Menk. p. 78. 


HMO ᾧ (τ. ΠΕ.) Ruth 3, 15, plur 
nino Is. 3,22, a wide upper garment 
of a woman, a manile, cloak. See 
Schroeder de Vestitu mulier. Heb. c. 16. 


᾿ O72 in Kal not used, to rain, as 
Chald. Syr. Arab. be. 

Hien. to rain, i. 8. to give or send rain, 
so God, Gen. 2, 5. 7,4. Am. 4, 7; the 
clouds Is. 5, 6 (here more fully ΘΠ 
"0); with >> upon any thing, Am. Is. 
l.c. Trop. of other things which God 


sends down from heaven in the manner — 


of rain; as hail Ex. 9, 18. 23; lightning 
Ps. 11,6; fire and brimstone Gen. 19, 24. 
Ez. 38, 22; manna Ex. 16, 4. Ps. 78, 24. 
Constr. with acc. of the thing rained 
down, and ἘΣ wpon any thing, see the 
passages cited above. Once with 3 of 
the thing rained down, Job 20, 23; see 
in ἘΠ. 

Nieu. to be rained upon, Am. 4, 7. 

Deriv. pr. n. "02 and 


“272 m. constr. "22, plur. constr. 
ninua Job 37.6; rain, Ex. 9. 33. Deut. 
11,17. al. by ὙΩ 105 10 give or send 
rain upon any one, so of God 1 Sam. 12, 
17. 18. 1 K.8,36. 2 Chr. 6,27.al. Also 
ἼΣΟΝ [Le the rain of thy land, i. e. ne~ 
cessary for watering the ground, Deut. 


28, 12. 24. 11, 14; and so ΣΙ “Ὁ Is. 


30, 23. To the rain is compared pleas- 
ing and flowing discourse Deut. 32, 2 
comp. Job 29, 23; also gentle and be- 
neficent rule Ps. 72, 6. 


7102 (propelling, τ. 772) Matred, pr. 
n. f. Gen. 36, 39. 


M1072 Εἰ also 87H Lam. 3, 12. RK. 
"3. | 

1. place of guard, i. e. a prison, jail 
Neh. 3, 25. i2, 39. Jer. 32, 2.8. 33, 1. al. 

2. scope, aim, hence mark to shoot at 


a 








Biers) 


{see the root no. 3; like Gr. σκοπός from 
σκέπτομαι,) 1 Sam. 20, 20. Job 16, 12. 
Lam. 3, 12. 


WO (for Mya, rain of Jehovah) 
pr. ἢ. m. Matri, 1 Sam. 10, 21. 


2 for δ" (τ. Ni where see) a sing. 


not in use, water. The only vestige of 


it is in the pr. n. "23NN (brother of wa- 
ter), Eth. QB, Zab. ud Norb. Lex. ed. 
119.—Hence 

Piur. 0°, constr. "2 and rarely 
970770 , (comp. on such reduplicated forms 
Ewald’s Krit. Gram. p. 508. n.) c. suff. 
ἼΔΩ, F772, ὙΠ ἸΏ, OI, with 4 
local nasa Ex. 7, 15. 8, 16; walers, 
water, comp. Chald. x2, Syr. Lis, 
—s0.— Sometimes the hast Dp" is 
found where we should expect the con- 
struct, as pm> 0% 1K. 22, 27. Is. 80. 
20; also 09393 ὉΠ waters to the knees 
ΕΖ. 47, 4, comp. 072" "72 waters to the 
loins, which immediately follows ; see 


_ Heb. Gr. § 114. n. 6.—Joined with plur. 


adjectives; D°°M ὉΠ living water Gen. 
26. 19. Lev. 14, 5.50. ὉΠ D2 con- 
secrated water Num. 5, 17. ΘΠΞῚ ὉΠ 
Ps. 18,17. With verbs plural, Gen. 7, 
19. 8.5. Ez. 47,1. So also with verbs 


sing. not only where the verb precedes, — 


Gen. 9,15. Num. 20, 2. 24, 7. 33, 14. 2 
K. 3, 9; but sometimes where it fol- 
lows, Num. 19, 13. 20. Coupled also 
with a suff. sing. fem. Job 14, 19; see 
Heb. Gr. ὃ 143. 3.—Spoken of the waters 
of the ocean Ps. 18,6, comp. 2 Sam. 22, 
16; of the waters above the firmament 
Gen. 1, 7. Ps. 29, 3. 104, 3. 148,45; of 
water held in the clouds Job 26, 8. Ps. 
18, 12; of rain Job 5. 10, etc.—Joined 
with the name ofa place, it denotes wa- 
ters situated near that place, a fountain, 
stream, torrent, lake, marsh, etc. So 
i739 72 Judg. 5, 19, either the river Ki- 
shon or a stream flowing into it; so of 
fountains, 59773} 772 Jer. 48,34, Ma Ὁ Δ, 
mind3-"72., ving) 73°72 Sask: 15, ¥3 ἄξει 
brook, on "Ὦ Josh. 16. 1, 18 “2 Is. 
15, 9. pina "2 (q. v.) of a lake or 
sanyo ; comp. Bx "72" the waters 
of Eeypt Ex. 7, 19. 8.2. bene n7n"707>2 
2K. 5,12. m3 Ἢ the waters of Noah, 
the deluge, Is. 54, 9. 

Trop. a) 8X1 72 water of poppies, 


561 





“A 


i.e. the juice, Jer.8,14. Ὁ) ὉΠ 85 49% 
water of the feet Is. 36,12 Keri, by eu- 
phemism for wrine, like Syr. 3: as 


Talmud. p35 "2"; Pers. wy’ οἵ, 
Engl. to-make water. 6) the waler of 
aman is put for the semen virile, i. q. 
sat; comp. Arab. #Le id. Kor. 86. 5. 
Pers. ating WI aqua dorsi. Is. 48, 1 
who have come , forth from the waters of 
Judah, are his offspring, Num. 24, 7. Ps. 
68, 27. But not improb. for the word 
“a2 should here be read 8, comp. 
Gen. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 7, 12. 16, 11. 

In poetry, water is an euiblem : a) Of 
multitude, abundance, Ps. 79,3. 88, 18. Is. 
11,9. Hab. 2,14. §) Of great and over- 
whelming dangers, Ps. 18,17 he drew 
me out of many waters. 32, 6. 69, 2. 3. 
16. Job 27,20. Comp. also many exam- 
ples from the Arabian and Greek poets, 
in Dissertatt. Ludg. p. 960.sq. y) OF 
terror, Josh. 7, 5 the heart of the people 
melted 22> "7175 and became as water. 


8,2 
Comp. Arab. se water-hearted, timo- 


rous. Opp. is a heart like stone, Job 41, 
16. 6) Of weakness, debility, Ps. 22,15 
Iam poured out like water. ε) Of lust, 
as likened to boiling water, Gen. 49, 4. 

Further, as found in proper names: 

aa) mt % (water i. 6. lustre of gold. 
comp. Arab. 2Le) pr. ἢ. m. Me-zahab, 
Gen. 36, 39. 

bb) 7p 2 (waters of yellowness) 
Me-jarkon, a town of the Danites, prob. 
so called from a fountain or stream in the 
vicinity, Josh. 19, 46. 

cc) Mime2-"2 Waters of Nephtoah 
(opening), a fountain in the tribe of Ju- 
dah, south-west of Jerusalem, Josh. 15,9. 
18,15. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. II. p. 334. 

In other pr. names, "3 with its gen. 
coalesces into one word, as 8372 q. Vv. 


“a a primitive personal pronoun. 

1. Interrog. τίς; who? pr. of persons, 
as M2 of things. For the correlatives 
"I, SWI, 5,3, see in"D A. In the kin- 
dred languages the Eth. alone has 093 
mi, but in the sense of what? spoken of 


things; Aram. 772, 72, -ἰο, Arab. Cpe 


—Gen. 24, 65. mths Bonn 2 who ts this 
man? Ruth 3, 9 ὮΝ 79 "who art thou? 


ars 562. 


Cant. 6,10. Also where the question 


respects several, (Arab. oy.) Gen. 


33,5 mx "2 who are these? Is. 60, 8; 
here too for the sake of exphiitiion. we 
find "725 "72, Ex. 10,8 D725 521 "7 who 
are the going? whoshall go? comp. Eth. 
P%, OFF, AFTAR", quinam vos? 
Lud. Lex. p. 80.—More rarely it refers 
to things, but so that the idea of person 
or persons is included. Gen. 33, 8 ἢ "Ὁ 
"II Mpma~>> who to thee (what to thee) 
are all these bands? Judg. 9, 28 BS) "2 
ἸΣΊΞΣ2 "D who (what) are the Shechem- 
ites, that we should serve them? 13, 17 
yo "2. 1Sam. 18, 18 "2m 7297558 49. 
Mic, 1,5 M377 ming 98.,.p99 swE A, 
i.e. hac’ is ‘(the author of ) the acre 
sion of Jacob... who (the authors of ) the 
high places of Judah? 

Specially to be noied are the follow- 
ing uses: a) Put in the gen. as "2 ΓΞ 
the daughter of whom? whose daugh- 
ter? Gen. 24, 23. 47. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 17, 
55. Jer. 44,28. With prefixes marking 
the other cases: "09 cui? to whom? 
Gen. 32,18. 38,25; for plur. Ex. 32, 24; 
on account of whom? Jon. 1,3. "Ὥστ 
whom? 1 Sam. 12, 3. 28,11; "aa Ez. 
32,19; 3.1K. 20,14; "275d, ete. Ὁ) 
For the Lat. quis eorum? Engl. who of 
or among them? is put tia 2 Is. 48, 
14; or 12, Judg. 21, 8 “yawn IHR "7 
byes what one among the tribes ‘of Is- 
rael? c) Put also in an indirect interro- 
gation, after a verb of knowing, Gen. 
43, 22. Ps. 39,7; of seeing 1 Sam. 14, 
17; of pointing out, 1K. 1,20. 4) As 
made intensive, in the phrases Mt 72, 
(RAT OAPI 2, see SIT OY. e) Often 
where Ἐν ραν ἢ ΤΟΣ a negative 
answer, so that the interrogative form 
assumes almost a negative power. Num. 
23, 10 YON MES 22% who can count 
the dust of the earth? i.e. no one. Is. 
53, 1 ἸΏΝ 7 who hath believed? 1. 6. 
no one, few. 51, 19. Also with fut. Job 
9, 12 77287 77 who will say? who would 
gay? (comp. τίς ἄν with Opt.) for, no one 
will say. Prov. 20,9. Ecc. 8,4. 2 Sam. 
16,10. With part. in the formula 2717 772 
who knoweth? for no one knoweth, Ps. 
90, 11. Ecc. 2, 19, (opp. 279 N8> "ἢ Job 
19, 9,) in the sense of the Lat. nescio an, 

e. perhaps, see 515 no. 5. 88. ; also un- 





Ta ᾿ 


expectedly, suddenly, see ibid. no. 1. a, 
Put also with a following noun by way 
of disparagement and contempt; Judg. 
9, 28 Fb7=8 "Ὁ who is Abimelech, that 
we should serve him? Ex. 3, 11 "238 79 


MY Ww"dy JPN "D who am J, that I should ' 


go ‘unto Pharaoh ? for, I am not the 
proper man to go to his, f) With fut. 
it often expresses wish, longing. 2 Sam. 
15, 4 ὉΒ 722m" "2 sh will make me 
judge’ 2 i.e. Oh that I were made judge! 
Is. 27,4 ἌΣ "72 who will give to me? 
i. 6. Oh that I might have! Judg. 9, 29. 
Ps. 53,7. 55, 7. Job 29,2. Hence jm *72 
is a usual formula in wishing, see 4m? 
no. 1. i. 

2. Indefinite, whoever, any one who, 
Ex. 24, 14 ommby way ὈΠΛΉΞῚ bya "Ὦ 
whoever has a ‘suit, let him come to them. 
Judg. 7, 3 32 ΤΣ NT 7 whoever is 
timid. and fear, ful, let him return. Prov. 
9,4. Kec. 5,9. Is. 54,15. In Gr. and 
Lat. this may properly be rendered by 
et τις, st quis, Eng. tf any one.—2 Sam. 
18, 12 "33 "9 472 take care of the 
young man every one of you. With "x, 
Ex. 32, 33 YM “ON 72 whosoever hath 
sinned. 2 Sam. 20, 11. Comp. Syriac 


? «(ο. 

Nore. Sometimes "2 is said to be 
put as an adv. for how? in what way? 
like 772 B. 3. But in all the examples 
given, it is better to retain the common 
signification’ Am. 7, 2.5 apo" paps “Ὁ 
pr. who shall Jacob stand, concisely for, 
Who is Jacob, that he should stand? sc. 
under these calamities. Comp. the for- 
mulas above in no. 1. 6. Is. 51,19 "7 
228 for the fuller ΠΣ 72 ἼΞΌΝ 77. 

Proper names beginning with "2, as 
ἘΝ ΘΛ, ΓΞ, M75", etc. see below in 
their places. 


827") (waters of quiet, τ. X59) Me- 
deba, pr. n. of a city of the Reubenites, 
situated on a plain of the sume name, 
Num. 21, 30. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 1 Chr. 19, 
7. It was afterwards reckoned to Moab, 
Is. 15, 2. Gr. ΜἭηδαβά, Mydu8y, My- 
dave, see 1 Macc. 9, 36. Jos. Ant. 13. 1. 
4,9. ib. § 1. Euseb. ἢ. ν. Reland Pa- 
lestina p. 893. At the present day 
ruins, called Médeba, are found in that 
region; Burckhardt’s Tray. in Syria 
etc. p. 365 sq. 








- 


"7 5 


‘T72 (love, τ. 732) pr. n. τὰ, Medad, 
Num. 11, 26. 27. 


DMI" see in m2. 


20) τη. (τ. 30") the good, and with 
genit. the best of any thing, the best part. 
1Sam. 15, 9.15 jX2m 327 the best of 
the flocks. Ex. 22,4 aga ANY an 
j27> the best of his own field, and the 
best of his own vineyard. Gen. 47, 6 
VIN Ξ 23 in the best part of the land. 
v.11. Sept. ἐν τῇ rte yi, Vulg. in 
optimo loco. 


N32 see ΓΞ lett. b. 


2822 (who like God?) Michael, pr. 
n-m. a) One of the seven archangels, 
the advocate of Israel with God, Dan. 
10, 13.21. 12,1. Gr. Μιχαήλ Rev. 12, 7. 
b) 1 Chr. 27,18. c)2Chr. 21,2. ἃ) 
Others, Num. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 5, 13. 14. 6, 
25. 7, 3. 8, 16. 12, 20. Ezra 8, 8. 


29 (for 147277, who like Jehovah 7) 
Micah, Sept. Mizaiac, pr.n.m. a) The 
sixth among the twelve minor prophets, 
surnamed "Mw at q. v. Mic. 1,1. Jer. 
26, 18 Keri, where Cheth. has 77372. 


b) 2 Chr. 34, 20, for which in 2 Καὶ. 22, 


12 95%. c) and d) see 17°37 a, Ὁ. 
e) and f) see 1793"9 a, b. 


W122 see in 17279 lett. Ὁ. 


m2 (who like Jehovah?) Micaiah, 
pr.n.m. a) See M3"2-a,b. Ὁ) Neh. 
12, 35, i. ᾳ. 8372 il, 17.22. ὁ) Neh. 
12, 41. 


WwI"D (id.) Micaiah, pr. n. 8) 
A commander under Jehoshaphat, 2 
Chron. 17, 7. Ὁ) The wife of Reho- 
boam, daughter of Uriel, 2 Chr. 13, 2; 
but comp. 2 Chr. 11, 21. 22. 1K. 15, 2, 
where the same wife of Rehoboam and 
mother of Abijah is called Maachah, 

maz, the daughter of Absalom. 


WI" (id.) Micaiah, pr.n. a)A 
I.evite who set up idol-worship in the 
tribe of Dan, Judg.17, 1.4. Also more 
shortly called 53°72, ν. δ. 8. 9. 10. al. Ὁ) 
A prophet in the age of Jehoshaphat 
and Ahab, the son of Imlah, 1 K. 22, 8. 
2Chr. 18, 7; called also M3" v. 24, 
and 5" v. 8 Cheth. c) Jer. 36, 
11. 13. ͵ 


09. 





Ὅτ 


Ki 2270 m. (τ. 523) a brook ; 2 Sam. 
17, 20 nant 5392 the brook of water, 
rivulet. Sept. μέκρον τοῦ ὕδατος. 


IL. 55:5. (contr. for >8272, q. v.) 
Michal, pr. n. of the daughter of Saul, 
the wife of David, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 19, 11 
sq. 2 Sam. 6, 16 sq. 


ὩΣ constr. "2 waters, see under "72. 


T°) (a dextra, unless it is rather 
for j72722,) Mijamin, pr. n.m. a) | 
Chr. 24,9. b) Ezra 10, 25. Neh. 10, 8. 
12,5; also 1.252} Minjamin 12, 17. 41. 


1 m. (r. 132) Lat. species, i. 6. form, 
but also kind, sort, Engl. species, comp. 
Gr. ἰδέα, which also denotes form and 
kind. Only with suffixes: {27725 , 1m27%} , 
according to its kind, Gen. 1, 11. 12. 21. 
25. Lev. 11, 15. 16. r2a> Gen. I, 24. 
25. Plur. once enn Gen. 1,21. Syr. 


[au family, tribe. 
M272 nurse, Part. Hiph. r. P29 q. v. 


702 2 K. 16,18 Cheth. a very doubt- Ὁ 
ful orthography for 35% q. v. 


ΓΞ Josh. 21, 37. Jer. 48, 21, also 
MYL} Josh. 12, 18, (splendour, r. 35%, or 
perh. lofty place, hill,) Mephaath, pr. n. 
of a Levitical. city in the tribe of Reu- 
ben, afterwards belonging to Moab, Jer. 
l. c. where Cheth. ὩΣΒΊΩ. 


ΥΩ τὰ. (τ. 712) pressure, Prov. 30, 
33 ter. 


xo (retreat, r. 32) Mesha, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 8, 9. 


280 (who is what God is? from 
"2, Ὃ, >8, comp. 58272) Mishael, pr. 
n.m. a) Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. Ὁ) 
One of the companions of Daniel, Dan. 
1, 6. 2, 17, afterwards called 7 =i, c) 
Neh. 8, 14. 


WW m. and Ἢ Ὁ Ps. 47,7. R. 7s. 

1. evenness; hence a level region, 
plain, 1 K. 20, 23.25. Is.40. 4. 42, 16. al. 
Trop. Ps. 26, 12. 27,11. 143, 10.—With 
the art. Niwivan, xut ἐξοχήν, the plain in 
the tribe of Reuben near the city 82772, 
Deut. 3, 10. 4,43. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 17. 21. 
20, 8. Jer: 48, 21; of the plain of Judah 
2 Chr. 26, 10. So Jerusalem is called 
“art ΠΣ the rock of the plain Jer. 21,13. 
Trop. peace, concord Mal. 2, 6, where 


ἸῺ 


it 15 coupled with ni>ws; see in 8 
no. 1. 

2. equity, righteousness, Ps. 45, 7. 67, 
5. Is. 11, 4. 


JW Chald. pr. n. Meshach, see 
brine lett. b. Dan. 1, 6. 2,49. 3, 12. 


Pers. sls x¥ guest of the Shah. 


YA (deliverance, r. 59) Mesha, 
pr. ἢ. of a king of Moab, 2 K. 8; 4. 


"2" (id.) Meshar, pr. n. of a son of 
Caleb, 1 Chr. 2, 42. 


WW" τὰ. (τ. 125) only in plur. 270, 
once 5°92 Prov. 1, 3. 

1. evenness, smoothness, of a way Is. 
26, 7, as in the other clause. Adv. 
m-7u22 Prov. 23, 31, and owned 
Cant. "Ἢ 10, in sinoothnesis smoothly. 
Trop. fat peace, concord; Dan. 11, 6 
pga mivs> (0 make peace, lit. to 
make things smooth. 

2. equity, uprighiness, Prov. 1, 3. Ps. 
17, 2. 99, 4. omen LEY to judge 
uprighily, equitably, Ps. 58, 2. 75, 3; 
pywea “Wid. Ps: 9, 9. 98, 9. Also 
uprighiness, sincerity, in speaking or 
acting, Prov. 8, 6. Is. 33, 15. 45, 19. 
Cant. 1, 4. 1 Chr. 29, 17.—R. for the art. 


"WH" see “7. 


EM]. τη, (τ. Ἢ") i. ᾳ. ὍΣ no. 1, only 
in plur. c. suff. ΠΤ ; cords of a tent or 
tabernacle, Num. 3, 37..4, 32. Jer. 10, 20. 
Is. 54, 2. al. strings of a bow Ps. 21, 13. 


29822 and I83°2 m. (r. 5x3) plur. 
p°sk=a, 6. suff. m=k20- Ex: 3, 7, also 
mizks2 Is. 53, 3; pain, Jpb 33, 19.. Ps. 
69, 27. 2 Chr. 6, 29. Metaph. pain of 
rita! sorrow, grief, arising from adver- 
sity, calamity, Ex. 3, 7. Lam. 1, 12. 18. 
Ps. 32; 10. 38, 18. 


"3272 abundance, see r. "32 Hiph. 


22972 (pallium, τ. 722) Machbenah, 
pr. ἢ. ofa Hehde 1 Chr. 2, 49; see jia2. 


"2322 (i. q. "2329 for "23572 what 
like my ney “Mockbanat pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 12, 13. 


232 m. (τ. 533) coarse cloth, i. e. of 
a coarse texture, perh. hair-cloth, cili- 
cium, 2 K.8,15.—The idea of κωνωπεῖον, 
fly-net, proposed by J. D. Michaelis, 
does not seem adapted to the context. 


564 





1273 


2572 m. (r. "2D) constr. "332, ne: 
work, grate, of brass, Ex. 27, 4. 35, 16. — 
38, 4. 5. 30. 39, 39. 


ΓΞ f. (τ. 722) constr. "2; plur. 
mina’, twice B°32 2 K. 8, 29. 9, 15. 

1. a beating, smiting, the act; Is. 30, 
26 inz2 72 the wound of his smiting. 
with which he is smitten. Esth. 9, 5 they 
smote them 3751 32 with the smiting of 
the sword, i. e. with the sword. Jer. 30, 
14. Is. 10,26. 14,6.—Spee. a) a@ kin’. 
ing with ada Deut-25, 3. Ὁ) a beating 
out of grain; so 2 Chr..2,9 Mida DDN 
(in appos.) wheat, the beatings out, i. e. 
wheat beaten out, threshed. But prob. 
it should read: va nda DBM wheat 
as food for thy servants ; as in 1 K. 5, 25 
[11] inna ΓΕΘ ‘m. So Sept. εἰς Δι. 
ματα δέδωκα σῖτον moot σου, Vulg. ser- 
vis tuis dabo in cibaria tritici, ete. 
Syr. id. 

2. a stroke, blow, either as inflicted by 
a rod, Prov. 20, 30. Jer. 30, 17 (comp. Is. 
14, 6) ; or by a sword or other iron in- 
strument, a wound 1 K. 22, 35, Is. 1, 6. 
Jer. 6, 7. Mic. 1, 9. Nah. 3,19. Zech. 13. 
6; where it is sometimes trop. for the 
wounds of the state, as Is. lc Spec: 
strokes, i. e. calamities inflicted of God, 
Lev. 26, 21. Deut. 28, 59. 61. 1 Sam. 4 
8. Jer. 10, 19. 49, 17. al. | , 

3. defeat, slaughter, 1 Sam. 4, 10. 14, 
14; so in the phrase ΓΒ) ΓΙΞῸ B Dn 
to smile with a great slaughter Josh. 10, 
10. 20. Judg. 11, 33. 15, 8. 1 Sam. 6, 19, 


mo f. (τ. 9D) a burning, burnt 
spot on the body, Lev. 13, 24. 25. 28. 


712 m. (τ. >) constr. "9 1. 
foundation, basis, Ps. 89, 15. 97, 2. 
Plur. Ps. 104, 5. 

2. Genr. a place, e. g. the temple Is. 
4, 5. cme 2,68; espec. in the phrases? 
WMse> 113 the place of thy habitation, 
for thee to dwell i in, Ex. 15, 17. 1 Καὶ. 8, 133 
WMSw 113 id. 1K. 8, 39. 43, 495. fiom 
mao Ps. 33,14; and nsw being omitted, 
ἾΞῸΞ in my dvelling-place Is. 18, 4. 


Dan.8,11. Arab. Ke, ιν 


ἜΠΗ. PNY nice spec. temple. 


ΤΙΣ 9 and m2" f: (r. PD) c. suf, 
ΠΙΤ23 Ὁ Zech. 5, 11 (Heb. Gr. § 27. 1) 
plur. meine, mi2d0 








δ: 
io 


13% 


1. ἃ base, stand, for the lavers in 
the court of Solomon’s temple, 1 K. 
᾿ ἢ, 27-40. 

᾿ 2. a place, Zech. 5, 11. Ezra 3, 3; 
comp. 2, 68. 
- 3, Mekonah, pr. n. of a place in the 
tribe of Judah, Neh. 11, 28, situated 
between Vérusalem and Fleatheropolis 
according to Jerome, Onomast. art. Beth- 
_macha. Reland Palest. p. 892. 


M7139 and M729 f. (τ. wD 1) 6. 
suff. onsis@ Ez. 29, 14; plur. 72n552 
10, 3, ΠΣ 21, 355; nativity, birth, 
_ pr. a digging out, a mine, whence met- 
als are dug. The metaphor is here 
drawn from metals (comp. Is. 51, 1), 
as the German Abstammung is drawn 
from plants; comp. also in Engl. ‘a 
genealogical tree.’— Ez. 16, 3. 21, 35. 
29, 14 ompiI=2 ΥΝ >> to the land of 
their birth—The Hebrew interpreters 
take it as i. α. W759 habitation. 


ὙΠ (sold, τ. 22) Machir, pr. n. τὰ. 
a) A son of Manasseh, and father of 
Gilead, Gen. 50, 23. Num. 27, 1; hence 
poet. for that portion of the tribe of 
Manasseh inhabiting Gilead beyond 
Jordan, Deut. 3, 15. Judg. 5,14. Pa- 
tronym. °3% Machirite Num. 26, 29. 
Ὁ) 2 Sam. 9, 5. 17, 27. 


1532 fut. 25, to tumble down, to fall 
in ruins; Chald. and Syr. 422, ySo, id. 
Pa. to depress, to humiliate. Kindred 
are "2, Chald. 98, Arab. JLo to con- 
sume away, to perish. The primary idea 
is that of melting, pining away, comp. 
ῬΡΏ, 3272.—Trop. to be brought low, to 
perish ; Ps. 106, 43 5253 9251. 

Nipu. fut. 373" 10 tumble down, to fall 
in ruins, 6. g. a frame, frame-work, Eee. 
10, 18. 

Horn. plur. 1235 a Chaldaizing form 
for 137257, to be brought low, to Lakin 
Job 24, 24, 


— 


i { 


of a well, to have little water, to have 


muddy seo ade ioe JX , a well of 


this sort; hie a pool with little water. 
Hence 5277 I. 


nin?o0 see in 9227 II. 








48 


565 


ΚΘ obsol. root; Arab. AK spoken 





Jail 


I. ΓΞ f. (τ. 5D) completion, per 
fection, once plur. 2 Chr. 4, 21 mi>ag 
=n1 perfections of gold, i.e. the most 
perfect, purest gold. 


II. 232 m. (for 8>>9, τ. x>D; like 
ΠῚ Ps. 9, 21 for x79) a fold, "sheep 
fold, Hab. 3,17. Plur. constr. mix>>2 
Ps. 50, 9. 78, 70. 


152%) m: (τ. 855) perfection, sc. in 
beauty, splendour, Ez, 23, 12 and 38, 4 
Pipa Ἴ23» clothed in perfection, i. 6: 
splendidly, gorgeously. 


2222 m. (τ. 55D) perfection, sc. of 
beauty, Ps. 50, 2. 


p22 m. plur. (τ. >>) pr. perfee- 
tions, beautiful things; hence costly mer- 
chandise, espec. splendid garments, Ez. 
27, 24; comp. 23, 12. 38, 4. 


m5 £. food, once 1 K. 5, 25 [11], 
contr. for M2582. R. d2x. 


2737222 m. plur. treasures, once Dan. 
11, 43. R. 723 to hide. 


07992 Ezra 2, 27. Neh. 7, 31, 02" 
1 Sam. 13,2. 5. 14, 31. Is. 10, 28, BaD 
Neh. 11, 31, (something hiddden, r. 
02>,) Michmash, pr. n. of a city of 
Benjamin situated on the east of Beth- 
aven, 1 Sam.13,2.5. Gr. Mozyos 1 Mace. 
9, 73; Mazyo Jos. Ant. 13.1.6. Still 
called (wl? Miukhmas, two miles 
N. E. of Geba, with a deep and difficult 
ravine between; see Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. II. p. 115 sq. Comp. 1 Sam. 14, 1. 
5 sq. 

"23'2 m. Is. 51,20, and 2"2 whence 
plur. 5°9%572 Ps. 141, 10, a net, hunter’s 
net. Talmud.id. R. "25 II. 


ΓΘ Is. 19, 8, 6. suff. Ἴ 23 (as 
if from 77222) Hab. 1,15. 16, a net, fish- 
net. R. 722 I. 


W2'2 and WII, see 222. Φ 


ΓΙ ΩΦ Ὁ (perh. hiding-place, τ. m2>) 
Michmethath, pr. n. of a town on the 
confines of Ephraim and Manasseh. 
Josh. 16, 6. 17, 7. 


"372292 (what like the liberal?) for 
"5129 ΠΏ) CMP OREO, pr. ἢ. τῇ. Ezra. 


10, 40. 


0222 m. (r. 022) only in plur. or dual 
constr. "0232, drawers, Vulg. feminalia, 
worn by the Heb. priests in order to 
hide the parts of shame, Ex. 28, 42. 39, 
28. Lev. 6,3. 16, 4. Ez. 44,18. Josephus 
describes them as follows, Ant. 3. 7. 1: 
διάζωμα περὶ τὰ αἰδοῖα ῥαπτὸν ἐκ βύσσου 
κλωστῆς εἰργνύμενον, ἐμβαινόντων εἰς αὐτὸ 
τῶν ποδῶν ὡςπερεὺ ἀναξυρίδας: ἀποτέμνε- 
ται δὲ ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ, καὶ τελευτῆσαν ἃ ἄχρι τῆς 
λαγόνος περὶ αὐτὴν ἀποσφίγγεται. Comp. 
Braun de Vestitu Sacerdot. Hebr. lib. 
II. c. 1. p. 345 sq. 


0272 m. (r. 003, as 92 from "79,) 6. 
suff, ΒΌΞΏ, a portion, ‘tribute, paid to 
the Lord, Sous 31, 28. 37. 38. 39: 40. 41. 


v 


Sept. τέλος, Vulg. pars.—Syr. ἴωωςζο, 
Arab. oon census, tax; whence the 
new verb Sa ee to collect tribute; also 
denom. noun [mass, rsh, publi- 


can.—Contracted Ὁ q. v. 


M0272 fem. of 0272 (r.003) 1. num- 
ber, as of persons Ex. 12, 4. Sept. ἀρι- 
Sos. 

2. price of purchase, Lev. 27, 23. 

m2 m. (r. ΠΌΞ) constr. M32, a 
covering, cover, sc. of a tent, Ex. 26, {4. 
36,19. Num. 3; 25. al. of Noah’s ark 
Gien. 8, 13. 


M92 m. (pr. part. Pi. τ. MOD) constr. 
M22. 

1. a covering, coverlet, stragula, Is. 
14, 11; inaship, perh. an awning Ez. 
27,8. Hence clothing Is. 23, 18. 

2. the caul, omentum, which covers the 
intestines, Lev. 9,19; fully ne29n 33nn 
ΡΣ Ex. 29, 13. 22. 

222 (portion, part, lot, τ. >B>, like 
Eth. CM ΖΔ. ΔΤ) Machpelah, pr. n. of a 
field or tract near Hebron, where Sarah 
was buried, Gen. 23, 17. 19. 49, 30. 50, 
13 ;qan ΤΟΣ the cave of Machpelah 
Gen. 23, 9. 25, '9.—The ancient versions 
render it as an appellative from r. dD 
no. 3; Sept. τὸ σπήλαιον τὸ διπλοῦν, 
Vulg. pelican duplex. 


. "272 fut. "57", to sell, kindr. ‘with 
"79, ὙΠ II, perh. Arab. III, IV, to 


sell on interest. The primary root is 
perh. the syllable ">, asin 43 1; San- 





566 οὐ ΤῊ 


ser. krt.—Constr. with acc. of thing Gen. 
25, 31. 37, 28. 36. 47, 20.22. Lev. 27, 30; 
with 72 partit. Lev. 25, 25. With 
added of pers. £0 whom, Lev. 25, 27. Joel 
4,6; or 3 of price Dent. 21, 14. Ps. 44, 
13. Joel 4,3. Am. 2, 6; or ace. of lice 
whither Gen. 45, 5. Joel 4, 7—Spec. 
a) to sell a daughter, i. e. to give her in 
marriage for a price, "1%, Gen. 31, 15. 
Ex. 21, 7. Syr. paso to give in mar- 
riage. Ὁ) Of God, to sell a people. 
i.e. to give them over to the power of 
their enemies, Deut. 32, 30. Ps. 44. 15 
Jit Nba ABs Don thou sellest thy people 
for nought. Judg. 2, 14 Tia S20" 
cia"& and he sold them into the hand 
of their enemies. 3, 8. 4, 2.9. 10,7. 1 Sam. 
12, 9. Ez. 30, 12. Comp. Judith 7, 25 
πέπρακεν ἡμᾶς ϑεὸς εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν.-ττ: 
So of a nation, Nah. 3, 4 the beautiful 
harlot, the sorceress, M"}3212 ON HS 
that selleth the nations through her 
whoredoms, i. e. reduces them to slave- 
ry, makes slaves of them. 

NipH. "2%3- 1. to be sold Lev. 25,34; 
with dat. of pers. Neh. 5, 8. Jer. 34, 14. 
3233 "272 10 be sold for a servant, τυ 
Ps. 105, 17. Esth. 7,4. Trop. see Kal 
lett. b, Ἧ 50, 1. 52, 3. 

2. to sell oneself for a slave, ὡς 25, 
39. 47. 

Hirnp. 1. to, be sold, Deut. 28, 68. 

2. Trop. to sell oneself to do evil, te 
become a slave to the doing of evil, i Κι. 
21, 20. 25. 2 K. 17, 17. 

Deriy. "939, "22, 1299, 17207, and 


1272 m. c. suff. 22. 1. ware, any 
thing ‘to be sold, Neh. 13, 16. | 
2. price, value, Num. 20, 19. 


“272 m. (τ. 122) pr. acquaintance ; 
concr. an acquaintance, friend, 2 K. 12, 
6. 8. 


ΓΦ m. (τ. 7231) α pit, Zeph. 2, 9 
ΤΡ M29 a salt-pit. 


m2 f. (τ. ΞΟ 1, Tsere impure) 
ἅπαξ λεγόμ." perh. sword, so called as 
piercing; hence Gr. μάχαιρα. Once 
plur. Gen. 49, 5 a7y"39 027 "22 weap- 
ons of violence are their swords ; Jerome 
arma eorum. Among the Rabbins this 
interpretation is followed by R. Eliezer 
in Pirke Aboth. c. 38, ἘΞ ΤΙ mx D>p aps" 
mans ywha Jacob cursed their swords 


son 


(i. e. of Levi and Simeen) in the Greek 
_tongue.—Another view deserving atten- 
tion is that of L. de Dieu in Critici Sa- 
cri ad ἢ. 1. and of Ludolf in Lex. ΖΕ. 
Ῥ. 87, who translate machinations, wick- 


ed devices, comparing Arab. machi- 
natus est,and O49) Z consultavit. P'AC 


consilium. The Tsere impure in this 
ease would create no difficulty, comp. 
Lehrg. p. 595. 


| “2 (for 4429 price of Jehovah) 
Michri, p τ. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 9, 8, 


"A212 Mecherathite, gentile n. from 
m3, a place otherwise unknown 1 
Chr. 11, 36. 


rit m. also rian Lev. 19, 14 (r. 
bud) plur. osdt20, a stumbling-block ; 
Is. 8,°14 bivion maz a. stone of stum- 
Bling. 57,14. Trop. a) a cause of 
falling, cause of ruin to any one, Ez. 3, 
20 ‘11 93> Divina *mN2) 7 lay a stum- 
bling-block ‘before him, and he shall die. 
Bz. 18, 30. 44, 12. Jer. 6, 21. Ps. 119, 165. 
b) Ina wioral sense, cause of offence, 
enticement, incitement to sin, (comp. 
the root Mal. 2, 8,) Ez.7, 19. 14,3 piven 

5D their enticements to iniquity, i. 6. 
idol-images. 0) => "2 offence of mind, 
scruple of conscience, 1 Sam. 25, 31. 


MDW f(r. 509) 1. ΤῊΝ i. e. ἃ 
state in ruins, Is. 3, 6. 

2. cause of offence, incitement to sin, 
i. q. 5.99 lett. b; plur. ribwise of idols 
Zeph. i, 3. 


ΙΔ m. (r.3M>) 1. writing, Ex. 32, 
16. 39, 30. Deut. 10, 4. 

2. a writing, thing written; hence 
a) a rescript, edict, 2 Chr. 36,22. Ezra 
1,1; @ prescript, 2 Chr. 35,4. Ὁ) α 
letter, epistle, 2 Chr. 21,12. 0) a poem, 
psalm, Is. 38,9. Comp. ®m32. 


















ng in pieces, Is. 30, 14. 


DMD m. (τ. ΒΞ Niph.) i. q. 3m22 no. 
2.¢; 3 and 2 being often interchanged, 
‘comp. in 3 lett.c; a writing, espec. a 
poem, psalm, song, found only in the in- 
scriptions of Ps. 16 and Ps. 56-60, comp. 
Is. 38, 9.—Others translate 0939 as if 
om ΘΙ gold, viz. golden psalm, i. 6. 
precious, pre-eminent. 


067 


nn f. (Ὁ. ΤΏ) fracture, a break-. 





oval 


AIO πὶ. (r. θ59) 
Prov. 27, 22. 

2. Prob. socket of a tooth, Judg. 15, 19; 
Lat. mortariolum, Gr. dluicxos. See 
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 202. 

3. Maktesh, pr. n. of a valley near 
Jerusalem, prob. so called from its re 
semblance to a mortar, Zeph. 1, 11. 


2 see δ᾽. 


᾿ NOD, once δ 52 trans. Esth. 7,5: 


pret. 1 pers. "mX>%, rarely without 
Aleph "n> Job 32, 18, 1b Ez. 28, 16; 
infin. ΝΡ Lev. 8, 33, mists Job 20, 22; 
fut. 82727. 


Ἦ Tas to fill, to make full. 
i Syr. [& id. 


widely also in the Indo-european lan- 
guages, where however p is put for m, 
as Sanser. plé to fill, Gr. πλέω (πληρής, 
πίμπλημι), πλέος, perh. μάλα very, pr. 
fully, comp. X>2 Jer. 12,6; Lat. plere, 
whence implere, complere, plenus; Goth. 
fulljan, Germ. fijllen, voll, Eng). full, to 
fil. Further, Polish pilny, Bohem. plny. 
The primary idea seems to be that of 
abundance, overflow, Germ. tiberfliessen, 
as we may infer from the kindred words 
πλέω, πλείω to sail, and also φλέω, φλύω, 
fleo, fluo, pluo.—Spec. a) to fill up or 
out an empty space with one’s own bulk 
or abundance, with acc. of place, Gen. 1, 
22 mvana ὈΠΣΠΤΟΝ ΝΘ fill the waters 
in the sea. v. 28. 9,1. Ex. 40, 34 "ἢ "39 
javan-mx ΝΟ the glory ΟἿ Jehovah 
filled the tabernacle, 1K. 8,10.11. Ez. 
10, 3. Jer. 51, 11 n»wd8in aby fill out 
the shields sc. with your own bodies, put 
on your shields. Ὁ) to filla place with 
any thing, with two acc. of place and of 
thing; Ez. 8, 17 Dan yryn-my sxd2 
they fill the decid with violence. 28, 16. 
30, 11. Jer. 16, 18. 19,4; rarely wish ἸΏ 
of thing, Ex. 16, 32. ἮΝ Often with the 
accus. of thing implied, Ex. 32, 29 5xd% 
minn> 0579 fill your hand unto Jehovah, 
sc. with offerings. Ksth. 7,5 who is he 
{2 nivs> ind ixd2 ἼΩΝ that hath filled 
his heart (sc. with boldness, audacity) to 
do this? i. e. who has dared, presumed, 
to do it? The suffix in indo ἢ is pleonas- 
tic, as in Job 29,3; comp. also Ecc. 8, 11. 
Acts 2, 5--Job 36, 17 mxba 304 aa 


1. a mortar, 


Arab. 


This root prevails 


we 


ΝΘ 


and fillest thou up the guilt of the wicked, 
i.e. the measure of a wicked man’s sins; 
comp. Gen. 15, 16. 

2. Intrans. to be full, to be filled, Josh. 
3, 15; with acc. of that with which any 
thing is filled, Gen. 6, 13 VINA ONXd2 
on the earth is filled with violence. 
Jude. 16, 27 the house was full D"8I8n 
of men. Job 32,18 I am full mba of 
words. Ps. 10, 7. 26,10. 33, 6. 48, 11. 
65, 10. Is. 11, 9. al. With 772 Is. 2, ae 
Spec. a) "ὥΞ2 ΠᾺΡ my soul is filled, 
my desire is satisfied, e. g. with ven- 
geance, Ex. 15,9. b) Of a space of 
time, to be fulfilled or completed ; Gen. 
25, 24 mab m1g2 aNdae and her days 
were fulfilled to bring forth her time to 
be delivered was come. 50,3 583727 42 
DOI Va so were completed the days 
of embalming, i.e. so many days did the 
time of embalming continue, comp. Esth. 
2,12. Also Gen. 29, 21. Lev. 8, 33. 12, 4. 


6. Lam. 4,18. Jer. 25, 34. Syr. G&%o2] 
often of time; comp. πληροῦσϑαι in N. T. 


Nipu. chiefly in the fut. 8229, i. q. Kal 
no. 2, to be filled, to be full ; with acc. of 
thing, Gen. 6, 11 bah yarn ΝΡ ΘΠ and 
the earth was filled ‘with violence. Ex. 1, 
7 OMS PINA NXbam and the land was 
filled with them. 1 K. 7, 14. 2 K. 3, 17. 
Also with 12 of thing Ezra 32, 6. Ecc. 
1,8; 5 Hab. 2, 14. —Spoken of desire, 
to he filled, satisfied, Ecce. 6,7; of a time 
gempleted Ex. 7, 25. Job 15, 32. So 

2172 83729 10 be filled with iron i.e. with 
armour, 4. ἃ. to be fenced with armour, 
lo be forma, 2 Sam. 23, 7. 

Pre nbn » EBRELY. xbe Jer. 51, 34; inf. 
Nba and mixta; fut. xo, once 452" 
Job 8,21; to fill, ‘to make full, to fill up 
or out. 

1. Constr. with acc. of the place or 
thing filled, 1. ᾳ. Kal no.1.c¢. Thus in 
phrases: a) to fill the hand of any one, 
i. 6. give over the priesthood into his 
hand, Ex. 28, 41. 29,9. Lev. 21, 10. al. 
b) to fill one’s hand to Jehovah, sc. with 
abundant offerings, 1 Chr. 29, 5. 2 Chr. 
13. 9. 29, 31. Comp. in Kal Ex. 32, 29. 
6) Trop. of time, to fulfil, to complete, 
comp. Kal no. 2. b. Gen. 29, 27 complete 
this work, finish it. v. 28. Job 39, 2 [5]. 
Dan. 9, 2 comp. 2 Chr. 86.291. d) to fill 
wp. to complete, sc. a number; Ex. 23, 26 


568 ᾽ 











nbn 


I will complete the number of thy dc 
comp. Is. 65, 20. 1 Sam. 18, 27 
brought the foreskins 222 EINbott ὦ and 
completed them to the king, i. e. “gave 
them in full number. 1K. 1,14 "ΝΒ Ὁ . 
WIT MN and Iwill complete thy words, 
i.e. supply what may be wanting. 6) to 
fulfil, to satisfy, 6. g. one’s desire, hun. 
ger, etc. Jer. 31, 25. Job 38, 39. Prov. 6, 
30; comp. under 7° subst. no.4. The 
opp. is an empty, famished soul Is. 29,8; 

comp. Kal no.2.a. f) to fulfil a promise 
1K. 8,15; a petition Ps. 20,6; a pro- 
phecy 1 K. 2,27... g) Joined with ano- 
ther verb it hes an adverbial force, fully, 
i. e. strongly, much, ete. Jer. 4, 5 4x9p 
nba cry fully, cloud, Sortiter, as Vulg. 


well. Comp. Arab. ff oul 
to look fully at any one, SG; Tal 


to do fully. So in elliptical construc- 
tions, the other verb being suppressed 
mie ἈΞ to fully bend the bow, for 
nepn ca x22, Zech. 9, 13; comp 


Arab. uit 3 Sui fully Sil 


wg ὦ» Schult. Opp. Min. pp. 176 
355. Syr. fdas th. Alsom “IM Nb, 
for ™ “any msbd ΝΘ, to ‘follow | 
fully, to yield him full obtdiepse: Num 
14, 24. 32,11.12. Deut. 1, 36. Josh. 14, 
8.9. 14, 1K. 11, Gaal wep, 
2. With ace. of that with which one 
fills any thing, to fill up, 6. σ. libations, 
Is. 65, 11 799 "792 OND they fill 
up libations to fortune, i.e. they fill the 
goblets with libations in honour of g00¢ 
fortune. So 8°738 N52 to fill in ge 
i. 6. to set them in sockets, chasings, Ex 
28, 17. 31, 5. 35, 33. Onde absol. 1 Ch 
12,15 snitgcbacbs nba xan and (Jor- 
dan) filled up toallits banks, i.e. ran with 
full banks, was brim-full ; see Bibl. Res 
in Palest. TL. p. 262. | 
3. With two acc. of the thing filled 
and that with which it is filled, see Ka 
no. 1. b. Ex. 35,35 a5"masn ΠΝ Nba 
hath filled them with wisdom of mind. 
Job 3, 15. 22, 18. Is. 33, 5. al. More rare 
ly with 472 of the thing with which, Ps 
127, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Lev. 9.17. Also with | 
2 in the phrdad mwpa Ὑπὸ ΝΞ to fill the} 
hand with the bow, i. 6. to fully draw the 
bow, 2 K. 9, 24: comp. in no. 1. g. | 
































τς ΝΟ 


Ῥυλι, Part. o°x>29 filled, set, with 


_ gems inserted, c. 3 Cant. 5, 14. Comp. 


= Pi..no. 2. 





Hirap. pr. to fill out each other mutu- 
ally, i. 6. to stand by each other, and each 
fill out what others lack ; hence with >> 
to stand together against any one, to as- 
sail together, Job 16, 10. 

Deriv. nbo—oonba, niba, mba, and 
pr. names nba, nan, 


N22 Chald. to fill, Dan. 2, 35. Trap. 
pass. Dan. 3, 19. 


N20 m. mba fem. A) Adj. verbal: 

1. Trans. filling, with acc. of place, 
Is. 6, 1 ΒΞ ΠΤ O°NdD DAD his train 
was filling (filled) the temple. Jer. 23, 24. 
Comp. the verb &>2 Kal no. 1. a. 

2. Intrans. full, filled, as N72 HOD the 
full money, i, 6. full price, value, Gen. 23, 
9. 1 Chr. 21, 22. 24. With acc. Deut. 6, 
11 aiu-5> pwnd pm houses filled with 
all good things. 34,9. Is. 51, 20; with 
genit. Jer. 6,11 09 x32 full of days, 
advanced in age. Is. 1, 21; once with 
dat. pleonast. πὸ ΙΝ Θ᾽ Am. 2,13. Soa 
full wind is strong, vehement ; Jer. 4, 12 
ΤΡ Ὁ. ΝΘ M95 a wind stronger than for 
these, i. e. than is necessary for winnow- 
ing grain. Of a female, one pregnant, 
Ecce. 11, 5. 

B) Subst. fulness, Ps. 73, 10 x>2 2 
waters of fulness, i. e. full, abundant. 

C) Adv. fully, i.e. in full number, 
Nahi. 1,10. Jer. 12,6. Comp. Thesaur. 


-p. 788. 


8279 τη. also N1°"2, once Ἴ2 Ez. 41, 
8. R.xda. 

1. fulness, 1. 6. that which fills, or with 
which any thing or space is filled. Is. 6, 
3 find yINN->2 Nb0 the fulness of the 
whole earth is his glory, i. e. the whole 
earth is full of his glory. 8,8. So 55 
ἐδέθη the sea and its fulness Ps. 96, 11. 
98, 7. Is. 42,10; ΤΙΝ 5.25 ΥῈΝ the νὰ, 
and its fulness Ps. 24, 1. Is. 34, 1. Jer.8, 
16. Mic. 1, 2; mybon ban Ps. 50, 12. 89, 
12; mybis => Am. 6,8.—With a gen. of 
space or measure ; often best expressed 
in English by the syllable full appended; 
as D>725M Xd your hands ( fists) full, 
handfuls, ‘Ex. 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12; “zap 2 
his handful Lev. 5,12; abs ἜΝ an omer- 
full Ex. 16, 33; mmrvan Xba a censer- 
full Lev. 16, 12. So too in measures of 

48* 


069 





nda 


length, 320 > the fulness of a reed, 
j.e. a full reed, Ez. 41,8; dann Nba a 
full line 2 Sam. 8, 2; imeip xb the ful- 
ness of his wine ὡς at full length, 1 Sam. 


28, 20.—Arab. , A fulness, that 
which fills ; wig SU handful; Syr. 


(Ko th πρὸς ὥραν a moment, Gal. 2, 5. 
—The thing so measured, as after other 
words of measure, is put in the accus. 
Heb. Gr. ὃ 116. 3; so Map 52 N52 a 
handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12; been Nba 
072 a bowl-full of water Foun 6, 38; so 
Num. 22, 18. But Ecce. 4, 6 better a 
handful with quiet, than both hands 
full with travail. 

2. a multitude, company. Gen. 48, 19 


pris Nba. Is. 31, 4—Arab. Ys id. 


ΓΝ ΘΓ (τ. Ndv) fulness, abundance, 
spoken espec. of that portion of the corn 
and wine which was to be offered to 
Jehovah as a tithe or first fruits; the 
lawgiver thus signifying to the Israel- 
ites, that such things only were required 
of them as they possessed in abundance. 
Of grain, Ex. 22,28 asa} WNNP2 , Sept. 
ἀπαρχὰς ἅλωνος καὶ ληνοῦ. Deut. 22, 9 
DID MNtans... 50757 ΓΕΘ ΏΓΙ ἢ see Heb. 
Gr. § 116. 3. “OF wine, Num. 18, 27 
ΞΡ ΠῚ ΓΙῸ as the abundance of the 
wine-press, ‘Sept. ἀφαΐρεμα ἀπὸ ληνοῦ. 


ΓΝ f. filling, i. 6. setting of gems, 
Ex. 28, 17... Phar. mind v. 20. 39, 13. 
See τ. 8b no. 2. 


ὩΣ Ξ τη. plur. also ms Lev. 7, 
37. 1 Chr. 29,2. R.xba. 

1. consecration to the priest’s office, 
pr. the delivering over of the office ; 
Lev. 8, 33. Ex. 29, 22. 26. 27.—Meton. 
the sacrifice of consecration (comp. ΤΙΝ ΤΌΤ 
sin and sacrifice for sin) Lev. 7, 37. 8, 
28. 31. 

2. i. ᾳ. ΠΝ Ξ a setting of gems, Ex. 
See 35, 9. Ὶ Chr. 29, 2. 


yea m. (τ. 482) constr. Nd, 6. 
suff. 7"28>2;  plur. pYDN>2, constr. 
ΝΡ. 

1. one sent, a messenger, 6. g. from 
private persons Job 1, 14. 1 Sam. 11, 3. 
2 Sam. 11, 19 sq. 2 K. 5,10; also from 
a king 1 Sam. 16, 19. 19, 11. 14. 20. 1 
K. 19, 2. Prov. 17, 11. al. 


ya (B70 


2. Spec. a messenger of God, viz. 
a) an angel ; Syr. Lots, Arab. 


GS Fe 

Jo, Eth. PAA'A, id. Fully yxbx 
min? Gen, 16, 9.10. 11. Ex. 3, 2. Judg, 
2,1. 4. al. more rarely msnbe ’ 2 Gen. 
21, 17. Ex. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 14, Ὕ. al. but 
also καὶ Sass simply ΝΘ an angel, 

WN>%24 the angel, Gen. 48, 16. Ex. 23, 20. 
33, 2. 1 K. 19: 5. 1 Chr. 21, 9. Hos. 12, 
5. Zech. 1, 9. al. Job 33, 53 9 2, 
see inr. yb Hiph. moni “2 the angel 
destroying, sent from God to destroy, 
2 Sam. 24, 16.—To angels there is at- 
tributed, when they appear on earth, a 
human form, Gen. 18,2. Judg. 13, 15. 
20; but more august and sublime, 2 
Sam. 24, 16. Dan. 8. 15. 16. 10, 5. 6; 
without wings Gen. 28, 12 (on Dan. 9, 
21 see in r. 53"); in habiliments like 
the sacerdotal costume. Dan. 10, 5. 12, 
5.6; and of the moral virtues there is 
ascribed to them superior wisdom 2 Sam. 
14, 20. 19, 28; justice 2 Sam. 14, 17; 
clemency 1 Sam. 29.9; integrity, though 
not wholly free from imperfection, Job 
4,18. 15,15. The office of angels is to 
assist God in the government of the 
world Job 2, 1 sq. chiefly as his messen- 
gers to execute his will and his decrees. 
By their agency are wrought the phe- 
nomena of nature, Ps. 104, 4; it is their 
office to protect the righteous from dan- 
ger, and save them from destruction, 
Gen. 24, 7. 40. Ex. 23, 20. 33, 2. 1K. 
19, 5. Ps. 34, 8. 91,12; to plead their 
cause with God, Job 5, 1. 33, 23. Dan. 
10, 13. 21. 12, 1; to bear the divine 
commands and revelations to men, Judg. 
13, 3 sq. Dan. 9, 21; and on the other 
hand to execute the divine judgments, 
‘and bring punishment upon the guilty, 
Is. 37, 36. 2 Sam. 14, 6. Ps. 35, 5. 6. 78, 
49. See on the angelology of the O. T. 
von Coelln Bibl. Theol. I. p. 187 sq. 
Steudel Theol. des Alt. Test. p. 215 sq. 
Stuart Sketches of Angelol. in Biblioth. 
Sacra, 1843, p. 88 sq¢.— Sometimes the 
same divine appearance, which at one 
time is called Hin” ΠΡ, is afterwards 
called simply im", as Gen. 16, 7 sq. 
comp. v. 13; 22, 11 comp. 12; 31, 11 
comp. 16; Ex. 3, 2 comp. 4; Judg. 6, 
14 comp. 22; 13, 18 comp. 22. This is 
to be so understood, that the angel of 





poo : 


God is here nothing else than the invi- 
sible deity itself, which thus unveils it- 
self to mortal eyes ; see J. H. Michaelis 
de angelo Dei, Hal. 1702. Tholuck 
Comment. zum Ev. Johannis c. 1, 1. p: 
52. Ed. 6. 1844. Hence oriental trans- 
lators, as Saadias, Abusaides, and the 
Chaldee-Samaritan, wherever Jehovah 
himself is said to appear on earth, al- 
ways put for the name of God the angel 
of God. 

b) a prophet, Hagg. 1, 13. Mal; 3, 1: 
perh. Judg. 2, 1. ᾿ 

6) a priest, Ecc. 5, 5. Mal. 2, 7. 

d) Once of the people of Israel, as the 
messenger of God and teacher of the 
nations, Is. 42, 19. 


qo Chald. an angel, c. sll raya 
Dan. 3, 28. 6, 23. 


MONI f(r. ΝΡ, by irish | for 
nexbz Ὕ constr. noxbe, c. suff, FMIN2 5 
plur. constr. ΤΣ Ὁ 1 Chr. 28, 19. 

1. ministry, service, pr. on which one 
is sent 5 then work, labour, business ; 
Sept. ἔργον, ἐργασία. Ex. 20, 10 8) 
MaNxba~b2 Nes thow shalt not do any 
work. 12, 16. 31, 14. 15. 35, 2. Lev. 16, 
29. Num. 4, 3. Deut, 5, 14, al. More 
fully Lev. 23 7 δ WIS naxbo-ba 
swsm ye shall. do no work of labour, no 
servile work ; Sept, πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν 
ov ποιήσετε. v. 8. 21. 25. Num. 28, 18, 25. 
26. 29, 1.12. So ΠῚ nsxbn work of 4 
the field, tillage, 1Chr. 27, 96: Ps. 107, 23 
pra) pS NaNba “> they that do busi 
ness on the great waters, i. e. sailors, 
merchants, who follow μαρία δι on the 
sea. eB pae! a) work, labour of an ar- 
tisan, chiefly of an architect or others 
employed in building, Ex. 31, 3.5, 14. 
Jer. 18,3; wn “2 work of the artificer 
Ex. 35, 35; πϑ ΡΠ ΡΣ the doers of 
the work, the workmen, Ex. 36, 8. 2 K. 
12, 12. 15. 16. Ezra 3, 9. Neh. 11, 12; 
comp. Hagg. 1, 14. nexban by sty 
the overseer of the works 1 K. 5,30 [16]. 
na mea ΓΞΝΘῸ work upon. the house of . 
Jehovah 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3, 8. Neh. 
10,34. 5) business of the Ῥ δια of the 
hing, etc. M2xba ΓῺΡ to do the king’s 
business Dan. 8, 27 ; ἘΠ ΓΙΩΣ one doing 
the public διδθμδοῦ, espec. a questor. 
procurator in fiscal matters, Esth. 3,9 
9, 3. Neh. 2, 16; Vulg. arcarius. So 











won 
ee ΓΞΝΡῸ "7% 1 Chr. 29, 6; comp. 


ἦν πρᾶγμα τοῦ βασιλέως 2 Mace. 8, 8. Fes- 


 selii Ady. Sacra lib. I. c. 1. ο) service, 
ministry, of the Levites, 1 Chr. 9, 13. 
28, 13. 20. 2 Chr. 24,12. ἀ) bork’ oF 


᾿ς God, 6, g. in the creation, Gen. 2, 2; 
᾿ so of divine judgments, like "7 ΠΏΣ, 
Jer. 50, 25. Plur. of God's works Ps. 
> 73, 28. 


ως 


or made, Ex. 13, 3. 5. 


2. work sc. as wrought, thing done 
“id M2N20 a 


* work of skin,made of skin, Lev. 13, 48. 


3. That which is acquired by work, 


labour, business, as goods, substance, 
_ property, 2 Chr. 17, 18, Spec. house- 


hold goods, stuff, Ex. 22,7. 10; cattle, 
herds and flocks, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam. 
15,9; comp, 3p. 


ΓΘ 9 , f. constr. M528>72 , , a message, 
Hagg. ‘1, 13. From "Nba. 


"oN (apoc. for M3285 messenger 


of Jehovah, comp. "738 for M2798 ,) Ma- 





lachi, pr. n. of the latest prophet of the 
Ο. T. Mal. 1,1. Sept. Mudaziac, Vulg. 
Malachias. 


ὨΝΦῸ f(r. xb) fulness, sc. of wa- 
ters; concr. full streams. Cant. 5, 12 
his eyes as of doves by the rivers of wa- 
ters, washed with milk, mx>2 59 Miu 
silting in fulness, i. e. by full streams. 
Sept. Alex. Ald. ἐπὲ πληρώματα ὑδάτων, 
Vulg. super fluenta plenissima.—Others, 
not unaptly, i. q. M852, a setting, bezel 
of a ring, so that the eyes are compared 
to a gem filling the socket of a ring; 
though mia" cannot so well be refer- 
red to the eyes. 


WAI m. (τ. a>) a garment, vest- 
ment, i. q. WI2>, 2 K. 10, 22. Ez. 16, 13. 
Zeph. 1, 8; collect. raiment Job 27, 16. 
Plur. o7wsaba 1 K. 10, 5. 2 Chr. 9, 4. 
Is. 63, 3. 


q220 m. (denom. fr. "32> brick,) a 
brick-kiln, place where bricks are made, 
Jer. 43, 9. Nah. 3, 14. Erroneously 
written 139 2 Sam. 12, 31 Cheth. 


M22 f. (τ. 552) ὁ. suff sma; plur. 
ΒΡ. 472, see below. 

l. ὦ mors, i, q. "33, only poetic, 2 
Sam. 23, 2. Ps, 139,4. Chald. and Syr. 
ja , Zab. |ASNa%, word, thing, cause. 
—Often in plur. 0°52 and more freq. 


» 


[9 


71 





"52 


752 (Syr. SS) words, but excepting 
Prov. 23, 9 and Ps. 19, 5, only in the 
book of Fob 3 as Job 6, 26. 33, 32 wh ox 
"2700 ὍΝ if thou hast ‘bon ds, answer 
me. 36,2 B72 MIDND Tip thove(ate yet 
words to God, God ‘has yet wherewith 
to answer. 4, 4. 8, 10. 12; 11. al. 

2. speech, discourse ; in sing. Job 13, 
17. 21,2. 24, 25. 29,22. Plur. discourses 
Job 32, 11.—Meton. object of discourse 
or of talk, q. d. by-word, proverb, Job 30 
9 nba? Or? "AN. 


m2 Chald. f£ Dan. 2, 9; emphat. 
xnba, once 422 Dan. 2, 5; Plur. 7752, 
emphat. neha; iq. Heb. 

l. a word, Dan. 4, 28; spec. command 
Dan. 3, 28. Plur. Dan. 7, 11. 16. 25. 

2. speech, discourse, Dan. 2, 9. 10. 

3. a thing, matter, Dan. 2, 5. 8. 15. 17. 
Comp. Heb. "25. 


5, NIP, see Nbr. 
DMN, see UND. 


S150 τη. (τ. 832) a mound, rampart, 
so called as filled in with stones and 
earth; hence fortress, castle. Chald. 
ante, ΝΡ, xm7bD, N7310.—Spec. 

a) A part of the ‘citadel of Jerusalem, 
prob. the rampart, intrenchment, 2 Sam. 
5,9. 1K. 9, 15. 24. 11, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 8. 
2 Chr. 32,5. Sept. thrice ἄκρα. Targ, 
umd, ἈΠΟ ΒΏ, vallum, See Lightfoot 
Opp. II. Ρ. 189. Hamelsveld Bibl. Geogr. 
II. 46 sq.—The same with Xi>2, or a 
part of it, is prob. also 8159 M73, whiera 
Joash was killed, 2 K. 12, 21. 

Ὁ) A fortress in Shechem ;*Judg. 9,6 
Niba ΤΣ ὉΞῚ pow) 53.939 all the men 
of Shechem and all that dwelt in the 
castle ; also v. 20 bis. 


ΤΡ m. (denom. fr. ΓΙ salt,) Gr. 
ἅλιμος, atripler halimus Linn. orach, 
sea-purslain, a marine plant, the buds 
and leaves of which were eaten by the 
poor both raw and boiled, Job 30, 4. 
Comp. Engl. Fr. Ital. Gera, salad, 
salade, Salat, pr. salt-plant.—Athen. 
Deipnos. IV. 16. See Abenbitar in 
Bochart Hieroz. T. J. p. 873 sq. The- 
saur. p.791. . 


72 (reigning, τ. 72%; or i.q. Syr. 
yess counsellor.) Malluch, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 
a) 1 Chr. 6, 29 [44]. Ὁ) Neh. 10 5 


0 


12,2. Called also "3552 Malluchi Neh. 
19, 14 Cheth. where Keri 2720 Melicu. 
6) Ezra 10,29. 4) Neh. 10, 28. 


M2729 £ also 229 1 Sam. 10, 25 
(τ. 32) a kingdom, 1 Sam. 10, 16. 11, 
14. 1 K.2,15.22.al. Often in the genit. 
6. g. nstban "2% the royal diadem Is. 
Oe ὃν nosban "ἊΣ the royal city 2 Sam. 
12, 26; noiban δ ῸΞ the royal throne 
1K. 1, 46; noiban ΣΤ the seed royal, 
royal hes; Jer. 41, 1. Dan. 1,3; nv 
2952 to oduiatuer the χρυσόν to 
reign, 1 K. 21,7. Of Jehovah’s king- 
dom, Ps. 22, 29, Obad. 21. 


"279% see 722 Ὁ. 


7122 m. (τ. 38>) pr. place where trav- 
ellers lodge, either in the open air or 
under a roof, lodging-place, inn, cara- 
vanserai, Gen. 42, 27. 43, 21. Ex. 4, 24. 
Of an encampment of trodps for the 
night, Is. 10, 29. 


m7" fem. of the preced. a lodge, hut, 
of the keeper of a garden or vineyard, 
Is. 1.8. Also a hanging-bed, hammock, 
suspended from trees, ia which travel- 
Jers and also the keepers of gardens and 
᾿ vineyards sleep for fear of wild beasts, 
Is. 24, 20. Arab. and Aram. Jt 


His, soins. See Buxtorf’s con 
Chald. h. v. Niebuhr’s Arabien p- ig 
Germ. 


τ» mb" prob. i. q. M22 (7 being 
softened to 1), to rub in pieces, to pul- 
verize. Once in 

Nipn. to be rubbed small, to vanish in 
dust. Is. 51, 6 3392 jWPD ova 9D for 
the heavens like smoke shall vanish away, 
be dispelled; parall. 423m 7332 yusn 
the earth like a garment ‘shall wax old. 
Hence it appears that there lies a simi- 
lar power in the two roots M>2 and m>3, 
whence Domb (see > II) ‘and vba 
old clothes. But it also marks a distinc- 
tion between the two roots, that 37 is 
here referred to smoke, and M>3 to a 
garment; so that the former seems to 
imply a vanishing away as fine dust, 
Germ. zerstieben, i. e. the being dis- 
pelled as dust or smoke. 


Il. mo" denom. from M2 salt, to salt, 
to season with salt, mba3. ‘Lev. 2, 13. 
Syr. Arab. Ethiop. id. 


572 





mb 
Puat pass. Ex. 30, 35. 


Hopu. mbar, inf. absol. M225, to be Ϊ 


salted, i. 6. touched or sprinkled with 
salt, as a new-born infant, Ez. 16,4. Je- 
rome in ἢ. |. “tenera infantium corpora 


. . Solent ab obstetricibus sale contingi, — 


ut sicciora sint et restringantur.” Galen 
de Sanit. I. 7. 


ai 2 mo", in pause also M32 Gen. 14, 

8, salt; Chald. nb, Syr. Lads, Arab. 

; If an etymology be sought, ΠΡ 
salt may be something rubbed small, 
pulverized, from r. M22 1; comp. Syr. 
ype to preserve in salt cod spices, with 


[o9ak0 contritum, and r. υ contrivit.— 
Job 6,6. Judg.9,45. Mm Ὁ" the Salt sea, 
i.e. the Dead sea, the waters of which 
are very strongly impregnated with salt, 
and deposit it in the low places along 
the shores, especially in the southern 
part (ΕΖ. 47, 11. Zeph. 2, 9); Gen. 14, 
3. Num. 34, 12. Deut. 3, 17. Josh. 3, 16. 
18. 19. al. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il. 
pp. 223-26. m2 δηλ the valley of salt, see 
art. "5 lett. d. ΤΡ ΟΣ the cily of salt, 
see in "9 no, 1. aa. —Also my m2 a 
covenant of salt 2 Chr. 13, δ, ie. ἃ 
league for ever sacred and inviolable: 
whence 0539 ΠΡ ma Num. 18, 19. 
This formula arose from the circum- 
stance, that salt as preserving from de- 
cay is a symbol of duration and perpe- 
tuity, see Philo Opp. II. p.°225; and 
hence the Arabs are said by some. to eat 
bread and salt together in making a 


covenant; Steph. Schulz V. p. 246. At 


any rate they have the phrase Lins 
there is salt between us, i. 6. ἃ 


whence lexicographers ex- 
, Rake, by covenant, oath. 
» DY ; 


But see also the conjecture of Lee in 
mena no. 1. Hence we may understand 
why the offerings of the Hebrews were 
to be seasoned with salt, as in Ley. 2, 13 
FN bya ΠΎΤΟΝ mM nby mawn by 
nor shalt thou let lack the salt of the cove- 
nant of thy God from thy offering, i. e. 
the offerings are to be seasoned with 
salt, because salt is the symbol of the 
perpetual covenant between God and 
Israel, which he thus daily renews and 


covenant ; 
plain 





a 








ψγυνσ 


a 








—— ΡΟΝ a ae - 
z . 


mb 


confirms. With other nations, too, salt 
was a symbol of friendship, and was 
added to their sacrifices; see Syke’s 
Essay on Sacrifices. Rosenm. Schol. 
ad Lev. 2, 13.—Further, Gen. 19, 26 
ΤΡ 3x2 a pillar of salt, i.e. statue of 
fossil salt, bearing the appearance of a 
pillar or cippus; see, for the fossil salt 
at the south end of the Dead Sea, Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. pp. 482 sq. and for the 
legends of the Arabs respecting Lot’s 
wife, see ibid. p. 589. 
Deriv. 132 II, M52, ΠΡΙΡ, mba. 


Il. 529 only in plur. onda, ‘old 
clothes, worn oul garments, Jer. 38, 11. 
12. Β. ΠΡῸ I. gq. v. 


M29 Chald. salt, Ezra 4, 14. 


M2"2 Chald. (denom. fr. subst. m>2) to 
eat salt; Exzra 4, 14 because we have eaten 
the salt of the palace, i. e. are the ser- 
vants of the king, have our maintenance 
from him. Syr. wudtozf to take salt 
with one, to eat at his table. Arab. 


Lo to eat with one. Comp. ‘men of 


thy bread’ Obad. 7. So with the Per- 
sians and Hindoos to eat one’s salt is 
said of servants who are fed by their 
masters; see Rosenm. Morgenl. no. 688. 


ΤΡ m. @ seaman, mariner, Ez. 27, 


9. 27.29. Jon. 1, 6. Arab. cu, Syr. 


0,0 7 


Luwcto id—It is a denom. of the form 

mu, from ΤΡ in the signif. sea, like 

Gr. ἡ tds, Lat. ‘sal, put poet. for the sea, 

whence ἁλιεύς seaman; comp. Arab. 
if lm salt sea, the ocean. 


ΤΙΣ f (denom. fr. ΠΡ) α land of 
salt, and therefore barren, a desert, Job 
39, 6. Ps. 107, 34; fully mba V2 Jer. 
17,6. Comp. Ecclus. 39,30. So Virg. 
Georg. 2. 238 ‘Salsa tellus—frugibus 
infelix.’ Plin. H. N. 31. 7. 


ΤΟΤΕ once M929 1 Sam. 13, 
22, ¢. suff, irram>2 ; plur. ‘pinnda, constr. 
nonin. R. on> no. 2. 

1. As-a verbal noun, warring, fight- 
ing, i.e. the act, Is. 7, 1 m7>9 mam>ad [0 
war against il (the city), to besiege it. 
Hence fight, battle, Ex. 13, 17. Job 39, 
25. Is. 28.6. Ecc. 9,11. manda ἼΠΞ see 


573 





ya 
θεν = 
Arab. KAS battle, 


2. war; so Haba Hwy to make war 
Prov. 20, 18; 59 with any one Deut. 20, 
12. 20; TN (mx) id. Gen. 14,2. πρὴπ 
3 "2 here was war’ with 2 K. 21, 20; 
ΛΞ" "2 between—and, 1K.14, 30. 15, 6.7. 
MMs δἰ see in XX lett. Ῥ. “ad 720 
id. 1 Κα. 22,4, “2 Wap see in SIR Piel 
no. 3.—Hence Mansa wrx, plur. “2 "Way, 
a man. of war, warrior, Num. 31, 28. is: 
3,2. Joel 2,7. Jer. 38, 4. al. Poet. of Je- 
havak Ex. 15,3; comp. “2 "i353 of the 
same Ps. 24,8. Also miam>a ON id. 
1 Chr. 28, 3. Is. 42,13. So with genit. of 
the adversary, 2 Sam. 8, 10 niand2 x 
“2h. 1 Chr. 18, 10; so too snare m3 
the house of my war, i.e. with which I 
wage war, 2 Chr. 35,21. “2 ἘΣ people 
of war, troops, Josh. 8, 11. 11,7; Ὃ xax 
id. Is. 13,4. Also "2 "32 weapons of 
war, see in "5D no. 5; and so poet. 
mands id. Ps. 76, 4. 


in 32> no. 1. a. 


‘overthrow. 


i ube; in Kal not used, pr. to smooth, 
to smooth over, as in Arabic; then in- 
trans. to be smooth, slippery ; and hence 
trop. to slip away, to escape, i.q. 028. 
Syr. dso to smooth over; Arab. Jue 


to smooth over a wall with mortar 
(whence 7), to shave the head; taki 


to be smooth, to be without hair ; then 
Conj. I, IV, to cast (let slip) the foetus. 
Kindr. are 7>% to be smooth, ya id 
V, VII, to escape, ωο»λα to be smooth, 


she to escape, eke to smooth, to 
soften ; ἀϑ ἢ dL, tender, soft, comp. 


Gr. μέλδω, Germ. and Engl. νηΐ, also 
with the third radical a guttural or pa- 


latal ee) to smooth, δ" ΠῚ to ca- 


ress, to flatter, Gr. μαλακός, ἀμέλγω, μέλι, 
Lat. mulgeo, mulceo. The mid. radical 
being hardened, we have ©7 q. v. 

Pre, Ὁ Ecc. 9,15, in pause 2>2, 
fut. vb", to let slip away, i.e. 

1. to let escape, to save from danger, to 
deliver, with acc. of pers. Job 22, 30. 29, 12. 
Jer. 39,18; acc. of thing 2 K. 23, 18. 
Ecc. 9, 15. Ts. 46,2. So’p tp; ohn to 
save the life of any one 2 Sam. 19, 6. Ps. 
116,4; itp) ob id. 1 Sam. 19, 11. Jer. 
48, 6. Ez. 33,5. Am.2, 14.15. Once with 


ὩΔῺ 


a of thing partitively (see 3 A. 2. b); 
Job 20, 20 wba. xd ὑπ) ΌΤΙ he shall not 
save aught among his delights. Some- 
times with 17 from the hand or power 
of any one Joh6, 23. Ps. 89,49; Ὡ3 2 
Sam. 19,10; 2 Ps. 107,20. Absol. Ps. 
33, 17. Is. 46, 4. 

2, to lay eggs, Is. 34, 16; comp. in Kal 


and Hiph. no. 2. Arab. ius foetus. 


Hirn. 1. i.q. Piel no. 1, to save, to de- 
liver, Is. 31, 5. 

2. to bring forth, as a woman, c. acc. 
Is. 66,7. Comp. Piel no. 2. 

Nipu. 1. to be delivered from danger, 
to be saved, Ps. 22, 6. Job 22, 30. Prov. 
11,21. Ez. 17,15. Oftener reflex. to de- 
liver oneself, to escape ; with 172 1 Sam. 
27,1. Jer. 34, 3. 38,23; ΞΎΓΤΩ 1K. 19, 
17; 78 Kec. 7,26; also with 12 of place 
whence, 1 Sam. 23,13. 2 Sam. 1, 3; acc. 
of place whither Is. 37, 38; with > loc. 
Gen. 19,17. Judg. 3,26. Absol. Ps. 124, 
7. 1 Sam. 30,17. Coupled with ΓΞ to 
flee, 1 Sam. 19, 12. 18. 

2. to hasten away, without the idea 
of escape or flight, 1 Sam. 20, 29. 

Hirup. i. q. Niph. no. 1; Job 19, 20 
"30 “isa nobomxi Jam feraios) escaped 
with the skin of my teeth, proverbially 
for ‘there is no soundness left in all 


my body.” The Arabs have a similar | 


proverb, xwl,3 ls he escaped with his 


head, i. e. just saved his life, Vit. Tim. 1. 
180.—Poet. of sparks emitted, Job 41, 11. 
Deriv. the two following. 


Ὁ m. mortar, cement, from smear- 
ing or smoothing over, Jer. 43,9; see 
the Arabic usage in r. Ὁ Καὶ. ne CO" 


bi, Syr. ἕντο, id. Comp.also Gr. 
μάλϑη, Lat. maltha, Ital. malta. 

mn (whom Jehovah delivers) Me- 
latiah, pr.n.m. Neh. 3,7. R. 022. 

"D719 see 775% lett. Ὁ. 

mo f. (r. 559 IL) an ear of grain, 
pr. an ear cut off; once Deut. 23, 26. 
Comp. Job 24, 24. | 

ΤΙΣ ΣΡ Εἰ (r. 55) 1. Pr. interpreta- 
tion ; meton. what needs interpretation, 
an enigma, obscure maxim, aphorism, 
Prov. 1,6. Sept. σκοτεινὸς λόγος. 

2. a song of derision, taunt, Hab. 2, 6. 


574 





pn 


* 510 =, fut. 30", inf c. suff. 12% 

1. to reign, to be king. Eth. PAL 
id. Arab. SUL6 to possess, to reign ; 
Syr. to consult; Chald. and Samar. to 
consult, to reign. So in other languages 
the words for consulting, judging, and 
reigning, are the same, comp. Lat. con- 
sul, and Germ. rathen, Anglosax. redan 
and Swed. rada to command.—Constr. 
with >3 of persons and people Gen. 37, 
8. 1 Sam. 8,7. 1 K. 6,1; or of a land 
2K. 11, 3; rarely with 3 1 K. 11, 37. 
2 Sam. 3, 21. Oftener with 3 of the 
royal seat, or residence, where the king 
dwells, 2 Sam. 5, 5. Josh. 13, 12. 21. 
Judg. 4, 2. al. sep. With an ace. of 
time how long, 1 K. 11, 42. 14, 20. 2K. 
10, 36. 12,2. Absol. as tbh mints mwa 
in the eighth year of his reign 2K. 24, 
12. 25, 1. Esth. 1, 3. Jer. 1, 2. Ps. 93,1. 
96, 10. 97, 1. So of Jehovah: Ps. Il. ce. 
Ex. 15, 18. Mic. 4, 7. Of the rule of the 
wicked Job 34, 30. 

2. to begin to reign, to be made king, 
2 Sam. 15, 10. 16,8. 1K. 1, 11. 13. 59. 
41. 2K. 9,13. 2 Sam. 2, 10 Ishbosheth 
was forty years old 2222 when he began 
to reign, was made king. 1 K. 16, 15. 23. 
29. 2 K. 3, 1. 

ΝΊΡΗ. recipr. fo consult, to take cown- 
sel, Neh. 5,7. Comp. the Syriac and 
Chald. usage in Kal above. 

Hiru. to make king, to constitute as 
king, e. g. as done by a people 1 Chr. 
11, 10, or by a more powerful king 2 K. 
23, 34. 24, 17. Jer. 37, 1, or by Jehovah 
1 Sam. 15, 35. 1 K. 3,7; constr. usually 
with the accus. rarely the dat. ‘to give 
the kingdom to any one,’ 1 Chr. 29, 22. 
Sometimes with ΠΡ pleonast. 1 Sam. 
12, 1. Is. 7,6; 585 Judg. 9, 6. 1 Sam. 
15, 11. With by of the people over whom 
2 Sam. 2,9. 1 Chr. 28, 4; 58 2 Sam. 2, 
9;51 Sam. 8, 22. Abeok Hiss: 8, 4. 

Hone: pass. of Hiph. Dan. 9, 1. 

Deriv. 2557, 52392, mia, and the 
nineteen here Sllewiud (except mqzbe). 


32° m. in pause also 92, 6. suff. ἈΦΡῸ ; 
plur. 5°23, once 1135 Prov. 31, 3, and 
with’ ae mater lectionis Os Nb 2 Sam. 


11, 1, constr. "2b. 8 
1. ὦ king, Arab. Ms, ke, rarely 


Ha be Syr. LaS& id. Ethiop, PAN, 


a 


moderator. Coupled often with a gen. 
of people or country, as M35 723) 
Pew? a, Dyn “a, “ABE “a, boa Ὦ, 
etc. But s2bn, isbn, my or his "king, 
i.e. Jehovah's king the king of Israel 
constituted by Jehovah, Ps. 2, 6. 18, 51. 
Where the king of any people is bindkcdn 
of κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, the article is often prefixed 
22, ὃ βασιλεύς, 6. g. 3272 ἜΤΙ long live 
the king! 1Sam.10,24; also in poetry 
Ps. 20, 10. 45, 6.12. Cant. 1,4. 3,9; but 
not seldom the art. is omitted in such 
case in both prose and poetry, as 1 K. 
21, 10. 13. Is. 32,1. Prov. 24, 21. Ps. 21, 
2. 45, 2. 16. 61,7. In Ps. 72,1 420773 
the son of aking is said by way of honour 
for a king descended from kings, parall. 
with 7272 in the preced. clause, opp. to 
one of ignoble birth or without royal 
ancestors; comp. βασιλεὺς ἐκ βασιλέων 
Xen. Agesil. 1.2. Comp. also in the title 
of the modern kings of Persia the phrase 


οἰ! uP wy abn the Sultan 
son of the Sultan.—As in the East infe- 
rior princes and likewise the viceroys 
and satraps of powerful monarchs were 
often dignified with the title of kings, 
(comp. Is. 10, 8 are not my princes alto- 
gether kings?) so the great sovereigns 
of Asia took loftier titles, viz. a) 7230 
diam the great king, put κατ ἐξοχήν for 
the king of Assyria, Is. 36,4. So the 
king of Persia in the arrow-headed in- 
scriptions, see Lassen die Altpers. Keil- 


- inschr. 4. 140, 146, 165, 174; and also 


among the Greeks, μέγας βασιλεύς, ὃ βα- 
σιλεὺς ὃ μέγας, Aristoph. Plut. 170. Plat. 
Gorg. p. 470. E. Menex. p. 78. Ὁ. So 
too the emperor of Germany by Syrian 


writers of the middle ages, Lo5 Lasso 


Barhebr. 3384. 8) 0°22 322 king of 
kings, so the king of Babylon Kz. 26, 
7, and Chald. x*2>2 32 Dan. 2, 37; 
ales the king of Persia, Ezra 7,12 Chald. 
So too the king of Persia in the arrow- 


headed inscriptions, Syr. fa\& yd 


Barhebr. Gr. βασιλεὺς βασιλέων, see Bris- 
_ son de regio Persarum prince. $3. See 

also Lassen 1. c. Thesaur. p. 794.— 
Plur, 27239 kings is sometimes put for 
foreign and therefore hosiile kings, Ps. 
2,10. 68, 15. 30. 110, 5; i. ᾳ. DMA "39 
Is. 14, 9. 18. 

Trop. the title ofkingisapplied: a) 


575 





apy 
To Jehovah, as king both of the whole 
nation of Israel (SP37 “2 Is. 41, 21, “a 
bx yw 44, 6), and of each indivigdel ¢ 
Deut. 33, 5 739 pws IM and he 
was king in Jeshurun i. e. Israel. Ps. 
5, 3. 10, 16. 29,10. 44, 5. 98, 6. 145, 1. 
Is. 33, 22. 43, 15. 1 Sam. 12, 12. al. So 
with art. 92% the king Jer. 46, 18. 48, 
15. 51, 57, comp. Is. 57, 9. With epi- 
thets, 27 πὸ Ps. 48, 8; sian Ὁ 24, 
7-10; ΤΙΝΕΣ 7 abun Is.6,5. So Eth. 
and Arab. of God. b) To idols, in the 
language of their worshippers, 1 8, 21. 
Am. 5, 26. Zeph. 1, 5. Comp. Gr. ἄναξ, 
βασιλεύς, Hom. 1]. γί 351. πί 388. ο) 
To animals, 6. g. the crocodile Job 41, 
26 [34]; of locusts, Prov. 30,27. Here 
it is put for chief, leader ; since kings 
are often introduced as the chiefs and 
leaders of armies, Job 15, 24. 18, 14. 29, 
25. 

2. Melech, pr. h. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35. 9, 
41. Also with the art. 9224 Jer. 36, 
26. 38, 6. | 


722 Chald. m. emphat. 8252, plur. 

(72> (Kaph without Dag.) Dan. 2: 21. 
47. al. and by Hebraism 57257 Ezra 4, 
13, emphat. 83252 Dan. 2, 44; a king, 
Bara: δ, 6. 7. Ὁ, 3. 4, 23. Dan. 2, 46. 4, 
15. For the king καὶ ἐξοχήν, emphat. 
ΞΘ Dan. 2,5sq. 8. 3 5ᾳ. Also 729 
sab 22 king of kings, spoken of the king 
of Babylon Dan. 2, 37, and of Persia 
Ezra 7,12; see alious ἠδ, εἴων, 3272 1. β. 
Dan. 4, 34 [37] N*owi 7272 the king of 
heaven i. e. Jehovah.—Dan. 7, 17 four 
kings, i. e. four kingdoms, as Theod. 
and Vulg. comp. v. 23. 24; so 8, 21, 
comp. v. 20. 22. 


720 Chald. m. c. suff. "222, counsel, 
Dan. 4, 24. 


ἸῺ 1 K. 11, 7, elsewhere with art. 
πο, qoiab, Lev. 18, 21. 20, 2 sq. 1 K. 
11,7. 2K. 23.10. Jer. 32, 35, Molech, 
pr. n. of an idol of the Ammonites, Aqu. 
Symm. Theod. Moiozy, Vulg. Moloch, 
Sept. appellat. ὃ ἄρχων, βασιλεύς ; called 
also 032 Milcom 1 K. 11, 5 (comp. v. 
7). 33. 2K. 23, 13; and pada Malcam, 
Sept. Medyou, Jer. 49, 1.3. Syr. Soaatsso 
comp. Zeph. 1, 5. To this idol the He- 
brews from the time of Solomon sacri- 
ficed infants on Mia erected in the 


ν"" 


pa 


valley of Hinnom ; see 723 no. 4. Ac- 
cording to the Rabbins, its statue was of 
brass, with the members of the human 
body, but the head of an ox; it was 
hollow within, was heated from below, 
and the children to be immolated were 
placed in its arms, while drums were 
beaten to drown their cries; see Jarchi 
ad Jer. 7,3. Lund Jad. Heiligthimer p. 
638. Carpzov. Antiq. 87,404. Such a 
tradition is strongly confirmed by a pas- 
sage in Diodorus Siculus, respecting 
human sacrifices.offered by the Cartha- 
ginians to Κρόνος i. 6. Saturn, Diod. Sic. 
20. 14. Hence it has been commonly 
held, that the Molech of the Old Test. 


_ was also Saturn, and indeed the planet 


Saturn, which the ancients regarded as 
a κακοδαίμων to be appeased with human 
sacrifices ; see Comm. on Is. II. p. 343, 
and comp. in "> p. 463.—But from the 
language of Jeremiah, 6. g. 32, 35 and 
they built the high places of Baal which 
are in the valley of the son of Hinnom, 
to cause their sons and their daughters to 
pass through the fire to Molech, comp. 
19, 5 they have built also the high places 
of Baal, to burn their sons in the fire for 
burnt-offerings unto Baal, it would seem 
to follow that the idol Molech (531) 
was no other than Baal (5531), to whom 
also in the region of Carthage and Nu- 
midia children were immolated ; see 
three Punic inscriptions, Monumm. Phe- 
nic. pp. 448, 449, 453. It may be sup- 
posed that aba, bbb, 0229, was an 
epithet of Baal in curtelt ise chiefly 
among the Ammonites, as mp2 was 
an epithet of the same god among the 
Tyrians; see in >32 no. 5. Among the 
Phenicians also a customary epithet of 
Baal was 05» 452 king eternal, and also 
simply ΠΡ king ; see Monumm. Phen. 
l.c. The forms 0252, D252, may be 


ὙΠ Α compared with 1125 Ρ. 914; Ἂν és the end- 
_ings 0— and Ὁ-- may be regarded as di- 


minutive forms of endearment affixed to 
the names-of gods; although in these 
syllables there may also lurk a suffix, 
the force of which was by degrees lost, 
as in the names of the gods “Ada, 


93258; Βααλτίς, °N>22, Monumm. Phe- 


nic. μᾷ 400; see “alas art. "258 p. 13 
above.—For the apologetic ‘comments 
of the Rabbins see in "2 Hiph. no. 4. 


576 





55 


x2>% Chald. f. emphat. ΕΝ a 
queen, i. q. Heb. nz2>2, Dan. 5, 10. 


Ts? 
ΓΗΞΡῸ f(r. 522) ὁ. suff. int2>2, a 
noose, snare, springe, Job 18, 10. 


M22 f(r. 7b) constr. mD>2, a queen, 
i.e. the consort of a king Esth. 1, 9 sq. 
7, 1 sq. or-as reigning in her own right, 
e. g. the queen of Sheba 1K. 10, 4. 4. 
10. 13. Plur. ΓΞ. of the wives of 
Solomon who were of royal birth, opp. 
to concubines (Θ᾽ 9558) Cant. 6, 8. 9.. 


ahr) (id. or Chald. counsel) Milcah, 
pr. n. of the daughter of Haran, the wife 
of Nahor, Gen. 11, 29. 22, 20. 


m220, see 3957. 


sb Chald. f. constr. m435% , emphat. 
xmabe, i. q. Heb. mazb2, a kingdbnn, 
i, 6. 

a) dominion, reign, the exercise of 
kingly power, Dan. 4, 28. 6, 2. 7, 14. al. 
In the genit. as adjunct for an adj. roy- 
al; as 1252 ΤῊΞ the royal residence, 
eautropolia. Dan. 4, 27; maz 5951 
the royal palace 4, 26. wing ‘0 the 
reign of Darius Ezra 4, 24. 6, "15. Spo- 
ken of the kingdom or dominion of God 
Dan. 3, 33; and of the future reign of 
the saints 7, 18. 22. 27. 

b) realm, a country under kingly rule, 
Dan. 2, 39. 44. 7, 23.. Plur. emphat. 
nade Dan. 2, 44. 7,23. Syr. aah, 


ae OT 6 UI. 
ἴζαξ ἕο, Arab. erga, id. i 

MAD22 ᾧ (τ. 5) plur. ni*sb, a word 
of the later Hebrew, freq. in ‘the books 
of Chron. Esth. and Daniel, but rare in 
the earlier books, as Num. 24, 7. 1Sam. 
20, 31. Ps. 45, 7. 103, 19. 145, 11 sq. 

1. a kingdom, i. 6. the royal dignity, 
dominion, reign, Dan. 11, 21 comp. v. 4. 
Esth. 1,19. δηδ ‘2 the kingdom (do- 
minion) of Saul 1 Chr. 12, 23. 2 Chr. 
12,1. Often in the following phrase: 
Dan, 1,1 in the third year D*prin® M3 585 
of the reign of Jehoiakim. 2, 1. 8, ae 
Chr. 26, 31. 2 Chr. 15, 10. al. comp. the 
earlier plirabe Cea) abs 1K. 15, 1. 9. 
Often in the genit. as adjunct for the 
adj. royal, e. g. Bees, ma the royal 
house, palace, (i. q. 2 bn m3) Esth. 1, 9, 
2,16. 5,1; masda “a5 (i. gq 7230 “23) 
α 70 yal μεθ σοί Esth. 1 19; ‘a NOD 





= ya] 


the royal throne 1 Chr. 22, 10. Esth. 1, 2. 
5, 1.8]. “a 030 Ps. 45,75 “2 Sin 1 Chr. 
29, 25. Dan. ΤῊΝ ΣΙ: died ‘2 "2 royal 
wine Esth. 1 1—Ellipt. Esth. 5, 1 mw3> 
m25’2 she put on royal apparel. 

2. a kingdom, i. e. a realm, a people 
under kingly rule; e. g. MAM} “2 ἐν 
-kingdom of Judah 2 Chr. i, 17's 
ὉΠ ὩΞ the kingdom of the Chaldeans 
Dan. 9,1; Dap “2 the kingdom of the 
Pereiahs 2 Chr. 36, 20. Dan. 10, 13. ete. 
“a "xm the half of the kingdom Esth. 5, 
3.6. 7,2. Plur. miso Dan. 8, 22. 


872270 (God’s king, i. e. suncioead 
by him, fir. 42,) Malchiel, pr. n. m. 
Gen. 46, 17. Num. 26, 45. 1 Chr. 7, 31. 
—Patron. in "— Num. 26, 45. 


9222 and ΓΙ 39 (Jehovah’s king) 
Malchiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 9, 12. 
Neh. 11. 12. Jer. 38, 1. b) Ezra 10, 
31. Neh. 3, 11. 14. 13. 0) Neh. 8, 4. 
10,3. d) Jer. 38,6. ε) Ezra 10, 25. 


ῬΊΣ 99 (king of righteousness) pr. 
n. Melchizedek, king of Salem (Jerusa- 
lem) and a priest of Jehovah, Gen. 14, 
18. Ps. 110, 4. Comp. Heb. c. 7. 


177222 (king of altitude) Malchiram, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18. 


yr (king of help) Malchishua, 
pr. n. of a son of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 31, 
2. Also written separately sntinab2 
1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39. 


D228 (their king) Malcam, pr. ἢ. 
a) An idol of the Moabites and Ammon- 
ites, i. q. 02> and 32%, Jer. 49, 1. 3; 
see in 72. ‘But i in Zeph. 1, 5 and Am. 
1, 15 ἘΞ is their king. b) A man, 1 
Chr. 8, ‘9. 


D222 Milcom, i. q. Molech, an idol of 
the Ammonites, 1 Κὶ, 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23, 
13. See in 92%. 


139 an error for ἸΞ9 q. v. 


M227 fem. of the Chald. form 57, 
(as mada fr. Π53,) a queen, found only 
in Jer. 5 18. 44. 17. 18. 19.25; in which 
passages DY2U M229 the queen of 
heaven, which the Hebrew women wor- 
shipped, is either the moon, or Astarie 
(mano?) i. 6. the planet Venus. So 
Sept. in c. 44, and Vulg. everywhere. 
But several Mss. read the word fully 

49 


577 





yn 


written Wit M2Nd% the service or worship 
of heaven, as also the Syr. renders it 


Pp γῶν, 


besow? a2 cultus celi, i.e. abstr. 
for concr. the gods of heaven. 


m2>4a f with art. n2>ian (the queen) 
Moleketh, Hammoleketh, pr. n. 1 Chr 
7, 18. 


gol 220 to speak, mostly poet. for 
the comm. "23. Chald. and Syr. 522, 
ἕο, id. It has something of the ono- 


matopoetic character, like Gr. λαλέω 
Germ. lallen—In Kal once part. Ὁ 
Prov. 6, 13. . 

Piet >b2, to speak, c. acc. Job 8, 2 
how long wilt thou speak such things? 
33, 3. Ps. 106,6; with dat. of pers. and 
a direct clause following, as Gen. 21, 7 
“ΔῈ OFAN 5b 70 who would have said 
to Abraham, Sarah shall give children 
suck ? Comp. "253 no. 1. 6. 

Deriv. 752 word, pr. n. ">>. 


gh | pp ig. 530, ἘΠ, to cut off, or 

to be cut off, espec. of grass, herbage. 
ears of grain. Fut. in the Chald. form, 
58" Job 14, 2. 18, 16, plur. in pause 3>17 
24,24. Ps. 37, 2, to be cut off; see Bleek 
on these forms, in Rosenm. Repertor. 
I. p. 80.—Job 14, 2 da) NE VIED like 
the flower he cometh forth and is cut 
down. 18, 16 beneath, his roots are dry, 
ἼΛΟΣΡ 9} ΕΗ ahove, his branches are 
cut off—Others, as Kimchi and Simonis, 
derive these forms from b23, which 
seems to be supported by the noun 
103; but the preceding mode is better 
established. . 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be circumcised, i. q. d4709 or 
d402 from r. a0. Preet. pnb) for onde, 
Gen. 17, 11. 

Po. ἜΝ fut. >bi7", to cut off, Ps. 90, 
6; see Ὁ" Pil. 

Deriv. 2557. 


59 Chald. Pa. 52, to speak, Dan. 
7, 8.11. 20. 25; ο. 09 with any one Dan. 
6, 22. 


"5210 (eloquent, τ. >37 pete ge pr. 
n. m. Neh. 12, 36.- 

ΩΦ or WA2%2 m. (τ. 735) once in 
constr. Judg. 3, 31 “P34, 725 an ox- 
goad, a stout staff with an, iron point at 
one end for urging on oxen; see Maun 


ya 


drell’s Journ. Ap. 15. Gr. βουπλήξ Il. 6. 
135, and βούκεντρον. See Schodttgen de 
Stimulo boum, Francof. 1774. 


* v2 in Kal not used, to be smooth, 
i. ᾳ. 032 ἃ. v. 
Nibu. Ps. 119, 103 how smooth (a%>702) 
to my palate are thy words, i. e. pleasant, 
sweet. 


ἜΣΘ with art. 9279 Dan. 1,11. 16,a 
name of office in the Babylonian court, 
prob. Pers. master of wine, chief 
butler ; so Bohlen Symb. p. 22. | 


po to nip, to nip off, to crack, e. g. 
the fi of a fowl Lev. 1, 15. 5,8. Sept. 
anoxvige. Kindr. is pte, the 5 being 
softened into >, and » interchanged 
with 2. Syr. and Chald. 3272 to pluck. 


Mp2 τὴ. (τ. AP >) 1. prey, booty, 
espec. of cattle aad ‘animals. Num. 31, 
12 ἘΠ ΤΣ ΤΡ ΘΙ ΝΣ "avin the 
captives, and the prey, ‘and the spoils ; ; 
but in v.11. 27. 32, the captives also are 
included under this word. Is. 49, 24. 25. 

2. Déau dD Mip>2 the two jaws, with 
which food is taken, Ps. 22, 16. 


Wipoa m. (r. p>) the latter rain, 
i.e. the vernal, the showers which fall 
in Palestine in the months of March and 
April before the harvest, Prov. 16, 15. 
Zech. 10,1. Hos. 6, 3; often coupled 
with M357, M77, the early or autumnal 
rain, Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 3, 3. 5,24. Poet. 
of eloquent discourse, Job 29, 23.—On 
the rains of Palestine see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 97. 


pnp. m. dual (τ. Mp>) tongs for 
the fire, Is. 6, 6.. So of small tongs or 
the like, snuffers, for lamps, etc. 1 K. 7, 
49, 2 Chr. 4,21. With suff. n°mp>2 id. 
Ex. 25, 38. 37, 23. Num. 4, 9. 


ΓΙ f. (rnd) @ wardrobe, ves- 
try, sc. of the king, 2 Καὶ. 10, 22. So the 


context demands, and 80 Vulg. Chald. 
Arab. Kimchi. 


ἼΠΙΡ (perh. for "MXba my fulness, r. 
δ 82) Mallothi, pr. n. τη. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 26. 


nism f. plur. (τ. m>) constr. ΤΣ ΤΡ 
Ps. 58,7; also with the letters transp. 


ΓΦ ΘΙ Job 29, 17. Prov. 30,14. Joel 
1,6; the biters, the grinders, poet. for the 


578 





oma 


teeth. Comp. Ethiop. PAthT the 
jaw, pr. that with which one bites; 
Ludolf p. 19. There*seems to be no 
reference to a particular class of teeth, 
as the incisors, maxillary, ete. 


ΛΘ f. (Dagesh euphonic) plur. 
ming. Joel 1, 17, garners, storehouses, 
places or buildings -where grain is laid 
up, i.g. minh. It is a denom. from 
manna Hag. 2, 19, with 7 local prefixed ; 
comp. nivya, miaqe, and Lehrgeb. 
§ 122. 1.no.14. R. waa 1.3. 


ὩΣ Τ Δ m. plur. (Ὁ. 72) measures, sc. 
of the earth, Job 38, 5. 


Ἰ9 2 Memucan, pr. n. of a prince or — 
satrap in the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1 
14. 16,21. Also 9272 v. 16 Cheth. 


ΓΔ m. (τ. ΤῊ) only in plur. Bonin, 
deaths, Jer. 16,4. Ez. 28,8.—In 2 Καὶ, 11, 
2 Cheth. concer. the dead, the slain, where 
Keri 5°m257. 


“ΙΩὩ τὴ, (r. 32) filthiness, concr. 
filthy, polluted ; hence 

1. one spurious, a bastard, Deut. 23, 3. 
Sept. ἐκ mogvr7s, Vulg. de scorto natus, 
and so the oriental intpp. as also the 
Rabbins, who use this word of a bas- 
tard. 

2. Metaph. a. stranger, foreigner, 
Zech. 9, 6. Sept. ἀλλογενής. In like 
manner, foreign nations are often com- 
pared to harlots by the Hebrew poets, 
comp. Is. 23, 17. 18. 


"37272 m. (τ. 122) 1. sale, Lev. 25, 
27. 29. 50. 

2. Concr. thing sold ; Lev. 25, 25 
nm 37 that sold by his brother. v. 
98. 33. Ez. 7,13. Plur. Deut. 18, 8. 

3. something for sale, ware, etc. Lev 
25, 14. Neh. 13, 20. 


11200 f. (τ. 122) sale, a selling, i. q. 
“27072 no. 1, Lev. 25, 42. 


mabe ἢ (τ. 42%) constr. M2292, 6. 
suff. ἩΩΞΌΘῸ ; plur. nisbos, ‘conite 
nizban ; Ἐπ ἢ asda, but of an earlier 
age, ‘though also found in the later 
books, as 2 Chr. 11, 1. 14, 4. 17, 5. al. 

1. kingdom, i.e. the royal dignity, do- 
minion, reign, 1K. 11,11. 14, 8. 1 Sam. 
28,17. In genit. for ‘the adj. royal, as 
nates ἜΣ the royal city Josh. 10, 2. 


ba 


1Sam. 27,5; 02 ma Am. 7, 13; also 
2 Chr. 23, 20. 2K. 11,1. Abstr. for concr. 
1 Sam. 10,18 niz>a2-52 i.e. all kings. 
2. akingdom, i.e. a realm, a people 
under kingly rule; Num. 32,33. 1 Sam. 
24, 21. Ex. 19, 6. 


proba f. (τ. ΞΘ) only constr. M4357 
tingle, iq. ἢ robo no. 2; Josh. ‘13, 
12 sq. 1 Sam. 15, 28. 2 Sam. 16, 3. Μέ 
20,1. 


782, see 470 and 472 init. 


4222 m. (r. 302) mixed wine, spiced 
wine, i. q. 972 q. Vv. Prov. 23, 30. Is. 65, 
.11, See in ara. 


ὙΠῸ m. grief, sorrow, Prov. 17, 25.— 
R. "72; as 029, Γ. 00D; OM, r. DOT; 
30), Γ΄ bba. 


N72 (pr. fattening, then concer. fat, 

r. 872) Mamre, pr. n. of an Amorite who 
made a league with Abraham, Gen. 14, 
13. 24. Hence 87972 "2558 the oaks of 
Mamre, Gen. 13, 18. 18, 1; and simpl. 
m7 Mamre 23, 17. 19. 35, 27; the 
name of a*grove of oaks not far from 
Hebron. [Mamre is said to be Hebron, 
Gen. 23, 19. 35, 27. But the oaks or 
terebinths of Mamre are distinguished 
from Hebron or Mamre itself; Gen. 13, 
18. 18,1. They are placed by a tradi- 
tion older than Josephus at some dis- 
-tance from Hebron towards Jerusalem ; 
Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 7. See Bibl. Res. in Pa- 


lest. I. p. 454. I. p. 318. Bibliotheca — 


Sacra, 1843, p. 52.—R. 


m2 m. plur. (τ. "9, Dag. eu- 
phon.) bitternesses, calamities, Job 9, 18. 


nwa τη. (τ. M2) expansion ; Ez. 

238,14 nan 513 cherub of expansion, 

Vulg. cherub extentus, i.e. with expand- 
ed wings; comp. v. 16 and Ex. 25, 20. 


>on τη. (τ. 5:0.) dominion, rule, 
Dan. 11, 3. 5. Plur. 5°72 coner. 
_ princes, lords, 1 Chr. 26, 6. 


mown f. (vr. dui) Mic. 4, 8 ; constr. 
mbvio2 Gen. 1, 16. Ps. 136,8; 6. suff. 
gee Is. 22,21; Plur. constr. ΓΝ 

5. 136, 9, c. suff. winibuine Ps. 114, 2; 
dominion, rule, Mic. 4, 8. Dan. 11, 5; 
also 1 K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 6. Jer. 51. 25. 
34, 1; of Jehovah’s dominion Ps. 114, 
2. 145, 13; also the office of a prince of 


579 





}2 


the court, Is. 22,21. Trop. of the rule of 
the sun and moon, Gen. 1, 16. Ps. 136, 
8.—Hence concr. a) dominions, juris- 
diction, realm, 2 K. 20, 13. Ps. 103, 22. 
b) rulers, princes, chief officers, 2 Chr. 
32, 9. Less well Sept. Vulg. power, 
army. Comp. 1 Chr. 26, 6. 


pwns m. (τ. pti) possession ; once 
Zeph. 2, 9 549 prin the possession of 
the bramble, a place overgrown with 
brambles. Comp. Is. 14, 23. 


DPM") m. plur. (Ὁ. PN") sweetnesses; 
sweet things, Cant. 5, 16. Neh. 8, 10. 


ΤΩ πὶ. (r. 132) c. suff. 422 Neh. 9, 20, 
but in other Mss. without Dag. manna, 
which some regard as identical with the 
manna Arabica, a sweet resin similar 
to honey, which in Arabia and other 
oriental regions exudes chiefly in July 
and August, before sunrise, from the 
leaves of several species of trees: and 
shrubs, but principally from the tama- 
risk genus. Ex. 16, 15-35. Num. 11, 6 
sq. Deut. 8, 3. 16. Josh. 5, 12. Ps. 78, 24. 
Within the present century English 
naturalists first proved that a certain 
insect, similar to the coccus, is coopera- 
tive in producing the manna; see Hard- 
wicke in Asiatic Researches XIV. p. 
182 sq. Frederick in Transact. of the 
Lit. Soc. of Bombay, Lond. 1819. Vol. I. 
p. 251sq. This has more recently been 
confirmed by Ehrenberg, who has shown 
that the manna flows out of the leaf in 
consequence of the punctures of this 
insect. The tree which produces it at 
Sinai is the Tamarix gallica mannife- 
ra, Arab. Lib Turfa; and the insect 


is called coccus manniparus. See Eh- 
renb. Symbol. Phys. Berl. 1829. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. pp. 170, 550. Comp. 


ἧς 


Niebuhr’s Deser. of Arab. p. 145.Germ. . 


J. ἘΣ. Fabri Historia Manne in Fabri et 
Reiskii Opusc. med. Arab. p. 121.—Arab. 
nt id. pr. a portion, gift from heaven, 
fally Lys uo. But allusion is made 
to another derivation Ex. 16, 15. 31; 
comp. Chald. 7a. [Of all the charac- 
teristics ascribed in Scripture to the 
manna, not one belongs to the present 
manna; nor could there ever have been 
a supply of it sufficient for the consump- 


Ἰ2 


tion of a host like that of Israel, contain- 
ing at least two millions of people; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. c.—R. » 


ἸῺ Chald. Pron. 1. Interrog. who? 
what? Ezra 5, 3.9. Dan. 3,15. Also 
in an indiree: .nterrog. Ezra 5, 4. 

2. Indef. "3"}72 whoso, whoever, Dan. 
3, 6.11. 4, 14. 


72 πὰ. (τ. 422) 1. part, portion. The 
proper subst. force of this word does not 


indeed occur in common use in the O. T. ~ 


since the form 5722 Ps. 68, 24, which 
Simonis explains by: the portion of him 
(them), i. e. of the dogs, is more readily 
solved another way, viz. by rendering 
it: that the tongue of thy dogs may lap 

(yh) of it. But the primary subst. 
power is manifest in the forms "339 pr. 
a parte mea, Fr. de ma part, Engl. for 
or on my part, (comp. Ez. 3, 17 warn 
them “222 on my part, from me,) and 
15922 a parte ejus,on his part ; and hence 
the prep. 72 is pr. originally nothing but 
the constr. state sing. of 72; and "37 Is. 
30. 11 is its constr. plural. 

2. Plur. 2°32 strings of an instrument, 
pr. slender threads, from their being di- 
vided, Ps. 160,4. Syr. -αἴϑὸ id. Prob. 
also we may refer hither Ps. 45, 9: out 
of ivory palaces = Maw “22 the strings 
(resounding music) have made thee glad. 
On the plural ending "- for ἘΠ--, see 
Lehrg. p. 525, 526. Ewald’s Gram. § 359. 


V2 and ‘a, before a guttural "9, rarely 
7 (as wina Gen. 14, 23, ΠΛ 2 Sam. 
18, 16, and constantly in the forms yin, 
nina), poet. "372 with Yod paragog. as 
annexed to the constr. state Judg. 5, 14. 
Job 6, 16. Ps. 44, 10. 11. Is. 46, 3. al. 
once 73 plur. constr. Is. 20, 11; .c. suff. 
. 9 (see ἸΏ no. 1), poet. "22 and “379 
(by Syriasm); 72 in pause 722, f. 
yas; 92722 for sm33° from him, poet. 
MED, 7379. f. 579; plur. 337272 for 12373 
from us; ἘΞ; ἘΠῚ poet. Di, f. a. 
Syr. <9; Arab. Ceo usually joined to 
the next word by dropping Nun, as 
with the art. le for tt De Sacy 
Gram. I. ὃ 838. Strictly 7 is constr. 
state of the noun 72, (as ἼΞ constr. 43,) 
pr. part of any thing, and hence a Pre- 
position; see 72 no. 1. 


580 


ἸῺ 


1. Strictly as a Prep. partitive, (a2 
mnzp Mem purtitive as the Hebrews 
call it,) denoting a part taken from or 
out of a whole, which in Gr. and Lat. is 
expressed by the prepositions ἐξ, ἐκ, ex, 
6, and also by aro, ab, a, rarely by de. 

a) Put after oumeraies ; Ruth 4, 2 fen 
men “73m ἜΤ of the elders of ihe cily. 
2 K. 2,7 “fifty men DNB ἈΞ of the 
sons of the prophets. Neh. 1, 2 Sant SAN 
one of my brethren. Job 5, i pagipa “2 
who of or among the holy 2 Jer. 45, 28 
all....shall know “232 DAPI 3 933 
ons ἀλλο word shall stand, of me or 
of them, mine or theirs, where 72 refers 
to "2, as in Job |. c.—So after substan- 
tives which denote a part; 2 Chr. 31,3 
the king’s portion from (2) his sub- 
stance. Is. 21, 11 M29 m3 what of the 
night? i. e. what part (time) of the 
night ? 

b) Indefinitely, the noun being omit- 
ted. 
titude, it implies some out of a whole 
number; Ex. 17, 5 take with thee 3737 
Ὁ" (some) of the elders of Istael. 16, 27 

41 12 1NS2 there went out (some) of 
the people. ‘Gen. 33, 15. Num. 13, 23. 2 
Sam. 11,17. Ez. 5, 4. Am. 2, 11. Cant. 
1, 2 πὴ Nip wie “2p let him kiss me 
(with some) of ‘the kisses of his mouth. 
So Arab. pero some of them Kor. 57. 


26; also ars c. genit. a part, some; 
Syr. «ἰο. Comp. the Fr. indef. art. des 
anciens, des baisers—More rarely it 
marks one oat of a number; Gen. 28, 11 
and he took ἘΠΡΏΓΙ "2382 one of ‘the 
stones of the place, comp. v.18. Ex. 6, 
25 Eleazar took him one of the daughters 
of Putiel to wife. Jer. 1,1. Dan. 11, 5 the 
king of the south ΝΘ 25 and one of 
his princes, Sept. εἷς ἐκ τῶν δυναστῶν. So 


Arab. (aay, Syr. <&, of one. 


Ex. 12,7. 29,21. Lev.5,9. (So ose7 <& 
Barhebr. 529.) Job 11.6 God will remit 
to thee 72532 (something) of thy guilg 
Ps. 137,3. With a negat. part. nothing, 
none at all; 1 K. 18, 5 72 m"932 NWS 
mena and that we destroy none “of the 
beasts. 2 K. 10, 10. Deut. 16, 4. Nah. 1, 





14 ‘Tid pou STN ND there shall be sown 


6) As 
referring to a whole, something, some of; 
as D572 (some) of the blood, some blood, ἡ 





a) As referring to number or mul- — 


_ 








A =n ἃ ἀν ἃ. ee ᾿ζί α. 





a 
é 


nothing of thy name more, nothing which 
bearsthyname. jy) Hence is manifest 
the proper force of the Arab. ,.»0 ‘pleo- 
nastic,’ treated of by Agrell, de Variet. 
gen. et num. in Lingg. Orient. p. 142 sq. 
and corresponding to which there are 
similar phrases in Hebrew. In these 
_ Arabic formulas, xt St at ω» Le, 
lit. nothing of God but God, i. e. there is 
no God but God, Kor. Sur. 3, 55. 5, 77. 
38, 65 (comp. the same words without 
po Sur. 3, 1. 11, 27. 20, 7); po Lo 
rae nothing of one, not even one, Sur. 
2,96. 19, 98; uy "6 Ls lit. no- 
thing to them of knowledge, i. e. they 
have no knowledge, Sur. 18, 4 (comp. 
without ,.»0 22,70. 24, 14); in these and 
many other like instances, 72 is not pleo- 
nastic, but partitive: not a single part 
of God, i. q. no god; not a particle of 
one, not even one; not a particle of 
knowledge, etc. In Syriac the corres- 
ponding form is Soo Do «ὦ if and contr. 
SoodSaSo Ἰΐ -nequaquam, Gal. 5, 16.— 
Hence in Heb. δ) ἼΠΙΝ 8 lit. any part 
of one, i.e. even one, ullus. Deut. 15,7 
_ Af there be a poor man among you “TIX2 


ΤΙΝ any one of your brethren. Lev. 4 | 
2 and if he doeth M272 ὈΓΙΝ Ὁ any one 


of them; comp. Ez. 18, 10 where πὶ 
seems to be spurious. Dan. 8,9 see in 
ma"su%2. a) In the negative phrases 
PIN, DEN, Is. 40, 17. 41, 24, i.e. (some- 
thing) from nothing, nihili quid, as if 
diminutive of nothing, q. d. less than no- 
thing, though there is here no compara- 
tive forcein 72. Is.40,17 all nations be- 
fore him are 7382 as nothing, and they are 
counted to him 0x less than nothing. 
41, 24 ὈΞΝ Ὁ ὈΞΟΣΒῚ FIND ON ye are 
from (less than) nothing, and your work, 
Srom (less than) nought; comp. v.12. 29. 
The rendering less than nothing is ra- 
_ ther mathematical than poetical, though 
it correctly expresses the fact that the 
idea of nothing is diminished by prefix- 
ing this particle. Nor is this usage pe- 
culiar to Isaiah; to it indeed belongs the 
form 3°82 nol one, not even one, none, as 
Jer. 10,6 9 72D ΝῺ not one is like to 
thee, Jehovah. v.7. So too I would ex- 
plain the phrase 28477 9°82 1. α. PR I, 
see in j38 no. 5. d. p. 48 —But to this 
49: 





ἸὩ 581 Ἰ2 


idiom do not belong several passages 


in which interpreters have thought they 


discovered the 472 pleonastic ; Storr Ob- 
servatt. p. 450. Thus Gen. 7, 22 all 
in whose nostrils was the breath of life, 
ἜΝ 552 of all that was on the dry land, 


died ; i. 6. all-animated beings died. So _. 


in the anacoluthon Judg. 10, 11..12. 

e) After verbs of taking or receiving 
of or from any thing, i. e. a part from a 
whole; 6. g. Gen. 2, 22 the rib which 
the Lord took ὉΠ from the man. Ex. 
29, 22 thou shalt take of the ram the fat. 
Job 23,6. So after verbs of a similar 
sense ; as verbs of eating, 72 528 Gen. 
25, 20. Job 31, 17; of satiating, ya 32 ; 
of choosing from a number Ex. 18, 25. 
2 K.10,3. Vice versa also after verbs 
of giving Gen. 25, 30. 30, 14; so too 
after verbs of filling, as 72 NB, 12 Nd2; 
of leaving Ex. 10,5. Lev. 6,93; of teach- 
ing Is. 2, 3. Ps. 59,13. In all these ex- 
amples 12 denotes a part, portion, some ; 
which the Greek, French, and German 
express also by the genitive, as ἐσϑέειν 
καὶ πίνειν τινός, prenez du sang, nimm 
des Blutes. 

2. From the above partitive significa- 
tion comes the notion of proceeding out 
of any thing, i. 6. out of, of, from, Gr. ἐκ, 
Lat. ex, implying that a thing has been 
in another and made as it were part of 
it. So very freq. in the proper sense 
after verbs signifying to go out e. g. 
from a people, city, land, gate, and the 
like, see in 8¥"°; to draw out sc. from 
the water, a pit, Ps. 18, 17. 40, 3; to 
draw water out of a well Is. 12,33 to 
deliver or save from the power of any 
one; see the verbs 5°25, 702, "90; 
e. g. 98972 Ps. 17, 13, mya 33, 19, =3N3 
22, 21; also to help (save) from Deut. 
33, 7. Ps. 43,1; to drive out from a land 
Ps. 10, 18 ; to cut off from a land Ez. 14, 
17; to remove out of Deut. 26, 13. al. 
Further, fo take or receive from, see 
Mp>; tocry out from any place Jon. 2, 3. 
Hab. 2,11. al. Trop. to pass from one 
state to another, e. g. to be turned from 
sorrow to joy, Esth. 9,22 comp. Is. 17, 1. 
—Hence spoken : 

a) Of the material out of which any 
thing as it were proceeds, is formed or 
made. Gen. 2,19 and the Lord God 
formed Jw Msn->2 MINH 18 oul of 


ry | 582 2 


the ground every beast of the field. v. 23. 
Cant. 3, 9 Solomon made a litter (pa- 
lanquis) yiaabn «x20 of the wood of 
Lebanon. Ps. 16, 4. 45, 14. Hos. 18, 2. 

Ὁ) Of source or origin, e.g. a) Of 
parents, Gen. 17, 16 kings shall be n329 
of her. 16,2. 1 Sam. 2, 20 the Lord give 
thee seed of this woman. Judg. 11, 34 
she was his only daughter, 5322 ‘i> ἽΝ 
he had no other of himself, of his own 
body. Gen. 35, 11. Lev. 21, 17. Job 14, 
4 δ Ὁ TINY jm} who will show one 
pure born of the impure! see in 4m2 
no. 1. i. Is. 58,12 42 those from thee, 
thy children, descendants. 6) Οἵ ἃ 
people or native place; 1 Sam. 9, 1 
y72905"3 Vx a man of Benjamin. Judg. 
13,2 προ wes a man of Zorah. 12, 
ae ie 2K. 21, 19: Am..1,. 1. Jer, 1,-1. 
Neh. 7, 6. So of beasts and things; 
Ps. 80. 14 ΣΡ ἜΤ ΠῚ the boar of the for- 
est. Jer. 5, 6. Ps. 80, 9 5°92 5A a vine 
of Egypt. Comp. Ps.72.15. Trop. Neh. 
6, 8 thou feignest them ¥257 out of thine 
own heart. 

c) Of the author or agent from or by 
whom any thing proceeds or is done; 
so Gr. ἀπό i. ᾳ. ὑπό Hoot. 2. 54. Thue. 
3.36. EH. g. 12 78 to conceive by any 
one Gen. 19, 36. Hos. 7. 4 an oven M333 
mak heated by the baker. Ps. 9, 14 
ἜΝΟΟ Ὁ "22 my sorrow from (caused by) 
them that hate me. 31, 12. 62, 2. Judg. 
14, 4. Job 6, 25. Prov. 16. 1. 1 Chr. 13, 2. 
Hos. 8, 4. So with passive verbs, Ps. 
37, 23. Ecc. 12, 11.—Often as marking 
the author of a judgment or estimate ; 
Job 4,17 shall mortal man be accounted 
just of God (B°1>x72), a man pure of 
his maker ? i,.e. can he be just and pure 
in the judgment or sight of God ? Num. 
32, 22 Mins DP? guiltless before Jeho- 
vah. Zech. 11,13. Contra, Ps. 18, 22 x5 
ἜΠΙΟΝ Ὁ mun 7 have not done wickedly 
before my God, he being judge; but 
others take it here as constr. pregn. 7 
have not wickedly departed from my 
God. Jer. 51, 5. Deut. 32, 47.—To the 
same idiom may be referred Gen. 3, 14 
ΓΙΏΓΙΞΙΙ 59 ON WAN, 1. 6. “Pd Ws 
ona, cursed art thou of all beasts, their 
curses follow thee ; Sept. ἀπὸ πάντων 
τῶν κτήγνων, i. 6. ἀπό for ὑπό, see above. 
Gen. 4, 11, Soon the other hand 3732 
ἸΏ Deut, 33, 24. Judg. 5, 24; though 





both these passages may be referred to 
no. 5 below. . 

d) As the efficient cause ; e. g. after 
active verbs, Is. 6, 4 and the posts of the 
door trembled at (42) the voice. Job 4,9. 
14, 9. Ps. 6, 8. 73,19. After passive 
Herbs, Is, 22,3 MUP ION they are cap- 
tured by the archers. 28, 7. Ps. 78, 65. 
Biz. 27, 34. After substantives, Hos. 7, 
5 ja man heat from (by) wine. Job 4 
13 thoughts from the visions of the night. 
After an adject. Gen. 49, 12. see in"57>2n. 

e) Of the instrument 3 comp. Soph. 
Trach. 1133 ἐξ ἐμῆς ϑανεῖν χερὸς. Gen. 
9, 11 neither shall all flesh be cut off any 
more by the waters of a flood, 53272 "722. 
Job 7,14. Ps. 28,7. So pregn. Lev. 14, 
16 Ἰ2 ΤΠ 2... ISBNS [dA 530) and 
the priest shall dip and moisten his finger 
with the oil. 

f) Of the remote cause, ‘the ground or 
motive on account of, because of, for 
which any thing is done. Joel 4, 19 [3, 
19] mm "22 Ὁ for the violence to 
the children of Judah. 15. 53, 5 "Dts 
for (on account of) our transgressions. 
Prov. 20, 4. Deut. 7, 7. Josh. 22, 24. 
Cant. 3,8. Zech. 8,10. So to rejoice 
(mw) or grieve on account of, at any 
thing, Ruth 1, 13. Ex. 2, 23. Mic. 7, 16. 
Also where the reason is assigned why 
something is not done, Lat. pre, Engl. 
for ; Gen. 16, 10 2572 "ἘΦ" δὲ ἐὲ shall 
not be numbered for multitude. Ex. 15, 
23 they could not drink of the water for 
bitterness. 6, 9.—Hence "tx because, 
see in "Wx C. 3. 

g) Ofa ‘law, rule, precept, according 
to which, in conformity with or by which, 
any thing is done, comp. Lat. ez more, 
ex lege, ex foedere ; M77 "B2 by com- 
mand of Jehovah 2 Chr. 36, 12. Jon. 3, 7. 
Hence genr. according to. after, Lat. 
secundum ; Ez. 7, 27 DMX ΠΌΣΝ DIN 
according to their ways will I do unto 
them. Job 39, 26. "τὼ according to the 
number, as ahaa as; see "I. 

3. Very frequent, though not as is 
usually supposed the primary idea, is 
the notion of receding, departing, o* 
motion from a place, ὃ. g. from a place 
hither, from a place away, out from, off 
from, and the like, in any direction 
whatever, whether upwards or down- 
wards ; 6. g. Daw from heaven Is. 14, 


ἸὩ 583 3 


12. Ps. 14, 2. 33, 14; 72 32" to descend 
from a mountain; and vice versa ΓΞ» 
72 to ascend from ; {2 ΠΡ 1 Sam. 2,8. 
So also of the voice'and the senses, as 

exerting themselves or calied into exer- 
cise from any place or distance ; comp. 
Judg. 4, 20 the stars fought from heaven. 
Thus of the voice Is, 24, 14. 16. 42, 10; 


of the hearing 2 Chr. 6, 21. 25. 30. 33. 


7, 14; of the sight Cant. 2,9 comp. 5, 4. 
—As opposites we find: oa) I¥3—j2, 
and 33i— 772. Lev. 13, 12 735 ‘iwin-va 
nnba9 from his head even to his foot. Is. 
1, Ὁ. 1K. 6, 24. 7,9. The same formu- 
la is often used so as to comprehend 
every thing without distinction, from 
beginning to end, from head to foot, etc. 
Jon. 3,5 ἘΞΏΡ 93) 05550 from the great- 
est to the least, i. e. all. Esth. 3, 13. Ex. 
11, 5. 12,12. 1 Sam. 5,9. So too .for 
whether—or, i. q. both—and, Ex. 9, 25. 
22. 3. Deut. 29, 10. 1 Sam. 30,19. With 
a negative particle, netther—nor, Gen. 
14, 23 dya-qinw 331 win ON neither 
thread nor shoe-lachet, i. e. nothing at 
all. 31, 24. £8) Ἐκ ---ἼὮ from—to, see 
by A. "1. p. 51; Ps. 144, 13 y7dy ὙΠ 
from kind to kind, i. 8. of every kind. 
So 5---ἼὉ id. Gen. 9,10. γ) π-----Ἴ 2 
id. Ez. 25, 13 ΓΙ9᾽ 13 -- 9 2 from Te- 
man—even unto Dedan, For m2) 7737 
and MN>m) 7799 see in ΠΝ no. 2.—In 
all,these constructions ΕΣ is more com- 
mon, for which see below.—Specially 
8) After verbs of going away from ἃ 
place, see 727 ; of coming Gen. 16,8; of 
returning, see 353 ; of sending, as ποῦ; 
sftiiching as Mp ob Jer. 13,7. Also athe 
verbs of departing. receding, so TAD, TAA, 
and others of kindred meaning, as 2 328, 
772 732, 79 733, 72 NUN pr. to err froma 
law Lev. 4. 2. Further, of removing, 
"707, P7194; of repulsing, 2°65 Ps. 44, 
11; of driving out, ΘΒ; of withholding, 
322; of restraining, 7 Son sof dehorting, 
Ἐπὶ. So too after “uit of desisting, 
bin; of ceasing, leaving off. Esth. 9, 28, 
and 2 123 Gen. 29,35; of resting, "2, 
maw; also of forgetting , ja maw Ps. 102 
δ. "Here too may be referred 1 K. 12, 
28 ΤΡ 02> 39 enough to you (i. 6 
desist) from going up. Joel 1, 12 joy is 
withered away from the sons of men. Ps. 
104, 35. Prov. 25,17. So mivz2 n>, 
see in >">M no. 2. a. 





b) From the notion of departing, re- 
ceding, comes the use of 12 after verbs 
of fleeing, M22, 052; of hiding oneself, 
"MO, 059, IMD; of fearing, 877, 779; 
of trembling (comp. in no. 2. d) Is. 6, 4. 
Nah. 1,5; of beingaware, guarding, “720 , 
ΩΣ ; ἀξ defending, protecting, Ps, 
43,1. 107,41. All these verbs take ἸῺ 
of the person from whom we flee, hide, 
guard, defend, or of whom we are afraid, 
beware, etc. Comp. κρύπτω ἀπό, καλύπτω 
ἀπό, Matt. 11, 25. Luke 9, 45. 19, 42. 
Lat. ‘ custodire v. defendere ab,’ ‘ tutus a 
periculo.’—Similar to these are: 12 "0M 
Sree from a master Job 3,19; a7ix72 risa 
a refuge from the enemy Nah. 3, 11; 
ana 5x a shadow from the heat, which 
protects from the heat, Is. 4, 6. 25, 4. 
Job 21,9. So Esth. 5, 9 he stood not up 
n57070 st N>1 nor moved for hin, i. 6. for 
fear or reverence of him. Job 31, 23. 

6) After words of receiving, 772 mp>, 
32 Mp>; of giving, Ecc. 12, 11; οἱ 
seeking, Opa; of asking, 5X; here ἢ 
marks the person from whom one μὴ 
ceives, etc. So too after a verb signify- 
ing to take vengeance of or from any 
one, 12 5 1 Sam. 24, 13. al. Also Is. 
57, 8, see in M72 no. 3. fin. ἐν αν 

d) After verbs of rising or raising up 
Srom a place, DP, ΞῬΠ, Judg. 3, 20. 
2 Sam. 12,17. So also after verbs of 
consoling, comforting ; Gen. 5, 29 this 
one shall comfort us pang (ander) our 
work and the toil of our hands. 

6) Often 2 is prefixed to particles of 
place, (most of them being nouns,) and 
signifies departure from the place de- 
noted by the particle. Thus: «) Before 
adverbs, “ima from behind ; pw 2 from 
there, Srence : j7R2 whienbe? nya, Mpa, 
hence ; and so 37307, 1297257 ; ΠΡΌΣΩ. 
6) Before prepositions, ‘an from af- 
ter; 222 from amid, from within ; 
ΒΞ, bana, 7357, ofan before; Px, 
n> from with ; ὉΣὮ from above, Dnm2 
‘from beneath ; \722 from between, etc. 
Comp. Fr. de chez, d’auprés. 

{7 Put without a preceding verb, it im- 
plies distance or absence from any place 
or thing, far from, away from, comp. Gr. 
an Ἄργεος far from Argos, φίλης ἀπὸ 
πατρίδος αἴης I]. 2.162. So Prov. 20,3 
3799 728 to sit away from strife. Num 
15, 24 ΓῚΣΠ "293 away from the eyes 


4. 


ya 584 bce 


of the congregation. Is. 14,19. Hence 
a) i.g. without ; Job 11, 15 for then shalt 
thou lift up thy face 0122 without spot. 
Gen. 27, 39. Mic. 3, 6. Jer. 48, 45. β) 
besides, preter, 2 Sam. 13, 16. 1 Chr. 
29, 3.—Contra 

δ) It implies also a connection, ἃ de- 
pendence of one thing from another, sO 
as to seem to proceed from or out of it. 
Is. 40, 15 "5372 "2 a drop from the bucket, 
Sept. σταγὼν ἀπὸ xadov. Cant. 4,1. See 
in dz, and comp. ἐκ δίφροιο καϑήμενος 
Od. 21. 420. Arab. ue -Ξῇ prope 


abesse ab aliqua re.—Perh. Ruth. 2, 20 
win ἢ Θὰ Ὁ he is next from our Goel see 
in bxa 1. 3. p. 170. For 37387 Dan. 8, 
9, see in its order. 

h) Often 12 marks the place or region 
in or at which a thing is; as ΠΡ from 
the east, B32 from the west, where in 
Engl. we say on the east or eastward, on 
the west or westward, The mind of the 
oriental passes from the place specified 
to himself; we from ourselves to the 
place specified. So Gen. 2,8 and the 
Lord God planted a garden in Eden 
Dp eastward, i.e. in the eastern part 
of Eden. 12, 8 Dip? Wi} or baon7a 
Bethel on the west and Ai on the east, 1. 6. 
those coming from the west would pass 
by Bethel, and those from the east by Ai. 
So jipz2 on the north Judg. 7, 1. In 
like manner the following: 7272 on the 
inside, within ; 7312 on the outside, with- 
out, as Gen. 6,14; 51270 from before, i. 6. 
infront; mmm ‘fie beneath, i.e. below. 
So Gr. πρὸς νότου, Lat. a fronte, a tergo ; 
Fr. dessous, dessus, dedans, dehors, der- 
riére for d’arriére—When followed by 
a genitive or by 3, the following forms 
arise: ἽΝ at the side of any one; 
> ya" at or on the right of any one, 
Sateen on the left ; > >2 above, upon, 
ig. >9; > mmm beneath, under, i. q. 
MM ; b ὙΠῸ i.g. 73M, ete. see in A. 
4. ἃ. p. 502. Thesaur. p. 805. 

i) Any thing at which we look, may 
also be said to look towards us, 6. g. 
a place at some distance; hence in Lat. 


e regione, ex adverso, over against. So 


also in Hebrew, 732 e regione, over 
against, Gen. 21, 16. Num. 2,2; Pim7 
e longinguo. afar off. 1 Sam. 26, 13. 
Comp. ἑστηκέναι μακρόϑεν. 





k) Sometimes forms of this sort, as 
bp. from the east for in the east, and 
Pinna from afar tor afar off, are even 
put after verbs of motion to mark the 
terminus or place whither; so Is. 22,3 
ama pimra they have fled afar off, far 
away. 23,7 her own feet shall cagry her 


pinye afar off to sojourn. Gen. 13, 11 
bipa wid so and Lot journeyed east- 


ward. Such phrases seem to be taken 
as in the accus. of place whither, q. d. 
pinoy. 

A, Of time, as marking: a) The ter- 
minus a quo, a time from which onward ; 
as NAIM msn ja from that time forth 
Neh, 13,21; 183 from times of old ; ΓΙ 
from now, henceforth ; 3 BMDI from 
childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18, 12; so 
too "aX 7239 ‘frome my mother’s soomb, 
from my birth, Judg. 16, 17. Is, 46, 3.— 
When prefixed toa word implying a 
space or period of time, the reckoning is 
always from the beginning and not from 
the end, like the Gr. ἀφ᾽ ἡμέρας, ἀπὸ 
γυκτός, Lat. de die, de nocte. Lev. 27, 17 
doh rivia Vulg. well, statim ab initio 
incipientis jubilei, opp. 5250 ΠΝ v. 18. 
Is. 38, 12 Mb7>.53 Disa from morning 
till night, i.e. the whole day. 7250 
since thy days, i. e. since the beginning 
of thy life, Job 38, 12. 1 Sam. 25, 28. - 
pina from time on, ‘fro the beginning 
of time or of the worl Sept. ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, 
Is. 43, 13. 

b) Of the time im or at which any 
thing takes place, comp. 92 no. 3, ἢ; 
Ps. 94, 13. 1 Sam. 25,28. So n7M20 on 
the morrow Gen. 19, 34. Ex. 9,6. ‘pbig 
a long time ago, i. 6. of old, Sil 42, 14. 
Prov. 8, 23. DIP, MORI, le: 46, 10. 

c) of the time which next follows an- 
other, immediately afler, comp. in no. 3. 
σ᾽; so Gr. ἐξ ἀρίστου, Lat. ab itinere, ex 
consulatu. Ps. 73, 20 ὙΠ DI>MD as a 
dream after (when) one awakes. Prov. 
8, 23 VIN "ΠΡ immediately from 
(after) the beginnings of the earth ; o°72% 
after two days Hos. 6,2; 7p" at the end, 
see 7R. Simply often, ner after a 
time, in process of time, Judg. 11, 4. 14, 
8; ΒΞ. D872 Josh. 23, 1, 0472" 3479 Is. 
94. ΟΡ. pau wun after three months 
Gen. 38, 24." Here too may be referred 
“zimt} 72 beyond (after) the appointed 
time 2 Sam. 20, 5. 





a 8 ᾽ὀ ὀ "2 


5. From the idea of proceeding from 
or out of (see no. 2), in which is included 
the notion of taking or choosing out of, 
comes the use of ἸὩ asa comparative, to 
mark any thing as prominent or pre-emi- 
nent in any way above other things from 
or out of which it is taken. Comp. Lat. 
egregius, eximius ; Gr. ἐκ πάντων μάλι- 
στα Il. 4. 96; also ἐκ πασέων 1]. 18. 431. 
Hebr. ἸῺ “ΠΞ Ps. 84, 11. The same 
usage is found in the Syriac and Arabic. 
—So Deut. 14, 2 a people Ὁ ὩΣ ΤΙ 99 
out of all nations, q. d. chosen out, supe- 
rior to them. 1 Sam. 9, 3 os->>0 maa 
taller than any of the people, pr. in this 
respect eminent out of, above, all the 
people. 10, 23. 522, sp2 deceitful above 
all things, i.e. the most deceitful of all, 
Jer. 17,9; comp. 1 Sam. 18, 30. 2 K. 10, 3. 
2 Chr. 9, 22. Ez. 31,5. Ps. 45, 8. al.—In 
other examples a thing is said to be in 
some way eminent, distinguished, above 
another, to surpass it, e.g. P>aa 30 
better than Balak, distinguished above 
‘him for goodness, Judg. 11, 25; pin 
270 sweeter than honey 14, 18; 05m 
banyan wiser than Daniel Ez. 98, 8. Also 
with a verb implying virtue or vice, 
Judg. 2, 19 omiax2 sm*mbn they did 
worse than their fathers. Gen. 19, 9. 29, 
30. 38, 26. Jer. 5, 3. al. So too the 
phrases: 12 "0M to have less than an- 
other Ps. 8,6; }2 532 to fall more than 
another, to yield, Job 12,3; ἸῺ ‘1723 to 
stand more than another, not to yield, 
Dan. 11, 8.—Not much different is the 
view of those who refer this comparative 
use of 12 back to the idea of receding ; 
see Thes. p. 806.—The following uses 
may also be noted: a) The tertiwm com- 
parationis is sometimes omitted, but 
may be easily supplied: Is.10,10 5n">"08 
nbA7"9 their idols surpass hose eeu 
rusalem sc. in multitude and power. Mic. 
7,4. Ps. 62,10. Job 11,17. Ὁ) A thing 
is said to be above or greater than any 
one, when itisurpasses his powers; as 
Deut. 14, 24 FIM Fa NaI the journey 
is greater ian: thou, i. e. exceeds thy 
powers, is too long for thee. Gen. 4, 13. 
18, 14. Job 15, 11. 35, 5. Is. 49,6. Num. 
16, 9. Judg. 7, 2. See Lehrg. p. 690. 
6) There is a close connection between 
the comparative use of 72 and its nega- 
tive power (no. 6. b); e. g. Hos. 6, 6 





mids ponds mys} may ND) ΏΣΒΤΙ Ion 
I delight in “goodness, and not sacri ifice, 
in the knowledge of God MORE THAN in 
burnt-offerings. 

6. Before an infinitive, 2 signifies: 
a) on this account that, because ; comp. 
no. 2. f.. Deut. 7,8 B38 ἢ 25N9 be- 
cause Jehovah lovetg you. Ὁ) Most fre- 
quently, so as not, so that not, lest, witha 
negative sense, from the signification of 
receding (no. 3), after verbs which in 
any way imply restraint, hindrance, etc. 
6. g. verbs of restraining, 8°27 Num. 32, 
7; of guarding, of caution and care, Ps, 
39,2. Gen. 31, 29; of dehorting Is. 8, 11; 
of rejecting 1 Sam. 8, 7; of shutting up 
Is. 24, 10. Zech. 7, 12; (comp. Gen. 27, 
1. Ps. 69, 24;) of dismissing Ex. 14, 5; 
of forgetting Ps. 102, 5. Is.49,15. Thus 
Num. 32,7 wherefore turn ye the heart 
of the children of Israel Y3RN7>8 7282 
from going over, etc. i.e. so that they go 
not over. Gen. 27,1 his eyes were dim 
mk so that he could not see. Is. 49,15 
can a woman forget her sucking child 
ΓΞ 3 OMI2 80,68 not to have com- 
passion, etc. So Is. 54,9 I have sworn 
222 HSP2 not to be wroth with thee, i.e. 
the oath restrains me from it.—In this . 
sense, a noun is often found instead of 
the inf. and then 12 is for the fuller 
nina ; so 1 Sam. 15, 23 he hath rejected 
thee qa from being king, i.e so that 
thou art no longer king. Jer. 48,2 we will 
destroy it "ΒΔ so that it shall be no more 
a nation. Is. 52, 14 ΘΝ ΤΠ dis- 
JSigured so as to be no man, so as scarce- 
ly to have the appearance of a man. 
Also Is. 17, 1. 23,1. 25,2. Jer. 2, 25. 1 
K. 15, 13. Job 34,30. c) Oftime, e.g 
from which, since, see no. 4. a." Is..44, 7 
since I created the ancient people. Num. 
24, 23. Job 20, 4. 1 Chr. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 31, 10. 
Also after, when, see no. 4. 6. Ps. 73, 20. 

7. Once 372 is found as a Conjunction 


before the future, i. q. Syr. » -(ο, Arab. 


ἘΞ. 
Gy! (om, in the sense of lest, comp. no. 


6.b. Deut. 33, 11 yap 3-72, Sept. μὴ 


ἀναστήσονται, Vulg. non consurgant. 
Comp. Lehrg. p. 636. 


729, >, 2? ig. bn (which is only 
feond inl certain forms, as 1>375%) 
nuaba, pba), and corresponding en 


Ὁ 586 


tirely to the Lat. inde for de-in. It is put 
for \72 in the signif. no. 3. ad, marking 
a terminus a quo, from; so of place, 
pina from afar Job 26, 3. 39, 29; 
also of time 2 Sam. 7, 19. 2 K. 19, 95, 
1 Chr. 27, 23 nwads πο oes wa} 
Srom twenty years old. and under. 1 Chr. 
17, 10. Mal. 3, 7—Mpst frequently. fol- 
lowed by 2 or 331, from—to, even to, 
Zech. 14, 10. Mic. 7, 12; of time, Judg. 
19, 30. 2 Sam. 7, 6. Jeri 7,7. Also i. q. 
shether—~or, 2Chr. 15,13 nvix ἸΣῚ ws 
whether man or woman. Esth. 1, 20; 
and so with a negative particle, ether 
—nor,. Ex. 11, 7. 2 Sam. 13, 22.—Here 
however does not belong nna Num. 
18, 7, nor > Monn? 1 K. 7, 32, which are 
for M27, Ὁ nam. pdonladine the idea of 
ation ὅδ place; comp. V3M727>&. 


MN i. g. O22, pr. from with, from 
near by any person or thing, Syr. ae 
Zoas, Arab.- dic ; hence genr. 


from, of a terminus a quo, 1 K. 6, 33; 

espec. after verbs or nouns of ἀνδνίηα 
or sending from any place, Gen. 8, 8. 

26 31; also of receiving Job 2, 10; of 
buying Gen. 17, 27. 23, 20; of asking 
from any one 1 Sam. 1, 17; of perform- 
ance from (by) any one, Ex. 29, 28 this 
shall be to Aaron a perpetual slatute 
‘wr 2a ΓΝ from the children of Israel, 
i.e. to be performed by them. Josh. 11, 
20 amin ἢ mx. from Jehovah is this. 
Ps. 22, 26 "τ 25M FANN from thee is my 
song, i.e. I owe to thee my deliverance, 
the cause of my song. In Is. 54, 15 
ΙΝ Ὦ is for "MN2 v. 17; see in OX IL— 
In Is. 44, 24 Keri, "δ is i. q. Gr. an 
ἐμαυτοῦ John 5, 30, of myself, by my 
own authority, Arab. (SOUS |.po, Syr. 
ws? to, Heb. "299 Hos. 8,4. Comp. 
on this idiom Gesen. Anecdota Orientt. 
I. p. 66. 


ἸῺ Chald. Ezra 6, 14, 6. suff. "52, 
2s, ΠΡ, 129, jinp2, i. q. Heb. 

1. part of any thing, pr. constr. state 
of the noun 2. Its partitive power 
is apparent in examples of this sort: 
Dan. 2, 33 as to his feet 51 "3 ΠΣ 
pom Ἢ jim27 @ part of them was iron 
and a part of them clay. Comp. Syr. 
ooLlsc— colts 2 Tim. 2, 20. Barhebr. 


Ρ. 171, 200. 





70 


2. from out of, pr. proceeding out of, 
etc. Hence: a) Of the author, from 
whom as a source any thing proceeds, 
after the passive, Ezra 4,21. Ὁ) Of the 
moving cause, motive, on account of, 
because of, Dan. 5, 19; "37972 because, 
Dan. 3, 22. c) Of a rule or law ac- 
cording to which any thing is done, Ezra 
6, 14. 7, 23... Hence v&p ἸῺ of a truth, 
in truth, truly, Dan. 2,47; 3922 77 of 
a certainty, i. e. certainly, Dan. 2, 8. 
Comp. Gr. ἐκ as used in periphrasis for 
adverbs, 8. g. ἐξ ἐμφανοῦς i. q. euparars, 
ἐξ ἴσου. 

3. from, with the notion of receding, 
departing, see Heb. 2 no. 3; hence to 
require punishment from any one, Ezra 
7, 26; to be in fear of any one Dan. 
5,19. Of time, from a time onward, 
Dan. 4, 23 [26]. Ezra 5, 12.—Often fol- 
lowed by other prepositions, 6. g. Τὴ 772 
i.q. Heb. 032, m2, see NIP. ΠΡ, 47 
i. q. Heb. ΘΒ, =pbn. PRE 72 1. q. 
tx72 from then, frets that time, see 778. 
—Here. too bélonge the privative or 
negative signification, on which see in 
Heb. 72 no. 6. b. Dan. 4, 13 ἸΏ ΤΙ͂Ξ35 
yw NWIN his heart shall be changed 
from a man’s heart, i. e. 80 as to be no 
longer the heart of a man. 

4. Comparat. above, more than, Dan. 
2, 30. 


8272 Chald. see "2. 
ΓΗ͂Ν) parts, plur. of My q. v. 


M272 f. (τ. 132) i. q. 23} no. 3, @ 
song, espec. of derision, @ satire, Lam. 
3, 63. 


322 Chald. f. tribute, i. q. Chald. 
ΠΤ q. Vv. 


722 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. 558, the 
Dag. being resolved in the Chaldee 
manner into}. R. 57°, fut. 5327. 

1. knowledge, Dan. 2, ‘21. 5, 12. 

2. understanding, intellect, Dan. 4, 
31. 33. 


* 7722 fut. nyan, pr. to divide out, to 
measure out ; kindred are 4272 and 372. 
Comp. by transpos. Gr. véu@.—In Καὶ 

1. to allot, to appoint, c. > Is. 65, 12. 

2. to number out, to count, 6. g. money 
2K. 12,11; the stars Ps. 147, 4; the 
dust Gen. 13,16. Num. 23, 10; a people 


pn 


_ by a census 2 Sam. 24, 1. 1 Chr. 21, 1. 
17. 27,24 (ὁ. 3). 1K. 20, 25 and number 
thee an army, etc. Part. 4212 the num- 
berer, counter, i. e. inspector of flocks, 
Jer. 33, 13.—Chald. and Syr. [1s id. 

Nien. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be num- 
_bered, Gen. 13, 16. 2 Chr. 5, 6. Ecc. 1, 
15; to be numbered with, c. Τὰς Is. 53, 12. 

Piei 7372, fut. apoc. 1251, imp. apoc. 
2. Only in the later Heb. 

1. to allot, to appoint, i. 6. to divide 
out to any one, Dan. 1, 10; with > of 
person, Dan. 1, δ, Job 7, 3. 

2. to appoint, i.e. to constitute, to pre- 
pare, spoken of God, Jon. 2, 1. 4, 6. 8. 
Followed by a finite verb ἀσυνδέτως, Ps. 
61, 8 AM7x2" 2 appoint (cause that) 
they may preserve him. With 53, to 
appoint over, to set over, Dan. 1, 11. 

Pua pass. to be appointed, to be set 
over, 1 Chr. 9, 29. 

Deriv. "29, 2, pr. ἢ. 479M, and the 
four following. 


M22 and δὲ Chald. to number ; 

Dan. 5,26 God hath numbered thy king- 
dom, i. e. the years of thy reign. Part. 
pass. 8379 v. 25. 26. 
_ Pa. ἈΞ, to constitute, to appoint to an 
office, Dan. 2, 24. Ezra 7, 25; c. 5» over 
Dan. 2, 49. 3,12. Imper. "3 Ezra 7, 25. 

Deriv. }232. - 


272 m. (τ. 422) plur. po, pr. part, 
portion, number; spec. maneh, mina, 


S 

Gr. μνᾶ, (Syr. add, Arab. ups) a 
weight of a hundred shekels, as we may 
gather from 1 K. 10, 17. 2 Chr. 9, 16.— 
Another and somewhat obscure specifi- 
cation is given Ez. 45. 12: twenty shekels, 
twenty-five shekels, fifteen shekels, shall 
be your mina ; spoken either of a triple 
mina of 20, 25, and 15 shekels; or of a 
single mina of sixty shekels, distributed 
into three parts, 15-++-20+25. The lat- 
ter is best. 


27 f. (r. 72) constr. M29, plur. Mi39, 
6. suff. Kamets impure 9°12 Esth. 2, 9, 

1. a part, portion, Ex. 29, 26. Lev. ". 
38 ; mostly of food, 1 dam; 4.5. 9, 23, 
ΤΣ M2 to send portions from a feast, 
Neh. 8, 10. 12. Esth. 9, 19. 22. 

2: α lot, i. ᾳ. P25, Jer. 13, 25. Arab. 


sy 
τῷ fate. 


587 





127 


2% only in plur. 5°34 parts, i. 6. 
times, Gen. 31, 7.41. R. Πρ. 


422 τη. the driving of a chariot, 2’ K. 
9,20. R.an. 


TIAL f. (7.3 to flow,) @ fissure, 
clefi, in mountains or rocks, hollowed 
out by the water; such were used by 
the Israelites in times of distress as 
dens, recesses, retreats, once Judg. 6, 2. 


9 - 
See Thesaur. p. 858.—Arab. ree and 


ὅτις ἀκ fossa aque; see Schult. ad Job © 
Ρ. 49. 


‘Ti m. (r. 132) a nodding, shaking. 
Ps. 44, 15 UN" i392 ἃ shaking of the 
head, i. e. concr. one at whom men shake 
the head, an object of derision. 


ΤΡ) m. (r. 972) plur. ὁ. suff. noma 
Ps. 116, 7. 

1. @ resting, a settling down in ἃ fixed 
place ; e. g. of the ark 1 Chr. 6, 16 [31]. 
See the root Kal and Hiph. no. 1. 

2. rest, quiet ; ΥΩ δὰ Χ to find rest 
Gen. 8, 9. Is, 34, 14. "Lam. 1, 3; comp. 
Deut, 28, 65. > “a wpa to seck rest for 
a female, sc. in matrimony, Ruth 3, 1; 
comp. Liv. 3. 45. 

3. Manoah, pr. n. of the father of 
Samson, Judg. 13, 2 sq. 


MTA Εἰ also WI Gen. 49, 15 (r. 
m3) ¢. suff “ryr349999 , inn Is. 11, 10; 
plur. ΓΙ) Is. 32, 18. 

1. a resting, a settling down for rest 
(comp. mm} no. 1); hence, ‘ place where 
any thing settles down ;? Zech. 9, 1 the 
oracle of Jehovah is against the land of 
Hadrach, and Damascus is the resting 
thereof, i. e. Damascus is the place where 
it settles down, on which it rests ; comp. 
Num. 11, 25. 26. Is. 11, 2. 

2. rest, quiet ; "2 ὥστ a manof quiet, 
i. 6. pacific, 1 Chr. 22,9; mins "2 wa- 
ters of quietness, i. e. still, placid, Ps. 23, 
2. Adv. quietly, without noise or tumult, 
Judg. 20, 43.—Also i. q. comfort, conso- 
lation, 2 Sam. 14,17. Hence “a xx to 
find comfort Jer. 45,3; but also of a fe- 
male, to find rest sc. in matrimony, Ruth 
1,9; comp. 3, 1. 

3. place of rest, resting-place, Num. 
10, 33. Mic. 2,10. Plur. Is. 82, 18, Spee. 
of the temple, as the abode of Jehovah, 


3 


Ps. 132, 8.14. “a ΓᾺΞ 1 Chr. 28, 2. Is. 
66, 1; comp. Is. 11, 10. Also of the 
Holy Land, in which the people of Ged 
found rest. Deut. 12, 9. 1 K. 8, 566. Ps. 
95, 11 "mm my rest, i. 6. conceded by 
. me (God) to them. Is. 28, 12. Gen. 49, 
15.—Jer. 51, 59 "4579 “Ww, an officer of 
Nebuchadnezzar’s court; according to 
Kimchi, chamberlain, who attended the 
king when he retired to rest; better 
perh. chief of the quarters for the king and 
his army, 4. ἃ. quartermaster-general. 
Comp. Num. 10, 33. Syr. Ἰδυμαΐο 25 
chief of the camp. 


P22 m. (τ, 32) a child, offspring. 
Once, Prov. 29, 21 when any one bring- 
eth up his servant delicately from child- 
hood, {122 τ in NN? he will after- 
wards be as achild. So the Heb. intpp. 
and many early commentators. Others, 
abstr. condition of a child. 


01272 m. (r. 032) ὁ. suff. "O42 2 Sam. 
22, 3; see Lehrg. p. 161. 

1, flight, Jer. 46, 5. 

2. refuge, i.e. place of flight or re- 
treat, Ps. 142, 5. Job 11, 20. al. Of God 
as the refuge of man, 2 Sam. 22, 3. Jer. 
16, 19. 


Mo fem. of the preceding, flight 
Ley, 26, 36. Is. 52, 12. 


“22 τὰ. (τ. 93) a yoke, jugum, pr. a 
ploughman’s yoke; hence trop. "27 
ὈΠῸΝ jugum textorium, a weaver’s beam, 
1 Sam. 17,7. 2 Sam. 21, 19. Syr. 


~43 id. Arab. δ jusum aratorium 
fs pe ive 


a jugum textorium. But in this 


latter signif. Syr. and Arab. have more 


commonly tio}, “55. aise: » with r 
softened. ‘ 

ΤΥ) and 17729 f. (τ. 192) a candle- 
stick, candelabra ; spoken of the great 
chandelier in the tabernacle, Ex. 25, 
31 sq. 30, 27. 37, 17. 40, 4. 24. al. 
Plur. of the candelabras in the temple, 
1 K.7, 49. 1 Chr. 28, 15. Jer. 52, 19. 


5 .-. 
Arab. ὅλα id 
D9 m. plur. (τ. τ, Dag. euphon.) 
princes, i. ᾳ. O°"), Nah. By Atal av 


588 





"272. 


* m7 obsol. root, Arab. ὦ 21, Il, 


give, to bestow, pr. to divide out, to dis- 
tribute, kindr. with 722, 232. Hence — 


M28 f. constr. ΤΠ, ὁ. suff. "MGI; 
plur. ὁ. suff. #>NINy2 Gen: 32, 14. 

1. a gift. present, Gen. 32, 14. 19. 21. 
43, 11. 15. 25.26. al. Espee. oe presents 
offered to nobles and kings, Judg. 3, 15. 
1 Sam. 10,23. 2 Chr. 17, δ. 11. Ps. 45, 
13. Is. 39,1. 1 K. 10. 25. 

2. tribute, which was extracted from 
a subject nation under the milder name 
of a present, see Diod. Sic. 1.58. So 2 
Sam. 8, 2.6. 1K. 5,1 [4, 21]. 2 K. 17, 
4, Ps. 72, 10. 

3. an offering to God, a scenttie Is. 
1,13. 1 Chr. 16, 29. Spoken espec. of a 
bloodless offering, meat-offering, opp. to 
mat a bloody sacrifice ; it consisted of - 
flour, meal, or cakes, with oil and fran- 
kincense, and was burned upon the altar 


. either by itself or in connection with the 


bloody sacrifice ; so Lev. 2, 1. 4. 5. 6. 6, 
7.[14] sq. 7, 9. ‘al. Hence mr nat 
Ps, 40, 7. Tee 17, 26. Dan. 9, 27 ; nm 
502) Joel 1, 9. 13. 2, 14. As offered’ to 
idols, Is. 57, 6. 66, 3. 


ΓΤ] 2 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, Dan. 2, 
46. Ezra 7, 17. 


M2 see M2. 


D322 (consoler, r. 553) Menahem, pr. 
n. of a king of Israel, r. 772-761 B. C. 
2 K. 15, 17-22. Sept. Mavenu, Vulg. 
Manahem. 


mr22 (rest, τ. 12) Manahath, pr. τι. 
a) Of aman Gen. 36,23. Ὁ) Ofa place 
otherwise unknown 1 Chr. 8, 6. 


"372 m. (τ. 722, see Is. 65, 12,) fate, 
fe Sg e. : 
fortune, destiny, Arab. Lin, ἄλλο; with 


the art. "25, Meni, as the name of an 
idol which the Jews in Babylonia wor-_ 
shipped along with Gad (see 3), by 
lectisternia, Is. 65, 11. Probably the 
planet Venus is intended, which, as the 


source of good fortune ( SI Ose 


bona fortuna minor), was regarded by 
the ancient, Semitic nations as coupled 
with Gad or the planet Jupiter. It 
seems to be the same as the goddess 
$Liuc of the heathen Arabs, mentione1 





992 


_ 1. "3 Jer. 51, 27, Minni, pr. n. of an 


- Armenian province, cused with D728. 


According to Bochart, Phaleg lib. Le. 
3. p. 19, 20, it is 1. ᾳ. Muvag, a region 
of Armenia, Nicol. Damasc. ap. Jos. Ant. 
1, 3.6; perh. the region of the Mana- 
vas@i near the centre of Armenia, see 
St. Martin Mém. sur |’Arménie I. p. 
249.—F or Ps. 45, 9, see in 72 no. 2. 


II. 93 poet. for 72 with Yod para- 
gogic. Judg. 5,14. Is. 46,31; see 77 init. 
For the form "32 Is. 30, 11, see 772 no. 1. 

min, see nz. 

D722, see 12. 

PII, see Ἰ Ὡ3Ὡ. 

222 Chald. m. number, Ezra 6, 17. 
Syr. faa. Rn. 

P32 (τ. 132) Minnith, pr. ἢ. of a 
place in the territory of the Ammonites, 


Judg.11.33. Hence wheat was brought 
to the Tyrian market, Ez. 27, 17. 


7920 τη, (τ. 92) c. suff. 0d", once in 
Job 15, 29 Ὁ538 yas na > their pos- 
sessions spread not abroad wm the land, 
i. e. their flocks. Thus usually ; but 
the root >2 is very doubtful, see in 
art. ™>3.—The reading 0372 is also 
doubtful, and we ought perhaps (with 
one Ms.) to restore £339 from M>39 i. q. 
n>272, their fold, poet. ‘for their flocks. 


“1272 obsol. root, Arab. os to di- 


vide out, to allot, kindr. with 22 and 
22.—Hence j2, 7, constr. 72, plur. 
p52, and pr. n. 73, ΤΏ, 


δ 53 fut. 2270", to keep back, to with- 
hold, to restrain. Arab. id. Chald. 
id. The primary syllable is 53, which 
has a negative power, see r. 812.—Con- 
strued: a) With acc. of thing and 47 
of pers. to withhold from any one; Gen. 
30,2 ἸῺΞ3 "1B ἼΒῺ 522 “ON who hath 
withheld ‘from thee the fruit of the womb. 
Job 22,7 thou hast withholden (222m) 
bread fice the hungry. 2 Sam. 13, 13. 
1 K. 20, 7. Prov. 3, 27. Neh. 9, 20. ‘Ain. 
4,7. al. Rarely with > of pers. Ps. 84, 
12; absol. Ps. 21,3. Ὁ) With acc. and 
ya of thing, to restrain or withhold from 

50 


589. . 


᾿ in the Koran, Sur. 53. 19.20. See on 
“these points, Comm. on Is. 1. c. 





win 


any thing. Jer. 31,16 "229 ποῚΡ 24 
refrain thy voice from weeping. 48, 10 
D372 jaan 32% who keepeth back his sword 
from blood. Prov. 1,15. So with 4 
before an infin. 1 Sam. 25, 26. 34 a: 
FNS SI 72929; also eoncicely, Jer. 2, 
25 = Sa) 3b ΡΝ withhold thy ‘foot 
peas being unshod, see in 772 no. 6. b.— 
But to withhold a person from a thing 
is the same as lo withhold any thing 
from him, as in lett. a. So Num. 24, 11 
ΞΘ 79 4320 the Lord hath kept thee 
back from honour, i.e. hath withheld 
honour from thee. Job 31,16. Kec. 2, 10. 
—Apbsol. Ez. 31, 15 nonin DIN I re- 
strained the ‘floods thereof. Prov. 11, 26. 
Job 20, 13. 

Nipa. to be withheld, restrained ; e. g. 
the rain Jer. 3,3; with 7a of pers. Job 
38, 15; ἸΏ σα. infin. Num. 22, 16. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 3297, 29h. 


SA922 m. (τ. 859) @ bolt, bar, Cant. 5, 
δ. Neh. 3, 3. 6. 


2972 m. id. Deut. 33, 25. 


ὩΣ 9 m. plur. dainties, delicacies, 
Ps. 141,4. R. ὩΣ. 


ὩΣ 2) 9 m. plur. (r. 952) Vulg. sistra, 
2 Sam. 6, 5; a musical instrument or. 
rattle, which gave ἃ tinkling sound on 
being shaken ; so Gr. osiotga, from σεέω. 
The sistrum was used in Egypt in the 


-worship of Isis; see the description and 


figures of it in Wilkinson’s Mann. and 
Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians II. p. 323 sq. 


ropa ἢ (τ. Hp? q. v.) only in plur. 
mitp2 sacrificial ‘dishes, bowls for liba- 
tion, Kix. 25,29. 37,16. Num. 4,7.—Syr. 


Θ. et im 


2.15.0 id. 
ΓΙ for m2, see P2" Hiph. 
729 see ΓΙ). 


m2" (who makes forget, r. πῶ 1; 
see Gen. 41, 51,) pr. n. Manasseh, Gr. 
Muvacoyjs. a) The son of Joseph, 
adopted by Jacob, Gen. 48,1 sq. For 
the territories of the tribe of Manasseh. 
which were partly beyond and partly 
on this side the Jordan, see Num. 32, 
39 sq. 34, 14.15. Josh: 13, 29-32. 17,7 sq. 
Patronym. "827. Manassite, Deut. 4, 43, 
b) A king of Judah, r. 699-644 B. C. 
son of Hezekiah, and notorious for his 


m2 


idolatry, superstition, and cruelty to- 
wards those who worshipped God, 2 K. 
21, 1-18. 2 Chr. 33, 1-20. 6) Judg. 18, 
30 Cheth. d) Ezra 10, 30. 6) v. 33. 


ΓΦ [ (for 8279, ΓΝ, τ. 22) constr. 
ΤῸ; plur. mina ‘Neh. 12, 44, and ΤΑ) 
12, “47, 13, 10, (Kamets i impure, ) @ part, 
portion, 2 Chr. 31, 4, comp. v. 3. Ps. 63, 
11 pxb>ui M30 the portion (prey) of foliven, 
Ps. 11, 6 a scorching wind is BO'D M32 
the portion of their cup, i.e. is poured 
out to them. 16,5. So of portions of 


food, Neh. 1. c. Syr. {21% id.—For the 
form see Lehrg. p. 509, 606. 


Ὁ τὴ. one pining, consumed, sc. un- 
der calamities, one afflicted, Job 6, 14. 
R. 00, see Niph. lett. Ὁ. 


ΟἿ m. plur. 0°06, tribute ; common- 
ly derived from τ. 00% to pine away, 
because tribute is ‘a consuming of 
strength,’ confectio virium, which fs 
hardly tolerable. Better to regard 02 
as contr. from 03% tribute, tax, from r. 
‘OOD to ntimber, like fem. mon tember, 
for i ΠΌΞΏ. Instances of the letters ks or 
£ at the end of words being softened by 
dropping the k, exist in multitude in 
Greek and Latin, as Ajaz, Αἴας ; pistriz, 
pistris, πίστρις ; ὄρνις, Dor. ὄρνιξ; mix- 
tus, mistus; sestertius for sextertius ; 
also of 2 and ss between two vowels, 


like Heb. micsa, missa ; Ulixes Ulysses; 


μαλάσσω, malaxo ; further, maximus and 
Ital. massimo ; eel and Alessan- 
dro.—Spoken mostly of tribute to be 
rendered in service, tribute-service, fully 
“23 07.‘ tribute of one serving’ 1 K. 9, 
21; and concr. of a levy of men as labour- 
ers; 1K. 5,27 [13] and king Solomon 
let come up a levy (0%) out of all Israel, 
and the levy (027) was thirty thousand 
men; comp. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 8. Fre- 
quent in the phrases: 025 πὴ Deut. 
20, 11. Judg. 1, 30. 33. 35. Is. 31, 8, also 
“a3 02> πὴ Gen. 49, 15. Josh. 16, 10, 
to become subject to tribute-servich. So 
o> ἸῺ) Josh. 17,13 oad cre Judg. 1, 
28, and 53 0” phi Esth. 10, 1, to impose 
tribute-service upon anyone. Also "08 
pam >» ‘the prefect over the tribute- 
service,’ tribute-master, 2 Sam. 20, 24. 
1K. 4,6. 12,18; plur. ὉΠΘ Ὁ “Δ ser- 
vice-masters task-masters, Ex. 1, 11. 


590 





"ΠΟ 


302 m. (τ. 320) c. suff. 120%; plur. 
mi20%, constr. "20%. 

184 Subst. consessus, triclinium, divan 
of the orientals, i. e. a company of per- 
sons seated round about a room, Cant. 
1,12. Comp. r. 530 1 Sam 16, 11. 

2. Adv. round about, 1K. 6, 29, Plur. 
mao id. Job 37, 12. ; 

3. Plur. constr. as Prep. round atom: 
2 Κ. 23,5 ὈΞ ἢ" 7202 round about Wee 
rusalem. 


“30% m. (τ. 730) pr. part. Hiph. 
‘shutting up;’ hence ᾿ 

1. Of a person who shuts up, closes, 
etc. a locksmith, smith, artisan, 2 K. 24, 
14. 16. Jer. 24, 1. 29, 2. 

2. That which shuts up, @ prison; 
Ps. 142, 8. Is. 24, 22. 42, 7. 


ΓΙῸ f. (τ. 130) ὁ. suff. inno, 
plur, ninz0%2. ; 

1. close places, i. e. strong-holds, poet. 
of fortified cities, Ps. 18, 46. Mic. 7, 17. 

2. a border, margin, so called as sur- 
rounding and enclosing any thing, Ex. 
25, 25 sq. 37, 14. 

ΘΚ ΚὟΣ 28. 29. 31. 32. 35.°36. 2 K. 
16, 17, ornaments on the brazen stands 
or pedestals of the lavers, which appear 


from v. 28. 29. 31, to have been square 


shields decorated with sculpture upon 
the four sides of the stand. 


“3072 m. a foundation, se. of a build- 
ing, 1 K. 7, 9. R. 0", in the manner 
of verbs 15. 


rma aiey-) τη. (τ. 1) @ porch, portico, 
so called from the rows of columns 
which inclose it; comp. "79, "77, 
row. Once Judg. 3, 23, where it is the 
open gallery or balcony, from which 
there was access to the M352 or private 
apartment. . 

ἘΓΏ 1 g. Dow and OND, to melt, 


i 


to flow down. Chald. 809, Syr. [mso 


dissolutus est, computruit ; Eth. PLO 
to melt. 

Hiru. fut. apoc. O9m! Ps. 39, 12, to 
cause to flow, to dissolve, to melt ; Ps. 6,7 
Moy "Way ΠΩΣ Ὁ with my tears 1] make 
my couch to flow. So of ice Ps. 147, 18. 
—Trop. to cause the heart to melt SC. 
with fear, plur. "92m by Chald. for 
so Josh. 14. 8. 


“pon 


=O f. (r. FO?) constr. me, plur. 

mio. 
1. temptation, trial, e.g. a) Of men 
_ from God, viz. the mighty works of God 
intended to excite and prove the faith 
of his people, Deut. 4, 34. 7,19. 29, 2. 
So too when these consist of calamities 
sent upon them; hence calamity, evil. 
Job 9,23; so πειρασμός ἴῃ Ν. Τ. b) On 
the other hand, temptation of Jehovah 
Is 1, q. complaint, murmuring against 
him, Ps. 95, 8.—Hence 

2. Massah, pr. n. of a place in the 
desert, Ex. 17, 7. Deut. 6, 16. 9, 22. 
33, 8. 


MQ f. (contr. for MO22, as 072 for 
03, r. OOD) pr. number ; hence constr. 
Mo as Prep. pr. ‘according to the num- 
ber, i. 6. according as, pro ratione ; 
once Deut. 16, 10 = Ἧτο M32 ΓΙῸ accord- 
ing as ay hand is able to give; Sept. 
καϑὼς 7 χείρ σου ἰσχύει. —Syr. Ams. 


Chald. m3 for Heb. "3, "32. See in 
D2. 


M012 τη. (τ. M10) a covering, veil, for 
the face, Ex.:34, 33. 34.45. So all the 
versions, and so the context seems to 
demand ; and Jarchi remarks that m107 


is used also in the Gemara of a veil. 


MID f. for naw, ἃ hedge, thorn- 
hedge, Mic. 7,4. R. 2. 

MO τη. (τ. M02) a keeping off, remov- 
ing, sc. of people, a crowd, 2 K. 11, 6. 

WO) τη. (r. "MO) trade, traffic, LK. 
10, 15. 

“yes to mix, to mingle, i. q. 31, 
This root is widely spread both in the 


Semitic and Indo-European languages, 
and also in the Slavic. See Arab. 


sh "μὰς oo Ube mid. Ye 


miscuit, red fee ‘ Engl. 


nuishmash; Aram. “he, 4172, 712; San- 
scr. maksh, mi¢, migr, Pers. Wry t, 

1; Gr. μέσγω, Lat. misceo, Po- 
ish micazam, Bohem. smisseti, Germ. 
mischen, Engl. to mix.—Ps. 102, 10. Is. 
19,14 ὉΠΣῚΣ MAN Ma IPA yO Mins Je- 
hovah hath mixed in the midst of her 
(Egypt) a spirit of perverseness, i. e. Je- 
hovah hath implanted in the Egyptians 





591 - 907 | y 


a perverse disposition—Spec. to miz 

wine, i.e. to prepare it with spices, Prov 

9,2.5. Is.5,22. So the Mishna,’Maaser 

Sheni 2,1; see fully in Thesaur. p. 808. 
Deriv. 707272, and 


ἸΦῺ m. mixed wine, i. 6. spiced, Ps. 
75, 9. Comp. in 518. 


JO. m. (τ. 420, Kamets impure) © 
constr. 02, Ἢ covering, 2 Sam. 17, 19. 
Ps. 105,39. Spec. of the veil or curtain 
before the entrance of the tabernacle, 
Ex. 26, 36 sq. 39, 38. 40,5, and of the © 
court 35, 17.“ 39, 40; more fully m35s 
yon 35, 12. 39, 34. 40, 21.—Trop. ‘Is. 
22,8 AIAN FO My 52} aa he uncovers 
the covering (veil) of Judah, i.e. exposes 
Judah to reproach; the figure being. 
taken from a virgin whose veil wanton 
and violent men have torn away. The 
Arabs make use of the same figure, 
Schult. de Defect. § 258. See Thesaur. 
p- 953. 


m0 f. (τ. 920) a ΒΆΡΣΙΣ that 
with which one is covered, Ez. 28, 13. 


I. M90 f. (r. 302 1) constr. ΞΘ, 
plur. c. suff. DN=02 ; a pouring out, 
effusion.—Hence 

1. fusion of metals; e. g. M302 525 a 
molten calf Ex. 32, 4. 8. M202 "75x 
molten. gods Ex. 34, 17. Lev. 19, 4. 
Spec. a molten image, Deut. 9, 12. Judg. 
17, 3. 4. al. sep. 

2. a truce, league, σπονδή, made with 
libations, Is. 30, 1. 


II. M28 f(r. 902 IL) @ covering, 
Is. 25, 7. 28, 20. 

222 τὰ. (τ. 3Ὁ no. 4) poor, needy, 
wretched, Ecc. 4, 13. 9,15. 16. Chald. 


id.. Syriac [auam%, Arab. κυ, 
pS, Eth. φϑὴν Ὦ, 7. Hence the 
new verbs O°£1'f1Z to be poor, j20%, 
<a, lo make poor. 


languages have adopted this word, prob. 
through the Arabic, as Ital. meschino_— 
meschinello, Portug. mesquinho, abstr. 
mesquinhez, Fr. mesquin, abstr. mesqut- 
nerie. Hence 


ΓΞ f. poverty, misery, Deut. 8, 9 
See the preced. art. 


Several modern’ 


2072 


ΤΠ ΘΟ f. plur. stores, magazines, by | 
transp. for a form mio:29 from r. 023. 
Wx. Ὁ 481K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 4. 16, 4. 
17, 12. 32, 28. 


M202 f. (r. 702 11) thread, the warp, 
in weaving, Judg. 16, 13. 14. 


M200 f. (τ. 220) constr. MPO%2, plur. 
nikon. 

1. a raised way, αὐρροδα ον highway, 
for public use, Judg. 20, 31. 32. 1 Sam. 
6, 12. Is. 40, 3. 49, 11. Jer. 31, 21. al. 
Ps, 84, 6 ΡΟΝ mbon in thee Rearts 
are the ways sc. to the sanctuary, comp. 
v.7.8. Poet. of the paths of locusts Joel 
2,8; of the courses of the stars Judg. 5, 
20.—Trop. way of life Prov. 16, 17. 

2. a staircase, stairs, i. q. cho, 2 Chr. 
9,11 3° Sept. ἀνάβαοὶς, See Biblioth. 
Sac. 1846, p- 612. 


252072 τη. (Ὁ. 59Ὁ) α raised way, high- 
way, Is. 35, 8. 


WC τὴ, (τ. 920) only in plur. 
ἘΠ Is. 41, 7, min20% Jer. 10, 4, also 
p20 1 Chr. 22, 3, minzo9 2 Chr. 3, 


9 - @ 
9, nails ; comp. Arab. pene nail.— 


Once written with ©, i.e. ΤΥ Ὁ Ὁ trop. 
Ecc. 12, 11 the words of the wise are... 
nails fastened, i.e. they sink deep into 
the heart. 


i C072 to melt, to flow down ; in Kal 
once trop. of a person wasting away by 
disease, Is. 10, 18.—Chald. 009. Kin- 
dred are M02, 0X72, also ὠσί to dis- 
xolve, to macerate; comp. too r. Ni”, 
472. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 023, in pause 0%) and 02; 
fut. Da"; inf. oam 2 Sam. 17, 10; part. 
o0%3 Nah. 2, 11; to melt, 6. g. as manna 
Ex. 16, 21; wax Ps. 68, 3; hyperb. of 
- mountains flowing with blood Is. 34, 3. 

Judg. 15, 14 the bands melted from his 
hands, were loosened and fell from his 
hands. Of diseased or mangy cattle 
and flocks 1 Sam. 15, 9.—More freq. 
trop. to melt, to faint. a) For fear, 
2 Sam. 17, 10. Mic. 1,4. Ps. 97,5 often 
of the heart, Deut. 20, 8. Josh. 2, 11. 5, 
J. al. The primitive force of this con- 
struction is preserved in Josh. 7, 5: the 
heart of the people melted 2723 "171 and 
became as water. Ὁ) For, grief, sor- 


592 





oer 


row, Ps. 22, 15. 112, 110. Comp. Ovid 
ex Ponto 1. 2.57: “sic mea perpetuis 
liquescunt pectora curis, Ignibus admo- 
tis ut nova cera solet.” 
Hipu. causat. of Niph. lett. a, tomake 
Jaint-hearted, to discourage, Deut.1, 28. 
Deriv. 02, 02m. 


YOO m. (τ. 202) 1. ἃ stone-quarry, 
see the root Hiph. no. 3. 1 K.6,7 438 
so M22 stones whole (not fhe wi} from 
the quarry ; comp. Heb. Gr. $112, 1. n. 


\ 


Sept. Aldous ἀκροτόμοις ἀργοῖς. 


2. a dart, arrow, Job 41,18. Arab. 


ὧν 
eye id. from ex attraxit s. tendit ar- 


cum, Kor. 79. 1; the lettera Ὁ and 7 be- 
ing interchanged. See Thesaur. p. 892. 


OQ m. (τ. 203 no. 2) plur. constr. 
“sd, c. suff. "202, a breaking up, de- 
parture, journeying, pr. of a nomadic 
or other encampment, and also of single 
persons, as of Moses Deut. 10, 11 s02> 
psn "25> for departing before the peo- 
ple. Num. 10,2 misman-my 5025 for the 
breaking up, deparlure, of the camps.— 
Plur. of the breaking up of different 
tribes or bands successively (Num. 10, 
4 sq. 14.sq.) Ex. 40, 36. Num. 10, 6. 12. 
28.—Hence ‘place of breaking up,’ sta- 
tion, Ex. 17, 1. Gen. 13, 3. Num. 33, 1.2. 


WO τὴ. (τ. 10) a support, balus- 
trade, 1 K. 10, 12; comp. 2 Chr. 9, 11.- 


HO τὰ. (τ. 38D) constr. MEDD, 6. 
suff, "“ἼΒῸ Ps. 30, 12, wailing, lamenta 
tion, Gen. 50,10. Am. 5, 16.17. al. Sep* 


χοπετός. 

NEC m. (τ. NED) fodder for cattle, 
Gen. 24, 25. 32. 42, 27. 43, 24. Judg. 
19, 19. 

ΓΙῸ f. i. q. ΓΠΒΌ q. v. seurf, scab, 
an eruption not dangerous, Lev. 13, 6. 
7.8. ΒΕ. προ. 


mimeo f plur. (Ὁ. MEO) cushions, 


quilts. mattrasses, so called from being 


spread, Ez. 13. 18. 21. 
vio, Vulg. cervicalia. 


Symm. ὑπαιχέ- 


“B02 m. (τ. “ἘῸ) constr. spon, 6. 
suff. pte BO; plur. constr. ΒΟ. 

1..ἃ telling. narration, Judg. 7 15; 
comp. the root in Pi. | 

2. numher, Num. 1, 2. 9, 20. al. ‘Seep. 


Bow 


Freq. in acc. adverbially for: according 
to the number, Ex. 16, 16 ΒΞ ΕΣ "BO? 
according to the. number of your persons. 
Job 1,5. Elsewhere, like Gr. ἀριϑμῷ, 
πριϑμὸν, used pleonast. with numerals, 
as 2 Sam. 21, 20 "Bd Pann) Ooms 
twenty-four in number.—Hence 780 778 
Gen. 41; 49. Cant. 6,8, 98072 7>X> 1 Chr. 
22, 4, and "BO? PRI Job 5, 9. 9, 10, 
without number, innumerable. Contra, 
"BOD "NS, WHO "WN, men of number, 
i.e. Sew, easily homered, Gen. 34, 30. 
Deut. 4.27. Ps. 105, 12. Jer. 44, 28. 1 Chr. 
16, 19; and by apposit. "#0 0°70" days 
which are a number, which may be 
numbered, few, Num. 9,20. In Deut. 33, 
6 “BOD "M2 "ΠῚ, a negative particle 
is implied from the preceding clause, so 
as to translate: and let not his men be a 
number, i.e. let them be many, innumer- 


able. Comp. Arab. wld, αν els 


dies numerati, i. e. few, Kor 2. 180. 
3. Mispar, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2; for 
which m780% Neh. 7, 7. 


T8090 Mispereth, pr. n. m. see in 
spo’ no. 3. R. “5D. 


*"00 a doubtful root, found only 
twice, Num. 31, 5. 16; prob. i. q. "12 (or 
perh. “ΤΏ q. v.) to separate, to separate 
oneself.. Hence in Kal, Num. 31, 16 
mimca bva-7o2> to fall away teaache- 
rously ly from. Jehovah; i. q. 53 >> 
which occurs in the Sliel passages 
Num. 5,6. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 4, 13; un- 
less perhaps the same reading is to be 
restored in Num. |. c.—Others: to ven- 
ture defection from Jehovah, comp. Syr. 
εἴῶζο ausus est, opus aggressus est.—In 
a different connection is 

Nie. Num. 31, 5 “Ὁ "ΕΘΝ 370729 
ΓΙ 5. ΤῸΝ and bare toeke separated (set 


| apart) out of the thousands of Israel, a 


thousand for every tribe, as Saadias well 
renders. More foely Onk. and Syr. 
electi sunt. Sept. ἐξηρέϑμησαν, perh. 
from a reading "75D", or according to 
the Samaritan usage, in which "02 is 


1. q. Heb. “8. 


Nore. In Talm. "0% is tradidit, pro- 
didit ; Syr. Ethp. accusatus est ; nei- 
ther of which is applicable to the pas- 


sages in the O. T. . 
ARO* 


593 





ay 

ato} i. q. 7052, admonition, instruc- ἡ 
tion, Job 33, 16. R. 107. 

PANDA Job 39, δ, see din. 

m0 Εἰ contr. for ΤΟΝ 3 (τ. NON) a 
band, bond, Ez. 20, 37. 

“ino m. (r. "MO) a Ro Pectine nitee, 
refuge, Is. 4, 6. 

“RO? m. (τ. 9M) plur.c. suff. 7907, 
a hiding-place, lurking-place, Ps. 10, 9. 


‘Hab. 3,14; elsewhere only plur. D°"n072, 


Jer. 13. 17. 49, 10. "2 "372072 hiditen 
treasures Is. 45. 3. Spec. a ‘place for 
lying in wait, Ps. 10, 8. 64, 5. Hab. 3, 
14; of the dens πὲ το heats Ps. 10, 9. 
17, 12. Lam. 3, 10. 


“HO see in r. “Ὁ Hiph. no. 1.. 
832 Chald. see ΠΣ. 


“2972 Chald. m. (r. sa>) c. suff. 
ἩΓΕ ΣΡ, work, i.q. Heb. ΠΏΣ, >2b, 
Dan. ‘4, 34. Once by Chaldaism in Heb. 
context, Job 34, 25. 


MA m. (τ. 35) density, compact- 
ness. 1 K.7, 46 ΠΝ M3905 in the 
compact soil, prob. clayey. 


“972 τὴ. (τ. "29) 1. transit, then 
place of passing, viz. a) ἃ ford οἵ ἃ 
stream, Gen. 32,23. Ὁ) A narrow val- 
ley, pass, gorge, in mountains, 1 Sam. 
13, 23. 

2. a passing over, overwhelming ; Is. 
80, 82 ΓΟ Ὁ No ἀΞΣΘτῸΞ so often as 
the appointed staff shall pass over them. 
i.e. so often as punishment from God 
overwhelms them. 


M2972 f. (τ. 929) plur. mninz372, also 
minaza (from M9232) as absol. Ἴδε, 2. 
7, and as constr. Judg. 3, 28; i. q. "397 
no. 1, viz. 8) a passage, ford, Is. 16, 
2. Jer. 51, 32. Judg. 3, 28. al. b) a 
mountain-pass, gorge, Is. 10,29. 1 Sam. 
14, 4. 


“D390 τὰ. (r. bad) constr. 25372; plar. 
constr. "DAD, 6. suff. > W7bas Ps. 65, 12, 
oftener * somibas2 Ps. 17. 5. al. 

l. a wade ‘rut, in which wheels roll, 
Ps. 65, 13... -Ἡράρο, a way, path, Ps. 
140, 6. Prov. 2, 18. al Often metaph. 
like 327, way or path of life and con- 
duct, Ps. 23, 3. Prov. 4,11. Ps. 17 © 
Is. 59, 8. 


‘like Arab. 


Ἰήπαν.. perh. are 


ἽΣΩ 


2: Denom. from 233 wagon, a wagon- 
rampart, a defence or bulwark formed 
of the wagons and other vehicles of 
an army, 1 Sam. 26, 5.7. With Π loc. 
ΓΘ Ὁ id. 1 Sam. 17, 20. 


i 1972 to waver, to be unsteady, to 
totter ; not found in the kindred dia- 
lects; kindr. are win, 392, Arab. dL. 
Spoken of the ankles 2 Sam. 22, 37. Ps. 
18, 37; of the step Ps. 37, 31; of the 
whole man Ps. 26, 1. Job 12,5 529 "IS" 
whose feet waver, are not firm. Prov. 
25, 19 ΤΊΣ 535 a wavering fool, un- 
steady, for naa, the i being shortened 
into 4, comp. Lehre: p- 309. 


Fired: to make waver, to cause to shake; 


e. g. the loins Ps. 69, 24. 
“y'0 see S312. 


"722 (for 477372 q. v.) Maadai, pr. 
n. m. Ezra 10, 34. 


- ΤΊΣ Ὦ (for ΣΤῚΣ Ὁ ornament of Jeho- 
vah, r. ΠΣ) Maadiah, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 
12, 5; for which in y. 17 ΓΛ Σ Ὁ (fes- 
tival Si Jehovah). The passages are 
consistent if we point the former as 
mash. 

I. ΤΊΣ τὰ. (τ. 32) only in plur. 
mrs, c. suff. "719% Jer. 51, 34, also 
mists aay, 1 Sam. 15, 32. 

1. delicacies, dainties, Gen. 49, 20. 
ἐν 51, 34. Lam. 4, 5. 

2. delights, pleasures, Prov. 29, 17. 
Acc, ΤΊΣ Σ᾽ as adv. with delight, cheer- 
fully, 1 Sam. 15, 32. 


II. ΓΞ ΠΣ m. by transp. for ΤΥ ΠΣ Σ 
(τ. 322) bands, ligatures ; Job 38, 31 


ὙΠ. ΤΙΣ the bands of the Pleiades ; 


gee in M272. 
ΠΝ Ὦ m. (τ. 59) a weeding-hook, hoe, 


ΟΝ 7 95, 


a riya obsol. root. prob. fo be soft, 
V, to be soft, as the skin, 
Lo soft, tender, as food, from r. cr 
lo to flow, 34, and 
tilso sLo; see in r. 8ia.—Hence 


2 m. only plur. "9", constr. "32, 


6. suff. 7722, also ome (for ee 


Ez. 7, 19; once rina Is. 48,19. See 
‘note: 
1, the bowels, intestines, 2 Sam. 20, 10. 





594 ἸΣῺ 


2 Chr. 21, 15. Jon. 2, 1. 
yee plur. PRR» ἸΣΏ. 


Chald. 839 the 
Syr. Pass in- 
testine. Arab. ΜΕ > plur. ἴαμα: 


id. Eth. APQU«b id.—Spec. put for: 
a) the stomach, the receptacle of the 
food, Num. 5, 22. Job 20, 14. Ez. 7, 19, 
comp. Jon. 2, 1.2. b) the womb, Gen. 
25, 23. Ruth 1,11. Is. 49, 1. Ps. 71, 6. 
6) As the seat of generative power in 
the father; whence ‘© "332 83° fo 
come forth out of the bowels of any one, 
i. q. to be begotten of him, Gen. 15, 4. 2 
Sam. 7,12. 16,11. 4) Trop. like the 
breast, heart, etc. for the inmost part. as 
the seat of grief, pity, affection. Job 30, 
27. Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11. Cant. 5, 4. Is. 16. 
11. 63, 15; or of piety, Ps. 40, 9. ete. 

2. the belly, externally, Cant. 5, 14; 
comp. Dan. 2, 32. 

Note. The plur. f ΤῊΣ occurs in the 
vexed passage Is. 48, 19, which I would 
explain thus: thy seed shall be as the 
sand, °HiS%2 W732 “NERB and the off- 
spring of thy bowels like the offspring 
of its bowels sc. the bowels of the sea 
(v.18), for the fuller "13% "NEN, i.e. 
like the fishes of the sea generated in its 
bowels. Plur. Mis2 is i. q. 5°29. but 
the fem. form implies a figurative use. 
—The ancient versions render "i242 
incorrectly: as the slones thereof, sc. of 
the sand. This is hardly supported by 
referring to the Chald. δὲ Ὁ nummulus, 
obolus, perh: lapillus, and Arab. καί 
minutim trita res. 


ΓῺ or δὲ Ὁ Chald. only in plural 
i. q. Heb. 0°37 no. 2, the belly, i. 6. the 
exterior, c. suff. "72% Dan. 2, 32. 


41972 τη. (τ. 255} i. q. HIE. a round of 
bread, bread-cake, 1 Κα. 17, 12, comp. v. 
13. Hence Ps. 35, 16 x13 “ἢ ὩΣ ΒΟΥ 
placenta, cake-buffoons i. e. ‘parasites ; ; 
see adj. 35>. Gr. μετα, κγισσο- 
κόλακες. 


TID m. rarely Τ᾽ (τ. 112) Kamets : 
impure, c. suff. "32, "393, plur. D429, 
constr. "35372 Dan. 11,19, ¢. suff. ΣΤ Ὁ 
for 733% Is. 23, 11 (like rere ‘for 
PINSD, see art. mt3 and Thesaur. p- 
8310); a strong or “fort ified place, for- 
tress, Judg. 6, 26. Dan. 11, 7. 10. al. 
risa "> fortified cities Is. 17, 9. 23, 4 


κων. κὐὐΝνδν. αὐὐνῶ, δ᾿ ὑνκὰ ... νων δ μννμνμννννοσν ων 


7 


ps 192 the fortress of the sea, i. e. 
Tyre. Ez: 30,15. ΠΡ Ὸ DN the god 
of fortresses Dan. 11, 38, 8 deity of the 
Syrians obtruded upon the Jews, prob. 
Jupiter Capitolinus, for whom Antiochus 
built a temple at Antioch, Liv. 41. 20; 
others Jupiter Olympius, comp. 2 Macc. 
6, 2. Liv. 1. 6. Trop. Ps. 60,9 Ephraim 


is "WN ΤΊΣ Ὁ the fortress of my head i. e. — 


my helmet. Prov. 10, 29 a fortress to 
the upright is the way of God, i. e. reli- 
gion, piety. Often of Jehovah, as Ps. 
27,1 Jehovah is the fortress (bulwark) 
of my life. 31, 5. 37, 39. 43, 2. Is. 25, 4. 
Joel 4, 16. Nah. 1, 7. 


ΤΊΣ (breast-band? r. 432) Maoch, 
pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 Sam. 27,2; comp. 7332 no. 
2. a. 


7172 m. (τ. 115} constr. yiv9, c. suff. 
S232; plur. 092539 1 Chr. 4, 41 Keri. 

1. a habitation, dwelling, e. g. of God, 
the temple, Ps. 26, 8. 2 Chr. 36, 15; 
heaven Ps. 68, 6. Deut. 26,15. al. Of 
men Zeph. 8,7. Also of wild beasts, a 
den, lair, Nah. 2, 12. Jer. 9, 10. 10, 22. 
51, 37.—Acc. in one’s dwelling, at home, 
like 772, 1 Sam. 2, 29. 32. 

2. a refuge, Ps. 71, 3. 90, 1. 91, 9. 

3. Maon, pr. n. .a) A town in the 
tribe of Judah, southeast of Hebron, 


Josh. 15, 55. 1 Sam. 25. 2; in its vicin- 


ity was the yisa772791 Sam. 23. 24, 25. 
Now Main eee, See Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. II. p.193sq. Ὁ) An Arabian tribe 
coupled Judg. 10, 12 with the Amalek- 
ites, Sidonians, and Philistines, and 2 
Chr. 26, 7 with the Arabians properly 
so called; Plur, 59292 2 Chr. 1. c. and 
1 Chr. 4,41 Keri. At the present day 
there exists a town Maan, ων, with 
a castle, in Arabia Petrea to the south 
of the Dead Sea ; see Seetzen in Zach’s 
Monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 382. Burck- 
hardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 437 sq. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 572.—That 
the Min@i of Arabia are a different peo- 
ple. has long since been shown by Bo- 
chart. Phaleg. II. 23. 6) A man,1 Chr. 
2, 45. 

7") see jig SBA MB, in M72 no. 
5, ο΄ p: 129... 


MI and ΓΦ Ὁ Γ᾿ (τ. A>) α habita- 
tion, dwelling, Jer: 21, 13; e.g. of Jeho- 


595 





oy. 


vah, the temple, Ps. 76, 3. Also of wild 
béasts, den, lair, Ps. 104, 22. Am. 3; 4, 
Nah. 2. 12. Job 37,8. al. Ofan cxdtan 
refuge, Deut. 33, 27 


D2 Meunim, pr.n. a) See ji92 
no. 3. b. Ὁ) Masc. Ezra 2, 50. Neh. 
7, 52. 


“m0 (my dwellings) Meonothai, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 14. 


5)" m. (τ. 92) darkness, Is. 8,:22 
ΠΡῚΝ FAD. 


ὙΦ m. (τ. 49 IT) only plur. Dida, 
pudenda, Hab. 2, 15. 


ΓΙ see ny. 

T9 see ris. 

MFI and WPT (consolation of 
Jehovah, r. (¢}£ to console) Maaziah, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 18, Neh. 10, 9. Comp. 
in DR"ID9. 


“O97: fut. 037091. 1. q. Arab. hoes 


to be smooth, naked ; then, to be polished, 


to be sharp, sce 232. Trans. Laxw pr. 


to scrape, to scrape off, (comp. (®0 
fricuit, also "12, since the letters > and 
Ἢ are kindred). whence ὩΣ Ὁ pr. ὦ scrap- 
ing, scrap, and then a little. From this 
comes the denom. signif. 

2. to be little, few; Lev. 25, 16 "Bd 
Du Ula according to the fetoneas of 
years. Ex. 12,4. Also\to be made few, 
to be diminished, to vanish away, Ps. 
107, 39. Is. 21, 17. Prov. 13, 11. al. 

3. to be light, Neh. 9, 32. 

Pie. 02 intrans. i. q. Kal, to become 
few, Ecc. 12, 3. 

Hien. 272m 1. to make small or 
few, to diminish, Lev. 25, 16. Num. 26, 
54. 33, 54. Jer. 10, 24 “2 "9 lest 
thou make me (the people) few, bring 
me to nothing. Ez. 29, 15. 

2. to make or do little, i. e. to do any 
thing in a slight degree, to a small 
amount. Num. 11, 32 Mw? FOX ὉΠΡ ΘΠ 
pi2zm he who did little (i. 6. gathered 
little) gathered ten homers. Ex. 16, 17. 
18. 2K. 4, 3 borrow empty vessels, "δὶ 
(2805) "2"z2m and make not scant se. 
to borrow, i. e. borrow not a few. Spec. 
to give little, few, Num. 35,8. Ex. 30,15. 


5 Ὦ 3 596 


OYA, in pause ὩΣ Deut. 7, 22. al. 


plur. 5°43, pr. a scraping, scrap, see 
r. 2372 no. 1; hence a litile, a few. 

1. Subst. a) Absol. a little, not much, 
ὀλίγον. Gen. 30, 30 5 AH “wy wy it 
‘was little that thou hadst. Ps. 37, 16. 
Prov. 16,8. Hagg.1,9. Opp. to ? m9 
much Ecc. 5, 11. Jer. 42,2; 5 Num. 
13,18. Also few, Gen. 47, 9 few and evil 
have been the days. Josh. 7, 3. 1 Sam. 
14, 6. Job 10, 20. al. With the art. 
ust, of ὀλίγοι, c. > pref. Num. 26, 54. 
33, 54. 
fore a genit. 072 022 a little water Gen. 
18.4. 24,17. bax uy a litile food 43, 2. 
Also put in the gen. after a noun, as 
vr. "M72 men of fewness, few men, 
Deut. 26, 5; DQ “ID Little help Dan. 11, 
34. Joined also with nouns by apposi- 
tion, Is. 10, 7 ὩΣ Ὁ ND DA nations not a 
fer, 1.6. by litot. many. Neh. 2,12. Eee. 
9, 14. 

2. Adv. a little, not much, Ps. 8, 6; 
of space, 2 Sam. 16,1. Often of time, 
for a little, a little while, Job 10, 20. 24, 
24. Hagg. 2,6. ἢ ὉΣῸ ‘Tid yel a little 
while and, i. 6. soon, shortly, Ex. 17, 4. 
Ps. 37, 10. Hos. 1,4. Repeated ὩΣῸ 
ὩΣ little by little, Fr. peu ἃ peu, by de- 
grees, Ex. 23, 30. Deut. 7, 22.—Spec. 
Uys is it little? is it not énough? Gen. 
30, 15. Num. 16,13; with 12 of pers. 
pao ὈΣῈΠ 15 it little for you? not 
enough ? ‘Num. 16, 9. Job 15, 11. Is. 7, 
13. al. > of pers. id. Josh. 22, yg But 
Ez. 16, 20 ΠΣ Vs was it little 
this of thy spibesdoine’ ? 

3. Adj. rarely, small, few ; plur. B°w>9 
few, Ps. 109, 8. Ecce. 5, 1. 

4. With Prefixes: a) 0322 ina lit- 
tle, i.e. αν) nearly, almost, little is 
wanting, Gen. 26, 10. Ps. 73, 2. 119, 87. 
ὦ ὩΡῸΞ litile that, shorély that, for 
scarcely, Cant. 3,4. 8) Of time, shortly, 
soon, Ps. 81, 15. 94,17; ἐπὴν, sud- 
denly, Ps. 2, 12. Job 32, 22. Comp. in 
art. > B.3. fin. y) i.q. 299 but inten- 
sive, ὅσον ὀλίγον, very little, see art. 5 
B. 4. Prov. 10, 20. 1 Chr. 16, 19 a few 
men, yea, ὩΦῺΞ very few. Ps. 105, 12; 
of space. a very liltle, 2 Sam. 19, 37. In 
apposit. Is. 1, 9. 26, 20. Ezra 9, 8. 

b) ὉΣῺΡ (pr. ‘according to the few- 


ness,’ comp. 72>) i.q. 099, Hagg. 1,9. . 


2 Chr. 29, 34. 


b). With other nouns, e. g. be- 





i 


arn adj. fem. ΠΣ Ὁ once Ez. 21, 20, 
smooth, bare, and hence polished, sharp, 
of a sword, i. g. 07% v. 15.16. R. ose 
no. 1. 


mov τὴ, (r. MBs) constr. ΠΏΣ, a 
vestment, garment, Is. 61, 3. 


ΠΡΌΣΩ f. (r. ΠΩΣ) a cloak, manile, 
ΓᾺΡ 8. ἢ 

Is. 3,22. Arab. ΠΈΡΥΣΙ and Libs» id. 

See Schreed. de Vest. mul. Heb. p. 235. 


"272 m. (for 722, τ. M32) a heap of 
rubbish, ruins, i.q. "9, Is. 17,1. The 
prophet here employs an unusual form 
in allusion to the preceding "32. 


2 (perh. σπλαχγχνιζόμενος, comp. 
m2) Maai, pr. n. τη. Neh. 12, 36. 


_ 2°92 m. (τ. Ἐ59) an upper garment, 
robe, spec. an exterior tunic, fuller and 
longer than the common one, but with- 
out sleeves; that of. kings’ daughters 
was with long sleeves, ΘΒ 5532 2 Sam. 
13,18. It was worn by women, 2 Sam. 
l. c. by men of birth and rank Job 1, 20. 
2,12; by kings and princes 1 Sam. 18, - 
4, 24, 5.12: by priests 1 Sam. 15, 27. 
28, 14. Ezra 9, 3.5; and especially by 
the high-priesi under the ephod, whence 
TIEN S5y2 Ex. 28, 31. 39, 22. Comp 
Ex. 28, 32 sq. Lev. 8,7. See Braun de 
Vest. sacerd. II. Ὁ. 486 sq. Schraeder de 
Vest. mulierum Heb. p. 267. Hartmann 
Hebraerin III. p. 312 sq. 


D°S"2 bowels, see N32. 


7292 m. (denom. from 4"¥) constr. 
75%, poet. c. Vav parag. 1399 Ps. 114, 
8; 6. suff. ‘27> Hos. 13, 15; Plar. 
ὈΠῸΣ Ὁ, constr. 92°52 ; also plur. ΓΗ͂Σ Ὁ, 
constr. M3752. 

1. a place of fountains, watered with 
springs, Ps. 84, 7; see more’ under art. 
N22. 

2. a fountain, i.q. 772, Gen. 7, 11. 8, 
2. Ps. 74, 15. 114, 8. Joel 4, 18. 2 Κ. 3, 


25. ἃ]. Syr. asso ja .—Metaph. source 
of the highest delight, pleasure, bliss, 
Ps. 87, 7; comp. Is, 12, 3. 
my. 1 Chr. 4, 41 Cheth. i. q. 
pq22, see 7132 no. 3, Ὁ. 
᾿ 272 to press, to compress. only 
Part. pass. 1 Sam. 26, 7 πσϑηΣ Ὁ INIA 





2. Sam. 3, 8. 


592 


“poss $2 his spear was pressed (i. e. fixed, 
stuck) into the ground. Hence 
spoken of an animal emasculated by 


compressing, 


5333 


bruising the testicles, 
Lev. 22, 24; Sept. inte 9 Lspjilvos, Vulg. 


— contrilis testiculis. 


Puat to be pressed, handled, 6. g. the 


} breasts of animmodest woman, Ez. 23, 3. 


Deriv. pr. n. 9192, also 
M2272 and 322 Josh. 13, 13 (op- 


τ' - 


; pression) Maachah, pr. n. 


1. Of a city and region at the foot of 


_ Hermon, not far from Geshur a district 


of Syria (see "305 and "7903), 2 Sam. 


10, 6. 8. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 7. Josh. 13, 13. 


Hence the adjacent portion of Syria is 


called 332 DIN Syria of Maachah 
1 Chr. 19, 6. (It prob. stretched from 
_ Mount Efamaon eastwards on the south 


of the plain of Damascus.—R.]—The 
gentile noun is "N32 Maachathite, put 
also for the people, Deut. 3, 14. Soaks. 
12, 5, 13, 11. 2 K. 25, 23.—Comp. ma 
M292, also ΓΘ ΓΞ bay. 

2. Of several persons, male and fe- 
male. a) A man 1 K. 2, 39. 1 Chr. 11, 
43. 27, 16; also called ΠΡ q. v. Ὁ) 


_ Gen. 22, 24, where the sex is doubtfal. 


6) The wife of Rehoboam, 1 K. 15, 2. 10. 
13. 2 Chr. 11, 20. In 2 Chr. 13, 2 she 
is called 39237. 4) A wile of David, 
e) Fem. 1 Chr. 2, 48. f) 
Fem. 1 Chr. 7, 15. 16. 


+590. fut. P2707 Prov. 16, 10, 9525 


ΠΤ ον. 5, 1b. 


—— lr 


We cover, whence >*D7. 

2. Trop. to act covertly, treacherously, 
to be faithless, Prov. 16,10. 2 Chr. 26, 
18. 29,6. Neh. 1,8; more fully 592 bo 
Lev. 5, 15. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 14, 13. 
Spec. a) With 2 of pers. to deal trea- 
cherously, faithlessly, with any one, e. g. 


_ an adulterous woman against. her hus- 
_ band, Num. 5, 12. 27; so too mina >37 


to deal treacheroualy with Jehovah, to 
sin against him, Deut. 32,51. 2 Chr. 12, 
2. 30,7. Neh. 13, 27. ἃ]. Often in the 
construction ΓΞ 5392 d3972 1 Chr. 10, 
13. 2 Chr. 28,19. Ez. 17,20. δ) With 
2 of thing, to take by stealth, to steal any 
thing, Josh. 7, 1. 22,20. 1-Chr. 2, 7.— 
Comp. under the wink 732. πνκούε μι 


_ ing are Arab. ἀκ to whisper, to back- 


597 





p> ya 


vB gi ba 
bite, Slee perfidy, fraud; also haw 
to steal. 
Deriy. 5932 and 


I. 532 m. 6. suff. idea, treachery 
against God, transgression, til, Job 21, 
84, 2 Chr. 29, 19. 33,19. Ezra 9, 2; ‘9 
mia Ezra 9, 4. 10,6; minra “x Toshi: 
22,22. Also in the formula Ὁ 5372 ὉΣῸ, 
see the examples i in τ. 55 no. 2. For 
Num. 31, 16 see in "Ὁ. 


Il. bn m. (apoc. for ΓΙῸΣ Ὁ r. m>3) 
pr. the uppermost, upper part, and then 
as Ady. above, over. Found only with 
prefixes and affixes. 

1. 53132 from above Is. 45, 8. Job 3, 4; 
also simply above (comp. 12 3. ἢ), Deut. 
5, 8. Am. 2,9. Ps. 78, 23.—With >, Ϊ, 8. 
4 2399, ig. > d32 and simpl. >» , above, 
upon, on the ifpper part of any aes g,) 
as Gen, 22,9 ox>3 d3729 wpon the wood. 
Dan. 12, 6 ων sa72b dy upon the 
waters of the river. Also near by, Is. 6, 
2 the Seraphs stood i> bo, Sept. xv- 
κλῳ αὐτοῦ. . Comp. d2 of a multitude 
thronging around a chief or prince, Ex. 
18, 13. 14, Judg. 3,19; espec. Job 1, 6; 
andiese in ἘΦ no. 3. a, b. 

2. With 7 loc. nbs upwards ; opp. 
ΓΙ. Deut. 28, 43 ΠΣ Ὁ n>32 upwards 
upwards, higher and higher. Judg. i, 
36. Of space, 1 Sam. 9,2 from his shoul- 
der and upwards. 10, 23. 1 K. 7. 3i1.— 
Of time, upwards, abous, over; Ex. 30, 
14 from. twenty years old and above. 
Num. 1, 3. 18, 20. 3, 15. 22. al. Also 
onward, forward ; 1 Sam. 16, 13 from 
that dai forward. 30, 25. Hage. 2, 
15. 18. 

3. 72322 a) upwards ; opp. nz2>. 
Ex. 25, 20. 37, 9: Ks. 8,131: Ps. 74, 5. 
With verbs “23 x2 to lift upwards, on 
high, 1 Chr. 14, 2; “10> m>> to ascend 
upwards Ece. 3, 21; "Ὁ b53 Lo let grow 
upwards, to greatly magnify, 1 Chr. 29, 
25. 2 Chr. 1,1. Judg. 7, 13 and over- 
threw it (the tent) nbsab upwards, i. e. 
by tearing up the tent-pins, etc. Deut. 
28,13. ΠΡΣΏΡ byob Ez. 41, 7. Of 
time, upwards, above, over, 1Chr. 23, 27, 
2 Chr. 31,17. b) With a subst. fol- 
lowing, cboue: over; Ezra 9,6 wxn “0d 
over our head. With 12, above, over 
and above, 1 Chr. 29,3. Also n>32b ἪΡ 
even to the highest point, to the utmost, 


brn 


i.e. exceedingly, 2 Chr. 16, 12. 17, 12. 
26, 8. 

4. ΠΕΣ ὩΡῸ 6) from upwards, from 
above; Gen. 7, 20 fifteen cubits 237257 
from above, i.e. measured from the sur- 
face of the waters downwards to the 
tops of the mountains. 6, 16. Josh. 3, 13. 
16. So m>x250 "5 53 Ἴ3 to place upon 
any thing from above, q. d. above upon 
any thing, Ex. 25, 21. 26, 14. 40, 19; 
comp. 1 K, 7, 25. Ez. 1, 26. 10,19. Ὁ) 
above, on high, i. q. 53, Jer. 31, 37. 


59° for 9 ἸΏ, see in bd C, 2. 


ὩΣ Ὼ Chald. τη. (τ. 559 to go in) the 
going down of the sun, plur. constr. ">372 
Dan. 9, 15. 


2978 m. (apoc. for ΠΣ, n>32, r. 
n>) a lifting up of the hands, Neh. 8,6. 


; ΠΡ m. (r. M53) οοπξιν. M337, sing. 
c. suff. "532, Heb. Gr. § 91. 9.n; comp. 
in ANT. 

1. ascent, place of ascent; Neh. 12, 37 
mind “7 the ascent to the wall: With 
suff, ὙΌΣ Ὁ sing. Ez. 40, 31 the ascent of 
(to) it ‘had eight steps. v. 34. 37. 

2. Spoken of any elevated place: a) 
a platform, suggestus, for speaking, Neh. 
9,4. Ὁ) an ascent, acclivity, cliff, Josh. 
10, 10. Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48,5. 1 Sam. 9, 11 


ἜΣ 2. Hence the pr. names of ac- 
clivities or hills: 
a) pwns msn the ascent or mount 


of Olives 2 Sam. 15, 30. 

8) ὈΠΘῚΝ "Ὁ the hill of Adummim (the 
red), on the confines of Judah and Ben- 
jamin, Josh. 15,.7. 18, 17. 

y) ὙΠ 2 the cliff ‘of Ziz (blossoms), 
prob. the difficult pass of En-gedi, 2 Chr. 
90. 16; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
208, 215. Also 2 Chr. 32, 33. 2 K. 9, 27. 

5) p'a py “2 (cliff of scorpions) Maa- 
leh- akrabbim, south of the Dead Sea, 
Num. 34,4. Josh. 15, 3. Judg. 1, 36; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 501, 611. 

e) oon “Ὁ (cliff of the sun) Judg. 
8, 13. 


myn f. (r. mdz) plur. ΤΙΣ 1. a 
going up, ascent, to a higher region, 
6. g. from Babylon, Ezra 7, 9.—Metaph. 
Ez. 11, 5 pamn mids the risings of 
your mind, i. e. the ‘things. thoughts, 
(hat. arise in your mind; comp. the 
phrase 39 53 >> Ez. 38, 10. 


598 





370 


2. a step, stair, by which one ascends; — 
plur. 1 K. 10, 19 nibva Wy six steps. 
Ex. 20, 26. Neh. 3, 15. Ez. 40, 26. al— 
Trop. plar. put for the degrees: of a dial, 
2 K. 20, 9-11. Is. 38, 8; hence τοῦς: Ὁ 
mn the degrees of Ahaz, for the dial of 
Ahaz, sc. as divided into degrees, 2 K. 
20, 11. Is. l.c. Others here understand 
the steps of a staircase, but less well: 
so Sept. Syr. and Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1. 

3. Any elevated place, as an upper 
chamber, i. q. 729, Am. 9,6. Also in 
the difficult passages 1 Chr. 17, 17 and 
hast regarded me 1232 DIN WMD in 
the manner of men on high, i. e. in hea- 
ven, from heaven; comp. the parall. 2 
Sam. 7,19 DING Mim MNXt and this is 
the manner of men, not of God. 

4. The phrase mi>32 7°, found in 
the inscription of fifteen Psalms (120- 
134), is of doubtful meaning. The inter- 
pretations proposed may be arranged un- 
der three classes. a) ὦ song of degrees — 
or steps, Sept. dai τῶν ἀναβαϑμῶν, Vulg. 
carmina graduum; referred by later 
Hebrew intpp. to the place where they 
were supposed to be sung, viz. the steps 
leading up from the outer to the in.er 
court of the temple. b) Others with 
better reason refer this name to the a7- 
gument of these Psalms, viz. a song of the 
ascents (comp. no.+1), Theod. ἄσμα τῶν 
ἀναβασέων, Symm. Aqu. ὠδὴ εἰς τὰς ἀνα- 
βάσεις. These ascents or ascendings are 
explained ina twofoldmanner: «) As 
referring to the re/urn from the Babylo- 
nish exile under Zerubbabel and Ezra; 
comp. Ezra 7,9 inno. 1. SoSyr. This — 
can mean only that these Psalms were 
composed at or about the time of the 
return, for the contents have no allusion — 
to the return itself. #) As referring to 
the annual journeys of the Israelites up 
to Jerusalem (q. ἃ. pilgrim songs), in 
respect to which M59 is used Ex, 34, 24. 
1 K. 12, 27. 28. Ps. 122,4; and to which 
Ps. 122 evidently refers. So Herder, 
Eichhorn, and others. The contents of 
Ps. 124-128 suit well to these journey- 
ings as undertaken after the exile; but 
some of the rest, as Ps. 120, 132, 184, do 
not favour this hypothesis. ὁ) Others — 
again suppose them to be so callea 
because of a certain number or rhythm 
which they exhibit. Thus Saadias 


Op 


Gaon, Aben Ezra, and other Jewish 
intpp. regard them as having been sung 
with an elevated voice. But more prob. 
the name refers to that peculiar rhythm 
obvious in some of them, by which the 
sense advances by degrees or steps, 
some words of a preceding clause being 
repeated at the beginning of the suc- 
ceeding one with additions and ampli- 
fication, so that the sense as it were 
ascends. EK. g. Ps. 121.1 J will lift up 
mine eyes unto the hills from whence 
cometh My HELP. 2. My neLp cometh 
from the Lord....3. He will not suffer 
thy foot to be moved ; THY KEEPER WILL 
NOT SLUMBER. 4. Lo, NOT SLUMBER nor 
sleep will THE KEEPER of Israel. 5. Je- 
hovah is THY KEEPER. Ps. 122, 2 our 
feet shall stand within thy gates, O Jn- 
RUSALEM! 3. Ο JerusaLem! builded... 
4. Whither the tribes go up, etc. See 
also Ps. 123, 3.4. 124, 1-5. 126, 2.3. 129, 
1.2. 130,5-8. 131, 2. 133, 2.3. To the 
same class belongs the song of Debo- 
rah, Judg. 5, 3. 5. 6. 9. 12. 19. 20. 21. 23. 


24. 27. 30°; comp. Is. 26, 5.6. Similar 


in character was the κλίμαξ or gradatio 
of the Greek and Roman rhetoricians, 
except that this was more artificial. 
That some of these Psalms do not exhibit 
this structure (e. g. Ps. 120), however 
it may invalidate the position, does not 
overthrow it; these fifteen Psalms ap- 
pear to have formed a particular collec- 
tion, and may have been so named from 
the peculiarity obvious in most of them. 


27292 i. ᾳ. dd20, Zech. 1, 4 Cheth. 


92970 τη. (Ὁ. 52) only in plur. ΘΟ, 
constr. "2532, c. suff. 772>272, ἀφοῦ το; 
works, deeds. @. g. of God | facinora ‘Del, 
Ps. 77, 12. 78,7; of men Prov. 20, 11. 
Hos. 12, 3, and in a bad sense Zech. 1, 6. 
Jer. 7,5. 11,18. 21,14. 93522 395, 
‘2 272°, to make one’s deeds good or 
evil, to do well or ill, Jer. 35,15. Mic. 3, 4. 


‘WAY m. (τ. 1723) station, post, 1 K. 
10, 5. Is. 22, 19. 1 Chr. 23, 28. 2 Chr. 
9, 4. 


“TAS m. (Ὁ. 123) a standing-place, 
foundation, Ps. 69, 3. Sept. ὑπόστασις. 


ΓΟῺΣ Ὁ f. (τ. 0S) burden ; Zech. 12, 
3 [will make Jerusalem 131 502372 438 
a stone of burden to all nations. This 





599 


1) 


is finely illustrated by Jerome ad h. I» 
“Mos est in urbibus Palestine, et usque 
hodie per omnem Judzeam vetus consue- 
tudo servatur, ut in viculis. oppidis et 
castellis rotundi ponantur lapides gra- - 
vissimi ponderis, ad quos juvenes exer- 
cere se soleant, et eos pro varietate 
virium sublevare, alii ad genua, alii 
usque ad umbilicum, alii ad humeros et 
caput, nonnulli super verticem, rectis 
junctisque manibus, magnitudinem viri- 
um demonstrantes pondus extollant.” 


ὈΡῺΣ Ὁ τὰ. plur.(r. Pas) deeps, depths, 
Is. 51,10. Ps. 69, 3.15. 130, 1. Ez. 27, 34. 
pn (for M232 no. 2, r. 33 I. 4) pr. 
subst. ‘counsel, purpose ;’ found only 


with pref. >, i.e. 739, c. suff. 1239, 
ΤΟΣ ῸΘ, p22305, and every where as a 


| particle. 


A) Prep. propter, on account of, be- 
cause of. for the sake of, e. g.* 

1. Of the motive or moving cause, Ps. 
48, 12 let mount Zion rejoice... 4372? 
ΠΟΘ  Ὡ because of thy judgments. 97, 8. 
122,8. So God is often said to have 
ἄδιϊο something i739 Th 73702 because 
of ( for the sake of ) David his servant, 
i. e. because of his memory and the pro- 
mises made to him, Is. 37, 35. Ps. 132, 


10. 2 K. 8,19. 19, 34; t90n 330 for 


his mercy’s sake, i. e. because of or ac- 
cording to his known mercy, Ps. 6, 5. 

25, 7. 44, 27.. (See in the same sense 
WIOND Ps, 25, 7. 51, 3. 109, 26.) 1585 
i720 for his nismes sake, according to his 
name or character, i. e. what this au- 
thorizes us to expect (which, as Winer 
observes, is always goodness, mercy), 
Ps. 23, 3. 25, 11. 31, 4. This meaning 
of the phrase is apparent from the foll.- 
passages: Ps. 109, 21 5303 "AN ΠῺΣ 
FIOM ΞῚ2 "D> FAG do thou with me ac- 


-cording to thy name, For great is thy 


goodness. 143, 11 NA Ὁ i329 
a) AMP ΧΞ for thy name's "sake, Jeho- 
vah, preserve me, according to thy right- 
eousness or goodness: etc. Another use 
of this phrase see in no. 2.—ip73% 12 29 
(Jehovah) for the sake of, according to, 
his righteousness, Is. 42, 21. 

2. Of the purpose, object, end, at which 
one aims, on account of, for the sake of , 
6. g. 022322 for your sake, for your be- 
nefit and advantage, Is. 43, 14 comp. 


/ 


7 


, 45, 4. 63, 17; "33> for my own sake, 
“i.e. in order to vindicate my name, Is. 
43,25. 48,11. In this sense we find the 
fuller "οι: (72722); — "708 4272? 
“nan for my name’s sake—and for my 
glory’s sake Is. 48,9; comp. 7720 937> 
Ps. 79, 9, which is immediately Lt ia 
ed: Haw Tina 723 53 for the glory of 
thy name, and 106, 8 ΣΤΡ aw js 
inss3-MX for his name’s sake, that he 
might show his power. A different sense 
of this phrase occurs 1 K. 8, 41: the 
stranger who cometh ποῦν a distant land 
τὴ ὦ joo for thy name’s sake, i. 6. to 
behold thy glory.—In the Psalms, God 
is often said or besought to do something 
because of his enemies Ps. 8, 3, or because 
of the psalmist’s enemies Ps. 5,9. 27, 11. 
69, 19, i. 6. in order that these may be 
put to shame, q. d. 12" 432>.—With 
an infin. in order that, Am. 2, ἢν Jer. 
7, 10. 44, 8. Deut. 29, 18. al. a some 
passages interpreters have preferred to 
understand ἸΣὯ9 of the event or result. 
and render it so ¢hat, i. 6. with such and 
such a result ; which however is to de- 
stroy the force of language. The idea 
of purpose or aim is every where to be 
retained, 6. g. Amos |. c. a man and his 
Sather goin unto the same maid (harlot) 
"WIP Cw-rN Sb 42%> in order to pro- 
Sane my holy name, i. e. with such wan- 
tonness and atrocity of iniquity do they 
purposely provoke the divine punish- 
ment; or, to use a Heb. proverb, with 
such nerds of sin do they draw down 
punishment, Is. 5, 18; comp. below in 
B. [Yet the feeanent and undeniable 
ecbatic use of ἵνα and ὅπως in the N. T. 
not improbably arose from their sup- 
posed correspondence to Heb. j372> etc. 
for which they are put in the Sept. To 
assert for 4372? in all cases a telic power 
is equally to destroy the force of lan- 
guage; e.g. Am. I.c. Jer. 44, 8, etc.— 
R. 

B) Conj. Wx 422> Gen. 18, 19. Lev. 
17, 5. Num. 17, 5. Deut. 20, 18. 27, du» 
Josh. 3,4. 2 Sam. 13, 5. al. also simply 
322°, to the end that, in order that, with 
a fut. Gen. 27, 25. Ex. 4, 5. Is. 44, 20. al. 
sep. and so in all the μάμφμφι bid 32? 
N> that not, lest, with fut. Ps. 125, 3.— 


' We subjoin here some examples as to 


which interpreters have hesitated ; 


600 





2773 


Gen. 18, 19 hz" ahs 3222 WNIT 8D 
for I have chosen him (Abraham, i in or- 
der) that he may command, etc. see 573 
no. 1. b, Is. 66, 10. 11 rejoice ye with Je- 
rusalem.... ΩΣ ΞῺΝ ἼΡ2 ΣΡ that ye 
may suck, etc. i. 6. declare your joyful 
sympathy with Jerusalem, in order that 
ye may partake of her rejoicing and 
abundance. Hos. 8, 4 they have made 
them idols ™ >" 43722 that they may be 
cut off, i.e. they rush headlong as it 
were to their own destruction. Ps. 30, 
12 thou hast turned my mourning into 
dancing ...13 to the end that my heart 
may extol thee, sc. God. Is. 28, 13. 36, 
12. 44, 9. Jer. 27. 15, where some under- 
stand <P of the event; see at the close 
of A.2. above. So slag τελικῶς, Ps. 51,6 
against thee only have I sinned.. sqeed 
771273 ΓΊΧΩ that thou mightest be just 
an thy sentence, i. e. to this end have I 
been left to sin, that thy justice might 
be manifest. . 

3272 m. (Ὁ. ΠΡ I. 3) constr. M3372. 

1. an answer, response, Prov. 15, 1. 
23. Hence a) answer of prayer, i. e. 
the hearing and granting of prayer, 
Prov. 16,1. b) reply, refutation, Job 
32, 3. 5. 

2. counsel, purpose, whence apoc. j22, 
Prov. 16, 4. Comp. Arab. intendit. 
See r. noe I. 4. s* 


M2972 f. (τ. 433 IL) a furrow; 1 Sam. 
14, 14 there fell....about twenty men 
mio We M23 suns in about half the 
furrow of a “yoke of land, i. e. a furrow 
drawn through the length of a yoke of 
land.—Plur. Ps. 129, 3 Cheth. 

ΓΦ f. id. Ps. 129, 3 Keri. 


M292 f. dwelling, see mis. 
“V2 obsol. root, i. q. ann, to be 
angry, whence 


722 (anger) Maaz, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
2,27. Comp. y32"n8. 


MALIA f. (τ. 382) pain, sorrow, Is. 
50, 11. 


ΧΦ Ὁ τη. (τ. 389) an ave, adz, Is. 44 
-@ ι 
12. Jer.10, 3. Arab. Quads id 


“E92 m. (τ) restraint, hindrance. 
1 Sam. 14. 6. 


2... 


ΧΦ m. (r. ἼΣ5) restraint, i. e. power 


of ποῖοι Prov. 25, 28. 

222 τὰ. (τ. ΠΡ) a ledge, parapet, 
around the flat roof of an oriental 
house to prevent persons from falling 
off, Deut. 22, 8. 


D wp. τὰ. plur. (τ. Bpy) crooked 
ways or places, opp. Vi, Is. 42, 16. 


72 τα. (for ΠΣ, τ. ΠΣ) 1. naked- 
“ness, pudenda, i. q. ΓΛ, Nah. 3, 5. 

2. naked space, δ δι room. 1K. 7, 
36 ΘΝ "33 according to the room of 
each border. 


T. 39972 m. (τ. 323 1) a mercantile 
word, found only in Ez. c. 27 in several 
senses: a) Pr. barter, and so trade, 
traffic, v. 9. 27. Ὄ) Place of barter, 
market, mart, v.12.13.17.19. ο) gain, 
acealth, acquired by traffic, i. q. "M0 and 
jiniz no. 2; or perh. precious wares ; v. 
27. 34. Plur. v. 33. 

I], 352 m. (τ. 222 II) the occident, 
the west, place where the sun goes 
down, Ps. 75, 7. 103, 12. 107, 3. Is. 43, 

δ. α]. With ΤΠ loc. ΠΙΞῸΣ Ὦ westward 1 
Chr. 26, 30; with >, on the west of, 3 
Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14. 


«HDI f. ig. a322 II, the occident, 
the west, Is. 45,6. R. 379 IL. 


7122 τη. (r. M23) a naked place, i. e. 
a field or plain του trees and sal 


ings, Judg. 20, 38. Comp. Arab. ἫΝ 


the environs of a city, pr. a naked tract 
around it. 


727 f. (r. “39 IIL) constr. ΤΡ Ὁ 


| ens 23, 9, plur. MIND, a cave, cavern, 
Gen. 19, 30. 1 Sam. 24 4. 8. 9. 1 Chr. 


“11, 15. Is. 32, 14. al. Arab. ὑιά.--τὸ 


Josh. 13. 4 some take it as a pr. name, 
Vulg. Maara, Engl. Mearah. 


mM ἢ plur. 1 Sam. 17, 23 Cheth. 
prob. an error for the Kefi nis 22, 
which is expressed by all the ancient 
interpreters. 


JIL2 m. (τ. FI) arrangement, dis- 
position. Prov.16, 1 =>-"2"372 disposings 
of the mind, counsels. 


MI ἢ (τ. 5) 1. arrangement, 
_ disposition, order, 6. g. 3797271 ΤΥ the 
hee? 


601. 





ὩΣ 


lamps set in order sc. upon the sacred 
candelabra, Ex. 39, 37. 
2. Spec. a heap, pile, of wood arranged 


on an altar Judg. 6,26; comp. the verb» 


Gen. 22, 9. 

3. array, i.e. an army in battle-array, 
host, 1 Sam. 4, 2. 12. 16. 17, 22. 48, 
1 Chr. 12, 38. 


m219 f(r. 123) plur. niswwa, 
constr. min 2. 

1. a row, pile, arranged in order, as of 
the shew-bread or loaves set out in rows 
before Jehovah in the temple, Lev. 24, 6 
bis. Hence 23229 8m> in the later 
books, the shew-bread, pr. ‘the bread of 
arrangement’ Neh. 10, 34. 1 Chr. 9, 32. 
23, 29, i.g. ΘΒ ἘΠῚ in the earlier; 
also πο ond 2 Chr. 2,3. So too 
pnd maw 13,11. maqyan ymbW the 
table of the shew-bread, on which the 
loaves were arranged, 2 Chr. 29, 18. 

2. Plur. ranks ofa an army, array, army 
in battle-array, host, 1 Sam. 17, 8. 10. 
23, 26. 36. 45. 


ΩΣ m. plur. (τ. O19 1) naked- 
ness, for concr. the naked, 2 Chr. 28, 15. 


MITA { (Ὁ. p21) terror, sudden vio- 
lence, Is. 10, 33. 


MA (i. gq. ΠΡ, τ. 49) Maarath, 
pr. n. of a place in the mountains of Ju- 
dah, Josh. 15, 59. 


non τη. (τ. Mw>) constr. mvs, ὁ. 
suff. ΠΏΣ ; “Plur. ὈΠῸΣ Ὁ Gen. 20, 9, 
c. suff. “ino Kee. 2, 4. 11, which same 
form is also sing. Ps. 45, 2 (comp. in 
mxva, and Heb. Gr. § 91, 9.n); Awd 
plur. Ps, 92, 6, also sing. Ex. 23, 12. Ps. 
66, 3; ‘wa plur. Ps. 103, 22, sing. 
1 ae 19,4; 3 ΦΣ plur. alee sing. 
Gen. 47, 3. 

1. work, i.e. labour, business, occwpa- 
tion, pr. noun of action of the verb Mw>, 
Gen, 47,3 na ὩΣ ΘΠ ΓΙ what is your oc- 
cupation ? 1 Chr. 23, 28 maby non 
ΤΟΝ ma the Lidar (doing) of the 
temple-service. Ex. 5,4 why do ye call 
off the people "ὩΣ Δ ‘from their labour? 
Ez. 46, 1 ΓΙΌΣ ΘΓ =" the days of labour, 
as opp. to the sabbath.—Hence spoken 
of any general mode of acting, conduct, 
almost i. ᾳ. 923; Ex. 23, 24 nigsn xb 
ἘΠ ὩΣ Ὧ3 thou shalt not do according to 
their works, i.e. thou shalt not do as. 


wn 


they do, sc. the gentiles. 18,20. Lev. 18, 
3. Mic. 6,16. Ecc. 4,3 who hath not seen 
Been mom Hes) "Ws son nepencrs 
the evil work, conduct, wickedness, that 
ts done under the sun. Absol. of evil 
works, wicked conduct, Job 33, 17. 

2. a work, i. 6. a deed, act, something 
done,e.g. a) Of God, Judg. 2,10. Ps. 
86, 8. b) Of men, deed, action, chiefly 
in a bad sense ; Gen. 44, 15 Nepean ma 
envy ἘΝ mn what deed is this that 
ye have done? Plur. Gen. 20,9. 1 Sam. 
8, 8. 2 K. 23,19. Ecc. 1,14. Absol. of 
an evil deed, 1 Sam. 20, 19 mesa Disa in 
the day of that deed, sc. when Saul was 
on the point of killing David; others, 
working day, opp. to a festival day. . 

3. a work, i. e. something made, creat- 
ed. a) Of God, "3" "wz2 the works 
of his hands, (fingers Ps. 8, 4,) which he 
created, e. g. heaven, earth, all living 
things, Ps. 8, 7. 19, 2. 103, 22. In sing. 
min ΓΙῸΣ Ὦ the work of Jehovah, spec. of 
the judgments of God upon the wicked, 
Is. 5, 19. 10, 12. 28, 21. Ps. 64, 10; also 
“3.975 mp id. Is. 5,12. 29, 23. Ps, 28, 
5. Comp. bye. b) Of men, "33 ΓΙΌΣ 
DIN the work of men’s hands, often said 
of idols, Deut. 4, 28. Ps. 115, 4. 135, 15. 
Spec. of works of art, as ΞΘ ΤΊ nese da- 
mask-work Ex. 26, 1. 31; 328 Mv>2 wo- 
ven-work 28,32; muy ΓΙῸΣ Ὦ net-awork 27, 
4. Inverted, 2 Chr. 16, 14 nine τ 153 
with spicery-scork, Once of the work of a 
poet, ποίημα, Ps. 45, 2.—Metaph. of the 
Sruit, effect, of any ἐνόν, Is. 32,17 ΠΕΣ 
bipt) ΠΡῸΣ the work (fruit) of righteous- 
ness is peace. Hab. 3, 17.—Difficult is 
Job 37, 7 snivoa οὐ τὸ rp3> that all 
men of his (God’s) work may know him, 
i.e. that all men as his creatures may 
know him. But it is better with Reiske 
and A. Schultens to divide the words 
differently: anw> owex-b> rtd that 
all men may know their Maker. 

4. work, i. e. the fruit of one’s labour, 
goods, effects, property, i. q. 2822 no. 3. 
Is. 26, 12 s2%wy2-5> all our goods. Jer. 
48,7. Spec. of fruits, produce, Ex. 23, 
16; of cattle 1 Sam. 25, 2. 


ΟΦ (contr. for mvs work of Je- 
hovah). Maasai, pr. π. m. 1 Chr. 9, 12. 


ΓΙΌΣ Ὦ and Weyy" (work of Jeho- 
vah) Maaseiah, pr. n. of several men, 


602 





rj 


Jer. 21, 1 (comp. 37, 3). 29, 21. 365, 4. 
1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 2 Chr. 23,1.“ 


“22 τὰ. (denom. from “wy ten) 
constr. “272 Num. 18, 24, also "ia 


Lev. 27, 30. 32, c. suff. M22; plur. 
mines. Neh. 12, 44, c. suff. Dosminwy2 
Num. 18, 28; a tenth part, tithe, of fruits 
and produce, of flocks and herds, to be 
paid to the Levites, ete. see Ley. 27, 


30-33. Num. 18, 21. 24. Neh. 13, 5. 12; 


also Num. 18, 26 sq. Neh. 10, 38. al. 
Genr. Gen. 14, 20. 28, 22. sepen nw 
the tithe of the tithes Neh. 10, 39. Also 
ἜΞΕΣΤΙ ΓῺ the tithe-year, every third 
year, in which the tithes were to be 
applied in giving enteriainments at 
home, Deut. 26, 12; comp. 14, 22-28. 


mipwy'a Γ plur. (τ. PED) oppressions, 


exactions, Prov. 28, 16. 


51 Moph Hos. 9,6 and #2 Noph Is. 
19, 13. Jer. 2, 16. Ez. 30, 13. 16, pr. n. 
Memphis, a very ancient and splendid 
city of Egypt, the royal seat of four 
dynasties, and from the time of Psam- 
metichus the metropolis of all Egypt; 
surrounded with lofty mounds to guard 
against the inundations of the Nile and 
also against hostile assaults; and em- 
bellished with splendid edifices, among 
which was a celebrated temple of Vulcan 
or Phiah enlarged and decorated by 
many kings, Hdot. 2. 99, 136, 153. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 50, 51, 67. Not ‘far distant are 
the pyramids: and the long ranges of 
tombs stretching far to the south of these 
were doubtless once the necropolis of the 
ancient city, which lay between them 
and the Nile. After the founding of 
Alexandria, Memphis fell into decay, 
and in Strabo’s time was partly in ruins, 
XVII. p. 807. In the thirteenth cen- 
tury there were still here extensive and 
splendid remains; see Abdallatif p. 184 
ed. De Sacy. At present“the site is 
marked by large mounds and a few 
slight architectural remains. It bears 
the name of the nearest village, Mitra- 


heny, fully xis, ἄλλο Minyet Rahi- 


neh. See Jomard in Deser. de ’Egypte ἢ 


V. 1 sq. 531 sq. Champollion PEgypte 
sous les Pharaons I. 336 sq. Comp. 


Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 40, 41.—The | 


ancient hieroglyphic name is read Ma- 





ἱ 


a5 
' m-Paran, the place of Phiah or Vulcan; 
3 — ‘later ILanorgq Panour, the tem- 


_ ple of the good god. From the ancient 
rm Ma-m-phiah came the Coptic 


lows, Uleasgs, Gr. miugus, Arab. 
τς ὅλο Menf, and prob. Heb. 52; while 
from Panouf came Heb. 52. The true 
signif. of the name was known to Plu- 
‘tarch, de Isid. et Osir. p. 369: "τὴν μὲν 
πόλιν Μέμφιν οἵ μὲν ὅρμον ἀγαϑῦν 
eg ot δὲ ὡς τάφον ᾿Οσΐριδος, 
i. 6. both these interpretations arose out 
, of the proper signif: the place of the good 
ΠΗ i. 6. Osiris, or place (sepulchre) of 
the good. Comp. Lepsius Lettre a Ro- 
sellini p. 52. See Thesaur. p. 812. 


gap, pr. n. see in ὈΠΊΣΩ. 


+ 


? 







a=) m. (τ. 338) attack, assault ; 
| object of assault, mark, Job 7, 20. 


IB τη. (τ. MB2) constr. Job 11, 20 
2 mp2, a breathing out, expiration 
of the soul, i.e. death. Comp. 052 mp3 
Je 


er. 15, 9. Job 31, 39. 
TI m. (Ὁ. M22) the bellows of a forge, 
“Jer. 6,29. Arab. ἐδ id. 


MUI and MYA (contr. for 
nts ἨΝΒῸ extermination of idols’ acc. 
“to ‘Simonis, τ. mxp,) Mephibosheth, pr. n. 
τῆ. a) 2Sam.21,8. Ὁ) 2Sam.4,4. 9,6. 


A) see in ΞΡ, 


V2} τὰ. (pr. part. Hiph. τ. 738) a 
mallet, maul, war-club, Prov. 25, 18. 
Comp. 73%. 


2B m.(r.>53) 1. a falling, i.e. that 
which falls off or away, refuse. Am. 
8.6 “2 5B the refuse of the grain, chaff, 
straw. 
2. Any thing pendulous, a flap; Job 
ἯΣ 15 inwa "38 the pendulous parts of 
esh, i. 6. on the belly of the croco- 
Maid the flabby parts, flaps——So the 
Latin poets employ cadere of any thing 
pendulous, see Gronov. ad Stat. Silv. 38. 
_ Bil. Ital. Pun. 13. 333. 


mena f. (τ. 822) once plur. constr. 


ΡΞ lc es ΝΣ 


nixdes, miracles, wondrous works, Job | 


37, 16, 1. ᾳ. MINdD2. The poet prob. chose 
this unusual form because of the like 
gounding "W>»2 in the other clause. 


603 





wen 
ma>p f. (r. 128) a division, class, 


2 Chr. 35, 12. 


M2812 £ Is. 17,1, and M289 Is. 23, 13. 
25, 2 (ὦ. 883) fallen buildings, ruins. 
Syr. |ANvast id. 

DPD m. (τ. ude) escape, Ps. 55, 9. 


ὨΣΘΘΩ f(r. y2®) pr. ¢error ; then 


an idol, as inspiring terror, 1 K. 15, 13. 


2 Chr. 15, 16. 

enn m. (τ. ΒΒ i. ᾳ. DDB) a pois- 
ing, balancing of the clouds, Job 37, 16. 

nena f. (r. 589) c. suff. in>en. 

1. fall, Ῥείη, of a man Prov. 29,163 of 
a kingdom, Ez. 26, 15. 18. 27, 27. 31, 16. 

2. a ruin, spoken'of a fallen tree, Ez. 
31, 13. 

3. a carcass, as cadaver from cadere, 
πτῶμα from πέπτω, Judg. 14, 8. 

2950 m. Prov. 8, 22, and mappa δ 
Ps. 46, 9. 66,5, work, sc. of God. Β. 5:8. 

MDH" see MID". 

ΤῺ τὰ. (r. γ83) a smiting in pieces ; 
Ez. 9,2 7572 "52 i. 6. a deadly weapon, 
i. q. mone Ἀν. 1. Comp. v. 5. 6. 

72 m. (τ. 7B2) a mallet, maul, war- 
club, Jer. 51,20. Comp. 7752. 

“ΡΞ τὴ. (τ. Ἴ3) 1. a review, num- 
bering, census of a people, 2 Sam. 24, 9. 


~ 1 Chr. 21, 5. 


2. an appointment, mandate, 2 Chr. 
31, 13. 

3. an appointed place, Ez. 43, 21. 

4. Miphkad, pr. n. of a gate of Jeru- 
salem, Neh. 3, 31. 


7229 τὰ. (r. 728) haven, harbour, pr. 
a rent, re in the coast, Judg. 5, 17, 


—Arab. Sete ἔξ tatet from a river where 


water is drawn up, also an anchorage 
for ships. 

Mp2 f. (τ. PI) the neck, pr. the 
joints or vertebre of the neck, 1 Sam. 
4,18. Chald. m=psp, Xp, ‘a. Syr. 
{2.042 vertebra. 

a) >) ) τη. (τ. B98) a spreading out 
expansion. Job 36, 29. Ez. 27, 7. 

myWS f. (τ. Sep) a step, stride, 
meton. for the upper part of the legs or 
the buttocks 1 Chr. 19,4; by euphemism 
for Mind in the parall. 2 Sam. 10, 4. 


| na 
monsia see mpi. 


ΠΏΣ m. (τ. mee) a key, pr. the 
opener, Judg. 3, 25. Is. 22, 22. 1 Chr. 


9,27. Arab. cee id. 


| ΠΏΒὩ τη. (τ. MB) an opening ; Prov. 
8, 6 the opening of my lips, what my lips 
utter. 

JD τὰ. (τ. 128) the sill, threshold, 
1 Sam. 5, 4. 5. Ez. 9, 3. 10, 4. 18. al. 

ΤῺ see Υ2. 

ἘΝ, 1 pers. "AXX2, also "Mx 
Num. 11, 11; fut. 840", imp. 882, inf. 
constr. N¥2, c. suff. "N¥2, but poyitis 
(for nous) Gen. 32, 20 ; part. xia, 
once 83/2 like verbs ΤΡ Bec. 7, 26, fom. 
ΓΝ, ΤΑΣ 2 Sam. 18, 22. Cant. 8,10. 

ἢ: to come to, i. 6. to atlain to, to ar- 
rive at, to reach any thing, c. 79 Job 11, 
7. Chald. and Syr. δ, (se, Eth. 
PAA, id. Arab. to go away, 
kindr. once to go.—Hence to acquire, 
to get, to receive; with ace. of thing, 
Gen. 26, 12 Isaac in this year received 
a χεβια νὰ measures, i. 6. he harvested 
a hundred-fold. 2 Sam. 20,6 1> xx 18 
minga Onn lest he get possession of ‘for- 
tified cities. 

2. lo find, to find out, a person or 
thing, Sept. εὑρίσκω, and this is the most 
freq. usage of the word; pr. to come 
upon, to fallin with. So of persons Gen. 
38, 20. 23. Num. 35,-27. Deut. 22, 27. 
1 Sam. 10, 2. ἃ]. Of things Gen. 36, 24. 
2 K. 23, 24; espec. things lost Lev. 5, 
22. 23. 1 Sam. 9, 4; either with search 
Gen. 31, 33 sq. Ex. 15, 22. 16, 27. al.-or 
without Gen. 11, 2. 26, 32. Deut. 24, 1. 
al. 1 K. 13, 14 and found him sitting 
under an oak. 2 K. 19, 8.—Hence in 
various senses: 

a) to find, i. q. to attain unto, to get, to 
gain. comp. in no. 1; so in a good sense, 
(like Lat. ‘invenire laudem, cognomen,’) 
e.g. to find good, happiness, Prov. 8, 35. 
18. 22; wisdom 3, 13. 8, 9; favour, see 
ja iM no. 1; wealth Hos. 12,9; a vision 
from God Lam. 2, 9, comp. Ez. 3,1; the 
grave 1. 6. death Job 3, 22; rest Jer. 6, 
16. 45.3. Lam. 1, 3. (But in Ruth 1, 9 
lo find rest is said of a woman in respect 
to marriage, i.gq. ΒΡ xx Cant 8, 10.) 


604 





RYO 


Job 33, 24 “BS "max. 7 have found a 
ransom, λύτρον, comp. Od. 19. 403 ϑανά- 
του λύσιν εὑροίμην, also Heb. 19, 12. 
Absol. 2 Sam. 18, 22 ΝΣ Ὁ H3ba iN no 
tidings finding sc. favour, i.e. no grate- 
ful message, none which will bring re- 
ward to the bearer. Also ina bad sense, 
(like Gr. εὑρίσκειν κακόν Od. 21. 304. ib. 
24. 462,) 6. g. to find evil, trouble, sor- 
row, i. e. to fall into adversity, calamity, 
Ps. 116, 3. Prov. 6, 33. Hos. 12, 9. 

b) to find out sc. by thinking, men- 
tally, 6. g. an answer Job 32, 3. Neh. © 
5, 8. Ecc. 3,11. 8,17. (See Kee. 1]. ec. 
in D349 B.) So to find out a riddle, to 
solve it, Judg. 14, 12. 

6) The phrase 537 ΠΝ Ὁ "75 my hand 
Jindeth any thing, is found in a threefold 
sense: ἃ) to get for oneself, to acquire, 
i. q. to possess any thing. Lev. 25, 28 
1) anwiT 17 itt HN Nb Ἐδ fhe cannot 
get enough to restore it to him. 12, 8, 
comp. 25, 26. Job 31, 25; 6. > Is. 10, 14 
and my hand hath found (possessed), as — 
a nest, ὈΠὩΣΤΙ 5M) the riches of the na- — 
tions. β) Spoken of what happens in- ὦ 
cidentally, what comes to hand; e. ἫΝ ᾿ 
1 Sam. 10, 7 τὸ 83M ΣΝ πὸ ney 
do what thy hand shall Jind, i. e. act as 
occasion shall serve. 25, 8. Judg. 9, 33, 
Similar 1s Eee. 9, 10 whatavever thy hand 
Jindeth to do, do.it with thy might, i. e. 
whatever is incumbent upon thee. y) 
Of enemies, to find out, to get into one’s 
power; 1 Sam. 23, 17 the hand of Saul 
shall not find thee out, i.e. shall not get — 
thee into his power. With > of pers. — 
Ps. 21, 9. Is. 10, 10. 

d) to find or discover a fault or wrong — 
of which one is accused; 6. 3 of pers. — 
1 Sam. 29, 3 ΓΙ ΗΝ ia ὭΝΧΌ Nd 7 find 
in him nathinige no fault, Ps. 17, 3; more © 
fully Job 19, 28, comp. Luke 6,7. Dif- © 
ferent is 2 K. 9,35 M3 ΝΣ 2 ND they found ; 
nothing of her but the skull, etc. here 3 
is partitive, comp. Job 20, 20. 

6) to find God, i. 6. to find him propi- 
tious, ready to hear and answer prayer, 
Deut. 4, 29. Here belongs Ps. 32, 6 
one shall pray unto thee 882 Dz> in ἃ 
time of finding thee, i. e. a time when 
thou art propitious; see Niph. 

f) inb-my_xx to find one’s heart. to 
take heart, to take courage, 2 Sam. 7, 
27; comp. Ps. 76. 6. 


ΟΝ ΧΩ 


5) As in Engl. to try to find, to seek ; 
1 Sam. 20, 21 ὈΠΣΠΠΤΩΝ RxD 72 go, 
find (seek) the arrows. v.36. Job 33, 
_ 10. Ecc. 7,27. So of pleasure, to find 

out, to seek after, Is. 58, 3. 13. 

3. to come upon any one, to befall, to 
happen to, with acc. of pers. (comp, 812 
6. ace. no. 2. d.) Ex. 18, 8 all the travail 
FI OMNI WR that had come upon 
(befallen) them in the way. Gen. 44, 34. 
Num. 20, 14. 32, 23. Josh. 2, 23. Judg. 6, 
13. Ps. 116, 3. 119, 143. Comp. εὑρίσκω 
τινά Tob. 12, 7. 

4. to suffice for any thing, c. dat. Num. 
11, 22. Judg. 21, 14. Comp. Engl. to 
reach, Germ. hinreichen, hinlangen, hin- 
langlich seyn, Gr. ixvovpevos, ἱκανός sufli- 
cient, from ἵχνέομαι. 

_ Nira. 8292, 2 pers. ὈΝΧῺΣ; fut. 837"; 

part. 8293, plur. ΘΝ 2.1 Sam. 13, 15, 
in pause D°NZ22 Ezra 8, 25. 

1, Pr. a) Pass. of Hiph. or i.g. Kal 
no. 1, to come to any one, to be brought. 
Jer. 15, 16 47937 ἸΝΧῸῺΣ thy words were 
brought sc. tome. ὃ) Pass. of Kal no. 
1, to be acquired, with > of pers. Deut. 
21, 19 %> ἘΝ 3.0 ὍΝ 39 all that has been 
atiuired by him, all that he hath. Josh. 
17,16. Pregn. Job 28, 12 wisdom, {282 
᾿ ΝΣ whence shall it be acquired 2 

2. to be found, pass. of Kal. no. 2, 
1 Sam. 10, 2. 16.21. Gen. 41, 38. Ps. 37, 
36. Josh. 10,17. al. So of a thief, to be 
detected, caught, Ex. 22, 1. 6. 7. Deut. 
24, 7. Jer. 2,26. Often with an adjunct 
of place where, Gen. 18, 29 sq. 44, 16. 
17. 2 K. 20, 13. Is. 39,2. al—Spec. a) 
With 12 to be found and selected out of 
a number, i. q. Engl. to be found among, 
Dan. 1,19. Ezra 10,18. Ὁ) Of good 
and evil; 1 K. 14, 13 313 "23 33 “x32 
there is found in him some good thing. 
1, 52 JA N¥an ASI ON. 1 Sam. 25, 28. 
Biz. 28. 15; also with D> 2 Chr. 19, 3; 
ἘΣ 36, 8; > Deut. 22. 20. c) God is 
said to be found of men, when he is pro- 
pitious, or hears and answers prayer 
ὁ. 5 1 Chr. 28, 9. 2 Chr. 15, 2. 4, 15. Jer. 
29, 14. Is. 55, 6. 65, 1. Comp. Rom. 10, 
20 εὑρέϑην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν. 

_ 3. to be found. i. 6. to be, to exist, to be 

present inany place. a) With an ad- 

ne of place where; 1 Sam. 13, 19 

nw 552 xg Nd cinm there was no 

smith (found) in all Israel, i. 6. none 
51* 


605 





=x 


existed. 1 Chr. 29, 17 ΓΞ ἸΝ Σ ὩΣ Wad 
thy people which are here present. 2 Chr. 
34, 32. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13. Is. 65, 8. al. 
Of things, Gen. 47, 14 all the money that 
was (found) in the land of Egypt. Ὁ) 
Absol. Gen. 19, 15 MiINSs3 FAN NY 
thy two daughters present, opp. to those 
absent v. 14. Ezra 8, 25. Is. 22, 3. 1 Sam. 
13, 15.—Dan. 11, 19 and he shall stum- 
ble and fall 839 8>1 and shall be (found) 
no more, i. q. 33378). 

Hipo. 8°42 1. Causat. of Kal no, 
1, to make come to; with 173 to deliver 
up or over, 2 Sam. 3, 8. Zech. 11, 6. 
Also to bring to, to present, with >x 
Lev. 9, 12. 13. 18. 

2. to let acquire, to let receive, i. e. to 
allot to any one, Job 34, 11. 37, 13. | 


NIA see δ ΤΏ. 


3272 m. (τ. 3519) constr. 382, a sta- 
tion, i. 6. place where one stands, Josh. 
4,3.9; a military post, garrison, 1 Sam. 
13, 25. 14,1.4. 2 Sam. 23, 14; office, 
post, Is. 22, 19. 


3372 m. (part. Hoph. τ. 32) a station 
of troops, post, Is. 29,3. Here too we 
may refer Judg. 9,6 S233 73x 329 ὙἹῸΝ 
the oak of the garrison which is at She- 
chem, so called prob. from a military 
post established . there. Othpea eel 
take 382 in the sense ofa monument, 
piliar, i. q. 7322. 

max 1 Sam. 14, 12, and “AX 
Zech. 9, 8, i. q. =%2, a military post. R. 
3%). 

Maid f. (r. 313) constr. P32; plur. 
ΤΣ, constr. Mi=%2, pr. ‘something 
set upright.’ Spec. 

1. a pillar, cippus, of stone, Gen. 28, 
18. 22. Ex. 24, 4. Is. 19,19. Jer. 43, 13 
way mea miaxe the columns of Beth- 
shemesh, i. e. the obelisks of Heliopolis. 

2. a statue, idol-image, e. g. Taxa 
bsan the inage of Baal 2 K. 3, 2. 10, 
26. 27. 18, 4. 23,14; genr. Mic. 5, 12. 
Hos. 10, 1. al. 

MAL Mezobaiah, pr. n. of a place 
otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 47. 

PAL. ἢ (Ὁ. 3¥3) 1. ig. ΠΝ 8, a 
monument, cippus. Gen. 35.14.20. 23 Sam. 
18,18. In this sense it is also found in 
Phenician inscriptions. , 

2. trunk, stump of a tree, Is. 6, 13. 


ΧὩ 


"ΠΣ m. (r. 2%) plur. N79, Kamets 
impure, a fastness, castle, stronghold, on 
a hill or mountain, so called as a place 
of lying in wait and watching. 1 Chr. 
11, 7 and David dwelt %%23 in the 
stronghold (castle, citadel) ;... therefore 
it was called, the city of David. Plur. 
strongholds, fasinesses, 1 Sam. 23, 14. 
19. 24, 1. Is. 33,16 ὈΠΣΞΌ ὨΤΙΣῸ. Jer. 
48, 41. 51, 30. Coupled with caverns 
Judg. 6, 2. Ez. 33, 27. Chald. ΡΣ Ὁ 


9 σῶν 
id. Arab. Lax mountain-top; comp. 


Muouda the name of Herod’s strong 
castle Jos. B. J. 7. 8. 2. 


M72, TIX, see niga, Nx. 


4 ΓΝ 2 fut. conv. 72") Judg. 6, 38. 

1. Pr. i. g. 729, ΠΏ, to suck, then to 
sucl out, to drink out greedily, to drain. 
Is. 51, 17 the inebriating cup thou hast 
drunk, thou hast sucked it out. i. e. hast 
drunk it greedily even to the dregs. Ps. 
75, 9. Ex. 23, 34.—Syr. [ys id. Lapse 
epotatio. 

2. to press or squeeze out moisture, 
with 12. from any thing, Judg. 6, 38. 
Chald. Syr. Pa. id. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, Ps. 73, 
10... 7 
2. Pass. of Kal no. 2. Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9. 


1. M82 ἢ (r. v2) pr. sweetness, concr. 
sweet, i. 6. not fermented, unléavéned. 
ἄζυμον. Lev. 2,5 mn ΓΝ it shall be 
unleavened. Often in genit, maa rbn 
an unleavened cake Lev. 8, 26. Num. 6, 
19; a Γ᾿ Num. 1. 6. In plur. nibn 
nix ecbine cakes Num: 6, 15 (for 
the double plur. see in 531} no. 1, note. 
Heb. Gr. ὃ 106. 3); “a "ΡῚ Tp 2, 4. 
7, 12; mime miss Ex. 12,39. Here he- 
farice also mize “pnd unleavened bread 
Ex. 29, 2, and simpl. mix id. Gen. 19, 
3; also often mix2 ἘΞ Ν fo eat feideeoiietd 
bread Ex. 13, 6. 7. 23, 15. Lev. 6, 9. 
Deut. 16, 3. 8; comp. Lev. 10, 12. 1 
Sam. 28. 24. So mixan an the festi- 
val of unleavened bread, the Passover, 
Ex. 23, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 13. 30, 13. 21; 
ellipt. ΤΣ Ἐπ id. Gr. τὰ ἄζυμα, Ex. 12, 
17, comp. 23, 15. % 


IT. M9 ἢ (Ὁ. 982) contention, quarrel, 
Prov. 13, 10. 17, 19. Is. 58, 4. 


606 





1273 


mxia (perh. for 83472 fountain) Mo- 
zah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Ben- 
jamin, Josh. 18, 26. 


Monza f, (Ὁ. ἘΠῚ) a neighing, snort 
ing, Jer. 8, 16. 13, 27. 


Tix) m. (τ. 32%) constr. Tix, c. suff. 
{194 Job 19,6; plur. Size. 

1. capture, i. 6. prey, gain, Prov. 12, 
12. 

2. a net, sc. of a hunter, Ece. 7, 26.- 


= 9 - 
Job 19,6. Syr. [Zpagss, Arab. Muar, 
net. 

3. i. ᾳ. 18, a fortress, bulwark. a 
besieging tower, Ecc. 9,14. Two Mss. 
read 5°9°E%, which accords better with 
the context ; comp. Deut. 20, 20, Ez. 4, 
2. Mic. 4, 14. 


MIE f. (Ὁ. 19%) i. q. mase. THE. 

1. a net, sc. of a fisherman, Ece. 9, 12. 

2. a fortress, castle, on a hill or moun- 
tain, Is. 29,7. Plur. nits Ez. 19, 9. 


APL f. also TIL Ez, 13, 21 (τ. 
ἜΣ) constr. Ix, c. suff. ints. 

1. capture, prey, Ez. 13, 21. 

2. a net, of a hunter, Ez. 12, 13. 17, 
20. Ps. 66, 11. 

3. 1. 4. 749, MISA, a Sortress, castle, 
stronghold, "Job 39, 28, ms "72 the cita- 
del of Zion 2 Sam. 5, 7. 9. 1 Chr. 11,5; 
genr. 1 Sam. 22, 4. 5, 24, 23. So with 
art. ‘2m of a fortress near the plain of 
Rephaim north of Bethlehem 2 Sam. 5, 
17. 23, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 16.—Trop. God is 
said to be a fortress, i. e. a defender, — 
protector, Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4. 71, 3. 91, 2. 
144, 2; and so M1744 N72 Ps. 31, 3. 


M27 f. (τ. MS) constr. ΤῊΣ, c. suff. 
antic 3 plur. ΤῊΣ, once miss Neh. 9, 
14, c. suff. ἜΣ Χ; a command, precept, 
law, Sept. ἐντολή. Spoken: a) Of 
human commands, 7237 ΤΟΣ Is. 36, 21. 
Esth. 3, 3. 2 Chr. 8, 15. 30, 12; also 
Jer. 35, 18. Is. 29,13. Ὁ) Of the divine | 
commande either singly or of the whole 
divine law, comp. Mim, ΒΘ. Lev. 
4.13 one of the commandments of Jeho- 
vah that are not to be done, i. e. a prohi- 
bitory command, interdict. Most freq. 
in plur. Mix the commandments of 
Jehovah, often coupled with the synon. 
Dopn, mipm, minim, oepta, mind; 
Gen. 26, 5. Ex. 16, 98. Deut. ὃ . 2. 1K 


vg ee πον 


- fon 


ya 


Ἢ 3.al.sep. Collect. the law, Deut. 5, 


28. 6, 1. 8,1. 17, 20. 27, 1. al. Meton. 
oe mix the éommandment ‘of the 
Levites, i. 6. what was commanded to 
be given to them, Neh. 13, 5. 


Mit f, Ex. 15, 5. Neh. 9, 11. Ps. 88, 
7, also M2220 f. i. g. dS, a depth, deep 
place, e. g. of the sea, Jon. 2, 4. Mic. 7, 


_ 19; trop. Ps. 88,7; of a river, Zech. 10, 


᾿ 56. 57. 
S22, 2. 


11; of mire, Ps. 69,3. R. >ax q. v. 


PIX m. (τ. ΤῈΣ I) straitness, distress, 
Ps. 119, 143. Jer. 19, 9. Deut. 28, 53. 
‘2 wx one in distress 1 Sam. 


przXQ m. (τ. prs II. 2) plur. constr. 
"p72, a pillar, column ; Kimchi well, 


ἜΡΩΣ, a3. 1 Sam. 2, 8 78 "pxa 
the pillars of the earth i. q. ΥῈΝ o7723 
Trop. of a rock or cliff isolated like a 
column ; 1 Sam. 14, 5 the one crag p12 
‘2 ὉΞῺ ἸἸΒΧῸ a πο ei on the north over 
gainst Michmash. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 116.—In the Talmud ΤῈΣ 
is a high and steep mountain. 


MPA" f. (τ. ps I) straitness, distress, 
Job 15, 24. Zeph. 1,15. Plur. Ps. 25, 
17. 107, 6. 13. 19. 28. 


I. "52" m. constr. “ix, 
Ez.4.8. R. ἫΝ 1. 

1. straitness, distress, Deut. 28, 53 sq. 
Jer. 19, 9. 

2. siege. Ez. 4, 2. 7. Zech. 12,2. si3 
“ix. to be besieged, of a city, 2 K. 24, 
10. 25, 2. al. 

3. a mound, bulwark, of besiegers, 
Deut. 20, 20. Mic. 4, 14. Ez. 4, 2. 
Hence 

A. a fortification, fortress, Hab. 2, 1. 
“isa ὍΣ a fortified city Ps. 31, 22. 60, 
11; plur. 2 Chr. 8, 5. Mic. 7, 12. 

11. “2 pr. ἡ. for Egypt, and appa- 
rently for Lower Egypt; thrice "78" 
ΚΣ (he streams or canals of Egypt. the 
branches of the Nile, Is. 19, 6. 37, 25. 2 
K. 19. 24.—Under the name “x9 there 


seems to lurk the Egyptian *LETOTPO 
kingdom, as in A272 the word porpo 
king. But the Hebrews doubtless as- 


cribed to it a domestic origin, prob. as 
signifying a border, limit, (τ. "$2,) i.q. 


c. suff. W737 


Arab. ee. perh. as sing. of the dual 


607 
‘pea the two Egypts, q. v. 





ΝῺ 


Others, 
6. g. ‘Bochart i in Phaleg IV. 24, suppose 
Egypt to be so called as being strong 
and fortified, 1. ᾳ. "1x2 I. 4; see Diod. 
Sic. 1. 31. 


MN f(r. 41) plur. ΓΗ, Mine. 

1. a mound. bulwark, of besiegers, i. ᾳ. 
ΣΧ no. 3, Is. 29, 3. 

2. a fortress, fortified city, 2 
11,11; more fully mS ID 14,5; 
nins2 11, 10. 11.. 23. 12, 4. 21, 3. 


PALA f. (τ. M¥2) i. g. 22 II, quarrel, 
strife. Is. 41,12 ΤΗΣ "YIN thy ad- 
versaries, enemies. 


% y= a root not in use, perh. fo shine, 
y 
i- 4: “ed and $, Comp. w2 to be 


cheerful, and by transp. who to shine. 
Hence the two following: 


"IZ m. (Is. 48, 4 proves nothing for 
the fem.) c. wii, "ms°2, plur. constr. 
minsa; the Sorehead, 1 ‘Sam. 17, 49. 
2 Chr. 26, 19. Mit MEN Myx the (shanie- 
less) brow of a harlot Jer. 3, 3. Ez. 3,7 
ΤΙΣ "PIN of an impudent forehead. ν. 8. 
9. 15. 48, 4 mon ΠΧ thy brow is 
brass, brazen. Plur. Ez. 9, 4. 


NZ f. a greave, greaves, armour for 
the legs, q. d. frontlets of the leg, constr. 
ΓΠΧῸ 1 Sam. 17,6. R. nx. | 


maz f. (r. ddx 1) only plor. nibza, 
bells, upon horses and camels for orna- 
ment, Zech. 14, 20. See in r>z2. 


mx f. (τ. 55% 11) a shady place, 
shade, Zech. 1, 8. 


. Moz f(r. bbe 1) only in dual Din>s, 
cymbals, for accompanying music, 1 Chr. 
13, 8. Ezra 3.10. Neh. 12, 27. al. So 
in Greek, dual κυμβάλω, -ow. See in 
proebe. 


MI f. (τ. 551) turban, tiara. of the 
high priest Ex. 28. 4. 39. 29. 6. Lev. 8, 
9. 16,4; of aking Ez. 21,31. For the 
form of it, see Braun de Vestitu sacerd. 
Heb. p. 624 sq. Jos. Antiq. 3. 7. 3. B. J. 
oo: fF. 


YZ τη. (τ. ΣΧ) a couch. bed, some- 
thing spread down, Is. 28, 20. 

IWR τη. (τ. 22) plur. constr. “128%, 
step, walk, Ps. 37, 23. Prov. 2°. 54. 


yx 


w1sz2a in his steps, i.e. in his com- 
pany, Dan. 11, 43. Comp. 17233 Judg. 
4, 10. 

ΠΥ ΚῺ f. (Ass and 12) pr. ‘ what 
is next to a little,’ i. 6. subparvum, par- 
vulum, a little thing, 2 TM j2P Dan. 
8,9; see Lehrg. ὃ 123, also art. 2 no. 
3. g.—Better: even a little one, accord- 
ing to the idiom noted in 12 no. 1. a. 7; 
see Thesaur. p. 805. g. 


“22 m. (τ. WSS) constr. "982. 

1. Pr. smallness ; hence any thing 
small, little, Gen. 19, 20. Job 8, 7 ; of a 
small number, 2 Chr. 24, 24 ΣΝ ΠΣ ΧῸ 
few men; of a short time, Is. 63, 18 
“2x22 for a litile while. 

2. Mizar, pr. n. of a summit prob. in 


the ridge of Anti-Lebanon or Hermon, ἢ 


Ps. 42, 7. 


M29 m. (τ. MBS) constr. MEX. 

1. a watch-tower, Is. 21, 8. Also a 
lofty place, whence one can see far and 
wide around, whether furnished with a 
watch-tower or not. 2 Chr. 20, 24. 

2. Mizpeh, pr. n. of several towns and 
cities, in elevated situations: a) Inthe 
plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 38. Ὁ) In Ben- 
jamin, Josh. 18,26; see MBS no.2. c) 
In Moab, 1 Sam. 22. 3. d) In Gilead 
Judg. 11, 29, see MBS no. 1. This may 
be the same with mps2n ΓῺ Josh. 13, 
26. e) A valley in the high region of 
Lebanon Josh. 11, 8, comp. 11, 3. 


MDI (watch-tower, lofty place, r. 
Mex) always with the art. ΠΣ ἘΠ, with 
n loc. πο Ἐπ, Mizpah. pr. n. 

1. A town or city of Gilead, Judg. 10, 
17. 11,11. 34. Hos. 5, 1. Some qefer 
hither Judg. 11, 29 ἼΣ ΣΕ, but see 
in MBX no. 2. ἅ. For the origin of this 
place, see Gen. 31, 49. 

2. A city of Benjamin, where the peo- 
ple were wont to convene, Judg. 20, 1. 
3. 1 Sam. 7,5-16. al. It was afterwards 
fortified by Asa to protect the border 
against the kingdom of Israel, 1 K.15, 22. 
2 Chr. 16.6. Later it was the residence 
of the Chaldean governor, Jer. 40, 6 sq. 
comp. Neh. 3,7. 15.19. Once written 
ΠΕΣ ΕΠ Josh. 18,26. [Prob. the high 
point two hours north-west. of Jerusa- 
lem. now called Neby Samwil ; see Bib. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 143, 144.—R. 


608 





“ΧὩ 


py m. plur. (r. ἸΞῈ) hidden places, 
Obad. 6. 


“ys2 fut. ya? 1, to suck, to suck 


oul, i.g. X72 and πιῶ. Arab. ass 
Chald. p82, Syr. -&, id. all of which 
imitate the sound, as also Gr. μύζω, 
μυζάω, μάζος. Hence to draw out with 
relish, to taste, Is. 66, 11; comp. 3" v. 
12.—Things sweet and pleasant are 
wont to be sucked out, hence 

2. to be sweet, whence M22 sweet 1. 6. 
unleavened. Comp. Pn, which also 
has both significations. 


ῬΧῺ see in PAX. 


"᾿ς yan νὴ 
“S73 obsol. root, which seems to 
have had the same power as the kindr. 
“2, to shut in, to restrain; whence 


S 0 
Chald. "x2, Arab. poe limit, border. 
and Heb. “ix II, 01727. ΕΣ 


“29 τὴ. (τ. ὍΣ, as 502 from 330) 
straiiness, distress, Ps. 118, 5. Plur. 
p°"xs2, constr. "29, Lam. 1, 3. Ps. 
116, 3. 


M2, see in ΠΧ. 


DL) dual pr. n. for Egypt, Gen. 46, 
34. 50, 11; often more fully ΦΧ Ὁ PAR 
the land - Egypt, fem. Gen. 45, 20. 47, 
6.13. Also for the people, the Eeyp: 
tians, in prose, and mostly with plur. 
Gen. 45. 2. 47, 15. 20. 50, 3. Ex. 1, 14; 
rarely with sing. masc. 14, 25.31; poet. 
with sing. masc. Is. 19, 16. 25. Jer. 46, 8, 
and fem. Hos. 9, 6. Joel 4,19. With 
m loc. M277%2 Gen. 26, 2. al.—Sing. 
sixa Lower ‘Egypt q.v. Hence the 
dual ἘΠΟΣῸ seems to have originally 
denoted the two Egypts, i. 6. Lower and 
Upper Egypt (the latter pr. di>mB) by 


zeugma, as we now say the two Sicilies, . 


for Sicily and Naples; although this 
origin being afterwards left out of view, 
the dual 0""x7 is sometimes so employed 
as not to include Pathros or upper Egypt, 
Is. 11,11. Jer. 44,15. Others ineptly refer 
the dual form to the two parts of Egypt 
as divided by the Nile. The Arabs have 


the sing. pee Misr, Egypt, pr. limit, 


Ὅν 


>  < i σε 


border ; Syr. has the Jual, although rare — 





ars 


in this language, igs .—The gentile 
noun is ἜΞΩ an Egyptian Gen. 39,1; 
f. τη ΣΧ Gen. 16, 1. Plur. m. oz 
Gen. 12, 12.14; f. τ Ex. 1, 19.— 
[Engl. Vers. as pr. n. of pers. Mizraim, 
Gen. 10, 6. 13. 1 Chr. 1, 8.—R. 


122 τη. (τ, ΠΣ) a fining-pot, cruci- 


‘ble, Prov. 17, 3. 27, 21. 


ῬΏ m. (τ. PR) rottenness, putridity. 
Is. 3, 24 τιν "pa cia rn instead of a 
sweet smell there shall be roltenness, i. 6. 
the (ἴον of putrid ulcers. 5, 24 the root 
shall be as rottenness i. e. rotten wood. 


Mapa f. (r. 3p) a hammer, mallet, 
pr. the pointed hammer of the stone- 
cutter and smith, 1 K. 6, 7. Is. 44, 12. 
Jer. 10,4.—Hence prob. the name Maz- 
καβαῖος, “Ap, the hammerer; comp. 
the French name Charles Martel. 


ΓΒΡῺ f. (τ. 353) 1. ig. Mapa, a 
hammer, Judg. 4, 21. 

2. a mine, quarry, broken in the rock, 
Ts. 51, 1. 


MIP (place of shepherds, r. 509) 
Makkedah, pr. n. of a place in the plain 
of Judah, anciently a royal city of the 
Canaanites, Josh. 10, 10. 12, 16. 15, 41. 


WIPA m. (τ. Wp) once ΤΡ Dag. 
euph. Ex. 15,17; ¢c. suff. ΘΠ, once 
irreg. 1372 Num. 18, 29; plur. o-wapa, 
constr. “Ip. 

1. any thing sacred, hallowed, Num. 
18, 29. 

2. a holy place, sanctuary, espec. the 
sacred tabernacle of the Israelites, Ex. 
25, 8. Lev. 12,4. 21, 12. Num. 10, 21. 
18,1; the temple 1 Chr. 22,19. 2 Chr. 
29, 21. Dan.11,31.al. Often more fully, 
as eee pips Ts. 60,13; 72 Bape jis 
Dan. 8,11. 5>2 wipe the "Minas sanc- 
tuary, i.e. set apart and sacred to him- 
self, Am. 7, 13. Plur. ἈΞ "ΤΙ Jer. 
51, 51 sanctuaries (sacred places) of the 
temple ; ds ὙΦ Ps. 73, 17 id. But 
ἘΝῚ weinp the sanctuaries of Israel, 
i.e. idolatrous and unlawful, Am. 7, 9. 

3. an asylum, the ternple and ἐπε ρθῆ 
places among the Hebrews having the 
privilege of an asylum, as also among 
the Greeks, Is. 8,14. Ez. 11, 16; comp. 
1K. 1,50. 2,28. See 2 Macc. 4, 34. 
Pausan. Corinth. 13. 


609 





"p’2 


Db onps m. plur. Ps. 26, 12, and 
micripa f. plur. Ps. 68,27. R. dap. 

1. assemblies, chiefly of those praising 
God, choirs, Ps. Il. ec. 

2. Makheloth, pr. τι. of a station of the 
Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 25. 


MP2 m. also 8)P4 2 Chr. 1, 16 
Cheth. once Mp2 1 K. 10, 28; constr. 
mp. 2 Chr. 1,16. R. mp. 

1. expectation, hope, confidence, 1 Chr. 
29, 15. Ezra 10,2. Also one in whom 
confidence is placed, of God Jer. 14, 8. 
17, 13. 50, 7. 

2. a gathering together, collection, see 
τ. Mp Niph. a) Of waters, Gen. 1, 10. 
Ex. 7, 19. Lev. 11, 36. Ὁ) α band, 
company, of men and animals, e. g. of 
horses, a caravan ; so prob. in 1 K. 10, 
28 ΠῺΞ MPD ANP? B28 WMO MPA 
and a company of the king’s merchants 
brought from Egypt a company of horses 
at a price; also 2 Chr. 1, 16. There is 
a play of words in the double use of the 
word mip for a band of merchants and 
a troop of horses. So Piscator and Va- 
tabius; but interpreters have here very 
widely differed; see Bochart Hieroz. T. 
I. p. 171. 172. Michaelis Supplem. p. 
1271. Mos. Recht III. p. 331. 


Mp2 ἢ (τ. ΠῚ Niph.) gathering-place 
for waters, a pool, reservoir, Is. 22, 11. 


DIPS, also DP’2 Ex. 29, 13 (τ. cp) 
constr. DIP, ὁ. suff. iaipa, HPs Gen. 
29, 8; plor. minipa, c. sci pninps ; 
comm. gend. Elie peed Gen. 18, 24. 
Job 20, 9, in plur. 2 Sam, 17, 12 Cheth. 

1. place, pr. station, from standing 


Arab. elie, Eth. PHP, id. 
Phen. pp place, town.—Gen. 1, 9. 13, 
3. 14. 22,3. 28, 11. 17. Kec. 3, 20. 6, 6. 
al. sep. Gen. 24, 23 a place for us to 
lodge in. v. 25.31. "% Dip a narrow 
place Num. 22,26; wisp 2 a holy place 
Ex. 29, 31; "inv “Ὁ aclean place Lev. 
4,12. 6. 4; x02 “2 an unclean place Lev. 
14, 40. pipe-bea in every place, every 
where; Num. 18, 31. Prov. 15, 3. 15 
> nip to assign a place to any one, e. g. 
for sitting 1 Sam. 9, 22, or dwelling 
Josh. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 27,5; but also fo 
give place to any one, i. e. to give way 
to yield, Judg. 20,36. > pip 55 to av- 


etc. 


ipa 


point a place to any one, sc. as a refuge 
Ex. 21, 13, or for dwelling 2 Sam. 7, 
10. LK. 8,21. With genit. (235 ΠΡ 
the place of ashes Lev. 1, 16; mp7 ‘na 
place of (for) catile Num. 32, 1; 15." 
David's place, seat, 1 Sam. 20, 25, ΝΗ 
Spec. the place of any one,i.e. a) a 
dwelling-place, habitation, home, Gen. 
29, 26. 30, 25. Num. 24, 11. Judg. 11,19; 
also Ex. 3, 8. Ps. 44, 20. Is. 18,7. Pro- 
verbially Job 7,10 ‘ipa Tid 124757 ND 
his place shall know him no more, i. 6. 
he shall be wholly forgotten. Ps. 103, 16; 
comp. Job 20, 9. Ps.37,10. Also Job 16, 
18 "mpst> Dip? wT DN let there be no 
abiding-place for my cry, i. e. no delay, 
but let it ascend at once to God. b) A 
place where any thing is found, finding- 
place, as =1 ‘2 Job 28, 1 (parall. Six). 
v. 6. Comp. v. 12.23.—The constr. state 
is often found before “x, espec. in the 
phrase "UX DIPeA in ‘the place where, 
Lev. 4, 94. 33. 6, 18. 2 Sam. 15, 21. 1K. 
21,19. Jer. 22,12; also "ὦ bipanby id. 
Ece. 1,7; and with mi as saint Ps. 104, 
8. Saitotimnen the absol. is retained, as 
“wx cipa-b> Josh. 1, 3. Deut. 12, 13. 
Ex. 21, 13. al. In the Jater books cipa 
“UN, or WY DIP, the place where, is some- 
tines used fedundennay for where (δ 3, 
ἜΝ), wherever ;-Ecc. 11,3 ΒΞ vipa 
nim" DW psi where the tree falleth there 
it shall be. Esth. 4,3. 8,17. Ez. 6,13; so 
too Gen. 39, 20. 40, 3.—Adv. with emt. 
i.q.in place of, instead of, Is. 33, 21. Hos. 
2, 1 [1, 10]. Ecc. 3,16. Comp. Arab. 
uso, Syr. dso9, locus et adv. loco. 


2. a place, i.e. a town, village, Gen. 
18, 24. 19, 12. 14. 29, 22. 23, 17. τῶν 
Dipan the men of the place, the inhabi- 
tants, Judg. 19,16; taip2 “9 Ruth 4, τς 
Also a region, decries ,Judg.18,10. Sip 
ἘΞ} the region of Shechem Gen. 12, Ai 


“iP'2 τὰ. (τ. “4p) constr. "pa Lev. 
12,7; 6. suff. in}pa, HAP? Lev. 20, 17; 
a ioaebain, pr. ppendd ae digging, Hos. 
13, 15. Jer. 51, 36. Zech. 13, 1. “ipa 
oun ὉΠ a fountain of living waters 
Jer. 2, 13. 17, 13—Trop. fountain of 
tears, Ἢ e. the eye, Jer. 8, 23; fountain 
of blood, by euphemism for pudenda mu- 
liebris, Lev. 12,7. 20, 18 (where 0°75 is 


omitted); fountain of life or happiness” 


Ps. 36, 10. Prov. 10, 11. 18, 14. 14, 27. 


Ζ 
’ 


610 





Spa 


16, 22; fountain of wisdom Prov. 18, 4. 
In a different sense, Ps. 68, 27 “ipsa 
ἘΝῚ ye from the fountain of Israel, 
i. e. who are the posterity of Israel ; 
comp. 6 Is. 48, 1. 


Mp" τη. (τ. MP>) a taking, receiving, 
of gifts 2 Chr. 19, 7. 

minp’a f plur. (τ. mpd no. 1.2). κάτ, 
merchandise, Neh. 10, 32, comp. v. 31. 
Talm. Mp2 emtio. 


“O}72 m. (τ. "BP 1) incense, Ex. 30,1. 


miop. f. (τ. sep 1) ἃ censer, for 
burning incense, 2 Ghr. 26, 19. Ez. 8, 11. 


* 5p obsol. root, prob. i. q. Ethiop. 
NwA and NPA to germinate, to 
sprout, (a and Ὦ being interchanged,) 
whence f\P*A a sprout, scion, twig. 
From this again comes the secondary 
verb TNPA to punish, pr. obviously, to 
smite with a rod, although Ludolf sepa- 
rates these roots in his Lex. p. 238. 
Comp. also Syr- [ioca. The Lat. bacu- 


lus is not here to be drawn into compari-, 
son; for.this comes from βάω, and is 
pr. a walking-stick, comp. βακτήριον.--- 
Hence the two following: 


>p'2 m. constr. bp. Jer. 1, 11, and 
bpa Gen. 30, 37, ¢. suff, bp, p=bp ; 
plur. Mbps; a sheet, rod, Gen. 30, 37 sq. 
Jer. 1,11. Then, a staff (comp. "2h), 
which one carries in his hand, Gen. 32, 
11. Ex. 12, 11. 1 Sam. 17, 40. 41; with 
which an animal is beaten Num. 22, 27; 
the crook of a shepherd Zech. 11, 7 sq. 
“1 >p2 a dart or javelin Ez. 39, 9. 
Chald. "τὸ ΒΡ spiculum, Castell. SUE a 
divining rod, ῥαβδομαντεία, Hos. 4, 12. 


npn (perh. for mi>p staves) Mik- 
loth, pr.n.m. a) 1Chr.27,4. b) 1Chr. 
8, 32. 9, 37. 38. 

DPA m. (τ. ἴ D> no. 2) a refuge, asy- 
lum, Num. 35, 12. 15. Josh. 20,3. ὋΣ 
wpa α city of refuge, for homiciine to 
flee to, Josh. 21, 13. 21. 27. 32. 36; plur. 
wopa “> Num. 35,6. Josh. 20, 2. 1 Chr. 
6, "42. 52. 

ΤΣ ΦΡῺ Γ (τ. sp IL) sculpture, carved 
work, sc. in relief, 1 K. 6, 18. Plur. 
miz>p7, constr. mistpa, 1K. 6, 29. 32. 
7. 31. 


Op ν 
BP’? see in vipa. 


27 m. (r. H2P) once fem. Ex. 34, 
19; constr. ΓΙ, 6. suff. 4279, ὙΠ, 
"22p2; also sing. with rad. Yodh re- 
tained (see under NY32, MN, Heb. 
Gr. §.91.9.n), as "27 my flock Num. 20, 
19, ΠΡ thy flock Is. 30,23; but plur. 


where the suff. is plur. and refers to more ἡ 


than one, as 03°22 your flocks 2 K. 3, 
17. Josh. 1, 14; ph pa their flocks Gen. 
36, 7. 46, 6. 47, 17. Jer. 49, 32. 

l. a gurchase, i. e. things bought, 
Gen. 49, 32. 

2. possessions, riches, wealth, but al- 
ways of catile, in which alone the wealth 
of nomadic tribes consists; comp. Gr. 
κτῆνος, pr. i. 4ᾳ. κτῆμα, possession; δὲς 
i. ᾳ. Lat. ovis and ops (whence opilio), 


plur. opes; Arab. Jl , Syr. -«ἀας3, 
opes et oves; comp. also Germ. das Gut 
used in Holstein for cattle, see Voss on 
Virg. Ecl. 10. 19.—So Gen. 13, 2. 7. 29, 
7. Ex. 9, 4. 6. Is. 30, 23. al. sep. "028 
Ὁ men of cattle, herdsmen, shep- 
herds, Gen. 46, 32. 34. πὲ YIN a 
land for cattle, adapted for pasturage, 
Num. 32,1.4. The word ΓΙ Ὦ is strict- 
ly used only of sheep, goats, and neat 
cattle, ("P31 jX8*,) excluding beasts of 
burden; Gen. 26, 14 ΠΣ 2) jE Mp 
"pa. 47, 17 and Joseph gave them 
bread TEST MIPVD JRBM ΓΙ 3 ὉΠ ΌΣΘΞ 
peiins. Ecce. 2, 7. 2 Chr. 32, 29. Gen. 
36, 6. Num. 31, 9. More rarely asses 
and camels are also comprehended, e. g. 
Job 1, 3. 


M272 fem.of Mp2 1. purchase Lev. 
27, 22; mapan 760 a bill of purchase 
Jer. 32, 11 sq. Coner. thing purchased, 
as 02 7272 purchase of money, a slave 
bought with money, Gen. 17, 12. 13. 23. 
‘Ex. 12, 44. Also price of purchase, 
Lev. 25, 16. 51. 

2. a possession, Gen. 23, 18. 


W193P2 (possession of Jehovah) Mik- 
neiah, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 21. 

Do?) m. (τ. HOP) divination, Ez. 12, 
24. 13, 7. 

TP? (end, τ. yp, 
Makaz, pr. τι. of a place in Dan or Ju- 
dah 1K. 4,9. 


611 


like Ὁ from 20) 





“pra 


YIZP'A m. also PLPA Ez, 46, 21 (τ. 
3zP) plur. ΡΝ ΡΏ, constr. "isp, c. 
suff. "Missp2; an angle, corner, Ex. 
26, 24. 36, 29. Neh. 3, 19. 20. 24. 25. 
Mostly an internal angle, Ez. 46, 21. 22. 
Neh. 3, 24. 


ΤΙΣ ΧΡ f. (Ὁ. SEP) a Hhisel, carving- 
tool, with which wooden images were 
carved out; Plur. ΤΊΣ ΧΡ Is. 44, 13. 
Targ. >218 a knife, cutter. 


NLP, see in NP no. 2. 


é PRs in Kal not used, to melt, to pine 
away, comp. kindr. 337, 3, 4772, q. v. 
Chald. id. Comp. among occidental 
roots maceo, macer. 

Nipu. P22 fut. spa" 
to melt. Is. 34, 4 DYQvM-NA~52 pd? 
and all the stars of heaven shall melt, be 
melted, sc. like wax candles, to which 
the poet thus compares them; so Vi- 
tringa well explains thisimage. Hence 
to flow, to run, of ulcers, Ps. 38, 6 3p23 
"nan my sores run 80. With matter. 

"2. to pine away, to consume away, of 
the eyes and tongue, Zech. 14, 12; of 
men, Lev. 26, 39. Ez. 24, 23. 33, 10. 

Hien. ῬΏΠ causat. to cause to pine 
away, Zech. 14, 12. 

Deriv. P2. 


“P'2 see in “iP 2. 


S772 m. (Ὁ. 8 3p) plur. constr. "4p. 

1. a calling together, convocation ; 
Num. 10, 2 ΠΣ x1p2> for convoking 
the assembly. Hence a) aconvocation, 
assembly, sc. of the people for worship 
and for the performance of the sacred 
rites, παγήγυρις, Is. 1,13. Often ΠΡ 
wip Lev. 23, 3. 7. 8.24. 27. Num. 28, 
25.26. 5) place of convocation, plu. 
holy places, Is. 4, 5. 

2. a.reading, reading aloud. Neh. 8, 
8 they gave allention to the reading. 


MP2, m. (τ. ππ|ῷ 1. hap, chance, 
accident, 1 Sam. 6, 9. 20, 26. Ruth 2, 3. 

2. lot, fortune, event, which happens 
to any one. Ecc. 2,14 τι ἜΤΙ AIP? 
DED"rxy the same event happens to them 
all. ν. 15. 3, 19. 9, 2. 3. 


M22 m. (τ. HP) pr. part. Pi. frame, 
Srame-work of beams, joists, etc. Ece. 
10, 18. 


1. to be melted, ἢ | 


“pa 


MP f. (τ. WIP) α cooling, refreshing, 
Judg. 3, 20. 24. 

WPA see wipin. 

MOP τὰ. (τ. Heep II) pr. turned work, 
opus tornatum, i. q. fem. Mepa. Once, 
Is. 3,24 mupa ΓΙΌΣ turned work, lit. 
‘work of turned work,’ ironically of the 
lair dressed in artificial curls. Other 
interpretations see in Thesaur, p. 1243. 


I. Mp" Γ of the preced. turned work, 
opus tornatum, both of wood Ex. 25, 18, 
and of gold and silver Ex. 25, 31. So 
of the golden candelabra Ex. 25, 31. 36. 
37, 17.22. Num. 8,4; of the silver trump- 
ets, Num. 10,2; ofa column, Jer. 10,5; 
ofthe diseabim: Ex. 25, 18 Hern nvpa 
ΣΝ with turned work shalt thou make 
them, sc. the cherubs. These were of 
oleaster-wood covered with gold, as 
appears from 1 K. 6, 23, comp. v. 28; 
hence the signification of solid, beaten 
gold. assigned by some to N&pa, as 
if from r. Hep no. I, is false. 


IL. MOP m. (for xtip2, denom. from 


kup cucumber) a field of cucumbers, Is. 
GELae 


1,8. Arab. διῶ. 


‘Wa m. (τ. 2). A) From the root 
no. 1, subst. a drop, Is. 40, 15. 

B) From the root πο. 2. 1. Adj. with 
fem. 7772, bitter, Is. 5, 20. Prov. 27, 7; 
of brackish water, bif/er, acrid, Ex. 15, 
23.—Metaph. a) sad, sorrowful, Ez. 
3,14; often of the mind Job 21, 25; "2 
wp? bilter in spirit, sad at heart, 1 Glas 
1, 10.. 22, 2. Job 3, 20. Prov. 31,8. b) 
biter. af a cry, of grief, etc. i. e. vehe- 
ment ; M2 AINA NPS a great and 
bitler cry "Gen. '27, 34. Esth. 4, 1. Ez. 27, 
31972 780% bitler Ἰωον είοδ i. 6. vehe 
ment. Also of a bitter or cruel fate, 
Jer. 4, 18. Prov. 5, 4. Am. 8; 10... c) 
For fierce, vehement, raging, i. g. Arab. 

, (whence also we see how 13 


strong can stand in antithesis to sweet 
Judg. 14, 14,) Hab. 1, 6; 5279 id. 
Judg. 18,25. 2 Sam. 17,8. d) deadly, 
destructive, Ps. 64, 4. Jer. 2,19. Ecce. 7, 
26 ; comp. in no. 2. 6. 

2. Subst. a) billerness, as of death 
1 Sam. 15,32. b) "892 12 the bitter- 
ness of my soul, sadness, Job 7,11. 10,1. 
Is. 38,15. cc) bitter lot, calamity, Is. 


εἴ " 





ND 
38, 17. Hence deadliness, destruction, 


Num. 5, 34. 273 8°78] "2 the deadly | 


waters v. 18. 19. 24. 
3. Adv. bitterly ; so V2 Is. 33,7. Zeph. 
1,14; πλῷ Ez. 27, 30. 


“id m. fully 11 Cant. 4, 6. 5, 5, 6. 


-Makk. τ Ex. 30, 23; myrrh, so called 


from its flowing, distilling, see r. "79 


no. 1, Arab. Pr 


a fem. M72) also σμύρνα ; a substance 
which distils in tears from a tree grow- 
ing in Arabia, resembling the Egyptian 
thorn according to Dioscor.I.17. These 
tears then harden into a bitter aromatic 
gum, which was highly prized, and used 
in incense Ex. 30, 23; in perfumes Ps. 
45, 9. Prov. 7,17. Cant. 3,6; in unguents 
Ksth. 2, 12. Cant. 5,5; and among the 
Greeks for strengthening wine, Mark 15, 
23. 36. The best kind. was called 7% 
“22 Cant. 5, 5, and 7in4 “a Ex, 30, 23, 


, Gr. μύῤῥα (as if from 


as distilling of itself from the tree, and — 


therefore most -highly prized, σμύρνα 
στακτή, Sept. σμύρνα ἐκλεκτή. So "ΠΣ 
“ian a bag of myrrh, worn for the sake 


of its perfume (as 653 ΤῊ Is. 3,20) sus- — 


pended from the neck of a female, Cant. 
1,13. (Others understand here a bun- 
dle of the flowers or leaves of myrrh, 
against the common usage of the words.) 
Of the tree, however, which produces 
the myrrh, we have had until recently 
no accurate account. Ehrenberg dis- 
covered it in Arabia, and has fully de 
scribed it. The name is balsamodendron 
myrrha ; see Nees v. Esenbeck Plant. 
Officin. Tab. 357. Comp. Dioscor. |. 6. 
with Sprengel’s commentary. Celsii 
Hierobot. T. I. p. 520. 


πο" 


a 


ee  Ύ ΟΣ ΝΣ ῸΝ 


1. to lash, ; 


to whip, 6. g. a horse into a more rapid — 


course ; see Hiph. 


2. to be perverse, rebellious. Part, fem. | 


mei, i. q. M7, rebellious, Zeph. 3, 1. 

Hipu. once of the ostrich rising from 
her nest, and by the flapping of her 
wings lashing herself up into her course, 


Job 39, 18 ΠῺΣ Bina MSD yet now 


she lashes herself up on high. Comp 
τὴ and wits.—All the ancient intpp 


to raise oneself up, to rise up, as if 82 


were by transp. for X79, B57. 


ΟΝ 


* TI. N72 or N72, a root not 
found in sa verb, to = well fed, to be 


fat. ‘Arab. Ἰπ aid ey bene profecit 
s. bene cessit cibus, ἢ — fortis oe pin- 


, Chald, 


δ, ἃ τη. Kindred are 872 Hiph. to 
feed, to fatten, 8°72 fat, which we have 
referred (see 873) to the idea of cutting 
up, and so of eating. But perhaps this 
signif. may come rather from the notion 
of filling. since 872, 823, approach near 
to 8>2q.v. Comp. the Sanser. pri, pri, 
to fill, nourish, sustain.—Hence "779 
fat. ΠΝ crop. of a bird, and pr. ἢ. 
nyo. 


NO (1. q. 72 sad) Mara, pr. nf 
Ruth 1,20 Cheth. See in m9 IL. 2. Ὁ. 
N12 Chald. m. dominus, lord, Dan. 
2,47. 4,16.21. 5,23. Syr. Laps, Arab. 


guis), virilis fuit, whence 240 


B50, id. pr. man. R. 879 IL. 
᾿ 870 see Nin. 
FIN Merodach, see 5797. 


123 ΠΊΝΩ (Merodach i. 6. Mars 
his lord ; according to Bohlen i. q. Pers. 


who Soya vir laudatus, but less 


well.) Merodach-Baladan. pr. n. of a 
king of Babylon, Is. 39, 1, according to 
Berosus (in Euseb. Chron. Vers. Arm. 
ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42, 43), a viceroy 
of the king of Assyria, who rebelled and 
seized the kingdom of Babylon for him- 
self; see Comm. on Isa. |. ο. Hitzig 
supposes the Merodach- Baladan of Be- 
rosus to have been a different person.— 
He is also called j34>3 F%N72 q. v. the 
Ὁ being exchanged for 3. 


AWA m. (τ. 583) constr. HN, ὁ. 
suff. 37879 Cant. 2.5, W879 2, 14, aN 
Ley. 18, 34, ΠΙᾺ v. 4. 205; more fre- 
‘quently with suffix forms apparently 
plural, but of which the Yod is never- 
theless radical (see ΠΏΣ Ὁ, ΠΡ, and 
Heb. Gr. § 91. 9.n), as F182 Gans, 2, 


14, ΠΝ) Job 41, 1, and cel”, FRR, 


| hich are construed with the sing. Gen. 
41, 21. Lev. 14, 37. Dan. 1, 15; but 
aga Dan. 1, 13 constr. with a Ῥέαν. 
verb. Plur. constr. "e712 Ece. 11, 9 
Cheth. in Keri NV. 


geod 


613 





δ 


1. sight, aspect, view, the act of looking 
upon, Gen. 41, 2. Cant. 2, 14. al. sep, 
Say _ 
Arab. 31 0 id.—Lev. 13, 12 ΠΝ Ὑ 2.999 
(m2 "25> according to all the viewing 
of the priest, i. e. so far as the priesi can 
see. Deut. 28,34 12.» ON V2 what thine 
eyes behold. v. 67. Is. 11,3. Ez. 23, 16. 
Kee. 11, 9. 

2. appearanee. form, Engl. looks, Ex. 
24,17. Ez. 1,16. 28. Often in the gen. 
after an adj. nyt me" Gen. 12, 11. 29, 
17, Axe MID 24, 16. 26,7, 1. 6. of a. fair 
appearance, fine fen ἀρὰ bo with > 
as MNT2> Tan? of a plantant appear- 
ance, form, Gen. 2,9; ΠΝ 59. 911} Josh. 
2, 10; hetice put simpl. for comeliness, 
Bemnity, Is. 53, 2.—In the prophetic style, 
the form of a thing is something like 
that thing, comp. in 427 no. 3. Dan. 
10, 18 DIN ANID "a-> 21 there touched 
me something ‘like the form of a man 
i.e. having the semblance of a man. 
Ez. 8, 2, and so Ez. 1, 26 HX WV22 ΓΗ, 

3. sight, thing seen, vision, Ex. 3, 3. 
Ez. 8, 4. 11, 24. 43, 3. Dan. 8, 16. 


ANN ( (τ. ΠΝ) 1. ἃ vision, Num. 
12, 6. 1 Sam. 3, 15. Dan. 10, 7. 8. 16. 
nbsbn ΓΝ nocturnal visions Gen. 
46, 2. py ΤΙΝ visions from God 
Ez. ἘΠῚ = 8 3. 40, 9. 

2. a mirror, i. 6. a polished plate of 
metal, i. gq. "89, plur. Ex. 38, 8,—Arab. 
3 | x id. 


NIA f. (τ. ΝῊ. no. IL) the orORs 


craw, of birds, Lev. 1,16. Arab. : 
Ὧι ; ᾽ ) sy 

MONT Josh. 15, 44, (i. g. MUNI, 
q. d. on the top of a hill, denom. fr. 887) 
contr. MW 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2.Chr. 11, 8. 


14, 8.9. Mic.1,15; Mareshah, pr.n. a) 
A fortified city in the plains of Judah, 
Josh. Chr. ll. cc. Gr. αρησά Jos. Ant. 
8. 10.1; Mugiooe 12.8.6. Euseb. and 
Jerome place its ruins “in secundo la- 
pide Eleutheropoleos,” Onomast. art. 
Muenow ; and the remains of an ancient _ 
site are still visible ona hill about a 
Roman mile and a half southeast from 
Beit Jibrin, the ancient Eleutheropolis; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 422, comp. 
p. 397. b) A man, 1 Chr. 2, 42. 


δῶ 


TUNA Γ᾿ (denom. fr. O84) pr. at the 
head, what is at the head, comp. ni>s"72 
at the feet. Plur. mivx va id. and 
posts the ‘sane itself; Jer. 13, 18 33" 
fidide shall come dono the crown of your 
glory; here 7713 is followed by the acc, 
of that from which, like RE? mds. 
Sept. Vulg. and Syr. seem to awe read 
ὈΞ ΟΝ 2 from at your heads, with the 

same vowels as “ὭΣ Δ 1 Sain. 26. 12, 
which is also well. See the next art. 


MNS ΓΟ plur. (denom. fr. OX) 1. 4. 
mox 2, pr. place at the head, as 1 Sam. 
19, 16; opp. Mirs92. Put in the accus. 
as Adv. at the head of any one; 6. suff, 
ἼΩΝ Δ al his head 1 K. 19, 6. 1 Sam. 
26, 7.11.16; also wnder the head of any 
one, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16. Gen. 28, 11. 18. 
With a genit. 1 Sam. 26, 12 he took 
the spear... >'xB "mbx va from at the 
head of Saul, where 2 seems to imply 
removal, diff. from v.11 "OX MIAN 
‘2; and we must suppose, either that 
aniieys is here for "MOx wa, one 2 
being dropped ; or that snide is here 
put for"rdx79. For the double plur. 
comp. smica p- 139, note. 


272 (increase, r. 329, as 30% from 
=20) Merab, pr.n. of a daughter of Saul, 
1 Sam. 14, 49. 18, 17. 19. 


"327 m. plur. (3 without Dag.) co- 
verings, coverlels, as spread upon beds, 
Prov. 7, 16. 31, 22. R. 73". 

ΓΞ τὰ. (τ. 734) 
increase, Is. 9, 6. 

2. greatness, abundance. 
mara >2v a great spoil. 


maa f. (τ. 25) largeness, ampli- 
tude, concr. ample, large, Ez. 23, 32. 


mad f. (r.733) 1. greatness, mul- 
titude, 2 Chr. 9, 6. 30,18. With suff. 
tna the multitude of them, i. e. the 
greater part, 1 Chr. 12, 29. 

2. increase of a family, offspring, 1 
Sam. 2, 33. 

3. increase on money, interest, usury, 
Lev. 25, 37. Comp. Gr. τόκος from 
tixtw, Lat. fenus from feo i.e. fero, pa- 
rio, whence fetus, fecundus ; see Gellius 


18. 13. Arab. 9 fenus, LG) IV fenera- 


vit. 


1. enlargement, 


Is. 33, 23 


Syr. as}. 


614 





pay) 


m. (τ. p32) crouching-place 
lair, of animals Zeph. 2, 15; of flocks, 
constr. y272 Ez. 25, 5. See Lehrg. 
p. 578. 


v7 


p2T2 m. (τ. ΡΞ.) stall, stable, in — 


which cattle are tied, Am. 6,4. “Ὦ 533 
a stalled calf, fatted, 1 Sam. 28, 24. Jer. 
46, 21. Mal. 3, 20. 

ks : 
εἰ δ πὸ obsol. root, prob. i.q. 323, Arab 


-τ) 


quadril. meet so far as can be gath- 


ered from the derivatives, viz. 

1. to roll rapidly, to revolve, whence 
ἸῺ threshing-roller or sledge ; unless 
perhaps 39 in this noun is i. q. M79, 
p22, to rub, to rub in pieces. 

2. to talk rapidly, pr. ‘to roll out dis- 
course,’as babblers, tale-bearers, whence 
S 0 


- ey, a whisperer, tale-bearer. , 
Ὁ m. (τ. 532) rest, place of rest, 
Jer. 6, 16. 


ΤΗΣ f. plur. (denom. fr. 535) place 


at the feet of any one, opp. MWR q. v. 
Ruth 3, 4. 7. Dan. 10,6. Acc. as adv. 
at the feel of any one, Ruth 3, 8. 14. 


ΓΝ f. (τ. 039) a heap of stones; 


Arab. .5 a heap of stones to mark a 
grave, tumulus. © Prov. 26, 8 {28 "i"¥3 
naan22a as a bag of gems in a heap of 
stones, a proverbial expression similar 
to that in Matt. 7, 6.—Sept. α sling, as 
if from τ. 53) to throw stones; hence 
the version: ὃς ἀποδεσμείει λῖϑον ἐν 
σφενδόνῃ. 

MSA f. (τ. 229) rest, quiet, Is. 28, 12. 


* 'T fut. tv21 to be disobedient, 


perverse, to rebel, to fall away from one’s” 


allegiance; absol. Gen 14,4. Neh. 6,6; 
with 3 of pers. against whom 2K. 18, rf 
20. 24,1. 20. Is. 36, 5. Jer. 52, 3; by 
Neh. 2,19. 2 Chr. 13, 6; rarely with 


acc. (comp. M72) Josh. 22, 19. Job 24, © 


13 ΠΝ το 2 rebels against the light, 
enemies of the light. minva ὙΠ 10 rebel” 
against (fall away from) Jehovah, Ὁ 
idolatry, Josh. 22,16 sq. Ez. 2, 8. Dan. 
9, 9.—Syr. 9,80 id. Arab. Oo pervi-. 


cax, contumax fuit. Kindred is "79. 
Deriv. the four following, and pr. n. 
sin), 


7 


4 













ie, iil 


EE ————— ὧν a  κοον >?" 
i ea _4 
(na ᾿ 
ae 


ἽὩ 


'TYS Chald. m. rebellion, i. q. Heb. 
772, Ezra 4, 19. 


"32 Chald. adj. rebellious, f. NTY2, 
emphat. 8N779, Ezra 4, 12. 15. 


779 αἰ. (τ. 173) 1. rebellion, defec- 
tion, Josh. 22, 22. 
2. Mered, pr. τι. τὰ, 1 Chr. 4, 17. 18. 


HAT f. (τ. M2) rebelliousness, con- 
tumacy, 1 Sam. 20, 30. 


ΟἩΤΎ Jer. 50, 2, Merodach, pr. n. of 
an idol of the Babylonians, prob. the 
planet Mars, to which, as the god of 
blood and slaughter, as well as to Sa- 
turn, the ancient Semitic nations offered 
human sacrifices ; see on this worship 
among the ancient Arabs, Comm. on Is. 


II. p.344sq. The name which this divi- 


nity hasamong the Arabs and Zabians, 


. 27> “ied, seems to have come 


~ from the Heb. or Aramean (Mirrikh 


Lr. ΝΜ 


Ἢ 
Ὶ 
j 
Σ 
; 








from Mirdich), and the origin of this 
latter comports well with the god of war 
and slaughter, viz. Merodach, from the 
general root Mord, Mort, which in old 
Germ. signifies both death and murder 
(see in M12 no. 1), and the formative syl- 
lable ach, och, so frequent in Assyrian 
and Chaldean names, comp. 9123, 7728, 
3703. So too Mars, Mavors, mors, 
seem to have a kindred origin.—Others, 
as Hitzig, suppose Merodach to come 
from Pers. JO.0 man, pr. little man, 


manikin, used in endearment; see in 
;ia3.—Of the worship of this idol by the 
Assyrians and Babylonians, besides the 
passage of Jeremiah above cited, we 
have testimony in the proper names of 
the kings of Assyria and Babylonia, 
which are often compounded with this 
name, (see Comm. on Is. I. p. 281,) as 
ΠΤ S48 and INA FIN, q. v. also 
Mesessimordachus, Sisimordachus. 


"2772 (Pers. οἷὸ 


manikin, or else, worshipper of Mars, fr. 
HI q. v.) Mordecai, pr.n. a) AJew 
of the tribe of Benjani living in the 
metropolis of Persia, the foster-father 
of Esther, and aitormards-chiel abinie- 


little ‘man, 


ter of state, Esth. 2,5sq. Sept. Mag-. 


δοχαῖος. Ὁ) It is uncertain; whether 
the Mordecai who returned with Ze- 


615 





"ΠΩ 


rubbabel is the same person, Ezra 2, 2. 
Neh. 7, 7. . 


F772 m. Is. 14, 6 (pr. part. Hoph. of 
τ. 532) subst. persecution. So, if the 
orthography is correct; but there is lit- 
tle doubt that with Déderlein we ought 
for 33772 to replace M37 dominicn, from 
r. 733. See Comm. on Is. 1. c. 


ΓΙ 1. pr. i. ᾳ. 82 I, Arab. iS 
to stroke, to stripe, espec. with a whip, to 
lash, as 8772; or the skin with a razor, 
whence 712 razor, see Schultens ad 
Harir. Cons. I. p. 24. De defect. ling. 
Hebr. p.117. Kindred is M9 to rub, to 
rub over, etc.—Hence 

2. to be perverse, refractory, to rebel ; 
pr. to resist, to repel by striking and 
fighting with the hands and feet. Arab. 
(Sy to refuse one’s duty, Conj. ΠῚ to 


dispute.—Constr. with 3 of pers. against 
whom Ps. 5, 11. Hos. 14,1. Also with 
acc. (pr. to repulse any one) Jer. 4, 17. 
Ps. 105, 28. Often in the formula 779 
mim "a-cx fo.rebel against (resist) the 
divine command, Num. 30, 24. 27, 14. 
1 Sam. 12,15. Possibly this may have 
been taken originally in its proper sense, 
‘to strike or smite upon the mouth of: 
any one,’ i.e. to refuse to hear his words, 
to treat him with contempt; comp. 

r. δε 5 Chald. Piel—Absol. Deut. 21, 

18. 20 mayan Wd 13 a stubborn anit 
rebellious son. Ps. 78, 8. Jer. 5, 23. Is. 1, 

20. 50, 1. Lam. 3,42. Metaph. 2 K. 14, 
26 ἽΝ ΠῚ SN Iw. 9 the affliction of 
Israel was very perverse, i. e. stubborn, 
incurable. The ancient versions render 
it bitter; either reading 7" (for 77%) 
as adj. or assigning this sense to the 
verb 772. 

Hipn. yn, fat. M73", apoc. “ΠῚ 
Ez. 5, 6, i. q. Kal no. 2, to resist, to op- 
pose, to rebel. Job 17, 2 92m Dninans 
"37D pr. on their cohtradiction rests mine 
eye, i.e. they surround me with contra- 
diction and reproach in their mouths.— 
Also freq. of those who rebel against 
God; constr. a) With 3 against, Ps. — 
106, 43. Ez. 20, 8. 13,21; once 7an7>s 
ja Ex. 23, 21 δ sanby, see inr. "72 
Hiph. note. 8) With τ: Deut. 9, fe 
24, pr. to contend with any one. 37, 24. 
6) With accus. as in Kal, Ps. 78, 17. 40. 


rw iy 


, δ. 107, 11. Ez. 5,6. Often in the for- 
mula A377 a-mx M2 for which see 
in Kal, Deut. 1, 26. 43. Josh. 1,18; and 
in the same sense ‘5 πη Τὺ man Ps. 
106, 33, also "7 "252 Πα. d. to provoke 
the eyes of Jehovah Is. 3, 8. 

Deriv. ΠῚ I, ΠΏ, 979, and pr. n. 
m9", 77779, ninva, Do, nm sia, MST, 


I. 2 f. (r. V2) only dual, Jer. 50, 
21 τσ yi land of double rebellion 
or contumacy, i. 6. Babylonia, in which 
first the Assyrians and then the Baby- 
lonians detained and afflicted the people 
of God. Others Merathaim, as a sym- 
bolic pr. name. 


Il. 772 f. (τ 32) 1. Adj. fem. of 
“2, bitter; hence as subst. billerness, 
i.e. calamity, misfortune, 2 Sam. 2, 26, 
Adv. bitterly, Ez. 27, 30. 

2. Marah, pr. ἢ. a) A bitter or 
brackish fountain in the peninsula of 
Sinai, Ex. 15, 23. Num. 33, 8. Most 
probably, as Burckhardt supposes, the 
same which is now called ὃ 1,50 


’Ain Hawdrah ; not the ’Ayin Misa 


Sry Wygtt as Pococke and Niebuhr 
thought. See Burckh, Trav. in Syria, 


etc. p. 472. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 96 
sq. b) A name assumed by Naomi, 
Ruth 1, 20 Keri. 


mm (mérrah) f. bitterness, — grief, 
Prov. 14,10. R. 79. 

ΓΛ f. id. Gen. 26, 35 min m2 grief 
of mind. ἘἈ. ὍΔ. 

TAWA τη. (τ. 749) c. suff. “49, plur. 
Bsn, pr. ὦ wandering, the condition 
of a person driven from home and 
wandering about destitute and afflicted. 
Lam. 1,7. 3, 19.—Concr. one wandering, 
having no home; Is. 58,7 to deal thy 
bread to the hungry, and to bring home 
poy ONS the needy wanderers. Sept. 
well ἄστεγοι, Vulg. vagi. 


ἊΝ τα 
ΤΊ (prob. for τῦλ Ὁ, Arab. 3p 


refuge, τ. ΤῊΝ) Meroz, pr. ἢ. of a place 
in the northern part of Palestine, Judg. 
5, 23. 


mina m. (τ. m2) pr. one irheibee, 
crushed ἢ Lev. 21, 20 738 ΠῚ crushed 
as to his te-ticles, i. 6. τρια νι τ by 
crushing, Gr. ϑλαδίας, ϑλασίας. But 
Sent. μόνορχις. Vulg. herniosus. 


616 





ἸῺ 


Dina m. (τ. ἘΞ’) constr. pins, 7 at. 


pein. 

1. height, altitude, elevation, e. g. of a 
mountain, : hill, Is.. 37, 24. Jer. 49, 16. 
Put in the gen. after nouns; bina “7 
bare the high mount of Israel, ie. 
Z.ion, Ez. 17, 23. 20, 40. 34,14. pina 
on high Job 39, 18, hd pin in ace. id. 
Is. 37, 23 473° bing num and liflest 
up thine eyes on high. Coner. the Most 
High, excelsus, of God Ps. 92, 9; and 
collect. the high, i. 6. princes, Is, 24, 4, 
Poetically, height, a high thing, said 
of what is far above; Ps. 10, 5 pine 
jnaza ἡΛΩΘΘ Ὁ high above him are thy 
judgments. | 

2. a high place, height, Hab. 2, 9; 
map win the high places of the city 
Prov. 9,3. 14; nsw Ὁ Judg. ὅ, 18. Ace. 
in a high place Is. 22, 16. Spec. of 
heaven, Ps. 18, 17. Is. 24, 18. 21. 40, 26. 
57, 15. 58, 4. Jer. 25, 30; plur. Θ᾿ ΥΩ 
id. Job 16, 19.. Of the lofty seat of Je- 
hovah in Zion, Ps. 7,8; of an inacces- 


sible fortress Is. 26,5. Trop. Ps. 73, 8” 


they speak din loftily ; also of high 
condition Job 5, 11; plur. id. Eee. 10, 6. 

3. elation of aid pride; as adv. 
proudly, Ps. 56, 3. 

Dine (height, high place, r. Ἐν) 
pinz-2 the waters of Merom Josh. 11, 
5.7, pr. n. of the upper or highest sii 
on the Jordan; Gr. Σεμεχωνῖτις Jos. Ant. 
5. δ. 1. Arab. Jest el-Hileh. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 339 sq. 

vind m. (τ. 755) α race, running, 
Ecce. 9, 11. 

I, ΠΧ Γ (τ 79) 1. α: vr: a 
running, 2 Sam. 18, 27. Jer. 8, 6. 23, 10. 

II, M279 Γ (for W299, τ᾿ ΥῈ5) δ᾽ 
pression, Jer. 22, 17. 

mPa m. plur, (τ. P22) purifica- 
tions, Esth. 2, 12. 

mina (bitterness, bitter fountain 


Maroth. pr. n. of a place in the tribe of 
Judah, once Mic. 1,12. R.779- 


ΤΙ Jer. 16, 5, constr. M2 comp. 


Lehrg. p. 578; an oulery, either for joy, 
‘ shouting. Am. 6,7; or also in sorrow 


Comp. >=" and 12 
R. mrs. 


wailing, Jer. 1. ¢. 
cused both of joy and sorrow. 


ΠΡΟΣ 


ἘΠ 1. to rub, to bruise, to crush 
by rubbing, see mina. Kindred are 
pra, m7, “and with" softened m2 Il. 


Arab. ς; ae a tree from which fire is kin- 


dled by rubbing. 
2. i. q. Arab. to rub over, to 


anoint, 6. σ. the body with oil; IV. to 
soften. Kindred is m2, the Ἢ being 
changed for a sibilant. In Heb. once 
of a cataplasm or plaster laid upon a 
sore; Is. 38, 21 Isaiah had said, let 
them take dried figs, ΤΣ ΤΙ 59 ANI 
pregn. and lay them softened upon the 


ulcer. Sept. καὶ τρίψον καὶ κατάπλασαι. 


379 m. (τ. 5112} wide place, breadth, 
plur. constr. 728 "272 Hab. 1,6. Often 
metaph. of freedom and deliverance , Opp. 
to straitness. straits. "¥ ; see in r. 30". 
Ps. 18, 20 3 29 ΝΣ) he brought 
me out into a large place. delivered me 
out of straits. 31,9. 118,15. Once in 


a bad sense, Hos. 4, 16 3133 ©3293 as. 


a lamb in a wide place, where it can 
easily wander from the flock. 


PIN m. (r. pa) plur. o"pn and 
ὈΠΡΙΙ 2 Is. 33. 17. Jer. 8, 19; ; farness, 
remoteness, distant place, e. g. P23 YAS 
a distant land Is. 13,5. Plur. o- pn 
Zech. 10. 9, S"PMT2 PI Is. 33, 17. Jer. 
8, 19, Υ τ Ρ ΤΠ Ὁ Is. 8, 9. far countries, 
distant lands.—Also ΤΠ 4) from 
afar Ps. 138, 6; after verbs of coming 
Is. 10, 3. 30,27" Ὁ) afar off Jer. 31, 
10; comp. 12 no. 3.h. c) i. g. Pinte, 
see in Pim? aa. 3; Is. 17, 18 pnaae bo 
and they shall flee from ahet.i i. e. while 
yet afar off. 


mura f. (r. Ἐπ) a pot, μά for 
boiling, ‘Lev. py Boy a 


“O07 kindr. with wba q. v. pr. to 
make smooth ; hence 

1. to polish, to sharpen, 6. g. a sword, 
Ez. 21, 14. 33. 

2. to make smooth the head of any 
one, to make bald, i. 6. to tear out the 
hair, to pluck, e. g. in chastisement 
Neh. 13, 25; in scorn Is. 50, 6 (where 
ἘΠ are those who pluck the beard) ; 
in grief Ezra 9, 3.—Ez. 29, 18 9227 53 
τι every shoulder is made bald, i. e. 
by bearing heavy burdens. 

5O* 


617 





desert of Zin at Kadesh, 


aye) 


Nipu. to become bald, Lev. 13, 40. 41. 
Puat 1. to be polished, of metal 1 K. 


| ἢ, 46. 


2. to be sharpened, i. 6. to be sharp, of 
a sword; Part. fem, Nw for NY 3 
(Dag. euphon.) Ez. 21, 15. 16. 

3. Is. 18, 2. 7 wpVAN Fw. OF (for 
Ὁ 20) α people drawn out and smooth, 
i. e. tall and naked, sc. the Ethiopians. 
Others sharp, ‘ferée, as 13m Hab. 1, 8. 


O79 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, to pluck ; 
pret. pass. to be plucked, e g. wings 
Dan. 7, 4. 


neva see in τ. Ὁ" Pu. no. 2. 


"79 m. (τ. 9772) in pause "72, 6. suff, 
W272 Deut. 31, 27, 09972 Neh. 9, ἸΤ. 

1. "Contradiction: outcry, as the ex- 
pression of discontent and indignation, 
ᾳ. d. protest ; Job 23, 2 ἍΤΙΣ "9 BINT Ὁ 
even now is my speech outcry, i. e. I can- 
not but cry out or complain of injustice. 
Others: even now doth my complaint 
seem rebellion? Or: even now is my 
complaint bitterness ; so Targ. 1", as 
if r. 772 were i. q. "7792. Neither is 
appropriate, much less necessary. 

2. perverseness, rebelliousness, sc. 
against God, Deut. 31. 27. 1 Sam. 15. 
23. So "2 ΓΔ a rebellious house, i. e. 
people, Ez. 2, 5. 8. 3, 9. 26. 27. 12, 2. 3. 
9; "72°23 rebels Num. 17, 25 [10]; 
"12 DY Is. 30,9. Also concr. "79 rebel- 
lious Prov. 17,11; for plur. Ez. 2,1. 
44, 6.—Hence 


272 2 Meri-Baal. pr. n. of a son 
of Jonathan, 1 Chr: 9, 40; just before. 
called 52 3°79 Merib-Baal (contender 
against Baal), which seems to be the 
correct form. 


RO m. adj. (τ. 812) fat, fatted, Ez. 
39,18. Subst. a falling, spec. a fatted 
calf, μόσκος σιτευτός ; often coupled with 
the words "13 and Pa, 2 Sam. 6. 13.1 | 
Κι 1, 9. 19. 25. Is. 11,6. Plur. ΘΛ 
Is. 1, 11. Am. 5, 22. | 


MAND f. (τ. 27) 1. quarrel, strife. 
Gen. 13, 8. Ex 17, 7. Num. 27, 14. 

2. Meribah, pr. n. a) Α fountain 
flowing from a rock in the desert of Sin 
on the western gulf of the Red Sea. Ex. 
17, 1-7. b) Ra 2-42 waters of strife, 
another fountain of the same kind in the 
Num. 20, 13 


aye) 


24, Deut, 33, 8: Ps. 81, 8. 106, 32 ; fully 
wtp mia 2 Num. 27, 14. Deut. 32, 
51. Ez. 47,19. Simpl. Ps, 95,8. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 581 sq. 


39a "2 see next after "0. 


9 (rebellion against Jehovah, r. 
m2) Meraiah, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 12, 12. 


m2 Gen. 22, 2 and 7712 2 Chr. 
3, 1, Moriah, pr. n. of one of the hills of 
Jerusalem, on which Solomon built the 
temple. It lay northeast of Zion. from 
which it was separated by the valley 
Tyropeon, Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 9. B. J. 5, 5. 1. 
Most commonly the name Zion embra- 
ced also the temple on Moriah ; and the 
latter name seldom occurs, not even 1 
K.6,1. See genr. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I, pp. 393, 413, 416.—Gen. 22, 2 78 
ἄρ: the land of Moriah, i.e. the re- 
gion around that mount, its vicinity, q.d. 
the fields of Moriah, comp. "27 ΚΝ Josh. 
8, 1.—As to the etymology of the word, 
the sacred writers themselves (Gen. 22, 
8. 14. 2 Chr. l. c.) refer it to the root 
Hx, and this is confirmed by regarding 
mena as for ΠΝ Ὁ the chosen of Jeho- 
vah. an appropriate name for a place of 
sacrifice or sanctuary. But so far as 
the form is concerned, M="% may be 
part. fem. from r. "72 pr. the resisting, 
i. e. a fortress, castle. 


ri" (rebellions, τ. 172) Meraioth, 
pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 32. 6,37. Ezra 
7,3. b)1Chr.9,11.Neh.11,11. ὁ) 
Neh. 12, 15; but this is apparently for 
min72 in v. 3, the letters ° and 2 in the 
ancient character being similar. 


me (rebellion, i. q. "72 with the 
formative syll. D—, asin cbo, thax) pr. ἢ. 
f; Miriam, Gr. πρασοίμ: Μαρία. a) The 
sister of Moses, a prophetess, Ex. 15, 20. 
Num. 12,1sq. Μίς. 6,4. b) 1 Chr. 4,17. 


HAI f. (τ. 2) bitterness, bitter 
grief, Ez. 21, 11 [6]. 

Ὑ m. adj. (Ὁ. 28) bitter, then pot- 
sonous, Deut. 32,24. Comp. int75% no. 2. 

py", see in D909. 

772 m. (τ. 423; as 792 from “y) 
pr. softness, trop. timidity, fear, Lev. 
26, 36; Sept. δειλία, Vulg. pavor.—The 
‘Rabbinic 772M) mollescere, is a secon- 
alary form, derived from this noun. 


618 





ΠΩ 


272 τῇ, (τ. 33) 1. @ chariot, 1 K. 
5, 6. ‘ 

2. ἃ seat in a chariot or other vehicle, 
Cant. 3, 10. Lev. 15, 9. 


mad f. (Ὁ. 32) 2 Sam. 15,1. 1 K. 
7, 33 ; nate: ma2972 Gen. 41, 43; 6. suff. 
in3272 Gen. 46, 29. 1 Sam. 8, 11; ’Plur. 
ΖΞ. Zech. 6, 1: Joel 2. δ» constr. 
niss72 Ex. 15,4; ¢. suff. 472272 Mic. 


5,9; a chariot, eithas for war, Ex. 14, 


25, 5 Be 11, 6. 9. Judg. 4, 15. 1 K. 10, 
29; or as used by persons of high rank, 
etc. Gen. 41, 43. 46,29. 1 Sam. 8, 11. al 
Sing. collect. Hagg. 2, 22. 

M2270 f(r. 531) a market, mart, Bz 
i Ry, Seek 

ma f. (τ. 72 Pi.) 1. deceit, fraud, 
Gen. 27, 35. 34, 13. Prov. 12, 5. 17. 20. 
14, 8. 24, 24. Ps. 36,4. al. mote tex a 
deceitful man Ps. 5,7. 732 "338 false 
weights Mic. 6,11. ΠΣ Ὁ "2182 a false 
balance Prov. 11,1. So to work or frame 
deceit Dan. 11,23. Ps. 50,19; to speak 
deceit Ps, 34,14; comp, also Ps. 17, 1. 52, 


6. 109, 2. So to swear m29%> deceit- — 


fully, falsely, Ps. 24,4. Meton. wealth 





—_—— 


got by fraud Jer.5,27. Plur. ΤΡ Ps. — 


10, 7. 35, 20. 
2. Mirmoh, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. 


ma" (heights, r. 049) Meremoth, 
pr.n.m. a) Ezra 8, 33. Neh. 3, 4. 91. 
10, 6. 12,3; for which γῆ v.15. Ὁ) 
Ezra 10, 36. 

CAT τη. (τ. 029) a treading down, 
something trodden under foot, Is. 5, 5. 
7, 25. 10, 6. Ez. 34, 19. al. 


"5572 n. Meronothite, a gentile name 


a ee ee Oe νον. “ν μα. "Ὁ. 


αὖ 


elsewhere unknown 1 Chr. 27, 30. ΝΘ ἢ, 


3, 7. 


O°" Meres, pr. n. of a Persian prince, 
Ksth. 1, 14. 
dignus, from r. mrish, Zend. meresh ; so 
Benfey p. 200. 


N20 Marsena, pr. τι. of a Persian 
prince; Esth. 1, 14. Comp. in 12; 
Sanscr. mdrsha, with the ending nd, 
Zend. nominat. nar, man; so Benfey 
lc. 


72 m. (apoc. for M392, r. MS no. 5, 
as 3" for AS) pr. frientiahte then coner. 
ig. 32, α friend, companion ; always 
ce. suff. F272 Judg. 15, 2, 33772 14, 20 


‘Comp. Sanscr. mérsha — 


; bay 
15, 6. Gen. 26, 26. al. Plur. ΘΠ Judg. 


14, ae. suff, am>37 for ἽΠΠΟΣ 2. Prov. 
19, us 


MYM m. (τ. ΠΣ) c. suff. ἘΠ. Job 
39, 8, 53°37 Ez. 34, 18, pasture, i.e. 
place of pasture Is. 32,14; also pasture, 
feed for cattle, Joel 1, 18. Gen. 47, 4. 1 
Chr. 4, 39 sq. 3: AS99 Ez. 34, 18. 
ya5 a v.14. Of wild beasts, a feeding 


place, haunt, Nah. 2, 12. Arab. sty 5 


δι, id 
mp". f. (r. πρὸ) 1. @ pasturing, 
feeding, Hos. 13,6; “ΝΣ sheep 
of my pasluring, which I tend, Jer. 23, 
1. Ps. 74, 1. 79, 13. 100, 3. 5,8 62 
the people whom he (God) feeds Ps. 95,7. 
2. a flock, Is. 49, 9. Jer. 10, 21. 25, 36. 


297" (trembling, perh. earthquake, 
τ. ἘΣ) Maralah, pr. n. of a place in the 
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 11. 


852 m. once ΓΞ Jer. 8,15. .Β. 
RD" to heal. 

Ἢ healing, cure of diseases, 2 Chr. 21, 
18. 36, 16. Jer. 14, 19; remedy, means 
of cure, Jer. 33,6.—Hence a) refresh- 
ment, health. Prov. 4, 22. 12, 18, 13,17. 
16, 24. Ὁ) remedy, help, deliverance, 
sc, from calamity, Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. 
Mal. 3, 20. 

2. tranquillity, placidness of mind ; 
seer. SE" no. 38. Prov. 14, 30 δ᾽ 81 = 
a placid “mind. 18. 4 we i XB quiet- 
ness of tongue, i. 6. gentle and quiet 
speech. Ecc. 10, 4 for quietness hinaer- 
eth many offences. 


WEM τὰ. (r. VED, OPI) pr. @ tread- 
ing; concer. waler made foul by treading, 
Ez. 34. 19. 


Η 7.5 ‘=. in Καὶ not used, and of doubt- 


ful signification. Kimehi, to be strong, 
forcible, vehement. and this is not ill 
Better. with Cocceius.and Simonis, to 
be sharp. active. vehement ; comp. Arab. 
transp. to be acrid, sour. 


. Hien. ‘to make vehement, i. 6. to 
provoke, toirritate. Job 16, 3 ce 
what so provoketh thee ? 

Nien. lo be strong. vehement, sore. 
Job 6 25 ΠΟΔῸΣ sETeE"M2 how forci- 
= are right words!’ 1K. 2. 8 nabp 


619 





“7 


mx) a vehement curse. Mic. 2, 10 53m 
7/122 sore destruction. 


ye" m. (τ. Σ 5) an awl, for boring 
piercing, Ex. 21, 6. Deut. 15, 17. 


MPL f. (r. HS) a pavement, paved 
floor, 2 K. 16, 17. 


* pa pr. to rub, comp. kindr. ma, 
and Gr. ἀμέργω, ὀμοργνύω. Hence 

1. to polish, to scour, as metal; 2 Chr. 
4, 16 pina MOM) polished brass. Imper. 
Jer. 46, 4 orma7n Apia furbish the 
spears. . 

2. to cleanse, to purify, by washing, 
anointing, comp. o°prman. Syr. ope 
abstersit. 

Puat P12 pass. of no. 1, to be scoured, 
Lev. 6, 21. 

Deriy, Bp "pina, py won, Pon. 


P22 τὰ. broth, soup, Judg. 6, 19. 20. 


9...» Suse 
Is. 65,4 Keri. Arab. iy” and KS 0 id. 
—The native form of the word is p38 


q-v. from the root p71», the letters 5 
and Ὦ being interchanged. 


ΤΡ m. (τ. npr) plur. aromatic 
herbs, Cant. 5, 13. 


ANP f(r. mp). 1. ὦ spicing, sea- 
soning, Ez. 24, 10. 

2. unguent-ketile, for preparing oint- 
ment, Job 41, 23. 


DIP ἢ (τ. ΠΡ) 1. ointment, un- 
guent, 1 Chr. 9, 30. 

2. unguent- kettle, i. gq. MMP no. 2, 
Ex. 30, 25. 2 Chr. 16, 14; comp. Job 
41, 23. Or, it may be unguent-shop, but 
tees well. 


* ΠΏ pret. "2, 3 fem. 72; fut. 
"0" Is. 24, 9, see Heb. Gr. 66. n. 3. 

1. to flow, to distil, whence 72 a drop, 
“ia myrrh, and prob. re bile. Arab. 


--9 


ΩΝ to make flow, Ὥς fresnent 


rain, ~acanal. The trilit. » often 


has the sense of going, passing away, 
which in many roots is ‘Connected with 
that of flowing; see ἼΞ no. 4. 533, 
(Sy> to run, to flow, Aram. 2:7 to run, 
whence 5°29 canals. 
2. to be biller. Arab. 


and so in all the kindred Janguages; 


© fut. A, id, 


2 


comp. Lat. amarus, likewise mereo. 
How this signification connects itself 
with the preceding is not clear. Per- 
haps it is denom. fromm “% myrrh, and 
mana bile, as the most bitter things.— 
Fut. A, 727 Is. 24, 9, see above. ‘Trop. 
1 Sam. 30, 6 Ἐπ WE? ΠῚ the soul 
of all the people was ‘piller, i i. 6. grieved. 
2K. 4,27. Impers. "> 72 il grieves me 
Lam. 1, 4; also ἐξ goes bitterly with me, 
I am afflicted, c. 8 Ruth. 1, 13. 

Nipu. “22, seer. 742. 

Piex fut. "27 1. to make biter, to 
tmbitier any thing, Ex..1, 14. Also to 
acl bilierly in any thing, as Is, 22,4 
"S22 77738 J will weep bitterly. 

2. to imbiller any one, i. 6. to trri- 
tale, to provoke, comp. Hithp. Gen. 49, 
23. 

Hipw. .25, inf-2 1. to make bitter, 
to imbitler life, Job 27 2. With > to deal 
billerly with any one, to cause him great 
sorrow ; Ruth 1, 20 ἽΝ "78 > 72M the 


Almighty hath dealt very bitterly with, 


me. Comp. 9 3773 v. 31. 

2. Intrans. tobe in bilterness, lo grieve, 
to mourn, c. Ὁ Zech. 12. 10. 

Nore. The form ἜΝ Ex, 23, 21, 
although apparently a fut. Chald. of 
“72, does not belong to this root, but to 
ὃ no to disobey, to rebel ; Sept. μὴ 
ἀπείϑει αὐτῷ. The sina intpp. all 
read it as belonging to 9, prob. for 
“2m, see inr. 772 Hiph. a. 

Hirarae. ἘΚ ΝΣ to be imbiltered, 
exasperated, with bx of pers. Dan. 8,7; 


absol. Dan. 11, 11.—Syr. εἴορδὸ exacer- 


. . . σιν» ᾿ . 
bavit, lacessivit, Arab. iratus fuit. 

Deriv. 92, "2, ΠΛ UH, He, πρῶ, 
ayn rans, ἀξ, p52, ‘cann, 
pr. ἢ. 272, nine, aut the four whieh 
here follow 


ΤΊ Γ (τ. 55) bile, gall, so called 


from flowing or as bitter, Job 16, 13.. 


Ss 9 a κ« 

Arab. ye Bl, Syr. 15,80, ἴΖεϑο, id. 

m7 [ (τ. 972) constr. ΠΥ 2 ; plur. 
Mics, ΤΊ ΛΟ. ; 
me hitterness. acridness ; Deut. 32, 32 
mins meSDWN clusters of bitterness, ἢ δ, 
bitter clusters. Metaph. bitter ‘things, 
sererr prnishments, Job 13. 26 smsn 2 
mins ΞΡ thal thon arritest (layest) bil- 


620 nia 





ter things upon me, inflictest such heavy 


punishment. 

2. bile, gall, Job 20,25. Also 359 
ὈΤΒ the gall of vipers v. 14, for the 
poison of vipers, which the ancients sup- 
posed to lie in the gall (Plin. H. N. 11. 
37 or 62); although in other forms also 
of this root the notion of bitlerness is 
connected with that of venom; see 


"7a, Syr. ἴ2,:2, Zab. δ, venom ; 


bila πικρίας Heb. 12, 15, i.e. POE 
Comp. naz, ON no. 5. 


Ὁ m. plur. bitter herbs, Ex. 12,8. 
Num. 9, 11; Sept. πιχρέδες, Vulg. lactu- 
ce agrestes.—Trop. bitler lot, Lam. 3, 
15, where in the other member is "33> 
wormwood. R. 772. 


ὙΠ (bitter, unhappy, τ. 2) Mera- 
ri, pr. n. of a son of Levi Gen. 46, 11. 
Ex. 6,16. Also as patron. Num. 26, 57. 


mo, see MUN2. ‘ 


a Γ (τ. 339) wickedness ; concr. 
a wickeds woman, as scelus for scelesta, 2 
Chr. 24, 7. 


“nwa, see in MA MDT. 


Ni m. pr. infin. of τ. N&2, after the 
Chald. manner; c. suff. ΝΘ. 

1. a lifling up, elevating, from the 
signif. to lift up, see the root no. 1, viz. 

a) Of the voice, see 8&3 no. 1. 6, f; 
hence song, singing ; 1 Chr. 15, 22. 27 
xian sien che master of the song, leader 
of the choir. Sept cod. Vatic. ἄρχων 
τῶν δῶν, 

b) Far more freq. effatum, an uttering, 
something uttered; e. g. a saying, pro- 
verb, Prov. 30,1; opllehts 31,1 "Wx Kwa 
jax imno" the sayings which his ‘mother 
taught hin.—Spec. effaltum divinum, an 
oracle, prophecy, a divine declaration, 
2K. 9,25. Is. 14,28 in the year that king 
Ahaz died min Niwa men was this ora- 
cle. Hab.1,1 πὶ πτπ =O wan the ora- 
cle revealed to Habakkuk. Fally “Δ 
Jer. 23, 33. 34. 38; "29372 Zech. 9, 1. 
12,1. Mal.1.1.- Sometiinies followed bya 
gen. of’ the object, as 533 ΝΘ the oracle 
i.e. prophecy. declaration. against Ba- 
bylon Is. 13, 13 ὋΣ “Ὁ. 23,1; also 15,1. 
15.1.19. ἡ. 30. 6. Nah. 1; 1.-al. With 
2 of object Zech: 9,1. 15. 21.13; d2 
Zech. 12,1; >°Mal. 1,1. As sw is 


- 


ἜΝ 
a 


᾿ 


pwn 


often found in the inscriptions of threat- 
ening oracles or denunciations, Jerome, 
Luther, the Engl. Version, and others, 


have rendered it, even in the above 


cases, burden (see no. 2. 6), meaning a 
prophecy which is burdensome or threat- 
ening; see Jerome Prol. ad Habac. et 
ad Jes. 13,1. But it is used also in re- 
ference to good, Zech. 12, 1. Mal. 1, 1. 


Allusion is made to both the significa- 


tions, burden and oracle, in Jer. 23, 33 sq. 
Ez. 12, 10. 

6) 52 Nw che lifling up of the soul, 
i.e. that which the soul desires, longs 
for, Ez. 24,25; see r. RW? no. 1. g. 

2. From the signif. to bear, τ. 82 no. 
4. a) Inf. to bear; Num. 4, 24 ahasd 
nivada to serve and to bear, for serving 
and for bearing 80. burdens, as porters. 
2 Chr. 20, 25; comp. 35,3. b) Subst. 
a bearing, the act or service of bearing 
burdens, porterage, Num. 4, 19. 27. 31. 
32. 47. ὁ) What is borne, a burden, 
load, 2 K. 5,17. Neh. 13, 15. 19. Is. 22, 
25. Jer..17, 21 sq. 2K. 8,9. xited non 


by to bea bitllen to any one, 2 Sam. 15, 


33. Job 7, 20; with 5x 2 Sam. 19, 36. 
Metaph. of heavy eare, Num. 11, 11. 

3. ὦ gift, see XY? Pi. no. 2,3; hence 
tribute, i. q. ΓΙ) Ὁ no. 2. 2 Chr. 17, 11. 
_ 4, Massa, pr. τι. of a son of Ishmael, 
Gen. 25, 14. 1 Chr. 1, 30. 


S82 (pron. massd) m. 2 Chr. 19, 7 
8525 xw2 respect of persons, partiality ; 
see Γ΄. NW? no. 3. Ὁ. 

AND f. (r. xv) a burning, confla- 
gration, so called from the rising of the 
smoke, Is. 30,27. Comp. ΤΙΝ no. 1. Ὁ. 


- Misia f ρίαν. Ps. 74, 3 in some edi- 





] 


tions; see ΓΊΝΗ. 


Χο. Γ (for MNwo, τ᾿ NW?) constr. 
mxive Gen. 43, 34; plur. mkv. 

1. a lifting up, e.g. a) Of the hands 
Ps. 141,2. b) a rising, ascending, as 
of smoke in burning, Judg. 20, 38. 40; 
comp. MNt2. c) Concr. a sign, sig- 
nal, which is elevated, i. q. 03, Jer. 6, 1. 
Perh.a signal given by fire ; comp. also 
the Talmudic mx"w2 of signals by fire 
given at the time of the new moon; 
see Mishn. Rosh hashana 2. §2. d) i.q. 
xiv no. 1. Ὁ. effatum, oracle, Lam. 2, 14. 
e) Zeph. 3, 18 man ORY a lifting up 


621 





Sun 


of reproach, concr. for ‘those on whom 
reproach is lifted up or cast,’ i. 6. the 
objects of reproach. 

2. a gift, present, i. q. NWA no. 3, 
Hsth. 2, 18. Jer. 40,5. Am.5,11. Spee. 
a portion of food presented to a guest 
(Hom. γέρας) Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 11, 8. 
Also tribute, 2 Chr. 24, 6. 9. Ez. 20, 40. 

Nore. ΓΝ Ez. 17,9 is infin. Aram. 
of Kal, for 82, ending irregularly in 
ni like inf. Pi. minds foe Sk see in 
xv? Kal no. 2. 


330 m. (τ. 338) constr. 3307, c., 
cuff, saa. ; 

1. height, altitude, as of walls, Is. 25,12. 

2. a height, rock, crag, affording se- 
curity and refuge, and ‘hence absol. a 
refuge, Is. 33, 16; often of God, Ps. 9, 10. 
18, 3. 48, 4. 59, 10. 18. 94, 22. al. 

3. With the art. Misgab, pr. ἢ. ofa 
town (on a height) in Moab; Jer. 48, 1. 


ΓΙ f. (τ. 392) Prov. 15, 19, also 
MDW") Is. 5,5 in some editions, a hedge 
thorn-hedge. The latter form would be 
from r. 392. 

NW m. @ saw, Is. 10, 15. 

MIWA f measure, sc. of liquids, Lev. 


19, 35. Ez. 4,11. 16. 1 Chr. 23,9. Β. 
“wr. 


R.3w7. 


wiv" τὰ. (r. wry) constr. wid, joy, 
rejoicing, Is. 24. 8. 32, 13. 66,10. Me- 
ton. the object and ground of joy, Ps. 48, 
3. Is. 60, 15. al. Also Job 8, 19 bin 
3.3 the joy of his way, i. e. his joyful . 
lot.—Poetically Is. 8, 6, subst. for the 
finite verb. 

PCD m. (r. pn) derision, meton. 
the object of it, Hab. 1, 10. 


MQW? f. (τ. ΒΘ.) 1. a snare, trap, 
for the feet, prob. of iron, parall. mp, 
Hos. 9, 8. Hence 

2. destruction, Hos. 9,7; comp. ΡΤ. 


202 m. (pr. part. Hiph. τ. >>) 
subst. a poem, song, Ps. 47,8; and so in 
the titles of Psalms 32. 42. 44. 45. 52. 53. 
54. 55. 74. 78. 88. 89. 142. Here => 
prob. implies a poem or song enforcing 
intelligence, wisdom, piety, (see the root 
Hiph. no. 3, 5,) whitch is true of all these 
Psalms; not excepting Ps. 45, in which 
every thing is referred to the goodness 
of God, v. 3. 7. 8. 


204 

mw. f. (τ. ΠΡῸΣ) 1. an imag., fig- 
ure ; Ez. 8, 12 mata "TIN chambers 
of imagery, i.e. of i images, ‘chambers of 
which the walls are painted with the 
figures of idols, comp. v. 10. 11. jax 
mz a slone or cippus with the image 
of an idol, as Baal, Astarte, or the like, 
Lev. 26,1; and so plur. mis3'02 Num. 
33, 52. Prov. 25, 11 nisawna Snr “THEM 
ΤῸ apples of pold with figures of silver. 
Others, in baskets of silver, assigning to 
m=. this signification as if from 720 
to braid. 

2. imagination, conceit, Prov. 8, 11. 
Plur. Ps. 73, 7. 

ΓΘ Ὁ f. (τ. 12) wages, Gen. 29, 15. 
31, 7.41; reward Ruth 2, 12. 


mina f. plur. nails, Ecc. 12, 11. 
See 209. R. 2 i.g. Vd. 

navn m. a shedding of blood, blood- 
shed, Is. 5,7. R. MBWi. ᾳ. MED. 


τ "Δ obsol. root, of doubtful signif. 
perhaps i. q. Arab. “hn II, to divide. 
Hence 77502. 


ΤΥ £ dominion, empire, Is. 9, 5. 6. 
R. m3 no. 2. 


MDW f. (r. γ΄ 1) only plur. constr. 
mip yy. 

1. burnings, 6. g. of spices at funerals 
Jer. 34, 5, see in r. FW no. 1. b; of lime 
in a kiln Is. 33, 12. 

2, ὉΠ mipye. Misrephoth-maim, pr. 
n. of a place or district near Sidon, Josh. 
11, 8. 13, 6—The name signifies pr. 
‘burnings of water,” which Kimchi un- 
derstands of warm baths. More prob. it 
means ‘burnings by the water,’ either 
lime-kilns or smelting-furnaces situated 
near water. 

ΤΡ (vineyard of noble vines, see 
p wv) Masrekah, pr. n. of a place appa- 
rently in Idumea, Gen. 36, 36. 1 Chr. 1,47. 


mata a frying-pan 2 Sam. 13, 9. 
Chald. M02, NOOO, ΝΌΟΣ, id. 
The εὐ λοίοων is uncertain, and it is 
even doubtful whether ™ is radical or 
servile. But prob. it is servile, and then 
the root, may be ΓΙ or MW 1. α. (ὦ 
to shine, to glilter ; whence then ji 
or 779, and M32 a metal pan, so called 
from being kept bright. Seer. πλῷ. 


622 ΝῺ 





Ὁ Mash, pr. n. of ἃ people (and re- 


gion) sprung from Aram, and therefore 
to be sought in Syria or Mesopotamia, 


Gen. 10, 23. Most interpreters, follow- — 


ing Bochart (Phaleg II. 11), understand 
the inhabitants of Mount Masius, Arab. 
(S$O—>, which lies north of Nesibis, 
and forms part of the chain of Taurus 
separating Mesopotamia from Media, 
Josephus confounds this name with 
nt, Ant. 1. 6. 4. 


NO m. (τ. 8t2 1) 1. usury, Neh. 
5, 7. 10. 

2. debt, loan, money borrowed, i. q. 
mwa. Neh. 10, 32 39->D xvg the debt 
of every hand, i. e. every debt, perh. so 
called either because the debtor prom- 
ised to pay by giving his right hand, 
or because the hand is the instrument 
and emblem of deposit, trust. Some 
editions read here x®2 burden, which 
is less well. 


NWO Mesha, pr. n. of a place men- 
tioned in describing that part of Arabia 
inhabited by the descendants of Joktan ; — 
Gen 10, 30 their dwelling was “O20 
DIP A Mo A383 from Mesha even 
unto Sephar (and beyond even unto) 
the mountains of Arabia. .Here Mesha 
might be taken as οῦσα or Motu, a — 
celebrated city and harbour on the 
western coast of Arabia, not far from 
Mocha, where now lies δ)" Μάᾶξαλα, 


or perhaps p¥—0 Misij, Niebuhr Ara- 
bien p. 223, 224, 225. Mesha would 


then constitute the western limit of the f 


Joktanide. Sephar is the city yee, 
the chief place of the district Shehr in 
the province of Hadramaut; see in art. 
“po. The mountains of Arabia are— 
prob. the chain running across the mid- 


νυ 











dle of Arabia, from the vicinity of Mecca — 


and Medina to the Persian gulf, called — 


at the present day os Nejd, highlands ; ᾿ 
see Jomard Notice sur le Pays de Νά. 
ou |’Arabie centrale, Paris 1823. 8vo.— 
But as the Arabic names above given, 
Misa’a, or Miasij, cannot wel) be com- 
pared with Mesha, it may be better 
with J. D. Michaelis (Suppl. 1561. Spi- 
cileg. II. 214), to understand Mesene 


ΝῺ 623 


(ὦ, Bees: Meisdn), situated 
among the mouths of the Pasitigris, 
where this river empties into the Per- 
‘sian gulf’ The sacred writer would 
then begin with the eastern limit of the 
Joktanide, and end with the western 
and northern; so that "BO must be 
sought between them. See “50. 


ΔΝ m. (τ. 383) only plur. "Nw, 
troughs, walering-lroughs, into which 
water is drawn for cattle, Judg. 5, 11. 


TNW f(r. x22 IT) debt, loan, money 
lent, i. q. 8W2 no. 2, Deut. 24, 10. Prov. 
22, 96. 


FINDA m. deceit, dissimulation, Prov. 
26,26. R. xv I. 


MiNW Ps. 74, 3, see Mixiwe. 


| Ὁ (entreaty, τ. 582) Mishal, 
pr. n. of a Levitical city in the tribe 
of Asher, Josh. 19, 26. 21, 30. Contr. 
dec Mashal 1 Chr. 6, 59 [74], as if from 
Ἔν. 


MINWA Γ (τ. ἘΝ) a petition, request, 
Ps. 20, 6. 37, 4. 


ΓΝ f. (ΑΝ 9) a kneading-trough, 
in which also the dough is leavened 
-and swells, Ex. 7, 28. 12, 34. Deut. 28, 
5. 17, 


MQW , see naIva. 


ΝΗ f. plur. (τ. Υ̓ΞΦ) 1. textures, 
and with 3m1. lealures of gold, i.e. stuffs 
inwrought with gold, in which threads 
of gold are interwoven, brocade, Ps. 48, 
14; see the root in Piel. 

2. seltings, bezels, in which gems are 
set, Ex. 28, 11. 13. 14. 25. 39, 13. 16. 
‘See the root in Pual. 


“202 m. Is. 37, 3. 2 K. 19, 3, constr. 
"av. Hos. 13, 13, pr. ‘place of break- 
ing forth” spoken of the mouth of the 


womb, which the feetus breaks open at 
birth. .R. 720. 


“30 τὰ. (τ. 233) only in plur. 
p20, waves which break upon the 
shore, breakers, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 88, 8. 
Jon. 2, 4, ΠΣ billows of the sea 
Ps. 93,4. ΤῺ ‘a 2 Sam. 22, 4. Comp. 
Gr. κύματος ᾿ἀγή from ἀγγνύω, ἄγνυμι. to 
break. . 





mw 


nawa m. only in plur.c. suff. mnaw2, 
destructions, calamities, Lam.1,7. Comp. 
τ. ΞΘ Hiph. no. 4. 


maw m. (τ. 33) an error, oversight, 
Gen. 43, 12. 


ae ΓΙ Ὁ 1. to draw, to draw 
oul, 6. g. from the water, Ex. 2, 10. 


Syr. {aso id. Arab. oom: Kindr. is 
322. 

Ηιρη. i. q. Kal, 2 Sam. 22, 17. Ps. 
18, 17. 

Deriv. "Od, pron. Mt, 92. 


ΠῚ Ὁ obsol. root, Arab. Liwe 
vesperi fecit, whence the subst. OX 
evening, yesternight, q. v. 


MO pr. n. Moses, Sept. and Josephus 
Mwiojs, the great leader, lawgiver, and 
prophet of the Hebrews, the son of Am- 
ram and Jochebed, of the tribe of Levi, 
Ex. 6,20. The narrative of his life and 
actions, occupies the four last books of 
the Pentateuch. A common appellation 
is, the servant of God, of Jehovah, Josh. 
1, 1. 2. 15. 1 K. 8, 53. 56. 2 Chr. 1, 3. 
Dan. 9, 11; once in Pentat. Deut. 34, 5; 
also the man of God Ps.90,1, His lawis 
called: ΠΕ MIM the luw of Moses Ezra 
3.2. 7,6. 2 Chr. 23, 18: mwa nin "Bo 
the book of the law of Moses Josh. 23, 6. 
2 K. 14,6. Neh. 8,1; also simply 759 
mua 2 Chr. 25, 4. Neh. 13, 1. (Chald. 
me" AED Ezra 6,18.) mya mins>d the 
tables of the Mosaic law 1 K. 8, 9.—Is. 
63, 11 he remembered the days of old, 
‘a3 mun Moses, his people, i. 6. Moses 
and his people. 

As to the etymology, in Ex. 2, 10 the 
name ΓΙ Ὁ is expressly derived from the 
ideaof his being drawn out of the water. 
But the form of the name is active, draw- 
ing out ; not pass. drawn out ; and fur- 
ther, it is hardly probable that the 
daughter of Pharaoh would have given 
him a name derived from the Hebrew 
language. Hence the Alexandrine Jews 
assigned to the name ἤωϊσῆς an Egyp- 
tian origin with a Greek flexion, viz. 


ΑΔ, μῶ, walter, and ΟΥ̓Χ Δ or 
OAKES, ὑσῆς, saved, i.e. waler-saved, 
saved from the water; sn Joseph. Ant. 
2.9.6. c. Apion. 1. 31. Philo T: LL. p. 


~ 


mon 


853 Mang. Some such derivation may 
also lie in the Heb. form Mua. Other 
etymologies proposed, see in Thesaur. 
p. 824. : 


mia m. (τ. πῶ IL) a debt, loan, 


Deut. 15, 2. See in 8&2 no. 2. 


ΤΙΝ f(r. RW) i. gq. HYG with 
which it is every where coupled, desola- 
tion, ruin, Zeph. 1, 15. Concer. desolate 
places, wastes, Job 30, 3. 38, 27. 


PNW" ἢ plur. desolations, ruins, Ps. 
73, 18. 74,3. The etymology is doubt- 
ful, and hence the orthography varies; 
e. g. Ps. 74, 3 in the edition of Athias 
reads nix with Sin. Most. prob. 
miniz2 is ‘merely a Chaldaizing or 
Rabbinic form for Mixita (see MRI», 
τ. 81); comp. the futures 775" for 585, 
152 for 195", and subst. Div i. α. witia ; 
Heb. Gr. ὃ 71. note 9.—The form mix 
(with Sin) would be from NW in the 
sense to destroy, as Job 32, 22. Ez. 17, 
9; see in NW) no. 2. 


22502 (returned, r. 3%) Meshobab, 
pr. ἢ. τῇ. 1 Chr. 4, 34, 


maw, Mw, ἢ (r. mw) 6. suf. 
ΕΟ a ΠΣ away. defection, apos- 
tasy. ‘Pov: 1, 32 ΘΠ maa the 
turning away oF fools from wisdom. 
Spec. defection Jrom Jehovah, Jer. 8, 5. 
Hos. 11, 7 ἼΓΞΗΞΏ defection from me. 
Plur. > ian Jer. 2, 19.—Coner. naw 
bees apostalizing Israel Jer. 3, δ. 8, 
11. 12. 


M9702 fc. suff. “na, error, once 
Job 19,4. Ra. 


DA Fz. 27, 29, and Vi" jb. v. 6, 


an oar, For the Dagesh in 248” see in 
ΤΟΝ, R. ow. 


MOAW Is. 42, 24 Cheth. for notin 
q. ν. @ spoiling, plundering. 
“TW, see τ. τῶ, 


ἘΠ fut. MY", inf. absol. miva, 
constr. nia, once MN Ex. 29, 29, pr. 
to stroke, to draw the hand over any thing. 


Arab. A 


hand, to stroke the face, to strike with a 
sword. Chald. Syr. id. Monosyllabic 
roots are: 7 whence Ot, and ma 


Ὁ id. also to wipe off with the 


624 





π 2 


whence M2, XM2,-to stroke, to wipe 
off, to strike. called 

1. to spread over with any thing, to 
smear, 6. g. with colours, to paint, c. 3 
of colour, Jer. 22, 14. Spec. to rub over 


with oil, to oil, to oint, (Arab. ὶ 


Syr. cascade , id.) 6. δ. cakes Ex. 29, 2. 
Lev. 2, 4. 7, 12; so too a shield, to ren- 
der the leather more tough and less 
penetrable by weapons, Is. 21,5. 2 Sam. 
1, 21.—Mostly to anoint, as a sacred 
rite, 10 consecrate by unction to any of- 
fice or use, e. g. a priest Ex. 28, 41. 40, 
15; a prophet 1 K. 19, 16. Is. 61,1; a 
king 1 Sam. 10, 1. 15, 1. 1 K. 1, 34. 
Also a stone or column as consecrated 
to God Gen. 31, 13; an altar Ex. 29, 36. 
Lev. 8, 11; a sanctuary Ex. 30, 26. 40, 
9. Dan. 9, 24; vases and utensils conse- 
crated to God Num. 7,1. The full con-— 
struction is 22> 5 Mt to anoint (i. 8. 
consecrate) any one as king, Judg. 9, 15. 
1 Sam. 9, 16, 1 K. 19, 15. 2 K. 9,33. 
with 52, Judg. 9, 8. 2 Sam. 19,11 Absa- 
lom nbs ἜΣΤΗ WU whom we anointed — 
(constituted ‘king) over us. Is. 61,1 be- 
cause Jehovah hath anointed (i. 6. con-— 
secrated, appointed) me “25 to an- 
nounce. 2 Chr. 22, 7.—That with which 
one is anointed, as oil, ointment. ete. is 
put with 3 Ex, 29, 2. Ps. 89, 21; accus. 
Ps. 45, 8. Am. 6, 6. | 
2. to spread out,.to expand, by rub- 
bing or smoothing with the hand, see 
mina. Hence also to measure. 6. g. 
things long or broad, as cloth by mov- 
ing the hand over it. Syr. lassi 


on 
Chald. nein, Arab. ered Hence. 
ΓΙ Ὁ παπαῖ. } 

Nipu. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cu 
ed, i. e. to be consecrated by unction, 
Sleds 6, 13. Num. 7, 10. 84. 88. 1 Chr. 
14, 8. 

Deriv. ποθ, ΠΡΌ, sila the th 
here following. 


ΓΙῸ Chald. m. oil, Ezra 6,9. 7, od 
Ofien in the Targums. Syr. LaaSo, 


᾿ 

᾿ 

nnwn f. (r. nv) 1. an anointing, 
nitions miian yaw the anointing-oil 
Ex. 25, 6. 29, 7. 21. al. Wop rnte. ΠῚ 
an oil of sacred unction, holy anointing= 
oil, Ex. 30, 25. 31; comp. Lev. 10, 7% 
21, 12. 5 





mwa 6 


oa part, portion, as measured out, 
Lev. 7, 35; see the root no. 2. 


ΓΙ f. 1. Inf. of the root Ὁ to 
anoint; see above. 

2. a part, portion, Ex. 40, 15. Num. 
18, 8; see NH no. 2. 


mn pr. part. Hiph. (r. mm) plur. 
pinnia, destroying, which destroys ; 
hence ‘Subst. 

1. a destroyer, di plixteh. Jer. 22, 7. 
Spec. in war, collect. ΡΤ ΘΓ the des 
stroyers, troops in ambush rushing forth 
to destroy, 1 Sam. 13, 17. 14, 15. 

2. destruction, Ex. 12, 13. 2 Chr. 20, 
23. 22,4. Dan. 10,8. Ez. 5, 16. 25, 15. 
21, 36 [31] MMH "ON artificers of de- 
struction, skilled to destroy. Spec. of 
arms and weapons for destroying, Is. 54, 
16; also of snares, traps, Jer. 5, 26.—So 
naneia bs a man of destruction, a de- 
stroyer. Prov. 28,24. But 2 522 Prov. 
18, 9 is one who brings destruction on 
himself a@ waster, prodigal—Also "4 
‘On the mount of destruction ; spoken 
of the mount of Olives or its southern 
part, on account of the idol-worship set 
up there by Solomon, 2 K. 23, 13, Vulg. 
mons offensionis. Also of Babylon for 
the like reason, Jer. 51, 25. 


“NWA m. ig. IM, the dawn, aurora, 
Ps. 110,3; see‘in art. 59. Ranw 1. 


nt i. gq. MMH no. 1, destruction, 
once ‘Ez. 1,” Ἐπ mr). 


Pint m. (τ. mm) constr. nna, 
destruction, defacement ; for concr. ide: 
stroyed, disfigured, once Is. 52, 14. 


PUA m. (τ. nnd) ὁ. suff. onda, 
destruction, i. e. something destroyed or 
disfigured, i. q. cape ei blemish, Lev. 
92, 25. 


| HV m. (τ. nv) Ez. 47, 10, constr. 
Mw. Hz. 26, 5.14, a spreading, i. 6. 
place for spreading. 


"OU τη. ὁ. suff. jnew, dominion, 
empire, influence. Job 38 33 Deyn ON 
VINA inwwa dost thou assign the domi- 
mion (of the heavens) over the earth ? 
R. οὐ. 

ὙΦῸ m. Bz. 16, 13, in pause ΑΘ v. 10, 
according to the Heb. intpp. sill, a gar- 
ment of silk. Sept. τρίχαπτον i. 6. ac- 

53 





5 sw 

cording to Hesychius τὸ βομβύκινον 
ὕφασμα. Jerome, ‘a garment so fine as 
to seem equal to the finest hair.’ From 
the root (Mt to draw) we can derive 
no other sense than ‘something finely 


drawn,’ e. g. a fine thread, stuff com- 
posed of fine threads. τ 


"0% see "0170. 


byartn (delivered of God, τ. 318 
Chald. ) Meshezabeel, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 4. 
10, 22. 11, 34. 


TW") τὰ. (τ. M72) constr. M2, ὁ. 
suff. "M702. 

1. Adj. verbal pass. χριστός, ointed, 
anointed, of a shield 2 Sam. 1,21; ποθ 8 
3°39 the anointed prince i. e. Cyrus, | 
Dan. 9, 25; mM wan ἼΠΞΠῚ the anointed 
priest, the high priest, Lev. 4, 3. 5. 16. 
6, 15. 

2. Subst. 6 Χριστός, the Messiah, the 
anointed, the prince consecrated by unc- 
tion, Dan. 9, 26.—More fully 3 mb. 
the anointed of Jehovah, Sept. ὃ Χριστὸς 
Κυρίου, a name of honour given to the 
Jewish kings, as being consecrated by 
anointing, and therefore most sacred, 
1 Sam. 2, 10.35. 12, 3.5. 16, 6. 24,7. 11. 
26, 9. 11. 23. 2 Sam. 1, 14. 16. 19, 22. 
23,1. Ps. 18, 51. 20, 7. 28,8.al. Once 
of Cyrus king of Persia Is.'45, 1. Not 
used of the great Deliverer predicted 
by the prophets ; although his usual 
name (XM 0 Μεσσίας) among the 
later Jews and in the N. T. is drawn 
from passages like Ps. 2, 2. Dan. 9,26; 
comp. John 1, 42. 4, 25. Buxtorf. Lex. 
Chald. art. ἐπ δ, . [Yet Ps. 2, 2 is re- 
ferred directly to the Saviour in Acts 4, 
26.sq.—R.] Plur. the anointed of Jeho- 
vah, spoken of the patriarchs, Ps. 105, 
15. 1 Chr. 16, 22. 


Ἶ 702, fut. 8"; imper. 72, 
plur. 1309 Ex. 12, 21, and 1302 Ez. 
22, 20. 

1. to draw, to drag, Arab. GX id 
see Lette ad Cant. Deb. pag. 96; in. 
Golius and Freytag this signification is. 
wanting. Kindred is m¥2.—With an 
acc. of pers. το draw any one to a person 
or place, with 3 or 58 of place, Judg. 4, 
7. Ps. 10,9; comp. Cant. 1, 4. Contra, 
to draw out of a pit, of ibe, water, with. 
2 Gen. 37, 28. Job 40, 25. Jer. 38, 13. 


ae 


Absol. to draw to oneself, to draw down 
upon oneself, Is. 5, 18. Hos. 11,4. 80 
with 2 of manner, fo draw in the yoke, 
Deut. 21, 3.— Bec. 

8) rps ° 7072 to draw the bow, 1 K. 
22, 34.92 Chr. 18, 33. Is. 66,19 nop ἘΠῊΝ 
Eth. PMN id. 

b) 33m 707 to draw out the seed, 
i. e. to scatter it regularly along the 
furrows, to sow, Am. 9, 13; comp. in 
272 no. 1. 

6) >in Fa Ex. 19, 13, and Ὁ 
pa‘ 7222 Josh. 6, 5, to draw out the 
trumpet, i. 6. to sound, i. ᾳ. MINBIWA SPR 
in Josh. 6, 4. 8. 9. 13. 16. 20, comp. v. 5; 
pr. to draw out the breath (to blow) 
with force into the horn or trumpet of 
jubilee ; comp. Germ. heftig losziehen. 
In both places it is spoken of a signal 
given with the trumpet of jubilee or 
rejoicing ; see in 531} no. 1. Compare 
Arab. whe traxit, also Conj. I, II, IV 
clamorem extulit, inclamavit, increpa- 
vit. 

d) Hos. 7, 5 ΘΊΧΧΘΓΩΝ Ὑπὸ ya he 
draws out hig hand with scorners, spoken 
-ontemptuously of intercourse with im- 
pious men; comp. in Engl. to give the 
hand, to join hands with. 


e) to draw out, i.e. to protract, to con- 
tinue, to praloni Ps. 36, 11 ππὸπ 7d 
E> prolong thy loving-kindness unto 
them that know thee, thy worshippers. 
85, 6. 109, 12. Jer. 31,3 "ὌΠ FAMSwa 
have prolonged loving-Aintiness towards 
thee. Ellipt. Neh. 9, 30. Comp. Syr. 


ea to draw, whence subst. a long 
continuance. 

f) “wa 9 to prolong the body, i. 6. 
to make it durable, robust, firm; to 
strengthen. Ece.2,3 *YWa-ny 1553 Ww 
to strengthen (cherish) my body with 
wine. Syr. ya arefecit. 

g) Intrans. like Engl. to draw on, to 
draw towards, i. e. to move, to march, to 
advance, Germ. ziehen. Judg. 4, 6 go 
and draw towards Mount Tabor ; Sept. 
ἀπελεύσῃ εἰς ὅρος Θαβώρ. 20,37 the am- 
bush drew out, advanced. Prob. also Job 
21, 33. Ex. 12, 21. 


2. to lay hold of, to take, to hold, c. 3 


Judg. 5, 14. Arab. argu ewe) id—In- 
tens, to take away, i.e. to remove, to 


δ. 4. 





626 57 


destroy, Job 24, 22. Ps. 28,3. Ez. 32, 
20. 

Nipu. to be protracted, delayed, de- 
ferred, Is. 13, 22. Ez. 12, 25. 28. 

Puat 1. i.q. Niph. spoken of hope 
deferred, Prov. 13,12. ᾿ 

2. The Ethiopians are called, in Is. 
18, 2.7, We "a a people drawn out, 
extended, i. 6. fall of stature, a quality 
ascribed to them in Is. 45, 14, Hdot. 3. 
20, 114.—Arab. @Xww0 X, to be firm, ro- 
bust, is also spoken of the body, but ina 
different sense, Vit. Tim. I. 420. 

Deriv. ni>b72 and 


FW τῇ. (τ. Ὁ) 1. adrawing ; Ps. 
126, 6 D737 WW the drawing out of seed, 
i.e. the scattering it regularly along 
the furrows; see in 52 no. 1. Ὁ. Comp. 
Am. 9, 13. 

2. possession; from the signification 
of holding, Job 28, 18; see the root 
no. 2. 

3. Meshech, pr. n. prob. the Moschi, a 
barbarous people inhabiting the Mos- 
chian mountains between Iberia, Arme- 
nia, and Colchis, Ps. 120, 5, (Strabo XI. 
p. 344, 378,) usually coupled with the 
neighbouring Tibareni (53m, 535m) Gen. 
10,2. Ez. 27, 13. 32, 26. 38, 2.3. 39,1. So 
too Herodotus, 3. 94 and 7. 78, Moayos 
καὶ Τιβαρηνοί, The Sam. Cod. exhibits 
a pronunciation approaching nearer to 
the Greek form, Jw, jw, Sept. 
ἹΜοσόχ, Vulg. Mosoch. 


3202 m. (r. 23%) constr. 3202, c. 
suff. "236 ; plur. constr. "332, c. suff. 
pnisDwa. 

‘La ‘lying down, reclining, e. g. for 
sleep, 2 Sam. 4,.5 DYN 3309 sleep 
at noon; also of a sick person Ps. 41, 4. 
—Spec. a lying with, concubitus ; Levy. 
18, 22 thou shalt not lie with a man 
HER ΞΘ the lying with a woman, i.e. — 
as with a woman. Lev. 20,13. Num. 31, 
17. 18. 35. τ 

2. a couch, bed, Ex. 7, 28. Lev. 15, 4. 
5. 6. Job 33, 15. 2Sam. 17, 28.—For 
the dead, a coffin, bier, 2 Chr. 16, 14. 
Is. 57, 2. 


3202 Chald. m. a couch, bed, i. q. 
Heb. no. 2. Dan. 2, 28. 29. 4, 2. 7. 10 
R. 320. 


rina, see nistia. 





ΞΘ 
n220 £ (τ. b5u5) 1. Part. Piel, see 
the root, Pi. no. 2. 


2. abortion, miscarriage, 2 K. 2, 21; 
see the root as above. 


200 τὰ. (τ. j2) constr. j202, c. suff. 
"2209 ; plur. constr. "2207 ; often plur. 
nist, constr. minDw ; Sonatried 6. 
fem. Ps, 84, 2. 

1. a habitation, dwelling, as of men 
Job 18, 21. Ps. 87, 2. Once of man’s 
long home, the grave, sepulchre, Is. 22, 
16; comp. 14,18. Of animals, a haunt, 
lair, Job 39,6. Plur. poet. of God, i. e. 
the temple, with its courts, Ps. 46, 5. 84, 
2. 132, 5. 


2. Spec. a tent, tabernacle, 2 Sam. 7,_ 


6. Cant. 1, 8. Often of the sacred tab- 
ernacle of the Israelites, Ex. 25, 9. 26, 
1sq. 40,9sq. Fully msn ΞΘ the 
tabernacle of the law Ex. 38, 21. Num. 
1, 50. 53. 10,11. For the distinction in 
the descriptions of the tabernacle be- 
tween 7202 and Dm, see in 5A ; hence 
“3% bry 3 the freinieivori ‘of the 
sacred tent, over which the covering 
of skins was spread, Ex. 39, 32. 40, 2. 
6. 29. 


202 Chald. the dwelling of God, the 
temple, Ezra 7,15. R. j20. 


* 5188 fut. >" 1. to rule, to have 
dominion ; not found inthe other Semi- 
tic dialects, except Phenic. >w prince, 
Monumm. Pheen. p. 448. Corresponding 
is Gr. Baotd-eve.—Constr. a) Absol. 
_ of a king Prov. 12, 24. 29, 2. Dan. 11, 3. 
4.5; of God Ps. 66,.7; with an adjunct 
of place where Zech. 6, 13. Josh. 12, 2; 
6. dat. comm. 15. 40,10. b) With 3, to 
rule over any one, as a king over his 
people Deut. 15,6. Judg. 8, 22.23. 2 Sam. 
23, 3. Is. 3,4. 12; or over a land or king- 
dom Josh. 12, 5. 1 K. 5, 1. 2 Chr. 9, 26; 
also of a viceroy or prefect Gen. 45, 8. 
26; a man over his wife Gen. 3,16; a 
servant set over household affairs Gen. 
24. 2. Ps. 105, 21; of a people over an- 
other people Judg. 14, 4. 15,11; and 
of God who rules over all things Ps. 
103,19. 1 Chr. 29, 12. Ps. 89, 10. Spoken 
also of rule over incorporeal things, as 
one’s own spirit Prov. 16, 32; sin Gen. 
4,7. Ascribed likewise to things, as to 
the sun and moon, Gen. 1, 18 bia did 
m>"ba1; comp. Plin. 2.4. Cic. Tuscul. 


627 





sun 


1.68 ‘omnium moderator et dux sol.’ 
c) Rarely with >3 over Prov.28,15. 4) 
With int. c. > to have power to do any 
thing, Ex. 21, 8 F932 ditin ND "39 DDD | 
unto α aramies nation he shall have no 
power to sell her.—Parr. > a ruler 
prince, Prov. 6, 7. 23, 1. 28, 15. Ece. 9, 
17. Jer.51, 46. Ez. 19,11; also-Is. 16, 1. 
Ps. 105, 20; of the Messiah Mic. 5, 1; 
of animals Hab. 1, 14. Also in a bad 
sense, a master, tyrant, Is. 14, 5. 49, 17. 
52,5; comp. 0°27) Is. 13, 2. 

Il. to liken, to make like ; intrans. to 
be like ; see Niph. Hiph. and the nouns 


pit, >to; Arab. AS to be like, to 
make like, hic likeness, simile, ACH 
like. Ethiop. fA to deem, to seem 
to any one, GFA, likeness. Aram. 
is id.—The Various senses of this 


verb in Kal are all drawn from the 
noun >t, viz. 

1. to propose a parable, with δὲ to 
any one, Ez. 17, 2. 24, 3. 

2. to use a proverb Ez. 18,2; with >9 
concerning any one Ez. 16, 44. 

3. to use a by-word or song of derision, 
Ez. 12, 23; with 2 Joel 2, 17. 

4. Part. plur. ibis poets, as using 
the diction of parables, proverbs, ete. 
Num. 21, 27. 

Note. Various attempts have been 
made to show the point of connection 
between the two significations, to rule 
and to liken; see Schultens ad Prov. 
1,1. Michaelis ad Lowth de Sacr. Poesi 
p. 41. Simonis Lex. etc. Two conjec- 


‘tures formerly proposed by me, see in 


Thesaur. p. 828. But not improbably 
two roots of different origin have coa- 
lesced under this form; one, correspond- 


ing to the verbs (Lin, dws, to liken ; 
the other, in Arabic chino, having perh. 
the signif. to be strong, valiant, which is 
still found in (huw fortis, strenuus fuit, 


see ge : 
wl vir strenuus, in Gr. βασιλ-εὺς 
-“ ¢ 


Nipu. pr. to be made like ; hence to be 
like, to be similar to any thing, c. > Is. 
14,10; > Ps. 49, 13. 21; bY Ps. 28, 1. 
143, 7. 

Piet i. q. Kal πο. IL. 1, to use parables, 
Ez. 21, 5 [20, 49]. 


Sun 


Hien. I. to cause to rule, to give do- 
minion to, with acc. of pers. and 3 of 
thing, Ps. 8,7. Dan. 11, 39. Inf. subst. 
bean ΡΣ ΜΈΝΟΙ 25, 2. 

Il. to compare, ὁ. dat. Is. 46, 5. 

Hirup. i. q. Niph. to become like, c. 9 
Job 30, 19. 

Deriv. >t, nth, and the three 
following. 


I. bw m. (r. bw) c. suff. POR, 


plur. n>, constr. "20 .—Arab. its 
Hass, Chald. Rom. 


l.a ΠΝ parable Kz. 17, 2. 24, 
3.—See too Judg.9, 7 sq. 2 Sam. 12, 1 sq. 
2 K. 14, 9. 

2. a sentence, γνώμη, a sententious say- 
ing, apothegm, such as consists in the in- 
genious comparison of two things, sen- 
timents, etc. see in Prov. 25, 3. 11.12.13 
sq: 26, 1. 2. 3. 6. 7. 8. 9: 11. 14, 17.— 
E. g. Prov. 1, 1. 6. 10, 1. 25, 1. 26,7. 9. 
Ecc. 12,9. Job 13,12. 1K. 5, 12.—As 
this sort of sayings often pass into pro- 
verbs (1 Sam. 24, 14), hence >a is 
also 

3. a proverb, παροιμία, 6. g. 1 Sam. 
10, 12. Ez. 12, 22. 18, 2. 3. Comp. παρα- 
Body Luke 4, 23, 

4, Genr. a poem, song, verse, the mem- 
bers of which, by the laws of parallel- 
ism, consisted of two hemistichs similar 
in form and sense. Spec. of prophecy 
Num. 23, 7. 18. 24, 3. 15. 20 sq. of a di- 
-dactic discourse or poem Job 27, 1. 29, 
1. Ps. 49, 5. 78,23; often of a satirical 
poem, song of derision, Is. 14, 4. Mic. 2, 
4, Hab.2.6. So m3720)>" bund. on to 
become a song and a by- ~word, Deut. 28, 
ot.) 1K. 9; 7. Jeri24, 9: Ps. 69, 12; ale 
Ps. 44, 15. 2 Chr. 7, 20; comp. Ez. 14, 


8.—Arab. Ate parable, fable, sentence, 


§ - 5 
plur. SLivf fables, verses. 

11. 502 pr. n. see dxwr. 

Ὁ m. (τ. dt) 1. rule, dominion, 
Zech. 9, 10. 

Il. likeness, similitude, for concer. like, 
Job 41, 25. 

SA inf as subst. i. g. dt no. 4, a 
song of derision, Job 17, 6. 


moti τὰ. (τ. m8) only in constr. 


rou. 


628 aun 





t. a sending forth, i. e. place to 
which any thing is sent. Is, 7,25 ΓΞ Ὁ 
“iW i.e. a place to which cattle are 
driven. 

2. With 5" or 553" ‘that ον δὴν the 
hand is put,’ business, Deut. 12,7. 18. 15, 
10. 23, 21. 28, 8. 20. 


ota, mot, m. (r. mbo) 1a 
sending, Esth. 9, 19. 22. 

2. With 7", ‘that on which hand is 
laid,’ prey, booty, Is. 11, 14. 


ὨΓΙΘΙ Ὁ fem. of the preceding. 

1. a sending, i. e. a troop, host, of an- 
gels, Ps. 78, 49. 

2. a sending away, discharge, from 
war or captivity, Ecc. 8, 8. | 


Dw (friend sc. of God, τ. > Pu. 
no. 3) Meshullam, pr. n. of several per- 
sons, Ezra 8, 16. 10, 15. 29. Neh. 3,4. 6. 
30. al. 


ninbdwn (for mini τοί του δημιᾷ 
r, Bbw Pi. ) Meshillemoth, pr.n.m. 8) 
2 Chr. 28,12. 0) Neh. 11,13; for which 
nab | Chr. 9, 12; 


m79202 and "71779209 (for ΠΟΘ, 
whom Jehovah repays, or whom Jehos 
vah treats as a friend, τ, D> Pi.) Me- 
shelemiah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 9, 21. 26, 1. 
29; for which 3777258 26, 14. 


meta, see in minbwn. 


mabwn (friend sc. of God, r. πο Pu.) 
Meshullemeth, pr. n. of the wile of king 
Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19. 


wow for W>vin ‘ see D>Y. 


mata f. (r. Dav) plur. niawe. 

1. astonishment, amazement, Ez. 5, 
15. 

2. desolation, as Maths) M2730 Ex. 6, 
14, 33, 28. 35, 3. Plur. Is. 15, 6. fe. 
48, 34. 


JOU m. (τ. 122) fatness ; Is. 17, 4 
inva yo the fatness of his flesh, his 
body. —Plur. 57:22 8) fat places, 
fertile fields, Dan. 11,24. 8) Coner. 
fat ones, i. 6. stout, robust warriors, 4t- 
παροί͵ Ps. 78, 31. Is. 10 16. Comp. 728 
Judg. 3, 29. 


mat (fatness, r. 720) Mishman- 
nah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 10. 


γα γα 


pyawa m. plur. (τ. 725) fatnesses, 
*.e. the fat pieces of flesh, delicacies, 
tidbits, Neh. 8, 10. 


yawn m.(r.320) 1. ahearing, i.e. 
the thing heard, Is. 11, 3. 


9, Mishma, pr. n.m. 
b) 1 Chr. 4, 25. 


mynw f£ (r. yo) 1. a hearing, 
audience, i. e. admission to the private 
hearing of a king. 1 Sam. 22, 14 701 
qmsewa-bx and hath access to thy pri- 
vale audience. 2 Sam. 23, 23. 1 Chr. 
11, 25. 


2. obedience, for concer. obedient, sub- 
ject, Is. 11, 14. 


ἼΔΩ m. (τ. 20) constr. "22 ; 
plur. ὁ. suff, 19979070. 

1. watch, guard,i.e. a) ward, pris- 
on, imprisonment, Gen. 40, 3 sq. 42,17. 
Lev. 24, 12. Num.15, 34, Ὁ) The sta- 
tion of'a watch, post, Neh. 7, 3. Jer. 51, 12. 
Concr. the watch or guards themselves, 
Neh. 4, 3. 16. Job 7, 12.. c) Meton. 
what is guarded, kept ; Prov. 4, 23 keep 
thy heart ἜΘ Ὁ ΟΞ above all that is 
kept, above all things else. 

2. observance. what is observed or 
kept, usage, rite, Neh. 13, 14. Coner. 
one who is observed, treated with rever- 
ence, spoken of a prince, Ez. 38, 7. 


a) Gen. 25, 14. 


720", fem. of the preceding, c. 
suff. “ays : plur. min202, constr. 
ninsv.. 

1. watch , guard, custody,i.e. 4) The 
act of πο ἴος;," K.11,5.6. Ὁ) Place 
of a watch, sfalion, post, Is. 21, 8. Hab. 
2.1. Concer. of the watch, guards, them- 
selves, Neh. 7, 3. 12,9. 13,30. 96) Con- 
cr. an object kept, preserved in safety, 
1 Sam. 22, 23. 

2. a keeping, 
16, 32. 33. 34. 

3. a keeping, observance, performance 
of a duty, office, charge, Neh. 12, 45. 
1 Chr. 23, 32. Num. 4, 27.31 mata mt 
DNB this is the abseroance (charge) of 
their porterage, this is what they have 
tobear. 3,31 jiNn om yew their charge 

was the ark. Plur. of the single duties 
of the sacred office, etc. Nam. 8, 26. 2 

Chr. 7, 6. 8, 14.—Hence πο ποῦ 
‘peal Num. 1, 53. 31, 30. 47, or wibn "2 
et 


preservation, Ex. 12, 6. 


629 





ph opal 


3, 28. 32. 38, or Hint “o Lev. 8, 35, tc 
keep the charge of the tabernacle, ete. 
i.e. to perform the service in the sacred 
tabernacle. 

4, The object of observance, a charge, 
law, usage, rite, Gen. 26, 5. Lev. 18, 30. 
Josh. 22, 3. 1 K. 2, 3. Zech. 3.7. Mal. 3, 
14. al. 

5. Ἔ mya 720 pr. to observe the 
observance of any one, i. e. to keep 
one’s duty to him, to follow the party 
of any one. 1 Chr. 12, 29 "3. 
ANY ma Nyaa ornsb, Vule! magna 
pars eorum adhue sequebatun domum 
Saul. 


M3072 m. (r. M33) constr. το Ὁ, c 
suff. ΓῺ, 

1: twofold, double, the double, Ex. 16, 
22. Is. 61, 7. Job 42, 10. Zech. 9, 12. 
poScAitia the double in money, double 
money, Gen. 43, 15. But m7 FQ v. 
12 is a second money, i. q. "πὶ 3 other 
money v. 22. 

2. a duplicate, a copy, of an original, 
Deut. 17, 18. Josh. 8, 32. 

3. second rank, second place, in order, 
dignity, honour, etc. Often in the gen. 
after a noun, as 430an ἼΠΞ the second 
priest, who ‘etande next to the high 
priest (ON MD) 2 K. 25, 18. Jer. 52. 
24. Plur. "22m 725 the priests of the 
second order, 2 K. 23,4. So m3D7% 
mba the second Ghaxiat i in order Gen. 
41, 43. mz ἜΣΤΙ the second part of 
the city Neh. 11, 9, and simpl. 7:9 id 
2 K. 22, 14. Repl 1, 10. 

4. Coner. the second, one who holds 
the second place, c. gen. of the person 
to whom he thus stands next, the newt, 
6. 5. 23 M20 the wert to the icles 
2 Chr. 38, 7, comp. 1 Sam. 23, 17. Esth. 
10, 3. Tob. 1, 22. Spec. the second or 
next brother, 2 Chr. 31, 12, Neh. 11, 17. 
1 Sam. 8, 2; fully M22 AM-MN Ais sec- 
ond or next brother 2 Chr. 31, 12. Plur. 
Dwar ans their younger brethren, 
opp. to the first-born 1 Chr. 15, 18.— 
Also 5°30  ὩΌΞ. ΕΞ silver cups of a 
second quality Ezra 1,10. So.1 Sam. 
15, 9 5732 catile of a second qual- 
ify, (opp. 20°72,) or perhaps lambs of 
the second birth, i. e. autumnal lambs, 


and therefore weaker and less valua- 
ble. : 


own 


mown f(r. OOW) plur. n*own | plun- 
der, prey, booty ; Mew> m7 Jer. 30, 16. 
2 Καὶ. 21, 14. roti’ ἸΏ Is. 42, 24 Keri. 
Plur. Hab. 2,7. 


c » Ὁ obsol. root, perh. i. q. 2" 


Ge 

(comp. 62, Arab. yo abstersit,) to 
make clean, be cleanse,.e. g. cotton by 
picking; then also to pour out clean, to 
milk clean, to eat off clean (froma plate) ; 
also to plunder clean, i. e. to desolate, 
comp. Mp2 Is. 3,26. Not found in the 
Heb. verb; but adduced by Abulwalid 
and many intpp.as the root of "302 q. v. 
See Thesaur. p. 829. 


>t m. (Ὁ. byw) a narrow path, 
hollow way. Num. 22, 24 o.o8an biswina 
a narrow way between two vineyards. 


"JU ἅπαξ heyou. Ez. 16, 4 nxn xd 
sstnd , of a new-born infant. Here 
“307 j is referred by Abulwalid and many 
others to r. ΣΦ q. v. as if a cleansing, 
q. d. nor wast thou washed to cleansing 
i.e. clean, the form "32 being taken 
for ΠΣ, But no such form can be 
derived from >2; and I would there- 
fore rather refer it to r. M2 to look, i.e. 
"yO i. α. MSW, Yod radical being 
preserved, comp. obra 2 Chr. 24, 25; 
and then the sense would be: nor wast 
thou washed for looking upon, i.e. for 
presenting to thy parents and others, 
which is not done until after the frifant 
is washed and swathed. 


ἘΣ (swift-going, τ. D>) Misham, 
pr. ἢ. τη. 1 Chr. 8, 12. 


ΣΦ τὰ. (τ. 49%) constr. ww2, a 
stay, support, prop, Is. 3, 1. Trop. Ps. 
18, 19. 2 Sam. 22, 19. 


JW m. id. Is. 3, 1 Magtiay ἸΣΘῸ stay 
and support, i. e. support of every kind, 
‘as immediately explained, e. g. food 
‘and drink v. 1, comp. 430; also the 
chief persons of the nation on whom 
the people lean, v. 2. 3, comp. 738. 
For this use of the masc. and fem. in 
connection to express universality, see 
Comm. on Is. |. c. 


myo fem. of the preced. stay, sup- 
port, Is. 3, 1; see in (202. 

ΤΣ f. 2 K. 4, 31, constr. ib. 18, 21, 
9. suff. "M2309; plur. c. suff. ons; 


630 





pon 


a staff, on which one leans, Judg. 6, 
21. ΕΖ. 29,6. Zech, 8, 4. Ps. 23,4. R. 
ἸΣῶ. 


ΓΒ, £ (τ. MEW) constr, iti, 
ὁ. suff, “pnt ; plur. Minsss Ps. 107, 
44, constr. ‘ninewa. 

1. gens, i.e. a tribe, clan, Gen. 10; 18. 
20. 31. 32. 12, 3. Also of a whole peo- 
ple, nation, Ez. 20, 32. Jer. 8, 3. 25, 9. 
Mice. 2, 3. 

2. In the subdivisions of the Hebrew 
people, spec. ὦ family, several of which 
were comprehended in one tribe (238, 
272), as on the other hand one family 
contained several households, fathers’ 
houses, (MIAN M3, see M73 no. 11,) Ex. 
6, 14 sq. Num, 1, 20 sq. 26, 5 sq. Lev. 
20, 10. 41. Josh. 21, 4. 20 sq. 1 Sam. 9, 
21. 10, 21. 20, 29 525 Hmph» M31 we 
have a family (subdivision) sacrifice, 


comp. v.- 6.—Used rarely and lJaxly for 


tribe, ΞΘ, as Josh. 7, 17 HAN" ὩΓΙΒῸ Ὡ, 
for WAT" pats in v. 16. Judg. 13, 2. 8, 
2. 11, 

3. genus, kind, of animals Gen. 8, 19; 
also of inanimate things Jer. 15, 3. 


OBWA m. (r. DEW) constr. DEW, c. 
suff. "opts ; plur. CB, constr. 
"DBD. 

1. judgment, i. e. 
judging, Lev. 19, 15 ye shall do no injus- 
tice wEwAD in judgment. Deut. 1, 17 
sin ΟΞ vewan "2 for to Ged be- 
longeth judgment. Is. 28, 6 ὃς Ξῦῦ 
DEW who sillelh in judgment. Ez. 21, 
32 pew ib wx Nay until he shall 
come to whom judgment belongeth. δ) 
The place of judgment, i.q. Saban Spa 
Ecc. 3,16. So ὩΣ SEs xia lo go into 
judgment with, to summon before a 
judge, Job 9, 32. 22, 4. Ps. 143, 2; comp. 
Job 14, 3. Ecc. 11, 9. 6) a cause, 
sutt, before a judge, Num. 27, 5. 373 
uptie to order or set forth a cause, 
Job 13, 18. 23, 4. Έ Ew (5) nos 
to carry on ( judge) the cause of any 
one, to be his patron, Deut.-10, 18. Ps. 
9,5. (Comp. j"7 and 3%.) δῷ ow. “ΞΔ 
ms to liticate or contend with any one, 
Jer. 12,1. “wet 532 my opponent, ad- 
versary, pr. who has a suit with me, Is. 
50,8. d) the sentence of a judge, 1 Κ, 
3, 98, 20,40. Ps. 17,2. Plur. mins ΘΝ 
the judgments of Jehovah Ps, 19, ‘10. 119 


a) The act of © 





j 


ΒΦ 


75.137. Sometimes τ ὩΒ Ὁ is (God’s) fa- 
vourable sentence, kindness, Is. 59, 9. 14. 
Oftener unfavourable, inflicting pariish- 
ment, Is. 53, 8. Jer. 1,16. 4, 12. 39,5 
2 K.25,6. 6) charge, guilt, crime, for 
which one is judged, Jer. 51, 9. Ez. 7,23 
p27 ὉΒ Ὁ a capital crime. So ΘΙ 
ny guilt worthy of death, capital, Deut. 
19, 6. 21, 22. Jer. 26, 11. 16. 

2. right, rectitude, justice, what is just, 
lawful, conformable to law, Is. 5, 7. 32, 
1. 33, 5. Ps. 30,5. 111,7. Prov. 1,3. So 
bea nen 10 wrest justice Deut. 16, 19. 
27,19. 1 Sam. 8, 8. APIs vawa Mey Zo 
do right and justice a. 22, 15. 23, 5. 38, 
15. Deut. 32,4 wpa meyers all hie 
ways are sdeaiiuale i, e. right, just. "2182 
ὈΒΘ Ὁ a just balance Prov. 16, 11. Also 
wpiad according to justice Ἦν 30, 11; 
according lo right, as is right, Jer. 46, 28: 
and so the opp. UB Nba without νὴ 
Jer.22,13.—Spec. ἃ) α law, stalute,as 
a rule of judging. i.q. pm. Ex. 21, 1. 24,3. 
Plur. often 3 ΒΘ Ὁ of the dtvind ἜΝ 
Lev. 18, 4. 5. 26. 19, 37. 20 sq. Deut. 4, 
ἃς 7, 11. 12, So collect. the law, the 
body of laws, as we say: ‘the Mosaic 


law, ‘the common law; e. g. "7 vB 


Is. 51, 4. 58, 2, and simply Ὁ ae 42, 3 
3. 4, the divine law, (i. gq. τ.) the 
Seligion of Jehovah. b) That which 
belongs to any one by law, a right, 
privilege, due, 6. g. genr. as "BBD? my 
right Ps. 17, 2. Is. 49.4. Job 27, 2. 40. 8; 
so 5 UB ‘brs to take away one’s riche 
Is.10,2. In astricter sense, MENS UBSN 
the right of redemplion Jer. 32, ri: Ὁ 
ΞΕ the right of primogeniture Deut. 
21,17. Collect. 32m ΒΕ the royal 
privilege, i.e. the rights and preroga- 


tives of the king, 1 Sam. 8, 9. 11. 10, 25. 
Spec. what one receives byright; ΞΘ 


ΣΙ ΓΝ ὈΠΣΓΙΞΙῚ the priests’ due from 
the people Deut. 18, 3. 1 Sam. 2, 13. 
c) Since laws blacned not only from the 
will of the lawgiver, but often also from 
the manners and customs of a people, 
hence 220% is also manner, custom, pre- 
scription ; as 2 K. 11, 14 and lo! the 


king stood upon a stand B32 accord- 


ing lo custom. 17, 33. 34. 40. Gen. 40, 
ι8 ΝΠ ΒΘ ΘΚ in the former man- 


mer. Comp. Arab. Cro and Gr. δέκη. 


Hence d) manner, i. 6. fashion, sort, 


631 





po 


kind, 2K. 1,7 8°xn vaya ng what was 
the fashion of the man? what sort of a 
man was he? Judg. 13, 12 mansna 
aw) ASI DE what will be the 
manner of the child (i. e. what sort of a 
child will he be) and what will he do? 
Also manner, way, Ece. 8, 5. 6. 


DIME dual, folds, enclosures, open - 
above, often wide of hurdles, in which 
during the summer months ths flocks 
are kept by night; Gen. 49, 14. Judg. 5, 
16; i. ᾳ. S9MDW no. 2, where see fully. 
R. maw. 


. PW obsol. root, prob. i. q. ἢ Ὦ to 
hold, and then zo possess, > and Pp be- 
ing interchanged ; comp. ise —Hence © 
p22 possession, and 


PUD ἅπ. λεγόμ. possession, Gen. 15,3, 
i. gq. 70%. The interpretation of this 
vexed passage may then be thus pre- 
sented: ἌΣ ΟΝ, PHB NAT "Na ΡΘΓΊΞΙ 
and the son of possession (i. e. the pos- 
sessor) of my house or of my domestic 
property will be Eliezer of Damascus. 
The sacred writer seems to have chosen 
this less frequent form PY2, in order 
to form an assonance with the word 
pvt; a kind of play upon words not 
unknown even to the prose writers of 
the O. T. see in M32 no. 2. Fora ze 
reason he puts simply Γ pws for τ 
ΓΘ ΞΞ a Damascene; comp. (52D no. a 
Others derive Pa from the root Ppw 
to run, (as 732 from 792 ») and sik oa, 
late: δα discursitationis, i. q. house- ᾿ 
steward. But in this connection there 
would be little force in the words: J 


‘am childless and the steward of my 


house (or my head-servant) is Eliezer 
of Damascus. See more in Thesaur. 
p. 829. 


Pwd m. constr. Pw2, a running about, 
Is. 33,4. From r. PPS, formed in the 
Chaldee manner for PU. 


mpwa m. (r, ΠΡ) constr. ΠΣ Ὁ Ὁ, Ο. 
is Ene sing. 1 K. 10. δ. see Heb. 
§ 91, Ζ plur. ppv; pr. part. 
ess 
1. a cup-bearer, butler. Gen. 40, 1. 2. 
5. 9. 41, 9. Chald. "202, also "pw 


s7pd, Syr. pans, Arab. (glu, id. 


pwn 


2. drink, espec. wine, Gen. 40, 21. 
Lev. 11, 34. 1 K. 10, 21 npwe “2D 
drinking-vessels. 

3. a well-watered region, Gen. 13, 10. 
Ez. 45, 15. 


Spin m. (τ. >Pw) weight, Ez. 4, 10. 


pipwa m. (τ. PY) a lintel, the up- 
per part of a door-way, Ex. 12, 7. 22. 
23. 

ὉΡΦῺ τὰ, (τ. det) constr. dpon. 

1. a weighing. act of weighing ; 2 K. 
25,16 mum2> Sewn m7 ND there was no 
weighing of the brass, i. e. it could not 
be weighed for abundance. 1 Chr. 22,3 
DpPw WN so that there was no weighing 
it. v. 14. 

2. weight, definite weight, Gen. 24, 22. 


Josh. 7, 21. Judg. 8, 26. 1 K.10, 14. Lev. | 


26, 26. 


M2PW Is. 28, 17, and ὨΡΡ 2 K. 
21, 13, f. a plumb-line, plummet, used 


in levelling; so called from its poising, 
R. >pw. 


pt m. (τ. SPY) constr. spwa, de- 
Secation, settling, of waters. Ez. 34, 18 
ἜΘ craspo2, Vulg. aquam purissi- 
mam. 

N29, see "7D. 


M109 f. (r. HX 1) maceration, steep- 
ing. Num. 6, 3 ‘prags-nIwe the steep- 
ing of grapes, Ἰ. 6. ἃ drink prepared from 
_ macerated grapes. 


NPN Chald. πὶ. (τ. Py) a pipe, 
syrinx, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 


“YW Mishraile, gentile ἢ. from 
satis Mishra, a town or district else- 
where unknown; collect. 1 Chr. 2, 53. 
The latter name might signify, ‘slippery 
place, i.q. Chald. sinw2. 


* “ὃ «"ἡ 


Wie fut. tin" to touch, to feel, c. 
acc. Gen. "27, 12. 22; prob. also 72x v. 
21 (Dagesh being dropped), which is 
commonly referred to r, th30.—Chald. 


Ge 


twa, chovin, Zab. ws, Arab. 
Ethiop. with Ἢ inserted. ΟΠ ἢ id. 


Gr. wcoow, Kindr. are 92 II, δ, 
q. ν. 
Pie. twa, fo feel in the dark, to 


grope. Deut. 28, 29. Job 5,14; ¢. ace. to 
Κεἰ out, to explore with the hand, Gen. 





632 


7 


na. 


31, 34.37. Job 12, 25 ηῦππ who" they 
feel oul the darkness. 
Hien. id. c. ace. Ex. 10, 21. 


MnO m. (τ. 48) constr. MMH, e. 
suff, arab Dan. 1, 5.8; and πξ το ν. 
10, enna v. 16; all in sing. Heb. Gr. 
§ 91. 9. 

1. a drinking, Esth. 5, 4. 7, 2. So 
5 π Hw. ΓΞ the chamber of drinking 
wine, the banqueting-hall, Esth. 7, 8; 
wma js the wine of his drinking, 
i. e. which the king drank, Dan. 1, 5. 
8. 16. 

2. drink, Dan. 1, 10. Ezra 3, 7. 

3. a banquet, feast, συμπύσιον, Esth. 1, 
3. 2, 18. 8, 17. Is. 5, 12. al. 


“nw Chald. m. emphat. ΝΛ Ὁ, id. 
Dan. 5, 10 “Ὁ ΓΞ the hanqueling-halky 
see in Heb. } Ὁ no. 1. 


ΓΙ in sing. not used, a man, Lat, 
mas, commonly referred to the root 
nm, pr. extended, grown up, adult, see 
Ewald’s Gram, § 382; comp. 732 W°N. 
Eth. {9 ἘΓ vir, spec. maritus; comp. Lat. 
mas. In the Hebrew itself there are 
traces of the singular number in the pr. 
names >xwana, ΠΡ ΘΓ, (ΓΟ being a 
construct form, like 38 Chald. constr. 
NIN; DW, Ἰοῦς, whence "byraw ; D268 in 
sing. const. 200. whence tyne) as also 
in Punic words 6. g. Metuastartus %% 
nanw> 1. 6. a man or worshipper of 
Astarte, Methymatnus ἡ 172 i. 6. a 
gift-man, comp. Theodorus, Diodorus. 
See Theenor. p. 830. 

Pur. ΘΠ πὶ. twice defective =m 
Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6, men, i. 6. niales, opp. 
ὁ Wonien ail children, Deut. 2, 34 tra 
FUT] BEM the men and women and 
children. 3, 6. Job 11,3. Is. 3,25. Often 
ς. genit. "BO "M2 a few men Gen. 34, 
30; ΝΘ "m2 men of falsehood Ps. 26, 4; 
"DON “m9 my tent-companions Job 31, 
31. ete.—In Is. 41, 14 the words "ΠΏ 
exit. ate’ ‘well rendered by Sept. ὀλι- 
γοστὸς ᾿Ισραΐλ, Luther du armer Haufe 
Israel ; though this notion of fewness 
and misery lies not in the word "72 
but comes from the preceding nzbin.— 
For Judg. 20, 48 see in art. 52; and 
for the phrase ΘΠ Ὑ see in W739 1. 
1. Ὁ. 


ΓΙ dead, part. of τ. ΤΩ, where see. 











ona 


straw, heap of straw, Is. 25, 10. 


ἘΔῺ obsol. root, perh. either fo 
_ stretch, to extend, comp. kindr. mm, 
ΠΡ ; or else i. ᾳ. Ὁ, to draw, io 
drag. —Hence 


an m. c. suff. "3m, a bit, curb, 2 K. 
19, 28. Is. 37, 29. Ps..32, 9. Prov. 26, 3. 


_ Metaph. 2 Sam. 8, 1; see in "a8 no. 3. 


; 
4 


ι 
f 


ΓΝ ee 





"ΠΩ obsol. root, prob. i. q- iss 


ἴω, and ets to stretch, to extend, e. g. 
ἜΒΗ Kindred is Mm9, also 772, "72. 

Deriv. m2 (5°12), “nD, pr. n. bytana, 
m>wana. 


bina τῇ. adj. (τ. pm) fem. HpINa, 
plur. ΘΓ, see Heb. Gr. § 27. n. 1; 
sweet, Judg. 14, 18. Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 24, 
13. 27, 7. Cant. 2, 13. Nett. sweet, 
sweelness, Ez. 3, 3. Judg. 14, 14.—Me- 


_ taph. pleasant, Ecc. 5, 11. 11, 7. 


ΝΣ (man of God, comp. from 


“4772 man, see in ΤΏ, Ὃ i. q. "OX, and 


) Methushael, pr. n. of one of the 
triarchs, descended from Cain, Gen. 
4, 18. | 


᾿. nowanna (man of the dart, see pre- 
ceding art.) Methuselah, pr. n. of a pa- 
_ triarch before the flood. the son of Enoch 
and grandfather of Noah, who died at 


the age of 969 years, Gen. 5, 21 sq. 


ΠΏ fut. ΠΟ, to stretch, to ex- 
“tend, as a tent, the heavens, Is. 40, 
— 22.—Syr. Chald. id. Eth. P@h for 
PO? ἢ induit, velavit; whence de- 


_rivatives signifying pallium., Kindred 
‘roots are ΠΡ, Sam. ΠΤ}, to expand; 
also ΠΏ, ei provectus fuit dies. 


Deriv. Mmm a sack. 


"M2 pr. subst. extension, space of 


time; then as an ea adverb, 


when? Arab. εχ, Syr. wAsef, Chald. 
"12°8 .—Gen. 30, 30. Ps. 42, 3. 94, 8. 
119, 82. 84. Am. 8,5. al. Without inter- 
rogation (Syr. 2 wads} ) Prov. 23, 35 
ΥῈΝ "172 when I awake. Ps. 101, 2. 
With prefixes: a) "m3 i. gq. "Ma 
(see > B. 2. a), at what time, when, 


without interrog. Ex. 8, 5 [9]. Sept. 
MOTE. ; 


| ΓΝ 
ΟἸΞΓΏ m. (from subst. 33m) collect. 


Z 





na 


b) "ΩΣ until when? i.e. how long? 
1 Sam. 16, 1. Ex. 10, 3.7. Ps. 80, 5. Jer. 
4,14.21.al. Poet. in aposiopesis: Ps. 6, 
4 and thou Jehovah, "M2792 how long ? 
sc. wilt thou delay to help. 90,13; comp. 
Is. 6, 11. 

c) "ἢ "SMS after how long? i. e. 
when? Jer. 13, 27. 


DN plur. of ma q. v. 


ὙΦ f. (τ. 42m) ὁ. suff. ἼΘΙ, 
measure, ΕΖ. 45,11; a daily task, tale, 
Ex. 5, 8, comp. ἸΞῺ v. 18. Ex. 30, 32 
im22m22 according to its measure, i. e. 
the proportion of the parts of which it is 
composed. 2 Chr. 24, 13 and they rebuilt 
the house of God imz2%2 53 according to 
its former measure. 


myona Mal. 1, 13 for ARDA-N2; see 
2 note, lett. c. p. 541. 


riven £ plur. by transposition for 
nism, biters, teeth, only constr. Job 
29, 17. Joel 1, 6. See nisne. 


mowers Nah. 2, 4, see in r. 32m Pu. 


ἘΓῺ m. (τ. 02m) wholeness, sound- 
ness, 6. g. of body, Ps. 38, 4. 8. Is. 1,6.— 
In Judg. 20, 48 instead of Dh is to be 
read M2 men, as found in several Mss, 
See in m2. 


ὲ EX 
τ {no obsol. root, Arab. cps, to be 
strong, firm; comp. kindr. }M2.—Hence 
“aya, OD. 


ἸῺ m. (τ. 123) constr. jm2, Kamets 
impure, Prov. 18, 16. 

1. a gift, Gen. 34, 12. Num. 18, 11. 
Prov. 18, 16. jm Ss a liberal man 
Prov. 19, 6. 

2. Mattan, pr. ἢ. 
Baal 2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr. 23, 17. 
Jer. 38, 1. 


82072 Chald. f. i. q. Hebr. nama, a 
gift, plur. j2m2 Dan. 2, 6. 48. 5, 17. 


ΓΘ f. (τ. 19) constr. m2; piur. 
mon, constr. ΤΉ. 

1. a gift, present, Esth. 9, 92. 2 Chr. 
21, 3. Gen. 25,6; spec. a bribe, i. q. 
“πῶς Ecc. 7, 7. Also a gift offered to 


a) A priest of 
b) 


God Ex. 28, 38. Lev. 23, 38. Num. 18, 
6. 7. 29. Ps. 68, 19; to idols Ez. 20, 
31. 39. 


2. Mattanah, pr. n. of a place between 


na 


the desert and the borders of Moab, 
Num. 21, 18. 19. 

"2772 (apoc. for 5"2m2) Mattenai, pr. 
ἢ. ἢ. a) Neh. 12,19. b), Ezra 10, 33. 
Ὁ) Ezra 10, 37. 


"22 Mithnite, a gentile name else- 
where unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 43. 


MIF and WWI (gift of Jehovah, 
r. 12) Mattaniah, pr. n. of several men, 
2K. 24, 17. 1 Chr. 9, 15. 25,4. 16. 2 Chr. 
20, 14. 29,13. Ezra 10, 26. 27. 30. 37. 
Neh. 11, 17. 12, 8. 25. 13, 13. 


DPF m. dual, (τ. 8) the loins, the 
lower part of the back, so called as the 
seat of strength, Gr. ὀσφύς, to be distin- 
guished from 772" the thigh, see in ἢ" 
no. 1.—1 K. 12, 10. 0%3m2 "2 waters to 
the loins, reaching thus far, Ez. 47, 4. 
Spec. the loins are that part of the body 
around which the girdle is worn 2 K. 
1, 8. 9,1. Is. 11,5. Jer. 1, 17. Gen. 37, 
34; on which burdens are sustained Ps. 
66, 11; in which is the seat of the pains 
of travail Is. 21, 3. Nah.2,11. Also the 
seat of strength, (see above and comp. 
Lat. elumbis, delumbare for debilitare,) 
whence ‘5 "22 Ὑ71 10 shatter the loins 
of any one, i. e. to crush him wholly, 
Deut. 33, 11, comp. Ez. 21, 11; to cause 
the loins to waver, shake, of one verging 
to ruin, Ps. 69, 24. Ez. 29, 7. Arab. 


yi and ἐκ ἵδάδιζο id. more rarely 


9 
pled sing. 2. one side of the loins or 


lower wri of the back protuberant 
with flesh and muscles. 


5 po fat. p27 1. to suck, 1. 4. Syr. 
“ise to suck as a child; hence fo Seed 
upon with relish, comp. Ὑ 2. Job 24,20 
ma ‘pm when the worm feeds sweetly 
on him. 

2. to be or become sweet, sweet things 
being wont to be sucked; Prov. 9, 17. 
Ex. 15, 25. Metaph. Job 21, 33 Spme 


634 





nny 


>r27"239 i> sweet to him are the clods 
of the valley, the earth is light upon 
him. 

Hien. 1. 10 make sweet or pleasant. 
Metaph. Ps, 55, 15 ‘Tid p M2 133 Wx 
(we) who made sweet together our fa- 
miliar discourse, i. e. who as familiar 
friends held sweet discourse together. 

2. Intrans. to be sweet, (pr. to cause 
sweetness, see Heb. Gram. ὃ 52. 2. n,) 
Job 20, 12. 

Détiv. ping, opm, and the three 
here following. 


— υἷι 


ae an ea οὐκ ,. των 


’ 
PH") m. sweetness, trop. pleasantness, 
Prov. 16, 21. 27,9. R. pm. ἰ 


ῬΓ m. sweetness Judg. 9, 11. R. 
pn. 


f 
MPN (sweetness, στ. PM2; prob. — 
sweet fountain, opp. 79%) Mithkah, pr. 
n. of a station of the Israelites in Arabia 

4 


Petra, Num. 33, 28, 29. 


MTN Persian pr. n. Mithredath, — 
Gr. Mitgadatys, Μιϑριδάτης, Mithrida- ὦ 
tes,i.e.a Mithra datus, Mithra being the 
genius of the sun. a) A treasurer of 
Cyrus the king, Ezra 1,8. Ὁ) An offi- — 
cer of Artaxerxes in Samaria, Ezra 4, 
7.—See more in Thesaur. p. 832. t 








sift, present, 1 K. 13,7. Prov. 25,14. Eee. © 
3,13. 5,18, ‘3 mm the gift of his hand, — 
i. e. as much as he is able to give, Ez. — 
46, 5.11. Only in the constr. 


MAA (contr. for H9mm2) Mattathah, 
pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 10, 33, Gr. Matrudu 
Luke 3, 31. 4 


Mmm. and WPHNA (gift of Jeho- 
vah, r. 173) pr.n. Mattithiah, a frequent © q 
name after the exile: a) Ezra 10, 43. _ 
b) Neh. 8,4. 69) 1Chr. 9, 31. 15, 18. 
21. 16,5.—Gn Mattodias 1 Mace. 2, 1 εἶ 
Mattias Acts 1, 233. 26; also ατϑαοῖος 
the evangelist. 


. FN f. (contr, for ΤΩ, ᾿ in?) a 
ἢ 





- ae 
Ds 


en Se ee ee ee oe ee © 








> 


Nun, the fourteenth letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
50. The name 493 signifies in Syriac, 


-Chaldee, and Arabic, a fish, which seems 


to have been represented by the primi- 
tive form of this letter ; ; see Monumm. 
Phen. p. 37 sq. 

It is interchanged: a) With other 
liquids, as Lamed, see lett. 5; Mem, see 
Jett. 2; more rarely Resh, as ΣΝ 3 1322 
and “28792522; ΠῚ, Chald. 723, the 
sun is risen; 072, Aram. 1) two; 
Arab. rey? and wy? purple. Ὁ) 
As the weakest of the liquids it is often 
softened into Yod, so that very many 


verbs 7B and " exist side by side with 
_ the same signification, as ΓΝ) and AN 
_ to be beautiful, 
and tp" to lay snares, comp. Lehrg. 
δ 112. 2. ἃ ; and for the affinity of verbs 
¥ ἽΒ with other biliterals, as 19, 33, rd, 
see ibid. no. 2. 3. The primary ine 
_ syllabic root of verbs jp, and also of 
' verbs “B, is often the last syllable, 
| whence 87) i. q. 725 to roar; M72 i. q. 
ΟΠ, FAT; 402 and 34D to Aenast m2 
and ΠῚ ἴο blow ; 3122 and 33) to curse ; 
δ) and Ἐφ, ete. 


=X) and 3%" to set, SP? 


Nun is very often dropped at the be- 


j ginning and in the middle of words; also 
_ sometimes atthe end. Ontheother hand, 


in Chaldee, Arabic, and Ethiopic, in- 


_ stead of doubling a letter, Nun is fre- 
- quently inserted before the letter which 
_ would otherwise be doubled, 6. g. 228 
, for HaN, see Fk 


| mba), Arab. Blin, ear of grain; 
| naw. ‘Eth. mzOT, etc. see Thesaur. 
ep. ‘833. 


33372 for 3772; also 


I. 8) a particle of incitement and also 
of request, entreaty, Engl. now, often 
rendered J pray thee, Lat. queso, Gr. 
δή, Germ. doch.—Syr. 3, 43, id. al- 
though rarely used and sometimes mis- 
understood by the Syrians themselves ; 


Sam. xi. ΠῚ In Ethiopic the cor- 


responding word is 20 go to, come, 





N3 


(}) 


usually declined like an imperative, ἢ 


2%,, plur. 505, 3%; comp. 195, ΖΦ, 
2P, lo! Amhar. 44. The whole verb 
is prob, preserved in the Egyptian fig. 
tocome. See Thesaur. p. 833.—The 
particle δὲ2 is joined 

1. With the Imperative, both simple, 
as 827NP Gen. 22, 2; and paragogic or 
intensive, as 8272> Judg. 19, 11. Num. 
22, 6. It thus expresses: a) Incite- 
ment, as ΤΆ RITN2B put forth now thy 
hand Job 1,11. 2,5. Ὁ) Command, but 
gently and mildly, as we say: ‘do now,’ 
‘do now this or that.’ Gen. 24, 2 put now 
(S27O"D) thy hand under my thigh. 13, 
14, Num. 22, 6. Job 4, 7 83-731 remem- 
ber now. 12,78 sida ask. now. 35. 1 
So in the language of God.; Gen. 22, 2 
ΠΣ 3 ΟΝ ΝΣ ΤΙ take now thy son. Is. 7, 3. 
Ex. 11, 2. c) Admonition, and even 
rebuke and threat ; Num. 16. 26 depart 
now (8279750) from the tents of these 
wicked men. 20, 10 hear now (83733), 
ye rebels. Ps. 50,22. d) Entreaty, very 
often; Gen. 27, 19 May N-OIP arise 
now, sit and eat. 24, 45 let me drink, I 
pray thee. 12,13. 13,9. 32, 30. 37, 16. 
50, 17. Judg. 19, 9. al. sep. With a 
certain degree of asperity, Is. 47, 12 
37232 NI 22 persist now in thine en- 
chantments. 

2. With the Future. a) In the first 
person often together with ΠῚ paragog. 
which has a like power ; here it serves 
chiefly for incitement. Jer. 5,24 δὲ} 8753 
ΤῸΝ let us now fear Jehovah. So sing. 
also of oneself, Gen. 18, 21 R777 7 
will go down now, i. q. come, I will go 
down. Ex. 3, 3. 2 Sam. 14, 15. Cant. 3, 
2. 1 Chr. 22,5. The same form is used 
by those who speak with others and ask 
their leave ; 1 Sam. 20, 29 x2 τι :Ν Let 
me hasten away, I pray thee. Num. 20, 
17. 1 K. 1, 12. Ex. 4, 18. Is.5; 1. 5. 
Ruth 2,2. Once δὲ is found separated 
from its verb, or rather the verb is to be 
repeated before it, 82.... 0b Ps. 116, 
14, b) In the third person. and here 


NS) 


it expresses: o) Incitement, provoca- 
tion; Jer. 17,15 where is the word of 
the Lord? 82 Ni>> let it come now, at 
last ; comp. Is. 5,19. β) Wish and en- 
treaty ; Gen. 47, 4 let thy servants dwell 
now (X273207), i.e. suffer us to dwell. 
Ps. 124, 1. 129, 1. Cant. 7, 9. 2 K. 2,9. 
y) Asking leave ; Gen. 18. 4 Ἀϑ ΤΡ. let 
there be brought now, permit me to bring. 
44,18. ° ‘ 

3. Once with the Preter ; Gen. 40, 14 
Son (tay xv ws) and show kindness, 
I pray thee, unto me, deal now kindly 
with me, where δὲ3 gives to the Preter 
the foree of the Optative ; comp. in BX "2 
B. 3. p. 462. 

4. With Interjections: a) 2 ΠΣ Π 
behold now! lo now! Gen. 12, 11. 16, 
2. Job 40, 15.16. al. Ὁ) 82-758 wo now! 
Jer. 4, 31. 45, 3. Lam. 5,16. 06) From 
N2-AN comes contr. RIX and AX ah 
now ! see p. 70. 

5. With an interrog. Adverb, 82-758 
where now ? Ps. 115, 2. 

6. With Conjunctions: a) 827> nay 
now; not, I pray thee; with fut. and 
implying a wish or asking leave that 
something may not take place. So with 
the first pers. Job 32, 21 725 NWX ΑΥΤΟΝ 
ws let me not. I pray, accept any man’s 
persom, i. 6. let me now remain impar- 
tial. With the second pers. Gen. 18, 3 
231 8278 pass not away, I pray thee. 
19,7. Num. 10,31. Also with the third 
pers. Gen: 18, 32 "2585 Sm) δ τον, Ab- 
sol. 827>8 not so now, Oh not so! Gen. 
19, 18. 

Ὁ) n2-0N if now, if indeed, Gr. εἴ ποτε, 
ἐὰν mots, used by those who modestly 
and timidly presuppose any thing. So 
in the phrase Ὥ2ΣΞ ἩΠ ΝΣ Ὁ XPTON 
if now I have found favour in thine eyes, 
which I hope rather than venture to 
assume, Gen. 18. 3 (Sept. εἰ age). 33, 
10. 47, 29. 50,4. Ex. 33,13. 34,9. In 
Gen. 30,27 the apodosis is wanting after 
this phrase, q. ἃ. ‘ tarry, I will do all that 
thou requirest.,—Once &} is separated 
from the conjunct. Gen. 24,42 F8ITSN 


"277 ΡΣ 82 if now thou do prosper 


my way. 

Nore. In the language of courtesy 
and submission this particle is often used 
repeatedly ; e. g. Gen. 18, 3. 19, 7. 8. 18. 
19. 50,17. 2K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3. 


636 





INI 


II. 82 m. adj. (τ. 8"3) raw, half- 
cooked, rare, as flesh, Ex. 12,9. Arab. — 


i Ba 4 


δ) ΕΖ. 80, 14. 15. 16. Jer. 46, 25, fully 


ΤΩΝ ΝΣ Nah. 3, 8, No, No-Ammon, p= 


n. for the Egyptian T'hebes or Diospo-— 
lis, the ancient and splendid metropolis — 
of Upper Egypt, called by Homer éxa- — 
τόμπυλος 1]. 9. 383, one hundred and — 
forty stadia in circuit, situated on both — 
sides of the Nile, and celebrated for the — 
multitude and splendour of its temples, — 
obelisks, statues, etc. see Diod. Sic. 1. 
45-50. Strabo 17. 1. 45, p. 816 Casaub. — 
In the time of the prophet Nahum (l.c.) — 
it was already destroyed, before Nine-— 


veh, probably by the Assyrians, Is. 20; 


4; it was afterwards in part restored by — 


the Ptolemies and the Romans. Its 


splendid ruins, which are named after — 


the modern villages: Medinet Abu, Luk- 


sor, Karnak, are depicted in the great — 


work: Descrs de Egypte T. II. Ill. 
Wilkinson’s Topography of Thebes, etc. 
Lond. 1843. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 28 sq.—Sept. in Ez. 1. 6. Ζιόσπολις, 


in Nahum I. 6. μερὲς “dupa, which last 


is a literal interpretation of the suppos- 
ed Egyptian form No-Ammon, viz. 83, 
Egypt. MOC or MOFC, i. 68. σχοῖνος, a 
measuring line, then part, portion mea- 
sured, and 7128 ΔΛΛΟΥΠ (Jupiter) 
Ammon, see 7i28 IIL; whence ἽΝ δὲ 
the portion of Ammon, i. 6. the possession 
of the god Ammon, as the chief seat of 
his worship; see Jablonski Opuscula 
ed. te Water, T. I. p. 163-168. But 
the ancient Egyptian form was more 


probably 618. - ΔΑΛΛ ΟΥ̓ ΠΤ quod Ammonis 


est, or better MA-2MOTIM the place 
of Ammon, since m and n were often 
interchanged, as in Moph and Noph. 


m INQ obsol. root ; either i. q. Arab. 
_-B- 
OL to give forth water, i. 6. the earth, 


whence OL a land yielding water; or 
better i. q. 793, to be shaken, agilated.— 
Hence 

IND m. also TNS? for τὶν Judg. 4, 19; 
plur. ΤΥ 2, @ bottle, i. e. a skin or lea- 
thern sack. for milk Judg. 4,19; for wine 


ab «ἀν 





_ 1Sam. 16, 20. Josh. 9, 4.13, The skins 

_ for preserving wine were suspended in 

_ the smoke, Ps. 119, 83.—So called either 
as being used for frntde; ; or better, from 
being shaken in order to make batter 

- from milk; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
Ῥ. 180, 440. 


3 ri) in Kal not used, i. q. 753, to 
sit, to dwell, comp. Gr. ναίω, ναός. The 
primary notion seems to be that of rest, 

quiet, see Hab. 2.5, comp. Eth. UP 
respiravit, requievit; and it therefore 
has affinity with 412.—Hence mx3, plur. 
constr. min. 
~Pin. ΠΝ Ps. 93, 5 (comp. ππὸῷ Hith- 
pal. ninacn), plur. contr. 583 for W182. 
1. With >, to be proper, suitable, be- 
coming to any one ; pr. ‘to sit well? on 
any one, comp. Plin. Panegyr. 10 quam 
bene humeris tuis sederet imperium, the 
_ metaphor being drawn from a garment. 
_ So in Engl. and also Germ. jemandem 
: gut sitzen, formerly taken in the widest 
_ sense, whence the word Sitte. (Others 
take M382 as Niph. of the verb 738, pr. 
to be desired, and hence to be agreeable, 
_ decorous, etc.) Ps. 93, 5 ΓΝ) 472d 
Wp holiness becometh thine honise. Comp. 
; adj. MIN2. 
2. Absol. to be decorous, becoming, i.e. 
to be comely, beautiful, Cant. 1, 10. Is. 
52, 7.—Hence 748). 


Γ ΠΝ. 
: 
Γ 
| 
. 


AND f(r. Fas) iq. my, MBB, only in 
_ plur. constr. Mix2, a poetic word, seats, 
_ dwellings, habitations, viz. a) Of men 
or of God, as ap37 mind Lam. 2, 2; mix? 
don Vulg. domus iniquitatis Ps. 74, 20. 
opindy mis? 83, 13. Ὁ) Of flocks and 
4 herds, pastures, in which they remain, 
lie down; rest; see the toot MN3. Jer. 
25, 37. Am. 1, 2. “ate mR? pastures 
! of the desert Ps, 65, "13. Jer. 9, 9. al. 
sty min? green pastures Ps. 23, 2. 





ΤῊΣ adj. (for 73832, τ. 982) fem. ΤῚΝ. 

1. becoming, pa a A proper, ©. Ὁ ΡΕ. 
33, 1 MBM MIN? OvIw> praise becometh 
the lipright, i. e. praise to God. 147, 1. 
Prov. 17, 7. 19, 10. 26, 1. 

2. comely, beautiful, Cant. 1, 5. 2, 14. 
4,3. 6, 4 





* DN) i. g. O43, ποτὶ, Gr. μύω, to 
murmur, to mutter, to whisper, to speak 


637 





ὮΝ 


5 

in a low voice; Arab. οἱ id. Spee. of 
the supernatural voice which was sup- 
posed to whisper oracles in the ear of a 
prophet; see 58}. and comp. Ἰ1 δ a p. 
192.—Once of false prophets, Jer. 23, 31 
DN) 2} 25) they muller (false) oracles.— 
Hence 


DS? m. (r. 082, after thé-form 5133) 
effatum, a declaration. revelation, oracle. 
a) Of God ; once in st. absol. Jer, 23,31, 
Very freq. in the phrases: Mim) oN?, 
MINI¥ 77 BN2, (so is) the oracle of Jeho- 
vah, so js it xevealad from Jehovah ; 
usually inserted in the words of the 
prophets themselves, as in Engl. saith 
Jehovah, saith the Lord, Am. 6,8. 14. 9, 
12. 13. al. or else added at the end of a 
sentence Am. 2, 11. 4, 3. 5. 8-11. Is. 3, 
15. 14, 23. So very often in Ezekiel, 
e. g. 5, 11. 12, 25. 13, 16. 14, 11. 14. 16. 
18. 20. 15, 8. 16,8; constantly in Jere- 
miah, e. g. 2, 9. 12. 22. 29. al. in Isaiah 
less frequently, e. g. 3, 15. 14, 22. 23. 
More rarely found at the beginning of a 
sentence, 1 Sam. 2, 30 bis. Is. 1, 24. Ps. 
110,1. On this and similar phrases see 
Kleinert ab. die Echtheit der Jes. Weis- 
sagungen T.I.p. 246. Ὁ) Rarely spok- 
en of men, e, g. Num. 24, 3 5352 ἘΝ) 
the saying (oracle) of Balaam. v. 4, 15. 
16. So of poets, a saying, song, poem, 
2 Sam. 23, 1. Prov. 30, 1. Ps. 36, 2 ἘΝ) 
5Ὸ a song of inhichiodiese, i. e. concern- 
ing “the wicked. Or perh. in such in- 
stances this genit. may be taken pas- 
sively, 6. g. a revelation to Balaam, 
which he received by inspiration. 


ἘΏΝ fat. 4829, and Piet 53), part. 
F822, to commit adultery, spoken both 
of man and woman, absol. Ex. 20, 14. 
Deut. 5, 17. Hos.'4,.2. 13.14. Part. 5x) 
Job 24, 15 and 5829 an adulterer Is. 57, 
3. Ps. 50, 18; fem. MBN) Ez. 16, 38 and 
ΓΕΝΣ an etbepads Prov. 30,20. With 
acc. to commit adultery with a woman, 
Prov. 6, 32. Lev. 20, 10. Jer. 29, 23.. 
Contra, with accus. of the adulterer, trop.. 
Jer. 3. 9 see below.—Like 21 it is often. 
trausferred to the apostasy of Israel 
from the true God to idolatry ; Jer. 3, 8 
dee na0a MEN NWN because fobelk 
lious Israel ‘commits adultery, 5, 7. 9, 
11. 23,14. With acc. Jer. 3, 9 5R3mr 


ΞΔ 


Τππσ τα Ἵ ΝΣ πσΤκὶ and commits adultery 
with stone and wood. Ez. 23, 37. 
Deriv. the two following. 


pra m. plur. adulleries Jer. 13, 27. 
Ez. 23,43. BR. ὯΝ). 


D DANI m. plur. (r. 82) adulteries ; 
Hos. 2, 4 ΠΤ 722 ΠΕΠΕΝΣ.. . ον. 70M let 
her put aivay her orludterite frou be- 
tween her breasts. Here the open bosom 
of an immodest woman stands for the 
seat of lust and unchaste solicitation ; 
as elsewhere the collum resupinum is 
the seat of pride Ps. 73, 6, and the neck 
the seat of strength Job 41, 14. 


“VR? fut. 782", to deride, to despise, 
to reject with derision and contempt, as 
instruction, admonition, c. acc. Jer. 33, 
24. Prov. 1, 30. 5, 12. 15, 5; the divine 
counsel Ps. 107, 11. Often of God as 
rejecting men Deut. 32, 19. Lam. 2, 6; 
absol. Jer. 14, 21 reject not, for thy name’s 
sake! Comp. y3> and 0X2. 

PIEL 7X2, fut. yR22 1. i. q. Kal to 
despise, to contemn, Is. 60, 14; chiefly 
God Ps. 10, 3. 13. 74, 18. Is. 1, 4. 5, 24. 
Num. 14, 23, 16, 30. al. 

2. Causat. to cause contempt, to give 
occasion’ for calumny or blasphemy, 2 
Sam. 12, 14. 

Hipu. fat. 7X23 (by Syriasm for yx2>) 
intrans. to excite disgust, to be spurned ; 
Ecc. 12, 5 3pm yz the almond is 
spurned, rejected, by an old and toothless 
man; comp. 7p no. 2.—Sept. Vulg. 
Syr. to flourish, as iffrom 732, but against 

the context. 
᾿ς -Hrrupo. part. yxta for yxdna Is. 52, 
5, despised, contemned, pr. exposed to 
contempt, one who must put up with 
— contempt. 

Deriv. the two following: 

MEN. f. reproach, reviling, Is. 37, 3. 
2K: 19, 3. ΒΟΥ͂Ν. 

MEN) f. (verbal of Pi. τ. yx2) plur. 
MixN2, reproach, reviling, Neh. 9, 18. 
26; 6. suff. F"MEN2 Ez. 35, 12. 


᾿ PN? onomatopoet. i. q. kindr. P28 
q. v. to groan, to cry out from pain and 
anguish, Ez. 30, 24. Job 24, 12.—Hence 
MPN? f. constr. ΤΡ, a groaning, out- 
cry of the oppressed, Ex. 2, 24. 6, 5. 


Judg. 2,18. Plur. constr. mips? Ez. 80, 
24, 


638 





ΝΞ) 


᾿ “2 in Kal not used; kindr. with 


"IN to curse. Arab. τι mid. Waw 
abhorruit ab aliqua re, refugit, fr ad- 
versatus est, restitit, noluit. 

Piet "83, to abhor, to reject, Lam. 2, 
7. Ps. 89, 40. 


33 (perh. for 723 a height, hill, τὶ 732)" 
Nob, pr. n. of a city belonging: to the 
priests in the vicinity of Jerusalem, 1 


Sam. 22,11. 19. Neh. 11, 32. Is. 10, 32. 


With He parag. M5) (for 723) towards 
Nob, 1 Sam. 21, 2. 22, 9. See Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 149, 150. 


. N23 in Kal not used, pr. i. q. 539 
the 5 being softened into &, fo boil up, 
to boil forth, as a fountain ; hence to pour 


forth words, like those who speak with — 


fervour of mind or under divine inspira- 


Ἐ,» 
tion, as prophets and poets. Arab. (5. 
I, I], indicavit, nunciaviti. q. sé { 


Conj. I, spec. of a prophet who an- 


nounces, reveals, to men the words of — 
It is a wrong etymology to make © 
the primary notion that of extolling, ce- — 


God. 


lebrating. 

NipH. 823, 2 pers. MX2) and once "23 
(like verbs 5) Jer. 26, 9; part. 833, 
plur. 5°83). also 5°82) Jer. 14, 14. 16, 
as if from sing. 832 after the analogy of 
verbs ΠΤ ; which is also followed by the 
infin. 6. κὐδ' PRIN Zech. 13, 4. 


1. to speak under a divine influence, — 


as a prophet, to prophesy, Gr. agoqy-— 
The Hebrews used the passive © 


τε ύω. 


forms Niph. and Hithp. in this verb, θ6- — 


cause they regarded the prophets as 


moved and affected by a higher influ-« 


ence, rather than by their own powers. — 
The same class of notions the Romans — 
also expressed by deponent verbs; see 


Ramshorn De verbis deponentibus La- 
tinor. p. 24; comp. also the Lat. verbs 
of speaking passively expressed, as lo- 
qui, fari, vociferari. concionari, valicinart, 
etc. Ramshorn |. 6. p. 26.—This is the 
usual word for the utterance of the pro- 
phets, whether as reproving the wicked, 
or as predicting future events, or as an- 
nouncing the commands of God. Con- 
strued: 8) Absol. Jer. 23, 21 "MDT ND 
SND) ἘΠῚ cms 7 have not spoken to 
( command ed) them, yet do they prophesy. 


he en ὧν 





——— 








| 


N23 


Am. 3,8 if the lion roars, who doth not 
fear? if Jehovah speaks, 8327 δὰ 5. Ὁ who 
shall not prophesy ? Joel 3,1. Ez. 11, 13. 
37, 7. 1 K. 22, 12. Jer.19,14. 8) With 
the name of the people or country to 
which the prophecy refers, c. > Jer. 14, 
16. 20, 6. 23, 16. 27, 16. 37. 19. With 
by pike’ th’ a hostile sense, of threats, 
Jer. 25, 13. 26,20. Ez. 4. 7. 11, 4. 13, 
17, 25, 2. 29, 2. 34, 2. 35, 2. 39,1; also 
in a good sense where the prophecy 
holds out consolation and hope of future 
good, Ez. 37, 4. With >x in a bad 
sense Jer. 26, 11. 12. 28, 8. Ez. 6, 2. 13, 
2. 16. 21,2; in a good sense Ez. 36, 1. 
37,9. ο) With ace. of that which the 
prophet utters, Jer. 20, 1. 25, 13. 28, 6; 
6. g. "BY N22 Lo prophesy lies Jer. 14, 
14.923, 25. 26. 27, 10. 14; "pd mixdn 5 
Jer. 23, 32; and with 2, as "wa pr. to 
prophesy swith a lie, as a false prophet, 
Jer. 5. 31. 29, 9. The words of the pro- 
phet are often given after 7ax> Jer. 32, 
3, or Wa) Ez. 21, 33. 30,2. ἃ) With 
3 of the source whence the prophet is 
inspired ; hence the prophets of God are 
said to prophesy "7 Da Jer. 11, 21. 14, 
15. 23, 25. 26,9. 27,15. 29,21; and the 
prophets of Baal, 5322 Jer. 2, 8. e) 
With > referring to the object of the 
prophecy (as in lett. c) Jer. 28,9; also 
to the time to which the prophecy re- 
lates Ez. 12, 27. 

2. to chant, to sing sacred songs, lo 
praise God, sc. while under a divine 
influence, 1 Sam. 10, 11. 19, 20. 1 Chr. 
25, 2.3; comp. Luke 1, 67. 

Hirspa. 82:04, also x3:n Jer. 23, 
13. Ez. 27,10; 2 pers. once Mann 1 
Sam. 10, 6, also infin. nian 1 Sam. 
10, 13, both imitating verbs ΡΝ Syr. 


~ £232}, eth. TAP. 


1. i. q. Niph. no. 1, to prophesy. absol. 

_ Num. 11, 25-27. 1 K. 22, 10. Ez. 37,10; 

_ with acc. of thing and 52 of pers. 1 K. 
22, 8.18; >» of pers. Jer. 14, 14. 2 Chr. 
20, 37 5533 xBINM to prophesy by au- 
thority of Baal Jer. 23,13; ΞΘ ‘nm to 
prophesy out of one’s own heart, without 
inspiration, Ez. 13, 17. 

2. to chant, to sing, to praise God, 
while under a divine influence ; spdiien 
of the sons of the prophets and of Saul 
1 Sam. 10, 6. 10. 13, comp. 1 Sam. 19, 


639 





123 


20-24. Of the frantic ravings of the 
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 29; comp. v. ~ 
28.—Hence 

3. to rave, Gr. μαΐνεσϑαι, to be or be- 
come mad, 1 Sam. 18,10. The pro- 
phets, when under the power of inspira- 
tion, appear to have been greatly agi- 
tated and to have exhibited writhings 
aud spasmodic affections of the body 
like delirious persons; hence the true 
prophet in 2 K. 9, 11 is called in scorn 
insane, a madman; and in Jer. 29, 26 
the two ideas are conjoined, δ 32,5 S3U9 
raving and prophesying, spoken of a 
pretended prophet. For a like reason 
the Greeks and Latins apply words con- 
nected with raving, as μάντις from μαΐ- 
vount, furor, furere, to the frenzied man- 
ner of soothsayers, poetic oracles, etc. 

Deriv. 8°33, 78732, 48533, also 139 
no. 1, and its obi Sern 


S22 Chald. Irapa. "2200 to prophery 
Ezra 5, 1. 


i 22 to bore through, to make hollow, 
iq. 5m. Only Part. pass. 3522 hollow 
Ex. 27, 8. 38, 7. Jer. 52, 21. Metaph. 
hollow, empty, foolish, Job 11, 12 where 
see under 335 Niph. 

Deriv. 9323 for 532) gate, pupil of the 
eye. Others refer both forms to r. 343. 


igs obsol. root, prob..i. q. Arab. 
to ye prominent, high. Hence pr. 
n. 23 for ΓΞ 33, minay’, perb. i= no. 2. 
M2) £ see in ΓΤ. >a Niph. no. 4. 


132 Nebo, pr.n. 1. The planet Mer- 
cury, (Syr. and Zab. 2.1.) which the 
Chaldeans (Is. 46, 1) and ancient Arabs 
worshipped as the celestial scribe or 
writer ; see Comm. on Isa. II. p. 344, 
366. The etymology of the name ac- 
cords well with the office of Mercury, 


viz. 132 for 8122 i. g. 8°32 interpreter of 


the gods, from the root N23. The divine 
worship paid to Mercury by the Chal- 
deans and Assyrians is attested by the 
many compound proper names of which 
this name forms part, as Nebuchadnez- 
zar, Nebuzaradan, Nebushazban, see 
below ; and others mentioned in classic 
writers, Nabonedus, Nubonassar, Nabu- 
rianus, Nabonabus, Nabopolassar, etc. 
2. Of places, e.g. a) A mountain 


{23 


in the confines of Moab, Deut. 32, 49. 
34, 1; and of a town near it, Num. 32, 
3. 38. Is. 15,2. al. Prob. not the Jebel 
*Attaris of Burckhardt and others; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 306. b) A 
town in the tribe of Judah, Ezra 2, 29. 
10, 43; more fully, in order to distin- 
guish it from the preceding, ΠΝ 23 
Neh. 7, 33.—Both this and the preced- 
ing place may have been so called from 
the worship of Mercury ; or better, the 
name may here come from r. 733 to be 
high. . 

MSD) f. (τ. 822) a prophecy Neh. 6, 
12. 2 Chr. 15,8. ‘Also of a prophetic 
writing or book, 2 Chr. 9, 29. 


MSD) Chald. id. Ezra 6, 14. 


FINIWTIA2 Chald. pr. n. Nebuzaradan, 
(Mercurii dux dominus, i. e. chief whom 
Mercury favours; from 133, Ἢ i. q.78 
prince, and 73% i. q. 7778 lord; comp. 
Sardanapalus, i. e. princeps dominus 
magnus), a general of Nebuchadnez- 
zar’s army 2 Κι. 25, 8. Jer. 39, 9 sq. 40, 
1. 41, 10. al, 


MENIIDIAD Nebuchadnezzar 2 K. 25, 
92, 2 Chr. 36, 6. 7.10. Ezra 2,1; rarely 
AENIIDIA Nebuchadrezzar Jer. 39, 1. 
11. 43,10. Ez. 29, 18, pr. n. of the king 
of Babylon who destroyed Jerusalem 
and carried the Jews into exile. Other 
less usual forms are: defect. "2837232 
2 K. 24, 1. 10; with & dropped "2332553 
Esth. 2, 6. Dan. 1, 183; also twice 
sizxqt2322 Cheth. Jer. 49, 28. Ezra 
2, 1. ‘Sept. Ναβουχοδονόσορ, but Na- 
βουχοδονόσορος in Beros. ap. Jos. c. 
Ap. 1. 20, 21, NuBoxodgocogos Strabo 
XV. 1. 6; Vulgate Nabuchodonosor ; 


» G «οἱ ite 
-.—The significa- 


Arab. contr. 
tion of the name seems to be: Mercurti 
rex princeps, compounded of 13); khod- 
na or khodan gods, in plur. majest. like 
Pers. KIS; and zar prince; comp. 
the other names beginning with Nebu. 
Lorsbach explains it: ro οἷ pe 
Nebo deorum princeps, Archiv. fir mor- 
genland. Litteratur I. p. 247; Bohlen 
yol fhe oe Nebo deus ignis. See 
Thesaur. p.840. [In the cuneiform in- 
scription at Behistun this name is writ- 


640 





3 


ten Nabukhadrachara ; Rawlinson in 
Journ. of Asiat. Soc. Vol. X. P. I. pp. 
v. xxxix.—R. | Mh 

JAW) Nebushazban (comp. of 139 
and Pers. cy ne chespan, adherent of 
Mercury,) pr. n. of a chief of Nebuchad- 
nezzar’s eunuchs, Jer. 39, 13. 


mia) (fruit, produce, τ. 335) Naboth, 


pr. n. of a Jezreelite put to death by 
the arts of Ahab, 1K. 21, 1sq. 2K. 9, 
21. 23. 26. 

Mata) Chald. f. a gift, present, lar- 
gess; Dan. 2, 6 M2133 Ne gifls and 
largess, Theod. dopata καὶ δωρεάν, 
Vulg. premia et dona, Syr. and Heb, 
intpp. ‘gifts and riches.’ Plur.. 6. suff. 
Dan. 5, 17 FAIaTI..  FDWD My gifts 
....and thy largesses.—There can be 
little doubt, but that the ancient intpp. 
have rightly referred this word to the 
root 112, Chald. Pilp. 1212 to make great 
expense, to squander, see in 133 p. 121; 
hence pr. expense, largess, in horiour of 
any one. For the Nun formative, comp. 
Wan ig. 7272; dima and Pomudo; 
and for the omission of the second τ in 
the last syllable, comp. "U8 chain for 
TN 5 m3353, Τολγοϑᾶ, Arab. ἅπας, 


Syr. [Daag dng 5 ἘΠΣῚΣ for ONSIF, etc.— 
There is then no- need of appealing to 
the Persian; much less to the Greek 
γόμισμα. 

*Ta2 to bark, as a dog, onomato- 
poetic, once Is. 56, 10. Arab. 2.5; 


Syr. .w23, id. The primary syllable is 
ma, which (like 72, p>) expresses the 
idea of striking, pulsation ; comp. 559, 
363. So Sanser. bukh, Engl. to bark.— 
Hence < 
M22 (a barking, τ. 22) Nobah, pr. n. 
of a man Num. 32, 42; from whom the 


city Kenath (T2p) also received the — 


same name, Judg. 8,11. See m=}. 


71132 Nibhaz, pr. n. of an idol of the 
Avites 2 K.17, 31, to which the Hebrew 
interpreters have chosen to assign the 
ficure of a dog, prob. deriving it by 
conjecture from r. 2) to bark. although 


there are no traces of any idol with this © 


figure anciently worshipped in Syria ; 
see Iken Dissert. de idvlo Nibchas. in 





= a 


ᾷ 





PS 


Ὁ ee Oe ee ee ΗΝ τ... 
Ta — " 





03) 


his Dissertations, Bremen 1743, p. 143 
sq.—In the Zabian books 8.2.2 (i. e. 1833) 


is the name of an evil demon, who sits 
on a throne upon the earth, while his 
feet rest on the bottom of Tartarus; 
but it is doubtful whether this is the 
same name with 1922; see Norberg 
Onomast. Cod. Nasar. p. 100. 


*Da2 in Kal not used, and not 
known in its Heb. signif. in the kin- 
dred dialects. 

Pie. ©22 to look, once c. > to look 
upon, Is. 5, 30. 

Hips. ΡΞ to look, to behold, to look 
at. It differs from M8" to see, as 925 to 
speak from “28 to say. 1 Sam. 17, 42 
and the Philistine looked (2355), and 
saw (A897) David. Lam. 5,1 ΠΏ ΞΠ 
WASWINAN HX look now, and see our 
reproach. ny: 22. Ps. 22, 18. Is. 42, 18; 
contra, Lan 1, 11 Fost) 93 AN. 
Rarely it is so used as not to differ 
from 484; as Num. 23, 21 738 273m ND, 
ΡΣ, mn mY xb. 1 Sam. 2, 32,— 
Construed : α) Absol. Is. 42,18 Ἰ25.3Π 
Mint? look, that ye may see. 63, 5 372% 
“3 eS: I looked (about), but there was 
lis Reiper. Is.18,4. β) With acc. some- 
times with 5 local appended, to look at, 
to look towards ; Job 3&5 a5 van 
AN look unto the heavens and see! Ps. 
142, 5. Gen. 15, 5 ΠΛ ΟἘΓῚ x272an look 
now towards the heavens. 7) With 3, 
to look upon with pleasure Ps. 92, 12, 
comp. 2 Β. 4. ἃ. δὴ) With 5x Ex. A 
6. Num. 21, 9; > Ps. 104, 32; b3 of the 


place ἈΞΊΩΣΙΝ or on which one looks 


Hab. 2,15. ε) With 12 of the place 
whence one looks Ps. 33, 13. 80, 15. Is. 
63, 15. ¢) With "ms to look after 
any one departing, to follow with the 


eyes, Ex. 33,8; but πὶ to look be- 


hind oneself. i. 6. to look back, 1 Sam. 
1, , Gen. 
19, 26 InN insix 2am "waa his 
(Lot's wife looked ‘from behind him ; 
Vulg. Well, post se. She was directed 
to follow her husband and not to look 
back, and ought therefore to have look- 
ed ever forwards and kept her eyes 
upon her husband; so that ON is 
here equivalent to προσ ΠΝ, 
Trop. a) lo look upon, i.e. to re- 
gard, to have respect to, to care for a 
54* 


641 





"a2 


person or thing, 6. ace. 6. g. God for 
men Ps. 84, 10. Lam. 4, 16; for a peo- 
ple Is. 64, 8; sacrifices Am. 5, 22; a 
man for laws Ps. 119,15. With 5x id. ἡ 
1 Sam. 16, 7, 2 K. 3, 14. Is. 66, 2. Ps. 
119, 6; > Ps. 74, 20; absol. Ps. 13, 4. 
b) to look to any one sc. with hope, to 
hope in, c. >& Ps. 34, 6. Is. 22. 11. 51, 
l. 2; abeol: Job 6,19. 6) to look upon 
ith indifference, q. d. to suffer patient- 
ly, e. g. wickedness, 6. acc. Hab. 1, 3. 13 
bis. Absol. Is. 18, 4.—But, contra, in 
Ps. 10, 14 to look upon iniquity is to not 
overlook it, i. e. to punish it. 
Deriv. 027, also 


023 Nebat, pr. ἢ. of the father oF 
Jeroboam, 1K. 11/26. 12, 2. 15. al. 

8722 m. (τ. 823) c. suff. 4732; plur. 
B°R7532, constr. "8932; a prophet, vates, 
one wha impelled βὰς a divine influence © 
or by the divine Spirit rebukes kings 
and nations, and predicts future events. 
Arab. — for pr} Syr. 23, Eth. 
20.4, id—Deut. 13, 2. Judg. 6, 8. 1 
Sam. 9, 9. 1K. 22,7. 2 Καὶ. 3, 11. 2 Chr. 
28, 9. al. sep. Found often with a ge- 
nitive: α) Of the divinity in whose 
name the prophet speaks, as "7 "X72: 
1 K. 18, 4. 13. al. seep. bran 3 i K. 
18, 19. 40. 2K. 10,19; A Gan ee 
18,19. In Sing. often c. dat. as mind 5 
1 K.18, 22. 22, 7. 2K. 3,11. al. sep. 
β) Of the people and country where 
the prophet belongs, e. g. a prophet of 
Jerusalem, of Samaria, Jer. 23, 13. 14 ; 
of Israel Ez. 13,2; your prophets Jer. 
27, 9.16. 29,8. al. y) Of the king un- 
der whom a (false) prophet lived, 2 K. 
3, 13.—Num. 12, ὁ Hin? C3N732 NAT ON 
if your prophet (i. δ. ἃ prophet among 
you) be of Jehovah, spoken to Aaron 
and Miriam; Vulg. ei quis vestrum fue- 
rit propheta Domini.—Sing. as collect. 
prophets Dan. 9, 24. So some under- 
stand also Deut. 18,15. 18; which pas- 
sage however is referred to the Messiah 
in Acts 3, 22. 7, 37. 

With the idea of a prophet there 
was also primarily connected the idea 
that he spoke not his own thoughts. but 
what he received from God. (comp. Philo 
T.IV. p. 116 ed. Pfeiff. προφήτης γὰρ ἴδιον 


μὲν οὐδὲν ἀποφϑέγγεται, ἀλλότρια δὲ πάν- 


a2 


ta ὑπηχοῦντος ἑτέρου. 2 Pet. 1, 20. 21,) 
and that he was the ambassador and 
interpreter of God; as is evident from 
the passage, in this respect classic, Ex. 
7, 1, where God says to Moses: ΠΏ) 
73 Sot amy pia) ringed obs 
I make thee as God to Pharaoh, and 
Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet, 
i. 6. in your intercourse with Pharaoh, 
thou, as the wiser, shall act as it were 
. the part of God, pial suggest to thy bro- 
ther what to say ; while thy brother, as 
more fluent. of speech. shall be to thee 
as ἃ prophet, and utter what he receives 
from thee. In the same sense it is said 
Ex. 4,16 ΠΕΡ 42 ΤΠ NA he shall be to 
thee for a-mouth, comp. Jer. 15,19. Those 
who were educated for the prophetic of- 
_ fice were called ΠΝ ἌΣ "22 the sons of 
the prophets, i.e. disciples, pupils, 1 K. 20, 
35. 5.1 2,3: 5. 7. 15. 4, 1. δύ. δ᾽ 1. 
9,1. Comp. Pers. ‘the sons i.e. disciples of 


the Magi.—There were also frequently | 
among the Israelites false prophets, who | 


pretending to have inspiration from God 
flattered the ears of the people with 
bland promises, and were therefore se- 
verely rebuked by the true prophets, e.g. 
Is. 28, 7-13. Jer. 14, 13 sq. 27, 9: sq. 28, 10. 
sq. For these too is often put 8°22 sim- 
ply Hos. 4, 5. 9,7. 8. Zech. 13,2 comp. 
v. 3.4.-The idea of a prophet is also 
frequently taken in a wider sehse, so as 
to include any friend of God to whom 
God makes known his will; so of Abra- 
ham Gen, 20,7; of the patriarchs Ps. 
105, 15. 

8°22 Chald. a prophet, Ezra 5, 1. 6,14. 


ΓΝ 22 ( (τ. 822) 1. a prophetess, 
Jadg. 4, 4. 2K. 22,14. 2Chr. 84, 22. 
Neh. 6,14. So of a poeless, female min- 
_ strel, 6. g. Miriam Ex. 15, 20; who was 

not in the strict sense a prophetess, see 
Num. 12, 1-6. ; 

2. a prophet’s wife, Is. 8,3. So Lat. 
episcopa, presbylera, are used for the 
wife of'a bishop or presbyter. 

PNA (heights, r. 432) Nebaioth, 
pr.n. a) The eldest son of Ishmael, 
the brother. of Kedar; Gen. 25, 13. 28, 
‘9. 36, 3. 1Chr. 1, 29. Ὁ) A people, 
Nabathei, Nabatheans, descended from 
Nebaioth the son of’ Ishmael, inhabiting 
northern Arabia and Arabia Petrea, 


642 





$3) 


abounding in flocks, Is. 60,7; and living 
otherwise by trafic and plunder, Diod. 
Sic. 2. 48. re 3. 42. ib. 19. 94.—Arab. 


3 and bass, where the comes 


from the Mm servile of the Hebrew. See 
Reland Palestina p. 90sq. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. LI. p. 558, 573. 


* 722 obsol. root, i. q. 922 and 


Chald. 523, to spring, to gush forth asa 
fountain. ΡΟΝ 


32, once in plur. Job 38, 16 or"3 33 
the springs of the sea. Sept. πηγὴ ϑα. 
λάσσης. 


. 22) Is. 40,7, fut. 554, inf. constr. 533 . 

1. to wilt, to wither, to fade and 
fall away ; kindr, with mba, >=8, alse 
>). Spoken of leaves and flowers wi- 
thering and falling, Ps. 1,3. 37, 2. Is. 1, 
30. 28,1. 40, 7. 8. Ez. 47,12. Poet. of 
the stars, Is. 34,4 and_all their hosts 
shall fall, as the leaves fall from the vine. 

2. Trop. of men, to wither, to faint, to 
fall away, Ps. 37, 2. 18, 46. Ex. 18, 18. 
Of a land Is. 24,4; of a mountain Job 
14, 18 din" ΒΕ Ἴ5ποππ the mountain which 
falleth, faileth, comes to nought, cannot 
rise again, likg one dead. Comp. the 
deriv. %222 corpse, carcass. 

3. to be foolish, to act foolishly, wicked- 
ly. Prov. 30, 32; see >22. The idea of 
withering and decay is here transferred 
to folly and wickedness, as elsewhere 
that of strength and vigour to Hie 


= piety; comp. Arab. oils ας 
dels, all which have the κι “οὶ 


οἵ flaccidity and imbecility, transferred 
also to dulness, stupidity. 

ῬΙΕΙ, 535, to lightly esteem, to despise, 
Deut. 32, 15. Mic. 7,6. Comp. Arab, 
(S4> stultus fuit ; VII, vilis, abjectus 
fuit. : 

2. to disgrace, to treat with bimely, 
Nah. 3,6. Jer. 14,21 477132 8© a7 ΝΣ 
do not diserace the throne of thy y ‘glory. 
Comp. mibay. 

Hipu. see in }>3 Hiph. p. 136. 

Derive the six here following. 


ba adj. fem. mdz). 1. stupid, foolish 
Prov. 17, 7. 21. Jer. 17. 11. al 










daa 


2. As among the Hebrews the idea 
of wisdom included also virtue and piety 
(see i in DIM, 77235), so a foolish person 


_ is often put to express the idea of one 


wicked, abandoned, impious, (comp. 
ΤΠ 1Sam. 25, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 33. 
3, 13. Job 30, 8. τὸ 32, 5. 6. al. Spee! 
impious, enpodly, Job 2,10. Ps. 14, 
1.° 53, 2 andy ὮΝ faba 55) "ὮΝ 
the ungodly hath said in his "heart, 
There is no God. 39, 9. 74, 18. 22. 
3. Nabal, pr. n. m. ὶ Sain. 25, 8 sq. 


222 and 239 τη. (τ. 32) plur. p7>=2, 
constr. "232, 6. suff. om7522 Jer. 48, 12, 

l. a bottle, i. e. a skin, leathern mack. so 
called perh. from its flaccidity, see the 
root 532; Sept. twice ἀσκός 1 Sam. 10, 
3. Jer. 13,12. Used for wine 1 Sam. 
1,24. 10, 3.25, 18. 2 Sam. 16, 1. Poet. Job 
38, 37 the bottles of heaven, for the clouds, 
a metaphor common among the Arabs. 

2. As bottles of skin were used for 
water, milk, wine, hence 532 is trop. put 


_ for any vessel for liquids, of whatever 


a ω.,. 


ὌΝΟΝ = 


_ material, 6. g. genr.a vessel, pitcher, flask, 
_ water-pot, etc. 


Is. 30, 14 p77 82) a 


potter’s vessel. Lam. 4, 2 wan 53) 


_ earthen vessels, comp. Jer. 13, 12. 48, 12. 


More fully pba "2D uiensils of bottles 
Is. 22, 24, opp. τσ τ bp basins. 

Sa Agsinatrement of maic.. Greek 
γνάβλα (8232), γαύλα, Lat. nablium, a 
species of harp, or lyre ; see Strabo X. 
p- 471 Casaub. Athen. IV. p. 175 Ca- 
saub. Ovid. A. A. 3.327. Often joined 
with the 722, Ps. 57,9. 81,3. 92, 4. 


108, 3. Is. 5,12. Am. 5, 23. 6,5; pleon, 


| 432. 753- Ps..71, 22, plut. pb "29 


‘Cie — 





1 Chr. 16, i osphus describes this 


; instrument, Ant. 7. 12. 3, as having 


twelve strings, and as played with the 


- fingers and not with a plectrum; but 


the Hebrew words “i> 53) Ps. 33, 2. 


144, 9, would seem to indicate an instru- 


ment with /en strings. Jerome says its 
figure was triangular, resembling an in- 
verted Delta, 7, which also was the form 
of the sambuca or harp, Vitruv. 6.1; and 
harps of this form are often found upon 
Egyptian monuments; see Wilkinson 
Mann. and Cust. of the anc. Egyptians 
II. pp. 280, 282, 287. 


M23) f(r. 859} 1. Adj. fem. foolish, 
Job 2. 10. 


643 





5)... 


2. Subst. folly, with the notion of im- 
probity, wickedness, see in 532 no. 2; 
Is. 32,6. 1 Sam. 25, 25. Hence 8) 
a shameful deed, crime, as rape, incest, 
Judg. 19, 23. 24, 2 Sam. 13,12. The 
agua μον ας ὉΝ 3 [1532 nw Gen. 
34,7. Deut. 22, 21. Jude. 20, ‘10. Jer. 29, 
23; more fally ἘΝ ΌΣΞ mba met ΠΏΣ, 
Judg. 20,6. Ὁ) Meton. punishment of 
folly and wickedness, comp. 932 ; hence 
by m2) Nw? pr. to do punishment with 
any one, i.e. to inflict upon him the 
punishment of his folly, Job 42,8; comp. 
D2 ION ΓΙῺΣ in art. ION. 


mbo3 f. (τ. 23) constr. 533, c. suff. 
smb Is. 26, 19, elsewhere amb, ind3) ; 
a corpse, carcass, (see r. 532 no. 2, comp. 
mp7 from r. >552,) e. g. ofan Deut! 21, 
23. 1 K. 13, 24 sq. Ps. 79, 2; of bédiité, 
Lev. 5, 2. 7, 24. Deut. 14, 21. al. Trop. 
of idols as broken, Jer. 16, 18; comp. 
"32 Lev. 26, 30. Collect. for carcasses, 
corpses, Jer..7, 23. 16,4. 19, 7. Is. 50) 19; 


of beasts, Lev. 11,11. 24.—Arab. xls 
id. 


MAPA? £ disgrace, shame ; hence parts 
of shame, Hos. 2,12 [9]. See the root 
53) Pi. no. 2, and Chald. 5922 obscene- 
ness. 


v3) (perh. for 2> 532) Neballat, pr 
n. of a town in the tribe of Benjamin, 
Neh. 11, 34. 


* 929 to boil forth, to gush out, to flow, 
as a fountain. Part. Prov. 18, 4. 933 5112 


a gushing stream.—Syr. 23, Arab. 
ΩΣ and δ id. The primitive syllable 
is 3, a), imitating like Pa the sound 
or murmur of boiling, bubbling; 
saa, mp2. 

Hien. 3°25, fut. 2°29 1. to gush out 
with, to pour forth copiously, e. g. praise 
to God Ps. 119, 171. Prov. 1, 23 mz7ax 
oman ἘΞ5 J will pour out upon you my 
spirtt. Espec. words, 15, 2.28 979307 73 
risa D727 the mouth of the wicked belch- 
eth out wickedness. Hence absol. to 
belch out wicked words. Ps. 89. 8, 94. 4. 

2. to give out. to erhale ; Ecc. 10,1 
dead flies 9°27 O-°837 cause the vintment 
to stink, to give out a bad smeil. 

3. to uller, to publish, to declare. Ps, 


comp. 


"ale 


19, 3. 78, 2. 145, 7. Comp. 823 which 
hes sprung sim. this root, > being soft- 
ened ἰπίο δὲ ; also 902.—Syr. 2) Aph. 
vulgavit, Arab. a3 id. 

Deriv. 3532. é& 


22 Chald. f. emph. a candlestick, 


candelabra, Dan. 5,5. Arab. lps, 
Syr. ἴδω:ωξ οὖ, Rabb. nvy32, id. 


quadrilit. formed apparently from "323 
ji. q. 292 to shine, and tx fire. 


12 (light soil, r. 7 32) Nibshan, pr. 
n. of a town in the desert of the tribe of 
Judah, Josh. 15, 62. 


* 243 obsol. root, Syr. Chald. and 
Sam. 10 be dry, to be dried up. Hence 


Itisa 


332 m. in pause also 333, the south, 
the southern quarter, so called from its 
dryness ; Ex. 27, 9. Is: 21, 1. Ps. 126, 4. 
al. 252 5138 the southern border. Both: 
15, 4. 18, 19; 32) ἜΣΘ the southern gale 
Ez. 46, 9. ete. With genit. MIAN 333 
the boul of Judah, southerr: part, 2 Sam. 
24,7. 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30, 14; in accus. 
south ὃ ,as DLAI 2. south of Jerusa- 
lem Zech. 14, 10. Josh. 11,2. So 72s 
3227 a south land Josh. 15, 19; spec. 
the south of Palestine Gen. 20, 1. 24, 
62. Num. 13,29. Also =22% id. Gen. 13, 
1. Num. 21,1. Deut. 34, 3; and 332 1 
Sam. 30, 1. 2325 "52 the cilies of the 
south of Palestine, Jer. 32, 44. 33, 13. 
Obad. 20. Poet. 332 and 3337 the south 
put for Egypt Is. 30, 6. Dan. 11, 5-40. 
With 7 parag. 733) southward Gen, 13, 
14. 28,14. Ex. 40, 24. al. and so with 
2. as WI 12 M532 southward from the 
hill Josh. 18, 14. “With prefixes: 73333 
in the southnord region Josh 15, 21; 

3222 1 Chr. 26, 17. 


ἘΠ23 in Kal not used. pr. to be in 
front (7952, 322), to be in sight ; 


to be clear, manifest. Arab. os to be 


8 
clear, manifest, pr. to be in sight; ae 
high land, conspicuous; Syr. rd to go 
in front. to be a leader. Comp. in 772. 

Hiew. 3°89 pr. fo bring to light ; so 
Job 21. 31 S203 ὙὉ25 by 37 79 who 
shall bring to light his way to his face? 
i e. the life and ways of the prosperous 


Gad 


hence. 





“2. 


wicked man, so as to reprove them.— 
Hence 

1. fo show, to exhibit before any one, 
with two acc. Ez. 43, 10 ΛΞ ΤΟΝ an 
mian-my Snes show this house to the 
house of Israel. Also to show openly, 
pre se ferre, Is. 3, 9. 

2. Freq. to shone, to declare, to tell, to 
announce, Sept. ἀναγγέλλω, ἀπαγγέλλω. 
That which is made known is put: 8) 
In the acc. Gen. 32, 30 720 RENTER 
tell, I pray thee, thy name. Esth. 2, 10. 
20. Job 26,4. Ὁ) With 53, to tell of 
any thing: 1 Sam. 27, 11. Esth. 6, 2. 
Job 36, 33 is ὙΌΣ 3735 his noise (thun- 


der) showeth concerning him sc. God, — 


and then follows: diz b3 58 ΠΕΡ yea 
to the herds concerning him who goeth up 
on high, i. e. the thunder proclaims God 
even to the herds as he ascends in the 
tempest. ὁ) With ΠΝ and its clause ; 


1 Sam. 25, 14 iaxd SMR SI ὙΠ a: 


young man told, saying. 2 Sam. 15, 31. 
Lev. 14, 35; ΜῈ with ΘΝ dhat Esth, 
3,4; "5 that Gen. 3, 11. 31, 20. 1 Sam. 
10, 16, 2 Sam. 7,11; 5 whether Gen. 
24, 23. 43,6; m2 ‘hee Judg. 16, 6. Mic. 


6, 8; FES where Gen. 37, 16. d) 
Where a thing before spiked of is im- — 
plied and would be expressed by the — 


pron. if, or the like, this is omitted ; 
comp. in "28 no. 1, and so after Engl. 


he told. Gen. 9, 22 sy ΞΡ Aas and — 
he told his two brethren. 14, 13. 24, 49. 3 
1 Sam. 14, 1. 2 Sam. 17, 17. 2K. 4, 97. 
Job 1,15 sq. Different are: Job 38, 4 
ΓΞ net ἘΝ 55, where 7:3 is pr. ihe Ι 
object of the first vert, ᾳ. ἃ. ἘΝ 7273 7B 


ms37; and Job 42, 3 13Ν by "HIB, 


ig. PAN ND τὸς MEA 7 ‘have βιὰ 
what I understood nol.—The person to | 


whom any thing is told, is put often with 


>, and then the verb is mostly construed — 
with the ace. of thing and dat. of pers. — 


Judg. 13, 6 "Ὁ 775 ND iDe-re he told 
me not life name. 14, 6. Gen. 41, 25. 1 
Sam. 9, 8. Is. 21, 10. Mic. 3, 8. Job 33, 
23. al. More rarely with double ace. 
of pers. and thing, as in no. 1; Job 31, 
37 SEEN VISE “HO the number of may 
steps will I declare unto him se. God. i. e. 
tell him all my steps. Job 36,33 see above 
in lett. τὰ on acc, of pers. 2 Sam, 15, 
31 “ond Team 394 and one told David, 
saying. But in Job 26. 4 "O-PS is not 














TA 


_ towhom, but with or by whom ? by whose 
_ spirit, etc.—Sometimes 3 of place where 
is added Jer. 5,20. 1 Sam. 4, 13. 2 Sam. 
1,10. Mic. 1, 10.—Parr. 732 ἃ messen- 
ger 2 Sam. 15, 13. Jer. 4, 15. 51, 31. 
Spec. aa) to denounce, to inform 
against, to betray ; with acc. of pers. 
Jer. 20, 10 3597321 95753 denounce and 
we sill denounce him, i. e. we will ac- 
cuse him, inform against him. With 
ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Job 17, 5 
been han phd who betrayeth friendé 
to the spoil, i. 6. spoilers, see in ΘΠ no. 
2. With acc. of thing fo betray a mat- 
ter, Josh. 2, 14. 20. Ecc. 10, 20; ace. 
impl. Prov. 29, 24. bb) Of a prophet, 
to show, i.e. to foretell future events, 
found chiefly in the latter part of Isai- 
ah, Is; 41, 22. 23. 26. 42, 9. 43, 9. 44, 7. 
8. al. comp. Is. 19, 12. Hos. 4, 12. Dan. 
11,2. cc) to tell a riddle, i. q. to solve, 
Judg. 14, 12. 13. 14.19. 1 K.10,3. Also 
of a dream, i. q. to interpret, Gen. 41, 34. 
Dan. 2, 2. dd) to declare one’s sins, 
i. q. to confess, Ps. 38, 19; comp. Ps. 
142, 3. Is. 3,9 in no.1. ee) Emphat. 
to declare, i. q. to proclaim, to praise ; 
with acc. of thing, Ps. 9, 12. 19, 2. 22, 
82. 51, 17. Is. 42, 12. 57, 12. al. sep. 
_ Acc. impl. Ps. 40, 6. 75, 10. 
_ Horn, 754, ‘ed 339, inf. absol. 355 
Josh. 9,24. Ruth 2, 11, pass. of Hiph. 
; ‘no. 2, to be shown, to be told, c. dat. Gen. 
22, 20. 27, 42. Is. 7, 2. 21, 2. al. sep. 
ἢ Deriv. "32, 732. 


“122 Chald. to Μέω Dan. 7, 10. 


_ ‘332 m. (τ. 722) in pause also 732, 6. 
3 suff. "722, F722, 522; with Π parag. 
ΤΗΣ) Ps. 116, 14; pr. abet: the front, the 
front part, next to the spectator. Used 
in the accus as a Preposition. 

A) Simply. 1. before, in the presence 
of, in the gight of, i. ἡ. 28>, as ~>D 722 
ΠῺΣ before all thy people Ex. 34,105 759 
min® before Jehovah 1 Sam. 12, 3; 332 
savn before the sun, i.e. so ieee as the 
sun is above the horizon, Num. 95. 4 
(comp. Savy "20> Ps. 72,17). Am. 4, 3 
and ye shall go forth m1 TeX each one 
before herself, each her own way, comp. 
Josh. 6, 5. 20. and 1728> wx Jer. 49, δ. 
And as things which are before us and 
afford us delight become the objects of 
our regard and care, hence Is. 49, 16 





645 





“22 

thy walls are continually'"732 before me 
are objects of my constant regard and 
care. Ps. 38, 10; 0g. "Δ "3p Ps. 19, 
15. Gen. 10, 9. 

2. in ifront of, over against ; Ex. 19,2 
“IT 322 over against the anteneain. Jou, 
3; 16. 6, 5. 20. And as things to be 
compared are set over against each 
other, hence Is. 40,17 all nations are 
as nothing 1333 over against him, in com 
parison with him ; comp. 7333. 

B) With Prapodieicns Ἕ 3322 pr. 
as over against ; and as things ‘to be 
compared are set over against each 
other (Is. 40, 17), i. e. things corre- 
sponding to or like each other. counter- 


’ parts, hence Gen. 2, 18 7 will make for 


him (man) a helper 17322 corresponding 
lo him, his counterpart. v. 20. Sept. 
well in v. 18 κατ αὐτόν, v. 20 ὅμοιος αὐ- 
τῷ, comp. 1322 Neh. 12,9 By the Rab- 
bins 7332 is often used of things corre- 
sponding to one another; see Lud. de 
Dieu ad. ἢ. 1. Comp. Pers. sal e re- 
gione, similis, conveniens. 

2. 32>, c. suff. "9323, IRI, etc. 8) 
before. in the presence ‘oft. 4: 732 no. 1. 
2 K. 1, 13. Hab. 1, 3; ‘p-y"D 32 2 
Sam. 22,25. Job 4, 16. b) over against 
Josh. 5, 13. 1 Chr.5,11. Hence against, 
conira, in a hostile sense, Dan. 10, 13. 
Pregn. Neh. 3, 37 [4,5] for they have 
provoked God to anger ἘΠΩΞΙΙ 752> set- 
ting themselves against the builders. c) 
like, instar, (comp. 733>,) Neh. 12, 9 
= nab OM GN their brethren: like: them: 
selves. d) for, over, i. e. before ; Neh. 
11, 22 the prefect of the Levites.... for 
or over (1332) the service of the hie of 
God. 

3. 132 a) pr. from before, i. 6. away 
from before, e. g. after verbs of remov- 
ing, Is. 1,16 put away your evil doings 
"292 1322 from before mine eyes. Jon. 2, 
5; (also with a noun of remoteness Ps, 
10,5;) of averting Cant. 6,5; of cast- 
ing away Judg. 9,17; of hiding Jer. 16, 
17. Am. 9.3; of departing Prov. 14, 7 
(> 13372), etc. So > 73:0 Judg. 20, 34. 
—The construction in Jude. 9, 17 is un- 
usual: he cast his life away ἵν for 
the fuller 7532) from him, or as we 
might say, he cast it off instead of from 
him ; comp. below 2 Sam. 18, 13. 

b) from over against, ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου, 


“22 


Adv. 2 Κα. 3,15 and the sons of the pro- 
phets at Jericho saw him 1332 from over 
againsl, i. e. from the opposite side. 
Deut. 32, 52. Then also over against, 
opposite, since a place at some distance 
may be regarded as likewise looking to- 
wards us from that distance; see ΤΊ 
in 72 no. 3.i.k. Lat. 6 regione, ex adverso, 
Gr. ἐξ ἐναντίας. 2 K. 3, 22 and the Mo- 
abites saw 73272 over against them water 
red like blood.—And as whatever is over 

against, is necessarily at a certain dis- 
tance, hence 1332 takes also the sense, 
at a distance, afar off; so Gen. 21, 
16 and she went and sat down 5320 
prin far over against (afar off), about 
a bow-shot ; Sept. μακρόϑεν. 2K. 2,7. 
4, 25 and ἀϑήνῃ the man of God saw 
her ΔΙ Ὁ afar οὔ. Num. 2, 2.—With 
genit. as Prep. over against any place or 
thing ; Neh. 3, 19. 25. 27. 1 Sam. 26, 20 
Mim? 2H 1322 over against the face of 
Jehovah, i.e. before his face. Ps. 38, 12 
my friends stand 9343 3339 over heoksnt 
my plague, i.e. aloof trom me, as above ; 
parall. pina. Deut. 28, 66 and thy life 
shall hang in doubt 733 ‘> before thee, 
pr. to thee over against. 

c) Ina hostile sense, over against, op- 
posite, on the enemy’s side, Ob. 11. 2 
Sam. 18,13. Comp. ὃ ἐξ ἐναντίας, Tit. 
2, 8. 

“32 Chald. prep. over against, oppo- 
site ; Dan. 6,11 over against Jerusalem, 
i. 6. in a direction towards Jerusalem, so 
that Jerusalem was over against him. - 


dj rq fut. m3", to shine, to give light, 
Job 18, 5. 22, 28. Is. 9, 1.—Syr. id. 

Hiru. 1. to cause to shine, 6. g. one’s 
light, Is. 13, 10. 

2. to enlighten, to illuminate, Ps. 18, 
29. 2 Sam. 22, 29. 

Deriv. the three following. 


a2 f. Hab. 3,4, c. suff. oma: 1.α 
shining, bran htnban: e.g. of fire Is. A, 5. 
Ez. 1, 4; of the light Is. 50, 10. Am. 5, 
20; of the sun 2 Sam. 23, 4, and of the 
rising sun Prov. 4, 18; of the moon Is. 
60, 19; of the stars Joel 2, 10; of a 
sword Hab. 3, 11; also the light and 
glory by which God is surrounded (7132 
min) Ez. 10, 4. Hab. 3,4. Ps. 18, 13. 
᾿ς Ὁ Nogah, pr. ἢ. of a son of David, 
1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6. 


646 





"22 

ΓΙᾺΞ Chald. emphat. NIA, the morn- 
ing light, dawn, day-break, Dan. 6, 20. 
So Targ. Esth. 10, 3. Is. 14,12. Syr. 
Cond ja, the earliest dawn. 

M32 £. brightness, splendour, plur. 
Is. 59,9. R. 22. 
* TA) fat. ms to thrust or push with 


the horns, spoken of horned animals, 
Ex. 2], 28. 31. 32.—This is one of the 


onomatopoetic roots. The idea of strik-, 


ing, pushing, thrusting, lies both in the 
syllable 53, 33, comp. 543, *)32, 332, 223, 
M23, and also in the other which nds 
ἴῃ Τί, comp. ΓΞ) to bark, pr. to strike, 
(see M22 and 353.) ΠῚ) and 5 to 
push with the horns. 

Pre id. Ez. 34, 21. Dan. 8, 4.—Trop. 
of a conqueror prostrating nations be- 
fore him Deut. 33,17. 1 K. 22, 11. Ps. 
44,6. Comp. Dan. 8, 7 sq. 

Hirupa. to push at, i. e. to wage war 
with any one, Dan. 11, 40. Comp. 
Chald. x25p ms c. ὮΣ to wage war 


with. Arab. 3 Conj. ITI, id —Hence 


M32] m. adj. apt to push with the 
horns, Ex. 21, 29. 36. 

“M32 m. (Ὁ. 732) constr. 7932, 732 1 Chr. 
9, 11. Neh. 11, 11; plur. 0°732, constr. 
"3°32; pr. the foremost henve α leader, 
prefect, prince, etc. See the rvot, and 
comp. Syr. ro preivit Ephr. I. 114, 
also Germ. First i. q. cy Jirst. Chald. 


saz, ‘Tia2, id. Arab. dus prince, also 


uit ae to be 


brave, valiant, 
‘Spoken 


brave, magnanimous, noble. 


Ἑ, of any prefect, overseer, 6. 5. of the - 


treasury 1 Chr. 26, 24. 2 Chr. 31, 125 
of the temple 1 Chr. 9, 11. 2 Chr. 31, 
13; of the priests 1 Chr. 12, 27; of the 
nained 2 Chr. 28, 7; of military affairs, 
a leader, chief, 1 Chr. 13, 1. 27,4. 2Chr. 
32, 21. 


2. Absol. prince of a people, ἃ genibred 


Β»» 





ee 


ΡΞ 





word comprehending also the royal dig- — 


nity, 1 Sam. 9, 16. 10,1. 13,14. 2 Sam. 
6, 21. 7, 8. 1 K. 1, 35. 14,7. al. 


π 


4932 the anointed prince i. 8. Messiah, Ἶ 


Dan. 9, 25. mena ‘732 the prince of — 
the covenant, i.e. confederate, Dan. 11 © 
22, Plur. princes, Job 29, 10. Ps. 76, 12 


—Hence 





“43 647 


᾿ 8. noble, honourable, in general ; Plur. 
neutr. nobilia, noble, things, Prov. 8, 6. 


Comp. the Arabic usage above. 


M392 f. (τ. 1322) constr. 72°33; plur. 
22). 

1. music of stringed instruments, Lam. 
5, 14. Is. 38, 20. 

2. a stringed instrument, in the titles 
of the Psalms, Pss. 4. 6. 54. 55. 61. 67. 76. 
Hab. 3, 19. 

3. a song, psaln, to be sung with the 
accompaniment of stringed instruments, 
Ps. 77,7. Spec. a song of derision, sa- 
tire, epigram, Lam. 3, 14. Job 30, 9. Ps. 


69, 13. 


_ beat, kindr. with M22, 322, 


* Ὦ 5 ᾿ 
522 obsol. root, Arab. ἀξ, pr. to 
cut, to pierce with a spear.—Hence 52 
sickle. 


“452 prob. pr. do strike in pulses, to 
22, see in 
ma2.—Hence 

1. to strike the strings, to play on a 


_ stringed instrument ; Part. 0°233 players 


on instrumenis Ps. 68, 26. 
2. i.q. Arab. with n softened, 


to beat, to pound, asa fuller beats or 


treads cloth; in Heb. to tread grapes, to 


_ press ; whence Ma for M33. 


Prev 432 10 strike the strings, to play 


_ on a stringed instrument, 1 Sam. 16, 16. 


— olla. 


/ 23, also ma, 122, 532. 
| syllable i is 43, 53, which seems to have 
had the beni of striking, beating in 
_ pulses, smiting, see in 732; comp. Piel, 
_Niph. and 523. 
comes from Gr. τάγτω, ϑίγ-ω, pr. pul- 


17.18.23. 2K. 3,15. Ps. 33,3. Is. 23, 16. 


38, 20. ἃ]. Chald.id. Sept. ψάλλω, κιϑα- 


Deriv. 3739, 72739, MA, MMA, bn}. 


* 353 fut. 337; inf. 359, ὁ. suff, i322, 
72325 also msa 2 Sam. 14, 10. ὅτ 17, 
10; imper. 53. 

1. to strike, to smite ; kindr. are 822, 
The primary 


So Lat. tango, τ. tag, 


sare.—With 3, q. d. to smite upon ; Gen. 
82, 6 i233" 523 sa71 and he smote the 
hollow of Stenas's thigh, which in conse- 
quence was dislocated. v. 33. Job 1, 19 
a great wind from the desert smote upon 
the four corners of the house ; Syr. con- 
cussit. Hence of God, to smite with 
plagues, etc. 1 Sam. 6, 9. Job 19, 21. 
So Part. pass. 3922 smitten sc. with a 





52. 


plague from God, Is. 53, 4. Ps. 73, 14.-— 
Trop. of the wind, /o smite, to κόρην, 6. 5. 
a'plant Ez. 17,10. Arab. Ὁ 


2. to touch, Sept. ἅπτεσϑαι, sistas 
very often with 3; q. d. to touch upon ; 
Gen. 3, 3. Lev. 5, 3. 6, 11.11, 24sq. Dan. 
δι. al. With by Is, δ 72 ΕΝ Num. 4, 
15. Hag. 2,12; "9, Fok 4 5 it toucheth 
thee, pr. unto these Also c. ace. Is. 52, 
11. Job 6, 7. Lam. 4, 15.—Spec. a) to 
touch any one, i.e. todo him harm or 
violence, Gent 26, 11 min ΝΞ ΣΩΣΠ 
{MOND whoever toucheth ‘(injures) this 
man or his wife. v.29. Josh. 9, 19. al. 
b) to touch a woman, to lie with her, Ὸϊ 
3. Prov. 6, 29; 5x Gein: 20, 6. So un- 
τεσϑαι γυναικός 1 Cor. 7,1. 6) to touch 
the heart, i.e. to move, to affect the 
mind of any one, 1 Sam. 10, 26. 

3. Ina local sense, to touch upon, to 
come in contact with, to reach to any 
thing, 6. 2 1 K.6,27. Hos.4,2; ἽΣ Mic. 
1,9. Is. 16, 8. Jer. 4,10; δ 51,9; 89 


‘Judg. 20, 34. 41.—Hence 


4. to reach to, to come to any person 
or thing, c. 3 2 Sam. 5, 8; >& Jon. 3, 6. 
Dan. 9, 21. Absol. to habe come, of 
time, Ezra 3,1. Neh. 7, 73 [8,11]. Comp. 
3737 no. 5. 

Nipu. fut. 3227, Pass. of Kal no. 1, to 
be smitten, to be beaten, of an army, or 
rather to feien oneself Beaten, Josh. 8, 15; 
comp. M2NMT, ὝΕΣ, 

Piew i.q. Kal no. 1, to smite, spoken 
chiefly of divine judgments, Gen. 12, 17. 
2 K. 15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 20. 

Pua pass. of Pi. Ps. 73, 5. 

ΗΙΡΗ. 9°35, fut. 5°55, apoc. 9Ἀ3Ὶ Is, 
6, 7. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
touch ; 15. Θ, 7 "8 >> S574 Gnd he let (the 

coal) touch my moulh. 5,8 Σ 3 ὙΠ 
m73a ma wo to those who join “house to 
house, i. e. acquire longs rows of houses 
unjustly. Often in the phrases: 3737 
VINTON Ez. 13, 14, y282 ‘1 Lam. 2, 3, 
"ἜΣ Σ ‘m1 Is. 26, 5, aleo "ΕΘ ΡΣ γεν" n 
ib. 25, 12, to cause to ‘touch the ground, 
the dust, i i. 6. to raze to the foundations, 
as buildings, a city, etc. 

2. to touch, i.q. Kal no. 2; ο. > Ex. 
4,25. 2 Chr. 3, 11.12; > Ex. 12, 22; 
by Jer. 1, 9. 

3. i. q. Kal no. 3, fo reach to any ‘lao 


oad 


or thing, to touch; with "3, Is. 8,8 “"D 
3°37 “NIX (the water) shall reach oon 
unto the neck. With 51> 2 Chr. 28,9; > 
Job 20,6; accus. c. Π loc. Gen. 28, 12.— 
Trop. af prosperity or calamity, to hap- 
pen to, to come upon, Ecce. 8,14; with >x 
Esth. 9, 26. 
4, to reach or come to a place, q. d. to 
ge near to, to arrive αἱ a place; with 
, Ps. 107, 18 Ms" "7D ΤΣ ἸΣ 35) and 
ΠΣ draw near to the gales of death, 
are exposed to death. With >x 1 Sam. 
14,9; > Ps. 88,4; ace. Is. 30,4, Esth. 4. 
3. 8,17. Hence i. q. to atlain unto, to 
obtain, c. 3 Esth. 4, 14; inf.c. > Esth. 
9,1. Also in the phrase "75 "am my 
hand attains to any thing, i.e. ‘Lam able 
to get it, Lev.5,7; comp. in δ Ὁ no. 2.¢. 
5. Absol. to come, to be present, e.g. 


men, Esth.6, 14; oftener of time, Ez. 7; 


12 DI" S75 PDH ΝΞ che time is come, 
the day is present. Ecc. 12, 1. Cant. 2, 
12. Esth. 2, 12. 15. 

Deriv. the following. 


J) m.in pause 333, 6. suff. i>32, 
“7 3" 


plur, 57352, "322. 

la stroke, blow, Deut. 17, 8. 21, 5. 
2 Sam. 7, 14; collent: Prov. 6, 33. Spee. 
of strokes, De judgments, calamities, 
which God sends upon men, Gen. 12, 17. 
Ex. 11, 1. Ps. 38, 12. 39, 11. 91, 10. al. 

2. a spot, mark, blemish, in the skin, 
whether eruption, scab, or leprosy, Lev. 
13, 3 (comp. v. 2). 5.6.29. 30.42; hence 
phil 232 a spot of scurf, scab, v. 31. 332 
mp Ixh the spot of leprosy v. 3. 9. 20. 25, 
and without MS3¥ v. 22 id. Also of the 
leprosy of garments Lev. 13, 47; and 
of walls 14, 34 sq.—Meton. for a person 
affected with such spots, Lev. 13, 4. 12. 
13.17; hence ῬΏΞΙ 522 one affected with 
spots, scall, v. 31; comp. v. 33. Also of 
a leprous garment, v. 50. 


* ia. fut. pis 1. to smite, usually 
of Jehovah as inflicting judgments upon 
men, to plague, Ex. 7,27 [8, 2], mostly 
with some fatal disease or death Ex. 12, 
23 sq. Josh. 24, 5. 1Sam. 25, 38. 2Sam. 
12, 15. Ps. 89, 24, 2 Chr. 21,18. In an- 
other sense God is said to smite a peo- 
ple before their enemies, i.e. to give 
them up to defeat and slaughter; 1 Sam. 
4,3 wherefore hath Jehovah smitten us 
to-day before the Philistines? Judg. 20, 


648 


divine judgment, mostly of a fatal dis- 


to deliver one into the hands (power) of ᾿ 








1222 
35. 2Chr. 13, 15. 30. 14,11. 
Niph. 

2. to thrust, to push, e. g. as a horned 
animal Ex. 21, 35; of a man 21, 22. 
Comp. M22. 

3. to strike against with the foot, te 
stumble, Prov. 3, 23. Ps. 91, 12. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 532, to be emitiates defeated, of 
an army Judg. 20, 36. 1 Sam. 4,10. Of- 
ten with "28>, ἐο be smitten (and flee) 
before the enemy Ley. 26, 17. Deut. 28, 
25. Num. 14, 42. Judg. 20, 32. 2 Sam. 
2,17. 1 Chr. 19,1619. al. ~ 

Hirup. i. q. Kal no. 3, to strike against, 
to stumble, with the fol: Jer. 13, 16. 

Deriv. 753%, and | 


Comp. | 


Ἐ|Δ9 m. in pause 922. 1, ἃ plague,a 
ease sent from God, Ex. 12, 13. 30, 12. 
Num. 8, 19. 17, 11. 12. 

2. a striking of the foot, stumbling, 
Is. 8,14 522 7385 comp. Rom. 9, 33. 
1 Pet, 2,7 


: “2: in Kal not used, pr. to flow, i. q. 
Heb. "32 and Chald: "32 ; comp. Arab. 
(Sy> to flow, also Heb. ἼΠ2." 


Nipu. 2 1. to be poured out, to flow 
out ; of water 2 Sam. 14, 14; of the eye 
Pat. 3, 49. 

2. to be stretched out, e. g. the hand 
in supplication, Ps. 77, 3. For mina2 Job 
20, 28 see "3 Niph. 

Hirw. "7551. fo pour out, Ps. 75, 9. 
Hence also to pour down, to thrust down, 
as stones from a mountain, Mic. 1, 6. 

2. Trop. to deliver up, to give over ; 
comp. A734 to pour out, deliver, Is. 53, 
12. Soin the phrase: 2a "75> ban ᾿ 


the sword, Ez. 35, 5. Jer. 18, 21. Ps. 68, 
11. See ἴῃ Ἴ no. 1. ee The ‘commition ᾿ 
rendering is wrong: ‘to shed by the 
hands of the sword.’ 

Horn. 735 to be poured down, to be 
precipitated, spoken of water, Mic. 1, 4. 


* Wad fut. Bar, once sam Is. 58, 3. 

1. to urge, to impel, to drive; kindr. 
perh. with ym, ym>. Arab. yas to 
drive up sc. animals for hunting ; to urge 
on.camels; intrans. to be driven, herried. 
—So of labdurine urged to their work 
Is. 58,3; but see in no.2 Hence Part. 


33 


δὴ a task-master, ἐργοδιώκτης, Ex. 3,7. 


5, 6. 6. 10. 13. 14. Job 3, 18; also with 2 


as 3 35 Is. 9, 3. or a driver of ani- 
mals, an ase-driver. Job 39, 7. 

2. to urge a debtor, to exact a debt, 
with acc. of pers. Deut. 15, 2.3; to exact 
tribute, with two acc. 2 Καὶ. 23, 35; here 
too best, Is. 58,3 ye exact all your la- 
bours ; seeinno.1. Part. 2212 an exaclor 
of tribute, Dan. 11, 20. Zech. 9, 8. 

3. tw rule, to have dominion, and Part, 


Δ a king, tyrant, Is. 3, 12. 14, 2. 60, 17, 


Zech. 10,4. Ethiop. 21} id. whence 


— SEW or 20] king, SPW: Ὁ 





the scales of the crocodile. 
_ 13.—The primary idea seems to be that 
of impinging, rubbing upon; comp. 


Judg. 20, 23; 19 Ge: 33, 3; 


king of kings, the title of the king of 
Ethiopia. 

Nira. 32 1. to be pressed, harassed, 
1 Sam. 13, 6. Is. 53,7. Recipr. to vex, 
harass, one another, Is. 3, 5. 

2. to be harassed with toil, to be wearied, 
distressed, spoken of an army, 1 Sam. 
14, 24. 


; 1222 pret. Kal not used, but instead 
of it pret. Niph. 8:2 Gen. 33, 7. Ex. 
22, 21. al. Fut. Kal a7; imp. ws, 
also “03 Gen. 19,9, fem. "Ha Ruth 2, 14, 
plur. 1a Josh. 3, 9, c. % parag. MBs 
Gen. 27, 21;-inf- τῶ, 6. suff. imwas. 

1. to touch, to join ; with 3, Job 41, 
8 [17] they join one upon another, SC. 
Am. 9, 


kindr. Chald. Ὁ), also Hap. The sig- 
nif. of joining is found also by transp. 
in PY). 

2. to near, i.e. to come or draw near, 
to approach, with >& to any person or 
thing Gen. 27, 22. 44,18. Num. 8, 19. 
Josh. 14, 6. Fe 30, 21; 3 Is. 65, δ: > 
by Ez. 44, 
13; acc. Num. 4, 19 wip-ny ἘΠ. 23 
DIP when they approach unto the 
holy ‘of holies. 1 Sam. 9,18; absol. Gen. 
27, 21.26. 29, 10. 2K. 5, 1% δορὰ. a) 
to approach one’s wife, in conjugal inter- 
course (comp. 37>), c. >§ Ex. 19, 15. 
b) to come near, lo draw near to Jeho- 
vah, spoken of the priests who approach 
his altar Ex. 30, 20. Ez. 44, 13; of the 
pious who approach him with prayer 
and obedience, Is. 29,13. Jer. 30, 21. 
c) to draw near to an enemy for attack, 
1 Sam. 17, 40. 2 Sam. 10, 13. 
55 


649 





N73 


3. to near away, i. e. to approach some 
other place or object and so recede from 
us; hence to recede, to stand back ; Gen. 
19, 9 nya ws stand back; Sept: well 
ἀπόστα éxet, Vulg. recede illuc. Is. 49, 20 
"-m3 give place to me, Sept. ποίησόν 
μοι τόπον, Jerome fac mihi spatium. In 
many languages, ancient as well as mo- 
dern, there is a want of accuracy in the 
use of words signifying approach and 
departure, so that they are often used 
of the contrary motion, 6. g. ΞΡ for re- 
ceding, "30 and Arab. of ap- 


proaching; comp. also Germ. herab, 
herum,used by the best writers for hinab, 
hinum, which last indeed is hardly ad- 
missible. 

Hiren. 6755, fut. W735, apoc. Oss. 

1. Causat. to cause to come near, to bring 
near, Am. 6, 3. So of persons, c. 9% Gen. 
48, 10.13. Ex. 21,6. Lev. 2,8.al. Of 
things: with > of pers. 1 Sam. 30,7. 2 Sam. 
17,29; bx of pers. 2Sam. 13,11. 2K. 4,6; 
m2) 1 Sam. 28, 25; acc. inp. Gen. 27, 
25; c. dat. impl. i Sand: 23,9. Also to 
bring forth, to produce, as arguments 
Is. 41, 21; persons impl. 45,21. Hence 
to offer, to present, Job 40, 19; espec. 
sacrifices to God, c. > Am. 5, 25. Mal. 
2, 12; 5517. 

2. 1. q. Kal no. 2, to approach, Am. 
9;.10.° 

Hopn. 837 pass. of Hiph. to be brought 
near, i.e. to be put into, 2 Sam. 3, 34; 
to be offered, c. > Mal. 1, 11. 

Hirupa. i. q: Kal no. 2, to draw near, — 
Is. 45, 20. 


2 m. (τ. 739) a heap, mound ; so called 
perhaps from the waving and trembling. - 
motion of a heap of clay, mud, etc. Arab. 

9 


5 ἃ high mound, hill—Only poetically 
of the waves of the sea heaped up like 
mounds, Ps. 33, 7 0° "2 42D 032 who 
heaped together as a mound the waters 
of the sea; and so Josh. 3, 13.16 the 
waters rose (flowing backwards) SAN Ἢ 
in one heap. ῬΒ. 78,13. Ex. 15.8; comp ᾿ 
Ex. 14, 22 where in the same connec- 
tion Ἂ main a wall. Perh. Is. 17, 11, 
but see in 732 no. 2. Comp. Virg. Geor 
4, 316. | 


NT). see in 133 1. 


TT? 


"212 fut. . q- Arab. 


ane to impel, to incite to any thing, 
kindr. with F722. A. Schultens finds the 
primary idea of this root in humidity, 
flowing moisture ; which is often trans- 
ferred by the Orientals to express libe- 
ralily, munificence ; comp. $3 to be 
humid, moist, also to be liberal; 6d6 
A { having moist hands, i. e. libe- 
ral, opp. to dry, avaricious ; Schult. ad 
Hamas. p. 309-11, et ad Menken. Ep. I. 
Ρ. 31.sq. Comp. Lette ad Cant. Deb. 
p- 19-23. But all this is doubtful. 


Found only in the phrase ἫΝ W7N7>3 


i2> 52359 whomsoever his heart impels, 
i.e. who acts willingly, of his own ac- 
cord, Ex. 25, 2. 35,21.29.  , _ 

2. Intrans. like Arab. Sas to impel 
oneself ; and hence to be willing, liberal, 
generous ; see 3°73 and Hithpa. 

Hirupa. 1. to impel oneself, to show 
oneself willing, to offer voluntarily, with 
inf. c. > Neh, 11, 2. 1 Chr. 29, 5.6. Spec. 
of soldiers to volunteer, Judg. 5, 2. 9, 
comp. Ps. 110,3 ; so of those who volun- 
teered for the sacred military service 
2 Chr. 17, 16, Comp. for the same 
usage in Arabic A. Schult. ad Ham. 
p. 308. 

2. to give willingly, to offer sponta- 
neously, 6. g. gifts to Jehovah, c. acc. 
1 Chr. 29, 9. 14.17. Ezra 1, 6. 2, 68. 
3, 5. 

Deriv. 5233, 3°72, ΓΞ ΠΣ, and the 
pre n. 392, 2792, maa. * 


512 Chald. Irup. i. gq. Heb. 1. to be 
willing, ready, for any thing, c. > Ezra 
7, 13. 

2. to give willingly, to offer sponta- 
neously, Ezra 7, 15. Inf. by Syriasm 
rian subst. free-will offering, v. 16. 


“12 (spontaneous. liberal) Nadab, pr. 
n. a) A son of Jeroboam I, king of the 
ten tribes 954-952 B.C. 1K. 14, 20. 
15, 25.31. Ὁ) The eldest son of Aaron, 
Ex. 6, 23. 24, 1.9. 28,1. Num. 3, 2.4, 
26, 60.61. c) 1 Chr. 2,28. d)1 Chr. 
8, 30. 9, 36. 


ΤΣ f. (τ. 332) constr. M272; plur. 
nin, constr. ΤΊΣ. 


1. willingness, voluntariness, sponta- 
neousness ; whence 13733 Num. 15, 3. 


650 





“2 


Ps. 54, 8, and acc. "272 Deut. 23, 94, 
Hos. 14, 5, spontaneously, voluntarily, 
with a willing mind. 

2. a@ voluntary gift, Ex. 35, 29. Ezra 
1, 4, comp. v.7; chiefly a free-will offer- 


ing, voluntary sacrifice, opp. to a sacri- — 


fice in consequence of a vow (773), Lev. 
22, 23 ink nwsn As as a free-will 
offering thou mayest offer it. Ezra 3, 5. 
8, 28. Ez. 46,12. Plur. 2 Chr. 31, 14. 
Lev. 23, 38. Am.4,5. Metaph. Ps. 119, 
108. [Ps. 110, 3 misty Fas thy people 
are free-will offerings, Le. they present | 
themselves a voluntary offering to God 
for the war.—R. 

3. By impl. liberality, abundance, Ps. 
68, 10 mia}? Os plentiful rain, abundant 
showers. 


93°32 (whom Jehovah impels, r. 273) — 
Nebadiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 8. | 
32°72 Chald. m. (verbal Niph. τ. 9253) Ὁ 
a layer of stones, trom the idea of join- 
ing; or ὦ wall, i.e. the side of a room — 
or house, once Ezra 6,4. It has both 


of these significations in the Targums, — 
as Ez. 46, 23. Zech. 4, 10. 


αν" pret. not contr. 77) Is. 10. 


31, 1573 22, 2. 33,3; inf, 3 ; : fat. Aram. 
— Nah. 3, 7, anil 335 Gen. ‘31, 40. 

1. Trans. to move up and down, toand © 
fro, 6. g. to flap, as a bird its wings, 
Is. 10, 14.—Kindr. are 53, M7}, 252; 
comp. also Sanser. nat to move, to be 
moved. 

2. Intrans. to move oneself ; hence to 
wander about, of a bird Prov. 27, 8. Is. 
16, 2; of men Hos. 9,17. Job 15, 23. 
Part. T3453 δα wenerey fugitive, Is. 16, 3. 
εἶ 14. Jer. 49, 5 

. to flee, to flee away, Ps. 55, 8. 68, 
= Ts, 10, 31.. 22, 3; ¢. 72, to flee from 
any one Nah. ς Be ον Ps, 31, 12. Hos. 7, 13; 
"289 Is. 21,15. Of a bird, to fly away, 
Jer. 4, 25. 9, 9. Trop. of sleep Gen. 


31, 40. Esth. 6, 1.—Arab. O3 fugit, 
shufupit: 

4. Causat. to make flee (see Hiph.) 
i. 6. to remove, lo put away; and hence 
by Syriasm to abominate, to abhor, see 
maa. Syr. s Pe. et Aph. abominatus 
“est. 

Poa. ‘753, to flee away, to fly away 
Nah. 3, 17. 





12 


Hips. 325 fo cause to flee, to chase 


away, Job 18, 18. 


Horn. pass. of Hiph. fo be put to flight, 


_ to be chased away, fut. 739 (3339) Job 20, 


8. Also to be thrust away, part. 132 by 


_ Chaldaism for 7337, 2 Sam. 23,6; but 
_ others read 72 from r. ‘742. 


then to be liberal ; 


Se eee ee ee, 


Hirupo. to flee, Ps. 64,9. See also in 


ry. 709, 


Deriv. 0°77), a3 (M772), perh. 737. 
"2 Chald. to flee, pret. "32 Dan. 6, 
19. So in the Targums, but rarely. 


OF? τῇ, plur. uneasy motions, toss- 
ings, of a sleepless person on his bed, 


Job 7,4. R.773. 


Ἔ ΣΡ in Kal not used, i. q. 12, to 
flee, to recede. Syr. et Sam. id. 

PipL 3, to remove, to put away, c 
> Am. 6, 3; ‘to thrust out, to cast out, τε 
66, 5. —With the Rabbins “473 signifies 
aéceouimurication. 

Hip. to drive away, to seduce, 2 K. 
17, 21 Cheth. 83>) for 3°; in Keri 
mss. 

“TI. ri3 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 
{5 mid. Kesri, to be humid, moist ; 
see in'r. 372.— 
Hence 772 II, also 

ΤῊΣ m. ὦ liberal gift, as the wages 
οἵ prostitution, Ez. 16, 33. 


τ f. (τ. 772 πο. 4) pr. abomination, 
i.e. uncleanness, impurity, Zech. 13, 1. 


δ νος Num. 19,9. 13. 20. 21, the water 


_ of uncleanness, i. e. water by which the 


unclean were purified, 31, 23.—Spec. 


a) filth, uncleanness, of the female men- 


_ ses Lev. 12, 2. 15,19. 20; and hence of 


the menstrual discharge Lev. 15, 24. 25. 


39. Ez. 22, 10. 36,17. Concr. 532 HUN 


a menstrous woman, Ez. 18,6. b) any 


ἢ unclean thing, an abomination, 6. g. of 
idols or things pertaining to them, Ez. 


7,19. 20. 2 Chr. 29, 5. Ezra 9,11. Lam. 
1,17. c) an abomination, abominable 
crime, e. g. incest Lev. 20, 21. 


om 
73, fat. M3", pr. to thrust, to im- 
pel, sc. forwards, from oneself; comp. 
kindr. "717 and what is there said. 
1. to thrust out, to expel, c. 2 2 Sam. 
44,14. See Hiph. 
2. to thrust forth, to impel, sc. an axe 


651 





“2 


into a tree, to strike an axe into a tree 
c. >» Deut. 20, 19. 

Hieg. M737, fut. apoc. ΠῚ 1. to 
to thrust down, to cast Genet, Ps. 5,113 ¢ 
2 62, 8. 

2. to thrust out, to drive out, to expel. 
i,q. Kal no. 1, 2 Chr. 13,9. So God the 
Israelites into other lands, Deut. 30, 1. 
Jer. 8, 3. 23, 3.8. 29, 14. 18. 32, 37. 46, 
28. Ez. 4,13. Also to disperse a flock 
Jer. 23, 2. 50, 17. 

3. to impel any one away, to seduce, 
absol. Deut. 13,14. Prov. 7, 21; with 
12 to seduce or draw away from any 
thing, Deut. 13, 6; mint 592 v. 11. 

4. to thrust evil upon any one, to bring 
upon, c. Σ 2 Sam. 15, 14; comp. Kal 
no. 2. 

NipPH. ΓΞ ; 
Wa; PITT. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be thrust forth 
or out ; Deut. 19,5 fia man go with his 
δέρμασιν into the forest to cut wood, 
VO MAD. Waa Ts mM and his 
hand be thrust out with the axe (i. e. 
make a stroke with the axe) 10 cut down 
the tree. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be expelled, 
driven out, Jer. 40, 12. 43, 5. 49,5; of a 
beast gone astray and wandering, Deut. 
22,1. Parr. M72 one expelled, an out- 
cast, Is. 16, 8. 4. 27,13. Jer. 49,36; fem. 
30,17. Collect. masc. Deut. 30, 4. Neh. 
1, 9, and fem. “132 Mic, 4, 6. Zeph. 3, 
19, outcasts, fugilives. With suff. ima 
his fugitive, banished by him, 2 Sam. 
14, 13: Also fem. mm72 of a flock dis- 
persed and driven away, Ez. 34, 4. 
16.—Trop. Job 6,13 "Pa ANT] Awan 
deliverance is driven from me. Arab. 

dS V, id. 
ςς Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be impelled, 
seduced, Deut. 4, 19. 30, 17. 

Puat, to be driven forth, to be thrust 
out ; Is. 8, 22 M320 mSpx thrust forth to 
darkness ; comp. Jer. 23, 12. 

Hopu. part. m2 driven up and down 
chased, Is. 13, 14. 

Deriv. O°. 


52 τῇ. (Ὁ. 312) 1. willing, volunta 
ry, ready, prompt, 1 Chr. 28, 21; more 
fully i235 3.1 of a willing mind Ἐκ, 35, 
5. 22. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Ps. 51,14 naa πον 
awilling spirit. See 37) Kal and Hithp 


part. Πρ, c. suff. int, 


“73 


2. giving willingly, of one’s own ac- 


cord, 1. 6. liberal, Prov. 19,6. Hence 

3. generous, noble-minded, noble, which 
in the mind of an Oriental is closely 
connected with liberality in giving; 
spoken of character and conduct, Is. 32, 

. 8. Prov. 17, 7. 26. Cant. 7,2 3°) ma 
daughter of the noble, i. e. herself no- 
ble, generous, comp. in j2 no. 8. Plur. 
mia") generous, noble things, Is. 32, 8. 


a ae 
Arab. 53 to be generous, beautiful. 
4. Trop. of noble birth ; and as Subst. 
a noble, a prince, Ps. 107, 40. 113. 8. 


118, 9. Prov. 25,7. 1 Sam. 2, 8. Plur. 


Job 12, 21. 34, 18. Num. 21, 18. Ps. 47, 
18. Also in a bad sense, a tyrant, Job 
21, 28. Is. 13,2. Comp. Ὁ». 

Note. In most of its significations 
this word accords with the synonymous 
1732, but the order is different. The 
one, 3°72, sets out from the ideaof a 
willing and liberal mind, and is tropical- 
ly used for nobility of birth ; the other, 
3°52, is primarily spoken of a leader 
and prince, and tropically of those good 
qualities which belong to his station. 

ΤΊ 2 f. (Ὁ. 32) nobility ; trop. ele- 
vated and happy sidte, excellency. Job 
30, 15. 


I. 72 m. sheath of a sword, 1 Chr. 
21, 27. The etymology is uncertain ; 
see in 73°32 note. 


ΤΠ. ὙΠ2 τὰ. (τ. τ) i. ᾳ. oR, Liberal 
gift, as the wages of prostitution, plur. 
Ὁ. suff. 72272 Ez. 16, 33.—Cod. Ross. 409 
thas 73772 for 72273. 

τ) 5. Chald. m. a sheath ; trop. of the 
body. as the sheath or envelope of the 
mind. Dan. 7,15 my spirit was grieved 
372 32 in the sheath i. e. in my body. 
The same metaphor is used by Pliny, 
H. N. 7. 52 or 53: “donec cremato eo 
inimic] remeanti anime velut vaginam 
ademerint.” So too a certain philoso- 
_ pher. who was slighted by Alexander 
the Great on account of his ugly face, is 
said to have replied: “corpus hominis 
nil est nisi vagina gladii, in qua anima 
reconditur ;”” see d’Herbelot Biblioth. 
Orientale p. 642. The word σκεῖος is 
used in the same way, A®lian H. An. 
17. 11. 

Nore. The etymology both of 427 


652 





"73 


and 32 I, is doubtful. I have formerly 
referred them to a root 773 as if i. q. 
Arab. wo to be soft, flexible, as lea- 
ther; but this is hardly tenable. With 
First, we might assume a root 773, 115, 
to be hollow, deep, if this could but have 


a better foundation than Talm. 833 cask, 


Pers. Wyle vase, ΕἾ, tonneau. 


*£)72 fut. 5429 Ps. 68, 3, and 55> Ps. 


1, 4, to drive away, to disperse, to scatter, — | 
as the wind scatters chaff, straw, smoke, Ὁ 


Ps. 1, 4. 68,3; to put to flight an enemy, 


i.e. to vanquish, metaph. Job 32,13.— — 


The primary idea is to thrust, to push ; 


kindr. with 939, "£3, q.v. Arab. 3h — 


to urge on an animal. Eth. ZRA, to 
strike, to push. 

Nipu. 9732 pass. to be driven away, 
scattered, Is. 41, 2. Ps. 68,3. 572 M224 


leaf driven by the wind Lev. 26.36. Job — 


13, 25. Inf. constr. 5325 Ps. 68, 3. 


"1. 772 fat. πᾶσ, conv. 93% Gen. 28, ; 


20. al. once “ΠΏ 1 Sam. 1, 11; 10 vow, 
i. 6. to promise voluntarily to give or do 
something ; opp. "ὌΝ to bind oneself 


frequent formula: 773 WS i. 6. 973 ΘΝ 
one vowing, i. e. devoting or consecrat- 


ing acippus, see Monumm. Pheen. Melit. — 
1, 1. Carth. 1, 3, 2 3. α]. Syr. 5,2 id. 


Chald. Sam. id. Arab. ΔΑ id. The 
primary idea is that of setling apart, 


consecrating, which is expressed in Heb. — 


by the kindr. "13. Arab. ychd includes 
both. Sept. ei'voue.—Constr. with ace. 
of thing, Num. 6, 21. "22 "2 fo vowa 
vow Deut. 12, 11. Judg. 11, 39, 2 Chr. 
15, 8. Jon. 1, 16; ace. impl. Num. 30, 11. 
Eee. 5,4. With dat. added, Gen. 31, 
13. Deut. 23, 24; minb Num. 21, 2. 30, 
4. Judg. 11, 30. Sometimes the words 
of the vow are subjoined, with ἜΝΘ 
Gen. 28, 20. 2 Sam. 15, 8; with 728" 
Num. 21, 2. 

ἘΠῚ. "2 i. q. Arab. AS, to fall out, 
to drop down, as the grain from the win- 
nowing-fork upon the threshing-floor. 
Herce Chald. 938 threshing-floor, 

‘32 and 32 m. in pause also "73, c. 
suff. "752; plur. 0°773, const? "973. R. 
"1. 


not to do, etc. In Phenician is found 16 


1 
Ι 
ἱ 
ἢ 








+ 


2 


ὉΠ 2 "2 fo vow vows, 
seein ᾿. 2 1. 573 ἜΣΘ ἢ Ps. 92,29, and 


" ἔνε ney” Judg. 11, 39, to pay or per- 


ἣν 


᾿ 


Y 
| 








8°, 
_ conduct, 393 way, habit. 
ing in the Indo-European tongues are 


"δ᾽ acc. Gen. 31, 18. Ex. 3, 1. 
23, 5. 30, 20; c. 3 Is. 11,6. Comp. Ps. 


20, 1. 2 Chr. 25, 11. 
| a person or place Cant. 8, 
ace. impl. 1 Sam. 30, 22. 


form vows. 
2. a thing vowed, votive offering or 


_ sacrifice, Lev. 7, 16. 22, 18. 21. Deut. 
__ 12, 6.—Opp. 7372 free-will offering. 


2 m. (r. 39) something eminent, or- 


_ namental, splendid ; once Ez. 7, 11 δὲ. 
ἘΠῚΞ 9) nor shall aught splendid remain 
_ among them, i. 6. all will be spoilee and 
_ plundered by the enemy. Sept. Cod. 


Alex. οὐδὲ ὡραϊσμὸς ἐν wtt0tce.—Accord- 
ing to the Jewish intpp. lamentation, 
wailing, for 73 from_r. 72 (form like 
wp) ; but not suitably to the context. 


"Δ, rid fat. 37339 1. to lead, to drive, 
to conduct, Lat. ago ; Sept. aya, ἀπάγω, 
ἐπόγω, εἰσάγω, ἀνάγω. Arab. te 


9. -o- ~ 
way; Rabb. 373 to lead, to 


Correspond- 


Gr. ayo, ἡγέομαι, Lat. ago, Pers. al: 


—Spec. a) tolead out or drive a flock, 


1 Sam. 


80, 2 who leadest Joseph like a flock. Ὁ) 


_to drive, lo urge on, e. g. horses or other 


animals in their course ; absol. 2 K. 4, 
24 323 212 drive on, and go forward. 9, 


20 521Π25 jisadis "2 for he driveth like a 
. madman, furiously. Also 5233 393 to 
drive a@ wagon or cart 2 Sam. 6, 3, ¢. 3 
ΕΣ Chr. 13, 7; comp. Is. 11, 6. 
‘drive off, to carry away, as beasts by 
_ violence Job 24, 3; 


c) to 


to lead away cap 
tives 1 Sam. 30, 2. Is. 20,4; and so Is. 
60,11. 4d) tolead forth an army 1 Chr. 
6) fo lead one to 
2. Lam. 3, 2 ; 


- 2. Intrans, to lead on, i. q. to act, 
to conduct oneself ; comp. Arab. 


to go, Germ. sich auffiihren. So of a 
way of life, conduct ; 
ΓΙΡΣΞΤΙΞ 33 and my. Weare acted in wis- 
dom, wisely ; the clause being paren- 
thetic. 

Piet 333, fut. am 1, 1, ᾳ. Kal: a) 
to drive a chariot Ex. 14, 25. Ὁ) to 
55* 


653 


ἢ, a vow, Gen. 28, 20. 31, 13. Num. 6, 
21. 30, 10. 14. al. 


Ecce. 2, 3 735) 





“S12 


lead a person, as God his people, Is. 49, 
10. 63, 14. Ps. 78, 52; men Ps. 48. 15; 
with an adjunct of place whither Deut. 
4, 27. 28, 37. 6) to bring, to cause to 
come, 6. g. a wind Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 78. 26. 
d) to lead off, to carry away, Gen. 31, 26. 

2. to pant, to breathe hard, to moan ; 
Arab. ee to pant from exhaustion by 


running. Syr. wou id.—Nah. 2, 8 and 
her maidens moan as the voice of doves ; 
comp. Is. 38, 14..59, 11. Ez. 7, 16, 

Notre. Some refer the significations 
to lead or drive, and to pant, to different 
roots. But they stand nearly related, 
since driving and panting go together. 
Comp. 737; also m2, Syr. {ana, Eth. 
ZUP, to sigh; further pra, px, Eth. 
2U 1, to be anxious, solicitous. 

Deriv ΔΓ). 


᾿ Ἴ.12 ἃ root not in use; Arab. (δῷ 
to swell, e. g. the female breasts; mid. 
Damm. to be fleshy, large, beautiful, as 


ve 
a horse, comp. Zech. 10,3; Xg5 swell- 


ing breasts, a fleshy horse, something 


high.—Hence 1m q. v. 


δ ΣΡ to wail, to lament, (pr. to ery 
Mit, MIN ,) Ez. 32, 18. Mic. 2,4 "2 AM 
to wail a wailing, i. e. to make lamenta- 
tion. Syr. Ethiop. id. 

2. locry, aloud, to proclaim ; whence 

Nipu. pr. to be convoked, to come to- 
gether, to assemble, like Chald. ἌΓ 
Comp. Pst Niph. to assemble. 1 Santi 
7, 2 all the house of Israel assembled 
themselves afler Jehovah, pregn. for ‘they 
all with one mind followed after Jeho- 
vah,comp."3 "75% 727, also ΠΝ Nba 
"3. So the Targ. h. |. comp. the same 
formula Targ. Jer. 3,17. 30,21. Hos. 2, 
16. 3, 3. 5. 

Deriv. "13, 7; comp. "2, 7772 


“52 Chald. m. light, emphat. xing 


Dan. 2, 22 Keri, the usual form in Chal- 


dee. The Chethibh has 83°F}, as it 
Syr.fpand. R. ono II. 


032 τη. (r. 792) in pause 73, a la- | 


“ment, elegy, song of wailing, Ter: 9, 17 


sq. 31, 9. 15. Am. 5, 16. Mic. 2, 4. 


m°F2 f. part. Niph. from r. 7°, Mie. 
2,4. Prov. 13,19. See mz Niph. Ὡς 


“5 é 


2.—Others here make it fem. of preced. 
art. lamentation ; but less well. 


ΓΙ, see r. TM. 

N°) Chald. f. (r. 753 IL) ilumina- 
tion, wisdom, Dan. 5, 11. 14, Syr. 
ἴοξωσιἦ id. 


r pat not used in Kal, prob. to flow, 


to go, like kindr. ὙΠ) I. Comp. bm 
brook.—Hence . 
Pie ἘΠ), fut. abel 1. to lead, to 


conduct, Ex. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 28, 15 psbaat 
pama and conducted them upon asses. 
ΡΒ. 23, 2 "2bmn Mina Va">y he leadeth 
me by or to still waters. 31, 4. Is. 49, 
10.—With the notion of care and pro- 
tection Is. 51, 18; and hence 

2. to protect, 2 Chr. 32, 22 (comp. 
nn 1 Chr. 22,18); to provide for, to 
sustain, Gen, 47,17, comp. 5355 ἴῃ v. 12: 

Hirup. to lead on, to go on, Gen. 33, 
14.—Hence 


32712 m. 1. pasture, whither flocks 

are led orth, Is. 7,19. So "29 from 
“23. 

2. Nahalol, pr.n. of a city in Zebulun 
Judg. 1, 30; which in Josh. 19, 15 is 
called ἜΝ Nahalal. 


* Dini a fat. pina", to growl, to snarl, 
“the usual word applied ἐδ tha ‘hase bt 
the young lion (Ὲ3) Prov. 19, 12. 20, 
2; distinguished from soaring (2883), 
although sometimes also attributed to 
the full-grown lion, Prov. 28, 15.—Trop. 
of the roaring of the sea Is. 5, 30; of the 
ery, groaning, of those who mourn 
(comp. 7725), Ez. 24, 23. Prov. 5, 11. 
—The root is onomatopoetic. Arab. 
and Syr. id. See under 777. 
Deriy. the two following. , 
DM m. a growling, snarling, of a 
young lion, Prov. 19, 12. 20, 2. 

M99 f. constr. M22, roaring of the 
sea, Is. 5, 30; groaning of the afflicted, 
Ps. 38,9. R. 63. 

: pris fut. pa", to bray, spoken of 
the ass when hungry Job 6, 5; trop. to 
cry out, as wretched and famished per- 
sons, Job 30, 7.—Chald. and Arab. id. 
Kindred roots are Τὰ), FIX, MN. 


“1, Ἵ2 fut. 39729, to flow, to flow 
together, Arab. re id. hence "133 river. 


654, 





“2 


The verb is used in Heb. only trop. of — 
a confluence of nations; Is. 2, 2 "ΠΣ 
pvist~>D 5N and all nations ‘shall flow 
unto it, Jer. 31, 12. 51,44; 6. 2 Mie 
4, 1. 

Deriv. "33, 9702, ΠΣ, 


᾿ IT. 2 to shine, to be bright; 
Chald. Syr. Samar. id. The same is 
“a2, Arab. οἱ, q.v. comp. in lett. 7 
p- 238.—In Heb. only trop. to brighten 
up, to be cheered, to rejoice, strictly of a 
bright and cheerful countenance (comp. 
“is lett. g), Ps. 34, 6. Is. 60, 5. 

Deriv. N73, "i732, 39°72. 


We m. (τ. 2 1) constr. 9); plur.. 
evn), constr. “302; also plur. nin (m. 
Ps. 93, 3), constr. ninm. 

1. a stream, current, flood ; Jon. 3,4 
"23307 ὙΠ) and the floods (of the a 
surrounded me ; comp. wxeavod ῥέε- 
Sou Il. ξ΄, 245. Ps. 24, 2. Job 20, 17 
aNS-iah wo “bm ὍΔ) the streams of the 
milk-and-honey brooks. 

2. a stream, river, Gen. 2, 10. reg! Job 


Sr 
15,11. 22,16. 40,23.al. Arab. 3 1 ee : 
Syr. Ἰ5σι, id—With gen. of region, as 
pws "2 the river of Egypt, the Nile, 
Gen. 15, 18; ira 9} the river of Gozan, 
the ΟΠ μόνην: 2Κ. 17, 6; waa ΠΣ the © 


rivers of Ethiopia, the Nile, Astaboras, 
Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; 533 minm2 the 


ba oe of Babylon, the ‘Rophrates with — 


its canals, Ps. 137, 1; PwEs ming 2 Καὶ. 
5,12. Also with the pr. n. of the river — 
in the genit. as M728 "2 the river Eu- 
phrates Gen. 15, 18; "33 “112 the river 
Chebar Ez. 1, 1. 3. With the art. "727 
the river καὶ ἐξοχήν so called, i. e. the 
Euphrates, Gen. 31, 21. Ex. 23, 31; 
more fully mp 77) ban “nin Gen. 15, 
18. Deut. 1, 7. Josh, 1, ‘4; comp. 1 Chr.- 
5,9. Deut. 11, 24; alan poet. without 
the art. Is. 7, 90. Jer 2,18. Mic. 7, 12. 
Zech. 9,10. Ps. 72,8. Once the con- 
text requires "712 to be taken as the 
Nile, Is.19,5. In Ps. 46, 5 many under- 
stand Siloam, and not unaptly. since 
“m2 is also used of smaller streams, as 
of the waters of Damascus 2 K. 5, 12, 
espec. Job 28,11. A 7iver is put as the 
emblem of abundance “πᾶ prosperity. 
Is. 48, 18. 66, 12. 





7! 
a 
τ 
Ἃ 


ἃ 


“13 


= “32 mn. (r. "2 1) @ river, i. ᾳ. “2, 


ἢ. ..6 
_ Arab. 
_ rivers, Tigris and Euphrates, whence 


Hence dual pwn the two 


pwn?) Dax Syria of the two rivers, i.e. 


_ Mesopotamia ; see 038. 


"W32 Chald. m. emph. 83532, M2, a 


_ river, Dan. 7,10; also κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, the 





from it, as 222, 


Euphrates, Ezra 4, 10. 16. 17. 20. 5, 3. 
6, 6 sq. 7, 21. 25. 


MI f. (τ. Ὑπὸ ΠῚ light, day-light, 
Job 3, 4 Αὐαν. ἀφ. 


* S81) in Kal doubtful, Num. 32, 7 
Cheth. see Hiph. no. 2; pr. to say no, 
to negative, like many other roots whose 
primary syllable is 8), 52, 53, as also the 
kindred x7, Ma xd, and transp. Ἰδὲ; e.g. 


ὅδω and ag to forbid. to hinder; Les 


id. to repel ; Ka, oko beware , 
mane to deny, etc. transp. 1" and πὰ, 
whence } WN, FR, etc. Hence too r. pe 
to negative, and part. X> not, by chang- 
ing liq.2 into>. If a Semitic etymo- 
logy be sought, we may find it perh. in 


_ r. ΘῈΣ to nod, to shake the head, asa 
_ sign forno. But the syllables, ne, na, an, 


in, wn, have the same force in the Indo- 


_ European tongues; see in ἸΝ p. 23. 
- Thesaur. p. 859. 


Hien. ΡΠ. 1. to deny, to refuse ; 
fut. with 8 dropped 727 Ps. 141,5; where 


86 Mss. read in full x72". 


2. to disallow, to hinder ; Num. 30, 6 
FMS MSN ΣΤΟΝ if her father held 
her back. v. 9.12. With 12 to hinder 
from, to avert, to dissuade from any 
thing, Num. 32, 7; "M>39 v. 9. 

3. to bring to nought, to render vain, 
Ps. 33, 10. 

Deriv. ANIM. 


=) fat. =925 o sprout, to germinate. 
The primary idea is that of gushing 
forth, boiling up, a power contained in 
the syllable 32 and in the roots springing 
af eiat sex 
and trop. either in the notion of sprout- 
ing. as a3, cad; or in that of uttering, 
as 822. Eth. Arab. (yard. QQad; 
or also in that of rising above, being 
higher. as M22, @Xa5 Conj. VIII emi- 


_—— 
mm. 
7 





655 . 7 


extulit, accrevit—In Kal only 
a) Of men as flourishing in a 


nuit, Wacom 


trop. 


green old age, Ps.92,15. Ὁ) Of wealth, 


to grow, to increase, Ps. 62,11. ο) Of 
the mouth, as sprouting with, pulting 
forth words, ete. Prov. 10, 31. 

Pit. 3353, to cause to sprout, to pro- 
duce, Zech. 9, 17. 

Deriv. 3°32, 393m, and pr. n. "3°3, 
mic. 


22 Is. 57, 19 Cheth i. 4. 23 q. v. 


* 73 fat. 2: 1, Engl. to nod, i.e. 
to move up and down, to ‘and fro to be 
shaken ; comp. kindr. 172. Arab. dG 
mid. Waw id. Syr. ,3 tobe moved, 
shaken, terrified. Sanscr. nvd to agi- 
tate-—Of a reed shaken by the wind 
1K. 14, 15. 

2. to be driven about, to wander, to be 
a fugilive, e.g. a bird Prov. 26,2; a 
person, Jer. 4, 1. Gen. 4, 12. 14. Ps. 56, 
9. Also to flee Ps. 11,1. Jer. 49, 30.— 
Trop. Is. 17, 11 ΧΡ 72 the harvest 
fleeth ; here 73 is 3 pers. preet. like 7 ; 
but see 73 subst. 

2. With a dat. to pity, to commiserate, 
as signified by the motion of the head, 
comp. Job 16,4.5. Hence a) lo com- 
fort, to console the afflicted, Ps. 69, 21; 
with > of pers. Job 2. 11. 42, 11. Is. 51, 
19. Jer. 16,5. Nah. 3, 7. ἃ]. 5) lo dé 
plore, to bemoan the dead, Jer. 22, 10. 
Syr. {2,3 sotrow. 

Hiew. 7725 1, Causat. to cause to 
wander, to drive out, 2K.21,8. Ps. 36, 12. 

2. 1.4. Kal to move, to shake, to nod 
with the head (OX73) i in scorn, Jor, 18, 16. 

Horn. part. “2 2 Sam. 23, 6 shaken 
out, thrust out. But R. Ben Asher has 
339, from r. ΤῚΣ q. v. 

Hirapan. 333201. lo be moved to . 
and fro, to reel, of the earth Is. 24, 20; 
to shake oneself, i. e. one’s head in scorn 
Jer. 48, 27. 

2. to bewail, to bemoan, Jer. 31, 18. 

Deriv. 73,773, ΤΣ, ‘Ti29. 


“ Chald. to flee, Dan. 4, 11. 
"ΤΣ m. (τ. 12) 1. flight, wandering, 
Ps. 56. 9. 


2. Nod. pr. n. of the region to which 
Cain fled, Gen. 4. 16. 


“2 


1713 (nobility) Nodab, pr. n. of a son 
of Ishmael, 1 Chr. 5,19. R. =73. 


ἘΠῚ obsol. root, Arab. sls to be 
high, lofty, tall, as an edifice, the neck 
und head of a camel. a plant, or the like. 
Trop. of honour and dignity, to be high- 
minded ; see examples from the Arab, in 
Thesaur. p. 860.—Hence #3. 


Υ ris i.g. 782 1. to sit, to rest, to 
remain tranquil; Hab. 2, 5 “T7733 
mi N59 dhe proud man, he resteth not, 
he cannot_live in peace and quiet, but 
seeks tumult and war. Also to dwell, 
see M2, M2. 

2. to be decorous, becoming, for the 
connection of which with the idea of 
sitting, see under Γιὰ Pil. 

Hipu. to decorate with praises, to cele- 
brate. Ex. 15, 2 728, Sept. δοξάσω av- 
τόν, Vulg. glorificabo eum. 

Deriv. the two following and n™3. 

ΤῊΣ m. constr. 7), ¢. suff. 712, 3722, 
om. R. mss. 

A) Adj. 1. inhabiting, dwelling, fem. 
M3, cstr. ΤΣ, Ps. 68, 13 ΓᾺΞ 23 the 
dweller in the house, i. e. a matron who 
remains at home, οἰκοῦρος Tit. 2, 5. 

2. becoming. i. 6. comely. f. Τὴ} Jer. 6, 2. 

B) Subst. seat,only poet. 1. a dwell- 
ing, habitation, home, e. g. of men Is. 27, 
10. 33, 20. Job 5, 3. Jer. 10, 25. 50, 44; of 
God Ex. 15, 13. 2 Sam. 15, 25. Jer. 25, 
30. Of animals, den, Is. 34, 13. 35, 7 

2. a pasture, where flocks and herds 
remain, lie down, and rest ; once in prose, 
1 Sam. 7.8; elsewhere poet. Hos. 9. 
13. Job 5, 24; with genit. jNx ΤῸ Is. 
65, 10; otha mp Ez. 25, 5; ps4 mn 
Jer. 33, 12. Plur. Jer. 23,3. For plur. 
constr. the form mix} is used, see in 
me. 


ΤῊΣ f(r.) A) Adj. f. inhabiting, 
contely, see M12 A. 

B) Subst. i. q. 722 B, seat, dwelling, 
home. of men Job 8 6; of flocks and 
herds, pasture, plur. Zeph. 2, 6. 


*TAD fat. mart, conv. ms) Ex. 10, 14. 
1. fo rest, i. e. to set oneself down. lo 
settle down in any place for rest. The 
primary idea is lo 
εἰ breath, 99 37tN. comp. kindr. Arab. 
cy 1, 11, 1V, X, requievit, quievit. pr. 


656 m3 4 


breathe, to: take 









to draw breath. From the same primary 
idea comes Germ. ruhen (ruchen), and 
from the same root also riechen (Low 
Germ. ruken, riiken, comp. ruahen to 


desire). Arab. ets spec. γόνος down, 
of a camel, Conj. IV causat, ; Hs Se place 


for a camel to kneel down. Syr. and 
Chald.i.'q- Heb. Eth. ΖΡ to respire, 
to rest, comp. under 733.—Spoken 6. g. 
of the sole of one’s, foot Josh. 3. 13; of 
an army Is. 7, 2. 2 Sam. 21,10 (Arab. 

 |s IV to encamp); of a flight of lo- 


custs or flies Ex. 10,14. Is. 7, 19. Also 
of things, as the ark of Noah Gen. 8, 4; 

of the aik of the covenant Num. 10, 36. 

Constr. absol. Num. 1. 6. with 5 Ex.1.c. 
Ὁ; of place Gen. 8, 4. Is. 7, 2. Metaph. 
of the divine Spirit descending and rest- 
ing upon ay one, c. 53 Num. 11, 25. 26; 
comp. no. 2. ¢. δ ον 


2. lo rest, to be at rest ; absol. of men. 






and beasts Ex. 23, 12. Deut. 5, 14. 100. 3 


3, 26. Is. 57. 2; of God Ex. 20, 11; 


eatth Te: 14, 7. So of the rest of death | 


Prov. 21, 16. Job 3, 17. Dan. 12,13. “m- 
pers. "> ΤΗΣ there is rest to me, i.e. I 
rest, I have.rest, Job 3, 13. Is, 23, 12. 
Neh. 9, 28.—Spec. a) to rest from la- 
bour, i. q. 39, Ex. 20, 11. 23, 12. Deut. 
5,14. Ὁ) Also from vexation and cala- 
mities Is. 14. 7. Job 3, 26; c. 12 Esth. 9, 
22. 0) i. q. lo reside. lo abide; Ecc. © 
7,9 anger resteth (dwells) in the bosom 
of a fool. Prov. 14, 33. Ps. 125, 3 the 
sceptre of the wicked shall not abide upon 
the lot of the righteous. So of the di- 
vine Spirit. which rests or abides on any 
one, 6. ἘΣ 2 K. 2, 15. Is. 11,2; of God’s 
hand Is, 25,10. ἃ) to be quiet, silent, 
i.e. to rest or cease from speaking. 1 
Sam. 25,9; with > q. d. to bear in si- 
lence, to look on, Hab. 3, 16. ὃ 

Hien. has ἃ twofold form and signifi- 
cation. 

A) mn, fiat. ΤῊΣ 1. to set down, to 
put down one in any place, with acc. 
and 2, 5x. Ez. 37, 1. 40, 25 
the hand Ex. 17,11; to let fall upon, to — 
lay upon any one sc. blows, a scourge, — 
Is. 30, 32 ; also ἘΝ ΠΞῸΞ mn Ez. 44, 
30. Metaph. 3 i-%m mH 0 allay one’s 
anger, i. ὃ. to satiate it, on any one Fiz. 
5, 13. 16, 42. 24. 13. Zech. 6, 8. 


to let down — 





m1 


2. to cause to rest, c. dat. to give rest 
_ to any one Is. 28, 12. 14,3. Often of 
Jehovah, who is said to give his people 
rest, i. e. the quiet possession of the pro- 
mised land, Ex. 33, 14. Josh. 1, 13. 15. 
Deut. 3, 20. 12, 10 ὈΞ 3. Ν 53 pa} m5) 
3°30 and he shall give you ; rest from all 
your enemies round about. 25, 19. Josh. 
ὯΙ, 44. al. Comp. in N. T. καταπαύω, 
χατάπαυσις. 
Hopu. ΓΙ impers. rest is given, c 
dat. Lam. 5, 5; pass. of Hiph. no. 2. 
B) m5, fut. 722, apoc. M259; part. 
m2; like ΘΠ from ΤΌ, 3752 from 47>, 
and the noun 182 i. gq. DIV? from B19 ; 
see Heb. Gr. ὃ 71, note 9. 
1. to set or put down, to lay down, to 


ἢ 


o 


deposit in any place, with ἘΝ or 3 of: 


place, e. g. stones Josh. 4, 3. 8; a corpse 
in the grave 1 K. 13, 29-31. Spec. to 
lay up for eifa-keoping. Ex. 16, 34. Ez. 
42,14. 44,19; before Jehovah Ex. 16, 
33. 34. Num. 17, 22. Deut. 26, 4. 10. 1 K. 
i 8,9. Also to place, to set, as an image 
᾿ς Is. 46, 7. 2 K. 17, 29; a table 2 Chr. 4, 
8 ap Pe people or troops in another land, 
= to sfer, Is. 14. 1. Ez. 37, 14. 2 Chr. 
4 1, 14. “203 ΓΞ to put in ward, cus- 
' tody, Lev. 24, 12. Num. 15, 34. Also 
_ stronger, to cast or throw down, Num. 
19, 9. Is. 28,2772 yN> ΠΣ he casteth 
it to the paid: with might. Am. sie 
Ez. 22, 20. 

2.10 cause to rest, to quiet, to ali 
Kee. 10, 4 gentleness 075573 D NM M27 








_ a) to give rest to any one, i. 6. to let rest, 
to leave in quiet, to let alone, 6. ace. 
“ms om let me alone that, i. e. suffer 
me, Judg. 16, 26. Esth. 3,8. Often c. 
dat. "> nmin 2 K. 23, 18. Hos. 4, 17; 
also with } c. fut. Ex. 32, 10. 2 Sam. 16, 
11 55p™ Ἴ sm2m let him alone that he 
_ may curse, let him curse. ὃ) With acc. 
_ of pers. and inf. c. >, to permit or suffer 
_.one to do any thing, pr. to let him alone 
that he may do it. Ps. 105, 14; with dat. 
~ of pers. Ecc. 5, 11 jizitd 15 ΤΣ} 52258 
_ doth not suffer him to sleep. pr. does not 
Teave him in quiet so as tosleep. 1 Chr. 
16,21. Comp. the verbs 83 and 993 in 
the sense of conceding, permitting, con- 
strued in the same manner. | 

3. to let, to leave, Sept. ἀφίημι, κατα- 
λείπω, in various senses: a) i. q. to let 


657 


_ quieteth (hinders) great offences. Hence - 





=P) 


remain, to leave behind in any place, 
Gen. 42, 33. Deut. 14, 28. Josh. 6, 23; 
e. g. a people in a land Judg. 3, 1. 2 
Sam. 16, 21. 20, 3. Jer. 27, 11; of a 
thing Gen, 39, 16. Ὁ) to Lave remain- 
ing, Ex. 16, 23. Lev. 7,15. With ace. 
of thing and dat. of pers. to leave behind 
to any one, to bequeath to one’s heirs, 
Ps. 17, 14. Ecc. 2, 18; so Is. 65,15. 6) 
to leave or give over to any one, Ps. 119, 
121. 4d) to let leave off ; as 72.72. 73n 
to let the hand rest, i. e. to withdraw it 
from any thing, Ecc. 7,18. 11,6. 6) 
i. q. to forsake, to abandon, Jer. 14, 9. 
Kee. 10, 4. 

Hou. mit to be set down, placed, 
Zech. 5, 11 (comp. the Chald. form Ὁ" 
Dan. 7, 4). Part. ΤΡ something lef 
vacant, vacant place, Ez. 41. 9. 11. 

Deriv. ΤΊΣΙ, 329, HMA, OM, MA, 
and the pr. names ΤΊΣ, M129, M132, ΤΠ Ὁ. 
Also the two following : 


ΤῊ m. 1. rest, quiet, Esth. 9,16 17, 
18; c. suff. πη 2 Chr. 6, 4). 
2. Noah, pr. n. see 113. 


mins (rest, νυ: M52) Nohah, pr. n. of a 
son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 2. 


* DAI to be moved, to quake, i. q. 272, 
once Ps. 99,1; Sept. σαλευϑήτω ἢ γῆ, 
Vulg. moveatur terra ; and so Syr. and 
Chald. Kindr. is Arab. esl vacillavit 
in incessu. 


m9 (τ. 952) in Cheth. for pr. ἢ. τὴ" 
Naioth in Keri, 1 Sam. 19, 18. 19. 22. 
23. 20, 1. 


* 559 Chald. Pa. 533, i. q. 533, to soil 
to foul. Hence 


9292 Chald. f. Ezra 6, 11, and 


9292 Dan. 2,5. 3,29; a dunghill. Dan. 
2,5 and your houses shall become dung- 
hills, 1. 6. sinks. cloace ; comp. 2 Κα. 10, 27. 


*DA2 to slumber, to fall asleep from 
weariness and lassitude, and thus differ- 
ing from 12 to sleep. The primary 
idea seems to be that of nodding, like 
Gr. νυστάζω, which the LX X put for it. 
—Of watchmen, guards, Ps. 121, 3. 4. 
Is. 5,27. Trop. of inactive and slothful 
leaders, prophets, Nah. 3, 18. Is. 56, 10. 
Ps. 76, 6 ΞΟ 522 they sleep their sleep, 


are fallen asleep, perish.—Syr. sad id. 


6 


Contra Arab. ols signifies to sleep, and 


“we to slumber. 
wey 
Deriv. 972527), pr. n. 599, and 


MO) f. slumber, light sleep, ‘Prov. 
23, 31. 


"2 not found in Kal; Hien. fut, 
P21, to sprout, to put forth, subolescere. 
Ps. 72, 17 Cheth. vv) 7727 ΘΒ so, 
long as the sun Bish shall his name 
flourish. In Keri, Nupu. 7139 shall be 
spread abroad. Sept. διαμενεῖ, Hence 
772, 72°92, also 


713 


12 pr. Syr. and Chald. a fish, so called , 


from its prolificness, see the root. In 
Heb. Nun, pr. n. of the father of Joshua, 
Ex. 33, 11. Num. 11, 28, and so con- 
stantly in the book of Joshua. Sept. 
everywhere Ναυή, obviously from an 
error of the earliest copyists (NATH 
for NATN). From the forms Nufy and 
wi found in some Mss. (see Holmes,) 
we may gather that later transcribers 
supposed this Navy to be the pronuncia- 
tion, according to I/acism, of the Hebrew 
x722.—Once Ji? id. 1 Chr. 7, 27. 


ΟἽ fut. ox, cony. 0351; inf. con- 
str. 0423, 023. 

1. to move swiftly, to haste, to fly; 
the radical idea being that of flying, 
(comp. to fly and to flee,) although 
this again is itself secondary, coming 
from the idea of radiating, glittering ; 
see under 733, and comp. Schroeder. 
Origg. Heb. p. 150.—Spoken of the ra-- 
pid course, flight, of a horse and_ his 
rider ; Is. 30, 16 DIO-5Y "2 ND ABN} 
ΝΟΣ os Diz but ye say, ‘ No, * for 
we will Sly on horses ;? therefore shall ye 
flee ; parall. 2292 27>. There is here 
a paronomasia arising from the double 
meaning of the verb 053 

2. lo flee, similar to synon. M22 with 
which it is often coupled ; though some- 
times put absol. to flee away, to escape, 
as Am. 9, 1 Ὁ) o> O47 ND. Jer. 46, 6. 
Spoken of single persons, and also of 
nations, armies, Judg. 7, 22; also of 
things which flee away, e. g. waves Ps. 
104, 7. 114, 3; sorrow Is. 35, 10. 51, 11; 
vigour Deut. 34,7. So Cant. 2,17 and 
4,6 in describing the evening: 50) 
prbbum the shadows flee, i. e. become 


» 


[9 





8 δ" 


lengthened, as it were flee from us and 
are lost. Once i> 02, Fr. il s’enfuit, Is. 
31,8; see in > A. 3. b.—The pers. or 
esiiie’ from which or through fear of 
which one flees, is put after 282 Ex. 4, 
3. Num. 10, 35. Josh. 10, 11. al. ‘ya Is. 
24,18. Ps. 104, 7 “Eb Deut. 28, 25. 


Joels. 7,4. 1 Sam. 4,17; once > Shee t 


16, 34, comp. in > Α. 8.6. The place 
whither one flees is put with 5% Deut. 
19, 5. 1 K. 2, 28; > 2K.8,21. Jer. 15, 16; 


acc. with ΤΠ loc. ‘Gen. 39, 12. 18. 2K. 14, 


19; acc. simpl. 2 K. 9, 27. With by bf 
pers. to flee to any one for help, Is. 10, 3. 
Pit. Ὁ to impel; Is. 59, 19 as a 
confined stream 13 MQD3 τῆγ 49 which 
the wind of Jehovah drives onward. 
’ Hieg. 0929 61. Causat. of Kal no.:2, 
to cause to flee, Ex. 9, 20; to put to 
light, Deut. 32, 30. 

2. to place iin safety, to secure, with 
ace. of thing, Judg. 6, 11. 

Hirupa. 00427 to betake. oneself to 
flight, to flee, Ps. 60,6; so the ancient 
versions, but see in 00) II. 

Deriv. 0°23, 0429, mos: 2, pr. ἢ. 525. 


* 913; aleo 52 as inf. absol. Is. 24, 

20. Ps. 109, 10, but~also constr. Is. 7, 2. 
1. to nod, to waver, to reel, to move to 
and fro unsteadily, Gr.-vevw, Germ. nick- 
en. 


‘mid. Waw, to be moved; II. to move to 
and fro, to make wave, as the winda 
bough, ete—Spoken: a) Of drunken 
persons, to reel, to stagger, Is. 29,9. Ps. 

107, 27; and hence of the earth Is. 24, 
20; of the blind, Lam. 4, 14; one’s paths 
Prov. 5,6. Ὁ) Of a tremulous motion, 
io tremble, e.g. as leaves agitated by 
the wind Is. 7, 2; also of persons or 
things moved with fear, to quake, Is. 6, 
4, 19,1. Ex. 20,18. c) Of the tremu- 
lous motion of any thing suspended in 
the air, fo vibrate, to wave, to sway to 
and fro, as of miners suspended in the 


pits, Job 28, 4 "53 way by they hang 


down far froin’ the dwellings of men, 
and swing to and fro: So of a tree, to 
wave over other ‘trees, metaph. for to 
rule over them, 3 ἀρ: 9, 9. 11. 18. d) 
Of the lips of a person speaking softly 
to move, to vibrate, 1 Sam. 1, 18, 

2. to wander about, comp. 93 and 733 ; 
Am. 4, 8. 8, 12. Dain. 4, 14. 15. Jer. 14 


— 


Chald. id. but ‘rarely; Arab. cs 





Sy 


10. Ps. 109,10. Gen. 4,12 535 32 awan- 
derer and a fugitive. ἘΝ θύμον "to cause 
to wander to and fro, 2 Sam. 15,20 Cheth. 
Nips. pass. of Hiph. to be shalcen, as 
a tree in order that its fruit may fall, Nah. 
3, 12; in a sieve, fo be sifted, Am. 9, 9. 


Hirew. 9725 1. to move to and fro, to’ 


shake, e.g. in a sieve, to sift, Am. 9, 9; 


_ the hand, as a gesture of scorn, to wave, 


 ‘Zeph. 2, 15. 








(435; 
too some valor’ wea ἼΩΞ 3725 to nod 
with the head, 2 (23) ‘here marking 
the instrument, Job 16, 4; but it seems 
- here rather to imply pity. Yet ὙΠ 
N72 implies insult, Jer. 18, 16; comp. 
. 48, 97. Ps, 44, 15. Ecclus. 13, 7. Matt. 
_ 27, 39.—Also to move, i 
B disquict, e. g. one’s bones, 2 K. 23, 18. 


More frequent in this 
sense is the phrase DX1 973M to move the 
head to and fro, to nod or wag the head, 
Sept. κινεῖν τὴν κεφαλήν, Vulg. movere 
caput, a gesture of scorn, insult, con- 
tumely ; prob. not the shaking of the 
head, the usual token of denial, refusal ; 
but a continued nodding fo or αἱ any one, 
which, although a usual sign of assent 
and epercral, may also imply assent and 
joy in one’s adversity and calamity ; 
just as the clapping of hands implies not 
only assent and approbation, but also 
scorn; comp. Lakemacher Observv. VII. 


 p.56sq. Thesaur. p. 865. Ps. 22,8 all 


they that see me laugh me to scorn, they 


gape with the lips, OX7 4372" they nod the 


head. 109, 25; with 59 of pers. Lam. 2, 
“ΠΝ Is. 37, 22. 2K. 19,21. Here 


. q. to.disturb, to 


2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a. b, to cause 


_ toreelor stagger ; Dan.10,10 lo! ahand 
touched me "32 B21 spy 27b> "297271 
and made me reel (stand reeling and 
trembling) upon my knees and the palms 
of my hands. 


3. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 


_ wander about, πλάζω, Num. 32, 13. Ps. 
59, 12. 2 Sam. 15, 20 Keri. 


ery: ὈΠΣΟΣ Ὁ and pr. ἢ. M3). 


mrss (wit whom Jehovah con- 
venes, r. 32") Noadiah, pr.n. a) m 
Ezra 8, 32. Ὁ) f. Neh. 6, 14. 


F 5 1. tolift up, to elevate, see 53, 
mp2. Arab. «δἰ I, IV, intrans. to be 
6 o- 
high, lofty ;'595 the highest part of a 
camel's hump. Hence 


659 





pn 


2. to. lift up the hand repeatedly, to 
move or wave the hand up and down, 
see Hiph. Spec. to sprinkle, which is 
done by such a motion, with two acc. 
Prov. 7, 17 "a "2239 "MD? I have 


a orinklal my bed with myrrh. Comp. 


Hiph. no. 3, and 723.—More freq. is 

Hea. $7251, inf. 9925, once by Chald. 
Mp7 Is. 30, 28. 

1. to lift up repeatedly, to move or 
wave up and down, Sept. αἴρω, ἐπαίρω. 
Spec. a) 57 9°25 to wave the hand, as 
one beckoning Is. 13,2; to shake the 
hand or fist, 6. g. in threatening Is. 11, 
15. 19, 16. Zech. 2, 13 (c. 89); for 
punishment, c. 59 Job 31, 21. So of 
the hand as applied for soothing, heal- 
ing, 6. 982K. 5,11. Comp. xatavsia 
τὴν χεῖρα, Syr. ἵΐ,3]) 243} Acts 13,16. 19, 
33; comp. 12,17. b) to lift up and 
shake, or wave, e. g.an iron tool, a sickle, 
wpon any thing, i. e. to apply an iron 
tool, sickle, o any thing, Sept. ἐπιβάλλω, 
c. 59 Ex. 20, 25. Deut. 23, 26. 27, 5. 
Josh. 8, 31. 

2. to move to and fro, to shake, to wave, 
spoken of a motion not necessarily up 
and down, but also from side to side, e. g. 
of a saw Is. 10,15; a sieve, to sift, Is. 30, 
28. Chald. 2 and mp3, Eth. 7A,P, 
to sift—Spec. of a certain ceremony in 
sacrifices, by which portions of the vic- 
tims or offerings, before being placed 
upon the altar, were waved to and fro, 
as if to show and present them on every 
side. Lev. 7, 30 the fat with the breast 
shall he bring, and the breast shall be 
ἊΔ ΞΡ. ΠΕΡ im& 97> for waving it 
with a waving before Jehovah. 8, 27.29. 
9, 21. 10, 15. 14, 12. 24. 23, 11. 12. 20. 
Ex. 29, 24. 26. Num. δ, 25. 6, 20. 
Joined also with the rite of elevating, or 
the heave-offering, τ πη π ON, Ex. 29, 
27. Lev. 7,34; between which rites the 
Rabbins justly distinguish thus, viz. 
that the heave-offering is prenented with 
a motion up and down, and the wave- 
offering with a motion from side to side; 
see Carpzov. Apparat. p. 709 sq. In 
the case of living victims and in the con- 
secration of the Levites, the waving. 
would seem to have consisted in lead- 
ing them about to and fro, Num. 8, 
11-21. Saadias renders well. in re- 


ane 
spect to offerings, by KS Os 


agitando agitavil ; and, of Ae aa 


tims and persons by ἘΝ 5 circum- 


duit circumducendo. Among the Ro- 
mans the porrectio was a similar rite ; 
as also the elevation of the host (mon- 
stratio) in the Latin church.—Rarely of 
offering in general, Ex. 35, 22. 

3. i. q. Kal no. 2, to sprinkle, to scat- 
ter, as God the rain, Ps. 68, 10. 

. Hops. 92:5 pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Ex. 
29, 27. 

Pi. 5% i. q. Hiph. no. 1, to shake the 
hand or fist af any one, as a gesture of 
threatening, c. acc. Is. 10, 32. 

Deriv. FE}, ΓΒ, 72, MBM, and 


512 m. elevation, height, see r. 9. 
Ps. 48, 3 beautiful-for elevation is mount 
Zion, i. 6. it rises gracefully.—But 53 
Memphis, is of Egyptian origin, q. v. 


” y 12 1. Pr. tosend out rays, 10 spar- 


kle, to glitter, as Arab. 513 mid. Waw; 
comp. 72 and 7i%"3 a spark. Hence 

2. Trop. to flourish, see Hiph. 

3. Trop. to fly, to flee, as in kindr. 043. 
The idea of sparkling, radiating, is oft- 
en transferred to other kinds of swift 
tremulous motion ; comp. 3 "23 sons 
of the lightning, i. e. swift birds of prey ; 
also "71 no. 2,3; Lat. micare, emicare ; 
see Schroeder Origg. Heb. p. 144.—So 
perh. Lam. 4, 15 532 53 52 they flee 
away and wander ; but see in H¥3.no. 1. 

ΗΙΡΗ. 72% to flourish, Cant. 6, 11. 7, 
13. In Targg. 7728 id. 

Note. The nouns 73, 2), ἼΞ2 are 
derived from the kindred verb 722 
4. ν. 

Mz f. (r. 482) a wing-feather, pin- 
ton, Ez. 17, 3.7. Job 39, 13.—For the 
form mx) Lev. 1, 16 see below in its or- 
der. 


* P73 a doubtful root, prob. i. q. P25 to 
suck ; whence fut. Hiph. 45—"2M) and 
she suckled him, Ex. 2,9. But a very 


slight change of the vowels gives 


§mP72M1, from 2" 
* "119 obsol. root, to shine, i. 4. "173 4} 


Arab. 3b mid. basi id. 3G fire, ἢ): 


660 





"T) 


and pec light. Syr. {oon fire, Sam. 
apes 
Deriv. "72, "2, 
2 Chald. f. emphat. 853, fire, Dan. 
3, 6. 11. 15. 17. 27. 7, 9. all. 





“129, 79, pr. ἢ, 


* WAI i. gq. tax, to be sick, ill at ease, 
once trop. of the mind Ps. 69, 21. Syr. 
a1 id. Gr. νόσος, νοῦσος. 


























“F172 fut. n34, apoc. ΤῈ Is. 63, 3, cony 
™1 2 K. 9, 33. 

1. to leap for joy, to exult, to spring. 
The primary idea is that of sparkting, 
Jlying out, so that 733 with the sibilant 
softened is kindr. with ΤΙΣ), 732, ya. 
Arab. {45 to leap} to spring. baa a wide 
usage ; see Thesaur. p. 868. | 

2. Of liquids, to leap forth, to spout, to 
spirt, to be sprinkled, with 53, >. on, 
upon any thing Lev. 6, 20 [37] 2K. 9, 
33 ; also Is. 63, 3. 

Fiat mar; fat Mt}, conv. 4. 1. to 
cause to leap for joy, to cause to exult, to 
make rejoice, with acc. and >3 in or be-— 
cause of any thing; Is. 52, 15 M35 19 
ΡΣ Ὁ 2 O39 so shall he cause many 
nations to rejoice in himself; comp. 
Minna ba. Sept. οὕτω ϑαυμάσονται 
ἔϑνη πολλὰ ἐπ᾽ «αὐτῷ.---Αὐ. Syr. Vulg. 
Luth. Engl. so shall he sprinkle many 
nations, see no. 2, i.e. my servant the 
Messiah shall make expiation for them 5 
but this accords less well with the 
parallel verb Daw. 

2. to sprinkle, e. g. water, blood, also 
oil Lev. 8,11; c. 53 Ex. 29, 21. Lev. 5, 9. 
8, 30. Num. 8, 73 by towards Lev. 14, 
51; ὭΣ Lev. 16, 14; "28> ib. et v. 
15; ἜΒΤΟΝ Lev. 4, 6. 17. “Ace. impl. | 
Nom. 19, 18. 19. 

Deriv. “37 pr. ἢ. 


"72 m. see in τ. "ἢν Niph. p. 274. 


“WT? m. (τ. “12) corfiftr. 9712, one con= 
secrated, devoted, spoken of persons. 

1. a Nazarite, a species of ascetics 
among the Hebrews. who bound them=- 
selves by a vow to abstain from certain 
things (see the law Num. 6, 2 sq.) Am, 
2, 11.12; more fully ΠΡ ἜΣ con 
crated to God, Judg. 13, 5. va 16,17. 5 
"712 773 lhe vow of a Nuzarite Num. 6 






r 573 


Α 

: 

Υ 2.—From the Nazarite, who leit his 

locks unshorn, the word was transferred 

j ‘to the vine, which every seventh and 
also every fiftieth year was left unprun- 


ed, Ley. 25, 5. 11. Comp. Talmudic 


; maps ΓΙΡῚΣΞ virginitas sycomori, a syca- 
ἢ 


‘more not yet pruned. 

2. a prince, as consecrated to God, 
Gen. 49,.26. Deut. 33, 16. Lam. 4, 7. 
Comp. n7wa. 


* 57 fat. bx 1. to flow, to run, sid. 
bar, bb; e. g. liquids, Num. 24, 7. Ps. 
147, 18. Part. plur. p71) the flowing, 
an epithet of waters Jer. 18, 14; hence 
poet. for floods, streams, Ex. 15, 18. Is. 
44, 3. Ps. 78, 16. Prov. 5,15. Metaph. 
of language, Deut. 32, 2 my speech shall 
flow (distil) as the dew. Of fragrant 
odours distilling and flowing through 
the air, Cant. 4, 16.—In poetry also to 
flow with any thing is put to express 
abundance, with acc. (see in 425 no. 3,) 
Jer. 9,17 Ὁ 3 τ 57 32529) and our eye- 
px flow with waters. Is, 45, 8. Job 36, 


Ϊ 
4 
.* Nore. The form 1513 Judg. 5, 5 is for 
_ sbt3 Niph. of ds q. v. 
Hira. barn, causat. of no. 1, to cause 
ἵν. to flow Is. 48, 21.—The same form is 
j found i in >>3. 

Deriv. ribs 4. ν. 


“᾿ *DT3 obsol. root, either i. q. Arab. 
3 to perforate, to string pearls, whence 





3a string of pearls; or better, i. q. 
_ Chald. 21 to muzzle, whence Syr. 


a a 


ἡ a ring in the nose of animals to be tamed, 
i. ἃ. hm.—Hence 


_ OF) m. 6. suff. 212, plur. 07249, estr. 
| 232. aring,i.e. a) a nose-ring, a fe- 
_ male ornament common in the East; 
Gen. 24, 47. Is. 3,21. Prov. 11, 22. Ez. 
16, 12. See Jerome on Ez. 16, 12. 
Hartmann’s Hebraerinn II. 166. IIL. 
205 sq. δ) an ear-ring, Gen. 35, 4. 
Ex. 32, 2.—Genr. and without specifica- 
tion, Judg. 8, 24. 25. Job 42,11. Prov. 
25, 12. Hos. 2, 15. 


* Pi? Chald. to suffer loss or detri- 
ment, Part. Pt2 Dan. 6, 3. Freq. in 
Targg. 

— 56 


661 





ἊΡ 


Apu. ΡΠ to bring loss upon, to en- 
damage, Ez. 4, 13. 15. 22. Hence 


Pi? m. loss, damage, Esth. 7, 4. 


*"T2 in Kal not used, Arab. as 
to consecrate, to vow. The Arabs thus 
embrace in this one word what the He- 
brews express by the two kindred verbs 
“13 and "33. The primary idea is that 
of separating. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to separate oneself from any 
one, 6. g. Mim) “MN i. e. to fall away 
from the worship of Jehovah, Ez. 14, 7. 

2. to abstain from any thing, with 12 
Ley. 22, 2; absol. spoken of abstinence 
from food and drink Zech. 7, 3, comp. v.. 
5.—Syr. Ethpe. id. 

3. to consecrate or devote oneself to 
any thing, 6. g. min"> Hos. 9, 10. 

Hiew. "351. ‘to separate one from 
any thing, i. e. to restrain from, to ad- 
monish against. Lev. 15, 31 “MX BMI) 
onNQwA be Ὁ 23. cause ye the ‘children 
of. Israel to separate themselves from their 
uncleanness, i. e. admonish them not to 
make themselves unclean. Comp. Arab. 
pos IV to premonish, to admonish. 

2. Trans. to consecrate, c. 2 Num. 6, 
12. 

3. Intrans. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to abstain, 
c. 12 Num. 6, 3. 

4, i. q. Niph. no. 3, to consecrate or de- 
vote oneself, 1371"> Num. 6, 2. 5. 6. 
~ Deriv. "713, 5°29, and 


“T2 τὰ. c. suff. i512 1. consecration 
of a priest Lev. 21, 12; spec. of a Naza- 
rite (see 7°12) Num. 6, 4. 6. 9 7912 WAT 
his consecrated head. v.12. Hence me- 
ton. consecrated head sc. of a Nazarite, 
Num. 6, 19. Also, the primary -idea 
being dropped, unshorn hair, long hair, 
e. g. of a woman, Jer. 7, 29. 

2. a diadem, worn as the mark of con 
secration, 6. g. by the high priest, whose 
diadem was called 3PM “32, Ex. 29, 6. 
39, 30. Lev. 8, 95 a king 2 Sam. i, 10. 
2K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23,11. al. "12 "258 
the gems of a eee put for any thing 
precious, Zech. 9, 16. 


1 Noah pr. n. Gr. Nos, Nw, (i. q. 
mia rest, σ᾿ ™52,) the son of Lamech, 
preserved from the deluge for his right- 
eousness, Gen. 5, 29. 32. ὁ. 6-9. 10, 1. 32. 
1 Chr. 1,4. 9,2. Ez. 14, 14. 20. So 19. 


and 


m3 the wuters of Noah, the deluge, Is. 
54, 9.—On the etymology see Thesaur. 
p. 862. 


"AM3 (hidden, verbal of Niph. τ. 73m) 
Nahbi, pr. ἢ. τὰ. Num. 13, 14. 


. ris in Kal preet. 412, imper. 773, 
and in Hips. min, fut. om, inf. 
nino. 

1. to lead, to conduct, to guide ; kindr. 
are 3), 5M. Sept. often, ὁδηγέω, καϑη- 
yew, sometimes ἄγω, éxcyo.—Constr. c. 
> to any one, Ex. 32, 34; ἽΡ Ps. 60, 
11; ἌΞΩΝ 1 Sam. 22,4; nap Prov. 18, 
16; also with ἡ of inde whence Num. 
23,7; absol. Job 38, 32.—Often of God 
as Aguada or suiding a people or per- 
sons; Gen. 24, 27 "My M2 77 ΣΤῚΣ FTI 
“258 ‘the Lord hath led me in the way to 
the house of my master’s brethren. v. 48. 
Ex. 13, 17. 21. ‘Neh. 9,12. Ps. 78, 14; 
with by Ps. 107, 30; 5 Ex. 15, 13. Dent. 
32, 12. Ps. 31, 4. 139, 10. Is. 57, 18. al. 
Trp. God is said to lead any one ina 
way of righteousness Ps. 23, 3; in the 
old way, the religion of the forefathers, 
Ps. 139, 24; in his counsel 73,24; comp. 
also Ps. 5, 9. 27, 11. J 

2. to lead out or away, to carry away 
to any place. 1K. 10, 26 "ya cmos 
33°19 and brought them out into the cities 
for chariots. So to lead or carry away 
a people into exile, coupled with m>3n, 
2K. 18, 11. Job 12, 23 he enlargeth the 
nations and (again) leadeth them away 
into captivity. 


DAM? Neh. 7, 7, see 51 lett. ὁ 


DAN? (consolation, r. m2) Nahum, pr. 
n. of a prophet, Nah. 1, 1. 


D252 m. plur. (τ. ὉΠ) 1. consola- 
tions Is. 57,18. Zech. 1,13 where many 
Mss. and editions ΩΝ nani, but 
against analogy. 

2. compassion, Hos. 11, 8. 


“M3 (snorting, snoring,) Nahor, pr. n. 
a) A postdiluvian patriarch Gen. 11, 22. 
b) A brother of Abraham Gen. 26, 57. 


32 m. adj. (denom. from mim) 
brazen, trop. Job 6,12. Also 


mean pr. fem. of the preced. δ) 
brazen, as ‘2 ΩΡ a bow of brass, bra- 
Zen, Ps, 18, 35. Job 20,24. Ὁ) Neut. any 


662 





bey q 


thing made of brass, a brazen thing 
Lev. 26,19. Job 41,19. Is. 48, 4. Mie. 
4,13. ‘Hence poet. for brass, i.g. MOM, 
Job 28, 2. Is. 45, 2 ram mindy doors 
of brass, brazen ‘doora: Job 40. 18 ἜΝ 


‘wm? tubes of brass. 


mio) ¢. plur. Ps. 5, 1, an instrument 
of music, prob. tibie, pipes, flutes, i.g. 
72%. Itis for Mibm2 the perforated, pr. 
part. Niph. ofr. bb. | 


BPI) dual (τ. 9) the nostrils, from 
snoring, Job 41, 12 20} Syr. sing. 


ἴω nose, Arab. ye nostril. 


Ἂ ons fut. Dra" ‘1. to take, to get as 
a possession, to possess, nearly i. ᾳ. 89. 
The primary idea seems to be that of 
leading, drawing ; so that Ὁ. is of like 
signif. with 592. From the idea of 
leading, comes, on the one hand, that 
of flowing, ΠΡ ΘΑ ἘΓῚΣ stream; and, on 
the other, that of taking, receiving, as 
we also say, ‘to draw money, to draw — 
profit,’ etc. for ‘to get, take, receive.’— 
Spoken: a) Often of the Israelites as 
acquiring and enjoying possession of — 
Canaan, c. acc. Ex. 23, 30. Josh. 14, 1. 
Is. 57, 13. Ps. 69, 37. al. Without ace. 
to take possession, to have possession, to 
possess, Josh. 16,4. Num. 32, 19; with 
a of place Num. 18, 20. Deut. 19, 14. 
Num. 18, 23. 24. Josh. 17, 6. 19,9. Ὁ) 
Of God who takes Israel as his own pos- 
session, and therefore protects and de- 
fends them; Ex. 34,9. Zech. 2, 16 [12]; 
with 3 of place Ps. 82,8. 6) Genr. to 
get, to gain, to acquire, as a possession, 
e.g. glory Prov. 3, 35; wealth 28, 10; 
also folly 14,18; the wind 11,29. So 
Jer. 16,19 our fathers 352 "PO have 
possessed lies, i. e. idols for worship. 
Ps. 119, 111 thy precepts have I taken 
as a possession for ever. ἃ) With ace. 
of pers. to take possession of any one, 
i.e. to seize upon his possession, to drive 
out, to dispossess him, Zeph. 2,9. Comp. 
to no. 1. b. 

2. to get by inheritance, to inherit, with 
a of place, Judg. 11, 2 m"33 drm Nb 
ἼΣΩΝ thou shalt not inherit in our fa- 
ther’s house-—The LXX render Ὁ 
κληρογομέω also many passages cite 
under no. 1; but the specific idea 
inheritance in this verb is rare 












































ὉΠ} 


3. Causat. i.q. Pi. to give to be pos- 
sessed, to distribute any thing, with acc. 
of Ming” and > of pers. Num. 34, 17 
PITHY 222 srt who shall distré- 
bute the land unto: you. v. 18. Josh. 19, 49. 

Piet >m to give to be pocscsced, to 
distribute, Josh. 13, 32; with two acc. 


of pers. and thing Josh. 14,1. Num. 34, 
29; > of pers. Josh. 19, 51. 
Hin. damn, fut. bans 1. to give as 


@ possession, to cause to possess, often 


with two acc. of pers. and thing, 1 Sam. 


2,8. Zech. 8,12; often spoken of the 


distribution of the land of Canaan, Deut. 
1, 38. 3, 28. 19, 3. 31, 7. Jer. 3, 18. 12, 14. 
Josh. 1, 6. With acc. of thing impl. 
Deut. 32, 8 ova yisb> Srna when the 
Most High gave (divided out) to the na- 
tions their possession. Prov. 8, 21. Acc. 
of pers. impl. Is. 49, 8. 

2. to cause to inherit, i.e. a) to leave 
as heir Prov. 13, 22. Wb) to leave as 
an inheritance, with dat. of pers. 1 Chr. 
28,8. c) to distribute an inheritance, 
with two acc. Deut. 21, 16. 

Horn. to be made to possess,.i.e. to 
have allotted or appointed as one’s por- 


tion, although by compulsion and un- 
willingly; hence with acc. (Heb. Gr. 


ὁ 140. 1. a,) Job 7,3 δ. το ΤΡ ἌΠΟ ΤΙΣΙ 

I have been allotted months of misery, 

such are appointed as my portion. 
Hirup. i. q. Kal, to receive as one’s 


own, to possess oneself of, c. acc. Num. 
_ 32, 18. Is. 14,2. With dat. of pers. to 
_ possess for oneself and. for one’s heirs, 
i.e. so as to transmit to one’s heirs; 
| Ley.25,46 Ὡ3 ΤΙΝ 029233 onk ὈΟΓΙΣ ΓΙ 
and ye shall possess them for yourselves 
_ and for your sons after you ; 
_ ancient versions. 
_ are to be explained Num. 33, 54. 34, 13. 
_ Ez.47,13. Comp. Ewald’s Krit. Gramm. 
ip. 204. 


so all the 
In the same manner 


Deriv. m>m2 and the four following. 


M3 m: with He local Num. 34,5, and 
poet. mom5 Ps. 124, 4; dual τοῦτο Ez. 
47,9; plur. p-5m2, constr. “bra, c. suff. 
mbm. 

"toa stream, brook,, torrent, so called 


‘trom its flowing, see r. ἘΠῚ Kal no. 1. 


Lev. 11, 9.10. Deut. 8,7. 10,7. 1 Sam. 
17, 40. 5 Sam. 17, 13. a 11. ‘1B. Ps. 78, 
20. al. sep. Ἰδὲ bm a perennial brook, 


663 





Sn 


see in [M8 no. 1. HRW >m2 an overflow- 
ing stream Is. 30, 28. 66, 12. Jer. 47, 2. 
mrbr) ὍΣΣ stones of the brooks Jeb 22, 24, 

comp. 1 Sam. 17, 40. Is. 57, 6. So ἜΣ. 
br willows of the brook Lev. 23, 40. Job 


40,22; and hence 0723935 5n3 the brook 


of willows Is. 15, 7, as pr. n. of a stream 
on the east of the Dead Sea, perh. the 
present Wady el-Ahsy,. ») sols, 
which descends from the eastern moun- 
tains and enters the south end of the 
Dead Sea; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1]. 
p. 488, 555. Most of the streams in Pa- 
lestine are torrents flowing only in win- 
ter, χεέμαῤῥοι, and such an one is meant 
in Job 6, 15: my brethren are deceitful 
like the torrent, which dries up unex- 
pectedly and so disappoints the traveller. 
The torrents (272M) of Palestine named 
in the O. T. are: ets + “iar 3 
pa. 2, called also 735 '3 2 Sam: 24, δ, 
m2 °y, yp 5, yep 5, mp’, 568, 
under these worde. Farther, nan ἢ 
the brook of the desert i.e. of the Arabah, 
put perh. for the Kidron, which falls fits 
the northern part of the Dead Sea, 
comp. 2 Κι. 14, 25. ΘΛ 5112 the brook 
or torrent of Egypt, on the confines of 
Egypt and Palestine, later ὩῬινοκόρουρα, 
now Wady el-Arish, 9. 6}, Num. 
34,5. Josh. 15, 4. 47; comp. 1 K. 8, 65. 
2K. 24,7. Is. 27,12; called also κατ 
ἐξοχήν simply bm Ez. 47,19. 48, 28. 
But the river of Egypt, 07242 7), is 
the Nile, Gen. 15, 18.—Poet. ΤΊΣ “bm 
a torrent of sulphur Is. 30, 33; streams 
of honey Job 20, 17; streams if oul Mic. 
6,7; 59223 "Στ torrents of destruction 
Ps. 18, 5. | 

2. a valley, ravine, watered by a brook 


or torrent, Arab. sol, Wady, Syr. ad 


for Gr. φάραγξ Luke 3, 5.—Gen. 26, 19. 
Num. 24,6. 2 K.3, 16. Ps, 104, 10. Cant. 
G11. ἘΝ The sales enumerated of 
this kind are: 5308 2, priv 5, ow avin, 
ἜΤ, TaD, see aider ΣΝ: words.— 
Since bn inthe both a brook and the 
valley 1 in which it flows,*the same ex- 
pression may be waderstood of either ; 
as ‘3712 of the brook Deut. 2, 13. 14, 
and of the valley Num. 21, 12; and in 
some examples it may be doubtful which 
is meant, as Josh. 15, 7. 19, 14, comp — 
11. See Thesaur. p. 873. 


ony 


3. Prob. shaft or adit of a mine ; Job 
28, 4 5112 718 they break (pierce) ashaft. 


moms Milél Ps. 124, 45 see in bm 
init. 


Tom? Γ᾿ (τ. ὉΠ) constr. nom, c. suff. 
snbm ; ; plur. nibry Is. 49, 8. 


1. a taking possession, occupation ; | 


Is. 17, 11 2m) OYA in the day of occu- 
pation, i. e. of gathering the harvest. 
But on account of the following 38> 
wax, it is better to read HM) a deadly 
sound ; seein r. An Niph. 

2. a possession, estate, property, that 
which is possessed. Ps. 2, 8 J will give 
thee the heathen as thy possession, 72>". 
So of wealth Prov. 20, 21. Ecc. 7, 21; 
oftener of a possession of land, real es- 
tate, Num. 16, 14. 86, 7. 8. 9. Ruth 4, 5. 
6. 10. Josh. 19, 49.—Spee. a) Of the 
territory assigned by lot to each tribe, 
Josh. 23, 23. 28; comp. 18, 20. 28. 19, 1. 
8. 9. 16. 23. 31. 39. 48. Hence of the 
Levites it is said, Num. 18, 23 among 
the children of Israel they shall have no 
possession. v.24. 26,62. Josh. 13, 14. 33. 
14,3. Ὁ) Of the whole land of Pales- 
tine, given as a possession to the Israel- 
ites, Deut. 4, 38. 15,4. 19, 10. 20, 16. 
21, 23. 24,4. 26,1. spso mdm Is. 58, 
14. al. ¢) mins mbm3 the possession of 
Jehovah, his ‘property, i. e. the children 
of Israel, whom Jehovah cares for and 
protects as his own cherished people, 
Deut. 4, 20. 9, 26. 29. 1 Sam. 26,19. 2 
Sam. 14, 16. Is. 19, 25. Joel 2,17. Jer. 
12, 7-9. Ps. 28, 9. 106, 40. al. But in 
Ps. 127, 3 ™ m3n2 is a possession from 
the Lord, bestowed by him. d) For 
the prado b> ΓΒ ΤΙΣ pon "> ws, see in 

Per no. 2. a. 

ἐκ: Spec. an inheritance, patrimony, 
Num. 27, 7. Job 42, 15. 1 K. 21, 4. Prov. 
19, 14; also Prov. 17, 2. 
+4. a portion, lot, assigned of God, i. q. 
pen no. 2.d. Job 27, 13. Is. 54, 17. Job 
20, 29 ἘΝ TaN MM? the lot appointed 
unto him from God. With genit. id. 
Job 31,2; comp. Ps. 127, 3 in no. 1. ὁ. 


282M? (valley of God) Nahaliel, pr. 
n. of a station of the Israelites in the 
desert, Num. 21, 19. 


2733 Nehelamite, patronym. other- 
wise unknown Jer. 29. 24. 31. 32. 


664 





Dr 


mem £ i. q. Hbm2, @ possession, por- 
tion, lot, with the less frequent feminine 
termination n—, Ps. 16,6. R. 5m. 


F ὩΠ2 in Kal not used, pr. onoma- 
topoet. to draw the breath forcibly, to 


ue 
pant, to sigh, to groan, like Arab. ΜΞ 


Kindred roots are 512, 52, Dp), q. v. 

Nipa. ὉΠ), fut. 8739, cony. ΓΞ", 

1. to lament, to grieve ; for the use of 
the passive and middle in verbs of emo- 
tion, comp. M282, ὀδύρομαι, contristart, 
alsoN22 Niph. Spoken: a) Inregard 
to others, hence i. q. to pity, to have 
compassion, absol. Jer. 15, 6 DMI "1853 
Iam weary of having compassion ; ὁ. >3’ 
Ps. 90, 13; Ἐκ Judg. 21,6; > v. 15; 18 
Judg. 2, 18. b) In reget to δένθν 
own doings, to grieve ; hence to repent, 
(comp. Germ. reuen which in Switzer- 
land means to grieve, Engl. to rue,) Ex. 
13, 17. Job 42, 6. Ps. 110, 4; with "> 
Gen. 6, 6.7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. Often of 
one who repents, grieves, for the evil he 
has brought upon another, Ps. 106, 45. 
Jer. 20, 16. Jon. 3,9. Joel 2,14; c. d» 
Ex. 32, 12. 14. Jer. 8, 6. 18, 8. 10; δὲ 2 
Sam. 24, 16. Jer. 26, 3. 

2. Reflex. of Piel, to console oneself, to 
be comforted Gen. 38, 12; with >¥ con- 
cerning any thing 2 Sam. 13, 39; with 
"28 i. e. for the loss of any one Gen. 
24, 67.—Hence 

3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance, 
since, to use the words of Aristotle, Rhet. 
Il. 2, τῇ ὀργῆ ἕπεται ἡδονή τις ἀπὸ τῆς 
ἐλπίδος τοῦ τιμωρήσασϑαι. With 78 Is. 
1, 24; comp. Ez. 5, 13. 31,16. 32, 31. 
See Hithp. no. 3.. 

Piex ὉΠ, fut. O72", ἐο console, to com- 
fort, pr. to express grief, compassion ; 
Job 16,2. Ecc. 4, 1 ΒΞ ἘΠῚ 1 they 
had no comforter, Lam. 1, 2. 9..16. 17. 
With acc. of pers. Gen. 37, 35. 50, 21. 
Ruth 2, 13. al. With 52 of things con- 
cerning which, 1 Chr. 19, 2. Is. 16. 7. 
22,4. Ez. 14, 22. Job 42, 11. So God is 
said to comfort any one by restoring to 
him his favour, Is. 12, 1. 49, 13. Jer. 31, 
13. Zech. 1, 17. Ps. 23,4. al. 

PUAL bn), to be consoled, comforted , 
Part. ΓῺΓ: for mom Is. 54, 11. 

Hirnp.. pminn, ‘once onin Ez. 5, 13, 
i. q. Niph. but las frequent. : 





om 


1. to lament, to grieve: a) For ano- 

_ ther, i. 6. to pity, to have compassion, c. 

ὃν Deut. 32, 36. Ps. 135,14. _b) to re- 
pent, Num. 23, 19. 

2. to console oneself, to be comforted, 
Gen. 27, 35. Ps. 119, 52. 

3. to avenge oneself, totake vengeance ; 
Gen. 27, 42 39 om2ma ΠΝ we mn 
70> lo, Esau thy brother will avenge 
himself by slaying thee. 

Deriv. ΛΓ), DYAMIA, Mian, 
the pr. names Dim), pm, nen, and 
the five here following. 


DV32 (consolation) Naham, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 4, 19. 


DM), plur. n°am), see in D775}. 
DI) m. repentance, Hos. 13, 14. 


man) f, (τ. m2) Kamets impure, con- 
solation, Job 6, 10. Ps. 119, 50. 


_ "4732 (whom Jehovah comforts) Ne- 

hemiah,*pr.n. 8) The son of Hacha- 
_ liah, governor of Judea under Artaxerxes 

Longimanus, Neh. 1, 1. 8, 9. 10, 2. 12, 
26. Sept. Weeulos. Comp. snwan.— 
 Differentare Ὁ) Neh.3,16. c) Ezra 
=» 2; 2. Neh. 7, 7. 

"2722 (compassionate, r. Dm?) Naha- 
" mani, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 7. 


q 72 i. α. M28, we, found only Gen. 
᾿ 42, 11. Ex. 16, 7. 8. Num. 32, 32. 2 Sam. 
: 17, 12. Lam. 3, 42. 


; OM) i. q. Chald. wim pane see in 
“ene. 





* γ13 i. ᾳ. 72, to urge, to press, see 
under the letter >. Part. pass. 7312 
_ urged, i. 6. urgent, pressing, 1 Sam. 21, 
| 9.—Arab. Ya id. 

: “3 onomatopoetic root, Arab. 


~Syr. saa), to breathe hard through the 
" nose, to snort. to snore, comp. Eth. Ζ ΝΖ, 
to snore, Gr. géyzw, ῥόγχος. --- Hence 
pe1"M3, pr. n. VIM}, also the two follow- 
ing. 

W32 τὴ. Job 39, 20, and T7772 f. Jer. 
8, 16, a snorting, e. g. of a horse. 

VWI) 2 Sam. 23, 37, and "7 1 Chr. 
41, 37 (snorer, r. 93) Naharai, pr. n. τη. 


Alf wn in Kal not used, an onoma- 
topoetic root, i. q. 82, expressing a low 
56* 


665 





‘On 


hissing sound, to hiss, to whisper, espec. 
of the whispering or muttering of sorce- 
rers, see UM? Pi. Ps. 58,6. Comp. Zab. . 


1 to whisper, see Cod. Nas. III. Ὁ. 88, 


line 16.18. Syr. wiml.to practise en- 
chantments. 


Pret m2, fut. tm, to take auguries, 
to practise divination, to divine, Lev. 
19, 26. Deut. 18,'10. 2 K. 17, 17. 21, 6. 
—Some here understand ὀφιμαντεία or 
divination by serpents, as if denom. from 
wm2; see Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 21.— 
Hence 

2. In a wider sense, to divine, to prog- 
nosticate, to augur, i. 6. to feel a pre- 
sage; Gen. 30, 27 mint 7229237) "MeN 
sbbaa I augur that Jehovah blesseth me 
for thy sake. 44, 15 know ye not &m2 "2 
73 TWX WN OM" chat such an one as 
I could certainly divine such things ? ἦν. 
5 whereby indeed he divineth ? i. 6. the 
cup, κυλικομαντεία. 1 Κ΄. 20, 33 DWNT 
swm2" and the men took as a good omen 
sc. the words of Ahab in v. 32. See 
more in Thesaur. p. 875. 

Deriv. ὅπ, m3, pr. n. FwM. 


*TI. wn a root assumed to furnish 
an etymology for Mn} brass; perh. to 
be bright, corresponding to ὅπ. But 
the Semitic languages afford no trace 
of such a usage. 


Oi) m. (τ. ὅτ 1) 1. incantation, en- 
chantment, Num. 23, 23. 

2. augury, omen, which one takes. 
Num. 24, 1; comp. 23, 3. 15. 


OM) m. (τ. m3 1) 1. @ serpent, so 
called from its hissing, Gen. 49, 17. Ex. 
4, 3. 7, 15. Deut. 8, 15. Ps. 58, 5. al. 
Frequent mention is made of its deadly 
bite, Num. 21, 17 sq. Am. 5, 19. 9,3. Ecce. 
10, 11. Prov. 23, 22; also of its cunning, 
Gen. 3, 1 sq. comp. Matt. 10, 16, and Bo- 
chart Hieroz. III. p.246 Lips.—Put forthe 
constellation of the serpent or dragon in 
the northern quarter of the heavens, Job 
26, 13. Arab. us. 

2. Nahash, pr.n. a) A place other- 
wise unknown 1 Chr. 4,12. b) A king 
of the Ammonites 1 Sam. 11, 1. 2 Sam. 
10,2. 06) 2Sam. 17, 27. d) 2Sam 
17, 25. 


wns ) 666 


wn Chald. m. brass, copper, Dan. 2, 


32.45. 4,20.al. Syr. ἔλα, Heb. mijn). 


ji@2 (enchanter, r. m1) Nahshon, 
pr. n. of a son of Amminadab, Ex. 6, 23. 
Num. 1, 7. Ruth 4, 20. 


ΓΤ (r. tm IL) comm. gend. m. 
Ez. 1,7. Dan. 10, 6, f. 1 Chr. 18, 8; ὃ. 
suff. FUN? Ez. 16, 36, "Mm Lam. 3,7; 
dual oo mwn. 

1. brass, χαλκός, pr. copper, mostly as 
hardened and tempered, and so used for 
arms and other implements, Gen. 4, 22. 
Ex. 26, 11. 37. al. sepe. Metaph. Jer. 
6, 28 brass and iron are they all, i.e. 
base, vile, of less precious metal.—Syr. 
and Chald. id. 

2. Any thing made of brass or cop- 
per,e.g. a) money, brass or copper 
coin, Ez. 16, 36 ἼΘ ΤΣ FEN 2, Vulg. 
quia effusum est es tuum. b) a chain, 
fetter, of brass or copper, Lam. 3,7. So 
dual ΘΟ fetters Judg. 16, 21. ὃ Sam. 
3, 34. 2 K. 25, 7. Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11. 


NNW) (brass) Nehushia, pr. n. ἢ 
of the mother of king Jehoiachin, 2 K. 
24, 8. 


yaw? m. (from Mn) and the end- 
ing \~) Nehushtan, i. e. the brazen ser- 
pent, erected by Moses, and broken in 
pieces by Hezekiah because the Israel- 
ites made of it an idol and worshipped 
it under this name, 2 K. 18,4. 


* TT) fut. mys Ps. 38,3, and mn’ 
Prov. 17, 10, to go or come down, to de- 
scend, a root common in Arameean, i. q. 
Heb. 737; so Chald. mm fut. mans, Syr. 


Dal fut. 2oud. In O. T. only poetic ; 


perhaps denom. from the noun mm) (r. 
m3), the Ὁ passing over into a radical.— 
Jer. 21, 13 52959 mM" who will come 
down against us? sc. to attack us. Ps. 
38,3 πὸ "DY mmm and thy hand cometh 
down upon me in chastisement. Plur, 
smn? Job 21, 13, for smm?, Dag. euphon. 
comp. Lehrg. p. 85. Trop. Prov. 17, 10 
sea MISA MMM reproof goeth down 
(sinketh deep) into the mind of the wise, 
comp. 18, 8. 26,22. The form mmm is 
penacute, comp. Lehrg. ὃ 51. 1. n. 1. 

Nipu. 193 i. ᾳ. Kal, Ps. 38, 3 ΠΧ 
“2a mm for thine arrows come down 
upon Me, pierce me. 


hand of God in threat Jer. 51, 25. Ez. 





m3 

Piet MM} to press down, 6. g. a bow, 
i. 6. to bend, Ps. 18, 35; furrows, i. 6. to 
level, spoken of rain Ps. 65,11. 

Hipu. to lead down, ἱ. ἃ. 15. Im- 
per. Joel 4, 11 #7133 7 NI Maw thi- 
ther lead down, Jehovah, thy warriors ; 
comp. v. 2. Others: prostrate, but con- — 
trary to the parallelism. 
Deriv. D°AM?. 


ΓΙ} Chald. to come down, to descend, 
part. oo: Dan. 4, 10. 20. 

Apa. fut. ὌΠ, imp. MX , part. mri. 

1. to bring down or away, Ezra 5, 15. 

2. to lay down, to deposit, for safe- 
keeping, Engl. to lay up, Ezra 6, 1. 5. 

Horn. ΠΣ after the Heb. to be 
brought down, to be deposed, Dan. 5, 20. 


2 f(r. m9) as MM from mr. 

1. a letting down, e. g. of the arm for 
punishment, Is. 30, 30, comp. v. 32. 
Concr. that which is let down, set on 
upon a table; Job 36, 16 aambts nn 
the food of thy table. 

2. rest, quiet, Is. 30, 15. Job 17, 16. 
Prov. 29, 9. Ecc. 6,.5. Acc. as adv, © 
Kee. 4, 6 ΠΣ 92 82 a handful with © 
quietness. 

3. Nahath, pr. n. see Mim. 


































DM? adj. plur. (τ. M2) coming down, 
descending, Dag. euphon. 2 K. 6, 9. 


᾿ ioe fut. Mt", apoc. D3, OM, cony. 
D7, 6. Mak. “oS, 

1. to stretch out, to extend, Arab. Lb 
extendit fila. Kindred roots are MM, 
mna, ΠΏΡ, q.v.—Spec. a) to stretch 
out, to extend, e.g. the hand Ex. 8, 2. 
13. 10, 12. 21; the hand with a spear 
Josh. 8, 26, and ellipt. v.18; often of the 


6, 14. 14, 9. 13. Is. 5, 25; ‘or of man 
if to assail God, Job 15, 25. So a mea- 
suring line, 6. ‘by, to stretch the line 
upon any thing Job 38, 5. Is. 44, 13 
Lam. 2,8. Also to stretch out in length, 
to sonaaiee Is. 3, 16 jing ΤΉ. see it 
yina. Ps. 102, 12 bie) by a lengt 
shadow, i.e. lengthened in the declini 
sun, at the approach of evening ; com 
109, 23. b) to stretch, to spread out, 
expand, e.g. a tent Gen. 12, 8. 26, 25 
the heavens Is. 40, 22 ΘΠ Ὁ ph πρὶ , 
who spreadeth out the heavens as a 





ἡ 
1 
iz 
ν. 
Ε 
i 
4 


- 
br 


ὩΣ 


Job 9,8. Metaph. >» 37 ΓΙῸΣ to spread 


out evil against any one, a metaphor 


drawn from nets, Ps. 21, 12.—1 Chr. 21, 
10 ΠῈΣ ΓΝ "δὲ wide I spread out three 
things before thee (i. e. I propose to 
thee), choose one ; comp. 2 Sam. 24, 12, 


where for myo is 5101) eS ἐξ δας to 


spread oneself out, e. g. as flocks in the 


land, Job 15, 29. 


2. to incline, to bow, i. e. to make tend 
downwards; 6. g. the shoulder for bear- 
ing Gen. 49, 15; the feet for a fall Ps. 
17, 11 (comp. 73, 2); the mind Ps. 119, 
112; the heavens, spoken of God, Ps. 18, 
10. Part. pass. Ps. 62,4 902 ""P a wall 
inclining, leaning,ready to fall.—Intrans. 


-of feet inclining to a fall Ps. 73,2; the 


declining day Judg. 19,8; the shadow 
on a dial moving downwards 2 K. 20, 10. 

3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, 1. e. 
to make tend to one side; Is. 66, 12 lo, J 
will turn peace upon her like a river, 1. 6. 
as a stream is turned in its course. Gen. 
39,21 7m 17x Ὁ) and turned upon him 
favour, i.e. conciliated favour towards 


him.—Oftener intrans. to turn away, to 
‘decline, Num. 20, 17. 22, 23. 26.33; with 


> to any one Gen. 38, 16; with 7 and 
ἘΞ from any one, from a way, Ps. 44, 
19, 119, 51. 157. Job 31,7. 1K. 11, 9; 


- with "298 to turn away after iw. ἐδ ἢϊο 


party of any one Ex. 23,2. Judg. 9, 8. 
1 K. 2, 28; comp. 1 Sam. 8, 3.—Hence 
4, to go away, to go, 1 Sam. 14, 7. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be stretched, 
extended, as a measuring line Zech. 1, 
16; of astream, to spread itself out Num. 


24, 6; of évening shadows, fo be length- 
igs Jer. 6,4; comp. Virg. Ecl. 1. 84. 


Hipu. 720, fat. ma", apoc. 1 pers. ON 
Hos. 11, 4, ΠΑ pause ὌΝ Job 23, 11, 2x1 


᾿ 15. 6; 2 pers. OM Ps. 27, 9. 141, 4; 


3d pers. 5) 2 Sam. 19, 15; jn. apoc. 
on Ps. 17, 6. 

1. i.q. Kal no. 1, but less usual, to 
stretch out, toextend: a) K.g. the hand 
Is. 31,3. Jer. 6, 12. 15,6; the limbs upon 
a couch or bed Am. 23, 8. Ὁ) As a tent 
2 Sn. 16, 22. Is. 54,2; sackcloth 2 Sam. 
21,10. ᾿ 

2, to incline downwards, to bow, to de- 
press, Gen. 24,14; the heavens, spoken 
of God, Ps. 144. 56.. Spec. the ear in or- 
der to listen, Jer. 7, 24. 26. 11,8; with 


667 
tain, awning. 45, 12. Jer. 10, 12. 51,15. 





"03 


> to any one Ps. 17, 6. 116, 2. Prov. 4, 
20. 5, 1. al. 

3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, sc. 
towards one side, i. q. Kal no. 3. Num. 
22, 23. 2 Sam. 3, 27. Metaph. Job 36, 18 
a great ransom cannot turn thee away, 
sc. from the divine punishment, so as to 
avoid it.—Spec. 

a) Ἔ 3> Nwn fo turn the heart of any 
one, 2 Sam. 19, 15 ; with >> ¢o any thing 
Prov. 21,1; by Ps. 119, 37; 5. 141, 4; 
sams 1K. 11, 2.3.4. Ina bad sense, 
to turn away, to seduce any one, Prov. 7, 
21. Is. 44, 20.—Also 58 42> Mun to om 
cline one’s heart to, Josh. 24, 23. 1 K. 8, 
58; to wisdom Prov. 2, 2. 

Ὁ) Ξ 53 TOM MUN to turn favour upon 
any one. to procure favour for him, Ezra ' 
7, 28. 9,9. Comp. Kal Gen. 39, 21. 

c) bev He 1 Sam. 8, 3, ¢o turn 
aside right, to pervert justice, right being 
compared to a straight path from which 
it is wrong to turn away on either side. 
Hence, to pervert the ways of justice 
Prov. 17, 23. With genit. Ἔ vata non 
to pervert or wrest the right of any one, 
spoken of a judge, Ex. 23, 6. Deut. 27, 
19. Lam. 3,35; and, in the same sense, 
to pervert the way i.e. the right of any 
one, Am. 2,7. Acc. impl. Ex. 23, 2. 

d) to turn away, to thrust out sc. from 
a way, Job 24, 4 they turn the needy out 
of the way. Hence metaph. of the way 
of right and justice (comp. in lett. c.) 
Is. 10,2; and so without mention of a 
way, Is. 29, 21. Am. 5, 12. Prov. 18, 5. 

e) to turn away any thing from a per- 
son, to-avert, 6. g. good Jer. 5, 25. 

f) to turn away asuppliant, to repulse, 
Ps. 27, 9. 

g) Initratia: to turn aside, to decline 
from a way, to swerve, c. 772 Is. 30, 11. 
Job 23,11. With acc. of place whither, 
Ps. 125, 5 ; 

Deriv. 02 (nwa), nea, nwa, mw or 
mu, and pr. ἢ. 027. 


2°02 m. verbal adj. (r. 5:22} laden, 
Zeph. 1, 11.. 


"03. see ps2) . 


mip") £ plur. (τ. 502) drops, pen- 
dants for.-the ears, ear-drops, especially 
of pearls, Judg. 8, 26. Is. 3,19. Arab. 


5.7 ΄ 


5 14. Comp. Gr. σταλάγμιον a kind 


"Ὧ2 


of ear-pendant, from σταλάζω to drop, 
distil. 


miwrn) f plur. tendrils, twigs, Is. 18, 
5. Jer. 5,10. 48, 32. R. Ww, see Niph. 
Is. 16, 8. 


plo fut. di” 1. to take up, to lift 
up. Chald. id. Syr.\ju to be heavy, 
from the idea of lifting. Kindred roots 
are >>m, M2m; comp. Sanscr. tul, i. q. 
Lat. tollere.—Is. 40, 15 Dit PID DN he 
taketh up the isles as dust, as an atom. 

2. to lay upon, to impose upon any 
one, 6. 55, 2 Sam. 24, 12 doi "23x Ww 
722 three things I lay upon thee, i. e. 
propose to thee ; comp. the parallel pas- 
sage in 1 Chr. 21, 10 where it is noi, 
and in the same sense "22> 10) Jer. 21, 
8.—Lam. 3, 28 "23 203 "> for God hath 
laid upon him sc. calamity. 

Prez i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 63, 9. 

Deriv. 5°02, 5023. 


203 Chald. to lift up, Dan. 4,31. Pret. 
pass. Dan. 7, 4. 


Pop) m. (τ. 5902} a burden, load, Prov. 
ΟἽ. ὃ. 


"ΦῺ2 fut. sw, inf. 3%) and Mew, pr. 
to set upright, to fix in the ground. Kindr. 
are >" Ξε to set, τὺ Hiph. 3°39 id. 
also 382, 347. Comp. Sanscr. dhé, Gr. 
tidnut.—S pec. 

1. to plant, as a tree, garden, vineyard, 
Gen. 2, 8. 9, 20. Lev. 19, 23. Num. 24, 
6. al. So God is said to plant the forest- 
trees Num. 24, 6. Ps. 104,16. The place 
where is put with 3 Jer. 32,41; 53 Am. 
9,15; in ace. to plant a field, etc. Ez. 
36, 36. Hence with two acc. to planta 
garden, etc. with any thing, Is. 5, 2. Jer. 
2,21.—Trop. a) to plant a people, i. 6. 
to assign them a fixed and permanent 
residence ; comp. in Engl. ‘to plant a 
colony ;? Am. 9, 15. Jer. 24, 6 I will 
plant them, I will not pluck them up. 32, 
41. Ps. 44, 3. Ex. 15, 17. 2 Sam. 7, 10. al. 
Comp. opp. M2, also Στ and 47 Ezra 
9,8. b) Ps. 94,9 God who planted the 
ear, i. e. created, formed it. 

2. to fix, to fasten, as a nail, Ecce. 12, 
11. Comp. in Engl. ‘to plant a nail.’ 
8. to plant, i.e. to pitch a tent, Dan. 
11, 45, and so of the tent of the heavens 


668 





pe 


Is. 51, 16; to set up an image Deut. 16, 
21. 
Nipu. to be planted, metaph. Is. 40, 24. 
Deriv. 322 and the two following. 


YQ? m. in pause 202, constr. 38) Is. 5, 
7, c. suff. "302; plur. ΣΌΣ, "302. 

1. a planting, i. e. what is planted, Is. 
ΤΙ. 

2. a plant, sc. recently planted, Job 
19,9. Sept. well νεόφυτον. 

3. a plantation, place planted, Is. 5, 7. 
17, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 23. 


DVO? m. plur. (τ. 322) plants, Ps. 144, 
12 ; 


*{)Q2 fut. pio, to drop, to fall in 
drops, to distil. Aram. and Arab. Wales 
id. Eth. 7MN stillavit, and 7MA, per- 
colavit, which comes from the idea séitl- 
lare. The primary syllable ΘΙ is ono- © 
matopoetic, as in Engl. and Germ. with 
r inserted, to drop, tropfen. Metaph. of 
discourse ; Job 29, 22 my speech distilled 
upon them, was grateful to them as the 
rain.—Often trans. like Engl. éo drop, 

with acc. to drop or distil any thing, to 
let fall in drops, comp. 812 no. 1, 424 
no. 3. Joel 4, 18 ὈΠῸΣ HIT NBL the 
mountains drop down new wine. Cant. 5, 


5.13. Judg. 5,4; acc. impl. Ps. 68, 9. 


Trop. Cant. 4, 11 7 niraw ΓΞ mp3 
thy lips distil honey. Prov. 5, 3.—In a 
similar manner the Arabs transfer the 
idea of watering, irrigating, to flowing 
and pleasing discourse ; comp. ‘S3) and 
other synonymous verbs. 

Hipu. fo let fall in drops, to drop, c. ace. 
Am. 9, 13. Spec. of discourse, and the 
accus. being omitted, simply to speak, to 
prophesy, Mic. 2,6. 11. Ez. 21, 2. 7 [20, 
46. 21, 2]. Am. 7,16. Comp. 323, 832. 

Deriv. mib"%3, pr. n. MBB, and the 
two: following. 


502 m. 1. a drop, Job 36, 27. 

2. An aromatic gum or resin, used for 
incense, so called from its flowing out in 
drops, distilling, Ex. 30,34. Sept. ora-— 
κτὴ (from στάζω). i. 6. either myrrliflow- 
ing spontaneously, Dioscor. 1. 74; or 
the resin of styraz (M23>) used for in- 


_cense, Salmas. Exerc. 1. 540. The lat 


ter is here to be understood. Engl 
Vers. stacte. 


’ po 


᾿ 

τ MDM? (distillation, r. 442) Netophah, 
| τ. π᾿ ofa place not far from Bethlehem 
. in Judea, Ezra 2,22. Neh. 7, 26.—Hence 
the gentile n. snpity Netophathite 2 
- Sam. 23, 28. 29. 2 K. 25, 23. al. 


guard, to keep, i.q. "2 and.also "28, 
*but. usually poetic. Syr. Chald. and 
Arab. a3 id.—K. g. to keep a vine- 


_ yard, Cant. 1, 6. 8, 11. 12. 

_ 2. Spec. to keep anger, to continue 
one’s anger, the acc. being implied. Ps. 
103, 9 "τοι Bdivd Nd he will not keep his 
anger forever. Jer. 3, 5. 12; with > of 
pers. Nah. 1,2; mx Lev. 19, 18. Comp. 
“2 Jer. 3, 5. Job 10, 14. 

3. i, q. Arab. , to keep watch, 
drawn from the* notion of guarding ; 

. whence 72072 no. 2. 


"2 Chald. to keep, to preserve, 82>3 
in one’s mind Dan. 7, 28; comp. Luke 
Pe, 19, 


ΟΠ ἘΦῸΣ fat, vies, wie. 1. Pr. to 
pound, to beat, to smite ; espec. to beat 

small, to break in pieces ; whence also 
to thrust out, to cast off, to reject. This 
_ primary force of the syllable wD is 
; found in the monosyflable wD to pound, 


comp. Engl. to dash ; and in the dissyl- Ὁ 


lables uml, to break, to break in pie- 
“een Θ᾽ to hammer, Chald. to scatter, 


yuh to pound, to break in pieces, Urb, 
to smite, io" Heb. and Chald. to wake 
in pieces, in Chald. also to thrust out, to 
leave, to abandon, and Heb. 23. Sept. 
ἢ υσω, ἀποτινάσσω, ῥήγνυμι, etc. Most 
_lexicographers take the sense 10 leave 
as primitive ; but against the analogy. 
| Hence 
_ a) to smite, in battle, comp. ΤᾺ). 1 

Sam. 4, 2 manban domi and the batile 
smote, i. 6. the warriors on each side 
‘smote or thrust each other. Chald. 
well 8279p "Wx Wo IDS ‘the men of 
war smote each other ; Vulg. more 
freely. but rightly as to the sense, inito 
certamine. 

b) to cast out, and then to disperse, to 
scatler. Part. pass. 1 Sam. 30, 16 πὸ 
YIN"52 ΒΘ ΤΌΣ D703 lo, they were scat- 
tered upon the ground. Sept. διαχεχυμέ- 
νοι, Theodot. ἐσκορπισμένοι. See Niph. 






669 


*02 fut. rion, itn, and "05" Jer.3, 5, | 





wo 
6) to cast or thrust down, to let fall. 
Num. 11, 31 @ wind from the Lord 


᾿ brought quails from the sea and let them 


fall (cast them down) by the camp; Sept. 
ἐπέβαλεν. Ez. 31, 12 of a tree: stran- 
gers....have cut it off and cast it down ; 
Sept. κατέβαλον. Ez. 29, δ. 32, 4. Hos. 
12, 14 Wins b9 1725 God will cast his 
(Ephraim’s) blood upon him. . 

d) to thrust out, to cast off, to reject. 
α) As God his people, Judg. 6, 13 but 
now Jehovah hath rejected us (sting) 
and delivered us into the hands of the 
Midianites ; Sept. eégduper, Theod. ἀπώ- 
σατο. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 1 K. 8, 57. 2K. 
21, 14. Ps. 27, 9. Od, 14. Is. 2,6. Jer. 7, 
29. 12,7. 23,33. Once a sanctuary Ps. 
78,60; Sept. ἀπώσατο. $8) Manis said 
to reject God; Deut. 32, 15 he rejected 
God his Creator. Jer. 15,6. Also to re- 
ject the precepts of a parent; Prov. 1, 
8 reject not the law of thy mother ; Sept. 
μὴ ἀπώσῃ. 6,20. y) to cast off care. 
business ; 1 Sam. 10, 2 thy father hath 
cast off the matter of the asses, etc. Sept 
well, 6 πατήρ cov ἀποτετίνακται τὸ Gijuo 
τῶν ovev.—In former editions I have * 
given in the examples here cited in lett. 
d, the sense to forsake, to abandon ; 
which is adopted by most modern inter- 
preters, and is indeed in itself appropri- 
ate, and is sometimes admitted by the 
Vulg. Syr. and more rarely the Sept. 
But the stronger sense to cast off, to re- 
ject, is here admitted if not demanded, 
not only by the primary force of the 
root, and by the authority of the ancient 
versions ; but also by passages like Jer. 
7, 29, where 22 corresponds to 772th ; 
and Jer. 23, 39, where the words wu 
"25 5372 do not admit the sense ¢o for- 
sake. 

e) to thrust out, to draw out a sword ; 
part. pass. Mwnv2; Is. 21, 15 from the 
drawn sword and | fbi the bent bow. So 
Targ. ΒΡ RDIN. 

f) With >3, to cast upon any one, i.e. 
to commit to any one; 1 Sam. 17, 20 ‘and 


committed (8w") the “flock to a keeper ; 


Sept. ὀφῆκε τὰ πρόβατα φύλακι. 1 Sam. 
17, 22. 28. ν 

2. to let, to leave, from the sense of 
casting off; e.g. a) to leave, to let lie, 
as a field untilled Ex. 23,11. Neh. 10 


32 [31]; strife Prov. 17, 14. So of debt 


"ἢ 670 


to remit, Neh.l.c. Ὁ) With acc. of 
‘pers. and inf. c. 3, to leave to do any 
thing, i. e. to permit, to suffer ; Gen. 31, 
28 and hast not suffered me to kiss (ss 
puiad "2mtin2) my sons and my daughters. 

Nien. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be 
broken in pieces; Is. 33, 22 thy tack- 
lings are broken in pieces (16:9), they 
strengthen not the mast ; Sept. ἐῤῥάγη- 
σαν, Symm. ἐξεῤῥίφη. 

2. Pass. of Καὶ no. 1. b, to be dis- 
persed, scattered ; hence of a multitude, 
to spread themselves ; so the branches 
of a vine Is. 16,8; an army Judg. 15, 
9 where Sept. ἐξιῥιφησω; 2 Sam. 5, 
18. 22. ) 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 1. c, to be cast down 
to be prostrated ; Am. 5, 2 the virgin of 
Israel... ἐδ cast down prostrate upon her 
land ; Vulg. projecta est in terram suam. 

Pua pass. of Kal no. 1. ¢, to be cast 
down, destroyed, Is. 32, 14.—Others, to 
be forsaken ; see in Kal 1. d. 

Deriv. Mi"). 

"2 a word of doubtful authority, which 
the Heb. intpp. regard as for "2 (Ὁ. 
mm), Ez. 27, 32 0723 in their wailing, 
according to the Masora. But 11 Mss. 
and several printed editions, Sept. (and 
Arab.) Theodot. and Syr. exhibit the 
_ reading 01723 their sons, which is bet- 
ter ; comp. Ez. 32, 16. 2 Sam: 1, 18. 


* N72 obsol. root, Arab. sb mid. Ye, 
to be raw, uncooked, “4 flesh; Il, IV, to 


be not well cooked ; a raw, half-cook- 
ed. Hence δὲ II. 


272 m. (τ. 232) produce, fruit, Mal. 1, 
12. Metaph. ΘΒ Ὁ 3.2 the fruit of the 
lips Is. 57, 19 Keri, i.e. offerings pre- 
sented to God with the lips, thanksgiv- 
ings; comp. Hos. 14, 3, and καρπὸς. χει- 
λέων Heb. 13, 15. Chethibh in Is. |. ¢ 
has 2333, comp. Chald. 353 fruit. 

2") (perh. fruit-bearer, τ. 352) Nebai, 
pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 20. 

"2 m. (τ. 152) consolation, comfort ; 
once Job 16,5 "mBw 772 my lip-condo- 
lence, i. e. empty, insincere ; see MEW. 

M32 f. (τ. πὸ, for 472, see Lehrg. 
p. 145) abomination, uncleanness, Lam. 
1,8, 1. ᾳ. 32 v. 17.—Others a wander- 
ing, from the root 74). 





on 


m2, also Cheth. nim) (hao.ations) 
Naioth, pr. n. of a place near Ramah, 
1 Sam. 19, 18. 19. 22.23. 20,1. R mn. 
T3992 τῇ. (Ὁ. pe pr. rest, acquiescence, 
σ᾽. 55 ΄σ 
as Arab. Ke et) from r. elo, Bei ‘ 
from. r. we, De Sacy ae! Arabe, I. © 


p- 561. Then, sweelness, pleasantness, 
delight, like the Lat. acquiescere in ali- 
qua re for delectari, Syr. 2 eae) | 
delectatus est aliqua re, Barhebr. p. 221, 
Lust delicie, ibid. p. 38, Talmud. δὲ τη" 
{> placetne tibi?—Found only in the 
phrase mn mn an odour of delight, 
i. 6. pleasant odour, sweet savour ; Gen. 
8, 21 Hh wh many mint my) and God 
smelled the pleasant odour. ‘Lev. 2, 12. 
26, 31. Ez. 6,13. 20,41. To the Mo- 
saic precepts concerning sacrifices is 
very often added the phrase ΠΣ ΤΙ, 
mins> a sweet odour to Jehovah Lev. 1, 9. . 
13.17. 2,2.9. 3,5. 6, 14. Num. 15,7 Βα, 
28,8; also τόπο mv πὸ o> Num. 
28, 6. 13. 29, Ὁ. al. Plur. Ez. 20, 28.— § 
Hence : 
‘ 


Se δυο 


77712 Chald. m. sid. from the Heb. 
usage in the preceding article, omitting 
mon, sweet odours, incense, Dan. 2, 46. 
Ezra 6, 10. q 

12 πὰ. (τ. By progeny, offspring, al- 
ways coupled with 7232, Gen. 21, 23. 
Job 18, 19, Is. 14, 22. 


71272 pr. n. Nineveh, the ancient capi- | 
tal of Assyria, situated on the eastern — 
bank of the Tigris opposite to where 
Mosul now stands upon the western 
bank, Gen. 10, 11. 12. Is. 37,37. Nah. 2, 
9. Ton, 1, 2. 3, 3. al. By the Greeks 
and Romans it was usually called Nivos, ‘ 
Ninus, after the name of its founder, © 
Hdot. 1. 193. ib. 2.101. Diod. Sic. 2. 8. 








In Ammianus however, Nineve, 23. 6. 


of Bochart, Phaleg lib. 4. cap. 20; also 
Niebuhr Reiseheschr. II. p. 353, 368 
and Tab. 46. C.J. Rich Residence in ~ 
Koordistan, and on the site of ancien © 
Nineveh, II. p. 29 sq. 


03 Jer. 48, 44 Cheth. i.q. 02 in Keri 
fleeing, i.e. pass. made to flee, fugitive. 


72") τὰ. Nisan, the first month of the 
Hebrews, Neh. 2,1. JZsth. 3, 7; called 


In respect to its site, see the or 





ey 671 ΞΡ 


in the Pentateuch S38 wih q.v. Syr. 
Chald. and Arab. id—The name O72, 
if Semitic, would seem to be for ἽΞ 2, 
722, i.e. nvonth of flowers, from 72 a 
flower. But Benfey with probability 
refers it to a Persian origin, from Zend. 
navagan new day ; made up of nav new, 
and agan i.q. Sanscr. ahan day; die 
Monathsnamen p. 131 sq. 


yix? m. a spark, once Is. 1, 31. 
Talmud. id) R. y%2, after the form 
“iD"p. 

3, see “2. 


* "3 to break up with the plough, to 
till, Hos. 10,12. Jer.4,3. This root has 
prob. sprung from Hiph. of the verb "53, 
comp. Ewald’s Gramm. § 235; and sig- 
nifies pr. to make glisten. 

Deriv. ὍΣ II, "432. 


I. 12 m. once 13 Prov. 21, 4 (τ. 792) 
i. ᾳ. "2, @ light, lamp, only metaph. 
6. g. of offspring; 1 K. 11, 36 4325 
Ὁ ΩΣ 59 IVI "Min that there 
may be a light to David my servant Sor- 
ever, i.e. that his posterity may conti- 
‘nue forever. 1 K. 15, 4. 2 K. 8, 19. 
2 Chr. 21, 7. Once the light of the 
wicked, that in which they glory, Prov. 
21,45; comp. in“) no. 1. Ὁ. 


II. τὰ. (τ. 972) fallow ground, a 
field recently broken up, Prov. 13, 23. 
4, 3. Hos. 10, 12. 


) 


‘ *€22 to beat, to smite, i. q. M33. 
Arab. «X3 id. 

_ ΝΙΙΡΗ: fo be beaten ; Job 30,8 a 5X22 
“VIS they are beaten from the land, 
driven out with blows. 

Deriv. the three following. 


N82) m. plur. B"N2) smitten, trop. af- 
_flicted, Is. 16, 7. 


N22 adj. (τ. 822) afflicted ; fem. τη 
“FRD a smitten spirit, afflicted mind, 
Prov. 15, 13. 17, 22. 18, 14. Comp. 33. 


mx22 f. (for N52, στ. 822) Gen. 37, 25. 
43, 11 , strictly infin. ‘after the form mx>n, 
MSP, PX20 ; pr. contusion, a breaking 
in pieces. Hence aromatic powder: and 
then this general name seems to have 
been transferred to some certain kind 
of spice or aromatic substance. Sept. 
ιϑυμίαμα, Aqu. στύραξ, Vulg. styrazx. 






! 








Ss - S_- 
Arab. $UG is i. ᾳ. X2X5 gum, gum 
tragacanth.—Here seems also to belong 
the phrase in52 ΓΞ 2 K. 20, 13. Is. 
39, 2, which literally perhaps may be ren- 
dered his spicery-house, as Aqu. Symm. 
Vulg. but more correctly as to the sense, 
treasury, store-house, as Chald. Syr. 
Saad. and Arabs Polygl. (also Is. 1. ὁ. for 
Gr. vsezoa.) In this house there seems 
to have been laid up, as is said imme- 
diately after, “silver, and gold, and spices, 
and precious ointments ;” so that it took 
its name from the latter rather than 
from the former. Less probable is the’ 
suggestion of Lorsbach, that m3} is a 


Persian word from ὡϑαρίλϑ deponere, 


slX3 custodia ; ἜΘΟΣ Lit. Zeit. 
1815, no. 59. 


Ὶ 32 obsol. root, whence 


22 m. progenies, as the Vulg. cor- 
rectly renders it, i. e. progeny, always 
coupled with the synon. }"2 q.v. Simi- 
lar is Ethiop. 718" cenus, cognatio, tri- 
bus, > and ἃ being interchanged ; comp. 
“a3 for 353 Gen. 21, 23 Cod. Sam.—In 
Job 31, 3 in some Mss. and editions 733 
is read for the common Ἴ22, and might 


then be i. q. Arab. KS calamity ; but 
the common reading is preferable. 


Ἢ 22 in Kal not used, fo strike, to 
smite. Arab. and Ethiop. eet 


Z'NP, id. but rarely used and chiefly 


with the idea of harm. Syr. [a2 Pe. 


and Aph. to harm. Kindred are verbs 
beginning with 33, as M22, 432, 422; 
comp. Lat. mec-o, noc-eo, Engl. to 
knock. 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Hiph. to be smitten, 
slain, once 2 Sam. 11, 15. 

Pret does not occur, since what some 
have regarded as the infin. of Piel, viz. 
the form [32 Num. 22, 6, is there as 
elsewhere (Josh. 10, 4) 1 plur. fut. Hiph. 
thus: 332281 Ta7AD2 535K DAN perhaps 
I may be ‘able that we smite him (Israel) 
and I drive him out ; see Hiph. no. 3. 
The verb 535 is here’ construed with a 
finite verb, ἀσυνδέτως, comp. in Esth. 8. 6. 

Pua. pass. to be smitten, 6. g. grain 
Ex. 9, 31.32. But Hoph. θείαν more 
usual, ἃ: v. 


5 


ΗΙΡΗ. 134, 2 pers. m"2, but 1 pers. 
“nar and with suff. τ aan 1 Sam. 17, 
46, ἼΠΞΠ Is. 60, 10 ; infin, nian, att 
tal m2 Deut. 13, 16; imp. ΠΞΙῚ Ez. 6, 
11, apoc. 47; fut. conv. 7354. oftener 75. 

1. to strike, to smite, Gr. πλήσσω, e. g. 
a) With blows, as with a rod, with acc. 
of pers. and 3 of instrum. Num. 22, 23. 
27; with the fist or a stone in the hand 
Ex. 21, 18; instrum. impl. Ex. 2,11. 13. 
1 K. 20, 35. 37. Deut. 25, 3 forty times he 
may strike him, i. e. give him forty 
blows or stripes ; hence ¢o chastise Jer. 
2, 30. Neh. 13, 25. Also to smite the 
cheek, to buffet, Job 16, 10, comp. Mic. 
4,14. 1 Καὶ, 22, 24; a rock, acc. Ps. 78, 
20 ; with 3 to smite wpon the rock Ex. 
17,6; to smite the water with a cloak 

2 K. 5, 8. With ja, "32, to smite out 
of one’s hand Ez. 39, 3; c. acc. to smite 
out an eye Ex. 21, 26. 

b) With any thing sharp or pointed, 
to smite, to thrust, e. g. with the horn 
Dan. 8, 7; a flesh-hook 1 Sam, 2,14; a 
spear 2 Sam. 2, 23. 4, 6. 20, 10, c. ace. 
2 Sam. 3, 27. In a weaker sense, fo 
smite as a worm a plant, to puncture Jon. 
4, ἢ; the rays of the sun, comp. Engl. 
stroke of the sun, with ace. of pers. Is. 
49, 10; also of the moon Ps. 121, 6, i. e. 
to the moon is ascribed the effect of the 
nocturnal cold, comp. Gen. 31, 40. Hos. 
9,16. So Arab. syd to smite, to sting 


as a scorpion ; also mid. Kesri to be cold, 
chilled. 

c) With any thing thrown, to smite, 
to hit ; as with a stone from a sling 1 
Sam. 17, 49.50, comp. 2 K. 3, 25; or an 
arrow 1 K. 22, 34. 2 K. 9, 24. 

The following phrases are to be noted: 

aa) 42 ΓΞ to strike the hand 2 K. 
11, 12. Ez. 22, 13, and 23 ΓΙΞΙ 10 strike 
with the hand Ez. 6, 11, fully “bx ὮΞ n2n 
> to smite hand upon hand Ez. 21, 19. 
_ 22, i. e. to smite the hands together, e. g. 
either in exultation, to clap the hands, 
2 K. 1. 6. or in indignation Ez. 22, 13, or 
in lamentation Ez. 6, 11. 21, 19. 

bb) 1 Sam. 24, 6 irk S1373b 531 and 
David's heart smote him, i. e. as in com- 
mon Eingl. ‘beat against his ribs.’ 2 Sam. 
24,10. Comp. Aisch. Prom. 887 χραδία 
φόβῳ φρένα Lowriter. 

cc) Often of Jehovah or his messen- 


672 









































15 


gers, a are said to smite a person or 
people or land with disease or plagues, : 
i, 6. to inflict a plague upon them, comp. 
SA, mal. E. g. By303 M2 to smite 
with blindness Gen. 19, 11. 2K. 6,18; 
pestilence Num. 14, 12; hemorrhoids 
1 Sam. 5, 6; comp. Zetli 12, 4. Am. 4, 
9. Hagg. 2,17. Also to smite a land 
with destruction, with two acc. Mal. 3, 
24; and impl. Is. 5, 25. Ex. 7, 25 after 
Jehovah had smitten the river, i. 6. had 
turned it into blood, comp. v. 20. So 
Ex. 8, 13. Zech. 10, 11. Is. 11, 15. 

dd) Ὁ ΓΞ to strike roots into 
the ground, to shoot forth roots, Hos. 
14, 6. Comp. “ὃ πϑῷ Jer. 17, 8. 

2. In a stronger sense: a) [0 smite 
in pieces, to destroy. Ex. 9, 25 and the 
hail smote all that was in the field.. Ps. 
3, 8 thou hast smitten all my enemies as” 
to the jaw-bone, a figure drawn from wild 
beasts. So houses, Am. 3, 15; two ace. 
Am. 6, 11. 

b) to smite or thrust through, comp. 
no. 1. b; 6. ρ΄. with a spear 1 Sam. es 
10. 18, 1. 26, 8. 

c) to smite down, to overturn, to onl 
throw, as a tent Judg. 7, 13. 1 Chr. 4, 
41. 2 Chr. 14, 14. Pregn. Zech. 9, 4 

ΓΙ ΓΙ Da MDM he doth overturn her ram- 
part into the sea. 

d) to smite fatally, to kill, to elds, ὦ 
ace. Gen. 4, 15. Ex. 2, 12. Toul: 20, 5. 
1 Sam. 17, 36. al. sep. With 3952 
Josh. 11, 10. Jer. 26, 23; oftener 335 sp 
Josh. 8, 24. 10, 39. July: 1,°25. 2K. 10, 
25. al. Coupled with man, and then © 
mon refers to the deadly blow, and the) 
former to the actual death, 1 Καὶ, 16, 10, 
2 Sam. 18, 15. 2 K. 15, 10. 30. Josh. 10 
26; also 2 K. 25, 25. “With WE? added, 
we?  ΠΞΙῚ 10 smite one as to his life, 
i. e. so as to touch his life, fatally, Gen 
37, 21. Deut. 19, 6. 11. 27, 25. Jer. 40 
14.15; comp. Lev. 24, 18. So of God 
as smiting men, 2 Sam. 6, 7. Ps. 78, 51 
105, 36; of the angel of God 2K. 15 
35.— Where only a part of a whole num: 
ber are slain, this is marked by 12. Judg 
14, 19. 20, 45. Josh. 7, 5;. or by 3 pa 
tive, 1 Sam. 18, 27. 6, 19. 2 Sam. 8, & 
Judg. 15, 15. So without an ace. ¢ 
number, ®°3"%3 42M to smite of the en 
mies 2 Sam. 23, 10. 24, 17. 2 Chr. 28, 
17. Num. 22,6; and so 1 Sam. 18,7 





ἢ γ᾽. 


| WDDNE daaw. 21, 12. 29,5.—Spoken also 


of wild beasts, to slay, by tearing in pieces, 
1 K. 20, 36. Jer. 5, 6—Trop. to smite 
with the tongue, to bring into reproach 
and punishment by slanders, Jer. 18, 18. 

3. Ina weaker sense, to smite enemies 
is often simply 10 overcome them in bat- 


tle, to vanquish, to put to flight, fully 


26, 14. 


“ink M25 Ps. 78, 66. So Gen. 14,15 
he smote them and pursued them unto 
Hobah. v. 5.7. Num. 22, 6, see in Piel. 
Josh. 13, 12. Judg. 1, 5. 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2 
Sam. 8, 1.2.3. 10.al. With an adjunct 
of distance, Gen. 14, 15. 2 Sam. 5, 25. 
Josh. 10, 10. 41; of time how long 1 
Sam. 30, 17. 2 Sam. 23, 10; of numbers 
Judg. 1, 4. 3, 31. 1 Sam. 4, 2. Ps. 60, 2. 
Also to smite a city, to take it by storm, 
Josh. 7,3. 10,4. 1 Sam. 30, 1. 1 Καὶ, 15, 
20. 2K.3,19.al. But 39m "> 33 ΠΣ 
is to slay the inhabitants of a city Judg. 
20, 37; comp. no. 2. d. 

Hop. man and zn Ps. 102, δ. 

1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to be smitten, 
i.e. a) to be beaten Ex. 5, 14. 16. Num. 
b) to be smitten of God, with a 


‘plague, etc. 1 Sam. 5, 12. Is. 1, 5. 53, 4. 
Hos. 9, 16.—Ps. 102, 5 Wa") ΞῸΣΞ mon 
"32> my heart (vital strength) is smilten 


and drieth up like the herbage. 
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2. a) to be smit- 


ten, slain, Num. 25, 14. 15. 18. Jer. 18, 


᾿ 


91. 


b) Of a city, to be smitten, to be 


taken by storm, Ez. 33, 21. 40, 1. 


Deriv. %572, and the two following. 
M22 adj. smitten, only in constr. M23 


cmb smitten in the feet, lame, 2 Sam. 


4, 4. 9, 3; MAN M32 smitten in spirit, af- 


-flicted, contrite, Is. 66, 2. 


22 τη. (r. 923) only plur. 222 Ps. 35, 
15, smiting sc. with the tongue, i. e. rail- 


ers, slanderers ; comp. Jer. 18, 18. 


M22 and 152 pr. n. Necho, king of 
Egypt, son of Psammetichus, 2 K. 23, 
29. 33. 2 Chr. 35, 20. 36, 4. Jer. 46, 2. 
According to Manetho in his book of 
dynasties, he was the sixth of the sec- 
ond Saitic dynasty, and was called Ne- 
cho II, to distinguish him from his 
grandfather of the like name; see Jul. | 
Afric. in Routh’s Reliq. Sacr. II. p. 147. 
Herodotus calls him Wexwe, 2. 158, 159. 
ib. 4.42. Sept. Weyaw, The etymology 
is unknown, but is doubtless to be sought 

57 


673 





55} 


in the ancient Egyptian ; see Thesaur 
Ρ. 885. | 


122 (prepared, r. 119) Nachon, pr. ἢ. 
of a threshing-floor 2 Sam. 6, 6. In the 
parall. passage 1 Chr. 13, 9 it is ji0"2. 


* T1229 obsol. root, pr. i. ᾳ. 73" to be in 
Front, before the eyes, over against, (see 
m23,) to go straight forward.—Hence 
M22, M22, 733. 


7122 m.adj. in front, straight, right, pr. 
of one who goes straight ahead. Is. 57, 
2 in53 72n whd walketh straight before 
him, goes straight ahead, i. e. an upright 
man. With >, right, just to any one, 
Prov. 8, 9—Fem. M5} as subst. right; 
justice, Am. 3, 10. Is. 59, 14; plur. nin33 
id. Is. 26, 10. 30, 10. 


M22 pr. subst. (r. M32) ‘the front, what 
is before the eyes ;? but used only as a 
Preposition. 

1. opposite to, over against, Ex. 26, 
35. 40, 24. Josh. 18, 17. 1 K. 20, 29. al. 
Ὁ m2} id. Josh. 15, 7. 

2. before, in presence of ; Min M23 
i. ᾳ. MIM "25, before Jehovah, i. 8. ac- 
ceptable to him Judg. 18, 6. "25 M33 
mins before Jehovah Lam. 2, 19; me- 
taph. known to him Jer. 17, 16, and 50 
Proy. 5, 21. "28 M23 ὉΠ to set before 
one’s own face, i. e. to regard with fa- 
vour, to delight in, Ez. 14,7; comp. v. 
3 where for DAW is 172. 

3. With Prefixes: a) m23->x pr. 
‘towards the front’ of any thing, i.e. 
towards Num. 19, 4. 

b) M333 α) Adv: ‘to the front, i. e. 
straight forwards, Prov. 4, 25. 8) in 
Front of, before Gen. 30, 38; whence — 
7) on account of, for, after a verb of 
interceding, Gen. 25, 21; Sept. περί. 
Comp. Germ. vor and fir, the last of 
which has also a local sense. 

6) M23 52 unto the front of, i. e. to "- 
the place over against, Judg. 19,10. 20 
43. Ez. 47, 20. 


M22 c. suff. ims) the front; adv. in 
front of, over against, Ex. 14, 2. Ez. - 
46,9. Β. 7532. 


ν 22? to deceive, to deal fraudulently, 
part. Ὁ Mal. 1, 14. Syr. Chald. Sam. id, 
Prez id. with y of pers. Num. 25, 18. 

 Hrrap. id. c. 2 Ps. 105, 25; and 80 


$59 


with acc. to act deceitfully with any one 
Gen. 37, 18. 
Deriv. "273, "53, also 


233 m. plur. c. suff. ἘΠ 53), deceit, 
wiles, Num. 25, 18. 


a O22 obsol. root, i. q. 023, 723, q. Vv. 
to collect, to accumulate. Hence 


02) m. plur. 0°02) goods, riches, 
wealth, a word of the later Hebrew, 
2 Chr. 1, 11. 12. Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Josh. 


22,8. Syr. qasal id. 

02) Chald. m. plur. "022 id. goods, 
wealth ; Ezra 6,8. 7,26 "33 62> mulet 
of goods. : 


ἘΠ22 in Kal not used. Arab. r= 


a) to be of acute intellect; contra Ὁ) 
not to know, not to understand, and 
hence to disallow, to reprobate ; Conj. 
IV, not to know, to deny, to reject. See 
Thesaur. p. 886. 

Hipn. ΣΙ is most in use, and is of 
like signif. with 37". 

1. Pr. to look upon, to behold ; Gen. 
31, 32 "129 ΓΙῸ ἩΡ- ΣΙ behold for thy- 
self what is with me. 87, 32. 38, 25. 26. 
Neh. 6, 12. Jer. 24, 5 Apes, δ) “25 
Ὠ 25 fo look upon the person of any one, 
to have respect of persons, to show par- 
tiality, i. g. ΘΕ Nw? in NW no. 3. Ὁ. 8; 
spoken of a judge, Deut. 1, 17. 16, 19. 
Prov. 24, 23. 28, 21; comp. Is. 3,9. Ὁ) 
to look wpon with kindness and favour, 
i. 6. to care for, Ruth. 2, 10.19. Ps. 142, 
5; also to reverence as a god, to worship, 
Dan. 11, 39. 

2. to know by sight, to recognise a 
person or thing, Gen. 27,23. 37, 33. 42, 
7.8. Ruth 3, 14. Judg.18, 3. 1 Sam. 26, 
17. Job. 2,12. al. Also to acknowledge ; 
Deut. 21,17 he shall acknowledge the 
son of the hated as the first-born. 33,19; 
with "> Is. 61, 9; absol. 2 Sam. 3, 36. 

3. to know, i. 6. to be acquainted with, 
i.g. D3" no. 4. Job 4, 16 but I knew not 


its form, i.e. was unacquainted with it. . 


7,10. 24, 13. 17. 
63, 16. 

4. to know, i. 6. to have a knowledge of, 
i.q. 3733 no. 5, but rare and only in the 
later books; inf. ο. >, Neh. 13, 24 they 
knew not how to speak the Jews’ lan- 
guage. Ezra 3, 13. 


34, 25. Ps. 103, 16. Is. 


674 





ὋΣ 


Pret 1. i.q. Hiph. no. 1. ἃ, fo 

upon, to regard with partiality ; Job 34, 

19 nor regardeth the rich more than the 
poor.—But contra 

2. not to know, to be ignorant of, Arab. 

3 Conj. I, comp. above in Kal, and 


see note below. Joh 21,29 ask them that 
pass by the way, 4922). 8> DBHAN and 
their signs thou shalt not fail to know, 
i.e. the signs, tokens, which they give. 
—Hence 

3. to feign not to know, to deny ; Arab. 
Conj. IV, see above in Kal. Deut. 32, 
27 ‘sai wa "7¥ 419279778 lest their enemies 
should deny, and say, ete. 
‘ 4. not to know, i.e. to reject ; Arab. 
Conj. IV. Jer. 19, 4 they have forsaken 
me (315) and have rejected (47227)) 
this place. Pregn. 1 Sam. 23, 7 God 
hath rejected (and delivered) him unto 
my hand. 

Nien. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be 
known, recognised, Lam. 4, 8. 

2. i.q. Hithp. no. 2, to feign, to dis- 
semble, Prov. 26, 24. 

Hirnp. 1. Pass; of Hiph. no, 2, to be 
known, recognised, Prov. 20, 11. : 

2. not to let oneself be known, to feign, 
to dissemble, Gen. 42, 7. 1 K. 14, 5. 6. 

Nore. Many attempts have been 
made to find some point or idea common 
to the two significations apparently so 
contrary as to know and not to know. 
Perh. the following order may afford 
light, viz. "22 a) lo look upon intently 
Hiph. no. 1, whence to recognise, to know, 
Hiph. no. 9. 4. But as things unknown 
new, unheard of, cause us to look intent- 
ly upon them, to wonder, and admire, 
hence b) not to know, to be ignorant, 
Pi. no. 2, Arab. I, IV. Eth. H7'NZ to 
admire, to wonder. Hence "23 strange- 
ness, 13) strange —Again, as things 
known and familiar are pleasing, while 
those unknown and strange are dis- 
pleasing and irksome, hence 6) to 
be disagreeable, sient whence "Rs 










“23, calamity, Arab. ΕΣ id. 


Deriv. 1921, "22, and the three here 
following. 

“22 m. constr. "22 Deut. 31, 1 
strangeness, foreignness, 6. 5. 8 
worship Neh. 13,30. "32 M278 ast 








nD) 


. foreign country, Ps. 137, 4. >x 
ΐ ἜΣ % strange god, foreign, Deut. 32, 
of 12. Ps. 81, 10 plur. 222 "77>x id. Gen. 
35, 2. Josh. 24, 20. 23; strange altars, 
dedicated to Peeign gods, 2 Chr. 14, 2— 
Also 723732 a stranger, foreigner, Gen. 
17, 12, 27. Ex. 12, 43. Lev. 22, 25; 

4 plur. "22 "22 Ps. 18, 45. 46. Is. 60, 10. 
_ Neh. 9, 2. 


"23 Job 31, 3, also "22 Ob. 12, a 
strange fate, calamity; see in r. "23 


9. ὦ,» 5. op 
note lett.c. Arab. rp aS, id. 


"122 adj. (from "23 with the ending 
"-) Ἢ m952, plur. 0°32; unknown, 
strange, foreign ; Chald. "922, "9343, 
Syr. sp00) . Spoken: a) of one from 
another land and people, "722 ΘῈΣ a 
stranger, foreigner, Deut. 17, 15. Ezra 
10, 2 sq. Deut. 14, 21. 1 K.8, 41,43; of 
a people Ex. 21,8; a land Ex. 2, 22; a 
city Judg. 19, 12; a vine Jer. 3, 31; a 
_ garment Zeph. 1,8. b) Of one from 
another family, a stranger, not of one’s 
_ own household, Gen. 31, 15. Prov. 20,16; 
_ 5932 Ὁ opp. to a son and legal heir 
Ecce. 6, 2. Fem. 72932 @ strange wo- 
_ man, opp. to a wife, spoken usually in 
_ respect to illicit intercourse, and hence 
i. q. an adulteress, harlot, comp. 1, 
Prov. 5, 20. 7, 5. 23,27; hence jiw> 
B32 a strange tongue, i.e. the tongue 
of a strange woman, Prov. 6, 24. Of 
 another’s house Prov. 5, 10. With dat. 
Ps. 69, 9, comp. Job 19, 16. 6) another, 
- not oneself, Prov. 27,2. d) strange, un- 
heard of, exciting wonder, Is. 28, 21. 


MD), see X=). 


. ᾿ ΓΊΡ2 a root found once in the Ma- 
 soretic text, but doubtful, viz. 
Hire. Is. 33,1 Wan Tw VI"NID 
“Wa staat ἼΔ39 anbep in thy ceasing to 
spoil, thou shalt be spoiled ; in thy per- 
fecting (finishing) to plunder, thou shalt 
be plundered ; so the Heb. intpp. by 
conjecture from the parallelism; taking 
m>32 as inf. Hiph. for m>2n2, Dag. eu- 
phon. comp. Lehrg. p. 87.—A. Schultens 
compares Arab. JlS mid. Ye, to get, to 
acquire, Opp. min. p. 276. Comm. ad 
Job 15,29; see examples in Thesaur. 
p. 888. But this idea does not suit the 
parallelism, which obviously demands 


675 





"a3 


the sense of perfecting, finishing. It is 
better, therefore, with L. Cappell, Lowth, 
Doederlein, and others, to read 5nd23, 

from r. 423; which Wath cleewherepled 
corresponds to omit, Dan. 9, 24. Is. 16, 4. 
—Another trace of this root is supposed 
to exist in the noun 222 q. v. Job 15, 

29; but the reading is there equally 
duabifal 


M22) 1 Sam. 15, 9, the vile, the bad, 
spoken of flocks, i.q. 5133. Sept. ἡτιμω- 
μένον, Valg. vile. The form is wholly 


3 anomalous ; and arose perhaps out of 


the two readings "1272 abstr. for concer. 
and 7133 which savours of a gloss; see 
Lehrg. p. 462, 463. 


oyna (perh. for 5x12" day of God) 
Nemuel, pr.n.m. Num. 26,9. Patronym. 
in "— fb. v.12. See also NN. 


72 a spurious root, whence some 
derive the forms 729, 13734, which be- 
long to the root 32%. 


9 522 a root doubtful in the verb it- 
self, since all the forms assigned to it 
may be, not to say ought to be, referred 
to 59 and 5%. From r. >>” II, to cut 
off, to be cut off, comes the fut. 5729, 35735, 
see this root; and to Niph. of the same 
may be referred 0m>22 (for DN>22) ye © 
shall be cut off i. e. circumcised Gen. 17, 
11, which is commonly taken as pret. 
Kal of this root 523 to be circumcised.— 
To the root 512 undoubtedly belong 
pret. Niph. 5733 i. q. 5125 to be circwm- 


‘ cised Gen. 17, 26. 27, part. o5d'a 34, 22. 


Comp. 0182 and vise, mint for MINT, 
and see the remarks vinidiee ΤΑΝ ΗΝ Ὡς — 
Still from a root of this form comes the 
noun 


m3 f. an ant, Prov. 6, 6, plur. 07373 


ants Prov. 30, 25. Arab. x3 . Per- 


haps so called from its cropping off 1. e. 
consuming ; or. also from creeping, since 
Arab. (\43 seems to have had this sense. 


* “Vid obsol. root. i, i. 4. Arab. μι 


to be spotted, speckled ; -Syr. kel to va- 
riegate. Hence “23 leopard. ἭἍ"ἙἙ 
II. i. gq. Arab. 45 to be limpid, pure, 


as water; IV to find limpid and sweet 
water’ see 7%). 


- 


2 


“792 m. (τ. 02) a panther, leopard, 
so called from his spots, Is. 11, 6. Jer. 5, 
6. 13, 23. Hos. 13,7; plur. 50°72) Hab. 
1, 8. Cant. 4, 8. Not improbably the 
tiger was also comprised under this 
name ; as the Hebrews had no specific 
name for thatanimal. Syr. (33, Arab. 


eg g°¢ 


ro last Eth. edhe Ambhar. FNC, 


id. 
‘22 Chald. id. Dan. 7, 6. 


TA) pr. n. Nimrod, son of Cush, } 
| 8,2. 16. 33,8. Judg. 2,22. 3,1.4. Comp. 


founder of the kingdom of Babylon and 
of the city Nineveh, Gen. 10, 8-12. Perh. 
identical with that ancient king whom 
the Greeks call Ninus, and make the 
founder of Nineveh. ‘592 V8 i. 6. 
Babylonia, Mic. δ, 5.—If the etymology 
be. Semitic, this name may come from 
ΤῊ to rebel, pr. ‘a rebel.’ 

m7) and BVA (τ. 7722 IT) Nimrah, 
Nimrim, pr. n. see 1723 ma in art. ma 
no. 12. cc. 

"22 (drawn out, saved, i. q. m3) 


Nimshi, pr. n. of the grandfather of Jehu 
2K. 9,23 comp. 1 K. 19, 16. 


Ὁ9 τη. (τ, 003 II) c. suff. "©2, pr. some- 
thing lifted up, a lofty signal. Syr. 
[oo asign, standard. Spec. 

1. a column or high pole, Num. 21, 
8. 9. 

2. standard or flag of a ship, Ez. 27, 
7. Is. 33, 23. 

3. a standard, signal, planted on a 
‘high mountain, chiefly on the irruption 
of an enemy, in order to point out to the 


people a place of rendezvous, Is. 5, 26. . 


11, 12. 18, 3. 62, 10. Jer. 4, 6. 21. Ps. 
60, 6. Comp. rx no. 1. c. Curt. V. 2. 

4, Metaph. a sign, token, sc. of admo- 
nition, Num. 26, 10. 


M202 f. (τ. 330) pr. part. Niph. a turn, 


course of things, from God, 2 Chr. 10, 15. . 


* C2 see 410, note. 


ν ΓΊΟΣΙ in Kal not used, pr. 1.4. Arab. 
Lid fo smell, then to try by the smell, to 
try. It differs therefore in its primary 
idea from {M2 to examine by the touch, 
to try by the touch-stone. 

Pret 2, fat. MO", imp. 02 Dan. 1, 
12. 


676 





| Spec. 


qe 


1. to try, to prove any one, to put him > 
to the test; 1 K. 10, 1 the queen of Shé- 
ba came ni3"M3 iby} to prove him with 
hard questions, i.e. to try the wisdom | 
of Solomon. 2 Chr. 9, 1. Ecce. 2, 1. Dan. 
1, 12.14. Spec. a) God is eaid totry — 
or prove men, i. 6. their virtue Ps. 26,2; — 
piety Deut. 13, 4; their faith and obe- 
dience Ex. 15, 25. 20, 17 [20]. 2 Chr. 
32,31. This is done by wonderful works 
Ex. 20,17; by commands difficult to be 
executed Gen. 22,1, comp. Ex. 16, 4; 
and by the infliction of calamities Deut: 


piigatesy inN.T. Vice versa b) Men 
are said to prove or tempt God, by doubt- 
ing, not confiding in his power and aid, — 
Ex. 17, 2. Deut. 6, 16. Ps. 78, 18. 41. 56. 
Is. 7, 12 7 will not ask, neither will I 
tempt Jehovah. Comp. Acts 5, 9. 15, 10. 
Chald. Syr. Sam. id. 
2. to try, i. 6. to make trial, to attempt, 
to prove ; with acc. of thing, Job 4, 2 
mdm WSN 2 Nd can one try word 
with thee? wilt thou take it ill? Ece. 7, 
93. With inf Deut, 4,34, 28,56. Ab- 
sol. 1 Sam. 17, 39 9 δὲ δ Ἢ ‘fo Thave 
not yet tried them. Judg. 6, 39. 
Deriv. M0’. 


*TO fut. mes, to pluck out, to tear 
away. Kindr. ΣΌΣ. E. g. a person from 
his dwelling Ps. 52,7; from his country 
i. 6. to drive into exile Prov. 2,22. Also. 
a house. i. e. to destroy Prov. 15, 25. 
Like plants, men and houses are said to 
be planted and plucked up; comp. 303 
and tm. 

Nipu. to be plucked up, i. 6. driven out 
from a land, Deut. 28, 63. 

Deriv. Mo. 


MO) Chald. i.q. Heb. Irupsp. to be 
plucked out, Ezra 6, 11. 


JO? m.(r.FO21) 1. alibation, drink- 
offering, Deut. 32, 38. 

2. a molten image, i. q. 720%, Dan. 
11, 8. 
3. one anointed, i. 6. a prince conse- 
crated by anointing, i. q. 7%, but- 
more usual in poetry, Josh. 13, 21. Ps. 
83, 12. Ez. 32, 30. Mic. 5, 4. 


pit 22 fut. plur. 5389, 5507, fo pour 
to pour out, Is. 29,10. Kindr. ts 730 .— 
po ἢ 


r 





103, 


' 1. In honour of the deity, to make liba- 
tion, σπένδειν, E:x.30,9.Hos.9,4. Hence 


Is. 30, 1 M202 JO, οὐδδόσθιι σπονδήν, 


to pour out a libation, i. e. to make a 


league, which the ancients accompanied 


with libations. Comp. Gr. σπονδή liba- 
tion and league, Lat. spondeo. 

2. Of metal, ἕο cast, to found, Is. 40, 
19. 44, 10. 

3. to anoint a king Ps. 2,6. Comp. 


- ‘W702 no. 3. 


~~ sw α. 
τσ 


<a 


the warp. 


ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Kal no. 3, to be anointed 
Prov. 8, 23. 

Prev i. q. Kal no. 1, to make libation 
1 Chr. 11,18. Syr. Pa. id. In the pa- 
rallel passage 2 Sam. 23, 16 is Hiph. 

Hien. id. to pour out libations, to make 
libation, Gen. 35, 14. Num. 28, 7. Jer. 7, 
18. Ps. 16, 4. al. 

Hopn. pass. to be poured out ; impers. 
libation is made, Ex. 25, 29. 37, 16. 

Deriv. 73972 I, 3702, 5793. 


ail) ἃ 02 i.q.kindr.530 1. to inter- 
twine, to weave, to hedge sc. with woven 
work, i. q. Arab. SEs Hence ΞΘ 


2. to cover, to protect, from the idea of 
surrounding with a hedge, Is. 25, 7; 
comp. 73072 II. 


302 Chald. to pour out, to make liba- 


_ tion, chiefly in Pa. as Dan. 2, 46, where 


by zeugmait refers also to. Comp. 
Arab. αν. to sacrifice. 

73 Chald. plur. c. suff. ὙΠ 93, liba- 
tions, drink-offerings, Ezra 7, 17. 

ἼῸ2 and 709 m. (τ. 7021) in pause 
7102, 6. suff. "302; plur. 5°30), constr. 


" "302. 


la libation, drink-offering, Gen. 35, - 


14. Jer. 7, 18. al. 
offering aad the drink-offering Joel 1, 9. 


792) HT the meat- 


"19. 2, 14: Num. 15, 24. 


2. a molten image, i. q. 720%, Is. 41, 
29. 48,5. Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17. . 


7202, see r. 720 Niph. 

as oo) i. q. 00%, to pine away, to 
be sick. Syr. «οὗ Ethpa. id. [ooo 
sick. Comp. Heb. 853, 3x .—Is. 10, 18 
ὈῸ3 DD2> as the sick man pineth away. 

*TI. 003 j in Kal not used, prob. i. q. 


Arab. yas to lift up on high, so as to 
57* 


677 





poy 


make SOE RDEE 3 VIII to be high, 


erect; Gas a lofty throne.—Hence 2. 
Frac: Zech. 9, 16 they shall be as 
ἽΝ ΟΣ ΤΟ 5) 72 -7"2aN the stones 
of a diadem lifting themselves up in his 
land. [Ps. 60,6 0043019 for lifting up, to 
be lifted up ; others from r. 043 q. v.—R. 


Φ 03 fat. 307, inf 953, c. suff. ὩΣῸ9 
Gen. 11, 2; imp. plat. "νῷ. 
1. Pr, i. ᾳ. Arab. ¢45 to pull up, to 


pluck or tear up or out, (kindr. Md2,) - 
6. g. a peg or pin from the wall Judg. 
16, 14; the posts of a gate v. 3; oftener 
the tent-pins or stakes in order to take 
down a tent for moving, Is. 33, 20. 
Hence 

2. to break up a camp, or as in vulgar 
Engl. to pull up stakes, i. e. to remove, 
espec. of a nomadic encampment Gen. 
33, 12. 35, 21. 46,1. Often with an ad- 
junct of place whence, c. 7a Gen. 20, 1. 
35, 16. Ex. 13, 20. Num. 10, 12; also of 
place whither, acc. and 5 local, Num. 11, 
35. Deut. 2, 1. 10,7. Said also of an 
army Ex. 14, 10. 2 K. 19, 8. 36. Jer. 4. 
7; and trop. of the angel of God and 
pillar of smoke Ex. 14, 19; the sacred 
tabernacle Num. 1, 51. 2,17; the ark 
10, 35; the wind 11, 31.—Hence also 

3. Genr. to remove, to journey, to mi- 
grate, Gen. 12, 9. Num. 10, 33. With 
dat. pleon. pod 190 Num. 14, 25. Deut. 
1 OF nomadic ‘wanderings Jer. 31, 


24, Zech. 10, 2. 
Ex 3; see 59 


4. to bend a bow, Arab. 
no. 2. 
Nipu. to be torn away, 6. g. the cords 


ofa tent Job 4, 21, see under "m7. Of 
a tent itself, Is. 38, 12. 
Hipu. 5 ὉΠ, fut. θη, 1. Causat. 


of Kal no. 2, to cause to break up, to 
make remove, Ex. 15, 22. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to de 
part, to cause to go forth, to lead out, Ps. 
78, 52; poet. of a wind v. 26. Also of 
things, to put away, to set aside, 2 K. 4, 4. 

3. to pluck up, to tear up, asa tree 
Job 19; 10; a vine Ps. 80,9. So to get 
out stones, to quarry, Bee. 10, 9. 1K. 5, 
31 [17]. 

Deriv. 2072, 3072. 


Υ pos fut. Pd" once Ps. 139, 8, to go 
up, to ascend. This root, so far as it can 


poo 


be called one, is very common in Syriac 
and Chaldee ,butonly in fut. imp. inf. Kal, 
wom}, vam, vom%, and Aph. «αὐῇ ; 

‘in the other forms, pret. and part. Pe. 
and conj. Ethp. the verb asm is uséd, 
so that in fact the first radical Nun no- 
where appears. Indeed such a root 55 
_would seem never to have existed ; and 
Castell was probably. correct in his re- 
mark, (though censured for it by J. Ὁ. 
Michaelis, Lex. Syr. Ρ. 600,) that FO", 

280] , and PdX, «δοΐ, 
from ΜῊΝ pbow. See too Roediger 
in Zeitschr. far d. Kunde des Morgenl. 
II. p. 91. Other examples of words 
contracted, so that of two consonants 
the first is doubled, are πο, NHN ; 


are contracted 


poe: vulg. AS see Caussin de Perc. 


Gramm. Arabe vulg. p.12.al. In strict- 
ness, therefore, this root PO) should be 
banished from the Lexicons. 

po? Chald. id. (see Heb. PO2,) Aph. 
pon, inf. MPO, to cause to ascend, to 
take up out of a place, Dan. 3, 22. 6, 24. 

Hopn. after the Heb. form per, to be 
taken up, Dan. 6, 24. 


J702 Nisroch, pr. n. of an idol of the 

Ninevites, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38, perh. pr. 
a, Te 

eagle, from the Semit. "2 es . and 


the syllable δεῖν, ach, which in Persian is 
intensive ; whence Nisr-och great eagle. 


On the worship of the eagle by the | 


heathen Arabs, see Jauhari art. 3. 
Jurieu Hist. des Dogmes IV. 4. ¢. 11.— 
Bohlen proposes several derivations 
from the Sanscr. and Zend; see The- 
saur. p. 892. 


“NSS a spurious root; the forms 
mo", mma, which might seem to be- 
long here, see under Mid. 


ΤΊΣ (motion, perh. earthquake; r. 343) 
Neah, pr. ἢ. of a place in Zebulun Josh. 
19, 13. 

τ (motion, r. 552) Noah, pr. n. fi 
Num. 26, 38, 

n192 m. plur. (denom. fr. 932) child- 
hood, youth, spoken of both sexes. 8) 


Of early childhood Ez. 16, 22. "4>27 
from my childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1K. 18, 


678 





S99 


12; s77sPa Gen. 46, 34, TINE 8, 21. 
b) ΑΝ aa bys the husband oF 
her youth Joel 1, 8; 33 ΤῸΝ the wife — 
of thy youth, Pray: 5, 18. Is. 54, 6. Mal. 
2, 14.15; mensen "22 the children of 
one’s jouth born to one in youth, Ps. 
127, 4.—Metaph. of the youth of the 
Ietaclitish people Jer. 2, 2. 3, 4. Ez. 
16, 22. 60. Comp. 572pT. . 


min f. plur. (fr. n. 7332) id. youth, 
Jer. 32, 30. 


bo (perh. i. ᾳ. 58739 , DNAS) Neiel, 
pr. n. of a place in Naphtali Josh. 19,27. 


D°Y2 m. adj. (r. D2) sweet, pleasant 
Ps. 133, 1; of song 147, 1; a singer, 
ΤΩΙ BD? sweet qn songs 2 louie 23, 1; 
a lyre Ps. 81,3; one beloved Cant. 1, 16. 
Plur. 5°9"52 dalichts pleasures, Job 36, 
11, and miaryy id. Ps. 16, 11.. So of | 
place, pleasant, delightful ; plur. B°72"33 _ 
pleasant regions Ps. 16, 6. Also of a 
person, pleasant, and so of God, benign, — 
gracious, Ps. 135, 3. . 


= 552 1. to bolt a door, to fasten — 
with a bolt or bar, c. acc. 2 Sam. 18, 17. 
18. Judg. 3,23. 24. 5:22 43 a garden 
barred, shut up, also 5432 54 a fountain 
shut up, Cant. 4, 12. F 
2. to shoe, to put on sandals, Arab. hed, 
which is done by confining, shutting in ~ 
the foot with thongs. With twoacc. Ez. — 
16,10 timm 722241 J shod thee with seal- — 
skin, i. 6. gave thee shoes of seal-skin. — 
ΗΊἸΡΗ. to shoe, 2 Chr. 28, 15. 
Deriv. 53232, 922, and 


292 f. Deut. 29, 4, c. suff. ib92; plur. — 
prds3, mids; dual pits; ; ashoe, sandal, ' 
Josh. 5, 15. TK, 2, 15.al. To put σὴ onée : 
shoe is B3 bys cab Ez. 24,17; topu © 
off one’s shoe is πὶ >32 553 yon Deut. — 
25,9. Is. 20,2; abv Ruth 4, 7.8; dw 


Josh. 5,15. Ex.3,5. Arab. Sababet or | 
sandal, Syr. jis id.—In transferring a 
possession or domain, it was customary — 
to deliver one’s shoe (Ruth 4,7), asin the — 
middle ages a glove; hence the action — 
of throwing down a shoe upon a region © 
or territory was a symbol of occupancy. Ὁ 
Ps. 60, 10 wpon the land of EdomdoT 
cast my shoe, i. e. 1 take possession, oc- τὸ 
cupy it as nly own; see Rosenm. Altes — 
und neues Morgenland no. 483. Ps. 108 — 











oy 


_10.—According to Deut. 25, 9. 10, a 
husband’s brother who refused to fulfil 
his duty by marrying the widow, was 
to have his shoe plucked off bysthe lat- 
ter, implying that he gave up a sacred 
obligation; hence he was to be called 
ἘΣ) y2M—Elsewhere a shoe-latchet, 
thong, 552 1} Gen. 14, 23, or a pair 
of shoes, dual 0723 Ami 2, 6. 8, 6, is 
put for any thing of little value, worth- 
less.—Plur. ons) Is. 11, 15; once mi>32 
Josh. 9, 5. 


g DP fut.022" 1. to be sweet ; Prov. 
9, 17 po" ΠΟ ond. Comp. D932. 
inated. are ‘en, ‘pad, pad, to taste ; 
pr. to lick, to αὐ veloc the notion 
of sweet taste; see 7X2. 

2. Trop. to be sweet, pleasant, lovely, 
of one beloved Cant. 7,7; a friend 2 
Sam. 1, 26; wisdom, c. dat. Prov. 2, 10; 
spoken of a place Gen. 49, 15. Impers. 
Prov. 24, 25 ἘΣ" oops to those who 
punish (to judges) shall be delight, i.e. it 
shall be well with them ; comp. "> 20", 


sb 310, it is well with me.—Arab. pe > 
a= ΄- ᾿ 

1.5.5. id. > vite bonis abundavit. 

_ Deriv. the seven here following ; 

also D°D2, OWADIN. 


| DY) (pleasantness) Naam, pr. n. m. 
ea Chr.'4, 15. ᾿ 


B92 m. 1. sweetness, pleasantness, 
"Prov. 3, 17. 053 "72% pleasant words, 
i.e. suitable, becoming, 15, 26. 16, 24. 
2. beauty, splendour; min7 Cyd the 
beauty (glory). of Jehovah Ps. 27, 4; 
_ comp. M79 3D v. 13. Ex. 33, 19. 
ἢ 3. grace, favour, Ps. 90, 17. Zech._11, 
ἢ. Comp. χάρις, Germ. Huld fi from hold, 
4 and Engl. grace. 


| W222 (pleasant, r. B22) Reamiah , pr. 0. 
ΕΣ .Ἱ: Of two females; a) The daughter 
of Lamech Gen. 4,22. Ὁ) The mother 
of Rehoboam 1 K. 14, 21. 31. 2 Chr. 
12, 13. 

2. A place in the tribe of Judah Josh. 
15, 41; comp. "7292. 





22 Naamite, patronym. from pr. ἢ. 
F222 no. 2, Num. 26, 40; pr. for "9252 
which is read in the Cod. Sam. 


22 (my pleasantness, fr. 295) Nao- 


679 





ἽΝ 


mi, pr. n. of the mother-in-law of Ruth, 
Ruth 1, 2 sq. - 


ἼΩΣ2 1. pleasantness, amenity, of 
place. Is. 17, 10 052232 "303 pleasant 
plantations. R. o>). 

2. Naaman, pr.n. a) A son of Ben- 
jamin Gen. 46,21. Ὁ) Num.26,40. c) 
A Syrian warrior and captain, 2K. 5, 1. 


"1322 Naamathite, gentile n. from 
maya, a place elsewhere unknown, but 
diferent from that above mentioned in 
mao no. 2. Job 2,11. 11, 1. 


. V2? obsol. root, Chald. 722 to punc- 


ture, to prick, to stick; whence uae 
(V2) a species of thorn, perhaps lotus 
spinosa, see Celsii Hierob. lI. p. 191, 
and Comm. on Is. 7, 19.—Hence 


77X22 τὰ. a thorn-hedge, thicket of 
thorns, vepretum, Is. 7, 19. 55, 13. 


af. 2 to roar, e.g. the young lion, 
Jer. 51, 38. Syr. 13 id. This root 


would seem to be onomatopoetic, like 
the kindred "73. 


aa "22 toshake; spec. 1. ἐρ shake 
out, Neh. 5,13; the hand so as not to 
hold a bribe, Is. 33, 15. 

2. to shake off; Is. 33,9 Wa "33 - 
2272) Bashan and Carmel shake off 
i. 6. cast off their foliage. 

Nipp. 1. Pass. of Pi. to be shaken 
out, i.e. cast out from a land, Job 38, 13. 
Ps. 109, 23. Comp. Affab. (4.25 quassit, 
excussit, VIII expulsus est, (485 expul- 
sio. 

2. to shake oneself out from bonds, i. e. 
to cast them off, Judg. 16, 20. 

Pizt to shake out, Neh. 5,13. Pregn. 
Ex. 14, 27 Fina ovngacy Hin? W271 
Dn cmd Jehovah shook out the Egyp- 
tians into the midst of the sea, i.e. he 
drove them from the shore and cast them 
into the sea. Ps. 136, 15. 

Hirupe. to shake oneself fromany thing, 
c. 772 Is. 52, 2. 

Deriv. 722 II, n332. 


*7. 22 m. 1a boy ; prob. primi- 
tive, and Ra in the Indo- European 
tongues for man. 6. g. Sanser. nrt and 
nara man, f.narti and ndrt woman. Zend. 


naere, Pers, yb ; Pr? Gr. ov79.—Spoken 


2 


both of an infant just born Ex. 2, 6. Judg. 
13, 5. 7. 1 Sam. 4, 21; of a boy not yet 
full grown Gen. 21, 16 sq. 22, 12. Is. 7, 
16. 8,4; and of a youth nearly twenty 
years old Gen. 34, 19. 41, 12 (comp. 37, 
2. 41, 2). 1 K. 3, 7. 2 Sam. 18, 5, 29. 
Spec. a) Often éiphat to express a 
tender age, like Lat. puer, Engl. δου, 
child, youth, 6. g. in various ways: 
Sam. 1, 24 932 “32071, Vulg. et puer he 
adhuc infantulus. 30, 17 τς ΤΊ SAIN 
“22 four hundred young men, youths. 
Jer. 1,6 [cannot speak, for Iam a child. 
v. 7. Judg. 8, 20. 2 K. 9, 4. Eee. 10, 16. 
Is. 65, 20. More fully 333 "32 young 
and tender 1, Chr. 22, 4. Is. 3, 5. Ps. 37, 
25. Lam. 2,21. Sept. νέος, γεανίας, νεα- 
νίσκος. Ὁ) In other passages "32 seems 
rather a name of condition and denotes 
servant, like the Greek παῖς, Germ. 
Bursche, Junge, Engl. boy ; Gen. 37, 2 
“32 NIM he was servant with the sons of 
Bilhah, i. e. he was herdsman’s boy, 
shepherd’s boy. 2 K. 4, 12. 5, 20. 8, 4. 
Ex. 33, 11. al. Also of common soldiers, 
Germ. die Burschen, Engl. boys, lads ; 
1K. 20, 15. 17.:19. 2K. 19°65 “With 
genit. or suff. the servant of any one, 
Judg. 7, 11. 9, 54. 19, 13. Esth. 2, 2. al. 
But in Job 29, 5 "33 my sons. Spoken 
of the people of Israel in its youth, Hos. 
11,1. Comp. B33. 

2. By a peculiar idiom in some of the 
books, or rather by archaism, the form 
“32 as in Greek ἡ παῖς, is used as if of 
the comm. gend, for mz. girl, maiden, 
and construed with a fem. verb, Gen. 
24, 14. 16. 28. 55. 34, 3.12. Deut. 22, 15 
sq. although M32 is everywhere réud 
in the margin; comp. in S37 no. 1. In 
the Pentateuch this occurs twenty-two 
times, and I would also refer hither the 
plur. 5°52 used of maidens in Ruth 2, 
21, comp. v. 8. 22. 23, (Sept. lia nates 
and of youths and wintions Job 1,19. In 
a similar manner, the Arabs in the more 
elegant style employ masculine nouns 
also for the other sex, and abstain from 
the feminine ery used in the 


vulgar language; as Use brwbegroow 


ee, Pie 


and bride, which latter is vulg. Χαμο ἢ 


y= an old woman, vulg. BigP ; comp. 
ἧς for vulg. gas Tplnsene, oO for 


680 





252 


Boys τ wife, like Germ. cena for be 


mahlin, Gatte for Gattin. 
Deriv. "35, M332, BMT » ὍΣΣ, pr. 
n. 1153" προς, 





























Il. 3 m. (τ. 932 II) α casting out, 
expulsion, concr. cast out, driven out, of 
a flock or herd Zech. 11, 16. Sept. — 
ἐσκορπισμένον, Vulg. dispersum. 


"2 τὴ. (denom. from "221) boyhood, 
youth, i. q. B°9933, poet. Job 33, 25. 36, 
14, Ps. 88, 16. Prov. 29, 21.—In Job 36, 
14 and Ps. |. c. some have adopted the 
sense of expulsion, from r. "33 II, but 
without necessity. 


M122 f. (denom. fr. 932 1) plur. MiMS2. 

1. a girl, 6. σ. 8) ἃ female child, 
Job 40, 29 [41,5]. Ὁ) a maiden, dam- 
sel, grown up and marriageable, Judg. 
19, 3 sq. Am. 2, 7. ΠΕ" M432 a fair 
maiden UK. 1, 3, 4. nbana ἢ > a young 
virgin 1 K. 1,2. Esth. 2.3. Also of one 
not long married, γεόγαμος, Ruth 2, 6. 
4, 12; comp. M242 no. 2. 

2. a handmaid, servant, Prov. 9, 3. 
31, 15. Ruth 2, 8. 22. 3, 2. al. 

8. Naarah, pr.n. a) A town on the 
borders of Ephraim, Josh. 16,7; called 
1 Chr. 7,28 159. b) f. 1 Chr. 4, δ. 


> 
"IY? , see "138. 


— (servant of Jehovah) Neariah, 
pr. n. ‘a) 1 Chr. 3, 22.23. b) 1 Chr. 
4, 42. 

7732 (boyish, juvenile) Naaran, pr. n. 
see M32 no. 3. a. 

mys f. (τ. "22 11) tow, as bemg shak- 
en or beaten off from flax, Judg. 16, 9. 
Is. 1, 31. 


ἘΣ obsol. root, ΑΣΑ. uae to 


take up, to lift ; whence yas barrow, 
bier, also constellation of the bear, Ur 
major and minor.—Hence ΔΨ II, for ὍΝ 


D2 pr. n. Memphis, see 5/2. 

* 422 obsol. root, Arab. 2.23 to go o 
come forth ; kindred are Chald. P#2 
go out, 232 to sprout. Hence 


422 (sprout) Nepheg, pr. n.m. ἃ 
Ex. 6,21. δ) 2Sam. 5,15. 1 Chr. 3.7 
14, 6. | 










so τῶν 681 bp5 

i Aes 

mp ζ Π) 1. high place, height, | Phe etymology is uncertain. Some ; 

“comp. ἘΠ; hence “is mp2, Wit mips, | poo aii aire 

the Height or Heights of Dor, Josh. 11, 2 eee Big εὐ ott BS which 
12, 23. 1 K. 4, 11; see ais, no. 8. Giggeius and C er magnus, 
2. a sieve, fan, for winnowing, Is. 30) | corpore magno; for it means 
_ 28; comp. #2 Hiph. no. 2. 3 “excellens, generosus, Better to 


BOND? (expansions, τ. 0B3). Nephu- 
sim, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 50 k - But 
Cheth. has 070°»), aia Neh. χὰ 52 has 
Dp ow"D), which feat | is doubtless a false 


: Bihograpliy made up from ah and 


~ B%O"53. 


*M52 fat. me, inf mp Ez. 22, 20, 
i. q. 5B, to puff, to blow, to breathe, an 
onomatopoetic root. Comp. Engl. to 
puff, Arab. and 4.25 to blow; 
while 63 and Δ. 5 express the harsher 
sound of snoring, snorting. Syr. weeds 
Eth. 242%, to blow, to breathe, to fill 
the cheeks.—Gen. 2, 7 and breathed 
(5°) into his nostrils the breath of life. 


' —Spec. 


1. to blow upon any one, as the wind, 


6.83 ΕΖ. 37, 9. 


2. ΝΞ Mp2 fo blow up-a fire, to kindle 


up, Is. 54, 16. Ex. 22, 21; and without 
' av. 20. mp3 Tit a Biden pot, i.e. a 
pot under which one blows'the fire, Job 





41, 12. Jer. 1, 13. 

3. to blow away, sc. by blowing upon, 
c. 2 Hagg. 1, 9. 

4. With 2, to breathe out, to give 
up the ghost, Jer. 15, 9. 

Puat to be blown up, as a fire, Job 20, 
26. 

Hiew. 1. With 652, to cause to 
breathe oul, to cause to expire, Job 31, 
39; hyperbolically for to extort sighs, 
to torment. 

2. to blow upon or away, metaph. i. q. 


~ to esteem lightly, to contemn, Mal. 1, 13. 


Deriv. MB2, ΠΡ, MPA, and 


_ M2 (blast, perh. windy place) No- 
phah, pr. n. of a town of the Moabites 
Num. 21, 30, supposed to be the same 
with Ma) q. v. 


2°22 m. only in plur. ὉΠ 5: ἢ} giants, 
Gen. 6, 4. Num. 13, 83. So all the an- 
sient Versions.  -Chald. δ 552 the celes- 
tial giant, i. e. the constellation Orion ; ; 
plur. Orions, the larger constellations. 





rest in r. 883; yet not. re that D753") 
may be those causing men to fall from 
fear (Kimchi); but so that 595) may be 
i. q. 52279 one falling upon the enemy, 
violent, grassans, comp. Gen. 43, 18, and 
see r. 552 Kal no.2.d. So Aquil. ἐπὲ- 
πίπτοντες, Symm. βιαῖοι. 


ὈΠῸΣ Ξ9 Nephisim, see D035. 


wp? (recreated, r. 822) Naphish, pr. 
ἢ, of a son of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15; also 
of his posterity 1 Chr. 5, 19. 


DOWD, see DOD). 


¥ ἼΞ2 obsol. root, of uncertain signi- 
fication, comp. ΠῚΒ ; whence 


JD m. a gem, precious stone, of an 
uncertain kind, Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez. 
27, 16. 28,13. Sept. thrice ἄνϑραξ i. 6. 
carbuncle. Doubtful. 


ἘΞ fut. 52 inf. 5Ξ), 6. suff. 1582 
2 Sam. 1, 10 and 38. 1 Sam. 29,8; imp. 
plur. nbD) . 


1. to fall, Syr. Chald. \.43, 58}, id. 


The primary. syllable >» fal occurs also 
in this sense in Germ. fallen, Engl. to 
fall. The Gr. and Lat. fallo, σφάλλω is 
pr. to cause to fall. to supplant.—Spoken 
of a person falling to the earth Ps. 37, 
24; or from a horse or seat Gen. 49, 17. 
1 Sam. 4, 18; into.a’pit, nmva Ps. 7,16; 
into a snare Am. 3, 5. Is. 24,18. Also 
of things, as of buildings falling down 
Judg. 7,13. Is. 9,9. Am. 9,11; ofa 
mountain Job 14, 18; the lightning from 
heaven, c. ἸῺ Job 1,16; the dew 2 Sam. 
17,12. The place into or upon which 
one falls is put mostly with 7 loc. as 
MLA; or with ἘΦ Lev. 11, 32, 3, >, also 
ata Ps, 45, 6; the ἰδοῦ ΚΎΩΝ ‘with 
qa, 92 .—Part. 585 falling, Job 12, 3. 14, 
18; as pret. fallen, lying prostrate ; Judg. 
3,25. 1 Sam. 5, 3. 31,8. Deut. 21,1; as 
fut. ready to fall, 15. 80,18. So of a pro- 
phet who sees visions sent from God in 
his sleep; Num. 24, 4 who seeth the vi- 
sion of the Almighty 09279 "9>31 585 lying 





in sleep with open eyes sc. of his mind. 


; Ps, 82, 7. al. 


65 


Spec. 885 fo fall is also further said 
of'persons and things, as follows: 

a) Of those who fall in battle or else- 
where, i. 4. to be slain, like πίπτω, ca- 
dere, to fall; Judg. 20, 44.46. 1 Sam. 
4,10. 2 Sam. 1, 4. 2, 23, 3, 38. Is. 10, 4. 
Often with an adjunct, as 
aana ‘> by the sword Num. 14, 43. 2 
Sam. 1, 12. Is. 3, 25. al. sep. Β 793 ‘3 
by the hand of any one Judg. 15, 18. 2 
Sam. 21, 22. 1 Chr. 5, 10. Lam, 1.1. 
"QB ἊΝ to fall before any one, espec. 
in great numbers, 1Sam. 14,13. 2 Sam. 
3, 34. 

b) Of those who fall sick, Fr. tomber 
malade. Ex. 21, 18 sptind dB) to fall 
sick wpon one’s bed, to take to one’s bed. 
So Syr. f,S we ‘\a3 1 Mace. 1, 5; 
Gr. πίπτειν ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην Judith 8, 3. 

c) Of a foetus, to fall, to be dropped or 
cast, i.e. to be born, Is. 26,18. Comp. 
Il. 19.110 ὅς κεν ἐπ᾿ ἤματι τῷδε πέσῃ μετὰ 
ποσσὶ γυναικός, where Schol. πέσῃ, γεν- 
νήϑῃ. So καταπίπτω Wisd.7,3; cadere 
de matre Stat. Theb. 1, 60. Arab. 
doin, not In Chaldee 58} spec. 
of abortion, whence Heb. 583 q. v. 

d) Of the limbs, which are said to fall 
away, to® become emaciated, Num. 5, 
21. 27. 

e) Of the countenance of one in sor- 
row, anger, to fall, Gen. 4, 5.6. Opp. is 
Ὁ x2. Comp. Hiph. no. 1. d. 

f) Of the heart, courage, to fall, to 
fail, 1 Sam. 17, 82. So Gr. πίπτει dv- 
uoc, Lat. cadere animis Cic. Fam. 6. 
1. 4. 

6) Of those who fall into calamity, 
adversity, Prov. 28, 14. 2 Sam. 1, 10. 
2K. 14,10. Prov. 24, 16. 

h) Of kingdoms, states, which fall, 
are overthrown, Is. 21, 9. Jer. 51, 8. 
Am. 5,2. 2K. 14, 10. 

i) Of the lot, as cast wpon or concern- 
ing any pers. or thing, c. >> Ez. 24, 6. 
Jon. 1, 7. 1 Chr. 26,14. Hence c. >, 
to fall to any one by lot, Gr. πάσαν» 
τινί, Num. 34, 2. .Judg. 18, 1.. Ez. 47, 
14. "99, Bear: Ps. 16, 6, comp. fou 
17,5. Hiph.no. l.c. So Lat. cadere of 
the lot, Ter. Ad. 4.7.22. Sil. Ital. 7. 368. 

k) Also ἐο descend from heaven, spo- 
ken of divine revelations, Is. 9,7; comp. 
Chald. Dan. 4, 38, and Arab. J53 to de- 


682 





5B 


scend, spoken of revelations. Hence the 
Spirit, or the hand of God, is said to fall 


to descend upon any one, Ez. 8, 1. 11, 5. 
1) 5D 52 to fall wpon any one, e. g. 


deep sleep Gen. 15,12. Job 4,13; terror 


Ex. 15, 16. Josh. 2, 9. Ps..55, 5. Job 13, 


11; calamity Is, 47, 11. Ecc. 9,12; τον 


proaches Ps. 69, 10. 


m) Of events, éo fall out, to happen ; | 


Ruth 3, 18 "a5 5&3 37% how the thing 


will fall out, “Will end. Comp. Chald. 


Ezra 7, 20. Css Brut. 40. 
n) to fall to the ground, to fail, espec. 


empty promises Josh. 21, 48, 23, 14. 


Fully nis 58} 2K. 10,10; Gr. eines 
εἰς γῆν, ἔραζε. Comp. χαμαιπετὲς ἔπος 


Pind. Pyth. 6, 37. Nem. 4, 65, Plato 


Eutyphr. 17. Also to fall away, not be 
counted, to be lost, Num. 6, 12. 


0) to fall from one’s counsel, purpose, 


i.e. to fail in, c. 2, Ps. 5, 11 let them 


fall from (fail in) their counsels. Comp. 


Ovid Metam. 2. 308. 


p) With 72 compar. to fall more 
than, i. 6. below another, to be inferior, — 
to yield to any one Job 12, 3, 13,2. Also 


with "25> id. Esth. 6, 13. 
2. to fall, with the idea of will, pur- 


pose, i. e. to throw or cast oneself down, 
to rush on; comp. Syr. Ἂ 21, which is” 


put in N. T. for aintew and paldscond 
Spec. 


a) to fall down, to pores oneself. 


2 Sam. 1,2 x98 585) he fell prostrate 
to the earth. Job 1, 20. 
"28 by Gen. 17, 3. 17. Num. 16, 4. Josh. 


7, "6; ἼΩΝ 59 2 Sam. 14,4; ΠΙΧΝ 7BND 


1 ars. 20, 41; also "Ἔ ὍΣΣ Gen. 44, 14; 
Ἔ "53" πὴ Esth. 8, 3. 
b) 5 "INAS ἘΣ bps to fall upon one’s 


Often with 





mm 


te ee - 


» Oe mee el ee 


neck, to rush into his embrace, Gen. 33, ο 


A, 45, 14. 46, 29. 

c) 5 τ Ἐν bBo to fall upon one’s 
sword, 1 ‘Sam. 31, 4.5. 1 Chr. 10,4. Of 
the locusts Joel 2 8; see in "D3 no.1.b. 

d) to fall upon as an enemy, to at- 
tack, Job 1, 15; ¢. 3 Josh. 11, 7. 


e) to descend from a beast, chariot, to | 


alight, c. 5972 Gen. 24, 64. 2 K. 5, 21. 


f) to settle down, i. e. to encamp, οὔ 


an army, Judg. 7, 12; of a nomadic 


people Gen. 25, 18, comp. 16, 12. em 


κατῴκησε. 


g) 355 "NNT ΠΡΣΣ my supplication 














‘ 253 


fal (is laid down) jefe any one, viz. 

in atwofold sense: «@) is presented, I 
make supplication, Jer. 36,7. £8) is 
_ accepted, my prayer is heard and an- 
_ swered, Jer. 37, 20. 42,2; pr. the person 
_supplicated permits my petition to be 
laid down before him, receives it, im- 
_ plying a disposition to give a favourable 

answer. 

h) ‘to fall away, to desert, to go over 
to another party, Gr. πίπτειν, διαπέπτειν, 
1 Sam. 29, 3; c. ἘΣ 1 Chr. 12, 19. 20. 
2 Chr. 15, 9. Jer. 21,-9. 37,14. 39,9. Is. 
54, 15; ἘΝ to any one Jer. 37, 13. 38, 19. 
52, 15. 

Hier. 572m, fut. 5°83, apoc. dBm; 
rarely without contraction; as inf. bob 
Num. 5, 22. 

1. to cause to fall, to make fall, Gen. 
2,21. Jer. 15,8. Ez. 20, 22. Ps. 73, 18. 

78,28; by the sword Is. 37, % Jer. 19, 7, 

_ellipt. ‘Basi 11,12. Ez. 6,4; by the tiand 

“of any one 1 ὕπο 18, 25. ete.—Spec. 

a) tothrow, to cast, 6. g. wood upon the 
_ fire Jer. 22, 7; tothrow down, to prostrate 
any one Deut. 25,2; to throw down a 
wall 2 Sam. 20, 15; to cast down stars 
from heaven Dan. 8, 10; to fell trees 
2K. 3,19. 25. 6, 5. 
__b) to drop or cast as a birth, to bear, 
to bring forth, see Kal no. 1. c. Is. 26, 
19 the earth shall bring forth the dead, 
i. 6. cast from her. 
6) to cause to fall away, e.g. a limb, 
to make wither, to emaciate, Num. 5, 
22; see Kal no. 1. d. 
_ 4) to cause to fall, to let fall, to cast 
down, sc. the countenance in sorrow or 
‘in anger, with 3 of pers. ‘to be angry 
at any one’ Jer. 3,12. Also Ἔ "33 5.81 
to cause the countenance of any one to 
fall, i.e. to make sad, Job 29, 24. See 
Kal no. 1. e. 

68) to cast lots Ps. 22, 19. Prov. 1, 14. 
1 Chr. 24, 31. Esth.3, 7. Jon. 1,7; also 
without 5,18 1 Sam. 14, 42. Job 6, 27. 
Hence to divide out by lot, to assign to 
any one, with acc. of thing and > of 
pers. Josh. 13, 6. 23,4. Ez. 45, 1. 47, 22; 
without dat. Ps. 78,55. See Kal no. 1. i. 

f) to lay down a petition, supplication, 
before any one, i. e. to ask as a sup- 


- ΝΣ 





Dan. 9, 18.20. See Kal no. 5. σ. 


683 


pliant, to supplicate, Jer. 38, 26. 42, 9.’ 





2. to let fall, e. g. a stone Num. 35, 23. 


V2 

Hence a) ΠΣ 8 >°8F fo let fall to the 
ground, e. g. a word, promise, not to ful- 
fil, 1 Sam. 3, 19; without 258 Esth. 
6,10. See Kal no. 1. β. b) ἐο let fall, 
to desist from any thing, c. ja Judg. 
2, 19. 

Hrrup. 1. tolet oneself fall, to falldown » 
prostrate, Deut. 9, 18. 25. Ezra 10, 1. 

2. With >» to fall upon, to attack, 
Gen. 43, 18. 

Pix. 5353 to fall, once in Ezekiel, who 
abounds in unusual forms, ὁ. 28, 23; i. q. 
>) which stands in the same connection 
30, 4. 32, 20. Ε' 
Deriv. 552, 5°52, 92, ΓΙΡΒῸ, ὨΡΒΏ. 


2B] Chald. fut. > (comp. Syr, 
31, in Targg. freq. 585), i. q. Hebr. 

1. to fall, i.e. a) to fall down, Dan. 
7, 20. 4, 28 58) νοῶ 2 50 a voice fell - 
from heaven i.e. came from heaven, 
comp. Is.9,7. Ὁ) to fall owt, to happen, 
Ezra 7, 20. 

2. to fall down, i.e. to be cast down, 
Dan. 3, 23. Syr. Ἃ 21 to be cast into 


prison. Also to fall prostrate Dan. 3, 6. 
7.10. 11; "MipyN-by Dan. 2, 46. 


2B? m. (Ὁ. 583} in pause 582 Ecc. 6,3; 
an abortion, which falls from the womb, 
Job 3,16. Ps.-58, 9. Ecc. 6, 3. Comp. 
r. 582 as spoken of birth in Kal. no. 1. ὁ. 
Hiph. no. 1.b. So 589 is used of prema- 
ture birth in the Talmud; also Arab, 


bo. to fall, IV to miscarry, Arab. ΠΝ 


abortion. 
22D), see bb? Pil. 


ob) obsol. root, Syr. and Chald, 
05) to erpand. Hence D055). 


“V2? only in pret. and inf. absol. 
ΥΞ2 Judg. 7, 19, part. pass. p35? Jer. 22, 
28. Imper. and fut. are from the kindr. | 

ΡΝ 

1. to break, to dash in pieces, 6. g. an 
earthen mcieee] Judg. 7, 19. Jer. 22, 28. 
Hence 

2. to disperse, to scatter, asa flock, a 
people, Is. 11, 12. 

3. Reflex. “of a people, to disperse 
themselves, i. q. to be dispersed, scat- 
tered, 1 Sam. 13, 11. Is. 33, 3. Gen.9, 
19 yayn-bs ΓΙΧΞΣ MENT from these the 
whole earth dispersed itself, i i. 6. all the 


certain 


— = 


y=? 


nations of the earth, comp. 10, 5.—Eth. 
24,8 to be scattered as chaff. Aram. 
72? a) excursit, dispersit, effudit. 

Piet 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to break or 
dash in pieces, e. g. an earthen vessel 
Ps. 2, 9; infants upon stones, Ps. 137, 9; 
to break up rafts of timber 1 K. 5, 23 [9]. 

2. to disperse, to scatter a people Jer. 
13, 14. 51, 23. Inf. 72 subst. dispersion 
of a people, Dan. 12, 7. 

Pua part. broken in pieces, 6. g. 
stones Is. 27, 9. 

Deriv. 722, 782, and 

V2? τὰ. violent rain, inundation, storm, 
Is. 30, 30; from Aram. 72 to pour out, 
kindred to which is Arab. |,6l3 mid. Ye 
redundavit; see in r. 72 no. 3.—Others, 
dispersion, scattering, but not so well. 


* pz? Chald. fem. ™P5} by Syriasm 
for MRE? Dan. 2, 13, to go out, to go forth, 
Dan. 2, 14. 3, 26. 5,5; of an edict, Dan. 
2,13 ΓΕΒ) RMT), comp. Luke 2, 1 ἐξῆλϑε 
Siena. Imp. ἬΝ. apap Dan. 3, 26.—In 


Targg. often for 8x". Syr. Ἄν. Sam. 


PJ, id. 


Harn, P85, plur. psp, to bring 
out or forth Dan. 5,2. 3. Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5. 
Hence 


82) Chald. f emphat. xnpy2, ex- 
penses, pr. an outgo, outfit, what is laid 
out, Ezra 6, 4.8. Syr. {d.083 id. Comp. 
Rx" p. 415, lett. m. 


7 WED in Kal not used, fo breathe, to 


respire. Arab. yrds V, to breathe, to 
take breath, to be refreshed. 

Nipu. to take breath, to be refreshed, 
after fatigue, Ex. 23, 12. 31, 17. 2 Sam. 
16, 14. Arab. conj. II recreavit aliquem. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. ΠΕΣ, and 

TH? in pause Be , c. suff. "D2; plur. 
MILER, once DED Ez. 13, 20, c. suff. 
, 46m DE2; comm. gend. but more usually 


fem.—Arab. (aid, Syr. Hand, Ethiop. 
211. 

1. breath, Job 41, 13. ποτ WED breath 
of life Gen. 1, 20. 30. Hence also odour, 
perfume, Bbich any thing breathes, ex- 
hales, Prov. 27,9; 52 "m2 perfume- 
. boxes, siielling- bottles; Is. 3, "20 


684 





5) 


2. The vital spirit, ψυχή, αἹ 
through which the body lives, i. 6. ἢ 
principle of life manifested in the breath, 
comp. πῆ, Lat. anima, also Gr. ἄνεμος. 
Hence life, vital principle, animal spirit ; 
Gen. 35, 18 HWE] ΝΞ as her spirit was 
departing, as she gave up the ghost. 
1 Κ. 17, 21 τΣ nin Tbsn-we2 ese 
ia"P let now the spirit of this child return 
intohimagain. Ex.21,23, £2 ὑπ ΘῈΣ. 
life for life. Deut. 19, 21. Ps. 69,2; comp. 
124, 4 and Jer. 4,10. This life, spirit, 
anima, itself is also said to live Gen. 12, 
13, Ps. 119, 175; and to die Judg. 16, 30; 
to be poured out, as if along with the 
blood, Lam. 2, 12.. Is. 53, 12; to be 
breathed out, see in m2. So also in 
phrases, as Ὁ Ub) ΡΞ to seek the life of 
any one, see in ΡΞ no 2; ‘2 Mpd lo take 
life, see MP? no. 1. b.; to put one's Ii life i 
his hand, ste in > ancts c.; UB) Ὁ nD 
see in M2) Hiph. no. 2. ἃ. Hence it Ἶ 
very frequent i in phrases which have re 
spect to the losing or preserving of life: 
a) iwE2->x for one’s life, i.e. in order to 
save one 'slife, 1K. 19,3.2K.7,7. Comp. 
Gr. τρέχειν περὶ ψυχῆς Od. 9. 423. Valk. 
ad Hdot. 7, 56. 9, 36; and so (of a hare) 
mee κρεῶν. But in Jer. 44, 7, it is agains 
one’s life, in detriment of life. Ὁ) WE 33 
with danger of life, in jeopardy of life, 
2 Sam. 23, 17. 18,13 Keri. 1 K. 2, 
mit oaticony any sgt ip with | 
jeopardy of his life hath Adonijah sau 
this. Jer. 42, 20. Lam. 5, 9. Prov. 7, 23 
comp. nthe 1 Chr. 12, 19. ‘Aled’ oF 
life taken away, i. e. on account of the 
death of any one, Jon. 1, 14. 2 Sam. 14 
7. 9) Ὲ we2> for one’s life, i. e. for th 
good of one’s life, its support, prese 
tion, etc. Gen. 9, 5. Deut. 4, 15. Jos 
23, 11. ) 
Further also, to the vital spirit, anin 
is ascribed whatever has respect to th 
sustenance of life by food and drink, « 
the contrary. [Here the Engl. versic 
often renders it by soul, but improperly 
Thus the spirit, anima, is said to b 
satiated with food and drink, Prov. 27 
7. Is. 55,2; to be made fat Prov. 11,2 
13,4; also to fill i. e. to satisfy one’ 
spirit Prov. 6, 30. So the opposite ; m 
spirit hungere Prov. 10, 3. 27, 7; thirs 
Prov. 25, 25; pines Ps. 31, 10; fasts P 
69. 11; abstains from certain kinds ¢ 


















































| 








wp 


loathes, Num. 21,5. Job 6,7. 10, 1. Zech. 
11,8; is empty i. 6. hungry Is. 29, 8; 
is dried up i. e. thirsty Num. 11, 6. 
Hence too trop. for the jaws, throat, as 


hungry and wide open, Is. 5, 14. Hab. 


2, 5.—Trop. %22 is also put for that 


__ which supports life, aliment, Is. 58, 10, 


comp. Deut. 24, 6. 

Sometimes 652 and > are opposed, 
so that 05) is ascribed to brutes, and m7 
to men, Job 12, 10; but m7 is also 
ascribed to beasts Eco. 3,21. Once B53 
is put for the anima, as separate from 
the body, wumbra, manes, Job 14,22. As 
the Hebrews held the seat of life to be 
in the blood (Lev. 17, 11; for which 
cause the eating of blood was forbidden 
Gen. 9, 4. 5. Deut. 12, 23), it was natu- 
ral when the blood was shed, to say also 
that the life was shed, poured out, as 
above in Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53,12. Such 
too was the notion of the Greek 
poets, philosophers, and physicians; see 
Sprengel Beitrage zur Gesch. d. Arz- 


neikunde I. fasc. 3. p. 202 sq. So tooin 


Engl. to pour out one’s life, i. e. his life- 


_ blood; and also in Arabic, see Thesaur. 
 p. 901. 


3. The rational soul, mind, animus, 


as the seat of the feelings, affections, 
᾿ς emotions of various kinds, comp. >> no. 1, 


b, with which it is often coupled, e. g. 


Deut. 4, 29. 30,10. To it are ascribed 


love Is. 42,1. Cant. 1, 7. 3, 1-4. Gen. 
34,3; joy Ps. 86,4; fear Is. 15, 4. Ps. 
6,4; piety towards God Ps. 86, 4. 104, 
1. 143, 8; confidence Ps. 57,2; desire 
Ps. 42, 3. 63, 2; longing or appetite, 
e. g. for food Prov. 6, 30. 10, 3. Mic. 7, 1. 


Deut. 12, 20. 21; (hence 53 532 a 


greedy man Prov. 23, 2;) or for venery 
Jer. 2,24. Ex. 23,18; oralso for revenge 
and slaughter Ps. 27, 12. 41, 3. 105, 22. 
Ex. 15, 9, comp. Prov. 21, 10. So too 
hatred Is. 1, 14. Ps. 17,9; contempt Ez. 
36, 5. Is. 49,7; vengeance Jer. 5, 9; sor- 


row Job 27, 2. 30,25. As the seat of - 


warlike valour, in poetic exclamation, 
Judg. 5, 21 19 "WE? "S75mM tread down, 
my soul, the strong. Jer. 4, 19 “bid Sip 55 
"WE? "MAY because thou hast heard, O 
my soul, the voice of the trumpet. Spoken 
of the feelings in general, Ex. 23, 9 
58 


68 


food, Lev. 30,3; is polluted by them 
_ Ez. 4, 14. Also the spirit is weary, 





we 


“aT WHIM ODI" ye know the feelings 
of a stranger, how a stranger and for- 
eigmer feels. Job 16,4. 1 Sam. 1,15 7 
have poured out my sont before Jehdouk 
i. e. have laid open to him my inmost | 
feelings. Prov. 12, 10. 

Words also which themselves express 
feelings of the mind or soul, are often 
thus used in connection with D2; thus 
the soul is said to weep Ps. 119, 28; to 
be poured out in tears Job 30, 16; to cry 
for vengeance 24, 12; and also to invoke 
blessings Gen. 27, 4. 25. More rarely 
things are attributed to the soul, mind, 
which belong: a) To the mode of feel- 
ing and acting, as pride, 553 319 Prov. 
28, 25; patience and impatience, VITA 
wp2 Job 6, 11. ὮὯΒ2 MEP, see in “EP, 
Fis. b) To the will or purpose, Gen. 
23,8 DIUEIMY Brox if it be in your 
mind, i.e. if ye purpose, have deter- 
mined in your minds. 2 K. 9,15. 1 Chr. 
28,9 H¥BN 32a with a willing mind. 
c) To the understanding or facully of 
thinking ; Ps. 139, 14 my soul knoweth 
right well. Prov. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 20, 4 
whatever thy soul thinketh. Deut. 4, 9 
keep thy soul well, lest thou forget. Lam. 
3, 20.—In all these constructions the use 
of 3> is more common, see 39 no. 1. 6, 
d, e. 

4, Coner. living thing, animal, - ἴῃ 
which is the 852, anima, life. Josh. 10, 
28 wErt~>> every living creature. v. 30. 
32. 35. 37. Often more fully m:n ὉΒ2 
Gen. 1, 24. 2, 7. 19, and with the arti- 
cle enn we? 1, 21, 9,10, pr. the ani- 
mal of life i. e. endied with life, liv- 
ing animal, or as more comm. in Engl. 
living soul, living being, Gen. 2,7; and 
very often collect. for living things, liv- 
ing creatures, Gen. 1, 21. 24. 9, 10. 12. 
15. Lev. 11,10; man being not included, 
except Gen. 9,16. In this formula it is 
to be noted that =m is genit. of the 
subst. 51 life, and not fem. of the adj. 
aby living ; so that mon 52, like We) it- 
self, may be of either gender, and can 
be construed with the masculine. This 
serves to illustrate the disputed passage 
Gen. 2, 19 U2 DINA 1D NIP? ὍΝ. 531 
jay wn TaN and whatsoever Adam call- 
ed them, the living creatures, that was 
their name, where i> and ia refer to 
mort wp, which is pleonastic after ib.— 


59 


Spec. put for a man, person, mostly m 
certain fixed phrases, where also in 
Engl. we may use soul, 6. g. WD} 323 10 
steal a man Deut. 24,7; comp. Germ. 
Seelenverkdufer. GE 52% Ez. 22, 25. 
Soalso: a) In laws, Lev. 4,2. 3 Ed 
xomn if a soul (any one) shall sin. Lev. 
5, 1. 2. 4. 15. 17. Comp. the phrase 
M59 NT WHI AMID, under MID 
Niph. no: 2. b) Ina hetiaedi of a peo- 
ple, as UH] ODS seventy souls, persons, 
Ex. 1, 5. ‘16, 16. Gen. 46, 18. 27. Deut. 
10, 99. al. (So i in Greek ψυχαὶ Acts 2, 
41. 1 Peter 3,20.) Fully 038 v3 Num. 
31, 46. 1 Chr. 5, 21; comp. Gen. 14, 21. 
c) ‘Of slaves, Gen. 12, 5 swonawig Up 
7703 the slaves they had acquired in Ha- 
ran. Ez. 27,13. Comp. ψυχαὶ ἀνϑρώπων 
Apoc. 18, 13. 1 Macc. 10, 33. d) 53 
m2, where ΤΙ is genit. (comp. the phrase 
nen wp? above ,) one dead, a dead body, 
corpse. Num. 6,6 X82 Nd ma WEI->d> let 
him not come near to adead body. Ley. 
21,11. So too m2 being omitted, as in 
the formulas wins x70 Num. 5, 2. 9, 6. 
7. 10, and 653 Naw Lev. 22, 4. Hage: 2, 


13, i. €. one defiled by touching a dead | 


body. Comp. Num. 19, 13. 
5. With suff. "52, 7WE?, etc. it is put 
very frequéntly for: I myself, thou thy- 


self, etc. Comp. Arab. Ἵ 


, Sanser. 
diman soul, self; and Germ. selb, selber, 
Swed. sjel, Engi. self, all from the same 
root with Germ. Seele, Engl. soul, see 
Adelung Lex. IV. p. 47.—Hos. 9, 4 
pw nam> their food is for themselves, 
is consumed by themselvés. Is. 46, 2. 
Also reflex. "853 myself, i. 6. me myself, 
Job 9, 21. —Interpreters also note that 

ἌΦΕΣ, 7WH2, are often put for the pers. 
“pron. "38, AMX; but most of the exam- 
ples wikich πιῆ adduce are readily ex- 
plained by what we have said above in 
nos. 2,3. This idiom is most frequent 
in passages where life is said or implied 
to be in danger; 6. g. Ps. 3, 3 many say 
of me (9535), there’ remains no help for 
him. 11,1 why say ye to me (2535), flee 
to the ‘mountains. Is. 3,9 ΟΞ» IN wo 
to them ! pr. to their life. Ps. 4 pe 35, 3. 
7. 120,6. Here too belongs is. 51,-23, 
who say to thee (3535), prostrate thy- 
self that we may pass over, and the like. 
Once "253 and "5 approach so nearly 


686 y3 





\ <= 


to the nature of a pronoun, as even tc _ 
be construed with a verb in the first — 
person, Is. 26, 9. Comp. 4732 with 1 
pers. Gen. 44, 32. 


MD) f. (τ. #92) 1. ᾳ. MED, a high place 
height, only Josh. 17, tl nein mw>w. 
Targ. tres regiones. This appellation, 
ᾳ. d. Tricollis, Tremont, seems to refer 
to the three places just before mentioned, 
Endor, Taanach, and Megiddo, which 
all lay elevated above the plain ; comp. 
Decapolis. 


MB) αὶ (τ. PR) a sprinkling, dropping; — 
whence D°8'S mp) the dropping of the 
honey-combs, i. e. honey dropping from 
the combs, i. 4. "39 q. v. Ps. 19, 11 
Also without "55x id. Cant. 4,11. Prov. — 
5, 3. 24, 13 sarrbp ping ΤῈΣ honey 
droppinge which are sweet to thy pa- 
late ; where the predicate Pina is not 
inflected ; comp. Gen. 49, 15. 


MIMD? (opening, τ. MMB), see Tinks 72 
under art. "72 cc. p. 561. 


DAM? τὴ: plur. (τ. 9B Niph.) wrest- 
lings, struggles, once Gen. 30, 8. 


DME) Naphtuhim, pr. ἢ. of an 
Egyptian people Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 
11. Bochart, in Phaleg IV. 29, comic 
pares the name of the Egyptian goddess 
Ἱγέφϑυς, the wife-of Typhon, to whom — 
with her husband were consecrated 
those parts of Egypt that border on the 
Red Sea; and the name Wepitus itself 7 
signified, according to Plutarch (de | 
Isid. p. 355 extr.) the extreme border of 
the land, washed by the sea; comp. 


Egypt. METewy terminalis. The 
Naphtuhim then were a border-people, 
dwelling prob. on the Red Sea. See 
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 269. 
Jablonski Opusc. ed te Water T. I. p. 
161. 


"MD? (my wrestling, r. DNB, see Gen. 
30, 8) pr. n. Naphtali, the sixth son of 
Fao born of Bilhah, and patriarch of — 
the ixibe of Naphtali, the limits of which 
are described Josh. 19, 32-39.—Gen. 49, 
21. Num. 1, 42. 43. al. Sept. Wepda- 
Asi. : 

ΥΞϑ τὰ. (τ. γ29) la flower, blossom, 
Gen. 40, ie i. ᾳ. M2. See the root 
no. 2. 





NS) 


2. An unclean bird, prob. a hawk, see 


_ the root no. 3. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15. 
Job 39,26. Sept. ἱέραξ, Vulg. accipiter. 
_ Comp. Bochart. Hieroz. T. II. p. 266. 


: 


S35. see in Mx? no. 1. 


i Ae 


a3) not used in Kal, to set, to put, 
to place, i. q- 3¥3 q. v. Arab. 105 id. 

Nipu. 28) 1. to be set, c. by to be set 
over any one, 1 Sam. 22, 9. Ruth 2, 5.6. 
Part. 32) a prefect. director, 1 K. 4, 5. 7. 
5, 30. 9, 23. al. 

2. to place or station oneself, to take 
one’s stand, Ex. 7, 15. 17,9; ο. > to or 
before any one, Ex. 34, 2 pw "5 ἘΞῈ) 
and present thyself to me there. Also, 
to take one’s stand, e. g. of God rising 
up for judgment, Is. 3, 13. Ps. 82, 1. 

3. to stand, spoken of men Gen. 18, 2. 
24, 13. Ex. 18, 14. 1 Sam. 1, 26. Ps. 45, 
10; of gheaves Gen. 37, 7; of waters 
Ex. 15,8. With >> to stand upon any 
thing Is. 21,8; to stand with or by a 
pers. or thing Gen. 45, 1. 1 Sam. 4, 20. 
19, 20. 22, 7. 17. Spec. to stand firmly, 
Ps. 39, 6 319 DIN->D 53 a breath is 


every man though he stand firmly. 119, 


89. Zech. 11, 16 a shepherd....03325 
baba" Nd plinth sol nourish that which 
standeth firm, i.e. the healthy part of 
his flock; Sept. τὸ ὁλόκληρον, Vulg. id 


_ quod stat. But perhaps it would accord 


better with the context to render: who 
relieveth not that which standeth still in 
the way, i. 6. which lags behind from 
weariness or disease, i. q. to be weak, 


sick, comp. Arab. sa lassus fuit, la- 


boravit, pr. to stand still, to stop, from 
inability to.go further. 

Hipu. 3935, fut. 2°85, apoc. 33°. 

1. to cause to stand Ps.'78, 13. Hence 
a) to set up, to erect, as a column Gen. 
35, 20. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 2 K. 17, 10; an 
altar Gen. 33, 20; a heap of stones 2 
Sam. 18,17. Trop. 1 Chr. 18,3 to set 
up (establish) his dominion unte the river 
Euphrates. Hence also 1 Sam. 13, 21 
72795 a5xn3 for setting the goads, i. 6. 
sharpening them when the point was 
bent, ete. Comp. in Engl. ‘to set a 
saw,’ ‘to set an edge.’ Ὁ) 10 fiz, to es- 
blish, e. g. bounds Ps. 74, 17. Deut. 32, 
8. Prov. 15,25. ὁ) to set, to place, Gen. 
21, 28. 29. Ps. 41, 13. Lam. 3, 12; so 


687 





ns 


gates Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16,34; a trapor 
snare Jer. 5, 26. 
Hops. 335 1. to be set, placed, Gen. 


28,12. For Judg. 9, 6 see art. 239. 


2. to be fixed, settled, determined. So 
commonly in Nah. 2, gnnbsh mn 230) 
it is fixed ! she is led away y captive ! live. 
Nineveh. But 3853 may also be joined 
to the preceding verse and referred to 
the root 33%, where see. 

Deriv. 382, 39%}, 182, M222, ΠΙΞΕῸ 
Ma22, 382, and pr. ἢ. M2is; ὈΞῪΣ, 

32) τῇ; (pr. part. Niph. r. 383) @ han- 
dle, haft of a dagger, Judg. 3,22 ; so call- 
ed from being fixed in, comp. the root 
Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. Sept. λαβή, 


Vulg. capulus. Arab. las haft, han- | 


dle of a sword, knife, ete.—But part. 333 
a prefect, see in 3%2 Niph. no. 1. 


S222 Chald. f. emphat. 823, firm- 
ness, hardness, sc. of iron Dan. 2, 41. 
Gr. Venet. χραταιότη. Aben Ezra 
MS 93 ΣΧ. 


| 3X2, see r. 32°. 


- miss fat. 52" 1, Pr. to fy, to flee, 
i. α. 3 no. 3, ΤῈ) no. 3. Twice: Jer. 
48, 9 give wings to Moab, for 8%m N33 
flying she shall go forth ; here δὲ δ "ἰδ 
for ΓΞ) in order to correspond with 8¥M; 
observe too the paronomasia 77¥, N¥2, 
sum. Lam. 4,15 553 03 4X2 "D when they 
flee away and wander ; so Kimchi and 
others, and this is better than to refer 
ns) tor. 712 as on p. 660.—Hence Γι" 
pinion of birds, and Arab. Kuols (ea: 
thers, plume of birds, also locks of hair 
lgaging over the ΚΟ πε q. d. flying 
locks. From this noun then comes 


: Ἕ 
2. Arab. Lads and Las to seize by 
the locks, and Conj. III, recipr. to seize 
each other by the hair. Hence in He- 
brew to strive, to quarrel; comp. Syr. 


and Chald. 1-3, Nx2, i. q. Heb. 21, 


also Arab. Lb Conj. VI, id. See Hiph, 
and Niph.—Hence 

3. to lay waste, to desolate a city, pr. 
to tear in pieces houses, to pull down. 
In Kal intrans. or pass. to be laid waste, 
to be desolate ; Jer. 4,7 ΤΣ 9 thy 
cities shall be laid waste. Sept. καϑαι 
ρεϑήσονται. 


ΓΊΝΩ 


Hiren. “25 to strive, to contend, see 
Kal no. 2. Num. 26, 9 "59 pmisiqa 
when they strove against Jehovah. Hence 
to wage war; Ps. 60,2 DIN "MN Ins 
p.m when he atte war with Mesopo- 


 tamia. 


Niew. 1. M8) 10 strive one with ano- 
ther, to quarrel. Deut. 25, 11 583° "> 
vars pte if men strive one with ano- 
ther. Ex. 4, 13. 21, 22. Lev. 24, 10. 2 
Sam. 14, 6. 

2. to be laid waste, desolate ; Is. 37, 
26 Ὁ 5) ὩΔΞᾺ desolate ruins. 2 Κα. 19, 25. 

Deriv. N53, M22, ΤΙΝ. 


mz) f. (r. 72) i. q. V2 no. 1, a flower, 
blossom, Job 15, 33. Is. 18, 5. 


Mx? f. I. i. q. Mia, a wing-feather, 
pinion, Job 39,13. R. x2. 

II. i. ᾳ. ΠΧ part. Niph. of Nx, 
something cast out, excrement in the 
crop of a bird, Lev. 1,16. Comp. m&x 
» and ONis. 


ΤΣ f. (τ. 949, after the form 
m29>2) watch, ward, guard; whence 
in the vexed passage Is. 1,8 HIE "7D 
a tower of ' watch, i.e. a tower fora watch 
or guard in the deuert, i.g. SSD 912 
2K. 17, 9. For "3 as pr..a ‘watch- 
tower, or perh. the small hamlet spring- 


ing up around it, see below in "9. See 
also Thesaur. p. 908. 
“gt mS2 in Kal not used. 1. Pr. 


prob. to shine, to be bright, which is the 
signif. of the syllable ΤΣ, as in ππς, 
perh. ΠΧ, $; and also 73, as in 


732, YR. 
pr. to shine; whence Lass pa illustrious. 
Hence ΤΣ} no. 1, pr. ἢ. ASX). 

2. Trop. to do splendid deeds, to act 
splendidly, gloriously; hence to excel, 
to overcome, to prevail, as in Chald. and 
Syr. See also Piel. 

3. Trop. to be clear, pure, fii 


true; Ethiop. #&'dh, Arab. pee te 
_ Hence m2 no. 2. 

4, Trop. to be firm, enduring, perpetu- 
al; whence M8} no. 3. This may come 
from the idea of prevailing in no. 2, or 
of fidelity in no. 3. 

Prev 82 only inf. m%2> and Part. 
ai. 


Syr. wis to conquer, but 


688 





mx 


“1. to be over any thing, to be chief, to 
superintend, e. g. the temple-service, 
with 53 and > 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3,8.9. 
Part. M822 a ‘prefect, overseer, 2 Chr. 2, — 
1.17. 34,13; for which in the books of 
Kings is 332. 

2. Spec. to lead in music. 1 Chr. 15, 
21 and Mattithiah...played on harps 
in the octave (i. e. in the bass, nel 
basso), 82> to lead the song, i. 6. 
to govern, regulate the singing. (Opp. 
are ν. 19 ὍΘΙ to sing or sound ona 
clear (high) tone ; and v. 20 niaby dy 
on the virgin hey, treble, nel soprano.) 
Hence 8222, which is found in the 
titles of 53 Psalms and Hab. 3, 19, is to 
be rendered according to Kimchi, Rashi, 
Aben Ezra, and many others: for the 
leader, precentor, chief musician ; i. e. — 
the Psalm is to be performed under his — 
direction, which also is the sense of the 
Targ. MM2%> ad canendum. And this 
interpretation is to be preferred. Some- 


_ times put absolutely, with only the name 
‘of the author, as 7779 12732 Ps. 11, 13. 


14. 18-21. 31. 36. 40. 41. 42. 44. 47. 49. 
51. 52. 64-66. 68. 70. 85. 109. 139. 140; 
sometimes with the name of the instru- 
ment, as Mi2"323 Ps. 4. 6. 54. 55, 67. 76, 
moni $2 8, 81. 84, ΒΘ ΤΩ by Ps. 54. 69." 
80, nibsrpn-by Ps. 5, rons by Ps. 58; 
or with the first words of the song or 
melody in which the Psalm is to be sung, 
see Ps. 22. 56-59. 75; or finally with a 
word marking the tone or key, whether 
lower or higher, ΤΡ 59 Ps. 46, 55 
m-2"2un Ps. 12. Twice then follows — 
prass ‘by Ps. 62, 1. 77, 1, once 4anaw7 
39, 1, ‘where we may render’ to the chief 
musician of the Jeduthunites ; unless 
yinn3" in this connection is also to be 
taken as an instrument or as a musical 
key or mode. This inscription is wholly — 
wanting in all the Psalms of a later age, 
composed after the destruction of the 
temple and its worship; and its signifi- 
cation was already lost in the time of the 
LX X.—Others make M822 not a par- 
ticiple, but an infinitive of the Syriac 
form, comp. Chald. Dan. 5, 12; but this 
is not admissible, on account of the arti- 
cle implied in maya for ΠΝ ΘΠ. 

Nipu. to be perpetual ; Jer. 8, ‘5 naa 

rms. a perpetual backsliding, ᾿ωρο8- 
tasy. 





watery Eth. 7Hm id. Hence mx II. 








m3 


δι] mx obsol. root, Arab. 


‘de ogy 
vel am 


to sprinkle, to scatterye. g. 


MZ) Chald. Ithpa. to overcome, to sur- 


pass, to excel, c. > Dan. 6,4. Syr. id. | 


See in r. nx) I. 2, 
1.2) rarely "22 m 
suff. "M=2, plur. O°). 

1. eplendour, glory, 1 Chr. 29, 11. 

2. sincerity, truth. Hab. 1, 4 8x7 > 
wpa ΓΙᾺ} judgment is not given ac- 
cording to truth, not in sincerity ; comp. 
Is. 42,3. Hence confidence, sc. in one’s 
truth and fidelity; Lam. 3, 18 "M} 728 
my confidence is perished. 'Trop. object 
of confidence, as God 1 Sam. 15, 29. 

3. perpetuity, eternity, ever, everlast- 
ing ; see the root no. 4. So mx2 5D Ps. 
49, 20, and M%3> , adv. for ever, to everlast- 


m. (Ὁ. maz) ὅ. 


ving, 2 Sam. 2, 26. Job 4, 20. Ps. 9, 7.. 
108, 9. Is. 13, 20. al. sep. More rarely 


acc. MX) id. Ps. 16,11. Am.1, 11. Jer. 
15, 18. Sept. εἰς τέλος, Vulg. in _finem.— 
Is, 34, 10 5°) mx2> for ever and ever. 
Sometimes the idea of perpetuity is 


_ modified, i. q. long time, long, Ps. 49, 10. 
Job 34, 36; comp. D>i>>. 


4. Some assume also the signif. per- 


__ fection, completeness ; hence accus. M32, 
and M¥2>, as adverbs, wholly, entirely ; 
comp. Bare: lauter, Engl. clear, both 
_ of which mean purely and also wholly ; 
80 Ps. 13,2 ΠΣ} 72ND NIN AIT ἫΣ how 
long, Jehovah, wilt thou wholly Sorget 


me? Ps. 74, 10. 79, 5. 89, 47. Job 34, 
36; genit. Ps, 74, 3 ΤΣ ΤΙΝ total 
desolations, 1. 6. places wholly desolate 
and destroyed. —But in all these and 


~ like passages the idea of perpetuity may 


better be retained, as in no. 3. 

II. HX) τὰ. (τ. mz? IL) ο. suff, ὈΠΙΧΣ, 
juice, liquor, which is scattered or spirt- 
ed from grapes when trodden, Is. 63, 3.6. 

_ 3X2 τῇ, (r. 322) pr. set, placed ; hence 

1. one sel over, i.e. a prefect, overseer, 


officer, i. q. 282, 1 K. 4, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 10 


Cheth. 


_ 2. ἃ military station, post, garrison, 


i. q. 222, 322, 1 Sam. 10, 5. 13, 3. 4. 
2 Sam. 8, 6. 14. “al : 
3. a statue, pillar, ἐπ el q. 7282, 


8 
Arab. aaa 2, statue, idol. Gen. 


58* 


689 





bx5 


19, 26 ΓΙ 3) a statue of ak i.e. fossil 
ale of which great quantities are found 
in the vicinity of the Dead Sea; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 482 sq. comp. 
in Mba p. 573. 

4. Nezib, p. n. of a place in the tribe 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 43." Now Beit Nesib, 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ. p. 12, 13. II. 
p- 399. | 


TPS) (illustrious, τ. "x2 1) Neziah, 
pr. ἢ. τῇ. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 56. 


“WE? Is. 49,6 Cheth. preserved, de- 
livered, from τ. ἼΧ2 I.—Keri ΠΧ... 


᾿ 5.2 in Kal not used, pr. to draw 
out, to lake away, to snatch away ; kin- 
dred are dw3, >d%3. Arab. juad and 


has id. Eth. Z8A avellit. 

Prev >83, fut. 5229 1, to take away, 
to strip off, 2 Chr. 20,25. With ace. of 
pers. to spoil any one, Ex. 3, 22. 12, 36. 

2. to snatch from danger, to deliver, to 
preserve, Ez. 14, 14. See Hiph. no. 3. 

Hips. ἘΠ ΜΠ, fut. 5929, apoc. >851, 

1. to pull away, c-472 to pull apart ; 2 
Sam. 14, 6 the boys strove together in the 
field Dr"I"D S922 PRI and there was 
none to tear them apart, i. e. no one parted 
them. 

2. to take away, Hos. 2, 11 [9]; e. g. 
booty, spoil, i. q. ἐο spoil, 1 Sam. 30, 22. 
With 9. Gen. 31, 9. 16..Ps. 119, 43. 
Also, to turn away any one from an evil 
way, intercourse, Prov. 2, 12.16. Unu- 
sual is 2 Sam. 20,6 92252 5989) and take 
(turn) away our eye, i.e. elude our sight, 
escape us; like 25 325 q.v.in 323. Sept. 
σκιάζειν τοὺς ὀφϑαλμούς. 

3. to snatch from danger, to deliver, 
to preserve, to save, acc. of pers. Ex. 12, 
27. 1 Sam. 30, 18. Is. 19, 20. Ps. 72, 12. 
al. Oncec. dat. Jon. 4,6. Often in the 
phrase ΘΜ 5" (there is) none deliver- 
ing, no deliverer, Deut. 32, 39. Ps. 7, 3 
50, 22. 71,11. 15. 5,29. Hos.5,14. 5925 


iD) to preserve one’s life, to save alive, 


Josh. 2, 13. Is. 44, 20. 47, 14. Ez..3, 19. 
21. 33,9. Often with 12 of the pers. 
from whoee power one is delivered, Ps. 
7,2. 18, 18. 49. 35, 10. 59, 2. 3. Mic. 5, 
5; also 2 of thing, as from waters Ps. 
144, 7; the mire 69, 15; a snare 91, 3; 
straits 1 Sam. 26, 24. Ps. 34, 18; from 
death, etc. Ps. 22, 21. 51, 16. 56, 14. 86 


΄Μ᾽ 


. oa 


13. al. Often Ἔ th bm Gen. 32, 12. 
Ex. 2,19. 1 Sam. 17, 37; 5>2 2 Sam. 
19, 10. Ps. 18, 1. Is. 38, 6. ! 

Horn. ban to be snatched or plucked 
out, as a brand from the fire, Am. 4, 11. 
Zech. 3; 2. 

Nipu. to be delivered, preserved, saved, 
i. 4. to escape, 2 K. 19, 11. Ps. 33, 16. 
Jer. 7,10. With 77, "9, 520, Ps. 69, 
15. Hab. 2, 9. Prov. 6, 5; "35% Is. 20, 6. 
With ὩΣ and bx, pregn. to be delivered 
from any one to another, i. q. to escape 
from and flee to, Deut. 23, 16. 

Hirnp. to strip oneself of any thing, c. 
acc. Ex. 33, 6. Comp. Heb. Gramm. 
§ 53. 3: Ce 

Deriv. πο πὶ 


2X2 Chald. ΗΑΡΗ. ἘΣΤῚ to deliver, ἢ i. 4. 
Heb. "2m no. 3, Dan. 6, 28. Inf. moun, 
C. suff. mbar Rass 3, 29. 6, 15. 


22 m. a flower, blossom, Cant. 2, 12. R. 
744 


ΧΩ, see r. DE". 


+3 i,q. 712,92 1. to glitter, to 
sparkle, only part. plur. px) Ez. 1,7. 
Sam. id.—Hence y's"2 spark. 

2. to flower, to blossom, to flourish, as 
in Chald. whence 72, 72, ἼΞ2, a flower, 
blossom. Verbs signifying splendour 
are often transferred to express the ideas 
of verdure and bloom ; see in M358 p. 27, 
mnt, "t.—The notion of blossoming was 
also transferred to the shooting feathers 
and pinions of birds (comp. ΤΠ); hence 

3. to fly, whence 73 ahawk. So kindr. 


mx) and Arab. yas. 
sprout, Syr. to fly. 
p22, see r. ps*. 

ἘΤ. ΚΞ, fat. 82 (but FEN Is. 42, 
6. 49, 8 is Grow ἌΧ), rarely "¥3" Deut. 
83,9. al. Imper. "33, ¢. 4 parag. ἃ ms) 
Ps, 141, 3, ο. suff. Ane Prov. 4, 13, both 
with Dac. euphon. 

1. to watch, to guard, to keep, i. q. "03. 
Arab. 5 to guard 6. g. a vineyard ; 


comp. kindr. 


Comp. M8 to 


5 adspexit, intuitus est, 
like the Lat. twert and intuert, also 


tuitus est, defendit, liberavit.—E. g. a 
vineyard Job 27, 18. Is. 27,3; a tree 
Prov. 27, 18. Part. plur. DS) watch- 


men, keepers, guards, Jer. 31,6. 399 


690 





: τὰν 


bx the tower of the watch or guard, 
watch-tower, 2 K. 17,9. 18,8. With 
Ps. 141, 3 "nee ba b> ΠΣ) 6. ἃ. keep 
thou watch over the door of my lips, i.e. my 
mouth, lest I utter rash words; the form 
mt) wk Dag. euphon. Prev, 20, 28. 
13, 6. Is. 49, 6 oxy? "AS3 the kept (pre- 
served) of lerael. ‘With 1 Ps. 34, 14.— 
Spec. 

a) to guard from dangers, to keep, to 
defend, to preserve, as God does men, 
Deut. 32, 10. Ps. 31, 24. Prov. 22, 12. 
With 12, Ps. 32.7 "223m 729 from trou- 
ble thou wilt defend me. 12, 8. 04) 2. 
140, 2. 

b) to keep, i. q. to waich closely, to ob- 
serve diligently, Prov. 4, 23. 13,3 1" "5 
he who keepeth his mouth: 16, 17. 24, 12. 
Ina bad sense: α) to watch closely a 
city, 1. q. to besiege ; Part. 0°) watch- 
ers, besiegers, Jer. 4, 16 comp. 17 ; comp. 
also "av 2 Sam. 11, 10. Is. 1,8 "33. 
manx2 like a city besieged ; so common- 
ly, but see in art. m2. 8) Jehovah 
is addressed as INA ax) the observer 
of men, as if on the ‘watch to detect them 
in wrong doing, Job 7, 20.—Hence * 

2. to keep, to observe, as a covenant 
Deut. 33, 9. Ps. 25, 10; a law Prov. 28, 
7; the ways of righteousness Prov. 2, 
8; a father’s commands 6, 20; the com- 
manndiieath of God Ps. 78, 7. 105, 45. 
119, 2. 22. 33. 34. 100. 139; good coun- 

sel Prov. 3, 21. Comp. Lat. custodire 
modum, regulam, precepta, etc. With 
dat. Ex. 34,7 keeping mercy for thou- 
sands. Is. 26,3 Ὀϊρ ἴθ "BM HAND AST 
the man of ‘firm mind, for him thou wilt 
keep perfect peace, supply it 

3. to keep from view, i. e. to hide, to 
conceal. Is. 48,6 DMS ND} Minas? hid- 
den things whith thou hast not known. 
65, 4 soba oMaxtD they lodge in secret 
places, perh. the recesses of heathen 
temples, or with the Sept. sepulehral 
caverns, parall. with sepulchres. Prov. 
7, 10 a woman 32-M7582 subtile of heart. 

Deriv. 7533. 


sa) FB “Ss obsol, root, Arab. 5 to 
shine, to be in full verdure, whence “33. 
Nore. The significations of guarding 
and of being verdant, which are al 
found conjoined in the root "£m, I have 
placed separately, although not iny pro- 























ΡΥ, 


f~ 


oats 


- ably there is a common origin of both, 
viz. the idea of shining, being shilendid, 


5; in which is a also the no- 
Yon of beholding, 


_ peos δέδορκε, also Germ. Blick and Engl. 
glance, signifying both splendour and 
_ the act of looking,) and hence the signi- 


ἐς fication of observing, guarding. 


2: ἴδιο, 1.7. 








where see more. 


1 Chr. 12, 31. 


82 m. (τ. 7282 ΠῚ 1. ἃ shoot, sprout, 
Is. 60, 21. Metaph. of offspring Is. 11, 
a 


2. a branch, Is. 14, 19. 

M2, see r. NS". . 

NP? Chald. adj. pure, Dan. 7,9. R. 
ἈΠῸ i. 4. MPR. 

. =p? fut. ΞΡ, once 327 Job 40, 24, 
e. suff. 1:32" Is. 62, 2; imper. c. 7 parag. 
ΓΞ ; pr. yr hollow out, to excavate, like 
the kindr. =P, 2p", ee "Dor ΓΞ, 5B, 


Hence 
1. fo bore a hole 2 K. 12, 10; c. acc. 


to bore through, to perforate, Job 40, 24. 


26 (40, 24. 41, 2]. 2 K. 18, 21. Is. 36, 6. 


> ae 1,6 a4p2 VN a purse with holes. 
A to pierce, to strike through with a 


‘spear; Hab. 3, 14 "179 SN HIP? ἑλοῦ 
:  didst strike through ‘the heads of their 


leaders. Arab. id, Syr. «αι, Chald. 


Sam. 55. id. 

2. to separate, to distinguish ; and 
hence to declare distinctly, to specify, to 
call by name ; comp. 875 no. 1, 2. Gen. 
80, 28 "by ssw map? name me thy 
‘wages. Is. ‘62, 2. Part. pass. O°SP2 the 


«named Am. 6,1, i. 6. the renowned, the 
᾿ς noble, q. d. Min "B28 , opp. the ignoble 


populace, oY "da Job 30, 8. Comp. 
Arab. ass leader, 
prince. 

3. i. α. 3A no. 2, to curse, pr. to pierce 


Ge 
with words, to cut, like Arab. Gow to 


cut, to perforate, metaph. tocurse. EH. g. 
the name of God. to blaspheme, Lev. 24, 
11. 16 ran min “Ot =p) he that blas- 
phemeth the name of Jehovah shall surely 
be put to death ; from which passage the 
Jews derive the supérstition which for- 
bids them to pronounce (no. 2) the name 
of Jehovah; see Mim. Also Num. 23, 
3.25. Job 3,8. 5,3. Prov. 11, 26. 24, 24. 

Nien. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be called 


ΓΙ. 


3, (comp. 518, Gr. 





Ip3 


by name, comp. Arab. Saba to name, 3 
and > being interchanged. Num. 1, 17 
these men Miat3 A=P2 WLS who are ex- 
pressed by name. 1 Chr. 12 31. 16, 41. 
2 Chr. 28, 15. 31, 19. 

Deriv. fron the primary idea of exca- 
vating, 322 bezel, Mp2 a stone-quarry ; 
from that of perforating. M322, MIP ; 
from that of piercing, striking through, 
Mp2, Nap2, a pointed hammer. 


i =) 

372 m. 1. a bezel, the cavity in which 
a gem is set; Jerome well, pala gem- 
marum, Ez. 28, 13. Comp. 9m. Others, 
a pipe, as if from 3723 in the sense to 
bore, like "5m from 53m; but this does 
not accord with the context. 

2. a cavern ; whence c. art. 32373 Ne- 
keb, pr. ἢ. of a place in Naphtali, Josh. 
19, 33. 


MAP? f. (τ. 3p2) a female, whether of 
man or beast, so called from the form 
of the genital organs; Gen. 1, 27. 5, 2. 
Lev. 12, 5. 27,4. Num. 5,3; of beasts 
Gen. 6, 19. Lev. 3, 1. 6: 4, 28. 32. 5, 6. 


Syr. [3 αῦ, Chald. xapn, id. 


p32 obsol. root. 1. to prick, to 
point, to mark with points. Chald. id. 
whence Rabb. 322 one who points a 


“ae 


manuscript, punctator. Arab: :\83 pu- 
pugit serpens, but 4&3 punctis notavit. 
2. to mark, i.e. to select, to separate 


‘out what is of a better quality than the 


rest, which is done by marking it with 


S$ ve 


points, etc. Arab. i235. Hence i23 
(see Camoos p. 424) a species of sheep 
and goats, short-legged and deformed, 
but distinguished for the length of their 


Gg, S- 
wool and hair, OL&3 the shepherd of 
such a flock. See tp) below. 
Deriv. ΠΡ, pr. n. 8773, 
four following. 


and the 


“IP? m. plur. o°7P2, pr. ‘marked with 
points,’ speckled, spotted, of sheep and 
goats, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 31, 8 sq. 


“Ip? pr. ig. Arab. SLE a shepherd 


pee 
of flocks called τὰ ἃ» from the excellence 
of their wool, see in τ. 322 no.2. Then . 
in a wider sense of the keeper of any 
cattle, a shepherd, herdsman Am. 1, 1: 


ἽΡ) 


a sheep-owner, catile-breeder, 2 ΚΞ. 3, 4, 
spoken of the king of the Moabites. See 
Bochart. Hieroz. Tom. I. p. 441. The- 
saur. p. 909. 


IP? f. a point, stud, 6. σ. of silver, 


with which any thing is ornamented, 
Cant.1,11. Β.. Ἴ. 


Dp? m. plur. (τ. Ἴ2) 1. rely 


of bread, Josh. 9, 5. 12. 
2. A kind of cake, which _ prob. crum- 
bled easily, 1 K. 14,3. Sept. xoddugis, 


Vulg. crustula, Engl. cracknel, crumb- 


cake. 


* Pips , inf. absol. M2, to be clean, pure, 
Arab. & id. Syr. to sprinkle for puri- 


fication (pr. to cleanse), to pour out a 
libation, to sacrifice; hence M"p22 a 
sacrificial dish or cup. In Kal only Jer. 
49, 12 mp2 inf. pleon. joined with a form 
of Niph. 

Nipu. ΠΡ, fut. ΠῚ 1. to be clean 
in a moral sense, fo be pure, innocent, 
Jer. 2,35. With 3 to be free froma 
fault, blame, Ps. 19, 14. Num. 5, 31. 
With 12 of pers. Judg. 15, 3 5} 
pamwben J am blameless towards: the 
Philistines, i,e. it is not my fault, but 
their own, if I attack the Philistines. — 
Hence often’ a) to be free from punish- 
ment, to be quit, to go unpunished, Ex. 
21, 19. Prov. 6, 29. ma prn7>> API Nd 
δον toucheth her shall not go un- 
punished. 11, 21. 16,5. Jer. 29,1. 49, 
12; c. ya Num. 5,19. Ὁ) to be clean, 
free, quit, sc. of an oath, obligation, Gen. 
24, 8. 41. 

2. to be cleaned out, to be made empty, 
desolate, as a city, Is. 3,26. So Arab. 

85 X.—Also of men who are destroy- 
ed, extirpated, Zech. 5, 3. 

Pret ΠΡ}, fut. ΠΡ 1. to pronounce 
innocent, lo acquit, to absolve, Job 9, 28 ; 
c. 72 Ps. 19,13. Job 10,14. Joel 4,21 
see in no. 2.—Hence 

2. to let go unpunished, to forgive, 
with acc. of pers. Ex. 20,7. 1K. 2, 9. 
Jer. 30, 11. 46, 28. Absol. Ex. 34, 7 
who forgiveth iniquity and transgression 
and sin, Mp N> Mp2 but will by no 
means always leave unpunished. Num. 
14, 18. Nah. 1,3.—In Joel 4, 21 [3, 21] the 
words: "Mp2 δὲ 027 "NP? are usually 


692 


τήσω TO αἷμα αὐτῶν καὶ Ov μὴ ἀϑωώς 





































πὰ 


rendered: J will cleanse (declare inno- 
cent) their blood that I have not cleanse 

i.e. I will avenge the blood of 
which [have long left unavenged. Be ι- 
ter perh. to read: "M"p] ND ΒΘ “FEB, 
and render like Sept. and Syr. ᾿καὶ ext - 


Iwill avenge their blood, nor ‘will Thee 
it go unpunished, unavenged ; ; comp. 
Deut. 32, 43. 2 K.9,7. Thesaur. p- 91). 

Deriv. "P2, 8"F2, ΡΣ, ΤΣ. 


NTP? Ristingclalal τ. 122) Nekoda, 
pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 48. 60. Neh. 7, 50. 62. 


Mp2, see τ. mpd. 


* OP) i,q. Dip, VP, to be weary of; 
to loathe, once in pret. c. 2 Job 10, l. 
The fatore and other forms ‘come rom 
the root B4p. 


1 ἽὮΡ adj. (r. mp3) plur. ie 1. § 
metaph. innocent, free from blame, Ex. 
23,7. Job 4,7. 9,23. 17,8, Ps. 10,8. Jer. 
2, 34; c. 72 2 Sam. 3, 28. orp 
of pure hands, i. e. innocent, Ps. 24, 
3 τ and "P2 £3 innocent blood, see ἘΞ 

2. clear, free. quit, from an obligation, 
oath, c. 72 Gen. 24, 41. Num. 32, 22; 
exempt from military service Deut. 24, 
5. 1 K. 15, 22; from a charge, Gen. 
10. Ex. 21, 28. 


N"P) i. q. ἘΞ with 8 added, Joel 4, 19. 
Jon. 1, 14 Cheth. 


TMP? m. (τ. MP2) constr. Fi}, clea n- 
ness, 6. g. of the teeth i.e. famine Am 
4,6; of the hands i. 6. innocence Gen 
20, 5. Ps. 26, 6. 72,13; and so without 
n"e> id. Hos. 8, 5. 

Pp? τὰ. (r. PP2) only in constr. Jer. 
13, 4 sbon ΤΣ the cleft of the rock. 
Plur. ΟΣ ΕΠ "pp? Is. 7, 19. Jer. 16, 16. 


=P 
. 


4% 


‘3 ὩΡ2, fut. Dip", inf. DIP2, 10 aveng 5 
to take vengeance; Arab. «fd Cony . 
VIII, vindicavit se ab aliquo, penal rt 
sumsit ab eo, punivit eum. Syr. ses 


<> id. Chald. id. Kindr. om2.—Con- 
strued a) Absol. Lev. 19,18. δὴ Wit 
acc. of pers. or thing whom one avenges 
Deut. 32, 43; once ὁ. >9 Ps. 99, 8. 
the same sense is said, Lev. 26, 25 
m2 oP? M2) a sword that shall av 
my covenant. 9) The pers. of or fre 





np) 


whom vengeance is taken is put with 
| 1 Sam. 24,13; mga Num. 31, 2; > 
‘Nah. 1, 2. Ez. 25, 12; ace. Josh. 10, 13. 
᾿ς Both constructions (b, 6) are united 
in 1 Sam. |. c. 732 mint “yaR2 Let Jeho- 
᾿ vah avenge me of thee. Num. 31, 2 
S beyryen ΓΝ Ὁ bette pa ap? ope. 
Nira. 1. to be ‘punished, Ex. 21, 20. 
- Comp. Lat. ulcisci for punire. 
2. to avenge oneself, to be avenged, 
_ parall. om Is. 1,24. Ez. 25, 15 0p2 ἸΏ 3. 
4 With 2 of pers. on whom vengeance 15 
taken Judg. 15, 7. 1 Sam. 18, 25; with 
72 in the same sense 1 Sam. 14, 24. 
Esth. 8,13. Is. 1,24; with 429 of pers. 
from whom and also of thing for which 
vengeance is taken, Judg. 16, 28. 
Prev i. q. Kal, 2K. 9, 7 25 "Map 
Borex 49... DUNE Ὑπὸ that T may 
avenge the blood of my servants the pro- 






ce ἿΝ 

















phets...at the hand of Jezebel. Jer. 
eke Ὁ 
Hora. fut. Op" 1. to be punished, 


ΤᾺ 21, 21. Gen. 4, 15 if any one slayeth 
Cain, he shall be punished sevenfold ; 
_ others: it shall be avenged, as in no. 2. 
See in Niph. no. 1. 
᾿ 2. to be avenged ; Gen. 4, 24. 
 Hirap. to avenge oneself, as in Niph. 
er. 5, 9. 29.9, 8. Part. op2m0 @ self- 
wenger, a revengeful man, Ps. 8, 3. 
“Ad, 17. 
Γ Deriv. DP?, ΠΡ). 


vit: 


᾿ ΟΡ» m. vengeance, Deut. 32, 356. ἘΠ᾽ 
DP? the day of vengeance Prov. 6, 34. Is. 
84. 8. 61, 2. 63, 4. op? DP? to avenge 
vengeance, to take vengeance, Ez. 25, 15; 
ie oR? abn to render vengeance to any 
one, i. 6. to take vengeance upon him, 
Deut. 32, 41. 43; np? ΠΡ to take ven- 
_geance Is. 47, 3; my DP? mw id. Mic. 
4, 14. 


Map) Γ (τ. Ὁ}3) constr. Maps, 6. suff. 
ἼΠΌΡ9, plur. niop2. Ὁ ; 

a. vengeance, i.g. 23; so Map? ov 
Jer. 46, 10; 3 my 51, θ΄ τὴν Pp Oe the 
God of vengeance, the avenging "God, Ps, 
94,1. With genit. the vengeance of Je- 
hovah is that which Jehovah takes, Jer. 
50, 15. 28. 51,11; thy vengeance, which 
thou takest, Jer. 11, 20. 20, 12. Also 
with genit. of that for which vengeance 
is taken, as ἘΞ“ vengeance for blood 
Ps. 79, 10; bon ‘2 Jer. 50, 28. 51, 11. 


693 





op? 
Phrases are: a) 3 ΓΙ) ΓΙῸΣ to take 
vengeance upon, Ps. 149, 7. Ez. 25, 17. 
b) 3 imap jn2 fo give or put one’s ven- 
geance upon, Ez. 25, 14; comp. Num. 31, 
3. 6) > mip? 19 Ps. 18, 48, also nivs 
> ninp? Judg. 11, 36, to give or do ven- 
geance for any one, to satisfy his desire 
of vengeance. 

2. desire of vengeance, vindictiveness, 
Lam. 3, 60. ΠῺ93 NWS to act vindic- 
tively, revengefully, Ez. 25, 15. 


ς; 52, i. ᾳ. 3P3, to be rent away, ΠΝ 
taph. to be alienated, Ez. 23, 18. 22. 28, 
Found only in the preter. 


: Sp: fut. P22 1. to strike, to cut 
by blows with an instrument, see Piel 
and 73. Chald. 5p? to strike an ox 
for slaughter, to fell; Arah. 1285 I, III, 
to smite, e.g. the head so as to break 
it, to strike through i.e. to percolate. 


Kindr, is 432, Eth. A'NA, to touch. 
The idea of striking lies in the syllables 
42, 53, P2, see M22; also in 4p, comp. 
κόπτω, ΠΕΊΡΩ. 

"Ὦ, to fasten together by driving nails, 
to joia together, comp. Germ. zusammen- 
schlagen, Engl. vulg. to knock together ; 
Syr. and Sam. asf, JV, to join on; 
Pe. .22) to adhere, to cohere.—Hence 
prob. to fold together, e. g. a net (Job 
19, 6) ; espec. so as to return upon itself 
and form a circle; comp. aes band, 
arm-band. See Hiph. no. 3, and 872. 
Hence 

3. to move ina circle ; Is. 29, 1 B°EN 
spp" let the festivals run their circle, 
i.e. the circle of the annual festivals 
being completed. 

Pre. 3 1. to cut down, to fell, 6. g. 
a wood, Is. 10, 34. 

2. to smite in pieces, and so to destroy, 
like ΓΞ. Job 19, 26 after they shall 
have destroyed my skin (body), this sc. 
shall be or happen, viz. that which pre- 
cedes in v. 25, the advent of God. See 


_ Lehrg. p. 798. 


Hiew. 1. to fold or cast around any 
one, Germ. umschlagen, see in Kal no. 
2. With ace. and 53 of pers. Job 19, 6 
pop ΠΣ ὙΗΣῸ he hath folded (cast) 
his net around me. Metaph. Lam, 3, 5 
where supply ">3.—Hence 

2. to lead around, to let go round ina 


sp: 
circle; Job 1,5 ΠΩΣ ΘΠ “2 IS pr 8D 
when they (the sons of Job) had let the 
days of feasting go round. after they had 
gone round with feasting. Lev. 19, 27 
τ BSW MND DPN ND lit. ye shall not 
round the extremity y of your head sc. in 
cutting the hair, i.e. ye shall not ‘cut 
off the outer part of the hair in a circle 
around the head; Symm. ov περιξυρήσετε 
κύχλῳ τὴν πρόσοψιν τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν. 
This would seem to refer to a custom of 
the ancient Arabs, who cut off the hair 
round the outer part of the head, but left 
that in the middle untouched, Hdot. 8, 8, 
ib. 4. 175.—Inf. absol. 59pm Josh. 6, 3, 
and pm v. 11, pr. going around, as 
adv. round about. 

3. to surround, to encircle, c. ace. 1 K. 
7, 24. Ps. 22,17; d9 2K. 6, 14. Ps. 17, 
9, 88, 18. 
 Deriv. the two following. 


Dp? m. a beating or shaking off of 
olives, Is. 17,6. 24,13. Chald. 55p"2 id. 


MBP? f. (τ. PZ no. 2) a rope, cord, 
bound around a female slave or captive 
instead of a girdle or zone, Is. 3, 24. 
Sept. σχοινίον, Vulg. funiculus. 


χ PE? obsol. root, prob. i. q. 32 and 
“p3, to bore, to pierce; whence P"P} 
cleft of a rock. A vestige of this root 
exists in the Samar. see Anecdot. Ori- 
ental. p. 88. 


*"\P2 fut. "p", to bore, to pierce ; 
‘spoken of the eye, to bore out, to put out, 
1 Sam.11, 2. Prov. 30, 17 the ravens of 
the valley shall pick it out sc. the eye.— 


Chald. Syr. Arab. id. Ethiop. IPZ, 


to be blind of one eye, 2PA evulsit. 
The radical syllable is ἌΡ, which like 
ΓΞ has the signif. of boring, digging ; 
see MP, WP2, "27, "BY, WF; also 749, 
M32, "DN, etc. 

Pini. “39, fut. “p29, to bore or put 
out the eye Num. 16, 14. Judg. 16, 21. 
Metaph. Job 30, 17 "9 "a> nbsb the 
night pierces my bones, i.e. by night 
my bones are pierced with pain; comp. 
3,3. ° 

Pua, to be dug out; Is. 51, 1 the 
quarry whence BP) ye were dipped 
metaph. of the ancestors or founders of a 
᾿ nation.—Hence 


694, 3 


δὲ put out, comp. Job 21, 17; also Prox 
| 20, 20. Job 18, 5. 












































ΠΡ or ἢ mp, α cavern, Fasure, onl i 
constr. ἜΝΙ MIp2 the cleft of the τι 
Ex. 33,22. Plur. pean rispy ἴα δι δ, 


hia 
* ODI ig. wp? and wip, but intre 
to be snared, caught in.@ snare ; th 
17 387 pia ED dsba in. the work of 
his own hands the wicked is ἀπατηάτν 
ΝΊΡΗ. to be snared, caught in a. 
Deut. 12, 30. se 
Pre trans. to lay snares, shoal: Ps. 38, 
13; with > to lay snares for, to cat ἃ 
snare over any one, Ps, 109, 11 wy 
iPrmwy-b> Meio let the extortioner 
a snare upon all. that he hath, i. e. . 
him seize upon all his property. 
Hirup. to lay a snare for any on 
trop. c. 2 1 Sam. 28, 9. “4 


WP? Chald. to smite, to strike, to knock; 
so in Targ. and Talmud. Syr. 1.23 
id. also to clap the hands, to strike a 
bell, etc. Arab. ; 3 to strike a bel 
or board.—Dan. 5, 6 and his knees δὲ 
J2P2 I> smote one against the other. 

“2 m. (τ. 192) once 2 2 Sam. 22, 29, 
c. suff. "2; plur. ΤΣ, c. suff. ahaa : 


l. a light lamp, ey: Kew fpalda id. 
Zeph. 1,12. "2 “58 the light of the lamp 
Jer. 25, 10. Prov. 31, 18 her lamp goetl 
not out by night, she labours diligentl 
all the night. Often of the lights of the 
sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 37. 30, 8, 
40, 4. 25. Lev. 24, 4. Num. 4, ΘῈΣ K. f 
49.al. Once of the candelabra itself. ἡ 
lamp of God 1 Sam. 3, 3.—Trop. in v 
rious senses, 6. g. a) Put for welfare 
prosperity, happiness, comp. "8 lett. δ. 
yet so that the image of a light is re 
tained; Ps. 18, 29 992 "Km FPS tho 
(God) wilt light my lamp, make my wa’ 
prosperous. 132, 17. Job 29,3. Contra 
Prov. 13, 9 the light of the righteous re 
joiceth, but the lamp of the wicked shal 


b) Put for glory, a 
the light of Israel, spoken of David ἢ 
Sam. 21,17. So of Barhebreeus, Asse 
man. II. p. 266. ὁ) Of divine instrue 
tion, Prov. 6, 23. Ps. 119, 105; comp 
Prov. 20, 27 a lamp of the Lord is th 
spirit of man, i. 6. lighted of God 
Comp. also φῶς John 1, 4. δ. 8. 9. 

2. Ner, pr. n. of the grandfather Ὁ 
Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 50. 51. 26,5. 1 Chr. 8, 38 


πον 
aia 
a 


Ἢ "3, see in my 


ἣν 22 obsol. root, i. q. 442, to roll, to 
ES rctv “rapidly ; ᾿ then, to talle rapidly 
ial much, of babblers ‘and inane 


‘to slander. or to 
“poll or revolve quickly, both of motion 


Arab. quadrilit. 


S -0o- 


and speech, to slander; whence -) 
_threshing-dray, Heb. 512 q. v.~and 


9. . 
one turning quickly, ἃ slanderer, 


tale-bearer.—Hence 13}. 


3392 Nergal, pr. ἢ. of an idol of the 
Cuthites, 2 K. 17, 30. According to 


Norberg, 2392 is i. q. Zab. -Ὡ the 


planet Mars, corresponding to Arab. 
Sw 

20 id. The > is ten the mark of a 
diminutive, for the use of which in the 
names of the gods see in Way. Better, 
according to Bohlen, 5393 i. q. Sanser. 
Wrigal, man-devourer, spoken of a fierce 
Warrior, and dorresponding to 32979. 
See Thesaur. p. 913.—Hence 


EN 5992 Nergal-Sharezer, pr. n. 
h A military chieftain under Nebuchad- 
hezzar Jer. 39,3. Ὁ) One of the chief 
Magi under the same king Jer. 39, 13.— 
Bee the name “E878 Sharezer in its 
order.. The same compound name is 
ἸΝεριγλισσάρ, Neriglissar. 

_ 3872 m. talkative, then a tattler, tale- 
bearer, slanderer, Prov. 16, 28. 18, 
8, 26, 20. 22. R. 373, after the form 

























oe 


m. ©. suff. "32 | ine: D'Tn2, nard, 


13.14. See Celsii Hierobot. Ἢ II. ΟΝ 1 
Βα. Sir W. Jones on the Spikenard of 
the Ancients, in Asiatic Researches Vol. 
TV. Comp. Thesaur. p. 914. . 
ΤΊ (lamp of Jehovah, r. 952) Ne- 
rian. pr. n. m. a) Jer. 32, 12. 36, 4. 
b) 51, 59. 


“SO fat. xv, inf. absol. xiv Jer. 
0, 5. Hos, 1,6; inf. constr. 83 Is. 1, 14, 
Ri” Ps. 89, 10, c. suff. "Nv? Ps. 28, 2; 
but far more fron: mRw, c. pref. nai 
Ex. 27, 7, mxv> often, c. suff, SMD, 
IMR ; imp. Xw3 ‘(once ΓΙῸ} Ps. 4,7) and 


7 695 





ND 
x Gen. 27, 3. Num. 3, 40; part. pas 


N52, once "442 like werbs mb Ps. 32, 1. 
But in Ps. 139, 20 mid? is for 12, Nw 


by Arabism, like I Ais. 


1. to take up, to lift up, to raise ; Sept. 
αἴρω, ἐξαίρω, ἐπαίρω. Kindted is Eth. 
2W4 sumsit, accepit, see no. 3; also 


5. 
Arab. Lins elatus est, crevit, accrevit ; 
but in the sense of taking up, bearing, 
taking to oneself. the Arabs use other 


roots, as δ᾽» ches .—Gen. 7, 17 the 
waters increased and lifted up the ark. 
Ex. 10, 19. Judg. 9,48. 2 Sam. 2; 32. al. 
D2 Nw to lift up (erect) a standaed 
Jer. 4, 6. 50, 2. 51, 12. 27. With dy 
pregn. to lift up upon, to place upon 
any thing, Gen. 31, 17. ‘Trop. tor 
nom 50 10 lake up (bring) sin upon one- 
self. Lev. 22,9. Num. 18, 32; 6. 3 2 Chr. 
6, 22. Intrans. to li ift up Citebelf to heave, 
as waves in a storm, etc. Ps. 89, 10. 
Nah..1,5; trop. Hab. 1, 3—Specially to 
be noted are the following phrases: 

a) 79 Nd2, also 2 Nw, Zo lift up the 
hand, as in taking an oath Deut. 32, 40; 
comp. 7° ὉΠ Gen. 14, 22. Dan. 12, 7. 
Virg. Ain. 12.195. Hence i. q. to swear, 
with dat. of pers. and inf. ο. Ὁ, Ez. 20,6 
DNTIN> OF? 77 ND. 47, 14, Ex. 6, 
8. Num. 14, 30. Ps. 106, 26. Neh. 9, 15. 
Also in dider to do violence, c. 3 2 Sam. 
20, 21; to punish Ps. 10, 12; in prayer 
and adoration Ps. 28, 2. 63,5. 134, 2 
(comp. Lam. 3, 41); as beckoning Is. 
13, 2. 49, 22 αἱ by, 

b) 85 Nw» to ‘lift wp one’s head, spo- 
ken: @) Of one who is eheesful and 
happy Job 10,15. Zech.2,4. β) Ofone 
who increases in wealth, power, pros- 
perity, Judg. 8, 28. Ps. 83,3. Comp. 
Lat. ‘caput extollere in civitate.’ But 
7) 822 ᾿Ξ 'D wx xz fo lift up the 
head of any one out of prison, is to bring 
him up out of prison, these being usual- 
ly under ground, 2 K. 25, 27; and so 
without the words ‘> m*22 Gen. 40, 13. 
20. Another sense of this phrase see 
below in no. 2. 

c) 1735 Nw) 10 lift up one’s countenance, 
spoken of one conscious of rectitude and 
therefore cheerful and full of confidence, 
Job 11,15. Ellipt. Gen. 4,7 17 thou doest 
well, Τὰ Ὦ lifting up of the countenance 


will be to thee, i.e. thou wilt wear ἃ 
cheerful countenance. Opp. 1922 3552 
v.5.6. With >x fo look up towards any 
thing 2K. 9, 32; "to look with confidence 
to or upon any one Job 22, 26. 2 Sam. 
2,22; also of God beholding men in 
kindness, Mum. 6, 26. Pass. 5°25 Siw) 
see in no. 3. b. a. 

d) D72"> Nwv2 10 lift up the eyes, often 
before verbs of looking, beholding, see- 
ing, by a species of pleonasm common 
to the Hebrews in similar cases. (Comp. 
to lift up the feet Gen. 29, 1; to lift up 
the voice, in lett. e, below; and see un- 
der Mp> no. 1.) So Gen. 13, 10 he lifted 
up his eyes and beheld. v. 14. 18, 2. 31, 
10. 33, 1. 5. 48,29. “With 5x and > to 
lift up the eyes upon, to cast eyes upon 
arfy person or thing, i.e. in love, desire, 
longing, Gen. 39, 7. Ps. 121,1. Trop. 
of longing towards God and confidence 
in him Ps. 123, 1; towards idols Ez. 18, 
12. 23,27. Deut. 4,19. Comp. in lett. g. 

e) Dip Nw» fo lift up the voice (comp. 
in lett. d), before verbs of weeping, wail- 
ing, Gen. 27, 38. 29, 11. Judg. 2, 4. 
1 Sam. 24,17. 30, 4; of calling out 
Judg. 9,7; of rejoicing aloud Is. 24, 14. 
Also with >ip implied (Germ. anheben), 
Is. 3, 7; hence absol. in the sense to 
call aloud, i. q. to rejoice, to shout, Job 
21,12 they lift up the voice (they shout) 
to the timbrel and harp." Is. 42,11. Ibid. 
v. 2 nw Nd aor lift up his voice, i. e. 
‘nor cry dloud, i. q. p=¥7 8>.—Hence 

f) to lift up any thing with the voice, 
to take up, 1. 6. to ulter, 6. g. a song 
Num. 23, 7. Job 27,1. Ps. 81,3; prayer 
Is. 37,4; reproaches Ps. 15,3; the name 
of God Ez. 20, 7; a false report 23, 1; 
a wailing Jer. 9,9[10]. Here too be- 
longs Ps. 139, 20 N1W2 NAw2, for aNo 

et et, see above init. 

g) > WE? Nw? fo lift up the soul unto 
any thing, like Engl. to set the heart 
_ upon, i. q. to desire, to long for any thing, 
(Arab. ellipt. «“-ὦ dt chy.) Deut. 24, 
15. Hos. 4, 8. Prov. 19, 18; c. > Ps. 24, 
4; often Hin? dx i.e. to ἜΠΟΣ earnestly 
for help from God Ps. 25, 1. 86, 4. 143, 8. 

h) ™ 58 33 xt» to lift up the heart 
unto Jehovah, in adoration, invocation, 
Lam. 3, 14. But ia> ΝῺ his heart 
lifts him up, viz. «) it incites him to any 


ND 696 Nw 
‘thing, stirs him up, i. 6. makes him 












































and willing to do any thing, Ex. 35, 2: 
26. 36,2. βὺ) Also spoken of ie, 2 
14, 10 7132 ΝῺ thy heart hath ἢ 
thee up i. 6. thou art Prete Comp. 
‘tollere animos’ Plaut. ‘ animi eublati 
i.e. proud, Ter. 

i) to lift up, to raise, sc. in the balar 
i.e. to weigh, Job 6, 2.. Comp. 
pendo and Heb. 830. 

2. to take, to take away, which is most; 
done by taking up ; so Lat. tol, 
dio tollere, freq. for auferre. 1 Sam. 1; 
34 and took a lamb from the flock 
Judg. 16, 31. 2 Sam. 5, 21 and Da 
and his men took them away, sc. the idols 
1 K. 15, 22. 2K. 7, 8. Cant. 5, 7 they tool 
away my veil from me. Kee. δ, 14. Jer 
52,17. Mic. 2,2. al. So ‘5 ΠΝ ων 
take away aoe life 2 Sam. 14, 14. Ger 
40,19 yet within three days shall Phe 
raoh 47232 FENATMN NW take au 
thy head from off thee, i. e. take aw 
thy life (comp. v. 22), there being he 
a play of words as compared with th 
contrary signif. of ‘> GX7 xv in no. 1 
b. vy, above. So Cic. Ep. ad Div. 11, 
init. “adolescentem (Octavianum) {ol 
lendum,” which may mean either ἐο 
exalted, promoted, or to be put out of t 
way.—Hence in a stronger sense: ἢ 
take away a person, as the wind, to car 
away, 2 K. 2,16. Job 27,21; or as Ge 
i. q. to destroy Job 32, 22. Hos. 1, 6, 5 
below in b; spoken of a tree, fo pluc 
up by the roots Ez. 17, 9, where ΓΝ Ὁ 
is inf. Aram. Kal for ὍΘ, ending i 
ΗΝ inthe ‘manner ‘of verbe >, com 
rinbo.—Spec. to take away the str 
guilt, ofany one, (’ bid, TWP, mxun Nv, 
i.e. a) to expiate, to make atonemen 
for, as a priest, Lev. 10,17. b) to 
give sin, to pardon, spoken of men G 
50, 17. Ex. 10,17; of God Gen. 4, 1 
Ex. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Job 7, 21. 
32, δ. 8]. Also mxwm> xb to forgii 
sin Ex. 23, 21.. Josh. 24,19. Ps. 25, 1 
With dat. of pers. to forgive or pardé 
any one Gen. 18, 24. 26. Num. 14, 1! 
Is. 2,9. Hos. 1,6 for I will no more ha 
mercy upon the house of Israel δ} ἡ 
tnd xix chat J should altogether pard 
them. ‘[Better: but I will utterly ta 
them away, destroy them. —R.] Par 
pass. ΤΣ NIL? forgiven of iniquity, whos 


“il 


ἥ 


ND 
id 


is pardoned, Is. 33, 24; »ὼ "12 id. 
τ 32, 1.—Comp. in N. T. αἴρω τὴν 


| ἁμαρτίαν for to expiate as in lett.a, John 


697 


1, 29.—From the idea of taking away 


he the sense 
_3. to take simply, i.q. MP>; Gen. 27. 
2, take now thy weapons... and go out. 
“Josh. 6, 4. 6. 2 K. 9, 25. 26. 1s. 38, 21. 
: ΩΝ 6, 10. Ps. 1309, 9. Gen. 45, 19 take 
your father and come. In such passages 
; nity gives more fulness and vividness, 
“see in Mp> no. 1. Hence also i. 4. to 
_ get, to receive, to obtain, Ecc. 5,18 mxiv> 
periony. Ps. 24, 5. 116, 13; so ἼΌΠ '3, 
ἽΠ 3, to “obtain Favour Esth. 2,9. 15. 17. 
5,2. So to take a thing offered; to ac- 
cept, 1 Chr. 21, 24, comp. v. 23.—Spec. 
a) MWN Xv? to take a wife, in the later 
writers instead of H8X προ Ruth 1, 4. 
2 Chr. 11,21. 13,21. Ezra 10,44. Ellipt. 
Ezra 9, 2 they took wives of their daugh- 
_ ters for themselves and for their sons. 
v. 12. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Chr. 24, 3. 
ΟΠ b) B38 NW) to take i.e. to accept the 
_ person of any one, pr. spoken of a king 
or judge who receives or admits those 
"who visit him with salutations and pre- 
sents, and ‘favours their cause; opp. 
5 3°YF to turn away i.e. not to re- 
ceive the salutations of any one. Gen. 
82, 21 [20] 5 nw “bax peradven- 
ture he will accept me, will receive me 
kindly. Mal.1,8. Hence «) Ina good 
sense, fo accept any one, to admit him as 
a suppliant, to hear and grant his re- 
quest. Gen. 19, 21 lo, Ihave accepted thee 
(heard thy prayer) concerning this thing 
also. 1 Sam. 25, 35. 2 Κ. 3,14. Job 42, 
8. Trop. of a ransom Prov.’6, 35. Also 
to respect the dignity of any one, to re- 
were, Lam. 4,16; once > 072) Nw? id. 
Deut. 28, 50. Sante part. pass. S123 
“525 one respected, a man of influence, 
51 6,1. Job 22,8. 15, 3, 3. 9, 14. 8) 
In ἃ bad sense, to be partial, as a judge 
unjustly partial or corrupted by bribes. 
Lev. 19, 15 thou shalt not respect the per- 
son of the poor, nor honour the person of 
the great. Job 32, 21. 34,19. Ps. 82, 2. 
Prov. 18, 5. Without genit. Deut. 10, 17 
whio respecteth not persons, nor taketh re- 
ward ; comp. 2 Chr. 19, 7. Job 13, 10 
ἜΝΘ DB IMA OY if ye secretly accept 
persons, are unjustly partial. Mal. 2, 9 
myina 5°29 69x partial in the law. 
59 

































i 


εἰδὴ 





NW) 
In N. T. πρόσωπον λαμβάνειν. See more 
in Thesaur. p. 916. 

c) U1 Nw? to take the sum of any 
thing, to number, Ex. 30; 12. Num. 1, 2. 
49, 4, 2. 22. 26,2. 31,26.49. Also xt 
“po Num. 3, 40, 1 Chr. 27, 23. 

‘4, to take upon oneself, to bear, to 
carry, Ex. 12, 34. 25,14. 27. 37,14. Ps. 
126, 6. Is. 52,11. al. So of linden on 
the back, as a beast Gen. 45, 23. Is. 30,6; 
a child in the arms or bosom Deut. 1, 31. 
Is. 46,3; garments, fo wear, 1 Sam. 2, 
28. 14,3; a shield 2 Chr. 14,7. Soa 
tree bears, brings forth fruit Ez. 17, 8. 
Joel 2, 22. Hagg. 2,19; the earth its 
products, whence trop. Ps. 72,3 let the 
mountains bring forth peace (prosperity) 
to the people.—Spec. 

a) to take up and bring, to bring ;. Ex. 
10, 13 and the east wind brought the lo- 
custs. 1 K. 10, 11. the ships of Hiram 
which brought gold from Ophir. 1 Sam. 
4,4. 1 Chr. 16, 29. 18, 2. Ps. 96, 8— 
Opp. to take away, see no. 2. 

b) Trop. to bear, to endure, e. g. sor- 
row Is. 53,4; reproach Ps. 69, 8, Ez. 16, 
52; also Is. 1, 14. Jer. 44, 22. Mic. 7, 9. 
Ps. 55, 13. Prov. 30,21. With 3 parti- 
tive (see in 2 A. 2. b), Job 7,13 xiv 
"2302 "Nw my couch shall beara por- 
tion of my complaint, i. e. will help me 
to bear it.—Hence, to bear, i. q. to per- 
mit, to suffer, c. inf. Gen. 13, 6, Job 21, 3 
ἌΣ suffer me that I may speak. 

6) to bear up under any thing, to take 
charge of, e. g. the burden of a public 
office ; Num. 11, 14 J am not able to bear 
all this people alone. v.17. Deut. 1. 9.12. 

4) 5 (5) ΝῸΠ Nw, fo bear the sin 
or guilt of any one, i. 6. take upon one- 
self and bear the punishment of sin, Is. 
58, 12. Ez. 4,5. 14, 10; ‘p wpa id. Ez. 
18, 19.20; ixor, Σ᾽ x2, to bear one’s 
own aint e. to ‘salto its  frinlahiaane 
Lev. 5, 1. 17. 17, 16. 20, 19. 24, 15. Num. 
5, 31. 9, 13. 14, 34. 90, 16. So mit xe 
to sufferdhe pun iskamand of one’s whoredom 
Num. 14, 33. Ez. 23, 35. Absol. to bear 
chudiah rent to be pninidhed's Job 34, 31 
Pansy Xd “nxiva 7 have borne chastise- 
ment, J will offend no more. For another 
sense of this phrase, see above in no. 2. 
a, b. 

Nip. 82 1. to be lifted up, elevated 
exalted, pass. of Kal no. 1. Is. 40, 4 752 


Nw) 

RWI NA every valley shall be exalted, 
i.e. filled up. 52,13. Part. nw? lifted 
up, elevated, lofty, 1s. 2, 2. 12-14. 6, 1. 
90, 25. 57, 7. 1& Jer. 51, 9 Reflex: to 
lift up oneself, Ez. 1, 19-21. Ps. 94, 2 lift 
up thyself, arise, thou Judge of the earth. 
7, 7. Prov. 30, 13. Dan. 11, 12. 

2. lo be borne, carried, Ex. 25, 28. Is. 
49, 22; to be carried away, 2 K. 20, 17. 

Pie. XW? 2 Sam. 5, 12, and sw? 1 K. 
9, 11. 

1. to lift up, to exalt, 2 Sam. 5, 12. 
Esth. 3,1. 5,11. Hence > tp} xvi. q. 


Kal no. 1. g, to long for any thing Jer. 


22, 27. 44, 14, 

2. to help, to aid, comp. Engl. ‘ to give 
one a lift,” Esth. 9, 3. Ps. 28, 9. Ezra 8, 
36. Is. 63, 9. Espec. with gifts, c. 3 
1K. 9,11. Ezra 1,4. Hence 
_ 3. to make or offer gifis, c. > 2 Sam. 
19, 43. 

4. to take or carry away, i. q. Kal no. 
2, Am. 4, 2. 

Hien. 8°25 1. Causat. of Kal no. 4. 
d, to cause to bear sin, guilt, i. 6. to let 
bear the punishment of one’s sin, Lev. 
22, 16. 

2. With 5x to put upon, to apply to, 
e. g. ropes to a city 2 Sam. 17, 13. 

Hirap. 8W2nn and xwin Num. 24, 7. 

1. to be elevated, exalted, c. > above 
any thing 1 Chr. 29, 11. | 

2. to lift up or exalt oneself, i.e. a) 
to rise up in strength Num. 23, 24. 24, 
7. 1K.1,5. Ὁ) to be proud Ez. 17, 14. 
Prov. 30, 32. With > to exalt oneself 
above any thing, Num. 16, 3. Ez. 29, 15. 

Deriv. 8°), Γεθ, MNW, awa, xwa, 
maw, MN], xy, ON’, mw, pr. ἢ. 
yi. 

NW? Chald. 1. to take or carry away, 
as the wind Dan. 2, 35. 

2. to take, Ezra 5, 15. 

Irupa. to lift up oneself, to rise up 
against any one, c. > Ezra 4, 19. 

MN) f. pr. part. Niph. of 82 (comp. 
Pi. no. 3) a gift, present, 2 Sam. 19, 43. 


* 02 in Kal not used. Hin. wh, 
fut. Ἀθη, apoc. δῶ. 

1. to reach, to attain unto, to overtake, 
pr. spoken of one pursuing another, 
Gen. 31, 25. Ex. 14, 9. Deut. 19, 6. 1 
Sam. 30, 8. Ps. 7, 6.. Jer. 52,8. al. So 
of the sword of the pursuer 1 Chr. 21, 


698 


. 34. Ez. 12, 10. 45, 7 sq. 46, 2 sq. but 





pis 


12. Jer. 42, 16; of waves and terrors 
Job 27, 20. Metaph. of blessing ὃ ὦν 
cursing Deut. 28, 2. 15.45; the conse- 
quences of iniquity Ps. 40, 13; divine 
anger 69,25; divine threatenings Zech. 
1,6; contra, of good Is. 59,9. Also of 
time, to reach unto, to attain unto any © 
time, Gen. 47, 9. Lev: 26, 5.—So to at-— 
tain unto, i. q: to obtain, e. g. joy Is. 35, 
10. 51, 11; the ways of life, opp. Sheol) 
Prov. 2, 19. Spec. my hand attains un- 
to, obtains, any thing, i. e. to get, to ace 
quire, to have, i. q. "37 "77 ΠΝ ΣΧ, see 
in r. NS" no. 2. 6. Lev. 14, 21. 22, "30. 31 
sq. 25, 26. Ez. 46,7; ¢. Ὁ id. Lev. 5,115 
absol. id. Lev. 25, 47. ᾿ 

2. Causat. to redoh forth towards or 
upon any thing, to apply, to put to or 
upon, 6. g. the hand to the mouth 1 Sam. 
14,26. With two ace. Job 41, 18 [367 
if one lay at him with the sword, | 

Note. The form 3° Job 24, 2 is 
for 3°OM to remove ; see r. 44D. 


MW? f. (r.8&2) ‘what is borne,’ a 
burden Is. 46, 1. 

NW? m. adj. verbal, pass. of NO}, one 
elevated, exalted. Spon: ἍἭ 


1. a prince. as a general term, spoker. 
not only of kings (comp. 7733), 1 Καὶ, ll, 



































also of the heads, ‘chief, of single tribes’ 
a phylarch, e. g. of the Israelites Nowa 
7, 10 sq. 34, 18 sq. fully >ysio? wr 
Num. 1, 44, MID KH) 4, 84. 81, 13. 
32, 2; of the Ishmaelites Gen. 17, 
etc. ‘Ales of the chiefs of families, Now 
3, 24 9 9 aX mg Nb v. 30. 35 
plur. mish any 1 K.8, 1. 2.Chr. 5, 2 
for ΡΣ ms ‘bs see in M2 no. i 
Hence the prince, chief, of the whole 
tribe of Levi is called sb “Nw? Ne 
Num. 3, 32, comp. 1 Chr. Y, 40. So 
put>s Nv? prince or chief constitute 
of God, spoken of Abraham Gen. 23, € 

2. Plur. ὈΠῸΣ 2? pr.risings, i.e. vapow 
rising from the earth Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16 
Ps. 135,7. Hence clouds, Prov: 25, 14. 


—Arab. elas and £ U5 clouds j . 
formed. 


2 pws j in Kal not used. Hips. p%® 
fut. p»w>, to set on fire, to kindle, Is. 
15. Ez. 39, 9.—Chald. P78 id. 

Nien. to be kindled, Ps. 78, 21. 


- 


4 ea 699 


4 Ἷ *'D3 obso]. root, i. q.-Chald. "03, 
- to saw, onomatopoetic, Arab. re id. 


Ὶ ΜΕΡῚΣ 8. saw; Syr. .52 to saw; Eth. 
ἣν OWZ and Ofi7,. Hence "2 ἃ saw. 


ae ἮΝ NO) in Kal not used, prob. pr. 
_ to remove from a place, i. g. 90}, «αὖ; 
_ whence also ‘to put out, to dislocate a 
__ limb, tendon,’ see in "Y2.—Hence 
Hips. xen, fut. 87871. to seduce, 
to corrupt, Gen. 3, 13. Jer. 49, 16. 

2. to deceive, to impose wpon any one, 
c. dat. 2 K. 18, 29. Jer. 29,8; acc. 2 K. 
19, 10. Obad. 7. Jer.+37, 9 ἸΣΌΤΗΤΟΣ 
ps"mMbp2 deceive not yourselves. With 
ἘΦ preegn. Ps. 55,16 Keri 7223 ΤῊ} Ὁ NW 
let death deceive them i. e. surprise and 
destroy them suddenly ; in Cheth. "&. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be deceived, Is. 19, 13. 

Deriv. jixwa. 


ἘΠ. ΝΣ i. g. mw: Il, to loan on 
usury, c. 3 fo any one, Neh. 5, 7. Is. 24, 
_ 243 δ ἼΦΝΞ MV2D*as the loaner (bor- 
- rower), so he that loaneth to him, the 
a creditor. So part. absol. 83 (for 7w2) 
1 Sam. 22, 2 a creditor. 

Hip. fo exact, trop. to vex, as a cre- 
_ ditor, with 3 of pers. Ps. 89, 23. 
Deriv. 882, πε... 


_  * 22 to breathe. to blow, of the wind, 
3 upon any thing Is. 40, 7.—It is ono- 
-matopoetic like the kindr. 7&2, Ὁ, 
"80, where see. Syr. -201, Chald. 
/ 303, id. 
Hira. 
- wind, Ps. 147, 18. 

2. to drive away by a puff, Gen. 15, 11. 












1. to cause to blow, e. g. a 


i) 


ΒΕ "1. rms 1. pr. todry up, to fail, as 


᾿ 


ὶ ᾿ ως 
_ water; comp. ,j5 to be dry, as bread, 
a 


yes to fail, as water in a pool. Hence 
_ trop. of strength. Jer. 51.30 pm7933 ΠῚ 
their might faileth ; also of the tongue 
parched with thirst, Is. 41, 17 πο Ὁ 
MY] Nei, where Dag. is either eu- 
phon. or is to be dropped; comp. in r. 
mw2.—The notion of drying up, failing, 
is then transferred to torpor of the mem- 
bers, Gr. γάρκη, ναρκάω, comp. M2 and 
Sept. in Gen. 32, 32; and also to failure 
of memory, forgetfulness. Hence 








mis 


2. to forget a thing, Lam. 3, 17; a 
person, to desert, fo neglect, Jer. 23, 39. 
Inf. absol. N32 for M83, ib.—Syr. we) 


id. Arab. oss Eth. quadril. τ ΠΡ 


with ΤΠ inserted, id. 

Nipu. to be forgotien, to be given over 
to oblivion; Is. 44, 21 “ὙΦ ND thou 
shalt not be forgotten of me, for 2 M32M. 
Kimchi "342 “8m. But Targ. and 
Jarchi make Niphal i. q. Kal, and then 
we may translate be not forgetful of me ; 
but not so well. 

Preu. to cause to forget, with two 
acc. Gen. 41, 51 "3%2 for "222 to corre- 
spond with the pr. n. 722. 

Hipu. Men i. q. Piel; Job 39,17 God 
hath caused her (the ostrich) to forget 
wisdom. 11, 6 know τοὶ A> ΠῚ 
4252 that God for thee hath caused to 
be forgotten a portion of thy iniquity, i.e. 
has remitted a part of thy guilt. 

Deriv. 42, M782, and pr. n, 829. 


“Ἢ: ΓΙ. to loan, on interest, usury, 
spoken like the Engl. both of borrowing 
and lending, i. q. 82 IT. 

1. to lend to any one money or other 
things, often on a pledge, c. 2 Deut. 24, 
11;,and on interest Jer. 15, 10. The 
primitive idea may be. that of delay, 


giving time; Arab. τὰ to defer, to de- 
lay.—With ace. of thing and 3 of pers 
Neh. 5, 10 I likewise and my brethren 
and my servants 537) OD ἘΠΞ ows 
have lent them moneyrand corn. Acc. 
impl. Deut. 24, 14. Jer..15, 10 "M72 xd 
"a 32 N51 7 have neither borrowed nor 
have men lent to me.—But 3 ΓΝ 782 to 
lend at one per centum to any one, sc. in 
monthly usury, see in 5X72 no. 38. Neh. 
5, 11 the hundredth of the money and of 
the ΠΟΥ... ΓΞ DH] OMX WR which ye 
exact of them ; comp. 3 no xiva ν. 7.— 
Part. M6? a usurer, creditor, money- 
lender, Ex. 22, 24. 2K. 4,1. Ps. 109, 11. 
Is. 50, 1. 

2. to borrow, like Lat. fenero. feneror, 
absol. Jer. 15, 10 see in no. 1. Part. 
tw. a borrower, debtor, Is. 24, 2. 

Nore. The verb > is distinguished 
from MY}, δῶ, in that the two latter 
include the idea of interest, which the 
former does not. 


mw 


Hipu. i. q. Kal no. 1, with 3 of pers. 
to lend to any one on usury, Deut. 15, 2. 
. 24, 10. 

Deriv. so, mw, pr. n. ws. 


M2 m. Gen. 32, 33, ig. Arab. Las, 
prob. nervus ischiadicus, the nerve or 
tendon extending through the thigh and 
leg to the ankles. R. MW) I. 1; see 
Thesaur. p. 921 sq. 


"U2 m. debt, 2K. 4,7. R. mvs IL 


mb) f. forgetfulness, oblivion, Ps. 88, 
13. R. ΠΩΣ 1. 


Dw? plur. ἢ women, see sing. MBN. 


Mp"? f. (r. pty) α kiss, Cant. 1, 2. 
Prov. 27, 6. 


ἘΠῚ) πὼς, fut. 85 Ecce. 10, 11, and 737 
Proy. 23, 32, to bite, as a serpent Gen. 
49,17. Bint. 21,8. 9. Am. 5,19; a man 
Mic. 3,5. Eth. 2: Ὦ id. Syr. by transp. 
dal .—Metaph. 
Hab. 2,7. b) to lend on usury, Deut. 
᾿ς 23, 20; since not only the lending on 
usury, but even the taking of interest, 
was regarded as sordid and oppressive. 


Comp. Aram. 23, D253, to bite, whence 
nmi usury; Arab. Ley 


a) to vez, to oppress, 


to gnaw, 
Conj. IIT to lead on usury; Gr. δάκνε- 
σϑαι ὑπὸ τῶν χρεῶν Aristoph. Nub. 1.12; 
Lat. ‘usura vorax’ Lucan. 1. 171. 

Prez i. q. Kal, to bite, Num. 21,6. Jer. 
Sit. 

Hireu. ἢ. ΠῚ caus. of Kal lett. b, to take 
usury of any one, to exact interest, with 
dat. of pers. Deut. 23, 20. 21.—Hence 


ΤῺ m. in pause 22 Ex. 22, 24, 
usury, interest, Prov. 28, 8. Ps. 15, 5. 
Ez. 18, 8. 13. 52 22 oY 10 impose 
usury upon any one, to exact it from 
him, Ex. 22, 24; ¢. > Priut: 23, 30. mpd 
72 ΤΩΣ 10 take usury from any one her: 
25, 36. Ez. 18,17. 22,12.  -* 


MDW: a cell, see MDB and note. 


, 20), fut. 58" intrans. in no. 2. Ὁ; 
imper. > Ex. 3.5. Josh. 5, 15. 

1..Trans. a) lo draw out or off, to 
put off, 6. σ. ἃ shoe Ex. 3, 5. Josh. 5,15. 
b) to cast out, to eject a people from a 
land Deut. 7, 1. 22.—Kindr. are 5>v3, 
mba, by. Arab. (Uk3 to draw out, 


700 





ἝΝ 


as meat from a pot; (hid to put off a 


| 
7 


Ὶ 
- 


breastplate, to draw out arrows froma 


quiver. 

2. Intrans. 
Deut. 19, ὅ yen-ja yam 502) and if 
the iron alippeth from the helve. b) to 
fall or drop off, as the fruit of the olive 
Deut. 28, 40, where fut. A. Correspond- 


a) to slip off or bony ; 


ing is Arab. chawd to fall off, as hair, — 


wool, feathers. 
Pr i. q. Kal no. 1. b, to cast out, to 
drive out, a people 2 K. 16, 6. 


υ nw; to breathe; Chald. Syr. id. 


Arab. 5 to blow gently, as the wind; 
V, to breathe. Kindred roots are 35, 
2. by transp. 82, comp. Arab. μα 


anhelavit, also parturivit, peperit.—Not | 


found in Si verb; since fut. DWN Is. 42, 


14, as pleawhers fut. DW, belongs to 


the root Daw. 
Deriv. ΠΏΣ and ‘ 


maw f. constr. maw), οὐ suff. “et 
plur. ᾿τήοῦΣ. 


1. breath, spirit, spoken of the achat | 


of God, i.e. . a) the wind, i.q. ™ TA, 
Job 37,10. b) the breath, breathing; of 
his anger Is. 30, 33. Job 4, 9. Ps. 18, 16. 


c) the spirit of God, imparting life and | 


wisdom, Job 32, 8. 33, 4; comp. 26, 4. 


2. breath, life,-of man and beasts; — 


Gen. 2, 7 and breathed into his nostrils 


msn math: the breath of life ; more fully 
prt man Prt) Gen. 7,22. Simpl. na 
id. Job 27, 3. Is. 42,5. Dan. 10, 17. “As 
something vain and fleeting 16 2, 22.— 
Hence, anima, the vital spirit, ψυχή, i. 4- 
bb} no. 2, plur. Is. 57, 16. 

3. the να intellect. i. q. ΘῈ) no. 3, 
Prov. 20, 27. 

4. Oution i. q. 0D? no. 4, living thing, 
animal; e.g. ΓΘ) ἘΞ every thing that 
hath breath, Deut. 20, 16. Josh. 10, 40. 


11, 11. 14, 1 K. 15, 29. 17, 1. Ps. 150, 6. 


NW? Chald. f. breath, life, Dan. 
5,23. 


᾿ see to breathe, to blow, Ex. 15, 10; 


OO OO δον. γοννοννω “ὑπ διαν,.ου. πων νμδ 








c. 2 to blow upon, Is. 40. 24.—Kindrec © 


are 202, p%2, also HNw, by transp. B52) 


Arab. Uasnd to winnow. 
Deriv. 53%37 and 


52 m. in pause 2 Job 7,4; ἃ aut 


ip) Job 3, 9. 





pu 


1. Pr. ‘a breathing;’ hence the even- 


es" ing twilight, when cooling breezes blow 


eee Στ κυ μ ον ον 


9, 7,4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. 





(BP πὴ Gen. 3, 8), Job 24,15. Prov. 


7,9. 2K. 7, 5.7, comp. v.,9. 12. Sept. 
σχότος. Put for the evening Is. 5, 11. 
21,4; darkness, night, Jer. 13,17. Is. 


69, 10.—Also 


2. the morning twilight, dawn, Job 3, 
Ps. 119, 147. 


ΕἾ, pw fut. PW, once p+ Cant. 8, 
1, whence MPN or ΠΡῸΝ 1 K. 19, 20, 
to kiss ; Syr. κοὐ id. Sam. id. For the 
origin see note under pw? II.—With 
dat. of pers. Gen. 27, 27. 29, 11. 48, 10: 
50,1. Ex. 4,7. Ruth 1,9.14. 1K. 19, 
20; more rarely c. acc. 1 Sam. 20, 41. 
Gen. 33, 4. 1 Sam. 10,1. Cant. 8,1. So 
too ΠΡ) Ἔ pw, whence Cant. 1, 2 


ΠῚ mip 22 ΣΡ, see in 72 no. 1. Ὁ. 
 .p. 580. Prov. 24, 26 he kisseth the 
_ lips who answereth right words. Job 31, 


27 "> "32 pum? or my hand hath kissed 
my mouth, referring to a species of ado- 


_ ration in which they kissed the hand 
_ and waved the kisses towards the idol, 
' Plin. 28. 2. 5. Poet. Ps. 85,11 right- 
 eousness and peace (happiness pidy)) 
_ kiss each other, i. e. they are mu- 
_ tually connected, happiness 

- upon tphteousness.—Among the He- 
brews the kiss was likewise the symbol 

_ of veneration, fidelity, homage, 6. g. 


follows 


a) To aking from his subjects 1 Sam. 


_ 10,1; and also from vanquished princes 
| Ps, 2, 12. 
iebippers 1 K. 19, 18. Hos. 13, 2; comp. 

_ Job 31, 27 Pits rite, both in a civil 

and religious sense, was common among 


b) To idols from their wor- 


Ὡ many nations ; and was applied to va- 


rious parts of the body, as the mouth, 


_ the shoulder, the hand, the knees, the 
feet, etc. comp. the adoration of saints 


- 


i in the ancient church, the kissing of the 


eee stone in the Kaaba at Mecca; 
Cie. Verr. 4.43. Comm. on Is. 49, 23. 


_ Such a kiss of fidelity and homage the 
Heb. intpp. understand in Gen. 41, 40, 


where Pharaoh says to Joseph : 775 by 
™29-5D pur upon thy mouth shall all my 
people kiss, i. e. all my people shall 
render to thee homage and obedience. 
Of all the interpretations yet given of 
this passage, this seems to be the best. 
See more in Thesaur. p. 923. 
59* 


701 





“9 - 


Prev i. q. Kal, to kiss, Gen. 31, 28; 
as a pledge of homage and fidelity 
from the vanquished to a monarch, Ps. 
2; 12. 

Hipu. id. Ez. 3,13 the wings of the 
living creatures mning-by πῈΝ τὰν ς 
which mutually kissed each other, i, 6. 
of which one reached to and touched 
another, i. ᾳ. ANINN">X NWR misah 1, 9. 
Comp. Hy 85, 1. 

Deriv. npsts. 


ἘΠῚ, pw to benda bow; Eth. ΘΙ Ὁ 
id. Kindred are 8p", Op2, Hip to set a 
springe, whence nip bow. 53: Chr. 12, 2 
ΩΡ "pa Complut. ἐντείνοντες rena 
Vulg. tendentes arcum. 2 Chr. 17, 17 
723) MYp PWw2 bending the bow and 
shield, by zeugma. Ps. 78,9 the chil- 
dren of Ephraim τῶ 259 3202 bend- 
ing and shooting the bow ; Sept. ἐντεί- 
γοντὲς καὶ βάλλοντες τόξον, Vulg. inten- 
dentes et mittentes arcum. 

Deriv. pw2. 

Nore. The signif. commonly ssiaigiGl 
to pw. II, is that of arming oneself, and 
then this cs connected with that of kiss- 
ing by an assumed primitive notion of 
fixing, adjusting, comp. Ez. 3,13. But 
the context requires the meaning above 
given ; and all the ancient versions and 
the etymology confirm it. The signif. 
of kissing is therefore plainly different 
from ΤῺ II; and is perhaps onoma- 
topoetic, like the words for kissing in 
many other languages, as Germ. kiissen. 
Engl. to kiss, Gr. xvw (in Hom. κύσσω, 
κύσσα, κύσσαι) ; Pers. Uvg2, Germ. and 


Swed. Puss, Engl. buss, comp. Lat. 
basium, Ital. bacio; Germ. Schmatz, 
Engl. smack. See Thesaur. p. 924. 


PU? τὰ. also PU? Ez. 39, 9. 10; in 
pause pt2. R. pw IL. 

1. a weapon, collect. weapons, Job 20, 
24. 39, 21.-Ps.140,8. In a wider sense, 
arms. weapons and armour, 1 K. 10, 25. 
(2 Chr. 9, 24.) 2 K. 10,2. Ez. 39, 10. 
In Ez. 39, 9, it is mentioned along with — 
various kinds of weapons and armour. 

2. an armoury, arsenal, Neh. 3, 19; 
see in "3" no, 2. 


᾿ ay obsol. root, Arab. 
in pieces with the beak, as a bird of prey; 


, to tear 


saya 


9 o- 9 -ο r 
ΩΝ γι beak of a bird of prey. 
Hence 


“W3 m. in pause “2; plur. Oa, 
; So 
constr. "102, an eagle; Arab. 3; 


Syr. (pad, Kthiop. ZC, id. So Ex. 
19, 4. Deut. 32,11. 2 Sam. 1, 23. Job 
9, 26, al. As there are many species 
of eagles, the "2, when distinguished 
from others, seems to have denoted the 
chief species, the golden eagle, χρυσαί- 
etos, as Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14,12. The 
word however seems to have had a 
broader acceptation, and, like the Gr. 
ἀετός and Arab. (see Bochart 


Hieroz. II. p. 312 sq.) sometimes com- 
prehends also a species of vulture, espe- 
cially in those passages where the "82 
is said to be bald Mic. 1, 16, and to feed 
on carcasses Job 39, 27-30. Prov. 30, 17. 
(Matth. 24, 28.) The former would 
seem to mark the vultur barbatus Linn. 
—To the eagle itself, which often sheds 


its feathers as the serpent its skin, are to " 


be referred the words of Ps. 103, 5, so 
that thy youth ts renewed like the eagle’s. 
But the same fact is not alluded to in Is. 
‘40, 31. See Bochart Hieroz. 1. c. with 
Rosenm. annotations T. II. p. 743 sq. 

“W2 Chald. plur. 78) , an eagle, Dan. 
4, 30. 7, 4. 


" nw to dry up, to fail, as the tongue 
from thirst Is. 41, 17; trop. of the 
strength Jer. 51, 30. So Kimchi, who 
assumes this root for these two exam- 
ples and Niphal. But these two pas- 
sages are better referred to r. Γι I. 1, 
where see. 

Nreu. id. to be dried up, as water, by 
‘transpos. i.g. Wm) Niph. no 2. Is. 19, 5 
pena ὉΠ ine}. This form might also 
be referred to a root mmti.—Ethiop. 
207 destryxit, delevit. 


{12 m. Hebr.and Chald. an epistle, 
letter, Exzra 4, 7. 18. 23. 5,5.'7, 11. Its 
origin seems to be from the Persian 

Lind nebishten, .piiies newishten, 
uy 5 newisten, to write; the sibilant 
and labial being transposed. 


* an3 obsol. root, prob. to tread, to 
trample, like Gr. ote(8m, whence 3°12 a 





702 minh 


beaten path. On the primary syllables 
tab, tap, and pad, pat, as imitating the 
sound of treading, see above in 043, 
227, 729. 


D2 i.g. DM? , Ezra 8, 17 Cheth. 


“mins only in PIE. mm to cut in 
pieces, e. g. an animal sacrificed Ex. 29, 
17. Lev. 1, 6. 12. 8,20; a dead body 


Judg. 20, 6.—Hence 


ΠῺΣ τῇ. plur. pm, a piece of flesh 
Ex. 29, 17. Lev. 1, 8 sq. Judg. 19, 29. 
ΕΖ. 24, 4. 


ΦΉΣ m. and 72H) f plur. 5°39} 
and mia"m). ΒΕ. 329. 

1. Adj. trodden, see in 3M}, 6. g. 774 
nan? a trodden way, beaten path, Prov. 
12, 28. 

2. Subst. a foot-path, by-way, a poetic 
word Job 18, 10. 28, 7. 30, 13. 41, 24. Ps. 
78, 50. 142,4. al. Plur. fem. in72 mia} 
ihe paths to his house Job 38, 20. Is. 58, 
12. Prov. 3, 17. al. 


m°2"m2 τὴ. plur. (τ. 1.2) Nethinim. 
i.e. the given, the devoted, pr. name of 
the Hebrew ἱερόδουλοι or servants of the 
temple, temple-slaves, who were under 
the Levites in the ministry of the tem- 
ple, 1 Chr. 9,2. Ezra 2, 43. 58. 70. 8, 20. 
Neh. 3, 31. 7, 46. 60. 73. 11, 3. 21. ete. 
For the origin of the name, comp. Num. 
8,19. The Nethinim would seem to 
have been partly Canaanites reduced to 
servitude (Josh. 9, 23. 27), and partly 
perhaps captives taken in war; they 


‘were instituted or at least regulated by 


David, Ezra 8, 20.—Cheth. once 0"35M3 
Ezra 8, 17. 


2M) Chald. id. Nethinim, Ezra 7,24. 


ἘΠ, only in fut. qm, kindr. with 
"02, to pour intrans. i. 6. to be poured 
out, to overflow, pr. of water Job 3, 24; 
elsewhere metaph. e. g. of roaring Job 
l.c. of anger, 6. 3 2 Chr. 12, 7. 34, 25. 
Jer. 44,6; ὃ; 42, 18; of curses Dan. 9. 
11, divine punishment ib. v. 27. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 4m} only in Pret. 1. i. q. Kal 
to be poured out, as water, rain, Ex. 9 
33. 2 Sam. 21, 10. Metaph. of anget 
2 Chr. 34, 21. Jer. 7,20. Nah.1,6. 

2. to be made to flow, to be snelted. 
Biz. 22, 21.24, 11. : 


Sa, γέρον 


ae ee δ 


bn 


Ares. M4, fut. 77M, igh once ὭΣ 


Ez. 22, 20. 


1. to pour out or orth Job 10, 10; 
money 2 K. 22, 9. 2 Chr. 34, 17. 

2. to make ‘flo%o, to melt, Bz. 22, 20. 

Hopu. 35) pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Ez. 
22, 22. 

Deriv. AT. 


* ns obsol. root, Aram. \Aa i. q. 
Heb. 4m? , to give—Hence pr. n. jie"n. 


ΠΩ, 1 and 2 pers. 9, MM? (0Π06. 
_ Hmm 2 Sam. 22, 41, as 13 for 7° Judg. 


19, 11), plur. 33, ὉΠ. Inf. absoll. 
7im2; constr. twice ih, " 12 Num. 20, 
21. Gen. 38, 9; usually nn, with neat 
mn>, and withtone ‘retracted! 5 nn 
Gen. 15,7; ο. suff. "mm, imm. Imper. jm, 
“in, Gen. 14, 21; c. He parag. 72M often 
emphat. Ps. 8, 2, see no. 2. aa. Fut. 
y27, τ, 1 pers. ρίαν. τ} Judg. 16, 5. 

1. to give ; Chald. Sam. id. Syr. \da 


only infut. The primary idea seems to 
be that of reaching out the hand, present- 
ing, from the radical syllable tan, whence 


‘2m to extend, jm" to prolon mm to 
Ἵ τ g; ττ 
give. 


The same is found in the Indo- 
European tongues, with ὁ softened to ὦ, 
and the final n mostly dropped, dithough 
vestiges of it are not wanting; e. g. 
Sanscr. da to give, Gr. dow, δίδωμι; Lat. 
da-re, but with πὶ preserved donum, dono, 
earlier also dan-it, dan-unt, Enn. Pacuv. 


Comp. too Egypt. 'T, T2325 TES, 


SHS: TO, TOS, to give, which in 


hieroglyphic writing is expressed by a 


hand extended and presenting some-- 


thing.—Construed pr. with acc. of thing 


and > of pers. Gen. 24, 35 78x ‘b-yms 
“ops. 29, 28. 33. 30, 6. al. seepiss. 


With 


᾿ by of pers. Gen. 18, 7. 21, 14. Is. 29, 11; 
rarely ace. of pers. Josh. 15,19 77 "3 
ὭΣ 32: for thou hast given mea 
‘south (dry) land. Judg. 1, 15. Jer. 9, 1. 


Is. 27,4. Also with acc. and BY, i. e. to 
give to be with me, to give as a com- 
panion, Gen. 3, 12; acc. of thing and 3 
of price Joel 4, 3. Ez. 18, 13. Absol. to 


give, i. 6. to be liberal, piitindficeiit, Prov. 


21, 26. Ps. 37, 98.uS pec) in phrases: 

a)" 5m? to give the hand sc. to the 
victor, see ἕν no. 1. lett. e ; but 3 197 102 
see ἴδ. lett. b. 





703 aie 


b) Ἔ 333 173 Zo give into the hand of 
any one, to deliver into his power, see in 
“Ὁ lett. aa. 6. Sept. παραδίδωμι εἰς χεῖ- 
ρᾶς τινός. Ex. 23, 31. Num. 21, 2. 3.34. 
Deut. 1, 27. al. Not much different is 
Ἔ "25> jn2 10 give up, to deliver over, in 
the presence of any one, Sept. παραδί- 
Jas ἐνώπιον τινός, the former phrase 
being used more of persons, and this of 
things, e. g. a land, region Deut. 1, 8. 21. 
2, 31. 33. Judg. 11, 9. 1 K. 8, 46. al. So 
too simpl. "3 c. dat. to give up, to de- 
liver over, 6. g. to the sword Mic. 6, 14; 
to slaughter Is. 34, 2; to death Ps. 118, 
18; to wasting Mic. 6, 16; one’s back to 
the smiters Is. 50,6.—But Ἔ "1 59 jm) is 
to commit to any one in charge, see 77 
no. 1. ee; and so too >¥ Ἴ2 to deliver 
the ictingedden to any one, Dan. 11, 21. 

6) "72422 ἸῺ to give in ward, to put 
in prison, Lat. in custodiam dedit, Gen. 
40, 3. Comp. Gen. 39, 20. Jer. 37, 14. 

d) "5 jn? to give fruit, i. 6. to yield, 
as a tree, the earth, Lev. 25,19. Ps. 1,3. 
Ez. 34, 27; comp. Gen. 4, 12. 49, 20. 

e) HIS jn? to give i. 6. turn the back, 
see in #29. Contra, 5 5°28 102 fo give 
i. e. set the face against, ‘see in τ 
(5.39) no. 1. f. But 5x Ἔ "5 ἸΏ to 
turn the face of any one towards any 
thing, Gen. 30, 40; see in M5 no. 1. e. 

f) 7 7h} to give favour, to grant 
grace, Ps. 84, 12; with > of pers. Prov. 
3, 34. But ‘5 "2932 ‘pn in2 to give 
one favour in the eyes of any one, see in 
no. 1.b. The same constructions are 
found with 5°27) “2.—Job 36,3 p7¥ AS 
"D3b> 7 will give right to my Maker, de 
justice to him, show that he is right ; ‘ 
comp. 0BW2 4M) in v. 6. 

g) > (13) Si3> {m2 to give honour 


_ praise, to any one, Ps. 68, 35. Jer. 13, 16; 


affection, love, Cant. 7, 13.' Also, to 
give, grant, to any one his wish, desire, 
hope, Ps. 21, 3 comp. 5. 20, 5. 140, 9. 
Job 6,8. Ina bad sense to, give (cause) 
pain, sorrow, Prov. 10, 10. 

h) Impers. jm?, jm™1, Germ. es gibt, 
es gab, put for there is, there appears, 
there arises, etc. Gen. 38, 28 and it 
came to pass when Tamar trarailed, jr" 
733 lo there appeared a hand. Job 37, 10 
from the breath of the Lord 7127 \"" there 
is (ariseth) frost, ice. Prov. 13, 10 ywra 
mia 155 through pride there is contention. 


ἼΩ2 


i) The phrase jm" "2 has a twofold 
use: a) Who will give me or show me 
‘ this or that? i.e. no one will or can 
give or show me, implying a negative ; 
see in "2 no. ]. 6. Job 31, 31 jm 97 
sav) ND inwa. who will alae-ane (i. 6. 
where is) one who is not satisfied with 
his meat ? i. e. who is driven from his 
door hungry. Job 14,4 ἐς ΩΤ. ΓΙῸ Ἴ "7 
who will show me (where is) one pure 
born of the impure? 8) Who will give? 
implying wish, i. q. Oh, that one would 
give! Oh that I might have! Oh that, 
would that ;. see in "2 no, 1. f. Deut. 28, 
67 372 {82% would it were evening ! 
Judg. 9, 29. Ps. 14, 7 Oh that the salva- 
tion of Israel were come out of Zion! 2 
Sam. 19,1 would I had died for thee ! 
Hence aby ns "2 Oh that I had! Ps. 
55, 7. ᾿βλυρδων there follows an acc. 
and infin. Job 11,5 723 AI>N jm 7 Oh 
that God would speak! Or with infin. 
13, 5 "9 mn 2; fut. Job 6,8. 14,13; 
pret. 23,3; pret.and fut. with Vav, Deut. 
5, 26.—But here those passages are to 
be distinguished, where jm" "2 is: who 
will make me so and so ? (see no. 3 be- 
low,) i. 6. Oh that I were! Jer. 8, 23 [9, 
1] 572 WNT jm 47 Oh that my head 
were waters ! Job 29, 2. Num. 11, 29. 

Further, 123 to give or grant is also 
put in various senses : 

aa) to permit, to suffer, to let, sc. 
to do any thing, Germ. zugeben ; like 
Gr. δίδωμι, Lat. dare, largiri, Syr. and 
Arab. «φυσι, Ss. 
pers. and infin. 6. >, pr: to admit one to 
the doing of any thing ; comp. the same 
consecution in the synon. "35 from 2. 
Gen. 20, 6 "5x 3525 AMM? xd I suffer- 
ed thee not to touch her. 31, 7. Judg. 1, 
34. 1 Sam. 18, 2. Job 31, 30. Ps. 16, 10. 
‘ Eee. 5, 5; erithenat the > Job 9, 18. Num. 
20, 21. With dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 20, 10. 
Ps. 55, 23. 

bb) to give forth, to utter, as a voice, 
see ip ; words Gen. 49, 21; slander Ps. 
50, 20; impious words Job 1, 22; odour 
Cant. 1, 12. 2, 13; a miracle, i. e. to 
show, to work, Ex. 7, 9, comp. διδόναι 
σημεῖα Matt. 24, 24. A bolder figure is 
OF jm? to give forth a sound by striking 
the timbrel, i. 6. to strike the timbrel 
Ps. 81, 3. 


So with acc. of 





704 a 


cc) to give for a price, 1. 6. to sell, Gr 
ἀποδίδομαι, Prov. 31,24. Opp. Mp? to 
buy, see ΠΡ no. 2. a, 6. 

dd) to teach, comp. mp? no. 2. Prov. 
9,9 give loa wise man (instruction), and 
he will be yet wiser. 

ee) Perh. to give back, to requite ; Ps 
10, 14 422 ΤΏΡ to requite it with thy 
hand ; or, retribution is in thy hand, 
power. 

ff) With acc. of pers to give up or 
over, 1 K. 14, 16. 

2. to put in any place, to set, to lay, to 
place, Sept. τέϑημι. Gen. 1, 17 and 
God set them (ἘΣ 9H") in the Sirma- 
ment of heaven. 9,13 I have set (3) 
my bow in the clouds. So of persons 2 
Sam. 11, 16. Of things that are set up 
or out, as a statue Dan. 11, 31; a table 
Ex. 26, 35. 30, 6, or other sacred vessels 
v. 18. 40, 5-7. 1 K. 7, 38; the ark upon 


a cart 1 Sam. 6,8; a monument Ez. 96. 


8; and genr. of things puf, placed, laid 
up in any way, e. g. a stumbling-block 
Ez. 3, 20. Lev. 19, 14. 26,1. Ps. 119, 110; 
corn in cities Gen. 41, 48. So of things 
sprinkled, as incense Ex. 30, 6. Lev. 2, 
1; or poured, as water, oil, Ex. 30, 18. 
Lev. 2, 15. Num. 19, 17; comp. Ex. 12, 
7. Of sharp things, as a hook, awl, to 
put in, to fix, to bore, Ez. 29, 4. Deut. 
15, 17.— Construed according to the 
place where a thing is put: a) With 
2 in a place, as Ez. 1]. c. Deut. 1. 6. δ) 
With 5x into a place ; Deut. 23, 25 [24] 
smn xb *Pba-bN thou shalt put none into 
thy sack. Num. 4, 10. Ex. 25, 21. So 
too Ex. 28, 30 thou shalt put into the 
breast-plate the Urim and Thummim. 
Lev. 8, 8; see in "& p. 26. c) With 
by on or upon a place, as fire upon the 
the altar Lev. 1, 7. Num. 16, 18; a mi- 


tre, helmet, upon the head, Ex. 29, 6. 1 


Sam. 17, 38. etc. Lev. 8, 7. Ex. 84, 93. 


‘Num. 4, 6. 2 Chr. 10, 9. Metaph. God 
is said to put his spirit upon any one Is. 
42,1. 


Ez. 16, 11; the rings of the ark Ex. 25, 
26 comp. 12. 28, 14. Num. 15, 38; blooa 
upon the horns of the altar Lev. 4,7. 18, 
or upon the tip of the ear Lev. 14, 14. 


Further, to put, to set, in special senses: 
aa) to set, to place, to plant, e. g. the 


branch of a tree Ez. 17, 22; a people 


Also to put upon, i. q. to apply, Ι 
as a ring upon the hand Gen. 41, 42. 





rat) 


and a land Ez. 37, 26. Prov. 12, 12 the 
wicked desireth the prey of νὴ men, 
fer oop as wb) but the root of the 
righteous God planteth firmly ; comp. v. 

3. Here belongs the vexed passage Ps. 
8, 2 Jehovah, our Lord, how glorious thy 

name in all the earth ! 3 + Win Han ww 
pawn which glory of thine set thou also 
above the heavens ! i. e. let thy glory, 
thus manifested here on earth (v. 3), 
be also acknowledged and celebrated 
throughout the whole universe. The 
form ΡΤ is here as elsewhere i imper. c. 
He parag. | * 


bb) With ace. of pers. and >3 of pers. | 


or thing, to set-one over any pers. or 

thing, Gen. 41, 31. 43. Deut. 17,15. But 

with acc. of thing and 5» of pers. to lay 

upon, to impute guilt to any one, to lay 
on him its punishment; Jon. 1, 14 lay 
mot wpon us (32°29 ἸΏ ΤΡ) innocent 
blood, i. 6. the death of Jonah, comp. 

Deut. 21, 8. Ez..7, 3 and 1 will lay upon 
_ thee all thy abominations, cause them to 
return upon thy own head; comp. v. 4. 
8.9. 
| 66) "25> 4M) 10 set before any one, 6. g. 
laws 1 K. 9,6; judgment to be exer- 
_cised Ez. 23, 94. 

dd) Ὁ 22 ἸῺ to set one’s mind upon, to 
_ give heed to any thing, i. q. >9 3> paw, 
Ecce. 7,.21. Also stronger, to set ones 
mind upon doing any thing, to apply 
- oneself to doing, Ece. 1, 13. 17. 8, 9. 16. 
Dan. 10,12. . 
ee) Ἔ 25. ὉΝ ἽΞΞ M2 to put a thing 
into one’s heart, spoken of God, Neh. 2, 
12: 7,5. Also sab-by im, ἐν φρεσὶ Oi. 





; 
“4 
᾿. 
tg 


vat, to lay to heart, to consider, Ece.7, 2. 
Boyd. 
ο΄. 8. tomake, like w, m7, Arab. hes. 


| Lev. 19, 28 cs waa smn Nd ww ye 
Ἢ shall make no incision in your ‘flesh. 
_ Also 3 52502 to make or cause a blem- 
᾿ ish in, to injure any one Lev. 24, 20.— 
Spec. 
a) to make i.e. to constitute one as 
_ any thing, with two acc. Gen. 17,5 38 
MN? OMA i the father of many na- 
tions will I make thee. Ex. 7, 1. Lam. 1, 
13. Ps. 69, 12. 89. 28; ace. and > of the 
predicate Gen. 17, 20. 48, 4. Is. 42, 6. 
Jer. 20, 4. | 

b) 39 223"%n2 to make a thing as some- 
thing else, like, similar to any thing. 


705 





Jn) 


Is. 41,2 129 “2D JH" he will make their 
sword as dust. Kiz. 10,7. Hence to 
hold as, io regard and treat as or like 
something else; 1 K.10, 2703-8 frm) 
D"23ND and he made silver as stones. 21, 
22. Gen. 42, 30 pxbana> nk jn he 
held us, ρα us, as spies. (Comp. 
haters pro hoste’ Liv. 2. 20.) Ez. 28, 
2.6. With "25> of judgment merely, to 
regard or count as such an one, to judge 
to be such, etc. 1 Sam. 1, 16¢count me 
not as a wicked woman. Comp. Gr. 
τίϑεσθαν for νομίζειν, ἡγεῖσθαι, Passow 
h. v. A. no. 5. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 23 pass. of Kal. 1. to be given 
to any one, c. > Gen. 38, 14. Ex. 5, 16. 
Is. 9, 5. 35,2. Often to be given up, to 
be delivered over, c. 322 Job 9, 24. Jer. 
32, 24. 25. 36. 43. 46,24.al. Soofa 
Laie to be given, Esth. 3, 14. 

2. to be set, placed, Kec. 10, 6. 

3. to be made, c. a Lev. 24, 20; as 
anything, Is. 51, 12. 

Horn. only fut. πη. 1. i. q. Niph. 
no. 1, to be eves, 2°K. 5, 17. .Job 28, 
15. 

2. 1..ᾳ. Niph. no. 2, to be put, placed ; 
2 Sam. 18, 9 and he was placed (sus- 
pended) between the heaven and the 
earth. Lev. 11, 38. 

Deriv. ὩΣ, ΠΏ, ΤΣ, Mma, also 
the proper namie "3m, Ton, non, 
mmm, and the four hete ae 


J©2 Chald. found only in the fut. 7727, 

“jm2?, inf. jm, i.q. Heb. to give, Ezra 
4, 13. 7,20; 6, > Dan. 2, 16. 4, 14. 22. 
29. The other tenses are taken from 
the verb 31" —Hence N22. 


J©2 (given sc. of God) Nathan, pr. n. 
a) A prophet in the time of David, 
2 Sam; 75:2.°12,'1) -T KO 1) 8 Pa oy, 
b) A son of David 2 Sam. 5, 14. cy'2 
Sam. 23, 36. d)and 6) 1K.4,5. ἢ 
1 Chr. 2, 36. g) Ezra 8, 6. h) 10, 39. 


ml (placed i. e. appointed by 
the king) Nathan-melech, pr. n. of a 
court officer of Josiah 2 K. 23, 11. 


28202 (given of God) Nethaneel, pr. 
n. Gr. Ναϑαναήλ, Nathanael. a) Num. 
“1,8. 2,5. Ὁ) Several other persons 
only once mentioned respectively, 1 Chr _ 
9. 14. 15. 24. 24,6. 26, 4. 2Chr. 17, 7. 35 
9, Ezra 10, 22. Neh. 12, 21. 36. 


In: 


ΠΡῸΣ and W723 (given of Jeho- 
vah) ‘Nethaniah, pr.n.m. a) The son 
of Asaph 1 Chr. 25,12. 8) 2K. 25, 23. 
25. Jer. 40, 8. 14. c) Jer. 36,14. d)2 
Chr. 17, 8. 


‘i ons to tear up the ground, to break 
up, proscindere terram; kindred with 
ym2 and tm. Once Job 30, 13 oma 
“man. they tear up my path, mar and 


destroy it. Four Mss. read here, by a 
- gloss, 1x59. 
x 92 i. ᾳ. Ym2, 1 break out the 


teeth ; the Y being changed into 9 in the 
Arameean manner. 

Nip. pass. 152 Job 4,10. The an- 
cient Heb. intpp. refer this form to r. 


5Ὸ q. v. ἦ 


*VD3 fut. yn" to tear or break down, 
to destroy, 6. g. houses, buildings, Lev. 
14, 45. Judg. 8, 9. 17. 2 K. 23, 7. Is. 22, 
10; walls Jer. 39, 8. 52, 14; a city 
Judg. 9, 45; a statue 2 K. 10, 27; an 
altar Deut. 7,5. etc. Also to break out 


the teeth Ps. 58, 7.—Trop. of persons, 


to destroy, Job: 19, 10. Ps. 52, 7. 

Nipu. pass. to be thrown down, broken 
down, destroyed, Jer. 4, 26. Ez. 16, 39; 
rocks Nah. 1, 6. 

Piz i. q. Kal, Deut. 12,3; elsewhere 
only in Chron. as 2 Chr. 31,1. 33, 3. 
34, 4. 7. 36, 19. 

Pua. i. q. Niph. once pret. Judg. 6, 28. 

- Hopu. i. q. Niph. and Pu. once fut. 
Lev. 11, 35. 


ai po to tear away, to pluck off, e. g. 
a ring from the finger Jer. 22,24. Trop. 
in a military sense, to draw away, to cut 
off sc. from a plaee ae 6. 2 Judg. 20, 32; 

‘see Niph. and Hiph. Part. pass. Dans 
castrated Lev. 22,24. Arab. ($43 to 
strip off the skin; ee to tear out the 
locks; 2-9 to tear or break out a tooth, 


to tear as an eagle his prey. The idea 
of tearing seems to belong to the sylla- 
ble 9. Hence pn. 

Piet to tear up or off, 6. g. bands, to 
break, burst, Judg. 16,9. Ps. 2, 3. 107, 


14, Jer. 2, 20. 5,5; c. by Rade: 16, ΤῊΝ 


a yoke Is. 58, 6; to tear the breasts, to 
wound, Kz. 23, 34; to tear out roots Ez. 
0 


"106 





Dal BP) 


Hira. trop. to cut off from a | place, 
see in Kal, Josh. 8, 6. Also c. δὴ to 
pluck out, to γέννα: Sor any thing, 
Jer. 12, 3. 


Hors, pit i.q. Niph. no. 3, Saas. : 


20, 31. 

Mire pm, fut, pm23 1. to re torn off, 
broken, e. g. of a string, cord, Is. 5, 27. 
Jer. 10, 20. Judg. 16,9. Eee. 4, 12. Is. 
33, 20. Metaph. Job 17, 11 my coun- 
sels, purposes, are broken off, i. 6. ren- 
dered vain. 

2. to be torn out or away, e. g. from a 
tent Job 18,14. Pregn. Josh. 4, 18 and 
when the soles of the feet of the priests 
were plucked up from the muddy chan 
nel and placed upon the dry land. 

3. Metaph. to be separated out, Jer. 6, 
29. Ina military sense, to be cul off 
From, ¢. 42 Josh. 8, 16. 

Deriv. from Kal is 

Ph? m. in pause FM3, a scall, mange, 
scab, in the head and beard, Lev. 13, 30 
sq. Concer. ῬΏΣΠ ΣᾺ) v. 31 and pn v. 
33 one affected with the scall; comp. 
322 no. 2. 


2 “D2 fut."m1 1. to tremble, 6. gi the 
heart, to palpitate Job 37,1. Onomato- 
poetic, like τρέω, τρέμω, tremo. 


2. i. q. Arab. "3 to fall with a sound 


or noise, in allusion to the sound or rat- 
tling of dry leaves in falling; whence 


Chald. and Syr. "n3, 52. to fall, as 


leaves, fruit, etc. See Chald. and Hiph. 


no. 2. 

Pie. to spring up and down, to leap, 
i.e. to move by leaps. spoken of the 
locust Lev. 11, 21. Other verbs of 
trembling are also transferred to the 
idea of leaping; see 394, >39n. 

Hips. fut. apoc. "M?, imp. ann. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make trem- 
ble Hab. 3, 6. 

2. i. q. Aram. Aph. pr. fo shake off the « 
foliage of a tree, hence to shake off a 
yoke. Is. 58, 6. Also ΠΣ “WHT to 
shake off the yoke of captives i. e. to 
loose, to set free captives Ps. 105, 20. 


146. 7. Poet. Job 6,9 "32322379 352 SmI” 


Oh that God would let loose his hand 
and cut me off; here the hand of God, 
when not exerted, is figuratively re- 


garded as bound, and when ex nded, — 


πὰ. - 


͵ 


as set free.—For “m1 2 Sam. 22, 33, see 


“in? 


q the root 73m. 


ὺ 


AM? Chald. and Syr. to fall off, as the 


fe _ foliage or fruit of a tree, see the Heb. 
no. 2. 


q Dive: to shake of leaves, Dan. 4, 11.— 


_ Hence 


. _ 2 m. nitre, Lat. nitrum, Gr. vitgor, 


Se 


λίτρον, pr. the natron of the moderns or 
Egyptian nitre, a mineral alkali, gather- 


ed from the celebrated natron lakes, 
(different from m773 vegetable alkali,) 


_ which mingled with oil is still used as 
soap, Jer. 2,22. With an acid it effer- 
 yesces, and loses its strength; hence 
_ Prov. 25, 20.—Prob. so called, because 


it thus leaps or effervesces. See Hassel- 
quist’s Reise p.548 Germ. J. D. Michae- 


_and Thebes, I. p. 382 sa. Lond. 1843. 


: 
lis de Nitro § 10. Wilkinson Mod. Egypt 


5 wn? fut. Bint, inf. Bird, pr. totear 


Samech, the fifteenth letter of the 
Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denot- 
; ing 60. The name 720 denotes fulcrum, 
support, which accords well with the 
Phenician form of this letter; see Mo- 
numm. Phen. p. 39. 

_ Astothe sound of Ὁ, it seems to have 
ΤῊΝ pronounced anciently as a softer 





sibilant than Ὁ, which latter before the 


_ introduction of the diacritical points 


“was not distinguished from ὦ, 


see 


-Lehrg. p- 17,18. Hence it comes that 
4 very many roots are constantly written 


_ -hone and the same manner, either with 
9, as 330, “Ὁ; or with ©, as mab, 


i. bib ; and Am that others wan enbnn 
with Ὁ differ entirely from the similar 


ones written with ©, as 520 to be fool- 


_ ish, >> to view, to understand; "20 to 


shut up, "2 to hire; 029 and wa"; 
"HD and "9H; MEO and mBw. By de- 
grees however this distinction in the 
pronunciation was lost, so that the later 
Hebrew not unfrequently puts Ὁ for ὦ 
and vice versa; 6. g. ὉΣΞ and WD vex- 
ation; 3°27 once for ὉΠ Job 24, 2; 
"70 and ΠῚ Ὁ ; "30 for "2w Ezra 4, 5; 








707 ᾿ Ὁ 


up, to BE up a plant, see Hoph. Arab. 
(S to pull up e. g. thorns; Syr. ada 
to tear up, also in pieces. Hence 8) 
Trop. to root out, i. 6. to drive out, to expel, 
sc. a people from a land (opp. 242) Deut. 
29, 27. 1 K.14,15. So in the phrase 
wing Nd) ὈΠΏΣΌΣ J will plant them and 
not pluck them up, i.e. I will give them 
a fixed dwelling, and will not drive them 
out, Jer. 12, 14. 15. 24, 6. 42, 10. 45, 4. 
al. Ὁ) to root out, i. e. to tear down, to 
destroy, 6. 5. cities Ps. 9, 7; idols Mic. 
5, 13: 

Nipw. pass. 1. to be plucked up, ex- 
pelled, as a people, Jer. 31, 40. Am. 9, 
15; to be overthrown, as a kingdom, 
Dan. 11,4. - 

2. i. ᾳ. MB) (Is. 19, 5), to be dried up, 
spoken of water Jer. 18, 14. ; 

-Hopn. to be torn up, plucked up, Ez. 
19, 12. 


mada? for mi>30 folly Ecc. 1,17; 34 
and 310; 098. and ®98; Ob" and 5. 
The Syriac employs only the letter 


‘Samech (.~); the Arabic only Sin ( Uw) ; 


the Chaldee imitating the Syriac often 
substitutes Ὁ for the Hebrew &, as "Xb 
Chald. 7ixd leaven, "a Chald. "20 to 
expect. 

For the Heb. © the Arabs usually put 
U*, while for Ὁ they put mostly \w, as 
330 QS to adore, “ON rl to bind, 

< 


¢ ο 
"03 | ams sour grapes, MoD Ὁ 
cover; more rarely  (ᾧ, as "MO Btu 


winter, 20 Sirs. 


In the Hebrew itself, and in Arame- 
an, Ὁ is frequently interchanged : a) 
With the thicker 6, as 11 and 
Vi coat of mail, 239 Aram. 822 to 
collect. MBO and πιϑῷ to pour, etc. comp. 
ddd, “BD, and the like. That the 
Ephraimites pronounced 8 like Samech, 
we know from Judg. 12,6. b) With? 
and 7 ; see under these letters. ὁ) With 
dentals ; as 770 Chald. ἡ mire; comp. 
20 and Fan, 550 and >>n. 


SND | 708 


FINO obsol. root. 
extend, to expand ; 
measure, comp. 7. 


ORO f. plur. wo. 1. a Seah, a cer- 
tain measure for grain, according to the 
Rabbins the third part of an ephah, 
ΓΒΔ i.e. nearly 14 peck English ; 
according to Jerome on Matt. 13, 33, a 
modius and a half. Gen. 18,6. 1 Sam. 


Arab. aed to 
then perhaps to 
Hence 


25,18. Dual D°MNd for DIMN 2 K. 7,. 


1, 16, contracted in the Syriac manner, 
like BINRD, DINNe. Chald. id. From 
the Αἰτάσρὶ form {zie has sprung the 
Gr. σάτον, in Sept. the N. T. and Jose- 
phus. 

2. Genr. mumeuie 3 so Chald. 8MXO 
often. Hence with Aqu. Symm. Theod. 
Chald. Syr. I would explain the difficult 
word MROXoa Is. 27, 8, contr. from 
ARO-ANDD (Dag. fort. conjunct. as 
ΞΕ for ἘΞΡ ΤΩ), by measure and mea- 
sure, according to measure, i. e. with 
moderation; comp. DBY2 tie: 10, 24, 
and oBt22 Jer. 30, 11. 46, 28. ὍΝ 
prob. is a solution lately propased that 
MNONOD is put for MPa (r. 551) in 
agitating or terrifying her. 

FIND τὰ. (νυ. 48D) @ shoe, spec. the 
high and hollow shoe, caliga, ὑπόδημα 
κοῖλον, bound on with thongs, such as 
rustic travellers and soldiers were ac- 
customed to wear as a protection against 
the mud; Chald. 82°90; Syr. ackw. Is. 
9, 4, ἸΝῸ inon5D lit. every shoe of the 
shod, omnis caliga caligati, i. e. of the 
eoiiiier, warrior. 


FARO 1. Pr. as it would seem, to 
be clayey, miry, comp. Chald. j80, 779, 


Syr. jase, Heb. 370 mire, clay, kindr. 


with the subst. 1. clay. Hence 7ixo 
a shoe, as a defence against the mud 
and mire. ‘Thence 
2. Denom. to shoe, to furnish with 
shoes, calceare, like Syr. a. Part. 
WO intrans. shod, Is. 9,4; see in INO. 
MINONO Is. 27, 8, see in HNO no. 2. 


. R20 to drink to excess, to tope. 
The primary idea seems to be that of 
sucking up, absorbing, which is express- 
ed by onomatopoetic words, as peal 





220 


sorbere ; with inserted Germ. schlirfen 
with Ἢ dropped Anglosax. supan, Germ. 
saufen, Engl. sip, sup; and in Greek 
the sibilant being dropped, ῥοφέω. Alse 
32 would seem to be from the same 
source.—Is. 56, 12. Part. 83D @ toper 
drunkard, Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23, 20. 21 
Ez. 23, 42 Cheth. Part. pass. RIBS 
drunken ; [Nah. 1, 10 for interwoven 
like to thorns, "ὩΣ DNAID BRIO and 
drunken as ‘with their wine, ‘they yet 
shall be devoured as stubble, i. 6. march- 
ing in phalanx and intoxicated to reel- 
ing; see in DiD no. 1.—R., 
Deriv. the two following. 


N20 Ez. 23, 42 Keri, i. q. Part. xaio 
Cheth. plur. Ὁ Ὁ drunkards. 


N25 m. c. suff, ἼΝΞΘ 1. wine Is. 1, 
22. Nah. 1, 10 see inr. N30. 
2. a drinking bout, carouse, Hos. 4, 18. 


830, plur. "N30, (perh. i. q. Ethiop. 
Mi man, comp. nm30, n2M30,) 
Seba, the Sabeans, pr. n. of a people de- 
scended from Cush, Gen. 10,7; i.e. a 
people and country of Ethiopia flourish- 
ing in traffic and wealth, Is. 43, 3. 45, 
14, Ps. 72,10; and distinguished for the 
tall stature of its inhabitants, Is. 45, 14. 
Hdot. 3. 20. According to Josephus, 
Ant. 2.10.2, it would seem to have been 
Meroé, a province of Ethiopia distin- 
guished for its wealth and commerce, 
lying between the Nile and the Astabo- 
ras (Tacazzé), and called by the an- 
cients an island; with a metropolis of 
the same name, of which the ruins are 
still found not far from the town of 
Shendy. See Burckh. Travels in Nubia 
p. 275. Rippell’s Reisen in Nubien und 
dem petraischen Arabien 1829. Tab. 5. 
Hoskins’ Travels in Ethiopia ete. Lond. 
1835.—F or plur. D°830 Ez. 23, 42, are 
in R20. 


* 229 pret. both fully and defect. 
1220, 128, nnis0; inf. 30, once 350 
Num. 21, 4, imper. ΞΌ ; fat. 0" and 
μὲ, ἊΝ 3", conv. 3054, 

1. to tush oneself, i.e. to turn intrans. 
e. g. Prov. 26, 14 the door turneth >» 
ΠΡ upon its hinges. 1 Sam. 15, 27 
msh> dxravi abs and Samuel turned. to 
go away. The person or place to which 
one turns is put with δὲ Eee. 1, 6 


1 Sam. 14, 24; 51 Κι. 3,15. Ps. 114, 3.5; 
>» Hab. 2,16. 2 Chron. 18, 31. That 
| m which one turns is put with 72, 
592, 282; 1 Sam. 17, 30 >xxo 30% 

“πὶ ὕγοοΌΝ and he iene from him 
toward another. 18, 11. Gen. 42, 24. 
~ With ἌΝ τος to turn back after any 

one, so as to follow him, 2 K. 9, 18. 19; 
and absol. to return Cant. 2, 17. 18. Ps. 

71, 21; inf. c. > to turn oneself to do any 

thing, Ecce. 2, 20. 7, 25. Also absol. to 

turn to, for to approach, 1 Sam. 22, 17. 
- 18. 2 Sam. 18, 15. 30. Spoken of things, 
_ to turn to any place, i. 6. to be brought, 
carried, transferred, to that place or 
person; 1 Sam. 5, 8 307 τ let the ark 
_ turn about to Gath, be carried thither. 
' Num. 36, 7. Hab. 2,16; comp.1 K. 2, 15. 
2. to go about ina place, which in- 
- cludes the idea of turning oneself con- 
_ tinually, to go over a place, as a city, 
sities, ὁ. 3 Cant. 3, 3. 5,7. 2 Chr. 17, 9. 
23, 2 ; also 6. ace. Is. 23,1699 720 go 
! bow! the city. 1 Sam. 7, 16 and he went 
over the cities Bethel aid Gilgal and 
_ Mizpeh. 2K. 3,9 and they went about 
+ ὉΠ: mad 71 @ way of seven days, 
Mi where the words" Ὁ Ἢ constitute an 
ἢ accusative.—Also to go round about a 
_ place, to compass, c. acc. Deut.'2, 1. 3. 
> Josh. 6, 3. 4. 7. Ps. 48, 13; in brdée’to 
᾿ς avoid it Num. 21,4. Judg. 11, 18.’ 

_ 3. to encompass, to surround, ο. ace. 
) Gen: 2, 11.13. 1K. 7, 24. 2K. 6, 15. 
Ps. 18, 6. 22,17; in a hostile sense 
Ecc. 9, 14. Also c. 8 2K. 8, 21; 
1 Job 16, 13. Judg. 20,5. Gen. 27, 7 
ἊΣ snabxd jinn ΒΕ ἫΝ ΓΒ ΞΌΤΟ 3h} 
δ and lo your sheaves surrounded my sheaf 
and did obeisance to it, i. e. stood round 
tf about it,etc. Absol. to surround a table 
_ i.e. to come around it, to sit down or re- 
cline at table, 1 Sam. 16, 11 202 X> we 
will not sit down ; comp. in ΞΌ Ὦ. 

4, Trop.toturn, i.e. to alter, to change ; 
_ with 3 to become like any thing, Zech. 
14,10. Comp. Pi. and Hiph. no. 3. 

5. Trop. to go about any thing, to 
bring about, i.e. to is the cause of any 


- Be 


thing. Comp. Arab. nha cause, aw 


to cause; Talmud. 20 cause, pr. the 
thing or occasion on which any thing 
depends; Engl. circumstance, Germ. 
_ Umstand, from the Maptcation of sur- 
60 











709 120 


rounding, comp. ΤῚΝ, 1 Sam. 22, 22 
WISN ΓΞ 8HIN22 "M20 73x Tam the 
cause to all the persons of thy family. 
i.e. Ihave brought about, occasioned, 
their death; Vulg.ego swum reus omnium 
animarum. 

NipH. 302 and 302 Ez. 26, 2; fem, 

302 for mad) Kz. 41, 7, see Tole, p- 
372" Heb. Gr. "$66. n. 11; fut. 397,120". 

1. i.g. Kal no. 1, to turn ἀπ πεῖς to 
turn, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 17. 10, 11. 16; often 
of a boundary Num. 34, 4.5. Josh. 15, 
3.al. Also i. q. to be turned over to any 
one, 6. >, Jer. 6, 12 ΘΛ 9. OF MA 1302 
their houses shall be turned over (trans- 
JSerred) to others ; comp. in Kal Num. 36,7. 

2. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 2, to surround, Judg. 
19, 22; with >», in a hostile sense, Gen. 
19, 4. Josh. 7, 9. 

PiEL 330 i. q. Kal no. 4, to turn, i. 6. to 
change, 2 Sam. 14, 20. 

Po. 2350 1. i.g. Kal no. 2, to go 
about in a place, c. 3 Cant. 3, 2; 6. ace. 
to go about or over a place i. e. in it Ps. 
59, 7. 15; to go round a place Ps. 26, 6; 
with >», in a hostile sense Ps. 55, 11. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to encompass, to sur- 
round, Jon. 2, 4. 6. Ps. 7, 8; with two 
acc. of pers. and thing with which Ps. 
32, 7.10. Espec. in order to protect 
and defend, Deut. 32, 10. Jer. 31, 22 
"23 a3i0n Map? a woman protects a 
man, Comp. Il. 1. 37 ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιβέ- 
βηκας. 

Hien. 307, fut. 3Ὸ" and 385. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to 
turn Ex. 13,18. Trans. to turn, 1 K. 8, 
14 25 τὸς 2M 3951 and the king turn- 
ed his face. 21,4. 2 K.20,2. 392 307 
72 to turn away the eyes from any one 
Cant. 6,5. Trop. >» Ἔ 35 30h to turn 
the heart or mind of any one towards a 
person or thing Ezra 6, 22, comp. 1 K, 


‘18, 37; and so without 32, 2 Sam. 3, 12 


byrye bony ΤῸΝ ond to turn all Is- 
rael unto thee.. Hence also to transfer, 
with > of.pers. to whom, 1 Chr. 10, 14 
a7 ΓΞ ὈΏΓΙ ΤΙΣ 30" and thasaferred 
the kingdom to David. With >x of 
place, i. 6. toor into any place, 1 Sam. 
5, 8. 9.10; acc. of place 2 Sam. 20, 12. 
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, ‘to cause to 
go about, 1. e. to lead about, around, 
e. g. a man Ez. 47,2; an army Ex. 13, 
18; walls, to build around 2 Chr. 14, 6 


"30 


3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to turn, i. 6. 
to change ; 2 K. 23, 34 τς 3074 
ὉΠ πα and changed (turned) his name 
to Jehoiakim. 24, 17. 

4, Intrans. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn 
oneself 2 Sam. 5,23. b) i. q. Kal no. 2, 
fo go about in.a place, c. acc. Josh. 6, 11. 
6) i. q. Kal no. 3, to surround, in ἃ hos- 
tile sense, Ps. 140, 10. 

Hopn. 2057, fut. 305" 1. 10 be turned, 
to turn intrans. e. g. a door on its 
hinges Ez. 41,24; the rollerof a thresh- 
ing-sledge, Is. 28, 27. 

2. to be surrounded, Ex. 28, 11. 39, 6. 
13. 

3. to be turned, changed, Num. 32, 
38. 


Deriv. Mad, M33, 3730, 302, IDM. 


mad f. (τ. 330) α turn, course of 
things, as from God, 1 K. 12, 15; i. q. 
20) 2 Chr. 10, 15. 


220 τῇ. (τ. Ξ3ΞΏ) 1. Sing. as subst. 
a circuit 1 Chr. 11, 8. Hence 373072 
from or in a circuit, round about, on 
every side, Job 1,10. Ez. 37, 21. Josh. 
21, 42. al. sep. Sept. χύκλοϑεν. So 
Ὁ 230 from round about any person 
or thing Num. 16, 24, 27. Accus, 2°30 
as adv. round about, circum, Gen. 23, 17. 
Ps. 3,7. 12, 9. Job 10, 8. 18, 7. al. sep, 
and so after verbs of motion Is. 49, 18. 
60, 4. 3°30 3°30 circumcirca, round 
about, Ez. 40, 5 sq. > 3°30 as prep. 
round about, ‘around any thing, e. g. 
jab a0 ‘round about the tabernacle 
Ex. 40, 33. Num. 1, 53. al. Once c. 
_ genit. YIN 3°30 round about the land 

Am. 3, 11. 

2. Plur. τῇ. 0°3"30 =a) Of persons, 
those round about, neighbours, Jer. 48, 
17.39. b) Of place, places round about, 
circumjacent, the environs, Jer. 33, 13 
ἘΞ 55 "293203 in the environs of Jeru- 
salem. Ps.'76, 12. 89,8. 97,2. 0) As 
prep. c. suff. rownd about, around any 
one; Ps. 50, 3 189 ΠΣ ὩΣ M330 it is 
very tempestuous round about him. Jer. 
46, 14. Lam. 1, 17. 

3. Plur. f. nino a) circuits, circles, 
orbits, which one runs through. Ecce. 
1,6 πῆρ AW MMiaso 59} and the wind 
returneth upon ils circuits, begins anew 
the circuit dfits courses. b) i. gq. 5°93 
no. 2, places round about, circumjacent, 


710 





220 


the environs, Num. 22, 4. Dan. 9, 16. 
Neh. 12, 28. Ps. 44, 14. 79, 4. c) In st. 
constr. as a prep. round about, around ; 
Num. 11, 24 5485 ΤΠ 3Ὸ rout leash 
the tabernacle: Ez. 6, 5. Ps. 79,3. Often 
6. suff. "Mia°30 roa ΣΝ me Job 
29,5; and so Neh. 5, 17. Job 22, 10. 
Ez. 5, 12. Ps. 18, 12. Gen. 35,5. 2K. 
17, 15. 


᾿ Ξῷ to interweave, to interlace, e. g. 
branches, part. pass. Nah. 1, 10, see in 
τ. 830. Comp. 728. Arab. JLo IL, id. 
Kindr. are 772, 728. From this root 
with 3 softened comes the verb ‘3 qui- 
escent 310. 

Pua. pass. of roots interwoven Job 8, 
17. 

Deriv. the five following. 


729 m. (Kamets impure) branches 
interwoven, a thicket, Gen. 22,13. Here 
also belongs the phrase Y3"7303 Ps. 
74, 5, taking as Kamets long, although 
Metheg is wanting in the editions. A 
similar instance is "P>r-n79 Ps. 16, 5, 
which all copies write without Metheg, 
although it is doubtless to be read m’ndath, 
comp. 11,6. A few Mss. have 203, 
see 29. 


320 id. a thicket, whence plur. constr. 
“353 "320 Is. 9, 17. 10, 34. Kimchi 
and some Mss, read "330, "330, "220; 
see Lebrg. Ρ. 77. 


7320 ὁ. suff. i930 or ἴϑ3 (Dag. eu- 
phon.) a thicket, Jer. 4,7. R. 729. 


N220 Chald. f Dan. 3, 5, and δ Ξ Ὁ 
v. 7. 10. 15, sambuca, Gr. σαμβύκη, σαμ- 
βύκης, σόμβυξ, ζαμβίκη, a stringed instru- 
ment of music, having four strings, simi- 
lar to the nablium or 533 αἱ v. no. 3, i.e. 
to the harp or lyre. See Athen. IV. p- 
175. XIV. p. 633, 637. Strabo X. p. 471 
Casaub. Vitruv. 6. 1. ib. 10. 22.—Strabo 
affirms, 1. c. that the Greek word cap- 
βύκη is of barbarian i. 6. oriental origin ; 
and if so, the name might perhaps have 
allusion to the interweaving of the strings, 
from r. 720. 

"240 (for #3 430 thicket of Jehovah, 
i. 6. crowd of God’s people, comp. 20.) 
Sibbecai, pr. n. of a military chief under 
David, 2 Sam. 21, 18, 1 Chr. 11, 29 (for 
which 2 Sam. 23, 27 corruptly "23). 


- 20, 4. 27, 11. 


ὅ3Ὁ 


ut 220, fut. 530", to bear, to carry, 
sc. heavy burdens. Syr. Chald. id. 
Kindr. are D3w, d1¥).—Is. 46, 4. 7. Gen. 
49, 15. Trop. to bear the sorrows, sins 
of any one, i. e. to suffer the punishment 


_ which another has merited, Is. 53, 4. 11. 


kine Ps. 144, 14. 


Lam. 5, 7. 
Puat part. plur. 0">2073 , laden sc. with 
young; hence gravid, big with young, of 


9 - 
Comp. Arab. duols 


7 9e 
portans, in utero gestans, (a3 gravis 
fuit, in utero gestavit. .Syr. paox2 la- 


den, gravid. 

Hirap. Dano to become a burden 
Kee. 12, 5. 

Deriy. 520, 529, 30, 4330. 


220 Chald. i. q. Heb. also to lift or 
raise up, to erect. Comp. XW. 
Poa pass. to be erected, ‘built, Ezra 


6, 3 153 Ὁ “Te and its foundations 
Be set up, built—Chald. and Samar. id. 


220 m. a bearer of burdens, porter, 2 
Chr. 2, 1. 17. 34, 13. Neh. 4, 4—1 K. 
5, 29 (15) by apposition 52d δὶ). R. 
20. 

230 m. a burden Neh. 4,11. Ps. 81,7; 
trop. 1 K. 11,28. R. da. 


530 m. (r. 530) c. suff. 20 Dag. eu- 
phon. a burden Is. 10, 27. 14,25. ὃ» 
ἴδε the yoke of his burden, hie burden- 


some yoke, Is. 9, 3.—For the Dag. f. 
{ euphon. in iPad see Lehrg. p.87. The 


form is not to be derived either from 


_ 20 or 520. 
᾿ς ΓΞ or M220 αὶ only in plur. constr. 
mize burdens, tasks imposed, heavy 


_ and oppressive labours, Ex. 1, 11. 2, 11. 
id, 4:5. 6,6.7. Β. 530. 


MAD in the dialect of the Ephraim- 
ites i. q. 1238, ear of grain, Judg. 12, 6. 


xno Chald. (in Heb. "26) a root 
in frequent use in Chaldee and Syriac, 


‘the significations of which may be ar- 


ranged as follows ; see Thesaur. ἢ. 1319. 
Buxt. Lex. col. 1424-30. 

1. to cut, to divide ; whence Po. "350 
to cut or open a vein. Buxt. no. V. 

2. to look at, to discern, to inspect, 
which is implied in dividing and distin- 


711 





“20 


guishing, as in r. }°2; see Heb "3¥.— 
Arab. ,Aw to examine a wound. 

3. to look for, to await ; also to hope, 
to trust ; see Buxt.no.II. Often in the 
Targums for Heb. πῆρ, ea. Syr. pea 
Pa. to hope.—Once in O. T. Dan. 7, 25 
mazwin> 20") and he hopeth, trusteth, to 
change, etc. "Sept. Alex. wibabiteren. 

4. to judge, to suppose, to think, Buxt. 
no. III. Syr. Pe. Aph. id. 

δ. to understand, Buxt. no. IV. 

Deriv. from no. 3 is 


D"IA9 (two-fold hope) Sibraim, pr. 
n. of a Syrian city between Damascus 
and Hamath, otherwise unknown, Ez. 
47, 16. 


MAI Gen. 10, 7 (21 Mss. maw) and 


NmID 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sabtah pr. n. of a peo- 
ple and region of the Cushites; see in 
Ὁ no 2. There is little doubt that it 
corresponds to the Ethiopian city Safar, 
Σαβά, Σαβαΐ, (see Strabo XVI. p. 770 
Casaub. Ptolem.IV.10,) situated on the 
S. W. coast of the Red Sea, not far from 
the present Arkiko, in the vicinity of 
which the Ptolemies hunted elephants. 
Among the ancient intpp. Pseudojona- 
than gives it by "8770, for which read 
“x70 i. 6. Sembrite, whom Strabo 1. ὁ. 
p- 786 places in the same region. Jose- 
phus, Ant. 1. 6. 2, understands those who 
dwelt upon the Astaboras. 


N2MAO Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sab- 
teca, pr. n. of a people and region of the 
Cushites, probably in Ethiopia, like the 
preceding; see in Wid. Targ. "83927 
Zingitani, in the eastern parts of Ethio- 
pia. On Egyptian monuments the word 
SBTK or Sabatoca appears as the pr. 
name of the Ethiopians; so that 82M30 
can hardly be sought for elsewhere. 
See Thesaur. p. 940. Rosellini Monum. 
Storici Il. Ρ. 108 sq. 120, 121. 


“Ὁ plur. ΠΡΌ, see "Ὁ. 


* 740, fat. ἼΔΟΙ, to fall down in ado- 
ration, to prostrate oneself, spoken of 
idol worship, ὁ. > Is. 44, 15. 17. 19. 46, 
6. It is a word of the later Hebrew: 
and Chaldee ; see the following article. 


"Ὁ Chald. Dan. 2, 46, fut. 7207, i. q. 
Heb. to Jail down in ‘adoration ‘of idole 
6. 2 Dan. 3, 5. 6, 10-12, 14. 15. 28; in 


N30 
homage of a man 2, 46.—Syr. rw to 


΄.- 9 ο ΕΣ 
Arab. δ id. whence λον 
΄ 


adore. 
mosk. 


G9 τη. (7.430) 1. a shutting up, en- 
closure. Hos. 13, 8 33> 7130 the caul 
of their heart, i. e. the parts around the 
heart, pericadium. 

2. Job 28, 15 i. ᾳ. "990 IMT, see 730 
Kal part. pass. 

3. Ps. 35, 3 see in "30 Kal, lett. c. 


*550 obsol. root, Chald. δ") (for 
ΘΒ) to get, to acquire ; comp. NM>530 
property. Kindr. is "30 .—Hence 


M330 f. property, wealth, private pro- 
perty, 1 Chr, 29,3. Ecc. 2,8. Often of 
the people of farael mins rio (comp. 
mom) Ex. 19, 5. Deut. 7, 6. 14, 2. 26, 
18. al. 


120 or rte} m. only in plur. 5°23 , a 
prefect, governor, ruler, spoken : a) of 
Babylonian magistrates, prefects of the 
provinces, Jer. 51, 23. 28. 57. Ez. 23, 
6. 12. 23; comp. Is. 41, 25. See the 
Chald. Ὁ) Of the chiefs and rulers of 
the people of Jerusalem in the time of 
Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezra 9, 2. Neh. 2, 
16. 4, 8.13. 5, 7. 17. 7; 5. 12, 40. 13, 11. 


—Corresponding in mod. Pera. is xis 
pet, satrap; whence Arab. ΜΈΣ Syr. 


oud , satrap, prefect. A trace of the 
same fom the anc. Pers. seems to exist 
in j22N8 q. v. edict of a prince ; also in 
Gr. ζωγάνης Athen. XIV. p. 639. C. 
Benfey compares Sanscr. ¢angha, or ra- 
ther ¢dsana, command, Monatsn. p. 193 
sq. Bohlen better Sanscr. sagana 
(ζωγάνης) 4. a. εὐγενής, noble. Sept. 
στρατηγός, ἄρχων. 


JA m. Chald. a prefect, governor of a 
province, Dan. 3, 2. 27. 6,8. But Dan. 
2, 48 47250 37 the chief of the prefects, sc. 
over the Magi. 


*a0 fut. "hO* , Co shut, to close. Kindr. 
is "20 but less frequent ; comp. also >39. 
The primary syllable is "4, comp. ΔΤ 
Ethiop. 6W2Z, to shut up in a net, to 
take in a net.—Constr, c. acc. as a 
door Gen. 19, 10. Mal. 1, 10; a gate 
Josh. 2 7. Ez. 46,12; the womb, so as 


712 





"30 


to render barren, 1 Sam. 1, 5. Job 3, 10, 
a breach in a wall 1 K. 11, 27; trop. 
one’s own heart Ps. 17, 10, comp. 1 
John 3, 17. Also 1798 Msn 730 to 
shut the door after oneself on entering a 
house, Gen. 19, 6; oftener M>4n "a> 
i732 id. 2 K. 4 33. Is. 26, 21; ellipt. 
cabelas "30 id. Judg. 9, 51. So too 
Έ "sya nan "20 to iad the door after 
(around) any one, lo shut him in, 2 K. 
4,4.5; and without M29m Gen. 7, 16. 
For all these constructions with 733, 
and also for Judg. 3, 22, see in 73 no. 
1, 2, and note, p. 143, 144. Gen. 2, 21 
ninnn “iva “o> avd God closed up the 
flesh instead thereof, i i.e. in place of the 
rib.—Instead of the ace. we find other 
constructions: a) With193 around, 
round about; see in 793 no. 1. a. b) 
With >> Ex. 14, 3"2'van Erbe ἼΔΌ the 
desert hath shut them in, lit. “hath closed 
upon them. Job 12, 14 B°N-by 7kO* he 
shutleth up over a man sc. a subterra- 
nean prison. ὁ) With ΤΣ pregn. 
Ps. 35, 3 draw out the spear πα ΤῸ ποσὶ 
“B75 and shut the way against my 
pursuers; here many mene 
take "40 or "ia0 as subst. i. q. Gr. 
σάγαρις a battle-axe Hdot. 7, 64, comp. 
Arab. Le a wooden spear; but this 
is unnecessary., d) Absol. Is. 22, 22. 
Josh. 6, 1 ΒΟ 5 ΤῸ im“ and Jeri- 
cho had shut its gates and was Sast shut 
up, where Kal seems to refer to the 
closing of the gates, and Pual as intens. 
to their being fastened with bolts and 
bars; Vulg. Jericho autem clausa erat 
atque munita ; Chald. ‘et Jericho erat 
clausa foribus ferreis et roborata vecti- 
bus eneis.’—Part. pass. “120 shut up, 
closed, Ez. 44, 1. 2..46, 1. Hence also 
precious, whence “30 St precious 
gold, i. e. pure, unadulterated, 1 K. 6, 
20. 21. 7, 49. 50. 10, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 26. 22. 
9, 20. 
aurum bonum. Others less well, aurum 
dendroides, from tree, i. 6. native 


gold, shooting out in sale form of a tree. 
Nipu. pass. of Kal to be shut, of doors 
or gates Is. 45, 1. 60, 11; shat up, of 
persons, Num. 12, 14. 15. 1 Sam. 23, 7 
Reflex. to shut oneself up, Ez. 3, 24. 


Pren "30 i. q. Hiph. no. 2, to deliver 


sc. into the power of any one, pr. ‘to 


Vulg. aurum purum. Chald. 


4 


“20 


shut up in the power of’ any one; c. 
322 1 Sam. 17, 46. 24, 19. 26 8; absol. 
2 Sam. 18, 28. Comp. συγκλείω Rom. 
11, 32. Gal. 3, 22. Diod. Sic. 9. 19. 
Puat to be shut up, 6. g. a city Josh. 
6, 1 see above in Kal lett. d. Is. 24, 10. 
_ Jer. 13, 19. 


Hien. “300 1. fo shut up 6. g. a 


house Lev. 14, 38; a person Lev. 13, 4. | 


5. 11. 21. 26. al. 
2. to let shut up, to deliver over e. g. to 
the keepers of a prison Job 11, 10; and 
_ genr. to deliver into the power of any 
one, c. 773 Josh. 20,5. 1 Sam. 23, 12. 
20. Ps, 31, 9. Lam. 2,7; δὲ Deut. 23, 
16. Job 16, 11; > Am. 1, 6. 9; absol. Ob. 
14. Also stronger, to détieer over, to 
| give over to the power and discretion 
_ of any one; c. > Ps. 78, 48. 50. 62; with- 
out dat. to give up, 4. d. to foranledi ἴο 
- abandon, Deut. 32, 30. Am. 6, 8. 
Deriv. 120 , "330, 9202, MIRON. 


i “Ὁ Chald. to shut, to close, Dan. 6, 
t 38, Syr. ae) id. 


Ἵ 


: PAD m. rain, heavy rain, Prov. 27, 
15. Chald. 87"30, Syr. [τ κὦ, Samar. 


aired XX, id—Some refer this noun to 


“to Arab. to fill with water, to pour 


_ out gk ἊΨ the gutter. Better from r. 


4 a to sweep away, to bear off; 
me spec. to wash away the earth, as 
8 torrent; 3 le torrent; hence by 
_ prefixing the sibilant "30. Comp. 
Chala. babso i,q. 858; Vee i. q. 
32 ; see more in Lehrg. p. 862. 


᾿ς "Ὁ π΄. (τ. Ἴ1Ὸ) stocks, Lat. nervus, i. 4. 
M357 q. v. a wooden frame or bloskki in 
which the feet of a person were shut 
_ up. Job 13, 27. 33, 11.—Syr. 1-2, Chald. 
5 8770 id. 


- bad - 
ω TIO obsol. root, Arab. duw, fo stop, 
to shut up by a bar, bolt, etc. Hence 70. 


TT. τῇ. (τ. 110) α shirt, shift,a wide 
-under-garment of linen worn next 
the body, Judg. 14, 12. 13. Is. 3, 23. 
Prov. 31, 24. Sept. oidwr.—Chald. id. 
Syr. Be εὉ in the Peshito for Gr. σουδά- 
ριον Luke 19, 20, for λέντιον John 13, 4. 
60* 


713 





mere) 


*DID obsol. root, perh. i. q. DTW, 
HI, Chald. to burn, to consume with 
fire. Hence 


DI Sodom, Gr. Σόδομα, pr. n. of a 
city in the vale of Siddim near the south , 
end of the Dead Sea, which with three 
others was destroyed in the time of | 
Abraham and submerged in the Dead 
Sea. Gen. 10, 19. 13, 10. 18, 20. 19, 15. 
Is. 1,9.al. Hence vines of Sodom, which 
were probably degenerated and inferior, 
(comp. the apples of Sodom Jos. B. J. 4. 
8. 4,) are put Deut. 32, 32 as the emblem 
of a degenerate state ; comp. Jer. 2, 21. 
Also judges of Sodom, i. q. unjust and 
corrupt judges, Is. 1, 10.-- The name 
may signify burning, conflagration, (r. 
D170 ,) as being built on a bituminous soil 
and therefore perhaps exposed to fre- 
quent fires; comp. the name Kataxsxav- 
μένη given to a part of Phrygia. Or it 
may be i. q. 7278 field, vineyard, ᾳ. v.— 
On the site and catastrophe of Sodom, 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 601 sq. 


*370 Arab. yy Ow τὰ δ 


(see lett. >) to οὐώνν to let one’s garment 
hang loose ; whence pons ὥμλῶ: 


G “» 
wy ew a sail, wide garment.—Deriv. 
79. 

ε “70 obsol. root, Chald. "30 often 
in Targ. for Heb. 32%, to set in a row, 
to arrange in order. Hence “770, 
yim3o2, and 

ὙΠ. τὰ. order, plur. 570 Job 10. 
22,—Chald. id. Syr. {sp id. 


; WID obsol. root, prob. to go round 
in a circle, to be round; kindred with 
37, 99, q. v. Samar. i. q. “MO to sur- 
round. Talmud. “M0 a wall, fence. 
—Hence 3nd, “πο, DAN. 

“WI τη. roundness ; once Cant. 7, 3. 
“MOM jsX a basin of roundness i. e. 
a round basin or goblet.—Syr. [sux 


90 
Arab. , the moon, so called from 
its round form; comp. Ὁ, ΠΏ. 


ΠΟ τη. ὦ tower i.e. a round tower, . 


castle, fortress ; Syr. {Zp-sa0. arx, pala- 


tium. Hence “7m ma the towers 
΄ 


N10 
house, house of the fortress, spoken of a 
fortified prison, Gen. 39, 20-23. 40, 3. 5. 


B10 So, pr. ἢ. of an Egyptian king 
contemporary with Hoshea king of Israel 
2K. 17,4; Sept. Sau, Sova, Σοβά, Σω- 
Ba, Σουβά, Vulg. Sua; the Sevechus of 
Manetho, the second king of the Ethio- 
pian (X XV) dynasty in Upper Egypt, 
successor of Sabaco and predecessor of 
Tirhakah, πρῶ. According to Eu- 
seb. 12, he reigned 14 years. The name 
SBTK or SaBaToK on Egyptian mo- 
numents is regarded by Rosellini as 
Ethiopic; corresponding to which. is 
Egyptian Sevech and Seve (δ), 8‘). 
According to Champollion the name 
Sevech denotes an Egyptian deity repre- 
sented under the form of a crocodile, the 
Χρόνος (Saturn) of the Greeks; Pan- 
théon de l’Egypte no. 21, 22. On the 
accordance of sacred history with that 
of Egypt in that age, see Comm. on Is. 
I. p. 596. 


# 1,550, twice IW 2 Sam. 1, 22. 
Job 24, 2; fut. 30" Mic. 2, 6 like verbs 
$>, Lehrg. p. 407; to go off from, to 
draw back, to depart, espec. from God, 
c. 72 Ps. 80,19; absol. 53,4, Part. pass. 
Prov. 14, 14 35 350 drawn back in heart 
from God, ἃ backslider; comp. Ps. 44, 
19. 

Nipu. 3103, once 3102 2 Sam. 1, 22, 
fut. 110", inf. absol. 2103, to draw back, 
pr. to be made to draw back, to be turn- 
ed back; e.g. of a retreating enemy, 
often with “ims added, Ps. 35, 4 530° 
mens “ins let them be turned back and 
put to shame. 40, 15. 70, 3. 129, 5. Jer. 
46, 5; of others Is. 42, 17. 50,5. Once 
of a weapon, 2 Sam. 1, 22 site. With 
min ὙΓΙΗ͂ Ὁ 10 draw back from Jehovah, 
to make defection from him, i. q. Kal, 
 Zeph. 1, 6. Is. 59,13; and so without 
these words, id. Ps. 44, 19. 78, 57. 

Hipew. 3°00, in the Rabb. manner 
for 3707 (comp. in M43, MID, 74>), once 
fut. Ἀπ. Job 24, 2, apoc. 209; to remove, 
to put away ; Mic. 6, 14 "bpm Ndi ΔΘ 


thou shalt put away thy goods, but shalt . 


not save them, i.e. shalt put them away 
for safety. Spec. to remove a landmark, 
border, Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Hos. 5, 10. 
Prov. 22, 28. 23,10. Job 24, 2 Ἰλ 18; 
also Hos. 5, 10 in some Mss. 


714 





me | 


Horn. 387, i. q. Niph. to be turned 


away, turned back, with “inx, trop. Is. - 


59, 14. : 
Norts. Most lexicographers assume 
also a root 303, to which they refer 
Hiph. and Hoph. 3°87, 385; inf. Niph. 
ni? ; also fut. Kal 20". But this is un- 
necessary. 
Deriv. 390, 390, 37H. 


* 11.395 to hedge about, to enclose 
1.4. Heb. i, Syr. 4, Chald. 280. 
Part. pass. Cant. 7, 3. 

31 Ez. 22, 18 Cheth. i. q. 3° scoria. 


“30 τὰ. (τ. 930) pr. prison; then 
cage of alion Ez. 19,9. Sept. κημός͵ 
Vulg. caved. 


71D m. for Tid1 (r.707) 1. consessus, 
divan, a circle of persons sitting toge- 
ther, an assembly ; either of friends in 
familiar conversation Jer. 6, 11. 15, 17; 
or of judges in consultation, ὦ council, 
and hence of God consulting with those 
above Ps. 89,8. Job 15, 8. Jer. 23, 185 
also of wicked men plotting together 
Ps, 64, 3. 111, 1. Gen. 49, 6. Ez. 13, 9. 

2. familiar converse, intercourse, inti- 
macy, Ps. 55,15. Job 19,19 “Tid Ἴ my 
confidants, familiar friends. mim To 
converse with Jehovah, i. e. his favour. 
Ps. 25, 14. Prov. 3, 32. Job 29, 4.—Syr. 
γα, Arab. δα, id. | 

3. deliberation, consultation ; Prov. 15, 
22 Tid PRD without deliberation, opp. 
pgs? 32. Ps. 83, 4. | 

4. a secret, whence 720 (MP4) M28 to 
reveal a secret, Prov. 11, 13. 20,19. 25, 9. 
Am. 3, 7. 

“S410 (for m= tid confidant of Jehovah 
Sodi, pr. n. m. Num, 18,10, From ‘71, 


3 rie obsol. root, perh. to veil one 
J G-- 
self; comp. Mi S9 Ὁ hide, sy 4 


clothe oneself, S) vesture, external ἃ 
Hence M102, MIO. : 


5 a es! 


pearance. 
* TAD i. g. MMO to wipe away, 
sweep away. Hence pr. n. VIMO 
the two here following. 
TO Suah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 7, 36. 
TMM f. (r. mI) i. g. "MO, sweepe 
filth, dung. Is. 5,25 WES Sept. 


δ ee 








from r. MOD 


one) 


κοπρία, Vulg. quasi stercus, Targ. 
δ ΤΌ 3 .—Kimchi here regards the let- 
ter > as radical, so that NM302 would be 
to sweep out. But 


2 of compar. could here hardly be omitted. 


"DIO (for "wib, τ. nuw) Sotai, pr. n. 
m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 57. 


* 710 to anoint, spoken only of anoint- 
mg the body after washing or bathing, 
and thus differing from ΠΏ, which is 
used only of anointing for consecration ; 
kindr. with 303 I. Perhaps the primary 


‘idea of 330 may have been that of wip- 


ing, rubbing; comp. πιο, Gr. σώχειν.---- 
With acc. of pers. 2 Chr. 28, 15, and 3 
of the oil Ez. 16,9. Intrans. to anoint 
oneself, Ruth 3,3. Dan. 10; 3; acc. of 
ointment (comp. M2 Am. 6, 6), Deut. 
28, 40 Fiom NX> 72) but saith oil thou 
shalt not anoint thyself. Mic. 6, 15. 2Sam. 
14, 2. Sept. χρέω, ἀλείφω. 

Hien. to anoint oneself 2 Sam. 12, 20. 
—Bit Part. 7707 Judg. 3, 24 is 1. ᾳ. 7% 
covering, from 330. 

Deriv. Ox. 


727970 Chald. f. Dan. 3, 5. 10. 15, 
and Mem being dropped 572570 ν. 10 


Cheth. Syr. Laces, prob. a double pipe 


with a sack, bagpipe. It is the Greek 
word συμφωνία (see Polyb. ap. Athen. 
X. 52. p. 439. A. Casaub. _Isidor. Orig. 
Ill. 21 extr.) adopted into the Chaldee 
tongue, just as at the present day the 
like instrument is called in Italy sam- 
pogna and in Asia Minor sambonya. 
The Heb. intpp. well 3355. See the 
tract on Hebrew musical instruments 
entitled ΘΔ °L>w in Ugolini Thes. 
Vol. XXXII. p. pares. Thesaur. ἘΠ; 


* p.941. 


319 pr. ἢ. Syene, a city in the south- 
ern extremity of Egypt, on the Nile, 


4 situated directly under the tropic of 


Cancer. Copt. CO¥ AM, which Cham- 

pollion (Egypte sous les Phar. I. 164) 

explains opening, key, sc. of Egypt, from 

OEM to open, and C4. a participial 
ot 

formative. Arab. ,.,few! Aswan.—kEz. 


29, 10. 30,6, in both places in acc. to 
Syene. The 7% is prob. only for 7 local; 


but was not so taken by the punctators. 


715 





E10 


* DAD obsol. root, to leap, to bound, 
i. q. wiv; in Zabian spoken of the 
leaping and springing of horses; Nor- 
berg. III. p. 298. 3.—Hence 


DIO m. 1. a horse, so called from his 
leaping; Aram. O30, ἴω id. Gen. 
49, 17. Prov. 21, 31. Job 39, 18. al. 
Sing. often collect. horses, war-horses 
cavalry, Ex. 14, 9.23. Deut. 17, 16. 1 K. 
18, 5. al. .The Egyptians excelled in 
their cavalry, Ex. c..14. 15; also the 
Canaanites Josh. 11, 4..ὄ Judg. 4, 3. 7 sq. 
5, 22. 28; the Assyrians and Chaldeans 
Jer. 6, 23. 8,16. 50, 37. Hab. 1,8 sq. 
But the Hebrews appear to have had 
little taste for cavalry, Is. 30, 16. 36, 8; 
notwithstanding the efforts of Solomon 
1 K. 4, 16. 9,19. 10,26; and therefore 
placed the more confidence in Egypt, 
Is, 31,1. 36,9. Jer.4,13. The war-horse 
is described Job 39, 19 sq.—Meton. a 
horseman Zech. 1, 8. 

2. a swallow, so called from its swift 
and cheerful flight, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγάλλεσϑαι 
πτερύγεσσιν (comp. Il. 2. 462), Is. 38, 14 
and Jer. 8, 7 Cheth. where Keri 00. 
So Sept. Theod. Jerome. The Rabbins ᾿ 
render it a crane. See Bochart Hieroz. 
T. IL. p. 602 sq. 


mid f. a mare, the female horse, 
Cant. 1, 9; Sept. 7 ἵππος, which the 
Vulg. renders as a collective, equitatum. 
But the comparison of a bride to cavalry 
could hardly be elegant. 


"OAD (horseman) Susi, pr. ἢ. τη. Num. 
13, 11. 


* 910 obsol. root, Chald. >*mox to 
come together, to convene. Hence &3°0. 


ΘΟ fut. poy 1. Pr. to sweep or 
snatch away, to carry off ; kindr. with 
FON and mao. Hence mp. 

2. to make an end of, to destroy, see 
Hiph. but in Kal intrans. to have an end, 
to perish, Is. 66,17. Esth. 9,28. Here 
too we may refer 550 Ps. 73, 19 Milél, 
and 55d? Am. 3, 15 Milra on account of 
Vav conversive.—Syr. and Chald. id. 

Hipu. to sweep away, to make an end 
of, to destroy; Zeph. 1, 2. 3 5O% FON 
I will utterly sweep away ; also Jer. 8, 
13 DEON FON, J will utterly sweep them 
away; where the infin. absol. pleo 


Ὁ 


nastic in both passages is from the Kind- 
red verb OX no. 5. Comp. Is. 28, 28. 

Deriv. 0, MEAD. 

Ὁ Chald. id. to have an end, i. 6. to 
be fulfilled, e. g. a prophecy Dan. 4, 30. 
Comp. 422 no. 1 fin. 

Apu. to make an end of any thing 
Dan. 2, 44. 

IO m. (r. 980) end, a word of the 
later Hebrew, already verging towards 
Aramaism, i. q. YP, Ecce. 3,11. 7, 2. 12, 
13. 2 Chr. 20, 16. Of the rear of an 
army Joel 2, 20. 

Ὁ Chald. m. (r. 0) emphat. ΘΟ, 
end, Dan. 4, 8. 19. 6, 27. 7, 28. Targ. 
for YP. 

510 m. a rush, reed, sedge ; specially: 
a) sea-weed, sedge, Jon. 2, 6. Hence 
pio-o" the sea of sedge, i.e. the Arabian 
Gulf or Red Sea, which abounds in sea- 
weed, Ex. 10, 19. 13, 18. 15, 4. Num. 
14, 25. Deut. 1, 40. Ps. 106, 7. 9. 22. 136, 
13. al. Simpl. 570 id. Deut. 1,1; see in 
many. Called alsoin Egyptian (SOR 


ΠΟΔΌΣ i.e. the seaof weeds. See Mi- 
chaelis Suppl. p. 1726. Jablonski Opusce. 
ed. te Water T. I. p. 366. b) rushes, 
bulrushes, growing in the Nile, Ex. 2, 3. δ. 
Is. 19,6. See Plin. H. N. 13. 23. §45.— 
The etymology is obscure; perh. pr. 


$ oe : 
sword, like Arab. Wdsw, and so trans- 


ferred to coarse grass, q. d. sword-grass, 


as Copt. CHIE, CH&E, sword and 
also reed. In the Indo-European tongues 
we may compare also Lat. scirpus, sir- 
pus, old High Germ. sciluf, Germ. Schilf, 
Dan. sif, séf, the letter r being softened 
by degrees into /, and even into a vowel. 


MD ἢ (τ. 90) a whirlwind, hurri- 
cane, tempest, which sweeps away all 
before it, Job 21. 18. 27, 20. 37, 9. Prov. 
10, 25. Is. 17,13. With © parag. Mp 
Hos. 8,7. Plur. mipio Is. 21, 1. 


* 9D once “AW Hos. 9, 12, fut. "90%, 
conv. 90") Ex. 8, 27. Judg. 4, 18, which 
same form is found also in Hiph. 

1. to go off, to turn aside or away, to 

depart, c. a, ΣᾺ, ἘΣ. "INNA. ΕἸ. g. 
a) Froma place: Is. 52, 11 3440 4790 
nwa sxx depart, depart, get ye out from 
thence. Lam. 4,15. Num. 12,10. Espec. 


716 





"1D 


from a way 1 Sam. 6,12; metaph. Deut 
2, 27. 2K. 22,2. 2 Chr. 34,2; also Ex. 
32, 8. Deut. 9, 12. Is. 30, 11. al. So too 
from work, service, 2 Chr. 35, 15; from 
calamity, i. e. to escape from it, Job 15, 
30. Prov. 13, 14. 

b) From a person, Ex. 8, 7. 25. Ps. 6, 
9 depart from me, all ye workers of ini- 


_quity, let me alone. 119, 115. 139, 19. 


Job 21, 14. 22,17. With "589 fo turn 
aside from afier any one, to desist from 
following him, 2 Sam. 2, 21-23; ο. jim 
to depart from among, 1 Sam. 15, δ᾽ 9, 
>32 to depart from the alliance of any 


- one, Is. 7, 17.—Often of things which 


depart from any one, leave him, e. g. 
leprosy Lev. 13, 58; a yoke, c. 532 Is. 
10, 27; the sword 2 Sam. 12, 10; the 
divine anger Ez. 16, 42; the punitive 
hand of God 1 Sam. 6, 3; an evil spirit 
from God 1 Sam. 16, 23; folly Prov. 27, 
22; defence Num. 14, 9; the sceptre 
i.e. empire Gen. 49,10. So Prov. 11, 
22 a fair woman B22 M20 who depart- 
eth from discretion, i. e. who is without 
discretion.—Spec. 

aa) to turn away from God, to depart, 
i.e. to fall away from his worship, to 
apostatize, c. 2 Is.17,5; "9982 1 Sam. 
12, 20. 2 K. 18, 6. Job 34, 27; bya Jer. 
32, 40. Ez. 6,9; once 6. 3, Hos. 7, 14 
"299905, like 3 DUB. 

bb) to depart from the law or the di- 
vine precepts, as from the right way 
(comp. Is. 30, 11); ο. }2 Deut. 7, 20. 
Josh. 23, 6. 1 K. 15, 5. Ps. 119, 102; 
by 2K. 10, 31; once 6. ace. 2 Chr. 8, 15 
323 mixa 0 ND they departed not — 
from the commandment of the king ; but 
3 Mss. read mix. Contra, not to de- 
part from sin, i. q. not to leave-it, 6. 77 
2 K. 3, 3. 13, 2.6.11; dy 10, 31. 15,18; : 
“x72 10, 29. 

ec) 312 790 to depart from evil, to 
avoid it by doing right, often joined with 
DTN NT, Ps. 34, 15. 37, 27. Prov.3, 
7. Job 1, 1.8. Is. 59, 15. al. 

dd) God is said to depart from men, 
when he forsakes them, withholds his 
aid and favour, c. 032 1 Sam. 16, 14. 18, 
12; ἘΣ 28, 15. 16. Judg. 16, 20. 

Absol. in various senses, 6. g. ἃ) to 
turn away from God, to apostatize, comp. 
above in lett. aa; Deut. 11, 16. Ps. 14 
3. Jer. 5, 23. Dan. 9,11. 8) to depart 


vy 


"10 


i e. to pass away, 1 Sam. 15, 32 the bit- 
_ terness of death is past. Hos*4,18. So 








6,7; envy 11,13. +) to be taken away, 
_ removed. 1 K. 15, 14 and the high places 
were not taken away. 22, 44. 2 K. 12, 4. 
14,4. 15, 4. Job 15, 30. 
2. With a preposition implying motion 
away into a place, to turn aside to a place 
or person, sc. from the way. So with 
ἘΝ of pers. Gen. 19, 3 προ 870") and 
| they turned in unto him. Judg. 4, 18; of 
place Gen. 19, 2. Judg. 19, 12 "803 ND 
9922 797>N we will not turn aside ‘into 
the city of a stranger. 1 Sam. 22, 14 who 
turneth in unto (hath access to) thy pri- 
_ vate audience. With H— local, as "Ὁ 
_ aw 10 turn aside thither Judg. 18, 15; 
nant "10 Prov. 9, 4.16; with adv. "40 
Di ‘Judg. 18, 3. 19, 15. ‘With d9 to turn 
aside towards any one, e. g. to fight with 
him 1K. 22,32. Absol. to turn aside and 
: Go toany place; Ex. 3,3 58738) NITION 
_ Iwill turn aside now, and see. v. 4. Judg. 
14, 8. Ruth 4,1. 1 K. 20, 39. Jer. 18, 5. 
δἰγρή. ΠΌΤ, fut. conv. "0" which 
can be distinguished from the like fut. 
_ of Kal only by the context, Gen. 8, 13. 
80, 35. al. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make de- 
part, to remove, to put away, in any man- 
‘ner, with acc. and often 472, 532; e.g. by 
driving Gen. 30, 32; by exite 2 K. 17, 
B18 ; by uncovering Gen: 8, 13; by cut- 
ting off or away Lev. 1, 16. 8, 4. 10. 15. 
Is. 18, 5. 1 Sam. 17, 46. So the hand 
from one’s head, UX" 53% Gen. 48, 17; 
a ring from the finger Gen. 41, 42; gar- 
“ments from any one Zech. 3, 4. Gen. 38, 
' 14. 1 Sam. 17, 39; a crown Job 19,9; 
_ the head from any one, to behead, 1 Sam. 
+17, 46. 2 Sam. 4,7. 16,9. 2K. 6, 32; 
ahedge Is. 5,5; idolg, idol-worship from 
aland 1 K. 15, 12. 2K. 3. 2. 2 Chr. 14, 
| 2. Is. 36,7; innocent blood 1 K. 2, 31, 
ἱ Rete. Deut. 7, 15. Josh. 7, 13. 1 Sam. 17, 
26; also Is. 1, 16. Job 27, 5. 2 Sam. 7, 
15. More rarely of men to remove, to 
pul away from a land, i.e. to expel, 1 
| Sam. 28, 3. 2 K. 17, 18: also from ἃ 

station, power, 2 Chr. 15, 16. Is. 10, 13 
[have removed the bounds of the people, 
i. e. have moved them forwards, extend- 
ed them.—Spec. to remove is a) i. q. 
to take away, comp. in Kal no. 1. y ; 68- 


τι 


of clamour Am. 6, 7; the guilt of sin Is. 





mio 


pec. the right of any one Job 27, 2. 34, 
5; 6. 2 Job 12, 30. b) to turn away 
Sra the warshis of God, 6. "2982 Deut. 
7,4. Prov. 28, 9. Job 33, 17 DIN “ΠΌΠ9 
nes, where it should probably read 
nes ; ; comp. Sept. c) to take back, 
to reteiade a promise Is. 31,2. d) toturn 
away the prayer of a suppliant, Ps. 66, 
20. e) toturnor put aside, i. 6. to leave 
undone, to neglect, Josh. 11, 15. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
turn aside to any one, c. "2% 2 Sam. 6, 
10. 

Hopu. "057 to be removed Lev. 4, 31. 
35. 1 Sam. 21, 7. Dan. 12, 11. Is. 17, J 
"7379 “ova pps Dosmascup shall be re- 
moved (taken away) from among the 
cities, i. e. destroyed. 

Pr. “ΠΟ i. q. Hiph. to turn asidea 
way, fo cause to deflect from the true 
course, and so to lead into calamity, 
Lam. 3, 11; comp. v. 9. 

Deriv. W730, "30", pr. ἢ. 0, and 

ΠΟ m. 1. Part. pass. i. ᾳ. "052 re- 
moved, i.e. driven out, (comp. 1 Sam. 28, 
3.) Is, 49, 21 HAd1 nb} cm bate aan 
ditoen cut. Jer. 17, 13 Keri "5D those re- 
moved from me, i.e. who have departed. 

2. a degenerate branch or shoot, comp. 
the root no 1. aa, bb. Jer. 2,21 "550 
M2322 ἼΞ3Γ degenerate shoots of a strange 
vine. 

3. Sur, pr. n. of a gate of the temple, 
only 2 K. 11,6. In the parall. passage 
2 Chr. 23, 5 it is called iow ἜΣΘ the 
foundation gate; and this is preferable. 


* PAO or MO in Kal not used, to 
stimulate, to incite. This root is want- 
ing in all the kindred dialects, and is 
perhaps secondary, derived from τ εἰ 
thorn, goad, stimulus. 

Hipu. ΤῸ and mon Jer. 38, 22, fut. 
mo" and n°" Is. 36, 18, conv. Mom 2 
Sam. 24, 1; part. m0 2 Chr. 32, 11; to 
incite, to impel, to move, often in a bad 
sense ; followed by an ace. and inf. c. >, 
1 Chr. 21, 1 and (Satan) moved (ro) 
David to number Israel. 2 Chr. 18, 2. 
Acc. simpl. to seduce, Deut. 13, 7. 1 K. 
21, 25 Ahab... whom Jezebel his wife 
mmon incited, seduced; where ΠΡΌ is 
for ΠΛ ΛΌΓΙ, ilinerige the au logy ‘of 
verbs 39, as if from ἃ root mmo. Jer. — 
38, 22. Ie 36, 18 lest Hezekiah ‘seduce 


. 


nid 
you. 2 K. 18, 32.2 Chr. 32,11. 15. So 
of a thing indifferent, Josh. 15, 18. Judg. 
1, 14.—With ace. of pers. and 3 to incite, 
to stir up, to provoke, against any one, 
1 Sam. 26, 19. 2 Sam. 24, 1. Job 2, 3. 
Jer. 43, 3. With 7, to incite, or entice 
away from a pers. or place, to move to 
depart ; 2 Chr. 18, 31 and God nn701 
123 incited them from him, moved 
them to leave him. Job 36,16 and even 
THEE would he have led away out of the 
strait.—Difficult is Job 36, 18 ΠΏ 2 
95 ΟΝ ἼΕΞΓΞῚ) PRL? 4}707 778, usually 
thus rendered: if there be anger (from 
God, if God be angry), beware lest he 
drive thee forth with chastisement ; then 
great ransom cannot turn thee away sc. 
from punishment. But such a meaning 
of M"Om is not elsewhere found, and 15 
not accordant with its usual ascertained 
signification. Others: beware lest one 
seduce thee with abundance ; and let not 
great ransom (wealth) turn thee away ; 
here Ppw may indeed be abundance, i. q. 
PHO Job 20, 22; and πη" ΓΒ may be 
taken impersonally; but "5229 can 
hardly be put for wealth in general, and 
M2" is not accounted for. See Thesaur. 
p. 945, 946. 


TNO m. ἅπαξ heyou. Gen. 49, 11. a gar- 
ment, clothing, usually regarded as by 
apheresis for MI0D (τ. MOD), which the 
Sam. Cod. gives in full; see the author’s 
Comment. de Pent. Sam. p. 33, and 
Lehrg. p. 136.—Better to take it as con- 
tracted from ΤΌ (τ. MIO, as MOD from τ. 
MOD) a garment ; comp. ἢ ΠΣ veil. So 
Aben Ezra. Thesaur. p. 700, 941. 


i amd 1. i. ᾳ. Arab. 4S’, to drag, 
fo draw along upon the ground, e. g.a 
dead body 2 Sam. 17, 13. Jer. 15, 3 
Iwill send ... sod O75 sbon-ny the doge 
to drag hei about. 22, 19. 49, 20. 

2. to pull or tear in pieces ; whence 

Mad f. a tearing in pieces, Jer. 38, 
11.12 mianen >a old torn clothes, rags, 
clouts. 


*FIMd to sweep away, to wipe off, 


only in Prat "n-M> Ez. 26, 4.—Arab. ee 
id. Syr."JZaun a broom, brush, Chald. 


mmo to wash. Kindred roots are Amd 
(whence "70,M0) and Mo .—Hence 


718 





“nod 


TIO m. sweepings, offscouring, trop. 
for any thing worthless, Lam. 3, 45. 
Comp. Gr. περίψημα id. 1 Cor. 4, 13.— 
Chald. 8m°nd dung. 


WD ἅπ. λεγόμ. 2 K. 19, 29, for which 
in the parall. passage Is. 37, 30 is found 
om, chat which grows of itself the third 


_ year “after sowing ; on which compare 


Strabo XI. 4. 3. p. 502 Casaub. Comp. 
mpo. Sept. 2K. 1. 6. τὰ ἀνατέλλοντα, 
Vulg. gue sponte, nascuntur. The ety- 
mology see under O°F1. 


πο 1. pr. to scrape, i. q. Ὡπῶ ; 
also Sieve. to scrape away, to sweep 
away with violence, as rain which 
sweeps all before it, "M0 "2 Prov. 28, 
3.—Arab. _as to scrape i. e.. shave 


9 nie 9. ΄ 

the head; WS and KAAS a violent 
sweeping rain, torrent. 

2. to bear down, to cast down, to the 
ground. Syr. sun id. Hence 

Nipu. to be prostrated, overthrown, 
Jer. 46,15. Others: to be swept away, 
from Kal no. 1. 


ene fut. "170". 1. to go about, to 
travel around in a land, to migrate as 
nomades, with acc. of country Gen. 34, 
10. 21. With 5x to go about or migrate 
into a land, Jer. 14, 18.—Kindred is "71 
q. v. Chald. "m0 very freq. in the Tar- 
gums for Heb. ΞΞΌ. Syr. spec. to travel 
about as a mendicant. In the Arab. 
verbs and the notion of going 


about is very doubtful, and is not sup- 
ported by the usus loquendi. 

2. Spec. to travel around, to traverse 
countries as a merchant, in order to buy 
or sell ; hence to trade, to traffic, ἐμπο-. 
gevouct. Gen. 43,34 ἡΠΌΤΙ PINAKTAN 
and ye may traverse the land sc. to buy 
grain, to traffic i init. Part “πὸ a trader, 
merchant, ἔμπορος, Gen. 23, 16. 37, 28. 
Ez. 97,21. 36. ΡΠ MS the king’s tra- 
ders, who made journeys in order to pur-— 
chase wares for him, 1 K. 10,28. 2 Chr. 
1, 16. Also of traders by sea Prov. 
31, 14. Is. 23, 2. Ez. 38, 13. Fem. 
mono a female trader) merchant; Ez 27, 
12. 16.18. Metaph. to have commerce, 
intercourse, with any one, Is. 47, 15.—In_ 
Aramean and Arabic the idea of traffick- 


δ π)." 
ing is expressed by the kindred verbs 


° oi 
΄΄σ. 


“3h, κΞ 
Pitp. “3770 to move about rapidly, 


_ e. g. of the heart,i. 6. to palpitate strong- 


_ ments, Esth. 1, 6. 
of black marble, comp. Syr. [25cum 
lapis niger tinctorius (Ὁ and 8 being in- 
_ terchanged) ; or, better, marble marked 


shielded marble, comp. Mnd. 
mann (Hebrdaerin III. p. 363) supposes 
“© to be tortoise-shell, consisting as it 


ly, Ps. 38, 11. 
Deriv. "702 and the five following. 


WD τὴ. constr.2m9 1. ἃ mart, em- 
porium, Is. 23, 3. 

2. What is gained from traffic, profit, 
wealth, Is. 45, 14. 


“MO m. profit, gain, from merchandise 
Is. 23, 18. Hence of any gain, profit, 
Prov. 3, 14 ὨΌΞ-"ΠΘῸ HAND 319 3 for 
her (wisdom’s) gain is better than that 
of silver, i. 6. to gain her is better than 
to gain silver. 31, 18. 


MIMO f. (r.N0) traffic, merchandise, 
for concr. merchants, Ez. 27,15 nn 
72, 1. ᾳ. FIT MN v. 21, i.e. merchants 
at thy hand, ready at hand. 
main f. a shield, so called from sur- 
ending and protecting a person, Ps. 

Fs Comp. Chald. "md to surround ; 
οἰ Zapaato tower, castle. R. “πο. 

MIMO f. in pause mand a kind of 
costly stone used in tesselated pave- 
It is either a species 


with round spots like shields, spotted or 
Hart- 


_ were of shields, comp. M70; but this 
_ would hardly be interspersed in a pave- 








δι ment with various kinds of marble. 
QD see wid. 


a-y--) plur. i. ᾳ. ΘΟ, pr. deviations 
from the right way, i. e. transgressions, 


| Ps. 101, 8. R. vw. 


ΔΓ τη. (r. 430) Ez. 22, 18 Keri (Che- 
thibh 390), and plur. 0°3°0, pr. what 


goes off from metal, recedanea, i.e. a) 


scori@, dross, Prov. 25, 4.0372 "Δ" Ὁ i374 
separate the dross from the silver. 26, 23 
ἘΠ Ὁ 203 dross-silver i. 6. not yet re- 
fined. b) base metal, originally mixed 
with the finer and separated from it by 
smelting, see 5.13. Ez. 22, 18.19. Is. 1, 
22. 25. 


719 





"Ὁ 


Nore. For ©"3"0 we find in several 
Mss. and printed editions 0°30 Is. 1, 22. 
25. Ez. 22, 18. 19; comp. Lehrg. p. 145. 
The former is preferable. 


TNO m. Sivan, Esth. 8, 9, the third 
month of the Hebrew year, from the new 
moon of June to the new moon of July. 
The form admits a Heb. etymology, e. g. 
from a root "Ὁ i.g. J70, JRO; or from 
""Ό 1. ᾳ. Ἐν, Ἢ q.v. Better, with Ben- 
fey, to regard it as of Persian origin, like 
the other names of months’; the name of 
the corresponding Persian month being 


Sefend-armez doy! didrul, . Zend. 


gpenti drmaiti, Pehlv. Sapand-omad. 
Monathsn. p. 13, 41 sq. 122 sq. 


JMO (sweeping away, i. e. a warrior 
sweeping all before him, r. M0) Sthon, 
pr. n. of a king of the Amorites at Hesh- 
bon Num. 21, 21. 23. Ps. 135, 11. al. 
Hence the city of Sihon i.e. Heshbon, - 
Num. 21, 28. In Jer. 48, 45 jim"0 1.3" 
is prob. for πο ma from the hor 
(city) of Sihon ; comp. Num. 21, 28. 


“ yo obsol. root, prob. to be miry; 


kindr. with }80; whence Chald. 779; 
Syr. fis mire, i. gq. Chald. 2, Svr. 


2, Arab. cpa. 

TO (mire) Sin, pr.n. 1. Pelusium,a 
city situated among marshes at the 
north-eastern extremity of Egypt, in a 
tract now entirely covered by the sea, 
Ez. 30, 15.16. Comp. Strabo XVII. p. 
802. In Arabic it is called Rink i.e. 
marsh; and also Boys Farameh ; which 


latter is from the Egyptian peporss 
i. e. miry place, from q art. masc. €p to 


be, and OX mire; see Champollion 
Egypte II. p. 82sq. Sept. Σαΐς, cod. 
Alex. Tavis. 

2. The desert of Sin, westward of 
Mount Sinai on the coast of the Sinus 
Herodpolitanus or Gulf of Suez, Ez. 16, 
1. 17, 1. Num. 33, 12. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 106. 


"2D pr. ἢ. Sinai, Gr. Σινά, Σινᾶ, a 
mountain or rather mountainous tract in 
the Arabian peninsula lying between 


' the two gulfs of the Red Sea, and cele- 


brated as the place where the Mosaic 


rae 


law was given; Ex. 16, 1. Num. 33, 16. 
Deut. 33, 2. Judg. 5, 5. Ps. 68, 9. 18. 
Fully "299 "3 Ex. 19, 11 sq. 24, 16. 34, 
4. 29. 32. Lev. 7, 38. 25, 1. 26,46. 27, 34. 
al. [The proper Sinai is a lofty ridge 
between two deep and very narrow val- 
leys; the northern end impends perpen- 
dicularly over a narrow plain er-Rahah ; 
the southern rises into a higher summit, 
the modern Jebel Misa. In the 8. W. 
beyond the deep valley is another ridge, 
on which is the summit St. Catharine. 
The place of the giving of the law was 
prob. the north end of the first ridge. 
The Arabic name for the whole moun- 
tain is now Jebel et-Tur, alt. See 
a full description of Sinai with a Map in 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 129 sq. 139 sq. 
148 sq. 157 sq. 175sq.—R.] The desert 
around the mountain was called "27% 
"3°0, Ex. 19, 1.2. Lev. 7, 38.’ Num. 1, 
1.19. 9, 1. al—The etymology is un- 
known. 


"2° pr. ἢ. the Sinite, a people prob. 
near Mount Lebanon Gen. 10,17. 1 Chr. 
1,15. Strabo mentions here a city Sinna, 
- XVI. 2.18. p.756 Casaub. Jerome also, 
Quest. Heb. in Gen. ad h.1. speaks of a 
place Sinz not far from Arca. 


B72"0, whence 072" γον land of the 
Sinim Is. 49, 12, where the context im- 
plies a remote country situated in the 
eastern or southern extremity of the 
earth ; prob. the Sinenses, Chinese, whose 
country is Sina, China. This very an- 
cientand celebrated people was known to 
the Arabians and Syrians by the name 


epee <3) ΕΝ Sin, Tsini ; anda 


Hebrew writer might well have heard 
of them, especially if sojourning in Baby- 
lon, the metropolis as it were of all Asia. 
This name appears to have been given 
to the Chinese by the other Asiatics ; for 
the Chinese themselves, though not un- 
acquainted with it, do not employ it; 
either adopting the names of the reign- 
ing dynasties, or ostentatiously assuming 
nigh: -sounding titles, 6. g. Tchung-kue 
‘central empire,’ etc. But when this 
name was thus given them by other na- 
tions, and whence it was Ccerived, is mat- 
ter of question. Not improbably the, 
opinion of those writers is correct, who 


720 





κι" z 


suppose the name 6"3"0, Sinenses, to 
come from the fourth dynasty, called 
Tshin, which held the throne from 249 
to 206 B. €. see Du Halde Deser. de la 
Chine T.I.§1,andp. 306. Abel Rému- 
sat Nouveaux Mélanges Asiatiques II. 
Ῥ. 334 sq. To say nothing of the people 
called 7'shinas and spoken of in the laws 
of Menu, the name of this dynasty may 
have become widely known among for- 
eign nations long before it acquired the 
sovereign power over all China. See 
more in Thesaur. p. 949, 950.—Others, 
who reject this application of the name 
to the Chinese, understand the inhabi- 
tants of Pelusium (comp. }"0),-and by 
synecd. the Egyptians ; so Bochart Pha- 
leg 4. 27; or the inhabitants of Syene, 
comp. 7230. Sept. γῆ Περσῶν. 


Ὁ" Ὁ a swallow, Jer. 8,7 Keri for 030 
no. 2. q. V. 


ἐς Ὁ (battle-array, comp. Syriac 
ἵζμολυ; perh. for Ὁ“ Ὁ, from r. ""0 
i. q. yw to spring upon, to make an on- 
set) Sisera, pr.n?m. a) A military 
commander under Jabin king of the Ca- 


naanites, Judg. 4,2 sq. Ps. 83,10. Ὁ) 
Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55. 


δὰ Ὁ (congregation, as in Syr. and 
Chald. r. 930) Sia, pr. n.m. Neh. 7, 
47; for which 8M" Siaha Ezra 2, 44, 
which latter seems to be a corruption 
made up from the two forms 83" and 
ΠΣ. Comp. 5°O"5). — 


TnI" Dan. 3,10 Cheth. for 7335240 
ᾳ. Vv. 


*""O' mid. Yod, to boil up, to effer- 


vesce, comp. Arab. yl to spring up, to 
effervesce as wine ; ae rage, as anger, a 
fever; Heb. "XW and ἜΝΘ to ferment, 
""3 to boil up, to ferment.—Hence 


YO m. Jer. 1,13; fem. Ez. 24, 6. 

1. a pot, pr. for boiling, and then genr. 
2 Κι. 4, 38 sq. Job 41, 32. Ez. 11, 3. 7. 
24, 3.6. al. war o> Ex. 16, 3. Jer. 1, 
13 55) “Ὁ see inr, MH) no. 2. Ps. 60, 
10 “07 “Ὁ ari Moab shall be my pot 
(basin) of washing, i. €. my wash-pot, 
wash-basin, in contempt for ‘I will use 
her as the meanest vessel.’ Plur. ΓΟ 
pots Ex. 38, 3. 1K.7, 45. 2K. 25, 14, al. 


Am. 4, 2. 


Jer. 2, 21. 


no 


2. Plur. ὉΠ and nino Ps. 58, 10. 
a) thorns, briars, so called 
from the idea of springing up, efferves- 
cing, in allusion to the luxuriant and 
redundant growth ol wild plants; comp. 
¢. ἌΣ. and art. "372 no. 2. Is. 34, 13. 
Hos. 2,8. So in the paronomasia Ecc. 
7,6: "90 mam ΠΛ DIP 2 as the crack- 
ling of thorns under a pot. Poet. a thicket 
of thorns or briars is an emblem of wick- 
edness; Nah. 1, 10 59329 Β΄. ΠΟ ἜΣ inter- 
woven like to han, see inr. ἈΞ 30, also 7 
B. 2. ¢; cothp. Mic.'7' 4. Ez. 2 6. Diffi- 
cult is Ps. 58, 10 ὈΞ Ὁ 93933 DADA 
ἼΩΝ before men marked your thorns, loa 
thorn-bush ! i.e. swiftly and unexpected: 
ly the wicked grew up; but, whether 
quick or burning, God will storm tt away, 
i.e. God will destroy them with the 
same swiftness. Others here take Ὁ 
as pots, i. 6. before your pots can feel the 
thorn-bush (fire of thorns Ecc. 7,6) God 
will sweep it away; the figure being 
taken from travellers in the desert, who 
build a fire which the wind sweeps away. 
b) hooks for fishing? from their resem- 
blance to thorns, Am. 4,2; comp. min. 
Nore. In former editions I have re- 
ferred D°""D thorns to the root "30, as 
denoting pr. recedanea, degenerated or 
wild parts of a shrub, comp. 45353 ,"750 
But it is better to refer 
both signifeations of "> to the same 


origin. 


MO see τ. MID. 


JO m. un. deyou. a multitude of peo- 


; ple, Ps. 42,5. So all the versions and 
intpp. and so the context requires, al- 


ἱ 


though in assigning the etymology there 


isa great diversity. There can be little 
doubt that it is pr. a thicket of trees, a 
thick wood, here poet. for a dense crowd 


of men, from r. 320; comp. 9 no. 2. 
Comp. also "2" of a hostile troop, Is. 10, 
18. 19. 34. | 


JO m. (r. 720) ὁ. suff. 130, once ἽΞ:Ὸ 
Ps. 76, 3 in some editions. 

1. a booth, hut, Ps. 27,5. Poet. fora 
tabernacle, fwalling. Ps. 76, 3. 

‘2. a covert of trees, as the lair of wild 
beasts, Ps. 10, 9. Jer. 25, 38. 


: Plo obsol. root, i. ᾳ. 3B to look 
upon. Hence pr. ἢ. 9202. 
6] 


121 





"20 


M20 f (τ. 429) constr. 30, pio. 
midd. 

1. ἃ booth, hut, made of green boughs 
and branches interwoven, as a shelter 
from the sun Gen. 33, 17. Jon. 4, 5. Is. 
4,6; or for a watchman in a garden or 
vineyard, Is. 1, 8. Job 27, 18; or for the 
Jewish festival of booths Lev. 23, 34. 42. 
Nah. 8, 15-17; whence the festival it- 
self is called Mid60 3M the festival of the 
booths, feast of the tabernacles, Lev. 23, 
34. Deut. 16, 13. al. Once by way of 
contempt of a small ruined house, Engl. 
hut, Am. 9, 11. Elsewhere also of tents 
for soldiers, 2 Sam. 11, 11. 1 K. 20, 12. 
16. Poet. of the dwelling of God Ps. 18, 
12. Job 36, 29.—2 K. 17, 30 niza mi2o 
the booths of the ΕΊΤΕ usually ta- 
ken for booths in which the maidens 
prostituted themselves in the Babylo- 
nian manner ; see Hdot. 1. 199, and art. 
ΠΡ. Perhaps it should read miso 
mina the booths in high places, conse- 
crated to idols; see ini22 no. 3. 

2. a covert, as the lair of the lion, 
Job 38, 40. 


MD9 (booths) Succoth, pr. n. 1. A 
town in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 27; 
on the east of the Jordan Judg. 8, 5. 1 
K. 7, 46. For its origin see Gen. 33, 
17. Midd pee Ps. 60, 8. 108, 8, the valley 
of Succoth, in which the town stood, 
perh. part of the valley of the Jordan, 
el-Ghor. 

2. The first station of the Israelites 
in the desert, on the Egyptian side of 
the Red Sea, Ex. 12, 37. 13, 20. Num. 
33, 5. 

8. Succoth-benoth, see in 20 no. 1. 


ΓΟ ΕΝ 29) i. q. 130, a tent, ta- 
bernacle, which the japlatrous Israelites 
constructed in the desert in honour of 
an idol, like the tabernacle of the cove- 
nant in honour of Jehovah, Am. 5, 26; 
see on this passage in art. 1352. Comin, 
the σκηνὴ ἱερά of the Carthaginians 
Diod. Sic. 20. 65. 


B29 (dwelling in booths) Sukkiim, 
pr. n. of an African people mentioned 
along with the Libyans and Ethiopians, 
2 Chr. 12,3. Sept. Vulg. Troglodytes, 


_ who dwelt along the coast of Ethiopie: | 


and also in Arabia. 


730 


ἐπ 729, once 20 Ex. 33, 22; fut. 
WO}- 

1. to interweave, to weave, to interlace, 
espec. boughs and branches as a screen 
or to form a booth or hut, 120; hence 
to hedge, to fence, see Hiph. ‘Kindred 
roots are 77, 310 II, 702 Π. In Kal 
poet. Ps. 139, 13 "ὮΝ 233 "220H thou 
hast woven me in my mother’s womb, 
comp. Job 10, 11.—Since booths as well 
as hedges were built for the protection 
and security of men, and also of gardens 
and vineyards, hence 429 is 

2. tocover,i.e. a) to shelter, to pro- 
tect, to cover by way of protection, pr. as 
boughs and trees, with two acc. Job 40, 
22 [17] oz pubes 8D" the lotus-trees 
cover him with their shade. With > Ps. 
140, 8. Ὁ) Genr. to cover, with ace. of 
covering and >, to cover over, Ex. 40, 
3. 33, 22; acc. impl. 1 K. 8, 7 32053 
ἜΝ ὈΠΞῚΞΠ and the cherubim cov- 
ered the ark, lit. they covered over the 
ark. Ex. 25, 20. 37, 20. 1 Chr. 28, 18. 
Absol. Ez. 98, 14. 16. Intrans. to cover 
oneself, to hide, Lam. 3, 44 4333 M20. 
vy. 43.—Parr. 920 pr. covering ; hence 
a shed, mantlet, vinea, used in besieging 
cities, Nah. 2, 6. 

Hiru. 70", fut. conv. 50", i. q. Kal. 

1. tohedge in, to fence around, Job 38, 
8; 6. ἽΣΞ 3,23. i 

2. to cover, c. 99 Ex. 40, 21. Also to 
protect, c. by Ps. 5, 12, > Ps. 91,4. on 
37227 1 Sam. 24, And Judg. 3, 24, to 
cover the feet, an euphemism for to ease 
oneself, to satisfy a call of nature; so 
correctly Josephus Ant. 6. 13, 4, the 
Talmudists Buxt. Lex. Talmud. 1472, 
and so Sept. παρασκευάσασϑαι i. q. ἀπο- 
oxsvacard at, ἀνασχευάσασϑαι. Atleast, 
in accordance with Kimchi’s opinion, it 
is to void urine, which among Asiatic 
nations the men also do in a sitting pos- 
ture, covering themselves with the folds 
of their wide garments.—Others: 10 lie 
down for sleep ; so Syr. 1 Sam. 1. c. and 
also Josephus (inconsistently) Ant. 5. 4. 
2; but in that case no such circumlocu- 
tion was necessary. See Muntinghe in 
Diss. Lugdd. p. 1160. J. D. Michaelis 
Supplem. p. 1743. 

Pitp. 3030 to inflame, to incite, to 
alatonash ; Is. 9, 10 "930" ἜΑ Ν ΓΝ and 


722 





20 


his (Ephraim’s) enemies God will arouse. 

19,2 ΠΣ ῺΞ D2 ΏΞΌΞΌ Iwill arouse 
the Egyptians against the Egyptians. So 
Sept. Targ. Syr. Vulg. and this is well 
illustrated from the Talmudic usage by 
Abulwalid; see Thesaur. p. 951.—Others 
with Schultens, to cover with arms. to 


Ge 
arm; comparing Arab. Suis id. 
Deriv. 99, ἢ (Fw), MBO, ποθ, MADD,» 
702, 7209, 79, pr. n. miso, n=z0. 


J20, see r. 20 no. 2, Part. 


M220 (enclosure) Secacah, pr. n. of a 
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 
61. 


x 220 in Kal not used, to be foolish ; 
well to be distinguished from the verb 
>> to look at, which has nearly the 
same sound. Corresponding are >®2 
no. 2.b. Syr. Aph. ‘Sf to act fool- 
ishly, impiously, Chald. 50x id. 

Piri to make foolish, i. 6. vain, fruit- 
less, to frustrate, 6. g. counsel 2 Sam. 
15, 31. Is. 44, 25. Comp. din. 

Hipn. to act foolishly, with ὩΣ Gen. 
31, 28; simpl. 1 Sam, 26, 21. —Aram. 
Aph. itt: 

Nien. 1. to act foolishly, pr. to show 
oneself foolish, 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Chr. 
16, 9. 

2. to do wickedly, 2 Sam. 24, 10. 1 Chr. 
21,8. Comp. >"02; 539, etc. : 

Deriv. the three following. 


220 m. foolish Jer. 4, 22. 5, 21. Ecc. 
2, 19. 7, 17.—Syr. {law id. 
230 m. folly, concer. fools Ecc. 10, 6. 


miead £. (r. 530) folly, found only in 
Ecclesiastes, c. 2, 3. 12. 13. 7, 25. 10,1. 
13. Once ΡΝ id. Ecce. 1, 17. —Syr. id. | 


| 





*190 fat. joo. 1. Pr. i. ᾳ. Ἰ5 
<,Suw, to dwell, c. ace. pers. with whom. 

2. to be familiar with any one, ¢o as- 
sociate with, from the idea of dwelling 
together in the same tent or house. 
Hence Part. {20 an associate, compan- 
ion, friend, e. g. of a king Is. 22, 15. 
Fem. ri20 a female friend, attendant, 1 
K. 1,2. 4. Comp. Hiph.—Hence 

3. With > and 5» of pers. to do kin : 
ness to any one, to benefit, Job 22, 2. 35 








» 


with any one, c. 6» Job 22, 21. 
with any thing, and hence to know, ὁ 


"20 


3; absol. 15, 3. Intrans. to profit, Job 
34, 9. R 

4. i.g. Arab. <pXuw Conj. I, IV, V, 
to be poor, needy, see Pual and ἸΞΌ, 
mi3D070. Ν Many have despaired οἵ find- 
ing an accordance between this signifi- 
cation and the others; but it probably 
comes from the notion of being seated, 
which is kindred with that of dwelling. 
The idea of being seated is closely con- 
nected with that of sitting down, of sink- 
ing from languor and debility ; comp. 
(λα to sit, Conj. IV pass. to be com- 


pelled to sit, 1o be lame; ae ales’ 
Epes a 
weak, feeble man; also sedé@re and sidére. 


> 
Arab. τιν and Heb. j20 therefore 
are pr. to be sunk in one’s affairs, to be 
ruined, comp. 72, 322: 

Nipu. i. q. Chald. Ithpa. to be endan- 
gered. Kec. 10, 9 whoso cleaveth wood 
is endangered thereby. This significa- 
tion is foreign from the other meanings 
of the verb; but it may be perhaps a 
denominative from }">W knife, axe, q. v. 
and hence Zo cut oneself, to be wounded, 
as Vulg. vulnerabitur. 

Puat part. }20% impoverished, see Kal 
no. 4. Is. 40, 20 Tran j20%7 he that is 
Siipoverished by an oblation, i. 6. who 


ness in the camel’s foot ; 


has little to offer. 


Hiew. F200 1. to acquaint oneself 


Also 


acc. Ps. 139,3 ΠΙΣΞΌΓΙ "275-52 all my 
ways thou knowest, art acquainted with. 


2. to be accustomed, to be wont, c. inf. 
et > Num. 22, 30. 


Deriv. }30, M2207. 
ae “20 in Kal not used, i. q. fo shut 


| up, to close-—Chald. id. Syr. Arab. -a0, 


. os, 


ΙΡΗ. to be shut up, stopped, Gen. 8, 
2. Ps. 63, 12. 
Pier i. gq. 230 and ""5d 
up or over, c. 172 Is. 19, ἂν 
Il. “30 i. q. "SW q. v. to hire, Ezra 
4, 5. 
si nso in Kal not used, to be silent, 


kindred with Ὁ τὸ τοδί. Arab. οὐχ, 
Conj. 1, ΓΥ͂, id. Samar. to attend. 


, to deliver 


123 





sip 


Hipu. to keep silence, once Deut. 27, 9. 
Sept. σιώπα, Vulg. attende. 


3D m. (τ. Ὁ) pr. a slender rod, e. g. 
of willow, osier, from which baskets were 
woven; hence a wicker-basket, bread- 
basket, Gen. 40, 17. Ex. 29, 3. 23. Num. 
6, 15. al. Plur. 0% Gen. 40, 16. 18. 
Comp. κάνεον, κανίας, κάναστρον, canis- 
trum, pr.a basket woven from reeds, from 
κάνη canna, areed. Chald. 850, NN2D, 


oy Sa Se. 
Syr. tlw, Arab. XL id. JX a basket- 
maker. 


NDO (twig, basket) Silla, pr. n. of a 
town near Jerusalem, 2 K. 12, 21. 


NDO pr. i. q. 120, 520 no. 1, to lift 
up; spec. to suspend a balance, comp. 
xitz Job 6, 2, and hence to weigh ; comp. 
Lat. pendeo and pendo. Once in 

Puat pass. to be weighed; Lam. 4,2 
THD O°NDOT! who are weighed with fine 
gold, i.e. are comparable to pure gold. 

Deriv. pr. n. 8720, RIED, 5D. 


*15D ἅπαξ Aeyou. in Pret ΠΡΌ to 
spring up, to leap up, to exult, Arab. ° 
Odo ‘the horse so leaps that the 
stones give forth sparks.’ Job 6, 10 this 
is still my comfort, 8> N>°M2 ΓΙΌ 
dian and I exult even under pain which 
doth not spare, that I have not denied 
the words of the Holy One. Sept. for 
n7boON has ἡλλόμην, Targ. 3438) I exult. 
So Schultens Comm. in loc. —Others, as. 
Saadias, Abulwalid, Kimchi, compare 
the Chald. 420 to ‘Burm, to roast, and 
then make the second clause concessive 
or parenthetic: and though I burn (am 
tormented, comp. P25) with pain which 
doth not spare; other explanations see 
in Thesaur. p. 955. But the tradition of 
the Sept. and Targ. as the oldest, may — 
well be received as having most author- 
ity.—Hence 


320 — Seled, pr. n. m. 1 
Chr. 2, 30. 


wad ΠΡΌ j i. g. N20 and 530, pr. éo lift 
up, to raise. Hence 
1. to suspend a balance, to weigh, see 
Pual. Comp. in 850. 
2. to make light of, to contemn, like 
Lat. elevare, Ps. 119, 118. Comp. Engl. 
light and weighty as applied to things 


rable 


trifling or important.—Chald. and Syr. 
id. 

Pie i. q. Kal no. 2. Lam. 1, 15. 

Pua pass. of Kal no. 1. Jeb 28, 16 
wisdom ““Bik BND3 OOM NP cannot be 
weighed with gold of Ophir, cannot be 
purchased with gold. 


ΠΗ: 2d perhaps i.q. M>t (Ὁ and 
ὦ being interchanged), to rest, to be 
quiet ; Syr. {le to cease, to rest, Chald. id. 


m20 always in panse, a musical 
word, found 73 times in the Psalms; 
elsewhere only in Hab. 3, 3.9.13. It is 
pr. imper. 420 from r. nbo II, with π-- 
parag. ΠΡΌ, in pause προ, q. d. rest, 
pause ! its use seems to Wave been, in 
chanting the words of the Psalm, to di- 
rect the singer (fo rest, to pause a little, 
while the instruments played an inter- 
lude or symphony. It is a sign of pause. 
This use and interpretation is supported: 
ἃ) By the authority of the Sept. which 
everywhere renders 120 by διάψαλμα. 
q. ἃ, interlude, symphony, sc. by instru- 
mental music. b) By the position which 
ΓΙΡῸ occupies in the Psalm. It stands 
usually ἢ in the middle of a Psalm, at the 
close of a certain section or strophe. 
Thus in some Psalms it occurs only once, 
Ps. 7, 6. 20,4. 21,3; in others twice, Ps. 
4, 3. 5. 9,17. 21; in others three times, 
Ps. 3, 3.5. 9. 32, 4. Ὁ. 7. 66,4. 7. 15. 68, 8. 
20.33; and is even four times repeated, 
89, 5. 38. 46.49; frequently also it stands 
at the end of a Psalm, Ps. 3.9.24. Thus 
it serves to divide a Psalm into several 
strophes. Very rarely it is found in the 
middle of a verse, Ps. 55, 20. 57,4. Hab. 
3, 3.9. c) From Ps. 19.17, where for 
the simple 30 we find the fuller ἽΝ 
m0, which by apposition may be. ren- 
dered: instrumental music, pause, i. 68. 
let the instruments strike upa symphony, 
and the singer pause.—In a similar sense 
some derive 730 from r. 20 I, to lift 
up, and understand by it a raising of the 
voice sc. in response to the instruments, 
comp. 8B: no. 1. e, and Job 21, 12. Others, 
deriving it from the same root, render 
it: suspend the voice, i.e. rest, pause, 
as above. But the former etymology 
is preferable. 
Many have supposed, but without 
good reason, that 720 isan abbrevia- 


124 





mod 

tion, composed of the initial letters of 
three words. Such abbreviations are 
indeed common among the Arabians 
and later Jews, (as "8" Rashi for ᾿Ξ 
"πὸ mabe) Rabbi Solomon Jarchi ,) but 
it cannot be shown that they were known 
to the ancient Hebrews. This supposed 
abbreviation has been explained in vari- 
ous ways, 6. g. "Wn M3395 30 redi sur- 
sum cantor, i.q. da capo, or mind 15 
dipn the sign for a change of voice or key; ; 
but all these fall away of course with the 
hypothesis itself. For more on this topie 
see Michaelis Supplem. p. 1760. Rosen- 
miller Comment. in Ps. T. I. p. LXVII. 
ed. 2. Noldii Concord. Particul. Heb. p. 
940. ed. Tymp. Eichhorn Bibl. der bibl. 
Litteratur V. p.542sq. Forkel’s Gesch. 
der Musik, I. p. 144. See Thesaur. p. 
955 sq. 


"2D (weighed, τ. 8d) Sallu, pr. n. m. 
Neh. 12, 7; for which v. 20 "50 Sallai. 


NDd (id.) Sallu, pr. n. τὰ, 1 Chr. 9,75 
for which Neh. 11, 7 NBD. 


Spe (id.) Salu, pr. n.m. Num. 25, 4. 


qidd Hz. 2, 6, and FPO Bz. 28, 94, α΄ 


thorn, prickle, pr. such as are found on 
the shoots and twigs of the palm-tree ; 
from > twig and 4, see in r. 520 no. 2. 
Metaph. of wicked men Ez. 2, 6. Sept. 
oxdhow.—Chald. 8259, ἈΠΟ Ὁ, Arab. 


Aner thorns of the palm-tree. 


ν m2 fut. M207, once mio’ Jer. ὃ, 
7 Cheth. to forgive, to pardon. Chald. 


and Zab. id. Eth. by transpos. TUIUA _ 
' to be clement, propitious, to pardon, 


comp. Arab. ἀφ facilem se prebuit. 
Samar. to expiate. The primary idea 
seems to be that of lifting up, taking 


away, as in 80, 920.—So of God, with — 


dat. either of sin ‘Ex. 34, 9. Num. 14, 19. 
1 K. 8, 34. 36. Ps. 25, 11. Jer. 33, 8; or 


of pers. Num. 30, 6. 9. 13. Deut. 29,. 
19. 1 K. 8,50. 2Chr. 6,39; absol. Num. 


14,20. 2K. 24, 4. Am. 7, 2. Lam. 3. 42. 
Sept. ἱλάσκομαι, ἀφίημι, ete. 

Nien. to be forgiven, pardoned, e.g. 
sin, c. dat. pers. Lev. 4, 20. 26, 35. 5, 13. 
16. 18. Num. 15, 25, 26. 28. al. 

Deriv. ΠΡΌ. AMD. 


M20 τὰ. forgiving Ps. 86, 5 











Ὁ 


"dd (basket-maker? denom. from $0) 
Sallai, pr.n.m. a) Neh. 11, 8. Ὁ) 12, 
20, see 10. ὃ 


TII720 f. forgiveness Ps. 130, 4; plur. 
Neh. 9, 17. Dan. 9,9. R. nbo. 


*' 420 obsol. root, Arab. SUL to 


move along, to move about, to go, whence 
“ 
Go- 
dhs way, tract.—Hence 


M220 {without Dag. in 3, and there- 
fore for nao) Salchah, pr. n. of a town 
of Gad or Manasseh 1 Chr. 5,11; in the 
eastern limits of Batanea or Bashan, 


now called AS Salkhad, and by 


_the Arabian geographers hae 5 Sar- 

khad, abounding in vineyards; see 
_ Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 99 

sq. or I. p. 180 Germ. and note p. 507. 

Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 160.— 
- Deut. 3, 10. Josh. 12, 5. 13, 11. 1 Chr. 
Eo, 11. 


* 520 fat. 50" io lift up, to raise ; 
_ like the kindred roots ndD, ΠΡΌ, comp. 
ΠΡΌ, 320, ped, also Sn, nbn, 03, 
; Hello. See Pilp. 
1. to cast up into a heap, Jer. 50, 26. 
Spec. to cast up earth into a causeway, 
’ i.e. to prepare a way (comp. 545% Is. 49, 
' 11), Is. 57, 14. 62,10. Prov. 15, 19. Jer. 
18, 15. Job 19,12 nD"7 "ὃν bboy and 
cast up (prepare) their way unto me. 
1 30,12. Without 773 Ps. 68, 5 15d cast 
Πρ, prepare, sc. the way. 
_ 2. From the idea of being elevated, 
f . . : 
4 high, comes the signif: to move to and 
sh) to wave, of things lofty, tall, slender, 
in flexible. Espec. of the slender and pen- 
a ; dulous boughs and twigs of trees, as of 


πρὸς 


willows and the palm-tree, hick are | 


used: for weaving baskets and bound 
into brooms; comp. 533, er LY 


_ whence 575151 shoots, tendrils; also >>m 
no. 1, 2, whence 0°>m>m.—Hence ΠΡΌ 


Sa 

‘and mibpbd (Arab. sing. XL.) baskets, 
i. 6. of wicker-work, woven from slender 
twigs; comp. the lengthened forms 
673020 (> being changed for 3) the 
pendulous shoots of the palm, from 
which brooms are made, (whence the 
‘Syr. and Chaldee verb }20 to sweep 

61* 


725 





ple) 


with brooms,) and 32% basket, as also 
kindr. 839 basket, Chald. ΔῸΣ id. Arab. 
pede to weave baskets. — Further, 
as the branches of the palm-tree, be- 
fore they put forth, are covered with 
thorns or prickles, these are designated 


, ST 2 
by nduns from the same root, as JM 


and ὌΝ thorns growing upon the 
branches of the palm, and Heb. 730, 
ib a thorn or prickle growing upon ἃ 
branch or twig, from > (pr. twig) and 
the formative syllable ji. The Arab. 


Ss 
Sa 


Rhine a large needle, is so called from 


its resemblance to a thorn or prickle. 


Pivp. i. q. Kal no. 1, metaph. Prov. 4, 8 
2050 exalt her, sc. wisdom, with praises. 

Hrrupo. bbinon (denom. fr. *>>b) 
io oppose oneself as a mound or dam, 
to resist, c. 2 Ex. 9, 17 Ὁ ΤῚΣ 
“da as yet opposest thou thyself againsi 
my people ? 

Deriv. mtb, obo, ΠΡΌ, d8-DD. 
From no. 2, >, bo and 7550, “maybe. 
and pr. n. ndo, "bd. 


M290 ( (τ. 550) a mound, rampart. 
especially a mound thrown up by be- 
siegers against a city, 2 K. 19, 32. Hz. 
4, 2. 2 Sam. 20, 15. Jer. 32, 24. 33, 4. al. 


=p ie) m. a stair-case, ladder, Gen. 28, 
12, i. q. Arab. « R. 530. 


midood f. plur. (τ. 540 no. 2) i. q. 
ΠΡΌ, wicker-baskets, so called from the 
slender twigs from which they are 
woven, Jer. 6, 9. Sept. Vulg. κάρταλλος. 
cartallus. 


* 990 obsol. root, pr. to be elevated, 
high, like x>o, M20, 520, p20. Hence 


YD m. in pause ¥dd, ὃ. sh cat ΣΟ, 
plur. ΘΡΣῬΌ. 

la rock ; not found in ἣν kindred 
dialects ; but comp. Sanscr. ¢ild rock, 
Lat. silec-s silex. Num. 20, 8. 10. 11. 
24, 21. Judg. 6, 20. Job 39, 1. 28. Ps. ds 
9. “35 ‘o a great rock Is. 32, 2. ΞΘ τσ 
a tooth (sharp crag) of a veel 1 aii, 
14,4. Sometimes of a fortress situated 
upon a high rock, in which there is — 
security from enemies, Is. 31, 9. 33, 16. 
Hence metaph. of God as a refuge, 
Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4. 40, 3. 42. 10. 


35d 


2. Sela, i. 6. Petra, pr. τι. of the an- 
cient capital city of the Idumeans, 
situated between the Dead Sea and the 
Elanitic Gulf in a valley shut in by 
lofty rocks. Written with the article 
200 Judg. 1,36. 2K.14,7. Poet. with- 
out the art. Is. 16, 1; perth. Is. 42, 11. 
Gr. Πέτρα, later αἵ Πέτραι ; in the mid- 
dle ages Vallis. Mosis, whence the mo- 


dern name iow? sol, Wady Misa. 


The city was subdued by the Romans 
under Trajan, and restored by Adrian. 
Its remains. still exist, consisting of 
splendid sepulchres and temples exca- 
vated in the rock, an amphitheatre, etc. 
They were first visited by Burckhardt 
in 1812. See Burckh. Tray. in Syr. p. 
421. Irby and Mangles’ Travels, p. 415 
sq. Laborde Voyage del’Arabie Pétrée, 
fol. Bibl. Res. in Palest, IL. p. 514 sq. 
573 sq. 


*D920 obsol. quadril. root, to swal- 
low down, to consume, as in Chald. 
Hence 


DID m. a species of locust, winged 
and esculent, Lev. 11, 22. Sept, UTTAXNS, 
Vulg. atiacus. 


* DDD j in Kal not used. Some mod- 
ern intpp. assume for it the primary idea 
of slipping, sliding, comparing Arab. 

2 to oint, to smear, also to slip 
away, to pass away, Germ. schlipfen, 
Engl. to slip, and kindr. p2m i. q. Gr. 
ἀλείφω ; whence in Piel to make slippery 
a way (Prov. 19,3), and then to cause to 
fall, e. g.a cause, σφάλλειν δίκην (Ex. 


23, 8); so A. Schultens ad. Prov. p.. 


203. Fasiin Jahn’s Neue philol. Jahrbb. 
IV. p. 168. But this is not confirmed by 
- any exegetical tradition, either of the 
ancient versions or of the Rabbins. 
All these give the idea to pervert, to 
wrest, and then to subvert, to overthrow, 
“4. 4. 724, 449, either directly or indi- 
rectly; Gr. σκολιόω, Vulg. subvertere. 
So too the Chald. though not freq. as 
prbmox to be distorted, wry, as the 
mouth, Targ. Esth. 6, 10 ; 920 perverse 
of lip, Targ. Prov. 10, 10. It is safer 
therefore to rest in this view. 

Pret 520, fut. ὩΞΌ", part. #209. 

1. to pervert, to wrest,e. g. a) The 
words of any one (comp. 421 Jer. 23, 


726 





a0 ; ‘ 


36) ; Ex. 23, 8 fora gift (bribe) blindeth — 
those that see, and perverteth (Ὁ Ὁ 3) the 
words of the righteous ; Vulg. subvertit, — 
Sept. λυμαίνεται. Deut. 16,19. Proy. 22, 
12. Ὁ) The way or conduct of any 
one, i. 4. to make perverse, Proy. 19, 3; 
comp. Lev. 3, 9. 

2. to subvert, to overthrow, to destroy 
persons Cothip: 425 Prov. 12, 7); Job 
12,19 2d" ΘΝ and aver ihadeth 
the mighty; Sept. κατέστρεψε. Prov. 
21, 12. 13, 6 righteousness keepeth the 
upright in the way, DXwM ὨΞΌΤΑ ΓΙΣ 
but wickedness overthroweth sin i. e. 
concr. sinners. Hence . 


S20 m. perverseness, Prov. 11, 3. 15, 4. | 


* p20 or peo Chald. to go wp, to as- 
cend, Dan. 7,3, 8. 30. Plur..9p20 Dan. | 
2, 29. Ezra 4, 12. Fut. pd" see in τ. : 
po? .—In. ‘Targa often for Heb, ndy. 
Syr. Sam. id. 


*m20 obsol. root, Arab. et 
rub off, to strip off husks, -ete. bhp 


are 

urd pearl-barley, grits. Talm. mb | 
to cut chips of wood, ΏΡΌ chips ; 
Chald. τρί, xm>40 , fine meal, flour.— 
Hence 


md f£ (but with m. Ex. 29, 40,) ὁ. 
suff. ΠΡΌ Lev. 2, 2 ; fine meal, flour, the 
finest and purest, Sept. σεμέδαλις, Lev. 2, 
1 sq. 5, 11. 6, 13.. Num. 8, 8. 1 K. 5, 2. 
1 Chr. 9, 29. Ez. 16, 13. 19. al. m0 
Dan apheaten flour Ex. 29,2. By ap- 
posit. moo nap Gen. 18, 6. , Chald. id. 
see inr. ΠΡΌ, 


DO see bw. 
723 "320 Samgar-Nebu, pr. n. of a 


Babylonian military commander, Jer. 39. 
3. Perh. ‘sword of Nebo,’ i. e. of Mer- 


cury; from Pers. ως sword, an 


22 q. v. 
















. “ΠΟ m. quadrilit. vine-blossom, 
γάνϑη. Cant. 7,13 MAB IPA Aap Ὁ 
“1200 whether the vine puis forth, and 
its blossom opens. 2,13 "720 DIBAN 
vines are in Binsaong: v. 15 "7720 92779 
our vineyards are in blossom (comp. Ex 
9, 31 5935. ΠΏ ΘΒ). Symm. οἰνάνϑη, 
Sept. κυρπίζω, κυπρισμός. —Chald. i 
in Targ. for Heb. 722 Is. 18,5. 5 
15 pSam id. see Is. 17, 11 Pesh. Z 


also of other blossoms, as of hemp, see 
Norberg Lexid. p. 159.—Some of the 
Rabbins understand by this word not 
the blossom but the young grapes just 
out of the blossom, see Surenhusii 
‘Mishna Τ'. 1. p. 309; so the Vulgate Cant. 
7, 13, and also Kimchi, but the former 
sense isto be preferred onaccount of Cant. 
2, 13 and 7, 13.—This quadril. is formed 
‘apparently from =O aroma, fragrance, 
and “47 pos to burst forth as a blos- 


som. See more in Thesaur. p. 959, 
960. 


ἘΠ fut. 07 1. to place or lay 
upon any thing, to impose, so as to rest 
or be supported upon any thing. Chald. 
720 id. to lean upon, be supported ; Ithp. 

to trust in. Syr. id. also of reclining at 
table. Ethiop. f1'N to recline upon, 
to lean upon. Kindr. is 372m .—Spec. 
ΟΣ Ἢ 320 to lay the hand upon any 
_ thing, pr. so as to lean upon it, Ex. 29, 
) 10. 15.19. Lev. 1, 4. 3,2. 8. 14. ἈΝ 
μον. 24, 14. Reina: 27, 18. Deut. 34, 9. 
But Am. 5, 19 sapnnby 79 ΟῚ and 
leans his hand upon the wall.—Intrans. 
to lean or rest upon any thing. Ps. 88,8 
IN M2370 "ὩΣ thy wrath lieth heavy 
upon me. 
__ 2. to uphold, to sustain, to support, pr. 
to let lean upon ὁ. acc. Ps. 37, 17. 24. 54, 
BS Ex. 30,6 o™¥2 5320 they that up- 
held’ ἜΣ, the allies of Egypt. Is. 59, 
q 16. 63,5; c. > Ps. 145, 14. Part. pass. 
F700 Ἂν ΡΟΝ propped, i. e. firm, un- 
: moved, Ps. 112, 8. Is. 26, 3. With two 
᾿ acc. to sustain one with any thing, i. 6. 
to bestow upon him, to give bountifully ; 
~ Gen. 27, 37 s9N220 wasn) ἸΔῈ corn and 
new wine have I bestowed upon him. Ps. 
51, 14. 
_ 8.10 draw near, to approach, c. >8 
Ez. 24,2. Syr. id—This signification 
connects itself with that of leaning up- 
on, being contiguous, etc. comp. Rabb. 
“yee to hang together, be connected, 
near, 3720 near. 
Nira. io. be supported, upheld, c. >¥ 


Judg. 16, 29; to stay oneself, to rest upon, ἢ 


Is. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21. Metaph. 2 Chr. 
32. 8. Ps. 71, 6. Is. 48, 2. 
~ Pro. to stay, i.e. to refresh, c. 3 Cant. 
2, 5. 

Deriv. 1272, pr. n. 9773720" and 





. 780 727 WD 


359379 (Jehovah sustains him) Se- 
machiah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 26, 7. 


*d10 obsol. root, of which the sig- 
nif. is not known. In Heb. we may 
compare r. >t II to make like, to be 
like ; also &>% image ; and in the Indo- 
European tongues perh. Lat. simile, Gr. 
ouoloc.—Hence 


220 and 290 m. in pause 90, a Like- 
ness, image, Ez. 8, 3. 5. Deut. 4, 16. 2 
Chr. 33, 7 baen box a statue of likeness, 
1.0. ἃ sbaltured likeness, carved image. 
v. 15. 


* 1720 obsol. root, Arab. x to smell ; 
ors : P py 
eye any thing fragrant.—Hence 
BAS m. plur. aromatics, spices, Ex. 
30, 34. pao ΤΏΡ fragrant incense 
Ex. 30, 7. 40, 27. Lev 4,7. 16,12. Num. 


4,16. al. Syr. [sam aroma, φάρμακον. 


? wie in Kal not used, (comp. kindr. 
71 ,) to mark off, to designate. Talmud. 
a2, whence 2 Ὁ mark, sign. It is 
sometimes improperly compared with 
the Gr. onuaive, in which » does not be- 
long to the root. 

ΝΊΡΗ. part. 7202 marked off, designut- 
ed, 6. g. a place. Is. 28, 25 1803 m3BA 
and (sows) the barley in the appointed 
place i.e. in the field marked off. So 
Targ. Saad. Kimchi, and this interpre- 
tation is to be preferred—Others, fat 
barley, from the root ,. i. ᾳ. 7720 to 
be fat: but this is repugnant both to the 
laws of syntax and to the context; see 
Comm. on Is. in loc. The signification 
millet in Sept. Theod. Aqu. Vulg. is 


‘merely conjectural. 


τ “Wad to stand: erect, to bristle, poto-— 
σειν. a) Pr. of hair, see Piel and 729 ; 
hence of a person in terror, to shudder, 
Ps. 119, 120 ""wa 7720, Symm. ὀρϑοχρι- 
ye. b) OF bristling: points; whence 
“202 any thing pointed, a nail, and 
law Chald. "20, to fasten with cath 

Piew id. to stand erect, 6. g. the hair 
Job 4, 15.—Hence 


"Ὁ τη. bristling, 699-0918, Jer. 51, 27, 
an epithet of the insect p>". 


* N20 obsol. root, perh. i. ᾳ. 720 fo be 


N30 


thorny, bristling ; kindr. are 820, Syr. 
Ὧν, to hate.—Hence 78°20 and 


N20 (thorny) Senaah, pr. ἢ. of a 
‘town of Judah Ezra 2, 35. Neh. 7, 38. 
With the art. Neh. 3, 3. 


ὌΞΞ:Ό pr. π. Sanballat, the satrap of 
the king of Persia in Samaria, Neh. 2, 
10. 4, 1. 6, 1. 2.12. 14. 13, 28. He was 
a Horonite, from Horonaim, a town of 
Moab. The name appears to be of Per- 
sianorigin. Bohlen compares odin 
‘lauded by the army,’ and Sanscr. send- 
balat ‘ giving strength to the army.’ 


: iad obsol. root, prob. to be thorny, 
bristling ; kindr. with 830, and perh. 
with 52% to be pointed.—Hence 

ΓΙῸ m. 1. a thorn-bush, bramble, 
Ex. 3. 2 sq. Deut. 33, 16.—Syr. tart id. 


Arab. Gun and ete senna, folia senne. 
Chald. and Talmud. 8730 id. 

2. Seneh. pr. n. of a pointed rock 
( Thorn-rock) opposite Michmash ; in 
pause M20 (as 53 in pause pow) 1 
Sam. 14, 4, See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I]. p. 116. 

20, perh. palm-branch, i. q. 720 
see in προσ map, art. ΠΡ lett. e. 
420. 


MNO, c. art. ΤΠ ΒΘ (the bristling, τ. 
N20) ‘Senuah, pr. n. "Neh. 11,9, prob. fem. 


: marie Chald. quadril. to blind ; de- 
rived according to C. B. Michaelis from 
the trilit. ,|LS to shine, with Ὁ prefixed, 
see Lehrg. p. 862; or according to Si- 
monis compounded from Liw to glitter 
and 743 to blind.—Hence 


D329 m. plur. blindness Gen. 19, 11. 
2 K. 6, 18. 

A329 pr. ἢ. Sanherib, Sennacherib, 
Sept. Servaynolu, Σενναχηρεῖίμ, Hdot. 
Σαναχάριβος, king of Assyria from 714 
to 696 B. C. when he was slain in the 
temple of Nisroch by his two sons, 2 K. 
18, 13. 19, 16. 36. Is. 36, 1. 37, 21. 37. 
See farther concerning ‘aim Hdot. 2. 141. 
Berosi Fragmentum ap. Euseb. Chron. 


ae 


Armen. ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42, 43.— 


Bohlen derives this name from Sanscr. 
sendagrib ‘conqueror of armies,’ to which 


corresponds mod. Pers. aye i: 


728 





nd 


*429 obsol. root, in Chald. and Syr 


to sweep with a broom made of branches ; 
but this is secondary, see in 530 no, 2.— 


Hence 30 and the two following. 


13030 (palm-branch) Sansannah, pr. 


n. of a town in the south of Judah Josh. 
15, 31. 

2030 m. plur. i. gq. D1bYSY, pibnbh 
palm-branches, i i. e. the pendulans twigs 
and houghs, Cant. 7, 9. See more in 
>b0 no. 2. R. 930. ; 


*"E20 quadrilit. fin of fishes, Lee : 


11,9. Deut. 14,9. The origin is unce. 
tain. Perh. from «(λάδι to hasten, and 
3 to flee, to hasten, Pi. to propel. 


0d τη. (τ. 0:0) a moth, in clothing Is 


51, 8; ; so called from its leapinneeaae 
id. Arab. yen 
Gr. ong. ’ 
MOO Cant. 1, 9, see MOI. 
200 Sisemai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 40. 
ΠΣ fat. "30", to prop, to ‘uphold, 
to support, Chald. and Arab. haw id. 


With acc. Ps. 18, 36. Is. 9, 6. Prov. 20, 
28. Then to sustain, to aid, to strength- 


oO ρ 


jm», Chald. 0d, 
moth, weevil, louse. 


en, Ps. 20, 3. 41, 4. 94,18. Spee. 55 130 
to stay (strengthen) the heart, i.e. to 


refresh oneself with food, see => no. 1. a. 

Gen. 18, 5 335 130 strengthen your 

heart, refresh yourselves with food. Ps. 

104,15. With two ace. Judg. 19, 5.8 

ace. impl. 1 K. 18, 7 ΤΣ Ὁ refresh thyself. 
Deriv. 1307. 


“YO Chald. to aid, to hee c.> Ezra 
5, 2. 

᾿ γ Ὁ ἅπαξ λεγόμ. i. ᾳ. Arab. 
to yun, to rush, spoken also of tempests 
see Thesaur. p. 962.—Ps. 55, 9 ΠΣ Ὸ Es, 
a rushing wind. 

EPO m. (r. 20) 1. a cleft, fissure 
sbon ὩΠΣΌ the cleft of the rock Jadg. 15 
8. 11. Plur. oben sp sd Is. 2, 21 
57, 5. | 
2. a branch. bough, Is. 17, 6. 27, 1 
See mMbps0.—Both these sighificatio 
are also united in Arab. λα. 


“550 to divide, i. q. Arab. ert yy 
the letters Ὁ and 3 being interchanged 
Hence 9730, ΠΕΣῸ, ΠΕΣΌ. 











ν᾿ ἂν 


7 
᾿, 
ἰ 


ὨΡῸ 


 Pren p20 as denom. from ade) no. 2, 


to disbranch, to lop the boughs of a tree, 


Is. 10, 33. 

ΒΤ εν, the three in Kal, "530, ABD, 
and 

YO adj. verbal (of the form bp) di- 


wided, i. 6. a man of divided mind, who 


has no sure faith in regard to divine 


᾿ 





things, but is driven hither and thither, 
adoubter, skeptic, σκεπτιχός, plur. ὈΠΕΣῸ 
‘Ps. 119, 113. Sept. παράνομοι, Vulg. 


iniqui. 


_ BPO f. (τ. Hd) i. q. mb, and only 
in plur. mipso branches, Ez. 31, 6. 8. 
Comp. MB3"70. 


MBYO f. (τ. 990) plur. o"Hvo , divided 
opinions, parties; 1 K. 18, 21 "na 3 


ἘΛΕΣΌΠ ΣΡ. ONob ony, Vulg. us- 
_quequo claudicatis in duas partes, i. e. 


how long do ye hesitate between the two opi- 


_nions, the worship of Jehovah or Baal? 


; 4 ἊΣ δ fat. "30", kindr. with "3 and 
q. v. 


1. to be violently agitated, tossed, e. g. 
the sea by tempests Jon. 1, 11. 13. Trop. 
oftadversity Is. 54,11. Comp. Pi. 

_ 2. Act. to rush on as a tempest, spoken 
ofa foe Hab. 3, 14. 

Nien. to be agitated, disquieted, of the 
heart, 2 Καὶ. 6, 11. | 

_ Pret “20 to toss about, to scatter, 6. g. 
people, Zech. 7, 14. 

_ Po. intrans. to be driven, scattered, by 
a tempest, as chaff Hos. 13, 3. 

Deriv. the two following. 











‘WD τη. a storm, tempest, Am. 1, 14. 
‘Ton. 1, 4. 12. Jer. 23, 19. 25, 32. al. 


WW f. a storm, tempest, Is. 29, 6. 40, 


94. AL, 16. Zech. 9, 14. Job 38, 1. Ps. 
107, 99. al. 
ΡΤ πΣῸ main Ez. 13, 11. 13, Satori 
Once 725 in many Mss. 2 K. 2, 1. 


Also AMATO Man Ps. 107, 25, 


52 m. (τ. 950) plur. 78d, also nis, 


Miso; c. suff. "Bo. 


_ 1. sill, threshold, Judg. 19, 27. 2 K. 
12, 10. al. sep.—Chald. and Sam. id. 
Syr. Tam atrium. 
- 2. a dish, basin, bowl, Ex. 12, 22. Zech. 
12,2. Plur. o "po Jer. 52, 19, nipd 2 
Sam. 17, 28, nipd 1 K. 7, 50. al. 

3. Saph, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 2 Sam. 21, 18; for 
which 1 Chr. 20, 4 "po Sippat. 


129 





ΓΞΟ 


: NDC obsol. root, Talmud. in Pe. and 
Aph. to feed an infant, to give to eat. 
Hence 81502. 


Ἧ 720 fut. 18% to smite the breast, 


as a gesture of mourning; hence fo 


mourn, to lament, chiefly for the dead, 
with > of the dead for whom one mourns, 
1 K. 14, 13: Jer. 16, 6. Gen. 23, 2; by 9 
Sam. 11, 26. Zech. 12, 10; “yp 9 Sam. 
3, 31; ahant Jer. 4, 8. 16, 5. Kec. 12, 5; 
for a public calamity Is. 32, 12 (c. 52). 
Jer. 49, 3. Joel 1, 13. Mic. 1.8. Zech. 7, 5. 
It is often so applied as to include the 
voice of mourners, i. 4. to wail, Mic. 1,8 
MIBON I will wail.... 1 will make a 
wailing (180%) like the jackals. Jer. 22, 
18 they shall not lament for him, saying, 
Ah my brother ! 34, 5. Still the primary | 
signification seems to be that of beat- 
ing, i.q. Lat. plangere, and not excla- 
mation ; asin the Gr. ogad-afw, and this 
the Sept. expresses in several passages 
by κόπτεσϑαι, as Is. 32,12 ΒΤ 073 w=by 
they smite upon the breasts sc. the wo- 
men, comp. Nah. 2, 8. (Comp. Lat. 
plangere pectora, ubera.) There is here 
no difficulty in referring the particip. 
n"1pD to the women, since they are 
expressly mentioned, though at a consi- 
derable distance previously, viz. in the 
beginning of v.11, M2288 3795; see 
Heb. Gramm. § 144. n. 1. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be mourned for, lamented, 
Jer. 16, 4. 25, 33. 

Deriv. 320%. 


ἜΠΞΟ fut. ™BD" 1. to scrape, to 
scrape off. Kindr. are 530, FON, F/O. 


Arab. Law to sweep away, as the wind 


dust; κ δἰ ὦ a scattering wind. Spoken 


- 
of the beard, to shave, Is. 7, 20.—Hence 
a) to take away life Ps. 40,15; or per- 
sons trom life, to destroy, Gen. 18, 23. 
24. Deut.29,18: b) Intrans. to be taken 
away, to perish, Jer. 12, 4. 

2. i. q. FO" q. v. to add, only in imperat. 
"DO Is. 29, 1. Jer. 7, 21, and inf. mind Is. 
30, 1. Also, to add to any thing, to aug- 
ment, (see 0" no. 2,) 6. 59 Num. 32, 14. 

Nipw. 1. to be taken away. to be de- _ 
stroyed, to perish, Gen. 19, 15.17. Num. — 
16,26. Prov. 13,23; espec. in war, 1 Sam. 
12,25. 26, 10. 27, 1. 1 Chr. 21, 12. 


ἽΞΟΌ 


2. Pass. of Hiph. to be scraped toge- 
ther ; Is. 13, 15 every one found shall be 
thrust through, 2903 591 ΠΒΌΞΓΙ 99) 
and every one scraped together (seized, 
caught) shall fall by the sword; Sept. 
οἵτινες συνηγμένοι εἰσί. 

ΗΊΡΗ. to scrape together, to heap up, 
6. ἘΣ upon any one, as calamities Deut. 
32, 23. Sept. συνάξω. 


ΒΟ m. (τ. 0) pr. a covering with 
boards, wainscot, ceiling, of the temple, 
1 K. 6, 15. 


* MBO and maw , see Piel and new. 
1. to pour, to pour out ; Arab. 


to pour out, as blood, water, tears.—In 
the derivatives it includes the shedding 
of blood, MB; the inundation of wa- 
ter, "BO no. 1; ‘the falling of seed, ΠΕ Ὁ 
no. 2; the fitting off of hair, Pi. maw, 
ΓΠΕΌ, MMBoR. 

2. to anoint sc. by pouring oil upon a 
person; comp. 702, Syr. ww»; to pour, 
Aph. to anoint as bishop.—1 Sam. 2, 36 
misnDr randy x2 "22D anoint me (put 
me), T pray thee, into one of the priests’ 
offices —Hence 

3. to spread out, as water poured out 
is spread; Ethiop. f1<@M to expand, to 
spread. See Pu. and art. mins’ cush- 
ions. 

4. With ἘΣ to pour upon, i.e. to add, 
to adjoin ; see Niph. and Hithp. In.this 
way the signif. of adding together or ad- 
joining found in these conjugations, is 
readily reconciled with the certain one 
of pouring. 

Nipu. to adjoin oneself to another, c. 
>; see Kal no. 4. Is. 14,1 d9 IMB 
= ma and shall adjoin themecloce to 
the house of Jacob, add themselves to it. 
Parall. 4453. Sept. προστεϑήσεται. 

ΡΙΕΙ, MBO and may 1. to pour out 
strong drink; Hab. 2, 15 nan ΠΒῸ 
who pourest out thy glow, 50. of wine as 
heating and intoxicating. Targ. 91. 

2. to ) matlee flow out or fall off sc. the 
hair by disease, scab, etc. hence i. q. to 
make bald the head Is. 3, 17; comp. in 
Kal no. 1. 

Puat to be poured out, i. 6. to lie pros- 
trate ; so of the poor of the people, Job 
30, 7 π5Ὸ" DAM ὉΠ uniler the thorn- 
bushes they he prostrate, stretched out. 


730 





950 
Hirup. to adjoin oneself, i. q. Niph. 
c. 3, 1 Sam. 26, 19 they have ΜΝ ΔΩ͂Σ 
out this day "Δ nbma mensina from ad- 

joining myself to the inheritance of Je- 

hovah, from abiding in it. Targ. and 
Vulg. habitare. | 
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1. 


ΙΒ f. scurf, scab, mange, so called 
from the flowing or falling off of the 
hair, Lev. 13, 2. 14,56. Comp. Piel maw 
in τ. MBO. 

"BO Sippai, see HO no. 3. 

TBD m. (τ. MBO) pr. ‘what is poured | 


‘out,’ effusum. Hence 


1. an inundation, flood, plur. Job 14 
19. ) oe | 

2. the self-sown, what grows of itself, 
i.e. grain produced spontaneously from 
the self-sown kernels of the former year, 
without new seed, Lev. 25, 5.11. 2 K. 
19, 29. Is. 37,30. Comp. 6°70. Sept. 
τὰ αὐτόματα. 

ΓΘ f. (r. 189) α ship, spec. with a 
deck, once Jon. 1,5. Syr. and Arab. id. 

“BO τη. (τ. "DO) sapphire, a species 
of gem of a cerulean hue (Ex. 24, 10. 
Ez. 1, 26. 10, 1), so called from its beauty 
and splendour; Ex. 28, 18. 39,11. Job 
28, 6.16. Plur. ΘΕῸ Cant. 4, 14. Is. 
Od, 11.—Syr, ᾿ξ, Chald. 720, ane, 
Gr. σάπφειρος. | | 















* 350 obsol. root, prob. i. 4. «λων, 
bbw, to be low, depressed. Hence 


580 m. a dish, bowl, found only in 
Judg. 5, 25. 6, 38. Comp. 0 no. 2, id. 
Chald. Talmud. id. 


᾿ ΞΟ fut. ἸΞῸ", once {20 Deut. 33, 
19; pr. to cover, comp. the kindred ἼΞΞ. 
Hence 

1. to cover with beams or rafters, to 
roof, with two ace. 1 K. 6, 9. 

2. to cover with boards; to wainscot, to 
ceil, 1K. 7,3. 7. Jer. 22,14. Hagg. 1, 4. 

3. to cover over, i.e. to hide, to pre- 
serve ; only Part. pass. }120 hidden, pre- 
served ; Deut. 33, 19 Din "59. "2Bw 
seein r. 720 Kal. Deut. 33,21 τ Δ 55) 
ΠΡΌ ΓΒ npn ow he saw.... that 
there the portion of (assigned by) h 
lawgiver was preserved ; here }"5D does 
not agree in gender with AP abn to whi 


ἢ 


4 att) 


_ itbelongs, comp. Gen. 49, 15; see Lehrg. 
ΟΡ. 721. 

 Deriv. FBO, 72°50. | 

τἶν ΞΟ a root of uncertain signif. 
whence 50 threshhold, dish. 

_ Hrrapo. Apinon denom. from 99, to 
_ stand or wait on the threshold, Ps. 84, 11. 


Ὧ, ΡΞΟ , rarely paw see Hiph. and 
“pee; a ῥβου; io strike, to smite with 
“the hand so as to make a noise, to clap ; 

~ comp. Engl. to spank. Arab. 
and id.—Spec. a) 9227>2 Ὁ to 
smite upon the thigh, a gesture of self- 
“reproach, Jer. 31,19; 722->8 Ez. 21, 17. 
Comp. Il. 12. 162. dh, 15. 397.. Od. 13, 
198. Ὁ) ΘΒ ΞτΤΝ PDD 10 smite the palms 
together, to clap the hands, in indigna- 
_tion Num. 24, 10; in derision. c. >» Lam. 
2,15. Job 27, 23 where 31 Codd. have 
Be etcad of Ὁ. Also without D°p>D Job 
34, 37. c) to smile in chastisement, 
spoken of God, Job 34, 26. 
Hips. pwn c. 3, to strike hands 
pith any one, Is. 2, 6. This may refer 
to covenants, or to traffic and other in- 
tercourse. 
Deriv. pDv. : 
ἢ]. PHO and ὈΞ 1 K. 20, 10. 
1. to vomit, to vomit forth, Jer. 48, 26. 
‘Syr. Pa. id. 
ΒΕ 2. to be enough, to suffice, 1 K. 20, 10. 
Chald. peo, Syr. 22", id—The pri- 
mary idea, whence have arisen both 
significations, seems to be that of abun- 
‘dance, redundancy. Hence 


} PRO m.c. suff: ἸΡΞΌ, sufficiency, abun- 
dance, Job 20, 22. 















Ἂ ἘΠΞΌ fut. "BO" 1. Pr. to scratch, to 


mr 1 


“scrape. Chald. “BD to scrape, to shave ; 
‘Syr. Pa. 0 id. Ethpa. to be shaven, 


‘shorn ; “BD {5 a barber; fred pe 


to scrape, to sweep, whence a rasp. 


—From the idea of scraping may come 
that of polishing, and hence of sparkling, 
see 17D, “DW ; but this is not certain. 
ὦ. to write, pr. to scratch or grave in 
letters ; comp. γράφω io write, also 2MD, 
m2, which all come from the idea of 
cutting in, graving. It is less usual than 
anm2, and is found only in Parr. "5D a 


731 





MED 


writer, scribe, Ps. 45, 2. Jer. 36,3; mop 
spon a writer's ink-horn Ez. 9, 2. 3. 
Spec. a) 922 72D the king’s scribe, 
secretary, an officer of state who wrote 
the royal edicts, etc. 2K. 12,11. 2 Chr. 
24,11; so xut ἐξοχήν “BOM the scribe 
2 K. 18, 18. 19, 2. 22, 3. 8 sq. 1 Chr. 24, 
6. Is. 36, 3. 37,2; also without art. "Bd 
2 Sam. 8, 17. 20, 25. 1 Chr. 18, 16. 
Sometimes several scribes are mention- 
ed, 1 K. 4, 3. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9; comp. 
Jer. 36, 23. Ὁ) α military scribe or tri- 
bune, who had charge of the conscription 
and muster-rolls, muster-master, 2 K. 25, 
19. Jer. 52, 25. 2 Chr. 26, 11. Is. 33, 18. 
So prob. Jer. 37, 15, as having charge 
of the public prison. Genr. of a mili- 
tary leader, Judg. 5, 14. Comp. Arab. 


9 - 


oo ert 
5S to levy a conscription, RS an 


army so levied. c) In the later books, a 
scribe, γραμματεύς, one skilled in the sa- 
cred books and in the law, 1 Chr. 27, 32. 
Jer. 8, 8. Ezra 7,6 Ezra was a scribe 
("BO Nn) skilled in the law of Moses. 
So as a title of Ezra, Neh. 8, 1 sq. 12, 


26. 36. Ezra 7,11. Syr. (pan, Arab. 


ὧσϑ, id. 

3. Fut. 9B", to count 1S TRONDEP, perh. 
by marking dacs or checking each one; 
Gen. 15,5. 41, 49. Lev. 15, 13. 28. Deut. 
16, 9. Ps. 48, 13. 139,18. So to number 
one’s steps, i. e. diligently to observe 
him, Job 14, 16. 31,45; to number a peo- 
ple, to enrol, Ps. 87, 6. 

Nieuw. pass. of Kal no. 3, to be num- 
bered 1 Chr. 23, 3. Often 3572 "5d" ND 
it shall not be numbered for nuultitude, 
i.e. shall be innumerable, Gen. 16, 10. 32, 
13. 1 K. 3, 8. 8, 5. Jer. 33, 22. Hos. 2, 1. 

Pret "89, fut. 9899 1. i. q. Kal no. 
3, to count, to number, Ps. 22, 18. 40, 6. 
Job 38, 37. 

2. to recount, to narrate, to tell, to de- 
clare, Job 15, 17. Jer. 23,28. With acc. 
of thing and 53 of pers. Gen, 24, 66. 29 
13. Ex. 18, 8. Judg. 6, 13. Ps. 48. 14. Job 
12, 8. al. by of pers. Gen: 37,10; "2382 
Ex. 10,2; > of pers. and >2 of ting Joel 
33 by of thing, Ps: 3, 7 pH-by TION 
I ‘ell declare concerning the decree. 69, 
27. Often spec. to recount with praise, 
to celebrate, e. g. the name of God Ex. 


“ΞῸ 


9, 16. Ps. 22, 23 (Ὁ of pers.) 102,22; also 
his praises Ps. 9, 15. 78, 4. Is. 43, 21; 
his glory Ps. 19,2. 96,3; his works and 
deeds Ps. 73, 28. 107, 22. 145, 6; his 
- wondrous acts Ps. 9, 2. 26, 7. 75, 2.— 
Job 28, 27 then did God see and declare 
tt sc. wisdom in and through his works. 

3. Absol. to declare, i. q. to speak. to 
discourse ; Is. 43, 26 P3¥M 42> “Bd 
speak, that thou mayest be justified. Ps. 
64, 6. 73, 15. 

Pua. pass. of Piel no. 2, to be recount- 
ed, told, Hab. 1, 5; > of pers. Is. 52, 15. 
Job 37,20; > oftpers: and thing Ps. 22, 31. 

Deriv. MBO, mabO, MIB, BO, 
"Bo, and the oar here following, 


"20 Chald.m. 1. ascribe, secretary, 
who accompanied the satrap or govern- 
or of a province, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17. 23. 
See Hdot. 3. 128. 

2. a scribe, γραμματεύς, skilled in the 
sacred books and the law, Ezra 7, 12. 
21. See f. "Bd Kal no. 2. ο. 


“BO m. (τ. "£0) c. suff. “2d, plur. 
BDO, constr. “50. 

1. writing, Syr. j,an, i.e. a) The 
art of writing and reading; Is. 29, 11. 12 
“DOM 910 acquainted with writing, able 
toreadandwrite. Ὁ) Kind of writing ; 
Dan. 1, 4 123 119) HO the writing 
(letters) and language of the Chaldeans. 
v. 17. 

2. a writing, whatever is written, as 
a bill of purchase or sale Jer. 32, 12 sq. 
a bill of accusation, memorial, Job 31, 
35; a bill of divorce Deut. 24, 1.3; es- 
pec. an episile, letter, 2 Sam. 11, 14. 2 
K. 10, 6. Plur. 520 leiters, epistles, 
» 1K. 21,8. 2 Καὶ. 10, 1. Esth. 1, 22; also 
as in Engl. letters for a single epistle, 2 
K. 19, 14. Is. 37714. 39, 1. So Syr. 
{pou for sing. τὸ βίβλιον Heb. 9, 19. 


8. 'a rea as written; Syr. ipa, 


Arab. pies id. Ex. 17,14. Deut. 28, 58. 


29, 20. 26. 1 Sam. 10, 25. Job 19, 23. al. 
Books were anciently written on rolls, 
comp. Is. 34,4; hence more fully mb372 
"BD roll of'a book Jer. 36, 2. 4. Ez. 2, 9. 
Often with genit. of the contents, as "5D 
msinn the book of the law Josh. 1, 8. 8, 
34. 2 K. 22, 8 sq: 2 Chr. 34,14; "5d 
nan the book of the covenant Ex. ‘24, 7. 


732, 





“ΞΟ 


2K. 23, 2.21; et. "pd the book of: 
the path 2 Chr. 16, 11. 24, 27; "2 
beans "333 the book of chronicles, an- 
nals, see "23 no. 2; nid "733 "BO the 
book of the acts of Soloiion 1K. 11, 41; 
“wen Ὁ the book of the upright, see in 
swt no. 2. Also otx mitbin "BD the 
book of the genealogy of Adam Gen. 5, 
1; 075M Ὁ the book of the living, i. ὁ. of 
those destined to life, the book of life 
which is with God, Ps. 69, 29, comp. 
Dan. 12, 1. Rev. 20, 12. 15; called also 
the book of God Ex. 32, 32. 33. Ps. 139, 
16.—But "2 "Bd the δα of Jehovah Ts) 
34, 16 is the sacred book, the collection 
of sacred books, oracles; and so too 
ppor Dan. 9, 2 can only be the sacred 
books, scriptures, into which the writings 
of Jeremiah had. already been received. 
Further, "2D κατ᾽ ἐξοχὴν Is. 29, 18, and 
"DD nban Ps. 40, 8, the book of the law ; 
like Arab. GLI the Scriptures, Kors 
2.50. Pococke Spec. p. 156, also i 
Koran. 


“20 Chald. m. plur. ἼΠΒΌ, @ book, 
i. ᾳ. Heb. "Bo, Dan. 7, 10. Ezra 4, 15. | 


"ΞΟ m. 1. a numbering, census. 2 
Chr. 2,16. R. “Ed. 

2. Sephar, pr. n. of an- Arabian city 
coupled with Mesha Gen. 10, 30; for 
which passage see in 8&2. There can 
be little doubt, that "5d is the earlier 
jab Dhafér or Zafar, Bochart Geogr ; 
Sacr. II. ο. 380 ; now called by the native 
Isfar, ject, Law! ; an ancient mari- 
time city, thé seat of the Himyaritic 
kings, situated in Hadramaut not far 
from the port of Mirb&t ; where its ex- 
tensive ruins are still seen. See Εἷς 
Fresnel in Journ. Asiatique, Ser. 3. Ty 
V. p. 516 sq. Niebuhr Arabien p. 236. 
Plin. H. N. VI. 23 or 26. 


‘T1DD Sepharad, pr. n. of a region te 
which exiles were carried from Jerusa= 
lem, Obad. 20. Syr. Chald. and the 
Rabbins, by conjecture, Spain. Jerome 
says: “ Nos autem ab Hebreo, qui nos 
in Scripturis erudivit, didicimus Bosphe 
rum sic vocari; et quasi Judzus, ist 
inquit, est regio, ad. quam Hadrianus 
captivos transtulit. » That the district 
Sepharad is indeed to be sought some- 
where in the region of the Bosphorus. 





















᾿ "BD 


has recently been confirmed by a paleo- 
_ graphic discovery. In the celebrated 
- euneiform inscription containing a list 
of the tribes of Persia (Niebuhr Tab. 31. 
lett. 1), after Assyria, Gordyene, Arme 
nia, Cappadocia, and before Jonia or 
_ Greece, is found the name CPaRDa, as 
read both by Burnouf and Lassen, and 
this was recognised also by De Sacy 
as the 725d of Obad. 20; see Burnouf 
_ Mémoire sur deux Inscr. cunéiformes, 
1836. p. 147. It was therefore a district 
_ and people of western Asia Minor, or at 
_ least near toit. [In his later researches 
_ Lassen identifies it with Sardis ; Zeit- 
sehr. ἢ ἃ. Morg. VI. p. 50. Rawlinson 
_ reads it Sparta ; Inscr. at Behistun p. 
| i—R. 

20 f. (τ. 92D) a book, i. ᾳ. "BO, Ps. 

5 55, 9, 


‘ ΤΌ ἢ (r. "ἘὉ) number, plur. Mind 
a Ps. 71, 16: 

DMO 2 K. 17, 24. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 
36, 19. 37, 13, Sepharvaim, pr. π: οἵ ἃ 
_ city of the Assyrian empire, whence 
᾿ς colonists were brought into the territory 
_ of Samaria ; prob. Sipphara in Mesopo- 
_ tamia (Ptol. 5. 18) situated on the east 
bank of the Euphrates above Babylon. 
The gentile noun plur. is "7720 Se- 
_ pharvites ΤῊΣ 17, 31. 


~ M80 (scribe, τ. 22D, with a fem. end- 
_ing as a name of office, see Lehrgb. p. 
468.) Sophereth, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 57; 
and with the art. Ezra 2, 55. 



















é 


. * apo to stone, to pelt with stones, a 
Ties of capital punishment among the 


Ἢ ‘fication of stoning, however, would seem 
: hardly to be the primary one, especially 
_ since in Piel it has also the sense to free 
| from stones. The origin seems to. lie 


739-7 
in the root Ὁρῶ, Aad, to be weighty, 
heavy, whence the obsol. form >po 
stone, so called from its weight, ei 
from this the denom. verb >Pd to stone, 
Piel id. and to free from stones.—Conatr. 
_with ace. of pers. Ex. 19,13. 21,28. 1Sam. 
30,6. 1 K. 21 10. al. Often with the 
62 


733 





“Ὁ 


word "2382 added, Deut. 13, 11. 17, 5 
22, 24. al. “Comp. syn. 53°. 

ΝΊΡΗ. pass. to be stoned, Ex. 19, 13. 
21, 28 sq. 

Piet 1. i. q. Kal to stone, to pelt with 
stones, 2 Sam. 16, 6. 13. 

2. Priv. like Engl. to stone, i. 6. to free 
Srom stones, to gather out the stones from 
a field, Is. 5, 2; with ἼΞῈ2 added 62, 10. 
Comp. Heb. Grams § 51. 2. ¢. 

Pua. pass. fo be stoned, 1K. 21, 14.15. 


"Ὁ τη. δά]. (τ. "Ὸ) ἔ 0. 1. refrac- 
tory, rebellious, Jer. 6, 28. See in r. Ὁ 
no. l. 

2. evil, spoken of the countenance, i. 6. 
sad, sullen, angry, 1 K. 20, 48. 21, 4. 5. 
See the root no. 2. 


, 270 obsol. root, Chald. 230 to be 
refractory, rebellious ; whence 


270 m. (for 30, of the form dup) 
refractory, rebellious ; Ez. 2,6 D520 7D 
WIN obo} though they be rebels and 
thorns toward thee ; Targ. ἸΏ, Syr. 
—5-2.—Some of the Rabbins have 
rendered 5°3"0 briers, and Castell in 
Heptagl. nettles, (comp. 720 to singe, 
to burn,) but the common interpretation 
is properly defended by Celsius in Hie- 
rob. II. p. 222. 


: 2270 Chald. quadrilit. to cover, as 
witha garment, flesh, fat,see Buxtorf. col. 
1548. Derived perk, froin’ Chala. ὉΞΌ 
to bear, as 5392 from 539.--βποθ 


ΤΌΞΟ Chald. m. plur. (Kamets im- 
pure) sarabala, a kind of garment; ei- 
ther long and wide trowsers, such as are 
still worn by the Orientals; or cloaks, 
mantles-; Dan. 3, 21. 27—The former 
meaning, erouisers, is supported by Dan. 


Ἰ, cc. Arab. aa plur. Josh 
Pera: by transpos. Nahe id. whence Gr. 


σαράβαρα, σαράβαλλα, Lat. sarabara 

saraballa Isid. Orig. 19, 23, Span. zara- 
guelles, Portug. ceroulas, Hungar. schal- 
wary, Pol. scharmvari ; see Frahnad Ibn: 
Foszlan ἢ. 112sq. Pott Etymol. Forsch. 


| I. p. lxxx.—The other meaning, maniles, 


is supported by the usage of the Gemara 
in which 55 is often put for cloak ; by 


the Arabie form Sim, which is de- 


; 


. ao 


fined in the Camoos to be a long shirt, 
or coat of mail, or any other garment; 
and by the Syr. BONA which is ex- 
plained by Bar Bahlul to mean cloaks, 
mantles.—There can be little doubt that 
bano, Slow; jis, are Semitic 
words, fron’ r. 5270; and altogether 
different from Zend. sdravdro, Pers. 
Nobis, Gr. σαράβαρα, Arab. Sy yaw 
i. 6. Persian trowsers. Hence, while the 
context affords no clue to determine the 
meaning, the orthography with 3 fa- 
vours the latter, cloaks, mantles. ~ 


PAIS (perh. Pers. a9” prince 
of the sun) Sargon, pr. n. of a king 
of Assyria who preceded Sennacherib, 
716-714 B. C. Is. 20, 1. Comp. 2 K. 18, 
7. Jer. 37, 38. 


*"T3D obsol. root, Syr. 90 to fear, 
to tremble ; hence 


‘TI (fear) Sered, pr.n. m. Gen. 46, 14. 
Patronym. "370 Sardite Num. 26, 26. 


MID ἢ (τ. 80) pr. a going off, turn- 
ing away. Hence 

1. defection from Jehovah, apostasy, 
Deut. 13,6. Is. 1, 5. 31, 6. 59, 13. Jer. 
28, 16. 29, 32. 

2. transgression of law, fault, crime, 
Deut. 19, 16. 

3. cessation, remission, of chastise- 
ment, Is. 14, 6. 


MD (recessio, τ. “10) Sirah, pr. n. of 
a cistern 2 Sam. 3, 26. | 


* alate 
to spread, i. q. Arab. 


1. to pour forth, to diffuse, 
, see Diss. 


‘Lugdd. p. 700 sq.—Part. pass. πῆ Ὁ 
poured forth, trop. extended, stretched, 
upon a couch, Am. 6, 4.7. Arab. om 


VII, id—Intrans. part. fem. Ez. 17, 6 
MID WPA a spreading vine. 

2. to hang over, spoken of a curtain Ex. 
26,12. Part. pass. MIO hung over, hang- 
ing over, v.13. Ez. 23, 15 prbaay "Mn 
hanging down with turbans , wearing long 
turbans hanging down from the head. 

Nipu. to be poured out ; metaph. Jer. 
49, 7 oNQan Hee is their wisdom 
poured out? i.e. ‘spilled, lost ; comp. Is. 
19, 3 and Jer. 19, 7.—Hence 


734 









770 


19 m. superfiuity, redundance , “ἢ 
coner. “superfluous part, remainder, Ex. 
26, 12. 


MD 1. gq. jo, a coat t of mail, Jer. 
46, 4. 51, 3. 


OD m. (τ. O90) constr. ὉΠ ; plur. 
po", constr. "O"70, once "ὉΟ Gen. — 
40,7; c. suff. "0770 Gen. 40,2 ; aeunuch, 
one castrated, Is. 56,3. 4, Syr. Loupe. 


Such persons oriental monarchs were 
accustomed to set over their harems, 
Esth, 2, 3. 14. 15. 4,55 and also to em- 
ploy them in various offices of the court, 
Ksth. 1, 10. 15. 2, 21. 6,2. 7,9; comp. 
Gen. 40, 2.7. 2 Καὶ. 20,18. Is. 39,7. Dan. 
1, 7 sq. Joseph. Ant. 16. 8. 1. So_ 
poo 39 Dan. 1, 3, DOO AWW ν. 7 
sq. the chief or prince of the eunuchs, who 
had charge of the king’s sons, as at the 
present day in Turkey the Kislar Aga 
or chief of the eunuchs has charge of 
the Sultan’s children, called Iishoglan. Ἷ 
—Hence aecording to some, genr. ὦ mi- 
nister of court, court officer, though not 
castrated, Ger: 37, 36. 39,1. But these 
passages determine nothing; because 
many eunuchs are not wholly impotent, 
and sometimes live in matrimony, Ter. 
Eun. 4. 3. 24. Juv. 6. 366 sq. Chardin 
Voy. III. p. 397. Of the other passages 
of the O. T. there are nota few where 
the proper sense is obviously to be re- 
tained, as Jer. 38, 7. 41,16. 1 Sam. 8, 
15. 2K. 24, 12. 15. Is. 39,7. On the 
other hand, there is no passage wher 
the proper sense is not appropriate, a 
1K. 22, 9. 2K. 8, 6. 9,32. 20,18. 23, 11. 
25,19. 1 Chr. 28,1. Jer. 34, 19. 52, 25. 
Sept. constantly εὐγοῖχος, twice σπάδων, 
Vulg. eunuchus. See more in Thesaur. 
p. 973. 


Ὁ or x20 Chald. only in plur. 
77270, ahigh ‘officer of the Persian court, 
a minister, president, spoken of the three 
highest ministers! Dan. 6, 3. 4. 5, 7. 8. 
In Targg. 82370, 4270, plur. 77290, 
is put for the Heb. “τῷ prefect, magis-_ 
trate, as Gen. 41, 41, Esth. 2, 18.—Th 
dtyinolopy is uncertain but seems t 
come from Zend sara (gara) head, 
and suff. ka ; as Sanser. sirasiha chief 
prefect, from eirae head i q. sara; ~ 
fey Monathsnamen p. φῶς 













‘ve 









ΤΑ : 
me Me yo 


ἮΝ eae only in plur. D270, coustr. 270. 
ὡς 


εἰ τῇ 1. azles, 1 K. 7, 30. Syr. Ὦ ὦ id. 
oa Chald. s290 wheel. The etymology is 
ε “uncertain. 


2. Metaph. princes, lords, a word pe- 
ρα αν to the five chiefs of the Philistines, 
Gosh. 13, 3. Judg. 3, 3. 16,5 sq. 1 Sam. 
5, 8. 11. 6, 4. 29, 6. Comp. Arab. 


a δ axis, pole; metaph. prince, q. d. 
the axis round which a people revolve. 


- O70 obsol. root, prob. i. q. kindr. 


θη (denom. from 483) to root out, to 
 extirpate, spec. the testicles, and henee, 


_ to castrate, Syr. and Chald. oe 



















_ O70, to castrate. Hence 0°70 reer 


one castrated (pr. extirpated), a eu- 
_ nuch; and also the secondary verb 


Rd uy impotens ad Venerem fuit. 
τ ΠΟ ἢ (τ. ὨΣῸ) a bough, branch, 


rasa) ὦ 


_ ig. ΠΒΡΌ, the letter Ἢ being inserted, 
4 Ez. 31,5. Syr. «αὖ, το germinavit. 


Ἄ “E29 in Kal not used, i. q. 920 
τ ἴο burn, to consume with i fire. Syr. 


Prex part. 410% lit. the burner sc. of 
the dead, he who kindled the funeral 
' pile, Am. 6, 10. This was usually done 
_ by the nearest of blood; comp. Gen. 25, 
9. 35, 29.. Judg. 16, 31.—But 23 codd. 
| Kenic. and several of De Rossi ex- 
“hibit y7w>. 

ΠΡ mn. Is. 55, 13, a species of plant 
growing i in the desert, Engl. vers. brier, 
Sept. Theodot. varus Vulg. urtica, i.e. 
nettle. This last, the nettle, accords 
ἢ well with the etymology, whether we 
ᾧ pregard 7590 as from r. 750 to smite, 
a with inserted ; or, better, as made up 
᾿ from 720 to “ut and “35D to smite, to 
τ sting. —Simonis compares Syr. jam 
_ white mustard; and this has recently 
been again trodeht forward by Ewald 
in his Heb. Grammar. But this is from 
the Pers. white, and cannot well 
_ be regarded as contracted from “B70. 





end once Hos. 4, 16; elsewhere 
. “only i in the participle. 
1. to be su eitallitve: intract- 


‘the shoulder, see in 43 no. 1. 





able, pr. of refractory and unruly ani- 
mals; kindr. with "90. Parr. "0d, 


f. my, MIN, refractory, stubborn, 


perverse, of an untamed heifer Hos. 
4, 16; of a disobedient son Deut. 21, 
18. 20. Is. 30, 1; of a lewd woman 
casting off all restraint Prov. 7, 11; of 
men disobedient towards God, Hos. 4, 
16. 9, 15. Is. 30, 1. 65,2. Plur. Ὁ 
the rebellious, spec.- of gentile nations, 
who reject God, Ps. 66, 7. 68,7.19. As- 
cribed also to the heart Jer. 5, 23; to 
Parono- 
masia is found Is. 1, 23. Hos. 9, 15. Jer. 
6, 28 BID "70 rebellious of the rebel- 
ous, i. e. most rebellious. 

2. to be bad, evil, i. q. hae ζῶ. 
Hence "0 no. 2. 

Deriv. "0. 


x rind obsol. root, Arab. Lad, Syr. 
Aph. lank: to winter, though these per- 
haps are denominatives.—Hence 


Ἵ m. (form like 3D) winter, Cant. 
2, 11, where Keri ὙΠῸ is probably a 
corrupted form after the analogy of the 
Βα" γι, Chald. tno, ind. Syr. oan, 


- 9, o- 
Arab. #Lié plus. 50, id. 


“MO (hidden, r."md) Sethur, pr. ἢ. 
of the phylarch or chief of the tribe of 
Asher, Num. 13, 13. 


*DNO, once pnw Lam. 3, 9; fut. 
pho?, imper. pho. 

1. to stop up, to obstruct, as fountains 2 
K. 3, 19. 25. 2 Chr. 32, 3. 4. Metaph. 
Lam. 3, 9 "ὭΣΘ onw he stops my prayer, 
shuts it out.—Chald. pmo to shut up, 
Arab. id. The primary syllable 
is BM, 00, whence Chald. Dav, DID, 


bow, Syr. Arab. Saha), : 5, to stop 
a well, Heb. 52m to close up, to finish ; 

and with a euttural prefixed DON, ODN, 

Donn, pon. 

2. ‘to shut up, to keep secret, Dan. 8, 
26. 12, 4. 9. Part. pass. o'mo hidden, 
kept secret, Ez. 28, 3. Ps. 51, 8. 

Nrpu. to be stopped, repaired, 6. g. the 
breaches of a wall, Neh. 4, 1 [7]. 

Prez. 1. q. Kal no. 1, Gen. 26, 15. 18. 


᾿ “NS fut. "m0", to cover, to veil, see 
Hiph. no. 1,and "79 no. 1; then to hide 


, δ 


Chald. "mo id. Syr. ὅλ 
to protect, he veil, hiding-place, se- 
eret. Arab. 


fo conceal. 


to cover, to cover over ; 
90 9,“ 5 GS-7. 
III, to hide ; po and jw veil, γ᾿“ 
shield.—In Kal once intrans. to hide one- 
self, fut. "m0" Prov. 22, 3 Cheth. where 
Keri "md3. 
Nipu. 1. to be hid, to lie hid. Job 3, 
23 to aman IMD} i207 ἽΝ to hans 


his way ts hid, who knows not how to. 


escape from calumitioa, With 47 (κα- 
λύπτεσϑαι ἀπό τινος, comp. 472 no. 3. b) 
to be hid from any one Ps. 38, 10. Is. 40, 
27. Gen. 31, 49 when we shall be hid 
from one another, when we shall be far 
distant from one another. Ps. 19, 7. Job 
28,21. With "2°22, Hos. 13, 14 repent- 
ance is hidden from mine eyes, i. e. is 
unknown to me. Is, 65, 16; "25 (Lat. 
occulltari a conspectu alic. Plaut. ) Deut. 
7, 20; ΒΘ Jer. 16, 17; 7320 Am. 9, 3. 
Dik. plur. f. minno: hidden things, se- 
crets, Deut. 29, 28 ; spec. hidden sins, 
i. 6. unconsciously committed, Ps. 19, 
13.—Followed by another verb, it may 
be rendered by an adverb, secretly, like 
Gr. λανϑάνω ; Num. 5,13 ΤΙΝ 3291 INO} 
and she be secretly defiled. = 

2. Reflex. to cover oneself ; Is. 28, 15 
“pws smo? we have covered ourselves 
up in lies, wrapped ourselves in them. 
Hence, to hide oneself, Jer. 36,19. Zeph. 
2,'3 5 with 3 of place, or 03, 1 Sam. 20, 
5. 19. 24. Jer. 23, 24. Job 34, 22; 572 Ps, 
55, 13; "252 Gen. 4, 14. Job 13. 20. Of 
God as hiding himself Ps. 89, 47, i. 4. 
28 “Md; see Hiph. no. 1. b. 

Piri to hide a person for protection, 
Is. 16, 3. 

Pua part. fem. MIMO hidden, secret, 
Prov. 27, 5. 

Hiew. 1. to cover, to veil, espec. the 
face, Ex. 3,6. With 3 from any per- 
son or thine ; Is. 50, 6 7 covered not my 
face from hepetioch one spitting. Is. 53, 
3 35722 O72 “MOS as one covering his 
face from us. sc. for shame, as affected 
with an evil disease ; "M07 part. of the 
Chald. form for ""m02 which is read in 
4 Mss. Others: as one from whom men 
hide their faces, taking the part. as im- 
personal; this gives a good sense, but 
the construction is less easy.— Spec. 


736 





“NO 


Jehovah is said to cover or veil his face, 
1978 7"MON, also D[2B "AON Is. 59, 2, 


comp. Job 34, 29; e.g. 


is said not to regard human affairs Ps. 


a) Where ‘hp 


10,11; ὁ. 72, Ps. 51,11 cover (smOn, q.d. 


turn awa thy ‘face from my sins, i. 6. 
regard them not, forgive them. b) In 
token of displeasure opp. 1728 “85 see 
p. 25, and» "28 Nis p. 695. With ἸΏ 
Deut. 31, 17. 32, 20. Ps, 13, 2 how long 
wilt thou veil thy face from me? 22, 25 
he doth not veil his face from him se. the 
afflicted, but hears his prayers. 27, 9. 
102, 3. Is. 8, 17. Jer. 33, 5. Ez. 39, 23 sq. 
al. sep. So without }2 Deut. 31, 18. 
Ps. 30, 8. 44, 25. 104, 29. Job 13. 24. 
34, 29 when he veileth his fuce, who can 
behold him? i. e. if he be displeased, 
who can be admitted to his presence ? 
the figure being drawn from the custom 
of kings and princes, who admit only 
those whom they favour. So with 5°28 


impl. Is. 57, 17 J smote him (the people) 


covering my face, and I was wroth,— 
Once the sins*of men are said fo veil the 
Jace of God, i. 6. 1Ἃο avert his favour, Is. 
59, 2. 

2. to hide, to conceal a pers. or things} 
Job 14, 13. Prov. 25,2. Spec. a) For 


protection and salty from persecutors, 


etc. Jer. 36,26. 2 Chr. 22,11; with 3 
of place Ps. 17,-8. Is. 49, 2. Ps, 31, 21. 
27,5; with j2, "282.2 K. 11, 2. Ps. 64, 
3. Is. 50, 6. Ὁ) to hide ἃ thing from any 


one, not to let him know it, with 72 of - 


pers. 1 Sam. 20, 2. Is. 29, 15. Ps. 119, 19. 


c) to hide sorrow, calamity, from any 
Job 3,10 "moh 


one, i. e. to avert it; 
"37972 ΘῺΣ ; comp. Niph. Is. 65, 16 ‘and | 
ΓΞ Job 33, 17. 

Hirupa. “ΌΤΙ to hide oneself 1 Sam. 
23, 19. 26, 1. Ps. 54,2. Is. 45, 15 truly 
thou art smno2 >x a God hiding thyself, 


whose secret counsels none can compre-_ 


hend. Is. 29, 14 the understanding of the 
prudent shall hide itself, i. e. shall van — 
ish away, disappear. 

Deriv. ΤΌ, NINO, “ΠΏ, “iron, 
pr. ἢ. “rd, “30D. 

“τῷ Chald. Pa. 1. to hide. Part, 
pass. plur. f. xnanoa hidden renee se- 
crets, Dan. 2, 22. 

2. to destroy, Ezra 5, 12; pr. to hide 
away, to remove out of sight, comp. “n> 
and‘"n2n. In Targ. often. Syr. Pe. ἂν 


"nd 


AMO m. (Ὁ. 9M) in pause “Mo Deut. 
27, 15. 24; c. suff. "7nd, plur. S7Nd. 
1. @ covering, veil ; 

ἴῃ τ. ἼΌ Kal! Job 32, 14°31 43 Mo "ΣΡ 


thick clouds are a covering to him, so 


_ that he seeth not. 24,15 Ὁ 5 Θ25 “no 
he maketh his face a veil, i. e. veils his 
face. Ps. 81, 8 53 “"NO3 in the veil of 
thunder, i. e. a thunder-cloud. 18, 12. 
2. acovert, shelter ; Ps. 27,5 ony “no 
the covert of his tabernacle. 61, 5. Is. 32, 
2. Trop. protection, defence, Th 16, 4. 
Ε 28,17. Ps. 31, 21. 91,1. Hence God is 
said to be a covert, shelter, protection, 
Ps. 32,7. 119, 114. 


_ Ain, 729 eye, the sixteenth letter of 
_ the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de- 
_ noting 70. Compare its figure Ο in the 
_ Phenician alphabets, whence the Greek 
~ Omicron. 
_ While the Hebrew was a living lan- 
_ guage, this letter, which is peculiar to 
_ the Semitic tongues, and extremely diffi- 
cult for our organs to pronounce, seems 
_ to have had, like ©, a twofold pronunci- 
ation, which the Neabiais distinguish by 
a diacritical point, é Ain, ὁ Ghain. The 
one apparently was only a uel im- 
"pulse of the breath, like the letter &, but 
more forcible, so as to resemble the 
sound of a in father, or short. e when ut- 
_ tered furtively or as if abruptly ejected 


—<— on x 
Ἢ x 


_ from the throat. Hence the Greek inter- . 


_ preters have sometimes represented it 
_ by the smooth and rough breathings, and 
- sometimes also by: expressing the furtive 
_ Vowels, as P22 “Auodyjx, “29 “Hii, "729 
Ἑβραῖος, SHIN. Noyé, ΒΞ 5} Τελβουέ, sy 
_ sig, see Orig. ad Gen. 28, 19, in Montf. 
_ Hexapl. II. p. 397. On thie ἴδμεν hand 
the harder Ain, which the Arabs call 
Ghain, was a harsh sound uttered from 
the bottom of the throat, accompanied 
by a certain whirring or whizzing, so as 
nearly to resemble the letter r when 
uttered abruptly with a strong rolling. 
This the Seventy have usually repre- 


7 a ; 
sentea by the letter y, as MID 5 τῇ Tala, 
62* 


‘Syr. Arab. id. see ° 








737 5 


3.ὦΔ hiding ; then a hiding-place, 
place of concealment, 1 Sam. 25, 20; so 
"92 in a hiding-place 1 Sam. 19, 2. 
Ps. 139, 15.—Also, something hidden, a 
secret, secrecy ; Judg. 3,19 "NO "23 a 
secret message. Prov. 9, 17 pwnd on 
bread of secrecies, to be eaten in ‘secret. 
Often “moa in secret. secretly, Sept. 
χρυφῆ, Deut. 13, 7. 2 Sam. 12, 12. Job 
13, 10. Ps. 101, 5. Is. 45, 19. al. 


MIMO f. (x. Md) i. ᾳ. "MQ no. 2, pro- 
tection, Deut. 32, 38. 


TNO (for MM protection of Jeho- 
vah, r. 990) Sthri, pr. ἢ. m. Ex. 6, 22. 


Md Τύμοῤῥα, "Dik rs Soyooa, "9 Tut, 
Pa"> Γεβάλ. See De Sacy Gr. Arabe 
I. § 45,46. Hence it happens, that seve- 
ral Hebrew roots comprise what are 
strictly two roots of different significa- 
tion; one of which is written in Arabic 
with the ὁ νην & and the other with &} 


as >>» ‘te to drink a second time, to 


glean, and ee dé to insert, to enter; 
also "49, B59, Day, Hey, a9. In 
other instances, the various powers of 
one and the same root are distinguished 
by the Arabs in the manner of pro- 
nouncing; 6. g. Way i. q. ree to bind 
closely together, and also i. q. ree to 
serve, to worship; see in 729. 

The softer pronunciation of » seems to 
have been the most frequent among the__ 
Hebrews; as also among the Arabs the 
letter ¢ & is far more frequent than E: 


For this reason ¥ is very often. inter- : 


changed with ἐξ, or, to speak more accu- 
rately, > is often softened into ἐξ... 866 p. 
1; also in the middle of words. when 
icoceded by a Sheva, » is often dropped, 
like δὰ and 4, as bya contr. >2, "23 
contr. "2; to which we may also katte 
πρὸ for’ Mpw2 Am. 8, 8, and 12> for 
may Ps, 28, 8.—On the abhee hand the 
harder > was kindred in sound: a) To 
the guttural ΤΊ, as p2n, 29; BM, WS 


Bi 


ἊΝ 


ay 738 


“i>. Also to the letter =, 7, by which 
indeed many express the Arabic Ghain, 
as 22 and 247 to polish. Ὁ) To the 
palatal letters, as 1, >, P, which see 
respectively, and compare "¥3 and "M2 
to surround ; 23) (832) and 333, 32, to 
boil up; Chald. 8398 and δε earth ; 
sa and paw. c) The letter > is also 
very frequently interchanged with 7, in 
such a way that for the Hebrew 7 we 
find in Aramean 9, i. 6. the sibilant 
being dropped, and nothing but a guttu- 
ral impulse of breath remaining, as j8¥ 


le AS flock; ΣΝ υδ) Εἴ soo 
earth; "2% [pda wool. See on the 


nature and cause of this permutation, 
Ewald Krit. Gram. p. 33. 


I. ΔΨ τὰ. (r. 232) a term of architec- 
ture, ὦ "threshold, slep, i. e. a projection 
or offset, perh. collective, forming the 
ascent into a portico, 1 K. 7,6. Ez. 41, 
25. Plur. 0°29 v. 26, as if from a sing. 
a3. Targ. well in 1K. 7, 6 xmBIpo 
thresholds. Vulg. epistylium, architrave, 
against the context in both places; al- 
though such is the poverty of the He- 
brew in terms of this sort, that the Heb. 
ay may perhaps: have comprehended 
the epistyle. This is also favoured by 
the etymology from 335 to cover, q. Vv. 


II. 39 comm. gend. (m. Is. 19,1. Ece. 
13,3; £ 1K. 18, 44.) constr. 3> Prov. 
16, 15. Is. 18, 4, once 22 Ex. 19, 9; plur. 
pay, constr. "33, twice ΤῚΣ. 2 Sam. 
23, ἃ, Ps. 77, 18. Ἔ. a>. 

Ἴ, tabkness: chiefly of clouds, Ex. 19, 
9 425% ΞΣΞ in the darkness of a oui. 
Ps. 18, 12 npr "a> darkness of clouds. 
—Hence 

2. a cloud, Is. 19, 1. 28, 5. al. by 89 
a cloud of dew Is. 18,4. Prov. 16, 15. 
Often collect. clouds Job 20, 6. 36, 29. Is. 


14,14. Plur. Judg. 5,4. 1K. 18,45. Ps. _ 


104, 3: al. A cloud is put as an emblem 
of awh motion Is. 60, 8 (comp. 19, 1); 
also of things evanescent Job 30, 15. Is. 

44, 22. 

3. dark thicket of a wood, plur. 5°33 
Jer. 4,29. Chald. Syr. id. 

2D see in 39 I. 

* 22% obsol. τ᾿ prob. to cover, to hide, 


dq. Ἔα xan, oan. Hence 35 I. 


‘todo work. Aram. pos, 729 heat to make, 





“2 


* TAP μὰς. 142% 1. to labour, to work, 


i. ᾳ. Heb. ΠῺΣ ; Arab. Rts to serve 
“God, see ho: 3, but Conj. II to reduce to 


servitude, hire servant; see Hiph. no. 
2. A, Schultens holds the primary idea 
to be that of subduing, depressing, ad 
Job. p. 6; and so Redslob nearly.—Ab- 
sol. Ex. 20,9 789m D5 γι six days 
shalt thou labour, opp. to M38. 34, 21. 
Deut. 5, 13. Ecc. 5,11. With ace. of 
land, ete. to work, 6. g. to till the ground 
Gen. 2, 5. 3, 23. 4,2; a vineyard Deut, 
28, 39; a garden Gen. 2,15. So of arti- 
sans, Is. 19, 9 ΘΒ "a> the workers 
in linen. Ez. 48, 18 "ΛΣΤ  ὙἼ29 the work- 
men or labourers of the city. v.19. Ac- 
cus. impl. Deut. 15, 19 thow shalt not till 
the ground with (3) the firstling of thy 
bullock. 

2. to work for another, to serve, Num. 
4,37; 3 of price, Gen. 29, 20.25. Hos. 
12, 13. Ez. 29, 20. Often with ace. of 
pers. to serve any one, Gen. 29, 15. 30, 
26. 31,6. 41, Ex. 21,6. Mal. 3,17; poet. 
of a beast Job 39,9; ἘΦ with any one 
Gen. 29, 25. 30. Lev. 25,40; "25> 2Sam. 
16, 19 of a minister of the king, comp. 
“2p> “29. With two acc. Gen. 30, 29 
MISS ἐὸν my HI" ἑλοῦ knowest what 
(how) 1 have served thee. —Spoken not 
only of single persons, but also of na- 
tions, who serve their kings and princes 
Judg. 9, 28. 38. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 1 K. 5, 1. 
12,4. Ps. 18,44. Jer. 27, 7.9; or who 
are subject to other nations Get. 15, 14. 
25, 23. Ex. 14, 12. 1 Sam. 4, 9 (c. 5). 
2 Sam. 10,19. Jer. 40, 9; aids of kings 
who. are tributary to others Gen. 14, 4. 
2K. 18, 7. Here belongs Gen. 15, 13 
ἘῸΝ 8d) ὈΠΊΣΣΣ and they (the Ieraeks 
ites) shall serve them (the Egyptians), 
and they shall afflict them, the Egyptians 
shall afflict the Israelites, the subject and 
object being changed. So too 733 02 
1K. 9,21, see in 02.—Once to serve any 
one is for simpl. to obey, 1 K. 12, 7. 

3. to serve in a religious sense, i. 6. fo 
worship, to yield reverence and obedi- 
ence to, 6. g. Jehovah Ex. 3, 12. 4, 23. 7 
16. 26. Josh. 24, 15. 18. Ps. 22, 81. J 
21, 15. al. sep. Also idols Deut. 4,19. 
8, 19. 13,7. 14. Judg. 10, 10, 1K. 16, 31. 





Γ ΠῺΣ 


res 


_ 2K.10,18.al. So ofa single sacrifice 
_ oract of worship Ex. 3, 12. 4,23. Constr. 
_ with ace. rarely with > Judg. 2, 13. Jer. 
44,3. Acc. impl. (Jehovah) Job 36,11. 

Is. 19,23. With two acc. to serve God 

with any thing, i. e. to offer in sacrifice, 
_ Ex. 10, 26; hence, the name of God 
being emitted ΓΓΙ2 ἢ M33 722 to offer 

sacrifice and oblation, i.e. to serve (God) 

with such offerings, Is. 19, 21. 

4, Causat. 3 729 i.g. TA, to make 

_ serve, to impose service upon any one. 
Ley. 25, 39 332 nad ia TayMm-N> thou 
"shalt not make him serve the service of a 
bondman. v. 46. Ex. 1,14. Jer. 22, 13. 
34, 9.10. So of nations Jer. 25, 14. 27, 
7. 30,8. Ez. 34, 27. 

Nieuw. 1. to be wrought, tilled, of a 
field, Deut. 21, 4. Ex. 36, 9. 34. 
4 2. to be served, [ profited, as a king by 
3 his land, Ecc. 5, 8.—R. 
_ Poat 1.i.q. Niph.no. 1, Deut. 21, 3; 
comp. 15, 19. 
2. Pass. of Kal no. 4, Is. 14, 3 the heavy 
«service 32 729 WX which was imposed 
: For 72% we might expect 
_ 772»; but see Heb. Gram. § 140. 1. b. 
_ Hips. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
cause to work, to compel to labour, c. ace. 
_ Ex. 1,13. 6,5. 2 Chr. 2,17.—Hence to 
weary with severe labour, to fatigue ; Is. 
_ 43,23 [have not wearied thee with offering 
᾿ sacrifices .. ..34 FAMINEMA "IANIITN FN 
but thou hast wearied me with thy. sins. 
_ 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
_ serve, Ez. 29, 18; to reduce to servitude 
sc. a people Jee. 17, 4. 
 * 3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, 2 Chr. 34, 33. 
' Horn. 729 to be made to serve i.e. 
_ toworship. Ex. 20,5 o739m > nor be 
_ made (led, driven) to serve them i.e. 
Sfalse gods. 23,24. Deut. 5,9. Hence 
; to serve, at the persuasion or urgency of 

“others, Deut. 13, 3. 

Deriv. 73372, and the seventeen here 
following. 












_ 13% Chald. to make, to do, i. q. Heb. 
ΠῺΣ no. 2, for which it is usually put in 
the Targums. Spec. a) to make an 
szmage Dan. 3,1.  b) to make, i.e. to 
create the fname and the earth Jer. 10, 
11. ) to make ready a feast Dan. 5, 1. 
d) to keep a festival Ezra 6,16. 6) to 
make war Dan. 7,21. f) todo a law, 





739 


-be cut in pieces, see in D455. 





‘Tap 


i.e. to keep it, Ezra 7, 26; comp, wy 
no. 2.1. Also to do or perform miracles 


_ Dan. 3, 32. 6,28; to do or conmit wrong 


Dan. 6, 23; to make sedition Ezra 4, 15. 
g) Genr. to do any thing, comp. ΠῺΣ no. 
3; Ezra 6, 13. Dan. 6, 11. 4, 32 [35] 
MI3> ΓῺ what doest thou? spoken in in- 
vective. h) 3 739 todo with any one, 
56. customarily, Dan. 4, 32 [35]; to do 
with any thing, to dispose of it, Ezra 7, 
18; c. OY id. Ezra 6. 8. 

Irupe. to be made, to be done, Ezra 4, 
19. 7,26. With a noun following, Dan. 
3,29 TBS" [2 let him be made pieces, 
Dan. 2, 5. 
Ezra 6,11. Absol. to be done, spoken of 
something before mentioned, Ezra 5, 8. 
6, 12. 7, 21. 23.—Deriv. 8139. 


732 m. (r. 729) in pause 733; ο. suff. 
"32>; plur. 5°23, constr. "J23; a 


servant, Arab. OAS, Syr. [pas. 

1. Genr. a servant, who among the 
Hebrews was also a slave, Gen. 12, 16. 
17, 23. 39, 17. Ex. 12, 30. 44. 21, 2; 
whether born in the house, verna, (772% 
m3 q.v.) or bought with money (ὩΣ 5 
50>) Gen. 17, 12.23. ΞΡ M752 servile 
work Lev. 25, 39. τὸν 739 a servant 
for ever, see in 0252 no. 2. ἃ. O°F3D 739 
a servant of servants, the lowest menial, 
Gen. 9,25. m 72> m3 the house of serv- 
ants, house of bondage, prison-house, i. e. 
Egypt, Ex. 13, 3. 14. 20, 2. Deut. 8, 14. 
13, 6. 11. Emphat. Jer. 2,14 ἐβ Israel a 
servant? is he a home-born slave? why 
is he a spoil? Often followed by > in 
stead of a genit. ὦ servant to any one, 
see > no. 3.f. Gen. 41, 12. 1 Sam. 30, 13. 
17, 8 ἘΝ mvtsy ἘΠΝῚ. (But 759 
bats are the ministers and courtiers of 
Saul; see below in lett. b.) 2Sam. 9 12. 
1K, 11,26. Hence > 739 55 to become 
servant to any one Gen. 9, 25-27. 44, 9. 
10. 17. 33. 47, 25. Lev. 26, 13. Deut. 6, 
21; > tayd mn id. 1 Sam. 8, 17. 17, 9; 
eon y ἼΞΣΝ mpd 2K. 4,1, 5 442) ἽΝ᾽ 
Is. 44, 21. 49, 55) once i. q. to ‘obey, to be 
obsequious, 1 K. 12, 7.—Spec. the name 
servants isapplied: a) To common sol- 
diers, who are called the servants of their 
general or prince, 2 Sam. 2, 12. 13. 15. 
30. 31. 3,22. 8,7. Ὁ) To the servants of 
a king, i.e. his ministers and court offi- 
cers, 6. 5. HYD "739 Gen. 40, 20. 41, 10 


Tay 


37. 38. 50,7. Ex. 5,21. al. νῷ "359 
1 Sam. 16, 17. 18, 22. 28,7; ἸΡῈΠ “Tay 
ΤΠ 9, 27.2 K. 19, 5. Esth. 3, 3. 
Is. 37, δ al. So of military commanders 
1 Sahn: 29, 3. 
c) To whole nations, which are subject 
or tributary to others, Gen. 9, 26. 27, 37. 
Deut. 5,15 15, 15. 16, 12. 2 Sam. 8, 2. 
6. 14. 1 Chr. 18, 2.6.13. d) Trop. of 
beasts Job 40, 28; also of things Gen. 
47,19, comp. Judith 3, 4. 

In addressing superiors the Hebrews 
from modesty or humility were accus- 
tomed to call themselves servants, and 
those whom they addressed, lords; see 
in ΠΝ. Gen. 18, 3 pass not away from 
thy servant, i.e. from me. 19, 19. 33, 5. 
44, 18. 24. 33. 1 Sam. 17, 32. 34. 38. 20, 
8. Is. 36, 11. Dan. 2, 4. al. So in con- 
verse with God, Ex. 4, 10. 1 Sam. 3, 
9. 10; and in prayers to him, Ps. 19, 12. 
14. 27, 9. 69, 18. 119, 1% Neh. 1, 6. 8. 
Hence 73> thy servant is in this way 
put for "258, so that the suffix of the 
first person is referred to it, e. g. Gen. 
44, 32 for thy servant (I) became surety 
Sor the lad unto my father.—The term 
servants is applied also to absent per- 
sons, whom one wishes to commend to 
the favour of a patron; as Gen. 44, 27 
thy servant, my father, said unto us. 32, 
5. 20. 21. 

2. Mim Tay, servant of Jehovah, used 
tropically in various senses, viz. 8) 
For a worshipper of God; Neh. 1, 10 ἘΠ 
W745" FISD they (the Israelites) are thy 
servants and thy people ; comp. Chald. 
Ezra 5, 11 we are the servants of the God 
of heaven, we worship the God of heaven. 
Dan. 6, 21 O Daniel, servant of the liv- 
ing God, i. e. who dost worship the liv- 
ing God. In this sense it is used asa 
laudatory epithet or title applied to the 
pious worshippers of God, e. g. to Abra- 
ham, Ps. 105, 6. 42; Joshua, Josh. 24, 29. 
Judg. 2, 8; Job, Job 1, 8. 2,3. 42, 8; 
David Ps. 18, 1. 36, 1. 78, 70. 89, 4. 21. 
Jer. 33, 21 sq. Ez. 34, 23; Eliakim Is. 
22, 20; Zerubbabel Hag. 2, 24. Also 
in silt mint "32> is often said of pious 
men, Ps. 84, 23. 69, 37. 113, 1. 134, 1. 
135, 1. 136, 22. Is. 54, 17. 63, 17. 65,8; 
' 9. 13-15. Ὁ) For a minister or amnbas- 
sador of God, called of God and sent to 
perform any service. Is. 49,6 "mi" 529 


740 


1K. 11, 26. 2K. 25, 8. 





s29 
“1 


‘nan ἘΝ ΠΏΞΘΩΝ ὈΠΌΓΙΡ ay 5b δ te 
not enough that thou shouldst be my ser- 
vant (i.e. my ambassador and instru- 
ment) to raise up the tribes of Israel.... 
I will also make thee a light to the Gen- 
tiles. v.5. In this sense it is applied 


‘directly to the Messiah Zech. 3,8; also 


to Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, — 
whom God used as his instrument in — 


chastising the people, Jer. 25, 9. 27, 6. 
43,10. Often also there is connected 


with the term the idea of a familiar — 
servant, standing in a more intimate re- — 


lation, chosen and beloved of God for his 
piety and approved fidelity, and sent to 
perform his service, e. g. thus spoken of 
angels (in the other hemistich B°28>%) 
Job 4,18; and of prophets Am. 3, 7. Jer. 
7,25. 25,4. 26,5. 29,19. 35, 15. 44, 4. 
Dan. 9, 6. Ezra 9, 11; spec. of Moses 
Deut. 34,5. Josh. 1, 1. 13. 15. Ps. 105 
26; of Isaiah Is. 20, 3. Sometimes the 
two ideas of a pious worshipper of God 
and of an ambassador sent from God 
appear to have coalesced, e. g. in the 
passages which relate to Abraham and 
Moses, and particularly in those where 
Israel or Jacob, i. e. the people of Israel, 
is addressed by this honourable and en- 
dearing appellation, as Is. 41, 8. 9. 42, 
19. 44, 1. 2. 21. 45, 4. 48, 20. Jer. 30, 10, 
46, 27. 28. Ez. 28, 25. 37, 25; comp. | 
Hos. 11, 1. Still it is the pious Teravelstui 


who are here especially meant, i. 6. those 


truly worthy of the name, ἀληϑινοὶ “Ie- 
ραηλῖται, Is, 43, 10. 49, 3 where see the 
author’s note at the end of his Germ. 
version edit. 2. Among these again 
the prophets particularly are so named, 
Is. 44, 26. 
thus: termed the servant of Jehovah. is 
called in the other hemistich sometimes 
the elect, chosen of God, Is. 41, 8. 45, 4; 
sometimes ambassador and friend 42, 
19, and so in the plur. ambassadors 44, 
26. But in all the passages respecting 
the servant of God in the chapters of the 
last part of Isaiah, (42, 1-7. 49, 1-9. 50, 
4-10. 52, 13—53, 12,) he is represente 
as the intimate friend and ambassado 
of God, as aided by the divine spirit, a 


as about to restore the tribes of Israe | 


This same Jacob who ἰδ 


— λυνὸΣ 


4 































. 


4 


| 








and become the teacher of other na-— 


tions. [Such was to be the characte 
of the Messiah, to whom these pa 





β ay 


sages are expressly referred in the N. 


| T.—R. 
3. Ebed, (servant sc. of God,) pr. n. 
-m. a) Judg. 9, 26.28. b) Ezra 8, 6. 


TaY Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. 733 servant ; 

e. g. servant of the king, i. e. a minister, 

prefect, Ezra 4,11; so those who ad- 

dress the king call themselves his ser- 

vanis, Dan. 2, 4.7. ἀρ ἼΞΣ the ser- 

vant of God, i. e. worshipper, Dan. 3, 26. 
6, 21. Ezra 5, 11. 


t22 m. (Kamets impure) work, deed, 
Syr. [pos. 
ay, see T3i9. 


NAY (servant sc. of God, after the 
Chaldee form) Abda, pr.n.m. a) 1K. 
4,6. Ὁ) Neh. 11, 17, for which 1 Chr. 


9,16 m729. 


DIN"T3Y (serving Edom) Obed-edom, 
pr. n. of a Levite, 2 Sam. 6, 10. 1 Chr. 
10, 38. 


ἢ 


᾽ ob (servant of God) Abdeel, δ n. 


ma. Jer. 36, 26. 

: ΩΣ f. (τ. 722) 1. work, labour ; 
Ps. 104, 23 man goeth forth unto his work 
and to his labour (1355) until the 
evening’. Lev. 25, 39 129 MIB servile 
labour. 23, 7. 8. 21. 35. 36. Num. 28, 18. 
25. 29, 1. 12. 35.—Ex. 39, 32 myay-bp 
IN 5D all the work of the tabernacle, 
‘ai the labour expended upon it. 36, 3. 5. 
Hence a) work, business, i. q. raxda, 
"Num. 4, 47 “9 may ὉΠῈΣ ἼΞΡΌ, io 
work the work of the ministry and the 
work of bearing in the tabernacle of the 
“congregation, i. q. to do the work or 
business ; for ig in 1 Chr. 9, 19 
ΞΡ moxda. Is. 28, 21 inway say 
to ‘work his he i. 6. divine judgments 
“upon the ungodly. 32, 17. Comp. 558, 
ΠΈΣ, Chald. 83> i. q. ΠΏΣΏ. b) 


once Kce. 9, 1. 







κὰ 


δ Spec. Keorle of the field, tillage, ‘agricul-_ 


ture, 1 Chr. 27, 26. Neh. 10, 38. 

2. hahour‘of a servant for his master, 
service, ministry. Gen. 30, 26 hou know- 
est my service (ΠΤΛΊΞΣ τ), which I have 
done thee. ὩΣ NIBP 739 to serve a ser- 
vice with any one, to be his servant, Gen. 
29, 27. Ex. 1, 14 and they made their 

life bitter (Ap mIS2a) with hard ser- 
vice in mortar, etc. and go nwp ΓῚᾺΡΞ9 of 
_hard'service rendered by a people toa 


741 





ἼΩΝ 


king or to another people, Deut. 26, 6. 
1 K. 12, 4. Neh. 5, 18. Is. 14, 3. Lam. 1, 
3; of military service Ez. 29,18. Also 
of the service or ministry of the king 
1 Chr. 26,.36. 2 Chr. 12, 8—Hence 


. 8) service, i. e. use, profit. Ps. 104, 14 


and herb for the service of man. Num. 
3, 26. Ὁ) service, i.e. furniture, imple- 
ments, Num. 3, 31. 36. Comp. in Engl. 
a service of plate. 

3. service of the tabernacle and tem- 
ple, the sacred ministry of the priests and 
Levites, 1 Chr. 25, 1. 26, 8. al. Fully 
syia Saka mwas Num. 4, 23. 35; nay 
" ἘΠῚ Ex. 30, 17. Num. 18, 6; j2van Ξ 
Num. 3, 7. 8. 16, 9; “ma MIB 1 Chr. 
9, 13. 23, 28; SIP ‘mas Num. 7, 9; 
mint may Nein: 8, 11. Josh. 22, 27; 
κατ ἐξοχήν nyasn 9 Chr. 35, 10. So 
ὌΠ 2a MIs the service of the sons of 
Kohath sc. in the tabernacle, Num. 4, 4; 
comp. v. 24.27.28, mtasrtb> the vessels 
of service, sacred vessels, 1 Chr. 9, 28. 
28, 14. NIB ΝᾺΣ the service-host, the 
host of ministering priests and Levies 
Num. 8, 25. v. 26 7497 Nd ΠῚΞ9 he 
shall do no service, shall take no part 
init. Spoken αἷοῦ of a particular rite 
or service, Ex. 12, 25. 26. 13, 5. 


MIP f. (τ. 723) service, for concr. ser- 
vants, familia, Gen..26, 14. Job 1, 3. 
Comp. Gr. ϑεραπεία Matt. 24, 45. 

1122) (servile) Abdon, pr. n. 1. A 
Levitical city in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 
21,30. 1 Chr. 6,59. The same name 
according to 20 Codd. should be read 
Josh. 19, 28 instead of the usual 7439. 

2. Of several men: a) A judge of 
Israel, Judg. 12, 13. 15; called 772 1 
Sam. 12,11; seein 113. b), 1 Chr.8, 
23. c) ib. 8,30. 9,36. d)2 Chr. 34,20. 


MATA f. (denom. from 732) servi- 
tude, bondage, Ezra 9, 8.9. Neh. 9, 17. 


Syr. [ZopaS id. 

“JAY (for 3239 servant of Jehovah) 
Abdi, pr.n.m. a) 1Chr. 6,29. b) 2 
Chr. 29,12. c) Ezra 10, 26. 

DN°TIY (servant of God) Abdiel, pr. 
n,m. 1 Chr. 5, 15. 

W729 and M7539 m. (worshipper 
of Jehovah) Obadiah, pr. n. of several 


persons, of whom the most distinguished 
was a prophet of this name contem- 


Tay 


porary with Jeremiah, Obad. 1.—1 K. 
18,3. 1 Chr. 3, 21..7, 3. 8, 381 9, 16 
(comp. Neh. 11,17). v. 44. 12, 9. 27, 19. 
2 Chr. 17,7. 34, 12. Ezra 8, 9. Neh. 10, 6. 
Sept. ᾿4βδίας, which properly comes 
from M333. 

Jay (servant of the king, Arab. 
SULT dus Abd el-Malek), Ebed-me- 
lech, pr. n. of an Ethiopian at the court 
of Zedekiah, Jer. 38, 7. 39, 16. 

02 TAY (perh. i. Bs 2) 322 worship- 
per of Mercury, see 33) Dan. 1, 7. 2,49. 
312, also i932 ἼΞΣ v. 29, A bedileeis a 
Chaldee pr. n. given in Babylon to Aza- 
riah one of: Daniel’s companions. 


*ray 1. to be thick, fat, Deut. 32, 
15. 1 K. 12, 10. Comp. the noun "a>. 

2. to be dense, compact ; whence "33, 
may. .—Syr. ak to be fat, hard, as 
the heart; Eth. UP to be large, to 
grow; Arab. jas to be thick, dense. 

Diay τὰ. a pledge, pawn, Deut. 24, 
10, 11.12. R.o3e. 

"AY m. (r. “2>) constr. PINT “ay 
produce of the earth, grain, corn, Josh. 


5, 11. 12; opp. manna or bread from — 


heaven. Syr. janx, Chald. "522 , id.— 
Comp. 553" from r. 53, Hiph. >"37h to 
bring; ΠΣ from Nia. 


“AY (τ. 939, after the form 5533, 
7708) pr. a passing over, transit ; found 
only with prefix V1322 , and so used as 
a Preposition (and Conjunction) corre- 
sponding nearly to Gr. ὑπέρ with a geni- 
tive, Engl. over, marking that over or 
above which any thing passes or moves ; 
see Passow Lex. art. ὑπέρ A; comp. >2 


no. 2. d. 6. Found only in_ tropical 
senses. . 
A) Prep. 1. over, i. 6. for, in behalf of, 


for the sake of, in the sense of protec- 
tion, care, favour, benefit, Gr. ὑπέρ τινος 
Paco. in ὑπέρ A. no. 4. Gen. 12, 13 
that it may be. well with me 777APA for 
thy sake. 2 Sam. 9, 1.'7. Gen. 26, 24 for 
my servant Abraham’s sake. 18, 26. 29. 
31. 32. Ps. 132,10. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam. 
5, 12. 6, 12. 12, 25.—Hence 

2. for, because of, marking the cause 
on account of which any thing is done; 
comp. Ὁ no. 2. ἃ. 2 Sam. 13, 2 he fell 


742, 





“39 


sick "2m “322 for his sister Tamar, 
because of his love for her. 12, 21. Jer. 
14, 4. Gen. 3,17 cursed be hed ογοι 
Because of thee. 8, 21. 1 Sam. 23, 10. 
2 Sam. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Job 20, 2. 
Mic. 2, 10. = Also 

3. for, spoken of price; comp. ὑπέρ, 
Sor i. q. instead of, Passow 1. ο. no. 5. 
Am. 2, 6. 8, 6. ; | 

4, With infin. for, i. e. for this cause 
that, in order that. Ex. 9, 16 I have 
raised thee up "M2-M¥ ἸΌΝ ΞΖ for 
to (that I may) show thee my power. 
1 Sam. 1, 8. 2 Sam. 10, 3. 18, 18.—So 
too snap} c. infin. id. Ex. 20, 20. 2 
Sam. 14, 20. 17, 14:—Hence 

B) Conj. that, in order that. , marking 
end and purpose; c. fut. Gen. 21, 30 
ΤΙΣ. "> mnm saya that they may be 
to me a testimony. “27, 4.19. 31. 46,34. 
Ex. 9, 14, 19, 9. 20, 20. Ps. 105, 45; 
fully “iy “AAP2 Gen. 27, 10. 


Miay see naz. 


"O29 fut. vazs 
exchange, see Piel. 
interweave. 

2. to give a pledge for any thing bor- 
rowed, which lies in the idea of ex- 
change; Deut. 24, 10 ‘wap ΞΕ in 
order to pledge his pledge, i. e. in order 
that he (thy brother) may do so. 
Hence to borrow, sc. upon a pledge 
given, Deut. 15, 6 ΞΕ 8D OMEN} bu 
thou shalt not borrow. | 

Pret to change for another. Joel 2.7 f 
they change not their ways, i. e. nothing 
turns them out of their course. 

Hiren. to lend upon a pledge, with ac 
of person to whom, Deut. 15, 6; with 
two acc. of pers. and thing v. 8. 

Deriv. 0133 and 


DOA τῇ. (τ. 35) pr. a pledging of 
goods; concr. things taken in- pledge 
Hab. 2, 6 wo to him who enlargeth what 
is not his own! how long? to him whe 
ladeth himself with goods taken ὃ 
pledge, i. e. unjustly detained and ap 
propriated to his own use; the fig 
being taken from a heartless ΟΝ 





























1. to change; to 


Kindr. is P33 t 


ἼΔΦ τὴ. (τ. 922) denseness, compact- 
ness, e. g. of shields Job 15, 26. 2 Chr. Ε 
4,17 ΤΩΝ "Asa in the δοηιραοί soil 
prob: clayey ; Vulg. in terra argillose, Ὁ 


ΕΓ. 


᾿ BY m. (Ὁ. 939) c. suff. 929, thickness 1 
Ἢ Κ, 7,26. Jer. 52, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 5. 


| SPAY Chald. f. (τ. 139) 1. work, 
labour, Ezra 4, 34. 5, 8. 6, 7. 18. 


2. business, e. g. administration of af- 


fairs, Dan. 2, 49. 3, 12. Comp. 52x29 
Neh. 2, 16, 


ΐ ΄ a 
? by obsol. root, Arab. has to strip 
ar" ss 
a ai of its leaves, Mus a white stone, 


dash a mountain whose rocks are 
_white.—Hence pr. n. d3i>, 53. 


“v2? obsol. root, i. 4. 3¥3 to be in 
pain, according to 1 Chr. 4. 9. 10.— 
Hence pr. ἢ. 723°. 


_ * 732 fat. πβθη, 2 p. fem. A335 
Ruth 2, , see Lehrg. p. 306. Heb. Gr. 
§ 47. ἡ. 1. 

᾿ς 1.to pass over. Arab. 


“ 


to pass over 


a river, also to pass away, depart, die; 





So» 
> pe bank of a stream, shore ; 


= to pass away, depart. Aram. "39 










“~o8i.q. Heb. The same root is widely 
γῇ 
| ΗΝ in the Indo-European tongues, 


€. g. Sanser. upari, Pers. fail A and 
4 super, supra, Gr. ὑπέρ, πέρα, πέραν, 


περάω, Lat. swper, Goth. ufar, afar, 
Germ. δέν, Engl. over.—Pr. to pass over 
ἃ river, sea, ὁ. ace. Gen. 31, 21 735" 
Smn-ny Is. 23,2 ns ἼΞ9. Deut. 3, 27. 


‘lil. 2 Sam. 15, 23. Zech. "10, 11; sina 
Num. 33,.8.' in cetin: impl. to pass over 
‘sc. a river Josh. 2, 23. 2 K. 2,9; and 
with acc. of place to which one passes 
' over, Jer. 2,10 DM> NX 43D pass over 
“(the sea) to the coasts of the Chittim. 
Is. 23, 6. 12. Am. 6, 2; ὁ. δ Num. 32, 7. 
—Spoken also of: ἀϊβιῶν impediments 
which one passes over; as a deep val- 
ley or ravine Is. 10, 29, see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 116; a NaN OE fonon Job 
19, 8, comp. Is. 51, 23; a bound Ps. 104, 
9.. Hence metaph. to pass over, to trans- 
gress, Sept. παραβαίνω, 6. σ. the com- 
mandment of God Num. 22, 18. 24, 13. 
1 Sam. 15, 24. Hab. 1,11; orof the king 
Esth. 3,3; a covenant Deut. 17, 2: Josh. 
7,11. 15. 23, 16. Jer. 34, 18; a law Is. 


129 





"ay 


24, 5. Dan. 9,11. So Syr. 25 to trans- 
gress a law, Chald. 83723 transgression. 
With 5x, to pass over the border to any 
pers. or thing, 1 Sam. 14, 1. 27,2. Trop. 
also of a razor passing over one’s head, 
c. δ Num. 6, 5; of the wind passing 
over upon any pers. or thing, c. 2 Ps. 
103, 16. Comp. no. 4. 

2. to pass over, to pass through, to go 
through, sc. a region, city, field, ete. with 
acc. Num. 20, 17. Judg. 11, 29 ἼΞΣ5) 
‘331 IDDA- MN antl he passed over through- 
out Gilead and Manasseh. Often c. 3 
in, through, Gen. 12,6 D938 ΥῊΝΞ πΞ ΣΤῊ, 
Ps, 42,5 93 W358 "2 for 7 had passed 
on among the crowd. Gen. 30, 32. 41, 46. 
Num. 20, 18. Deut. 2, 27. Josh. 18, 9. 1 
Sam. 9, 4. Is. 34, 10. Jer. 2,6; 13 be- 
tween two things, Gen. 15, 17. Jer. 34, 
19; Fina Job 15, 19. Ez. 9, 4; 553 
Joshi , 11. Am. δ, 17; absol. 2K. 4, 8. 
—So af things, Ps. 18, 13 793 4933 29 
wx "bma1 there passed through his clouds 
(ace. ) hail and burning coals ; but see 
inno. 4.d. 1K. 22, 36 and there went 
a joyful cry throughout the host. Absol. 
Lam. 3, 44 thou hast covered thyself with 
clouds ben "332 so that our prayer 
should not pass through.—So 723 702 
2 K.12,5 and “M2 729 HOD Gen. 23, 
16, money passing among the rnerchaute, 
current money, i. e. which passes cur- 
rent; prob. pieces of silver on which 
the weight was marked, as among the 
Chinese ; ‘since coined money can hardly 
have existed in the days of Abruham. 
Vulg. probata moneta. 

3. to pass over, i. e. to pass beyond, to 
pass by. to pass along or away; with 
acc. of pers. or place by which one pass- 
es, Judg. 3, 26 ΒΡ ΌΒΠΙ ΓΝ TAD RAM 
and he passed on beyond the quarries. 
Gen. 32, 32. 2 Sam. 18, 23 “my 72333 

“gD and he passed by Cushi, outran 
him. Is.31,9 7537 “i929 i2b0 from fear 
he shall pass on (flee) beyond his for- 
tress. With >> pr. over, beyond, Gen. 
18,5 02739 52 DMNIBD 3.55 7D Sor there- 
fore do ye pass by your servant, i. e. pass 
this way. Judg. 9,25 am7>> nagrriy-b2 
ἼΊ13 all that | fiassed along by them. that 
way. 1 K. 9,8. 2K. 4, 9. Prov. 24, 30. 
Jer. 18, 16. Ez. 16, 6.8; 522.Gen. 18. 
3; ὭΣ Ex. 34,6; 3852 K. 4, 31; 
also ΞΘ OM 72> to pass along under 


ay 


the crook of a shepherd numbering his 

‘flock, i. e..to be numbered, Lev. 37, 32. 
Absol. Gen. 37, 28 there passed by Midi- 
aniles, merchants. Ex. 12, 23. Ruth 4, 
1.—Parr. "33 passers by Ps. 129, 8. 
Is. 51,23; with genit. of way, W277 “135 
passers by on the way, they that pass by 
the way, Ps. 80, 13. 89, 42. Job 21,29.— 
Spec. 

a) Of time as passing away, e. g. the 

day Ps. 90,4; the days of one’s life Job 
17,11; mid-day 1 K. 18,29; the seasons 
Jer. 8, 20. Cant. 2,11; the harvest Jer. 
8, 20. So of welfare, anger, mourning, 
i. e. seasons of welfare, mourning, etc. 
Job 30, 15. Is. 26, 20. Ps. 57, 2. Gen. 50, 
4. 2 Sam. 11, 27. 
. 8) Of things that pass swiftly away 
and vanish ; 6. g. chaff driven by the 
wind, "29 pa, "39 wp, Is. 29, 5. Jer. 
13, 24. Ps. 48,5; a cloud Job 30,15; a 
shadow Ps. 144, 4; waters drying up 
Job 6, 15. 11, 16.—Hence 

c) to pass away, to perish, e. g. men 
Ps. 37, 36. Job 34, 20. Nah. 1, 12; by 
a weapon, M2ti2 Job 33, 18. 36, 12; of 
things, q. ἃ. to be forgotten, Esth. 9, 28. 

d) Trop. ΞΘ. 72> to pass over 
transgression, i. e. to forgive, to pardon, 
Mic. 7, 18. Prov. 19, 11; and so without 
DWE, c. dat. to forgive any one, Am-7, 8. 

2. 

4. to pass over from one place to an- 
other, i. e. to pass on, to pass, to go fur- 
ther ; 7°32 ΟΣ "23 to pass from city 
to city 2 Chr. 30, 10. Gen. 18,5 "x 
sar afterwards ye shall pass on. Neh. 
2,14 no place for the beast under me to 
pass sc. further. 2 Sam. 18, 9 the mule 
that was under him passed on, went 
away. 16,1. Mic. 1, 11. Josh. 6, 7. 8. 2 
Sam. 16,9 let me pass on and take off 
his head. 381 "23 to pass on and re- 
turn, i. e. to pass hither and thither, to 
go to and. fro, Ex. 32, 27. Ez. 35, 7. 
Zech. 7, 14. 9,8. With 3 or >3 of the 
way ; Prov. 4, 15 pass not (73) init. 2 
K. 6, 26 the Jes was passing (55) upon 
the wall. v. 30.—Hence 

a) to pass on toa place, fo go to it; 
6. acc. 2 K. 6, 9. Am. 5,5 and pass not 
to Beersheba ; c. >§ 1K. 19, 19. 2 K. 4, 
8. Often of a boundary, which passes on 
to any point, acc. c. 7 loc. Num. 34 4. 
Josh. 15 3 sq, 18, 13. 18. 19. 19, 13. 


744 





"29 | 
b) With 3 to pass in, to go in, to en- 
ter; Judg. 9, 26 D293 933" and 
entered into Shechem. Lev. 26, 6. Ez. 14, 
17; 6. ace. to pass in at a gate Mie. 2, 
13. Is. 62, 10. Here belong also the 
phrases "732 “33 10 enter into a cove- 
nant Deut.-29, 11; mwa 722 10 pass 
into the pit of dems Job 33, 28. 

6) With "25>, το pass on before, to go 
before, so that others follow afterwards, 
Gen. 33, 3. Ex. 17, 5. Deut. 3, 28. Josh. 
4,5. 12. 6,7. Also to pase on firat, io go 
Jirst, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam. 9, 27. 25, 19. 
2 K. 4, 31. —Contra, c. "IN, lo pass on 
after, to follow, 2 Sam. 20, 13, : 

ἃ) With 32, mx2, to pass from. any 
person or thing, to go away, to depart. 
Ruth 2, 8 ΠῚ 23m Nb pass not from 
hence. Cant. 3,4. 1K. 22,24; of things, 
Ps. 81, 7. [Ps. 18, 13 "33 i923 maka 
29 from the brightness" before him 
passed (went) forth his clouds, hail and” 
burning coals, i. 6. the hail and light- 
ning were in the thunder-clouds which 
were gathered around his glory.—R.] 
Trop. Deut. 26,13 I have not departed 
Srom thy commandments, have not trans- 
gressed them. Is. 40, 27 “opin "TDN 
"az" my righteous cause hath passed 
away from my God, he neglects it, no 
longer cares for it. —Absol. id. Cant. 5, 
6. Esth. 4, 17. 

e) With >>, to pass over to anothe 
owner, Is. 45, 14, Ez. 48, 14 Cheth. Comp, 
Lam. 4, 21 013 "Ash abe ba unto thee 
also shall the cup pass on or over.—But 
Deut. 24, 5 ἘΣ 723 to pass over upon is 
i. q. lo be laid upon, as a burden, charge. 

5. From the primary signif. of pass 
ing over comes the frequent use of thi 
verb in respect to waters which are said 
to pass over their banks, to overflow, ἴα 
overwhelm ; c. ace. Jer. 5,22; absol. Is 
8, 8 "231 Few he shall overflow and ove 
whelm. Nah. 1, 8 “21> 5ou2. Hab. 8, 
10. Often c. >> Is. 54, 9. Ps. 42,8 al 
thy waves and thy billows have passed 
over me (723), have overwhelmed me. 
Jon. 2,4. Ps. 124, 4.—Hence, Is. 23, 1 
“ND FSIS ὍΠΩΣ ‘overflow thy land li ce 
the Nile, 1. 68. spread thyself abroad in 
thy land now free from the bane of the 
oppressor.—Hence 

a) Trop. of an inundating host, 
overwhelm ; Dan. 11, 10. 40 (coupled 




























i 


with yuk). Nah. 2, 1 [1, 15] the de- 
__stroyer shall no more overwhelm thee. 
Is. 28, 18. Mic. 5, 7.—Sot too of wine, c. 
ace. Jer. 23, 9 (comp. 5ῸΞ, ohn); a 
multitude of sins Ps. 38, 5; ‘the wrath 
* of God Ps. 88, 17. Absol. Ps, 73, 7 3939 
535 ΓΊΡΞΙΘ the imaginations of the heart 
overflow, their proud thoughts are con- 
_ spicuous in their looks and actions.— 
Hence 
b) to rush upon any one, to assail ; 
c. >3, Job 9,11 729 ἬΞΕΣ 74, sc. God. 
13, 13. Hos. 10, 11. Nah. 3,19 whom 
hath not thy wickedness assailed? 


6) Also of tears, to overflow, comp. in 


Engl. ‘to run over ; Arab. rs the eye 


4 


wets ω 3 
overflows, ὅτ a tear. Part. "23> "2 


overflowing myrrh, i.e. distilling of itself, 
_ dropping in tears, Cant. 5, 5. 13. 

_ Nira. fut. 933", to be passed over, 
e.g. ariver Ez. 47, 5. 

_ Piex 539, fut. a3", to make pass over, 
e.g. 6) A bar, bolt ; hence to shut up 
or close with bolts ; c. "28>, 1 K. 6, 21 
— 9359 92p> ant mipini 5237) and he 
Ἶ ᾿ closed up with golden chains (instead 
__ of bars or bolts) before the holy of holies. 
_ b) A female is said to let pass, to trans- 
mit the male seed, etc. and thence to 
conceive, to breed. ‘Job 21,10 "a> iw 
| his cow breedeth, becomes big with 
ql ‘young. Chald. "29 Pe. Pa. Ethpa. id. 
_ see Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 291, and Bux- 
" torf Lex. Chald. col. 1568. Comp. syn. 
ΠΡ to pass. over, Pa. Aph. to be made 
gravid, in Targg. for 45, pr. to trans- 
' mit, Buxt. col. 1579. See Thesaur. p. 
984. 

ΗΙΡΗ. "235, fut. "ae, apoc. "3374. 
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, ‘to cause to pass 
over, to transport across a river, 6. g. a 
_ people, flocks, etc. with two acc. of pers. 
and stream, then: 32, 24. Num. 32, 5. 
~ Josh. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 19, 16; acc. of obj. 
and 3 of the stream Ps, 186,14. This 
word is employed whether the passing 
of a stream be in boats, over 2 Sam. ]. c. 
or by swimming, as ΗΝ the case of a 
flock, or by wading through at a ford, 
Gen. Josh. l.c.—Further: a) to cause 






shave, c. 99 Num. 8, 7. Ez. 5,1; comp. 
Kal no. 1 fin. b) to cause to pass, to 
63 


: ae) 745 


a razor to pass over any one, i. q. to 





"ay 


transfer from one place to another. Gen 
47, 21 and he transferred the people 
py) to other cities, out of some cities 
into others, i.e. made them exchange 
habitations; comp. 2 Chr. 30, 10 in Kal 
no. 4. 6) to cause an inheritance to 
pass to any one, 6. > Num. 27, 7.8; 
comp. Kal no. 4.e. d) to cause to pass 
over, i.e. to make transgress a law, 1 
Sam. 2, 24; comp. Kal no. 1. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause or let 
pass through, e.g. a land Deut. 2, 30; 
to cause to pass throughout or overrun, 
as wild beasts a land Ez, 14,15. Spee. 
2 DIP 77235 to cause to be proclaimed, 
to make proclamation in i. 6. through- 
out a land, camp, Ex. 36, 6. Ezra 1, 1. 
10,7. 2 Chr. 30,5. Also “Bit "°33h pr. 
to cause the trumpet to pass through 
a land, i.e. to blow the trumpet, Lev. 
25, 9. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to make or let 
pass by or beyond ; 1 Sina: 16, 9. 10. 20, 
36 he shot an arrow i773311> to make it 
pass by him, i. e. beyond him. Me- 
taph. HRB ΣΦΙ 10 let a sin pass by, 
i.e. to remit, to forgive, comp. Kal no. 
3. ἃ. 2 Sam. 12, 13. 24, 10. Job 7, 21. 

4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, i. α. 8°35, to 
cause to pass, to cause to go or come ; 
also i. q. to bring, spec. to offer_as in sa- 
crifice, to consecrate, c. Njm"> Ex. 13, 12. 
—Often also in the phrase p72 335 
"222 to offer children to Molech Ser. 32, 
35. Lev. 18, 21. Ez. 16, 21. 23, 37 ; ais 
with Oxa added 2 K. 23,10; and ‘weit 
out dat. ὧδΞ Ἴ 5 τς WISN Deut. 18, 10. 
2 K. 16, 3. 17, 17. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Ez. 20, 
31. That children thus πο ἴο Mo- 
loch were really burned, the following 
passages hardly leave a doubt: 2K. 17, 
31. Jer. 7, 31. 19,5. 2 Chr. 28,3. Ez. 
23, 37; comp. Diod. 20. 14. Euseb. Prep. 
4.16. The Rabbins however, desiring 
to free their ancestors from the oppro- 
brium of a superstition so atrocious. have 
feigned that the children were only 
made to pass through the fire as a rite 
of lustration; see Carpzov Apparatu: 


‘Antiq. 5. Cod. p.483. Spencer de Legib: 


ritual. p. 363-370. The same sentiment 
is also expressed by the Seventy, 2 K.. 
16, 3. al. See more in Thesaur. p. 985. 

δ. Causat. of Kal no. 4, viz. a) Of 
Kal no. 4. Ὁ, to cause to pass in, to.make: 


ἫΝ 


enter, 6. 2, as ἼΞΞΞΞ ἜΠΞΘΙΙ lo make enter 
the brick-kaln 2 Sam. 12, 31. b) Of 
Kal no. 4. d, to lead away, 2 Chr. 35, 
23; to take away, to put away, to re- 
move, e. g. a garment Jon. 3,6; aring 
Esth. 8, 2; idols, false prophets, 2 Chr. 
15, 8. Zech. 13,2; to put away, to avert 
evil, reproach, Esth. 8, 3. Ps. 119, 39. 
Ecc. 11, 10; the eye, to turn away, so 
as not to see, Ps. 119, 37. 

Hirupa. pr. i. 4. Kal no. 5, of waters, 
to pass over banks, to overflow ; hence 
trop. a) Of overflowing wrath, to be 
wroth, Ps. 78, 21. 59; 6. 3 v. 62. Deut. 
3,26; =D Ps. 89, 39; by Prov. 26, 17; 
¢. suff Prov. 20,2 inayma for 5 “a ivhioso 
poureth forth wrath against him sc. the 
king. Comp. 7732 no. 1. Arab. ye 
i. gq. "29, to transgress, to be proud, to 
be wroth. b) Of pride, to overflow with 
pride, to be haughty, ὑβρίζειν, Prov. 14, 
16. Comp. 32 no. 2. 

Deriv. "933, “ABD, "392 
the eight here fliowing. 


, 79392, and 


“27 m. c. suff. i933; plur. 5°29, 
constr. "39. 

1. the region or country beyond, on the 
other side of ariver or sea which one 
must pass; as 7298 “393 beyond the 
Arnon Judg. 11, 18. pn "S93 in the 
region beyond the sea Jer. 25, 22. Spec. 
{7757 72D, τὸ πέραν τοῦ ΠΥΒΕΤΟΣ, the 
country beyond Jordan, the part of Pales- 
tine lying east of the Jordan, Gen. 50, 
10. 11. cng be eg Σ Josh. 1, 14. 9, 10. 
Fue: 14, 3. 17, 5. Sate: 1, 25; comp. 
Num. 22, 1. In some passages, how- 
ever, this expression is applied to the 
country west of the Jordan; as Deut. 3, 
20.25. 1 Sam. 31,7; comp. Josh. 5,1. 12, 
7. 22,7. Deut. 11, 30; also Josh. 22, 7. 
1 Chr. 26, 30; espec. Num. 32, 19. 
~ Similar is also the phrase "425 729 the 
country beyond the river, i. e. the Euphra- 
tes, Josh. 24, 2. 3. 2 Sam. 10,16. 1 Chr. 
19, 16; which is used also of provinces 
on the west of the Euphrates, 1 K. 5, 4 
[4,24]. Ezra 8, 36. Neh. 2,7. 9. 3,7; 


. comp. Chald. Ezra 4, 10.16. All these 


were probably written by persons who 
had resided on the east of the Kuphra- 
es.—Plur. "2 "39 id. Is. 7, 20. 

' 2. a region opposite, the other or op- 


746 


‘b) Neh. 12, 20. 





—— 


posite side, a valley or other space — 
being interposed; 1 Sam. 14, 1. 26, 13 
"3377 ‘13 72D and David passed over 
to the other side sc. of the valley, to the 
opposite mountain. Hence in antith. 
79 V397'3—Ny72 13272 on this side—on’ 





that side 1 Sam. 14, 4; also Sry 7aD> 
—HI¥ 7395 id. v. 40. Plur. 93D “50 
from all his sides, on every side, 1K. ; 
5,4. Jer. 49, 32; oA a9 93079 on both 

. 































their sides Ex. 32, 15. 

3. With prefixes it often becomes a — 
preposition, viz. 

a) ἼΞΣ ΤΟΝ pr. to the region beyond, 
i.e. beyond, over, Deut. 30,13; in the 
region opposite, i. e. over against, Josh. "Ὁ 
22,11; towards the region, i. e. towards, 
Ex. 28, 26. More fully "28 ἼΞΣ ΟΝ to- — 
wards the region opposite one’s face, — 
straight before oneself, i. e. forwards, 
straight forwards, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 10, 22. 
‘p "29 5» id. Ex. 25, 37. 

b) nas i. 4. inag-by, ' straight for- 
wards, i. e. one’s own way, Is. 47, 15.” 

c) “292 with genit. or suffix ; also 
2 "390 «) from the other side, ‘from bes 
yond, after verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 20, 
2. Job 1,19. Josh. 24,3. Zeph. 3, 10. 
8) on the other side, beyond, e.g. 9392 
n> beyond the sea Deut. 30,13; 7292 

sh "92> beyond the streams of Ethio- 
pia Is. 18,1. 1K. 14, 15. | 

4. Eber, Heber, pr.n. a) The founder 
of the Hebrew race, Gen. 10, 24. 25. 
11, 14. 15. See a discussion on this 
point, Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache u. Schrift 
p- 11. Hence ΞΡ "32 Gen. 10, 21, and. 
poet. "29 collect. Num. 24, 24, i..q. oe 
Hebrews. For the distinetioks between 
Hebrews and Israelites see under 39. 
c) 1 Chr. 8, 12. d) 8, 


; 





22. e) 5, 13. 


“aY Chald. 1. ᾳ. Heb. "39 no. 1, the 
region beyond ; hence 872 “32 the 
country beyond the river Euphrates, i. e. 
in the Persian mode of speaking, the 
country west of the Euphrates. Ezra 4, 
10. 11. 16. 20. 5, 3. 6, 6. 8. 13. 7, 21. 25 


MAY Γἰ (τ. 32) 1. @ ferry-boat 
passing a stream 2 Sam. 19,19. Chald. 
Myss2, NHI, contr. N73, id. 

2. 2 Sam. 15, 28 Cheth. where Keri 
missy desert-places, as the context re- 
quires. : 


͵ "ay 


WIA ἢ (τ. 12D) constr. M239, c. suff. 
“ὩΣ: ; plur. ΤΩ, constr. ninsy Job 
40, [ἢ also 2» Ps, i 

1. an outpouring, overflowing of wrath, 

comp. the root in Kal no. 5, and Hithpa. 
Job 40,11 Fax ΤΊΣ» the outpourings of 
thy wrath. —Hence for wrath itself, i. e. 


outburst of wrath; so of the seals 


wrath, Prov. 14, 35; of enemies Ps. 7,7. 
Spec. of God’s wrath Is. 9, 18. 13, 9. 13. 
Hos. 13,11. Am. 1,11. Ps. 85,4; so UN 
"m2 the fire of my wrath Ez. 21, 36 
[31]. 22, 21. 38,19; "M33 02 the people 
of my wrath, against whom I am wroth, 
Is. 10,6; comp. Jer. 7, 29. Prov. 22, 8. 
Lam. 3, 1. map on the day of God's 
wrath Grar. 11, 4. Zeph. 1, 15. 18. Ez. 
7,19; plur. id. Job 21, 30. Prov. 11, 23 
ἵ nI39 ΠΣ MIpM the expectation of the 
wicked is wrath sc. from God. Coupled 
with synon. D>t Ps. 78, 49. 
; ΡῈ 4. ὕβρις, pride, aug htiness, inso- 
ΟΠ lence, see the root in Hithpa. lett. Ὁ. Is. 
16, 6. Jer. 48, 30. 


ἱ ‘MMA (passage sc. of the sea, r. Ἴ39) 
_ Ebronah, pr. n. of a station of the Israel- 
_ ites near Ezion-geber on the Elanitic 
gulf, Num. 33, 34. 35. 


». “129 m. plur. on 39, oma Ex. 3, 
π᾿. 18; ἢ me 9a3, plur. ria, gentile n. 
a Hebrew, ‘Barkn. Gr. “Ἑβραῖος. As to 
δ the ὁ origin of this name, it is derived in 
_ the O.T. from the name "39 no. 4, q. v. 
_ but would seem primarily to have been 
_an appellative from that word (732), im- 
_ plying the land or country beyond the 
_ Euphrates; whence "722 pr. one from 
_ beyond the river, Gen. 14, 13; where 
Sept. well ὃ περάτης. The name He- 
| brews differs from the term Israelites 
(ΟΝ δ 23) in this respect, viz. that the 
| latter, as a patronymic derived from the 
_ founder of the nation, was in use only 
among the people themselves; while 
the former, as an appellative applied by 
the Canaanites to the Hebrews migrat- 
ing from beyond the Euphrates into 
Canaan, was the current name among 
foreign nations. (Comp. 02322 and 
Φοίνικες; Chemi, 09982,  Atyumtos.) 
Hence Greek and Roman writers use 
only the name Hebrews, or in later times 
Jews ; e.g. Pausan. 5. 5. 2. ib. 6. 24. 6. 
Plut. Sympos. IV. 6. 1. Tac. Hist. 5. 1. 











747 





nay 


Josephus passim. The writers of the — 
O. T. apply to the Israelites the term 
Hebrews, either where foreigners are in- 
troduced as speaking, Gen. 39, 14. 17. 
41, 12. Ex. 1, 16. Φ, 6. 1 Sam. 4, 6. 9. 
13, 19. 14, 11. 29, 3; or where Israelites 
are represented as speaking of them- 
selves to foreigners; Gen. 40, 15. Ex. 1, 
19. 2, 7. 3, 18. 5, 3. 7, 162 9, 1.7132 Jon. 
1, 9; or where they are opposed to 
other nations, Gen. 43, 32. Ex. 1, 15. 2, 
11. 13. 21, 2. Deut. 15, 12 (comp. Jer. 
34, 9. 14)? 1 Sam. 13, 3. 7 where there 
is a play of words in 5933 O™>9. 14,21. 
The opinion of some that the term Js- 
raelites wasa sacred name, and Hebrews 
the common appellation, is without foun- 
dation. See more on this topic in Gesch. 
d. hebr. Sprache u. Schrift, p. 9-12.. 


D°39 (regions beyond, from 3») Aba- 
rim, pr.n. Jer. 22,20. Fully o-asacan 
Num. 27, 12. Deut. 32, 49, and "5 
pear Num. 33, 47. 48, the mountains 
of Abarim,a range of mountains beyond 
Jordan over against Jericho, in which 
was Mount Nebo; see 13} no. 2. The 
name Abarim was apparently some- 
times so extended, as to include all the 
mountainous tract on the east of the 
Dead Sea.—For 823 "> Num. 21, 
11. 33, 44. 45, see in art. "D no. 2. Ὁ. 


7732 , see in ὙῚΞ9 no. 1. 


ἘΞ) an. λεγόμ. Joel 1, 17, to die, 
spoken of seed which loses its germinat- 
ing power and dies in the ground from 
the effects of too great heat, estu va- 
nescit, to use the words of Pliny on this 
very point H. N. 14. 24; Germ. verdum- 
men. Kindred is Chald. WD pr. to rot, 
spec of the kernels perishing in the 
ground; see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. 1642. 
Bochart. Hieroz. 1.471. That the word 
for to rot may beso extended as to apply 
to seed @stu vanescens, is shown by the 
Gr. πύϑομαι, Hesiod. Scut. Herc. 153.— 
Abulwalid compares Arab. (was i. q. 

> to dry up; so that here wap 
would be i. 4. Ww". 


ὃ, nay in Kal not used, to be inter- 
woven, interlaced, kindr. with the roots 
vay, mip. : 

Pret to entangle, to pervert, Mic. 7, 3. 

Deriv. the two. following. 


nay 


PAY adj. fem. mn», interwoven, inter- 
laced, spoken of trees with thick foliage 
Ez. 6, 13. 20, 28. Lev. 23, 40. Neh. 8, 


᾿ -15.—Syr. with Tet Paras id. 

ΩΣ plur. pinay and minay, subst. of 
both genders (f. Judg. 15, 14), any 
thing interwoven, interlaced. R. 29 .— 
Hence 

1. a cord Judg. 15, 13. 14. Is. 5, 18. 
Job 39, 10. Ps. 118, 27. Plur. cords, i. e. 
_ bands, bonds, fetters, Ps. 2,3. Ez. 3, 25. 
4,8. "Trop. bands of love Hos. 11, 4. 

2.a braid, wreath, of small rods or 
wires woven together Ex. 28, 24 ΓῺ Ὦ 
ma> braided or wreathed worke Ex. 28, 
14. 22. 39, 15; ninaon minw3w wreath- 
en chains 28, 14. 

3. a Bristachs with thick foliage, thick- 
leaved bough, Ez. 19, 11. 31, 3. 10. 14. 


* aay fut. 2397 1 Pr. to breathe, to 
blow, i. q. kindr. 38 no. 1; whence 2343 
said instrument of music. This idea 
is then transferred to emotions of the 
soul, to breathe after, to desire ; hence 

2. lo love inordinately, to dote on, i. q. 
338 Pi. spoken of impure love, lust, c. 
>» Ez. 23, 5. 9. 16. 20; 58 v. 125 ate. v. 
7. Part. 07233 lovers Jer. 4,30.—Comp. 
ἀγαπύω. Arab. ws IV placuit alicui 
res ; V accendit amore. 

Deriv. the two following, also 3353. 


339 see 33>. 


MAY f. c. suff. ΞΡ, inordinate love, 
excessive fondness, Ez. 23, 11. R. 33>. 


DALY m. plur. (Ὁ. 33>) loves ; Ez. 33, 
32 E9329 ""D a song of loves, i.e. an ero- 
tic song pleasing to the people. Then 
i. q: “ὌΠ, love for men; Ez. 33, 31 
pws nan — naa5""> for with their 
mouth they make love,i.e. they show much 
love and kindness, opp. but their heart fol- 


loweth after gain. Com). Arab. λας id. 


My f. (τ. sat) also MY 1 K. 17, 13. 
Hos. i, 8; constr. ray 1K. 19, 6. Ez. 4, 12; 
plur. Pind, a cake, round- cake of bicad, 
baked under hot ashen such as are com- 
monly prepared among the Orientals at 
the present day when in haste or ona 
journey ; S°BS9 ΤῈΣ a cake baked upon 
hot stones 1 K.19, 6. mis ὌΝ unleav- 


ened cakes Fix. 12. 39... Arab. Pe egg- 


748 





a3 


fritter, omelet. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 496. III. p. 76.—The or- 
thography varies in Mss. and editions; 
in most it is written without Had 
see J. H. Michaelis in ll. ce. 


“AY m. (τ. 73>) a verbal adj. of pas- 
sive form but active signif. chattering, — 
twittering ; hence: a) As an epithet 
of the swallow, Is. 38, 14 "839 ὈΠῸΣ as 
the twittering swallow ; the LXX omit 
“139; Syr. ‘the chattering swallow; see 
the references under r. "32. δ) Poet. 
for a species of the swallow itself, Jer. 8, 
7; pr. the chatterer, the twitterer. Bo- 
chart endeavours to show, Hieroz. II. 
68 sq. that the word "53 signifies the — 
crane ; but his arguments are not valid. 
The passage in Is. 1. 6. is particularly | 
against this position. . 
































"49 m. (τ. 835) a ring, spec. ear-ring, 
Num. 31, 50. Plur. ΡΣ. Ez. 16, 12. 


* 559 obsol. root, i. gq. 543 to roll, to 
revolve, Syr, Pa. id. Comp. Arab. dst 
to hasten, to hurry.—Hence 5°39 ) BSD, 
and the five here following. : 


a9 adj. fem. ERD , round, rounded, 
1 K. 7, 23. 31. 35, 10, 19. 2 Chr. 4,2. 


22 τὰ. (τ. dad) c. suff, “532, plur. 
pray, constr. sho, a calf, Ps. 29, 6. Is. 
11; 6. ‘Am. 6, 4. Lev. 9, 8: al. Also @ 
young bullock, steer, Jer. 31, 18 ἐδ PapD 
sab as a steer untrained, unsubdued 
to the yoke. Is. 27, 10. Ez. 1, 7.—53 
mivinvia a calf of a year old Liev. 9, 3. 
Mie. 6, 6. pave 532 a fatted calf 1 Sam, 
28, 24. More fully “panja 899 a calf 9 
the herd, of neat cattle, Lev. “9, 2; inas- 
much as 72 was used also for the young 


below. Often of the images of a calf 
set up and worshipped by the Israelites 
at Sinai and in the kingdom of Samana 
mao 39 a molten calf Ex. 32, 4.8; 7239 
ant golden calves 1 K. 12, 98, 2K. 10, 
99. yin bay the calf of Samaria Hos. 
8, 6, comp. 13, 2. Metaph. Ps. 68, 31 th 
piltsiude of the bulls 222 92393 with δι 
calves of the people, i.e. the hostile lead 
ers with their people compared to herds. — 


Sy 8, ““"“ 
—Arab. het ἢ RAS, Syr. Ls fF 
JaSS, Chald. das; 8292, id Eth 


bap 


HAA fetus, embryo, infant just born, 
also the young of animals, whelp; HRA 
young ofanimals, calves, lambs; 4A PAT 
a she-calf, heifer. The etymology is 
doubtful. Simonis and others refer it to 
the idea of a leaping and bounding 
course ; but perhaps the primary signif. 
lies in the Ethiopic. Not improb. 539 
HWA may denote, like 054, something 
rolled or wrapped together, an unformed 
mass; and hence embryo, fetus, and 
also the young as just born and still un- 
shapen. On the verbs 553, 53, and 
other kindred roots, see in r. 558 note. 


M237 fem. of 39 1. a calf, heifer- 
salf, or rather heifer, i. q. 775, Deut. 21, 
4.6. Jer. 46,20; more fully “ps ὨΞᾺΘ a 
heifer of kine Deut. 21, 3. 1 Sam. 16, 2. 
Is. 7, 21; see 2 3 bay i in 53>. So of 
a heifer Sestrained to the yoke Hos. 10. 
11; giving milk Is. 7, 21; as ploughing 


- Judg. 14,18; ttéading out grain Jer. 50, 


11; of three years old Gen. 15,9. So 


too prob. ΠΛ ΠΡ ΤΡ a heifer of the 


_ third year, unsubdued to the yoke, as an 


emblem of Moab, Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 34; 


so Sept. Targ. Vulg. Of idol images 
_ Hos. 10, 5.—Arab. Syr. etc. see in 53>. 


2. Eglah, pr. n. of a wife of David, 


2 Sam. 3,.5. 1 Chr. 3, 3. 








| mony ἢ (τ. 532) c. suff. ‘ind3y, plur. 
} pity, " eotiatt ribsy Num. 7, 3, α wain, 
_ car, any wheeled carriage, 6. g. ἃ wagon 
Gen. 45,19 sq. Num. 7, 6-8; an ox-cart 
1 Sam. 6, 7 sq. 2 Sam: 6, 3. Is. 5, 18. 


Am. 2,13; α threshing-dray or sledge 
' (see 512) Is. 28, 27. 28; a war-chariot 


Ps. 46, 10.—Chald. 8239, Syr. XS, 


pba (q. ἃ. vituline, from >3>) Eglon, 
pr. ἢ a) A king of Moab Judg. 3, 12. 
b) A city in the plains of Judah, for- 
merly a royal city of the Canaanites, 


Josh. 10, 3. 12,12. 15, 39. A tract of ruins 


still bears the name ’Ajldn, yt 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 392. 


*D32 to be sad, to grieve, c. > for 
any one, Job 30, 25. See in δὰ ho. 3. 


* 139 only in Neu. from the Chald. 
to shut “oneself up, to remain shut up. 
Ruth 1, 13 nz Wb would ye there- 

63* 


749 





ἽΣ 


fore remain shut up? i.e: so as not to 
marry; for 32395 or 232m; comp. in 
Is. 60, 4. ‘Sept. τ ον ώνϑη, —Chald. 
7742 one detained, shut up, espec. in pri- 
son; whence 339 ΓΞ prison. According 
to Kimchi Talmud. 72539 is a. woman 
who shuts herself up at home and lives 
without a husband. 


"22 obsol. root, prob. onomatopo- 
etic, by transpos. i. 4. ἜΣ q. v. 10 cry out ; 
Eth. JUZ ana 10Z, to cry out from 
pain, to groan like one sick or dying; 
Gr. γηρύω, γαρύω; Lat. garrio, pr. of 
the chirping or twittering of certain 
birds, nearly i. q. }¥2¥; whence hirun- 
do garrula Virg. Georg. 4. 307; cicada 
garrula Pheedr. 3. 16.10; luscinie gar- 
rulentes Apuleius.—Hence "13>. 


‘W, also 7¥ after a prefix with Ka- 
mets; pr. subst. m. from r. 779 i.g. 929. 

A) Subst. 1. pr. α passing, progress, 
in space; also duration in time. Hence 
perpetual time, eternity, everlasting, i. q. 
pds; so Eth. ‘1G time, from 3 to 
pass; comp. fem. M> time, for N39. So 
“D> for ever, i.g. D212>, Ps. 9, 19. 19, 10. 
21,7. 22,27. al. 39 "ID fo everlasting, 
for ever, Ps. 83, 18. 92, 8. 132, 12. 14. 
Is. 65,18; 795 phish Yor ever and ever 
Ps. 9, 6. 119, “44. 145, 2. Mic. 4,5; odis 
534 id: Pa. 10, 16. 21, 5. 52,10; ΠΕ 53 
ND id. Is. 45, 17. 49 "> from of old, i. q. 
pbiva, Job 20, 4, Also 2 "38 everlast- 
ing father Is. 9,5; 39 “in, ἪΡ “rT, 
everlasting mountains Gen. 49, 26. Hak, 
3,6; 19 3 inhabiting eternity, sitting 
enuitmnad for ever, Is. 57, 15. 

2. prey, booty, see the root no. 2. Gen. 
49,27. Zeph. 3,8. Is. 33, 23. Chald. 
NID, "1D, OND, AND, id. 

'B) Bren. 3D, and oat plur. constr. 
"I> Job 7, 4. Ps. 83,18; 6. suff. "19, 
ΠΣ, "1, also D3"3> wiih Kamets Job 


| 32, 12; once ἘΠ Ὁ for pad 2K. 9, 


18. Comp. Syr. rs dum, donec ; Samar. 
TV id. 


1. during a certain time, so‘long as, 
while. Job 20,5 239 "49 during (for) 
a moment. 1 Κ. 18, 45 n> 33) ΠΡ 49 
during so and so, in the mean while; 
prob. accompanied by some gesture of 
the hand. 2 K. 9, 22 bar ab ia) 
during the whoredoms of Jezebel. 80 


ie 750 | ἽΣ 


long as these continue—With infin. 
Judg. 3,26 omerann 39 during their 
tarrying, while they delayed. Jon. 4, 2. 
ες 2. to, unto, even to a certain term or 
limit, viz. 

a) Of space, as bitan “NE 3D wnto 
the great river Deut. 1, Ἦν γῆν πα ΓΧΕ ID 
unto the end of the earth Ps. 46,10; 135 
even unto Dan Gen. 14, 14. ddr τῷ, 
33 ID, hitherto, to this point, 2 Sam. 7, 
18. 1 Sam. 7,12. So after the-verbs 333 
Job 4,5, 88 11, 7, 032 Judg. 9,52. Opp. 
are Ἴ--- from—to, and 79;—472 from 
—even to, see in 8 no. 3. a p. 583; 
also where there are several terms and 
a, progression ΤΟ one to another, 
ID}—12— 2 Gen. 7, 23, and so 12 being 
omitted 1 Sam. 17,52. Jer. 31, 40.—Cou- 
pled with other prepositions: aa) > "2 
which does not differ from 7, and be- 
longs to the later writers, 6. ρ΄. 52772> ἪΡ 
even to the camp 1 Chr. 12, 22: pind ἪΡ 
even to afar, afar off, 2Chr. 26,15. Ezra 
3,13; comp. “Ὁ 59 Is. 57, 9. With infin. 
see alow in b.. bb) cnbx 43 even unto 
them 2K. 9, 20. — ec) spd “> even to 
hefore, e.g. the king’s gate Esth. 4, 2; 
so 332 ΣΡ Neh. 3, 26, M22 43 Judg. 19, 
10. 20, 44. 

b) of time, unto, until, as Hi OA ID 
even unto this day, i. e. this day, still, 
Gen. 26, 33. 32, 33. Deut. 34, 6; "pan 53 
tenitil the morning, i. 6. befire to-morrow, 
Judg. 6, 31; 3337 53 until the evening 
Lev. 15,5. Poet. a2 "33 Ps. 104, 23; 
13 "I> unto everlasting, for ever, Is. 26, 
4, comp. Joel 2,2. Rarely > 79 Ezra 9, 
ἐπ ϑηδη with an adv. of time: MIND, 
Mo-ID, "Na 4>, till when? how Mowe? 
see in nae, τῷ, “ma; also M3752 contr. 
ΠΙΣῚΣ, ree “3, "13, ππϑτ, until now, 
hitherto, see ‘thepe words, —With infin. 
until ; M%s-39 wntil he came near Gen. 
33, 33 Bw until thou come again 
ees 6, 18; ὅπ ΠΡ until he had 
destron oS him 2K. 10,17; FRA until 
thou come Gen. 19, 22, see in N13 no. 2. 
b. Ex. 22,25 [26]. Ps. 18,38. Jer. 9, 15. 
Dan. 10, 3. In the later Hebrew also 
54> id. as Rind 4D. Judg. 3,3. 1 Chr. 5, 9. 
13.5; so Ezra 10,14. 1K. 18, 29. 1 Chr. 
28, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 10. 29, 30. + Sometinas 
the idea of the infin. tarlki in a particle 
(originally a noun), e. g. j"% IY pr. until 
mone, i. e. until there be none, as }"877> 





“ΒΌ until there be no number, ie. 
innumerable, Ps. 40.13; "pM PR Ty Job 
9,10; NB Pye 2 Chr. 36, 16; 
Dip? ON ID Is..5,8; "ba 1 mba “2, 
until failure, i.e. so lone as, see in τὲς 
no. 4. ἃ, "55. πο. 4. 6. 

ο) As marking the degree of excel- 
lence or pre-eminence fo or unto which 
a person or thing has arrived; 2 Sam. 
23, 19 82 N> ΠῚ D3 but unto the 
three he did not attain. Job 11, 7 79 Bx 
nixon "78 mbom canst thou attain unto 
the perfection of the Almighty? Hence 
in comparisons: 1 Chr. 4, 27 nor did all 
their family multiply M75" "32a 7D even 
unto the children of Judah, i. e. to equal 
the children of Judah, like to them. Nah. 
1, 10 85.332 ΘΠ Ὁ 4B interwoven like to 
thorns, i. e. so as to be like thorns entan- 
gled together, see inr.830. So thoy, 

ἽΝ ID, ‘even unto veliemenee? i.e. 
vehementh y, exceedingly ; Mm 79 ‘even 
to (great) πρϑθό, > speedily, very swiftly ; 
m>32> 42 ‘even to the highest point, 
exceedingly, see in >>2 II. 3. b. Here 
too might be referred several examples 
quoted above in lett. b, as "BO }"N~TD. 
—Also, even to some extreme limit, e. g. 

ak 5D even to destruction Num. 24, 20; 
of some extreme thing, the last even to 
which an action or quality.might be 
expected to extend; 1 Sam. 2, 56 59 
nAyaw m9 HApy ahé, even the barren, 
hath borne : seven, i.e. even she, the bar- 
ren. Num. 8, 4 even unto the shaft and 
unto the flowers thereof, it (the candela- 
bra) was turned work. Witha “a 
Hag. 2,19. Job 25,5. So Ἵπ τ, 5 
mot even one Ex. 14, 28. Judg. 4, “1 
2 Sam. 17, 22. | 

3. After verbs of motion, to, unto, i. q. 
>, but marking the passing over, trar 
sit “throvigh the intervening space, rather 
than the arrival at the point or limit; 
comp. the root. Gen. 38,1 898 59 054 
“ab39 and he turned in unto an Adul 
lamite ; so "2 31 1 Sam. 9, 9; Ἵ ΝΣ, 
SY. a0, see NID, aw, Also‘ofa diva 
tion sf the rtiind to any one, "> 724am 
Job 32,12. 38,18; 39 [INA Num. 98 
18. Onis nin “στὸ ἪΡ towards i. 6. as 
to this matter Ezra. 10, 14. 2 

C) Conjunct. 1. athile, comp. in F 1_ 
With pret. 1 Sam. 14, 19; fut. Joo 8 
21; particip. Job 1, 18 conip. vv 16. 1 


| 
q 
} 


























sy 751 Ty 


More fully “6 32 id. Cant. 1, 12.—x>-9 
‘Prov. 8, 26, and x> “tN = Ece. 12, 1. 
2.6, while not, while as yet not, i.gq. BIA 
before, Syr. iS Matt. Ἢ 18 for Gr. 
πρὶν 7. 

, 2. until, so long as until, spoken of a 
term or limit of time, comp. in Β. 2. Ὁ. 
With pret. Josh. 2,22 ΠΕ saw ἪΡ 
until the pursuers have returned. Ez. 
39,15. 2 Καὶ. 24, 20; fut. Gen. 38, 11. 
Flos. 10, 12. Ριον. 7, 23. Job 27, 5. Is. 
22,14. More fully ‘ats "2 wntil that, 
‘with pret. Deut. 2, 14. Judg. 4, 24; fat. 
Num. 11, 20. Hina: 5,15. ὦ Ἢν Cant. 
3, 4. Jade. 5, 7. %2 7% id. with pret. 
Bien, 26,13. 2 Sam. 23,10; fut. Gen. 
49,10. ox Ἵν Gen. 24, 19. Is. 30, 17, 
and ἘΝ "ὧν 52 Gen. 28, 15. Num. 32, 
17. Is. 6,1. In 1 Sam. 1, 22 the tevin 
or limit οἵ time itself is siguitied, not the 
space or interval up to that limit, e. g. 
1 Sam: 1, 22 “nk73) 4325 bps 53 
until the child be weaned, then will I 
bring him, for when he lial be weaned ; 

comp. Chald. JINN 4D, and the ioe 
of southern and viestern Germany: 
‘bis Montag reise ich,’ i. e. I set off on 
Beonday next. There is here strictly 
an ellipsis, which we may thus fill out: 
until the child be weaned (let him remain 
᾿ with me), then will I bring him.—It has 
moreover been often observed, (comp. 
_Noldii Concord. Part. p. 534. Intpp. ad 
ὦ 110,1 ; et contra Fritzsche ad Matt. 
853 sq. Winer Lex. p. 695,) that the 
psiticle ‘2 sometimes includes also the 
_ time beyond its term or limit ; but this is 
“manifestly without foundation, so far as 
it is ascribed to this particle as arising 
from any special usus loquendi of the 
Hebrew language. Still it is not the 
- less certain, that the sacred writers 
have not i all places assigned the ex- 
treme limit, but a nearer one, without 
intending however to exclude at all the 
time beyond. When a person setting 
off on a journey says toa friend: fare- 
well till, we meet again! he now thinks 
indeed chiefly on this nearer term, al- 
though he also wishes his friend to fare 
well in like manner after his return. 
.These remarks apply to passages like 
Ps. 110, 1. 112, 8. Dan. 1,21. Gen.-28, 
15. 1, Tim. 4, 13. Comp. Hengstenberg 
Authentie des Daniel p. 66, 67. 





3. even to such a degree, i. e. so that, 
even. so that, comp. in B. 2.c. Comp. 
Arab. X= donee, also ui c. fut. Eth. 


HIN donec, wt.—lIs. 47,7 thou saidst, 
I shall rule forever, 53 NPS ΤΟ Ὁ 5. ID 
"a> so that (even to such a degree of 
insolence, that) thou didst not lay these 
things to heart. Job 14,6. More fully 
ἜΝ ἫΣ Josh. 17, 14, comp. Chald. A. 3. 


“IY Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. where see. 
A) Prep. 1. during, within; ID 


amen Ἴ 210 within aay days, Dan. 6, 


8. 13. 
2. until, even until, of time, 6. g. 7 


12> even until now Ezra 5d, 16. But ὙΣ, 


"IIS until the last, i. q. till at the last, 
at last, Dan. 4, 5. 

3. to, for, of purpose, end ; "7 ΛΞ ΠΣ 
to the intent that, to the ond that, Dan. 
4, 14,1. ᾳ. 3 miss by 2, 30. 

B) "352 Conjunct. 1. until that, 


| ere. Dan. 6, 25 they had not yet reached 


the bottom of the pit, i.e. the persons 


thrown in.ere("3 5) the lions seized them. . 


2. until, till that, with pret. Dan. 2, 34. 
5, 21. 7, 4. 9. 11. 22; fut. Dan. 2, 9. 4, 
20. 22. 29. 


37 m. (τ. 82) Tere impure, plur. 
ΣῚΡ, constr. "12, once "379 Ps. 27. 12 
in some copies. 

1. a witness, Deut. 17,6. 19, 15. Ruth 
4,9. 11. Is. 8, 2. Prov. 19, 5. 9. al. Also 
of things, Gen. 31, 44. 48. Is. 19, 20. Job 
16, 8. 

2. witness borne, testimony ; 2 ἽΣ 29 
to bear witness against any one, Ex. 20, 
16. Deut. 5, 17. 

3. a prince, chief, pr:a preceptor, law- 
giver, Is. 55,4. See the root in Hiph. 
a. 6. 


9, see ‘Tid yet. 
N'3Y Chald. see after r. ΠΡ. 


a 

: TIY obsol. root, Arab. de to num- 
ber, to reckon, espec. days, time ; Con}. 
IV to determine, to fix, sc. a time. This 
would seem to be a secondary verb, de- 
rived from the noun 33 ¢ime. like the verb 
137, with which it is kindred. “Hence 
Syr. gs,> to keep a festival. νὰ fes- 
tival day i. q. 33172.—The form 771 see 
under r. TA. 

Deriv. 139, j39, pr. n. 159, ny. 


4 


ΓῚΣ 


᾽ ΠΣ fat. M932, conv. ἼΞϑγν, i. q. 
“29, Chald. Syr. id. Arab. f&e for 
sos, Eth. ΚΦ, id. 

1. to pass, to pass over or by, Job 28, 
8. Hence “> A. 1, B. C. 

2. to rush upon, to attack in a hostile 


3? 
manner, whence Arab. φιλὶ an enemy; 
comp. the synon. "29 no. 5. b. Hence 
“> A. 2, prey. 

3. Causat. ‘to cause to pass over up- 
on,’ i. 6. fo put on ornaments, to adorn 
or to deck oneself with any thing, 6. ace. 
like 82>. (Chald. id.) Job 40, 10 “ID 
Pik ND ‘deck now thyself with aplendour. 
“1D my to deck with ornaments, to put 
on, Ez. 28, 40. Jer. 4, 30. Hos. 2, 15. Jer. 
31, 4 7 1Bn NSA thou shalt deck thyself 
swith thy tabrets, which as being drawn 
over the hands were an ornament of 
dancing females. Is. 61, 10. Ez. 16, 13; 
with two ace. to ddorn, to deck a person 
with any thing, Ez. 16, 11. 

Hip. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to re- 
move, to put off or away a garment 
Prov. 25, 20, i. q. 9°35 Jon. 3, 6. 

Deriv. 19, "73, Md for ΤῚΣ (nny, “MD ), 
also the pr. names M79, ben, m3, 
pent, AID, ΠΣ, nvqp2. 


OIF or NY Chald. fut. 1793, 
i.q. Heb. Syr. [ps id. 

1. to pass over i. e. away, and hence, 
of a kingdom, to perish Dan. 7,14; ofa 
law, to be abrogated Dan. 6, 9. 13. 

2. to go or come, c. 3 to or upon any 
thing Dan. 3, 27; ο. 2 to go from, to 
depart, Dan. 4, 28. 

Apu. Causat. of Pe. no. 2, to take 
away Dan. 5, 20. 7, 26; of kings, to re- 
move, to depose, Dan. 2, 21. 


NID4, 
αἰ: 


ΤΙΣ (ornament, beauty, r. 139 no. 3) 
Adah, pr.n.f. a) The wife of Lamech, 
Gen. 4.19. Ὁ) The wife of Esau, Gen. 
36, 2.4; comp. 26, 34. 

I. W352 f. (for 399, rv. 595) constr. 
ΓΗ͂Σ. plur. MSY, an appointed meeting, 


assembly. Bias 
1. an assembly. congregation, of the 


Israefftes ; fully xn ΤῚΣ Ex. 12, 3.6. 


47. Lev. 4, 13; byron "a ΤῊΣ Ex. 16, 
Ἵν TRS «FI he 65 35, 4: mins ΓῚΣ the con- 
gregation of Jehovah Num. 27, 17. 31, 
16; also κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν ΤΡ Lev. 4, 15. 8, 


152. 


| 59. 79. 138. 146. 168. 





































"m3 


3. 4. 5, Num. 13, 26. 14, 1. al. Sept. 
ouvayoyy.—But Ἐκ MID Ps. 82,1 is the 
assembly (council) of the angels con-_ 
voked of God. 

2. A domestic or private coupe 
family, household, Job 16, 7. 15, 34 
52M ΤῚΣ, parall. snti-bae 

3. Any assembly, multitude ; Ps. 1, 5 
ΠΡῚΝ MID the congregation of the. 
righteous. 7,8. Often in a bad sense, 
troop, band, gang, of wicked men, Ps. 
86, 14. 22, 17. 16, 5. 11. 26, 9. 27, 3. 

4. Of beasts, as ΦΎΣΙΝ MIP the mul- 
titude (herd) of the bulls Ps. 68, 31. Of 
bees, a swarm, Judg. 14, 8. 


IL. ΤῊΣ ἢ (v.49) Tsere impure, ~ 
miny. 

1. a witness, any thing which testifies, 
Gen. 31, 52. 

2. testimony, Gen. 21, 30. 

3. a precept of God, ordinance, only 
plur. Deut. 6, 20; c. suff. Ps. 119, 22. 24. 





Id f. (τ. TID) only in plur. 5°79, Pre 
reckoning, stated time, i. q. Arab. ἜΝ 


spec. the monthly courses of women, Is, 
64, 5 on 132 vestis menstruis pelt 


So Arab. AE je VIII menstruata 6 
mulier. 


ΠΣ and NITY (timely) Jddo, pr. ἢ. m. 
a) A prophet and writer 2 Chr. 12, 15, 
13,22. Ὁ) The grandfather of Zecha- 
riah the prophet, Zech. 1, 1. 7. Ezra 5, 
1. 6, 14. Neh. 12, 4. 16. 


MAT and MT f. (τ. 3) plur. c. suff. 
mami; i. g.! my II. 3. 

i. a precept of God ; Ps. 19, 8 ™ ma": 
ΓΝ, parall. 272m Δ MIM. "78, 
81, 6 (parall. pr, Dpvin). 122, 4 whitl 
the tribes go up....by the precept to 
rael. Plur. c. suff. 49ND Neh. 9, 34 
mind 1K. 2,3. 2K. 17,15. al. In al 
these _ passages the LXX. have neers 
lor, μαρτύρια, according to the commo 
etymology, but against the context 
comp. r. ΠῈΣ Hiph. no. 2. ¢. 

2. Collect. precepts, law, spec. the ¢ 
calogue. Ex. 25, 21 in the ark thon 
shalt put the law, the decalogue. v 
maId in the ark of the law Ex. 95. 22. 
26, 33. 94: ΤΗΣ br ik the tab act 
of the law Num. 9, 15. 17, 23. 18,2 


ὦ i "79 
opm mind the tables of the law Ex. 31, . 
18. 34, 29.—2 K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23, 11. 


3. ἃ revelation, dag’ hence ἃ song or 
_ psalm revealed, inthe inscriptions Ps. 60, 





“1. 80, 1; comp. Ps. 60, 8-10. Others a 
lyric song, to be sung to ne lyre, as if 


a from 9 i.g. Arab. doe lute, lyre. 


— m. (τ. M32) in pause "79, c. suff. 
>, plur. O°". 
ri. ornament, “and collect. ornaments, 
see the root no. 3. Ex. 33, 4. 6. Jer. 4, 
0. O73 42 splendid ornaments Ez. 
a 7. 
2. Perh. time of life, age, comp. 79 A. 
1, and ΤΡ no. 3. Spec. youth, as Ps. 32, 9 
be not as the horse and as the mule. 
ΡΞ iy jou 3792 with bit and wire. 
dle must their youth (vigour, fierceness) 
be muzzled. Others: with bit and bri- 
ἢ , even their trappings, must they be 
zled. Ps, 103, 5 ὭΣ awa Dawn 
who satisfieth thy years with good, parall. 
79533. See Thesaur. p. 993. 


2852 (ornament of God) Adiel, pr. 
fem. a)1Chr.4,36. b)9 12. ὁ) 













_ 72 (whom Jehovah adorns, r. 772) 
‘Adaiah, pr.n.m. a) The grandfather 
of king Josiah, 2 K. 22,1. b) 1 Chr.9, 
15. Neh. 11,12. c)1Chr 8,21. 4d) 
E e) 10, 39.. Neh. 11, 5; for 
eich wy id. 2 Chr. 23, 1. 


TP adj. (τ. 119) delicate, effeminate, 
woluptuous, 15. 47, 8. —Very difficult and 
perhaps corrupted is the passage in 
2 Sam. 23, 8 Cheth. 2490 4D sn 
(Keri ssn) for which the author of 
‘Chronicles gives in 1 Chr. 11,11 “Sin 
Amnn-ny WTP he lifted up his spear. 
 Simonis renders in 2 Sam. 1. c. percussio 
gus hastdé sud (fait) in octingentos, etc. 
comp. wars Conj..II, to smite with a 
pointed” weapon; see below in 4X». 
Better to render 119 vibration i.e. the 
brandishing of a spear, r. 772 to be soft, 
pliant, flexible. Perh. however the read- 
ing is here corrupted for 324553 327759 SAM 







pleonast. i252" for the sake of parono- 
masia with 13495; comp. Ez. 10, 3. 
1 Sam. 21, 14. 

2. Adin, pr.n. m. Ezra 2,15. Neh. 7, 20. 


753 


he brandished it, his spear, with suff. ° 





9 


ROY (slender, pliant,) Adina, pr. n. 
of a military commander under David 
1 Chr. 11, 42. R. ὩΣ. 


nny (double prey, see 39 A. 2) 
Adithaim, pr. n. of a town in the tribe 
of Judah, Josh. 15, 36. 


* 519 obsol. root, Arab. Scke to be 
just, equitable, generous.—Hence the 
two following. 


ae (for 97359 justice of God) Ad- 
lai, pr. n. τῇ. 1 Chr. 27, 29. 


Des (justice of the people, for 519 
DD; according to Simonis for 52979, comp. 


pies latibulum, and 03 to hide,) Adul- 


lam, pr. n. of a city in the plains of 
Judah, anciently a royal city of the Ca- 
naanites, and fortified by Rehoboam, 
Josh. 12,15. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 11, 7. Mic. 1, 
15. Neh. 11, 30. Sept. ’Ododduu. In its 
yay was the cave of Adullam, ΤΥ Ὁ 
p27, 1 Sam. 22, 1. 2 Sam. 23, 13. —Gen- 
tilen. sabay Adullamite Gen. 38, 1.12.20. 


ἘΣ in Kal not used, prob. to be soft, 
lax, pliant ; Arab. ..y»X V to be flexi- 


4 ees 
ble, to waver, to vibrate; .yh¢ soft- 


rei 
ness, laxness, languor, wld a cane 


or reed, a long pole (pr. vibrating in the 
air); comp. above in {79 no. 1. The 
Gr. ἀδινός, which Simonis here com- 
pares, is obviously not connected with 
this root. 

Hirup. pr. to give oneself up to soft- 
ness, i. 6. to live delicately, sumptuously, 
voluptuously, Neh. 9, 25. 

Deriv. 772, 772, 7279, PR, OW. 
and the pr. names NITD, ΓΙΣῚΣ, RID. 


ΤΣ τὰ. (r. 779), plur. 0292, ¢. suff. 
Wt. 

1. delight, pleasure, Gr. ἡδονή, only in 
plur. Ps. 36, 9. 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 51, 34. 
See the root in Hithp. 

2. Eden, pr. n. of a pleasant region in 
Asia, the situation of which is described 
Gen. 2, 10-14; in which was placed 
the garden of our first parents, Gen. 2, . 
8. 10. 4, 16. Is. 51,3; hence 719773 the 
garden of Eden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 23. 24. 
Joel 2,3. Ez. 36,35; 719 "> the trees of 
Bans Ez. 31, 9. 16.18. The place in 


yy 


the mind of the sacred writer would 
seem to have been in the elevated re- 
gions of Armenia, near the sources of 
the Euphrates and Tigris; in which 
vicinity also we find the earliest traces 
of mankind after the deluge, Gen. 8, 4. 
—The various opinions respecting the 
site of the terrestrial paradise are re- 
viewed by Rosenmiller, Bibl. Geogr. I. 
p. 172 sq. Tuch Comm. tb. ἃ. Genesis 
p. 71 sq. See Thesaur. p. 995. 


17) (pleasantness) Eden, pr. n. of a 
region in Mesopotamia or Assyria, 2 Καὶ. 
19, 12. Is. 37,12. Ez. 27,23. The site 
is uncertain.—Different is 772 ΓΞ, see 
in ΓΞ no. 12. dd. 

ΤΣ, ΤΊΣ, contr. for m2n-49 till now, 
yet, Ecc. 4, 2. 3. 

739 Chald. m. (τ. 779) plur. 7>259, 
tvme, Dan. 2, 8 sq. 3, 5. 15. 7,12. Syr. 
ρ π s,° 
cr Arab. wld id.—Spec. in pro- 
phetic language for a year, Dan. 4, 13. 
20. 22. 29. 7,25 Jad 2985 PIT] PIT 
for a year, also two years, and half a 
year, i.e. for three years and a half; 


comp. Jos. B. J. 1.1.1. See 39% no. 1. ¢, 
and 0°" no. 3. 


82°77 (pleasure) Adna, pr. n.m. Ezra 
10,30. R. fy. 

ΤΡῚΣ (id.) Adnah, pr. n. m. 
12,20. Ὁ) 2 Chr. 17, 14. 

mY f. (r. 732 Hithp.) pleasure, Gen. 
18, 12. 

MI. see 712. 


VII (Syr. festival) Adadah, pr. ἢ. 
of a town in the southern part of the 
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 22. See inr. 
v1. | 


4 

. gy to be abundant, redundant, pr. 
of garments or curtains hanging in full 
folds, Ex. 26, 12.13. Then to be more 
than enough, lo remain over as surplus, 
of food Ex. 16, 23; of money Lev. 25, 
27; of men, c. 59 Num. 3, 46, c. 3 48,49. 

Hien. to gather more than enough, to 
have an overplus, Ex. 16, 18.—Arab. 
34 superfluum, nimium dedit; Conj. 
IV laxavit velum. 


᾿ “ΠΣ 1..to set in order, to arrange, 
to array, 6. g. an army for march or bat- 


8.) 1 Chr. 


754 





wp 
tle, c. acc. 1 Chr. 12, 38; acc. impl. v. 33. 
Perh. kindr. with "30. ο 

2. to put in order a vineyard, i. e. 
dress, to dig, to hoe, so that by heaping 
up earth around the vines, the hills and 
furrows form rows; so in Talmud. See 
Niph. no. 1, and "332. 

3. to muster, and so to miss, to find 
lacking, as in >; see Niph. no. 2. 

Niro. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be 
dressed, digged, as a vineyard, Is. 5, 6. 
7, 25. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be missed, to be 
wanting, lacking, of pers. 1 Sam. 30, 19. 
2 Sam. 17, 22; of things Is. 34, 16. 
40, 26. 59, 15. Zeph. 3, 5. Arab. 

(λὲ to remain behind, as a sheep from 
the flock, pr. to be lacking. | 

Pret to let lack, to let be wanting, 1% 
4, 27 [5, 4]. 

Deriv. "72, "352, pr. n. "32, 58779 


V2 m. (τ. 9) ὁ. suff. $973, plur. 
DN, constr. "12. 

ae “flock, herd, drove, Sept. ποέμνιον, 
ἀγέλη, pr. host, from the idea of array- 
ing and musteringe which was also done 
by the shepherd ; comp. Lev. 27, 32. Jot 
5,24. So Gen. 29, 2.3.8. 32, 20. Judg. 
5,16. 1 Sam. 17, 34. Ps. 78,52. "39 139 
drove and drove, i. e. each drove Gen 
32,17. With genit. of the kind of cattle, 
iN ‘> Joel 1, 18. Mic. 5, 7. “pa > Joe 
lc. pod ‘> Cant. 4,1. 6,5. With genit, 
of the owner or keeper Cant. 1,7. Is. 40 
11. Jer. 51, 23; hence nim" "33 i.e. the 
people of Israel Jer. 13, 17. Zech. 10, é 
Chald. 8779 id. 

2. Eder, pr.n. a) A city in the south 
of Judah, Josh. 15,21. Ὁ) A man 1 Chr. 
23, 23. 24, 30. Comp: “39 55372 in 2339 
no. 4. a. 


39 (flock) Eder, pr. n. τὰ. in paus 
“av 1 Chr. 8, 15. 


PNT (flock of God) Adriel, pr. n. of 
a son-in-law of king Saul, 1 Sam. 18, 19 
2 Sam. 21, 8. 


* wd ‘obsol. root, Arab. (wore t 
fodder a flock or cattle. Hence perha 


wy, only plur. 8°42, lentiles, a kin 
of pulse resembling imal beans, use 
chiefly by the poor, Gen. 25, 24, 2 Sa 


17, 28. 23,11. Ez. 4,9. See Celsii Hie 




























a 











΄΄. 


ny 
. II. p.104sq. Still called in Arabic 


he ?Adas, and much used by the 
Somamon peopl; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
oy see in ΡΣ. 
NY 2 K. 17, 24, see in M43. 


* 21} in Kal not used, i. 4. 99 no. 3, 
to wrap around, to cover with darkness. 

Hiren. to cover with darkness, metaph. 
to degrade, to treat with gontansoly, 
‘Lam. 2,1 how hath Jehovah in his wrath 
ΝΕ with darkness the daughter of 
Zion! Sept. ἐγνόφωσεν, Vulg. caligine 
texit.—Syr. Aph. to obscure; but Pa. 
ous metaph. to contemn, to treat with 
































‘contumely, Arab. wle mid. Ye, to dis- 
ἢ Π λουτ, to disgrace. 
~ Deriv. =» II. 


a ᾿ 
Δ (serving sc. God, r. ἼΞ5 πο. 3) 
Obed, pr,n.m. a) The son of Boaz 


‘and Ruth, Ruth 4, 17.21. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 
ΝΣ c) ib. 2,37. d) ib. 26,7. 6) 
Chr. 23, 1 


229 Obal, pr. n. of a tribe and region 
in that part of Arabia peopled by the 
descendants of Joktan, Gen. 10, 28; for 
which in the Sam. Cod. and 1 Chr. 1, 
22, is read bay Ebal. Its position is 
very uncertain. 
understands the Avalite or Abalite on 
the Ethiopian coast, outside of the straits 
of Bab-el-mandeb ; but the descendants 
of Joktan must be sought, it would seem, 
ir | Arabia itself. Still less can it be re- 
ferred to the a of Josephus in 
Tdumea, which is 533 


εἰ fe 1. pr. to move in a circle, like 
the kindr. roots aim, 33m. Arab. le 


mid. Kesr. to be curved, II to curve, to 
bend.—Hence τ (ma), ΔἸΣῺ, a ronn 
cake, bread-cake, like "25 fons "72. 
ΤΩ, Denom. from maiz, to bake cakes, 
i.e. bread-cakes, fat. ὁ. suff. nism Ez. 
15, 

μὰ» (perh. contr. for 329 , P29, i. 6. long- 
ecked?) Og, pr. ἢ. of a king of Bashan 


famous for his gigantic stature, Num. 
21, 33. 32, 33. Deut. 3, 1. al. 


3°) m. (τ. 329) Gen. 4, 21. Job 21, 
12. 30, 31, also 332 Ps. 150, 4 (where 


7 


Bochart, Phaleg. 2, 23, - 


[9 





5 TY 


several Mss. and editions have 339) a 
pipe, reed, syring, as the Hebrew intpp.: 
correctly give it. Targ. 82°28 pipe, 
tibia, Jerome organon, i. e. double or 
compound pipe, an instrument consisting 
of several pipes. In Dan. 3, 5. 10. 15, 
‘the Hebrew translator uses 10 Ὡς M3520 


q. Vv. 


ai dibs 2 pr. to turn back, to return ; 
hence fo go over again, to repeat, comp. 


si. Arab. OLe to return, to repeat, 
to get accustomed; IV to repeat, to re- 
store. Comp. also r. 348 no. 1. 

2. to continue, to endure, from the idea 
of constant repetition ; comp. 4" no. 3. 
a,b. Hence 143 again, continually. 

3. Spec. to say again and again; 
-hence to affirm and spec. to testify, to 
exhort ; in Kal once Lam. 2, 13 Cheth. 
See Hiph. Comp. Arab. IV, in no. 1. 

Pie. ἢ to surround, Ps. 119,61; comp. 
Ps. 18, 5.6. Eth. URE to go around, 
IV AYE to cause to go around, i. e. to 
surround. 

ΗΙΡΗ. 95, fut. 1 pers. WDNR. 

1. Spoken ofa witness: a) i. q. Kal 
no. 3, lo testify, to bear witness, absol. 
Am. 3, 13. Mal.2,14. With ace. against 
any one 1 K. 21, 10. 13; but also in fa- 
vour of or for any one, i..e. to laud him, 
Job 29, 11; comp. μαρτυρέω Luke 4, 22. 
b) Causat. to cause to testify, i. 6. to 
take witnesses, to take any one as wit- 
ness, Is. 8, 2. Jer. 32, 10. 25, 44. Hence 
to call as witness, to invoke, c. 3 against 
any one Deut. 4, 26. 30, 19. 31, 28. 

2. toobtest,i.e. a) toprotest, to affirm 
solemnly, calling God to witness, with 3 
of pers. Gen. 43, 3 UW NTI 523 ἼΣΙΙ DA 
ἜΝΘ the man solemnly protested unto us. 
Deut. 8, 19. 32, 46. 1 K. 2, 42. Zech. 3, 
6. b) to exhort solemnly, to admonish, 
espec. Jehovah a people, c. acc. pers. 
Lam. 2, 13; 3 Ps. 50, 7. 81, 9. 2 K. 17, 
13; 59 Jer. 6,10. Also do chide, to up- 
braid, comp. 90", Neh. 13, 15.21. ec) 
to enjoin solemnly upon any one, 6. g. ἃ 
precept, law, and hence of the divine 
legislation, comp. 57> no. 3, and may. 
With ace. of thing ‘and 3 of pers. 2 K. 
17,15 ἘΞ TVA WER sniny τὰς his pre- 
cepts which he had enjoined upon them, 
given them. Neh. 9, 34. 1 Sam. 8, 9. 


Td 


Horn. 495 to be testified, declared, 
made known, 6. 2 Ex. 21, 29. 

Pte 779 (improperly referred bysome 
to the root 779) to set up again, to re- 
store, to relieve, Ps. 146, 9. 147, 6. 

Hrrupot. to right oneself again, to re- 
store oneself, plur. 1 pers. stism Ps. 
20,9. Sept. ἀνορϑώϑημεν. 

Deriv. 39, MIB, ΤῊΣ, ΠΊΣΩ; pr. 2. 
“Tid, also 


TY, rarely 4) (according to the Ma- 
sora twelve times, e. g- Gen. 8, 22. Jer. 
13, 27. etc.) ὁ. suff. “tiv and “2Ti> (see 
in no. 4), pr. repetition, continuance, du- 
ration, from τ. 789 no. 2; but always as 
Ady. Not found in the kindred lan- 
guages, except the Chald. See below. 

1. again, yet again; comp. Aram. a4F\, 
~202, again, also from the idea of return- 
ing, repeating, Gen. 4,25. 24,20. 37, 9. 
Hos. 1. 6. al. sepiss. Often after a verb 
denoting repetition, as ΠΣ am Jer. 3, 
1; tid 907 Gen. 18, 29. With a negat. 
aio Xb not again Gen. 9, 11. 15. ‘Is. 54, 
9; and so 719 34 xb Job 7, 10.719 FOTN? 
Gen. 8, 21. 

2. repeatedly, i. 6. continuedly, contin- 
ually, without interruption ; Gen. 46, 29 
sis IRs 59 35) and wept upon his 
neck continuedly, uninterruptedly. Ruth 

4,14. Ps. 84,5 happy they who dwell in 
thy house, #722877 ΠΣ continually do they 
praise thee.—Hence 

3. yet, yet more, further, longer, pr. of 

continued time and action. Gen. 8, 10 

and he waited ΡΣ NIZW TD yet seven 

days longer. 29, 27. 30. 7; 4 sis pad 
maw for in yet seven days. Is. 5, 4. Ee. 

3,16. With a negat.no more, no longer, 

Gen. 17, 5. 32, 29. Is. 2, 4. 30, 20. Job 

24,20. al. Also yet the more, of an ac- 

tion continued and increasing ; Gen. 37, 

Bink soy Tis ἸΡῸΡ and they hated him 

yet the more. Prov. 9, 9.—So too i. q. 

more than this, besides, where to per- 

sons or things already mentioned some- 
thing further is added ; Gen. 43, 6 ΣΠ 

mx p22 whether ye had yet a brother, 

i. e. besides. Gen. 19, 12. Is. 1, 5. 

4. Most freq. of a time or action con- 
tinued either up to the present moment, 
or to the occurrence of another act, yet, 
as yet, still. Gen. 45, 3.711 Mak TST doth 





756 



































Ἢ» 


hand is stretched out δἰ. Ps. 78, 380 
while their meat was yet in their mouth 
Is. 65, 24. Dan. 9, 20. 21 Lo, it is yet igh 
day. So 1 23 ‘Tid yet a little while ana 
this or that will be done, Is. 10, 25. 29 
17. Ex. 17, 4. Ps. 37, 10—Where the 
subject is a personal pronoun, this is 
appended to 713 as a suffix (comp. also — 
wn, 7 N), thus: "FTP as yet I, Josh. 14, 
11. 1 Sam. 20, 14; "71> see, in no. 5. ΔῈ 
ἩΤῚΡΣ yet thou Gen. 46, 30, ἢ ΠῊ 9 1K. 1, 
14; 17> Gen. 18, 22; Πρ» 1 K. 1. 
22; otis Ex. 4, 18, once ἘΠ sid Is. 65, 
94. ete. Like 89 and PX, so TiS als¢ 
includes the idea of the substantive vert 
and is then construed with a participle 
e. g. Gen. 18, 22 "ἢ s3pb Tas TS ἢ 
stood yet before Jehovah ; or with a ver- 
bal adj. as "11 "27> he is yet alive Ge . 
43, 28. Sometimes i> c. suff. is sub- 
joined toa substantive, as Num. 11, 3 
chest) na Tis ean while the flesh. 
was yet between their teeth. 1 Sam. 19, 7. 
2 Chr. 34,3; here the suffix (as oF 
where 835, 8%) has the, fore of the 
subst. verb.—Once ὁ. suff. plur. Lam. | 
17 Keri: 327299 T"BIN ἡ ΤῚΣ as yel our 
eyes languish, pr. by anacoluthon ‘as ὧν 
we languish, our eyes languish. But ther 
true reading is preserved in Chethit i 


τ τὴ, apparently a poetic form fo 


_ WINTId (as TO" poet. for Dy"), 1. 6. a 
yet they languish, even our eyes, the su 
fix being redundant, as above, but witi 
a finite verb instead of a participle. ἃ 

5. With Prefixes: a) 7153 pr. ‘ir 
the being yet, ie. ©) while, while yet 
opp. DIwa. 2 Sam. 12,22 "Π bay Tis? 
while the child was yet alive. Job 29, ξ 
Prov. 31, 15. Jer. 15, 9 pain ida whil ' 





yet day. With noun suff. Ps. 146, 
“viva while 1 yet exist; but with verbe 
suff, Gen. 25,6 "1 527122 while he ye 
lived. Deut. 31, 27. Here in “tira th 
49 is construed as a noun, pr. in my 601 
tinuance, existence, being ; but in WTS 
the TiD is an adverb, and there is ane 
lipsis, pr. in the time while he yet live 
η3-- being the nominative. §) im ye 
within yet this or that space of tim 
Gen. 40, 13 pvan nwey 92 within y 
three days. Is. 7,8. 21, 16. Jer. 28, 3.1 
Comp. 3 A. 5. 

Ὁ) ΡῈ from as yel, ex quo, i. 6. ev 














my father yet live ? 31, 14. Is. 5, 25 his 








since. Gen. 48, 15 “ΤΡ ever since 


go that 1 cannot hear. 





. nD 


am, ever since I exist. Num. 22, 30 
HF BT ἽΣ 43D ever since thou wast, 
even unto this day. 
— ΤῊ Chald. yet, i. q. Heb. no. 4, Dan. 
. 4, 28. 

qT (for “75 setting up again, 
erecting, r. >) Oded, pr.n. a) The 
father of the prophet Azariah, 2 Chr. 


15, 1. 8. Ὁ) Another prophet, 2 Chr. 
28, 9. 7 | 
*7T 1:1. ᾳ. Arab. (Set, fo bend, 


fo curve; also to make crooked, to dis- 
tort, kindr. with 738. See Niph. Pi. Hiph. 
2. to act perversely, to sin, (comp. 531 
I. 3,) Dan. 9,5; with >¥ of pers. Esth. 
1, 16.—Arab. (553 erravit, seductus est. 
Nien. 1. lo be distorted, to writhe, 
_ with pains and spasms, like a woman in 
travail. Is. 21, 3 yawa "M132 7 writhe 
Also io be bent, 
bowed down, depressed, with calamities, 
mrs, 38, 7. 
᾿ς 5, to be perverse ; part. M123 perverse. 
Prov. 12,8 33 M133 perverse of heart. 
| 1Sam. 20, 30 ΤΥΤΊΙΙ Mie3-72 the son of 
perverse rebelliousncss, 1.6. of ἃ perverse 
_ and obstinate mother; comp. Job 30, 8. 
Pier 449 to subvert, to overturn, to turn 
__ upside down, i.e. to destroy ; Is. 24, 1 M43 
- 28 and turneth the face of it (the 
a earth) upside down. Lam. 3, 9 "ἾΞ 3 


_ md he turneth up (breaks ap) my ways. 


© Comp. 387. 

_ Hipx. 7135 10 make crooked, to per- 
wert, e.g. to pervert or wrest right, Job 
_ 33, 27; to pervert one’s way or conduct, 
ive. to act perversely, Jer. 3,21. Also 
~ with 377 impl. to act perversely 2 Sam. 
| 7,14. 24,17. 1K. 8, 47. Ps. 106, 6. Jer. 
_ 9,4; c. acc. 2 Sam. 19, 20. 

ὺ δ md, 19, BADD, 9, 97, 
| Chald. Ry, also the pr. names “AD, 
rs, nu, ἐν, py, 9. 

. ΤῊΣ £ an overturning, overthrow, Ez. 
) 21,32. R. m9 Pi. 


may 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 37, 13, also 
NID 2 K. 17, 24, (i. q. 452 overturning, 
ruin, unless perhaps it is to be so read,) 
Ivah or Avah, pr. n. of a city under 
the Assyrian dominion, whence colo- 
nists were brought to Samaria. Sonie 


compare here a Phenician city Avatha, 
A4 


| 757 





We 


see Relandi Palestina p. 232, 233; but 
it must rather be sought in Mesopota- 
mia.—Gentile ἢ. plur. ὉΔῚ Avites 2 K. 
17. 31, see below under "4. 


TW iniquity, see 519. 
my strength, see 19. 


*TID or ΤῊΣ to flee for refuge to 
any pers. or place; Arab. Sle mid. 
Waw id. c. Ws; II, to cause to flee for’ 


refuge, ὅφδ, Olas, refuge. Either 
kindr. with verbs of hasting, wan, BaD; 
or perh. denom. from subst. 132 refuge, 
asylum, comp. Is. 30, 2. 

Hipu. causat. pr. ‘ to cause to flee for. 
refuge ;’ hence to save by flight, to place 
in safely, spoken of one fleeing with his 
effects, property, etc. Ex. 9, 19 τῶν tpn 
292. Acc. impl. id. Is. 10, 31. Jer. 4, : 
6. 6, 1. 


"ὩΣ perh. i. ᾳ. Arab. blé mid. 
Waw fo sink in any thing, as the foot 
in the sand; II, to sink, to dig a well; 
TY, to plunge, to immerse ; hence tieitette 
b> stylus. But the ΤΕΣ of digging, 
graving, is not certain in this root ; and it 
is better to refer 2D to the idea of hard- 
ness, stiffness, (as Germ. Stift from steif,) Ὁ 
which belongs to the kindred syllable 
Y>, see in Y33, 733, AEP; so that it 
would then be related to 72 wood, 
whether the root be ΤῈΣ i. q. V9, or 
MDP i. q. M¥P as is more probable. 

"AY, plur. e439, Avite, Avi, i. 6. 

1. Gentile ἢ. from the name M419, Nay, 
2 K. 17, 31; see in m9. 

2. Names of the aborigines of the coun- 
try of the Philistines, Deut. 2, 23. Josh. 
13, 3. 

3. B'S (the ruins, or Avites’-town) 
a town of Benjamin, Josh. 18, 23. _ 


N or RY Chald. f perverseness. 
sin, often in the Targums; but in O. T. 
only plur. j"12, or in some copies (al- 
ways in the Targums) im>, Dan. 4, 24. 
R. m9. 

I. "2 m. adj. (212) wicked, ungodly, 
Job 16, 11. 

II.>"19 m. (τ. d82) a child, pr. a 
suckling, i. q. 532, Job 21, 11, parall’ 
m3"; perh. 19, 18. 


δὰ 


PZ (ruins, r. 41>) Avith, pr. n. of a 
town in the territory of the Edomites, 
Gen. 36, 35; also 1 Chr. 1, 46 where 
Cheth. πῆρ, 


‘i Pah in Kal not used, to turn away, 
to distort, comp. >°%, 52%; hence to be 
wrong, perverse, wicked. Arab, Sle 
mid. Waw quiesc. to turn aside 80. 
from right, to be unjust. 

Prex fut. 5355 to do wrong, to act 
wickedly, Ps.71,4. Is. 26,10.—Syr. Aph. 


Sash id. 
Deriv. >39, d39, ΠΡῚΣ (πϑὶρ, ΡΝ 
and 5.91, 


229 m. (r. Ὁ") a wrong-doer, ‘one 
wicked, Job 18, 21. 27, 7. 29, 17. al. 
Syr. fad. 


219 m. (r. 543) once in constr. >13 Ez. 
28. 18, 6. suff. Ἴδη, wrong, wickedness, 
tiquity, Job 34, 10. Ps, 53, 2. Jer. 2, 5; so 
in a judge Ley. 19, 15. Ps. 82,2; ina 
merchant Ez. 28, 18. >1D ΓΙῸΣ 10 do evil 
Ez. 3, 20. 18, 24. 26. 33, 13; “Dap ἜΣ id. 
Job 34, 32. bry tex a wicked man unjust, 
Prov. 29, 27. "Coner. for unjust gain Ps. 


7; FR Syr. ad, Chald. ND1D, ND"D, id. 


* DAD to give milk, to suckle, of ani- 
mals, only part. fem. mb mins milch- 
kine 1 Sam. 6, 7. 10. Gen. 33, 13. Also 
without subst, part. ΓΙΌΣ the milk-giv- 
ing, milch, poet. for the ewes, Ps. 78,71. 
Is. 40, 11.—Kindr. by transp. is 3%, 
where see note. Arab. SLé mid. Ye, 
gravida fuit et lactavit. 

Deriv. >"1> II, and 


29 m. a child, pr. a sucking-child, 
suckling, Is. 49,15. 65, 20.—Arab. dole 
boy, Syrt. oS, Chald. bay, d»d, id. 


may f. (τ. 249) once contr. moi Is. 
61, 8; with He poet. demonstr. “nny 
Ps. 125, 3. Hos. 10, 3, contr. HMd> Job 5, 


16; once transp. ἢ moe Hos. 19, 9; plur. 
rabis Ps. 58,3. 64, 7; i. q. by, wrong, 
wickedness, dignity, Job’6, 29. 30. 11,.14. 
Prov. 22, 8. Is. 59, 3..al. 319 nv todo 
wrong, to act wickedly, Zeph. 3, 5. 13; 
may “at Job 13, 7. 24, 7. nbwny 13. the 
son of wickedness, a wicked man, Ps, 89, 
23; n>19-"22 the wicked 2 Sam. 3, 34, 
7, 10. ‘Abstr. for concer. wickedness for 


758 





ΝΣ ν....... 


bab 


the wicked Job 5, 16. 24, 20. Ps. 107, 42. 
Sept. adixia, ἀνομία. 


moi evil, see in DAD ; also a burnt- 
offering, see ‘nbs. 


2249 m. (see note) plur. 5°>3%9 and 
pr5b1) as from a form >>%>; constr. 
sbbip Lam. 2.20; with light suff. ΠΆΡΕ 
Ps. 137,9. nab Lam. 1, B3 with grave 
suff. prnbbi : a boy, child, infant, e. g. 
of tender age ἐᾷ 13, 16. Hos. 14,1. 2 K. 
8, 12. Nah. 3, 10. Ps. 137, 9; carried in 
the arms, Lam. 2, 20;.playing in the 
streets Jer. 6,11. 9,20; asking for bread 
Lam. 4, 45 carried away captive Lam. 
1,5; once of the unborn feetuis Job 3, 16. 
Sometimes coupled with 725" suckling 
Ps. 8, 3. Joel 2, 16. Jer. 47, 7. Lam. 2, 
11; from which however it is expressly 
distinguished 1 Sam. 22,19. 15, 3 5>is 
p2it 39}. The same is 52599 Is. 3, 12. 
Plur. c. suff. their children Ps. 17, 14. 

Norse. The form comes from Poel or 
Polel >>%>; prob. from r. 559 to vex, 
and so referring to the petulance of chil- 
dren; or it may come from r. 549 to 
suckle, though the sense would here be 
passive, while the form is active. See 
in 55 I. 2, and Po. no, 3. Thesaur. p. 
1033, 1034. 


ΓΟ and ribby ἢ plur. (τ. 53 1) 
constr. M>5>, gleanings, Mic. 7, 1, “Is.. 
24, 13. Jer. 49, 9. Obad. δ. Twice cou- 
pled with a preceding mase. sing. Judg. 
8, 2. Is. 17,6; see Heb, Gram, ὃ 144. 


ὈΡῚΡ m. rarely DY Gen. 3, 22. 6, 3. 
al, plur. oadid. R. ob9 1. 

A) Pr. ‘hidden,’ spec. hidden time, i. e. 
obscure and long. of which the begin- 
ning or end is uncertain or indefinite, 
duration, everlasting, eternity, spoken: 

1. Of time long past, gray antiquity, 
of old, everlasting, as in the following 
phrases and examples; Ddi> "70" Am. 
9, 11. Mic. 7, 14. Is. 63, 9, and chip nin" 
Deut. 32,7, the days of old, ancient times. 
noire of old, from ancient times, Gen. 5, 
4. 1 Sam. 27, 8. Is. 63, 16. Jer. 2, 20. 5, 
15. Ps. 25, 6; ,and so of time ΠΡΌ the 
world, From, everlasting, Prov. 8, 23; ᾿ 
with a negative, not from any time, 
never, Is. 63, 19. 64, 3; elsewhere of a 
long time, long: Is. 42, 14 referring to 
the time of the exile. 46, 9. 57, 11% 








Sa 


pbi> S322 an ancient landmark, set up 
by the forefathers, Prov. 22, 28. 23, 
10; Ὁ» "MnP ancient gates, Ps. 24. Ἵ. 
τὸ sma the dead of old, those long 
dead, Ps. 143,3. Lam. 3,6; 0>%D ἘΦ the 
people of old time, long dead, Ez. 26, 20. 
—Since to men ef Avoiant. times: were 
attributed sincere piety and uncorrupted 
morals, hence D>1> 323 Ps. 139, 24, τιον 


᾿ ὈΝῚΘ Job 22, 15, “pbip nian Ἴρις θ, 16, 


bis "720 Jer. 18, 15, are all put for the 
true piety of the fathers of old ; comp. 
ἘΠΏΞῚΡ PIX the righteousness of ld. for- 
mer righteousness, Dan. 9, 24.—That 
‘not always the remotest antiquity is 
implied, is manifest from the phrase 
pbid ninnn Is. 58, 12. 61, 4, spoken in 
[prophetic] allusion to the ruins of Je- 
rusalem at the close of the Babylonian 
exile. Jer. 25,9 and 49, 13 do not belong 
here, ‘> there referring to time future. 
2. Often also of future time, ever, for 


ever, evermore, in such a way that the 


terminus ad quem is to be determined 
from the nature of the subject. Thus 
where human things are spoken of: 

a) Spec. in the affairs of single per- 
sons, 21> is sometimes put for the whole 
period of life, all the days of one’s life, 
as D213 7239 a servant for ever. i. 6. not 
to be set free in all his life, Deut. 15, 17. 
Ex. 21, 6. 1 Sam. 27, 12; poet. of an 
animal Job 40, 28 [41,4]. obis~3> for 
ever i. e. so long as he lives, 1 Sam. 1, 
22. 20,15. 2 Sam. 3, 28, odi> 77543 ever 
secure. ever prosperous, so long as they 
live, Ps. 73; 12. 30, 13 Jehovah, my God, 
ΤῚΝ wdi>> for ever will I praise thee, 
1,8. while I live. 5, 12. 31, 2. 37, 27. 28. 


49,9. 52, 11. 71, 1. 86,12. Sometimes 


put for very long life ; Ps, 21, 5 he (the 
king) asked life of thee, thou gavest him 


Ip} ObID Hv" WIN length of days for 


ever and ever, i. e. a long. long life—A 
still narrower application of 0349 is im- 
plied in Is. 35, 10 δ ΠΡ Ddid Maw 


_ perpetual joy shall be upon their heads, 


i. 6. a joy ever conspicuous in their coun- 

_tenances, they shall be ever cheerful and 
rejoicing (comp. Ps. 126, 2). Is. 51, 11. 

61,7. In Is. 32, 14 the limit of this long 

time is specified: hill and watch-tower 

shall become caverns 2339-79 evermore 

15 τ ΠΣ until the ¢ Spirit shall be 


q poured out. etc. 


759 





Sy 


b) As pertaining to a whole race, dy- 
nasty. or people, and including the whole 
time of their existence until their de- 
struction. 1 Sam. 2, 30 thy family shall 
serve me D2i3-5 for ever, i. e. so long as 
it endures. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 Chr. 
17, 12. 22, 10. Ps. 18,51 he will show 
mercy to David and to his seed 2>°9-73. 
So the covenant of God with the Israel- 
ites is called D>4> τὴ Gen. 17, 7. Lev. 
24, 8; the laws given to them are 
mbt mpm, ΡΣ ph, Ex. 12, 14, 17. 27, 
21. 28, 43. 30, 21. Lev. 3, 17.6, 11; the 


possession of the Holy Landi is DDiD ray | 


Gen. 17, 8. 48, 4. 


c) Nearer to the metaphysical notion - 


of eternity, or at least to an eternity 
without end, approach those examples 
in which obi i is attributed to the earth 
and to the universe. Ece. 1, 4° but the 
earth standeth or abideth ἘΝ for ever. 
Ps. 104, 5 it (the earth) shall not be moved 
for ever. 78, 69. “> ni233 everlasting 
hills, created of old, and te endure for 
ever, Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33,15; > mina 
everlasting heights Ez. 36, 2. So too 
of human things which refer to a period 
after death, e. g. 0259 τοῦ everlasting 
sleep, for death Jer. 51, 39.57; abid ma 
his everlasting house. long ania ἢ e. the 
grave Eee. 12,5; 0549 "1 everlasting 
life after the resurrection Dan. 12, 2. 

d) The true and full idea of eternity 
is expressed by n>i> in those passages 
where it is spoken of the nature and ex- 
istence of God, who is called D>%> 5x the 
eternal God, everlasting God, Gen. 21, 
33. Is. 40, 28; ὈΞΊΡΓΙ ΠῚ the ever living 
Dan. 12, 7. ὌΡΝΙΝ pbisd mom to live 
for ever, to be immortal fike God, Gen. 
3, 22. Job 7,16.) To him are attributed 

Ἐν mishy everlasting arms Deut. 33, 
27; and of him it is said Ps. 90, 2 ΤῊΝ 
dbx mmx ὈΡῚΣ 5D from everlasting to 
everlasting thou art God. 103, 17; comp. 
Ps. 9, 8. 10, 16. 29, 10. 93, 2. 

e) Of a peculiar kind are those pas- 
sages, where the Hebrews by hyperbole 
ascribe eternity in the metaphysical sense 
to human things, chiefly in the expres- 
sion of good wishes. - Here belongs the 
customary form of salutation towards 
kings: 02i9> ΠΡ ΏΓΙ "25x om let my lord 
the king ‘live for ever, 1 K. 1, 31. Neh. ἡ 
2,3. Comp. Dan. 2, 4. 3, 9. Judith 12, 


12 


4. Jélian. V. H. 1. 32. So in poetical 
invocations of good upon kings and royal 
lines, 6. g. Ps. 61, 8 for ever may he sit 
upon his throne before God ; comp. v. 7 
let his years be 943 7 12D as many ge- 
nerations. 45, 7 thy throne of God [pr. 
Q God] ">" ΤΌΝ is for ever and ever ; 
see in Dns note, p. 55. Ps. 89, 37 his 
(David’s) seed shall endure for ever. 
How much this last expression implies 
is apparent from the words which imme- 
diately follow it: Ais throne (shall stand) 
as the sun before me, 38 like the moon 
shall it be established for ever ; and from 
Ps. 72, 5 they shall fear thee, (O king,) 
so long as the sun and moon endure, 
throughout all generations ; ib. v. 17 his 
name shall endure D252? for ever. so long 
asthe sun shall his name flourish. That 
is, by this figure of hyperbole there is 
invoked’ for the king and his royal pos- 
terity; a dominion not less enduring 
than the universe itself—Also Ps. 48, 9 
God will establish it (Jerusalem) for 
ever. Jer. 7,7 the land which I gave to 
en faihers p>" 331 Dbis Ἴ25. 25, 5. 

Por. pinbdty, ᾳ. ἃ. ages, everlasting 
ages, like Gr. αἰῶνες, i.e. a) ages of 
antiquity, ancient ages, Is. 51, 9. Dan. 
9,24. Ecc. 1,10. b) future ages, the 
remotest future, Ps. 61,5. 77,6. 145, 13. 
Is. 26, 4. 45, 17. 

B) the world, mundus. from the Chatd. 
and Rabb. usage (Buxtorf col. 1620), like 
Gr. αἰών ; hence love of worldly things, 
worldly-mindedness, i. q. more fully ἀγά- 

‘my tov xoomov 1 John 2, 15, αἰών τοῦ 
κόσμου τούτον Eph. 2, 2, and Arab. 


ο 9 
{430 the world, worldly things and the 


love of them, as destructive to the know- 
ledge of divine things. So Ece. 3, 11 
God hath made every thing beautiful in 
its time, "232 ὈΞῸΞ jh) Desn-my ps 
‘a ἘΝ ΝΣ ῺΣ xd six “although he 
(God) hath set the love of worldly things 
in their heart, so that man understandeth 
not the works of God ; i. e. 03 for 5D BS, 
see Dino. 4. For the sense comp. Ecc. 
8, 17.—Another form is Du>"3. 


ἘΣ obsol. root, to rest, to dwell ; 
kindr. 458. are. οἵ to live quietly, 


comfortably ; Σ yet] quiet, comfort.— 


760 





ee 
sa 


Hence F319, 7152, ΓΘ, pr. ἢ. ὈΠ259 Ὁ 


"mois. 
125) for 72, see the root 1.9. 


TY τὰ. (r. Ary) twice THY 2 K. 7, 9. 
Ps. 51,75; constr. 3, ἸῊΣ 1 Chr. 21, 8; 
plur. aol and constr. mind, δ. der 
ἈΝ 12, 429, oftener “ΒΝ ate, etc. 
pr. wrong, perverseness ; "hens concr. 
wrong action, iniquity, stn, crime, Gen. 
4,13. 44, 16. Ex. 20, 5. 28, 38. al. sep. 
Hos. 10, 10 see in Ἵ no. 1, note. Sept. 
ἁμαρτία, ἁμάρτημα, ἀδικία. Often cou-- 
pled with synon. ὈΝ ΌΤΙ Ex. 34, 9. Deut. 
19, 15. Jer. 16, 10. al. With genit. of 
him who commits the sin, as Miay 7AP 
Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7 ; or of the place where one 
sins, as "DB ’> Josh. 22, 17, wap " 
Num. 18, 1; or also of the punishment 
to be inflicted for the sin, as 393M miss 
iniquities for the sword, to be punished 
by it Job 19, 29, and yp 712 iniquity of 
the end, which brits destruction, Ez. 
21,30; comp. 0°>">8 119 a crime for the 
judges, to be punished by them, Job 31, 
11. To express the pardon or expiation 
of sins the yerbs used are Mb, ΡΠ, 
"BD, Nw? no. 2.b; for its ponishmeilt 
“PB ; for the suffering of its punishment, 
x2 no. 4. d.—By synecd. a) wrong, 
iniquity, guilt, contracted by sinning, as 
“anh 552 the iniquity of the Amorites 
Gen. 15, 16; "ΠΝΌΝΙ ἸΣ the iniquity of 
my sin Ps. 32, 5. Soa jd ts there 18 
iniquity in any one, he i is guilty, 1 Sam. 
20, 8. 25, 24. 2 Sam. 14, 32: with b> 2 
Sam. 14,9; > Job 33, 9; also 1 Sam. 
28,10. 2K.7,9. . b) unrighteous gain; 
Hos. 12, 9 [8] in all my gains they shall . 
Jind no 83m VER δὲ fp wrong that is sin. 
c) the punishment of sin Is. 5,18; hence 

calamity, misery, Ps. 31, 11. 

Mey f. (τ. 115) ἃ living together, co- 
habitation in the conjugal sense, Ex. 21, 
10. Talmud. id—For Γ᾽ Hos. 10, 
10 Keri, see in j"3 no. 1, note. 


DIY τὰ. plur. perversities, i. e. per- 
verseness, Is. 19. 14; for "127, from the — 
root πὴ, Vulg. vertigo. not unaptly. 


* o> fat. 9", with αν conv. ΩΝ 
1. to cover, spec. with the wings. fea. 
thers, i. gq. 422; from which perhaps 
this root Eas been formed by softening — 
the letters, comp. P29, PY; PEN, OF 


Dy 761 oy 


y'x, and many others; see the roots 
was, WT, etc.—Is. 31, 5 mipy DBED as 
hivste cover (their young "with. their 
wings) G2wav? Dy “XS 425 4D so will 
Jehovah of hosts protect Jerusalem.— 
Hence 59, pr. i. q. $23 wing, then col- 
‘ect. birds, fowl; and hence again the 
verb as denominative : 

2. to fly, pr. of birds Job 5, 7. Prov. 23, 

5. 26, 9. Deut.4, 17 ; also of locusts Nah. 
3, 16. So of the Seraphim Is. 6, 6; οὗ 
God as sitting upon his throne and borne 
by Cherubim Ps. 18, 11; of a flying roll 

- Zech. 5, 1.2. Trop. of an army flying 
(rushing) to battle Hab. 1, 8. Is. 11, 14 
(c. 3); of a fleet Is. 60, 8; an arrow 
Ps. 91,5. So to fly away, to vanish, as 
sleep Job 20,8; human life Ps. 90, 10. 
Once transit. like Hiph. Prov.23, 5 Cheth. 
—Arab. Wsle mid. Waw and Ye, to 
eer in the air as a bird, c. ἐς; 


ΕΗῈΞ flight. 

3. to Cover over, to wrap, Syr. voS in- 
volvit, for ἑλίσσω Heb. 1,12. Hence in- 
trans. to be covered (wrapped) in dark- 
ness ; Job 11, 17 575m “"paD ΓΊΒΣΤ now 
covered with darkness (calamity), soon 
thou shalt be as the morning. Better 

_ perhaps with 3 Mss. to read MBEAN , 
_ darkness shall become as the morning. 
_ —Also 

4. to be overcome with darkness, to 
faint, to faint away ; so fut. 5321 1 Sam. 
14, 28. Judg. 4, 21; this form being 
chosen to distinguish it from ὩΣ} to fly. 
—See ΩΣ, >, and Arab. - 
Syr. vaS to become weak, Ethp. to faint 
_ away. Kindred are 575 and ὭΣ" to be- 

come weak, weary. 

» Pin ὨΞῚΣ 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no 2, to fly, 
- to fly about, Gen. 1, 20. Is. 6,2. Part. 
"RBIS flying, Is. 14, 29. 30, 6. 

' . 2. to brandish, ᾳ. d. to make fly about, 
_ €. g. a sword Ez. 32, 10. 

_ Hien. to make fly away Prov. 23, 5 
Keri. 

Hirupat. to fly away, to vanish, Hos. 
9,1. 

___ Deriv. from no. 1, 2, 959, DIBDDD ; 
from no. 3, ΒΨ ΤΗΣ, Hh, MDAsN. 





my m. (r. m2) pr. wing; collect. 
_ birds, fowl, i. e. the winged tribes; 
64* 





sometimes with plur. Jer. 4, 25. Ez. 31, 
6. 13; oftener with sing. verb Gen. 1, 


21. 30. Lev. 17, 13. Ps. 50, 11. al. seep. 


Of birds of prey, 2 Sam. 21, 10.—Syr. 
[eaX bird, but not frequent. Eth. ey 
id. 


py Chald. birds, fowl, i. q. Heb. 
Dan. 2, 38. 7, 6. 


"DIY Jer. 40,8 Cheth. see in "DD. 
νὰ ἢ yr to consult, to take counsel, 
i.g. 737 where see; ‘onks in imp, 4X9 


Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10.—Hence yas" 
pr. n. 


*TI. γΡ perh. i. q. ble, μοί δ, to 


impress itself, to sink, e. g. te sige in the 


sand, comp. r. 249; whence Sboed ἐ light 
sandy soil and fertile. Hence . 


VY Uz, Ausitis, fully 71> 72 the 
land of Uz Job 1, 1. Lam. 4, 21; 7a" 
yon Jer. 25, 20; Sept. αΑὐσῖτις, Avoitat, 
pr. n. of a region and tribe in the north- 
eastern part of Arabia Deserta, between 
Idumea, Palestine, and the Euphrates, 
adjacent to Babylon and the Euphrates ; 
called by Ptolemy (V. 19) «ἰσῖται, un- 
less the reading Αὐσῖται is to be restored. 
For the origin of this tribe, see Gen. 10, 
23. 36, 28; comp. 22, 21. See the dis- 
cussions. respecting the situation of the 
land of Uz in Bochart Phaleg II. 8. 
J.D. Michaelis Spicileg. II. 26. Rosenm. 
Schol. in Job. Prolegom. § 5. See also 
Thesaur. p. 1003. 


᾿ Pr? j in Kal not used, ἮΝ and Chald. 
to be pressed, to be straitened i. q. Heb. 
pax. 

Hipu. to press, c. mm pr. to press 
down, καταϑλίβω. Am. 2, 13 lo, I will 
press you down (os"ANn p22), as a 
cart full of sheaves presseth down sc. 
what is under it, i. e. I will press you 
down and crush you as a wain loaded 
with sheaves. 

Deriv. HP, MP9. 


2 Wy whence Piel “53 to blind, see in 
“ἢ IIL. 


VWF adj. (τ. 749 > UIT) plur. 5°19 and 
nint. Is. 42, 7; blind, Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19, 
14. al. Metaph. of blindness of mind 
the darkness of ignorance, Is. 29, 78, 
42, 18. 19. 43. 8, | 


“> 


“1. fat. "id", imper. parag. T7459. 
1. fo wake, to-be awuke ; Chald. Pal. 
and Aph. “713, 928, to awake, to arouse, 


ΓΟ ™¥mX to be aroused, awake ; Syr. sabe 


to ΤᾺ to arouse; Aph. to excite. 
Comp. ἐγείρω, Sanscr. g7i. Perh. kindr. 
with τ. "9 .—Cant. 5, 2. Mal. 2, 12 
331 “3 the waking wad the answering, 

e: every one living, a proverbial ex- 
pression (like 2519) ἜΣΘ) drawn perhaps 
from the Levites keeping watch in the 
temple Ps. 134, of whom one remains 
awake and calls, and the other answers. 
In the same sense the Arabs say: no 
caller and no answerer, i. e. none alive, 
Vit. Tim. I. p. 108. ed. Mang. Jerome: 
magister et discipulus, and so the Engl. 
Vers. ‘the master and the scholar.’ 

2. to awake trom sleep, intrans. only 
in imper. My. Ps. 44, 24 rad mrp 
ἬΝ ἸῺ awake ! why sleepest ‘thou, O 
Lord? Ps. 57,9. 59, 5. 108, 3; 6. ‘by 
Ps. 7,7. Fem. "5> Judg. 5, 12. Cant. 
4, 16. Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. Hab. 2, 19. 

3. Causat. to awaken one out of sleep, 
i. q. Hiph. So fut. "557 Job 41, 2 Keri. 

Nipu. 22, fat. "157, pass of Piel and 
Hiph. 

1. to be awaked, to be roused from 
sleep, Job 14, 12. Zech. 4, 1. 

2. Trop. to be raised up, lo arise, e. g. 
a wind Jer. 25, 32; a people Jer. 6, 22. 
Joel 4, 12 [3,17]; Jehovah Zech. 2, 17 
[13]. —For Hab. 3, 9, see in Τ᾿ ἋΣ Il. 

Pi. i> , comp. Gr. ὄὅρω, ὄρνυμε, preet. 
. ὅρωρα. 

1. toawaken, to rouse out ofsleep; trans. 
Cant. 2, 7. 3,5. 8, 4; to excite or call 
forth serpents from their lurking-places 
Job 3,8. Trop.to excite, to stir up quar- 
rels, strife, Prov. 10, 12; love Cant. 8,5; 
- commotion Is. 14,9; ¢. 59 against any 
one Zech. 9, 13; to rouse up one’s 
strength, Ps. 80, 3. 

2. to raise up, to lift up and brandish 
a spear 2 Sam. 23,18. 1 Chr. 11, 11.20; 
a scourge Is. 10, 26.—But Is. 23, 13 see 
under r. 175 Pil. 

Pitp. "272 , to raise up, to lift up acry ; 
hence Is. 15, 5 ἜΣΘ 30 Mpyt they 
shall lift up a cry of destruction ; here 
ἌΣ ΦῚ (in many Mss. 17599") is for 
AAV ID" , the syll. "2 being softened into 
9; Peon. Ewald Krit. Gr. p. 479. Μο- 


762 





“> 


numm. Phen. p. 431, 432. Or pern. it 
should read 193"" , whence 2129 might 
easily arise, and then defect. 933>.— 
See also in "7>. 

Hipnr. 725, fut. "75", inf TOR 
pref. ΠΣ Ps. 73, 20, i. q: Piel. 

1. Causat. to awaken, to arouse any one 
from sleep Zech. 4, 1. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. 
8, 4. Ps. 57, 99nd moon 7 will awake 
the dawn. 108, 3. 73,20 793. 

2. to rouse up, to excite. to stir up, 
Job 41, 1 [10] none so bold 33373" "2 that 
he will stir him up sc. leviathan, i. δ. pro- 
voke him. Deut. 32, 11 Pp "D3 "O35 
as the eagle stirreth up her nest, pro- 
vokes her young to fly, Vulg. ad volan- 
dum. So to rouse up, to excite to any 
thing, e. g. warriors to battle Joel 4.9; 
a victorious king (Cyrus) Is. 41, 2. 25. 
45, 13; c. 52 against any one Is. 13, 17. 
51, 1. Ez. 23,22. So to rouse up, to ex- 
cite the ear Is. 50,4; the mind, spirit, 
Jer. 51, 11. Hag. 1, 14. 1 Chr. 5, 26. 
Ezra 1, 1.5; wrath Ps. 78, 38; ardour 
Is. 42, 13; valour Dan. 11, 25. 

3. Intrans. to rouse oneself, to wake, 
- a yee with which it is coupled Ps. 


"0, with 


3. (73 20); c. 52 for any one Job 


4 6. 

Hirupau. 1. to rouse oneself, to arise, 
Is, 51, 17. 64, 6; ὁ. 59 against any one 
Job 17, 8. 


2. to rejoice, to exult, vulg. Engl. to be 


wide awake, Job 31, 29. 

Deriv. "9, 1"> city, Chald. "> watch- 
er, pr. ἢ. "2,72 Doses RD, AWD, OVD, 
Ὁ, 


ἘΠ. jg. ΠΡ and “79 10 be 
naked, to be made naked. Arab. lB, 


pers nakedness, verenda. Hence "i272 
4. V. 

Nien. Hab. 3, 9 FAYP WS] AMS with 
nakedness was thy bow made naked, i. e. 
wholly drawn forth from its sheath; 
comp. Is. 22, 6. 

Pin. "759, see r. TD. 

Deriv. "> , ΠΡ. 


ἘΠῚ. q. "3M, to dig, to ex- 
cavate. Hence ΠΣ cavern; ; Arab, 


κέ, ξζ2, id. 
Prev “39 (as 739 Pi. 33) to blind, to 
make blind, pr. *to dig out’ the eye, 


. 





- — τὰ πὴ βδιυ ϑϑὺν -- 





Σ 
comp. "hy. 2K. 35, 7. Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11. 
Metaph. ἐο blind a judge with presents, 
_ Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 16, 19.—Aram. "39, 
$64, id. Eth. URC to be blind; Arab. 


ΧΕ and >» to be blind of one eye. 


Deriy. “39, i739, ΤΡ; Chald. "5 
chaff. 


99 Chald. chaff, Dan. 2, 35. Syr. 
“J » - 9 γι Ἑ 
food id. Arab. ye AE, a bit of 


chaff or the like which flies into the eye. 


and hurts or blinds it. R. 75> no III. 


9 m. (τ. 789 II) c. suff. “19, plur. 
nin>. 

1. the skin of a man, . so called perhaps 
from nudity; Ex. 34,29. Lev. 13,2. Job 
7,5. al. sep. "30 “03 with the skin of 
my teeth Job 19, 20, i. e. with nothing left, 
with the loss of all; others understand 
the skin of the gums; see in στ. 239 
Hithp. where another view is given. 
Poet. for the body, Job 19, 26 see under 
M2 Pi. no. 2. Job 18, 13 the parts of 
his skin, i.e. the members of his body. 
2,4 "ἢν Iya “id skin for skin, i.e. like 
for like ; [ what. he holds dear as life 
(his wealth) will he give for his life.—R. 

2. skin, hide, of animals Job 40, 31 (41, 
7]; chiefly as taken off Lev. 4, 11. 7, 8. 
Gen. 3, 21. 27,6; also as prepared and 
wrought, leather, Lev. 11, 32. 13, 48 sq. 
- Num. 31, 20. nm i> seal-skin Num. 
4,8. 11,12. Plur. minis Ex. 26, 14. 
39, 34. 


"ΠΣ see on p. 761. 

DV see 359. : 

ὙΦ m. blindness Deut. 238,28. Zech. 
15,4. R. ὋΣ IIL 

DY (read 032) Is. 30, 6 Cheth. 
for D°77D asses ; see in "79. 

mV ἢ blindness, Lev. 22, 22. Syr. 
{zdses. BR.“ IIL. 


* WY dn. Asyou. Joel 4, 11, where 
Sept. Targ. Syr. render ‘to assemble, to 
come together.’ Better, to hasten, to make 
haste, like the kindred roots Bin, ΤῊΣ, 


perh. (© ΠῚ to hasten; IV, to urge 
on in haste. 
Deriv. SD, Wd, pr. n. Wy, Bi. 
, 





1609 ΤΣ 


ai 

᾿ ΓΦ in Kal not used, to be eietioed, 
crooked, bent, kindr. with M39, 032. 

Pret mad, fut. m3o%, to bend, to make 
crooked, Ecc. 7, 13. Metaph. to pervert, 
to wrest, e.g. justice Job 8, 3. 34, 12; 
comp. Am. 8, 5. Also with acc. of pers. 
to subvert, i.e. to wrest or pervert the 
cause of any one, Lam. 3. 36. Job 19, 6. 
Ps. 119,78. “5 323 MD to subvert the way 
of any one, i.e. to thrust him down to 
destraction, Ps. 146, 9.—Chald. id. Syr. 
ζω, deceit, fraud. 

Puat part. ΓΦ crooked Kec. 1, 15. 

Hirap. to bend oneself, to bow down, 
Kee. 12, 3. 

Deriv. πὴ 


"TMS ἅπ. λεγόμ. a root of the same 
origin and signification with >, pr. to 
hasten, to hasten up sc. for help, Engl. 
‘to run up;’ hence to succour, to help. 
Arab. GLé pr. to run; IV, to succour, 


to help.—Construed with two ace. (like 
>2>> Gen. 47, 12. 1 K.18, 4.13;) Is. 50, 
4 “33 ἘΣ ΓΝ ΤῊΣ to help the weary 
with a word, i. e. to speak comfort to 
him, raise him up. Aqu. ὑποστηρίσαι, 
Vulg. sustentare.—Hence 


"HAY (for πόσο», τσὴ, whom Jeho-. 
vah succours) Uthai, pr.n a) 1 Chr. 
9,4. b) Ezra 8, 14. 


MMA £. (verbal Pi. r. m2) a bending 
or bowing down of any one, i. e. oppres- 
sion, Lam. 3, 59; comp. the verb v. 36. 


TZ adj. (τ. 11D) Ὁ πῦρ, plur.m. OY, 
constr. 19, 

1. strong, vehement, fierce, e. g. a lion 
Judg. 14,18 comp. 14; an enemy Ps. 
18, 18; a wind Ex. 14, 21; waves Is. 43, 
16. Neh. 9, 11; anger Gen. 49, 7. Prov. 
21, 14; omeren Is. 56, 11 D2 “ID strong 
of appetite, greedy. Metaph. of love 
Cant. 8,6. Also mighty, powerful, Ps. 
59,4. Am. 5,9; so a people Num. 13, 
28. Is. 25,3; a king Is. 19, 4.—Neut. 
strength Gon 49, 3. 

2. strong, i.e. fortified, guarded, Num. 
21, 24. 

3. harsh, hard, stern; plur. f. mrp 
harsh voi Prov. 18, 23. p28 ΤΣ hard 
of face, i. e. impudent, shameless, Deut, 
28, 50. Dan. 8. 23. 


ib) 764, 


ΤΩ Γ (τ. 115} plur. ΒΡ 1. a she-goat, 


om 99. " > a τὸ 
Syr. |}, Arab. se, Phenic. «fo Steph. 
Byzant. The Indo-European tongues 


have the sdme word, as Sanscr. aga he- 
goat, aga she-goat, Goth. gditsa, Anglo- 
Sax. gat, Engl. goat, Germ. Geis and 
with a harder form Gems the chamois, 
Gr. αἴξ, αἰγός, comp. Grimm. Deutsche 
Gr. III. 328. The Hebrew furnishes a 
good etymology in τ. 112; comp. δ, 
ὅν .—Gen. 15, 9. 30, 35. 31, 38. 32, 15. 
Num. 15, 27. etc. [But in the great 
majority of instances the word is gene- 
ral, a goat, goals, as Ley. 1, 10. 17, 3. 
Num. 18, 17. Ex. 12,5. ete. So 3 
ΠῚΡ a buck of the goats Lev. 4, 23. 28. 
Num. 28, 15. 30; o> "7°Bs id. 2 Chr. 
29, 21; ΠῚΦ Ἢ a kid of the goats Gen. 
27,9; ἊΣ Me a goat i.e. the goat, an 
individual for the species, Deut. 14, 4. 

—T. 
' 2. Plur. ellipt. 2°3> goats’ hair Ex. 26, 
ἡ. 36, 14. 1 Sam. 19, 13. 


TY Chald. f. i. q. Heb. no. 1, ashe-goat, 
Ezra 6, 17. 


Τ5 τὰ. (τ. 12) rarely TY Prov. 24, 5. 
31, 17.25; c. Makk. “1D, c. suff. “43, 
ἬΤΣ, ἜΣ, rarely "39 Ex. 15, 2, Hz Ex. 
15, 13, once 53345 Ps. 81, 2. 

1. bthengtil ‘might, power, of God Job 
12, 16. 26, 2. al. of men Ps. 29,11. Prov. 
24,5. 31,17; of animals Job 41, 14. Also 
vehemence, violence, as of rain Job 37, 6; 
thunder Ps. 68, 34; anger Ps. 90, 11. 
137523 with all eee might 2 Sam. 6, 14, 
Coner. the strong ones, heroes, Judg. 5, 
21; comp. Is. 43, 17. 

2. strength, firmness, sc. by fortifi- 
cation. τῷ 5432 ἃ strong tower, fortified, 
Judg. 9,51. Ps. 61,4; 13 “9D Is. 26,1; 
τὸ moap Prov. 18, 19. Ps. 30, 8 thou hast 
confirmed strength unto my mountain, 
hast made me secure.—Hence trop. de- 
Sence, refuge, protection, Ps, 28, 8 min" 
a> 31> Jehovah is their defence. 46, 2. 
62, 8. 84, 6. 140, 8. Is. 49,5. Jer. 16,19. 
Ez. 26, 11—In a bad sense, 5°28 τῷ 
_ strength (hardness) of countenance, i. e. 
boldness, impudence, Ecc. 8,1. 39 758} 
her pride of strength, her shameless 
pride, Fz. 30, 6.18. 33, 238. Coner. Ez. 
24, 21 E233 jiNk_your strong pride, that 
in which. you proudly trust. 





NITY 


3. splendour, majesty, glory, as the 
usual concomitants of might and power, 
i. q. ‘7132 with which it is often coupled, 
Hab. 3, 4, Ps, 96, 6 PINEM) τῷ 
and majesty. Is. 51, 9. 52,1. Prov. 31,25. 
Ps. 132, 8 FID Ὑ7 the ark (seat) of thy 
majesty, i.e. the ark of the covenant (i.q 
min® tia> 11) 2 Chr. 6,41; for which 
poet. τῷ alone Ps. 78, 61; comp. 1 Sam. — 


8 . 
4, 21. 22.—Arab. γξ glory. 


4. glory, praise, laud, Ps. 8, 3. 29, 1. 
68, 35. 99, 4. Ex. 15, 2. 2 Chr. 30, 21 
tabs instruments of praise i.e. used in 
praising God. Cr 


ἘΣ ΤΣ (strength) Uzza, pr. n.m. a) 
2 Sam. 6, 3, for which v. 6.7 M39 Uzzah. 
b)1Chr.8,7. ¢) Ezra2,49, Neh. 7,51. 


DINTY Azazel, a word found only i in 
the law respecting the day of atonement 
Lev. 16, 8. 10. 26, and vexed with the 
numerous conjectures of interpreters. 
Most prob. the averter, expiator, Aver- 
runcus, ‘Alstixaxog, Sept. ᾿ποπομπαῖος, 
i.e. bixt> for >¥>32, from the root 513, 
ch , to remove, to separate; comp. 
Lehrg. p. 869. By this name is prob. to 
be understood originally some idol that 
was appeased with sacrifices, as Saturn 
and Mars, see 7122; but afterwards, as 
the names of idols were often transferred 
to demons (Spencer de Legg. Hebreo- 
rum ritualibus IIT. Diss. VIII. p. 1039-— 
1085), it seems to denote an evil demon 
dwelling in the desert and to be placat- 
ed with victims, in accordance with this 
very ancient and also gentile rite. The 
name Azazel cd π is also used by 

d 


the Arabs for an evi! demon, see Reland. — 
de Rel. Muhammed. p. 189. Meninski — 
h.v. The etymology above proposed 
was expressed of old by the LXX, al- 
though neglected or misunderstood by 
most interpreters, Thus_ they render 
brniod in v. 8 τῷ ‘Anonounady i. 6. “Amo- 
τροπαίῳ, ᾿Δλεξικάκῳ, Averrunco ; ν. 10 
εἰς τὴν ᾿ἀποπομπήν, ad ayerruncandum 
v.26 εἰς ἄφεσιν. Comp. for the use of — 
the Greek word ᾿ἡποπομπαῖος, what is 
said by Bochart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 651 . 
Suicer Thes. Eccl. I. p. 468:—The ec- 

clesiastical fathers have referred res 
Cia epg to the goat itself; ἃ. ἃ 








=i) 


= “scape- goat, although obviously in v. 8 
the antithesis lies between >ixt>> and 
_ minn>. So too the Vulg. caper emissa- 

γῆι, Symm. ἀπερχόμενος, Aquil. ἀπολε- 
δέωδος as if the name were compounded 
- of 2 goat and Ἐπ to depart. Bochart 
himself (I. c.) understands the place 
whither the goat was to be sent away, 
and supposes 5ἸΝῚΣ dy; γς to be a plu- 
ralis Ffractus from r. Js pr. separa- 
ions, and then desert places. But there 
d ‘no trace of the alpralls Sractus in 
‘the Hebrew language, and the place 
hither the goat was to be sent away 
‘is specified by thé words 772720 v. 10. 
21, and 713 VIN v. 22. See more 
in Thesaur. Ῥ. 1012. 


* ST? fat. siz" 1. Pr. to cut loose, to 
loosen the bands or cords by which any 
thing i is bound or fastened ; and thus to 
let loose, to release, to let go free, e. g. 
abeast of burden,i.g.nme. Arab. ὡ 



















der about, see Sypkens in Diss. Lugdd. 
Ρ. 930,931. The primary idea seems 
to be that of cutting loose ; so that x1 
is kindr. with 289, 33m, to cut.—So in 
the difficult passage, Ex. 23, 5 when thou 
-seest the ass of thine enemy lying down 
under his burden, 239 9 ΞῚΣ Ὁ H>IM} 
‘i> =i2m beware that thou leave him nol, 
but thou shalt surely loosen (the bands 
of the ass) with him, i. e. thou shalt help 
the owner to loosen the fastenings of 
the load; comp. Deut. 22,4. There is 
here a paronomasia in the double use 
of the verb 3%, first in its more usual 
sense fo leave, to desert, and then in the 
sense of loosening. See more in The- 
-saur. p. 1007.—Spec. 

a) Ofaslave set free, whence the pro- 
verbial expression 3519} 7" the shut up 
_ and the let go free, i. δ. the bond and 
_ the free, i. q. all, every one, Deut. 32. 36. 
ΠῚ Κ. 14. 10. 21, 21. 2 K. 9,8. 14, 26. 
Comp. 7251 “> Mal. 2, 12, see in r. 79 
I. 1; also the similar Arabic phrases, 
Thesaur. p. 1008. 

b) to let go a thing. i. q. MDY; opp. to 
keep, to hold fast. Job 20,13 he spares 
_ it (the morsel in his mouth) and lets it 

noi go. Metaph. Job 10,1 J will let go 

my complaint, no longer restrain it. 9. 27. 


765 


to let loose camels that they may wan-’ 





215 


Ez. 20, 8. Ps. 37, 8 let go wrath, keep it 
not, cease from it. 

c) to let go a debt, to remit, Neh. 
5, 10. 

d) to let go, i. e. to leave off, e. g. 
whoredoms Ez. 23, 8; inf. c. > Hos. 4, 
10.—But Ἔ p92 HOM ΞῚΡ to leave off 
one’s kindness, to withdraw one’s favour 
from any one, Gen. 24,27; ΤΙΝ THOM ard 
id. Ruth 2, 90. 

6) to let go, to let be, i. 6. to permit, 
i. gq. M595 ; opp. to keep ‘back, to hinder ; 
Ruth 2, 16 mop) amas) and suffer that 


᾿ she glean, let her glean. With dat. Neh. 


3, 34 [4, 2] ἘΠῚ5. ἸΞῚΡ ἪΠῚ will they (one) 
suffer them sc. to build the walls ? i. e. 
shall we permit them? Clericus: will 
the governors permit them ? 

2. to let go a person or thing, i. e. fo 
leave, to quit, e. g. 

a) With acc. of pers. Gen. 2, 24. 44, 
22. 1 Sam. 31, 7. Ruth 2,11; with an 
adjunct of place where, 2 Sam. 5, 21. 15, 
16. 2 Chr. 28, 14. Also to leave, to let 
remain, Judg. 2, 21. Often i. q. to for- 
sake, to desert, e. g. those who need 
help Deut. 12,19. 14, 27. Num. 10, 31, 
Job 20, 19. al. Part pass. fem. 31> one 
forsaken Is. 62. 4.—So God is said to 


. forsake any one, i. 6. to withdraw his 


help from him, Gen. 28, 15. Josh. 1, 5. 
Ps. 27, 9. 71, 9.113 a people Ps. 9, 11. 
22, 2. Is. 42, 16. 54, 7; a land Ez.8. 12. 
9, 9. Contra, men are said to forsake 
God, to fall away from him, Deut. 31, 16 
Judg. 2, 12. 2 Chr. 12, 1. 10. Jer. 5, 19 
al. seep. 

b) Of place, to leave,-to forsake, Jer. 
25, 38. Ez. 8,12; a way, metaph. the 
way of the wicked Is. 55,7: the right 
way Prov. 2,13. 15, 10,—Also to forsake, 
to abandon, to desert. houses or cities, so 
that they lie deserted and fall into ruins ; 
comp. Arab. «Ὁ a aa to be deserted, deso- 
late. asa land. “Is,17,2 "253 "79 ΤΊΣΙΣ 
the cities of ruins ;are deserted. Jer. ‘4, 
29. Zeph. 2, 4. Hence Parr. pass. fem. 
may dacted. a desolation, i. e. houses 
deserted ef the inhabitants, ruins, rub- 
bish ; Is. 6,12 ΝΠ Sapa mash 427 
und great be the desolation (ruins) in 
the land. 17,. 9 his strong cities shall 
be ὍΤΤΙ ὨΞΗΙΣΞ as ruins in the forests 
and in the summits of Palestine. which 
the Canaanites have left deserted before © 


ὩΣ 


Israel, i. 6. as they fled before Israel. in 
the time of Joshua. 

c) With ace: of thing, to leave, to for- 
sake, as a bird her eggs Is. 10, 14. Josh. 
8,17 they left the city open. With an 
adjunct of place where Gen. 50, 8. 39, 
15. 18;,‘D 322 Gen, 39, 12. 13. Pregn. 
Is. 10, 3 whither will you (carry away 
and), leave your wealth? | Metaph. to 
forsake a law Is. 58, 2; a covenant 
Dan. 11, 30; counsel 1 K. 12, 8; the 
precepts of God Ps. .119, 87; wisdom 
Prov. 4, 6; piety Job 6, 14; also sin 
Prov. 28, 13. 

d) ‘5 "3 319 to leave in the hand of 
any one, to commit or entrust to any one 
Gen. 39, 6; comp. in lett. 6. -Also to 
leave at one’s disposal, to give up to his 
pleasure, 2 Chr. 12, 5. Ps. 37, 33. Neh. 
10, τῇ c. > id. Ps. 16, 10. Job 39, 14; dx 

: bp Ps. 10, 14. 

ἜΣ to leave to or for any one, with ace. 
of thing and dat. of pers. Lev. 19, 10. 
23, 22. So of one dying Ps. 49, 11; οἵ. 
a destroyer leaving nothing behind him 
Mal. 3, 19 [4, 1]. 

ΝΙΡΗ. lo be left. to be forsaken, de- 
serted, Neh. 13, 11; often of a land left 
deserted of its inhabitants Lev. 26, 43 
(c. 12). Is. 7, 16. Job 18, 4; of cities Is. 
27, 10. 62, 12. Ez. 36,4. With >. tobe 
left, given over, to any one Is. 18’ 6. 

PuaL 339 i.q. Niph. ἐο be left, forsaken, 
a city Jer. 49, 25; poet. of the tumult of 
a city Is. 32, 14, 

Deriv. Myt>, and 


337 m. only in plur. 0°24339, prob. a 
technical word signifying traffic, com- 
merce ; from the root 315 10 leave or let 
go for a price, i. 6. to sell. Hence 

1. a fair, market, market-place. Ez. 
27, 19 Dan and Javan 3723123 535K 
12M) set out spun-work in thy fairs, i. e. 
brought it to thy fairs. In the similar 
passages v. 12. 22, with the same gene- 
ral sense we find 3 prefixed to the wares, 
with silver, iron, etc. do they set out thy 
fairs ; in v.16 3 is put twice, i. 6. be- 
fore both the wares and the place; and 
in v. 14 2 is omitted before both. Per- 
haps all these constructions were com- 
mon among merchants, and therefore 
adopted by the prophet. 

2. gains, earnings, profits accruing 
fre traffic, Ez. 27, 27. 33. Comp. "0. 


766 


ΤΙΣ 
ῬΞΙΣ (from ἸΡ and ps3, strong de- . 
vastation) Azbuk, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 16. — 


“2 


tune) Azgad, pr. n. m. Ezra.2, 12. pie 
Neh. 7, 17. 10, 16. 


ἘΠῚ ΟὈδξΟΪ. root, Arab. ἘΣ to con- 
sole ; whence pr. ἢ. ΔΕ ἜΣ SANS, Haye. 


MY (the strong, comp. Valentia) pr. 
n. dian Deut. 2, 23, i. 6. Gaza, Sept. 
Γάζα, one of the five cities of the Philis- 


(from *> and “3, strong in for- | 


r tines. Josh. 11, 22. Judg. 16, 1. 21.1 


7 





‘position. 


Sam. 6, 17. Jer. 25, 20. Am. 1, 6. 7. 
Zeph. 2, 4. al. It was a royal city 
Zech. 9, 5, situated εἶδαν the southern 
border of Palestine Gen. 10, 19. 1K. 4, 
24; was subdued by the Hebrews in 
the time of the Judges Judg. 1, 18, but 
soon afterwards recovered by the Philis- 
tines. It is often mentioned in Greek 
writers; Plutarch calls it the largest 
city of Syria; and Arrian says it is a 
great city situated in a high and strong 
The ancient name is still re- 
tained, ὅτ Ghizzeh. Its history is 
copiously narrated by Reland, Paleesti- 
na p. 788-800. See Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
lest. Il. p. 372-383.—Gentile n. "M39 
Gazite Judg. 16, 2. 


MY Uzzah, see δὲν lett. a. 


MAW f. (τ. 319) 1. ruins, rubbish, 
see the root no. 2. b. 
2. Azubah, pr.n.f. a) The mother 


of Jehoshaphat 1 K. 22, 42. 
wife of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19. 
TM m. (τ. 19) adj. strong, mighty, 
of God Ps. 24, 8. Collect. the strong 
ones, warriors, Is. 43, 17. 
TAY τη. (τ. 119} strength, might, as of 
war Is. 42, 25; of God Ps. 78, 4. 145, 6. 
“WHY, see “ID. 
"TIS fut. 13", conv. 1933, inf. constr. 


ΤῊΣ and D>, 
1. To sibs har: to make strong and 


firm. Arab. == fut. O id. fat. J and 
A, to be potent, also to be vehement, 
violent ; Eth. VHH to strengthen. also 
to be strong. Syr. K i. q. Heb.—Con 


atr.c. > to give strength to any one, to 
make secure, to protect; Ecc. 7, 19. 


b) The 


«- ΤΙΣ 


Πὰν ΣΤΡ som meann wisdom strength- 
_ eneth the wise more than ten chiefs, i. e. 
protects him more and better than ten 
leaders ; comp. 15 no. 2, and 132. This 
attive signification appears also in the 
‘ name INI. 

’ 2. Intrans. to become strong, to be 
made strong. Dan. 11, 12 tist N55 but 
he shall not be made eke, "Ps. 9, 20. 
Of waters, Prov. 8, 28 Dinn Mind rida 
when the ‘Fountains of the deep ‘waxed 
strong, i.e. flowed with violence ; comp. 
o> 1 Neh. 9, 11. Is. 43, 16. With 
2> against or ‘over any one, - prevail 
over, Judg. 3, 10. 6, 2.—Syr. Ἐ Ethpa. 
infremuit, efferbuit, put for Gr. ἐμβρι- 
μἄομαι John 11, 33. 38.—Also i. q. fo 
have protection, to be protected, safe, se- 
cure ; Is, 30, 24999 risa2 tidd. 

3. to be strong, mighty, powerful, Ps, 
89, 14. 52, 9; to show oneself strong 
8,29. - 

Hipx. 738 125, to strengthen one’s 
countenance, i. e. to put on an impudent, 
shameless fice, Prov. 7, 13; c. 3 21, 29. 
jomp. ΤΣ no. 3, 15 no. 2. 

_ Deriv. 12, 1D, 19, md, MID, TDD, 
RP, mid, perh. ney, and the nine here 
Bitiowing. 


ΤΙΣ (strong) Azaz, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. δ, 8. 


WITTY (whom Jehovah strengthens, 
Τ᾿ 11D) Azaziah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 27, 
2 6) 2 Chr. 31, 13. 


: b) 15, 21. 
ΟΣ (apoe. for my) Uzzi, pr. n. m. 
a) 1Chr. 5, 31. 6, 36. Ezta 7,4. b) 


6) 9,8. d) 7,7. 6) Neh. 
11, 22. f) 12, 19. 42. 


SST, see SN"D7. 


: bee (might of God, from 19) Uz- 
2 Ἷ a) Ex. 6,18. Num. 8, 19. 































b ΟΥ̓, 7. d) 25,4. e) 
2 Chr. 29,14. f) Neh. 3,8. 


“BNI Num. 3, 27, Uzzielite, patro- 
~hym. from PNW lett. a. 


s ΤΡῚΣ and 79 (might of Jehovah, 

Εν. 13) Uzziah, pr. n. m. Sept. *Ottac. 
a) A king of Judah from 811 to 759 B. 
"Ὁ. 2K. 15, 13. 20. 32. 34. Is. 1, 1. 6, 1. 
7,1. Hos.1,1. Am.1,1. In2K. 14,21. 
15, 1. 6. 7. 8. 23.27, he is also called 


ἈΠῚΡ and ITI , Which however is 
b. not another name of the’ same 


767 





“Td 


king, but would seem to have arisen 
from an error of the copyists, ΤῚΣ and 
mst> being similar ; see Thesaur. p. 
1011. Comp. inc. δ) 1 Chr. 27, 25. 
6) 1 Chr. 6,9, for which v. 21 MD. 
d) Ezra 10, 21. e) Neh. 11, 4. 


MTD (strong, τ. 119) Aziza, pr. ἢ. τη. 


Ezra 10, 27. 


ΓΙῸΣ (strong as death? from ry 
and m2) Azmaveth, pr.n.m. a) One 
of David’s warriors 2 Sam. 23, 21. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 27, 25. 0) M1313 m3 see in ΓῚΞ 
no. 12. ee. : 


* D9 obsol. root, Arab. ds 


move, to separate, to set apart ; 
kindr. ἘΝ no. 2. Hence ὅτ. 


MmP2TD f; Lev. 11,13. Deut. 14, 12, a 
species of eagle, Sept. ἁλιαίετος, Vulg. 
aquila marina ; but Gr. Vénet. γύψ by 
conjecture. The Heb. intpp. and also 
Bochart (Hieroz. II. 774 Lips.) hold the 


to re- 
see the 


Nun not to be radical, and refer the 


form tor. 11, for M32 i.e. the strong, 
Onk. x19, Samar. Vers. mm. This 
is well; comp. from the same root 
2729 for F720 Is. 23, 11. 


pis only in Pier p31», to loosen with 
a mattock or hoe, to dig up or over, sc. 
the ave Is. 5, 2.—Arab. Ch id. 


whence ἘΠῚ a spade, mattock. — 


From the kindred signif: to dig in, to 
engrave, comes — 


SPT? Chald. f. a signet-ring, Dan. 6, 
18.—Syr. {aopS id. 


ΤΡῚΣ (dug over, broken up, τ. PY2) 
Azekah, pr. ἢ. of a city in the plain of 
Judah, Josh. 10,10. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17,. 
1. Neh. 11, 30. Jer. 34,7. See Relandi 
Palestina p. 603. 


ἢ mrs fut. "D7 plur. 752 1. 10 sur- 
round, to enclose with a wall or fence ; ¢ 
to protect. Kindr. are "%M no. 1, 7X9, 
also "'33.—Hence M713 court. 

2. to help, to succour, to aid. Arab. 

, Syr. aS id. not 5} as Simonis 
and Winer have it.—Absol. Is. 30, 7; 
ace. of pers. Ps. 37, 40. 79, 9. 109, 26. 
118, 13. al. Ὁ 9 Sam. 8, 5. 21, 17; espec. 
in the later books, 1 Chr. 18, 5. 21,17 


stp 768 ~ OP 


2 Chr. 19, 2. 26, 13. 28, 16. Job 26, 2; 

ny (eounp. Engl. ‘to stand by) 1 Chr. 
12,21; nN, 1K. 1,7 72253 "IN AID 
they υἱάνὰ following the party of Adoni- 
jah. Also with > of thing, to help to or 
fir a thing; Zech. 1, 15 M395 ἘΠῚ, 

2 Chr. 20, 23.—Parr. "33 a helper, often 
in the phrases: > 73> m7 Ps. 30, 11. 
i> “td ΝΣ 2K. 14, 26. Ps. 72, 12; n13 ἽΝ 
Ps. 22, 12. Is. 63, δ; so an associate, 
ally, in war 1 Chr. 12, 1, comp. 1 K. 20, 
16. Part. pass, “39 Is. 31, 3. 

Nipu. to be helped, aided, Ps. 28, 7 ; 
espec. from God 2 Chr. 26,15. 1 Chr. 5, 
20 thay Amps. and they were helped 
against them, i.e. God gave them the 
victory. Dan. 11,34. The Arabs say 
in like manner, x3} to be helped sc. 
from God, i. e. to conquer. 

Hipu. i.q, Kal. Part. after the Ara- 
mean form, plur. 8°15 2 Chr. 28, 23; 
inf. c. pref. "49> 2 Sam. 18, 3 Cheth. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. 199, and the twelve here 
following. 


WE τη. ὁ. suff. > 1. help, Is. 30, 5. 
With genit. the help of any one is the 
help afforded to him ; «as "712 Ps. 121, 1. 
23 AMD 124, 85 FMD Deut. 33, 26. Ps, 
20, 3; 4712 422 the shield of thy help 
(0 Israel), i. e. God, Deut. 33,29. Often 
concr. for a helper, Ps, 33, 20.70, 6. 115, 
9; so of a female helper Gen. 2, 18. 20. 

2. Ezer,pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 4, for 
which ποτ v.17. b) 12,9. 9) Neh.3, 
19. 


“TY (help) Ezer, pr.n.m. a) Neh. 
12,42. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 7, 21. 


WY and WY (helper) Azzur, pr. n. 
m. a) Jer.28,1. Ὁ) Ez.11,1. ¢) Neh. 
10, 18. 


RY (help, τ. >) Ezra, pr. ἢ. m. 
a) A priest and scribe, γραμματεύς, who 
in the seventh year of Artaxerxes Longi- 
manus, 458 B. C. led up ἃ colony of Jews 
from Babylon to Jerusalem, Ezra ο. 7- 
10. Neh. c. 8. 12, 26. 36. For his line- 
age see Ezra7, 1-5. Ὁ) One of the first 
colonists, under Zerubbabel, Neh. 12, 1. 
13; some suppose him to be the same 
as the preceding. °) Neh. 12, 33 comp. 
ὍΝ 


“ITY (whom God helps, Germ. Gott- 





helf,) Azareel, pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 12,6. _ 
b) 25,18. ὁ) 27,22. d) Neh. 11, 13. 
12, 36. 6) Ezra 10, 41. 


POPE (ep) 1. help, PPS Jor 
help Jer. 37, 7. Is. 10, 3. 31,1. With 
genit. of him who receives help, Judg. 5, 
23. Job 6,13. Ps. 22, 20. 40, 14. al. also 
of him who gives it Is. 31,2. Coner. a 
helper Ps. 27, 9. 40, 18; helpers Nah. 3 
9. With He parag. MND Ps. 44, 27. 


Triv 


2. Ezrah, pr. τι. see “32 no. 2. ἃ. 





‘a 


MVITZ f. ("19 no. 1) 1. A word of the — 
later Hebrew for the more ancient "xm 
atrium, court, sc. of the temple, 2 Chr. 4, 

9. 6,13; from τ. "32 in the sense of en-— 
closing i. gq. “XD, oan Toe in the 

γ αὶ 
Targums, Arab. transp. nets id. | 

2. a ledge around the altar, formed by | 
drawing in or diminishing the part 
above, an offset, terrace, Ez. 43, 14, 17 
20. 45, 19. 


"M2 (for m=z, help of Jehovah) 
Ezri, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 27, 26. 


SSS (help of God, comp. the Pu- — 
nic pr. n. Hasdrubal, i. e. 592 i713 help 
of Baal) Azriel, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 
24. b) 27, 19. c) Jer. 36, 26. 


mT anid We"TY (whom Jehovah 
helps) pr.n.m. Azariah: a) A king of 
Judah called also M239 q.v. Ὁ) See 
ΤΡῚΣ lett.c. 6) One of the companions 
of Daniel, Dan. 1, 6.7. 11. ἃ) Of many 
others: 1 K, 4,2. 5, 1 Chr. 2, 8. 38.-39. 
3,12. 2 Chr. 15, 1. 21, 2. Jer. 43, 2. 
Ezra 7, 1.3. Neh. 3, 23. 24, etc. etc. 
See Thesaur. 1014. 


DP TY (help against the enemy) 
Azrikam, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3,23. Ὁ) 
8, 38. 9,44. ¢) 9, 14. a) 2 Chr. 28, 7. 

PITY f. (τ 72) help, i. 4ᾳ ΠΣ, Ps. 
θ0, 13. 108, 13. 
TY, see in > fin. 


DY τη. (see in r. 7955} constr. BP, stylus, 
a style, i.e. a writer’s style, reed, cala 
mus, Jer. 8, 8. Ps. 45, 2; also of iron for 
inscribing letters upon stone or metal, 
Job 19, 24. Jer. 17, 1. 


NOP Chald. (r. 3") i. ᾳ. Heb. πὲϑ 
counsel, i.e. prudence. diaries Dan 
2, 14. 











| 


STO? fat. ness, nest. conv. 295). 


1. to cover ; FA Lhe, Syr. Ls, 
id. Kindred is 29, and perh. nOD.— 
Constr. with 53, like moD and other 


_ verbs of covering, to cover over, Lev. 13, 
45. Ez. 24, 17. 22. Mic. 3, 7. 


2. to cover oneself with any thing, to 


_ put on a garment, to clothe oneself or be 


clothed with, c. acc. 5°22 ΤΙΣ clothed in 
arobe 1 Sam. 28, 14. Metaph. Ps. 104,2 
naw. WX ΠῸΡ clothing thyself with 
light as with a garment ; so with zeal 
Is. 59, 17; disgrace Ps. 71, 13. 109, 29; 


cursing Ps. 109, 19. Comp. t2> ΚΑ 


43, 12 of Nebuchadnezzar: and he shall 
put on (MB) the land of Egypt, as a 
shepherd pulteth on (ΤῺ) his garment, 
i. e. he shall get possession of it speedily 
and easily.—Part. fem. πῶ covered, 
i. 6. veiled ; Cant. 1,7 why should I be 


_ mI~>> as one veiled by the flocks of thy 
_ companions? i. 6. let me not wander in 
_ search of thee among the shepherds like 


a harlot ; comp. Gen. 38,15. Sept. πε- 
ριβαλλομένη. 

3. to wrap up, to fold up. Is. 22, 17 
Hey Ἴ25 he will wholly wrap thee up, sc. 
as a ball; comp. v. 18. 

Hips. ποτ, fat. med", fo-cover, with 
two acc. Ps. 84,7 My ΠΏΣ ΓΊΞΊΞ ἢ 


yea, with blessings the autumnal rain 
With >> of the thing co- 


doth cover it. 


vered Ps. 89,46.—For the forms 0535, 


es) 


m.D. 


ΤΩΣ m. tid 129) a place where cattle 
anil flocks lie down, e. g. around water, 
ete. Job 21, 24 35m 5xdQ ὙΣῸΣ the rest- 
ing-places of his herds are full of milk, 
abound with it; so at least Abulwalid, 
Aben Ezra,and many later interpreters. 
—Better, perhaps, if we take j"23 as 


i.q. Chald. 22>, Syr. Load, the thigh, 


- side, (mand n eina interchanged, see 


p- 529,) Chald. and Zab. SouN; and 
then the sense will be: Ais sides (loins) 
are full of fat, 35m for 32%; so Sept: 
ἔγκατα, Vulg. viscera, Syr. sides. But 
this interpretation also is by no means 
certain. 


, ΤΩΣ τῷ. a sneezing Job 41,10. R. 


769 


pom, 1 Seni. 14, 32. 15, 19, see the root 





"0> 
ΠΡῸΣ m. a bat, Lev. 11, 19. Is. 2, 20. 
Compounded from > comp. Arab. 
ΔῈ to be dark, and ὩΣ flying —Chald. 


id. Phenic. in fem. ὀϑολαβάδ, see Mon- 
um. Phen. p. 391. 


᾿ jo? obsol. root, Arab. ωϑε to lie 


down around water, as camels ; whence 


S »-- S ,.-o 
ups and pare place near water 


where cattle and flocks lie down. Hence 
Pos. 


ΩΣ fut. meso and meer 1: to 
cover as ; with a garment, to clothe, i i. q. 
mw, for which it is often put.in the Tar- __ 


gums. Arab. abe ΠΟΥ͂, to put ona gar- 


ment, Syr. 2} to be clothed. Kindr. 
and synon. is "%2.—Constr. with >, Ps. 
73, 6 29. don pages" the garmeal of 
violence doth cover them, i. e. they are 
wholly wrapped up in iniquity, as in a 
garment. Comp. 82>. 

2. Intrans. to put on, to be covered, 
clothed with ; c.acc. Ps.65, 14 ἸΒΏΘ" B*pas 
"2 the valleys are covered over (clothed) 
with corn. Job 23,9 1585 ΠΏ" (if) he 
put on the south, i. e. if he hide himself 
in the south, as in a garment. 

3. to be overcome, overwhelmed, i. e. to 
languish, to faint, comp. the synon. ΤΣ 
no. 4,22. So of the mind or soul Ps, 
61, 3. 102, 1. Is. 57,16. Part. pass, 102 
languid, faint, Lam. 2,19; weak, feeble, 
of lambs, kids, plur. Gen. 30, 42. 

Nip. i. 4. Kal no. 3, Lam. 2, 11. 

Hien. to act feebly, to show languor, 
Gen. 30, 42; comp. Kal no. 3. 

Hirup. to be overcome, to languish, to 
faint, i. q. Kal no, 3, Lam. 2, 12; of the 
mind Ps. 77, 4. 107, 5. 142, 4. 143, 4. 
Jon. 2, 8. 

Deriv. ΠΕΣ. 


ἘΔῺ, fut. 6. suff. "29U9M, fo sur- 
round, to enéompdiss, either for a hostile 
purpose, c. >§ 1 Sam. 23, 26; or for pro- 
tection, c. dupl. ace. Ps. 5, 13.—Kindr. 
is "MD q. Vv. 

Piet zd to encircle with a crown, to 
crown, with > of pers. Cant. 3, 11. Me- 
taph. Ps. 65, 12; 6. dupl. acc. Ps. 8, δ. 
103, 4. 

Hipn. i. q. Piel, only part. feat Is, 23,. 
8 ΠΩΣ ἘΠῚ AS Tyre the crowning, 1. 6. 


"Oy 


bestowing crowns or diadems; since 

the power and title of king in the Phe- 

nician colonies were dependent on the 

senate of Tyre.—Hence the two follow- 

ing. 

VOY Γ (τ. 222) constr. MUP, 
minv>. 

1. acrown, 6. g. convivial, with which 
guests were crowned, Is. 28, 1; also 
royal, a diadem, 2 Sam. 12, 30. Ps. 21, 
4, Cant. 3, 11. Ez. 23, 42. al. Figura- 
tively crown is used for every thing 
which serves for ornament and dignity ; 
Job 19, 9 he hath torn the crown from my 
head. Prov. 12,4 a virtuous woman is 
a crown to her husband. 14, 24. 16, 31. 
17, 6. 

2. Atarah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 2,.26. 


MIMO (crowns, τ. Ἴ29) Ataroth, pr. n. 
a) A city in the tribe of Gad Num--32, 
3. 34. Ὁ) Another in Ephraim Josh. 
16,7; which is also called "3g mine 
forowns of Addar) 16, δ. 18, 13. 6) 
ΞΔ ma Mies (erowne of the house of 
Joab) a city in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 
2, 54. ἃ) jw mines a city of Gad, 
Num. 32, 35. 


. woy obsol. root, Arab. . to 
sneeze. Chald. Suz id. Hence menue. 


ἊΣ (for ἪΡ i. ᾳ. "> heap of ruins) Ai, 
with art. "25 Engl. Hai, pr. ἢ. of a royal 
city of the Canaanites, eastward from 
Bethel in the northern part of the terri- 
tory of the tribe of Benjamin, Gen. 12, 
8. 13, 3. Josh. 7,2 sq. 8, 1 sq. Ezra 2, 28. 
Sept. 4yyai, Vulg. Hai. See Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. IT. p. 119, 312 sq.— Other forms 


plur. 


of the same name in the fem. gender. 


are: δὲ» Aija Neh. 11, 31; πὸ Aiah 1 
Chr. 7, 28 in some editions; and ΤΡ 
Aiath Is. 10, 28. 


ἊΣ m. (for "13, r. 3) pr. ‘subversion, 
overthrow ; ; hence 

1. ruins, rubbish, Mic. 1, 6; for Job 
30, 24 see art. "32. Plur. OD ruins, 
wader, heaps of ruins, Jer. 26, 18. Ps. 
79,1; also 39 Mic. 3, 12. 

2. Plur. 53 Jim or Jjim, pr. n. 8) 
A town of Judah Josh. 15,29. Ὁ) "Ὁ 
p33 [je-Abarim (ruins at or on Aba- 
rim) Num. 21, 11. 33, 44, also simply 
b> Jim 33, 45, a town near the desert 
on the southern quarter of Moab, so 


770 





oy 


called prob. to distinguish it from the 
Tim of Judah ; see in "733. 


N°, see in ">. δ 
Δ, see r. DAD. 


529 (stone, see τ. 339) Ebal, pr. n. 
a) A mountain in the northern part of 
Ephraim, opposite to mount Gerizim’ 
(9.153) on the northern side of the val- 
ley of Shechem, Deut. 11, 29. 27, 4. 13 
Josh. 8, 30. 33. Sept. Ταιβάλ, Vulg. 
Hebal. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. p. 


96,101. b) A various reading for 5313 
Obal, where see. 6) An Edomite Gen. 
26, 33. OF 


mY, see in D. 


Py (a ruin, r. 73>) Zjon, pr. n. of a 
fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali - 
1 K. 15, 20. 2 Chr. 16, 4. 


MY ἢ Aijuth, 1 Chr. 1,46 Cheth. for — 
ΤῊΣ q. v. 


FO") fut. apoc. UD" and Vd, to 
rush upon, to ἣν upon any person or 
thing ; Syr. ud2f to be indignant, to 
storm or rush upon any one, -Que& indig: 
nation, anger. Arab. ἐδ ἃ to be indig 
nant, bub heat, anger.—Constr. ¢. 3, 
1 Sam. 25, 14 cha ups he flew upon 
them, i. e. stormed, ‘railed at them. With 
δ, 1 Sam. 15, 19 dbein-by 2>m) where- 
Sore....didst thou Sty upon the spoil? 
14, 32 Keri, which is the true reading, 
bbe bs ἘΣΤῚ W22 dhe people rushed up- 
on the spoil. As to the form in both 
these passages, there is little doubt but 
that &") is the same with U9™1 25, 14; 
just like 6mm! Job 31, 5 for Umm to 
hasten, and 4° Prov. 27, 17 for “33, 
“n°, in which forms perhaps there isa 
Daghesh forte implied after the Chak 
daic manner. 

Deriv. the two following. 


ὯΣΦ m. 1. a ravenous beast, i.e. rush- 
ing on his prey, Jer. 12, 9.—Spec. 

2. a ravenous bird, ἀετός, Job 28, 7; 
as emblem of a warlike king Is. 46, 11. 
Collect. for birds of prey Gen. 15, 11. 
Is. 18, 6. Ez. 39, 4. 


Ὁ (place of ravenous beasts, see — 
wd) Etam, pr.n. a) A city in Judah 
1 Chr. 4, 3. 32. 2 Chr. 11, 6. [Situated ἢ 
perhaps not far south of Bethlehem; see 





ay 


Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 515. II. p. 168. 
—R. b) Arédck, apparently in or near 
_ the plain of Judah, not far from Samson’s 
residence, Judg. 15, 8. 11. 


Dyy, OMAP "29, see in »D no. 2. 


pity τη. (τ. Dx I) eternity, ever ; 

2 Chr. 33,7 nib"2> for ever, i. ᾳ. 02> 

| A. 3. ὁ. 

by (i. q. Chald. ">> supreme, r. 
3) Jlai, pr. τι. of one of David's war- 

riors 1 Chr. 11, 29; called.i in 2 Sam. 23, 

28 yinds. 


Dy £ Is. 21, 2, m. Is. 22, 6, Elam, 
 Elymais, pr. ἢ. of a province of Persia in 
_ which was the capital Susa, Ezra 4, 9. 
Dan. 8, 2. In Greek writers Elymais 
_is the province adjacent to Susiana and 
Media, on the east of Babylonia (Strabo 
XVI. p. 744); in Daniel]. c. Elam seems 
to include Susiana. Saadias renders it 
by Khizistan, with which it appears to 
have accorded; the name ©0>*> corre- 
_ sponding to the Pehlv. Airjama i. 6. 
| yearn See Thesaur. p. 1016, 


1017. Cellarii Not. Orb. ant. II. p. 686. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq.— 
In Gen, 10, 22, the origin of the Ela- 
mites is deduced from Shem. 14, 1. Is. 


“Ui, 11. 21, 2. 22,6. Jer. 25, 25. 49, 34 


sq. Ez. 32, 24. 


DY once Is. 11, 15 imam or>2 , Sept. 
ἐν πνεύματι βιαίῳ, Vulg. in fortitudine 
spiritus sui, Syr. σιν 5} Hypwolo, Engl. 
with his mighty wind, and so the Heb. 
intpp. by conjecture from the context, 
without philological grounds. Perhaps 
it should read D¥3 (Cx>) strength, force, 
which gives the sense expressed by 
Sept. Vulg. Syr. The exchange οἵ 
‘Tsade for Yod would be easy in the an- 
_ cient alphabets. 


V9 1. i. q. Arab. ube mid. Ye, 
to flow, to flow out, as water, tears; 
_ whence ΠΣ eye, fountain, unless this be 
regarded as the radical word and the verb 
as secondary. 

2. Denom. from 573, Part. 5712 eyeing 
askance, envious, 1 Sam. 18, 9 Keri; in 


Cheth. is ὭΣ. Arab. GyslB, Cyyad, 
id. Comp. Heb. 723 535, in p22 no. 1. 


771 





7» 

72) f. (very rarely masc. Cant. 4,9 
Cheth. perh. Ps. 73, 7, dual Zech. 3, 9,) 
constr. "2 , 6. suff. "392 , 13°2 , c. He loc. 
τ» Gen. 24, 16.45; Dual 073", put 
also for plur. Zech. 3, 9. Ez. 1,18. 10, 12; 
constr. "2" , once "33 in some copies Is. 
3,8; Plur. in signif. no. 2, Mid 2 Chr. 
32, 3, constr. Mid Ex. 15, 27. Num. 33, 
9. 

1. the eye ; and so in all the Semitic 
dialects. Ex. 21, 24. Lev. 24, 20: al. seep. 
W135 ὙΣ eye to eye Num. 14, 14. Is. 52, 


18. ΘῈΣ NE" fair of eyes, having fine 


eyes, 1 Sam. 16, 12; opp. 9 O72"9 
weak eyes, blear, Gen. 29, 17.—To the 
eye is ascribed weeping Job 16, 20. Lam. 
1, 16. 3, 48. 49.51; also various affec- 
tions and emotions, which are manifest- 
ed through the eyes, as pride, humility, 
anger, pity, joy, envy, contempt, etc. as 
mint ΠΣ lofty eyes, pride, Ps. 18, 28; 
Diy niv low of eyes, humble, Job 22, 29; 
"2°33 Nn anger is kindled in the eyes. 
Gen. 45, 5, see ἴῃ ΓΤ no 1.6 ; 9293 ΠΌΤ 
>> my eye hath pity upon, see in "πὶ; Ps. 
6,8 mine eye pineth away for grief, i. 6.1 
pine, am wasted by disappointed hope. 
31, 10, comp. Job 17,7 and in >>, 385. 
Also 5°2"F "°NM fo enlighten the eyes, 
i. 6. to gladden, see in "iN Hiph. “ΠΏ 
n"2"> pure of eyes, i. e. abhorring to look 
upon evil, Hab. 1, 13; 3 Σ ΠΣ mine 
eye is evil towards any one, i. 6. envious, 
I envy him, Deut. 15,9; comp. >>" no. 
2. f. Tob. 4, 7 μὴ φϑονησάτω σου ὃ 
ὀφϑαλμός. So of scorn and contempt, 
as Prov. 30, 17 the eye that mocketh at 
his father, and scorneth to obey his mo- 
ther, the ravens shall pick it out, ete. 
Trop. of the eyes of the mind, ΣῪ Σ 75>3 
having the eyes open, spoken of a’ pro- 
phet in vision, Num. 24, 4. 16.—Spec. to 
be noted are the following phrases: 

a) Ἔ "55 before the eyes of any one, 
i.e. before him, in his presence, Gen. 23, 
11. 18. Ex. 4, 30. 7, 20. 9,8. 19, 11. al. 
seepiss. 

b) ‘B "2°92 in the eyes of any one, i. 6. 
in his sight, he being judge, a phrase by 
which the Heb. expresses the sense of 
the verb to seem, videri. Gen. 19, 14 
TIN "Da pmsas Ὕ and he was as 
one that mocked in the eyes of his sons- 
in-law, i. e. he seemed to them as a 
mocker. 29, 20. 2 Sam. 10, 3 393.3230" 


v? 
W523 F PINTAN thinkest thou that David 
doth honour thy father? Hence 310 
"2°32 it is good in my sight, i.e. it seems 
good to me, pleases me, see r. 330, 205; 
also "3°33 (5) 577, it displeases me, see 
33, 533; ; comp. under the root "8". So 
3753 ‘bon wise in his own eyes, self- 
conceited, Prov. 3, 7. 26,12. Job 32, 1. 
Also ‘D "2°23 57 ΝΣ, see in ἽΠ no 1. 
etc. 

c) Θ ὭΣ away from the eyes of any 
one, i. e. without his knowledge, Num. 
15, 24; also after verbs of hiding Job 3, 
10. Is. 65, 16. 

4) D52"> 13 between the eyes, i. 6. upon 
the forehead, Ex. 13, 9.16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 
18 ; upon the front part of the head Deut. 
14, 1. 

e) b> > pw to set an eye upon any 
one, mostly in a sense of kindness, to 
look with favour upon any one, prdspi- 
cere alicui, like Arab. As Luvs ans 


wd. Opp. is 53 0°28 ὉΠ“, which 


every where implies disfavour.—E. g. 
Gen. 44,21 1993 "292 ΓΙΌ ΝῚ that I may 
set my eye upon him, i. e. be kind to 
him, Sept. ἐπειμελοῦμαι αὐτοῦ, Jer. 39, 
12, 40,4. Job 24, 23, Ezra 5,5; c. 5 
Ps. 33, 18. 34, 16; 3 Deut. 11, 12; 
comp. also Zech. 12, 4. 1K. 8, 29. 52. 
More rarely in a sense of disfavour, of 
the angry countenance of Jehovah (else- 
where 0725), Am. 9,4 where to avoid 
ambiguity is added ΠΩΣ Ndi ΓΙΣ ον, 
8 c. 3. Once with nated Jer. 24, 6; 
comp. 1 Pet. 3, 12.—Simply, "2 ΠῺΣ 
thine eyes are upon me, i. e. thou bebe 
upon me, Job 7, 8. So with the idea 
of favour and disfavour, Zech. 9, 1 
δ} 125 road 55) ἘῸΝ pS mind oD for 
Jehovah's eye is upon men and upon all 
the tribes of Israel, i. e. upon Israel with 
favour, and upon all other nations with 
disfavour. [More in accordance with 
the grammatical construction, is the ren- 
dering: for towards Jehovah shall be 
the eye of man and of all the tribes of 
Israel ; so Engl. Vers. nearly.—R. 

f) ΘΛΣῸΣ x2, see in 8? no. 1. d. 

Trop. also in various senses : 

aa) Of one who is eye for another, 
i.e. in the place of eyes, who sees for 
him, shows him the way; whether to 
ane blind Job 39, 15, or to one ignorant 


772 





of the way Num. 10, 31.—So among the 
Persians, the Satraps or royal governors 
of the provinces were called the 8 
eyes and ears, Hdot. 1. 114. Xen. Cyr. 


8.2.7. Comp. Arab. (yAS a'scouit. 


bb) Of any thing resembling the eye, 
e. g. the eye of wine, its bead, Eras 
91. 

cc} Meton. a look, glance of the eyes; ; 
Cant. 4, 9 Cheth. 92°32 Na "271329 
thou hast ravished my heart with one » of 
thy glances ; Keri A832, see above init. 
Comp. Job 16, 9. ἬΝ 

dd) look, aspect, appearance οἵ athing ; 
Num. 11, 7 ils appearance was as the 
appearance of bdellium. Lev. 13. 5. 55. 
Ex. 1, 4sq. 10, 9. Dan.10,6. Spee. the 
face, surface, as YI8M 772 the surface 
of the ground, i. q. “πὶ "28, Ex. 10, ϑυϑῇς 
Num. 22. 5. 11. 


-- 


A 


ee) Sometimes referred to the ts 


face ; but incorrectly, since. in all the 
passages cited for this signif. the eye it- 
self is to be understood, as Gen, 29, 17. 
1 Sam. 16,12; also 7223 97> Nam, 14, 
14, Is. 52, 8; pet Ps. 6, 8. 31, 10; see 
ubove under no. 1. 
Nore. In Manuscripts > (772) eye is 
sometimes confounded with ἼΣ (412) sin, 
so that it is difficult to arrive at a satis- 
factory decision ; thus Hos. 10, 10 Cheth. 
criss ΩΡ ὈΛΌΝΞ, Keri Bmisid; here 
many prefer the latter, and τοιάδε: ‘be- 
cause of their two sins, i. e. the two 
golden calves; but perh. we may better 
rest in Cheth. in binding the (making 
them captives) before their fo eyes, em- 
phat. for om7"27"9? Judg. 16, 28; comp. 
Gen. 42, 24 cron ins sb. 


Zech. 5, 6 yoxn-b2a BID PAT is ren-. 


dered by some: this ephah i is their image. 


in all the earth ; but incorrectly, since 
\"> may indeed signify the external ap- 
pearance, but never the image of a 
thing. Hence it is better, with Sept. 
and Syr. to read D252 MNt this is their 
sin, i, e. that in which they sin, false 
measure. See also Ps, 73, 7. 

2. a fountain ; whether so called from 
its resemblance to the eye, or, vice versa, 
the eye from its resemblance to a foun- 
tain, may be doubtful., Comp. Pers. 

CYC, Kyrie fountain, ‘Chinese 


tan eye and fountain. Contra, Gr. πηγή 


a 


So. 





7 
fountain, corner of the eye.—Gen. 16, 7. 
24, 29.30.42; ov 115 v. 13.43; MI" ν. 16. 
45. Plur. f. ΓΘ, constr. M1392 , Deut.8,7. 
Ex. 15, 27. Prov.8, 28. On this use of 


_ the plar. fem. for inanimate objects, see 


Lehrg. p. 539, 540.—Arab. yA id. 

Many cities and places in Palestine 
were named from fountains in their vi- 
cinity, thus: 

a) "8 15 (fountain of the kid) En- 
gedi, a city in the desert of Judah on the 
Dead Sea, fertile in palm-trees, the En- 
gadda of Pliny (H. N. 5.17). Josh. 15, 62. 
1 Sam. 24,1. Ez. 47,10. Cant. 1, 14. 
Anciently 2n-jizsn q. v. [Still called 
(SAS Ups *Ain Jidy, with a beauti- 
ful fountain and ruins; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 209, 214.—R. 

b) oc a-}°> (fountain of gardens) 
En-gannim, a city : 
Judah, Josh. 15,34. ) Of the Levites 
in the territory of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 
21, 29; [perh. the Iwate of Josephus, 
now Jenin ; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. III. p. 1565,: 156.—R. 

6) S83 572 Ps. 83, 11 and “in jp 
_ (fount of the dwelling) En-dor Josh. 17, 

11. 1 Sam. 28, 7, in the tribe of Manas- 
seh, four Rom. miles south of Mount 
Tabor; now 20 Ὁ} Endér. See Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. an p. 218, 225. 

ἃ) mam Ὁ» (swift fountain) En-had- 
dah, a city of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 

e) “isn 77>, En-hazor, a city of 
Naphtali; losh. 19, 37. 

f) 70m FP, see Tin. 

= 5) mewn "3 (fountain of judgment) 
 En-mishpat, i. q. wap q. v. Gen. 14, 7; 
- comp. Num. 20, 13. 

h) 5°23 ΤΣ (fountain of two calves, 
unless perh. ‘> is for 09238 two pools) 
En-eglaim, a city on the northern part 
of the Dead Sea, Ez. 47, 10. 

i) 2 simply: «) A city of the Le- 
vites in the territory of Simeon Josh. 
15, 32. 19, 7. 21,16. 1 Chr. 4,32. β) 
A place in the north-eastern part of 
Palestine, Num. 34, 11. 

_ Sometimes fountains themselves are 
designated by proper names: 

aa) ©2 5°> (fountain of the sun) 
En-shemesh, on the border of Judah 
᾿ς and Benjamin, east of Jerusalem, Josh. 


>. αἱ 


773 


αν) In the plains of. 





Sy 


15, 7. 18,17. See Bibl. Res. in Rulesty: 
I. p. 493. 

bb) 35 15 (fountain of the scout; 
Targ. fuller’s fountain) En-rogel, in the. 
valley of the Kidron just south of Jeru- 
salem, on the border between Judah and 
Benjamin, Josh. 15, 7. 18, 16. 2 Sam. 
17,17. 1K. OS® Josephus says it was'° 
in the king’s gardens, Ant.7.14.4. Now 
a deep well, called Bir Eyib, the well 
of Job; see Bi Res. in Palest. I. p. 
490 sq. 

66) ΩΣ 12 Brain fountain) near 
Jerusalem, cali i. q. Gihon, Neh, 2, 18. 
Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 514. 

dd) nian Ὁ En-Tappuah, a fountain 
of the city ΠΗΒῺ Josh. 17, 7, comp. v. 8. 

Denom, are ἘΣ, 023, j7>2, and the 
two following. 


DY (two fountains) Enajim, Gen. 
38, 21, and 52°9 (on which form of the 


dual see Lehrg. p.536) Enam, pr. n. of a 
place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34. 


j2°2 (having eyes) Enan, pr. ἢ. m. 
Num. 1, 15. 2,29. Comp. 92°39 925 un- 
der "7. 


29 to languish, to faint, to fail, 
comp. the kindr. roots ὩΣ, 37; once 
Jer. 4, 31.—Hence 593, pr. ἢ. "B">. 


BLY adj. (τ. 92>) f nw, languid. 
Saint, weary, of one fatigued with travel 
or labour and oppressed also with thirst. 
e. g. espec. Gen. 25, 29. 30. Job 22,7 
where 33" stands in the other hemi- 
stich. Ps. 63, 2. Prov. 25, 25 cold waters 
for the fainting i. 6. thirsty soul. Jer. 
31, 25 Iwill give drink to the thirsty. 
Spoken also of wearied beasts of burden 
Is. 46,1, where “57> is neut. fessum, 
i. 6. wearied beasts, i.g. ME2D ΠΡ; of 
the thirsty earth Ps. 143, 6. Is. 32, 2. 


MD Y f(r. o99) 1. darkness. Am. 
4. 13 ΠΡ “my mb> he maketh the 
morning darkness. ‘With He parag 
ΠΙΌΞΡ Job 10, 22. 

2. Ephah, pr. ἢ. aj)A tribe and 
region of the Midianites, Gen. 25, 4. Is. 
60, 6. 1 Chr. 1,33. Sept. Tue Is. Le. 


ἀν 
perh. i. ᾳ. Arab. Kaa, which the Ca- 
moos explains to be ‘a place near Pelu- 
sium.’ Ὁ) A mani Chr. 2,47. c)A. 
woman 1 Chr. 2, 46. 


Ἔ5 


ἼΣ (weary, languid, τ. 559) Ephai, 
pr. ἢ. τὴ. Jer. 40,.8 Keri, where Cheth. 
"DID. | 
ἊΣ τῇ. (τ. 5) c. suff. πη. Gen. 49, 
11, plur. B°"7D, @ young ass, ass’s colt, 
foal ; Job 11, 12 838 ΣΡ wild ass’s colt. 
Sometimes also of ὦ young ass, full 
grown, Gen. 32, 16; as used for riding 
Judg. 10,4. 12,14. Zech. 9,9; for bear- 
ing burdens Is. 30, 6; for ploughing Is. 30, 


_ 24. Comp. Gen. 32,16. Arab. yer an ass, 
either wild or domestic.—Strictly it 
would seem to signify a wild ass or colt, 
. so called from its swift running, see the 
root "> lett. a; just as 838 wild ass, 
from 878 to run. 


ΓΦ to be hot, heated, ardent, Arab. 

Lé mid. Waw, to be hot, e. g. the day 
at noon. Also causat. for ""2, to make 
hot, to heat, as a baker his oven; Hos. 
7, 4 ἢ “992 Paw he ceaseth from 
heating after the kneading until it be 
leavened.—This idea of heat, being hot, 
is then often metaphorically applied : 

a) To the heat of running, to run 
hotly i.e. swiftly; whence “" an ass. 
Arab. ,Lé IV to run swiftly, of a horse; 

Le mid. Ye, to run away, as a horse 
when the reins break, comp. P>3 no. 2. 

b) To the heat of anger, an ardent 
i, e. impetuous hostile attack ; comp. 
Arab. le Conj. I, III, IV, to rush upon 
the etiemy, and ,Lé mid. Ye, to be hot 
with jealousy. Hence "9 II, and “p 
an enemy. 

6) To heat of mind, i. e. anxiety, ter- 

ror; see ἜΣ II. b. 


I. WY Εἰ (r. "9 ΤῊ mase. perh. in the 
phrase "952 "">, also Num. 35,-2. 3. 
Deut. 3,6; plur. once Dp" for the sake 
of paronomasia Judg. 10, 4, elsewhere 
bp"), constr. ">, as if from a sing. “D. 

1. a city, town, Sept. πόλις ; not found 
in the kindred dialects. The signif. is 


of wide extent, embracing not only the » 


idea of an encampment, but also that of 
small fortifications, as watch-posts,watch- 
towers ; thus Num. 13, 19 and what the 
cities (ODM) they dwell in, Dazrean 
mE YI22 ON whether in camps or in 
strong-holds. 2K. 17,9 they built them 
high-places 041"927>23 in all their cities, 


774 





ἪΣ 


"322 ὋΣ ἫΦ ὈΧΣ Same from the 
tower of the watchmen to the fenced city. 
Is. 1, 8 H95¥32 ὍΣ a tower of watch, i..g. 
px) S390 2 K. |. c. see in ms, 
Gen. 4, 17 prob. a nomadic encampment 
defended by a ditch or wall against wild 
beasts. This usage leaves no doubt as 
to the etymology ; and "3 is pr. ‘a 
place of watch or guard, built with a 
wall or tower as a refuge for the keep- 
ers of the flocks, comp. 72-5332 Gen. 
35, 2, also the 075532 built by Uzziah in 
the desert 2 Chr. 26,10; then, ‘a place, 
enclosure, surrounded by a mound or 
wall” to protect the nomades and their 
flocks from enemies- or wild. beasts. a 
nomadic hamlet ; and finally a town, 


. city, often not large, as may be gathered 


from the fact that in the land of Canaan 
there were 31 royal cities, while in the 
one tribe of Judah there are enumerated 
124 towns, 5°), Josh. c. 15.— With the 
pr.n. of the city in appos. Ἰϑνϑ “93h the 
city Shushan Esth. 3, 15. 8, 15; 53D 
Gen. 33, 18. Often with the genit. in 
various senses: M2%im Ψ a walled city 
Lev. 25, 29; “19 >, "¥30 'D ἃ fenced 
city, fortified, see "is2, "¥322; ὈΡΡῸ 9 
a city of refuge, see D2P2; DIM > a 
city of the priests 1 Sam. 22,19; 42352 'D 
a royal city 2 Sam. 12, 26; myn “yp 
1K. 12,17; also 2 K. 23,19. Judg. 12,7; 
p25 9 city of blood, slaughter, Nah. 3, 
1. So O3pn “> the holy city, Jerusa- 
lem, Neh, 1, 1. Is. 52, 1. Dan. 9, 24, 


comp. πόλις ἁγία Matt. 27, 53; also 9 


min Is. 60, 14, o">x > Ps. 66, 3. 87,3, 
and καὶ ἐξοχήν ἜΣΤΙ Ez. 7, 23, ὙὉ Is. 
60, 6, all for Jerusalem. (But in Is. 32, 
19 ΠΣ) Π stands for Nineveh, the metro- 
polis of the enemy.) With genit. of pers. 
the city of any one is either the capital of 
a king, as {i770 "> Pav Num. 21, 26, 
comp. Josh. 8,1; or oftener one’s pater- 
nal city, or that in which he dwells, as "9 
“im? the city of Nahor i.e. Haran, where 
he dwelt Gen. 24, 10; the city of David 
i.e. Bethlehem, 1 Sam. 20, 6; and so 
Deut. 19, 12. 21, 19-21. Josh. 21,6. 1 
Sam. 8,22. 28, 3.1 K. 22, 36. Comp. 
Gr. πόλις Jufid i. e. Bethlehem, Luke 
2,4; πόλις αὑτῶν i. e. of Jesus’ parents, 
Nazareth, Luke 2, 39, comp. John 11, 1. 

Judith 8,3. With genit. of another city 
ἊΣ is put for the smaller towns and vil 








Σ 


a lages around that city, elsewhere M123 

3; as IDL YS Josh. 13,17. Jer. 34, 1. 
But ing 79 Is. 17, 2. see ἰη ὍΣ ΤΟΣ no. 1. 
—Proverbially Ecc. 10, 15 the labour of 
the foolish wearieth him, because he 
Kenoweth not ""2->% N2>> to go tothe city, 
i. e. cannot find his way ‘to the city ; the 
figure being taken from an awkward 
rustic who loses his way on the most 
beaten road ; comp. Germ. ‘ er weiss sich 
nicht zu finden.’ - In Ps. 73, 20 ""92 is 
for 1°22 inf: Hiph. of τ. "ΡΣ I.—Spec. 
‘> is also put: 

a) Fora part of a larger city, espec. 
as fortified by a separate wall ; like Gr. 
πόλις see Passow, Engl. Old city, New 
city. So 313 "5 the city of David, i.e. 
the citadel on Zion, a part of Jerusalem, 
ἡ ἄνω πόλις, 2 Sam. δ, 7. 9. 6, 10. 12. 
[Later the name city of David seems to 
have sometimes included the whole of 
Jerusalem ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 
97 sq. ib. 1846, p. 633 sq.—R.] “"9n 
M332°r3 the middle city, the middle part 
of Jerusalem, 2 K. 20. 4 Cheth. where 
Keri has "3m. So 5%m ἪΡ the water- 
city, part of the city Rabbah, 2 Sam. 12, 
27; 9am ma > the city of the house 
of Baal, a part of Samaria so called 
from the temple of Baal, prob. the enclo- 
sure of the temple, τέμενος. 2 K. 10, 25. 

b) As in Engl. the city for its inhabi- 
tants, the people of a city; 1 Sam. 4, 13 
ssprim>> ῬΡΤΩῚ all the tity cried out. Is. 
14, 31. Here too belongs the phrase 
Dna 9 the city of men, i. 6. the multi- 
tude, crowd of men, Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6. 
Job 20, 48. (24, 12); also Judg. 20, 48 
where read ὉΓ foroh2. See Thesaur. 
p- 890. and ""> Il. b. 

c) With genit. of a people or country, 
the chief city, metropolis ; as MIAMI IND 
the city of Judah, i. 6. Jerusalem, 2 Chr. 
25, 28: p222 '> 1 Sam. 15,5; ayia 3: 
Soi: Ἢ 36. 

Proper names of cities are: aa) ""D 
moan the City of Salt in the desert of 
Judah, near the Dead Sea, Josh. 15, 62. 

bb) Gm2 > (city of serpents) Jr-na- 
hash, the site of which is unknown, 1 
Chr. 4. 12. 

cc) B28 ΡΣ (city of the sun) Ir-she- 
mesh, in the territory of Dan, Josh. 19, 
51. Prob. thesame with Beth-shemesh ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest, IIL. p. 19. 


115 





ὋΣ 


dd) OYA MD the City of palm-trees, 

i.g. i777 Jericho, so called from the 
multitude of palm-trees growing there, 
see Plin. H. N. 5. 14. Tacit. Hist. 5. 6. 
Deut. 34, 3. Judg. 1, 16. 2 Chr. 28, 15. 

ee) For ὉΠ "ΠΡ see under OT. 

2. Ir, pr. n. of aman 1 Chr. 7,12; for 
which in v. 7 """9. 


II. PF τὰ. (τ. 1) heat, i. e. 8) an- 
ger, wrath ; Hos. 11,9 7792 ΩΝ ND 7 
will not come in sorath. Ὁ) of mind, 
anxiety, anguish, terror; Jer. 15, 18 
mia > ἘΝῺΒ 7D omben, Sept. 
ἐπέῤῥιψα ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν ἐξαίφνης τρόμον καὶ 
σπουδήν. Here too we may refer Job 
24, 12 3px" ὉΠ 79922, if with Syr. for 
ὈΠῸ men we read ὉΠ the dying, 1. 8. 
from anguish do the dying groan. 


~ "9 Chald. m. (r. 83) @ watcher, a 
name for angels in the later Hebrew, as 
keeping watch over the affairs of men, 
Dan. 4, 10. 14. 20.—In the Syrian litur- 
gies it is also used for the archangels, 
as of Gabriel; elsewhere ieaipads and 
Gr. ἐγρήγοροι of evil angels. In Lib. 
Henoch. Eth. °}-Y% watchers, is spok- 
en of good angels 12, 2.4. 92, 16; of 
fallen angels 10, 13. 12. 5. al. Suicer 
Thes. Eccl. art. ἐγρήγορος. Castelli 
Lex. Syr. ed. Mich. p. 649. 


"ΠΣ see before τ. "7D, p. 774. 


8D (wakeful, τ. 92 1) Jra, pron. τῇ. 
a) A priest under David, 2 Sam. 20, 26. 
b) Two of David’s warriors 2 Sam. 23, 
26. 28. 


“ΠΣ pr. n. m. Jrad, an antediluvian 
patriarch, son of Enoch and grandson 
of Cain, Gen. 4, 18. 


WV (fr. >) Fru, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 
15. 


ὙΠ (urbanus) Jri, pr.n. see 77> I. 2. 


DB (urbanus) Jram, pr. n. of a phy- 
larch or head of a tribe among the Edom 
ites, Gen. 36, 43. 


D9 and DW m. (r. ΘῈ 1) plur. 
Θ᾽, nakedness, Deut. 28, 48. Ez. 16, 
7 es pay mR} but thou shalt be nietke 
ness and need. i. 6. most naked and with- 
out help. v. 22.39. 23.29. Coner. naked, 
Gen. 3,10.11. Ez. 18,7. 165, and so plur. 
nran> naked Gen. 3,7.—The form is 


wy 

like pid» i. gq. Ddi9 with Dag. in the 
third radical. 

OY Ursa major, see int. 

DY pr. ἢ. see in. 

a2) (i. q. 9252 mouse) Achbor, pr. 
n.m. a) τὴς Idumean, Gen. 36, 38. Ὁ) 
A courtier of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 12. 14. Jer. 
26, 22. 36, 12. 


WD m. a spider Job 8, 14. Is. 59, 5. 


τ ΚΡ 
Arab. & A , Chald. ΒΗ. It 
seems to be compounded from ==> 


ο 
ane agile, swift. and Arab. 
to weave (as a spider), q. d. swift weaver. 
So Germ. Spinne from spinning ; also 
Gr. ἀράχνη, comp. Semit. 328 to weave. 


“222 m. a mouse, espec. field-mouse, 
1 Sam. 6, 4. δ. 11.18; but an esculent 
species of dormouse seems to be meant 
Lev. 11, 29. Is. 66, 17. At least the 


9 GS sx0- 
Arab. is ig αὐγὰ 
jaculus Linw: See Bochart in Hieroz. 
T. I. p. 1017, who holds this word to be 
compounded of the Chald. 535 to de- 
vour and “2 field, the / being elided ; 


better from 35> eee agile, swift, and 
“DX, TP, to dig, pr. swift digger. 


; θῶ 

DY (heated sand, Arab. ΧΦ, r. 722) 
pr. ἢ. Accho,a maritime city in the terri- 
tory of Asher, Judg. 1,31; perh. Mic. 1, 
10, where 133 seems to be for 253. On 
Phenician-Greek coins => is to be read 
>», see Monumm. Phen. p. 269,270. In 
Greek ἄκη, Strabo 16. 2. 25; more fre- 


-ve 


jerboa, mus 


quently Ptolemais ;. now Ke ’ Akka, 
also Fr: St. Jean d’Acre. See Reland 
Palestina p. 534-542. 


2. (troubler, comp. Josh. 7, 26) 
Achor, pr. n. of a valley near Jericho, 
Josh. 15, 7. Is. 65, 10. Hos. 2,17. R. 
"2>. 


G 
4 13 obsol. root, Arab. gX¢ pr. to 
strike, to smite ; fut. I, to be hot, spoken 
of the day, pr. to be struck by the sun; 
comp. 722 Hiph. no. 1.b. Hence pr. ἢ. 
ize. 
* "22 obsol. root, prob. i. q. "39 to 


trouble ; comp. Josh..7, 1 sq.—Hence pr. 
n. 39" and 


776 





"29 


}22 pr. n. (troubler) Achan, an Israel- 
ite who by his sacrilege brought defeat 
upon the people, Josh. 7, 1. 22, 20; in 
1 Chr. 2, 7 written "35 Achar, id. 


O27 in Kal not used, Arab. u»Ke; 
: S,.- 
to bind back ; Ke a cord, halter, by 


which the mouth of the camel is bound 
to his’ fore foot. Hence 039 fetter, 
anklet ; and from this again: 

Pret denom. to put on anklets as un 
ornament ; or rather to make a tinkling 
with them, like females desirous of at- 
tracting notice, Is. 3,16. See O52 lett. 
b.—Hence 


O22 m. a fetter, ankle-band, see- the 
root. a) For criminals, Prov. 7, 22 he 
goeth after her suddenly (the young man 
after the adultress) as the ox goeth to 


the slaughter-house, "1% “QOXD">N DBD 


and as fetters for the punishment of the 
wicked. Or we may here take 022 for 

2D UN as one bound in felters (goeth) 
to the punishment of the fool, i. e. of folly 
or crime, as also in Engl. ‘a criminal to 
the punishment of his folly” Ὁ) As an 
ornament of showy females, fastened 
upon the ankles, ankle-band, anklet, pe- 
riscelis, περισφύριον, plur, S"O23 Is. 3, 18. 
Comp. 03> Pi. This ornament was com- 
mon among ancient nations, as also now 
in the east ; comp. Schreeder de Vestitu 


p- 1 sq. 

MOF (anklet, from r. 03>) Achsah, pr. 
n. of the daughter of Caleb, Josh. 15, 16. 
17. Judg. 1, 12. 


*"22 1. pr. i.q. Arab. pe to 


trouble water, to make turbid, to disturb. 
Hence trop. 


2. to trouble, i.e. a) to disturb, to 


put in confusion; Prov. 11, 29 in"a 933 _ 


he that troubleth his house, i. 6. lets his af- 
fairs get into confusion. 15,27; comp. 15,6. 
b) to afflict any one, Judg. 11, 35; often 
more strongly, i. 4. to bring evil upon 
any one, Gen. 34, 30. Josh. 6, 18. 7, 25, 


1 Sam. 14, 29 YANATPR ἫΝ IBD my | 


father hath brought evil on the land. 
1 K. 18, 17. 18. Prov. 1], 17 158 725 
"3128 the cruel man afflicteth his own 
flesh. 

Nipu. to be troubled, to be moved with 


ee ee ee ee ee 









eatin ον 


" ἊΝ Ῥ Ψ ve ΩΝ 





"29 


_ Deriv. 7125 and the two following. 


ὩΣ (troubler, τ. 922) Achar, pr. ἢ. m. 
1 Chr. 2,7; see in 139. 


7722 (afflicted, τ. "29) Ochran, pr. ἢ. 


m. Num. 1, 13. 2, 27. 


ΟΣ m. quadril. an asp, adder, Ps. 
140, 4. Derived perh. from. r. voy 
ynKe to bend back, and 3p to lie in 

wait, i. e. ananimal coiling tlself up and 
lying in wait. 

59 m. (MY, like 79 from M39, 92 from 
892) with disjunct. accent by. 

1. Subst. height, summit ; then for 
concr. high, most high ; so of God Hos. 
11,7 Ἐπ >3°7>N they call them unto 
the Most ‘High (i. e. the prophets the peo- 
ple), but not one will exalt him. Witha 
negat. partic. by ND the not-high, non- 
summus, i. q. ΒΝ N> no-god, collect. 


- no-gods, idols, or i. q. bysba sorties: 


ness ; so Hos. 7, 16 5 NX> 929 they turn 
themselves to no-gods, i. e. to idols, or to 
wickedness. 

2. Adv. on high, highly ; 2 Sam. 23, 1 
ἘΣ OPM whowas highly exalted, οἱονείδα: 
With pref. 99 fromon high, froin above, 
Gen. 27, 39. “49, 25; also simply above 
Ps. 50, 4, see 12 fas 3. ἢ. 


μ᾿: pr. constr. of the preced. article ; 
Plur. constr. ">> (a form peculiar to the 
poets like "bx, "12),c. suff. "bz, πον, 


‘aby, πον, ards, “pends, ony, poet. 


ΠΡ Ps. δ, 12. Job 20, 93, 

Α) Prep. very frequent and of wide 
extent, corresponding to the Greek ἐπὶ 
(ava) and ὑπέρ, Lat. super and in, Germ. 
auf and tiber, Engl. upon, over. Chald. 
b9, Syr. αἴ, id.—Its various uses and 


applications may be reduced to four 





classes. 

1. i. ᾳ. ἐπί, super. auf, upon, where 
one thing is placed upon the upper part of 
another, so as to stand, rest, incline upon 
it, have it for a substratum,etec. Thus: 

a) Of a state of rest, e.g. NDD7>D = 
to sit wpon a throne; “MN~>D 72> to 
stand wpon a mountain ; ΠΟΤΕ 429 
to stand upon his feet Zech. 14, 12; to 
lie imwan->> upon his bed 2 Sam. 4, 7; 
="M2 "b> on or in the way Job 18, 10. ’Ps. 


rs | 


_ grief Ps. 39,3. Part. fem. the being trou- 
_ bled, i.e. trouble, disturbance, Prov. 15, 6. 





b> 


131, 2 iy "DD 23> as a weaned child 
upon his mother, i.e. upon her lap. Cor- 
rectly therefore Ps. 15, 3 he slandereth 
not ‘265-52 upon his tongue, where 
strictly speech arises; and so 77B7>> _ 
upon thy mouth, where we say ‘upon ἢ 
thy lips, 6. σ. Ex. 23, 13 ΒΡ saws Nd 
nor let the name of their idols be heard 
upon thy lips. Ecc. 5,1. Ps. 50, 16. 
Comp. Gr. ava στόμα tyew—Here be- 
longs too the phrase ΤΆΣ Ὁ on or ina 
house, of which the following examples 
may be noted: Is. 32, 13 briers and 
thorns grow wi "Ma->D">2 upon all 
the houses of joy, i. e. upon their 
ruins. 38, 20 we will sing with stringed 
instruments... ..°7 77273> in the temple 
of Jehovah, or as in Engl. up in the tem- 
ple, this being on a lofty site; comp. 
Germ. auf der Stube, auf dem Saale, 
for up in the room, etc. Polish po izbiz, 
on the parlour, this being higher than 
the ground floor. Similar is 12>->» on 
the dust, not only upon the surface of the 
ground, but also in the sepulchre, where 
the dead repose not only on or in the 
dust, but mingle with it, Job 20, 11. 21, 
26. See “B>.—We may perhaps refer 
to lett. b, and to no. 4 below, the follow- 
ing examples in which motion is implied: 
Hos. 11, 11 J will cause them to dwell 
nr ma~>> in their houses ; Is. 24, 22 the 
captives are gathered into the dungeor 
and are shut up in the prison.—Spec. 

a) ΤΟΣ Ὁ upon a land, where we 
say in a ‘land, in a country, Am. 7,17; 
so 12) ΓΝ by in a foreign land Ps. 
137, 4; also 49, 12. 110, 6. Is. 9, 6. 14,2; 
mvEy be in Ephraim, in his land; Is. 7, 
2). Comp. Lev. 25, 18. Jer. 23,8. Ez. 
28, 25. 37, 25. 

8) It designates. clothing which one ’ 
wears, has on him. Gen. 37, 23 the tunic 
shy“ which was on him, which he 
wore. Deut. 7, 25. 22,5. 2 Sam. 13, 18. 
Is. 9,5. Ruth 3, 3.15. 1 Κα. 11,30. Thus 
we may explain the passage Job 24. 9: 
adam ἜΣΤΩ (WN) what is upon the 
poor (i.e. his clothes, rags) they take asa 
pledge. Comp. >> nbs for ἜΝ τς HDs 
by Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22! under art. riba no. 
2.. In like manner the Arabs thus em- 
ploy their As, sees Schult. ad Job 24, 
21. Hariri Cons. ed. Sch. IV. p. 46. 
Comp. Gr. χειρέδες ἐπὶ χερσέ Od. 24. 229. 


by 7768. by 


vy) With words implying to be heavy 
upon any one, i. e. to be a burden, trou- 
ble to him; Job 7,20 J am a burden 
"bd upon myself. Is. 1, 14 m2 >3 ἢ" 
they are a burden upon me, i.e. a trouble 
tome. Comp. 2 Sam. 19, 36 where Ἐκ 
for 5». Hence Ὁ 72, see r. 732 no. L. 
Here too we may refer Gen. 48,7 aby nna 
29 Rachel died, a loss heavy upon me. 
Ecc. 6, 1. 

δὴ) Hence of any duty or obligation 
resting wpon any one as a burden, comp. 
Comm. on Is, 9, 5. So 2 Sam. 18, 11 
mm> ">> it lay on me to give, i. e. was my 
duty. Prov. 7, 14 "29 o°9>% "1123 thank- 
offerings were upon me, i. e. were due 
from me. Gen. 34,12 "ΠΩ ἬΝ. "39 ADIN 
ἼΩΝ lay upon me never so much of dow- 
ry and gifts, ete. 1K. 4,7. Ps. 56, 13. 


Ezra 10, 4. Neh. 13,13. So Arab. “ls 
yee cat I owe a thousand dinars, 
and po walt Suis ob thou .owest 


me a thousand dinars; see De Sacy 
Gramm. Arabe I. § 1062. ed. 2. 

ε) 59 mem, Gr. Si» ἐπί τινος, to live 
upon, 6. g. ΤΙΣΙ ΤΟΣ on bread Deut. 8, 3, 
2717>> upon or by one’s sword Gen. 27, 
40. The idea is here that of a founda- 
tion, support, by which life is sustained. 
Comp. Is. 38, 16. 

¢) Trop. and rarely of time when, as 
the basis on which ta πραχϑέντα as it 
were rest, or as a way on or in which 
they have their course. Prov. 25, 11 
NDN“PD on i. 6. at its proper time, 


So Arab. Bdge As 


in its time, Gr. ἐπ᾿ ἤματι Od. 2. 284, ἐπὶ 
vuxti, ἐπὶ πολεμοῦ, Germ. auf den Tag, 
Engl. upon the day, upon.a time. 

᾿ς ) Of the norm, rule, standard, which 
is followed or imitated; since things 
measured or to be conformed to any 
model are laid upon the rule or pattern. 
Comp. the Greek én? ϑηρός ‘in the man- 
ner of beasts,’ Lat. ‘hune iz modum,’ 
Germ. ‘auf die Art,” ‘auf Englisch, i. e. 
in the English manner. Ps. 110,4 τὸϑ 
‘a ἼὯΠΞῚ after the manner of Melehize- 
jek; nop-b ὁ in this manner Esth. 9, 26; 
2D Nj =, eid oi ἐπὶ τινος, to be called 
after ΗΝ one, seeeX"Pp. Often of the 
instrument after whose modulations a 
song is to be sung, Ps: 8, 1. 45, 1. 43,1. 


timely, see jEX. 





60, 1. 69,1. Also of a song the mea- 
sure of which i is followed in other poems, 
Ps. 56,1. Comp. the similar use of the 
Syr. ἈΝ, Eichhorn Pref. ad Jones de 
Poesi Asiat. p. xxxm; also Russian po 
tact, after the time, measure. 

b) Of motion upon or over the upper 
part or surface of any thing; either from 
a higher place downwards, down upon, 
over, or from a lower place upwards, up 
upon, over.—Hence 

«) upon, i. 6. down upon, as 53 9 to 
put upon any thing Lev. 1,7; ds Ἡρὺπ 
to cast upon or over any thing Ps. 60, 10; 
to rain upon the earth Job 38, 26; snd 
ἡ έτος to inscribe upon tablets Ex. 34, 

1; bp 72, ὙΠῈΡ ἸῺ to give over 
upon i. e. into the hands of any one, see 
in 7 no. 1. ee. Trop. of punishment or 
calamity coming upon any one, as "Ὁ ΏΤῚ 
ΠῈΣ my wrong be upon thee Gen. 16, 5; 
ΠΡΌ ἊΣ 27, 18; so 38, 29. 42, 36 ; 
comp. > “in Ez. 13, 3; by N12 to come 
upon, i.e. to happen fo any one, see in 
83. So after verbs of presenting, giving 
in charge, Engl. to give over to any one; 
as 53 Ipp, Dd Mix, ἘΣ omD, see these 
verbs; comp. ounotaal ἐπὶ ᾿ἄμωϊον Od. 
22. 427 ; and also after verbs of speaking 
or deciding upon, i. 6. against any one, 
as Ὁ 5S "27. see in 739 lett. g; 59 "ὮΝ 
Ez. 26, 2—To this general sense we 
may refer Judg. 15, 8 -59 pis} τ 97 
727 he smote them leg upon thigh, Engl. 
‘hip and thigh ; also Am. 3, 15 and J 
will smite the winter-palace upon (>9) 
the summer-palace. Here the idea is to 
smite them limb upon limb, i. e. so that 
the scattered limbs fall one upon ano- 
ther; and in like manner palace upon 
palace, so that the ruins of one over- 
whelm and destroy another. 

8) upon, i. e. up upon, up into; as 
“it by mb> to go up upon or into a moun- 
tain Is. 40,9, 14,8. 14; ΓΞ ΒΡ ΓῸΣ neh 
to cause to come up into a chariot 1 Καὶ. 
20, 33; yo->> mbm to hang upon a tree 
Gen. 40, 19. 2 Sam. 4, 12; and so τὸν 
=b-by to cume up upon or inio the heart 
or mind, see in M53 no. 1 fin. 

7) Trop. it marks something super- 
added ; comp. Gr. μῆλος ἐπὶ μήλῳ Od. 7 
120, ἐπὶ τοῖσι, Lat. vulnus super vulnus, 
Engl. wound wpon weund. So >> pe" 


͵ ΡΣ; 


to add upon or to any thing. see 50"; 
ἘΦ atin} to be reckoned upon or to any 
thing 2 Sam. 4, 2; ΞΘ. 738 ruin 
_ upon ruin Jer. 4, 20, comp. Ez. 7, 96. Job 
6, 16. Is. 32, 10 nywdy p70" days upon 
years, or as in Engl. a year and a day, 
for an indefinite period of time. Gen. 28, 
9 he took Mahalath....."&2->> upon 
i. 6. in addition to his other wives. 31,50. 
δὴ Where any thing is subjoined, 
“which might be an obstacle or hin- 
_drance, 59 is equivalent to even upon, 
i.e. notwithstanding ; Job 34,6 "ΘΙ Ὅτ» 
notwithstanding my right. Also c. infin. 
although, Job 10, 7 4M237>9 allhough 
thou knowest. See below in B. no. 1. 
2. The second class comprises those 
significations and phrases in which is 
contained the idea of impending, suspen- 
sion, being above or over any thing, yet 
so as not to be in contact with it, i. q. 
_ Gr. ὑπέρ, Germ. itber, Engl. above, over, 
upon. Spoken of rest in a place, 6. g. 
_ Job 29, 3 when his candle shined over 
(around) myhead. Ps. 29,3 the voice of 
the Lord is heard upon (over) the wa- 
ters. Also after verbs of motion, Gen. 
19, 23 the sun was risen YINN7>D upon 
(over) the earth. 1, 20. Job 31, 21. 
‘Spec. 
> a) Of power, dominion over men, as 
by ΝῊ, by dbuin, by TpET to set over, 
ΤᾺΝ “τ the prefect of the palace, 
marshal, see ΓΒ no. 3. Comp. Gr. ὃ ἐπὶ 
τῶν πραγμάτων one over affairs, a super- 
visor, prefect. 
b) After verbs signifying to cover, to 
_ protect, i.e. pr. to cover over any one, 
_ see the verbs 193, MOD, 720, ΠΏΣ, and 
 Lehrg. p. 818 ; though the cover or veil 
_ may not be over or above the thing co- 
_ vered, but around or before it. Ex. 27, 
21 the curtain which is over i. 6. before 
- the law. 1 Sam. 25, 16 52959 9° ADIN 
they were a wall over us, i. e. before us, 
_ they protected us. Ez. 13,5. Zech. 12, 
2. After verbs signifying to protect, and 
also those implying to defend, to inter- 


——— νου 


ἣν 


προσ 


———— νον 





cede, it may be rendered for, Lat. pro, 


(υϑάῥι Gr. ἀμύνειν ὑπέρ, Flew ὑπέρ,) as 
ἘΦ ἘΓῚ52 to fight for any one Judg. 9, 17; 
by 49 id. Dan. 12,1; 9°58 to make 
expiation for any one ; 9 bbann to in- 
tercede for any one, in gmiet to avert 
punishment. 





779 29 


c) Often it expresses the idea of sur- 
passing, going beyond in any thing, comp. 
Lat. super omnes, supra modum, Engl. 
over, above. Ps. 89,.8 terrible above all 
them that are round about him. Job 23, 
2 ὭΓΣΝ ΟΣ MII2 47 my hand (i. 6. the 
hand of God upon me) is heavier than 
my groaning. Kec. 1, 16. Ps. 137, 6. 
Gen. 49, 26. Comp. Arab, Kor. 37, 153 
‘I have preferred the daughters Ac 
pu above the sons.’ Also Gen. 48, 


22 I give thee a portion of land 4°n87>> 
above thy brethren, i.e. a portion larger 
than to thy brethren. Hence i. q. over 
and above, besides » beyond, Ps. 16,2 "M330 

W7>2 da all my good is nothing besides 
thee i.e. I prefer thee to all other good. 
So of time, over, beyond, Lev. 15, 25 if 
the menstrual flux continue MN337>2 be- 
yond the time of her uncleanness. 

d) Trop. of the cause for, on account 
of, because of which any thing is done, 
Gr. ὑπὲρ οὗ. Ps. 44, 23 for thee (7752), 
for thy sake, we are slaughtered. Job 
34, 36. Ruth 1,19. Hence ΠῚ 5> Lam. 
5, 17, pxt dy Ter. 4, 38, and 3 b> (see 
13), for this cause, on this account ; >> 
"25 (propter rem), Mitix dy (proptes 
causas), on account of, because of ; 72 >9 
on what account? i. 6. wherefore? With 
inf. FN > because of thy saying, be- 
cause thou sayest, Jer. 2, 35. Job 32, 2. 
Often also of the cause (qs. the founda- 
tion) both of joy and sorrow, see naw, 
4227, 780; of laughing and weeping, 
see pM, M23; of anger Job 19, 11; of 
compassion Ps. 103, 13, etc. etc. 

e) As marking the object of discourse, 
upon, concerning, of ; Judg. 9,3 1737 
"b> fax "My and his mother’s brethren 
spake concerning him. 1 K. 5, 13. Gen. 
41, 15 4729 "mda 7 have heard: con- 
cerning thee. Also of an oath Lev. 5, 
22; of confession Ps. 32, 5; of a pro- 
phecy 1 K. 22, 8. Is. 1, 1; of strife Gen. 
26, 21; comp. >» 23" to know concern- 
ing auy thing Job 37, 16. 

3. The third class consists of those 
examples in which 5» after verbs of rest 
implies proximity and contiguity, Lat.ad, 
apud, Germ. an, bey, Engl. at, by, near ; 
yet so that this notion springs out of the 
primary idea of being upon, over any 
thing. So espec. 


by 


a) Where a thing actually impends 
over another, 6. g. when one stands by 
a fountain or well, j227>2, over which 
one really impends or inclines, Gen. 16, 
7; ov d» by the waters, as being lower 
than the surface of the ground, Num. 24, 
6; 51 by by the sea Ex. 14, 2.9; 7B 59 
nik at or on the bank of the Nile Is. 19, 
% nik” by at the river Ex. 2,5, comp. 
Gr. ἐπὶ ποταμοῦ, Lat. super ines Liv. 
i. e. Engl. upon the river, Dutch Keulen 
op den Rhyn, Russ. pomorski superma- 
rinus, i. e. maritime ; 0°25 5D by the 
camels sc. lying down, so ‘that a man 
standing was above them: Gen. 24, 30; 
jut >9 Prov. 23, 30; Ὀ3 Ν >> at or over 
the crib Job 39, 9; extn ty at meat, at 
table, 1 Sam. 20, 24 ; veda >y atiadg: 
ment, pr. at the table of the judges, Is. 
28,6; in all which cases the head is 
above the place named. Comp. ἐπὲ τῷ 
δείπνῳ Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12, super coenam, 
ἐπὶ ἔργῳ, ‘to sit over one’s books.’—Here 
too belongs 52 ad, ἘΦ 282, to stand at 
or by a person, e. g. lying down 1 Sam. 
4, 20. 2 Sam. 1, 9. 10. 20, 11; or sitting 
on the ground, Gen. 18,8; or on a seat, 
as a judge Ex. 18, 13. 14, ora king Judg. 
3,19. 1 Sam. 22, 6.7.17. Also to stand 
at or by an altar, sacrifice, >> 222 Num. 
23, 3.6. 15. 1 K. 13, 1. Here too some 
refer the phrase "9 > 729 and the like; 
but these belong rather to lett. b, ο, be- 
low.—So where one inclines or leans 
upon or over a person or thing; Gen. 
45,.15 he kissed all his brethren 73" 
Ennbs and wept upon them, bending 
over them. Judg. 14, 16..Gen. 45, 14. Is. 
60, 14. 

b) Different is it with phrases like: 
"28 >D at the face, in front of a person or 
thing, i. 6. before him, see in 738 (5°28); 
73-59," DY, at or on the side, i i. 6. by, 
near, see in = no. 5; 777° b> on the 
right, at the right of any one, see in 
7707 no. 1; M77Ns 59 at the rear of it, 
behind it, Ez. 41, 15; comp. Gr. ἐπὶ 
δεξιὰ, ἐπ᾿ ἀριστερά, 1]. 7, 238. 12, 240; 
Engl. on the side, etc. The quite ficice 
of a thing is not only its upper surface, 
but every other external part; and by 
the same figure we speak of what is on 
the side, for at or by the side. Hence 
b> simply is put for 79 >¥, i. q. at, by, 
near, 6. g. D9 Δ), ἘΦ 2d, 10 stand by 


780 





Ὁ; 


or near, even where a person so stand- 
ing is in no way higher than the other, 
as 1 Sam. 22,9. Zech. 4,14. Here be- 
long the phrases : "3 5p az2nn Job 1,6. 
2, 1. Zech. 6,5, "2 >bd-Tay 1 K. 22, 19, 
αὐλὼν οἵ angels and other attendants 
of Jehovah, who stand before him seated 
upon his lofty throne, comp. Is. 6, 1. 
Also Job 30, 4 who pluck up purslain by 
the bushes, i. e. around and under them. 
31,9 mmp >> at the door. Ez. 46,2 52 
“DUI ΓΙΗΤ by the post of the gate. Job 
29, 7 raps by the city. Comp. below 
in ΒΦ +4 2. 

c) Sometimes the idea at, by, near, at 
the side of, is extended so as to include 
several or all sides, and becomes thus 
i. q. round about, around, like 323. Ex. 
14, 3 "ἼΗΙ Ἐπ; "30 the desert hath 
closed ‘around. them, hath shut. them 
in; comp. 733 WR 1 Sam. 1, 6. Is: 35, 
10 everlasting joy O88 59 upon their 
head, i. 
head. Job 13, 27 see in r. HEM Hithp. 
So too Job 26, 9. 36, 30, unless we refer 


7 


e. circumfused around their | 


these to the idea of covering over; see — 


above in no. 2. ὃ. 

d) Kindred is the idea of accompani- 
ment, with, together with ; comp. also the 
sense of adding, no. 1.b.y. So of men 


and beasts; Ex. 35,22 the men with (>2). 


the women. Gen. 32, 12 D722 SON the 
mother with the children, Job 38, 32. 
Of things, Num. 9, 11.331. Mima by with 
unleavened. bread and bitter herbs shall 
they eat it, sc. the paschal lamb. Ex. 12, 
8. 9. Deut. 16,3. So 23m Ὁ ba fo eat 
flesh with the blood 1. Sam. 14, 32. Lev. 
19, 26; comp. ἘΞ 28 Deut. 12, 23. Of 


uivendael circumstances, as ΓΙΞῚ ὩΣ with: 


sacrifice Ps. 50,5; 533 "ἂν with the lyre 
Ps. 92, 4; 38 by with sunshine Is. 18, 
4.—For Judg. 15, 8 and Am. 3, 15, see 
above in no. 1. b. a, fin. 
e) Hence arise various hese 
which >> with refers to that which one 
has with or within himself; so that in'the 


same connection it might be 5 or =7723. 


So espec. in phrases pertaining to the 
heart, soul, spirit, (22, 82, M99.) or 
their affections or changes, « etc. Jer. 8, 
18 "33.722 ">> my heart within me issick. 
Hos. 11, 8 "33 "b> 
turned swithinsnet aimee “DF ἘΞ. 72> 7879 


id. Lam. 1, 20). Neh. &, 7. Ps. 131, Ὁ" 


ὭΣ my heart is | 











᾿ ΡΨ. 


nvip2 "ΒΦ 5222. τη. 8,90. Ps. 42,6 why 
art thou cast down, Omy soul, 929 ΤΊΤΟΣ 
and why disquieted within me? v.7. 12. 
_ 43,5. Ps. 142, 4 "ΠΗ "2. ΠΌΣΌΤΙΞ. 143, 
4. Jon. 2,8; comp. Ps. 107,5.—Here too 
we may refer Ps. 42, 5 "02 >9 noBwy 
TI pour out my soul within me sc. in tears. 
Job 30, 16. Also 1 Sam. 4, 19 35BAR-"D 
ns ‘abe for her pains surned.them- 
selves. within her, i, e. began to cause 
writhings within her, Dan. 10, 16. 

f) With abstract nouns >> forms a 
periphrase for adverbs, as "PY 9 with 
falsehood, i.e. falsely, Lev. 5, 22; "7 >3 
abundantly, plentifully, Ps. 31, 24; by 
ΓΞ} lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11; 
Vis. >> with acceptance, acceptably 86. 
before God [5.60, 7, i. q. 1 Χ 5 56, 7. Jer. 
6, 20. Comp. ἐπ᾽ low i. q. ἴαως, ἐπὶ μέγα, 
ἐπὶ πολύ, Arab. ,, yy As evidently.— 
But these aM may also be referred 
to >> no. 1. a. ἡ. 

4. Under the fourth class are included 
those significations and those examples 
in which >> implies motion and espe- 
cially rapid motion upon i. e. towards 
any place or object, and thus approaches 
to the force of the particle >x, for which 


indeed ‘WS is everywhere put in Sy- 


riac and Chaldee, they being without 
bx. This spfings out of the signification 
of rushing down upon any thing (see in 
no. 1. Ὁ. α), downward motion being 
usually more rapid, and is expressed in 
Greek by ἐπί or κατά, down upon, espe- 
cially in compounds as καϑίημι; Lat. in, 
ad ; Germ. auf etwas hin, auf etwas 
los ; Engl. upon, to, towards, etc. So 
Job 27, 22 759 πρὸ" to cast upon him 
sc. arrows, to shoot at him. . Also 172 dD 
to his face (elsewhere 1728 >8, see 2735) 
Job 21,31; tap 59 to his place Ex. 18, 
23; 772" by to the right hand Gen. 24, 
49; ἸΔῚΡ by for ἸΔῚΡ 58 into his ewan 
parts, i. 6. into him, 1K. 17,21. Hence 
59 θῶ and >x nbw lethenaihetdbréd 
Is. 36, 12; dv bp» (also bx 582) to fall 
away to any one; 9 Ξ.Ὶ (also dx 313) 
to write to any one 2 Chr. 30,1; >» ra 
Is. 29, 12 i. q: DN FMD v. 11. So after 
verbs of going fo 2 Sam. 15, 20; of 
coming fo ib. v. 4; of fleeing fo Is. 10,3; 
of sending to Neh. 6,3; of putting forth 
the hand {0 Is. 11, 8; of inclining oneself 


pyr 





181 Ὁ» 


to or towards, > mnntn Lev. 26, 1; of 


speaking, dsp > ὃν ΖΞ to speak tes the 
heart i.e. kindly, to comfort, see in "23 
lett. e; of announcing Is. 53, 1; 35 Dow 
>Y, see in DAW πο: 4..¢; of love (see 23>) 
and desire Cant. 7,11; and also 2 Sam. 
14, 1 pibwasx by Fat 22 the king’s 
heart was upon (towards) Absalom, i.e. 
he loved him.—Spec. 

a) In a hostile sense, upon, against, 
contra; Judg. 16, 12 4729 DB MwoE the 
Philistines are upon thee, i. e. assail 
thee. Ez. 5,8 9722 9225 lo, Jam against 
thee i. e. will assail thee (elsewhere 
ἼΝ ‘m). Job 16, 4. 9.10. 19,12. 21, 27. 
30, 12. 33, 10. Is. 9, 20. Also b> DIP.to. 
rise up against any one; "79.52 73M to 
encamp against a city, to besiege it; 
>> 330 to surround any one sc. in a 
hostile manner; ἘΣ 38n to take counsel 
against any one, etc. 

b) More rarely in a sense of kindness, 
to, towards, e.g. 59 TOM Nw> 1 Sam. 20,8. 

ὦ In writers of the silver age of the 
Hebrew (see >¥ Chald.) it is not unfre- " 
quently used for 5% and >, as marking 
the dative, e. g. Esth. 3,9 723) >> ON 
212 if it seem good to the king, if it 
please him, comp. Ezra 5,17. So not 
rarely in the book of Job, as 33, 23 ὃ" oN 
1929 i. g. 15.92 ON if there be to him, if 
he have, etc. 22,2 Wadd ἸἸ9Ὸ 7D even 
when he is profitable (o himself. 6, 27. 
19, 5. 30, 2. 33, 27. 38, 10; comp. Ez. 27, 
5. Prov. 29, 5. 

d) Ina few examples >» approaches 
to the force of 32, with which it is some- 
times interchanged in Mss, as Is. 10, 25 
om 2am by even tortheir destruction ; 
here 2 Mss. have 39. Ps. 19, 7 and his 
circuit oMixp >2 wnto the ends of them, 
where 18 Mss. read "9. Job 37, 3. 

Norte. Less correctly are referred to 
this class such phrases as ὩΥΦΙΣΓΙ dy 
toward heaven Ex. 9, 22, 379 >y Is. 17, 
7, (79) >> πὸ Mic. 4, 1, and others of 
the like kind ; all of which belong rather 
to no. 1. Ὁ. β. 

B) Conjunct. for "8x 59 1. although 
comp. A. 1. b. δι Job 16, 17.0737 > d2 
"B22 although there is not injustice in my | 
hands, 18. 53, 9.—Arab. Ac id. see 
Thesaur. p. 1028. 

2. on account that, because, see in A. 
2. ἃ; ο. pret. Gen. 31, 20. Ps. 119. 136.. 


by 


Ezra 3,11. More fully "x 52 Deut. 
29, 24. 2 Sam. 3,30; "> >> Deut. 31, 17. 
Ps. 139, 14. 


C) With other Prepositions : 

I, 53D pr. as according to, as is fitting, 
comp. in 59 Α. 1. a. 4. As prep. ac- 
cording lo, Is. 63, 7; repeated, Is. 59, 18 
pbs by ΓΊΡῸΣ ΕΣ according to their 
deeds, accordingly (for Ἡπ 559) will he 
repay. Comp. 2 Chr. 30, 18.—F ar more 
frequent is 

IL. bya, Arab. As , although 
not frequent in Arabic, e. g. 1 K. 13, 15 
Vers. Arab. 

1. Pr. from upon, from above, spoken 
of what is removed from the place upon, 
above, over which it was, Germ. von 
oben weg ; whether it falls or is borne 
downwards, or is removed in any other 
manner. Thus Gen. 24, 64 she alighted 
bas bya from the camel ; so to fall 
from a seat, RODH YD 1 Sam. 4,18; to 
shoot from ‘the wall, main ton 2 δ: 
11, 20; or even to be lifted upwards, 
yoNn boo Ez. 1, 19. Gen. 48, 17 he 
removed his hand ju by from his 
« head, on which he had laidit. OX" xv? 
“5 ἘΝ to take off the head of any one 
Gen. 40,19. Am. 7,11. Judg. 16, 20 Je- 
hovah was departed "">22 from him, i.e. 
the spirit of God which had rested upon 
him. Spec. a) Of those who put off 
or lay aside a garment (comp. ἘΣ A. no. 
1.a. 8) Gen. 38, 14. 19. Is. 20,2; a shoe, 
sandal, Josh. 5, 15; a ring from the fin- 
ger Gen. 41, 42, comp. Deut. 8, 4, 29, 4; 
hence of the skin, Job 30, 30 "nw "i> 
"bs2 my skin turns black and falls off 
from me. v.17. Trop. Judg. 16, 19 his 
strength went from him, i.e. in which he 
τ was clothed, see 82>. Ὁ) So of those 
who are relieved from any cause of dis- 
quiet, any burden upon them, comp. >> 
A. no. 1. 7. Ex. 10, 28 "292 πὸ depart 
from me,as being a vexation and burden 
upon me. Gen. 13, 11. 25, 6. 2 Sam. 19, 
10 he (David) is fled out of the land 
pibuian 592 from Absalom, to whom he 
had become a burden. c) Of those who 
read from upon the page of a book, out 
of a book, Jer. 36, 11. Is. 34, 16. 

2. from αἱ, from by, fiom near any 
person or thiog, comp. Ὁ. no. 3. Gen. 
17,22 and Jehovah went up oiT7aN 592 
from with Abraham. 35, 13. Num. 16, 26. 


782 





nd> 


Hence after verbs of passing by or away 
Gen. 18,3; of removing Jer. 2,5. Job 19, 


13; of turning onself away Is.7,17. Jer. 


32, 40. Hos. 9, 1. 

3. > 599 nearly i. 4. 52 (comp. ἢ mmm 
i. q. MMM) above Neh. 12, 37 ; above, over, 
any thing Gen. 1, 7. Ez. 1, 25. Jon. 4, 6. 
2 Chr. 13,4. Neh. 12,31. So too at, by, 
near, by the side of, 2 Chr. 26, 19.—Also 
> being omitted (as mmm foe > rnin) 
above Neh. 3, 28. Ece. 5,7 32 mina 73 
sd mina for one high above the high 
watcheth, i.e. above the most powerful 
there is still a higher power which 
watches him. Ps. 108, 5. Esth. 3, 1; at, 
by, near, Jer. 36, 21. 


29 Chald. c. suff. ὝΠΕΡ, NINDD , Vinnby, 
i. q. Heb. 

1. upon, Dan. 2, 10. 29, 46. 48. 49. 3, 
12. al. 

2. i. q. Heb. no. 2, ὑπέρ, above, over, 
Dan. 5, 23. 6,4; espec. in the sense of 
surpassing Dan. 3, 19. Trop. for, on 
account of, because of, hence M33 > 
therefore Ezra 4, 15; also of the object 
of discourse, upon, concerning, Dan. 6, 
13. 7, 16. 19. 

3. Often i. q. >8, 20, wnto any person 
or thing, e. g. after a verb of approach- 
ing Dan. 7, 16; of entering 2, 24; of re- 
turning 4,31; of sending Hara 4, 11.17. 
18 ; oF writing, 4,7. Also i.q. > as mark 
of the dative, Dan. 6, 19 sleep fled ὙΌΣ 
to him, i. 6. his aleep fled ; hence also 
by 30 Ezra 5,17. 7, 18, ‘and by sed 
Dan. 4, 24, it seems good to any one, i.e. 
pleaseshim. Ina hostile sense, against, 
Dan. 3, 29. Ezra 4, 19. 


>¥ m. (τ. dd2 IT) once 919 Jer. 5, 5, 6. 
suff. "bz, a yoke, the curved piece of 
wood upon the neck of draught animals, 
by which they are fastened to the pole 
or beam, Num. 19, 2. Deut. 21, 3. 1 
Sam.6,7. Often trop. as the emblem of 
servitude 1 K. 12, 4. 9-11. Is. 9,3, 10, 27. 
14, 25. 47, 6. Jer. 5, 5; hence to break 
the yoke, to become free, Gen. 27, 40. Jer. 
2, 20. al. An tron yoke is the emblem 
of severe bondage, Deut. 28, 48. Jer. 28, 
14. Put also for calamity, suffering, 


Lam. 1,14. 3, 27. Arab. he id. 


N29 Chald. above, over, followed by 


72 Dan. 6, 3. 





ROD 
NY (yoke) Ulla, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 
39. 


ΤΙΝ Θ᾽ Chald. emphat. see "b>. 


* 359 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. wih 


to be strong, to prevail. Hence pr. n. 
Pa Ρ. 5. 


* 509 obsol. root, i. q. 39>, to stam- 
mer ; hence 


339 m. adj. ie ks stuttering, 


Is. 32, 4. Arab. barbarian. 


* D9 fut. 9227, apoc. 59, inf. constr. 
mid>. 

1. to goor come up, to ascend, to mount, 
opp. 723. Sept. ἀναβαίνω. Arab. Ἂς 
to ascend, also to be high, XE to grow 
up high, as a plant, to be high sc. in 
price; Syr. Pa. SS to lift up, Ethpa. 

to be lifted up, to go up; Chald. Pa. to 
exalt, to praise, Ithpa. to be exalted. 
Comp. Lat. alo to bring wp, whence al- 
esco, altus—Constr. a) Absol. Gen. 
44,17. 46, 29.al. Ὁ) With ja of place 
whence Josh. 4, 17. 10, 9. Cant. 4, 2; 
ἐν of pers. spoken of God Gen. 35, 
13. c) Place whither is put with >> Is. 
14, 14. Josh. 2,8; Ἐκ Ex. 24, 13. 15. 18. 
34, 4. Deut. 17, 8. 1 Sam. 15, 34; > Is. 
22,1; 3 Ps. 24, 3. Deut. 5, 5. Cant. 7, 
95 ace. Gen. 49, 4 τ FIN 39 mb Ἵ3 
ier thou didst ascend the bed "of "thy 
| father. Prov. 21,22. Num. 13,17. Judg. 
9, 48. Prov. 30, 4; c. 5 loc. Touk 15, 3. 
ἃ) The pers. to δὰ is put with ΕΝ 
Ex. 19,3; >2 Josh. 3,8. But >» oftener 
marks the pers. against whom one goes 
_ up, 2 K. 17,3. 18,25. Joel 1,6. 6) In- 
fin. c. > , for doing something Is. 57, 7. 

Poetically, like other verbs of going, 
flowing, (see 17, 72 ,) it takes an acc. 
of thing implying abundance, sc. that 
of which a great quantity springs up 
6. σὲ upon a certain spot of ground, so 
that every thing seems changed into it. 
So a vineyard, Is. 5, 6 τι Ὁ a1ae ΓΙΒΣῚ 
and it grew up to thorns and prickles, 
i.e. was wholly changed into them, as 
a burning house goes up in flame and 
smoke (comp. Judg. 20, 40. Jer. 48, 15). 
Is. 34, 13. Prov. 24, 31 and lo, it was all 
_ grown up to thorns. So Am. 8, 8. 9.5 


783 





soy 


MD ANID ΠΟΘ and it (the land) shall 
go up wholly like the Nile, sc. in inunda- 
tion, shall be wholly overwhelmed. 

Persons are said to go up, to ascend, 
not only upon a mountain, wall, roof, 
bed ; but also in other less obvious re- 
lations, 6. g. @) From a lower region 
to a higher, comp. in 75° no. 1. a-d; so 
of God ascending into heaven Gen 35 
13. Job 36, 33 see in τ. 332 Hiph. no. 2. Ὁ. 
Josh. 4, 17.19. 10, 7.9. 33. Judg. 1, 1.2. 
3. 16. 2, 1. Gen. 46, 29 where Joseph 
goes from the capital near the Nile to 
the land of Goshen. Spec. of those who 
go up to Palestine, e. g. from Egypt Gen. 
13, 1. 44, 24. 50,5. Ex. 1, 10. 2 K. 23, 
29; from Assyria 2K. 17, 3. Is. 36,1. 10; 
from Babylonia 2 K. 24, 1. Ezra 2, 1. 7, 
6. Neh. 7, 6. 12, 1; out of all lands Hos. 
1,11. Zech. 14, 16.17. But as to Assy- 
ria the usage is not constant, and in 
Hos. 8, 9 Israel is said to go up to Assy- 
ria (comp. m>yn 2 K. 17, 4), just as the 
Greeks used “avo Baye of a journey to 
the interior of Asia, whence the ‘4va- 
βασις or expedition of the younger Cy- 
rus; and this physically speaking is _ 
perhaps correct. £) Of those who go 
into deserts, since these are often high 
regions, Job 6, 18; comp. Josh. 16, 1. 
Matt. 4,1. So too those who go up to 
a sanctuary, since these were usuallyen 
hills and mountains, see in 7723 no. 3, 4; 
Deut. 17, 8. Judg. 20, 3. 18. 31. 21, 5. 8. 
19. 1 Sam. 1, 3. 10, 3. Ps. 122, 4; comp. 
Ex. 34, 24. Syr. vais to go up. to a 
convent. Also to a place of judgment 
Deut. 25, 7. Num. 16, 12. 14. Judg. 5, 4. 
Ruth 4,1. Yet perh. the sanctuary and 
place of judgment were regarded as 
heights also in a sacred and moral 
sense; which would accord better with 
some passages, as Num. |. c. Ruth 1. ο. 
So too where Joseph is said to go up to 
the court of Pharaoh Gen. 46, 31; comp. 
woe, ἀναβαίνω, of those who go to the 
metropolis, Mich. Chrest. Syr. p. 68. 
Raphel. Obss. ad N. T. e Polyb. p. 90. 
7) To goup against is said also of those 
who go to attack or besiege a city, per- 
son, land; since citié8.and fortresses 
were situated on heights, Mic. 2, 13. 
Nah. 2, 2. Joel 1, 6. 1 K. 15, 17. 20, 22 
Is. 7, 1.6; comp. 1 Sam. 17, 23. 25. 


soy 


Spoken of beasts, e. g. the males of 
cattle in gendering Gen. 31,10-12. Al- 
so of things, e. g. a plant, to shoot up, to 
grow up, Gen. 40, 10. 41, 22. Deut. 29, 
22. Is. 55,13; grass Am. 7,1; so of a 
horn Dan. 8,3; and even of a person 
who grows up Gen. 49, 9. Also of a 
stream going up, rising over its banks 
Is. 8,7; the wind, to spring up, Hos. 13, 
15; flame Judg. 13, 20; smoke Gen. 19, 
28; vapour Gen. 2,6; the dawn, to rise, 
Gen. 19, 15. 32, 25. 27; a stench Joel 2, 
20. Soof away leading up Judg. 20, 
31; a border Josh. 15, 15 sq. 18,12; a 
rising tract of country Josh. 16,1; the 
lot coming up out of the urn Lev. 16, 
9. 10. Josh. 18, 11; anger, which is often 
compared with smoke, Ps. 18, 9. 78, 21. 
31. 2 Sam. 11, 20; a battle waxing 
fiercer 1 Καὶ, 22, 35; of tumult, clamour, 
Ps. 74, 23. Jer. 14, 2. So of clamour 
going up to the ears of Jehovah-2 K. 19, 
28; a rumour id. Jon. 1, 2.—Metaph. 
‘p >> ΓῺ to go up above any one, i. q. 
to surpass, to excel, Prov. 31, 29; in 
wealth, prosperity, Deut. 28, 43. Also 
35 52 ΓΡΡ 10 come up to mind, i.e. to 
be remembered, mentioned, Is. 65, 17. 
Jer. 3, 16. 7, 31. 19, δ. 32,35; so ava- 
βαίνειν ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν Acts 7, 23. Hiph. 
Ez. 14, 3. 4. 

+2. As intrans. M32 to go or come up is 
also used for various passive senses: a) 
i,q. to be taken up, 6. g. from the ground. 
Am. 3, 5. Prov.26,9 "i383 45> min a 
thorn that is taken up in the hand of a 
drunkard. Job5, 26 ipya Ὁ 15 ΓΠΘΘΞ as 
a shock of corn is taken up inits season sc. 
and carried to the garner. 36. 20 long not 
for the night ova ΤΡ Ὁ whither the 
nations are taken away. b) to be put 
or laid upon, 6. g. a yoke upon an animal 
Num. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 7; a sacrifice 
upon the altar 1 K. 18, 36; so of ban- 
dages applied to a wound, see in M2578. 
c) to be put on, worn, as a garment, 
Lev. 19, 19, comp. in ἘΦ no. 1 ἃ. 8 So 
of flesh and sinews made to grow and 
cover the bones Ez. 37, 8; comp. in 
-Hiph. no. 3. 6. Of arazor,t he drawn 
over or applied to one’s head Judg. 16, 
17. d) tobe put upon record, to be re- 
gistered, recorded, 1 Chr. 27, 24; comp. 
bY am>D, and see Hiph. no. 2. f. 
Nie, 7522, fut. 599 1. to be made 


784 





mb» 


to go up, i.e. to be led or brought up 
Ezra 1, 11. 

2. to lift up oneself, to rise up, togo up 
in departing, etc. So the cloud of the 
divine presence Num. 9, 17. 21, 22. Ez. 
9,35; an army, i. q. to break up, Jer. 37 
5. 11, comp. 2 Sam. 2, 27. With 7 to 
gel onesdlf up or away from a place 
Num. 16, 24, 27. * 

3. to be bcatlted, of God, Ps, τ, aa 
c. 59 above others Ps. 97, 9. 

Hira. 732, once 525 Hab. 1, 15 
with Vay conj. “nen Deut. 27,6; fut 
mds" conv. 9°, which can be distin. 
guished from Kal only by the context. 

1. As referring to men and beasts, to 
make go or come up, to cause to ascend, 
to lead or bring up, Sept. ἀναβιβάζξω, 
ἀνάγω. E.g. upon a roof Josh. 2, 6; 
into a chariot 1 K. 20, 38. 2 K. 10, 1B; 
out of a pit Gen. 37, 28. Ps. 40, 3. Jer. 
38,'3; from Sheol Ps, 30, 4; also to 
evoke from Sheol 1 Sam. 28, 11. So 
from a lower to a higher region of coun- 
try 2 Sam. 2,3. 2 K. 25,6; from Egypt 
into the desert and into Palestine Gen. 
50, 24. Judg. 6, 8. 1 Sam. 12,6. 2K. 17, 
36. al. into Palestine as mountainous 


from other lands 2 Chr. 36, 17. Jer. 27,* — 
22; comp. 39, 5. So an enemy, comp. — 


in Kal no. 1. y ; Ez. 26, 3 against Tyre ; 
Jer. 50, 9. 51,27 against Babylon; ora 
crowd, mob, Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. Also to 


bring up a young lion Ez. 19,3; comp. . 


Kal Gen. 49,9. Further, to take up and 
away, lo take away by death, Ps. 102, 25 

ἌΔ "gma ὍΣ ΤΙ ON take me not away é in 
the midst of my days. Ellipt. Nah, 8, 8 


mbs2 wp the horseman causing (his 


horse) to rear, i. 6. showing off his horse 
by causing him to rear and prance. 

2. As referring to things, and to what- 
ever may be regarded as things, e. g. 
sacrifices, even if human, to make go or 
come up, to cause to ascend ; and spoken 
of the sea or waves, to cause to rise, to 


raise up, ¢. acc. et > Ez. 26,3. Hence 


a) to bring up, to draw up, as fishes 
from the water Hab. 1, 15. Ez. 32.3; 
the cud as ruminating animals, Lev. 11, 
4. 5. ben 

b) to carry up to a loft 1 K. 17, 19. 
Neh. 10,39; and so of things od or 
brought up from a lower to a high 
tract of country, 2 Sam, 21, 13; τ εν 





.-- 


ee ae ee 


»~ 


| 


| 








; 


᾿. 


29,2 Chr. 1. 6. 





πὸ» 


_ ¢) to put or lay upon, 6. g. the lights 
upon the candelabra, Sept. ἐπιτέϑημι, 
Ex. 25, 37. 40. 4. So a sacrifice upon 


_ the altar, i. q. to offer, to sacrifice ; Is. 


57, 6 ΤΙΣ m7bDn. 66, 3. Espec. of 
Bient-offcrings, holocausts, which are 
hence called 35> impositum ; as M>37 


_ ΜΡ to offer a burnt-ofering Lev. 14, 20. 


Job 1, δ. al. sep. Sept. ἀναφέρω, προσ- 
φέρω. Maina >> Hon Gen. 8, 20. 
Num. 23, 2. 14; nara $9 '>‘n Ex. 40, 
ribsb ὁ 7m to offer any 
thing as a burnt-offering Gen. 22, 2.13; 
md “5 ‘nm id. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 2 K. 3, 27. 


rgnnd nbn fo sacrifice to Jehovah sc. as 
a burnt-offering Judg. 13, 19; "3 738 


2 Sam. 6, 17.—Further, 0% nbon to im- 


| pose a tribute, ᾳ. d. to raise a levy, 1K. 


5, 27 [13]. 9,15; to lay on or apply ban- 
dagée toa wound, see in M2598. Ellipt. 


2 Chr. 32,5 nibaran by 93) and raised 


up upon the towers, i. e. made them 
higher, repaired the towers the tops of 
which were broken down. Comp. the 


_ same ellipsis in 5D 507, see ὯΌ no. 2. 


d) to put or cast upon, e. g. dust upon 
the head, 6. 52 Josh. 7, 6. Ez. 27, 30. 
Metaph. to send disease upon any one, 
Deut. 28, 61. 

e) to bring up, i.e. to put or lay on, 
e. g. sackcloth upon a person, to cause 


him to wear it, Am. 8, 10; /o overlay 


with gold, as 1 K. 10, 17 and with three 
mine of gold did he overlay each shield. 
Also to bring up flesh upon the bones, 
cause it to grow and cover them, Ez. 
37, 6; to put or fasten upon, as orna- 


ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 14. 


f) to put upon record, to register, to 
enrol, 1 K. 9, 21. 2 Chr. 8, 8. 

g) 32 52 nb9h fo bring up to mind, 
to remember, q. d. to bear in mind, e. g. 
idols, idol-worship, Ez. 14, 3.4. Comp. 
Kal no. 1 fin. 

Ηορη. 22h for 7225, to be made to 
go up,i.e. a) 10 be led away, comp. 
Niph. no.2. Nah. 2,8 προσ nnbs. b) 
to be offered, as sacrifice, comp. ‘Hiph. 
no. 2.c. Judg. 6, 28. d) to be put upon 
record, to be recorded, registered, comp. 
Hiph. no. 2. f. 2 Chr. 20, 34. 

66* 


785 
᾿ς of pers. 1 Sam. 2,19; so the ark 1 Sam. 
6,21. 7,1. 2 Sam. 6, 12.15; the tribute 


_ carried or sent to Assyria 2 K. 17, 4, see 
_ in Kal no. 1. α. Hos. 8, 9. 





my 


Hierwit to lift up oneself, to be elated, - 


Jer. 51, 3.—Chald. Ithp. id. 

Deriv. b> subst. >¥ prep. που, md, 
"dp, "D9, maby , Tid, S92, bya. ΠΣ, 
nbs, nbn; pr. n. ‘rbpby, shy, sb, 
712; Chald. nbs, mb3, ‘are, 3. 


my m. pert mb>, c. suff. 532 Ps, 
BA plur. constr. ΡΝ Neh. 8, 15, a leaf, 
Gen. 8, 11. Lev. 26, 36. Josh. 13, 25. A 


leaf, green and flourishing, is the emblem | 


of prosperity, Prov. 11, 28. Jer. 17, 8. 
Collect. leaves, foliage Ps. 1, 3. Is. 34, 4. 
Gen. 3,7.—R. 439 in the sense of spring- 


ing up, growing up. 
M39 Chald. αὶ (r. 533) @ cause, occa- 
sion, ge Dan. 6, 5.6. Syr. ας; 


Arab. gle: id. Arab. (Ls Conj. ΠῚ to 


be a cause, to effect as a cause; V, to 

give a cause or pretext; VIII, to seek 
~ 

ἃ cause or pretext. Syr. Ss i.q. Arab. 


II; Ethpa. i.q. Arab. V. Bar Heb. p. 
416. 


MY and M5 £ (τ. m>>) plur. mid3, 
pr. ‘what goes up ;’ hence 

1, an ascent, i.e. steps, a stair-way, 1K 
10,5; plur. Ez. 40, 26. Comp. 2 Chr 
9,4. See Biblioth. Sacr. 1846. p. 612. 

2. a burnt-offering, holocaust, a sacri- 
fice to be wholly consumed, comp. Ex. 
29, 18, and 5.53 no. 3; so called as being 
carried up and laid upon the altar; see 
the root in Kal no. 2. b. Hiph. no. 2. e. 
Sept. ὁλοκαύτωμα, δλοκαύτωσις, Vulg. 
holocaustum. For the Mosaic rite, see 


Lev. 1. 3-17. 6, 9-13. The usual for? 


mula is M>3 ndoq, ΤῸΝ muy, Lev. 5, 10. 
Judg. 13, 16. Ez. 45, 23. The patriarchs 
seem also to have offered holocausts, 
Gen. 8, 20. 22, 3.6; and human victims 
were likewise so offered, see Gen. l. c. 
Judg. 11, 31; comp. Monumm. Phen. 
p. 446, 453.—Often coupled with other 
kinds of sacrifices, 6. g. with M=t.which 
included other bloody sacrifices, Ex. 18, 
12. Num. 15, 3. 8. 2K. 5, 17. 10, 24. Is. 


56,7. al. ORun Ps. 40,7; od Ez. 46, 
12. 

Note. For 429, >> evil, see in 
nD. 


may Chald. f. emphat.xm>> -holesaah 
burnt-offering, plur. 53> Ezra 6, 9. 


tT 


by 


ΤῊΝ 1. By transpos. for 7219 which 
is read in many Mss. evil, wickedness, 
iniquity, Hos. 10,9. Comp. Eth. VAO 
i. ἃ. δ)». 

2. Alvah, pr. n. of an Edomitic tribe 
Gen. 36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51 Keri, where 
Cheth. has 5759. 


pny m. plur. (denom. fr. 05%, 
maby, after the form ©°2pT, prbana) 
potsth; youthful age, Ps. 89, 46. Job 33, 
25. Poet. for youthful vigour, Job 20, 11 
ὙΛΏΡΌΣ ΝΘ ND although his Bones 
are full of youth, i. e. youthful strength, 
as Sept. Chald. Syr. well. So of the 


youth of a people Is. 54, 4.—Chald. 
mvanby, Arab. xen hE, id. 


ΤῊΣ (i. q. ws tall, thick) Alvan, 
pr. n. of an Edomite Gen. 36, 23; also 
written 9753 1 Chr. 1,40. R. πον. 


Mp OY f. (τ. Poe) ἅπ. λεγόμ. Prov. 30, 
15, pr. a leech, blood-sucker, as correctly 
given by Sept. Vulg. Gr. Venet. Kimchi; 


g- 
and so Arab. gle, Syr. faSS, Chald. 
NP>Y, NPY; but spoken also of an 
imaginary female spectre which sucks 
human blood and is insatiable, like 
Jost, Χ), 4}, el-Ghileh of Arabian 
superstition in the Thousand and One 
Nights, and the vampyre of our own fa- 
. ‘bles; thus | is ca wey in the 
Camoos by this very word J | el-Ghiil, 
which Bochart, Hieroz. II’ 801, and A. 
Schultens ad Prov. |. c. have wrongly 
interpreted fate. Hence in Ρτον. 1]. c. 
the leech hath two daughters crying, 
Give, give, i. e. insatiable. —On the su- 
perstitions of the Hebrews and other 
oriental nations concerning spectres, see 
our remarks in Comment. on Is. 34, 14. 


a 


5 ΤῸΣ i. q. 029 and ὙῈΡ, fo exult, to 
triumph, (prob. primarily ‘of a cry or 
shout of exultation, like ἀλαλάζω, 429; 
and not of leaping and dancing, like the 
synon. 85.) 2 Sam. 1, 20. Ps. 68, 5; c. 
2 in any thing Ps. 149, 5. Hab. 3, 18. 
Trop. of the heart Ps. 28, 7; the reins 
Prov. 23, 16; also inanimate thik, Ps. 
96, 12. ° aeek times in a bad sense, of 
insolent and. wicked men, Ps. 94, 3. Is. 
23, 12, comp. 5, 14. Jer. 50. 11. 

Dériv. 1759, also 


786 





aby 


ΤῸΝ m. one exrulting, rejoicing, Is. 5, 
14, , 


» nd9 obsol. root, Arab. δλξ to be 
thick, dense ; and with the letters trans- 
posed Abe io be dark; whence 


Mo2? £ darkness, evening twilight, | 
Gen. 15, 17. Ez. 12, 7. 12. 


"29 m. a pestle Prov. 27, 22; from π 
m>> in the sense to be lifted, comp. md 
no. 2. a. 


"59 (ascent, summit, coner. the high- 
est, r. M22) pr. n. Eli, a high priest, 
predecessor of Samuel, 1 Sam. ὁ. 1-4. 
14,3. Sept. “Hi, Vulg. Heli. 


"29 Chald. adj.emph. O8b>, supreme, 
most high ; ONE δος God the Most 
High, Dan. 3, 26. 32. 5, 18, 21; and simpl. 
mxb> the Most High 4, 14. 21. 7, 25, of 
the one only supreme God. In Cheth. 
everywhere x7>9, after the analogy of 


Syr. SS. R. τὸν. 


“Sy adj. only in fem. mb, higher, 
upper, Judg. 1, 15; plur. mi*}> Josh. 15, 
19. R.m>>, after the form >up. 


ΤΩΣ and 722, see ΓΙΌΣ and 9)>3. 
mod Γ (τ. mb) 1: an upper cham- 


9 So 
ber, loft, ὑπερῷον, Arab. Kale, le, 


Chald. 59 q. v. So of. the upper 
chambers of an edifice or private house, 
1 K. 17, 19. 23. 2 K. 4, 10; or of a palace 
Judg. 3, 20-25, 2K. 1, 2. Jer. 22, 13. 14; 
of the temple 1 Chr. 28, 11. 2 Chr. 3,9; 
sometimes over the gate 2 Sam. 19,1; 
or built upon the flat roof, 2 K, 23, 12. 
Poet. for the heavens Ps. 104, 3. 13. 

2. ascent, i.e. stairs or way up to the 
temple, 2 Chr. 9, 4; comp. 1 K. 10, 5. 
See Biblioth. Sac. 1846. p. 612. 


ry τὰ. adj. ἢ nzinds, plur. nizindy. 
R. 159. 

1. high, higher, upper, Gen. 40, 17; 
opp. jimmn, 1 Chr. 7, 24. 2 Chr. 8, 5. 
m2inbom 205M the upper pool, i. 6. situ- 
ated on higher ground, 2 K. 18,17; also 


Ez. 42. 5.. Deut. 26, 19. 28, 1Ones of 


a thing exposed in an dleyated place as 
an example of punishment, correspond- 
ing to the Greek παραδειγματίέζεσϑαι, 








“Sy 


AK, 9,8 759 oon mm man, ας: 
εἰ domus hee erit in exemplum. 

-2.-most: high, supreme, of God, as be 
ynbe Gen. 14, 18, 2 nim Ps. 7, 18, 
opnbs pot>s 57, 3, and simpl. “yds 9, 3. 
21,8. al. seep. —The Phenicians and Car- 
thaginians used the same word also for 
the gods, e. g. ᾿Ἡλιοῦν i. ᾳ. ὕψιστος, Philo 
Bybl. apud Euseb. Prep. Evang. 1. 10 ; 
also Alonim valonuth [Poon curbs] 
gods and goddesses, pr. superi supere- 
que Plaut. Pen. V. 1.1; comp. also pr. 
n. Abdalonimus, cubs 439, servant 
i. e. worshipper of the gods. 


ΤΌΣ Chald. id. only in plur. majest. 
me the Most High God Dan. 7, 18. 
22. 95. 27. 


22 m. « 139) one exulting, rejoic- 
ing, mostly in a bad sense, one proudly 
exulting, insolently triumphing, Is. 22, 2. 
23, 7. 24,8. 32,13. Zeph. 2, 15. Is. 13,3 
ἜΝ ED my proudly exulting war- 
riors. Zeph. 3, 11. 


| Dy m. am. deyou. Ps. 12, 7 work- 
shop, officina. Others, crucible ; so Chald. 
—R. >>> I. 3. 


ΤΡ Γ (r. DbY I. 3) Ps. 14, 1. 66, δ, 
plur. mi>b"23, work, deed, doing, 6. g. 
a) Of the glorious deeds of Jehovah Ps. 
9:19. 77, 13. 78, 11. 103, 7. Is. 12, 4. 
b) of the actions of men 1 Sam. 2, 3; 
espec. in a bad sense, of evil deeds, 
Zeph. 3, 7 omib"by 55 anmwvn they per- 
vert all their doings, i. 6. act "perversely 
altogether. Ps. 141, 4. Ez. 14, 22. 20, 
43. Zeph. 3, 11. Deut. 22, 14. 17. 


may f. (r. >b9 1) 1. ᾳ. 3959 ‘no. 1, 
worl, deed, sc. of God, Jer. 32, 19. 
MIB f(r. yd) exultation, rejoic- 


ing, Hab. 3, 14. 


m2 Chald. f. an upper chamber, loft, 
i.g. Heb. 4259, Dan. 6, 11. 


a 

1.559 i. 4. Arab. (LS, pr. to drink 
again aftera first draught (for which the 
Arabs use the verb hes), in order fully 
to quench thirst. Conj. II, to drink again 
and again, also to drink deep. This 
primary signification i is carried over into 
various tropical applications implying 
completion ; Σ e.g. to the gleaning of 


3 fields or vineyards; to the second blow 


187 





boy 


by which one already struck is cut 
down and killed; toa stripping or after- 
milking; comp. Jauhari and Firzubadi 
in Alb. Schult. Origg. Hebr.I.c.6, where 
this root is copiously treated of. In He- 
brew 52> has the following significa- 
tions : ᾿ 
1.. to glean, like {2 Conj. 11; see 
Poel no. 1, and ni>3i>. 

2. to quench thirst, trop. of lust, see 
Hithpa. Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify 
one’s desire, to indulge oneself in vexing, 
abusing, deriding any one; and hence 
to be petulant, saucy, mischievous, comp. 
Po. no. 2, 2249, 2132, ἃ petulant boy, 
abstr. bsbyn. 

3. to perform a work, to accomplish, to 
execute ; hence to do a deed, see Hithpa. 
no. 2, Hithpo. and the nouns 5733, 
nbaby, bdy0. 

ao 1. to gleana vineyard Lev. 19, 

. Deut. 24, 21. Trop. of a people, to 
es utterly cut off, Jer. 6, 9. 

2. to vex, to do evil to any one, with > 
of pers. Lam. 1, 22. 2,20 AD mbbis “20> 
whom thou hast thus vexed. 3, 51 any 
ἌΦΕΣ mdi mine eye vexeth me, i. 8. 
pains me 86. from weeping. Pass. Lam. 
1, 12 like unto my sorrow, "5 >>3> "ὮΝ 
which is brought upon me, with which I 
am pained, vexed.—For Job 16, 15 see 
in >>> II. Po. 

3. to vex, to tease, to be petulant; sau- 
c#; hence Part. bisa a boy, child, i. q. 
ddi3, Is. 3, 12: 

Hrrara: bron 1. pr. to quench 
thirst, trop. of lust, c. 2 wpon any one, 
Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify or indulge 
oneself in vexing, abusing, deriding any 
one, to mock, Sept. well ἐμπαίζω, Vulg. 
illudo, 1 Sam. 31, 4. 1 Chr. 10, 4. Num. 
22, 29. Jer. 38, 19. 

2. to exert one’s might, to do wonders, 
c. 3 Ex. 10, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 6. 

Hrrapo. to doa deed, to work, c. acc. 
Ps. 141, 4. 

Deriv. Ddis, θὴρ, ΓΒ ΟἿ», ἘΠ᾿, Nd*by, 
ΠΡΡΛΩΣ, 2227, ΞΉΡΣΊ. cos 

ὙΠ SE ie 

Il. oF i.q. Arab. he 1. to put 
in, to thrust. in, and intrans. to go in, to 


enter, like Chald. >>> q. v. 
2 to bind on, to bind fast, whence 59 


Ae yoke, like Lat. jugum a jungendo, 
Gr. fuyor from ζευγνύω. 


225 


Po. to cause to enter, to thrust in ; Job 
16,15 "7p “Ba ΞΘ» 7 have thrust 
my horn into the dust, i. e. my head. 


229 Chald. i. q. Heb. >d3 IIL. 

1. to go in, to enter, Syr. id. Spec. of 
one who is admitted to the private au- 
dience of a king, Dan. 2, 16. 24. Pret. >» 
Dan. |. c. fem. M39, Cheth. m>>d 5, 10. 
Part. plur. ">> 4, 4. 5. 8, Cheth. pbs. 

2. Of the sun, to go down, to set, Dan. 
6, 15. Comp. Heb. ἐν. 

Apu. lo bring in, to introduce any one, 
6. acc. pers. Dan. 2, 24. 6, 19; > 2, 25. 
5,7. Pret. 5330 (with 3 inmerted) Dan. 
2,25. 6,19. Imp. D971 2,24. Inf. ΠΌΣΗ 
5, 7, and moyin 4, 3. 

Horn. ΠΝ like the Heb. to be intro- 
duced, Dan. 5, 13. 15. 

ὕειν: ney, 30. 


mics} see mibbis. 


«ἦν ὁ p>» to hide, to conceal; in Kal 
found only in Part. pass. "223 hidden, 
secret, e.g. sins, Ps. 90,8.—Kindr. is 92>. 
The primitive idea is perh. that of wrap- 
ping up, comp. =>3. 

Nipu. 0293 (not pb D2) to be hidden, to 
lie hid, with 72 of es from whom, Ley. 
2, 2-4. 1K..10, 3. 2 Chr. 9, 2; 3°90 
Rey. 4, 13. Num 5, 13. Job 98. 21.— 
Part. D292 hidden Ece. 12, 14; plur. 
p>? hidden men, i.e. crafty, dissem- 
blers, Ps. 26, 4. Fem. 72532 hidden, eo- 
vered in darkness, forgotten, Nah. 3, 11. 

Hira. 0°23n, rarely with comp. Sheva 
as "a7">3T Ez. 22, 26. 

1. to hide, to conceal, c. 2 from any 
one, 2 K. 4, 27." Spec. a) 3.9 Dn 
c. 72 to hide the eyes from any one, i. 6. 
to turn away from him, a gesture im- 
plying neglect, Ez. 22, 26; refusal of 
help Is. 1, 15, comp. Prov. 28, 27; or 
also connivance Lev. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 12, 
86. 3. b) 718 D7bzn fo hide the ear, so 
as not to hear, Lam. 3,56. 6) Intrans. 
to (oneself ) Ps. 10,1; comp. maiph. 
of 15 

2. ol hide, to cover over with words, 
i. 6. to chide, to rebuke, (opp. to enlight- 
en i. e. to praise,) Job 42,3; comp. 38, 2. 

Hirap. to hide oneself; of a stream, 
Job 6,16 adti-nbems ya"b> in which the 
snow hideth itself lies hid, i.e. the melt- 
ing snow in spring, >> here implying ap- 


788 





259 
proach, see >2 no. 1. b. vy. With 72 to 
hide oneself from any person or thing, 
to turn away from, Deut. 22, 1. 3. 4. Ps, 
55, 2 "MMH Ὁ ἙΣΤΏΤΩΝ hide not thyself 
from my supplication, i. 6. turn not 
away. Is. 58, 7. 

Deriv. Bbis, bibs, προσ, Chald 
ἘΦ, pr. n. jabs, nabs. 


*I1, DD> or n>? obsol. root, i. 4. 


Arab. we pubes fuit et coéundi cupidus, 
spoken of young persons and of animals, 
Syr. soXszf id. The primitive idea 
seems to be that of fatness, fulness, so 


that 023 is kindr. with 05m q. v.-Hence 
b> and maby , ody. 


pby Chald. m. emph, ΝΣ ; plur. 
wat, emph. 8729; i. q. Heb. Dbis , re 
mote time, eternity, " everlasting: αἰών, of 
time past Ezra 4, 15; of time future 
Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31. 7, 97, whence Dan. 2, 
20 nebo) saben} 2 from everlasting to 
everlasting. So webs "Mm who liveth for 
ever sc. God Dan. 4,31 [34]. —For the 
Heb. 55135, onabiz , for ever, is put 
72235 Dan. 2, 44. 6, 97; as also in the 
salaried a aby sabe O king, live 
Sor ever, Dan. 2, 4. 3, 9. 5, 10. 6, 7. 22. 
So too N272>2>-2, 44, once wenby obs 7D 
7, 18; comp. in N. T. εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν 
αἰώνων Rev. 1, 6. 18. Gal. 1, 5." 


DP τῇ. (Ὁ. =>» II) a youth, young man, 
of marriageable age, 1 Sam. 17, 56. 20, 
22, for which "D2 inv. 21. Sept. veavi- 


79 “9 
σχος. Arab. ede, “μὲ » id. 
D2y, see in Ddi>. 


M222 fem. of tb¥, a girl, maiden, 
young woman, μι: of ates 


3 
age, like Arab. ree , Syr. 
{DseaSS, Chald. maby, i. q. A533, and | 
like Gr. γεᾶνις by Be thé Heb. maby 
is rendered in Sept. Ps. 68, 26, and Aqu. 
Symm. Theod. Is. 7,.14.—Gen. 94. 43. 
Ex. 2, 8. Prov. 30, 19. Plur. mixed Ps. 
68, 26. Cant. 1, 3. 6, 8. Spoken of a 
bride, a youthful spouse, a wife recently 
married, Is. 7, 14, comp. 4242 Joel 1 8; 
see in art. ‘ no. 2. e. p. 239. The pri- 
mary idea in this word is not that of 
unspotted virginity, for which the He 


= 1 


> 


__ brews have the special word M>4n3, see 
_ Cant. 6,8 and Prov. |. c. so that in Sept. 
Is. |. c. it is incorrectly rendered παρϑέ- 


7 


4 n. m. 








meth. 
_astation of the Israelites in the haa 


doubtful authority. 
seems to be the same with mi22> >» Ps. 
| 46, 1, i. e. with the female voice, see un- 
ΟΣ 


_ vog ; nor does it primarily signify the un- 
married state, as Hengstenberg con- 


tends, Christol. des A. T. II. p. 69; but 


simply the being of marriageable age, 
the age of puberty. So too Gr. παρϑέ- 


γος Il. 2, 514; κοράσιον Judith 16, 12; 
Lat. puella Virg. Geor. 4. 458 ; and even 


Heb. m>5ma Joel 1,8. See Corimenit, 
ad Is. L ¢+Hence mindy ἘΦ after the 
manner of maidens, see Ὧν no. 1. a. ἢ; 
i.e. with the female voice, i. q. our treble, 
soprano, opp. to the deeper voice of 
men, 1. Chr. 15, 20 (for which see 
under the root mx: I. Pi.) Ps. 46, 1. 


Forkel in his Gesch. der Musik I. p. 142, 
understands virgin measures, like the 


Germ. Jungfrauweis of the Meister- 


singer; but against the context in 1 


Chr. |. ὁ. 


qiaey (hidden, τ. 529) Almon, pr. ἢ. 


a) A town in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18; 


called in 1 Chr. 6, 45 [60] rab “Alle- 
b) nasnbsy-pinby Num. 33, 46, 


south-east of the Dead Sea. 
“pxaby a word found twice, but of 


Perhaps it should be so read. 
b) In Ps. 48, 15 the context requires it to 
be i. ᾳ. δὴν eternity, i. ᾳ. for ever and 
ever, Sept. εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, Vulg. in 
secula, as if they had read it τ 255. 
Many Mss. and editions have it m¥a->9 
even unto death, which in both cases is 
foreign to the context. 


"0>y 


“ὦ " 


Chald. gentile ἢ. from 55°» q. v. 


: Elamite, Plur. 877259 Elamnites, ‘Ezra 
“4, 9. 


ΓΡΩ3Ψ) (covering, r. 559) Alemeth, pr. 
a) 1 Chr. 7,8." b) 8, 36. 9, 42. 


ray see 7122 lett. a. 


*O>y , fut, O>97 1. ᾳ. 149 and γὸϑ, to 
exult, to rejoice, Job 20 18. 

Nipx. 0233 id. Job 39, 13 ὉΠ29Ὑ Ὡ)29 
Moby) the wing of the ostrich exulls, i. e. 
moves itself joyfully, swiftly. Comp. 


q Hom. Il. 2. 462 ἀγαλλόμεναι πτερύγεσσι. 
Ἶ 


189 


a) In Ps. 9, 1 it 





Oo» 


Hirup. to make oneself joyful, to age 
oneself, Prov. 7, 18. 


eh er a very doubtful root, which 
some suppose to be i. q. 93> to sip up, to 
suck up, and thence derive fut. Pi.4>23" 
they suck up Job 39, 30. More prob. it 
ought. to read 1»>3>.(changing * into 
>, a letter of the same form but larger) 
i. 6. ΣΌΣ or 499d they sip up eagerly, 
pret. Pilel from ‘pad, a form often used 
of rapid and eager motion. ) Seed in dad. 


92¥ Chald. f. i. q. Heb. DX, a rib, 
plur. yobs Dan. 7, 5. 


. bb» in Kal not used, pr. to cover, to 


wrap up; Arab. Wahé to lay up in a 
chest, casket, eto. Gr. καλύπτω. Comp. 
ΗΝ no 1. r 

Puat 523 1.0 be covered over, Cant. 
5, 14. 

2. to be overcome, to be languid, to 
faint, see the synon. MB , HO , Is. 51, 20. 
So of trees Ez. 31, 15, wittke meby i is for 
np>e and refers to M1wM "sD by the rule 
in Heb. Gr. δ 143. 3. 

Hirup. 1. to veil oneself Gen. 38, 14. 

2. i. ᾳ. Pu. no. 2, to be overcome, to be- 
come languid, to faint, e. g. from heat | 
Jon. 4,8; from thirst Am. 8, 13. 


mpoy see in 2: 9 Pu. no. 2. 


y23 fut. 7207, ig. 159 and 059, to 
exult, to rejoice, to be joyful, Prov. 11, 
10. 28,12. So minva y>> to rejoice in 
Jehovah Ps. 5, 12. 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2,1; 
"1 "2p> id. Ps. 68,4. With > to exult 
over any one, to triumph, Ps. 25, 2 - 
Trop of things 1 Chr. 16, 32. 

Deriv. ΤΗΣ ᾿ς 


* Dod obsol. root, Arab. gle, to 


adhere, to be affixed, spec. of leeches ; 
Syr. LoS visgous, Hence Mp3>2 leech, 


q. ν. 
TINY see in ΔῸΣ 


DY? in st. absol. with conj. ace. and in 
constr. but ὩΣ with disj. acc. and with 
art. D9; 6. suff. "29, iad; Plur. 0729, 
constr. “a9 ; rarely aoe Neh. 9, 22, 
constr. many 9, 24. 029 Judg. 5, 14, in 
the Arameean manner (see “below in 


py 


Chald. 0); masc. rarely fem. (collect.) 
Ex. 5,16. Judg.18,7. Jer.8,5. Β΄. ΒΡ. 

1. a people, nation, so called as being 
congregated together, or from their com- 
mon interests, etc. q. d. community, com- 
monwealth. Syr. Chald. Samarit. id. 


9 
ι = . aA G << 
Arab. to be in common, Xele the 


common people, plebs ; see in r. DY .— 
Constr. with sing. and also as collect. 
with plur. both of verbs and adj. Ex. 5, 
5. Judg. 2, 4. 7. 3,18. 9,37. 2 K. 14, 21. 
21, 24. Is. 9,1. 8. 65,3. Often of a peo- 
ple, properly so called, “ coetum juris con- 
sensu et utilitatis communione socia- 
apg Cic. ap. Augustin. Civ. Dei 2.21; 
6. g. the people of Israel 5x3" D> 2 Sam. 
18,7; called also Fin" =) Ex. 15, 16. 
Num. 11, 29. Judg. δ, 11. 1 Sam. 2, 24; 
pon DD Judg. 20, 2; "Δ rms f=) 
Deut. 4, 20; wip oy Is. 62, 12; also 
genr. af any other people, as D>} ἘΦ, 
md} 5D, every people Esth. 1, 22. 3, 12. 
8, 9. Neh. 13, 24; to eae one people 
Gen. 34, 16. 22, comp. 11, 6. Deut. 1, 28 
a people greater and taller than we. 2, 
10. 21. 20,1. So yoXn oD the people of 
the land, i. e. the Canaanites Gen. 23, 
12. 13. Num. 14,9; the Egyptians Gen. 
42,6; winded the people of Chemosh, 
i. 6. Moab, Num. 21,29. Jer. 48.46. So 
too plur. ὩΣ nations Gen. 17, 16. Ps. 
45,6. 18. 47,4. Is. 2, 3. 10,13. 14,6. 17, 
12. al. πὶ "22 Deut. 28, 10; ΟΥ̓Χ INA a> 
Ezra 3, 3.—Sometimes ἘΦ stands in a 
narrower sense, for any number or mul- 
titude of persons, even not associated, 
like Engl. people, some people, comp. 


Arab. “5 a people, also some people. 
Num. 21,6 5x77 29 cd m2" and there 
died imtich people of Israel. 1 Sam. 9, 
24 I have invited the people, i. e. the 
guests, thirty persons, ν. 22. Judg. 3, 18. 
Ps. 18,28 "29 ἘΦ ‘he afflicted ‘ones ; comp. 
ΤῚΣ a Gen. 20,4. See belowin lett.c. 

With a genit. in various ways, 6. g. 
the people of a king, who are riled by 
him, Ex. 7, 28; the people of Jehovah, 
of Chemosh, who worship them, see 
above, and comp. Ex. 6, 7. Lev. 26, 12. 
Deut. 27, 9. al. So of private persons, 
e. g. my people, among whom I belong, 
am a citizen, Lev. 17. 10, 23,.30. Num. 
5, 27. Esth. 2, 10. 20. Ruth 1, 10. al. the 


790 





ὩΣ 


people of Mordecai, the Jews, Esth. 3, 6. 
Hence 29 "23 the children of my people, 
my countrymen, my fellow-citizens,Gen. 
23, 11; poet "> m2 id. see in M3 no. 5, 


Lam. 2, 11. 3, 48. 4, 3.6; comp. P28 


no. 3.—Also the people of a city, its 


inhabitants, Gen. 19, 4. 47, 21; ; Dbtans oy | 


2 Chr. 32, 18, comp. Lam. 1, i =n 
pS “nas the city full of people, thronged 
with inhabitants. So VIN ἘΣ the peo- 
ple of a land, its inhabitants, 2 K. 11, 
18-20. 15, 5. 16, 15. 25, 19. al. put some- 
times for the common people in distinc- 
tion from the kings and nobles Ez. 7, 27. 
Hence the Rabbinic 778 &> for a ple- 
beian, boor, opp. to one learned.—Once 
ἘΣ τ a non-people, i.e. not God’s people, 
gentiles, barbarous enemies, sings 32, 
21; parall. 523 "4a. 

Sines: ἘΦ is used in a narrower mie 
also wider sense : ° 

a) Of a single tribe, race, e. g. OD 
ἼΒΡΗΞῚ Judg. 5, 18; though here it may 
be taken as men. soldiera see in lett. Ὁ. 
Piur. 07> often of the tribes of Israel, 
Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 32, 8.+33, 3. 19. Is. 3 
13. Hos. 10, 14. Ps. 47,2. 10. Comp. the 
Athenian δῆμοι.--- ΑἸδο of one’s family, 
kindred, as 2 K. 4, 13 "234 "BD Fins 
nao" I dwell among mine own family ; 
and espec. plur. "5 "29 one’s kindred, 
friends, Lev. 19, 16. 21, 1.4. Soin the 
phrases apy FON? to be gathered to 
his kindred, i.q. ‘sepiagnbay ’ 2, see in FON 
Niph. no. 1; also "ΒΦ Ὁ ns to be cut 
off from his people, kindred, Gen. 17, 14. 
Lev. 7, 20. 21; see in M32 Niph. no. 2. 


Comp. Arab. “ uncle, and the proper 
names >S"2d, THIS, DID ὸ 

b) Of common soldiers, men, Hom. 
λαός, opp. to the leaders, chiefs ; Judg. 8, 
5 "b3n2 tx oem the people (soldiers) 
that follow me. 5, 2. 9, 36.37. Fully ἘΦ 
ἈΞ Num. 31, 32; honben ἘΦ Josh. 8, 
13. 10,911, 7. 

b) Of attendants, servants, i. q. 2 "WIN 
one’s men, one’s people ; Gen. 32,8 O27 
IAN TWN his servants. 33, 15. 1K. i9, 
21. 2K. 4,41. Also of the attendants, 
followers, train of a prince, ete. Judg. 3, 
18. Ecc. 4, 16. Cant. 6, 12 > misD% 
a") the chariote of a princely train ; 3 the 
s— is here not suffix, but paragogic an 
the constr, state, 


| 


| 
| 


: 


| 


ΩΣ ἘΝ Ὁ 


d) Inawidersense for the human race, 
all mankind, q. ἃ. the people of the earth. 
15. 42,5 πὴ» md> mow: jm that giveth 
breath to the "people upon it sc. the earth. 

40, 7. Ps. 45, 13 59 "1°82 the richest of 
people, i.e. the Tyrians. So in irony, Job 
2,2 ἘΦ OMN,7D DION no doubt but ye 
are all the world, and wisdom will die 
2. Poet. of animals, a race, troop, flack, 
Prov. 30, 25. 26. ae 74, 14; comp. "ia 


no. 2. So Arab. zal and Gr. δῆμος. 


DY Chald. m. α people, Dan. 2, “ 3 
29; emphat. δ» Ez. 7, 13. 16. 25; 

4, 12. Plur. emphat. x20 Dan. 3, ys i 
31. 5. 19. 6, 26. 7, 14.—Syr: [Sex, plur. 


feos. 























DY pr. conjunction, communion, from 
the root 29, but used only as a parti- 
cle, viz. 

A) Adv. therewith, therewithal, at the 


. , , e- 
same time, Gr. σῦν, μετὰ, Arab. Lex. 


1 Sam. 17,42 for he was red-haired 75" ἘΣ 
Sil and withal comely of aspect. aS 
2.—Usually 

 B) Prep. ὁ. suff. "29 (for which also 
“12> is used, see 72>), 72> (in pause 
and fem.. 722), i>, ad, ὈΞῺΦ, od 
Gen. 18, 16, and om Num. 22, 12. Syr. 


"ὦ, Arab. by transp. leak “0 

1. with, Lat. cum (which indeed has 
the same origin, see in 0%), pr. of ac- 
companiment, attendance, society ; Gen. 
13,1 189 vids and Lot with him. 18, 
10. 1 Sam. 9, 24, 22, 5. Nah. 3, 12. 
Hence spec. 

a) Of help, aid, Gen. 21, 22 pnb 
ΞΡ God is with thee i. e. aids thee. 
Sam. 14, 45; hence after verbs of 


γα. V. etc. 
a a Of mutual and joint action, as P>n 
ΝΡ to divide with any one Prov. 29, 24; 
to inherit with any one Gen. 22, 10; to 
make a covenant wilh any one, see M2 ; 
also DY 733 (see 725) to talk with any 
‘one, and hence 9 923 a word spoken 
with any “one Job 15, 11. °2-Chr.-1,-9. 
BD 32W to lie with any one Gen. 19, 32 
sq. 30, ‘1b. 
6) Ina hostile sense with, for agastiae 
- 





191 ὩΣ 


as 09 ἘΠῚ32) to fight or make war with 
any one; SY P28} to wrestle wiih ; 34 
t> to strive with any one; also Ps. 55, 
19 "Tad 443 BM|I Ἵ2 for with many 8. 
lies are they with me, i. e. do they come 
against me. 94, 16 who will help me ὩΣ 
ΠΡ contending with the wicked ? Job 
9,14. 10,17. 16,21.17,3. Ὁ 

d) With verbs of doing, i. e. to do 
with any one well or ill, to do him good 
or evil, to treat him well or ill, as nv 
BS aid, oD TOM ΠῺΣ Josh. 2, 12. Ps. 119, 


- 65; = ΞΟΠ to do good to any one 


Gen. 32, 10; BY ΠΝ to be on good 
terms with any one Ps. Ὅ0, 18; also Ὁ 2 
BD 18, 24; mY δῦ, see εὐθ; by γ159 
Ps. 78, 37. 

e) From the idea of accompanying, 
proceeds also that of a common lot, 
event, etc. Gen. 18, 23 wilt thou destroy 
the righteous with the wicked ? i. e. as 
the wicked. v. 25. Job 3, 14. 15. 21, 8. 
Ps. 73, δ. Ecc. 2, 16 the wise dieth with 
the fool, as well as the fool, the same lot 
falls to both.—Hence 

f) As referred to any kind of οὐδεν 
likeness, etc. Job 40,15 lo! behemoth 
(the hippopotamus) whom Ihave created 
2» equally with thee, as well as thee. 
9, 26. Ps. 73, 25 YIN3 "AYN Nd Fay 80 
as with thee I delight in nothing upon 
earth. Coupled with verbs of likeness, 
n> 5 2 to be compared with, i. 6. to be 
like to any thing Ps. 143, 7. 

g) Of likeness in respect to time; Ps. 
72, 5 wow pd FAR they shall reve- 
rence thee with the sun i. 6. 80 long as 
the sun endures. Comp. Dan. 3, 33; 
also Ovid Amor. 1. 15. 16, “cum sale et 
luna semper Aratus erit.” 

2. with, i. q. at, by, near, spoken of 
nearness, vicinity, etc.’ "82 ἘΦ al or by 
the well Gen. 25, 11 ; 52 ἘΦ by or near 
Shechem (the city) 35,4; min oD by 
i. 6. before Jehovah, at his sanctuary 
1 Sam. 2, 21; 28 ἘΦ αἱ 1. 6. before the 
face of any one Job 1, 12. Hence, ‘to 
dwell with any one,’ i. e. in his house or 
family, Gen. 27, 44; in or among his 
people 23,4; ‘to serve with any one,’ 
i. e. to be his servant Gen. 29, 25. 30.— 
Spec. ‘with or by any one’ is said: 

a) For in the house of any one, chez 
quelqu’un ; see the above examples, and 
also Gen. 24, 25 straw and provender 


ny 792 py 


enough is 3239 with us, in our house. In 
the later Hebrew fully written “Ὁ ΔΒ ἘΦ 
1 Chr. 18, 14. 

b) For in nes body ; Job 6, 4 the ar- 
rows of the Almighty are "7729, Sept. ἐν 
τῷ σώματί μου. Oftener 

c) For in one’s mind ; Job 27, 11 “WN 
“MON ND "aU) OD what is with the Al- 
mighty will I notsconceal, i. e. what is in 
his mind, how he is disposed. 9, 35 δὲ 
"32D "DIN j2 nol so am J with myself, 
i.e. not so disposed in mind sc. that I 
should fear. Num. 14, 24. Also of pur- 
pose, intention ; Job 10,13 ΓΤ 42 "ADI" 
ἼΞΣ I know that this is with thee, that 
such is thy purpose. 23,14. Of that 
which one knows, is acquainted with ; 
Ps. 50, 11 the beasts of the field are with 
me, in my mind, i. e. I know them all ; 
parall. wo ae Job 15,9. Of one’s opin- 
ion, judgment, 6. g. >§ DD PIE to be 
just with God, i. 6. in the, view of God, 
Job 9,2. 25,4; comp. Lat. “apud me 
multum valet hee opinio,” Arab. Gdic 
‘with me’ i. 6. in my opinion.—In the 
later Hebrew more fully written “a> DD, 
"32> cd, like the Gr. μετὰ φρεσίν, Lat. 
apud animum statuere, proponere ;. Ecc. 
1,16 "39 BY "MID3 Jcommuned with my 
heart, thought within myself. Deut. 8, 5. 
Ps. 77,7. 2 Chr. 1, 11; so of purpose 1 
Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 7. 8. 24, 4. 
29, 10; of that which one knows Josh. 
14, 7. 1K. 10, 2. 2 Chr. 9, 1. 

d) Also with men is often said for 
among them, in the midst of them, 
as Gr. μεϑ᾽ ἑταίρων, ust ἀνδράσι, Lat. 
apud exercitum, for in exercitu; comp. 
Germ. mit, which comes from the same 
root with Mitte and Gr. μετά, also Engl. 
mid, amid, amidst. Is. 38, 11 "320" &» 
bin with (amid) the inhabitants of the 
world. 2 Sam. 13, 23 DIIDX BY in the 
midst of Ephraim. 

e) Metaph. notwithstanding, comp. 


a in B. no. 2. 6. Arab. 20 De Sacy 


Gr. Arabe I. ὃ 1094. ed.2. So ΠῚ ἘΦ 1. α. 
in Engl. with this, for all this, i. 6. not- 
withstanding, Neh. 5, 18. 

Nore. In many of its significations 59 
accords with mx Il; and hence Ewald 
proposes to derive the latter from ὩΣ, i. 6. 
maz, contr. mM, which is then changed 
to mx, Krit. Gramm. p. 608. But 





that both their origin and prim 
force are different, is sufficiently shown 
above. 

3. With 12 prefixed, 522 (Arab. 
Otis \.p0), spoken of those who go 
JSroma person or place with, at, by whom 
or which they previously were, Fr. 
@avec. Similar is M82 p. ett: bie 

a) from with, from one’s vicinity, 
neighbourhood, after verbs of going 
away, departing, Gen. 13, 14. 26, 16; of 
dismissing Deut. 15,12. al, mayan ἘΣ 
Srom near the altar Ex. 21, 14. Deut. 
23, 16. Judg. 9, 37. Job 28, 4. 

b) from one’s house, de chez quelqu’un, 
comp. ὮΦ no. 2.a. ΤΣ toa from the 
house of Pharaoh Ex. 8, 8. 25, 26. 9, 33. 
10, 6. 18. 

c) Srom one’s power, i.e. from any one, 
after verbs of receiving, taking, 2 Sam. 
3, 15; of demanding Ex. 22, 13; of buy- 
ing 2 Sam. 24, 21. Often of God; from 
whom,as the author and cause any 
shisw ἀκα δον νὴ Ps. 121, 2 my help com- 
eth Hin ἘΣ from Jehovah. Is. 8, 18 
we are signs and wonders to Israel ἘΞ 
mins from Jehovah, i.e. sent by him for 
this intent. 7,11. 29,6. 1 K.2,33. 2Chr. 
10,15. Arab. dds up ex jussu, ex 
voluntate alic. 

d) from one’s mind, heart, etc. 1 Siam 
16, 14 the spirit of the Lord 
ἘΝ ὉΣ Ὁ from with Saul, from his mind 
and heart. Hence of a judgment or 
opinion proceeding from any one, Job 
34, 33 doth God retribute ΩΡ according 
to thy mind? 2 Sam. 3, 28; of purpose 
or intent Gen. 41, 32. 1 Sam. 20, 33. 

6) from among, comp. © no. 2. ἃ 
78 057 Ruth 4, 10. 


BY Chald. i.q. Heb. with, cum, ot ao, 
companiment Dan. 2, 18. 43. 6, 22. ἢ 
13 one like the Son of Man came %9 
N00 "23 2 with the clouds of heaven ᾿ 
comp. μετὰ πνοιῆς ἀνέμοιο Od. 2, 148. 
In a hostile sense, with i. e. against 
Dan. 7, 21, see Heb. ἘΦ no. 1. c.—Of 
time during which any thing is done, 
comp. the Heb. no. 1. σ᾽; 87573 oD 
Eng. by night, Dan. 7, 2; so Arab, 
ΔΗ dic. Also 7) 77 ἘΞ with all 


generations, i. e. so long as the genera- 


tions of men shall endure, Dan. 3, 33. 


4, 31. 
ν΄ 








Ta 


ἔν. ‘Way fat. ὭΣ. 1. to stand ; 
Chald. and Talm. to stand up, see in 


᾿ Ss 3 
no. 4. Arab. and Eth. more freq. οἷο 


U@ a column; whence in the verb 
ec Conj. I, Il, IV, and UP to 
make stand, to prop up, sc. by a col- 
umn, etc. In the Syriac church καὶ 

‘to baptize,’ perh. because the per- 
son to be bapt.zed stood in the water ; 
but see Castell. Lex. Syr. ed. Michaelis 
sub v.—Spoken of men Gen. 24, 30. 31. 
41, 17. al. sep. of beasts Gen. 41, 3; of 
things Deut. 31, 15. Josh. 3, 16. 11, 13. 
It implies not only that one already 
stands in a place, but also that he comes 
to stand there, q.d. to take a stand, to 


place oneself; as 1 K. 20, 38 >> 7223 


Wran->s and he stood to meet the king 
on the way. 1 Sam. 17,51 he ran and 
stood by the Philistine. Hab. 3, 11 the 
sun and the moon stood in (betook them- 
selves into) their dwelling ; so 782 72> 
to stand in the breach, see in 78. The 
place in or upon which one stands is 
put with 3 Ps. 1,1; oftener with >> 
Hab. 2, 1. Jer. 6, 16. Ez. 11, 23. 2 Chr. 
30, 16; also 239 >> 52> [0 ‘atand upon 
one’s feet Ez. 2,1. Zech. 12,12. But 
by ΩΦ is further to stand near any 
one (see 59 A. 3. a), i.e. to come near, 
2 Sam. 1, 9.10; and then trop. «) to 
stand by or Yor. i.e. to succour, to de- 


_ fend, comp. >» A. 2. b. Dan. 12, 1. 


Esth. 8, 11. 9, 16; comp. > Esp Ps. 94, 
16. 8) to stand over, ἷ. 6. to be set over, 
Num. 7,2. 7) to stand upon, i. 6. to 
confide in, Ez. 33,26; so Syr. > sao. 
Also with "22>, once "25-ry 1 K. 12,6 
where 2 Chr. 10, 6 "28>, to stand before 
any one Gen. 18, 22; ‘usually i q- to 
serve, to minister unto him, 6. g. to a 
king or leader Deut. 1, 38. 1 K. 1, 28. 
10, 8. Dan. 1, 5. Jer. 52, 12; comp. "2 
aban ἘΞ to stand in the king's palace 


Dan. 1,4. So to stand before Jehovah, 


to act as his servant and minister, e. g. 
of the priests and Levites Deut. 10, 8. 
Judg. 20, 28, comp. Ps. 134, 1; the pro- 


_ phets 1 K. 17, 1. 18,15. 2 K. 5, 16. Jer. 


15,19. Also 1. ᾳ. to enter upon a ser- 


_ vice or ministry, Gen. 41, 46.—Once 7729 
. "2B? of sexual intercourse Lev. 18, 23. 


67 


793 





Tay 


2. to stand, i. e. to stand firm, to per- 
sist, to endure, opp. to fall, to perish. 
Ece. 1, 4 ΓΘ 02122 yINN the earth 
standeth for ever. Ps. 102, 27 they (the 
heavens) shall perish, but thou endurest. 
Ps. 33, 11 the decree of Jehovah stand- 
eth for ever. 19,10. 111, 3. Ex. 18, 29, 
Am. 2,15. Hos. 10,9. Hence, to con- 
tinue, not to die, Ex. 21, 22; of things, 
not to perish, Jer. 32, 14. Also ‘> 
m2m>%2 fo stand firm in battle Ez. 13, 5. 
With "25> to stand before any one, i.e. to 
bear up against him, to resist him, Ps. 
76, 8. 130, 3. 147, 17. Nah. 1, 6; more 
rarely c. "283 Josh. 21, 44. 23, 9; 723 
Kee. 4, 13 ; 5 Dan. 11, 8; simply Dab. 
11, 25. 82. With 3 to persist, to perse- 
vere in any thing, 15. 47, 12. Eee. 8, 3. 

2 K. 23, 3; once c. acc. Ez. 17; 14 to 
keep the covenant and ΠΡ ΤΩΣ to stand to 
it ; comp. Esth. 3, 4 whether Mordecai’s 
matters would stand, i. e. whether he 
would persist in that course. ‘ 

3. to stand, i. e. to stand still, to stop, 
opp. to go on, to proceed. 1 Sam. 20, 38 
haste, 122m ἘΝ stop not. Gen. 19, 17. 45, 
9. Jer.4,6. Of things, as the sun stand- 
ing still in his course Josh. 10, 3; oil no 
longer flowing 2 K.4,6; the sea becom- 
ing calm Jon. 1,15. Hence a) fo stay, 
io remain in a place, c. 3 2 K. 15, 20; 
mx, >> of pers. Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam. 20,11; 
absol. Ez. 9, 28. Of things, Dan. 10, 17. 
Jer. 48, 11,-Ecc. 2,9. Often to remain 
in any state, condition, c. 3 Lev. 13, 5. 
37. b) With Ὁ to stop from doing any 
thing, to leave off, to desist. Gen. 29,35 
ΓΞ sam and left bearing. 30, 9. 

4. to stand, i.e. to stand up, to rise up, 
io arise, i.g. DIP; Sept. ἀνίστημι. Lev. 
19, 16 W327 OF 59 TaDM ND nor shalt thou 
rise up eet the blood of thy neighbour. 
Elsewhere only in the later Heb. e. g. of 
one who rises up to speak 2 Chr. 20, 5. 
24, 20; or for help Is. 47,13. Dan. 12,1; 
of a new king or prince Dan. 8, 23. 11, 
2. 3. 20. Ecc. 4,15; of one who rises from 
the dead Dan. 12, 13. Of things, to 
arise, e. g. deliverance Esth. 4,14; war 
1Chr. 20, 4. Dan. 11, 31.—With >», 
to rise up against any one, Dan. 8, 25... 
11, 14. 1 Chr. 21, 1.°2 Chr. 20, 23; comp. 
Ezra 10; 15.—Once, to stand forth, 1. 6. 
to exist, to be; Ps. 33, 9 Tad3 MAX NA 
he (God) commanded, and it stood forths. 


\ 


Tay 


5. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to be set, con- 
stituled, appointed ; Ezra 10, 14 “377239 
Ἴ2 2 x2 let now our rulers be appointed. 

Hipx. "235, fut. 77992 1. Causat. 
of Kal no. ἢ to make stand, to set, to 
place, e.g. a person (or thing Ex. 24, 
11)i in any place, with 3, 59, "25>, aécort 
ing to the nature of the cae ; Gen. 47, 
7. Lev. 14, 11. 16, 7. 27, 8. 1. Num. 3, 
6. 5, 16. 18. 30. Is. 21,6. Ps. 31, 9. al. 
Hence to set up, e.g. statues, idols, 2 
Chr. 33,19; a house, to build up, 2 Chr. 
_ 24,13. Ezra 2, 68. 9,9; doors Neh. 6, 1. 
~ 7°12 Ti8p. to set up, to constitute, to 
appoint,e.g. a) To any office, to set 
over any charge, 1 K. 12; 32. 1 Chr. 15, 
16. 2 Chr. 11, 22. 19, 8. 31, 2. Esth. 4, 
5. al. Ὁ) to appoint, to establish, c. acc. 
2 Chr. 30,5; acc. and dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 
38, 8 (in 2 K. 21,8 m2). Ps. 30, 8. 105, 
10; >> of pers. Neh. 10, 33. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to make stand 
Jirm, i.e. to establish, to maintain, to 
preserve, 1 K. 15, 4. 2 Chr. 9,8. Prov. 
29, 4; to preserve alive Ex.9,16. ‘Trop. 
to confirm, i.q. ἘΞ, 2 Chr. 35, 2. Dan. 
11, 14 to confirm the vision sc. by the 
event. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to make stand 
still, to settle, to compose, sc. the features, 
2K. 8,11. Also to set oneself, to stand, 
to stand still, 2 Chr. 18, 34; parall. in 
1K. 22, 35 is Hoph. 

4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to 
arise, to raise up, Job 34, 24; a prophet 
Neh. 6,7; an army Dan. 11, 31.13; a 
wind Ps. 107, 25. 

Horn. to be set, placed, Lev. 16, 10; 
to remain 1 K. 22, 35. 

Deriv. 723, Md, 
2372. 


kh τ 


Tray, ΤΩΡ, 


“TJ. TOP ἅπ. λεγόμ. in Hip. but of 
doubtful authority ; Ez. 29, 7 W723} 
ἘΣΘ ΟΞ o>, which is manifestly for 
"12" ‘Dan (and thou madest all their 
loins to shake, tremble, comp. Ps. 69, 24. 
Syr. id. Sept. συνέκλασας. But Whether 
the letters are thus transposed by some 
special usage of the language, or merely 
by a corruption in this one passage, is 
uncertain. In any case this form is pro- 
bably to be reckoned among the many 
licences or barbarisms in the language 
of Ezekiel. 


794, 





ray 


‘TO2 prep. i. ᾳ. ἘΦ, found only with 
suff. of 1 pers. "72> i. q. "4D with me 
Gen. 21, 23. 31, 5; by or with me, in 


my house, etc. Gen. 29, 19.27. Other — 


examples see under 0>.—This form has 
no connection with the root 29 to stand, 
but belongs rather to an obsol. root 
1723 i. q. ‘39 to bind, to connect, and 


-@ 
corresponds to the Arab. ic. See 
in 523 no. 1. ον 

"ὩΣ m. (r. 22) only ὁ. suff. “722, 
a word of the later Heb. i. q. DIP. a 
stand, i. e. place where one stands, Dan. 
8, 17. 18. 10,11. Neh. 8, 7. 9, 3. 13, 11. 
2 Chr. 30, 16. 34, 31. 35, 10. 


TAY , see in T2d. 


MJY f. a station, domicil, Mic. 1, 11. 


R. 329. 


* $1722 obsol. root, with the idea of 
society, companionship, communion, like 
r.039. Deriv. m2. 


MOY f. (τ. pad) 1. Pr. subst. a ga- 
thering, conjunction. communion ; found 
only in constr. ΤΩΡ Ecce. 5, 15, elsewhere 
ΓΆΡ, c. suff. ἜΣΘ ; once ‘pimp Ez. 
45, Ὺ; always as Prep. i. g. D9, viz. 

a) together with, i. e. by, at, ned, Ex. 
25, 27. 28, 27. 37, 14. 39, 20. Ley. 3, 9. 

b) Spec. of persons or things which 
move along parall. to and near each 


other, so as to be over against each 


other; 2 Sam. 16, 13 and Shimei went 


along on the hill’s side ina>> over — 


against him (the king), and threw stones 
inaz> over against him, i.e. he kept 
along by the side of the king’s train, and 
threw stones and cast dust, not directly 


at the king, comp. v. 6. Ez. 40,18. 42, 7. 
—Also of things which take place at the — 


same time; Ez. 1, 20 and the wheels 
were lifted up Dra>> together with them, 
i.e. at the same time with them. v. 21. 
3, 13. 10, 19. 11, 22. Comp. ἘΦ no. 1. g. 
Hence 


c) equally with, like, even as; 1 Chr. — 


24, 31 these cast lots cnn md> even 


as their brethren. 26, 12. 16. Neh. 12, 


24. Ecce. 7, 14. Emphat. Ecc. 5, 15 


map->2 altozether as, in all points ‘like 


as; comp. Tid">> Job 17, 3. 


d) along with, 1. ὦ Bestaee Bz. 45,6. 


comp. v. 1. 48, 13. 18. 21. 








Vay 


2. Ummah, pr. n. of a town in Asher, 
Tosh. 19, 30. 


‘TIDY m. (τ. 722) plur. ov, Dvn, 
constr. "722. 

la column, pular, Judg. 16, 55." 26. 
1K.7,2 sq. 42271 79> the column of 
cloud Ex. 33,9. 10, and ONT “92> the 


‘column of fire 13, 22. The pillars of 


heaven, i. 6. loft} mountains, Job 26, 11 ; 
of the earth Job 9, 6. Ps. 75, 4. 

2. a stand, platform, elevated place 
for standing, 2 K. 11, 14. 23, 3. 


ΤΩΣ ig. “22742 (comp. Gen. 19, 38, 


_ viz. son of my kindred, i.e. born of in- 


cest ; from © no. 1. a, with the syllable 
rh satel, as 1121 from DIP, ὙἼ ΘΝ Ἢ from 
Dx) Awimon, pr. n. of the son of Lot 


_ by his youngest daughter Gen. 19, 30 


sq. Also for the Ammonites deecended 
from him, who dwelt beyond the Jordan 
in the tract of country between the 
streams Jabbok and Arnon, 1 Sam. 11, 
11; oftener ὩΣ "22 Num. 21, 24. Deut. 
2, 37. 3,16. al. For their country see 


- Deut. 3, 16. Job 12, 2. Judg. 11,13. In 


Ez. 25, 2-5 yia~"22 is put for "22 YIN 


9. like the Lat. ‘in Bruttios, ‘Sam- 


nites, profectus est,’ i. e. into their terri- 
tory. See Reland Palestina p. 103. 
Ersch and Gruber’s Encycl. art. Am- 
mon, Vol. III. p. 371.—The gentile n. is 
ἜΣ, ἢ ΤΩΡ, Ammonite Deut. 23, 4. 
1 Sam. 11, 1.2. 1 K. 14, 21. 2 Chr. 24, 
26; plur. f. mitzimd 1 K. 11, 1. Neh. 13, 


_ 23, where Keri has mi*723. 


DvP (borne up, sustained, τ. 29) 
Amos, pr.n.of a prophet, Am. 1,1. 7, 8 sq. 
Bue 5 
pI 


PAP (deep, τ. p2>) Amok, pr. ἢ. m. 


"Neh. 12, 7. 20. 


28AY (servant of God, see in ἘΦ no. 
1. 6) Ammiel, pr. n. m. a) Num. 13, 
12. b) 2 Sam. 9, 4. 5.17, 27. c)1 
Chr. 26,5. d) 1 Chr. 3,5; for which 


28am. 11, 3 o>7bx. 


f 


ib. v. 28. 


THI"AY (one of the tribe of Judah, 
for 757" "2>) Ammihud, pr.n.m. 8) 
2 Sam. 13, 37 Keri. b) Num. 1, 10. 2, 
18. 1 Chr. 7, 26. c) Num. 34,20. 4d) 
e) 1 Chr. 9, 4. 


ΣΤ ἘΦ (kindred of the giver, i. 6. 


_ Jehovah, comp. x3, "3NYa>) Ammi- 


zabad, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 6. 


795 ; 





buy 


ὩΣ (kindred of nobles) Ammi- 
hur, pr.n.m. 2 Sam. 13, 37 Cheth. for 
ana» lett. a. 


372°2 (kindred of the prince) Am- 
minadab, pr.n.m. a) Ex. 6,23. Num. 
1,7. Ruth 4,19. 1Chr.2,10. b) 15,10. 
11. c) 1Chr. 6, 7. 


p22 Chald. adj. (τ. pad) deep, pro- 
found ; trop. hidden, unsearchable, Dan. 
2, 22. 


“ΠῺΣ m. (τ. 72d) 1. pr. a handful of 
grain as cut down, before it is gathered 
into sheaves, Jer. 9, 22. 

2. a sheaf, i.q. 139, Am. 2,13. Mic. 
4,12. Zech. 12, 6.—Chald. 8393 id. 


"JW"OY (kindred i. e. servant of the 
Almighty, comp. >x"22) Ammishaddai, 
pr. n. m. Num. 1, 12. 2, 25. 


PAY f.(r. ΠΏΣ) 1. society, compa- 
nionship; Zech. 13, 7 "3d "ΔῈ the 
man of my fellowship, i.e. my compa- 
nion. 

2. Concer. i. ᾳ. 59, ὃ πλησίον, neigh- 
bour, fellow-man, Lev. 5, 21. 18, 20. 19, 
11. 15. 17. 24, 19. 25, 14.15. 17. In this 
signif. it is also joined (ad sensum) with 
a masc. Lev. 19, 17. 


* 5139 fat. devs, to labour, with the 
idea of effort and exhaustion, to toil, 
Eee. 5, 15; c. > to labour for any one, 
Prov. 16, 26; c. 3 to labour in or upon 
any thing, Jon. 4,10. Ecc. 2,21. Ps. 127, 
1.—Ece. 1, 3 φῶ buy-boe of all the 
labour wherewith ‘he toileth. 2, 19. 20. 


5,17. Arab. Aves to labour, to make. 


Syr. \&4s to labour, to be fatigued. 
Deriv. the two following. 


209 τη. (once f. Ece. 10,15.) 1. la- 
bour, toil, i.e. a) pr. Ecc. 1,3 2,11. 
3, 13. 4, 8; trop. of the mind Ps. 73, 16. 
Meton. fruit of labour, Ps. 105, 44. Ecc. 
2,19. b) travail, sorrow, anguish, mi- 
sery, including the idea of wearisome 
and painful effort, Sept. πόνος, μόχϑος, 
κόπος, Gen. 41, 52. Deut. 26,7. Job 3, 
10. 4, 8. 7,3. Ps. 7, 15. 73, 5. Often 
coupled with synonymous words, as 
TI bad Ps. 10, 7. 90,10; das 718 Ps. 
55,113 O32) bas Ps, 10, 14, etc. Job 
16, 2 by “2m miserable comforters 


yap) 796 


Is. 53,11 259 5222 from the travail i.e. 
sorrow of his soul—In Num. 23, 21. Is. 
10, 1, it is sometimes rendered iniquity, 
fault, i.g. 718; but the signification, 
sorrow, misery, may well be adopted in 
both. 

2. Amal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 


2A m. adj. (τ. 589) plur. ὈΠΡΏΡ. 

1. labouring, toiling, with severe ef- 
fort and exhaustion; often put with 
personal pronouns for a finite verb, Ece. 
2, 22. 4, 8. 9,9. Hence a labourer, 
workman, Judg. 5, 26. Prov. 16, 26. 

2. sorrowful, wretched, Job 3, 20. 20, 
22. 


P2029 Amalek, pr. n. 1. The Ama- 
lekites, a very ancient people Gen. 14, 7. 
Num. 24, 20, who inhabited the regions 
on the south of Palestine between Idu- 
mea and Egypt, comp. Ex. 17, 8-16. 
Num. 13, 30. 1 Sam. 15, 7; also to the 
eastward of ihe Dead Sea and Mount 
Seir, Num. 24, 20. Judg. 3, 13. 6, 3. 33; 
and who appear likewise to have settled 
down here and there in Palestine itself, 
whence the mount of the Amalekites in 
the territory of Ephraim Judg. 12, 15; 
comp. 5,14. They often waged war with 
the Israelites ; the latest mentionof them 
is during the reign of Hezekiah 1 Chr. 
_ 4,43.—In the genealogical traditions of 


5 ° 9 -- 
the Arabians, the brane ᾽ ads ᾽ 


are reckoned among the aborigines of 
that country. See Reland Palestina p. 
78-82. D’Herbelot Biblioth. Orient. p. 
214. J.D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. 
Hebr. ext. T. I. p. 170-177. Ejusd. 
Supplem. p. 1927. Ersch and Gruber’s 
Encycel. art. Amalek, Vol. ΠῚ, p. 301.— 
The gentile n. is spony Amalekite, with 
the art. collect. Gen. 14, 7. Judg. 12, 15. 

2. A grandson of Beau, the founder. of 
an Arab tribe, Gen. 36, 16; comp. v. 12. 


*Da? 1. pr. to bring together, to 
congregate, to conjoin; whence ®Y a 
people, ἘΦ with, by, 22 conjunction. 


Arab. μιᾷ to be common, to be in com- 
mon. This root is very widely spread 
both in the Semitic and Indo-European 
languages. In the former comp. 025 to 
collect, whence D3, 229 ; DID to cumu- 
late ; and preserving the ‘puttaral DAN, 





oye] 


mad, ἘΠῚ kinsman, father-in-law. In the 

latter comp. Lat. cum, con, cumulus, 

cunctus, (from cungo i. 4. jungo,) Gr. 
κοινός (κυνός), γάμος, and with the pala- 

tal letter either softened into an aspirate 

or changed to a sibilant Sanscr, sam, 

Pers. gS, Gr. ἅμα, ouds, ὁμοῦ, (with d 

or 1 subjoined as a third radical ὅμιλος, 

duadoc, comp. Heb. “Ἐν, Lat. simul,) 

σύν, ξυνός, Meesogoth. sama, saman, Fr. 

ensemble, Dan. sam, Anglosax. samod~ 
with, Germ. samint, zusammen, sammeln. 

Comp. also, for the Slavic languages, 

Dorn ἄθεον die Verwandtschaft des Per- 

sischen und Gr. Lat. Sprachstammes p. 

183. 

2. to shut up, to close ; hence to hide, to 
conceal ; trop. to overshadow, to surpass, 
Ez. 31,8. Impers. Ez. 28, 3 pano->> 
W223 Nd no secret thing can they hide 
as to thee, i. 6. nothing can be hid from 
thee; see Heb. Gr. ὃ 134: 3. b—Arab. 
we to cover ; ; to obstruct, to shut up; 
Pass. to be hidden, veiled with clouds, 
sc. the heavens. ‘Chald. ἘΦῺΣ to ob- 
scure ; Ithp. ΘΏΣΩΝ to be obscured, to 
grow dark, as the eyes, etc. 

Horn. 55:7 to be obscured, to become 
dim, e. g. the lustre of gold Lam. 4, 1. 

Deriv. o>, 2, M22, also Pr. n. ms 
bx, etc. 


ΠῺΣ plur. and Chald, F207 
tions, tribes, see in SD. 


287229 (God with us) Jmmanuel, the 
symbolical and prophetic name a a 
child, Is. 7, 14. 8.8. Sept. ᾿ξμμανουήλ. 


* 0729, once wie Neh. 4, 11, fut. 
pins”, to take up, to lift up, e.g. a or 
Zech. 12,3; to bear, to carry, Is. 46, 3. 
Spec. to tale up and place upon a beast 
of burden, to load, absol. Is, 46, 1. Neh. 
4,11 [17]; with >» of beast, the ace. of 
haaden being omitted, Gen. 44, 13 D3" 
iniam-b> wre lit. each one lifted the load 
upon his ass, i.e. loaded his ass. Neh. 
13, 15. Trop. Ps. 68, 20 422-0732 if one 
lift (lay) a burden upon us, God is our 
deliverer. 

Hien. 0°97) to lift up a load upon any 
one, to load, c. b¥ 1 K. 12, 11. 2 Chr. 
10, 11. 

Deriv. mow, and the pr. ἢ. Oia, 
MIDST, RUBE, "WEE, ὌΘΩΣ. 


ΓΤ Nip 





β Pipes. 


συ 


ὉῺΡΣ 

ΤΟΣ (whom Jehovah bears, comp. 

Is. 46,3) Amasiah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 2 Chr. 17 
16. 


ὩΣ ΣΌΣ (people of duration) Amad, pr. 
n. of a town in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 
19,26. . 


z pas to be deep, metaph. to be un- 
_ searchable, Ps. 92,6. Comp. Gr. βαϑύ- 
gow, βάϑος.. σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ϑεοῦ 


: Rom. 11, 33.—Arab. Bs, more rarely 
_ by transpos. ( gx, Aram. wakes, Eth. 
 UP®, id. 


Hira: p22 , to make deep, often fol- 
lowed by a finite verb. Is. 7,11 porn 


_ mbxvi make deep, ask, i. 6. demand that 
a wonder shall come from the deep, 


from below. . Also with inf. c. >, 80 as 


_ to be taken in an adverbial sense, Jer. 
49, 8. 30 mawid spya>n make deep to 
_ dwell, make deep your dwellings, dwell 


in the depths of the earth. Hos. 9, 9. Is. 
29, 15 ὝΠΟ ΘΠ ὩΣ ΒΓ who hide deep. 
Things are also said to be deep which 


_ extend toa great length from the eye 


of the spectator, as Gr. βαϑὺς τόπος a 
deep tract i.e. of great length, βαϑεία 
αὐλή a deep court Il. 9. 142; as we also 
speak of the depth of a house from front 
to rear, comp. P22. So Is. 30, 33 prayn 
ANI. SMM deep and broad do they 


make the pile thereof. Metaph. pen 
ΤΠ 10 turn deeply ‘i. 6. far away, to 
| depart widely, Is. 31, 6. Hos. 5, 2. 


Deriv. Par, pa, Pav, pr, p°2>, 
O1p2s"2, pr. n. pins. 


P22 adj. deep, profound, only in plur. 


_ constr. MEY “Pd a people deep of lip, 
- i.e. of obscure speech, using a foreign 
_ language which cannot be understood, 
© ds. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5. 6. 


“pay adj. (τ. p22) £ mpRy, plur. Spas, 


Ἐ “deep. e. g. waters Prov. 18,4. 20,5; 


_ apit 22,14. 23.27; the plague of lep- 


rosy as deeper than the skin Lev. 13, 3 


sq. Plur. f. mipe> or mipey deep things 


Job 12, 22. 
2. Metaph. wnsearchable, not to be 
found out, Ps. 64,7. Ecc. 7, 24. Job 11, 8. 


PO? m. (τ. pay) 6. suff. "p>, plur. 
EPR, a valley, pr. a long low plain, 
67* 


797 





pay 


βαϑὺς τόπος, (see the root in Hiph.) 
adapted to the culture of grain Job 39, 
10. Ps. 65, 14. Cant. 2,1; and also con- 
venient for battles Job 39,21. So Num. 
14, 25. Josh. 8,13. Judg. 7, 1 sq. 1K. 
20, 28. Jer. 48, 8. al. With art. pavn 
once poet. for*Jerusalem Jer. 21, 13; 

elsewhere of a valley or plain hefore 
mentioned, Judg. 1, 19. 34. 5,15. 7, 1. 8. 
12, Plur. =°p23 seems once to be put 
for the inhabitants of valleys, 1 Chr. 12, 
15 they put to flight a"p7233752 all (them 
of) the valleys ; unless perhaps we may 
read 0°P2375> all the Anakim, just as 
in Jer. 47,5 ‘for DPs> ΓΝ Ὁ it is better 
with Sept. to read op mans (Aske- 
lon) the remnant of the ‘Anakim, comp. 
v. 4; see also Josh. 11, 21.—It differs in 
usage from the words of kindred mean- 
ing ΠΡΌ, "3, 52, in that each of these 
words is applied only to certain particu- 
lar valleys or plains. So too psd is 
used of the following valleys: 

a) ΡΣ pr the Valley of Elah, i. e. 
of Terebinths, south-west of Jerusalem, 
leading out from among the hills to the 
grgat plain, the scene of David’s triumph 
over Goliath, 1 Sam.17,2.19. 21,10. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349, 350. 

b) X22 ῬῺΡ the Valley of Baca, i. 6. 
of Weeping, see in 823 no. 1. 

6) M273 pr the Valley of Berachah. 
i. 6. of Blessing, south of Bethlehem. 
2 Chr. 20, 26. Now Wady Bereikit. 
9X59 3 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il. 
p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 43. 

d) 724m px» the King’s Dale, perh. 
towards the Dead Sea, Gen. 14, 17. 2 
Sam, 18, 18. 

6) ΝΒ" px the Plain of Rephaim, 
i.e. of the ‘Giants, beginning near the 
valley of Hinnom, south-west of Je- 
rusalem, and stretehing off as a plain 
south-west on the right of the road to 
Bethlehem, Josh. 15, 8. 18, 16. 2 Sam. 
5, 18. 22. Josh. 17,5. See Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 323, 324. 

f) n-7w p> the Vale of Siddim, see 
in Dw. 

5) Y°SP Pay the Vale of Keziz, pr. n. 
of a city of Benjamin Josh. 18, 21. 

Other valleys take their names from 
adjacent towns, as }i2352 [72 near Gi- 
beon Is. 28, 1, comp. Josh. 10, 11; mido 9 


pay 


Ps. 60,8; dxd419 ’D, see p. 393; inn " 
Gen. 37, 14; jibes > the Vale of Ajalon, 
near that city, Josh. 10, 12; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 63. Also from per- 
sons, as UEWIN Ὁ the Valley of Jehosha- 
phat, Joel 4, 2, 12; see p. 386. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 396. 


Po? τὰ. (r. p>) depth, Prov. 25, 3. 
Chald. pass, Syr. LoscaS, id. 


* "22 in Kal not used. Arab. 


to overwhelm with water ; Conj. I, III, 
_ to rush upon, to assault vehemently ; 
Conj. VII, VIII, to be overwhelmed, 
submerged. Hence to Heb. "22, so far 
as we can judge from the verb and its 
derivatives, may be ascribed the follow- 
ing significations : 

1. fo heap together, to accumulate, 
kindr. with "2m no. 3. Hence “=>, 
“122 , Pi. 172. 

2. to overwhelm any one, to rush upon, 
as Arab. Conj. II, ΠῚ. See Hithpa. 

3. 10 overwhelm any thing, to sub- 
merge; comp. "2%. Hence pr. ἢ. 
ΠΡ. 

Piet denom. from “2, to heap toge- 
ther, to gather up grass or grain as cut. 
Ps. 129, 7 wherewith the mower filleth 
nol his hand, "2% 323) nor the gath- 
erer his arm. 

Hirapa. “2905, to rush upon any 


one, fo lay hands upon violently, ὁ. 35. 


comp. 5829 and >>%snm ὁ. >> Gen. 43, 
18. So of a female slave who has been 
her thaster’s concubine, Deut. 21, 14 
thou. shalt not sell her... ΩΣ ΌΤΙ >) 
ma nor shalt thou lay hands upon her sc. 
tochastise her. Ofaslave stolen, Deut. 
24,7 if one steal a man of Israel “ὩΣ ΌΤΙΣ 
i155 3. and lay hands on him and sell 
him ; comp. Gen. |. c.—Others by con- 
ject. to make merchandise of any one. 
Deriv. 195, 1°29, pr. n. May, 723. 


“22 Chald. m. wool, i. ᾳ. Heb. “ὩΣ, 
‘Dan. 7, 9. 


| may m. (τ. (22) 1. a handful of 

grain, a sheaf, Lev. 23, 10-13. Deut. 24, 
19. Job 24,10. Plur. o> Ruth 2, 7. 
15. Sept. δρόγμα. Targ. vos id. 

2. an omer, a measure of things dry, 
equal to the tenth part of an ephah, or 
34 quarts (see Ex. 16, 36); Ex. 16, 16. 
18. 22. 32. 33.—Not to be confounded 


798 





=39 


with the "3h, which contained ten 
ephahs. 


may (prob. submersion, τ. 22, comp. 
bop conflagration) Gomorrah, Sept. 
Τόμοῤῥα, pr. ἢ, of one of the four towns 
in the vale of Siddim, submerged in the 
Dead Sea. Where all are enumerated. 
Gomorrah is put second, Gen. 10, 19. 
14; 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22; but oftener only 
two are mentioned, Sodom and Gomor- 
rah, Gen. 13, 10. 14. 10. 11. Is. 1,9. 10. 
Jer. 23, 14. 50,40. Zeph. 2, 9. al. 


"TOF i. g. ΠΡῸΣ ve pupil of Je- . 


hovah, comp. Arab. ἢ = untaught, in- 
experienced) Omri, pr.n. a) A king 
of Israel, τ. 929-918 Β. C. the founder of 
Samaria, 1 K. 18 16.sq. 2 K. 8, 26. Mic. 
6, 16. Sept. ἄμβριι b) 1 Che: 7, 8. 
6) 9,4. d) 27, 18. | 
D2 (kindred of the ney Gi i.e. of 
God) Amram, pr. ἢ. m. 8) The father 
of Moses Ex. 6. 18. 20. Num. 3, 19; 
whence patronym. "2733 Amramite, 
Num. 3, 27. 1 Chr. 26, 33. Ὁ) Ezra 10, 
WY, see in da. 


NWP (burden, τ. V2) Amasa, pr. 
n.m. a) 2 Sam. 1% 25. 19, 14. 1 Chr. 
2,17. Ὁ) 2 Chr. 28, 12. 


“W227 (burdensome, τ. 0:89) ‘Anant 
prenem. a) 1 Chr. 6, 10.20. b) 15, 
24. ¢) 2 Chr. 29, 12. f 

"CW? pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; prob. | 
a wrong orthography arising out οὗ 
the two forms "war and *0%>. Comp. — 
peop: and XAL"0. 


* 322 obsol. root of uncertain signif. 
Talmud. to conjoin, whence Simonis de- 
rives 233 cluster; but as 555 signifies 
rather berry, this etymology is unapt. 
Better therefore 32> to roll up or loge- 
ther, to become globular, like 332 whence 
3212 (globule) star; comp. also ΤῊΣ to 

roll up, ¥ and > being interchanged.— 
Hence pr. ἢ. 3322 , and the two following. 

339 (q. ἃ. grape-town) Anab, pr. ἢ. of 
a town on the mountains of Judah south 
of Hebron, Josh. 11, 21 (where some 
edit. 329). 15, 50. “Still called πᾶ, 
wlis; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II p. 
194, 195. 











ΟΝ 


“322 m. (τ. 599) Deut. 32, 14, 6. suff. 
Diss v. 32, elsewhere only bar, ὈΠΞΟΣ, 
rs constr. "232 (Dag. euphon.) Lev. 25, iy 
a grape, plur. grapes, i. e. the betried uot 
the clusters ; 5°3:> being distinguished 
from >5>3x cluster, as Gen. 40, 10 "523 ΠῚ 
νοι mndodx | see in ΕΝ no. 1. 
τς ‘Nom. 13, 23 B.s37 59ῸΝ clusters of 
Pd Hence =39 ἘΞ Deut. 32, 14, and 
€ 339 = the blood of grapes i. 6. wine 
‘Gen. 49, 11; so’Num. 6, 3. Deut. 23, 
55. Hos. 3,1. Gen. 40, ie Num. 6, 3. 


al. Chald. =22 id. Arab. is grapes, 
" Ride a grape. 

227 in Kal not used, éo live deli- 
᾿ cately and effeminately; Arab. δὲ ἴο 


delight, to entice, spoken of females who 
draw attention by ogling and other co- 
 quettish gestures. 

Puat to be delicate, tender, part. fem. 
32272 Jer. 6, 2. 
irap. 1.i.q. Pu. Deut, 28, 56. 

2. to delight oneself, to rejoice in any 
thing, espec. "9 >> Is. 58, 14. Ps. 37, 4. 
Job 22, 26.. 27, 10;.c. 12 Is. 66, 11; 
also fo enjoy oneself, c. 52 Ps. 37,11; 3 

55, 2. 

3. In a bad sense,. fo sport over any 
one, i.e. to mock, to deride, c. ἘΣ Is. 57, 4. 

Deriv. 34228 and the two following. 


423 adj. f. 333 , delicate, soft, effemi- 
nate, Deut. 28, 54. 56. Is. 41, 1 

429 m. delight, pleasure, Is. 13, 22. 
58,13. R.423. 


ἘΓῺ to bind on, only twice in the 
_verb, Job 31, 36. Prov. 6, 21. Hence 


subst. ΓΙ. Kindred are dis with, 
by, and Heb. a>. 


εν [1.29 fut. M337, conv. [5°15 pr. a 
verb *> i. q. Arab. 
1. Lo chant, to sing ; Arab. it Conj. 


II, V, id. elie song. Syr. Pa. αἷς, to 


sing. Comp. Lat. cano, Pers. dss 


to sing, to call, to read; old Germ. han 
to sing, whence Hahn cock. 

a) Pr. Ex. 15, 21 and Miriam sang 
 tento them ; Vulg. precinebat. 1 Sam. 


799 





ry 


18, 7. Ezra 8,11. With > to sing of any 
one, to celebrate in song, 1 Sam, 21, 12. 
29, 5. Num. 21, 17. Ps. 147, 7. In all 
these passages the LXX have ἐξάρχω, 
implying to strike up, to begin to sing. 
Comp. Piel. 

b) i. q. to ery aloud, to shout, which is 
often expressed by words implying sing- 
ing, as Lat. ‘actor canit, cantat,’ i. e. de- 
claims, cries aloud ; ‘ gallus canit,’ comp. 
Engl. chanticleer. Ex. 32, 18 there is a 
shout of battle in the camp, ... >3p 7>% 
misy Sip mw Miss Sip Py: nana ming 
S22 "558 not the shout of victory, not the 
outcry of defeat, but the voice of singing 
do I hear; hence it appears that the 
signif. fo sing belongs more to Piel. Of 
the shouting of soldiers in battle Jer. 51, 
14; of the wailing cry of jackals Is. 13, 
22. 

2. to strike up with the voice, to begin 
to speak, to speak, which approaches 
nearly to M22 i. 6. ἐξάρχω, in no. 1. a. 
Deut.21,7 s708) 5235 and they shall speak 
and say. 26, δ. 27, 14. Job 3,2 a8 1991 
“2x1 then spake Job and said. Cant. 
2,10. Is. 14, 10." Zech. 3, 4. al. seep. 
comp. Gen. 31, 36. With acc. of pers. 
to speak to any one Zech. 1, 11.—So 
Chald. 32 very freq. in the book of 
Daniel, see below; and hence in N. T. 
ἀποκρίνομαι id. Matt. 11, 25. 22, 1. 28, 5. 
al. see the Lexicons. 

3. More freq. to answer, to respond ; 
pr. of one who answers to another calling 
(5P), q. d. § to call back,’ which the He- 
brews did by the word "225. So Job 19, 
16 1339 ND} ΠΝ ἪΡ SF "5 I called to my 
servant, but he answereth nol. 5, |. Prov. 
1, 28. Hence of men who answer when 
God calls, Is. 50, 2. 60,4. 66, 12. Jer. 7, 
13. Job 14, 15. Of God as answering 
the cries and invocations of men, after 
pos, prt, Job 35, 12. Is. 46,7. Mic. 3,4; 
S30 Job 30,20; Xap Is. 58, 9. Jon. 2, 3. 
Ps. 22, 3. 91, 15. al. So the phrase “> 
3%, see in "9 J. 1; also OXI ΓΞ to 
answer with fire 1K. 18, 24.—Mostly 
simpl. to answer, to reply to one speak- 
ing; construed: «) Absol. Prov. 15, 28. 
26,5; very often in the formula: 4354 
“oxs1 bax and Abraham answered 
and said Gen. 18, 27. 31.36. 43. 40, 18; 
or with “xd Gen. 41, 16. 42, 22. al. 8) 
With acc. of pers. ἀμείβομαι τινά, Job 


Γ2 Ν 


1, 7. Gen. 23, 5. 45, 3. 1 Sam. 28, 15. al. 
7) Acc. of thing with which one answers, 
Job 15, 2. 32,17. Prov. 18, 23; or to 
which, Job 40, 2 the reprover of God 
m5" let him answer this. Hence ὃ) 
With two acc. of pers. and thing, 1 
Sam. 20, 10. Mic. 6, 5. Ps. 119, 42. Jer. 
23, 37; comp. Job 9, 3. 

Spec. to answer is also said: 

a) Of those who respond to the re- 
quests or entreaties of any one, who 
hear and grant his requests; hence often 
of God as listening to the prayers of 
men, i. q. to hear and answer, 1 Sam. 9, 
17. Ps. 3,5. 4, 2. 13. 4. 20, 10. 27, 7. 34, 
δ. 118, 21. Is. 30, 19. al. sep. comp. above 
inno. 3. Sept. εἰσακούω, éraxovw. With 
an adjunct of place whence one hears 
and sends help, Ps. 20, 7 "aw sm2>° 
iw5p he will hear (and help) him from 
his holy heavens. Soof the place whence 
one calls, Ps. 22,22 ΩΣ 0°27 "29P2 
hear me calling from ‘the horns of the 
wild buffaloes, comp. Jon. 2, 3; com- 
monly taken as constr. pregn. hear 
(and deliver) me from the horns of 
the buffaloes. [The parallelism here 
requires the latter interpretation. R.] 
On this animal see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
III. p. 206.—With acc. of pers. and 3 
of thing, to answer with any thing, Ps. 
65, 6. Also with acc. of thing, Ecc. 
10, 19 >>a-my AId2 HODN money an- 
ewereth with all things, i. 6. imparts all, 
procures all. Hos. 2, 23. 24. 

b) Of God as answering by an oracle, 
to give response, to announce future 
things ; so after NIP Jer. 33, 3; duo 
1 Sam. 14, 37. 28,6. So genr. Jer. 23, 
35. 42,4. Gen. 41, 16 “my 7297 cindy 
rise iby God responds the peace of 
Pharaoh, i. e€. announces to him pros- 
perity ; comp. Deut. 20,11. 1 Sam. 9, 
17.—Trop. Job 20,3 "3232 ἌΓ Δ m4 
my spirit from my understanding re- 
sponds to me, i.e. my spirit, in which is 
wisdom, suggests to me what to say. 

c) In a forensic sense, to answer, i. e. 
a) Of a judge giving his response or sen- 
tence, Ex. 23,2. $8) Of a witness an- 
swering the inquiries of the judge; hence 
to bear witness, to lestify, Deut. 19, 16. 
31, 21. Job 16,8; 6. 3 concerning any 
one, i. e. either sor any one Gen. 30, 33. 
1 Sam. 12, 3; or also against any one 


600 





ray 


2 Sam. 1,16. Ex. 20, 16. Num. 35, 30. 
Deut. 19, 18. Is. 8, 9. Jer. 14,7. Job 15, 
6. Ruth 1, 21. al. sep. comp. 3 3h. 
More fully 3 ἽΣ n> Ex. 20, 16. Deut. 5, 
18.—With acc. of that which one testi- 
fies, Deut. 19, 16. 18. 

d) Further, to answer is likewise i. @. 
to contradict, Sept. avtanoxgivoum, Job 
16, 3; with acc. of pers. 9, 14. 15. 32; to 


refute, Job 31, 35 behold my words | "313 ὦ 


"2299 may the Almighty answer me, i. 6. 
refute my accusation ; acc. of thing Job 
32,12. Also to give account, with acc. 
of thing Job 33, 13; comp. 9, 3. 

4. i. q. Arab. tu signify, to intend, 
to aim at; hence 7322, 322, also 15" 
pr. purpose, intent, aim. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to be answered,i.e. a) to 
be heard and answered Job 19, 7. Prov. 
21,13. b) to be refuted Job 11, 2. 

2. i. α΄ Καὶ no. 3, to answer, c. Ὁ Ez. 
14, 4. 7. : 

Piet to chant, to sing, i. α. Kal no. 1 
where see. Ex. 32, 18 see in Kal no. 1. 
Ps. 88, 1. Is. 27, 2. 

Deriv. "33%, 35%, #2", and pr. n. 
Moe) THE, PINE, MONE. 


Ἢ, red for "29, a verb ἴθ ; comp 
the derivatives, 133, M39. 

1. to bestow ‘labour upon, to exercise 
oneself in any thing, Ὁ. 2 Kee. 1, 13. 3, 


10.—Syr. 2 yas, Arab. ct cure ha- 


buit rem; «ἀξ lassus fuit.—Spec. perh. 
to till the ground, subegit terram, whence 
ΓΟ, ΤΡ Ὁ, furrow: 

2. to labour, i. 6. to suffer, to be afflict- 
ed, oppressed, humbled, Ps. 116, 10. 119, 
67. Zech. 10, 2. Hos. 5, 5. Is. 25, 5 
MpD7 ENED 721 the song of the tyrants 
shall be brought low, suppressed. With 
72, 31,4 mops Nd prion and will not 
be depressed at their ‘multitudes, will not 
lose courage. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to be afflicted, Ps. 119, 107. 
Is. 53, 7 7392 857) and he was afflicted. 

2. Reflex. to humble oneself before any 
one, to submit to him, c. "28% Ex. 10, 3, 
where ὍΣΣ is for ΡΟΝ 

PIEL mp fut. ΠΕΡῚ ,to oppress, to afflict, 
to humble, Sept. ταπεινόω, κακόω. So of 
single persons as oppressed and afflicted, 
Gen. 16,6. 31,50. Ex. 22, 22. Ps. 89, 23 


. 








my 


= 119, 75. Job 30, 11; also whole nations 
_ Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 1, 11. 12. Num. 24, 24. 
Deut. 26, 6. 2 K. 17, 20. Ps. 90, 15. Is. 


60,14. Nah. 1,12. al. Referred to the 


δ Ἰρᾶγι Judg. 16, 5. 19; to the mind, Deut. 





ΟὟ 
ἐ 
ds 
᾿ 
A 
᾿ 
4 
| 
t 


_ Ez. 93.10.11. Lam. 5, 11. 
_ to afflict one’s soul by fasting, i. q. to 


"bina WE? Ps. 35, 13. 
thy ψυχήν, and so Ecclus. 2, 17. 7, 17. 
Judith 4, 9. 


j bour and toil, i. q. Kal no. 1. 
his labour, toil, Ps. 132, 1. 


~ Is. 53, 4. 


_ with the joy of his heart. 
- cause God will (hear and) answer him 
with joy of his heart. 


_ oneself, Gen. 16, 9; 


_ 8,2. So Ps. 105, 18 1539 5333 829 they 
afflict his feet ἘΠῚ felters. 
afflicted (weakenéd) my stnenartle in the 
_ way, mid-way of my life. 
hast afflicted (overwhelmed) me with 
all thy waves. Job 37,23 F239 X> he 
will not afflict ; so the common reading, 


102, 24 God 


88, 8 thou 


but it is better to read with Sept. Vulg. 


'Syr. and several Mss. of De Rossi X> 
| 337 he will not respond, 1. e. will not 
_ give account; see in 73> I. 3. d—Spec. 
a) ΠῸΝ Hp to humble a woman, i. 6. 
_ to have carnal intercourse with her, 
often by force; Gen. 34,2. Deut. 22, 24. 


29. Judg. 19, 24. 20, 5. 2 Sam. 13, 22. 
b) ‘iw52 mp 


fast, Lev. 16,29. 31. 23,27. 32. Num. 29, 
7. 30,14. Is. 58, 3.5.10; more fully ἊΣ 


Sept. tazswow 


Puat 1. to be made to labour, to la- 
Inf. ink 


2..to be oppressed, afflicted, Ps, 119,71. 


Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
cause to labour, i. e. to occupy, to employ, 
to busy; Ecc. 5.19 he shall not much 
remember the days of his life (i.e. its 
shortness), because God occupieth him 
Others: be- 


_ 2. to oppress, to afflict, to humble, i. q. 


Piel, 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. Ps. 55,20. 


Hirap. 72207 1. Pass. to be afflicted, 


to suffer, 1 K. 2, 26. Ps. 107, 17. 


2. Reflex. to humble oneself, to submit 
“ἢ "28> Dan. 10, 12. 
Ezra 8, 21. 

Deriv 1:9, 7329, 5929, May, 29, "23, 
39. M3 232, Pues, mash, ‘also?! ‘pr. n. 
m3, "2. 


Τ᾿. ΤῊΣ or S822 Chald. plur. 23; part. 


mop, plur. 7722, i. q. Heb. mT. 


. ἢ το begin ‘to speak, to speak, mostly 
with "28, as ὙΝῚ ΝΡ [2 Daniel 


801 





Σ᾽ 


spake and said Dan. 2, 20. 3, 9. 14. 94 
28. 4, 16. 27. 5,7. 10. 13. 6,17. al. “So 
with Ὁ of pers. Din. 2, 15. 3,9; ἘΠ} 6, 
14; also “8 being omitted ec. 2, 47. 

2, loanswer, after ἃ question, e. g. ΤῺ 
“ant Dan. 2, 5. 7. 8. 26. 3, 16. 25. 6, 13. 
14; ο. DIP 2,10. 27. 


IT. 722 Chald. to be oppressed, afflict- 
ed, i. q. Heb. 729 II. 2. Part. 729, plur. 
129 the afflicted Dan. 4, 24. 


M22 Anah (τ. ΤΩΣ LorII),;pr.n. a) A 
son of Seir, and also an Edomitish tribe 
descended from him, Gen. 36, 20. 29. 
b) A son of Zibeon and grandson of 
Seir, Gen. 36, 2. 14. 24.—In vs. 2. 14, 
Anah is called the daughter of Seir; but 
from v. 24 it obviously should read 13 
son, with the Samar. and Sept. 


122 m. adj. (r. 429 IT) sing. Num. 12, 
3 where Keri 1°29 ; : plur. ΤΣ, constr. 
"329. 

εἰ oppressed, afflicted, jaa but 
everywhere with the accessory idea of 
humility, meekness, i. 6. the humble, the 
meek, who prefer to suffer wrong rather | 
than do wrong, comp. espec. Ps. 25, 9. 
37, 11. 69, 33; and who therefore enjoy 
God’s favour, Ps. 10, 17. 22, 27. 34, 3. 
147, 6. Is.29,19. Am. 2,7. al. ΤΌΝ 32 
Ps. 66, 10. Is. 11, 4, Zeph. 2, 3. Chald. 


123, 19123, Syr. Koaas, id—Hence 


2. Simpl. meek, once Num. 12, 3. 
Sept. πραῦς. 
Note. In five passages Keri has 


ΘΛ for Cheth n™2>, Ps. 9, 13. 10, 12. 
Prov. 3, 34. 14,21. 16,19. Vice versa, 
twice Keri has 5°"2> for Cheth, ΘΛ, 
Ps. 9, 19. Is. 32, 7. 


222 (bound together, τ. 3:9) Anub, 
pr. ἢ, m. 1 Chr, 4, 8. 


M22 pr. fem. of "39, used as abstr. 
1, humility, modesty, ον. 15, 33. 18, 
12. 22, 4. Zeph. 2, 3. | 
2. As attributed to God, mildness, 

clemency, Ps. 18, 36. 


M22 f. i. α. 7929 no. 2, mildness, clem- 
ency, of a king Ps. 45, 5. 

Pry, see in P29 no. 2." 

M2 f. (τ. M29 IL) affliction; Ps. 22 


25 "39 MND the affliction of the afflicted. 
Others, δμρνέρς Sept. Vulg. Chald. 


me 
= 


render it the cry of the afflicted, comp. 
‘ish in the other member; but 29 is 
never used for the wailing cry of the 
miserable, see the root no. 1. b. 

"39 m. adj. (τ. 739 IL) f. ΠΙῺΝ Is. 10, 
30, plur. 55523 , constr. "°23 , afflicted, dis- 
tressed, wretched, from whatever cause: 
whether poverty, see below in lett. a; 
the oppression of the wicked, persecu- 
tion, extortion, Is. 3, 14. 15. 10, 2. Job 
36, 6. Ps. 12, 6; solitude, abandonment, 
as orphans, exiles, strangers, Lev. 19, 10. 
23, 22. Is. 58, 7. Ps. 25, 16. Zech. 7, 10; 
or wars and the harassing of enemies, Is. 
14, 32. It sometimes takes also the ac- 
cessory idea of innocence and piety, Ps. 
22, 25. 84,7. 35, 10; and sometimes that 
‘ of meekness, 6. g. as opp. to pride Ps. 18, 
28, or as coupled with 55 733 Is. 66, 2; 
but this idea belongs more to ‘32>. 
Hence spec. a) poor, needy, Deut. 24, 
12. 14.15. Job 24,9. Prov. 31,20. Ὁ) 
humble, lowly, meek, Zech. 9,9. Sept. 
πραῦς.---Ῥ αὶ often with synonymes, as 
73aN7 ὋΣ Ps. 37, 14. 40, 18. al. Wn} ἊΣ 
Ps. 82,3: 51 "29 Zeph. 3, 12, comp. Is. 
26, 6 ; "339 aoa Ps. 25,16; "33 "2> Lev. 
19, 10. 23,22; N51 "29 Ps. 69, 30; B23 
pina Is. 58, 7.—Sing. as collect. Ps. 
10, 2. 9. 14, 6. . With genit. om "23 
Ps. 72, 4. Is. 10,2. 14; 32; Ἔ "723 the 
poor of any one, i. e. his poor brethren, 
᾿ fellow-citizens, Deut. 15,11; Δ "723 the 
poor of Jehovah, whose hope and help is 
-God, Ps. 74,19. Is. 49,13. Sept. usually 
πτωχός, πένης, Sometimes ταπεινός, πραΐς. 
—Chald. "23, 873>, id—See in 29 note. 


"22 m. (r. 722 II) in pause "23, c. suff. 
— "39, affliction, distress, misery, of what- 
ever kind; so both of persons and of na- 
tions Ex. 8, 7. 17. 4, 31. 2 K. 14, 26. Ps. 
44, 25; whether from the oppression of 
enemies or of the powerful Gen. 16, 11. 
31, 42. Ps. 9, 14; or from calamities in- 
flicted of God Job 10, 15. 30, 16. 27. 36, 
8; or from any other cause, 1 Sam. 1, 
11.—Ps. 25, 18. 31,8. 107, 41. 119, 50. 
92. 153. Lam. 1, 7. 9. 3,19. al. "23 "33 
i. q. D239 Prov. 31,5. “35 ἘΠῚ bread 
of affliction, i.e. the unleavened bread 
eaten with the passover, Deut. 16, 3. 


"29 (for 299. depressed, r. τὸν IT) 


Unni, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. Neh. 
12, 9. 


802 


wa 





ἼΔΩ 


22 (whom Jehovah answers, r. mp 
1) Anaiah, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 8, 4. 10, 23. 


TY Num. 12, 3 Keri for 123 q. v. 


B27 (contr. for ΠΡῸΣ fountains) Anim, — 
pr. n. of a town in Judah, Josh. 15, 50. 
Perh. the mod. 
min. 
in Josh. 1. c. with Anab and Eshtemoh; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 625. 


1.25) m. (τ. 739 IL) a-word found only 
in Ecclesiastes. 

1. labour, toil, Ecc. 3,10. Hence bu- 
siness, employment, comp. M32 II. no. 1. 
Kee. 2, 26. 1,13 39 9229 an evil business 
profitless, in which there is little good. 

2. thing, affair, as in Chald. Ece. 4, 8 
3) 722 an evil thing. 5, 2 4239 35 much 
ado ; in the other member is ὈΛῚ3 55 
many words. 5, 13 3°) 32392 by some evil 
event, untoward accident. 2, 23 12739 DDD 
vexation is his affair, his portion, 8, 16 


"729 obsol. root, Arab. ῳΐλς to be 
deep and hard to Fea e. g. sand ; alsc 


I, V, to shut a gate; bik gate. Hence 
23h. 


se fhe 


. 
ΝΥ 
- 


ὨΞΣ (two fountains, for the dual in Ό- 
see Lehrg. p. 536) Anem, pr. n. of a city 
of Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 58 [73]; for which 
in the parallel passages, Josh. 19, 21. 
21, 29, is ΘΒ ΠῚ fountain of gardens 
see p. 773. b. 


D222 Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 11, Ana- 
mim, pr. n. of an Egyptian tribe which 
cannot be made out; see Bochart Pha- 
leg. IV. 30. Mich. Spicil. I. p. 1600. The- 
saur, p. 1052. 


J22:29 Anammelech, pr. n. of an idol 
of the Sepharvites or Sipparenes, 2 K. 
17,31. The name seems to be made up 
from 03> i. q. image, statue, > and 
x being interchanged, and 322 king; 
or, according to Hyde de Rel. vett. Per- 
sarum p. 131, from ee herd, and 42%, 
i. e. the group or constellation Cepheus, 


which the Orientals call Gy «51. 
stars of the flock, and “As, elt 


the shepherd and his flock—The first 
part of this name occurs also in the name 


’Eveusoouo, Tob. 1, 2.-13. 15. 16. 


| 
| 
! 


358) el-Ghuwein, di- 
‘little αήζαις > it being coupled 


Ee ee 


~ 





ee I ee ὔὐ ΨαΡ ἊΝ 


Oe ee eee lle dle ial | 


i 


— νυν 


4 
’ 


9 


ν 129 in Kal not used, pr. prob. ¢o 
cover, like the kindr. 123, 22. Hence 
422 cloud. 

Pret denom. from 42>, to cloud, i. 6. to 
make or gather clouds, Gen. 9, 14; where 
"2222 is. for "3223, see Heb. Gr. § 10. n. 

PoEL 43253, fut. 3255" Lev. 19, 26, part. 
12529, plur. 57223 Deut. 18, 10. 14, with- 
out the 2 2 also D219 Is. 2, 6. Jer. 27, 9; 
once ἢ ΤΡ for ἃ mypise (though it can 
also be Kal), to act covertly, to use covert 
arts, to practise magic, sorcery, Lev. 19, 


26. Deut. 18, 10. 14. 2 K. 21, 6. 2 Chr. 
Ε 33, 6. Is. 2, 6. 57, 3. Jer. 27, 9. Mic. 5, 


11, Several of the ancient versions 
understand by it some special kind of 
divination, 6. g. Sept. κληδονίζομαι ; 


Vulg. observans somnia, also augurans, 


divinans ; Syr. sometimes fascinans 
oculis, as if 21 were derived from }">. 
But it seems rather to imply some kind 
_of divination connected with idolatry.— 
Comp. the roots 24>, 2m> II. See The- 
saur. p. 1053. 

Deriv. the five following. 


125 m. (τ. 322) constr. 923, plur. 57233. 
1. a cloud, collect. clouds, so called as 


πράσα the heavens; Arab. Mets 


clouds, ἀπ 12 acloua. Gen. 9, 13. 14.16. 


Job. 7, 9. 26, 8. 9. Ps. 97, 2. 105, 39. al. 
PHS) WP Di" a day of clouds and dark. 
ness Joel 2, 2. Zeph. 1, 15. Ez. 34, 12. 
po ἼΩΝ a pillar of cloud, see in 712d, 
Once plur. 0°23 clouds Jer. 4,13. A 
numerous army js compared to a cloud 


_ Ez. 30, 18. 38,9; @ morning cloud is 


the emblem of transientness, Hos. 6, 4; 
comp. Job 7, 9. 
2. Anan, pr.n.m. Neh. 10,27. * 


#22 Chald. a cloud, plur. constr. "223 
_ Dan. 11d 


M229 f. (τ. 322) noun of unity corres- 


Ἢ ponding to collect. 933, α cloud Job 3, 5. 


— Theod. well συννεφία, 


way 


Comp. M728. 
"232 (apoc. for 7323) Anani, pr. ἢ. m. 


—1Chr. 3, 24. 


. protects, 
man Neh. 3, 23. Gr: “Avaviac. 
_ town in the tribe of Benjamin, Neh. 11, 


222 (whom Jehovah covers i. 6. 
r. 19) Ananiah, pr.n. a) A 
b) A 


32. 


803 





py 


‘i p22 obsol. root, prob. fo cover, like 
2D, comp. —2, HAS, espec. MEY.— 
Hence the four following. 


S22 m. a branch, bough, Ez. 17, 8. 23. 
31, 3. Mal. 3,19. Constr. y> 53> Lev. 
23.40. Plur. ff. 7°523 Ps. 80,11. Syr. 


fois branch, mane. 2 


"22 Chald. id. c. suff. “tiB2> Dan. 4, 
18. 


22) (τ. 929) a branch, bough, once c. 
suff. 5383 Ez. 36, 8. 


529 m. full of branche@Bz. 19,10. R. 
23. 


. pir to adorn with a necklace or 
collar, from the primary idea of choking, 
throttling, which is expressed by the 
kindr. roots P28, P23, where see. Arab. 


(ge IV to ornament a dog with a col- 


9 
lar, Bis neck, Germ. Nacken,; Upper 


Germ. die Anke, Engl. neck.—Once trop. 
Ps. 73,6 M1N3 ὙΌΣ pride surroundeth 
them like a neck-chain, i. e. clothes their 
neck, the collum resupinum being to the 
poet the seat of pride.—Hence p23. 

Hien. p22" prob. to lay upon the 
neck or shoulders in order to bear. Deut. 
15, 14 of a manumitted slave, p23 
‘sa1 ἬΝ i> pM thou shalt lade him 
liberally out of thy / flock, etc. Sept. Vulg. 
dabis viaticum. Others apply here the 
signif. of giving, as if pr. to adorn with 
a neck-chain and so with gifts. 


P22 τὰ. 1. ἃ collar, neck-chain, neck- 
lace, Cant. 4,9; plur. 5°— and mi Prov. 
1, 9. Judg. 8, 26. 

2. p22 Anak Josh. 15, 13, once [29 
Josh. 21, 11, (pr. long-necked, a giant, 


3 “oF 
comp. Arab. sist long-necked,) pr. n. 


of a son of Arba (3258), the progenitor 
of a race of Canaanites celebrated for 
their great stature, called P23 733 the 
sons of Anuk Num. 13, 33, also Pisin 723 
Josh. 15, 14; pin eal Num. 13, 22. 
Josh. 15, 14; ὈΠῸΣ 23 Deut. 9. 2; 

Dp? γέψη Deut. 2, 10. 11. 21 Josh. 
11, 21. 22. 14, 12. 15. The seat of the 
tribe before the invasion of the Hebrews 
was in the vicinity of Hebron, Josh. 11, 
21. They were nearly extirpated by 
the Hebrews, so that only a few re- 


29 


mained aiterwards in the cities of the 
Philistines. Compare the interpreters 
and critics on Jer. 47, 5. 

“BY (i. gq. "92, ἀνήρ 2) Aner, pr.n. 
A Canaanite, Gen. 14,13.24. Ὁ) A Le- 
Vitical city in Manasseh, elsewhere ὭΣΤ, 
1 Chr. 6,55 [70]; whereyprob. also it 
should τοδὰ ΟΣ or ὭΣ. : 


x wd fut. 25". to tmpose a fine, to 
amerce ; found elsewhere only in the 
Rabbinic dialect. The primary idea 
seems to be that of tmposing, comp. the 
kindr. 07>, wy; or better that of ur- 
ging, comp. 038.— With > Prov. 17, 26 ; 
with two acc. to amerce one in money 
Deut. 22,19. 2 Chr. 36, 3 where it is 
money exacted by war; in wine Am. 2, 
8. Impers. Prov. 21, 11 y>"t22a when 
they amerce the scorner, sc. the judges. 

Nipu. to be amerced, Ex. 21,22; genr. 
to be punished Prov. 22, 3. 27, 12. 

Deriv. is 829. 


22 Chald. m. @ fine, mulet, Ezra 7, 
26. 


33 m. a fine, mulct, exacted from 
any one, 2 K. 23, 33. Prov. 19, 19. 


M22 (an answer sc. to prayer, from r. 
md, like ™3> from τ. 432) Anath, pr. n. 
m. Judg. 3, 31. 5, 6. 


M22, see M222 p- 482. 


Miniy (answers sc. to prayers, Ὁ ser- 
vile being retained, see Lehrg. p. 528) 
Anathoth, pr.n. .a) A city of the priests 
in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18. 1 K. 2, 26. 
1 Chr. 6,45. Neh. 11,32; the birth-place 
of the prophet Jeremiah, Jer. 1, 1. 11, 21. 
23. 32,7. 9; three Roman miles from 
Jerusalem towards the north-east, Je- 
rome in Jer. 1, 1, comp. Joseph. Ant. 10, 
7. 3. Now lc *Andia ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. IJ. p. 109. Gentile n. 
smh: Anethothite 2 Sam. 23,27. Ὁ) Of 
men: «)1Chr. 7,8. βὺ) Neh. 10, 20. 


mony (answers from Jehovah) An- 
thothijah, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 8, 24. 


ὈΠῸΣ τη: (τ. OO) pr. ‘ what is trodden 
out,’ and so put for new wine, the pro- 
duct of the same year, like new wheat, 
Joel 1, 5. 4,18. Am. 9,13; intoxicating 
Is. 49, 26. Also from pomegranates 
Cant. 8, 2. 


a): 





— 


804 


bpp 


* DO9 to tread down, to tread in pieces, 
Mal. 3, 21.—Chald. ROD, Pa. inf. ORSs 
to tread grapes. =a: 


ΣΦ a fictitious root, whence some de- 
rive 19337 Is. 15, 5; but see r. "49 no. T 
Pilp. 


D NEY see in art. "ED. ΝΣ 
" ΓΞ: obsol. root, Arab. lac to ) cover 


' 
| 
| 


τ 
] 





the earth with herbage; Syr. [as to. | 


flourish. Comp. 32,522. Hence "52 
Heb. and Chald. 


MD, see in MDD. 


"22 m. plur. D°8b>, for DED (comp. — 
Lehrg. p. 575. Heb. Gr. § 91. 6. 6), 


boughs, foliage of trees, Ps. 104, 12. 


"EY Chald. id. Dan. 4, 9. 11, 18.—Syr. 
TAG branch, top of a .tree, thoes 
foliage. 


* 2E2 in Kal not used, pr. to swell, 


to become tumid, whence 559 tumulus, 


hill. 
hernia. 

Puat to be tumid ; metaph. to be in- 
flated, elated, proud, Hab. 2, 4; see in 
art. "0" no. 1. 

Hin. to act tumidly, i. e. proudly, 
presumptuously. Num. 14, 44 ἢ ΘΣ "ἢ 
“Δ miby> they acted presumptuously 
in going up, i. 6. they went up presump- 


tuously, neglecting God’s warning. 


The same is expressed in Deut. 1, 43 
thus: MAMA ἸΞΦΙΝῚ sI1m).—Hence 


bey χη ἃ hill, 2K. 5, 24. Mic. 4,8 
yin ma bed the hill of the daughter of 
Zion, i. 6. Mount Zion. Is. 32,14. Spec. 


with the art. 53" Ophel, pr. n. of a hill 


or ridge on the east of Mount Zion, sur- 
rounded and fortified by a separate wall 
2 Chr. 27, 3. 33, 14. Neh. 3, 26. 27) 11, 
21. Josephus ‘Oghé B. J. 6. 6. 8. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p. 394. 

2. Plur. o°55> (O°FED) tumors, he- 


morrhoids, in ah: Deut. 28, 27. 1Sam. 


5,6sq. Arab. Lin tumor in ano viro~ 
rum vel in pudendis mulierum; see 
Schreeder Origg. Heb. cap. 4. p. 54, 55. 
H. A. Schultens ad Meidanii Prov. p. 


23.—Keri has instead of it παν 


Arab. Atrs to have a tumor or 


‘ 
f 















: 








a ee 


- Schult. ad Job p. 61. 


Job 3, 9. 41, 10. 


hence “29 
colour (as 57238 from 078), "52 a fawn, 


Arab. ἢ 





805 


ἼΞΣ 


ΠΝ iE? obsol. root, Arab. and Syr. to 


become mouldy ; hence 

"252 gentile n. Ophni, Ophnite. once 
Josh. 18, 24, where "2855 (752) is a town 
of Benjamin. 


DYBZDZ m. dual, (τ. 95>, Pilp. AYB>, 


‘Heb. Gr. § 54. n. 4.) only constr. "B25, 
6. suff, BSED, the eye-lashes, pr. the 


flying, the fluttering, Job 16,16. Like 
the eyes there is ascribed to them sleep 
Ps. 132, 4. Prov. 6,4; weeping Jer. 9, 


17; sight Ps. 11, 4. Prov. 4, 25; pride 


Prov. 30,13; beauty 6, 25.—Poet. "B>5> 


FD the eye-lashes of the dawn, for the 
_ rays of the morning sun Job 3, 9. 41, 10. 


Comp. ἁμέρας βλέφαρον Soph. Antig. 
103, 104. The Arab poets compare the 
sun to an eye, to which they ascribe 
eye-lashes, νῦν! wrt 3; see 
(Better, onpyny 
for the eyelids with the eyelashes as a 


_ whole, like Lat., palpebre ; hence, as 


closing or revealing the eyes and giv- 
ing to them expression, they are put for 
the eyes themselves in parallelism; as 
in all the passages above cited, except 
In these the poetic 
allusion is specially to the eyelashes, as 
a figure to represent the first rays of 


_ dawn; so too the Arabic.—R. 


“BY in Kal not used, prob. a verb 
of colour, i. ᾳ. Arab. pt to be whitish, 
light-reddish, like sand, the gazelle ; 
whe dust, earth, from the 


m72> lead, also from its whitish colour. 
Piet “82 denom. from “5>, to dust, 


to throw dust at, 2 Sam. 16, 13. 


Deriv. "BD, 95>, M753, and pr. n. "29, 


ΠΕΡ, PHD, FBS. 


22 m. (τ. "BY) constr. "BS, 6. suff. 


Ἢ in, plur. nm MDD, constr. ΠΊΕ. 


Ἃ duat, Tad earth, Gen. 2, 7. 26, 15. 


ἀξ id. Put also for clay, mire, 
with which walls are cemented or built 


_ Lev. 14, 42. 45; rubbish Hab. 1, 10. Ps. 
_ 102,15; fine dust as driven by the wind, 
ἴα. Pax, Ps. 18, 43; and which mourn- 
ers cast upon tiieir hens Josh. 7,6. Job 
1: 2, τὰ Lam. 2,10. Ez. 27,30; py Nn 7p 
68 





ἽΞ» 


the dust ὡς, earth Ex. 8, 12. 13. Is, 40, 
12. Am.2,7. Hence 75> by upon the dust 
or sand, where the ostrich leaves her 
eggs for warmth, Job 39, 14; then upon 
the earth, in orbe terrarum, Job 19, 25. 
41,25; upon the ground 22,24. Is.47,1; 
or also in the grave, sepulchre, Job 20, 11. 
21,26; for which is also said "> 7, 21. 
723 377 to go down into the dust, i.e. into 
the sepulchre, Ps. 22, 30. "52 722% chose 
who dwell in the dust, the dead, Is. 26, 19; 
“BP ΤῚΝ 20" id. Dan. 12, 2; mg 7D 
the dust of death, i. 6. the grave, Ps. 
22,16. “H9->x = to return to dust 
Gen. 3, 19. Ps, 104, 29; “Bd 5 id. 
Job 34, 15. Hence "ἘΦ put for the 
dead as: dissolving into dust, Ps. 30, 
10. Ecc. 12, 8. Also “ἘΦ ἊΝ to εαὲ. 
dust, spoken of the serpent Gen. 3, 14 
comp. Is. 65, 25; to lick the dust, hy- 
perbol. of those who prostrate them- 
selves in the dust, Mic. 7, 17; but trop. 
Lam. 3, 29 to put the mouth in the dust, 
is to bow in silence and await God’s 
help. “ἘΝῚ “by “dust and ashes, a pro- 
verbial expression for the lowness and 
frailty of human nature, Gen. 18, 27, 
comp. Ps. 103, 14.—Spoken also of a 
multitude, Num. 23, 10 3p27 “D> the dust 
of Jacob, i. 6. a people like the dust of 
the earth innumerable, comp. Gen. 13, 
16.—Plur. minp> lumps; clods of earth ; 
Prov. 8, 26 ban | ΤΥ ΩΣ ON the first clod 
of the earth. Job 28, 6 ant ninp> lumps 
of gold in mines. 


“BP ( ᾳ. is a calf, young animal) 
eit pr.n.m. a) A son of Midian 
Gen. 25,4. b)1Chr. 4,17. c) 5, 24. 


“DY m. (r. "BD) a fawn, i. e. a young 
deer, roe, neuen Cant. 2, 9.17. 4,5. 7,4. 


99. 


8, 14.—Arab. pit and r= young of 
the wild goat, Steinbock. 


MDP (female fawn) Ophrah, pr. n. 
a) A town in the tribe of Benjamin 
Josh. 18, 23. 1 Sam. 13,17; fully Mic. 
1,10 m3ps> m2 (house of" the fawn). 
[Perh. the mod. Tayibeh, see Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. IT. p. 124. Biblioth. Sac. 1845: 
p. 398 sq. Prob. i.g. 119 2 Chr. 13, 
19, where see.—R. δ) A town in Ma- 
anak Judg. 6, 11. 8, 27. 9,5. ὁ) A 
man 1 Chr. 4, 14. 


"BF 


TS, (fawn-like) Ephron, pr.n. 8) 
A city on the border of Benjamin 2 Chr. 
13, 19, where Keri 7725. [It was the 
᾿βφραΐμ of John 11, 54, and prob. identi- 
cal with ΞΡ lett. a, where see more. 
Biblioth. Sac. 1845. p- 398—R. b)A 
mountain on the confines of the tribes of 
Judah and Benjamin, Josh. 156,9. ¢) A 
descendant of Heth, a Hittite Gen. 23, 
8.25, 9. 


ΤΩΣ (the two fawns) see i789 lett. ἃ. 


MID? f. (r. "2>) in pause M75¥ Num. 
31, 22. lead, so called from its whitish 
iia comp. #02, amt. Ex. 15, 10. 
Ez. 22, 18. 20.27, 12. "Zech. 5, 7. al. 
PIES aN the leaden weight Zech. 5, 8. 


MND Job 10, 22, see in mMD">. 


72 τὰ. (τ. ΠΕΡ) c. suff. 159; plur.: 


D XD, eat "Z>, 6. suff. "33. 
1. a tree, Eth. ‘OU id. Arab. Las 


a staff, rod, also a bone; comp. Gr. ὄζος 
branch, ὄστεον, Sanscr. pe Lat. hasta, 
Germ. Ast. For the idea wood the Arabs 


8 

often employ the kindred form ὦ Σ 
Chald. >8 and δὲν id—E, g. Onn y> 
the tree of life (see ") Gen. 2,9. 3,1. 18, 
4, 8. Ps. 1, 3. al. sep. Often collect. 
trees ; "8 72 fruit-trees, Gen. 1, 11. Is. 
10,19. Ps. 74,5. Plur. trees, Judg. 19, 
8 sq. 1 K. 5, 13. Ps. 104, 16. al. 

2. wood, Ex. 15, 25. Is. 40, 20. 44, 19. 
]283 72 wood and stone Deut. 4, 28. be 
TIN cedar-wood Lev. 14, 4 sq. Υ3΄ 23 
Gill wood i.e. all idols Ez. 21, 15, comp. 
Jer. 2, 27. Spec. a wooden post, a 
stake, gibbet, cross, Gen. 40, 19. Deut. 
21,22. Josh. 10,26. Esth. 2, 23. 5, 14. 
Plur. =°X wood i. 6. sticks of wood, 
as prepared for fuel, Gen.-22, 3. 9. Lev. 
1, 7. 4, 12; of materials for building, 
wood, timber, Ex. 25, 10. 1 K. 5, 24. 10, 
12. Is. 60,17. Comp. art. Ox I. 


ἢ a2 1. to work, to form, to fash- 
ion, see Piel no. 1. The primary idea 
lies perhaps in cutting, carving, both 
wood and stone, comp. 285, 20M, AXP ; 
hence also the idea of cutting, wounding, 
giving pain, etc. In the kindred lan- 
guages there are secondary significa- 
tions, as Arab. 45 to be angry.— 
Hence =z and =x a carved image, 
idol, 3% earthen vessel. 


806 





ak 


2. tosuffer pain, to be afflicted, as with 
painful toil; see 335, S49, Max>, fia. 
Also in mind, in Kal trans. to pain, to 
afflict, to grieve, 1 K. 1,6. 1 Chr. 4, 10. 
Part. pass. f. Is. 54, 6. 

Nira. 3333, to be pained: a) In bo- 
dy, to hurt ‘oneself, with 3 of instrum. 
Kee. 10,9. Ὁ) In mind, to be afflicted, . 
grieved Gen. 45, 5. 1 Sam 20, 3; ο. δὲς 
1 Sam. 20, 34; by 2 Sam. 19, 3. 

Pre. 1. to form, to fashion, comp. 
Kal no. 1, Job 10,8. Sept. ἔπλασάν με. 

2. to pain, to afflict, to grieve, comp. 
Kal no. 2, Is. 63, 10. Ps. 56, 6. 

Hiew. 1.i.q.Kal no. 1,folabour ; and 
thence to serve an idol, to worship, like 
synon. 72>; Jer. 44, 19 MI"SII> to wor- 
ship her sc. the queen of heaven; Vulg. 
ad colendum eam. Others to fashion 
her i. 6. her image; comp. Kal no. 1. 

2. i. gq. Piel no. 2, to grieve, i. 6. to 
provoke to anger sc. God, Ps. 78, 40. 

Hirup. 1. to grieve oneself Gen. 6, 6. 

2. to be angry, wroth, Gen. 34,7. See 
Hiph. no. 2. 

Deriv. 389 —M389 and ΓΙΒΕΣΏ, 


222 Chald. part. pass. a"s> grieved 
afflicted, Dan. 6, 21. 

322 τὴ. (r. 39 no. 1) only in plur, 
b°ax>, constr. "BED, images, idols, 1 
Sam. 31, 9, 2 Sam. 5, 21. Hos. 4, 17. 8, 
4. Is. 10, 11. Mic. 1, 7, al. 


ΞΔ τη. (τ. 339) 1. an earthen ves- 
sel, vas fictile, Jer. 22, 28. See the root 
in Kal no. 1. 

2. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra- 
vail, Prov. 10, 22.—Plur. D°333 laboune’ ; 
ΛΞ ΕΣ ἘΠῚ the bread of labours i.e. 
obtained by labour Ps. 127, 2; genr. 
what is obtained by labour Prov. 5, 10. 
With suff. 53"289 your labours, i. e. 
those which you exact from your ser- 
vants, Is. 58, 3; see in a2. 

3. pain, 6. g. of a woman in travail 
Gen. 3,16; comp. Engl: labour id. Also 
pain of pares anger ; Prov. 15,1 "3% 
3x2 a word of anger, i. 6. spoken i in an- 
ger, bitter, harsh. 

315 m. (Ὁ. 355) c. suff. ΝΘ 1. an 
image, idol, i. q. 3E2, Is. 48,5. Ps. 139, 
24 τὺ 73 idobanet, i, 6. idol-worship, | 
idolatry. 

2. labour, sorrow, Is, 14, 3; pain of a 
woman in travail 1 Chr. 4, 9 


—— τὰ 


Pa τ υαν 


ΞΕ m. (r. 359) constr. vias. 

1. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra- 
vail, Gen. 3, 17. 5, 29. 

2. pain, sorrow; Gen. 3, 16 921325 
τ ΠῚ thy sorrow and thy pregnancy, 
Hendiadys for ‘the sorrow of thy preg- 
nancy.’ 


MALY f. (τ. 359) in pause M322, con- 
str. nazy as if from a form aed ; ; δαί. 
constr. mine, c. suff. pring. 

1. an idol, ‘plur. nists i, q. DXAED ; 
Ps. 16, 4 many are their idols, etc. [But 
as minx> elsewhere signifies only sor- 
rows, it is better so to take it here, as 
Engl. Vers. many are their sorrows, etc. 
—R. 

2. pain, as of body Job 9, 28 ; of mind 
Ps. 147, 3 pniaxy> wana he bindeth up 
their sorrows, i.e. heals the wounds of 
their minds. Prov. 10,10. With 3> 15, 13. 


Ρ TS2 obsol. root, to cut, to cut down ; 
Arab. ude to cut, to cut down a tree. 
Hence 7¥37 axe. 


. ΓΙ 1. to make fast, firm; and 
hence to close, to shut, 6. σ. the eyes, 
Proy. 16, 30. Arab. Laé IV, id. Eth. 
U&O to shut a door. 

2. Intrans. to be hard, firm; Arab. 

fut. J, to be obstinate, stubborn ; 


Con}. VIII, to be or grow hard ; comp. 
in 79. 

Deriv. y>, ΠΕΡ I, ΠᾺΡ, and pr. ἢ. 
Ts. 
“TED m. (Ὁ. mz>) Lev. 3, 9, the back- 
bone, spine, according to Onkelos and 
_ Arabs Erpen. or else according to Saa- 
dias dnd Bochart in Hieroz. I. p. 497, 


08. coccygis, Arab. yasuax't, i.e. the 


_ lower joint or vertebra of the spine. In 
either case so called from its hardness 


and firmness; see the root. Arab. Las 
is the thigh-bone ; plur. wing-bones of 
birds. 

I. MXP fem. of v2, collect. wood, i. q. 
D°x>. spoken of building materials, tim- 
ber, Jer.6,6; of fragrant wood, U5) mx2 
Prov. 27, 9. 

Il. M22 ἢ (for nz>", τ. y2%) constr. 


ΤΕΣ, c. suff. "M¥2; plur. see in no. 4; 
counsel, i. e. 


807 





“SD 


1. purpose. plan, Is. 19, 3. 29, 15. Jer 
18, 23. Hos. 10, 6. Job 5, 13. 21,16. Ps. 
14, 6. 33,10. 11. ἃ]. ΠᾺΡ Mw to execute 
counsel, to carry out a purpose, Is. 30, 1. 
Spec. of the divine counsels, purposes, 
sa mgd Is. 5,19. 14, 26. 19, 17. Jer. 49, 
20. Ps. 107, 11. Is. 46,11 "NXE VN the 
man of my counsel, whom I use as an 
instrumént for executing my purposes. 
Also emphat, > id. Job 38, 2. 42, 3. 

2. counsel which one gives or takes, 
advice, 2 Sam. 16, 20. 1 K. 1,12. al. Ps. 
119, 24 "MN¥>d "WIN my ας ἡ ες 725 
Ἔ ΓΣΣΞ to ‘walk in the counsel of any one, 
to live according to his advice, Ps. 1, 1. 
2 Chr. 22, 5. Of prophetic warn.ngs, 
predictions, Is. 44, 30; comp. 41, 28 and 
V2? no. 2. Ὁ. 

3. counsel as a quality of mind, i. e. 
deliberation, prudence, wisdom, espec. 
of God Is. 11, 2. Prov. 8, 14. 21, 30. Jer. 
32, 19 mdr D543 the great in counsel, i. 6. 
of great wisdom. 1 Chr. 12, 19 mxSa 
upon advisement, advisedly. : 

4. Plur. miz>, once 6. suff. 72Mzy Is. 
47, 13; coninsele Deut. 32, 28. Is. 25, 15 
deliberations Is. 47,13; anxious cares 
Ps. 13, 3. 


DALY m. adj. (τ. Bx) plur. DED, 
DN2SS. 

1. ‘strong, mighty, powerful, ofa people 
Gen. 18, 18. Num. 14, 12. Deut. 9, 14. 
26, 5. Toul 2,25 ofkings Ps. 135, 10; of 
waters Is.8,7. Plur, 2%25x2 the strong, 
the mighty, i. e. warriors, heroes, Prov. 
18, 18. Is. 53, 12; once the strong mem- 
bers of a lion, i. 6. the claws, teeth, Ps. 
10, 10 oxsbn smizya 552 the unhappy 
fall into his mighty ‘fangs ; ; but others 
understand the whelps of the lion.—Arah. 


pains great. 


2. strong in number, numerous, Num. 
32, 1. Ps. 35,18. Am. 5, 12. See the 
root, Kal no. 3. 


723 JSP (back-bone of a man, r. 
nxy) Ezion-geber, pr. n. of a sea-port οὔ 
Idumea on the Elanitic gulf of the Red 
Sea, not far from Elath (see ΤΡ), 
Mite 33, 35. Deut. 2,8; whence the 
ships of Solomon sailed to Ophir 1 K. 9, 
26. 2 Chr. 8,17; and where the fleet of 
Jehoshaphat was lost 1 K. 22, 49. 2 Chr. 
20,36. The Greek name was “Βερενίκη 


buy 


Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 4. Written in Arabic 
Wyyes ’Asytin. [A similar name still 
exists in connection with a small Wady 
north of’Akabah. ylndalt el-Ghudydan; 
but no traces of the city have yet been 
found. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
250. Burckh. Travels in Syria p. 511. 
—R. 

Ὰ ΧΦ in Kal not used, Arab. (he 
I, V, to be at leisure, idle ; Con). II, to 
leave, to neglect. The primary idea 
seems to be that of laxness, languor, 
comp. 7m, Abs, also 535. 

Nipu. to be slothful, remiss, Judg. 18, 9. 

Deriv. the three following. 


2X3 τὴ. adj. verbal, one slothful, a 
sluggard, Prov. 6, 6. 9. 13, 4. 15, 19. 
20,4. al. R. dx. 

ΓΩΣ f. (r. 5.9) sloth, indolence, Prov. 
19, 15. Dual ponbxy double slothful- 
ness, i. 6. great, excessive, Kee. 10, 18; 
referring perhaps to the languor and 
sloth of both hands. 

ΗΟ Ν᾽ f. sloth, indolence, Prov. 31, 27. 
R. dup. 


*DES 1. pr. to bind up, to bind fast, 
to tie up, e. g. the eyes, Is. 33, 15; see 
Piel. Arab. IV, to tie up a leather 
bottle or skin; more commonly was 


tobind up. Kindr. are 52%, a (772%), 
also SON, OMN.—From the idea of bind- 
ing up (see "33, "P), comes 

2. Intrans. (once mid. E, "ὩΣ" Ps. 38, 
20,) to be strong, mighty, powerful, Gen. 
26, 16. Ps. 38, 20; to become strong, etc. 
Ex. 1, 7. 20. Dan. 8, 8. 24. 11, 23.— 


Arab. [8 to be great, of great mo- 


8 
ment, a greatness, pslas great. 


. to be strong in number, to be nume- 
rous, many, Ps. 38, 20. 40, 6. 13. 69, 5. 
139, 17. Is. 31, 1. Jer. 15, 8. 30, 14. 13. 
See DAx> no. 2. 

Piet ox>~ 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to shut 
up the eyes of any one, Is. 29, 10. 

2. Denom. from ΣΡ, fo gnaw or 
craunch the bones, Jer. 50,17. Comp. 
pan. 

Hipu. to make strong Ps. 105, 24. 

Deriv. D8xd, Minxsm, and the five 
here following 


808 





> 


OXY f. but with masc. Ez. 24,10. Ps. 
22,18; in pause O&), c. suff. "249; plur. 
DyND, constr. "ὭΣΘ, c. suff. ΚΕΝ also 
phunad. minxy , banete: minx , c. suff, 
“ming. R. Dy. ὶς 

la “bone, so called from its hardness 
and strength, comp. the root no.2; Arab. 


oe. Gen. 2, 23. Ex. 12, 46. Num. 9, 
12. Job 30, 30. "35 "E> my bone and 
my flesh, see in "Wa no. 4. Plur. 5°29 
constr. "2x> Ps. 6, ‘8. 31, 11. 32,3; once 
of the bones of the dena Am. 6,10. Of 
tener plur. ὩΣ Ps. 22, 15. 18. 42, 11. 
51, 10. Is. 38, 13. Job 4, 14. Prov. 14, 30; 
mostly of the bones of one dead (comp. 
mits mipd), Ex. 13, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2 
Sam. 21, 12.13.14. 2 K. 23, 14. 18. 20. al. 

2. a body, bodily form, Lam. 4, 7. 

3. With genit. it is used instead of 
the pronoun self, self-same, ipse, comp. 
synon. 074 no. 3, and Arab. .,ae eye, 


- 


ipse, self; but only of things, e. g. ἘΣΘΞ 

mint Din in the self-same day, that very 
day, Gen. 7, 13. 17, 23. 26. Lev. 23, 21. 
28. al. Ex. 24,10 D13um Cx>2 as the 
heaven itself, the very heaven. Job 21, 
23 Wan ἘΣΘ in his very wholeness, in the 
midst of health and prosperity. 

4. Azem, pr. n. of a city in the tribe 
of Simeon, Josh. 15, 29. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4, 
29. > 


DEY m. (τ. oxy) ὁ. suff. ΠΝ 

1: strength, Deut. 8, 17. Job 30, 91. 

2. Collect. the bones, body, i. q: ΣΡ 
no. 2, Ps. 139, 15. 


MOxy f. (τ. DEY) constr. MOE>. 
"Ὁ ‘strength Is. 40, 29. 47, 9. 
2. number, multitude, Nah. 8, 9. 


Tz (strong, r. ΘΞ9) Azmon, pr. ἢ. 
of a place on the southern border of Pa- 
lestine, Num. 34, 4. 5. Josh. 15, 4. 

minx f. plur. (τ. ©) strong de- 
fences, bulwarks, trop. of arguments with 
which disputants defend their cause, 
Is. 41, 21; comp. Job 13, 12.—Talmud. 
ὈΧΣῺΝ to dispute, to contend with argu- 


ments; Arab. Kas defence, guard, 


᾿ ΣΦ obsol. root, prob. of a like force 
with D>, M¥2, Zo be hard , firm, strong: 
—Hence 


ἼΧ5 
ἼΧΣ ἄπ. λεγόμ. 2 Sam. 23, 8, prob. a 


Pi 2 
spear; comp. Arab. (at branch. See 
this passage in full under art. >. 


ΩΣ fut. “S59, more rarely ἘΣ" 
1 K. 18, “Ad. 2 K. 4, 34. 

1. to shut up, to close. The primary 
idea lies in surrounding, enclosing, with 
a fence, wall; comp. the similar roots 
ἜΣΤΙ, WEN, WN, and the remarks there 
made. Arab. to prohibit, to re- 


fuse ; to hold back, to restrain, 


like the Heb. no. 2.—E. g. to shut up the 
heavens, so that it cannot rain, Deut. 11, 
17. 2 Chr. 7, 13; the womb, so as not to 
bear, Gen. 16, 2. 20, 18 (where it is con- 
strued with 432 q. v. no. 1), comp. Is. 66, 
9. Also to shut up in a place Jer. 20,9; 
espec. in prison 2K. 17, 4. Jer. 33, 1. 36, 
5. 39,15. With"259, 1 Chr. 12, 1 "4x9 
bax "2579 shut out ya the presence of 
Saul, not permitted to see Saul’s face ; 
others: shut up at home because of Saul, 
through fear of him, comp. IV to 


keep oneself at home.—F or the phrase 
SD} WAXY, see in 519 no. 1. a. 

2. to hold back, to hinder, to detain a 
person anywhere, 1 K. 18, 44. Judg. 13, 
16; c. > 2K.4, 24; ο. 3 Job 12, 15 παρ" 
ὈΠῸΞ he: holdeth back, ‘withholdeth, the 
waters, 4,2 49222 7¥> to withhold words, 
29, 9. 1 Sam. 21, 6 ἈΝ ΤΙΣ MUN wo- 
men have been kept from us.—A pecu- 
iar formula not unfrequent in the later 
Hebrew is MD 7% , to retain strength, to 
be strong, Dan. 10, 8. 16. 11, 6. 2 Chr. 
13, 20;. 6. > to have strength for any 
. Shing: to be able, 1 Chr. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 2, 

5. 22, 9; and so MD being omnitind 2 Chr. 
20, 37. 14, 10. 

3. coércuit imperio, i. e. to rule, to 
reign, c. 3 1 Sam. 9, 17. 

_ 4. to collect, to heap up, i. q. ἘΝ q. v. 
hence “3 wealth; to assemble persons, 
see Niph. no. 3, and H733. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 1. to be shut up, 6. g. the hea- 
vens 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. 

2. to be restrained, hindered, stayed, 
Num. 17, 13. 15 [16, 48. 50]. 2 Sam. 24, 
21. 25. Ps. 106, 30. 

3. to be assembled (from the idea of 
constraining, compelling, see MZ), 
espec. to a festival, Ma¥>. 1 Sam. 21, 

68* 


809 





Spy 


8 mint "2D "YD2 assembled before Je- 
hovah. 

Deriv. the three following, and “E72 
“ix372. 


ZY m. (τ. I¥¥) treasures laid up 
wealth, riches, i. q. MINZIN. Judg. 18, ™ 
ΧΡ WIi. .. FN no possessor of wealth , 
comp. "X23 no. 4; Vulg. magnarum 
opum ; Sept. Vatic. κληρονόμος ἐκπιέξζω;» 
Snoaveovs.—Several ancient intpp. give 
it by dominion, rule, see ΣΦ πο. 3. But 
the expression refers to a people, and 
not to a ruler. 


“ZI τὰ. (r. 989) 1. @ shutting up, 
closure. Prov. 30, 16 BY “8 the shut- 


᾿ ting up of the womb, i. e. a barren womb. . 


2. constraint, oppression, vexation, Ps. 
107. 39. Is. 53, 8 


MIST f. (τ. 1¥9 πο. 4) 2K. 10, 20. Is. 
1,13. Joel 1, 14; elsewhere ΓΜ, in 
pause MIX 2 Chr. 7, 9; plur. c. suff. 
DSI"NiNEy ; an assembly, Jer. 9, 1 [2. 
ΣΤΡ noisy an assembly of wicked men. 
Usually, the assembly, congregation of 
the people for celebrating public rites 
πανήγυρις, Joel 1,14. 2 K. 10, 20. Am. 
5, 21. Is. 1,13; espec. as held on the 
seventh day of the passover, and on the 
eighth day of the festival of taberna- 
cles, i. ᾳ. UIP ΠΡ, Lev. 23, 36. Num. 
29, 35. Deut. 16, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 9. Neh. 8, 


S_ 
18. Comp. Arab. Kem assembly, more 


fully Keyl es day of assembly, i. e. 
Friday, as a festival or holyday of the 
Muhammedans.—lIken and Michaelis 
find the primary idea in restraint from 
labour ; see Iken Diss. philol. theol. p 


49 sq. J. D. Michaelis Suppl. h. ν, 


‘The contrary is shewn by Jer. 9, 1 [91 


* ap? fut. aps" Jer. 9, 3; 6. suff, 
"23P>7 Gen. 27, 36. 

1. Prob. to ΓᾺ high, like a vault, 
mound, or the like; kindr. with 337 
223. Hence 3) hill, 3p» heel. 

2. Denom. from ap?, to take, or seize 
by the heel ; Hos. 12 4 “MN APY ἸΞΞΞ 
wrx in the womb he took his aaa by 
the heel ; comp. Gen. 25, 26. So Ana 


oe 
sas hasmeaningsborrowed from, i= 


heel, 6. g. to, hit in the heel.—Spec. iz 
order to trip or throw one down; hencs 


“apy 


3. Trop. to circumvent, to deceive, to 
defraud, Gen. 27, 36. Jer. 9, 3. Chald. 


ape to lie in wait for, pr. to follow at | 


one’s heels, to track. 
ΞΡΞ no 2, Maps. 


Comp. 312 9 no. 3, 


Prez to ine ‘behind, pr. at one’s heels, | 


e. g. the lightnings behind the thunders 
Job 37,4. Arab. _,¢ to leave behind, 
to defer, to procrastinate ; Chald. 339 to 
delay. 

Deriv. 229—Nap>, and pr. ἢ. ΞΡ, 
Spy", haps". 


ΞΡ τὰ. (τ. 39 no. 1) constr. APs 
Gen. 25, 26; plur. B°AP>, constr. "ap> 
Cant. 1, 8, "apy Dag. sibe: Gen. 49, i7, 
and nispy Ps. 77, 20; c. suff. "2 ΞΏΣ, 
ΠΠΩΊΖΡΣ. 


1. the heel of the foot; Arab. were 


Syn fase id. Chald. 827 id. also end 
οἵα thing. a)Ofmen Cieri: 3, 15. 25, 26. 
Ps. 41, 10. Job 18, 9.—Meton. steps, foot- 
steps ; Ps. 56,7 37720" “3p> they watch 
my heels, i.e. my steps; so Cant. 1, 8, 
and minpy Ps. 77, 20. 89, 52 they have 
reproached the footsteps (ninps) of thine 
anointed. Comp. 3? no. 3.—To make 
bare the heels of a woman, to show her 
disgrace, the heels of a modest woman 
being covered by her train, Jer. 13, 22. 
b) Of a horse, the hoof, Gen. 49, 17. 
Judg. 5, 22. 

2. Metaph. the rear of an army, Josh. 
8, 13. Gen. 49, 19. 

3. Adj. verbal from the root no. 3, a 
lier-in-wait, tracker, Ps. 49, 6. 


PY m. (r. PY no. 1) fem. 3} Re. 
1. a hill, acclivity, Is. 40, 4. Arab. 


SARS , ’Akabah, a steep pass. Ethiop.. 


ῴφῃ, 

2. Adj. fraudulent, deceitful, 6. g. the 
heart. Jer. 17, 9. 

3. Adj. denom. from 309 no. 1. a. 
Hos. 6, 8 D5 Maps tracked ‘with blood, 
i. €. fall of bloody footsteps, the traces 
of blood.—This adj. 3P3, f. Maps, imi- 
tates those which mark ροῦν and the 
dike, e.g. 058, 1p), Ips. 


ΞΡΦ τὰ. (τ. 2p) 


of any thing; Arab. errs Chald. 83p>. 
Hence as adv. even to the end, ever, for 
ever, Ps. 119, 33. 112. 


1: Ἐν end, the last 


810 





Ὁ» 


2. recompense, reward, wages, as the 
end and result of labour; comp. doz- 
σϑήϊα reward, from λοῖσϑος last. Ps. 19, 
12. Prov. 22,4.—Hence Ξ 9 9 Ps. 40, 
17. 70, 4, aud 59 Is. 5, 23, as Prep. pr. 
in reward of, i. e. on account of, because 
of, propter. Also with a relat. particle 
as Conjunct. 6. g. “WN AED Gen. 22, 18. 
26,5, and "3 p> Am. 4, 12, propterea 
cued, because ; and so sii =p Num. 
14, 24. Deut. 7, 12. 8, 20. ‘ 


Mapy f. or better NAPF ἢ fraud, craft, 
sublilty, 2 K. 10,19. R. apd no. 3. 


ΓΊΞΙΡΣ see in ΞΡ». 


* "IP? fut. pos, to bind, Gen. 22, 9. 
Chald. id. Arab. ae nexuit, nodavit. 
Kindred roots are 738, 328, q. v. Hence 


TPY adj. plur. D°ApY, banded, i. e. 
marked with bands or stripes, striped 
ring-streaked, comp. "3" no. 3; espec. 
on the feet, pied-footed, white-footed, 
Gen. 30, 35. 39. 40. 31, 8. 10.12. Symm. 


S- als 
λευχόποδες. Saad. aS white-footed, 


So 
from \& band, fetter. 


ἽΡΦ see DDN IpPY MB in art. M73 
no. 12. ii. 


᾽ rips obsol. root, Arab. lke to re- 
tain, to detain. The primary idea seems 
to lie in compressing ; see PAX, Pix. 
Hence ΠΡ. 


MP f. oppression Ps. 55,4. R. pry. 


APY (insidious i. q. 3p9") Akkub, pr. 
n.m. a)1Chr’3, 24. b) 9,17. Ezra 
2,42. Neh. 7, 45. 8, 7. 11,19. 12, 25. 
c) Ezra 2, 45. 


% >p> in Kal not used, to twist, to 
wrest, to pervert. Chald. >p> to per- 
vert; Syr. ‘ek part. perverse. Arab. 
(Lic to bind together sc. the feet. 


Puat part. >p9% perverted, Hab. 1, 4. 
Deriv. the two following. 


Spy το. adj. (r. SRS) winding, 


crooked, only plur. Judg. 5, 6 MINIS 
mibpdp» winding ways, i.e. devious and 
unfrequented, by-paths. So withou 
subst. mibp>py id. Ps. 125, 5. 


\BN8 id. 


Syr_ 


ee 


dps 


TIM3PY adj. (from a lost subst. n2py 
and adj. ending 11) winding, tortuous, 
epithet of a serpent Is. 27,1. R. 555. 


ΝΡ. obsol. root, perh. i. ᾳ. >pS and 
Aram. 5p, lo twist, to wrest. Hee 


We2Z Akan, pr. n. m. Gen. 36,27; for 
which 372° Jaakan, 1 Chr.1, 42. See 
also 7292 "22 MINNA p. 110. 


Υ pe 1. to pluck up, to root out, 
6. g. a plant, Ecc. 3, 2.—Syr. and Chald. 
id. The primary syllable is "Pp with the 
idea of digging, digging out; comp. the 
kindr. roots “4p, “P32; also "1D, ΓΞ, 
"28.—Hence . _ ‘ 

2. i. q. Arab. 786 and 7 S, 
rile, used both of male and female, but 
pr. to have the testicles extirpated, 
comp. under the root 079. 

Nipu. to be rooted up. destroyed, e. g. 
a city Zeph. 2, 4. 

_ Piet to hamstring, to hough, 6. g. a 
horse, i. e. to cut the sinews of the hind 
feet, by which the animal is rendered 
wholly useless and unable to stand, Josh. 
11, 6.9. 2 Sam. 8, 4. 1 Chr. 18,4; οἵ ἃ 
bullock Gen. 49, 6. Sept. νευροκοπεῖν. 
This was often and is still done in war 
by the victors, when unable to carry off 
with them the horses captured.—Arab. 


| As ia 


eriv. the six following. 


to be ste- 


“PY Chald. to pluck up, to root out. 
Irupe. pass. Dan. 7, 8. 

"PP τα. adj. (r. 7B) £TIBY, MIR’, 
_ sterile, spoken of both male and female ; 
_ for the primary idea see the root no. 2. 
_ Ofa male Deut. 7, 14; of females Gen. 
11, 30. 25, 21. 29, 31. Deut. 7, 14. al— 
| Syr. and Arab. id. 


ΓΦ τι. (τ. 33) 1. pr. a rooting up, 
_ concer. a plant Halted up and transplant- 
_ ed to another soil. Hence metaph. ofa 
person sprung from a foreign family re- 
sident in the Hebrew territory, Lev. 
25, 47. 

2, Eker, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 27. 


“py Chald. m. a stump, trunk of a 
tree, Dan. 4, 12. 20. 


272 m. plur. p23py 
pion Ez. 2,6. Arab. pie id. Syr. 


S11 


85 in Spd σχόλιος. 


1. @ scor-. 





wp» 
[opo% id. Comp. Gr. σκορπίος, the 
guttural being changed to a sibilant, 
As a quadriliteral 
it seems to be compounded from “p92 

to wound, and 3p> heel.—See also 
praIpI“72972 p. 598. 

2. a scourge, armed with knots, points, 
etc. 1 K.12, 11.14. 2 Chr. 10, 11.14. So 
Lat. scorpio according to Isidorus, Origg. 
5. 27, i.e. ‘ virga nodosa et aculeata.’ 


TPF (eradication, τ. “PY; comp. 
Zeph. 2,4) Ekron, pr. n. of one of the 
five chief cities of the Philistines, situ- 
ated in the northern part of their terri- 
tory, Josh. 13, 3; assigned first to the 
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 45, and then to 
Dan, Josh. 19, 43, but occupied by nei- 


- ther.—Josh. 15, 11. 19,43. Judg. 1, 18, 


1 Sam. 5, 10. 2K.1, 2. al. Sept. ‘Axxa- 
ρῶν, ᾿ἀκαρών. Now ,3le ’Akir,a large 


village ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p, 


23.—Gentile ἢ. ΠΡ. Ekronite Josh. 
13, 3. 1 Sam. 5, 10. 


Ἑ wpy not used in Kal, to twist, to 
pervert, to wrest. Arab. and (aks 
id. This signif: of twisting or bending 
1165. both in the syll. P>, as fo to bend 


or twist back, "PD, hee. plas nexuit. 


>p>, Dp? Sans, Waite; and also in the 
syll. Wp,as BAP, Wp. 

Piet to pervert, Mic. 3,9. So to per- 
vert one’s ways, i. q. to act perversely, 
Is. 59, 8. Prov. 10, 9. 

Hipu. to declare perverse, 1. 6. guilty, 
parall. with 9"69n. Job 9, 20 though 
I be perfect, "328p271 he will declare me 
perverse, guilty; here "20p>") is for 
"30°91, Heb. Gr. § 52. n. 4. 

Nipu. pass. to be perverted, perverse.. 
Part. ΘΠ p>) whose ways are per- 
verse, Prov. 28, 18. 

Deriv. Up>, mop», ovwPy2. 

Up? m. adj. (τ. Up») plur. ϑῶρϑ, 
constr. "Op>. 

1. perverse ; tp» 22> a perverse mind 
Ps. 101,4; and vice versa 335 9 a 
man oP perverse mind Prov. 11: 20. 17, 
20. MDW OP2 one perverse of lips't 1. Θ. " 
speaking falsely Prov. 19, 1. Absol. 
false, deceitful, Deut. 32,5. Ps. 18, 27. 
Prov. 8, 8. 

2. Ikkesh, pr. τι. m. 2 Sam. 23, 26 


pe 
PAOPI Γ (Ὁ. Bpy) with mB, perverse- 


ness οἵ mouth, i. 6. false speech, deceit-. 


ful words, Prov. 4, 24. 6,12; comp. 19,1. 


ΤΟ τὰ. (Ὁ. 749 1) acity, spec. as forti- 
fied, whence plur. ὩΣ used as plural 
of "2 q.v. In sing. only as pr. n. "3 
Ar, Num. 21,15. Deut. 2, 29; fully sD 
axi2 Ar Moab Num. 21, 38. Is. 15, 1; 
also ania ΠΣ city of Moab, Num. 22, 36, 
i. e. the metropolis of Moab, situated 
on the southern bank of the Arnon; Gr. 
‘Ageonoks (which some neglecting the 
etymology have interpreted Urbs Mar- 
tis), Abulfeda slo and Xs Sf; still 
called Rabba. See Reland’ Palestina 
p.577. Burckhardt’s Trav. in Syria, p. 
374, 377. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 569. 
—Twice put for the country of Moab, 
Deut. 2, 9. 18; 


Il. Σ m. (r. 9°) an enemy; 6. suff. 
772 1 Sam. 28, 16. Plur. ΒΡ Is. 14, 21. 
Ps. 139, 20. 


“W Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. no. II, an enemy, 
Dan. 4, 16. 


“W (waking, τ. "ἢ 1) Er, pron. a) A 
son of Judah, Gen. 38, 3. 46,12. b) 1 
Chr. 4,21.—Another "3 see in r. "ΝΣ I. 1. 


tl 272 1. Pr. a) to interweave, 
to braid ; comp. 238 to knot, to braid, 
Egypt. ops constringere ; hence 25> 
woof. δ) to mix, to mingle, as Syr. 
LD, Chald. 24 ; see Hithp. no. 1, 33 
no. 2. 

2. to exchange commodities, to barter, 
to traffic, by exchange of merchandise, 
Hz. 27,9.27. Hence ΞΡ.  . 

3. to become surety for any one, with 
ace. of pers. pr. to exchange with him, to 
stand in his place. Chald. Syr. Sam. 
id. E.g. a) to be surety for one’s 
life, to pledge oneself for the life of an- 
other, Gen. 43, 9. 44,32. Ὁ) For an- 
other’s debt, to give security for the 
payment, Prov. 11, 15. 20, 16. 27, 13; 

c. 2 Prov. 6, 1; ppb 17, 18. ‘Poet. Job 
17, ἃ 7723. "23779 be surely Sor me with 
thee, i.e. in the cause which I'have with 
thee. Is. 38, 14 "2259 be surety for me, 
O Lord! i.e. take me under thy protec- 
tion. Ps. 119, 122.—Deriv. ma >, nan. 

4, to pledge, to give in pledges. with 
acc. of thing; Arab. Wye Conj. II, IV, 


812 





+ 


ay 


to give a pledge. Neh. 5,3. Metaph. 
{227M 372 10 pledge his life, i.e. to ex- 
pose it to pressing danger, Jer. 30, 21. 
Deriv. 71299. 

Hirap. 1. to mingle onself, to inter- 
meddle, with 3 of thing, Prov. 14, 10. 

2. to intermingle in social life, 10 have 
intercourse with any one, spec. to be 
familiar with, c. 3 pers. Ps. 106, 35; > 
Prov. 20,19; b> 24, 21; by marriage, 
c. 5 Hera 9, 2. Also Ph make an en- 
gagement, c. DX with any one, sc. by 
way of wager, 2 K. 18, 23. Is. 36, 8. 


Deriv. 338, ΠΡΌΣ, ya, a782 I, 
mayen. 
“I. ἋΣ ι. ἐο- δ, δῦ... 


St id. Susyé jet-black, crow-black. 


Hence 55 raven. 

2. Trop. to be or grow dark, to draw 
tcwards sunset or evening, Fade’ 19, 9. 
Metaph. Is. 24,11 π Ὁ 99 Hayy call 


joy ws darkened, gone wen Syr. eA 
the sun sets, ἜΗΝ sunset; Eth. UZN 


the sun sets; Arab. τὲ id. whence 
Sos 9..9 
Gye 

Hiren. to do at evening ; Inf. 3935 
‘doing at evening, as adv. evening, at 
evening, 1 Sam. 17, 16. Comp. ΘΠ 
in the morning. ~ 

Deriv. 279, 339, 329, 3992 IT, W359. 

* TIT. 232 or ANY, i. ᾳ. 239, tobe 


arid, sterile. Eth. by transp. UNZ id. 
Hence 13%9, and pr. ἢ. 399 Arabia. 


*[V.A72 fut. βοὴ. 1. Intrans, to 
be sweet, pleasant, (perh. well tempered, 
well mixed? comp. no. I. 1. b,) with > of 
pers. 6. g. sleep, Prov. 3, 24. Jer. 31, 26; — 
a desire accomplished Prov. 13, 19; 
sacrifices, gifts, Jer. 6, 20. Hos. 9, 4. 
Mal. 3, 4; c. 53 Ps. 104, 34. Ez. 16, 37 
ὈΠῸΣ MAID “Wx 10 whom thou hast been, 
pleasant. “Comp. adj. 24> sweet. 

2. From the notion of sweetness is 
derived perhaps the signif. of sucking, 
comp. 732, M82. Hence 4¥ gad-fly 
as sucking the blood of men and beasts; 
comp. Arab. ον. which in *he Cainoos, 


p-. 125. 1. 11, is sa ape τυ by KSI 
comedit. 
Deriv. 359, 359. 


, the occident, west. 


2» 


279 Chald. Pa. to mix, to mingle. 
Part. pass. 2392 mixed, Dan. 2, 43. 
Irupa. pass. Dan. 2, 43. 


AN m. adj. (τ. 229 IV) sweet, plea- 
sant, Prov. 20, 17. Cant. 2, 14. 


359 m. (τ. 229 IV) a species of fly, 
gad- fly, exceedingly troublesome to man 
and beast, so called from its sucking the 
blood; see the root no. 2. Ex. 8, 17. 
18. 20. 25. 27 [21. 22. 24. 29.31]. Ps. 78, 
45. 105, 31. Sept. κυνόμυια dog-fly, 
which Philo describes as so named from 
its impudence, Phil. de vita Mosis, T. II. 
_ p. 101 ed. Mangey.—The Rabbins al- 
- most unanimously interpret it of a mix- 
ture, confluz of noxious insects, as if 
from 339 I, to mix; and so Aqu. πάμ- 
μυια, Jerome omne genus muscarum, 
Engl. divers sorts of flies Ps. \l.cc. But 
_ that 352 denotes some certain species 
of insect is clear from Ex. 8, 17. 18 [21. 
_ 22). Oedmann (Verm. Sammlungen II. 
ΠΡ. 150) understands by it the blatta ori- 
᾿ς entalis, Dutch and Germ. Kakerlacke, 
_ Engl. cockroach, which however devours 
_ things rather than stings men, contrary 
_ to the express words in Ex. 8, 17. 


ANY 2 Chr. 9,14. Jer. 25, 24, and 2 










3.» 
Wye, so called from being arid and 


_ sterile; see r. 399 III. The gentile n. 
is "392 Arab, Arabian, Is. 13, 20. Jer. 
_ 3, 2, of nomadic tribes in both passages; 
| eo "39> Neh. 2, 19. 6,1; Plur. ἘΠ2ἼΡ 
_ Arabs, Arabians, 2 Chr. 21, 16. 22, 1,and 
“DINAN 2 Chr. 17, 11. —The name Ἄρα» 
᾿ bia among the Hiditews did not include 
the vast peninsula to which geographers 
_ have given this name, but only a tract 
a of country not very extensive, on the 
a east and south of Palestine as far as to 
᾿ the Red Sea; perh. the same assigned 
_ by ancient writers to the Ishmaelites, 
' see in Ἐννοῶ, Hence in Jer. 25, 24 
_ this name is coupled with other Αὐδοθιώ 
tribes: So too Eusebius, of the Midi- 


Π νότον ἐν ἐρήμῳ τῶν Sagaxjrov τῆς 

} ἐρυϑρᾶς ϑαλάσσας ἐπὶ ἀνατολάς. The 

_ Arabia of the N. T. extended no fur- 

| ther, Gal. 1,17. 4,25. See Comm. on 
[5. 21, 13. 


. 819 


Is. 21,18. Ez. 27, 21, pr. n. Arabia, 


anites: χεῖται ἐπέκεινα τῆς ᾿ἀραβίας πρὸς" 





any 


272 m. (1. ΞῚ 1) also 219 see inno. 2. 

1. the woof, weft, in weaving, Lev. 13, 
48-59. See the root no. 1. a. 

2. Simpl. 299 Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3, 
elsewhere 6. art. 2995, pr. mixture, see 
the root no.1.b; hence concr. a mized 
multitude, mingled mass, of strangers 
and foreigners who follow a migrating 
people or an army. So of strangers 
who joined themselves to the Israelites 
Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3; of Solomon’s 
foreign troops, auxiliaries, 1 K. 10, 15 
2727 "252; or those of Egypt Ez. 30, 5. 
Jer. 25, 20. 24 where 399m 7252 and 
a ΟΝ are coupled ; also those of the » 
Chaldeans Jer. 50, 37. Sept. ἐπίμικτος, 
σύμμικτος. Vulg. promiscuum vulgus, 
ὌΠΑ Chald. ἡ 3 ΞΡ id. Comp. also 


Arab. τ ὐγὲ stranger; though this per- 
tains to τ. 339 II. 


AY τη. (r. 299 IT) but ἢ 1 Sam. 20,5; 
in pause 29> Gen. 24, 63; plur. D°373, 
constr. "299 see in no. 2; also mia 
Jer. 5,6. Dual see below.—For 2795 
c. art. mixture, see in 379 no. 2. 

I. evening, even-tide, see the root no. 


. 2. Gen. 1, 5. 8. 13. 19. 23. Lev. 23, 32. 


al. 393 MM the evening sacrifice Dan. 
9, 21. Ezra 9,4. Al evening, in the 
evening, is 2993 Gen. 19, 1. 29, 23. Ex. 
12,18. al. Poet. 2795 Gen. 49, 27. Ps. 
59, 7. 15. 90, 6. Job 4, 20; and so in the 
later books 1 Chr. 16, 40. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 
Ezra 3, 3. Ecc. 11,6; acc. 259 Ex. 16, 
6; 399 ὩΣ Gen. 8, 11. 24, 11. Zech. 
14, 7; 0% aw evening of the day, at 
evening, Prov. 7, 9; 232 mized αἱ the 
turning of evening, towards evening, 
Gen. 24, 63. Deut. 23, 12.—Also "21 
31> evening wolves, see in 381; and so 
Plur. once Mia aNt Jer. 5,6. “ἘΞ ATW 
evening and morning, νυχϑήμερον, a day 
and night, i. e. the civil day of 24 hours, 
Dan. 8, 14. ν 
Ὅσαι, ba > the two evenings, only in. 
the formula c(i 3°2 beiween the two 
evenings Ex. 16, 12. 30, 8, as marking 
the interval of time doviog which the 
paschal lamb was to be killed Ex. 12, 6. 
Lev. 23, 5. Num. 9, 3. 5, and the even- 
ing sacrifice offered Ex. 29, 39.41. Num. 
28, 4. This, according to the opinion . 
of the Karaites and Samaritans, as also 


ay 


Aben Ezra (which moreover is favoured 
by Deut. 16,6), was the interval between 
sunset and dark. But the Pharisees and 
Rabbinists (comp. Jos. B. J. 6.9.3) held 
the first evening to commence with the 
declining sun, Gr. δεέλη πρωΐα, and the 
second evening with the setting sun, 
Gr. dsidn ὀψία ; hence according to them 
the paschal lamb was to be killed from 
the ninth till the eleventh hour, Jos. 1. c. 
A third opinion is that of Jarchi and 
Kimchi, who hold the two evenings to be 
the time before and after sunset, so that 
the sunset divides them. Of all these 
the first is best supported. The Arabs 
have the like expression ; and also the 
Syrian church; see Thesaur. p. 1065. 
II. Only in plur. 5°39, constr. 9259, 
willows, osiers, perh.so called from their 


GS-°%» 
ash-coloured leaves. Comp. ye one 


having white eyelashes, ene white- 
ness of the eyelashes, silver, also a wil- 
low. Syr. {rozS, plur. Lozs, id.—lIs. 
44. 4. Job 40, 22. Ps. 137, 2, where the 
salix Babylonica Linn. is to be under- 
stood, with pendulous boughs, the em- 
blem δὲ grief and mourning, Engl. weep- 
ing-willow. Is.15,7 0°2995 5112 the Brook 
of Willows (comp. Job "40, 22) in Moab, 
i. 6. ©) sol, Wady el-Ahsy, 
which forms the Fouitdaty between the 
district of Kerak or Moabitis, and of Je- 
bal or Idumea; see Burckhardt’s Tra- 
vels in Syria, etc. p. 400. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 488, 555 —The more an- 
cient name.was ἼΔῚ Zered, q. v. 


279 τὰ. (r. Ὁ» IT) plur. pa5y. 
_ 1. ἃ raven, so called from its ‘black 
colour. Chald. Ramis, Losax, 


OD 
Arab. wl ¢. Corresponding in sound 


are Sanscr. kdrawa and kurawa, Lat. 
corvus, old Germ. hraban, whence Rabe, 
Engl. raven.—Gen. 8,7. 1 K. 17, 4. 6. 
Is. 34, 11. Ps. 147, 9. al. Sometimes it 
would seem to have a wider sense and 
to comprehend kindred species of birds, 
espec. the crow, see Lev. 11, 15. Deut. 
14, 14. 

2. Oreb, pr. n. of a prince of the Midi- 
anites, Judg. 7, 25. 8, 3. Ps. 83,12. From 
him the name was tritnsferred to a rock 
beyond Jordan, Judg. 7, 25. Is. 10, 26. 


Syr. 


814 - 





ay 


AD f(r. 239 IIL) ὁ. πὶ loc. am M333 ; 
plur. ΤΊΣ, constr. mia. 

1. an aie tract, sterile region, desert, 
Job 24, 5. 39, 6. Is. 33, 9. 35, 1.6. 40:3. 
41, 19. 51, 3. Jer. 2, 6. 17,6. 50,12. 51, 
43. Sept. ἔρημος, also ἄβατος, ἄπειρος, 
γῆ Sweoce.—With the art. M3IIZH the 
Arabah, as pr. n. for the low desert tract 
or plain of the Jordan and Dead Sea, 
shut in by mountains, and extending from 
the lake of Tiberias to the Elanitic Gulf; 
see Josh. 12, 3 ming> pr naw». 
Deut. 1,1 930 di ΠΊΣΩ in the Arabah 
over against the Red | Sea, i.e. at the 
opposite end or part. 2,8. So Deut. 1, 
7. 3,17. 4,49. 11,30. Josh. 12, 1. 3. 8. 
8,14. 11, 2.8.16. 15,2. 2 Sam. 2, 29. 
4,7. 2 K. 25,4. Jer. 39,4. 52,7. Ez. 
47,8. Hence the Dead Sea is called 
the Sea of the Arabah Deut. 3, 17. 4, 49. 
Josh. 3, 16. 12,3. 2 K. 14, 25. [The 
Greek name for this tract was Aviom, 
described by Eusebius as extending 
from Lebanon to the desert of Paran ; 
Onomast. art. diddy. Abulfeda speaks 
of it under the name el-Ghér {, and 
says correctly that it stretchés between 
the lake of Tiberias and Ailah or ’Aka- 
bah. At the present day the name el- 
Ghér is applied to the northern part, 
from the lake of Tiberias to an offset or 
line-of cliffs just south of the Dead Sea ; 
while the southern part, quite to the 
Red Sea, is called Wady el~Arabah 

|, the ancient Hebrew name. The 


extension of this valley to the Dead Sea 
appears to have been unknown to the 
early geographers; and in modern times 
was first discovered by Burckhardt; see 
his Travels in Syr. p. 441 sq. Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. II. p. 594-600.—At Jericho 
the valley is broader; and is called in 
plur. m3) miay> Josh. δ, 10. 2 K. 25,5; 
also, east of the Jota, ayia Mint, 
Vulg. campestria Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26, 
3. al. maarn 5112 the brook of the Ara- 
bah, see in 5m) no. 1, p. 663.—R. : 
2. Arabah, pr. n. of a town in Benja- 
min; fully "3337 ma, see MD no. 12. kk. 


May f. 1. surety, security, Prov. 17, 
18. R. 5051. 8. 

2.a pledge. 1 Sam. 17, 18 “PNy 
Man onass and bring from them a 
pledge, token. R. a3 no. I. 4. 


: = 

maw m. (τ. 359 I. 4) a pledge, earnest, 
Gen. 38, 17. 18. 20. Arab. oss, 
ἘΠῚ». 


wry id. Hence ἀῤῥαβών, arrhabo, 
i. e. a pledge, earnest, a mercantile term 
which the Greeks and Romans appear 
to have adopted from the Phenicians as 
the founders of commerce. 

"372, 7272, 
in 333. 
_ WI Arbathite, gentile name from 
3593 no. 2. 2 Sam. 23, 31. 


* 72 fat. ne 


— Ee See 


an Arab, Arabian, see 


1. to rise, to ascend, 
Ὁ place of ascent, 


I ΩΣ ΤΟΥ̓ΝΑς Ethiop. (1 ἰά. See 
ΠΡ. 

2. With ὃν and dx to look up towards 
_ any thigg, to long for, Gr. ὑρέγω 5 comp. 
by wep δῶ. Arab. Conj. II, institit, 
 intentus fuit rei. Ps. 42, 2. Joel 1, 20.— 
_ The assertion of the Hebrew interpret- 
ers, that 379 is strictly used for the cry 
of the stag and is transferred to domestic 
animals in Joel |. c. (the Syriac version 
also having hy in both passages,) is 
not supported by the usage of the kin- 
_ dred languages; although one might 
- compare the Gr. onomatop. ὠρύω, ὠρυγή. 
See too the deriv. 73°93. More also 
is given by Bochart, Hieroz. P. I. p- 


Arab. om id. 


5 19 obsol. root, Arab. Oye to flee ; 
_ comp. kindr. 13m. Hence 7179, Chald. 
ΟΣ, wild ass, onager. 
2B Arad, pr. n. 
city in the southern part of Palestine, so 
᾿ς called prob. from the wild ass, Num. 21, 
1. 33,40. Josh. 12, 14. The name is 
; “still preserved in Tell Arad of 

: hill far south of Hebron adjacent to ΔΩ: 
ὶ “desert ; see Bibl. Res. in Patest. Π. p. 
475. 692. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 15. 

TY Chald. m. i. ᾳ. TinY, a wild ass, 
onager, Dan. 5, 21. 


ΟἿΣ to be naked, in Kal not used. 
Arab. SF id. The primary idea of 


} the root seems to lie in plucking out 
} (comp. 38), e.g. plants, hair, etc. hence 





818 


a) A Canaanitish | 





Ἣ» 


to be bald. bare, naked, of plants, trees, 
etc. comp. 7732, "Sh. Kindr. is ΒΦ 
and perhaps oer ΤΙ. 

PrEL ΠΣ, fut. conv. "5M, imper. plur. 
and. 

1. to make naked, to uncover, e.g. the 
pudenda Is. 3, 17; a shield sc. from its 


covering 22,6. Zeph. 2, 14 τὴν TIAN. 


the cedar-work they have uncovered, i. e. 
they have torn off the wainscotings of 
cedar and laid the walls bare. 
2. to lay naked, bare, as the founda- 
tion of an edifice, i. 6. to demolish, to 
rase, Ps. 137,7. Inf. mind Hab. 3, 13. 
Comp. 533, nbs, Ez. 13, 14. Mic. 1,6.— 
Hence 

3. to empty a vessel, to pour out, in 
doing which its bottom is laid bare; 
uncovered ; Gen. 24, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 11. 
Ps, 141, 8 "52 son-by do not empty out 
my life, i.e. let not my blood be shed. 
Comp. Hiph. no. 2. 

Hips. ΠΣ 1. to make naked, to un- 
cover, e. g. the pudenda, Lev. 20, 18. 19. 

2. to pour out, comp. Pi. no. 3. Is. 53, 
12 iin? m2 NID he poured out his life 
unto death, or in death, gave himself up 


o- Ὁ & 

to death. Arab. x83 SLA! animam 
suam effudit, h. e. tradidit. Syr. Tm 
oasd, Gr. παραβάλλεσϑαι, whence pa- 
rabolanus. 

Nipu. pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be poured 
out, trop. of the Spirit, Is. 32, 15. 

Hirup. 1. to make oneself naked 
Lam. 4, 21. , 

2. to pour oneself out, trop. to spread 
oneself abroad. of a flourishing wide- 
spreading tree, Ps. 37, 35. 

Deriv. πῦρ, HID, NMP, ΠΣ, 2, 
"Dm, and pr. a. nose. 


ΓΙ f. (τ. ΠῚ) plur. mind Is. 19, 7, 


naked places, without trees (see "32, 


ΓᾺΣ 2), here of the meadows or grassy 
places on the banks of the Nile. Arab. 


Ie, ays, open place. 

MY f. (τ..359) Cant. 5, 13.. 6, 2, 
Ez. Ἵ7, 4, 10, areola, bed, of a cardia 
or vineyard. ΠΕΣ in the middle. So 
the ancient versions.—Others a ladder, 
trellis, a frame for training plants up- 


GS of 
wards; comp. Arab. ἐν" ladder. 


ἵν. 


THY m. (r. 49) a wild ass, onager, 
Job 39,5. Chald. id. in Targg. for Heb. 


Syr. id. Arab. oye ass 


ΓΝ f. (τ. ΠΣ) 1. nakedness, Ez. 
16, 8. Hos. 2, 9 [11]. Metaph. m"> 
V285 the nakedness of the land, i. 6. the 
‘exposed part, where it is unfortified, 
easy of access, Gen. 42, 9. 12. Arab. 
ἔνε, τεῖχος ἐγυμνώϑη Hom. Il. 12. 399. 

2. pudenda, espec. as exposed, naked- 
ness, Gen. 9, 22. 23. Ex. 20, 26. Lev. 20, 
17. Ez. 16, 37. 23, 29. pee 4B: nbs 
‘p MIND to uncover the niikednéss of a 
woman, either in ignominy Is. 47, 3; or 
for carnal intercourse with her, see in 
mba Pi. no. 1. ἃ. ax MIND the naked- 
ness of his father, i. e. of his father’s 
wife, see in >’ Pi. no. 1. ἃ. mrq9 “wa 
the flesh of nakedness, the privy-member, 
Ex. 28, 42. 

3. shame, uncleanness, filthiness. ΤᾺΣ 
"as any filthy thing, excrement, Deut. 
23,15; a foul blemish found in a wo- 
man, 24,1. See in Thesaur. p. 1068.— 
Hence ignominy, disgrace; Is. 20, 4 
bwx2 ΤῊΣ the shame of Egypt. 1 Sam. 
20, 30. 


M72 Chald. f. pr. an emptying out ; 
hence damage, detriment, sc. of the king, 
Ezra 4, 14. See Heb. m > Pi. no. 3: 


DIY m. adj. (τ. 099 1) also DY 1 Sam. 
19, 24. Job 1, 21. Is. 58, 7, fem. 293, 
plur. ov73 ; naked, Job 1, 21. Ecc. 5, 
14. Mic. 1,8. Am. 2,16. Adv. naked, 
without clothing, Job 24, 7. 10. Is. 20, 4. 
But naked is also put: a) i. q. poorly 
clad, ragged, Job 22, 6. Is. 68, 7; comp. 
Gr. γυμνός James 2, 15, Lat. nudus Se- 
neca de Benef. 5.13. Arab. 2 gluwo 


undressed, ill-clothed. Ὁ) Of one who 
has laid aside his outer garment and 
goes about in his tunic (M22), 1 Sam. 
19, 24. Is. 20, 2. Comp. John 21, 7. 
Virg. Georg. I. 229 and Voss’s note. 
Aurel. Vict. c. 17. 

DAW m. adj. (τ. 529 1.2) 1. crafty, 
cunning, subtle, Gen. 3, 1. Job 5, 12. 15, 5. 

2. In a good sense, shrewd, prudent, 
wise, Prov. 12, 16. 23. 13, 16. 14, 8. 15. 
18. al. 


Diy, see BSD. 


x75. 


816 





== 


YIN, also WAP Is. 17, 2, from r. 
“a2, like >pidp from >>p. 

1. ruins, rudera, see the root Po. Pilp, 
and Hithpal. Jer. 48, 6. Is. 17, 2—Vulg. 
in Jer. l.c. myrica ; others juniper, comp. 
Arab, juniper; Bibl. Res. in Pa- 


lest. II. p. 506. In Is. 1. 6. "B43 "49 is 
usually rendered cities of Aroer; but 
Aroer was not a metropolis, nor does it 
suit the context. 

2. Aroer, pr. n. a) A city on the 
northern bank of the brook Arnon, Deut. 
2, 36. 3, 12. 4, 48. Josh. 12,2. 13, 9.16; 
subject to Moab Jer. 48, 19; and witha 
different form “i3"> Judg. 11, 26. Its 
ruins still bear the ancient name, οἱ 


*Ar@ir ; see Burckhardt’s Travels in 
Syria, etc. p. 372. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
III. App. p. 170. Ὁ) Another city situ- 
ated further north over againgt Rab- 
bath-Ammon Josh. 13, 25, on the brook 
Gad i. e. a branch of the Jabbok 2 Sam. 
24,5; founded by the Gadites Num. 32, 
34. Judg. 11,33. 06) A city of the south 
of Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Its site still 
bears the name ’Ar’érah syle 3 see 


Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 618.—Gentile 
ῃ. "353 Aroerite 1 Chr. 11, 44. 


VT m. (Ὁ: γὴν, after the form >431) 
in other Mss. ΥΥΦ after the form 8>2, 
terror, horror. Job 30, 6 prbm) ΥΥΣΞ 
in a horror of valleys, i. 6. in horrid val- 
leys, chasms. 

ΤΣ f. (τ. HD) nakedness, i. α. WIA 
Hab. 3, 9 thy bow "ΣΤᾺ M7 with naked- 
ness was made naked, i. e. quite naked, 
the verbal noun being put for the inf. 
absol. Elsewhere concer. Ez. 16,7 ὩΣ 
mand) DAD thou wast naked and naked- 
ness, “utterly naked, bare. v. 22. 39. — 
29. Mic. ) Br 

“ (for M292 watching i. 6. worship- 
ping Jehovah, r. "49 1) Eri, pr. ἢ. of a 
son of Gad, Gen. 46, 16. 


MON f. (τ. OF) only in plur. τ ΟῚ 
Num. 15, 20. 21. Neh. 10, 38. Ez. 44, 
30, groats, grits, coarse meal, ptisana, 
Talmud. 07> ptisana of barley, bar- 
ley-groats, pearled barley ; also a drink 


made from it. ge Lams} id.—Sept. 
Vulg. in Num. φύραμα, pulmentum ; in 
Neh. and Ez. σῖτος, cibus. 





ven 


DPD" m. plur. (r. 9221) pr. ‘the 
distilling.’ Poet. for the clouds, and me- 
ton. the heavens, Is. 5, 30.—Syr. and 
Vulg. caligo ; comp. quadrilit. 5273. 


ΤῊ τὰ. adj. (r. v2 , Kamets impure 
for 7772) plur. O°, constr. "¥™9 ; 
pr. terrible, inspiring terror ; hence 

1. powerful, mighty, of God Jer. 20,11; 
of powerful nations Is. 25, 3. 

2. In a bad sense, violent ΩΡ law- 
less, a tyrant, Ps. 37, 35. Is. 13, 11. 25, 
4.5. Job 6, 23. 15, 20. 27, 13. al—Ez. 
28,7 D3 "E77 the violent of the nations. 
30, 11. 31, 12. 32, 12. 


Ὑ m. adj. (τ. 19) plur. D3, 
destitute, forlorn ; hence childless, Gen. 


‘15, 2. Jer. 22, 30; plur. 5°72 Lev. 20, 


20. 21. Sept. ἄτεκνος. 


cae fut, 392" to place in a row, to 
ei wn order, to arrange, Gr. τάσσω, τάτ- 
τω. Comp. kindr. 728 to extend in ἃ 
straight line, and in the Indo-European 
tongues: Germ. Reihe (Reige, Riege), 
rethen, intens. recken ; Lat. rego (not 
for reago, as some suppose), regula, rec- 
tus, also vigeo to be stiff, rigor right 
line.—E. g. wood upon the altar Gen. 
22, 9. Lev. 1,6; bread upon the sacred 
table 24, 8, comp. M3732 no. 1. Also to 
put in order, lo prepare, 6. g. a table for 
a banquet, fo spread, Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5. 
65, 11; an altar Num. 23,4; the sacred 
candelabra Ex. 27, 21. Lev. 24, 3. 4; 
arms for battle Jer. 46,3. Also Is. 30,33 
nan paar”? ΠΡ 3 for the place of 


_ burning is already long arr.inged, pre- 


pared. 2Sam.23,5 593 ΓΞ" Σ ὈΞῚΡ ΓΔ 
an everlasting covenant ordered in all 
things, i. e. confirmed in all ways.—Spec. 


in phrases: 


a) mamba 32 to set the battle in ar- 


ray, to draw up an army, Judg. 20, 20. 


22 ; with MX and MNIP> against any one 
1 aim. 17, 2. Gen. 14, 8. Part. 9355 
mama 1 Chr. 12, 33.35; and rama AMD 
Soel 2.5, drrayed for battle, in ‘pattle ar- 
ray. Bolarkiioat mama id. Judg. 20, 
30. 33. 1 Sam. 4, 2. ‘17, 21; οἱ 59533 
MIP? against any one, 2 Sain: 10, 9. 10. 
17. a 50,9. 14. Part. pass. 93799 ar- 
rayed sc. ἐν battle, Jer. 6, 23. 50, 42.— 
With acc. Job 6, 4 "232499" they set them- 
selves in array against me. 

69 


817 





Ἴν 


b) mba ΤῊΝ do set in order words, i. é. 
to utter words, c. ὃ against any oné 
Job 32, 14; also without nna, Job 37, 
19 Ξπη ΒΒ 53 NP we Ἰὼ ΝΣ in 
order (words) by reason of darkness, i.e. 
ignorance. 33, 5. With >, to dtrect 
words to any one Is. 44, 7, and ellipt. Ps. 
5, 4 F>-FIDR APA in the morning 1 will 
direct to thee sc. my words, my prayer. 

6) OB AID 10 set in order a cause 
before a judge, to array it before him, 
Job 13,18; ο. "25> 23, 4, comp. Ps. 50, 21. 

2. With >, to place together with any 
thing, along side of it, to compare. Is. 
40, 18 ibaa Dm ΤῊ ΘΠ ΓΤ what likeness 
will ye compare unto him? Ps. 89,7. 40, 
6 478 ΠΣ px nothing can be compared 
to thee. Job 28, 17. 19, where in both 
verses 3- is dative for mb ; 

3. to estimate by comparing with mo- — 
ney, i. 6. to value, to esteem ; comp. ΔΕ ΤΙ, 
Job 36,19 API FAN will he set value 
on thy riches? i. e. will he regard them? 

Hipu. i. q. Kal no. 3, to estimate, to 
value, Lev. 27, 8 sq. 2 K. 23, 35. 

Deriv. 7232, 72939, M3732, and 


ΤῊΣ m. ὁ. suff.2D99 1. ἃ row, pile, 
of the shew-bread Ex. 40, 23. =. 

2. preparation, equipment, pr. a put- 
ting in order, a suit, espec. of clothes, 
arms, etc. Judg. 17, 10 ΘΔ 31> equip- 
ment of clothing, i.e. all necessary cloth- 
ing. Sept. Vat. well, στολὴ ἱματίων, 
since στολή is the word appropriate to 
this idea, comp. Lat. stola ; Alex. ζεῦγος 
ἱματέων, whence Vulg. vestem duplicem, 
which L. de Dieu ad ἢ. |. seeks to de- 
fend.—Of the armature (qs. stola) of 
the crocodile Job 41, 4. ͵ 

3. estimation, valuation ; 224 ac- 
cording to thy estimation Lev. 5, 15. 18. 
25. 27, 27. Num. 18, 16. 2 K. 23, 35. 12, 
5. ev. 27, 12 jan 42722 checendine to 
thy estimation, of the priest 1 mean ; and 
so also the Srinulat is to be taken in v. 2, 
ming? mig) 422A according to thy (the 
priest’s) estimation shall the persons be 
to Jehovah; comp. on this passage De 
Wette and Dettinger, in Theol. Studien 
u. Kritiken 1831, p. 303. 1832, p. 395; 
396.—Hence, estimate, price at which a 
thing is estimated, Lev. 27, 3 thy estr- 
mate (price) shall be fifty shekels. v. 4-7. 
13. 15. 19. 25.—Job 28, 13. Ps. 55, 14 


bey 


"D292 Si a man after mine own price, 
i. δ. whom I equal to se boone my own 
equal. 

* O79 1. to be uncircumcised ; see 

ΤΡ §S 
Arab. Jyé id 

2. Denom. from Ty, q. ἃ. to fore- 
skin, i. 6. to remove as foreskin, as an 
unclean thing, spoken of the first fruits 
of a young tree, Lev. 19, 23. 

Nipu. to show oneself uncircumcised, 
to show one’s foreskin, Hab. 2, 16; 
spoken of a drunken heathen, who 
shamelessly uncovers his nakedness. 

Deriv. the two following. 


adj. δὴ». 


oy m. adj. constr. ἔκ Fiz. 44, 9, and- 


ba2 Ex. 6, 12, plur. prbas ; uncircum- 
cised, Geri. 17, 14. Ex. 12, 48. Often 
spoken of other nations in contempt, 
and with the idea of uncleanness, pro- 
faneness ; as the Philistines, Judg. 15, 
18. 1 Sam. 14, 6. 17, 26.36. 31,4; of 
other gentiles Is. 52; 1. Ez. 28,10. 31, 
18. 32, 19.21.24sq. Metaph. pone 59> 
uncircumcised of lips, i. e. dull of speech, 
(989. “"p? Onk.) stammering, one 
whose lips still have as it were the fore- 
skin, and are therefore too thick and 
large to bring out. words easily and 
fluently, Ex. 6,12. 80, So likewise Jer. 
6, 10 τοῖν nba their ear is uncircum- 
Gined, shut up by a foreskin ; also D235 
ban their uncircumcised ΜΑ͂Σ. to which 
the precepts of religion and piety cannot 
penetrate, Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 44,9. Comp. 
Acts 7, 51. 


MW Γ (τ. dod) constr. mb"9, plur. 
nibsy, constr. mibay 1 Sam. 18, 25, 
F the Poresiten,: Pe Sept. axoo- 


βυστία. Arab. aii , Syr. jzadsas, 


1 Sam. 18, 25. 2 Sam.3,14. nb asm "wa 
membrum preputiatum Gen. 17, 11. 24. 
Lev. 12,3. Metaph. 2>-m>59 the fore- 
skin of the heart, see in bay ult. Deut. 
10,16. Jer. 4, 4. Comp. Kor. Sur. 2, 82. 
4, 154, ; 

2. Trop. foreskin of a tree, i. e. the 
fruit of the first three years, which by 
the law was to be regarded as unclean, 
Lev. 19, 23. Comp. τ. 599 no. 2. 

3. Plur. mibyen mya; Foreskins-hill, 
pr. n. of a place near Gilgal, Josh. 5, 3. 


818 





man 


*7.099 or DW 1 to make na- 
ked ; hence BAY (8155), IMD, naked, 
p23. Kindr. are 39, 74> II, perh.. : 


ἊΣ. eye ta 5 
ὩΣ. Arab ere to make naked; also 




















to bark a tree. Intrans. aye to be 


shameless, malignant, i. e. bearing one’s 
malignity naked before him. _ ) 
2. to be crafty, cunning, once inf. absol. 
ΤῚΣ 1 Sam: 23, 22.—Syr. Pe. Pa. Ethpe. 
id. [ros;S, Chald. xo, cunning. 


This signif either connects itself with 





Arab. oe to be malignant, see above; 


or comes from the primary idea of 
smoothness, baldness. 

Hiren. 1. to make crafty. Ps, 83, 4 
Sid 372575" they make crafty their coun- 
sel, i.e. they take crafty counsel. 

2. to act cunningly, craftily, 1 Sam. 23, 
22. In a good sense to act prudently, 
discreetly, Prov. 15, 5. 19, 25. 

Deriv. DITD, DID, NY, DID, Hayy, 
ὈΡΘῸΣ Ὁ , perh. yop. 





᾿. Il. ὉΠ in Kal not used, kindr. 
with the verbs DIN, DOA, ἘΝῚ, DA, 
n29, to be high. Syr. Pa. to heap up. 
Kn yaw V, » be heaped up, Saad. 


Ex. 15, 8; Rey 
threshing-floor. 

Nipu. to be heaped up, as waters Ex. 
15, 8. 

Deriv. M292. 

DAY naked, see BIND. 

DIY, see in ΘΠ. 


¢ heap of grain on the 


DY m. craftiness, cunning, Job 5, 13. 
R. Dt I. 


TO f(r oe 1). 1. pear de 
guile, Ex. 21, 14. Josh. 9, 4. 
2. prudence, Prov. 1, 4, 8, 5. 12. 


may f (τ. po IT) constr. mans 
Tsere impure, plur. ‘min, once pay 
Jer. 50,26; a heap, e. g. of rubbish Neh. 
3, 34; of grain Cant. 7,3; of sheaves 
Ruth 3; 7. Neh. 13, 15. Hage: 2, 16. 
2 Chr. 36, 6 sq. 9 


ΤΥΔῚΣ m. the plane-tree, platanus ori- 
entalis, perh. so called from shedding its 


bark; comp. Arab. eye in r. DID 





Gen. 80, 37. Ez. 81,8. See Celsii Hie- 
robot. T. I. p. 513. 


ΤῊΣ (q. ἃ. Vigilantius, i. ᾳ. "> with an 
adj. ending) Eran, pr. n. m. Num. 26, 
36. Patron. "29> Eranite, ib. R. 49 I. 


? O79 obsol. root, 1.4. O74, to break 
into coarse pieces, to pound coarsely. 
Hence Talmud. 0793, mio373, pounded 
beans, polenta from beans, bean-groats, 
See the deriv. Ho». 


PW Tudg. 11, 26, see in "iny no. 
2. a. 
Wy m. adj. (τ. 92) 1. Pr. naked, 


_ bare; then destitute, forlorn, Ps. 102,18. 
- Perh. Jer. 17, 6 like one forlorn in the 
_ desert, where there is none to help. 
But see in no. 2. 

2. ruins, Jer. 17,6; like "Din Jer. 48, 


6. Others as in no. 1. 
ve and “AY, see in ping. 


I. $39 fat. ΠΡ, i. g. 927, to drop, 
to distil, (comp. 23, sb) Deut. 33, 28; 
metaph. of speech ibid. 32, 2. 
Deriv. B.5"">. 


ἘΝ ΩΣ 1. Prob. primarily to pull, 
to pluck, which is the force of the pri- 
mary syllable 4", 3", comp. 85", 5%, 
a", and with the palatal or guttural 


9.09 
prefixed 23, 52m, F129. Hence ῳ9 


“mane of a Anges (something to be.pulled 


out), C3,¢ to pull out a horse’s fore- 


lock ;,also Heb. 52 neck, prob. so called 
from the mane. In the Indo-European 
tongues comp. Lat. rapio, carpo, Germ. 
raffen, raufen. The signif. of mane and 
top, vertex, is found also in Gr. λόφος, 
mane, then neck, back or ridge, κορυφή, 
κόρυμβος, κορύμβη vertex. 

_ 2. Denom. from 51%, to break the neck 
of an animal Ex. 13. 13. 34, 20. Deut. 
21,4. 6. Is. 66. 3. Trop. of altars, to 
break down, to destroy, Hos. 10, 2. 

Deriv. the two following. 


ΤΡ m. neck, nape, the back of the 


neck, e. g. of a beast Lev. 5,8; Arab. 
5 

δοιὰ mane. So of a man Gen. 49, 8. 
Job 16,12. al. sep. Inphrases: a) 19 

m3 to present or turn the nape or back, 


the back of the neck being thus put 


819 © 





γν 


genr. for the back, 2 Chr. 29, 6; also 
ἘΝ ΤΩ 5 ΓῺ fo turn the back to any one, 
i.e. to turn away from him, Jer. 2, 27. 
32, 33, comp. 18,17. Ὁ) 533 25 Josh. 
2 19, AIS TEN hen, 48, 39, and mm 724 
Josh: 7, 8, to turn the nape. or back se. in 
flight, to flee, Syr. f. = ais}, and Pers. 
wole φῦ. Here belongs Ex. 23, 
27 59 ἘῸΝ ΞΜ 9 τὰς sANN and I 
will give thee all thine enemies, their back, 
i.e. 1 will make them turn that inane 
put them to flight. Ps. 18,41. 6) m&p 
HD stiff-necked, i. 6. stubborn obsti- 
nate, see MUP ; comp. Is. 48, 4, and Lat. 
“tantis cervicibus est,’ Cic. Vert, IIT. 95. 


MBIY (mane, forelock, or acc. to Si- 
monis i. q. M75 fawn) Orpak, pr. n. f. 
Ruth 1, 4. 14. Β. 979 IL. 


aia m. quadrilit. thick clouds, dark- 
ness, gloom, Ex. 20, 21. 1 K. 8,12. Ps. 
18, 10. Job 22,13. Is. 60,2. al. Often 
coupled with a synon. word as 55 Σ᾽ ὯΝ 
Deut. 4, 11. 5,19; 5) 2 Bt Joel 2 yids 
Zeph. 1, 15.—Syr. ws.< id. \a,S2f to 
be dark. It seems to be made up from 
the triliterals 5°92 cloud, and 5X to be 
dark. Comp. ὀρφγός obscure, dark, 
ὄρφνη darkness espec. of the night. 


"ΟΣ fut. ΥΣ" 1. to terrify, to 
frighten, to inspire terror and trem- 
bling. Arab. Ure Con}. VIII, the skin 


trembles, is tremulous. oly ἃ quiver- 


ing lance. Greek perh. egeocoo.—ls. 2, 
19. 21. Job 13, 25. Is. 47,12 "452m 725N 
perhaps thou mayest terrify sc. thine 
enemies, make them afraid ; the ancient 
versions render: ‘thou mayest be strong, 
mayest prevail.’ With 12 of place 
whence; Ps. 10,18 that man may no 
more terrify them out of the land. 

2. Intrans. to fear, to be afraid, to 
tremble, Deut. 1, 29; c. "25 before any 
one Deut. 7,21. 20, 3. 31, 6; 6. acc. Job 
31, 34. 

Nira. part. 7232 terrible, fearful, i. q. 
no, Ps. 89, 8. 

epi, 1. Causat. to cause to fear, to 
make afraid, particip. c. suff. ΞΡ Ὁ 
lex 8; 13;' 2 

2. to fear, c. ace. Is. 8, 12. 29, 23. 

Deriv. yand, p77, NBIWD2. 


pay 


pas to gnaw; Arab. ιὃ I, V, 
to gnaw a bone. Syr. ayn id.—Job 30, 
3 for want and famine 828 ΤΙΣ OPIS 
‘a1 MN they gnaw the dry land, the 
darkness of desolate wastes ; Vulg. rode- 
bant in solitudine. This expresses hy- 
perbolically the deepest misery ; comp. 
‘to embrace the rock’ Job 24,8, ‘to em- 
brace dunghills” Lam. 4, 5, aldo | to lick 
the dust’ see in ἽΠΡ Pi. Job 30, 17 “pry 
1207 Nb my gnawers take no rest, i. 6. 
my gnawing pains; Vulg. qui me come- 
dunt, non dormiunt.—But Chald. P2> is 
to flee, often in Targg. for Heb. 052 and 


m3 ; and so Syr. woes, Arab. sy 
and Sy* to go away, to depart through 


aregion. Thissignif: most ancient intpp. 
apply in Job 30, 3, viz. they flee into a 
dry land, i. e. into the desert; Sept. 
φεύγοντες ἄνυδρον, Targ. ΝΘ 5 PPI 
NETS; see in ΘῸΝ no. 2. In Job 30, 17 
they render with “Sept. τὰ νευρά μοῦ, OF 
ΤΑ ΠΟΥ: my arteries take no rest, cease 
$ 29 


not to throb; comp. Soy nerves, 


veins, 87> ligament. But neither of 


these suits the context. 


"PI gentile ἢ. Arkite, Gen. 10, 17. 
1 Chr. 1, 15, i. 6. an inhabitant of the 
city Arka or Arke, Gr. “Aoxn, in Phenicia, 
the ruins of which are still found to the 
northward of Tripolis, and are called 
ἰξ. ας and x3,e ’Arka, ’Arkeh. See 


Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 
162. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 
183. 


ἘΣ i,q. ἪΡ Land ΠΡ, to make 
oneself bare, to be naked; in Kal once 


imper. with He parag. 139 make thyself 


bare, Is. 32,11. Hence trop. to be desti- 
tute, forlorn, forsaken, whence “373, 
ἼΔΗΣ. 

Po. "753 to lay bare, 6. g. the founda- 
tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to 
vase, Is. 23, 13. 

Piup. "29> and Hirxaparp. ἜΣΣΩ 
Jer. 51, 58, to be laid bare, e.g. the 
walls of a city, i. e. to be utterly de- 
molished. rased. Comp. ΠΣ Ps. 137, 7. 
Hab. 3, 13.—Hence ™>5">. 

Deriv. see in Kal and Pilp. 


620 





sep 


* WAY obsol. root, Arab. ryt to 
erect a house or tent; II to roof, to arch; 


She 
whence ; © roof, vault, throne witha 


canopy ; comp. 8©>.—Hence 


WY f£. Cant. 1, 16, in pause BY Am 
3, 12, ὁ. suff. "H7>; plur. constr. nivy 
i: 6,4; a bed or couch, (pr. with a 
canopy, curtains, comp. Cant. 1. ¢.) — 
Deut. 3, 11. Ps. 132, 3; whether for 
sleeping Prov. 7, 16; for sickness Ps. 
6,7. 41, 4. Job 7,13; or for reclining, 
a couch, divan, Am. Il. cc.—Syriac _ 
{m,-S, Chald. nod, ΝΌΟΣ, id. Arab. 


S, . 
Unt ‘husband’ is secondary, q. d. bed- 
fellow, see DIN. 


ὰ Ὁ obsol. root, Syr. wees to make 
fat, to fatten. Hence pr. n. W38739, 


As Bo χὰ 


* 202 obsol. root, pr. to shine, to be, 
bright ; then to be gréen as a plant. 
Kindred is 238 whence 23178 hyssop; 
also by transp. 307, 29%. Arab. nie 
seems to be denen: 6. σ. Conj. Il, 1V, 
to yield green pasture, XII to be cov- 
ered with green herbage, sc. the earth. 
—Hence 

202 m. c. suff. paws Is. 42, 15, plur. 
constr. Minw> (Dag. euph.) Prov. 27, 25, 
green herb, plant, collect. green herbs, 
growing in the fields M7WM 3d Gen. 2: 
5. 3,18. Ex. 9, 22. 10, 12. 15; yun > 
Job 5, 25; and on mountains Is. 42, 15. 
Pair, 27, 25; growing up and setting 
seed Ges. 1, 11. 12. 29; and serving as 
food for man Gen. 1, 30. 3,18. Ps. 104, 
14; and for beast Deut. 11, 15. Ps. 108, 
20. Jer. 14,6; comprehending therefore 
vegelables, greens, and sometimes all 
green herbage Am. 7,2 comp. v. 1; in- 
cluding also grain Ex. 10, 12. 15. Men ~ 
are said to flourish as a green herb Ps. — 
72, 16. 92, 8. Job 5,25; also to wither 
aws2 Ps. 102, 5. 12. Hcocai ‘too those — 
seized with fear and turning pale, Zhogot, — 
are compared to the herb of the field — 
which grows yellow and withers, 2 K. 
19, 26. Is. 37, 27. Sept. χόρτος, βοτάνη. 
Chald. nat, Syr. aie id. Arab. 








λὲς green fodder, eer a field 
green with herbage. | 








aw» 
ΔῸΣ Chald. m. Dan. 4, 12 [15], “emph. 


nab, green herb, herbage, as the food of 
cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30 [25. 32. 33]. 5,21. 


at δ ΓΙῸΣ fut. HYD", apoc. HS", conv. 
w>>5 , rarely mur TK. 16, 25. al. nin 
1K. 14, 9. 17, 15. al. mbox! Ez. 20, 14. 


Dan. 8, 27; but never in ‘Pentat. Inf... 


constr. nibs, absol. iw> Jer. 22, 4. 

1. to work, to labour, todo. The pri- 
mary idea lies prob. in forming, shaping, 
culling ; so that MHD, WwW, is perhaps 
formed by softening the letters from 233, 
τς comp. ABS andy, ΞῈ 9 and Hxp, axv 
and 73%. Of the same origin may also 


be Arab. ent to be apt, convenient, pr. 


to be adapted. So Lat. facere is prob. 
a fingendo ; comp. Germ. machen, Engl. 
to make, with μηχανή, Lat. machina, ma- 
chinari.—Prov. 31,13 ΠΕ pana won 
and she worketh with willing hands. Ruth 


2,19 mw max) and where hast thou 


_ wrought? 1 K. 20, 40 πῶν FA my 
ΤΣ FE and thy servant was busy (had 
_ todo) here and there. So of God Job 

. 23,9. With 3 of that in or on which 
one works, Ex. 5, 9. Neh. 4, 15; so of a 
material, as ὩΌ 33) ania mibs Ex. 31, 4. 
5. 2 Chr. 2, 13. 

2. to make, to do, to produce by labour. 
Spec. 

a) to make, i. q. to form, to construct, 
to prepare, to build, Ex. 25, 13 sq. 26, 4 
sq. 27, 1 sq. 28,2 sq. So of the ark of 
_ Noah Gen: 6, 14. 8,6; an altar 13, 4. 
2 K. 16, 11; bricks Ex. 5, 16; garments 
Gen. 3, 7.21. 37,3; idols Deut. 4, 16 ; arms 
.1 Sam. 8, 12; gardens and pools Kce. 2, 
5. 6, comp. ΓΑ ΟΣ ΤΙ ΓΞ ΞῚῚ the made pool 
as opp. to natural, Neh. 3,16. Soi. q. 
to build or erect booths Gen. 33, 17; a 
gibbet Esth. 5, 14. 7,9; cities 2 Chr. 
32, 29 ; a house for any one, trop. 2 Sam. 
_ 7, 11; landmarks Prov. 22, 28, Sept. 
: ᾿αἰϑημι. With >> and 5, to aniilce upon 


or unto, Ex. 25, 11. 24-96. Also MVD 


M2xb7 to do doors to do labour, opp. to 
rest, Ex. 20, 9. Deut: 5; 13. n2Nban ὩΣ» 
the duers of the work, i.e. the workmen, 
labourers, 2 K. 12, 12. 22,5. 9. Neh. 11, 
12. al_— Where the material is indicated, 
of which a thing is made, a double 
accusative is employed; Ex. 30, 25 
WIP ΤΠ 728 Ink Nd) and thou shalt 
69* 


821 





ΓΙῸΣ 


make them (the spices, i.e. of them) an 
oil. of holy unction. Is. 40, 6. Hos. 8, 4. 
So too even where the ace. of material is. 
put last (comp. 22, "7, Lehrg. p. 813), 
Ex. 38, 3 mum nity wbb-b5 all its ves- 
sels he μέ δὲ brass. 25, 39. 30, 25. 36, 
14, 37,24, Sometimes the thiog thus 
made out of any material is put with >, 
e. g. 15. 44, 17 HYD Nd, IN“ ND the reat 
of it he cals into an idol, i. 8. of the 
rest he makes an idol. In the same 
way Ex. 27, 3 τ nism 123-530 all 
its vessels shalt thou make of brass. v. 
19.—Here too belongs Gen. 6, 14 5.3} 
Manny vy chambers shalt thou 
make. the ark, i. 6. in the ark, thou shalt 
divide it up into rooms. 

b) Of God, i. q. τσ create, as the hea- 
vens, earth, men, Gen. 1,7. 16. 2, 2. 3, 
1, 5, 1. 6, 6. Ps. 96,5. 104,19. Hence 
part. nis as subst. creator, c. suff, "> 
my creator, Job 35, 10; nn > his creator 
4,17. Is: 17,7. 27, 11.. Hos. 8,14: So 
also MiN?D? nbs to do wonders, wonder- 
ful works, Ps. 78, 4. 12. 98, 1. Neh. 9, 17; 
nbn Ὁ id. Is. 95, 1; nidhy ’ > id. Ps. 71, 
19; > nix ΓῺ fo "ἐμ Ἐν i.e. show a sign 
to any one, Judg. 6, 17. 

c) to make is ala put i. q. to produce 


| out of oneself, to yield ; spoken also of 


animals, e. g. to make milk, i. e. to yield 
milk, of ἃ cow Is. 7, 22; to make fat sc. 
upon the loins, spoken of a man grow- 
ing fat Job 15, 27; comp. ‘ corpus facere’ 
Justin; Ital. far corpo; Gr. μεγάλην 
ἐπιγουνίδα ϑέσϑαι Od. 17. 225; τρίχας 
γεννᾷν, ‘sobolem facere’ i. 6. procreare, 
Plin. In like manner trees are said to 
make fruit, i. 6. to bear, to yield, (comp. 
Gr. ποιεῖν κάρπον,) Gen. 1, 11. 12. 2 K. 
19, 30. Is. 37, 31. Ez. 17, 23; branches 
(comp. ‘ caulem facere’ Colum.) Job 14, 
9. Ez. 17, 8; so of fruits or grain as 
yielding meal Hos. 8,7; of the earthas 
yielding fruits, a vineyard grapes, Gen. 
41, 47. Hab. 3, 17. Is. 5, 2. 4. 10.—The 
Hebrews often express the same idea by 
the conjug. Hiphil; see Heb. Gramm. 
§ 52. 2, note. 

d) to make, i.e. to get by labour, fo 
acquire; as in Engl. to make money, 
Lat. pecuniam facere, Gr. ποιεῖν βίον to 
make a living. Εἰ, g. property, wealth, 
Gen. 31, 1. Deut. 8, 17. 18. Jer. 17, 11; 
wages Is. 19,10 "2% 78> those making 


wy 
wages, i.e. hired labourers.—So Gen. 12, 
5 the slaves which they had gol, acquired, 
' bought Kee. 2,8. Also to make or get 
for oneself a name, renown, Gen. 11, 4; 
a new heart Ez. 18, 31. 

e) to make ready, to prepare, to dress 
e. g. food (comp. Engl. ‘a made dish’) 
Gen. 18, 7.8. 27, 17. Judg. 13,15. 1 
Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 12, 4. 13,10; so a 
feast, banquet, Gen. 19, 3. 21,8. Esth. 5, 
12.—Also to dress the beard, i. e. to trim 
and comb it, not to shave, (comp. Lat. 
‘facere barbam’ Lamprid. Fr. ‘faire la 
barbe,’) 2 Sam. 19, 25; to dress the feet, 
i.e. to wash and anoint them, ibid. fo 
trim and pare the nails Deut. 21, 12. 
Trop. j18 M02 lo prepare iniquity, spoken 
of the heart Is. 32,6. Also of God as 
making ready future things Is. 37, 26. 

f) to dress or prepare a victim or 
sacrifice to be offered to God ; hence to 
sacrifice, to offer; Ps. 66, 15. Ex. 29, 36 
ΓΙΌΣ. ΓΤ 7b thou shalt offer a bul- 
lock as a sin-offering. v. 38. 39, 41. Lev. 
9, 7. 15, 15. 16, 9. Judg. 6, 19. 1 Κ 18, 
23. Hos: 2,10 byob nwo ant gold with 
they offered to Baal. So. the ace. of the 
sacrifice being omitted, MIn*> ΓΙῸΣ to 
offer, to sacrifice, to Jehovah, Ex. 10, 25; 
comp. 2 K. 17, 32 ἘΠ o-B> an who 
sacrificed for them. Comp. Gr. ἱερὰ 
ἔρδειν, ἱερὰ ῥέζειν, and without acc. ῥέζειν 
ϑεῷ Il. 2. 400. ib. 8. 250. Od. 14. 251. 

g) to make one any thing, i. 6. to make 
into, to cause to become any thing; ¢ 
dupl. acc. 1 Sam. 17, 25 and will make 
his father’s house Sree in Israel. With 
acc. and >, (comp. in lett. a, fin. and jm2 
no. 3,) Gen: 12, 2 5153 iad Foye J will 
make thee a great nation. Ex. 32, 10. 
Jer. 10; 13. 51, 16.—Hence i. q. to con- 
stitute, to appoint; to an office, etc. 1 Sam. 
12,6 Vehovah MYa-Mx ΓΙῸΣ ww who ap- 
pointed Moses. 0°35 nine to appoint 
priests 1 K. 12.31. 2 Chr. ‘13, 9; pr 
2K. 21,6. 2Chr. 33, 6. With ., 
appoint to or over any thing, Jer. 37, Ἢ 
1 Sam. 8, 16. 

h) none nye to make war with any 
one, Gr. πόλεμον ποιεῖσθαι, ἘῪ. ‘faire la 
distro: Gen. 14, 2. Deut. 20, 12. Josh. 
11,18. Also > pibus mixd to make peace 
with, to grant it to any one, εἰρήνην ποι- 
firdat τινί, Is. 27, 5, where Schnurrer’s 
view is to be preferred ; see Comment. 


* 


822 


‘11,39; 3 ὈΠΌΞ ΠῺΣ 10 execule judg- 


to celebrate, e. g. the sabbath, the pas- 





ΓΙῸΣ 


on Is. in loc. So to make a covenant 
with any one Is. 28, 15. 

i) Emphat. to effect, to execute, to ac- 
complish a thing proposed, a purpose ; 
hence NY Mey 10 execute counsel Is. 30, 
1. Job 5, 12; 152 ΠῺΣ to accomplish 
vows, i. e. to perform or pay them, Judg. 


΄΄ 


ἕ 
νι, Κ᾽ μόνω 


ments (punishments) upon any one, Ez. 
5, 8. 10. 11, 9. 30, 14.19; finn > to exe- 
cute anger 1 Sam. 28, 18. Eee. 2, 2 and 
of joy I said MB> mia what doth it 
effect? i.e. what good.—Often without 
acc. Dan. 8, 24 nw) ΤΌΣ and he shall 
prosper and accomplish his purpose. 11, 
17. 28. 30. Is. 10,13. So of God Ps. 22, 
32. 37, 5. 52, 11. 

k) i. q. to keep any stated day, to hold, 








chal festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 10. 14. 
Deut. 5,15. Also to pass or spend time 
Ecc. 6, 12; comp. ποιεῖν χρόνον Acts 15, 
33. So with adv. 31 MWY to spend one’s 
life well, εὖ πράττειν, Engl. to do well 
Kee. 3, 12. 

1) todo i.e. to perform the laws of 
God, his precepts, will, ete. Lev. 20, 22. 
Deut. 15, 5. Ps. 103, 20. 21; also to do 
i.e. to practise right, justice, vein > 
mp3: Gen. 18, 19. 25. Ps. 9,17. Is. 58, - 
2. Jer. 22, 15. 23, 5. 33,15; (but nivy 
Ῥ vbw is to maintain one’s right Ps. 9, 
5;) virtue Num. 24, 18; good Ps. 37, 3. 
Contra, to do or commit wrong, 027, 
219, Is. 53, 9. Ez. 3, 20. 18, 26. 33, 18; 
wiokediees, mba) Gen. 34, 7. Deut. 22, 
21; fraud Dan. 11; 235 falsehood 2 Sam. 
18,13; rapine Ez. 22,13. Also 3, Ὁ 
‘bp DISS (“t91) fo do what is good (right) — 
in one’s eyes, what is pleasing to him, Is. 
38, 3. 1 K. 11, 38; contra, comp. Ps. 51, 
6. Absol. in a bad sense, to do or com- 
mit any thing wrong, Gen. 40,15. With 
>, OD, mx, of pers. fo wheat one does 
Kindinwes or wrong; e.g. ἘΦ JOM AL 
to do kindness with or to any one, see 
in TOM no. 1; PR ABO Nes Jer. 33, 9; 
ἘΦ, Ὁ mys ΠῺΣ Ps. 15, a Judg. 15.3: So | 
Num. 5, 30 nn nyinn-bs-ny πὸ hips) 
and shall do unto her all this law, i ΠΡ! 
whatever this law requires.—Sometimes — 
that which one has thus done to another _ 
is omitted, and can be gathered only 
from the context; whether evil Gen. 27, il 
45. Ex. 14.31; or good Gen. 30, 30. “ 











ΓῺ» 

13, 8. Deut. 11,7. Often it is taken only 
in a bad sense, as Gen. 19, 8 only unto 
these men 923 12M 5 do ye nothing, do 
them no harm. 22,12. Ps. 56,5. So 
"b ΤΩΣ Γ τσ why hust thou done this 
unto me? Gen. 12, 18. 20, 9. 26, 10. 29, 
25. Ex. 14, 11. Ταάρ. 15,11: nies ΓΞ 
AO ΓΙΞῚ "Ὁ "5, see in HD πο. 1. Instead 
of > is Rand Also py Ruth 2, 19, mx v. 
11, and accus. Is. 42, 16. 

m) 3 ΠῺΣ to δ with any ao to 
deal with him, according to one’s own 
pleasure ; (fully 431x933 Dan. 8, 4. 11, 3. 
36 ;) Jer. 18, 23 ἘΠΞ ns FEN rps in 
the time of thine anger deal thou with 
them sc. according to thy pleasure. Dan. 
17: 

n) Once M957 πῺΡ 1 Chr. 4, 10, pr. 
to do so as to abstain from evil, i. q. to 
abstain from evil. Others less well, to 
do me from evil, i.e. to keep me from 
harm. 

3. Often MBS is so put as to express 
the simple idea of a verb of action; to do, 
to act, rendered definite only by the con- 
text or the circumstances. Gen. 3, 13 
mw oxin2 why hast thou done this? 
v. 14 ΓΝ mw "> because thou hast 
done this. Gen. 6, 22 "Ox 533 m3 woe 
pny ink mag auth Noah-did according 
to all that God commanded him. Ps. 
115, 3 he doeth whatsoever he will. Gen. 
8, 31. 18, 5. 17. 29. 30. 20, 5.6. 10. 21, 


Ὁ 26. 22,16. 27,19. 1 Sam. 14, 43. Ps. 7, 


4. 50, 21. al. sep. 2 Sam. 12, 2 mmx 
“mo nine thou didst it in secret, i. e. 
didst act secretly. Is. 46,4 "MWD "28 
Nw "NI have done it, wad I will bear, 
i. e. as I have borne, so I will bear. Comp. 
the Attic use of ποιεῖν, see Passow ἢ. v. 
no. 2.f. So of a way of acting, Prov. 

13, 16 ΓΡῚΞ ning ὈΡῚΣ 99 every prudent 
man acteth with understanding. Jer. 8, 8. 
—Sometimes it is pleonastically inserted 
᾿ before another verb, by way of emphasis. 
Gen. 31,26 why hast thou done (this) and 
deceived me? (Mark 11,5 τέ ποιεῖτε λύ- 
ovtec;) Gen. 41, 34 “RET ΠΙΣΒ MY" let 
Pharaoh do (this, lethim follo: vw my coun- 
sel) and appoint, etc. 1 K. 8, 32.—With 
Ὁ of thing, to do to or with a thing, to 
deal with it; Lev. 4, 20 and he shall do 
with the bullock as he did with the bul- 
lock for a sin-offering. Deut. 31,4. Josh. 
8 2. Is. 5,4. 10,11. Dan. 11, 39; also 


823 





rms 


c. 3 id. Is. 5, 4; ace. Lev. 16, 15, comp. 
v. 14. 

4. to work over, in an immodest sense, 
Ez. 23, 21; see in Piel. 

ΝΗ: ΕΝ , ἢ ΠΡΏΣΣ, part. πῶϑϑ, 
fut. MB22 (once ΠΏΣ ἢ 6. matr. lect. 
against ‘all rule Ex. 25, 31), apoc. wm 
Esth. 5, 6. al. to be made, to be done, Num. 
15, 24. Esth. 4, 1. Eee. 1, 9.13. 4,3. 8, 9.9, 
3.6.al. Fut. of what ought not to be done, 
Gen. 20, 9. Lev. 4, 2. 13. 22. 27. 5, 17. 
Impers. in the same sense, Gen. 34, 7 
mys Nb 32) and thus it ought not to be 
done. Also impers. ἐξ must not be so 
done, i. 6. according to custom, Gen. 29, 
26.—Spec. pass. of Kal no. 2. lett. a, to 
be made 1 K. 10, 20; of lett. b, to be cre- 
ated Ps. 33, 6; of lett. e, to be made ready, 
prepared, as food Num. 6, 4. Neh. 5, 18; 
of lett. f} to be dressed and offered, asa 
sacrifice Lev. 7, 9; of lett. i, to be done, 
executed, as counsel 2 Sam. 17, 23, pun- 
ishment Dan. 11, 36; of lett. k, to be kept, 
celebrated, asa festival 2 Καὶ. 23,23. Esth. 
9, 28 ; of lett. 1, to be wrought, committed, 
as wickedness Deut. 13, 15. 17, 4. Mal. 
2, 11.—With dat. > my: to be done to 
any one, to happen to him; Ex. 2, 4 to 
see {> Mwy m2 what would be done unto 
him. Lev. 24, 19. Obad. 15. Num. 15, 
11. Deut. 25, 9. 1 Sam 17, 26.27. Esth. 
6,.9.. Is..3, 11. 

Pie. Mw» 10 work over, i. 6. to handle, 
to squeeze the breasts of an immodest 
woman, i.q. 992, Ez. 23, 3.8; and so 
in Kal v. 21. So Gr. ποιεῖν and Lat. 
Sfacere, perficere, conficere mulierem, are 
put by euphemism for sexual intercourse, 
Juv. 7. 240. Petron. 87. Suet. Ner. 29. 

Pua to be made, created, Ps. 139, 15. 

Deriv. M22, and the pr. names, 
mavya, cess, bytwss, "be, mvs, 
benesy, ποθ, mb. 


“Ti. rTwy obsol. root, to be hairy, 
Soe 2. 
igre hairy, lis 


Hence pr. ἢ. WW. 


NAY (whom God created, consti- 
tuted, τ. Mwe) Asahel, pr.n.m. a) 2 
Sam. 2, 18. 23, 24. 1 Chr. 27,'7; and in 
separate words 1 Chr. 2,16. b) 2 Chr. 
17, 8. 31, 13. 6) Ezra 10, 15.—For the 
letter ™ quiescent in the middle ofa 
word, see Lehrg. p. 48. 


rough, shaggy, Arab. 
hairiness. 


Vw 

"WY pr. ἢ. (i. 6. hairy, rough, Gen. 
25, 25, τ. ΠῺΣ 11) Esau, the son of Isaac 
and twin-brother of Jacob; also called 
pox, which name however is used 
more of his posterity than of himself. 
On the other hand, ὩΣ "32 Deut. 2, 4 
sq. WY ΓΞ Obad. 18, and hive Jer. 49, 
8.10, Obad. 6, spoken of the ‘aavistile 
i. e. the Saini @hsiny is mostly poetic. "1 
“Ney the mountain of Esau, i.e. of the 
Idumeans, Mount Seir, Obad.8. 9. 19. 21. 


“WY m. (denom. from WY) a ten, a 
decad, e.g. a) Of days, like yin a 
se’nnight, Gen. 24, 55. © Also for the 
last day of the ten, i e. the tenth day sc. 
of the month, Ex. 12, 3. Lev. 16,29. Num. 
29,7. Josh. 4, 19. Jer. 52, 4.12. al. Comp. 
Gr. δεκάς, ἐννεάς, τετράς, for the tenth, 
ninth, fourth day of the month; also 
Ethiop. VUFC, %APL, for the tenth, 
fifth day. ete. See Ludolf’s Gramm. p. 
100. Ὁ) Of the cords or strings of an 
instrument; hence for a ten-stringed 
instrument, decachord, Ps. 92, 4; fully, 
by appos. "iv 532 α ten-stringed lyre 
33, 2. 144,9. Sept. δεκάχορδον. 


aiey (created of God) Asiel, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 4, 35. 


ΓΙῸΣ (whom Jehovah created, con- 
stituted) Asaiah, pr.u.m. a) 1K, 22, 
12. 14. 2 Chr. 84. 30. b) 1 Chr. 4, 36. 
¢) 6,15. 15,6. 11. ἃ) 9. δ. 


YOY adj. ordinal (from "w>) the tenth 
Gen. 8, 5. Num. 7, 66. al. sep. Ellipt. 
for the tenth month, i.e. Tebeth, Gen. 8, 
5. Jer. 52, 4. al. comp. December.—Fem. 
ΠΡῸΣ Is..6,13 and m™"w> the tenth 
part, a tenth, Ex. 16, 36. Lev. 5, 11. al. 

Ἢ pw in Kal not used, Chald. and 
Talmud. PO2 to have to do with any per- 
son or. thing, to strive with. 


Hirup. to strive, to quarrel, once c. b> 
_ Gen. 26, 20.—Hence 


PW» (quarrel) Esek, pr. n. of a well 
near Gerar, Gen. 26, 20. 

ἘΠ f. in pause "ὮΣ Josh. 21,5; 
masc. ΓΦ), constr. maw ; ten, a cardi- 


nal number. Arab. μὴ ξ, f and ae “ 
τὰ. Syr.;msf.and {,uSm. Ktymolo- 


gists agree in deriving this form from 


824, 





“wy 


the shaped of the ten fingers; comp. 
Arab. to be joined together, asso- 
ciated; also "Z>, "ON, “18, and by 
transp. (wyt, all which contain the 
idea of conjunction.— Every where 
coupled only with a noun plural; in 


1 Sam. 17, 17 93 A Iw>y the word nind> 


is omitted. E. g. ‘a) Fem. 5°03 sw 
2 Sam. 15, 16; mums “> Gen. 45, 23 ; 5 
miay Ex. 26, 16; and with the wiinerel 
after, "w> BD Tey 15, 57. 1 Chr. 6, 
46. b) Masc. Gen, 18, 32, 5°75) ΠΩΣ 
1 Sam. 25, 5; and so Gen. 24, 10. Neh. 
5, 18. Deut. 4 13; with the num. after, 
ΠΩΣ EB Gen: 32, 16. Sometimes ten 
is put as a round number, Gen. 31, 7. 
Job 19, 3. 

Piur. ΥΩ tens, decads ; hence “qv 
ninws rulers ‘of tens Ex. 18, ‘21. Deut. ἡ 
15. Sept. δεκάδαρχοι, disagree Arab. 


elas tens.—Plur. pes see in “us. 


Deriv. “wd, wy, *wP, yinwe, 
“ws, the donb: vee “ey Other 
forms of the cardinal itself here follow. 


“WY τὰ. and ΠΩΣ f.id. 1. ten, Engl. 
teen, used only in those numbers which 
are compounded with ten; as, masc. 


“wd IAN eleven, “WD NDB NW fourteen, 


nig MB sixteen ; also. as ordinals, 
eleventh, fourteenth, sixteenth ; with art. 
“ion 0120 the twelve Josh. 4 4, Fem. 
πὸ ΠΝ eleven, τ ὩΣ vies sixteen ; 
also ord. eleventh, sixteenth, etc. , 

2. PLur. B22 (from sing. mney) 
a) Card. twenty, of both genders, used 
with nouns sing. and plur. and either 
before or after them, Gen. 31, 41. Ley. 
27,5. al. Ὁ) Ord. the twentieth, Num. 
10, 11. 1 K. 15, 9. 16, 10. 


“wy Chald. f. and MWY τῇ τῇ. fen, Dan. 


ads 20, 24. “b> “aM twelve Dan. 4, 
26, Ezra 6, 17. Plur. [7&3 twenty 
Dan. 6, 2. 








“WY fut. "wet (denom. from "BP)c. — 
acc. to take the tenth part of any thing, — 


to tithe, 1 Sam. 8, 15. 17. 

_ Pret to give the tenth part, to pay tithes. 
Neh. 10, 38 and the tithes of our fields 
(must we bring) do the Levites D15h om) 


nan for they, the Levites, must (in 


turn) pay tithes. 
which the tithe is paid, Deut. 14, 92" 


With ace. of that of © 





"DD - 825 rey 


dat. of him ἐο whom it is paid, Gen. 28, 
22. 
Hiren. like Piel, to give tithes, inf. with 
_ pref. "wa, "wd, Neh. 10, 39. Deut. 
626,12. - | 

MWY, cee “wd. 


oe ee 


ΩΣ, see "WD. 


prey m. (denom. from "W) plur. 
Bw, a tenth, tenth part, a measure 
of things dry, spec. for grain and meal, 
Lev. 14, 10. 21. 23, 13. 17. al. sep. Sept. 
δῤίῶτον; more fally Num. 15, 4 δέκατον 
τοῦ oigi, Vulg. decima pars Ephi, the 
_ tenth part ofan ephah, or about 34 quarts, 
i. q. 729; and this appears to be correct, 
' comp. Lev. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 5, 15. 28, 
δ; et ibi Sept. 
I. BY τὰ. a moth, Job 4, 19. 13, 28. 
ec, 
Is. 50, 9. Hos. δ, 12. al. Arab. Rie. 
_R. wes. 
IL. ὧϑ m. (r. 0.93) Job 9, 9, and WY 
f. Job 38, 32, the constellation which we 
eall the Great Bear, Ursa Major, the 


_ Wain, from the Greeks and Romans.’ 


In Job 38, 32 723 ifs sons are the 


three stars in the tail of the bear. The 


word W> does not itself signify a bear, 
but is made by apheresis from &2, Arab. 
ἘΠ a barrow, bearer, (from r. 
to take uf, to bear,) the Arabic name 
of this constellation. The same three 
stars in the tail are also called wlis 
i235, i. 6. daughters of the Bearer. 
_ See Bochart Hieroz. II. p.114. Niebuhr 
Arabien p. 115.—Alb. Schultens ad Job. 


lic. regards the Heb. 8 as i. q. Arab. 
’ ὃ - 7 -I- 
yale night-watcher, from r. yale and 


pat to go about by night, and supposes 
_ this constellation to be so called because 
it never sets. But the former etymolo- 
gy is preferable. Comp. Michaelis 
_ Suppl. p. 1907. See more in Thesaur. 
ΠΡ. 898 sq. 


PIP m. an oppressor Jer. 22, 3, i. 4.. 


| puis 21,12. R. pws. - 


ΡΨ τὰ. plur. (r. PY) oppressions, 
_ injuries, acts of violence, Ecc. 4, 1. Am. 
3,9. Job 35,9. But in Ps. 103, 6. Jer. 
_ 50, 33, it is part. pass. plur. the oppressed. 





PW m. adj. (r. mee) bright ; Ez. 
27, 19 miwy 5113 bright iron, perh, pol- 
ished steel ; others, wrought tron, from 
the root no. 2. Sept. σέδηρος εἰργασμέ- 
γος, Vulg. fabrefactum. 


MOY Ashvath, pr. n. τα. 1 Chr. 7, 33. 


YW τη. (τ. 2D) plur. ow, constr. 
"I"W> ; rich, viz. 

1. Adj. "8d BN a rich man 2 Sam. 
12, 4. 

2. Subst. one rich, a rich man ; plur. 
n.1"w> the rich; Prov. 10, 15. 14, 20. 
18, 11. Jer. 9,22. Ecce. 10, 20. Ps. 49, 3. 
45, 13 o> "2°83 the richest of people.— 
Spec. a) Ina good sense, honourable, 
noble, Ecc. 10, 6; opp. 523. b)Ina 
bad sense, proud, impious, ungodly, since 
riches are the source of pride, and pride 
to a Hebrew is synonymous with impi- 
ety; so Is. 53,9 and they put with the 
wicked (ΠΡ ΓΤ) his sepulchre, and 
with the ungodly (ΞΡ Δ) his tumulus; 
here the parallelism demands that 178» 
and 2°59 be synonymous. See also 
odin (in bbn no. 3), 29 and "29 ; comp. 
Is. 2, 7. Mic. 7, 12. Matt. 19, 23. 


ἘΛῺΣ fut. }25> plur. in pause ἤϑῶθη 
Ps. 104, 32; to smoke, as mountains Ex. 


9, 18. Ps. 104, 32. 144, 5. Arab. να 
id. Kindr. is 3, whence jAM¥8 furnace. 
In the Indo-European tongues compare 
Sanscr. diéman mind (pr. breath, spirit); 
Gr. ἀτμός vapour, smoke, ἀτμή. ἀτμίς; 
Goth. athma, breath, Germ. Athem.— 
Metaph. spoken of thé divine wrath 
Deut. 29, 19. Ps. 74, 1. 80, 5. 

Deriv. the two, following. 

ΩΣ m. (r. 59) constr, 782 Josh. 8, 
20. 21, also ἸῺ as if from Ἰῶν Ex. 19, 
18; c. suff. mvs. 

1. smoke, Gen. 15, 17. Is. 4, 5. 6, 4. 
Nah. 2. 14. Prov. 10,26. }29 "ΠΡ a col- 
umn of smoke Judg. 20, 40; “> max id. 
Is. 9, 17; Ὁ minacm id. Cant. 3,6. A 
people suddenly dispersed is compared 
to smoke driven away Hos. 13, 3. Ps. 68, 
3.-Is. 51, 6.—Poet. smoke is also put: 


-a) For vapour caused by the breathing 


and snorting of an enraged animal, Job 
41, 12 [20]; comp. ‘fumantem nasum 
viri ursi’ Martial 6. 64.28. Hence of 
the divine wrath, Ps..18,9 ipxa WY τιὸϑ 
there went up a smoke out of his nostrils 


» 
γ.,. 65, 6. b) For a cloud of dust, as 
indicating the approach of a hostile ar- 
my, Is. 14,31; comp. ‘fumantes pulvere 
campos’ Virg. Ain. 11. 909. 

2. Ashan, pr. ἢ. of a city in Simeon, 
Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. 6, 44. 
Called also ἸῈΦ “9 q. v. 

OY m. adj. (τ. 789) ρίαν. θῶ, 
smoking Ex. 20, 15. Is. 7, 4. 


*pwy fut. pd" 1. to oppress, to 
treat with violence and injustice ; Arab. 
Bont I, V, to urge, ἴο press, (ion 
injustice, violence.—E. g. the poor and 
needy, Ps. 119, 121. 122. Am. 4, 1. Jer. 
7,6. Prov. 14, 31. 22, 16. 28,3. Ece. 4, 
1; aking his subjects 1 Sam. 12, 3. 4; 
a victor the vanquished Is. 52, 4. Jer. 50, 
33. Ps. 105, 14. Hos. 5,11; God a man 
Job 10,3. More fully pus Ἔ pws Ez. 
18, 18. 22,29. Part. act. Pwi> an op- 
pressor Ps. 72,4; pass. θῶ oppressed 
Deut. 28, 29. 33. Often coupled with 
ὅτ q. v.—Metaph. Prov. 28, 17 PAw> OTS 
UEDA a man oppressed with ‘life's 
blood sc. shed by him, i. e. sinking under 
the burden of this guilt. 

2. to defraud any one, to extort from 
him by fraud and violence, with acc. of 
pers. Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 24,14; also ace. 
of thing Mal. 3,5 "72% "2% "po> who 
wrest his wages from the hireling. Absol. 
Hos. 12, 8.—Both senses (no. 1 and 2) 
occur together in Mic. 2, 2 "33 5puy 
ina) they oppress a man and (wrest 
away) his house sc. by fraud and vio- 
lence; comp. 513 

3. to be proud, insolent, trop. of a river 
overflowing its banks, Job 40, 18 [23]. 
Comp. synon. Lies, : 

Pvat part. fem. ἃ ert violated, e. g. 
a virgin, metaph. of a captured city Is. 
23, 12. 

Deriv. ρῶν, ρῶν, Pus, NPws, 
mipwya, pron. poy. 


poy (oppression) Eshek, pr. n. τῇ. 1 
Chr. 8, 39. 


ῬῺΣ m. 
act, Is. 59, 13. Spec. oppression of the 
poor and needy, by fraud, extortion, pil- 
lage. Ez. 22,7. 12. Ps. 73,8. Jer, 6, 6. 
22, 17. With genit. of the oppressor 
Ps, 119, 134; of the oppressed Kec. 5, 7. 


826 


1. violence, injury, violent ἢ 





“mw 


2. Any thing extorted, got by fraud 
and violence, Lev. 5, 23. Ps. 62, 113 
genr. unjust gain Kce. 7, 7. 

3. distress, straits, i. gq. NPB, Lait 
14. ἘῚ 


Mpwy Γ᾿ (τ. pey) oppression which 
one suffers; hence distress, straits ; Is. 
38, 14 "~“npwy distress is upon me ; read 
dshkal-li tiotwithstanding the Metheg, 
as in oA mg, "2720, see Lehrg. p. 43.- 


“wy fut. "WS3 to be rich, Job 15, 29. 
Hos. 12, 9. Aram. nny, dds, id. —The 


primary idea seems that of being right. 
straight, so as to be kindr. with "8s, 
“ws, 10D; hence the idea of happiness, 
and then of riches. 

Pret to build, pr. to erect, from the 
primary force of the root; once 1 Κὶ. 22, 
49 Cheth. τοῖο “eS pein ‘Jehosa- 
phat built ships ; ; Keri mie , and thus - 
2 Chr. 20, 36. 37. . | 

Hipo. 7035, fut. c. suff ΠΝ 1} 
Sam. 17, 25. 

1. to make rich, to enrich, ¢. acc. pers. 
Gen. 14, 23. Ez. 27, 33. Trop. Ps. 65, 

10 niqdsn nas thou dost abundantly 

enrich it, the earth, i. e. with copious 
gifts dost adorn it. With two ace. 1 
Sam. 17, 25. Absol. 1 Sam. 2, 7. Prov. 
10, 4. 22. 

9. Intrans. to enrich oneself, to hechines 
rich, (pr. to make riches, see Heb. Gr. 
§ 52. 2, note,) Ps. 49, 17. Prov. 21, 17. 
With acc. of that with which one is en- 
riched, Dan. 11, 2. 

Hirup. to feign oneself rich, Prov. 13,7. 

Deriv. "22, also: 


ἼΩΝ m. riches 1 Sam. 17, 25. 1K. 3, 
11. 13. Ecc. 4, 8. Prov. 22, 1. al. seepe. 


*wws i. q. M22, to fall in, to fall 
away,e.g. a) Of garments falling in 
pieces from use or from being moth-— 

86 
eaten; comp. 0>, Kkc moth. b) Of the 


countenance falling away, pining, wast- ΐ 
ing, from ries or care, Ps. 6, 8. 31,10. — 
% 
ἢ 
4, 





11. Arab. yas to fall away, to pine. 


ἘΣ 1. to shine, to be bright, — 
smooth. Jer. 5,28 smu 300 ‘they are Ἢ 
wasxen fat, they shine, i. 6. their skin ἱ 
shines with fatness. Hence ΤΟΣ, 

2. to make shining, i. e. smooth ; hence 


nuy 


to work, to forge, to form, see deriv. M33. 
Comp. τιν .—Hence 
_ 3. Trop. of the mind, which forms, 
Ejashions, moulds any thing by revolving 
it, see FINDS, MAMwS; also 
_Hrrap. to bethink ων recogitare as 
‘Valg. well; c. > Jon. 1, 6. Chald. nvynx 
to Gatnittate. 


a ΤΩΣ, mv, Chald. to think, to have 
in mind, to purpose, c. inf. et 5 Dan. 6, 
4, See Heb. nz no. 3, and Hithpa. 


ny f. (r. MOD) something wrought, 
_arlificial work, Cant. 5,14. The fem. 
' gender comes prob. from regarding the 
“Mas amere ending; see Lehrg. p. 474. 
_—Plur. "18> see in its order. 


ΓΉΡΩΣ f, (r. ΩΣ no. 3) thought, 
_ opinion ; Job 12,5 7288 minBy> in the 
thought of one at ease, i. q. "3°23. 
Some Mss. and printed editions read 
ΡΟΣ. plur. constr. of Mv, which 
however ought then to be minws; but 
_ the more accurate exhibit Shurek. 


"MWY a word of doubtful origin, which 
_ joined with a number denoting ten, i. e. 

ΤΌΣ Avs m. and ΓΙΌΣ "MNvs f. signifies 
éleven, e. g. masc. Num. 7, 72. 29, 20; 

Moin. with plur. Ex. 26, 7. 8. 36, 14. 15, 
| with sing. 2 K. 25, 2. Jer. 1, 3. al. Also 
“as anordinal the eleventh, masc. Deut. 1, 3. 
Zech. 1,7; fem. Jer. 39, 2. Ez. 26, 1. 
Simonis explains it, after Kimchi, as if 
plur. constr. of τῶ, thus: “ cogitationes 
ultra decem, i. 6. numerus cogitalione 
sive mente concipiendus, cum preceden- 
tes numeri ad digitos numerarentur.” 
This is unsatisfactory enough, though a 
better solution is still wanting. 


PMY Γ plur. thoughts, counsels, Ps. 
146, 4. Chald. id. R. mvs. 

| money [1 Κ. 11,5. 33. 2 K. 23, 13, 
 Ashtoreth, elsewhere plur. HWY Ash- 
taroth, i. e. Astarte, ἡ ’Aotcégtn, pr. π. of 
‘a female divinity worshipped by the 
Sidonians 1 and 2 K.ll.cc. by the Philis- 
tines 1 Sam. 31, 10; and after their ex- 
ample by the Heptewe in the days of 
‘the Judges and Solomon, Judg. 2, 13. 
10, 6. 1 Sam. 7, 3. 4. 12,10. 1 and 2K. 
dl.ce. with great observance and in con- 
‘nection with Baal, Judg. 1. c. 1 Sam. 12, 
10. The plur. ninHe27 , which is thrice 












827 





muy 


coupled with D°>3an Judg. 170, 6. 1 Sam. 
7, 4. 12, 10, seems to denote statues 
of Astarte, comp. D°29a, nine, Gr. 
“Equa ; and so too in L Sam. 31, 16 
minnw> ma the temple of Astartes (dines 
there may have been several images in. 
the same temple), and Judg. 2,13 5225 
ninmds>1. Butsome explain these pas- 
sages as instances of the ‘pluralis excel- 
lentie.’ Sept. ’dotugtn, ρίαν. ᾿ἀστάρται 
and ‘dotaoad.—The extent of this wor- 
ship among the Phenicians and Cartha- 
ginians is shown by the frequent occur- 
rence of this name in the pr. names both 
of men and women; as ΩΣ 359 serv- 
ant of Astarte, Gr. “48daotceros, Lat. 
Bodostor, Bostor ; ΤΩΣ *>5 served of 
Astarte, Deleastartus, ete.—Greek and 
Roman writers compare this name partly 
with their Juno, as August. Quest. ad 
Jud. 7, 16 ‘Juno sine dubitatione a Puni- 
cis Astarte vocatur;? more commonly 
with Venus and Luna, as Lucian de Dea 
Syr. ᾿στάρτην δ᾽ ἐγὼ δοκέω Σεληναίην Eu- 
μεναι. Philo Bybl. ap. Euseb. 1.10 τὴν δὲ 


᾿ἀστάρτην Φοινίκης τὴν ᾿Αφροδίτην εἶναι 


λέγουσι. Οἷς. Nat. 3, 23 ‘quarta [Venus] 
Syria Tyroque concepta, que Astarte vo- 
catur” The latter is the more correct; 
for as 592 was sometimes held to be the 
god of the sun (see 7am 553 in 593 no. 
5), though usually the planet Jupiter and 
god of fortune, so Astarte also sometimes 
represented the moon, and again Venus, 
i.e. the planet Venus, the goddess of 
love and fortune, who in a like respect is 
called likewise πα and 722 q.v. See 
also Mover’s Pheenizien p. 601 sq.—As 
to the figure of this idol it can only be 
affirmed that it was horned ; since the 
city Ashtaroth of Bashan, so named 
from the worship of Astarte, is once 
called DUP τ» Gen. 14, 5; and 
these horns accord well both with the 
goddess of the moon, and also with the 
mythus respecting Astarte in Philo Bybl. 
ap. Euseb. |. c. and Sanchun. Fragm. 
ed. Orelli p. 34: “datugtn δὲ ἢ μεγίστη 
καὶ Ζεὺς ΖΦημαροῦς καὶ “Addo: (777) 
βασιλεὺς ϑεῶν ἐβασίλευον τῆς χώρας, 
Κρόνου γνώμῃ. “HH δὲ ᾿Αστάρτη ἐπέϑηκδ 
τὴ ἰδίᾳ κεφαλῇ βασιλείας παράσημον κεφα- 
λὴν ταύρου" περινοστοῦσα δὲ τὴν οἰκου- 
μένην, εὗρεν ἀεροπετῆ ἀστέρα, ὃν καὶ ἀνε- 
λομένη ἐν Τύρῳ τῇ ἁγίᾳ νήσῳ ἀφιέρωσε, 


ny 


See also Tacit. Hist. II. 3—As to the 
etymology of the name, so long sought 
for in vain, it would seem that MIM? is 
for "AON Pers. 8Liw slar, κατ ἐξοχήν 


the star of Venus, like Syr. Lpases; see 
art. "ION p.76. Hence the name Aorgo- 
ἄρχη, by which Astarte is called, Hero- 
dian 5. 6. 10, gives the etymology well. 
—See more in Thesaur, p. 1082 sq. 

Prior. ΩΣ, constr, MAHL 1. As- 
tartes, images of Astarte; see above. 

2. Ἰὰς ΤΩΣ Astartes of the flock, 
Venuses, prob. for females, ewes, as pro- 
pagating the flock, Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4. 18. 
51. Kimchi j82m miap3, Gr. 
well diss ewes. 

3. Plur. Ashtaroth, pr. n. of a city of 
Bashan, Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 9, 10. 12, 4. 
13, 12. 31. 1 Chr. 6, 56. Once σῶν 
ΠΡ Ashteroth-karnaim, i. 6. horned, 
Gen. 14, 5; so called from the horned 
images of Astarte, with which the city 
prob. abounded; see in no. 1. The an- 
cient full name seems to have been M73 

ἼΡῺΣ (house of Astartes), whence by 
contraction M}MYs2 Josh. 21, 27; see 
this art. p. 149. It was assigned first to 
Manasseh, and then to the Levites, Josh. 
13, 31. 1 Chr. 6,56. Often coupled with 
ΣΙΝ Edrei, from which according to 
Kusebius it was six Roman miles dis- 
tant. The Καρναΐν of 1 Macc. 5, 43 
seems to be the same. [A large mound 
or acropolis, called Tell ’Ashtereh, now 
marks the site of Ashtaroth ; it is in the 
midst of a vast plain, 74 miles 8. 8. W. 
of Nowa towards Mezareib, from which 
it is 5 miles distant. It is also about 6 
miles distant from Der’a the ancient 
Edrei. See Newbold in Journ. of Lond. 
Geogr. Soc. 1846. p. 333. Reland. Pa- 
lest. p. 598.—R. 


DY pr. for M39 fem. of 4¥ (r. MID) as 
mb for M72, M8 for ΤῊΝ ; c. Makk. “M3, 
c. suff. "AY; usually fem. asin Rw nya, 
but Bue tioec masc. Ez. 7, 7.12. Cant. 
2, 12, since the origin of the word ap- 
pears to have been overlooked; see 
Lehrg. p. 474. Plur. o°m> fem. Ez. 12, 
27. 
15, 5. Dan. 11, 14. Ezra 10,14. Neh. 
10, 35. 

1. time, in general; with genit. ὩΣ 
375 the time of evening, even-tide, Josh. 


Neh. 13, 31; oftener masc. 2 Chr.. 


828 


Venet. — 


_. 


‘abundant. 





ny 


8, 29; "25 MD pruning-time Cant. 2, 
12; ΠΡ ΤΣ dime of evil, of calamity, Ps. 
37,19; Jer. 51,6. Hagg. 1,2. With inf. 
nv mp dime of bearing Job 39, 1. 2; Jer. 
8, 7: So before a clause, Mic, 5, 2 m> 
nabs γὴν the time when she that tra- 
vaileth bringeth forth. Job 6, 17. Deut 
32, 35. 2 Chr. 20, 22. 28, 22. Also n> 
rp (1D) dx from time to time 1 Chr. 9 
25. Ez. 4, 10. 11.—With prepositions: 

a) D3, c. art. MDZ, in or at a time; 
δ. mp at that time Gen. 21, 22. 38, 
1. Num. 22, 4, and so always in the Pent. 
see in 817; in the other books 8°75 MPa. 
So "xp ὮΣΞ in the time of harvest Jer. 
50, 16; RTD na Gen. 38, 27; ΓΘ 533 
at all times, always, Ps. 10, 5. 34, 2. 62, 
9. al. seep. 

b) τ ata time, espec. of the time 
of day, of life, ete. 299 m¥> Gen. 8,11. 
24, 11. 2 Sam. 11, 2. al. unwn siz ned 
Seah. 10, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 34; ΠΡ mp) in 
the time of old age 1 K. 11, 4. 15, 48, 
pira civ}, ig. OVS OM day by day. 
1 Chr. 12, 39, 

6) M2 about or αἱ a time, see in 5 Β, 
3; as 399 mm MDD at the time of the 
evening oblation Dan. 9, 21. With the 
art. MDD (for MSD) at this time, now, 
Num. 23, 23. Judg. 13, 23. 21, 22. Job 
39,18. ὙΠ M>> about this time to-mor- 
row, Ex. 9,18. 1 Sam. 9, 16. 20, 12. 1K. 
19, 2. al. more fully M81 MD M2 Josh. 
11, 6. M5 MSD, see in "Π no. 3. p. 309. 

d) Accus. m>, at or in the time; Ps. 
4, 8 “21 0233 M22 more than in the time 
when their corn and their wine were 
Absol. at the time, now, i. q. 
ΠΩΣ, Ez. 27, 34. Sept. νῦν, Vulg. nune. 
Spee. 

2. time of the year, season, Gr. ὥρα; 
Cant. 2, 12. Jer. 50,16, see above in ho. 
1. mem ὭΣΞ, see shove in no. 1. ὁ. 
Ezra 10, 13 πρῶ MSM the season of 
rains, ive. the rainy season; see Bibl 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 97. 

3. lime or season of life, espec. youth | 
spoken of a marriageable virgin, Ez. 16 
8 oth md smd mT" lo, thy time was ty: 
time of love. So Ps. 81, 16 their youti 
should have endured | for ever. Comp. Gi 
ὥρα, 6. g. ἐς γάμου ὥρην ἀπίκεσϑαι Hdot 
6, 61; εἰς da δρὸς ὥραν ἥκουσα κόρη Plat: 

4. a fit time, proper season, like ΕἾ 
καιρός ; often with suff. as inda " th 


24, 27. « 





ny 


rain in iis season, i. e. at the proper 
time, Deut. 11, 14. 28, 12; of fruit Ps. 1, 
3; so Ps. 104, 27. Job 38, 32. Prov. 15, 
23. Ecc. 7, 17. 10,17. Acc. md Xd not 
in time, out of time, untimely, Job 22, 
16; and so M> in time, betimes, Hos. 13, 
13 hei is a foolish son ΔῈ ‘Ta ND ΤΙ 3D 
Sor he standeth not betimes in the matrix, 
i.e. doth not break forth from the womb 
at the right time, while there is yet 
strength to bear; comp. Is. 37, 3. 

5. the time of any one, i. q. day of any 
one, see in Di" no. 1. b; i. δ. the time of 
the end, the last and fatal day, time of 
destruction, Is. 13, 22. Jer. 27,9. Ez. 22, 
3. 30, 3. Ecc. 9,12. Absol. Ecc. 9, 11. 

6. ὦ set time, a certain period, which 
will have an end, opp. D>4>. Ecc. 3, 1 
γ8 1153» τ to every thing there is a 
time, i. e. it endures but for a time. is not 
permanent; comp.8,6. So m> 52 fora 
time, i.e. a fixed period, which will come 
_ to an end, Dan. 11, 24. 

Prior. ΠΡ, mind, see above init. 
times; i.e. a) As computed by those 
learned in such matters; e.g. "MD ἜΣ 
Esth. 1, 13, and 5°M2> 4373 *yT5 1 Chr. 
12, 32, knowing of times, 1.6, astrologers. 
b) As connected with the vicissitudes of 
men and things, 1 Chr. 29, 30. Dan. 9, 
_ 26. Is. 33, 6. Hence i. q. destiny, lot, 
Ps. 31, 16. Also times of judgment, of 
_ divine wrath, Job 24, 1; comp. in no. 5. 
6) As implying repetition, Neh. 9, 28 
mina O° many times, repeatedly ; 
_ comp. Chald. 4723 no. 2. 

Denom. MM, "mY, perh. pr. ἢ. "M>. 
PP MY (time of the judge) with Π 
local ‘p Am? , Ittah-kazin, pr. n. of a city 
_ in Zebulun, Josh. 19, 13. 


ΠῺΣ in Kal not used; Chald. Pa. 
ΩΡ to set, to place, to prepare ; Ithpa. 
_ te set oneself, to stand, i. q. 28°nn. 
Fe tbe Pe. and Pa. to set, to arrange. Arab. 


Rees to be prepared, ready ; II, IV, to 


_ prepare, toarrange. Kindr. are 107, τῶ, 


Piet to make ready, prepare, Prov. 


Biche. to be ready, destined, for any 
_ thing, 6. > Job 15, 28. 
Deriv. M9, 73nd, TANY. 


_ AIRY adv. (from m> time, with  para- 


gog. demonstr.) in pause πῶ Milél Gen. 
ἼΩ 


829 





“my 
32, 5, like MAN, MR; pr. at the time. 
Hence. y 

1. at this time, now, as opp. both to 
time past and future, Josh. 14, 11. Hos. 
2,10. Is. 48,7; and so Gen. 22, 12. 29, 
32. Job 3,13. 4, 5. Ps. 12, 6. 20, 7. al. 
sep. Also now, already, Job 6,3; and 
poet. i. q. presently, shortly, Job 7, 21. 
8,6. τὴν 4d) ΠΡ Ὁ from this time even 
Sor ever, Is. 9,6. MAY ID until this time, 
until now, Gen. 32, 5. 46, 34. πὶ ΠῺΣ 
just now, this moment, see in MT no. 3. 
b. ΠῺΡ DA yea now, see DA no. 3 ult. 
mm> > not now, no more, Is. 29, 22. 
Freq. is ΠῚ and now, therefore, Gen. 
3, 22. 4, 11. 21,23. 41, 23. Neh. 5,5. al. 

2. Sometimes the notion of time is 
dropped, and then like Gr. νῦν, νύν, it is 
used by way of emphasis, incitement, 
now, come now, mostly with imperat. 
Gen. 31, 13. Is. 30, 8. Mic. 4, 14; mm> 
mot 1 K.1,18. 2 Καὶ. 18,21. Also with 
interrog. Is. 36, 5 come now, on whom 
dost thou trust? v.10 and now (ΤΠ) 
have I then come up without Jehovah ? 


oo as 
“ΠΩΣ m. a he-goat ; Arab. Spit a 
young goat, pr. well-formed, of perfect 


S- 

age, robust; comp. <At& a horse ready 
for the course ; others, robust, of perfect 
stature.—Only plur. ὉΠ, DIM, 
Gen. 31, 10. 12. Num. 7,17. Ps. 50, 9. 
13. Prov. 27, 6. Is. 1,11. al. Put for the 
leaders of the flock Jer. 50,8. Poet. of 
the leader of a people, a prince, Is. 14 9, 
Zech. 10, 3. 


THY m. (τ. IMY) 1. ᾳ. TMD, viz. 8) 
ready, prepared, Esth.8,13 Cheth. Ὁ) 
Plur. MimiMd things prepared, i. e. ac- 
quired, treasure, Is. 10, 13 Keri. 


EY (perh. i. q. "M2 opportune) At- 
tai, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 36. 86. Ὁ) 
12,11. c) 2Chr. 11, 20. 


“FY m. adj. (from ὯΝ) timely, fit, op- 
portune, Lev. 16, 21. 


THY m. adj. (r.1m>) 1. ready, pre- 
pared, c. > Esth. 3,14. 8, 13. Job 15, 24. 
Syr. and Arab. id. 

2. practised, skilful, c. inf. Job 3, 8. 
Comp. die Conj. V, artis peritissimus 
fuit ; see Schult. ad 1. c. 

3. Plur. ΠΩ 8) things prepared 
for any one, i. e. things impending, des- 


ἊΣ 


tined, Deut. 32, 35. Ὁ) things prepared 
i.e. acquired, treasures, riches, τὰ ὑπάρ- 
χοντα, Is. 10, 19 Cheth. 


_ PHY Chald. ready, Dan. 3, 15. 


TOMY (perh. i. ᾳ. ΠΥ 25) Athaiah, pr. 
n. m. Neh. 11, 4. 

PNY τη. adj. (τ. PMY) splendid, spoken 
of garments, Is. 23, 18 P"N> Mo22, 
Targ. "771102. It is here the splen- 
dour of the sacerdotal vestments, handed 
down from antiquity and preserved with 
the highest care and veneration; see 
in r. PMY no. 4.—Arab. ple old, an- 
tique, put for that which. is superexeel- 
lent, of ancient name and honour. 


p°Ry τη. δα]. (τ. PMY) 1. taken away, 
taken off, sc. from the mother’s breast, 
weaned, Is. 28, 9. 

2. ancient, old, 1 Chr. 4, 22. See the 
root, no. 2. 


pry Chald. m. adj. ancient, senex, 
Dan. 7, 9. 13.22. Syr. Tosa id. See 
pny no. 2. 


“eng obsol. root, Arab. dic to 
turn in, to take lodging. Hence 


JH (lodging-place) Athach, pr. n. of 
a place in the tribe of Judah 1 Sam. 
30, 30. 


ony obsol. root, Arab. (hie to treat 


with violence. Hence the two following. 


“ony (for H2>n> q. v.) Athlat, pr. n. 
m. Ezra 10, 28. 


mony (whom Jehovah afflicts, r. 
bn») ‘Athaliah, pr. τι. 

1. Mase. a) 1 Chr. 8, 26. Ὁ) Ezra 
8, 7. : 

2. Fem. a queen of Judah, the daugh- 
ter of Ahab and Jezebel, 880-877 B. C. 
2K. 11, 1; elsewhere 5h7>n2 id. 2 K.8, 
26. 11, 2. 2 Chr. 22, 2. 23, 21. 24, 7. 


ΩΡ a root ἅπ. λεγόμ. in ΝΊΡΗ. Is. 
9, 18 through the anger of Jehovah OM>3 
V2 the land is consumed, burned ; pa- 
rall. ‘the people are food for fire.’ Sept. 
συγκέκαυται. Cod. Alex. συγκαυϑήσεται. 
Targ. ΓΞῚΠΙ is burned. This sense is 
required by the context; and is con- 


9 ο - 
firmed by Arab. wre suffocating heat, 
and Eth. CPYT?P angry, heated with 


830 





pny 


anger.—The Rabbins render it, the land 
is darkened, comp. Arab. to be 
darkened ; but against the context. 


*4H> obsol. root, kindr. with >nz, 
ig. Arab. pi to treat with violence. 


9. >»? 
Comp. ῳ χδ lion. 


lowing. 

"IY (for me2m> lion of Jehovah) 
Othni, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 26, 7. 

SNSIMY (lion of God) Othniel, pr. n. 
of one of the judges of Israel, Josh. 15, 
17. Judg. 1, 13. 3,9. 1 Chr. 4, 13. Gr. 
Τοϑονιήλ Judith 6,15. R. ine. | 

*PO? fut. pms 1. to be taken 
away, removed, Job 14, 18. 18, 4. See 
ΤΩΣ no 1, and Hiph. 


2. to be advanced in years, to grow 
old, Job 21, 7. Ps. 6, 8 mine eye groweth 


old ; comp. Lam. 3,4. Arab. BEE to 


be antique, old. Syr. was to grow mais 
Chald. id. Sée "ΤΙ no. 2. 


3. to be set free, manumitted, from the 
idea of taking away; comp. Is, 28, 9. 


Hence the two fol- 


Arab. sis fut. I; Be manumit- 


ted, free, bie freedom. Hence Heb. 


ph> in a bad sense, licentious, impudent. 

4. From the idea of age in no. 2, comes 
the signif: to be antique, and thus to be 
venerable, noble, splendid, in the manner 
of antique wealth, or old wine, transmit- — 
ted from one’s ancestors and preserved 
untouched; see Schult. ad Prov. 8, 18, 
Hence pry, p'n>. 

Hips. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to take 
away, to remove, Job 9,5. Spec. a) 
Of tents, to break up, to remove, 8. g. a 
nomadic camp, Gen. 12, 8. 26, 22. b)to 
transfer, to transcribe, from one book into 
another, hence i.q. to collect proverbs, 
Prov. 25, 1. Sept. ἐξεγράψαντο, Vulg. 
transtulerunt. Talmud. to copy, to 
translate. c) to take away from any 
one. Job 32, 15 ὈΠΡῺ nme ΡΣ they 
took from them words , impers. for‘ words _ 
were taken from them, they could say 
nothing. 

Deriv. pry, PNY, PNY; PAD. 


PHY m. adj. pr. ‘ free, licentious,’ i.e. 
bold, impudent, wicked, see the root πὸ. 








pny 
3. pms 123 10 speak impudently, i. 6. 


_ arrogantly, wickedly, Ps. 31, 19. 75, 6. 


94, 4. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 


Phy τη. adj. (τ. Pm no. 4) splendid ; 
_ Prov. 8, 18 pn> 755, Vulg. opes superbe. 


bye x “ny fut. ΠῚ (1. i. q. “ER, to 
burn incense to a divinity ; Syr. hs to 
smoke with perfume, |; fume, in- 


_cense; Arab. to breathe odours. 


Hence “nm no. 1. 

2. to pray as a suppliant, to supplicate 
God; the prayers of the righteous 
being likened to incense, comp. Rev. 5, 
8, and μνημόσυνον τῆς προσευχῆς Tob. 
12, 12. Acts 10,4. With > and >x Gen. 
25, 21. Ex. 8, 26. 10, 18. Judg. 13, 8. 
Job 33, 26. 

Nieu. to let oneself be entreated by 
any one, 6. dat. i. 6. to hear and answer 
prayer; Gen. 25, 21 mint i> ans and 
Jehovah heard him. 2 Sam. 21. 14. Is. 
19, 22. 2 Chr. 33, 13. 19. Ezra 8, 23. Inf. 
absol. “im32 1 Chr. 5, 20. 

Hiren. i. q. Kal no. 2, to pray, to suppli- 
cate, c. ἘΝ, Ex. 8, 4. 25. 9,28. Job 22, 


ND the seventeenth letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
80. The name &® probably signifies 
mouth, i.q.%8. It was pronounced like 
φ, ph; but with Dag. lene 5 also as 2, 
ps; see Lehrg. p. 20, 21. It is inter- 
_ changed chiefly with the other labials 
_ Sand %, where see 


NB adv. here, see Hip. 


*sIND a root not used in Kal, to 
breathe, to blow; like the kindr. n>p 
(πη), also δὴ, HB, Mp, all which are 
onomatopoetic, and imitate the sound of 
one blowing from his lips.—Hence az. 
λεγόμ. 

Hirw. Deut. 32, 26 ote J will 
blow them away, i. 6. scatter them like 
the wind. Sept. διασπερῶ avtove.—Si- 


SU 
monis compares here Arab. {3 which 
has the signif. of splitting, separating, 


831 








rind 


27; > Ex. 10,17. With > and 32 to 
entreat for, i.e. in behalf of any one, Ex. 
8, 5. 24. 

. Deriv. "m>. 


Ἢ, “DY in Kal not used, i.q.Chald. | 
“n> and Heb. 78», to be rivh, abundant. 

Nipu. id. Prov. 27, 6 abundant are the 
kisses of an enemy; opp. faithful are 
the wounds of a friend. 

Hipu. to make abundant, to multiply ; 
Ez. 35,18 02"737 723 OMIT) ye mul- 
tiply your words ag cainst me 86. impi 
ously. Comp. 778 no. 2. 

Deriv. ΠΡ and pr. ἢ, "My. 


WHY m. (r. "n> 1) constr. "M3, plur. 
c. suff, "IND. 

1. incense, fragrant smoke, Ez. 8, 11. 
So correctly Sept. Vulg. Syr.—Others 
render it abundance ; comp. τ. "m3 II. 

2. a suppliant, worshipper of God, 
Zeph. 3, 10. 


ΓὮΣ (abundance) Ether, pr. n. of a 
place in Simeon; Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 


ΓΌΩΝ f. abundance, riches, Jer. 33, 6. 
R. sno IT. 


and so of wounding, dispersing ; but Jess 
well. See more in Thesaur. p. 1086. 

Deriv. HRB, 7B, HB, minpB, and 
words compounded with "pb. 


ANB f (from masc. ORB, ΓΒ, τ. OND) 
constr. M88, plur. XB. 

1. Pr. the mouth, then the face, like 
Lat.os. Syr. {22 id. Like other femi- 
nines it is everywhere transferred to 
inanimate objects, i. q. side; hence 

a) Of the side or quarter of the hea- 
vens ; as D3 MND the west side, the west, 
Ex. 97, 12. Josh. 18, 14; jipY ΤᾺ the 
north side Ex. 26, 20. 27,11; 332 MRB 
the south side Ex. 27, 9. Num. 34, 3; 
DIP M™NB the east side Ez. 48, 2. Often 
with 5 local, as 33 XB the side west- 
ward, to the west, Ez. 48, 16; MmxB_ 
minx Josh. 15, 5; M232 ΝΒ Josh. 18, 
15; ΠΡΩΊ. ΓΞ) ΓΒ the south side 


ΓΝΞ 


southward Ex. 26, 18; ΠΡ ΝΘ Num. 
35.5; AM AIP ΓΒ the east side 
eastward Ex. 38,13. At or on the side 
of is PRED in Ex. and Το Πρ ναι 
τὰ Θ᾽ in Ez. 45, 7. 48, 2 sq. 

b) Genr. side, quarter, parts ; Lev. 18, 
41 if any one have lost his hair "28 NRE 
from the side towards his face, i. 6. from 
his forehead, in front. Neh. 9,22 =p>nn’ 
ΠΙ͂ΝΕ and didst distribute them (the Ts- 
raelites) into various quarters, i.e. dis- 
tricts of the promised land. Jer. 48, 45 
=xi2 ΓᾺΒ the parts of Moab. Parall. in 
Num. 24, 17 is dual constr. SNiO ΝΒ 
q. d. the two sides of Moab, the whole 
region; comp, B°N297, O77, all bor- 
rowed from the human body and trans- 
ferred to tracts of country. Symm. κλέ- 
pato.—Hence 

2. the extreme part, extremity. corner, 
6. g. of a field Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22; of the 
sacred table Ex. 25, 26. 37, 13; of a 
couch or divan, the place of honour, Am. 
3, 12.—Lev. 19, 27 D3UR 1 MNE APN ND 
ye shall not round off (cut in a circle) 
the extremity of your head of hair; and 
then is subjoined: ARB Mx An Mon NP 
321 nor shalt thou mar the extremity 
(corner) of thy beard ; and this again is 
thus expressed in Lay. 21,5 DIRT MRB 
Amba δὲ» nor shall they shave off the 
extremity (corner) of their beard. Here 
the OX" MmxB doubtless refers to the 
extremities of the hair or locks along 
.the forehead, temples, and behind the 
ears, which are not to be rounded off in 
cutting. By the same analogy {P30 ΤῊΝ 
is put for the extremities or corners of 
the beard running up from the musta- 
chios and beard towards the ears; these 
the Hebrews were forbidden to cut off; 
[and in this same respect, at the present 
day, the Jews in the East are distin- 
guished from the Muhammedans, who 
trim this part of the beard.—R.] To 
the extremities of the hair or locks, MX 
WN, is also to be referred the phrase 
MAND "“IxP clipped as to the locks, hav- 
_ ing the locks clipped, rounded of. Jer. 
9, 25. 25, 23. 49. 32. This is said with 
a sort of. contempt of the Arabs of the 
desert, who are described by Herodotus 


as wearing their hair cut in this nan- 


ner, Hdot. 3.8. The Jewish intpp. here 
render ΠΙᾺ parts, as in no. 2. 


832 





"IND 


ΓΝ ΒΞ obsol. root. 1. to fill the 
mouth with food, to swallow with effort. 


Arab. ols id. also to satiate oneself. 


Eth. T'4® to have in the mouth a 
morsel, lump, etc. =i morsel. It 
is one of the roots ending in m which 
express sounds made with the lips clos- 
ed. Kindred is st intellexit, pr. im- 


butus est. Wi pip for DANB mouth. 


2. Arab. we to be fat; apparently 
of the same family with Sanser. pina 


fat, πιμελής, πιμελή, opimus, pinguis— 
Hence map fat. 


; I, "85 in Kal not used. 1. to be © 
beautiful, adorned; see "8B, MINDM, 
MIND, TINS. Kindr. is prob. rf to 
excel in glory, to glory. 

2. i. q. Arab. yb mi mid. Waw, to boil, 


fp be hot, to glow ; ὃν» fervid heat, — 


; ἈΝΕ foam of a boiling pot ; kindr. ἼΣΞ 


to burn? Hence “§"88, “958, 

Note. These two significations have 
perh. no mutual connection; that of 
beauty belonging properly to this root — 
with mid. δὲ, and the other being prob. 
borrowed from a root "3. 

Pie. ΝΒ to adorn, to beautify, to 
honour, e. g. the sanctuary, Is. 60,7.13; — 
the people of God Is. 55, 5. Ezra 5, 27; 
the poor with succour Ps. 149, 4; comp. 
ornare beneficiis. 

2. Denom. from nose, to bough, to zo 
over the boughs sc. in order to glean, 
Deut. 24, 20. 

Hirup. 1. to be adorned, honoured, ὦ 
e.g. a people from Jehovah Is. 60, 21. 
61, 3; of Jehovah, to glorify himself in 
bestowing favours on his people, ὁ. 3 
Is. 44, 23. 49, 3. 

2. to vaunt oneself, to glory, c. >> 
against any one, Judg. 7, 2. Is. 10, 15. 

Deriv. “8B, MND, MIND, TING 
(7598), INEM, ΤΉΝΕ. 


“TT. ΝΒ ὦ dig, to bore, eopet: in 


the earth ; kindr. with "82. Arab to 
dig down and hide in the earth. Hence 


9 ΄ἁἑ 
mp for 7388 (Arab. 34) a mole or rat, 





β ἊΣ 
and pr.n. 7288. To this root also we 
_ may refer . 
_ Hrrapa. “885 to explain or de- 
clare oneself ; compare similar tropical 
significations under "83 no. 2, and 322 
no. 2. Ex. 8, 9 [5] 9 Parad “ἣν ἜΝΒΌΠ 
_ declare unto me when, etc. where ‘the 
particle >> bya delicate! idiom implies 
_ command; Sept. well τάξαι πρός ws, Vulg. 
_ constitue mihi, quando, ete.—The Rab- 
bins and many moderns render: Glory 
‘over me, when shall I entreat for thee? 
i. 6. as they explain it, thou shalt have 
from me this honour, viz. to appoint a 
‘day when, etc. But this is far-fetched 
and arbitrary. 


“WD m. (τ. 9881) c. suff. FIRB; plur. 
ΝΘ, constr. ΝΒ Ex. 39, 28, but 
ΠΗ Ez. 24, 23; a head-dress, tire, 
turban ; worn by females, Is. 3, 20; 
_ priests, M9332 "NB , Ex. 39, 28. Ez. 44, 
Ε 18; a bridegroom, fe: 61, 10; by others 
in gala dress, Is. 61, 3. Ez. 24, 17. 23. 


MIND f. (by Syr. for ΝΒ, στ. “NB 1) 
only plur. minXs Ez. 17, 6, c. suff. 
maxes Ez. 31, 5. 6, and by transp. 
ONAB v. 8. 12. 13, green branches, fo- 
liage, pr. the ornament of a tree, Ez. Il. 


ec. Comp. in Syr. (LS fruit. 


AIS f. (by Syr. for ΠΝ, τ. 7B IT) 
a bough, branch, adorned with foliage, 
Is. 10, 33. Several Mss. read 7759. 


ASB m. (for WAND, τ. "NB 1) heat, 
_ glow, and hence a pol, see πη. Then 
glow, flush of countenance ; Joel 2, 6 

“HORE AXAP Ὀ25 93 all faces gather a 
δι glow, are flushed with anxiety. Nah. 2, 
11. Comp. for the same thing Is. 13, 8 
Bre 0723 28; also Ps.10, 2. 39, 4.— 
4 Others: all ΤᾺΝ withdraw their reid 
“ness, i.e. grow pale with fear; comp. 
Joel 2,10 and 4,15 032 ἸΞΌΝ = 
_ the stars withdraw their brightness. But 
_ then it should be 579988; and "ΠΝ 
_ without suff. implies a quality not natu- 
ral to the countenance. 





FISD (prob. region with caverns, r. 
“xB IT) Paran, pr. n. of a desert region 
- inhabited by somadic tribes 1 K. 11, 18; 
lying between Mount Sinai, Palestine, 
and Idumea. So δ “272 Gen. 21, 
21. Num. 10, 12. 13; 3. 26. Deut. 1, 1. 
1 Sam. 25,1. In the north-eastern part, 

70* 


833 





p33. 


next to the ’Arabah, there is a broad 
tract of mountains, j28B "7 Hab. 3, 3. 
Deut. 33, 2; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. 
Ρ. 275. 11. p. 508, 609. Once spec. Gen. 
14, 6 “atN->9 -ῶν FIND De the oak or 
terebinth of Paran which is by the desert, 
Sept. τερέβινϑος τῆς Φαράν, prob. a noted 
tree on the borders of Edom. The de- 
sert of Paran in its widest sense included 
also that of Zin in the Ghor and ’Ara- 
bah south of the Dead Sea, Num. 13, 26, 
comp. 20,1; and was also not far dis- 
tant from Carmel and Maon, 1 Sam. 25, 
1. Josephus mentions a valley Pharan, 
apparently towards Idumea, with many 
caverns, B. J. 4.9.4.—This Paran has of 
course no connection with the Pharan 
of Eusebius, three days east of A®lana, 
Onomast. art. Φαράν ; nor with the Fa- 
ran or Feiran in the peninsula of Sinai; 
though it has often been confounded with 
them. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
186, 552. 

᾿ς 38 τῇ, plur. 0° unripe figs, which 
hang on the‘tree over winter, grosst, 
grossuli, Cant. 2, 13. Sept. ὄλυνϑοι. 
R. 338. 

*335 Arab. 53 VII to be unripe, 
e.g. fruit; Syr. 3 unripe, sour. The 
primary idea seems to be that of cold, 
transferred to late fruits; comp. kindr. 
a. 


2735 m. (r. 528) filth, uncleanness, 
abomination, i. ᾳ. PRY; so ἘΠ ἫΣΞ 
meat of pollution, unclean, Ez. 4, 14; 
plur. 5°23 PY broth of unclean meats 
Is. 65, 4. Concer. for abominable, un- 
clean, Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7. 


7 525 obsol. root, Talm. Pi. to make 
stink, to render fetid ; Hithp. to be fetid, 
to stink. _ Arab, and Eth. (4 and πὶ being 
interchanged) ἀξ the food stinks, 


AMA to be unclean.—Hence dase. 


“SA fut. 5555, imp. 529. 

1. to strike upon or against, to impinge, 
Lat. pepigit from pango or pago which 
is a root of the same family. Comp. 
also the kindr. pax for pacs, paciscor, 
Gr. πηγνύω, Germ. pochen, and the 
kindr. bocken, Bock, from striking, push- 
ing, Engl. buck. Kindr. in termination 
is the root 333; comp. Wa and 032.— 


ane 
---- 
_ “5 ΦΕ-- — 


“25 


With. 3 to strike upon any person or 
thing, to fall upon, to light upon, either 
with purpose or accidentally, either with 
violence or gently; e.g. a) Ina hos- 
tile sense, to fall wpon, 1 Sam. 22, 17. 
18. Josh. 2, 16. Judg. 18, 25; espec. in 
order to kill, hence to kill, to slay, Judg. 
8, 21. 15,12. 2 Sam. 1, 15. 1 K. 2, 25. 
29. 31 sq. Once with acc. of pers. and 
2 of thing, Ex. 5, 3 "233 525352"7R lest 
he fall upon us with pestilence. b) Ina 
kind sense, to assail with petitions, to 
urge, to entreat any one, c. 3 Ruth 1, 16. 
Jer. 7, 16. 27, 18. Job 21, 15; also with 
Ὁ of him for whom one ask or inter- 
cedes, Gen. 23, 8. ὁ) to light upon, to 
meet with any one, ὁ. 3 Gen. 32,1 [2]. 
Num. 35, 19. 21; comp. Gen. 28, 11. 
Also c. acc. Ex. 23, 4. 1 Sam. 10,5. Am. 
5,19. d) to reach unto, to border upon, 
ὃ, 3 Josh. 16, 7. 17, 10. 19, 11. 22. 26. 27. 
34; c. dx Foub. 19, 11. 

2, to strike ἃ league with any one, fo 
make peace with him, Lat. paciscor (see 
above), c. M& with; pr. ‘to strike hands 
with,’ in ratifying a covenant; see PDD 
I, Hithp. So in two passages of Isaiah, 
which have been variously explained by 
interpreters, Is. 64, 4 NOs) vo-my md 
pix thou makest peace with him who re- 
joiceth to do justice, i.e. with the just 
and upright man thou art in league, thou 
delightest in him, he is ΠΣ O°, Ox 
2». With mx impl. Is. 47, 3 Twill 
take vengeance DIN 33PX NX>} and I will 
not make peace with man, i. e. will make 
peace with none before all are destroyed. 

Hipu. 2738F, fut. 2995". 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a, to cause to 
fall wpon any one, to lay upon. Is. 53, 6 
55 V2 τὰ ia S25 he hath laid on 
him the iniquity of us all. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to cause to 
supplicate. Jer. 15,11 -M&... Ἢ "ASSEN 
asxn 7 will cause the enemy to come as a 
suppliant to thee. So Chald. L. de Dieu, 
Rosenm. 

3. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal. no. 1. a, to 
fall upon. Part. ΘΒ an assailant, 
enemy, Job 36, 382, Ὁ) i. q. Kal no. 1.b, 
to assail with prayers, to entreat, to sup- 
plicate, c. 3 Jer. 36, 25; ¢. > of him for 
whom one intercedes Is. 53, 12. Part. 
9°3572 an intercessor, defender, Is. 59, 16. 

Deriv. 535%, also the two following. 


834, 





mp 


338 m. ‘what lights upun ‘any one? 
incident, event, chance, Ecc. 9, 11; with 
D1 an evil occurrence 1 K. 5, 18 [4]. 


NPI (event of God) Pagiel, pr. n. 
of a phylarch of the tribe of Asher, 
Num. 1, 13. 2,27. R. 928. 


*"35 in Kal not used. Pret to be 
Saint, weak, exhausted, 1 Sam. 30, 10. 
21.—Talmud. Pi. to be languid, lazy. 


Syr. Oe! (and 5 being interchanged) 
to be attenuated, weak.—Hence 


“38 m. in pause "38; plur. ye 
constr. "338, @ corpse, carcass, of man 
Is. 14, 19. 34, 3. Jer. 31, 40. Ez. 6, 5. 
43,7. 9; of beasts Gen. 15, 11. With 
m7 added 2 K. 19, 35. Is. 37,36. Comp. 
Syr. Ip: also of a living body.—Sing. 
collect. 1 Sam. 17, 46. Am. 8, 3. Metaph. 
D2">4b3 "3B the carcasses (ruins, frag- 
ments) of your idols, Lev. 26, 30. 


*WAB fat. bab", to strike against, to 
light -upon, kindr. with 338 and W332, 
comp. in Bp>. a) Ina hostile sense, to 
fall upon, to attack any one, 6. ace. Ex. 
4,24, Hos. 13,8. b) By chance, to fall 
in with, to meet, c. acc. Gen. 32, 18. 33, 
8. Ex. 4, 27. 1 ‘Sain. 25, 20. 2 Sam. 2, | 
13. Is. 34, 14; ο. 3 Prov. 17, 12. , 

Nipu. recipr. to meet together, i.e. one 
another, Ps. 85, 11. Prov. 22, 2. 29, 13. 

Prev i.q. Kal. lett. Ὁ, to light upon any 
thing, to meet with, poet. Job 5, 14. 


* 7115 fat. ππῈ 1. Pr. to cut, to ; 


cut in two or in pieces; Arab. Be) id. | 
Hence m7p.—Spec. ‘to cut loose ;” 
whence 

2. to ransom, to redeem, Ex. 13, 13. 15, 
34, 20. Lev. 27, 27. With 2 of price, as 
Ex. 34, 20 nwa 3H AN “0B the fra 
ling of an ass thou shalt redeem with a 
lamb. Poet. to redeem from death, Ps. 
49, 8. 

3. With 72, to let go free, to set free, 
e. g. God his people from servitude 
Deut. 7, 8. 13, 6. Mic. 6,4. Ps. 130, 8; 
any one from straits 2 Sam. 4,9. 1 K.1 
29. Ps. 25,22; from death Job 5, 20 
from the hand (792, 92%) of enemies 
the wicked, Jer. 15, 21. 31,11. Job 6,23 
from the power of Sheol Hos. 13, 14 
ἸΏ c. inf. Job 33, 28; absol. Ὁ Wap IH 











TID 


to preserve the life of any one Ps, 34, 23. 
71, 23. Sometimes retaining the figure 


of a redemption, it is put for the deliver- 


ance of Israel out of Egypt, 2 Sam. 7, 
23. 1 Chr. 17, 21; and from Babylon Is. 
35. 10. 51, 11. 

4. to let go, to dismiss, as the priest a 
firstling, Num. 18, 15. 17. 

Nipu. pass. of no. 2, Lev. 19, 20. 27, 
29; of no¥*3, Is. 1,27. ὁ 

ipa: n3=5" , causat. of Kal no. 1, Ex. 
21, 8. 

Hori. pass. inf. absol. 355 Lev. 19, 
20. 

Deriv. Syt'1B—Di"D. 


SNTIIb (whom God delivers) Peda- 


hel, pr. n. m. Num. 34, 28. R. mB. 


ἜΣΤΙ (whom the rock i. 6. God de- 
livers) Pedahzur, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 10. 
2,20. R. mp. 


"178 m. (r. 438) only in plur. 2778 , 
price of redemption, ransom, Num. 3, 46 
sq. 18, 16.—Elsewhere 5077978 as part. 
pass. plar. the delivered, rescued, Is. 35, 
10. 51, 11. See the root no. 3 fin. 


7178 (deliverance, τ. 71) Padon, pr. 
n. m. Ezra 2, 44. Neh. 7, 47. 


PTB f. (rma) 1. division, distinc- 
tion, Ex. 8, 19 [23]. Sept. διαστολή, 
Vulg. divisio, Aben Ezra ΘΒ. Comp. 
Muntinghe in Diss. Lugdd. p. 1154. 

2. deliverance, Ps. 111, 9. 130, 7. Is. 
50, 2. 

ΓΒ (whom Jehovah delivers) Pe- 
daiah, pr.n.m. a) The father-in-law 
of hing Josiah 2 K. 23, 36. b) 1 Chr. 3, 


18. c) Neh. 3, 25. ἃ) 11, 7. e) 8,4. 
13, 13. 

7958 (id.) Pedaiah, pr. τι. τα. 1 Chr. 
27, 20. 


DMD m. Num. 3, 49, and rio”) Ex. 
21, 30. Ps. 49,9, price of redemption, 
ransom, λύχρῳν. R. πΒ. 


ΓΞ obsol. root of uncertain prima- 
ry signification. From it have come: 


Ge 
1. Arab. WX to build high ; hence 
ῷΖ΄ -- 
wy OY ἃ high tower; see Heb. 712. 
a ee 
2. Arab. ωἱδῷ and tos a yoke of 


oxen, a plough, a measure of land, Fed- 


835 





ΓΞ 


dan; also Syr. Lips, Chald. 55, id. 
But Syr. Lipas a valley, plain, depress- 
ed region; a signif. not obviously allied 
to the preceding.—Hence 

722 Gen. 48, 7, i. q. Syr. Lito, a 
plain, low region, fully 598 115 the plain 
of Syria, Padan-Aram, i. e. Mesopotamia 
with the desert on the west of the 
Euphrates, opp. to the mountainous re- 
gion along the Mediterranean; Gen. 25 
20. 31, 18. 33, 18. 35, 9. 46, 15. With 
π local DAX M238 Gen. 28, 2. 5.6.7. In 
Hos. 12, i3 Diy mw id. whanbe it ap- 
pears that {3D is nearly earn to 
πῶ. 


“5 i. q. 78 to deliver ; once Job 
33, 24 ὑπὸ nny. IADB deliver him 
iftian going down to the pit ; comp. in v. 
28 M718 in a like connection. In other 
roots too the forms $> and > are kin- 
dred and stand side by side; comp. 337 
and M32, 55" ἀπ ΠΡ. Five Mss. here 
read 45398 loose or dismiss him; but 
less adapted to the context, while the Ἢ 
is also sustained by the parall. v. 28. 


P VIE obsol. root, prob. to nourish, to 


Ge 
Satten ; comp. Arab. GA to fatten an- 
imals, r and n being interchanged ; and 


more aeoy Gy 0G to become fat, 


thick, way fat, fatness. In the Indo- 
European tongues comp. Germ. Futter, 
Engl. food, fodder, later Lat. fodrum ; 
also o fett, Engl. fat, Icel. feitr from the 
root foeden to nourish. The primary 
radical syllable is fad, which in many 
forms takes 7, comp. pita, pater ; pigeo, 
piger, 35.—Hence 

‘V'78 m. in pause "78, c. suff. 978, fat, 
grease, Lev. 1, 8.12. 8,20. Sept. στέαρ. 


MIB m. (τ. A8B; for HRB, as MY for 
my) constr. "5 for "NB ; c. suff. 15 


Arab. ia 3778, f. 7B; MB and ἘΠῚ, f. 


MB; 5; ὈΞῚΒ; ὈΠῚΒ Deut. 21, 5, 
post. ja"p Ps, 17, 10; plur. in signif, no. 
9851 Sam. 13, 21, xt mip Prov. 5,4. 

1. the mouth, so eatied rom breathing 
and blowing, see the root and Ps. 135, 
17, comp. "8 M9 Ps. 33,6; like ὮΝ nose 


S78... See 
from 528. Arab. Bed, KAS, sls, xs 


ΓΞ 


constr. > 3; Ls, id—Spoken of the 
mouth of man and beast, e. g. of the lian 
Ps. 22, 22 (whence poet. Job 36, 16 
“x "52 from the mouth i.e. jaws of the 
enemy); of the crocodile Job 41, 11.13; 
and of the beak of birds Gen. 8, 11. Is. 
10,14. As the instrument of speech 
Ex. 4, 11. 12. Num. 22, 28 (of Balaam’s 
ass). Ps. 37, 30. 115, 5. 135, 16. Is. 1, 
20. al. sep. So of eating or devouring 
Is. 9, 11. Ez. 2, 8. 3, 27. 4, 14. Dan. 10, 
3; of tasting Gen. 25, 28; of kissing 
Cant. 1, 2; of laughter Job 8, 21; of 
breathing, seeabove. So MB 723 heavy- 
mouthed, i. e. slow of speech Ex. 4, 10; 
pen mB a smooth mouth i. 6. πκυῤειον 
Prov. 26, 28; 8 2 "B a mouth of deceit 
Ps. 109, 2.—As ‘phrases may be noted: 
a) To speak with any one 4 ΒΝ np 
mouth to mouth, i. e. in person, ‘without 
mediator or interpreter, Num. 12, 8; 
comp. ""B ἘΦ 1"B Jer. 32,4; ΠΝ AT 
34, 3; also "83 1K. 8,15. Ὁ) IAN ΠΒ 
with one mouth, with one voice or accord 
Josh. 9, 2. 1K. 22, 18. 2 Chr. 18, 12. 
Syr. seas re -«-". c) Job 19, 16 7 en- 
treat him "5 i723 with my whole mouth, 
i.e. with all my strength of voice ; and 
so "Da Ps. 89, 2. 109, 30; also in ace. Ps. 
66, 17 "MNP 7B DN Tory unto him with 
my whole mouth ; see for this ace. Heb. 
Gr. § 135. 1. η. 3. d) Ἔ "ἘΞ Bw 10 put 
in one’s mouth sc. words, to suggest what 
one shall say, Ex. 4,15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 
5.12. 2 Sam. 14,19, Is. 59,21; "Ba 109 
id. Deut. 18, 18. Ps. 40, 4. Jer. 1, 9. 
Also 1. ᾳ. Deut. 31,19. Further, to be 
Ἔ "DD in one’s monith, i. 6. so as to be of- 
ten spoken of, as a law Ex. 13, 9; comp. 
Ps. 5,10. 38,15. Diff. isi? Sam: 17, 5 let 
ushear "53772 what is in his mouth; i.e. 
what he has to say. 6) ΠΒΤῸΣ upon the 
mouth, Gr. ἀνὰ στόμα, ἐπὶ στύμα, where 
_ we say in or into the mouth; Nah. 3,12 
they (the figs) fall >>ix “p-b3 into the 
mouth of the eater. Mic. 3,5. So that 
which is spoken is said to be HB"> upon 
the mouth, where we say upon the lips, 
see in >> A.1. 2 Sam. 13, 32 "Β΄ ἘΣ 
many Hm ἘΡΩ͂ ΞΙΝ upon the lips of Ab- 
salom hath this been purposed, i. e. he 
has often spoken of it, has not concealed 
it. But mp-bp 35 pr to lay the hand 
upon the mouth, i. q. to be silent, Judg. 


836 





ΓΞ 


18,19. Job 21, 5. 40,4. Mic. 7,16; comp 
os 52 Prov. 30, 32. f) Β "BY SMD fo 
write from the soenstl of any one, at his 
dictation, Jer. 36,4. 27, 32. 45,1. g) man 
"1 "Bp the breath of the mouth of Jehovah, 
for the wind Job 15, 30; for his power- 
ful and creative woud or command, fiat 
Ps. 33, 6. 

Further, the mouth is alin put by 
meton. aa) For a speaker,spokesman, 
Ex. 4, 16 ΠΕΡ 45> O17 N50, comp. 7, 1 
where it is 8°32. Jer. 15,19. bb) For 
voice, sound, Am. 6, 5 53373 "87>2 to the 
sound of the lyre. cc) For speech, dis- 
course; Ps. 49, 14 their Sollowers cmpa 
129" delight in their sayings. dd) For™ 
command, precept, order; “Β “B79 ac- 
cording to the command of any one, by 
order of, Gen. 45, 21, Ex. 17, 1. Lev. 24, 
12. Num. 3,16. Josh. 19, 50. Job 39, 27; 
more rarely "p~>8 Josh. 15; 13, 17, 4. 21, 
3; ἝΞ 1 Chr. 12, 23. Also ΕΝ: “ὦ 
to keep the commandment of any one 
Ecc. 8, 2; contra, “ΒΝ (M32) AIA 
to rebel against a command, see in 192. 
In like manner "9 "B “3% fo transgress 
the command of Jehovah Num. 14, 41. 
22,18. 24,13. 1 Sam. 15,34. Prov. 8, 29. 
So perh. Ps. 17, 3 ἜΣΘ" 52 “mint, 
see in art. Mat. 
nion, decision, e. g. of a judge Deut. 21, 
6 So ip the phrase Ἔ "B"MX SRB to 
ask the opinion or counsel of any one. 
Gen. 24, 57. Josh. 9, 14. Is. 30,2. Also” 
of testimony, as DY on sp-bp at the 
mouth of two witnesses, i.e. by their tes- 
timony, Deut. 17, 6. 19, 15; nD Ἢ" 
Num. 35, 30. 

2. a mouth; i.e. an apertudls orifice, 
entrance ; 6. g. of a sack Gen. 42, 27. 43, 
12. 21. 44,1; of a well Gen. 29, 2. 3.8; 
of an ephah Zech. 5, 8; of the laver 


| 1K. 7, 31; of a cavern Josh. 10, 18. 22, 


27, and hence of Sheol Ps. 141, 7. Is. 5, 
14; also of any garment which sur- 
rounds the neck, Ex. 39, 23. Job 30, 18. 
Ps. 133, 2; 899 "pid. Ex. 28, 32. So 
of a city, Lat. ostium, Prov. 8, 3. Hence 
mp> mp entrance to entrance, i.e. from 
one end to the other, 2 K. 10, 21. 21, 15; 


ee) For counsel, opi- — 





-, 


np->x nee id. Ezra 9, 11.—So Arab. — 


3 
, Ethiop. Ae, Gr. στόμα, id. 


3. mouth of the sword, i. 6. the edge, . 


_as biting and devouring like the mouth 

























ΓΞ 


comp. r. 528 no. 3, Syr. Lop? ἰξδοαϑ, 

Ethiop. Af, edge of the sword.—So in 
_ the phrases: 397) "D> NDF 10 smite with 
the edge of the sword, see in 33 
_ Hiph. no. 2. d, and 3 no. 8. 6. fin. "5> 25 
"35 Gen. 34,27; 229 "Bd ONIN Josh. 
6,21. 11, 11. 1Sam: 15,8; 297 "> Dan 
to discomfit with the ede of the sword, 
Judg. 4,15; 397 78> Hn id. Ex. 17,13; 
also 239 “3b bb3 Josh. 8, 24. Judg. 4, 16. 
’ Here = “p> 'n3n éte. does ‘not differ 
_ from 5:15 mon Josh. 11, 10, except as 
being more vivid. Sept. πατάσσω ἐν 
στόματι τῆς doupaiec.—Plur. 9B edges 
of cutting instruments 1 Sam. 13, 21; 
38 id. Prov. 5, 4. 

4. a portion, part, pr. a mouthful, 
morsel, comp. 73 no. 7. Deut. 21, 17 "5 
6.20 the portion of two, i. e. a double 
portion. 2 K. 2, 9; also two parts of 
three, two thirds, Zech. 13, 8; comp. Ἢ 
Bic. 

5. i. q. fem. OND, the side or extremily 
of any thing. Is. 19, 7 "87 "ΒΤ on the 
_ side of the Nile, not ‘at the mouth of the 
Nile.’ 
_ 6. With prepositions it assumes almost 
the nature of a particle : 
_ 8) 39 α) according to the command 
of, 1 Chr. 12, 23. 8) according to the 
_ mention or notation of, i.e. in proportion 
_ to, according to, Ex. 16, 21. Lev. 25, 52 
20 "52 according to his years. Num.6, 
Ἢ ἢ, 5.8. 35,8. y)i.g.3, 52D, as, likes 
Job 33, 6 bxb τ ΒΞ "Σὰ 7 am, as thou, of 
God sc. created. ὃ) “WR "BD Conj. 
according as, even as, Mal. 2, 9; and 
without "x ellipt. so as, so that, Zech. 
2,4. 
ΟΠ b) "89, ig. "BD, see 5 no. 13. a) by 
or according to the command of, i. q. 
simpl. according to; Gen. 47, 12 75> 
20 according to the number of the 
children. Lev. 25, 16. 27, 16. Num. 26, 
54. Prov. 12,8. Hos. 10,12 sow ye in 
Justice, "ὉΠ spb IEP and reap accord- 
ing to your piety. $8) With infin. ac- 
cording to. Ex. 16, 16. 18. 12, 4; ,also 

when, i. ᾳ: ? ©. inf, Num. 9, 17. res 29, 

10; see in > lett. C. no. 7. 

"Ὁ "722 a) upon the mouth, where 

we say in or into the mouth, see in no. 1. 

e. ) onthe side, see no. 5. y) at the 
sound of, see no. 1. bb; according to the 
command of, by order of, see no. 1. dd; 

> 


ee ee ὋὉςἐο΄ὖ -Σ» .ν.- 


897 





mid 


by the testimony of, see no. 1.ee. Hence 
5),i. ᾳ. "BD, ">, according to, Num. 26, 
56. Lev. 27, 18. Deut. 17,10. Ex. 34, 27. 
Gen. 43, 7 nbyn DNS "B7by actors 
ing to these things, as things were, truly. 
“ws "B7>2 according as, Lev. 27, 8. 


MD or ‘IB, once 8B Job 38, 11, (perh. 
contr. from 458 i. q. 53 in this or that 
sc. place, like MD for MD) Adv. of place. 

1. here, in this place, Gen. 19, 12. 22, 
5. 40, 15. Josh. 18, 6. 8. al. sepe. Aba, 
ipa, from here, hence, Ez. 40, 21. 26. 34. 
37. ΓΒΏ--- 8 hence—hence, on this 
side—on that side, Ez. 40, 10. 12.21. 41, 
2. For Γξ τὸς see in its place. 

2. hither, 1 Sam. 16, 11, Ezra 4, 2, 


9 ᾽ 
NB (perh. Arab. Kye mouth) Puah, 
pr.n.m. a) A βοὴ οὗ Issachar 1 Chr. 
7,1; for which Gen. 46, 13 and Num. 
26, 23 mip Puvah. Ὁ) Judg. 10, 1. 


* JAB fut. 395", with Vav cony. 4553. 

1. to be cold, without vital warmth. 
Syr. and Arab. id. The primary idea 
is that of breathing, blowing, cooling, 
see Heb. Min, the palatal and guttural 
being interchanged. —Gen. 45, 26 3533 
in but his heart was cold, did not warm 
with joy, was not moved. Trop. to be 
torpid, sluggish, slack, Ps. 77, 3. Hab. 
1, 4 friget lex. 

Nipu. to be torpid, languid, Ps. 38, 9. 

Deriv. m35D and 


MB f. remission, pause, Lam. 2, 18. 
iB, see r. 77D. 
MB see in MND. 


* TAD fat. maps, i. ᾳ. ME? q. v. to 
puff, to blow, to breathe. Arab. =~ 


οἰ to breathe odours, to be fra- 


grant. Syr. xu to blow, Pa. to refresh, 


to cool, sc. the air by a breeze.—Cant. 
2,17 DIT MAD IY until the day breathes, 
i.e. until the breeze comes and the heat 
remits, until evening. Cant. 4,6. Comp. 
min no. 2, and 235. 

Hien. 1. With acc. to blow upon, as 
a wind Cant. 4, 16. 

2. to breathe out words, to utter; 6. g. 
falsehood Prov. 6,19. 14, 5. 19, 5. 9; 
also in a good sense, to speak the truth 
12. 17. 


DD 


3. to pant, i.e. to hasten, Hab. 2, 3. 
Comp. δ Ece. 1,5. 

4, With 3 to blow into a flame, to 
kindle up a ‘fire, Ez. 21, 36. Trop. 6. 
acc. Prov. 29, 8 to kindle. up a city, i.e. 
to excite sedition. 

5. to puff at, i. q. to rail at any one, c 
2 Ps. 10, 5; Ὁ Ps. 12,6 5 πη Ὲ" (nt) 
whom they puffed at, i. 6. the oppressed. 

Deriv. "5. 


* DAB obsol. root, Syr. Aph. to de- 
spise, to afflict. See >x7a.. 


OB Phut, pr. n. of a warlike African 
people, descended from Ham, Gen. 10, 6. 
Jer. 46,9. Ez. 27,10. 30,5. 38,5. Nah. 
3,9. Sept. and Vulg. usually Libya, 
with which also Josephus agrees, Ant. 
1.6.2. Phut then prob. comprised the 
Libyans next to Egypt, while 57255 
was a more general term, Nah. 3, 9. 
See Thesaur. p. 1093. 


Sy7D1b (afflicted of God) Putiel, pr. 
n. m. Ex. 6, 25. 


7D VIE Egyptian pr. n. Potiphera, 
the father-in-law of Joseph, and priest 
of Heliopolis, Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20. 


Sept. IZetepo}, Πεντεφρῆ, i. ᾳ. NETE- 
ΦΡΗ qui Solis est, Soli proprius; see 
Champollion Précis du Systéme Hié- 
roglyphique, Tableau général, p. 23. Pl. 
12. Found in various forms on Egyp- 
tian monuments; see Rosellini Monum. 
Storici I. p. 117. Thesaur. p. 1094. 


"ΒΡ (contr. for 29) "Ὁ18) Poti- 
phar, pr. n. of the chief of Pharaoh’s 
body-guard, Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 


“7b obsol. root, uncert. but perh. 
i.q. Talmud. Pa. 25, to paint, to lay on 
colours.—Hence | 


ΠῚ m. i. ᾳ. Gr. φῦκος, Lat. fucus, i.e. 
paint, dye, with which the Hebrew 
women tinged their eye-lashes; prepared 
from antimony (stibium) or minium; see 
inr. δῷ. Sept. στιμμέ, Vulg. stibium. 
2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4, 30. Comp. pr. n. 
Vat FR. Is. δά, 11 with eye-paint 
(stibium) will J lay thy stones, i.e. I will 
use it as cement in laying thy walls. 
1 Chr. 29, 2 F35-"238 stones of paint, 
used in building the temple; prob. a 
more costly kind of stones, or species of 


838 


marble, used for ornamenting and as it 





215 


were painting the walls or pavements, 


S45 m. (r. 558) a bean, 2 Sam. 17, 28, 


Ez. 4,9. Mod. Arab. Uys, α) 9, id-— 


The etymology is to be referred to the 


idea of rolling, from its round form ; comp. 


Lat. bulla, Belg. bol a bean, peul, peul, 


chick-pea, bolle onion. 
>) Pul, pr. ἢ. 


with little probability understands Phila, 


a large island of the Nile betweenEgypt 
and Ethiopia, called by the Egyptians 


TWAAK i. 6. border, far country, see 


Champollion PEgypte I. p. 158. wh 


taune Ρ. 1094. 
2. A king of Assyria who ‘preceded 


Ti glath:pileser, about 774-759 B. C. 


2K. 15,19. 1 Chr. 5, 26.—The name 
may signify elephant, i. q. Sanser. pil, 
Pers. haa; or better lord, king, i. q. 
Sanser. pala, Pers. YL, lofty, highest. 
The same syllable is ‘found in Nabo- 
polasar. 


BAB and OB Chald. m. c. suff. rapa 
Dan. 7, 5, more correctly without Da- 
ghesh ; contracted for DI8B , DAND,r. OND, 


as ὉΠ for DIN; i. q. Heb. mB, mouth — 


Dan. 4, 28. 6, 23. 7, 5. 8. 20; an: aper< 


ture, gee Dan. 6,18. Syr. Hoos | 


id. Arab. re 
75 pert i. 4. Arab. yl or Af, 


comp. ; 
1. to mh spoken of the sun, to become 
dark, see 1238. 

2. to be perplexed, distracted. Once 


fat. Ps. 88, 16 M3xBN, Sept. ἐξηπορήϑην, 


Vulg. conturbatus sum. 
Deriv. pr. n. ἼΣΗ, Ἴ258. 


M2 spoken of a gate of Jerusalem 
2 Chr. 25, 23; see in r. 538 B. ho. 2. fin. 


“ΒΞ Punite, patronym. from a pr. n. 
"8, a person unknown, Num. 26, 23. 


7238 (darkness, r. 138) Punon, pr. ἢ. 


1A Bk» and re-. 
gion in Africa as yet unknown, Is. 66, 
19; where it is coupled with 78>. Vulg. 
Africa. Bochart, Phaleg. IV. cap. 26, 











ἵ 
Ἧ 


᾿ 
t 


of a station of the Israelites in the desert ᾿ ᾿ 


after leaving Mount Hor, Num. 33, 42. 
43. Prob. Gr. daivw, Lat. Phenon, cele- 
brated according to Jerome for its mines, _ 





yD 


in which convicts were sentenced to la- 
_bour, between Petra and Zoar ; de Locis 
Heb. See Relandi Palestina p. 952. 
- same is pre. 


TB (i. ᾳ. ΠΝ, Arab. x55 mouth, 


or according to Simonis for 4>557 splen- 
lid) Puah, pr. n. f. Ex. 1, 15. 


. “yi only in fut. 735%, imper. plur. 
ASD, once part. pass. c. suff. “45 Zeph. 
3, 10, i. q. 722 q. v. 

_ 1. to break or dash in pieces. See Pil. 
‘Hithp. 

_ 2. to scatter, to disperse ; Ez. 46, 18 
that they scatter not my people every man 
his possession, i. e. expel them. 


art. pass. γὴ8 dispersed; Zeph. 3, 10° 


xD ma the daughter (congregation) of 
my dispersed.—E|sewhere only intrans. 
to be scattered, to disperse themselves, 
e.g. a flock Ez. 34,5. Zech. 13,7; a 
people Gen. 11, 4. Num. 10, 35. 1 Sam. 
‘11, 11. 14, 34. 2 Sam. 20, 22. Ps. 68, 2. 
_ 3. to overflow, to be superabundant, of 
‘fountains Prov. 5, 16; metaph. of pros- 
perity, siwa, Zech. 1, 17. 

ΝΊΡΗ. γ᾽: pass. to be scattered, dis- 
persed, e.g. an army 2 K. 25, 5. Jer. 52, 
4 a people Ez. 11, 17. 20, 84. 41. 28, 

. 34,12. 80 οὗ voluntary diepersion, 
F ; Senden themselves, to be scattered, as 
a flock not watched Ez. 34, 6. 1K. 22, 
17; a people by removing to various 
regions Gen. 10, 18. 2 Sam. 18,8 for the 
b aitle was scattered over the face of all 
2 country, extended itself. —Niph. does 
ἴοι differ from Kal in signification; but 
‘in Niph. only pret. and part. are used ; 
᾿ n Kal only fut. and imperative ; comp. 
. 34, 5 Kal, v. 6 Niph. 
ὴ Pu. ΥΝῚΒ to break in pieces, a rock 
with a hammer Jer. 23, 29. 
_ Pie. 7282 lo break in pieces, a man 
‘by dashing him upon the ground or 
‘against a rock, Job 16, 12. 
_ Hires. 1. Trans.. a) to scatter seed 
Is. 28, 25. Ὁ) to scatter, to disperse, as 
the wind a cloud Job 37, 11; inhabitants 
Ts. 24,1; an army, 10 discomfil, to rout, 
Hab. 3, 14. Ps. 18, 15. 144,6. Jer. 13, 24. 
18, 17. Often with adjunct of place 
whither a people is scattered, Deut. 30, 
3. Jer. 30, 11; c. 2 Deut. 4, 27. 28, 64. 
ong 1,8. er: 9, 15. al. comp. Gen. 49, 7 
5 to let be scuttered, as a shepherd his 


839 





“5 


flock Jer. 23, 1.2. Part. "5° a disperser, 
devastator, Nah. 2,2 [1]. 0) to put to 
flight a single person Job 18,11. d) te 
let overflow, to pour abroad, metaph. of 
anger Job 40, 11. 

2. Intrans. to disperse oneself, spread 
oneself abroad, e. g. the east wind over 
the earth Job 38, 24; a people Ex. 5, 12: 
1 Sam. 13, 8. 

Hirupau. yin to be broken in 
pieces, to be scattered as dust, e. g. moun- 
tains Hab. 3, 5 [6]. 

Norte. An example of the form Ttphel 
(see Heb. Gramm. § 54, δ. Lehrg. p. 254) 
occurs in the common reading Jer. 25, 
34 ES Misian J will scatter you. Other 
Mss. and editions read E3°MiSiBM your 
dispersions, which is also expressed by 
Aqu. Symm. Vulg. The former is bet- 
ter suited to the context. 

Deriv. Y°=2 a mallet. 


κα ῬῚΞ to move to and Sro, to waver, 
to be unsteady, Is. 28,7.—Kindr. is Arab. 


GE to become poor, comp. in 332. 
Of the same stock perh. is Germ. wank- 
en, with a sibilant prefixed schwanken, 
(old Germ. wagen), diminut. vacillo, 
wackeln, Engl. to wag. Comp. 338. 
Ηιρη. id. Jer. 10,4 pp? 8) and it 
moveth not. 
- Deriv. ΠῚ, ΡΒ. 


ἘΠ]. PA to go out, i. ᾳ. Chald. p22. 

Hiren. 1. to give oul, to furnish, to 
supply, Ps. 144, 13; c. dat. Is. 58, 10, see 
in ©} no. 2, end of 2d par. p. 685. ᾿ 

2. To cause to go out from any one, to 
cause him to give, i. e. to get, to obtain, 
from any one, Prov. 3, 13. 12, 2. 8, 35. 
18, 22. Sept. λαμβάνω. 

3. to bring out fully, to further, to let 
succeed, Ps. 140, 9. 


PB f. (τ. p32 1) an obstacle in the 
way, which causes one to stagger, a 
stumbling-block, i. q. 91822, 1 Sam. 25, 
31. 

FAB i. q. 72, to viet to break in 
pieces. Hence 

Hien. ἘΠῚ id. i.g. 95, trop. to frus- 
trate, Ps. 33, 10. Ez. 17, 19. 

Deriv. 7352 wine-press. 

IB τὰ. α lot, die, a Persian word, i:q. 
d9ia by which it is explained Esth. 3,” 


ἪΞ 


It corresponds to Pers. ὅ L pareh part, 
portion, whence wy 54 to part, and 


9 behre part, lot. Of the same fam- 


ily is also Lat. pars ; comp. too Heb. τ. 
"ap and 98.—Plur. 5°48 lots Esth. 9, 24. 
Also oun "a" v.31, and simply oD 
v. 29. 32, the festival of Purim, i. e. of lots, 
celebrated by the Jews in memory of 
the events recorded in the book of Esther, 
on the 14th and 15th days of the month 


Adar. Arab. 


TAB f. a wine-press, Is. 63, 3. Hagg. 
2, 16. R, “AB. 

NMNB Poratha, Pers. pr. n.of one of 
the sons of Haman, Esth. 9,8. Sept. 
Vat. Φαραδαϑά, Alex. Βαρδαϑά or Φαρ- 
dado. Hence perh. 8M712 is contr. for 
ἢ sorte datus ; comp. ΤΠ. 


* WA fut. wpm 1, to be scattered, 
dispersed, kindr. with 5B; see Niph. 
Chald.id. Alsotospread oneself, to over- 
flow, as a stream ; see 710"8.—Hence 

2. to be proud, to show off proudly, 
from the idea of a stream proudly over- 
flowing, comp. Pw> no. 3. Arab. gp 
mid. Ye, 1, III, id. So of a horseman 
prancing proudly Hab. 1, 8; of calves 
leaping and sporting, 2 pers. O}W8 Mal. 
3, 20 [4, 2]. Jer. 50,11. Sept. σκιρτάω, 

Nipu. to be scattered, dispersed, Nah. 
3, 18. 

Deriv. pr. n. 119 18. 


*MAB obsol. root, Arab els mid. 
Waw, to be apart, to be separated one 
from another, to have an interval be- 
tween two things. Kindr. is MMB, also 
(e5, interval between the fingers.— 

Hence mb. 

“FB Puthite, patronym. once 1 Chr. 
2, 53. 

TB τη. (r. 11 1) pr. adj. purified, pure, 
an epithet of gold Cant. 5, 11; then itself 
for pure gold, fine gold, Ps. 21, 4. Lam. 
4,2. Is. 13, 12. al. Distinguished from 
ordinary gold, Ps. 19, 11. 119, 127. Prov. 
8, 19.—Rosenmiller prefers to render it 
solid or massive gold, comparing Pep 
solid, heavy; but in a case so doubtful 
{ would not desert the authority of the 
book of Chronicles; see in. 118 Hoph. 
Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 49. 


9 ο " , , 
s festival of Purim. 


840 





mp 


*}. ΤΞ in Kal not used, i. 4. Arab. 


Ge 
as to separate, to distinguish ; comp. 
the roots beginning with the letters xB 
under M¥8. Spec. as it would seem, fo 
separate and purify a from the 



























scoria by fire ; whence ()43 silver, comp. 


>"72 stannum, tin, from >72, and Eth. 
OZ silver, ACE brass, fom the root 
“72 to purify.—Hence *8 pure gold, and 
Hopu. part. 1839 amt 1 Καὶ. 10, 18, 
which in 2 Chr. 9, 17 is expressed by 
“ing ant pure gold. , 


* LI. 715 to be hard, firm, strong ; 
Syr. μι hard, solid, robust, see above 
in'®. Once.in fut. Gen. 49, 24 his bow 
abode in strength, "31 "351 31B2 and 
the arms of his hands were firm, strong, 
i.e. the power of his hands. So Kimchi 
ipimm"; also Abulw.—Others, as Saad. 
the arms of his hands were active ; com- 








paring Arab. 3 to leap up, asa gazelle, 


to be agile, light; also the kindr. 45f4 
yo ye Talm. 128 to leap, to dance, 


So at least Heb. 118 in ) 

Pre, 2 Sam. 6, 16 "393794 1759 leapt 
and dancing; which in 1 Chr. 15, 29 
is expressed by Ῥπ 25 B29 dancin : 
and playing. So too Sept. ὀρχούμενος 
καὶ ἀνακρουόμενος, Vulg. subsiliens | 
saltans. Targ.Ma%4 7p .—But Kim 
chi and Abulw. who explain 118 by pin 
render here: strengthened, i. e. girde 
accinctus, 


? “I to scatter, to disperse, i. q. "12 
"32; in Kal only part. pass. fem. 751 
Jer. 50, 17. 

Prev. "3B, fut. "53 1, i. q. Kal, 
scatler, to disperse, e. g. ashes, frost, P 
147, 16; enemies, Ps. 89, 11; Isra 
among the nations, 0152 Joel 4, 2; t 
bones of any one Ps. 53, 6. Jer. 3, 1 
JIM MM and hast scattered t 
ways i. e. hast roved about. 

2. to distribute largely, to be libe 
bountiful, Ps. 112, 9. Prov. 11, 24. 

Nipu. Ps. 141, 7, and Puat Esth. 3, 
pass. to be dispersed. 


I. MB τὰ. (τ. mm) plur. 5° 
fort. impl. like 5°M8 ; constr, "JB. 








mS 


1. a plate, lamina, see the root in 
Kal; plur. o°-M2 Num. 17,3. 3935 "Mp 
the plates of gold, Ex. 39, 3. 

2. a net, snare, trap-net, Sept. παγίς ; 
espec. of a fowler Am. 3, 5, see below. 
Prov. 7,23. Ecc. 9, 12; wip: mp Hos. 
9,8. Ps. 91,3; o78pi2 mp Ps. 124, 7. 
Also such an one as seizes and holds 
beasts or men by the foot; Job 18, 9 
Mp 3293 WIN" che trap shall take him by 
the heel. Jer. 18, 22 3337) 22D ONE. It 
was set in the path, Prov. 7, 23. 22, 5; 
and hidden on or in the inrhoeae bande 
5 ΓΒ 22 Ps. 140, 6. 142, 4. Jer. 18, 22; 
also > mp 11) id. Ps. 119, 110; mp wp 
> Ps. ‘141, 9.—The form of this springe 
or trap-net appears from two passages, 
Am. 3,5 and Ps. 69, 23; it was in two 
parts, which when set were spread out 
upon the ground and slightly fastened 
with a stick (trap-stick); so that as 
soon as a bird or beast touched the stick, 
the parts flew up and inclosed the bird 
in the net, or caught the foot of the ani- 
mal, Job 18, 9. Thus, Am. 3, 5 diana 
: ee A> ἢ Opi ywan np-bp nibs 
vind? Nb ish) maw" }2 MB doth a bird 

fall into a net upon the ground when 
_ there is no trap-stick for her? doth the 
net spring up from the ground and take 
nothing αἱ all? i.e. does any thing hap- 
pen without a cause? Ps. 69, 23.7" 
mab ὈΓΙ 255. o> let their table before 
_ them become a ‘net ; here the 7729 is the 
oriental cloth or leather spread upon 


Swe 
the ground like a net, Arab. 5,8 ; 


in 77>) and Niebuhr Reisebeschr. IT. p. 
_ 372.—Metaph. put for any cause of de- 
_ struction Josh..23, 13. Is. 8, 14. Hos. 5,1; 
- comp. Ps. 69,23. Job 22,10, For the pa- 
 Tonomasia ΓΒ" NID IMB}, see in IMB .— 
Here is usually referred Ps. 11, 6 "0205 
sa ome arp7~by upon the wicked God 
shall rain snares, fire, and brimstone. 
_ But Jarchi and Aben Ezra long ago 

perceived that 5°" might here be re- 
ferred to the root 093, whence om a 
coal, burning coal, and ‘then lightning, 
comp. 8X 72m3 Ps. 18, 13. 14. There 
_ is therefore no need with Olshausen to 


θος τ 9. - 
replace onp a. since Ὁ" ΠΒ aa 


means the same thing; see 0°NB in its 
order. Still the signif: nets, snares, may 
71 


: see 


841 





IMS 


here well be retained, as an emblem of 
destruction to the wicked. 


IT. 19 j. ᾳ. mp q. v. a prefect or gov- 
ernor of a province; once c. suff. ἘΠῚΒ᾽ 
Neh.5,14. But the suffix is here suspi-. 
cious, not being required by the context, 
and being in fact omitted by Vulg. and 
Syr. though expressed by Sept. ac 
Perh. it should read 578. 


“ἼΠΞ fut. a5" to tremble, to be in 
trepidation ; Chald. id. but rare. The 
primary idea seems to be that of leap- 
ing, springing, comp. 1B , 12, also ΤΊ, 


a7 
+3, vt, τὐϑ; see in 5 II. Thus: 


a) For fear, i. 4. to fear, to be afraid, 
Deut. 28, 66. Is. 33,14. 44,8.11; hence 
“mp NX> not to be afraid, i.q. to be of 
good courage, intrepid, coupled some- 
times with Mua, Is. 12, 2. Jer. 36, 24. 
Ps. 78, 53. Proy. 3, 24. M9 70» to fear 
a fear Ps. 14, 5. 53. 6. Job 3, 25. With 
72 of pers. of whom one is afraid, Ps. 27, 
14m 2% of whom shall I be afraid? 
Mic. 7, 19. Job 23, 15; "289 Is. 19, 16. 
17. Apecibed to the heart Deut. 98, 67. 
Ps. 119,161. With >> to turn trembling 
to any one, either as expressing fear, 
Jer. 36, 16 (comp. Gen. 42, 28); or to 
implore help, Hos. 3, 5. Ὁ) For joy, Is. 
60, 5 335 anv ἼΠΡ" and ‘thy heart 
shall teernbils (leap, throb) and. be en- 
larged. Jer. 33,9. See also r. 552 spo- 
ken both of joy and terror. 

Prex i. q. Kal, but intensive, fo fear 
continually, to be in terror, c. "287 Is. 
51, 13. Hence to be cautious, circum- 
spect, Prov. 28, 14. 

Hipx. to make tremble or shake, c. 
acc. Job 4, 14. 

Deriv. 73mB and 


sn8 τη. ὁ. suff. ism, plur. oN. 

1. fear, terror, Ex. 15, 16. Job 4, 14. 
13, 11. 22, 10. al. sep. Job 25, 2 bwiont 
$23 37151 dominion and ys are with 
him, i. 6. they proceed from him. Diaz: 
‘mp2 secure from fear, without fear, 
Job 21, 9; IMB 722 id. 39, 16. m>3> IMB: 
terror by nieht nocturhat terror, Ps, 31, 
5, comp. Cant. 3,8. oxmp Inp Hecht 
terror, Prov. 3, 25. 325 Imp fear of 
heart, terror of mind, Deut. 28, 67. Pa- 
ronomasia is MADi Imp Lam. 3, 47, and: 
mp) mp) 3p fear, and the pit, and a: 


snp 


snare Is. 24, 17. Jer. 48, 43, put for any 
kind of terror and destruction, and ap- 
parently a proverb drawn from birds or 
other game, which by some object of 
fright were driven into a pit or snare ; 
comp. Lat. formido Virg. Georg. 3. 372, 
und Heyne’s note.—Often with genit. 
of pers. who inspires fear; as "7 “1B 
the fear of Jehovah, which he inspires, 
1 Sam. 11,7. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 17,10. Is. 
2, 10.19; comp. "3h 1 Chr. 14,17. Job 
13, 11; alu ony snp Ps. 36,2; 178 
ΞῚΝ Ps. 64, 2; onan Sp Esth. 8, 17. 
9,3; 770B Deut. 2, 25 ; ἘΞῚΠΕ 11, 25; 
and in like manner M33 ‘MB the fear a 
evil, calamity, Prov. 1, "33.—Put for an 
object of fear or terror ; Prov. 1, 26 823 
ὈΞΤΙΞ when your fear cometh, i. e. that 
which you fear. v. 27 (comp. Job 3, 25). 
Ps. 31, 12. Hence for the deity of any 
one, as Gen. 31,42 Pm? Imp the fear 
of Isaac, the God πίονα ‘Tsaac fears, i.e. 
Jehovah, comp. v. 53.—Plur. ὉΠ ΠΒ 
fears, terrors, Job 15, 21> 

2. Plur. or Dual, the thighs ; Job 40, 
17 [12] sane ome “Pa the sinews of 
his thighs are wrapped tog gether. Targ. 
"1787 xem, Pesh. σον ae? Mp 


“ἃ os ’ 
Arab. σός 9} Gays the same word 


in all, but prob. in different senses. Syr. 


|pwos is explained in Lex. Adl. by ‘dab, 


_ the jugular vein ina horse; but the Ara- 
bic translator, who follows the Syriac, 


: § « 
gives it by OLS thighs, from AX 


thigh ; and this is most appropriate to 
the context in Job l.c. See more in 
Bochart Hieroz. III. 716 Lips.—But 
Chald. ("775 is testicles Lev. 21, 20; 
and so Vulg. testiculi Job 1. c. In this 
case the signif. thigh is transferred 
to the pudenda virilia; comp. in ἢ" 
and also Lat. femur.—T he primary idea 
is doubtful. If the signif: thigh be the 
original one, then it may come from the 
idea of leaping (see in r. 3B), as piv 
leg, from the signification of running. 
Or if the meaning pudenda be first, then 
the idea of shame may be derived from 
that of fear. 


MIB f. (τ. the) fear of Jehovah, i. q. 
man, Jer. 2, 19. 


842 





ΤΞ 


“8 (for ππθ Dag. forte impl.) 
constr. mmp, 6. suff. ἼΠΠΒ Mal. 1, 8; 
plur. nina 1 K. 10, 15, constr. nie 
Neh. 2,7, c. suff. Homma Jer. 51, 28. 57s. 
a prefect or governor of a province rm 
than a satrapy (see in Dp" TION); ; 6.5: 
in the Assyrian empire 2 Κ. 18, 24. Is. 
36,9; the Babylonian Jer. 51, 57. Ez. 
23, 6. 23; the Median Jer. 51,285; espec. 
the Pebaian Esth. 8, 9. 9, 3. So of the 
Persian prefect or governor on this side 
the Euphrates Neh. 3,7; of whom seve- 
ral are mentioned Neh. 2, 7. 9. Ezra 8, 
36; also of the governor of Judea Hag. 
1, 1. 14.2, 2.21. Mal. 1,8. This office 
was held by Zerubbabel, Hag. Il. ce. 
and then by Nehemiah, Neh. 5, 14. 18. 
12, 26. Rarely spoken of a prefect of 
Judea in the time of Solomon 1 K. 10, 
15. 2 Chr. 9,14; and of Syria in the 
days of Benhadad, 1K. 20, 24.—The 
fem. ending appears in this word in 
common with many other names of office 


F (see Lehrg. p. 468, 878); though ΠΠΒ 


being of Persian origin, the ending may 
arise from another source. Several ety- — 
mologies have been proposed; the best 
penh. is by Benfey (Monathsn. p, 195), 
who compares Sanser. paksha compa- 
nion, friend, Pracrit. pakkha, old Parsee 
prob. pakha, applied to the prefects of 
provinces as the associates and (quasi) 
adjutants of the king. Of the same ori- 
gin is prob. Laly, Lil, Basha, Pasha, 


coming from the same Sanser. form. 


ΓΞ Chald. constr. ΓΒ, plur. em- 
phat. NMIND, a prefect, governor, i. 4. 
Heb. Ezra 5, 3. 14. 6, 7. Dan. 3, 2. ὃ. 
27. 6, 8. ᾽ 


ἘΤΤΊΒ to leap, to spring, as in Chald. 
So of water boiling over, comp. 178 Gon. 
49,4. Hence trop. 

1. to be proud, vain-glorious, like Arab. : 

; comp. ‘I. Part. plur. G°IB, — 
spoken of false prophets Zeph. 3, 4. 

2. to be light, wanton, lewd ; Part. 
pmb Judg. 9,4. So Syr. pus, comp. — 
Gr. ζέω. 

Deriv. the two following. 

ΠῚ. m. pr. a boiling up, ebullition, as 
of boiling water. Gen. 49,4 Reuben, 
thou my first born... D132 ἹΓῚΒ ὦ boil- 
ing up as of water art thou, i. 6. thou” 





_ to form, to be a potter. 





Tm 





st boil up like water with Just and 
passion, referring to his incest. Symm. 
ὑπερζέσας, Vulg. effusus es. Comp. r. 


1938 no. 2. 


MMI Γ vain-glory, boasting, Jer. 23, 


82. R. mp. 


Ἢ nine in Kal not used, pr. to strike 


‘upon, to pound, to smite, onomatopoetic 


and kindr. with 338, 03p, O25, 7p, 


_ p28, and others in which the syllables 
' 98,55, pd, also 53, pa, have the force 


of striking upon, smiting ; comp. Gr. 
πήγω (anyvio), Lat. pago (pango), paco 
(pax, paciscor).—Hence m2 plate of me- 
tal, from beating; also net, snare, from 


: setting, making fast by pegs, etc. 


Hipu. Mm denom. from mp, to snare ; 
Is. 42, 22 ‘bbe ΘΓ men tae one 
snares them all in holes, i. 6. binds them 
fast with fetters in prison-houses. 


DMD m. (Ὁ. pnp) i.q. OB, a coal, col- 
; ῷ - 
lect. coals, like Arab. ha ; and so, ac- 


cording to some, put for lightning Ps. 
11,6; comp. Ps. 18, 13.14. See in m5 
I, 2, fin. 


* Dn obsol. root, Chald. =p and 


Arab. to be black, like coal ; comp. 
on. =) 

Deriv. 5°M_ and 

DMS τὰ. (for om Dag. forte impl.) a 
coal, collect. coals, charcoal, Prov. 26, 
21; also coal as kindled, burning coal 


ῷ, τ Soz 


Is. 44, 12. 54, 16. Arab. =. a 
id. Eth. Gh? a coal, live coal. 

* M2 obsol. root, Syr. Ethp. #24 
Hence 


"© Chald. m. (for "Ma Dag. forte 
im. ) a potter, Dan. 2, 41. . Syr. fas, 
Arab. je, id. 

if nn obsol. root, Syr. Pa. διὰ to 
dig, to excavate. Hence 

DIS m. 2 Sam. 18,17, plur. o°nne 
f.2 Sam. 17,9; α pit, often as the em- 


blem of destruction Lam. 3, 47. Is. 24, 
17.) OMI IB, see in 748 no. 1. Jer. 


48, 43. 


843 





ato) 


aNva-nn (prefect of Moab, see 


nna) Pahath-Moab, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 
6. 8, 4. 10, 30. Neh. 3, 11. 7, 11. 10, 15. 


MHMID (fem. of MM) α hollow, low 
spot, in garments infected with leprosy, 
Lev. 13, 55. R. nme. 


MIOD f. a species of gem Ex. 28, 17. 
39, 10. Ez. 28, 13; found in Cush Job 
28,19; according to most of the ancient 
versions the topaz, a pale yellowish gem 
found on an island in the Red Sea, Plin. 
H. N. 37.8. See more in Braun de Vest. 
Sacerd. p. 508.—Bohlen (in Abhand- 
lungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft zu 
Konigsberg I. p. 80) seeks the origin 
of the word in the Sanser. language, 
where pita is yellowish, pale; and the 
Greek name τοπάζιον might itself seem 
to come by transposition from M725, 
ΓΞΏ. 


ὙΠΩΞ m. (τ. Ἴ29) pr. something cleft ; 
hence a bursting bud, opening blossom ; 
DEY MOE opening flower-bude, 1 K. 6, 
18. 29. 32, 35. 

“OS m. adj. (τ. 2B) free, 1 Chr. 9, 
33 Cheth. In Keri "428 part. pass, see 
the root no. 3, 

W°OD mm. (r. OLD) a hammer, Is. 41, 
7. Jer. 23, 29. Metaph. Babylon is 
called the hammer (desolator) of the 


whole earth, Jer. 50,23. Chald.id. Arab. 


ales id. 

WSS Chald. m. plur. c. suff. Dan. 3, 
21 Cheth. Jind wp their tunics, under- 
garments, So Syr. ὁσλλϑ from 
Lats tunic; Heb. into, mums. In 
Keri is ingen from woe id. R. top 
no. 2. 


*O® , fut. "25" only in no. 3. 

1. to cleave, to burst open ; see 28. 
Arab. 5 id. and intrans. to break 
forth, sc. a tooth. Kindred is "2 q. v. 


2. Transit. to cause to break forth e.g. 


water, fo let out, Prov. 17, 14.—Hence — 

3. Trop. to let go free, to dismiss, like 
Chald. 128 ; 2 Chr. 23,8. 1 Chr. 9, 33 
ib )-] the ΘΑ ΜΡΝῚ the free, i. 6. ex- 
empt from public duty, where Cheth. 
ὉΠ .—Intrans. to break or slip away 
to get out of the way or place, fut. 925” 


ι 


“ὯὮΞ 


1 ϑαπι. 19,10. Syr. phe id. Chald. Pe. 
and Ithpe. 


Hiren. i. q. Kal no. 1, to cleave, to burst 
open; hence to gape. So πῶ “"yEn 
to gape with the lips, i. 6. to open wide 
the mouth, to stretch the mouth, as a 
gesture of scorn, Ps. 22, 8; comp. 35, 21. 
Job 16, 10. 


Deriv. "iOB, WUD, TIE, and 


“OE m. a fissure, concer. that which 
first breaks forth ; hence omy 106 the 
first-born, firstling, which first opens the 
womb, Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15. 34, 19. Num. 
3, 12. al. Also without on Ex. 13, 12. 
13. 34, 20. : 


MOD f. id. Num. 8, 16. R. 7B. 


: WOE 1. to beat, to pound, to ham- 
mer, Gr. πατάσσω, whence "2p ham- 
mer. Arab. yrs to hammer out iron. 
This root is onomatopoetic; kindr. are 
os, wud, wu7,wIm. The same idea 
of beating lies also in the syllable U5 
pat ; comp. late Lat. baituere. Fr. battre, 
Belg. bot, Engl. to beat ; and with the 
second ἐ changed to a sibilant, Germ. 
patschen, Swed. baisch, blow. 

2. to spread out, to expand, for which 
more usually wtp. Hence Chald.o un. 


"B constr. state of the noun ΓΒ mouth, 
q. ν. 


ΓΌΞ Ez. 30, 17, in some Mss. 
moa"p in one word, which is better, Pi- 
beseth, pr. ἢ. of a city in lower Egypt on 
the east side of the Pelusian branch of 
the Nile, Gr. Βουβαστὸς and Βούβαστις, 
Bubastis, Hdot. 2.59. Strabo XVII. p. 
805. It was so called from a temple of 
Bubastis, a goddess of the Egyptians, 


whom Herodotus compares with Diana, . 


2. 137,156. The name was written in 
Egyptian llor8acT, which Steph. 
Byz. erroneously affirms to be the name 
for cat. But the Egyptian name of 
Diana was ΠΟΤ : and not improb. 
moa-"p was formed by prefixing the 
masc. art. ΠῚ. α5 in chp. The ruins 
of the ancient city, now called Tell Bas- 
tah, Kim Bastah, were discovered and 
are described by Malus in Descr. de 
Egypte, Etat moderne, livr. IIL p. 
307. Comp. Quatremére Mémoires sur 


844, 





5") 


Egypte I. p. 98. Wilkinson Mod. 
Egypt, I. p. 427 sq. Lond. 1843. 


“ἡ 

=| a obsol. root, Arab. δι: mid. | 
Waw and Ye, fo die, i. ᾳ. els (kindr. 
with ma, ele) IV, to destroy. Sanser. 
pid to make sad, to afflict—Hence 


‘"B m. calamity, misfortune, Job 30, — 
24, 31, 29. Prov. 24,22. Here also be- 
longs Fob 12,5 tha "p> to misfortune 
(i. e. to the unfortunate) is contempt, — 
see in p>. 


MB m. (for ONB , τ. ANB) mouth, i. 6. 
edge of a sword; plur. inp "28 Judg. 8, 
16. Comp. ΠΒ no, 3. 


ΓΤ ΓΒ Pi-hahiroth, pr. n. of a 
place near the northern end of the Gulf 
of Suez, eastward of Baal-zephon, Ex 
14,2. 9. Num. 33, 7; also without "B v. 
8. According to the Hebrew it would be 
the mouth of the caverns; but it isdoubt- 


lessanEgyptianname. πο 
place where grass or sedge grows. See 
Jablonski Opusc. ed! Te Water I. p. 447. 
IT. p. 159. 


"8 m. (τ. MB) ashes, cinders, easily 
blown away, Ex. 9, 8. 10. 


29 (mouth of all, i. e. all-command- 
ing) Phicol, pr. n. of the commander of 
Abimelech’s. troops, Gen. 21. 22, 32. 
26, 26. 


akb a) a concubine, see in ΟΣ ΣΒ ἢ 


ΓΒ f. (r. ONE) fat, fatness, Job 15, 
27. : . 
ΠῚ Ἔ (mouth ‘of brass, from “B and 
om? for tm i. q. Mem?) Phinehas, pr. n. 
a) ‘The son and successor of the high- — 
priest Eleazar, Ex. 6, 25. Num. 25, 7. 
Josh. 22, 13. Judg. 20, 28. 1 Chr. 6, 35. 
9, 20. Ps. 106, 30. Ὁ) A-son of Eli, 1 
Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4 εα. 14, 3. iat 

8, 33. 


V°B (i. q. 158) Pinon, pr. ἢ. of an 
Idumean city, Gen. 36, 41. 1 Gr 1,52; 
see PID. R. jw. 


ΓΗ ἢ plur. (by redupl. from “B, 
ma) edges, i. 6, two or more. aan 

ΠΕ a iosedied sword, δίστομος, Ps. 7 
149, 6. In Is. 41, 15 of ἃ threshing- 
ἄταν. mina" ἘΣ παυϊηρ ϑὰρ δ i ie. teem 
points. 





ΡΞ 
Ἢ Pp m. ἃ wavering, tottering, of the 
_ knees Nah. 2,11. R. px. 


{ ΤΠ (overflowing, τ. 8x) Pishon, 
| _ pr. n. of a river issuing from the garden 
of Eden and flowing around the land of 
- Havilah or India (see ΠΤ no. 3) Gen. 
2, 11, comp. Sir. 24, 25. Josephus un- 
Ἢ derstands the Ganges, Ant. 1. 1. 8; but 
with Schulthess and others 1 πὰ 
_ prefer the Jndus, which actually flows 
_ around India on the west, and was 
' nearer to the Hebrews. Others, as 
' Reland (de situ Paradisi § 3), Rosen- 
- miller (Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 194), under- 
stand the Phasis, and take ΓΞ ΓΙ for 
Colchis ; but the Heb. name ‘for the 
Colchians was 0°7502. The Samari- 
tan translator and others hold Pishon to 
mean the Nile, and employ the Heb. 
- word in this sense; see Castell Annot. 
Sam. ad Ex. 2, 3. See more in J. Ὁ. 
᾿ς Michaelis Supplem. Ρ. 2008. Rosen- 
miller |. c. 


_ ‘PB Pithon, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 35. 
9,41. The etymology is unknown. 


JE m. (τ. 42_) a flask, bottle, 1 Sam. 
10, 1. 2K. 9, 1.3. 


ἘΓΙ͂ΖΞ in Kal not used, kindr. with 
23, to drop, to distil. 

Piet to flow out in drops, to flow, Ez. 
47, 2. 

Deriv. 78 - 


*"2© obsol. root, Syr. to bind, to 
fetter; P.a.to entangle, to hinder. Hence 

D was MIDB (snaring the roes; 
or, according to Simonis, retarding i. e. 
getting ahead of the roes,) Pochereth- 


Zebaim, pr. ἢ. of a man Ezya 2, 57. 
__Neh. 7, 59. 


*ROB in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to 
| separate, to distinguish, i.q. 122; see 
_ Pi. and Niph. no. 1.—The primary bili- 
 teral root is 55, which like "5 implies 
separation; as Chald. "38 to cleave, to 
_ cutintwo, Pa. tosever, separate, remove ; 


Syr. lls to search out; Arab. XG de 
lacte depulit. Comp. the kindr. roots 
mee, 358, 358, Sanscr. phal to separate. 

2. to fais PiattiigpitiaNed extraordi- 


| nary, wonderful, see Niph. Hiph. no. 2, 
and pr. ἢ. 72838. 





ark 71" 


845 





NOD 

ΝΊΡΗ. 8223, fut. 8257 1. to be distin. 
guished, i.e. great, extraordinary, 6. g. 
of strong affection, 2 Sam. 1, 26. Dan. 
11, 36 mixdp2 7237 shall speak great 
things i. e. impious words, atrocious 
blasphemy against God. Comp. in 5113 
no. 2. 

2. to be great, i. 6. to be hard, difficult, 
arduous, with "3933 in the eyes of any 
one, 2 Sam. 13, 2. Zech. 8,6; with 79 
too hard, too difficult, Gen. 18, 14. Deut. 
30, 11. Jer. 32,17. 27. Also to be hard 
to accomplish Ps. 131, 1; hard to under- 
stand Prov. 30,18. Job 42,3; hard to 
judge Deut. 17, 8—Hence 

3. to be wonderful, marvellous, Ps. 118, 
23. 139,14. Part. plur. fem. ΓΝ 953 as 
subst. wonderful works, marvellous deeds, 
miracles, of God, both in creating and 
sustaining the world Job 5, 9. 37, 14. 


ΕΟ Ps. 72,18; and also in preserving and 


aiding his people and pious worshippers 
6. g. in Egypt, etc. Ex. 3, 20. 34, 10. 
Josh. 3, 5. Judg. 6, 13. Neh. 9, 17. Ps. 9, 
2. 26, 7. 106, 22. al. sep. It also takes 
an adjective, as ΤΡ ΤΟΝ ΘΒ) Ps. 136, 4. 
Adv. mix?52 wonderfully, ‘marvellous, 
Job 37, 5. Dan. 8, 24. 

Pro, to separate, to set apart, ἀφορί- 
few, i. 6. to consecrate, 6. g. an offering 
in fulfilment of a vow, only in the phrase 
mind “39 NDP Zo accomplish, pay, @ vow 
to Jehovah, Lev. 22, 21. Num. 15, 3. 8. 

Hien. ΩΣ twice ἘΘΘῚ like verbs 
i> Deut. 28, 59. Is. 28, 29, 

1. i. q. Pi. to consecrate a vow, i. e. an 
offering vowed, Lev. 27, 2; and so ina 
different construction Num. 6, 2 87257 Ἢ 
“12 ὙΠ ὙἼ29 if one consecrate any thing 
for vowing the vow of a Nazarite. 

2. to make distinguished i. e. great, 


_ extraordinary, 6. g. kindness, to show 


great kindness, with 5 of pers. Ps. 31, 
22; calamity Deut. 28, 59. Inf. ἜΝ 
dy, eminently, very, 2 Chr. 2, 8. 

3. to make wonderful, cabeiscable, e. g. 
counsel Is. 28,29; with mx to do marvel- 
lously, toe deal wonderfully with any one, 
in a sense of disfavour Is. 29, 14; but 
ἘΣ NHI? Hw id. in a good sense Joel 
2. 20. With δ c. inf. ἜΣΤΙ ὄν to be 
wonderfully helped 2 Chr. 26, 15 ; nobSh 
mie? to do or act wondroush y Jade. 13, 
19. 

Hirspa. to show oneself distinguished 


ndp 


i.e. to show oneself strong, mighty, c. 3 
towards, against any one, in oppressing 
him, Job 10. 16. 

Deriv. xbp, "ΝΒ, N7>B, ONDE, and 
the pr. names bp, ΡΝ, mba. 


NOD τη. in pause 8>B, c. suff. "NDB, 
a aponder, marvel, mirada of God Bix. 
15, 11. Ps. 77, 12. 15. 78, 12. 88, 11. Is. 
25, 1. Plur. ΘΠ 58 πᾶν. wonderfully 
Baan; 1, 9; but plur. ΓΟΥ͂Ν ΘΒ’ wonders 
Dan. 12, 6:¢-Couer, the Wonderful, spo- 
ken of the Messiah, Is. 9, 5. 


"MB m. adj. (x28 with adj. ending) 
wonderful, Judg. 13, 18 Cheth. spoken 
of something daperiataral. In Keri is 
“bp, which is only a contracted form.— 
The fem. of "X>B is M7"N>D (ANE) Ps. 
139, 6 Cheth. where Keri 778 is fem. 
of a form 8">B. 


TNS (whom Jehovah makes distin- 
guished, τ. 82B) Pelaiah, pr. ἢ. m. Neh. 
8, 7. 10, 11. 


? 35 in Kal not used, Aram. and 
Arab. AS to cleave, to divide ; comp. 


on the primary root >» under X28.— 
Hence 

Nipu. fo be divided, Gen. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 
I, 19. 

Pret to divide, 6. g. water-courses Job 
38, 25. Metaph. Ps. 55, 10 divide their 
longue, i. e. cause dissension among 
them. 

Deriv. 328 —N32 , M3252. 


328 Chald. id. Part. pass. 3b» Dan. 
2, 41. 

328 m. Arab. 
/ ge g-- 


5, ἐ" id. Ethiop. 2.,ΛἽ river, 


large stream. Commonly taken as a 
channel, canal, from the idea of divid- 
ing, comp. the verb 328 Job 38,25. Not 
improbably, however, the root 35» may 
have also included the idea of flowing, 
fluctuating. boiling up, eomp. the words 
fluo, fluc-si, fluc-tus, piv-w, pluo, Sanser. 
plu, Bow to flow, also πέλαγος ; Eth. 
AAM to boil, to boil up; see Pott Ety- 
mol. Forsch. I. p. 212.—Ps. 65, 10 238 
pbs the brook or collect. the brooks, 
streams, of God, i. e. watering and ferti- 
lizing the land with God’s blessings. 
Plur. o> Is. 30, 25, constr. "358, as 


1. a brook, rivulet ; 


846 





ΓΞ 


pv “sbp Ps. 1, 8. Ῥτον. δ. 16. 21,1. Of 
streams of tears Ps. 119, 136. Lam. 3, 48; 
8-- 
5. id. ὙΦ ΡΒ brooks of oil 
Job 29,6. For Ps. 46,5 see in "A? no. 2. 
2. Peleg, (division, part,) pr. n. of a 
patriarch, the son of Eber, Gen. 10, 25. 
1 Chr. 1, 19. 


428 Chald. a half, Dan. 7, 25. 


328 or ΓΟ only in plur. miabp 
brooks, streams, ‘Judg. 5, 15, 16. Job 20, 
17. Β. 388. 


ma2b f. a division, class of the priests, 
i. q. ‘pbs, 2 Chr. 35, 5. R. 358. 


mybp br side Chald. id. Ezra 6, 18. 


WIDB, oftener WIND, c. suff. ish; 
plur. prtisbp and ΒΕ estr, "ab. 

1. Fem. a concubine, Chald. xnpb"p, 
NmpoB. id. comp. Gr. πάλλαξ, παλλακίς, 
παλλακή, Lat. pellex. The etymology 
is obscure ; the word seems not to be of 
Semitic Ssten: but may®come from Gr. 
πάλλαξ, or perh. from the Persian.—Spo- 
ken usually of a female slave, who was 
also a legal concubine, Gen. 22, 24. 35, 
22. Judg. 19,2 sq.al.sepe. Fully nes 
wad" Judg. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 16. 20, 3. 
Opp. to wives of higher rank 1 Κα, 11, 3. 
Cant. 6, 8. 9. 

2. Mase. i. q. ὃ πάλλαξ, a paramour, - 
3189, Ez. 23, 20 comp. v. 5. 


«dB obsol. root, Arab. dts to cut 
up ; comp. in 828 PE ΘΩΣΗ 


MDB f. iron, steel ; Syr. iss, Arab. 


SIG, a finer kind of iron, steel.—Plur. 
mise irons, perh. hooks or scythes on 
chariots of war. Nah. 2, 4 nitbp xa 
2295 with the flashing of trons are the 
chariots, i. e. with polished scythes or 
armature. ᾿ 

WIE Pildash, pr. n. m. Gen. 22, 22. 
The etymology is unknown. 


x ΓΡΕ in Kal not used, i. 4. 8>B, to 
separate, to distinguish. 

Nipu. to be separated, distinguished, . 
c. 2 Ex. 33, 16. Ps. 139, 14 7 will praise 
thee "M7>b? MINT "D for I am wonder- 
Sully distinguished. 

Hipu. 1. fo separate, to distinguish, 
Ex. 8, 18 [22]; 6. 13 o.dinmee ae 
tween, ib. 9, 4. 11, 7. ' 


comp. 














125 


2. to distinguish, i. e. to make distin- 
guished, to make great, Ps. 4, 4. 17,7. 
Deriv. "398. 


ND (distinguished, τ. x>p) Pallu, 
‘pr. n. of a son of Reuben Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 
6, 14.—Patronym. "x22 Palluite, Num. 

26, 5. 


aor imp) to cleave, espec. to plough, to 
Jurrow the ground, Ps. 141, 7. Arab. 


8G a husbandman. Syr. 


Ethp.,to be ploughed, Pa. to grave, to 
write. Comp. the Chald. 
_ Pie 1. to cleave, 6. g. an arrow the 
liver Prov. 7, 23. Job 16,13; to cut up, 
to slice, e. g. wild cucumbers 2 K. 4, 39. 
2. to let break forth from the womb, 
to bring forth young, Job 39. 3. Comp. 
53 Kal, Niph. and Pi. no. 4. 
Deriv. 92, pr. n. 8M>B. 


mop Chald. to labour, to serve, often 
in the Targuihs ; spec. fo serve or wor- 
‘ship God, comp. 123; with ace. and > 
Dan. 3, 12 sq. 7 14. 27. 

Deriv. 77>B. 


M22 f. Job 41, 16 (r.m>p) 1. a piece, 
slice, part cut off, e. g. of an apple, fig, 
Cant. 4, 3. 1 Sam. 30, 12. 

2. a mill-stone, so called from the cut 
side which fits to the other stone, i. e. 
the lower side of the upper stone, and 
the upper side of the lower one. Arab. 
us The upper stone is also called 
in full 39} Mp i. 6. the rider Judg. 9, 53. 
2 Sam. 11, 21, and simpl. 359; the νῶν 
one is M°ANM ΤΡ Job 41, 16. 


NDB (a slice, τ. MDB) Pilha, pr. ἢ. m. 
Neh. 10, 25. 


{2B Chald. m. service of God, wor- 
ship, Ezra 7,19. R.m>8. 


᾿ ὯΞ5 pr. ta, be smooth, slippery, i. q. 
wba q.v. Hence to slip away. to escape, 
Ez. 7,16; also to let escape. to deliver, 
comp. pr. ἢ. 772>p. Arab. 5.19 IV, to 
deliver; Yas II, IV id. V, VII to be 
delivered, to escape. Syr. ve Pe. 
and Pa. id. 

Prev 1. i.q. Kal, but intens. to escape 


wholly, to be fully delivered, c. 472 Job 
23, 7 


847 





“55 


2. to let escape, viz. a) From danger, 
to deliver, Ps. 18,3. 40,18. al. sep. With 
7a Ps. 17, 13. 18,49; 192 71,4. b) A 
foetus frota the wenn; i. 6. to Dritig forth, 
Job 21, 10. Comp. ἫΝ Pi. no. 2. 

Het, to deliver from danger Mic. 6, 
14; to place in safety Is. 5, 29. 

Derit. ubB—anwwdB, pabp—nanb, 
wna. 


nbp adj. escaped by flight, i.q. 2°38; 
only plur. prubp Jer. 44, 14. 50, 28. 51, 
50. R. od. 


USP inf. Pi. as noun, deliverance, Ps. 
32, 7. 56,8. R. udp. 


up (deliverance, r. ube) Pelet, pr. n. 
m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b) 12, oe 


ΠΏΣ, see manbe . 


“2p (for M*4>8 deliverance of Jeho- 
vah, τ. 228) Palti, pr.n.m. a) Num. 
13, 9. b) 1 Sam. 25, 44; fuller "abn 
Paltiel, 2 Sam. 3, 15. 


"Sp (apoc. from 4°2>8) Piltai, pr. n. 
m. Neh. 12,17. R.2 


ΩΣ see in "28 lett. b. 


M022 (whom Jehovah delivers, r 
zbp) Pelatiah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 
21. b) 1 Chr. 4, 42. 


map (id.) Pelatiah, pr. n.m. Ez. 
11, 1. 3. 


"2B, in pause "2B. see in ἜΝ 58. 
NB, see in "NDB. 


mp (i. ᾳ. 9988, whom Jehovah 
makes distinguished, τ, 23) Pelaiah, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 3, 34, 


UB m. adj. verbal (r. 258), one 
escaped by flight, espec. from battle, 
slaughter, i.g. 55, 2K. 9,15. Am. 9, 
1; often coupled amiils I, Josh. 8, 22. 
Fer, 42,17. Lam. 2, 22. With the art. 
ΠΌΤ collect. the escaped Gen. 14, 13. 
Ez. 24, 26. 33, 21. 22. _ With genit. 
DuIDN ΠΏ 5Ὁ5 the escaped of Ephraim 
Judg. 12,5; but 2971 "2p those escaped 
from the sword Jer. 44, 28, Ez. 6, 8. 


UB m. (τ. vba) 1. 4. ὭΣΘ, only in 
plur. pigs the escaped Num. 21, 29. 
Is. 66, 19. 


mints thrice MUDD Ex. 10,5. 1 Chr. 
4, 43. Ez. 14, 21, (τ. 022) pr. escape, de- 


"Ὁ 


liverance, Joel 8, 5. Obad. 17. m2 NX 
> ΠΌΡΕ Pr. there is no deliverance to 
any one, i. 6. none shall escape or be de- 
livered, 2 Sam. 15, 14. Jer. 50, 295 ὯΝ 
> nash id. 2 Chr. 20, 24. Ezra 9, 14." 
Dan. 11, 42 nurbe> mann xd shall not 
be delivered, shall not escape.—Meton. 
that which escapes Ex. 10, 5. Joel 2, 3. 
Is. 10, 20. Espec. concr. collect. i. 4. 
oud, ova bp, the escaped, the deliver- 
ed oe danger or destruction, Gen. 32, 
9. 45,7. 2 Chr. 30, 6. Ezra 9, 13. So 
the escaped of Israel or Jacob are the 
people of Israel diminished by repeated 
slaughter, Is. 4, 2. 10, 20. 38, 3; comp. 
‘Neh. 1, 2. 

2°28 m. (τ. 558) a judge, only in plur. 
mibsbp Ex. 21, 22. Deut. 32, 31. Job 31, 
11 ord bp ἫΣ α crime for the judges i. 6. 
for them to punish; comp. 2. 28. For 
the stat. absol. instead of the constr. see 
Heb. Gram. § 114 n. 8; but many Mss. 
read here "5"5B as in v. 28. 


ΠΡ f. judgment, right, i.e. justice 
Is. 16,3. R. 858. 


_ 2°58 adj. (from 8558) pr. judicial, 
i.e. pertaining to the judges, Job 31, 28, 
comp. v. 11.—Fem. 475">p judgment, 
act of judging, Is. 28, 7. 


' Ἴ25 obsol. root, prob. to be round, 
globular ; Arab. gis to have the 
breasts round and plump, spoken of a 
maiden ; II, to be round and plump, spo- 


8.5. 
ken of the breasts; IV, to be round; ὡχλϑ 
the round part of any thing, a niguud, 
wave of the sea, celestial orb.—Hence « 


- 2Ώ m. in pause 322, c. suff. iz>p. 
1. a circle, circuit, district, i. q. "22, 
(Chald. 928 id.) Neh.3,9sq. D255" Fbp 
the circuit or district round Jerusalem 
‘Neh. 3, 12. 14. 15. al. 
2. the whirl of a spindle. and hence for 
the spindle itself, Prov. 31,19. See in 


Arab. KAS, id. Talmud. “PB, 


mobp, m=55p, id. whence 42) to spin.— 
Hence 

3. a round staff, crutch, 2 Sam. 3, 29. 
eee ae 


* 5D in Kal not used. In Piel and 
in the derivatives it has the signif. to 


siw°D. 


848 





58 


judge, which is usually referred to tne 
primary idea of cutting, separating, tak- 
ing away, comp. X23, ΓΒ, Mbp, and 
others beginning with >5; but Ae is igs 
ΠΡ to break. I would rather refer the 
primary meaning of 588 to the ideaof — 
rolling, revolving, comp. “dip, 333, 722, 

bp, Syr. SSNs to roll in any thing, 
to tinge, to dye; then, to make even by 
rolling, ἐο level with a roller, comp. D>B 
to roll; whence ¢o lay even a cause, to 


adjust a difference, toact as umpire. So 
in Germ. the words richten and schlichten, 


used for judging, deciding, strictly signi- — 


fy ‘to make even.’ 

Piet 1. to judge, 1 Sam. 2,25. Also 
to execute judgment, by punishing Ps. — 
106, 30 [33], comp. Num. 25, 7. But 
Sept. Vulg. placavit, see under Kal.— 
With: >, to adjudge to any one Ez. 16, 
52. 

2. to thinks to suppose, Gen. 48, 11. 

Hirupa. 1. to intercede for, to sup- 
plicate for any one, pr. ‘ to interpose as 
umpire, mediator, c. 3 Gen. 20, 7. 
Deut. 9, 20. 1 Sam. 7,5; 52 Job 42,8; 
51 Bin: 2, 25 id. With ἘΝ of him bith 
whom one intercedes and supplicates 
Gen. 20,17. Num. 11,2. See both con- 
structions in Jer. 29, 7. 42, 2. 20. 

2. Genr. to supplicate’ to pray, espec. 
to God, c. Ἐκ Ps. 5, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 26. 
2 Sam. 1, 27. Jer. 29, 12. al. 5 Dan. 9, 
4; by 1 Sam. 1, 10; s2p> 1K. 8, 28. 
Neh. 1, 4. 6; absol. 1 Sam, 2,1. 2 Chr. 
7, 14. That or which one prays to God 
is put with -& I Sam. 1, 27. Is. 37, 21. 
So too pipa"bx bbpnn to pray towards 
a place, sanctuary, 1 Καὶ. 8, 30. 33. 35, 
comp. v. 44. 48. 2 Chr. 6, 38. —Rarely 
to pray to idols, 6. 58 Is. 44, 17. 45, 20; 
also once to supplicate men Ts. 45, 14. 

Deriv. from the signif. of rolling Dip; 
of judging >">p , ΙΒ ΕΒ, "b72p ; of suppli- 
cating, MPN ; aleo.the pr. names ΡΒ. 
nbhp, Lox. 


228 (judge) Palal, pr.n.m. Neh.3 _ 
25, | 


55 (whom Jehovah judges i, e. 
whose cause he protects, τ. 998) Pela- 
liah, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 12. 


? 


"21258, see next art. πο, 1, ult, 











55 


: Pb”) m.(r. >) 1. some one, a cer- 
: S$ 5.9 
tain one, Gr. ὃ δεῖνα, Arab. wrXs, Syr. 
i =, pr. one distinct, definite, whom 
_ one points out as with the finger and not 
_ by name; prob. from an obsol. noun 1198 
_ a distinguishing. Every where joined 
_ with the synon, "2x pr. one concealed, 
nameless. So of persons in the voc. 
- Ruth 4,1 ΡΝ 77> ΓΒ ΤΙΞῸ sit down 
2 pi thou such anone ! Gr.@ ἀξίως: Arab. 


GE. JSG, ig. ἰδ Ὁ. Ofthings, 
1 Sam. 21, 3 spade "2B DIPA->N 10 such 
— and such a place, i iq. toa certain place 
_ which shall be nameless. 2 K. 6, 8.— 
From the junction of these two words 
comes the form "32>8 Dan. 8, 13. 

_ 2. Pelonite, a gentile n. fror a place 

758, elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 27. 

860. 





Ἀφ op) in Kal not an prob. to roll, 
and then to roll smooth, to level by roll- 
ing. Kindr. is 5>p where see. 

_ Prez 1. to make level, even, plain, sc. 
_ away, i.e. to make or prepare a way, 
"Is. 26, 7. Prov. 4, 26. 5, 6. Ps. 78, 50 he 
| made a way for his anger, i. e. let it 
_ have free course. 

_ 2. to weigh, which is done by making 
_ the balance even ; to weigh out, trop. Ps. 
58,3. Also trop. to ponder, to consider, 
Prov. 5, 21. 

_ Deriv. Ὁ and 

| O58 m. a bulance, so called from being 
_ even, level, Prov. 16, 11. Is. 40,12. In 
_ both passages it is coupled with D721%2 
| pacales, and would seem therefore to be 


1 Pr a steel-yard, Arab. nha. 


: * VOB j in Kal not used, prob. of a like 
F ‘signi. with 7728, to break, to rend. 
_ Hrrupa. to tremble, to be shaken, of 
ἢ the columns of the earth Job 9,6; pr. to 
ee oreken, rent, comp. 5239 1 K. 1, 40. 

- Deriv. nba, τα ΕΓ. an 


| mad f. trembling, horror, Job 21, 6. 
Ps. 55, 6. Is. 21, 4. Ez. 7, 18. 


ἘΞ i. * D>B, whence wpa. 


ΕΣ; pb) obsol. root, pr. to roll, to 
_ make revolve, like kindr. ‘obp, dbp. So 


849 





1255 
Simonis correctly in ed. 1--3, and Kimchi 
badann. | 

Hirnpa: to roll oneself, to wallow, 
e. g. in ashes, "2X3, Jer. 6, 26. Ez. 27, 
30; in the dust, "BY, Mic. 1, 10; absol. 
id. Jer. 25, 34.—In former editions I have 
assigned to this root the sense of strew- 
ing, sprinkling, after the Sept. and Vulg. 
but the former sense is preferable, as 
springing from the nature of the root. 


Τ Π Wop (prob. kindr. with wubb, 
mbp) Eth. A,ALl to migrate, to emi- 
grate; Τ᾿ ΛΙ͂Ι to rove about without 
certain dwelling; A,Af. a rover, so- 
journer, stranger.—Hence 


MOP Is. 14, 29. 31. Ps. 60, 10, 83, 8. 
87, 4. 108, 10; in pause nv>p Ex. 15, 
14; Philistia, pr. n. fem. ‘land of 
strangers, sojourners,’. see r. 2p II, 
and "mMw>p. It comprised the southern 
portion of the coast and plain of Canaan, 
along the Mediterranean (hence called 
ΠΩ oo Ex. 23, 31), from Ekron to 
the border of Egypt; though at certain 
times the Philistines had also in posses- 
sion large portions of the interior; see 
1 Sam. 31, 8. 1 K. 15, 27. 16, 15.—Hence 
the Gr. name 77]αλαιστίνη, Jos.*Ant. 1. 6. 
2. ib. 2. 15.2; which name was applied 
by most ancient writers to the whole 
land of the Israelites, as also by Josephus 
himself, Ant. 8. 10. 3. See Reland Pa- 
lest. p. 38 sq. 


“MOD gent. n. (from ΓΕΡῸ) a Phi- 
listine, 1 ‘Sam. 17, 4 sq. 23 sq. 19, 3.21, 
9. 22, 10. al. Plur. p°md>op the Hota, 
tines Gein, 26, 1. Judg. 10,6, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 
5, 1. al. sep. rarely Ppoaniibe Am. 9, 7. 
They were of Egyptian origin, and 
emigrated to the coast of Canaan from 
Caphtor, see in, ΕΞ and Gen. 10, 14. 
Am. 9.7. Sept. Φυλιστιείμ in Pent. but 
elsewhere usually ἀλλόφυλοι. Josephus 
Παλαιστίνοι Ant. 5. 1.18. Comp. Reland 
Palest. p.42. The Philistines were the 
indomitable enemies of the Hebrews; 
and continued to harass them until after 
the time of the Maccabees (see Ecclus. 
50, 26); when by degrees they appear 
to have amalgamated with the other 
inhabitants of Palestine into one peo- 
ple. 


no» 
ἘῺΣΕ obsol. root, Arab. wrhs to 


S > 
flee, to escape, i. q. Heb. v>p ; fea | 


κα ee 
swift, py liks a swift horse, runner.— 
Hence the two following. 


“M28 (swiftness) Peleth, pr.n.m. 8) 
Num. 16,1. 6) 1 Chr. 2, 33. 

“hOB m. (Ὁ. 2) a public runner, cou- 
rier, with art. collect. the public runners, 
couriers, everywhere coupled with "13 
q. v. 2 Sam. 8, 18. 15, 18. 20, 7. 23. 2K. 
11, 4.19. Sone without gosd reason 
hold hoth “M2 and "M>B to be Philis- 
tines, and regard the latter form as put 
by paronomasia for "Md>p, but against 
the analogy of the Hebrew language; 
so Ewald Heb. Gram. p. 297. See in 
“NT - 

I. ἽΒ m. i. q. fem. ΠΕΣ which is more 
usual, a corner,.c. suff. ΠΏ Prov. 7, 8. 
Plur. 0°25 Zech. 14,10. R. 128. 


II. 38 conj. (for M2) , r. 92 Pi. no. 1) 
pr. a removing, laking away ; used only 
in the constr. state with Makk. “JB, as a 
Conj. of removing, prohibiting, hinder- 
ing, i. q. μή, that not, lest. Thus: 

1. Where an action precedes, that 
serves to hinder or prohibit something 
which one fears and wishes to remove 
or avoid. Gen. 11, 4 let us build us a 
city... 7352758 lest we be scattered. 19, 
15 arise... MEOM-jB lest thou perish. 3, 
3 eat not of it... ἜΤΟΖΤΙΓῚΒ lest ye die.— 
Then, after verbs of ail like Gr. 
δείδω μή, Lat. vereor ne, Gen. 31, 31, 
comp. 26, 9; of caution, comp. Gr. ἰδεῖν 
μή, Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. Deut. 4, 23; also 
of swearing Judg. 15, 12, comp. ὀμνύω μή 
I]. 23, 585. In examples of this kind 5x 
is never used. 

2. At the beginning of a sentence, 
where it implies: a) Prohibition or dis- 
suasion, like 5x. Job 32, 13 "2 ΠῚ 
say not, i. e. beware lest ye say.’ Is. 36, 
18 AMIN B2mN ΤΌ ΓΒ beware lest 
Hezekiah deceive you. Ὁ) Fear, appre- 
hension, as Gen. 3, 22 {32 τυ τΒ AMPs 
‘a7 and now (I fear) lest he put forth 
his hand. ete. 44, 34 “09 392 ANIN |B 
(I fear) lest I see the evil, ete. 21, 31. 38, 
11. 42, 4.° Ex. 13, 17. Num. 16, 34. 
1 Sam. 13, 19. With pret. where one 
fsars lest something has already taken 


850 


“p]MN M2 10 turn after any one, to in- 





ΤΣΞ 


place, 2 Sam. 20, 6 δὲ Ὁ lest he may 
have found. 2 K. 2, 16 air man ἽΝ ΘΟ) 8 
(we fear) lest a wind from Jehovah hath | 
taken him up.—Once it approaches to 
the power of a negative adverb, i. g.X>, 
Prov. 5, 6 DPpM~jB ON MI the way of 
life she prepareth not for herself, se. the 
adulteress, i.e. she walks notin the way 
of life. But the full serftence is: ‘(see) 
lest she walk in the way of life.’ 


ASB un. λεγόμ. Ez. 27, 17, perh. a 
kind of pastry or sweet cake. The Targ. 
renders it N7>5p, i. 6. Gr. κολέα, a kind 
of sweet pastry; and in the book Zohar 
32D oM> is pastry-work. Other opinions 
are enumerated by Celsius in Hierobot. 
II. p. 73. Sept. κασία, Vulg. balsamum. 
—The etymology is wholly uncertain. 


ἜΓΠΩ5 fut. 357, apoc. and conv. 
723, =m, in the other persons ES, 
72M, ἸΞΞῚ; imper. M28; 10 turn, trans. in 
one phrase: => "ἈΝ to turn the backl 
Josh. 17, 12. Jer. 2, Ωγ. 30, 33.—Else- 
where always intrans. to turn, to turn 
oneself, i. 6. . 

1. In order to go sii to go 
away; Ex. 7,23 Nam Fissp 155}. 10, 6. 
32, 15. Gen. 18, 22. Deut. 9, 15. 10, 5. 
16,7. al. Sometimes with a dat. pleon. 
Deut. 1, 40..2, 3. 1K. 17,3. Hence 
a) to turn to or towards any place, to 
betake oneself in any direction, ce. >¥ 
Gen. 24, 49; >8 1 Sam. 13, 17; 3 Is. 53, 
6. 56, 11;. acc. 1 Sam. 13, 18. 14, 477 
mop? “wx 593 whithersoerer he turned 
himself ; with He parag. 1K.17,3. Deut. 
2, 3.. Cant. 6,1. Also with >8 of pete to. 
turn unto any one, to go to him for re- 
sponse or for aid, espec. God Is. 45, 22; 

angels Job 5, 1; ᾿ἰδάϊο Lev. 19, 4. Deuty 
31, 18. 20; wicked men Ps. ‘40, 5; di- 
viners Lev. 20,6; with >& of thing, to 
turn unto e. g. iniquity Job 36, 21. 


j 















cline to his side or party, Ez. 29, 16. 
b) to turn away from any one, 6. Σ᾿ 
Deut. 29, 17 mentally ; absol. 30, 17 if — 
thy heart turn away ftom God, and thow 
do not obey, etc. 6) Trop. of time,e. g. 
a) to turn away, i. e. to pass away. Jer. 
6,4 nism mp the day turns, declines; 
also poet. Ps. 90, 9 all our days t 
away, pass away. #) to turn in a 
proaching, 6. g. in the phrases; M25 


m2 

en at the turning of the morning, at 
the approach of dawn, Ex. 14, 27. Judg. 
ἷ 19, 26. Ps. 46, 6; 329 ΓΞ5 at the turn- 
τ ing of evening, at even-tide, Gen. 24, 63. 
_ Deut. a3, 05... 
~ 2.1In order to look at any thing, 2 K. 
23, 16. Ecc. 2, 12 422M MINI ὍΝ 72ND 
I turned myself to behold wisdom. Ex. 
ἜΣ 12° 897) 5) ΓΞ Be and he turned 
5 Dimseif (his eyes) hither and thither and 
_ looked. Hence i. q. to turn the eyes, to 
look at any thing, c. dbx Ex. 16, 10. 
Nam. 17,7. Job 21, 5; 3 6, 28. Eee. 2, 
11; πὶ behind Oneself’ Fadg. 20, 40. 
ν᾿ 28am! 1, 7. 2,20; n>825 upwards Is. 8, 
Ε 21 [22]. Metaph. by 28 to look upon, 
ive. to regard, to have respect to any 
_ person or thing, Deut. 9, 27; espec. of 
_ God as hearing and regarding men with 
“favour, Ps. 25, 16 72271 728 728 . 69, 17. 
86. 16; also ΠΡ ΟΝ, mp Ps. 102, 18. 
| 1K. 8,28; ΠΤ ΒΤ ῸΝ Num. 16, 15. Mal. 
2,13. Of a king 2 Sam. 9, 8—Of 
a things, to turn or look towards any 
quarter, Ez. 8, 3 miipx ΓΒ “DUN the 
_ gate looking ὙΨΗ͂Σ the north. 11, 1. 44, 
1. 46, 12. 47,2; simpl. H27ibn “Dun 2 
᾿ς Chr. 25, 23, comp. 2 K. 14, 13. Ofa 
_ boundary Josh. 15, 2. 7. 
Piet pr. to cause to turn and go away, 
see Kal. no. 1. b; hence to clear away 
‘any thing, c. acc. Zeph. 3, 15; absol. 
Ps. 80, 10 ἈΡΩ͂ m:n thou didst clear 
away before it, i. e. didst make room and 
“prepare the ground.—Also to clear out 
_ 8c. from things thrown hither and thither, 
impediments, to put in order, to prepare, 
€.g. a house Gen. 24, 31. Lev. 14, 36; 
"a way Is. 40, 3. 57, 14. 62, 10. Mal. 3,1. 
: Hien. fut. conv. 7271 1. Trans. to 
, Judg. 15, 4; espec. the back in 
δ τος flight, 1 Sam. 10, 9. Jer. 48, 
39. Hence 
_ 2+ Intrans. with 99 impl. to turn the 
back, to flee, Jer. 46, 21. 49, 24; also to 
| look back, to stop in flight, Jer. 46, 5. 
Nah, 2,9. With >x to turn oneself to 

any one Jer. 47, 3. 

Horn. to be ΕΣ back, i. q. to turn 
_ back Jer. 49,8; to be turned: i. q. to look 
ἣ towards any quarter, comp. in Kal no. 2 
fin. Ez. 9, 2. 

Deriv. 75 (7p), ΓΒ plur. 538, whence 
mp, 0720, "Bd; and the pr. names 
| m35%, “bene, bye. 



































᾿ 


851 





re 


“25 not used in sing. (though under 
another form "28, 528, it appears in the 
pr. Hames 58778, >838,) plur. OB, 
constr. "28, m. but fem. Ez. 21, 21. 

1. the face, countenance, pr. the part 
turned towards any one, see Ez. 21, 3, 


from τ. 435; comp. Arab. 5 face, 
from X=. V, to turn oneself in any di- 
rection. ἡ For the use of the plur. comp. 
Gr. τὰ πρόσωπα in Homer.—Gen. 38, 15. 
50, 1. Ex. 3, 6. al. sepe. Also of the 
face of animals Ez. 10, 14. Job 41, 6. 
Constr. with a verb or adj. plur. Job 38, 
30. Dan. 1, 10, and in the fem. Ez. 21, 
21; rarely sing. Lam. 4, 16. Prov. 15, 14. 
Also asa real plur. faces, 6. σ. ADDN 
25 Ez. 1, 6. 10, 21. 41, 18; oB-b2 
all faces Joel 2, 6. Is. 13, 8. Nah. 2, 11. 
Spec. on2pm DN the bretid of the face 
presence, the shew-bread, see in ὈΠῚΞ no. 
2; also D°2BH1 jm>W the table of the shew- 
ποῦ on which these loaves were set 
out, Num. 4, 7. "28752 55} to fall upon 
one’s face, see 583 no. 2.a. Ἔ 28 2M to 
smooth the face of any one, see in [ΡΠ 
Piel no. 1. 

Spec. to be noted are the following 
phrases : 

a) B"2B">N OB face to face Gen. 32, 
31. Deut. 34, 10. al..id. Also 52 5.28 
id. Ez. 5, 4; 07283 0°29 id. Prov. '27, 19. 

b) To say or do any thing Έ nay to 
one’s face, i. e. frankly, freely, and also 
often impudently, insolently, in scorn and 
defiance ; comp. French dire dans la 
barbe, Lat. laudare in os, Ter. So Job 
1, 11 2931 37287>D he will curse thee to 
thy face. 21, 31. Is. 65, 3 who provoke 
me "32">% to my face, i. 6. in scorn and 
defiance. In the same sense is said “DX 
p28 Job 2, 5. 13,15. Deut. 7, 10 ὙΠ Θ ΤῸΝ 
sbrobws he will repay him to his face sc. 
God an enemy, i. e. openly and speedily, 
Vulg. statim ; the other member has &> 
“mint. Here belongs also 19383 72> to 
answer one to his face, i.e. to ‘refute him 
strongly, freely, openly; Job 16,8 "wna 
m7 "22 my leanness refutes me to my 
face i.e. testifies openly and strongly 
against me. Hos. 5, 5. 7, 10. 

c) bY HB END to set the face upon 
any one; for good, 1 K. 2,15 upon me 
did all ἐρκάμ set their faces, that I 
should reign ; or for evil, to set the face 


ΓΞ 8 
against any one, Ez. 6, 2. 29, 2. 35, 2. 
Also > 1125. Btw in the same sense Ez. 
13, 17. 21,7. 25, 2. 38, 2; and with 4 
parag. Ez. 21,2.—Similar is 58 "28 MW 
to set (turn) one’s face towards a place 
Num. 24, 1. Also in a hostile sense 
DX OB 72m Zo direct the face against 
any thing Ez. 4, 3. 7; 2 OB ΞΔ id. 
Dan. 11, 18. 19. aah aaah 2K. 8, 11.779935 
=o 132 and he fixed his countenance 
and set it, i.e. beheld him with a fixed 
look. 

d) "2b oi c. ace. to set one’s face 
towards any quarter, 1. 6. to direct one’s 
course thither, to go, Gen.,31, 21; with 
inf. c. > Lo intend, to purpose doing any 
thing, but still with special reference to 
going or departing, Jer. 42, 15.17. 44, 
12. 2K. 12,18. Dan. 11,17. InN. T. 
comp. Luke 9, 53. Syr. in the same 


“IS ρ' ‘ 
sense has sas} sew to set his face, 


raw $a” to fix his look. 

6) 1728 jM2 to set one’s face, q. ἃ. to 

cast the eyes, 6. σ΄. MEN upon the ground 
Dan. 10, 15; ¢. 58 towards any one, as 
God Dan. 9, 3. With inf. c. > to set 
one’s face to do any thing, i. 6. to pur- 
pose, to determine, 2 Chr. 32, 2. But 
Dx Ἔ "2B M2 fo set the face of any one 
towards, i. e. to cause him to look to- 
wards any thing, Gen. 30, 40.—Further 
’ f) In a hostile sense, 2 1728 DAW /o set 
one’s face upon i.e. against any one in 
anger, to behold him in anger; so of 
God Lev. 20, 5. Ez. 15,7; more fully 
ΓΙΞῚΩΡ N51 nab Jer. 21,10, MP7 44, 10. 
Also 2 135 in: id. Lae 17, 10. 20, ἃ, θ, 
20,17. Ez. 14,8. 15, 7. Soo too without 
a verh, Ps. 34, 17 39 "Osa 9 "2p , comp. 
opp. v. 16. 
 g) 2) Nb? Lo lift up one’s counte- 
nance, see in 8W2 no. 1.c. But in2 Sam. 
2, 22 and Job 22, 26, it is rather lo look 
with confidence upon any one. So too 
DN ὉΠ on Ezra 9, 7. 

‘h) Έ "28 ΓΝ to see the face of any 
one, i. 6. to see him in person, as present, 
Glen. 32, 21 7 will appease him (Esau) 
with the present ;... afterwards Iwill see 
vis face, meet him in person. 46, 30. 
48,11. Also i. q. to be admitted to the 
presence of any one of high rank, as a 
prince, king, Gen. 43, 3.5. 44, 23. 26. 
2 Sam. 3, 13. 14, 24. 28. Ex. 10, 28,29; 





δῷ 


Ξ 


or to have access to the king, as his ser 
vants and ministers 2 K. 25,19. Jer. 52, 
25. Esth.1,14. Hence to see God’s face, 
to have access to him, to find him prepi- 
tious, Job 33, 26. Is. 1,12 (if we read 
728 mind). Gen. 33, 10; also “Ὁ 2B IN 
Ps. 17.15. :-In other passages ‘it is said 
that no mortal can see God’s face and 
live, Ex. 33, 20. 23 (but comp. Gen. 16, 
13, 32, 30. Judg. 8, 22. 13,22. Is. 6, 5). 
Hence the ancient intpp. in the follow- 
ing passages: Dan. 31,11 "28 DX MIND, 
Is. 1,12 "28 ΤῊΝ, Ex, 23, 15 187 xb 
— "25, 34, 15. Ps, 42, 3 "2) ONAN 
Danby, hare given to the verbs tlié pas- 
sive punctuation( Mix, ANTI, ANI) af 
ter the analogy of Ex. 34, 23 and 1 Sam. 
1, 22.93 ΒΟΌΣ AN ; ‘and the \sense 
then is: to appear ‘before God. But. 
perh. the active construction is favoured 
by the fact that "2b stands thrice without 
ms; and also M873 twice without 7, so 
that it cannot without apparent violence 
be pointed mixy>.—Is. 63,9 1928 4852 
the angel of his (God’s) face, presence, 
who beholds his face, is his minister. _ 
i) As to see the face of any one, is to 
be admitted to his presence (see lett. h); 
and do seek the face of any one, is to seek 
admittance to him (see 8pa Pi. no. 1, 
comp. Proy. 7; 15); so Ἔ 728 NW? fo re 
ceive the face (person) of any one, is ta 
grant him admittance (see δὲ 3 no. 3.b), 
and opp. © "28 3 fo turn away the face 
of any one, is not to admit, to repulse 
him (see 352% Hiph. πο. 1). So too ὍΛΟΙ. 
772 1°28 10 turn away one’s face from any 
one 2 Chr. 30, 9.5 72 2B "MOM, see in 
“mo Hiph. | 
k) The face of any one is often put fos 
one’s presence, person, self. Ex. 33, 14 
127 "2B my presence shall Zo, i. e. 1 my- 
self will go. v.15. 2 Sam. 17, 11 7728 
37p2 0°25 that thy presence (thyself 
go to the battle. Lam. 4,16. Ps. 21, 1 
7729 Ts> in the time of thy. presence, 
when thou art present to fight again: 
them. 80,17. Also Ps. 31, 21 thou shall 
hide them 7722 "Moa in the covert of 
thy presence. 89, 15.—So Ps, 42, 6 ‘Tis 
‘sar RB nisas atin J shall ye 
praise him, for the deliverance of his 
presence, even my God, i. e. him whose 
presence brings deli vert nai But in. 
12 and 43, 5 the same words. are. differ 


ae) 


“ 











































Γ25 853 135 


ently divided: J shall yet praise him, 
“ONT "PB Mivrw the deliverance of my 
presence and my God, i. 6. with De 
Wette. ‘the deliverer of my person.’ 
_ But prob. we should here divide miss 
ἽΠΠΟΝ 172B, as in v. 5. 6; see Thesaur. 
δ ν». 1110. 
: 1) The face, countenance, is also often 
_ put for the look, mien, air of a person, as 
_ expressing the affections and emotions 
of the mind. Gen. 31, 2 and Jacob saw 
the countenance of Laban, and lo, it was 
not toward him as before. v.5. Hence 
pp 1 of hardened looks, impudent, 
_ Deut. 28, 50, comp. Is. 50,7; 5°28 75K 
see in 758 lett. g. Son 39 0°25 an evil 
_ countenance, sad looks, Gen. 40, 7. Eee. 
ἢ, 3. Neh. 2, 3; and simpl. 0°23 id. 
_ 18am. 1,18, comp. v. 8. Job 9,27. For 
_ the same is said 02D 5552 (see 58} no. 1. 
_ a, and Hiph. no. 1. 4); and of a cheerful 
_ countenance, D722 XW}, see NW) no. 1. ὁ. 
_ —So too shame is expressed in the coun- 
_ tenance, either by blushing or turning 
_ pale, whence 5°38 mwa Ps. 44,6. Jer. 7, 
19; and so Ps. 69, 8. 83, 17. ως 51, 51. 
Also loathing is expressed by averted 
looks, Ez. 6, 9. 20, 43. 36, 31. To the 
_ expression of anger in the looks we may 
_ refer Gen. 32,21: J will appease (1722) 
_ his countenance with the present. 
᾿ς πὴ) 0972 133 before their own face Is. 
5, 21, i. q. pred, piy"2°D2, in their own 
_ eyes or opinion; see in "> no. 1. b. 
_ 2. Trop. of things, the face, surface 
_of any thing, e. g. of the earth Gen. 1, 
29. 2,6. Is. 14, 21. 24,1; of a field Is. 
| 28, 25; of water Gen. 1,2. Job 38, 30. 
etc. Cori. s2075N no. 2. ἜΡΟΝ no. 1,2.— 
- Less obvious is Job 41,5 iwrad "25 πὲς "2 
_ who shall uncover the surface of his (the 





_ garment itself the surface or upper 
_ part of his body, the scales, covering the 
| vest; comp. 59 no. 1. a. 8. So also 
B15 528 the surface of the veil, put for the 

veil itself as a covering, Is. 25, 7.— 
Hence a) aspect, view, Job 26, 9. b) 
_ external appearance, state, éondition of 
a thing, Ps. 104, 30. Prov. 27, 23. look 
well to the state, appearance, of. thy flock. 
¢) a way, manner, as with the consent 


see below in *2> D. 3. Comp. Sy 


face, manner 
72 


 crocodile’s) garment ? i. e. prob. for the: 





3. the forepart, front of any thing, 
Arab. x5 id. Jer.1,13 npg "yp. 77D 


and the front thereof (of the pot) is 
before (towards) thenorth. So the front, 
van, of an army, Gr. πρόσωπον, Joel 2, 
20.—Adverbially:- a) 0728 in front, 
before, (opp. "IN& ,) Ez. 2,10. 1 Chr. 19, 
10. 2 Chr. 13,14... Ὁ) 0723 forwards 
Jer. 7, 24; of time, before, of old, Deut. 
2, 10. 12. Josh. 11, 10. 14, 15. ἃ]. ὁ) 
ppb From of old, from ancient times, 
Is, ‘41, 26. ἃ) 28 in front, before, 


‘2 Sam 10,9. Comp. below in "252 D. 


2.—The Face or front of a sword is 
its edge, Ez. 21, 21 [16] nind9 5728 72K 
whither is thine edge directed? Ecc. 10, 
10.—Further, 5728 is also used for the 
inner wall of a house opposite the door 
as one enters, Hom. τὰ ἐνώπια, whence 
with He parag. 772728 q. v. also 27257 
id. 

With prepositions 0°28 assumes very 
frequently the nature of a particle : 

A) "28758 1. into or in the presence 
of, before. 8) Of place whither, after 
verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 19, 2. Lev. 9, 5. 
Num. 17, 8 [16, 43]. b) of place where 
Ex. 23, 17. 

2. upon the face, surface, of any thing, 
6. g. MW "2B7>N Lev. 14, 53. Ez. 16, 5. 
—Another meaning of this phrase see 
above in no. 1. Ὁ. 

B) "287M pr. with (in) the presence of 
any one, in his sight, before any one ; 
6. δ. 237 "287M Esth. 1,10. ὍΒ.ΡΝ 
" before Jehovah Gen. 19, 13. 27. Ps. 
16, 11. Also for public worship in 
the phrase Δ "J5"MX O82 10 appear 
before Jehovah in the sanctuary, Ex. 34, 
23. 1 Sam. 1, 22. (In this sense we 
find also "Ὁ "2p-by 2 Ex. 23, 17; also 
poet, "ἢ "8 ‘2. Is. 1, 12. Ps. 42, 5, see 
above in no. 1. h.) So too before, in 
front of, e. g. 7951 "2B7MN before the 
city Gen. 33, 18. nen "BTN before 
the veil Lav, 4, 6.—After verbs of mo- 
tion, into the presence of, before any one, 
1 Sam. 22, 4. al. "325 ΤῸ from the pre- 
sence of any one Gen. 27, 30; from be- 
Sore, from the ae of any thing, 2 K.. 
16, 14. 

C) "2D3 , i. q. "20>, in front of, before; 
more capes. in the later writers, Ez. 42, 
12; often in the phrase "383. 72% te 


ra) 


stand before any one, i 6. to resist him, 
Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25. Jush. 10, 8. 21, 44. 
23, 9. Esth. 9,2.—The proper force of 
the subst. seems to be retained in Ezra 
6, 9 MWD ADP? they show loathing in 
their countenances ; see above in no. 1. 1. 

D) "25>, c. suff. "28>, A3Ed, 72Hd, 
D2"3b>, cred. 

‘1. in the presence of any one, in his 
sight, under his eyes, he being present 
and beholding, before any one. Num. 
8, 22 the Leviles went in to do their min- 
istry ....1°72 7285) jiGN 72H) in the pre- 
sence of Aaron and his sons, under their 
inspection. 2K. 4, 38. Z60k. 3,8. "28> 
nw before the sun, i. e. so long as the 
sun (which poets bp τῊν to the eye, 
and illumine the essiti Ps. 72, 17; comp. 

man 22> v.5. (But Job 8, 16 wit "25> 
in the sunshine.) Often trop. i. q. appa 
in the eyes, sight, of any one, i. e. in his 
mind, fooling, judgment, 6. g. "ὉΠ 
"pb mraNn favour and kindness with 
any one, “Dan. 1, 9. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106, 
46; spd 30" i, gq. WFD 3B, seé 309. 
W758 “ppb bina great i. 6. having great 
influence with his lord, 2 K. 5, 1; comp. 
Ῥγον. "4, 3. 14, 12. 

Spee. to be noted is the phrase "25> 
mim or ODN 72H), i.e. 

a) Pr. in the presence of i. 6. before 
Jehovah Gen. 18, 22. Ex. 6, 12. 30. 16, 
9. Ps. 95, 6. 96, 13. 98,9. 1 Sam 1, 12. 
15. Also in the sight of Jehovah, he 
being present and a witness, Gen. 27, 7. 
1 Sam. 23,18. Since Jehovah was re- 
garded as dwelling in his sanctuary, 
hence before Jehovah is i.q. αν in the 
tabernacle, usually not in the holy of 
holies, Ex. 27, 21. 34,34. 40, 25. Lev. 
4. 6.7. 8,26. Once in the holy of holies, 
Ex. 28, 35. 3) at the door of the taber- 
nacle, where stood the altar of burnt- 
offering, Ex. 29, 11. 42. Lev. 3, 1 comp. 
v. 2, 14, 11.12. 17,4. ἃ]. y) inthe tem- 
ple, Is. 37,14; in its halls or courts, 2 
K. 16, 14. Is. 23, 18. Ez. 46, 3.9. δ) 
before the ark of the covenant, on which 
the presence of Jehovah rested, Josh. 4, 
13; comp. 6, 7. 

b) Trop. Jehovah beholding, Jehovah 
being judge. Deut. 24, 4 an abomina- 
tion before Jehovah. Josh. 6,26 cursed 
before Jehovah, comp. 1 Sam. 26, 19. 


854, 


~ like significations: 








































é ΓΞ 


Ex. 28, 38 favour before Jehovah. Deut. — 
24, 13 righteousness before Jehovah. 
Hence also simpl. in a good sense, Je- 
hovah assenting and approving, i. q. well 
pleasing to Jehovah, since we set before 
the eyes only such things as are pleas- 
ing; so "7 "25> ἬΞΠΌΡΙ to walk before 
Jehovah, to live as he approves, see in | 
yen Hithp. no. 2. Gen. 10,9 a mighty 
hunter °2 "28> before Jehovah, with whom 
God is well pleased. Ps. 19,15. What 
is pleasing to Jehovah he decrees; so 
Gen. 6, 13 the end of all flesh "28> 82 
is come before me, is decreed by me. 

The rarer form ΤΊ ΒΝ "36> has the 
a) before God, i.e. 
in his sanctuary Ex. 18, 12. Josh. 24, 1. 
Judg. 21, 2; on the throne of God’s 
appointment Ps. 61, 8. Ὁ) God being 
judge ; Gen. 6,11 the earth was corrupt 
before God. So arty "28> ΞῚὉ good 
before God, in his sight, well pleasing 
to him, Ece. 2, 26. 7, 26. 

Further we may note the use of "353 
in the following phrases: 

aa) 29 "28> 32 to stand before 
the king, to await his mandates, i. 6. to 
minister unto him, see 722; comp. 723 
"25> 2 Sam. 16, 19. . 

bb) To adore or worship before a di- 
vinity, see MInmwn ἴῃ τὶ δ. 1K. 12 
30 the people went to worship NH Bb 
before the one sc. of the calves. 1 Chr. 
21, 30. 

60) To be smitten, put to flight before 
an enemy, see $32 Niph. and hence 
after verbs of scattering, discomfiting, 
and the like, Judg. 4, 15. 1 Sam, 14, 13. 
20,1. 2 Sam. 5, 20. Jer. 1,17. 49, 37. 
Come. below. in "387. 

dd) Β "28> 12 to set before any one, 
e. g. food 2 K. 4, 43; trop. for choice, te 
propose Deut. Ll, 26 ; a law to be ob- 
served, to impose Deut. 4, 8. 1 K. 9, 6. 
Jer. 26, 4. 44, 10. Ez. 23,24. Also i. 4. 
to give into one’s power, to deliver over 
to any one (i. q. ® 773), Josh. 10, 12. 
Deut. 2, 33. 36. Judg. 11, 9. 1 K. 8, 46. 
Is. 41,2. So without the verb of givin 
Gen. 24, 51 lo! Rebecca 77225 before 
thee, i. e. is given up to thee. 34, 10 . 
land is before you, lies ready before yo 
and your flocks. 2 Chr. 14,6. — 

2. before, in front of, comp. 0°28 no. 

a) Of place, 19% Sk Ἴ2 85 i 





iD 


tabernacle of the congregation 1 Chr. 6, 
_ 17 [32] ; hence eastward of, Gen. 23, 17. 
_ 25, 18. Deut. 32, 49. Also of a leader 
- who goes before his army, see 83) N37 
- $3 72> under art. Ni2 no. 1. a of a 
ἡ king who stands before, at the head of, 
᾿ his people, Ecc. 4, 16 there was no end 
to all the people ΓΙ 235 N° “we 535 
to all whom he was over. "Further of 
_ captives, booty, etc. which, as a shep- 
_ herd his flock (Gen. 32, 18), the victor 
_ drives before him, Is. 8, 4. Am. 9, 4. 
Lam. 1, 5. 6. 
Bb) Of time before, e. g. WEI “2»> 
_ before the earthquake Am. 1, 1; "35> 
- “xP before the harvest Is. 18, 5. Gen. 
_ 13, 10. 29, 26. Prov. 8, 25. Zech. 8, 10. 
_—Gen. 30, 30 "25> before me, i. e. before 
I came to thee. Jer. 28, 8 ΠῚ "25> be- 
_ fore now Neh. 13, 4. With ‘inf. before 
that, before, Gen. 13, 10. Deut. 33, 1. 
- 1Sam. 9, 15. 
᾿ς 96) Of worth, preference, before, above, 
like Lat. ante, pre. Job 34, 19 he re- 
_ gardeth not the rich >1 "22> above the 
‘ γ. 

d) After verbs of motion, lit. to one’s 
_ front, obviam, implying motion to meet 
_ any one, e. g. ' "28> ΠΡ Gen. 24, 12; 
also often in a hostile sense, against, 
| Gr. ἀντί, pr. to one’s face, front, e. g. 
782 op to rise up against any one 
Num. 16, 2; "2D NX1 to go out against 
1 Chr. 14, 8, 2 Chr. 14, 9. Also 72> 
"28> (see 70D), "28> =u to stand 
against any one, i. 6. to stand out, resist. 
3. in the manner of, like, see above in 
6728 no. 2. c. Job 4, 19 lit. they crush 
‘ them > 20> like the moth, impers. for: 
"they are crushed as by the moth, as if 
moth-eaten ; Vulg. sicut a tinea. Sept. 
τὸς τρόπον. Comp. Lat. ad faciem 
Plat. Cist. 1. 1.73. So "35> jm3 to re- 
gard as or for any one (comp. 3 m2) 
ΟῚ Sam. 1, 16.—From "25> comes the adj. 
form 85 anterior, q. v. 
Nore. The following significations 
; iinétimes ascribed to "25> are doubtful: 
a) Sor, comp. 733 and Germ. vor and fir; 
e.g. in the phrase "25> 229 to become 
surety for any one, Prov. 17, 18; but the 
surety doubtless gave his δίραυυ before, 
in the presence of, his friend. 8) on ac- 
count of, propter, like 72532, "28 ; so 
in 25> 759 to mourn on account of any 









































855 





rd 


one 2 Sam. 3, 31; better pr. before him, 
since in the funeral procession the 
mourners preceded the bier; Geier de 
luctu Hebreorum c. 5. § 15-19. 

ΕἼ) 2552 1. from. before, from the 
presence of any one, implying that the 
person or thing spoken-of was before the 
other and goes away from that place. 
ΕἸ. g.to go out 12 "2352 Lev. 9,24; "2b 
mp Gen. 41, "46 ; also Gen. 23, 4. 8. 
Hence after weitlin ai fleeing tconep: i) 
no. 3. a), and of driving out 1 Chr. 19, 
18. 2 Chr. 20,7; of fearing and causing 
fear 1 Sam. 18, 12. Ps. 97, 5. 114, 7. Eee. 
8,13. Esth:'7, 6; also of crying for help 
(usually conjoined with flight) 1 Sam. 
8,18; of humbling oneself 1 K. 21, 29. 
2 Chr. 33, 12. 36, 12. 

2. Of time, before, iq. "25> no. 2. ὃ. 
Kee. 1, 10. Comp. 72 no. 4. b. ; 

3. Trop. of a cause, on account of, be- 
cause of, i.q. "28%, 74, 6. g. to shout or 
rejoice because of, 1 Chr. 16, 33. 

F) "252 1. from the face, presence, 
front, of any person or thing, from be- 
fore, 6. σ. Ex. 14, 19 and the column went 
ἘΠ from before them, and stood be- 
hind them. Hence very often after verbs 
of departing, Hos. 11, 2; of freeing 
(comp. 772 no. 3, a, from which it differs 
in that "35° is for the most part used be- 
fore persons, 2 before things, see MMM 
Niph.) Gen. 7, 7. 16, 8. Is. 20,6 comp. 
Ps. 61, 4; of crying for help Is. 19, 20. 
26, 17; of fearing (see 839, MOM Niph.) ; 
of reverencing, humbling oneself, 2 K. 
22,19. Lev. 19,32; of hiding Job 23,17; 
and other verbs of similar significations. 
Thus the idea of flight and fear is im- 
plied in Judg. 9, 21, and he dwelt there 
OTN boy "257 (after he had fled) 
from the presence of Abimelech his bro- 


| ther; Vulg. well, ob metum A. fratris 


sui. 1 Chr. 12,1 see in r. “X29 no. 1. 
Is. 17, 9 ae ruins. οὐ 7252 nat “WN 
beni which the Canaanites left deserted 
from before Israel i. e. fleeing from be- 
fore them; see in r. 313 no. 2. b. 

2. OF the author and efficient caus :, 
from which any thing proceeds, i. 4. 12 
no. 2. 6. Gen. 6,13 the earth is filled with 
violence &137227 from them, i. 6. of which 
they are the cause, Sept. well 2 ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 
47, 18. Ex. 8, 20. Ἰαΐρ. 6, 6. Jer. 15, 17. 
Ez. 14,15. Also of the remoter cause 
ἃ 


Γ25 


because of, on account of ; Is. 10, 27 the 
yoke shall break 728 728% because of the 
fatness sc. of the ox. Deut. 28, 20. Hos. 
10, 15. Jer. 9,6. So where the reason 
is ive on account of which something 
is not done, Lat. pre, Job 37, 19. 1 K.8, 
11.—With “wx ‘it is equivtilont to a 
Conj. because that, because, Ex. 19, 18. 
Jer. 44, 23. 

Nore. Winer has needlessly added 
the two following meanings, Lex. p.779: 
αν before, citing Lev. 19; 32, where Dap 
"2p to rise up in one’s presence, is the 
part of modesty and reverence towards 
old age, comp. above inno: 1. £) to- 
wards, as if for "287>&, Jer. 1, 13; for 
which see above in DNB. no. 3. 

G) "287>» has various meanings ac- 
cording to the different power both of 
the noun and particle. 

1. From the signif. face and front, no. 
1, 3, arise the following: 

a) at or before the face of any one, be- 
fore, i. ᾳ. "282 no. 1 (comp. >¥ no. 3. b), 
Gen. 32, 22. Lev. 10, 3. Ps. 9, 20. 2 K. 
.18, 14. Job 4,15; in the sight of any 
ene, under bis inspection, Num. 3, 4.— 
Job 6, 28 Ξῖϑ ON DD72BA>D it is before 
your tyes (will be manifest), whether I 
lie. "2p 59° i. α. "2529 ‘Gen. 23, 3 

b) in 1 front of any ‘thing a, before, 2 Chr. 
3, 17. Ps. 18, 43 as dust τον σι the wind, 
driven by the wind. Here belong also 
the following: 1 K. 6, 3 the length of it 
(of the porch) m°a am5 7287>> before 
the breadth of the temple, i. e. along in 
front of the breadth of the temple. 2 Chr. 
3, 8. Hence: oa) In a geographical 
sense, before, i. 6. to the east, eastward 
of, Gen. 16, 12 and he shall dwell on the 
east of all his brethren. 23, 19. 25, 18. 
1K. 11, 7 in the mount which is on the 
east of Jerusalem, the mount of Olives, 
comp. Zech. 14, 4. Deut. 32.49 mount 
Abarim....which is.on the east of Jeri- 
cho. 1 Sam. 15, 6. Still, as the more 
general signif. before, over against, might 
here be applied, the quarter of the hea- 
vens is sometimes added to remove the 
ambiguity; as Zech. 14, 4 the mount of 
Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the 
east. Num. 21,11. Josh. 15, 8 the top of 
the hill which is before the valley of Hin- 
nom westward. 
before Beth-horon southward. Where 


856 


18, 14 the hill which is. 





25) 


there is no such adjunct, the direction — 
must be determined by the circum-— 
stances, and is sometimes uncertain, as | 
1 Sam. 24, 3 [2]. Josh. 13, 25. 17, 7 
comp. 16, 6. 6) Of time, δείόρα; Gert | 
11, 28. y) Of preference, before, reine 
than, Deut. 21, 16. 

c) to the face or front of any thing, 
see in 59 no. 4; hence, towards, in the 
direction of, Gen. 18, 16 and the men.... 
looked DD “35-5d towards Sodom. 19, 
28. Num. 21, 20. 23, 28. So Judg. 16, 
3 towards Hebron ; see Bibl. Res. 
Palest. II. p. 377. Perh. 1 K. 17, 3; — 
comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. sete 
Hence in a hostile sense, eee 17 
21, 13. Nah. 2, 2. 7 

2. From the signif. surface, ΕΝ ἰδὲ 
a) upon the face i. 6. surface, 8. σ. of the 
earth Gen. 1, 29. 6,1; of the heavens — 
Gen. 1, 20; of the waters Gen. 1,2; ofa 
valley Ez. 37,2. Hence "28 box “front 
upon the fitce of the earth, ‘spoken. of 
what is destroyed, 1 Sam. 20, 15. Am. 
9,8. Ὁ) After verbs icvplyiig motion, 
upon the face i. e. surface, e. g. of the 
earth Job 5,10. Am. 5, 8; of the fields 
Lev. 14, 7. Ez. 32,4. ο)) owt upon or 
over the surface, etc. Gen. 11,8. Lev. 16, 
14.15. Is. 18,2. ἃ) Trop. of something 
added, i. q. 5¥-no. 1. b. a, above, besides, 
ἐπί, Ex. 20,3 thou shalt have no other 
gods "28->2 over and above me, i. 6. be- 
sides me; Sept. well πλὴν ἐμοῦ, Targ. 
ἈΦ "2. ‘Job 16, 14. 


ΓΞ f. (τ. 118) 1. a pinnacle, mural 
turret, q.d. a ‘branch’ or ‘shoot’ spring- 
ing up out of the wall; see the root. 
2 Chr. 26, 15. Zeph. 1, 16. 3,6.—Hence 

2. a corner, angle, pr. exterior, as of a 
house Job 1, 19; of a street Prov. 7, 8 
Also interior, as of a roof Prov. 21, 9. 
24; of ἃ court Ez. 43, 20; of a cit 
2 Chr. 28,24. M2 j3N a corner-stone Jo 
38, 6. Is. 28, 16; and so ΓΕΒ simpl. Jer. 
51, 26. πὸ ON the head ‘of the corner, 
i.e. the chief corner-stone, Ps. 118, 22 
see in ὥν no. 4. MIB ASW the co 
ner-gate, one of the gates of Jeruss 
lem, 2 K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 126, 9. J 
31, 38. 

3. Metaph. α prince, the chief of 
people, on whom as a corner-stone th 
burden of the state rests, comp. Ps, 1 













































᾿ς 8, 25, Keri 5.328. 


— 


35 


22. Is. 28,16. So Is. 19,13. Zech. 10, 
4, 1 Sam. 14, 38. Judg. 20, 2. 


325 (face of God. from obsol. sing. 
28 i. q. 0°22, comp. ἼΔΩ plur. ΘΠ) 
Penuel, pr. n. a) A place beyond 
Jordan Gen. 32, 32, where its origin is 
narrated. Judg. 8, 8. Once >x728. id. 
Gen. 32,31. Ὁ) Ofmen: «) 1 Chr. 
8) 1 Chr. 4, 4. 


872D see the preced. art. lett. a, and 
lett. Ὁ. a. 

0°28 see in 092728. 

25 face, see art. M28. 

DB in ὈΠΩΞΞ 1 K. 6, 29; see in 
ΓΙ 28 lett. a. 

72728 Milél, from 0°28 no. 3, with 
He local (once without 5 1 K. 6, 29, see 
below in a); for the plur. ending retain- 
ed comp. M270", and N2>"x Ex. 15, 27. 
Num. 33, 9; pr. αὐ or by the inner wall 
of a house, room, court, i. 6. opposite to 


_ or in front of the door and of those en- 


tering, ἐν τοῖς ἐνωπίοις, where the throne 
is set in palaces. Ps. 45, 14 all glorious 
sits the king’s daughter (the queen) 
72925 by the wall, i.e. upon the throne. 
—Also on the inner wall, like Gr. ἐνώπια, 
1 K. 6, 18; within, in the house, 2 K. 7, 
41: δον, into the house, 2 Chr. 29, 18, 

With prefixes: a) "28> inside, 
within, 1 K. 6, 30; inward Ez. 41, 3. 


᾿ > manaed inwardly to, inside of any 


thing, Ez. 40, 16 ; also ἘΞ 55 (without 
τι loc.) from ὑπνῶν, i.e. on the inside, 


1K. 6,29. Ὁ) 72732 on the inside, 
within, 1 K. 6, 19. 21. 2 Chr. 3, 4— 
Hence 


2°28 m. adj. (2 being treated as radi- 


_ cal and therefore retained, ) fem. MQ 2Dy 


plur. 590728 1 Chr. 28, 11, Εἰ nisan2p 2 
Chr. 4, 22; interior, inner, (opp. Vi¥77 


- exterior,) 1 K. 6, 27. 36. 7, 12. Ez. 40, 
_ 15 sq. 41, 15. al. 


D°2"2B m. only in plur. (sing. is the 
pr. ἢ. 7228,) Prov. 3, 15 Keri. 8, 11. 20, 
15. 31, 10. Lam. 4, 7. Job 28, 18, once 
D2 Prov. 3,15 Cheth. according to 
many of the Rabbins pearls, Gr. πίννα, 
and so Bochart, Hieroz. II. 1. V. c. 6, 7. 
Against this is the passage in Lam. I. c. 
D"}"382 SYS ἸῚΝ, which cannot be 
rendered with Bochart : they are more 

72* 


857 


OD 


" 


᾿ϑηϊηϊηρ tn body than pearls, see ἴῃ τ. DIN 


᾿ 





Better therefore is the opinion of J. D, 
Michaelis (Supplem. p. 2022) and others 
who understand red corals ; which. is 
also favoured by the etymology, pr. 
‘branches, branching trees,’ from r. 425 
q.v. To this it is not an objection, 
that corals are called by another name, 
ΛΩΝ; the same is also the case in 
respect to pearls, see 242.— Others 
understand red gems, as the sardius, 
pyrops; but this word is never enume- 
rated among gems, comp. Ex. 39, 10 sq. 


- Ἴ25 obsol. root, Arab. oy Conj. I, 


to divide up, to separate, to distribute 
a. 

into gered 3 a species, class, plur. 
~ 5 ee 


branches ; ἘΠΕ a branch ; wl a 
thick branch ; ss a branching tree.— 
Hence 78 I, 428, 57372, pr. ἢ. 7228. 


328 (coral, i. q. 52728 which is found 
in some Mss.) Peninnah, pr. n. of the 
wife of Elkanah, 1 Sam. 1, 2. 4. 


᾿ p22 in Kal not used, Arab. 
to treat and train delicately ; IV, to live 
delicately. Syr. Ethpe. to delight one- 
self. Comp. p58. 

Piet to bring up delicately, to spoil by 
tenderness, e. g. a servant Prov. 29, 21. 


OB m. (τ. 0d) end, extremity, only 
in the phrase 0°98 τ Gen. 37, 3. 23. 
32. 2 Sam. 13, 18. 19, a@ tunic reaching 
to the 0°08, i. 6. to the palms of the 
hands and soles of the feet; see the 
root. It was therefore the long tunic 
with sleeves, worn by young men and 
maidens of the better class; so Jos. Ant. 
7.8. 1, ἐφόρουν γὰρ αἵ τῶν ἀρχαίων παρ- 
ϑένοι χειροδέτους ἄχρι τῶν σφυρῶν πρὸς 
τὸ μηδὲ βλέπεσϑαι χιτῶνας, which is well 
explained and defined by Hartmann, 
Hebraerin III. 280. Aqu. ap. Sam. καρ- 
motos. Symm. χειριδωτός. Aqu. Gen. 
ἀστραγάλειος (talaris).—Others: a tunic 
of many colours, i. 6. of pieces of various 
colours sewed together, from Chald. 08 
palm of the hand, also a piece, etc. So 
Sept. in Gen. χιτὼν ποικέλος, Vulg. poly- 
mita. 


OB Chald. m. ὁ. genit. 872 0B palm 
of the hand, Dan. 5, 5. 24. See τ. 008 


ΌΞ 
D'DY OB, see ous ODN. 


A05 in Kal not used, Chald. 308 to 
cut up, to divide, i. q. P&B which is 
more usual. 

Pret once Ps. 48, 14 ΠΝ 8b 
divide ye up her palaces, i. e. walk 
through and survey them ; or perh. con- 
sider them accurately, since verbs of di- 
viding are thus used metaphorically ; 
comp. r. j°2.—Hence 


M308 (Chald. part, piece) Pisgah, pr. 
n. of a mountain ridge in Moab, on the 
southern border of the kingdom of Si- 
hon, Num. 21, 20. 23, 14. Deut. 3, 27. 
Josh. 12, 3. al. In it was Mount Nebo, 
Deut. 34, 1. 


MOB f. (τ, OOD) pr. expansion, diffu- 
ston, comp. r. MB and Chald. ji70B; 
then trop. abundance, once Ps. 72, 16 
VY ND 7B MEH ὙΠῸ [οἱ there be nbundanté 
of corn in the land.—Others take it as 
fem. of 5B, whence a handful, sheaf, 
Kimchi )2' 853; but not suited to the 
context. 


Piel. 
1115. 

2. Spec. to leap over, to pass over, 6. g. 
a stream, river, whence pr. ἢ. MOBR 
Thapsacus, pr. passage of the Euphra- 
tes.— With 53, i. q. ἘΦ "a2; Ex. 12, 23 
‘aX Mme by 3 MoE and Jehovah will 
pass over the door, and will not suffer 
the destroyer to come in. v. 13.27. Sept. 
v.23 mégégyouct, Vulg. transibo.—Hence 
1. q. to spare, Is. 31, 5. 

8. to halt, to limp, to be lame, trom the 
irregular and leaping gait: see Niph. 
and mep. Trop. 1 K. 18, 21 how long 
prob om do ye halt belween two opi- 
nions ? i. 6. hesitate between Jehovah 


and Baal. 


[4 
Chrysost. πεῤρὲ τὴν πίστιν χωλεύειν. 


Piet to leap, to dance ; so the priests 
of Baal, 1 K. 18, 26 they danced at 
(around) the altar which was made ; 
Sept. διέτρεχον, Targ. ἸΏ insani- 
ebant, which Kimchi explains, ‘they 
danced after their manner.’ Dancing 


1, pr. fo leap, to dance, see 
See also Thesaur. Niph. p. 1114, 


EA ‘ 
So Arab. Wai pr. to limp ; 


‘was customary at some sacrifices; see. 


2 Sam..6, 16. 


858 





Ion 


Nips. pass. of Kal no. 3, fo become ons 
be made lame, 2 Sam. 4, 4. aay yy 
Deriv. MO05—Mnep. 


MOB (lame) Paseah, pr. n. τῇ. os 
1Chr. 4,12. b) Neh. 8,8. 8) Ezra 
2, 49. Neh. 7, 51. | 


MOB τη. (Ὁ. Mop) in pause Mop, plur. 
DOB ; pr. a passing over, sparing, de- 
liverance from punishment and calamity. — 
Hence ᾿ 

1, The sacrifice instituted on account 
of the immunity of the Israelites, the 
passover, the paschal lamb. described 
Ex. 12,27 nog "WR Hind NIA Nop ΓΙΞῚ 
pMz22 bere. sna-bs_ the sacrifice 
of sparing (pr. passing over) jis this to 
Jehovah, who passed over the houses of 
the Israelites in Egypt, when he smote 
the Egyptians, etc. Hence moan ung 
to kill the passover i. e. the paschal lamb 
Ex. 12, 21. 2 Chr. 30, 15. 17. 35, 1.6; 
Moen may Deut. 16,2 sq. MOBM 52x fo 
eat the  passover 2 Chr. 30, 18. TOR nivy 
to prepare the passover, i. 6. to keep the 
festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 4 sq. Josh. 
5, 11. al. Plur. ontop paschal lambs 
2 Chr. 30, 17. 35, 7-9. 

2. the festival of the passover, the pas- 
chal day, i. e. the fourteenth day of the 
month Nisan, Lev. 23, 5; which was 
followed by the seven days’ festival of 
ynleavened bread, ib. v. 6, Ez. 45, 231. 
Fully moan an Ex. 34, 25. Hence 
moan mans the ‘morrow of the passover, 
i. e. the fifteenth day of Ngai Josh. 5, 
11. Num. 33, 3. 

TIOB m. adj. (r. MOB) lame Lev. 21,18. 
Deut. 15, 21. Is. 35, 6. al. Plur. Θ΄ ΠΌΒ 
(without Dag.) 2 Sam. 5, 6. 8. Is, 33, 23. 
΄ D> op m. plur. (r.>0B) 1. carved 
images of idols, Deut. 7, 25. Ts. 42, 8. 
Jer. 50, 38. Hos. 11, 2. al. 802 “5.08 
your carved images of silver Is. 30, 22. 
Syr. {ime cut, hewn, as stone. 

2. Pesilim, pr. n. of a place not far 


from Gilgal, Judg. 3, 19. 26. Targ. 
NPINMD quarries ; but it is safer to rest 
in the common signif. ‘ images,’ perh. 


‘hewn stones,’ i. q. Syr, καλῶ, 
* yO obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to cut 
up or off, i. q. 308 and poe. Hence ~ 


JOB Pasach, pr. n.m. 1 Chr.7 33 

















Sop 


pn sdp fut. 508% to cut, to carve, to form 
: ‘by cutting ; 6: σ. stones, to hew, Ex. 34, 
1.4. Deut. 10, 1. 3. 1 K. 5, 32 [18]; an 
idol, Hab. 2,18. Syr. Chald. id. Kindr. 
pteak 
 Deriv. nxb*op and 

SOE m. in pause ῬΌΒ, c. suff. "20B, a 
{ ‘carved image of an idol, Ex. 20, 4. Deut. 
_ 4, 16; of wood Is. 44, 15. 17. 45, 20. 
My Spoken also of a molten image, which is 
ὃ properly called M302, Is. 40, 19. 44, 10. 


3 χὰ 10,14. 51,17. ~—For the plur. prbtop 
is used, q. v. 
PIVIOS Dan. 3, 7, and PIMIOB Dan. 


3 δ. 10. 15, the Greek word ψαλτήριον, 
_ psaltery, lyre, (which the Sept. transla- 
tors often put for 523, 7'22,) adopted 
into the Chaldee, > and 3 being inter- 
changed. It is of the singular number ; 
since it is coupled with other names of 
musical instruments in the singular ; 
and does not correspond to the Greek 
_ waktryg which signifies harper, lyrist, 
but to ψαλτήριον, the Greek ending ‘or 
_ among the Orientals usually becoming 
ΩΝ, ; as συνέδριον ὙΠ), κοινόβιον 


EN cd ed Kandbin.—The same 


word may be recognised in the mdu. 


_ Arabic pie, , and other like 


_ forms, the name of a species of psaltery 
or harp; see Villoteau in Descr. de 
YEgypte VI. p. 426. Comp. on the 
other hand Hengstenberg Authentie 
des Daniel p. 15. Havernick ad Dan. 
Lc. 

_ -* O05 to expand, to diffuse, to dis- 
_ perse,-kindr. with Mtg, Chald. 9 
_ whence ji703 diffusion. Hence Chald. 
ΕῚ RT) 0D expansion i. e. palm of the 
hand; Syr. Pa {do25 id. Te jDms 
_ sole of the fost ; Ὁ boards; Heb. nop 
᾿ς diffusion, οὐ νόκονν Fone we may 
refer Ps. 12,2: DIN "239 O72708 1B che 
faithful disperse (are scattered) from 
_ among the children of men, comp. Ps. 
11,1. 2; parall. "23. But the ancient 
_ versions, Jarchi, and many moderns, 
_ give to ὈῸΒ in this passage the signif. 
_ of DDN, to cease, to fail; like parall. 
Δ. | 
_ BOB Pispah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 38. 
_ the etymology is unknown 

‘ 


859 





" 


ὉΣΞ 


ἘΠΣ Ξ onomatopoet. 1, to cry out. 
to scream, once of a woman in travail 
fut. 1 p. ΠΡῈΝ Is. 42, 14.—Syr. and Chald. 


the, ἜΣΘ, to bleat, to bellow, as flocks 


and herds; comp. Gr. βοάω, whence βοῦς 
bos. Similar is 433 γοάω, q. v.—Hence 
pr. ἢ. 399. | 

2. to hiss, to blow, as a serpent, viper, 
kindr. with OB q. v. Hence M358 
viper. 


1B (a bleating, lowing) Pau, pr. n. 
of a place in Idumea, Gen. 36, 39; call- 
ed also "58 Pai, 1 Chr. 1,50. R. ΠΣΒ. 


“YB (hiatus, cleft, τ. 128) Peor, pr. 
n. of a mountain in Moab Num. 23, 28. 
Hence “i38 593 Baal-Peor Num. 25, 3. 
5, and simply "i38 23, 28. 31, 16. Josh. 
22, 17, an idol of the Moabites, in whose 
worship females prostituted themselves. 
Comp. "i38 M3 in art. M72 no. 12. mm. 


"JB see in 578. 


? byp fut. 595"; once 5598 0. Makk. 
“D357 Job 35,6, i. ᾳ. MBB, to make, to do, 
but only i in poetic style. Sve. and Talm. 


part. N>3%p WSs a workman. Arab. 


ches to do, to work, but not freq.—Job 
11, 8 >3pn-M2 what canst thou do? 
Ps. 11, 3 ἜΣΘ ΤΩ ΤῚΣ what can the 
righteous do? Deut. 32, 27 b3p 3 mime xd 
mxi~>> Jehovah hath not done all this. 
Job 33, 29. Is. 43, 13—Spec. a) tu 
make, to form, e. g. an idol Is. 44, 15; 
a pit, i.e. todig, Ps. 7, 16. Absol. Is. 

44, 12 omea 598 he stiowkcetls (forgeth) 
in the coals. b) to produce, to create, 
Ps. 74,12; whence "228 my Creator Job 
36, 3. 0) to prepare, Ex. 15, 17 the 
place thou hast. prepared to dwell in. 
Hence to altempt, to undertake any 
thing (opp. ΠῺΣ to effect, to accom- 
plish), Is. 41, 4 ‘Hips bop 2 who hath 
attempted and done it? (comp. 43, 7 
ἼΣΩΣ FX VAIS.) Mic. 2,1. Ps. 58, 

3 in heart ye plot wickedness. So mvs 
is used in the same manner, Is. 32, 6. 37, 
26. d) todo, i.e. to ραν, e.g. right- 
eousness Ps. 15,2; iniquity, crime, Job 
34, 32. 36, 23. Por: 30, 20. ἫΝ bob 
evil-doers, wicked men, Ps, 5,6. 6,9. 14, 

4.al.sep. e) With acc. and Ὁ of δ 
Ps. 7, 14 5598" mxpdtd ΣΤ he maketh his 
arrows aS Og lit. into or for burning 


232 


things. f) With > of pers. to do to or 
for any one, either ‘good Job 22, 17. Ps. 
31, 20; or evil Job 7,20; with 3 id. 35, 6. 

Deri¢: bb, nbsp, bpp, nbspa, 
and pr. n. “nbn. 


295 m. c. auf. ἼΣΒ,, 7>D_ (pddlcha), 
rarely {595 Is. 1, 31, Jer. 22, 13; plur. 
pibsp 1 Chr. 11, 22; work, i. q. nis, 
but, with few exceptions, only poetic. 

1. work, i. e. labour, business, Ps. 104, 
23; comp. Job 24, 5. 

2. a work, i. a. a deed, act, facinus ; of 
God’s mighty deeds, espec. in preserv- 
ing and defending his people, Ps. 44, 2. 
64, 10. 77, 13. Deut. 32, 4. Also of 
man, Ps. 28, 4. Prov. 24, 12. 29. Spec. 
a great deed, mighty act, 2 Sam. 23, 20; 


Sinz 
an evil deed, Job 36,9. Arab. Kies id. 

3. awork, i. 6. something made, the 
product of labour, ete. "39 dsb the work 
of my hands, i. δ. Israel, Deut. 33, 11. Is. 
45, 9. 11. ‘Spec. of the divine judg- 
ments, Is. 5,12. Hab. 1, 5. 3,2; comp. 
ΓΙΌΣ no. 3. a. Of the divine ad. Ps. 
90, 16. 

4. work, i. e. the fruit of one’s labour, 
acquisition Prov. 21, 6; ee Job 7, 2. 
Jer, 22, 13. Comp. ΠΕΣ. no. 2, aud 
ἔργον Rev. 14, 13. 

M278 f.(r.>38) constr. rhs 1. As 
abstr. noun of action, i. q. ΠΩΣ Ὁ no. 1, 
labour, business, occupation, i. e. the 
doing of any thing, Prov. 10, 16. 11, 18. 
Is. 65,7. Jer. 31, 16. Plural nibsp of 
the deeds or ὠδυδέ of men, Ps. i7, 4; 
of God’s works, Ps. 28, 5. 

2. wages of fabour; {: q. >2B no. 4. Lev. 
19, 13. Ps. 109, 20. Is. 40, 10. 49, 4. 61, 
8. 62, 11. 


ἼὭΣΣΕ (for "ἢ M38 wages of Jeho- 
vah) ει παῖ, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 26, 5. 


7 DY 1. to strike, to beat, to pound ; 
whence 628 anvil, and i232 a bell.— 
Also to strike upon with the foot, to 
tread ; whence C2» step, pace, foot. 

2. Metaph. to impel, to urge, to move, 
e. g. the Spirit of God a person Judg. 
13, 25. 

Nipu. to be moved, agitated, troubled, 
Gen. 41, 8. Dan. 2, 3. Ps. 77, 5. 

HIrupa. i. q. Niph. Dan. 2, 1. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, and the two 
following. 


860 





ms 






















DIB f. but mase. Judg. 16, 28. 2 Sam. 
23,8 Cheth. Plur. 2°23B and none 
1. an anvil, Is. 41, 7. τ 
2. tread of the foot, hence; a) 8, ep, 
footstep, Ps. 119, 133. 140, 5. Trop, 
Judg. 5, 28 the paces of his chariots 
b) the foot itself, with which one treads 
Ps. 57, 7. 58, 11. Prov. 29, 5. Cant. 7, 
Is. 26, 6. Plur. ninsB ‘feet, i. 6. artifi Ἅ 
cial, Ex. 25, 12. 1K. 7, 30. 
3. Trop. MAX ὉΣΒ pr. one tread, i.e 
one time, once, Josh. 6, 3. 11. 14. 1 Sam. 
26, 8; a oe time, at once I 66, 8. 


or 

Comp. Arab. eas Sea γα, id. 
Dual D72B twice Gen. ‘27 36. 41, 32, 
43, 10. Plur. ἘΛΏΣΒ whe) three times, 
thrice, Ex. 23, 17. al. Ὁ ΏΣΒ ma> how 
many times? how often? 1K. 22, 16. 
mia) ΘΠΏΣΒ many times Ece. 7, 22 [23]. 
Ps. 106, 43. Also ΒΝ BSB once and 
again Neh. 13, 20.—In phrases: a) 
With the art. DyBn, this pe in this 
thing, Ex. 9,27; hence ἘΦΒΠ FX only 
this time, only this once, Gen. 18, 32. 
Ex. 10, 17. Judg. 6, 39. 16, 28; now 
Gen. 46, 30; now indeed Gen. 2, 23. 30, Ὁ 
20. cvpm nm 29,34. Ὁ) ΝῊ ores 
af this time, Ex. 8, 28 [32]. 9,14. c) ΤΠ 
DSHM-OVED one time as another, now as 
before, Num. 24,1. Jadg. 16, 20. 1 Sam, 7 
20,25. d) ἘΣΒ---ὩΣΒ, now—now, Prov. 
7; 12. 


ἸἸΏΦΨΒ m. (τ. ὉΣ8) a bell, so called 
from being struck, Ex. 28, 33. 39, 25. 
26 ; comp. 28, 34. 


M228, see MIZB7MIE. 


2 oes 4 te me oe ew ~ ee 


*"Z® to open wide, to gape, constr. 
only with mp, once mp3 Job 16, 10; 
spoken of ravenous beasts Job 16, 10; of 
longing desire Job 29, 23. Ps. 119, 131. ‘ 


Poet. of Sheol, Is. 5, 14.—Syr. εἶω; 
Arab. re id.—Hence pr. n. "138, and 


“SD Paarai, pr. n. of one of David's 
military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35; written 
more correctly in 1 Chr. 11, 37 "33 
Naarai. 


. ΓΞ fut. 55" 1. pr. to tear apart 
to rend ; comp. ‘the kindr. verbs oe 
nxp, bxp, ὈΣΒ.. which all have the pri- 
mary signification of tearing apart, 
breaking in pieces ; as is also the case — 
























ΓΧΞ 4 


th roots beginning with the syllable 
_ ya, 12.—Hence #0 open wide the mouth, 
ΤῈ 2. 2, 8. Is. 10, 14; c. 59 to gape upon, 
e.g. in threat, as ravenous beasts, Ps. 
_ 22,14; in scorn Lam. 2, 16, 3, 46; as 
uttering hasty words Job 35, 16. Ps. 66, 
Ὁ 14.. ἈΝ 11, 35. 36. Trop. the μαι, 
also is said to open her mouth, Gen. 4,11. 
ΙΝ m. 16, 30. Deut. 11, 6. 


m= 2. to snatch away, to deliver, Ps. 144, 
. 10. 11. So Syr. Chald. and Arab. 


as Conj. II, IV. . 
~* FYB fut. plur. nZ5"9 .1, to break 
n pieces ; Arab. ee id. comp. & 


to break, to cleave ; 566 Pi. 

_ 2. ΠΡ ΤΊΧΒ, Lat. erumpere jubila, i.e. 
to break forth into joy, rejoicing, shout- 
ing, Is. 14, 7. 44, 23. 49, 13. 54, 1. 55, 12; 

twice 4271 ΠΣΒ id. 52,9. Ps. 98, 4. seSSpr. 
eet to break forth sc. into Joy; for 
Gr. ῥήγνυμι id, Gal. 4,27. Comp. Lat. 
‘erumpere gaudium’ Ter. Eun. 3.5. 2 ; 
-ferumpere stomachum’ Cic. Att. 16. 3. 

_ Piet to break in pieces, e. g. bones 
Mic. 3, 3. - 

VID m. (τ. XB) dulness, bluntness, 
_ pr. the being notched, spoken of cutting 
" - 3 


Ἢ 
_ instruments, 1 Sam. 13,21. Arab. jr: 
ἃ sword notched, dull. 


| *OE5 only in Piet >28, to lear or 
_ strip off bark, to peel, Gen. 80, 37.. 38. 
᾿Οσπιρ. kindr. >¥3. 
δ», to cut in pieces.—Hence 

ΓΉΣΣΘ ΓΟ plur. peeled spots or streaks 
on green rods, Gen. 30, 37. 


*D2_ to rend e. g. the earth, to 
- cause to yawn, Ps. 60, 4. Arab. 


_ to break, to rend, Eth. A,AA® to break 
off, to finish. Kindr,. is M¥5. 


πὰ 938 pr. to cut, to cleave, comp. 
_kindr. 32. Chald. id. Hence to wound, 
Cant. 5, 7. 1 K. 20, 37. Deut. 23, 2.— 
Hence 
2B τὰ. in pause ¥p, c. suff. "DEB, 
eS B°Sd , constr. Ὅσα, "a wound, Gen, 
4, 23. Ex. 21, 25. Is. 1, 6. Prov. 20, 30. 
Ἐ ριον. Prov. 23, 29. 27, 6. Job 9, 17. 


ae] obsol. root, i. q. YB to dis- 
__ perse; whence 





861 


Arab. rere Syr. 





ἽΡΞ 


_ ΥῈΒ (dispersion) Pizzez, pr. ἢ. m. 
c. art. 1 Chr. 24, 15. 


*ZB fut. axB%, pr.tohack, to notch ; 
and hence.to beat, to blunt, to make dull, 
i,q. Arab. ὃ see Schult. Opp. min. p. 


168. Hence ΠΣ q. v.—Trop. to urge, 
topress any one, with 3 of pers. a) 
With prayers, entreaties, comp. obtun- 
dere precibus, Gen. 19, 3. 33, 11. Judg. 
19, 7. 2K. 2,17. 5,16. Ὁ) In a hostile 
manner Gen. 19,9. Comp. kindr. 2 7728. 

Hien. obtundere animum, and hence 
to be obtuse, dull, stubborn. Inf. "355 
as. noun, stubborness, wilfulness, 1 Sam. 
15, 23, parall. with "V9. 

Deriv. W7°8. 


ἘΠῸΞ fat. 3P51, infin. and imper. 72, 
prob. pr. to strike upon or against any 
person or thing, to light upon. Kindr. 
are 338, 28, q. v.—Hence 

1, In a kind sense, to go to any one, 
e.g. a) lo go to see, to visit; 1 Sam. 
17, 18 and go see thy brethren D1>B> how 
they do ; comp. Gen. 37, 14. Unwillingly, 
2K.9,34, With 3 ofthe present which | 
a visitor brings with him, Judg. 15, 1. 
b) to visit, sc. in order to examine, to 
prove any one, Ps. 17, 3. Job 7,18. ὁ) 
For the sake of inspecting, reviewing, 
and hence fo review, to muster, to number, 
e. g. a people, army, Num. 1, 44 sq. 3,39 
sq--l Καὶ, 20, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 4. Job 5, 24. 
Part. pass. O™NPB the samatereds the 
numbered, Num. 1, 21 sq. 2, 4sq. Ex. 
30, 14. 38, 26. Conn. Hothpa. and the 
noun spEn . Also to miss a person or 
thing in reviewing, numbering, 1 Sam. 
20, 6, 25, 15. Is..34,16. Eth. APR to 
review, to number. 4d) As caring for 
any person or thing, to visit with kind- 
ness, to look after, to take care of. asa 
shepherd his flock Jer. 23, 2; as God 
men Gen. 21, 2. 50, 24. Ex. 3, 16. 4, 31. 
1 Sam. 2, 21. Is. 23, 17. Ps. 8, 5. al. 
Sometimes to visit again, to look after 
anew, Is. 23, 17; to revisit mentally. to 
call to mind, Ez. 23,21. Also to look to 
any one expecting help, Is. 26, 16. 

2. In a hostile sense, to go to any one, 
i. 6. to come or fall upon, to attack, comp. 
339 no. 1.a. . With 5» of pers. to punish, 
to vistt with punishment, Jer. 9, 24. 25. 
44,13; ὃ 46,25; 29,8; acc. Ps. 59 


ἽΡΞ 


6; absol. Is. 26,14. Job 31, 14, 35, 15. 
The sin to be punished is put in the 
accus. 1 Sam. 15, 2. Ps. 89, 33. Hos. 8, 
13. Lam. 4, 22; often with >» of pers. 
Ex. 20, 5 5°23 by ΤΊΣ }12 Ipb visiting 
(punishing) the iniquity of the fathers 
upon the children. 32, 34. 84, 7. Num. 
14,18. Is. 13, 11. Hos. 1,4. 2, 15. 4, 9. 
Am. 3, 14. 

3. Causat. i. q. Hiph. pr. ‘to cause 
_ to look after’ sc. persons or things, to 
let care for them, etc. i.e. a) to set 
over, to give the oversight of, to appoint, 
with acc. of pers. and >», Num. 4, 27. 
27,16. Jer. 51, 27. Metaph. Jer. 15,3 I 
will set over them four kinds, i. e. will 
send upon them four kinds of calamities. 
~ With >x Jer. 49,19. Absol. Num. 3, 10. 
Deut. 20, 9. Part. pass. DFIPD prefects, 
officers, Num. 31,48. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp. 
Niph. Hiph. and n. ΡΒ. With my (MR) 
to set with, to join to any one a com- 
panion, attendant, Gen. 40, 4. Ὁ) to 
charge with, to enjoin upon the ‘care of 
any one; Aram. Pe. and Pa. to charge, 
toitemmand.” With ἘΦ of pers. 2 Chr. 
36, 23. Ezra 1,2. Job 36, 23 "39 pp "2 
i293 who hath enjoined wpon ‘him his 
way 2? 34, 13 HEIN 2D IPB 4 who hath 
charged him with the earth? i.e. com- 
mitted the earth to his care and charg@ 
Comp. pp mandate. c) to deposit 
anywhere, to lay up, i. 6. commit to the 
care of another, 2 K. 5,24. Comp. ἡ ΤῈ 
deposit, store. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. ¢, to be 
mustered, Εἰ. 38,8 ; to be missed, to lack, 
Num. 31, 49. 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. 25, 7. 
21. al. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be visited with 
punishment, to be punished, Is. 24, 22. 
29, 6. Num. 16, 29. Prov. 19, 23. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 3. a, to be set over, 
appointed, Neh. 7, 1. 12, 44. 


Piru i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1. ὁ, to her Is 


13, 4. 
Pua 
Ex. 38, 21. 

2. to be missed ; Is. 38, 10 I shall be 
missed the residue of my years, friends 
will seek me in vain among the living. 

Hip. i. gq. Kal no. 8. 1. to set over, 
tomake overseer of any thing, to appoint, 
with acc. of pers. and >2 of thing, Gen. 
39, 5. 41, 34. Num. 1, 50. Jer. 1, 10. 40, 


lato be en naipiblred: 


862 





8 ΡΞ 


11; 51 K. 11,28; 3 Jer. 40, δ. 41, 18 
abecli 2K. 95, 23. Metaph. Lev. 26, 16, 
comp. Jer. 15, 3, in Kal no. 3. a. 

2. to charge with, to commit to the © 
care of any one, 6. 3 >» 2 Chr. 12, 10, 
372 Ps. 31, 6; c. MX pr. to commit or 
entrust with any one, q. d. to deposit with 
him, Jer. 40, 7. 41,10. Absol. 37, 21. 

3. to deposit, to lay up anywhere, Is, 
10, 28. Jer. 36, 20. 

Hops. ἽΕΙ, part. plur.O°7R82 1. to 
be visited, i. e. " punished, Jer. 6, 6. 

2. to be sel over, to have the oversight 
of, 2 K. 12, 12. 2 Chr. 34, 10. 12. 

3. to be deposited with any one, 6. MX 
Lev. 5, 23. ry 

Hrd’. fut. SpeM? for IPSN, ‘babe 
of Kal no. 1. ¢, to be mustered, numbered 
Judg. 20, 15. 17. 21, 9. | 

Horapa. plur. sIpEnn for spenh, 
id. Num. 1, 47. 2, 33. 26, 62. 1 K. 20, 27. 

Deriv. HIPB—Oo" PB, MPR, IPE. 

MPP ἢ (τ. ΡΒ) 1. ἃ muster, enume-— 
ration, 1 Chr. 23, 11. 2 Chr. 17, 14. 26, 
11. See the root no. 1. ὁ. 

2. care, providence, Job 10, 12; see 
the root no. 1. d.—Spec. custody, ward, 
i. gq. "790, M7902, and coner. watch, 
ΟΕ: 11, 18. 2 Chr. "23, 18. Ez. 44, 11. 
minpen ma the house of ward, i. e. 
the prison, Jer. 52,11; comp. Hiph. no. 2. 

3. oversight, office, charge, see the 
root no. 3; Num. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 24, 19. 
26, 30. Ps. 109, 8. Coner. officers, 2 Chr. 
24, 11. Is. 60, 17; comp. Num. 4, 32, _~ 

4. Something laid up, i.e. stores, sub-— 
stance, wealth, Is. 15, 7. 

5. visitation, i.e. punishment, see the 
root no. 2. Is. 10, 3. Jer. 10, 15. Hos. 9, 
7. Mic. 7, 4. Plur. Ez. 9, 1. 

P IPP m. (τ. IPB no. 3. 6) something 
laid up, deposited, with any one ; a depo- 
sit, store, Gen. 41, 36. Ley. 5, 21. 23. 

KATP f. (r: IPP) oversight, office, Jer. — 
37, 13. Ἵ 

"SAPD m. (r. spp) 1. visitation, pun-— 
ishment, put allegorically as a name for 
Babylon, Pekod, Jer. 50, 21. 

2. office, charge, see the root no. 3. a. 
Concr. a prefect, officer, Kz. 23, 23. 

DpH m. plur. (τ. 3PB) mandates, 
precepts, sc. of God, Ps. 19, 3. 103, 18 
111, 7; elsewhere only i in Ps. 119, e. g 
v. 4. 15. 27. 40. 45. al. sep, ’ 





ΠΡΞ 
ΡΞ fut. MPD", to open the eyes; 
once spoken of the ears Is. 42,20. A 


wider signif. occurs in MiPMPB q. v. 
Chald. id. Arab. 3.83 the whelp first 


opens his eyes, the rose opens itself. 
_ Kind. is nmp, like πῶ and πρῷ ; also 
2p8.—Hence a) "29 NPB 10 open 
one’s eyes 2 K. 4, 35; in order to see, 2 
K. 19, 16. Dan. 9, 18. Job 27,19. Also 
_ to have the eyes open, to be wide awake, 
watchful, opp. to be sleepy, slothful, 
Prov. 20, 13. With >> to open the eyes 
_ upon a pers. or thing, i. 6. in order to 
attend to, to observe, Jer. 32, 19; or to 
look after, to care for, Zech. 12,4; also 
in a bad sense, to observe closely, to 
᾿ watch, Job 14,3. Ὁ) God is said to open 
the eyes of any one, i. e. «) to give or 
restore sight to the blind, 2 K. 6, 17. 20. 
Is. 42, 7; ellipt. Ps. 146, 8. £8) To 
‘enable one to see what he had not seen 
_ of himself, Gen. 21,19; comp. Niph. 
᾿ς Nipu. to be opened, sc. the eyes: a) 
_ Of the blind, to be restored to sight, Is. 
_ 35, 5. Ὁ) So as to see what was not be- 
fore perceived, Gen. 3, 7. Metaph. v. 5. 
Deriv. Mpa—Nip-npe. 


“—seor ee 







MPP (open-eyed, or ellipt. for mn npp 
4ᾳ. v.) Pekah, pr.n. of a king of Samaria 
in the time of Isaiah, B. C. 759-739. 2K. 

[16, 25 sq. 16, 1. 5. 2 Chr. 28, 6. Is. 7, 1. 


TIPE m. (τ. NPB) open-eyed, seeing, 
opp. to blind, Ex. 4,11. Plur. trop. Ex. 
b 23, 8. 


__ ΓΒ (Jehovah has opened his eyes) 
| Pekahiah, pr. ἢ. of a king of Samaria, 
'B. C. 761-759. 2 K. 15, 22. 23. 26. 


TMPTPS, or better with many Mss. 


in one word MPMPP, (τ. mpp, like 
| bibnp ,) an opening of the prison, deli- 
“verance, Is. 61, 1; comp. Mmp Is. 14, 17. 
~—In Arabic also mpp, kindr. “with MNMp , 
is not exclusively used of the eyes and 
ars ; see in r. MPP. 
PPP τῇ (τ. Ἴ5Ὲ) 1. @ prefect, over- 
“seer, Neh. 11, 9. 14. 22. 12, 42. "pp 
"32 the chief overseer, head prefect, in 
the temple, Jer. 20, 1. 2. 

2. an officer, magistrate, Gen. 41, 34. 
βίῃ. 2, 3; with genit. Judg. 9, 28. 
2 Chr. 24, 11. | Also of military officers, 
2K. 25, 19. Jer. 52, 25 


863 





R75 


*7P5, Syr. ‘a9, iq. ΣΏΞ, to split 
to burst, Arab. ‘ang crepitavit.—Hence 
the two following. 


ΓΗ͂Σ f. plur. wild cucumbers, cucu- 
meres asinint, which are egg-shaped, bit- 
ter, and burst on being touched and scat- 
ter their seeds, 2 K. 4,39. See Celsius 
Hierob. I. p. 393 sq.—Others: colocyn- 
thides, and so Vulg. but these do not 
thus bursts 


D°YPB m. plur. (Ὁ. aa id. wild cu- 
cumbers, as an architectural ornament, 
1 K. 6, 18. 7, 24. 


ΒΒ and 7B m. (τ. "78 11} the latter in 
pause and with distinct. accents; c. art. 
"pt, “pa, 7p>, plur. ΘΒ, a bull, bul- 
lock, espec. a young bullock, jwvencus, 
a steer; hence often with the adjunct 
“pa-ja Ex. 29, 1. Lev. 4, 3. 14. Num. 7, 
15 sq. 8,8. Ez. 43, 19. 23. 45, 18. 46, 6. 
Once.a bullock seven years old, Judg. 6, 
25. In appos. Ps. 69, 32.55 "ἰῷ q. d. a 
bullock-ox ; contra W8H “bp Judg. |. c. 
Coupled with another name for bulls, Is, 
34,7 owaN DD OMB the bullocks with 
the bulls. With few exceptions, as Ps. 
22,13, it is spoken only of bullocks for 
sacrifice ; hence Hos. 14, 3 [2] mabwa 
yMpW oD so will we pay as bullocks 
our lips, i.e. we will offer our praise as 
victims, as sacrifice ; see the beginning 
of the verse. Trop. of princes Jer. 50, 
27.—Corresp. are Germ. Farr, Farse, 
Anglo-Sax. fear, Gr. πόρτις, perh. Arab. 
pes 209 
Jy aiid “, young of a sheep, goat, 
deer. etc. It follows the analogy of "75, 
and might come from the idea of break- 
ing forth into ferocious anger; see "7B 
I. But it is better referred to r. 975 ΠῚ 
to be borne ; the bullock being so called 
from bearing the yoke, drawing the 


cart, etc. Comp. >39, Germ. Fahr and 
Sahren. 

: ND not used in Kal, i. q. kindr. 
ΓΒ q. V- 


1. to bear, spec. fruit, see Hiph. 
2. to be borne swiftly. to run swiftly ; 
hence 879. Talm. 8%) to run. Ethiop. 


4,CU to flee in fear; comp. Arab. γ᾿ 


and 9 to flee. 
Hipu. to bear fruit, Hos. 13, 15. 


R"5 


NIB, once MIB Jer. 2, 24 (τ. 85D) 
comm. gend. (m. Ps. 104, 1, f, Jer. 2,24,) 
a wild ass, onager, 80 called from his 
swift running, being fleeter than the 
fleetest horse, Aristot. Hist. An. 6. 29; 
taller and better formed than the domes- 
tic ass, of a reddish colour, wild and un- 
tameable, living in troops in the deserts, 
Gen. 16, 12. Is. 32,14. Jer. 2,24, Hos. 8, 9. 
Job 24, 5. 39,5; comp. Dan. 5, 21. Ecclus. 


13, 21 or 24. Arab. 3, 21,5, id. This 
animal was formerly found in the de- 
serts of Syria; but is now exceedingly 
rare in western Asia, Mesopotamia, Per- 
sia, and Tartary; see Pallas in Acta 
Acad. scient. Petrop. A. Ὁ. 1777. R. K. 
Porter’s Travels I. p. 459, where also an 
engraving is given.—Hence 

DNTP (q.d. ἽΝ wild-ass-like, i. e. 
indomitable) Piram, pr. n. of a Canaan- 
itish king, Josh. 10, 3. 


PSB ἢ plur. branches, boughs, see in 
MAND. 

“a2 1 Chr. 26,18, and 8 plur. 
nop 2K. 23,11, prob. the open porti- 
cos surrounding the courtsof the temple, 
from which was the entrance to the cells 
or chambers, mi=w> q. v. The form 


“18 corresponds to Pers. a\sy5 Ἄ ΝΣ 
δ» oy? 5 also Jtyys yrs; which 


all signify a swmmer-house, or rather an 
apartment open on all sides to the light 
and air. Inthe Targ. and Talm. 7°7798 
and 47"2"18 are the suburbs or places 
adjacent to a city. 


*105 1. to break off, to break in 
pieces, to separate by breaking ; comp. 
Engl.to part. This is the primary force 
of the biliteral "5, comp. "7B, 07D, HB, 
728; P28, 2B; hence also tropically in 
various senses, 6. ρ΄. of dispersing, strew- 
ing; 075, 772); of letting go, 27); of 
breaking or bursting forth, M78; of ex- 
-panding 772, 07, 1579; also of deciding, 
judging, 175. Comp. the similar power 
of the syllable "3, under the verb 873. 


Arab. 555 1, IV, V, VII, to be separated, 
alone; II, X, to Separate oneself from 
others ; Syr. 2-2, to separate, to put 


apart ; Chald. "28 to separate, to dis- 
join. 


864 





_to the pleasure-gardens and parks wi 




































ID 


2. to expand, to spread out, e. 6. 
Hence Syr. 19 to f 
to flee away. Comp. 775 4 ΤΩΣ 

3. to strew, to scatter, i. q. ὯΣΒ; wher 
ni7B q. v. 

Nips. 1. fo separate oneself, tt 
be separated, divided, parted. 2 Sam. : 
23 in their death 37} 8 they were ne 
divided. Of the river of Eden, Gen. 2, 
10. With 12 from any one, Judg. 4, 11. 
Prov. 19, 4; Ὁ id. Gen. 13, 9. 11. 14. 
Pregn. Gen. 25, 23 two nations 77322 
y79p" proceeding from thy bowels shall 
separate themselves. Part. ™752 one se- 
parating himself from others, a misan- 
thrope, Prov. 18, 1; comp. Hos. 8, 9. 

2. to be divided out di ispersed, to ᾿ 
perse themselves, Neh. 4,13 819]; of na 
tions Gen. 10, 32; hyperbol. v. 5. 

Pie. intrans. to go aside with a he 


lot, Hos; 4,14, Arab. 533 to go aside 
for devotion. 

Pua part. T7252 separated, singular, 
KEsth. 3, 8; comp. Niph. Proy. 18, 1. 

Hien. 1. to separate, c. ace. Gen. 80 
40. Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9; 6. 713 (comp. 
7a >°735) Ruth 1, 17. 2 Κ. 2, 11. Prov. 
18, 18. 

2. to disperse, Deut. 32, 8. 

Hirupa. 1. to separate oneself, to be 
sundered, Job 41, 9 [17]. Ps. 22, 16. 

2. to be dispersed, scattered, Job 4, 1 
Ps. 92, 10. 

Deriy. 77]—ni73B ,, and pr. n. xD 

‘TB m. (τ. 78) ὁ. suff. "798, a m 
so called from his quick pace, or fror 
bearing ; comp. the root no. 2, and see 
above under "B. 2 Sam. 13, 29. 18, § 
1 K. 10, 25. 2 K. 5, 17. Ps. 32, 9. Is. 66, 
20, al.—Comp. Lat. veredus Germ 
Pferd. 

IND. Σ a she-mule 1 Ke 1, 38. 98. 4 
See ™B. 

Mit3B f. plur. (τ. 48) grains, 
of grain scattered in the earth as seed, 
Joel 1,17. Syr. 1232 kernel. Talm. 
‘Ip grain of a pomegranate. 


wings Ez. 1,11. 


O75 m. a park, pleasure-grounds 
a place planted with trees, Cant. 4,1 
Neh. 2,8. Plur. Ecc. 2,5, It correspond 
to eg’ Gr. upton a word appli 





ΓΞ 
wild animals around the residence of 
the Persian monarchs, comp. Xen. kc. 


' 4. 13. Cyr. 1. 3.14. Sturz Lex. Xen. 
_ subh.v. It seems however to originate 


neither with the Greeks nor Hebrews, 


but in the languages of eastern Asia; 
comp. Sanscr. paradéga, a region of sur- 


_ passing beauty; Armen. pardes, a gar- 


den or park Soe the house; Syr. 


{i0455-2; Arab. υ"55γ8 see Camoos I. 
p- 784. 


*FT9B rarely 87D 4. v. fut. ΠῚ"; 
part. 198, fem. 4°95, also ΓΒ for πὴ 
Gen. 49, 22. 

1. Lat. ferre, to bear. Besides the 
Semitic dialects this root is also widely 
found in the Indo-European tongues, 
e. g. Sanscr. bari to bear, Pers. yb 


burden, wy 


Gr. φέρω, βάρος, βαρύς, Lat. fero, porto, 
Soth. bairan. Engl. to bear, causat. to 
burden, old Germ. bdéren. Other forms 
see below in b.—Hence a) to bear 
fruit, as’ a tree, plant, Is. 11, 1. Metaph. 
Is. 45, 8. Part. Deut. 29, 17, nab ὦ 
WN. a root bearing poison. Fem. 723 
m=b α fruitful vine Ps. 128, 3. Is. 32, 12. 
» Ez. 19, 10; ellipt. mB fruil-bearing 

tree Is. 17,6; MB for mB id. Gen. 49, 
22. b) do bear young, to bring forth, of 
men and beasts, to be fruitful, Gen. 26, 
22. Ex. 23, 30; often coupled with 735, 
as Gen. 1, 22. 28. 8,17. Ex. 1,7. Jer. 3, 
16. Ez. 36,11.al. Comp. Pers. ys fruit, 


Goth. bairan to bring forth, barn fetus, 
Scotch bairn. But this signif. is in 
part expressed in the Indo-European 
languages by peculiar forms, as Lat. 
pario, both of young and fruit, fruor, 
Sruges, fructus, Germ. Borde fertile re- 
_ gion. In the Semitic dialects, Syr. 05 
_. to be fruitful, Lye progeny; Eth. ACP 
to bear fruit, Z, fruit. 

2. to be borne along, to run, of a car- 
riage, Germ. fahren, Chald. 878 to run. 


to bear, Armen. Dieril, 


Hence 717728 sedan, litter. Comp. 878 ,- 


x72. 

‘Hien. fut. apoc. "235 to make fruitful 
in offspring, Gen. 17, 6. 20. 41, 52. 48,4. 
Lev. 26, 9. al. 

, θεῖν. "2, IMB. 

73 


865 





a) 


ΓΞ fem. of "5 q. v. plur. ninp. 

1. a heifer, Gen. 41,2 sq. Num. 19, 2 sq. 
Also of a heifer or young cow in milk 
Job 21, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 7-12; as bearing 
the yoke Hos. 4,16. Metaph. heifers 
of Bashan, put oe the voluptuous fe- 
males of Samaria, Am. 4, 1. 

2. With the art. 78M (heifer-town) 
Parah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin, 
Josh. 18, 23. 


ΓΒ f. (for MINB, τ. "8B IL) @ mole or’ 
rat, so called from its burrowing; Arab. 


ps] - 5 
$s. Hence plur. inp moles or rats 


Is. 2, 20, if the word is to be read sepa- 
rately, as is usually done. But see in 
nQBqEN. 

MB, see 1D. 


MB (i. ᾳ. ANB bough) Purah, pr.n. 
m. Judg. 7, 10. 11. 

NIM (kernel, r. 128) Peruda, pr. ἢ. 
m. Ezra 2, 55; for which 83""8 Perida 
Neh. 7, 57. 


“TIN plur. oy4en Esth, 9, 19 Cheth. 
i. q. Keri "1984; see in "178. 

MAND (blossoming, τ. Mh) Paruah, 
pr. ἢ. πῃ. 1 K. 4, 17. 

D8 Parvaim, pr. n. of ἃ region 
producing gold, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Bochart 
regards it as the same with Ophir ; Can. 
I. 46. More probably oriental regions, 
from Sanser. parva prior, anterior, ori- 
ental; so Wilford in Asiat. Res. VIII. p. 
276. For the form, comp. 877920. 


“WB see in "34D. 


1B m. (for "ΝΒ, r. "NB I) pr. 
heat, then a pot for boiling Num. 11, 8. 
Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam. 2, 14. 


Ξ TAD obsol. root, Arab. : ya to sepa- 


rate out, to set apart ; Con). III, IV, id. 
But Conj. II, to prescribe, to determine, 
to decide. It is therefore of like origin 
with 79, 07D, 728 ; the idea of cutting 
and taking away being transferred to 
the sense of judging. To this comes 
also the sense of expanding, spreading; 
in MIB, "TAB; comp. wap. 
Deriv. 38 , re, nine, "T18, sp. 


TID m. a leader, chief, commander 
of troops, pr. i. q. vbw, ppna, (see r 
mp ,) Hab. 3, 14. 


ΤΊ 


ΓΞ £ (τ. tp) only plur. nip 
country regions, open country, as opp. to 
cities; Arab. 33 id. Ez. 38, 11 728 
mite a land of open country ; as imme- 
diately follows: without walls and having 
neither bars nor gates. Esth. 9,19 "> 
mime the cowntry-towns, opp. to the 
metropolis v. 18. Zech. 2,8 [4] Jerusa- 
lem 38m Mit shall be inhabited as the 
open country, i. 6. because of the multi- 
tude of her inhabitants no wall can be 
built around her. 

TID m. (τ. 158) 6. suff. DIB, rude, 
dominion ; Judg. 5, 11 there shall they 
rehearse the righteousness of Jehovah, 
ἘΝῚ Dime MIpPIs the righteous acls 
of his rule in Israel.—Concr. for rulers, 
leaders, chiefs; with plur. Judg. 5, 7 
beobra jim 14m the rulers ceased in 
Israel sc. to act, remained inactive. 
Sept. Vat. δυνατοί, 

"TAB m. (from M138) α countryman, 
rustic, dwelling in the country ; collect. 
Deut. 3, 5 "178M "72 country-towns. 1 
Sam. 6, 18 "128 "BD a country-village. 
Plur. Esth. 9, 19 Keri. 

"77D (i. q. "728 a countryman, rustic) 
Perizzi, Perizzite, Sept. Φερεζαῖος, col- 
lect. the Perizzites, a Canaanitish tribe 
living in the mountain regions, which 
they afterwards yielded to the Ephraim- 
ites and other Jews; Josh. 11, 3. 17, 15. 
Judg. 1, 4.5; kindred to the Canaanites 
strictly so called, Ex. 23, 23. Judg. |. 6. 
Sometimes Canaanites and Perizzites 
are put for all the tribes of Canaan, 
Gen. 13, 7. 34,30; elsewhere the Periz- 
zites are enumerated with various other 
tribes of the same stock, Gen. 15, 20. 
Ex. 3, 8.17. Deut. 7, 1. al. seep. 


S18 Chald. m. emphat. 82192, i. q. 
Heb. 5173, iron, Dan. 2, 33-45. 4, 20. 5, 
4.23. 7, 7. 19. | 

*TAB fut. mop? 1 to break out or 
forth, 6. σ. a) From the womb ; Arab. 
é χ Conj. II, a bird brings forth 


(hatches) young; IV, id. : > young 


of birds, ete. δ) toput forth buds, leaves, 
blossoms, to flourish, to blossom, as.a 
tree Hab. 3, 17; a vine Gen. 40, 10. 
Cant. 6, 11.7, 13; a rod Num. 17, 20. 23; 


866 





“5 

the desert Is. 35,2. Arab. 5 id.— 
Metaph. of the flourishing and prosper 
ous state of a person or ptople, Hos. 14 
6. 8. Prov. 11, 28. Is. 66, 14. Ps. 92,8. 
13; and without a comparison Ps. 72, 7. 
Is. 27,6; contra, Hos. 10,4 punishment 
shall blossom like the poppy, comp. Ez. 
7, 10. c) to break out, as an ulcer, the 
leprosy, etc. Lev. 13, 12 sq. 14, 43. Ex. 
9, 9. 10. | 

2. to fly,asinChald. so Part. fem. plur. 
ΓΒ the flying, i. 6. birds; Ez. 13, 20 
mirmb> like birds ; see in > no. 13, ult. 
—For the connection of this signif. with 
that of sprouting, see under the synon. 
7%? no. 2, 3. 

Hien. 1. to cause to flourish, to make 
blossom, Is. 17, 11. Ez. 17, 24. 

2. Intrans. to put furth buds, leaves, 
flowers, to flourish, to blossom, Ps. 92, 13. 
Job 14, 9. Metaph. Prov. 14, 11. 

Deriv. P28, ΠΤ, MPN, pr. n. TAB, 


M15 m. in pause M7p Ex. 25, 33, ἃ 
flower, blossom, Num. 17, 23. Is. 5, 245 
also artificial, Ex. 25, 33. 37, 17. 20. 
Num. 8, 4. Abstr. bloom, verdure, Nah. 
1, 4. 

MIB m. progeny of beasts, contemp- 
tuously for low and wicked men, brood, 
Job 30, 12. R. mp. 


*D"5 pr. to strew, to scatter, kindr. 
with "78, 07p; then to scatter words, 
i. e. to boast, to prate; comp. Arab. b 


to be insolent in word or deed ; also ro 


to scatter, whence ,43 a garrulous per- 
son.—Am. 6, 5 a3 ἼΒΤΌΣ Ow IBA they 
chatter (are garrulous) to the sound 
of the lyre, spoken contemptuously.— 
Hence in 

DD m. a scattering, concr. any thing 
scattered, strewed. Lev. 19, 10 77292 278 
the scattered grapes of thy vineyard, i.€. 
those fallen off of themselves; as Syr. 
Chald. Vulg. correctly —In the Talmud | 
also of the scattered grains of the pome- 
granate. 

"75: m. (τ. 778) in pause "7B , 6. suff. 
ἌΒ, wp, but FB, ὉΞῚΠΒ Hos. 14, 9. 
Ez. 36, 8, and oa" B, 77H Am. 9, 15. 
Jer. 29, 28. / q 

1. fruit, both of the ear‘h and fields — 





"ἼΒ. 


6, Gen. 4, 3. Is. 4, 2. Ps. 72, 16. 
107, 34. al. hence 3 ΥΝ @ fruitful 
land Ps. 107, 34; also of trees Gen. 1, 
— 12. 29, whence "18 Y> fruit-tree Gen. 1, 
ii. A tree or field producing fruit is 
said "75 MBS, see in ΠῺΣ no. 2.c; δἰ 
"78, see in "xin no. 4; wp jM2; see in 
983 no. 1. d.—Metaph. of the result, con- 
sequences of an action or endeavour, the 
. figure being often, preserved ; Is. 3, 10 
they shall eat the fruit of their doings, 
: experience the consequences. Prov. 1, 
31. Jer. 6, 19. 17,10. Ps. 104, 13 with 
the fruit of thy works (of God) is*the 
earth satisfied, i.e. is watered with rain, 
_ which is the fruit of the skies or élodde: 
Prov. 31,16 0782 “8 the fruit of the 
hands, i. e. gain, profits. Is. 10, 12. "3 
a3 ba the fruit of a proud heast; i.e. 
boasting. Prov. 12, 14 the fruit of one’s 
mouth, discourse. 13, 2, 18, 21. al. 
2. jaa 7B fruit of the womb, see in 
{02 no. 2; and so simpl. "8 i. q. 51, 
of men Ps, 21, 11; of beasts Is. 14, 29, 
— So "5 ΠῸΣ of persons 2 x. 19, 30. Hos. 
9, 16. Jer. ‘22, 2. 


N15, see NTI7D. 


' V8 π΄. (τ. 728 no. 3) constr. 7.8 

Is. 35,9; but plur. ΘΒ, "X77B, (with 
_ Dag. impl. for y778,) one violent, rapa- 
cious ; an oppressor, a tyrant, Ps. 17, 4. 
Ez. 7, 22. 18,10. Jer. 7,11. Dan. 11, 14. 
—Is. 35,9 MPM γ508 q. ἃ. a ravenous 
beast. 


ey 725 obsol. root: 1. to break, to 
break down, to crush; Talm. P75 to 
_ break or crack nuts; comp. kindr. p78. 
_ Hence 773. 
2. to separate, like Arab. (ἢ 
' Hence map. uP 
JID τὰ. (τ: FB) oppression, rigour, 
from the idea of crushing, Ex. 1, 13. 14. 
Lev. 25, 43. 53. Ez. 34, 4. 
. ΓΒ ἢ (τ. 7:8) @ vail, curtain, se. of 
separation, which separated the holy of 
holies from the outer sanctuary in the 
_ tabernacle, Ex. 26, 31 sq. Lev. 16, 2. 12. 
- Num. 18, 7. al. sep. 














ΒΞ fat. DADS, to rend garments 
Lev. 10, 6. 13, 46. 21,10. Freq. in Tal- 


Ἷ mud. Syr. sep2 to cleave. See under 


867 





a 


ΝΣ ΟΞ (Sanscr. parameshta supe- 
rior) Parmashta, pr. n. of a son of Ha- 
man, Esth.. 9, 9. 


325 (prob. either from Chald. 238 to 
leap up, to run swiftly ; or from Heb. 
pie to live delicately) Parnak, pr. n. 
ny. Num. 34, 25. 


* OMB to break, in Kal only in the 
phrase ΐ ἘΠῚ ὈΠΞ to break bread to 
persons, i. e. to deal out or distribute it, | 
Is. 58,7; also without =m> Jer. 16, 7, 
comp. Ex, 24, 17. 22. Comp. ΔΒ no. |. 

Hiren. 1 εἵδάναι to divide. Lev. 11,4 
DH? 32 MOIw but divideth not the 
hoof, i. e. has not the hoof wholly cloven. 
Elsewhere M0753 0™5F pr. to cleave 
the hoof, i. e. to have a cloven foot, to 
part the hoof, Lev. 11, 3. 5. 6. 7. 26. 
Deut. 14,7. 8. So ae Ps. 69, 32 "8 
p13 IP? @ bullock having horns 
and cloven hoofs. 

Deriv. 078, 708. 


O35 Chald. to divide, part. act. plur. 
yore Dan. 5,25. Part. pass. 078 v. 28. 


OIE in pause 075, pr. ἢ. Heb. and 
Chald. Persia, the Persians, 2 Chr. 36, 
90. 22. Ezra 1, 1. 4,3 sq. 6, 14. Dan. 5, 
28. 6, 9. 13. al. Pers. uy: uy, 


uy Fars. Some derive it from Zend 


Pars pure, splendid; others from 678 


5.1 
Uy? horse, 


horses.—Hence gentile ἢ. "078 Parsi, 
a Persian, Neh. 12. 22; and Chald. em- 
phat. 87078 Dan. 6, 29 Keri. 


O78 m. (τ. 098) 1. ig. NOW, a 
cloven foot, claw, plur. c. suff. wots 
Zech. 11, 16. 

2. A species of eagle, Sept. yovy, Vulg. 
eryphus, Ley. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12. Ac- 
cording to Boc hatt, Hieroz. II. 185, the 
sea-eagle, ossifraze, Arab. pats the 
breaker. 


MOI f. (r. on pr. cleft, for cloven 
foot, hoof, see the root ; Ex. 10, 26. Ez. 
32, 11. Mic. 4, 13. Then also of a horse? 5 
hook not cloven, Is. 5,28 Jer. 47, 3.— 
In Chald. it is put also for the sole of 
the human foot, i. q. 53) 42 in Deut. 28, 
35. Josh. 3, 13. . 


"O18 a Persian, see n. 078. 


since Persia abounds in 


775 


ἘΝ ἽΞ fut. 395" 1. tolet go loose, to 
dismiss, pr. to let break away. Chald. 
338, Syr. αἴ, id. Comp. the roots 
beginning with “5 under art. "18 .-- 
Hence a) to absolve the guilty, Ez. 
24,14. b) to let go loose, unbridled, un- 
' checked, and part. pass. 3198 unbridled, 
unruly ; Ex. 32, 25 bis. 0) to refuse, 
to reject, Prov. 4, 15. 8, 33. 13, 18. 15, 
32; to avoid Prov. 1, 25. 

2. to make naked. to uncover, by loos- 
ening the garments, etc. e. g. the head 
Num. 5, 18; spec. by cuttimg off the 
hair Lev. 10, 6. 21, 10. Part. pass. 3398 
naked, bare, Lev. 13, 45.—Chald. and 
Talm. id. 

3. to begin, ἃ ἄρχομαι, from the idea of 
breaking loose, opening, comp. in >>n 
Hiph. Hence to lead on, to go before ; 
Arab. ὁ to be highest, to surpass 


others. Judg. 5,2 5222 nistp Soba, 
for which correctly ‘Sept. Alex. and 
Theod. ἐν τῷ ἄρξασϑαι ἀρχηγούς ae. A. 
in the leading on of the leaders in Israel 
i.e. in that the princes of Israel took the 
lead as leaders, put themselves at the 
head. Opp. 53 3325 the people wil- 
lingly followed, volunteered. 

ΝΙΡΗ. pass. of Kal no. 1. Ὁ, to be un- 
bridled, unruly, Prov. 29, 18. 

Hien... 1. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to dismiss 
from labour, to let rest or cease, c. {2 
Ex. 5, 4.—Arab. ἃς 9 V, to be free from 
labour. σ' 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to make 
unbridled, unruly, 2 Chr. 28, 19. 


312 m. 1. hair, locks, as being 
shorn, see r. 32 no, 2. Num. 6, 5. Ez. 


44, 20.—Arab. ey τὰ 

2. a leader of an army or people, ὦ 
prince, see Τ᾿ 378 no. 8, Plur, miss, 
constr. ὨΊΡΒ. Deut. 32, 42. Judg. 5, 2; 
comp. for the gender of nouns of pftice 
Lehrg. p. 468, 878.—Arab. Ey prince, 
head of a family. 


MID, Gr. Φαράω, Pharaoh. the com- 
mon title of the ancient Egyptian kings 
in the Old Test. and found only there 
and in writers who have drawn from 
this source.—It often stands simply, like 
a proper name, Gen. 12, 15. 37, 36. 40, 
2 sq. 41, 1 sq. and so genr. in the Penta- 


868 





D5 


teuch, as also Is. 19, 11. 30, 2. Cant. 1, 
9. al. More rarely other words are add 
ed, as DYNA Fe 1K. 3, 1. 2K. 17, 7% 
18, 21; sometimes also a more specific 
name, as 12) M378 2 K. 23, 33 sq. comp. 
v. 29. SBN Hsp Jer. 44, 30.—The 
word originally signifies the eer in the 
Egyptian language, as Josephus has re- 
marked, Ant. 8. 6.2; and was written in 


the dialect of Memphis OPO, Theb. 


PPpo: eppo, Basm. pPp+ eppd.> 


and with masc. art. novrpo, Ippo; 


πρρὰ, see Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 150, | 
181. Jablonski Opuse. I. p.374. Kosegar- 
ten de prisca ZEgyptior. Lit. p. 17. —The ἢ 
idea has been started more recently, that ὦ 
ris corresponds to the Egypt. -pH 
the sun, which is written as a ene : 
phic symbol over the titles of kings ; so 
Roseliini Monumm. storici I. p. 117. 
Lepsius Lettre ἃ Rosellini p. 25. But — 
more prob. the Egypt. PPO was so — 
inflected by the Hebrews as to appear 
in a Semitic form, i. q. 798 prince, and 
then the termination #1 i. q. }iwas added. 
See in Thesaur. p. 1129. 


ἘΣ ΒΞ obsol. quadrilit. i..q. Ethiop. 
&44,CUB to leap, to spring. Hence 
0372 m. 1. a flea, so called from its 































leaping, 1 Sam. 24, 15.—Arab. ὥγέν, 
Syr. transp. 15.25.5. 

2. Parosh, pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2,3. 10, 25. 
Neh. 3, 25. ; 


PHPIB (perh. chief, from 278 , W398) 
Pirathon, pr. n. of a city of Ephraim 
Judg. 12,15. Gr. ®agaday 1 Mace. 9, 
50.—Gentile ἢ. is "239 Pirathonite, 
Judg. 12, 13. 15. 


“BNE (prob. swift, r. "78 II, Arab. 
4 iy to hasten, to be swift) Pharpar, 
one of the two rivers of the territory of 
Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. [The other was 
the Amanah (228) corresponding to the 
present el-Burada, coming from Anti- 
Lebanon and now divided on the plai 
into several streams to water the cit: 
and fields. The Pharpar has been re 
ferred: a) To one of the channels 
the Barada. This is hardly probable 


4 
[ 
: 
Ι 
j 
3 
; 
1 


ΩΣ oye. 
_ a syllable prefixed, are Goth. spreitan, 


γ3 


δἴποθ two distinct rivers are apparently . 


intended. b) To the fountain and 


stream el-F%jeh Ksra)f, high upon the 


eastern slope of Anti-Lebanon. This 
stream joins the Barada about twenty- 
five rods from its source ; its volume of 
water being twice as great as the other. 
Hence it is regarded as the main source 
of the Barada, and not as a distinct river. 
Abulfede Tab. Syr. p. 15, 174. ed. Koh- 
ler. O. v. Richter p. 157. c) To the 
Awaj, the next largest river of the Da- 
mascus territory after the Barada. It 
rises in Jebel esh-Sheikh (Hermon), and 
flows ὃ. W. to Sa’sa’; and then north- 
easterly through the plain to the lake 
el-Merj. It is described as a rapid and 


pretty stream ; and may well be regard- 


ed as the Pharpar. It is mentioned by 
Abulfeda ; see Tab. Syr. p. 97. Burckh. 


‘Syr. p. 53, 312. Schubert’s Reise III. p. 
_27.—R. 


pe i* y ἽΞ fut. 77 to break, to rend, to 
brea 


out or forth, Gen. 38, 29.—This 


‘primary power lies not only in the let- 
ters "5, see under 178, but also in the 


syllable 71, ῥήσσω, reissen ; comp. in r. 
Analogous to this root, with 


Germ. spreitzen, Engl. to spread. The 
middle radical being softened to a semi- 
‘vowel; there arises the root γ38. Arab. 


ue to cut, to rend, to tear; Uy 
to cut in, trop.to define. Chald. iq. 
Heb.—Spec. 1 


1. to break or tear down, to demolish, 
6. g. the house of God 2 Chr. 24, 7; a 


wall, etc. Is. 5, 5. Ps. 80, 13. Mic. 2, 13. 


Ecc. 3, 3. 10, 8... Neh. 2,13. 4,1. 2K. 
14,13 ΤΙΝ TDI... O1BwAT Pain| pap 
max and brake down in the wall of Jeru- 
salem... four hundred cubits. 1%979 ΣΡ 
a city broken down, i. e. whose walls are 
demolished, Prov. 25, 28. 

2. to Break or rend asunder, i. e., to 


disperse, to scatter, 6. g. hostile forces 


r 


.2 Sam. 5, 20. 2 Chr. 20, 27. Ps. 60, 3. 


: BS tntraris. to disperse onasel? to apredid 


» 
) 
! 


abroad, as a people, flock, and hence to 


_ tncrease in number, Gen. 28, 14. Is. 54, 
_ 3. Ex. 1, 12. Hos. 4, 10 they commit 
. ‘whoredoin, 12597 N51 but do not increase 
in Renter, Gen. 30, 30. Job 1,10. Also 
_of a person whose Tia increases, 


73* 


869 





ΥΞ 


Gen. 30, 43; of a rumour diffusing itself, 
2 Chr. 31, 5. Metaph. to be pecientla 
with any thing, c. acc. like other verbs 
of abundance, Prov. 3, 10 #737 inn 
aZ457 thy wine-vats shail overflow with 
new wine. Others less well: ‘thy presses | 
shall burst with new wine ;’ for neither 
the wine-press nor wine-vat can be said 
to burst from the quantity of wine made, 
the figure applying only to a cask or 
wine-skin. Adverbially, 1 Chr. 13, 2 
ΠΡῸΣ mx let us disperse and send, 
i.e. let us send in every direction, every 
where. 

3. to break forth upon, to break in 
upon, to rush upon, Mic. 2,13; with 3 of 
person Ex. 19, 22.24. 2Sam. 6,8. 1 Chr. 
15, 13; c. acc. Job 16, 14. Also to form - 
by eoe kind through or into ; Job 28, 4 
dm? yp he breaks a shaft through, i.e. 
sinks a shaft or pit, by breaking through 
the ground.—Further: a) In a bad 
sense, to break out, to act with violence, 
Hos. 4,2. Hence yp. b) In kind- 
ness, to press upon, to urge with entrea- 
ties, c. 3 1 Sam. 28, 23. 2 Sam. 13, 25. 
27. 2 K. 5, 23. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 2, part. p43 
spread abroad, common, 1 Sam. 3, 1. 

Puat pass. of Kal no. 1, to be broken 
down, demolished, Neh. 1, 3. 

Hirupa. to break away from any one, 
i. q. to run away, 1 Sam. 25, 10. 

Deriv. Υγ 8, y'252, and 


728 τὰ. in pause yp Neh. 6,1; plur. 


‘DN Am. 4, 3, mis Ez. 13, 15, c. suff. 
Ve. 


1. a@ breach, rent, in a wall 1 K. 11. 
27. Is. 30,13. Am. 4, 3. 9,11. Job 30, 


14 49M 39 y71BD, Vulg. well, quasi 


rupto muro irruerunt, the figure being 
taken from besiegers, who rush with 
great force into a city through a breach 
made in the walls. From the same 
source comes also the phrase Υ8Ξ > 
to stand in the breach sc. against an 


enemy rushing in, and this is the station 


of the bravest and most devoted troops, 


‘as being most exposed to danger, Ez. 


22, 30 (comp. 13, 5). Ps. 106, 23. 

2. breach, i.e. a breaking up, disper- 
sion. a) Of enemies, defeat, Judg. 21, 
15. Ps. 144,14. b) breach of waters, a 
breaking forth, inundation, 2 Sam. 6, 96 


DoD 


3. breach, i. e. a breaking in upon, 
assault, impetus. Job 16, 14 he rusheth 
upon me YIH-2H->9 γῈ8 breach upon 
breach, assault upon assault. 

4. Perez (Engl. Vers. sometimes 
Pharez), pr.n. 8) A son of Judah by 
Tamar; see Gen. 38, 29. 46,12. Patro- 
nym. "375 Perezite (Pharezite) Num. 
26,20. Ὁ) Perez-Uzza (83> 779 defeat 
of Uzza), pr. n. of a place 2 Sam. 6, 8. 
1Chr. 13,11. 6) Plur, O°s98 75 (mount 
of ACR Mount Perazim Is. 28, 21. 


Cn ΡΞ to break ; Syr. and Chald. id. 
Arab. , αὖ to separate, to distinguish. 
This is 4n onomatopoetic root, found 
widely also in the same signif. in the 


Indo-European languages, as Sanscr.’ 


prah, Lat. frango, Goth. prikan, prichan, 
Germ. brechen, brocken, Engl. to break. 
Ina softer form it appears as 3 to 
break i.e. bend the knee; and with the 
labial dropped 64 yvuus. Spec. 

1. to break off, e. g. a yoke, c. 598 
Gen. 27, 40. 

2. 10 break or crush e. g. bones, limbs, 
as a wild beast, Ps. 7, 3. 

3. to let break away, i. e. to deliver, 
Ps. 136, 24. Lam. δ, 8.—Syr. we id. 

Piet 1. to break or tear off, Ex. 32, 2. 
Zech. 11, 16. 

2. to break or rend in pieces, 6. g. 
mountains, 1 K. 19, 11. 

Hirup. 1. to be broken in pieces, Ez. 
19, 12. 

2. to break or tear off from oneself, c. 
acc. Ex. 32, 3.24. Comp. Heb. Gram. 
§ 53. 3. a. 

Deriv. P73, ‘P28, P72. 

Pp 2 Chald. pr. to break off, see the 
Heb. hence to deliver to redeem, Dan. 
4, 24. 

P25 τὰ. (r. P28) constr. p28, broth, 
soup, Is. 65, 4 Cheth. so called from the 
fragments or crumbs of bread over which 
the broth is poured. Comp. Arab. 
Bo 60 a dish made of crumbs of bread 
with hot oil poured over them. Another 
form is Ὁ q. v. 

‘PIS m. (τ. pp) 1. violence, rapine, 
from the idea of breaking in upon, Nah. 
3, 1. 


2. Place where two ways separate, ὦ 


870 


- the roads. . 





‘D1 
fork, Obad. 14. Comp. Arab. 37? 0 
separate, ἘΣΤΕ Gs the fork of 























i “IAB to break, to break in ‘itd | 
comp. “4B I; see the roots beginning 
with ἽΒ in τ. 775.—In Kal once inf 
absol. “ib Is. 24, 19; although it may 
also be referred to r. "ἢ I. 

Hiru. “24, in pause ἜΒΗ Gen. 17, 
14; inf. "Bn, c. suff. B395n Lev. 26, 15; 
fut. “5%, oonY: 7B"; ‘to ‘break, always 
trop. 
1. m™2 'n to break a covenant, to vio- 
late, Is. 33, 8. Ez. 17,15. 16; 36‘of thoke 
who break their covenant with God 
Gen. 17, 14, Lev. 26,15. Deut. 31, 16. 20, 
15." 24, 5. al. So of God Lev. 26, 44. 
Judg. 2, 1. Jer. 14,21. Also to break a 
law, Ps. 119, 126; God’s precepts Num. 
15, 31. Ezra 9, 14. 

2. to make vain, bring to nought, to 
Srustrate, as counsel 2 Sam. 15, 34. Ps, 
33, 10; comp. Job 5,12. Prov. 15, 22. Is. 
44, 25; to declare void, e. g. a VOW 
Nan 30, 9. 13.—Intrans. to be in vain, 
to fail, Ecc. 12, 5. 

3. to annul, to abolish, e. g. piety Job 
15,4; one’s right 40, 8. Ps. 85,5 "ἘΠ 
nay ODD annul thine anger towards us, 
i. 6. avert it, cause it to cease. | 

Horn. “51 to be made vain, to come 
to nought, Is. ‘s, 10. Jer. 33, 21. 

Po. “7D to cleawe, to rend, 6. g. the 
Red Sea Ps. 74, 13. 

Hirapo. “718m to be broken, fond 
by concussion, as ‘the earth Is. 24, 19. 

Pitp. fut. "B95", to shake violently, Job 


16, 12, comp. Is. 24,19. Arab. 355 to 
break. on 


“11.28 i. g. ap , 73B, t0.be borne 


swiftly, to run. Arab. “ to flee. Hence 
"p, 7B, ἽἼΒἼ8. 


* D5 fat. 7p) 1. i ᾳ. OTB to 
break, to break in pieces, Mic. 3, 8. 
> τος wap to break (diats igi) bead to | 
persons, Lam. 4, 4. 

2. to spread out or βου to posi: 
pr. from the idea of bisakiug apart and 
arranging, comp. yp no. 2. Chald. id. — 
Syr. wie id. . Arab. ιἦγϑ to 
upon the ground.—K. g. a cloth or cove 








ς «ὦ». 





: itself Joel 2, 2\—Spec. 
‘epread a net Hos. 5. 1. Ps. 140, 6; ο. Ὁ 


the feet in riding, see 58. 
παι ἢ. 5. and τῶ 5. 


wD 
ing Num. 4, 6.8; a sail or flag Is. 33, 


3 a tent Ex. 40,19; a letter rolled 
up Is. 37, 14; light (c. "> around him- 


self) Job 36, 30; a cloud Ps. 105, 39; 


. part. 8 of the dawn spreading 
a) mij wp to 


Jor any one Lam. 1, 13; >> (for >, by) 
Prov. 29,5. Hos. 7,12. Ez. 12, 13. 17, 


20. 32, 3; hat Ἰ6 From 6°41. Is. 19, 8, bv 


refers to ΟΕ b) 5723 8 fo spread 


the wings,as a bird, cherub, Deut. 32, 11. 
1K. 8, 7. 2 Chr. 5, 8; ο. by, DN, Ὁ of 
place, ‘to spread the wings in οὐδὸν ἴο 
fly to any place,’ Jer. 48, 40. 49,22. Job 
39, 26. For Ruth 3, 9 see in 523 no. 2. 
6) D172 Ip, ODD wip, Zo spread out 
the hands, either in prayer and adora- 
tion, c. 5 to any one Ex. 9, 29. 33. 


1 K. 8, 22. 38.54. Ezra 9,5. Job 11,13; 


> Ps. “4, 21; or for bounty, δ. 3 Prov. 
31, 20; or bit spoil, with >» of thing 


Lam. 1,10.—Metaph. Prov. 13, 16 a fool 


spreadeth out his folly, lays it open, bears 
_ it before him. 


3. to disperse, see Pi. no. 2; hence 


_ Nien. to be dispersed, scattered, Ez. 
17, 21. 


Pret. 88 Is. 25, 11, fut. wp", inf. 


es suff. ὈΞΘΊΕΞ, to spread out, to expand, 


e.g. the hands in prayer to God, Is. 1, 
15. 25, 11. 65, 2. Ps. 143, 6. Unusual 


_is 3°77 NOB 10 spread forth with the 


hands, id. Lam. 1,17. Comp. 5°28 pin 
also O720a. Heb. Gr. § 135. n. 3. 


ΒΕ 2. to disperse, to scatter, Ps. 68, 15.: 
- Zech. 2, 10. 


Deriv. ΘΒ. 


᾽ wb pr. to cleave, to divide, see 


Hiph. Hence 


1. to separate, to distinguish, i. 4 


ἶ Chald. and Syr. whence 0395 ἴμἃ,5, 
a Pharisee, i. e. one separated. 


ὺ 2. to declare distinctly, to specify, Lev. 


24. 12. Comp. 3123 no. 2.—Syr. wee 
for Gr. ogifw Acts 17, 26. 31. 


3. 10 spread out, to stretch apart, spec. 
Comp. the 


Nien. to be dispersed, scattered, Ez. 


_ 84,12; where however several Mss. and 
editions read τ ΕΣ. which is more ac- 
>: 


cording to the usus loquendi; see r. wp. 


871 





wD 


Puat pass. of Kal no. 2, to be distinetly 
declared, to be specified, Num. 15, 34. 
Part. as adv. Neh. 8,8 and they read 
in the book of the law of God ‘3952 dis- 
tinctly (so Vulg. i. e. word for word, Syr. 
faithfully), and gave the sense and ex- 
plained what they read ; comp. Ezra 4, 
18.—Others, as also Hengstenberg Au- 
thent. Dan. p. 299, render it here, with 
explanation i. e. translation sc. into 
Chaldee; but see Thesaur. p. 1132. 
Compare also the use of the noun M37p. 

Hiren. to puncture, to sting, Prov. 23, 


ys id. Lae 
goad. | 
Deriv. wp, wap, mw. 


WB Chald. id. Pa. part. pass. wan, 
as adv. distinctly, accurately, word for 
word, Ezra4,18. Vulg. manifeste, Syr. 
faithfully. See Heb. 07» Pu. 


WD m. (τ. UB, after the form >up) 
constr. 815 Ez. 26, 10 before a conj. ac- 
cent; plur, ΘΒ. ὁ. suff. 9p, with 
Kamets retained. ja 

1. ahorseman, rider, eques, Syr. μῶν 59» 


32.—Syr. «αὐοΐ, Arab. 


Arab. us, pr. so called as riding upon 
a horse, and not on an ass (Arab. jes ) 


or camel (ASH). Jer. 4,29. Nah. 3, 


3. Plur. 05 Gen. 50,9. Ex. 14, 9 sq. 
1 Sam. 8, 11. al. sep. Is. 21, 7 Tax 
pip pairs of horsemen; horsemen 
and their steeds in pairs. v. 9. Opp. 
“im 337, 523 33 riders on asses and 
camels. 

2. a horse for riding, a steed, which 
the Romans also called eques, according 


to Gell. 18.5. Macrob. Sat. 6.9. Comp. 


equitare, of a horse running with a rider, 
Lucil. ap. Gell. ibid. It is manifestly to 
be distinguished from "030 i. 6. com- 
mon horses for chariots, etc. 1 K. 5, 6 
[4, 26] and Solomon had forty thousand 
pairs of horses (2"050) for his chariots, 
and twelve thousand steeds, sc. as saddle- 
horses. Ez. 27,14 from Armenia they 
brought to thy fairs D° 7751 DIDI ODA 
horses (common), and steeds for riding, 
and mules. Joel 2,4, D°W7p *>2a 2 Sam. 
1, 6 horsemen. Once Is. 28, 28 of horses 
treading out grain, but still with riders, 


_Arab. uy Ethiop. A.Zf1 a horse. 


55 


Nore. It may seem strange to derive 
the word for horse from that signifying 
horseman ; but for this there are the fol- 
lowing reasons: a) The authority of 
the vowel-points, since in the signif. 
horses it is also read ΘΒ not ΘΒ. 
b) The analogy of the Latin usus lo- 
quendi. c) The etymology, which can 
be probably explained only in this way; 
i.e. WD a rider, is readily derived from 
wp to separate or spread out the feet, 
which in Arabic is more fully given by 


Outs and 2.5. 
Ὁ m. (τ. Hoy) c. suff. itp 
1. excrement, dung, feces, in the belly, 


so called as being separated and thrown 
off; Ex. 29, 14. “Lev. 4, 11. 8,17. Num. 


19, 5. Mal. 2;3. Arab. ers, , Syr. (2,3, 


Chald. 878, id. 
2. Peresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16. 


2095 Heb. and Chald. a transcript, 
copy, e.g. of a letter, Ezra 4, 11. 23. 5,6. 


7,11. In Targ. id. Syr. ape. The 
etymology is obscure; though the word 


is prob. to be referred to the Sanscrit or 
old Persian; comp. in j20. Thesaur. p. 
1133, 1134. ah nathiay form of the same 
noun is j24M_ Esth. 3, 14. 4, 8. 


᾿ TOD quadril. not used in the verb, 
Arab. Qué 3 and bbb. to separate or 
spread out the feet, to straddle ; com- 
pounded from 728 (see no. 3, also 98) 
and 7p —Hence 


FITWD ἅπ. λεγόμ. Jude. 3, 22, accord- 
ing to the ‘Farg. Vulg. Luth. Engl. dung, 
dirt, (comp. 87 ,) hence τ ΒΤ xx 
and the dirt (feces) came out from the 
wound. But the He paragog. implies 
rather the place to which a thing comes 
out; perh. therefore better to render: 
and (the blade, 37>) came out between 
his legs, i.e. in vulgar Engl. ‘into his 
crotch ;? comp. the root and nop .—Sept. 
Vat.-. καὶ ἐξῆλϑεν (‘4a0) τὴν προστάδα, 
as if ᾿ὐτάνιόνη were i. q. 531950777 in v. 
23 ; but such a repetition "would be fri- 
ary and v.23 is manifestly a transition 
to another topic. — 


MUD f (τ. Op, for Msp verbal of 
Piel) distinct declaration, exposition, 
Esth. 4, 7. 10. 2. 


872 





vive 


᾿ TWIS quadril. to spread out, to ex” 
pand, Job 26, 9. Compounded-from 848 
no. 3, and 18 to spread; comp. Mit7B ~ 
Kinde: with ap 4. ν. 


NNIIWIB Parshandatha, Pers. pr. n. 
of one of Haman’s sons, Esth. 9,7.—The 
form savours of Chaldaism, and might 
so denote an interpreter of the law ; but 
the name is more prob. of Persian origin 
inflected in the Chaldee manner. 


. ΓΞ obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to 


break, i. ᾳ. 2B ; but Arab. Sys to be 
sweel, spoken of water.—Hence 


FD pr. n. Phrath, Euphrates, a river 
of Syria, which, rising in the mountains 
of Armenia and uniting below Babylon 
with the Tigris, empties itself into the 
Persian Gulf, Gen. 2,14. 15, 18. Deut. 
1,7. Jer. 13, 4-7 where some erroneously 
understand Ephrata. 46, 2. 6. 10. al. seep. 
Comp. "72 no. 2. Gr. Εὐφράτης fron 


2 

a form τ, Arab. ele , which also 
signifies ‘sweet water ;’ comp. Jer. 2, 18. 

MB ἢ a fruit-tree, see the root np 
no. 1. a. | 

Dan m. plur. nobles, princes, 
among the Persians Esth. 1, 3. 6, 95 
among the Jews Dan.1,3. It is of Per- 
sian origin, i. q. Pehlvi pardom the first, 
see Ang. du Perron Zend-Avesta II. 
Ρ. 468. ‘Comp. ‘Zend fratheméd, Sanser. 
prathama, the first; kindr. are Gr. 
πρῶτος, Lat. primus. 


τ ΓΞ to spread, as the leprosy, Lev. 
13, 7 sq. Arab. Las V, to be propaga- 
ted, e. g. disease. Aram. sop id.—The 
primary idea is that of going apart and 


spreading out, a signification common to 


verbs beginning with the. syllables DB, 
wp, wp (ΓΒ), and often expressed in 
Latin by the particles dis, αἱ. 


pal UB to stride, to go; ¢. 2 to po 
upon, Is. 27, 4, Chald. >0p id. —The pri- 
mary idea is that of throwing apart the 
legs, see in πιῶ and Pp. 
Deriv. ΠΣ ΘΒ and 
YWE m. a stride, step, 1 Sam. 20, 3 


* 


pwe to dispart the lips, fo open 
wide, Prov. 13, 3.—Kindr. with SDB. © 
Piet id. of the feet, Ez.16 25 , ᾿ 








wD 










OE ἅπ. λεγόμ. Job 35, 15, which, in 
_ entire accordance with the context, the 
Sept. and Vulg. render παράπτωμα, 
_ scelus, i. 6. trangression, as if i. α. 302 ; 
ῇ hence 8 is prob. put for 2p, Wa, the 
; - final » being dropped, like ne) Job 15, 31 
Cheth. for IW. Others, after the Rab- 
bins, multitude sc. of transgressions ; 
but this and other explanations are 
_ forced. See Thesaur. p. 1136. 


ἘΠΞ only in Pret fut. to tear in 
pieces Lam. 3,11. Aram. id. 


_ “NWS Pashur,pr.n.m. a) A priest 
' contemporary with Jeremiah, Jer. 20, 1. 
2.3. Allusion is made to the signif. of 
_ the name, i. 6. prosperity round about, 
compounded from mp Arab. to be 


_ wide, ample, and “ino round about. 
Opp. 2"302 7132. Ὁ) Jer. 21, 1. 38, 1. 
_ c) Ezra 2, 38. 10, 22. Neh. 7, 41. 10, 4. 


* DUE fut. oS", imp.c. 4 parag. 
. πΏθῈ Is. 82, 11. 
1. to spread out, to expand, Syr.as, 
| Arab. Laws; kindr. wwe no. 1, 2. 
_ Everywhere intrans. to spread oneself 
out, of hostile troops 1 Chr. 14, 9. 13; of 
_ swarms of locusts Nah. 3, 16; with >> 
of a land or people, to invade for the 
_ purpose of carrying off booty, Job 1, 17. 
 Judg. 9, 33. 44; 58 1 Sam. 27,8; 3 2 
Chr. 25, 13. 28, 18 ; accus. 1 "μα 30, 
Ε14: shail, Sam. 27, 10. Hos. 7, 1. 
_ 2. to put off a garment, to lay off; 
_ which implies the opening and unfold- 
ing of it, a garment being wrapped toge- 
_ ther in putting it on; c. acc. Lev. 6, 4. 
16, 23. Cant. 5, 3. al. Absol. imper. 
| neds put off thy garments, Is. 32, 11. 
a Pret to strip, to plunder, e. g. the slain 
ΟἽ Sam. 31, 8. 2 Sam. 23, 10. 1 Chr. 10,8. 
_ Hips. to cause to put off one’s gar- 
ments, i. 6. a) With acc. of pers. to 
_ sirip any one Hos. 2,5. Ὁ) With acc. 
+ of garment to strip off, 1 Sam. 31, 9. 
_ Job 22,6; comp. Mic. 2, 8. c) With 
_ two acc. to strip one of any thing, Gen. 
37, 23. Num. 20, 26. 28; dr ace. of thing 
and 59 of pers. Mic. 3, 3. Job 19, 9. 
| _ 2. to flay victims for sacrifice Lev. 1, 6. 
2 Chr. 29, 34. 35, 11; comp. Mic. 3, 3. 
_. Hirup. to strip oneself 1 Sam. 18, 4. 


i 


873 





wwy 


* SWE fut. sen 10 Pr. to break with 
any one, i. e. one’s covenant, allegiance ; 
hence to fall away, to revolt, to rebel, c. 
22K.1,1. 3, 5.73 ©. nine 2 K. 8, 20. 
22. Comp. Arab. («5 to revolt, also 
Aram. ams, Pop, to break. —Spec. 
mina Sup. to rebel against Jehovah, to 
apostatize from him, Is. 1, 2. Jer. 2,29. 
3, 13. Hos. 7, 13. al. sep. Absol. id. 
Am. 4, 4. Lam. 3, 42.—Hence 

2. Cane to transgress, to sin, Prov. 28, 
21; c. 59 against Hos. 8, 1.—Part. ova 
one who makes defection from God, a 
transgressor, Is. 48, 8; plur. pte 
transgressors, i. 6. who rebel against 
God, Is. 1, 28. 46, 8. 66, 24. al. 

ΝΊΡΗ. recipr. of Kal no. 1, Prov. 18, 19 
3YEBI MX brethren breaking with one 
another, offended, discordant. 

Deriv. Bp and 


ΣῈ m. in pause SOB, c. suff. "WUE ; 
plur. payin , constr. “uD. 

i. defection; rebellion, of a people 
Prov. 28, 2. 

2. a trespass, fault, Gen. 31, 36. 50, 
17. Ex. 22,8. Espec. transiression, sin 
against God Job 7,21. 13, 23. 14, 17. 31, 
33. Ps. 32,5. 51,3. al. It would seem 
to be stronger than ὨΝΌΤΙ,, Job 34, 37. 
Plur. Prov. 10,12. Am. 1, 3. 6.—Meton. 
a) punishment of sin Dan. 9, 24. b)i.q. 
sin-offering, Mic. 6, 7. 


Ἶ WE Chald. i. q. Heb. "mp , to ex- 
plain, to interpret, e. g. visions, dreams, 
Dan. 5, 16.—In Targg. often for Heb. 
“mp. Syr. pao, Arab. poss id. 

Pa. id. Dan. 5, 12. 

Deriv. the two following. 


“2B Chald. m. emphat. x79 and 
mothe , ce. suff. mv, plar. 12a ; ex 
plynation, interpretation, Dan. 2, 4 sq. 
4,3. 4.15 sq. 5, 7. 8. 12. 15 sq. 7, 16. 


“WB Heb. id. Ecc. 8,1. R. 7a 


* WE obsol. root; Arab. ui II, 
to dissolve, to separate into its parts; 
spec. to shake up, to card cotton, Avi- 
cenna cited by Castell. Syr. Lamas 
a carding. Chald weve to examine 
closely, to scrutinize, from the same idea 
of separating, etc. 

Deriv. the two following. 


nws 

MUS f£ only c. suff. snus Hos. 2, 7. 
11, and plur. Donte (f Is. 19, 9), flax, 
linen, ἢ i. 6. the material Is. 1. c. Deut. 22, 
11. Proy. 31,13. momen >"ne a line of 
flax Ex. 40, 3, and so minus judg. 14,4. 
Also as wrought, linen, linen-cloth, Fey. 
13, 48.52 ἘΠ 32 a linen garment. 
v. 47. 59. Ez. 44, 17.—So Josh. 2, 6 “HUB 
V27 the tree- faz, i i. 6. the stalks of “flac ; 
Vulg. stipule lini, Sept. λινοκαλάμη. But 
Arab. Vers. stalks of cotton. 

Note. This word is usually referred 
to aroot ΕΘ, whence is then derived a 
form πῶ. But there exists no trace 
of such a root in the kindred dialects ; 
and a form Hw is never found. I pre- 
fer therefore to assume, as above, a root 
wep, whence Up, fem. mp and TAs, 
. plur. pines , see Lehrg. p- 575, ‘576. 
The Ὦ, though servile, is then treated 
as a radical, as in Mik, Mink; Mop, 
ninwp , etc. 


MMP Γ (see Mvp note) 1. flax, the 
plant as growing, Ex. 9, 31. 

2. a wick, as made of linen, Is. 42, 3. 
43, 17. 


ΓΒ ἢ Prov. 17,.1. (τ. mmp) c. suff. 
‘mp, plur. ὉΡΩ͂, a bit, crumb, morsel, 
e. g. of bread Gen. 18, 5. Judg. 19, 5. 
1 Sam. 2. 36. 28, 22. 1 K. 17, 11. Prov. 
28, 21; also without ἘΠῚ id. Ruth 2, 14. 
2 Gan. 12, 3. Job 31, 17. Prov. 23, 8. 
Plur. o°mS crumbs bes. 2, 6. 6, 14. Ps. 
147, 17 he sendeth forth his ice D'MED as 
morsels, i. e. the hail. 


nb m. (r. map) c. suff. j7Mp Is. 3, 17, 
 plur. minb, an interstice, space between ; 


Arab. ὧν id. It follows partly the 
analogy of verbs 93 .—Spec. of the space 
between the feet, i. e. pudenda muliebra, 
Ital. potta, Is. 3,17. Trop. min’ female 
hinges, i. e. the eyes or parts with holes, 
1 K. 7, 50. 


DONE , see "MD. 


pkmp adv. (for tmp from 5 mo- 
ment, with the ending t=, and ¥ changed 
into &,) im a moment, sudddenty, Josh. 10, 
9. 11, 7. Job 5, 3. 9, 23. Ps. 64, 5.8. al. 
In the genit. after a noun, as D&M_ IMB 
sudden terror Prov. 3, 25; often inten- 
sively after SMB, as OXMD SMBS very 
suddenly Num. 6, 9; pknp sne> Is. 29, 


874 














rims 
5; also transp. 3755 ἘΝῸΒ 30, 13. With 
prefix pkNDD 2 Chr. 29, 36. : 


A2MB m. constr. 32Mb , delicate foc dL, 
dainties of the king’s table, Dan. 1, 5.8 


13. 15. 11,26. Syr. 1.22 in Barhebr. 
and Ephr. id. The word is of Persiar 


origin; from 42, Pers. sls, sl; ce 


Sood, see p. 111; and Sanser. paiti domi- 
nus; q. d. ἌΣ food, delicate; so Ben- 
fey, Monathsn. p. 194. 


DANS Chald. m. emphat. Ἐπ᾿ 
word, i. q. "33; whence δὲ 535 any, 
i. q. Heb. 125 “Sein to return word, i. 6. 
to answer, Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. πρῷ 
δὲς ΒΒ to send word, i.e. a writing, letter, 
etc. Ezra 4, 17. 5,7; comp. Heb. Prov, 
26,6. Hence a rescript, edict, decree, © 
of aking Ezra 6, 11; adecree of Jehovah © 
Dan. 4, 14 [24]. ΜΕΝ the Targg. often 
for Heb. "33. Syr. do id. Prob. 
of Persian origin, i. Ts Pehlv. peddm, 
Pers. peighdam, Ρ A Leas, τς μὰν elas, ; 
word, also an edict sent foe letter or by | 
amessenger. The Chald. 53m would 
seem to come from an antique form, in 
which both the ¢ and g were preserved. 


DINE m. (Kamets impure, see Syr. 
and Pers. above,) word, later Heb. i. q. 
preced.Chald. Spec. a rescript, decreee 
of a king Esth. 1, 20; of a judge, sen- 
tence, Ecc. 8, 11. 


ἽΠῺΒ fut. mms, apoc. MB* Job 31, 
27. ae. : 
1. Pr. to open, to expand. Kindr. are 
mnb, 578; and in the Indo-europ. dia- 
lects comp. Sanser. pad to expand, Gr. 
πετάω, πετάνγυμι, Lat. pateo.—Prov. 20, 
19 ΠΕ MMB who openeth his. lips, 
spoken of a garrulous person who al- 
ways has his mouthopen. Also to dilate, 
to make broad and large; see Hiph. 


Chald. xmp Aph. id. Syr. {2 to be 
broad; Pa. and Aph. to make broad. — 
Sam. = ΧΩ to be broad. 


2. Intrans. to be open, and trop. of the 
mind, to be open, ingenuous, like children 
and youth; comp. Arab. Lis to be inge- _ 
nuous, youthful ; hence in a bad sense, 
to let oneself be enticed, seduced. Deut. 
11, 16 52325 ΠΏ ΓΒ lest your heart de 


m5 


enticed. Job 31, 27. Part. nb simple, 
foc ish, Job 5,2; fem. mmB Hos. 7, 11. 
_ Nien. to let oneself be persuaded Jer. 
id ), 7; to let oneself be enticed, seduced, 
6. bY to any thing, Job 31, 9. 
yi Ῥιει ΠΞ 1. to persuade any one, 
ec mp. st9w, so Jer. 20,7. Hos. 2, 16 
14); ; espec. to evil | K. 22, 20 sq. Fade. 
, 15. 16,5. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Hence to 
ntice, to seduce, Ex. 22, 15. Prov. 1, 10. 
16, 29. 
_ 2. to deceive, to delude with words, 
τ. ἀπατάω, Ps. 78, 36. Prov. 24, 28 
ἼΣΩΣ mnen wilt thou deceive with 
y lips? i. e. deceive not, see in 4 no. 
a. 
_ Puat i. q. Niph. to let oneself be per- 
suaded Prov. 25, 15; to let oneself be 
eceived, Ez. 14, 9. det: 20, 10. 
_ Hips. ‘fat. apoc. M5", to dilate to make 
broad and large, i. q. on , comp. Kal 
. 1; ©. dat. fo enlarge ‘for any one, 
give him ample room; Gen. 9, 27 
“p> p-M>s mp" lit. may God make large 
fe » Japheth, i.e. give him wide room. 
The paronomasia is to be noted. 
_Deriv. “mp, mitnp, Chald. "ne, and 
»: ἢ. mp". 
SSI (prob. for 583m man of God) 
Pethuel, pr. n. m. Joel 4 1. 
= m. (τ. Mma Pi. no. 4) plur. 
AMD, constr. "MMB, engraving, sculp- 
lure, carved work, 2 Chr. 2,13. Zech. 
9; Plur. 1 K. 6, 29. Ps. 74,6. "mmp 
apin engravings of a ring or signet, on 
yems, Ex. 28, 11. 21. 36. 39,6. 14. 30. 
Sept. γλυφή, γλύμμα. 
sins (perh. i. q. Chald. 87m a table) 
ethor, pr. n. of a place on the "Euphra- 
es where Balaam dwelt, Num. 22, 5. 
eut. 23, 5. 
MIMD i. ἃ. mB, α bit, morsel, Ez. 13, 
9. R.nnme. 


ΟΠ nn fut. MAD", inf. c. suff. "The. 
“1. to open, Syr. οἷο, Arab. 


Act ch id. Kindred are πῶ, ΣΏΒ. also 
ΠΕΒ q.v.—E. g. to open a door Judg. 3, 
5. 2K. 9,3; a gate Is. 26,2. Ez. 46, 
2; the ss of heaven Ps, 78, 23; a 
ὃ ον Gen. 8, 6. 2 K. 13,17; ot walpal- 
chre Ez. 27, 12. 13; treasures Deut. 28, 
2; a rock, :.e. a fountain in a rock Ps. 
105, 41; a sack Gen. 43, 21; the eyes 








































875 





mins 


1 K. 8, 21. . Without acc. to open sc. a 
door Is. 22, 22. Jer. 13,19; ὁ. dat. to 
open to any one a door Cant. 5, 2. 5. 6. 
Also intrans. to uvpen, of the earth Ps. 
106,17. Part. pass. MMB open, not cov- 
ered, Num. 19, 15.—Spec. in. phrases: 
a) ATMS ΠΩΒ to open one’s mouth, 
either for eating Ez. 3, 25 or in song 
Ps. 78, 2; or for crying out Ez. 21, 27 
[22]; or for speaking, mostly after aterm 
of silence, Job 3,1. 33,2; hence lo speak, 
to utter words, Prov. 31, 8. Ps. 109, 2. 


-So the opp. not to open the mouth, i. e. 


to be silent, Ps. 39, 10. Is. 53, 7. Prov. 
24, 7. Also to open the lips, i. e. to 
speak, Job11,5. Ὁ) Ina different sense 
God is said to open the mouth of any one 
i.e. to make the dumb speak Num. 22, 
28 ; or to make one speak fluently, Ez. 3, 
27. 33,22. 0) to open the ear of any 
one, i. e. to reveal any thing to him, so 
of God Is. 50, 5, comp. 48,8. d) to open 
the hand unto any one, c. Ὁ, i.e. to deal 
liberally towards him, Deut. 15, 8. 11. 
e) to open the gates of a city, spoken of 
cities which surrender, Deut. 20, 11. 
2K.15,16. f) Pregn. to open the grain, 
a somewhat bold figure for: ‘to open 
the granaries and expose the grain for 
sale” Am. 8,5. Also to open a sword, 
to draw it from the sheath, Ps. 37, 14. 
Ez. 21, 33 [28]; to open prisoners, i. e. 
to let them go free, Is. 14, 17. 

2. to open, i. 6. to begin, to lead off 
e. g. a song Ps. 49, 5.—Arab. id. 

Nipu. 1. to be opened Gen. 7, 11. 15, 
35, 5. Ez. 1, 1. ἃ]. Trop. Jer. 1, 14. 

2, to be lodsed; e. g. a girdle Ta 5, 27; 
to be set free, as a captive Job 12, 14. 

Piet 1. to open i. q. Kal, Job 41, 6. 
Intrans. to‘ open itself, of a flower Cant. 
7,135; of the ear, to be open, Is. 48, 8; 
of gates 60, 11. 

2. to loosen, to unbind, e. g. bonds Is. 
58, 6. Job 38, 31. 39,5. Ps. 116,16; a 
rein Job 30, 11; sackcloth Ps. 30, .12, te 
20, 2. etc. With acc. of pers. Jer. 40, 4 
I will loose thee from the chains, etc. 
Ps. 102, 21. 105, 20. Gen. 24, 32. Is. 45, 
1. Part. 9m one who ungirds himself, 
spoken of a warrior putting off his ar- 
mour after a battle, 1 K. 20, 11. 

3. to open or furrow the ground with | 
a plough, Is. 28, 24.—Hence in the simi- 
lar sense: 


ΓῺΞ 


4. to engrave, to carve, to sculpture, 
6.5. wood 1K. 7, 36. 2 Chr. 3, 7; gems 
Ex. 28, 9 36. 2 Chr. 2, 6.13; also archi- 
tectural ornaments in stone, Zech. 3, 9. 

Puat pass. of Pi. no. 4, to be engraved, 
Ex. 39, 6. 

Hrrupa. to loose oneself from bonds, 
z. ace. Is. 52; 2. 

Deriv. προ, TRB, TNE, 
nmao, ΠΏΞ, and the pr. names MHS", 
Minp?, OIE? . 


ΤῸ Chald. to open, i.q. Heb. Dan. 6, 
11. Pret. pass. Dan. 7, 10.—Often in 
Targg. 

MMB m. (τ. MNg) in pause MN, ὁ. suff. 
snmp, plur. "IM, constr: "NB. 

1. an opening, entrance, door-way, or 
in a looser sense door, 6. g. of a house 
1 K. 14, 27. Job 31, 24; of a tent Gen. 
18, 3; of Noah’s ark Gen. 6, 16; of a 
chamber 1 K. 6, 8. 31; of a city Gen. 
38, 14. al. It differs from mba, o°n27, 
which signify the door or valves by which 
the πῶ door-way is closed. Hence 
mnps in the entrance Gen. 38, 14. Jer. 
26, 10. 43,9. Ez. 11,1; 8 mnad, nnp2 
αἱ the entrance or door Prov. 9, 14. Gen. 
4,7; ΠΏ 59 id. Job 31, 9. Most. freq. 
simpl. MMB as acc. of place where, c- 

genit. ΠΝ mM at the. door of the tent 
Gen. 18, 1.10. Ex. 33, 8. 9; "D5 ΠΝ Έ 
Ex. 29, 11. 32. 42; man 8 Gen. 19, 11. 

2K. 5,9; 2vn Ἐ at the entrance of the 
gate, in or by the gateway, Judg. 18, 16. 
17. 2Sam.8, 8; comp. 9, 35.44; "£4 Έ 
Num. 3,26. 4,26. After verbs of motion, 
ΤΊ ὌΝ to or towards the door Lev. 1, 3. 
4,4, Deut. 22,21. Josh. 8,29; also HANMBM 
Gen. 19, 6. 

9. Poet. for gate, iq. 12, Is. 3, 26. 
13,2. Mic. 5,5. Ps. 24, 7. 9 pbis "nn 
the everlasting gates. Metaph. 772 "18 
Mic. 7, 5. 

MND m. (τ. Mmp) opening, insight, in- 
struction, afforded by any thing, Ps. 119, 
130.—Syr. tw Ze2 an opening, explana- 
tion. Arab. 2x3 X, to explain the 

Koran. 


ΠΣ 5: τα. (τ. ΓΒ) constr. yinnms , open- 
ing of the mouth, Ez. 16, 63. 29, 21. 


‘TMD (whom Jehovah sets free, Τ᾿ 


876 





































dnp 


16. Ὁ) Ezra 10,23. Neh. 9,5. ©) N | 
11, 24. & 

"MB m. (τ. ΠῚ) in pause "Ng, ali 
out of pause Prov. 9, 4. 16. 14, 155 lur. 
ὉΠ Prov. 22, 3, ΘΓ Prov. 1, 22.32; 
and ὩΣ 8, 5. 9, 6. al. simplicity. fe ye 
Prov. 1, 22; see τ. MMB no. 2: Cor oI 
simple, foolish, easily enticed and sé 
duced, Prov. 7, 7. 22, 3. 27, 12. Ps. 1 

6. al. So of one credulous Prov. 14, 15 
inexperienced Ps. 19, 8. . 


“MB Chald. m. breadth, ο. suff. FY 
Dan. 3,1. Ezra6,3. ὅτ. Lohse id. Se 
r. ΠῺΒ no. 1. | 


SMB ἅπ. λεγόμ. Is. 8, 24, ἃ kind ¢ 
costly raiment, perhaps an embrotc 

festive garment, compounded from ἢ 
Ὅ5 id. comp. Syr- 1539 an embroidere 


and variegated garment, ys to va 
gate; and 55} exultation, rejoicing, 
on festivals, holidays. See Thesaur. 
1137. 4 
MIAN f. simplicity, folly ; coner. sim 
ple, foolish, of a female Prov. 9,13. Rey 
nine - οἷ 
ΤῺ f. plur. Minne drawn 
Ps, 55, 22. R. MMB no. 2. | 
ne m. (τ. 5B) α thread, line, cc 
Num. 19, 15. Judg.16, 9. Ex, 28, 28. 37 3 
of the cord or string by which the signet= 
ring was suspended in the bosom, Ge | 
38, 18.25; of a measuring-line Ez, 40 


—Arab. juss a cord. 


᾿ ὉῺΞ in Kal not used ; Chald. Syre 
Arab. and Ethiop, fo twist, to twine, 
spin. Hence 578. 

Nirg. 1. to be twisted, metaph. to 
crooked, crafty, deceitful, part. bmp? Pro 
8, 8. Job 5, 13. isa: 

2. to wrestle, which implies a mutu 
twisting and intertwining of the limt 
Gen. 30, 8. See =i) oP | 

Hrrupa. lo show oneself crooked, 
ty, perverse, to act thus ; fut. bnenn P 
18,27. The form bpnn 2 Sam. 22, 
seems to have arisen by transposil 
bmpnn into bemnn, and then contre 
ing into >3mn. ie 

Deriv. Dmg, DOBIMER, pr. a. “eA 
also . 


. 


len τα eae ms 
=. ΓΟ “- πα ~~. Ν 





Ὁ) Pethahiah, pr. τι. m. a) 1 Chr. 24, 













dns 


‘a Srone m. crooked, crafty, perverse, 
" Deut. 32,5. R. dnp. 

_ BMD Pithom, pr. ἢ. of a city of Goshen 
in lower Egypt, on the eastern bank of 
4 the Nile, Ex. 1,11. Gr. Zatovpos He- 
"ἢ rodot. 3. 158. Steph. Byz. Also Θοῦμ, 
_ dropping the syllable pa which ex- 
_ presses the Egyptian art. Itin. Anton. 
ΟΠ p. 163 Wessel. Egyptian @OXX, and 
_ with art. ΠῚ- ΘΟΛᾺ the narrow place ; 


see Champollion Egypte sous les Pha- 
_ raons, I. 172. II. p. 58 sq. 

3 
_* 3) obsol. root. I. i. q. m2, cps, 
to be strong, to be firm; whence jM22 
_ threshold. 
| IL. Prob. i. ᾳ. mp. to twist, to twine. 
_ Hence 


ἸΏ m. in pause jmp, plur. O°2ne an 
asp, adder, a poisonous serpent, Is. 11, 
8. Ps. 58, 5. 91. 13. Deut. 32, 33. Job 20, 
14.16. ‘On the deafness of the adder, 
Ps. 58, 5, see Bochart Hieroz. III. 156, 


"161 sq. Lips.—Chald. 58, Syr. ie, 
; 9. <. 
Arab. pA, id. 


* nD obsol. root, Samar. i. q. Mmp 
_ toopen. Hence 


_ MB pr. opening of the eyes, a wink, 

twinkling ; then a moment, like Gr. ῥιπὴ 
ὀῳϑαλμοῦ. Hence as adv. in a moment, 
suddenly, Prov. 6, 15. 29,1. Hab. 2, 7. 
_ 9n_ps Num. 35, 22 unexpectedly, i. 6. acci- 
dentally. Other examples see under 
ΝΒ, which comes from this. 


Tsade, “3%, the eighteenth letter of 
_ the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de- 
_ noting 90. The name signifies perh. ὦ 
_ reaping-hook or scythe, from r. ΤῚΣ no. 
I; so called from the ancient figure of 
_ the letter; see Thesaur. p. 1143. 

_ In the Arabic alphabet there are two 
__ letters corresponding to &, viz. , 0 Sad, 
 asharp sibilant, and ye Dad equiv. to 
_ dort pronounced with a slight sibilant 
_ orlisping sound ; to this latter approach- 
|: 74 








877 x 


"ΤῺΒ fat. “hp? do interpret a dream 
Gen. 40, 8. 16. 22. 41,8.12.13.15. The 
Chaldee, which is usually averse to sibi- 
lants, has in this signif. "a q. v. Ethiop 
4A,NZ,.—Hence pr. n. ins and 


ΤΩ m. interpretation of a dream, 
Gen. 40, 5. 12. 18. 41,11. Plur. Gen. 
40, 8. 


OIMMD Pathros, the domestic pr. n. 
for Upper Egypt, distinguished from 
“ix2, D572, which denote in their 
more limited sense Lower Egypt; see 
these words. Is. 11, 11. Jer. 44, 1. 15. 
Ez. 29, 14 where Pathros is called the 
native land of the Egyptians. 30, 14. 
Gentile noun plur. 5°07m_ Pathrusim 
Gen. 10,14. The name in Egyptian is 
Il-€T-PHC the region of the south; in 
later Coptic called also $8.8.-DHC 
southern region. See Jablonski Opusc. 
ed. te Water I. p. 198. Quatremére 
Mém. sur Egypte II. 30. De Sacy ad 
Abdoll. p. 13, 14. See more in The- 
saur. p. 1141.—Sept. JJaovgys, but Cod. 
Vat. in Ez. Φαϑωρῆς, both from Theb. 
Ilé.TOVPHC pr. the south wind, south 
quarter ; Peyron Lex. p. 49. 182. 


JIWND, see in a7 . 


7329 
+ NO® to break. to break in pieces, 


Lev. 2,6. Arab. end id. Eth. ATT 
to break bread. 
Deriv. ΓΒ, ming. 


es also 5 Dha i.e. ὁ uttered from the 
bottom of the palate near the throat, 
which we might call with Sanscrit gram- 
marians cerebral. Thus ΤῚΣ LgXdo; 
but Ἰδπ wybs sheep; also δὲ ὩΣ gr to: 
thirst, pbx atte to be obscure. Hence 


in several Hebrew roots there is a differ- 
ence of signification, according as they 
are written in Arabic with \,o or , 6 or 
4b, see 6. g. 5b; but still roots of this 


FINS 


sort often have the same etymology, 
and are united by a very close affinity, 


Ge Ge 
comp. "1% and , Σ ΧΩ 2 and 


3.3.--ΤἼ]6 LXX usually drop the den- 


tal sound, and express the Tsade by the 
simple sibilant s ; as ΝΞ Sufawd. 

Kindred letters are: a), which in 
Aramean is often put for the Heb. ¥; 
comp. in the Hebrew language itself 
the roots "¥2 and "23, "ΠΣ and “WD, 
32% and 32, οἷο. Ὁ) More rarely 7; 
comp. 33% and 137, JBE¥ ..p3d, etc. ὁ) 
‘The sibilants 1, Ὁ, 0; comp. v3, Τὸ, 
029; ΥὮ3, OM; pny , pm. ἀ)», ra 
vehich see p. ΡΝ οὖ The palatal 4, 
2,p. This is a singular affinity, but 
it is proved by many examples, and is 
to be explained perhaps in the same 
way, that in Sanscrit the gutturals g, k, 
pass over into the palatals ds, tsh, i. 6. 
Engl. 7, ch. Examples are: pos ὦ 
καχάζω; 32% and 523 to be depressed ; 
"2% and "23 to screak, to creak; ἼΩΝ 
κάνϑαρος cantharus, i, e. tube; "3% and 
“2p to heap up, to form a mound, and 
so to bury, ete. 


“NZ f. Tsere impure (for ANZ"; r 
RE7) constr. ONS, c. suff. FMRE; excre- 


ment, ordure, human, Ez. 4, 12. Deut. 
23,14. Comp. ΓΝ ἸῺ no. 2, RIX, ORS, 


“ANY see mix. 
᾿ *ONN obsol. root.. Arab. dls to be 


thin, slender ; but with mid. Ye JL 
denotes the lotus silvestris, prickly lotus, 
perh. kindr. with r. }2%.—Hence 


DON m. plur. Job 40, 21. 22, rendered 
by Abulwalid, Schultens, and others, 
loti silvestres, lotus trees, Rhamnus Lo- 
tus Linn. Arab. Sidr ydw, also Nibk 

a3. This tree is common in Egypt 
and Syria; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
p. 210, 284.—Others regard 5°>x¥ as an 
Aramean form for ΠΡῸΣ shades, i. 6. 
shady trees ; as 27, Aram. FRI; 0d2, 
Aram. 082. So Vulg. Syr. Aben Ezra. 
See Thesaur. p. 1144. 


* IN obsol. root, and doubtful. Arab. 
ice to be rich in sheep and goats; 
but it is a denominative from δὰ δὴ ἐν 


878 





jee 


flock. Perh. i. q. }3% to wander, to mi- 
grate, like nomades ; hence gis nomadic 
flock. ὦ 


ἸΝΣ, once pixz Ps. 144, 13 Cheth. 
comm. gend. see below in no.“l.c¢; a 
collective noun. 


1. a flock, flocks, i. e. small cattle, 
Ss - 
a and goats; Arab. plur. ΔΕ 


ΟΣ woolly flock, opp. to goats; but 


Su pees wyatt denotes the wild 
goat. For shes and oS i. 6. ISX, 


a frequent Arabic word is -Chald. 
jaz, Syr. AS, id —Gén. 29, 1 10. 30, 36. 
40. 32, 6. 37,12. Ex. 2, 16. 3, 1: al. sep. 
Often with ΡΞ herd, as “p35 Ἰὰς 
flocks and herds Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5. 20, 
14. 21, 27. 24, 35. 1 Sam. 14, 32.al. 
ΝΣ ἢ Ash a keeper of flocks, shepherd, 
Gen. 4, 2. 46, 32. 34. Spec. it may be 
noted: a) That {8% comprehended 
both sheep and goats, usually intermin- 
giled in the same flock, as at the present 
day ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 169. 
So Gen. 30, 35. 38, 17 J will send thee a 
kid ‘from, the flock ; comp. 27, 9. Lev. 1, 
10. δ, 6. 22, 21. 2 Chr. 35,7. But xar 
ἐξοχήν sheep alone are implied 1 Sam. 
25,2. b) As acollect. it takes nume- 
rals, which are put sometimes before it, 
as jXS "RNY two sheep Is. 7, 21; Ban, 
i8x 1 Sam. "25, 18; comp. 1 K. 5, 3. Job 
1, 3. 42,12; and sometimes: after it, as 
Num. 31, 32. 1 Sam. 25, 2. 1 K. 8, 63., 
al. The corresponding noun of unity is: 
mw a sheep or goat, one out of a fonts 
Ex. 21, 37 [22,1] if a man steal.. 
sheep or goat (MY), he shall vetoes “. 
ΝΣ ΣΞῸΝ four sheep or goats. Ez. 45, 
15. Soin saa sLé as noun of unity 


corresponds to pik. ¢) As to gender, 


“8x is put with the masc. where rams 
and he-goats are to be understood ; Gen. 
30, 39 ἸΝΝΙῚ sam and the rams and 
biicka rutted. With the fem. where 
ewes and she-goats are implied, ibid. ὦ 
kan jt>m and the flocks brought forth. 
v. 38, 41. 33, 13. 1 Sam. 17, 28. Put 
also for females καὶ ἐξοχήν, as usually 
constituting the flocks, Gen. 31,8.11.12 — 
2. Spec. a flock. drove, ἱ. ᾳ. ΠΣ (comp — 
ΝΣ “979 Gen, 29, 2. Mic. 5, 7); so Ps 














































ONS 
7. 12. 95, 7. Jer. 23, 1. Trop. of Israel 


i .7, 14. SIX jks a flock (troop) of 
io ix. 36, 37. 38. 


~ RX (place of flocks) Zaanan, pr. n. 
‘of a’place in the tribe of Judah, Mic. 1, 
11; perh. i. q. }2% Josh. 15, 37. R. jx. 


_ DNENZ m. plur. (τ. X¥7) constr. 

"NENE Is. 48,19; c. suff. DI"NENY Is. 

ἡ hw 

| 1. issues, what comes out from the 

arth, productions, produce, Job 31, 8 

B 22, 24. 34,1. 42,5. 

2. Metaph. issue, offspring, children, 
is. 61, 9. 65, 23. Job 5, 25. 21, 8. 27, 14. 

Fe ly τ ΤΡ “RENE the offspring (issue) 


stock, family. 


32 τη. (τ. 331} Γ΄ alitter, sedan, palan- 
_ quin, as being lightly and gently borne; 
comp. r. 33%. also Germ. Séanfte id. 
from sanft softly. Plur. D°2x Is. 66, 20; 
| Sept. λαμπήνη. ‘Num. 7, 3 3% ΓΞ. litter- 
wagons, i. 6. covered and commodious 
like litters; Sept. ἅμαξαι Aaunnrixai.— 
| Chald. 828, 83°, id. 

2. A species of lizard, Arab. coe 
 tacerta Libyca, living in deserts and so 
called from its sluggish motion, Lev. 11, 
29, Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1044-63. 


‘ Nis fut. X27 lo go forth to war, 
as a soldier, to make war,c. >3 against 
any one, Num. 31, 7. Is. 29, 7. 8. 31, 4. 
Zech. 14, 12; abeol. Nom, 31, 42.—In 
Arabic the corresponding word has a 


_ wider use, Cus to go or come forth, e. g. 
a star, a tooth, a soldier against the 
enemy. Ethiop. UA to make war, 
8-06 war. Comp. 73¥.—Trop. of 
the temple service, a sort of “militia sa- 
cra, to serve in the temple, Num. 4, 23. 
8, 24; of females 1 Sam. 2, 22. Ex. 
38, 8. 
᾿ς Hien. to cause to go forth to war, i. 6. 
to levy, to muster, 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 52, 
95 


Deriv. Siz. 


ee Nak Chald. fut. 82%", to will, to 

_ please, pr. to be inclined, prone, i. q. 

feb. maz no. 4. Dan. 4, 14. 22. 29. 32. 
, 19.21. Ὁ, 2. Syr. id. 

_ . Deriv. 13%. 


879 


of thy bowels Is. 48, 19.—Arab. eel 





Naz 


S2E m. constr. 83%, c. suff. iN2¥, plur. 
τόνος, constr. MINI, MINAS, but 
RIE Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. wide con- 
strued with a verb ἫΝ Is. 40, 2. Dan. 
8,12. R. Raz. 

1. war, warfare, military service ; so 
Rix “xbn armed for war, see in 7>2n 
no. 3; ἈΞᾺΞ X17 fo go out lo war Num. 
31, 36. Deut. 24,5; woud 8x1 id. Num. 
31, 27. 28 ; N3¥ NS7 id. ‘Num. 1, 3sq. So 
of the uted service of the Levites 
Num. 4,'23; 8322 ΝΞ coming into the 
service, qualified for it, Num. 4, 3. 30. 
35. 39.—In the later writers trop. war- 
fare for hard service, time of affliction 
and calamity, Job 7, 1. 14, 14, comp. 
10, 17 ; of the Babylonish exile Is, 40, 2. 
Dan. 10, 1 and true is the decree 8331 
i933 and great the warfare, i. e. heavy 
will be the calamity. 

2. an army, host ; Sept. often στρατιά, 
δύναμις, Ex. 6, 26. 2 Sam. 8, 16. 10, 7. 
al. Plur. Ex. 7. 4. Ps. 44. 10. al. seep. 
Rix “0 the captain of a host, general, 
Sept. ἀρχιστράτηγος, Gen. 21, 22. 32. 
2 Sam. 2, 8. 1 K. 16, 16. al. "tx 
832m the men of the host, soldiers, Nam. 
31, 53. 1 Chr. 12,8; 838m ὩΣ id. Num. 
31, 32.—Spec. 

a) DUI NIX the host of heaven, i. 6. 
a) The host of angels which stand 
around the throne of God (στρατιὰ ov- 
ράνιος Luke 2, 13), 1 K. 22, 19. 2 Chr. 
18, 18. Plur. Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. So too 
"" Rix Nv the captain of Jehovah's host, 
i. e. one of the higher angels, Josh. 5, 14. 
15. £8) Of the sun, moon, and stars, 
δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν Matt. 24, 29; re- 
garded as inhabited by angels and celes- 
tial beings, comp. Job 38,7. 25, 5, also 
4,18; see Ovid. Fast. 3. 111 ‘ Sidera, 
constabat sed tamen esse deos.’? Me- 
tam. 1. 73. So Is. 34, 4. 40, 26. 45, 12. 
Jer. 33, 22. Dan. 8,.10. Often where 
the worship of the heavenly bodies is 
spoken of, Deut. 4, 19. 17, 3. 2 K. 17, 
16. 21, 3. 5. Zeph. 1,5; where some- 
times a special mention of the sun and 
moon precedes (Deut. 17, 3. Jer. 8, 2), 
and also of the stars (Deut. 4, 19. Dan. 
8, 10), and then this phrase is subjoined 
as more general, and as if comprehend- 
ing all the inhabitants of heaven (Dan. 
4, 32), q. d. all the celestial divinities ; 
comp. Matt. 24; 29. In Is. 24, 21 the 


Nax 


host of heaven (D192 NI) is put in 
antith. with the kings of the earth.— 
Once by a bolder figure 83% in zeugma 
is made to refer to the inhabitants of the 
earth, or rather to all the earth contains, 
i. ᾳ. VINA NPQ, including even animals 
and plants: Gen. 2, 1 ovavn ἸΦΞ) 
PRINS) PANT, which is expressed 
without zeugma thus in Neh. 9, 6 
ΠΡῸΣ “tiy-b3) VIN ONBE~D21 Ovawh ; 
pemP. Ex. 20 11 7P2).. IST on 





Ὁ) A very frequent epithet of Jehovah 
is: MINDE WTP min® Ps. 89, 9. Jer. 5, 14. 
38, 17. 44, 7, ‘TNS ΗΝ nine Hos. 
12, 6 [5]. Am. 3, 13, more rarely min 
PINIE OFTEN Ps. 59, 8. 80, 5, also “x cubs 
Ps. 80, 8. 15, and ΓΙ: τῆ Is. 2, 12. 
3,1. Jer. 49, 7. Mic. 4, 4. Neh. 3, δ. 
Hab. 2, 13, ete. Jehovah (God) of hosts, 
ἀν; of the celestial armies. This isa 
very usual appellation for the Most High 
God in some of the prophetical and 
other books, especially in Isaiah, Jere- 
miah,| Zechariah, and Malachi; but 
does not occur in the Pentateuch, in the 
books of Joshua and Judges, nor in Eze- 
kiel, Job, and the writings of Solomon.— 
As to the grammatical construction of 
mixaz Min, some suppose it to be by 
ellipsis for. ᾿ "8 Ἢ, but this is not 
mecessary, and the Arabe too subjoin in 
like manner a genitive of attribute to the 
pr. numes of persons, as Usb att Pat 
Antara equitum, q. d. Antara dus equi- 
tum. So too in the construction D°7>x8 
MiN3z, the word Mins may be taken 
as an attribute which could be put in 
apposition with the names of God ; 
comp. ΤΊΝΕΣ "253 Is. 10, 16, κύριος σα- 
Bao d Rom. 9, 29. James 5, 4. See 
Comm. on Is. 1, 9.—The hosts thus sig- 
nified in ΤΊΝΕΣ Him can hardly be 
doubtful. if we compare the expressions 
“ΝΣ Josh. 5, 14. 15, plur. ἢ "8A the 
hosts of Jehovah Ps. 103, 21. 148. 2; 
which again do not differ from δὲ Σ 
ἘΠῚ ΠῚ the host of heaven, embracing 
both angels Gen. 32, 2. 3, and the sun, 
moon, and stars, comp. Dan. 8, 10. 11. 
The phrase ΝΞ ™ therefore differs 
little from the later form paw He, 
RP20 HSN, God of heaven; see in 0°20. 


O°N2E and MINI, plur. of "2¥ roe. 


680 


M33 warring against her. 





mak 


DNA (i. q. ONDE roes, or i. q. Day 
hyenas) Hos. 11, 8, also DA, DMX 
Gen. 10, 19. 14,2. Deut. 29, 22, Zeboim, | 
pr. ἢ. of'a city in the vale of Siddim, de- — 
stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, and 
covered by the Dead Sea. 


ἡ 5: Ν in Kal not used; kindr. with 
535. 
1. to move gently, io go slowly ; see 3B. 


2. to flow; Arab. wie to flow, to 





trickle, of water, ase! to pour.—To this — 
root I would refer 

Hopn. 387 after the Chaldee manner, 
in the vexed passage Nah. 2, 8, where 
the words may be thus joined: 59 
ait) 3102 the palace is dissolved and 
made to flow down, i. e. the palaces of 
Ninevah inundated and undermined by 
the Tigris, and so falling in ruins; see 
Diod. Sic. 2. 26.—Usually referred to 
τ. 3%) Hoph. no. 2, where see. 

Deriv. 3%, and 


M222, c. art. M328 (the slow-— 
moving) Zobebah, pr. ἢ. f. 1 Chr. 4, 8. 


ἼΩΝ 1. ig. 828, l0g0 forth to 
war, to make war; Part. c. ace. Is. 29, 7 




























2. i. q. Arab. ἴω prodiit stella, to go 
forth, to appear, asa star, and so toshine, 
to be splendid ; hence ὩΣ splendour. 

3. lo project, to be prominent ; Arab, 
Lue Conj. I, and Lud Conj. If, immi- 
nuit inrem. Hence éoswell, ofthe belly 
Num. 5, 27. Also © 

4. Trop. to be propense, inclined, dis- 
posed, to will ; comp. YER and h2a.— 
Arab. Lu id. Chald. 83% q. v. - Syr. 
Lo, id. 

Hipn. causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to 
swell, Num. 5, 22. . 

Deriv. ΠΣ, "3%, 733%, and pr. n. 
R35, Mel, ΕΝ 


may j in the word Max Zech. 9, 8, is 
held by some to be i, q. 823 host, whic 
is also read in some Mss. and in Keri. 
But 427 is here i. α. [382 q. v. 


2% m. adj. (τ. 138) fem. ΠῈΣ, 
ing, swollen, Num. 5, 21. 


_ glorious. 





ria 
naz , See in ΠΙΞῚΣ. 
32% Chald. m. (τ. 828) pr. will, pleas- 
ure; then thing, matter, affair, Syr. 
a2,, Dan. 6,18. Comp. 75M no. 3. 
ΦΊΔΧΣ m. (r. 938 IL) once Jer. 12, 9, 


959 τῆς 
a hyena, i. ᾳ. Arab. Sept. vawe. 


Others genr. a beast of prey, comp. 
‘Talmud. 5°>i3x% ravenous beasts. See 
Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 829. 


*Oas fut. BAL pr. to lay hold of, 
to grasp, to take with the hand, like 
Arab. λό, Eth. VAM. Kindr. is 
max. Hence c. dat. to reach out to any 
one, once Ruth 2, 14. 


"3 m. in pause "A¥ Dan. 8, 9; plur. 
By, ONAL, MINIS, ‘constr. minaz Jer. 
3, i9. R. nas no. 2. 

1. splendour, beauty, glory, nearly i. 4. 
133, MINE; corresponding is Syr. 
Ἰλεῖ, decus Is. 4, 2. 23, 9. 24,16. Ez. 7, 
20. 26,20; ΤΉΝΕ [Sx Is. 28, 1, 4. ἊΣ 
nisban the glory of kingdoms, i. 6. Ba- 
bylon, Is. 13,19. So 7385 ys the land 


| of beauty, i. 6. Palestine, Dan. 11, 16. 41; 


ΤῊΝ 723 the glory of the earth, id. Ez. 
25,9; ΤΙΣ ΡΞ "sz id. Ez. 20, 6. 15; 
and sith art. aan the beauty sc. of 
lands, id. Dan. 8,9; so often in the Rab- 


 bins.—Plur. constr. ΤΊΝΕΣ; Jer. 3, 19 


pa minay 72% m>m2 a possession of 
beauty of beauties among the nations, 
i.e. a possession most beautiful, most 
So Targ. Kimchi, etc. 

2. a roe, antelope, Gr. Sopidde, so called 


_ from its beauty and gracefulness; Arab. 


2b, Chald. πη, Syr. ἔλωζ. It is 


very timid Is. 13, 14; and fleet 2 Sam. 
2, 18. 1 Chr. 12, 8, Pray. 6, 5, comp. Ec- 


_ clus. 27, 22 or 20; and the flesh was and 
_ is regarded as a delicacy, Deut. 12, 15. 
) 22. 14, 5. 15, 22. 1 K. 4, 23 [5, 3]. See 
_ Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 895 sq. 924 sq. or 
Il. p. 304 Lips. where he shows that 
_ "2% is to be referred to the whole genus 


of the roe and antelope, and not to.a par- 
ticular species. Their fleetness is re- 
ferred to in Cant. 2, 9 comp. v. 8. 2 Sam. 
1,19 dn Fanina by ἘΝ 9 7220 thy an- 
telope, Ὁ Israel, slain wpon thy heights ! 
i. e. Jonathan, as being swift of foot, 
comp. v.25. 2.18. The roe or antelope, 
74* 


881 





mins | 


and espec. the gazelle, is highly prized, 
by the orientals for its elegance, and 
they even obtest by it; Cant. 2,7 7 αὐ- 
jure you, O datlahters of Sirians. 
MW MIDNA IN Mixsya by the roes and 
by the hinds of the ‘field. 3, 5.—Plur. 
ΠῚ ΝΣ 2 Sam. 2,18; okay 1 Chr. 12, 8; 
fem. Biers Cant. 2 a 3, δ. 


NIT (roe, fr. "2%) Zibia, pr. n. αὶ 
1 Chr. 8, 9. 


MAL (roe, fr. "3¥) Zibiah, pr. n. of 
the tfothier of king Josiah, 2K. 1222. 
2 Chr. 24, 1 =Flens the ‘Arameah 
xm"30 Tabitha, Gr. Δορκάς Dorcas, 
Acts 9, 36. : 


max” fem. of "38, a roe or female 
antelope, Cant. 4, 5. 7, 4, 


DAL, see paNdy. 
nt Ὁ vax obsol. root, i. q. 


in, to menor hence to tine to dye; 
kindy: 3%, where see.—Hence DX, 
SAEN, a με n. ἼΣΩΣ. 


ae yay j 1. q. to seize as prey. 


to raven as a wild beast; hence vise 
beast of prey, hyena, and pr. n. ὈΛΣΩΣ. 
Sor S ». 


Αγαθ. ἀρὰν, Mn; 


5325 Chald. to dip in, to immerse; 
Pa. to wet, to moisten, Dan. 4,22. Irnpa. 
F2VEN to be wet, moistened, Dan. 4, 12. 
20, δ, 21.—In the Targums often, ‘ to 
dye, to colour. : 


to dip 


lion. 


52 m. (τ. 22x 1) a dong concr. 
something dyed, dyed garments, Judg. 
5, 30. 


FiPAL (dyed, τ. vax 1) Zibeon, pr. ἢ. 


of a son of Seir, phylarch or head of the 
Horites, Gen. 36, 2. 20. 24. 29. | 


BVA (hyenas, see 213) Zeboim, 
pr. n. of a valley and town in the tribe 
of Benjamin, 1 Sam, 18, 18. Neh. 11, 84. 
R. 33% II. 


"MSS fat. "Ax" fo heap. up, to store 
up as grain Gen. 41, 35; treasures Job 
27, 16. Ps. 39, 7. Zech. 9,3; a mound 
Hab. 1, 10.—Chald. “ax and ἌΝ 
id. Kindr. is "3% q. v.—Hence 


O22 τὴ, plur. heaps of heads 2 K 
10, 8. 


nax 


. nox obsol. root, prob. lo grasp with 
the hand ; hence- 


Maz m. only in plur. o°N38, hand- 
fuls, once Ruth 2, 16. Vulg. well mani- 
puli.—Talmud. ‘a. 


SZ τη. (τ. 112) c. suff. "345 plur. O74, 
constr. "7%, c. suff. 3S. 

1. the side of any thing; ἼΧΞ im the 
side e.g. of the ark Gen. 6,16; of a man 
2 Sam. 2,16; with the side Hz. 34, 21. 
322 at or by the side of a pers. Ruth 2, 
14. 1 Sam. 20, 25. Ps. 91,7 (opp. to the 
right side) ; of a thing ‘Deut. 31, 26; 
spec. of a place, Josh. 12, 9 ΤῊ ἽΒΞΌΏ. 
1 Sam. 6, 8. 23, 26. 2 Sam. 13, 34. So 
to carry a child sz7>> upon the side, 
where we say, ‘in the arms,’ Is. 60, 4. 
66,12. With 4 parag. πῆς 1 Sam. 20, 
20. Plur, n° Ex. 26,13. 30,4. 37,27. 

2. Plur. o“1x Judg. 2, 3, adversaries. 
enemies, comp. Schult. Opp. min. p. 150. 
Vulg. hostes ; Targ. °P"22 oppressors ; 
Sept. συνοχαί. But all these versions 
seem to have expressed the sense of 
Heb. O°", which perh. should be read; 
comp. Num. 33, 55 ἘΞΌΝ 773). 


“IZ Chald. τὰ. i.q. Heb. no. 1, side ; 
"72 on the side or part of, in respect to, 
Dan. 6,5. ΧΡ at or against the part 
of, i.e. against, Vulg. contra, Dan. 7, 25. 


NZ Chald. m. (τ. πτς IL) purpose, 
design. Dan. 3,14 N33 is iton pur- 
pose? etc. 


G - 
* 1S obsol. root; Arab. Quo to 
turn oneself away; IV, to turn away, 
[1 


to avert; XW to turn away, to avert; 
Talm. 77% to turn one’s side to any one. 
But all. these seem to be denominuatives 
from “¥ side, pr. to turn one’s side, to 
turn away from any one. See Buxtorf 
Lex. Chald. h. v. 

Deriv. 7%, pr. ἢ. ὉΠΛΗ͂Σ and TIS. 


"ΠΣ or TIX, with mM loc. HT, pr. 
n. Zedad, a ὍΤΑΝ in the northern: extre- 


mity of Palestine, Num. 34,8. Ez. 47,15. . 


Now a large village, still called OOvo 
Stdid, in the desert east of the great 


road from Damascus to Hums or Emesa}; _ 


see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 461. App. 
p. 171, 173, 174. 


882 ΄ 





"12 


“ € ΓΝ 1. pr. to cut down, to mow 
or reap ; whence the name of the letter 
“Ix T'sade, reaping-hook, or scythe; see — 
p. 877. Eth. ARP harvest, harvest- 
time,summer. The primary root is a, 
whence ἼΧΠ Chald. Syr. Sam. also 
Owes to Hanvdats ἼΧΣΣ q.v. as, to 
cut down branches, of a tree, whence © 
ἼΣΣ an axe. Comp. Lat. cedo.—Comp. 
in X7¥ IL. no. 1. 

2. to lay waste, to desolate a region or 
city; comp. Is. 7,20. Chald. 87 often 
in Targ. for Heb. 02%); see Buxtorf 
Lex. col. 1887 sq. Syr. Ὧν, and ὮΝ 
devastation, desolation. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be desolated, destroyed, razed, 
as cities Zeph. 3, 6; parall. yaw). 


mle ΓΝ 1. pr. to fix the eyes upon 
any thing, to look at. So Syr. Ios, 


whence boy a fixing of the eyes, Ὧι 
keen-sighted,. ete—The primary idea 
is prob. that of sharpness of the eyes, 
keenness of sight; so that this signif. 
coalesces with that of culling in no. I.— 
Hence 

2. Trop. to fix the mind or purpose 
upon, i. 6. lo search, to lie in wait, to 
hunt after ; c. acc. 1Sam. 24,12 57% HAN 
‘ia "OEIMS thou huntest after my life : 
to take ‘it; Vulg. insidiaris vite mee. 
Absol. Ex. 21, 13; comp. v. 14. 


Mz, see MIS. 
pinx (just, τ. PI“) Zadok, pr. ἢ. τῇ. 


a) The father-in-law of king Uzziah 
2 K. 15, 33. 2 Chr. 27,1. Ὁ) 2 Sam.°8, 


17. 15,24. c) 1Chr.5,38. d) Neh. 
8, 4. 10,22. 6) Neh. 3, 29. 13,13. ἢ 
11, 11. 


ΤΡῚΣ f. purpose, design ; hence 1°72 
by design, purposely, Num. 35, 20. <2. 
R. ΠῚΣ II. 


DIZ, c. art. DRA (the sides) Zid- 
dim, pr. n. of a town in Naphtali, Josh. 
19, 35. 


p73X m. adj. (τ. PIs) plur. SP. 

1. just, righteous, i.e. doing justice, — 
spoken of a judge or king who dispenses 
justice and defends the right, 2 Sam. 
23, 3; Sept. usually δίκαιος. Henes 
very often of God as a righteous judge. — 
Deut. 32,4. Job 34,17. Jer. 12,1. Ps. 














"az 


11,7. 119,137; now in punishing 2 Chr. 
12,6. Ezra 9,15. Lam. 1, 18. 
14; now in rewarding Ps. 112, 6. 129, 4. 


145,17. Is. 24,16, where God καὶ ἐξοχήν. 


is called P"585; now as fulfilling his 


4 promises, Neh. 9,8 “> πη ΟΣ op 


πρὸς py and hast fulfilled thy weds, 
for thou art righteous. v. 33. Is. 45, 21 
a righteous God and a deliverer. 
_ 22. just in one’s cause, right, 1. 6. in 
the right, not in the wrong. a) Ina 
forensic sense, opp. 7H7. Ex. 9, 27 
ΘΡΣΙΘ ΓΙ aT} 2] PTI "2 Jehovah is 
in the right, and I and my people are in 
_ the wrong. 23, 8. Prov. 18,17. Ὁ) In 
_ assertion, of one who speaks what is 
_ right and true, whence adv. right, truly, 
Is. 41, 26; comp. 43, 9, where in the 
_ same context it is Ma%.—Hence 
3. Of a private person, just toward 
other men (Prov. 29, 7), obedient to 
divine laws; hence righteous, upright, 
virtuous, pious, good, all which qualities 
Cicero also comprehends under the term 
justitia, 6. g. Offic. 2. 10 ‘justitia, ex qua 
una virtute boni viri appellantur.? De 
Vin. 5. 23 ‘justitia...cui adjuncta sunt 
pietas, bonitas, liberalitas, benignitas, 
- comitas, queeque sunt generis ejusdem.’ 
Partit. 22 extr. ‘justitia erga deos religio, 
erga parentes pietas, vulgo autem boni- 
tas, creditis in rebus fides, in moderatione 
animadvertendi lenitas, amicitia in bene- 
volentia nominatur.’—Gen. 6, 9. 7, 1. Ps. 
5, 13. 11, 3. 31, 19. 34, 20.. 37, 25. 72, 7. 
Job 12, 4. 17, 9. Often coupled with 
pan Job 12, As "Pp? Ex. 23,7; and as 
often put in opposition with SBF Prov. 
10, 3. 6. 7. 11. 16. 30. Gen. 18, 25. al.— 
To the just and upright man the He- 
brews, like Cicero as above quoted, at- 
tributed also kindness and liberality Ps. 
37, 21. Prov. 12,10. 21, 26; temperance 
_ and moderation in eating Prov. 13, 25, 
_ and in speaking 15, 28; love of truth 
13, 5; wisdom 9, 9.—Emphat. of inno- 
_ cence from faults, crime, etc. Ecc. 7, 20 


_ there is not a just man on earth, that 


 doeth good and sinneth not. Just before, 
inv. 16, the words: be not righteous over- 
᾿ς much....lest thou destroy thyself, are 


_ apparently to be understood of a self- 
_ complacent admirer of his own virtue ; 


ὲ — somp. 72°23 ΤῚΣ Job 32, 1.—In Is. 49, 
_ 24, A. Schultens renders p77 bellator 


883. 


Dan. 9, 





pix 


strenuus, as if i. q. Y"7> in v. 25; but | 
py3% "30 is here the captives of the 
righteous, i. e. taken from among them. 


DZ, MPISX, see in wy. 


“pix fut. pus" pr. to be right, 
straight, i. q. 8", as if spoken of a way, 
comp. ῬῚΣ Ps. 23, 3, also Is. 33, 15. 
Arab. je to be true, sincere. Syr. 
κοῖς to be right, just—Hence 

1. to be just, righteous, in dispensing 


‘ Justice ; of God Ps. 51, 6; of his laws 


Ps. 19, 10. ° 

2. to have a just cause, to be in the 
right. a) Ina forensic sense, Gen. 38, 26 
"27272 ΠΡῸΣ she (Tamar) ts more in the 
right than I. Job 9, 15. 20. 10,15. 13, 
18. 34,5. Opp. 5" to have an un- 
just cause, to be in the wrong. b) Of 
disputants, to be right, to speak the truth, 
Job 33,12. 0) to gain one’s cause, to 
be justified, Job 11, 2. 40, 8. Is. 43, 9. 26. 
45, 25. Ez. 16, 52. 

3. to be righteous, upright, good, see in 
p'3x no. 3. Job 15,14. 22,3. 35,7; with 
"7 "3B> Ps. 143,2; Ὁ ὩΣ Job 9,2. 25,4; 
ΠΝ 8 4, 17, i.e. God being jadge: 

ΝΊΡΗ. pr. to be declared just, i. 6. to 
be justified, vindicated sc. from violence 
and injury ; Dan. 8, 14 Ὁ ΠΡ p3s2. Vulg. 
not unaptly mundabitur. 

Pret ΤΗ͂Σ, inf. ΤΡΗ͂Σ Ez. 16, 52. 

1. to make righteous, upright, inno- 
cent, eccl. Lat. justificare, to justify. Ez. 
16, 51 thou hast justified thy sisters 
through thine abominations, i. e. hast 
caused them to appear comparatively 
innocent. So likewise Jer. 3,11 πρὸς 
‘901 72 PNIW.... a2 Israel hath made 
herself more righteous than Judah. i. e. 
appears so in comparison. 

2. to pronounce just, righteous, inno- 
cent, a person Job 33, 32; c. 1022 oneself” 
Job 32, 2. 

Hien. 1. to make righteous, upright, 
pious, by one’s example, teaching, ete. 
6. ace. Dan. 12, 3; 3 Is. 53, 11. 

2. 1. ᾳ. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce right, 
just, innocent. a) Ina forensic sense, 
of a judge, to absolve, to acquit, Ex. 23, 
7. Deut. 25,1. 2 Sam. 15, 4. Is. 5, 23. 
Also to make one gain his cause, to do 
justice to, Ps. 82, 3. Is.50,8. Ὁ) Ina 
disputation, to.pronounce right, to allow 


ΡΝ 


to be in the right, to assent to his opi- 

nion, Job 27, 5. Comp. in Kal no 2. b. 
Hirupa. to justify oneself, to clear 

oneself from suspicion, Gen. 44, 16. 
Deriv. P3IY—A PIS, PIL, PI. 


ῬῚΣ m. in pause pI¥ Ps. 4, 6; 6. suff. 
"PIE. 

1. In a physical sense, rightness, 
straightness, i. gq. "8". Ps. 23,3 "335 
ΤῚΣ straight paths. Seer. ῬῚΣ. 

2. In a moral sense, rectitude, right, 
righteousness, ‘what is right and just) 
such as it should be, comp. 3" no, 2. a. 
Ps. 15, 2 ῬῚΣ >>b doing right, acting 
bigtitly’s comp. PI¥ Mwy Is. 64,4. Ps. 
45, 8. Job 8, 3. 36,3 pix rials “bob to 
my Maker I will ascribe righteousness, 
i. e. will vindicate his justice. Hence 
PIS LEY to judge the right, i.e. right- 
eously, justly, Jer. 11,20; pie oBtin 
righteous judgment Is. 58, 25 my "SIND, 
PIE "25N, a just halance, just ἐν θεὰ 
Lev. 19, 36. Job 31, 6. Ez. 45,10; "M51 
pis rightful sacrifices, i. 68. such as are 
right, due, proper, Deut. 33,19. Ps. 4, 
6. 51,21. With suff. the right of any 
one, his just cause; Ps. 7,9 judge me 
ἽΡΊΣΧΞ according to my right, my right- 
eous cause. 18, 21. 25. Job 6,29; comp. 
Ba; 17,<1. Often joined, DEY PIs, 
right ad justice, Ps. 89, 15. 97, 2.— 
Also.of what is spoken, the right, the 
truth, Ps. 52, 5. Is. 45, 19; comp. 48, 1. 

3. justice, i. q. NTS, 6. g. of a judge 
Lev. 19, 15; of a kiog Is. 11, 4. 5. 16, 5. 
32,1: of God Ps. 8, 9. 35, 24, 28. 50, 6. 
72,2. 96, 13.—Hence righteousness, up- 
righiness, integrily, sce in PIX no. 3. 
Is. 1, 21. 51, 1. 7. 59,4, Ps. 17,15. Hos. 
2, 21. 

4, deliverance from wrong or evil, 
prosperity, happiness, as the conse- 
quence and reward of righteousness, 
see Is. 32, 17; or also as resulting from 
Jehovah’s retributive justice and equity. 
So often where the other member has 
58, Msw, Is, 41, 2. 45, 8. 51, 5. Dan. 
9, 34, Ps, 132, 9, comp. v. 16. Of the 
servant of Jehovah, Is. 42, 6 ΠΡ 
ῬῚΣ3 I have called thee with deliverante, 
i.e. that thou mayest come with deli- 
verance, mayest bring prosperity and 
happiness ; comp. Jer. 26, 15. In the 
same sense of Cyrus, Is. 45, 13 72338 


884 





pix 


pigs annoy 7 have raised him up 
that with deliverance he may come. 
Also i. g. 7273, Is. 61, 3 PIRI Ἴδης the 
terebinths of blessing, benediction, on 
which God’s blessing rests, blessed or — 
happy terebinths; as we also say a 
blessed land.—Frequently also the word 
ΠΡῸΣ q. v. is used in the same manner; 
and it is in vain to deny this significa- 
tion; see NPIS no. 4. 

“PIX (τ. PR) constr. MPT, 6. suff. 
“Mpis, plur. “ips, constr. MIpIs. . 

1. rectitude, right, what is right and 
just. (A trace of the phys. origin lies 
in the phrase mipy 42h Is. 33, 15.) 
2 Sam. 19, 29 what right have I more? 
Neh. 2, 20. Joel 2, 23 np3x>d ΠῚ the 
early rain according to right, i. 6. in 
right measure, according as the earth 
requires. 

2. justice, e. g. of a king Is. 9, 6. 32, 
16. 17. 60, 17; so of God Is. 59, 16. 17, 
both as exhibited in punishing the wick- 
ed Is. 5, 16. 10, 22, and in delivering, 
avenging, rewarding the righteous Ps. 
24, 5. 36,11. Plur. acts of justice, i. e. 
benignant or gracious deeds, Ps, 11, 7. 
103, 6. Judg. 5, 11 3398 ΓΗΡῚΣ the — 
righteous acts of his rule in Israel, i. 6. 
the aid which he gave them, the triumph, 
victory, which he bestowed on them. 

3. In private persons, righteousness, 
integrity, virtue, piety, Is. 5,7. 28, 17. 46, 
12. 54, 14. 59,14. Mpie mv Ps. 56,1. 58, 
2. Gen. 15, 6 God counted it to him for 
righteousness, held it as a proof of his 
upright sincerity and piety. Deut. 6, 25. 
Plur. Mpyx righteous acts Is. 64, 5. 
mins ΤΡῚΣ a righteousness well pleasing 
to God Ps. 5, 9—Sometimes espec. for 
kindness, compassion, mercy, Prov. 11,4. 
Ps. 24, 5; liberality, beneficence, Prov. 
10, 2. Mic. 6,5. Sept. often γόνα ῥ ime 
Deut. 6, 25. 34. 13. 

4, deliveranaih prosperity, iq. PTE πο. 
4 where see ; paral, Dw, πρῶ τη. 15. 
45, 8. 46, 13. 48, 18. 51.6.8. 54, 17. 56, 
1. 57, 12. 59, 9. 17. 61, 10.11. Ps. 24,5, — 
parall: mon. 

mp Iz Chald. ἢ liberality beneficence, 
Dan. 4, 24. So often in the Talmud 
and Rabbins Comp. Samar. ΠΡΡῪΣ of — 


alms, Arab. $5 duo; Syr. }d.09]. Comp i 
MP3s no. 3 fin. | 














pay. 


—-MPP'IT (justice of Jehovah, τ. PIs) 
 Zedekiah, pr.n. a) A king of Judah, 
_ r. 600-588 B.C. to whom this name was 
_ given by Nebuchadnezzar instead of his 
- former one 7"3m2, 2 K. 24, 17. Jer. 1, 3. 
Ὁ. 37-39. He was the son of Josiah, 
Ἰ and uncle of Jehoiachin his predecessor, 
Jer. 37, 1. 2 K. 24,17. 1 Chr. 3,15. In 
9 Chr. 36, 10 he is called the brother of 
_ Jehoiachin, prob. in the general sense 
of relative. Ὁ) A false prophet under 
“Ahab 1K. 22, 24, 2 Chr. 18, 10. 23; 
also M=p 1% 1 K. 22,11. c) Jer. 29, 21. 
29, d) 1 Chr. 3, 16. e) Jer. 36, 12. 


. as to glitter, to shine, as gold; 
_ Talm. id. Arab. © to glitter, also 
_ to be reddish or yellowish, like the hru- 
‘man hair. For the origin see in NM. 
Horn. Part. 312 polished, glittering, 
like gold, Ezra 8, 27.—Hence 


3AY m. gold-coloured, yellow, of hair, 
Lev. 13, 30. 32. 36. 


Ty obsol. root, to be sunny, and 
80 to become dry, arid; kindr. with 
mms, mms, where see. Syr. and Chald. 
ORAS to be thirsty. With the mid. rad. 4 
softened the Arabs have Sy? Io , to 


become dry; and the Hebrews ΓΙῸΣ q. v. 


“ony 1. to shine, to be bright, see 
‘Hiphil, i. ᾳ. ΠΣ, 753; see under ΠΗ͂Σ. 

2. Trop. ofa ar Abril tone or voice; 
‘hence to neigh, of a horse Jer. 5, 8. 50, 
11. Arab. igo, Syr.Na,. Also of 
persons, to shout, to sing, to cry aloud for 
joy, Is. 12, 6. 54,1. Jer. 31, 7. Esth. 8, 
15; c. 3 for i. 6. on account of any 
thing, Is. 24, 14. Once of the cry ex- 
torted by terror: Is. 10, 30 ὭΞῚΡ ΠΣ 
aloud with thy voice ; where for the 
ace. of instr. see Heb. Gr. § 135. 1. n. 3. 
_ Hipn. causat. of Kal. no. 1, to cause to 
shine, Ps. 104, 15. 
% Deriv. mbnx. 












| a to shine, to glitter, like the 
| kindr. “nt, "30, see under r. MNS. 
Arab. 2 to appear, to come forth, to 


be manifest; [V, to manifest. Hence 


i. light, and "737 oil. 

Hien. denom. from "1, to make‘or 
press out oil, with a press, fom olives, 
_ ete. Job 24. 11.—Chald. id. 


| 


Pak: 


885 





Siz 


WZ f 1. pr. light, a light; collect. 
Gen. 6, 16 Han> ΠΏΣ “NS Light shalt 
thou make for the ark, i. e. windows, Gr. 
φῶτες, comp. 8, 6. Like collectives it 19 
cohetrand:- wikia tem Awirends Mandy 
mb2n of a cubit long shalt thou ‘make 
them, ‘the windows. 

2. Dua 13% noon, pr. double light, 
i. e. the strongest, brightest, Gen. 43, 16. 
25. Deut. 28, 29. 2 Sam. 4,5. 1 K. 18, 
26.27. 29. al. _Chald. MD, HIND, Syr. 


{sn3, Arab. Sagb, ia rab to do at 


noon.—Jer. 6, 4 DVIS 72Y2 let us go 
up at noon sc. against the enemy, i. 6. at 
once, suddenly, unexpectedly, since an 
attack was seldom made at that hour, 
because of the heat. 20, 16. ‘Comp. 
Kor. 9, 82.—Metaph. of high prosperity, 
happiness, Job 11,17. Ps. 37, 6. Is. 58, 10. 


TZ and ἼΣ m. (τ. 438, as "Pp, Ἢ, from 
mp, mn x a pede SA; precept. 
Hos. 5, 11 1¥ "208 32m to follow the 
commandment, unless we prefer to read 
ὙΦ for 818; with Sept. and Syr. Is. 28, 
10. 13 in the language of the wicked ru- 
lers: 1%> 5% 4%> 1% precept upon precept, 
precept upon precept, i. e. precept is 
added to precept, law to law, by priests 
and prophets, we are daily wearied with 
new precepts. Jerome imitates the pa- 
ronomasia: manda, remanda, manda 
remanda. 


NZ m. adj. filthy, of garments, Zech. 
3,3.4. R.&¥7, comp. mNix. 


MIE or MSE Γ (τ. ἘΝῚ) excrement, 
ordure, i. q. OX¥, Is. 36, 12. 2 K. 18, 27 
Keri.—Hence genr. filth, Is. 4, 4. 28, 8 
TRE Np filthy vomit. Metaph. of the 
pollution of sin, Prov. 30, 12. Is. 4, 4. 
—Chald. Syr. Talm. id. 


“WIZ m. (τ. WIE) constr. wx Jer. 
28, 10. 12. 6. suff. "NIE, once ἘΣ Neh. 
3, 5; plur. constr. "284%, c. suff. 4NIy, 
once 3 ΝΣ Mic. 2,3; the neck. Gr. 
τράχηλος. pr. the nape of the neck, the 
back part at and above the shoulders, so 
called from bearing, see the root. Thus 
upon the neck are borne burdens, the 
yoke, etc. Gen. 27, 40. Deut. 28, 48. Is. 
10, 27. Jer. 27. 2. 8. 11. 28, 10. 11. 12.14. 
Hos. 10, 11; also garments, ornaments, 
Judg. 5, 30; upon the neck (the nape) of 


NS 


the vanquished the victors put their foot 
Josh. 10, 24..-So-of the neck of a horse 
Job 39, 19; of the crocodile, as the seat 
of his strength, Job 41, 14 [22]. Also 
“NIZA with nape erect, stiff, i.e. proudly, 
obstinately, Job 15, 26. Ps. 75, 6; comp. 
Gr. τραχηλιάω to walk with nape erect, 
to be proud, τραχαλᾶς an epithet of Con- 
stantine the Great.—Elsewhere the neck 
genr. is understood, the nape included ; 
Cant. 1, 10 comely is thy neck with strings 
of pearls. 4,4. 7,5. Gen. 27, 16. 41, 42. 
[So "Nix IB even to thé neck, spoken of 
floods of deep waters, Is. 8, 8. 30, 28; 
trop. and poet. of the deep bottom, depth, 
of the sea, as laid bare, Hab. 3, 13.—R.] 
Also "85% neck is perh. put for the head- 
less trunk, body, Ez. 21, 34 [29].—Puor. 
necks, pr. in a plur. signif. Josh. 10, 
24. Judg. 8, 21. 26; oftener for the 
sing. like Gr. τὰ τράχηλα, Lat. cervices, 
Gen. 27, 16; so Ἔ ἼΝΗ͂ΧΤῸΣ 56) 10 fall 
upon one’s neck, to embrace him, Gen. 
33, 4. 45.14; Ἔ “x 5D moa Gen. 45, 14. 
46, 29. 


“WX Chald. m. nape, neck, Dan. 5, 
7. 16. 


maiz ;rarely § MIX 2 Sam. 23, 36, N2IZ 
10, 6, (for ΠῚ ΣΧ station, r. 3X2 ,) Zobah, 
pr. n. of a Syrian kingdom, “fally DIAN 
maix Ps. 60, 2. 2 Sam. 10, 6. 8; whose 
king made war with Saul 1 Sd: 14, 47, 
“with David 2 Sam. 8, 3. 10,6. 1 Chr. 
18,5. 9, and with Solomon 2 Chr. 8, 3. 
It was on the north of Damascus, and 
seems to have comprehended Hamath, 
(see MQM, hence called ΓΙΞῚΣ man 2 Chr: 
8, 3,) and to have extended as far as to 
the Euphrates, 2 Sam. 8, 3. 1 K. 11, 23. 
— The Syriac translators understand by 
it Nistbis in Mesopotamia, as yi, and 
they are followed by J. D. Michaelis, 
Supplem. p. 2073. But the former opi- 
nion is correctly maintained by Hyde ad 
Peritsol Itin. mundi p. 60, and Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 144, 249. 


ἘΠῊΝ fat. ΠΧ pr. to lie in wait; 
kindr. with ΤΣ, and of the same origin; 
ες comp. WE? τὴς 1 Sam. 24,12 and 7 
wE2 Prov. 6, 26. ;—Spec. a) to hunt wild 
animals, Gen. 27, 3. 5. 33. Jer. 16, 16. 
Poet. ascribed to beasts of prey, as the 
lion Job 38, 39; comp. 10, 16. Metaph. 


886 


- 1, Num. 36, 2. al. seep. More rarely δ. 





rs 


Ps. 140, 12. Ὁ) to catch birds; to 
snares, Lev. 17,13. Trop. of snares] 
for men, Lam. 3, 52. 4, 18. Prov. 6, ; 
Mic. 7, 2.—Arab. OL mid. Ye, tohunt, 


to fish, εὐ νύα hunter, fisher, a lion ; 
Chald. πῆς, Syr. 24, 0f hunting, isin 
fishing. 

Pit. i. q. Kal, to lie in wait for Biz: τ 
18. 20. 

ΗΙΤΗΡ. 7322 denom. from 77% no. 3, 
to provide oneself with food for a journey, 
Josh. 9,12. Aram. 37738 id.” 

Deriv. TIS, IM, ΠΣ, 322 ak 
mis , ny, , pr. n. sis. , 













ἘΓΠΊς in Kal not used, pr. to set up, 
to put, to place ; kindr. with 71%; hence 


i" cippus. Syr. los, e. g. ao, ἴοι 
to set uP a monument Ez. 39, 15 Pes. 


Arab. ἫΝ cippus, The Be ἀξ» yila- 


ble 1X corresponds to 2¥ in 381, 332. — 
Pret Mx, fut. apoc, 17 » WSS imp. 
mix Ps. 44, δ, apoc. 1%. 
1. to constitute, to appoint, to confirm ; 
Num. 27, 19 and set him before Eleazar 
Lome ink mmx) and constitute 
him in their sight. The primary force 
of Mx i. q. 3212 is found perh. in Ex. 18, 
23 if thou shalt de this thing, D> AAS} 
saz 3271 then God will confirm (estab- 
lish) ‘thee, and thou shalt be able to en-— 
dure; Sept. κατισχύσει σὲ 6 ϑεῦς.--- 
Hence a) 10 set over any thing, fo ap- 
point, with acc. of pers. and >3 of thing, 
1 Sam. 13, 14. 25, 30. 2 Sam. 6, 21. 7, 
11. 1Chr. 22, 12. Neh. 5, 14. 7,2. Is. 45, 
11 ἜΣΣΩ "73 ὉΣΒΤΒΣῚ 3 ἢν pr. set me 
over my sons and over the work of my 
hands, i. e. ye may safely commit to 
me the care of all that I have created. 
b) to appoint, to institute, with ace. of 
thing ; ΡΒ. 7, 7 ὍΛΗΣ UP institute thou a 
judgment, trial. 68, 29. 111, 9. Is, 45, 12° 
all the host of heaven have I Gppointid, ΐ 
i. 6. constituted, created. Is. 48, Sperall. ἢ 
muy. Also to appoint, to ordain, to de- 
cree, Ps. 44, 5. 71, 3. 105, 8. 
2. to conmied, to change ἢ 3 absol. Ps. 
33, 9 Tas ΤῊΣ NIN. With ace. of pers. 
(Lat. ‘jubere aliquem,) Gen. 26, 11. 44, 


ἥ 


by Gen. 2, 16. 28,6. 5 Chr. 19, 9. Am. 2, 
12. Nah. 1, 14; 58 Gen. 50, 16. Ex. 16, 34. 












































ΓΝ 


Num. 15, 23; > Ex. 1,22. 1 Sam. 20, 29. 
Ἢ So ‘eiths the express words of com- 
ad after xd Gen. 2, 16. 26, 11. 32, 5. 
Bt 50, 16. Ex. 5, 6. al. sep. —Further, that 
ν hich one commands to be done is put: 
a) In the acc. Gen. 47, 115572 ΠΣ ἼΩΝ 9 
" Berens to what (as) Pharaoh had 
‘ manded. Ex. 7, 10. 20; with two 
"ἢ 0. of pers. and thing. Gen. 6, 22. 7,9. 16. 
. “Thetis 12, 50. 1 Chr. 22, 13. Neh. 
3,1. Soalso to command a thing, precept, 
: ἘΝ , law, i. q. to give a command, to 
‘make a law, etc. Ex. 16, 16 WY 733 ΠῚ 
“ms. 35, 4. Num. 30, 2.1K. ‘13, 21 
SM ΤῊΣ Wy Asan. Num. 30, 17 ia 
max wax. ‘Josh. 1,7 ΠΣ WS min 
Pe. Also c. dat. pers. Deut. 33, 4. 
Neh. 9,14. Ps. 119,4. b) In the inf'c. >, 
Ge n. 50, 2 and Joseph commanded . 
: physicians ἼΩΝ ΤῸΝ LM fo embalm 
his fathgr. Ex. 35, 1. 29. 36,5. Lev. 7, 
. 2 Sam. 7, 7. Jer. 26,8. Where one 
commanded not to do a thing, 1..€. 
where any thing is forbidden, it is put 
ith 72 ¢. infin. Is. 5,6 MZ OAT 59) 
symm; or with ΠΌΡΟΝ c. inf. Gen. 3, 
ἮΝ ων 35, 8. -c) In the fat. with “WS 
t »Esth. 2, 10 Sor Mordecai had 
cha Sr her 1722 ND WY that she should 
tell it; andso with 78x impl. Lam. 
, 10. Oftener with Vay, ὃ as Gen. 42, 25 
a 171 and he commanded and they 
᾿ od, i.e. he commanded them to fill. 
Ex. 36, 6. 1 K. 5, 31. 
_ 3. With an acc. of pers. without men- 
tion of the thing commanded, to give 
che nae to any one, to send with com- 
3, to command to go. Jer. 23, 32 I 
have sabe sent them Ὁ ΤΟΣ NX>) nor given 
them charge, i.e. have not commanded 
them to go to you. 14,14. The pers. 
fo whom one is thus sent is put with >> 
Hsth. 4, 5. Ezra 8,17. 1 Chr. 22, 12. Is. 
=, 0,6; >% Jer. 27,4. Esth. 4, 10.—The 
rs. or thing concerning which charge 
given is put with >> Gen. 12, 20. 
2 Sam. 14,8; 5s Ex. 6, 13. 25, 92. [5. 
23,11. a. 47, 7; > Ps. 91, 11. —Not sel- 
om God is unis sata lo eotannientel or send 
᾽ hinge e.g. his blessing Lev. 25, 21. 
jeut. 28, 8, Ps. 133, 8; his favour Ps. 
2, 9. 44.5; the sone Am. 9, 4; the 
wn Job 38, 12. So Job 36, 32 1435 
BES. ID and cointmanded it (the 
light; lightning) against the enemy.— 


887 


"id. 2 Sam. 17, 23. 





v1 


The person upon whom the command 
is laid is put with >> Gen. 2, 16. Job 
36, 32; with >, as ΞΡ ΓῊΣ lo give 
charge to one’s household, i. e. to declare 
one’s last will, to set one’s house in order, 
2K. 20, 1. Is. 38,1; also ima-by my 
Comp. Rabb. mya 
testament. 

Puat Mix to be commanded, Gen. 45, 
19. Lev. 8, 35 "MI¥ 13 so I am com- 
manded, this charge is given me. Ez. 
12, 7 "NX ὝΣΝΞ as I was contmanded. 
24, 18. 37, 7. With 2 of him by whom 
the eommaias is given, Num. 36, 2. 

Deriv. 1%, "%, JPL, TINA. 


* TOS to cry out, to shout for joy, Is. 
42,11. Chald. id. The Arabs use-a 


Lo for 
Both Heb. and Arab. are prob. 


: er? comp. Is, 


MIS f. outcry, e.g. of joy, shouting, 
Is. 24, 11; of sorrow Jer. 14, 2. Ps. 144, 
14; c. suff. nM thy cry, i. 6. caused 
by thee, Babylon, Jer. 46, 12; comp. 
Gen. 18, 20. 


contracted form, mid. quiesc. 


softer forms from ΤῊΣ 
42, 11. 13.—Hence 


* 5% obsol. root, prob, i. q. >>¥ III, 
to be sunk, dnibetiads hence nbixn, 
DAS" , and 


ΤΡῚΣ f. depth of the sea, abyss, Is. 
44, 27. 


* DAS fut. orx3, conv. 2&™, fo fast ; 


Arab. αἰ 2 and Aram. id. The primary 
idea lies in keeping the mouth shut, comp. 
the remarks on roots ending in Ὁ under 
art. 523 note.—Judg. 20, 26. 1 Sam. 7, 
6. 2 Sam. 1,12. 1K. 21, 27. Is. 58, 3. 
Jer. 14, 12. al. Zech. 7, 5 “Moe Dis 
did ye at all fast unto me? where the 
suffix is to be taken in the dative.— 


Hence 


DiS m. plur. τὺ ΟἿΣ Esth. 9, 31; a fast, 
fasting, 2 Sam. 12,16. Is. 58, 5.6. Zech. 
8, 19. Esth. 4, 3. Neh. 9,1. Dix ΝῊΡ to 
proclaim a fast 1 K. 21, 9.12. Ezra 8, 
21. Dix Wap to consecrate a fast, insti- 
tute it as a sacred rite, Joel 1, 14. 2, 15. 
Ps. 69, 11 "352 Dixa in fasting is my 
soul, i. 6. I fast, comp. 52 no. 2. 


ig vis 


* SAX obsol. root ; Arab. gle to 
form, to fabricate, to ply the trade of a 
goldsmith. Hence "32% sculptured 
work. 


“Wak (smallness, τ. "3¥) Zuar, pr. ἢ. 
~m. Num. 1, 8. 2, 5. 


"WIE see avs. 


é gx to flow, to overflow, c. 59 Lam. 
3, 54.—Chald. Ithp. to flow out, Syr. 
“23, Chald. 2, to overflow, to float, to 


swim. 
Hipu. 1. to make overflow or over- 
whelm, c. acc. et >» Deut. 11, 4. 
2. to cause to float or swim, 2 K. 6, 6. 
Deriv. ΠΕΣ, ΠΕΧΕΣ, and 


"£m. 1. comb, honey-comb, so called 
because the honey flows out from it; 
Prov. 16, 24 533 "79% WII ΤῈΣ pleasant 
words are as the honey-comb ; Sept. κη- 
ρον μέλιτος, Vulg. favus mellis. Plur. 
DBAS rf) Ps. 19, 11, see in MEd. 

2. Zuph, pr. n. of an ancestor of Elka- 
nah 1 Sam.1,1. 1 Chr. 6, 20 where Keri 
has ΠΣ; alan “pix 1 Chr. 6, 11. 


MEN (a cruse, r. MEY) Zophah, pr. n. 
m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 36. 


"DX, see in subst. ΤΊΣ no. 2. 


“DIX and “DX (perh. i. q. TiP¥-spar- 
row) Zophar, pr. ἢ. of one of Job’s three 
friends and opponents Job 2, 11. 11, 1. 
20, 1. 42, 9. 


1S i,q. 732 and 732, comp. tt. 

1. to glitter, see Hiph. 

2. to flower, to flourish. Pret. yt Ez. 
7, 10, metaph. 

Hien. fut. iad conv. 7%? 
7722 Cant. 2, 9 

1. to glitter, to sparkle, pr. to emit 
splendour, comp. “"xM. Ps. 132, 18. 
Hence to glance forth, i. e. to look by 
stealth; pr. to let the eyes sparkle ; 
Cant. 2, 9 D*DINN ys ps2 glancing 
Sig the lattice. Tal. y73s7 id. Arab. 


part. 


£7, 


Ya05 and (09, to look by stealth, 


e. g. a female through a hole in her 
veil. 

2. to bloom, tu blossom, pr. to. produce 
blossoms, Num. 17,23 [8]. Ps. 90,6. 103, 
15. Metaph. Ps. 72, 16. 92, 8. Is. 27, 6. 

Deriy. ΟΣ, OX", ΤΣῸΣ, 


888 

























“ἼΣ 


ἘΠ. PAX to be narrow, δἰγαιίοηρῖ, 6 i 
pressed, Arab. gle mid. Ye. Eth, 
MRP to straiten, to compress ; 804 : 
to be strait, narrow; IV, to strait an, 
Kindr. is pid, also P29, ΩΤ, and © 
like. [Hence perh. to press close upon, 
to cleave to any one, Ps. 41, 9; but 
in PX? no. 1.a.—R. 

Hipu. ΡΣ 1. ἐο straiten, to press, 
upon, to distress any one, c. dat. Deut. 
28, 53 sq. Jer. 19,9; spec. a city bya 
siege, c. dat. Is. 29, 2. 7. Part. p32 an 
oppressor Is. 51, 13. 

2. to press, to urge, with entreaties, 
prayers, 6. acc. Judg. 14, 17; c. dat. 
16, 16.—Also Job 32, 18 MAN ΤΡῚΣ 
"202 the spirit within me presseth, (cor 1 
straineth) me. 

Deriv. pix, 
pis. 


OPS, Ps, piza 


“TT. PAX fant. pass; kindr. es pe 
2. 

1. i. ᾳ. P¥" to pour out, Job 29, 6. 
2 MUIM2 PAs? ἸΞΝῚ and stone pours ou 
brass, i.e. ore is molten into brass. Me 
taph. Is. 26, 16 Wm> PY they pour c 
prayer ; where 7% Milra is pret. Ka 
with Nun paragogic, for 4px. 

2. i.g. P°8M (Hiph. of r. ps3) to se 
up, to place ; hence ΤῈΣ column, , 


pix m. distress, trouble of the time: 
Dan. 9, 25. R. psx I. 


MP f(r. pax 1) id. Prov. 1, 27. 
8, 22. 30, 6. 


*J. 7S fut. sass, apoc. 5 (like! 
kindr. "7%), to straiten, to press upon, to” 
compress ;, comp. "81 I. Hence 

1. to bind up or together, sc. into Hf 0. 
or package, i.q. "7¥ no. 1. Pret. 
Deut. 14, 25; fut. 04" 2 K. 12," 
"34 5, 23. 

2. to press, 6. g. a) In a hosti 
sense, fo press upon, to beset, to assail 
c. acc. Ex. 23, 22. Deut. 2, 9. 19; c. 
2K. 16,5; >2 Chr. 28,20. Part. pl 
n°" assailants, persecutors, Esth. 8 
11. Ὁ) Of acity, to press with siege. 
lo besiege, with acc. of city 1 Chr. 20,1 
often c. >> Deut. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 11, ° 
1K. 15, 27. 2K. 6, 24. Jer. 21,4. Ez. 
4,3; c. 58 Deut. 20,19; absol. Is. 2 
2. Also with >» of a pers. besieged in ἢ 


ἢ 
; 


99, "AT. Ps. 89, 27; 
4 beri’ x2 dant 93, 3. Is. 30, 39; c. cuff 






ns 


city 2 Sam. 20, 15; 58 1 Sam. 23, 8. 
Metaph. Ps. 139, 5 AY DIP) TWN thou 


_ besettest me behind and before, so that I 


cannot escape thee. c) With acc. and 
by, to press one thing upon another; to 
push forward upon ; Is. 39, 8 4723 "AI 
az2 J will push forward posts (of 
troops) against thee, Jerusalem. Cant. 
8,9. Judg. 9,31 lo, they urge on (excite) 
the city against thee. 

3. to cut, to carve. a) Pr. by press- 
ing upon with a knife, comp. 173 no. 1, 
2; hence "ix an edge, sharp rock. Ὁ) 
to form, to fashion, to shape, i. q. "8" 
no. 2 Syr. Ἢ to form ; Arab. 7 “Ὁ id. 
Found only in fut. "351 Ex. 32, 4. 1 K. 
7,15; FSR Jer. 1,5 Cheth. The other 
tenses are from "X°. 

Deriv. "AX, HX, WY, VSD, pr. ἢ. 
“iz, “S, DRE, "IO. 

ἘΠῚ. As or ἊΝ to bear, to carry ; 
Ethiop. ABC id. IV. to load; AC 
aload; APA a porter. Kindr. perh. 
with Aram. "39, ugh to bear.— 
Hence “85¥ nape, 773% 

VE τη, (τ. ὍΣ 1.3) plur. 54, once 


minsy Job 28, 10. 


1. a@ rock. a) Genr. sharp and pre- 
cipitous, see the root, comp. Virg. AZn. 
8, 233 ‘stabat acuta silex, praecisis undi- 
que saxis.’ Sept. πέτρα. Chald. 2350, 
Syr. (sa, a mountain; and so Arab. 

yb: as λων re Mount Sinai— 
Ex. 17, 6. 33, 21. 22. Judg. 6, 21. Job 
14,18. Ps. 78, 20. 105, 41. Is. 2, 10. 48, 
21. al—Metaph. of a place where one 
is secure from enemies, comp. Ps. 27, 5 
“gins “xa he hath set me high upon 


_ arock. 61,3. Hence a refuge, shelter ; 


espec. of God, as affording refuge and 


protection to Israel, Deut. 32, 37 "ὩΣ 


{3 On. So "0rva « Ps. 94, 22, ΤΊΣ Ὦ ε: 


La rock of refuge Is. 17, 10. Ps. 31, a3 


ADA ΄ x Deut. 32, 15, "3B" ‘2 2 Bint 
"225 "x Ps. 73, 26; 


mang ‘my rock, Ps. 18, 3. 47. 19, 15. 28,1; 


id ce. art. "120 Deut. 32,4. Of any tute- 
| lary divinity, Deut. 32, 31. 1 Sam. 2, 2. 


—By another metaphor, drawn from a 


Ἢ quarry, ΠΣ is put for the founder of a 


mreople, Is. 51, 1. 
| 75 


889 





ἽΕΙ Ἔ 


b) a stone, pebble ; Is. 8,14 >i20 “AE 
a stone of stumbling. Job 22, 24 "ὋΣ 
2m pebbles of the brooks ; see Heb. 
Gr. ᾧ 106. 3. ὁ. 

2. an edge, see the root no. 3. a. Ps. 
89,44 sam x the edge of the sword ; 
according to which analogy Josh. 5, 2.3 
pv mis are sharp knives; comp. 
“x Ex. 4,25,and so Targ. But Sept. 
Vulg. Syr. Arab. understand knives of 
stone (comp. no. 1), which the ancient 
Orientals were accustomed to use for 
castration and circumcision, Hdot. 2. 86. 
Plin. 35. 46; and this interpretation is 
favoured by the words of the Alex. 
translator inserted after Josh. 24,30, ἐκεῖ 
ἔϑηκαν εἰς TO μγῆμα εἰς ὃ ἔϑαψαν αὐτὸν 
(Joshua) ἐκεῖ τὰς μαχαίρας τὰς πετρίνας, 
ἐν αἷς  περιέτεμε τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραήλ.. καὶ 
ἐκεῖ εἰσιν ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας. This i is 
a circumstance worthy of remark; and 
goes to show at least, that knives of stone 
were found in the sepulchres of Pales- 
tine, as well as in those of north-western 
Europe.—Hence 

3. form, shape, Ps. 49,15 Keri; pr. 
cut, comp. Fr. taille from tailler ; see 
“Ax no. 3. Ὁ. 

4. Zur,pr.n.m. a) A phylarch cr 
chief of: the Midianites, Num. 25, 15. 
31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 
9, 36. 


“IZ and ἊΣ (a rock, ig. “9%, comp. 
Rochelle) pr. n. ἢ Tyre, Gr. Τύρος, from 
an Aramean form 870, {304, the cele- 


brated and opulent emporium of Phe- 
nicia, of which the most ancient and 
strongly fortified part, afterwards called 
Paletyrus ("% "%3 2 Sam. 24,7, "9 
“x 9432 Josh. 19, 29), was situated up- 
on the continent, and the more modern 
part upon an island over against the 
former; see Ez. 26, 17. 27, 4. 25. Is. 23, 
4, Comp. Menand. Ephes. ap. Jos. Ant. 
9. 14. 2. ib. 8.2. 7. For the history of 
the city see Comment. on Is. 1. p. 707 sq. 
Thesaur. p. 1160. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
III. p.401-8.—The domestic name ὋΝ is 
found in O. T, 2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. δ, 15. 
7, 13. Ps. 45, 13. Ez. 26, 2. al. seep. and 
also in inscriptions on Tyrian coins 
struck in the time of the Seleucide, ei- 
ther simply "x5 (785) Τύρου, or more 
fally ἘΝῚ BX “Ed (ὉΣῚΣ oN TED), ‘of 


ἪΣ 


Tyre the metropolis of the Zidonians ; 
see Monumm. Pheen. p. 79, 261. Tab. 6. 
34. Mionnet Descr. des Medailles, T. 
V. pl. 23, 24.—At the present day its 
ruins, called Sar, lie upon a penin- 
sula, Alexander the Great having join- 
ed the island to the continent by a 
mole; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 394 
sq.—Gentile ἢ. "% q. v. 


“WX see ANIX neck. 


aba f. (τ "A 1.3) constr. M75¥ , plur. 
minis, form, Ez. 43, 11 bis. 


ΤΊΣ only in plur. ὉΠ ΠΣ necks Cant. 
4, 9, for neck. The ending jj is dimin. 
and implies affection, Lehrg. p. 13. 
Others a collar. 


SNA (my rock is God) Zuriel, pr. 
n. m. Num. 3, 35. 


“TWA (my rock is the Almighty) 
Zurishaddai, pr. n. τὰ. Num. 1, 6. 2, 12. 


* PAX, Hipx. ΤΣ to set on fire, to 
_kindle, i. ᾳ. ™"8, once Is. 27,4. See 
ns. 

ΤΣ m. adj. (τ. my) 
white, bright, Cant. 5, 10. 

2. Spec. sunny, bright, clear; Is. 18, 
4 m¢ om clear heat. Jer. 4,11 ΤΣ m4 
a serene wind, i. e. warm and dry. 

3. Trop. ee plain, of words Is. 32, 


o-< 
4. Arab. to be clear, manifest. 


_ NOY and or (dry, thirsty, τ. nm) 
Ziha, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46. 
11, 21. 


1. dazzling 


R rims obsol. root, i. ᾳ. MAY, to be 
bright, sunny; then to be dry. Aram. 
NM to be thirsty.—Hence ΠΣ, pr. ἢ. 
RNY. 


minx adj. Ἄ nn , after the form >up) 
dry, from thirst, Is. 5, 13. 


“TIE 1. to be bright, to be of a 
dazzling white, Lam. 4, 7. 


2. to be sunny, i. ¢. exposed to the 
light and heat of the sun; whence Mx, 
g 
mens, Any, mingns. Arab. 
sunny plain, also the sun; Syr. -ἴ 


to shine, to be serene, wenn warm ; 
Chald. M¥n¥ to make shine, to polish. 


890 


filthy, foul ; 





Wiz 


—This idea of brightness and splendour 
belongs very extensively to roots from 
the biliteral stock M¥, as also to those 
beginning with the softer letters ny, 
mt, and with the sibilant dropped πῶ, 
πῶ; ; comp. ! any, “is, OMY, MS2; nny, 
παν, “ns, bre ; ; nT, ont, =H ; “re, 
nn. 

Deriv. mz, mingns, and the three 
here Saliceing. 


TMS τη. adj. sunny, hence dry, oe 
ed, Ez. 24, 7.8. 26, 4.14. R.nmg. 

ΓΤ ΤῊΣ f. a dry and parched land, Ps. 
68,7. R.nny. 


ὙΤΥΤΙΣ id. plur. et Neh. 4,7 Cheth, 


*{0% obsol. root, Syr. <#3 to be 
also to be impudent. 
The primary idea is 


that of stinking ; comp. M2} and e* 


to stink.—Hence 
MIE f. stench Joel 2, 20. 


minxnz f plur. droughts, Is. 58, 14. 
R. ΠΠΣ no. 2. 


* PMS fat. pms to laugh ; Arab. 
Iss, Syr. and Zab. yam, Chald. also 


77" id. All these are onomatopoetic, 
and correspond with Sanscr. kakh to 
laugh, Gr. καχάζω, καγχάζω, Lat. cachin- 
nor, Germ. gackern, kichern, Engl. to 
giggle. With the exception of Judg. 16, 
25. Ez. 23, 32, this verb is found only in 
the Pentateuch ; while the later writers’ 
and the poets use instead of it the softer 
form pe. Comp. p>%.—Gen. 17, 17. 18, 
12. 13. 15; c. > at any one Gen, 21, 6, 

ΡΙΕΙ, to play, to sport, to jest, pr. as 
iterat. ‘to laugh repeatedly ? Gen. 19, 14, 
Spec. a) With singing, leaping, danc- 
ing, Ex. 32, 6. Judg. 16, 25. Gen. 21, 9; 
comp. Matt. 14, 6. b) With females. 
to toy, to caress, like παΐζειν, Lat. ludere, 
Gen. 26, 8; c. 2 Gen. 39, 14. 17. 

Deriv. pr. n. P37, and Ξ 

poX m. laughter, scorn; Gen. 21,6 
God hath prepared laughter for me, i 6. 
against me. Ez. 23, 32. 


* "IZ obsol. root, Arab. ff cori. 
XI, to be dazzling white αὶ kindr. is 
“MY, see under ΠΣ Hence the three. 
followhig. 


Chald. πὲ id. 








ee 


~ _ —s 


ee ἊΨ ee re, 





-Gen. 23, 8. 25, 9. 





"nz 


~ WIZ m. whiteness of wool Ez. 27, 18. 


“hx adj. white, e. g. she-asses Judg. 
5, 10; prob. those of a light reddish 


colour, since asses entirely white are 
rarely if ever found. 


: A lightxcolour 
is highly prized by the Orientals in 


asses, camels, and elephants. Vulg. 
gy ys 


-nitens ; Syr. whitish. Arab. ys pr. 


white, but also spoken of an ass of a 
light reddish shade. R. “πὶ. 


“IX (whiteness) Zohar, pr. n. πὶ. 


a) A son of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. Ex. 6, 


15; called also πὶ Num. 26, 13. b) 
6) 1 Chr. 4,7 Keri; 
in Cheth. "4x". 


~~ T.58, i. g. n° dryness, see in DY. 


ΠΣ m. (for "1%, τ. M¥) a ship, so 
called as being set up, built; comp. 
m"Bo. Is. 33,21. Plur. o°% Num. 24, 


24. Ez. 30,9; also ὩΣ Dan. 11, 30.— 


S_ ee 
Castell adduces Arab. ‘&3f a small 
vessel; but this word is not found in 
Arabic lexicographers. 

RIF (for M3"¥2 statue, τ. 3¥2) Ziba, 
pr. n. of a servant of Saul, 2 Sam. 9, 2. 
16, 1. 

WX m. (τ. 8%) 1. hunting, the chase, 
Gen. 10,°9. 25, 27. 

2. game taken in hunting, venison, etc. 


‘Gen. 27, 5. 7. 19. 235. 33. Prov. 12, 27. 


Also prey, as of ravenous birds Job 39,3 
(38, 41]. 

3. food of any kind, Neh. 13, 15. Ps. 
132,15. Spec. provision for a journey 
Josh. 9,5. 14. Comp. ΠΣ. 


“EX m. (r. TX) a hunter, Jer. 16, 16. 
APL or WIT f. (τ. T4¥) i. g. TE no. 


3. food; spec. provisio& for a journey 


Gen, 42, 25, 45,21. Ex. 12, 39., Josh. 9, 
il. Judg. 7,8. Pa, 10. 1 Sam, οὗ, 10. Ps, 


“78. 25.—Arab. oly, Aram. 87", 122}, 


id. 
JIMS and FM Gen. 10, 15 (fish- 


ing, fishery, r. ΠΣ) Zidon, pr. n. of a 


very ancient and opulent city of Pheni- 
cia, fully Ma jis great Zidon, or 
Zidon the metropolis, Josh. 11, 8. 19, 28. 


The name is fem. where the city is 


‘spoken of, Josh. 11,8. 19, 28; and masc. 


891 





ΣΝ 


where the people is meant, as Gen. 10, 
15.. Often coupled with Tyre, Joel 4, 4. 
Jer. 25, 22. 27,3. Zech. 9,2.al. Gen- 
tile πο τὴς Zidonian, see in its order.— 
The name Zidon, Zidonians, is often 
applied to all the inhabitants of the — 
northern parts of Canaan, dwelling 
around the skirts of Mount Lebanon, 
and called by the Greeks Phenicians, 
comprehending also the Tyrians; so Is. 
23, 2. 4. 12. Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 32, 30. Josh. 
13,6; comp. 1 K. 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23, 13. 
Comp. «Σιδόνιοι Hom. Il. 6. 290. ib. 23. 
743. Od. 4. 84 ib. 17. 424, which name 
has the same extent. Hence it is appa- 
rent, why Ethbaal king of Tyre (see 
Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2) is also 
called king of the Zidonians i. 6. of 
Phenicia, 1 K. 16, 31; and why on 
Tyrian coins (see "iX) we read "x5 
ὈΣῚΣ ox of Tyre the metropolis of the 
Zidonians. See more in Comment. 
on Is, 23; 2. On the coins of Zidon itself 
the inscription is }7>, D29¥5, i.e 7525, 
o>, of Zidon, of the Zidonians,. At 
the prégent day a town of importance 
still occupies the same site, called foro 
Saida ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
415-428. Reland Palest. p. 1010. 


ἜΣ ΤῚΣ gentile n. a Zidonian. Judg. 3, 3. 
Ez. 32, 30. Plur. o735°%, 0°95¥ 1 Chr. 
22, 4. Ezra 3, 7; 2% 1 K. 11, 33. 
Fem. plur, ΓΝ 1 K. 11,1; in-other 
Mss. mi727% or M7273. 


ἜΠΟΣ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. πῖπξ q. v. to 
be sunny, dry.— Hence πὰς, ΠΣ, FPS, 
pay . 

mex £ dryness, drought, Job 24, 19; 
whence 3% ΚΝ ὦ dry land, desert, Ps. 
63, 2. Is. 41, 18. Jer. 2, 6. Hos. 2, 5. 
Foe 2, 20. al. So with Ὑ impl. id. Ps. 
78, 17. Is. 35,1. Jer. 50,12. Zeph. 2, 13. 
Plar. minx Ps. 105, 41. R.t mix. 


ΤῊΣ m. dryness, concr. a dry place, 
desert, Is. 25, 5. 32,2. R. mx. 


JZ (sunny place, sunny mount, r. 
mx) Zion, pr. n. f. the southwestern- 
most and highest of the hills on which 
Jerusalem was built; Sept. Σιών. It in- 
cluded especially the most ancient part 
of the city, with the citadel and temple, 
(mount Moriah on which the temple * 
was built being reckoned to Zion.) and 


ΝΣ 


was also called the City of David, 2 
Chr. 5,2. By the poets and prophets it 
is very often put for Jerusalem itself, Is. 
8, 18. 10, 24. 33, 14. al. Also for its in- 
habitants, fem. Is. 1, 27. 49, 14. 52, 1. 
Ps. 97,8. Zeph.3,16. The inhabitants 
are dled ndutieally called 53 ὩΦ Is. 30, 
19, 779% 722 Ps. 49, 2, 1 Σ ΓΞ the daigh- 
ter of Zion Is. 52, 2. 62, 11. Ps. 9, 15. al. 
and 7% naw Ἢ 12, 6. So ΝΞ is 
also put for the inhabitants even in exile 
Zech. 2, 11. 14, comp. Is. 40, 93 once 
for the ety itself Is. 1, 8; see in ma no. 
5. But ΤΣ ΓΞ the daughters of Zion 
are the females of Jerusalem, Is, 3, 16. 
17. 4,3. Once c. genit. Is. 60,14 jix 
beni wip Zion of the Holy One of 
Israel, i. e. sacred to him. For the to- 
pography, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p. 


388 sq. comp. Pp. 413.—Arab. uxt: 
Syr. eoar, , as if from Anz. 

PPX m. (τ. Mx) a pillar, cippus, a 
short column, as being set wp; either 
sepulchral 2 K. 23,17. Ez. 39. 15;o0r as 
a way-mark, guide, Plur. 0°2*¥ Jer. 31, 
21.—Chald. id. 
id. 

RTS see in SMe. 


Syr. Leo,, Arab. 550 ᾽ 


DX m. plur. (from a form *¥ i. q. 
mx dryness, with the ending "-) inha- 
bilants of the desert, viz. a) Men, i. 6. 
nomades, Ps. 72,9; and so according to 
some Is, 23, 13. Ὁ) Animals, i. 6. jack- 
als, ostriches, wild beasts, Is. 13, 21. 23, 
13. 34, 14. Jer. 50,39. Ps. 74, 14. 


PX see jx. 


po τη. (τ. pk) Jer. 29, 26, Sept. and 
Vulg. ὦ prison ; better stocks, as confin- 
ing the hands and feet; so Symm. and 


the Heb. intpp. Comp. Arab. GG 
fetter. 


“yx Be iteion, r. "3¥) Zior, pr. n. 
of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 54. 


SX see in art. ΠΣ no. 2. 


Y= m. (τ. y¥) 1. ἃ brightness, i. 6. 
a burnished plate of gold on the fore- 
head of the high priest, Ex. 28, 36-38. 
39. 30. Lev. 8,9. Comp. Ps. 132, 18. 

2. a flower, Job 14, 2. Ps. 103, 15. Is. 


892 





ὋΣ 


28, 1. 40, 6-8. Plur. D°8¥ for ΝΣ 
1 K. 6, 18. 29. 32; see Lehrg. § 37. ἢ. 1. 
3. a wing ; see in Y¥3 no. 2, 3. Jer. 48, 
9.—Chald. 7" wing, also a fin. 
4. Ziz, pr. u. of a place or pass, once 
2 Chr 20, 16. Prob. near En-gedi, see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 215. 


MoS f(r. yay) a flower ; Is, 28, 4 
bab ney a flower of fading, i, 6. a fading 
flower, comp. v. 1. But prob. it should 
read 5233 y"% with the same sense. 


MRL f. (for ms") pr. flower-like, or 
wing-like, from Y"% with the adj. fem. 
ending π΄. Hence 

1. a lock of hair, forelock, Ez. 8, 3. 
Comp. under M2 no, 1. 

2. fringe, tassel, worn by the Israel*tes 
on the corners of their garments Num. 
15, 38. 39. Comp. Matt. 23. 5. 


2p" 1 Chr. 12, 1. 20, elsewhere 
2px , in pause ἄρῃς, Ziklag, pr. n. of a 
city of Simeon, at times subject to the 
Philistines, Josh. 15, 31. 19, 5. 1 Sam. 
27, 6. 30, 1. 14. 26. 2 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr. 
4,30; comp. Neh. 11, 28. The etymo- 
logy is obscure. Simonis derives it 
from >3 PS" outpouring of a fountain ; 
but this has little probability. 


*""S a root doubtful in the verb it- 
self, signifying according to the deriva- 
tives: 

1. to goin a circle, to revolve, kindr. 
with "90, 99m, "95. Hence 7"¥ hinge, 
writhing. 

2. to go, Arab. jlo mid. Ye, to go, 
to arrive; comp. "30. 
messenger.—Hence also 

Hirupa. fut. 992¢%"1 425%) Josh. 9, 4 
could be: they went it and betook themselves 


to the way, ney set off. But since no — 


other trace of this form or signification 
exists én Hebrew or in Aramean, it is 


_ better to read with six Mss. 17°23" they. 


provided themselves with food for the 
journey, as in v. 12; which is also ex 
pressed by the ancient versions. 

I. ΝΣ m. (τ. 55) plur. 5°4°¥ , constr. 
“Is. 

1. hinge of a door Prov. 26, 14. Chald 
Syr. Arab. ee} id. 4 


2. Plur. O°""% i. q. phon urithings, 
throes, pains. of a woman in travail, Is 


Hence-""% ἃ 








_ -writhe with pain. 
3. @ messenger, Prov. 13, 17. 25, 13. 


7 


| 


‘17, 23. 31, 6. Hos. 14, 8. al. 


ὋΣ 


13,8. 21,3. 1 Sam. 4,19. Metaph. of 
terror Dan. 10, 16, which is often com- 
pared with the pains and trembling of 
childbirth. Comp. Arab. pe V, to 


Jer. 49, 14. Obad. 1. Plur. Is. 18, 2. 57, 
9. Seer. 2°¥ no. 2. 


ΠΣ τὰ. (r. ὭΣ 1: 3) 1. form, 
shape, i. 6. beauty, Ps. 49, 15 Cheth. 
2. an idol, image, Is. 45, 16. 


ὩΣ m. (Ὁ. dd¥ IT) 6. suff "δ ἢ once 
fem. 2 K. 20, 11. Is. 38, 8, dias ny 
ean only referto oe , comp. MEE ; ; shade, 


shadow ; Arab. Ab, Syr. WNZ id. So 


Judg. 9, 36. Ps. 80, 11. Cant: 2, 31. Ez. 
"3202 ἘΣ a 
lengthened shadow, i. 6, lengthening 
with the declining day, Ps. 102, 12, 
comp. 109, 23. Jer. 6, 4. Job.17, 7 all my 
members are as a shadow, i. e. wasted, 
thin, so that only a shadow of me re- 
maifs.—Metaph. a) Put for any thing 
fleeting and transient, Job 8, 9. Ps. 102, 
12. Ece. 6, 12. 8, 13. 1 Chr. 29,15. So 
“ais ὉΣ a passing shadow Ps. 144, 4. 
b) Coner. a shade, i. 6. as affording shel- 
ter, protection, the figure being preserv- 


ed, as Gen. 19,8 "N7ip 5x2 under the 


shadow of my, oof, the protection of my 
house. So in or under the shadow of thy 
wings Ps. 17,8. 36,8. 57,2. Is. 25, 4 
thou, Jehovah, art a shadow (shelter) 


_ from the heat. 16,13. Also the figure 


. 
: 


being neglected, 6. g. in the shadow of 
his hand, i. e. under his protection, Is. 


49. 2. 51, 16 ; in the shadow of God, Ps. 


91, 1. Lam. 4, 20; of Egypt Is. 30, 2; 
bf Heshbon Jer: 48, 45. Ece. 7, 12 bes 
027 Ska M22NN in the shadow of wis- 
_ dom we are in the shadow of wealth, i.e. 
wisdom protects men not less than 
wealth. So Ps. 121, 5. Num. 14, 9.— 
Once dz may be roferred to" ἰῷ ap- 
proach of evening, as in Engl. the shades 
of evening, the end of the day’s labours, 


_ Job 7, 2. 


2 NOX Chald. to incline, to decline, 
often in Targe. for Heb. πῷ3. Spec. to 
_ incline the ear, to listen, Targg. Ps. 40, 
2. Prov. 5, 13. ai Ἢ id.—Hence in 
"Ὁ. T. 

75* 


893 





mow 


Pa. to pray, to implore, pr. ‘to cause 
to listen ;’? Dan. 6, 11. Ezra 6, 10.—Often 


in Targg. Syr. sates Arab. Yio, Eth. 
AAP, id. 
* Tox to roast, 1 Sam, 2, 15. Is. 44, 


16.19. Arab. SLs and do id.—Hence 
ah 


nbz (shade) Zillah, pr. n. of a wife 
of Lamech, Gen. 4, 19. 23. . 


ΩΣ, in Keri 2°52, pr. κολλύρα, a 
round cake ; so called from rolling, from 
r..>2x III. Comp. "33. Once Judg. 7, 
13 oS od (55>) baby, where Sept. 
and Chald. well, a cake of barley-bread. 


"1. mds and mx Jer. 12, 1, fut. 
M>z", pr. “to cleave, ‘to cut, to αν 
through. Chald. to cleave wood; Syr. 
id. Aph. to break through, whence 


LAS, rupture, hernia. Kindr. is 3m. 


—Hence spec. 

1. to go over or through, to pass over 
a river, to ford, c. ace. 2 Sam. 19, 18. - 

2. to come upon, to fall suddenly upon ; 
mostly of the Spirit of God falling upon 
men, 6. 5¥ Judg. 14, 19. 15, 14. 1 Sam. 
10, 6. 11, 6; δ. 58 16,13. 18,10. Of 
fire and of God himself breaking forth 
upon men, poet. c. acc. Am. 5,6. Comp 
si no. 2. d. 

3. to go on well, to prosper, to succeed 
comp. "WN, WD; 6. g. of a business Is 
53, 10. 54,17. Jer. 12, 1. Ez. 17, 15; of 
a plant, to thrive, to flourish, Ez. 17,9 
10; of a person in any matter, business 
etc. Ps. 45, 5. Jer. 22, 30. With >, pr. 
to prosper ὃν any ΠΈΣΕ i. 6. to be ‘good: 
or fit for any thing, Jer. 13,7. 10. Ez. 


ὧν 
16, 4. 16,13. Arab. 


Hien. 1. Causat. of Kal πο. 38. a) 
to give success, to prosper, spoken of God 
as prospering e. g. the business of any 
one Gen. 24, 21. 56. 39, 3.23; also a 
person, with acc. of pers. 2 Chr. 26, δ 
Neh. 1, 11. 2, 20; absol. Ps. 118,26. Ὁ) 
to atdohepliah prosperously y, to finish hap- 
pily, 2 Chr. 7,11. Ps. 1,3. Dan. 8, 25. 
Is. 55, 11. Spec. with the nouns 13595, 
"3, pr. to make one’s way or counsel 
prosper, i. e. to prosper in one’s ways, to 
be successful, Deut. 28, 29. Ps. 37,7 ΤΙ ΟΣ Ὁ 


2 aptus fuit. 


mdz 


i393 who prospereth in his way, who is 
successful in all: things. Josh. 1, 8. Is. 
48, 15. 

2. Intrans. to have success, to be suc- 
cessful, 6. g. an undertaking Judg. 18,5; 
a person in any undertaking 1 K. 22, 12. 
15. 1 Chr. 22, 13. 29, 23. 2 Chr. 18, 14. 
Prov. 28, 13. al. Jer. 2, 37 c. > of thing. 


ἘΠῚ. MDS ig. Chald. m1, to flow, 
to be poured out. Syr. was] to pour out 


into any thing, tosprinkle-—Hence mney, 
meric , mmdx, dish. 


MX Chald. i. q. Heb. πὸΣ I, Aru. 
mbsn after the Heb. form. 

1. Trans. to cause one to go on well, to 
promote rapidly sc. to public offices and 
honours, Dan. 3, 30; to accomplish any 
thing prosperously, Ezra 6, 14. 

2. Intrans. to be prospered i. e. to be 
promoted to high honours Dan. 6, 29; 
of a thing, to be prosperously accom- 
plished, to succeed, Ezra 5, 8. 


ΓΙΌΣ Γ (r. M>¥ IL) only plur. mindy 
2 Ohr. 35, 13, dishes, platters, into which 
ταν are poured. Chald. sm7moy, 


yr. baad, id. Arab. 23 large plat- 
wii 


MT>E £ a dish. 2 K. 2, 20. 
II. 


MM>z Γι a dish, 2 K. 21, 13. Prov. 19, 
24. 26,15. R. τὸς Il. 


R. πὸς 


"ΝΣ m. constr. "¢ , roast, roasted, Is. 
44, 16. wavy Ex. ‘12, 8.9. R. nby. 


D2, see baby. 


. I. pp): to tinkle, onomatopoetic ; as 
metal, comp. >¥>¥ no. 1; also of the 
Pokling stridulous sound of insects, see 


‘be>% no. 2. Arab. dow; Syr. ‘Sf, id. 
Comp. Germ. schallen, Schelle, and with- 
out the sibilant, gellen, hallen, comp. 


db. Also / being changed to 2, ῃ 

i. q. Lat. tinnire—Trop. a) Of the 
ears, fo tingle with astonishment, terror, 
fut..3 pers. plur. Chald. n2>xm, 2K. 21, 12. 


Jer. 19, 3. Arab. pb id. 8) Of the 
lips (and teeth) as rapidly striking each 
other, to chatter, to quiver, Hab. 3, 16. 


894 


ἃ Lit. ΝΣ to roll or tumble down of 





p> 


Hien. i. q. Kal lett. a, fat. ΓΞ ΧΏ 1 
Sam. 3, 11. 
Deriv. >¥2%, Nb¥2, M2¥2. 


“1h. pp) to be shaded, darkened, e. g. 
by shadows, or twilight; see Hiph. In 
the kindred dialects also the signif. both 
of shade and of darkness is prevalent ; 


Arab. ub II to shade, IV to be shaded, 
dark, e.g. the day; (μ᾽ shade, also 


morning twilight. Eth. AAA to shade, 
IV to seek the shade ; but AAA, dark- 
ness. Aram. 592 id. Kindr. is D> .— 
Once Neh. 13,19 and it came to pass 
when the gates of Jerusalem began to be 
dark (355%) before the sabbath, i. e. on 
the eve before the sabbath, when the 
holy time began; comp. Lev. 23, 82, 

Hipu. part. ΒΞ: shading, giving shade, 
Ez. 31, 3. 

Deriv. ἘΣ, ἘΌΝ, ΠΕΡΧῸ, myoby, and 


pr. ἢν mds, sab, sabe, πεῖς, spas, | 


DRONA. 


oneself, to be. rolled dowp ; kindr. with 
bba, the letters ἃ and ¥ being inter- 
changed. Once, of the Egyptians in 
the Red Sea, Ex. 15, 10 myp>D 552% 
p73 0772 they rolled down like lead 
in the mighty waters, i. e“tumbled to the 
bottom, sank; Sept. ἔδυσαν, Vulg. sub- 
mersi sunt. 
Deriv. D8>¥, 592%. | 


5X m. (r. dd¥.11) c. suff. i> ; plur. 
pibby,, constr. sbby ; ; shade, shadow, 
Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6. Job 40, 22; 273 abby 
the shades of evening Jer. 6, 4; ἢ comp. 
Ps, 102, 12. 109, 28. 

“ibooe (shade looking upon me) 
Zelelponi, pr. ἢ. m. with the art. Haze- 
lelponi, 1 Chr. 4, 3. 


*DDY obsol. root, kindr. with Sb ΠῚ 
Arab. aAb I, IV, to be shady, dark, e. g. 


o3 
the night ; , darkness. Eth. 


BAP to be obscure, dark. 
Deriv. the four following. ἡ 








i na 





Doe m. c. suff. jade ; plur. 6. cull! 
snady , constr, "2>%. 
1. shade, shadow ; metaph. of any 





".. 1 


2 ——— Ψ 


- ond» a ae ae a μα —, ΞῪ 


a ΨΌΨ.ᾳ.ν ναν ἦν. ΨΨ0ΙΟΝ a eo «ἢ i ἔπ ὦ ΟΡ ὡς 


poy 


thing empty and vain, Ps. 39, 7; an 
illusion, Ps. 73, 20.—Hence 

2. image, likeness, as shadowing forth 
any thing, comp. Gr. oxia, σκίασμα, σκια- 
γραφέω. Gen. 1, 26. 27. 5,3. 9,6. Plur. 
images of things 1 Sam. 6,5.11; of men 
Ez. 16, 17. 23, 14; spec. idols Num. 33, 
52. 2 K. 11, 18. Ez. 7, 20. Am. 5, 26.— 


Syr. and Chald. Kad, xab¥, id. Arab. 
9“. 


image, the letters 9 and > being 
interchanged. 


Dot and Dox Chald. m. emphat. 
x2be, an image, idol, Dan. 2, 31 sq. 3, 
1. 2. 3. 5. 7. 10. 18. al. 


ΤΊΔῸΣ (shady) Zalmon, Salmon, pr. n. 
a) A mountain in Samaria near She- 
chem, Judg. 9, 48. Many suppose this 
to be the same as the Zalmon in Ps. 68, 
15: when the Almighty scattered kings 
in it (the land), there was snow (impers.) 
on Zalmon, i.e. the fields were whit- 
ened with the bones of the slain. [But 
the only high mountains around She- 
chem are Gerizim and Ebal, and these 
would be first covered with snow.—R. ] 
Others here take yay as an appella- 
tive, shade, darkness, i. e. 02%, and ren- 
der: there was snow in the darkness, 
i.e. light arose in the darkness, cala- 
mity; so Targ. Theod. Kimchi. Ὁ) 
One of David’s military chiefs 2 Sam. 
23, 28; called in 1 Chr. 11, 29 "5". 


m2 72k (shady) Zalmonah, pr. τι. of 
a station of the Israelites in the desert 
Num. 33, 41. 


ΓΗ͂Σ f. only poet. death-shade, sha- 
dow or darkness of death, i. e. such as is 
in the place of the dead or Sheol; com- 
pounded of >¥ shadow, darkness, and ΓΙ 
q.v.no.2. Hence thickest darkness, pr. 
that of Sheol Job 10, 21.22. 12,22. 28,3. 
38, 17; and then genr. i. q. 78" butstrong- 
er,Job 3,5. 24,17. 34,22. Ps. 23,4. Am. 
5, 8. Jer. 13, 16; of a prison Ps. 107, 10. 
14.—Metaph. af: great evil and calamity 
Ps. 44, 20. Is. 9,1; of great distress Job 
16,16. The desc as being pathless, 
is also called ΓΣ γὴν Jer. 2, 6. 


927222 (perh. for 2372" Σ shelter is 
denied him) Zalmunna, pr. n. of a prince 
ef the Midianites, Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12. 


895 





pox 


ἘῸΝ 1. pr. prob. to be prominent ; | 
Arab. ee id. of a tooth. Hence >>¥ 


rib, Arab. ὁ rib, also a large tooth. 


2. Denom. from >>¥ no. 2, pr. ‘to lean 
on one side ;’ hence fo halt, to limp, Gen. 
32,32. Part. fem. M¥>¥8N collect. the hall, 
the lame, pr. of a flock weary with heat 
and travel, trop. of the Israelites Mic. 4, 


6.7. Zeph. 3,19.—Arab. at 5 and « Z 
a ete ne ee 


Deriv. Σὸν, σὸς. 


ΣῸΣ m. constr. 22% Ex. 26, 26 sq. once 
sbx 2 Sam. 16, 13; c. suff. "25x Jer. 20, 
10; plur. ΠΡ m. 1 K. 6, 34 in nasal 
no. 2; elsewhere missy pay Ex. 25, 
12. al. 


1. a rib, Gen. 2, 21. 22. Arab. ἃ 


Chald. 533, Syr. SSP, id —Plur. ribs, 
i.e. beams, joists of a building, 1 K. 6, 
15. 16. 7,3. Comp. in Engl. ribs of a 
ship. 

2. the side,e.g. a) Of a man Job 18, 
12. Jer. 20, 10 "35x "77 the keepers of 


my side, who do not leave my side, my 


pula companions. Comp. Arab. lo 
| protector of the side; Lat: ‘te- 
gere latus,? Hor. δ) Of things: as of a 
mountain 2 Sam. 16,13; of the taberna- 
cle Ex. 26, 26. 27; of an altar 27, 7. 38, 
7; of the ark Ex. 25, 12. 37,3. So of 
a side or quarter of the heavens Ex. 
26, 35. Plur. 0°28 m. sides or leaves 
of a double door 1 K. 6, 34. 
3. a side-chamber of the temple 1 K. 
6, 5. Ez. 41,6. Of these there were 
thirty (Jos. Ant. 8. 3.2), or thirty-three 
according to Ez. 41, 6, surrounding the 
temple on three sides, and divided into 
three stories; see 35X7no. 2. Collect. 


. a side-story or range of these chambers 


1 K. 6,8; and put also, like 345", for this 
whole part of the edifice, Ez. 41, 5.9.11. 
Also nis>¢ ΓᾺΞ Ez. 41,9, i.e. the space 
between the wall of the ναός and the 
external wall, in which these chambers 
were erected. See espec. Josephus I. 6. 

4. Zelah, pr. n. of a city in Benjamin 
where Saul was buried, Josh. 18, 28. 
2 Sam. 21, 14. 


98 m. ἃ halting, and hence a fall 
Ps. 35, 15. 38,18. R. dz. | 


pox 


: spe obsol. root, Syr. to break, to 
wound.—Hence the two following. 


. pox (fracture, wound) Zalaph, pr. ἢ. 
m. Neh. 3, 30. 


“WD2¥ (first fracture, perh. first-born, 
comp. 528.) Zelophehad, pr. n. m. Num. 
26, 33. 27, 1. 36,2. Josh.17,3. R. A>. 


mxox (shade from the sun, from >x 


shade and πὰ i. gq. g.6 sun) Zelzah, 


pr. n. of a place on the border of Benja- 
min, 1 Sam. 10, 2. 


kod im. (Ὁ. ἘΞ 1) in pause >x>x 
Deut. 28, 42, constr. ΞΧῸΣ Job 40, "31. 
Is. 18,1; plur: Oy Eby, constr. sbacby, 
see in no. 1. b. 

1. Put for any tinkling, ringing, clang- 
ing instrument, e.g. a) a fish-spear, 
harpoon, Job 40, 31 [41,7]; used by the 
ancient Egyptians for hunting the hippo- 
potamus and crocodile, see Wilkinson’s 
Mann. and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians 
ΠῚ. p. 72, 73. Ὁ) Plur. ΡΟΣ 2 Sam. 
6, 5, constr. ἌΡ ἘΣ Ps. 150, 5, ‘cymbals, 
which are struck ‘together and produce 
a loud clanging sound ; comp. Joseph. 
Ant. 7. 12. 3. 

2. Put for a stridulous insect, which 
gives forth a tinkling or clanging sound; 
e. g. a grasshopper, cricket, Deut. 28, 42. 
—Sept. and Vulg. not well, rubigo. 

3. Put for the whizzing or whirring of 
wings; Is. 18,1 Ὁ Ε99 ¥>x VR lit. the 
land of the whirting of wings, i. e. ‘land 
of the clangour of armies,’ full of armies 
(wings) clanging their arms, viz. Ethio- 
pia. Wings are heré put for armies, see 
522 no. 1; and this double meaning of 
92D and bebe gives room for an inge- 
nious play of words.—For a review of 


other interpretations, see Comm. on Is.’ 


1.é. Thesaur. p. 1167. 


* Dos obsol. root, Chald. to cleave, to 
split, i. q. MD I.—Hence 


Pex (fissure) Zelek, pr. n. of one of 
David’s military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 37. 
1 Chr. 11, 39. . 7 


“M>% (contr. for ΠῚ nbz shadow i. e. 
protection of Jehovah) Zillethai, pr.n.m. 
a) 1 Chr. 8,20. Ὁ) 12. 20. 


896 





ἼΩΝ 


Υ NOS , pret. (without δ} 1 pers. "ΠΏΣ. 
Judg. 4,19, 2 pers. f. Max Ruth 2, 9; [ας 
NOX; to thirst, Ex. 17, 3. Judg. 15, 18. Is. 
48, 21. 49, 10. Job 24, 11. Metaph. NOE 


ΠΟ to thirst after God, to long for 


his worship, Ps. 42, 3. 63, 2. Comp 


διψάω Matt. δ, 6. Arab. tb, Ethiop. 
APA, id. 
Deriv. the four following. 


NOX m. thirst, Neh. 9,15. 20. Ps. 69, 22. 
104, 11. al. ο. 5 ‘Am. 8,11. With prep. 
3 it usually takes the art. as kos2 ΓΙῸ 
Judg. 15, 18. Is. 50, 2; Noa mn Ex. 
17, 3. Hos: 2, 5. al. but without art. © 
Deut. 28, 48. 2 Chr. 32, 11.—Once max 
Is. 5, 13 in some editionll 


NO m. adj. (r. Ree) fem. NDE, 
thirsty, 2 Sam. 17, 29. Is. 21, 14. 55, 1. al. 
Spec. a thirsty land ¢ 6. dry, desert, Is. 
44, 3.—Fem. Deut. 29, 18 to take away 
ΠΝ ΝΠΤΟΝ AI the full with the thirsty, 
i. 6. one and all. Comp. in τ. 339 no. 1a. 

ΤΙΣ ὩΣ f. thirst, trop. of sexual desire 
Jer. 2, "25. R. Nox. 


ΤΊΣ ὩΣ m. (τ. N2%) a thirsty ladle: 
dry. parched, Deut. 8, 15. Is. 36, 7. Ps. 
107, 33. 


ἼΩΝ in Kal not used. 1. to bind, 
to fasten, see Pu. Hiph. Kindr. with 
Ds; comp. 023 and 72>. Arab. MS 
to bind up, 6. g. a wound. Syr. roy, 
Chald. 2%, id.—Spec. ‘to bind to the 
yoke ;? hence 

2. to subject to the yoke, i. 6. to rule and 
discipline, to subdue; and in the pass. 
conjugations to be subdued, to serve. So 
Ethiop. VP to subdue to the yoke; 
TUPE to serve, spec. of divine wor- 
ship; VOR and VAR a servant, 
spec. of God.—Hence ᾿ 

ΝΊΡΗ. >32> 2%) to serve Baal, to wor- 
ship Baal, Num. 25, 3. 5. Ps. 106, 28. 

Puat to be bound, fastened, e. g. a 
sword, 2 Sam. 20, 8. 

Ἐπρῆ: with 729%, trop. nectere dolos, 
i. 6. to contrive, to frame, Ps. 50, 19. 

Deriv. 1°28, and 

‘TAZ m. c. suff. "72%, ie Dy, 
constr. "7723. 

l.a pair, yoke, e. g. of oxen 1 Sam 
11, 7. 1 K. 19, 19.21; of asses Judg. 19 





rae 


το. 2 K. 9, 25 ὈΠῸΣ peas4 riding in 
: , pair-wise, two and two. Collect. 
21,7 ΘΒ ἼΩΝ pairs of horsemen. v.9. 
a yoke, as ‘a measure of land, i. 6. as 
puch as a yoke of oxen can plnigh ina 
day, comp. Lat. jugerum ; 1 Sam. 14, 14. 

Is. 5,10. So Arab. fs feddan. 


mx Is. 5, 13, see in 82% fin. 


| VOL Γ a veil, Cant. 4, 1.3. 6, 7. Is. 
47,2. R. 02% no. 2. 


ΡΩΝ τη. (τ. p2x) only plur. o*praxs 
a "pax, dried grapes, raisins, bunches 
of raisins, Ital. simmuki. 1 Sam. 25, 
18. 30, 12. 2 Sam. 16, 1. 1 Chr. 12, 40. 
iff. from MB" q. v. 














᾽ ms fut. M72", to sprout, to spring 
ip, as plants Gen. 2,5. 41, 6. Ex. 10,5; 
air Lev. 13, 37. Trans. once Ecc. 2, 
BSD ΠΣ AD the grove shooting forth 
rees, i. 6. producing trees. Metaph. 

) Of men as likened to plants, Job 8, 
19. Is. 44,4. Zech. 6, 12. Ὁ) Of cala- 
mity Job 5, 6; truth Ps. 85, 12; new 
events Is. 42, 9. 43,19. 58, 8.—The pri- 


‘mary root MZ see in MME. Syr. Luo, 
‘to be bright. 


_ Preu i. q. Kal, of the hair Ez. 16, 7. 
Jude 16, 22; of the beard 2 Sam. 10, 5. 
1 Chr. 19, δ. 

_ Hiren. to cause to sprout or spring up, 
to make grow, 6. g. God the plants Gen. 
2, 9. Ps. 104,14. Job 38, 27; the earth 

plants, to bring forth, Gen. Ἢ 18. Is. 61, 
il, atid so with acc. impl. Deut. 29, 99. 
With two ace. Ps. 147, 8 DIN ΠΣ 
sn who maketh the mountains to bring 
᾿ forth grass; impl. Is. 55,10. Metaph. 
pood is said: 5 1 MEN fo cause the 
horn of any one to put forth, i. 6. to en- 
Jarge his power and authority, Ez. 29, 21. 
s. 132,17. Also MP Ie Msn to cause 
deliverance to spring up, i.e. to appear, 
s. 45, 8. 61, 11.—Hence 


ΤΩΣ m. in pause M2¥ Zech. 3, 8, 6. 
suff. “nok. 
Ε 1. a sprouting, springing up; Ez. 17, 
ΠΡῸΣ "DID. v. 10. 
, 2. "a sprout, shoot, only collect. growth, 
increase, i. e. ‘what springs from the 
earth. its fruits, productions, Gen. 19, 
25. Hos. 8, 7. Ez. 16, 7. Ps. 65, 11. 








Henee mim ΥἹῸΣ Is. 4; 2, the increase of 


oe ee 


897 





Diy 


Jehovah, i.e. the produce of the Holy 
Land as consecrated to God, i. q. "8 
7287 in the other hemistich; comp. 
Gen. 4, 3. 13, 26. Deut. 1, 25. 26,2. 10. 
28, 30. ete. The whole passage I inter- 
pret thus: The increase of Jehovah shall 
be splendid and glorious, and the fruit of 
the earth excellent and beautiful, for 
those escaped of Israel, i. e. the land 
shall flourish in beauty and with abun- 
dance of produce and fruits, in behalf of 
those who shall escape the slaughter. 
All other interpretations of this passage 
fail to accord with the context and with 
the parallelism of the words ; and among ~ 
them, that which regards "2 ΓΙῸΣ asthe » 
sprout, i. e. offspring of God, viz. the 
Messiah, which the expression 787 "3p 
in the other hemistich forbids.—But the 
Messiah is undoubtedly to be understood 
in Jer. 23, 5. 33, 15, where there is 
promised to David Pp" ΤΙΣ, APIs ΓΙῸΣ, 
a sprout or branch of righteousness, a 
righteous descendant; and Zech. 3, 8. 
6, 12, where the Messiah is elliptically 
called Moxy the Branch, offspring, sc. of 
David. 


- ΩΣ τη. (τ. 12k) 1. abracelet, Num. 


31, 50; plur. Gen. 24, 22. 30.47. Ez. 
16, 11. 23, 42. 

2. a lid, cover of a vessel, as ‘made 
fast’ upon it, Num. 19, 15. 

D GE m. sing. (τ. 2% , after the form 
p"3%) a snare, noose, Job 18, 9; comp. 
vv. 8.10. Metaph. destruction, Job 5, ὅ 

pdm ovat HN) and destruction panteth 
after their substance ; where destruction 
is aptly represented by a snare which 
lies in wait gaping for its prey. The 
ancient versions here render ΘΛ the 
thirsty, as if i. q. DONDE; but against 
the laws of the language. 

nix f. (τ ΤΣ) pr. destruction, 
extinction; hence nnd, ΤΩΝ, 
until extinction, i. 6. 50 bong as a thing 
endures, i. q. 02325, for ever, in perpe- 


tuity, Lev. 25, 23. 30. 


*DOx obsol. root. 


bind ; kindr. with D2. 


1. to braid, to | 


Arab. “ὁ to 
join two things, to conjoin—Hence 
ΠῺΣ snare. 

2.i. q. Chald. pax, ox2¥, fo'cover, to 
veil, Targ. Gen. 24, 65. ind pers may. 


pray 
*pas to dry up, to be dry, of the 


breasts, Hos. 9,14. Arab. gale dry, 
thirsty.—Hence Pray. 


ὮΝ obsol. root, perh. i. q. Vt and 
Arab. transp. pyre: to cut off—Hence 


“ὩΣ m. in pause Wat, c. suff. "72¥ 
Hos. 2, 7. 11, wool, perh. so called as 
being short; comp. Τῷ fleece, from 113. 
Lev. 13, 48. Deut. 22, 11. 2 K. 3, 4. 
Prov. 31, 13. Is. 1, 18. 51,8.al. "72% Mra 
a fleece of wool Judg. 6,37. Of woollen 
garments Ez. 34, 3. 44,17.—Eth. V@C 
wool, a fleece ; Chald. 8979, Syr. Fpsad 
id. 

"2X Gen. 10, 18, the Zemarite, pr. 
n. of a Canaanitish tribe, apparently the 
inhabitants of Simyra, a Phenician city 
near the river Eleutherus; Strabo XVI. 
Ρ. 753 Causab. ([Cellarii Not. Orbis 
ant. If. 445, Ruins are mentioned here 
by Maundrell (p. 31) and by Shaw (p. 
269, 270); the latter says they are five 
miles west of Arca, and bear the name 
of Sumra, prob. ων Semér. But 
neither Maundrell nor Burckhardt 


has this name.—Another ane phew 


Semdr Jebeil lies near the coast A ith 
of Jebeil; and a site of ruins called 
Zemrah exists north of Tortosa the 
ancient Antaradus.—R. 


D2 Zemaraim, pr. n. of a city 
in the tribe of Benjamin Josh. 18, 22, 
Hence would seem to be derived the 
name ΠΩΣ ὙΠ Mount Zemaraim, in 
the mountains of Ephraim, which ex- 
tended to or into the territory of Benja- 
man, 2 Chr. 13, 4. 


ΓΛΩΣ f. (τ. 28) c. suff. imyey, 
foliage, q. ἃ. fleece or locks of the trees, 
Gr. λάχνη, Lat. ‘coma arborum,’ as trans- 
ferred from animals to plants ; comp. 
LLP) note, Mp, rp", Gr. οἷὸς ἄωτον 
Hom. Od. 1. 443,—Ez. 17, 3. 22. 31, 3. 
10. 14. Others, topmost bough ἢ comp. 
maint. 


ΩΝ pr. to be silent, like Arab. 
“aro; of the same family with D4x, 
mas, O23, and many others ending ind, 
see in 023 note-—Trans. pr. to make 
silent, and hence to cut off, to destroy, 


898 





| 
“Re | : 
Lam. 3, 53," So'Eth. BROT to cx. 
tirpate. ; 
ΝΊΡΗ. to be cut off, to become extinct 
as torrents Job 6, 17; a person Job 23, 17 
Prez i. q. Kal, Ps. 119, 139. , 
Hiren. i. q. Kal. Ps. 18, 41. 54, 7. 69,5. 
83, 27. 94, 23. 101, 5. 8. 143, 12. 
Pin. ΤΩΣ id. Ps. 88, 17 ,where "AMA ; 
is read for “TIMMS “which no one seems 
to have explained. “Prob Kibbutsis put 
for the movable Sheva because of the 
following; see Lehrg. p. 68, 69. ΣΝ 
Pheen. p. 436. 
Deriv. hn" . 


ἼΣ, see Due. 


J¥ Zin (also PS in some Mss.) pr. π᾿. 
of a desert on the βου οἵ Palestine and 
westward from Idumea, in which was 
situated the city 3292 WIp Kadesh-Bar- 
nea, Num. 13, 21. 20, 1. 27,14. Wi 
He parag. "2x Num. 34, 4. Josh. 15, 3. 
It was therefore in the western part of 
the ’Arabah, south of the Dead Sea 
see in WIP —Talm. 7s a low poles 
tree. 





















*NIS and * mS obsol. root, i. 4 


ix, Arab. (wes IV, to have large 
—Hence ΄ 


N22 comm. gend. c. suff. pas Num. 
32, 24, also "2% Ps. 8, 8, i. q. jR¥, flocks, 
small cattle, espec. sheep. 


mz f. I, Pr. α thorn, from r. 2X I 
plur, mi2x¥ trop. hooks, for fishing Am. 
2. Comp. in min. 

Il. a shield, buckler, from 42% II, i. e 
of the largest size covering the whole 
body, ϑυρεός, see 1 K. 10, 16. 17.—P. 
35, 2. Ez. 23, 24. 38, 4. 1 Sam. 17, 7. 41 
al. Metaph. Ps. 5, 13. 91, 4. | 

Ill. cold, Prov. 25, 13, .R. pe TIT. 


mx, see NX. 


ΩΣ i, q. Ht, Is. 62, 3 Cheth. 
mos. 


“VizX τὴ. (τ. 92%) a cataract, water 
fall, so called from its rushing soun 
Ps. 42, 8; a water-course 2 Sam. 5, 8. 
Chald. id. 


* 2% fut. mn to let oneself 
to descend, 6. g- from an ass, to alig: 
Judg. 1,14. Josh. 15,18. Once of thin 


32 
Judg. 4, 21 she smote the tent-pin through 
his temples, YR3 ΤΣ and it. went 
down (penetrated) into the ground.— 
Kir dred is 32% q. v. also 


oneself, see in αὶ lett. 6. p. 878. 


3X m. ρίαν. thorns, prickles, Prov. 


22, 55,80 of a thorn-hedge Job 5,5. R. 
ὭΣ I. 


| pi m. plur. thorns, prickles, Num. 
33, 55. Josh. 23,13. R. 423 1. . 


ΡΣ m. (τ. 92%) α tiara, turban, as 
‘wound around’ the head, e. g. of men 
Job 29, 14; of women Is. 3, 23; of the 
high priest Zech. 3, 5; of kings Is. 62, 3 
Keri. 

* Dy pr. to be hard, as in Samari- 
tan; comp. Syr. fraic,, Chald. x27, 
ἃ stone.—Part. pass. Dw* dry, barren, of 
ears of grain Gen. 41, 23. Comp. saab. 


« 









᾿ pees I., 1. q. 122, to sharpen ; Pass. 
to be sharp, to be pointed, to prick. 
Hence mx, 572, p°2"2%, thorn, thorns. 
_ II. i. q. 923, to cover, lo protect ; for 
the affinity of the letters 4 and & see 
u nder ¥ lett.e. Arab. ,.)Le mid. Waw, 
to keep, to preserve. eo Elenoe nes Il, a 
hield, also M3423. 

III. to be cold, whence πὸ: III. So 
Talm. }20E8 to cool, to become cold. 
Chald. “m2 cold. 
| BY, see NE. 

. yx to depress ; Part. pass. 353% 
“depressed,” then subinissive, humble, 
modest, Prov. 11, 2. Chald. 372 id. 
Kindr. are 333, ΤΩΣ, 

















Hin, c. M23, to act or live humbly, 
estly, Mic. 6, 8. 


.* ΩΣ fut. 938", to roll or wind 
around, to wrap around, e.g. the tiara 
᾽ turban, Ley. 16, 4.—Is. 22, 18 pine 
IL FHI" lit. rolling he will roll thee 
gether as a roll, or with a rolling. 

᾿ Deriv. Pre, HY, Ma, and 


Mp ¢ a roll, ball, Is. 22, 18; others, 
¢ a rolling. 


ΠΌΝΩΝ Γ (τ. 92% IL) a vase, vessel, for 
keeping, preserving; spoken of the ves- 





899 


i> to incline 





Wk 


sel in which manna was laid up, Ex. 
16, 33. 


ε ῬῺΣ obsol. root, kindr. with ΤῊΣ I, 
to be narrow, straitened ; comp. P3.— 
Samar. to shut up, Arab. GRid to be 
narrow. Hence pi". 


" ἊΝ obsol. root, prob. onomatopoe- 
tic and kindr. with the verb "22, (for 
the affinity of Ὁ with the palatals, see 
lett. ¥ ult.) pr. to screak, Germ. schnar- 
ren, (as "22° to creak, Germ. knarren.) 
or rather to whirr, to whizz, especially 
of the rushing sound of falling water, as 
in cataracts, aqueducts, etc. Hence “2%. 

“HE £. plur. Mian , canthari, canals, 
tubes, through which the oil passes from 
the olive-branches into the reservoir 
(M3) of the candelabra in Zechariah’s 
vision, Zech. 4, 12 ; comp. v. 2.—Chald. 
Pm id. The same word is κάνϑαρος, 
cantharus, ~ and > being interchanged. 
This quadriliteral seems to come from 
"2% and to have nearly the same power. 


ν TDS fat. 333°", inf. c. suff. FASS, 
lo step, to go by steps, spoken both of as- 
cending, as in no. 1, and of descending, 


as in Hiph.—Arab. Ao to ascend by 
steps; II, IV, to ascend a mountain, also 
to descend into a valley. Correspond- 
ing is Lat. scando with n inserted; perh. 
Sanscr. skad, skand, to leap up and 
down.—Hence 

1. to go up, to mount ; so of a fruit-tree 
or vine, Gen. 49, 22 "33 "bY ΠῚ Σν Miva 
her daughters (branches) mount upon 
the wall, sc. by the aid of supports, trel- 
lis-work, comp. Ps. 128, 3. Vulg. well. 
jiliea discurrerunt super murum. For 
the verb sing. see Heb. Gr. § 143. 3. 

2. to step, to move slowly in a regular 
stately manner, to march, e. g. in solemn 
procession 2 Sam. 6, 13. Jer. 10,5; hence 
of Jehovah Judg. 5, 4. Ps. 68,8; of the 
sauntering gait of a youth Prov. 7, 8. 
With acc. to pass or march through a 
land, Hab. 3, 12. 

Hipu. to cause to descend, to drive 
down. Job 18, 14 ninba shad INP IIA 
impers. one ἀκ him down to the king 
of terrors, i. e. | death, who reigns in 
Sheol. 

Deriv. 13272, M3328, and the two fol- 
lowing. 


ἽΝ 


2X m. c. suff. ὙἼΣΣ; plur. ODS, 
constr. "33%; ἃ step, pace, 2 Sam. 6, 13. 
Prov. 5, 5. 700. 34, 21. Ps. 18, 37. Jer. 
10, 23. al. sep. 17Ὁ number one’s steps, 
to watch him. closely, Job 14, 16. 31, 4; 
to hunt one’s steps, Lam. 4, 18. 


MIE f. 1. a going, marching, of 
God, 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1 Chr. 14, 15. 
2. Plur. mistz%  step-chains, Arab. 


515 : , ; 
dla.an, i. 6. short chains which orien- 


tal females wore attached to the ankle- 
band (Ὁ35) of each foot, so as to compel 
them to take short and mincing steps, 
to walk mincingly (ΠΏ), Is. 3, 30; 
comp. in MI3EN. 


" mys 1. to turn on one side, to in- 
cline, e. g. a vessel for pouring Jer. 48, 
12. Arab. Lew IV, id Eth. NUO 
to pour out, > and Κὶ being interchanged; 
see lett. ¥ ult. 

2. to be inclined, bent, bowed down, of 
a captive in bonds, Is. 51,14. Also to 
bow oneself ad concubitum, κατακλένε- 
σϑαι, Jer. 2, 20. 

3. to bend or toss back the head, i. e. 
to be proud, Is. 63, 1. 

Piex i. q. Kal no. 1, Jer. 48, 12. 


“ivx for "75% Jer. 14, 3. 48, 4 Cheth. 


EPIX m. (τ. ὩΣ) a@ veil, Gen. 24, 65. 
38, 14. 19. 

WIL τὴ. (r. WD) c. suff. i"3e, plur. 
ΣΕ, constr. ΠΡ, Fem. ἤῆπες. 

1. Adj. small, Jer. 48, 4 Keri. Arab. 


9 
Ak. a) Innumber, few, 1 Sam. 9, 21. 


Mic. 5, 1. Is. 60, 22. Judg. 6,15. Ὁ) In 
age, younger, minor natu, Gen. 19, 31. 
43, 33. 48, 14. Josh. 6, 26. 1K. 16, 34; 
with 0%" Job 30,1. 6) In estimation 
and value, petty, ignoble, mean, Jer. 14, 3 
opp. "58 ;‘contemned, despised, Ps. 119, 
141; worthless, of flocks Jer. 49, 20. 

2. Zair, pr. n. of a place, 2 K. 8, 21; 
in the parall. 2 Chr. 21, 9is 1H Ed. 

MIE f. (τ. ἜΣΕ) minority in age, 
youth, Gen. 43, 33. 
; ‘ ἼΣΝ fut. 3%", pr. fo load up beasts 
of burden, i. q. 152 II; hence to remove, 
to migrate, as nomades, Is. 33,20. Arab. 
ων id. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. B°323%. 


900 






































poz 


ἸΣῈ pr. n. Zoan, i. 6. Tanis, an an- 
cient city of lower Egypt, situated on 
the eastern side of the Tanitic arm of 
the Nile, called in Egyptian X¢ 
and 2.515 ‘low region,’ whence both 
the Hebrew and Greek forms are 
derived; as also the Arabic 
San, by which name the site i? still 
known. See Comment. on Is. 19, 11. 
cs Mod. Egypt, I. p. 449 sq. 

nd. 1843.—Num. 13, 22. Is. 19, 11.13. 
80, 4. Ez. 30, 14. Ps. 78, 12. 48. 

D°32Y (removals, r. j3%) Zaanannim, 
pr. ἢ. of a place in Naphtali occupied 
by the Kenites, Josh. 19, 33. Judg. 4,11. 
In Judg. 1. ὁ. Cheth. 5"23% Zaanaim. 


᾿ ΣΝ obsol. root, prob. i. q. ὩΏΦ fo 
cover, to veil. Hence 3% veil. 


D'yLIZ m. plur. sculptured work, 
Vulg. opus statuarium, 2 Chr. 3, 10. R. 
D5¥ q. Vv. | 


» ΡΩΝ fut. P27, i. α. ῬΣῚ where see, 
to cry out, Is. 42, 2; espec. from pain- 
sorrow, aw 27, 84. 2 K. 4, 40. Is. 33,7; 
in complaint and for help Deut. 22, 24. 
27. Ps. 84, 18. Job 35,12. With dx of 
pers. to cry to any one, to implore, as 
God Ex. 8,8. 14,15. Lam. 2,18; idols Is. 
46,7; a king, prophet, Gen. 41,55. 1K. 
20, 39. 2K. 4, 1; 6. > 2 Chr. 13, 14. 
With acc. of thing of which one com 
plains, Job 19, 7. Trop. ascribed to the © 
heart, Lam. 2, 18; to blood unavenged ~ 
Gen. 4, 10.—Arab. $40 to cry out for 7 


terror ; 2 outcry, clamour. More 
usual are the forms with 1, see in P33. 7 
Piet to cry out, to exclaim, 2 K. 2, 12. 
Hipn. to call together, to convoke, lik 2 
ptt, 1 Sam. 10, 17. 
ΝΊΡΗ. pass. of Hiph. to be called to: 
gether, to come together, Judg. 7, 23. 24 
10; "075: Tash: 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2K. 3,21. 
Hence : 


Mpy= f. constr. MEE, ©. suff. "MPSS, 
cry, outcry, from pain Gen. 27, 34; 
help Is. 5, 7. Zeph. 1, 10. With genit. 
of the pers. crying out Ps. 9, 13. Job 34 
28. 1 Sam. 9, 16. With gent: of object 
i.e. of those against whom the ery i 
raised, Gen. 18, 21. 19,13. Also “Mp3: 
"34 a great and bitter cry, ict ee 2 
see in "243 no. I. a. . 


. 





αὶ τ Ἂς ΨΨ ΟΝ ee ee « 


“ἽΝ 


® “wx fut. "27 to ᾿ small, i. q. "3% 


q.v. Arab. . 742 and asia. .—Metaph. 


to be low and despised, to be brought low, 
opp. 722, Jer. 30,19. Job 14, 21. Zech. 


3 
13,7. Arab. “m0 id. Syr. 7, to con- 
temn, to dishonour ; Chald. Pa. id. 
Deriv. "52, ὌΣΣ, NWSE, wz, 
the pr. names apr, abe, ‘also 


“DX, fully “DIX Gen. 19, 22% 30, 
(smallness, comp. Gen. 19,20,) Zoar, pr. 
n. of a place near the southern extremity 
of the Dead Sea, on the eastern shore; 
Gen. 13, 10. 14, 2. 8. 19, 22, 30. Is. 15, 
5. Jer. 48, 34. More anciently called 
953. Sept. Σηγώρ, Zoyoga, Arab. 
Zoghar. [The site was apparently dis- 
covered by Irby and Mangles ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 480, 648.—R. 


“TDS kindr. with 72%, to adhere 
Sirmly, to cleave fast, Lam. 4,8. Arab. 
(Ao to bind together. 


of > ries fut. apoc. ὩΣ", to look about, 
to view from a distance. The primary 
idea is that of inclining, bending for- 
ward, in order to behold, comp. in 
HRY, pwn. Similar are σχέπω, oxé- 
πτομαι, σκοπέω, and also by transp. Lat. 
specio, specto, specula, ete.—Part. ΠΕῚΣ 
speculator, a watchman stationed on a 
tower, 1 Sam. 14, 16. 2 Sam. 13, 34. 18, 
24 sq. Metaph. of prophets, who like 
watchmen announce future things as re- 
vealed to them in vision, Jer. 6, 17. Ez. 
3, 17. 33, 7. Is. 52,8; comp. Hab. 2, 1. 
In a still wider sense Is. 56, 10.. Once 
of things Cant. 7,5.—Hence spec. a) 
to look out for any thing, to await ; Hos. 
9,8 ΒΞ κα Mais Ephraim awaiteth sc. 
response, help; comp. Lam. 4, 17. Ps.5, 
4, b) to watch, to observe closely, ¢ 
ace. Prov. 15, 3. 31, 27; 3 Ps. 66,7; ¢. 
2 to observe and judge between, Gen. 
31, 49. 6) to lie in wait, c. > Ps. 37, 32. 
4) With 5x to look out for, i. e. to eclect; 

«4. O89; Job 15, 22 a3 "ἘΝ NAM ADE he 
8 elected! (destined). for “the sword, 
where 52% is for "DS. 

Prez i. q. Kal, to look about, to watch, 
1 Sam. 4, 13. Jer. 48, 19. Hab. 2,1; 6. 
acc. Nah. 2,2. Part. mp2 petilatn) 
a watchman, Is. 21, 6; metaph. of a 

76 


901 





1s 


prophet, Mic. 7,4. With >x of that for 
which one looks about, which he ex- 
pects, e. g. help Lam. 4, 17; 3 Mic. 7,7. 
Absol. Ps. 5,452 7 will await se. the 
divine help, I will look unto God. 

Deriv. ΠΡΌΣ, MSY, HBX, and the pr. 
names MX, OMY, IY, "Hy, jay, 
ΠΕΣ. 


*TI. may in Kal not used, prob. to 
be broad, expanded, spread ; kindr. with 
max, comp. Heb. Gr. § 74. init. n.— 
Hence 

PIEL 78% fo overlay with metal, wood, 
stones, 6. dupl. ace. Ex. 25, 11. 13. 1K. 
6, 22 sq. 2 K. 18, 16. 2 Chr. 3, 4. 10. al. 
Rarely with 3 of the material 1 K.6, 
15; ¢. ace. id. ibid. 

Poss, pass. of Piel, to be overlaid ; 
part. Ex. 26, 32. Prov. 26, 23. 

Deriv. "BY, MDE. 


MDE f. (r. ΤΩΣ) inundation ; Ez. 32,6 
55S 7 8 thy land inundated by the 
Nile. Others, a floating, swimming. 


IDX (watch-tower, r. MBE 1) Zepho, 
pr. n. of a son of Eliphaz Gen. 36, 11. 
15; called also "ΒΞ 1 Chr. 1, 36. 


“BX m. (τ. MDX IL) an overlaying, 
thin covering, of metal, Ex. 38,17. 19. 
Num. 17, 3. 4 [16, 38. 39]. Is. 30, 22. 


2X comm. gend. but f. Is, 43, 6. Cant. 
4,16; with M loc. mips. R. jax. 

1. the north, the northern quarter of the 
heavens; pr. ‘the hidden, the dark,’ since 
the ancients regarded the north as the 
seat of gloom and darkness, in contrast to 
the bright and sunny south ; see in ὉΠ, 
—Ex. 26, 20.35. 27, 11. Num, 34,7. al seep. 
JIBS YD the land of the north, i. e. As- 
syria Jer. 3, 18 comp. 12. Zech. 2, 10 [6]; 
Babylonia Jer. 6, 22. 10, 22. 31, 8..50, 3. 
Zech. 2, 10 comp. 11. 6, 6.8. In the 
book of Daniel the king of the north is 
the king of Syria, 11, 6-15. 40; opp. the 
king of the south i. e. Egypt.—Poetically 
also for the north wind (15% 17) Cant. 
4,16; also for the northern heavens or 
hemisphere, which is nearly equivalent 
to the heavens generally, since the south- 
ern hemisphere is for the most part hid- 
den to the inhabitants of Palestine, Job- 
26,7. > ὙἸΒΙΣῺ on the north of any place 
Josh. 8, 11.133 and without > 11, 2— 
With n— loc. MiP northward Gen. 13, 


152 


14; alsoof a region situated towards the 
north, AZIBX Mis>072 the kingdoms of the 
north Jer. 1,15; and with prepositions, 
myipzn->y Ez. 8, 14, myinz> 1 Chr. 26, 
17, towards the north, northward ; ΓΒ Ὦ 
on the north, on the north side, Josh. 15, 
10; 5 m2iBs2 on the northward of, Judg. 
21, 19; nzipx "252 from towards the 
πον Jer. ΣῈ 13. Comp. 3332, 7333. 

2. Zaphon, pr. ἢ. ofa city in the tribe 
of Gad, Josh. 13, 27. 


ΤΣ, see VBS, also Pipy 593 p. 147. 


ἼΣΩΝ m.. (fr. fis) 1. Adj. northern 
Joel 2,20; spoken of the army of locusts 
approaching from the north. 

2. Patronym. of the name jiDx, ἘΣ 
q. ν. Zephonite, Num. 26, 15. 


YADY Ez. 4, 15 Cheth. i. q. 5: Σ. 


“BZ comm. gend. (τ. ἜΣ 1) m. Ps. 
102, 8; f Lev. 14, 4. Is. 31,5; plur. 
my4py, as if from a form M3bx, whieh 
occurs in the Talmud. 

1. a bird, i. e.a small bird, so called from 
its chirping, twittering, see the root; 


95 3 
spec. a sparrow, (Arab. pat with 
prosthetic guttural,) Ps. 84, 4. 102, 8, 
Prov. 26, 2. 27,8. Job 40, 29. al. Ecce. 
12, 6 "ip >ip> at the voice of the spar- 
row, i.e. at early dawn. Also of other 
small birds of the sparrow genus, or simi- 
lar to the sparrow, Ps. 11, 1. 104, 17. 
124, 7; as caught by the fowler ΓΝ 6, 


5. 7,23. Am. 3, 5. al. So Arab. yiuae, 
Syr. i25- 

2. a bird of any kind, sing. as collect. 
fowl, birds Gen. 15, 10. Lev. 14, 4-53. 
Deut. 4,17. Ps. 8, 9. al. Also of birds 
of prey Ez. 39,4. With genit. 25. 55 
of every wing or kind Ez. 17, 23. 39, 17. 
Gen. 7, 14; without >5 Ps. 148, 10. 

3. Zippor, pr. ἢ. of the father of Ba- 
- lak king of Moab, Num. 22, 2. 10. Josh. 
24, 9. al. 


ΠΕΣ obsol. root, kindr. with Mp2. 
Arab. I, II, to draw out, to spread 
out, to expand, as metal into plates, to 
overlay, comp. ΠΣ Il. Eth. fitch 
id. f<-fh expansion, breadth_—Hence 
mnmpy, pr. ἢ. MBI, and 


4 


902 





ἜΝ 4 


MMSE f. acruse, flask, perh. of iron 
plates ; for water 1 Sam. 26, 11 sq. 1 Καὶ. 
19,6; for oil 1 K.17, 12. Chald. mao 


id. Syr. bess dish, platter; Arab. by. 


transp. Kiss id. 

ἜΣ, see ἴξιν. 

MMPEL f. (Ὁ. ΠΕΣ 1) a watch-tower, i. q. 
mex, Lam. 4, 17. 

ἹΤῈΣ (a looking out, τ. ΠΕΣ 1) Ziph- 
ton, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16 ; for which ΒΝ 
Zephon Num. 26, 15. 


MPSS ἢ a flat cake, so called from 
its spreading out, comp. πλάξ, πλακόεις, 
Ex. 16, 31, R. ΠΕΣ. 


ΤῈΣ Ps. 17, 14 Cheth. for HX; see 
ἼΞΞ no. 2. 

ΣΧ only plur. constr, ἌΦΕΣ excre- 
ene of animals, dung, Ez. 4,15. Arab. 


aid. R. 5ῈΣ ἃ. v. 

MQ ἘΣ f. (τ. Se) only plur. nives 
shoots of a tree, but only such as are 
worthless, q.d. excrescences; trop. spoken 
of humbler offspring, in antith. ds. 22, 24 
ΣΕ ΣΙ ΡΣ ΣΝ the offshoots and the 
exorescences, the noble and the ignoble. 

“DE m. a he-goat, Dan. 8,5. 21; fully 
Don “ἜΣ Dan. 8, 5. 8. Plur. Ezra 8, 
35. 2 Chr. 29, 21. So called from leap. 
ing,see the root "B¥ no. 2. It isa word 
of the later Heb. and Chald. for the 
earlier ""9W; see the Chald. 


“HE Chald. plur. PV ES, a he- 
Ez. 6,17. Syr. ee 

MVS f. (r. "Bx 1.3) once ΓΒΑ, Ez. 
7, 10; constr. ὈΠῸΣ. 

1. Pr. a crown, diadem, Is. 28, 5. 


2. a circle, cycle, put for the vicis- 
situde or turn of human things, which 


return in the same succession, as if in a 


circle, comp. Mia"30 Ecc. 1,6. So Ez. 
7,7 ΡΝ MOST Na the circle comes 
to thee, thy turn has come; Abulwalid 


aptly: of yl sel. Ez. 7, 10. 


MHz f. (r. ΠῈΣ 1) a watch, watching, 
guard. Is. 21,5 ΛΈΣ ΠΕΣ they watch 
the watch, i.e. they keep a watch upon 
the towers. Other interpretations see — 
in Thesaur. p. 1179. 








ΕΞ ΡΣ eee ee ΟὙ ΟὟ 


ἸΞΣ 


“YES fut. ees, kindr. with yaw q. v. 

1. to hide, ἐο conceal, Ex. 2,2. Ps. 31,21. 
Espec. in order to protect and defend any 
one Josh. 2, 4. Ps. 27, 5. Part. pass: Ps. 
83, 4 Mim ἜΣ: those protected of Jeho- 
vah; also as neut. }iDX hidden, i. e. 
secret, private, inaccessible Ez. 7, 22.— 
Intrans. to conceal oneself, to lurk in am- 
bush, c.> Prov. 1, 11.18. Ps. 10,8; absol. 
56, 7 Keri. 

2. to lay up, to treasure up, to hoard, 
Hos. 13, 12. Prov. 10,14. With > to lay 
up for any one, Cant. 7, 14. Ps. 31, 20. 
Prov. 2,7. 13, 22. Job 21,19. Trop. jp 
4222 to lay up in one’s sniad Pas 119, 11. 
Job 10, 13, comp. 23, 12; ims ἼΞΣ id. 
Prov. 2,1. 7, 1.—Part. pass. plur..D7255x 
hoards, treasures, wealth, Job 20, 26. Ps. 
17, 14 Keri. 

3. to keep back, to hold back, to re- 


‘strain, Prov. 27,16; c. 772 i. q. to deny to 


any one, Job 17, 4. 

Nipu. 1. to be hidden from any one, 
i. e. to be unknown to him, c. 12 Job 24, 1. 
Jer. 16, 17. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be laid up for 
any one, i. e. destined, appointed to him, 
Ὁ Job 15, 20. 

Hiren. i. ᾳ. Kal no. 1, to hide, Ex. 2, 
3. Job 14, 13; to hide oneself, to lurk in 
ambush, Ps. 56, 7 Cheth. 

Deriv. yin ("zise), n°28x, the pr. n. 
ΒΝ and 


MDX (Jehovah hides, protects) pr. n. 
Sept. Σοφονίας, Vulg. Sophonias, i. 6. 
Zephaniah, for ΓΒ. a) A prophet, 
the ninth in order of the twelve minor 
prophets, Zeph. 1,1. Ὁ) A priest Jer. 
21, 1. 29, 25. 29. 52, 24; called also 
ΓΙΌΣ 37,3. 0) Zech.6,10.14. d) 
1 Chr. 6, 21. 


329 HSL, Zaphnath-paaneah, an 
Egyptian pr. ἢ. given by Pharaoh to Jo- 
seph in reference to his public office, Gen. 
41,45. The Sept. translator seems to 
have preserved more nearly the genuine 
Egyptian form of the word, which he 
gives by Ψονθομφανήχ, in which both 
Jablonski and Rosellini (Opusc. I. p. 
207-216. Monn. Storici I. p. 185) recog- 


nise the Egyptian NCWTMYEMET 


the salvation or saviour of the age, from 


WLarticle, Ceo ty σώζειν, σωτήρ, σωτηρία, 


908 





"2% 


q-estez αἰών. Jerome: salvator 
mundi. Better perhaps W{-Ctostt-&a- 
5 EEG sustentator 5. vindex seculi. 

This in Hebrew letters would be pro- 
perly expressed by M225 m2=5; but the 
letters ἘΞ are transposed in or to 
bring it nearer to a Hebrew etymology. 
For the Egyptian root SN7' sustentare, 
tueri, see Champollion Gramm. p. 380, 
386. Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 207. 


and 


= 2 2S obsol. root, pr. to thrust out, 
to protrude, kindr. with «$0 to thrust, 
to push, to impel. Spec.~of any thing 
ignoble, worthless, mean, as excrements; 
comp. Arab. «λό to discharge the bow- 


els, to break wind, and 573"B¥ excre- 
ments. Also of worthieas shoots, ex- 
crescences of a tree, see ΠΣ ἜΣ. 


11.5 5S obsol. root, onomatopoetic, 
to hiss as a serpent, basilisk; comp. the 
kindr. ΒΕ and M2 to blow, to hiss, 
whence M358 viper—Hence the two 
following. 

DX m. Is. 14, 29, and "39DX um. Is. 11, 
8. 59, 5. Prov. 23, 32; plur. ΘΕ: Jer. 
8,17; @ viper, so called from its hiss- 
ing ; perh. with Aquil. and Vulg. basi- 
liscus, regulus, a small serpent of Africa 
exceedingly venomous, which also was 
called sibilus, Isidor. Origg. XII. 4. 


"Dx see in ἘΣ. 


ἢ aes only in Pip. }¥D¥, an onoma- 
topoetic verb, to peep, to chirp, as a small 


9 ο 

bird Is. 10,14. 38,14. Arab. διὰ 
& ,0 
peeping of a sparrow ; Wako a spar- 
row. Gr. πιπέζω, τιτέζω, τρίζω, Germ. 
zirpen.—Like the Greek toigw, it is 
transferred to the voice of the manes or 
ghosts, which the wizards professed to 
imitate, Is. 8, 19. To the same the 
Latin poets apply the epithet stridor ; 
see the Lexicons. 


MDEOL f. (τ. mxx) according to the 
Rabbins ὦ willow, salix, Ez. 16, 5; so 
called as growing in places overflowed 


Arab. sai id 
ν᾿ "ES 1. to twitter, to chirp, as 


small birds. Arab. > id. Hence 
“ies, Chald. "px, also pr. ἢ. "51%. 


by water. 


ἼΕΝ 


2. to dance in a circle, also genr. to 
dance, to leap, to spring ; comp. 553, "ΠῚ 


and bing. Arab. 7&4 id—Hence 
"B¥ he-goat. 

3. 10 go in a circle, to revolve, see 
manny. Hence, to turn oneself round, 
to turn about ; Judg. 7, 3 whosoever is 
timid and fearful, "Bz™) 5.95 let him 
turn back and return. 

ἘΠ. "5% 4 
with nails and claws; comp. “BO and 
"pt —Hence 775%. 

“BX Chald. (f Dan. 4, 18 and 4, 9 
Keri, but Cheth. m.) α bird, i. q. Syr. 
125 Sing. Targ. Gen. 7, 14. Deut. 4, 
17. Plur. 7°8%, constr. "78x Dan. 4, 9. 
11. 18. 30. 

“Dx, see “ΕἿΣ. 


> to scratch, sc. 


YTIDE m. a frog ; sing. twice collect. 
frogs Ex. 8,2. Ps. 78, 45, where it is 
eoupled with a fem. in the manner of 
collectives. Plur. O°3795s Ex. 7, 27-29. 
8, 1-9. Ps. 105, 80. This quinqueliteral 
is compounded from the verb ΒΕ I. no. 


9.52 
2, to leap, to spring, and slo, marsh, 
q. d. marsh-leaper ; and not, as Ewald 
suggests, from the root "5¥ I. no. 1, since 
the twittering and chirping of birds can- 
not properly be ascribed to frogs. From 


this fuller form, the Arabic and Sy- 
riac have the contracted quadriliterals 


pois and [X95] frog. 

MBX (little bird, see BY) Zipporah, 
pr. n. of the wife of Moses Ex. 2, 21. 4, 
25. 18, 2. 

JIBS τὰ. (r. BE IT) 1. nail of the 
finger, plur. c. suff. 47278 Deut. 21, 12. 


g§° 
Arab. , Chald. "pd, Ethiop. ες, 
id. Corresponding in form are Gr. περόνη, 
Germ. Sporn, Engl. spur. 
2. point of the stylus, which was 


tipped with adamant or diamond, Jer. 
17,1. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 4. 15. 


PPE f. (τ. ΠῈΣ 11) chapiter, capital of 
a column, i. ᾳ. ΚΞ, 2 Chr. 3, 15. Syr. 
ἴδ ornament. 
MDX (watch-tower, r. BY 1) Zephath, 
pr. ἢ. of a Canaanitish city, afterwards 
[ἢ 


904 





τ᾿ ἽὉ 


called 929M , Judg.1,17. [This ancient 
name is perh. retained in the modern 
Sufah, slau, the name of a diffi 
pass leading up from the ’Arabah to the 
south of Judah ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. _ 
IL. p. 592, 616.—R. | 


MMSE (id.) Zephathah, pr .n, of aq 
valley at Mareshah in the cathe of Judah 
2 Chr. 14,9. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. — 
II. p. 365. 


DEL, see y"% no. 2. 


“dpe obsol. root, perh. i. q. >pd, 
(ἀξ, to bind together, to tie. Hence 
wpe. Fs 

2p, see ἈΞῚΣ. 


TPE m. (τ. SP¥) a sack, bag, scrip, 
from being drawn together and tied; once 
2K. 4, 42.—Talmud. 5p? a sack for 
straining ; comp. also Gr. ϑύλακος sack. 


ἊΣ τὰ. (τ. 19%) also ἊΣ with distinct. 
acc. and with art. "27, c. suff. x; 
plur. 5%, constr. "2, c. suff. 14¥.—- 
Fem. nox see in its order. 

A) Adj. strait, narrow, pent up, Num. 
22,26. "xX onmin a seal closely pressed, 
Job 41, 7 [16]. “x "m2 a stream pent 
up, as between rocks and therefore vio- 
lent, Is. 59, 9. -Trop. Prov. 24,10 "x 
mans straitensd will be thy strength, i. e. 
limited, small, 

B) Subst. 1. an adversary, enemy, 
i. ᾳ. SN, Gen. 14, 20. - Num. 10. 9. 
2 Sam. 24, 13; elsewhere only poetic, 
as Num. 24, 8. Ps. 3, 2. 44,6. 89,24. ᾿ 
Is. 1, 24. 63, 18. al. sepe; and in the 
later books, Esth. 7,4. 6. Neh. 4, δ. 9,27. 

2. straitness, narrowness of place ; ; 
1 Sam. 2, 32 ji32 "8. Trop. straits, 
distress, affliction, Ps. 4, 2, 44,11. 78, 42. 
Mpisas ἊΣ distress and ‘affliction Job 15, 
24. Ps. 119,143, 7 ἘΠῸ bread of affic- 
tion Is. 30,20. ἊΣ ΤῊΣ a time of distress 
Job 38, 23. With prep. "22 Is. 26, 16; 
“za Ps. 32,7. 60, 13. Also with Ὁ, as 
“> sz in my distrebi: Ps. 18, 7. 66, 14, 
106, 44, 102, 3 "Ὁ ax Dina in the ¢tikee of 
my distress. 69, 17. 

3. a stone, pebble, Sint, i. q. ἊΣ and ἜΣ 


no. 1, Is. δ, 28.—Arab. bia. 


"2 (flint, i. q. 7b) Zer, pr. ἢ. 0. a 
place in Naphtali, Josh. 19,35. R. "ὩΣ; 





"2% 


«= see “3. 

ΝΣ m. (τ. ὍΣ) 1. ἃ rock, ig. 2 

no. 1. Ez. 3,9... 

2. a knife, pr. of flint, Ex. 4,25. Comp. 

ὯΝ no. 2. : 

3, i. q. Vix Tyre, q. v. 

Ἐ' ΣΝ in Kal not used, to burn, to 

"4 scorch; kindr. with 920, #2, also a3. 

_ —Chald. 827% a burning. 

Nien. to be burned, scorched, Ez. 21, 
3 [20, 47]. 

 Deriv. the two following. 

— StF adj. (for att) ἢ Matt, burning, 

scorching, as M27 ON Prov. 16, 27. 


PI} f. (τ. 29%) α scar, cicatrizx, as 
Sept. Vulg. Chald. well; whether from 
a burn Lev. 13, 28; or as left by a sore, 
v. 23.—Others derive it from Arab. 


‘Wy to smite ; as 232 from 322. 


5.’ TIS obsol. and doubtful root, Arab. 
Oyo lo yn to be cool. Hence 


_ PIX (cooling) Zeredah, pr. n. of a 
_ city in Manasseh near Scythopolis, 1 K. 
11, 26. 2 Chr. 4,17. For the same we 
_ find ΠΣ Judg. 7,22; where 75% is to 
_ be restored. The same is also prob. in- 
_ tended by jm°% Josh. 3, 16. 1 Καὶ. 7, 46; 
Ὁ. M parag. ΤΩΣ 1 K. 4, 12. 


ξ ΓΝ obsol. root. 1. i. ᾳ. Syr. and 
_ Chald. to cleave, to make fissures ; then 
2. i. ᾳ. Arab. (S56 to flow, to run, as 
ἃ wound ; hence *9¥ and pr. n, HTS. 

ΤῚΣ f. of masc. "¥, constr. MX, c. suff. 
ny, plur. ins. R. wy. 

_ A) Adj. fem. strait, narrow, 6. g. a 
well, pit, Prov. 23, 27. 

_ Β) Subst. 1. a female adversary ; 
' spec. a rival, 6. g. another wife, 1 Sam. 
1,6. See the root no. 2. a, Ὁ. 

2. straits, distress, affliction, Gen. 42, 
21. Prov. 11,8. 12,13. 17, 17. al. sep. 
4 Often, Hw Diva in time of distress Ps. 
60, 15. Prov. 94. 10; ΠΣ ὍΣΞ id. Ps. 37, 
89; Maza Mim> times when one is in 
Bistros Ps. 9,10. 10,1. With synon. 
ΠΡ" ΣΧ “SIs. 30,6. Prov. 1,27; mprxa “x 
_ Zeph.1,15; comp. Is. 8, 22. 37,3. With 
ssuff. "τς Dina Ps. 77, 3. 86, 7; also 6. 
- dat. comp. in ἊΣ B. 2, Fon 2,3 δ᾿ m3. 

_ Ps. 120, 1.—Plur. nin Job 5, 19. Ps. 25, 
- 34, 7, 18. al. 





76* 


905 





on 


3. anguish, Lat. angor, see the root 
no. 2.c.8. Jer. 6,24 anguish hath taken 
hold of us. 49, 24. 50, 43; of a woman 
in travail Jer. 4,31. 52 ΤΣ anguish 
of soul Gen. 42, 21. 


MPAIT (cleft, wounded, τ. ΠΣ) Ze- 
ruiah, pr. n. of a daughter of Jesse, sis- 
ter of David 1 Chr. 2,16; and mother of 
Joab, Abishai, and Asahel, 2 Sam. 2, 18. 
3, 39. 8, 16. 16, 9. al. 


APN (leprous, τ. 1%) Zeruah, pr. 
n. of the mother of Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 26. 


“WWE m. Prov. 26, 8 (τ. 92%) plur. 
mins Gen. 42, 35. 

1. a bundle Cant. 1, 13. Spec. a bun- 
dle of money, and so for a puree, bag, 
Gen. 42, 35. Prov. 7, 20. Job 14, 17. 
Prov. 26, 8 see in 05". Metaph. 
1 Sam. 25, 29, see in "7X no. 1. 

2. i. q. ΠΣ no. 1. b, a small stone, peb- 
ble, 2 Sam. 17, 13. Hence apparently 
a grain, kernel, Am. 9, 9. 

3. Zeror, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 9, 1. 


"ΤῸΝ obsol. root. 1. i. q. Arab. 
cre 0 II, to be clear, manifest ; 
ae zs" 


land, > 55 high building, tower ; Heb. 


mz. Kindr. are "n¥, "nx. 

2. Trop. of the voice, comp. ὉΓῚΣ no. 2, 
to cry aloud, i. 6. with a clear and loud 
voice, Zeph. 1,14. Arab. , Eth. 


ACF and MCA id. Kindr. is mrs. 
ΗΊΡΗ. to lift up a cry, to shout, for 
battle, Is. 42, 13. 


> high ground, elevated 


“1X a Tyrian, gentile n. from ἊΣ 
Tyre, 1K. 7,14. 2 Chr. 2, 13. Plur. 
ps Tyrians 1 Chr. 22, 41. Ezra 3, 7. 
Neh. 13, 16. 


“IZ m. (τ. ΠΣ) Gen. 43, 11. Jer. 8, 
22. 46,11. 51,8; in pause "ἽΝ Ez. 27, 17, 
once with Vav. copul. "5 Gen. 37,25; 
opobalsamum, balsam of Gilead, distil- 
ling from a tree or shrub growing in 
Gilead, and used for healing wounds. 
So the Talmudists and Rabbins well. 
This balsam was always reckoned as 
one of the precious gifts of Palestine, 
Gen. 43, 11; comp. Strabo XVI. p. 763. 
Tacit. Hist.5.6. Plin. H. N. XII. 25 or 

‘ 


"Σ 


54. In the times of the N. T. and Jose- 
phus, the balsam which anciently be- 
longed to Gilead was cultivated largely 
in the gardens of Jericho; Jos. Ant. 14.4. 
1. ib. 15, 4. 2. B.J.1.6.6.—See Bochart 
Hieroz. T. I. p. 628. Celsii Hierobot. 
II, 180-185. 


‘1 pr. ἢ. for "7%", see in ἜΜ" no. 3. 


TP" m. a high building, which may 
be seen far and wide, 6. g. a@ tower or 
castle Judg. 9, 46. 49; a watch-tower, 
plur. 1 Sam. 13,6. R. ΠΣ no. 1. 


sat Bees obsol. root, Talmud. and Syr. 
Ithpe. to need, to be needy, poor. Hence 


ΤῊΣ m. need, c. suff. ἸΞῸΣ thy need, 
2 Chr. 2, 15.--Chald. and Rabb. id. 


*% as to smite heavily, to strike ; 
Arab. ma to strike down, to prostrate ; 


whence ey? a scourge, also scourged. 


—Hence part. pass. ΦΉΙΣ Lev. 13, 44. 
22, 4. al. also Puat Part. Sat, Ἢ nytt, 
2 K. 5, 1. 27. 15, 5. al. leprous, pr. smit- 
ten, scourged of God, since the leprosy 
was regarded as a special divine inflic- 
tion; comp. the words 333, 333, ΓΞ), 
Deriv. ΠΡῸΣ, pr. ἢ. ΠΣῸΣ, and 


ΝΣ f, Ex. 23,28. Deut. 7, 20. Josh. 
24, 12, according to the ancient versions 
and Rabbins, a hornet, with art. collect. 
hornets, wasps, so called from their strik- 
ing as they sting; comp. M23, ed -— 
But these passages are not to be“under- 
stood of hornets literally ; they are put 
metaph. as a symbol of the terror, 
panic, sent from God upon the enemy 
(a°>x mmn Gen. 35,5), by which they 
are agitated and put to flight as if stung 
to madness; see Ex. 23, 27 comp. 28; 
also Deut. 7, 23, where just after the 
mention of hornets (v. 20) it is added: 
he shall discomfit them with a great dis- 
comfiture, until they be destroyed. In 
antithesis to this is the promise, that 
God would send his angel before the 
Israelites, to aid and guard them, and 
help them on their way; see Ex. 23, 20. 
23. 32, 34, 33, 2. Gen. 24, 7. 40. 


IZ (for “ ma q. d. hornet’s town) 
Zorah, pr. n. of a town reckoned to the 
plain of Judah Josh. 15, 33, but inhabit- 


906 


᾿ Σάρεπτα Sarepta, Luke 4, 26. 











































“ΠΣ τ 
ed by Danites 19, 41; not far from Esh- 
taol, and celebrated as the birth-place 
of Samson, Judg. 13, 2. 25. 18, 2. 8. 11; 
comp. 2 Chr. 11, 10. Neh. 11, 29. Now 
aS wo Sirah, situated on a spur of the 
mountains running out into the plain, 
on the north of Beth-shemesh ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. 339, 343, 365. III. 18. 
—Gentile n. "292 Zorite 1 Chr. 2, 54; 
snvqx Zorathite 1 Chr. 2, 53. 4, 2. 


ΓΝ ἢ (r. 5) leprosy, e. g. of per- 
sons, i.e. the white leprosy, 228, see 
Ex.4,6. Num. 12,10. So-Ley. 13, 2 sq. 
2K. 5, 3. 6. 7. 27. 2 Chr. 26,19. The 
black leprosy is the elephantiasis, see — 
ὙΠ .—Also of garments, prob. mouldi- 
ness, spots contracted from lying shut 
up; and likewise of houses, prob. a ni- 
trous scab or crust on the bors Lev. 
13, 47-59. 14, 34-57. . 


ΡΩΝ fat. phax 1. to melt, to sil 
metals, spec. gold and silver ; to refine, 
to purify with fire and thus separate 
from scoria, Ps. 12,7. Is. 1, 25. Zecls. 
13,9. Metaph. Judg. 7,4. Part. pass. 
metaph. pure, sincere, Ps. 18, 31. 119, 
140. Prov. 30, 5.—Part. 7% a smelter, 
refiner, goldsmith, Judg. 17,4. Is, 40,19. 
Prov. 25, 4. al. 

2. Metaph. to try, to prove any one, 
δοκιμάζειν, Ps. 17, 3. 26, 2, 66, 10. 105, 
19. Is. 48, 10. Dan. 11, 35. 

Nipu. to be tried, purified, Dan. 12, 10. 

Pie. part. $142 ἃ refiner, goldsmith, 
Mal. 3, 2. 3. 

Deriv. the two following. 

“BIZ (goldsmith) Zorphi, pr. ἢ. m. 
(c. art.) Neh. 3, 31. ] 

ΓΒΑ (perh. smelting-house, r. ὩΣ) 
Zarephath, with 4 parag. ΤΌΞΟΝ, pr. ἢ. 
of a Phenician town between Tyre and 
Sidon, 1 K. 17, 9. 10. Obad. 20. Gr. 
, Now 
WKS Strafend ; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. III. p. 413, 414. 


FANS to press, to compress, kindr. 
with "1x I. Hence 
1. to bind up, to bind together ; co 


six I. Arab. “0.—With 2 to bind ot 


roll up in a cloth, bundle, ete. Ex. 12, 
Job 26, 8. Is. 8, 16. Prov. 30, 4. 


— Ύνν- 


ΠΝ aad 
_taph. 1 Sam. 25, 29 the life of my lord 
“shall be bound up in the bundle of lives 
with God, i. e. will be under God’s pro- 
tection. But in a different sense, Hos. 
13, 12 the iniquity of Ephraim is bound 
up, is reserved against the day of ven- 
geance ; comp. Job 14,17.—Spec. a) 
Hos. 4,19 the wind hath bound her up 
(seized her) in-its wings: Ὁ) to shut 
_ up, to confine, 2 Sam. 20, 3. 
2. to press upon, i.e. a) to persecute, 


“to be hostile to, Arab. “ὦ id. With 
acc. Num. 33, 55. Is. 11, 13; with dat. 
Num. 25, 18.—Part. "7% i. q. "¥, an 
adversary, enemy, Ex. 23, 22. Ps. 6, 8. 
7, 5. 23, 5. Is. 11, 13. al. 

b) to rival, to be jealous of, spoken 
espec. of two wives, Lev. 18,18. Arab. 
εὐ 


‘es Intrans. to be pressed, straitened, 
distressed ; in which sense is chiefly 
used the monosyll. pret. ἜΣ (fully "7% 
Prov. 30, 4. Hos. 4, 19) Is. 49, 20. 2 K. 
6,1; f mx Is. 28, 20.—Often Impers. 
sb “x lit. ‘it is strait to me, i.e. a) 1 
am in a strait, in trouble, Ps. 31,10. 69, 
18. Judg. 11,7. 8) Iam in distress, in 
anguish, 1 Sam, 28, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 14. 


Koph, the nineteenth letter of the 
Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 


8 
100. The name 5p, ip, Arab. Was, 
signifies occiput, the back of the head. 
_ Hence two letters, Koph and Resh, take 
_ their names from the head ; just as two 
_ others, Yod and Caph, ΠΕ the hand. 
_ Koph Sekeaponds to Lat.Q. Its pro- 
- nunciation differs from > with or without 
_ Dag. lene, in that the sound of P is pro- 
duced from the back part of the palate 
near the throat, and with a stronger 
_ effort, in the same manner as ¥, where 
see. So Arab. 


__. Koph is interchanged with the other 
 palatals ἃ, >, see those letters; and also 
_ passes over into the gutturals, so that 


907 








Mxp 


v) With >3, wo is me for any one, 7 
grieve for, etc. 2 Sam. 1, 26.—In the 
same connection is also used fut. "> "35, 
see τ. "X37 no. 1. 

Pua. part. "9% bound up, Josh. 9, 4. 

Hipn. ἍΜ, inf 930, fut. ἜΧΗ 1 K. 8, 
37, plur. 933 Neh. 9, 27. 

1. to press upon, to straiten, Jer. 10 
18; with siege, to besiege, Deut. 28, 52. 
1 K. 8, 37; to distress, to harass, to vex, 
Neh. 9, 27. 2 Chr. 28, 20. Zeph. 1, 17. 
2 Chr. 28, 22 5. "2h mda in the time of 
(their) distressing him. 33, 12. 

2. ΤΣ HW a woman in her pains, 
throes, i. e. pr. pressing upon the fetus, 
or else intrans. pressed with anguish, 
Jer. 48, 41. 49, 22. 

Deriv. 9X, ΠΣ, WS, WME, W¥2, pr.n. 
“x. 

“AZ see in “ind. 

ΤΣ, see NTIS. 


DAS (for mane splendour, τ. ¥) 
Zereth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4,7. 


“on MX (splendour of the dawn) 
Zereth-shahar, pr. n. of a city in Reu- 
ben, Josh. 13, 19. 


AIS, see NTIS. 


we find as kindr. roots 6. g. "2p, Chald. 
"22, to burn incense; see in M and 9. 
Besides this, in the primary elements 
of the language at least, the sound οὔ Καὶ 
appears to have passed over into that 
of ἡ, just as children often substitute for — 
k the sound of ¢, as being more easily 
pronounced ; and in this way has arisen 
the affinity of the roots MPB and MNS to 
open, APY and ANw to drink, “ne Eth. 
"25 to interpret ; comp. κόπτω and τύ- 
nro, quatuor and τέτταρες, quis and τίς, 


NP m. (τ. SIP) vomit; Prov. 26, 11. 


MNP f. (Ὁ. vip) ὁ. art. mpm Lev. 11, 
18. Deut. 14, 17, constr. MRP, pr. the 
vomiter, a water-fowl (Lev. and Deut. 
1. c.) inhabiting also desert places Is. 34, 


=P 


11. Zeph. 2, 14. Ps. 102, 7; according 
to the ancient versions the pelican, Targ. 


xpp, Syr. fas, Arab. Sept. 
πελεκάν. So called from its vomiting 
the shells and other things which it has 
voraciously swallowed. 


AP τα. (r. 530) pr. a hollow or concave 
vessel,comp. Lat.cupa,Engl.cup. Then, 
a measure for things dry, cab, 2 K. 6, 
25 ; according to the Rabbins the sixth 
part of a seah (7), or nearly two 
quarts. Comp. Gr. κάβος i. 6. χοῖνιξ. 


“*22— kindr. with 323, > II, to 
curve, to make convex or concave ; hence 
1. i. q. 222, to hollow out, and also to 
arch, to vault ; comp. 333, "33 i. α. 72. 


Arab. £3 Conj. II, Chald. 22, id— 
Hence Sp, 42p. 

2. Metaph. i. q. 323 no. 3 (q. v.) to 
curse, pr. to pierce with words, to perfo- 
rate. The forms found are: Pret. Sp 
c. suff. Num. 23, 8. 27; Inf. constr. ΞΡ v. 
11, and as absol. v. 25; Imper. c. 7 pa- 
rag. ">"nap Num. 22, 11. 17; with suff. 
and Nun epenth. ap Num. 23, 13. 


Map f. (for H2p), τ. 22) the maw, 
ventricle, i.e. the ‘rough prickly stomach 
of ruminating animals, echinus, Deut. 


9 {7 5. 
18, 3.—Arab. Kad and Kd id. 


Map f. (for ΒΡ, τ. 3p2) ς. suff. 
rinsp, once Num. 25, 8, genitalia mulie- 
bra, comp. "323; so Sept. and Vulg. 
correctly. 


ΟΞ f. (r. 33) α tent, high and round- 
ed like a dome, a vaulted pleasure-tent, 
devoted to the impure worship of Baal- 
peor or Hipeoee Num, 25, 8.—Syr. 


[acas, Arab. RAS, id. Hence with the 
Arabic art. Span. alcova alcove ; comp. 
later Lat. cuppa, Germ. Kuppel, Engl. 
cupola. 


ΥῊΞΡ m. (r. Y2P) a gathering, throng ; 


Is. 57, 13 ὭΠΣΊΞΡ thy throngs of idols. 
Comp. v. 9. 


AMIP Γ (τ. 3) 1. sepulture, burial, 


Jer. 22, 19. Ecc. 6, 3. 

2. a sepulchre, i. q. “2p, Gen. 35, 20. 
47, 30. Deut. 34,6. 1 Sam. 10,2. 2K. 
21, 26. Is. 14, 20. 


908 















































dap 


“590 in Kal not used, pr. to be be- 
fore, in front, over against. Arab. | 


front, Ave: Wefore.—Hence ‘to com 
from an opposite direction,’ to meet any 


one, Arab. dos. 


Pre bap, found only in the later Heb. 
pr. ‘to let come to oneself? i.e. a) Of 
persons, to receive, to admit, 1 Chr. 12, 
18. Ὁ) Of things, to receive, to take 
any thing offered, Ezra 8, 30. Esth. 4, 4.. 
1 Chr. 21, 11. Job 2, 10. So do receive, 
to admit a precept, ἘΠ i. e. to observe 
it, Esth. 9, 23. 27; instruction Prov. 19, 
20. Simpl. to take, i. q. MP2, 2 Chr. 29, 
16, 22. 

Hipu. intrans. to stand over against 
each other, to be opposite, Ex. 26, 5. 36, 
12. Arab. Conj. III id. 

Deriv. 2p. , 53Ρ. fs 


23} Chald. only in Pa. to receive, 
Dan. 2, 6, 6, 1. 7, 18. Ὁ 


ak prep. (τ. >3p, after the form 
Ἢ) or according to other copies bap q 
rea, before, i. q. Chald. bap no. 1. a. 9 
2K. 15, 10 ey 53}, before the people. 


>2P and bap Chald. (r. ἘΞ) pr. the 
Front ; hence, 

1. bap> Prep. ὁ. suff. 7234p 6) coun 
against Dan. 5,5; before, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 
3. 5,1. b) on account of, because of, 
propter, i. q. "28 no. 2, Dan. 5, 10. Ezra 
4,16. Before | it becomes a conjunc- 
tion, because, propterea quod, Ezra 6, 13. Ὁ 

2. Oftener, in the diffuse Chaldee 
manner of expressing particles, more ~ 
fully and pleonastically "4 >2p7>D. a) 
Pr. ‘and all because that,’ forasmuch as, 
Germ. alldieweil, for the simple because, _ 
since, Dan. 2, 8. 41. 45. 3, 29. 4, 15. 9 
5, 12. 22. 6, 4.5.23. Ezra 4, 14. 7,14. © 
With relat. for which cause, wherefore, 
Dan.2,10. Ὁ) in the manner that, i. e. 
as, Dan. 2, 40 Sept. ὃν τρόπον. 6, 11 
Sept. καϑώς. 

3.33 ΞΡ ΡΞ for this cause, Dan. 2 
12. 24. ὃ, 7.8. 22. 6, 10. Ezra 7,17. See 
Chala. bono.4.” 


2ap m. (τ. >3P) pr. pi front, what 
is over against, Arab. ; so Ez. 26, 


9 aR ὙΠ the stroke of what is in fro: 
of it, i. e. a battering-ram for battering 
































yap 
dos a walls. —Other copies read bap 
A aL éllo, which is also admissible, see 


>; but the form i>3p, found in J. H. 


Michaelis and Van der Hooght, is con-: 


y to the laws of grammar. 


i be high and rounded off; like a ton 
hump, the head; Arab. «s3 gibbosus 


uit. Hence 93} helmet, ΡΞ cup. 
omp . Gr. xv87.—From these nouns, 
ἮΝ all designate things serving to 
ver, comes the signification : 

a to cover, to hide, Arab. «a3 to hide, 


g.the head in one’s garment, or of a 
wer hiding itself in its calyx.—Hence 
op. to defraud, to rob any one covertly, 
comp. 723, Mal. 3, 8.9; c. dupl. acc. fo 
9) one of any thing, to despoil, Prov. 
2, 23. 

_Deriv. 566 in no. 1. 


ΣΝ f. (τ. 3ap) ἌΡ, calyz, pr. of a 


lower, κάλυξ, Arab. Eats; then also for 
rinking, κύλιξ, goblet, whence Is. 51, 17. 
2 dD map pleonast. the goblet-cup. 


J ‘y V2P fut. Yap" pr. fo take or grasp 
in the hand. Arab. Yaad to take with 
the fingers; (a3 to grasp with the 
jand ; ἰσλϑ id. Kindr. are Aram. 730, 


το, to compress; also Heb. yop, 


yep. Hence 
1. to gather, to collect things, 6. g. 
ain Gen. 41, 35. 48; spoils Deut. 13, 
Ἢ (with DR of place); wealth Prov. 13, 
1 ; 6. ΩΝ any one Prov. 28,8. Metaph. 
’s. Al, 7 his heart 5 338 YAP" gathereth 
ni ἜΗΝ for itself, i. e. my adversary i in 
isiting me gathers new matter for 
latred and slander. 
2. to gather together persons, to as- 
emble, Judg. 12,4. 1 Sam. 7, 5. 2 Sam. 
, 30. 1 K. 18, 20. al. sep. With >x of 
ers. to whom 1 K. 18,19. 2 Sam. 3, 21; 
tof place αὐ which Ezra 8, 15; also 
5 ὌΝ 2 Chron. 32, 6. Hab. 2,5; "59 id. 
K. 11, 24. 
Nien. 1. to be gathered, collected, 
eg corpses Ez. 29, 5. 
. to be gathered together, to be as- 


semi ed, of persons ; also to gather them- | 


Pselves together ; Gen. 49, 2. 1 Sam. 7, 
6. 25, 1. Esth. 2,8. 19. Is. 43,9. al. Of 
a 


909 


' Wu fut. Sap? 1. i.g. 533, 523, to ἢ 





2p 


ot Is. 34,15. With 5x of pers. Josh. 
6. Ezra 10, 1; >9 2 Chr. TS; 7. 
get 1. to tikes or fold in the arms, 
as a shepherd his lambs Is. 40, 11. 
Metaph. Jehovah his people Is. 54, 7. 
Opp. is 313. 

2. to gather, to collect things, e. g. 
grapes in the vintage Is. 62,9; sheaves 
to the threshing-floor Mic. 4, 12; waters - 
into a pool Is. 22, 9; idols, to get together 
Mic. 1, 7.—Joel 2, 6 and Nah. 2, 11, see 
in “ANB. 

3. to gather together, to assemble, e. g. 
beasts Is. 34, 16; a flock, so that it may 
not be destroyed, Is. 13, 14. Chiefly of 
persons, a people, nations, Joel 4, 2. Is. 
66, 18. Ez. 20, 34. 41. 36, 24. ἃ]. as dis- 
persed Is. 11, 12. 56,8. Very often of 
God, as gathering together the Israelites 
when dispersed, with 72 of place 
whence; e. g. from Egypt Hos. 9, 6; 
from foreign lands, Ez. 34, 13. 39, 27. 
Ps. 107, 3; out of the nations Deut. 30, 
3. Ez. 11,17. With > to any one Is. 
56, 8; against Ez. 16, 37. 

Puat part. f. n¥2p%2 gatheretl, assem- 
bled, Ez. 38, 8. 

Hirer. plan: to gather themselves to- 
gether, to assemble, Josh. 9, 2. Judg. 9, 
47. 1 Sam. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 2, 25. Is. 44, 
11. al. 

Deriv. y32P, and the three Here fol- 
lowing. 


DNZAP , see DRESP". 


MEAP f. a gathering, heap, hoard, Ez. 
98, 90. RB. ΥΞΡ. 


D "LAP (two heaps, r. iy Kibzaim, 
pr. n. of a city in Ephraim, Josh. 21, 22. 
See in O>ep". 


*"2P fat. "ap", to bury, e. g. one 
person Gen. 23, 4. 19. 25, 9. 50, 14. 
Judg. 2,9. 1 Sam. 31, 13. al. sep. — 
Once of several, i. q. Piel, Ez. 39, 12.— 
Arab. Aram. Eth. id. The primary 
idea is that of heaping up a tumulus, 
see Syr. μῶν to heap up, for Gr. σωρεύω 
Rom. 12, 20. Kindr.is “as. The bili- 
teral root is =P, comp. the verbs 23P, 
233. 

ΝΙΡΗ. pass. to be buried, 6. g. one per- 
son Gen. 15, 15. 35, 8. 19. Judg. 12, 7 sq. 
Of several, Job 27, 15. Jer. 8, 2. 16, 4. 6. 


“=P 


Piet to bury, 6. g. several (comp. 
bop) Num. 33,4. 1K. 11, 15. Jer. Τά, 
16. Ez. 39, 14. Hos. 9, 6. 

Pua pass. Gen. 25, 10. 

Deriv. ΠΡ and 


“ap τὰ. in pause "3p, c. suff. “3p ; 
plur. 0" 3P, constr. “HP ; and ninap, 
constr. ninsp ; pr. ‘a burial-place, a 
sepulchre, grave, Gen. 23, 9. Ex. 14, 11. 
Num. 11, 34, 35. Job 21, 32. Jer. 26, 23. 
al.—Job 17, 1 75 B™2P the sepulchres 
are ready for me, i. q. Engl. the grave- 
yard awaits me. 


MISMATNMAP (the graves of long- 
ing, see "2P) Kibroth-hattaavah, pr. n. 
of a place in the desert of Sinai, Num. 
11, 34. 33, 16. Deut. 9, 22. 


; +. 

ΜΡ TIP i. q. Arab. 3, to divide, to 
cleave ; kindr. with 733, 3, and the 
like, see 734; comp. also χέδάω, κεδά- 
ζω, oxedatw. Hence ΠΡ cassia, and 
“PIP vertex. 


ἜΝ TIP to bow down, to bow the Riad 
to incline oneself in honour and reve- 
rence ; found only in fut. of the Chaldee 
form, 77, >", plur. 3p". Followed 

always by MinMwH , which is stronger ; 
Gen, 24, 26 nin amass Wan Ip and 
the man bowed down and -prostrated 
himself before Jehovah. Ex. 12, 27. 
Num. 22, 31. 1 K. 1, 16. 1 Sam. 24, 9. 
2 Chr. 29, 30. Neh. 8, 6. al. Sept. 
usually x’a1.—Kindr. is Syr. -&o to 
incline oneself, to bend the knee ; comp. 
Arab. X23 to sit down ; also Chald. 3p> 
to bend the knee, Samar. "p> id.—This 
signif. cannot well be conciliated with 
that of no. I, by assuming it to be a 
denom. from “Pp pr. ‘ to bow the head.’ 


x win?) obsol. root, Syr. yes to pos- 


sess. Hence pr. n. ΞΡ" (possessed 
by the people) Jokdeam, q. v. Comp. 
P2eR), O32p7, from τ. Map, MR. 


MIP ἢ (Ὁ. Tp 1) Ex. 30, 24. Ez. 27, 
19, according to the Syr. Chald. Vulg. 
cassia, a species of aromatic bark re- 
sembling cinnamon, but less fragrant 
and less valuable ; so called from its rolls 
being split. See Dioscor. 1.12. Theo- 
phr. Hist. Plant. 9.5. Celsii Hierob. II. 
86. 350 sq. Comp. ΠΡ ΣΡ. 


910 


 Targ. ‘ 


‘ing human filth out of the camp, it i 


' To angels, who κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν are cal 






































‘Ip 


DAT m. plur. (r. SIP) 1. q. DIF no. 

3; aforetime, ancient days ; once J 
5, 21 pxmsp ἘΠῚ a stream of a 
days. Sept. Vatic. χειμάῤῥους & 
rivus in quo facta sunt “pi 
signa et fortia facta ab antiquie.’—Th 
form is like 07933, a>, which als 
designate time. 


Wisp and WIP adj. (r. wp) constr. 
Sinp .c.suff. ep; plur. wip, Sws4p, 
see at the end of the article ; holy, sac i 
sanctus, ἅγιος, ἁγνός, Pr. pure, clean, free 
from the defilement of vice, idolatry, ar 
other impure and profane things; opt 
is 2" impure, profane. In fixing ha 
primitive signification of this Mihi 
following are classical passages : 
11, 43 sq. where after the law reagiell 
ing unclean meats, it is said: ye shal 
not pollute yourselves with these, that ye 
should be defiled therewith, 44 ... O77) — 
"Ix Sip 2 owsp and be ye holy 
(sanctus, pure), for I am holy. vy. 45. 
So 19, 2, and 20, 26, where the sam 
formula, be ye holy, for I am holy, i 
placed at the beginning and end of a 
section (c. 19. 20) containing variou 
laws against fornication, adultery, ir 
cest, idolatry, and other like crimes. Ir 
Deut. 23, 15, after the law for remov- 





᾿ ἢ 
~ 


ἣ 
Ξ 


added: for Jehovah thy God walketh t 
‘he midst of thy camp... . ὭΣΤ 73 
wisp wherefore let thy camp be holy 
(sanctus, clean), that he (God) behold 
unclean thing in thee, and turn awe 
Srom thee.—In a sense somewhat variec 
it is applied: a) To God as abhorrin 
every kind of impurity both physical and 
moral; see Lev. ll. ce. Also as the 
avenger of right and justice, Ps. 22, 4 
comp. v. 2. 3. Is. 6, 3 comp. v. 5 sq. and as 
the object of fear and reverence to men 
Ps. 99, 3. 9. 111, 9 where it is coupled 
with δ 5, Sometimes God is zat 
ἐξοχήν called Winp Holy, the Holy O 
Job 6, 10. Is. 40,25. Hab. 3,3; and more 
frequently also x3w3 itp the Hol 

One of Israel, espec. by Isaiah, as Is. 1 

4. 5, 19. 24. 10, 17. 20. 12, 6. 17, 7. 43, 
3. 14. 45, 11. 47, 4. 48, 17. al. Ellse- 
where rarely, as Ps. 78, 41. 89,19. ὃ) 


holy, Dan. 8, 13; see below in Plur. ὁ 


mp 


To a, with dat. of the divinity, as 

. 21, 6. ὉΠ Ν 5. ἼΠῚ ἘῚΡ let them 
‘ Fholy (pure, clean) unto their God, in 
lis sight, and not profane, etc. v. 7. Ps. 
106, 16 and Aaron nim Wisp holy unto 
Jehove Also with dat. of other men, 
“unto whom the priest should be holy, 
Lev. 21,8. Οἵ ἃ Nazarite Num. 6, 5. 
4d) Spoken of pious men, who are pure 
and clean from the defilement of guilt 
and sin, so far as is possible for erring 
mortals, Is. 4, 3; then of the people of 
ael, who were bound to abstain from 
‘and avoid every kind of impurity, Lev. 
11, 43-45. 19,2 see above. Deut. 7, 6 
comp. v.5; with dat.-holy to Jehovah 
14, 2. 21. 26,19. 6) Of places conse- 
rated, holy, Ex. 29, 31. Lev. 6,9. 19. al. 
If days consecrated to God, before 
s1>x> Neh. 8, 10. 11.—Hence itp a 
toly place, sanctuary, Is. 57, 15. Ps. 46, 
ΠΡ "2D Wisp the holiest of the 
lwellings of the Most High. 

 PLor. Op, owsp 1. As plur. 
majest. for the sing. the Most Holy, for 
ehovah, Hos. 12, 1. Josh. 24, 19. Prov. 
y, 10. 30, 3. 

2. Pr. holy ones,i.e. a) angels, es- 
ec. in the later books (see in 30), 
Job 5,1. 15,15. Zech. 14. 5. Ps. 89, 6. 
8; perh. Deut. 33, 3. Ὁ) the pious wor- 
shippers of God, saints, Ps. 16, 3. 34, 10. 
Jeut. 33, 3; spec. the Jewish people 
6 WNP) Dan. 8, 24. 


" snp 1. to kindle fire, Jer. 17, 4. 
5, 50,11. 64,1. Syr. Aph. id. Arab. 
5 to strike fire. 

_ 2. Intrans. to kindle or be kindled, to 


urn, Deut. 32, 22. Jer. 15, 14. 
Deriv. πρὶ and 




































ΠῚ £ burning fever, Lev. 26, 16. 
Deut. 28, 22. 


DP m. (τ. 5p) with 5 loc. no“sp. 
1. the front, the part or region over 
igainst any one. Hab. 1, 9 M2"7p for- 
wa ds. 

Pe. the east, the eastern quarter of the 
Ἵ heavens, i. q. DIP; see in “IMS no. 2. 
_ Often in Ezekiel, as ΘΠ PRB Ez. 47, 18. 
8, 2. 6-8. 16; in acc. eastward 43, 17. 
, 1. 46,1. 12. 47,2; and so m2"4p 11, 
ἥ Be ἐς poet. DvP mn, DSIpA mn, 


911 





ΠΡ 


the east wind, Ex. 10,13. 14,21. Ps. 48,8. 
Ez. 17, 10; oftener ellipt. op id the 
most vehement of all winds in western 
Asia and the adjacent seas, Job 27,21. Is. 
27, 8. Jer.18, 17. Ez. 27,26; as scorching 
and withering plants and herbage, Gen. 
41, 6. 23. Ez. 17,10. 19,12. Jon. 4, 8. 
But the east wind is perh. put for any 
violent wind between the east and south; 
[so the Arabs at the present day call the 
violent south wind of the desert Shiir- 
kiyeh i. 6. east wind; and hence the 
Italian Sirocco, which also is mostly em- 
ployed of southerly winds; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 305, comp. p. 287, 
289. —R.] Metaph. i. q. m7, of any 
thing vain and empty, Hos. 12, 2. Job 
15, 2. 


OP Chald. adj. i. q. Heb. Bip, 
holy, sanctus; spoken a) Of God and 
also of false deities; 1 7p τος the holy 
gods, Dan. 4, 5. 6. 5,11. Ὁ) Of angels; 
Dan. 4, 10 B°Ap1 “" a watcher (angel) 
even aholy one. Plur. ἡ πρὸ holy ones, 
i.e. angels, 4,14 [17]. See wisp Plur. 
no.2.a. 0) Ofthe Jews, Dan. 7, 21; fully 
yee "sp the holy ones (saints) of 
the Most High, Dan. 7,18. 22.25; comp. 
Esdr. 8, 70 τὸ σπέρμα τὸ ἅγιον. 


"ΤΡ in Kal not used; Arab. 4 .\3 


to go before, to precede ; mid. Damm. to 
precede gn time, to be of old. The pri- 
mary idea seems to be that of being 
sharp, pointed ; comp. quadril. Dap for 
Dap a sharp instrument, axe ; hence pr. 
to be or go in front, at the point, head, 
Germ. an der Spitze stehen. 

Pie. S3p 1. 10 go before, to precede, 
Ps. 68, 26; with acc. of pers. Ps. 89, 15. 

2. to come or get before any one, 
to anticipate, pave. Syr. opt id. 
With acc. Ps. 17,13 "35 map. 119, 
148 γῆ ὩΣ "3"D AIP my eyes antici- 
pate the night-watches, i i. e. I wake ere 
the night-watches are cried out.— With 
inf. to do hastily, speedily, i i. 6. early in 
the morning, as Syr. Sop, Eth. P2&, 
Chald. ἘΠῚ for Heb. Ὀπϑῦπ. So Jon. 
4, 2 therefore 13> "M23P I made haste 
to flee. Absol. Ps. 119, 147 622 "MAP 
I rise early with the dawn. 

3. to go to meet any one, to meet, to 
encounter, with acc. of pers. Ps. 88, 14. 


DAP 


Spec. a) With help, ἱ. 4. 10 succour, Ps. 
59, 11. 79,8. Job 3,12. Ὁ) With 3 to 
meet one with any thing, in order to pre- 
sent it, q. ἃ. to succour with, Deut. 23, 5. 
Is. 21, 14. Neh. 13,2; genr. Mic. 6, 6. 
With two acc. Ps. 21,4; 2 of thing Ps. 
95,2. c) Ina hostile sense, q. ἃ. to as- 
sail ; Is. 37, 33 5 MPQAP) NX? no shield 
shall come up against her, the city, i. @. 
shall not be raised against her. Job 30, 
27. Ps. 18, 6. 19. | 

Hien. 1. to come before, to antici- 
pate, in doing a kindness, in bestowing 
a favour on any one, so as to make 
him a debtor, Job 41, 3. Arab. pos 


Se 
IV, id. cod a kindness, kind office ; 


see Schult. ad Job. p. 1183, 

2. i. gq. Pi. no. 3. c, to meet as an ene- 
my; to fall upon, as calamity, ὁ. 723 
Am. 9, 10. 

Deriv. DIP—VAIP, BVAIP, SR, 
pin. 

DIP m. in pause DIP Gen. 10, 30; also 
OP only with m paragog. ΓΘ. Plur. 
constr. "27p see in no. 3. 

1. Pr. the front, what is before ; hence 
as Adv. before, Ps. 139, 5. 07% id. Is. 
9, 11.—Hence 

2. the east, the eastern quarter, see in 
mins no. 2. Job 23,8. ΘΠ from the 
east, after a verb of motion Gen. 11, 2. 
13, 11; also at the east, eastward, Gen. 
2,8. > ΤΡ Prep. at the east of; east- 
ward of, Gen. 3; 24. Num. 34, 11. Josh. 
7, 2. Judg. 8,11. With ΤΠ paragog. 
map towards the east, eastward, Gen, 
13, 14. 25, 6. 28, 14. Lev. 1, 16. al. 
Sometimes is added pleonast. ΠΤ 
Num. 2, 3. Josh. 19, 13; enw mire 
Josh. 19,12. But ΠΡ is also ‘what 
is towards the east?-and i. q. ΠΡ}, 
(comp. 1332, M21P¥,) hence M27P PRD? 
on the east side Ex. 27, 13. 38,13; "RB2 
ΓΘ id. Ez. 45, 7.—Further, 57) 533 
the sons of the east, the inhabitants of the 

Arabian desert, which lies eastward of 
Palestine, and extends to the Euphrates, 
now οἰ} Xsdu desert of Syria; Job 
1,3. Is. 11,14. Jer. 49, 28. Ez. 25, 4, 
1K. 5,10. Judg. 6, 3. 33, 7.12. Also 
DIP VI Gen. 25, 6, and DIP "322 PIS 
29, 1, the Syrian desert including Meso- 
potamia; and so 6p "775 of the moun- 


912 


_perh. it should read DOP. 


| awho sitteth upon his throne from 





iP 


tains of Mesopotamia, Num. 23, 7. 
DIpn 1A Gen. 10, 30 is the mountain « 
Arabia, see in art. 8ta.—Is, 2, 6 δ 
pipe they are filled full from the δι 
i. e. with superstitions and sorceri 
brought from the east or Babylon. B 





















































>. 
31 


3. Of time, former times, aforetim 
ancient days, poet. i. q. B243 no.1. Aral 


ῷ ο ο ε 
ers olden time, Leds aforetime, of ol 


So Ps. 78, 2. Job 29, 2. Also D3 from 
ancient times, of old, Ps. 74, 12. 77,6. 1: 
Is. 45,21; O1p "252 kings of old, ancie 
kings, Is. 19, 11; DIR 27 times of ὁ 
Ps. 44,2; DIp 72° Is.23,7. Mic. 7,21 
Lam. 1,7. Spoken also of eternity, a 
least that which is without beginnin 
6. 5. DIP "M>y Deut. 33,27; DIR 38 


lasting Ps. 55, 20; also Deut. 33, 1 
Ps. 68, 34.—Put also 8) Adverbiall 
for aforetime, of old, Ps. 74,2. Jer. 30, 2 
Lam. 5, 21, i. q. ἘΣ Ὸ, Ἐ2ΒΡ, b) 
a prep. before, Prov. 8,22.—Plur. const 
“21p primordia, beginnings, Ῥτον. 8, 
DIP. Chald. prep. once BYP (i 
ὙΠ 215) Dan. 7, 13; ο. suff. plur. 79 He 
stiatp. m-a7p, Dan. 7, 7, ὙΠ 
before, ante, coram, i. q. Heb. "282. Β 
to speak before any one, i.e. to hi 
Dan. 2, 9. 36. 4, δ. 6, 13. 14; also aft 
a verb signifying to answer Dan. ἢ 
10. 27; to pray Dan. 6, 11. 12; to re 
Ezra 4, 18. 23. . "27P, "BY it was ge 
before me, i. ᾳ. "2°23 330, Dan. 
[4, 2]. 6, 2. After verbs of motic 
Dan. 2, 24. 25. 3, 13. 4, 3. 5, 13.—Al 
ΠΡ 12 i. ᾳ. Heb. "289, ὉΣΏ, from, alt 
verbs of receiving Dan. 2, 6; of askir 
2,18; of commanding 6, 27; of sendi 
Ezra 7, 14. Dan. 5, 24; of fearing Da 
5, 19. 6, 27. EBS! 
TOTP f(r. SIR) oldness, antiquil 
Is. 23,7 ANVIP DYE M29 whose (Tyre’ 
antiquity is from ancient days, Also 
former state, Ez. 16, 55. Plur. Ez. 8 
11.—In the construct state ΓΘ, it b 
comes a preposition, and with δὰ im 
a conjunction, before, Ps. 129, 6. , 
MASP Chald. former time; hen 
may natp7y2 Dan. 6, 11, NpTNeT 
Ezra 5, 11, in former. times, aforelin 
formerly. 4 Hold 


ΠΡ 


‘TIP (eastward) Kedemah, pr. n. of 


re — δ. 


a son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 15.—Another 
“pep see in DP no. 1. 


MTP i. q. DIP no. 2, only in constr. 
_ m2IP, on the east of, eastioard of a place, 


Gen. 2, 14, comp. "88. 4, 16. 1 Sam. 


eS 


13, 5. Ez. 39, 11. 


ΤΩΡ adj. (fr. 812) fem. ΠΡ ὩΡ, 


᾿ eustern, Ez. 47, 8. 
"TOTP, see "350. 
niasp (antiquities) Kedemoth, pr. 


; n. of a city in Reuben, Josh. 13, 18. 21, 


- 


87. 1 Chr. 6, 64. An adjacent deaiet 


bore the same name, Deut. 2, 26. 


; 
: 


™27P Chald. first, plur. 8727p Dan. 


7,24. Fem. st. emphat. δὲ Ὁ 7. 4; 
_plur. δ Ὁ Ἵ 7, 8. 


ΤΥΥΣ 


S82 IP (one before God, i. 6. minis- 
ter of God, τ. 53—) Kadmiel, pr. n. m. 


Ezra 3, 40. 3, 9. Neh. 7,43. 9, 4. 10, 10. 
12, 8. 


SOI, Γ 5) ; comp. ἸΤΩῚΡ. 


ἡ ΔῚΡ ΟΥ "7723p adj. ἢ m"3227p; plur. 

R. ΒΡ. 

1. eastern, Ez. 10, 19. 11, 1. oon 

ΟἈΣ 2 ἼΡΓΙ the eastern sea, i. e. the Dead 

Sea, opp. to the western sea or Mediter- 

ranean, Ez. 47, 18. Joel 2, 20. Zech. 
“14, 8. 


2. former, ancient, Ez. 38, 17. Mal. 


3, 4. Plur. ὩΠ2 2 older persons, the 


aged, Job 18,20. Sing. collect. 1 Sam. 
24, 14 “ΔΓ den the proverb of the 


Vancients. Plur. ἢ Τοῦ») Ὁ) former things, 


things of old, Is. 43, 18. 
"2. Kadmonite, collect. pr. n. of a Ca- 


-fhaanitish tribe, dwelling prob. in the 


eastern part of the country, Gen. 15, 19. 
Bochart conjectures them to be the 
same with the Hivites; Canaan I. 19. 


- PIP τὴ ΠΡ I) c. suff. PIP, 
others 97°95 Job 2, 7. Ps. 7, 17, vertex, 
top, crown of the head, so called because 
the hair there divides itself; comp. 
Germ. Scheitel, die Haare scheiteln. 
Gen. 49,26. Deut. 33, 16. 20. Is. 3, 17. 
Byer. 2, 16. 48. 46. al. Fully “Ὁ ἼΡῚΡ 
athe crown of hair (pr. the Guiling of 


“the hair) Ps. 68, 22. Arab. Bere is the 
part of the head from the vertex to the 
neck behind. 






γα 


918 





DIP 
ἘΠ 1. to be dirty, foul ; spoken 
of a turbid torrent, Job 6,16. Hence, to 
go about in dirty garments, like mourn- 


ers, 1. 4. to mourn, Jer. 8, 21. 14, 2. 
Part. "I~ a mourner Ps. 35, 14, 38, 7. 


2 3 orate 
42,10. 43, 2. Job 5, 11. Arab. 533, 03 


| to be squalid, of garments; Chald. "3p 


id. comp. "73. 

2. to be of a dirty or dusky colour, to 
be dark coloured, e. g. the skin as 
scorched by the sun Job 30, 28; to be 
darkened, to become dark, as the day, the 
sun, the moon, Mice. 3, 6. Jer. 4, 28. Joel 
2, 10. 4, 15. 

Hipu. 1. ἐο causeto mourn, Ez. 31, 15. 

2. to darken, to obscure, e. g. the i 
stars, Ez. 32,7.8. ° 

Hirup. to be darkened, overcast, e. g. 
the heavens 1 K. 18, 45. 

Deriv. "32—N7775p . 


VE (dark-skinned) Kedar, pr. ἢ. of a 
son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. Also of an 
Arabian tribe descended from him, Cant. 
1,5. Is. 21, 16. 42, 11 (where it is joined 
with a fem.) 60, 7. Jer. 2, 10. 49, 28. 
Ez. 27, 21; more fully "7p "23 Is. 21, 17. 
Ps. 120, 5 Kedar and Meshech, put for 
barbarous tribes. The Kedar are the 
Cedrei of Pliny, connected with the Na- 
batheans, Hist. V. 11; comp. Reland 
Palest. p. 96 sq. The Rabbins call all 
the Arabs by this name; whence 12 
"7p the Arabic tongue. 


ΤΡ (the turbid, τ. "4p, comp. Job 
6, 16) Kidron, pr. n. of the brook or tor- 
rent flowing in winter through the valley 
of like name between Jerusalem and the 
Mount of Olives, and emptying itself into 
the Dead Sea; 2 Sam. 15, 23. 1 K. 2, 37. 
15, 13. 2K. 23, 4. Jer. 31, 40. Hence 
χείμαῤῥος tov Κεδρῶν John 18,1. See 
a full description in Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
[. p. 396-402. 


PANT f. (τ. 1p) darkness, obscurity 
of the heavens, Is. 50, 3. 


ὨΡΞ ΤΡ adv. in mourning, mournfully, 
Mal. 3, 14. R. VIR. 


*y ΠΡ and DIP Num. 17, 2; fut: 
wap. 

1, to be pure, clean, pr. of physical 
purity and cleanness ; see Hithpa. no. 1, 
and adj. Sitp. Kindr. is perh. wan , of 


ΠΡ 
which the primary idea is ‘ to be bright.’ 
—Hence 

2. to be holy, sacred, sanctus ; so in all 
the kindred dialects, espec. in Pi. or Pa. 
a) Of a person who consecrates himself 
to God, and so regards himself as holier 
than the profane vulgar ; Is. 65,5 "MO Ip 
7 am holy unto thee, for τὸ ἜΘΟΣ ; or of 
those who are consecrated by touching 
sacred things, Ex. 29, 37. 30, 29. Lev. 6, 
11.20. Ὁ) Of things destined for the sa- 
cred worship Num. 17, 2. 3. Ex. 29, 21; 
or which are consecrated by the contact 
of sacred things 1 Sam. 21, 6. Hag. 2, 
12; or which are devoted to the sacred 
treasury, Deut. 22, 9. 

Niew. 1. to be regarded and treated 
as holy, to be hallowed, sanctified, sc. 
God, c. 2 Lev. 10, 3. 22,32. Also to 
show oneself holy, glorious, in any one, 
either by bestowing favours Ez. 20, 41. 
28, 25. 36, 23. 38, 16. 39, 27; or by in- 
flicting judgments Ez. 28, 22. Num. 20, 
13 ; comp. Is. 5, 16. 

: 2. to be consecrated, 6. g. the sacred 
tabernacle Ex. 29, 43. 

Piet ΘῊΡ to make holy, to sanctify, to 
hallow, i. e. 

1. to hold sacred, to regard and treat 
. as holy, as God Deut. 32, 51; a priest 
Lev. 21, 8; the sabbath, ¢o keep holy, 
Ex. 20, 8. Deut. 5, 12. Neh. 13, 22. Jer. 
17, 22. 24. 27. Ez. 20, 20. 

2. to pronounce holy, to sanctify, e. g. 
the sabbath Gen. 2, 3; a people Lev. 20, 
8.21,8. Also to institute any holy thing, 
to appoint, 6. g. a fast Joel 1, 14. 2, 15 
(parall. with xp) ; a festival 2 K. 10, 20. 

3. lo consecrate, 6. g. a priest Ex. 28, 
41. 29,1. 1 Sam. 7, 1; analtar, the tem- 
ple, Ex. 29, 36. Lev. 8, 15. Num. 7, 1. 1 
K. 8, 64; the first-born, Ex. 13,2; the 
people of Israel, Ex. 19, 10. 14. Josh. 7, 


. 13; a building when completed, Neh. 3, | 


1; a mountain, as separate and distin- 
guished from all others, Ex. 19, 23.— 
Hence to consecrate or sanctify with 
solemn rites, e. g. by lustrations for sa- 
crifice 1 Sam. 16, 5. Job 1, 5; troops for 
battle, Jer. 51, 27. Comp. Hiph. Also 
nanba wap to consecrate or inaugurate 
a war, battle, (i. 6. with sacred rites, 
comp. Ps. 110, 3. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 10,) q.d. 
to prepare, to begin, Joel 4, 9. Jer. 6, 4. 
Trop. Mic. 3, 5. 


914 Sop 








































Pua part. Up , consecrated, spoken 
of priests and sacred things, Ez. 48, ll, 
2 Chr.26, 18. 31, 6—Is. 13, 3 "apa 
consecrated ones, i. 6. soldiers whoa Ι 
have consecrated to war; comp. Jer. 51, 
27. 

Hiew. 1.i. q. Pi. no. 1, Is. 8, 13: 29, 
23. Num. 20,12. - 

2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce holy, to 
sanctify, Jer. 1, 5. 

3. i. q. Piel no. 3, to consecrate to God 
Lev. 27, 14 sq. Juda 17, 3. 2 Sam. 8,11. 
1 Chr. 26, 27. Also of God, to sanctify, 
to hallow for himself, e. g. the first-born 
Num. 3, 13. 8, 17; the temple 1 K. 9, 
3. 7. 5 

Hirup. 1. to cleanse or purify oneself, 
by sacred ablutions and observances. 
2 Sam. 11, 4 mpXQwe ΓΟ ΠΤ RW for 
she had purified herself “from her unclean- 
ness. Is. 66, 17 coupled with "mer. 
Often of the prea and Levites, as puri- 
fying themselves for the holy service, 
Ex. 19, 22. 1 Chr. 15, 12. 14. 2 Chr. 5, 
11. 29, 15. al. Comp. Kal no. 1. 

2. to show oneself holy, i.e. pure from 
guilt, to sanctify oneself, Lev. 11, 44. 20, 
7; of God, as the punisher of guilt, Ez. 
38, 23. 

3. to be celebrated, kept, e. g. a festi~ 
val, Is. 30, 29. 

Deriv. το, WIP, ΟΡ, sap, op, 
wipe. 


WIP m. pr. sacred, consecrated. acid 

1. Spec. a male prostitute, a catamite, 
sodomite, κίναιδος, so called as conse- 
crated to the service of Astarte or Venus; 
Deut. 23, 18. 1 K. 14, 24. 15, 12. 22, 47. 
2. K. 23, 7. Job 36,14. These wretched 
beings were priests or rather temple- 
servants (isgddovior) of Astarte at Hiera- 
polis in Syria ; and having been emascu- 
lated and wearing a female dress, they 
wandered about thro Θ cities 
and villages begging an 
them an image of the goddess. 
were courted by females, and gave them 
selves up to unnatural lusts. See espec. 
Lucian. Luc. § 35 sq. Id. de Dea Syra, 
§ 27,51. Jerome ad Hos. 4,14. Spencer 
de Legg. rit. II. 35. Movers Pheenizier 
I. p. 678. . 

2. Kadesh, pr. n. Gen. 14, 7. 16, 
20,1. Num. 13, 27. al. also 3392 





_ Kadesh-barnea Num. 32,8. 34,4. Deut. 
 1,2.19. 2,14. Josh. 10, 41. al. a city in 
_ the south-eastern extremity of Judah, 

‘adjacent to Idumea, whither the children 
_ of Israel came under Moses, sent spies 
᾿ into Palestine, and then turned back to 
_ Mount Hor, etc. Gen. 20, 1. Num. 13, 27. 
20, 14.16.22. 33, 36. 37. Judg.11, 16. 17. 
“There was here a fountain called >> 
pew Gen. 14,7; afterwards 53°73 "2 
De it. 32, 51; the adjacent desert was 
called also sap Δ Ps. 29, 8. [All 
these notices go to fix the site of Kadesh 
in the western part of the ’Arabah south 
of the Dead Sea, perh. not far from the 
fountain ’Ain el-Weibeh, the most fre- 
᾿ς quented watering-place in all that re- 
_ gion. See Euseb. Onom. art. Kaddng 
Boovn. Jerome Quest. Heb. in Gen. 
14, 7: “ Cades...significat locum apud 
 Petram, qui Fons Judicii nominatur.” 
- Reland Palest. p.114. Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
- lest. Il. p.582,620.—R.] The term 533 
_ Simonis regards as from "2 open coun- 
_ try, desert, and 52 wandering, from r. 359. 


WIP (sanctuary) in pause Wp Judg. 
4,11, Kedesh, pr.n. a) A city in the 
Ἢ Southern part of Judah, Josh. 15,23. Ὁ) 
_ Another in Naphtali, Josh. 12, 22. 19, 
Ε 37. 21, 32. Judg. 4, 6. 1 Chr. 6, 61. 
With He parag. πῶ Judg. 4, 9; and 
nbsp 4,10. This city, Kedesh a Naph- 
: tali, lay upon the hills west of the upper 
__ake of the Jordan, el-Haleh; and still 
exists under the same name, Arab. 
) chs Kedes ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
} tL p. 355. Biblioth. Sacr. I. p. 11 and 
_ Map. c) A third in Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 
7 _ 57, also called jp Josh. 19, 20. 21, 28. 


_ WIP m. once WTP Dan. 11, 30, ο. 
~ suff. 4p ; plur. ΘΟ ἪΡ (kddashim), with 
art. and pref. DOA , ΡΞ Lev. 22, 
| 4, 2°87p> Neh. 10, 34; but c. suff. “δ 
ΟΕ χ. 22, 8, wwIp 2 Chr. 15, 18 σῶν. 
q Ewald’s Krit, Gramm. p. 335), and "7p, 
; Num. 5, 10. 

‘1. holiness, sanctity ; so Arab. ον! | 
_ el-Kuds, concr. ‘the holy,’ pr. ἢ. Seer 
ἢ salem, coda 3) the Holy Spirit ; 


an 


 Syr. Larcos Luso5 id.—Most. ‘freq. in the 
_ genit. after another noun, instead of an 
4 adjective, as S3p ΓΝ holy ground Ex. 

3,5; wip vipa the holy place Lev. 10, 














é asp 915 | 





ΠΡ. 


17. 14,13. So c. suff. ΘῊΡ 9 my moun- 
tain of holiness, i.e. my holy mountain, 
Ps. 2,6; W872 7 thy Holy Spirit Ps. 
51, 13; realy with o7°>s added, as 1 
Chr. 22, 19 ody Wap ἊΞ the holy ves- 
sels of God. Ascribed also to all those 
things which in any way pertain to God 
or to his worship, as ΠΡ BY my holy 
name Lev. 20, 3. 22,2; FIR Nay thy 
holy sabbath Neh. 9,14; WIpI “WD the 
pag City, Jerandlera, ie. 48, 2. Neh. 11, 

; ΠΡ down thy holy temple Ps. 138, 2; 
ob ond hallowed bread, the show 
bread, 1 ‘Sam. 21,5; WIP "1393 holy vest- 
ments Ex. 28, 2. 4; wap "238 the sacred 
jewels, trop. far the nobles of the people, 
Lam. 4, 1: 3p “Ww the sacred princes, 
i.e. the priests of higher rank, 1 Chr, 24, 
5. Is. 43,28; Φ a> a holy people, Pk 
rael, Dan. 12, 7; ΘῚΡ m2 a holy cove- 
nant Dan. 11, 28. 30, ete. etc.—Rarely 
only, and in doubtful examples, is it to be 
rendered as abstr. holiness, Am. 4,2. Ps. 
60, 8. 108, 8; in which places “WIP, 
ἸΘΊΡΞ, is usually translated: by my (his) 
holiness ; perh. more correctly: in my 
(his) sanctuary. Sept. in Ps. ll. ce. ἐν 
τῷ ἁγίῳ avrov.—The notion of purity, : 
physical or moral, is referred to in Ex. 
22, 30. 2 Chr. 31, 18. Is. 6,13; see in 
art. 97 init. 

2. Concr. a holy thing, something sa- 
cred, consecrated to God, opp. ἘΠ pro- 
fane; Lev. 10,10. Ex. 29, 33.34. Num. 
18, 17. Prov. 20, 25. al. sep. With dat. 
added, rims wap Lev. 27, 10. 14. 21 
Jer. 2, 3. Ezra 8, 28; onnbdyb wap Lev. 
21, 7. 23, 20; wid hn wip Num. 6, 20. 
18,10; rarely. genit.™ wap id. Lev. 19, 
8 par D wIpHM the consecrated things 
Lev. 21, 22. 22, 3. 6.7. 12. D wp ὩὉ3 
the ζδυον dedicated to the saiepien Chr. 
26, 20. 26. 28,12. With genit. of the 
person consecrating, as 1K. 15,15 "4p 
"ax. Lev. 22,15. Num. 5,9; also of 
him to whom they are consecrated, 
ss "0 7p Lev. 5, 15. 

3. a holy place, sanctuary, as the ta- 
bernacle Ex. 28, 43. 29, 30. 35, 19. 39, 
1; the temple Ps. 20, 3. Dan. 8, 14. al. 


_ Spec. of the temple itself, as distinguish- 


ed from its courts, etc. i.e. the 5355, 
ὃ ναός, 1 K. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 29, 7. Once of 
the inner sanctuary, for πο wip Ez. 
41, 23. 


wap 
4. Intens. D°w4p WIP holiness of holi- 
nesses, something most holy,e.g. a) Of 
things, as the sacred incense Ex. 30, 36; 
the sacred utensils v. 29 ; the altar 29, 37. 
30, 10. 40, 10; the part of the sacrifices 
which only the priests might eat, Lev. 
2, 3: 10. 6, 10. Num. 18,9. Ez. 48, 12. al. 
So of things devoted with a curse Ley. 
27,28. Plur. ΒΡ “Hp the most holy 
things, of offerings destined for the priests 
alone, Lev. 21, 22. 2 Chr. 31,14. Ez. 42, 
13. 44,13. Ὁ) Of men, as Aaron, 1 Chr. 
23,13. c) Of places, a most holy place, 
Num. 18,10. Spec. the inner sanctuary, 
adytum, "37, in the tabernacle Ex. 26, 
33. 34. Num. “4 4.19; and in the temple 
1K. 6, 16. 8,6. 1 Chr. 6, 34. Ez. 41, 4. al. 
Fully o-W3p WIp ma 2 Chr. 3, 8. 10. 


MUI? fem. of subst. Bp no. 1, α fe- 
male prostitute, harlot pr. one conse- 
crated like the wap to the worship of 
Astarte, and the gains of whose prosti- 
tution went into the treasury of the 
temple of that goddess ; Gen. 38, 21. 22. 
Deut. 23, 18. Hos. 4,14. Comp. Num. 
25, 1. Jerome |. c. Hdot. I. 199. Lucian 
de Dea Syra ᾧ 6. Id. Heter. 7, 1. 14, 3. 
Tac. Hist. 2.3. Similar are the Hindu 
Bayaderes. 


ἥ rip, kindr. with “2, to become 
dull, to be blunted, e. g. the teeth Jer. 31, 
29.30. Ez. 18,2. Syr.id. Chald. 8p id. 

Piet AP id. intrans. of iron Ecc. 10, 
10. 


. ΠΡ in Kal not used, prob. to call, 
to convoke, kindr. with r. dip. 

Hien. to call together, to convoke, e. g. 
a people Num. 8, 9. 10,7. 20,8. Deut. 4, 
10. al. With >» against any one, Num. 
16, 19; acc. impl. sc. a tribunal Job 11, 
10. 
' Nipu. to be convoked, to assemble, 6. g. 
a people Esth. 9, 2. 15. 16. 18, 8, 11; ο. 
23 Ex. 32, 1. Num. 16,3. 17,7; 58 1K. 
8, 2. Jer. 26,9; also with by ‘of place 

πὶ Taide. 20, 1: b 2 Chr. 20, 26; 

ace. at ance Josh. 18, 1. 22, 12. 

Deriv. 572577, mibapy, ‘ond the four 
nere following. 


SMP m. constr. PAP, c. suff. obnp. 

1. a coming τς μος an assembling, 
‘the act, Deut. 9,10 Snpn pina. 10, 4. 
18, 16. 


916 









































ΠΡ 


2. an assembly, congregation, convoca 
tion. a) Spec. of the assembly or con- 
vocation of the people of Israel, for ὃ ῃ ‘ 
cause Judg. 21,8. 1 Chr. 29, 1. 2 Chr. 
23, 3, comp. Job 30, 28 ; mostly for re- 
ligtoce purposes, i. q. nish, fully -AP 
ἘΝ ὩΣ Lev. 16, 17. Deut. 31, 80: “7 OF 2 
Num. 16,,3. Deut. 23, 2; conden Z 
Neh. 13, 1; also c. art. ὑπ xut ἐξοχήν. 
Ex. 16, 3. Res: 4, 13.14. Num. 10,7. al. 
sep. So 35 bap Ps. 35, 18. 22,26; bap 
D173 1K.8,65. Ὁ) Ina vider: sense, of 
any assembly or multitude of men, Jer. 
31,8. Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. 47. 32,22; of 
troops Ez. 17, 17. 38,-4. 15; of nations 
Gen. 28, 3. 35, 11. 48, 4. Jer. 50,9; of 
the wicked Ps. 26, 5 comp. Gen. 49, 6; 
of the righteous Ps. 149,1; of holy ones” 
i.e. angels Ps. 89, 6. 8; of the dead 
Prov. 21, 16. . 


ΤΣ ΠΡ (convocation) Kehelah, pr. n. 
of astation of the Israelites in the desert, — 
c. Π parag. Num. 33, 22. 23. 


MMP £ (r. bp) an assembly, congre- 
gation, Deut. 33, 4. Neh. 5, 7. 


MoMp Koheleth, pr. n. by which Solo- 
mon is denoted in the book thus in- 
scribed, i. e. the book of Ecclesiastes. 
It is usually of the mase. gend. and 
without the article, Ecc. 1, 1.2. 12, 9 
10; once ὁ. art. 12, 8, see Lehrg. p. 656, 
657; once with verb fem. Ecc. 7, 27° 
manp mex, where perh. it should be 
read nbnpn τὸν as in 12, 8.—The fem. 
termination is not infrequent in words: 
denoting office, station, etc. (see MMB, 


5. ΄ 
md, Kat i.e. Khalif,) and also in 


later Hebrew even in proper names of 
men, see MD, ΓΞ; Lehrg. p. 468, 
878.—As to the signification, the only 
true one seems to be that given by the 
earliest versions, 6. g. Sept. and Vulg. τ 
᾿Εχκλησιαστής, Ecclesiastes, i. e.apreach- 
er, one addressing a public assembly and 
discoursing of homan things, i. q. 593 
MBON 12, 11, pr. ‘a convoker’; unless 
one’ chooses to derive the signif, of 
preacher or orator from the prima y 
notion of calling and speaking, 5p i. q. 
bip, Jls. For other explanations, see 
Knobel Comm. p. 2 3. Thesaur. ἢ 
1199, 1200. i 








































nap 


a a root of doubtful authority, 
ound once in Cod. Samar. Gen. 49, 10 
ΩΡ ΤΡ 151, for Heb. oad rap? wba, 
‘ce. from the Chald. to him shall the na- 
‘tions be gathered together. It seems 
2 therefore to have been i. ᾳ. Chald. 84p, 
Heb. 5p, to assemble. Hence pr. n. 
mapn and 


oh (assembly) Kehath, pr. n. of a 
f on of Levi, Gen. 46, 11. Ex. 6, 16. Josh. 
21,5 Written also Map, Kohath Num. 
4, 14.15. Hence patronym. “mpm the 
4 ohathile Num. 3, 27. 4, 18. 37. 


ΟΡ πὰ ἼΡ m. (τ. m3) the latter absol. 
oy 28, 10. 13, but constr. 2 K. 21, 13. Is. 
ΕΑ Ὁ suff, cap Ps. 5 


1. acord, line, Arab. 3 Spec. a) 
measuring line, Is. 34, 17. Ez. 47, 3. 
a ἽΡ ΠῺΣ to stretch a line upon any 
thing, in order to measure it; which is 
pdone where any thing is to be made Is, 
, 13; or built Job 38,5. Zech. 1, 16 
I bel ; or also to be destroyed and made 
even with the ground so that the line 
'may be drawn over the levelled spot, 
2K. 21, 13. Lam. 2,8. Is. 34,11. b) 
Metaph. a line, i. 6. a rule, law, norm, Is. 
128, 17, and so vv. 10. 13 Ὁ "Pp "p> 1p 
tine upon line, line wpon line, see in art. 
Σ 06) the margin, rim of a laver, resem- 
Dling a cord, 1 K.7, 23 Keri. 2 Chr. 4, 2. 
ἃ) a string of a lyre or other musical in- 
strument; hence sound, q. d. accord, Ps. 
19,5; Sept. ὃ φϑόγγος, and so Rom. 10, 
ot Sram. ὁ ἦχος, Vulg. sonus. But 
rh. instead of tip it should here 
ae pbip or Pp, as in v. 4; parall. 
prea. Sa? 

2. strength, might, Arab. $3, see r. 
‘MyP no. 2. Is. 18,8 PP iN a nation 
most mighty. The repetition is inten- 
sive. 


ἘΝῚ to spue out, to vomit forth. 
Arab. εἰ 5. mid. Ye, Eth. PPA id. It 
would seem to have been formed by 
softening the final letter of the onomato- 
| poetic pip, ὉΠ, and perhaps also pri- 
“marily the form ΘῊΡ ; comp. under the 
etter > p. 738.—Metaph. Lev. 18, 28 
" that the land spue you not out, reject you. 
“Once Imper. plur. ἢ" ἢ and spue ye 
᾿ er. 25, 27, as if from a root &"P drop- 
ping &; see Arab. and Eth. above. 
a 77* 


eet 
ee 


917 





DP 
Hipn. id. Prov. 23, 8. 25, 16. Jon. 2:11. 
Trop. Lev. 18, 25. 28. Job 20,15; where 
comp. Cic. in Pis. 37, ‘devoratam pecu- 
niam evomere.’ 

Deriv. 82, MRP, XP. 

53} (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. >2ip 
(Milél) 1 Sam. 17, 38, a helmet, i. q. 
ΣΞΞ. On the form and tone of this 
word, see in 3213, note. R.2ap. 


“WTP, see in Bp. 


Ἵ rie 1. pr. to twist a rope, cord, to 
wind; whence Mp, "Pp no. 1, πῆΡΏ. 
Hence 

2. to be strong, robust, the notion of 
binding fast, girding, being tropically re- 
ferred to strength; see >3M, ptm no. 3. 


- Comp. Germ. Strange i. 6. cords, strenge, 


(whence Engl. strength, strong), also 
anstrengen, all which come from the no- 
tion of binding fast, Lat. adstringere. 
Hence Ἢ no. 2.—Arab. se to Po 


a? 


strong, robust ; II, to strengthen. so 
strength. 

3. to hope strongly, to trust, implying 
firmness and constancy of mind, comp. 
ΝΠ, So of trust in God, Part. ip 
nim Ps. 37, 9. Is. 40, 31; c. suff. "ip 
Ps. 49, 23; Wp 25, 3. 69, 7. ip Lam. 
3, 25. See Piel. 

Pret Mp i. q. Kal no. 3, to hope for. 
to wait for, to expect any thing, c. acc. 
Job 7, 2. 17,13. 30, 26; > Jer. 8, 15. 14. 
19; inf. c. Ὁ Is, 5, 2. Ps. "69, 21. Spec. 
a) ἘΔ mip Ps, 25, 5. 39, 8. 40, 2. 
mind % P Prov. 20, 22, ™ dx Ps. oF. 14. 
37, 34, to wait for or on Jehovah, i. 6. for Ὁ 
his help, to rest one’s hope on him. _b) 
to lie in wait for any-one, c. dat. Ps. 119, 
95; c. acc. ὥξ Ps. 56, 7. 

Nuvu. to gather themselves together 
to assemble, (pr. perh. ‘to be wound to 


gether,’ see Kal no. 1,) spoken of na- - 


tions Jer. 3, 17; of waters Gen. 1, 9. 
Deriv. ἪΡ, MP9, MPA, ΤΡ, and 


MP or MP i. g.4p, @ rope, cord, in 
Cheth. thrice 1 K. 7, 23. Zech. 1, 16; 
constr. perh. Mp Jer. 31, 39. 


TMP Is. 61, 1, see Mipripy p. 863. 


* OP i. q. vp and wp, to loathe, to 
nauseale, trop. Pret. up Ez. 16,47, where 
however both the reading and the inter- ἡ 
pretation are doubtful; all the ancient 


>4p 


versions omit OP. Others make it i. q. 
Arab. ἰδ only, duntaxat ; see Thesaur. 
p- 1202.—Fut. ΡΣ c. a Ps. 95, 10. 
But 21p7 Job 8, 14, see in r. DUP. 

Nipu. id. c. "253 Ez. 20, 43. 36, 31. 
Once 122 in some copies for sop: Ez. 
6, 9. 
 ‘Hirapar. vepnn id. Ps. 119, 158; 6. 
3 139, 21. 


«ip obsol. root, to call, to cry out; 


Arab. JSG to speak, to say. Correspond- 
ing roots are Sanscr. ¢al to call aloud, 
Gr. καλέω, Lat. calo, whence calenda, 
Eng. to call. Kindred is also appa- 
rently >mp 4. v. and Chald. >23p.— 
Hence 


DIP m. also op Ex. 19, 16,c. suff. "Dip ; 
plur. mibip, mibp, the voice ; Eth. PA 


voice. word, sound. Arab. J 3 dictum, 
saying. Syr. {Lo voice; Chald. >p id. 
Spoken. 

a) Of the voice of men, e. g. as speak- 
ing, crying out 1 Sam. 4, 6. 14; singing 
Ez. 33, 32. Ex. 32, 18; wailing Ps. 6, 9. 
Gen. 45, 2; groaning Ps. 102, 6; re- 
joicing Ps. 42, 5. 118,15. Jer. 7, 34; so 
of the voice or noise of a multitude, 1 
K. 1, 41. Dan. 10,6. Of the voice of 
God as speaking, Deut. 4, 33. 5, 23. 18, 
16. al. So Gen. 27, 22 spss Dip dipn 
the voice is Jacob’s voice. Judg. 18, 3. 
1 K. 19, 13.—Also 511 ipa with a loud 
voice 1 Sam. 28, 12. 1 K. 18, 27. 28. Is. 
36, 13. Prov. 27, 14; in acc. 51: Dip id. 
Deut. 5, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 23. 19, 5. al. 
bs Dip id. Deut. 27, 14; 708 bsp with 
one voice 2 Chr. 5, 13; sip with my fall 
voice Ps. 3, 5. 142, 2, aud so 72'p Is. 10, 
30 see in bas, Pleonast. the voice of 
. words Deut. 1, 34. 5,25. 1 Sam. 15, 1. 
Job 33, 8 ; 
6. 66, 19; the voice of weeping Ps. 6, 9. 
Ellipt. in exclamation; a voice! the 
voice! Cant. 2,8 "tin dip the voice of 
my beloved! sc. 1 hear. 5, 2. Is. 13, 4. 
52. 8. 66, 6. Jer. 50, 28; comp. Job 39, 
24.—Metaph. ascribed to blood una- 
venged, Gen. 4,10. Put also meton. for 
speech, discourse, Kec. 5, 2. 5 [3. 6]; for 
rumour, report, Gen. 45, 16. Jer. 3, 9. 
Ez. 26, 15. 

6) Of the voice or cry of beasts, e. g. 


918 


-ing of lions Job 4, 10. Zech. 11, 3. rf | 


the voice of prayer Ps. 28, 2." 








































5ῚΡ ; 
the bleating of flocks and ta 


herds 1 Sam. 15, 14, comp. Jer. 9, 9; 
neighing of horses Jer. 8, 16; the ὯΝ 


of the voice of birds Ecc. 12, 4; of ‘ 
turtle Cant. 2, 12; of the dove Nah. 2, 
c) Of the soulidd and noise of inanimat 
things, as of a trumpet Ex. 19.19. 20, 1 
Josh. 6,5; a harp, pipe, Ez. 26, 13. J 
21, 1958 dell Ex. 28, 35; thandes Ps 
104, 7; rushing waters Ez. 1, 24. 43, 2 
Ps. 42,8; rain 1 K. 18, 41; of chariot 
and horses, a ratiling, 2 K. 7, 6. Joel 2,5 
of fire, ibid. of burning thornaera ling 
Ecc. 7, 6; of a mill Ecce. 12, 4; οὔ! 
whip, crackin. Nah. 3, 2; ἰδ δὲ ' 
sound of steps 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1K. 14,6 
2 K. 6, 32, and prob. Gen. 3, 8; of wing 
in motion Ez. 1, 24. 3,13; of a fallin 
leaf, rustling, Lev. 26, 36. 90) dip 
with great noise Is. 29, 6.—So mim 3! 
κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν for uncle Ps, 29, 3 sq. 
30, 30. 31. Job 37, 2. 4. 5. 1 Sam. 7, 10 
Plur. ΒΡ thunders Ex. 9, 23. 99. 3 
84. 1 Sam. 12, 17; fully pony ’ p E: 
9, 28. nibp ttn thunder-flash, lightnir 
Job 28, 26. 38, 25. 
Spec. may be noted the followin; 
phrases: : 
aa) ΞῚ xv to lift up the voice, see i 
nit? no. 1. 6; also δὴ» ὉΠ id. see 
nnn Hiph. 
bb) 5p 19 α) to give forth one’ 
voice, of persons, 6. g. in weeping Ger 
45, 2. Num. 14,1; in outery Lam. 7 
in falling Prov. 1, 20. 8, 1. Jer. 22, 2 
c. > i. ᾳ. to call’ to any one Prov. 2, 3 
ΥῊΝΞ Dip ἼΏ9 to proclaim in the la 
2 Chr. 24, 9. So of birds singing F 
104, 12; of the lion roaring Am. 3, 4; of 
the sea Hab. 3, 10; of the noise of ὁ 
multitude Jer. 48, 34; of thunder-clouds 
Ps. 77, 58. Of God as thundering FP 
18, 14. Am. 1,2. Joel 2,11. 4, 21. Jer 
25, 30. β) ‘bipz im to give forth (te 
utter) with his voice, comp. Heb. Gr 
§ 135. 1. n. 8. So of a lion roaring 
by against, Jer. 12,8; of God as thu 
dering Ps. 46, 7. 68, 84. 
cc) Ἔ Dip ΣΦ αν to hear the v 
of any one, i.e. to listen to him, Gen 
23. Is. 28, 23. Of God as hearing an 
aniWering amuppliant Num. 20,16. Dev 
26, 7. Ps. 5, 4. 27, 7. 55, 18. 64, 2. Jor 
2,3. So bip 5 PING id. Job 9, 15. Ps. 1 


, ἦν 





bp 


_ of any one, i. e. fo listen and obey, Gen. 


 27,8.13.43. Ex. 18,19. Deut. 21, 18. al. 
- Spec. to obey God Gen. 22, 18. 26, 5. 
Deut. 8, 20. 1 Sam. 12, 15. 15, 19. 20. 22. 


al. Of God as listening to a suppliant 
Gen. 30, 6. Judg. 13, 9. Ps. 130,2. 7) 
‘Bp >ip> 58 to hearken to the voice of 
' any one, fo listen and obey, Gen. 3, 17. 

16,2. Ex. 18, 24. 1 Sam. 2, 25; to obey 


God Ex. 15, 26. Judg. 2, 20. Ps. 81, 12. 


_ 6) Ἔ dip->x 28 Zo listen to the voice of 
_ asuppliant, so God Gen. 21, 17. 

dd) 3 5ἿΡ “7337 to cause to be pro- 

claimed in a land, see in "32 Hiph. no. 2. 


map (i. ᾳ. H2>5P, voice of Jehovah) 
Kolaiah, pr.n.m. a) Jer. 29,21. Ὁ) 
Neh. 11, 7. Φ 


*DAP fat. Dap, apoc. Dp? Gen. 27, 
31, > oP" Job 22, 28; conv. op, ΡΣ, 
but 1 pers. ΝΘ. 2, 12, ΠΡ i XK. 
3, 21; Imper. πῆρ, cp Sal 7, 10, 6. Π 
parag. ΓΙ; Pret. once OXp Hos. 10, 
14, like Arab. eb. 
1. to rise up; Arab. el id. also to 
stand. Syr. to rise up, to stand. Eth. 


PRP to stand.—kE. g. from the ground, 
or from a bed, Gen. 27, 31. 32,23. Cant. 
5,5; c. 72 1 Sam. 28, 23; 53a 2 Sam. 
11,2. Soof one who rises in the morn- 
ing Ps. 127, 2; or who had fallen down 
Prov. 24, 16. Mic. 7, 8; or was upon his 
knees 1 K. 8, 54; or was sitting, 6. g. on 
aseatc. 52% Judg. 3, 20, or at table c. 
ὩΣ 1 Sam. 20, 34. So msm2 DIP zo 
rise up from fasting Ezra 9, 5, since in 
fasting, as connected with mourning, 
they sat upon the ground, comp. v. 3. 4. 
2 Sam. 12,16. Job 2,13. Imper. with 
dat. pleon. 9 3p Cant. 2, 10.—Spec. 
a) to rise up to or before any one in 


_ token of respect, reverence, Is. 49, 7; 


c. 7282 Gen. 31, 35. Lev. 19, 32; ἘΝ ΡΝ 
Gen. 19,351 K. 2, 19. 

b) Very often it stands before verbs 
of going, departing, and the like; Gen. 
22,3 7>"1 cps and he rose up and went. 
98,2 > DIp. 24, 10. 25, 34. Ex. 24, 13. 
Num. 16,25. αν: 19,8. al. cgiine 1Sam. 


Gent 21, 32. aos. 


Hh. πρῶ: aici! 17, "9 
mre) ΠΏ), ete. 


Also, these belug 


919 


2  £) Ἐ dipa 22% to hearken to the voice 





Dip 


omitted, D5p itself is i. q. fo rise up and 
go, to set off, Gen. 31,17. Josh. 8, 19. 
1 Sam. 17,48; with 12 of place whence 
Gen. 23, 3. 46, δ. 1 Sam. 20, 41.—Some- 
times ΘΠ marks the doing or undertak- 
ing of any thing with impetus; 2 Sam. 
23, 10 he arose and smote (331 OP S17) 
the Philistines until his hand was weary. 
Judg. 8, 21. 2K. 11,1. 2 Sam. 13, 31 
then the king arose .and tore his gar- 
ments. Job 1, 20. 2 K. 12, 21. Jer. 1, 17. 
Prov. 31, 28. 1 Sam. 24,5. Sometimes 
it implies a doing again, after an inter- 
val; Josh. 6, 26 that riseth up and build- 
eth this city Jericho. Deut. 31,16. Ina 
few cases it is pleonastic or marks a ver- 
bose style; Num. 11, 32 and the people 
rose up all that day...and gathered the 


quails. Ex. 2, 17.—Arab. alé ec. fut. 


to undertake, to begin.—Hence Imper. 
Dip rise up! arise! as a word of incite- 
ment; either to go, as 32 o°p Gen. 28, 
2; N¥ DAP 31, 13; MEY orp 35, 1, ete. or 
to do any thing, Judg. 8, 20 50 δὲ 
pmin. v.21. 1K.21,15. With parag. 
intens. espec. as addressed to Jehovah 
that he may help, Ps. 3, 8 " ΠΡ 
HIS WIT. 7, 7. 9, 20. 10, 12. 74, 22. 82,8. 
132, 8. al. 

c) to rise up against any one, in a 
hostile sense ; c. D> Judg. 9, 43. Is. 14, 


22. Am. 7, 9. al. by Gen. 4,8. 1 Sam. 
22, 13. 24, 8; Ξ Mic. 75°63 spb Num. 
16, 2; with nanbub Ob. 1. Also. as.a 


witness, to rise up against Ps. 35, 11; c. 

3 Deut. 19, 15. 16. Ps. 27, 12. Job 16, 8. 
Part. ὋΣ ΠΡ those rising up against 
me, my adversaries, enemies, Ps. 92, 12; 

also "29 n725pH id. 2 K. 16,7: oftanar 
c. suff. ~ap id. Ps. 18, 40. 49. Lam. 3, 62, 
nap Ps. 44, 6, AEP Ex. 15, 7, ete. 
Arab. Ac el id.—Trop. Ps. 27, 3 
though war should rise up against me. 
Hos. 10, 14. Nah. 1, 9. Prov. 24, 22. 

d) to arise, to come forth, to appear ; 
e.g.a new king after his predecessor 
Ex. 1, 8. 1K. 3.12. 2 Κα. 23, 25; a leader . 
Judg 5,7; a prophet Deut. 13, 2. 34, 10; 
anew generation Gen. 41, 30. Judg. 2, 
10. Ps. 78, 6.. With mmm in place of 
Num. 32, 14. 1 K. 8,20. Syr. 55. often 


Arab. i229 ols id. 


e) Trop. to rise up out of calamity 


of'a king. 


Dip 


Jer. 51, 64. Also to vise in prosperity, 
pe ᾳ. ἃ. ‘to rise in the world,’ Prov. 
28, 12. 

f) Of God as virile up for judgment, 
wptia?, Ps.76,10; to punish the wicked 
Is. 2, 19. 21. 28, 21. Ps. 12,6. Job 31,14. 

g) to rise up, to rise again, as the 
dead returning to life, Job 14, 12, Ps. 88, 
11. Is. 26, 14.19. Also to arise out of 
sleep Prov. 6,9; to rise up from sick- 
ness Ps. 41, 9. 

h) to sit down and rise up, put for the 
general course of life and conduct, Ps. 
139, 2. So to lie down and rise up id. 
Deut. 6, 7. 11, 19. 

i) to rise, as the light Job 25. 3; the 
noon-day light Job 11, 17. 

2. to set oneself, to stand, i. q. "ὩΣ ; see 
the Arab. and Ethiop. usage above. 2 K. 
13, 21 1"ban7>> OPM and slood upon his 
feet. Job 19, 25. 30,12; c. 3 Ps. 24, 3. 
Of waters heaped up, Josh. 3, 16; with 
neg. of idols, i.q. to be cust down, Is. 27, 
9.—Trop. a) to stand firm, to be esta- 
blished, as a kingdom 1 Sam. 13, 14. 24, 
21; of a king 2 Chr. 21,4. Hence fo 
stand, i. e. to stand out, to endure, Job 15, 
29. Am. 7, 2.5. Nah. 1,6. Ps. 1,5; ¢. 
"2»> to stand out before, to withstand any 
one, Josh. 7,12. 13. Ofthings Job 41,18 
[26]. b) to remain Josh. 2, 11. Is. 40, 
8; 6. > to any one, Lev. 25, 30. 27, 19. 
With by, Is. 32, 8 DIPS nisaby NAT} 
and he remaineth (persisteth) in liberal 
things. Arab. Ac Ls to persist in. 
6) With > of pers. to stand up for any 
one, in his behalf, fo stand by him, Ps. 
94,16. Arab. x) elsid.  d) Trop. to 
to be confirmed, established, e. g. a pur- 
chase Gen. 23, 17. 20; counsel or pur- 
pose Is. 8, 10. 14, 24. Prov. 19,21; once 
c. 2, to be established to any one, i. e. 
to be successful, Job 22, 28; of a pre- 
diction Jer. 44, 28, opp. 8839. So ἐο be 
valid, to stand good, e. g. testimony 
Deut. 19, 15; a vow Num. 30, 5 sq. 
6) Ἔ ὈΣΣ ΣΡ DAP zo stand upon (in) the 
name of any one, i.e. in the public regis- 
ters, to be enrolled in his place, to suc- 
ceed to the name and estate of any one, 
Deut. 25,6. f) }m> Ap 1K. 14,4 
comp. 1 Sam. 4, 15, his eyes were set, 
fixed, spoken of a person afflicted with 
a disease of the eye, in which the pupil 


920 


-excite a hostile people Hab. 1, 





Dp 


becomes fixed, so as no longer to contract 


and dilate. Arab. yard} cuols id. 
3. Like Samar. ὩΣ, to live ; see Pi. 
no. 2, and the nouns Dp, ΞΗΡΌΝ 


(ppt) the people. 

Pie. OP, chiefly in the later books , 
like Aram. D°p, Sano. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, in various 
connections: a) to confirm, to establish, 
Ruth.4, 7. Esth. 9, 29. 31 init. Οἵα 
prophecy, to confirm by the event, Ez. 
13, 6. Ὁ) With >> to enjoin any thing 
upon any one, pr. fo cause to be imposed 
upon any one, Esth. 9, 21. 31 mid. comp. 
Chald. ὃ ἘΠῚ to bind by an oath. 
Hence 1753 ΣΡ to take upon oneself, pr. 
‘to enjoin upon oneself?’ Esth. 9, 27. 

1 fin. c) to make stand good, i. e. to 
perform, to fulfil, an oath, Ps. 119, 106. 

2. Trans. of Kal no. 3, to preserve 
alive, Ps. 119, 28. Frequent in the Tar- 
gums. 

Pit, caip 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, 
to raise up, to build up, 6. g. ruins, Is. 
44, 26. 58, 12. 61, 4. 

2. Intrans. fo rise up; Mic. 2, 8 long 
since hath my people Dp? 3385 risen 
up as an enemy; Vulg. consurrezit. 
Others, long since hath my people set 
(me) up as an enemy ; but this is far- 
fetched. , 

Hips. S°pt, fut. Ὁ", apoc. ep, 
conv. Ops}. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to raise up, to 
lift or help up, e.g. one lying down 2 
Sam. 12, 17. 1 Sam. 2, 8; one fallen 
Deut. 22,4; the afflicted Job 4,4. Ps. 
41,11. Spec. a) to raise up, i.e. to 
6; an 
adversary (0.2) 1 K. 11, 14; 6. 53 
against Am. 6,14. Mic. 5,4. Also to 
rouse up a wild beast Gen. 49, 9. Num. 


5 
~ 


"24,9. Trop. to raise up evil, calamity, 


against (>) any one, 2 Sam. 12, 11. 
Ez. 34, 23. Zech. 11,16; Ἐκ id. 1 Sam. 
3,12. Ὁ) to raise up, i. 6. to cause to 
arise or appear, e. g. judges Judg. 2, 18; 


a prophet Jer. 29,15; a priest 1 Sam. — 


2,35; aking in place of another, c. "mm 
2 Sam. 7,12; a new generation Josh. 5, 
7; a plant, to make grow up, Ez. 34, 29. 


Spee: > ot} opm Deut. 25, 7. Ruth 4, 5. ? 
10, and > soy ppm Gen. 38, 8, to raise 








Bp 


up to any one a name, seed, or offspring, 
1. 6. by marrying his widow to raise up 
- children that shall succeed to his name 
-andinheritance. c) ¢oset up, to rear up, 
to erect, 6. g. a tent Ex. 26, 30; a sta- 
tue Deut. 16, 22; an altar 1 K. 16, 32; 
towers Is. 23,13. Also to set up again, 
_ to restore, 6. g. a tent fallen down Am. 9, 
11; hence 728 O°PH, ep: "wad ‘n, 
to restore the land, the tribes of Israel, 
Is. 49,6.8. So m™a DPM to set up 
(make) a covenant Gen. 6, 18. 9,11. 17, 
7. αἱ. d) to lift up a shield, Ez. 26, 8. 
6) to raise up again, to revive, Hos. 6, 2 ; 
comp. Jer. 30,9. See Kal no. 1. g. 

_ 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
᾿ stand, Ps. 40,3. Hence: a) 20 set, to 
δεῖ up, to constitute, e. g. a king Deut. 
28, 36. 1 K. 14,14; a watch Judg. 7, 19., 
_ Jer. 51,12; watchmen, overseers, Jer. 6, 
17; shepherds 23, 4; God, a people for 
himself Deut. 28,9; a boundary Prov. 
30,4. δ) to make stand firm, to con- 
__ firm, to establish, 6. g. a throne, kingdom, 
2 Sam. 3, 10. 1K. 9, 5. 2 Chron. 7, 18. 
Also of a vow Num. 30, 14. 15; a pro- 
ΠΟ phecy, to fulfil Is. 44, 26; and so a pro- 
mise, to fulfil, to perform, Deut. 9, 5. 
1 Sam. 1, 23. 1 K. 6, 12. Jer. 29, 10. Ps. 
. 109, 38; an oath Gen. 26, 3. Jor. 11, 5; 
a covenant Jer. 34,18. So to perform, 
‘to execute a eoriiinndd 1 Sam. 15, 11. 
Jer. 35, 16; a purpose Jer. 23, 20; a 
vow Jer. 44,25. c) to make stand still, 
to still, a tempest, Ps. 107, 29. 

Hops. 8P37, once Opn for DPM in 
some copies 2 Sam. 23, 1. 

1. to be raised up, erected, 6. g. the 
_ tabernacle Ex. 40, 17. 

_ 2. to be set up, constituted, 2 Sam. 
) 23, 1. 

3. to be established, performed, e. g. a 
rule, command, Jer. 35, 14. 

Hirnpan. oaipnn. 
hostile sense Ps. 17, 7; ὁ. > upon or 
against any one Job 20, 27. Part. c. 




























Ps. 59. 2. Job 27, 7 

Ἶ Deriv. πο, maa, Dp , ΘΗΡῸΣ, 
PBip2. oP, AVP, mB, ΠΌΡΡΩ, 
Se9iPm, andthe pr. names 5°p?, yap. 


~ BAP Chald. fut. πῆρ, part. ΝΡ. 
1. to rise up Dan. 3, 24. 6, 20; before 


921 


to rise up, ina 


suff. “anipma "Ἢ adversary, enemy, ’ 





Pp 


Heb. no. 1..b, Dan. 7, 5. Ezra 5, 2; to 
arise, i.e. to come forth, to exist, 6. g. 


aking, kingdom, Dan. 2, 39. 7, 17. 24. 


2. to stand, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 3. 7, 10. 163. 
also to endure, to remain, 2, 44. 

Pa. O°p to raise up, to set up; hence 
bsp asp to make a decree, to give com- 
mand, Dan. 6, 8. 

Apu. o°pn Dan. 3, 2, 6. suff. Haxpn 
5, 11, once πρὶ 3, 1; 2 pers. ᾿2 
3, 18, ΤΏ 3, 14; fut. DAs 2, 44, also 
opt? 5, 21; part. DMD 2, 21. 

1, to set wp, to erect, e. g. a statue 
Dan. 3, 1 sq. 

2. to set up, to constitute, e. g. a king 
Dan. 2, 21; a prefect 5,11; priests 
Ezra 6, 18; c. 53 tu set over Dan. 4, 14. 
6, 2. 4. 

3. to cause to arise, to set up, 6. g.a 
kingdom, Dan. 2, 44. 

4. to confirm, to establish, Dan. 6, 9. 16. 

Hora. ΞΡ, fem. ma pn, to be made 
to stand, Dan. 7, 4. 

Deriv. D°p, 3. 


Map f. (r. Bip) 1. stature ; Eth. 
PEP Syr. jAseao, id. 8) Ofa person, 
Cant. 7, 8. 1 Sam. 16, 7. 28, 20 δὲ 5 
inaip his full stature. Ez. 13, 18 “b5 
mip every stature, i. e. men of every 
stature. Ὁ) Ofa tree, plant; 7 maip ab) 
tall of stature Ez. 31,3; τὴ nba low 
of stature Ez. 17,6; comp. 19, 6. 31, 5. 
10. 14. Is. 10, 33, το mig “the sla- 
ture {tallness) of his cedars; his tall 
cedars, Is. 37, 24. 

2. height, altitude, Gen. 6, 15. Ex. 25, 
10. 23. 27, 1. 1 K. 6, 10. 20. 26. 2 K. 25, 
17. al. 


mran'ip f. (τ. Dap Pil.) pr. upright- 
ness ; as adv: upright, erect, Lev. 26, 13. 


ἽΡ ΟΥ̓ TP in Kal not used; prob. 

1. to beat, to pound ; kindr. with 22. 
Arab. (ον mid. Ye, to forge iron. Syr. 
χω, Chald. 2, a worker in iron, 
asmith. Hence }"p no. 1. 

2. to strike the strings of a musical 
instrument, to play; also to sing, to 
chant in accompaniment ; see Pil. and 
mp. Bh . [aac a musical sound. . 


Arab. Ἀτὰξ a maid, also according te 
some a female sehateel, 


Ἢ 


Pit. "ip, fat. 3 plur. 4225pm Ez. 32, 
16; spec. to chant a mournful song, to 
lament, fally HP IP 2 Sam. 1, 17. 
Ez. 32, 16; ἃ by over or wpon any per- 
son or thing 2 Chr. 35, 25. Ez. 27, 32; 
by 2 Sam. 3,33. Part. ἢ plur. ΤΣ 
female wailers, hired mourners, Jer. 9, 
16. 

Deriv. 772, ΠΡ» pra. "MR; 12: 


* ¥"\P obsol. root, prob. 1. to dig, to 
scrape, i.q. "AP; see in lett.4. Hence 
2. ig. Arab. αἰ mid. Waw, Conj. I, 
VIII, to mount, to cover, spoken of the 
camel in copulation; from the idea of 
digging, piercing; see in r. "2% no. 1. 
Deriv. ΣΡ and 


YP m. once Ez. 23, 23, pr. a he-camel, 
stallion, then trop. prince, noble, as the 
Vulg. and Rabbins correctly. This me- 
taphor is common among the Hebrews 
and Arabians, comp. "ΠΩΣ, also Arab. 


Sos ey ey all which denote a 


he-camel for breeding, espec. of a nobler 
race, and likewise a prince. In parono- 
masia with >i wealthy. 


ΩΡ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. 23 no. 3, to 
move in a circle ; hence M5pM circuit. 


Dip m. plur. b pip, an ape 1K. 10, 22. 
2Chr. 9,21. Sanscr. and Malabar kapi, 
ape, (pr. swift, agile,) a word of Indian 
origin; whence also Gr. χῆπος, κῆβος, 
κεῖβος, which are used of various species 
of apes and monkeys. 


ΤΥ see in yp IIL. 


ΠΟΥ fut. ysps, conv. ppt. 

1. to loathe, to feel disgust, to abhor 
any thing. Corresponding are 5p, 
Eth. PAMM to loathe ; comp. Chald. 
ὭΣ. The primary idea is prob. to feel 
nausea, to vomit, as a sort of onomato- 
poetic verb, comp. in Xip.—With 5 
Gen. 27, 46. Lev. 20, 23. Num. 21, 5. 
1 K. 11, 25. Prov. 3, 11. 

2; ΡΘΗ to be anxious, 6. "232 Ex. 
1,12. Num. 22, 3. Is. 7, 16. —The idea 
of loathing in παν προ other verbs is also 
transferred to that of fear, as Chald. 22p 


to loathe, Syr. aaa to fear greatly ; 
so Arab. pe ae comp. also Germ. 


922 





4 


“Ip 


| 


Ἷ 


« Grauen haben vor etwas,’ Engl to 


feel horror.’ 

Hipx. ὙΠ, causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
put in fear, 6. g. a city, region, to terrify 
it with invasion, siege, Is. 7,6. Comp. 


Arab. Conj. Ill, timorem es 
oppugnavit, 
᾿ ΠΡ only in Ηιρη. ὙΠ in- 


trans. to awake from sleep, i.q. 7P3, but 
except 2 K. 4, 31 only poetic, Ps. 3, 6. 
17, 15. 73, 20. 139,18. Is. 29,8. Prov. 
6, 22; from: drunken sleep Joel 1, 15. 
Trop. a) Of God, nE"pH awake! sc. 
for help, Ps. 35, 23. 44, 24. 59,6. Hab, 
2,19. b) From the sleep of death 2K. 
4, 31. Job 14, 12. Is. 26,19. Dan. 12, 2. 
6) Ez. 7,6 9228 "RM YPM δ the end 
cometh, it awaketh (riseth up) against 
thee, where note the paronomasia. 


rin. ΥΡ and VR 1. i. q. 73, to 
cut, to cut up or off; comp. ΓΝ. 
Hence y'P thorn, so called from cut- 
ting, wounding ; aleo YP pr. the cut- 
ting off of fruits, harvest; then summer. 
—From the noun 7"P then comes 

2. Denom. to summer, Is. 18, 6; opp. 


ΠῚ. no. 2 to winter. Arab. LE mia. 


Ye, id. 

TP m. (τ 7p Il) plur. B°x 5p, o"xp 
Ex. 22. 5. 

1. a thorn, Ez. 28, 24. Collect. thorns, 
a thornbush, briers, Gen. 3, 18. Is. 32, 
13. al. Plur. Jer. 4, 3. Is. 33, 12. Judg. 
8, 7. 

2. Koz,pr.n.m. a)1Chr.4,8. Ὁ) 
With art. yp Ezra 2,61. Neh. 3,4. 21. 
7, 63. 1 Chr. 24, 10. 


mizip f. plur. (τ. 7p) locks of hair, 
Sorelocks, so called from being cut, shorn, 
Cant. 5,2. 11. Syr. f2,a0 or f2.a5 id. 


Sg? 
Arab. a3 forelocks. 
tens Opp. min. p. 246. 


*"\P to dig for water, 2 K. 19, 24. Is. 
37, 90: Ant ye mid. Waw, excidit e 


Comp. Schul- 


medio ; ed to have one eye dug out. 


The biliteral root “p to dig occurs alsa 

in "Pt, "PM, "pr, WAS; comp. Ad, 

ΓΞ, 285 79 TI, aM .—Deriv. ipa. 
Hiren. 2 pret. ἢ Oph, inf. pA. to 


ἪΡ 


let flow forth, as a fountain its waters 
Ψ ει 6, 7. 

4. Prue. “Pp 1 to dig under, to under- 
“mine a wall,asin Talmud. So in paro- 
_ nomasia, Is. 22, 5 Ἢ "pp (a day) un- 
_dermining the πάπα when all shall be 
[πότον Talmud. “"P't NIP Pp de- 








are 


2. to” destroy perpous ; ; Num. 24, 17 
τῷ "23-52 “Pp IpP) and destroy all the 
sons of pride ; Sept. προνομεύσει, Vulg. 
| wastabit. - 

| Deriv. "Pp, "PIP, ΣῚΡ, Pe. 

| TP m. (τ. Mp) 6. suff. "mp, plur. 
ΤΡ} ; a beam, joist, pr. a cross-beam, 2 
Κι, 6, 2. 5; plur. 2 Chr. 3, 7. Cant. 1, 17. 
ΒΥ synecd. a roof, like Gr. μέλαϑρον, 
" Gen. 19, 8—Syr. ἴδ id. 

_ OP m. plur. fine threads, webs, i. 6. 


_ spiders’ webs, Is. 59, 5. 6. Arab. 93 
thread of cotton. Comp. Gr. καῖρος the 
_cross threads in weaving, whence zaigow, 
χκαΐίρωσις. The etymology is obscure. 


* wip 1. i. q. Arab. υ3 to be 


curved, bent, as a bow, the back; II, 
_to curve, to bend, as a bow; δ οι 


| Gr. γαῦσος curved. Hence nap, δα 

_ bow, nw, and pr. ἡ. ἢ ΠΡ. 

2. i.q. ὅρα, tolay snares ; once in fut. 
Is. 29, 21 AHP, in other Mss. j7Hip". 

_ Deriv. see in no. 1, also pr. n. Bp, 

4 ὙΘΡοΣ , and 

j WIwAp (bow of Jehovah, i. e. rain- 

| bow) Kushaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 17; 

_ called in 6, 29 [44] "δ Kishi.’ 

_ MiP see r. mp> and Index. 

OP Ez. 16, 47, see 2p. 


τ ΞῺΡ obsol. root, Chald. and Arab. 
5 10 cut ; hence to cut off, to destroy. 
' Kindred verbs are 13p ,2"4,3unN. The 


cutting off, like the kindred yp , 7; see 
f the ΡῈ bop, joe, Hue, Arab. bs, 
ἈΞ; and comp. under ΥῈΡ, YEN, 1a, 
ee 71a .—Hence ΞΏΡ, ΟΡ ἃ 

AQP m. in pause Ὸ 1. a cutting 


i off, destruction ; Is, 28,2 UP "D0 a de- 
petroying storm. 





923 


biliteral root Ὁ has this sense of cutting, | 





jeP 
2. Spec. contagion, pestilence, Deut. 
32, 24. Ps. 91, 6. 


AUP m. ὁ. suff. ἼΞΩΡ id. spec. conta- 
gion, pestilence, Hos. 13,14. R. 2up. 


ΤΩΡ f. (r. 2p 1) incense, Deut. 33, 
10. 


MIP (incense) Keturah, pr. ἢ. of 


‘the wife whom Abraham took after the 


death of Sarah, Gen. 25,1. 1 Chr. 1, 32. 


ἘΘῺΡ fat. S24, to kill, to slay, ἃ 
poetic verb, Ps. 139,19. Job 13, 15. 24, 
14. Syr. and Chald. id. Arab. ass, 
Ethiop. ®TA. The primary idea is 
that of cutting,see in 33. Comp. the 
Gr. KTe:Nw.—Hence ΞΡ. 


2UP Chald. to kill; Part. act.bup Dan. 
5,19. Part. pass. baz: “=P Dan. 5, 30. 7, 11. 
Pa. wp intens. to kill Bhar than 


one, like Syr. Pa. and Arab. Jas. Dan. 
2, 14. 3, 22. 
True. and IrHpa. Dan. 2, 13, pass, 


SUP m. in pause dup slaughter, Ob.9. 


ΩΡ, fut. wpr, to be little, small, 
opp. 55. The primary idea seems to be 
that of cutting off, and so making short- 
er and smaller, pr. ‘to be docked; see 
in 22p. Syr. ado, Ethiop. ®M,7, 
fine, subtle.—2 Sam. 7, 19 and this was 
yet small in thy sight, did not suffice. 
1 Chr. 17, 17. Trop. 6. ja to be un- 
worthy of, Gen. 32, 11. | 

Hira. to make small, Am. 8, 5. 

Deriv. oP, oP, ἸΏ}, and pr. n. nwp, 
Whe: 

TOR and FOP, constr. once #2p 2 Chr. 
21, 17; but c. suff. "22p, plur. D"2up 
2K. 2, 23, constr. "22P, and fem. ΠΡ 
we misep Zech. 4, 10, all from jep. 

1. Adj. little, small, opp. πῇ. a) OF 
persons, as not grown up, bing, a1 joa 
from small to great, i. 6. all, Gen. 19, 11. 
1 Sam. 5, 9. 30,2. Jer. 8,10. al. dit32 
JP 331 id. 2 Chr. 34, 30. Esth. 1, 5. 20. 
{2p 52 α little son 2 Sam. 9,12; jop 753 
1 Sam. 20, 35. 1 K. 11, 17, plur. 2 K. 2, 
23, ΠΡῸΡ mins a little sister Cant. 8, 8. 
2K. 5, 2. Hence of age, c. art. (OPH, 
ὭΡΠ, young, the younger, Gen. 9, 24, 27, 
15, 42, 44,2, 1 Sam. 18, 11. 17, 14..ὄ 8) 
Of beasts 2 Sam. 12, 3. Cant. 2, 15. ὁ) 


ἸῸΡ 
Of things, as jOPM Tine Gen. 1, 16; 
mop ΡΣ Ecc. 9, 14; so 1 Sam. 20, 2. 
22, 15. 1 K. 2, 20.—Abstr. smallness, 
whence jQPM 72D vessels of smallness, 
ji. e. smaller vessels, Is. 22, 24. Plur. 


ΤΡ oi the day of small things, Zech. 


4, 10. 
2.Trop. a) Ofasmall number 1 Sam. 
9, 21. Is. 60,22. b) Of time Is. 54, 7. 
ὁ) Of might, authority, Am. 7, 2. 5; 
comp. Is. 36, 9. 
3. 2p Katan, pr. n.m. ο. art. Hakka- 
tan, Exzra 8, 12. : 


JOP m. (τ. 1212) smallness, then the 
little finger ; whence c. suff. "22p κοί πὶ 
‘my litle finger’ 1 K. 12,10. 2 Chr. 10, 
10. Other Mss. read in 2 Chr. |. c. 325 
kéténni, from a form 29 with Dag. 
impl. in }, the moveable Sheva being 
changed into Kamets-Hateph ; see J. H. 
Michaelis ad ἢ. 1. But it would seem 
inadmissible to read with Van der 
Hooght "4p in1K.1.c. Comp. >3p. 


. ΠΡ fut. ΠΏ, to pluck off, to break 
off, 6. g. ears of grain, foliage, etc. Deut. 
23, 26. Job 30, 4. Ez. 17, 4. 22.—Arab. 


wakes, Syr. καἶ», to pluck grapes. 
Kindr. are 907, ὭΣΤ, 
Nipu. pass. Job 8, 12. 


#? OP in Kal not used, i. q. "MY no. 
1, to smoke, see ἴθ. Spec. of fra- 
grant smoke, perfume, incense; Arab. 

5 Il, to smoke with aloe-wood ; V, to 
perfume oneself with smoke, as a female ; 
ῳ Ὁ 9 ῷῳ 99 
pee and pes odorous wood burned as 
perfume, aloe-wood. 

Prev 3 plur. Bp, fut. "wp", to burn 
incense, chiefly to idols, c. dat. 6. g. dyad 
2 K. 23,5. Jer.’7,9; the queen of heaven 
Jer. 44, 17-19. 25; the brazen serpent 
2K. 18, 4; the host of heaven Jer. 19, 
13; to ‘other gods’ Jer. 1, 16. 19,4. 44, 
8. 15. Absol. or with adjunct of place 
1K. 22, 44. 2K. 12,4. 14, 4. Is. 65, 7. 
Jer. 44,21. 23. Trop. Hab. 1,16. Rarely 
like Hiph. no. 2, of sacrifice offered to 
God, 6. ace. to burn the fat, the odour of 
which went up as incense, 1 Sam. 2, 16; 
comp. Am. 4, 5.—Part. fem. plur. ninwpa 
altars of incense, on which incense was 
burned, pr. ‘diffusing odours,’ 2 Chr. 30, 
14 


924: 









i"p 


Puat part. f. ΤΩΡ incense Cant. 3, 

Hiru. 1. i.q. Piel, ἐο burn incense 
idols, c. dat. 1 Καὶ. 11, 8. Jer. 48, 35. Hos 
2,15; absol. 1 K. 3, 3. 13, 2, 2 Chr. 28 
3.—Oftener ‘ 

2. to burn upon the altar, c. ace. og 
incense, MI¥p , Ex. 30, 7.8. 40,27. 2 Chr 
29, 7; the fat of victims and the victim 
itself, Lev. 1, 9.17. 3, 11.16. 4, 10. 8,21, 
Ez. 29, 18. 1 Sam. 2, 15. 16; an offering 
or memorial, Lev. 2, 2. 16. 6,8. Jer. 33, 
18. With dat. of the divinity, as EPr 
mibd 47> 2 Chr. 13, 11, comp. Ex. 30, 20; 
without acc. 2 Chr. 26, 18; with 3 "38 
1 Chr. 23, 13. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 5; absol. 1 K. 
13, 1. 12, 33. 1 K. 6, 34. 

Horn. “27 pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Lev. 
6,15. Part. "2p incense Mal. 1, 11. 

Deriv. πῶ, Mbp, Wp, ὙΠῸ, 
“2h2, MILP2, and pr. ἢ. ΠΩ. 


ἘΠ᾿. 90D i.g. Aram. "ΩΡ pho and 
Heb. "8p, to bind, to tie; and hence fo 
shut, to close. Comp. Ethiop. RAZ to 
bind, ®TZ to shut, to watch a door. 
—Part. Pass. f? Ez. 46, 22 ninop ninsn 
closed courts, i. e. surrounded by a wall 
and closed with doors; referring to the 
smaller courts in the four corners of the 
great court, which served as kitchens, v. 
24.—Hence pr. ἢ. ΩΡ and 


“OP Chald. m. only in plur, pop, 
knots, i. 6. a) vertebre, joints of the 
back, Dan. 5, 6; see in yom. Syr. 
12,20 joint of the hand, wrist. δ) 


Trop. knotty questions, hard problems, 


Dan. 5, 12. 16. 


TOP (knotty, i. ᾳ. Chald. ἸΏ, τ. 
“op ΠῚ Kitron, pr. n. of a town of Zebu- 
lon, Judg.1,30. Some hold it to be i. q. 
nop Josh. 19,15; but without reason. 


MOP f(r. wp 1) c. suff. "AIP, in- 


cense Ex. 30, 35. Lev. 10,1. Is. 1, 13. 


Prov. 27, 9. al. sep.—Ps. 66, 15 ΓΒΕ 
nn>°x incense of rams, i.e. the fat as 
burned in sacrifice. 

ΓῺ (for mp small, r. jp) Kaétath, 
pr. n. of a place in Zebulon, Josh. 19, 15. 


RP m. vomit, Is. 19, 14. 28, 8. Jer. 
48, 26. R.xXip. 


F rm 2, Imper. "Pp Jer. 25, 27, see in 
τ. SP 


4 
Ἷ 


ἵ 


" 











o"p 


D8 Chald. m, i. ᾳ. Heb. V2, sum- 
mer, Dan. 2, 35. 


OP m. (r. “op 1) 1. smoke, Gen. 
19, 28. Ps. 119, 83. 
2. vapour, a cloud, Ps. 148, 8. 


ὩΡΡ m.(r. 9p) a rising up against 
any one, see the root no. 1. c; hence 
concer. Job 22, 20 522"P our adversaries, 
enemies, i. q. 33°72. 


Dy Chald. m. a statute, edict, Dan. 6, 
8. In Targ. often for Heb. ph, m3. 


 *Syr. ἴδωυο. R. orp. 
DP Chald. adj. enduring, sure, Dan. 
4,23. Syr.[Saed id. R. Dp. 


MOP f. (τ. DIP) α rising up, Lam. 
3, 63. 
Dip, see winp. 


TP see in r. ἘΡ. 


TP m. (τ. PP) 1. α lance, spear, c. 
suff. ἢ 2 Sam. 21, 16. 

2. Cain, pr.n. a) The eldest son of 
Adam, the murderer of his brother Abel, 
Gen. 4,1sq. Among his posterity were 
the inventors of arts and arms. The 
name comes from r. ἢ, perh. lance, as 
a murderous weapon; though in Gen. 
4,1 the etymology is explained as if r. 
“Ip were i. q. ΤΡ no. 1, viz. she bore 
Cain and said: I have gotten (borne) a 
man with the- help of the Lord. Ὁ) 
The tribe of the Kenites, Num. 24, 22. 
Judg. 4,11; see ΠΡ. c) A townin 
the tribe of Judah, c. art. Josh. 15, 57. 


"2"? ἢ (τ. PP) plur. Γῆ, once ὉΠ 
Ez. 2, 10. 
1. song, Syr. {22.20 musical sound, 


song. Spec. a song of mourning, lamen- 
tation, Jer. 9,9. Am. 5,1. 8, 10. Ez. 2, 
10. 19, 14. al. 

2. Kinah, pr. n. of a town in Judah 
Josh. 15, 22. 


22 Gen. 15, 19. Judg. 4,11. 17. 1 
Sam. 30, 29, also "2P 2 Sam. 27, 10 "2° 
1 Chr. 2/55, gentile ἢ. Kenite, collect. 
the Kenites, a Canaanitish tribe dwell- 
ing among the Amalekites, | Sam. 15, 
_ 6, comp. Num. 24, 20.21. Hobab. the 

father-in-law of Moses, was phylarch of 
one of their tribes, Judg. 1, 16. 4, 11. 
The family of Heber the Kenite dwelt 

78 


925 





ΡῬ 

in Naphtali, Judg. 4, 11. See too jp 
no. 2. b.—Syr. Luteo id. pr. ‘a smith, 
and this is prob. the signif: of Heb. Ὁ, 
from r. 3p. 


2} (smith, perh. lancer, r. jp) Ke- . 
nan or Cainan, pr. n. of an antediluvian 
patriarch deasohdod from Seth, Gen. 5, 
9. 1 Chr. 1, 2. 


TP m. (r. γῈΡ IIL) c. suff. ΣΡ, har- - 
vest of fruits, fruit-harvest, not of grain 
which is "Xp; pr. the cutting off of 
fruit. Is. 16, 9. Jer. 8, 20. 48,32. Spec. 
Sig-harvest, which in Palestine takes 
place in August ; although early figs 
(9.533) ripen at the summer solstice ; 
Is. 28, 4 as the early fig before the har- 
vest. Mic. 7, 1.—Hence 

a) the harvest-time of figs, i. 6. sum- 
mer, espec. midsummer, the hottest sea- 

πα τιν Ἂν 

son; Arab. Lae or Leys mid-summer. 
Chald. op, Syr. ἴω, id.—Ps. 32, 4 
ΤῊ w2=7N2 into the droughts of sum- 
mer. Prov. 6, 8. 10, 5. 26, 1. 30, 35. 
ΥΡΤΠ ma the summer-house Am. 3, 15. 
Sometimes it seems to include the spring, 
as $M also includes autumn and win- 
ter; see in Fh, 

b) fruit, spec. figs, as harvested, Am. 
8, 1. 2; comp. Jer. 24, 1 sq. Jerome po- 
ma, which is a general word including 
Jigs ; see the.lexicons. 2 Sam. 16,1 ΓΝ Ὁ 
77P, ellipt. for yap MidbaI τιν Ὁ, a hun- 
dred cakes of figs. Comp. in Engl. the 
harvest for the grain harvested. 


. PX"P m. adj. (r. ΥῈΡ, for fiz p, after 
the analogy of jiz°n from yin, Dag. 
om. after "—) the last, the extreme, only 
in f. nix "p Ex. 26, 4. 10. 36, 11. 17. 


ΤΡ m. Jon. 4, 6-10, according to 
Jerome, the Talmud, and Heb. intpp. 
the ricinus, palma Christi, Arab. ¢ g ya 


el-kheri?a, Egyptian xix, κούκι, Diod. 
Sic. 1. 34, a tall biennial plant still culti- 
vated in gardens, of an elegant appear- 
ance and rapid growth, with a stalk or 
trunk full of sap. At Jericho it becomes 
a considerable tree; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. II. p. 281. Bochart. Hieroz. IL. 
p. 293, 623. Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 273 
sq. Thesaur. p. 1214.—According to 
Sept. and Peshito, a gourd.. 


ΡῬ 
PP τα. (r. dbp) i. g. FPP, ignominy, 
shame, once Hab. 2, 16.—Vulg. vomitus 
ignominia, ΠΥ ΚΑΡΨ, vomit, as if com- 
. pounded from "p for 8"P vomit, and Ὁ 
ignominy, in which sense also nine Mss. 
write it in separate words, j1°2 "P.— 
Perhaps for ji>p>P, comp. MinviD from 
mY. But not improb. the letters “p 
are not genuine, and have crept in by 
“an error of the copyists. 


ὝῬ m. once “P Is. 22, 5 (where seve- 
ral Mss. ""p), plur. mimsp. R. ap. 

1. a wall, Sept. τεῖχος, 6. g. of a city 
Num. 35, 4. Is. 22,5. ΡΠ workmen 
in walls, masons, 1 Chr. 14, 1, comp. 
2Sam. 5,11. "pa jax Hab. 2, 11. Lev. 
14,37. "03 “"p a leaning wall, ready 
to fall, Ps. 62, 4; 855 ἪΡ Ez. 13, 12. 14. 
15.—Spec. a) wall of a house, e. g. ex- 
terior 2 K. 9, 33. Ez. 8,8. 12,5, Am. 5, 
19; also the inside wall, often ornament- 
ed with panels and pictures, 1K. 6, 15. 
Fiz. 8,10, 23, 14. 1 Sam. 19,10. 2 K. 20, 
2. “prt 392 the wall-seat, by the wall, 
1 Sam. 20, 25. So of the walls (sides) 
of an altar Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9; trop. of 
the heart Jer. 4,19. b) wall of a gar- 
den, park, etc. Num. 22,25. 1 K.5, 13. 
“pow a wall-storm i. 6. destroying 
walls Is.25,4. 6) wall-side,as min -"p 
Josh. 2, 15; and so prob. 2K. 4, 10 “nrby 
mop =p a little wall-chamber, built 
against the side of the house ; here ΓΙΡῸΡ 
agrees with m=>y.—Prob. the primary 
idea of ""P may have been a mound, 
rampart, Lat. vallum, so called from 
digging, r.“p; hence a wall ; just as 
Engl. wall,comes from Lat. vallum. 

2. ὦ walled place, like Gr. τεῖχος (He- 
rod. Xen.) a fortress, citadel ; whence 
ayia “"p Is. 15, 1 (fortress of Moab, 
Chald. Δ ΤΩ 8272) Kir Moab, pr. n. of 
a fortified city in the territory of Moab, 
now called Kerak, which name is glao 
applied in a δες sense to the whole 
district. The same is called in Is. 16, 
11. Jer. 48, 21. 36 ban “"p (brick en 
με; and in Is. 16,7. 2 Κ.8, 
25 nwan ὙῬ Kir-hareseth, id. For the 
present Kerak, see Burckh. Travels in 
Syria p. 377-390, Irby and Mangles 
Ρ. 351 sq. [110 sq.] Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
II. p. 569. 

3. Kir, pr. ἢ. of a people and region 


926 


, 
= 





mp 


subject to the Assyrian empire, Is. 22,6. 
2K. 16, 9. Am. 1, 5. 9, 7. Prob. the 
tract on the river Cyrus (Gr. Κῦρος and — 
Κύῤῥος) between the Euxine and Cas- 
pian seas, called at the present day in 
Armenian, Aur. 


ὉΠ (Chald. a weaver’s comb) Kiros, 


pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 47; for which ὉΠ Ke- 
ros, Ezra 2, 44. 


SU 
ws 


OP (perh. i. q. ῳ» mup a bow) 
Kish, pr.n.m. a) The father of king 
Saul 1 Sam. 9,1. 14, 51. 1 Chr, 8, 88, 
b) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 9,36. ¢) 1 Chr. 23, 21. 
22. 24,29. d)2Chr. 29,12. 6) Esth. 
2,5. R. wip. 

POP (curved, winding, r. wip) Ki- 
shon, pr. n. of a stream which in winter 
rises near Mount Tabor and empties 
itself into the bay of ’Akka, Judg. 4, 7. 
5, 21. 1K. 18, 40. Ps. 83,10. In sum- 
mer it is dry in the plain. See Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. III. p. 228-233. | tas 

“OP, see ἡγε. - 

‘DAMP Chald.i.q. Gr. κέθαριξ, eithara, 
a lyre, harp, Dan.3,5.7.10 Cheth. In 
Syriac also the Greek ending ἐς is com- 
monly changed to os.—Keri D5MP q. v. 

DP m. adj. (r. bp) £ nbp, ρίαν. op. 

1. light, Job 24, 18.—Hence 

2. swift, with lightness, Is. 19, 1; of 
one running, Am. 2,14. Jer, 46, 6. lam. 
4,19; fully >372 dp 2 Sam. 2,18. Am. 
2, 15. Poet. spec. a fleet horse is, 30, 16. 
Adv. swiftly, Joel 4, 4. Is. 5, 26.—Aram, 


dbp, jLiN’s, light, swift. 

>P Chald. m. i. q. Heb. dip, voice, 
Dan. 4, 28. 6,21. 7,11; sownd of ἃ trum- 
pet, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 

Ὁ, see dip, also in r. >>p no. 4. 


ἘΠῚ whence fut. Niph. s">p% 2 
Sam. 20, 14 Cheth. Better is the Keri 
Sbrps. 


ΕἾ. MP to roast, to parch, as ears 


of grain, etc. Part. pass. "2>P Lev. 2, 14. 
Josh. 5,11. Alsoa person, asa specie of 


torture, Jer. 29, 22.—Arab. we and ws ’ 
Eth. PAW, Chald. 8>p, id. Kindr. is 
Mx , see onder Ἢ p. 878. 
ivr: Part. ΠΡ} scorched, burned ; 
hence burning, inflammation, Ps. 38 8. 
Deriv. ">p. 


Ὥ 





f 


eS mp. | 

*ILMSP i. g..d4p, to be light, in 
Kal not used. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be made light of, to be con- 
temned, Is. 16, 14; to become despised, 
despicable, Deut. 25, 3. Part. 3p? de- 
spised, ignoble, low, 1 Sam. 18, 23. Is. 3, 
5. Prov. 12, 9. 

Hipu. to make light of, to lightly es- 
teem, Deut. 27, 16.—Hence 


ΤΡ m. 1. contempt, shame, disho- 


nour, Prov. 3, 35. 6, 33. 13, 18. Jer. 46, 


12. Job 10,15. Concer. Is. 22, 18.—Hence 
a) shame, i.e. a shameful deed, Prov. 18, 
3. Hos. 4, 18. b) shame, reproach, in 
words Prov. 22,10. c) shame, i. e. the 
parts of shame, Nah. 3, 5. Jer. 13, 26. 


*mop obsol. root; Talmud. to flow, 
to flow out; Pi. to pour owt. Kindr. is 
mx II, to flow, to be poured out ; whence 


_mmbx a dish. Hence 


mn>p f. verbal of Pi. α pot, kettle, from 
pouring, 1 Sam. 2, 14. Mic. 3,3. Comp. 
Lat. futum (Varr.) and futile, vessel, 
from fundo. 


μ wap 1. to contract, to draw in, to 


_ shrink, i. q. Arab. yolks. Part. pass. 





_ again of pulse. 


wisp contracted, shrunk; then any 
thing of diminished stature, dwarf, 
spoken of victims Lev. 22, 23. Arab. 


9 ΄ 9. ὦ, De Ὁ 
biG small stature, go, LX, small, 
dwarf; see Camoos p. 965.—Hence 
pr. n. ΕΠ = 

2. to take in unto oneself, to receive a 


fugitive, i. ᾳ. Chald.v>p. Hence 2p 


an asylum. 

ὙΦ m. (r. m>p 1), once NOP with x 
in otio (as "3, 
roasted or parched grain, i. e. wheat or 
barley roasted in the ears and then 
rubbed out, as is still common among 


_ the Bedawin Arabs; see Legh in Mac- 
_ michael’s Journey p. 235. Bibl. Res. in 


Palest. II. p. 394.—Lev. 23, 14. Ruth 2, 
14. 1 Sam. 25, 18.2 Sam. 17, 28 where 
“DP is twice read, once of grain and 
» Comp. Lev. 2, 14. 


"bp (perh. for MP, ΡΒ, the swift 
messenger of Jehovah) Kailai, pr. n. m. 


Neh. 12, 20. 


™2P Kelaiah, pr. n. of a Levite, Ezra 


10, 23; called also 


δ 22) 1 Sam. 17, 17,_ 





927 >>p 


ND DP (dwarf, τ. 02p) Kelita, pr. ἢ. 
m. Ezra 10, 58. Neh. 8, 7. ao 11. 


2p fut. >p3, Ἰ59" δῶ, 16, 4. 5. 1 
Sam. = 30. 

1. to be light, not heavy, see Hiph. 
Eth. PAA id. PAA light. Syr.\> to 
be light, swift, lightly esteemed.—Hence 

2. to be swift, fleet; comp. κοῦφος 
light, swift, ἐλαφρός and ἔλαφος, Lat. 
‘levis cervus,’ Engl. light-footed ; also 
adj. 55. So 2 Sam. 1, 23 bp ower 
ihey were swifter than eagles. Hab. 1,8. 
Jer. 4, 13. Job 7, 6. 9, 25. 

3. to be or become few, small, to be 


ΓΝ 
diminished ; Arab. (ἀξ to be few. Gen. 
8,11 and Noah saw Y Nh 5272 DYaN ADP 7D 
that the waters were diminished from off 
the earth. v. 8. 

4. Trop. of persons, to be lightly es- 
teemed, to be insignificant, vile ; opp. τ. 
132 no. 6. With."3°32 Gen. 16, 4. 5. Job 
40, 4. Nah. 1, 14 ‘mp "2 for thou art 
become small, thy power is broken, O 
Assyria. Sometimes intens. to be de- 
spised, contemned, opp. 7233, 1 Sam. 2, 
30. Comp. ΠΡ ΤΙ Hence, according 
to some, >p inf. as noun, lightness, i. e. 
shame, reproach, Jer. 3,9; better i. a. 
dip voice, rumour. 

Nipu. 52 2 K. 3, 18, dpa 1 K. 16, 31; 
fut. dp". 

1. to be light; Part. fem. mp2 59 
lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11. Also 
to be light, easy, 2 K. 20, 10; with dat. 
of pers. to any one Prov. 14, 6. | 

2.0 be swift, i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 30, 16. 

3. Trop. of things. to be light, small, 
trifling ; c. "3°92 1 Sam. 18, 23. 2 K. 
3, 18.—Impers. 1 K. 16, 31; and so with 
72 with inf. Is. 49,6 733 55 smith Spa τέ 
is too light a thing that thou shouldst be 
my servant ; also with dat. added Ez. 8. 
17. But Hitzig has well remarked on 
Is. 1. 6. that this construction is not ac-_ 
cordant with the laws of thought or lan- 
guage, but we should rathér expect 12 
of -pegson, thus 733 "> ANN ἜΞΩ 522. 
The writer confounds the two construc- 
tions, and puts before the infin. the 72 
which should have .stood before the 
person. 

4. Trop. of persons; to be lightly es- 
teemed, to be contemned, vile, 2 Sam. 6,22 


>>p 

Prax dbp to vilify, to curse, pr. to make 
vile, contemptible ; Syr. Sf to lightly 
esteem, to vilify. Spec. a) to revile, 
to abuse with reproachful words, Lev. 19, 
14. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Sam. 16, 5. 7. 9. 10. 11. 
13. b) Intens. to curse, to utter impre- 
cations, i. q. "28, and opp. 772. Ps. 62, 
5. 109, 28; with ace. as parents Lev. 
20, 9. Prov. 20, 20; God, i. q. to blas- 
pheme, Ex. 22, 27. Lev. 24, 11; also 
one’s natal day Job 3,1; c. 2, as the 
king and God Is. 8, 21; so non nwa 2 
K. 2, 24, >a 1 Sam. 17, 43. ‘Acurse 
allowed: by immediate destraction is 
ascribed to the prophets, 2 K. 2, 24. 
Deut. 23, 5. Josh. 24, 9; espec. to God 
Gen. 8, 21.—Reflex. > 5p to curse one- 
self, i. e. to bring a curse upon oneself; 
1 Sam. 3, 13 because he knew D"22—9 "2 
sa ἘΠῚ that his sons were bringing a 
curse upon themselves. 

Pua fut. ΞΡ", part. 5p , to be ac- 
cursed, Ps. 37, 22. Job 24, 18 ; 80 i. q. to 
perish under a curse, Is. 65, 20. 

Hien. >pn, fut. oR , inf. 5pm, imper. 
bpn. 

1. 10 make light. to lighten. a) With 
acc. of thing and 537 of pers. to lighten 
any thing from off any one, to take it 
away, 1 Καὶ. 12, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 5. 2 Chr. 
10,10. b) Acc. impl. Ex. 18, 22 >pn 
7722" lighten from off thee sc. the bur- 
den, business, make thy business lighter. 
Jon. 1, 5. c) With 12 of burden, fo 
lighten or remit something from a bur- 
den; 1 K.12,4 9°38 may dpn lighten 
(something) from the service of thy fa- 
ther, i.e. remit something of the service 
which thy father imposed upon us. v. 9. 

2. to make light of, to despise, 2 Sam. 
19, 44. iz. 22, 7; to make despised, to 
bring into contempt, Is. 8, 23. 

Pip. ΠΡ 1. to shake, to move 
* quickly to and fro, from Kal no. 2; 


Arab. K&S id. Eth. AZPAPA to be 
moved, shaken.—Ez. 21, 26 [21] >p>p 
p sma he shaketh (waveth) the agrows, 
a species of divination. 

2. to make smooth, to polish, and hence 
to sharpen Kec. 10, 10.—The notion of 
smoothness exists also in the adj. >>p. 

Hirnpacp. to be moved, shaken, Jer. 
4, 24. 


928 


29. 32:35: 










Op 
Deriv. bp, d>p, ΠΡΌ, oe i ᾿ 


waht "ER. μα: Ω & 

Δ m. adj. smooth, polished, of 8 
Dan. 10,6. Ez. 1,7. Vulg. @s candens. 
See r. ΒΒ} Pilp. no. 2. ae 


MDOP f (r. ἘῈΡ Pi.) constr. nd . 
suff. *nbep plur. ni>>p; maled\ction, 
i.e. a) cursing, reviling,, 2 Sam. 16 
12. Prov. 27, 14. b) a@ curse, impreca- 
tion, Gen. 97, 12. Deut. 11, 26. 29. 30, 1. 
19. al. Gen. 27, 13 5M2>p thy curse, pass. 
i. 6. which Loh te on thee. Concr. one — 
accursed Deut. 21, 23. Jer. 24, 9. 42, 18. 
al. Plur. mi>2p curses Deut. 28, 15. 45. 


, O>P in Kal not used, Piet to scoff - 
at, to scorn, to deride, Ez. 16, 31 thou 
art not as a harlot, 33% 02P> who scoff 
eth at her hire, in order to get more. | 
Vulg. well, Sastidio augens pretium.— | 
Chald. op to praise, also to mock. 

Hirnp. id. c. Ὁ 2K. 2, 23. ΕΖ. 22, 5. : 
Hab. 1, 10. | 

Deriv. the two following. . 


ΞΡ m. scorn, derision, Ps. 44, 14. Jer. 
20, 8. 


MO2P f id. Ez. 22,4. R.odp. 


Ἧ; yop to sling, to throw with a 
sling. Part. ΣῈ a slinger, Judg. 20,16. 
Trop. to sling out, i. e. to eject a people 
from a land, Jer. 10, 18. Chald. and 
Syr. id—The primary idea is perhaps 
that of moving up and down, shaking; 
comp. Arab. «A$ id. Hence >2p no. 2. 

Piex i. q. Kal, 1 Sam. 17, 49. 25, 29. 

Deriv. >2P, >Ep. 


“Tl. bpp) lo carve wood, ete. 1 K. 6, 
Eth. A%U to impress, 
mark, stamp money; @A*U an image 
on coin.—Hence rz>p2, 

Y2P m. (r. ΞῸΡ 1) in pause sop, ὁ. 
suff. is>p ; plur. ΣΡ, constr. "3>P. 

l. a sling 1 Sam. 17, 40. 50. 25, 29. 
Zech. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 26, 14, Chald. 


RD>P, Arab. edlie, id: 


2. a curtain, hanging, Ex. 27. 9 sq. 
35, 17. Num. 3, 26. al—Chald. id. Arab. 


a sail of a ship; @¥ ΤΥ, to sail, to 


navigate. Eth. PAU the sail is furled 


ς , 


Ἢ eae eee OS ΗΝ - = 





ee 


—Chald. ΩΡ 14. Arab. 


Ξ δ 5 >p 


This signification perh. comes from the 


᾿ς idea of ig up and down; see the 


root. 

3. In 1 K. 6, 34 for D°D>p, we ought 
prob. to read ἜΡΟΝ leaves of the door, 
which stands in the first clause and in 
cod. Kennic. no. 150. 


D>P a slinger 2 K. 3,25. R.>>p 1. 


PP adj. (τ. bp, as 9353 from “:5) 
light, mean, vile, of food Num. 21, 5. 


᾿ Wop obsol. root. perh. i. ᾳ. Y2p to 
prick ; then, to be sharp. Chald. wp 
to be thin, lean.—Hence 

FiDSP τὰ. a sharp point, prong; 1 
Sam. 13,21 jit>p Θ᾽ a three-pronged 
fork, with which hay, straw, and the 
like are gathered up, pr. ‘a triad of 
prongs.—Spoken of a pointed instru- 
ment Ecc. 12, 11 Targ. 


* WP obsol. root, perh. i. q. Arab. 

5 to heap together, to collect. Hence 
the pr. names ΘΝ, M29P7, OPV, 
Cea: 

Map f. (τ. DP) constr. ΤΏΡ, plur. 
miap; pr. α stalk of grain, collect. 
stalks, put for standing grain Ex. 22, 5. 
Deut. 16, 9. 23. 26. al. Plur. Judg. 15, 
5.—Chald. id. also a statue. 


SNMP (assembly of God? τ. Mp) 
Kemuel, pr.n.m. a) Α βοὴ of Nahor 
Gen. 22, 21. Ὁ) Num. 34, 24. c) 
1 Chr. 27, 17. 

ΤΩΡ (perh. full of stalks or grain, see 
mp) Kamon, pr. n. of a place in Gilead 
Judg. 10, 5. 

ΩΡ τα. Is. 34,13, VID P Hos. 9, 6, 
and plur. D°2iWp Prov. 24, 31, a prickly 
weed, e. g. nettle, thistle; see Celsii 
Hierob. T. II. p. 206. Kimchi thorns. 
R. dap. 


ΤΩ) obsol. root, prob. to be fat, 


marrowy ; comp. Gs to be fat, and nm 
to be marrowy.—Hence 

Map m. in pause map, meal, flour, 
pr. marrow, μυελὸς ἀνδρῶν. Judg. 6, 19. 
1 Sam. 1, 24. 28; 24. 1 K. 5, 2. al. sep. 


- 


5 ο A . 
grain, 


wheat. Eth: ®Prh pulse om which 
meal i is made. 
78* 


929 





NID 


* DOP to lay fast hold of, Job 16, 8. 
—Chald. id. Arab. L643 to bind. 
Kindr. are Y2P, ΥΞΡ. 

Puau pass. Job 22, 16. 


*5°OP Is. 33, 9, and DP 19; 6, to 
pine away and die, of a tree, plant. 


Kindr. is 59x. Arab. dus pr. to be 


thick set with insects, lice, and so to 
languish, ofa plant. Syr.‘\seo to lan- 
guish, of persons. 


7 V2R pr. to press ΤΕΘΊΕΤ, to com- 
press, comp. kindr. pip; then to take 
with the hand or fist, e. g. ahandfal Lev. 
2, 2. 5, 12. Num. 5, 26. Hence 


ΤῺΡ τὰ. c. suff. iz0p, a handful, of 
meal etc. as an offering, Lev. 2,2. 5, 12. 
6,8. Also of grain, a handful, manipu- 
lus, as laid down by the reapers, but not 
yet bound into sheaves; Gen. 41, 47 
p"xap> by handfuls, i. 6. abundantly. 


G56 
Arab. Saal 

* W2P obsol. root, prob. i. q. wp, 
to prick, to sting, as a nettle-—Hence 
Wiap (win p). 

ἼΡ τὰ. constr. “Pp Deut. 22, 6, c. suff. 
‘2p, plur.o2p. R. pp. 

1. a nest Is. 10, 14. Ps. 84, 4. Prov. 
27, 8. Meton. a nest of young birds. 
nestlings, Deut. 32, 11. Is. 16, 2.—Syr. 
[23 id. : 

2. Metaph. a dwelling, espec. one built 
upon a lofty rock like an eagle’s nest 
(comp. Job 39, 27), Num. 24, 21. Jer. 
49, 16. Obad. 4. Hab. 2, 9; or as being 
pieageat and comp irs bie, Job 29, 18; 
comp. ‘nidum servas’ Hor. Ep. I. 10. 6. 
—Plur. 5°:P cells, chambers in the ark, 
Gen. 6, 14. 

Eo. 


* NIP in Kal not used, Arab. Lis 
to become very red. Hence 

ῬΈΕΙ, ΣΡ 1. to be jealous, from the 
redness or flush with which the face is 
suffused ; with acc. of one’s wife Num. 
5, 14; with 3 of a female rival Gen. 30, 
1.—Causat. i. q. Hiph. to excite to jea- 
lousy, with 3 by or with any thing, Deut. 
32, 21. 1K. 14, 22. 

2. to envy any one, with 5 of pers. 
Gen. 37, 11. Ps. 37, 1. 73, 3. Prov. 23 


Nop 


17, 24, 1.19; acc. Gen. 26, 14. Is. 11, 
13. Ez. 31, 9; > Ps. 106, 16. 

3. to be zealous towards any person 
or thing, lo burn with zeal, ζηλόω. a) 
With > to be zealous for any one, for 
his cause, Num. 25, 11. 13. 2 Sam. 21,2. 
1 K. 19,10. al. Ὁ) ¢o emulate any one, 
ce. 3 Prov. 3, 31. 

Hipu. causat. to provoke to jealousy, 
see Piel no. 1; ὁ. 3 Deut. 32, 16. 21. Ps. 
78, 58.—For part. mp2 Ez. 8, 3, see in 
τ. πὸ Hiph. 

Deriv. Sip, XP, ANP. 


N2P Chald. to buy, i..q. Heb. ΠΡ no. 
3. Ezra 7, 17. 


δὲ] m. (τ. 82) jealous, spoken of God 
as permitting no rival, and the severe 
avenger of defection from himself, Ex. 
20, 5. 34, 14. Deut. 4, 24. 5,9. 6, 15. 
—Chald. 822 and jN2p id. 


ANP f. (τ. 822) constr. MXIP, c. suf. 
ἜΝ : plur. MiN2p. 

1. jealousy, 6. g. ina husband Prov. 
6, 34. 27,4; of God Ez. 8, 3; of rival 
nations Is. 11,13. Plur. mixzp Num. 5, 
15. 18 25. 29.—Hence envy Ecc. 9, 6; 
meton. object of envy Kee. 4, 4. 

2. zeal, ardour towards any one, ζῆλος, 
e. g. of lovers Cant. 8, 6; of God for his 
people Zech. 1,14. Is. 9,6 Min ΓᾺΡ 
rinax the zeal of Jehovah of hosts, in 
behalf of his people. With genit. of 
object, ΣΤΟΝ the zeal (of God) towards 
the people Is. 26, 11; so 2 K. 10, 16. Ps. 
69, 10. 

3. heat, anger, indignation, coupled 
with Mon Ez. 5, 13. al. M933 Ez. 38, 
19; 4% 35,11. To it is ascribed fire, 
‘RIP OX Ez. 36, 5, as devouring Zeph. 
1, 18. 3,8, smoking Deut. 29, 19; comp. 
Ps. 79,5. Spoken of the indignation of 
‘God Num. 25, 11. Ez. 16, 42. Is. 59, 17; 
of men Ps. 119, 139. Job 5, 2. 


ἡ ΡΣ] fat. mrp, conv. ip. pr. to set 
upright, to erect, i. q. ("P33 kindr. with 
VP, PD; see MIP, 72P, canna.—Hence 

1. to found. to create, 6. g. the heavens 
and earth Gen. 14, 19. 22; mankind 
Deut. 32, 6. Ps. 139, 13. Prov. 8, 22 
where Sept. ἔχτισέ με, Targ. and Peshito 


a, 1-5. Arab. Ls ig. gle God 


created, see Camoos p. 1937. 
2. to get, to gain, to obtain, to acquire ; 


930 re 












Syr. fre, Arab. US and κὰδ, id. 1 
a woman to wife Ruth 4,9. 105 wi 
understanding, Prov. 4,7. 15, 32. 16,1 
17, 16. 19,8; God his holy mountain by 
conquest, Ps. 78, 54; the people of Is- 
rael as his own, Ex. 15, 16. Ps. 74, 2. 
Gen. 4,1 τὰ Os "NP J have gotten 
a man ται the help of Jehovah, have | 
borne a son; see in "Pp no. 2. a. δ 
3. Spec. to get by purchase, to buy, 
Gen. 25, 10. 47, 19. 22. 50, 13. Ex. 21, 
2. 2 Sam. 12, 3. Jer. 13, 1. 4. Is. 48, 24. 
al. sep. Metaph. to buy the truth Prov. — 
23, 23. Part. ΓῺΡ a buyer Prov. 20, 14. 
Ez. 7, 12; opp. 73% Is. 24,2. Also fo 
buy off, to redeem from captivity, Deut. 
28, 68. Neh. 5, 8. Is. 11, 11.—Comp. — 
Lat. conciliare for emere Ter. Eun. 4. 4. — 
21.—Hence ; 
4. to own, to possess, Part. ΓΡ an 
owner, possessor, master, 6. g. of a house 
Lev. 25, 30; a flock Zech. 11, 5; an ox 
Is.1.3. Comp. ΤΡ —Syr. Pao id. Eth. — 
ΦΡ to possess, to be master; Arab. 
x3} to possess. 
Nipu. to be bought, Jer. 32, 15. 43. 
Hipu. pr. ‘to let buy or be bought,’ 
i.e. to sell; Zech. 13, 5 "BPH CIN ἃ 
man sold me asa slave; comp. Kal in 
Am. 8, 6. Ecc. 2,7. Verbs of buying 
often take in the causative conjug. the 
signif. of selling ; ‘comp. Ἴ31 <2] to buy, © 
ἸΞῚ <=} to sell.—Part. "2372, Ez. 8, 3. 
Mpa ΓΝ Sco avin Dum IN where — 
was the seat of the image of wrath (i. 6. 





‘the idol provoking God’s wrath) which — 


selleth sc. Israel to his enemies, i. e. 
which delivers Israel even as a slave 
into the power of his enemies ; note the 
paronomasia. Others refer ™2>24 to 
τ. 82P, and render: which provoketh to — 
wrath. 
‘ 
Deriv. MIP, WIP, TR, WHR, and 
pr. n. ΠΡ», ΤΣ. 


M2? m. (τ. 2p init.) constr. MIP, ¢ 
suff. m2p ; plur. ΠΡ. constr. ἜΣ, Ο. Bard 4 
CHIR 5 : a reed, cane, Lat. canna, Gr. 
κάνη, κάγνη, κάννα, id. gt 2 Miz, SBP, 


Syr. fio, Laas, id. Arab. $3 ia. alsc 


spear.—Of a reed or cane growing in 
wet or marshy ground 1 K. 14, 15. Job 
40, 21. Is. 19, 6. 35,7. Ps,68 3143p ne 


mp 


the beast of the reeds, i. e. the crocodile. 
‘At the present day the banks of the 
ordan and the upper part of the lake 
 Hiileh are full of tall reeds or cane ; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 255. ΠΙ. Ρ. 
_ 340.—R.] Spoken also of the sweet cane, 
sweet flag, acorus calamus Linn. calamus 
odoratus, growing in India (Plin. XII. 
15 or 48), Is. 43, 24. Ez. 27, 19. Cant. 4, 
14; fully c= mp Ex. 30, 23, πῖον mp 
Jer. 6, 20.—Also the cultivated cane, 
ΗΒ saliva, arundo donax Linon. 
growing very tall, and used as a staff 
) for walking, 52pm ΤΟΣ Ὁ Ez. 29, 6. Is. 
36, 6, comp. 7322 2p Ez. 42, 3; and 
for measuring rods. See on these spe- 
' cies of cane Celsii Hierob. II. p. 312 sq. 
—Hence 

a) a measuring reed or rod, fully "3p 
nmyan Ez. 40, 3.5. 42, 16-19; this was a 
measure of six larger cubits (DY) ΠΙῺΝ, 
' see in MN), i. 6. six cubits and six 
' palms, Ez. 40, 5-8. 41,8; plur. Ez. 42, 
16-19.—So Gr. κάλαμος was a measure 
of 6% cubits. 
᾿ς b) α stalk of grain, Gr. κάλαμος, xa- 
depen, Gen. 41, 5. 22. 

c) the upper bone of the arm, Job 31, 
22. Comp. Germ. Armrdhre; Arab. 











ὴ wert: reed, also a marrow-bone. 

d) the rod or beam of a balance; 
hence meton. for a balance, Is. 46, 6. 
Gr. xara. 

6) the hollow shaft, stem, of the sacred 
candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17. 

f) Plur. 5°2— arms, branches, tubes, 
bearing the lights of the sacred cande- 
labra, Ex. 25, 32. 33. 35. 37, 18; c. suff. 


; Oe 
onizp Ex. 25, 36. 37, 22.—Arab. 8G 
channel, trough. 


_a) A stream on the borders of Ephraim 

and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. 17,9. Ὁ) 
A city in Asher Josh. 19,28. [Nowa 
village about three hours south of east 
from Tyre, still called Kana Us; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 384.—R. 


SED m. (r. N2p) i. q. NIP, jealous, 
_. spoken of God, Josh. 24, 19; also angry 
against his enemies, Nah. 1, 2, 


ΓῺ (place of reeds) Kanah, pr. n. 
; 
. 


12} obsol. root, perh. i. qe (ars fo 
hunt.—Hence 


- 





991 pop : 


ΤΡ (a hunt) Kenaz, pr.n. a) An 
Edomite, descended from Esau; also 
a tract of Arabia named from him, Gen. 
36, 11. 15. 42. b) The father or ra- 
ther the grandfather of Othniel the bro- 
ther of Caleb, Josh. 15, 17. Judg. 1, 13. 
1 Chr. 4,13. Seep. c)A grand: 
son of Caleb 1 Chr. 4, 15. 


“T2P (hunter) Kenizite, pr. n. ἃ) 
A Canaanitish tribe, of which nothing 
further is known, Gen. 15,19. Ὁ) Pa- 
tronym. of the name 13 lett. Ὁ, Num. 
32, 12. Josh. 14, 6. 

2p τὰ. (τ. ΠΡ) constr. 1}. 6. suff. 
BNR. 

1. a creature, Ps. 104, 24. Sept. κτί- 
σις. Chald. 122} id. 

2. a getting, acquisition, purchase, 
Prov. 4, 7. Lev. 22, 11. 

3. possession, substance, wealth, Gen. 
34, 23. 36, 6. Ps. 105, 21. Ez. 38, 12. 13. 


* D2? obsol. and doubtful root ; perh. to 
set up, toerect, like 2p, ἪΡ, 3}. Hence 
;i22P cinnamon, after the form 7/721, 
pr. i. q. ΠΡ» cane, since the rolls of cin- 
namon resemble a cane or tube. 

J"'%23P m. constr. “722P Ex. 30, 23, cin- 
namon, Prov. 7, 17. Cant. 4, 14. Gr. 
κίνναμον, κιννάμωμον, according to Hdot. 
3. 111 a word of Phenician origin. For 
the etymology see in r. 52p. 


7 12P in Kal not used, pr. to set up, 
to build ; kindr. with "2p, jp, also DIP. © 
Hence jp nest; and from this: 

Pre. 13 denom. fo nest, to build a 
nest, as a bird Ps. 104, 17. Jer. 48, 28. 
Ez. 31, 6; a serpent Is. 34, 15. Syr. 
I id. 

Puat to have a nest built, to nestle, Part. 
f. ΡΣ Jer. 22, 23. 

"Z2P Job 18, 2, see in yp. 

M3}? (possession, r. M2p) Kenath, pr. 
n. of a city beyond Jordan, situated in 
Auranitis (Hauran) some distance north 
from Bostra, Num. 32, 42. 1 Chr. 2, 23. 
Gr. Κανάϑα, Kavoda. Now called 
wl Ais Kinawdt. See Reland Palest. 
p- 631. Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria 
p. 83. 

*DOP fats ndp», 2 pers. pl. nip 
Ez. 13, 23, to divine, to practise divina- 
ton, used in the verb only of false pro- 


nop 


phets, etc. e. g. of the Hebrews Deut. 
18, 10. 14. Mic. 3, 6. 7. 11; of necro- 
mancers 1 Sam. 28, 8; of Breion pro- 
phets, as of the PAiintines 1 Sam. 6, 2, 
of Balaam Josh. 13, 22. Classic for the 
three kinds of divination common among 
the Semitic nations, viz. arrows, en- 
trails, and Teraphim, is Ez. 21, 26 [21]. 
Constr. with acc. of thing, 2 K. 17, 7. 
Ez. 13, 23. 21, 26. 28; dat. of pers. 1 
Sam. 28,8; acc. and dat. Ez. 21, 34. 
22,28. Parr. DOP a diviner, one who 
foretells, 1 Sam. 6, 2. Is. 3, 2. 44, 25. 
Jer. 27, 9. 29, 8. Zech. 10, 2. Sept. 


usually μάντις, wovtevw.—The primary © 


idea is prob, that of dividing, dividing 
out ; comp. Arab. $5 to divide out. 
As this was often done by lot, hence 
nop pr. to divide out by lot, like Arab. 
5; and then for any species of lot or 
divination. Chald. bop, Syr. Sonn, id. 
Deriv. DOP and 


OC? m. 
the root. 
2. divination, Num. 23, 23. 1 Sarna. 
15. 23. Jer. 14, 14. Ez. 13,6. 23. Plur. 
Ὁ ὩΌΡ Deut. 18, 10. 2 K.17, 17. Me- 
ton. reward of divination Num. 22, 7. 


1. lot, Ez. 21, 27 [22]; see 


Comp. 238. 
3. Ina “good sense, an oracle, divine 
sentence, Prov. 16, 10. . 


4 ΟΡ in Kal not used, to cut off, i. q. 


Po. dd%P to cut off fruit, Ez. 17, 9. 


MOP f. (τ. ΤῸ) any vessel, a dish, 
cup, so called from its rounded fortn, i. q. 
mvp q.v. Hence "Bvt Mop a writer’s 
vessel, i. e. an ink-horn, ink-stand, worn 
in the girdle, Ez. 9, 2. 3. 11.—Eth. 
ΦΙΓΡῪ a water-vessel, water-pot. 


moyp (prob. i. ᾳ. k2A5 arx) Keilah, 
pr.n. of a city in Judah Josh. 15, 44. 
1 Sam. 23, 1. 1 Chr. 4, 19. Neh. 3, 17. 
18. See Reland Palest. p. 698. 


ΣΌΣ m. a stigma, mark, cut or burnt 
in, Lev. 19,28. R.>9p no. 1.——Talmud. 
yprp to dig, to scratch as a fowl, also 
to cut in a mark. 


° *" 22 obsol. root, Arab. “95 to be 
deep ; pr. to dig, kindr. with “5p, “2, 
also "pn, "P3.—Hence 


i SEP 


‘hedgehog, 





ΓᾺΡ f. constr. M2IZp, plur. co 
minsp, c. suff. ΤΣ, a deep dish, 
charger, Num. 7, 13 sq. 84. 85. Ex. 


29. 37,16. Sept. τρύβλιον. Arab, ot . 
a ΙΝ dish. 


* NEP to draw in oneself, to contract | 


Kindr. are YP, TBR: ER: and softened 


825; also Arab. ἧς to be wrinkled, — 
shrunk, as cloth after washing. 





1. to draw in the feet, to sit with the — 


feet drawn under, in the oriental man- — 


ner, Zeph. 1, 12; comp. Jer. 48, 11. 


2. to concrete, to coagulate, -as milk, — 
see Hiph. Poet. of the sea, Engl.Vers. — 


to congeal, Ex. 15, 8. 


ΝΙΊΡΗ. to be drawn in, contracted, Zech. | 


14,6 Cheth. Nap? Maps, see in "p? 
no. 4, p. 420. 
Hipu. causat. of Kal no. 2, to make 


coagulate, to curdle milk, Job 10, 10—_ 


Hence 

PREP m. congelation, ice ; Zech. 14, 
6 Keri Fiep) τη, Sept. καὶ ψύχος 
καὶ πάγος, Vulg. sed frigus et gelu. Bet- 


ter is Chethibh, see in τὶ SBP Niph. and ~ 


“Pp? no. 4. 


*T2P to draw δὴν together, to 

shrink, to roll oneself up; like kindr. 

Ge 

'pe, PPB, Syr. mao, also NEP, Was. 
Hence ip hadpehiba! 

Prev id. Is. 38, 12 "=m 3382 ΠΕΡ 7 

have rolled together, like a weaver, my 


life ; or intrans. my life is rolled toge- 


ther, as by a weaver; i. e. in either 

case, my life is finished, like the piece 

of cloth which the weaver, when com- 

pleted, rolls together. The latter is 

pevh. preferable. Intrans. also in Targ. 

and Pesh. . 
Deriv. the two following. 


“EP m. also THBP Is. 34,11 (τ. 3B) a 
so called from rolling himself 
up; Is. 14, 23. 34, 11. “GRD 2,14.—Arab. 


resolving the Dag. διὰ: and ς ἀλϑ. 
Syr. {eco id. Eth. ΦιΖ “Ἢ pod 
pine. | f 
MIP f. Milél (r. IP) Ez. 7, 25 m EP 
83 destruction cometh, ‘according to the 
Targg. and Heb. intpp. Better, horror, 
terror, from the primary signif’ of the 


ἽΞΡ 


root, i 


Comp. Syr. pS. —The π-- is not para- 
_gogic, and the tone is retracted prob. 
_only by an error of the punctators ; see 


Heb. Gr. § 79, note 2. e. 
IEP, see in TBP. 
‘ 9... ὦ 
ΤΊΞΡ m. (τ. ΤῈ) ig. Arab. δι ἀξ, ser- 
2 LAS 
pens jaculus, q.d. arrow-snake, so called 


from its darting, springing, in the man- 


ῥ 


ner of the rattle-snake, Is. 34,15. See 


Bochart Hieroz. IT. p. 408. 


*T2P obsol. root, pr. i. q. TBP, VEP, 
(comp. ΥΞΡ, Y2P,) to draw oneself 


together, 10 contract, espec. in order to 


make a spring, in the manner of a cat, 
lion, deer, serpent, etc. So Arab. ye 
and Chald. 7p to leap, to spring upon. 


Syr. |~Sao locust, grasshopper; comp. 
r. y2P.—Hence Msp. 


SP fut. V2p?, to draw together, 
to contract, to shut, kindr. with ΒΡ, 7BP, 


also yp. Chald. id. Arab. οὐδὰξ con- 
strinxit.—E. g. the mouth Job 5, 16. 
Ps. 107, 42; the hand, i. e. to be illiberal, 
niggardly, Deut. 15,7; trop. one’s com- 
passion, sympathy, Ps. 77, 10. 

Nien. to draw or gather oneself wp, to 
compose the body and limbs as in death, 
i. q. to die; Job 24, 24 SER bdo; 


comp. Gen. 49,33. Arab. ae and paid 


to die. 
Piew to leap, to spring, comp. 
Cant. 2,8. Chald. yp id. 


VP m. (τ. yp) c. suff. "8p; plur. 
constr. "%3P once Job 18, 2 see in Plur. 
helow, where also see other forms; an 
end, i. e. 

1. Of place, end, extremity. 2 K. 19, 
23 ΠΕΡ 119 his extreme lodging-place, 
i.e. the highest. Jer. 50,26 yp? i. 6. 
‘from the extremity of the earth ;’ or, 
‘all from the extremity, i. q. N¥P, see 

in ΠΕΡ. So > ΥἹ ἘΝ to put, set, an 
end (limit) to any thing, Josh. 28, 3. 

_ 2. Of time, end, 6. g. of the year 2 Chr. 
21.19; of words Job 16, 3; of war Dan. 
9, 26; of wonders Ran. 12,6. So 7S 
Ὁ yp there is no end toa thing, i i. 6. it is 

; infinite, Is. 9,6. Eee. 4,8; or innume- 


TER, 





933 ΝΡ 


i. e. ‘ to shrink, to start back.’ | rable Ecc.4,16. With > om. Kec. 12,12 


7R PR Taw po τῶν to the making 
of many books there ts noend. Also ΥΩ 
with genit. of time, at the end of (comp. 
ἸΏ no. 4. c), i. 6. after, e. g. Gen. 8, 6 
after forty days. 4, 3. 16,3. 41,1. Ex. 
12,41. Is. 23, 15. 17. al. sep. Later 
writers use 72? id. 2 Chr. 18, 2. Neh. 
13, 6. Dan. 11, 6. 13. 12, 13. 

Spec. a) the end of a person, i. q. 
destruction, death, Ps. 39,5. Dan. 9, 26. 
14, 45. Job 6, 11; of nations, destruction, 
Jer. 51, 13. Ez. 7, 2. 3.6. Am. 8, 2; of 
mankind Gen. 6,13. Also pp }2 ini- 
quity of destruction, causing it, Ez. 21, 
30. 34 [25. 29]. 35,5. Ὁ) event, fulfil- 
ment of a prophecy, Hab. 2,3. 6) yp n> 
the time of the end, Dan. 8, 17. 11, 35. 40. 
12, 4, also YP 3457 id. 8, 19, D"253 YP 
the end of days 12, 13, and simpl. yp id. 
11, 27, i. e. the last days, the time of 
calamity immediately preceding the 
coming of Jehovah and the Messiah. 

Pur. once in the constr. state, Job 
18, 2, where "3p is for "2p the Daghesh 
being resolved in the Chaldee manner, 
see Lehrg. p. 134. Thesaur. p. 1223. 
The words are: ΧΡ ὩΣ AID 
7722> how long (i. 6. when) will ye put 
an end to words ?—Elsewhere for plur. 
absol. is used the form MSP, see NXP ; ; 
for the constr. and c. suff. "xp, MEP, 
from "XP, A¥p.—Denom. is yp, for 


sp. 


yp see ΥἹΡ. 


* SEP fut. 3EP" 1. to cut, to cut off, 
e. g. wood, a stick, 2K. 6, 6.—Arab. 
25 to cut off, to cut in pieces. Kindr. 
is 30P, also 33M, sum. But all verbs 
beginning with the letters ¥p have the 
notion of cutting, cutting off, 6. g. YP, 
MSP, SP, ΞῈΡ ; comp. 1h, ΥΈΓΙ, also 
733, which are all of the same family. 

2. Spec. to shear sheep, Cant. 4, 2. 


Ss - 
Arab. Was a shorn sheep.—Hence 


ΣῊ τὰ. 1. cut, i. e. form, shape, 
comp. Fr. taille, Germ. Zuschnitt, 1 K. 
6, 25. 7,37. 

2. Plur. constr. O° “arp Jon. 2, 7, 
cuttings off (i. e. extremities, fonda 
tions) of the mountains sc. in the depths 
ofthe sea. Vulg. extrema montium. 


nxp 


ἕ ΓΝ 1, Pr. to-cut off spec. the end 
or extremity, to curtail, and so differing 
from 2H to cut in the middle ; see Piel. 


Kindr. are ΥῈΡ, 28R, 4. v. Arab. Las 
ἢ, I1.—Then 
Mi to end, to finish ; Arab. ye, 


eee , extremity. Hence “3p, xp, 


ΣΡ, end. 

3. to cut off persons, to destroy, inf. 

Hab. 2,10 3 BYas-Misp. Arab. 
| 5 IV to exterminate. 

4. to decide, to judge, Arab. .ς.23; 
hence }"XP judge. 

Prez i. q. Kal no. 1. Prov. 26, 6 naps 
ὉΠ who cutteth off the feet i. 6. whose 
feet are cut off. The whole verse is to 
be rendered thus: he cutteth off his own 
Jeet, he drinketh (suffereth) damage, 
who sendeth a message by the hand of 
a fool, i. e. uses a fool as his messenger. 
—2 K. 10, 32 Jehovah began mizp> 
betwra 10 cut off in Israel, i.e. to re- 
move one part after another. 

Hipu. to scrape off or away, i. q. >XP, 
Lev. 14, 41. 43. 

Deriv. n3P—¥P, PEP, MIP. 


MEP f. (r. ΠΣ) pr. fem. of M¥p. an 
end, extremity. Sing. only in the form 
mxp at the extremity Ex. 25, 19. 26, 4, 
36, 11. 37, 8—Elsewhere only iu plur. 
constr. Mixp, c. suff. "MiZp, i. e. 

1. ends, extremities, e. g. of a vine- 
stock Ez. 15, 4; of wings 1 K. 6, 24; of 
a breastplate Ex. 28,23sq. YIN rigp 
the ends of the earth, the remotest regions 
and nations, Is. 40, 28. 41, 9.29. Job 28, 
24, BNQWIT Mizp ya 0K the Sour ends 


(quarters) of the heavens Jer. 49, 36; 


. comp. Ps. 19, 7. Metaph. Job 26, 4 
273 Disp the ends of his ways, i. e. the 
extreme part, outline, sketch, of the di- 
vine operations. 

2. the ends of a thing, i. 6. the whole, 
to the very end, to the uttermost; see 
in MXP no. 3; so the whole number, Judg. 
18, 2 they sent of their family five men 
ὈΓΊ ΣΡ oul of their whole number. 1 K. 
12, 31. 13, 33. 2 K. 17, 32. 


MP m. (Ὁ. HYP) constr. MXP, 6. suff. 
smzP ; butralso EXP sing. Ez. 33, 2, 
see in M82 and Heb. Gr, § 91. 9, n. an 
end, i. e. 


934, 










ΧΡ 


1. Of place, the end, extremity « 
thing; 6. g. in length, as of a staff 
6,21; a spear 1 Sam. 14, 27; the Jo 
as it enters the Dead an Josh. ‘15, | 
Also of length and breadth, as of a cur- 
tain Ex. 26,5; a field Gen. 23, 9; the 
desert Ex. 13, 20; a city 1 Sam. 9, 27; 
the Dead Sea, its southern end, Num, 34, 
3. Josh. 15, 2. ete. “HI MEP the extremity 
of the mountain, i. 6. its foot, Ex. 19, 12; 
nvaan ‘p id. 1 Sam, 14, 2, on ΠΥΡῚ 
the extremity of the water, water’s edge, 
Josh. 3,15. 5823 ΠῚΡ the extreme bor- 
der of a land Gen. 47, 21. Num, 20, 16. 
22, 86. in" maya Mzpa in the ex- 
treme east of Jericho, i. e. on the eastern 
border of its territory. So PIN ΠΕΡ 
the end of the earth, the remotest parts — 
and regions, Ps, 46, 10. Is. 5, 26. 42,10. 
48, 20. Jer. 10, 13. al. and so ΕΘΝ Mp ! 
the end of the heavens, i i. 6. the remotest — 
parts of the world; Is. 13,5. Deut. 4, 32. — 
Is. 7, 18 O¥4 “RINSED in the uttermost © 
streams of Egypt, in its remotest parts, — 
—Peculiar is Gen. 19, 4 all the people 
ΓΙΧῚΡῸ even from the extremity, i. e. from — 
the remotest parts. Jer. 51, 31 his city 
is taken MP2 from its extremity, at all 
ends, wholly. So snxpe Is. 56, 11. Ez. 
25, 9.—Arab. Last ab extremo, | 


i.e. omnes. Comp. in no. 3. 


2. Of time, end; often in the con- 
nection: 072" ν ΓΙΣΡῸ αἱ the end of — 
three days, i. e. after three days Josh. 3, 
2; and so Gen. 8, 3. Deut. 14, 28. 2 Sam. ὦ 
b4,8. 1K. 9, 10. Ez. 3, 16. al. 


3. the end of a thing, i.e. the whole, 
q.d. to the very end, to the uttermost. 
E. g. the whole number, Gen. 47, 2 ΠΝ Ὁ 
ὌΠΙΝ from the whole number of his breth- 
ren. Ez. 33,2. So Num. 22,41 he saw 
ΣΤ Np the uttermost of the people, i. 6. 
the whole people éven to the extremi- 
ties. See in no. 1. fin. 5 


MP m. (τ. ΠΧΡῚὺ end, only i in the for- 
sate 2 AXP PR thers is no end to a 
thing, i. δ. it is infinite, innumerable, Is. 
2,7. Nah. 2, 10. 3, 3. 9. 


“EP or XP m. (r. HYP) only in plur 
constr. 7% ΣΡ the ends of the earth — 
Ps. 48, 11. 65, 6. Is. 26, 15. 


PAxP plur. see in ΣΡ. 










Sp, 
ied obsol. root. Arab. 


le onion-seed and ere condiments 


᾿ χω 
δε 


9on food ina pot;’ eter ‘ onion-seed 


' and other condiments.’ The primary 
idea seems to be: fo sprinkle, to strew. 
_—Hence 


_ ΠΙ͂ΧΡ m. Is. 28, 25. 27, according to 

Sept. Vulg. and the Rabbins, nigella, 
_ melanthium, i.e. black cumin. See Cel- 
_ sii Hierobot. P. II. p. 70. 


PSP m. (τ. H¥P no. 4) constr. Xp, 
ur. constr. ΧΡ. 
1. a judge, magistrate, Is. 1, 10. 3, 6.7. 


“Mic. 3,1.9. Arab. eG kady, a judge. 


2. a leader, chief, in war Josh. 10, 24. 
Judg. 11, 6.11. Is. 22, 3. Dan. 11, 18. 
Comp. opt. 

_ 3. aprince, Prov. 6,7. 25, 15. 


AM IPL(r.28p) 1. cassia, Gr. κασία, 
_laurus cassia Linn. a bark resembling 
cinnamon, but less aromatic, so called 
from being stripped off; plur. mis"zp 
Ps. 46,9. See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p. 
800. Arab. Xawas id. Castell. 

2. Keziah, pr. n. of one of Job’s daugh- 

" ters, Job 42, 14. | 


EP m. (r. 9¥P) constr. XP, c. suff. 
ow sp. 

1. reaping, harvest of grain; diff. from 
“yp harvest of fruits, figs, where see. [In 
Palestine the barley-harvest precedes 
the wheat-harvest about two weeks. 

_ At Jericho, in the depressed valley of 
the Jordan, the former takes place in 
_ the last half of April, and the latter in 
the first half of May; comp. Josh. 3, 15. 
On the plain along the coast, the har 
vest is usually a fortnight later; and on 
the mountains at Jerusalem and Hebron 
_ still later by another fortnight ; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 99,100.—R.] The 
harvest is described as beginning with 
_ the barley 5°73 "xp 2 Sam. 21, 9. 10. 
Ruth 2,23; and ending with the wheat, 
"xp Gen. 30, 14. Ex. 34, 22, and 
ΟΠ with the festival of Pentecost, "sp 3m 
Ex. 23, 16. Harvest-time is "3p n> 
Jer. 5, 16, "xp "25 Gen. 30, 14, "sp Ὁ" 
| Prov. 25, 13, and simpl. ΧΡ Prov. 6, 8. 
10, 5. 26, 1. 





935 





Coupled. ΛΝ 55] Gen. . 


ὮΣΡ 

8, 22; ὙΣΡῚ BN Gen. 45, 6. Εἰχ..34, 
21.—Meton. harvest is put: a) For the 
grain, crop, either to be harvested Lev. 
19, 9. Joel 1, 11. 4,13; or as already 
harvested, Tet, 5, 17. Job 5, 5. δὴ ΣΡ 
the harvest of the Nile Is. 93, 3. b) Poet. 
for ΣΡ "WI harvest-men Is. 17, 5.— 
Metaph. for destruction, slaughter of a 
people, Jer. 51, 33. Hos. 6, 11. 

2. a bough; collect. boughs, foiiage, 
ofa tree Job 14, 9. 18,16. 29, 19. Is. 27, 
11; ofa vine Ps. 80,12. So called, it is 
usually said, from the notion of cutting 
off. Better perh. to refer it to r. "En 
no. 2, to be green, verdant ; at least the 
roots "SP and “XM are closely kindred. 


ν YEP in Kal not used. 1. to cut, to 
cut off or out ; comp. XP, MSP, and see 
insxp. Arab. «la5 to cut off—Hence 
Mdixp2 chisel. 

2. to scrape, to strip off bark; see 
Hiph. and n3"xp. 

3. to break, i. q. Syr. le; see Pual. 


Pouat Part. plur. ΓΞ Ex. 26, 23. 
36, 28, and Hopu. Part. plur. missprya 
Ez. 46, 22, pr. ‘ parts broken in, bent,’ 
i. 6. angles, corners, internal angles, i. 4. 
misizpa. 

Hipu. to scrape off, i.q. ΠῈΡ Hiph. 
Lev. 14, 41. 

Hopn. see in Pual. 

Deriv. ΠΡ ΣΡ, ΣΊΣΡΏ, MPSpr2. 


ΣΡ fut. FSP 1. to break, to 
break in pieces, as wood, see ὭΣ no. 1, 


and ΠΕΣ. ΑΥΤΆ. Wias the wind 
dashes in pieces a ship; mild. Kesr. to 
be broken, as a tooth, spear.—Hence 

2. Metaph. to break out or forth in 
anger, Gr. éjyvuus; and so to be angry, 
wroth, 2 K. 5, 11. Esth. 2, 21. Is, 57, 16. 
64, 8; with by of pers. Gen. 40, 2. 41, 10. 
Ex. 16, 20. al. by Josh. 22, 18.—Syr. 


ΡΣ rivalry, envy. 

Hipu. to provoke to anger, 6. g. Jeho- 
vah Deut. 9, 7. 8. 22. Ps. 106,32. Zech. © 
8, 14. 

Hirup. i. gq. Kal no. 2, to fret oneself, 
Is. 8, 21. 

Deriy, ὭΣ, ΠΕΣΡ. 


ὭΣ Chald. i. ᾳ. Heb. no. 2, Der : 
—Hence 


ὮΣΡ 
ΣΡ Chald. m. anger, wrath, Ezra7, 23. 


ΣΡ τη. (τ. ὩΣ) in pause ὭΣ. c. suff. 
"BYP. 

1, Collect. chips, splinters, comp. the 
root no. 1, Hos. 10,7. Sept. φρύγανον. 
Others, ‘foam. 

2. anger, wrath, from the root no. 2, 
Ecce. 5, 16. Spec. of Jehovah, Num. |, 
53. Josh. 9, 20. Is. 34,2. 2 Chr. 19, 10. 
24,18. 32, 26. al. Also strife, alterca- 
tion, Esth. 1, 18. 


MPEP f. (τ. ὮΣΡ) a breaking, a broken 
thing, spec. of foliage, boughs, a tree, 
Joel1,7. Sept. συγκλασμός. 


5 ΥῈΡ to cut off,e. σ. the hand Deut. 
25, 12; the beard Jer. 9, 25.. 25, 23, 


see in ΠΝ no. 3. Arab. yas to trim 
the nails and locks. See under 3£p. 

Pie. ΥῈΡ and yp 1. to cut off, e.g. 
a cord Ps. 129,4; the hand, the thumbs, 
Judg. 1, 6. 2 Sam. 4, 12; a spear Ps. 46, 
10; ornaments 2 K. 16, 17. 18, 16. 

2. to cut up into threads, Ez. 39, 3; 
nto pieces, to cut in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13. 

Puat part. O°X2P2 pass. of Pi. no. 1. 
Judg. 1, 7. 

erty. VP, whence the denom. jix"p ; 
pr. ἢ. 2. 

TP Chald. Pa. to cut off, Dan. 4, 11. 


"SP and “SP 1. Mid. A, fut. 
"xp", to cut off or down; spec. grain, 
whence to reap, to harvest, c. ace. Is. 17, 
5. Lev. 19,9. 25, 5. al. Part. "ΣῚΡ α 
reaper, mower, harvestman, Ruth 2, 3 
sq. 2 K. 4, 18. Jer. 9, 21. Am.9, 13. Ps. 
129, 7: Part. pass. "SXP cut off, shorter, 
of cells Ez. 42, 5.—Metaph. Job ‘4, 8 
“hey that sow trouble reap the same. 
Prov. 22, 8. mp. 5.1 no. 2. a. 

2. Mid. E (comp. adj. "¥p), fut. ἜΣ, 
once “XP? Prov. 10, 27, intrans. to be cut 
off ; hence to be shortened, short, Is. 28, 


20. Arab. ~1a5 to be short.—Spec. a) 


ὙΠ ΤΣ my hand is shortened, i. e. I 
have no power, am weak, feeble, Num. 
11, 23. Is. 50, 2. 59, 1. Comp. Arab. 


oust pres ‘short-handed,’ and Ads 


εἰ Od! ‘short-armed,’ spokenofa person 


without strength or power ; vice versa 


ἀγὼ oO ‘a long hand, for strength, 


936 































ΣΡ 
power ; see more in Comm. ree : 
b) "eB2 Cre") mI my soul, sp 
shortened, . 6. lam impatient, ¢ 
vexed, Num. 21, 4. Judg. 16, 16. 
4. Mic. 2,73 with 2 for, on account ¢ 
any thing, Judg. 10, 16. Zech. ᾿ 
Comp. 0° F218 under WIN. 

Piet to cut off, to shorten, ai. 
Ps. 102, 24. 

Hira. 1. to harvest, to reap, Job 2 
6 Cheth. as 
2. i. q. Pi. Ps. 89, 46. 4 
Deriv. "SP, “XP, WEP. 


"EP το. adj. (1. ἼΞΠ) constr. "Sp, pla 
coustr. "TP , short ; 0°23 “SP short o 
days, short-lived, Job 14, 1. Spec. a) 935 
"2 short-handed, i.e. weak, feeble, 2K. 1 
26. Is. 37, 27. Ὁ) M9 “EP Prov. 14, 2 
and D728 "EP v. 17, short 7 ae 


anger, i. e. impatient, prone to anger. 


ΣΡ m. (τ. ΣΡ RP) only ΓΝ xp sh 
ness of spirit, i. e. impatience, Tix. 6; 9.. 


ΓᾺΡ ἢ (for MXsp, τ MEP; like 
fr. ΓΙῸ) a Chaldaizing form. 

1. end, extremity, always with Ὁ 
72, i.e. ΣΡ for MPR, at the aha 
os a Dan. 1, 15 πων πὰ Ἢ ΤΩΡ a 
the end of ten days. v. 5. 18 oso Ὦ "Ὧ 
αἱ the end of the days, see ΠΗ Ρ. ὅ 
Comp. ΠΕΡ for ΓΙΣΡῸ, see in ik 
2,3.—Puor. nizp (for ΤΊΣ, as PL 
mi2D,) ends, extremities, Ez. 38, 5 
art. the ends ec. of the’ earth Pie δὲ § 
comp. v.6. With suff. initsp Ex. 37 
and 39,4 Cheth. where Keri has vai 
from MEP. 

2. the sum, the whole number, iq. 
no. 3. Dan. 1,2 E°A>Rn m3 bp haps 
some of the whole number of the sacred 
vessels ; here ΓᾺΡ is used anlage | 
like 72 no. 1. Neh. 7, 70 "OR2 MEP: 
mint some of the number of the 7 
larchs, i. e. a part of the heads of tribe 
Comp. "78 Nxp2 Gen. 47, 2.—Some of 
these examples, as Dan. 1, 2. 18. Nek 
]. c. are referred by commentators to a 
noun of the form Msp, to which they 
give the signification of part. But the 
Chaldee, which is of special authority in 
all these examples, isclearly destitute ¢ 
any such form, (since the passage in hd 
Targ. Gen. 47, 2, is of the same charac- 
ter with those above cited) and we 











ὮΧΡ 


not therefore doubt but that ΤΕΡΏ, 
v erever it occurs, is to be explained i in 
yne and the same manner. 


=P Chald. m. constr. MEP 1. end, 


x ss b2 MEP a part bf the whole ως 
dom, i.e. ἃ part of the kingdom. Parall. 
s ΓΙΣῸ a part of it. 
> WP m. adj. (τ. 72p) plur. o™pP, cold, 
_ cool, Prov. 25, 25. Jer. 16, 14. Trop. 
cool, quiet, Prov. 17, 27 Cheth. ™" "Pp 
of a quiet spirit. Keri see in Ἢ" no. 1. 


“iP, see in -"p. 
“P m. (τ. 2) cold, Gen. 8, 22. 


*L. ROP, 3 fem. ΤΡ for ΤΣ yp Is. 
7, 14; inf Sp , once MNP Judg. 8, 1 
like verbs >, c. suff. "Rp; fat. Rp, 
“. suff. isp? Jer. 23, 6; ; imper. ΝΡ, 
plur. f. j87p Ex. 2, 20, jx3p Ruth 1, 20. 
1. tocry out, to call oul, κράζειν. It j is 
_ an onomatopoetic verb comprising, also 
inarticulate sounds, see art. NIP; like 
_ Syr. 1-2 to call, also to sound as a trum- 
_ pet, tocrow asacock. Comp. Gri κράζω 
_ (χραγ), κηρύσσω (xnevy); in the Germa- 
᾿ς nic tongues charen to cry out, charo cla- 
_ mour, wailing; often of the cry of ani- 
mals, as Germ. krahen, Engl. to crow, 
_ French crier, Engl. to cry ; with a sibi- 
lant prefixed skreian, Swed. skria, Germ. 
 éschreien, Engl. to scream; and witha 
_ sibilant added at the end kreischen, 11> 
_ q. v.—Spoken absol. of any cry or cla- 
_ mour, even inarticulate, like p>; Gen. 
39,14 511 Dips NPS! and, I cried sith 
a loud voice, Sept. ἐβόησα φωνῇ μεγάλη. 
V.1589p8) "Dip "M12". Often follow- 
ed by the words thus uttered with a loud 
ery, i.q. either immediately, Gen. 45, 1 
‘ay asesin ΡΞ and Joseph cried, 
Cause every one to go out. Lev. 13, 45. 
Judg. 7, 20. 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. 11, 14. 
Esth. 6,9. 11; or also with a word inter- 
posed, as ἽΝ Ez. 9,1; sax 2 Sam. 
18, 28; comp. 2 K. 18, ‘28 ἽΡΞ SP" 
noes [aT nan bin3 and he cried 
with a loud voice in the Jewish tongue, 
_ and spake and said.—Spec. 
a) With >x of pers. to cry owt to any 
one, to call to any one, Is. 6, 3. Judg. 18, 
79 


937 


‘manner of a herald or prophet. 





Np. 


23; and with the words uttered, pre- 
ceded by 7883 1 Sam. 26, 14, 728" 
Judg. 9, 54. 1 Sam, 17,8. 1 Καὶ. 17, 11. 
Also with ἘΣ of pers. Is. 34, 14 the satyrs 
shall cry to each other. With "38 of 
pers. to cry after any one, i.e. as he 
departs, 1 Sam. 20, 37. 38. 24, 9. 

b) Often i. q. tocry for help, to implore 
aid, espec. from God, absol. Ps. 4, 2 
"223 "NPS when 1 cry, hear thou me. 
22,3. 34,7. 69,4; with minty Ps. 4, 4, 
28, 1. 30, 9. 55, 17. 61, 3. Judg. 15, 18. 
2 K. 20, 11. fing 7,7; pared Ps. 57, 3; 
ace. Ps. 14, 4. Is. 43, 22; c. suff. Ps. 17, 
6. 88, 10. 91,15. Also with >» of pers. 
on account of or against whom one cries 
to God for help, Deut. 15, 9. 

6) i. ᾳ. κηρύσσειν, which the LXX 
often put for it, o cry, to proclaim, inthe 
Absol. 
Prov. 1, 21 wisdom crieth in the public 
places. 8,1; c. acc. 20, 6. Is. 40, 6 the 
voice said, Cry. And he said, What shall 
I cry? 58,1. Zech. 1,14. 17; with >> of 
the object Jon. 1, 2. Followed also by 
the words cried, Gen. 41, 43. Ex. 32, 5. 
Jer. 2, 2. 7, 2. 19, 2. 51,61; or as coupled 
with an acc. Zech. 7, 7. Is. 44, 7. Joel 
4,9 ἘΠῚ Mt ANP proclaim ye this 
among the Gentiles ; or with "2 Is. 40, 2. 
> ΠΥ NIP fo proclaim or announce /ib- 
erty to slaves, captives, Jer. 34, 8. 15. 17. 
Is. 61,1. SIX RIP to proclaim a fast 80. 
to the people, Jer. 36, 9. Jon. 3, 5.—’ 
From the sense of proclaiming comes 
the signif. of reading aloud, reciting, see 
in no. 4. 

2. to call, Sept. καλεῖν, very often.— 
Spec. 

a) to call any one fo oneself, i. 6. to 
bid him come, to call or send for, c. ace. 
Gen. 27, 1. Ex. 2, 8. 1 Sam. 3, 16. 
Hos. 7, 11. Is. 46, 11; > Gen. 20, 9. 
Lev. 9, 1. Hos. 11, 1; by Gen. 3, 9. 
Ex. 3, 4. 1 Sam. 3, 4. by SIP Lo call to 
oneself 2 Sam. 15, 2. Metaph. Prav. 18,6 
his mouth calleth for blows, i.e. deserves 
and invites them. Ruth 4, 11 τῷ x Pp 
prme-maa i. e. call thee (get thee) a. 
name in Bethlehem, become thou famous. 

b) As referring to several or many, to 
call together, to convoke, c. acc. Gen. 
41, 8; dat. Gen. 20, 8. 39, 14. Josh. 
23,2. 24, 1; Dx 49, 1. Josh. 10, 24. 
Hence αν}. 2 kop to call a solemn assem- 


ΝΡ 


bly, to convoke, Joel 1, 14, comp. Is. 1, 
13; a festival or holy convocation Ley. 
23, 2.4. MIB ἜΝ Ρ those called, con- 
voked, to an assembly, Num. 1, 16. 

c) to call, i. e. to invite, to bid, to a 
répast, banquet, comp. καλεῖν ἐπὲ δεῖπνον, 
1 Sam. 9, 13. 22. 1 K. 1, 9. 10. 41. 49. 
Part. O°NIMP guests Prov. 9, 18. Trop. 
ἘΣ IDWS NIP 10 invile to peace, to pro- 
pose an alliance, Deut. 20, 10; comp. 
Judg. 21, 13. 

d) to call, to summon before a judge, 
καλεῖν, καλεῖν sic δίκην, Job 13, 22. 14, 15; 
comp. 5, 1. Is. 59, 4 parall. DBw2. 

e) to call out or forth, as warriors 
Is. 13,3; also God the generations of 
men Is, 41, 4. 

f) to call any one to an office, i. q. "72 
to choose; c. acc. Is. 42, 6.49, 1. 51,2; 
> 22, 20. In the same sense, but 
stronger, is B DWA NIP Zo call one by his 
name, i, e. to the name and character 
which he now bears, Is. 43, 1. 45, 3. 4. 
Comp. Ex. 31,2. Part. O°" Pp the call- 
ed, renowned, Ez. 23, 23. 

g) Ὁ ὉΦΞ3 ΝῊΡ το call upon the name 
of any one, lit. ‘to call with the name,’ 
i, e. pronouncing the name; hence to 
praise, to laud, 6. g. «) Men, as Ps. 
49, 12 Sminwa ΝΡ they laud their 
names i. e. of the rich. Prov. 20, 6 
JFOM Wx Rp" they praise every one his 
own goodness. A somewhat different 
turn of this sense occurs in Is. 44, 5 πὶ 
SP22 Hs Np" another lauds the name 
of Jacob, i. e. follows and praises the 
side or party of Jacob. #) 73 ΒΦΞ NIP 
to call upon the name of God, to invoke 
his name, i. e. ἴο praise, to celebrate, to 
worship God, Gen. 4, 26. 12, 8. Ps. 79, 


6. 105, 1. Is. 64, 6. Jer. 10,25. Zeph. 3, 


9. Comp. " aor “317. Without 3, 
we find "Ὁ be Nop id. Deut. 32, 3. Ps. 
99, 6. Lam. 3, 55. Sometimes to call 
upon the name of a divinity, is to implore 
his aid, 1 K. 18, 24 sq.—A different sense 
occurs in Ex. 33, 19, where God him- 
self says: 928? Min ows “mx pt and J 
will proclaim by name before thee, Jeho- 
vah! sc. as present, i. e. in order that 
thou mayest know that God indeed is 
here, I will myself be the herald to an- 
nounce my coming. Comp. Gen. 41, 43. 
3. to call, i. 6. to name, fully > DY RIP 
to call (give) a name to any one, Gr. 


938 





Nop 


καλεῖν τινά τι Il. δ. 306. Od. 8. 550. § 
Gen. 26, 18. Ruth 4, 17. Ps. 147, 
Construed: a) With acc. of name 


dat. of that to which the name is given, 
Gen. 1,5 517 iN? ODN NIP. v. 8. 10. 
31, 47. 1 Sam. 4, 21. Ruth 1, 20. 21. 18. 
d) With two acc. Num, — 

c) Oftener as follows: — 
Gen. 4, 25 mY int-ry RPMI and she 


47, 1. al. seepe. 
32, 41. Is. 60, 18. 


called his name Seth. v. 26. 5, 2. 3. 29. 

11, 9. 19, 22. 27, 36. 29, 34. | 
4. to read aloud before an assembly, 

etc. to recite, (pr. from the signification 


of crying or calling out, see no. 1. fin.) 


with acc. of thing Ex. 24, 7. Josh. 8, 34. 


35. 2 K. 23, 2; also "BD3 NIP to read in | 


a book, i. e. what i is written in it, (comp. 
3 ΠΡ to drink whatis in a vessel,) Neh. — 
8, 8. "18. 9, 3. Jer. 36, 14 sq. Hab. 2, 2. 


Often with the adjunct ἜΝ Ex. 1. Ca 


Josh. 1. c. “B 332 Deut. 31, 11.—Hence 
genr. to read Deut. 17, 19. 2K. δ, 7.19, 


14, 22,8. Is. 29, 11.—Arab. is, Syr. ἵμ, 
to read. 

Nien. 8772 .1. to be called, i. 6, bid 
to come, to he called together, convoked, 
Esth. 3, 12. 8,9. Ἔ τῷ Np? the name 
of any one is celebrated, becomes fa- 
mous, Jer. 44, 26. Ruth 4, 14. ‘ 

2. to be called, i. e. named. Construed: 
a) With dat. of pers. or thing to which 
the name is given; Gen. 2, 23 ΓΝῚΡ 
MEX RIP this shall be called Woman. 
1 Sam. 9, 9. Is. 1, 26. 32, 5. 62, 4. 12. 


b) With a double nominat. Zech. 8, 3 


Tran any ὉΠ ΘΗ 5 MN Ip?) and Jerusalem 
shall be called the city of truth. Is. 54, 5. 
56,7. 6) With 0 added, Gen. 17,5 rs 
DISN ἸΏ Θ ΤΩΝ Tid RIP no longer shall 
thy name be called Abram. 35, 10. Deut. 
25,10. Dan. 10,1. For this threefold 
construction comp. in Kal no. 3. 

The following phrases are also to be 
noted: a) Ἐ nwa NP? to be called by 
the name of any one, i. e. to be reckoned 
to his family, tribe, etc. Is. 43, 7. 48, 1; 
c. 5 Gen. 21, 12; and in like manner 59 
bv, 48, 6 aN Ip ON OY ἘΦ they shall 
be called after the name of their breth- 
ren, i. e. shall be reckoned as belonging 
to Ephraim and Manasseh, not as distinct 
tribes, nor as sons of Jacob, Deut. 8:14. 
Also with 72, Is. 48,2 5849p? wipn “372 
i. 6. they call themselves from the holy 


᾿. 














Np 








_ eity, inhabitants of it. £8) "20 S5p2 
ΡΨ my name is called upon any thing, 
i.e. my name is given to it, it is called 
. mine, implying property, relation, etc. 
Is. 4, 1. 2 Sam. 12,28. So of the people 
of Israel, to whom the name of.God is 
δ given, i. e. who are called the people of 
_ God, Deut. 28, 10. Is. 63, 19. Jer. 14, 9. 
_ Am. 9, 12. 2 Chr. 7,14; of the temple 
1K. 8, 43. Jer. 7, 10. 11. 14. 30. 34, 15; 
of Jerusalem. Dan. 9,18.19; of prophets 
" Jer. 15, 16. Also with 5 id. Gen. 48, 16. 
_ y) Further, to be called is often i. q. to 
_ be, since men and things are called that 
_ which they are, or at least seem to be; 
e.g. Is. 1, 26 afterwards thou shalt be 
called the city of righteousness, i. e. this 
_ will be thy name because thou wilt be 
so in reality. 9, 5. 30,7. 35, 8. 47, 1. 5. 
_ 48,8. 56,7; comp. 4, 3.19, 18. See 
- Comm. on Isaiah, Ill. p. 29. So Gr. 
κεκλῆσϑαι 1}. 4.61. Od. 7. 313. Monk ad 
Eurip. Hippolyt.2. Porson ad Pheeniss. 
576. 
3. to be read aloud, recited, Esth. 6,1; 
¢. 3 ina book Neh. 13, 1. 
; Pua nip, Part. c. suff. "89P2. 
' 1. Pass. "of Kal no. 2. f, to be called, 
chosen, Is. 48, 12. 
2. to be called, named, Is. 65,1; often 
Ὁ ΝῊΡ 48, 8. 58, 12. 61,3. 62, 2. Ez. 10, 
_ 13. But see in Niph. no. 2. 7. 
᾿ς Deriv. 83, XP, ΠΝ, ΚΡ. 


ἘΠ S852 fat. s3p2 to encounter, to 
meet any one, i.q. ΠΣ. The primary 
idea is to strike upon, lo impinge or hit 
against, comp. 239 ; like Gr. τυγχάνω pr. 
to hit a mark. Its stronger signif. ap- 
pearsin "7p a hostile encounter. Kindr. 
roots are 22P, 1) whence ΠΡ, Gr. xv- 


ρέω. Comp. Arab. 13 and 1,3.—Only 


trop. c. acc. to encounter, to. assail any 
one, as terror Job 4, 14; to befall, to 
happen to any one, as evil, harm, Gen. 
42,4. 38. Lev. 10,19. Is. 51,19. Jer. 13, 
22; genr.Gen.49,1. Once without acc. 
Ex. 1, 10. 

Nien. to be encountered, to be met 
with, to be found ; 6. g. by chance, i. q. 
_to happen to be, 2 Sam. 1,6. 20,1. With 
"25> to be found before any one, 6. g. of 
things Deut. 22,6; of persons to meet, 
to come to meet, 2 Sam. 18, 9; with by 


939 





ΞΡ y 


id. Ex. 5,3. Trop. to come to pass, to 
happen, Jer. 4, 20. 

Hipu. to cause to happen or befall, 
e. g. evil to any one, c. dupl. acc. Jer. 
32, 23. 


Nj}? Chald. fut. 82p2, once Mp 
Dan. 5,7; part. pass. "Pp Ezra 4, 18. 23. 

1. to cry, to call out, as a herald, Dan. 
3, 4. 4, 11. 5, 7. , 

2. to read aloud, to recite, Ezra 4, 18. 
23; to read Dan. 5, 8. 16. 17. 


| NP see xP. 


NP m. (r. 2p 1) 1. @ partridge, 
pr. ‘ the crier, caller; so in German it 
is said of the partridge, ‘das Rebhuhn 
ruft;? comp. Kréahe from krahen, and the 
Arab. Lbs Καιά, ie. a species of part- 
ridge so called from its ery, see Burck- 
hardt’s Travels in Syria p. 406.—1 Sam, 
26, 20. Jer. 17, 11, in which last passage 
there is an allusion to the fable of an- 
cient naturalists, that the partridge 


steals the eggs of other birds and sits 


upon them; Epiphan. Physiol. 9. 
2. Kore, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 9,19. 2 Chr. 
31, 14. 8 


RIP ἢ (τ. Nap IL) pr. noun of ac- 
tion , encounter, meeting ; found only with 
Ὁ prefixed, constr. ΝΡ contr. for 
PSIp>, 6. suff. "MXIP>, ΒΌΝ ΠΡΟ, also 
πον ΡΝ, and only as Preposition. 

1. Pr. for encountering, for meeting, 
i.e. to meet, towards, obviam, after verbs 
of motion, as 92, &¥7, M>9; eithier in 
a hostile sense Josh. 8, 14. Judg. 7, 24. 
1 Sam. 4, 1. Job 39, 21. Ps. 35, 3. al. 
sepe; or genr. Gen. 14, 17. 18, 2. 29, 
13. 46, 29. Ex. 4, 27. 18, 7. al. sepe. 
Pregn. after a verb of rest, where 
however a verb of motion is implied ; 
Gen. 19, 1 ΘΝ ΣΡ OP™ and he rose up 
and went fo meet them. Judg. 19, 3 
iPRIP? Maw he joyfully went to meet 
him. 1 Sam. 16, 4. 21,2. Am.. 4, 12, | 
Ps. 59, 5. Is. 14, 9. Josh. 11, 20. 

2. over ἀδαΐως opposite to, Gen. 15, 
10; in a hostile sense 1 Sam. 17, 21. 


Σ᾿ ΞΡ and =" Zeph. 3, 2; inf. 
ap, c. suff. 33» Deut. 20, 2, fem. 
masp Ex. 36, 2; "fut. a1p", to draw 
near, to come near, to approad Arab. 


ys and Sy id. 


Syr. po, Eth. 


a 940 


@CN id. The primary idea seems to 
be that of striking upon, touching, reach- 
ing to, comp. 333, 3}; kindr. therefore 
with Sp II, nap —Constr. with 5x of 
pers. Gen. 37, 18. 2 Sam. 20, 17. Jon. 1. 
6; of thing and place Ex. 32, 19. Deut. 
2, 37. Prov. 5,8. More rarely with ἘΣ 
2K. 16,12; > Job 33, 22; 3 of place 
Judg. 19,13. Ps. 91,10. Also accord- 
ing to the context, c. 12 2 Sam. 20, 16; 
Psp? 1 Sam. 17, 48; "p> Josh. 17, 4; 
ban Deut. 2, 19, ete. Absol. Deut. 25, 
11. Is. 41, 5. Ez. 9, 1.—Strictly only of 
animated beings; but trop. also of time 
Gen. 27, 41. Deut. 15, 9. Ez. 12, 23. 
Lam. 4, 18; inf. c. 5 Gen. 47, 29. 
Deut. 31,14. 1 K.2,1.—Spec. a) In 
a hostile sense, to draw near for battle, 
Ex. 14,20; with mamda-5x and mand: 
Deut. 20, 2; 3n-bx Deut. 20, 10. 
Josh. 8,5. Ὁ ds Ps. 27, 2; comp. Ps. 
119, 150. See 3. Ὁ) Vice versa, in 
kindness and good-will; 1 K. 2, 7 13 53 
"D8 Aa Ip for so they came in kindness to 
me. So God is said to draw near to 
men, in affording help to the afflicted, 
‘Ps. 69, 19. Lam. 3, 57. c) gp draw 
near to God, "7 by: also before God, 
"39962, Ex. 16, 9; with sacrifice Lev. 
16, 1. 1 Sam. 14, 36. Ez. 40, 46; the 
priests in their ministry Ez. 44, 15; 
all those who come with pious hope and 
confidence, Ps. 32,9. Zeph. 3, 2; comp. 
- Ps. 119, 169. Often of those who take 
part in sacred rites, Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 21, 
17. 18. 22,3. Num. 17, 5. 2 K. 16, 12. 
ἃ) πον τον ΞΡ to approach a woman 
in conjugal intercourse, Gen. 20,4. Lev. 
18, 14. Deut. 22, 14. Is. 8.3. Ez. 18, 6; 


ubsol. Lev. 18, 6. 19. But~>x Aap | 


M22 is said of a woman lying down to 
a beast, Lev. 20,16. Arab. vy . Eth. 


TPLZN id. Gr. πλησιάξζω, also πελάζω. 
e) Is. 65,5 4728 2p come near to thy- 
self, sc. and not to me, i. e. stand back, 
approach me not; comp. Hiph. no. 2. 

Nien. 1. i. q. Kal to come near, to 
approach, Josh. 7, 14. 

2. to be brought, pass. of Hiph. Ex. 
22, 7. 

Pie. ΞΡ 1. Causat. to bring near 
or forth, to cause to approach, Hos. 7, 6. 
Is. 41, 21. 46, 13; to oneself, i. e. to ad- 
mit, to receive, Ps. 65, δ. Job 31, 37; to 











ΖΡ 


bring near to one another, to joi: 
gether, Ez. 37, 17, where 3p isi 
for 3}. 

2. Intrans. and intensive, to be 
near, c. > et infin. Ez. 36, 8. 

Hien. 1. to bring near, to cause or 
command to approach, e. g. person: 
with > do any one Ex. 28, 1. 29, 4 
Num. 8, 9. 10; times, to Bring dh Ex. 
22,4; to admit to oneself, to give ac- 
cess, Jer. 30, 21; of things, to bring to- 
gether two things, to join, Is. 5, 8.-- 
Hence 

2. to bring, to offer a gift Judg. 3, 18. 
5, 25, Ps. 72, 10. Mal. 1, 8; espec. a sa- 
crifive ofany kind Ex. 29, 3.10. Lev. 1... 
13. 14, 3,3. 7. Num. 9, 13. al. seepiss. — 
Sometimes there is added "9 "35> Lev. 
3, 12. 12,7; mined 2 Chr. 35, 12. Ez. 
44, 15. Sy Ty: bring a cause before ἃ 
judge Deut. 1, 17.—Arab. ye Il, ba 
offer. 

3. With infin. and > to draw near to 
doing any thing, to be near or about to 
do, ὁ. M733 Is. 26, 17; sind Gen. 12,11; 


absol. id. Ex. 14, 10. αν yl οὐδ 


With 13, to bring away from one 
place to ἀνδινον to remove, 2 K. 16,11 
ΓΞ "38 MQ ΞΡ" and he removed 
the brazen altar from the front of the 
temple. Comp. 32 no. 3, where add 
Sanser. dgam to approach and recede. 

Deriv. 23P—j39P; 31. ΡῈ 


Hh; ="P obsol. root, prob. i. 4. Arab. 


Rie (rand 1 being interchanged) to 
turn, to turn about ; mid. E, lo turn in- 


- 


side out, to invert, e. g. as the lip ; 
the interior, inner part.—Hence 3>p. 


a7? Chald. plur. 5p , to draw near, 
to approach, Dan. 3, 26. 6, 13; 6. >2 to 
any one Dan. 7, 16; > 6, 21. 

Pa. to bring, to offer, Ezra 7, 17. 

Apu. 1. to bring near Dan. 7, 13. 

2. to bring, to offer. Ezra 6, 10. 17. 

a? m. (τ. 22p I) Kamets impure, 
encounter, battle, war, i. q. names, 
2 Sam, 17, 11; elsewhere only in poetic 
style, Ps. 55, 19. 22. 78, 9. 144, 1. Job 38, 
23. Eee. 9, 18. Zech. 14, 3. Plur. ΤΡ 


Ps. 68,31. Syr. Lope id. 
27? Chald. m. id. Dan. 7, 21. In 
Targg. often for Heb. mama. . 





t ΨΦ 
—eEE— Ee 


ΞΡ 94] 


32? m. adj. verbal (τ. 39p 1) plur. 
ΞΡ. drawing nigh, approaching, 
“Pout 20,3 1 Sam. 17, 41. 1 K. 5, 7. 


δι τ 2) πα. (τ. 33} II) in pause 3p , 6. suff. 
fap, plur. c. suff. "ΞΡ once Ps. 103, 1. 
1. the midst, middle, inner part ; hende 
with Prep. . a) 3273 in the midst of, 
_ ‘tself almost a preposition, like Jina; 
J 8. 5. 787 353 in the midst of the 
4 dtand, i. e. in the land Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 8, 
mts. Is. 7, 22. 10, 23; mish a7R3 in the 
| middle of the streets Is. 5, 95. 23 
ἱ 99320 among the Canaanites Judg. 1, 
2, DSN ‘2 Gen. 24, 3, "ny “3 Deut. 18, 
, 2 2, sad" 5 Ps. 36, 2. etc. Also after verbs 
of motion, as M2m>2h 323 into the 
_ midst of the battle 1 K. 20, 39; to pass 
ΣΤ ΓΙ 323 through the miclet of the 
_ camp Josh. 1,11. Of time, 0°34 2972 
in the midst of (within) the years Hab. 
3,2. Ὁ) ΞῚ 92 from the midst, after 
verbs of taking away, removing, etc. 
6.5. "OM, MID, "23, Ex. 31, 14. Lev. 
17, 4. 10. Deut. 13, 6. Mic. 5, 9. al. seep. 
_ 2. Spec. the interior of the body: a) 
the bowels, intestines, e. g. of victims Ex. 
29, 13. 22. Lev. 1, 13. 9,14. al. Also the 
belly or ‘stomach Gen. 41, 21; the womb 
Gen. 25, 22. Ὁ) the inner part of a per- 
son, as the seat of life 1 K. 17, 21, and 
of the mind Ps. 39,4. "223 within me 
51, 12. 55, 5. Is. 16,11. 26,9. al. Hence 
for the mind, heart, as the seat of 
thought and affection, Gen. 18, 12. 1 K. 
8, 28. Ps. 5, 10. 62, 5. 64, 7. Jer. 31, 33. 


Δ, see in 2i9p- 


map f. (τ. ΞΡ 1) constr. m34p, a 
drawing near, approach, Ps. 73, 38. Is. 
58, 2. 

272 m. (r. ΞΡ 1) 6. art. in pause 
72724 Ez. 40, 43 (comp. 72975 1 Sam. 
13, 21), constr. ΞΡ, 6. suff. 1229p ; plur. 
c. suff. once BF"2a7p Lev. 7, 38 (in other 
copies DI"22"P), an offering, oblation, 
sacrifice, either bloody or without blood, 
either to be wholly burned or only in 
part ; so Ez. 20, 28. 40, 43, but elsewhere 
only in Leviticus and Numbers; e. g. 
Lev. 1, 2. 8. 10. 14. 2,1. 4. 3,1. 2. 7,13. 
22, 27. Num. 5, 15. 7,17 sq. 15, 4. 31, 

50. al. Seer. 23p Hiph. no. 2. Comp. 
κορβᾶν Mark 7, 11.—Chald. RR 2p, 


_ BSyr. jisias , Arab. oss, id. 





79* 


ΠΡ 


ἸΞῚΡ m. an offering, oblation, Neh. 
10, 35. 13, 31.—R. 35P no. I. 


np πῃ. an ave, c. suff. 2772p 1 Sam. 
13,20. Plur. 5°277p v.21, and nizap 
Ps. 74, 5. Jer. 46, 22, also ρον: with- 
Ss we 

out Dag. Judg. 9, 48. Arab. ΕΣ 
Talmud. csp, id.—But Heb. 5: 0 


prob. comes from the verbal Pi. ἘΞΡ, 


ὦ» 
a5; (the letter ἢ being inserted,) 


from r. DIP in the primary signif. to 
sharpen, to be sharp, comp. Bia, SOP. . 
Another and softer form of the same 
word would seem to be 31", where see, 
and comp. the Arabic forms there quot- 
ed. 


“STOP fut. oop%, once nop as if X> 
Dan. 10, 14, apoc. and conv. 9p" ; i. q. 
sap IL 

1. to meet, to go or come to meet any 
one, in a hostile sense, c. acc. Deut. 25, 
18. See Niph. and Ἢ. 

2. to befall, to happen to any one, as 
good or evil, Is. 41,22; with acc. of pers. 
Gen. 42429. 1 Sam. 28,10. Esth. 4, 7. 
6, 13. te. 2, 14. 9, 11; 6. > Dan. 10, 
14. So Ruth 2, 3 roth ΠᾺΡ Ὁ Ὁ" 
A> MWh lit. and her hap benied 
upon a ‘part of the field belonging to 
Boaz; Engl. Vers. well, her hap was to 
light upon, etc. 

Nien. 1. to meet, to fall in with, c. 
>3, like Engl. to light upon any one, 
Ex. 3,18, comp. 5, 3; >& Num. 23, 4. 16; 

neip> v. 3; absol. Nass, 23, 15. 

2. to be by chance, to happen, 2 Sam, 
1,6. Comp. &%p II. Niph. 

Pie. ΠΡ to lay beams or joists, con- 
tignare, pr. to make them meet and fit 
into each other, (comp. 7p ἃ beam,) 
2 Chr. 34,11. Neh. 2,8. 3,3.6. Hence © 
to frame, to build, Ps. 104, 3. 

Hire. 1. to cause to meet, to let hap- 
pen to any one, c. "28> Gen. 27, 20. 24, 

12 pint "25> ΣΕ κα ἼΣ let happen to me 
this day sc. ‘what I seek, send me good 
speed. ; 

2. to make convenient, ready of access 
e.g. cities of refuge convenient to flee 
to, Num. 35, 11. . 

Deriv. AIR, mip, ™P, TP, MAP 
mpa, Tapa, and the pr. names mye 
FEI, Nip. 


περ 


_ ΠῚ Chald. see r. 83p. 


MIP £. (r. Mp) cold, Ps. 147, 17. Job 
24,7. 37, 9. Prov. 25, 20. Nah. 3, 17. 


ΤΡ m. (τ. MIP) hap, chance, acci- 
dent. Deut. 23,11 Πρ m7p2 by rea- 
son of accident by night, an euphemism 
for nocturnal pollution. Soin Talmudic 
the noun ™)p. 


MP see Πρ. 


IP m. adj. also 3 Ex. 12, 4. al. 
(τ. 22p 1) c. suff. in4p, plur. ὈΠΞΊΤΡ, c. 
suff. “Shp; fem. ΤΡ, ΠΞῚΡ Deut. 21, 
3, plur. f miaap Ez. 22, 5; near, nigh, 
spoken ; 

a) Of place ; with >x of pers. Gen. 45, 
10 958 31} Mh thou shalt be near unto 
me. Ex. 12,4. Deut. 13,18. Josh. 9,16; 
with >¥8 1K. 21,2. 51 9 a near 
neighbour Prov. 27,10. Trop. near in 
dignity Esth. 1, 14; in public relations 
2 Sam. 19,43. Spec. God is said to be 
near to men, when he affords them help, 
Deut. 4, 7. Ps. 34, 19. 119, 151. 145, 18; 
and vice versa the people of God, the 
righteous, the priests, are said to be near 
to God, Ps. 148, 14 (where 125" is i. q. 
sine). Lev. 10, 3. Ez. 42, 13. 43, 19; 
comp. 1 K. 8, 59.—Diff. is Jer. 12, 2 
‘a7 DF"BS nme ΞΡ near art thou in 
their mouth, but fer Srom their heart, 
i. 6. they speak of thee always. Ps. 75, 2. 

b) Of kindred, affinity; with >x Lev, 
21, 2. 3. 25, 25. Num. 27,11. Deut. 21, 6; 
> Ruth 2,20. Neh. 13, 4; 72 of com- 
parison, uth ‘2s 12 "3% AMP nearer 
cab With? suff ininp ig. > amp 
‘one near to him, his kinsman, Ex. 32, 


27. Ps. 15, 3; plur. 6. suff. "2i5p my. 


kinsmen Ps, 38, 12. Job 19, 14. ‘Also 
friends, i. e. paramours, Ez. 23, Ὁ. 12: 
see r. 3} Kal lett. d. 

c) Of time, i.e. «) near to come, im- 
pending, as the day of Jehovah Is. 13, 6. 
Joel 1, 15. 4,14; deliverance Is. 51, 5. 
Ps. 85, 10; distress Ps. 22, 12. Fully 
wind inp Is. 13, 22. 56,1. Jer. 48, 16. 
Here too belongs Job 17,12 31} "δ 
yun 3p. the light is not far from 
darkness, will soon be merged in it; 
comp. Lat. prope absum. Hence 513 
in a near time, soon; Ez. 11,3 3i9pa xo 
DMA MS is it not near, the building of 
houses? i. e. soon we shall rebuild the 


942 





mop 







houses ruined in the siege. So 
after a near time, soon, shortly, Ez. 7, 
Jer. 23, 23 (see in P'iN3) ; also Job 20, 
the triumphing of the wicked is ΞΡ, 
short, i. e. will shortly come to an end. 
Arab. x33 yp soon, shortly. #) Of | 
time just past ; hence 3192 in recent 
times, newly, lately, Deut, 32, 17. 


“TP fat. ρίαν. ὙΠ, imper. ἢ 
“MP, pr. ἐο make smooth, see MIP ice; 
spec. to make bald, to make a bald 
place, Lev. 21, 5. Mic. 1, 16.—Hence by 
softening the letters, comes the root M>3 


q.v. Syr. wp. having no horns; Ara 


@y 
RES baldness. 


Nipu. to be made bald, 6. > for any 
one, e. g. the dead, Jer. 16, 6. 

Η!ΡΗ. i. q. Kal Ez. 27, 31. 

Hora. pass. Mp2 make bald, shorn, 
Ez. 29, 18. 

Deriv. ΠΡ ΠΡ. 


TT? (bald-head) Kareah, pr. n, m. 
2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40,°8. 


TTP m. (r. Mp) a bald-head, having 
a bald spot on the crown or hinder part 
of the head, different from M24 q. v. Lev. 
13, 40. 2 Καὶ. 2, 23. Chald. mp id. 


MP m. (τ. ΠῚ) in pause Mp. 

1. ice, so called from its smoothness, 
Job 6, 16. 37, 10. 38, 29. Hence cold, 
Gen, 31, 40. Jer. 36, 30. 

2. crystal, like Gr. κρύσταλλος, as’ re- 
sembling ice, Ez.1,22. Chald. Ap id. 


MIP πὰ. (τ. MIP) 1. ig. MIP no. 1, 
ice ; poet. for hail, Ps. 147, 17. 

2. Korah, pr.n. a) A son of Esau 
Gen. 36, 5. 14. Ὁ) A son of Eliphaz, 
also an Edomitish tribe descended from 
him, ib. v. 16. c) A Levite, cousin of 
Moses and Aaron, who conspired against 
Moses, Ex. 6, 21. 24. Num. 16, 1 sq. 26, 
9-11. Of thesame stock arethe M3p "23 
the sons of Korah, the Korahites, a family 
of Levites and singers in the time of 
David (see "7P), to whom ten of the 
Psalms are ascribed, Ps. 42-49. 84. 85. 
87. 88. d) 1Chr. 2, 43. 


TIMP £ (r. mp) once NIP Ez. 27, 
31, baldness, a bald place. a) On the 
crown or hinder part of the head, Lev. 
21,5; as shorn in token of mourning 


map 


"Is. 3, 24. 15, 2. Jer. 47, 5. 48, 37. Ez. 7, 
_ 18. al. b) On the front part of the 
head, i. q. MM33, Deut. 14, 1. 


0 WW? Korahite, patronym. from ΠΡ 
no. 2. 6. Ex. 6, 24. Num. 26, 58. 1 Chr. 
12,6. 26,1. Plur. ΠΡ 1 Chr. 9, 19. 


ΓΙΤῚΡ f. (r. np) c. suff. inmp, i. q. 
ΠΤ, baldness, bald spot on the crown 
_ or hinder part of the head, Lev. 13, 42. 
43. Trop. bareness, a thread-bare spot 
on the wrong side of cloth, Lev. 13, 55. 


“i? τὰ: (τ. TP) in pause “Pp , hostile 
encounter Lev. 26, 28; and so in the 
phrase ὩΣ "9p 42/1 to go into encounter 
with any one, i. e. to walk contrary to 
him, to oppose, to resist him, Lev. 26, 21. 
23. "p23 id. v. 24. 27. 40. 41. 


NP m. (r. xp 1) called, chosen, se- 
lect, Num. 16,2; also Num. 1, 16 Cheth. 

ANP a public crying, proclamation, 
Jon. 3,2. R.x 1. 


AMPS. (τ. MIP) a city, town, '. ᾳ. ἢ, 
comp. MR; so called perh. from the 
signif. ‘ to frame, to build,’ see the root in 
Piel ; better perh. ‘a fortified place,’ as 
resisting enemies, comp. in “Pp. With 
a few exceptions (Deut. 2,36. 1 K.1, 41. 
45), found only in the poetic style, Num. 
21, 28. Is. 1, 21. 26. 22, 2. 25, 2. 26, 5. 
32,13. Ps. 48, 3. Prov. 10, 15. Job 39, 7. al. 


5 






we a. αὐ. ὦ τ ~ 


o- 5.09 
Syr.1p0, |kspo, Arab. Ky, x53, city, 
also village. 

Hence the following pr. names of 
cities : 

a) S298 Mm™P Gen. 23, 2. Josh. 15, 
54. 20, 7; ο. art. y29Nn mp Neh. 11, 
26; Kirjaih: Arba, i. e. the city of Arba, 
oneof the Anakim (see 278), the ancient 
name of Hebron, but still used in the 
time of Nehemiah, Neh. I. c. 

© b) 52a. mp (city of Baal) Kirjath- 
_ Baal, the same city which is more usu- 
ally cated pwaDt Mmp (see in lett. d), 
Josh. 15, 60. 18,14. 

c) Mzn-m Pp (city of streets) Kirjath- 
huzoth, in Moab, Num. 22, 39. 

dy omsr-np (city of forests) Kir- 
jath-jearim, on the confines of Judah 

and Benjamin Josh. 9, 17. 18; 15. Judg. 
18, 12. 1 Sam. 6, 21; ¢c. art. OSs 
Jer. 26, 20; cotitravred ΒΞ ΠΡ Ezra 
2, 25. and ERE, mp Josh. ‘18, 28 ; else- 


943 





where also >92-n7™P see in lett. Ὁ. 
Eusebius places it at nine Rom. miles 
from Jerusalem towards Diospolis or 
Lydda. Prob. the modern Kuryet el- 
?Enab, three hours west of Jerusalem ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 334 sq. 

6) M30-MN 4p (palm-city. comp. 272020) 
Kirjath-sannah Josh. 15, 49, also called 
“pon Pp (book-town) Kirjath-sepher, 
in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 15. 16. 
Judg. 1, 11. 12. The same city was 
likewiae called "35 ᾳ v. Josh. 15, 15. 
49. 9 

f) D> MIP , see in lett. d. 

g) pnp > (double city) Kirjathaim: 
a) In the territory of Reuben Num. 32, 
37. Josh. 13, 19; afterwards subject to 
Moab Jer. 48, 1. 23. Ez. 25,9. Euse- 
bius and Jerome speak of a place Ka- 
ριάδα (Καριάϑα) Koreiatha, ten Roman 
miles west of Medaba. #) In the tribe 
of Naphtali, 1 Chr. 6, 61 [76]; else- 
where jp. 

MP and N™P Chald. a city, Ezra 
4, 10 sq. ‘ 

MiP (cities) Kerioth, pr. n. of two 
cities, one in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 25; the other in Moab, Jer. 48, 24. 
41. Am. 2, 2. 

MIP, see in M79P lett. ὦ. 


ΠΡ to overlay, ἰο ‘cover ; Syr. and 
Chald. to overlay with metal. With 
5», like other verbs of covering; Ez. 
37, 6 -ἰρ pa >> "map 7] will cover you 


with skin. Intrans. to be covered, fut. 
pap", v. 8. 
Ἶ 1 1. pr. prob. to strike, to push, 


kindr. with 89p Il, ΠΡ, ΞΡ ; whence 
2 horn, as the instrument of striking, 


pushing. Eth. P42 to push with the 


horn, also to assail; ®C% horn. The 
primary syllable is "DP; comp. Sanser. 
carnis, carngan, horn, sharp point, ¢iris 
sharp point, all from gar to bore. 

2. Denom. from 1Ὲ lett. 6, to emit 
rays, to shine, e. g. the face of Moses 
Ex. 34, 29. 30.35; Sept. δεδόξασται τὸ 
πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ. π- λαα!. and Vulg. ab- 
surdly, κερατώδης ἦν, cornuta erat. Hence 
painters and sculptors often represent 
Moses with horns. 

Hipu. to have horns, pr. ‘ to shoot out 
horns,’ Ps. 69, 32.—Hence 


ΤΡ 

ΤῊΡ f. in pause 72p, ὁ. suff. 4p; Du- 
al pup, also D°27p (as if from IP) 
Dan. 8, 3. 6. 20, constr. "39> used also 
for plural; Plur. mi27p , constr. Τὴ) Ps. 
75, 11 mostly in lett. c; a horn, as of an 
ox, ram, see in r. 1 no. 1. Gen. 22, 13, 
Deut. 33,17. Ps. 22, 22. Dan. 8, 5. 8. 9. 
al. sep. Also of artificial horns 1 K. 22, 
11. Zech. 2,1. 2. 4 [1, 18. 19. 21]. Meton. 
for a flask, vessel, made of horn, comp. 
Engl. drinking-horn, powder-horn, 1 


Sam. 16, 1. 13. 1 K. 1, 39.g-Arab. we 


horn, also point of a sword; Eth. C3, 
Syr. 3:05, Chald. 8259p, horn. 
see in τ. ὩΡ. Comp. Gr. κέρας, also 
κέραυνος thunder-bolt, Lat. cornu, Goth. 
haurns, whence Germ. and Engl. horn. 

Metaph. α horn is put as the symbol 
of strength, might, power, the image 
being drawn from the bull and other 
animals which push with their horns. 
Jer. 48, 25 the horn of Moab is broken, 
i. 6. her strength, might, is broken, 
comp. Lam. 2, 3. Ps. 75,11. So God is 
said ‘5 1 O79H Lo lift up, exalt, the horn 
of any one, i. 6. to strengthen him, to in- 
crease his power and dignity, Ps. 89, 18. 
92,11. 148, 14. 1 Sam. 2, 10. Lam. 2, 
17. Contra, to exalt the horn of God, i.q. 
to praise, to.laud him, 1 Chr. 25, 5. 
Hence "ἢ 127 my horn is lifted up, 
exalled, i. e. my strength is augmented, 
Iacquire new courage and spirit, Ps, 89, 
25. 112, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 1. In the same 
sense, Am. 6,13 D°2"p 32> MP? we have 
taken to us horns. Vice versa, in a bad 
sense 1239p 0°57 fo lift up one’s horn, i.e. 
to be proud, Ps. 75, 5.6. Comp. Lat. 


Sanscr. 


cornua sumere, of those who place too’ 


much confidence in their own strength 
and thus become overbearing; also Hor. 
Od. 3. 21. 18 “addis cornua pauperi.” 
A similar metaphor is in Job 16, 15, J 
have thrust my horn into the dust, where 
we should naturally say ‘my head.’ In 
Ps. 18, 3 David calls God "382 jp the 
horn μ᾿ my deliverance, i. 6. the instra- 
ment, means of deliverance, the image 
Ἔλα: drawn from animals which use 
their horns as a defence. Ps. 132, 17 
there (in Zion) will I make the horn of 
David to sprout, i. e. will cause the 
kingdom of David to flourish in power; 


944, 





ΥΡ 
or rather, I will raise up to the house of 
David a powerful offspring. Ez. 29, 21 
Hence in prophetic vision, horns are, put 
trop. for kings, powerful princes, D 
7, 7. 24. 8, 8. 21—The same gene 


metaphor exists in Syriac and Arabie* 


see Bar Hebreus p. 516. Hariri Con 
sess. 43. p. 498 ed. De Sacy. Comp. the 


Arabic epithet of Alexander the Great, 
ral > i. 6. bicornis, Kor. 18,85 


os 


sq. doubtless as the symbol of power, 
might; so both Alexander and the Se- { 


leucide are represented on coins with 
horns, Curt. 4. 7. 


From the resemblance toa horn came 


also the following uses of TR. 


a) a horn, as a wind instrument, ΠΟΥ, 


net, trumpet, like Lat. cornu, Josh. 6, 5. 
See di" no. 1. 

b) 72 nimp horns of ivory, for ele- 
phants’ teeth, by a common error, Ex. 
27,15. So Plin. H. N. 18. 1 ‘eornua 
elephanti et uri.” Eth. id. 

6) M272 nip the horns of the altar, 


i.e. the projecting points or risings, like | 


horns, on the four corners of an altar, 
γωνίαι κερατοειδεῖς Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 6; 
which were to be smeared with the blood 
of the victims Ex. 29, 12. Lev. 4, 7; and 
which malefactors laid hold of as an 
asylum 1 K. 1, 50. 2,28. So Ex. 27, 2. 
30, 2. 3. 10. Lev. 4, 7. 8, 15. Ps. 118, 27. 
Am. 3, 14. Jer. 17, 1. ἃ]. Similar orna- 
ments are found upon the altars of the 
Greeks and Egyptians. 

d) horn for peak, summit of a hill or 
mountain, Is. 5, 1. So Gr. κέρας, Lat. 

$ o- 

cornu, Arab. Ὡ 5. as in Kirn Sirtubeh, 
Kirin Hattin, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
II. p. 257. III. p. 238. Comp. Germ. 
Horn in the names of Swiss mountains, 










4 


eT 





as Schreckhorn, Wetterhorn, Aarhorn. * 


e) σαι, DUP, i. q. rays of light, 
splendour, Hab. 3,4. So Arabian poets 
compare the first rays of the rising sun 
to horns ; and hence call the sun itself the 


gazelle Uta comp. in M>*x p. 42. 


ΤΡ Chald. ἢ emphat. x27p; Dual 
7272p Dan. 7, 7, emph. 8229p 7, 8. 

1. a horn, Dan. 7, 8. 20. 21. | 

2. A wrted inotenraeiey horn, cornet 
Dan. 3. 5. 7. 10. 15. 7, 7 


a 







ΠΡ 


4 FAT ΤΡ (the paint-horn) Keren-hap- 
puch, pr. ἢ. of one of Job’s daughters, 
_ Job 42, 14. 


_* oP to bend, to bow down, hence to 
_ sink together, to collapse, i i. q. 32D in the 
_ other member, Is.46,1. Sept. συνετρίβη, 
ΟΜαϊσ. contritus est. Henne DIP. ῬΌ". 


_ OF π΄. plur. D°o7p, constr. "op, 
iL pr. a curve, joint, comp. Ὁ ; hence a 
_ hook, tache, to which a loop or eye is 
ἢ fitted, Ex. 26, 6. 11. 33. 35, 11. 36, 13. 18. 
| 39, 33. 

| Bp, see ὈΠῬ. 

᾿ Sonp pr. diminut. from ὉΠ (see in 
“ett. p. 499 ), a joint, small joint, espec. 
the ankle, which also the Germans ex- 
_ press by the diminutive Knéchel, comp. 
Engl. knuckle. Dual c. suff. Ps. 18, 37 
"DOIP 34372 δὲ my ankles do not waver, 
i. e. my feet stand firm. 2 Sam. 22, 
37. Vulg. tali. Comp. Targ. Ez. 47, 3. 


Syr. #,500.—From this word, by con- 
tracting the quadriliteral into a triliteral 
form, is derived the Arab. Jy to walk 
- unsteadily, to waddle, as if with weak 


2 _ oF 
ankles, comm. to limp; Jj3} a person 
so walking, one weak in the ankles and 
legs. 
a. Pp fut. ΣΡ". 1. ἐδ rend, to rend 
asunder ; kindr. with yp, Arab. υὸγϑ 
_ to cut.—E. g. the garments in grief, 
_ Gen. 37, 29. 34. Num. 14,6. 1 Sam. 4, 
12. 2K. 5, 8. Ezra 9,3. Jer. 36, 24. Job 
1,20; cushions Ez. 13, 21; a roll or book 
with a knife Jer. 36, 23; to rend in pieces, 
as a wild beast Hos. 13, 8; of God, to 
rend the heavens Is. 63,19. Also >5p 
8539p to rend in pieces 1 K. 11, 30; 
p"sp> Pid. 2K. 2,12, ἼἸΞΞ ὉΡΣῸΣ Sp 
to rend the eyes with paint, i. e. to dis- 
tend the eyes and make them appear 
large by painting them thickly with sti- 
bium; see in 59D, 792. So Jer. 22, 14 
s2ibn i> ΣΡ he rendeth himself windows 
in the palace, i. 6. he makes many and 


plur. ending, Lehrg. p. 523. 
. 2. to tear off or away, to rend away, 
ὁ. 72 Lev. 13,56; 532 Ez. 13,20. Trop. 
 ¢. b32, 1 Sam. 15, 28 Jehovah hath rent 
the kingdom of Israel from thee. 1 K. 


94.5 


large windows; the “-- in "215m being a 





P"P 
11, 11; "89 v. 12. 1 Sam. 28, 17; 92 
1K. 14,8. Reflex. to rend oneself away 
2 K. 17, 31. 

3. Metaph. verbis proscindere, as in 
Engl. to pull in pieces, i.e. to slander, to 
backbite, Ps. 35,15. Arab. αι οὐ II, in- 


crepuit, corripuit. Comp. 3p) no. 3. 

Nipu. pass. to be rent, torn, of gar- 
ments Ex. 28, 32. 39, 23. 1 Sam. 15, 27; 
of an altar torn dowa ΚΕ. 19, 3. te 
Hence 


DP τῇ. plur. torn pieces of cloth 
1K. 11, 80. 31. 2K. 2,12; rags Prov, 
23, 21. 


“YOR fat. plur.iz3p" 1. totearor cut 
asunder, nearly i. q. kindr. 2p ; hence 
to cut off to destroy, whence Vp de- 
struction, and Chald. 7p piece.—Arab. 


Uy to tear, to tear off; 3 Usy5 id. II, 
to cut, to gnaw. 

2. Spec. ‘to cut with the teeth,’ fo bite, 
e.g. inthe phrases: a) D9naw ΥῈΡ lo 
bite the lips, said of one plotting mis- 
chief, Prov. 16, 30. b) 1 Ῥ Prov. 
10, 10. Ps. 35, 19, and 573°33 Prov. 6, 13, 
lit. to bite or pinch the eyes, i.e. to press 
together the eyelids (in the manner of 
biting the lips), to wink behind one’s 
back; also a gesture of malice and mis- 
chief-—Arab. υδϑχϑ to pinch, to nip off. 
Comp. Nazar. 419 to pinch together the 
eyelids. 

Pua yp to be torn or broken off, to 
be nipped. Job 33,6 "287DA “ASIP waha 
I also am nipped from the ‘clay. the 
image being drawn from a potter, who 
pinches off a portion of clay from the 
mass in order to form a vessel. 


ΤΊΡ m. destruction Jer. 46, 20. R. 
ΥῊ no. 1. 

ΤῊ Chald. m. a piece, bit, Syr. ἕω; 
see r. YP no. 1. Only in the phrase 
“3 ΧΡ 92} 10 eat the pieces of any one, 
q.d. to eat him up piecemeal, metaph. in 
to slander, to accuse falsely, to inform 
against ; as also in Lat. mordere, dente 


carpere, dente rodere. Dan. 3, 8. 6, 25. 
= . Ὁ 


Syr. ἵν Sof id. Arab. es Ast 
to eat one’s flesh, to slander. 


YP P m. (r. “Ip Pilp.) 1. ἃ founda- 
tion, bottom, i.q. Talm. ἜΑΡ id. fron 


PP 
the idea of digging, see the root Pilp. 
and for the ἢ seas into 9, see lett. ". 


Comp. Arab... 


ken: a) Of the bottom of the sea, Am. 
9,3. b) Of the tabernacle and temple, 
floor, pavement, Num. 5, 17, 1K. 6, 15. 16. 
80. 7,7 2pIpI 33) 2SpypN2 from floor 
to floor, from the floor to the ceiling, i. e. 
the walls or sides of the room from bot- 
tom to top; not, as De Wette, ‘over the 
whole floor.’ 

2. Karkaa, pr. n. of a place in the 
south of Judah, Josh. 15, 3. 


“PrP (foundation, τ. "4p Pilp. Arab. 
ΣΦ ΚΣ level ground) Karkor, pr. n. of a 


place beyond Jordan, Judg. 8, 10. 


Ὰ "ΠΡ obsol. root, to be cold, cool. 
Trop. to be cool, quiet. Chald. and Syr. 


id. Arab, 19 id. Comp. χρύος. 
Deriv. "2, ἽΡ, MIP, MP2. 


WAP obsol. root, kindr. with ὥστ, 

to cut, to cut wp or in pieces. So Arab. 

a according to the Camoos p. 823, 
>. —Hence 


ing m. in pause Sp, c. suff. AHP 
Ez. 27,6; plur. D°Y3p, constr. "S4p ; 
a board, plank, Ex. 26, 15 sq. 335, Ἢ, 
36, 20 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31. Collect. 
henches banks, of a ship Ez. 27, 6. 


MIP f(r. 2p, as MOD from MO) in 
pause MP, a city, i. q. mp, but less 
frequent, Job 29, 7. Prov. 8. 3. 9, 3. 14. 
11,11. Chald. mp id. Thiaword is also 
meéperved in the names of Carthaginian 
and Syrian cities, as Cirta (ἈΠ), Ti- 
granocerta, etc. and on the Phenician- 
Sicilian coins struck at Panormus; see 
Monumm. Phen. p. 288, 291. Tab. 38. 

MNP (city, τ. Mp) Kartah, pr. n. of 
a place in Zebulun, Sout. 21, 34. 


JEP (double city, old dual form from 
mp) Kartan, pr. n. of acity in Naphtali, 
Josh. 21, 32 ; Sec hore o°msp, see in 
mnp lett. g. 6. 


“Twp obsol. root, perh. i. q. mop 
II, and Arab. Las, to take off the bark 
by turning ; then to turn, and genr. to 
‘round off, to bring into a round form. 
Hence mop, also 


3 level ground. Spo- 


946 


"understand by it a lamb, a sense wh 















. ‘wwp 
MP and mp, only plur. mivp Ex. 
37, 16, cstr. Mivp Num. 4,7,c. suff. 


Ex. 25, 29, bowls, cups, for libatic as 
Sept. onovlite. Chald, MOP, myer; d. 


" nwp obsol, root, prob. to weigh, to 
weigh out ; whence the notion of ey ity, 
justice, asin kindr.wp. Arab. LawS to 
be just, pr. to weigh out justly, with even 


scales } whence δ: ἃ measure, ἃ por- 
tion measured out, ἃ “balance. —Hence Ὶ 


ΓΟ £ Gen. 33, 19. Josh. 24, 22, 
Job 42, 11, pr. something weighed out ;— 
hence as the name ofa certain weight, 
Kesitah, (comp. >pY, 722,) espéc. οὔ 
gold and silver, by which, as also by the 
shekel, money was estimated in the time 
of the Patriarcha. It was heavier than 
the shekel, and contained indeed about 
four shekels, as appears from a compari- | 
son of the passages Gen. 33, 19 and 23, 
16. According to Rabbi Akiba, in a 
later age a certain coin in Africa was 
called Aesita ; see in Rosh hash-shana 
c. 3. fol. 26. a.—Most of the ancient intpp. 
ich ᾿ 
has no support either fron etymology — 
or in the kindred dialects, nor is it in 
accordance with the patriarchal usages; 
since in their age merchandise was no 
longer usually exchanged, but actual 
sales were conimon for money either by 
weight or by tale, comp. Gen. 23, 16. 47, 
16; see Bochart’s triumphant remarks 
(Hieroz. I. p. 433-37) against F. Span- 
heim in Hist. Jobi, Opp. III. p. 84.—The 
coin bearing the figure of a lamb, in 
which Minter thought he had found the 
Kesita, (Progr. in Danish on the Kesita, 
Copen. 1824,) is undoubtedly a coin of 
Cyprus, the money of which bore that 
image. See Thesaur, p. 1241. 

mupep ἢ (τ. wep) plur. oepip 
1 Sam. 17, 5, 6. suff. ΠΟΘ ΡῺΡ Ez. 29,43 
a scale, Lev. 11, 9. 10. 12. Deut. 14, 9, 
10. 1 Sam. 17, 5 πο ῸΡ vim a har 
ness of scales, a scaled coat of mail, con- 
sisting of small plates like scales. 


wwp obsol. root, prob. to strip off 
bark, scales, ete. to scale off ; like Arab. 
Lis, comp. Heb. πὸ and mee be 


Comp. also Arab. γ᾿ whence ὑὸς 


bark, a scale. 


ee 





ni. <' o.oo 









grain, partly as left standing if the 
fields, stubble, Ez. 5, 12; which then 
were sometimes burnt over, Ex. 15, 7. 
Is. 5, 24. 47, 14. Joel 2,5. Nah. 1, 10. Ob. 
18; λ ‘end partly as broken up in treading 
out the grain and so separated by venti- 
Tation, chaff, e. g. 572 UP Is. 41,2; wp 
‘"ai> Jer. 13, 24; also Job 13, 25. 41, 30 
[38]. Is. 40, 24. Ps. 83, 24. 


NUP obsol. root, to be hard, heavy, 
difficult, like mp I.—Hence 


NWP, only in plur. ΒΝ 0, cucum- 
~G ~-?) 
bers, Num. 11, 5. Arab. 8Lig, 2s, 


Chald. "wp, Syr. “2.4, ἕω; whence 
cumis chate Linn. By transpos. Gr. 
᾿σικυός, σικύα. The Talmudists rightly 
_refer the origin of the name to its hard- 
ness and difficulty of digestion, from r. 
RWP; comp. Plin. H. N. 19.5. On the 
cucumbers of Egypt, see Abdollat. ed. 
De Sacy p. 34, 125. Forskal. Flora 
ΖΕ ρσγρι. p. 169. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 249. 
— Denom. ΠΩ II. 


*3UP fat. sup" to attend to any 
_ thing, 6. g. of the ear, ¢o listen, to heark- 
en, once in Kal, Is, 32, 3—The primary 
idea seems to be that of sharpening, so 
that 3p may be nearly i. q. ΞΖ ; comp. 
in Engl. to point or prick up the ears, a 
figure drawn from animals ; comp. under 
its I. p. 29, 
’ Hipu. with ji&, 6. g. 133% ΞΡ pr. 
‘to point one’s ear,’ i. 6. to attend, to 


_hearken, Ps. 10,17. Prov. 2,2. Without 


i348 id. c. 58 Ps. 142, 7. Neh. 9, 34; 59 

Prov. 17,4, 29, 12; Ὁ Ps. 5, 3. Is. 48, 

18; 3 Ps. 66,19; acc. Job 13, 6. Ps. 61, 

2; absol. Is. 10, 30. 28, 23. al. sep. Of 

God, i. q. to hear and answer, Ps. 5, 3. 
17,1. 61,2; of man also, i. q. to hear and 
cyst Sam. 15, 22. Is. 48, 18. Jer. 23, 18. 
Deriv. the three blisering. 


BP adj. only fem. navip, attentive, of 
the ear, Neh. 1, 6. 11. 


᾿ 
4 
| 
Ι - ae adj. id. only plur. fem. τ ΞΘ, of 
the e ears Ps, 130, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 40. 7, 15. 
4 

q 2UP m. (r. 2upP) in pause 30p, at- 
tention, heed, 15. 21, 7 “21 38p sph 
ἣ gid he hearkened heedfully with much 


is 947 
op τῇ, (τ. WwpP) straw, the dry halm . 


went heed with her in the birth. 





πῶρ 


heed,’ i.e. with the greatest possiblé at- 
tention. 1 K. 18, 29. 2 K. 4, 31. 


“Ts mDp fut. MBP". conv. BP. 

1. to be hard, harsh, 6. g. of words 
2 Sam. 19, 44, Arab. Lud id. Syr. 
ap to harden. 

2. to be hard, severe, vehement, of 
punishment from God 1 Sam. 5,7; of 
wrath Gen. 49, 7. 

3. to be hard, difficult, Deut. 1, 17. 
15, 18. 


Nip. part. πῦρ, hard bestead, 
harshly oppressed, Is. 8, 21. Comp. 
βαρούμενοι, 2 Cor. 5, 4. 

Piet fut. conv. wpm. Gen. 35, 16 


Ἐπ 123 wpm she had hard labour, it 
In v. 
17 Hiph. stands in the same phrase. 

Ηιρη. πῶρτι, fat. πῶ, conv. pr. 

1. to harden, to make hard, e. g. a) 
The neck, 92>, i. e. to be stiff-necked, 
stubborn, Deut. 10, 16. 2 K. 17, 14. 2Chr. 
30, 8. Neh. 9,29. Jer. 7, 26. Prov. 29,1; 
without Ὁ» id. Job 9, 4. b) With 3, 
to harden the heart of any one, i. 6. to 
make him obdurate, wilful, perverse, Ex. 
7,3. Deut. 2, 30; 25 ‘nm to harden one’s 
own heart Ps. 95, 8. Prov. 28, 14. 

2. to make heavy, burdensome, e. g. a 
yoke 1 K. 12, 4. 

3. to make hard, difficult. 2K. 2, 10 
PINGS MPM thou hast made hard in 
asking, i. 6. thou hast asked a hard thing. 
Ex. 13, 15 2Mbw> Fs qp mpm Ἢ. when 
Pharaoh made it hard to let us go, would 
hardly dismiss us. 

Deriv. HYP , "Up, and the pr.n. fi7Up. 


pa | Dp i. ᾳ. Arab. Lis, to strip 


off the bark, espec. by turning ; hence to 
turn, to bring into a round form; comp. 
ΠΡ .” 

Deriv. ΠΡ, nvpa. 


MUP τὰ. adj. (τ. πιῶ 1) constr. ΓΙ, 
plur. O°wP; fem. Hep, constr. nwp, 
plur. mip. 

1. hard, harsh, spoken of hard bond- 
age Ex. 1, 14. 6. 9. 1 K. 12, 4; of harsh 
words Gen. 42, 7. 30. 1Sam. 20, 10. 1 K. 
12, 13. 14,6; of men, hard, churlish, 
stern, 1 Sam. 25, 3: Is. 19, 4.—Spec. 
a) Of the neck, stiff, unyielding, obsti- 
nate, Deut. 31,,27. Hence 97% nip 
stiff-necked, i. 6. stubborn, rebellious, Ex. 


swip 
32, 9. 33, 3. 5. Deut. 9, 6. 13; 3> nup 
hard-hearted, stubborn, Ez. 3, 7; TWP 
p25 Aard- faced, 1. 6. ὑπ μιδονα ἢ impu- 
dent, Ez. 2,4; simpl. mvp id. stubborn, 
obstinate, is 48, 4. MOp WII a stubborn 
way, obstinate τὴν Judg. 23, 19. δ) Of 
a hard and Waveree lot, Ps. 60, 5. Job 30, 
2507 ΠῸΡ whose day is hard, i.e. his 
life or lot. Is. 21,2 Hep main a hard 
' vision, 1. 6. inniunclag adverse things. 


c) In a good sense, firm, fixed, once of . 


love Cant. 8, 6. 
2. hard, stern, severe, Judg. 4, 24. Is. 
27, 1—Spec. a) πὴ Mvp severe in 
spirit, sad, sorrowful, 1 Sam. 1,15. Ὁ) 
severe, vehement, strong, of a wind Is. 27, 
8; a battle 2 Sam. 2, 17. 
i. e. strong, in authority and power, 2 
Sam. 3, 39. 

3. hard, difficult, Ex. 18, 26. 


DWP Chald. m. truth, i. gq. Heb. vip, 
Dan. 4, 34. ὈΣΡ 2 of a truth, i. 6. 
truly, Dan. 2, 47. 


if mop in Kal not used, Arab. 


i. gq. πῦρ 1, Ls, to be hard. Comp. 
mpx Il, i. gq. ΠΕΣ. 
Hiew. 1. tohardenthe heart Is. 63, 17. 
2. to treat harshly, as the ostrich her 
young, Job 39, 16. 


P OwWpP obsol. root, i. ᾳ. bP, Arab. 
Lowwd, pr. to weigh out justly ; hence to 
be just, upright, true. In Heb. this root 
takes the sense of truth ; that of justice 
>eing expressed by p3¥ .—Hence 

OUP τὰ. truth, Prov. 22, 21. Chald. 
pitip g.v. xuvinp, Syr. [ees id. the 
letters Ὁ and Ὁ being interchanged. 

_ OUP m. ἅπαξ λεγόμ. Ps. 60, 6, a bor, 

. gq. Chald. ΝΡ for ΩΡ, Heb. 
nee see Targ. Ps. 61, 4. Esth. 1, 3. 
So Sept. Symm. Peshito. For this 
change of M into Ὦ, see in muUp. 
{Others truth, i. q. BWP, and this is 
preferable.—R. 

DUP, see vivip. 

“WP m. (τ. np 1) hardness of heart, 
stubbornness, Deut. 9, 27. 


{PMP (hardness, r. πῶρ 1) Kishion, 


pr. n. of a place in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20. 


21, 28; called in 1 Chr. 6, 57 ΘῊΡ q. v. 
lett. c. 


948 “wp a 


c) hard, ° 





*"OP fat. “BR? 1. to bind, lo le 
corresponding is Aram. ho, “DP, see 





in "2p Il; Eth. P&Z to bind with 
cordlas Constr, with ace mint Ἐξ, to bind 
or tie one thing upon another, Gen. 38 
28. Prov. 3,3. 6,21. 7, 3; acc. and 2 Job 


39, 10 [13]. Josh. 2,18. With dat. add- 
ed, Job 40, 29 wilt thou bind him for thy 
maidens? i. e. that they may play with 
him. Metaph. c.3, Prov. 22, 5. Gen. 
44, 30 523 ποθ ἼΘΕΣ hig soul is 
bound to his (the child’s) soul, i.e. the 
father is bound to the child bythe strong- 
est love ; comp. Niph. 1 Sam. 18, 1. 

2. to conspire, pr. ‘ to bind oneself to- 


gether with others, Neh. 4, 2; with 
>> against any one, 1 Sam. 22, 8. 1K. 
15,27. 16,9. 16. 2K. 10, 9. al. Fully 


“tR “Op, see in “WR. Part. ρίαν. 


Dm" UP conspirators 2 Sam. 15, 31. 2K. 


21, 94. 


compact and firm, strong, 


3. Part. pass. "3p, bound, hence 
robust, Gen. | 


30, 42.—T his transition from the idea of | 


binding to that of strength, see also in 
PIn no. 3, 53m no. 5. 

Nipu. 
1 Sam. 18, 1; comp. Gen. 44, 80, 


1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, metaph. : 


2. to be bound or fastened together | 


e. g. the portions of a wall, and henee 


to be completed, Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6]. 

Piet 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bind, Joh 
38, 31. 

2. to bind upon oneself, in the manner 


of a girdle, c. ace. Is. 49, 18 Np pe 


mbD> thou shalt bind them on thee as a 
bride bindeth on her girdle; in the 
other member it is: thou shalt put them 
on as an ornament. 

PuaL part. Mint pe the strong cattle 
Gen. 30, 41; see Kal no. 3. 

reap. q. Kal no. 2, ο. > 2 K. 9, 14, 
2 Chr. 24, 25. 26. 

Deriv. “8p, Dep. 


“ZP m. (τ. WP no. 2) in pause “tp | 


c. suff. UP, a conspiracy, 2 K. 11, 14. 
Is. 8, 12. ‘by “Up WP to make a con- 
spiracy against any one 2 K. 12, 21. 14, 
19. 15, 30. 


Dep m. plur. girdles, belts, as a fe- 
male ornament, espec. of a bride (comp. 
Is. 49, 18), Jer. 2, 32. Is. 3,20. Comp 
“WP no. 2. 


| 


| 





wep 
‘ ¢ Wp 1. 
Arab. 
tip stubble. 


to be dry, as a plant. 


2. Denom. from Up, to gather straw 


or stubble, see Po. Hence genr. to col- 
lect, to gather, imperat. Zeph. 2,1; see 
Hithpo. 

Po. wp to collect, to gather straw or 
stubble, Ex. δ, 7.12; wood Num. 15, 32. 
$3. 1 K. 17, 10. 12. 

Hirapo. metaph. fo collect oneself, i.e. 
to collect one’s thoughts, to look into 
one’s own mind, to prove oneself; Zeph. 
2, 1 Wips ἘΦ ΡΤ collect (examine) 
your own selves and be ye collected. Kal 


and Hithpo. are here coupled for em-— 


phasis ; comp. Is. 29, 9. 
* Deriv. Sp. 


MOP (τ. wip..as mpy from ΤΆΤ. AM? 
from 132) in pause NYP, c. suff. "NWP ; 
plur. ninvp, constr. ninwp, sninwp 
Dag. euphonic ; comm. gend. pr. fem. 
Is. 21, 15. Job 20, 24; but, the etymo- 
logy being neglected, also masc. 2 Sam. 


1, 22. Ez. 1,28; α bow. Arab. wo, 


Eth. Pit, Syr. ἴδια, id. But the 
origin of the Τὸ servile being by degrees 
neglected, it was regarded as a radical 


and changed to ©; as Arab. olbns 
bow; Syr. 4.4.52] to shoot with a bow, 
Chald. τὸ id. sewap bow.—E. g. 
a) @ bow for shooting arrows Gen. 21, 
16. Is. 13, 18. Job 20, 24. al. sepe. “ja 


᾿ς Resh, the twentieth letter of the He- 
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
200. The name 87 i. ᾳ. Chald. Ux 

Band Heb. wn, denotes head, and refers 

to the figure of this letter in the Pheni- 

cian. alphabet (4 ), from which by in- 

-yerting its head is derived the figure of 

‘the Greek “Pa. See Monumm. Phen. 

op. 44. 

_ This letter has affinity : a) With 
the other liquids, and.as being the hard- 
est of the liquids, it is sometimes inter- 

80 






yes id. Kindr. is in .—Hence 








949 2 


ΩΡ the son of a bow, i.e. an arrow, Job 
41,30. To bend a bow is expressed by 
the verbs 782, PY2, ὉΠ), espec. 773 
q-v. Toshoot wilh a bow, see the verbs _ 
ma, 732 Kal and Hiph.~ Meton. the» 
word bow is put: oa) For bowmen, 
archers, MUP 7375, Is. 21, 17. 22, 3. Ps. 
78, 57 where M2029 MBP are deceitful 


_ archers, who feign flight in order to de- _ 


ceive. Comp. "ΞΡ of reapers. 


8) the 


- song of the bow 2 Sam. 1, 18, i. e. the 


lament of David over Saul and Jona- 
than, in which there is mention of a bow 
in v. 22. On this mode of inscribing 
poems and books, so common among 
oriental writers, see Jones de Poési 
Asiat. p. 269. Comment. on Is. 22, 1.— 
Metaph. a bow is also the symbol οἵ 
strength and power ; hence fo break the 
bow of any one, i. q. to take away his 
strength, to destroy his power, Hos. 1, 
5. Jer. 49, 35; also wee versa, Job 29, 
20 my bow is strengthened in my hand, 
i. e. I wax stronger and stronger. Gen, 
49, 24. 

b) a rainbow, iris, Gr. τόξον, Gen. 9. 
13. 14. 16. Ez. 1, 28. 


MBP m. (denom. fr. mvp) a bowman, 
an archer, Gen. 21, 20. Syr. [lao id. 


riMNp obsol. root ; Arab. Lis to serve, 
to be a domestic. Hence pr. ἢ. ΣΡ". 


OAMP Chald. m. everywhere in Keri 
for ὉΠ Ρ cithara, harp, lyre, q. v. Dan. 
3,5.7.10. This latter is the more usual 
form in the Targurns. 


changed with > and 3, see p. 499, 635. 
b) With the guttural >, as being partly 
pronounced in the throat, p. 738. ὁ) It 
is interchanged with the sibilants, espec. 
τῷ comp. P32 and pt3 to emit teh ; Arab. 


ΡΞ and ὌΝ, also ὃ) and Ρ) to muz- 


zle, = and γὲ to be proud; also ὉΠ 


and tom. See also the paronomasia in 
the words }i9" and jim Ez. 7, 13. 
It is further to be noted, that, instead _ 


mie 


of doubling a letter, the simple letter is 
sometimes written with ἢ inserted be- 
fore it, especially in Arameean and the 
later Hebrew. Thus&0®2, ΟΠ]. ἈΞ, 
‘throne ; py7as, in Chr. pean, Denar 
cus; 59 quadrilit. from Pi. >2> to 
bind ; also non, ὉΠ, o"ps wv. In the 
same way are to be explained: ΡΞ 
sceptre i. ᾳ. D2, Chald. 837795 cubit 
i. q. 704, arising from such forms as 
pau, 123, although these forms are 
not elsewhere extant. 


* FIN") inf absol. HRI, IND Gen. 26, 
28 ; inf. constr. Mk9 Gen. 48, 11, once 
mixa (like O87) Ez. 28, 17, usually 
Pans ; fat. ANT, apoc. NI}, convers. 
δ. 5], rarely aE 1 Sam. 17, 42. 2 K. 
5, ‘21; ; in the other PRTEAGE Sn, SIA, 
RINT: 

1. to see, to look, generally ; Arab. ots ) 


id. It corresponds to Gr, dgaw, as 337 
to Gr. sidw, Lat. video. Constr. with 
acc. very often, rarely with dat. Ps. 64, 
6; and with two acc. Gen. 7, 1 AMR 
ΓΝ "Mw thee have I seen righteous ; 
with "> before a whole sentence, e. g. 
Gen. 6, 5 DIN M33 M27 7D Nin RW. 
28, 6. 29,31. 38,14; also by antiphone- 
sis [attraction] Gen. 1, 4 Dwrt>N Sah 
aio 5D. ΝΠ, 6, 2. Ex. 2,2; with 3 
interrogative, whether, Ex. 4, 18. Also 
with mn thus: Gen. 8, 1335 HE} δὲ "151 
af he looked, and behold ! 18, 2, 19, 

. Lev. 13, 20, 14, 3. al. With acc. 
fy Ps. 40, 13 my punishments... .%> 
misa "m5" J cannot see them all, i. 6. 
cannot take in the multitude of them at 
a view. 40, 4 AN 3"*) O°D) ANT many 
saw (my deliverance) and feared ; comp. 
the same paronomasia Ps. 52, 8. Job 6, 
21. Often ascribed to the eye, Job 13, 
1. 28, 10. Is. 29, 18. 33, 20. al.—Spec. 
a) to see the face of any one, e. g. of 
God, see in 0°28 no. 1. ἢ. 

b) Absol. to see is put for to enjoy the 
light, to live, Gr. βλέπειν ; more fully to 
see the sun Ecc. 7,11, to see light Ps. 
49,20; comp. Gr. ζώειν καὶ δρᾷν φάος 
᾿Ηελίοιο Hom. in later writers simpl. 
ὁρᾷν. In the same sense, to see Jehovah 
in the land of the living Is. 38,11. Thus 
also is to be understood the difficult 
passage in Gen. 16, 13, "™s9 b> Dan 
"xa "my do J then here see (i. e. live) 


950 


- 





ΓΝ Ἢ y 


after the vision of God, i.e. after having 
seen God ? | 

c) to see in vision, i. 6. to be ric 
of God in visions, as the prophets, Is. 30, 
10; comp. 29,10. Hence part. Γδ Ἢ q. ν. 
a seer, prophet, ΓΝ vision. Comp. 
Mim no. 2. 

"2, to see, i. e. to look at, to diew, to be- 
| hold, with intention, purposely; c. acc. 
Gen. 11,5 and Jehovah came down 87> 
“sim. Lev. 13, 3.5.17. 1K. 9, 12. 
With 3 Gen. 34,1 payn nia nix 
to see the daughters of the land. Judg. 
16, 27. Ez. 21, 26 [21] 73323 ANT to in- 
spect the liver: Ece. 1], 4 5°333 AN he 
that vieweth the clouds. 3,22. Cant. 6, 
11.—But Ecc. 12, 3 mis Na miss tie 
those looking out at the windows. Jer. 
18,17 I will look upon them with the back 
and not with the face, i. e. will turn my 
back upon them. ‘With 9 and inf. Is. 
18, 3 behold ye, how ge lifteth up an en- 
sign on the mountains.—Spec. | 

a) tolook upon with delight, togazeai,. 
to gloat upon ; comp. Engl. ‘ to feast the. 
eyes upon.’ Prov. 23, 31 look not upon 
the wine when it blushes. Is. 53, 2. Eee. 
7,13. Usually with 3, (comp. 2 B, 4. 
a,) Job 3, 9. 20, 17. Is. 66, 5. Ps. 106,5, 
very often of the joy felt at the destrue- 
tion of one’s enemies, Ps. 54, 9 “2 ΝΣ 
"29> ΓΤ mine eye hath looked (with 
delight) upon mine enemies, i. 6. on their 
destruction. 22, 18, 37, 34. 112, 8. 118 
7. Obad. 12. — Contrsriwise 

b) to look upon with pain, to behold ie 
thing painful or afflictive; c. 3, Ge 
21, 16 3 mina my N-by let me uae 
look upon ‘the death of the child: 44, 34. 
Ex. 2, 11. Num. 11, 15. Esth. 8, 6. 

c) to look upon with disdatn, q. d. to 
look down upon any one, comp. καταφρο- 
γέω to contemn; Job 41, 26 ΠΡ 59 MN 
oN" he looketh (down) upon all high 


things, with contempt, as if he himself 


were higher than all. Comp. Cant. 
1, 6 MAA INS “px wR look not 
(diedetinfully) wpon me because Iam 
dark. 

d) to behold, to regard, to have respect 
to; Is. 26, 10 inn maga my ND he 
regardeth not the majesty of Jehovah 
Espec. of God as looking upon affliction 
and removing it; Ex. 4, 31 “MX ANID | 


. 0939 that he had looked upon their afflie- 


AN 


tion. Ps. 9,14. 25, 18. 31,8. 2K. 14, 
26; also c. 3 Gen. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11. 
‘Ps. 106, 44. "Followed by a clause Ecc. 
a, 14 in the day of adversity 48" consi- 
der this: God hath set, etc. 

 e) to see to any thing, to look after, to 
take care of, i. q. 233 no. 1. Ὁ. 1K. 12, 16 
SIT FMS AN see to thine own house, 
David! Gen. 29, 23 the prefect of the 
prison saw to nothing that was under 
Joseph’s hand. Is. 22, 11. Ps. 37, 37 
7} AND see 10 uprightness, ἷ, 6. take 
‘care to practise it. 

f) 15 Ax to look out any thing for one- 
self, i. e. to provide, to choose out. Gen. 
22,8 God will provide for himself a lamb 
for a burnt-offering ; v.14 and Abraham 
called the name of that place (Moriah), 
ARI Min? Jehovah will provide, i. q. 
TNT, contr. ΓΝ 2 q. v. comp. Niph. no. 
3. Deut. 33, 21 15 τον" NI" he chose 
out the first ‘for himself, i. e. the best. 
1 Sam. 16,1.17. Dat. omitted, Gen. 41, 
33. Deut. 12, 13. Part. "485 chosen, 
selected, Esth. 2, 9. Comp. Tob. 12, 1 
ὅρα, τέκνον, μισϑὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. 

g) to go to see, to visit any one, in order 
to pay one’s respects «and salutations, 


2 Sam. 13, 5. 2K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, 6.. 


More fully in the construction “MX 7x7 
‘p οἵρ Gen. 37, 14; comp. > pid be). 
h) With dx το look unto any one, as ex- 
pecting help from him, Is. 17, 7; with 
>» to look upon any one, as shout to cone 
sider and judge his case, Ex. 5, 21. 
i) With 2, to look upon as, to regard 
as any thing; Judg. 9, 36 thou lookest 
upon the shadow of the mountains as men. 
k) With 72 of pers. pregn. q. d. to see 
and learn from ; Judg. 7,17 489% 737372 
see and learn from me, do as ye see me do. 
1) Trop. to look at any thing, 1. 6. to 
have in view, to aim at; Gen. 20, 10 
what hadst thou in view, that thou 
shouldst do this thing 2 
_ 3. Not unfrequently the Hebrews, like 
the Greeks and others, employ the word 
_to see (8%) of things which we per- 
ceive, not by the eyes, but in some other 
way, viz. 
_. a) By the other senses, 6. g. by the 
hearing, Gen. 2, 19 ioxp a Mint 
to see what he would call them. 42, 1. 
Ser. 33,24; by the touch Is. 44, 16 "M°8" 
i ἫΝ I perceive the fire, feel the heat.— 


951 





me 


So Gr. δράω, see Brunck ad Soph. Gd, 
Col. 138. Lat: video, Virg. Ain. 4, 49. 
Hor. Sat. 2. 8. 77. 

b) Of what we perceive, experience, 
enjoy, through the medium of the vital 
principle, the animal spirit, life, anima, 
Heb. Ubi q.v. no. 2. Εἰ. g. to see life 
Ecc. 9, 9; to. see death Ps. 89, 49, comp. 
ἰδεῖν ϑάνατον Heb. 11, 5; and in the 
same sense 10 see the pit, the grave, Ps. 16, 
10. 49,10. Also to see sleep, Ecc. 8, 16, 
comp. Terent. Heautontim. 3. 1. 82; to 
see famine Jer. 5, 12; to see good, bona 
videre (Cic. Mil. 28), i. e. to enjoy the 
good things of life, Ps. 34, 13. Ece. 3, 13. 
6,6; also 3103 AN Jer. 29, 32. Mic. 7, 
9. Ecc. 2,1. Vice versa to see affliction 
Lam. 3, 1; to see evil Prov. 27, 12. Jer. 
44, 17; ΚΣ 373 ΓΝ Obad. 13. Comp. 
ὁρᾷν δεν Tob. 4, 4, 

c) Of what we perceive with the mind, 
rational soul, animus, 233 ; hence i. q. to 
perceive, to understand, to learn, to know, 
Gen. 3, 6. Ece. 1,16 9722F Haq τ Ἢ 72> 
my heart hath learned great wisdom. 
2, 12. Jer. 2, 31. 20,12. 1 Sam. 24, 12. 
1K. 10,4. Often spoken of those things 
which we learn by the experience of 
life; Is. 40,5 all flesh shall see (under- 
stand, know) that Jehovah hath spoken. 
Job 4,8 ΠΝ WLRD as 7 have seen, ex- 
perienced. Ecc. 7,15. 13 πλλ 10 dis- 
cern between, to distinguish, Mal. 3, 18. 

Nips. A873, fut. ONT, apoc. 8. 

Ae to be seen, Judg. 5, 8. 19, 30. i K. 6, 

. Prov. 27, 25. 

ae to let oneself be seen, to show oneself, 
to appear, Gen. 1, 9. 9, 14; of men and 
things Gen. 8, 5. Lev. 14, 35. 2 Sam. 
17, 17; ο. d¥, to show oneself to any one 
Lev. 13, ts 19. 1K.18,1. 99 22B7my TNT 
to appear before Jehovah, at his sanc- 
tuary, see 0°28 no. 1. ἢ, p. 852. Often 
of Jehovah or an angel as appearing to 
men, Ex. 16, 10. 1 Sam. 3, 21; with >x 
of pers. Gen. 12,7. 17,1. 18, 1. al. > Jer. 
31, 3. 2 Chr. 3, 1. 

3. Pass. of Kal no. 2. f, to be provided 
for, cared for. Gen. 22, 14 nin "na 
mya in the mount of the Lord it is pro- 
vided, i. 6. in mount Moriah God provides 
for menand brings them help, as formerly 
to Abraham (v. 8) so now. . This would 
seem to be a proverbial expression, sig- 


. nifying that God will ever care for and 


ms 


aid those who worship in his temple ; 
alluding at the same time to the etymo- 
logy of the name M572, q. ν΄. 

Puau to be seen; plur. 4&7 Job 33, 21, 
with Dag. forte impl. or better Mappik 
in the letter 8, see Lehrg. p. 97. 

Hipu. nya and MSI, fut. AYN, 
cony. 875 like fut. Kal, "2 K. 11, 4. 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, lo mike one 
see, to let see, Gen. 48, 11. Deut. 4, 36. 
2 Sam. 15,25. Hence with ace. of thing, 
to show, Is. 30,30; with two acc. of pers. 
and thing, to show one any thing, Ex. 
25, 9. Num. 8, 4. Is. 39, 2. 4. Nah. 3, 5. 
al. Spec. in sleep Gen. 41, 28; in vision 
2K. 8,13. Jer. 24,1. Am. 7, 1. 4. 7. 8, 
1. Zech. 2, 2. 3,1; with "> 2 K. 8, 10. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. a, to cause to 
look upon with pleasure, c. 3 Ps. 59, 11. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 3. Ὁ, to cause one 
lo see i.e. to experience evil, c. dupl. ace. 
Hab. 1, 3. Ps. 60, 5. 71, 20; to let one see 
i.e. enjoy good, Ecc. 2, 24. Ps. 4, 7. 85, 
8; with acc. of pers. and 3 of thing Ps. 
50, 23. 91, 16. ° 

Hora. O84, Part. mR, pr. ‘to be 
made to see any thing,’ i. e. to be shown 
any thing. Ex. 25, 40 according’to the 
pattern "2 HN TAX WS which thou 
wast shown mm the mount. 6, 30. Deut. 
4,35. Lev. 13, 49, ἡπϑπτ τς AN W and 
tt shall be shown to the priest, 

Hirupa. recipr. tu look at one another, 
e.g. a) Of persons waiting in doubt 
‘and hesitation what to do, Gen. 42, 1. 
b) In a hostile sense, to look one an- 
other in the face, i.e. to fight hand to 
hand in close combat, 2 K. 14, 8. 11. 
2 Chr. 25, 17. 21; comp. Is. 41, 27. Com- 
pare the old German proverb: “sich 
die Kopfe besehn, sich das Weisse im 
Auge besehn.” 

Deriv. 89, ANT, TR, PART, ANT 
"Na, MN, ney, mR, Chald. Δ, 
perh. 578 (aby). and: the pr. heines 
MIN, FB, MG, TANT, AN. 


? 


M8" Deut. 14, 13, a species of rapa- 
cious bird, so called on account of its 
keen sight; but in the parall. passage 
Ley. 11, 14 it is 583 vulture, which per- 
haps should be restored in Deut. I. c. 


MN adj. verbal, seeing ; constr. Job 
10, 15 "739 MN) seeing (experiencing) 
my affliction. See r. M87 no. 3. Ὁ. 


952 





"δ" 








ΓΝ pr. Part. Καὶ r. 589. 1. 
seeing visions, i. 6. a seer, prophet, 
r. ON no. 1. c; the more ancient 
for prophet according to 1 Sam. 9,9; and 
attributed κατ ἐξοχήν to Samuel, F Sam. 
9, 9. 19. 1 Chr. 9, 22. 26, 28. 29,29; to 
another prophet 2 Chr. 16, 7. 10. Plur. : 
ph Is. 30, 10. 

2. Abstr. i. ᾳ. "87, @ vision, in which 
sense perhaps the accent is to be placed 
upon the penult, in the manner of Sego- . 
lates. Is. 28,7 MR53 53Y Ney ee oe 
in their vistons. Comp. myn no. 2. . 


7258 (pr. see ye, a son! but the 
sacred writer in Gen. 29, 32 explains it 
as for "7233 (789) AX} ‘provided in my 
affliction,’ see Γ΄ ΓΝ Ἢ no. 2. e,) Reuben, 
pr. ἢ. of the eldest son of Jacob by Leah, 
Gen. 29, 32. 37, 21 sq. though deprived 
of his birth-right Gen. 49, 3.4; and head 

of the tribe of like name. For the loca- 

tion of this tribe beyond Jordan, see 
Num. 32, 33 sq. Josh. 13, 15 sq.—Patro- 
nym. "23487 (δὲ in otio) Reubenite 1 Chr. 
11, 42; ‘collect. Reubenites Deut. 3, 12. 
4, 43. Josh. 1, 12. 12, 6. 22, 1. al. 


MIN inf fem. Kal of στ. 984, q.v. 


AN’) selected, chosen, see in ΓΤ. my 
no. 2. f. 


MOAN (raised, high) Reumah, pr. ne 
f. of a concubine of Nahor, Gen. 22, 24. 
R. ox". 


DAN f. (Ὁ, ON) sight, seeing, Ecc. 5, 
10 Keri. ‘In Cheth. τη, 


"8) m. a mirror, plate of metal, i. 4. 
ΠΝ no. 2. Job 37,18. R. πὲ, 


"N87 m. in pause "84. R. AN. 

1. a vision, sight, Gen. 16, 13; for 
which see in r. M8" no, 1. Ὁ. 

2. ig. ONT, _ sight, view, 1 Sam. 16, 
12. Job 33, 21 his flesh is vanished "42 
Srom the sight. 

3. a spectacle, gazing-stock, παρά- 
δειγμα, Nah. 8,6. 

PS] (whom Jehovah cares for, r. 
ms) "Reaiah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 4,2. 
for which in 2, 527855. b) 1 Chr. 5 
τ Ὁ) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 50, 


DTN], see BY. 
TIS, see jive. 


2) 


_ TUNE sight, seeing, Ecc. 5, 10 Cheth. 
. BR. 


fs 

} *OR obsol. root, perh. i. q. 5; 
hence “ANIA. 

_ * DN to be high Zech. 14, 10; 1.4. 
pan, ὈΠῸΣ, D47.—Hence pr. n. T2584, 

“max, ‘also 

_ BS) m. Num. 23, 22. Deut. 33, 17, 
ms) Ps. 92, 11, 5° Job 39, 9. 10; 
-Plur. πεν Ps, 29,6. Is. 34, 7, also D725 

Ps, 22, 22; a wild and ferocious animal, 

| bearing a like relation to the ox as the 

wild ass does to the domestic one, Job 
39, 9.10. Deut. 33,17. Is. 34, 7. Ps. 
29, 6 (where 53> calf is parallel with 


ΘΝ 13); horned and destroying men. 


with his horns Ps. 22, 22. 92,11; comp. 
Deut. 1. 6. The species of animal here 
meant is somewhat doubtful; but we 
need not hesitate to understand, with A. 
Schultens ad Job. |. c. and De Wette on 
Ps. 22, 22, the bos bubalus or oriental 
buffalo. The corresponding Arabic 


£ 
word indeed, ey: denotes the oryz, a 


large and fierce species of antelope, 
Oppian. Cyneget. II. 445; and this sense 
has therefore been also given to the 
Hebrew word by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 
948 sq. by Rosenmiller, and others. 
But whatever may be said, no one will 
deny that the buffalo of the east is 
much more aptly compared with the ox, 
than the antelope could be. The Arabic 
usage in this word, therefore, though 
similar to the Hebrew, is clearly not 
identical; and in Arabic the larger 
-antelopes appear to have received the 
appellation of buffaloes, just as in Greek 
they are called βούβαλος, βουβαλίς, and 
just as in Arabic animals of the deer 
genus are termed ciiogSf if wild 


᾿ς oxen.—Sept. has μονόκερως, Vulg. uni- 
_ corn,an animal described by Pliny H. N. 


] 


q 


_ 8.21, which for a long time natural his- 
_ torians, espec. since Buffon, have held to 


be fabulous, but which a few years since 
was said to have been discovered in the 


_ deserts of Thibet; see Rosenmiiller 
_ Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 192. Quar- 


~~ | = ὮΝ δ τ ἐν 


_terly Review No. 47, Oct. 1820. But 
this sense is also inadmissible since the 
80* 


"27 9 





3 ete 


unicorn, as described, resembles the 
horse much more than it does the ox, 
and is in any case an extremely rare 
animal ; while the 58", as appears from 
all the passages, was an animal frequent 
and well known in Palestine and the 
adjacent regions, just as the buffalo is 
known there at the present day ; though 
prob. at that time not as now domesti- 
cated; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
305, 306. 


ΓΝ Ἢ f. plur. (τ. 88) i. ᾳ. mia. 

1. high things, heights, trop. sublime 
or difficult things, Prov. 24, 7. 

2. high-priced or precious things; ac- 
cording to the Rabbins red corals, Job 
28, 18. Ez. 27, 16. | 

3. Ramoth, pr.n.ofacity: a) In Gi- 
lead, Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20,8. 1 Chr. 6, 
65; called also Mia3, ΠΕΣ MI", q. v. 
b) In the tribe of Issachar, 1 Chr. 6, 58 
[73]; perh. i.g. Ὁ Josh. 19, 21, and 
mya 21, 29. 


33) FON) (southern height) Ra- 
math-negeb, pr. n. of a city in Simeon 
Josh. 19, 8; for which 333 ΤΩ 1 Sam. 
30, 27, q. v.—Others, 333 ΤΏ. 


; UN obsol. root, perh. i. q. UO", to 
be moved, shaken ; Arab. UMS» UAS) ; 
to tremble, espec. of the head ; whence 


Wx" head of any thing, as of a mast or 
tree, which is shaken. 


DN poor, see in τ. HA. 


ONT m. i. ᾳ. O™, poverty, Prov. 6, 11. 
30,8. RB. wa. 


UN Chald. i.g. Heb. Ux, c. suff. 
AON, plur. POX}, PWR. 

1. the head, Dan. 2, 32. 38. 7, 9. 20. 
BNI WN visions of thy head, presented 
to thy mind or imagination, Dan. 4,2. 7. 
10. 7, 15. 

2. Trop. the sum, amount, Dan. 7, 1. 
Plur. ΟΝ v. 6; ¢. suff. this. Ezra 
5, 10. 


I. O89 τὰ. (for xh, τ. ON) ὁ. suff. 


“ON, plur. DWN for’ DWN], once δ. 
suff. oe Is. 15, 2. 


< 
1. the head, Arab. ls , Chald. 3x9 
q.v. Syr. bass, Ethiop: Caf; Arab. 


om 
denom. (νυ ) to be head, prince. ete — 


- UN. 

Pr. of men and animals, Gen. 3, 15. 28, 
18. 40, 16. al. seepiss. So in phrases: 

> oo PID, see in ΓΞ; OX 3°34, 

see in 353; on 83, see in ND no. 1. δ; 

νοι ov Zo lift up ‘the head Ps. 110, 7, 

and with genit. to lift up the head of any 
one. to exalt him, Ps. 3,4. So to return 
(fall back) upon one’s own head, i. e. 
to be requited, recompensed, Ps. 7, 17. 
comp. Joel 4, 4. ‘5 SNS ἼΠ2 fo give 
(back) upon one’s head, i. e. to recom- 
pense, to requite ; e. g. evil Ez. 9, 10. 
11, 21. 16, 43. 17, 19. 22, 31.—Meton. 
a) Like 3353 q. v. itis used in enume- 
rating espec. soldiers, for one person, 
individual, 1 Chr. 12, 23. Judg, 5, 30 
"33 7 to the head of a man, i. e. to 
one man, each one. The Arabs often 


Ξ 
employ the word pas head in like 
manner, espec. in enumerating flocks 
and herds, see Schult. Opp. min. p. 206. 
b) For life, Dan. 1,10. So =°Ox 73 with 
our heads, i. e. in jeopardy of our lives, 
1 Chr. 12,19; comp. DB3 no. 2.b. See 
Hiad 4. 162. ib. 17..242. 

2. Trop. head for what is highest, up- 
permost,e.g. a) the top. summit, of a 
mountain Gen. 8, 5. Ex. 17, 9. 10. 19,20. 
Am. 1, 2; of a tower Gen. 11, 4; of a 
column 1 K. 7, 19; of a throne 10, 19; 
of a sceptre Esth. 5, 2; of an ear of 
grain Job 24,24. ἘΠΞΞῚ3 SN the sum- 
mit of the stars, the highest heaven, Job 
22,12. ὈΠῸ ὃ N73 ON the head of the 
fat valley, i. 6. impending over it, Is. 
28.1.4. Munn ON the head of the bed, 
where the head lies, Gen. 47,31. Ὁ) 
head, i.e. chief, prince of a people or 
* state. Deut. 1, 15. Judg. 10,18. 11, 8 
Bx-=5 ἘΞ om. 1 Sam. 15,17. 2 Sam. 
23, 8. 18. Ps. ‘18, 440™3 ON prince of 
the nations. Is. 7, 8.9. al. 33} DR" see 
in 333. Ofa family, a head, chief, patri- 
arch, as ΤΊΣΙ MS ON Ex. 6, 14. Num. 
7,2. 1 Chr. 5,24. 7,9.40; also mise OX" 
id. Ex. 6, 25. Num. 32,28. 1 Chr. 8,6. al. 
ONS MF to become the head, to be the 
victor, Lam. 1,5; comp. Deut. 28, 44. 
Job 29, 25 BX tx J sat as prince, held 
the chief place. So Arab. , wl head, 
prince. c) head, for the highest place 
or rank, the chief ; so ©8771 97> the high- 
priest 2 Chr. 19, 11; also simpl. S875 
id. 2 Chr. 24,6. Spec. of a head city, 


954 


the head of the corner, Gr. xepadyn τ 





UN 
the metropolis, er 
7,8. So Arab. uslySt of Mecca. 


Metaph. of that which is highest, 
best ; as O°OTI "ON the | 
most costly, Cant. 4, 14. Ez. 27, 55: 
mrs OX the chief j joy, highest joy, Ps 
137, 6; DIP "TN ON the best gifts o 
the ancient mountains Deut. 33, 15.— 
Hence q 
3. the sum, amount, pr. ‘the whole 
number,’ which is also the highest, Lev. 
5, 24. Ps. 119, 160. 139,17. Hence 883 
OX" to take the sum, to number, see 8B _ 
no. 3.c. Trop. a body, band, ce ; 
espec. of soldiers Judg. 7, 16. 20. 9,3 
37.43. 1 Sam. 11,11. Job 1, 17. Ps. 140, 10, 


4. head, for what i is frst, foremost, i.e. 
the beginning, first part, front ; Dew ¥ 
20, 9 oom UNS at the head of the ἢ 
ple, in front as leaders. Jer. 31,7.) 
2, 13. Am. 6, 7. Is. 2, 2 the namie 
of the Lord’s house shall be established 
DUT ON2 αἱ the head of the moun- 
tains, “and shall be higher than the hills, 
i. e. it shall be a prince among the moun 
tains. Also 323 UN" the head of th 
way, where ways branch off, Ez. 16, 98 
21, 24. mixin tn the head of t 
streets, corner, id. Lam. 2, 19. Is. 51, ® 
Hence we may explain the phrase ΤῚΣ 
ἘΌΝ four heads of rivers, i. e. four 
streams into which the river divided 
itself, Engl. branches, Gen. 2, 10. Sept. 
and Gr. Venet. dave. Comp. Lat. ὁ 
put, Engl. head, for source, fountain.— 
Ecc.. 3, 11 the. sorte ONS) ἢ δ 
mio from the beginning to the end, { 
first to last. Also Ps. 118, 22 np eo 

































: 





γωνίας Matt. 21, 42, i. 6. the foremost 0 
chief corner-stone, the leader as it \ 
of all, i. q. λέϑος ἀκρογωνιαῖος 1 Pet. 2 
6 comp. Is. 28, 16. It.is made a que 
tion, whether this chief corner-stone i 
the highest, forming the top or cop ing 
of the corner; or the lowest, which 
forms the foundation of the building 
The latter seems preferable; for OX 
here refers not to the highest place, t 
to the head or point where two wal 
meet.—Often of time, as ποῖα ON" the 
beginning of the year Ez. 40,1; ὉΝ 
msn the beginning of months, th 
first of the year, Ex. 12, 2. Judg. τι 






Bure from the beginning, Is. 40, 21. 41, 
26. 48,16. Syr. 0557 «ἕο id.—Prov. 8, 
98 535 ΤΕΣ SN the first clod of the 
earth, i. e. first created. 
| 5. O84, once for distinction Si Deut. 
32, 32, is the name of a poisonous plant 
Deut. 29, 17, growing quickly and luxu- 
riantly Hos. 10, 4. of a bitter taste Ps. 69, 
22. Lam. 3,5, and therefore coupled with 
-wormwood Deut. 29, 17. Lam. 3, 19. 
Hence it would seem to be, not the hem- 
| lock, cicuta, with Celsius in Hierob. II. 
| 46 sq. nor the colocynth or wild gourd 
with Gdmann,-Verm. Samm. IV. p. 63; 
nor lolium, darnel, Michaelis Supplem. 
ΟΡ. 2220; but the poppy, so called from its 
_ heads, Livy 1.54. Thus OX" "2 juice 
of the poppy, poppy-juice, Jer. 8, 14. 9, 
_ 14, 23:15. Hence for poison genr. Deut. 
32,°32; even of serpents v. 33. Job 20, 
_ 16.—Chald. jm τ the poison of ser- 
_ pents, Targ. Ps. 69, 22. Lam. 3, 19. 
Denom. HEL I—M SS}, iS", MSR, 
κι" and pr. n. naw. 


s-3? 
Il. os Rosh, pr. n. of a northern 
nation mentioned along with Tubal and 
Meshech, Ex. 38, 2.3. 39,1. Prob.i. q. 
the Russians, who are described by the 
Byzantine writers of the tenth century, 
under the name οἱ ‘Pas, as inhabiting 
the northern parts of Taurus ; and also 
by Ibn Foszlan, an Arabian writer of 
the same period, under the name 
Ris, as dwelling upon the river Wolga. 
See Ibn Foszlan’s Bericht aber die Rus- 
sen Alterer Zeit, von Frahn, Petersb. 
1823, espec. p.28 sq. Comp. Von Ham- 
mer Origines Russes, Petersb. — who 


also here compares the nation u): men- 
tioned iin the KorAn, Sur. 25, 40. 50, 12. 


TON Ἢ Γ᾽ (denom. from BX, by Syri- 
asm for ΓΞ ΝΠ) beginning, olur. c. suff. 
tSndsx7 Ez. 36, 11. 

“FONE. (from tN) beginning, first 
part, front ; hence NOX 3285 Zech. 
4,7, by appos. the stone the beginning, 
i. e. the first corner-stone, i. ᾳ. 728 OX; 
see in SN" no. 4. 
PION m. adj. (from τόδε; by Syri- 
. asm for 19 ὩΣ, which is found in Cheth. 
Josh. 21, 10. Job 15, 7,) once PU) Job 
8.6; fem. M2585; plur. ἘΝ, ΓΝ Ἢ. 


955 





UN 

1. Pr. head, highest, chief ; Syr. [3.25 
head-men, magistrates. Yet this pri- 
mary signif. is found only in the later 
Hebrew in imitation of the Syriac; as 
B725R7 OS chief princes Dan. 10, 13. 
1 Chr. 18, 17. Fem. πρῶ Ἢ adv: in 

ΡΣ chief place, highest rank, Esth. L 


oe aE e. a) In place and order, 
the first, foremost, Gen. 32,18. Hence 
35x" adv. in the first place or rank, in 
front, foremost, Gen. 32,2; m8x12 id. 
Is. 60,9. b) More freq. of time, the first, 
former, earliest ; JOR CIN the first 
month Ex. 40, 2. 17. Ezra 7, 9; ellipt. 
PSR in the first month Gen. 8, 13. 
Num. 9, 5. Ez. 45,18. 21. “sm i the 
Jirst day Ex. 12, 15. 16; τς 71S the 
Jrrst man Job 15, 7; POR Fay thy 
Jirst father 18. 43, 27. Plar. D308 
the first, the former, 2 K. 1, 14. 2 Sam. 
21, 9.—In antithesis: a) With ordinals 
following, as second, third, seventh, Gen. 
32, 18. Ex. 12, 15. 16. Dan. 8, 21. 3 Chr. 
29, 3. 8) With the last, jonxn, Ex. 4, 
8. PAIN PSK the first and the last, of 
God Is. 44,6. 48,12. 7) With the later, 
following, posterior; e. g. the first or 
former husband Deut. 24, 4; former 
time, at first, Is. 8,23 [9,1]. Plur. first 
and later acts, 2 Chr. 9, 29. 16, 11. 20,34. 
δ) Often the first, former, earlier, as opp. 
to the present time ; e.g. a former king 
Num. 21, 26; the first temple Ezra 3, 12. 
Hagg. 2, 3.9; the former manner Gen. 
40, 13, ete. Plur. πὶ the first ta- 
bles Ex. 34, 1; the former governors 
Neh. 5, 15; former kindnesses Ps. 89, 
50, comp. Is. 65, 7; former days or time 
Deut. 4, 32. 10,10. 2°37 O°N7S2 _for- 
mer prophets Zech. 1,4. 7,7.12. Absol. 
ἘΠ ΘΝ ancients, ancestors, Lev. 26, 45. 
Deut. 19, 14. Ps. 79, 8. Is. 61, 4 mica} 
ἘΘΘῚ the ruins of the ancients, which 
have laindesolate from formerdays. Plur. 
fem. πὶ the former things, events 
long passed, Is. 43, 187 46.9; also long 
since predicted Is. 42,9. 43,9. 48,3. ε) 
Spoken of the time which is yet first to 
come, opp. to a more remote future 
time. Joel 2,23 736x713 in the first time, 
i. e. immediately, presently ; comp. Engl 
‘at the first moment.’ See also 7}5N713 
Zech. 12, 7, below in C. a. 


‘wR 

Fem. matey A) Adj. fem. first, for- 

mer Jer. 16, 18. Plur. nis®x7 former 
things Is. 65, 17. 
« B) Adv. a) in the highest place, see 
above in no. 1. b) in front, foremost, 
see no. 2. a. c) Of time, first, earliest, 
Gen. 38, 28. Num. 2,9. 1 K. 18, 25; at 
first, the first time, Dan. 11, 29. 

C) With prefixes: ἃ) Aw, spo- 
ken of place and order Is. 60, 9; see 
above in no. 2.a.—Of time, first, before 
_ something else, 2 Safn. 20, 18. 1 K.17, 
13. Zech. 12, 7; andso of pers. first, be- 
fore others in cuits Num. 10, 13. 14. 
Deut..13, 10. 17, 7. 1 Chr. 11,6. Neh. 7, 
5. Also at first, formerly, beforetime, 2 
Sam. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Is. 1, 26. Jer. 
7, 12. Prov. 20, 21. al. So for the first 
time, the former time, Gen. 13, 4 (comp. 
12, 8). Josh, 8, 5. 6. Judg. 20, 32. 1K. 
20, 9.—n20a 122 as at the first, as for- 
merly, Is. 1, 26; M2722, contr. for 
mibsia-n2>, 1 Chr. 15, 13. 

‘b) mn: “NID. as at the first, as formerly, 
Deut. 9, 18. Dan. 11, 29. 

c) matin at first, formerly, i. q. 
mothe a , Gen. 28, 19. Judg. 18, 29. 

"Plar. "mabe, see above in no. 2, b. 0. 


"3ON adj. (from t87) fem, mx, 
first, i. q. XEN, Jer. 25, 1. 


MWS, see ΤΟΝ Ὑ2. 


PWN £ once MW) Deut. 11, 12; 
denom. from 8X"; pr. abstr. ‘the being 
head ;’? hence concr. 

1. the topmost, the highest; trop. the 
chief. best, most excellent; as MUR 
p22 the most precious ointments Am. 
6, 6. ovis mw the chief of the na- 
tions Am. 6, 1. Num. 24, 20. Dan. 11, 41 
the chief of the children of Ammon, their 
princes; also 1 Sam. 15, 21. Jer. 49, 35. 
Ps, 111, 10. Prov. 1, 7. Job 40, 19 the 
chief of the ways of God, his most won- 
derful work, sc. the hippopotamus. 

2. beginning, comp. UX 7 no. 4. Syr. 


o=x = 


jduwsod —E. g. lhe beginning, as opp. 
to the end, m™n8, Ecc. 7,8; of strife 
Prov. 17, 14; of a reign Jer. 26, 1. 28, 1. 
49, 34; of sin for concr. the beginner, 
ἀὐθεοῦ, Mic. 1,18. ΠΣ 9. Ὃ the begin- 
ning of his (Nimrods) kingdom, the 
territory of which it was at first com- 
posed, Gen.'10, 10. Hos. 9, 10 as the 


956 





2" 


early fig in the fig-tree ΠΡΟ in it 
beginning, i. 6. when the tree first begi 
to bear.—Absol. of the beginning of 
things, Gen. 1, 1; comp. ἐν ἀρχῇ John | 


1. Gr. ἐξ ἀρχῆς Hes. Theog. 45; Lat. a 


principio Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 12. 


3. former time, times of old, opp. 
mn , Is.46, 10. Also first state, for- 


mer condition, Job 8, 7. 42, 12. 


4. Concer. the first in its kind, first- 


fruits, firstlings ; often of the first pro- 
ducts of the harvest Lev. 23, 10. Deut. 
18, 4; or of fruits 26, 10; of wool 18, 4; 
or generally Prov. 3, 9. These were of 
fered to Jehovah, and hence MYX ἼΞῚΡ 


an oblation of the first fruits Lev. 2, 12. 


But 5°32 NWN is the first of the first- 
fruits Ex. 23, 19. 84, 26. Ez. 44, 80. 
Vik MPN? the firstling of one’s strength, 


poet. for the first-born, Gen. 49,3. Deut. — 


21,17. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 36. rl "= the 


firstling of his way, the first created of | 


God, i, 6. the hypostatic wisdom, Prov. 
8, 92: comp. ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ ϑεοῦ 
Rev, 3, 14. Of Gad, Deut. 33, 21 8553 
{> mtx he chose for himself the first- 


fruits of the land, i. e. the first portion } 
of which the Israelites took possession. — 


2) m. adj. in pause 24, plur. B.D; 
with Yod parag. © 


fem. ΓΞ, constr. M24, 
ὭΣ" Lam: 1,1, plur. nian. R. 339. 

1. multus, i.e. either as one continuous 
whole, Engl. much, as 33 271 much gold 
1 K. 10, 2. Ps. 19, 11. Gen. 24, 25. Deut. 
28, 38; or asa collective whole which 
contains many parts or individuals, Engl. 
many, numerous, as 3 ὩΣ much or many 
people i.e. numerous, Josh. 17,14; 33 S38 


many men Job 36, 28 (here οἱ i srohlol) 7 


maa ΓῊΣΣ a numerous family Gen. 26, 
14; 5} ΣΡ numerous flocks and herds 
much cattle, Num. 32, 1. Josh. 11, μι 
Hence ec. plur. 5°32. 5°" many doves 

long time, Gen. 21, 34; D727 Ὁ ὩΣ many 
nations Ps. 89,51. With genit. M342" 39 
a man of much (great) understanding 
Prov. 14, 29; 0°23 73 a woman having 
many children 1 Sam. 2,5; with ‘fall 
parag. DY "M22 numerous in people, fall | 
of people, i. e. a city, Lam. 1,1. Often 


as neut. 39 much, i.e. collect. many Ex. 


19,21 37 52722 52 and there fall (perish) 
of: them much people, many. 1 Sam. 
14, 6. Gen. 33, 9; hence adverbially, 









‘ 





a 
4 an 


en with subst. plur. Ps. 18,15 5 0.3 
Sigh much, i. e. many, in great 
mber. Ecc. 6, 3 τ "797 TH 3} 
although the days of his years be much, 
many. Often i. q. enough, it is enough, 
Gen. 45, 28. Ps. 123, 3; chiefly in the 
formula (comp. ὩΣ) ΠΡ 33 enough 
now! i.e. desist! 2Sam. 24, 16. 1K. 19, 
4; more fally "5.35 Deut. 3, 26, πΞὉ-3" 
Ez. 45, 9. Num. 16, 3, enough for thee, 
Sor you, let it suffice thee, etc. With infin. 
Deut. 1,6 M38 023737 ye have dwelt long 
enough. 2, 3; before ya, Ez. 44;6 025729 
pprnavin-b22 enough for you of all 
your abominations ! i. e. desist from 
them. 1 K. 12,28. Ex.9,28.—Also fem. 
ΓΞ is often put adverbially for much, 

enough, Ps. 62, 3. 89,8; oftener in the 
constr. M3" id. Ps. 65, 10. 120, 6. 123, 4. 
129, 1. 2 Chr. 30, 18. So Syr. 255 
often. 

2. large, great, vast, comp. πολύς in 
Passow no. 1. b; spoken of a vast space 
Gen. 7, 11. Esth. 1, 20; of a long way, 
πολλὴ 000g 1 K. 19, 7; of a great battle 
and slaughter 2 Chr. 13, 17. Num. 11, 
33; of heinous sin Ps. 19, 14; of the 
multiplied goodness and mercy of God 
Ps. 31, 20; of diligent attention (comp. 
πολλὴ σιγή) Is. 21, 7. Spec. a) i. 4. 
mighty, powerful, Ps. 48, 3. Is. 63, 1. 
Plur. 0°23" the mighty Job 35, 9. Is. 53, 
12. b) major natu, elder, Gen. 25, 23. 
Plur. 5°29 great in age, the aged, Job 
32,9. c) Subst. a great man, chief, a 
leader, i. q. "2%, chiefly in the later He- 
brew, 6. g. °Ma2 37 chief of the body- 
guard 2K. 25,8; ὉΠ Ὁ. Ὁ 35 chief of 
the eunuchs Dan. 1, 3. Esth. 1, 8. Neut. 

abstr. greatness, Ps. 145,7. Is. 63,7. ἃ) 
Subst. a master, one great or skilled in 
any art, Prov. 26,10; comp. the Tal- 
mudic =" doctor, ἐδ μόν Ponts man. 


Syr. 23, 155, id. Arab. S) ) lord, mas- 
ter, owner. 

3. In Job 16, 13 "37 is rendered by 
all the ancient versions his (God’s) ar- 
rows, from 32" no. 2. Others, his arch- 
ers. We may however well retain the 
sense, his many hosts, warriors. 


(29 Chald. m. emphat. x22; fem. 
-emph. 839; plur. redupl. 793937, fem. 
337372, emph. 873937. 


957 





at 


1. Adj. great, Dan. 2, 10. 31. 35. 7, 2. 
Plur. 2, 48. 3, 38. 7,3sq. Jana 552 to 
speak great things i. e. to speak proud- 
ly, impiously, Dan. 7, 8. 20; comp. >i43 
no. 2. 

2. Subst. a chief, leader, prince, Dan. 
2, 14. 48. 4, 6. 


2), seeinr. 2%. 
21, see subst. 25. 


Δ m. (r. 324) also in the later books 


fully 277 Job 35,9. Esth. 10,3; c. Makk. 
“29, c. suff. B29; multitude, abundance ; 
with plur. 0°23 25 multitude of years 
Lev. 25, 16. Is. 1,11; with sing. collect. 
wm 437 25 Gen. 27, 28. Ps. 49, 7. Is. 
37,24. Often also where in Engl. abun- 
dane, greatness, much, as 237737 
much wisdom Ecc. 1, 18; ἜΡΟΝ a4 Ps. 
37, 11. 72,7; ind 34 is 63,1; 70 5 
the greatness of the way, the loig journey, 
Josh. 9, 13. Is. 57,10. Adv. 35> in mul- 
litude, abundantly, 1 Chr. 12, 40. 22, 3. 4. 
Gen. 48, 16; often also in comparison 
with things implying a vast multitude, as 
with the stars, 25> OY2WF "3315 D23n 
Deut. 1, 10. 10, 22, 28, 62: so with the 
sand on the seaahort Josh. 1 1,4. 1 Sam. 
13, 5. 2 Sam. 17,11; with locuats Judg. 
6,5. Also 352 from (for) multitude, 
Gen. 16, 10. 32,13. 1K. 8, 5.—Poet. 35 
is put for a whole multitude, and so 
hardly differs from 59, as Job 4, 14 
which made all (35) my bones to shake. 
33, 21; comp. Jer. 23,9 and Schult. ad 
Job1.c.—Plur. constr. "29 Hos. 8, 12 Keri. 


Z 227 1. to become much or many, 
to multiply, Gen. 6, 1; to be much or 
many, to be multiplied, manifold, 1 Sam. 
25, 10. Ps. 3, 2. 69,5. 104, 24. Is. 59, 12. 
al. sepe. Found only in pret. 955, and 
once inf. 35 Gen. 6, 1 ; the other forms are 
taken from the kindred root 723 .—Arab. 


iy to be great, mighty; also to in- 
crease, multiply. Syr. and Chald. Palp. 
2505 for 2755 to magnify. 

2. Mid. O, pret. 1255 Gen. 49, 23, 
according to Kimchi and Gr. Venet. 
prob. to shoot, i. 6. they have shot } the - 
signif. being drawn from the multitude 


9 - 
of arrows, comp. 6°3"2"; also mL) 


multitude of arrows, Cam. Hence some 


γε oe ny 


derive 27 no. 3, an arrow. But 535) 
can also be referred to the subst. 35 by 
a slight change of vowels: they provok- 
ed him with their multitude, ete.—Some 
refer hither also Ps. 18, 15 33 ΡΖ he 
shot out lightnings, but see in 3 no. 1. 

Puat, denom. from 23", part. plur. 
miaay2 multiplied by οὐδε: by ten 
thousands, Ps. 144, 13. 

Deriv. 23, 539,35, 7335, 125, ni24, 
naa", and the; pr. anings nant , npuisy, 
pan". 


M22) f. (τ. 325) a myriad, ten thou- 
sand, Lev. 26, 8. Deut. 32,30. Judg. 20, 
10; often for any great indefinite num- 
ber Gen. 24, 60. Cant. 5, 10. Ps. 91, 7. 
Ez. 16,7. Plur. mia34, constr. mia3% 
and mina, den thousands 1 Sam. 18, 7. 
8; often for any great and indefinite 
number, Ps. 3,7. Deut. 33, 2. 17. 


M32) Chald. ἢ ten thousand, whence 
plur. 33 Dan. 7, 10 Keri. See in Chald. 
ja". 


x Tat) I. i. g. 1B, to spread a bed, 
sternere lectum, Prov. 7, 16. Hence 
5-127, Beth without Dag. 

Il. i. ᾳ. Arab. 5. to bind, whence 
7735 collar. 


ΣᾺ plur. n24; fut. Ma", apoc. 
“17 and’ 3)"; imp. na", plur. 3" ; part. 
na. Pret. and inf. are formed from 
254 ᾳ. ν. 

1. to become much or many, to multi- 
ply, to increase, Gen. 7, 17. 18. Ex. 1, 
10. 12. 20. Deut. 8, 1. Ezra 9, 6. al. 
Often coupled with 7», 6. g. Gen. 1, 22 
9393. ἢ be fruitful and multiply. v. 28. 
8,17. 9, 1.7. 47, 27. Jer. 3,16. Ez.36, 11. 
With dat. Deut. 8, 13. Prov. 4, 10.— 

‘ Hence to be multiplied, many, numerous, 
1 Chr. 5, 9. 23. Ps. 16, 4. 139, 18. 

2. to become great, to increase, Deut. 
30,16. Hence fo grow up, Job 27, 14. 
39, 4. Ez. 16,7. Gen. 21,20 735 ὙΠ] 
ΤΣ and he grew up an archer.—Also 
to be great Gen. 43, 34; of a way, to be 
long, Deut. 14, 24, 19, 6; comp, in 34 
and a3 no. 2. Trop. of God, to be pow- 
erful, mighty, Job 33, 12; to be great, 
abundant, of wealth Ps. 49, 17; of wis- 
dom 1 K. 5, 10 [4, 30].—Chald. id. see 


below. Syr. [25 to increase in number 
and magnitude. Pa. to bring up. 


958 





m7 


Pret 73", imp. 535 1. to multip 
to increase, trans. c. acc. Judg. 9, 29 
Absol. to make haces i.e. to get muck 
to increase one’s substance, comp. Hiph. 
no. 1. a, and MWS no. 2. a. Ps. 44,13 
payne. may Nd thou hast not made 
much by their price, i. 6. thou hast sc 
them for a small price ; or, thou hast 
increased thy wealth, comp. Prov. 22, 16. 

2. to let grow up, to bring up, pe 19, 3. 


Lam. 2, 22.. Syr. 255, Arab. eit 


Hires. 7254, fut. Hay, apoe. 5 
imp. apoc. =n; ; inf. “abit nay ἐδ. 
man (the latter always adverbially’ 
constr. mint. ᾿ 

1. to make or do much, to multiply, to 
increase any thing, c. acc. Gen. 3, 16. 
16, 10. Ex. 7, 3. Deut. 1, 10. Judg. 16, 
24, Is. 9, 2. Jer. 46, 11. al. rarely ὁ. > 
Hos. 10, 1. Followed by > with the 
infin. of ἃ verb, it often expresses the 
adverbial idea much, greatly; e. g. 
PON? MDH i. q. to devour much 2 Sam, 
18. 8; “bbpnn> main to pray much 
1 Sam. 1, 12; Ps. 78, 38. 2 K. 21, 6. 
2 Chr. 36, 14, Ezra 10, 13. Is. 55, 7. 
Also too much Ex. 36,5; and so before 
a finite verb 1 Sam. 2. 3. Ῥε. 51, 4.—Put 
likewise: a) With acc. of thing and 
dat. of pers. to multiply to any one, Hos. 
2, 10[8]; and so with dat. impl. Ex. 
30,15. But i> “1 m25n reflex. to multi- 
ply to oneself, i. 6. to get or take much > 
or many, Deut. 17, 16. 17. Jer. 2, 22. 
b) With ace. i. q. to have much or many, 
see Heb. Gr. § 52. 2. Lev. 11, 42 na99_ 
nban having many feet. Job 29, 18 TD 

multiply days as the sand, i. e. my days 
are many as the sand. Nah. 3, 16. 1 Chr. 
7,4. 8,40. 23,11; acc. om. 1 Chr. 4, 
27. ¢) With by, to make i. 6. to im- 
pose much upon any one, for the fuller 
ἘΣ pbb natn, Gen. 34, 12.—Inrin. 
ABSOL. “mann, ‘rarely nian Am. 4, 9. 
Prov. 25, 27, pr. in making or doing 
much, alwaysas Adv. aa) much, great- 
ly, like 30" well; coupled: α) With 
a verb, as Ma I33 10 serve much, dili- 
gently, 2 K. 10,18; ἽΝ Mah maw to 
err very greatly 1 Sam. 26, 21. Ecc. 7, 
17. 8) With a subst. plur. e. Η D133 
nan i.q. many words Eee. 5, 6 [7] " 
nao ΘΕῸ many books 12, 12. 1 K. 10. 
11; also with sing. mostly collect. 2 Sam: 



















ria 


, 2 Ik mann “pai jXS. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 
"97. 14, 12. Gen. 41, 49. As predi- 
cate Gen. 15, 1. Rarely put before the 
subst. Ecc. 1,16; and so separated from 
it, Ps. 130,7. y) Absol. 2 Sam. 1, 4 
ἘΣ 72 bps mat much (many) of the 
: are ' fallen ; comp. 033. 2 Chr. 
5, 9. Eee. 5,11. Soma m id. 2 Chr. 16, 
Neh. 5, 8. bb) too much, Ecce. 7, 16. 
_ 2. to make great, to enlarge, Ps. 18, 36. 
1 Chr. 4, 10. Job 34, 37 he maketh large 
his words against God, i. e. he talks 
largely, impiously ; see in 39 Chald. 
» Deriv. Mas, Maye, Hay, may, 
ΤΆΣ, main. 



















2) Chald. to become great, to grow, 
as a tree Dan. 4, 8. 19. 

Pa. to make great, to exalt, Dan. 2, 48. 
- Deriv. 535. 


ΟΞ. 1. Adj. fem. of 33, much, many; 
see in 35. 

2. Subst. pr. a great city, metropolis, 
Syr. {a23, and then pr. n. Rabbak. 

a) The capital of the Ammonites, 
2 Sam. 11, 1. 12.27. Josh. 13,25. 1 Chr. 
20, 1. Jer. 49, 3. (not Ps. 110, 6,) fully 
iad "22 M39 Deut.3,11. Gr. ἱΡαβαϑά- 
μαναὰ Polyb. 5.7.4; usually Philadel- 
phia ; in Abulfeda and at the present 


day ws Amman, Tab. Syrie p. 91. 
See an account of its ruins by Seetzen in 
Zach’s monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 429; 
Burckhardt Travels in Syria, p. 356 sq. 

b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15, 60. 

12 £ (for Min4 q. v. Ὁ being dropped, 
Syr. 225) Jon. 4,11. 1 Chr. 29,7; also 
S157 with & added (Heb. Gr. § 23. 2. n. 
3) Ezra 2, 64. Neh. 7, 66; ἃ myriad, 
ten thousand, i. q. 7327, but found only 
in the later writers. Dual 59712" (from 
mia.) twice ten thousand Ps. 68, 18. 
Plur. also mika Dan. 11, 12, contr. M834 
Ezra 2, 69. 


527 Chald. fem. plur. 113} like Syr. 
si. (Keri 133) id. 3139 129 α myriad 
of myriads, ten thousand times ten thou- 

sand, Dan. 7, 10. 


2°) Chald. f(r. 92) emphat. 843, 
greatness, majesty, Dan. 4. 19. 88 [22. 36]. 
5, 18. 7, 27. 


959: 





a ἢ 


MID £ (Ὁ. 225) α myriad, ten thou- 
sand ; Neh. 7, 71 Mis "HY twice ten 
thousand.—Hence 12" by dropping n. 

D373) τη. plur. (τ. 33) rain,a shower, 
from the multitude of drops, Deut. 32,2. 
Ps. 65, 11. 72, 6. Jer. 3, 3. 14, 22. Mic. 


S$ -. 
5, 6.° Arab. “) aqua copiosa. 


2 τὴ. (r.729 IL) @ collar, chain, 
for the neck, Ez. 16, 11. Gen. 41, 42. 


"J" ord. adj. (fr. card. 539, 2228, 
four) plur, ὩΣ; fem. "3°37 and 
m3"35 ; fourth, Gen. 1, 19. 2, 14. 15, 16. 
al. sep. Ellipt. the fourth (day) of the 
month 1 K. 27, 7; the fourth month Ez. 
1,1. Zech. 8, 19. 99°39 733 children 
of the fourth generation, i. e. the children 
of great-grandchildren, 2 K. 10, 30. 15, 
12.—Fem. m73°3" ellipt. a fourth, the 
fourth part, Ex. 29, 40. Lev. 23, 13. 
Num. 15, 5. al. 

"9°23 Chald.m. emphat. 8"2°25, Keri 
mxoa4, id. fourth, Dan. 2, 40. 7, 23. 
Fem. emphat. 87339 id. Dan. 7, 19.23. 


ΓΞ (multitude, τ. 33.) Rabbith, pr. 
n. of a city in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20. 


* = to mingle, to dip into a fluid, 
6. g. bread in oil; only Hops. Part. f 
mza%2 Lev. 6, 14. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 23, 29. 


Arab. By id. 


ee obsol. root, Arab. chy, to be 
much, fertile, abundant.—Hencé 


T2237 (fertility) Riblah, pr. n. of a 
town in the northern borders of Pales- 
tine, in the district of Hamath, through 
which the Babylonians both in their 
irruptions and departures were accus- 
tomed to pass. Traces of it are extant 
in the place Ribleh xy situated some 


30 or 40 miles south of Hamath on the 
Orontes ; see Biblioth. Sac. 1847. p. 404, 
408. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 461. 
App. p. 176.—Num. 34, 11. 2 K. 23, 33. 
25, 6. Jer. 39, 5. 52, 10. 


ἘΦ 2) obsol. card. four ; hence 2258 
with & prosthetic ; denom. 53 II; also 
227, 939, 334, wr. 


*T. 939 1. ἢ ᾳ. 733, to couch, to 
lie down, > ‘and & being interchanged ᾿ 
see 32 1. 


5. 

2. to couch down to, to lie with, with 
ace. spoken of bestiality Lev. 18, 23. 
20, 16.—Arab. @ ) ΤΥ, 14. ofmen. Chald. 


and Talm. id. often of bestiality. 
Hipu. to cause ‘to cover, to let gender, 
of beasts Lev. 19, 19. 


II. 93 denom. verb from obsol. 23 
i.g. 5298 four; Part. pass. 3429 quad- 
rated, i. e. four-square, Ex. 27, 1. 28, 
16. 30, 2. 37,25. 38, 1. 1 K.7, 5. Ez. 
41, 21. 

Puat Part. 3279 id. 1 K.7,31. Ez. 40, 
47. 45, 2. Arab. id. 


I. mn m. 6. suff. "239, a lying down, 
Ps, 139, 3. R. 239 1. 


II. 92} m. from 229, 328, four. 

1. a fourth part, i. q. 325) Ex. 29, 40. 
1 Sam. 9, 8.—Hence 

2. a οἶδα, i. e. one of four sides, Ez. 
43, 16. 17; comp. 1, 17. 

3. Reba, pr. n. of a king of the Midi- 
anites, Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. 


52 τὰ. (from 229) a fourth, fourth 
part, 2 K. 6, 25. Num. 23, 10 who can 
number even the fourth part of Israel ? 
Comp. τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς, τὸ τρίτον τῆς 


ν᾽ So 
γῆς, Rev. 6, 8, 8,7. Arab. . id. Syr. 


xaos quadrans.—The Heb. intpp. ren- 
der it concubitus, see 329 1.2 ; and hence 
offspring. 

53 τὴ, (from 235) only in pl. 5°22, 
descendants of the fourth generation, i. 6. 
children of great-grandchildren, Ex. 20, 
5. 84, 7. Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9. 


Ἢ γ3: fut. 727, to couch, to lie down, 
pr. of quadrupeds which lie upon the 
breast with the limbs gathered under 
them; spoken of flocks and herds Gen. 
29, 2..Is. 11,7. 17, 2. Zeph. 2, 14. 
ΕΖ. 34, 14; of wild beasts Gen. 49, 9. 
14. Is. 11,6. Ps. 104, 22. Ez. 19, 2; of 
the ass Ex. 23,5. Num. 22, 27; also ofa 
dragon lying in the water Ez. 29, 3; of a 
bird brooding upon her nest Deut. 22, 6. 
Arab. U42) id—Spec. a) Ofabeast of 


prey lying} in wait, to crouch, Arab. U2) 


id. aa the lier-in-wait, lurker, poet. . 


for the lion. Gen. 4, 7 if thou doest not 
well (but givest way to secret hate) 
727 mRoM mmpd sin coucheth (lurk- 


960 





a4 


eth) at thy coor, i. 6. sin lieth in 
for thee as a wild beast crouching 
thy door. Here 735 is put sub 
tively and ἐπικοίνως, not agreeing 
gender with PRwO, comp. Heb. Gr, 
§ 144. note 2. For the sense comp. Ps. 
37, 8. 1 Pet. 5, 8. Ὁ) Trop. of men 
dwelling in tranquil security Gen. 49, 
14. Job 11, 19. Is. 14, 30. Zeph. 3, 133 
of waters reposing in the bosom of the 
earth Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; of t a 
curse which rests upon any one Deu 
29, 19. 

Hirn. 1. to cause to lie down, e. g. . 
flock Jer. 33, 12. Cant. 1, 7. Is. 13, Bie 
persons Ps. 93, 2. Ez. 34, 15. 

2. to lay stones in cement, Is, 54, i. 

Deriv. y272, and 


722 m. c. suff. "¥39. 1. ἃ couching= 
place, resting-place, of flocks, ete. My 35, 
7. 65, 10. Jer. 50, 6. 

2." resting-place, quiet dwelling, ὃ 










men, Prov. 24, 15.—Arab. &) resting 
place, any dwelling. 


* P= obsol. root, Arab. (δὴ to 


firmly, to fasten, espec. an animal, cattle. 
—Hence p27, and 


ΓΡΞ (a cord with a noose, not t 
aptly of a maiden who ensnares by h 
beauty,) Rebekah, the wife of Isaac, 
Gen. 22, 23. 24, 15 sq. 25, 20. al. Sept. 


“Ῥεβέκκα Rebecca. 


ΤΉ, see art. 25 Chald. " 


t:i7! 


13.132} Chald. m. only in plur. 1355} 
magnates, nobles, princes, Dan. 4, 33. 5, 
1 sq. 6,18. Freq. in Targg. R.333. 

Mp7 (Aram. [oe 25 chief cur 
bearer) Rabshakeh, pr. n. of a military 
chief under Sennacherib, 2 K. 18, 17. 19._ 
26. 28. 37. 19, 4. 8. Is. 36, 2. 4. 12. 13. 22. 
37, 4.8. R. 33" and πρῷ. 


ΓΞ see in 35 no. 1, fin. 


¥ 237 obsol. root, kindr. with 539, 
heap together stones, to throw stones 
perh. also lumps, clods, ete. Henee p 
n. 2598, also 


33) m. plur. 5°339, constr. "329, @ 
clod, lump of earth. ‘Job 21, 33 sweet 
unto him are the clods of the valley, i. 6. 
the earth is light upon him. 38, 3 





ἃ 


ἸΔῈ 


ΡΞ. 673378 and (if) the clods cleave 
_ fast together. 

_ 734 fut. 129", to be moved, disturbed, 
to bethrown into cominotion, 2Sam. 7, 10. 
ΟἽ Chr. 17, 9; with > of cause Is. 14, 9.— 
The same signification is found under 
_ various tropical forms in the primary syl- 
Tables 39, 39, and also A; comp. 335, 

Δ. 0a; 205, ἘΠῚ ; and see below un- 
_ der 55. It pelrchpotids to the Sanser. 
rag to move oneself, to go, and trop. 
raga, Gr. ὀργή anger, grief ῥήσσω (ῥήγω), 
Germ. regen, Engl. to rage, and with 
another letter prefixed frango (fregi, 
fragor), krachen, etc. To the root 135, 
of which the last letter is a sibilant, 
approach nearest the roots ὥλη, Ww", 
where see.—Spec. 

1. to be moved with anger, to be angry, 
woth, Prov. 29,9. Is. 28,21; with > ἐο- 
wards or against any one, Ez. 16, 43. 
Comp. Hithp. Syr. }Q id. 

2. 10 be moved with grief, to be grieved, 
affected, 2 Sam. 18, 33 [19, 1]. 

3. to be moved with fear, to tremble, to 
quake, Arab. >): Gen. 45,24 be ye 
not timid by the way ; but Sept. and 
Vulg. against the context, μὴ ὀργέζεσϑε, 
ne irascimini. 1 Sam. 14,15. Ps. 4, 5. 
Is. 32, 10. 11. Joel 2, 1. Hab. 3, 16; with 
"287 before, because of any person or 
thing, Deut. 2, 25. Is. 64,1 [2]. Also 
of things, Joel 2, 10. - 5, 25. Ps. 18, 8. 
from their Decnrbata.: i. 6. they come 
out trembling from their strongholds 
and surrender to the victors. 

4. to be moved with joy, to rejoice, Jer. 
33, 9. 

Hips. 1. to move, to disquiet, c. acc. 
1 Sam. 28, 15; c. > Jer. 50, 34. 

2. to provoke to anger, Job 12, 6. 

3. to make tremble, to shake, for fear, 
Is. 14, 16. 23, 11; of things 13, 13; 
pregn. Job 9, 6. 

. Hirap.torage, to rave, with >8 against 
any one, Is. 37, 28. 29. 2 K. 19, 27. 28. 
Deriv. 132,335, 139, T2508. 
ΤΆ. Chald. to be angry. Apu. to pro- 
woke to anger, Ezra 5,12. ®@ 
ΤΑΙ Chald. m. anger, rage, Dan. 3, 13. 


ΤΩ m. adj. trembling, palpitating, 
Deut. 28,65. Β.. ἸΞ πο. 38. ΄ 





ΩἹ 


961 





$a5 


727 m. (τ. 139) c. suff. in pause ΠΤ, 


- commotion ; hence 


1. restlessness, turmoil, tumult, Job 3, 
17; of a horse Job 39, 24; noise, of 
thunder Job 37,2. Arab. and 
of thunder. δὰ ) ure 

2. disquiet, trouble, Job 3, 26. 14, 1. 
Is. 14, 3. 

3. anger, wrath, Hab. 3, 2. 


MA f. trembling, prepidation, Ez. 12, 
18. R. 12. 


ie 2. to tread, to walk, to go; kindr. 
is 525. The idea of moving lies also in 
Sanscr. rag to go; see in 133 .—Spee. 

1. to go about tattling and tale-bear- 
ing; hence to slander, to backbite, Ps. 
15, 3. 

2. to tread garments in washing, 
cleansing; hence 53" a washer, fuller. 
See the pr. names 535 1 and 07335. 

Pret i. q. Kal, to goabout, i.e. a) As 
a slanderer, to slander, only 2 Sam. 19, 
28, c. 3 pers. Ὁ) For the sake of re- 
connoitering, to search, to spy out, c. 
ace. Josh. 14, 7. Judg. 18, 2. 14.17. 2 
Sam. 10, 3. al. Part. 5392 @ scout, spy, 
Gen. 42, 9sq. Josh. 6,22. 1 Sam. 26, 4. al. 

ΤΊΡΗ. 53. i. q. Syr. Ww, to teach 
to walk, e. g. a child, to lead by the 
hand, Hos. 11, 3. 

Deriy. 5) (0555), mizan2, >34, pr. n. 
pnd35. 


55 f. in pause 553, 6. suff. "539; dual 
(also of more than ἐν Lev. 11, 93. 42) 
7232 , constr. "239, comm. pend: (m. 
Prov. 1, 16. 7, 11. Jer. 13, 16); plur. 
p.>39 ἢ in sigalf. 2. 

1. the foot of men and beasts, Ez. 1, 


7. 29,11, Arab. bey, Syr. LS, id.— 


So b3 WY} IND from his head even 
to his feet Lev. 13, 12, and 923 539 922. 
SPIp from the sole of the foot even to the 
crown of the head Deut: 28, 35. Is. 1, 6.. 
Job 2,7; comp. Gr. εἰς ἜΡΩΣ ἐκ sickle 
Hom. Il. 18. 353; ἐκ ποδῶν sis κεφαλήν 
Arist. For 533 228 toe of the foot, see 
in S2EN; for ban 72 see in ἼΠΞ; for 
pads Sor see in ὥτϑ; for mtdy3 M39. 
see in 53); for psd39 9 urine, see in 
Δ Ὁ. So pqbs3 “yt the hair of the feet, 
i. e. of the pudenda, Is. 7, 20; but ὉΠ 5)" 
is not put by euphemiem for wiilende, as 


02 


962 = 
some suppose, in Ex. 4, 25. Is. 6,2. For | Ἔ 72279 id. Job 18, 11. Hab. 3, δ. 
the phrase 07532 OM, see in 729. ΤΗΝ and 9 ih at one’s feet, 


Also "ἢ "33 Dip the place of Jeho- 
vah’s feet, ‘where he sets his feet, i. e. 
‘Le temple Is. 60, 13, comp. Ez. 43, 7; 

for 19339 DoF ina like sense, see in D773. 

—Often that is ascribed to the feet, 
which strictly pertains toa person walk 
ing or journeying on foot ; 1 Sam, 23, 22 
the place where his foot cometh. 2 K. 21, 
_ 8. Is. 23, 7. 32, 20. 52,7 
upon the mountains are the feet of him 
that bringeth glad tidings. Nah. 2, 1.— 
Deut. 11, 10 5393 MPH to water with the 
foot, i. e. to irrigate land by raising 
water with a small tread-wheel, turned 
with the feet and hands; such as were 
anciently and are still sometimes used in 
Egypt for watering gardens, and also in 
Palestine for raising water from wells; 
in Gr. ἕλιξ, See Philo de Contus. Ling. 
I. p.410 Mang. Niebuhr Reisebeschr. 
I. p. 149 and Tab. XV. Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 542. 11. p. 351. IIL p. 21. 

2. Metaph. a) a step, beat, tap of the 
foot ; only in plur. 07535 beats, fortimes, 
these being counted by beating with the 
foot; comp. O38 no. 3. Num. 22, 28 
prban whe mr man thou hast beaten 
me these three times. v. 32. 33. Ex. 23, 
14. Ὁ) foot-step, step, pace; as bip 
1239 the sound of foot-steps 1 K. 14, 6. 2 
K. 6, 32. Gen. 33, 14 naxbun Ὁ} ac- 
cording to the pace of the flocks, as they 
are able to travel. 6) foot-slep, track ; 
so in Ὁ "2392, B "37>, see in no. 3. 
a, b. 

3. With Prepositions: a) 923 on 
foot Ps. 66, 6; 175393 on his feet, on foot, 
Judg. 4, 15. 17. oben dp swift of foot 
2 Sam. 2, 18. Am. 2, 15. Also to be 
‘p "2994 at the feet of any one, in his 
Sfoot-steps, i. e. to follow any one, Ex. 11, 
8. Deut. 11, 6. Judg. 4, 10. 15. 5, 15. 2 
Sam. 15,17. 1 K. 20, 10. 2K. 3, 9. al. 
Comp. Gr. κατὰ πόδας τινός. 

b) Έ 5395, to be at the foot of any one, 
in his foot-steps, i. 6. to follow any one, 
1 Sam. 25, 42. Gen. 30, 30 Jehovah hath 
blessed thee in my foot-steps, has caused 
prosperity to follow me into thy dwell- 
ing. So of Cyrus, Is. 41, 2 Ἐπ ἢ ΤΡῚΣ 
i>g7> prosperity encounters him (and fol- 
lows) in his foot-steps ; unless pérh. we 
render simply: at every step. Plur. . 


how beautiful ἡ 


































him. See also in lett. c. β. 
c) =°332 ἘΣ upon or at the feet, e. g. 
«) mda by ΩΣ to stand upon one’s feet 
Ez. 2, 1: Zech. 14, 12+ also ribs by ap 
2 K. 13, 21. Coin Dan. 7, 4. 8) >B3 
‘p "533 dy to fall at the feet of any one, 
1 Sam. 25, 24. 2 K. 4, 37. In the same 
sense, ‘D 58:5 "25> Esth. 8, 3, and δ 
aba ar Deut. 33, 3. | 
d) 8 “825 rnin under one’s Jeet, as an 
emblem of subjection, 2 Sam. 22, 39. 
Ps. 8, 7. 18, 39. 47, 4. 
e) 8555 2 between the feet Judg. 5, 
27. The ried "339 9°22 see in ἸὩ 
no. 4. c. Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 28, 57. 


237 and 93°) Chald. m. the foot, opp. PS, 
Dan. 2. 33. Dual 52. the feet, spoken . 
also of ‘quadrupeds, Dan. 7,4. Emphat. 
m=539 Dan. 2, 41. 42; 6. «οἱ 2, 33. 34, 
1, eo 


235 m. (τ. 739) a fuller ; see in DMD35, 
and >34 1Σ in 72 no. 2. bb. 


"237 m. (r. 239) a foot-man, i.e. one on 
foot, only i in a military sense, foot, foot- 
soldier, Ex. 12, 37. Num. 11,21. 1 Sam. 
4,10. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 10,6. al. With ΘῸς 
added Judg. 20,2. 1 Chr. 18, 4. 19, 18. 


Plur. 59337 Jer. 12,5. Arab. is hers ) 
id. Syr. ENS. 

=) (fullers’ place, τ. by) Rogelim, 
pr. n. of a town in Gilead, 2 Sam. 17,27. 
19, 32. 


*D39 1. to heap or pile up, to accu- 
mulate ; Arab. and -) VIII to be 


accumulated, heaped up; kindr. with the 
biliteral roots ΘΔ, 02, 09, for which see 
under DID, 023. Hence 23> heap, 
crowd. 

2. Spec. to heap up stones upon any 
one, see 2392; hence to throw stones 
at any one, to stone. Arab. ) to heap 
up stones upon a grave; also to cover 
with stones, tostone. Syr. ya,3 to stone. 
Chald. ἘΔ" Ps cast stones, arrows, etc.— 
Construed: a) With 53 of pers. to stone 
to death, prob. so as to form a pile of 
stones over the dead body; Ez. 23, 4 
728 DEY O77} and they shall 





O34 


ie them with stones. Ὁ) With 3 of pers. 
Lev. 24, 16; and with 538 added 1 K. 


eae, 18. ὁ) With acc. of pers. Lev. 24, 
14; often with 13 3 added, Lev. 20, 2. 


ἢ 27. Ez. 16, 40, 5°2382 fim: 14, 10, or 
4 jas Lev. 24, 23. Josh. ”, 25. Hehe 


3. to throw or lay on polis, to bedaub 


any thing, i. 6. to.colour, to paint, kindr. 
_ with Dp‘; pr. from the idea of throwing, 
as we speak of throwing any thing upon 
paper, into writing, etc. comp. also Germ. 


_ Entwurf sketch. Hence 72398 a costly 


colour, purple. 





Ps. 106, 25. 


in τὴ, Or. 


δ 


4. From the signif: of throwing comes 


also Chald. quadrilit. 039M pr. drajicere, 
to set one over a river; and hence to 
_ translate from one language into an- 
_ other, to interpret. 


Deriv. 039, 97235, 25772, 72398, D5. 
7? we? ee > a i Nd ite ἃ-. 


D3) (i. q. ae) friend sc. of God) Re- 


ἷ gem, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 47. 


729 Δ (friend of the king) Regem- 


_ melech, pr. n. τὰ. Zech. 7, 2. 


O37 f. a heap, then a throng, band, 


Ps. 68, 28. ΒΗ. 535. 


" a to murmur, to rebel, kindr. with 
B37, ὉΠ, see in 139; Part. Is. 29, 24. 


_ The kindred dialects have not this root. 


Nipu. id. with 3 of pers. Deut. 1, 27. 


Be 2. 1. pr. to make tremble, comp. 
Arab. transp. ) to 


_ tremble, see in no. 3. Hence to terrify, 
_ to make afraid, espec. by threats, up- 
| braiding, Is. 51,15 153 on™ Den 52 
_ who maketh the sea afraid, and its waves 
_ do roar, i.e. are agitated, thrown into 
commotion as by fears; Sept. well τα- 
᾿ράσσων. Targ. chiding, upbraiding. Jer. 

| 31, 35. Job 26, 12 mtn 237 ‘inda dy his 
power he maketh the sea afraid, parall. 

| by his wisdom he smiteth through its 
| pride. Comp. 725 Ps. 106,9. Nah. 1, 4. 


2. Intrans. to be afraid, terrified, to 


| shrink together for fear ; hence to be 
still, quiet; comp. Eth. 420 to con- 
tract, to be coagulated as milk; and for 
_ the sense comp. Ἴ33, HND, RDP —Job7. 5 
ὌΝ 5" 52 “i> my skin contracts i. 6. 


Dehrivels (and cracks), and runs with mat- 
ter.—Syr. to be contracted, of the skin. 


963 





12 
8. 1. ᾳ. Arab. 


be terrified; hence of the tremulous 
motion of the eye, to wink, see Hiph. 
no. 3, and 33. 

Nurs. iq. Kal no. 2, to be quiet, to 
rest, of the sword Jer. 47, 6. 

Hien, 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
cause to rest, to give quiet to a people, 
Jer. 31, 2. 50,34. Also for Zo set, to found, 
to establish, Is. 51,4 vay Wind "UBB 
3°398 J will set (establish firmly) my law 
as ὦ light for the nations. 

2. Intrans. to rest, to dwell quietly. 
Deut. 28, 65. Is. 34, 14. 

3. to wink with the eyes, to give a 
wink, see Kal no. 3. Jer. 49, 19 "> 
WLAN 438 7. will wink, I will cause 
him to run, i.e. at my wink he shall run. 
50, 44. Prov. 12,19 ΠΣ ΣΡ while I 
wink, i. e. for a moment; opp. 33> for 
ever. 

Deriv. 


*) to tremble, pr. to 


337, 53], Baya, MZa7. 


337) m.+adj. still, quiet, see τ. 339 Kal 
no. 2. Plur. constr. γι °535 Ps. 35, 20. 


23) m. (τ. 334) in pause 334; plur. 
5). 

1. a wink of the eye; then a moment 
of time, comp. Germ. Augenblick, also 
momentum for movimentum. Is. 54, 7 
jp 2393 in a little moment. Ex. 33, 5. 
—With Prepositions : a) 3292 in a 
moment, suddenly, speedily, Job 21, 13. 
b) 225 "33 for a moment, Job 20,5. c) 
3222 as in a moment, suddenly, un- 
expectedly, Num. 16, 21. 17, 10. Ps. 73, 
19; 325 ‘92 id. Lam. 4, 6. ‘Stronger j is 


334 us2D for a little moment Is. 26, 20. 


Ezra 9, 8. d) Acc. 335, for a moment 
Is. 54, 8. Ps. 30,6; in @ moment, sud- 
denly, at once, Jer. 4, 20. Ps. 6,11. Job 
34, 20. e) Plur. min in all moments, 
every moment, Job 7,18. Is. 27,3. Ez. 
26, 16. 32, 10. 

5. one time; repeated, once—again, 
like Chald. "31, Arab. wrS,. Jer. 18, 7 
once (33) I speak toa people....9 and 
again (+371) Ispeak to a people. See 
Chald. Ἴ8 1 no. 2. 


* WS kindr. with ὥϑη, to rage, to 
make a noise, tumult ; of nations Ps. 2,1. 
In Targg. for Heb. Aon, w24 —Honee 
Bay, mo. 


122 
Ὁ). Chald. i.g. Heb. Harn. 87375, 


to run together with tumult, c. >> Ben: 
6, 7. 12. 16. 

᾿ 5 m. Ps. 55, 15, and M37 f. Ps, 64, 
3, pr. ‘a noisy crowd,’ hence genr. ὦ 
crowd, multitude. 


ἘΠῚ pr. to tread down or in pieces, 
to break in pieces by treading, kindr. 


- 

with y=, VU) comp. M7}. Ps. 144, 2 
“Ann ‘ap 3353 who treadeth down the 
nations under me; "23 for 0% which 
is read in many Mss. Sept. languidly: 
ὑποτάσσων τὸν λαύν μου, and so Vulg. 
Pesh. qui subdidit, anne: Targ. re- 
tains 17°79 .—Is. 45, 1 ΠΣ ἐν Ἢ > to 
tread down before him the nations ; ; 9 
inf. for the usual 72.—Hence 

Hipu. to spread out, to expand, as if by 
treading, stamping ; then ἐο overlay, i. q. 
9, 6. g. with gold 1 K. 6, 32. 

Deriv. 7°, pr. n. "7. 


Ἢ 4 fut. FA, conv. 455 ;-kindr. 
with 574. Arab. 5°: 


1. to tread, to trample down or in pieces, 
to break in pieces by treading; Arab. 
(59) I, IV, id—E. g. the wine-press, 
i. e. the grapes in it, with acc. impl. 
Joel 4,13 [3,13]; with 3, Ps. 49, 15 
pes ἘΞ say the upright shall tread 
upon (over) them, i.e. walk upon their 
graves. Is. 14,6 ἘΠῚ} 5x3 ἀνὰ tramp- 
ling down in anger the nations. 

2. to thead, i. 6. to walk, to go; Syr. 
135 id. L295 a going, journey. So Jer. 5, 
31 the prophets prophesy falsely, phon 
pws" b> aan and the priests walk at 
their side, i i. e. are their companions and 
helpers, see in ΣῈΣ πο. 3. ἃ. Targ. well 
ny" ὉΣ 7570 they help at their side. 
Others: they bear rule, as in no. 3.—Of 
fire, 0 run or pass through, c. acc. Lam. 
1,13 God hath sent fire into my bones, 
ΠΣ π 5} and it runneth through them all. 


Syr. 195 of fire, Bar. Heb. 216. 


3. to have dominion, to rule, to bear 
rule, c. 3 over any one, Gen. 1, 26. 28. 
Lev. 25, 43. 46. 1 K. 5, 4. 30. be 14, 2. 
Ez. 29,15. al. With acc. id. Lev. 25, 53. 
Ez. 34,4. Ps. 68, 28; absol. Num. 24, 
19. Ps. 72,8. 110, 2, Sept: κυριεύω, ἄρχω, 
᾿ ete.—Chald. id. but rare. 


964. 





7 


4. From the idea of breaking ec 
the sense to break off, to tear off, and 
to take out or away, as honey from 
hive. So in the vexed passage Judg. L 
9 BD->x ANTI and he broke it 
(tore or took it out) i in his hands.... δι 
he told them not 177 ΤΣ ΤῸ ὦ 
W251 that out of t of the ion 
he had broken (taken) the honey ; Sept. 
ἐξεῖλεν, Vulg. sumsil. In Talm, AT is 
used of bread or cakes which adhern a o 
the oven and are torn away. 

Prev i. q. Kal, to tread or ipa 
pieces ; fut. apoc. 373 for A377 rake 
13 bis. So Abulwalid ; but the usual 
and better interpretation takes oh aS 
imper. of 73", where see. . 

Hiru. causat. of Kal no, 1, Is. 41, 3. 

Deriv. perh. M372, seein ma72 p.615. 


ὙΠ (treading down, τ. 111) —— 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 2, 14. 


TT) τὰ. (τ. 7} 6. suff. "3934, plan. 
prs ; pr. ‘ something expanded ;? 
hence of a wide and thin female gar- 
ment, a veil, Is. 3,23. Cant. 5, 7.—Chald. 
x3" for Heb. 575% veil Gen. 24, 65. 


38, 14. Syr. Tpa2s, Arab. 81d), id. 























* D7" in Kal not used, pr. to snore, 
to be in a deep sleep, onomatopoetic. 
Comp. Gr. δαρϑάνω, dégm (sterto), and 
transp. Lat. dormio. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 0773 1. to lie in deep sleep, 
pr. to be oppressed with sleep, Prov. 10, 
5. Jon. 1, 5. 6. 

2. to sink down stupified, senseless, to 
be stunned, Dan. 8, 18. 10, 9. Judg, 4, 21. 
Ps. 76, 7. 

Deriv. msn. 


D5 1 Chr. 1, 7 (also Gen. 10, 4 in 
Samar. and Sept. where the Heb. text 
has 0°25) Rodanim, pr. n. of a Grecian 
people descended from Javan, and men- 
tioned along with the Cyprians, B°M>. 
Most probably the Rhodians are to be — 
understood, whom Epiphanius, himself — 
a Cyprian, describes as being of the — 
same origin with the Cyprians, and as — 
included with them under the name — 
Kitiqe Chitlim ; Epiph. adv. Heeret. 30. 

δ 25.—But the reading 0°25 Dardani 
has the greater authors see Fanta 
p. 215. P 








δ 


7 fut. F597, once 735" Ps. 7, 6 

‘in some editions (a false orthography 
_ from the two forms 5777 and 977° after 
_ the analogy of bom Ps. 73, 9; see 
_ Lehrg. p. 462); pr. to run after, to follow 
_ eagerly, to pursue. Chald. and Syr. id. 


Arab. less strongly, to follow, to be after. 






_ The primary ideais that of treading, 
going, ramnng, ih lies in the sylla- 
ble in 779, F719; also that of thrust- 
ing, urging, in the syll. 57, see 935, 
_ 932,583, comp. in r. tp>.—Judg. 3, 28 
ἢ “308 ὅθ: run ye after me, tollow me 
closely. 2 K. 5, 21. Ps. 23, 6.—Spec. 
_ a) Ina hostile sense, to pursue after, to 
_ chase, c. "8% Gen. 31, 23. 35, 5. Judg. 
_ 4,16. 1 Sam. 23, 25. 28. 2Sam. 17,1. al. 
sep. With acc. and this oftener in poetic 


style, Gen. 14, 15. Judg. 4, 22. Ps. 7, 6. | 


Job 13, 25. Is. 41, 3. Am. 1, 11. al. 
Rarely c. > Judg. Ἢ, 25, > Job 19, 28; 
absol. Gen. 14, 14. Ex. 15, 9. Part. 
B"H pursuers, persecutors, Josh. 2,7. 16. 
22; c. suff. "BI5, "HIF, Ps. 7, 2. 35, 3. 
3 Sam. 24,13. Ὁ) Trop. to follow afler 
any thing, fo pursue as an object of de- 
sire, with acc. e.g. strong drink Is. 5,11; 
bribes Is. 1, 23; the wind i. e. vain 
things Hos. 12,2; the right Deut. 16, 
20. Prov. 21, 21. Is. 51,1; wrong Ps. 
119, 150; peace Ps. 34, 15; c. inf et> 
’ Fos, 6,3. 6) to chase away, to put to 
flight, Lev. 26, 36. Trop. Job 30, 15. 

NipH. pass. of Kal lett. a, Lam. 5, 5. 
Part. 5373 Ecc. 3, 15, pr. ‘chased away, 
- put to flight,’ i. e. the past. 

Pre. i. q. Ral, but only in poetical 
style. 

1. to pursue, in a hostile sense Nah. 
1,8. Prov. 13, 21. 5 

2. lo follow. to run after any one Hos. 
2, 9. Prov. 12,11. 28,19. Trop. to fol- 
low after righteousness Prov. 15, 9; evil 
11, 19. 19, 7 he followeth after words, 
i. e. the poor man catches at the words 
of friends and trusts in them. 

Pua (lo be chased, driven away, Is. 17, 
13. i 

Hien. to pursue, to chase, Judg. 20, 43. 

Deriv. 372. 

᾿ a fut. plur. 53999 1, to rage, to 
be outrageous, violent, c. 2 against any 
one, Is. 3, 5.—Syr. «σι to make noise 


anduproar. Kindr. with the verbs 05°, 
81* 


965 





7 


no", and others beginning with ™7, 55, 
a1, see under 139 .—Hence 

2. to press upon, to urge strongly, with 
acc. of pers. Prov. 6, 3 47°39 3 be 
urgent with thy friend.—Found also Is. 
60,5 in some Mss. for 317 ; but less well. 

Hira. 1. to make fierce, courageous, 
to embolden, Ps. 138, 3. 

2. to press greatly, to overcome, trop. 
Cant. 6, 5. 


Detiv. 372, 375, 422, and 


a) m. adj. violent, proud, plur. 2°77 
Ps. 40, 5. 


37] m. 1. violence, insolence, pride. 
Job 9,13 399 "213 proud helpers ; comp. 
Is. 30, 7 in no. 2. b. 

2. Poet. a) ἃ sea~monster, a ferocious 
aquatic animal, as τὸ κῆτος, the croco- 
dile, and so differing little from "2m 
and jm7>. Job 27, 12 by his power he 
maketh the sea afraid, and by his under- 
slanding 379 12 he smiteth the sea- 
monsters ; Sept. to κῆτος. Here the sea’ 
and its monsters are then in parallelism. 
Is. 51, 9 art thou not it, (O arm of Jeho- 
vah,) 2 Mine am Maxnan that 
hast cut off the sea-m monster, that hast 
wounded the dragon ? i.e. Eeypt, which 
elsewhere also is represented under the 
image of an aquatic monster, e. g. as 
smitten in the Red Sea Ps, 74, 13. 14; 
so Pharaoh Ez. 29, 3. 32, 3, comp. Ps. 
68, 31; also Babylon under the like 
image Is. 27, 1.—Hence 

b) Rahab (sea-monster), as an appel- 
lative for Egypt, Ps. 87,4. 89,11. Perh. 
Is. 51, 9, see above.—Allusion is made to 
the originof the name in Is. 30,7: Egypt 
helpeth in vain... therefore I call her: 
M30 ΠῚ 31 violence (i. 6. the violent) 
they sit still, i.e. boasting and blustering 
they are yet cowards; prob. a prover- 
bial expression. 


37 m. pride, meton. that of which 
one is proud, c. suff. pam Ps. 90, 10. 


* 3017 obsol. root, Arab. ἘΣ , to 
cry out ; “hence 


ai) (outcry) Roheah, pr. n. m. 1 
Chr. 7, 34 Keri; for which Cheth. 
marin. 


7) a spurious root Is. 44, 8; seer 
mI, 


ὉΠ 

* ὩΓΡΤ, obsol. root, Aram. 377, a5, 

i. 4. 777, fo run, to flow, as water ; comp. 

under lett. %.—Hence the two follow- 
ing. 

OF) m. plur. pun 1. watering- 

troughs, Gen. 30, 38. 41. Ex. 2, 16. 


Chald. 82071, Syr. Lind, Rais, id. 
2. locks, αὶ so called from their 
flowing down, Cant. 7, 6. 


ON m. (τ. 25) carved or fretted 
ceiling, so called from the hollows in it 
resembling troughs or channels; comp. 
Sept. φάτνωμα from φάτνη manger. 
Cant. 1, 17 Keri 528°), in a few Mss. 
plur. ONT, Vulg. laquearea. In 
Cheth. DoT, see art. OMT. 


, o7 obsol. root, prob. to make a 
noise, tumult, like the kindr. B29, 379, 
and also 2m, 02m. Hence ὉΠ, Arab. 


59 =? , . 
els , multitude, in the pr. n. ὉΠ. 


From this lost form come also, as * it 
would seem, by softening me ἘΜῊ 


both the form pRD, and Arab. pes mul- 
titude. 


‘T) Chald. (for "8", τ᾿ Ἢ) aspect, form, 
Dan. 2, 91. 3, 25. 


33 - see art. 34. 


) 

27 i. α. 2", to contend, to quarrel. 
Traces of a root with mid. Vav are 
found in the pr. names 2337", 
also in Cheth. 297M Prov. 3, 30. 


ἘΠῚ. gq. Arab. of, to wander about, 
to ramble, spec. of animals which have 
broken loose ; Conj. ΠῚ, IV, to inquire 
after, to seek, sc. by running up and 
down; to desire, to wish.—Hence trop. 
of a people who have as it were broken 
loose from God’s yoke and run wildly 
about, Jer. 2, 31. Hos. 12, 1 [11, 12] 
, Ὁκ πεν Fa THD AIAN" Judah yet runs wild 
towards "God. 

Hipn. fat. 1°", i. q. Kal, Gen. 27, 40 
FINIS ἘΣ iby ΠΡ Ἴ8: TIF WWD nn} 
and it shall be, when thou shalt rove at 
large, that thou shalt break his yoke 
from off thy neck. Of one driven hither 
and thither by cares and anxiety, Ps. 55, 
3 "wa MR 7 wander about in my 
complaining. 

Deriv. 7992, and pr. ἢ. 7738. 


966 


nwa; 
νὰ Ὁ ν 





ΠῚ" 











ἘΓ to drink to the full, rw be 
sated with drink, drenched, as 338 t 
be sated with food; once with fatness 
which is sucked or dient in rather tha 
eaten, Ps. 36,9. With 72 of thing Ps. 36 
9. Jer. 46, 10; see Hiph. Poetically of 
the sword as drinking up blood Jer. 
l. c. also of persons with forbidden 


pleasures, Prov. 7, 18. ν ἴσα Sy he 


ΖΦ to be sated with drink, to be wa- 7 
tered. Aram. 87, {o3, stronger, to be 
drunken ; see Piel no. 1. Ὁ. 
Pret 1. to satiate, to drench oneself; 14 
hence i. q. Kal, butintens. a) tobe fully 
salted, drenched, i.e. wet, soaked, of the — 
earth, c. 72 Is. 34,7. Ὁ) to be drunk, — 
poet. of the sword, Is. 34,5; comp. Syr. 
2. Causat. to make drink in, to water, — 
e.g. fields Ps. 65, 11; c. dupl. ace. Is. — 
16, 9 "M327 Fw J will water thee 
with my tears ; the form 71778 being by 
transpos. for 37228,.see Lehrg. p. 143. — 
Also to satiate any one, 8. g. with fat- — 
ness, c. dupl. ace. Jer. 31, 14; spoken of 
conjugal desire Prov. 5, 19. 
Hipu. to give to drink, to water, Jer. 
31,25; afield Jer. 55, 10; lodrendh ἐνὸς j 
3, 15. "Also to satiate Jer.31, 253 with fate 
ness Is. 43,24, comp. Ps. 36,9. Jer.31,14. 
Deriv. An, "4, and : 


ΓΛ m. adj. fem. 7), sated with drink, 
Deut. 29, 18; well batered, ofa garden, 
Is. 58, 11. ion, 31,12. Β, πη. 

MOM, see in man. 

* TA" obsol. root, prob. to hide, to con- 
ceal ; Syr. 15 to make secret; Aph. ἢ] 
to hide counsel.—Hence Chald. 19. 


ΤΠ fut. mis, to breathe, kindr, 
with mn; to breathe Sreely, by which 
the breast i is enlarged, dilated, refreshed 
(see Is. 60,5); hence intrans. to be large, 
ample, spacious. Impers. "2 M39 it is 
enlarged to me, I have room to breathe, 
I am refreshed, 1 Sam. 16, 23. Job 32, 
20. Opp. "> ἋΣ —Chald. mn, ἡ: 
wos, id. 

Puat part. M399 aired, ἀὖτν, PACE, 
Jer. 22, 14, 4 eg 

Deriv. my and ote 

MI} m. 1. enlargement, relief, va 
from straits Esth. 4.14, , 


7 


™ 


gt SPue; width, Gen. 32, 17. ‘Arab. 
opt 

i man in Kal not used, to breathe, to 
blow, espec. through the nostrils. The 
word is onomatopoetic, like the kindr. 
m5 to blow with the mouth, and 53 to 






























‘br eathe, to respire. Arab. 5 I) the wind 


Hires. nn, fut. 1%, conv. mI, 
to smell, by snuffing or breathing the air 
in and out through the nostrils; Arab. 


ia) I, IV, X, to perceive a thing by the 


smell; II, to make odorous; Syr. cians 


to smell. Comp. Germ. riechen to smell, 
also Rauch smoke.—With acc. Gen. 8, 
21. 27, 27. 1 Sam. 26, 19; absol. Ps. 
115, 6. Deut. 4,28. Metaph. to perceive 
by the smell, e. g. fire brought near 
Sudg. 16,9; to scent, to snuff, as a horse 
the coming battle, prob. owing in fact to 
acuteness of smell, Job 39, 25.—With 3 
to smell at any thing i. 6. with plea- 
sure, 10 enjoy the odour of any thing, Ex. 
30, 38. Lev. 26, 31. Hence genr. to 

enjoy, to delight in, Am. 5, 21. Is. 11,3 
Sms ims his delight shall be in 
the fear of the Lord. The signification 
of sweet odour is often transferred to any 
thing which delights, pleases; see under 
‘xa, 0w32, Nh. 

Deriv. 17, pr. ἢ. in""; and espe- 
cially 


ΤΠ f. rarely m. Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 51, 12. 
Job 4,15. al. Plur. minis, ning Jer. 
49, 36. 

1. breath, a breathing, blowing, i. e. 

a) breath of the nostrils, a snuffing, 
snorting, Job 4, 9. Ps. 18, 16. Hence 
anger (comp. 98% from 52% to breathe) 
Judg. 8, 3. Is. 25, 4. 30, 28. Zech. 6, 8. 
Proy..16, 32. 29, 11; also pride Ps. 76, 13. 

b) breath of the mouth, fully 7B mn 
Ps. 33, 6, here spoken of the creative 
wordof God; ΘΒ m1 Is.11,4. an 
‘man to draw breath, to take breath, Job 
9,18. Often of the vital breath, breath 
| of life, fully Dm 537 Gen. 6, 17. 7, 15. 
22; comp. inno. 2. As an emblem of 
any thing transient, like the synon. 5311, 
Job 7, 7. Ps. 78, 39. 


967 





ΠῚ 
6) breath of air, air in motion, i./e: 
a) Lat. aér, aura, a breath of air,aslight 
breeze, Job 4, 15. 28, 25. 41,8 [16]. δῷ 
mn to snuff up the breeze Jer. 2,24. 14,6. 
pint min the breeze of the day, i.e. the 
evening, when the cool breeze springs 
up, Gen. 3,8, comp. Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6. 
Plin. H. N. 2. 47 ‘sub crepusculo com- 
motior aura spirare solet.’ Sept..10 δει- 


Arab. 


~ 


λινόν. 


᾿ todo αἱ evening. β) 


Oftener wind, i. 6. a strong wind, Gen. 
8, 1. Is. 7, 2. 17, 13. Ps. 1,4. 18, 43. 35, 
5. Job 21, 18. al. sep. Also @ tempest, 
hurricane, Job 1,19. 30,15. Is. 27, 8. 


| Jon. 1,4. 1K. 19,11. The air was sup- 


posed to be put in motion by the breath 
of God, see Ex. 15, 8. Job 15, 30; hence 
the wind is also called Mjn° m7 the 
breath, blast, wind of Jehovah, Is. 40, 7. 
Hos. 13, 15. ° (Not Gen. 1, 2, see no. 4.) 
Poet. the wind is said to have wings, 
Ps. 18, 11. 104, 3. Hos. 4,19. Comp. 
Ovid. Met. 1. 264. 

Further, M9", wind, is also put: 

aa) For a side or quarter of the hea- 
vens, 6. g. Ὁ M7 fhe eastern quar- 
ter, the east, Ez. 42, 16; comp. 17. 18. 
19. minis 2248 the four winds or quar- 
ters of the heavens Ez. 37, 9. 42, 20. 1 
Chr. 9, 24. Zech. 2, 10. 

bb) For any thing empty, vain, Is. 26, 
18. 41,29. Mic. 2, 11. main "733 vain 
words Job 16, 3. Main M33 vain know- 
ledge 15, ἃ. 99 (MAD) 7D vain de- 
sire, see ΓΗ͂Σ, iS. So to sow the 
wind Hos. 8, 7; ᾽ω inherit the wind Prov. 
11, 29; nin’ ‘foe wind, for nought, in 
‘aia Ece. 5, 15. Jer. 5,13. Job 6, 26.mere 
wind are the words of one desperate! 
comp. Gr. εἰς ἀέρα λαλεῖν 1 Cor. 14, 9.— 
Trop. a wind or tempest is put for an in- 
vading army, Jer. 4, 11. 12, comp. v. 10. 13. 

2. 1. ᾳ. Ὁ 59 no. 2, ψυχή, anima, i.e. the- 
vital breath, spirit, life, the principle of 
life as embodied and manifested in the 
breath of the mouth and nostrils, see in 
no. 1.b; spoken both of men and beasts, 
Kee. 3, 19. 21. 8, 8. 12,7. Job 12, 10. 
ἼΞ M17 PS there was no breath in him, 
spoken of the dead, Ez. 37, 8; also of 
things, as idols, Jer. 10, 14. 51,17. Hab. 
2,19; metaph. of one overcome with 
surprise and astonishment, 1 Καὶ. 10, £3 
comp. Ez. 2, 2. 3, 24. Hence is said 


a 
f 


Ὡς ὉΠ 


“man 3h the life of my spirit, i. 6. my 
life, Is. 38,16; "Min ANI Gen. 45, 27 
and "MAN ΓΙΞῸ my spirit, “life, revives, re- 
turns, Judge. "15, 19. 1Sam. 30, 12, i. 6. to 
revive, to be refreshed. Job 6, 4 arrows, 
the poison of which drinketh up my life. 
10, 12. 17, 1. Ps. 31,6. Poet. 32°58 TAT 
the breath of our nostrils i.e. our life, 
meton. for an object dear as life, Lam. 
4, 20.—Once the human spirit or life is 
called also ἐπῆρ Τὴ Job 27, 3, as being 
. breathed into man from God and again 
returning to God, Gen. 2, 7. Ece. 12, 7. 
Ps. 104.29; so too in Gen. 6, 3, for which 
see in r. }°%.—Twice in the description 
of prophetic visions the term spirit, life, 
is used of a certain divine and miracu- 
lous power, by which things otherwise 
inanimate are animated and moved, Ez. 
10, 17. Zech. 5, 9. 

3. i. q. 6E2 no. 3, animus, the rational. 
soul, mind, spirit. 

a) As the seat of the affections, emo- 
tious, and passions of various kinds. Prov. 
25, 28 one not ruling inn his own spirit 
i.e. his passions, affections. 29.11. Gen. 
41,8 his mind was agitated, troubled. 
Job 19, 17. To it are then attributed 
patience M7 3728 Ece. 7, 8, impatience, 
min “xp q. v. pride M9 F25 q. v. quiet- 
ness, lowliness of mind,see "P and >5W ; 
grief of mind Gen. 26, 35. Ps. 34, 19. 

b) In reference to the disposition, the 
mode of feeling and acting ; in which 
sense one is said to have firmness of 
mind, a firm spirit Ps. 51,12; a matly 
spirit Prov. 18,14; a new and better 
spirit Ez. 11,19. 18, 31. ete. Sometimes 
also of a spirit or disposition common to 
many, as B°2931 M5" the spirit of whore- 
dom Hos. 4, 12; 0°19 min Is. 19, 14; 
MAIN ΤΠ 29,10; AXP m9 Num. 5, 14, 
etc. and such a spirit is said to be pour- 
ed out on men from on high, to be im- 
parted to them from God, comp. Is. 11, 2. 
32,15. Ez. 36, 26. 27. Similar is Is. 
28, 6 Jehovah avill be awin> wpa mind 
opinn-bs 5 for a spirit of justice to those 
who sit for judgment, i. e. he will fill all 
judges with a spirit of justice. 1 K. 22, 
22. 

6) Of will, counsel, purpose ; Ez. 1, 12 
whither the mind (purpose ) was to go, they 
went. Hence ΠΗ ΓΝ "737 fo stir up the 
mind, spirit, purpose of any one to any 


968 


27,18. Josh. 2,11. δ, 1. Hab. 1, 11. b ) 


‘life of virtue and holiness, Ps. 51, 13. 1 





mn 


thing, 1 Chr. 5, 26. 2 Chr. 21, 16. 36,2 
Ezra 1, 1; and in asense nearly simil 
mn ἽΞ ἸῺ fo suggest a purpose to ar 
one, to inspire him with it, 2 K. 19, 7a 
37, 7. ὑπ ὕπο ΓΙ 1 Wy whose mind (wi 
impels him Ex. 86, 21 , whence M3" My " 
Ps. 51, 14. So mn ἘΣ nbs j ing. 32 >> ΠΡ: 
to come up into the mind, e. g. ἃ purpose. 
Ez. 20, 32.—1 Chr. 28, 12 the paler 
all ὩΣ 192 5 Wey that he had inh 
mind, which he purposed to make. 

ἃ) ‘More rarely of the underste 7 
intellect, M92 “ἢ Ex. 28,3. Deut. 34,9, 
Is. 11, 2; also Is. 29, 24. 40, 13. τ 

Absol. 9 aa) spirit, courage, Nur 


































spirit, genius, by which man is as it 
were inspired to be wise, eloquent, et 
Job 20, 3. 32, 8. 18. Is. 19, 3. 

4. ΤῊΝ man, Mins mn, the Spirit 
of God, of Jehovah ; poet. by mn Joh 
33, 4, ribs ’ “ Job 27,3; rarely ΘῊΡ τον 
the Holy Spirit of God, ‘and then alway 
c. suff. 727R min Ps. 51, 13. Is. 63, 10. 
11; also κατ΄ ἐξοχήν Man "Hos, 9,73, Ut 
divine Spirit or power, which like ne 
wind and the breath cannot be seen, but 
which peryades the universe, Ps. 139,7 s¢ 
animates and fills it with life, Gen. 1, 
Job 26, 13. 27, 3. 33, 4. Ps. 104, 29, 30 
through which God governs and pro- 
tects the world and also mankind, Is. 40 
13. 63, 14. Neh. 9, 20; and ‘invites to a 


143, 10. 

Especially the O. T. refers to this 
divine Spirit all extraordinary gifts and 
powers of mind, as of the artificer Ex. 
31, 3. 35, 31; of the prophet Num. 24, 2. 
1 Sam. 10, 6. 10. Is. 42, 1. 61, 1. Mic. 8 
8. al. whence M773 Ὅν the prophet Hos. 
9,7; of the interpreter of dreams Gen. 
41, 38; of warlike valour in a chie 
Judg. 3,10. 6,34. 11, 29. 13, 25; also ὁ 
royal virtues Is. 11, 2 sq. This same 
spirit is given to some and taken away 
from others, 1 Sam. 16, 13. 14; is 
ferred from one to another Num. 11, 17. 
2 K. 2,15; but in the glorious reign of 
the Messiah will be poured out upon all 
men, Joel 3, 1. Is. 59, 21. ᾿ 

Spoken dlso of an evil spirit from God, 


‘which entered Saul and made him mo- 


rose and furious, 1 Sam. 16, 14. 15. 16. 
23. 18,10; also an unclean spirit, é 


ἘΠῚ πὰ 


Ὁ sede, which inspired false pro- 
sts, Zech. 13, 2, comp. 1 K. 22, 21 sq. 
_ Sometimes it ia. pat in antith. with 
“ba flesh, Is. 31,3. Zech. 4, 6. Gen. 6, 
Ξ see “wa no. 2. 

ΠῚ Chald.i.g. Heb. 1. wind, Dan. 
2,35. Plur. constr. Dan. 7, 2. 

_ 2. spirit, mind, animus, Dan. 5, 20.7, 15. 
3. a spirit from God i in man, Dan. 4,5. 

5. 15. 5, 12. 14. 6, 4. 


τ ΓΤ Γ(υ. nt) abreathing, Lam. 3,56; 
r. breathing-time, respite, Ex. 8, 11 [15]. 


ΤΠ Γ abundant drink, abundance, 


s. 23, 5..66, 12. ΒΒ. ΠῚ. 


oe fut. 8555, apoc. B55, conv. 
‘DWM, once 593) ex. 16, 20. Part. 5" 
‘see after Kal. ; 

1. to lift up oneself, to rise, to be lifted 
or raised up; Chald.id. Syr. Aph. to 


sustain. Samar. 44} to be high. Kindr. 
Teots are 029, DIN, O10, ΠΡ. A 
trace of transitive power seems to exist 
in the pr. ἢ. 5959 ‘whom Jehovah sus- 
tains.’—Spoken of persons and things; 
e. g. of Noah’s ark Gen. 7, 17 ; the glory 
in the sanctuary Ez. 10,4. Hence to 
rise up, to arise, Is. 30, 18 see in 53M Piel 
(where others less well: to be afar off ). 
Trop. of prosperity, e. g. a city Prov. 
11, 11; once i: q. fo grow, of worms Ex. 
16,20.—Metaph. a) 2>0% the heart is 








14, 17, 20. al. ΠΣ 470" the eyes are 
lifted up, lofty, from pride Prov. 30, 13. 
Ps. 131, 1. b) to exalt oneself, to show 
Gneself powerful, Ps. 21, 14. 57, 6; with 
ἘΣ to triumph over any one Ps, 13, 3. 
9) to extol oneself, i. 6. to glory, to boast, 

in a good sense, Ps. 89, 17. 

2. to be raised up, to be made high; ; 
e. g. of ahighway that is cast up, Is. 49, 
11 (comp. 530, 722). Metaph. to be 
_ extolled with praises Ps. 18, 47; also to 
δὲ exalted in power, might, dignity, fo 
become powerful, Ps. 140, 9. Num. 24, 7. 
Is. 52, 13; ascribed to the hand Dent. 
» 32, 27. Ps. 89, 14; to the head Ps. 27,6; 
to the horn 1 Sas. 2,1. Ps. 89, 18. 25. 
112,9; comp. in 3p. 

3. to be high, lofty, Job 22,12. Me- 
_taph. of those conspicuous in power and 
glory, to be high, exalted, Ps. 46, 11. 
Mic. 5, 8. 


f 
4 
ἐξ 
Ἷ 
G 
f 





ἢ 


969. 


lifled up, is elated with pride, Deut. 8, 





ὍΝ ὦ 


Part..07,f.23 1. lifted up, high, 
e. g-of the threatening hand of God Is. 
26, 11. - 794 792 with uplifted hand, i.e. 
openly, proudly, with defiance, Ex. 14, 
8. Num. 33, 3; comp. 15, 30 and >i" 
m2 Job 38, 15. 

2. high, lofty, 6. g..a mountain, tree, 
Deut. 12, 2. Is. 2, 13. 14. Ez. 6, 13.17, 
22. 20, 98. 34, 6; a seat, throne te 6,1; 
a mountain Ez. 20, 28, etc. Of men of 
stature, tall, Deut. 1, 28. 2, 10. 21. 9,2; 


comp. Is. 10, 33. Of God as dwelling _. 


on high Ps. 113, 4. 138, 6. Plur. 690" 
the heights of heaven Job 21, 22. Ps. 78, 
69.—Metaph. a) ahighi.e. loud voice 
Deut. 27, 14. Ὁ) powerful, mighty, 
whence M2" 3" mighty hand Deut. 32, 
27. c) nian ps lofty eyes, i.e. 
proud looks Ps. 18, 28. Prov. 6, 17. ἃ) 
high i. e. difficult to comprehend Prov. 
24,7, where it is written in the Arabic 
manner ΤΩΝ Ἢ q. v. Comp. 330. 

Nien. see under r. 072". 

Pru. Dain lift up, to raise, to make 
high, Ps. 107, 25; hence to build a house 
Ezra 9,9; to nidike grow e. g.a plant 
with water Ez. 31,4; to bring up chil- 
dren, Is. 1, 2. 23,4.—Metaph. a) to set 
one on high, i. 6. in a high and secure 
place, to place in safety (see 2°30) Ps. 
27,5; c. 72 18, 49. 9,14. Ὁ) to Lift up, 
to exalt e. g. in honour and prosperity, 
1 Sam. 2, 7. Ps. 37, 34. Prov. 14, 34. 
Job 17,4. c) to exalt with praises, to 
extol, to celebrate, Ps. 30, 2. 34, 4. 99, 
5. 9. 107, 32. 145, 1. Is. 25, 1. al. 

PotaL 02%" to be exalted in honour, 
power, Ps. 75, 11. Part. pina exalted. 
glorious, Neh. 9, 5. 

Hips. 5717, fut. 0°99, apoc. 0°", conv. 
pas; inf. on; ; imp. bon also * Ἴ oon 
Milél 2 K. 6, 7. 

1. Causat. of Kal: a) to make high, 
e. g. a throne Is. 14,135; a nest Job 39, 
27. Trop.of pers. to exalt any one, opp. 
dipwin, Ps. 75, 8; espec. from a low 
condition to honour and. prosperity, ¢ 
ya 1K. 14, 7. 16, 2. Ps. 89, 20; comp. 
1 Sam. 2,8. Ps. 113, 7. In a like sense, 
to lift up the head of any one Ps. 3, 4; 
the right hand Ps. 89, 43; the horn of 
any one, 1. 6. to increase his strength 
and power, 1 Sam. 2, 10, Ps. 89. 18 Cheth. 
Ps. 92, 11. 148, 14. But Dp ἘΠῚΠ 
to lift up one’s own horn, i. q. to be proud, 


=i 


insolent, Ps. 75,6. b) to set up, to erect, 
a monument Gen. 31,45; a standard Is. 
49, 22. 62, 10. 

2. to lift up, to raise up, e. g. any thing 
from the ground 2 K. 2, 13; a rod or 
staff Ex. 14, 16. Is. 10, 15; also with 3 
of the rod Ex. 7, 20, comp. Heb. Gr. 
§ 135. 1.n.3.—Spec. a) fo lift up the 
hand or right hand, Ex. 17, 11. Num. 
20, 11; in an oath, with "7 Ἐπ Gen. 14, 
22. Dan. 12,7; or to do violence, c. 3 
1K. 11, 26.27. Comp. Ἢ δ) in r. ΜὶὉ2) 
no.1l.a. ὃ) to lift up the feet, i. 6. to go, 
Ps. 74,3. But to lift up one’s hand or 
foot, i. q. to move, to do any thing, Gen. 
41,44. ὁ) to liftup the face to any one, 
i. 6. to look upon him unabashed, c. 5x 
Ezra 9, 6. Also to lift up the head, 
spoken of one who recovers strength 
and spirit after quenching his thirst, Ps. 
110,7. d) dip oN fo lifl up the voice 
or cry, to cry out, Gen. 39, 15. 18. Is. 40, 
9. 58, 1; with msn. added to shout 
aloud, Ezra 3, 12. Ez. 21, 27; ©. > bo 
any one Is. 13,2. Job 38, 34; ¢. ὃ; against 
2 K. 19, 22. Is. 37, 23. So also of 
a trumpet, 2 Chr. 5, 13 Sip syne 
mingsn2 when they lifled up a voice 
with trumpets, i.e. when they sounded 
the trumpets; also elliptically 15 OS™" 
to lift up, the horn or trumpet, in the same 
sense, 1 Chr. 25,5. Also dips =" 1 
Chr. 15,16; comp. in lett.a. e) loraise 
a tax or tribute, ἐο levy, Num. 31, 28. 

3. to take up and put before any one, 
6. g. food upon a table, 1 Sam. 9, 24. 
Hence (to offer, to present, e. g. gifts to 
God, to the temple or the priests, Ex. 35, 
24. Num. 15,19 sq. 18, 29. 31, 52. Ezra 
8, 25. Ez. 45, 1. 13 ; distributions of flesh 
to the people 2 Chr. 30,24. 35,7. 8. 9.— 
_ Prov. 14, 29 one hasty in spirit sets forth 

his folly, presents it to public notice. 

4. to take up and away, 6. g. a stone 
Josh. 4, 5. Is. 57,14 c. 72. With dat. 
2 03h take it up to thyself 2 K. 6, 7. 
Trop. Prov. 3, 35 j>p 3. τ΄ 3 Ὁ5 
fools take wp and bear ‘shame.—Hence 
simpl. to take, Lev. 2, 9. 4,8. 6,8. Nom, 
17, 2. 18, 30. 32; of a crown, to take away, 
to remove, Ez. 21, 31. Dan. 8, 11 Cheth. 

Hops. 6797 pass. of Hiph. no. 3, Ex. 
29, 27; pass. of no. 4, Lev. 4,10. Dan. 
8 11 Keri. 

Hirupat. to lift up oneself, to rise up, 


970 



























D7" Chald. id. Pret. pass. 4 
lifted up, of the heart Dan. 5, 20, 

Pat. sx to at with in ἃ 
extol, to celebrate, Dan. 4, 34. Pass. t 
lift up oneself, to rise up, c. 52 ag 
any one Dan. 5,23. ᾿Ν 23 

Apu. to lift up, to exalt to hono 
Dan. 5, 19. ) 


DN m. Ὁ. 
2. elation of mind, pride ; oust 
Prov. 21, 4. Is. 10, 12; 55's Jer, 48,29 
also simpl. ov Is. 2, 11. 17. me | 
D7 Chald. m. height, Dan. 3,1. 4, 17. 
Ezra 6, 3. 
BN m.i. q. om, height, 
hence acc. as adv. os Mab Bae ate 


FMON (lofty, τ. τ.) Rumah, pr. n. ¢ 
a place 2 K. 23, 36. Perh. i. q. ποεῖ αν 
TTT Γ (τ O85) elevation, adv. vith 
head, elatedly, ρα, lic. 


ee δι 
Ps. 66, 17. Plur. constr, τήθρ τη, Pe 
149, 6. a a 
ma ΓΟ (τ. ot) pr. inf Pil. after 
the Syriac form, a lifting’ up, c. suff. 
pd Stee 


* 77" Arab. ων" mid. Ye, to 
come, to get the upper hand, c. ὃ 
perhaps kindr. with om. In god 
used, since fat. 15) Prov. 29, 6 belongs 
to 3. 


Hirupat. Ps. 78, 65 722 ores 


as a mighty man overcome 


the Arabic phrase . 
wine overcame him, i. e. he became 
drunk. 


"21 ig. 209 1 Pr. to mabe tte! 
noise,see Hiph. Arab. (ἐξ). τὺ 
2. to be evil, see Nip¥?. sa 
Nore. The forme of Kal 99, 25. ΜΝ 
and of Hiph. 229, 294, which are com- 








































pn 

Mon referred to this root, belong to the 
v ) 339; see Ewald’s Krit. Gr, p. 472. 
Nira. fut. 9199 1. fo suffer evil, to 


yme off ill, Prov. 11,15. Here the noun 
is intensive, in the manner of an in- 
1. absol. 
3, to become evil, to be made worse, 
(opp. to become wise,) Prov. 13, 20. 
_ Hires. 2-95, plur. once 25 1 Sam. 
17, 20, pr. to make a loud noise ; hence 
1. to cry with a loud voice, to shout, 
h. 6, 26 ; c. 59 Job 30,5. Spee. a) 
to shout for joy, in triumph, etc. Judg, 
15, 14. 1 Sam. 4, 5. 10, 24; in jubilee 
ech. 9, 9. Is. 44,23. Zeph. 3,14. Job 
3. 7; 4. b> over ἃ vanquished enemy 
Ps. 41, 12; with dat. in honour of any 
sne Ps. 47,2. 95,2. 98,4. 100,1. 5) OF 
ike shouts, outeries (M3997), Josh. 
δ, 16. 1 Sam. 17,20. 2Chr. 13, 15. Is. 
42,13; c. 59 against any one Jer. 50, 
15. 6) More rarely of a mourning cry, 
“Mic. 4, 9. Is. 15, 4. Hos. 5, 8. 
2. to sound a trumpet, Num. 10, 9 
"Z2N2 SrHis3 sound ye with trum- 
pets. Joel 2,1. Spec. to sound an alarm, 
s. by blowing loud and long upon the 
trumpets, as a notice for breaking up an 
encampment, Num. 10,7, i.q. "2997 ΣΡῸ 
10, 5.6; different from ΣΤ, which sig- 
hifies to blow a trumpet (once) in order to 
convoke an assembly. Comp. 31) no. 1. 
Potat fut. 335" το be shouted joyfully 
16, 10. 
Hirupa. 925M to shout for joy Ps. 
0, 10. 65, 14. 108, 10.—The same form 
found from the verb 52° q. v. 
_ Deriv. 23, 7Z97H. 


i “en not used in Kal, Engl. to rub, 
erm. reiben, i. e. to rub or pound:in 
bes; hence MP", also MBN q. v. 

PoLat HEI fo be moved as bya stroke 
or blow, to feel a concussion, to be shaken 


Job 26, 11. 


Di An fut. V393, conv. 7"; also 
Ἢ Prov. 23, 26 Cheth. to run, Eth. 
DR, Aram. 9779 , 305, id. see under 


he lett.m. Fut. once c. suff. ΣΥΝ trans. 
. 50,44 Cheth. see in Hiph.’ See also 
ote at the endof the article. —Spoken of 
men Num. 11,27. lgSam, 20,36. 2Sam. 18, 
19. 23. Prov. 4, 12. al. sep. Of horses 
vel 2,4. Am. 6, 12; of locusts Joel 2, 


971 





yn 


9. With Ἐκ of pers. Gen. 18, 7. 24, 29. 
Is. 55, 5, and of place Gen. 24, 20; 
Mx p> Gen. 18, 2. 24, 17. 33, 4. 2K. 4. 
26; "78 2 K.5,20; 9, as 92> fo run 
to evil Is. 59, 7. Prov. 1, 16; PX with, 
i. 6. in a race Jer. 12, δ. With ace. of 
place whither 1 Sam. 20, 6; acc. of way 
Ps. 19, 6.—Trop. Jer. 23, 21. J have not 
sent these prophets, yet they run, i. e. 
with a false zeal they act as prophets. 
Ps. 119, 32 J will run the way of thy com- 
mandments, will studiously walk in them. 
Hab. 2, 2 so that the reader may run, i. 6. 
may read currently, fluently. Spoken of 
things, Ps. 147,15. Spec. a) to run 
or rush upon any one, in a hostile sense, 
with 5% and 52 Job 15, 26. 16, 14; ace. 
Ps. 18, 30. Ὁ) With 3 fo run to any 
one, for refuge Prov. 18, 10, 

Part. Υὴ ἃ runner, courier, Jer. 51, 
31. Job 9,25. Plur. 5°29 and }°x> 2 K. 
11, 13, runners, couriers, i.e. ἃ) The 
servants who ran before the chariot of 
a prince, q. d. running footmen, 2 Sam. 
15,1. 1 Καὶ 1,5. So Lat. cursores Suet. 
Ner. 30. Ὁ) The body-guard and royal 
messengers of the Hebrews in the time 
of Saul, 1 Sam. 22,17; and of the kings 
after David 2 K. 10, 25, 11, 6sq. 2 Chr. 
12, 10. 11, 23, 12, 30,6. 10. Prob. the same 
who under David are called "7>8 q. v. 
Comp. 1 Καὶ 1, 5. 14, 27. 2 Sam. 15, 1, 
c) The mounted couriers of the Persians, 
who carried the royal edicts to the pro- 
vinces, Esth. 3, 13. 15. 8, 14. 

Nips. 793, see r. P24. 

Pit. YE i. q. Kal, to run, e.g. a 
chariot Nah. 2, 5. 

Hien. fut. yo, imp. ὙΠ, to cause 
to run up, Jer. 49, 19; hence to lead up 
hastily, to bring quickly, Gen. 41, 14. 1 
Sam, 17, 17; to let make haste, Ps. 68, 
32 pvnbsb wT) pA WD Ethiopia shall 
let her hands make haste unto God, i. e. 
shall hasten to stretch them forth unto 
him in adoration or with oblations.— 
With 522 to cause to run away from ; 
Jer. 50, 44 Keri J will make them flee 
away from her, i. e. the Babylonians 
from Babylon. Chethib: px178 in Kal. 

Deriv. yim, MIN. 

Nore. Several forms of the verb ym, 
as fut. yn, Niph. yin2, and the noun 
ΤΙΣ no. 2, τὰ ΠΝ signification 
froin the verb y=", 


pn 


* PA in Kal not used, pr. to pour 
itself out, to be poured out, also to be 
emptied ; whence Pp") and p™) empty, 
ἃ. v. It seems to be kindred with the 
verbs pp, Pp, Gr. ἐρεύγομαι, which 
the poets use of rivers emptying them- 
selves, Lat. ructo, eructo. 

Hin. pn, fat. Pp", conv. pI. 

1. to pour out, c. acc. Ps. 18, 43. Eee. 
11, 3. Zech. 4, 12. Mal. 3, 10. Chald. 
and Samar. ΤΣ, Arab. hf, id. Trop. 
for: a) to draw out the sword, i. e. to 
draw and use the sword, Ex. 15, 9. Lev. 
26, 33. Ez. 5, 2. 12. 12, 14; the spear 
Ps. 35, 8, Ὁ) to draw out, to lead out, as 
troops to war Gen. 14, 14. For the 
Heb. p31 the Cod. Samar. here has 
P37" (pI) to muster, from the Aram. 
root P13, and the same is expressed by 
the Sept. and Vulg. 

2. to empty, as vessels, sacks, Gen. 42, 
35. Jer. 48, 12. Hab. 1, 17. Also, to 
leave empty, trop. Is. 32, 6; comp. 65} 
no. 2. par. 2. 

Hopn. pass. of Hiph. no. 1, Jer. 48,11. 
Cant. 1, 3 Faw Pym 12} ointment is 
poured out even thy name, or, as oint- 
ment is thy name poured forth, the sense 
in both cases being the same: Thy name 
diffuses fragrance (comp. DOS, U2), 
i.e. is grateful and acceptable to all. In 
the former construction, 22 is here 
coupled with a feminine; and in the 
latter, 0%. The latter is to be preferred. 

Deriv. pP™), P77 (P2), SR. 


ἘΠ to spit out, with acc. to emit 
saliva or any like fluid, to run with; so 
of the privy member Lev. 15,3.—Arab. 
P saliva of infants, Jt, mid. Ye to 


spit, to pule, as an infant, Chald. Syr. 
“75, ἵμ5, saliva. 


Deriv. 1". 
D7 poppy, see in 8X5 no. δ. 


* D1 to be poor, to suffer want ; the 
same as Wi) Niph. of 9,5 q. v. to be 
dispossessed, to come to poverty. Preet. 
once ἢ Ps. 34, 11.—Part. v1 poor, 
needy,, Prov. 14, 20. 18, 23. 19, 1. 7. 22. 
29, 13. Ps. 82,3. 1 Sam. 18, 23; fully 
wer 2 Sam. 12, 1.4. Prov. 10, 4. Plur. 
ΘΠ Prov. 22,7; owe 13, 23. 

Pon. Wwin, see in Ww. 


972 





















7" 


Hirupat. to feign. oneself poor, pa 
wwinna Prov. 13,7, ἜΝ 
Deriv. wn, on, UR. “a 
AN (i. gq. MAI female friend, in P 
shito 203, r. no) Ruth, pr. n. of a 
male among the ancestry of Davic 
whose history is given in the book hic! 
bears her name. prepa 
ΤῊ Chald. m. emphat. ἘΝ ὅσοι a se 
cret, Dan. 2, 18. 19. 30. 47; plur. 9°99, 
emph. 8°19 2, 29, 47. Syr. 15] a secret 
ΒΗ... τη". ᾿ 


*F1T) pr. to make thin and: lean 
hence. to make waste away, to co 


ᾷ pride, Zeph. 2,11. Arab. 155 ἢ 
ὦ: ) ) to diminish any thing. The f 


mary idea perh. is that of abrading ; 
mrs, Fi", and Niph. 

Nira. to become lean, to waste 
Is. 17, 4. 

Horie "19, jit I, and © 


MI) m. adje lean, in flesh Ez. 4, 20 
of the soil Num. 13, 20. 
I. 103 m. (τ. MY) leanness, and then 
consumption, pining, Is. 10, 16. Ps. 106 
15.—Mic. 6, 10 τη ΓΝ a lean ephah, 
i. e. scanty measure, too “_ 
11. FT m. (τ. 115} ig. 1, 
Prov. 14, 28; parall. is 729. 
is like pis ij i. q. PUI. 
7179 (prince, i. q. 115) Risoniprde n. of 
the founder of the kingdom of “ nas- 
cus, 1 K. 11, 23. 


* TT obsol. root, to cry out with a 
clear (loud) voice, kindr. with my. 
Hence 1372 q. v. ι 

"T τὰ, (r. mY) consumption, destruc- 
tion ; Is. 24,16 55. 5} 1 am consumed, 
like "Ὁ “3 ; ‘perall. is ™ “iN wo lo me! 


x pT" to wink with the eyes, a gesture 
of pride and insolence, once fut, plur. 
77079" Job 15, 12.. See in FR no. 2.— 


So. by transp. Aram. 125, ῥεὴν seal \rab, 
#h id. ν 

“417 i. q. Arab. oY to be heavy, 
weighty ; hence lo be reputed, honoured. 
Part. 315 pr. weighty, august, poet. for j 








ΠῚ 
prince, king, parall. with ΠΡΌ, opt; 
- Plar. 09315 Judg. 5, 3. Ps. 2, 2. Prov. 8, 


15. 31, 4. Is. 40, 23. Hab. 1, 10. 
 Deriv. 7117 I, and pr. ἢ. 7537. 


5 277 to be or become we large, 


spacious. Arab. SS): O55: Ethiop. 


Cahn, id. The primary root is Mm, 
whence ΓΤ Ἢ to be large, spacious, Sa- 
mar. M39 transp. 299.—Spoken pr. of 
chambers which are made wide, large, 
_ Ez. 41,7; of the mouth, to open wide 
1 Sam. 2, 1; metaph. of the heart, to 
dilate, swell with ὁ joy, Is. 60, 5. 

Nips. part. 3°72, large, spacious, e.g. 
pastures Is. 30, 23. 

Hips. 3995, fut. 29152, to make 
wide, broad, Is. δ 2; a bed 18. 57, 8; 
a funeral pile (opp. to make deep, i. e. 
long). Is. 30, 33; one’s steps Ps. 18, 37. 
Also to make large, i. e. long and broad, 
to enlarge, e. g. baldness Mic. 1,16; the 
borders or boundaries of a kingdom, Ex. 
34, 24. Deut. 12, 20. 19, 8. Am. 1, 13; 
and so with acc. of pers. Deut. 33, 20 
3 a"hI92 who enlargeth Gad i. e. the 
borders of this tribe. —Spec. 8) With 
> of pers. to make wide for any one, i.e. 
to make room for him Gen. 26, 22 ; 
to give him entrance Prov. 18, 16; or 
also to give him enlargement, deliver- 
ance, from straits Ps. 4,2. Comp. 30% 
- and opp. "33. δὴ) mB ΞΠΠῚ fo open 
wide the mouth Ps. 81, 11; c. by upon or 
against any one, in scorn and mockery 
Ps. 35, 21. Is.57,4. Ina similar sense: 
6) 52 “Π to open wide the life, i. 6. the 
jaws, throat, comp. U5} no. 2. par. 2 fin. 
Is. 5, 14. Hab. 2,5. ᾿ 4) 35 ‘nm to open 
wide the heart, iis’ of any one, so as 
to receive instruction, Ps. 119,32. Comp. 
a5 sm4.—In Ps. 25, 17 instead of the 
common “82 3D" 533» Ming it is 
better to read "883 =n y's enlarge 
the straits of my heart, and—. Others 
l ere render it intrans. 

Deriv. 399 — 33m, 372. 


37) τη. adj. constr. 319; fem. ng) 
constr. NIT). 
ΕΠ wide, broad, large, Job 30, 14; of 
the sea (opp. long) Job 11, 9 ; ofa wall, 
referring to its thickness, Jer. 51, 58. 
Neh. 3,8. 12,38. Also, long and broad, 
large, spacious, of a land Ex. 3, 8. Neh. 

82 


973 





=n 


9,35; of a cup large in circumference 
Ez. 23, 32. More fully 0773 arm, fem. 
p73 Mam, broud-sided, i. e. widely ex- 
tended, as of a land Gen. 34, 21. Judg. 
18, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 40. Is. 22,18; ofa city 
Neh. 7, 4; of the sea Ps. 104, 25; 
streams, canals, Is. 33,21. Neut. nan a 
at large, unrestrained, Ps. 119, 45.—Me- 
taph. Ps. 119, 96 thy commandment is 
exceeding broad, i. 6. thy law is compre- 
hensive and without limit ; also 32 309 
Ps. 101, 5, 82 34 Prov. 28, 25, of a tu- 
mid, inflated heart or spirit, i. e. proud, 
arrogant. Also 39 3m" as subst. pride, 
arrogance, Prov. 21, 4. 

2. 399 Rahab, pr. n. of a harlot in 
Jericho Josh. 2, 1. 6, 17. 


aT) m. breadth, wide place, Job 36, 
16. Plur. constr. γ᾽ 31 the hawaii 
of the earth Job 38, 18. 


277 m. c. suff. jams, breadth Gen. 6, 
15, 13, 17. Ex. 25, 10. Deut. 3,11. ἘΚ. 
6, 6. < 27. Ez. 40, 6 sq. Metaph. am 
3 breadth of mind, great understand- 
ing, 1K. 5, 9 [4, 29]. 


aM" f. also 217) Dan. 9, 25; plur. 
nian m. Zech. 8,5. R. 3m. 

1. a street, so called from its breadth, 
pr. a wide street, like Gr. πλατεῖα, Gen. 
19, 2. Judg. 19, 20. Ez. 16, 24. 31. Cant. 
3, 2; collect. streets of a city, Esth. 6, 9. 
11. Plur. mah streets Prov. 1,'20. 5, 
16. Jer. 5, 1. 9, 20. al. 

2. a place, i.e. a) a market-place, 
forum, a broad open place at the gate 
of oriental cities, Deut. 13, 17 [16]; 
where public trials were held Is. 59, 14. 
Ps. 55, 12; and where the inhabitants 
were wont to assemble, Job 29, 7. Neh. 
8, 1.3. 16. 2 Sam. 21,12. Ὁ) an area, 
court, before the temple, 2 Chr. 29, 4. 
Ezra 10,9; before the gate of the palace 
Esth. 4, 6.—Ethiop. PChfN) platea, 
vicus. 

3. Rehob, [pr. n. of two cities: 8) 
One in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 28. 
30. 21, 31. Judg. 1, 81. b) 1. ᾳ. ΓΞ 
=m", see in M72 no. 12. pp.—R. 


MIT) (wide places, see Gen. 26, 22 ; 
or, streets, comp. Platea in Beeotia ; ΓΤ. 
=n) Rehoboth, pr. n. 

1. Of a well, Gen. 26, 22. 

2. ἋΣ nish Rehoboih-city, a city of 


art 


Assyria, Gen. 10, 11, of which nothing 
definite is known. 

3. "EH nish Rehoboth of the river, 
a city on the Euphrates, as it would 
seem ; prob. > | er-Rahabeh, on the 
west bank between Circesium and Anah. 
Gen. 36, 37. Thesaur. p. 1281. — 

72339 and WWI) (whom Jehovah 
enlarges, i. 6. makes free and happy, r. 
an) Rehabiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 17. 
24, 21. 26, 25. 


D317) (he enlarges the people, comp. 
Ex. 34, 24, r. 39; q. d. Lvgidnuos) 
Rehoboam, pr. ἢ. of the son and succes- 
sor of Solomon, who reigned in Judah 
B. C. 975-958. 1 K. 11, 43. 12, 1sq. 14, 
21. 2Chr.11,5sq. Sept. “PoSouu. 


+1 obsol. root, prob. to rub, to 


ound, to crush ; comp. Arab. >) torub 
» Ρ ) 


or pound, to tread; as also the syllable 
min the kindred verbs M8 to tread a 
path, πο, ym3. The Arab. lL, to 


construct a mill, to turn a mill, is a 
secondary verb derived from the noun 


eS —Hence 


TT m. ὦ mill-stone, so 2h as cea: 
bing and crushing the grain; found only 
in dual 0°75 pr. ‘the two millstones,’ 
a mill, hand-mill, Ex. 11, 5. Num. 11,8. 
Deut. 24, 6. Is. 47, 2. Jer. 25, 10. Arab. 


ls), dual wlgS ia. See inndp, 335. 
29, see in 3711. 


DAT m. adj. (r. 0M) merciful, com- 
passionate, used only of God, and often 
coupled with 712m, Deut. 4, 31. 78, 38. 
Ps, 86, 15. 103, 8. 111, 4. Joel 2, 13. al. 


DAM (compassionate, τ. 1) Rehum, 
pr. n.m. a) A Persian governor in 
Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. 
c) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 26; for which 
Neh. 7, 7 54M}, prob. by an error of the 
transcriber. d) Neh. 12, 3, for which 
pan v. 15. 

PIM m. adj. (τ. pr) also PM} Deut. 
30, 11, plur. pip; fem. npiny, mpm, 
plar. ΡΠ; far off, distant, remote. 

a) Of place; as countries Deut. 29, 21. 
Ps. 65, 6. Is. 66, 19; a journey Num. 9, 


974 


‘not a God of things far off (pina)? 


b) Neh. 3, 17. 





ins 


10; a people Joel 4, 8. Josh. 9, 22; 
pin? a brother living far off Prov. 
10. With 2, far off from any one, Deut. 
13,8. Neh. 4, 13. Trop. one is said to be 
far from wisdom Ece. 7, 23; from de- 
liverance Is. 46, 12; vice versa, deliver- 
ance is far from any one Ps. 119, 155; 
God is far off from men when he with- 
holds his help, Ps. 22, 2, comp. Prov. — 
15,29. So 12 pins farther off than, i.e. 
beyond, far above, spoken of value Prov. 
31, 10.—Subst. ping, a distance, space, 
Josh. 3, 4. See also pinya, pny}, 
below. 

b) Of time, far distant, either fature 
or past. «) Future, as S°piny oD 
times far off Ez. 12, 27. Jer. 23, 23 amI 
a God of things near (21922) ..... and 






i. e.am I acquainted only: with things at 
hand? so piny2> for a long time to come 
2 Sam. 7, 19. 1 Chr. 17, 17.) Past; 
pina long ago Is. 22, 11. 25,1; aleo 
pind id. Is, 37, 26. 
c) ‘far off, i. ex strange, foreign to one’s — 
mind and disposition, Deut. 30, 11. 
With Prepositions: aa) pina, Syr. 


Lowos <—~, i.e. «) from afar, afar off, 
Gen. 22, 4. 37,18. Deut. 28, 49. 18. 43, 6. 
al. Also pin 723 to stand afar off 
(comp. 72 no. 3.i), like Gr. éornxévos — 
μακρόϑεν, Ex. 20, 18. 21. 2 K. 2.7. Ps. 
38, 12. Is. 59, 14; comp. Jer. 51,50. Of 
time, see above in lett. b. 8) After 
verbs of motion, far away, to a distance, 
Prov. 7, 19. Is. 22, 3. 23,7; comp. 12 no. 
3.k. pina ἋΣ id. Is, 57, 9. Neh. 12, 43. 

bb) inves a) from ‘afar Job 36, 3. 
39, 29; of time past, from long ago ‘Is. 
37, 26. B) for a long time to come, 2 
Fa 7, 19; see above in lett. Ὁ, a 
pinaad “2 to far away, far abroad, 2 
Chr. 26, 15. Ezra 3, 13. 

cc) pinn 2 to a distance, far away, 
Mic. 4, 3. 

dd) pin a at a distance, afar off, once 
“Δ 1723 Ps. 10,1. 


OF) m. plur. p"2M5 Cant. 1, 17Cheth. 
i. q. on in Keri, carved or fretted ceil- 
ing, either from an error in the tran- 
scriber, or because © in this word was 
sometimes pronounced harder, like ΤΠ; as 
among the Samaritans, in whose Penta- 
teuch instead of ὩΣ is read DYWMA.— | 


“ 


Bwold on Caut. 1. c. supposes ΤῊ to 
put by a transpos. of letters for An, 
bys, turned work; but this is reed 


probable. 
DTI dual, a hand-mill. see in WN. 


_ pT) Chald. adj. plur. ἡ, far off, 
_ distant, Ezra 6,6. R. pm. 


"57. obsol. root, Arab. dS, to mi- 


grate, lo journey, espec. with camels. 
Hence perh. 5 a sheep ; comp. jX%.— 
i nv secondary and denom. verb is Arab. 
Ν 45) Conj. V, to own lambs. 


7 £ plur.o*> 1. anewe,'a sheep, 
Gen. 31, 38. 32, 15. Is. 53, 7. Cant. 6, 6. 


_ Arab. Iss dS, lamb. 
2. Rachel, pr. n. of the wife of Jacob 
Gen. 29, 16 sq. mother of Joseph and 
, Benjamin Gen. 30, 22. 35, 16 ; who died 
_ near Bethlehem, where her sepulchre 
is still shown Gen. 35, 19. 1 Sam. 10,2; 
“see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 322. If. p. 
157.—For Jer. 31, 15 see in 72" no. 2. a. 


παν 1. pr. to be soft; then to 
soften, to soothe, and also to be fond of, 
to cherish; kindr. with 5. Arab. 
to soothe, to cherish, as a mother 








bm, 


her infant; to brood, as a bird her eggs. 
—Hence 097,05", belly, womb. Also 
2. Fut.O, 597, tolove, Ps. 18,2. Syr. 


yous id. Arab. ΡΞ) to pity, also to love. 


Prev om, inf.orm, fut. orm", to have 
mercy, compassion, upon any one, fo 
pity ; from the idea of fondness, cherish- 
ing. Syr. Pa. id. Strictly of compassion 
towards the needy and helpless, as wi- 
dows Is. 9, 16; infants 13, 18; also of 
parents towards their infant ahikiren as 
helpless Ps, 103, 13. Is. 49,15; espec. of 
God as pitying his afflicted people Deut. 
13, 18. Is. 14, 1. 30,18. 60, 10. Jer. 12, 
15. Hos. 1, 6. Hab. 3, 2. al. Rarely as 
towards things Jer. 30, 18.—Constr. 
with acc. usually; rarely with >> Ps. 
» 103,13; absol. Lam. 3, 32. 

Poa DIT? to be pitied, to find mercy, 
Prov. 28, 13. Hos. 14,4, Part. fem. 7379 
for ΠΌΤ "2 Hos. 1, 6. 8. 2, 3. 25. 

_ Deriv. ἘΠῚ — "ram, Dims, also the 
pr. names cM, ont yon, marty ND. 


y 





97 





» 


δ mn 


om m. Lev. 11, 18, and ἃ ant f. 
(Milél) Deut. 14, 17, a smaller species of - 
vulture, white, with black wings, feeding 
on dead bodies, the carrion-vulture, vul- 
tur percnopterus Linn. The Heb. name 


comes from its tenderness to its young, 
9.» 9,“ - 
hke ΠΟΤῚ stork. Arab. >) and RS): 


See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 297-322. 
Russell Nat. Hist. of Aleppo II. p. 295. 


DTI f(r. 0m) in pause ὉΠ. Plur. 
tm see below in its order. 

1. i. q. OF) womb Gen. 49, 25. Is. 46, 
3» Ez. 20, 26. Prov. 30, 16. 

2. Poet. for a female, maiden, from - 
the womb as peculiar to the sex, Judg. 
5, 30. Comp. ΠΏ. 

3. Raham, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 44. 


OM) comm. gend. (m. Job 24, 20; { 
Jer. 20, 17) in pause DF, c. suff. F2m19 , 
the belly, spec. the womb, Num. 12, 12. 
Job 10, 18. 24, 20. 31, 15. Hoa 9, 14; in 
beasts Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15; trop. Job 38, 8. 
Ps. 110, 3. To shut up the womb see in 
"30, "E>; to open the womb see in MMB 
mnt ‘from the womb, from one’s birth, 
Ps. 22,11. 58, 4. Jer. ai 5; at birth Job 


3, 11.—Arab. yp >): id. R. dM. 

MOTT f(r. om) i. 4. OMY no. 2, a 
maiden, damsel; Dual Dima  Judg. 
5, 30. 


man), see inr. on Pual. 


DAT) pr. plur. of subl&t. om, like 
pr b>, D°2PY; see Lehrg. Ρ. 576. 
1. ‘the inwards, bowels, τὰ σπλάγχνα, 


Syr. «το; ; so called from their soft- 


ness, seer. OF. Spec. as the seat of 
affection, compassion, etc. Prov. 12, 10. 
So ta σπλάγχνα ἐλέους Luke 1,78. Arab. 
a) pity. Samar. id—Hence 

2. Trop. affection, tenderness towards 
one’s kindred, Gen. 43, 30. 1 K. 3, 26; 
pity, compassion, mercy, towards the 
needy, helpless, afflicted, Gen. 43, 14. 
Am. 1,11. Is. 47,6. Zech. 7,9; espec. 
of God towards men as helpless, wretch- 
ed, sinful, and deserving of punishment, 
Ps. 25, 6. 40, 12. 51, 3. 69, 17. 79, 8. al. 
pam) Jom Hos. 2, 21. Ps. 103, 4. jm3 
Ὁ Θ΄ to give or show mercy ‘towards 
any one Deut. 13, 18. Jer. 42, 12; ose 


ὭΤΓΙ. 


> pram id. Is. 47,6; see in D&D no. 6. 
1) ‘pb bm ἸῸΣ fo give one mercy 
before any one, to procure him favour, 
Gen. 43, 14; comp. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106, 
46. Neh. 1, 11. Dan. 1, 9. 


JST) Chald. plur. id. mercy, compas- 
sion, Dan. 2,18. Freq. in the Targg. 


"ΌΤΤ τη. adj. (τ. 91) merciful, com- 
passionate, fem. plur. M72) Lam. 


4,10. Arab. US; id. 
“yn obsol. root of doubtful signifi- 


cation, Arab. to bend, to incline. Hence 
pr τι, MII. 


ἘΠ pr. to be soft, kindr. with Bm 
q.v. Arab. aS, id. Hence to be or 
become flaccid, lax, weak, nearly i. q. 
mes. Jer. 23,9 my heart is broken, 
"miaxs->2 sem all my bones are re- 
laxed, from terror. The ancient ver- 
sions have to tremble, to shake, by mere 
conjecture. 

Prex fut. 97° fo cherish one’s young, 
to brood or hover over, (comp. inr. ΤΠ.) 
as the eagle its young Deut. 32, 11. 
Trop. of the Spirit of God as thus brood- 
ing over and vivifying the chaotic mass 
of the earth, part. fem. METI Gen. 1, 2. 


—Syr. 245 is far more common, and is 


used of -birds which brood over their 
young, Ephr. II. p. 552; of a mother 
cherishing her infant ibid. p- 419; of 
Elisha cherishing the dead body oF the 
child, Ephr. 41. Ρ. 529; also of a voice 
descending from heaven and hovering 
in the air, Ephr. III: p. 143; also to pity, 
'.q. Heb. om". 


VT) fat. prem, inf. yg and asm 
Ex. 30, 18. 

1. to wash, to lave, c. ace. e. g. the 
human body or its parts, Gen. 18, 4, 43, 
31. Lev. 14, 9. 15, 13. 16,4; meats Ex. 
29, 17. Lev. 1, 9.13. Metaph. to wash 
away the pollution of sin from man Is. 
4,4. To wash the hands in innocency 
_ is to declare oneself innocent Ps, 26, 6. 

73, 13; comp. the symbolical action 
Deut. 21, 6 sq. Matt. 27, 24.—It differs 
from 023 to wash clothes. Arab. A>, 
to wash the body and also clothes. 

2. to. wash oneself, to bathe, Ex. 2, 5. 
Ruth 3, 3. 2 Sam. 11,2. 2 K. 5, 10. 13. 


976 


Γ 





to go far away Ex. 8, 24 [28]. —Hence 


pnn 


With 3 of that im which one 
Cant. 5, 12. Job 29, 6; ace. of ν 
Ex. 30, 20 ; ἸΏ of οὔσης Ex. 40, Ἢ 
Poin Vy) to be washed, ¢ 
Prov. 30, 12. Ez. 16, 4. 
στα». to wash oneself, Job 05 20. 
Deriv. YT2, AST. oe 


TT) Chald. [thpa. to trust, c. > on 
in any one, Dan. 3, 28. 


771 m. a washing Ps. 60, 10. 108, 1 
MIM) f. washing of sheep, washing- 
place, Cant. 4, 2. 6,6. “R. ym B 


* PIT fat. paws, inf apr 1 Fs 8 8 
1. to go far away, to recede from am 
one, 6. "12 Ecc. 3, 5. Job. 30, 10. 
19, 7. Chald. and Syr. id, But ¢ Ἢ ? 
primary signification seems to ha Θ᾽ 
been transitive, to thrust away, to rep 7 
i. q. P3.—With >32 Ez. 8, 6; 
go far away from God, nin iy Jer, 
2,5. Ex. 11, 15. 44, 10; ders the aa 
mina Ps. 119, 150; from sin Ex. 23, 7, 
Is. 54,14. Chald. pr id. P 
2. to be far off, distant, remote ;. it 
place Deut. 12, 21. 14, 24. Ps. 103, 12: 
in time Mic. 7, 11. Often of God as 
being far from affording aid, i. e. as re- 
fusing to help, Ps. 22, 12, 20, 35, 22. 38, 
22. 71,12. Of men as far from safety 
Job 5, 4; and vice versa, deliv 
judgment, as far from men, Is. 46, 13. 
59, 9. 11; comp. Job 22, 18, 
Nipu. fo be put far, away, removed, 
Ecc. 12, 6 Cheth. ri 
Piet pr to put far away, to remove, | 
Is. 6,12. 29,13; to spread far and wide, 
Is. 26, 15: i 
Hipn. 1. Trans. i. q. Piel, to put fur 
away, to remove, ο. acc. Job 11, 14; with 
ἸῺ of pers. or place added Ps, 88, 19. 
Job 22, 23; with 522 of pers. Job 13, 21. 
19, 13. Prov. 5, 8; of place Joel 4, € 
(comp. 2, 20). Jer. 27, 10; once with 3 _ 
of place Ez. 11, 16. Metaph. Prov. 4, 
24, 30,8. Ps. 103, 12 God doth remove — 
our sins from us, i. e. he forgives us our 
sins.— With inf. (a3 Ps. 55, 8) or inf. c. 
>, it is taken adverbially, nadb pn 


























a 


2. to go far away, pr. with *2>> impl. 
Gen. 44, 4. Josh. 8,4. Judg. 18, 22. 
absol. pmwn adv. far away, far off, Gen, 
21, 16. Ex. 33, 7. Josh. 3, 16. 

Deriv. Pin}, Pm and 





















pm 


i: Chald. i. q. Heb. pr. 
- pyr. 
PI) m. adj. verbal, going far away, 
departing ; plur. c. sal Ps. 73, 27 "ἘΠῚ 
ho go far from thee. 
PP} adj. ἢ npr, 
d i wm to boil wp or over, as a foun- 
ain or boiling water; Syr. uss Pe. 
and Aph. id. The primary idea seems 
to lie in the noise of water boiling or 
bubbling, comp. >3.—Metaph. c. acc. 
Ps. 45,2 31 933 "35 IM my heart boils 
up with goodly song. 
_ Deriv. mur. 

PIT f. a winnowing- Jak or shovel, a 
fan, Is. 30,24. R.mn, after the form mm. 
»" 20" fut. 397 to be wet, moistened, 
vith rain Job 24,8; also with sap, see 
Bis. Arab. by and Eth. ZMAN ia. 
espec. of the moisture or juiciness of 
plants in full verdure.—Hence 
309 m. juicy, in full green, Job 8, 16. 
hald, 3309, 3705, id. 
10) a spurious root, see 05. 


Hence 


sed in pins. 


ts DD" obsol. root i.q. ΤΙ to trem- 
, to be terrified. Chald. id.—Hence 


DU) m. tremour, terror, Jer. 49, 24. 


* WED quadril. pass. Job 33, 25, to 
σ 701 green again, to grow young again, 
to revive, prob. compounded from 32° to 
be juicy, green, and Sp to he thick, fat. 
Arab. transp. (3>lo according to the 
Camoos to recover, to revive after ste- 
rility. 

τ vo in Kal not used, to smite, 
break, dash in pieces ; kindr. with 6w2, 


Bud, wre; Arab. unt: Urbs. 

Piet fut. Sw" to dash in pieces, spec. 
children against the stones, 2 K. 8, 12, 
i.q. Υ82 in Ps. 137, 9. Comp. Pual. 
Also to dash tu the ground, with arrows 
Is. 13, 18. 

Puat Bw, fut. Sw, to be dashed in 
pieces dgainst stones Le. 13, 16. Hos. 10, 
14, 14, 1. Nah. 3, 10. 


Ὑ m. (for 97, τ᾿ 7%; as ἽΝ for “2, 
"δ for IN) @ wateritig, rain, Job 37, 11; 



















eee fullyinme. Arab. S) id. 
82* 





977 





a a 


#237" and 27, pret. 33, 35, also 
miay; inf. absol. 25 Judg. 11, 25. Job 
40,2; fut. av", apoc. 23" Hos. 4, 5, 
before a monosyll. 1> 237 Judg. 6, 31. 32, 
cony. 3771 Gen. 31, 36. αι 37371 1 Sait 
15, 5 is from r. 338. 

1. lo contend, to strive, to quarrel. Syr. 


253] to strive. Arab. VI) mid. Ye is 


to doubt, to hesitate, a secondary sense 
derived from the idea of contending and 
quarrelling. The primary idea of 3°% is 
‘to seize each other by the hair, like the 
synon. 3 ; and this root belongs to the 
same family with rapio, Goth. raupjan 
to pull or pluck, Germ. raufen, rupfen, 
see more under the verb 8B3.—Spoken: 
a) Pr. but rarely, of those who contend 
by blows etc. Deut. 33, 7 15 25 19°99 with 
his hands let him contend for himself ; 
here 1"3° is the instrument, see Heb. Gr. 
§ 135. 1.n.3. Ὁ) Oftener of those who 
strive in words, Ps. 103, 9; c. o> Gen. 
26, 20. Job 9,3. 40,2; τι with Is. 45, 9. 
Judg. 8,1; Ἐκ Judg. 21, 22. Job 33, 13; 
3 Gen. 31, 36; also with acc. of him 
with whom one contends Job 10, 2. Is. 
27, 8. With > of him for whom one 
contends Indg. 6, 31. Job 13,8; ὃΣ of 
that about which one strives Gen. 26, 21. 

2. Spec. to contend before a judge, to 
manage or plead a cause, with acc. of 
the person whose cause one sustains, Is. 
1, 17. 51, 22; fully Ἔ s*9°m8 30 1 Sam. 
24, 16. Lam. 3, 58. Jer. 50,34. 51, 36.— 
Pregn. 1 Sam. 25, 39 blessed be Jehovah 
53) Ἴ ANGI 3 ΠΟΙ 3 WwW who hath 
pleaded (maintained) the cause of my 
reproach from, Nabal, i. e. who hath 
taken vengeance for me of Nabal. Ps. 
43,1 ὙΠῸ ND 7579 72" 13 maintain my 
cause (and deliver me) from a merciless 
people. Ps. 119,154. Prov. 22,23. Part. 
35 a defender Is. 19, 20. God is also 
said to plead his cause, when he rebukes 
or punishes: the wicked, Is. 3,13. Am. 
7,4. Ps. 103, 9. 

Hip. i. q. Kal, found only in part. 
5.2 1 Sam. 2, 10. Hos. 4, 4. 

Deriv. 333, 3.7, 52772, the pr. 
names "275", “25, "beans, neat, also 


2") m. and 2) Job 29, 16; 
p73" and mi34, constr. "377. 

1. contention, strife, quarrel, Gen. 13 
7. Deut. 25, 1. Is. 58, 4. Prov. 20, 3. al. 


- plur 


‘ie 


ἜΣ my_adversary, Is. 41,11. Trop. 
Job 33,19. Plur. ἘΣ "2" Ps. 18, 44. 

2. a cause, suit, before a judge, Ex. 23, 
2. Deut. 21, 5. Is. 1, 23. 41,21. 5.5 ΘΝ 
one who has a cause or suit Judg. 12, 2. 
2 Sam. 15, 2.4; "299 τὸς my adversary, 
opponent, Job 31, 35.- Plur. "Maw ΓΞ 
the pleadings of my lips Job 13, 6. 


"277 (i. g. "515, ΓΞ, for whom 
Jehovah pleads) Ribai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 
23, 29. 1 Chr. 11, 31. 


ΤΙ m. (τ. M49) scent, odour, which 
any thing exhales, emits, Cant. 1, 12. 2, 
13. 7,14. Gen. 27, 27. al. Trop. Job 
14, 9, comp. Judg. 16,9. Often in the 
connection ΤΠ M4, see Mm"). 


ΤΙ Chald. m. odour Dan. 3, 27; 
comp. Job 14, 9. 


ὩΣ, see 5X4 buffalo. 
5, c. suff. D227, see in art. 3° Π. 


mip £ plur. (τ. 539) pounded corn 
or grain, grils, polenta, 2 Sam. 17, 19. 
Prov. 27, 22. 


ΓΞ Gen. 10, 3, Riphath, pr. n. of a 
-region and people sprung from Gomer, 
i.e. from the Cimmerians. Most. intpp. 
compare the Riphean mountains, in the 
remotest northern regions. 


Pp’. m. (τ. ps) 1. Adj. empty, as 
py ">> Jer. 51, 34. Neut. emptiness, 
trop. a vain thing, Ps. 2, 1. 4, 3. 

2. Adv. in vain, to no purpose, Ps. 73, 
13. Is. 30,7. More fully p> id. Lev. 
26, 16. 20. Is. 65, 23; p> Job 39, 16. 
Is. 49,4; po "39 id. Hab. 2,13. Jer. 
51, 58. 


ΟΡ m. adj. (Ὁ. p%) also PD Gen. 38, 
94; fem. MP2; plur. o"P™, also DPS 
98am. 6, 20; cnphe Chald. p™, 3p"; 


Syr. [2555. So of an empty vessel 
Judg. 7,16. 2K. 4,3; a pot Ez. 24,11; 
a sietore Gen. 37, 24; ears of grain with- 
out kernels Gen. 41, 27, comp. ‘ vane 
ariste’ Virg. Georg. I. 226. So of an 
empty spirit, i.e. hungry, Is. 29,8, comp. 
32,6 and 653} no: 2; also of empty hands, 
Le 6. impoverished, needy, Neh. 5, 13; 
comp. in Op%).—Metaph. a) empty, 
vain, of words Deut. 32,47. Ὁ) worth- 


978 7 

































less, wicked, Judg. 9, 4. 11, 3. 
20. 2 Chr. 13, 7. Prov. 12, 11. 


DP) adv. (τ. Py) q. d. δ 
a) with empty vessels, Jer. 14,3; em 
handed, i. e. poor, needy, Ruth 1, 
also without a gift Ruth 3,17. Hi 
pp ‘Bp ΠΕ to send one n 
without a gift, Gen. 31, 42. Det 
15, 13. Job 22, 9, comp. i Sam, 6 
Dp" ἼΞΠ to go away empty, pe 
3, 21. Deut. 16.16 they shel Nee re 
before Jehovah ἘΔ empty, with 
offering, Ex. 23, 16. 34, 20. . wa 
void, to no purpose, without a 
2 Sam. 1, 22 the sword of Saul retura 
not emply, i.e. not without slaughter 
victory. Jer. 50,9; of God’s word I 
11. So Ps. 25,3 ep) ΘΎΊΔΘΠ ἡ 
them be ashamed that transgress in ve 
i.e. whose wicked counsels are frustra 
6) for naught, undeservedly, with 
ground or cause, i. q. 5271 no. 3; Ps. 7,5 
comp. Ps. 69, 5. 


I") m. (r. 9%). spittle, slovirs 
1 Sam. 21, 14, For mob 9 Job 6 
see in rath, 


Ol τη. (τ. 89) poverty, Prov. 10, 1 
13, 18, 24, 34. 


Ὁ m. (τ. Ba) poverty, Prov. 28, ‘ 
31, 7. 

yw, see in iON. 

7 τὰ. adj. (r. 429) plur. omd5; fe ‘ ἴῃ 
ΓΞ, plur. nid4. 

1. tender, e. g. foliage Ez. 17, 
children and youth of tender age, Ge 
33, 13. Prov. 4,3. 1 Chr. 22, δ. 29, 1; 
the young of flocks and herds and thei 
meat, Gen. 18, 7. 

2. soft, not hard, e. g. ἀν. 


25, 15.—Trop. soft, i. 6. a) petiedia and, 
Prov. 15,1. mid" soft words Job 40, 27; 


comp. pectin ἔπη, μαλακοὶ λέγοι, Ho: Υ 
b) delicate, tenderly brought up, Deut. 
28, 54. 56. 

3. weak, feeble, 2 Sam. a 30, ΡΩΝ 
mids weak or dull eyes Gen. 17 
which were esteemed a defect, comp. 
1 Sam. 16, 12. Vulg. lippi, blear, Sep 
ἀσϑενεῖς. —Trop. 235 32 faint-hear 
timid, Deut. 20, 8. 2-Chr. pt ee Rar pe 


J m. (τ. 524) softness, delicateness 
Deut. 28, 56. ee Le 


7 


4 Ὧ 
) 


ar a 














=~ | 
δ 29. fat. 33°", to ride, whether on 
‘an animal.or ina rome Lat. vehi. 


-Chald. Sam. 325, id. 
idea seems to be to. bend the knee, so 
i" that 325 is pr. i. q. 7235 hence Chald. 


J 3137, N29, NBIDIN, Pan knee. 


1. to ride upon a beast, as a horse, 
ass, camel; with >> of beast Gen. 24, 61. 
Num. 22, 22. 30. 1 Sam. 30, 17. al. sep. 
2 Neh, 2, 12, Jer. 17, 25. 22,4. With 
ace. 3D 335 a rider, horectian. 2 K. 18, 
“19. Am. 2,15; comp. Ex. 15, 1. "335 
nish J οἷα. 5, 10. 

2. to ride, to drive in a vehicle, vectus 
est ; comp. old Germ. rian, Anglosax, 
ridan, Engl. to ride ; whence reita, reiti, 
carriage, rheda Ces.—With 3 of the 
vehicle Jer. 17, 25. 22,4; acc. Hagg. 2, 
22; ubsol. 1 Καὶ, 18, 45. Ps. 45, 5. 68, δ. 
Poet. of Jehovah who is borne, rides, 
upon the cherubim Ps. 18,11; upon the 
clouds Is. 19, 1 comp. Ps, 104, 3; upon 
the heavens Deut. 33, 26. Ps. 68, 34. 

Hix. 39295, fut. apoc. 329°). 

1. to cause to ride, to let ride, on an 
animal, Esth. 6, 9. 1 Κα. 1, 33. Ps. 66, 12. 

2.. to cause to ride in a vehicle, c. acc. 


pers. Gen. 41, 43; to convey 2 K. 23, 30.. 


2 Chr. 35, 24. Metaph. to cause to ride, 
to be borne, upon the wings of the wind, 
Job 30, 22. Here belongs the expres- 
sion ΝΟΥΣ ΟΣ 3D, see in M2 
no. 2.—Spoken of things, to set or place 
upon a@ vehicle, 2 Sam. 6, 3; also simpl. 
to place upon, to put or lay upon, e. g. 
the hand, c. b> 2 K. 13,16. Arab. 5 
II, to impose or insert one thing aoe 


another. Syr. Aph. id. Chald. Aph. id. 


3. to fasten or yoke to a vehicle, e. g. 
as ἃ draught-animal, Hos. 10, 11. 
~ Deriv.339—234, 2429, 329,327. 


32) m. in pause 239, c. suff. "229; 
plur. constr. "234 ; constr. once sith 
plur. f. Nah. 2, δ᾽; pr. ‘a riding,’ concr. 
‘rider.’ Heice 
1. Collect. riders, troops, Is. 21,7; so 
v.'9 ὍΝ 229 man-riders, comp. Is. 22, 6. 


Arab. MNS riding-camels. 


2. a wagon, chariot, i. q. 722773, either 
for war or serving (δέ luxury ‘aud pomp, 


viv 


The primary | 


on camels) Rechab, n. 





==! 


Judg. 5, 28. 1 K. 1, 5. 22, 35. 2K. 3, Ll. 
2Chr. 35, 24. Often collect. war-chariots; 
6. g- DW IBI 33% chariots and horsemen 
1K. 10, 26. Is. 22,7. 31,1; Jer.51,21 339 
259 the chariots and those that ride 
therein ; also with numerals, 2 K. 7, 14 
333 "20. Ez. 14,7. Judg. 4,2. 1 Sam. 13, 
5. al. With a verb plur. fen. Nah. 2, 5; 

only once itself plur.i39® "33 Cant. 1, 9. 
13 339 chariots of i iron, either diverted 
with iron plates, or armed with hooks, 
scythes, Josh. 17,18. Judg.1,19. 3395 "> 
the chariot-cities. where war-chariots 
were stationed, 1 K. 9,19. 10, 26. 2 Chr. 
1,14. 8, 6. 9, 25. 3595 "9 captains 
over chariote.1 K: 22, 31. "33. 2K, 8, 21. 

—Often 229, like ἅρμα in Homer, refere 
chiefly to the horses, and also to the 
warriors who sit upon the chariots, e. g. 
2 Sam. 8, 4 and David houghed all the 
chariots i. e. the chariot-horses. 10, 18 
and David slew of the Syrians seven 
hundred chariots i. e. the warriors of 
so many chariots. 2 K.7, 14 339 738 
B"010 two pairs of horses. Ez. 39, 20. 


| But not infreq. 339 and 5°00 are joined, 


and so distinguished from each other, 
Josh. 11, 8. 1 K. 20, 25. 2 K. 6, 14. Jer. 
17, 25. Ps. 20, 8.—Like the Hebrews, the 
Canaanites also used war-chariots Josh. 
17,18; and espec. the Egyptians Ex. 14, 
9. Is. 31, 1; see the sculpture.on Egyp- 
tian monuments, Rosellini Monn. stor. 
Tab. 46-49, 102 sq. Wilkinson Mann. 
and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians, I. p. 
338 sq.—Poet. chariols are also ascribed 
to the celestial hosts, Ps. 68, 18; comp. 
Hab. 3, 8. 


32) m. (τ. 225) 6. suff. 13321. @ 
rider, horseman, 2 K. 9, 17. 

2. the driver of a chariot, charioteer, 
1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr. 18, 33. 


22°) (i. ᾳ. Arab. of, a band of riders 


a) The 
founder of the tribe of Rechahites, who 
were bound bya vow ever to follow the 
nomadic life, 2K. 10, 15.23. Jer. 35, 2sq. 
1 Chr. 2, 55. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19. 94, 
Gentile n. plur. 5°22 Rechabites, Jer. 
35, 2. 3.5.18. b)2 Sam. 4, 2. c) Neh. 
3, 14. 


M251 f. (τ. 329) vectura, a riding or 
driving, Ez. 27, 20. 


m4 


MD) (for M294 q. v.) Rechah, pr. n: of 
a place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 4, 12. 


275°) m. a chariot, Ps. 104,3, R. 224. 


WAI] m. defect. WI) Gen. 14, 11. 16. 
21.15, 14; c. suff. 18134, 18349 Gen. 31, 
18; pr. ‘what one has,’ possessions, pro- 
perty, substance ; Sept. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, ἢ 
ὑπάρξις. Thus: 

a) In the most general sense, as fields, 

gardens, vineyards, grain ; hence omy 
2% W124 overseers of the king’s sub- 
stance 1 Chr. 27, 31; comp. v. 25-31. 
Flocks and herds are also mentioned as 
part of the king’s substance, 2 Chr. 21, 
14, 35, 7. 
_b) Ina sense less general, moveable 
property, such as can be transported or 
driven, as flocks and herds, gold and sil- 
ver, household, stuff, Gen. 12, 5 where 
slaves are excepted. 13, 6. 14, 12. 16. 
15,14. Num. 16, 32. 2 Chr. 21, 17.. Ezra 
8, 21.. Dan. 11, 13. 24. 28. Sometimes 
flocks and herds are not included, Gen. 
31,18. 46,6. Num. 35,3. 1 Chr. 28,1; 
also grain Gen. 14, 11. 

c) In the strictest sense, household 
goods, baggage, not including precious 
things, nor gold and silver, Ezra 1, 4. 6. 


2.2 m. (r. 224) tale-bearing, detrac- 
tion ; hence 272) ἼΩΣΝ tale-bearers, slan- 
derers; Ez. 22, 9. ΚΕΝ 32h to go ‘about 
for ἡ δ Φοδῥέην, as ἃ tale-bearer, Lev. 
19, 16. Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. Jer. 6, 28. 9,3. 


"3. +, pret. 31, fut. 329 see in no. 3. - 


1. lo be tender; see 32 adj. Arab. 
G 


J. Kindr. is Pew i. 

2. to be soft ; trop. to be delicate, ten- 
derly brought up, Deut. 28, 56. Of 
words, to be soft, gentle, bland, Ps: 55, 22. 

3. to be weakened, broken, e. g. the 
mind, =>, to become fuint, timid; so 
pret. 377 2K. 22, 19; fut. 73" (like 7725, 
tm") Deut. 20, 3. Is. 7,4. Jer. 51, 46. 

Pua 327 to be softened, mollified, as 
a wound with ointment, Is. 1, 6. 

Hira. Causat. of Kal no. 3, Job 23, 16. 

Deriv. 92, 49. 42%. 

. 227 i. q. 529, pr. to go about, i. 6. 

a) For traffic, as a trader, i. q. "M0, 
hence to trade, to traffic. Part. >25 
a trader, merchant, Cant. 3, 6; plur. 
ΡΞ" Ez. 27, 13. 15. 17 sq. al. Fem. 


980 





5" 


mos a female trader, Ez. 27, 3. 20. 
Syr. tls5 is spec. a perfumer, apoth 
—Hence M334, m3>72. 

b) For tale hearing. slander; wh 


82" tale-bearing. - 
Deriv. the two following and — 


59. (traffic) Rachal, pr. n. of a city in 
Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 29. | 


ΠΝ f. trade, traffic, Ez. 26, 12. 28. 
5.16.18. R. 53". 


"3" fut. plur. 1055", to bind on or ᾿ 

to any thing, Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21. Arab. 
id. e. g. cattle in stalls—Hence — 

the two following. 


02), only in plur. ΘΠ ΌΞ" 


places, i. e. rough, rugged, ‘difficult to 
pass, Is.40,4. Jarchi: mountain ranges, 
chains of mountains. 


025 m. (r. 35) once Ps. 31, 21 "039 
wx, either: a) snares of men, their 








plots, Arab. mS acord, noose; or b) 


bands, troops of. men, as M738 from 
738; or 0) leagues of men, conspira- 
cies; comp. "tp from r. "tp. 


Δ Ἐπ 1. i. q. Arab. dS) pr. to 


hit with the foot, to kick; spec. a urge — 
on a horse with the feet ; and hence of a — 
horse, to be urged on, to run. like Arab. 


Vass); also vas; I, VII, to run 
swiftly, to flee—Hence ws". 

2. to gather, lo acquire, to get proper- 
ty; pr. ‘to drive or bring together? 
Gen. 12, 5. 31, 18. 36, 6. 46, 6. 


D2) τὰ. (r. B24) in pause wa, a 
horse of a nobler and fleeter race, @ 
steed, courser, Mic. 1, 13. 1 K. 5, 8 [4, 
28]; distinguished from bleh le) Esth. 8, 


10. 14. Syr. asd horse. See Bochart 
Hieroz. I. p. 95. « 
U2), see art. B54. 


D1. Part. of the verb 5%, high, see 
r. C49 Kal. 

2. Ram,pr.n. a) A family or clan of 
the Buzites Job 32,2; the same, as some 
think, with 598 Gen. 22,21. b) Ruth 
4,19. 1 Chr. 2,9; for which *4geu Matt, 
1, 3. Luke 3, 33, 0) 1 Chr. 2,25. 57. 


ὯΔ buffalo, see DY. 












ye 


i m2" 1. to cast, to throw, 832 into 
the sea, Ex. 15, 1. 21. 

"2. to shoot with a bow; ΠΌΤ a 
jow-shooter, archer, Jer.4,29; plur. "29 


2 Ps. 78, 9. - Arab. (5) Ethiop. 
ZOP, Syr. and Chald. th, id. Comp. 
Gr. . ῥίπτω. 

Pret 25 to deceive; pr. ‘to cast 


down, to make fall” like Gr. σφάλλω, 
whence Lat. fallo; c. acc. Prov. 26, 
19. Gen. 29, 25. Lam. 1, 19. 1 Sam. 19, 
- Josh. 9, 22.. Pregn. 1 Chr. 12, 17 
%> ἌΓ 10 deceive (and betray) me 
lo my enemies. 

_ Deriy. n729, 5272, TBI, m-27H, 
ΓΗ ΘΙ, and pr. ἢ. M739, 1797°. 


ΠῺΣ, NO), Chald. 1. to cast, to 
throw, Dan. 3, 20. 21. 24. 6, 17. 

2. to set, to place, e. g. thrones, Dan. 
7,9. Comp. Rev. 4, 3 ϑρόνος ἔκειτο, and 
15 no. 2. 

»'3. to impose tribute, Ezra 7, 24. 
~Ivrnpr. fo be cast, thrown, into a fur- 


nace Dan. 3, 6. 15. 


ΓΘ f. (τ, I) coustr. M25, Kamets 
impure ; plur. mi2". 

1. a high place, height, 1 Sam. 22, 6; 
espec. as consecrated to the worship of 
idols, Ez. 16, 24. 25. 39. Comp. "22. 

2. Ramah, pr. n. of several towns situ- 
ated on heights. Gentile n. Δ" Rama- 
thite, once 1 Chr. 27, 27. 

a) With art. M295, except Neh. 11, 
33, and maa Jer. 31, 15, a town of 
Benjamin Josh. 18, 25; in the vicinity of 
Gibeah and Geba Judg. 19, 13. Is. 10, 29. 
Hos. 5, 8. Ezra 2,26. Neh. 7, 30. 11, 33; 
on the way from Jerusalem to Bethel 
Judg. 4,5; and not far from the confines 
of the two kingdoms 1 K. 15, 17. 21. 22; 
mentioned also Jer. 31, 15. 40,1. Je- 
rome places it six Roman miles north of 


Jerusalem. Now er-Rdm e! |, asmall 


village on a hill two hours from Jerusa- 

lem on the east of the great northern 
road ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 315- 
317. Josephus calls it Ῥαμαϑών Ant.8. 
12. 3.—[Jer. 31, 15 a voice was heard in 


Ramah. . Rachel weeping for her chil- 


dren ; here the context refers to the ex- 
—iles gaevied away captive by Nebuzara- 
dan to Babylon, who passed by way of 
Ramah which was prob. their rendez- 


981 





7 


vous, see Jer. 40, 1. As Ramah was in 
Benjamin, the prophet introduces Rachel 
the mother of that tribe as bewailing the 
eaptivity of her descendants.—R. 

b) Ramah of Samuel, so called, where 
that prophet lived and was buried, 1 Sam. 
1,19. 2,11. 7, 17. 8, 4. 15, 34. 16, 13. 19, 
18. 19. 22. 23. 25,1. 28,3; always with 
the art. and either He es or 3 pref. as 
mana 1 Sam. 19, 19. 23. 25, 1. 28,3. 
The same, as usually supposed, is ΘΟ ὉΠ 
ὈΠΕῚΣ Ramathaim-Zophim in the moun- 
tains of Ephraim, 1 Sam. 1, 1 comp. 19; 
but this is less certain, since the native 
town of Elkanah (1, 1) might be differ- 
ent from the Ramah in which he resided, 
v. 19. [But in v. 3 Elkanah is said to 
go up from his city (i9">2) to worship, 
which can only refer to the preceding 
Ramathaim of v. 1; and in v. 19 he and 
his wife return to their house in Ramah 
(Ama OM |a-bN), obviously. the same 
place. —R.] The position of this Ra- 
mah was early lost sight of by tradition; 
and a variety of opinions has prevailed 
ever since Ensebius and Jerome. Its 
site has been fixed: a) At the Ramah 
of Benjamin (lett. a), although this was 
less than an hour distant from Gibeah 
where Saul resided and in full view of 
it; comp. 1 Sam.c. 9. 10. So Pococke, 
Raumer, Winer. £) Eusebius and Je- 
rome regard it as the Arimathea of the 
N. T. and place it near Lydda, where a 
Ramah anciently existed. Hence some 
have held it to be the same with the 
present Ramleh ; which however is a 
modern town. y) At the present Neby 
Samwil, a high point two hours north- 
west of Jerusalem. But this is irre- 
concileable with the mention of Rachel’s 
sepulchre in 1 Sam. 10,2. 4) Another 
suggestion places Ramathaim-Zophim 
and Ramah at the modern Séba west 
of Jerusalem; where however the like 
difficulty presses, though in a less de- 
gree; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
330-334 ; comp. in ΤΣ. 8) If then we 
allow weight to the mention of Rachel’s 
sepulchre, we can only seek for this Ra- 
mah near Bethlehem ; where also Euse- 
bius speaks of a Ramah: ἐστὲ δὲ καὶ 
‘Popo τοῦ Βενιαμὶν περὶ τὴν Βηϑλεέμ. 
Not far south-east of Bethlehem is Jebel 
Fureidis or the Frank Mountain, the au- 


ΒΟῊΝ 


cient fortress and city of Herod called 
Herodium ; and if we fix there the site 
of Ramah, all the circumstances men- 
tioned in 1 Sam. c. 9. 10, are easily ex- 
plained. But then the Ramathaim-Zo- 
phim of 1 Sam. 1, 1, must have been a 
different place. [This last supposition, 
as we have seen above, is inadmissible. 
Besides, no one who had ever seen the 
Frank Mountain could suppose for a 
moment that a cityever lay upon it. It 
was indeed occupied by Herod’s fortress, 
but the city Herodium lay atits foot ; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 171-173. Euse- 
bius, as above cited, places the Ramah 
of Benjamin near Bethlehem, obviously 
in order to help outa wrong interpreta- 
tion of Matt. 2,18. ¢) A recent hypo- 
thesis places this Ramah at a site of 
ruins now called er-Rdadmeh two miles 
north of Hebron. This also makes Ra- 
mathaim-Zophim, the place of the pro- 
phet’s birth, to be different from the Ra- 
mah of his residence and burial ; against 
the express testimony of Josephus, Ant. 
6. 4. 6. ib. 13.5. See Biblioth. Sacra, 
1843, p.46-51.’ See generally Bibl. Res. 
in Palest. IT. p. 141-143. p. 330-334.—In 
this uncertainty interpreters may yet be 
driven to the position, that the city where 
Saul found Samuel (1 Sam. c. 9.10) was 
not Ramah his home.—R. 

0) A city of Naphtali Josh. 19, 36; 
perh. the same mentioned v. 29; see Re- 
land Palest. p. 963. 

d) A town of Gilead 2 K. 8,29; fully 
ΠΕΣ ΘΓ M2" Josh. 13, 26. 

e) “n> mg, see in ὙΠ no. 3. 


ΠῺΣ αὶ (Ὁ. pel) a worm, collect. 
worms, as bred from putridity, Ex. 16, 24. 
Job 7,5. 17, 14. 21. 26. 94, 10. Is. 14, 11. 


5 
Once trop. of man Job 25,6. Arab. ey 
putridity, worms. 4 

7127 τὰ. also 72, c. suff. "229; plur. 
ὉΠ ΘΛ, constr. 735724. 

I. a pomegranate, spoken of the tree, 
Num. 20,5. Deut. 8,8. 1 Sam. 14, 12. 
Joel 1,12. al. Of the fruit, Cant. 4, 3. 
6, 7. 8,2; also artificial, as an architec- 
tural ornament, Ex. 28, 33. 34. 2 K. 25, 


17. Arab. ὡῶ id. Syr. id. The 
etymology is πο μα: since it is hard- 


ly possible, as some have supposed, that | 


982 













nD" 


pomegranates should have this r in 
from the worms ("2") with which t 1 
are infested. Better im interpret jim"; 


the marrowy, from *) marrow. yp! 


the bone is full of marrow. The pom 
granate tree is still found in Syria, P; 
lestine. and Egypt ; see Celsius Hiero 
I. p. 272 sq.—F rom their abounding Ϊ 
pomegranates, several places eceive 
the pr. name 3'2°9-Rimmon, viz. 
a) A city of the tribe of Simeon it 
the southern part of Palestine, Josh. 18 
32. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. Zech. 14, 10.” 
b) A town ona high conical rock ὦ 
peak north-east of Geba and Mich 
near the desert, Judg. 20, 45.47. 21,1 


Now Riimmén or) see Bibl. Res. it 


Palest. II. p. 113, 122.—Here too some 
refer 1 Sam. 14, 2. 

c) A city of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 13 
where ἜΝ ΓΙ does not belong to thi 
proper name, see under "8M Pual.— 
The same is 1252" 1 Chr. 6, 62. . 

d) 728 1755 a station of the Israelite: 
after leaving Sinai, Num. 33, 19. 

6) 7325 Ms, see in Ma πο, 4. 

Il. Rimmon, pr.n.m. a)A Syria 
idol, 2 K. 5, 18; comp. pr. ἢ. 772938 ant 
yas ; ; perh. the exalted, from τ. D7" 
Ι. Hesych. “Papas: ὕψιστος ϑεός. b 
A man 2 Sam. 4, 2. 


mia. (heights, plur. of m2) Ra 
moth, pr.n. a) A city in Gilead, else: 
where ΓΝ ἢ, Josh. 21, 36 [38]. 1 K. 4 
18. Ὁ) 332 ΤΏ, i. gq. ΞΑ) ΓΏΝ q. v 
1 Sam. 30, 27. 

may ἢ (τ. 855) a heap, mound, of 
corpses Ez. 32,5. Better, with J. D 
Michaelis, to write 4°12" or perhap: 
M27, thy worms, from 124. 


* ny 7 " ; --- 

= | obsol. root, Arab δ᾿ ἐς 
pierce with a lance, to lance.-—Hence 

ΤῊ m. plur. 5757794, ὁ. suff. 52°39 


a lance, spear, used by heavy-armec 
troops Num. 25, 7. Judg. 5, 8. Neh. 4,7 
10,15; coupled with πὶ 1 Chr. 12, 8. 24 
2 Chr. 11, 12. 14,7. 25,5. Sometimes 


the iron point, lance-head, Jer. 46, 4. Joe! 
4,10. 1K.18,28—Aram. 83% Ladeos 


9 οω. 
i , * id. a 
id. Arab ec i 


“a4 


"2" m. plur. 6. art. 5a" 2 Chr. 22, 5, 
. ΘΝ ΤΙ, Syrians ; comp. 2 K. 8, 28. 
or the apheresis of the letter δὲ see p. 
also art. "278. 

nv) (whom Jehovah hath set, comp. 
Shald. m2 no. 2) Ramiah, pr. n. τὴ, 
izra 10, 95. 

ΠΡῸΣ f. (r. 5709 Pi.) 1. a letting fall 
f the hands, i i.e. "remissness, sloth ; 853 




















» ὍΠΟΥ. one slothful, Prov. 12, 24. 27. 
7327) 2 mw to labour wih, a slack 
and, slothfal, 10,4; see Heb. Gr. § 135. 
a 3. Adv. cenizely, slothfully, Jer. 
, 10.—This notion of the root ap- 
γε aches near to the Κίπάν, ΠΒ. Arab. 
—*) VI, laxum, remissum fuit nego- 


2. deceit, fraud, Ps. 32, 2. Mic. 6, 12. 
ob 13,7. Ππρ2 71> a deceitful tongue 
. 120, 2. 3. mI NYP a@ deceitful 
ow, which sends the arrows wide of the 

ark, Hos. 7,16. Poet. for treacherous 
A who feign flight in order to 
deceive, Ps. 78, 57. 


721 £ amare, once Esth.8,10. Arab. 


: Cay id. Syr. [3399 herd of horses and 
mares, also of other animals ; prob. from 


























OL 
Pers. X0, flock, herd, troop. 


ν᾽» >a" obsol. root, Arab. (hey to deck 
vith gems, to stain with blood. Hence 


amma} (whom Jehovah decks) Re- 
maliah, pr. n. of the father of Pekah 
king of Israel, 2 K. 15, 25; prob. a man 
low birth and standing, whence his 
son is called in contempt 7529742 Is. 
7, 4. 5. 8, 6. 


κ᾿ 


᾿ og B ΒΘ i. q. 017, to be high, to be 
lifted up, Dat Pret. 1a Job 22, 12 
where many Mss. and editions have 1727 ; 
so "29 Job 24, 24 where other ciples 
have yain. Part. fem. M221" uplifted, 
exalted, Ps. 118, 16. 

- Nieg. imp. plur. 1255 Num. 17, 10 
; 6, 45], and fut. "85 Ez. 10, 15. 17. 19, 
10 lift up oneself, to rise up. In both the 
forms a few Mss. omit the Dagesh. 

4 PI [. 3. Arab. 
Tious, of a bone; also to be marrowy. 
Hence 2", 115. 


. 


) to rot, to be ca- 


983 


7 5 a slothful soul, person, Prov. 19, 15. 





wan 


ἜΣ ΟΡ ΘΔ (I have exalted his help 
r. D197) Romamii-ezer, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 
25, 4. 31. 


721, see 13. 


"Ὁ" fut. 079"; kindr. is OB". 

1. to tread with ‘the feet, 6. g.a potter 
the clay, ὁ. acc. Is. 41, 25; 3 Neh. 3, 
14; also Ez. 34, 18. Hence ¢o tread 
upon, i.e. to walk over any thing, Ps. 
91, 13. 

2. to tread down, to trample under foot, 
2 K. 14, 9. Is. 26, 6. Dan. 8, 7. 10; also 
persons so as to destroy life 2 K. 7, 17. 
20. 9, 33; a lion his prey Mic. 5, 7. 
Trop. Is. 63, 3. Ps. 7,6. Part. 025 a 
treader down, oppressor, Is. 16,4. As- 
scribed to the foot Is. 26,6; comp. Ez. 
34,18. Further, to tread down, to trample 
streets with horses’ hoofs Ez. 26, 11. 
Also Is. 1,12 "14m 02" to trample my 
courts i.e. to profane them ; comp. Rey. 
11, 2. 1 Mace. 3, 45. 

Nipu. pass. of no. 2. Is. 28, 3. 

Deriv. 027. 


* 7D) fat. ban" 1. locreep, to cravl, 
the appropriate verb for the motion of 
the smaller animals which creep along 
the ground; both those which have four 
feet or more, as mice, lizards, crabs, (and 
this is the proper signification, comp. 
25.) and also those without feet, which 
glide or drag themselves upon the 
ground, as worms and serpents. . Gen. 
1, 26, after the mention of quadrupeds 
both domestic and wild, of birds, and 
fishes: ΝΠ woh ΘΠ 59 all the 
creeping things (reptiles) that creep 
upon the earth. v. 28. 30. 7, 8. 14. 8, 17. 
19. Lev. 11,44. Sometimes the earth 
is said to creep with creeping things, c. 
acc. (comp. 327 no. 4,) Gen. 9, 2 533 
πο πὶ Ban wwwx upon all with which 
the earth creeps, i. e. all reptiles which 
creep upon the earth. 

2. In a wider sense spoken of aquatic 
or amphibious reptiles ; Gen. 1,21 43%} 
par ASW WN nwa the creeping 
animals with which the waters swarm. 
Lev. 11, 46. Ps. 69, 35. So of all land 
animals whatever, Gen. 7, 21 init. Ps. 
104, 20 all the beasts of the forest do creep 
forth, se. by night from their dens — 
Hence 


, 90 


YA m.a creeping thing, reptile, col- 
lect. reptiles, Gen. 1, 25. 26. 6, 7. 7, 14. 
23; often M27NN Ὁ 5 whatever creeps 
upon the earth Gen. 1, 25. 6, 20. Hos. 2, 
20 [18]; comp. Deut. 4, 18. Once of 


aquatic animals Ps. 104, 25. So of all 


.and animals whatever, Gen. 9, 3. 


ΓΘ (height, i. gq.) Remeth, pr. n. 
ofa city in Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 


a2 2) in some editions, see in 
33) M787. 


ppix OM). see in m9 no. 2. b. 


“τυ 


77 m. (pr. inf. of r. 13.) α shouting, 
rejoicing ; Plur. constr. 02-"25 shouts 
of deliverance Ps. 32, 7. 


* F122 fat. Πρ, iq. 22, to give forth 
a tremulous and stridulous sound ; once 
of the whizzing of the arrow as shot from 
the bow Job 39, 23, where MBWN quiver 
is put poet. for arrows. Arab. Ss) and 


Y) I, IV, to sound, to twang, as the 


bow when the arrow is shot. See Bo- 
chart Hieroz. I. p. 134. Alb. Schultens 
ad Hariri Cons. I. p. 11. 


a) ἢ (τ. 39) 1. shout of joy, re- 
joicing, Ps. 30,6. 42, 5: 47, 2. Is. 35, 
10. 51,11. al. 1K. 22, 36 ΠΡῚΠ Mar 
Δ Mies ...m3m22 and there went thej joy- 
Sul cry throughout the camp... Home ! 

2. a mournful cry, outcry, wailing, 
Ps. 17, 1. 61, 2. 88, 3. 106, 44. Jer, 14, 
12. al. 

3. Rinnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 


2 inf. and imp. 95; fut. 75%, twice 

msn Prov. 1, 20. 8, 3, once 9399 Prov. 

29, 6; pr. to give forth a tremulous and 
drolilous sound. Spec. 

1. Of the tremulous creaking or whi- 
ning sound mace by a mast or tall pole 
vibrating in the wind ; hence 78, 727. 
Also of the noise, roaring of a tor- 


rent, see ji228. 
a bow, to whizz. 
2. to give forth the voice in vibrations, 
to shake or trill the voice; hence a) to 
utter cries of joy, to shout, but not with 
an articulate voice, Lev. 9,24; elsewhere 
poetic Job 38, 7. Is. 12,6, 42, 11. 54, 1. 
al. Ascribed also to the human tongue 
Is. 35, 6; to inanimate things Is. 44, 23. 


Arab, ὡ; to twang as 


984, 





yo" 
49,13. With ace. to shout one’s pre 
to praise with rejoicing, Is. 61,7 see | 
no. 2,c. With 3 id. Is, 24, 14; on 
count of, Jer. 31,7. Ὁ) Of mournt 
cries, to cry aloud, to wail, Lam. 2, 1 

Pret 925 i. q. Kal πο. 2, to she ut 
joy, to rejoice, Ps. 98, 4. 132,16. Is 
19. 52,9; with 3 in or over any pe 
or Hin, Ps. 93, 1. 89, 13. 92, Pa i 
ἘΦ over the destruction of any one J 
51, 48. But with ace. of pers. or th ~ 
to shout aloud one’s praise, i.e. to Ὁ 
with rejoicing, Ps. 51, 16. 59, 17; c. 
Ps. 84, 3; > 95, 1. ‘Inf. Xs ‘noun! 
shouting Is. 35, 2. Ascribed to tk 
Ps. 96, 12. | % 
Puat fut. 325", pass. Is. 16, 1 Κι 

Hips. ὙΠ. 1. Trans. fo cause” 
shout for joy, to make rejoice, Pe. 
Job 29, 13. 

2, Intrans. to shout for joy, to re 
Deut. 32, 43. Ps. 32,11; c. > Ps. 81, ᾿ 
Deriv. cee Kelas: 1; also i, ΓΞ, a 


723) f. constr. 7229 1. oO OF ; 
shout, Ps. 100, 2. Job 3, 7. 20, δ. 
mind Ps. 63, 6. 

2. Plur. 57329 Job 39, 13 [16] ἐᾷ sq. J 
male ostriches, poet. for the comm. 
M23"; so called from their wailing ὃ 
see 12 Lam. 2,19 and in M333. 
Arab. ,Ley female ostrich, from her ὁ 
Vulg. ‘struthio. See Bochart Hieroz. | 
Ρ. 24. 

MO" (a ruin,-r. 004) Rissah, prt π᾿ 
a station of the Israelites in the dese 
Num. 33, 21. 22. | a 


D"O"O" m. plur. constr. "0. 

i breaches, ruins, Am. 6, 11. R.e 
no. 1. 

2. drops, dew-drops, Cant. 5, 2. ἐν Ὁ 
no. ἣν wc oleae 


ἘΦ" ἽἼ obsol. root, Arab. uy | 
bind, i g- with a cord, halter, cur 
Hence 


19 m. c. suff. 209 1. ἃ curb, al 
pr. which goes over a horse’s nose I 
30, 28; hence genr. ὦ rein, bridle, P 
32, 9. Job 30, 11 9MbW "8 10 they ca 
off the bridle before me, i.e. they tak 
unbridled liberties; comp. the Are t 
phrase x0Le: sb ‘he throws off h 
bridle,’ said’ of an nabridled person 
Hence . 




















‘ 9d" 


2. the mouth, i. e. the interior where 
16 bit is placed, the jaws, the teeth, like 
Gr. χαλινοί. Job 41,5 [13] i207 bpp, 
ji. e. the jaws, the double row of teeth in 
he crocodile. 

| 3. Resen, pr. n. of an ancient city in 
Assyria, Gen. 10, 12. 

ΟΡ SO inf ob 1. to break in pieces, 
inde. with AS} and ὉΠ q.v. Chald. 
DD" to pound, to crush; Zab. “25 to 
bi πε νον (Hence ἘΠ Ὁ no. 1, and 
or. ἢ. π|Θ. 

9, to sprinkle, to moisten, Ez. 46, 14. 
dence 670707 no. 2. Chald. 003, 



















GLU 
rab. WY id. This connects itself with 


the signif. no. 1, since what is broken in 
pieces or crushed small, is easily scat- 
tered, sprinkled. 


31 m. (r. 55) in pause and after 
distinct. acc. 39; with art. 575 and 
597; with Vav copul. 57), but with dis- 
tinct. acc. 993; plur. 0°39. 

A) Adj. with fem. mz4, plur. ΤΣ. 
1. bad, evil, worthless, in quality or es- 
ence; opp. 316. Εἰ. g. merchandise 
Prov. 20; 14; water, unwholesome, 2 K. 
2,19; cattle Lev. 27,10; figs Jer. 24, 2; 
sterile soil Num. 13, 19, comp. Deut. 
15, 21. 31 δ 39 737 Lo speak bad or 
good, i.e. any thing at all, Gen. 24, 50, 
δτάρ: 31, 24.—Spec. ἐ{- favoured, of bad 
appearance, Gen. 41, 3.4.19. 21. 515233 
filthy thing, excrement, Deut. 23, 10 [9]. 
—Trop. ‘B "2°32 7 evil in the sight of 
any one, displeasing to him, Gen. 28, 8. 
38, 7; absol. Ex. 33, 4. Often in the 
phrase m3 979a SIN ΓΙῸΣ (0 do evil in 
the sight of Jehovah, what is displeasing 
to him, spoken of idolaters and trans- 
gressors, Num. 32, 13. Deut. 4, 25. 
Judg. 2,11. 1 Sam. 15,19. 1K. 11, 6. 
2K. 3,2. al,sep. For "3°23 is put also 
"22> in the later books, as Neh. 2, 1; 

oe b9 Ecc.*2, 17. 

d, evil, i. e. causing evil, hurtful, 
ΔΑΊ a) Physically, 6. g. a raven- 
ous beast Gen. 37,20.33; malignant dis- 
ease Deut. 28,59; 37 at a malignant 
ulcer v. 35; 32 7253 an evil thing, poi- 
sonous, 2 K. 4, 41; yD 27 evil-eyed, i. e. 
Bavious, miserly, Prov. 23, 6. 28, 22. 
Ts. 32,7 0°39 1723 732 the weapons of 
the deceiver are “haartful, destructive to 
83 
























tion Deut. 1, 85. 





985 bh 


others. : Ὁ) Morally bad, evil, wicked ; 
of persons 1 Sam. 30, 22. Ps. 5, 5. 140, 


2. Job 21, 30. Prav. 11, 21. Esth. 7, 6; 


plur, 0°39 the wicked Prov. 4, 14. 14, 19. 
So 577 732, see in "32 Pielno. 3. Of. 
a wicked people Jer. 13, 10; or genera- 
Then also of things, 
as 3 723 a wicked thing, crime, Deut. 
17,5; a way, mode of life, Prov. 2, 12. 8, 
13. 28,10. Jer. 23, 22; 39 25 an evil 
heart Jer. 7,24. 11,8. Prov. 26,23; 7% 
>4 an evil imagination, thought, Gen. 
6, 5. 8,21. So A339 Τὴ an evil spirit 
from God upon Saul 1 Sam. 16, 15; but 
in Judg. 9,23 539 πὴ is an evil spirit 
of discord. 

3. ill, evil, i. e. sad, sorrowful, e. g. the 
countenance, Gen. 40, 7. Neh. 2, 2; the 
heart Prov. 25, 20. 

4, ill, evil, i. e. unprosperous, unhappy, 
Is. 3, 11 comp. v. 10. Gen. 47, 9. For 
ἘΞ. 375 see below in B. 1. b. Φ 


B) Subst. 99s 1. ill, evil,i.e. a) evil 
which one does, Ps. 97, 10. Is. 59, 7. 
D5 Mey to do evil 1 Sam. 29, 7. 2 Chr. 
33, 9. Neh. 9, 28; 9 "&> evil-doers Ps. 
34, 17; 549 ἜΣ id. Mic. 2,1. 37 ney 
'p &> fo do evil with or to any one Gen. 
31, 29; c. > id. Jer. 39,12. 99 572% to 
recompense evil Ps. 7,5. Ὁ) evil which 
happens to any one, adversity, calamity, 
Gen. 44, 34. Job 2,10. 5,19. 30, 26. Ps. 
121, 7. Prov. 5, 14. Is. 31,2. al. 39 055 
day of evil, of calamity, evil day, Am. 6, 
3; 92 70" Ps. 49,6. 035 955 for vil 
unto you, for your hurt, instead of the ful- 
ler phrase 03> 39 nish, Jer.7,6. 25,7. 
Ecce. 8,9. So to prophesy evil, calamity, 
1 K. 22,8. 18. Plur. 0°39 72x57 angels 
of evils, evil angels, bringing calamity, 
Ps. 78, 49. 

2. evil ina moral sense, wickedness, 
depravity ; 3772 “Ὁ departing from evil, 
doing right, Job 1,1; comp. Prov. 8, 13. 
Also ill-will, malice, Ps. 7,10; 223 with 
malice, wickedly, Ps. 73, 8.—Sometimes 
in genit. expressing quality, as 27 "WIN 
wicked men Prov. 28,53 32 MYX a wicked 
woman Prov. 6,24; 31 ΓᾺΡ wicked coun- 
sel Ez. 11, 25 comp. Ece. 4, 8.—Sept. 
πονηρός, κακός. 


Ι 3) m. (r. 359) c. suff. 94, outcry, 
noise, e.g. in joy, a shout, Ex. 32,17; 
in grief Mic. 4,9. So 7 39 for the thun- 


39 980 


der ; Job 36,33 5 ἼΔῈΘ 937 his thunder - 


showeth concerning him, God ; see in 733 
Hiph. no. 2. 


II. ΣῪ m. (for 434, στ. 43. no. 3) ὁ. 
suff, "34, iP Jer. 6, 21, but far oftener 
S45, Gnce fully p23") Job 6, 27; Plur. 
Os, 6. suff. "99, 4795, MP2 Job 32, 3, 
also on for — Job 42. 10. 1 Sam. 
30, 26, ΠΣ Ps. 28, 3. 

1. a friend, companion, acquaintance, 
with whom one lives, has friendly inter- 
course, Gen. 38, 12. 20. 2 Sam. 13, 3. 
Job 2,11. 19, 21. Prov. 19, 6. 25, 17; 
but implying less than 248 Prov. 18, 24. 
With dat. like Gr. ὃ ἐμοὶ φίλος, Job 30, 
29 m3p3 M232 D9 a companion (i.e. like) 
to ostriches. The epithet 97, friend, 
companion, is also put for: a) ἃ lover, 
one beloved of a woman, Cant. 5, 16. Jer. 
3, 1.20. Hos. 3,1. Comp. ΠΣ. Ὁ) 
any one, any other member of the hu- 
man lamjly, ὃ πλησίον, neighbour, fellow, 
Ex. 20, 17 sq. 22, 25, Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 
5, 18. Prov. 3, 99. ἃ]. c) Preceded by 
wns, one—another ; Judg. 6, 29 377aN™} 
τς στὸν tnx they said each man to his 
fellow, i.e. one to another. Gen. 11, 3. 
1 Sam. 10, 11. 2K. 3, 23. Ex. 18, 7. 
2 Chr. 20, 23. Gen. 31, 49. Also of 
things Gen. 15, 10, see in ὥς no. 4. 
Comp. M8 no. 7. Rarely without πὶ 
_ preceding, Is. 34, 14 83P7 "ΠΡ Το TTY 
the satyr shail cry to his fellow, i.e. one 
satyr to another. 

2. thought, will, desire, i. q. Chald. 
“MADD, PDI, Ps. 139, 2. 17. Chala. m9 


to will also Syr. [9 Ethpa. to think. 


D7 m. (pr. inf. of r. 394) _ 1. badness, 
bad quality, Jer. 24, 2. 3. 8. 29,17. Also 
ugliness, deformity, Gen. 41, 19. 

2. In a moral sense, evil, wickedness, 
Is. 1, 16. Jer. 4, 4.. 21, 12. 23, 2. 26, 3. 

3. sadness of the heart, countenance, 
Neh. 2, 2. Ecc. 7, 3. 


"250 fut. ἌΚΩΝ to hunger, to be 
hungry. Arab. 25) Ἢ be ample and 


capacious ; os) id. uy wide-bel- 


lied. The primary idea seems to be 
that of having a wide and empty sto- 
mach; comp. kindr. 3179 and Ethiop. 
C7M to hunger —Spoken of individu- 





mo 


als Is. 8, 21. 49, 10. ὙΠ 
of a whole country, fo be far 1, 
suffer famine, Gen. 41, 55. With ἢ 
hunger for any thing, Jer. 42, 14. 
ΗΙΡΗ. to cause to hunger Deut. § 
to let famish Prov. 10, 3. 
Deriv. 339, 129, and 


































337 m. hunger, famine, of sir 
persons Lam. 5, 10. Deut. 32, 24. Je 
11, 22. Am. 8, 11; of whole’ count 
i. e. famine, scarcity of grain, Gen. 1 
10. 26, 1. 45,11. Ruth 1,1. Job δ, 20. al, 


ὩΣ m. adj. plur. 59335, fem. Dl 
hungry 2 Sam. 17, 29. Job 5 5. Is. 29 
8.8]. hunger-bitten, ‘famished. Job eh 2 


ΤΊΣ Σ Ἢ m. (τ. 329) constr. 7i239, fan 
Ps. 37, 19. Gen. 42, 19. 33. 


ΚΣΤ fut. 1993 to tremble, to qua 
e. g. the earth Ps. 104, 32.—Arab. 


Conj. IV, VIL, id. Eth, COPid. Kindr, 
are 535, 055. 
Hiren. intrans. to tremble, to shake, 0 
persons, part. ΤΣ Dan. 10, 11. Ε 
10, 9. . 
Deriv. the two following. 


0’) m. a trembling, Ez. 1616. ᾿ 
es 6. 


VID Γ (Ὁ. — ἘΣ 
48, 7. Is. 33, 14. Job 4, 14. 


“F127 fat. ΠΣ, apoc. 293 Job 20, 26 

1. Trans. to feed a flock, to pastur 
Lat. pascere. Arab. id. and trop 
to tend, to guard, to govern. Ethioy 
COP id. Syr. Chald. Samar. id— 
Constr. with acc. of flock Gen. 4, 2. 8. 
36. Ex. 3, 1. Is. 40, 11. Jer. 23,4. Cant 
1,8. al. 3 Gen. 37,2. 1 Sam. 16, 11. 
17, 34; absol. Gen. 29, 7. 37, 13. Num. 
14, 33. Cant. 1, 7. al.—Part. ἢ subst. 
a shepherd, “herdsman, Gen. 46, 34. Ex 
2, 17. Is. 13,20. Jer. 43, 12; with genit. 
of flock or herd Gen. 13, 7; und of the 
owner, as PAY? "25 Gen. 26, 20. Fer om, ne 


mh Gen. 29,9. Arab. eh “4 


Trop. to feed: a) i, q. to rey 
rule, to care for, the figure being often 
preserved, 8. g. «) Of a prince or king, 
like Gr. ποιμὴν λαῶν. 2 Sam. 5, 2 | 
shalt feed my pepe Israel. 7,7. Jer. 2 
2 sq. Mic. 5, 3. 7, 14; δ. 3 Ps. 78, 71 


m4 


5 ΠΣ a shepherd, spoken of a prince 
king, Jer.2,8. 3.15. 22,22. Ez.34,2sq. 
. 44, 28. 8) Of God, Ps, 23, 1 Jehovah is 
my shepherd, I shall not want. 28,9. 80, 
9. Gen. 48, 15. 49, 24; comp. Fisas 4; 16. 
7) Ofa teacher of virtue arid wisdom, 
4 ov. 10, 21. Hence ΓΙΡ a master or 
acher Ecc. 12, 11; and so perh. of 
s Zech. 11, 5. 8. 16, where others 
fanderstand princes. ὃ) Ps, 49, 15 min 
B21 death feedeth (pastureth) them, i.e. 
in Sheol, like a flock ; see the preceding 
clause. 
_b) to nourish, to afford sustenance ; 
Hos. 9, 2 the ahr ankivie- floor and wine- 
press shall not feed them, i. e. shall be 
cut off, fail. 
_ 2. Intrans. to feed, to graze, to pas- 
ture, as does a flock, Lat. pasci, Is. 5, 17. 
11,7. 65, 25; with >» of place added Is, 
45,9; 3 Gen. 41, 2. With acc. of the 
pasture on which a flock feeds, Jer. 50, 
19. Ez. 34, 14.18.19. Mic. 7,14. Trop. 
to feed down, to consume ; Mic. 5, 5 they 
shall feed down the land of Assyria with 
the sword. Job 20, 26 axa Mb 5} 
(the fire) shall devour what is left in his 
tent. Jer. 22,22. 2,16 ἽΡῚΡ WS? they 
feed off the crown of thy head ; comp. Is. 
7,20. Job 24, 21 ΠῸΣΕ ΠΣ who feedeth 
idown (oppresseth) the barren woman; 
Chald. confringens.—Also trop. to feed 
in quiet, is fo live or dwell in security Is. 
14, 30. [So Ps. 37, 3 m272x ΠΣ and 
feed. in faith, trusting in "God, i. q. 













OL . 





τ δ 


ceding clause.—R. . 
_ 3. Metaph. fo feed upon any thing, 
i. ὁ. lo feast upon, to delight in any per- 
son or thing; comp. Cic. Pis. 20: ‘his 
ego rebus pascor, his delector” Chald. 
ΤΙΣ id. comp. Heb. παῖ, "3, y5n. 
Kindr. is M47, Arab. Ley. Constixied; 
a) With acc. of pers. to’delight in any 
one, to be his companion, Prov. 13, 20. 
28, 7. 29, 3. b) With acc. of thing. 
, Prov. 15, 14 the mouth of fools M258 A975 
delights in folly, feeds upon it, seeks 
after it. min ΠΣ to feed upon the wind, 
i. 6. to strive or grasp after gomething 
_ vain. inania sectari, Hos. 12,2; comp. Is. 
44, 20. Comp. min mass and m9 15. 
Pie, 439 denom. from 433 and Σ᾽ 
a friend, to treat asa friend, to make the 
companion of any one, Judg. 14, 20. 








987 


mn im2v2xN2 Hab. 2, 4; see the pre-. 





me 

Hier. fut. c. suff. 02525, to feed, i. q 
Kal no. 1, Ps. 78, 

ΗΙΤΗΡ. to make friendship, to hold 
intercourse, c. Τὰ with any one Prov. 
22, 24. 

Deriv. M99, 22 I, ΠΡ, “37, "Σ᾿, 
PAD , MD yes, ΠΡ, ei atic 
and ‘the proper names S34, ἘΝΉΡΗ, 
main. 


ΠΣ Γ (Ὁ. 55) A) Adj. fem. evil, bad, 
see in masc. >". 

B) Subst. ill, evil, Eec. 5, 12. 6, 1. 10, 
5. ΤΙΣ for evil, i.e. with bad intent or 
purpose, 6. σ΄. to set one’s face upon any 
one 3109 N51 ΓΙ for evil and not for 
good Jer. 21, ‘10. 39, 16. 44, 11; comp. 
Am. 9, 4. Deut. 29, 20. Jadg. 2 15. 2 
Sam. 18, $9,—Henee 

1. ill, evil,i-e. a) evil which one does 
to others; thus > ΠΡ Mb» to do evil to 
any one Ps. 15, 3. Neh. 6, 2; c. o> Gen. 
26, 29. Judg. 15, 3; ὮΝ Judg. 11, 27. 
ΓΞ mam my. ΞΘ to reward evil for 
good Gen. 44, 4; also Is. 7, 5. Ps. 21, 12. 
Plur. mid" Ps, 140, 3. With genit. nos 
23738 the evil of Abimelech, which he 
did to others, Judg. 9, 56. 57. 1 Sam. 25, 
39. b) evil which happens to any one, 
calamity,i.e. αν hurt, mischief, destruc- 
tion, Gen. 19,19. Ex. 32,12. Jer. 2, 3. 4. 
6. 5,12. 11, 11. al. "M99 "p39 they 
that seek my hurt, my destruction, Ps.71, 
13. 24; comp. Ps. 35,4. β) affliction, 
trouble, adversity ; 4273 in or with af- 
Jliction, sorrow, Neh. 1, 3. Gen. 44, 29. 
ΠΝ Ppa in time of evil, i. 6. of afflic- 
tion, distress, Ps. 37,19. 41, 2. Jer. 2, 28. 
11, 12. Plur. ΤΊΣ ἢ evils, éalacnitiea, Deut. 
31, 21. Ps. 34, 20. 

2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness, 
depravity ; so ΝΡ Ὁ N37 M7922 that 
we may put away evil (concr. evil per- 
sons) out of Israel Judg. 20,13; see in 
“va Pi. no. 3. Also wicked deed, sin, 
Gen. 39,9. Hence of active wickedness, 
deliberate mischief, malevolence, malice, 
Gen. 6, 5. Nah. 3, 19. Is. 47,10. Job 22, 5. 
Hos. 10,15 D333 ΤΣ the evil of your 
evil, your great wickedness. 


MZ) m. (r. 437) constr. HPs, c. suff. 
722 Prov. 6, 3 (like ΤΡ, 53}. a 
Sriend, acquaintance, companion, i. q. 2 
which is more usual. 2 Sam. 15, 37. 16, 
16. 1K. 4,5 


pat COTO yy 
_ a a == ἄν 





97 


TW fem. of ΠΡ, plur. ΠΣ female 
companions, Ps. 45915. Judg. 11, 37 
Keri. 

MY" inf. of τ. 924, where see. 


"Y (friend sc. of God) Rew, pr. n. m. 
Gen. 47 18. Gr. ἹΡαγαῦ Luke 3, 35.— 
ΠΕ δεν i ᾳ. M94, like "32 i. q. nbp. R. 
ΓΕ. 

Ὁ. 255) (friend of God) Reuel, Sept. 
“Ῥαγουήλ, pr.n.m. 8) Α βοὴ of Esau 
Gen. 36,4.10. b) The father of Jethro, 
Ex.2, 18. Num. 10,29. ¢)1Chr.9,8. ἃ) 
In Num. 2, 14 should be read inatead of 
it bast ; comp. 1, 14. 7, 42. 10, 20. 


PAY pr. fem. of 439 q. v. R. π᾿. 
1. a female friend, companion, plur. 
mito Judg. 11. 37 Cheth. Hence a) 


another, any other, Eisth, 1, 19, comp. ἡ 


1 Sam. 15, 28. b) Preceded by HUN 
one—another, Ex. 11, 2. Jer. 9,19. Zech. 
11, 9; of birds Is. 34, 15. 16. Comp. in 
>" no. 1. 6. 

2. desire, a striving, grasping after 
any thing. 


- wind, q. ἃ. windy striving, vain endea- 


vour, Ecce. 1, 14. 2. 11. 17. 26. 4, 4. 6. 6, 
9. Comp. min 39 Hos. 12, 2, and 
Chald. mas". 

AAD) Chald. ft will, pleasure, Ezra 5, 
17. 7,18. R. m5" no. 3. 

"2" m. pasture, 1 K. 5,3 [4,23]. R. 


Md". 


"2') (friendly, social, denom. from >") 
Rei, pr. n. τὰ, 1 K. 1, 8. 


al adj. denom. from 35, of a shep- 
herd. pastoral, Is. 38,12. Subst. a shep- 
herd, Zech. 11, 17. 


ΤΊ (τ. ΠΣ) a female friend, com- 
panion, plur. c. suff. "M53" Judg. 11, 37 
Cheth. Also one beloved, as a term of 
endearment, F'r. mon amie, Cant.1,9. 15. 
2,2. 10. 13. 4, 7. al. Comp. 37 no. 1. a. 


TPF τὰ. i. ᾳ. O99 no. 2, desire, 
striving. Ecc. 2, 22 iad Vis the striv- 
ving of his heart. τιν 55 a striving 
of wind, windy striving, vain effort, Ecc. 
1,17. 4,16. ΓΝ no. 3. 


2 Chald. τὰ. thought, ‘ett 
Dan. 4, 16. 5, 6.10. 7, 28; spoken of 
weet visions Dan. 5, 29. 30. R. ΠΕΡῚ 
to think. 


988 


"tion, Zech. 12, 2. ν ν᾿ 


mn ΤΗΣ a striving of 


‘mane of a horse, prob. as erect from 


































eh 
* 53°. tocgnembie,. to reeks nena 
95. Chald. and Syr. id. Found or 

Horn. to be made to tremble or qr 
e. g. a spear, to be brandished, Nah. 2, 4. 

Deriv. 537, 7239, and the pr.name 
ΓΙΌΣ, ποδϑ ἢ. 140 @ 


bo τη. 1. ἃ reeling from intoxie a 


2. Plur. nibsy veils, as a female ὃ 
ment, so called from their tremulous 0 


TP 


fluttering motion, Is.3,19. Arab. (key. 
m7 (whom Jehovah makes rer 


ble, ‘Le. who fears Jehovah) Ree 
pr. ἢ. τῇ. Ezra 2, 2; for which Neh. ss) Ι 


nas". 


* DP" fat. poss 1. robe iit 
tated, to tremble! kindr. with 9) τ 
Ez. 27, 35. Spec: of the sea, to be sf 
bled, towed, to rage, Ps. 96, 11. 98,7 
1 Chr. 16, 32. ut 

2. to thunder, see Hiph. πᾷ ὩΣ. Syr 
$085 id. ΚΟ thunder. Chald, 39m 
to murmur, to roar. ᾿ 

3. to be angry, wroth, see Hiph. πο. 2, 
Syr. Ethp. id. Arab. Il, V, id. 

Hirw. 1. to thunder, sc. Jehovah Ps. 
18, 14. 29,3. Job 40, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 

7, 10, ) 

2. to provoke to anger, to % 
1 Sam. 1, 6. 

Deriv. the two following. 


DY) m. c. suff. ΠΏΣ, thunder, Ps. 77 
19. 81, 8. 104, 7. Is. 29, 6. Hence ‘01 
a white of thunder! as of warlike lee 
shouting their orders, Job 39, 25. Me- 
taph. Job 26, 14 932539 2 INNA D4 
the thunder of his power who can unde 
stand? i.e. the whole compass of 
divine power, all the mighty deed 
which can be predicated of God. 


May) f. (r.e29) 1. a trembling, q 
vering, shuddering, poetically for tu 


we 
van, 


excitement, and waving or streaming 
in the wind. Job 39, 19 [22] rane 

masa Ἴδης hast thouclothed his nec 
with shuddering? i.e. with a wavi ng 
mane; comp. Gr. φόβη mane, from Φ Hf 
—Other interpretations are reviewed Ὁ 
Bochart, Hieroz. J. p. 118 sq. and Als 
Schult. ad. h. 1. 


o ἊἝΣ 
7 


ὩΣ 


2. Raamah, pr. n. of a son of Cush, 
who with his sons Sheba and Dedan 
founded families or tribes in south-east- 
ern Arabia, which afterwards had com- 
merce with the Tyrians, Gen. 10, 7. 
1 Chr. 1,9. Ez. 27, 22; see the arts. 
wD, 83, 713. Sept. in Gen. |. c. ren- 
ders it Péyue, i.e. a city on the Persian 
Gulf. mentioned by Ptolemy and Steph. 
Byz. See Bochart Phaleg IV. 5. 


ΤΩΣ Ἢ see in ΠΑΡ, 


: “"- 


0079) Gen. 47, 11. Ex. 12, 37. Num. 
33, 3. 5, and OO’) Ex. 1, 11, Rameses, 
or Raamses, pr. ἢ. of an Egyptian city in 
the land of Goshen, built ο᾽ at least for- 
tified by the labour of the Israelites, Ex. 
1,11. The name of this city seéms some- 
times to have been given to the whole 
province, (see Gen. |. c.) from which it 
would appear to have been the chief 
city of the district. It was prob. situated 
near the water-shed between the Bitter 
Lakes and the Valley of the Seven 
Wells, not far from Herodpolis, but not 
identical with that city ; see Thesaur. p. 
1297 sq. Hengstenb. die Biicher Mose u. 
Agypten p.48 sq.[Engl.p.47sq.] Comp. 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 79 sq. 547-550. 
—The name accords with that of seve- 

‘ral kings of Egypt, Ramses, Preaee 
i.e. son of the sun; one of whom pro- 
bably founded the city and gave it his 
own name. 


ἘΣ in Kal not tised. Syr. [4So5 


is the plant mallows; prob. so called 


from its greenness. 

Pit. 9229 to put forth leaves, to be 
green, 3 pers. f. 72397 Job 15, 32. Cant. 
1,16. But both these examples can be 
referred to the following adjective.— 
Hence 


7227 τὰ. adj. plur. 272299 Ps. 92, 15; 
᾿ς fem. 12239; green, e. g. leaves; foliage, 
Jer. 17, 8; ἀΐ trees which are vigorous 
and. Sanctaiting, Deut. 12, 2. 2 K. 16, 4. 
al. A — tree is then the emblem of 
prosperity e. g. in the wicked Ps. 37, 35; 
in the a tiees 52, 10. 92, 15. al. Ailsa 


green oil, 1. 6. fini: new, Da: 92,11. 
ΟΣ Chald. m. ia. green; metaph. of 


a person flourishing in prosperity, Dan. 
4 1 [4].᾿ | 


a ᾿ς 


989 





55" 


ἫΝ 2 1. to break, to break in pieces, 
ig. 722, 722. Also intrans. as in Engl. 
to break, i. e. to be broken ; Chald. Syr. 
id. Preet. 139 are δέβηδη: Jer. 11, 16. 
Inf. fem. ns" in breaking. pleonast. Is. 
24,19; as subst. a breaking, 6. σ. ΤΡ Ἠῶ 
a brokeh tooth Prov. 25,19. Fut. 95° 
Jer. 15, 12. Job 34, 24; ¢. suff. op4n Ps. 
2, 9. 

2. Intrans. to be evil, bad, from the idea 
of breaking, being broken, and so made 
worthless; opp. of 52m to be whole, 
sound, good. Pret. 94, Κὶ πϑὴ Deut. 15, 
9. 2 Sam. 19, 8; inf. 95 Ecc. 7,3; imp. 
plur. 194 be ye evil, i. 6. though ye are 
evil, angry, though ye rage, Is. 8, 9; 
fut. 577, sometimes wrongly referred to 
27°.=The following constructions, mostly 
impers. may be noted; comp. in 310 and 
30". a) Pret. "2993 97 it was evil in 
my sight, it displeased me, Num. 22, 34. 
Josh. 24,15. Jer. 40,4; fem. of a woman 
Ex. 21, 8. Fut. ΡΟ 55 (355) id. 
Gen. 27. 11. 38, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 6. 2Sam. 
11, 25. al. tater writers for "2°53 put 
"Ὁ, Neh. 13, 8. 2,10. Jon. 4, 1. Also 
ral 21, 12 nprn-by W772 pan-by let it 
not be evil in thy sight (not grieve thee) 
on account of the lad. 1 Chr. 21, 7; 
comp. 2 Sam. 19, 43.° Ὁ) 95 9599 it is evil 
to me, i. 6. it goes ill with me, Ps. 106, 32. 
c) to be sad, sorrowful, of the counte 
nance, heart, Neh. 2, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 8° 
comp. Deut. 15, 10.. ἃ) Of the eye, to. 
be evil, i. e. to be envious, c. 2 Deut. 28, 
54; comp. 15, 9. 

Nipn. fut. 9195, see in r. 939. 

Hips. 295 and 207; inf, 995, in pause 
29; fut. 55°, conv. Eon part. 357, 
plur. ΘΛ. 

1. to break in pieces, to destroy, Ps. 
44, 3. 74, 3. Jer. 31, 28. 

2. todoill, i.e. a) to make evil sc. 
what one does; comp. opp. 2°27}. Gen. 
44, 5 ΠῺΣ ax ond tn ye have done 
sy what ye have done, i. 6. in so doing. 
To do good or to do coll is sometimes 
put genr. i. q. ‘to do something of other’ 
any thing, Zeph. 1,12. Is. 41, 23. Jer. 4, 
22. Lev. 5,4 if one swear unadvisedly to 
do evil or to do good, i. e. any thing what- 
ever, he is bound. Hence ellipt. Ps. 15, 
4 9997 N51 ΣΤ saw if he sweareth 
(unadvisedly to do good or) to do evil, 
he changeth not ; san being here put for 


5. 


the fuller ΞΟ Ὑτθὴ 3379. i.e. if he swear 
to do any thing, and it turn out evil to 
himself or others, he yet performs his 
oath; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Judg. 11, 31. 
Others here render it neighbour, friend, 
as if for ΣΤΡ from 349; so Sept. Symm. 

Pesh. De Wette takes 92> for 7, 

and understands a wicked person. —Alao 
miws> san pr. ‘to make evil in doing, 
to do evil, 1 K. 14, 9. Jer. 16, 12; Mic. 
3,4 ΡΟΝ ΓΙ they pie in pai their 
doings, they work evil.—Hence 


b) Ellipt. to do evil, to act wickedly, | 


Gen. 19, 7. Judg. 19, 23. 1 Sam, 12, 25. 
Is. 1,16. Jer. 4, 22. Ps. 37,8. Prov. 4, 16. 
al.—Part. 572 Prov. 17, 4, in pause 972 
Is. 9, 16, plur. 5°39, an evil-doer, evil- 
doers, Ps. 22, 17. 26, 5. 27,2. Is. 1, 4. 14, 
20. 31, 2. al. 

c) to do evil to any one, to deal ill with, 
to afflict ; c. > Gen. 19, 9. 43,6. Ex. 5, 
v2. 23. Num, 11, 11. 1 Sam. 26, 21, 
Zech 8,14. Ps. 105,15; ¢. acc. Num. 
16, 15. Deut. 26,6; Ὁ 1K. 17, 20; o> 
Gen. 31, 7; 3 1 Chr. 16, 22. ‘Of God 
as afflicting men, 6, > Ruth 1, 21. Jer. 
25, 6. 

Hirupo. ΦΊΛΩΙ 1, to be broken in 
pieces, from concussi6n, Is. 24,19. Hence 

2. to destroy or ruin oneself, Prov. 
18, 24. 

Deriv. 54, 599, .35. 

32" Chald. to break in pieces, fut. 
yin after the form p37, Dan. 2, 40. 

Pa. id. ibid. 

ΩΣ fat. p97, to drop, to distil, 
c. acc. Prov. 3, 20 the clouds distil the 
dew. Ps. 65, 12. 13. Job 36, 28. Arab. 
wee, id. Comp. by transp. 93> 1. 

Hiren. i. q. Kal, to drop, to distil, as 
the heavens, c. ace. Is. 45, 8. 


*Y2 2 fat. yoon, i. q. pst and 394, 
to break or dash in pieces, Ex, 15, 6. 
-Metaph. fo harass, to oppress a people, 
Judg. 10, 8. 


: ὩΣ fut. 8297, to tremble, to quake ; 
comp. Engl. to rustle. Arab. UMS) and 
id. Kindr. are "25, 53%, o35.— 

Spec. for fear, terror, Ez. 38, 20; the 
earth Judg. 5, 4. Is. 13, 13; the heavens 


Joel 2,10. 4,16; mountains Jer. 4, 24. 
Nah. 1, 5; islands Ez. 26, 15; the foun- 


990 ᾿ 





N57 


dations of the earth Is. 24, 18; walls, 
door-posts, Ez. 26, 10..Am. 9,1. With 


~ 


va of the cause of fear, Jer. 10, 10. 49, 
‘21; "282 Ez. 38, 20.—Once of the mo- 
tion of grain as agitated and rustling in — 


the wind, Ps. 72, 16. 

Nips. i. q. Kal, to be moved, shaken, 
to quake, e. g. the earth Jer. 50, 46. 

Hipu. 1. lo cause to tremble, toshake, 
e. g. the heavens and the earth Ps. 60, 
4. Hagg. 2, 6.7; kingdoms Is. 14, 16; 
the nations Ez. 81, 16. 

2. Spee. to cause to leap, as a horse, a 
locust; verbs signifying to tremble, to 
move to and fro, being often transferred 
to the idea of leaping, springing, comp. 
ΠΣ Pi. 29m, 539m, also 3p3. Job 39, 


ΜΞ « 





20 of the, hore; ΠΞῚΝΞ Senn dost — 


thou make him leap like the locust 7— 
Hence yaw 

UPI m. 1.4 trembling, shaking, as 
of a spear Job 41, 21 [29]; of persons 
Ez. 12, 18; of the earth, an earthquake, 


1 K. 19, 11. 12. Is. 29,6. Ez; 37, 7. 38, 


19. Am. 1, 1. Zech. 14, δ. 


2. a leaping, bounding, see the root — 


Hiph. πο. 2; e. g. of a horse in running 
Job 39, 24 comp. 20. Poet. of war- 
chariots Nah. 3, 2. Jer. 47, 3; ai 
65... τ 

3. tumult, uproar, as of battle Is, 9, 4. 
Jer. 10,22. Perh. thunder Ez. 3, 12. 13; 
comp. 39" to tremble, OS) to thunder. 


y NBO fut. REN; see also στ. 759 IL. 


1. Pr. to sew together, to mend, to re- 
pair. 
corresponds to the Gr. ῥάπτω. These 
roots all have their origin in a common 
stock, the primary and onomatopoetic . 
syllable 9, which has the force of Lat. 
rapere and carpere, Germ. raffen, rup-- 
Jen, comp. 478, 42,520. The pre- 
sent verb imitates the sound of a person 
sewing rapidly.—See Niph. and Pi. no. 1. 

2. to heal, to cure, pr. a wound, a 
wounded person, which is often done by 


Arab. sy, Eth. ZA, id. It 


: 
. 


sewing up the wound, Ps. 60, 4. Jer. 30, — 


17. Job 5, 18. Eee. 3, 3; also one sick, 
c. acc. Gen. 20. 17. Ps. 6, 3. 30, 3. 41, 
5. With dat. of pers. Num. 12, 13. 2K. 
20, 5. 8.. Lam. 2. 13; or of the disease 
Ps. 103, 8. Part. ἈΞῚ a physician Jer: δ, 
22, 2 Chr. 16. 12. Gen. 50, 2; metaph. 
of God, Ex. 15. 26.—Comp. Gr. axsio Fas 








ΝΞ 


i, 6. to mend and to cure; also Ayab. 


rb ia. 7 


P "Metaph. a) God is said to heal a per- 


son, a people, a land, i. 6. to restore to . 


former prosperity and happiness, 2 Chr. 
7, 14. Hos. 5, 13. 7,1. 11, 3. ‘Is. 19; 22. 


30, 26. 57, 18. 19. Jer. 17, 14; as vice ' 


versa God is said to wound by inflicting 
calamities, see Deut. 32. 39. Is. 19, 22. 
al. b) As further this restoration is con- 


nected with and depends on the remis-: 


sion of sins (see Matt. 9, 2.sq. Mark 4, 
12, comp. 2 Chr. 7, 14. Is. 6, 10. 53, 5), 
hence to heal isi. q. to pardon, to forgive, 
2 Chr. 30, 20. Jer. 3, 922. Hos. 14, 5. Is. 
6,10 lest... . they be converted, and God 


heal them, i. e. forgive and restore them. . 


Comp. Ps. 103, 3. c) Also ¢o comfort, to 
console ; Job 13, 4 555% "XDA empty com- 
Sorters, comp. Ps. 147, 3; unless we re- 
turn to the primary meaning of the verb, 
and render: palchers up of vanities, 
i. ᾳ. "BY 728d in the first hemistich. So 
the verb solor, consolor, seems also to 
have the primary sense of fo heal, to make 

whole, from solus, ὅλος ; comp. also Arab. 


Lif to cure, and to console. 
3. toallay, to quiet, i. q. Arab. &, ᾳ. ἃ. 


to heal ἃ tumult. See ΝΕ (NBD) and 
RB no. 2. 

ΝΊΡΗ. 8873, see also in r. 737 II. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be repairal, 
Jer. 19, 11. 

2. to be healed, cured, either a disease 
Lev. 13, 18. 37. 14, 3. 48; or a sick per- 
son Deut. 28,27. 1 Sam. 6,3. Jer. 17,14. 
51, 8. With dat. is. 53,5 ax ΝΒ there 
washealing for us, i.e. God hath forgiven 
us. So bitter and unwholesome water 
is said to be healed, when it is rendered 
wholesome, 2 K. 2, 22. Ez. 47,8. 9. 

Prec x1; but. part. xp. Jer. 38, 4 
is for 7977, see in r. 75% 1, Pi. 

1. to mend, to repair, 6. g. an altar 
broken down 1 K. 18, 30. 

2. to heal, lo cure, 6. g.a wound Jer.6 
14; the wounded or sick Jer. 5,9. Zech. 
11, 16. Ez. 34,4. Also to render whole- 
some e. g. bad water 2 K. 2,21. Metaph. 
to comfort, to console, Jer. 8, 11. 

. 8. Trans. to cause to be healed, i. 6. to 
bear the expense of a cure, Ex. 21, 19. 
Inf. pleon. xi87 Ex. |. c 


‘ 991 





59 


beni to let oneself be healed, 2K. 8 
29. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 22, 6. 

Deriv, NBD, HNDD, MARDT, NBT.) 
and the pr. Hattie “RD, BN, RADI, 
PRB. 


᾿ SD) m. 1. Plur. O°» pr. ‘ the quiet, 
the silent,’ i. e. the shades, manes, dwell- 
ing in Hades, whom the Hebrews sup- 
posed to be destitute of blood and ani- 
mal life (53), but yet not wholly with- 
out some faculties of mind; Ps. 88, 11. 
Prov. 2, 18. 9, 18. 21, 16. Is. 14, 9. 26 
14. 19; c. art. Job 26, 5. 

2. Rapha, pr.n. a) The founder ofa 
race or family among the Philistines 
celebrated for their tall stature, c. art. 
RBI 1 Chr. 20, 4.6.8; but 595 2 Sam. 
21, 18. 20. 22. His sons or posterity, 
MHI "3755, in the time of David, were 
distinguished for their great stature and 
bravery, 2Sam.21, 16.—Perh. 857, 755, 
signified also to be high, tall ; from 3) 


to be high, lofty. Comp. ΘΠ ΒΡ in "857. 
b) 1 Chr. 4, 12. c.) ib. 8, 2. 


MNS) f(r. 889) only ρίαν. mixpy 
medicines for wounds. medicaments, Jer. 
30, 13. 46, 11. Ez. 30, 21. 


ΓΗ͂Ν ΒΞ Γ a healing, health, Prov. 3,8. 
R. 85". 


ΑΞ, only plur.. o°xD, a gentile 
name Rephaim, Rephaites, an ancient 
Canaanitish tribe beyond the Jordan, 
celebrated for: their gigantic stature, 
Gen. 14, 5. 15, 20. Josh. 17, 15. In a 
wider sense, this name appears to have 
comprehended all the gigantic races of 
the Canaanites, the Emim, Zamzum- 
mim, and Anakim, see Deut. 2, 11. 20. 
Of those beyond Jordan, Og king of 
Bashan was the last. Deut. 3. 11. Josh. 
12, 4. 13. 12. From the Rephaim on 
this side Jordan was named the Valley 
of Rephaim, see in paz lett. 6. Giants 
of like name are mentioned in the time 
of David‘among the Philistines ; see in 
NDT no. 2. a. 


2853 (whom Giod heals, r. NBT) Re- 
phael, pr. ἡ. 1 Chr. 26,7. Gr. “Poona 
as the name of an angel, Tob. 9,5. ᾿ 


* 757 fat. 129 to strew, to spread 
Job 41, 22 [20]. Kindr. 327. 


men 


Ῥιει, 1. to spread a bed, sternere 
lectum, Job 17, 13. 
2. to stay up, to support, pr. with 


“cushions, pillows; Arab. +) pr. to sup- 


port, then to help; comp. Heb. 739.— 
Hence to refresh a weary person, Cant. 
2,,.2.. 

Deriv. “7°57, and the geogr. names 
pp, WIN. 


*T.572 fot. ne, conv. 97%) Ex. 
4, 26; to ‘be relaxed, elackened: to sink 
down. ~Syr. Pa. and Aph. to relax, 
to slacken; Chald. id. Kindr. perh. is 
‘msa5.—Spec. a) Of the hands. to be 
slack, to hang down listlessly ; 2 Chr. 15, 
7 EST AWN let not your hans be 
slackened, ‘become weak, i. e. be not 
slothful in your work. Frequently also 
hands hanging down, i.e. relaxed, feeble, 
are ascribed to those who are discour- 
aged, faint-hearted ; 2 Sam. 4, 1 487") 
Ὑπὸ his hands were feeble, he became 
discouraged. Is, 13, 7. Jer. 6, 24. 50, 43. 
Ez. 7,17. 21, 12. Zeph. 3,16. With yo 
from any thing. i. q. to desist from Neh. 
6,9. b) Of persons; Jer. 49, 24 MMB 
pint Damascus is slackened, waxed 
feeble, in mind, i. e. is discouraged, 
weakened. With 12 of pers. to desist 
from, to let go, Ex. 4, 26. Of anger 
Judg. 8, 3. c) Of other things; Is. 5, 
94. ΓΒ mand wim and us the flaming 
grass sinks down, i i.e. in the flame. Of 
the day as declining Judg. 19, 9. 

Nieu. to be slack, i. 6. remish idle, Ex. 
5, 8. 17. 

Piet ΠΡ, part. ΒΛ Jer. 38, 4, as if 
from X>; to slacken, to let fall, to let 
down, e. +: the wings Ez. 1, 24. 25; a 
girdle, to relax, to loosen, Job 12, 21. 
Spec. the hands of any one, to make 
hang down, to relax or weaken, i. e. to 
discourage, Jer. 38, 4. Ezra 4, 4. 

Hips. 7234, imp. apoc. 4/377, fut. apoc. 
and ‘conv. $75. ' 

1. to slacken one’s hand, to desist. 
2 Sam. 24, 16 WW Ah slacken thine 
“hand, i. e. ΗΝ from smiting. With 7, 
i. q. to desert or forsake any one, Josh. 
10,6. So Syr.—Without 7°, to slacken 
the hand, i. e. to desist from any person 
or thing. 6. 72; Ps. 37,8 ὩΝῸ FIN 
desist (cease) from anger. Deut. 9, 14 
"3072 ΤΠ desist from me, i. e. let me 


992 » 





»55-- 


alope. Judg. 11, 37 let me ale 
months, i.e. give me two months. E 
also with > of pers. fo let alone or « 
to any one "| Sam. 11,3. 2K.4,27. J 
sol. 1 Sam. 15, 16. Ps. 46,.11...4 aan 
2. lo let go, to dismiea:a person ¢ 
thing (opp. to hold fast), c. ace. Cant.; 
4, Job 7, 19. 27,6. Prov.4,13, ΠΝ 
3. to let drop, to leave off, e.g. ay 
begun Neh. 6, 3; a person, i. 6. to¢ 
off, to forsake him, J i. q. 319, Deut. 4, 31 
31, 6. 8. Josh. 1, 5. Ps. 138, 8. 
Hirap. to show oneself slack, 
i.e. a) to be slothful Josh. 18, 3. 
18, 9. b) to be discouraged, to fi 
Prov. 24, 10:: 
Deriv. ΠΡ, }°8". 
































“Th. ΓΞ, put sometimes for 
to heal ; comp. 83P Π i. q. FIP. 
this sense occurs imper. 5% for xb7 F 
60, 4; fut. ΠΡΊΒ Job 5, 18. a 

Nips. nen}: Jer. 51.9; inf. meq 9, 
11; fat. 997 2 K, 2, 22. 

Deriv. ΓΒ and 


MD, (for x3) Raphah, pr. n. 
With art. ABS » ἃ Philistine, whose ons 
(npn 5158) were giants; see in art. 
xp" no. 2.a. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 37; 
for which in 9, 43 435" q. v. . 

MD) m. adj. (r. 959 1) fem. ΠΕ, p 
eke 

1. slack, remiss, espec. with 77 add- | 
eff slack-handed 2 Sam.17,2. MiB} OTT 
slack hands, as implying discourage 
ment, int hear Job 4, 3. Is, 
35, 3. “a 
2. weak, feeble, Num. 13, 18. - 


ND" (healed, τ. 8B) Raphu, pr. Ἂς 


m. Num. 13, 9. 
*ME™ obsol. root, Arab. OQ to be 
rich ; hence ᾿ 
MD" (riches) Rephah, pr. n,m. 1 Fi 
7, 25. 
ΓΒ f. support, stay, railing, on 
the sides of a litter or sedan, Cant. 3,10. 


Sept. ar ἄκλιτον, Vulg. reclinaton ‘um. 
R. 757 Pi. no, 2. 


ΤῈ (refreshments, τ. 729) Rephi- — 
dim, pr. n. of a station of the Israelites | 
before coming to Sinai, Ex. 17,1. 19, 2. 
Num. 33, 14. See Bibl. Res. sin Palest, 
᾿ Ῥ. 178. 


sk 


lett. b. 


ως ἢ 


a) 1 Chr. 8 21. 
c) 7,2. d) 9, 43, comp. 55" 
e) Neh. 3, 9. 


7PEI m. (Ὁ. ΠΡ 1) only constr. 754, 


b) 4, 42. 


slackness, remissness, with 573" added ; 


trop. for discouragement, faintness of 
heart, Jer. 47, 3. 


ty 05” and WE" used without any 
distinction ; fut, Hay? Ez. 34, 18. 32,2; 
to tread with the feet, to trample upon ; 
espec. to trouble water, to make turbid 


by treading. Kindr. 02". Syr. mss 
id. Arab. (a3) to kick. 

ΝΊΡΗ. part. Hi 25, 26 En? Ἰ9 a4 
troubled fountain. 


Hirup. 087nn pr. ‘to let oneself be 
trampled under foot,’ i. e. to prostrate 
oneself, to humble oneself, Prov. 6, 3. Ps. 
68, 31 FO3 "BI OBIN collect. pros- 
trating themselves with pieces of silver, 
i.e. submissively offering them as tribute. 
᾿ς Deriv. &e72. 


D5 Chald. to trample down, to stamp 
upon, ‘Dan. 7, 7. 
MPL Γ plur. floats, rafts, 2 Chr. 2, 
15; a word of the later Hebrew, as it 
would seem, for nina5 1 K. δ, 23. It 


is obviously kindred with Arab. ny; 
Eth. ZAP a raft; and is perh. com- 
pounded from D5" i.q. x0, and synon. 
Talm. 8308; or, according to others, 
from 0D" to tread and 75° to strew. 


5 ΕΞ. obsol. root, which prob. had 
the primary signif. to pull out or off, to 
pluck, Lat. carpere, see in r. 85D no, 1; 
and to this may be reduced several of 
the many glosses so confusedly exhibit- 
ed by Arabian lexicographers under the 


word 3,, 6. σ΄. suxit ubera, edit olera, 


assuit (comp. 85), corripuit aliquem 
9 


febris. 
cote, flock of sheep; and to this doubt- 


Hence is derived ) sheep- 


_ less corresponds in the Mishnah the word 


rp. (PBI, as m3 from 551. 2d from 
440) stall, Baba bathra 2. $3, and 6. ὃ 4, 
pr. a rack from which hay or straw is 
pulled; like’'Germ. Raufe ; comp. ΠΡῚΝ 
and Ὀΐδὲὲς. Hence also the biblical 


993 


᾿ MD (whom ]Θ μονὴ μθαϊθᾶ, τ. ΠΒ 11} 
Mechaiah, pr. ἢ. m. 





ΓΝ 


non" stalls, q. v. in art. D9. The form 
ὨΞῚ Job 26, 11, see under r. 53>. 


᾿ p24 in Kal not used; -Arab. 34) 
VIII, to lean upon the elbow; Ethiop. 
LAP to recline at table. 


Hiren. to lean oneself, c. 59 wpon any 
one, Cant. 8, 5. 


TDI, see r. DBT. 


τ WS) obsol. root, kindr. with ¥5" 
and 05", to tread with the feet, as ren- 
dering water turbid. Hence 


WHI m. mud, mire, i. q. B72, Is. 57, 
20. In the Talmud, id. 


MD), only in plur, 0° Hab. 3, 17, 
stalls, as the Hebrew interpreters cor- 
rectly give it. See the etymology and 
the Talmudic usage under r. 559. The 
mofthe sing. isservile, although retained 
in the plural, comp. PDR. og Comp. 

%, Sa ῷ 
Arab. 5), Sy, os, also way, straw, 
fodder of cattle, as being pulled from the 
rack. Sept. Vulg. presepia. 


V1 τὰ. (τ. 7¥2) a fragment, piece, 6. g. 
of silver not coined, Ps. 68, 31. 


V2 τὰ. a runner, see in r. 7". 
4 X82) I. i. ᾳ. 739 fo run ; Inf. absol. 
six Ez. 1, 14. 


II. i. q. M8" to delight in ; whence at 
least Ἢ for °°29 Ez. 43, 27. 


* 21 in Kal not used, Arab. do 


to watch closely, spec. to lie in wait for. 
Piet to watch insidiously, to look 

askance at, Ps. 68,17. See Schultens 

Animadyv. in loc. Thesaur. p. 1308. 


“TS, fat. ΠΣ 5, 
also in r. 89 II. 
1. to delight in any person or thing, to 


apoc. V7; see 


take pleasure in. Arab. is) to like, 


to choose. a) Of persons, c. acc. i. 4. to 
love; Prov. 3, 12 ΓΙ ja~M& IND asa 
father diliohizeth: in his son, loves him. 
With 3 1 Chr. 28, 4: impl. Is. 42,1. 
With ὩΣ pregn. to delight i in intercourse 
with any one, to be on good terms with 
him, Ps. 50, 18. Job 34, 9. Part.. pass. 
"124 delighted in, acceptable, c. > to 
any one Esth. 10, 3; poet. c. genit. ac- 


χὰ 


cepted of any one Deut. 33,34. Ὁ) Of 
things, 6. acc. Ps. 102, 15 thy servants 
take pleasure in her stones, i.e. the ruins 
of Zion. Job 14, 6 until he shall delight, 
as a hireling, in his day, sc. as past, in 
the rest and quiet of evening. Ps. 62, 5. 
Of God as taking pleasure in things, 
1 Chr. 29, 17. Ps. 51, 18. Prov. 16,7. Ece. 
97. With 2a Ps. 49, 14, 147,10. 1 Chr. 
29, 3. Mic. 6, 7. Hage. 1,8 

2. to be kind, favourable, gracious, to- 
wards any one; of a king 2 Chr. 10, 7. 
Mostly of God, with acc. of pers. Ps. 44, 
4, 147,11. Jer. 14,10. Hos. 8, 13; acc. 
of thing Deut. 33,11; 3 Ps.149,4. Also 
i. q. to receive into favour, a land Ps. 85, 
2; 6. inf. Ps. 40,14; absol. Ps. 77, 8. 
Am. 5, 22.—Spec. to receive graciously 
one bringing a present, Gen. 33, 10. 
Mal. 1, 8. Of God as receiving gra- 
ciously those who approach him with 
sacrifice and prayer, Job 33, 26. Ex. 20, 
41, 43, 27. Jer. 14,12. 2 Sam, 24, 23; 
with ace. of sacrifice Am. 5, 22. Ps. 119, 
108. 

3. to satisfy a debt, i.e. to pay it off ; 
pr. to satisfy the creditor and render him 
favourable; Lev. 26, 34. 41. 43. 2 Chr. 
36, 21. 

Nipu. 1. to be graciously received or 
accepted, to be well pleasing, e. g. a sa- 
crifice, see Kal no. 2. Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7. 
22, 23. 27; also Lev..1, 4. 22, 25,:in 
which’ passages there is added a dat. 
commodi 5, 02>. In the same sense 
yer man het: 22, 20. 

2. Pass. of Kal no. 3 and Hiph. éo be 
satisfied, i.e. paid off, discharged, Is. 
40, 2. 

Piet to render well pleased, i. 6. to 
seek to please any one, to seek his favour. 
Job 20, 10 his sons shall seek the favour 
of the poor, or what comes to the same 
thing, shall conciliate the poor, sc. by 
restoring the goods extorted from them; 


comp. Arab. Ley II conciliavit. 


Hipu. to satisfy, i.e. to pay off. i. q. 
Kal no. 3. Lev. 26, 34 then shall the 
land rest and pay off her sabbaths, viz. 
those which she still owes. 

Hirup. to make oneself pleasing. ac- 
ceptable, to get the favour of any one, 
c. δὲς 1 Sam. 29, 4. 


Deriv. pr. n. NIST, PSI, Hen; also 


994, 





ns" 


y=) m. constr. 1X4, c. suff. "3% 
1. delight, acceptance, approbation 
Prov. 14, 35. Is. 58, 5. jis3> mon ἢ 
56, 7. Jer. 6, 20, and ἘΣ ΤΕΣ 16, 60, 7 
to be acceptable, grateful to God, to be 
approved.—Ex. 28, 38 "78> ἘΠῚ jizab 
mim: for acceptance to them before 
vah, i. 6. that they may be graciou 
accepted of Jehovah. Ps. 19, 15. Lev. 
22,20. 21. With suff. Lev. 1,3. 19,5 
E22ix9> that ye may be accepted, i. e. 
that your sacrifice be acceptable. 22, 
19. 29. 23, 11.—Concr. a delight, that 
in which one delights, Prov. 11, 1. 2 
12, 22. 15,8. 16,13; spec. what is accept- 
able to God, Prov. 10, 32. Mal. 2, 13. 
2. good-will, favour, grace, as of a” 
king Prov. 16, 15. 19,12; espec. of God, 
Ps. δ, 13. 30, 8. Deut. 33, 16. Ps. 51,20, 
Is, 49, 8 Fis2 MP2 in a lime of grace, 
when the way is open to my favour. 
Meton. favours bestowed, benefits, Ps. 
145, 16, Deut. 33, 23. Prov. 18,22, 
3. will, pleasure, i i. ᾳ. Chald. mas", pr. 
‘what pleases any one,’ his pleasure, Fr. 
‘tel est mon plaisir? Ps. 40, 9. 103, 21. 
143, 10. 145,19. 2 Chr. 15, 15. Yoinge ny | 
to do according to his pleasure Esth. 1 
8, Dan. 8, 4. 11, 3. 16; with 3 of pers. 
to treat a person accordidde to one’s plea= 
sure, as one will, Neh. 9, 24. 37. Esth. 
9,5. In the sense of wicked pleasure, 


wantonness, Gen. 49, 6. 


* MS fat. ΤΙΣ, 1. to break or crush 
in pieces ; kindr. with yz2. Arab. 
) ἀν Pe See Pi. no. 1 yand mx. 







2. to kill, to slay, c. ace. pers. Num. 35, 
30. Deut. 4,42; absol. Ex. 20,13. Deut. 
5,17. 1K. 21, 19. Jer. 7, 9. Hos. 4, 2. 
wip ’ Bmx Deut, 22, 26, comp. ® M25 
WB), under m2? Hiph. no. 2. d.—Part._ 
nish a slayer,- murderer, Num. 35, 16 sq. 
Deut. 4, 42. Josh. 20, 5. 6. Job 24,14. ἃ]. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 2, Judg. 20, 4. 
Prov. 22, 13. 

Piet to break or dash in pieces, Ps. 
62, 4. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but iterative like 
dup, to kill many, to be a murderer, 
Hos. 6, 9. Ps. 94,6. Part. mz a mur- 
deren 2. 6, 32. Is. 1, 21. 


MZ) τὴ, (τ. ΠΧ) 1. a breaking in 
pieces, crushing. Ps. 42,11 with acrush-— 








“387 id. 


ing of my bones, i. 6. causing me the 
severest paiu. 


2. outbreak of the voice, outcry, cla- 
mour, comp. r. M¥8; Ez. 21, 27, where 
it is coupled with 43577. 


_ S22) (delight) Rizia, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 
7,39. R.nx. 


PX) Rezin, pr.n. a) The last king 


of Damascus, slain by the Assyrians, 


2 Κ. 15, 37. 16, 5-9. Is. 7,1. 4. 8. 8, 6. 
9,10. b) A man, Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7, 
50.—The etymology is uncertain. It 


“may come from r. Mx" after the form 


ὙΣΡ, by Syriasm for }°%3; or from 
6 - 
Arab. urs) firm, stable ; or perh. it is 


kindr. with jit" prince, also pr. ἢ. of the 
founder of the kingdom of Damascus. 


ἘΣ ΧΟ to pierce, to bore, 6. g. the ear 
Ex. 21,6. Arab. ay I, 1V, id. Chald. 
Deriv. ΦΧ. 


» m7 to range slones artificially. to 
inlay a pavement or other work, to 
checker ; part. pass. 53%" checkered, tes- 


selated, inlaid, Cant.3,10. Arab. WS} 


id. 
» Deriv. 927, Mesh, ΤΕΣ. 
ἘΣ τὴ, 1. a stune which is heated in 


order to roast meat or bake bread upon 


it. 1 K. 19, 6 DIDS] May a cake baked 


on hot stones. Arab. RE ie id. The 


᾿ Rabbifis understand a coal ; comp. 87. 


2. Rezeph, pr. n. of a city subdued by 
the Assyrians, Is. 37,12. Prob. the “Py- 


σάφα of Ptolemy situated in Palmyrene, 


Arab. ksLey. See Ptol. Geogr. 5. 15. 


MBS) f(r. 9S) 1. ig. HSI, α hot 
stone, Is.6,6. Vulg. calculus. Sept. and 
the Rabbins a coal. 

2. a tesselated pavement, Esth. 1, 6. 
2 Chr. 7, 3. Ez. 40, 17.18. 42,3. 2 Chr. 
7, 3. . 

3. Rizpah, pr. n. of a concubine of 
Saul, 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. 10, 11. 


“ys fut. ya for y. Is. 42. 4, yu 
Kec. 12,6. But ΣΉΝ Jer. 50, 44 Cheth. 


_ also D¥7 8 ib. Keri, belong to τ. 73. 


1. to break, to crush or shatter, i. e. 
so as to make a flawor crack, but not en- 


995 





Pp. 

Go. 
tirely off. Arab. US) 5 kindr. 73" and 
339.—Is. 42, 3 pis ΤΩΡ a broken reed 
shall he not break uff (728); Vulg. 
quassaitum. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21.—Intrans. 
to break, to be broken, crushed, Ecc. 12, 
6; trop. Is. 42, 4. 

2. Trop. to treat with violence, to op- 
press, often joined with pw, Deut. 28, 
33. 1 Sam. 12, 3.4, Am.4,1. Is. 58, 6. 
Hos. 5, 11. 

Nipa. 772 fut. yin? (as if from τ. 7495), 
pass. of Kal no. 1, Ez. 29, 7. Ecc. 12, 6. 

Prien Y22 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but 
stronger, to break in pieces, Ps. 74, 14. 

2. Metaph. i. q. Kal no. 2. a, Job 20, 
19. 2 Chr. 16, 10. 

Po. yxin, to oppress, to vex, i. q. Kal 
no. 2 and Pi. no. 2, Judg. 10, 8. But 
y2in Nah. 2, 5 belongs to r. 749. 

Hien. fut. conv. ὙΠ (so as to differ 
from ym} to make run), to break in 
pieces, Judg. 9, 53. 


HiruHpo. ys to dash one another, 


to struggle; Gen. 25, 22. 
Deriv. 7, 7977 IL. 


Pim. (r.ppol) 1. Adj. fem. mp4, 
plur. mips, thin, lean, of kine Gen. 41, 
19. 20. 27. 

2. Adv. of limitation, restriction, only, 
alone. Job 1, 15 "735 "28 PD only I 
alone. - Gen. 47, 22 only the land of the 
priests bought he not. 14, 24. 41, 40. 50, 
8. Ex. 10,17. 1 Sam. 1, 13. 5,4. Am. 
3, 2. al. sepe. Also of exception, only, 
except, provided ; Gen. 19, 8 only unto 
these men do nothing. 24,8. Num. 20, 19. 
Deut. 3,11. Josh. 1, 7.18. Is. 4,1 we 
will eat our own bread, ... only let us be 
called by thy name. Once emphat. p4 
τ only indeed Num. 12,2. Spec. a) 
After a negation, only, i. e. save, besides ; 
2 Chr. 5, 10 there was nothing in the ark 
ninda m3) Pp. save or besides the two 
tables. Josh. 11, 22 there were none of 
the Anakim left nisa P only, excepl, in 
Gaza. 1 K. 15, 56. Ὁ) Put before ad- 
jectives as an intensive, in the same 
manner as Ἴπ no. 2. ἃ, b,c; thus 312 ΡἽ 
only good, nothing but good, Gen. 26,29; 
37 Γ΄ only evil, nothing but evil, Gen. 6, 
5. 1K. 14,8 1897 4 only right, nothing 
but what is right. Deut.4,6. Also with 
an adverb Deut. 28, 13; with a verb 
Judg. 14,16. So befire 578 there is not 


Pp 996 


intensively, as 1 ῬᾺ surely there is not, 
i.e. it is only so that there is not; Gen. 
20, 11 mys Dipwa ὈΠΥΟΝ ret PS Δ 
surely the Sear ‘of God is not in this 
place.—At the beginning of a clause, 
Pp. refers sometimes not to the next 
word, but to one more remote ; Is. 28,19 
mst Jan ΠΡΤ Ρ zw 18. a terror only 
to hear the rumour. Ps. 32, 6 Σ mew Pl 
AD"g2 ND MSN DD] OTD in the ‘flood of 
great waters, only to him (the righteous) 
shall they not come near, Prov. 13, 10. 
Deut. 4, 6. Gen. 24, 8. 


P. empty, see Pp". 


Pp  m. (τ. pp? IL) c. suff. iPr, spittle, 
Job 7, 19. 30, 10. Is. 50, 6. 


*327, fut. spy, to be carious, 
worm-eaten, rotten, as wood, Is. 40, 20. 
Metaph. Prov. 10, 7; comp. the Rab- 
binic phrase; ‘ ascendit putredo in no- 
men alicujus.’—Not found in the other 
dialects. The primary idea seems to 


be that of hollowing out, excavating ; 


comp. 332) 327, 329, also in 73". 
Deriv. the two following. 


ΞΡ m. constr. 3p, caries, rottenness. 
a) Of the bones Prov. 12, 4. 14, 30; 
metaph. of terror striking through all 
one’s bones Hab. 3,16. Ὁ) Of wood, 
Job 13, 28. Hos. 5, 12. 


yap. m. (τ. 2)%) rottenness of wood 
Job 41, 19. 


* "TP 2 fut. plur. sIp7n, to leap, to skip, 
e. g. for joy, to dance Ecc. 3,4. Poet. also 
things are said éo leap or skip from fear, 
i. q. to start, to quake, Ps. 114, 4. 6. 
Comp. Hiph. and "m2 Pi. also 835. Syr. 
Pa. id. but Aph. is to wail, to beat the 
breast. The primary idea seems to lie 
in beating or stamping the ground, see 
in Sp". 

Piet, to leap, to spring, to dance, 
1 Chr. 15, 29. Is. 13, 21. Job 21, 11. 
Poet. of a chariot driven rapidly and 
bounding over rough ways, Nah. 3, 2. 
Joel 2, 5. 

Hien. pr. to make leap or skip, e. g. 
mountains, i. e. to cause to tremble or 
start, to shake, Ps. 29,6. Comp. Kal, 
also 83" and “M3. 


“ ΠΡ £ (τ. Ppt 1) c. suff. inp., pr. 
thinness, something thin; hence 



















“Pp 


1. the temple, temples, a part od 
head, Judg. 4, 21. 22. 5, 26. | 


2. Poet. for the cheek, Cant. 4, 3. 6, 
Comp. tempora id. Prop: 2. 24.3... 


TP? (thinness, r. PR? 1) κάμαν 
n. of ἃ city in Dan lying on the se 
coast, Josh. 19, 46. aS 


“MP7 fut. προ to season, to spice 
e.g. oil for making ointments, fo 7 
JSume, Ex. 30, 33; also wine, see 
and flesh, see Hiph. Part. Mp* sec 
ing, spicing, 1 Chr. 9, 30; subst. a maker 
of unguents, perfumer, Ecce. 10, 1. Ex. 
30, 35. 37, 29.—The primary idea © 
prob. that of heating, boiling, pr. iq 
πρὶ, the letters Ὁ and Bistinn <> inter 
changed; see in lett. Pp. 

Puat pass. of Kal, 2 Chr. 16, ve 

Hira. to season flesh, to γέρο ας 
24, 10. 

Deriv. MPI—OMPD, MH, πὶ mF) 
rnp 2. 

PZ) τα. spices ΠΡ 9% apioed wing, 
i. ᾳ. 792 α. v. Cant, 8, 2. 

MPA m. ointment, perfume, Bx. 30, 
25. 35. ‘ 


MP? m. (r. M22) plur. SPD, ame 
of ointments, perfumer, pigme q 
Neh. 3;8. Fem. ΠΡ, plur. remy i 
1 Sam. 8, 13. ᾿ 


“INP f. see preced. art, a sain 


DP) m. plur. (τ. MP9) vn 
perfumes, c. suff. Is, 57, 9. 


ΣΡ m. (r. Ph) constr. op, pea. 
solid expanse; see the root no. 2.— 
Hence ΠΥ 

1. the Pamir: of heaven, Gen. 1, 6. 
7. 8. Ps. 19, 2; fully τσ 9 Gen, 
1, 14. 15. 17. 20. The Hebrews sup- 
posed the firmament to be spread out 
like a solid hemispheric arch over the 
earth, shining and pellucid as sapphire 
Ex. 24, 10, comp. Dan. 12,3; in it were 
fixed the stars, Gen. 1, 14-17 ; and above 
it was the celestial ocean with windows 
in the firmament.through which the wa- 
ter fell as rain upon the earth, Gen. 1,7. 
7, 11. Ps. 104,3. 148, 4; this latter being 
the common notion: althotgh the true 
state of the case was not unknown to 
them, see Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 28. 
Sept. στερέωμα, Vulg. firmamentum. So- 


a 












᾿ 


᾿ 








; 


SDS 
Hom. οἱρανὸς πολύχαλκος Il. 5. 504. Od. 
8. 2; ove. σιδήρεος Od. 15. 328.—Arab. 


2a pavement, foot-pavement, beneath 
ἃ throne, i. q. ΞΡ ; pr. a foundation, 
from stamping, founding, see the Syriac 


usage inr. Spano. 2. So of the pave- 


ment borne by cherubs, above which 


as the throne of Jehovah, Ez. 1, 22. 23. 


ἮΝ m. ae ῬΡ 1) plur. constr."p"P7, 


ἃ thin cake, wafer, Ex. 29, 2. 23. Lev. 2, 


Num. 6, 15. 19. al. 


2° pp” to deck with colours, to make 
versicoloured, to variegate ; spoken of 
the colours in the eagle’s pini6éns, and 


of variegated marble, see 2p"; but 


chiefly of variegated cloths and gar- 
ments.—Chald. in Targ. of the spots 


and shields of the leopard, Jer. 13, 23. 


Arab. oy I, II, to τῶ striped, as cloth ; 


also to write ; pe 351 variegated. From 


‘the Arabic comes Span. recumare, Ital. 
ricamar, to embroider with the needle. 


The primary idea seems to be that of 


laying on colours, as in kindr. 535 no. 3, 
where see.—Spec. to variegate a gar- 
ment, to embroider with coloured figures, 
Lat. opere plumario ; which seems to 
have been done by ueedle-work in 
figures of various colours, as blue or 
purple, upon a white ground or byssus ; 
the figures having the form sometimes 
of feathers or scales, and sometimes of 
little shields or tessele. Hence Parr. 


ΒΡ plumarius, a worker in colours, em- 
| broiderer, Ex. 26, 36. 27, 16. 28, 39. 36, 
87. 38,18. 39,29.. The work of the op4 
differed from the work of the 3Wn, in 


that the former was stitched with the 


needle or sewed upon the cloth, while 
the latter was woven into it; see in 


38m no. 3. The LXX also understand 
needle-work Ex. 27, 16. 38, 23; and so 


the Talmudists. See more in Thesaur. 
Ρ. 1310 sq. 


ΑΙ, pass. to be curiously, elaborately, 
wrought or shaped, of the formation of 
the foetus in the womb, Ps. 139, 15. 


*Deriv. 222, Nap. 
OA 


997 





PP 
DP (variegation, flower-gardening. 


Sol 
Arab. &45 ») Rekem, pr. n. 
1. Ofa city in Benjamin Josh. 18, 27. 
2. Of several men: a) A king of the 
Midianites Num. 31,8. Josh. 13,21. Ὁ) 
1 Chr. 2,43. c) 7, 16. 


MO? f. (τ. DP) c. suff. omep , plur. 
ΤΏΡ, dual o'nep4. 

1. variegation, versicolour, i. e. play 
of colours, e. g. in the eagle’s wings Ez. 
17, 3; of stones, a pavement, 1 Chr. 29, 
2, comp. in 72. 

2. work in colours, embroidery, also 
cloth embroidered with colours, see in r. 
op). Ez. 16, 10.13. 27,16. mp “a2 
embroidered garments, decked with co- 
lours, as worn by princes, Ez. 16,18. 26. 
16. Plur. minp id. Ps. 45, 15. Dual 
Judg. δ, 30 ΒΡ 525 dyed garments 
of double embroidery, i. 6. embroidered 
on both sides, or so that the-work and 
figures on both sides correspond. 


* JP) fut. c. suff ὈΞῪΝ, inf c. suff. 
RD: 

1. to beat, to smite the earth with the 
feet, fo stamp, either in indignation Ez. 
6, 11; or in exultation Ez. 25,6. Kindr. 
with pp. .—Hence to tread down ene- 
mies, 2 Sam. 22, 43. 

2. to beat out, i. e. to spread out or 
expand by beating, see Piel; hence 
simpl. to spread out, to expand, as God 
the earth Ps. 136, 6. Is. 42, 5. 44, 24.— 
Syr. ‘55 to make firm, stable ; Aph. to 
found, pr. by beating and stamping in 
order to make a solid foundation. Arab. 

ὃς to make firm. 


Pret 1. to beat out, i. 6. to spread out 
or expand by beating, as thin plates Ex. 
39, 3. Num.-17, 4. Hence 

2. to overspread, to overlay with plates 
of metal Is. 40, 19. 

Puat part.>p72, to be beaten or spread. 
into plates Jer. 10, 9. 

Hien. i. q. Kal no. 2, to spread out the 
heavens fut. ΣΡ Job 37, 18. 

Deriv. >", also 


O°) m. plur. plates, lamine, Num. 
17,3. 


χὴ ἢ Pp? obsol. root, pr. to beat, to 
pound, spec. to spread out by beating, to. 


Pre! 


beat thin. Arab. intrans. , §) to be thin. 
It is onomatopoetic, like the kindred roots 
PR3, 27, comp. Ip}, 55. 

Deriv. P2, 722, P"P7, and pr. names 
Mp2, TP. 

Ἄς Pe? i.q. P71 to spit, to spit out, 
_an onomatopoetic root, like kindr. P57, 
comp. Lat. creo, Fr. cracher. Fut. ΤΣ 
c. 2 to spit upon any one Lev. 15, 8. For 
the Pret. p13 is used, q. v. 

Deriv. p>. 

Mp] (pr. shore, Chald. snp, Arab. 


Sa, 
KS )) Rakkath, pr. n. of a city in the 


tribe of Naphtali, situated according to 
the Rabbins on the spot afterwards occu- 
pied by Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIJ. p. 266. 


D7 poor, see in τ. An, 

ἘΠ obsol. root, Chald. xv to be 
able, to have leave, D0" leave, permis- 
sion.—Hence 

ΤΥ τὰ. leave, a permit to do any 
thing, Ezra 3, 7. 

MD"), see in MUNI. 

f pw" to write down, to record, part. 
pass. ποῦν Dan. 10,21. Arab. haa) id. 

Dw" Chald. fat. pwns, Lo write, Dan. 


5, 24. 25 ; also to subscribe, lo sign an 
edict, Dan. 6, 9 sq. 


*PD7 fut. S89" 1. Pr. as it would 
seem, to make noise and tumult, to cause 
disturbance, see the adj. 9% Job 3, 17. 
Is. 57, 20, and Hiph. Job 34,29. Syr. 


“29 Aph. to disturb, to agitate, [N25 
disturbance, commotion, also «αὐ ἴο 


be disturbed. Comp. by transp. ὥξ". 


no. 3.—Hence 
2. to do evil, to be wicked, impious, opp. 
p71 ; since wicked men are usually noisy 
and boisterous in doing injury, while 
good men are gentle and quiet. 1 K. 8, 
"47. Dan. 9, 15. Ecc. 7, 17. Ἔ 
3. to have an unjust cause, to be guilty, 
opp. PIX; Job 9, 29. 10, 7. 15. With 
mrMt>xn, to be held guilty of God, before 
God, Ps, 18, 22. 
Hira. ΞΘ Π, fut. "52-1. to dis- 
turb, to stir up tumult ; see in Kal no. 1. 
Job 34, 29 srw nan ENP? xin he 


" 


VIVO 


-— 





“ml 


(God) giveth quietness, and ¥ i 
stir up tumult ? fi 
2. to pronounce guilty, i. e. to c 
any one, as a judge, opp. porn; E: 
8. Deut. 25,1. Job 32,3. Prov. 12, 
16. Ps. 94, 21. Is. 50, 9. al. So tog) 
who gains his cause, Is. 54, 17. 
simply togainone’s cause, tobe wl ic tor 
6. g. of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 47 and 1 























-soever he turned himself, 5 Dw he αἱ 


his cause, i. e. was victorious ; Ὁ 
being daousted the reward of a 
cause, defeat the punishment of unrig ᾿ , 
eousness ; comp. P7¥ πο. 4, APIS no. 
so Heb. ΠΞῚ to be innocent, Syr. 


to cohquer. Sept. ἐσώζετο, Vulg. s 
abat. Others here as in no. peck: 
disquiet, Engl. Vers. he vewed th 
his enemies, 

3. Intrans. to do evil, to act % 
fully mivy> yw 2 Chr. 20, 35; 6 
id. (like >on, 30n ») 2 Chr. 29, 3. J 
9, 33. Ps. 106, 6. Job 34, 12. Part. 
genit. Dan. 11, 32 Ὧ 3 ἘΝῚ who αἰ 
wickedly against the covenant, ive. wi 
impiously break it. 

Deriv. 985, θα, HO, eq | 


YO m. adj. and subst. plurs O°3B> 
constr. "289. Fem. ΠΣ Ἢ twice Ez. J 
18. 19. 

1. unjust, faulty, guilty, having an ¥ 
just cause, a wrong-doer, opp. P™3% ir nno 
cent. So 9% p"TEN to acquit the guilt 
Ex. 23, 7. Is. 5,23; 989 "HIN to see 
demn the guilty Deut. D5, 1.1 pity 
Also Ex. 2, 13 >w5 men) and he 8ι 
unto the wrong-ider, Num. 35, 313 
mand faulty to dying, guilty of ὁ 
worthy to die. in 

2. wicked, ungodly, impious ; with 
subst. 939 O38 a wicked man (opp. P*TS 
no. 3) Job 20, 29. 27, 13. Prov. 11, 7 
Oftener as subst. a idea te person, 
doer, Job 9, 24. 15, 20. Ps. 9, 6. 17. te 
2. 3.4. 37, 10. 12. 21. 32. 35. 55,4. Plur. 
prs the ‘wicked Job 3, 17. 8, 29, 10. 3. 
Ps. i, 1.5. 6. 3,8. 12,9. 28,3. al. sepiss, 
espec. in the Proverbs. Spoken of indi- 
viduals who plot against the good and 
vex them, and also of public heathen 
enemies, Is. 13, 11. 14, 5. 3 


307 m 
suff. 20, 
1. injustice, unrighteoumess, ‘Job. 3h 


δ᾿ 









ἐξ Ὁ, 599) in pause 3B, ον. : 








07 

10. Mic. 6, 10. 28> rinzix treasures got 
by wickedness Mic. 6,10. > "2180 
‘unjust balances, i. 6. false, v. 11. Hence 
s. fraud, falsehood, opp. M2, Prov. 


val 













7. 
2. wickedness, ungodliness, Ps. 5, 5; 
‘opp. PIX Ps.45,8. 99 nv 10 do wick- 
edness Prov. 16,12. 2% "028 wicked 
‘men Job 34,8; comp. Ps. 84,11. Plur. 
Ext wicked deeds Job 34, 26. 


; ΤΣ fem. of 28% q. v. 


4 : " f. (r. 535) constr. m0" , c. suff. 


Prov. 13, 6; spec. of the fraud of 
those who give scant measure Zech. 5, 
8, comp. Mic. 6, 11. 

_ 2. wickedness, ungodliness, Is. 9, 17. 
Mal. 3, 15; a wicked deed Deut. 25, 2. 


_mInee, see BINT jr. 


1c Ee 


7 obsol. root, to inflame, to kin- 
dle; ἔ kindr. FIw, 220. Samar. id. trop. 
—Hence 


Ὁ m. ρίαν. ΠΕ, constr. "Bw and 
"Bd. 
1. ‘flame, Cant. 8, 6. Comp. Chald. 
Ps. 78, 48 Targ. 
2: lightning: Ps. 78,48. Poet. a) Ps. 
76, 4 ΩΡ "BY the lightnings of the bow 
i.e. the arrows. b) Job 5,7 O73 "22 
the sons of lightning, i. e. birds of prey 
which fly swift as the lightning. Others, 
arrows ; others, sparks. 
8. fever, burning plague, with which 
the body is inflamed, comp. "2m heat 
and poison. Deut. 32, 24 523 "2M? con- 
sumed with burning pestilence. Hab. 3, 
5, parall. "33 plague. 
4. Resheph, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 25. 


yy wo to break down or in pieces, to 
destroy, in Kal not used, kindr. with 
7s". 
 Posr fat. wis, id. Jer. 5, 17. 
Puat plur. 1 pers. 3207, pass. of Kal, 
| Mal. 1, 4. 
Derivi pr. n. BIN. 


Peer. 5") in pause MW, c. suff. 

amt ; a net, Ps. 57, 7. 9, 16. 31, 5. 
Lam. 1,13. 53 τῷ wp fo spread or 
cast a net over any one, Ez. 12, 13. 17, 
20. 19, 8. 32,3. τῶ ΠΏΣ net-avorke 
"ἜΣ. 27, 4, and so simp. mus v. 5. 








pn 


Pi αἰ. (τ. pn) a chain, Ez. 7, 23. 
Plur. ρη 1 K. 6, 21 Keri, where in 
Cheth. ΡΣ id.—Plur. mips see in 
its order. 


ἜΤ to boil, to be hot, in Kal not 
used. Syr. and Chald. id. 

Preu to make boil e. g. a pot, imp. ΠῚ 
Ez. 24, 5. 

Puat to be made to boil, i. q. to boil, 
spoken of the bowels, metaph. for com- 
motion of mind Job 30, 27. Comp. ζέων 
ἐν πνεύματι Rom. 12, 11. 

Hien. like Pi. Job 41, 23.—Hence 


TT) m. a boiling, only plur. ὁ. suff. 


‘rn Ez. 24, 5. 


ΡΤ 1 K. 6,21 Cheth. see in art. 
pin. 


: pn" to bind on, to make fast, e. g. 
horses to a chariot, imper. 55" Mic. 1, 
13. Comp. "08 no. 4. Arab. μ᾿) IV, 


to bind a thread upon the finger.—Hence 
the two following. 


DM" m. 1K. 19,4 (but fem. in Cheth.) 
plur. 5°29 1 K. 19, 4. 5. Job 30, 4. Ps, 


S_- Ρ' 

120, 4, i. ᾳ. Arab. 3), collect. ey: ge- 
nista, broom, spartium junceum Linn. a 
shrub growing in the deserts of Arabia, 
with whitish flowers and bitter roots, 
which the Arabs regard as yielding the 
best charcoal ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
I. p. 299. Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 483. 
This illustrates Job 30, 4 and Ps. 120, 4. 
—Prob. so called from the notion of 
binding, as juncus a jungendo, Germ. 
Binsen from the verb binden. See Cel- 
sius Hierobot. T. I. p.246 sq. Oedmann 
Verm. Sammlungen Fasc. 2. c.8.—The 
Heb. intpp. and Jerome understand the 
juniper, but on no good grounds; see 
Celsius I. c. 


mA (genista) Rithmah, pr. n. of a 
station of the Israelites in the desert, 
Num. 33, 18.19. R. om. 


“ po in Kal not used, to bind, to 
put in fetters. Arab. S) clausit, con- 
suit. 

Nien. Ecce. 12,6 Keri: before the sil- 
ver cord PN" be loosed, unbound ; ina 
signif. directly contrary to Kal. Prob. 
it should read Pm" to be broken, from r 


~ 


pny 


ῬῺΣ q. v. in Niph. no. 1.—Frigid is 

Cheth. prin? to be removed. 

— Pua pm fo be bound, Nah. 3, 10. 
Deriv. Ῥ and 


Pipm Γ᾿ plur. chains Is. 40, 19. 


The letter originally, and before the 
invention of diacritical signs, served to 


express both the simple sound of s, and’ 


also the thicker sound sh. In like man- 
ner the Irish language has only one 
sign, s, for these two sounds, e. g. sold 
solace, and se (she) he, si (shi) she. At 
a later period a distinction was made by 
the Grammarians, so that the simple 
sound of s came to be indicated by a 








point over the left horn, and the thicker | 


sound. sh by one over the right. 
For the Heb. © the Chaldee often 


and the Syriac always (as being desti- | 


tute of the letter Sin) substitute 0; see 
in lett. Ὁ, p. 707. The Arabic, from a 
peculiarity of the language, in almost all 


these words has Ue as δὲ) Ὁ lis, ἽΖὉ 
, dow SUC, etc. much as the 


people of Wirtemberg give a thicker 
sound to the German 8, pronouncing ist 
like isht. Very rarely does the Arabic 
retain Uw 88 mb Syhw quail. 

In the Hebrew itself, kindred letters 
are: a) The other sibilants, as ©, Ὁ, 
x, Rv's see gi 707; comp. also jD¥, jb”, 
(BD; POY, ῬΠῸ; ppw, ppt to strain; 
“Nw ey ants to Sle b) Some- 
times the aspirates, almost. like Gr. ὗς 
Lat. sus, ὕλη sylva ; comp. ΓΙ i.g. TIN 
to extend; 720 ὅλων i. q. 72h to go; 
370 i. q. 398 to plait, to weave. Some- 
times also,in the formation of roots, a 
sibilant is prefixed to the primary bilite- 
ral syllable, as 33 i. q. 223 to be high, 
naw i.g. OX, etc. Comp. γράφω scribo, 
γλύφω sculpo, τρίξζω strideo, tego στέγω, 
fallo σφάλλω, and many others. 


* r : : 
ἘΠ» obsol. root, see in MY. 


umns, 1K. 7,18. 20, 42, 2K. 25,17. a9 . 





“ “ὦ 























᾿ ὭΣ" obsol. root, i. q. Ὀ ἀπά A 
Ann, 25 , to terrify ; hence 


MN m. terror Hos. 13, 1. 
amin id. 


ri "Nw obsol. root, kindr, with t 
verbs “Nw, “70 q. v. to become 
ferment ; comp. Arab. 3 to boil υ pt 
break out, as an ulcer.” In the we 
languages we find from the same 8 ool 
Germ. in Ottfr. swar, Anglosax. sur 
Germ. saver, Eng]. sour.—Hence a 

“SY m. leaven, Ex. 12, 15. 19. 13,7. 
Lev. 2, 11. Deut. 16, 4. Chald. ND id : 


ΓΝ Ὁ pr. inf. fem. of the verb Nore 
Px), c. suff. "MXW, once contr. Nw ok 
41, 17, where other ‘Mas. have ἸΏΝ 

la lifting up, Job 41, 17 [25]; so of 
the countenance, elation, cheerfulness, 
Gen. 4,7. See the root 8&2 no. 1. δ. ἡ 

2. elevation, a rising in the skin, hence 
genr. a spot, Lev. 13, 2. 10. 19. 28. 48. 
14, 56; so too where more than ski 
deep, comp. Lev. 13,2 with v. 3.4. 

3. exaltation, dignity, majesty, Ge 
49, 3. Ps. 62,5; of God Job 13, 11. 
23. Here too we may refer Hab. a 
From himself go forth his law and his 
dignity, i. e. he acknowledges no la 
and no dignity but his own. | * 


a0 an old man, see in τ, 3". AGF 
“TaD to interweave, to braid, i i. 4 
320. Hence 20, moa, FBe. 


720 τὰ. only plur. D122 lattices, ἢ ba 
lusters, around the capitals of columns, 
1K.7,17. See in m338. 


N22 sambuca, see 8220. 

ΓΞ ( (Ὁ. 32) 1. @ net Job 18, 8 
ες 2. lattice, lattice-work, PERL EL 
pec. upon or around the capitals of ec 


᾿ 


52, 22. 23; plur, miss 1K. 7, 41..ὄ 
2 Chr. 4, 12. 13. Also before a winds 
or balcony, 2 Κ. 1, 2. we 


naw 
Ye paw obsol. root ; Arab. ὦ to be 


cold. ὌΡΘΝΝ assigns to it the signif. of 
the verb nwa lo be fragrant.—Hence 


D2 (coolness, or fragrance) Sebam 
Num. 32, 3, and 220 (id.) Num. 32, 38, 
Sibmah, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of 
Reuben abounding in vineyards, Josh. 
13,19. Is. 16, 8.9. Jer. 48,32. Jerome 
places it near Heshbon. 


*32D also Z 2M Deut. 14, 29. 26, 
12. Is. 9,19; fut. 5395. 
1. to be or become satisfied, satiated, 


filled ; Arab. 2:2 id. Chald. 930, Syr. 
S4, id. The primary idea is that of 
abundance,superabyundance ; comp. Prov. 
25,16. Kindr. is >5%.—Of one sated 
with food, Deut. 31, 20. Ruth. 2, 14. Is. 
44,16. al. More rarely with drink, i. ἃ. 
mn, Am. 4,8. Jer. 46,10; hence also 
of the earth as watered Prov. 30, 16. 
Ps. 104, 16. Absol. Ps. 37,19. Hos. 4, 
10; hence 3%) 52% 10 eat and be filled, 
satisfied, i. 6. to eat one’s fill, Deut. 6, 11. 
8, 10. 12. 14, 29. Ruth 2, 14. Joel 2, 26. 
Ps. 22, 27; so 532) p27 Is. 66, 11; ‘also 
sav Nb t0 be insatiable Ez. 16, 98, 29. 
Prov. 27,20. Ascribed to the belly Prov. 
18, 20; to the spirit (see 852 no. 2) 
Ecc. 6,3; and metaph. to the eye as 
not satisfied with seeing, Ecc. 1, 8. 4, 8, 
comp. Is. 53,11. Ps. 17,15; to the sword 
Jer. 46, 10.—Constr. with acc. of thing, 
as end Daw to be filled with bread Ex. 
16, 12. Job 27, 14. Prov. 12,11; with 12 
Prov. 14, 14. 18, 20. Job 31, 31; 3 Ps. 
65, 5. 88,4; °> ο. inf. Ece. 1, 8.—-Metaph: 
to be satisfied with weeilth Ecce. 5, 9; 
to be filled with reproach, Lam. 3, 30. 
Hab. 2, 16; with contempt Ps. 123, 33 
with calamity Ps. 88,4; with poverty 
Prov. 28,19; with one’s own devices, 
i.e. to reap the full reward of them, 
Prov. 1, 31. 18, 20. 
ΠΩ, to be sated, glutted, tired of any 
thing Prov. 25, 16. Is. 1,11. Job 7, 4. 
p72" 52 10 be sated with life 1 Chr. 23, 
1. 2 Chr. 24, 15.—Also it comes from a 
feeling of satiety and fulness, that the 
heart is proud and estranged from God; 
Prov. 30, 9 lest Ibe full and deny God. 
Hos. 13, 6. 

‘Pret to satisfy, to satiate, Ez. 7, 19; 

84" 


1001 





NRA 
with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps. 90, 
14. 

Hipu. to satisfy, to satiate, with acc. 
of pers. Ps. 107, 9. Is. 58, 11.. Job 38, 27; 
with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps. 132, 
15. 147, 14; with 12 of thing Ez. 32, 4. 
Ps. 81, 17; Ξ of thing Ps. 103, 8. Lan. 
3, 15. Gus with > of pers. and acc. of 
thing, Ps. 145, 16 yiz7 sm-b2> Sra 
and satisfiest every living thing: with 
benefits. Metaph. Ps. 91, 16. 

Deriv. the five followin 


ΣΦ m. satiety; hence abundance, 
plenty, e. g. of food Gen. 41, 29 sq. Prov. 
3, 10. 


yaw τὰ. adj. (r. 224) constr. 3B. 
plur. o°220, satisfied, satiated, full, 
Prov. 27,7. 1 Sam. 2,5. Metaph. a) 
In a good sense, abundant, rich in any 
thing, 6. g. 7iX9 320 rich in favour se. 
with God Deut. 33, 28. Ὁ) In an ill 
sense, sated with sorrows, i. e. abounding 
in them Job 14, 1. 10,15. Hence with 
the notion of weariness superadded, 
p23 saw sated with life Gen. 35, 29. 
Job 42, 17; and simpl. 53 id. Gen. 25, 8. 


ΣΦ m. 1. satiety, fulness ; 92v> to 
the full Ex. 16, 3; hence 33> 528 Ex. 
16, 3. Lev. 25, 19. Prov. 13, 25. 

2. abundance, Ps. 16, 11. 


nyav f. (τ. 32) 6. suff. ρϑξῶ, sa- 
tiety, fulness, Is. 56, 11; ngav> to ihe 
full Ys. 23, 18. Ez. 39, 19. 


MyIW Γ (τ. 539) constr. ὩΣ ΞίΩ, satiety, 
Sulness, Ezra 16, 49. 


* 20 to look ; with 3 to look upon, 
to inspect, to view, Neh. 2,13. Some 
editions have here "3 for "ab, but less 
well. Chald. "30, where see in full. 
Arab. -Aw to examine a wound. 

Piet 1. to look for, i. e. to expect, to 
wait for ; comp. ΠΕΣ Pi. no. 2. Ruth-1, 
13. 

2. to hope, ὁ. ὃ Ps. 104, 27. 145, 15; 
> Ps. 119, 166. Is. "38, 18; Sc. inf. Esth. | 
9, 1. ἄπο Pe. and Pa. id. comp. Lat. 
spero.—Hence | 


πρὶ" m. 6. suff. st), expectation, 
hope, Ps. 119, 116. 146, 5. 


* NID not founda in Kal (the form 
maw being used), to be or become great 


MAD 
to grow. Chald. NID, M20, to be multi- 
plied, many; Syr. bw id. also to grow, 
to be increased. Kindr. with 83, the 
sibilant being prefixed, see under ὦ, 
Ρ. 1000. 

- Hira. 1. to make great, c. > Job 12. 23. 


2. to magnify, to laud, Job 36, 24. 
' Deriv. xv. 


saw Chald. id. to be or become great, 
Ezra 4, 22. Fut. Dan. 3,31 sat pinay 
may your peace be great, i. e. be multi- 
plied unto you; a form of salutation. 
6, 26. In Targg. always 830. 


*250 1. to be high, e.g. of a city, 
to be inaccessible, strong, Deut. 2,36; 
elsewhere only in poetry. Not found 
in the other dialects.. Kindr. perh. with 
335, the sibilant being prefixed; see 
under lett. Ὁ. 

2. to be exalted, to be raised up, e. g. 
to safety as in a high place, Job 5, 11. 
Comp, 3307. 

Nipu. to-be high, as a city, a wall, Is. 
26, 5. 30,13. Ῥτον. 18,11. Trop. a) to 
he exalted, supreme, of God Ps. 148, 13. 
[s. 23, 11. 17. Ὁ) to be set ina high and 
secure place; hence to be safe, to be 
protected, Prov. 18, 10, comp. 3: Ὁ. 
c) to be high, i. e. difficult to compre- 
hend, Ps. 139, 6. 

Pipi to set up on high, to exalt any 
one; onlymetaph. a) to make power- 
ful, to strengthen, 18. 9,10. Ὁ) to set 
on high i. 6. in safety, to protect, to 
defend, Ps. 20, 2. 69,30. 91, 14; 6. 2 
from an enemy (comp. 7 no. 3. a) Ps. 
59, 2. 107, 41.- + 

Puat pass. of Piel lett. b, Prov. 29, 25. 

Hipu. to exalt oneself, to show oneself 
exalted, Job 36, 22. . 

‘Deriv. 33%, and pr. ἢ. 3530. 


39 a spurious root, see 342 II. 


. maw fat. Mav", i. g. Sav, to become 
great, to grow, Job 8,7. 11. Ps. 92, 13. 

Hipn. to cause to grow, to increase, 
Ps. 73, 12. 


a (elevated, r. 23) Segub, pr. ἢ. 
m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 21.22. b) 1K. 16, 
34 Cheth. for which Keri 373% Segib. 


ND τὰ. adj. (τ. N2W) great, of sei 
Job 36, 26. 37, 23. 


10UZ 


and pastures Gen. 31, 4. 37, 7. Ex. 9,3. 





"τῷ 


sat Chald. m.(r-838) 1. Adj. gi 
Dan. 2, 31. 4) 7. Also much, | 7 
Dan. 4,9. 18. Plur. f. we 
2, 48. Ezra 5, 11. : 
2. Adv. much, greatly, very, L Jan, 
12. 5, 9. 6, 15. 24. 7, 28. ae 
wi 


23D see in 212 lett. Ὁ. ia 
* 71D ἴῃ ΚΑΙ not used. Arab. ds 


has two different significations, t ACES | 
which remain in Hebrew, viz. — 

1. to be straight, even, level, com 
"wW7 no. 1, 2; conj. Il, to make straight; 
Viil, to be straight made arlene 
Piel. 

2. to stop, to shut up away, door, ate 
comp. 730; and this seems to con 
ΔῸΣ the “ides = ΟΝ comp. 


Oud: Hence ἃς and in some’ 


intervening between two poland ar 

stopping the passage, spec. a mountai 
oo - 7 ΄Φ.. 

plur. ϑιλαν a valley full of rocks an 


stones, where the rain-water stands, 
Hence pr. n. πῶ. te 

Piet to harrow, i. 6. to level a field Is. 
28, 24. Job 39, 10, Hos. 10, 11. 


*FTID obsol. root; Are lw ὦ 
extend the hand (comp. M75, rr) ἢ 
tend towards any thing, to go with lars 
and free steps ; IV, to be let go free. 
The primary idea therefore is that of 
wide, free, ample space.—Hence 


M50 m. constr. mI; 6: suff. ὯΝ 
718, amv; plur. nin, constr. "It 
Ruth 1, 1. 2, also Mit® Neh. 12, 29, ὁ 
suff. omniny oninh ; a field, the ope 
fields, the country, lying unenclosed an 
without fences or hedges, as is still th : 
case throughout the East. Not found i 
the kindr. dialects, except in the Paniay 
see Monump. Phen. p. 394. Often opp 
to cities, villages, camps, Gen. 4, 8.24, 63. 
65. 29, 2. 34, 7. 37, 15. 1 Sam. 20, 5. 113 
also to vineyards, these being enclosed 
by a wall (comp. Is. 5, 2. 5. Num. 22, 
24), Ex. 22, 5. Lev. 25,3. 4. Num. 16, 14, 
20,17. It embraces both tilled fields 
































Ruth 2, 2.3; also mountainous land and 
fields planted with trees Judg. 9, 32 
comp. v. 36. 1 Sam. 14, 25, 2 Sam. 1,213 
likewise the houses of the peasants not 


"" Ὁ 


rounded by a wall were reckoned to 
δ open field, Lev. 25, 31. Hence 8% 
a man of the field, i.e. Esau asa 
hunter and living in the open air, Gen. 
25, 27; mw men collect. the beasts of 
the field, wild beasts, Gen. 2, 20. 3, 14. 
pyen ΞῺῸΝ the herbs or plant of the field, 
wild plants, Gen. 2, 5. 3, 1 

_ Spee. a) a@ field as Maes? and 
tilled but not enclosed, Gen. 47, 24. Lev. 
19,19. Often for MI” ΠΡΞΠ part of a 
field, i. 6. a portion of the open field be- 
longing to one owner and tilled by him 
(comp. Gen. 33, 19. Ruth 2, 3. 4, 3), 
Gen. 23, 13. 17. 49, 30. 32. Ruth 4, δ. 
Jer. 32, 9. 25. Is. 5,8. [Meton. for the 
‘produce of the fields, parall. rs yin, 

Ecc. 5,8.—R.] Once κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν for wild 
plants, pasturage, Ex. 32, 5. 

b) 3m MID the field of a city, i. e. its 
territory, the open country round about, 
Gen. 41, 48. Neh. 12, 29. Ps. 78, 12. 43. 
τῶ > the country-towns, opp. the 
metropolis, 1 Sam. 27, 5. 

c) So the field or country of a people is 
their territory, Gen. 14,7. 32,4. 1 Sam. 









in Engl. territories ; Ruth 1,1 ΞΝ ἸῺ "7b. 
v. 2. 22. 2,6. Spec. ofa level country, 
as DIS AI Hos. 12, 13, for Ox 138 ; 
see in 73. 

d) Asopp. to the sea, i, q. the land, 
terra firma, Ez. 26, 6. 8. 


"JO m. i. ᾳ. τῷ, field, country, but 
only poetic, Ps. 8, 8. 50,11. 80, 14. Deut. 
32, 13; al—That "— is the proper and 
primitive sing. form, and common in 

Arabic for the Hebrew “-, from verbs 
ib. is shown Lehrg. p. 158. Simonis 
~ and others incorrectly hold "78 as plur. 
i. ᾳ. 0°70; but see Ps. 96, 12. 





DW τη. plur. pr. n. Siddim, whence 
DTW pr» the Valley or Plain of Siddim, 
the plain of the cities Sodom and Go- 
morrah, now occupied by the Dead Sea, 
Gen. 14, 3. 8,10.—Aqu. Onk. Saad. trans- 
late ‘Valley of the fields’ (0.8) But 


ie is prob. i. q. Arab. δῷ, plur. 
Bod, ‘a depression (Wady) full of 


rocks and.stones,’ and therefore difficult 
to pass, see in 170. no. 2; hence ‘a plain 
_ cut up By stony channels.’ 


1003 


6, 1. 27, 7. 11. Ruth 1, 6. 4, 3. Plur..as’ 





a0 
mI f. (τ. πο, with Ὁ for Ὀ)α row, 


rank of soldiers 2 K. 11, 8. 15 ; of stories, 
chambers, 1 K. 6, 9. 


mW, constr. Mw Deut. 14, 4, c. suff. 
iw Deut. 22, 1 and 342 1 Sam. 14, 34, 
comm. gend. (m. Ex. 12, 5; f. Jer. 50,17. 
Ez. 34, 20,) one of a flock, i. 6. a sheep 
or goat, a noun of unity corresponding 
to the collect. j8¥ q. v. a flock of sheep 
or goats; Gen. 22,7.8. 30,32. Ex. 12, 5. 
Deut. 14, 4 519 bi a aws Mw one of 
the sheep and one of the goats, i.e. a 
sheep and a goat. Lev. 5, 7. 27, 26. 
1 Sam. 15, 3. 22,19. Judg. 6,4; comp. 
“iw and “pa. It admits of no plural; 
but is put as collect. Jer. 7, 25. 43, 23. 


* aru 

Arab. §L, plur. αἰ ὦ, id —The etymo- 
logy is doubtful ; though the word seems 
derived from a verb MNW, as ΓΒ from 
FIND ; and this prob. had the same signi- 


fication with Arab. Cals to drive sheep 
by uttering the sound L& La repeat- 
edly ; comp. in Engl. the sound sh, 
sh... Nor is it strange that a sheep 
should be se named from this call or 
sound of the shepherd; just ds in the 
language of German children a horse is 
called Hotto from the word hott! used 
by coachmen. 


: Tw obsol. root, i. q. Aram. 9oum, 


m0, Arab. Wgw, to testify, pr. to be 


an eye-witness; Conj. III, coram spec- 
tavit.—Hence the two following. 


WW m. c. suff, “In Kamets impure, 
like part. Peal in the ‘Aramean dialects ; ; 
a witness, once Job 16, 19. 

ΠΣ f(r. to’) an Aramean 
word in stat.emphat. used by Laban the 
Syrian, testimony, a testimonial, Gen, 
31,47. Targ. smi9m0 Ex. 20,6. Syr. 
{Zo yout : 

Dw m. plur. (τ. "30, with Ὁ ford) 
dimin. crescents, little moons, worn as an 
ornament on the necks of men, women, 
and camels, Judg. 8, 51. 26. Is. 3, 18. 
Sept. μηνέσκοι, Vulg. lunule. 


a1 10 be gray-haired, see τ. 2°). 


yw i. q. 930, thick branches, thick- 
et, 2 Sam. 18, 9. R. 7aw. 


50 


* 7, AND io go off from, to draw back, 
1.q. 90 I, where sée. SO Nirn. 310} 2 
Sam. 1, 29, where however many Mss, 
and editions have Ὁ. Hira. 13° Job 
24, 2, see in r, 990 Hiph. 


61]. AW 1, q. ano Il, to hedge about, 
to enclose, in Kal not used. 

Pitp. 330 to hedge about, 6. g. a vine- 
yard. Is. 17, 11 “ΌΣΟΙ 4202 Oa in 
the day thou plantedst it, thou didst also 
hedge it in.—Kimchi and Aben Ezra 
render it by "5337 thou didst cause it to 
grow, as if from 328 i. q. &3B, τρί, but 
the former-is to be preferred. 


I" to plaster with lime, see τ. 770. 


5 maw once Gen, 24, 63 Isaac had 
gone oul ΤῺ Mw>, Vulg. ad meditan- 
dum in agro, i. 6. to meditate, so that 
maw would be i. ᾳ. ΠῚ Ὁ L lett.c. So too 
most of the ancient versions; for both 
Sept. ἀδολεσχῆσαι, and Aqu. ὁμιλῆσαι, 
are to be understood of pious meditation 
and discourse. The Syriac alone has it: 
ad deambulandum, to take a walk ; and 
this is almost demanded by the nature 
of the context. But not improb. it 
should read m2 wId> to go to and fro 
in the field, in order to muster his flocks 
and shepherds. This is the sense of the 
phrase ΩΝ ὉΝ Job 1, 7. 2 Sam. 24, 
2.8; comp. Zech. 4, 10. 2 Chr. 16, 9. 
Jer. 5, 1. 


* DAW |, q. Mew, fo go or turn away, 
to turn aside to any thing, part. plur. 
B19 "Uw Ps. 40, 5. 

Deriv. ΒΡ, ΘΟ. 


ἘΠῚ Ὸ lo hedge, to hedge in or, about. 
Arab. YLé mid. Waw, to hedge with 


8. 
thorns, Cae ; BS, thorn. See the 


kindred verbs aw II, a90 ΠῚ, 720 and 
ἽΞΩ, also Fav and 730, which seem 
to have come from 71 , 710 , by strength- 
ening the middle radical. Compare also 
Sanscr. sdkhd, Pers. elt , a leaf; bough. 


—Metaph. Job § 10 1933 M3 thou hast 
made a hedge about him, i. e. dost pro- 
tect him. But the same phrase is also 
used in a sense of disfavour, for to shut 
wp one’s way, i, 6. to shut in, to straiten, 
Hos. 2, 8; comp. Job 3, 23. 


55. 





py 


Pot. 420 lo intertwine, to 
trop. Job 10, 11 9322%m o793) 
with bones and sinews hast thow we 
me; comp. Ps. 139, 13. 

Deriv. ΠΗ and M309, also 
three following. 


TID m. Iudg. 9, 49, and πρὶ Ὁ ¢ ν. 
48, a bough. Chald. 770 and mi, 8 
Loon, id. 


i210 (for 191 branches, see a 
Josh. 15, 48 Keri, also ΤΙ 9 Ὁ ib, Chet 
Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam, 17, 1, Socho, Sc . 
pr. n. of two towns of Judah: 4) On : 
in the mountains near Anab and Eshta- 
moa, Josh. 15, 48; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I]. p. 195. b) The other in the 
plain, Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17, 1; see 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. ibid. p. 349.—The 
modern Arabic name of both is a 
keh Koy, dimin. from Shaukeh wSyut 


comp. the Σοηχώϑ' of Euseb. 

















cel 

ἼΘ᾽ Ὁ Sucathite, patronym. from a pr. 
ἢ. M210 elsewhere ἜΡΟΝ 1 Chr. 2, 
| 





"DAD and B"W, fut. eros, apoe, 
tls, conv. oh"), once piv. Ex. 4, sity 
imp, o°&, m2" ; inf absol. bib , constr 
cab, rarely oft ‘Job 20, 45 part. tone 
ΠΌΝΟ 2 Sam. 13, 2 Keri, τ Ὁ Cheth, 


genr. to put, to set, to place; Syr. sat, 
Ethiop. WR, ULM, id. Less fre- 
quent is Arab. elas mid. Ye, to set, to 


constitute, e. +! a price. Kindr. are 
box, oi" .—Hence rg 
1. to put, to set, lo place, where(dhil 
person or thing thus put stands erect, or 
is regarded as standing rather than as 
lying down, Gr. ἵστημι. So of persons, 
to set, to station ; 2 K. 10, 24 Jehu sta- 
tioned (i> τῷ) in the street fourscore 
men. Ex. 33, 22. 1 Sam. 8,11; troops 
in garrison 2 Sam. 8, 6. 14, or in ambuéh 
Josh. 8, 2. 12. Judg. 20, 36 ; hence also 
to set or put the foot upon the neck of 
any one Josh. 10, 24. Of things, which 
stand or seem to stand; as an idol, to set 
up, Deut. 27,15; a monument, cippus, 
Gen. 28, 22. 1 Sam. 7, 12; a table Ex. 
26, 35; an altar Ex, 40, 26. 29; the ark 
Ex. 40, 3; a throne Jer. 43, 10. 49, 38; 


a door, to set or put in, Gen. 6, 16, comp, 
















38, 10; ἃ tent Ps. 19,5, So too the 
ds of the sacred tabernacle, which 
i upon bases, Ex. 40, 18; the court 
ore the same, by setting up the co- 
nns from which the curtains were sus- 
, Ex. 40,8; also to put up the 
i. q. to hang them upon the co- 
umn Ex. 40, 5—Spec. 

_ 4) to set troops, i. e. to draw up, to 
ay, ¢. ace. 1 Sam. 11, 11 Saul set 
555) the people in three companies. 
» 1,17. Acc. impl. 1 K. 20, 12. Ez. 
, 24. So 1 Sam. 15, 2 ayy Ἵ oy he 
t himself for him in the way, i. 6; 
: ἰδὲ him. 

- *b) (0 set, i.e. to constitute, to appoint, 
(τιθέναι Acts 20, 18,) 6. g. a king Deut. 
p me a prince Hos. 2,2; judges 1 Sam. 
1; c. dupl. ace. 1 Sam. | c. Ps. 105, 
iss: nce. and > Gen. 45,9. Ex. 2, 14; 
‘ace. and 58, 10 set over, i.e. a person 
πων Ex. 1, 11, 5; 14, 1 Sam. 18, 
ὅ, So watra orb fo put at the head. of, 

to set over, ‘Deut, 1, 13; comp. in δ" 
no, 4. 

_ 6} to set a plant, i. 6, to plant, Is. 28, 
25. Ez. 17, 4.5. Is.41,19. So Lat. ‘ po- 

“nere arborem’; Arab. wad. 

ον, d) to set up, to erect, to build, e. g. a 
‘sepulehral monument Nah. 1, 14; anest 
ina rock Num. 24, 21; a eoand against 
-acity Mic. 4, 14,—Metaph. to establisha 
“covenant, ἱ; 4; 772 o°pn, c.> 2 Sam. 
223, 5. 
 -e) myn ow, Gr. νόμον τιϑέναι, to set 
a law, i. 6. to establish. to appoint, to 
make a law, Ps. 78,5. 81,6. Gen. 47, 26. 
Ex. 15, 25. Josh. 24, 25. 1 Sam. 30, 25. 
Of the laws of the heavens Job 38, 33. 
| Jer. 33, 25. So to set or appoint a term, 
“limit, Ps. 104,9, Prov. 8, 29; a place Ex. 
| 21, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 10. 
| 2. to set, to put, to place, pr. a person, 
| #0 that he may sit (be seated), dwell, or 
in any way exist in a place ; Gr. τεϑέναι, 
which also is used in several of the 
senses under no. 1. 2 Καὶ, 10, 3 opch 
(93% ΚΌ2.52 and set him (cause him to 
sit) upon the throne of his Sather. pi 
52 ΤΙΣ 'B lo put one in prison 2 Chr. 
18, 26. Gen. 40, 15. Gen. 2, 8 and there 
(in the garden) he put the man, caused 
him to dwell there. Job 20,4. With>d 
‘of place Job 5,11; ace Cant. 6, 12.— 

Also of things: 


7 



























piw 1005 pip 


a) With >2 , to put upon any thing, as 
upon the head Ex. 2,6. Also to fasten 
or fiz upon, Ex. 28, 12. 26. 37, 38. 39, 7; 
a sword upon one’s thigh Ex. 32, 27. 

b) With 3, to put in, to insert, e. g.a 
hook or ring in the nose, Is. 37, 29, Job 
40, 26° [84]. Gen. 24, 47. poq3 nib to 
put in the staves into the rings Num. 4, 
6. 8. 11, 14. 

c) With 992, to put between, Judg. 15, 4: 

d) i. q. to found, to establish, e. g. the 

‘world Job 34,13; metaph. a people Is. 
44,7; the divine Jaw 42,4. Here be- 
longs the expression, where God is said 
to set his name anywhere, i. 6, to estab- | 
lish the seat of his worship, Deut. 12, δ, 
21. 14, 24. 1K. 9, 3. 11, 36. 2K. 21,4; 
i, ᾳ. 170 420 Deat. 12, 11. 26, 2. 

3. lo put, to place, to lay thiigs (rarely 
persons), so that they may remain in a 
recumbent posture. Gen, 22,9 and laid 
him (Isaac) upon the altar. 24,2. 9. 28, 
21. 31, 37. 48, 18. al. With ἘΣ of pers. 
to put or lay upon any one for bearing, 
Gen. 21, 14. 22,6. Ex. 3,22; 59 of thing 
Lev. 24, 6. Gen. 9, 23, Ex. 29,29. or 
mp 52 Ἢ to lay the hand upon the mouth, 
as imposing silence on oneself, Judg. 18, 
19. Job 21,5; mane Ὁ id. 1 Sam, 19, 
13; ΠΕΡ Job 29, 9; τϑ τ" 40, 4, With 
2 lo put or lay in any ‘place, Gen. 30, 41, 
31, 34. 44,1. 50, 26. Ex. 2, 3, Job 13, 27; 
rarely to lay upon, i. ᾳ, >> 272 , Pe: 66, 
11, With "28>, lo set before any one, 
6, g. food 1 Sam. 9, 24, 2 Καὶ, 6, 22 (also 
ἘΠ} oie 2 Sam. 12, 20; comp. Gen. 
43, 31); a law, to set before. to propose, 
Ex. 21, 1. Deut. 4,44, With acc. of 
place; Gen. 28,11 and he took a stone 
WOR 505) and put it at (under) his 
head, v.18. 1 Sam. 19, 13,—Spec. 

a) to put or set 10 any thing, to apply ; 
6, g. ὧν OD lo put fire to or under, 1 K. 
18, 23. 25; 5,2 590 fo apply batter- 
ing-rams, 6, >9 Ez. 4,2. 21,27. Also 
to put a knife to one’s throat Prov. 23,2; 
to apply a measure to a building Job 28, 
5.—S0 29 8 to lay hand upon any 
pers. or thing; e.g. in a hostile sense, in 
order to afflict or punish, Ez. 39, 21, 
comp. Job 40, 32. But in Ps. 89, 26 7 
will put his hand upon the sea, i. e. 1, Je- 
hovah, will cause his dominion to extend 
to the sea. 

Ὁ) lo put on a garment, ornaments 


piw 1006 piw 


etc. ο. ἘΣ Ruth 3, 3. Ez. 16, 14. Gen. 
41, 42. Lev. 8, 8.1 K. 20, 31. 21, 27. 
So to put on or apply a bandage Ez. 30, 
21; a girdle upon the loins Jer. 13, 1. 
With 2 Gen. 37, 34. Ez. 24, 17. 

6) 'B “393 nib to pul into one’s hand, 
€.g.a cup Is. 51, 23. Contra i993 nie 
to put into one’s own hand, i. e. to take in 
one’s hand ; e. g. a hammer Judg.4, 21; 
goods, 1 K. 20,6. ‘B23 ΘΒ) BAw Zo put 
or take one’s life in one’s hand, see in Ὦ2 
lett. c. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 28,21. See alsoin 
lett. d, here following. 

d) ‘pb "Ba 531 CHW fo put words in 
the mouth of any one, to suggest them to 
him, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 5. 16. 
2 Sam. 14, 3. Is. 51, 16. al. So to put 
wonders in the hands of any one, to give 
hirh the power of working miracles, Ex. 
4, 21; to put any thing in the ears of any 
one, to rehearse it to him, Ex. 17, 14. 

e) to put or lay upon any one, to im- 
pose, e.g. any thing to be done, with 52 
of pers. Ex. 5, 8. 14. 22,24; or to be suf- 
fered, c. 3 Ex. 15, 26. Deut. 7, 15; also 
to impute to any one sc. guilt, with 
ἘΦ Judg. 9,24; > Deut. 22, 8. 14 [17]; 
2 1 Sam. 22, 15. ‘Job 4, 18. 
᾿Ὼ) bet nab to put i.e. give a name 
to any one, (ὄνομα ϑεῖναί τινι Od. 19. 
403, ὄνομα ϑέσϑαι 19. 406,) Dan. 1,7; 
nid with a somewhat different construc- 
tion, Judg. 8, 31 923738 Tad-ny con 
antl: he set i.e. called his name Abimelech. 
2 Κα. 17, 34. Neh. 9, 7, and Chald. Dan. 
5, 12; comp. Num. 6,27. “ 

᾿ 6) i732 Dx to set before oneself, be- 
fore one’s eyes, spoken of that for which 
one has high regard, Ps. 54, 5. 86, 14. 

h) Absol. to put, to lay down, sc. a 

pledge, Job 17, 3. Comp. Arab. δ 


Conj. III, i. q- yl C9 ἢ Gr. τέϑεσθϑαι 


Passow, A. no. 8. 

i) With >x to lay before any one, i. e. 
to propound, to explain, Job 5,8. Also 
absol. 52 piw to explain the sense Neh. 
8, 8. 

k) to lay up, as if in store; Job 36, 13 
‘the wicked 58 va"w" lay up wrath sc. in 
their heart, i.e. they treasure up their 
wrath, indulge in anger and hatred 
against God, and do not humbly turn to 
him; so Umbreit correctly. Usually 
they lay up i.e. heap up divine wrath 





against themselves, i. q. ϑησαυρίξ 
ἑαυτοῖς ϑυμόν Rom. 2, 5. oi 
1) Similar is ΞΡ ἊΣ DB do lay to heart 
Gr. ϑέσϑαι ἐνὶ φρεσί, Is. 47, 7. 57, 1.1 i 
Jer. 12, 11. Also 237>y pit) 2 Sam. 19, 
20. aba ‘w 1 Sam. 21, 13. Job 22, 2: 
With inf. and > Mal. 2, 2, also 8b “aig 
(that not) Dan. 1, 8, to care, to take ca. 
sc. to dovor not to do anything: -Ellipt. 
Ps. 50, 23 373 ΒΘ who layeth to heart 
his way i. e. his walk, life, who take: 
care to live aright. : 
m) i. q. to throw, to cast, e. g. stone 
and timber into the water, Ez. 26, 12. 
n) Spoken of liquids, to powr, to pou 
out, e. g. blood in war, to shed, 1 K. 2, & 
With 3 to pour into Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sar 
17,54. Ps. 56, 9. With 33 t0 pour upon, 
as blood Ez. 24,7; oil Lev. 5,11. Trop 
to put (pour out) the Spirit upon any 
one, Num. 11, 17; 1293 Is. 63,11. 
4. to put, to set, i. 6. to direct, to turn” 
in any direction; Judg. 7, 22 and Jehovah 
sel (turned) every man’s sword against 
his fellow.—Spec. a) >> 1d ὈΝ to set 
eyes upon, see in 712 no. 1. ὁ. b) Bw 
"2 10 set one’s face upon or towards, in 
various senses, see in 738 no. 1. 6. ἃ, Κ΄ 
c) 12> Erb to set one’s mind upon, animum 
advertere, lo attend to, to consider, Is. 41, 






















Is. 41, 20. Job 34, 23. 37,15. Judg. 19) 
30. Comp. ΞΡ 792 and 72h id. With 
>2 upon or towards any thing Job 1, 8; 
by Ex. 9,21; > Deut. 32, 46. Ez. 40, 4; 
with 3 (c. 55 impl.) Job 23, 6. But 
1 Sam. 9, 20 b ab cr is to set the heart 
upon, i. e. to care for, to hold dear. τ᾿ 

5. to set as any thing, to put into any 
state or condition, i. q. to make, to ren- 
der ; comp. Gr. τιϑέναι i. α. ποιεῖσθαι, 
see Passow in τέϑημι B. Ex. 4, ΤΊ "Ὦ 
pbx obs who maketh the dumb? Ez. 
11, 7. 19, 5. With two ace. Ps. 39, 9 
make me not (set me not as) the reproach — 
of the wicked, i. 6. the object of their re- — 
proach. 40,5. 91,9. 105,21. Job 31,24; — 
acc. and > Gen, 21, 13. 18. Job 24, 25. 
Is. 5, 20. 23, 13; to turn into Hos. 2, 14 
[12]. With ace. and >, to make one’ 
as or like any thing, Gen. 32, 12 [13] 
I will make thy seed as the sand of the 
sea. 48, 20. 1 K. 19, 2. Is. 14,17. The 
two constructions are mingled in Is. 25, — 
2 da2 "7572 NAb thow hast made of a city 





piv 


ruins, lit. ‘thou hast turned from a city 
into ruins ;’ for 53> “> or ba ΠΡ. 

| 6. to set or put, i. q. to make, to prepare, 
to produce, to do; Gr. τιϑέναι. So ard 
mM p to make baldness i. 6. a bald spot 
Deut. 14, 1. “aan 773 ΘῈ to make a 
way in the desert Is. 43, 19; and so Job 
19, 8) Ps. 46,9. nin& ort to do siens 
or wonders, to work miracles, 6. 3 in or 
among, Ex. 10, 2. Ps. 78, 43. 105, 27. 
Is. 66, 19; comp. Num. 24, 23; but nav 
Ὁ mix to set (give) a sign to any one 
Gen. 4,15. 83 orb to beget children 
Ezra 10, 44, comp. ϑέσϑαι παῖδα ὑπὸ 
ζώνῃ Hymn. Ven. 256, 283. 52 πρὸ nab 
to do evil to any one Ps. 109, 5.—Often 
with dat. of pers. ‘ to do this or that to 
or for any one.’ 1 K. 20, 34 make thou 
streets for thyself in Damascus, as my 


father made in Samaria. Ex. 8, 8 [12] © 


the frogs "8> ctw "ΩΝ which he had 
brought upon Pharaoh. So > yp Div to 
put an end to, to make an end of any 
‘thing, Job 28, 3; comp. 18,2. With ἴδ, 
as i> ὦ mb to make oneself a name, to 
‘get renown, 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 21. 
Sometimes to set or make for any one is 
‘i. q. to give, to grant ; 6. g. >. 5 Dad to 
give seed (offspring) ¢o any one 1 Sam. 
2,20; 2 OND ord to muke survivors to 
any one, i. 6. to give or preserve a pos- 
terity, Gen. 45, 7. 2 Sam. 14, 7. orb 
2 0757 to give place to any one, to make 
room, 2 K. 11, 16. 2 Chr. 23, 15; see in 
Δ no. 6. So nbd i. gq. mm> Is. 61, 3. 
Also Ὁ Dibw orb to give peace (prosper- 
ity) to any one Num. 6, 26; > 7ia> ob 
to give honour (glory) to, Josh. 7, 19. 
Is. 42, 12, comp. Ps. 66, 2; > n7aM7 nab 
to give or show mercy to, Is. 47,6. Comp. 
Gr, ϑεῖναι τινὲ ἄλγεα, πόνϑος, see Passow 
‘in τέϑημι B. no. 2. 

 Hirg. i. ᾳ. Kal. Imper. "2°0m either 
attend, see Kal no. 4. ὁ ; or set in array 
‘sc. the battle, see Kal no. 1. a; Ez. 21, 
91 [16]. Part. ob attending, regard- 
‘ing, Job 4, 20. 

_ Horn. fut. cb, to be put, set, once 
Gen. 24, 33 Keri. See ob". 

~ Deriv. ΠΩ, and pr. n. ἘΝ 825. 










᾿ς DAY Chald. pret. pb; pret. pass. orb, 
f, na" Dan. 6,18, also 5° 3, 29; imper. 
plur. 0"® Ezra 4, 21; i. q.'Heb. to put, 
to place, to set. Spec. 





1007 wD 


1. to set over, i. 6. to constitute, to ap- 
point, Ezra 5, 14. 

2. ra Bw to make one’s name any 
thing, to name, Dan. 5, 12. 

3. 5 53 paw to set the heart on any 
thing, i. e. to make a point of, to en- 
deavour, Dan. 6, 15. 

4. ἘΞῺ naw do set forth an edict, i.e. 
to give, make, publish it, Ezra 5, 13. 
6, 1. 3. 12. Dan. 3, 10; ὁ. dat. Ezra 5,3. 
9. Impers. Ὁ DY "22 from me is set 
forth the decree, i. 6. | have made a de- 
cree, Dan. 3, 29. 4, 3. Ezra 4, 19. 6, 8. 
11; "23, 72 1d. Dan. 6, 27 [26]. 

δ. 59 pry Bw to make account of, to 
regard, Dan. 3, 12. 

Irupe. fut. bom" 1. to be put, 6. 3. to’ 
be put in, inserted, Ezra 5, 8. 

2. to be made, c. dupl. acc. Dan. 2, 5. 

3. to be given, as a decree Ezra 4, 21. 


ἘΠ. 7 fat. sts, i. g. mae, “τῷ, 
where see. 

1. to contend, to strive, c. δὲ with or 
against Hos. 12, 5. 

2. to be prince, to have dominion, to 
reign, Judg. 9, 22. 

Hien. "0m to make princes, Hos. 8, 4. 


* 71. ὦ onomatopoetic, i. q. "3 
to saw, fut. "251 1 Chr. 20, 3. 


* TIT. 79D once for 710, to go away, 
to depart, inf. c. suff. "7282 Hos. 9,12; 
seer. "50. 


MND f(r.) a row, range; Arab! 


Bp row of stones. Is. 28, 25 nun bh. 


mb and sets (plants) the wheat in rows ; 
the accus. π Ὁ being put adverbially ; 
Jerome per ordinem. In the east wheat 
is often thus sown or dropped in rows ; 
see Niebuhr Arabien p. 157. 


PNW, see prb. 


* WW and WW, fut. wd", once 
bab" Is. 35,1; imp. Ὁ "Ὦ ; inf. absol. 
bit, constr. bib; to exult, to be glad, 
to rejoice. The primary idea is that of 
leaping, springing, comp. 030. Kindr. 

ris ols to leap, as the fetus in the 


Ss - 


womb, comp. Luke 1, 41. 44; KO gut 
pulsation of an artery. Sanscr. sas’ to 
leap, sasa a hare.—With >» of that at 
which one rejoices Deut. 28, 63. Zeph. 


ni 
$17. Jer. 32,41. Is. 62,5. Ps. 119, 162; 
with 3 Job 39, 21. Pa. 35, 9. Is. 65, 19; 
spec. ninna mab Ps. 40, 17. 70,5. 18. 
61, 10; acc. once Is. 35,1; > 6. inf Ba 
19,6; "2 Job 3, 22. am:-d, 21; also 
Vay Ἄ 64, dh the vexed and ‘petit 
corrupted passage: Ez. 21, 15 [10] that 
to it (the sword) there may be lightning, 
it is sharpened ΤΌΝ Ὦ 3 LI bh? is 
Y27>2, where it ‘should prob. read DN 
nx": against the prince of the tribe of 
my son (Judah), which despiseth all wood, 
i. 8. since the king and people of Judah 
contemn all the wooden reds with which 
I have hitherto scourged them, there- 
fore I will now bring against them a 
sharp sword. In this way 375 and ΥΣ 
are in antithesis; the LXX express 
ds for i8; and NX") is usual in this con- 
nection. 
‘ Deriv. ἡ, bide. 


mw m. (τ. πρῶ) meditation, thought, 
Am. 4, 13. 


. ΓΙῸ to swim, inf. mind , part. ππῷ, 
both Is. 25, 11. Chald. xm0, Syr. Laas, 


to wash, also to swim. 
Hipu. to make swim, i. 6. to inundate, 
Ps. 6, 7.—Hence 


IMD f, (Milél, for in) a swimming 
Ezra 47, δ: 


PIND, see ph. 


*onw to press, to press oul, 6, g. 
anes, fut. ombx Gen. 40, 11. nel 
ond id. 


ἴω pnw fut. priv" zo laugh, i. q. POS 
q. v. but more usual in the later Hebrew; 
Eth. Wh®,Wh®, to laugh; Zab. 
ous to rejoice.—Absol. Prov. 29, 9. 


Ecc. 3,4. With 5x to laugh or smile 
upon Job 29,24; c. 9 to laugh at, to de- 
ride, Ps. 52,8. Job 30, 1. With > id. 
but espec. in contempt, to laugh at in 
scorn, to scorn, espec. powerless threats, 
Job 5, 22. 39, 7.18. 22. 41, 21. Prov. 31, 
25; absol. id. Ps. 2,4. With 3 to mock, 
to rejoice in others’ calamities, Prov. 1,. 
26; c. bY id. Lam. 1, 7. 

Prep. pw, fut. pry 1. to jest, to 
sport, pr. to laugh repeatedly, Pi. being 
- iterative, Prov. 26, 19. Jer. 15,17. Also 

to rejoice Proy. 8, 30.31. ὁ 


1008 tok) 





2. to sport, to play, e.g. child 
8,5; sea animals Ps. 104, 26, ce 
40, 90. 29; also of the play or moc 
of armies or armed men, to skirm 
2 Sam. 2, 14. ᾿ , 

3. to dance, always as accomy 
with song and instrumental music, ¢ 
Engl. to play on an instrument; Jué 
16, 25. 1 Sam. 18, 7. ἃ Sam. 6, 6: 
1 Chr. 13, 8. 15, 29.. Jer. 30, ie 
ΡΠ the voice (song) of ὁ 
and singers. 31, 4 ΡΠ 
the chorus of dancers: » 

Ηιρη. to laugh at in scern, to ἃ -_ 
6. ἘΣ 2:Chr. 30, 10, 

Deriv. ppv, pr. Ἐς PRED ig. P 
also 


phy aa pi m, 1. ae 
2,2. 7, 3.6.7. 1008, 21. Ps, 126, 2. 

2. derision, scorn, inieton. for the ¢ 
of it, Job 12, 4. Jer. 20, 7. 48, 39. μ 
3, 14. 

3. jest,ssport, Prov. 10, 23; 
to music, Judg. 16, 27. 


DW see Ὁ. 
bibs tot 


* TOD fat. news, apoe. ἊΝ 
aside from ἃ way, to deviate ; - kindr. 
wb, Aram. xvod οἴω, id With 33 
5713 from the way-Prov. 4,153. Peres: 
7,25. Spec. of adulterpus females } 
5, 12; with Ooxn mp (i. q ᾳ. malar 
19, 20. 29. Comp. M33 no. 1, in He 
12 and Ez. 23, 5. 3 ia 

Deriv, "B50 for "BIW. -. = ἐὴ ; 


ὉΠ Ὡ m. plur. (τ. wit) deviations fre 
right, transgressions, Hos. 5, 2. 
ΠΩ q.v. id. Ps. 101, 3. The foriti 
like Xp from r. Sip, tn or ΠῚ from Γ 
dam .—Others concer. apostates, revolte 


*pow fut. pbs to, lie in, wait f 
any one, “to persecute him, c. ace, Gea 
27, 41. 49, 23. 50, 15. Job 16, 9. 80, 2 
Ps. 55, 4.—The primary signif. is to 
a trap, comp. Syr. So; er ee hi 
deriv. ΠΩ. ii 


*TOW ig. cut 1. to lie in wait, 
be an adversary, to persecute, c. acc. = 
71,13 ἌΦΕΣ “Ub i. gq. WE? "epa. 8 
21. 109, 4. φῶ my adversaries, Ὁ 
cutors, Ps. 109, 20, 29. 

%. to oppose, to resist, in the f 


- Le 
le 
- 
































jow 
‘inf. c. suff. Ων Zech. 3, 1—Chald. 
“eve. did, Arab. ..»bL% to resist. 
Deriv. the two following. 


“Um. 1. anadversary,e. g. in war, 
an enemy, 1 K. 5, 18. 11, 14. 23. 25. 
.1 Sam. 29,4; in the forum Ps. 109, 6, 
comp. Zech. 3, 1. 2; also of one who in 
any way opposes another, 2 Sam. 19, 23. 
Num. 22, 22 the angel of Jehovah stood 
in the way %> j20> to oppose him. v. 32. 
—Chald. Ἰὼ, Ἰ9Ό, X20, id. 

2. With the ari. ἸῺ the adversary 
καὶ ἐξοχήν, it assumes the nature of a 
proper name (Heb. Gramm. ᾧ 107. 2), 
i. 6. Satan, ὃ διάβολος, the Devil, the 
evil spirit in the theology of the Jews, 
who seduces men to evil 1 Chr. 21, 1 
(where alone the article is wanting, 
comp. 2 Sam. 24,1), and accuses and 
calumniates them before God, Zech. 3, 
1. 2. Job 1, 6-9. 2,1 sq. Comp. Rev. 12, 
10 6 κατήγωρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν, ὃ κατη- 
γορῶν αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἡμῶν 
ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός. Syr. i», Arab. 
ἰδ, Eth, M.PM%, id—The 


hypothesis of A. Schultens, Herder, 
Hichhorn, and others, is now univer- 
sally exploded: these writers held the 
Satan of the book of Job to be differ- 
ent from the Satan of the other books, 
regarding him as a good angel appoint- 
ed to try the characters of men; and 
hence they proposed in the prologue of 
this book everywhere to read j¥WM 1. 6. 
περιοδεύτης, from the root uiw. 

mow f. (r. 72%) 1. accusation, let- 
ter of accusation, Ezra 4, 6. 

2. Sitnah, pr. ἢ. of a well, so called 
from the opposition and strife of the 
Philistines against Isaac, Gen. 26, 21. 


5.1. Chald. see in "08. 


NW τη. (for x72, τ. x2) elevation, 
eminency, i. ᾳ. PRD, Tob 20, 6. 


TIN (for yix"b2 elevated) Sion, pr. 
n. of the mountain usually called Her- 
mon, yon. nothing more than an epi- 
thet, ' the lofty,’ Deut. 4,48. R. ΝῶΣ. 


Ba a" to be gray, hoary, i. e. gray- 
headed, to have gray hair, 1 Sam.:12, 2. 
Part. 38 gray-headed, an old man, se- 
nex, Job 15, 10.—Chald. 370, Syr.--eha, 

85 


1009 





mow 


Arab. wLi mid. Ye, id—Hence 37, 
mad. 


Ὁ Chald. id. Part. plur. emphat. 
x30, constr. "2b , old men, elders, Ezra 
5, 5. 9. 


“ - 
2 Ὁ m. sc. suff. in" , grayness of the 
hair, meton. old age, 1 K. 14, 4. 


maw Γ᾿ (τ. ab) constr. Mab, c. suff. 
ina" , grayness of hair, hoariness, Hos. 
7,9. Job 41,24. Meton. a) Of a per- 
son who has gray haira, one gray-head- 
ed, Gen. 42, 38. 44, 29. 31. Ruth 4, 15. 
1 K. 2, 6. 9;'espec. Lev. 19, 32; fully 
mab "x Deut. 32,25. Ὁ) For old age, 
Ps. 71, 18. 92,15. maiv maw a good 
old age, i. 6. far advanced, Gen. 15, 15. 
25, 8. Judg. 8, 32. 1 Chr. 29, 28. 


x m. (τ. 330 or 5: 1) a withdraw- 
ing ; 1Κ. 18, 27 %> 3°) he has with- 


_ drawn himself, sc. into his private apart- 


ments, 


ἘΠ to cover with lime, to plaster, 
Deut. 27, 2. 4. Arab. οἰ ὦ mid. Ye, 
Chald. 40, id.—But this is prob. rather 
a denom. signif. from ἢ. 1" lime ; which 
itself may come from the idea of boiling, 
r. "0 i. gq. ‘3%. 


TY m. lime, see in r. ™b ult. Deut. 
27, 2. 4. Is. 33, 12. Am. 2, 1.—Arab. 


8 γή oy 
Oud, Syr. 1pais, Chald. 8170, id. 
mw, see the suff. forms in mb. 


Ἐπ fat. mb" to speak, to talk, to 
converse ; Talm. m0 id. but not found 
in the kindr. dialects. With >, Job 12,8 
yx rin speak to the earth, i.e. to the 
reptiles. With 3 fo talk of any one Ps. 
69, 13; c. ace. to talk with, to converse 
with, Prov. 6, 22.—Hence a) to speak 
or utter a song, to sing, i. q. "27 no. 1. 
c. p. 211; absol. Judg. 5, 10; c. acc. to 
sing of, to celebrate in song, Ps. 145, 5 ; 
c. did. Ps. 105,2. b) to utter complaints, — 
to complain, Ps. 55,18. Job 7,11. Comp. 
subst. ΠΏ 1.3. c) ig. i553 725 to 
talk with oneself, i. 6. to meditate. espec, 
on divine things, Ps. 77, 4.7 "335 
mmwx. With 3 of thing v. 13. 119, 15. 
23. 27. etc. 

Pou. fut. πη, 1. ᾳ. Kal lett. c, to 
meditate, c. 3 laa 143, 5. Also to think, 


mw 


to consider, Is. 53,8; see Comment. on 
Is. 1. c. Thesaur. p. 1328. 
Deriv. Mb, nb I, end. 


1 mw τὰ. (r. π᾿ῶ) c. suff. “rb. 

1. speech, discourse, 1 K. 9,11. So 
perh. in irony of Baal, 1 K. 18, 27 ib nn 
he is talking with some one; or perh. 
he is meditating, is in a brown study, so 
that he does not hear; see the root lett. 
c. The first is more certain. 

2. song, Ps. 104,34; see the root lett. a. 

3. complaint, complaining, 1 Sam. 1, 16. 
Job 7,13. 9, 27. 23, 2. Ps. 55, 3. 64, 2. 
102, 1. Prov. 23, 29. 

II. τ m. plur. ΘΠ, a shrub, bush ; 
collect. shrubs, bushes, Gen. 2,5. Job 
30,4. Plur. Gen. 21, 15. Job 30, 7.— 


Comp. [wom shrub, from wow to sprout, 
to grow. Perh. of the same origin with 
πῶ, πΞῷ. 

amy f. (τ. πῶ) meditation, espec. 
pious, in respect to divine things, Ps. 
119, 97. 99. Job 15, 4 Ἐξ "28> HN" me- 
ditation before God, i/e. devotion, Germ. 
Andacht. 


DY to put, to place, see Ὀΐῶ. 


JW τὰ. (τ. 42) plur. ob, ἔλοσρε, 
prickles, Num. 33, 55. Arab. ὡς ὦ 
thorn. | 


JO τα. (r. ὩΞῸ i. ᾳ. 720) c. suff. i>, 
a booth, hut, also a tabernacle, dwelling ; ; 
Lam. 2, 6 ‘pt nD diam) God hath torn 
away his dwelling as the hut of a gar- 
den, i.e. the temple, comp. 129.—Others 
less well, a hedge, enclosure. 


ἢ maw obsol. root, i. ᾳ Chald. 830 
to look at, to view, Syr. wan, Samar.n20, 
to look for, to long for, Sina: “120 
eye. Kindred is 9%. The primary 
idea secms to have been that of cutting, 
separating, discerning, comp. in 53; 
whence 13 knife. 

Deriv. ἸΞῸ --- 3, mz. 


my f. (τ. 720 i. ᾳ. Wb) α pointed 
weapon,’ dart, pr. a thorn, Job 40, 31. 
Arab. xo ha a thorn, sharp weapon. 


ἜΣ (watch-tower, τ. Mab) Sechu, pr. 
n. of a region near Ramah, 1 Sam. 19, 
22. 


1010 





b> 


nov m. (τ. M28) intelligence, ¢ 
ect and r. bi no. 2; meton. | 
seat of it, the mind, neat Job 38, 88 
for this passage see in art. 
Others, phenomenon, meteor, but ὃ 
the context. 


maw f(r. m2) the flag of a 
a standard, seen as a signal from ἃ 
Samar. mars signal, standard. ar. δι 
Is. 2, 16 upon all the ships of Tarshish > 
nyonn nissiy-b> and upon all their τ 
flags ; comp. the parallelism v. 13-16. 
Sept. correctly as to sense, ἐπὲ nagar 
ϑέαν πλοίων κάλλους. The Phenici 
and Egyptian vessels had their flags 
and sails of purple and other splendit 
colours ; see Ez. 27,7. Diod. Sic. 1. 57. 
Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust. of Ane 
Egypt. IL p. 211. 


ΤῸ m. (r. naw) a knife, Prov. 23, 2. 


Chald. 7730, Arab. (paki, id. a 


“72U m. (τ. 38) one hired, a hire- 
ling, hired labourer, Ex. 22, 14. Lev. 19, 
13. 22, 10. Deut. 15, 18. Job 7, 1. al. Is. 
16, 14 in three years "730 ΝΗ accord- 
ing to the years of a hireling, i. 6. it will 
happen at this exact time, will not be de- 
ferred longer, just as the hired labourer — 
does not continue his work beyond ὧξ 
stated hour. 


MID ἢ (τ 3) a hiring ; Is. 7,20, 
nyse ‘nom the hired razor. ae 
*J2D 1.1. q. 420, to interweave ἢ 
also to cover, Hz. 33, 22. Hence ἢ. 

2. i. ᾳ. FAW, to hedge, spec. to hedge 
with thorns ; ; hence Ja thorn, pointed | 
(Ἢ 
































3 


weapon, ILs to be armed. ἡ 
Deriv. Ww, 9, πϑῷ and nz, 


«Sov 1. Pr. to look at, to behold, to 
view ; Chald. and Samar. bso Ithpa. id. 
See Hiph. no. 1, Oftener | ᾿ 

2. Trop. to be prudent, circumspect, to 3 
act prudently, wisely, pr. ‘to look well 
to any thing’, 1 Sam. 18,30. »" 

Pix causat. of Kal no. 3. Gen. 48, “4 4 
tion bab he laid his hands circum- 
spectly, ἢ i.e. placed them purposely thus. 
—But all the ancient versions give the — 
sense, he laid his hands cross-wise, Sept 


220 
ἐναλλὰξ τὰς χεῖρας, Vulg. commutans ma- 
nus. : 
_ Hira. 1. to look at, to behold; Gen. 
8,6 ἘΞ) ΠΡ yon VN and pleasant was 
the tree to behold; Vulg. aspectu delec- 
tabile,and so the other ancient versions. 
Others refer it to no. 5. 

2. Trop. to look at with the mind, fo 
consider, to attend to, absol. Dan. 9, 25; 
c. ace. Deut. 32, 29. Ps. 64, 10; 5» 
Prov. 16, 20; by Neh, 8, 13. Ps. 41, 2 
da-by bani who considereth the poor, 
i. e. careth for him; c. Ὁ Prov. 21, 12; 
3 Dan. 9, 13; Ἢ Is. 41, 20. 

3. to be or Beene intelligent, prudent, 
wise, Ps. 2, 10. 94, 8; c. 3 Dan. 1, 4, 
comp. v. 17; to act prudently, wisely, 
Jer. 20, 11. 23, 5.—Parr. 5°20 one in- 
telligent, prudent, wise, Job 22, 2. Prov. 
10, 5. 14, 35. Am. 5, 13; also upright, 
righteous, godly, Ps. 14, 2. Dan. 11, 33. 
35. 12,3; comp. 03m, mean. But 
subst. baniba α poem, see in its order, p. 
621.—Inf. S*2n Jer. 3, 15 and >2n 
Prov. 1, 3. 21, 16, subst. inielligence, un- 
derstanding, wisdom. 

4. i. q. °28h to have success, to pros- 
per, in any undertaking or business, 
Josh. 1, 7.8. 2 K. 18, 7. Is. 52, 13. Jer. 
10, 21. Prov. 17,8. Also 

5. Causat. to make wise, i. e. to teach, 
to instruct, c. acc. Ps. 32,8. Prov. 16, 
23; 6. dupl. acc. Dan. 9, 22; c. > pers. 
iow 21, 11. 

6. fo give success, lo cause to prosper, 
1K. 2, 3. Deut. 29, 8. 

Deriv. 9 and bab), also >*2i2. 


220 Chald. Irupa. c. 3 to attend to 
any thing, fo consider, Dan. 7, 8.—Hence 
12238. 

520 m..1 Chr. 22, 12, also 221, in 

pause >>, c. suff. bob. R. bob. 

a: ditaticgence, understanding, wisdom, 
1 Chr. 22, 12. 26, 14. Prov. 12,8. 52 
212 good Gilerstaniline Prov. 13, 15. Ps. 
111, 10. 2 Chr. 30, 22. >2t nib Zo give 
the understanding of any thing, i. e. to 
cause to understand it, Neh. 8, 8.—In a 

_bad sense, craft, cunning, Dan. 8, 25. 
2. prosperous success, prosperity, Prov. 





Mk : 

macs £ Hee. 1, 17 folly, i. q. maids 
which is found in many ἢ Mss. and edi- 
tions. 


1011 





iin 


n2M220 Chald. f. (Ὁ. 2b) intelligence, 
understanding, Dan. 5, 11. 12. 

? 720 fut. "Db", to hire; Arab. 
po to reward, to thank. Talm. i. q. 


Heb.—With ace. of pers. Gen. 30, 16. 
Prov. 26, 10. So to hire workmen 2 
Chr. 24, 12. Is. 46,6; troops 2 Sam. 10, 
6. 2K. 7,6. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 2 Chr. 25, 6; 
a priest Judg. 18, 4. In a bad sense 
i. q. to bribe Judg. 9, 4. Deut. 23, 5. Neh. 
13, 2. 

Nipu. to hire oneself out, to be hired, 
1 Sam. 2, 5. 

Hirap. to hire oneself out, to earn wa- 
ges, Hag. 1, 6. 

Deriv. "30, “2b, 
ΓΞ Ὁ, pr. 1. ἜΞΩ". 

120 m. constr. "3, ο. suff. ϑῷ. R. 
a2. 

Ἢ hire, wages, of a labourer Gen. 30, 
28. 32. Deut. 15, 18. 1 K. 5, 20. Zech. 
8,10. Mal. 3, 5; of a nurse Ex. 2, 9; 
fare, passage-money, Jon. 1, 3; also 
hire of a thing Ex. 22, 14 ; stipend of the 
priests Num. 18, 31. 

2. reward, espec. from God, either for 
virtue Gen. 15, 1. 2 Chr. 15, 7. Jer. 31, 
16. Ps. 127, 3; or for labours and suffer- 
ings Is. 40, 10. 62,11. Ez. 29, 18. 19. 

3. Sacar, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 4. 
b) 1 Chr. 11, 35, for which in the parall. 
passage 2 Sam. 23, 33 978. 


“20 m. (τ. 920) hire, wages, Prov. 11, 
18. Is. 19, 10 "a "ῶὥν» Woke making wa- 
ges, hired labourers ; comp. ΓῺ no. 2. ἃ. 


ἘΠΡῸ obsol. root, i. gq. Arab. dw, 


ἜΞῷ, Hpk, 


. pr. to be quiet, i. q.t πρὸ; then to be fat, 


i. q. Arab. du VII. LBs 
"20 m. (Keri 1720) a quail, so called 


- 


from its fatness, comp. Arab. olen 5 


thrice collect. quails, Ex. 16, 13 where 
it is joined with a fem. in the manner of 
collectives. Num. 11, 32. Ps. 105, 40.— 
Pior. 512% Num. 11,31, as from a sing. 


~~ 


nib, corresponding to Arab. Sets 
and Samar. "50, which the Cod. He- 
breo-Sam.alsohas. Sept. ὀρτυγομήτρα, 
Vulg. coturniz. See Bochart Hieroz. 
II. p. 92.—Not the bird now called kata 
elhs, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 


| 620. 


“Sip 1012 eRe ἀκ᾿ 


"2H Keri, see bb. 


Na>W (garment, see mad) Salma, 
pr.n.m. a) A son of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 
51.54. Ὁ) See in m5 no. 2. 


ma £ by transpos. for M2 q. v. 

1. a garment Ex. 22, 8. Mic. 2, 8. 

2. Salmah, pr. n. oF the father of 
Boaz, Ruth 4, 20; for which xo>b 1 
Chr. 2, 11, and abt Ruth 4, 21. 


aw (clothed) Salmon, pr. n. m. 
see 17228 no. 2. 


mab Salmai, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 48; 
for which Ezra 2, 46 Keri "Ὡρῷ. 


S80 a quadrilit. root not used in 
Kal, denom. from bX. 

Hira. ΘΛ ΓΙ, fut. ΒΝ Ὁ Gen. 13, 

9; inf. and imp. buoitn 2 Sam. 14, 19, 
“yar Ez. 21, 21; part. plur. obeats 
1 Chr. 12, 2. 

1. to turn to the left, Gen. 13, 9. Is. 30, 
21. Ez. 21, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 19 see in 72". 

2. to use the left hand, to be left-hand- 
ed, 1 Chr. 12, 2. 


. NAD, more fully Βα γον» ΟΝ 


ought perh. to be pronounced ringed, 


Arab. His. 

1. the left hand, opp. 1.2} the right 
hand. Gen. 48, 14. Judg. 16, 29. Jon. 4, 
11. Cant. 2,6. 8,3. Accus. >Xow and 
dRowN (Gen. 13, 9) to the left hand, 
towards the left; often in the phrase 
brains 1.25 "Ὁ τ not to turn to the right 
hand or to the left Deut. 2, 27 (comp. 
Num. 20, 17). 5, 29. Josh. 1, 7. 23, 6. 
1 Sam. 6, 12. 2 K. 22,2. 5x02 on or 
at the left hand 1 K. 7, 49; c. genit. of 
any one Gen. 48. 13. 2 Sam. 16, 6. 1 K. 
22,19. 3 Chr. 4,8. Ὁ ΘΟ 55 on the left 
hand 2K. 23,8; to the left hand, towards 
the left, Gen. 24, 49. Is. 9, 19. 

2. the left, i. e. the left side, quarter. 
part ; hence >Xaw~5 the left hand, Judg. 
3, 21. Ez. 39, 3. 

3. the north, the northern quarter, see 
in, VMN no. 2. Job 23, 9. Gen. 14, 15 
Pipat> ΝΟΣ on the north of Damas- 


S - 
cus. Corresponding in Arabic is IGS 
the left hand, the left, the north. 

Nore. As to the origin of this quadri- 


literal, some regard it as from ΘΝ Ὁ Ls 


and >, the latter either as added, or as 
rarhwen from 547, i.e. >Xow from ORD 
and 547. Others, as Simonis, make i 
from a root bow hy to wrap oneself — 
in a garment; as if >No the left hand — 
were so called as being usually enveloped 
in the mantle or outer garment. 
Deriv. denom. 5x2 Hiph. and 


"OND adj. left, on the left, opp. "772" 
right; 1 K. 7, 21. Ez. 4, 4. Fem. 
ΓΡΡΝ ΝΘ Lev. 14, 15. 16. 26 sq. 2 K, 
11, 11. 


*T72D and 172 Neh. 12,43. Zech. 
10,7; imp. nav, ft, maw; to rejoice, 
to be joyful, to be glad. The primary 
idea seems to be that of a smiling, cheer- 
ful, merry countenance, comp. AMY 
lett. a, b; and hence Arab. to be 


cheerful, gentle, liberal—Judg. 9, 19. 
1 Sam. 11, 15. 1 K. 5, 21. Hee. 3, 22. al. 
Sometimes of a louder joy, to be or make 
merry, spoken of persons feasting ‘and 
nig Fite! themselves, 1 K. 4, 20. Eee. 
15; comp. Zech. 10, 7. Henke maw 
as or to rejoice before Jehovah, spoken 
or the sacred festivities held in the courts 
of the sanctuary, Lev. 23, 40. Deut. 12, 
7. 12. 18. 14, 26. 16, 11. Neh. 12, 43; 
comp. Is. 9,2. Also of those singing 
and dancing, Job 21,12. So too maw 
jaba Ex. 4, 14; elsewhere. ascribed tol 
the heart itself Ps. 16, 9. 33, 21. Prov. — 
23, 15; and to inanimate things, as the 
Reavers Ps. 96, 11..1 Chr, 16,383 
Mount Zion Ps. 48, 12; once to a light, 
Prov. 13, 9 the candle of the righteous 
mab" rejoiceth, i. 6. shines with a cheer- 
ful light.—With 3 of that in or αὐ which 
one rejoices, 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 21, 2. 104, 
31. 122, 1. Prov. 23, 24; often maw © 
mina to rejoice in Jehovah i.-e. in his 
favour and protection Ps. 9, 3. 32, 11. 85, 
7. 97,12. Joel 2,23. With > id. Is. 9, 
16. 39, 2. Jon. 4, 6. 1 Chr. 29,9; rarely 
c. 12 Prov. 5, 18 (where many Mss. have — 
3). Ecc. 2,10; 6. > et inf. as ΤΊ may 
1 Sam. 6, 13, comp. Judg. 19, 3; ‘sD Ps. 
58. 11. Job 31, 25. For the idea of re- — 
joicing over the calamities or destruc- — 
tion of any one is put > M2W Ps. 35, 19. 
24. 38, 17. _Is. 14, 8. Mic. 7, "8. Ob. 12; 
rarely 3 Mab Prov. 24, 17. Job 31, 29. 
Pie. maw, fut. mutts, to make rejoign: 











-cover with a garment ; 


“wrap oneself. Hence ΠΡΌ, 2138; 


naw 

to gladden, to cheer, c. acc. Deut. 24, 5. 
Prov. 10, 1. 15, 20. 30. Ps. 45, 9. 104,, 
15. al. Of a rejoicing over the gala- 
mities of others, c. > Ps. 30,2; 52 Lam. 
2,17; 22 Chr. 20, 27. 

Hipu. i. q. Piel, Ps. 89, 43. 

Deriv. the two following. 
ΤΠ Ὁ m. adj. verbal, fem. Hab, joy- 
Sul, glad, rejoicing, Deut. 16, 15; c. 77a 
because of or in any thing Ece. 2, 10; 


plur.c.> et inf. Prov. 2, 14 nivs> ora 


33 who rejoice to do evil: Plur. constr. 
once smu) Ps. 35, 26, once “72 Is. 
24, 7. 


ΓΔ Γ᾽ (τ. mv) constr. mrt» c. 
suff. sna) , plar. ΤΠ Ὁ ; joy, gladness, 
rejoicing, Ps, 4, 8. 45, 16. nay now 
2133 to rejoice with great joy, i. 6. ex- 
ceedingly, 1 1 K. 1, 40. Jon. 4,6. Spec. 
a) The loud expression of joy; as songs 
of joy, shouts of rejoicing, Gen. 31, 27. 
Neh. 12, 43. 2 Chr. 23, 18. 29, 3806. b) 
festivity, i. e. festive banquets, -plea- 
sures, Judg. 16, 23. Prov. 21, 17 om 
ΠΡ Ὁ loving pleasures: nna mina 
Neh. 8,12. 12,27. 2 Chr. 30, "23. ma 
ann Ece. 7, 4. 


ΓΔ f(r. Fab, Ὁ for Ὁ) a carpet, 
quilt, mattrass, Juadg. 4,18 ; where some 
Mss. read 73°20. Comp. ἴξξου bed, 


couch. 
| * Sv obsol. root; Arab. dys to 
Conj. EY, to 


garment. 
Hira. ῬΛΘΏΤ, see Γ΄. bea. 


Tony Ε (τ. 92) constr. N22, c. suff. 
indo ; plar. ΓΦ, c. suff. ΞΟ; 

a garment, both of men and sation 
Deut. 22,5; espec. the wide owler gar- 
ment or mantle Gen. 9, 23. Judg. 8, 25. 
Prov. 30,4; in which a person wrapped 


himself at night, Deut. 22, 17; the sol- 


diers’ cloak, Is. 9, 4. Also genr. rai- 
ment, as nba ἘΠ᾿ food and. raiment 
Deut. 10, 18. Is. 3,7. 4,1. Plur. rida 
garmenis Gen. 45, 22. Ex. 3, 22. ak 
From this primary ‘form comes by trans- 
pos. M725 q. v. 


nba (garment) Samiah, pr. n. of a 
king of Edom, Gen. 36, 36. 1 Chr. 1, 47. 
85* 


1013 





NI 


᾿ paw obsol. root, Arab. te por- 
son ; whence eye Samiim (Simoom) 
a poisonous wind. 

maa (in some Mss. Ὁ 819) a spe- 
cies of poisonous lizard, Prov. 30, 28 ; 
Sept. καλαβώτης, Vulg. stellio. Arab. 


ala isa poisonous lizard spotted like a 
leopard. See Boehart Hieroz. II. p. 1084. 


“aw i. ᾳ. 7.920; hence ΑΘ 
nails ; comp. in 7202. 


* N20, fut. 830", inf. abs. δ Ὁ, con- 
str. No ana Paty Prov. 8, 13, to πὰ 


Syr. (am, Arab. Us, id. but Arab. also 


ron σ΄ 
intrans. to be ugly, deformed, i. ᾳ. eid. 
In this idea of ugliness, deformity, seems 
to lie the primary meaning of the root ; 
comp. Engl. ugly, pr. in a physical sense, 
but also provincially of temper and dis- 
position.—Constr. with acc. of pers. Gen. 
26, 27. Deut. 22, 13. Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 5, 
6. 31, 7. 139, 22; with acc. of thing, 


“e.g. falsehood Ps. 119, 104. 128. 163; 


wickedness Ps. 45,8; also 50, 17. Prov. 
5, 12. Ecc. 2, 17. Ps. 120, 6. al. Rarely 
with > of pers. Deut. 19,11. Ascribed 
‘to the soul (353) Is. 1, 14. Ps. 11, 5. 
Opp. 3538 Deut. 21, 15. 2 Sam. 19, 1— 
Parr. 820, NIV, ΜΈ τσ a hater, απ ene- 
my, either personal Ex. 23, 5. Job 8, 22. 
Prov. 25, 21. Ps. 35, 19; or public Gen. 
24, 60. Ex. 1, 10. Ps. 21,9. With suff. 
inn” Deut. 7, 10; but also i> sow id. 
Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4. 6. 11. Josh. 20, 5; 
comp. Gr. ἐχϑρός τινι: Heb. Gr. § 113. 2. 
Fem. plur. ΤῚΝ) Ez. 16,27. Part. pass. 
hateful, odious, fem. Prov. 30, 23. 

NIPH. pass. of Kal, Prov. 14, 17. 20. 

Pret only in Part. xia a hater; an 
enemy, either personal Job 31, 29; or 


‘public Deut. 33, 11. Ps, 18,41. 44, 11. 


68, 2. 89, 24. Only in poetic style. 
Deriv. ΝΣ, new. 


NU Chald. ig. Heb. Part. nw a 
hater, enemy, Dan. 4, 16 [19]. 


TNID f. (Ὁ. 82) constr. MRI, ον suff. 
"Fg 

1. Pr. inf! of the vérb 82¥ Deut. 1, 27. 

2. hatred, 2 Sam. 13, 15. Ps. 109, 5. 
Kec. 9,1. Hx2v2 in hatred Num. 35, 20. 


sid 


nding ON Nw 10 hate with great ha- 
tred, i. 6. exceedingly, 2 Sam. 13, 15. 

Sel) m. (r. 820) adj. verbal, only 
fem. HN", hated, Deut. 21, 15. 

“2H (r. “9, coat of mail, i. ἃ. 78 
q. v. no. 2; or, cataract, i. 4. "8%, from 
the noise of waters) Sentr, pr. ἢ. of 
Mount Hermon among the Amorites 
‘Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 27,5; in a narrower 
sense for a part of Hermon, Cant. 4, 8. 
1 Chrr 5, 23. According to Abulfeda 
the part of Anti-Lebanon north of Da- 
mascus is called Senir ; Abulfed. 


ed. Kohler p. 164; ed. Paris p. 68.— 
Written also ""78 in some copies’ Deut. 
3, 9. Cant. 4, 8. 


ἀκ» 1} obsol. root, prob. i. q. "2% fo 
make a noise, to clatter, e. g. as arms, 


θῶ“ “Κ5 


whence armature, coat of mail. 
Hence see pr. ἢ. "730. 


MY, ρίαν. nist, see in MDB. 


YY τη. (τ. "2Y) constr. "93; plur. 
Dp "3, constr. "7730. 

1. hates, shaggy, rough, Gen. 27, 11. 
23. Dan. 8, 21. Chald. 7130, Syr. 


G6. σ 

jagsm, Arab. petty id 

2. a he-goat, buck, (Lat. hircus i. q. 
hirtus, hirsutus, hairy,) Lev. 4, 24. 16, 9 
sq. Fully 1 ΑΣῸ a buck of the goats, 
goat-buck, Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 4, 23. 16,5. 
Num. 7, 16 sq. 28, 30. 29, 11. al. “3B 
mRoMN the goat of the sin-offering Lev. 
9, 3. 15. 10,16. 16,15.27. For the wor- 
ship of the he-goat among the Hebrews, 
after the example of the Egyptians, see 
Lev. 17,7. 2 Chr. 11,15. Fem. πο 
a she-goat, see in its order.—Plur. 
nysb he-goats for satyrs, wood-demons, 
supposed to resemble he-goats, and to 
Jive in deserts Is. 13, 21. 34,14. Sept. 
δαιμόνια. See on these popular supersti- 
tions, Comment. on Isa. Il: cc. Bochart. 
Hieroz. II. p. 844. 

3. Plur. ὩΣ Ὁ, showers, Deut. 32, 2; 
comp. r. "3 to shudder. 


py (hairy, shaggy, τ. ἸῺ) Sei, 
pr. n. 

a) A phylarch or chief of the Horites, 
Gen. 36, 20-30. 

b) The mountainous country of the 


1014 





ὩΣ : 


Edomites, extending from the Dead Sea 
,to the Elanitic Gulf, the northern part of 
*whigh i is now dalled Jebdl (see 233); and 
the southern esh-Sherah, $1.4 St; see 
Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, p. 491, 
410. Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il. p. 552. 
This region (ΠΣ "3 Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 
1, 2. 2, 1) was first inhabited by the 
Horites, πὶ Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 2, 12; 
then by Esau Gen. 32, 4. 33, 14. 16, and 
his posterity the Edomites Deut. 2, 4sq. 
2 Chr. 20, 10. al. This mountainous 
country may possibly have derived its 
name from the Horite Seir, see above 
in lett.a; but it is better to render ΡΣ 
asean appellative, the shaggy mountains, 
i. e. clothed and as it were bristling with 
trees and forests ; comp. Gr. λάσιος, and 
Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 3. 

c) A mountain on the northern border 
of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10. 


ΠΣ f(r. “2¥) constr. ΤΣ 

1. a she-goat, comp. in ἌΣ Ὁ, Lev. 4, 
28. 5, 6. 

2. Setirah, pr. ἢ. of a place or tract in — 
the mountains of Ephraim, c. 7 loc. 
mn yw Judg. 3, 26 comp. 27. | 


Dey τὰ. plur. (τ. 990, Ὁ for Ὁ). 
thoughts, cogitations, which divide and» : 
distract the mind; Job 20, 2. 4, 13 in 
thoughts from the visions of the night, | 
i. 6. nocturnal dreams which distract 
and agitate the mind; comp. Dan. 2, 1. 


nie. w fat. "2" to shudder, to shiver ; 
Germ. schauern, ‘schaudern. | 

1. Like "30, spoken of the sudden 
commotion and raging of a storm or 
tempest, to storm ; see Pi. Hithp. Niph. 
Comp. Lat. ‘dies horruit imbre’ Val. 
Flacc. ‘ tempestas horrescit nimbis’ Sil. 
1. 133; Germ. Regenschauer, Engl. 
shower.—With acc. to sweep away in 
storm, Ps. 58, 10. Hence “3 no. 1, 
masy, os (ΠΣ no. 8). 

Ὁ. of the convulsive motionand shrink- 
ing of the skin in sudden terror, to shud- 
der, to shiver, Gr. φρίσσω, φρίττω. Ez. 
27, 35 "zw ssw ἘΠΞΡῸ their kings 
shall greatly shudder, i.e. be seized 
with great and sudden terror. Jer. 2, 12; 
with >» of the cause Ez. 32, 10. With 
ace. like Gr. φρέσσω τινά, to shudder at, 
i.e. to feel a sacred awe before a divi- 























"ow 


nity, to fear, Deut. 32, 17.—Hence “> 
no. 2. 

3. Of the hair, to stand on end, to bris- 
tle, as the effect of the sudden shudder 
of the skin; comp. φρίσσω Sept. Job 4, 
15; φρίσσουσι τρίχες Hesiod Op. 540; 
Lat. ‘capilli horrent’? Tib. 2. 3. 23. 
Hence in the derivatives is found the 
signif. of standing on end, bristling, 
saggy, hairy; as 198, ΟΣ Ὁ, a hair, 
collect. hair, comp. Germ. Haar, Lat. 
hirtus, hirsutus, hircus; χήρ, her, heres 
(eres) i. 6. hedgehog ; also M73¥ hor- 
deum, barley, so called from its bristling 
ears ; and ""3W hirsutus, shaggy, a goat; 
Arab. -2% to be shaggy, hairy. 

Nipu. impers. it storms, is tempestuous, 
a tempest rages, Ps. 50, 3. 

Piet to sweep away in storm, c. 7 
Job 27, 21. 

Hirup. to rush on like a tempest, c. >¥ 
Dan. 11, 40; comp. "90 Hab. 3, 14. 

Deriv..see in Kal no. 1, 3. 


“YW τὰ. (τ. 19%) 1. 1. ᾳ. 490, a tem- 
pest, siorm, Is. 28, 2. | 

2. a datidering. horror, Job 18, 20. 
Eiz. 27, 35. 32, 10. 

3. Onibe as Saat of “3B q. v. 


ah) m. (r. "2W) constr. "3H, once 
ἜΣ Ig: 7, 20, c. suff. 93%, hair, 80 ᾿οὐοὰ 
from ptinding out or erect, SSH ἢ 


see r. “30 no. 8. Arab. 
Ijse, 12,8, id—-Spoken: 8) Of 
the hair of the head, with SX" added 
Judg. 16, 22. 2 Sam. 14, 26. Ezra 9, 
3; without OX" Cant. 4,1. Ps. 68, 22. 
b) Of hair on other parts of the body, 
Lev. 13, 3. sq. Ὀπ5). ὍΣ the hair of 
the feet, i.e. of the pudenda Is. 7, 20; 
and so κατ΄ ἐξοχήν Sr the hair of paherty, 


‘Ez. 16,7. Arab. By i id. c) Perh. 
_ the shag of coarse woollen cloth; so 
ΠΣ VIN a hairy i i. 6. made 
either of hair or fur (Arab. ia), or of 


shaggy woollen cloth, Gen. 25,25. Zech. 
14,4. Hence "3 592 7x a man clad 
in such a mantle 2 K. 1, 8. 


“9 Chald. m. hair, with xy added 
Dan. 3, 27. 7,9. In Targg. id. 


-- 


1015 


a, Syr. 





ΓΞ 


Maye fig. mIv0 a tempest, storm, 


Job 9, 17. Nah. 1, 3. R. 3b. 


MVD fF. (r. BW) constr. NAVY, c. suff. 
ἼΛΗΣ, plur. constr. ΤΊΣ, n. unit. of 


"3, a hair, Arab. Sos ὦ id. Judg. 20, 
16 πησϑπ τον to a hair, proverbially of 
slingers who could hit a mark without 
varying a hair’s breadth. Elsewhere 
collect. hair, e. g. of the head 1 Sam. 14, 
45. 2 Sam. 14, 11. 1 Καὶ. 1, 52; or genr. 
of the body Job 4, 15. Plar. “ONT ming 
the hairs of my head Ps. 40, 13. 69, 5. 


MSW ἢ also ΤΡ Joel 1, 11 (r. ab) 
no. 8) plur. ΟΝ ov ἰσὼ ; ; barley, so 
called from the bearded atid bristling 
ears of this grain; like Lat. hordeuma 
horrendo, and vice versa m™28> spelt 
(q. v.) from its smooth and shorn ears. 


Syr. pS, Chald. xpiz0, posh, 


psd ; Arab. pase barley, Sand α 


barley-corn.—Sing. only of barley in 
growth, Job 31, 40. Joel 1,11. Ex. 9, 31. 
Deut. 8, 8. Is. 28,25. Plur. o™S0 of 
the grain after threshing (comp. mun, 
1911) 2 Sam. 17, 28. 1 Κ' 5, 18. Jer. 41, 
8. Ez. 4,9. al. mdb sh a-homer of 
barley Bey 27, 16. DSi map barley- 


meal Num. 5, 15; ὦ ond barley-bread 


Judg. 7,13, comp. Ez. 4, 12. So too 
ps Wxp barley-larvesl, the gather- 
ing in of the grain, Ruth 1, 22. 2, 23. 
2 Sam. 21, 9. 


DW (barley) Seorim, pr. ἢ. m. 
1° Chr. 24, 8. 


“yaw obsol. root, which seems to 
have had the signif. to suck or lick up 
greedily, to absorb, like kindr. 830 q. v. 
The same idea is expressed in other 
families of languages (inserting the let- 
ters lor r) by the roots slab, srab, comp. 


ὦ to drink, opm to absorb, Lat. sor- 


bere, Germ. vulg. schlappen. Dropping 
i there arises Lat. sapio to taste ; or cast- 
ing off the sibilant, Pers. ws, Lat. la- 
bium, Engl. to lap. 

Deriv. mab, ond. 


MOY f dual ponew, constr. ‘maw, ὁ. 
suff. ΠΡΌ; ; plur. donate: ninpd as from 
a form ry. R, mp. 


1. @ lip, dual the lips. Chald. 880° 


ΓΞ 
5.5 
NMED, xnav, Syr. jkan, Arab. KAS, id. 


hers 37, 29, Cant. 4, 3. 11. 5, 13. Prov. 
24,28. meba sven Ps. 22, 8, see in 
“28 Hiph. Often put: a) Asanorgan 
of speech; 6. g. to open the lips, to begin 
to speak, Job 11, 5. 32, 20; also fo open 
the lips of any one, to cause him to 
speak, Ps. 51, 17; to refrain the lips, to 
keep silence, Ps. 40,10. Prov..10,19. So 
speech or discourse is said to be upon 
the lips Prov. 16,10. Ps. 16,4; once un- 
der the lips Ps. 140, 4; comp. Ez. 36, 3, 
for which see in 71> no. 1. p. 528. Job 
2, 10 he did not sin with his lips. 12, 20. 
Ps. 45, 3. ime >32 of uncircumcised 
lips, i. e. not of ready speech; Ex. 6, 12. 
—Hence b) Of the manner of speech, 
e.g. αὐ In nations. i. q. speech, dialect, 
Gen. 11, 1. 6. 7. 9. Is. 19,18 5222 rBw the 
dialect of Canaan. 33,19. Ez. 3, δ. 8. 
8) In. individuals whose manner of 
speech varies according to their disposi- 
tion and habits; 6. g. "RY MEL lip of 


deceit, lying lips, falsehood, Prov. 10, 18, 


comp. 17, 4. 7. Ps. 120,25; 738 MBw id. 
Prov. 17, 4: Max new lip “of truth, vera- 
city, Prov. 12, 19. 
. ing lips, ardént professions, Prov. 26, 23. 
pine pm sweelness of the lips, plea- 
sant discourse, Prov. 16, 22; so Zeph. 3, 
9. Is. 6, 5. Ps. 12, 3. 4.—Also the word of 
one’s lips, 6. g. of Jehovah, a divine pre- 
cept, Ps. 17,4; comp. Prov. 23,16. Else- 
where in a bad sense, of what one utters 
with his lips, but without consideration 
and without meaning what he says 
_ (comp. Is. 29, 13); hence lip-talk, i. 6. 
-emply words, vain and foolish discourse, 
Is. 36, 5. Prov. 14,23; and so Dona Hx 
ἃ man of talk, an empty talker, Job 11, 
2; Dina 54x a prating fool Prov. 10, 
__ 8; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33.—Ps. 81, 

(6 SowN MAID ND mw 7 heard a lan- 
guage (manner of speech) that 7 had 
— not known, i.e. the divine communica- 


tions—Arab, RAN ys ee) | Dw, 
the son or daughter Ae the lip, i.e. speech. 
2. a lip, i.e. the edge, border, margin, 


as of a cup 1 K. 7, 26; of a garment. 


Ex. 28, 32; of a éurtain 26, 4. 36, 11; 
of the sea, the shore Gen. 22, 17. Ex. 14, 
30. Josh. 11,4; of a river, the bank Gen. 
41, 3. 17. Ex. 2, 3.2 Κ. 2, 13. ney 
j77" the bank of the Jordan; and so 


1016 


_ 24, 17. 22. Sept. ey χείλη. hes 


mph ΠΩΣ Ὁ burn-. 


also σάγος, sagum,i. 6. the coarse mantle 















Spw 
Judg. 7, 22nbina bax mpl) she ba 
(the stream at) Abel-ineholah. 


Ὁ naw whence Pi. may and n. 


ie dP 
see in τ. MEO. 

DET m. (from mew lip, and BS, com 
nbp, | bax) c. suff. ‘joey, pr. li 
the ‘mustachios ; 6. g. ΞΘ ΠΙῺΝ to tri, 
the mustachios or beard 2 Sam. 19, 98 
Sept. ποιεῖν μύστακα. Also ΒΩ wh-b> nus 
to cover the mustachios, i. e. the mouth 
and the beard over it, in token of leprosy 
or falsehood, Lev. 13, 45. Mic. 3, 7. BZ 


Venet. in Liv. μύσταξ. 
JPW, see in τ. PO. 
pew, see in r. PED. [ 
PE τ. (τ. pdO I, & for Ὁ) a smiting, 


chastisement, from God, Job 36, ® 
Comp. PD Job 34, 26. 


po m. (r. Ppw) c. suff. py; plat 
ΥΩ, cusuff orp. 
ting, sackcloth, a coarse cloth, 
s made of hair, used for sieves 
and strainers (see the root); also for 
sacks to hold grain and for mourning 
garments. Comp. Eth. W® sackcloth, 
also the garments of monks and pilgrims; 
WHW® lattice; Gr. σάκος, σάκκος, 
sackcloth, Lat. saccus, which Jerome 
uses likewise for the garmentof pilgrims; 






or blanket of soldiers. Chald. po, RPO, 


Copt. COK, CK, id.—Is. 3, 24 nga 
pb a girdle of sackcloth, Then . © 
2. a sack for grain Gen. 42, 25, 27. 35. 
Lev. 11, 32. Josh. 9, 4 

3. sackcloth, as used for a mourning: 
garment, fally Κ pi waad Esth. 4,2; 
a close, and rough garment of sackcloth | 
(Is. 3, 24. Job 16, 15, comp. Rev. 6,12) — 
worn upon the salad body 1 K. 21, 27, 
2 K. 6, 30. Job 16, 15; andnot laid aside — 
at night 1 K. 21, 27. Joel 1,13. Also ; 
ΒΝ) PY wzb to ‘pit on: stekcloth and | 
ashes, a8 a mourner Esth, 4,1; comp. — 
Is. 58, 5. Spoken of the garigent of 
ascetics and prophets; Is. 20,2 Vaoae the ; 
sackcloth from off thy loins. ἴ 


Tpw, once in Nips. Lam. 1, 14, ac- 
cording’ to Kimchi to be bound, made 
Jast, sc.a yoke. It would seem tostand 











































δ΄ μρὺ 
; n affinity with 7pP, TDN, Tax, the as- 
jirates and sibilants being often kindred ; 


es .—Several Mss. have 3283, which is 
ilso expressed by Sept. Vulg. Syr. but 
against the sense of the context. 


᾿ *ppw obsol. root, prob. i. q. Ppt 
6. v. to strain ; Gr. σακκέζω, Lat. sacca- 
Hence pv. 


[ "4 “pw in Kal not used, i. q. Chald. 
"Pd, to look, to behold. 

i Pre pr. to let (the eyes) look about, 
i. 6. to look about, to ogle, in the manner 
of wanton and shameless females, Is. 
3, 16. Sept. ἐν γεύμασιν ὀφϑαλμῶν.--- 
Others fucantes oculos, comp. "PO to 
tain, to paint; but against the context. 


12 m. (τ. "9) c. suff. Ὡϑ ὦ ; plur. 
Bb", c. suff. "2, constr. ™B. 

1. a prefect, leader, master, chief ; 
0 not found in the kindred dialects. 1 
am. 22,2. 2Sam.23, 19. With genit. 
ε Span “® the chief of the cup-bearers 
Gen, 40,2sq.41,9. o7pkn 7b the chicf 
the bakers ibid. "ἼΘΙ "ὦ the 
ief of the eunuchs Dan. 1,7. "737 ὦ 
prefect of the city Judg. 9, 30. 1 K. 
, 26. 328m "ὦ the chief of the dis- 
trict Neh. 3, 14 sq. Ὁ" "0 masters 
over the tribute-service, task-masters, Ex. 
1,11. p29 “% masters over the eattle, 
chief herdsmen, head-shepherds, Gen. 
47, 6. Espec. of military chiefs and 
aT Beaders, a commander, captain, Ex. 18, 
21. 2 K, 1, 9 sq. Is. 3, 3. Deut. 1, 15. 1 
F am. 18, 3; plur. 1 Chr. 15, 25. Gen. 21, 
ἜΣ: Sani! 12, 9 o»MawM “Wb the captain 
é f ‘the body-cuard Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 41, 
10. Jer. 40,1 sq. Also absol. of a mili- 
ἰῷ y commander, 2 K.19, 9; plur. Num. 
1, 18. Job 39, 25. Is. 21, 5. 31,9. 2 Chr. 
32, 21. 

4 ἔ- a prince, noble, chief, 6. σ. a) Of 
2 who holds the power over a whole 
port, although less than a king, i. q- 
m2 no. 2; so ΠΣ ΘΒ 4b the princes of 
P Philistines 1 Sam. 29, 8; perh. Job 3, 
14. Is. 49, 7.al. b) Of the chief niéni ina 
state, Job 29, 9. 34.19; on whom rest 
authority and power, chief officers, min- 
islers, the companions and friends of 
‘the king, plur. Ὁ Ὁ 2 Sam. 18,5. 1K. 4, 
ὦ, Is. 30, 4. Jer. 26, 11 sq. 37, 14 sq. al. 


ἢ 


sunder Ὁ Ρ. 1000. Targ. aggravatum 





101:.7 "ὦ “Ὁ Xs 


ΠΣ "Ὁ Gen. 12, 15; ἸΣΣ Mb Is. 19 
11. 13. pt) abe Hoa. 13, 10. Is. 49 
38 ; comp. Hos. 7, 3. 8, 10. Is. 23, 8 Tyre 

. ome mynd “ai ‘tohine merchants 
are princes, i.e. like princes in wealth 
and power.—So in sacred things: α) 
wip "1b sacred princes, i. e. the priests, 
Is. 43, 27. 8) In the book of Daniel, 
the princes of the angels, i. e. the seven 
archangels (οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἵ ἐνώπιον 
tov ϑεοῦ ἑστήκασι Rev. 8, 2) who act as 
the patrons and advocates of particular 
nations before God ; Dan. 10, 13. 20. 21. 
12,1. Hence y) o™ WH -ὦ the prince 
of princes,’ t: e. God, Dan. 8, 25. 


* 370 j in Kal not used, to interweare, 
to braid. Chald. and Syr. 470, =e 
id. Kindr. are the roots 770, prxb, 
prob. 338 to weave, comp. under letter 
®; also 750, 30 , the mid. radical being 
softened. 

Puau fut. plur. 539" fo be woven toge- 
ther, interwoven, Job 40, 17. 

Hrrap. fut. plur. 39%" 10. interweave 
themselves, to be woven together, trop. of 
transgressions Lam. 1, 14. 

Deriv. 5°39", and pr. n. δ), 


ig 1,70 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Oy 
to pierce, to perforate, kindr. with © ; 
9 - 

whence a 


Then, to sew together, @spec. things hard, 
as lanthos with wire and an awl; also ἐὸ 
interweave, to net, in the manner of net- 


an awl, Heb. 178 stylus. 


90. 
work, as a coat of mail, whence Oo 


a coat of mail woven from iron wire or 
rings; see ὙΠ. 


=: “Ὁ to flee, to escape, Josh. 10, 


20. Arab. δεὼ id. Syr. ἫΣ to trem- 


ble, to flee in trepidation, Kindr. is 
329, perh. 139. 


Deriv. Tv. 


TID m. (τ. AW) pr. a coat-of mail ; 
then a species of cloth or stuff resembling 
mail or network, wrought of threads by 
means of needles, of which the curtains . 
of the tabernacle were made; comp. 
V2¥; hence 1 "398 Ex. 31, 10. 35, 
19. 39, 1. 41. Comp. Chald. 1 cur- 
tains, hangings, so callea ‘hot the kind 


TD | 


of stuff from which they were made, 
δ Ὁ sieve. Sept. incorrectly, στολαὶ 
λειτουργικαΐ, as if for maw "35, which 
the Samar. actually exhibits; but the 
sense requires curtains, tapestry, and 
not garments. 


TY τος Te 44, 18, 1. 4, Arab. ἀγα 


“an awl, or rather a stylus, graver, with 
which the artist sketches the outlines 
of the figure to be sculptured. 


ἘΠ Ὸ 1. to set in a row,to range 
in evils, i. ᾳ. Arab. ye mid. Waw. 


Hence M750 a row, ae q. ν. 

2. to be a leader, prince, chief, i. q. 
“ay I. no. 2, and "2; from the notion 
of arranging τῆ ΠΝ up troops. 


nists Sy and a to be noble, liberal, 


ἘΝ a prince, noble. 


3. to contend, to strive with any one, 
c. DY Gen. 32,29; τὸ Hos. 12,4. Arab. 


St Conj. ΠῚ, id—Fut. "ΝΘ comes 


from “a I, 
Deriv. myib; Mw, and the pr. 
names "0, he, Bens. 


MW fem. of subst. Ἢ (τ. MW) la 
princess, noble lady, Judg. 5, 29. Esth. 
* 1,18. Spec. of the king’s wives of noble 
birth Is. 49, 23. 1 K. 11, 3; different 
from his concubi@es, comp. Cant. 6, 8. 
Metaph. Lam. 1, 1 Γῆ) 123 ΥΩ princess 
among the provinces. 

2. Sarah, pr.n. a) The wife of Abra- 
ham, at first called "9% q. v. Gen. 18, 6 
sq. 20, 2 sq. 21, 1sq. 23, 1. 19. Is. 51, 2. 
al. b) A daughter of Asher, Num. 26, 
46. 


AVN (shoot, branch) Serug, pr. n. m. 
Gen. 11,20. R. anv. 

FIN τη. ‘(r. 72’) a latchet, thong, 
which fastens a shoe or sandal, so call- 
ed from lacing and binding together, 
Is. 5, 27.~ Proverbially for any thing 
of little value Gen. 14, 23; see in BAN 


p. 299. Arab. Oya id. 
mp, see in PAW no. 2. 


MW (abundance, i. q. M79) Serah, 
pr. n. f. Gen. 46, 17. 1 Chr. 7, 30. 


1018 

















































“Ww 


*OID to cut, to gash onese 
make incisions in the flesh, as wa 
tomary in mourning, ren yur. ἢ 
Lev. 21,5. Arab. b 

Nien. to be lacerated, i. a tol 
crushed, in lifting too grou ab 
Zech. 12; 3.—Hence 


» DI m. Lev. 19, 28, 
21, 5, an incision, gash.. 

"ID Sarai, pr. n. of the wife of Ab 
ham, Gen. 11, 29 sq. 12, 5. 1156. 3 1 
afterwards called ny: q. v. Gen. 17, 
sq. The LXX write the first na 
Σάρα, pronouncing "— like a, in the J 
bic manner, comp. "370 Σινᾶ ; the la 
they write Σάῤῥα, because ale 
reality for the form M3v.—The ety 
logy δ of "1 is obscure. Some cor 7 


Sri colocynth, Miclese Orient. E 
lioth. IX. 188; others ἘΝ w noble, g 


rous, Iken. pie. Theol. p. 17 sq. Ew 
explains it, ‘ contentious, quarre 
from τ. ΤΡ no. 3; Gram. § 3234. 
is prob. best. 


γ ὦ ὩΣ 


te 


Κ 2 


of 


ΘΔ τὰ. plur. (τ. 238, Kamets i 
pure) c. “suff. mb, shoots, t 
of a vine, Gen. ‘40, 10. 12. Joel 1, 
Kindr. are Chald. 7397, jA991, a 
vine; Arab. Sassy. νῷ» id 

TID τὰ. (τ. TY I) plar. ἘΠῚ 
constr. "3°W. 

1. one left, one escaped from a laug 
ter. a survivor, i. q. 0">B, whence 7 
wsbps Jer. 42, 17, 44, 14. Lam. 2, 2 
Often in the phrase . sr au) S 
there was not left to him a survivor, ¢ 
remaining, i. e. there was none left aliv 
Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3,3. Josh. 10, 28. 37 
11, 8; also Num. 24, 19. Deut. 2, 84. a 
Collect. the survivors, those who remail 
alive, Judg. 5, 13. Is. 1,9. Of thing 
left, remaining, Job 20, 21. 26.—F 
Josh. 10, 20. Joel 3,5. 397) “37 thos 
left of the sword, who escaped it, Je f, 
31, 2. 4 
2. Sarid, pr. n. of a town in Zebulun 
Josh. 19, 10. 12. PY 


mW and Ww (oration Te 
vah) ‘Seraiah, pr.n.m. a) The βου! 
or secretary of David, 2 Sam, 8. 17; 








































π΄ τη 
fee γος corrupted, 6. σ. into x73 
. 20, 25, NOW 1K. 4, 3, Rv 
Chr. 18,16. b) The father of Ezra 
e priest, Ezra 7,1. c) Of several 
| Persons, see 2 K. 25, 18. 23. Jer. 


ae 
Ϊ “ 


i δ 40. Ezra ὃ, 2. Neh. 10, 3. 11,11. 

12, 1. 12. 

PID, see pq. - 

hei Ὁ adj. (τ. px 1) plur. £ nip", 
ackled, hatcheled, as flax Is. 19, 9, An- 


nt eombe: for this purpose, see in Wil- 
‘ ‘a on’s Anc. Egyptians, III. p. 140. 


32 i. q. 328, in Kal not used, to 
weave, to lay crosswise, to entangle. 
. W290 id. spec. to entangle one’s 


ath ; Arab. Joi i. q. Heb. 

| Pint, Jer. 2, 23 the swift camel m2 3% 

93°73 entangling her ways, i.e. ranning 

bout wild in her season of heat. 

 Deriv. 77. 

atthe Sarsechim, pr. n. of a chief 
f the eunuchs in the army of Nebu- 

hadnezzar, Jer. 39,3. Perh. "20 (plur. 


20) is sectus, exsectus, i. q. D140, from 
r. rr, whence also 138 knife. 


* on to stretch out, to make long or 
large ; Aas. wid. Part. pass. 339 


stretched, prolonged, i. e. having any 
member too long or large, and so being 
ΒΕ 6. g. of persons Lev. 21, 18; 
of cattle Lev. 22, 23. 

_ Hien. fo stretch oneself out, Is. 28, 20. 


| DSL m. ρίαν. thoughts Ps 94, 19. 
139, 23, 1. α.. p'e>) q. v. with the letter 
“ inserted ; see under ἢ, p. 949, 950. 


«οὐ ἢ gw ~, fut. ὉΠ 1. to burn up, 
to consume with fire. Syr. id. but rarely. 


Zab. 23] id. Syr. -2;0 is also ‘to suck 


‘up, to absorb,’ see Middledorpf Cure 
eer in Job p. 15. Comp. also 278 heat. 
Ε΄ onetrued : a) With acc. to burn, 
a δ. wood Is. 44,16; garments Lev. 13, 
2; stubble Is. 47, 14; a sacrifice wes 
. 12. 21. 8,7. 16,27; a city Judg. 18, 
fe’. 15. 1, 7; sanctuaries Ps. 74, 8 ; 
vv Boden idols Deut. 12, 3. 1K. 15, 13; 
feeds forming stockades Jer. 51, 32, see in 
Bax ; also children in honour of an idol, 
2K. 17, 31. Jer. 7, 31. 19,5. Deut. 12, 


| 40, 8. 51,59. 61. 1 Chr. 4, 13. 14." 





1019 sal’ 


31. In many of these examples Ux3 
with fire is added. 8) 5 Raw pnw to 
burn a burning for any one, to make a 
burning, i. e. to institute a Slain: pub- 
lic funeral for any one, during which 
precious spices were burned, 2 Chr. 16, 
14. 21,19. Jer. 34,5. Comp. Jos. B. J. 
1. 33. 9, where, in the funeral of Herod, 
it is said there followed πέντακόσιοι τῶν 
οἰκετῶν καὶ ἀπελευϑέρων ἀροματοφόροι. 
Geier de Luctu Hebreor. 6. 2. But 
this custom had no connection with the 
burning of the body. - c) to burn or bake 
bricks, Gen. 11, 3. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal, to be burned, e. g. 
in punishment Gen. 38, 24; genr. Lev. 
4, 12. 6,23, Josh. 7,15. Jer. 38,17. Mic. 
1, 7. Prov. 6, 27. al. 

Prev see in 20. 

Puav i. q. Niph. Lev. 10, 16. 

Deriv. Fes maw, mp we. 


"EA paw Arab. G58, Gua 
Ὁ τα ' ya : Σ᾿ ; 
1, to be high, lofty, Scena s bia 


% elevation, loftiness, Seal high, 
γα ενάσν —Hence 
2. to be eminent, noble, to excel in no- 


5. - 
bility and glory ; whence Sri noble- 
9 


ness, glory, Was, noble. in rank, ἃ 


prince.—Hence 757 q. v. 


Ὁ m. (r. ye 1) plur. oa; 
see also the next article. 

1. Pr. Adj. burning, fiery; then poi- 
sonous, venomous, deadly, as an attribute 
of a serpent, from the burning inflam-_ 
mation caused by its bite ; comp. "2M 
I, heat and poison; also Gr. πρηστήρ, 
καῦσος. So: Num. 21, 6 and Jehovah 
sent ΠΕ ΌΤΙ Dni-ny fiery (poison- 
ous) serpents among the people ; Sept. 
τοὺς ὄφεις τοὺς ϑανατοῦντας, Vulg. ig- 
nitos serpentes. Deut. 8, 15 Ὡπῷ om 
I3P33 poisonous serpents and scorpions ; 


Sept. ὄφις δάκνων, Vulg. serpens flatu 


adurens.—Also as Subst. without m3 
id. Num. 21, 8 τῶ 5 πῶν. Is. 
14, 29 ΠΗ “RIL a venomous “flying . 
serpent ; ascribed also to the Arabian 
desert, Is. 30,6 Spiva FIb) MBN the 
viper and the venomous flying serpent 


paw 1020 “nw 


It is now known that no species of fly- 
ing serpent exists; but this ancient opi- 
nion probably rested upon a species of 
flying lizard, draco volans Linn. found 
in Africa and Asia, which in its general 
appearance resembles a serpent but is 
not venomous. See Comm.on Is. 14, 29. 
—Corresponding in sound is Sanscr. 
sarpa serpent from srip, serpere, ἕρπειν, 
to creep; but this seems to have no 
relation to 9, which signifies not ser- 
pent, but venomous. 

2. Saraph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22. 


ΠΣ Ὁ m. plur. (τ. AI’ IL) Seraphim, 
Seraphs, 15. 6, 2.6; an order of angels 


and ministers of God, who stand around 
his throne, each having six wings, also 


hands and feet (v. 2), and praising God [ 


with their voice. They were therefore 
of human form, and furnished with wings 
as the swift messengers of God, like the 
Cherubim (see 3393); though by no 
means identical with these, as some 
have supposed. They are so called as 
being of elevated rank, princes ; as in 
Daniel the archangels are also called 
nb princes, Dan. 10, 13 comp. 8, 25. 
Other proposed etymologies, see in 
Thesaur. p. 1341 sq. 


MDW f. (τ. qv I, Tsere impure) 
constr. ΠΕ, a burning with fire Gen. 
11,3; a burning, a fire, Lev. 10,6. Num. 
19, 6.17; espec. a burning of spices at a 
funeral (see in τ. 90 1), 2 Chr. 16, 14. 21, 
19; conflagration Deut, 29, 22 [23]. Am. 
4,11. me Ib ὙΠ a mount of burning, i.e. 
to be burned up, Jer. 51, 25.. ma qw> nw 
to be for burning, i. e. destined to be 
burned up, Is. 9, 4. 64, 10 [11]. 


mi. paw to comb 6. g. flax, to hackle. 
Zab. wp id. Talm. p70 id. also to 
curry a horse, etc. Hence adj. p™v 
q. ν. 

“ST. pre or paw to be reddish, 
fox-coloured ; spoken of a horse, see 
adj. Pav ; ; also of cerulean ad nd grapes, 


yielding red wine. Arab. pas id. of | 


horses and camels, the hair, etc. 
Deriv. the two following, and pr. n. 
mprbe. 


more in p3w. 



































PAD m. (r. Ῥ ΠῚ) 1. 
foa-coloured, of horses, plas 


Zech. 1, 8. Arab. by transp. ὦ 
reddish horse, with the mane cae 
also red, Germ. Fuchs, fox-coloured, 

2. a vine bearing cerulean of fil 


grapes, plur. "pny Is. 16, 8. ὃ 


"pI? m. Is. 5, 2, PTD Jer. 2, 21, 8 
MPD £ Gen. 49, 11. R.pwwil 

1. a vine of a finer and nobler ἐν 
prob. so called from its cerulean or pi 
ple grapes. According to Abulwali 
grows in Syria; it is called in 
Gay and . as also at 
present day in Morocco Serki, i. q. Pe 
Yi Kishmish, and is still ce 
brated in Arabia and Persia ; the grap 
are small, partially round, dark-colour 
with the stones soft and scarcely perce 
tible. See Niebuhr’s Arabien p. 14 
Oedmann’s Verm. Sammlungen aus d 
Naturkunde: VI. p. 98 sq. 

2. Sorek, pr. n. of a valley, prob. 
called from its vineyards, Judg. 16, 
[Eusebius and Jerome place it north. 
Eleutheropolis and near to Zorah. Οἱ 
mast. art. Soreoh.—R. a 


ΤῸ i. q. mI no. 2, and "πῶ 
have dominion, to rule, to be a pri 
Part. "9% Esth. 1, 22. Fat. ibs Is. 
1, Prov. 8, 16. 

Hirap. “nen, to wali 
prince, c. ἘΣ Nom. 16, 13. 

Deriv. ἰῷ, πῶ. 

FIWD m. (r. wat) constr. (ivy Kame 
being dropped, as if from a root πιῶ 
joy, gladness, Joel 1, 12. Is. 12, 3. Jer. 3 
13. 51, 14. 119, 111; often coupled 1 
nm Is, 22, 13. 35, 10. 51, 3. 11. 
jibe oil of joy, i i. 6. oil used in anoir 
ing the guests at festive banquets, et 
Ps. 45, 8. Is. 61, 3. 


MD | see mx. 
Ἶ βοΐ, see in SMO. ὲ 
‘ “nw to split, to burst, Arab. 


Nien. to be burst forth, protruded, 
break forth, of hemorrhoids, fat. plur 


mnw? 1 Sam. 5,9. Comp. >p3 Ν 
no. 3. 


































᾿ 
Shin, forming together with Sin the 
‘ aty-first letter of the Hebrew alpha- 
et, as a numeral denoting 300. The 
lame of this letter, 1 i. q. 7, signifies 

-tooth, in allusion to its figure, which is 
nearly the same in all the Semitic alpha- 
bets. It is pronounced like the Engl. sh, 

erm. sch, a sound which was wanting 

Ὁ the Greeks, unless perhaps the Doric 
Sav, Hdot. 1. 139, is to be so pronounced. 
e the LXX, in order to give some 
ipproximation to its sound, for ὅπη, "ὦ, 
ite ἹῬήχς, Χσέν, see Lam. c. 2. 3. 4. 
_To the letter 8, which is far more 
quent than ὦ, thers are in Arabic 
Be Sorrespionding letters, viz. a) In 
' 3 the greater number of cases, μν» 


eh baw as. ie b) Far 


5 often (pf, as Yaw nee the sun, 
τὸς pe to write down. In roots of 
both these kinds, the Aramean pre- 
serves.*. 6) Sometimes ὦ». in words 
where the Aramean has Τὸ, as ἀρ ον» 


ΠΩ B&z 395 eight ; au a 


Ah 2 sb snow ; Sw wa and Νὰ nan, 
jan . Ravew } in such examples has the 
Arabic w for B,as "38 25 72M to 
break, 2123 WLS 35 to return, to turn 
‘about. 4) The Arabic sometimes also 
) admits different ways of writing the same 


‘word, and thus apparently divides one 
LE Hebrew toot into two Arabic ones, as 


τ UMS) and US) 5 ; nwp sort and 
PL as; 5 Re Quis and J ao pares 
; . uss body. 

In the Heb. ἕλον ὦ is interchanged: 
sa) With ®,see p. 1000. Ὁ) With n, as 
ban and mn, like χαράσσω, χαράττω; 
gna and mina pine; comp, =18, Aram. 
“sim, Arab. ok; "δῷ, ἡ te, nan, 
| “Arab, χὰ 6) With other sibilants in 
the dialects, as ¥, ἃ, eg. dad ACK 
‘train; 235 ei ball wan, Rab- 
bin. ἈΣΏΝΓΙ the groin; Bp, Gite and 
86 


¢ 





ae 1021 ὦ 


yess. d) With ἀθηΐα!5, α5 ἼΡ, Aram. 
pho TBP; ND and ΓΙ to lie. 

In those Semitic roots which have 
been adopted into the occidental lan- 
guages, chiefly the Greek, 8 is ex- 
pressed sometimes by a simple g, 8, as 
MIG σειρά, σκηνή from 720; 520 συλάω; 
sometimes by ox and az, as bby} σκυλάω,͵ 
ἔχ). σκυτάλη, nau σκῆπτον, σκῆπτρον, 
σχολή from πϑῶ, Sometimes it passes 
into ὁ (d); as 718, Aram. ἴο 2, Gr. 
Tavgos; 03 Bcsieelas wan Tartessus ; 
ἼὩ ὁδούς dens; though in these the 
Aramean form seems often to have in- 
tervened. i 


Ὁ, rarely 2 Judg. 5, 7, Cant. 1, 7. 
Job 19, 29, before gutt. Ὁ Judg. 6, 17, 
and © Eee. 2, 22. 3, 18,1. 6. the prefix 
Shin, i. q "88; the & being dropped by 
apheresis, and the Ἢ either assimilated 
and inserted as Daghesh in the next 
letter, or (in the form &) also dropped. 
Except in the book of Judges (5, 7. 6,17. 
7, 12. 8, 26), this prefix is usual only i in 
the later Hebrew. 


A) Relat. Pron. who, which, what ; 
that. Judg. 7, 12. 8,26. 1 Chr. 5, 20. Ps. 
122, 3. 124, 8. 129, 6. 7. Lam. 2, 15. 16. 
Cant. 4, 1. 2. 6, 5. Ecc. 1, 3. 9. 14. 2, 9. 
11, 21. 22. al. sep. Without a demonstr. 
i. gq. he who, Ecce. 1, 11. Cant. 1, 17. 3, 3. 
—Besides in the Heb. O. T. this form of 
pronoun is found widely in the Phenician 
dialect, where it wads pronounced si, 
sy, se; sometimes followed by a letter 
doubled; see Monumm. Pheen. p. 356, 
438. Perhaps also in the same dialect 
the fuller form © is found; see The- 
saur. p. 1345. In the other dialects 


comp. Amhar. fl when, prefixed to 4 
verb.—Spec. like "Ox a) Asa mere 
sign of relation, 6, g. ow—O whither 
Ece. 1, 7; Dww Ps. 122, 4. b) With >, 
i.e. by} so frequent among the Rabbins, 
used like > as to express the genitive 
of a possessor ; Cant. 3,7 ποθ ines 
the litter of him, ‘anlomon. pr. which is 


to Solomon. Cant. 1,6 emphat. abe} 95. 


-Νῷ 


my vineyard, even mine ; for the pleo- 
nastic suffix, see Heb. Gram. ὃ 119, 3. 
note. 

B) Relat. Conjunct. i. q. ΟΝ, ἈΞ. 

_ 1. that after verbs of seeing. Ecc. 2, 
13. 3,18; of knowing Ecc. 1, 17. 2, 14. 
9,5; of thinking Ecc. 2, 15; of giving 
a sign Judg. 6, 17. Also: a)* what 
is—that, ‘this is—that,’ Ecc. 2, 12. 5, 
15. 7, 10. Cant. 5, 9. b) Ecc. 12, 9 
mw “min besides that he was, etc. 6, 3 
38 sg" ἈΠ 32 so that many be the 
days of his years. Ὁ ὉΣῸΞ scarcely that 
Cant. 3,4. ὦ 2 till that, until, Judg. 
5, 7. Cant. 2, ‘17. c) ὦ πῶς to make 
or cause that Ecce. 3, 14. 

2. because that, because, Cant. 1, 6 bis. 
5,2. Ecc. 2, 18; fully Ὁ mya3->2 Ecc. 7, 
14. Also for; Cant. 1,7 mob for why? 

3. when, Ecc. 5, 10. Comp. "8x B. 5. 

4, With Prefixes: a) ‘2 i. q. “OAD 
lett. c, because that, Ecc. 2, ‘16. b) ὋΣ 
i. q. “OND, pr. according to what, i. e. as, 
Kee. 5, 14. 12,7. Also, as, when, Ecc. 
9, 12. 10, 3. 


"ιν fut, 3887 fo draw water. 
Chald. id. Arab. Ls and Sain to 


slake one’s thirst by drawing water. 
Comp. Goth. skephan, Germ. schépfen.— 
Construed either with acc. 92 Gen. 24, 
13. Deut. 29, 10. Josh. 9, 21.23. 1 Sam. 
7, 6.9. 11; or absol. Gen. 24, 11. 19. 20, 
With dat. of instr. Gen. |. c. Nah. 3, 14; 
772 of fountain 2 Sam. 23, 16. 
Deriv. D°aNd2. 


. δ fut. δε to roar ; Arab. pa 


to bellow, to bleat, also toroar. Spoken 
pr. of the lion, Judg. 14,5. Ps. 22,14. Hos. 
10, 11; c. > Ps, 104, 21. Trop. of thun- 
der Job 37, 4, comp. Am. 1, 2. Joel 4, 
16; of raging warriors Ps. 74, 4; also 
of persons in extreme pain, to cry out, to 
groan, Ps. 38,9. Hence 


TNw f. constr. Magy, c. suff. "MN, 
plur. c. suff. "Max ; roaring of a lion - 
5, 29. Job 4, 10. ‘Zech. 11,3. Trop. out- 
cry, groaning, of a person in great pain 
Job 3, 24. Ps. 22, 2. 32, 3. 

“f Nw i, ᾳ. NID 
noise, to rage, to roar, of floods,-a tumult 
of people, see Finw, mY IT. 


1022 


1. to make a, 





IND 


2. to crash, to fall with a er 
‘a house, etc. hence to be laid 1 
6, 11 init. Ἧ 

Nips. 1. to νοὐν ol ush 
roar, e. g. of floods and nations 
12. 13. 

2. to be laid waste, of a land Is, 

Hien. to lay waste, inf. ee : 
26; and so αὶ being dropped MX 
19, 25. 

Deriv. TRS, FINO, MND, if 


~ ded mR not used in Kal, i. ᾳ F 
to look at, to behold with atianilall 

Ηιτηρ. AXA id. Gen. 24, 21, δ. 
Sept. καταμανϑάνωϊ Vulg. contemy 


MRD, see nyiv. | 
MINT Prov. 1, 27 Cheth, see int xt 


bind and SB comm. gend. ΩΝ 
96,6; ἢ Is. δ, 14. 19, 9}) Sheol, ἢ 
Orcus, the under world, Sept. vu 

ans, once ϑάνατος 2 Sam, 22,6; a 
subterranean ‘place Job 11, 8. Deut, 
22; fall of thickest darkness Job 10, 2 
22 (but see Is. 14, 9 sq.) where dwell th 
shades of the dead (3 Χ55 q. ν.) Ps. 3 
4. 86, 13. 89,49. Prov. 23,14; to whie 
are poetically ascribed valleye Prov. ἕ 
18, and also gates and bars Is, 38, 1 
Job 17,16. The dying are said to 
down to Sheol, M35 773 Num. 16, ὃ 
Ez. 31, 15. 17; poet. birt) “3 Job 7, 8 | 
Ps. 55, 16; comp. πρίν ‘sein to bri 
down to Sheol Gen. ‘42, 38. 1 Sam. 2, 6 
1 K. 2,9. Those who save the life o 
any one are said ¢o deliver him >ix® 
Srom the hand ( power) of S Hos. 13 
14. Ps. 49,16. Elsewhere Sheol is said 
to devour all Prov. 1, 12; to be insatiable 
Prov. 30, 16. Is. 5,14; to be stern am 
cruel Cant. 8,7. To it by prosopopeia 
are ascribed snares, with which it lies 
in wait for men, Ps. 18, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 6; 
and those who escape death are said to 
have made a covenant with Sheol, Is. 2§ 
15.18. Poet. and by meton. Sheol is 
put for its inhabitants, or rather is per- 
sonified, Is. 14, 9. 38, 18, comp. Ps. 6, 6. 
See espec. Nom. 16, 30 sq. Is. 14, 9 sq. 
Ez. 31, 16 sq. 32, 21 sq. Chald. and 
Talmud. bi" id. Syr.\cae. Ethiop. 
f.6A.—As to the etymology, ding 
comes from r. ἘΝ Ὁ I, and is i. q. 2138 ἃ 
cavity, a hollow subterranean place ; just 























- 








IND 
s the Germ. Holle hell, is originally the 














sat. celum is from Gr. κοῖλος hollow. 
usual derivation has been from the 
tion in of asking, demanding, r. oxi no. 


( εἰ alike, whence the epithet orcus 
war Catull. 2. 28, 29. 


(asked for, desired, r. 5x8 II) 
ul, Saul, pr.n. a) The first king 
f the Israelites, from the tribe of Ben- 
jamin, 1 Sam. 8, 4. 9,2sq.c.15. b)A 
‘ing of the Edomites, Gen. 36,37. c) A 
or of Simeon, Gen. 46,10. d) 1 Chr. 
9, see in >xi lett. —From lett. c. 
‘comes the patronymic *>5x® Shaulite 
Yum. 26, 13. 
Tint m.(r. πο 1) constr. jiNs, c. 
suf χα 
1. noise, raging, tumult, 6. g. of wa- 
ters Ps. 65, 8. Is. 17, 12. 13; οἵ ἃ crowd 
or multitude of men, Is. 5, 14. 13, 4. 24, 
8. 25,5. 66, 6; of war Am. 2, 2. Hos. 
“10, 14; of outery, clamour, Ps, 74, 23. 
Jer. 25, 31. 48, 45 ints "22 sons of up- 
roar, i. 6. ¢omultuous warriors. 
2. desolation, destruction ; Ps. 40,3 753 
_ -ViRD the pit of destruction. Jer. 46, 17. 








_ temn, to despise. 
¢ Ἢ ie 

prob. to stink; comp. bU and kes 

; 6-8 

to stink, X15 stinking mud.—Hence 

= ὌΝ m. (Kamets impure) c. suff. 

| FONv Ezy 25, 6; contempt, i. 6. pride, 

_ arrogance, Ez. 25, 15. 36, 5. 

ρου f. ruins, Is. 24, 12. R. nee 1. 


| «by fat. 5x I. ig. 598, to dig, 
to excavate, to hollow out ; hence dix 
Hades, pr. a hollow place ander ground. 
—From the idea of digging comes rea- 
 dily that of searching out, inquiring, 
Ε comp. "PF, “23 no. 3, "BM no. 2; also 
᾿ς -percontari, to search, to explore with a 


The primary idea is 


κόντος stick, probe, etc. Engl. ‘ to dig, 
_to grub.—Hence 
IL. to ask, to inquire, to ask for, either 
hy way of demand or entreaty. 
1. to ask, to inquire of, to interrogate ; 


| Chald. id. Sy \L2 to interrogate, to 
sk for. Arab. Ke to interrogate, to 


1028 


1 ask; V,tobeg. Eth. 4A and MAA to 
me with Hohle a hollow, cavern, and 


7 OND obsol. root, i. q. 698 II, tocon- |. 





byw 


demand, to ask, to beg.—Constr. absol. 
Deut. 13, 15: with acc. of pers. Gen. 24, 
47. 32,18. 44,19 OND WISS-PN DNATA 
my lord asked his servants, saying. Deut. 
32, 7. Judg. 4, 20. Job 40,7; rarely with 
Ὁ of pers. 2 Κ. 8, 6. Job 8,6. That of or 
about which one asks is put with >, Gen. 
32, 30. 43,7. Judg. 13, 18. Jer. 6, 16; bp 
Neh. 1,2. Ecc. 7, 10; ace. Jer. 50, 5; hence 
with two acc. of pers. and thing Jer. 38, 
14. Is. 45, 11. 58,2. Hagg. 2,11. Ps. 35, 
1l.—Spec. a) to consult an oracle, to 
inquire of, e.g. Ξὶ xt Deut. 18, 11; 
tra 6. 3, a mins by) to inquire 
of (at) Jehovah Judg. 1, 1. 18, δ. 20, 8. 
Sam. 28, 6; also 2 Sam. 16, 23. Ez. 
21, 26. With > for any one 1 Sam. 22, 
10. 13.15. Nun: 27, 21. b) 'Bd bee 
pibwd to ask one as tohis health, wel- 
fare, etc. to ask how one does; hence 
to salute, to greet, Gen. 43, 27. Ex. 18,7. 
Judg. 18, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 14. 17,22. 2Sam. 
8, 10; and so Jer. 15, 5 2 pibai PROD, 
Poet. Ps. 122, 6 othe iby) sed wish 
prosperity to Jerusalem, i i. e. salute her. 
[Others, perhaps better, pray for the 
welfare of Jerusalem, as in no. 2.—R.] 
Without the idea of salutation, 2 Sam, 
11, 7 David inquired after the welfare 


of Joab and of the army, etc. Syr. Sta 
᾽ [road id. to salute. 


2. to ask for, i.e. a) to require, to 
demand, abso]. 1 K. 3,5. 2K. 2,9. Is. 
7, 11. 12. Mic. 7,3; with ace. of thing 
1 Sam. 12, 13. Lam: 4, 4 ρα onbbis 


tm. Ps. 40,7; c. 18 Pe. 2, 8᾽, mya 


1 Sam. 8, 10. With two acc. αἰτεῖν 
τινά τι, Deut. 14, 26. Is. 58,2. Ps. 137, 3. 
With dat. i> 5x to ask (demand) for 
oneself, 1 Sam. 12, 17.19. Ascribed to 
the mind, 852, Deut. 14, 26; to the eyes 
Ecc. 2,10. Spec. Jon. 4,8 “mx Ὁ 95) 
mia> ΕΝ he required of his soul to die, 
i.e. he prayed that he might die. 1 K. 
19, 4. Job 31, 31 iwz2 Moxa SRB by 
requiring his life with curses, i. e. pray- 
ing for his (my enemy’s) death. So 
ἀσυνδέτως Is. 7, 11, comp. 2 K. 2, 10. 

b) to ask, i. e. to entreat, to beseech, to, 
beg, with acc. of thing Judg. 5, 25. 1 K. 
3, 10 sq. 10, 13; also with 3 of pers. 
from whom, Judg. 8, 24. 1 Sam. 1, 20. 
Ps. 21, 5; ὨΝῺ 2 Sam. 3,13. 1K. 2 


δι᾽ 

20. Ps. 27,4; 632 Deut. 10, 12. 18, 16. 
With dat: of pers. for whom 1 K. 2, 22. 
sb ἘΝ Ὁ to ask for oneself 2 Chr. 1, 11.— 
Spec. «) to ask as a loan, to borrow 
from any one Ex. 3, 22. 11, 2. 12, 35. 
Part. pass. >5X0 borrowed. 1 Sam. 1, 28. 
K. 6, 5. With > prob. to lend. i. ᾳ. 
Hiph. 1 Sam. 2,20. Syr. Aph. to lend; 
Kttaph. to be lent. So in Rabbinic efien: 
f) to ask alms, to beg, i. q. Pi. no. 2, 


Prov. 20,4. Arab. Conj. V, id. Lt 
a beggar. Ethiop. id. 

Nipu. to ask for oneself, to ask leave, 
like Gr. αἰτοῦμαΐ σε τοῦτο, see Heb. Gr. 
§ 50.2. With 72 of pers. and > with 
inf. of that which one asks leave to do, 
1 Sam, 20, 6. v. 28, where the inf: is omit- 
ted. So with a finite verb Neh. 13, 6.— 
Others, ‘to obtain liberty or leave from 
a master by entreaty.’ 

Pret 5x8, fut. 530. 
interrogate, 2 Sam. 20, 18. 

2. to beg, i. ᾳ. Kal 2. Ὁ. 8. Ps. 109, 10. 

Hipn. to loan, to lend, Ex. 12, 36. 
1 Sam. 1, 28; comp. Kal no. 2. b. α. 

Deriv. frat no. I, >ixt; from no. IL, 
πονῶ, πρὸ, nyt, andthe pr. names 
baw), bats, ‘byte, DINOS. 


ut Chald. 1. to ask, to interrogate, 
with > of pers. Ezra 5,9; also with ace. 
of that about which one inquires, v. 10. 
Dan. 2, 10. 27. 

2. to ask, to demand, c. dupl. ace. 
Ezra 7, 21.—Hence πρὶ Chald. and 


Nt (an asking) Sheal, pr. n. m. 
Ezra 10, 29. 


Nw see rind. 


PEND ἢ (r. ΒΝ) c. suff. "MENG DHdNw 
Ps. 106, 15, and contr. προ i Sam. i, 17. 
ΟἽ. an asking, request, petition. So 
ΓΝ Sew to ask a petition, i. 6. to ask 
a thing of any one, to make a request, 
Judg, 8,24. 1K. 2, 16.20. ὃ Wn? to grant 
a petition Esth. 5, 6, 8. 7, 3. 9,12. "Ra 
max the petilion is granted Job 6, 8. 

2. a loan, thing loaned, 1 Sam. 2, 20. 
Comp. the root >8 no. 2. Ὁ. a. 


M28 Chald. f. emphat. xmdxw, pr. 
a question. i. 6. a subject of inquiry, a 
cause in law, and hence a decree; Dan. 
4,14 xmbxw wap ΩΝ ‘he mandate 


1. to ask, to 


1024 ὍΝ 













of the Holy ones is this decree 


1 ee question, cause in law, ἡ 


SN "MOND (I have asked him o 
Shealtiel, pr. ἢ. τη. 1 Chr. 3,17. E 
2. Neh. 12, 1; icq. bere Hogg 
14. 2, 2. the 


*IND to rest, ἰοδ Gull in call 
used; kindr. with {D0 to rest ¢ 
upon any thing, for repose ond 
Syr. Pa. «ὦ placavit. 

Pit. XO to be quiet, tr 
in quiet, Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27. “i 3 
Prov. ᾿ 39. -Ἡρῦδο 


282 m. adj. plur. ΣΝ Ὁ 1.. 
tranquil, of a dwelling Is. 33, 20; oto 
dwelling in quiet Zech. 1, 15. Job 12, 
comp. #2850 Job 31,33. © 

2. In a bad sense, living at ease, Οἱ 
less, proud (secundis rebus ferox 
lust. Jug. 94.) Ps. 123, 4. Am. 6, on 9 
32, 9. 11. 18. Comp. nya no. 2. babe 
mabe, and Schultens Animadv. ad Jol 
26, 5.—Subst. pride, arrogance, ls 8 
29. 2K, 19, 28. 


OND, see r. DOW, 


ἘΏΝ fat. HRd? 1. to breathe hard, 
to pant, to blow, 6. g. of an 5 
son, to snort, Is. 42, 14; of one in haste Ἂ 
hence. ἕο hasten Eee. 1,5. Comp. m5 
Hiph. no. 3.—Of the same stock are the 
roots FW, O02, 32, 3a 1; and kindr. 
to these is the syllable sn, oN. which 
has the signif. of breathing and desir- : 
ing. In the Indo-european tongues we | 
have, with asibilant, schncubes, canara, ! 
pen, to snuff. 

2. to pant after, sc. with.open nostrils, 

mouth, ete. 6. g. the air, wind, lo snuff — 
up Jer. 2, 24. 14, 6; nightfall Job 7, 2; 
night i.e. death Job 36, 20; absol. Ps. 
119, 131. Poetically asoribed to a snare — 
or trap laid for any one, Job 5, 5; see 
peas. With ἘΣ, Am. 2,7 they pant for 
the dust of the earth on the head of the 
poor, hyperb. expressing the sordid 
avarice of the rich, as envying the 
even the slightest possession and etriv- 
ing to deprive them of it.—Elsewhere 
to pant afler any one, is to thirst for his 
blood, the metaphor being taken from 
wild béaste, Ps. 56, 2. 3. 57, 4. Am, he 
Ez. 36, 3. 
















| oie 


om) 


a 













"NW 


em δ πον» 1. to become full and turgid. 
‘to swell up or out ; spoken of fulness or 
roundness of flesh in the human body, 

‘spec. in youth, whence “NW flesh ; also 
of the rising or swelling of fermentation, 
whence MIND kneading-trough. Kin- 
dre roots are 7xw whence “WW leaven; 
al 9 ὙΠ Ὁ to swell, to boil ; Arab. ye id. 


3 id. also of swellings on the ies. 
~ 2. to be abundant, redundant ; hence 
“to be left, io remain. Chald. and Sam. 
? > : .»- 
. Arab. γῶν to let remain ; rm to 
be lefi—In Kal once 1 Sam. 16, 11. 
_ Nien. pass.of Hiph. 1. fo be left over, 
to remain ; Gen. 7, 23 73 48 "RU and 
only left. 42, 38. 47,18. Ruth 
1, 3. 5. al. _ Ex. 8, 27 [31] wb Nd 
πὶ there remained nit one ; 80 14, 28. 
Ζῶ. 4,16. Josh. 8,17. 2 Καὶ. 10,21. With 
dat. to remain for any one Zech. 9,7; 
Ὁ. 3 inany place Is. 17,6. Dan. 10, 8; 
Ὁ. 72 Neh. 1,2. Part. “x02 one lef, a 
_ survivor, Gen. 32, 9. Is. 4, 3; plur. Gen. 
14,10. Fem. Is. 37, 31. 
2. to remain any where, to remain be- 
hind, Ex. 8, 5.7. Num. 11, 26. Job 21, 
84 ὉΣΌΓΟΝ ΟΣ oman your answers 
remain treachery, i.e. being examined 
there remains of them only treachery. 
Nore. In Ez. 9, 8 in some editions is 
found the anomalous form "28 "NXON2} ; 
_ which has doubtless arisen from the 
mingling of two readings, "82 part. and 
“xwx. Some Mss. also are without the 
ἐξ, and others without the 3; see De 
Rossi. 

_ Hira. 1. to leave, to let remain, e. g. 
after eating Deut. 28,51; after the har- 
_ vest Ob. 5; espec. after a slaughter, 8} 
— MH WOH he left none remaining, no 
_ survivor, Josh. 10, 28. 37. 39.40; c. dat. 

to any one Josh. 8, 22. 10, 33. 11, 8. 
1 K. 16,11; and so after a public de- 
portation 2 K. 25, 12. 22. Jer. 39, 10.— 
So to leave behind, spoken of one depart- 
ing, Joel 2, 14. 
| 2. Intrans. 7> Rtn to be left to any 
_ one, there remains to him; Josh. 8, 22 
and they smote them pnd “90h “nba “3 
swab until there was not left to them one 

remaining. Num. 21, 35. Deut.. 3, 3. 

2K. 13,7. Without dat. to have left, to 

retain ; Am. 5,3 the city that went out 
* 86* 


1025 





“Nw 


a thousand OND “NON hath } a hundred 
left, etc. 

Deriv. "80, ae (7988), MANY, 
ΓΝ ΘΌ, and pr. names MINDY , 332 ay. 


“NU m. (Kamets impure) remainder, 
remnant, residue, the rest, a word of the 
later Hebrew for the earlier τῶ. 
Is. 10, 20. 14, 22. al. With genit. "xo 
iz> the remnant of his people Is. 11, 11; 
so 10, 21. Zeph. 1, 4; also the remaining 
part, the rest, as opp. to something pre- 
ceding, Is. 17,3 Damascus DIX =NOs 
and the rest of Syria. 2 Chr. 9, 29. 


ISU Chald. m. constr. ἜΝ, once 
“xO Ezra 7, 18; remainder, residue, 
Dan. 7, 7. 19; the rest, as opp. to some- 
thing preceding, Ezra 4, 9. 10. 17. 6, 16. 
7, 18. 20. 


20° ΝΘ (the remnant shall return, 
be converted) Shear-jashub, symbolical 
pr. n. of a son of Isaiah, Is. 7, 3; comp. 
10, 21. 22. 


“SV m. constr. "XB Lev. 18, 12. 13, 
6. suff. inRD, flesh, so called as swelling 
out in fulness and roundness in the well 
fed body, see in τ. "NW no. 1. Ps. 73, 26 
"3353 ἜΝ md. Prov. 5, 11 mi>az 
FINA FAIwa when thy flesh and thy ful- 
ness (fat) are consumed. Prov. 11, 17. 
Trop. to eat the flesh of a people is to op- 
press and exhaust them, Mic. 3, 3; see 
in 528 no. 1. g. Also Jer. 51, 35 "Ὁ ΓΙ 
baa-by "IN01 my injury and my flesh 
(devoured by the Chaldeans) be upon 
Babylon.—Hence 

a) the flesh of beasts as eaten, Ps. 78, 
20. 27; also genr. meat, food, of any 
kind, Ex. 21, 10. 

b) the flesh of any one, put for his 
blood-kindred, blood-relatives, comp. "W2 
no. 4; Lev. 18, 12. 13. 17. 21, 2. Num. 


27, 11; more fully: inva "NO (where the 


primary idea of "δῶ: ‘is already lost) 
Lev. 18, 6. 25, 49. . Comp. Arab. ae 


avenger of blood, which signif. seems to 
have come from Heb. "XW. 


MIND f£-(denom. from “"x3) blood- 
relationship, blood-kindred ; concr. kins- 
woman, Lev. 18, 17. 


MIND (id.) Sherah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 
7, 24. 


"NW 
MIND f£ (τ NW) once contr. PB 
1 Chr. 12, 38, part remaining, remain- 
der, Femi uk: the rest, Is. 44, 7. Jer. 39, 3. 
Neh. 7, 72; espec. the remnant, the sur- 
vivors, after great slaughter, as ΤΣ Ὁ 
mais" the remnant of Judah Jer. 40, 15. 
42,15. 44, 28; and so Jer. 24, 8. Ez. 9, 
8. 11,13. Am.1,8.al. Of a total de- 
struction it is said, > MR mm ND 
there is no remnant to any one, none 
(nothing) is left, Jer. 11, 23. 50, 26; 
‘contra > ὦ m2 to grant a remnant to 
any one, to leave a remnant, Jer. 40,11; 
"ὦ =anin id. Jer. 44,7; >" orb Gen. 
45, 7, comp..2 Sam. 14, 7.—Ps. 76, 11 
for the wrath of man doth praise thee, 
“inn Mia MNO the remainder of thy 
wrath thou dost gird on, i.e. dost exert 
thine extreme wrath, comp. Deut. 32, 
23. The remainder of wrath is here 
God’s extreme wrath, reserved for ex- 
treme cases, opp. to the less degree of 
wrath manifested on less aggravated 
occasions. 


DN f (for PRB, r. ON) desolation, 
devastation, Lam. 3, 47. 


820 Sheba, pr. n. m. comp. Ethiop. 
MN man. 


1. Three men in the genealogical ta- 
bles in Genesis and 1 Chron. founders 
of families or tribes in Arabia. a) A son 
of Raamah and grandson of Cush, also 
brother of Dedan, Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 
9. b) Α βοὴ of Joktan, and brother of 
Uzal, Ophir, etc. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 
22. Comp. Abulfeda p. 98 Paris. c) A 
son of Jokshan and grandson.of Abra- 
ham and Keturah, also brother of a 
Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. 1 Chr. 1, 32. Comp. 
in no. 2 fin. 

2. Sheba, the Sabeans, a region and 
people in Arabia Felix, abounding in 
frankincense, spices, gold, and precious 
stones, 1 Καὶ. 10, J.sq. Is. 60, 6. Jer. 6, 20. 
Ez. 27, 22. Ps. 72, 15; celebrated also 
for their great traffic Ez. 1. c. Ps. 72, 10. 
Joel 4, 8. Job 6, 19; but in Job 1, 15 
driving off plunder in the vicinity of Uz 
or Ausitis. With all this accords what 
Greek and Arab writers say of the Sa- 
beans (Σαβαῖοι), whose chief city they 
all Saba and Mariaba (Μα͵αριάβα, now 
wy Mareb), three or four days’ jour- 


ney distant from Sana’a; see Strabo 


a 


1026 30 














XVI. p. 768, 777, 780. Agatharch. p. 
64. Diod. Sic. 3. 38, 46. » Plin. VI. 32: 
Abulfeda p. 96 Par. Edrisi I. p. 53, 147, 
ed. Jaubert.. See Thesaur. p. 1351.— 
Comparing now the three names in 
Genesis (no. 1. a, b, 6), it appears that 
the Sabzeans of Arabia Felix adjacent to 
Sana’a are descendants of Joktan, Gen. 
10, 28 (lett. Ὁ). Nor is it less evident 
that the other two passages, Gen. 10, 7 
and 25, 3 (lett. a, c), refer to one and the 
same people, although a different origin 
is assigned; since in both, Sheba is 
coupled with Dedan and Raamah. We 
may therefore assume two tribes of Sa- 
beans; one of which (b), the more 
powerful and noble, was in Arabia Felix 5 
while the other (a, 6) dwelt towards the — 
Persian Gulf, not far from the mouths of | 
the Euphrates. This latter tribe is not . 
mentioned except in Genesis I. c. 


2 δὲ 5: obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 


kindr, is Syr. wave to 
inflame. The primary idea is perh. 
‘to blow into a flame,’ to kindle by 
blowing, comp. 382, ὥῶς. Hence 2°38 
flame. 


ἘΠῚ. 32% j. q. Chald. 230 to break, 
whence Xa fragment. Hence 


D220 τη. plur. fragments, Hos. 8, 6. 


χει" fut. conv. 38°, to make pri- 
soner, to take or lead captive to carry 


off ; Arab. Luv, Chald. 83x}, Syr. tow, 
id.—E. g. either pergons Gen. 34, 29. 
1 Κ. 8, 48. Is. 14,2. Jer. 41, 10. 14. 43, 
12. al. or cattle, flocks, 1 Chr. δ, 31. 
2 Chr. 14, 14; or wealth, substance, 
Obad, 11. 2 Chr. 21, 17.—So of a con- 
queror leading his captives in triumph, — 
Judg. 5, 12. Ps. 68, 19; also to hold cap- 
tive Ps. 137, 3.—Part. pass. DNIDW cap- 
tives Is, 61,1; fem. Gen. 31, 26 nine) 
27" captives of the sword i. 6. taken in — 
war, like Gr. αἰχμάλωται, δορυάλωται, 
comp. 2 K. 6, 22. Is. 22, 3. 

Nira. pass. of Kal, Csi 14, 14. Ex. 
22,9. 1 Sam. 30, 3. 5. lari 13,17. Ez. 6,9. 

Deriv.. mia, "a5 nae, meat, and 
pr. names betsy} sai, “55 , satin. 


ἼΔΙ τὰ. a species of precious stone, _ 
Sept. Vulg. ἀχάτης, agate, Ex. 28, 19. 
39, 12. See Braun de Vest. sac. II. 15 


ΣΑ͂Σ to kindle-; 


"3 
5 Senay (captive of God) Shebuel, pr. 
n.m. a) 1 Chr. 23,16. 26, 24; called in 


24, 20 Ἐπ ξεῦ Shubael. b) 1 Chr.25, 4; 
called in ν. 20 5x90. 


~ ΦΉΣ Jer. 18, 15 Cheth. for 5°20 ἃ. v. 


7130 τὰ. (denom. from 22% seven) 
constr. 330 Gen. 29, 27, 28; dual ΠΣ 
Lev. 12, δ; plur. 5°20 m. Dan. 9, 95. 
10, 2. 3, nee nivaw , constr. ΓΗ͂Σ, c. 
suff, pstnst) Num, 28, 26; a ΠΩΣ. a 
sennight, ἑβδομάς, i.e. @ ἐδ —In the 
phrase MXt 934 Gen. 29, 27, 330 is not 
fem. but is st. constr. hefare mst, i.e. the 
week of this daughter. 

1. Pr. a@ week of days, seven days, 
Gen. 29, 27. 28. Dan. 10, 2 o°>=wW Mw 
p70" for three weeks, where 5°72" 1s nota 
genitive, see under 0%" Plur. no. 2. b.— 
Miva 3m the festival of (seven) weeks, 
Pentecost, so called from the seven 
weeks which were reckoned from the 
passover to this festival, Ex. 34, 22. 
Deut. 16, 10 comp. 9; fully Tob. 2, 1 
ἁγία ἑπτὰ ἑβδομάδων. But in Ez. 45, 21 
pws mivae an the festival of sevens of 
days, i is the passover, as being celebrated 
each time during seven whole days. 

2. a week of years, seven years, Dan. 
9, 24 sq. Comp. hebdomas annorum 
Gell. N. A. 3.10. Censorin. c. 14. Aris- 
tot. Polit. 7. 16. 


myiaw and MAW f. (τ. 92) constr. 
ὈΣΞΦ,, c. suff. nnd at ; plur. risa ; a 
swearing, an oath, Lev. 5 a Judg. 31, 5. 
1 Sam. 14, 26. Ecc. 9, 2. at. mya »βῦν 
to-swear an oath Gen. 26, 3. Josh. 9,20. 
"RY nsad a false oath, perjury, Zech. 
8, 17. nin nsaw an oth by Jehovah 
Ex. 22, 10. Ecce. 8, 2; also with gen. of 
the person swearing Ps. 105, 9, and of 
him fo whom one swears, as “1933 the 
oath fo me, sworn to me, Gen. 24, 8. 
For Hab. 3, 9 mina τῶ, see in ΠΡ 
no. 3. p. 559.—Spec. a) Anoath sworn 
in making a covenant, i. e. a covenant 
confirmed by an oath, 2 Sam. 21, 7. 
bps 72a joined in a sworn league 
with any one, Sept. évogzot, Neh. 6, 18. 
b) An oath oF cursing, an imprecation, 
curse, Dan. 9, 11. Is. 65, 15; fully moss 
nba Num. 5, 21. 


ΤῊΣ and MAW Ff (τ. m8) the first 
form being sometimes in Cheth. where 


1027 





paw 


Keri has 973, as Ps. 85, 2. 126, 4; but 
oftener in Keri rahe Cheth. bas maw, 
as Job 42, 10. Jer. 29, 14. al. ogpttesiia 
Num. 21, 29; also concer. for captives, as 
‘p maa =305 fo bring back the captives of 
a people, Deut. 30, 3. Jer. 29, 14. Ez. 29, 
14. Am. 9, 14. Zeph. 8, 20. Ps. 14, 7. 
53,7. al. Ἔ mast ain id. Jer. 33, 7. 
11. 49,6. Ez. 39,25. Trop. to restore to 
one’s former state and prosperity ; Job 
42,10 315 MIBw-My 3B IN and Jeho- 
vah restored Job to his former prosperity. 
Ez. 16, 53, comp. v. 55. Hos. 6, 11. 


. maw in Kal not used, to stroke, to 
soothe ; Arab. , to swim, pr. to 


stroke the water~ Hence 

Pie. 1. to soothe, to still, to restrain, 
e. g. billows Ps. 89,10 (comp. mulcere 
fluctus Virg. Ain. 1. 70); anger Prov. 
29, 11. Comp. πὸ πὶ Piel. 

2. to praise, to laud, pr. to soothe with 
praises, mulcere laudibus Pacuv. (Arab. 


, Ethiop. f-Oth, id.) Ece. 8, 15; 


espec. to praise God Ps. 63, 4. 117, 1. 
147, 12; c. dat. 145, 4. 

3. to pronounce happy Ecc. 4, 2; 
where Maw is for part. matva. Comp. 
Chald. : 

Hien. i. q. Pi. no. 1, ¢o still, to restrain, 
e. g. billows Ps. 65, 8. 

Hirup. c. 3 fo laud oneself, to glory 
in any thing, Ps. 106, 47. 1 Chr. 16, 35. 

Deriv. pr. n. M30". 


naw Chald. Pa. M28 to praise, to 
laud, as God Dan. 2, 23. 4, 31. 34; idols 
5, 4. 23. 


*02 obsol. root, which with its kin- 
dred forms seems to have had the signif. 
to stand, to make stand, and then to be 
slable, fixed, firm. Kindred aré the fol- 
lowing three classes: a) DEW to set up, 
to decree, to judge; MDW q. v. to set up, 
to fix in the ground. b) va whence 
a8; MW to rest, to stand still; Arab. 
eee to be stable, firm. 6) 2923 to lash; 
to row; MW or may) to set, to place. 


020 and ὭΞ m. once fem. Ez. 21, 
15; in pause ὥξΦ, c. suff. "22; plur. 
b'230, constr. sae R. v30. 

1. ἃ stick, rod, staff. Chala. xoag 
id. Syr. o> a staff, rod, tribe. Not 


p20 1028 


improb. the primary signif. of 30 may 
have been a shoot, sprout of a tree, a rod 
growing up from the root, see MB no. 
1, also no. 2 below.—Corresponding 
forms are Gr. σχήπτων, σκήπτρον, σκηπέων, 
σκίμπων, Lat. scipio, scapus; Sanscr. 
skabh, to make firm; Germ. Schaft, 
Engl. shaft.—Spec. 

a) a rod or staff for chastising, Ex. 21, 
10. 2 Sam. 7, 14. Is. 10, 15. 24. Mic. 4, 
14. Prov. 10, 13. al. sep. Hence 038 
“Ὁ the rod of correction Prov. 22, 15. 
pune t va the rod of God, with which 
he corrects men Job 9, 34. 21, 9. 37, 13. 
Is: 10,5 "BX U3 the rod of my anger. 
11, 4 he doth smite the earth 1B 038 
with the rod of his mouth, i. e. his severe 
sentence, stern decree.—Also for beat- 
ing out pulse, Is. 28, 27. x 

b) a staff on which one leans, Ps. 
23, 4. 

c) the crook of a shepherd, Lev. 27, 32 ; 
see in "33 no. 3. Trop. Ez. 20, 37. 
Mic. 7, 14. 

d) the staff of office, e. g. of a leader, 
chief, Judg. 5.14. Hence the sceptre of 
a.king Gen. 49, 10. Num. 24, 17. Zech. 
10,11. Am. 1, 5. 8 238 72h, σκηπτοῦχος, 
q. d. ἃ sceptre-bearer, a king. Trop. 
for rule, administration; Ps. 45, 7 a 
sceptre of equily is the sceptre of thy 
kingdom. Also of unjust rule, 030 
sH17 Ps. 125, 8; but 592 ἘΞ an iron 
sceptre, a stern find inflexible authority, 
Ps. 2, 9. 

e) a spear, lance, as composed of a 
staff or rod with an iron point, 2 Sam. 8, 
14. Comp. ΓΙ no. 2. b. 

2. a tribe, espec. of the children of Is- 


rael; Arab, bu id. The expression 


is metaphorical, and is derived from a 
plant, from whose root there spring up 
several sprouts, shoots, stems; thus the 
founder of a whole race is compared to 
a root (Is. 11,1), while the ancestors of 
the several subdivisions or tribes are 
called stems (Gen. 49, 28), as also the 
tribes themselves, comp. 22 no. 3. So 
1K. 11,13. 36. 397" Dav the tribe of 
Judah Josh. 7, 16; ay ὦ Deut. 18, 1. 
DAW wD "30 the twelve tribes Ex. 28, 21, 
byron seu) ‘the tribes of Israel Ex. 24, 4. 
Deut. 29,20. Judg. 18,1.al. Called aleo 
mn nent) the tribes of Jekiovah Ps. 122, 4. 





"δῦ 


—It differs from mete family, w 

is strictly part of a ‘tribe (Deut. 29, 
Judg. 18, 19. 21,24); yet ΞΘ is son 
times used i in a narrower sense far ἡ 
JSamilies of a tribe, 6. g. of the Κι 
ites Num. 4, 18; of Dan, Judg. 

comp. 2; of Benjani Judg. Σ 
1 Sam. 9,21. Vice versa it is also p 
for the whole people of Israel, calles 
Δ mbm2 Daw a tribe (race) the possess " 
of Jehovah, his own peculiar people 
Jer. 10, 16. 51, 19. Ps. 74,2; comp. p 
Is. 63, 17. Once of the Reyotian th 
Is. 19, 13.—2 Sam. 7,7 spake Ia wor 
wilh one of the tribes of Israel (7 

‘b? "w30), whom I commanded to fe 
my people? Here for "238 should ¢ 
less be read "θῶ judges;va ities 
1 Chr. 17, 6. Ἕ 


ὭΣΘ Chald. m. a tribe, plur. constr 
"y30 Ezra 6, 17. 


ΞΘ Shebat, the eleventh month of 
the Hebrew year, from the new moon ¢ 
February to the new moon of Μὲ 


Yosh. 1,7. Syr. Qa, Arab. bua 


and bus, id. See Thesaur. p. 1358. | 


"20 m. (τ. M38) 1. Adj. captive, 
i,q. "20, Ex. 12, 29. Fem. ne 
Is. 52, 2. 

2. Subst. abstr. in pause “23, ο. 
3B, AISO, 0293; caplivity, Deut. 21, 
13. 2 Chr. 29, 9. Ezra 3,8. 9,7. Neh. 8, 
17. 073 yw the land of their captivity 
Jer. 30. 10. 46, 27. "383 7bh to go into 
captivity Jer. 20, 6. 22, 22. 30, 16. on τὰ 
Ez. 12, 11. Am. 9,4; once "Ξῷ 725 
Lam. 1, 5; also "382 oe Gea ed ! 
into captivity Jer. 48, 46; sau jn? to 
deliver into captivity Ps, 78, 61. 738 
mish the captivily of the exiles Ezra 25 
1. Neh.7,6.—Spec. a) Concer. captives, | 
"= M20 to take captive captives, i.e. to ο΄ 
lead away captives, Num. 21,1. Judg. 
5,12. Ps. 68,19. "3 508 to gather cap- 
tives Hab. 1, 9. pre "βῷ the captives 
of Egypt Is. 20, 4. Jer. 52, 2. mipba 
"aun the prey of caplives Num. 31, 26, 

b) Put for booty of cattle, etc. Am. 6, 10. Is. 
49,24 pay "20 lawful booty. v. 25 “a 
“23 the booty ‘of the warrior, comp. v. 24. 


| 
᾿ δὴ (i. ᾳ. M3 taking captive) Shobai, | 
pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7,45. | | 






















Ὁ Taton 


΄ 
















8.8.4. Ex. 12, 15. 16. al. 


/ 


230 τὴ. 


i 
J 


30 - 


é 


me, constr. 2°38 Job 18, 


Sept. φλόξ, R. 338 1. 


Ὁ 2°20 Chald. emphat. ἘΞ 3 ie fe 
‘Dan. 3, 22. Plur. Dan. 7, 9. 

am | m30 f. (τ. 93%) captivity, Neh. 3, 36. 
Jer. 48,46. Meton. captives, Deut. 21, 
11. 92, 42. 2 Chr. 28, 5. 11. 13. 14. 15. 


“TP30 ἢ see in "3 
bog m. (Ὁ, bs) only plur. constr, 


“abou , c. suff. nbs, a way, path, Ps. 
τ 20. Jer. 18,15; where Cheth. 42% id. 
Chala. x73, Syr. ico, Arab. 


' dani way. ; 


OI m. plur. (τ. 028) nettings, 


cauls, caps of net-work, reticula Varro 
de Ling. Lat. IV. 19, a female orna- 
ment for the head among the Hebrews, 
Is. 3, 18. Sept. ta ἐμπλόκια. So the 


~Talmudists and Rabbins.—Schroeder, 
de Vest. mul. Hebr. c. 2, pompares Arab. 


Κων (diminut. from % sun), and 
“understands Little suns, or studs resem- 
bling suns worn upon the neck; this 
‘would also seem to be supported by the 
mention of panb little moons, imme- 
diately after. 

"973W ordin. adj. the seventh, Gen. 2,2. 
Fem. oF 
Ex. 21, 2. 23, 11. al—Denom. from στὸ 
seven. 


ΤΟΣ Ὁ, see mist). 
ἘΠ2Ὼ obsol. root, Arab. Siw to pour, 


a q. 720 .—Hence pr. n. 7270. 


Daw nearly i. q. 53", a root not 
used in the verb. - 
1. to go, whence 5°38 way. Arab. 


AA w Way ; haw IV, to be travelled, 


as away; Syr.\.2a to show the way. 


2. to go up, to rise, to grow. Arab. 


ate Conj. IV, and quadril. Ree ony to 


_ produce ears. See mba, ποθῶ no. 1. 
3. to flow, espec. largely, copiously. 


) _ Arab. Con}. ys the heavens pour down 


rain; hence τὰ rain. Deriv. >a, 
nbbe) no. 2; perh. pr. n. 5218. 


1029 
γ δον: (id.) Shobi, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 17,. 





520 


220 m. the skirt or train of a robe, 
Is, 47, 2. Comp. kindr. >33. Arab, 


Cale 
Row id. R. 53% no. 3. 


2538 or D520 m. a snail, espec. 
without the shell, so called from its 
slime and moisture, (like Gr. λεέμαξ from 
λείβω,) from conj. Shaphal of the verb 
>>3. Ps. 58, 9 spoken of the wicked: Jed 
them melt away.... Hor? Om P4538 129 
as the snail which melteth as it goeth, 
i.e. which leaves a slimy trail as it goes, 
and thus wastes away more and more 
the further it advances. See Bochart, 
Hieroz. II. 646. | 


n2aw ἢ (τ. 52 no. 2) α twig, branch, 
with fruit on it, as resembling an ear of 
grain ; plur. constr. Zech. 4, 12 9238 "Mo 
enn the two olive-brasiches. —It is 
sometimes written "228 (from ΡΞ), 
but against the Masora. 


nay f. (τ. 538 no. 2) plur. ondaw. 
R. 528 no. 2. 


1. an ear of grain, Job 24, 24; plur. 
Gen. 41, 5 sq. Ruth 2, 2. Is. 17, 5.— 


Chald. xdind, Syr. Hae, JaXas, id 
ter Sits! 5. 


Daghesh eoatieed Beit Ethiop. 
mDA id. 

2. a stream, flood, see the root no. 3, 
Judg. 12, 6. Ps. 69, 3. 16. Is. 27,12. Syr. 


jAS248 channel of a river. 


ὦ, and with 


a 20 obsol. root, perh. lo increase, 
to grow up, i. gq. >28 no. 2, and Arab. 


huss ; comp. Arab. Geet to be tender, 
delicate, as a youth.—Hence the two 
following. 


8230 and M223 (perh. youth) Sheb- 
na, pr. ἢ. of the prefect of the palace, 
Is. 22,15. After this office was given 
to Eliakim (Is. 22,15), he became scribe 
or secretary to the reigning king Heze- 
kiah, Is. 36, 3. 2 K. 18, 18. 26. 37. 19, 2. 


320 (whom Jehovah has made 
grow up?) Shebaniah, pr. n. m. a) 
1 Chr. 15,.24. b) Neh. 9, 4.5. .c) Neh. 
10, 11.13. d) Neh. 10,5. 12,14; for 
which 12, 8. 29, and 1 Chr. 24, 11 
aere | 


ol 1030 


τε clu obsol. root, i.q. 72 38, to mingle, 
to ialterindance y Chald. 328 id. Hence 
p"o"30. ; 


92 to swear, denom. from 238 seven, 
since seven was a sacred number, and 
oaths were confirmed either by seven 
victims offered in sacrifice Gen. 21, 28 
sq. or by seven witnesses and pledges, 
see Hdot. 3. 8. Hom. Il. 19.243. In Eth. 


PANOP are enchanters, Lib. Hen. 
ms. ὁ. 8,3 (comp. 7, 10 ed. Oxon.) because 
the sacred number seven was also em- 
ployed in magic rites.—In Kalonly Part. 
pass. Ez, 21, 28 misa® ἼΣΞΩ lit. those 
sworn with oaths, i. δ. who have sworn 
oaths. For Hab. 3,9 ΤΩ ΤΗΣ, see 
in M2 no. 3. p. 559. 

Nipa. 22%) to swear, [lit. ‘to seven 
oneself,’ i. 6. to take an oath confirmed” 
by seven victims or before seven wit- 
nesses.—R.] Construed: a) Absol. 
Gen. 21, 24. Ps. 110, 4. "ped saws 
to swear to a falsehood i. e. falsely, 
Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5]. 19, 12. Jer. 5, 2. Mal. 
3, 5. al. m0 5) id. Ps. 24,4. b) Fol- 
lowed by the words of the oath, after 
sant) 1 Sam. 20,3; “ΝΡ Num. 32, 10. 
Deut. 1, 34. Josh. 14, 9; without an in- 
tervening verb 1 Sam. 19, 6. Ps. 110, 4. 
Hos. 4, 15. ὁ) That which one swears 
to do is put with "D> Gen. 22, 16. 2 Sam. 
19, 8. Jer. 22, 5. 49. 13; or with infin. Lev. 
4,4, Deut. 1,35. What one swears not 
to do is put with 18 Judg. 15, 12; jac. 
inf. Is. 54,9; mbad c. inf. Deut. 4, 21. 
Judg.21,7. ἃ) With 3 of that by which 
one swears, e. g. by Jehovah Gen. 21, 23. 
31, 53. Josh. 2, 12. 1 Sam. 28, 10. al. με 
an idol Jer. 12, 16; also ™ ovis 320 
Lev. 19, 12. Jer. 12, 16. God also is 
said to swear by himself Gen. 22, 16. Is. 
45,23. Am.6,8. 8,7; by his right hand 
Is. 42, 8; but in iWIpa 5a) the 3 seems 
to refer to place, see in YP no. 1 fin. 
Further, to swear by Jehovah is some- 
times i. q. to worship him, since one 
swears by the divinity he worships, 
Deut. 6, 13. 10, 20. Is. 19, 18. 48, 1. Ps. 
63,7; to swear by idols id. Am. 8, 14. 
But to swear by one afflicted, wretched.is 
to imprecate upon myself the same evils 
_if I prove false, Ps. 102,9; comp. Is. 65, 
15. Jer. 29, 22. 6) With > of pers. to 
swear to any one Gen. 21, 23. 24, 7. al. 































Also with acc. of thing, to 7 
an oath, to swear a thing to any: 
Gen. 50, 24. Ex. 13, 5. 33, 1. al. 
pr>xb to swear allegiance unto | 
2 Chr. 15, 14; comp. Is. 19, 18. pl 
5, where it is oncec. 3. f) V ἊΝ 
of that about which one swears, Ley. 
24 [6, 5].—Sometimes 238 is taken in 
bad sense, i. 4. to swear rashly, fi 
Ecc. 9, 2. Zech. 5, 3 comp. v. 4. . 
Hien. 1. to cause to swear, to ὃ 
with an oath, Num. 5, 19. 2 Chr. 3€ 
Followed by the words of him who it 
poses the oath, with “®x> Gen. 
Ex. 13, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 28; also’ 
>and i inf. Neh. 5, 12; 788 ‘Gen. § 
Ϊ Κ. 22, 16. 
2. to adjure, to charge solemnly, δ. 
Cant. 2, 7. 3,5. 1 Sam, 20, 17. Jer. 5,’ 
Deriv, npasy, 338 II. 


* 1. 920 καὶ constr. sa, and " n73 
m. constr. meat , Seven, a cardinal num 


ral. ui eks Samar. vad tl b. 
a Ethiop. ἤν and MOY. Si- 
milar is ancient Egypt. eqy, Theb, 
CAN ; and in the Indo-Europe 
tongues Sanscr. saptan, Zend. hapta, 
Pers. rss, Gr. ἑπτά, Lat. septem, all 
with the letter ¢, which both in the § : 
mitic and Teutonic languages is drop- 
ped, as Goth. sibun, Germ. sieben, Eng 
seven.—T he absol. form usually precedes 
a noun, as ὉΠ 23) Gen. 5, 7, ΓΒ 
41,18, Ds πρϑῷ Num. 23, 1. 295 mo 
rarely it follows, espec. in the later He-, 
brew, as 73 mids Ez. 40, 22, ΒΝ 
ny3t} 2 Chr. 13,9. 29, 21. (Num. 29, 32.) 
Ifthe preceding noun be in the construct 
state, 52 expresses the ordinal, as 729 
D2 the seventh year 2K. 12,1. The 
construct form always precedes a noun, 
but is found only in certain formule 
as O"D7 M230 a seven of days, a week, 
Gen. 8, 10. 12.31, 23.al. sep. miko σῶς 
seven hundred Gen. 5, 26. Also πρϑῦ Ἶ 
Mea seven seven, i.e. by sevens, Gen. 
7, 2. With suff ἘΠΣΞῸ those seven 
2 Sam. 21, '9.—Seventeen is “b> nse 

m. and nny sau f Gen. 37, 9. "1 Chr. 
7, 11.—The number seven among the 

Hebrews, as in other oriental nations — 





᾿ was also used: a) Asa sacred edaber 


















| 539 ἈΞ. 


4 The form ᾿Ξ is also: 


34 16. 


very common in sacred things; the 


origin of which may be referred to the 
seven planets and the early worship of 
sm among the Egyptians and Semitic 


mations; see Von Hammer Encyclop. 


bersicht der Wissenschaften des Or. 


: _ 322. Jablonski Pantheon ZEgypt. Pro- 


. § 24. 25. Winer Realw. II. art. 
nn; comp.in82m. So Gen. 21,28. 


50, 10. Ex. 12, 15. 13, 6. Lev. 4, 6. 17. 


As a lesser round number; ΤῊΝ 


WII in 23°98 no. 1, also Engl. ‘ 
dozen ;’ Gen. 4, 24. 31, 23. Judg. 16, 7 
1 Sam. 11, 3.2K. 8, 1. Ριον: Ὁ, 1; Is. 


, 15. al. seep. 
aa) Adv. seven 
3, Lev. 26, 18. 21. Ps. 119, 164. Prov. 


bb) Sheba, pr. n. m. 
8) 1 Chr. 5, 13. 
cc) Sheba, pr. n. as some suppose, of 


a) 2 Sam. 20, 1. 


a town of Simeon, Josh. 19, 2 534 7x2 _ 


929) Beer-sheba and Sheba 3 but prob. 


‘D2 is here the name of the well (like 


M23 Gen. 26, 33), and we may render: 


_Beer-sheba with the well Sheba. Other- 


wise the number of cities is fourteen 
instead of thirteen; comp. v. 6. 
dd) Fem. M33¥ Shebah, pr. ἢ. of a 


well, Gen. 26, 33. 


Dvat D°N230 seven-fold Gen. 4, 15. 
24. Ps. 12,7. 2 Sam. 21, 9 Cheth. 
_ Por. 5°33 seventy, often as a larger 
round number, Gen. 50, 8. Ex. 15, 27. 
24,1. Num. 11, 16. Judg. 1, 7. 9,2. 5. 
2K. 10,1. 6.7. Comp. Kor. Sur. 9, 8. 
Hence seventy years, often in predictions 
Is. 23, 15. 17. Jer. 25, 11. 12. 29, 10. Dan. 
9, 2. 24. Zech. 1, 12. 7,5. m3} Ὁ ὦ 
seventy and seven-fold Gen. 4, 24; comp. 


Matt. 18, 22. 


Deriv. 23 (Mp3), DI2w, 
ΓΩΣΞΏ. 


Il. p10 m. an oath, i. ᾳ. MPIAY, ac- 
cording to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33; see in 
Hence also the pr. names 


"S720 ; 


awd, datc-na. 


yaw, see in Siw . 


MQW Chald. m. id. seven, Dan. 4, 13. 
20. 22. 29; constr. ΡΞ Ezra 7,4. For 


the phrase 4234 9m Dan. 3, 19, see in 
I p. 296. 





320 1081 “20 


Mylo 


nepat m. i. q. M33, seven, an. ὼς ; 
Job 42, 13; comp. 1, 2. For the ending 
M}= see Lebrg. p- 612. 


*vaw in Kal not used, i. q. Ὀξῷ, 
mingle, to interweave. Syr. ony to 


mingle; Arab. (arcu Conj. V, to be 
interwoven, entangled, of atree. Chald. 
Wz to entangle; Part. Pu. confused. 

Pret to weave in checker-work, Ex. 28, 
39, i.e. so that the stuff (byssus) may be 
figured, tesselated, woven in squares or 
bezels; comp. Pual. For this kind of 
texture, see Braun de Vest» Sacerd. p. 
293 sq. ibique Maimonides. Salmas.ad 
Scriptt. Hist. August. p.507,512. The- 
saur. p. 1356. 

Pua to be sel, enchased, q. ἃ. in- 
woven, as gems in gold, Ex. 28, 20, 

Deriv. nizav9, yavn, and 

YaW τὰ: once c. art. 2 Sam. 1, 9, pr. 
‘perplexity, confusion of mind,’ i. 6. ver- 
tigo, giddiness. 

ΡΞ Chald. to leave, Dan. 4, 12. 20. 
23. Syr. id. 

Irupe. to be left, Dan. 2, 44. 

Deriv. pr. ἢ. Heb. paw, paw. 

᾿ a [ας ἜΞ 5). 1 tobreak, to break 
in pieces. Ethiop. and Amhar. M0Z 
id. Arab. .s3 to break, re to destroy, 
see below in lett. c. Chald. "3m, Syr. 
722, Samar. 3,2 ἧς, id.—E. g. a staff 
Is. 14, 5, comp. om2"hwa 738 in nw 
no. 1; bars Am. 1, 5; a door Gen. 19, 9; 


a iki Jer. 2, 20. 28, 2.13; the arm of 
any one, i.q. to break his power, Ps. 50, 


see in mpIWw. 


. 15. Ez. 30, 21. 22. 24, comp. in 573 no. 


2; the bow of any one, id. see in NYP; 
an earthen vessel Judg. 7, 20. Is. 30, 14, 
Jer. 19,10; bones Ex. 12, 46. Prov. 25, 
15. Diff. from ys, see in Is, 42,3. Of 
a tempest as breaking trees and ships 
Ps. 29, 4. Ez. 27,26. Pregn. Hos. 2,20 
the bow and the sword and the armour of 
battle will I break and cast out from the 
land. 

Spec. a) to break in pieces, to rend, 
as a wild beast, 1 K. 13, 26.28. Lat. 
Srangere of a lion Hor. Carm. 1. 23. 10. 

b) Part. pass. 112 broken, spec. of 
one having a limb or member broken, 


a0 


Lev. 22, 22. Ethiop. NZ to break 
any one, spec. his leg; MMC one 
whose leg is broken. won Niph. 
lett. a. 

c) to break a people “as a potter’s 


_ vessel,” i. 8. to break down, to destroy, 


Lev. 19, 11. 48, 38; and so without the 
comparison Is. 14, 25. Lam. 1,15. Also 
of single persons, to destreg, Dan. 11,26. 
Jer. 17, 18.—Arab. to destroy ; in- 
trans. to perish. | ae 

d) to break one’s thirst, i. q. to quench, 
Ps. 104, 11. Comp. Lat. ‘frangit se 
calor,’ Cic. Varr. 

e) to break the pride of any one, Lev. 
26,19. Also to break the heart (35) of 
any one, i. 6. to afflict him sorely, Ps. 69, 
21; 32 "82 the broken-hearted Ps. 
147, 3. Comp. Niph. lett. c, and Hoph. 
—So Syr. oS ery id. 
κλάσϑη μοι φίλον ἦτορ Hom. animo fran- 
δὶ Cic. Att. 7. 12. 

f) to break off sc. a portion, an allow- 
ance ; hence trop. to apportion, to ap- 
point ; comp, in "33. Job 38, 10 "3x7 
"pr i722 when J appointed fer it (the 
sea) my limit. Cocceius well supposes, 
that the expression ph "28 is borrowed 
from the breaking off of a daily allow- 
_ance of bread, etc. and this is here poet- 
ically transferred to the space assigned 
to the sea, PM signifying both an allow- 
ance and a limit; comp. in pr. 

_ II, Denom. from "28 πο. II, grain, 
i.e. a) to buy grain, with "ξῷ added 
Gen. 47, 14; bo& Gen. 42,7. 10. 43, 4. 
20. 22. Deut. 2, 6; "2 Gen. 42,3; absol. 
Gen. 41, 57. 42, 2.5. Is. 55, 1. b) to sell 
grain Gen. At 56; comp. see II. 


Gr. xats- 


Comp. Arab. ops straw, Os to sell 
straw. 


Nipu. pass. of Kal no. I, to be broken, 
as a staff, wood, vessel, heaai Lev. 6, 15. 
21. Is. 14, 29. Jer. 2, 13. 48,17. Ez, 6, 6. 
Dan. 8, 8. Ps. 34, 21. Job 24, 20. al. Of 
a springe or snare, MB, Ps. 124, 7; to 
be wrecked, of ἜΑ 2 Chr. 20, 37. 
Ez. 27, 34. Jon. 1, 4—Spec. ᾿ a) to 
be broken; i. q. to ΑΝ one’s own limbs, 
Is. 8, 15. 28, 13; of animals Ex. 22, 9. 
13 [10.14]. Part. fem. ™ 2027 the bro- 
ken, the hurt, i.e. an animal having its 


limbs broken, Ez. 84, 4. 16. Zech, 11,16. 


1032 © "20. 


_ God will so break and change the h a 


"13; ships, as the wind Ps. 48, 8; ti 


‘21. Οἵα limb, member, Ley. 21, 19. 24, 


































See Kal no. I. Ὁ. b) a 
broken down, i. e. to be overthrou 
stroyed, 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ez. 30, 8, 3 
Dan. 11, 22; so of a people, in di 

Jer. 48, ‘4. 51, 8. Dan. 11, 4; a city 

24, 11. Of persona, ἡ q- to pariah an, 
25, Prov. 6, 15. 29,1. Comp. Ἢ 
Ing. .1¢) Of the heart, fo be l ‘ole 
ken of a penitent and contrite miné i 
51, 19[17]. Hence 33 ™atss the bs 
heated Is. 61, 1. Jer. 23, 9. Ps. 8 
d) In Ez. 6, 9, nzist] DBa-My mad 
is manifestly.i ᾳ. 13 "ABW Wy, τὸ h 
I shall break their whorish heart ; con 
Ps. 51,19 [17]. Here "323 is i. q. ἢ 
break ‘for oneself, like byw) to atl 
oneself, comp. Heb. Gr. § 50. 2. Cy he 


of the people, that they will turn ὃ τε 
unto him. 

Piet 720 i. q. Kal, but intens. to br 1 
in pieces, to shiver, 6. g. tables of stor 
Ex. 34,1; teeth Ps, 3,8; bones Is. 3 
as the hail Ex. 9,25; rocks, as a tel 
pest 1 K. 19, 11; idole, and their alta 
Ex. 23, 24. Deut. 7,5. 2K.18,4. 2Chi 
14, 2. 18. 21, 9. al. , 

Hien. I. to cause to break, lo bur 
the womb, as the fetus at birth. As. 6 
9 sndix by “7DUN 72ND shall I coun 
break (the womb), and not cause . 
bring forth? Comp. subst. nat. 


|;2.« a boy, infant, who has just broke 


the womb. » 
II. Denom. from “28 no. Il, g 
i. q. Kal no. 11. b, 10 coll giaiasiGlont4 L: 
6. Deut. 2, 28. Prov. 11, 26. Am. 8, 5. € 
Hopn. to be broken, e. g. the heart Jer 
8, 21; see Kal no. I. 6. Niph. lett. a. — 
Deriv. saw, jira, "BH, "ae 
and pr. n. DTS. S08 


720 m. Is. 30, 14, oftener ον ἢ n 
pause "20, c. suff: "938; plur. τὰ τῶ, 
c. suff. ποῦ ; also plur. as pr. n. 8 
in its order. ἔξ wi 

la breaking, breach, fracture ; e. σ. 
of a wall, i. ᾳ. ruin, destruction, Is. 3 
30. 14; so metaph. Prov. 16, 18 93%) "353 
ἾΝ3 pride goeth before destruction 1s 3 


20.—Trop. μα a breaking Bows, brea 
preserving the figure of a wound, hurt. 
Lam. 2 13 4238 BrD 515g thy bre 




















720. 
) is great like the sea. 5973. ΞΘ 
er. 4,6. 6, 1. 48, 3. Nah. 3, 19 HAD ὙῸΝ 
Ὁ = no healing for thy bréack hurt. 
Jer. 30, 12. Ps. 60,4 N93 ME heal 
thou its wounds. The figure being 
neglected, i. q. destruction, ruin, e. g. of 
a people, nations, Is. 30, 26. Jer. 6, 14. 
8, 11. 21. Lam. 2, 11. Ez. 32, 9; of the 
wicked Is. 1,28. 73%) 70 is intens. Is. 
59, 7. 60, 18. Jer, 51, 19. 738 Mpst a 
ery as of destruction, a loud and bitter 
cry, Is. 15, 5; comp. Jer. 30, 15. Ὁ) 
man 730 a Breaking of the spirit, i. 6. 
Bitterness, anguish of mind, Is. 65, 14; 
al 9 MAMA BW id. Prov. 15, 4. c)a 
breaking of the mind from fear, ete. 
comp. r. Pm no. 2; hence ¢error, plar. 
B30 terrors Job 41, 17 [25]. Comp. 
Chald. xw5M for Imp Ex. 15, 16 Targ. 
Jon. d) a breaking, i. 68. polation, in- 
terpretation of a dream, Judg. 7, 15. 

IL. grain, corn, commonly said to be 
so called as being broken or ground in 
the mill, or because it breaks hunger. 
But τ. 939 is never used ofa mill, nor of 
unger ; and the signif. of grain must be 
sought elsewhere. I do not hesitate to 
compare ree 5 Nie tree bears fruit,’ 


whence ou $ fruit, ἐν 


the Arabs thus put for the fruit of a 
tree, the Hebrews employ for the fruits, 
produce of the field. A seunee vie the 


3 tree 3; and what 


same remains also in Arab. 3. .- 
Gen. 42, 1. 2. 19. 26. 43, 2. 44, 2.“ 47, 14, 
Neh. 10, 32. Am. 8, 5.—Hence ἡδέα 
i in Kal no. II, Hiph. no. II. 


paw m. (r. "3%) constr. πώ. 
* 1. a breaking, fracture ; Ez. 21, 11 
pM. jaw a breaking of the -loins, 
broken loins, put for the sharpest pains: 
as of a woinan in travail; comp. Is. 21, 
3. Nah. 2, 11. . 
2. destruction, Jer. 17, 18. 


_ B30 (breaches, ruins, as of walls, 
Ts. 30, 13. 14, plur. of "3%) Shebarim, 
pr. n. of a place between Ai and Jeri- 
cho; c. art. Josh. 7, 5 they chased them 
before the gate even unto Shebarim ; so 
Vulg. Arabs, Kimchi. Perh. even unto 
the ruins. ὁ 


ibe wav Chald.a verb not used in Kal; 
kindr. with 72%, 02%. Perh. contr. from 
7 


1033. 





naw 


a quadralit. 3858, like Chald. 638 from 
3030, comp. W728 from "WH. See The- 
saur. p. 1359. 
Pa. to perplex, to disturb, to trouble ; 
hence 
Irupa. pass. Part. plur. Dan. 5, 9. 


~* ὨΖΦ intr. fat. raw", rarely naw. 
Lev. 26, 34. Neh. 6,3; pr. to be fixed, 
firm. Kindr. is 328, where see; comp. 
also 30", 37, 2%2.—Hence 

1. to rest from labour, to lie by, to keep 
holyday. Chald. and Sam. m38 id. Syr. 


Aph. διωδΐ id. Arab. cAdw to rest, to 


sleep.—Ex. 23, 12 six days thou shalt 
do thy work, and on the seventh day 

20m thou shalt rest. 34, 21. Is. 33,8 
πον 72> M28 the wayfurer resteth, lies 
by, does not journey because of war. 
14,4.—With 12, to rest from labour, 
Gen. 2, 2. 3. Ex. 31, 17. Lam. 5, 14 the 
elders rest from the gate, do not go to 
the public place or forum.—Also land is 
said to rest, when it lies untilled, Lev. 
26, 34.35. 2 Chr. 36, 21; comp. Lev. 25, 
2, and art. M20 no. 3. 

2. lo cease ; either for a certain time, 
i. q. to intermit, to stop, as a work Neh. 
6,3; the succession of day and night 
Gen. 8, 22; or wholly, i. q. to cease to be, 
to come to an end, as strife Prov. 22, 10; 
joy Is. 24,8. Lam. δ, 15; the manna 
Josh. 5,12. Also seq. 12 c. inf. to cease 
JSrom being or doing any thing, Jer. 31, 
36. Job 32, 1. Hos. 7, 4, see in r. 9 
p. 774. 

3. Spec. to keep or celebrate the sab- 
bath, absol. Ex. 16, 30; with maw Lev. 
23, 32. So of land, to lie untilled every 
seventh year, Lev. 25, 2. 

Nira. M203, to cease, to have an end, 
Is. 17, 3. Ez. 6, 6. 80, 18. 33,28. Comp. 


Kal no. 2. 


Hiru. τι, 2 sing. magn yinf, ΓΞ 5 
for matnd Ain, 8, 4. 

1. to make or let rest, sc. from Jabour, 
6. acc. et ἸΏ Ex. 5,5. Also to quiet, to 
still, i. e. to restrain an enemy, Ps. 8, 3. 

2. to cause to cease, to make desist, 
with acc. and 44 ¢. inf’ Ez. 34, 10 
misv2 Bsmaon J will cause then” to 
cease from feeding the flock. 16,41. Seq. 
“Abad c. inf. Josh. 22, 25. For Ps. 89, 45 
see in art. "MQ p. 360. 

3. Of things, to cause to cease, to let — 


naw 
cease, to put an end to, c. acc. as a work 
2 Chr. 16, 5. Neh. 4,5; sacrifice Dan. 9, 
27; war Ps. 46,10; also Hos. 1,4. 2, 13. 
Is. 16, 10. Prov. 18,18. Ez. 26, 13. 30, 10. 
—Hence to fail, io be wanting, lacking, 
e. g. salt in the meat-offering Lev. 2, 
13, Ruth 4, 14 xk > man NS “oy 
who hath not let a ransomer ‘be wanting 
to thee. 

4. to put or take away, to remove, c. 
acc. of pers. or thing, and often with 772 
of place. Ex. 12, 15. ὩΞ 3 "RW AM"awA 
ye shall put away leaven out of your 
houses. Lev. 26, 6. 2 K. 23, 5. 11. Is. 30, 
11. Ez. 7,25. With acc. of thing and 
2 of pers. Jer. 48, 35.—Spee. i. q. to de- 
siroy, 6. σ. the poor Am. 8, 4; the re- 
membrance of any one, Deut. 32, 26. 
Comp. navn. 

Deriv. “nat I, nay, jimad, nada, 
pr. ἢ. "δῦ. 


I, ὨΒῸ, £ (r. m2) ο. suff. ἸΡΙΞΏ, rest, 
cessation ; hence interruption of labour, 
loss of time, Ex. 21, 19. Also an ab- 
staining from strife, Prov. 20, 3; comp. 
18, 18. 22, 10. 


II. ΓΒῸ f, pr. inf. of 3% to sit, to 
dwell ; hence as subst. 

1. a sitting, the act of sitting ; Ps. 127, 
2 m3 ΠΝ Ὁ who prolong their sitting, 
sit late. Ps. 27, 4, Also a sitting still 
Is. 30, 7. 

2. a seat, 1 K. 10, 19. Am. 6, 3. 

3. a place, 2 Sam, 23,7 n2Wa in their 
place. 

Maw, constr. naY, c. suff. ima’ ; plur. 
mina, constr. minav, c. suff. "nnsv ; 
of both genders, but oftener fem, Ex. 
31, 14. Lev. 16, 31. al. masc. Is. 56, 2. 
6. al. 

1. a sabbath, a day of rest, the seventh 
day of each week, reckoned from the 
evening of Friday to the evening of 
Saturday, Lev. 23, 32. Neh. 13,19. On 
it by law the Jews abstained wholly 
from labour, Ex. 20, 8-11. Deut. 5, 12- 
15. Ex. 31, 12-17. 35, 2.3. It was to 
be kept holy, Ex. 31, 14. Lev. 23, 3; 
and was a sign of οὐ covenant with 
Israel, Ex. 31, 13. 16. 17. Ez. 20, 12. 20. 
Whoever protuned the sabbath was to 
be put to death, Ex. 31, 14. 15. 35, 2; 
and that by stoning, Num. 15, 32-36. 
Those who kept it holy were blessed, 


1034 









































naw 

Is. 58, 13. 14—The institution of 
sabbath is referred in Ex. 20, 11. 1, 
to the creation, comp. Gen. 2, 3; w 
in Deut. 5, 15 it is referred to the « ἂι 
verance out of Egypt.—Examples 
the sabbath as kept, see Ex. 16, 2% 
Am. 8, 5. Is. 1, 13. 2 Καὶ 4, 23; as | 
glected, Jer. 17, 19 sq. Ez. 20, 13 
22, 8. 26; comp. Neh. ec. 13. "specu 
navn the day of the sabbath, the sabba 
day, Ex. 20, 8. 11. Num. 15, 32. Ni 
10, 32. al. Lev. 24,8 81°93 ὕΣΞῈΠ δ᾽ 
mawn i. 6. every sabbath ; and so 1Ch 
9, 32 mad mad, where naw is a she 
ened form because of the close conr 
tion of the words, as in Num. 28, 10+ 
The verbs used to denote the κα vit 
of the sabbath are "28 and wap; ᾿ 
profaning it, 55m q. v. 

2. Spec. the sabbath is a name fort 
great day of atonement in the sev 
month, Lev. 23, 32. Comp. yinad. , 

3. The name sabbath is applied 
every seventh year, when the fields 
untilled, and as it were kept sabbath, ὦ 
eabbath-year, Ley. 25,2 γὴν Ans 
mins> mad and the lend shall keep 
sabbath unto the Lord. v. 4. Comp. ' 
6. 26, 34. 43. 2 Chr. 36, 21; also | 
πῶ. a 

4. Sometimes a sabbath is nearly. φ 
a week. Lev. 23, 15 and ye shall 6 
unto you from the morrow after the 8 

οὐ MMI Miah ΓΛ saw se 
sabbaths shall be complete ; 16 even 
to the morrow after the seventh sabba 
shall ye number fifty days; here 
seven complete sabbaths are parallel t 
the miza¥ m2 seven weeks of De 
16,9. So too pw ninaw. sat. 
sabbaths (weeks) of years, Lev. 25, 8. 

Nore. In the kindred dialects: Ch ule 
navi, emph. x28 or X20, sabbath, als 
week. Syr. {2% and toa id. Sam 


c= 
WAND and YQ" id. Arab. ox 
sabbath, aww! py3 Saturday, Et 
and Amhar. 117M‘ sabbath, both : 


Jews and Christians. 


wr. 


JiN2B m. abstract noun, a keeping ¢ 
the sabbath, sabbatism, sabbath rites 
pr. ‘a lying by, rest’; found only in E 
and Lev. Spoken of the first and eight 


nag | 
ys of the festival of tabernacles, Lev. 
23, 39; of the festival of trumpets, Lev. 
3, 24, comp. Num. 29,1. Also empha- 
ie, with MaB, as ΟΞ Pav a sabbath 
of sabbatism ; so of the weekly sabbath, 
. 31, 15. 35, 2. 3. Lev. 23, 2, and so 
Ex. 16, 23; of the great day of atone- 
nent, Ley. 16, 31. 23, 32; and of the 
Sabbatical year, Lev. 25, 4, i. q. τῷ 
ΓΞ ib. v. 5. 

ἥ “maw (r. M2; sabbath-born, comp. 
Paschal i. 6. passover-born) Shabbethai, 
pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 10, 15. Neh. 8, 7. 11, 16. 
-Among the Rabbins it is the name 
of the planet Saturn. 


: ἘΝ i. ᾳ. 33 and m3; hence 
προ and 


a Sy (erring) Shage, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
11, 34. 


* 590 i. q. kindr. ny, xwB, 283, see 
note below; i. e. 

1. to wander, to go astray ; hence 

2. to err, to do wrong, through igno- 
rance or inadvertence. Lev. 5,18 and 
the priest shall make expiation...for 
the error 337 X> N47} 335 τῶνὲ which he 
‘committed and he knew it not, i. 6. un- 
wittingly, unconsciously. Num. 15, 28.— 
In a wider sense, to transgress, to sin, 
Ps. 119, 67; also in the proverbial form 
ΠΝ 25 a the erring and the causing to 
err, the seduced and the seducer, i. e. 
all, Job 12,16; comp. the like expres- 
sions, Mal. 2, 13. Deut. 32, 36. Here 
belongs Gen. 6, 3 D302 because of their 
transgression ; where ὦ is inf. Kal ‘af- 
ter the form ἢ Jer.5,26.—Hence 338. 

Nore. The roots 38, JW, pw, seem 
to contain the idea of pricking; pierc- 
ing, as also of cleaving, rending, which 
appears in various shapes in the words 
thence derived; comp. Heb. Ppw and 
pid. and see Thesaur. p. 1362. The 
_ signification of erring, wandering may 
_ come either from the mind as pierced, 
_ excited, and therefore’ erring; or from 

the idea of cleaving or dividing up a 

tract or region, as one does in wander- 
_ing over it. See Thesaur. 1. c. 

Wa f. (Ὁ. 22) ὁ. suff. inaxd, error, 
mistake, transgression, through igno- 
rance or inadvertence, Ecc. 5, 5. Num. 
15, 25. 32% 23% fo commit an error 


















1035 





"10 


Lev. 5,18. 3303 through error, unwit- 
tingly, Lev. 4, 22. 22, 14; also Num. 35, 
11. 15. Josh. 20, 3. 9. nats nor to sin 
through error, inadvertently, Lev. 4, 2. 
27. 5, 15; comp. Num. 15, 24-29. 


ἐπ, f, M307, i. α. kindr. 330. 

1. Ἢ wanders to oe astray, of a flock 
Ez. 34,6. With 92, to wander froma 
way, and trop. from the divine precepts, 
Prov. 19, 27. Ps. 119, 21. 118.—Chald. 
maw id. Syr. to err from a way, 
also from the truth. th. ΠΡ to 
wander. 

2. to wander in mind, from wine ; 
hence to reel, to stagger, with 3 and 42 
of wine, Prov. 20, 1. Is. 28,7 ter; parall. 
is M3m.—Also of one led away, ravished, 
with love, whether conjugal or illicit, 
Prov. 5, 19. 20. Hence of one carried 
away by his folly and reeling to destruc- 
tion, Prov. 5, 23. Comp. 330. 

3. to err, to transgress, through igno- 
rance or inadvertence, 1 Sam. 26, 21. 
Job 6, 24. 19, 4. Ez. 45,20. Comp. 330. 

Hien. to make wander, e. g. a blind 
person from the way, Deut. 27, 18. 
Trop. to cause to err, e. g. from the di- 
vine precepts, c. 72 Ps. 119, 10; to se- 
duce Prov. 28, 10. Job 12,16 see in 338 
no. 2. 

Deriv. 71938 , HRW. 


“mw in Kal not used, to look, to 
gaze, poetic ; kindr. with M3W, m>w. 
On the affinity of verbs 4> and iD, as 


_ ne and ΠΡ, ΠΡ and ΠΡ, see Heb. 


Gr. § 74, init. 

Ηιρη. 730, fat. m3", to look, to 
view, from a higher place ; with ya and 
dx Ps. 33,14. Cant. 2,9 mistan-yo mst 
looking in from (at) the windows. ἴω 
relation to 85 is seen Is. 14, 16, 7787 
AMAR DN those seeing thee ‘shall look 
at thee. Not found elsewhere.—Chald. 
maw id. 


TN f(r. 83) error, transgression 
through i ignorance or inadvertence, once 
plur. Ps. 19, 13. 


ΤῺ τὰ. (τ. πρὸ; form like 7i3r, 
via) a hymn, or rather a dithyrambic 
ode, i. e. erratic, wild, enthusiastic. So 
in the inser. Ρβ. 7, 1. Plur. Hab. 3, 1 53 
ὍΔ in the manner of dithyrambic 
songs. 


Ὁ2 


Ἴ 230, fat. perh. 34, to lie with a 
woman, ὲ acc. Deut. 28, 30 προ; 
but the vowels belong to 320, "which 
the Masorites everywhere substitute in 
Keri, regarding 530 as obscene.—Comp. 
Arab. \& to draw water with a bucket, 
trop. of sexual intercourse; see Diss. 
Lugd. p. 168. Better, comp. Heb. >p& 
and Arab. (h&3 to be heavy; hence 


a+ 
“rla3 to be gravid, as a woman. 
Nipx. fo be lain with, ravished, as a 
woman Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2. 
Puat id. Jer. 3, 2.—Hence 


230 f. a consort, e. g. of a king, a 
queen, Ps, 45, 10. Neh. 2, 6. 


530 Chald. f id. Plur. the king’s 
wives Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23; from whom are 
distinguished the 3255 concubines. 


"252 in Kal not used, Arab. = 


to be pais brave ; εἰς one vigor- 
ous, brave ; ἐξ fierce, οἵα σατηθὶ. The 


primary idea seems to be that of impe- 
tuous excitement. 

Puat Part. ΣΡ 1. one raving, fren- 
zied, furious, as if inspired, spoken of 
false prophets Hos. 9, 7; also of true 
prophets in contempt 2 K. 9, 11. Jer. 
29, 26. 

2. a madman, one insane, | Sam. 21, 
16. Deut. 28, 34. 

Hirup. to be insane, to play the mad- 
man, 1 Sam. 21, 15. 16.—Hence 


ἡ 3 m. madness, Deut. 28, 28. 2 K. 
9, 20. Zech. 12, 4. 


“Δ obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to cast 
forth, to eject.—Hence 


"20 m. Ex. 13, 12, and "AY Deut. 7, 
13. 28, 4, both in constr. a fetus, which 
is cast forth at birth (comp. >B3 no. 1. 
c), i. e. the young, offspring, only of ani- 
mals.. 

TW m. Lam. 4,3. Dual po"), constr. 
"10 Hos. 9, 14. Cant. 4, 5, the breast, 
pap, both in woman Cant. 4, 5. 8, 1. 8. 
10; and in animals, Gen. 49, 25 blessings 
of the breasts and of the womb, i.e. abun- 
dance of milk and flocks. Comp. πῶ. 


ρ Θι σα 
Aram. 3m, 192, Arab. SOS, id. Gr. 
τέτϑη, τιτϑή, Engl. teat. R. OW. 


1036 

































10 
"τὸ only in plur. pst , idols, pr : 
(comp. ="533), Deut. 32, ‘17. Ps. 11 


—R. 758 to rule, whence Sid 


dominus, lord, Syr. ἫΝ demon. — 5 
Vulg. δαιμόνια, demonia, demons, 
the Jews regarded idols as 
which let themselves be worshipped 
men; see Bar. 4, 7. Sept. Ps. a 
1 Cor. 10, 20. ἊΣ 


I. 4D m. i. q. τῷ, the breast, 
24, 9. Is. 60, 16. 66, 11. gal 


II. 4W. m. once “Tit Job ὁ ΒΙῸΣ 
because of D438 in the other clause. if Ἷ 
TID. f 

1. violence, oppression, wroiig | : 
Hos. 12, 2. 9, 6. Am. 5, 9. Prov. | 4, 
Often τῶι bon or DOM) δ, 
and wrong, Hab. 1, 3. Jer. 67. γι 
Ez. 45, 9; meton. of wealth got by vi 
lence and wrong, Am. 3, 10. Also ᾿ 7 
"30) violence and destruction, Is. : 
60, 18. 51, 19. Jer. 48, 3.—A genitive 
after δ᾽ marks the person who ¢ 
wrong or who suffers wrong. Heb. Gr 
§ 112.2. E. g. ἘΣ 8 the violence 
of the wicked, which they do, ake 2] 
7. Contra, ΒΡ 7 the oppression of th 
poor, Ps. 12, 6. Is, 22, 4. mizna ὙΘ th 
violence done to the beasts Hab. 2, 17.- 
Hence 

2. wasting, desolation, destruction, Job 
5, 21. 22. Joel 1, 15 Nia "3a i> ἢ re 
destruction (or a desolating tempest) 
Srom the Almighly shall it come. Ts. 13, Ἷ 
6. In an imprecation, Hos. 7,18 Ἐπ τῷ 


destruction unto them! ; 


ἘΣ, pret. "173 Ex. 32, 12; inf 
TID Jer. 47, 4; imper. ἡ} 1 Jer. 49. 28 5 
fut. c. suff. prs Jer. 5, 6. Also con- 
tracted, pret. c. suff, son's Ps. 17, 9; inf. 
"ὦ Hos. 10, 14; fut. (7%) 6. suff ἐπῶν 
Prov. 11,3 Revs also fut. 3925 Ps. 91,6 
(as 7305 for 757, 77 for 797) unless 
perhaps it is from r. 99 i, g. T73.—Pr. 
to exert power, to urge, to press upon, to 
force, as 778,795; kindr. are ὙΠ8΄ and 


‘ 
4 


aa, Arab. os durus, molesturs fuit ; 
Eth. and Amhar. MEP to persecute, 
drive out.—Hence genr. 10 do violence, 
and so to oppress, to spoil, to destroy, 
with ace. of pers. or thing; Ps, 17,9 
jim sy mr the wicked that oppress 





Iw 














me. Ser, 47,4 O°mB>e-bo-mx τῶ for 
spoiling all the Philistines. 49, 28. Prov. 
11,3 Keri. Ez. 32, 12 and they shall 
‘spoil the pomp of Egypl. Jer. 25, 36. 
If a wolf, to prey upon, Jer. 5, 6.—Part. 
‘170 as subst. an oppressor, spoiler, de- 
yer, Job 12,6. 15, 21; often of ene- 
“mies who invade and spoil or lay waste 
“ἃ land, Is. 16, 4. 21, 2. 23, 1. Jer. 6, 26. 
12, 12. 48, 8. 18. 32. 51, 48. 53. Ser Ser. 
15,8 1 ΠΣ3 38 a spoiler at noon day, 
i.e. openly, i in sight of all. Opp. "778 
προ" night-robbers, Ob. 5. Comp. Ps. 
ξ ι.4.-- Part. pass. 290, spoiled, de- 
slain, Judg. 5, "97. Is. 33, 1. 
Also given over to spoiling or to destruc- 
tion, Jer. 4, 30; and so the vexed pas- 
sage, Ps. 137, 8 ΠΤ daa-ma, of 
‘F abylon soon to be destroyed, if indeed 
‘not already desolated; or perhaps we 
may regard the city as captured by 
Cyrus and so to a certain extent de- 
_stroyed. 

Nien. lo be laid waste, desolated, Mic. 
2, 4. 

Pier i. q. Kal, Prov. 19, 26. 24, 16. 

Po. i. q. Pi. Hos. 10. 2. 

Poat 738 and 75% Nah. 3, 7, to be 
spoiled, laid waste, destroyed ; of a city 
Is. 15, 1. 23, 1; of a land Jer. 4, 20. 48, 
15. 20; of fields and fruits Joel 1, 10. 
Zech. 11,3; of men Jer, 4, 13. 9, 18. 
49, 10. 

Horn. fut. 104", i. gq. Pual, Is, 33, 1. 
Hos. 10, 14. 

Deriv. τῷ II; pr. n. Ti3t8; perh. 
"38. 

*PTTW obsol. root, Chald. RI to 
cast, to shoot, to pour out; Arab. {i$ 


to moisten, to irrigate. Hence 78 and 
“ I, breast; pr. n. ΠΝ ΤΩ, 











3 f, pr. domina, mistress, and 

_ thence wife, fem. of the noun 78 lord 
(r. 35%) for '3°W, but formed as if from 
773; comp."7%. It corresponds with 


S- we 
Arab. 3X mistress, usually contr. 
caw sill or Xiw sittah; put also for 


9 
wife, like Arab. Faery Only once, Ecc. 
2,8 I got me...the delights (αἴας) of 
the sons of men, NIH) HIB a wife and 
wives, where the sing. may be referred 
to the queen, and the plur. to the king’s 
875 


1037 





pIw 


other wives and concubines; comp.1 K. 
11, 1 sq. Cant. 6, 8—In the Talmud 
m3v, MI7Y, denotes a woman’s camel- 
saddle, pilentum ; comp. in Germ. Frau- 
enzimmer, pr. ἡ woman’s apartment,’ gy- 
neceum, but also woman ; and in Ara- 
bian poets pilenia (pr. camel-saddles) 
are likewise women,.see Hamasa ed. 
Schultens, p. 232. Comp. Solomon’s 
splendid sedan, Cant. 3,9sq. See more 
in Thesaur. p. 1365. 


"JU m. in pause "38, the Almighty, 
the Omnipotent, an epithet or name of 
Jehovah ; sometimes in the Pentateuch 
preceded by 5x, as Ex. 6, 3 J appeared 
unto Abraham... "13 byn as God Al- 
mighty; but by my name Jehovah (Fim, 
mins Jahveh) was I not known unto 
them. Gen. 17, 1. 28,3. 35, 11. 43, 14. 
48, 3; prob. also Gen. 49, 25 "73 mx 
should be "πῶ 5x, as in the Sam. and 
several Heb.Mss. Elsewhere only once, 
Ez. 10,5. In all other examples it is 
without 58, as Num. 24, 4. 16. Ruth | 
1, 20. 21. Ps. 68, 15. 91, 1. Joel 1, 15. Is. 
13, 7. Ez. 1, 24. Job 5, 17. 6, 4. 14. 8, 3. 
5, and often in this book.—According to 
Gesenius, "30 is strictly a pluralis ma- 
jestaticus, from a sing. ὦ powerful. 


| from r. 770; but plurals in "— are 


quite doubtful; see Heb. Gr. ed. 16. 
§ 86. 1.c. More probable is it, there- 
fore, that "3%, which never takes the 
article, is to be regarded as a plural (of 
8) with the suffix of the first person. 
after the analogy of the form "25%, and 
used at first in direct invocation to God; 
Heb. Gr. § 119. n. 4. Hence, pr. mei 
potentes, my God; but afterwards a 
name of God as Almighty ; comp. "258. 
—Other etymologies see in Thesaur. p. 
1366 sq. 


TANT (darting of fire, τ. m3) 
Shede-ur, pr. n.m. Num. 1, δ. 2,10. 


PIO Job 19, 29 Chethib, prob. not a 
simple word, but compounded of the 
prefix ὦ (723s) and 774, i. q. that [there ἡ 
is] a judgment. Keri 78, id. 


5 ὉΠ obsol. root, perh. to shut off, to 
set bounds to, as a field; comp. pon 


and wo to shut up; Heb. no q. v.— 
Hence 


“τὸ 
ποτῷ f. I. Only in plur. mint, 
constr. ΤΩ, fields, as shut in by 
boundaries, Is. 16, 8. 2 K. 23, 4. Jer. 31, 
40 Keri. Spec. fields of grain Hab. 3, 
17; or of vines, vineyards, Deut. 32, 32. 
Twice, Is. 16, 8. Hab. 3, 17, it is joined 
with a verb sing.—This signification of 
the word, although no vestige of it ex- 
ists in the kindred dialects, is sufficient- 
ly established by the context and by the 
authority of ancient versions. It is some- 
times unaptly rendered vines. 
Il. a blasting, blight, Is. 37, 27, i. q. 
mp3 2 K. 19, 26; the letters Ὁ and 5 
being interchanged; see under 3. 


*f)2, kindr. with 91, to scorch, to 
blast, as the east wind grain; part. pass. 
Gen. 41, 6 D"IP Mins blasted with the 
east wisi, v. 23. ie Chald. and Talm. 


Ὁ id. Ar. he | black, δ dark- 


8 a 
ness of night, 8a id—Hence the 
two following. 


MD3W fa blasting, blight, 2 K. 19, 26. 
For Is. 37, 27, see in ΠΤ IL. 


PHI τὰ. (τ. HIB) a blasting, bhght, 
6. g. of grain by the east wind:(Gen. 41, 
6 sq.) 1 K. 8, 37. Am. 4, 9. Hagg. 2, 17. 
- 2 Chr. 6, 28. Deut. 28 22. 


vy "ὦ Chald. Irapa. "3MB, to exert 
oneself, to strive to do any thing, c. > 
Dan. 6, 15.. Elsewhere, both in Chal- 
dee and Rabbinic, it is written 53%, the 
“ being softened; see in > lett. i 
Hence “A5nSx. 


JI Chald. Shadrach, pr. n. given 
to Hananiah, one of Daniel’s companions 
at the court of Babylon, Dan. 1,7. 2, 49. 
3,12. According to Bohlen, i. q. Pers. 
sfoLa rejoicing in the way. Accord- 
ing to Benfey, royal, from Zend khasa- 
thra and suff. ka ; Monathsnamen p. 
201. But all this is quite uncertain. 


Iv an uncertain root, assumed 
to account for the forms of the numeral 
Ww six, contracted from O, as ap- 
pears from several ΜΝ τοῦῖς and Bthiopie 


forms; 6. g. ape. and Ap Ἰθὴπ a 
sizth part, etc. ART and APE 


siz, etc. But how the number siz took 


1038 





RVG 


its name from this root, is u 
Hence many, including Geseni 
gard SW as a radical nomen 
Indo-Germanic tongues; see in ὦ 
Heb. Gr. ὃ 95. marg. 























*On τ obsol. root, Arab. pew to 


pale ; neu arrow.—Hence Ss 


DY m. 1. A species of gem, ac 
cording to many the onya or perh. 8 
donyx, so called from its resemble 
to the human nail; Gen. 2, 12. Ex. 2 
9. 20. 35, 9.27. Job 28, 16, Ez. 28, 13 
This signification accords best with ἢ 
etymology. For other conjectures, se 
Thesaur. p. 1369 sq. = 

2. Shaham, pr. n. of a Levite, 1 C hrs 
24, 27. ' 


Ὑδ Job 15,31 Kethig. 81. 


ἘΝ 1. ig. ΠΝ Ὁ I, to make a noise, 
to crash; also to be laid waste, destroy. 
ed. Hence δῶ, πιῶ, myiwe, nines 
ΓΝ ΘΙ, pr. ἢ, Ὴ 

2. i. ᾳ. Arab. εἰ ὦ mid. Waw, to be 
evil, bad ; hence &}8.—The same sig- 
nifications are found united in the verbs 

323, 589, q. v- 


NI m. once plur. c. suff. prix , de- 
struction, ruin, Ps. 35, 17. See fem. 
πρῶ, R.xiw no. 1. -§ 


NIU m. (pron. shav’) pr. a subst. ¢ 
the segolate form like m2, but without 
the furtive Segol, like ROR, utp. R. 


Ri no. 2. Arab. Bow; Bow, malice ; 


Eth. WP crime. 3 
1. evil, i.e. a) evil done, iniquitel 
wickedness ; 818 “ty wicked men Job 
11, 11. Ps. 26, 4. Is. δ, 18 δα "ban 
the cords of iniquity. b) evil sufferec ᾿ 
calamity, destruction, Job 7, 8, Is. 30,98. 
NID ME? the fan of destruction. Hos. 12, 
12.—Both these significations (a, h) are 
found together i in Job 15, 31, let him not 
trust in evil (men of evil); he is de- 
ceived ; for evil (calamity) shall be his 
recompense. Comp.O33.  . 
᾿ς 2. Spec. falsehood, a ‘lie, Ps. 19, 3. 41, 
7. 144, 8. 11. Job 31, δ. δῷ σοῦ a 
false report Ex. 23, 1. RID “3 false 
witness Deut. 5, 17. ‘Ex. 20, 7 δἰ nb 
Nye ont αὐτοὶ thou shalt not utler 
















δ 


the name of Jehovah unto a falsehood, 
ou shalt not swear falsely ; comp. Ps. 
4,4. Is, 1,13 x ΤΙΣ a lying sacri- 
fice, false oblation, i. e. offered by a 
lypocrite without any pious feeling.— 


3. emptiness, vanity, nothingness, spo- 
ken of that which deceives the hopes, 
Ps. 60, 13. 89, 48. 127,2. x18 "23 vain 
idols Ps. 31,7. Mal. 3, 14 ponds 73 Nye 


Riv vain prophecies, empty, ἐμιμδιους 
Lam. 2, 14. Ez. 12, 24. 13, 7—Hence 
seb in vain Jer. 2, 30. 4, 30. 6, 29; 
also 870 as adv. in vain, Ps. 127, 1. 


od Sheva, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 20, 25 
Keri, for 87 Keth. See in m5. 


4 1}. f. (r. 818) constr. MXB Prov. 
8,25. 

1. ὦ slorm, tempest, so called from 

its noise, roaring, crashing, Prov. 1, 27 
where Keth. πῶ, Ez. 38, 9. 
_ 2. desolation, ruin, Job 30, 14; often 
coupled in paronomasia with the synon. 
ΠΝ, Zeph. 1,15. Job 38,27. Hence 
desolate places, ruins, Job 30, 3. 14. 

3. destruction, ruin, espec. sudden and 

unexpected; Ps. 63, 10 "Spar mRiw> 
"HE? they lie in wait for my life to de- 
stroy it. Is. 10,3. 47,11. Ps. 35,8. Prov. 
3, 25. 
— * 3510, inf. constr. once 3 Josh. 2, 
16; pret. 30, fem. M28, once nad Ez. 
46, 17; fut. 257, apoc. 267, with Vav 
cony. 20°), in pause 30>. 

1. to turn, to turn away, to turn back, 
to return.—Chald. 39m id. Syr. 202 


trop. to return to one’s senses. Arab. 


SoG trop. to return to God, be con- 
verted. 

A) OF persons; either simply, ἐδ turn 
about, to turn away ; or with the idea 
of motion, to turn back, to return, in 
_ which it is more frequent.—Absol. Josh. 
2, 22. Inde. 14, 8. 19,7. 2 Sam. 6, 20; 
with 12 from, out of any place Ruth 1, 
_ 22; with 12 c. inf. Gen. 14, 17. Num. 13, 
25. 2 Sam. 2,1; with "7mx after a per- 
‘son 2 Sam. 23, 10; with "amxa from 
afler a person ‘hom one has followed 
or pursued, Ruth 1,16. 2 Sam. 2, 26. 30; 
with > fo a person Gen. 8, 12. 22, 19. 
87, 30, or to a place 37, 29. Esth. 7, 8; 








1039 ὦ 


though the place is oftener put with 5 
Gen. 18, 33. 32, 1. 33,16. Num. 24, 25; 
also with acc. of place, either with n— 


_added Gen. 50, 14. Ex. 4, 20, or simply 


2 Sam. 15, 34. 2 K. 2, 25. Is. 52,8 s30a 
jis when Jehovah shall return to 
Zion ; others, ‘when Jehovah shall 
bring again Zion? Part. 303 92> pass- 
ing on and returning, i..e. going and 
coming, passing hither and thither, Ez. 
35, 7. Zech. 7, 14. 9, 8. 

Followed by another verb, e. g. to 
return and do, or, to return to the doing 
of any thing. it is i. q. to do again, to do 
a second time. The latter verb is then 
put: «@) Ina finite tense with the co- 
pulative 1, as 2 K. 1, 11. 18 m>vi) 3" 
and he sent again. 20, 5. Gen, 26, 18. Jer. 
18, 4. Zech. 5, 1. Semewhat different 
is Hos. 2, 11 “ands ax J will return 
and take away, i. e. what I have given 
I will take back again. 4) Without ἢ, 
Gen. 30, 31 ΠΡῸΝ Has 1 will again 
feed. Zech. 8, 15. Ps. 71,20. Mic. 7 , 19. 

vy) With inf. ο. >, Job 7, 7. Eccl. 1, 7: 
Hos. 11, 9. 

Trop. a) lo turn, to return to any 
person or thing, e.g. to the party of any 
one 1 K. 12, 27; at the reproof of wis- 
dom, Prov. 1, 23. Often Minmt->x 28 to 
return to Jehovah, to convert, be con- 
verted; with 58 and >, 1K. 8, 33. Ps. 
22, 28; with bs 2 Chr. 30, 9; 33 Is. 19, 
22. Joel 2, 12. Am. 4,6 sq. 3 Hos. 12,7. 
b) Absol. to return, to be converted, as 
in Syr. and Arab. above, Jer. 3, 12. 14. 
22. 2 Chr. 6, 24. Is. 1, 27 4°23 her con- 
verts, i.e. of Zion. 35:55 “νῷ a rem- 
nant shall return, be converted, Is. 10, 
21. c) With Ἢ to turn from, i. 6. to 
cease from, to leave off, 6. g. an evil way 
1 K. 13, 33. Zech. 1, 4; sin, evil, Ez. 3, 
19. 18, 27. 33, 14. Job 36, 10; anger Ex. 
32, 12; justice Ez. 18, 24. Comp. Is. 59, 
20 SBD 730 they that turn from iniquity. 
d) With. tea and "7982 10 turn away 
from any one, espec. from Jehovah, 
Josh. 22, 16.23.29. 1 Sam. 15, 11; absol. 
Josh. 233,12. p%babam ἘΣ from idols, 
idolater: ΕΖ. 14,6. ey) to return into 
the possession of any thing, i. e. to re- 


‘cover it, c. b§ Ez. 7, 13. Lev. 25, 10; 9 
‘Is. 23, 17. 


B) Often of things: a) to turn, be 
deflected, as a border, Josh. 19, 12. 27 


. a 


29. 34.. b) to return to a former own- 
er, i.e. to be returned, restored, c. > Lev. 
27, 24. Deut. 28, 31. 1 Sam. 7, 14. 1 K. 
12, 26. c) to return toa former state, 
to be restored, renewed, of cities: Ez. 35, 
9 Keri, comp. Ez. 16, 55; of a diseased 
member of the body 1 K. 13,6. 2 K. 5, 
10. 14. Ex. 4, 7. d) In the contrary 
sense, ΒΟ 218 to return to dust, be 
shimped. to dust again, Gen. 3, 19. Ece. 
3,20. So > Ξη is genr. fo turn into, be 
παροὺ into, Is. 39, 17. 6) to be re- 
called, revoked, ta be made void, as a 
decree, prophecy, (opp. 812,) Is. 45, 23. 
55,11. f) So anger is said to return, 
to turn back, when it is calmed, Gen. 27, 
44, Is,5,25; alsoc. 72 to turn back from 
any one, i. e. to cease as against him, 
Gen. 27, 45. 2 Chr. 12, 12. 

2. Transit. 1. ᾳ. Hiph. 8) to cause to 
return, i. 6. to lead or bring back, Num. 
10, 36. Ps. 85, 5; espec. in the phrase 
maiay ="0 to bring back captives, see 
mst. Hence part. pass. 330 returned, 
turned away; Mic. 2, 8 mana sau) 
turned from war, averse from war. 
Comp. part. pass. “30 Is. 49, 21. Jer. 17, 

“13. bh) to restore to a former state, 
Nah. 2, 3.—Not unfrequently in Kethibh 
Δ is to be taken as transitive, where 
Keri without necessity has Hiphil; as 
Job 39, 12. Ps. 54,7. Prov. 12, 14. Jer. 
33, 26. 49,39. Joel 4, 1. 

Pi.. 2278 causat.of Kal. a) to cause 
to return, to bring back, Jer. 50, 19; 
metaph. to God, to convert, Is. 49, 5. 
See Kal no. 1. a. δ) to restore, to re- 
new, Is. 58, 12; ο. > Ps, 60, 3. With 
wp? fo refresh Ps. 23, 3; comp. 20H. 
6) to turn away sc. from right, to per- 
vert, to seduce, Is. 47, 10, comp. Jer. 50,6 
Keri. Once nearly intrans. to fall away, 
to backslide, Jer. 8, 5. For Mic. 2, 4, 
see subst. 2350. 

Pou, 2330, part. fem. 23172 ὨΞΞῚΘὮ 
brought back from the sword, i. e. res- 
cued from the power of the enemy, Ez. 
38, 8. 

Hips. 204, fut. a3, 
conv. awh. 

1. to lurn, trans. to turn about, to turn 
‘away; ὃ. acc. e. g. the wheel of the 
threshing-sledge upon enemies, Prov. 
20, 6; for this punishment see in 055 p. 
219. With acc. of pers. and 3 of thing, 


apoc. 3", 


1040 





210 


to lurn away one from, Jer. 23, 2! 
2, 6.—Spec. ie 

a) "2B ΞΘ fo turn one’s face 1 
wards any thing, c. > Dan. 11, 18.1 
comp. "378 Bw p. 852. d. Also e. Ἷ « 
bya, to turn away one’s face from, e. 
idols Ez. 14,6; and without "35 ib. a 
18, 30. 32. 

b) im" ΞΘ to turn one’s hand, wi 
b2 against a person or thing, Is. 1, 2 
Am. 1, 8. Ps. 81, 15, Ez. 38, 12; » 
2 2 Sam. 8,3. Once with 52 upon, i 
good sense, Zech. 13, 7. 

c) τῆν men >on to turn, away th 
wrath of ‘Jehovah, to avert it, from 
one, with 12 or bon, Num. 25, 11. Jer 
18, 20. Ezra 10, 14. But God is sai 
also to turn away his anger, i.e. to 2 
press, to withdraw it (128 ‘Nn, nen 1 
Job 9, 13. Ps. 88, 38. 106, 23; comp. 8 
4. With d30 of pers. Prov. 24, 18; 
comp. 15, 1. 29, 8.—Onee, not to 
away one’s anger, but to turn it upe 
any one, i. e. to pour it — Is. 66, 155 
comp. Job 15, 13. 

2. to turn back, to return, trans. 6. g. 
a person or thing, viz. ‘ 

a) to bring back or again, to lead 
back, c. ace. of pers. or thing, Gen. 48, 
21. Is. 37, 29. Judg. 11.9; with 5x to: 
person or place, Gen. 28, 15. 42, 87. 43, 
12, 44, 8. 2 Sam. 17, 3. Jer. 42, 12. 
With ace. of thing and 3 of pers. Deut. 
28, 60.—Also Min w>y sn to bring 
again to Jehovah, to his worship, 6. ace 
of pers. 2 Chr. 94. 19. Neh. 9,26. a5 
maa, i. g. ΤΙΣ a0, to bring again the 
captivily, i. 6. the captives (see in art. 
mist) Jer. 32, 44. 33, 11. 49, 6. 39. 
ἜΣ ΟΝ >On to bring: again to dust, 
i. 6. by death, Job 10,9; 823 73 ‘A id. 
Ps. 90, 3; comp. in Kal 1. B. d. onal 
. δ). =n to draw back or withdraw 
the hand, Prov. 19, 24. 26, 15. Gen. 
29. Ex. 4,7. 1K. 13,4. Spec. the ha 
as stretched out for help, Ps. 74, 11. 
Lam. 2, 3; or also for threatening, Ez. 
20, 22. pe 2, 8. 

δ) to turn back or away, to drive back, 
e. g. animal lust Jer. 2, 24. Is. 28, 6 
ΠΣ manda aq who turn back the © 
war to the gate sc. of the enemy. 44, 25. 
Job 9, 12 333°" 52 who shall turn him 
(God) back? i. 6. hinder him, 11, 10. 
23,13. Once in a like senge, 77 2°05 



















37 
turn back the hand of God, hinder it 
rom ‘inflicting punishment, Is. 14, 27; 

comp. 43,14. Ἔ 728 2°DF fo turn away 

‘the face of any one, i. e. to repulse him, 

deny him access, not grant his petition, 

(opp. 5725 Xb2,) 1 K. 2, 16.17.20. 2Chr. 

6, 42. Ps. 132,10. Emphat. and strong- 

er, 2 K. 18, 24. Is. 36, 9. 

_ 3. to bring back, to restore, comp. Kal 

' ; e.g. spoil taken by an enemy, fo 

recover, Gen. 14, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 19 ;. 10 

restore one to a post or place, Gen. "40, 

13. 41, 13. 1 Chr. 21, 27. Ez. 21, 35. Gen. 

42, 25. 2K. 14,22. Hence ἐδ restore to 

ἃ former state, c. acc. of pers. Ps, 80, 4. 8. 

20. Is. 1, 26. Dan. 9,25. Also 053 Son 

“p to restore the spirit, life, of any one, 

i. e. to refresh or relieve his spirit; ei- 

ther by food Lam. 1, 11. 19; or by com- 

fort 1, 16. Ruth 4, 15. Ps. 19. 8. Prov. 25, 

13; comp. 1 Sam. 30, 12. Judg. 15, 19.— 

Different is 72 Ὁ Ὁ) ‘hm fo restore one’s 

life from danger, to rescue, Ps. 35,17. Job 

33, 30. Also 3°39 is to bring back, to 

restore sc. one dead to life 2 Sam. 12, 

23.—Spec. Job 9, 18 "M57 ΞΘ 722m? ἐν 

he will not suffer me to draw my breath, 
gives me no respite. 

_ 4. to return a thing to any one, fo re- 
store, c. acc. of thing and dat. of pers. 

2 Sam. 9,7. Ex. 22, 25. Deut. 24, 13. 

Ez. 18, 12. 33, 15. Lev. 25, 27. 28. 51. 

52. Neh. 5, 11.—Spec. to restore a thing 

found or stolen, Lev. 5, 23 [6, 4]. Deut. 

22,1. 2. Ps. 69, 5. Job 20,10. 18. Hence 

to render, to pay, sc. any thing due, 

Num. 5, 7. 8. Jadg. 17, 3.4. 1 Sam. 6, 

3. 4.8.17; also to make good, to com- 

_ pensate, sc. loss or damage, Ex. 21, 34.— 

Hence 

a) to requite, to reward, to render 
back, ὁ. ace. of thing, Prov. 17, 13 ΞΘ 

ΓΙ nnn 7345 whoso rewardeth evil for 

| good. With acc. of thing and Ὁ of pers. 

| 2Sam. 16, 12. Ps.'79, 12. 116, 12. 1Sam. 

26,. 23. Job 33, 26; also the bes: being 

omitted, 2 Chr. 6, 23. Prov. 24, 12. 29. 

Ps. 18, 21. With acc. and >3 of pers. 

Ps, 94, 23. Gen.50,15. Also izsna “πὶ, 

βδοβτον ’ mt, saints’ πὶ ον “πὶ to το. 

turn or requite upon one’s own head, 

upon oneself, Judg. 9,57. 1 Sam. 25, 39. 

| 2Sam. 16,6. 1 K. 2, 32.44. Neh. 3, 36. 

> ὙΠΕΡ aN fo requite one’s doings 

_ upon him Hos. 4,9; comp. 12,3. See 





















1041 





510 


also in arts. 523, 0)3.—Arab. SL II, 
IV, to repay, Hariri 17. p. 166. 

Ὁ) 235 aH to return word, i. e. 
a) Genr. to give response, to answer, 
Prov. 18, 13. Is. 41, 28; with acc. of 
pers. (comp. in M22,) 2 Sam. 3; ἘΠ ΤᾺ: 
12, 6. 9.16 723 Sharm psn is and 
the people answered the king. Neh. 2, 
20. Prov. 27, 11. Also simply 2°85 
(without 5155) 2 Chr. 10, 16 and the peo- 
ple answered (3237071) the king. Job 13, 
22 ΞΖ ΘΙ answer thou me, parall. M22. 
32, 14. 33, 5. 32. 40, 4. 20, 2. In the 
same sense of answering is said also 
px awh, to relurn answer (words), 
seq. 4 of pers. Prov. 22, 21. Judg. 5, 29; 
also }7b Ξ τι id. Job 35 4. oye “βοῦς 
who answer discreetly Prov. 26, 16; 
comp. 24, 26 and Chald. Dan. 2. M4. 
8) Of'a messenger it is also said: 5: ΠῚ 
"23 to return word, to bring back an- 
swe?, c. acc. of pers. 1 K. 2, 30. 2 Sam. 
24,13. Gen. 27, 14. Num. 22,8. Deut. 
1, 22. 25. Josh. 14, 7. 2 K. 22, 9. 

5. to return a thing, in the sense lo 
bring again and again, to render re- 
peatedly, as an annual tribute, 2 K. 3, 4. 
17, 3. 2 Chr. 27, 5. Ps. 72, 10; sacrifice’ 
Num. 18,9. Comp. Lat. sacra referre 
Virg. Georg. I. ee ZEn. 5. 598, 603. 

6. 327>& atin, to recall to mind, to 
lay to heart, 6. ace. of thing, Lam. 3, 21/7 
Also without an ace. in a sense of peni- 
tence, Deut. 4, 39. 30,1. 1 K. 8,47. Is 
44,19; and 257d» ‘nid. Is. 46,8. Comp. 
add» ony in r. DY 3. 1. p. 1006. 

7. to recall, to revoke, as an edict Esth. 
8, 5. 8; a decree, sentence, Am. 1, 3 for 
the many tranggressions of Damascus 
npa7wWR Xd J will not recall that which I 
have decreed against her (comp. v. 4. 4, 
and Num, 23, 20). Am. 1, 6.9. 11. 13. 
2,1. 4.6. So ofa benediction Num. 23, 
20. See Kal. 1. B. ὁ. 

Hopn. 2win_ 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, 
to be brought back, Ex. 10, 8. 

2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 4, to be return- 


- ed, restored, Gen. 42, 28. 43, 12. Num. 


5, 8. 

Deriy. sai, anid, maw, maw, 
naw, nsdn, and pr. names sau ᾿ 
DyIw., son svn, om> "30, sivia, 
2137 AND. 


DIN, sed dysau. 


21 


2270 m. (τ. 3.9) 1. Adj. turning 
away, apostate, rebellious, Jer. 3, 14. 22. 
Is, 57, 17. 

2. Shobab, pr. n.m. a) A son of 
David, 2 Sam. 5,14. 1 Chr. 3,5. 14,4. 
b) 1 Chr. 2, 18. 


3350 m. for 22% part. Pil. τ. 34. 

1. Adj. apostate, rebellious, of the Is- 
raelites, Jer. 31, 22; of the Ammonites, 
49, 4. 

2. Subst. an apostate, rebel ; Mic. 2, 4 
pam as asiw> our fields he hath di- 
vided out to an apostate,:i. 6. an impious 
enemy. Others regard 33185 here as 
inf. Pil—For Jer. 8, 5, see in r. 230 
Pil. c. 


maw f. (τ. 348) return; metaph. con- 
_ version, once Is. 30, 15. 


J2W (τ. Gav) Shobach, pr. ἢ. of a 
general of Hadarezer king of Zobah, 
2 Sam. 10, 16. 18; for which 1 Chr. 19, 
16.18 πϑῷ Shophach. 


Ὁ (perh. flowing, or a shoot, r. 
bavi) Shobal, pr.n. m. a) A son of 
Seir, Gen. 36, 20. 23. 29. . b) 1 Chr. 
2,50. 4, 1. 


p2iw (forsaking) Shobek, pr. n. m. 
Neh. 10, 25. R. paw. 


FOND j. q. and, ποῦ, fo wander ; 
hence M33. 
TH, see τῷ IL. 


ἘΠ i. q. S30. 1. to treat with 
violence, to lay waste, fut. θη, Ps. 91, 
6; unless this is rather for fut. τῶ, 
from τ. Ὑπτῷ, 

Byitowrule, to be lord; Ijke Arab. Olas 
mid. Waw. Hence τῷ lord. 


ss rilw, fut. MOM, pr. to put, to set, 
to place, see Piel; kindr. with may, 
MI, MY, Oly, a8, ayt, ΓΩΣ, which 
see. Hence, to pul or lay together, to 
compare ; like 32> to set in order, to 
compare, to estimate. In Kal intrans. 

1. to be compared with, i. e. to be like, 
to be equal to another, c. > of pers. Prov. 
26, 4. Is. 40, 25. Impers. Job 33, 27 7 
sinned and perverted right, “> ny} δὲ 5) 
but the like was not done to me; Vulg. 
et ult eram dignus, non recepi.—Also to 
be like in value, equal to any thing, c. 3 
of thing, Prov. 3, 15, 8, 11.—Aram. 818, 


1042 


















































m0 


Jou, to be equal, like; fit; Aph. to 
pare, countervail. Arab. $9 ΠῚ to 
equal, like. “a 
2. to be equal, i. e. to be enough 
satisfy, to avail, c. > of pers. Esth. 8 
3. to be equal, i. e. to count il, 
compensate for, c. 3 of thing, Esth. 7, 
4. to be fit, right, proper, ¢. > of t 
Esth. 3, 8. “_ 
PIEL ma 1. to put, to set, to plac 
i. ᾳ. OPW, Dv. This signification 
current in Chaldee, where the Targu 
often put "98 for Heb. m7, οὐ. i‘ 
in the early Heb. poets, as Ps. 16, 
OF 7922 Mins sn J set Jehovah ἃ 
ways before me, before my mind; co 
piv Ps. 54,5. So Ps. 119, 30 runt 
Ὁ thy statutes have I set sc. t ref 
my eyes. Of a vine, Hos, 10,1 * 
> Πρ he puts forth fruit for hin 
i. 6. Israel.— With 53 of pers. to put o 
lay upon, to bestow, e. g. honour Ps, ἥ 
6; heip 89, 20.—With ace. and 3, to se 
or make like ta any thing, Ps. 18, 
2 Sam. 22, 34; comp. Hab. 3, 19. 
2. to put in order, to make even, 8. ἃ. 
a) Of a field, to level, to make plain, | 8. 
28, 25. Syr. Pa. wae to even, τὴ Ke 


level; Arab. Il, [V, to ma 
level. Ὁ) Trop: to compose or calm the 
mind, Ps. 131, 2. Ellipt. Is. 38, 13 
“Pa 3D on 4 ἢ quieted my mind | 
(he morning, patiently hearin my 
pains; Vulg. and Jerome sperabam usqu 
ad mane. In this rendering the word 
"IND is referred to the subsequent clause 
But others make it causat. of Kal no. 1, 
I have made me like the lion se. in roar- 
ing; Targ. ‘rugiebam ut leo.’ 


Note. In Job 30,22 Keth. ποτ στοὰ 
by Gesenius and others M3t6m, and i 
referred to Chald. x38, Ithpe. “IMR, > 
fear, to be terrified. ‘Hence Piel niin 
thou terrifiest. me; which accords with 
the preceding "23312m thou makest me 
to melt away. . Better with Ewald as 
subst. ANDM i. q. ANH (τὶ NH), put for 
the raging, roaring, of a tempest; see 
art. mm .—Keri mci, see art. Mam. 

Hirn. fo compare, to liken, with acc. 
and >, Lam. 2, 13. Is. 46, 5. 

Nine. a fir frequent in the Mishna 
and among the Rabbins, but rare in the 
O. T. see Lehrgeb. p. 249. Heb. Gr. — 





bh 
54.9 ; lo be compared, to be regarded 
‘alike, to be alike. Prov. 27,15 a con- 
inual dropping in a very rainy day 
‘and a contentious woman MIM are 











t publesome.—A few Mss. have πῆ 2. 
See Thesaur. p. 1376. 
᾿ meniy πῶς Pr. n, D3, "59. 


1. i. q. Heb. Pi. no. 1, to put, to 
t, to make ; often in the Targums; see 
‘Athpa. 

_ 2. to compare, to make like to any 
‘thing, 6. acc. et D2, Dan. 5, 21 Keri. 
Comp. ὩΣ no. 1. f. 

_ Ivara. to be made, rendered, Dan. 
“3, 29. 


MD (a plain) pr. n. Shaveh. a plain 
in the country beyond Jordan, called 
also ‘the king’s dale’ (8 Poy) Gen. 
14, 17; comp. 2 Sam. 18,18. The same 
is NMP NW the plain of Kirjathaim 
Gen. 14, 5; see in ΠΡ lett. g. 


Ἐπ fut. πῆ 1. to sink down, 
to settle down, like mw, mmo. Arab. 


Ly mid. Waw, to sink in the mud. 


Chald. ππιῷ, mw, sg, i.q. Heb.—Prov. 
2,18 mma ‘ryan by ane her house sinks 
down into ‘death, i. 6. into Sheol , Hades; 
so Vulg. Butas ™"2 is elaswhere al- 
ways masc. Aben Ezra refers Mn to 
_ the woman herself: she sinks down into 
death (Sheol), her future house. See 
Thesaur. p. 1377. 
2. Metaph. fo be bowed down, de- 
_ pressed, 6. g. the mind, soul. Ps, 44, 26 
42052 9HD2 HN our acid ta bowed down 
to the dust. Lam. 3, 20 Keri. 
Hin. i. q. Kal no. 2, Lam. 3, 20 Keth. 
* Deriv, Ame, ood, mn, and pr. 
names FA, ome, mani 





TD (pit, τ᾿ πη) Shuah, pr. n. of ason 
of Abraham and Keturah, and also of an 
Arabian tribe descended from him, Gen. 
25,2. Hence the patronymic and gen- 
tile n. "150 Shuhite Job 2, 11. 8,1. 25, 1. 
The country of the Shuhites was not 
improbably the same with the Σακκαία 
of Ptolemy 5. 15, eastward of Batanea. 


1043 





Ow 
MUTA f(r.) 1. a pit. Jer. 2,6 
AMA) A332, yy α land of desert and 
pit, i. e. Sinai. 
destructive, Prov. 22, 14. 23,27. Soto 
dig a pit, see in r. HD, Jer. 18, 20. 22 
Keri. 


2. Shuhah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4,11; for 
which:v. 4 wan, 


ond (perh. pit-digger, τ. πη) Shu- 
ham, pr. ἢ. of a son of Dan, Num. 26, 42; 
called in Gen. 46, 23 pon. 


ne | DAD, fat. plur. 3083, pr. i. α. 

385 q. v. to be stable, firm, stiff. Hence 
comes DW i. ᾳ. DIY, a, stick, rod; then 
a scourge, whip ; and also ont an oar.— 
Hence, as a verb denominative, v5t) is: 

1. to whip, to scourge, to lash ; like 
Arab. bly. 

2. to row, q. d. to lash the sea with 
oars; see ὯΔ no. 2, and vite. Part. 
plur. as subst. ὉΠ rowers Ez. 27, 8; 
with acc. of pers. v. 26. 

3. to run up and down, to go to and 
Sro, hither and thither, in haste ; pr. so 
as to lash the air with one’s arms as 
with oars; comp. Lat. remi used of the 
arms and feet of a person, Ovid. Heroid. 
18 fin. and also more frequently of the 
wings of birds, Quinctil. 8. 6, 16.—Num. 
11,8, YP I82 LW 10 go over the earth or 
a land, to travel through it, espec. in 
order to visit and inspect it, Job 1, 7. 2, 
2. 2 Sam. 24, 2. 8. 

Pit. YT i. ᾳ. Kal no. 3, but inten- 
sive; Jer. 5,1. Am. 8, 12. Zech. 4, 10 
the eyes of Jehotah γ ΝΠ 593 pron ita 
run to and fro in the whole earth. 2 Chr. 
16, 9. Metaph. to run through or over 
a book. i.e. to examine it thoroughly 
Dan. 12, 4. 

Hirarat. wBitnn, (not vUIMeN, to 


avoid the sequence of three like let- 


ters,) i. q. Pil. Jer. 49, 3. 
Deriv. 2iW, wwivs, τῶ, , Bid. 
“TI. Daw, Aram, vw, wha, i 
DN, Zo contemn, to denies Part. XW 


for Ὁ (Heb. Gr. § 23. 4. π. 1) Ez. 16, 
57. 28, 24. 26. 


OW τη. pr.i.g. U3, see r. 242 I, init. 
a whip, scourge, Prov. 26, 3. Nah. 3, 2. 
1 K.12,11. 465 wits the scourge of the 
(slanderous) tongue Job 5,21. Trop. the 
scourge of God, i. e. calamities, plagues, 


Trop. for any thing, 


51 


which God sends upon men, Is. 10, 26. 
Job 9,23. Aut vit an peeranhblantaie 
scourge, i. e. calamity rushing upon 
one, spec. a hostile army, Is. 28, 15. 18. 
Comp. Kor. Sur. 89. 12.—Aram. eink 


Woe, a rod, staff, scourge; Arab. bea 
a scourge; Eth. £1@°% id. 


ἘΔ obsol. root, Arab. Sg mid. 
Waw conson. to be loose, pendulous, as 
the belly ; comp. A ts mid. Ye, to flow. 


Kindr. are 53), 555, Arab. Js, also 
πρῶ, 5>u).—Hence 


Ὁ m. plur. constr. ">a, c. suff. 
" ρηῶ, 

1. a train, the flowing skirts of a 
robe, i. q. bab , Is. 6, 1. Lam. 1, 9. mPa 
psbaw) 10 uncover the skiris or train, i.e. 
to expose to the deepest disgrace, Jer. 
13, 22. 26. Nah. 3, 5; comp. Is. 47, 2. 

2. the hem of a garment, Ex. 25, 26. 
28, 33. 34. 39, 24. 


ὩΡῚ m. (τ. dvi) 1. stripped, either 
of clothes i. e. naked, or of shoes i. e. 
barefoot, as Sept. Syr. Mic. 1, 8 Keri, 
comp. Is. 20, 2. Comp. >t2 no. 1, to put 
off a shoe. 

2. a captive, prisoner, Job 12, 17. 19. 
M270 Shulammith, pr. n.of a maid- 
en celebrated in the book of Canticles, 
Cant. 7,1; Vulg. pacifica. But theform 
menabiwn may also be a gentile name, 
the Shulamite, i. ᾳ. τ Ὁ Shunamite ; 
since according to Eusebius the place 
Shunem was also called Sulem; and 
this seems preferable, on account of the 
article. 


* DAW obsol. root, i. q. Arab. oe to 


smell ; whence Bo a. fragrant melon. 
Kindr. are 03 to breathe. $oa3 to smell. 
—Hence 

DAW τη. garlic ; only plur. 5°28 , once 
Num. 11, 5. So called from its acrid 
odour; allium sativum Linn. see Celsii 
Hier. Il. p. 52 sq. Sept. σκόρδον s. σκό- 
godor, Vulg. allium. Chald. xm, Syr. 
Wood. id. Talm. ΤΠ θη wild garlic. 


8 
Arab. 23 garlic; Eth, MOP ja— 
Large quantities of garlic were an- 


1044 





08 



















ciently raised in Egypt; see Ce 
Herodot. 2. 125.. Comp. Forskal Ἑ 
Egypt. p. Lxv. 


“21D, see wats. 


yw obsol. root, perh. i. q. 
be quiet.—Hence the three following. 

"230 (quiet) Shuni, pr. ἢ. of a se 10 
Gad, Gen. 46, 16. Also as patrony 
Shunite (for "*258) Num. 26,15. R. ἢ 


ΞΘ (perh. two resting-places, ft 
ΡΣ, τ 9; comp. O22 for oF 
Shunem, pr. n. of a city in "the tribe ¢ 
Issachar Josh. 19, 18. 1 Sam. 28, 4. 2 K 
4,8; prob. the Sulem of Eusebias (os 
thn Sulem) five Roman miles so 


of Mount Tabor. Now Sdlam μὴ φαν 
see Bibh. Res. in Palest. III. p. 169, 170 


"27 gentile n. (from preced.) fe a 
σας a Shunamite, 1 K. 1, 3. 2,17. 2 
99,2 K. 4, 12. 25. 36. 


* YI in Kal not used, i. ᾳ. MY 
Chald. m8 , to cry out. Eth. AMT 
or AMU to call, to invoke. ΜΝ 

Ριει, 239, inf. c. suff. "338. 10 ΟΥ̓ o 
espec. to cry for help, to implore, Ps. 18 
42. 72, 12. Job 19, 7. 29, 12; 6. d¥ ὁ 
pers. Ps. 18, 7. 22, 25. Job 30, 20. al. 

Deriv. sy) meme, sid 1, pst) I. 


31D τα. (τ. 218) an outcry, κω ” 
for help, supplication, Ps. 5, 3. Sept. 
δέησις. aes 
iw obsol. root, i. q. 1. γεν ond Are 
855: ὟΣ 
1. to be broad, ample ; hence 
2. to be rich, opulent, powerful. . 
3. to be set free, delivered, out ο Γ 
straits and danger. , Comp. r. 309. 
Deriv. 310 II, ar) II, ΠΟΤ pr. 
RDW. ' 
Ι. γ᾽ δ τὰ. (r. 318) a cry for help, 
ig. S18, Is. 22, δ. 
IL. yt) adj.(r. 238) 1. rich, opulent, 
Job 34, 19. Ez. 23, 23, where see in Sip. 
2. liberal, noble, Is. 32, 5. 
LL ΣΦ τὰ. (r. 213) @ cry for help, 
i.g. 318, Job 30,24. . 
ΤΙ. 998 m. (Ὁ. 398) 1. riches, wealth, 


τὸ 36, 19. 


ears 
‘ 2. Shua, pr. n. of a Canaanite, Gen. 


5, 2. 12. 


IIL. IW an oath, i. q. 334, (3 beinir 
oftened into 1, see in 3 lett. b, p. 105,) 
whence pr. n. su ma Bath-shua 1 Chr. 
3, 5, i. gq. PIU Ma q. v. p. 167. Ὁ. 


“S879 (wealthy, r. 233) Shua, pr. ἢ. 
ΠῚ Chr. 7, 32. 

3 my f. (τ. 318) a cry sc. for help, 
να. 2, Ps. 18, 7. 39, 13. 102, 2. 
2990 m. plur, ovbysv), ods. 






































l. a 
ox, also a jackal, see below. Cant. 2, 
δ. Lam. 5, 18. Ez. 13, 4. Neh. 3, 35. 
fudg. 15, 4. Ps. 63, 11. Chald. x>3n, 


an [23 with \» added; comp. pr. ἢ. 
ε Brads —As to the origin of the word, 
Bochart supposes the fox to be so called 


om a word signifying to cough, which 


he refers to its yelp. comp. haw to 
ough. Others suppose it to come from 
its howling, comp. πὸ I. According 
to Gesenius the animal has this name 
from its burrowing under ground, from 
, byt}, so that 5ΣῊΦ denotes pr. ‘a dig- 
ger, burrower,’ comp. >xv I1.—Under 
he general name of fo2es the Hebrews 
and other Orientals appear in common 
usage to have comprehended also jack- 
als, Pers. his Shaghal ; see Niebuhr’s 
Krabia p. 166. Germ. Thus jackals 
seem to be meant in Judg. 15, 4, since 
e fox is with great difficulty taken 
ive; andalso in Ps. 63, 11, inasmuch as 
foxes do not feed on dead bodies, which 
are. a favourite repast for the jackal. 
But in Cant. 2,15 it is more probably 
oxes. See Bochart Hieroz. T. II. p. 
190 sq. ed. Lips. Faber’s Archeol. I. p. 
140. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 154. 
2. Shual, pron. 48) 5399 yo, ‘Jack- 
al-land, a district in the tribe of Ben- 
jamin, 1 Sam. 13, 17; perh. i. ᾳ. Y28 
953) 1 Sam. 9,4. Ὁ) daw oxn, Ha- 
1 £ rar-shual, ‘Jackal- -village, > in ΗΕ δον: ; 
ee in “3h 3. ἃ. p. 339. ὁ) Shual, an 
Asherite, i Chr. 7, 36. 


“AWW m. denom. (ποτ ὃ no. 1, like 
8:5 from D2, Heb. Gr. § 85. 2. 1,) ἕο; 
Bs ; a gale-keeper, porter; so of the 
city gates, 2 Καὶ, 7,10. 11. Neh. 7, 1. 12, 
88 


1045 


v θι.ο ᾿ 
Syr. 2, id. Arab. XIL25, but oftener 





piw 


27; espec. of the temple, Neh. 12, 45. 
47. 1 Chr. 9, 17 sq. 15, 18. 26, 1. 12-19. 
2 Chr. 23, 19. 


: raphe pr. to scrape, to rub; then ‘to 
injure by rubbing,’ to bruise, to crush, to 
break or dash in pieces. Chald. 5¥, 
ΝΘ, 90, id. Syr. “ss to rub, [ow 
to file, 2a to scrape; Arab. 3Lé to 
polish. Kindr. is 750 q. v. also M0, 
Arab. Law, to scrape.—Only thrice in 
O.T. Job 9,17 "2596" ΣΌΣ ΘΒ with a tem- 
pest he dasheth me in pieces. Gen. 3, 15 
bis, SPP ἼΘΙ MAN} OX FEWs gn he 
shall crush thee as to the head, and thou 
shalt bruise him as to the heel, sc. by thy 
bite; for the construct. comp. Ps. 3, 8. 
Heb. Gr. § 136. fin. For this latter use 
of #38, comp. Jon. 4,7. In Ps. 139, 11 
ΕΣ WYN, we may indeed render, 
darkness shall fall upon me, shall over- 
whelm me. But this is less natural, 
and it is better therefore to read with 
Ewald, "2230", darkness shall cover me, 
from ape or S20. Symm. σκότος ἐπι- 
σκεπάσει με, Anon. καλύψει με. See more, 
Thesaur. p. 1380 sq. 


FDI, see Faiw. 


“2D a Shuphamite, patronym. from 
DEIDW q. v. Num. 26, 39. 


FDI Num. 32, 35; see in ninws lett. d. 


“DID m. also “HP (r. py) ρίαν. 
minpis, constr. MinDiv , a trumpet. horn, 


cornet, lituus, Arab. es (diff. from 


ΓΝ ΣΤ.) perh. so. called from its clear 
and shrill sound, comp. Engl. clarion ; 
either made of a horn, or similar to a 
horn, i. ᾳ. ἢ (Josh. 6, 5, comp. 4. 6, 8. 
13), Ex. 19, 16, Lev. 25, 9. Job 39, 25. 
Joel 2,1. Am. 2,2. al. Jerome says, om 
Hos. 5, 8, “buccina pastoralis est et 
cornu recurvo efficitur, unde et proprie: 
Hebraice Sophar, Grece περατίνη, appel- 
latur.” Sept. σάλπιγξ, κερατίνη.--- Το. 
blow the trumpet is "20 SPM or ΒΞ Ὦ, 
see in Spm. 


*DPAWig. pw. 


1. to cleave, Arab.. 


G - 
5-4; Syr. ἴω. a fissure; see in r.. 
330 note, 


2, to run about, to run to and Hous see: 
Ppw and 303 note. Hence piw, prw... 


prs 
3 forun afer any thing, to desire, to 


long for ; Arab. Gia to cause desire, 


VIII to desire, ἘΠ desire.—Hence 
pwn q. Vv. 

Hien. pw, causat. of Kal. no. 2, to 
let run over, to pour over, to overflow, c. 
acc. of thing, Joel 2, 24 D°ap77 sp wn 
Ὁ the vats overflow with wine. Absol. 
Joel 4, 13. 

Pi. Pps causat. fo cause to overflow 
with plenty, to enrich, 6. g. the earth 
Ps. 65, 10. 

Deriv. see in Kal no. 2, 3. 


Pw [1 Sam. 9, 24, (τ. pst) dual 
mp Prov. 26, 7; constr. "piw Ps. 147, 
10. 

1. the leg, in the human body, from 
the knee to the foot; so called either 
from the cleft of the legs; or as that 
with which one walks or runs, as Lat. 


crus from cursus ; see the root no. 1, 2. 
ρ 


Chald. pd, pit, Syr. Ga, pod, id. 
Sam. PX, ra, id. Arab. gk, 


isle, id.—Is. 47, 2. Prov. 26,7. Deut. 


28, 35. Cant. 5, 15.—Poet. spoken of 
foot-soldiers, infantry, as opp. to caval- 
ry; Ps. 147, 10 ¥ 7 Nn *pitiackd he 
taketh no pleasure. in the legs of men, 
i.e. infantry. A proverbial phrase oc- 
curs in Judg. 15, 8 ὭΣ piw ἘῸΝ 75 
and he (Samson) smote them leg upon 
thigh, leg and thigh, Engl. Vers. hip 
and thigh, i.e. he cut them in pieces ut- 
terly; see in 52 3.d. Another inter- 
pretation given by Gesenius, see in >> 
1. b. ἃ. 

2. In animals, the fore-leg, shoulder, 
corresponding to the shoulder in the 
human body, Ex. 29, 22. 27. Lev. 7, 32 
sq. 8, 25sq. 9,21. Num. 6, 20. al. Sept. 
βραχίων, Vulg. armus. 


PD m. (τ. pr) a street, alley, place, 
pr. a cleft between two rows of houses; 
Prov. 7,8. Ecc. 12, 4.5. Plur. apy 
Cant. 3,2; comp. a from "18, boyy 


from ‘145. Chald. apie id. Syr. Ra Ne 


=I. 11D obsol. root, Arab. κε ἦ ἴο 
be excited, stirred up, as dust, ‘tumult, 
anger ; II to stir up, excite, 6. g. dust, 
tumult, war; IV to stir up dust; also 


1046 






































“10 ὃ 
. stir or plough land. Hence J 


an ox, bullock, see in art. * 


Further, τι is also to leap or sf 
upon, to dssail, as a lion; Chald. "Ὁ 
leap, Syr. sae id. and to leap forth 
upon, to assail; whence Syr. wie 


~~ 


to be bold, audacious, proud. Hence’ νὴ 


11. 4D fat. seein 1. ἢ ᾳ Ἢ 
"30, "59, 10 go round or about, to trat 
about, to journey, espec. as a merchi 
for traffic; hence M78 no. 1. 2 


πιῶ mid. (4: to go, to journey. 
72 froma place; Cant. 4, 8 thou w 
come with me from Lebanon, S872 Ὑἢ 
M228 thou wilt journey (descend) fro 
the top of Amana ; others, thou wilt loo 
see in no. 3. Once with , lo go wi 
any thing, to offer it in traffic, Is. ot 
Hence 7307. 

2. to surround, to enclose; hence 
no. 1, and HW no. 2, a wall. 

3. to look around or about, to Py | mn 
to survey, lo observe, pr. by going ὃ 
comp. "ΝΡ to go about, Chald. fi 
spy out. With acc. Job 35, Soph 
survey the clouds—Spec. a) 
looking about from a height, c. 12, Nu 
23.9. Ὁ) Of one lying in wait, to lk 
after, to watch for, Jer. δ, 26. Hos 13. 7 
c) In the sense to consider, to rega 
i. 6. to look after, like Lat. circumspic 
c. acc. Job 24, 15 723 "275m ND no Ἢ 
looketh after me, observes me. 25, " 
33, 14. 35, 13 Apps Nb "πῷ the 2 
mighty doth not regard it. ἃ) Simpl 
to look upon, to behold, c. ace. Job 7, ὃ 
17, 15. 20, 9. 34, 29; also of propheti 
vision, Num. 24, 17. 

Pix. "798 to behold ; so Job 36, 24 ¢ 
cording to some; but see τ. "7. 

Deriv. "18, M78, m0. 


* TIT. ΝΜ να, sf to ing; Pi 
“110 id. see r. "τῶ, 

i τὰ. (τ. πρῶ 1.) an epicene noun, 
plur. 0°97 Hos, 12, 12; an oz, bullock, 
cow, Lat. ‘bos ; eo'enltad bow ploughir ss 


like "Pa and ‘Lat. armentum from aro. 
or perh. from its boldness and fierceness, 


see theroot. Arab. yp bull; Eth. Cid. 
Chald. “4m q. v. rd {so id. whence 


“0 
Gr. and Lat. ταῦρος, taurus, Germ. Stier, 
see Grimm. Gr. III. p. 325.—It isa gen- 
word, denoting one of the ox kind, 
ithout respect to'age or sex. Ey g. in 
ey. 22, 27. Ex. 22, 19, itis a calf; in 
x. 34, 19 710) [OB is the firstling of a 
Db; also “ivi “isa Num. 18, 17. (In 
b 21, 10 it is a bull, though Gesenius 
ukes a different view, see in r. "23 Piel.) 
It oftener denotes single animals, (the 
collective being "73 cattle, a herd, from 
hich this word differs, as MD from ἽΝ.) 
x. 21, 28. 29. 37. 22,8.9. Lev. 7,23. 
7, 26. Num. 22, 4. Is. 1, 3. Job 6, 5. al. 
$0 WMI ἜΘ one ox Neh. 5, 18. Nam. 
15,11. Instead of the plur. we find"P3,. 
is Num. 7, 3—More rarely 778 is put 
collectively, oxen, cattle, herd ; as inan 
enumeration of various things, Gen. 32, 
6. 1 Sam. 22, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 3. "133 
“iW the firstling of thy herd, parall. 
oes “2a, Deut. 15, 19; comp. above. 
pyr ται a bullock of the herd, Judg. 6, 
25.—Metaph. 7iwn 7123, spoken of a 
prince and leader, Deut. 33, 17. So 
erh. "18 simpl. for men of valour and 
‘renown, Gen. 49, 6. 
— WO m. (τ. IT) 1. a wall, Ps. 18, 
80. 2 Sam. 22, 30. Gen. 49, 22. Plur. 
mIinw, Job 24, 11 OMIM 1.3 between 
: (within) their walls, i.e. the rich in their 
own houses ae villas. — Aram. "30, 


ow, Arab. ἡ ὡς: 
_ 2. a lying-in-wait, or rather, a lier-in- 
“wwait, enemy, Ps. 92,12. Comp. “πῶ. 


























fines of the great desert lying between 
| Egypt and Palestine, Gen. 16, 7. 20, 1. 
25, 18. 1 Sam. 15, 7. 27, 8. Josephus 
understands by it Pelusium, Ant. 6. 7. 3, 
comp. 1 Sam. 15, 7; but this city was 
- called in Hebrew, Ὁ. More prob. "νῷ 
_ was somewliere in the vicinity of the 
modern Suez. The desert extending 
from the borders of Palestine to Shur, is 
called in Ex. 15, 22 "1 "319 the desert 
of Shur ; but in Num. 33, 8 it is called 
ΡΝ 7279 the desert of Etham. 


ΠΝ Chald. m. @ wall, like Heb. no. 
ΠῚ; ραν, 8998 walls Ezra 4, 12. 13. 16. 


* WA obsol. root, to be white, or ra- 
_ ther to be bright, to shine, as appears 
_ from the derivatives. Kindr. is 63 to 


1047 


be gray; also 7% to shine, to glitter.— 


| 45, 1. 69, 1. 80, 1. 


5. Shur, pr. ἡ. of a city on the con- ‘seems to be nothing more than Jilies, 
5 , pr. ἢ. | 





Wiw 


Hence 87% white marble, 88 id. and 
byssus, "OY id. FOI, FON, Mw, pr. 
nse, we, 7D. 


NWID, see HW lett. a. 


FOI τὰ. (τ. wad) ρίαν. ordiw, a 
lily, κρίνον, growing wild in Palestine 
and the adjacent regions in fields and 
pastures, Cant. 2, 16. 4, 5. 6, 2. 3. 7,3; 
comp. Eeclus. 50, 8. Matt. 6, 28. Luke 
12,27. The oriental lily is of various 
colours, especially white and cerulean, 
which suit well in the above passages. 
But in Cant. 5, 13 the lips are compared 
with lilies, prob. red or purple ; see Plin. 
Hist. N. 21. 5 “Est et rubens lilium, 
quod Graeci crinon vocant...sunt et 
purpurea lilia.” Celsii Hierob. I. 383 
56. The root πῶ Dee refer to any 


bright ΕΊΣ Arab. pupae, valg. Ar. 


cy erga glass, id. Chald. spud 
lily, flower, Syr. Dace lily. —Spoken 
also of artificial lilies, e. g. 

a) Of architectural ornaments on the 
capitals of columns. 1 K. 7, 22 ΓΙΌΣ Ὁ 
jo lily-work, imitating lilies. εἰ 26 
joie mae id. Comp. 73 and mri . 

b) According to most interpreters, 
jOiv is also an instrument of music, 
perhaps a cymbal or some kind of trum- 
pet, so called as resembling the form of 
the lily ; comp. 3898. Plur. ΒΡ δ ὦ Ps. 
But here 5°20i0 


and indicates some well-known song or 
poem, after the measure and numbers 
of which these psalms were to be sung. 
So Ps. 60,1 ΤΡῚΣ 758 perhaps indicates 
more briefly the same poem ; but “ὦ and 
ΤΗΣ are not to be joined, comp. Ps. 80, 
1 many oniw. 


JU m. (r. Bd) 1. ἃ lily, see in 
Ἰώ. 1Κ. 7, 19 Ἰϑνῷ ΠΏΣ lily-work, 
artificial, see ἿΝ Ἰϑ τῶ lett. ἃ. Ps. 60,1 
mary 7, see in 71w lett. b. 

2. Shushan, written also 729) Esth. 
4,8. 16. 8, 15. al. pr. name, i. 6. Susa, 
τὰ Σοῦσα, the city, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 15; 
with a royal palace or castle, jun 
masa, Neh. 1, 1. Dan. 8, 2. Esth. 1. 2. 
5. 2, 3. 5.8. al. situated in Elam or Ely- 
mais Dan. 8,2; where the Persian kings, 


vag 


as Xerxes (Esth. 1, 2.2.3.8) and others 
of the Achemenides, were wont to pass 
some months in the spring, Neh. 1, 1. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 22. Polyb. 5. 48. It was 
in the province of Susiana, on the river 
Euleus (7558 Dan. |. c.) or Choaspes, 
now the Kerkhah or Kerrah, where at 
present is the village Sus or Shush in 
the province Khizistan. Its mounds of 
ruins are described in Kinneir’s Memoir 
p. 99. Ker Porter’s Travels II. p. 411 sq. 
Layard in Journ. of the Royal Geogr. 
Soc. XIII. p. 334 sq. Ritter Erdk. Th. 
IX. p. 293 sq.—Others find Shushan on 
the river Karin, ata village called Tus- 
tar, or vulg. Shushtar ; so Von Hammer 
in the Trans. of the Geogr. Soc. of Paris, 
Il. p. 320 sq. 333 sq. Rawlinson as- 
sumes two cities of this name.—The 
name, if Semitic, signifies only ἐν; as 
appears from Athenaeus XII. 1. p. 513. 
Ktymol. Mag. s. v. 

ΤΊΣ f. (τ. wind) a lily, Cant. 2, 1.2. 
Hos. 14, 6; artificial 2 Chr. 4,5. It is 
the noun of unity ; jwiw being the gene- 
ral noun; Heb. Gr. edit. 16, § 105. 3. e. 
—Hence the pr. ἢ. Σωσάννα, Σουσάννα, 
Susanna. 


8932090 Chald. gentile n. plur. Shu- 
shanchites, Susians, the inhabitants of 
the city Shushan or Susa, Ezra 4, 9. 
See ἢ no. 2. 

pwiw 1 K. 14, 25 Keth. where Keri 
PUD q. v. 

DAW to put, to place, see τ. τῶ, 


MoMA (perh. for nomixd ‘noise of 
breaking,’ see πὶ and mbm) Shuthelah, 
pr.n.m. a) A son of Ephraim Num. 
26, 35.36. b) 1 Chr.7,21.—From the 
hiciaey comes the patronym. "Monn 
Shuthalhite Num. 26, 35. 


i τὸ Chald. a spurious root, from 
which some derive the forms of the rare 
eonj. of Pret or Prix, 31", 2778, fo set 
Sree, to deliver ; fut. Sr, inf. nam, 
part. τς Dan: 3, 15. 17. 28, 6, 15.17. 
2128, iPicouent in the Targums, for 
Heb. d"zn, 055. Syr. ojo id.—But 
am, as ‘leo joe, israther SHAPHAL 


of r. 219, i.q. Arab. is, to flow, pr. to 


glide, and hence to slip away, to escape ; 
comp. 222, 08. Similar is the form 


1048 






































mm 
xz"w, which Gesenius has rightly pr pu 


viride’ r, RZ" p. 416. 
Deriv. pr n. Peara. 


“STD pr. ig. τῶ, Chald. τητῦ, t 
scorch, to burn ; espec. of the sun, Car it. 
1,6 wow snpre Jor the sun hath 
μρ ὦ me, made me swarthy. Poet- 
ically of the eye, (which is often com- 
pared to the sun, and vice versa, see 
D°BS23,) as casting its glances upon 
any thing, i. 6. to look upon, to scan, Jok 
20, 9. 28, 7. 4 


Ὁ i.q. Arab. y}0 , to ¢wist a thread 
from right to left;‘or back-handed, # 
twine several threads together. Hence 

Horna. Part. "12 Ww lwined bys: 8, 
i. e. of several threads twisted together, 
double or three-threaded, etc. Ex. 26, ; 
31. 36. 27, 9. 18. 28; 6. 8. 15 sq. 


MY πὶ. adj. (r. mm) depressed, ca ‘ 
down. Job 22, 29 52» NW with dow 
cast eyes, one dapreiaanl 


*TOW fut. 2 fem. “mein, to give, to 
make a present, espec. in order to be 
free from punishment, Job 6, 22; or for 
seducing, corrupting, c. ace. of pers. Ez, 


16, 33. Syr. ide to give once, Pa. to 


give often, both in a good and bad 
sense. Hence 

HI m. a gift, present, 1 K. 15, 19 
Chald. τώ, Syr. ἔκαιον, id. Espee. 
in order to be free from punishment, 
2 K. 16, 8. Prov. 6, 35; comp. Job 6, 22 
Also in order to corrupt a judge, a bribe, 
Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 10, 17. 16, 19. Ps. 2€ 
10. Is. 1, 23. al. ‘Im mpd to take a re 
ward, bribe, Ps. 15, 5. 1 Sam. 8, 3. Ez 
22, 12.—Prov. 17. 8 "2933 Inn jn 
"boa like a precious stone is a gifti 
the eyes of its possessor, i. e. of him whe 
receives it; comp. >33 no. 4. 


' ΓΙ to sink down, to subside ; see 
Pan, mone , ἃ pit. Also, to incline one: 
self, to bow down like rine and Maw q. ᾿ 
Is. 51, 23.—Chald. anv id. Other kindr 
verbs see in r. maw. | 

Hien. mnt to make bow den 
depress, metaph. the mind, Prov. 12, 2 

Hirapan, Manne, the third radie 
being doubled (like FIND, ΓΝ, from | 

ny3), fut. TIMMY, apoe, ΤῊ , in paul 
ANA. 





δῇ "πὸ 


1. to bow down, to fall prostrate be- 
ore any one in order to do him honour 
ind reverence, i. ᾳ. προσκυνεῖν, Gen. 22, 
. 1 Sam. 24, 9. Ruth 2, 10; with 5 of 
vers. Gen. 23,7. 1 Sam. 2, 36; 
28> Gen. 23, 12; >x Is. 45,14; ἘΞ Lev. 
6, 1. This ieite of salutation consist - 
din falling upon the knees and then 
ouching the forehead to the ground; 
ence there is often added ΠΝ ΘἼΒΝ, 
9% END, or the like, Gen. 19, 1. 42, 
: 48, 12. peau. 25,41. 2 Sam. 14, 33. 
‘his honour was paid not only to supe- 
iors, as to kings and princes 2 Sam. 9, 
. 14, 22. 33. 16,4. Esth. 3, 2; but also 
o equals Gen. 23, 7. 12. Ex. 18,7. 1 K. 
, 19; sometimes the prostration was 
epeated seven times, as Gen. 33, 3; 
omp. 1 Sam. 20, 41.—Hence 

2. Spec. to bow down before God, to 
orship, to adore, spoken of worship ren- 
ered to God and also to false gods; 
bsol. Gen. 22, 5. Ex. 24, 1. 33, 10. 
udg. 7, 15. Job 1, 20; with’, ἀξ: 24, 
8. Ex. 20, 5. Deut. 4, 19. Fadg: 2, 12. 
5, 27, 13. al.:more rarely "25> Deut. 
6, 10. 1 Sam. 1, 19. Ps. 22, 28. 86, 9. 
Sindthinds > faatics the ‘ae towards 
rhich one worships, e. g. the holy 
jount Ps. 99,9. 132, 7; also Ὁ Ps. 5, 
. 138, 2.—Also without prostration, 
thile in bed, Gen. 47, 31. 1K. 1, 47. 

3. to do homage, to yield allegiance. 
5, 45, 12 he (the king) is thy lord, 
: “INA do thou homage unto him. 
af. Chald. nmmMbn 2 K. 5, 18. For 
M"INMY2 see Index. 

Deriv. see in Kal. 


πῶ, see in sind .* 
TINW, see "ὑπ, 
in τη. (τ. Ὑπὸ 11.) blackness, Lam. 


MANW Γ᾿ (τ. nnw) a pit Prov. 28, 10. 
‘omp. HMw and nnw. 


ἜΤΙ i. g. ποῦ and Mm q. v. comp. 

29; pret. nw, "nine, plur. inv and 
733; fut. mB. 

1. to bow down, to sink down, Hab. 3, 
_ Of animals lurking for prey, to 
rouch, Job 38, 40 [39, 2]. 

2. to be bowed down, trop. to be brought 
w, depressed, Ps. 10, 10. 107, 39; so 
ride Is. 11, 2.17; spec. with ariet sor- 


>, = 


less often " 


1049 


Ὁ. 





Onw 


row Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7. Lam. 3, 20 Keri. 
Also to submit, to humble oneself ; 3 Is. 60, 
14 nin ποῦν, 1234 shall come to εὐῤ' 
mit themselves to thee. 
14, 19. 

Nipu. to be bowed down, brought low, 
Is. 2, 9. 5, 15. Of a low and muffled 
voice or ssa. Ece. 12, 4 niva7>> anv 
“wn and all the daughters of song are 
brought low, i. e. are made to sing ina 
low voice, or be silent, lest the aged man 
awake; see Thesaur. p. 1387. Pregn. 
Is. 29, 4 FIN MVM ἼΒΡ 3 and thy voice 
shall be low and out of the dust, i. e. low 
and feeble, as from the shades. 

Hipu. niin, to bring low, to cast down, 
Is. 25, 12. 26, 5. 

Ηιτηρο. Syimwn, to be brought low, 
cast down, trop. of the soul, Ps, 42, 7. 12. 
43, 5. 

Deriv. MU. 


*DOMW fat. ont", inf. wn (non 


Hos. 5, 2 see in Piel), 8, rise Dome) Ez. 
23, 39; inf. abs. BMY; pr. ‘ to cast down 
at fall length, to prostrate.’ Kindr. are 
πῶ, MY, mw, mm. Syr. μέν Pa. 
to corrupt; Eth. fimhM to injure.— 
Hence 

1. to kill animals, to slaughter, Arab. 
fos, c. ace. Gen. 37, 31. Is. 22, 13. 
1 Sam. 14, 32. 34. Espec. victims for 
sacrifice Lev. 1, 5. 11. Ex. 12, 6. 21. 
Num. 19, 3. Hos. 6 2 spas ΘΛ Ὁ ΠΌΤ 
in the slauphtering (of victims) they 
make deep their transgressions ; but see 
in Piel. Also a human victim Gen. 22. 


10. Is. 57, 5. 


2. to kill persons like beasts, to slay, 
to slaughter, to massacre, c. acc. Judg. 
12, 6. 1K. 18, 40. 2 K. 10, 7. 25, 7. 
Ter: 39,6. 41,7. Num. 14, 16 therefore 
ΌΤΙ he alee them in the desert, i. e. 
let them perish. Trop. Jer. 9, 7 Keth. 


Ὁ 9 ori ya hilahierine arrow t3 


their tongue, i. e. by its skanders. 
βολὶς τιτρώσκουσα: Vulg. ‘sagitta vul- 
nerans.’ Keri. has ὭΣΤ, slaughtered ; 
but as this cannot be said of an arrow, 
Ewald prefers to render with the Syr. 
Vers. sharpened, sharp, (tuto; comp. 
Chald. try sharp; Mishn. 1m to 
sharpen, rey A id. 

3. Spec. vam ant 1K. 10, 16. 17. 
2 Chr. 9, 15. 16, perh. mixed gold, alloy- 


Sept. 


Job 9, 13. Prov.. 





᾿ 
Ee αν eT ee 


ee eee eee 


sat) 


ed with some other metal; comp. Arab. 


46 to dilute wine with water, and see 
more in Comm. on Is. 1, 22. Thesaur. 
p. 772. _ So Gesenius.—Better with 
Sept. beaten gold, i.e. drawn-out into 
plates ; comp. MW to spread out, to ex- 
pand, the letters being transposed. 

Pigew prob. i. q. Syr. «δὰ, and Heb. 
mmw, to corrupt, to act or do wickedly. 
Inf nom (like M70" Lev. 26, 18), Hos. 
5, 2 prosn ὉΠ rome and ‘the revolt- 
ers have sunk deep in evil doing ; so 
Ewald, comparing Hos.9,9. The Heb. 
ΠΝ τ ἰβυϊμας acknowledge an_ infin. 
Piel; see Kimchi Lex. Another view 
see in Kal no. 1. 

ΝΊΈΡΗ. pass. of Kal. no. 1, Lev. 6, 25. 
Num. 11, 22.—Hence 


MOND £ a killing, slaughter of vic- 
tims, 2 Chr. 30,17. R. ond. 


PID τὰ. (r. jm) a burning sore, in- 
flamed ulcer, a boil, botch, or rather an 
inflamed spot of the skin, in which arise 
pustules (Mi9a22N) or Jeoroun spots ; 
Ex. 9, 9-11. Lev. 13, 18-20; spec. of 
eatbuncles i in the skin of one seized by 
the plague, 2 K. 20, 7. Is. 38,21. Also 
ΘΚ FN the botch of Eeypt Deut. 
28, 27, aul 77M a sore botch, v. 35. 
Job 2, 7, a species of the black leprosy 
enderttic in Egypt, called by physicians 
elephantiasis, from the dark scales with 
which the skin is covered, and the 
swelling of the legs. Comp. Lucret. 6. 
112 sq. Plin. H. N. 26.1.5. Schilling 
de lepra Lugd. Bat. 1778, p. 184, Wi- 
ner Realw. art. Aussatz. 


ony m. (r. ὉΠ) i. g. BND, that 
which grows of itself the second year 
afler sowing, Is. 37, 30. So the ancient 
versions; see πόνων p- 1389.—This 
would seem to be the primitive form, 
and to signify pr. sprout, shout ; see the 
root. 


spy m.(r. 1) only constr. 5°70, 
a board, as made thin by hewing, plan- 
ing, etc. once Ez. 41, 16. 


mnw f. (τ. HAD) @ pit, plur. mined 
Ps. 107, 20. Lam. 4,20. The fm is not 


radical, but is nevertheless preserved in 
flexion ; see Lehrg. p. 527. 


NID Chald. part. f. see τ. MN. 


1050 pnw 

































in 


ἘΡ πὸ obsol. ee to roar ; com] 


Arab. Aeaer to bray, hué and J ts 


a braying. In Heb. it is referred to the 
Diss in Arab. to the ass. So Ar ab 


5 to roar asa lion, to bray as a 
ass.— Hence 5m a lion. te 


=a on Ὁ obsol. Fan Arab. de, to 


peel, to scale, to shell ; jae a ale 


mattock, sil filings, scrapings, alse 
pods, chaff etc. Hence πρῶ, τὴν 


SU m. (r. πὸ I,) ἃ lion, so calle 
from his roaring; a poetic epithet, Job 
4,10. 10, 16,.28, 8. Ps. 91, 13. Prov. 
26, 13. Hos. 5, 14, 13, 7. Boctiévt ἢ 
Hicroz. Arp be ‘onderstand the swarthy 
lion of Syria; Plin, H. N. 8. 17; comp. 7 
“nd black, the letters > and Ἢ being in= 
terchanged. But this is quite uncertain. 


χε f. (r. 5m Π,) pr. @ shell. or ac- 
cording to the Heb. intpp. ὄνυξ, onyar 
marinus, unguis odoratus; the blatta 
Byzantina of the shops, Germ. Teufels- 
klaue ; Ex. 30, 34. It consists of the 
shell or cover of a species of muscle, 
found in the lakes of India where the 
nard grows; also in the Red sea and 
along the whole coast of Arabia; which 
when burned emitsa sweet musky odour. i 
Murex inflatus Lam. Murex ramosus 
Linn. See Dioscorid. 2. 10, and the 
Arabian writers cited by Bochart, Hie- 
roz. II. p. 803 sq. See more in Thesaur. 
p- 1388. 


πὸ obsol. yoot, Arab. ,. to be 
hot, inflamed, spoken of the eyes and 
skin. Chald. (id. Syr. qa id. ar 
Pa. to ulcerate. Hence 0. τ 


Μ Onw obsol. root, perh. to sprout, 
to grow; comp. Arab. Yass to lift 
or raise oneself up; alsor. γπῶ. Hence 
Ὀσπῶ, 

ὙΠΟ 1. i. α. HMO, and by transy 
mom, Aw, which see; 0 strip off bark, 
to hew, to chip off, sc. by hewing, plan- 


ing, etc. Comp. Arab. ais to sha e 
the head. Kindr. are Aram HMw, 


to crawl; also Heb. ΠΡ, MBO, FEN I 
Agreaby Fw. 


| 











































πῶ 
2. to become thin, lean, to consume 


i , Ft? Me a 
away ; comp. Arab. L2S\w to be thin; 
Talm. Mw to pine.—Hence πῶ and 


SMW τὰ. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15, ac- 
cording to Sept. and Vulg. the sea-mew, 
sea-gull, Vulg. larus, an aquatic unclean 
bird. so called from its leanness. See 
Bochart Hieroz. II. lib.2.c.18. Β. πῶ. 


, manw f. (τ. |) leanness, then con- 
sumption, Lev. 26, 10. Deut. 28, 22. 


Ne ynw obsol. root, Arab. Yasue 
to lift up or raise oneself, to rise ; comp. 
ont .—Hence the two following. 


YNW m. elation of mind, pride; Arab. 


ο ΄ 

yeasts, Talmud. γπῦ, id. So 533 
yn, Vulg. filii superbie, the sons of 
pride, i.e. the larger and nobler beasts of 
prey, as the lion, so called from their 
proud gait. Job 28,8. 41, 26 [25]. The 
Chaldee renders it /ions, in c. 28, 8; 
but the other passage requires it to be 
taken in a wider sense. Comp. Bochart 
Hieroz. I. p. 718. 


DSI (heights) Shahazim. pr. n. of 
a place in the tribe of Issachar, c. © loc. 
maemo Josh. 19, 22 Keri. In Keth. 
ΤΊΣΙ .—R. pos. 


y pow fut. PMs 1. to rub or beat 
in pieces, to pound fine 3 Arab. (§> id. 
Chald. pnd, Syr. vous id. Ex. 30, 36. 
Trop. of enemies, Ps. 18, 43.—Also to 
wear away, as water stones, Job 14, 19. 
—Hence pre no. 1. 

2. to expand, sc. by rubbing or beat- 
| "πὰ to stretch out ; whence PMwW no. 2. 


paw πὶ, (τ. PMY,) a poetic word. 

if 1. dust, fine dust, so called from rub- 
bing, trending, etc. Is. 40, 15. 

_ 2. Rarely in sing. Pm Ps. 89, 7. 38, 
_oftener plur. ΡΠ, the sky, the hea- 
_vens, so called from their expanse, like 
‘DP, see the root no. 2; comp. Heb. 
Gr. ὁ 106.2. Targ. xpm, plur. “πῶ, 
wpny, everywhere for Heb. Arab. rar. 


‘ ΄ 
(Gs a thin cloud. Prev. 8,28. As the 
seat of God and the angels, Ps. 89, 7. 38. 
68. 35. Often parall. with ot, Deut. 
88, 26. Job 35, 5. Ps. 36, 6. 57. ne 108, 

δ. Jer. 51,9. But pmo and o "pnw δ. 


1051 


“hw 


| note the sky or heavens both as serene | 
or clouded; e. g. as serene, Job 37, 18 
hast thou like him spread out the sky 
(ΘΠ), firm, as a molten looking- 
glass? Or as covered with clouds, Job 
37, 21; whence descend the rain and 
dew. Job 36, 28. Prov. 3, 20; also the 
manna Ps. 78, 23 comp. Is. 45,8; and 
whence the thunder is heard, Ps. 77, 18. 
ΒΡ “32 clouds of the heavens Ps. 18, 
12. 2 Sam. 22. 12. Also put for the 
clouds themselves Job 38, 37, parall. 
p72 "222 bottles of the héntuth 


“ὦ καὶ “ΠΩ pr. to cleave, to break, 
kindr. with "3% and Arab. pe perh. 
“320, comp. also in Τ᾿ 338° and note. 
Hence 

1. to break, to break forth, as ‘the 
light, dawn; hence "8 and “nwa au- 
rora. 

2. to break in, to pry into, and hence 
to seek, comp. "P3 no. 2,3. In Kal once 
part. "70 Prov. 11, 27. See Piel. 

Piet "MW to seek, to seek carefully, 
only poetic, c. acc. Job 7, 21. Prov. 7, 
15. 8,17; also > c. inf. Job 24, 5. Prov. 
13, 24 "037 jane inns he that loveth 
ain (his son) seeketh ‘for him chastise- 
ment, q. d. prepares it for him, does not 
let him go without it. The suffix is to 
be taken as a dative.—7T seek God is: 
a) To long after him, Is. 26, 9. Ps. 63, 2. 
b) To turn unto him, Hos. 5, 15. Ps. 78, 
34; c. 58 Job 8, δ. 

Deriv. “πῶ, he “wa, pr. ἢ. 
maInw, pin. 


os WL ba u to be or become black , 
Aram. span, "m0, id. Pregn. Job 30, 
30 "bs aM “i> my skin is black from 
off me, i. e. turns black and scales off. 

Deriv. "MY, TiN, Ahm, and pr.n. 
sinw, τς. 


ἘΠῚ. “3 pot used in Kal; Arab. 
χ- : S ο 

, to fascinate, to enchant ; re in- 
cantation, magic. 

PrEL, fab ὁ. suff. ΤΠ or MIN, to 
fiscinale: to charm; hence to charm 
away, to remove by magic arts. So 
once, Is. 47, 11 and evil shall come upon 
thee, AAMY "SIM X5 thou shalt not know | 
to charm it away; comp. the next 


σ΄ 





clause, and Num. 23. 23. So J.H.and . 


"πὸ 

J. Ὁ. Michaelis, Ewald, De Wette, and 

others.—Another interpretation refers 

it to art. "MW the dawn, i. 6. good after 

the evil. So Gesenius, Mauer, Knobel. 

But this accords less well with the par- 
allel clause. 

“30 m. (r. 10 I,) aurora, the dawn, 

_ morning ; so called as Bdge forth ; 


SOF 
Chald. "mw id. Arab. ὃ id. Gen. 19, 


15. Josh. 6, 15. Judg. 19, 25. Am. 4, 13. 
Job 38, 12. al. Poetically there are 
ascribed to it eyelashes, see D°DTD9 ; 
and wings Ps, 139, 9. wg"43 son of the 
morning, 1. 6. the morning star, lucifer, 
Is. 14,12; seein 5°. Hos. 6,3 -nwW> 
xin 7333 his going ‘forth i is sure as the 
dawn, i. 6. the coming of Jehovah. Ps: 
57, 9 “πὸῷ MIN Twill awake the dawn 
sc. by my early song. 108, 3. Also 
“mwa αἱ the dawn, early, soon, sud- 
denly; comp. "P22 Ps. 90, 14.—In ‘Cant. 
6, 10 a maiden Davis abroad, and Joel 
2 2 a cloud of locusts appearing on the 
sky, are compared to the dawn; the lat- 
ter perh. referring to the yellowish light 
which is said to accompany the flight of 
locusts. A similar comparison is found 
in Arab poets; see De Sacy Chrestom.~ |} 
ΠῚ. p. 54. 1. 15... Metaph. of prosperity, 
as again dawning upon the afflicted, Is; : 
8, 20, (see in "Wy B. no. 8). 58,8; sof 
Ἢ 47, 11 according to some; but see oi 
r. "πὸ III, Piel. The same metaph. oc+ 
curs in the use of the words "2 Job 11} 


17, ΠῚ Jer. 13, 16, and Arab, 


For “πὸπ mb's Ps, 22, 1, see fully in 
art. mba p. 42. 


ὙΠῸ and NNW m. adj. fem. myine, 
black, e. g. hair ‘Levi 13, 31. 37. Cant. 
5,11; a horse Zech. 6, 2. 6; of a dark 
or b waethy countenance Cant. 1, δ. R. 
“πὸ IT. δ 

πὸ, see “IND. 


PAW Εἰ (τ. ππῷ I,) the dawn ; 
youth, once Kee. 11, 10. 


hw m, adj. (τ. 30 IT.) fond, 
dark, swarthy, spoken of complexion 
Cant. 1,6. For this diminutive adjec- 
tive of colour, after the form p305x, 
PIP, see κεν; p. 497. Heb. Gr. § δά. 
8. § 83. 23. 


Sos 


trop. 


1052 





mms 


mm (Jehovah seeks him, r. Ἔπὲ 
I.) Shehariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 26. 4 
DIU (the two dawns, comp. 0° 
Dy1ns) Shaharawm, pr. n.m. 1 Chr. 8, 3. 


" naw in Kal not used, pr. ‘to p oss 
down, to cast down, to prostrate ; kindr. 
are πῶ, nw, mM, mw. Hence, fo 
destroy, to ΡΟΝ see Piel and Hiph. 


Arab. SM to destroy, 1V id. comp. Sy 
Juma Pa. to corrupt, to violate ; Eth 


rich M. to injure, to violate. 
PIEL MD, 2 sing. MMB, 2 plur. orm), 
1. to throw down, to overthrow, to de- 
stroy, pr. to cast down, to prostrate. 
E. g. one wounded Ex. 21, 26; or slai 
2 Sam. 1, 14; or a whole peuple Gen.6 6, 
17. 9, 15. Hoe. 13, 9. Is. 14, 20. Ez. 
16.al. M8 MT fo destroy by casting to 
the ground, e. g. Onan, Gen. 38,9. Alse 
to destroy buildings, walls, cities, to over 
throw, Gen. 13, 10. Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 2, 
5. 6. Ez. 26, 4. 43, 3. 2K. 19, 12; or a 
land, region, field, vineyard, fo desolate, 
to lay waste, Gén. 9, 11. 13, 10. Josh. 22, 
33. Judg. 6, 5. Hos. 11, 9. Nah. 2, 3. al. 
—Trop. ΓΤ MM to violate or break ἃ 
venant Mal. 2,8; 1257 Ὁ Lo destror 
@ cast off one’s pity Ags: 1, 11; comp. Ez ᾿ 
28, 17. Prov. 33, 8 ΘΈΣΙ 47939 Any 
thou destroyest (losest) thy sweel words, 
2. Intrans. to destroy, absol. 2 Sam. 
14, 11. Jer. 5, 10; 6. 5 Num. 32, 16: 
1 Sam. 23, 10.—In a moral sense, to cor= 
rupt oneself, to become corrupt, Ex. 32, 
7. Deut. 9, 12. Hos. 9,9; ¢. > towards 
any one, Deut. 32, 5. Comp. Highs 
Hien. n-ne 1.1. q. Piel πο. 1, te 
throw down, to overthrow, to desire 
e. g. by casting down, laying waste, a 
walls Lam, 2,8; a house Jer. 6,5. 2Chr. 
34, 11; a city Gen. 19, 13. 14. 2 Sam. 20, 
15; a land. kingdom, 1 Sam. 6, 5. ἦν. 
8, 19. Jer. 13, 9. 51,20; by cutting dow 
as trees Deut. 20, 19. 20. Mal. 3, 11; 
by slaying, as men Gen. 6, 13. Deut 
9,25. Judg. 20, 35. Ez. 9,8; also with 
Ms7x added, to destroy to the ground 
Judg. 21, 21.25; enemies 2 Sam. 11, 1 
2Chr. 24, 23; or byl injuring in any wa 
Judg. 6, 11. Prov. 11, 9. Ps. 78, 45. Is 
65, 8. Jer. 49, 9. 2 Chr. 36, 19. al. Ὁ 
the beard, to mar, Lev. 19, 97. ΓῺ 
iD? to destroy oneself Prov. 6, 32. “Pa t 












































πὸ 


ΤΡ ΠΝ a destroying? hen Jer. 2, 
30, comp. 4,7. So ΤΩΙ FNban the 
destroying angel 2 Sam. 24. 16, and 
simpl. mw the destroyer Ex. 12, 23, 
i. e. the angel of God who inflicts ca- 
lamities and death upon men; comp. 
1 Chr. 21, 12. Jer. 51, 1.—The phrase 
mrwnm->x destroy not, in the titles of 
Pss. 57. 58. 59. 75, seems to be the first 
words of an earlier song, to the measure 
of which these Psalms were to be sung. 

2. 2.3 Mnwh Gen. 6, 12, MNi>"bD ‘n 
Zeph. 3, 7, to destroy one’s way, i. 6. to 
corrupt or pervert it ; and hence to be- 
come corrupt, to act wickedly. So too 
with the accus. suppressed, id. Deut. 4, 
16. 25. 31, 29. Judg. 2, 19. Is. 1,4. 11, 9. 
65, 25. Yer. 6, 28. al. Ez. 16, 47 "ΠῚ 
srety>22 jn and thou hast become 
corrupt, more thun they, in all thy ways. 
Comp. Piel no. 2, and Hiph. 277 in r. 
375. 

‘Nore. In the Samaritan Pentat. Hi- 
phil is sometimes read, where the Heb. 
has Piel; Gen. 6, 17. 9, 15. 19, 13. 19. 

Hops. mmwn, to be destroyed, i.e. to be 
corrupted, spoiled, part. M2 Prov. 25, 
26. Part. f. nm contr. from namin 
(as τ for N72) Mal. 1, 14; comp. 
Lev. 22, 25. 

ΝΙΡΗ. 1. to be destroyed, marred, 
corrupted, 6. g. by putridity Jer. 13, 7; 
of a vessel spoiled, 18, 4; morally Gen. 
6, 11. 12. Ez. 20, 44. 

2. to be laid waste, Ex. 8, 20. 
Deriv. n°nw2, ὨΠΘ , nnwa, nna. 














































ΓΙ Chald. to destroy, to corrupt ; 
Part. pass. ἢ Dan. 2,9 amrnwa ΓΞ. nba 
lying and corrupt swords. —Part. Anant} 
Be subst. a corrupt deed, crime, Dan. 6, 5. 


nnd (Milel) f. Prov. 26, 27; c. suff. 
omni Ez. 19, 4.8; (τ. mui, as mma from 
. m93;) pr. a sinking’ hence a pit, 
usm, 6. g. a) In which traps are 
laid for wild beasts, a pit-fall, Ez. 19, 
4. 8. Trop. for plots, treachery, peril, 
Prov. 26, 27 582 ma Mn md whoso dig- 
reth a pit shall fall therein. Ps.7, 16. 9, 
16. 94, 13. 103, 4. Jon. 2, 7. Is. 38, 17. 
0) @ pit, cistern, with mire, Job 9, 31; 
comp. Ps. 40, 3. 69,15. 6) Put some- 
times for a ΡΒ ΤΡ, the grave; so αἱ 
least in the phrase MMW 355 to go down 
to the grave Job 33, 24. Ps. 30, 10. 55, 24 


1053 





mow 


mn wwa> oY Tim how shalt bring them: 
down to the pit of the grave. Ez. 28, 8. 
Is. 51, 14 mMwd man Nd he dieth not into 
the grave, i. e. so as to be carried to his 
sepulchre. (Others: ‘he dieth not in 
the prison”) Also in the phrase ON" 
maw or mmun “ἢ to see the grave, to die 
and be buried, Ps. 16, 10. 49, 10, i. q. 

mia ΠΣ Ps. 89, 49, ἐδεῖν ϑάνατον Heb. 

11, "Sy δὰ toned 17, 14 mmd> to the 
grate I have said, Thou art my father ; 

to the worm, My πρίν and my sister ; 
comp. the Arab proverb, Burckhardt 
Prov. no. 623. Thesaur. p. 1378. 

Nore. The LXX often render mnv 
by διαφϑορά, as if from τ. M8 διαφϑείρω 
to corrupt ; not however in the sense 
of corruption, putridity, but of destruc- 
tion ; see the examples in the Concord. 


“of Tromm. The Greek word is indeed 


taken by Luke in the sense of corrup- 
tion in Acts 2, 27. 13, 35 sq. but it would 
be difficult to show that the Heb. mmw_ 
has this sense even in a single passage, 
as dérived from r. mw. The appeal-is 
indeed made to Job 17, 14, where the 
other hemistich has 7729, and mnw is 
called father, which seems to accord 
only with a masculine noun; but in 
such cases the sacred writers often neg- 
lect both the etymology and gender of 
words; comp. 712 Ma τς Ps. 17, 8. 
See Hengstenberg on Ps. 16, 10; and 
the Commentators on Acts ll. ec. 


now f. (for N32H, as NUN for NV) 


$9. 
i. q. Arab. ai Sint, the acacia, i. e. 


‘ acacia vera, the spina A’gyptiaca of 


the ancients, Mimosa Nilotica Linn. 
Is. 41,19. It is a large tree growing in 
Egypt and Arabia; its bark is covered 
with large black thorns; the wood is 
exceedingly hard, and when old resem- 
bles ebony. See Celsii Hierobot. T. I. 
p-498sq. Jablonsky Opusc. ed. te Water 
I. p. 260. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. i. 
p. 277. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349.— 
For HOW ma see art. M2 no. 12. rr. 

Piur. O°2W 1. acacias, whence "£9 
mst acacia-wood, of which the furni- 
ture and wood-work of the tabernacle 
were constructed, Ex. 25, 5. 10. 13. Bist 
26. 27, 1. 6. al. 

2. Shittim, pr. n. of a valleys in’ Moab 
on the borders of Palestine, over against 


mow 


Jericho, Num. 25, 1. Josh. 2, 1. 3, 1. 
Mic. 6, 5; fully ΘΓ ἘΠῚ (the valley 
of acacias) Joel 4, 18 [3, 18].—For >38 
bint see in art. bax II. b. 


7 mow fut. M2wH , to spread out, to ex- 


pand ; Syr. wu jus, Arab. 7b w, Eth. 


Mh, id. Job 12, 23 oad nod he 
spreadeth out for the nations, i. e. gives 
them ample territories. Espec. to spread 
- any thing upon the ground, 6. g. bones 
Jer. 8,2; quails Num. 11, 32; ground 
corn, coarse meal, 2 Sam. 17, 19. 


Pint fo spread out, to stretch out, 6. σ᾿." 


the arms, hands, Ps. 88, 10. 
Deriv. Miod2. 


DoD τη. (τ. Ὁ I, Pil.) a scourge, 
Josh. 23, 13; i. q. BIW q. v. 


“P/O fut. ΠΣ 1. fogush or pour 
out. to flow abundantly. Ps.78, 20. pws 
p20 a pouring rain, Ez. 13, 13. 38, 22, 
—Kindr. are 5% and 351 to flow, to 
overflow; Aram. 50, ee, ,id. comp. 5/23 
to distil. 

2. to overflow, to overwhelm, as a 
stream Is. 30, 28. 66, 12; metaph. of 
anarmy Dan. 11, 10. 26. 40.—So with 
acc. a) to overflow or inundale any 
thing Jer. 47, 2; also stronger, ἰὼ over- 
whelm and swallow up, Ps. 69, 3 M238 
“INDLY the floods overwhelm me, ewal- 
low me up. v. 16. 124, 4. Is. 43, 2. 
Cant. 8,7. δ) to sweep away as with 
a flood, to wash away, Is. 28, 17. Job 
14, 19 the flood sweepeth away the dust 
of the earth. Ez.16,19. 6) Vice versa, 
to bring in as with a flood ; Is. 10, 22 
MPIS Hew yn 7i7b2 destruction is de- 
creed, bringing in justice like a flood, 
i. e. overwhelming the wicked with 
merited punishment, ΠΣ being an 
accus. governed by HO. d) to wash, 
to rinse, i. e. copiously, Lev. 15,11. 1K. 
22, 38. 

3. Metaph. to run swiftly, to rush, as 
a horse, Jer. 8,6. Comp. no 1. 

Nien. 1. to be overflowed, over- 
whelmed, trop. of a hostile army Dan. 
pb Be ὍΝ 

2. to be washed, rinsed, Lev. 15, 12. 

Puat i. q. Niph. no. 9, ον, 6, 21.— 
Hence 


1054 


.comp. "MWa Hos. 10, 15, and see ἢ ν. 


| scribere. 





Ow 


50d and ΠΩ τὰ. 1. a gushi 
pouring, e. g. of rain Job 38, 25; οἱ 
torrent, whence *metaph. Prov. 2 
ὮΝ How anger is an outpouring, ive 
outrageous. 

2. an overflowing, inundation, ἢ floc 
Ps. 32,6. Nah. 1, 8. Dan. 9, 26 ues 
his end cometh as a flood, i. e. sudd 




























C. Metaph. of an army, Dan. 11, 2% 
> 


*"Dw pr. to. cut, to cut in, to ¢ 


like Arab. . a whence pelea bat > 


er, also a line, i. e. cut in; com 
Heb. τῷ, Chald. "οὔ. — Hence 


o> 


write, pr. to cut in or grave with a sty 
lus, like SMD q. v. Gr. γράφειν, 


Arab. 7c id. Chald. "ον a 
writing. Hence ΚΑ 

Part. "08 pr. a writer, scribe, Si pi 
γραμματεύς, γραμματοεισαχωχεύς, Peshit 
(pow. Then, as writing was ancient i 
employed chiefly in the administrati 
of justice (comp. 32 πο. 5, 6, and E 


Gr. γράφειν, γράφεσϑαι), a magistré 
prefect, sa of the people ; comp 


Arab. ~baw to be over any thing, ὁ 


As ; ΜΈΣΟΙ a prefect, inspector 


Targ. 8279 a prefect. Vulg. magiste 
du, exactor. —Spec. the no were 
a) the leaders, officers of the Israelites 
in Egypt, Ex. 5, 6-19; and in the des 
ert, along with the seventy elders, Num Ἢ 
11, 16. Deut. 20. ὅ. 8. 9.. 29,9. 31. 
Joth: 1,10. 3,2; distinigratshiad from thi 
elders 0°21 and the judges o°Dbt 
Josh. 8, 33. 23, 2. 24,1. b) magi 
trates in the cities and towns of Pale 
tine, sometimes joined with the judge 
Deut. 16, 18; selected from the Levite 
1 Chr. 23, 4. 26,29. 2 Chr. 19, 11. 
13. Spoken of superior magistrates Ὁ 
officers Prov. 6,7. ¢) In military me 
ters, inspectors, directors, whose duty ii 
was to number and regulate the troop 
so 2 Chr. 26, 11, where two officers, 1 
ΠΩ anda “Bid, are said to have been 
appointed inspectors under a superic 
prefect. Sept. κριτής. 
Deriv. 2202, pr. n. "138. 


| 
| 





sow 





ποῦ Chald. m. (or rather "2W, as is 
read i in 26 Mss. and editions, and "this is 
so supported by 11 others which have 
4nd) the side, Dan. 7,5. In the Tar- 


gums 920, 8300, Syr. (pen. 
: “ow (perh. γραμματικός, τ. 72D) 


‘Shitrai, pr. ἢ. τὴ 1 Chr. 27, 29 Keth. 
In Keri "070. 

| 0 m. (τ. 80, for 8D, as "2 for 875) 
δι τοι. things desirable, precious things, 
comp. mitan. Spec. a gift, present ; 
‘so in the phrase "ὦ Ὁ" πο bring pres- 
ents, Ps. 68, 30. 76, 12. Is. 18, 7. 


‘hy NU or δ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 
he: to will, to desire—Hence "© for 
πῶς 


NW pr. n. 2 Sam. 20, 25 Keth. see in 
mr, : 


FIND (a ruin, τ. Ni) Shion, pr.n.of a 
city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19, 19. 


Ι. M3 f. (τ. 23%) return, and concer. 
those returning, Ps. 126, 1. But more 
prob. it should read ΤῊΣ or M738, as 
in v. 4. 

IL. MW ἢ (for maw", τ᾿ 38") dwell- 
ing, stay, 2 Sam. 19, 33 [32]. 


7 mo a doubtful root, to which is 
apparently to be referred fat, apoc. "Un, 
after the form "731 /Deut. 32, 18 ; Sept. 
ἐγκατέλιπες, Vulg. dereliquisti, i. e. thou 
hast forsaken ; the other hemistich has 
m2Hm) thou hast forgotten. The root 
mi} then would seem to have signified 


the same as MM, Lew). to forget, to 


neglect, whence wake negligence; the 
letter % when interposed between two 
vowels being changed into ", as is often 
‘done; comp. ΠΣ and 7x, ΠῚ and 


1 Ge- 
‘yp, ANY and <3} to deck, ts and ἴω» 
‘to be raw, 6. g. flesh; and comp. the 
like change of 8 in O83, 455, vulture, 


soko. Veud.—Or "Om may he derived 


from the root nny itself regarding it 
‘as contracted from “nun (for nmin, 
comp. "Mom Jer. 18, 23 for nan), like 
1 for 7. 

~ * 3" obsol. root, Arab. Sa, to love, 
to be captivated. Hence 





1055 Te 


Nw Shiza, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 11, 42. » 
ΤΣ Chald. to deliver, see in τ. 318. 


TIO ΓΟ (τ. md) ρίαν. ming, i. q. 
maw, a pit, Ps. 57, 7. 119, 85. Jer. 18, 
22 Keth. | 

View, Wind, WH, pr. black, tur- 
bid, from r. "78 II; hence Shihor as 
the Heb. pr. name for the Nile, "&" be- 
ing the Egyptian name, so called from 
its muddy and turbid waters ; (whence 
also Lat. Melo i. q. μέλας, according to » 
Festus and Serv. ad Virg. Georg. 4. 
291. Asn. 1. 745. ib. 4. 246;) Is. 23, 3 
“NT TSP ANY HI the produce of Shihor, 
the harvest of the Nile, Vulg. Nili. Jer. 
2, 18.—In two passages, Josh. 13, 3. 
1 Chr. 13, 5, Shihor is put as the south- " 
western limit of Palestine, where one 
might expect the torrent of Egypt, 53 
pwx2, see 53; but in the similar pas- 
sage Gen. 15, 18, the Nile, 51942 "73, 
is also mentioned. 

M232 AY shihor-libnath Josh. 19, 
26, pr. n. of a small stream or river, 
which empties itself into the sea, in the 
territory of Asher; according to J. D. 
Michaelis Glass river (comp. 23> no. 
1), i.e. the Belus, now Nahr Na’mAn, 
from the sands of which the first glass 


‘ was made by the Phenicians. 


uw m.(r.280) 1. anoar,i.q. vivir, 
Ie. '33,, 1. f 
,2. ig. BIW, a scourge, Is. 28,15 Keth. 


τιον, 10 see in art. θῶ, 


22°0 Mic. 1, 8 Keth. i. ᾳ. >> no. 1, 
where see. 

"J2"0 gentile n. a Shilonite: a) 
From m>"% Shiloh, see in iW, 1K. 11, 
29. 12,15; written also "32> Neh. 11, 
5. Comp. >3 and "3553. Ὁ) For 72> 
from πρῶ, 1 Chr. 9, 5. 

yaw (for jaw desert) Shimon, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 

. 7 obsol. root, i. ᾳ. Eth. WBZ 
and Syr. 92, mingere ; comp. Ἰσῶ. 
Hence 3", also 

Hips. HN, contracted prob. from 
Hithpa. }M85 , mingere, to make water ; 
found only in part. "M82, in the pro- 
verbial phrase pa j>MB2 mingens ad 


. parietem i. e. against a wall, signifying 


a male person, espec. where mention is 
made of exterminating a whole tribe or 
family ; comp. in Engl. ‘to the last man.’ 
1K. 14, 10 and I will cut off from Je- 
roboam “pa mt. him that pisseth 
against a all, the bond and the Sree, 
i.e. all, utterly. 21,21. 2K. 9,8. 1 Sam. 
25, 22. 34. 1K. 16, 11 he slew all the 
house of Bashan; he left him not one 
pissing against a wall (not a male), 
nor kindred, nor friends. 'This biblical 
phrase is imitated in Syriac by Barhe- 
breeus, Chron. ap. Assem. Bibl. Orient. 
II. p. 260, an desiderium me teneat die- 
ceseos Gume, in qua non relictus est unus 
qui mingat ad parietem? i. 6. which is 
wholly desolated. 

Against this view it is urged, that in 
the east it is customary for men to 
perform this office of nature in a sitting 
posture, beneath their flowing garments, 
nor does decency permit it to be done in 
the presence of others; see Hdot. 2. 35. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.16. Amm. Marcell. 23. 6. 
Jahn Bib]. Archeol. 1. ii. p.77. Comp. 
in Arab. ‘si quis stans mingit, eque est 
ac si mingat in Caabam.’? Hence some 
understand by the above phrase a slave 
or person of the lowest class ; so Jahn 
l.c. Others, ὦ small boy; as Schindler 
Lex. Pentagl. Gesen. Lex.man. Others 
still,a dog ; and this is followed by many, 
as Ejphr. Syr. Opp. I. p. 542. F. Judah 
ben Karish in Ms. Abulwalid in Ms. 
Kimchi, Jarchi, J. Ὁ. Michaelis, Dathe, 
etc. This last view is strongly opposed 
by Bochart, who adopts the one above 
given; Hieroz. I. p. 675 or 776 sq. Lips. 
See more fully in Thesaur. p. 1398. 

1 τὴ. (r. 7) plur. D525, c. suff. 
ἘΠ, urine, in Keth. 2 K. 18, 27. Is. 
36, 12. Prob. obscene, and ΕΠ ΤΗΝ 
ἫΝ pr7b39 a" in both places. 


NZW Chald. to Saath see in στ᾿ 8X" 
Chald. 


an, rarely “1D Keth. 1 Sam. 
18, 6; fat. ""W", apoc. once "6" Job 23, 
37, conv, "Ww" Gade’ 5,1; to sing, Tadg. 
5, 1. Ps. 65, 14. Not fourid in the other 
| Semitie lable =n Consté, a) With 
acc. of the song Ps. 7,1. 137, 4. 149, 1. 
Is. 42,10; also with accus. of the pers. or 
thing celebrated, Ps, 59, 17. 89, 2. 101, 
1. 106, 12. Ὁ) With Ὁ. to sing unto 


1056 





"ὦ 


any one, i. 6. before him Ps. 137, 3; of- 
tener in his honour, fo celebrate in so 
Ps. 13, 6. 27, 6. 33, 3. 68, 5. Jer. 20, 1; 
once, to sing of or concerning any th ing 
Is. 5,1. 6) With 3 to sing of, Pa, 138 
5; comp.2 723. d) With 53 of h 
shot one addresses in song, be fore 
whom one sings; Job 33, 27 9 nt 
D"D28 he singeth before men, chants or 
proclaims unto them sc. the mercy of 
God, celebrating it in song; comp. 23 
no. 1. ἃ, θ. Prov. 25, 20 53 3 ᾿ 
p17a> he who sisigntl songs to a hea vy 
heart, i. 6. to one afflicted—Parr. " 
as subst. plur. ΘΛ, ὦ singer, singer 
Ps. 78, 26. 87, 7. Ez. 40,49. Fem. a 
mind “female singers, singing-wome π, 
2 Sam. 19, 36. Ecce. 2, 8 2 Chr. 35, | 
For Ὁ Ez. 27, 25, see in art. 
no. 1. “a 
Pit. "8, to sing, to chant; spoken 
of the voice or cry of animals, to re- 
sound, Zeph. 2,14; and οὖ of song t self 
2 Chr. 29, 28. With ace. Job 36, 24 
Erwy TI shy which men do sing. 
celebrate; others less well, ‘which me 
behold,’ comps τ. 999 IL 3. d.—P 
“7%, plur. Do 02, α singer, singers, 
(only i in Ezra, Neh. and Chron.) 1 Chr. 
6, 18. 15, 16. 2 Chron. 5, 12. Ezra 2, 4 
7, 7. Neh. 7, 1. 13, 5. 10. al. Fem. plur, 
nina female singers, singing-wom 
Ezra 2, 65. Neh. 7, 67. , ΜΝ 
Horn. "57 pass. to be sung, e. g. ἃ 
song, Is. 26, 1. 
Deriv. τῶ, πῶς 


ὦ τη. (. “"t}) 1. a song, singing, 
the act of singing, 1 Chr. 6, 16. 17. % 
6. 7. 2 Chr. 23, 18. Neh. 12, 27. 2 Chi 
29, 27. 28 “iva “Mtini and the 80 ; 
sang (resounded) and the trumpets trum 
peted, all until the burnt-offering was 
consumed ; here Kimchi needlessly take 
"0 for ""0 bya ‘a singer; others fe 
“" ">a ‘a choir?—Song was often 
adapted to musical instruments ; hene 
“7 ">> instruments of music, 2 Chr. 5 
13. 7, 6. 29, 27. 1 Chr. 16, 42, Am. 6,5 
Neh. 12, 36. In Eee. 12,4 tn 
Δ ΟΝ of song are female singers, 
see in τ. Mm Niph. 3 

2. a song, hymn, that which is sung, 
e.g. a) Collect. songs, hymns, 1 Κα. δ. 
12 [4, 32] and his songs cm 




































aa) 


49°) were a thousand and five. Also 
nin; ὦ the Lord’s songs, in honour of 
God, Ps, 42,9. 137.4, i. g. ΡΣ Ὁ songs 
of Zion; comp. in 71"8. Ὁ) Genr.a 
‘song, hymn, 6. g. sacred, a psalm, Ps. 33, 
3, 40, 4. 69, 3. 96, 1. 98, 1. Is. 42,10; atso 
profane, or secular, Is. 23, 16. 24, 9. Ecce. 
7, 5; spec. of rejoicing, Am. 8, 3. 10, 
opp. ΠΣ. Plur. 0-970, songs, hymns, 
Gen. 31, 27. Prov. 25,20. Am. 5,23. Ez. 
26, 13. 1 Chr. 3, 8.—Spec. for particular 
occasions; as victory Judg. δ, 12; the 
dedication of the temple Ps. 30, 1; for 
the sabbath Ps. 92,1. For ni>pan 27 
in the titles of Pss. 120-134, see in art. 
ΓΞ: no. 4. In the titles of some other 
Psalms ὙΠ stands in apposition with 
sii, Ps. 48, 1. 65, 1. 66, 1. 67, 1.al. 
D.332 I a song of delighis, i. 6. pleas- 
ant, Ez. 33, 32. τὺτ 1 7°, see in art. 
s277.—Also pwn WB Cant. 1, 1, 
Vulg. canticum canticorum, the song of 
songs, as the title of the book, i. e. ‘the 
most excellent of songs, comp. the for- 
mulas pede wap § the most holy,’ "20 
ὈΛῸΠ ‘the highest heaven’ 1 K. 8,27; 
see Lehrg. p. 692 sq. 

yw f. (τ. 18) ἃ song, hymn; a 
noun of unity, while "" is general and 
collective; Heb. Gr. § 105.3. 6. Always 
of some particular song, often with a 
pron. demonstr. as MINIT MIEN this song 
Ex. 15, 1. Num. 21, 17. Deut: 13, 19. 21. 
al. Also of a parable in rhythm, Is. 5, 
1. Plur. nin} Am. 8, 3. 


OD τὰ. Syr. tas, white marble, once 
1 Chr. 29,2. Comp. 8% no. 1. R. tw. 

NOW, see 7. 

Pwrw once PwAD 2 K. 14, 25 Keth. 
Shishak, pr. n. of a king of Egypt, who 


gave refuge to Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 40; 
and who afterwards, in the fifth year of 









































king’s palace, 1 K. 14, 25 sq. 2 Chr. 12, 
2-9. He is the same with Sesonchis I, 
the first king of the twenty-second dy- 
nasty of Manetho ; whose name is found 
on the Egyptian monuments ; see fully 
n Thesaur. p. 1399. 

‘ye nw, pret. MY, 1 pers. "MW; fut. 
HH". apoc. NY, nbn Ex. 23,1, conv. 
‘ms; inf. absol. MB Is. 22,7; to set, to 
Ὶ 859 


1057 


Rehoboam, invaded Judea and spoiled 
‘the Holy City, the temple, and the _ 





nw 


put, to place, i. ᾳ. ΞΘ. τιϑέναι, but less 
frequent. Kindred Hebrew roots ate 
maw, τοῦς mm 1Π| which see; comp. 
bmw. In the kindred dialects the traces. 
of this root are few; Pheenic. see Gesen. 
Monumm. Phen. p. 451. Talm. m8 

plur. 777 foundations. Syr. daw id. 
see more in Thesaur. p. 1400. : 

1. to set, to place, to put, where it re- 
fers to persons or things which stand 
erect (or at least sit, Ps. 132,11) or are 
regarded as erect rather than as lying 
down, 6. g. to sel a watch, guards, Ps. 
141, 3; any one upon a throne, X02>, 
Ps. 132, 11; ΦΝῚΡ MI NW to set a 
crown upon the head Ps. 21, 4, Metaph. | 
Gen. 3, 15 7 will put enteily between thee 
and the woman. Ps. 73, 28 ΝΞ 7M 
“oma in the Lord have I put my trust.— 
Spec. 

a) to set in array as an army, the 
acc. 72072 being every where implied 
(comp. Josh. 8, 2. 13, and comp. in ὭΣ 
and Daw ,)-i..e. to set omasalhis in array, Is. 
22, 7. Ps. 3, 7 "δ IM 373O WY who set 
themselves in array "against me round 
about. 

b) ἐο set, i. 6. to constitute, to appoint, 
e. g. any one as prince, with two acc. 
1K. 11, 34; acc. of pers. and > Ps. 45, 17 ; 
Paso pers. and >3 of thing, to set one 
over any thing, Gen. 41,33. So ace, of 
pers. and 89, to set with or over, Job 30, 
1; where others, to make equal with. 

c) to set, i. q. to found; 1 Sam. 2, 8 
and he hath set, founded, the world upon 
them i. 6. the columns; comp. r. ὩΞ Ὁ 
no. 2. d. 

d) ΡΤ mw to set or lay snares, 
springes, i. 6. to lay plots, to plot against, 
Ps. 140, 6. 

6) to set abound Ex. 23,21; of a 
term of time, Ph, to set, to appoint, Job 
14, 13. Ellipt. and impers. Job 38, 11 
pba igaa m2 rips and here let one set 
(bounds) to thy proud waves, i. e. her 
let thy proud waves be stayed. 

f) With acc. of pers. and 3 of place, 
to set or put one in any place; Ps. 88,7 

nana 23 "IMD thou hast put me in 
the lowest pit, i.e. hast cast me into it. 
Once with > of pers. and 3 of place, Ps. 
73, 18 ib POA mipbma chow hast set 
them in slippery places ; comp. Ps. 12; 
6 i> πηῈ" own mW 7 will place in 


mw 


safety him at whom one puffeth, i. e. the 
oppressed. Nearly similar is 3 ‘5 m7 
to set or put one in a certain class or 
number, to reckon him to that number ; 
2 Sam. 19, 29 thou didst set me among 
them that eat at thy table, and Jer. 3, 19 
B22 YN OR WN how have I sel thee 
among my children ! i. 6. in what hon- 
our. 

g) With >» to put to any thing. toadd 
to, Gen. 30, 40. 

2. to put, to place, to lay any person 
or thing, so that they may remain ina 
recumbent posture. Ps. 8, 7 mm 59 
239 ὉΠ thou hast put all things under 
his feet, hast subjected them to him. 
Ruth 4, 16 and Naomi took the child, 
ΓΞ smn and laid it in her bosom. 
Ps. 84, 4 a nest where she (the sparrow) 
may lay her young.—Spec. 

a) Σ Ὑπὸ MW 10 lay one’s hand upon 
any one Gen. 48, 17; in protection Ps. 
139, 5; or as an arbiter, mediator, who 
lays a hand upon each of the disputants, 
Job 9, 33. Also to lay the hand upon 
the eyes, of a dead person, i. 6. to close 
his eyes, the last act of filial affection, 
Gen. 46, 4. On the contrary, ἘΣ 72 M70 , 
to put or lay one’s hand with any one, 
i. 6. to join hands with him in doing any 
thing, Ex. 23, 1. Ellipt. Job 10, 20 
"pa MW, sc. πη, put from me thy 
hand, let me alone. 

b) With 3, to put or lay in any place ; 
Job 38, 36 tho hath put wisdom in the 
olouils ? others, in thy reins. Ps. 13,3 
how long shall I put (have) cares in my 
soul? Prov. 26, 24 man mys iapa 
he putteth deceit within him, i. e. has 1t, 
cherishes it within him. 

c) "79: 1"23 MD to put on one’s orna- 
ments Ex. 33, 4. Comp. the subst. 
mw. 

ἃ) With acc. of thing and 59 of pers. 
to lay upon any one, either something 
to be carried, Ruth 3, 15; or to be en- 
dured Is. 15, 9, with > of pers. Ps. 9, 21; 
or to be’ performed, paid, Ex. 21, 22; 
also to impute to any one a fault, sin, 
Num. 12,11. Comp. D5 no. 3. 6. 

e) 3325 Mm" to set or lay before one- 
self, before one’s eyes, ec. that for which 
one cares, either to punish Ps. 90, 8; 
or to cherish 101, 3. Comp. pb no. 


3. g. 


1058 


' a thorn-hedge, as being set around - 





πὸ 


f) Sometimes from the nature ¢ 
case it is i. q. to cast, Job 22, Ὁ. ἢ Ἢ" 
ἜΧΞ “E3-d3 cast upon the earth the 
cious ore. 

3. to set, to put, i. e. to direct, to 1 
in Any definite position or direction, e. 
a) 5x8 728 MW fo set or turn one’s fa 
any whither, Num. 24, 1. b) 1% 
with inf. c. >, to set one’s eyes upon de 
any thing, to attempt something, Ps 
17,11. 6) 3b mn" animum advertere 
to turn the mind, i. e. to regard, 1 Sam 
4, 20. Ps. 62, 11. Prov. 24, 32. ‘itl 
by io any thing, to set the heart upon, 
attend to, Job 7, 17. 27, 23; > Ex. 
23. 2 Sam. 13, 90. Ps. 48, 14. Prov. 2 
17. 27, 23. Jer. 31, 21. « 

4. to set as any thing, i. 6. to make, ἢ 
render, comp. the sense to constitute ii 
no. 1. Ὁ. With two ace. Is. 5,6. 26,1 
Jer. 22, 6. Ps. 21,7. 84, 7. 88, 9. not 
ace. and > Jer. 2,15. 13, 16; ace. 
to make as any thing, Is. 16, 3. Hos 
5. Ps. 21, 10. 83, 12. 14, Rarely didi Ὶ 
to make, to do, i. ᾳ. MYZ, as MINN Π 
to do signs, wonders, Ex. 1, 10. Mo 
freq. is των ow .—Hence 

5. With ace. and > of pers. to mai 
or prepare for any one, i. q. to give 
Gen. 4, 25. Jer. 51, 39. Impers. Hos. 
11 42 ΣΡ MY myn ἘΔ also for thee 
Judah, a harvest of evil pares , 

Ho?n, pass. c. 59, to be laid 1 
imposed, Ex. 21; 80, 

Deriv. τῷ, τοῦ, pr. n. mY. 


FD τη. ο. suff. im Is. 10, 17, a thorr 
collect. thorns, found only in Isaiak 
and every where put with synon. "20 
Is. 5, 6. 7, 23-25. 9,17. 10,17. 27, 4.-- 
The etymology is doubtful; but per 
mw is for το, the middle radical 
being softened, ye mia for m22, εἷς fo 
ἕνς, εἰς for évc,)'from τ. 720, wieeree ' 
fem. M3; comp. ΓΤ from Sb, refi 
FDI; so αμμῤῥῥος “Others indebeti 


































dens and vineyards, from στ M78; 
the word does not signify a hedge 
thorns, but thorns as growing sponte 
neously in the fields and among ruin 
Mm m. (τ. mw) something put o ) 
i.e. attire, dress, Prov. 7, 10. Ps. 73, 
Comp. r. MW no. 2. 6. a 


JU, see 20. Ύ 


B50 


“ +390. fat. 2>37; inf. 128, c. suff. 
Footy) Gen. 19, 33, 739% (from δ) 
Deut. 6,7; imperat. 330 , c. He emphat. 
229; to lie down, to lie ; Syr. Chald. 
nd Eth. MN, id. but Arab. Ser 


to pour out, by inclining a vessel. The 
primary root is 33, >, which has the 
signification of curving, inclining one- 
self, see in 952, Gr. and Lat. κύπτω, 
cubo, cumbo. For the sibilant prefixed 
to biliteral roots in order to make them 
triliteral, see under ©, p. 1000.—Ps. 68, 
14 would that ye lay among the stalls, 
i. e. the shepherds in order to take rest. 
Am. 6, 4. 2 Sam. 12, 3. Lev. 26, 6. Is. 
50, 11 ye shall lie down in sorrow. 1 K. 
3, 19 she (the woman) had lain upon it, 
the child, and so had suffocated it. Also 
to lay oneself in a particular posture ; 
Ez. 4,4 lay thyself wpon thy right side. 
v. 6.9. 2 K. 4, 34.—Spec. 

a) Of persons lying down to sleep, 
Gen. 19, 4. 28, 11. 1 Sam. 3, 5. 6. 9. 
Ps. 3,6. 4, 9. 1K.19,5. 7100 7, 4. Prov. 
3, 24; and as lying in bed, sleeping, 
1 Sam. 3, 2. 2 Sam. 11, 9. 1 K. 21, 27. 
Ruth 3,4. Prov. 23, 34.. Also to lie 
down for rest, Ps. 68, 14. 2 Sam. 4, 5; 
hence, to rest, to take rest, Ecc. 2, 23 
even at night his heart taketh no rest. 
Job 11, 18 see in "5M II, p. 335. Job 
30, 17 my gnawing (pains) take no rest. 

b) Of sick persons, 2 Sam. 13, 6. 2 K. 
9, 16. 

c) Of mourners as lying upon the 
ground, 2 Sam. 12, 16. 13, 31; of one 
morose 1 K. 21, 4. 

d) Of persons dying, to lap oneself 
down, very often in the phrase 09 330") 
amiss Gen. 47, 30. Deut. 31, 16; espec. 
of the iegeuse of kings, 1 K. 1,21. 2, 
10. 11,43. 14, 20.31. 15, 8. 24. 16, 6.28; 
also of the dead, Is. 14,8 MI3W τὸ Ὦ since 
thou art laid oat liest dead. v. 18. 43, 
17. Job 3, 13. 20, 11. 21, 26. “3p “333 
those ἜΑ in the grave i, 88, 6. 

6) With ὩΣ, to lie with a woman, 
married or unmarried, unlawfully, Gen. 
26, 10. 30, 15. 16. 34,2. 39, 7. 12. Deut. 
22, 23 sq. 2 Sam, 12, 11; ain with M& 
| Gen. 35, 22. 1 Sam. 2, 22; with acc. 
fem. Deut. 28, 30 Keri, where Kethib 
has >3; and so with acc. AMX, "MR, 
᾿ς Gen. 34, 2. Lev. 15, 18. 24. Num. 5, 19. 
2 Sam. 13, 14. Ez. 23,8. Rarely spoken 





1059 





mow 


of a woman as lying with a man, 2 Sam. 
13, 11. Gen..19, 32-35. Also 338 is 
used for the lying of a male with.a 
male, sodomy, Lev. 18, 22. 20, 13; and 
of aman with a beast, Ex. 22,18. Deut. 
27, 21. Very rarely indeed is it spoken 
of conjugal intercourse 2 Sam. 11, 10. 

Mic.7,5; commonly the words 37°, 032, 

ΞΡ are used. 

Nipu. to be lain with, ravished, of a 
woman, Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2. 

Poa. id. Jer. 3, 2 Keri. 

Hiru. 1. to make lie down, to lay 
down, to place, to put, 1 K. 3, 20. 17, 19. 
2K. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 16, 14. Hos. 2, 20. 
With x78 fo cast down the ground, 
to prostrate, 2 Sam. 8, 2.—Spec. of a 
vessel, fo lay down, to incline, so as to 
empty it; Job 38, 37 who shall incline 
(3.3.5) the bottles of heaven, i.e. the 
clouds, so that the rain may descend. 


So Arab. axkia to pour out, sc. by in- 
clining a vessel. 

Horn. 3287 Ez. 32, 32; a 2 K. 4, 
32; imper. ἢ ΤΙ ΞΘ ΕΖ. 32, 19. 

Deriv. ποθῶ, nase), 33. 


M220 f. (τ. 22%) only constr. raav, 
pr. a lying down; found only in the 
Pentateuch. Eth. f'AN'E id. 

a) bur masw, the lying down or fall 
of the dew, its ‘effusion as scattered upon 
the ground, Ex. 16, 13.14. See Hiph. 

b) 53% mas, pr. ‘a lying with of 
seed, i.e. a lying with a woman with 
emission of seed Lev. 15, 16. 17. 32. 22, 
4. So 233 Ὥξϑῷ πϑν ΩΝ 328 Zo lie with 
a woman, a lying with of ‘seed, with 
emission of seed, Lev. 15, 18. 19, 20. 
Num. 5, 13. | 

MAW f(r. 32%) a lying with, concu- 
bitus ; hence MERI Imaso-msx ἸῺ i. q. 
to lie with a woman Num. 5, 20; so ofa 
man with a beast Lev. 18, 23. 20, 15. 
Also with 519 added, Lev. 18, 20. 


ὦ “ὦ maw obsol. root, Arab. Ks, to 
complain, to accuse ; V,id. Eth. ὯΡ 
to accuse, to inform against. Hence 
US testicle, see p. 94; also pr.n. 4730. 

ἘΠ) γὼ a doubtful root, prob. ἰ. 4. 
maw, δῶ, Eth. fi NeP, so err, to wan- 


der, to roam. Comp. in 438 note; and 
m3 of a wandering flock, Ez. 84. 6. 


bhi) 


Hipu. part. Jer. 5, 8 like fed horses (in 
lust) ἘΠ ὈΛΞ di they roam about ; 
comp. Jer. 2, 23. Prov. 7, 10 sq. The 
idea of roaming accords wel both with 
horses unmanageable from lust, and with 
libidinous men; so Simonis wall, Lex. r. 
b2.—Other less probable interpreta- 
tions see in Thesaur. p. 1403. 


Pah) m. (τ. 25%) bereavement, pr. loss 
of children, trop. of Babylon, Is. 47, 8. 9. 
Also, loss of friends, state of Gbanagne: 
ment, Ps: 35, 12. 


bath m. adj. (τ. 558) ἢ m228, plur. 
niraw. 

1. bereaved, of children, Jer. 18, 21; 
robbed of whdlps, as a bear, Prov. 17, 12. 
2 Sam. 17, 8. Hos. 13, 8. 

2. without young, barren, e. g. sheep, 
Cant. 4, 2. 6. 6. 

NSU, DW, m. adj. (τ. 92) drunk, 
intoxicated, 1 Κ. 16, 9. 20,16 "φῶ πρῶ 
drinking himself drunk. 1Sam. 25, 36. 
Job 12, 25. Joel 1, 5. Is. 19, 14 as a 
drunken man staggereth in his vomit, 
24,20. Fem. τ θῶ id. 1 Sam. 1, 13. 


"TD and 712 Is. 49, 14. Prov. 2, 
17; fat. Mawr; 7 o forget; kindr. with 
(M30 HW, πρῶ, δῦ, q. v. Deut. 25, 19. 26, 

13. Job 39, 15. “With ace. of thing or 
pers. Gen. 27, 45. 40,23. Deut. 9,7. Am. 
8, 7. Job 9, 27. al. Ps. 137, 5 if I forget 
thee, O Jeracalem: let my right hand for- 
get sc. her skill; see a similar execration 
in v. 6 and Job 31, 22. Rarely with ja 
c. inf. Ps. 102, 5 an 532 "ANDY 7 for- 


get to eat my food ; comp. Prov. ‘A, 5.— | 


Also to forget so as to leave behind, e. g. 
a sheaf in the field, Deut. 24, 19.—Very 
often men are said lo forget God, not to 
' regard him, Deut. 6, 12. 8, 11. 14. 19. 
Judg. 3,7. Hos. 2,15. 15. 17, 10. Jer. 2, 
32. al. or also the divine law Hos. 4, 6. 
Prov. 2,17. 3,1, Ps. 44, 18. 119, 83. al. 
Vice versa, God is said to forget men, to 
neglect them, not to care for them, Ps. 
10, 12. 13, 2. 42,10. 74, 19, Is. 49, 14. 
‘Lam. 5, 20; also to forget his kindness, 
not to continue it, Ps. 77, 10. Part. 
2% "m2 those forgetful of God, Job 8, 
13. Ps. 50, 22. 

ΝΊΡΗ. ΓΞ 3, fem. PMDU2 Is. 23. 15, to 
be forgotten, to fall into oblivion, Gen. 
41. 30. Job 28, 4 539.99 ὈΤΙΞῚΣ forgot 


ten of the foot they hang down, i. e. not 4 Arab, AS id. Chald. ieee 


1060 


‘bereaved of you both ? Part. pass. fe 



































* Sou 


supported by the feet; see in rob 
1. Eee. 2, 10. 9, δ. Is. 65, 16, Jer. 
50, 5. Deut. 31, 21 ion "pp Maun ὃ 
(the song) shall not be forgotten ¢ 
the mouths of their seed.—Pz fe 
mnt forgotten Is. 23, 16. ie a 
Pret πιϑῷ to cause to be forg 
ace. of thing, Lam. 2, 6. 
Hien. to cause to forget, c. 
pers. and thing, Jer. 23, 27. ἣ 
Hirapa. ΞΕ, i. q. Niph. tobe 
gotten, Ecc. 8, 10. 
Deriv. nos. 


naw Chald. to Jind. The forn 
Peal are found rarely in the Targu 
Irape. MDA, to be found, nue 
Dan. 2, 35. 5, 11. 12. 14. 27. 6, δ. 23. 
Apa. 20h, to find, Ezra 4, 15. 
Dan. 2, 25. 6, 5. 6. 12; also in the se r 
to get, Ezra 7, 16. “ἢ 


: τὴ 
ΤῸ adj. verbal, forgetting, fors tf 
plur. crore) ὁ. ace. of object, Ps, 65, 1] 
plur. constr. S*ndx Γι forgetting G 
Ps, 9, 18; see Heb. Gr. § 91. δ. > 


mw (accusation, r. 30 1.) § 
ah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8,10. Many mant 
scripts and editions have i | δα, 


*J2U, fot. qe, ink πὸ ‘Esth. 2 
and 7 Jer. 5,26. Kindr. are roe, τι : 
4. v. comp. also 320, B20, j2B SRR 

1. to subside, to settle down, as ¥ 
Gen. 8, 1; of anger, to be ΟΡΡΘΑΘΟΘΩΝ 
2, 1. 7; 10. 

2. to stoop down, to crawaigtaceieal Ὁ 
setting snares, Jer. 5, 26. 

Hipn. to make subside, to still, e. δ. ἃ 
sedition, Num. 17, 20 [5]. sul 


¥ 250 and 23t , pret. 1 pers. ice. 
and “pbsu Gen. 43, 14; fat, 9"; 
bereaved sc. of chifdnma! to be. mad 
childless. 1 Sam. 15,33 ἸῺΝ eee 80 
shall thy mother be made childless amon, τ 
women, thou being slain. Gen. 43, 
“bs abbey TURD ὍΝ and I. when ᾿ 
am bereaved, I am bereaved, the lar 
guage of a person who calmly bears up 
under what appears to be inevitable ; 
comp. Esth. 4,16. With acc. Gen. 27,4 

pote) os botin mb why should I bea 


nba) bereaved, childless, Is. 49, 91.-- ᾿ 





Pre. ἘΞ 1. to bereave, to make child- 
tess, c. acc. Gen. 42, 36. Hos. 9, 12. Jer. 
15,7. Ez. 36.12. 13.14 Keri. So of wild 
beasts which devour children; Lev. 26, 
22 Iwill send wild beasts among you, 
which shall make you childless. Ez. 5, 
17. 14,15. Poetically of the sword as 
destroying young men; Deut. 32, 25 
ΘΠ ΡΞ pine παῦε (in battle) the 
sword shall make childless i. e. destroy 
your fons. Lam. 1, 20. 1 Sam. 15, 33; 
comp. Jer. 18, 21. 

2. to make an abortion, i. 6. to have 
abortion, to miscarry, e. g. Ex. 23,26; of 
kine Job 21,10; of sheep and goats Gen. 
31, 38. Hence of a vine, to be barren, 
unfruitful, Mal. 3,11; so Pliny speaks of 
the ‘abortus arborum,’ H. N. 12.6, comp. 
18. 17,44. Trop. οἵ ἃ land, where there 
is frequent miscarriage (sc. of women 
and flocks) because of the bad water; 
so part. ΓΞ yu a land suffering 
abortion. In v. 21 ΓΞ is a subst. 
which see in its order. 

Hien. 1. i. q. Piel no. 1, to bereave, 
i.e. to destroy young men in war, Jer. 
50, 9 99. Tina a mighty bereaver, 
Vulg. interfector ; so Gesenius. Others 
prefer the reading 5,39 in the sense 
of successful, prosperous; see στ. >2¥ 
Hiph. no. 4; so Sept. Syr. and some 
nanuscripts and editions. 

2. to make an abortion, to miscarry ; 
part. Hos. 9, 14 ΘΛ OM a miscarry- 
ing womb. Comp. Piel no. 2. 

Deriv, >is, baw), DvD, ΡΞ Ὁ 

m>20 m. plar. (r. 559) Rabelais 
i.e. time or state of bereavement; comp. 
che like plur. ΘΠ, B7953, etc. Trop. 
of the condition of Israel in Beto. Is. 49, 
20; comp. 54, 1. 


2290 , see Chald. r. 553. 


2 paw in Kal not used, pr. perh. to 
incline oneself, to bend down, to stoop; 
_ kindr. with j28, 9P0,q.v. Hence Eth. 
MN to bear or carry a load ; comp. 


Arab. aX to walk with short steps 
from weakness, pr. prob. to walk stoop- 


ing; also μξω to be ill, languid.—Prob. 


from stooping or bearing that part of the 

back between the shoulders is called 

£2 ; although the signification of bear- 
Qg* 





sour 1061. 





a Ν 
nu 


ing might really come from B20, as 
Chald. 5m> ‘to bear on the shoulders; 
from >> shoulder. 

Hips. 5°27, fut. apoc. O20". 

1. fo rise early i in the morning; e. g. 
with “R22 Gen. 19, 27. 20, 8. 28, 18. Ex. 
8, 16. al. or with a like κλπ, Josh. 6, 
15. 1 Sam. 9, 26. Judg. 9, 3; or simpl. 
Gen. 19, 2. Josh. 8, 14. Judg. 6, 28. 7,1. 
2 Sam. 15, 2. 2 Chr. 29, 20. It seems 
to signify pr. to load up camels and 
other beasts of burden, which among 
tlfe nomades is done very early in the 
morning ; hence ‘to set off early,’ comp 


ἼΣΣ and jab to migrate, from ἸΣΏ to 
load up.— With >, to get up early to any 
place, to go early, Cant. 7, 13.—Some- 
times when followed by another verb it 
is equivalent to an adverb, early ; 6. g. 
before an infin. 2 K. 6,15 osp> otis 
and he rose early. Ps. 127,2; or a fut. Is. 
5, 11; or a participle Hos. 6, 4. Hence 
inf. absol. ΒΞ ΘΓ or DDWHA as adv. early. 
Prov. 27, 14. 1 Sam. 17, 16. 

2. Trop. to do early, seasonably, ear- 
nestly, put before another verb; Zeph. 
3,7 oMmid>y amemin sown they were 
in earnest to act wickedly, always ready 
to do evil. It is a peculiarity of Jere- 
miah to join infin. absol. S2v7 with an- 
other infin. as Jer. 7,25 1 have sent unto 
you all my servants the prophets, 027 
midwy earnestly and diligently every day. 
25, 4. 26, 5. 29,19. 35,15. 44,4; "at ‘nm 
Jer. 7, 13. 25, 3. 35,14; 73) Ἢ Jer. 11. 
7; Wa2) “πὶ 32, 33. Bistwhere once in 
2 ‘Chr. 86, 15.—Inf. ὈΠΞῸΝ for ὈΠΞΩΠ, 
once, Jer. 25, 3.—For Jer. 5, 8, see in r. 
mow. 


DU m. in pause 52% Ps. 21, 13; 6. 
suff. toot. See inr. cst init. 

1. the shoulder, or, as Simonis has 
well remarked, the shoulder-blades, i. e. 
the part where these approach each 
other behind, the upper part of the back 
next beneath the neck, called in Engl. 
indifferently the shoulders or the back. 
Hence found only in the singular, and 
different from M2; as Job 31, 22 "BND 
diam ΓΞ Ὁ let my shoulder fall from 
its shoulder-blade, i. 6. from the back to 
which it is joined. Here the ending 
m—, although without Mappik, is to be 
taken as in the printed Masora for a 


p20 


suffix (comp. Num. 15, 28), so that it is 
not necessary to assume a new fem, 
7920 i. α. 03.—The noun 538 comes 
from the idea of inclining, stooping ; or 
trom that of bearing; so Gesenius in 
smix, Thesaur. p. 1161.—In the hu- 
man body, not in beasts, the 520 is 
spoken of: 

a) As the part on which burdens are 
carried ; Gen. 49, 15 5205 7220 us and 
he bowed his shoulder to bear. Josh. 4,5. 
Judg: 9, 48. Is.'10, 27. Ps. 81, 7; algo 
Gen. 9, 23. Trop. dominion is said to 
be upon one’s shoulder; Is. 9,5 the do- 
minion shall be upon his shoulder, the 
figure being drawn from the robes and 
other ensigns of dignity; or, as others 
think, from its being a charge or bur- 
den; comp. chargé d’affaires. So Is. 22, 
22 the key of the house of David will I 
lay upon his. shoulder, i. e. commit to 
him; for "71> 53 see in art. 7 no. 1. ee. 
Zeph. 3,9 to serve the Lord πιὰ 538 
with one shoulder, i. e. with one mind, 
ouodvuadcy; the figure being taken 
from those who bear a burden or yoke 

| Pt δ 
together; comp. Syr. Led |p jointly. 
For m22% Hos. 6,9, see below in no. 
3, a. 

b) As the part on which blows are 
inflicted. Is. 9,3 Ἰῶϑι nw the staff of 
his shoulder, i. e. with which he was 
beaten. 
᾿ 6) In the phrase 53% 25M to turn 
the shoulder, i. 6. to turn the back, eaid 
of one going away, 1 Sam. 10,9; comp. 
A272 M22 Jer. 48,39. Hence may be ex- 
plained Ps. 21, 13 53 ὭΣ 72, Vulg. 
quoniam pones eos dorsum, i.e. thou wilt 
make them turn their backs; comp. 43 
5. 2 Chr. 29,6; here 2B is acc. of 
manner. 

2. Metaph. a tract or τ portion of land, 
Gen. 48, 22, where there is an allusion 
to the city Shechem;; pr. a ridge or hill, 


as Arab. eer shoulder, also tract of 
land. 

3. Shechem, Sichem, pr. n. a) A 
city among the mountains of Ephraim, 
situated in the narrow valley between 
Mount Ebal and Mount Gerizim, after- 
wards called by the Romans Flavia 
Neapolis, whence the modern , w4sls 
‘Nébulus or vulg. Nablus ; Gen. 12, 6. 33, 


1062 





a) 
18. 34, 2. Josh, 20,7. 21, 20. 21. Ps: ν 
1 K. 12, 25. Sept. Συχέμ, comp. | 
7, 16. Vulg. Sichem. With He lo 
nest to Shechem, Gen. 37, 14. Jos 
1. Judg. 9, 31; once nest Hos. 6 ; 
where it is said of wicked priests : a 
mast mas, they wander in the 
towards Shechem. referring to its r 
as a city of refuge (Num. 35. 0s 
which it would seem the priests th cn 
abused, so as either themselves to ὁ 
mit murder, or to conceal it when ec 
mitted by others. Others here t 
most} as in no. 1. a, by consent.— 
Relandi Palest. Ρ. 1004 sq. Bibl. F 
in Pal. III. p. 96 sq. 119 sq. ὍΝ 
b) A Canaanite, the son of πὶ 
prince of the city Shechem, Gen. m8 
%4.2 sq. Judg. 9, 28. 
Deriv. the two following. 


ΞΘ (shoulder) Shechem, pr. ἢ. 
a) A son of Gilead, Nam. 26, 31. Tha h, 


17,2. b) 1 Chr. 7, 19.—Patronym. | : 
lett. ἃ, 15 "230 a Shethemite, Num. I. 6. 


Ἂν} according to some i. ᾳ. ὈΞ J 
31, 22 ; but see above in B38 no. ‘1. 


*520, also 20 Deut. 33, 18. 
Judg. 5, 17; fut. j2"; inf. 59, ὁ. 
"720. a 

1. to let oneself down, to setile a pwn, 
to abide, 6. g. the glory Ex. 24,16; the 
column of fire and cloud, Num, 9, 17, 22. 
10, 12.—Talm, j20 id. Syr. oe ik 1. 
Kindr. are 420 q. v. 320, ιν Be, 
also 430, JNO. 

2. to lay oneself down, to lie down, c.g 
for rest, as the lion Deut. 33, 20; of ἃ a 
people lying in tents, to encamp, Num. 
24,2; of clouds resting heavily arora . 
day, ¢. ἘΣ Job 3,5. Hence to rest, to tak 
rest ; Prov. 7, 11 7239 2207 sb Ans 

her. fect rest not in her house. Ps, 55, 7. 
Also of one inactive, inert, Judg. δ i 
bis. Nah. 3, 18, parall..032, Comp. 3 
no. 1. e. Shue | 

3. to abide, to dwell, Arab. nom 
Syr. cas, id. With 2 of place Gen. 
9.27. 14,13: 26,2. Jer. 48,28. 1 Chr 23, 
25 ;-acc. of place Deut. 22, δ. Is. 33, 16, 
Ps. 68,7. A frequent formula is }: 
VW to dwell in or inhabit the a 
possess it quietly, Prov. 2, 21. 10, 
Ps. 37, 3. 29; and so without P38 in th 






































20° 

ame sense Ps. 102,29; with 0>%>> or 
b added Ps. 37, 27. 29; also moa or] 
τ ΤΙΏ35 ὦ Ps. 16. 9. Prov. 1. 33. Deut. 
33, 12. 28. 23,6. A similar ellipsis is 
in Is. 57, 15 God “2 328 who dwelleth 
forever sc. in heaven; comp. fully in Is. 
3, 5 Dine 13 he (God) dwelleth on 
gh. So God is said to dwell in the 
midst of his people, in Zion, in the holy 
lace, ete. Num. §, 3. 35, 34. Ex. 29, 46. 
Joel 4, 17: 21. Deut. 12, 11. al. (Hence 
among the later Jews the 72°30 She- 
thinah, the visible presence or glory of 
Jehovah ; Buxtorf Lex. Talm. p. 2394.) 
| ‘Sam.-7, 10 ET 12} that they (the 
people) may dwell in a place of their 

m. Deut. 33, 16 730 "220 the dweller 
in the bush i. e. Jehovah, comp. Ex. 3, 2. 
With a pleonastic dat. Ps. 120, 6 7338 
n> hath dwelt for itself—Part. pass. 
pou as act. dwelling, like the Fr. logé, 
Judg. 8. 11.—Animals also are said to 
dwell ; as wild beasts in their lairs Job 
37, 8; fishes in the sea Job 26, 5; birds 
among foliage Is. 34, 11. Ez. 17, 23. 31, 
13. So too of inanimate things ; e. g. 

et. the light Job 38, 19; the taberna- 
cle Josh. 22; 19; trop. justice Is. 32,16; 
glory Ps. 85, 10.—Further, one is said 
to dwell in the temple, who frequents it, 
Ps. 65, 5, comp. 15, 1. Once metaph. to 
dwell in any thing, i. e. to be familiar, 
inlimate with it; see j30 no. 2, and 
Arab. ,. to be familiar; Prov. 8, 12 
IT wisdom 7273 "7:28 dwell in prudence, 
am intimately united witlf her. 

4. to be dwelt in, inhabited, to be full 
of inhabitants, i. ᾳ. 283 no. 4. ᾳ. v. So 
of a city, Jer. 33, 16 nad yistin Hows 
Jerusalem shall be inhubited in safety. 
So of a land, Jer. 46,26. Also j2 N> 
of a city desolate and deserted, not 
habitable, Is. 13, 20. Jer. 50, 39 (parall. 
Stn 85). 

Piet, to cause to dwell in any place ; 
6. ace. of pers. and 3 of place, Jer. 7, 3.7. 
Num. 14, 30. Of Jehovah is said 3 
ΞΘ io cause his name to dwell in a 
place, i. e. to fix his abode there, Jer. 7, 
‘12. Deut. 12,11. 14, 23. 16, 6. 11. 26, 2. 
Neh. 1, 9; i.g. 108 cw, see in σ᾿. 532 
no. 1. f—Also to pitch or set up a tent, 
| toplace, c. acc. Ps. 78, 60 BIND 72D 5πὶδ 
the tent which he set up among men, 

comp. in Kal no. 3, and Hiph. πο. 2. 
















1063 


nou 
Hien. ΞΟ. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 
1 or 2, to lay or cast down,.to depress; 
Ps. 7, 6 3" 7HT2 ὙΥΞΞ let him lay 
mine honour in the dust, cover me-with 
ignominy. 

2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to 
dwell, i. q. Piel; c. acc. of pers. Ps. 78, 
55. Trop. of wickedness, Job 11, 14.— 
Also to set up, lo place, e. g. the cheru- 
bim at the gate of Eden, Gen. 3, 24; a 
tent Josh. 18, 1, comp. Piel. 

Deriv. j28, 72%, j299, pr. n. 97239, 
7728. 

J20 Chald. fut. plur. fem. 723%", to 
dwell, as birds among foliage, Dan. 4, 
18 [21]. 

Pa. to cause to dwell, as God his panes 
c. acc. Ezra 6, 12. 

Ἰ9 τὰ. (τ. 1393) constr. j28 Hos. 10, 
5; 6. suff. 230 Ex. 12,4; plur. c. suff. 
"230. Fem. 7230, c. suff. ποθ Ex. 
3, 22; plur. ΓΞ ὦ Ruth 4, 17. 

1. a dweller, inhabitant, Is. 


Hos. 10,5. Arab. ὧξ Lo id. 


2. one dwelling near, a neighbour, 
Prov. 27, 10. Ex. 12. 4. Ps. 31, 12. 2 K. 
4,3; so of nations or tribes Deut. 1, 7. 
Ps. 44, 14. 79. 4. 12. 80,7. al. Chald. 
139 id.—Fem. a female neighbour Ex. 
3, 22. Ruth 4,17. 

720 m. c. suff. ἜΝ , @ dwelling, once 
Deut. 12,5. R.j 


M720 Naima with Jehovah, r. {20 


33, 24. 


no. 3 fin.) Shecaniah, pr.n.m. a) 1 Chr. 
3,21. b) Neh. 3,29. ¢) 6,18. 4) 
Ezral0,2. e)8,3. f)8,5. g) Neh. 


12, 3, see 73330. 


ἜΘ (id.) Shecaniah, pr. ἢ. m. 
2 Chr. 31, 15; also 1 Chr. 24, 11, see in 
ἀν Ὁ Ὁ 


ν" 20 , fut. "39, inf. constr. 4738 
Hag. 1, 6; $08 Heb. Gr. δ 45. 2. b; ‘to 
drink deeply, to be drunken, sat ΤΥ ΞΡ 
Gen. 9, 21; with acc. of the drink, Is. 
29, 9. 49,26; jo [5. 51,21. Not always 
of drunkenness ; but sometimes lo drink 
to the full, i. ᾳ. 719, Hag. 1, 6 ; to drink 
to hilarily, to be merry, Cant. 5, 1. Gen. 
43, 34.—Metaph. in the prophets the 

- wicked are said fo be drunken, since they 
rush by a sort of madness into their own 
| destruction, Is. 29, 9. 51, 21. Lam. 4, 21. 





ie τ. 


Nah. 3, 11; see fully in ὈΪΞ, also The- 
saur. p. 1409 sq.—Part. pass. M9929 
drunken, intoxicated, Is. 51, 21—Arab. 


po Syr. poe, Eth. (AZ, id. 

Piet to make drunk 2 Sam. 11, 13. 
Metaph. Jer. 51, 7. Is. 63, 6; see in 
Kal. 

Hip. id. to make drunk, trop. 6. g. 
arrows with blood Deut. 32,42; nations, 
see Kal and Pi. Jer. 51, 57. 

Hirup. to make oneself drunk, to get 
drunk, 1 Sam. 1, 14. 

Deriv. "28, 2, 7iWDw. 


ἘΠῚ. 73U i. gq. “99, Arab. 20d, 
to hire, to reward ; wheuce “DON. 


"20 τὰ. (r. 720 1.) temetum, strong 
| drink, any intoxicating liquor, whether 
wine Num. 28, 7; or an intoxicating 
drink resembling wine prepared or dis- 
tilled from barley (Hdot. 2. 77. Diod. 1. 
90, 34. Xen. An. 4. 5. 26), from honey, 
or from dates; see Hieron. Opp. ed. Mar- 
tian. T. IV. p. 364, “Sicera (32) He- 
bro sermone omnis potio, que inebri- 
are potest, sive illa que frumento confi- 
citur, sive pomorum succo, aut quum 
favi decoquuntur in dulcem et barbaram 
potionem, aut palmarum fructus expri- 
muntur in liquorem, coctisque frugibus 
aqua pinguior coloratur.” Comp. Plin. 


H. N. 14. 16 or 19. 5.—Arab. 4 

prepared from dried grapes and dates. 
The "20 is often distinguished from 
- wine, as Lev..10, 9. Num. 6, 3. Judg. 13, 
4.7; and the poets not seldom use in 
one member "> and in the other 152, 
as Is. 5,11. 24,9. 28, 7. 29, 9. 56, 12. 
Prov. 20, 1. 31, 6. Mic. 2, 11.—In Is. 5, 
22 a wine mingled with spices seems to 
be intended, i. q. ΠΟΘ, 31°. 

"DW see -ἰξῶ. 

M72, see r. 720 I, init. 

FMDV m. (r. 728 1) 
ness, Ez. 23, 33. 39, 19. 

2. With πὶ local. moins ; Shikron, pr. 
n. of a place on the ΟΡ δα border of 
the tribe of Judah, towards the west, 
Josh. 15, 11. 


Sw m. error, fault, 2Sam. 6,7. R. 
πρῶ, 


- ΕΣ 
wine 


1. drunken- 


1064 


“Saige p. 99. Jon. 1, 7 ἼΣΟΣ be 

















35u 


50 a particle of the later Hebi 
made up of the prefix ‘ti. ᾳ 738, 
>, hence i. q. > adie. In Rabbit ic 
very frequent, and me there put ἢ 
the genitive; comp. 2 TEN in art. 
A. no. 3. In the Heb. it occur Ol 
with a prefix. 9 


1. ῬῈΞ on account of, an 


of whom, on whose account, for whi 
v. Shas "> “aa. v. 12 bie 7: 
account. It corresponds to the Ara 
ΒΞ, compounded of 3, 53 i. Qa ve 
and 

2. τῶν ΞΦΞ, pr. eo ipso quod, inaw 
soever ; Ecc. 8, 17 baNn doso τῶν Me 
NEO" sb in whatsoever a man lat mu 
yet shall he not find it. It is emphé 
for "2x2 eo quod, in what, (comp. 8; 
ΠΕ ejus ipsius, see Agrell 
Syr. p. 195,) and so is equivalent 
neg-Sok in all whatsoever, i. e. 
much soever. The text needs no a 
rection. δ: 

3. abun “2 who of those to us? ul 
who of ours, who of us, 2 K. 6, 11. 

. | 

7820 m. adj. tranquil, dwelling 
ease, Job 21, 23. Itis either made ἃ! 
from two synonymes M> and TNE; 
comes from the latter alone by inserting 
>, as ὮὭΣΞΙ i. q. ὭΣΤ to be hot; or pe h 
is a mere error for eR. 


᾿ 350 5 in Kal not used; Arab. AA 
is i. q. pbs to break solchar'e, g. in the 


edge of a vessel, sword, etc. Chald 
=v) Pa. to join logether, to connect ; 
whence ΓΞ, steps or rounds of a 
ladder, so called as conjoining the tw 
sides.—In Hebrew this word seems t 0 
have signified to notch into each ὁ 
to join by tenon and mortise. ad 

Pua part. Ex. 26, 17 two tenons ἵ 
each board, mming">y πῶς misbur 
joined one to another, perhaps by tre 
verse pieces of wood under the sche 
v. 19; or filled (corresponding) one 7 
another. 36,22. But Sept. ἀντιπέπτοντας 
ἕτερον τῷ ἑτέρῳ, opposite one to another. 
Hence noua 

D720 τὰ. plur. pr. joinings, join 
e. g. at ‘the corners of a base or pedes- 
tal; then ledges or borders covering 
these joints, 1 K. 7, 28. 29. one 







































τ .. 


* "Say 






















| 338 
. πλοῦ in Kal not used; perh. ei- 
ther to cast down, kindr. with πῶ, 


4 ; 8 ?< 

πρῶ, ἀνα 32, Arab. 5, Aram. 
5 Ὁ , snow, as falling from the clouds; 
) else having some affinity with r. 353 
‘o ‘be bright, to shine, so that snow was 


hen so called from its brightness. 


‘ ‘Hien. tn , prob. denom. from au) 
snow; to be snowy, i. 6. to be white like 
NOW, cat a snow-white colour; so Syr. 
Arab. Comp. for the use of Hiph. in 
designating colours, under 078, 43>. 
s. 68, 15 when the Almighty scattered 
tings in it (the land), 7i2>%2 ἈΦ it 
pas snow-while (like snow) on mount 
Zalmon, sc. with the bones of the slain; 
comp. Virg. AEn. 5. 865. ib. 12. 36, 
Campi ossibus albent. But as mount 
Zalmon was woody (Judg. 9, 47 sq.) 
and could scarcely present the appear- 
ance of a field covered with bones like 
snow, we must either give up this 
meaning of 322m, or else render 2553 
at Zalmon, i. e. in the plain near the 
mountain. Others take it in the sense 
to snow. and ji0bs as an appellative 
‘the shady’; and render: when the Al- 
mighty scallered kings in it, snow fell 
in the darkness, i. e. either light arose 
in the darkness, calamity ; or, snow fell 
as a judgment from God upon the ene- 
my, comp. Job 38, 22.23. See Thesaur. 
p- 1411 sq.—Hence 


Γι 


320 m. in pause 25%, snow, Arab. 
et. Chald. sbm, xz>n, Syr. ἔχον: 


Samar. id.—Job 6, 16. 24, 19. 37, 6. 
38, 22. Ps. 147, 16. Is. 55, 10. al. 2 Sam. 
23, 20 sin bin the time of snow, winter. 
Prov. 31, 21 she (the good housewife) is 
not afraid of the snow for her household, 
1. .6. of the cold, since they are well 
clothed. In ancient times, as now, snow 
was prob. brought in summer from Leb- 
anon (1235 22 Jer. 18, 14) for refresh- 
ment, espec. for cooling drink; so Prov. 
25, 13 as the cold of snow in the time of 
harvest, i. 6. refreshing.—Snow is put 
as the emblem of whiteness, Ex. 4, 6. 
Num. 12, 10. 2 K. 5, 27; of clearness, 
brightness, Lam. 4,7; of purity of mind, 
Ps.51, 9. | 


1065 





mow 


᾿ mow and nw, pr. to be lax, τ 
laxed; like στ. 535 q. v. comp. >dvd. 
Hence 

1. to be tranquil, secure, at rest, espec. 
of one who enjoys quiet prosperity, Job 
3, 26. Jer. 12, 1. Lam. 1. 5. Ps. 122, 6. 
Pret. "n}2 Job lc. Fut. "ΡῈ Ps. 1. 6. 


Of a dwelling, Job 12, 6.—Arab. δίων to 
be tranquil and serene in mind. Chald. 
xbv, Syr. ud», ig. πρῶ, Kindr. is 
mov, also Dbw. 

2. Trop: ‘to be lax, negligent, care- 
less’; hence, to go astray, to sin, to fall 
into sin, from ignorance or inadver- 
tence ; see Niph. Hiph. and deriv. δῷ, 
128 no. 2, 935% no. 2, Chald. πρῶ, adv. 


—Arab, ἅς to be forgetful; Chald. 
x>W and Syr, aX to neglect, to for- 
get; also Chald. 85% to err, to sin, in 
Targ. for Heb. πλῷ. 

3. Trans. fo relax, to set Sree; or, as 
some, to draw or pull out, i. q. 5:2), bbe, 


q. v- like Aram. 85%, ita comp. } nabs, 


Hence is commonty derived fut. apoc. 
5:95 for 9209; Job 27, 8 1:95 mide duit 
when God ‘shall set free (or draw vut) 
his spirit sc. from his body as a prison 
or sheath (comp. 233), i.e. shall take 
away his soul. So Chald and Syr.— 
The conjecture of Schnurrer is not to be 
slighted, that 5.95 is contracted for 58 


9 demand, comp. Arab. 4 oat for 


ἜΣ though. it would then seem 
necessary to read >". 

Nira. 7333, i. q. Kal no. 2, to go 
astray, to sin, 2 Chr. 29, 11. 

Hipn. causat. of Kal no. 2, to lead 
astray, to deceive, 2 K, 4, 28. 

Deriv. 5%, 18 or Sui, ‘by, πρῶ, 
“dw, mabe. 


τοῦ Chald. 1. to be securé, to be at 
rest, i. q. Heb. 93% no. 1; Part. pass. 
ποῦ Dan. 4, 1. 


2. to go astray, to sin, i. ᾳ. Heb. n>¥ 
no. 3. Hence mui, θῶ, 


M2 Chald. f. (r. nba) error, wrong, 
any thing amiss, i. g. 1>t3, made, Dan, 
3, 29 Keth. 


mow ¢ (r.58B) 1. ig. HDNW, petition, 
c.suff. 320 1 Sam. 1,17. See in πρῶ, 


ποὸ 1066 "ὦ 


2. Shelah, pr. n. of a son of Judah, 
Gen. 38, 5. 46, 12. Patronym. “bu 
Sidanile, Num. 26, 20. 

mow, see art. Ἰώ, 

nanew f. (r. 30>, whence Chald. and 
Syr. Shaph. 395%, ond.«) flame, 1372 
mand intens. a flame of flame, Ez. 20, 
47 [21, 3]; of a burning wind Job 15, 
30. Cant. 8, 6 ΡΞ Ι ὦ the flame of 
Jehovah, i. e. lightning ; where others 
read mananbe in one word, or without 
Mappik AAS, but in the same sense. 


iow τη. adj. once npPk' Job 21, 23, also 


ὙΠΟ Jer. 49, 31; fem. n> ; plur. constr. 
“bo. ΕΒ. nb no. 1. 

1. secure, tranquil, at rest, 1 Chr. 4, 
40. Zech. ν᾽ 7; espec. of one living in 
tranquil security, enjoying quiet pros- 
perity, Job 16, 12. 21, 23. Ps. 73, 12. 
Jer. 49, 31. Neut. as subst. security, 
quiet. Job 20, 20. , 

2. Ina bad sense, at ease, careless ; 
hence for wicked, Ez. 23, 42. Comp. 
W282 no. 2. 


ἡ m. tranquillity, security, once c. 
suff. δῷ Ps. 30,7. ΕΒ. πϑῷ πο. 1. 


52 Chald. Γ᾿ (for τῆ in Targg. r. 
nb) error, wrong, something amiss, 
Ezra 4, 22. Dan. 6, 5; also 3, 29 Keri. 


32 Judg. 21,19. 1 Sam. 1/24. 3, 21. 
al. or ΤΟ Josh. 16, 6. 18, 1. 8-10. 1 


Sam. 1, 3.9. al. also ἡ ϑυ Judg. 21, 21. 
Jer. 7,12; and τ 1 K. 2, 27. Gen. 


49, 10 q. v. below; prob. ‘ place of rest, 
peace, quiet, for ji>"%, and this prob. 
for Did"d, from τ. D>Y, see note; Silo, 
Shiloh, pr. ἢ. of acity in the tribe of 
Ephraim, situated among the hills to 
the north of Bethel, eastward of the 
great northern road ; where the sacred 
tabernacle remained for a long time, 
Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. c. 1-4; comp. Ps. 
78,60. In the time of Τονόμμα it was 
utterly desolate, so that the ruins of an 
altar could scarcely be pointed out; 
in Sophon. 1, 14. Epitaph. Paule p. 
676 ed. Martianay. It remained un- 
known during the crusades, and down 
to the present century; and was first 
visited in 1838 ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
Lil. p. 86-89. Sept. Syl or Σηλώμ. 































Josephus Σιλώ, also Σιλούν Autt. δ 
19,20. Hence the present Arabic n 
wy Seilin.—The gentile nou 
Στ or "25U); see art. θῶ. 
The same pr. n. Shiloh may be ἢ 
sumed also in the difficult passage Ge 
49, 10, the sceptre shall not depart froi 
Fula . map? 15) πρῶ xine ™ 
ὈΠῸΣ ttntil Re (Judah) shall come to Sh 
loh, and the nations obey him; thi 
shall he bind, etc. ete. Here 2} 
ace. of place, as in hx Na" and he cam 
to Shiloh 1 Sam. 4, 12. 1 K. 14, 4; 
comp. Judg. 21, 12. 1 Sam. 4,4. It was 
before the patriarch’ mind, that the 
tribe of Judah would be the leader of — 
the other tribes in the war against the 
Canaanites, and thus hold the supreme 
power; see Judg. 1, 1 sq. comp. 20, 18. 
Num. 2, 1 sq. 10, 14; nor could this” 
war be regarded as finished and victory 
obtained, until “the Hebrews came as 
conquerors to Shiloh, in the middle of 
the land, and there set up the sacred 
ark and tabernacle ; after which, the 
Canaanites being now subdued, Judah 
ceased to be leader, and the land was 
distributed in peace among the tribes % 
see espec. Josh. 18, 1. This interpre- 
tation was proposed by Teller, and has 
been followed by Herder, Bleek, Tuch, 
Ewald, Delitzsch, and others. In the 
name nbnes the author prob. had respect 
to the signification rest, peace ; and the 
prophecy may have looked forward be- 
yond that epoch of time.—The various 
interpretations of this passage are given 
by Hengstenberg, Christol. des N. T. 1. 
p. 59 sq. Reinke Die Weissagung Ja-— 
cobs etc. Miinst. 1849. Exclusive of the 
one above given, they belong to three — 
classes: a) Some prefer the defective 
orthography πρῶ, θῶ, which they then 
read Mbt or iM i. q. % “wx , and render, 
until he shall come to whom is or belongs 
sc. the sceptre, dominion. This they 
refer either to some one of the Jewish 
kings, as Solomon; or more usually to 
the Messiah. So*Targ. Hieros. and — 
Onk. Peshito, also Jahn, Bohlen, and — 
others. They appeal to the like idea, 
Ez. 231, 32 [27] wnvian i> Wy Ra ID 
until he come whose right it is, i. 6. the 
Messiah. Butalthough this mightseem 


—_ 





son; Rabb. babe embryo. 








finde. 


“δῷ 1067 


imitated from the passage in Genesis, 
yet it can hardly be so regarded; for 
the form ὦ is unknown in the Penta- 
teuch, and an ellipsis of »2Wan cannot 
be admitted. b) There are Jewish 
writers, who explain 757% or i>" by 
his son, sc. Judah’s, i. e. the Messiah as 


of that tribe ; comp. Arab. fw I foetus, 
So Abulwa- 
lid, D. Kimchi; also Illgen. _c) Nota 
few modern interpreters, as Vater, Ge- 
senius, Rosenmiller, Winer, Hengsten- 


berg, Knobel, take m>"w here as an ap- 


pellative, signifying either peace, quiet, 
or (abstr. from concer.) pacificator, prince 
of peace. Most understand by it the 
Messiah; who is called Di>w 7 prince 
of peace Is. 9,5; though they differ in 
explaining the single words. But this 
view labours under the difficulty, that 
no such appellative noun is elsewhere 
found, nor one of a like form; except 
57a, which itself is the name of a place, 
as is also δ every where else.—The 
variety of orthography in this passage 
is the same as in the rest, where it is the 
name ofacity. We find >" in most 
Mss. and editions; “>v} in 38 Jewish 
Mss. and all the Samaritan; i>"W ina 
few Mss. and 45% in the margin of cer- 
tain codices; see De Rossi Var. Lect. 
T. LV. App. p. 217 sq. 

Nore. As to the etymology of πῶ 
or >, there is hardly a similar form, 
except “rss pr. n. of a city; and as in- 
terpreters have derived this from r. MDa, 
so they commonly refer 7>7% to r. nbid ; 
comparing the forms i2"p, 77D. But 
this is wrong ; for 75" , i5"S , must then 
be regarded ‘a ΑΕ παν ΡΝ 
and 273 from™ i593; as.from "Wz we 


sometimes find Ἠῶ. Henoe τϑοῶ, boy 
may have come rather from πονῶ, and 


m>"3 from yea. But although nouns 
from verbs > often have the ending 
ji-, yet a form like 75", is very rare ; 
and could be made only by transpos. for 
It is therefore better and more 
certain, to regard >, id as for 
Bid" from r. D>; just as «abt is for 
pitt}. Comp. the Gr. Σηλώμ. 


mow f. (r. 75% no. 1) constr. πῶ, 
a tranquillity, security, Prov. 17, 1. 
Ps. 122, 7. Ez. 16, 49. miowa in the 





ph) 


midst of security Dan. 8, 25. 11, 21, 
(comp. Job 15, 21,) i. e. unexpectedly, 
suddenly, like Chald.and Syr. nabwa, 
ΓΘ 77, woe eto. Comp. Dan. 1, 
24. 

2. In ἃ bad sense, careless security, 


. wickedness, comp. r. 928 no. 2; so Prov. 


1, 82. Plur.c. suff. ΠΩ ἸΡῈΞ Jer. 22, 21. 


. ΓΦ Chald. f. security, safety, quiet, 
Dan. 4, 24, R. πρῷ. 

ODO τη, plur. (r. m>w) after the 
form D™"p2.. 

1. a sending away, dismission ; Ex. 
18, 2 ΡΠ “ns after her sending 
away, i. e. after Moses, when about to 
go into Egypt to deliver the Israelites, 
had sent back his wife Zipporah with 
their children to her father’s house. So 
in Mic. 1, 14 B°Ms>w jm is to give dis- 
mission, i. q. to dismiss, to relieve, to 
cease from possessing.—In neither pas- 
sage is the idea of divorce necessary, 
as some hold; comp. r. M2 Pi. no. 3. ἃ. 

2. a marriage-gifl, sc. on sending 
away a daughter, a portion, dowry, 1 K. 
9,16. Comp. Pi. πξῷῶ Judg. 12, 9. 


Ἐῶ, rarely Dow m. (r. b>t) constr. 
pibw. 

A) Adj. after the form 5473, whole, 
sound, safe, inleger, 6. g 

1. Of the body, sound, well, in health, 
Gen. 43, 27 02°38 pibiin is your father 
well? 1 Sam. "25, 6. 2Sam. 17,3. 20,9. - 
Job 5, 24. Ps. 38, 4 vex3a Did γὶ there 
is nothing sound (no health) i in my bones. 
Is. 41, 3. 

2. or number, whole, in full number, 
Jer. 13, 19. 

3. secure, tranquil, Job 21,9; plur. Ps. 
69, 23. 

4, seeking peace, friendly, allied, Ps. 
55, 21. 

B) Subst. wholeness, soundness, i. 6. 

1. health, weal, welfare, prosperity, good 


of every kind; Arab. Ὁ oh KONG, 
Aram. 858, soe, Eth. LAP. Deut. 
29, 18.) 1K: 2,33. Ps. 27,11. 37. Is. 52, 7. 
Jer. 4,10. al. 1K. 2,13 Axia odein is 
thy coming Sor good? to which the an- 
swer is: οἵδ for good! and so 1 Sam. 
16, 4. In the same sense ΡΠ for 


ἀν 2K. 5, 21. 9,11. 17. 22. —Spee. in 
the following conatructions and phrases: 


"δι 


ἃ) > pibuin, once without He > pibw 
2 Sam. 18, 29, lit is health to him? i.e. 
is he well § 2 is it well with him? in ask- 
ing after the welfare of an absent per- 
son, Gen. 29,6. 2 K.4,26. The answer is 
piaw Gen. |. c. comp. 43, 28.—Hence 

8) ibe ‘p> Daw lo ask one after his 
welfare, i. e. to salute any one, see in 
daw Π 1.b; comp. 2 Sam. 11,7 >xw 
ranban pibuib 313 and David asked. 
how the war prospered. Also “MX AN 
‘p pibw vo see after the health, welfare, of 
any one, to see how he does, Gen. 37,14; 
with 515 Esth. 2,11; with pp 1 Sain, 
17, 18. Ellipt. 2 K. 10, 18 we go down 
(to see) after the welfare of the king’s 
children, i. 6. to salute and visit them. 

6) pide (72>) 32 1 Sam. 1,17. 20, 42, 
and pibein je 2 Sam. 15, 9, a form. of 
wishing ‘well to one departing. go in 
peace, i.e. may every good befall thee! 
Gr. ὕπαγε sic εἰρήνην Mark 5, 34, and 
πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην Luke 7, 50. 

d) On the other hand (23) 72 Di>dw, 
welfare to thee, may il be well with thee 
Judg. 6, 23. 19,20. Dan. 10,19. Gen. 43, 23, 
a form of addpena when one would encou- 
rage a timid person and assure him of 
safety, i.q. ‘thou hast [ye have] nothing 
to fear, thou art in safety ;? hence we 
thrice find added δὸς, ἈΝ ΛΌΓΟΝ, 
comp. 1 Sam. 20, 21 Ἢ ἰδ ἊΦ for then 


all is well with thee, thou art in safety, 


thy matter is prosperous. v.7. See also 
2 Sam. 18, 28, where a messenger of 
good diditios exclaims o>, q. ἃ. all is 
well! comp. 1 Chr. 12, 18.—Among the 
Arabs dike Soy, es salam ’aleika, 
and among the Syrians ceased ἴδον, 

as also Rabbin. Ἢ9. o1bw, are forms of 
salutation to persons approaching or 
passing by; but in this sense the above 
Heb. phrase is not found in the O. T. 


2. peace, ag to war, since in a time 
of peace one’s affairs are in safety and 


prosperity, Lev. 26,6. Judg.4,17.1Sam. — 


7,14. 1 K.2,5. 2K. 20, 19. 5 pibuih Nop 


to invite any one to peace, i. 6. to offer 


peace, Deut..20, 10. Judg. 21, 13; ΓΝ 
i> 6. acc. of pers. to answer peace, 
j.e. to accept offered peace, Deut.20, 11. 
δ᾽ Ὁρῶ ΓΙῸΣ 10 make or grant peace to 
any one Josh. 9, 15. Is. 27, 5; Is. 57, 2 
pibw Nia? he shall enter into peace, i. 6. 


1068 












nbz 
the sepulchre. i> ὅπ α man of 
peaceful, Ps. 37, 3¥. cide “123 
of peace, pacific, Deut.-22, "26. οἰῶ. 
prince of peace, the Messiah, Is. 9, δ. 
Hence Ὕ 
3. concord, friendship, 2153 tx 
Friend, my ally, Ps. 41, 10. Jer. 20, 1 
38, 22. Obad. 7. εἰσ "235 speaking 
friendahip Ps. 28, 3; comp. Ἐδέμ. 9, 30. 
Jer. 9, 7. 


Didt), see pdt, 
obo retribution, see bY. 


728 (prob. for ode) Shallun, Shale 
lum, pr. n. m. Neh, 3, 15. 


Wi>W three, see wy, 


nde fut. Mbt"; inf πρῶ, once 
πρῷ Is. ‘58, 9; inf absol. mide ; ; imper. 
nbn , plur. mbt), c. suff. bo | ye hae 

1. to send ; Sept. mostly ἀπόστλι ἢ 
ἐξαποστέλλω, Chald. πϑῷ q. v. | Syr. 
ue. The primary notion of r. no 
is apparently ‘to relax, to loosen, to let 
go’; kindr. are 513, πρῶ, 55. gq. v.— 
Construed: a) Absol. Gen. 38,17, ne | 
59, 1; often so that another verb is sub- 
joined with or without a copula, 6. g. 1 Κ΄ 
18,.19 “1 yap πρῷ send, gather εἰσ. 
2 K. 11,4 ps, mbes hé sent and — 
fetched etc. Gen. 31, 4. Ex. 9, 19. Job 
1,4. al. Here the ace, of the person 
sent is omitted; comp. Gen. 31,4. Ὁ) 
With ace, of the person sent, Gen. 42, 4. | 
43, 8. 45, δ. Ex. 5, 22. 1 Sam. 15, 20. 
2 K.1,6. Is, 6, 8. al. espec. a messenger, — 
embassador, Gen. 32, 4. Num. 20, 14. 
Judg. 6, 35. 7, 24. 2 Sam. 2,5. 1K. 19, 
2. Is. 18, 2. al. sepe. With a dat: pleon. 
added, > πϑῷ send for thyse A Num. 13, 
2. Rarely in later H@®. c. > of pers. — 
2 Chr. 17,7. Jer. 16,16. 6) With acc. — 
of place to which one sends, 1 Sam. 4, 4. — 
1K. 5,28. 2K. 2, 4. 6; also 6, ἽΣ of — 
place, 2 K, 2, 2. 4) With ace. of pers. — 
and > of thing, as 02> for water Jer. 
14, 3; but oftener with > c. inf. of some- 
thing to be done, as Num. 13, 16 these 
are the names of the men, MB MB wx 
VINNY ΠΡ. whom Moses sent to spy 
out the land. 14, 36. Deut. 34,11. Josh. | 
6, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 1. Is. 61, 1. Zech. 1, 
10. al. 6) With acc. of pers. sent and 
>d& of pers. to whom, Gen. 37, 13. 46, 28. 
Ex. 3, 13. 14. 15. 7, 16. 1 Sam. 9, 16. 





_ that for which Joab had sent him. 


now 


2K. 5,6. Jer. 25, 4. 17. Zech. 2, 12. al. 
Rarely as in\Chald. c: *>3, Neh. 6, 3. Jer. 


26, 15. 29, 31. 2K. 18, 27. Also c. dN 


of pers. and > of hing for which, 1K. 
20,7; or > ὁ. inf, Num. 29,37. f) With 
acc. of pers. and "78 of person, to send 
after, i. e. so as to follow one departing, 
2 Sam. 3, 26. 2K. 7, 14. 14, 19; comp. 
Zech. 2,12 [8]. g) With acc. of the 
thing sent, Gen. 38, 23. 45, 27. 46, 5. 
Esth. 4, 4; espec. letters, Neh. 6, 19. 
Esth. 1, 22. Also acc. of thing and 5x 
of pers. 2 K. 20, 12. Jer. 29, 1. 25; so 
letters, Jer. 29, 25. Esth. 9, 20. 30; 5 
of pers. Gen. 32, 19. 45, 23. Ps. 78, 25. 
2 Chr. 16,1. h) Sometimes the per- 
son sent is put with 775, by the hand 
of, 1 Sam. 16, 20. 2 Sam. 11, 14. ,12, 25. 
1 K. 2, 25 3n22a 712 423n mbes and 
the king sent by the hand of Benaiah, i.e. 
he deputed Benaiah.. Ex. 4,13 xa-nbei 
πρ τ 3 send now by whomsoever thou 
wilt send. i) Pregn. 2 Sam. 15, 12 
manna inv Sphonscny ofduax ἜΝ 
and Absalom sent [and called, i.e. sent 
Sor | Ahithophel from his city, from Giloh. 

Spec. of things: aa) losend to any 
one, i. 6. to send word (0°37 >), to 
send a messenger to him, Judg. 11, 28. Is. 
37, 17. Prov. 26,6 >*0D 53 023 M3 
whoso sendeth a message by the hand of 
a fool, i. 6. whoever makes use of a fool 
as his messenger. Absol. in the same 
sense, Gen. 38, 25 "iax> nvan->y nb 
she sent to her father-in-law, saying, i.e. 
she sent him this word. 1 K. 20, 5. 
2 K. 5,8. Neh. 6, 8. Jer. 29, 31; with- 
out "xd 1 Sam. 20,21. With ace. of 
the message thus sent, 1 K. 5, 23 τ 
ὋΝ ποῦ ὯΝ oipsn wnto the place 
which thou shalt send word to me, i. 6. 
shall point out. 20,9. 21,11. Jer. 42,5. 
21. 43, 1; c. dupl. acc. to send one with 
or for any thing, 2 Sam. 11, 22 and he 
told David δὴν n> stiy-boony all 
1K. 
14,6. Ex. 4, 28. bb) God is said to 
send help, Ps. 20,3; deliverance, 111, 9; 


_ his favour, 57, 4; plenty, Joel 2, 19; 
rain, Job 5, 10; oracles and precepts, 


Is. 9,7. Zech. 7, 12. Ps. 147, 15; signs 


94, 12. Jer. 25, 16. 27. 


and wonders, Ps. 135, 9; espec. calami- 
ties, plagues, Ex. 9, 14. 23, 28. Josh. 
Ps. 105, 28. 144, 


6. Here Piel is more common, q. v. 


90 


1069 





now 


2. to send away, i.e. to let go, i. q. a 
no. 3. Judg. 11,38. Ps. 50, 19 AMD ἢ 
M373 thou lettest go thy mouth to yee as 
if unbridled. Pregn. 72 ὅτι Mb fo let 
go one’s hand from any thing, i. 6. to 
withdraw it, 1 K. 13, 4.—Part. pass. 
ππρ mb a hind let loose, roaming 
freely, Gen. 49, 21. Others less well, 
a slender hind, see in no. 3 fin. 

3. to send out or forth, i. 6. to put forth, 
to stretch out, to extend, e. g. a rod, staff, 
Ps. 110, 2. 1 Sam. 14, 27; a sickle into 
the harvest Joel 4, 13, comp. Rev. 14, 
15. 18; a branch to the nose, Ez. 8, 17, 
see in art. M21. So too the finger, 
as in scorn, Is. 58, 9. Espec. to send 
out or put forth the hand, (Hom. χεῖρας 
ἰάλλω Od. 9. 288. ib. 10. 376,) Gen. 3, 
22. 8,9. 19,10. 48,14. Ex. 3, 20. Deut. 
25, 11. 2 Sam. 15, 5. Cant. 5,4; 6. g. 
for smiting, Job 1,11. 2,5. Ps. 138, 7. 
a) With > ¢. inf. for doing a wrong, | 
1 Sam. 22, 17. 2 Sam. 1,14. Ὁ) With 
>> wpon a thing which it is wrong to 
touch, 1 K. 13,4. 1 Chr. 13,10. c) 
With >x of pers. to put forth the hand 
to or upon, to lay hand upon, sc. in vio- 
lence, Gen. 22, 12. Ex. 24,11. 2 Sam. 
18, 12. Job 1, 12. d) With 3 of thing, 
to put forth the hand upon, e. g. a rock, 
in order to remove it, Job 28, 9;.also to 
lay hand on any thing, i. e. to seize, to 
purloin it, Ex. 22,7. Esth. 9, 10. 15. 16. _ 
Dan. 11, 42; somewhat different, Ps. 
125, 3 lest the righteous also put forth - 
their hands unto iniquity, i. e. to do 
iniquity. Also with 3 of pers. to put 
Sorth the hand upon or against, to lay 
hands upon, Gen. 37, 22. 1 Sam: 24, 7. 
11. 26, 9. 11. 23. Esth. 3,6. 8, 7. 9, 2; 
once for punishment, Neh. 13, 21. Pe- 
culiar is Cant. 5,4 "ΤΠ ya it md he 
put forth his hand from the window, 1. e. 
he put itin through the window into 
the house.—Sometimes 7 is omitted, 
as Ps. 18, 17, comp. 144, 7; also before 
dx of thing, 2 Sam. 6, 6; befite 2 Ob. 
13.—Part. pass. πῆρ pr. extencled; then 
slender ; so of a hind according to some, 
Gen. 49, 21; but see above in no. 2 fin. 

Pret πρῶ, 3 plur. pret. in pause ἡ, 

1. i. gq. Kal no. 1, to send, 6. g. to a 
place, Is. 43,14; with acc. of pers. sent, 
Gen. 19, 13. 28, 5.6. Judg. 20, 6. Is. 10. 
6. Jer. 24, 5. 28; or with acc. of thing, 


| ποῦ 


Gen. 38, 17. Ex. 23, 27. 1 Sam. 11, 7. 
Mal. 2, ds or with by to whom, 2 Chr. 
32, 31 with acc. of thing and 5 of pers. 
2 Chr. 24, 23; acc. of thing with >x fo 
whom and 773 by whom, Jer. 27, 3. But 
in this signif. Kal is far more frequeitt ; 
while Piel is more usual in the sense fo 
send upon any one, as God sends calam- 
ities, plagues, see Kal no. 1. bb; c. 3 
Deut. 7, 20. 32, 24. 2K. 17, 25. Ps. 78, 
45; ὃκ Ez. 14,19; 9 5, 17; 2 Jer. 48, 
12; Ἔτι 9, 15. 49, 37. Also yi mbes 
to wohl strife, i. e. to excite or occasion 
it, Prov. 6, 14. 19. 16, 28. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but more frequent, 
to send away, to let go or depart, to dis- 
miss, 6. g. one about to go away, and 
espec. who has been in any way de- 
tained, Gen. 24, 54. 30, 25. 45, 24. Ex. 
3, 20. Josh. 2, 21. Judg. 2, 6. 1 Sam. 6, 
6. 2 Sam. 11, 12; so of the ark which 
the Philistines had detained, 1 Sam. 6, 
2. 3.8; of flocks sent out to pasture, 
Ex. 22, 4, comp. Is. 32, 20; of Samson’s 
foxes, Judg. 15,5; of the scape-goat let 
go into the desert, Lev. 16, 10 sq. of a 
- bird let fly, Gen. 8, 7. 8. Lev. 14, 7. 53. 
Deut. 22, 7; of waters sent forth in 
streams, Ez. 31, 4. Ps. 104,10. Also Zo 
let goa captive from custody, 1 K. 20, 
42, Jer. 40, 1. 45, 13. Zech. 9, 11, 
comp. 1 Sam. 24, 20. Ez. 13, 20; ofa 
slave, to set free, to manumit, Jer. 34, 9 
sq. see "WEN, and comp. Jndg. 1, 25; 
op mbui, without ‘a gift, see in art. 
ΡΤ; of ἀκα μον to set out, to give in 
marriage, fully nein ina πξε Judg. 12, 
9. Also to accompany one departing, to 
send him on his way, προπέμπειν, Gen. 
18, 16. 31, 27. Judg. 3, 18 (comp. v. 19). 
1 Sam. 9, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 32 and (Bar- 
zillai’) went over Jordan ‘with the king, 
FIPAMY IMdw>, Keri p=N-ny, to con- 
duct him by aria. i. 6. its further 
bank; here Keth. wishes no good sense ; 
perh. it should read 1153 inx mbdwd. 
_ With ace. of pers. and “72 of thing, to 
give over into the power of any thing, 
Job 8, 4 if thy children have sinned 
aetna him (God), ὈΣΩΒ Ta obey 
and he have given them over to the power 
of their transgression, i. e. to merited 
punishment; comp. Ps. 81, 13.—Fur- 
ther, to let down any one with ropes 
into a subterranean prison; Jer. 38, 6. 


1070 


‘Things, as arrows 1 Sam. 20, 20; fi 


17, 8. Ob. 1. 





noe 


11; also once to let hang down or 
long, sc. the hair, Ez. 44, 20. 

3. to send forth, in a stronger sense, 
i. 6. to cast, to throw, to shoot, e. g. a) 

















into a city Am. 1, 4 sq. 2, 2.5. Hos. 8, 
14; which is also expressed by Ἢ MW 
wxa to give or commit to the flames, Fr. 
mettre ἃ feu, Judg. 1,8. 20, 48. 2K. 8, 
12. Ps. 74,7. δ) to cast forth, to cast 
down, Ece. 11,1. Job 30, 11 they cgst offbe- 
fore me the bridle, i. e. act in an unbridlec 
manner. 39, 3 they cast forth their pains, 
i. 6. they bring forth the feetus, and at” 
the same time are freed from their pains 5 
see in 52m p. 292. 1 K. 9, 7 and this 
house, which I have hallowed for my 
name, "28 ὉΣῺ ΤΞΩΝ will J cast forth 
from my sight, will reject it; comp. 
parall. 2 Chr. 7, 20 977>0x. 9) to cast” 
out, to eject, to expel any one, Gen. 3, 23. 
Lev. 18, 24. 1 K. 9, 7. Is: 27, 8. Jer. 15, 
1. 28, 16. Job 14, 20. Poetically, Job 
30, 12 amas 7339 they thrust or push away 
my feet, so that I fall. ἃ) Spec. tusend 
or put away a wife or concubine, to di- 
vorce a wife, Gen. 21,14. Deut. 21, 14. 9 
22,19. 29. 24, 1. 3. 4. 2 Sam. 13, 16. 9 
Jer. 3, 1. 8. Mal. 2, 16 where inf. πϑῷ | 
as subst. 1 Chr. 8, 8; comp. Is. 50, 1. 

4, i.q. Kal πο. 3, to put forth or stretch 
out, to extend, e. g. the hand, Prov. 31, 
19. 20; a tree its roots, to spread out, 
Jer. 17,8; and its branches, Ez. 17, 6. 
7. 31, 5. Ps. 80,12. So God is said fo 
spread out a people, Ps. 44, 3 thou didst 
drive out the heathen with thy hand, and — 
plantedst them (Israel) ; thou didst afflict © 
the nations, and spread them out, sc. Is- i 
rael. | 

Pua mth 1. Pass. of Piel no. 1,and_ 
of Kal no. 1, to be sent, Prov. 17, 11. Jer. 


2. to be sent away, to be let go, dis-— 
missed, Gen. 44, 3. Is. 50,1; comp. in 
Piel no. 3.d. Hence to be left, forsaken, 
Prov. 29, 15 mbt "22 a neglected child. 

3. to be cast out, expelled; Is. 16, 2 
a bird mtn 4p driven from the nest. 
Is. 27, 10 nb | τὴ} a habitation driven 
out (i. e. its inmates) and forsaken like a 
desert. Also to be cast, driven, impelled 
into a net, Job 18, 8. Judg. 5, 15 pasa 
Mew he was driven or he rushed into aie 
plain. 











ποῦς 
. Hien. 9755, i. q. Piel no. 1, to send, 
sc. plagues, calamities, wpon any one, 
6. 5, Ex. 8,17. Lev. 26, 22. Am. 8, 11. 
Ez. 14, 13; also an enemy, 2 K. 15, 37. 
Deriv. πο, πρῶ, nindw, “nbs, 
pny, nds, Dmaby, ribwa, nde, 
nnd. 


M20 Chald. fut. ἐὺ: 1. to send, 
Ezra 4, 14, 7,14. Dan. 3, 2. 6,23; with 
acc. of thing and >> to whom, Ezra 4, 

11. 18. 5, 6. 17; also 4, 17. 5, 7. 

_ 2. With 3, to put forth or stretch out 
the hand, Dan. 5, 24; c. > to attempt 
any thing, Ezra 6, 12. 


M2W m. in pause mbw,c. suff. inv. 
R. nbc. 

1. a missile weapon, as sent against an 
enemy, 6. σ΄. ἃ ΓΝ gee spear, etc. 


Arab. and 
Coe ond che 


sa a sword ; gt an armed man; 


collect. arms, 


w Conj. V, to arm oneself—2 Chr. 


32, 5. 23,10. mba 72> to perish by 
the weapon-sc. of death, Job 33, 18. 36, 
12; for Joel 2,8 see in 732 no, 1. b. 
Here belongs the difficult passage, Neh. 
4, 17 [23] pvan inde ws every man his 
weapon for water, i. e. every man went 
for water with his weapon in his hand ; 
comp. v. 11. 2 Chr. 23, 10. But the 
hetter reading is 1193 in>H wx, see 
Reediger de Interp. Arab. p. 60. 

2. a shoot, sprout, plant, Cant. 4, 13. 
Comp. τ. 93% Pi. no. 4. 

3. Shelah, Salah, pr.n. a) Asonof 
Arphaxad Gen. 10, 24. 11,12. Ὁ) An 
aqueduct and pool near Jerusalem, ap- 
parently thesame with τ q. v. Neh: 
3,15. Vulg. Siloe. 


mu m. (τ. M>Y) for mids as in 
Chaldee, after the form 7iu"p, 7iws>D; 
pr. a sending. of water, i. 6. a conduit, 
_ aqueduct, comp. τ. M28 Ps. 104, 10, and 
Gr. ἱέναι poor 1]. 12. 25.—With the art. 
m>un Shiloah, Siloah, Siloam, pr. ἢ. of 
an aqueduct and small reservoir or 
fountain at the foot of Zion on the south- 
eastern part of Jerusalem, Is. 8,6. See 
Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 5. 12. 2. ib. 6. 7. 2. 
ib. 6. 8. 5. It is apparently the same 
with that called πρῶ in Neh. 3, 15. 
The LXX. and Josephus (I. 6.) write 


1071 





nba 


the name Σιλωάμ, and so John 9, 7, 
where it is explained by ἀπεσταλμένος, 
abstr. for concr. This refers probably 
to the long subterranean passage or 
aqueduct, by which the water is brought 
from the intermitting fountain higher 
up in the valley of the Kidfon. Fora 
full description of this ancient fountain, 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 493-498, 
500 sq. By a misapprehension of the 
language of Josephus (B. J. 5. 4. 2), 
several writers have formerly sought 
for Siloam on the south-west of Zion; 
Reland Palest. p. 858. Gesen. Comm. 
on Is: 7, 3.—Arab. cyl Selwan. 


ninow f. plur. (τ. 93%) shoots, ENG 
Is. 16, 8. See Pi. no 4. 


"150 (perh. armed) Shilhi, pr. n. m. 
1 K. 22, 42. 2 Chr. 20, 31. R. mb. 


O° (armed men, τ. Md) Shilhim, 
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Judah, 
Josh. 15, 32. 


ria m. (τ. πρῶ, after the form 
5) constr. 77256 ; plur. miz>t , constr. 
nism ; a table, so called from its being 
extended, spread out, see the root no. 3, 
and * τανύειν ἐράδόϊον Od. 10. 37; aled 
Ps. 69, 23 below. Especially a canis as 
spread with food, viands, Judg. 1, 7. 
1 Sam. 20, 29. 34. 1 K. 5,7. 10,5. Job 
36, 16. Neh. 5, 17. So wabun ΠΣ to 
prepare or spread a table Ps. “22, 5. 78, 
19. Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5; jrbinnby = 
to sit at table 1 K. 13, 20; by boN 

B i> to eat at one’s table, with him, 
2 Sain 9, 11. 13, comp. v. 7. 10; "b> 

5 ἡποὼ those eating at one’s table, {ables 
companions, guests, 1 K. 18, 19. 2, 7. 
2 Sam. 19, 29. Of the table of shew- 
bread in the tabernacle and temple, 
p28 71> Num. 4,7; ὈΞΊΣΘΙΙ ὦ 2 Chr. 
29, 18, and plur. “an mismbe) 1 Chr. 28, 
16; see in arts. EM? no. 2, ὌΞΟΣ Ὁ, and 
m2 no. 1. The same is *hen bein 
the pure table Lev. 24,6; and so where 
the tabernacle or Necple is spoken of, 
simply jm>wn Ex. 30, 27. 37, 10 sq. 
Num. 8. 81. .1.κ. 7, 48. Also ym 
mins the table of Jehovah, his altar, Mal. 
1, 7. 12. Ez. 41, 22. 44, 16, comp. 23, 
41. Of the Alter or table prepared be: 
fore idols, lectisternia, Is. 65, 11 D°279n 
120 742 who prepare a table for Gad. 


ow 


the god of-good fortune—As to the 
form of tables among the Hebrews, 
little is known ; but, as in other oriental 
nations, they were prob. not high. In 
Ex. 25, 23, indeed, the table for the 
shew-bread is described as acubit anda 
halfin height ; but the table of Herod’s 
temple, as depicted on the arch of Titus 
at Rome, is only half a cubit high. 

Prob. the table of the ancient Hebrews 
differed little from that of the modern 
Arabs, viz. a piece of skin or leather, a 
mat, or a linen cloth, spread upon the 
ground. Hence the fitness of the name, 
7120 something spread, and also the 
phrase WH 29; and hence too light 
is shed upon Ps. 69, 23 Cr3B>02N2w 7 
mp) let their table before them become a 
snare or net, i. e. let their feet become 
entangled fn it, as spread on the ground, 
so that they may stumble and fall; see 
in mp 1.2. Comp. Gen. 18, 4. 


. now fut. Ὁρῶ", a verb of the later 
Hebrew ; except the deriv. Ὁ" ἘΦ once 
Gen. 42, 6; but frequent in Aramean ; pr. 
to be Ahare. hard, harsh; hence a) to 
rule, 10 have dominion, over any one, c. 3 
Ece. 2,19. 8, 9; by Neh. 5, 15. b) to 
gain Mousiion. to get the mastery, c. 3 


of pers. Esth. 9, 1—Arab. 4.4 to be 


harsh, vehement, V to get dominion ; 
- 9g 9 


ibe power, concr. the Sultan. 
Eth. WAM to-have dominion. Aram. 
see in Chald. 020. 

Hipn. 1. to let have dominion over 
any one, Ps. 119, 133. . 
_ 2. to give power to do any thing, to 
permit, Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Comp. >i 
Ex. 21,8; also Syr. pXo Pa. 

Deriv. Bet}, fiw, ww. 


Dw Chald. fut. o>" 1. to rule, to 
have dominion, 6. a in or over any thing 
Dan. 2, 39. 5,7. 16; to have power over 
any chit: 80 as to ating it, Dan. 3, 27. 

2. With 3, to get the mastery of, i. 6. 
to rush or fall upon, Dan. 6, 25. . 

Apen. to let bear rule, to make ruler 
or lord over any one, c. 3 Dan. 2, 38. 48. 

Deriv. Chald. 71033, jad}, wb) , 


D>) τῇ, (τ. 028) a shield, only plur. 
pve), constr. "420 shields, apparently 


1072 



















bow 


so called from being hard or perh. ton 
see the signif. of the Arabic root und 

wbvs, and comp. the adj. Ὁ ὦ. 2 Sam. 
8, 7 Ξπῖτι "Le the shields of gold. 2K, 
11,10. 2 Chr. 23,9, Cant. 4,4, ΕΖ. 27, 
11, in which passages shields are spoke 
of as suspended for ornament upon 
walls. Jer. 51, 11 sharpen the arrows, 
pro >wir ἘΝ ΡῺ 1 fill out the shields, i. e. put 
them on, see in r. ΑΒ no. 1. ‘a. — Inter 
preters have long hesitated as to th 
signification of this word; and some 
have even rendered it by quivers, as 
(after Jarchi) Jahn Archeol. II. ii. p. 


428; or also darts, comp. bL. arrow: 


The signification here given has been 
adopted by most commentators from 
Kimchi onwards, and is supported by 
probable etymology, by the context of 
all the passages, and by the authority 
of the ancient versions. Thus the Tar- 
gums and Syriac version often retain” 
the same word, as being common in 
Aramean ; but the Chaldee translator 
of the Chronicles gives it in two places 
by shields, 1 Chr. 18, 7. 2 Chr. 23, 9; 
and the translator of Jeremiah, ec. 13, 23, 
uses the words M"ry2p9 "Y> to denote . 
the spots of the leopard, as resembling 
the figure of a shield. Among the 
later Syrians this word appears to have ~ 
become obsolete; for Bar Bahldél, in 
Lex. Oxon. Ms. under LAS», himself 

fluctuates between the various opinions 
of Syrian interpreters, the most of whom 
however understand by it quivers. . 


ἸΏ τὰ. (τ. wdei) powerful, potent, 
Ecc. 8, 4; with 3 having power over any 
thing, v. 8. | 


ΩΦ Chald. (r. wbx!) one in power, 
a ruler, magistrale, Dan. 3. 2. 


joo Chald. m. constr. 722, domin- 
ion, power, empire, Dan. 3,33. 4,19. 7, 6. 
14. 6, 27 "ΗΘ Ὁ whe-ba in every do- 
minion of my Itingdom, i. 6. throughout 
my whole empire. Plur. x*28>t, em-— 
pires, kingdoms, Dan. 7, 27. Arab. 


9 > A He ; : 
; LBL dominion, and concr. dominus 
rex, Sult&n. 


MOU Ε see ὉΠ Ὁ no. 1. 











"δ 


(bt m. (τ. 5%) in pause "ti, quiet, 
atiliness ; 2 Sam. 3, 27 "wa in quiet, 
i. e. privately. 


M720 £ (τ. Md no. 3) the afler-birth, 
the membrane which envelopes the 
foetus and follows the birth, Deut. 28, 57. 


Arab. . & the membrane enveloping the 
feetus ; Chald. ποθῶ, Talmud. xn750, 


R150 , after-birth ; Syr. (dedw id. 
ne and 0, see in 1>0. 


2b m. adj. (τ. 2}t), fem. mubd for 
mob, the "~ being dropped in the 
feminine, like ἈΝ f, MIAN. 

1. hard, vehement, imperious, fem. of 
an imperious woman, impudent, Ez. 


16,30. Arab. ἰϑυλῶ, kai. 


2. powerful, mighty, i. e. having power 
over any thing, c. 3 Ecc. 8, 8.—Subst. 
one having power, u ruler, magistrate, 
Ecc. 7,19. 10,5. Gen. 42, 6. 


ὌΠ Chald. (τ. D>) 1. powerful, 
mighty, Dan. 2,10. 4,23; having power 
in or over any thing, bearing rule over, 
6. 3, Dan. 4, 14. 22. 29. 5, 21.—Subst. 
a ruler, prince, Dan. 2, 15. 5, 29. Ezra 

4, 20. 
2, οὐ ND, with >. inf. there is no 

power to do any thing, i. 6. it is not per- 
mitted, non licet, Ezra 7, 24. 


wy and wou m. (r, 65%, or 85%) 
Kamets impure. 

1. a third, Is. 40, 12; i. e. a measure 
for grain, prob. the third part of an ephah 
(see MD) 1. g. MND, μέτρον, since Sept. 
often renders ΠΡ by τρία μέτρα, comp. 
Gr. 7 τετάρτη, Engl. quart.—Genr. for 
any measure; acc. as adv. Ps. 80, 6 
ry Miseta ioptm thou givest them 
tears to drink by measure, i. e. in great 
quantity, abundantly. Sept. ἐν μέτρῳ, 
Vulg. in mensura. 

2. a triangle, i. e. an instrument of 
music struck in concert with drums, as 
in modern military music. Plur. 1 Sam. 
18, 6. : 

3. Spec. a third man, i.e. one of three, 
Gr. τριστάτης, an order of warriors, who 
fought from chariots, chariot-warriors, 
ἀναβάται, παραβάται. Ex. 14. 7 he took 
all the chariots of Egypt, τὸν pr ἢ 


%2> and three warriors upon each of | 


an* 


1013 





a) 


them. 15,4. 1K. 9, 22, comp. 2 K. 9, 25. 
They served also as the body-guard of 
kings 1 K. 9, 22. 2 K. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 11, 
11. 12,18. Sept. τριστάται, i. 6. accord- 
ing to Origen in Catenis, (although 
the Greek Glossarists decide otherwise, 
see Schleusner Thes. in voc.) ‘soldiers 
fighting from chariots,’ and so called be- 
cause each chariot contained ‘three sol- 
diers, one of whom managed the horses 
while the other two fought; comp. tgs 
τοστάτης, one of the three persons who 
constituted a row or subdivision in the 
Greek tragic chorus. On Egyptian 
monuments only two persons are usu- 
ally depicted in each chariot; one fights, 
while the other manages the horses. 
In the Assyrian and other Asiatic sculp- 
tures, there is often a third man in each 
chariot, who is either an armour-bearer 
or holds an umbrella.—The leader or 
chief of these troopsis called τεσ UR 
2 Sam. 23,8, and with the fuller form 
pyw"btin tan 1 Chr. 12, 18; and the 
same person seems to be denoted by 
w»dtin, κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, as spoken of one of 
the nearest attendants of the king, 2 K. 
7, 2.17. 19. 9, 25. 15, 25.—Hence plur. 
ποθῶ Prov. 22, 20 Keri, perh. princi- 
palia, i. e. things honourable, princely : 
comp. 8, 6.—See more in Thesaur. p. 
1429. 


"Z"SY m. ord. adj, (from Bbw) ἢ 
Pry, πρῶ; plur. p why ; third, 


the third ; Aram. ὝΛΡΩ, catia) Arab. 


ὧλξ: So Gen. 1, 13. 2,14. Num. 2, 
24. Is. 19,24. Job 42, 14. al. sepe. Plur. 
pd has several uses; Num. 2, 24 
ΣΌ" pwd) they shall move fortard the 
third, i.e. the third in order. 1 Sam. 
19, 21 and he sent the third messengers, 
i. 6. the third time. 2 K.1,13. Thrice 
as subst. cells or chambers of the third 
story Gen. 6, 16. 1 K. 6, 8. Ez. 42, 3.— 
Fem. spec. as subst. a) a third, the 
third part, Num. 15, 6. 7. 2 Sam. 18, 2. 
b) the third duy, the day after to-mor- 
row; 1 Sam. 20, 12 mw-buiit am MPD 
about this time to-morrow or the third 
day. c) the third year, Is. 15, 5. Jer. 
48, 34, see in M39 no 2; comp. in Engl. 
‘the third of queen Victoria.’ 4) With 
He parag. προ adv. the third time, 
Kz. 21, 19. 


qow 
: 2 in Kal not used, kindr. with 


n>, Arab. 

Pint, inf. m2>% as subst. see in its 
order. 

Hien. Fn, fut. πο, very fre- 
quent. 

1. to cast, to throw, c. acc. of pers. or 
thing, Gen. 21, 15. Ex. 7, 10. Lev. 1, 16. 
2K. 2, 21. Jer. 41,9. al. Also to cast 
off, as a tree its blossoms, Job 15, 33; to 
-cast away 2K. 7, 15. Ez. 20, 7. 8. Ece. 
3, 5; of stones, lo cast away, to scatter, 
opp. 022, Ecc. 3,5. 515 472th Zo cast 
lots, sc. in dividing land, Josh. 18, 8. 10; 
hence in Mic. 2, 5 thou shalt have none 
to cast a line by lot, sc. in marking out 
land.—Constr. with ace. of place upon 
er into which any thing is cast, as the 
ground, a pit, water, etc. Ex. 4, 3. Dan. 
8, 12. Gen. 37,24. Ex. 1, 22; with > 
of place, Gen. 37, 22. Ex. 15, 25. 2 K. 
4,41. al. 3 of place, Gen. 37, 20. Ex. 
32, 24. Is. 19,8; with acc. of thing and 
2 of pers. upon or αἱ whom, Num. 35, 


20. 22. Josh. 10, 11. Judg. 9, 53. Nah. 


3, 6. Job 27, 22 bs 729 he shall cast 
at him sc. deadly weapons. Ez. 43, 24. 
2K. 23,6. 2 Sam. 20, 12; with 5 of 
place, 2 Chr. 24, 10. 30, 14, also c. ace. 
Ex. 22, 30 ins ‘tm 252 ye shall cast it 
(the flesh) fo the dogs ; with 2 of place, 
to cast out a person or thing froma place, 
Neh. 13, 8. Deut. 29, 27. ‘Judg. 15, 17. 
Job 29, 17 57% ἢ τοῦκ 2w2 from his 
very teeth I cast (plucked) out the spoil ; 

also to cast down from 2 Chr. 25, 12; 

with 534, "292, to cast away from 
oneself, to throw off, to-lay aside, Ps. 2, 
3. Ez. 18, 31. Deut. 9, 27. 

Trop. in the following phrases: a) 
379 SWE? Ww he cast his life from 
him, i..e. exposed it to great danger, 
Judg. 9,17; seein 733 no. 3. a,and comp. 
Gr. eater Go τὴν ψυχήν 1]. 9. 322, 
whence Lat. parabolanus. Ὁ) sen 
ns Ps. 50, 17, and 13 “nx ‘hn, to 
cast behind one, hehind one’s back, i. 6. 
to neglect, to contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Neh. 
9, 26. Is. 38,17. Ez. 23,35; also of God 
as pardoning (forgetting) the sins of 
men, Is. 38, 17; comp. Mic. 7,19. The 
Arabs have the same expression, see 
Thesaur. p. 1419. 6) "ΔῸΣ 7 >UN fo 
‘cast upon Jehovah one’s burden, i. 6. to 


1074 





δ 
commit any thing to his care, Ps. 55, 23 
comp. Ps. 37, 5andr.sm3. ἃ) 59 π|" 
"2b d30 Ἔ Jehovah casle‘ont from ἡ 
presence, i. 6. rejects him from his fa- 
vour, 2 Κὶ, 13, 23. 17, 20. 2 Chr. 7, 20. 
Jer. 7, 15, Ps. 51,13; also simpl. 77°20A 
Ps. 71, 9. 102, 11. 
2. to cast down; to overthrow, as a 
house Jer. 9, 18; to destroy, as a locust 
the vine Joel 1, 7. Metaph. Job 18, 7 
Mss ΓΞ ΡΤ" and his own counsel shall 
cast him down, destroy him. 
Horn. abun and 720" 1. to be cast 
out or forth, to be thrown, Jer. 22, 28. Is. 
14, 19 but thou art cast forth (M2>0n i 
from thy sepulchre like a despised 
branch, i.e. art not laid in the sepul-— 
chre, as thou hadst hoped or appointed, 
art without the burial due to thee. 
With 3 and 5x of place, 2 Sam. 20, 21. 
1 K, 13, 25. Jer. 14,16. Ez. 16,5; also 
with >, as y7%> “Π fo becast down to the 
ground Ez. 19:13, Jer. 36, 30 and his 
dead body shall be cast forth to the heat 
(a9n> m2btx) by day, and to the cold 
by night—T op. Ps. 22, 11 SdH aby 
ὉΠ 7 was cast upon thee from the womb, ᾿ 
i. e. 1 have committed myself to thee. 
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2. Dan. 8, 11. 
Deriv. the two following. 


720 m. Lev. 11, 17, Deut. 14, 17,a 
sea-lowl, Sept. καταράκτης or nerve 
κτης, i. 6. a species of pelican which | 
casts itself from high rocks into the 
water after fish, a diver, prob. the gan- 
net, Pelicanus Bassanus Linn. Vulg. 
mergulus, Syr.and Chald. ‘fish-catcher.’ 
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. P. II. lib. 2. ¢. 21. 
GEdmann Verm. Sammlungen aus der — 
Naturkunde, III. p. 68. Rosenm. Bibl. 
Alterthk. IV. ii. p. 308 sq. 


ΤΩΡ Ὁ f. (τ. 5) pr. inf fem, Piel. 

1. a casting down or felling of a tree. 
Is. 6, 13. 

2. Shallecheth, pr. n. of a gate of the 
temple, 1 Chr. 26,16. = «# 

















*5du sometimes with the regular — 
form, and sometimes with that of verbs 
55; as θῶ, sddu), smibw) ; inf. 55 and 
bis fut. bids, ¢. suff 7702 Hab. 2, 8; 
pr. 'to relax, to loosen, to let go; see the 
roots dati, ndtv}; comp, M>W, >dm, Hen, 
Chald. δεν, Hence 








du 
“1. to draw or pull out, sc. stalks of 
grain from the handfuls, Ruth 2, 16. 


Arab. sn id. Kindr. are Aram. 83%, 
, Heb. dvi2, ρῦ. 

2, to strip off to despoil, to spoil, to 

plunder’; rarely in the Aram. dialects, 

as Chald. part. δῶ, Nasor. “Wa, to 


spoil.—Constr. c. acc. of thing, Ez. 26, 
12; or of the person plundered 39, 10. 
Hab. 2,8. Zech. 2,12. >} 55 to spoil 
the spoil, to seize the spoil, Is. 10, 6. Ez. 
29, 19. 38, 12. 13. 

Nipu. here some refer fut. >> Deut. 
28, 40; but see in r. 52. 

Hirupo. >>invs Aram. for >>imvn to 
be spoiled, plundered, Is. 59, 15. 

Deriv. 5518 and 


220 m. constr. S58. 1. spoil, plun- 
der, booty ; j Is. 33, 23 bby} “3 a prey of 
spoil, from which connection of the 
words it appears that ἽΣ is the more 
general word, and >>% the more spe- 
cial; yet the latter is often general, 
prey, booty, Gen. 49, 27. Num. 31, 11. 
12. 1 Sam. 14, 32. Jer. 50, 10. Prov. 1, 
13. al. also of flocks and herds driven 
off, 1 Sam. 15, 19. 21. 773 53% David's 
spoil, driven off by him, 1 Sam. 30, 20; 
but 97378 5 the spoil of thine enemies, 
taken from them, Deut. 20, 14. Josh. 22, 
8. 1 Sam. 14,30. To seize or take the 
spoil is >>%} 55% see the root no. 2; 
ὦ x 20 to bring the spoil 2 Sam. 3, 22. 
2 Chr. 15, 11. 28, 8; 558 τῷ Deut. 3, 7. 
20, 14. 2 Chr. 20, 25. Esth. 3, 13; once 
bb δ Ὁ) 2 Chr. 14,12. Contra, δρῶ pbn 
to divide the spoil, to distribute the boo- 
ty, Gen. 49, 27. Ex. 15, 9. Judg. 5, 30. 
Ps. 68, 13. al. Jer. 21, 9 and his life shall 
be unto him for a booty, i. e. he shall be 
preserved alive; and so 38, 2. 39, 18. 
45, 5. Ries the difficult passage Judg. 5, 
ment, two VWeotwienti of divers atic for 
the neck of the spoil, there is no good 
meaning. Hence Gesenius and others 
take 55% for 55 ΟΝ ἃ spoiler, and 
render: for the neck of the spoiler, i. e. 
Sisera or any warrior; so Syr. Schnur- 
rer, Rosenmueller, etc. Others, as De 
Sacy. Studer, read 55%) 14x8z>, a spoil 
Jor his neck, 50. Sisera’s ; ‘and so Sept. 
τῷ τραχήλῳ αὐτοῦ σκῦλα. Boettcher, i in 


1075 





noe 

Spicileg. p. 21, proposes to read said 
>>, a spoil for my neck, as the wish 
of a woman expecting a portion of the 
spoil. This perh. is best. 

2. gain sc. by labour, profit, Germ. 


e°7 


Ausbeute, Prov. 31,11. So Arab. 
prey and gain; comp. Gr. ληΐζεσϑαι to 
plunder, also genr. to get, to gain. 


*DDW or DOW fat. cheis 1. to be 
whole, entire, integer ; hence 
a) to be sound, safe, secure; Arab. 


phew. Syr. sotxa, id 
πρῶ 15. Job 9,4 who hath set himse yf 
agate him, ὍΝ and. been PeCuRR, in| 
safety. 22, 21. 

b) to be completed, ‘finished, ended ; 
e. g. the temple, 1 K. 7,51; the walle 
of the city, Neh. 6, 15; ales of a period 
of time, Is. 60, 20, Chald. 07> q. v. 
Syr. sou id. 

3. Denom. from Ὁρῶ, to be at peace, 
in friendship with any one. Part. 6. 
suff. "25 Ps. 7,5 my friend, ally, i.-q. 
spine thx Ps. 41,10. Part. pass. padw 
pacified, peaceful, 1 Sam. 20,19. See 
Pu. no. 2. Syr. saa c. S, to consent, 


to accord. 

Pret 0b, 3 pl. in pause ane to 
make whole, entire, integrum fecit, viz. 

a) to make secure, safe, c. acc. of 
thing, Job 8, 6. 

b) to complete, to finish, e. g. the tem- 
ple, 1 K. 9, 25; comp. Kal no. 1. b. ᾿ 

6) to make whole, to make good ; e. g. 
to restore a thing lost Joel 2, 25, or stolen 
Ex. 21, 36. 22, 2 sq. Lev. 5, 25 [6, 5]. 
Ez. 33,15; to repay a debt 2 K. 4,7. Ps. 
37, 21. Prov. 22, 27. Job 41, 3. 

d) to pay, to perform, to render, c. ace. 


Kindr. are r. 


of thing, e. g. vows 2 Sam. 15, 7. Is. 19, 


21. Nah. 2, 1. Ps. 22,26. Prov. 7,14. Job 


22,27; praise as sacrifice, Hos. 14, 3 [2], 


see in art. "B, comp. Ps. 56, 13. Trop. 
to render or impart comfort, Is. 57, 18. 
e) to requite, to recompense, to re- 
ward, sc. like for like, both good 1 Sam. 
24, 20: Ruth 2, 12, and also evil Gen. 44, 
4; with > of pers. Deut. 7, 10. 32, 41. 
Judg. 1,7. 2 K. 9. 26. Ps. 41, 11; acc. of 
thing, Is. 65, 6. Jer. 16, 18. 32,18; with 
> of pers. and acc. of thing, as bars obi} 
ὃ see in 4728 no. 1, 5 558 034 Job 34, 11. 


nd 


Jer. 51, 24; 59 of pers. and acc. of thing | 


Joel 4, 4; also ὮΣΕΞ ‘p> pbw or Ἐ5 ὦ 
iMw>22 10 reward ' any one according to 
his works 2 Sam. 3, 39. Jer. 25, 14. 50, 
29. Ps. 62, 13. Socibtime, though rare- 
ly, with acc. of the pers. rewarded, Ps. 
31, 24; and also with acc. of thing add- 
ed, Ps. 35, 12 ΠῚ ΤΠ A349 "abt, as 
Engl. they rewarded me evil for good ; 
so Prov. 13, 21. 

Puat 1. Pass. of Piel lett. d, to be 
paid, performed, as a vow, Ps. 65, 2. 
Also Pass. of Piel lett. e, fo be repaid, 
requited, recompensed, Jer. 18,20. Prov. 
11, 31 Ddv. ΥῊΝΞ PTE ἼΠ lo, the right- 
eous is recompensed upon earth, much 
more the wicked and the sinner. 13, 13. 

2. ‘To bé brought into a state of 
peace,’ to be at peace with any one, to 
live in friendship, i. q. Kal no. 2. Part. 
pw. a friend, ally, sc. of God, i. 6. Is- 
rael, 15. 42,19; parall. with min" 33. 
Conip. Hiphi no. 2. 

Hiew. 1. to complete, to perform, to 
execule, Job 23, 14. Is. 44, 26.28; to make 
an end of any one, Is. 38, 12. 13. 

2. to make peace with any one, to seek 
and cherish peace; as Chald. Aph. 
mbt, comp. Kal no. 3. With mx Josh. 
10, 1. 4; bY Deut. 20, 12. 1 K. 22, 45, 
But with dN, to submit oneself in peace 
to any one, i.e. by a treaty of peace, 
Josh. 11, 19. Comp. adj. 05% no. 3; 
Arab. Conj. IV, to submit oneself 
to the dominion of any one, spec. to 
commit one’s affairs to God, c. ο. cot) 


6.7 0 ,¢F 
whence ew JI el-Islam, i. e. obedi- 


ence to God and Muhammed, the true 


religion, Muahammedanisn ; hse Mus- 
lim. 

3. Causat. to make a friend of any 
one Prov. 16, 7. 

Hopn. to become the friend of any 
one, c. > Job 5, 23. 

Deriv. mbt. abt, pfu) | Ὀξ or Ὁρῶ, 
mobw , pasisbe ΕΝ of: n, Dew br 
οὐδ 5. bw, isd, sbwy, vadui, burnbui, 
ΓΑ ὦ maui, pbein, reba, “ambit 
and nrabsin, ΕΝ rindi. 


now Chald, i. q. Heb. q. v. to com- 


plete, tu finish, e. g. the temple; once 
Part. Peil o°>w) finished Ezra 5, 16. 


1076 





pds 


Apa. 1. to finish, to make an end ¢ 
c. acc. Dan. 5, 26. : 
2. to restore, to give back, Ezra cA 1g 


D5 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. Dibw , pre 
perity, peace, Ezra 5,7. Dan. 3,31. 6, 26. 


Dw τὰ. adj. (r. Ἐδῶ) f. maby; Ὁ Ir. 
cmb, mind. . 

1. whole, sound, perfect, i.e. a) Of 
full and just weight and measure, as 
nab) 72x a full weight, perfect, Prov. 
11, 1. Deut. 25, 15; comp. Gen. 15, 1 
where it is spoken of the full measure 
of one’s sins. M2>t) ΓῊΡᾺ the whole n m= 
ber of the captives Am.1,6.9. Ὁ) whole, 
safe, unharmed, Gen. 33, 18, see in no. 
4.¢. So of an army Nab. 1,12. oya% 
minbw whole stones, i. e. not hewn, Deut. . 
27, 6. 1 K. 6,7. 

2. completed, Jinished, e. g. an edifice, 
2Chr.8,16. Chald. ondw, Syr. Soe οἰ, 


3. living in peace and friendship, 
peaceful, friendly, see the root in Kal 
no. 2; Gen. 34, 21 AX ἘΠῚ ΘΟ they 
live in peace with us. Spec. nin ‘oy ‘oO 
at peace with God, devoted to him, 1 Καὶ 
8, 61. 11, 4. 15, 3.14; and so simpl. 353° 
pbu 2 K. 20, 3. 1 Chr. 28, 9. 2 Chr. 15, 
17. Comp. Hiph. no. 2. 

4. Salem, pr.n. 8) i. ᾳ. OBA 76- 
rusalem, for the etymology of which, 
see in its place; Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3. 
—Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2 τὴν μέντοι Σόλυμα 
ὕστερον ἐκάλεσαν Ἱεροσόλυμα. So Arab. 
Oe em ig 

i , % , id. but very rarely. 

b) Another city Salem, the residence — 
of Melchizedek, Gen. {i 18. Josephus — 
and many others regard this also as Je 
rusalem; but this accords neither with 
the geographical circumstancés of the 
narrative, which point to a place fur- 
ther north, nor with the tradition pre- 
served by Jerome: “Salem, non, αὐ 
Josephus et nostri omnes arbitrantur, — 
Jerusalem,...sed oppidum juxta Secy- — 
thopolim, quod usque hodie appellatar 
Salem, et ostenditur ibi palatium Mel- 
chisedech, ex magnitudine ruinarum ve- 
teris operis ostendens magnitudinem”; 
Ep. 73 ad Evang. T. I. p. 446, ed. Val- — 
lars. This Salem, Jerome elsewhere 
says, was eight miles south of Scytho- — 
polis; Onom. arts. Salem, Z2non. It is 
probably also the same place mentioned 























sph) 


John 3, 23. Judith 4,4. See Relandi Pa- 
lest. p. 976. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 
p. 134sq. Tuch Comm. in Gen. ad loc. 
and in Zeitschr. der morgenl. Ges. I. p. 
194. [In 1852 the translator sought 
diligently in the south of Scythopolis ; 
but found no trace of name or ruins by 
which to identify the Salem thus de- 
scribed by Jerome.—R. 

ec) In Gen. 33, 18 05% is by many 
taken as an adjective, see above in no. 
1.b; while Sept. Vulg. and others treat 
it as a pr.n. Shalem, Salem. A village 
pw Salim, exists at the present day 


among the hills on the eastern side of 
the plain opposite Nablus or Shechem ; 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 102. Wil- 
son Lands of the Bible II. p. 72.—R. 


Dow m. (r. p>) 1. Pr. peace, con- 
cord, a state of peace and friendship; 
plur. "23% id. expressing a continued 
᾿ state, like the plurals p"79}, DoM22>x, 
on, and others. Spec. of A state "oe 
seeking peace and favour with God ; 
hence 722%) M31, with art. Dw2>en 33, 
plur. οὐ οὼ “Π51, a peace-offering, peace- 
offerings, Vulg. sacrificium pacificum, 
Sept. ϑυσία εἰρηνική, Lev. 17, 5. Josh. 
22, 23. 1 Sam. 10, 8. Prov. 7, 1A; more 
rarely D220 ὈΠΠΞῚ Ex, 24,5. 1 Sam. 
11, 15; 6. suff. crab "nay Ex. 29, 28. 
Such ΤΌΝ were offered as ἃ testi- 
monial of seeking peace and favour with 
God, either publicly or by private per- 
sons, Lev. 3, 1 sq. 4, 10. 26.31. 35. 7, 11 
sq. 10, 14. 19,5. 22, 21. 23,19. Num. 7, 
17 sq. 10, 14. 19, 5. 22, 21. 23,19. Num. 
7, 17 sq. Also pode min mar Lev. 7, 
13. 15, i. ᾳ. HTIM Mt v. 12, a peace-offer- 
ing of praise or thanksgiving, a thank- 
offering, the same with that called by 
the more general name 0°23 M3} vy. 
18. 29.—Hence 

2. Without m3, a peace-offering ; 
once sing. D>W Min. 5,22; usually plur. 
prabe, peace- offerings, Ex. 20, 24. 32, 6. 
Lev. 6, 5. 7, 14. 9, 4. Num. 15, 8. Josh: 
8, 31. al. So Sept. and Vulg. —Some- 
times these were offered in a time of 
distress and calamity, for appeasing the 
wrath of God and conciliating his fa- 
vour, Judg. 20, 26. 21,4. 2 Sam. 24, 25; 
once before a battle, 1 Sam. 13, 9. 

Nore. Many at the present day ren- 





1077 pablo 


der ΒΩ Mat by thank-offering ; ; comp 
τ. Dow Piel. 


pbti τη. (τ. 538) 1. requital, recom- 
pense, retribution, Deut. 32, 25. | 

2. Shillem, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali 
Gen. 46, 24. Num. 26, 49; for which 
1 Chr. 7,13 0s5t}.—Patron 458 a Shil- 
lemite Num. |. c. 

DW, see pidw. 

Dew and D190 m. (r. pb) 1. re- 
quital, retribution, Hos. 9, 7; plur. Is. 
34, 8. 

2. a reward, gift, by which one is 
corrupted, a bribe, like o°725, Mic. 
7, 3. 


pow (retribution, τ. D>%) Shallum, 
pr.n. a) A king of Israel, 772 B.C. 
2 K. 15,10sq. b) A king of Judah, 
son of Josiah and younger brother of Je- 
hoiakim and Zedekiah, prob. the same 
with "Axim no. 2. Jer. 22, 11. See 
Rosenm. ad ἢ.1. c¢) The husband of 
Huldah the prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14. 
d) Of several other men, Ezra 2, 42, 
7, 2. 10, 24. 42. Neh. 3, 12. 7, 45. 1 Chr. 
2, 40. etc. Comp. Sbwd no. 2, and Ἰξῶ. 


maou ΠῚ. gq. DY, retribution, punish- 
ment, Ps. 91,8 R. ‘bbw, | 


Tid (pacific, Ireneus, Germ. Frie- 
derich, from 0%>t with the syll. 4 i. ἃ. 
i, Fi, comp. 1 Chr. 22, 9, and Heb. Gr. 
§ 83. 15) pr. n. Silcinon: the tenth son 
of David, 1 Chr. 3, 5, comp. 2 Sam. 3, 
5; born of Bathsheba; the successor 
of his father, and the third king of the 
Hebrew nation, r. 1005-975 B. C. and 
celebrated throughout the world for his 
wealth, splendour, and wisdom, see 1 K. 
οὐ 2-11..1 Chr. c. 23. 28. 29. 2 Chr. ὁ: 

1-9. Prov. 1, 1. Cant. 1, 1. Ecc. 1, 1. 
Sept. Piles ob in N. T. Σολομών, and 
so Josephus. 


"250 (my thanks, τ. Bdv}) Shalmai, 
pr. ἢ. πη. Ezra 2, 46 Keri, where Keth, 


baw, 


"22% (pacific) Shelomi, pr. n. τὰ. 
Num. 34, 27. 

erp ys (friend of God) Shelumiel, 
pr. ἢ. m. Num. 1, 6. 2, 12. 

WA (i. q. ΠΡ 9.9) Shelemiah, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 26, 14. 


Ὁ" 
ra (pacific. abstr. ‘love of peace’) 
Shelomith, pr.n. ΒΕ. δῶ. 
1. Fem. a) Lev. 24, il. 
3, 19. 
2. Mase. a) A son of Rehoboam 
2 Chr. 11,20. Ὁ) Ezra 8,10. c,d, 6) 
1 Chr. 23, 9. 18. 26, 25. 


7220 Hos. 10, 14; fully "ΟΝ Ὁ 
2 K. 17, 3. 18, 8, Shalman, Shalmane- 
ser, pr. n. of a powerful king of Assyria, 
about 730-716 B. C. by whom the ten 
tribes were carried into exile, B. C. 
722. Vulg. Salmanassar.—Bohlen com- 


Pers. pol we wy 
erga ignem. See more in Thesaur. p. 
1426. 

ὉΠ ὩΣ τη, plur. (τ. dt) rewards, 
gifts. by which any one is corrupted, ls. 
1, 23. 


"220 | see in πρῶ no. 2. 
"32%, see "350. 


εροῷ imper. ΠΡΟ 1, to draw out 

or forth, to pluck out ; Chald. 52%, Sam. 
2%, and Nasor. «ὅν... id. Syr. 
Ethpe. to be torn out; comp. Arab. and 
Eth. “Aw, FAN to draw out, espec. 
a sword from the sheath. Kindr. are 
Ὁρῶ, δῷ), Md no. 3.—E. g. a weapon 
from a wound, Job 20. 25. Judg. 3, 22; 
espec. a sword from its sheath, i297 920 
to draw one’s sword Judg. 8, 20. 9, 54. 
1 Sam. 17, 51. 31,4. 1 Chr. 10, 4; also 
Num. 22, 23 i373 πξ 3 12M his sword 
drawn in his hand. v. 31. Josh. 5, 13. 
1 Chr. 21. 16; and so 23h "Bot those 
drawing tie sword, armed with swords, 
Judg. 8,10. 20, 2. 15. 2 Sam. 24, 9. al. 
Also to drato off the shoe, Ruth 4, 7. 8. 
Of grass growing on the flat roof of a 
house, to pull, to pluck up, Ps. 129, 6 as 
grass of the housetops, 037 92 πρῶ 


b) 1 Chr. 


pares verecundus 


which, before one plucketh (gathereth) 


it, withereth. Sept. ὃς πρὸ τοῦ éxona- 
᾿σϑῆναι ἐξηράνϑη. Vulg. priusquam evel- 
latur. So too Rashi. 


520 Sheleph, pr. n. of a tribe in Ara- 
bia Felix, Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20; 
perh. the ΖΣαλαπηνοί, whom Ptolemy 
(VI. 7) reckons among the tribes of the 
interior. See Bochart Phaleg lib. 2. ο. 
16 


1078 . wow 






















* woo a root of uncertain sig 
whence the numeral ww three; 8 
Thesaur. p. 1427.—Hence z 

Pret denom. from 85%, as Sn 
eon. ; 

1. to divide into three parts, e. g. 


land, Deut. 19,3. Arab. and Eth. 
WAN, id. a 

2. to do the third time, 1 K. 18, 3 
Chald. nbn, Syr. AS2, id. i 


3. to do on the third day, 1 ΡΥ, | 
19 77m MwEY) and on the third day t 0 
shalt go “down. Sept. τρισσεύσεις. . 

Pua denom. Part. ὥς 1. 
fold, triple ; as ‘a wan a threefold oad, 
or a cord made of such thread, Ece. 4, 
oo 

2. of three stories, three stories high 
sc. a building, Ez. 42,6. Comp. 5°20 
ep 6, 16. y. 

3. of three years, three years old, 
spoken of beasts, Gen. 15, 9. Sept 
τριετίζων, Vulg. triennis. 

Deriv. 85 ---ὐ θῶ, 


woo rarely and later Bid, constr. 
ὥρῶ, before Makkeph once “> Ex. 21, 
11, joined with feminines; also node, . 
rarely MUiIOW, constr. = joined 
with masculines, except ἰὴ Cee 7,13. 


Job 1,3; card. num. three ; hak 51} 


or a, Chald. moh, xno 26. ν. Syr. . 
ANZ, jaN2. For the ἐδμρβϑμλσολοος. 


syntax of this numeral, see Heb. Gr. 
§§95, 118; comp. Lehrg. δῇ 144, 181. 
Fem. in various constructions, as D> 
n> three cities Deut. 4, 41. 19, 2. 7. 9; 
wd n> id. Josh. 31, 32; définite Boy 
psn Num. 35, 14. Dist) obey three 
years Lev. 19, 23. Deut. 14, 28. al. and 
wde) ort) id. 2 Chr. 11,17. ming woo 
three cubits Ex. 27,1. Ez. 40, 48. 41, 
22, and >) mix id. 2 Chr. 6, 13. ww 
— three times, thrice, Ex. 27, 17. 34, — 
23. Num. 24, 10. al. and henee ellipt. — 
> nasrp two or three times, twice or 
thrice, i. e. often, Job 33, 29; pxban wht) 
three times Ex. 23, 14. Num. 22, 98, wx) 
mex ning three hundred thousand Num. 
31, 36; Ox ming dw three hundred 
men a 7, 63 πρὸ nina ww) three 
hundred years 1, 26; ΘΗΝ ming wy 





δ 
ὁ hundred foxes 15,4; τ 58 “pa 
sen three hundred 2 Chr. 35, 8.—Masc. 
wx MSH three men Gen. 18, 2. Josh. 
18, 4; defin. D WIN MY>w the three men 
Job 32, 1. Ὁ" mye three days 1 Sam. 
30, 12. 2K.2, 17; m¥dw o-m7 id. 1 Chr. 
12, 39. Neh. 2, 11; bans ryybe) id. Gen. 
30, 36. Ex. 3, 18. Swan θοῦ three 
months, 2 Sam. 6, 11. Am. 4, 7: whence 
Bsn wow about after three months 
Gen. 38, 24, where 9 is prep. 72, see 
art. 2 no. 4. c. rrujbu} D720 ¢wo or three 
Ts. 17,6. 2K. 9,32.—With suff. psnw>y 
ye three Num. 12,4; onw>y they three 
Ez. 40, 10. 41, 16. With art. Deut. 19, 
thou shalt add three cities shun-by 
HEH to these three. 1 Chr. 11, 20.— 
Absol. 2 Sam. 24, 12 Wes Suis “2x ww 
three things J offer thee. 1 Chr. 21, 10. 
Prov. 30, 18. 21. 29. Ellipt. 1 Sam. 30, 
13 nity bist onan J fell sick these 
three days, i. e. three days ago.—For 
ΣΡ > see in art. ΞΡ .---βοιηθ- 
times’the cardinal is put for the ordinal 
number; espec. in the phrase 850 ὩΣ 
c.> before the name ofa king, or jaded, 
or Ἔ ΓΙΞΡΌΡ, in the year of three, in the 
third year, 1 K. 15, 28. 2K. 18, 1. 2°Chr. 
17, 7. Esth. 1, 3. al. 
“Also maby the with fem. τ 9 Ὁ 
WY with mase. thirteen. Fem, n> ὦ 
b> thirteen cities Josh. 21,19; ἋΣ “ὦ 
id. v.33; ‘> “ὁ 5.5 id. 19,6. 21,4; and 
601 K.7,1. Masc.o™ 5 "ws my>w thir- 
teen bullocks Num. 29, 14.—For the ordi- 
nal, the thirteenth, Esth. 3,12. 9, 1. 17. 


Pior. mw) comm. gend. thirty; 


+ : > - 
Aram, y77bR, Arab. 6305, Eth. 
WA, id. Gen. 32, 16. Ezra 1, 9. 10. 
‘So Hx ὃ thirty men Judg. 14, 19, and 
p28 WY id. Jer.38,10. πῶ ὺ Ex. 38, 
24, and Dye ὦ 21, 32; pin ὦ thirty 
days, Num. 20, 29. πρὸ Ὁ: 13 the son of 
thirly years, thirty years old, Gen. 41, 46. 
Num. 4, 3. 2 Sam. δ, 4.—For the oxi. 

nal, the thirtieth, 1 K. 16, 23. 29. 


Ὁ) (triad) Shelesh, pr. n. m. 1 Chir. 
7, 35. 

DW, see tnd. 

20 only ρίαν. Ὁ Ὁ m. (τ. wd) 
discendants of the third generation, 
great-grandchildren, Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7. 



























yo 


1079 





pw 


Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9. nH) "29 
Gen.- 50, 23 children of great-grand- 
children, i. q. 5°22" the fourth genera- 
tion. Some have wrongly taken D°Odw 
for the grand-children themselves; but 
their name is 5°33 "23, and in Ex. 34,7 
they are expressly distinguished from 
the oH. In Ex. 20, 5 the grand- 
children, i.e. 5°23 "23, ‘seem to be omit- 
ted. 


moon Shalishah, pr. n. of a district in 
the vicinity of the mountains of Ephraim, 
1 Sam. 9, 4; in which appears to have 
been situated the city πῶ τ9 53 Baal- 
shalishah, 2 K. 4,42. This city Euse- 
bius calls Beth-shalishah, and says it 
was 15 Roman miles distant from Dios- 
polis, towards the north. R. ὥϑῷ. 

M2 (triad) Shilshah, pr. n. πα. 
1 Chr. 7, 37. R. w>v, 

Dit >tand DOWD adv. (r. wide), after 
the form okmp ; or comp. from wh j i. 4. 
w>w and pin) three days ago, the day be- 
fore yesterday, i. e. before, Prov. 22, 20 
Keth. opp. Di v. 19. Elsewhere al- 
ways coupled with Dian, as o&5uj diam 
yesterday and the third day Ex. 5, 8; 7 
also DIW>Y on Θ᾽ Ως ba id. 2Sam. 5,2; 
i. 6. heretofore, formerly. pivdy binna 
as before. as formerly, Gen. 31, 2. 2K. 
13, 5. nivibes diame before, in time past, 
Deut. 19, 6. Josh. 20, 5. 


ANN, see ΒΡ τ, 
κε Dw adv. of place bo time, there, 


then; Arab. 3 there, re then; Chald, 


bm, Syr. ed. In the Indo-European 


ΒΒ. kindred forms are Gr. τῆμος 
then, Lat. tum, tunc, Anglosax. thenne, 
whence Engl. then, Germ. dann, all of 
which have been transferred to time; 
see no. 2.—Spoken 

1. Of place, there, i.e. 8) in that 
place, ἐκεῖ, Gen. 2,8. 12. 11,2. 31. 12 
7. 8.10. 13, 4. 18. al. sepiss. With the 
sign of relation prefixed, OW "WX where 
Ex. 20, 18; often with one or more words 
interposed, 5W... Wx Gen. 13,3. 2 Sam. 
15, 21. Dw. Du here ... there Is. 28, 
10. b) After verbs of motional ᾳ. maw 
thither, as ἐκεῖ for ἐκεῖσε, 1 Sam. 2, 14. 
2 K. 19, 32; whence DW... "WR whither 
1 K. 18, 10. Jer. 19, 14. 4 


nw 1080~—«; 


2. Of time, then, at that time, like Gr. 
ἐκεῖ, Lat. ibi, illico, Ps. 14, 5. 132, 17. 
Judg. 5,11. Comp. the remarks above 
' on the affinity of other languages. 

3. therein, in that thing; Hos. 6, 7 
they have transgressed the covenant ; 
therein (i. e. in doing this) they have 
been treacherous towards me. 

4, With prep. 12, i.e. 0&2, from there, 

6. thence. a) Of place Gen. 2, 10. 11, 
8,9. 1 Sam. 4,4. Dw9... 78 whence 
Deut. 9, 28. b) Of time Hos. 2, 17. 
6) i. q. from that thing, thereof, thence ; 
Gen.3,23 ἐο till the ground DY2 MP? "WX 
whence (from which) he was taken, 1 K, 
17,13 May DY "> "wd make me thence 
(therefrom) a cake. Ez. 5,3. Unusual 
is Gen. 49, 24 Dx wv jax ΠΣ ow from 
' thence, froin the ‘shepherd, the rock of 
Israel, come, etc. 

5. With He parag. M2, pron. sham- 
mah. 8) thither Gen. 19, 20. 23, 13. 
Is. 34, 15 where render: thither shall 
she place her nest. Ὁ) i. q. OW, there, 
so that M— has a merely demonstrative 
power, Jer. 18, 2. Ps. 122, 5.—With the 
relative, Ma... 78x whither Gen. 20, 
18, Ex. 29, 42; raeely where 2 K. 23, 8. 


DY m. (τ. 972%) constr. D8, and so be- 
fore Makkeph, as στοῦ, Dipzn-ow, 
Gen. 19, 22. 22, 14, but before an ac- 
cented syllable “οὐ, as 3 8 Gen. 16, 
15, Στοῦ Ex. 39, 16, snBro) 1 K. 16, 
24; c. suff. “nw, id, aw in p. 720, 
poe; : plur. nin constr. mind), c. suff. 
oni. Once fem. Cant. 1, 3; see in 
r ‘om “‘Hoph. 

1. ἃ sign, monument, a memorial of a 
person or event; 2 Sam: 8,13 TI ws) 
DY and David made (set up) a monu- 
ment, a memorial of victory. Is. 55, 13 
biz mind pwd mind non and it shall 
‘be to Jehovah for a memorial, for an 

everlasting sign. Comp. 0%) 13 a monu- 
_ ment and sign Is. 56, 5; see in 3% no. 8. 
So too Gen. 11,4 according to some; 
but this belongs rather to no. 2. a. 

2. a name, pr. a sign or designation 
of a person or thing; see the root. 


9 st 9 5, 99 
Arab. pol rarely hate aaa ee Eth. 
fig; but Chald. 6% or ox, emph. 
δι 55 “4. v. Some hold τῷ to be for 
32W , the 5 being dropped; comp. Sept. 


_ abad name, bad reputation, 29 is added, — 





Ow 


which often renders 2% by 6 ὄνομα. 
ten both of persons and things; e. 
Gen. 3, 20. 19, 22 "31x “Sh Dw RS 
one called the name of the city Z 1 
Is. 62. 2. Ez. 24,2. Num. 17, 17. ‘sa 
23,34 oxprin® iat-my 30% anid Τ' ne 
(changed) his name to Jehoiakim, 2 
17. Esth.9,6. So ninwa by theirnames 
by name, Num. 1, 17. 4, 32. Ezra 8, 20, 
al. ‘B Dwa in the name of any one, by 
his authority, 1 K. 21,8. Ex. 5, 23. Esth. 
3, 22. 8.8.10; Ἢ: Btia in the name of 
Jehovah, by divine authority, Deut. 18 
22. 1 Chr. 22, 19. Jer. 11, 21. 26, 9. 90. 
Also Dta Ὁ 7 to know one by name, 
i. e well, familiarly, Ex. 33, 12. For 
the formulas pw NOP, BUA NIP, ete. 
see δ no. 2. ᾧ g, and Niph. no. 2; for 
pwa ΠῚΞ see in 172 Piel—Spec, ὦ ist” 
a) a great name, fame, renown, like 
ὄνομα and nomen, 2 Sam. 23, 18 ὦ δι. 
mw>wa and to him (Abishai) was a nan 
among the three. v. 22, 1 K. 5,11 [4, 31} 
3°30 ὈΠῚ51 923 ind and his ‘fame was 
in all the nations round about. 1, 47. 2 
Sam. 7,9. ἃ]. 5% ib nw> Gen. 11, 4, Jer 
32, 20, ‘and bt) ib ory 2 Sam. 1, 23, to 
make oneself aname, to gainrenown. So 
DUI "WIN the men of renown Gen. 6, 4; 
also men of standing, nobles, Num. 16, | 
2; ΤΙ "2 id. 1 Chr. 5,24; and vice 
versa Dw "Ὁ3 "23 sons of no name, of 
low parentage, i. e. themselves ignoble, | 
badse-born, Job 30, 8. Gen. 9, 27 “SaNa 
Dw in tents of renown, fame: Zeph. 3, 
19 ova MEANS ὉΠ ΟἹ and J will set 
them for a praise and fame, i. e. will, 
make them celebrated, renowned. v. 20. 
Deut. 26, 19. 
b) a good name, good reputation, Ecc. | 
7, 1. Prov. 22,1. Where it stands for 



















as Deut. 22, 14. 19. Neh. 6, 13; once in 
a bad sense without 24, Ez. 23, 10, 
comp. 16, 41. 
c) name after death, memory, Ps. 72, 
17. 2 Sam. 14, 7; espec. in the phrases 
to destroy or blot out one’s name, i. 6. ut- 
terly to destroy a people or city, so that — 
their name and memory shall perish, 
Deut. 9, 14. 1 Sam. 24, 22. 2 K. 14, 27. 
Ps. 9, 6. Zech. 13, 2; also Eee. 6, 4 its 
name is covered with darkness, spoken 
of an abortion. Vice versa, b> ὦ "pn 
to raise up a name to any one, i. 6. to 





ee 







































δῦ 


ive him descendants (comp. SU SpA 
and so continue his name, espec. toa 
deceased brother or kinsman by marry- 
ing his widow, Deut. 25,7. Ruth 4, 5. 10. 


ἃ) Very. frequent is Min" DW the 
Gime of Jehovuh, rarely obs ἘΦ the 
ame of God Ps. 69, 31, not only in its 
proper sense, as in the third command- 
ment. Ex. 20, 6, comp. 6. 3; but also in 
various other relations. E.g. a) the 
eood name, honour, of Jehovah, his es- 
timation among mankind; as in the 
phrase i8 32> for his name’s sake, 
according to nis name and attributes, 
what these lead us to expect; see more 
in ΣΏ A. 1. Hence‘also put for the 
glory of God, 2%} 4272> for my name’s 
ake, i. e. that the glory and honour of 
the divine name be not obscured, Is. 48, 
9. 1 K. 8, 41. Ps. 79, 9. 106, 8. Ez. 20, 
44. Ps. 138, 2 ΞΘ ΡΞ ΟΣ above all thy 
ame, i. e. above all the glory which 
can be ascribed to thee. 48) For God 
imself, as the object of invocation, 
praise, worship; as °° 03 ΝῊΡ fo call 
“pon (invoke) the name of Jehovah, i. e. 
to praise or worship God, see in τ. 837 
no. 2. g; and so "" πῶσ τὰς bb 1 Ps. 113, 
3. 135; 1; 55 ot-ny 372 145, 21; also 
7720 mri, ποῦ TIBI , and other like 
phrases in the Psalms. ‘So 7730 "38 
those who love thy name, i. e. who de- 
light in thy praise, Ps. 5, 12. 69, 37. 
119, 132; Fah "S75" those who know thy 
naine Ps, 9. 11. Jer. 48, 17. 7) For 
the deity, Godhead, as present to mor- 
tals, nearly i.g. MIM" "2B, , Ex. 23, 21 
i29P3 72) "> for my name (divinity) i is 
in him, in the angel. 1 K. 8, 29 man 
By "2 my name (divinity) shall be there 
se. in the temple. 2 K. 23, 27.1 Καὶ. 3,2 
there was yet no house built unto the 
mame, of the Lord. 8, 17. 20. Is. 18, 7. 
So jaw (j20) ov, said of Jehovah, to 
place or cause hie name to dwell any 
where, i. e. to fix his abode there, see 
in 090. and j28. Often spoken of the 
aid which the present deity vouchsafes 
to men; Ps. 54,3 O God, "5 Γι Fada 
save me by thy name, by thy presence 
and aid. 44,6. 124, 8. 89, 25. 20,2; once 
as present we punishment, Is. 30, 273. 
Also 0), cvin, absol. for mins ow, Lev. 
24. 11. 16. Deut. 28, 58. Here tho be- 
longs 1 Chr. 13,6 the ark of God... OX 


nea 


1081 





. 


"20 


pe xiP2 αἱ which (where) the Name is 
called, invoked, comp. 2 Sam. 6,2.—For 
the superstition of the later Jews in 
respect to the name M57, see in n° 
init. and r. 3122 no. 3. 

3. Shem. Sem, pr. n. of the eldest son 
of Noah, Gen. 5, 32; from whom (Gen. 
10, 22-30) are derived the Semitic na- 
tions,i. 6. the nations of Western Asia, 
the Persians, Assyrians, Arameans, He- 
brews, and part of the Arabs. SeeeGe- 
sen. Gesch. der Heb. Spr. u. Schr. p. 5, 6. 
Knobel die Volkertafel der Genesis, p. 
131 sq.—For Gen. 9, 27, see above in 
no. l.a. κα; Ν 

Compound pr. names with BY are: 
DRADY, SI, Mio Iw. 


Dw Chald. m. Ἢ. suff. mat (from Dx), 
a name, Dan, 2, 20. 26. 4,5. 5,12. Ezra 
5, 1. 14 ποῦ suave sa") and they 
were delivered to. ‘Sheshbazzar by his 
name, i. 6. to oe whose name was 
Sheshbazzar. Plur. j730, constr. ΓΤ 
or ὕπο, Ezra 5, 4. 10. Syr. Sauk, 
dow, id. 

NOW (desolation, τ. 028) Shamma, 
pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 37. 

ἽΝ (for "2828 lofty flight, from 
Dw or πῶ height, and =a) Shemeber, 
pr. n. ofa king of Zeboim, Gen. 14, 2. 

MAW (perh. i. q. ΠΣ Ὁ fame) Shi- 
meah, pr. n,m. 1 Chr. 8, 32; for which 
in 9, 38 oxaw Shimeam. 

1320 Shamgar, pr. ἢ. of one of the 
judges of Israel, Judg. 3, 31. 5,6. The 
etymology is unknown. Comp. "30. 


*'T72D in Kal not used, i. q. D2 fo be 
astonished, desolate, cast down ; comp. 


Ὁ. Arab. yw to be astonished. 
Rabb. 7328 extinction, ‘persecution.— 
Hence 

Hipn. 20M to destroy, i.e. a) to 
lay waste, 6. g. cities, altars, Lev. 26. 30 


Num. 23, 52. Mic. 5, 13; a kingdom Am. 


9,8. δὴ) Oftener to cut off, to destroy, 
persons and nations, Deut. 1, 27. 2, 12. 
21. 22. 23. 31, 4. 1K. 15, 29; ‘Aled to de- 
stroy one’s name or race, 1 Sau 24, 22. 
2 Κ. 10,28. Inf, tt subst. destrucs 
tion Is. 14, 23. 


ΝΊΡΗ. pass. to be destroyed.i.e. a) ta 


_ be laid waste, as fields Jer. 48, 8; high; 


' 


Ὑ2Ὁ 


places Hos. 10,8. b) to be cut off, to 
perish, of nations Deut. 4, 26. 28, 20; of 
single persons Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 37, 38; 
also the name of any one, Is. 48, 19. 


"Δ Chald. id. Apu. to destroy, Dan. 
7, 26. 


- maw obsol. root, i. q. Arab. as 
to be high ; hence 2720 the heavens. 


Kindr. is q.ws to sign, to mark with a 
sign, spec. as burnt in; Xpw a sign, 


9 ᾿ ᾿ Γ , 
mark ; > a sign, designation, name; 
comp. 7720, 121, to mark off, designate. 


Hence ΒΦ name. 
MAW, see in DY no. "i " 


ΠΩΣ f£ (τ. oo) 1. astonishment, 
Jer. 8, 31. Μείοη. object of astonish- 
ment, something stupendous, Jer. 5, 30. 
19, 8. 25, 9. 29, 18. 51, 37. 2 Chr. 29, 
8. Deut. 28, 37. 

2. a laying waste, desolation, ruin, 
Is. 24,12. m2d> ΠῚ to be for desola- 
ition, to be desolated, Is. 5, 9. Jer. 4, 7. 
25, 11, 50, 23, Zeph. 2, 15; “w> τῷ, 
‘ab paw, to lay desolate, Is. 13 9. Jer. 2, 
15. 51, 29. Joel 1, 7; ‘ts in2 to give 
over to desolation 8 Chr. 30, 7.—Plur. 
mi desolations Ps. 
DIMN HAO) ΤΊ ἸΣῚ2 ὭΣ of teal 
tions and panting afler you, i. e. because 


they lay waste and pant after your ἀ6- 


struction. Others here regard Γῆ as 
an anomalous inf: Kal of r. D2 as tran- 
sitive; see Thesaur. p. 1436. 

3. Shammah, pr.n.m. a) A son of 
Reuel Gen. 36, 13. 17. δ) A sonof 
Jesse, brother of David, 1 Sam. 16, 9. 
17, 13; elsewhere written M328 Shi- 
meah 2 Sam. 13, 3. 32, and X38 1 Chr. 
2,13. c) 2Sam. 23,11. d) 2 Sam. 
23, 33. 6) ib. v.25; for which minw 
Shammoth 1 Chr. 11, 27, and mingw 
Shamhuth 1 Chr. 27, 8. 


mama, see M24 no. 8. 6. 


naw Chald. plur. constr. names ; 
Bee Bo. 


bynat pr. n. m. Samuel, prob. comp. 
from >& and 92% i. α. OY, as 5x24 from 
dx and 43% i. q. 2; comp. im in comp. 
names i. q. M2, aleo 9B in byron ; hence 
pr. ‘name of God? (Jahveh), see. Sam. 


1082 


46, 9. Ez. 36, 3 





[75 1.6 


1,20. Others take it for ἘΣΘ ‘h 
of God” a) The great prophet a 
judge of the Hebrews, the son of E 
nah and Hannah, born at Ramath i 
in mount Ephraim; see his history ἃ 
1 Sam. c. 1-25. In 1 Chr. 6, 13. | 
[28. 33] the same Samuel seems to ἢ 
meant; it is there said that he was ol 
the tribe of Levi, which.is not specifies 
in the book of Samuel. See Knob 
Prophetismus d. Hebr. IL. p. 28. Wine 
Realw. art. See Num. 34, 2 
d) 1 Chr. 7. 2. . 


ViDW see NDOU lett. a. 
προ and MI f(r. 5) cor 


ὩΣ, pr. ‘what is heard ;’ hence 
1. report, rumour, 2 Chr. 9, 6. 
2. tidings, a message, news, 1 Sam. ὦ 

19; whether of good Prov. 15, 30. 8 

25, or of evil Jer. 49, 23. Ps. 112, 7. 

10, 22. Espec. a message sent fre 

God, Is. 53, 1. Jer. 49, 14.—Hence 


3. i. q. instruction, teaching, ΔΝ 9 
“700, see ""20 no. 3. 
γῆ, see in M2 no. 2, and 3. 6. 


“DSU fut’pl. aris 1. to smite, 
thrust, to cast, to throw down; com 
Arab. (λυ to.strike, to smite, also tt 
urge on a beast violently.—Hence 
to cast or throw down, e. g. a perso 
from a window, 2 K. 9,33. ὃ) Intra 
to thrust or spring forward, to rush, t 
run away; so prob. in the vexed pas 
sage 2 Sam. 6, 6 and parall. 1 Chr. 13, 
“pan so2w "> for the oxen ran, drag 
ging the cart with the ark. Others, a 
Vulg. the oxen kicked ; or trans. the ore 
shook sc. the ark. See Thesaur. p. 1435 

2. to let fall, to let lie, e. g. a field un 
tilled, Ex. 23, 11; a debt, to remit, to τὸ 
lease, Deut. 15, 2. With 42, to desi 
from any thing, to discontinue, Jer 
17, 4. 

Nira. pass. of Kal no, 1. a, to be ce ‘ 
down, e. g. from a rock Ps. 141,6. 

Hien. i. q. Kal no. 2, to remit, tor 
lease, Deut. 15, 3" Hones 


τ f. remission, release, from det 
Deut. 15, 1.2. noon τοῦ eal 
release, i.e. the year of jubilee, i in whie 
all debts were to be remitted, Deut. 
9. 31, 10. 
































T 


LP fa 


' 





“pod (fame of wisdom, see art. Dw 
fin.) Shemida, pr. n. of a son of Gilead, 
Num. 26, 32. Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr. 7, 19 
Patronym. "27728 a Shemidaite, Num. 
lc. 


ὉΠ m. plur. (τ. 772%) constr. "28, 
¢. suff. 47720, 02°20 ; the skies, the hea- 
vens, heaven, from an obsol. sing. τῷ, 


Arab. 8144, Eth. frQP. the high; 
i. 6. the firmament, >"p , which seems 
spread out like an arch above the earth, 

and is represented as supported on foun- 
dations and columns, 2 Sam. 22, 8. Job 
26,11; hence the rain is said to descend 
through its gates or windows, Ps. 78, 
23, comp. Gen. 28, 17 and Mia NX; and 
above is supposed to be the abode of 
God and the angels, Ps. 2, 4. Gen. 28, 
17. Deut. 33, 26; hence in Job 15, 15 
pia and tp the heavens and his an- 
gelsare parallel. With He loc.n972un 
towards heaven, heavenward, Gen. 15, 5 

28, 12; so the accus. in the same sense 
ΛΟ, O'2uN, 1 Sam. 5, 12. Ps. 139. 8, 
also DY2WMN->> Ex. 9, 22. 23. 10, 21. 22. 
But acc. ΘΠ is also in heaven 1 K. 
8, 34. 36. 39. 43. 45. 49. 2 σι nnn un-: 
der the heavens, i. e. on earth, Ece. 1, 13. 
2. 3. 3,1; comp. D*atin->> mm under 
the whole heaven, i. e.in the whole earth, 
Gen. 7, 19. Deut. 2, 25. Job 28, 24. 37, 

3. 41, 3. Dan..9, 12. ovat 7205 DIN 
the heavens and heaven of heavens, i. e. 

all the extent and regions of heaven, 

however vast and infinite, Deut. 10, 14. 
1K. 8, 27. posit) oven the heavens 
and the “earth, i. e. the universe, Gen. 
1,1. 2,1. 14, 19.22. Also "ΘΠ pis 
the birds of the heavens, Gen. 1, 26. 28 ; 

‘Sr 102 the rain of heatten Deut. 11, 11,, 
‘in by the dew of heaven Gen. 27, 18, 

Ὃ "ῈΞ the hoar frost of heaven Job 38, 

29. ont tm> bread of heaven, the 
manna, Ps. 105, 40, and so Ps. 78, 24 
Ὁ 121. For vat 82 see art. 82%. 

In the later books Jehovah is often called 
crn "by the God of heaven, (see the 
Chald.) 2 Chr. 36, 23. Ezra 1, 2. Neh. 

1, 4.5. 2,4. 20. Ps. 136. 26. Jon. 1, 9; 

comp. onan ">N Mint Gen. 24, 7. 





~ Bat) 1083 "διὸ 

ΘΟ (desolated, τ. o¢t) Shammai, | 7730 Chald. m. plur. emphat. ποθῶ, 
pren.m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 28. 8) ibid. | i. q. Heb. q. v. the heavens, heaven, Dan. 
v. 44, c)4, 17. 4, 8. 10. 7,2. Sometimes for the inhab: 


itants of heaven, i. e. God with the an- 
gels, who govern the world, Dan. 4,23; 
comp. on this usage in the Jewish writ- 
ings and also in the classic authors, Fes- 
selii Advers. Sac. p. 349. Wetstein ad 
Matt. 21, 25.—nzc) mb the God of 
heaven, see Heb. above, Dan. 2, 18. 37. 
Ezra 5, 11. 12. 6,9. 10. Comp. Tob. 
10, 12. Rev. 11, 13. 


"00 m. miu f. (fr. m3!) ordin. 
adj. the eighth, 1 Chr. 12, 12. 26, δ. 
“awn wIhnn the eighth πα 1 K. 12, 
32. Zech. 1, 1; ‘em Dia on the eighth 
day Lev. 9, ‘i Num. 6, 10; Maw Aw 
the eighth year, Liev: 25, 22. Chald. 


nwy7an, Syr. walasez, Arab. od, 


Eth. "1G°% .—Spec. fem. mun the 
eighth, the octave, Ps. 6,1. 12,1; atech- 
nical musical term, of which the signifi- 
cation is doubtful. According to Gese- 
nius it denoted the lowest and gravest 
notes, as sung by men, the modern bass, 
basso ; opp. to Mi2>z7>> 1 Chr. 15, 21, 
which is equally obscure; see in r. M3 
Pi. no. 2,andart.m25>. Others regard 
it as a musical instrument. 


“RT m. (τ. 1728 no. 1) c. suff. 4D. 
1. a thorn, collect. thorns, so called as 
bristling, prickly ; found with m7W Is. 5, 6. 
7, 23. 24.25. 9,17; with yp 32, 13; trop. 
of enemies to be consumed, Is. 10, 17. 


Sls. 9᾽ 
27,4. Arab. Ἔσο collect. ro a thorn- 


tree, spec. the Egyptian thorn. 

2. adamant, the diamond, so called 
from its hardness, see the root no. 1; 
“ duritia inennarrabilis est” Plin. H. N. 
37.15; or from its cutting and perforat- 
ing other substances. Thus the point 
of the writer’s stylus was of diamond, 
Jer. 17, 1 "728 FBX. Asan emblem 
of hardness, Ez. 3,9. Zech.7,12. Vulg. 


9. 9», σ 

adamas. Arab. yyw id. Perhaps we 
may compare Gr. σμῖρις, σμῦρος, i. 6. 
diamond-dust used for polishing. Bohlen 
suggests an Indian origin of the word, 
and compares asmira, stone which eats, 
lapis rodens, spoken of gems, iron, ete. 
See Winer Realw. I. p. 234, edit. 3 


"20 1084 


3. Shamir, pr. n. a) A cityin Ju- 
dah Josh: 15, 48. Ὁ) A city in the 
mountains of Ephraim, Judg. 10, 1. 2. 
c) A man 1 Chr. 24, 24 Keri, where 
Keth. “300. 


ΓΘ (name most high, or hea- 
ven most high, Semiramis?) Shemira- 
moth, pr.n.m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5. 
2 Chr. 17, 8. 


"3W Shamlai, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46 
Keth. prob. corrupted from > Keri 
ib. or from 2 Neh. 7, 48. 


᾽ D2, 3 fera. pret. im pause M22; 
fat. os, plur. satis. A fut. A ow? see 
under r. CW". 

1. 10 be astonished, amazed ; Chald. 
with > inserted S25 causat. to aston- 
. ish; kindr. are τῷ, Mom. The pri- 
mary idea is that of closing, shutting 
up ; then the shutting of the mouth im- 
plies silence; and this is transferred to 
ustonishment, q.d.‘to be struck dumb ;? 
comp. the kindr. roots Ὁ, O23, D5; 
Hupfeld in Zeitschr. far d. Kunde des 
Morgenl. III. p. 397.—Jer. 18, 16. 19, 8. 
50, 13. 1 K. 9, 8.. Ps. 40, 16; with >9 
Lev. 26, 32. Job 17, 9. al. So 2 Chr. 7, 
21, see art. > A. 6. b. 

2. to be laid waste, to be made desolate, 
since desolate places are silent and quiet, 
in contrast to the noise and turmoil of 
inhabitants ; Ez. 33,28. 35.12.15. Part. 
pod, ow, ἢ noob, plur. Ὁ, 
mina, desolate, Lam. 1, 4. 3, 11. Is. 49, 
8; of persons, wasted, perishing, Lam. 
1.13.16, also solitary 2 Sam. 13, 20, Is. 
54,1. Plur. f. mina desolate places, 
ruins, Is. 61, 4. Dan. 9, 18. 26. 

Norse. A transitive signification, lo 
lay waste, is usually assumed, fon ac- 
count of ΓΘ Ez. 36,3 and pad Dan. 
8, 13. 9,27. 12,11. But for the former 
see art. TA ; and for the latter see in 
Poel. 

Nien. Ὁ 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, lo be 
astonished Jer. 4,9. Ez. 4,17; ¢. 3 Job 
18, 20. 

2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be laid waste, made 


desolate, Am. 7, 9. 9, 14. Is. 54, 3. Jer. 


(12.11. Ps. 69. 26; to be wasted, to per- 
ish, of persons Lam. 4.5; ἐο be desolate, 
solitary, of a way Lev. 26, 22. Is. 33, 8; 
also Joel 1, 17. 





paw 


Port 1. iq. Kal no. 1, to be 
ished, part. D262 Ezra 9, 3. 4. 

2, Trans. part. cota Dan. 9, 7. 
31, and also ἘΦ Ὁ or πρῶ, the 2 Ὡς 
dropped, Dan. 8. 13. 9, 27. 12, 14] 
something astounding, horrible,” 
ing, almost as a subst. and sometim 
joined with y3p¥, as Dan. 12, 11 
Dah ppv che selling up of the abor 
nable, the horrible, comp. 11, 31.8 
Something thus abominable and ἢ 
ble is said by the prophet to be set 1 
in the sanctuary in Jerusalem by th 
conqueror, after the sacrifices were ὃ 
ished; and this can only refer to idole 
try, fog which yspv is always v 
We may therefore understand an. ic 
or an altar to idols, whieh Antioc 
Epiphanes set up in the temps Bey t 
βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως. Vulg. abominati 
desolationis. 1 Mace, 1, 54 φκοδόμι 
βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως ἐπὶ τὸ ϑυσίιαστ 
ριον κτλ. comp. 2 Mace. 6, 2 sq. Mat 
24,15. Mark 13, 14.—The same seem 
to be also cet sven Dan. 8, 13,1 
Sept. ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐρημώσεως. ἐπ Oe 
including Gesenius, interpret this wor 
not of a thing, but of a person, se. Ar 
tiochus; and take cet. and seb αἱ 
genitive, (he abomination of the desola 
lor, the transgression of the desolaton 
Most interpreters also take 028 as par 
ticiple of Kal; to which they ascribe a 
transitive sense ; see Note above. σ΄ 

Hips. own, fat. ows, ὁ. suff. c 
1 Sam. 5,6; inf. Down, part. ota. | 

1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make aston 
ished, Ez. 32, 10. 20, 26. si ae 

2. Intrans, to be astonished, Ez. 3, 1 
also Job 21, 4, see in Hoph. With & 
Mice. 6, 13. See 49, 20. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to day w 
to make desolate, 6. g. a land Lev.26; 31. 
32. Num. 21, 30. Jer. 10,2. Job 16,7. F 
79, 7; also trees, Hos. 2, 14. - mao 

Hopn, DWN, or as in many mss. 
editt. Cen (prop: hdsham), to be 
waste, made desolate 3; inf c. suff. Fae 
(or Farm) for mae, Lev. 26, 34. 
2 Chr. 36, 21; and 6. 3 pref. raving fa or 
Paws , sant this for mana. Lev. 26, 
43,—Here too some refer yan to be 
astonished Job 21, 5, to be’ pronounced 
hoshémmu, as they think; and it is also 
found in some mss. written "28m and 








































| 





paw 
a But the true form seems to 
be satin (hdshémmu) imper. Hiph. for 
woo, like pret. 1am for sawn Jer. 
10, 95. 

Hirupo. ΩΣ 
pavin Ecc. 7, 16. 
ΟἹ, to be Gitohished., amazed, Is. 59, 16. 
63,5; also Ps. 143, 4; c. 59 of thing, 
Dan. 8, 27. 

2. to desolate or destroy oneself, Ecc. 
7, 16. 

Deriv. 2%, M200, noo, 
Mab, MW ; pr. n. x20, "22. 


τοῦ Chald. only Irapo. cairns, fo 
be astqnished, Dan. 4, 16. 


DAW m. adj. laid waste, desolate, Dan. 
9,17. Lam. 5; 18. Fem. 7228 Jer. 12, 
11. R. now. 

ΓΘ Ὁ f. (r.02) plur. constr. τ Ὁ, 

1. astonishment, Ez. 7, 27. 

2. a desolation, waste, desert, Is. 1, 7. 
62, 4. Jer. 25,12. al. So πότ Maw pyran 
the land shall become a waste Ez. 12, 
20. 14, 16. Ex. 23, 29. Is. 17, 9. al. Jer. 
49, 2 and it (the city Rabbah) shall be 
ε on? for a mound of desglation, a heap 
of ruins. Also Mo9d caw, M799 ins, 
sc. a city, land, lo make ita desolation, 
to lay desolate, Jer. 6, 8. 9,10. 10, 22. 
Ez. 15, 8; idols Mic. 1, 7. Emphat. 
ΤΟ 7272 a desolate waste Joel 2, 3. 
4,19. Jer.12,10; Masa. M20 a desert 
and desolatiun, an utter waste, Ez. 6, 
14, 33, 28. 29. 35,3; maaws maw id. Ez. 
23, 35. 

MIU ᾧ (for M235 τ. 0°28) plur. constr. 
Mineo ; a desolation, waste, Ez. 35,7. 9. 


yaw πὰ. (r. D208) astonishment, 
amazement, Ez: 4, 16. 12, 19. 
mga | 


*\2 2 , fut. aw", to be or become fat, 
Deut. 32, 15. Jer. 5, 28. Arab. ων 


id. Aram. 13, <u. 


Hien. 1. to make fat, to cover over 
with fat, metaph. the heart, as enve- 
loped in fat and thus made dull and 
callous to the words of the prophet, Is. 
6, 10; comp. Ps. 119, 70. 

2. to become fat, pr. to make or pro- 
duce fat from oneself, Neh. 9, 25. 

Deriv. 159, jay, oad, προς, 
you, DB", and pr. ἢ. mig. 

91* 


fut. once contr. 


yi hs) ’ 


see in maa. 


1085 





yaw tee 

Joe τὰ. adj. (τ. pad) ἢ nyved, fat, Is. 
30, 23. Ez. 34, 16; of a strong, lusty, 
robust man, Inia. 3, 29, see (720; of a 
land, fertile, Num. 13, 20. Neh. 9, 25. 
35; of pasture Ez. 34, 14; of bibed ag 
séuriching, Gen. 49, 20; δὲ spoil, Hab. 
1, 16. 

yaw τη. (r. 72) c. suff. “38, plur. 
5°22. Some take it as fem. in Cant. 1, 
3; but see in τ. P19 Hoph. 

1. fatness, Ps. 109, 34. mya ΠΕ 
a banquet of fatness, i. e. sumptuous, 
splendid, Is. 25, 6. 10, 27 "382 > Dam} 
728 and the yoke (of Israel) is broken 
from fatness, the figure being taken 
from a fat ox which breaks and casts 
off his yoke; comp. Deut. 32, 15. Hos. 4. 
16. Also fertility of the earth, 6. g. NE 
D722 vulley of fatness, i. e. most fertile, 
Is. 28, 1. 5, 1 29 3 AR a fertile hill. 

2. ait spec. olive-oil, ΓΤ jaw Ex. 27. 
20. 30, 24. Lev. 24, 2; comp. 72 ΤῸ 
Deut. 8, 8. 28, 40; airtiph: id. Deut. 32. 
13. 2 K. 4, 2. 6, 7. Jer. 40, 10. Job 29, 6. 
al. So as exported to Tyre and Egypt. 
Ez. 27, 17. Hos. 12, 2 [1]; as applied 
to Souride Is. 1, 6, comp. Luke 10, 34; 
used in the sacred cundelabra, Ex. 27. 
20. 35, 8. 14. 28. Num. 4, 16; for pre- 
paring food, 1 K. 17, 12. Ez. 16, 13. 
19, and also sacrifices, Mic. 6,7. Lev. 
8, 26. Num. 6, 15, espee. the sacrifice 
without blood (m2) Ez. 29, 40. Lev. 
2, 1 sq. and as a libation, Gen. 28, 18. 
35, 14.—Also 18} Υϑ oft Mee: the οἴ δ 
or rather the wild olive, oleaster, the 
olive being mt; so Neh. 8, 15. Is. 41, 
19. See Celsii Hierob. II. p. 331 sq. 

3. spiced oil, ointment, unguent, for 
anointing, 2 K. 9, 6. Is. 61, 3. Ps. 23, 5. 
45, 8. 141, 5. Ecc. 9, 8. Cant. 1, 3 see 
in PI" Hoph. So 310 528 precious 
ointment, 2 K. 20, 13. Ps. 133, 2. Ecce. 7, 
1; πρὶ Ὑ2 2 unguent of the per -fumer 
Kec. 10, 1, kept in a flask (4B) 1 Sam. 
10, 1. 2 K. 9, 1. 3, or horn (722) 1 Sam. 
16,-1.- Fs 1 ET 39. Also 729 FAIS 10 
anoint oneself with oil 2 Sam. 14, 2. 
Mie. 6, 15. | Spec. of the holy oil or oint- 
ment, ὯΝ anointing the sacred vessels 
and furniture, the priests and espec. the 
high priest, and composed of olive-oil, 
myrrh, cinnamon, sweet cane, and cas- 
sia, see Ex. 30, 23-25; called MMe pow 
Ex. 25, 6. 29, 7. 40, 9. Lev. 8, 2. 10 


, 220 


Num. 4, 16. al. rarely WIPH “ Num, 35, 
25. Ps. 89, 21; or VIP nnwa ‘& Ex. 30, 
25; or mins nna “S Lev. 10, 7, comp. 
21, 12. —Plur. Ds au ointments, unguents. 
How: 6.6. Cant. 1, 3. 4, 10.—Also 7728 
“ἘΠ ointment of myrrh, fragrant with 
myrrh. 


pnw m. plur. (Ὁ. 129) fatness of the 
earth, i. e. fat fields, fertile regions. 
Gen. 27, 28 God gave thee YIN7 "F202 
fertile fields, pr. of fertile fields, as the 
other hemistich has ‘m >w2 of the dew 
of heaven. But v. 39 A347 PIN "swe 
ΞΘ, without the fatness of the earth 
shall be thy dwelling, parall. Ὑπ >a2. In 
both places 0°22 is for ΠΣ ΩΦ but 
there is a play of words arising fron the 
twofold use of 72, which in v. 28 is taken 
in the partitive sense, see 12 no. T; and 
in v. 39 in its privative sense, see 12 no. 
Sf. 

᾿ rig aw, also προ, joined with 
feminines ; maw , rarely 73720, constr. 
ὩΣ ΩΣ, joined with masculines card: num. 


eight. Arab. ys, oti bey Aram, 


"72M and "33m, Paez. with fem. &"273m, 
ον with mase, Eth. Ps, ete. 
So ὩΣ ΠΡῸΣ eight years Judg. 3, 8. 
2 Chr. 34. 1; my τ Ὁ id. 2 K. 22, 1. 
8.17 Keth. 6°23 nin eight sons 1 Sam, 
17,12; ord Ὁ eight men Jer. 41, 15, 
mony 0779 eight bullocks Num. 29, 29; 
spin 1 ΓΟ eight omen Num. 7,8. “j3 
D770" ryod a son of eight days, eight 
days old, Gen, 17, 12. 21. 4,—Put in- 
stead of the ordinal, for the eighth, as 
Ἴ25» ΓΙΌΣ Mixa in the eighth year of 
his reign 2 K. 24, 12; wad moos pina 
on the eighth day of the month 2 Chr. 
29, 17. 

Also ΠΩΣ AZAD with fem. wwe nro 
‘with mase. (once swe moaw Judg. '20, 25 ) 
eighteen; so τ ray mod ἐλέγαν 
years Judg. 3, 14; ΠΩΣ προ Ὁ 
eighteen wives 2 Chr. 11, 21. —¥or the 
ordinal, eighteenth, 2 K. 3, 1. 2 Chr. 35, 
19. 

Pror. ὩΣ Δ Ὁ and BAW Gen. 5. 26. 
al. eighty; Chald. 432" or {20m, Syr. 


=0 9,4 
--αἴδοζΖ, Arab. Oks, Eth. ΟΡ, 
id. So "x 0°29 eighty men Jer. 41, 5; 


1086 ὩΣ 


ρ. 2 Job 37, 2. ‘Is. 42, 94. 2 Sam. 12, 1 













































nr ὉΠ Ὁ eighty years Judg. 3, 90 
so Cant. 6, 8. Gen. 16,6. Ex.7, 172k 
19. 33. 

Deriv. ordin. "7D. ow 


ΚΦ ΏΣ, in pause 32 Ps. 34, yi 
fut. 3°29; imper, 328, “ngaw Res a 1 
very ἀπόδος 


1. to hear; Syr. Chald. id. Ar al 
. Eth. f1GU, to hear, to obe 


Gen. 18, 10. Is. 6,9. Job 13,1. Ps. 48, 
c. acc. of thing Gen. 3, 10. 24, 52. 
2,15. Jer. 42, 14. Job 3, 18; ¢. ace. 0 
pers. speaking Gen. 37, 17. 1 Sam. 1 j 
28; with "> before a clause or sehte 
Gen. 42,2. 2 Sam. 11, 26. 1K. 5, Ἢ 
Neh. 3, 33; ¢. ΒΡ Geik ΑἹ, 15.—Spec 
a) to hearken, to listen to any one, t 
give attention, ¢. ace. Gen. 23, 8.11) 1 
Ecce. 7, δ: bx Gen. 49,2. 1K. as, Ν 
Is. 46, 3. 12; > Ps. 81, 12. Job 31, 


But 22200 is likewise often to hearst 
any thing. to be an ear-witness, 
auritus fuit Plaut. Gen. 27, 5. Job 15, 8. 
26,14; also tghear with pleanre 9 Sat 
19, 36. Ps. 92, 12. 58) Of God. fo] 
and accept prayer, tohear.and answe 
6. acc. Gen. 17, 20. Ps. 10,17. 54, 4; 
ὃν Gen. 16, 11. 30, 22; Ῥ ΒΡ Deut. ὃ 
γ΄. Ps. δ, 4. 18. 7, 27, 7, 38, 3. 64, 8 
Lam. 3, 56; ‘» >ipa Gen. 30, 6. Deut. . 
1, 45; bip-by Gen. 21, 17. Sometimes 
also with 5 οἵ the object, Gen. 17, 
c) to hearken to, to hear and obey, ted 
19. 65, 12. Jade. 11, 17. 28; ¢. ace. 0 
thing, EX. 24, 7. Deut. 12, 18; ¢. ba 
Gen. 28, 7. 39, 10. Deut. 18, 19. Josh. 
1,17; by 2K. 20,13; > Neh. 9,29. Lev. 
26, 21; ‘p bina Gen. 27, 13. Ex. 18. 19. 
Deut. 26, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 18; Ἔ bip> 
Gen. 3, 17. Judg. 2, 20. Ps. 58,6. 
2. to hear distinctly, to understand, 
Gen. 11, 7. 42,23. 3 35 an under- 
deli heart 1 Κ. 3,9. But Σοῦ Oe 
Prov. 21, 28, the man that hath heard se. 
the thing to be established by testimony, — 
i.e. a true witness, in opp. to a false 
witness. ~ 
Nipw. 1. to be heard, Gen. 45, 16. 
Ex. 23, 13. 1 Sam. 1, 13; 6. 5 by any 
one Neh. 6,1. 7. Also i: q- to be regard- 
ed, Ecc. 9, 16; to be heard and accepted 
Dan. 10; 12, comp. 2 Chr. 30,27. 7 


- 









2. 1ὸ show oneself obedient, to obey, c. > 
of pers. Ps. 18, 45. 
- 3. to be understood, Ps. 19, 4. 
Piet pr. ‘to make hear, i. 6. to call, 
to summon, i. q. Hiph. no. 3; ο. acc. of 
pers. and > of the thing to which oneis 
lled, 1 Sam. 15, 4. 23, 8 and Saul 








1. to cause to hear, to let hear, 
6. g. one’s voice, with Dip, Judg. 18, 25. 
Cant. 2, 14. Is. 30, 30. Ps. 66, 8; a cry 
Jer. 48, 4: c. dupl. ace. of pers. find thing, 
to cause one to hear any thing 2 K. 7, 6. 
Ps. 143, 8; c. >8 of pers. Ez. 36, 15. 


Without dip absol. to let oneself be heard, 


to utter aloud, and so with i>5p2 Ps. 26, 
7. Ez. 27, 30, comp. i>ip2 179 in Dip bb. 
Spec. to sing with the voice Neh. 12, 42; 
also to sound with instruments 1 Chr. 
15, 28. 16,5; espec. of loud music 1 Chr. 
15, 19, comp. Pi. M22. Comp. Arab. 


5 
Χαρὰ songstress, plow music. 

2. to announce, to declare, c. acc. of 
thing Is. 45, 21. 52,7. Nah. 2,1; acc. 
of pers. Is. 44,8. 48,5; c. dupl. acc. of 
pers. and thing Is. 43, 9. 48, 6. 

τ 3. to call, to summon, i. q. Pi. 1 K. 15, 
22. Jer. 50, 29. 51, 27. 

Deriv. >20, s85, MSY, MDB, 

3720, natn, and the pr. names τοῦ, 


St), sme ἀφοῦ, MP0, M3720 , not, 


“φῦ; 33, nase, ΟΣ Ὁ, Senay, 
basows, masa. 


_ ΦῸ Chald. to hear, c. acc. of thing, 
Dan. 3, 5; 6. ἘΣ of or concerning any 
one, Dan. 5, 14. 16. 

_ Ivrnee. to show oneself obedient, to 
obey, Dan. 7, 27. 


Ὁ (hearing, obedient) Shama, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 44. . 


. JOU m. Ὃν. pad) c. suff. "320. 

1. the hearing, as opp. to the sight; 
Job 42, 45. Ps. 18,4575 "5 ἜΘ irk sud 
at the hearing of the ear do they obey me, 
i.e. Lam obeyed as soon as heard. 

2. Something heard, report, rumour, 
fame ; 
‘the report (sc. of Tyre destroyed) cometh 
to Egypt. Hos. 7, 12 on3s> sate as 
the report (hath δι) lo their congre- 
gation. SYS ΣΟ a false report Ex. 23, 
1. With gen. of pers. of whom the report 


γ᾽ 1081 


Is. 23, 5 ΦΧ Saw “UND when 





paw 


is spread, as M258 Sa the fame of Solo- — 
mon, 1 K. 10, 1; ᾿ς τοῦ the report con 
cerning Tyre, as destroyed, Is. 23; 53 
ΞΡΣ ΣΦ the report of the coming of 
Jacob Gen. 29, 13. Is. 66, 19. Hab. 3, 2. 
Nah. 3, 19. al. 


᾿ ΝΘ m. (τ. 2atd) in pause saw. 

1. sound, music, see the root in Hiph. 
Ps. 150, 5. 

2. Shema, pr. n. m. 
44, b)5,8. 
8, 13. 


YAW (id.) Shema, pre n. of a city in 
the south of Judah, Josh. 15, 26. 


WU τη. (τ. 908) c. suff. isnv, fame, 
rumour, Josh. 6, 27. 9, 9. Jer. 6, 24. 
Esth. 9, 4. 


SIU (rumour, τ. 22%) Shimea, pr. 
n.m. a) A son of Jesse, brother of 
David, 1 Chr. 2, 13; for which is read 
nmzeO 2 Sam. 13, 3. 52; and also naw 
Shammah 1 Sam. 16, 9. 17,13. b)A 
son of David, 1 Chr. 8, 5; for which is 
read 3520 Shammua 2 Sam, 5, 14. 1 Chr. 
14,4.  c) A Levite. 1 Chr.6,15.  d) 
ib. v. 24. 9 


TINY (14.) Shimeah, 2Sam. 13, 3. 223 
see H2W no. 3.b. Patronym. is "M330 
a Shimeathite 1 Chr. 2, 55. 


ΓΟ Shemaah, pr. n. m. ὁ. art, 
1 Chr. 12, 3: 


mA see ΓΙΣ ΔΩ ‘ 


PNW (a hearkening, r. 3%) pr. n.m. 
Simeon, Gr. Συμεών, a) The second 
son of Jacob, born of Leah Gen. 29, 33, 
the progenitor of the tribe of the same 
name. The cities of this tribe were 
within the territory of Judah, and are 
enumerated Josh. 19, 1-9. Ὁ) Ezra 2, 
31.—Patronym. of lett. a, is "2370 ὦ 
Simeonite, Num. 25, 14. Josh. 21, 4. 


WAU (renowned, r. 32%) Shimei, 
Shimi. pr.n.m. 8) Ex. 6, 17. Num. 3, 
18. hb) 2 Sam. 16, 5. 1 K. 2, 8. 36 sq. 
c) 1K. 1,8. 4, 18. d) Esth. 2. 5. 
Also of several other persons of less 
note.—Patronym. of lett. a, 95% a Shi- 
mite for ΣΦ Num. 3, 21. 


ΓΟ ὩΣ and ἜΠΟΣ (Jehovah hear- 
eth him) Shemaiah, pr. n.-m. a) A 
prophet in the time of Rehoboam, 1 Κὶ. 


a) 1 Chr. 2, 43. 
c) Neh. 8,4. d) 1 Chr. 


» 


12, 22. 2 Chr.11,2. 12,5.7.15. Ὁ) An- 
other in the time of Jeremiah, Jer. 29, 
31.32. c) Of several other persons of 
less note; see Simonis Onom. p. 546. 


nyaw (i. q. 739%) Shimeath, pr. n. f. 
2 K. 12, 92. 2 Chr. 24, 26. 


‘yaw obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Yass; 
_ to thrust, to cast, to throw ; comp. 028. 
Then intrans. ‘to thrust oneself to 


S$, -? 
hasten, comp. Arab. yous a hasten- 
ing; espec. in speaking, fo speak hur- 
riedly, to mutter, to whisper, like Arab. 


anid, which also seems to be trans- 


ferred to derision and pleasure in the 
misfortunes of others.—Hence the two 
following. 


ΤῊ τὴ. a transient sound, a whisper, 
rapidly uttered and swiftly dying away, 
Job 4, f2. 26,14. Symm. ψιϑυρισμύς, 
Vulg. susurrus—In the Talmud ye 
is a little, which the Targum and Syr. 
have expressed in the above passages. 


ΤΙΣ ὩΣ f. (τ. yod) pr. a whispering, 
and that enviofs and malicious; hence, 
‘joy in others’ evils, malicious plea- 
sure, or a jeering, mocletny. whispering 
dartsion: once Ex. 32,25 chapa ΠΣ 
for a derision among their enemies. 
Sept. and Theodot. éaizague.—Jewish 
interpreters, shame, reproach ; Gesenius 
and others, rout, overthrow ; see more 
in Thesaur. p. 1442, 


Ἐν} fut, “459, c. suff. 9298", once 
before pause accent D953 Prov. 14, 3. 

1. Pr.i.g. "20, "2b, to be stiff, rigid, 
to stand erect, to bristle; whence "720 
thorns, as bristling; also adamant, a 
diamond, as rigid, hard, comp. ‘silex ri- 
gidus’ Ovid. Met. 10. 942. Then trans- 
ferred to fixedness of look, lo stare, to 
look at earnestly. Hence 

2. to watch, to guard, to keep; comp. 
synon, "X3, “02. 

a) 10 keep, in the narrower sense, as 
a garden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 24; a flock 30, 
31; a house Ecc. 12.3; a gate, 1 K. 14, 
27. Neh. 13, 22.—Part. "2 subst. a 
keeper, watchman, Cant. 3,3; of a flock 
i. 6. a shepherd 1 Sam. 17, 20; "Ww 2B 


field-keeper Jer. 4,17; 07352 “ὦ keeper 


of the women Esth. 2, 8. 8. 14. 15. ὦ 


1088 ἔπ)» 1. 





ποῦξπ bagegage-guard 1 Sam. ba 
p12 ὦ keeper of the wardrobe 2 ἢ 
14; FEM “yb keepers of the thresh 
or door of the temple, the priests, 2 
12, 10. 22, 4. 2 Chr. 34, 9. Trop. t 
prophets are called ποτοῦ keepers | 
21, 11. 62, 6, comp. ΒΞ in r. MBs; αἱ 
Jer. 20, 10 "ὃ Σ "798 the keepers of 
side, who do not leave my side, m 
miliar companions; see in >>¥ no. 2. — 
b) In a wider sense, fo keep safe, 
protect, to preserve, c. acc. of pers. ¢ 
thing, 1 Sam. 25, 21. 30, 23. Prov. 13, 
21, 23. Deut. 23, 24; with >> of per 
Prov. 6, 22. Often of God, as keeping 
protecting, preserving men, 6. ace. Gen 
28, 15. £0. Ex. 23, 20. Jer. 31, 10. Ps. 1 
8. 16, 1. 121, 7. 145, 20. Job 2, 6; 
ace. and j2, to keep or protect from 
Prov. 3, 26, 21, 23. Ps. 121, 7. Is. 56, % 
6) Spec. WWE? 2, one keeping h 
spiril, 1. 6. circamepess, prudent, Pre 
16, 17. 22, 5; also WWE] WHY, seq. 15 
beware lest, Deut. 4, 9. Hence elliz 
"20. to beware, to abstain from, c. 7 
like Engl. to keep from doing any thing, 
Josh. 6, 18; comp. Niph. no. 2, 3. ; 
3. to keep, to reserve, to lay up; a 
grain, Gen. 41, 35; food, 1 Sam, 9, 94: 
goods, property, Ecc. 5, 12. Ex. 22, 6. 
Ezra 8, 29. Also to keep, to observe, te 
practise, 6. g. good faith, Is. 26, 2; dis- 
cretion, Prov. 19, 8; mercy, 1 K. 3, 6. 
Neh. 10, 30; anger, Am. 1, 11 1"733 
ΤΙΣ} M920 his anger, he keepeth it for- 
ever, where M20 before pause is for 
MW (as RB MER for 82 HIP, Ez. ; 
25); ellipt. Jer. ΕἸ 5 mab see τὰ wit 
he keep his anger forever? Ps.’ 39, 
Spec. to keep in mind and memory, Gt 
φυλάττεσϑαΐ τι, c. acc. of thing Gen. 37, 
11; espec: words, counsels, Prov. 4, 91. 
7,1. 22,18; sins, Ps. 130, 3. 
4. lo keep in view, to observe, to mark, 
to regard, c. acc. of thing; 6. g. admo- 
nition, Prov. 13, 18. 15, 5. 1 Sam. 1, 12. 
Job 39, 1. Eee. 11,4; so of migrato 
birds Jer. 8, 7. Mic. 7,5 4° (MB τοῦ 
mark the doors of thy mouth, be careful 
as to thy words. Prov. 2, 20 ninsy} 
satin DTP as and mark the ways of the 
righteous, sc. in order to follow them; 
but in the opp. sense, Ps. 17, 4 ia 
y771B γπον J have marked the ways 
the oppressor, sc. in order to avoid them: 


































+4 


Sara) 
5. 42,20. Αὐδο — "20 fo keep the 
616, to observe one’s duties, to attend 
upon one’s office, comp. in myo no. 3. 
Num. 3, 10 Snans-ry at ‘and they 
all altend upon their priest's office, 
perform it. 18, 7; and so with 3 of 
thing, Job 14, 16 "MRwn->> mawM ἐὲθ 
t thou not mark as to my sin? but 
others differently. Further, to attend 
to any one, to care for, almost in the 
sense of protecting; c. >% of pers. Ps. 
59, 10. 1 Sam. 26, 15; c. 53 v. 16; ¢. 3 
2 Sam. 18, 12—Sometimes in a bad 
sense, to watch narrowly, to spy out, c. 
acc. Job 13, 27. 33, 11. Ps. 56, 7. 71, 10. 
ἘΣ 720 lo watch ἃ cily, i. 6. to besiege 
it, 2 Sam. 11, 16; comp. 72 I. 1. Ὁ. 
_ 5. to keep, lo observe, i. 6. not. to break ; 
e. g. Ὁ covenant, as man, Gen. 17, 9. 10. 
Ex. 19, 5. Ps. 78, 10; or God, Deut..7, 
9. 12..1 K. 8, 23. Neh. 1, 5. Dan. 9, 4; 
also a promise, 1 K. 3. Ὁ. 8, 24. 25; the 
sabbath, Ex. 12, 1. 23, 15. Lev. 19. 30. 
Deut. 5, 12. Is. 56, 2. 4. 6; espec. God’s 
law, precepts, commandments, etc. Gen. 
18, 19. Ex. 15, 26. 20, 6. Lev. 18,4. Am. 
2,4. Jer. 16, 11. Mal. 2, 9. al. step. Ecc. 
8, 2 “δῷ abun "Β keep the king’s com- 
Hintidinent but Mic. 7,5 see in no, 4. 
Sometimes joined with another finite 
verb, as MBI) πο Deut. 4, 6. 7, 12. 
2 Chr. 9, 7; often mivs> το Ὁ to observe 
to do, take care to do, Deut. 6, 5. 5 ἃ! 
13,1. 16,5. 17,10. 2K.17,37.al. “3 τ΄ ὃ 
Num. 23, 12; ‘ppb a7 Nb 2K, 10, 31. 

6. to abeerve; i. e. to regard, to honour, 
6. g. God, to worship, Hos. 4,10; idols, Ps. 
31,7; one’s master, Prov. 27,18. Comp. 
Virg. Georg. 4. 212 ‘observant regem 
non sic Aigyptus,’ etc. 

‘Nieg. 7203, imperat. always Milel 
satin , except once Is. 7,4; see end of 
no. 3. 

1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be kept, pre- 
served, Ps, 37, 28. 2 K. 6,10. Hos. 12, 14. 
52. Reflex. to keep oneself from any 
thing, to refrain from, c. 7 Deut. 23, 10. 
Judg. 13, 13. 1 Sam. 21, 5. Comp. Kal 
no. 2. 6. 

.3. to take heed to oneself, to beware 
of any thing, fo refrain from; c. 772 Jer. 
9,3. Gen. 31, 29; "292 Ex. 23, 21; 3 
2 Sam. 20, 10; c. inf. Ex. 19, 12 take 
heed to yourselves not to go up into the 
mount ; also with 48 lest, before a clause, 















1089 





“70 


Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. Deut. 4, 15. 16; the 
pleonastic pron. ἢ being sometimes 
added after an imperative, as Gen. Ex. 
ll. ce. Occasionally in a strong prohibi- 
tion, there is added to the verb of cau- 
tion the formula 7 E22, 7WH2>, by thy 
life, as thou lovest thy life ; which how- 
ever is not dependent on the verb 72). 
Deut. 4, 15. 16 ΞΘ Β25 WN. ἘΠ 2.75) 
yFensn-ip take good heed therefore, as 
ye value your lives...lest ye act wick- 
edly, etc. Jer. 17, 21 BS"Niwpa Mw 
xvo ἘΝ ΘΓ ΝῚ fake heed to yourselves, 
for your lives, and bear no burden, etc. 
Josh. 23, 11. Dice with inf. c. >, to take 
heed to do any thing, not to omit it, 
comp. in Kal no. 5; Deut. 24,8 "28m 

ΤΩΣ ΞῚ ko 92> take heed... to observe 


1 diligently y and do, ete. Once joined with 


another imperative, Is. 7,4 ὩΣ ΠῚ TAU 
take heed and be quiet ; here only "2e 
is Milra; see above, init. 

Prez, i. 4. Kal no. 6, to regard, lo 
worship, 6. g. idols, Jon. 2, 9. 

Hirupa. Vanwrn 1. i. q. Kai no. 5, 
to keep, to observe, pr. for oneself, Mic. 
6, 16. 

2. to take heed to oneself, c. 572 Ps. 
18, 24. 

Detiv: Ὁ. MAD, WOW, MI, MIS, 
MIN, st, Seti, and pr. n. ἀξ, 
a0 , ya, jin , ἝΩ, MIA, 
sm Ὁ, τη, τῶ, "7720". 


"δῶ m. (τ. a). 1. Plur. Θυ ῶ, 
dregs, lees of wine, so called hoeanae 
wine is kept, preserved, in strength and 
colour by letting it stand upon the lees. 
Ps. 75, 9. Is. 27, 6 O-ppra ΘΛ 5 lees 
racked off or fined, i. e. generous old 
wine purified from the lees. Proverb. 
ὙΠΟ ΘΟ; (ΝΒ) Upw Jer. 48, 11. Zeph. 
1, 12, ‘to rest upon one’s Mes, i. e. to live 
a life of quiet indifference and sloth, the 
figure being drawn from wine. 

2. Shemer, pr.n.m. a) 1K. 16, 24. 
b) 1 Chr. 6, 31. 6) 8, 12. d) 7, 34, 
for which v. 32 πῶ, see 720. 


"Ὁ and Wai m. 1. Pr. part. Kal 
of τ. "720, and subst. a‘ keeper 3 see in 
Kal no. 2. 

2. Shomer, pr.n. a) Masc. 1 Chr. 
7, 32; comp. "28 no. 2. d. b) Fem. 
2 K. 12, 22, for which 2 Chr. 24, 26 
maw Shimrith. 


“0 


“a τη. (τ. 723) only plur. ΒΩ, 
observance, celebration, Ex. 12, 42. 

MVD f. (τ Wav) plur. Min, eye- 
lids, once Ps. 77, 5. 

MIU f. (τ. 72%) watch, guard, Ps. 
141, 3. 

ΤΠ Ὁ (watch, guard, τ. 28) Shim- 
ron, pr. 0. 

1. A son of Issacher, Gen. 46, 13. 
Patronym. "253% a Shimronite, Num. 
26, 24. 

2. Ὑ 2 ji Shimron Meron Josh. 
12, 20 Keri (Keth. ἜΝ Ὁ), elsewhere 
ἡμαρὶν yin28 Shimron Josh. 11, 1, and 
so 19, 15, acity of Zebulon. According 
to the Talmud (Megilla fol. 70, col. 1) 
this place was the later M°"212"0 ΣΊμω- 
viac, a village in Galilee mentioned by 
Josephus, Vit. §24; now &3 Semi- 
nieh, Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 201. 
Comp. Relandi Palest. p. 1017. 


Tia f. (watch-post, τ᾿ 2%) pr. ἢ. 


Shomeron, Samaria. With π-- loc. 
mAb.” 
1. A hill, ὦ "nm Am. 4,1. 6,1, with a 


city built upon it by Omri, in the terri- 
tory of Manasseh, and named by him 
after Shemer the former owner of the 
soil, 1 K. 16, 24; afterwards the capital 

of the kingdom of Israel, 2 Καὶ, 3, 1. 13, 1. 
~ 18,9. 10. Is. 7, 9. 28, 1. Ez. 16, 46. al. 
Chald. ἡ, whence Gr. Σαμάρεια, 
Lat. Samaria; rebuilt by Herod the 
Great and called by him Σεβάστη in 
honour of Augustus, Jos. Ant. 15, 7. 7. 
It is now asmall village called Sebis- 
tieh; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
138sq. Relandi Palest. p.979. Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 112 sq. 

b) In a wider sense, the kingdom of 
Samaria, i. 6. 6f the ten tribes, of which 
Samaria was the metropolis. jin "9 
the cilies of Samaria, i. e. of the king- 
dom. 2 K. 17, 26. 23, 19, and by prolep- 
sis even under Jeroboam, 1 K. 13, 32. 
jive 9m Jer. 31,5; Ὁ 799 1K. 21, 1; 
also "ὦ bs» the calf of Samaria, i. e. the 
calf at Bethel ‘Hos. 8, 5. 6. — Gentile n. 
is "ab a Shomeronite, Samaritan, 2K. 
17, 29. 


“0 (watchful, τ. v2) Shimri, pr. 
nm. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37. Ὁ) 26, 10. 
c) 2 Chr. 29,13. d)1Chr 11, 45. 


1090 





On 


τ (whom Jehoval kee 
mariah, pr.n.m. a) Ason of R 
boam 2 Chr. 11,19.  b) Ezra 10, 
c) ib. v. 41. 


wr (id.) sramartaks pr. 1 
1 Chr. 12, δ. fe 


ΤΩ Chald. Samaria, the ὁ 
Ezra 4, 10. 17, i. q. Hebr. ji00B. 


ΓΘ (watchful, τ. 2) pr. - 
Shimrith, 2 Chr. 24, 26; see in "Ἢ 


ΓΔ Ὁ (watch, guard, τ. 28) § 
rath, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 1 Chr. 8, 21. 


᾿ wow obsol. root of doubtful sigr 
cation; perh. from a reduplicated for 
pu sw (comp: in τ. 63%) from the sit 
ple root Bt (see D2), and expressi 
the idea of astonishment, stupor. He 
yw the sun, as causing stage od 
eyes, and so dread, terror, in the mind 
of rude nations, leading them to payt 
the sun divine honours. Hence perl 
Aram. 82% to-minister, from the 
of wonder and reverence. 


Wd Chald. only Pa, xd, to mini 
ter unto, to wait upon, ὁ. ace. Dan. 7, 10 
Syr. id. For the primary idea, see — 
τ, WoW. 


DAW, in pause Wow, c. suff, πῶ 
comm. gend. as m. Ps. 104, 19. f. Ge 
15,17. R. wow. 

1. the sun, so called from the stupo 
amazement, with which men look at 
him, see the root. Others as pr. high, 
celestial, comp. πρῶ, ρῶς Chald. 


2, emph. niin; ΜΩ͂Ν isa emph. 


tesa, comm. id. Arab. wo fem. 
id.—Ex. 16, 21. Jer. 31, 35. Cant. 1,6. al. 
sep. avn nnn under the sun, i. 6. on 
earth, an expression frequent in the book 
of Ecclesiastes, as 1, 3, 9. 14. 2, 11. 18: 
19, 22. 4,1. 8. 7.15. al. Woy 28> o 
fore the sun,.i, e. in the sunshine, Job 8 
16; but for Ps. 72, 17 see "28> no 1. 
854. wWavin "22> in the sight of the 
i. e. the sun being as it were presen 

and looking on, 2 Sam. 12,11. 82th 733. 
id. v. 12. Num. 25, 4. The rising of 
the sun is expreseéd by the verbs 833, 
mir; its setting by the verb R533. 
these verbs. For the worship of the 
sun, see Deut. 4, 19 17, 3. Jer. 8, 2 


















































t 


{5}. 
᾿ 

. 8,16. 2 K. 23, 5. 11; comp. Job 31, 

.—Metaph. Mal. 3, 20 [4,2] APIs wow 

sun of righteousness shall rise. So 

is called 1225 2 a sun and re 

84, 12. 

2. Plur. mitvyw, battlements, sc. ser- 

fated, notched, q. d. suns, rays of the 

Is. 54,12. Sept. ἐπάλξεις. 

Deriv. the two following. 


PVA (sun-like. denom. from Wx) 
imshon, Samson, pr. n. of a judge of 
srael, of the tribe of Dan, celebrated 
or his strength, Judg. c. 13-16. Sept. 
“wow, which Josephus (Ant. 5. 8. 4) 
lains by ἰσχυρός, but against the ety- 
ology. See Winer Bibl. Realw. art. 
imson. Ewald Gesch. des Volkes 
srael II. p. 401 sq. 
"WNW (sunny, from 82%) Shimshai, 
pr. ἢ. m. Ezra 4, 8. 17. 

"WNW Shamsherai, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 
26. It seems to have sprung from a 
double orthography, "728 and "20. 


N80 a Shumathite, patronym. or 
gentile ἢ. from.a pr. ἢ. M28 (garlic) 
1 Chr. 2, 53; elsewhere unknown. R. 
pw. 


ἡ, constr. 72, 6. Makk. “7 and “7, 
¢. suff. 128 , fem. Prov. 25, 19, as in ain 
and Arabs but masce. in sight no. 2.— 
Dual 0738, constr. "20. R. 420. 

ΟἹ @ tooth, of men or animals? Aram. 


Ss 
WW, NID, <—*; 2, Arab. ue Eth. 


fi3, id—Ex. 21, 24. 27. Lev. 24, 20. 
Deut. 19, 21. 32, 24. Spec. elephant’s 
tooth, ivory, (comp. 5"37178,) Cant. 5, 
14. 7,5. Ez. 27,6. 8 mimp horns of 
ivory, elephant’s tusks, Ez. 27, 15, see 
in ὙΡ lett. b. ὦ ΝῸΞ a throne of ivory, 
i. e. inlaid, ornamented, with i ivory, 1 K. 
10, 18. “ἨΔ min couches of ivory, inlaid, 
ete. Am. 6,4. 72 "M3, 9872270, ivory 
' palaces, i. 6. with walls inlaid or cover- 
ed with ivory, 1 K. 22, 38. Ps. 45, 9. 
Am. 3, 15.—Dvau 072 feeth, pr. two 
rows of teeth, Gen. 49, 12. Num. 11, 33. 
Mic. 3, 5. Cant. 4, 2. ἃ]. 1720 pin to 
gnash one’s teeth, Ps. 37, 12. 112, 10, 
comp. Lam. 2, 16; also 17282 ‘Nn id. Job 
16,9. Praverbial are: Job 19, 20 nab ny 
=30 iva Jam escaped with the skin of 
my teeth, i i.e. scarcely do my as re- 
















1091 





ND 


main from disease and wasting; comp. 

‘Engl. ‘to escape with a whole skin.’ 
13, 14 "28a 23 NWN 7 take my flesh in 

my teeth, i. e. expose my life to danger; 

since what is thus carried in the teeth 

is apt to be dropped ; comp. in art. 93 

no. 1. 6. 

2. Any thing like a tooth,e. g. a) 

a tine or prong of a fork or flesh-hook; 

1 Sam. 2, 13 oyu Wow sbran a flesh- 


ὃ 
hook of three teeth. So Arab. αν tooth 
of a comb. b) @ sharp rock, peak, 
point of a hill or mountain, Job 39, 28. 


1 Sam. 14, 4. 5. Syr. -- id. Arab. 
-- 6 
ha> up id. Comp. Fr. dent applied 


to mountains, as Dent de Midi, etc. 
3. Shen, pr. ἢ. of a place, prob. a rock, 
6. art. jm 1 Sam. 7, 12. 


Comp. pr. names with j© are δον, 
"aN. 

: NIV, see r. 520 1, 

820 Chald. fut. xiv) 1. i. q. Heb. 
m3 I. no. 2, to be different, diverse, c. ya 
Dan. 7, 3. 19. 23. 24. 

2. i. ᾳ. Heb. M78 I. no. 3, to be changed, 
to change, Dan. 6, 18. 3,27. Espec. for 
the worse, as the countenance, tochange, 
to be altered, Dan. 5, 6. 9. 

Pa."28 1. Trans. /o change, to alter ; 
Dan. 4, 13 let them change his heart, im- 
pers. for let it be changed.—Part. pass. 
different, diverse, Dan. 7, 7. 

2. to lransgress a law, mandate, decree, 
q. d. to change it, Dan. 3, 28. Syr. id. 

Irupa. ἌΝ, to be changed Dan. 
2,9; espec. for the worse, fo be altered, 
disfigured, Dan. 3, 19. 7, 28. 

Apu. "208, fut. 82%" 1, to change, 
to alter, Dan. 2, 21; a royal mandate, 
Dan. 6, 9. 16. 


2. to transgress a statute, ordinance, 
Ezra 6, 11. 12. 


NIU , See in m0. 
NI. see in mt. 


Fi Se 3 

2820 (father’s tooth) Shinab, pr. n. 
ofa Canaanitish king, Gen. 14, 2. 

S20 m. (τ. MIO) repetition; Ps. 68, 
18 820 "B58 thousands of repetition, 
i. 6. thousands upon thousands. 

TEND (perh. fiery tooth) Shenaz- 
zar, pr. τι. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18. 


230 


᾿ 9} obsol. root, Arab. Au fo be, 
cool, spoken of the day ; see Schult.ad* 
Prov. 7,6. Hence 3288 q. v. 


lt maw fut. 9387, and N20 fut. 
N20" once Lam. 4,1; comp. Pi. Po. and 
deriv. W820. Pr. to bend, to eld, to 


double up or over ; ie cet ee to 
fold together, to bend, zigs the folding 


of a garment, folds of a serpent, a coil 
of rope, ete. To this notion of folding, 
doubling, may aptly be referred the 
other meanings of the verb; as also the 
numeral 0720 two, "20 seounn —Hence 
1. to do the second time or again, to 
repeat, Arab. 3, Chald. 73m q. v. 
Syr. 2. Neh. 13, 21 320m ὮΝ if ye do 
it again. 1 K. 18, 34. Job 29,22. With 
>, 1 Sam. 26, 8 once will I smite him 
ἐν may Nb ‘and will not repeat it to 
him, i. e. there shall be no need of smit- 
ing him twice. 2 Sam. 20,10. With 3 
Prov. 26, 11 a fool ae m2 who re- 
peateth (yietsists in) hit folly. 17,9 m0 
“S72 who repeateth a matter, i. e. rakes 
up anew unpleasant things which should 
be forgotten. 

2. Intrans. lo be different, diverse from 
any thing, c. 12 Esth. 1, 7. 3, 8. 

3. to be changed, aliered, espec. for 
the worse, Lam. 4,1; of the mind, Mal. 
3,6 7 Jehovah change not. Part. plur. 
220 changing sc. the mind, changeable, 
fickle, spoken of discontented persons, 
turncoats, who change from party to 
party, Prov. 24, 21; comp. Jer. 2, 36. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to be repeated, 6. g. a dream 
Gen. 41, 32. 

-PreL M30, once XO 2 K. 25, 29. 

1. to ἀηδῆ, to alter, e. g. garments 
2 K. 25, 29. Jer. 52, 33; a promise Ps. 
89, 35; right, justice, i. 6. to pervert, 
ῬιοΥ, 31, 5. Also to change often, to 
vary, 6. 5. ἃ way Jer. 2,36; to change the 
countenance of any one, i. e. to cause it 
to change to sadness, Job 14, 20. 

2. to transfer to another place, acc. 
of pers. and > of place, Esth. 2, 9. 

3, ἸΏΣΌΤΟΝ mW , to change i.e. to dis- 
figure one’s nenlerstanding, to feign one- 
self mad, play the madman, 1 Sam. 21, 


14. Ps. 34, 1. Syr. bsasy ΠῚ and 
ellipt. Ὧν, to be mad. 


1092 





ἔχε" 


Puat to be chohigel for the beter ἢ 

8, 1, where 8207 for M37. f 
Hirar. to change oneself, i. 6. one 

garments, to disguise oneself, 1 K. 14, 
Deriv. j820, MID, O70, 720 ΠΝ 


7 he ΓΙῸ: ᾳ. Arab. Lai od in F 
to be bright; hence "20. _— 


mw (r. M320 1.) constr. M20; ple 
pent) , constr. Ὁ; ; poet. plur. τ 2 ,, 
ὅϑηθας mid; dual 0°M20; a year, pr 
repetition sc. of the course of the st 
or of the seasons, as. spring, he 
winter, etc. comp. Gr. ἐνιαυτός, Ar 































δι : 
“,5. orbit, year. Chald. NIU, em ph. 
xnw, Syr. fie, emph. ἴα, “νων 
3.4. 6. 6,and very often. πρῷ ποῷ Deut. 
14, 22, ΤΣ HW 15, 20, Hwa are 
1 Sam. 7, 16, i. e. every year, from year 
to year, MED in every year Ex. 23, 14. 
17. al. M22 γπ once in a year 30, 10, 
Lev. 16, 34. 2 Sam. 21, 1 ποῷ ow ὥϑῷ 
nz} "INN three years year after year, 
three years in succession. Repeated 
mowa...miwa in one year... in ὃ 
year Jer. 51,46. Years are numbered 
thus: NON> ὈΠῸΣ ΓΞ in the year 
of Asa. i. e. in his second year, 1 K, 15, 
25; i2d2> Γ) m2 in the year BIGHT 
of his reign 2 K. 24,2; and so on He- 
brew coins. Sometimes nz2 is pleon, 
repeated, as M3 71> M30 ΤῊΝ bey roa 
in the six hundredth year of Noah’s li 2 
Gen. 7, 16. Often of the years of life; 
hence 0°24 35 multitude of years, old 
age, concr. aged men, Job 32,7. “ὦ, 
my years, my life, Ps. 31, 11. Is. 38, 10. 
15. Mis 0" the diye oft eh gba Ἃ 
of our life, ‘Ps. 90, 10. Ecc. 6, 3. Alse x 
Ph ob weds in the ‘beginning of the yea 
Ez. 40,1; ‘tn ὈΝΣΧΞ at the end of the 
year Ex. 23, 16. For dain mw and 
muon ΓΟ see arts. bSi5, ποθῶ .- -- 
Plur. or) indef. some years, 2 Chr. 18, 
2; comp. Cea some days.—Trop. 
fhe the produce of the year Joel 2, 25. 
Dua ΒΡ» two years, biennium, Gen. 
11, 10. 45, 6. 1K. 15, 25. Am. 1,1; also 
pins pnw pr. two years of lime, see 
ὉΠ" no. 1. Ὁ, under art. 8% Plur. 


ἄν 


MID Γ (for maw, τι 131) once NID 
by Chaldaism Ps. Ἰ27. 2, constr. t 
6. suff. "720, plur. Mind ; δὰ. ὖ 


γ ὦ 
SL. 
ἅλω, Gen. 31, 40. Prov. 3; 24. 6, 4. 9. 
20, 13. al. Plur. Prov. 6,10 Mis} v3 
a little sleep. 24, 33.—Spoken of any 
thing transient, Ps. 90, 5 3°77 M30 they 
are (as) asleep; others here a dream, 
but without good reason. 


M20 or SIV Chald.f. I. i. q. Heb. 
M20 a year, Ezra 4, 25. 5, 13. Dan.7,1; 
plur. 7928 Dan. 6, 1. Ezra 5, 11. 

II. i. q. Heb. 720 sleep, c. suff. ΠΩ} Ὁ 
Dan. 6, 19. 


D320 m. plur. ivory, only 1 K. 10, 
22. 2 Chr. 9,21. Sept. ὀδόντες ἐλεφάν- 
two, Targ. 5°23 j% elephant’s tooth. 
It is prob: compounded from 112 tooth, 
and some foreign word for elephant ; 
but as to what the latter word should 
be, there is great variety of opinion. 
Ewald regards 0739 as contr. for 07255, 
and this (like Gr. ἐλέφας) for Sanscr. 
karabha or kalabha elephant. Or perh. 
for 273973 should be read 035 73 
trory and ebony, see art. "235. For 
various other opinions, see Thesaur. p. 
1453 sq. 


ὍΣ see πω. 


30 m. (τ. 20 11,}) crimson, rose col- 
our; the colour obtained from a certain 
insect, Arab. ως 5 Kermez, Coccus Ilicis 


Linn. which adheres with its eggs to 
the twigs of a species of oak, and is re- 
lated to the cochineal or coccus cacti ; 
comp. art. 59252, and see Comm. on Is. 
1, 18. Rosenm. ‘Ritetthdeaak: IV. ii. p. 
447. Winer Realw. art. Carmesin. 
From Arab. Kermez comes Ital. creme- 
sino, Engl. crimson. So "78m ὉΠ ἃ 
crimson thread Cant. 4, 3, and simpl. 
98 id. Gen. 38, 28.30. "28m vIn mpn 
a cord of crimson thread, Josh. 2, 18, and 
ΘΓ mip id. v.21; fully Ὁ nsbin pr. 
crimson-worm Ex. 25, 4, and ‘nedin ou) 
worm-crimson Lev. 14, 4. 6. 49. 51. 52. 
Num. 19, 6. - From thread of crimson, 
purple, and byssus, were woven the 
hangings and cloths of the tabernacle, 
Ex. 26, 1. 31. 36. 27,16. 36, 35. Num. 
4.8; and also certain vestments of the 
priests, Ex. 28, 5. 8. 33. 39, 1. 3. 8. 24. 
Meton. 73 crimson for crimson gar- 
ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 4, 80. Plur. 
6°28 crimson cloths, garments, Is. 1, 18. 
Prov. 31, 21.—It signifies, pr. ‘a bright 
99 


1093 





Sab} Ὁ 


colour,’ from τ. 28 IL; comp. Aram. 
“nT, Tease, coccus, also from "71 to 


be bright: comp. V2" no. 2.—Others 
suppose "2 to be pr. i. ᾳ. δέβαφον, twice 
dyed, from τ. M20 I; but only purple 
cloths or garments were dyed twice, 
never those dyed with coccus. See 
Braun de vestitu Sacerd. p. 237 sq. 
Boch. Hieroz. IIL. .p. 527 sq. ed. Lips. 


"30 m. (τ. πρῷ 1.) τον f. adj. ordinal. 
1. the second, Gen. 1, 8. 2, 13. Ex. 2, 
13. Num. 1, 1. al. Seep. So nw) and 
the second, i. e. again, once more, 2 Sam. 


16, 19. Arab. ws, f. S03, Chald. 


Ff 
pom, Syr. 12552.—Fem. τ also as 
adv. a second time, again, Gen. 22, 15. 
41, 5. Lev. 13, 5. 6. Jer. 1, 13. Mal. 2, 
13. al. 
2. second, secondary, of a second rank 


S°, or 
or order; comp. Arab. ce and Pee id. 


also second or next to the prince ; Chald. 
7m, Syr. «αὶ, id. So plur. D120) 
the second, those marching second in 
order, in the second place, Num. 2, 16, 
comp. vv. 24. 31. In Gen, 6, 16 57530 
are cells or chambers of the second slory. 
Sing. in the difficult passage Judg. 6, 25 
"Wm “D1, prob. to berendered: lake thy 
father’s young bullock, even the second 
bullock of seven years old; here "285 
marks a bullock of the second birth, 
inasmuch as such were regarded as 
more valuable than’ all others; so R. 
Tanchum ad 1 Sam, 15, 9, see in The- 
saur. p. 1451. But in Nami: 8, 8 "20 7B 
is simpl. another bullock. μὰ 


6°20 m. dual, (r. πρῶ I,) constr. "38, 
(fem. see below,) card. num. two, Gen. 
44, 27. 1 Sam. 11, 11. Ecc. 4, 11. Am. 
3, 3. al. sep. 6. art. D°3W the two Kce. 
4, 9. 12. Sometimes the twofold, double, 
Ex. 22, 3. 6. 8; and this seems to be 
the primary idea, see the root. Arab. 


σο “ἰ 
wt, Aram. 2032, j"2", which two 


latter vary from the primary form by 
changing n for r.—It is put either before 
or after a noun plural; the former being 
more usual in the earlier books, and the: 
other in the later books; as 59393 0738 
Ex. 25, 18; 5°79 5920 Deut. 17,6; and 


"30 
so Judg. 11, 37. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 K.5, 


28. Ez. 21.24. al. but 5792) 0°39-3 2 Chr, 


3, 10. 15. 4, 12. Lev. 23, 18) also. 5720 
pw IN Josh. 2,1, and 072 ἘΝ Ex. 29, 
1; "Eometimed put with a collective 
noun, Gen. 46, 29. Num. 7. 17 sq.—Very 
often constr. "20 is put before a genit. 
plur. as £723 “3th two sons Gen. 10, 25; 
Ἐ5 3.3 {100 cherubs, Ex. 37,7; ni 
py two witnesses Deut. 19, 15; a6d 80 
Josh} 2, 4. 1 Sam. 1, 3; or before a 
genit.‘dual, as 7770 “ον thy two breasts 
Cant. 4,5. 7,4; ora eng collect. as 
329 ΣΦ two ohariote’2 K. 7,14; ora 
suf. pron. plur. as 42°28 both of us 1Sam. 
20, 42. Job 9, 33; ont both of them 
Gen. 2, 25. 21, 97. al. oy ΣΦ dbo 
and two, by pairs, Gen. 7, 9. 15. 1 Chr. 
26, 17. pa ΓΞ and pest "33, 10 cut 
in two, Jer. 34, 18. 1 K. 3, 25. Ales two 
1 K. 17, 12, and two or three 2 K. 9, 32. 
Is. 17, 6, ior a few; comp. Am. 4, 8. 


Fem. DFW by syne. for O93 , (Arab. 


ysl .) Dag. lene being put irregu- 


larly after a movable Sheva, as if Aleph 
were prefixed (B°NUN) ; constr, "MY; ὁ. 
pref. πρῶ 3 Gen. 31, 41,7md> Ex. 26, 19; 
but onvin Judg. 16, 28, contra ont. 
πῶς Jon. 4, 11. 80 Lae. 23, 17 pind 
py) two women 1 K. 3, 16; mix ὦ two 
cubits Ez. 40, 9; 92 “ὦ two years 
2 Sam. 2, 10; constr. mi23 "ny two 
daughters Gen. 19,8; 0°20 Ὁ 1 Sam. 
13, 1; andso Ex. 28, 11. Deut. 9, 15. 
With oes JPNY they two, both, Ez. 23, 
13. 1 Sam. 25, 43; also 2728 pnw we 
two 1K. 3, 18.— Saran: ong two things 
Job 13, 20. Prov. 30, 7. Is. 51, 19.—Often 
in dates; as NON? DIM M23 in the year 
nwo of Asa 1K. 15,25. 2K. 1,17. 14,1. 
15, 32. Hagg. 1, 1. Dan. 2,1; and soon 
Heb. coins, see *Thesaur. p. 1450. —Also 
DID as κὰν. a second time, again, Ps. 
62, 12. Neh. 13, 20; also p'nwa id. Job 
33, 14. 1 Sam. 18, 21. 


Hence masce. “wy Dw, five times 
“ws Ὁ Ex. 28, 91. Num. 7 3. Josh. 3, 
12. 1 K. 7,42. Ez. 47,13; Hieelne: ὁ Sam. 


2,15. 1 Chr. 25, 9-31. pnts "δὲ ὮΝ Dy 


bustos men Deut: £23. Gen. 17, 20, 42, 
13, worn “Ὁ "Did. ‘Num. 1, 44. Esth. a, 
12. “ὃ 8.9 twelve Sidlocke Ezra 8, 38. 
With art. "ws ΘΛ 1 K. 19, 19. Josh. 


1094 you 





















4, 4—Also for the ordinal, the 
“Ἐξ ΒΡῈ Π 1 Chr. 25, 19. 97, 15. oe 
wand on the tvelfth of the month Ex 
29, 1; but wth wy "23 in the twelf 
month Ez. 32, 1. Ae 

Fem. ΤΌΣ nw , four times ἪΝ 
mee Josh. 4, 8. Ez. 32, 1.17. 33, 21 
twelve, as 07238 Σ΄ ti taeebve stones Josh 
4.3.20. 18. 24. 1 K. 18, 31. mw ’ 5» 
twelve years Gen. 14, 4. 1 K. 16, 23,— 
For the ordinal, the twelfth, as > ῷ ὩΣ 
in the twelft® year 2 K. 8, 25. 17, 1, 
Esth. 3, 7. 


m3" f. (r. 328) ἃ sharp or point 
saying, and hence mockery, derision 
M2725 Hn fo be for mockery, an objec 
of scorn, Deut. 28, 37. 1 K. 9, 7. 


ὙΦ, see 773. 


*42™ to sharpen, e. g. a sword, Deut. 
32,41; metaph. the tongue, i. 6. lo utter” 
sharp or pointed sayings against any 
one, Ps. 64, 4. 140, 4;-comp. 120, 3. 57, 
7, and rr. 93, 0>>. Part. pass. 220 
sharpened, sharp, of a weapon, Ps. 45, 6. 


“.,.... 
Is. 5,28. Chald. Pa. Ἰξῶ, Arab. uw sid. ; 


Pie., to sharpen in, Germ. einschar- 
fen, i. 6. to inculcate, c. acc. of thing and ~ 
dat. of pers. Deut. 6, 7. ᾿ 

Hirupo. to be pricked, pierced, e. g. 
with pain, Ps. 73, 21. Ἢ 

Deriv. j®, M272) ; perh. τῶ for td, 


tw ou in Kal not used, perh. to force 
or bind together, to co Sve kindr. with 
D285 comp. Chald. y2, yz, sandal- 
thong, shoe-latchet ; τον Arab. (καλῶ 
implexus est, adheeait. 

Pie. 0:8 fo gird up, sc. the loins, 
1 K.18, 46. So all the ancient versions, 
and the context demands it. 


“YIU Shinar, pr. n. of the country 
around Babylon, Gen. 11,2. 14,1. Is. 11, 
11. Zech. 5, 11. Dan. 1, 2; comprising 
the cities Babylon, Erech, Accad, and 
Calneh, Gen. 10,10: See Bochart Pha- — 
leg 1.5. J.D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geo- 
gr. I. p. 231. Tuch de Nino urbe p.9sq. 
Syr. Sip of the country around Bag- — 
dad; see Barhebr. p. 256. The deriva- 
tion is unknown. See more Thesaur, 
p. 1454, : 





nw = 


nt f. (τ. 195) 1. ᾳ. πρῶ, sleep, Ps. 
132, 4. 


"ΠΟ fut. novis, kindr. with 008, 
DOW, FOL, q.v. to plunder, to spoil, Ps. 
44, 11; c.acc.of thing, Hos. 13, 15.1 Sam. 
21,1. Part.no8 subst. plur. 5°08 plun- 
derers, spoilers, Judg. 2, 14. 2 K.17, 20; 
smem2 70% spoilers of my heritage Jer. 
50, 11; c. suff. 908 his spoilers, they 
who spoil him, 1 Sam. 14, 48. Judg. 2 
16. Jer. 30, 16 Keri, for Keth. see in r. 
cow. Part. pass. "OW plundered, spoil- 
ed, Is. 42, 22. 

Po. πρῶ, for HOW which is read in 
some Mss. 10 plunder, to spoil, c. acc. of 
thing, Is. 10, 13. 


* DOW fut. di", to plunder, to spoil, 

i. td ποῦ, 6. acc. of pers. Judg. 2, 14. 
Ps. 89, i; ace. of thing, 1 Sam. 17, 53. 

Part. plur. c. suff ΠΝ by Araiwiain 
for ποῦ, Jer. 30. 16 Keth. comp. part. 
PR3, 2}, from r. Ὁ... 

Nip. 0W2, fut. Ow, to be plundered, 
spoiled, Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2. 

Deriv. NOW. 


᾿ OW to cleave, to split, to divide ; 
kindr. are πο, DOW, also S15, ΘΒ, SEP 
_as likewise Arab. ὦ and Heb. 7ow. 


In Kal spoken of the cloven hoofs of 
beasts; as MoO7p :ΌΩΦ sow and ὁ ὃ 
Τὴ , cleaving the cleft of the hoof or 
hoofs, i, 6. cloven-footed, Lev. 11, 3. 7. 
26. Deut. 14,6; comp. r. 0125 Hiph. 
Part. pass. fem. M330WN TO1BN the clo- 
ven hoof Deut. 14, 7. 

Piet OW 1. to cleave, to split, but 
not so as to separate the parts; Lev. 
1, 17 and he shall cleave it (im® PO") 
with the wings thereof, but shall not di- 
vide it asunder. 

2. lo rend, to tear in pieces, 6. g. a 
lion, Judg. 14, 16. 

3. Metaph. verbis dilacerare, i. e. to 

_ chide, to upbraid, 1 Sam. 24, 8.—Hence 


VOW cleft, fissure, see τ. 308 in Kal. 





“HOU in Kal not used, to cut in 
pieces ; kindr. with ASP, IA, also vow, 
Dow, mow, Syr. ole. 

ei fut. OU", to cut or hew in pleces 
t Sam. 15, 33. Sept. ἔσφαξε, Vulg. in 
frustra comeitdit, 


1095 





ὭΣ, 


*L πϑῦ οἱ mew, apoc. 4, to 
look, skindr. with ny, ποῦ, where BP ; 
the primary idea bali that of divid- 
ing, discerning, comp. 333 note, 930 I. 
Hence absol. to Jook around for help, 
2 Sam. 22,42. Spec. ἃ) With 5x ¢o 
look upon with favour, to have respect 
to the sacrifice of any one, Gen. 4, 4. 5. 
b) to have respect to a law, to observe, δ. 

3 Ps. 119, 117, where fut. 1 sing. DWN 
has the paragog. M—, which is very rare 
in verbs 7>; comp. mMymwv? Is. 41, 23. 
c) to look to any one, expecting help, ὁ. 
>8 Is. 17, 8; by 17,7. 31,1; a Ex. 5,9. 
d) With a and ὉΣ Ὁ to look away ‘Soom 
to turn away the eyes from any person 
or thing, to let alone, Job 7, 19. 14, 6. 
Is, 22, 4. 

Ηιρη. i. q. Kal lett..d, with 72 Ps. 39, 
14 “2739 SUM look away Srom me, spare 
me. The form >tn-is here imper. apoc. 
for πρῶται, whence son (like 395, 53m) 
and then the tone being changed ia the 
first syllable made long, sw. There 
is then no need of deriving this form from 
a root >, nor of changing the vowels. 
Another stin see in 330 Hiph. 

ΗΙΤΗΡ. nomen, fut. apoc, SMS" 
look around for help, Is. 41, 10. 

2. to look upon each other, sc. with 
astonishment, to be amazed, Is. 41, 23; 
for the form MMW? see in Kal lett. b. 

Deriv. Chald. 53%, perh. "svn. 


ἘΠῚ. ΠΣ Ὁ i. gq. Syr. ἴων, Heb. τεῷ, 
to be smeared together with viscous mat-. 


ter, spoken of the eyes, to be blinded, Is. 
32, 3. 


mY Chald. ἢ (r. πϑῷ 1,) emphat. 
Nn, MSW, a moment of time, pr. a. 
look, pisses of the eye, Germ. Augen: 


blick, Syr. {AS& and Arab. eed mo- 


ment, also hour; Eth. Ὁ and ΠΡ 
id. NXmvw"ma in the same moment, i. e. 
instantly, immediately, Dan. 3, 6. 15. 4, 
30. 5,5; but 4,16 son ΠΣῸΞ ‘Rie mo- 
ment, i. e. for a short ‘time. 


1. to 


, ὍΣ obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. wud 1, 
3, to run up and down; pr. to lash, to 
row. Syr. is to swim, to fly, sc. by 
the motion of the limbs and wings; also 
Nasor. of a stag running up aod down in 
the desort.—Hence 


DID 1096 


ΣΩΣΤῸ Γ constr. mas, course, race, 
rushing, sc. of horses rushing onward, 
Jer. 47, 3. So Targ. Peshito, Aquila, 
D. Kimchi, and others. J. D. Michaelis 
and Gesenius prefer the sense of stamp- 
ing, comparing Arab. as3 IL; which 
however is not fo stamp on the ground, 
but ἐο pound in pieces. 


TUyw a kind of cloth or garment 
made of two sorts of threads, linen and 
woollen, woven together, Lev. 19, 19, 
where it is coupled with 0°%>2. Deut. 
22, 11 lhow shalt not wear Shaatnez, 
woollen and linen together, Sept. κίβδη- 
λον, i. 6. adulterated, not genuinee—The 
etymology is very obscure, That pro- 
posed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 406, 
ahd that of Buxtorf, Lex. Chald. col. 
2483, both of whom seek its origin in 
the Semitic languages, have little pro- 
bability. Nor is that entirely satisfac- 
tory which is suggested by Jablonsky, 
Opusc. ed. te Water I. p. 294, and by 
Forster, de Bysso Antiquorum p. 92, 
who reler it back to the Coptic word 


WONTIMEC Shontnes, i. e. byssus fim- 
briatus. More prob, the LXX have to 
a certain extent expressed the true 
sense by the word κίβδηλον. The first 
part of 13420 may therefore well be the 


— Coptic word ROOT, i. 6. “ κέβδηλος, 
spurius, impurus, reprobus,.” as explain- 
ed by Peyron in Lex. while the other 
part perh. is shortened from Copt. 


CHTE i. q. Psy i. e. twisted from 
many threads; the particle Δ being in- 
terposed. 


“bu  obsol. root, prob. to cleave, to 
break through, to make hollow, as would 
appear from the derivatives bss hollow 
of the hand, 532 hollow way, ΣΉ the 
fox, pr. the burrower; as also from the 
kindred roots 938, 973, ἘΝ Ὁ II, whence 
ΝΘ Sheol, δῆ δε: 

Deriv. 38, bath, ΞΘ  ργ. n. pxbsw, 
Ὀσοσῶ. 


byt m. 6. suff. F335 , plur. pysh 
constr."23. Aram. 30), ρθῶ, Woda: 
id. 

1. the hollow of the hand, the palin, Is. 
40, 12. 
ον a handful, 1K. 20, 10. Ez. 13, 19. 





Do Ὁ 
290, see S35, ‘all 


maby Judg. 1, 35. 1K. 4, 9, ἃ 
ΤΒΟΝ Ὁ Josh. 19, 42, (city of foxes 


-" = 


the fuller “ὦ ma, comp. Arab. . 
i. q. ᾿ξ fox,) Shaalbim, Shae τ 
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Se 
Relandi Palest. p. 988.—Gentile 101 
"22530 (as if from 1359) a Shaa 

nite, 2 Sam. 23, 32. 1 Chr. eRe SS 


Doe (foxes’ region) Shaalim, pre 
ofa district 1 Sam. 9; 4; prabet i. q. 
dew q. v. in >>5% no. 2. ¥ 

















*or'0 obsol. root, Arab. snl 


swiftly, sc. a camel, ΜΕΤ a ΜΠ 


rent. Hence perh. 532. 


“420 to lie down, to rest ; see kinc 
wed, 720. In Kal not used. 

Nipu. 432, fut. ΣῈ} 1. to lean ἃ 
on, to rest upon, 6. g. ἃ Spear, ὁ. Σ 
Sam, 1,6. “B79 ἘΣ 43083 fo lean τ 
the hand of any one, said of kings who 
lean upon their high officers and atiends 
ants in public, 2 K. 5, 18. 7,2. 17. Me- 
taph. fo rely upon, to trust in any person 
or thing, c. 53 Is. 10, 20. 31, 1. Job 8, 15. 
2 Chr. 13, 18. 14, 10. 16, 7. Mic. 3, 11; 
bx Prov. 3,5; 3 Is. 50, 10; absol. Job 
24, 23. 

2. to lean cates e.g. ἃ εἰ να 
ἘΣ Judg. 16, 26; of a country, to be ad- 
jacent, to adjoin, c. > Num 21,15, 

3. to recline, pr. to be leaning upon 
the elbow, Gen. 18, 4. 

Deriv. j3%, rise, Ue, rages 
and pr. n. Wee. 


ἘΦ, imper. pl. 53%, pr. to stroke 
also to overspread, to smear; comp. Tr. 
new II. Chald. and Syr. 23% and 330, 
“Ss and “a, id.—In Kal once intrans. 


to be smeared together, e. g. the eyes, to 
be blinded, Is. 29, 9; see in Hithp. 

Hipn. imp. ΣΤ to smear, i. 6. to blind 
the eyes, Is, 6, 10. 

Pitp. SOs 1. Trans. to delight, to 
rejoice, pr. to stroke, to soothe, Ps. 94, 19. 

2. Intrans. to delight oneself, to be de- 
lighted, Is. 11, 8; ¢. ace. in or with any 
thing, Ps. 119, 70. 

Pour. ΣΌΣ to be soothed, to be ca- 
ressed, dandled on the knees, Is. 66, 12 








ὩΣ 
ιτηρλιρ. 282MM to delight oneself, 
lo take one’s pleasure ; Is. 29,9 S3O2nNoN 
ΣΟ. delight yourselves and be ye blind- 
ed, i.e. indulge, if ye will, in your de- 
lights and pleasures; but soon ye shall 
be blinded with astonishment ‘at the 
things which shall happen. For this 
use of two imperatives. of which the 
first is permissive while the second as- 
serts and threatens, see Heb. Gram. 
$127.2. With 3 in or with any thing 
Ps. 119, 16. 47. 

Deriv. Dy Swsw. 


᾿ ὩΣ ὦ obsol. root, prob. i. ᾳ. EO. to 
αὐσίάε. Hence 


ἘΦ (division) Shaaph, pr. n. πὶ. 
a) 1 Chr. 2,47. ὃ) ib. v. 49. 


ow "20 1. to cleave, to split, to di- 
vide ; PON intrans. ΤΩΡ to be cleft, to 


open in fissures, -#3 cleft, aperture ; 


Eth. MUZ to break, then to loosen, to 
destroy. Hence ΣΦ gate; for part. 
“DW see in its order. 

2. to estimate, to fix the value of any 
thing, Prov. 23, 7. Verbs of cleaving, 
dividing, readily pass over to the idea 


of deciding, Judging. Arab. pm II, to 


fix a price, ἂν price of grain, Chald. 


ἌΣ id.—Hence “28 no. 2, and pr. ἢ. 
τσ Ως 


ΤΕ “DD j i. q. "3D q. v. to Sada 
not in use in the verb; but hence the 
deriv. ἜΣΘ, ΠΣ Ὸ mast, 


he | 


"9B comm. gend. but fi Is. 14, 31, 
comp. Neh. 13, 16; in pause “σῷ, loc. 
ΠΣ ; plur. ome, constr. “30. 

1. a gate, Syr. and Chald. by transpos. 
377, <32. E. g. of a camp, Ex. 32, 26. 


27; of a city Gen. 23, 18. Josh. 2, 7; of 
the temple Ez. 8, 5. 10,19; of a palace 
Esth. 2, 19. 6, 10, whence “3 for the 
palace itself (comp. the Porte) Ksth. 3, 
2.3. 4,2. 6. 6,12; see in 35m. Once 
of the gate of a ee public building, 
where the city magistrate dwelt, 2 K. 
23,8; but never does it denote the door 
of a house or tent, except perh. once 
Prov. 14, 19. Hence “38 gate differs 
from M23 a valve, door, and from mnp 
92* 


1097 





“30 


door-way, opening ; so that we find 
ἜΣΠ "VW Minds the doors of the gate of 
the city Judg. 16,3. 1 Sam. 21, 14. Neh. 
6,1; also ""3 “DW mms the entrance 
(spailing’ of thegate of the city Josh. 8, 29. 
Judg. 9,35. 2 Sam. 10,8. 1 K. 22, 10; 
comp. Prov. 1, 21 ΕΙΣ το ὙΠ βοϑ πὶ ayy 
the gale of heaven Gen. 28, 17; "130 
PINY or M2 ὦ, the gates of Sheol or of 
death Is. 38, 10. Ps. 9, 14. 107, 18. Job 
38, 17, i. q. ‘Aiduo πύλαι Hom. πύλαι 
πλοῦ Matt. 16, 18. Also Nah. 2, 7 "ὩΣὼ 
nisin the river-gates, perh. sluices 
from the Tigris with which they had 

Gog? 
fortified Nineveh; comp. Arab. xE53 
gate, sluice. So ΝΠ “IS the gates 
of the land are the passes into a country, 
where the enemy can have entrance. 
Jer. 15,7. Nah. 3,13; comp. the Cili- 
cian gates, ete. 4™7SH2 within thy 
gates, i.e. in thy cities, Ex. 20, 10. Deut. 
5, 14. 12, 12. 17.18; andso ee ἼΠΝΞ 
in one of thy cities 17, 2, comp. 1 K. 8. 
37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Hence "SU nx WI 
""3"8 10. possess the country or cities of 
one’s enemies, Gen. 22,17. Atthe gates 
of cities was the market-place, forum, 
ah1, (comp. espec. Neh. 8, 16. 2 Chr. 
32,,6,) where trials were held, and where 
the inhabitants came together either 
for business, or to sit and converse with 
each other, Gen. 19, 1. Ruth 4,11. Prov. 
31, 23. Lam. 1,4. Hence ">W2 in the 
gate, often for in court, before the tribu- 
nal, Deut. 25, 7. Job 5, 4. 31, 21. Prov. 
22, 22. Is. 29, 21. Amos 5, 10. 12. 15; 
“ZW "30" those sitting in the gate, i. 6. 
idlers, Ps. 69, 138; Ps. 127, 5 see in "35 
note, p. 212, Ruth 3, 11 "ὩΣ "s-5D all 
the gale (i. e. concourse, assembly) of 
my people. 

The gates in the walls of Jerusaléin 
seem to be mostly enumerated in Neh. 
c. 3; and some are mentioned elsewhere 
in the same book and in other books. 
But it is very difficult to fix the place 
of the several gates. Yet in this we 
are aided by the language of Nehemiah ; 
who in 6. 3 narrates by whom and in 
what order the walls and gates of the ᾿ 
city were rebuilt; beginning it would 
seem on the eastern side, and proceed- — 
ing along the northern and western 
sides and then along the southern to the 


“ΣῸ 


place of departure. The additional no- 
tices in c. 2 and Ἂς. 12, 31 sq. assist in 
filling out the sketch. The order is as 
follows: a) jNBM 730, the sheep-gate, 
the first named in Neh. 3, 1; and to 
which the order returns v. 32, comp. 12, 
39; i. q. 7 προβατική John 5, 3. It is to 
be sought in the eastern part of the city 
and near the temple; since the rebuild- 
ing of it was undertaken by the high 
priest and other priests, Neh. 3.1. [It 
was also near the pool of Bethesda 
John 5. 2; perh. the intermitting fount- 
ain in the valley of the Kidron just 
south of the temple; see Bibl. Res. in 
Palest. I. p. 508.—R.] It prob. took its 
name from the sheep sold in the market 
around it, as victims for the sacrifices 
inthe temple. b) 5°35 "30, the fish- 
gale, so called from the fish there sold, 
Neh. 3, 3. 12, 39. Zeph. 1, 10; also 
2 Chr. 33, 14, where Manasseh is said 
to have rebuilt the wall of the city, be- 
ginning on the west and proceeding 
around the southern side to the fish- 
gate; perh, that now called St. Ste- 
phen’s gate. c) πρῶλπ 70, the old 
gate, Neh. 3,6. 12, 39; perh. the “σῷ 
WAIN the first gale Zech. 14,10. ἀ) 
Ἰ25:3 "SW, the gale of Benjamin, as 
leading to the territory of that tribe, 
Jer. 37, 13 comp. 12. 38,7. Zech. 14, 
10; oftener called ΘΝ "SW, the gate 
of Ephraim, as leading also to the coun- 
try of Ephraim, Neh. 8, 16. 12,39. 2 Κι. 
14, 13. 2 Chr. 25, 23; the same now 
called the Damascus gate. But the 
upper (high) gate of Benjamin, 928 
jitesn 772722 Jer. 20, 2, belonged to the 
temple, i. gq. 7itb3 Ninn ma πσῷ the 
upper (high) gate of the house of the 
Lord 2 K. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 27, 3. Ez. 9, 2. 
e), MB "SH 2K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 26, 9. 
Jer. 31, 38, also D°28m ὦ Zech. 14, 16, 
the pinnacle-gate or corner-gate, 400 cu- 
bits. distant from the gate of Ephraim, 
‘2K. 1.c. The mieq ὦ 2 Chr. 25, 23 
seems to be corrupted from ΤΡ ΩΓ ὦ, as 
appears from the parall. passage 2 K. 
14, 13.—Towards the west we find: [Ὁ 
BT ἜΣΘ, the valley-gate, leading out into 
the upper part of the valley of Hinnom, 
wliere now is the Yafa gate, Neh. 2, 13. 
15. 3,13. 2Chr. 26,9. From this point 
“he wall was carried southward along 


5.5 "Σ : 

































| the steep brow of Zion, where 
were not needed. σὴ πϑῶν πὶ 7st 
dung-gate, Neh. 2, 13. 3, 14. 12 2, 
and contr. πῶσ ᾧ 3,18; it was 1 
cubits, i. e. a long interval distant fra 
the valley-gate. Josephus calls it 
gate of the Essenes, B. J. 5.4.2. ἢ 
suppose it to have been the pre 
portal in the valley of the Tyroy v0 
now called the dung-gate by travelle: 
but this is in the modern wall, whi ᾿ 
there far within the ancient line. Othe: 
place it on the west or southwest.— Th 
remaining gates all seem to have ἢ 
on the southeastern part of the city, i 
that part of the walls which surrou 
the hill Ophel after the time of Mana 
seh, 2 Chr. 33, 14. Neh. 3. 27. They 
areasfollows: h) 71s 730 » the four 
ain-gale, near the king’s pogl and ¢ 
dens, Neh. 2, 14. 3,15, 12, 372 Th is 
doubtless took its name from Siloam 
and is described as the gate between t 
two walls 2 Κα. 25, 4. Jer, 39, 4.42, 7. 
i) DIB "SW, the water-gale, northeast 
of the fountain-gate, Neh. 3, 26. 8.1, ὃ 
10. 12, 37; perb. the same with that 
which in the time of Jeremiah was 
ed: k) Mao nh ΣΦ the pottery-gale, 
Jer. 19, 2, by which one went out to 

to the valley of Hinnom. Others hold 
it to be the same with the valley-gate. 
—Several other gates are quite uncer- 
tain; as Mya ὦ, the east-gate, Neho 
3, 29; which may perh. be either the 
water-gate or Pr horse-gate. This 
latter, D"O8OM “ὦ, the horse-gate, Neh, 
3, 28., Jer. 31, 40. 2 Chr. 23, 15 comp. 
2K. 11, 16, is commonly reckoned as- 
in the walls of the city; but belong- 
ed more prob. to the wall enclosing — 
the temple; and so also the following: 
Ἔξ π ‘oO, Vulg. porta judicialis, Neh. 
3, 31; oonn Mims ὦ, the new gale of the — 
Lord, Jer. 26, 10, 36, 10; 7753 ὦ, see 
above in Jett. ἃ; mown ὦ, the prison- 
gate, Neh. 12, 39; "80 82K. 11, 6, for. 
which Tio" Ὁ 2 Chr. 23, 5, see in art. 
“9D no. 3; mabe ’ ὥς the gale of over- 
throw, 1 Chr. 26, 16; magne ὦ, the 
inner gate, Ez. 8,3. With the king's 
palace was prob. connected ne xan as, 
the gale of the runners or bodyguards | 
2K. 11,19. And finally, the middle or 
Sty gate, 7173 ἜΣ Jer. 39, 3, seems 


ii 


ὭΣ ὦ 













have led from the upper to the lower 
ty.—The difficult question as to the 
tes of Jerusalem, has been variously 
reated; see espec. Lightfoot Opp. II. 
. 184sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterth. II. ii. 
. 216 sq. Εἰ. Robinson in Bibl. Res. in 
lest. I. p. 471 sq. : 

_ 2. a measure, see r. ἜΣῸ no. I. 2, Gen: 
,12 Es AND a hundred measures, 
i.e. ἕκατον ᾿πλασΐως, a hundred fold. 


"Ὁ adj. horrid, i. 6. bad, foul, loath- 
gme, of figs, Jer. 29, 17; comp. 24, 8. 
R. “3% II. . 


ay, see “3103. 


7 er adj. (τ. ἜΣΘ IL) horrible ; fem. 
something horrible, Jer. 5, 30. 34, 14. 


“SAW id. Jer. 18,13; fem. meas 
Hos. 6, 10 Keri. R. “σῷ II. 


ΠΣ (whom Jehovah estimates, r. 
ἜΣΘ 1) Sheariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 38. 
9,44. ᾿ 

ὩΣ Ὁ (two gates) Shaaraim, pr. n. 
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 
36. 1 Sam. 17, 52. 1 Chr. 4, 31. 

“| VII adj. i. q. ™372W; fem. Hos. 
6, 10 Keth. 

ΤΟΣ ὃ Shaashgaz, pr. n. of a Persian 
eunuch, the keeper of the women in the 
court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 14.—Bohlen 
contpares Pers. :Xwlw beauty’s ser- 
vant; but this is doubtful. 


| Dywye plur. delight, pleasure, Prov. 
8, 30. Ps. 119, 24. Jer. 31,20. R. 538 
ei 

maw in Kal not used, pr. fo rub, 
to scratch, fo scrape, then to scrape or 


pare off Chald. 858 to rub, file, polish; - 


Syr, lew to file, pr. to make smooth, 


bald; Liisa. file, [asaea filing, par- 
ing. Kindr. are 530, ἜΞΩ: also Arab. 


lia tp be bright. 

Nipx. Part. 752, bare, bald, pr. 
abraded. ofa ible ly Is. 13,2. Sept. 
ὄρος πεδινόν. 

Puat, to be worn away, wasted, of one 
wasted with disease and ready to die; 
Job 33. 21 Keri ‘"niax> "BY his bones 
are wasted, 387 xd they are no more 
seen. i.e. he pines away and disappears. 
Solbn Ezra, comp. Chald. x28. Others, 


1099 





mpd 


his bones are made bare, are naked of 
flesh; so Jerome, ‘ossa que tecta fue- 
runt nudabuntur ;’ and so several mod- 
ern interpreters. Keth. "58 q. v. 

Deriv. MBM, "BY, and’ pr. ἢ. BU, 
nee. 

MDW or MLW, (τ. By) only in plur. 
2 ἐών, 17, 29 “ps mipw, according to 
Targ. Syr. and the Heb. intpp. cheeses of 
kine, so called as being rubbed, grated, 
ground fine, in order to be eaten; so 
the Arabs of the desert to this day, see 
Burckhardt Notes on the Bedouins I. 
Ρ. 60. 


‘Dw (smoothness, r. MW) Shepho, pr. 
n,m. Gen. 36, 23; for which "BY Shephi . 
1 Chr. 1, 40. 


DIDW m. (τ. ww) judgment, punish- 

χάρι 2 Chr. 20,9. Plur. ΘΒ Ez. 23, 

i being shortened to ἢ, Heb. Gr. 
ca n. 1. 

ΞΘ (perh. i. q. ji=°2Y serpent) 
Shephupham, (Engl. Vers. Shupham,) 
pr. ἢ. of a son of Benjamin, Num. 26, 39. 
In Gen. 46, 21 written. 5°89, perh. for 
pvp. 

Ἰδοῦ (id.) Shepuphan, pr. n. m. 
1 Chr. 8, 5. 

mipw Neh. 3, 13, see in EUS. 


“ maw obsol. root, to spread out, to 
expand, i. gq. MDD, MBX, MW; also to 
adjoin, to βεϑοδλαία, comp. r. MBO no. 4. 
Hence ΠΕ; Ὁ family, and 


ΓΒ f. constr. rmeo , plur. mined, 
famula, ‘one of the family,’ a family 
servant, i.e. a maid servant, handmaid, 
espec. as waiting upon the mistress; so 
called from associating with the family ; 
Gen. 16, 1. 8. 30, 7. 10. Ps. 123, 2; comp. 
Is. 24, 2. Prov. 23, 23; so the 733 ser- 
tant waited upon the master, with whom 
the MMHO is often joined, Gen. 20, 14. 
32, 6: Esth. 7, 4. Jer. 34. 9 sq. Soines 
times the MME was given by the mis- — 
tress to her husband: as a concubine, 
Gen. 16, 2. 30, 18. Ex. 11,5 πὸ ππϑῶ 
στ the maid servant behind the mill, 
the mill-wench, see in r. j7%.—In ad- 
dressing a superior. a Hebrew woman 
from modesty or humility spoke of her- 
self'as FMMEW thy handmaid, for J; just 
as aman spoke of himself as πὸ} thy 


OSD 


servant, see in ἽΞ5 no. 1; so 1 Sam. 1, 
18. 25, 27. 28, 21. 22. 2 Sam. 14, 6 sq. 
Ruth 2, 13. al.—1 Sam. 25, 41 738 73h 
πεν, lo thy handmaid is for a servant 
etc. is ready to render service. 


*D50 fut. 5195, 3 plur. in pause once 
ΗΒ" Ex. 18, 26; imper. parag. MBBD. 

1. to judge; not found in the other 
' Semitic dialects, except Phen. part. 
DEW a judge, see inno.2. The primary 
idea seems to be to set upright, to erect, 
like Germ. richten, and Eth. 22 to 
judge, i. ᾳ. Heb. 7252 from τ. 72; comp. 
the kindr. MDW, 23, mau, q. v.—Ab- 
sol. Gen. 19, 9. Is. 11, 3. Job 22, 13. Ez. 
44, 24; c. acc. of pers. whose cause is 
judged, Ex. 18, 22. 26. Deut. 16 18. 
Is. 11, 4. Joel 4, 12; rarely c. ace. of 
thing, Ex. 18, 22. 26. Also px caw 
Prov. 9], 9, and pw ὦ Ps. 76, 3, to 
judge justly, uprightly, to do justice, 
equity, comp. Ps, 58, 2; contra ἘΣ DES 
to judge unjustly Ps. 82, 2. Further, 
wEw2 LEY fo give judgment, to pro- 
nounce sentence, 1 K. 3, 28; vee Ὁ 
ΤΩΝ to judge (execute) true qudgment, 
in accordance with (ruth, Zech. 7, 9; 
also 8, 16. Ez. 16, 38 ΒΘ FMGEWS 
ΕΝ J will judge thee (according to) 
the judgments of adulteresses. Also ὦ 
yz 772 lo judge between, i. 6. to be arbi- 
ter, umpire, Gen. 16,5. Ex. 18, 16. Deut. 
1, 16. ἃ]. ὅ...1.3 CED id. Ez. 34, 20. 
Gen. 31, 53 let God judge 4272" between 
us. Comp. Judith 7, 2.—Parr. ved, 
wp, subst. a judge, Ex. 2, 14. Deut. 
16, 18. Josh. 8, 33. Is. 1, 26. Job 9, 24. 
al. sep. Often of God as the judge of 
men or of the wholé world, Gen. 18, 25. 
Is. 33, 22. Ps. 7,12. 50,6. al. See also 
in no. 2. 

Spec. to judge any one, like r. ὙΠ no. 
2, is: a) i. q. to condemn, to punish 
the guilty, κατακρίνω, 1 Sam. 3,13. Ez. 
7, 3. 8. 22, 2. Obad. 21. Ps. 109, 31. al. 
Comp. view. δ) 10 do justice to any 
one, lo defend or vindicate his cause, 
espec. the poor and oppressed ; Is. 1, 17 
pint ἈΞ defend the cause of the father- 
less. Ps. 10, 18. 26, 1. 82.3. Ἔ varia ὦ 
Jer, 5.28. Lam. 3,59. With 4 and 3379 
priegn. to defend one’s cause and deliver 
him from his enemies, 1 Sam. 24, 16. 
2 Sam. 18, 19. 31. Ps. 43, 1. 


1100 
























































2. to govern, to rule, as connecte: 
judging; since to dispense justic 
the part of kings and chief me 
comp. 1 Sam. 8, 20. 1 Κ 3, 9. 2K 
Prov. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 1, 10, aod ne 
no. 1,2. So Judg. 16, 31. 1 Sam. 
8. Hence Part. OBO, SE, a 
for a ruler, prince, chigh Ps. 9, 1 1 
11. Am. 2, 3. Is. 16, 5. 40, 23. Prov. 
16. Spec. of the leaders and chief 
gistrates of the Israelites from Josh 
to Samuel, who led out the reople 
war against their enemies, ae 
having delivered them from the opp 
sion of the neighbouring nations, exe 
cised during peace the office of ck 
ruler and judge, (comp. Judg. 3, 10, 
4sq. 10, 2.3. 1 Sam. 7, 6. as 
16. 18. Ruth 1, 1. 2 K. 23, 22. al.— 
same name, sufel or sufte, plur. si 
was borne by the chief magistrates « 
the Carthaginians, Liv. 28. 37. ib.% 
7. Movers. das Phen. Alterth. I. p. 51 
534. 

Nips. 
33. 109. 7 

2. Recipr. to go to law, to pleac 
contend before a judge, with any ¢ 
Prov. 29, 9. Is. 43, 26; with ὩΣ of pers 
Joel 4, 2 [3. 7);.PS (mx) Ez. 17, 20. 
35. 36; > Jer. 25,315 also e. wep. of thitl 
about whic h, 1 Sam. 12,7. Ez. 17,2 

ὌΝ of pers. and b> of thing, Jer. 2, 35 
Where Jehovah is thus said fo plant 
contend with men, it has sometimes t 
sense to punish, see Ez. 38, 22. Is. € 
16; comp. 2 Chr. 22, 8. 

Port, lo go to law with, to ovale 
to assail, comp. Niph. no. 2; part. c. suff. 
‘unite my assailant, Job 9, 15. Comm 
so to assail with the tongue, to εἶτ 
der, τ. (32>. Others in Job 1. 6. i. ¢ 
“DED my judge. 

Deriv. ved, ops, opt, and pr. π, 
wp, MIcED, “προ, (CED. ) 


ro} Chald. part. 20 a judge, Ezr 


1. to-be judged, Ps. 9, 20. ὃ 


7,25. This is a Hebraism, since the 


verb itself is wanting in Chaldee. 
CHW (judge, τ. v2) Shaphat, pr. 
m. a) Num. 13.5. Ὁ) 1 Chr. 3, 22. 
6) 1K. 19,16. d) 1 Chr. 5,12. 6) 
27, 29. ᾿ 
ὯΒΘ Ὁ mm. only plur. Dee, judgmen 
punishments, Ex. 6, 6. 7, 4. Prov. 19, 28 


Unw 


14,21. 3 ΘΌΞ ΠῺΣ to do judg- 
t upon, to inflict punishment, spoken 
f God, c. 3 of pers. Ex. 12, 12. Num. 
4. Ez. 5, ‘10. 15, 28, 22. 264 2 Chr. 24, 
fal. R. op, 


mUat (whom Jehovah definde 3 i. €. 
lis cause, r. PW) Shephatiah, pr. n. τη. 
) A son of David, 2 Sam. 3, 4. 1 Chr. 
3. Ὁ) Jer. 38, 1. Ὁ) Neh. 11, 4. d) 


zra 2.4.57. 6) Ezra8,8. Neh.7,9.59. 
δ ΠΟΘ (id.) Shephatiah, pr. n. m. 


T'-¢\> 


) A son of Jehoshaphat, 2 Chr. 21, 2. 
) 1 Chr. 12,5. cc) 27, 16. 


FEED (judicial, τ. vEw) Shiphtan, pr. 
.m. Num. 34, 24. 


>)" πη, (τ. 7B) plur. ΘΒ ὦ and o"pw. 
1. a rubbing, wearing away, i. 6. ei- 
ther a wasting, or nakedness, Job 33, 21 
Keth. But see r. πξῷ Pu. 

_ 2. a naked hill, i. 6. bare, destitute of 
trees, or abraded, (comp. BY? 7H Is. 
13 2,) Jer. 12,12 “3 ἼΩΞ pop) hills in 
the desert. 3, 2. 21. 4, 11. 7, 29, 14, 6. Is. 
41, 18. 49, 9. Num. 23, 3 or W221 he 
went upon a hill. 

3. Shephi, pr. n. m. see 15D. 


ΘΕ (perh. serpents, τ. 9) Shup- 
pim, pr. n. m. a) A family of Ben- 
jamites, 1 Chr. 7. 12 o°=n cp). ν. 
15. b) 1 Chr. 26, 16. 


JE"2U τὰ. (perh. a dimin. form, like 
728. comp. 7s, Heb. Gr. ὃ 85. 4; 
τ. DY) a species of serpent, Jerome 
cerastes, with which the tribe of Dan is 
compared, Gen. 49,17; comp. Judg. 18, 
27. Prob. coluber cerastes Linn. coluber 
cornutus Fasselquist, p. 354; a small 
serpent with two antenne like horns, 
venomous,and dangerous, lying in wait 
‘In the sand and near paths; see Plin. 
H. N. 8. 23 5. 385. Bochart Hieroz. II. 




















8 
3. 12. Arab. Waw a kind of speckled ser- 
pent with black and white spots, | 


Dw (fair, τ. "28) Shaphir, pr. n. of 
a place i in Judea, Mic. 1, 11. Accord- 
ing to Eusebius, it lay between Eleu- 
theropolis and Askelon; prob. the mod- 
érn Sawéfir, κα Saw 5 see Bibl. Res. in 


Palest. II. p. 370. 


ΠΕ Chald. adj. fair, beautiful, Dan. 
4,9.18, R. "Εὖ. 


1101 





ἸΞὸ 


ἘΠΞῸ fut. 3B 1. to pour out ; : 
Arab. @iaw, Chald. ἜΞΩ, Syr. yan, 
Sam. Ag A, id. also @aw and Eth. | 
WN'D to pour out metals; kindr. are 
ΠΡΌ. —E. g. water, Ex. 4, 9. 


‘Am. 578. 9,6; broth, Judg. 6,20; ποῦ 


7193 10 pour out a libation Is. 57,6, and so 

ἜΣ Ὁ id. 1Sam. 7,6. Also D3 7B 
to pour out blood, not only of a slaugh- 
tered animal Deut. 12, 16. 24. 15, 23. or 
of a sacrificial victim Ex. 29, 12. Lev. 
4,7. 18. sq. but especially that of men, 
to shed blood, to kill, to slay, Gen. 9, 6. 
Lev. 7, 4. 13. 1 Sam, 25, 31. Is. 59, 7. 
Joel 4,9. Ps. 79, 3. al. sep. —Metaph. 
wes ποῦ Ps. 42, By, and ja> “ὃ Lam. 2, 
19, ‘lo pour out one’s soul sc. in tears and 
complaints ; with 7.9355 1 Sam. 1, 15. 
Ps. 62,9; comp. Lam. l.c. Ps, 102, 1. 
142, 3. ‘pbs THA 20 10. pour contempt 
upon any one Job 21, 21. Ps. 107, 40. 
‘p >> Iman “ὃ to pour out his (God’s) spi- 
rit upon any one, Joel 3,1. 2. Ez. 39, 
29. Zech. 12,10, Ἔ 53 inon ‘ to pour 
oul his (God’s) anger upon, Is. 42, 25. 
Jer. 6, 11. Lam. 2, 4. 11. Ez. 7, 8. al. 
sep. >8 for >3 Ps, 79,6; d9 fost “ὦ id. 
Ps. 69, 25. Zeph. 3, 8. Ez. 21, 36. 22, 
31. —Part. pass. 7720 poured out, 6. g. - 
human blood, shed, Ps. 79, 10; divine 
wrath, Ez. 20, 33. 34. 

2. Of things dry, to pour out, to cast 
out, e. g. dust, Lev. 14, 41, comp. Niph. 
and art. ἜΞΩ. Spec.a Meant πιθοῦ “w 
to throw or cast up, 2 Sam, 20,15. 2 K. 
19, 32. Jer. 6,6. Ex. 4, 2. al. 

Nea. 5282 1. 10 be poured out, 6. g. 
human blood, to be shed, Gen. 9, 6. Deut. 
19, 10, comp. Lam. 2,11; ashes 1 K. 13, 
3. 5.—Metaph. Ps. 22, 15 Tam poured 
out like water, as describing a person 
unable to rise from weakness. 

2. to be poured out, i. e. profusely ex- 
pended, sc. money, Ez. 16, 36. Comp. 
ἐχχέω Tob. 4, 18. 

Puat to be poured out, 6. g. human 
blood, to be shed, Num. 35, 33. Zeph. 1, 
17. Trop. of one’s steps, i. 6. to slip, to- 
fall, Ps..73. 2. Keri; comp. Lat. fundi 
for prosterni. 

- Hirapa. lit. to be poured out, e. g. 
stones thrown down and scattered, Lam. 
4,1.—The phrase his soul (life) is pour- 
ed out signifies: a) he pours himself 


πὸ 


out in complaints, Job 30, 16. 
blood is shed, he dies, Lam. 2, 12. 
Deriv. the two following. 


JDO m. place of pouring out, Lev. 4, 
12. R. yew. 


MDBW f. (τ. 59) the privy member, 
pr. urethra, through which the urine is 
poured off, once Deut. 23,2. Vulg. vere- 


trum. Others wrongly, testicle, see FEN 


*S5w fut. Saw, inf. 5pw Ecc. 12, 4 
for Prov. 16, 19 see Spe; pr. ‘to fall 
down, to fall together,’ kindr. with >53, 
bap, bX, 53%; hence fo be made low, to 
be depressed, cast down, e. g. a mount- 
ain, Is. 40, 4; a city 32, 19; trees 10, 
33; any high thing, also men of high 
degree, the proud, to be humbled, abased, 
Is. 2, 9. 11. 12. 17. 5,15. 29,4; soa 
sound or noise, which becomes low, Ecc. 
12,4. Arab. chins to be humble, low; 
comp. Heb. >Bd, Aram. >2U. 

Hips. bapein, to bring low, to cast 
down, to make humble, e.g. any thing 
high Job 40, 11; a tree Ez. 17, 24; a 
strong city, Is. 26, δ. 25, 12. Also to 
lay low, to humble, to abase, sc. pride, 
arrogance, the proud, Is. 13, 11. 25, 11. 
1 Sam. 2,6. Ez. 21, 31. Ps. 18, 28. 75, 
8. So Proy. 25,7. Job 22,29 ss"nwn Ἢ 
when they cast thee down, i.e. w hen the 
proud humble thee, and thou sayest, O 
insolence ! then (God) shall help thee 
walking humbly, pr. with downcast eyes. 
A different explanation see in art. M31. 
1,—Intrans. Is. 57, 9 53Nv ἜΣ *S°BwA 
and wentest down even to Sheol. Joined 
with another verb it forms a periphrase 
for an adv. Jer. 13, 18 329 γρ ΒΘ ΠῚ make 
low, sit down, i. 6. sit ye down ina low 
place. 

Deriv. θῶ, bee, n>pw, mbps, ma>py. 


πρὸ Chald. i. q. Heb. Bw, but rarely 


found in Peal; Syr. ‘lee to be him- 
ble, inferior. 

Ἄρη. to make low, to humble, to abase, 
6. g. kings, powerful persons, Dan. 5, 19. 
7,24. Also with Mm23>. to humble one’s 
heart, to become humble, Dan. 5, 22. 


baw m. adj. (τ. 5819) constr. 55w; fem. 
nde, constr. ΒΘ; low, dewéaneil of 
a tree Ez. 17. 24; a vine ν. ὃ; a spot 
in the skin Lev. 13, 20. 21. 26, comp. 


b) his 


1102 





ἸΞῸ 


14,37.—Metaph. a) toni | 
2 Sam. 6, 22. Job 5, 11. Mal. 3,9, 
man baw humble in spirit, lowly, 
29, 23. I 57, 15; also Prov. 16, 19 
without Fan id. Is. 1. cm} 
parag. accus. mbben the ἢ 
Ez. 21, 31 [26]; see Heb. Gel 
§ 88, 2. a 

2D Chald. m. adj. low, hunble, D 
4, 14. 

SHU m. (r. τ 
ness, i. 6. low condition, alte 
10, 6. Ps. 136, 23. 


τ Ὁ £ (r. >B) lowness, a low p' 
Is. 32, 19. 

MID £. (τ. deed) low country, as Ὁ 
to mountains, Josh. 11, 16 fin. Wit 
art. M>ptn the low country or pla 
along the Mediterranean from . 
Gaza, Josh. 9, 1. 12,8. 1K. 10, 27. 
32, 44. 33, 13. Gr. ἡ Σέφηλα 11} 
12, 38. See Onomast. art. Sephela. — 


PSHD Γ (τ. ber) a letting down, e. 
8.15 ‘Ba letting down of the hands, i. 
remissness, slothfulness, Ece. 10, 18. 


“ Daw a spurious root, or at 
very doubtful; similar to r, D2, A 
, to be cold. Hence perh. the th 


following pr. names, of which the ¢ 
mology is obscure. 


DPW (r. ἘΡΘ, or perh. bald, shaven 
r. M52) Shapham pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 5, 12 
DEW (r. cb, or bareness, place na: 
ked of trees, r. MEY) Shepham, pr. n. 


of a place on the northeastern border 
of Palestine, north of Riblah, Num. 34 
10. 11. . 


MODY (τ. ow, or bare places, plur. 
of nEt) Shiphmoth, pr. ἢ, of a place in 
the south of Judah, mentioned with Aroer 
and Eshtemoa, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Others 
read ΤΌΘ Ὁ, Siphmoth.—Gentile n. ΘῈ 
a Shiphmite 1 Chr. 27, 27. ν᾽ 


a ἸΞῸ obsol. root, prob. i. q. ἸΒῺ, ἸΞΌ, 
jB%, to cover, to hide, espec. under 


ground, whence Re Arab. ue ‘a 


look askance ; Bee: cunning. 


72D πὶ. plur. owed 1. A quadruped, 
supposed to chew the cud in the m 



























y 


»Ξὼ 
ner of the hare, Lev. 11, 5. Deut. 14, 7; 
living in flocks among the rocks, and 
agg for its cunning, Ps. 104, 

. Prov. 30,26. The Rabbins render 
t the coney or rabbit. The LXX in 
th 5 places have χοιρογρύλλιος, hedge- 
. ἡ Which is indefinite. Some refer it 
to the mus v. dipus jaculus of Linn. 
Arab. Ex Jerboa. The animal is 
do abtless correctly specified by Saadias, 
whe renders Ἰὼ by wabr, i. e. the 
hy Syriacus, a small animal like a 
A 
































mot, found in Lebanon, Palestine, 
abia Petra, Upper Egypt, and Abys- 
inia; and still called in the Himyaritic 


>? 
ὁ thofun, kindr. 


Εἰ 


ect οἵ Hadramaut ,. 


With 723. It is scarcely larger than a 
abbit; has almost no tail; and in its 
ear: feet, and snout, eeesintles the 


hedgehog. It lives in families among 
the rocks, making its bed in the clefts; 
but does not burrow. It is lively and 
quick to retreat on the approach of 
danger ; and is difficult to capture, The 
= ah = Bi 
name might come either from its hiding 
itself, or from its cunning. See more in 
Thesaur. p. 1467; also Seetzen in Rit- 
ters Erdkunde XV. p. 596. Wilson 
‘Lands of the Bible II. p. 28 sq. Fresnel 
in Journ. Asiat. Ser. ΠΠ. T. V. p. 514. 
ochart Hieroz. I. p. 1001 sq. 

3. Shaphan, pr.n.m. a) The scribe 
or secretary of king Josiah, 2 K. 22, 3. 
12. Jer. 36, 10; comp. Ez. 8,11. Ὁ) 
2 K. 22, 12. 25, 22. Jer. 26, 24. 39, 14. 


wR Bw obgol. root, to oxerflow, to be 
uperabundant, as in Chald. and Syr. 
Se .—Hence the three following. 
DEW m. abundance; once Deut. 33, 
19 the abundance of the sea, i. e. wealth 
obtained from the sea. 
onped ¢ (τ. 3B) constr. NIV, abun- 
dance, i. e. multitude, as of waters Job 
22, 11. 38, 34; of men 2 K. 9, 17 bis; of 
camels Is. 60,6; of horses Ez. 26, 10. 
| "ww (abundant, τ. 380) Shiphi, pr. 
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 37. 

“hav obsol. root, prob. i. q. Aram. 
τὸ, 2, to scrape, to rub; then, to rub 


along, fo creep, to glide. Hence }iP°ED, 
}and pr. ἢ. DESBY, JPY, ow. 








1103 np 


᾿ “ΞῸ 1. Pr. to scratch, to scrape, . 
to rub, kindr. with "BO, ΠῈΣ II; hence 
to polish. 

2. Intrans. to be polished, i. e. to de 
ἕν shining, comp. Arab. I, EV 
illuxit aurora, and Chald. eer 
hence to be fair, beautiful, i. ᾳ. Chald. 
and Syr. With 53, to be pleasant, ac- 
ceptable, to any one, Ps. 16, 6; comp. 
Chald. "88 Dan, 4, 24. —The notion of 
brightness may perh. be transferred to 
sound, as in Engl. a brilliant tone, i. e. 
clear and sonorous (comp. 5511}; whence 
“Bi trumpet. 

‘Deriv. THY, MED, Www , “Hw, www. 


"50 Chald. fat. “pw, to be fair, 
beautiful ; 6. 59 Dan. 4, “2, and Dy 3, 
32. 6, 2, to please, to be acceptable to any 
one. Syr. id.—Hence &77Bv. 

“OU τὰ. (τ. ΒΦ) 1. brightness, i. e. 
beauty, pleasaniness, of words Gen. 49, 
21. : 

2. Shepher, pr. ἢ. m. of a mountain in 
the Arabian desert, Num, 33, 23. 24. 

"DW, see “piv. 

MID ἢ (νυ Ἐῶ) 1. brightness, beau- 
ty ; Job 26, 13 πο ὦ crew inmsna by his 
(God's) spirit the heavens are ‘bright- 
ness, i, e. are bright, splendid, beauti- 
ful; so A. Schultens, Simonis, Gesenius, — 
and all recent writers.—But most earlier 
intpp. take MBO for 772H9 (Piel of 758) 
to make bright, beautiful, to garnish se. 
with stars and constellations; and sup- 
pose there is a mingling. of two con- 
structions, 1780 ἢ imam and vay inna 
“Bw, Vulg. spiritus ejus ornavit caelos. 
But ‘Daw. forte characteristic is very 
rarely if ever dropped from the letters 
Mbps tas. 

2. Shiphrah, pr. ἡ. f. Ex. 1, 15. 


ὙΠῸ m. (r. WY) splendour, orna- 
ment, tapestry, with which a throne is 
spread and adorned, Jer. 43, 10 Keri; 
for which Keth, "9750 id. 


δ ἼΣΗ Chald. m. (r. 2DY) the dawn, 


rT: 


aurora, Dan. 6,20. Syr. {pom id. 


* MEW fut. mbt: 1. to set, to fix, to 
put, to place, i. q. kindr. maw, see fully 
in rr. Ὁ and mad .—2 K. 4, 38. Ez. 
24, 3. Ps. 22, 16 “INE ΤῸ spzd thou 
dost set me in the dust of death, i, 6. dost 


nsw 


bring me down to the grave. Comp. Ps. 
88, 7. 

2. to place to or for any one, i. 4. to 
give, with acc. of thing and > of pers. Is. 
26, 12. 

Deriv. MBUx, ὈΠΩΒ Ὁ, and 


DMD m. dual from a lost sing. perh. 
τεῦ, pr. a stake, pale, pin, see τι PED; 
then a series of pales set in the arbund 
and forming an enclosure; hence dual 
DIMMED. 

l. a forked pin or peg, a hook, affixed 
to the wall in order to hang up any 
thing; Ez. 40, 43 and forked pins (i. 6. 
hooks projecting) a hand-breadth were 
fixed in the inner part round about, i.e. 
in that part of the court where the vic- 
tims were killed. These hooks were 
prob. for suspending the victims in order 
to take off the skin. The dual is here 
put for the plur. as 0°M>32 Ezra 3, 10, 
pd 7a">2, etc. Heb. Gr. § 86 b. 2. 

2. a double enclosure, surrounded with 
pales; spec. folds, enclosures, made with 
pales or hurdles, often in two parts, into 
which the flocks are gathered at night. 
(Enclosures with walls are Min33, the 
common word is Mix>>2.) Heiies Ps. 
68, 14 DIMEW 772 32 fo lie among the 
folds, spoken proverbially of shepherds 
and husbandmen living in leisure and 
quiet, remote from the turmoil of war ; 
and so ΘΠ Ὁ 13 33} id. Judg. 5, 16. 
Gen. 49, 14; ‘comp. also ‘Judg. 5, 11, and 
Mic. 4, 4.—Many intpp. pols; J. D. 
Michaelis and others, drinking-troughs. 
The true view was long since given by 
Ludolf in his Lex. ASthiop. p. 76. See 
Thesaur. p. 1471. | 

ἘΤΝ obsol. root, prob. i. q. HY to 
pour out, to overflow.—Hence 

es") m. once Is, 54,8 FSR HSB out- 
ee ing of anger, effusion of wrath ; i. q. 
ὮΝ 42% Prov. 27,4. The form art was 
perb. chosen instead of mud for the sake 
of paronomasia. 

pw Chald. iq. piv, the leg, from the 
knee to the ankle, plur. c. suff. *ipw 
Dan. 2, 33. Theod. well κνῆμαι. 

*I pw fut. Ip", prob. pr. ‘to lie 

down,’ comp. ὈΡὼ and 30. Hence - 


1. to lie in wait, as a leopard, 6. dB 
Jer. 5, 6. 


1104 





πρὸ 


2. to watch, to keep wate 
watchmen ina city Ps. 127,15 até 
mirbs by Prov. 8, 34. Ezra 8, 29 
st} watch and keep sc. the gol 
silver. Also to be watchful, we 
Ps. 102, 8. Hence “p%.—Trop. 
b>, to watch over any thing, 
attention to it, Jer. 1, 12. 31, 28. 44. 
Dan. 9, 14. Job 21, 32. Ironically 
29, 20 ἢ "πρὸ they who watch 
iniquity, i. e. ‘who sedulously take ¢ 
that wrong and not right shall be d 
Chald. "pe id.’ 

ΝΊΡΗ. apt? i in some Mss. Lam. ἢ 
see in τ. "pw Niph. 

Pua part. “PU, denom. from Ἢ 
made like almonds, i. 6. having 
form of almond-flowers, Ex. 25, 38 


“Spd m. plur. OES 1. ane 
tree, pr. ‘the waker,’ so called ast 
the earliest of all trees to awake ἢ 
the sleep of winter, Jer. 1, 11. Ὁ r 
is also here an allusion to the haste a 
ardour thus implied, comp. v. 12. 
Plin. H. N. 16. 25 or 42. Celsius 
robot. I. p. 297. a 

2. an almond, almond-nul, Gen. ; . 
11. Num. 17, 23. Eee. 12,5 "pS ἢ 
and the almond is spurned, rejected, 
by the old and toothless man, althot 
in itself a delicate and delicious frui 
or, he spurneth the almond. Othe’ 
less well, the almond-tree shall fic 
which they refer to white hairs ; thos | 
the flower of the almond-tree | is x 
white, but rose-coloured. 


ν pd j in Kal not used,. pee. 
ed, to drink, i. q. "MB and A. ul 
, Eth. PP, to let drink, ‘to wate 

Coa Aram. Aph. "pes, oa). 
Hien. Open, fut. MPS, apoe. ns 
1. to water the ground, to irrig 
6. g. a field, garden, grove, Gen. ἔς 
10. Joel 4, 18. Is. 27, 3. Ps. 104, 13. ὃ 
sbana Mpen to ‘water with one’s fodt, i. 
to raise water by a wheel turned wi 
the foot, Deut. 11, 10; seein 539 no. 1 
2. to give to drink, to let drink, δ. 
of pers. Gen. 21, 19, 24, 18. 45. Jer. ἥ 
17. Ps. 104. 11. Also ὁ. dupl. ace, 
pers. and thing, Gen. 19, 32. 
a 4,19. Num. 5, 94. 
2, 7. Jer. 9, 14. 35, ΡΝ 









































» 


ὧν 









ape 


ng Cant. 8, 2; c. 3 of thing with 
ich one is made to drink or is over- 








cup or vessel, Esth. 1, 7. Gen. 24, 
Part. Mp2 causing to drink, Hab. 
15. As subst. a cupbearer, etc. seein 
its order. 
3. to water cattle, Gen. 24, 14. 46. 29, 
2.3.7.8. 10. Ex. 2, 16. 17. 19. 
_ Nipu. according to some in Am. 8, 8 
ethib; but see in τ. ΣΡ Niph. 
- Pwat to be moistened. irrigated. Job 
, 24 the marrow of his bones is moist, 
i.e. fresh, vigorous; comp. Prov. 3, 8. 
16, 30. 17, 22.° 

Deriv. met, Mp2, and the two fol- 
lowing. 


SPU m. (r. πρὸ for ws, after the 
form 5:2) drink, only in plur. ope 
Ps, 102, 10. 


“pt m. (r. Mp) plur. c. suff. "pw 
Hos. 2, 7. 

1. a watering, moistening of the bones, 
i.e. refreshment, Prov. 3,8, Seer. πρὸ 
in Pual. 

2. drink, Hos, 2,7, where some deli- 
cate drink, as wine, is to be understood ; 
Sept. ed. Ald. ὃ οἶνός μου. 


VP or 7 PU τα. (τ. ypw) plur. ϑυχηρῷ 
or ΡΣ, an abomination, abominable 
thing, spoken of things unclean, e. g. 
filthy garments Nah. 3, 6; of meats 
offered to idols, εἰδωλόϑυτα, Zech. 9, 7; 
espec. of idols, 1 K. 11,5 Milcom ὉΠ ὩΣ “ὦ 
the abomination (idol) of the Ammonites. 
2 K. 23, 13. Dan. 11, 31.. 12, 11. Plur. 
of idols 2 K. 23, 24. Ez. 20, 7. 8. Is. 66, 
3. 1 Chr. 15, 8. al. Once of iddlatrous 
men, Hos. 9, 10. 


* DPW fat. wp, to rest, to have or 
keep quiet, to be still; pr. ‘to be cast 
down, to lie down, to recline,’ Arab. 
oi. to fall, Chald. pw to rest, Syr. 
Doe id. Kindr. is m20 to be silent, 
Arab. catuw id. perh. pnt q. v. also 
20, 22, j2.—Spoken: a) Ofone 
who is troubled by no one, Jer. 30, 10. 
46, 27. Job 3,13; of a land not harassed 
by enemies, Judg. 3, 11. 5, 31. 8, 28; 
whence ΓΙΏΓΙΡ Ὁ vp Josh. 11, 23. 14, 
15; also of. one who troubles or Leen 
es no one, Judg. 18, 7. 27. Ez. 16, 42; 
which sometimes arises from foas Ps, 
93 


1105 


elmed, poet. Ps. 80,6; but also 3 of | 





>pu 


76, 9. δὴ) Of one who does nothing, 
remains inactive. idle; Is. 62,1. Jer. 47, 
6; hence of God, as not affording aid, 
Ps. 83, 2. 

Hiren. 11. to cause to rest, to quiet, 
i. e. to appease strife Prov. 15, 18. Also 
to give quiet, to render tranquil and se- 
cure, Job 34, 29; 6. 5 of pers. and 12 of 
thing, i. e. from danger, Ps. 94, 13. 

2. Intrans. to find rest, to be quiet, pr. 
to quiet oneself, Is. 7, 4. 57,20. Jer. 49, 
23. Inf. opPwM subst. rest, quiet, Is. 30, 
15. 32,17. Trop. the earth is said to 
be quiet, tranquil, when the air is still 
and sultry, Job 37, 17.—Hence 


DPD m. rest, quiet, 1 Chr. 22, 9. 
* SPW fat. dP, c. Vav conv. ΓΘ ON} 


Ezra 8, 25 Keri (Keth. mbipwns), pal. 
nbpeisy as if-from >p Jer. 32, 9; to 
poise, to weigh, 2 Sam. 14, 26. Is. 40, 12. 
Spec. to weigh out to any one, e. g. met- 
als, money, c. acc. of thing and > of pers. 
Gen. 23, 16. Ex. 22,16. 1 K. 20, 39. Is. 
46, 6. Jer. 32, 9. Ezra 8, 25; with Ἔ "317-59 
into the hands of any one, Ezra 8, 26. 
Esth. 3,9; with >» over to or into the 
king’s treasury, Esth. 4,7; with 3 for 
a thing, Is. 55,2. 2 Sam. 18. 12 though 
I might weigh a thousand shekels into 
my hands, i. 6. though they should be 
weighed out tome. Part. >p¥ a weigher, 
i. e. a collector or receiver of tribute, Is. 
33,18. Trop. to examine, to try a per- 
son Job 31, 6; a thing 6, 2.—The pri- 
mary idea is ‘to poise, to hold suspend- 
ed’; Eth. fi®PA to suspend, spec. on 


the cross, ἢ Φ ἃ suspended, also weigh- 


ed; Arab. (a3 to weigh; also hid to 
weigh coins. Chald. bpm, Syr. Sow, 
Sam. 2X, i.q. Heb. But also Chald. 
>pY w carry by poising, to bear; Syr. 
‘au id. but also to migrate, whence 
perh. pr. n. >pte. 

Nipu. to be weighed, trop. Job 6, 2; to 
be weighed out Job 28, 15. Ezra 8, 33. 

Deriv. ΞΡ Ὁ, biptia, ΤΡ, Neptia, 
pr. n. p>pwe, and 


2P0 m. in pause Ὁρῶ; ide ὈΡῬῶ, 
constr. "2p; a shekel, siclus, a certain 
weight, according to which the weight 
and price of things was determined ; 
e. g. bread Ez. 4, 10; hair 2 Sam. 14, 


Spw 
26; espee. metals, as brass, iron, sil- 
ver, gold, and things made of metal, as 
arms, vessels, etc. Ex. 38, 24. 25. 29. 
Num. 7, 13 sq. 31, 52. 1 Sam. 17, 5 
(Goliah’s corslet). v. 7. Josh. 7, 21. 
2 Chr. 3, 9; ellipt. with >pw impl. Gen. 
24, 22 two bracelets for her hands, WYO2 
ΞΘ om fen shekels of gold their 
weight. Num. 7, 13. 19, 25. 31 sq.— 
Especially did the Hebrews use silver 
weighed by the shekel as money; and 
often it was actually weighed out, al- 
though they may have had pieces or 
bars of silver marked with the weight, 
“mo> "a> 902 current silver, see in "33 
no2; Gen. 23, 16. Jer. 32, 9. 10. Ex. 
21, 32, Lev. 5 , 15. 27, 3-7. 2 Sam. 24, 
24. αἱ. Hence ἘΞ, even where 592 is 
not added, is a ‘aged shekel, 2 K. 7 1. 
16. 18. ‘Am: 8, 5; and vice versa, the 


numeral only is oftin given with 502, 


implying a certain number of shekels, 
as OD 92% a thousand shekels of silver 
Gen. 20, 16, and so 37, 28. Deut. 22, 19; 

comp. Acts 19, 19. 53 ἘΡῸ Σ3 the 
fourth of a shekel of silver, 1 Sam. 9, 8; 

PREM ΠΡ the third of a shekel Neh. 

10, 33. Half a shekel is >pwn mse 
Ex. 30, 13. 15, or >p2 Ex. 28, 26. —From 
the common stiekal i is distinguished the 
sacred shekel, IPM Ἐῶ, somewhat 
heavier, it would seem, or at least of just 
and full weight, according to which all 
contributions and tribute for sacred uses 
were to be reckoned, Ex. 30, 13. 24. 38, 
24, Lev. 5, 15. 27, 3. 25. Num. 3, 47. 
50. 7, 13. 19, 25 sq. 18, 16; whether in 
2 Sam. 14, 26 72:3 4283 DpU the shekel 
by the king’s weight, is still different, 
cannot be determined. Nor can the ex- 
act weight of the shekel be fully ascer- 
- tained. The sacred shekel contained 
twenty gerahs, beans, carob-beags, as 
some suppose (see art. 773) Ex. 30, 13. 
Ley. 27, 25. Num. 3, 47. 18,16. Ez. 45, 
12. More to the purpose is the speci- 
fication of the Rabbins, that the shekel 
was equal to 320 barley-corns; since 
this accords tolerably with the actual 
weight of the Maccabean shekels still 
preserved. In the time of the Macca- 
bees (1 Mace. 15,6) silver coins were 
struck, each weighing one shekel, and 
stamped with the words >8"w" >pw; see 
Bayer de Nummis Hebreo-Samaritanis, 


1106 


_“drachma Attica denarii arena 18 





pw 


Valent. 1781. 4to. p. 171 sq. E 
Doctr. Numor. vet. I. TIL. pt 
Some of the specimens still ex 
though worn by age, weigh 266 οἱ | 
Paris grains; so that the full Mae 
bean shekel must have been at | Ι 
about 274 grains, and thus equivalen 
the δίδραχμον of ABgina. Henoeld 
LXX render it sometimes σίχλος, ἃ 
sometimes δίδραχμον or δίδραχμα. B 
Josephus and later writers give the ν 
lue of the shekel at four Attic drachma 
Antt. 3. 8. 2 0 δὲ σίκλος, νόμισμα bBoat 
ὧν, ᾿Αττικὰς δέχεται δραχμὰς τέσσαρα 
Hesych. σέκλος τετράδραχμον *A ox 
Hieron. ad Ez. p.43 ed. Vallars. Inthe 
time, however, the Attic drachma ha 
depreciated, and was reckoned as equ 
to the Roman denarius, i. 6. 7hd. ste 
ling, or 15 cents; Plin. H. N. 21. 1 









































bet pondus.” The Maccabean she 
therefore, may be estimated at 2s. 6 a 
sterling. or 60 cents. See Bose 
Metrol. Untersuch. p. 55-57, 62, 63, 29! 
Smith’s Dict. of Antt. art. Denarius 
Robinson’s Lex. N. T. art. ἀργύριον ne 
2. Hence the halfshekel, which wi 
to be paid yearly to the temple (Ex. 38 
26), is called δίδραχμον in Matt. 17, 24 
—Some suppose that the earlier cor 
mon shekel was less than the Mac 
bean by one half; Boeckh I. c. p. 
Bertheau Abhandll. p. 26: Of me 
weight and value was also the ofxdog 
σίγλος, used by the Persians, and con- 
taining 74 oboli (six oboli make one 
drachma) Xen. Anab. 1, 5.6.—At pa 
sus a shekel of gold was in use, accord- 
ing to Alexander A&tolus ap. Mac 
Sat. 5. 22. Some understand κυρ ἢ 
coin in 1 Chr. 21, 25; but the words 
imply rather weight. 


᾿ ppw obsol. root, of doubtful sig 
fication; perh. to recline or to ocea 
comp. the kindr. roots S20, ps, ἊΝ 
Others comp. Arab. pies to be ill, sick. 


—Hence a ἢ 


MPU , only plur. Site 1 K. 10, 5 
Is. 9, 9. Am. 7, 14. 1 Chr. 27, 28. 2Chn 
1, 15, once Minpw Ps. 78, 47, (the sin 5. 
occurs in the Mishna,) αὶ sycam pe, 
Gr. συκόμορος, συκάμινος, very fi 
in the level parts of Pade a 


“ 



















g the mulberry-tree in its leaves 
and general appearance, with fruit simi- 
lar to the fig iba. wage from the 
stem and larger boughs, and very diffi- 
sult of digestion ; Dioscorid. 1.182. The 
" ruit is used only by the poorest class- 
es; and its ripening could be hastened 
by artificial nipping, Am. 7,14; see in 
fr. 0>3. See Theophr. Hist. Plant. 1. 94. 
ib. 4. 2. Celsii Hierob. I. p. 310. Winer 
Realw. II. p. 62, ed. 2. 


_ * SPD fat. speis, kindr. with 728, 
also ppw, perh. pr. ‘to sink in a cleft; 
hence to sink down, to subside, as wa- 
ter, see Hiph. no. 1; fire Num. 11, 2; 
of a land, to be submerged, overflowed, 
drowned, Jer, 51, 64. Am. 9, 5 περῷ 
er249 “ΝΖ it is overflowed as with the 
river of Egypt, where it is coupled with 
an acc. of abundance. Chald. >28 Ith- 
pe. id. ᾿ 

Nipu. to be submerged, overflowed, as 
a land, Am. 8, 8 Keri. In Keth. for 


see in 9, p. 737, col. 2. 
Hips. 1. to cause to subside, as water 
Ez. 32, 14. 
_ 2. to sink, i. 6. to press down ; Job 40, 
25 43> 9pm Sana canst thou press 
down his tongue with a cord? i. 6. canst 
thou tame him (the crocodile) by a 
thong or rein thrust into his mouth? 
or, better, the line to which the hook is 
fastened. 
Deriv. pu. 


PMAAPW £ plur. sunken places, hol- 
lows, i in a wall Lev. 14,37. Sept. κοι- 
dade, Vulg. vallicule. This quadrilit. 
comes from >P¥ to sink, and ΣΡ to be 
deep. 


\ ΠΡ in Kal not used, pr. to bend, 
to incline, comp. D3, 338, and Arab. 
ἡ διν to be long and curved, 6. g. the 
neck of the ostrich; then ¢o lay upon or 
over, to lay or cover with beams, joists, 
etc. Arab. iw, Chald. XB5pd lin- 
tel, Gr. oxerow, oxenalw.—Hence Apu 
D"PY, Hips. 

ΝΊΡΗ. to lie out over any thing, to pro- 
ject; hence to bend forward, Gr. προ- 
κύπτειν, espec. in order to see, and thus 
i. q. fo look forth or abroad, comp. in 
mex, Cant. 6, 10; spec. from a window, 





MSP? stands MPwW3, the > being elided ; 


pe 1107 


he 





pp 

2 
jbnn ἼΣΞ Judg. 5, 28. 2 Sam. 6, 16; 
from heaven Ps, 85,12. Also of a moun 
tain, fo overhang, to look towards, Num. 
21. 20. 23,28. Metaph. Jer. 6, 1 evil im- 
pendeth (approacheth) from the north. 

Hips. στ, pr. ‘to make inclina- 
tion;’ hence to look forth, to look out, to 
look, 2 Sam. 24, 20 δὰ)... ἘΣΘ. and 
he looked...and saw. So through a 
window, }#>57 733, Gen. 36, 8. 2 K. 9, 
30. 325 with mp3, to look οὐδ 
Gen. 18, 16. 19, 28. Of God as looking 
down from heaven, Ps. 14, 2. 102, 20. 
Ex. 14, 24. al. 

Deriv. see under Kal. 


PU m. (τ. 9p) in pause HY, a layer 
of beams or joists, ete. once 1 K. 7, 5 all 
the doors and the posts were HPY D°F39 
made square with layers of beams, i. e. 
were not arched but covered above with 
beams, and therefore square. 


ὈΠΞΡΦ m. plur. (r. Pd) beams or 
bars laid over, frame-work, 1 K. 7, 4. 
6,4 ΘΝ OBPY “2M windows wiih 
closed (fixed) bars, ‘lattice-work. See 
under τ. DON. 


a 


- Ὁ in Kal not used, pr. fo be cast 
or thrown down, i. ᾳ. UP; hence éo be 
cast away, rejected, to be unclean, abomi- 
nable. Arab. lady to fall off, IV to cast 
away, to reject; pass. to be contemned. 
Chald. yp Pa. i. q. Heb. Pi. 

Piex 1. to reject, to despise, Ps. 22, 

2. to loathe.- to abhor, to detest, 
thing unclean, defiled, Lev. 11, 11: 13. 
Deut. 7, 26. So ita2-ny ppd, to make 
oneself ‘tnelean, to defile oneself, c. 3 of 
thing, Lev. 11, 43. 20, 25. 

Deriv. y3PD, and 


ΥΡῺ m. an abomination, abominable 
thing, spoken of things (and persons) 
unclean, polluted; espec. of things re- 
lating to idolatry, Lev. 11, 10. 12. 13.20. 
23. 41. 42. Is. 66, 17; once δὲ 89 PRB 
Lev. 7, 21; in apposit. Ez. 8, 10. 


TPY, see γιρῷ. 
, ppv fut. pe pr. ‘to cleave,’ like 
r. Pam Arab. usd; Syr. ow, comp. 


joc fissure; hence, as derived from 


this idea of cleaving (see in 338 note), 
or perh. from throwing apart the legs 


“pu 


5" 
(comp. piv and r. ῬΏ8), it comes to 
signify: 

1. ἐο run up and, down, to and fro, to 
run about, spoken of those who eagerly 
seek any thing , 8. σ΄. of locusts Joel 2, 9; 
ce. 3 of the prey, Is, 33, 4.—Hence 

2. Pr. to roam about, to range, as in 
search of prey; then, to be greedy, ra- 
venous, of a bear Prov. 28, 15; to be ea- 
ger, to long, of a person thirsty Is, 29, 8, 
Ps. 107, 9. 

Hiruparp. PUPMBN i. q. Kal no. 1, of 
chariots, Nah. 2, 5. 

Deriv. pws, pr. n. pww. 


*"P WD, fut. “prs, to Lie, to tell lies ; 
c. dat. to lie to any one, to deceive him, 
Gen. 21, 23. Chald. Pa. "pw i. q. Heb. 


Pi. Syr.;o id. The primary idea is 


aah that of colouring, pats j comp. 
“7 
 ἰο be red, ruddy, re ὦ red colour, 


paint, falsehood ; Chald. ἪΡ to paint red ; 
see Tsepregi in Diss. Lugdd. I. p. 154. 

Piex, to lie, 1 Sam. 15,29; ¢. 3 of 
pers. to lie to any one, fo deceive, Lev. 
19,11. Also c. 3 of thing, as M732 "po 
to be false to a covenant, i. e. treacher- 
ously to break it, Ps. 44,18. ΓΣΒΌΝΣ ὦ 
to be fulse to one’s faith, fidelity, Ps. ‘89, 
34; absol. id. Is. 63, 8.—Hence 


. WP m. in pause "PY, plur. oMPY, 
6. suff. ΠΡ Jer. 23, 32. 

La lie, falsehood, false words, Ps. 52, 
5. Job 36, 4, “"purra3a false word Ex. 
23, 7. Prov. 13, 5. Jer. 9,4; "pw "35 
false words Ex. 5, 9. Jer. 7, 8; ἐξ 33 
to speak falsehood Mie. 6. 12. Is. 59, 3. 
and Oo pd “sid. Ps. 101, 7. Poet. yes 
“pe a false tongue Prov. 6, 17. 12, 19. 
22. Ps. 109, 2; and "pwd. new lying lips 
Ps. 31, 19. 120, 2. Prov. 10, 18. ὦ bw 
see inr. 2DY. Also "Pt 53 a false wit- 
ness Deut. 19, 18. Ps. 27, 12. Prov. 6, 19. 
14, 5, and ὩΣ ἫΣ id. Prov. 12, 17. 19, 
5.9; "PW M2> Lo testify Ἰαϊβοϊ οι false- 
ly, Deut. 19, ‘18. “RY M338 a false oath 
Zech. 8,17; "pw a3 to swear falsely 
Lev.. 5, 24. 19, ‘12. Jer. 5, 2. Zech. 5, 4. 
Mal. 3, 5; once "FY 59 ‘vid, Det. 5, 22. 
"pe nan a lying spirit, in false prophets, 
LK, 22. 22. 23. 2 Chr. 18, 21. 22, comp: 
in art. M95 fin. So "PY 822 10 pro- 
phesy falsehood, falsely, Jer. 29, 21; and 


1108 





R10 


“pud 5. id. 27, 15; oftener "pa 
Jer. 5, 31. 14, 14, 20, 6. 27, 0. 
29, 9, comp. Is. 9,14. Absol. as a 
lie! false! 2 K. $612. Jer.37, 14. 
for concer. a liar, man of falsehoe 
“pd Os. Prov. 17, 4. we 
2. deceit, fraud ; Jer. 6,13 Pe. 
doing deceit, practising fraud. 8,10. | 
7, 1. Prov. 11, 18. ἘΦ ©m> food 
by. fraud Prov. 20, 17; so 2 Sam. 1 
Keth. 
3. deception, a vain thing, any th 
which deceives or disappoints 6 
hopes; Ps. 33, 17 nnd DIO ΡΘΙ 
they are deceived, disappointed, 
trust in cavalry for victory. 1 ΜΝ 
Prov. 31, 30. Hence “pwd in 
1 Sam. 25, 21. Jer. 3, 23; and "9 


out cause, wrongfully, Ps. 38, 20. 
119, 78. 86. 


npo f. (τ. MPL), plur. constr. 
(as if from MP) a wateri 


made of wood or stone for watering ¢a 
tle, Gen. 24, 20. 30, 38, 


NT, see "οὐ. 


“WO m. (τ. "78) c. suff. Ἴ:ῶ Ez. It 
4, and with the double letter resolve 
W772 Cant. 7, 3. This last son 
to a form οὖ; but comp. iby, 55 a 
from ἘΦ, 77. a , 

l. a sinew, muscle, like ἜΘ 5 com 
Syr. jase, Eth. WOM, id. Collec 
Prov. 3,8 ΣΡ "AR MAND it shall ἢ 
healing to thy sinews, and moisteni 
(refreshment) to thy bones. —Others le 
well, the navel. 

2. the navel, pr. the naveleord, 
































the root no. 2; Syr. f,d, Arab. ἢ saw δ 
pases id. Ez. 16,4 in the day thou 
born, τ ὃ ΤῊΣ Xd thy navel was not cut. 
Cant. 7, 3 thy navel (477%) is like 
ruund pote, i. e. the navel with t 
parts around it, the abdomen. 


NW Chald. also Sal) Dan, 2, 22. 

1. to loose, to unbind, to Sek ὁ 
knots, trop. knotty questions, Dan, 5, 16, 
Part. plur. j92% loosed, unbound, i. e. 
from bonds, Dan. 3, 25. ‘Targ. for Heb. 
nme; Syr. ἴω, Sam. Δ", id— 
Spec. of travellers who stop and put up 


for the night, and so unbind the lox is 
4 


















ND 
their beasts of burden, Arab. ἡ 1 
τ. καταλύω, whence κατάλυμα. Hence 
2. to put up for the night, and in gen- 
ral to lodge, to dwell, Dan. 2,22. Syr. 
τὰ. to put up, to dwell. Comp. mun. 
Ὲ 1. i. q. Kal ne 1, to solve Dan. 
12. 
2. to begin, pr. to open, comp. 5m 
‘om >>n, Ezra 5, 2. 


_Trnra. to be loosened, to become weak, 
Jan. 5, 6. 


. ΣΝ Sharezer, Persian pr.n. a) 


A son of Sennacherib, a parricide, Is. 
7, 38. 2K. 19.37. b) Zech. 7, 2.— 


Pers. at 
ara and athar. 


ΚΞ obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. 
5 be hot, dry; kindr. 29%, 57, and 
m.—Hence the two following. 


Ξηῦ m. 1. heat of the atmosphere, 
Is. 49, 10.—Then 

_ 2. Spec. Sharab, Is. 35, 7, of a pheno- 
menon frequent in the deserts of Arabia 
and Egypt, of Persia and India, and also 
occasionally seen in the southern parts 
of Russia and France, Arab. Gliw Se- 


rab Kor. 24. 39, Fr. le mirage, by which 
name it is also commonly knownin Eng- 
lish. It consists in this, that the des- 
ert, either wholly or in parts, presents 
the appearance of the sea or of a lake, 
so that the most experienced travellers 
are sometimes deceived. See Erdmann 
and Frahn in Gilbert’s Annales Phys. 
T. XXVIII. p. 1. Gesen. Comment. o 
Is. 35, 7. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 61. 
W. Thomson in Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p. 
470.—Hence we are enabled to under- 
stand Is. |. c. bax 23wN NM the mirage 
shall become a ‘pool, i.e. the desert, which 
‘presents the appearance ofa abe shall 
be changed into real water. Arabian 
poets often refer to this phenomenon. 


ΤΟ (perh. heat of Je hovah, τ. 37%) 
Sherebiah, pr. n. m. Ezra 8, 18. 24. Neh. 
8,7. 9,4. 10, 13. 12,8, 34, 


O°) m. (for wats with Ἢ inserted, 
see under ", p. 950) a sceptre, a fora 
of the later Hebrew, Esth. 4, 11. 5, 2. 
8.4.—The 3 is without Dag. after "; 
comp. 597372. 


prince of fire, from Zend 
See ΣΝ 5272. 





93* 


1109 





"Ὁ ἰ 


“Ἔ a) in Kal not used, i. q. Chald. 
NI to loose, to solve. The form INS 
Job 37, 3, belongs tor. 18> Pi. no. 2. 

PIEL M1 to loose, to let "go free. Jer. 
15, 11 Keri sind WING 7 will loose thee 
for good, i. e. will set thee free. The 
Hebrews would seem to have used this 
word also in a bad sense (39>) for desert- 
ing any one; whence here the adjunct 
10> is αὐ θα For Kethib see in r. 992 
ΠΟ. 3; which perh. is to be preferred. 

Deriv. ninW, M72, perh. pr. ἢ. "78. 


ὦ mo i. q. MW, MID, to connect, 
to interweave; kindr. are 77¥, comp. 
“2%. Hence M179, ji"78, 795, coat 


. of mail, armour. 


ΓΛ ἢ (τ. Ἔν ΠῚ) pr. part. Kal, and 
then subst. 

1. a band of travellers, spec. of mer- 
chants, a caravan, like MM"; see the 
root no. 1. Ez. 27, 25 θη ΡΩΝ 
ἜΘ the ships of Tarshish are thy, 
caravans, i. 6. fleets by er instead of 


cornet by land. Arab. Sols and 


55 Ἀν ας a band of comers and goers.— 


ae. wrongly princes comp. "¥; or 
gifts ; or even female singers. 

2. Plur. mind, walls, from the root 
no. 2, i. q. MINI, Jer. 5,10. So Sept. 
Aquil. Chald. Syr. Vulg. and so the con- 
text demands. 


Mw f. (τ. 29d) plur. mised chains. 
bracelets, Is. 3, 19; so called as being 
twisted together, intertwined.—Chald. 
ὍΘ id. comp. also*M785W q.-v. in its 
place. 


PII (perh. for ὙΠ mane, i Atay 
lodging) Sharuhen, pr. n. of a place in. 
the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 6. 


JW (for ji" plain, τ. 5) always 
with art. jin, Sharon, pr. ἢ. of the 
level tract along the Mediterranean be- 
tween Mount Carmel and Joppa, cele- 
brated for its rich fields and pastures, 
Josh. 12, 18. Cant. 2,1. Is. 33, 9. 35, 2. 
65, 10. 1 Chr. 5, 16. 27,29. Some sup- 
pose another plain of the same name to 
be meant in 1 Chr. 5, 16; but this is not 
necessary. See Reland Palest. p. 188, 
370.—Hence gentile n. "2°98 Sharonite 
1 Chr. 27, 29. 


™ 


a 


ΤΡ Jer. 18, 16 Keth. i. q. npn 
ἢ. Ve 

MAW f. perh. beginning, Jer. 15, 11 
Keth. Chald. 398 id. Β. ΠΣ I, comp. 
Chald. 833 Pa. no. 2. See more inr. 
"78 no. 3. 

"DID, see "πῶ. 


"10 (perh. Jehovah frees him, r 
mye I, so Simonis) Sharai, pr. ἢ. τη. 
Ezra 10, 40. 


MW f. a coat of mail, corslet, Job 
41, 18; so called as woven with threads 
of iron, see r. πὴ II. 


FW m. (τ. πὴ Π) 1. ἃ coat of 
mail, corslet, 1 Sam. 17, 5. 38, Plur. 
pasha Neh. 4, 10; miotyu 2 Chr. 26, 
14, yr. μὰ id. The same is also 
TIMID q. ν. 

2. Shirion, pr. n. by which Mount 
Hermon was known among the Sido- 
nians, Deut. 3, 9. Ps. 29, 6. Comp. 
"2%. This name would seem to be 
derived from some fancied resemblance 
to a breastplate; as also Gr. Θωράξ is 
the name of a mountain near Magne- 
sia.—Some editions in Deut. 1. c. read 
yw Sirion. 

7770 τὰ, (r. 92 11.) α coat of mail, 
corslet, 1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr, 18. 33. Is, 59, 
17... Chald. 9279, Syr. op, id. 


Mp IW f. plur. (τ. pd) 1. whist- 
lings, or rather pipings; Judg. 5, 16 
DMIF NIP pipings of the flocks, i. e. 
of the shepherds who play on the pipe 
while guarding theit flocks. 

2. hissings, i. q. scorn, derision, Jer. 
18,16 Keri. In Keth. mipany. 

“7A adj. (τ. 1793) firm, hard, tough ; 
Chald. 1°93, Syr. pope, id. Only in 
plur. constr. ἸΏ3 "2°"8 the firm parts of 
the belly, the sinews, brawn, e. g. of the 
hippopotamus, Job 40, 16. Comp, "ὦ 
mot. 

ΤΡ and MAI fF. (τ. wt) dhard- 
ness, firmness, and coupled with 3> and 
5 3} hardness of heart, stubbornness, 
Deut. 29, 18. Ps. 81,13. Jer. 3, 17. 7, 24. 
9,13. 11,8. Aram.min" 8; ἴδοι, 
in a good sense, firmness, truth. 

TMNT, see in mand. 


1110 































paw 


MMII Jer. 31, 40 Keth. 
error of the copyists for Mix τῷ} 
which is read in the parallel p 
2 K. 23, 4, and also in Sone 7 
Keri, in ais Mss. and in several pri 
editions.—That the common reas 
(which the LXX also sive Sm ισ 
uot), may be justified in the sen 
Jields cut up or overflowed, has Ὁ 
tempted to be shown by Kuyper: 
Dissert. Lugdd. I. p. 537, com fo i 
Arab. em ey: ii 
with little success. δ 

* VOD, fat. vaeis 1. to ereep, 
crawl, spoken of reptiles and the si 
er aquatic animals, Gen. 7, 21. Le 
29. 41. 42. 43. 46. Ez. 47,9. Somet 
a place, as the earth or the sea, ἣν 
to creep with creeping things, reptil 
i. 6. to teem or swarm with them, ca 
comp. in 725 no. 3. Heb. Gr. § 135. 
b; 6. g. the sea with aquatic ar an 
Gen, 1, 20.21; Egypt with Poss Ε 
7, 28. Ps, 105, '30.—This root pert 
originally onomatopeetic from ther 
of reptiles crawling and scratching ἢ 
ground.—Then 

2. to breed abundantly, to swarm, t 
multiply, of animals Gen. 8,17. 9,7; © 


mankind Ex. 1,7. Eth. WZA& pullu 
lavit.—Hence | } 
ΤῊ m. collect. 1. reptiles, cre pin 


things, Gen. 7, 21. Lev. 5, 2. 11, 29. 
20 ΣΞΝ ΤΟΣ πὴππ pion γγ8 winged re 
tiles going upon all fours, i i. 6. bats, x ot 
crickets, which latter have six zs, 
though they are said to use only four in 
going. v. 21.23. Deut. 14,19. 

2. the smaller aquatic animals Ge 
1, 20; fully ΡΠ 778 Ley. 11, 10. 


τ 


* PD fut. paeis 1. thing, to whistle, 
an onomatopeetic verb, like Gr. « 4 
συρίσσω, συρίττω, whetice σύριγξ, σύρι- 
γμα, συρέγγιον, Sansc. svrz to a 
svara sound,  Chald. p23, p28, id. 
Syr. Aph. pal, id. a) With >, to 
hiss or whistle for any one, to call by α΄ 
hiss or whistle, e.g. bees, flies, in the — 
manner of bee-keepers, Is. 5, 26. 7, 18: 
trop. nations Is. ll. ec. Zech. 10,8. 8) 
to hiss in scorn and derision, 1 K. 9, 8, 
Lam. 2, 15. 16; c. ἘΣ of pers. or thing. 


paw 


ph. 2,15. Ez. 27, 36. Jer. 19, 8. 49, 
17; pregn. Job 27, 23 tapaa 1753 PA? 
they shall hiss him out of his place, drive 
him out with hisses. Hence "p78. 

' 2. to pipe, i.e. to whistle, not with the 
mouth, but with an instrument; hence 
πῆρ, Chald. mp5. 


mprw f. (vr. p13) a hissing, derision ; 
Hp Iw>. m7 to become a hissing, i. e. an 
object of scorn, Jer. 19, 8. 25, 9. 29, 18. 
Mic. 6, 16. 2 Chr. 29, 8. 


WD 1. to twist, to twist together, 
in the manner of a cord, kindr. with the 
foots "WIT, "9M, "3H, HO, WT, TAT, all 
of which contain the primary idea of 
turning, turning about, going in a cir- 
cle, in various modifications.—Hence "8 
and 77% the navel, pr. the navel-cord, 
ΒΘ nerves, sinews, N73, HW, 
nnd, ‘chain, q. d. cord made of metal. 
—Hence 

2. to be firm, hard, tough, espec. in a 
bad sense; whence min" hardness of 
heart. Chald. Pa. "7 to make firm, to 
strengthen; Syr. res firm, true; Eth. 
7 to found, pr. to make firm. 

3. lo press together, and hence to op- 
press, to afflict, to treat as an enemy, 
i. 4. ΠΣ no. 3. ἃ. Here we may refer 
Jer. 15, 11 Keth. 3105 Anne J will 
afflict thee for thy good; others read 
FAAw thy beginning ; Keri is τῶ, 
see r. 798 I, Pi—Part. “98 an adver- 
sary, enemy, Ps. 5, 9. 27, 11. 54, 7. 56, 
3.59, 11. 

_ Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. Also 


"τὸ Sharar, pr. ἢ. m. 2 Sam. 23, 33; 
for "2 1 Chr. 11, 35. 


“70 m. i. q. "ἰδ πο. 2, where see. 
MAIN, see mA . 


















μὰ wat onomatop. root, i. q. 770, pr. 
‘to rub or scrape the ground;’ then to 
creep ; comp.r. ἢ. Hence perh. 8 
a root, as creeping; comp. Eth. WZA& 
to germinate, to put forth, WC germ, 
shoot, trunk.—Others regard 67 as 
contracted for the quadrilit. "3" from 
“7 ; and hence W4 with the idea of 
firmness. 

Pre. Ὁ denom. from 81%, comp. 
kindr. 0, to root out, to extirpate see 


_i1ll 





ww 
Heb. Gr. ᾧ 51. 2.¢; Job 31, 12. Metaph. 
Ps. 52, 7. 

Po iti wae pass. to be rooted out, Job 
31, 8. 

Poet 818 denom. fo root, to take root, 
as a tree, Is, 40, 24. 

Poat Wn, to be rooted, to have taken 
root, Jer. 12, 2. 

Hips. 68m denom. i. q. Poel, to 
strike roots, to take root, with acc. 
πο, of a vine, Ps. 80, 10; absol. and 
trop. of a person or people in prosperity, 
Is. 27, 6. Job 5, 3. 

Deriv 676, pr.n. 84), Chald. 359, 


TIL (root, i. ᾳ. OI, Syr. Lape) 
Sheresh, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16. 


wi τη. (Fr. 878) c. suff. "69 ; plur. 
D°H Iw (pron. shdrdshim) c. suff. HI , 
constr. "B70. 

1. a root, from its creeping ; Chald. id. 
see below; Syr. Laps id. Eth. WC 


fas 
root, nerve. Arab. urs ὦ id.—Job 30, 4. 


8,17. 14, 8. Ez. 17, 6.7.9. Spoken both 
of plants and trees, as 76H Me to 
send out its roots Jer. 17,8; “ὦ ΠΞΙ to 
strike its roots Hos. 14, 6; “ὦ 50" to in- 
crease (enlarge) its roots 2 K. 19,30. Is. 
37, 31. In poetry persons and nations 
are often compared to a plant or tree, 
and then the root is a chief part men- 
tioned; e. g. the wicked Is. 5, 24; 
Ephraim Hos. 9,16; and so Am. 2, 9. 
Is. 14, 30. Ez. 31, 7. Mal. 3, 19. Job 18, 
16. Deut. 29, 17. al—Trop. a) The 
root for the lowest part, bottom, as of a 
mountain Job 28, 9, comp. ῥέζα τοῦ ogous 
Judith 6,13; for the sole of the foot, Job 
13, 17; the bottom "οἵ the sea, 36, 30. 
b) For a stock, race, genus, like Gr. 
ῥίζα, of animals, Is. 14,29. c¢) For the 
seat, abode, dwelling, of a people, Judg. 
5, 14; so nations are said to be planted 
and take root in a land; see in >0). 
d) "25 658, the root of controversy, 
ground of dispute, Job 19, 28. 

2. a shoot, sprout, springing from the 
root, Is.53,2; called ΒΘ “x2 a branch 
of the roots Dan. 11, 7. Metaph. of the 
Messiah, Is. 11, 10 τῶν wiv the sprout 
of Jesse, of the lineage of David ; ; synon, 
with "$2 and "Zh v. 1; comp. ῥέζα Je- 
Bid Rev. 5, 5. 22, 26. 


ww 


ore Chald. m. i.q. Hebr. a root, Dan. 
4; 12, 20. 23. 

Mow £ (for quadril. πο 2) plur. 
constr. MD" , chains, small chains, Ex. 
28, 22. ΗΒ. τῶ. 

NOW (pron. shéroshu), Keri ὙΦ 
Chald. ἢ a rooting out, i. e. expulsion, 
banishment, Ezra 7,26; comp. 10,8. R. 
tia), see Pi. and 838 no. 1. c. 


mow f. (r. 998) only plur. Mind 
chains, small chains, Ex. 28, 14, 39, 15; 
see on these passages in art. m3>33.— 


8. 
Arab. with the letter r softened a Wen OR ; 


Chald. nbwby, xbwbsw ; Syr. [DNaus. 
—Hence by contraction MBB q. v. 


τῷ in Kal not used; pr. prob. 
‘to go about, to travel’; then to minis- 
ter; kindr. with r. 998 IL. 

Pre..o7s, inf. ΓΘ and with thetone 
drawn back τῷ Deut. 17, 12, fut. con- 
vers. mies, to “wait upon, to serve, to 
minister unto, ὃ. ace. of pers. Gen. 39, 4. 
40, 4. Num. 3, 6. 1 K. 1, 4. 19, 21; e. 5 
Num. 4, 9. 8,26. Here m7 differs from 
13>, in that it implies the more honour- 
able duty or function of a free attendant ; 
while 739 pertains rather to the condi- 
tion of a servant. So in the court of 
Solomon, the 5°76 atlendants, minis- 
ters, are distinguished from the 5°32 
servanis, 1 Κα. 10, 5; so the nephews of 
king Ahaziah ministered to him, 2 Chr. 
22,8; and so Joseph, having found fa- 
vour with Potiphar, and being made 
overseer of his house, ministered to his 
master, Gen. 39, 4; while, being in pris- 
on, and being set over the prisoners, he 
is yet said to minister to them, Gen. 40, 
4, comp. 39, 22.—Often of the priests and 
Levites as performing the sacred rites, 
to minister unto Jehovah,’ στ NW 
Num. 18, 2. Deut. 17, 12. 1 Sam. 2, 11. 
3,1; once min*> “ὁ id. 2 Chr. 13, 10; 
si ΤΩΝ Ὁ id. 1 Sam. 2, 18; absol. 
mw to minister, to perform the sacred 
rites, Ex. 28, 43. 29, 30. 39, 1. Num. 3, 
31. 2 K. 25,14. al. Once of the worship 
of idols, Ez. 20, 32 jai ΥΣ NIG to serve 
wood and stone. Inf. M70 as subst. see 
art. τοῦ .—Different is "ἢ pwa τῶ to 
minister in the name of Jehovah, Deut. 
18, 5. 7, i. 6. to worship Jehovah with 


1112 



























invocation, after the analogy οὗ 
phrases "7 03 792, 7 SOS R ἡ 
a hold figure it is said Is. 60, Tu 
of Nebaioth 523-77 shall 1 
thee, i. e. shall serve as victims 
sacrifices.—Parrt. 209 subst. αὶ 
ter, attendant, Prov. 29, 12. 5 
17. 18. Esth. 2, 3; so Joshua was 
minister, assistant of Moses, Ex. 24, 
33, 11. Num. 11, 28. Josh. 1, 1} of t 
attendant of Elisha the prophet, 2 
43. 6,15. Spec. of the priests and I 
vites as the ministers in sacred thi 
Is. 61, 6. Ez. 44. 11. 45, 4. 5. Ezra 8 
Neh..10, 37. 40. Joel 1,9 3 
ministers of Jehovah. v.13 mar "2 
isters of the altar. Fem. Awe ΟΝ 
for mm we, Lehrgeb. p. 133, @ ‘fem 
attendant 1 K. 1, 15. 


PW m. (pr. inf Pi. τ. mye) : 
ministry, c. art. M28 Num. 4, 12. 2 Ch 
24, 14. F 


ro, see r. MOU. - ἊΝ 

I. BW (contr. for τῷ, τ. 3) on 
c. Makk. “6% Prov. 6, 16, joined wit 
feminines ; and new (contr. for HW Ν 
constr. τῷ (like MEN constr. Ox) 
joined with masculines; cardin. num. 


. 8 . 
siz. Chald. >® α. ν. Arab. wow and 


8a ; § ° 8. Ὁ 
Rin id. contr. for wow and Rav ow + 
Eth. ΡΤ contr, fir and MP Prk, id. 
For the syntax see Heb. Gr. §9 95, 118. 
Lehrg. δὲ 144, 181.—So nize oo six 
cubits 1 Sam. 17,4; Min’ BY six trou- 
bles Job 5, 19; βου θ᾽ Ὁ six years Gen. 
31, 4. Jodg. 12, 7. al. seep. prose ᾿ὦ siz 
times 2 K. 13,19. ww τοῦ six daugh-— 
ters 1 Chr. 4,27. mina BO siz hundred 
2 Chr. 29, 33. Ellipt. ons we sir 
measures (Ὁ) of barley Ruth 3, 15. 
17. For the ordinal, 2 K. 18, 10 novia 
ww in the year six (sixth year) of Heze- 
kiah.—With mase. D WIN MB siz men 
Ez. 9,2; 8533 ΠῈ Ὁ siz sons Gen. 30, 20. 
1 Chr. 8, 38; D°WIN ΠΟ ὥ six months 
2 K.15,8; ahi MweN the other six 
Ex. 28, 10. pan muy siz days Ex. 20, 
9. 11. 23,12. Josh. 6,3.14.al. sep. Pts 
p°DSN six thousand 1 Sam. 13, 5. Job 
42, i2. 

‘Alin many Ow with fem. “wy ip 
with masc. sixteen ; as ποῦ nw 3 oe 


or 


ia 









ὧν 


years 2 K. 13, 10; nia “ὃ sizx- 
daughters 2 Chr. 13, 21. ‘> ‘ om 
een cities Josh. 15, 41. mb ‘> wunya 
the son of sixteen years, i. e. sixteen years 
old, 2 K. 14, 21.—With masc. ὩΣ πὸ 
HPN sivteen Pousand Nam. 31,40; 9 ὃ 
ἘΣ sixteen bases Ex. 26,25. "> Ὁ p22 
sixteen sons 1 Chr. 4,27. For the ordi- 
nal, 2 Chr. 29, 17 ‘> “ὃ pita in the sizx- 
teenth day of the month. 

Pion. DDD sizty; as Ox οὐ sizr- 
ty men 2 K. 25, 19; ὋΣ ὃ sixty cities 
Deut. 3; 4. 1 Chr. 2, 23; omy “ὦ id. 
1 K. 4, 13. ΓῺΞ ὦ sixty daughters 
2Chr. 11,21. miax ὃ sixty cubits 1 K. 
6, 2, and “ ΩΝ id. 2Chr. 3,3. “4a 
mit Dw sixty years old Gen. 96, 26. 

- Deriv. HBO, "ww, Chald. md. 


IL. OO m.(r. 61) white marble, Esth. 
1,6. Cant. 5,15. Syr. tau. 


III. BB an Egyptian word, prob. 
WESC shens, so altered by the He- 
brews as to seem derived from r. 630, 
and to take the signification of white- 
mess; (as ΥῈΣ byssus is derived from 










in the Egyptian words ΤΥ ΓΞ, ΓΙ Ὁ :) 
byssus, cloth of byssus, i. 6. cotton, white, 


fine, and costly ; comp. Syr. wore a cheap- 


er kind of cotton. Sept. every where 
βύσσος. Asan Egyptian word, 8 re- 
fers chiefly to the Egyptian byssus, 
which was brought to Tyre Ez. 27, 7; 
the Syrian byssus is there called 732 
v. 16; though in the later books only 
772 is in general use; see in art. 732. 
In Exodus δ occurs more than thirty 
times; it was brought voluntarily by 
the people, Ex. 25, 4, 35, 6.23; was spun 
and woven by skilful artisans, Ex. 35, 
25. 35. 38, 23, comp. "189 Ow in r. 730 ; 
and was then used for the hangings and 
veils of the sacred tabernacle, Ex. 26, 1. 
31. 36. 27,9.16.18. 36, 8, 35. 37. 38, 9. 
_ 16. 18; as also for the sacred vestments, 
espec. the ephod of the high priest, Ex. 
28. 5. 6.8. 15. 39. 39, 2. 5..8. 27. 28. 29. 
Vestments of byssus were worn, not 
_ only by the priests. but also by nobles; 
as by Joseph when prefect of Egypt, 
_ Gen. 41, 42; and by women of rank, 
Prov. 31, 32—But tw is used also of 
linen cloths, as appears from Ex. 39, 28, 





1113 


712 to be white; comp. similar changes . 





"Oy 
where the 7353 "025%, linen drawers, - 
are said to be made of "32 6w; and, 
further, B"H flaz, linen, is sometimes 
rendered in the Targums by 753 bys- 
sus, Is. 43, 17. The bandages of Egyp- 
tian mummies have also been examined 
with the microscope; and found to be 
of linen; comp. art. 733, and see Wil- 
kinson Mann. and Cust. of the anc. Egyp- 
tians, III. p. 115. See genr. Celsii Hie- 
rob. II. p. 259. J. R. Foster de Bysso 
antiquor. Lond. 1776. Rosenm. Alter- 
thumsk. IV. i. p. 175 sq. 


τὰ WW in Kal not used, to go, to walk. 
There is in it a reduplication of a sim- 
pler verb; as appears from the Ethiopic 
cited below. 

Piet XW, to lead, to bring, c. acc. of 
pers. once Ez. 39, 2 τ PPNww) 7nd 
Wm ΣΙ [will turn thee again, and will 
lead thee, and will bring thee up, etc. 
Sept. καϑοδηχήσω σε, but Complut. κα- 
τάξω σε. Targ. ‘errantem te faciam.’ 
Vulg. seducamte. The signification of 
leading is quite clear from the context; as 
to the etymology, comp. Eth. AOn@O 


contr. (Ὁ. whence AZIM to walk 


or go about, to traverse countries, and 
m@'rid a ladder, as aiding to go up. 
“X20 Sheshbazzar, Pers. pr. ἢ. 


borne apparently in Persia by Zerubba- 
bel, Ezra 1, 8. 5, 14.—Perh. contr. from 


jot yee fire-worshipper. 


MW Pier denom. from ww I, pr. to 
make six, to divide into six parts ; Ez. 
45, 13 me "Nt ἘΠ, which however 
should prob. be written HD"NA MWY the 
sixth part of an ephah, as in the pre- 
ceding clause. 

"WW (perh. whitish, r. tw) Shashai, 
pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 40. 

"WW (id.) Sheshat, pr. ἢ. of an Anak- 
ite, Num. 13,22. Josh. 15, 14. Judg. 1, 10. 


"WW Ez. 16, 13 Keth. for Bw, byssus. 
The writer seems to have chosen this 
unusual form for the sake of a parono- 
masia with the word "72. 


ἜΣ τα. (fr. 88 1,) fem. πῶ, ordin. 
adj. the sixth; Arab. νοι, wha, 
8 - . Ρ =x 
cola, id. Aram. IEC yy Dap Dey, 1 — 


yeu 


Gen. 1, 31. 30, 19. Ex. 16, 5. 26, 9. 
Lev. 95, 21. Josh. 19, 32. 1 Chr. 3, 3. 
Ez. 8, 1.—Fem. subst. the sixth part, a 
sixth, Ez. 4, 11. 45, 13, 46, 14. 


JU Sheshach, a name of Babylon, 
Jer. 25,26. 51,41. Its etymology and 
proper signification are doubtful. The 
Hebrew intpp. as also Jerome, suppose 
Ἴ to stand for 522, according to the 
secret or cabbalistic mode of writing call- 
ed wank, i. 6. in which the alphabet is 
inverted, so that Τὸ is put for δὲ, Ὁ for 3, 
etc. and this Jerome thinks was done 
by the prophet through fear of the Chal- 
deans. Such a method of writing may 
indeed be admitted in these passages, 
if not by Jeremiah himself, yet by some 
later writer. Thisis assumed by Ewald, 
Maurer, Hitzig ; and is perh. the more 
probable, because the LXX have not 
expressed the name ἼΞ in either pas- 
sage; implying that it was not in their 
manuscripts.—Other explanations see 
in Thesaur. p. 1486. 


JOU (perh. i. q. 7852 lily) Sheshan, 
pr. ἢ. τῇ, 1 Chr, 2, 31. 34. 35. 


OW, see joie. 


PUY (perh. for pPtpw eagerness, 
longing; so Simonis,) Shashak, pr. ἢ. 
m. 1 Chr. 8, 14. 25. R. ppw. . 


Ὁ obsol. root, i. g. "2, Arab. 
1, to twist, to turn, e. σ. ἃ cord, the 


hand in hurling a spear, brandishing a 
sword, etc. hence * to look askance’; and 
then transferred to changeable colours, 
to be versicoloured, to play from one col- 
our into another. Comp. aiodos agile, 
also versicoloured, changing hues; Hes. 
ὄμφακες αἰόλλονται ‘the grapes begin to 


colour, they change colour.’ Arab. 25 
ruddy, rubicund.—Hence 


“WW m. in pause “Uw, red Phos 
spec. red ochre, rubrica, "Jor, 22,14. Ez. 
23,14. Vulg. sinopis, Ἶ 8. rubrica. Sino- 
pensis, which was the most celebrated, 


see Plin. H. N. 35.5 or 13. Sept. μέλτος, 


which in Hom. is i. q. rubrica. The 
Heb. intpp. understand by it cinnabar, 
vermilion. 


nw τῇ, (τ. Mm") only plur. mim co- 
lumns, pillars, and metaph. princes, no- 


115-14 





era’ 


bles, i. 6. pillars of a state. Ps. 11,31 
the pillars are overthrown, i. e. whe 
noblest, the firm supporters of ¥ 
right and good, have perished. — 
10 and her (Egypt’s) pillars are bra Ὃ 
down, i. 6. the nobles of her state ; 

hired ere i. e. the vulgar. r 


Arab. Salah pillar, for a noblem 
prince.—Others, foundations. _ a 


L MB m. (r. ποῦ IIL,) the buttock 
28, 4; plur. c. suff. pine their ru 


tocks 2Sam. 10,4. Arab. ee Sy 
plur. λα id. 4 


IL. MO αὶ (r. Nd, contr, for 
Lam. 3, 47) noise, tumult ; Num. 24, | 
mw "22 the sons of (warlike) tumult, i. 
the tumultuous enemies of Israel. 
Jer. 48, 45, which is imitated from Nu 
l. c. it stands int} "22. } 


ILI. Ὠ (τ. τοῦθ) Seth, pr. n. of th 
third son of Adam, Gen. 4, 25. 26. 5, 3 
sq. In the first of these passages, it is 
derived from ΓΤ to set, to place, to re 
place, q. d. ‘compensation,’ 


MY and MO Chald. i. q. Heb. 8 
Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6,15. Plur. Aw 
Dan. 3, 1. 6, 1. Ezra 6, 3. 


NNO Chald. see nny. 
*T. IN, fat. mm, apoc. Avr; ink 


"0? 

mind , once “srs Prov. 31, 4; with pref, 
nine ; inf. absol. nhw, sn and ming: 
Is. 22, 13. 


1. to drink ; Chald. ANY, RMB, q. v. 
Syr. οδαΐ, part. ἴδω, Eth, TP, id 
Synon. is 7% not used in Kal and Niph, 
but Hiph. pwn i is used &s the causative | 
of mnw. Often absol. espec. as joined 
with box to eat, Ecc. 2, 24. 3,13. Is. 29, 
8. 1 Sam. 30, 16. Job 1,4; mostly of per-_ 
sons, but aled of animalk ‘Gon: 24, 22. 30, 
38. Num. 20, 11. 19. 2 K. 3, 17. Ez. 39, 
17. 18. With acc. of drink, as water, 
wine, Ex. 7, 21. 34, 28. Lev. 10, 9. Judg. 
13, 4. 7. 14. 1 Sam. 1, 15. Ece..9, 75 me- 
taph. to drink the cup, Is. 51, 17. Jer. 49, 
12; with 8, to drink of, Gen. 9, 31. 
Ruth 2, 9. Jer. 51, 7. Job 21, 20; comp. — 
in D1D no. 1. With 2 of wine, with the — 
notion of enjoyment, Prov. 9, 5; also ὁ. 
3 of the vessel in which one drinks, see 























hr 
‘ Fj 


-- 


πῶ 

art. 3. Α. 1. Ὁ, Am. 6,6: 755 "M& wine- 
inkers 106] 1, 5. Ps. 69, 13. —Metaph. 
ob 15, 16 nbs “23 ποῦ drinking in 
ity like water, i i. e. wholly filled and 
verflowing with iniquity; comp. 34, 7. 
Sut in Proy. 26, 6 the same phrase is to 
taken in a passive sense, the lame 
van drinketh in injury, i. e. must suffer 
. cannot avenge it. 
2. to drink together, to banquet, Esth. 
, 1. Comp. ΠΡ. 

Nips. pass. of Kal no. 1, Lev. 11, 34. 

Hipu, see “pd. 

Deriy. ἜΘ I, mand, nna. 


| Ἢ. ΠΡ obsol. root, Arab. ἜΝ 


54] i. q. isl, to fix the warp 
ys loom; or i. q. Chald. 8M and 
yr. Aph. aw to weave. Hence 
mo II. 

* TIL. πο obsol. root, i. ᾳ. τὼ 
ἃ mn, fo sel, to place. To this root 
long: "Palm. min or MY founda- 


tion; Syr. ΡΨ bolttb an: —Hence no I, 
the buttock. 

MIMD and NMW Chald. to drink, Dan. 
5, 1. 2. 23.. Pret. c. Aleph. prosthet. 
mex they drank Dan. 5, 3.4; comp. 


Syr. sds{ to drink: With 2 of the 
vessel, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23, as in Heb. no. 
νι 

Deriv. ἈΦ. Chald. 

MIND, see nw. 

Ι. Ὧν m. (τ. nmv 1,) a drinking, 
carousing, Ecc. 10, 17. 

IL. " τὰ. (r. nme II,) the warp in 
weaving, Lev. 13, 48 sq. 
ΟΡ ᾧὶ (τ. nme 1,) @ drinking, i. q. 
ony I, Esth. 1, 8. 


ΤῊΝ m. (r. 5) plur. constr. τὸ, 
a plant, shoot, Ps. 128, 3. 


DIA zwo, see in pww. 

















ἘΦ fat. c. suff, sbnty Ez. 17,23; 
to plant, a poetic word, synon. with 223, 
_Ez. 17, 22. Part. pass. δητὼ platited 
Ps. 1,3. 92, 14. Hos. 9, 13. Jer. 17, 8. 
Ez. 17,8. 19, 10. 13.—Chald. bn, Syr. 


‘Sha, id. Arab. (ius id. 


1115 





nw 


. pnw prob. i. q. on, OND, fo shut, 
to close, twice, in the phrase with part. 
pass. ]735 om closed of eye, or with 
closed eye, Num. 24, 3.15. This may 
here be taken in a literal sense of the 
prophet’s eyes as closed in sleep for re- 
ceiving and reporting visions; and this 
is best, see Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d.— 
Kunde des Morgenl. IV. p. 145; comp. 
585 in v.4. Or it may be referred to the 
mind of Balaam as before obscured, so 
that future things were shut up and 
unknown to him, until God opened his 
mind and he became ®%2"2 453 open of 
eyes, with open eyes, Num. 24, 4. 16; 
comp. 22, 8. 38. 23, 3. 12. 24,13. So 
Vulg. cujus obturatus est oculus.—Many 
intpp. espec. Jewish, assume a directly 
contrary signification, with open eye, so 
that then 7137 Mw is nearly i. q. "453 
D72"> which follows it: They appeal 
to Talm. 0%, which certainly in one 
passage is to perforate or to open; and 
in a gloss 5M is defined by 3122 to per- 
forate. See more in Thesaur. p. 1488. 


Ἡ ἸῺ Δ a doubtful root, to which some 
refer Hiph. }*78N minzit. But see un- 
der r. ἢ: ; 


*pnw fut. Prws, i. gq. Up, to sub- 
side, to settle down ; ones to be still, to 
be Rushed of waves Ps. 107, 30. Tow. 1, 
11. 12; of strife Prov. 26, 20, Chald.. 


pnw or pont, Syr. wis, id. Sam. 
ἌΛΛΑ to still, to be still. 


"τῶ (i. ᾳ. pio Pers. a star) Shethar, 
pr. n. of a Persian prince, Esth. 1, 14. 


"aria ND (i. q. Pers. sll ne 
shining star) Shethar-bozenai. pr. ἢ. Of: 
a Persian governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6 


ΩΦ jg. nw, to set, to place ; hence | 
twice pret. plur. imw. Ps.49, 15 impers. 
mw Dawid WNw> like sheep they put them 
in Sheol, i. e. they are driven or thrust 
down thither ; comp. Ps. 88,5. Ps. 73, 9 
pnp ΛΞ Any they set their mouths 
against the heavens, i.e. they assail the 
heavens, and as it were provoke them, 
with proud and impious language. 

Note. Some refer to this root the 
forms: 3 Is. 19,5; ΠΣ Is. 41, 17; 
ΓΘ) Jer. 51,30. But see in τ. MW? and 
r. πῶ 1. 


an 


Tav or Tau, the twenty-third and 
last letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as a 
numeral denoting 400. For the signifi- 
cation of the name, see under art. 1F. 

As to the pronunciation, © without 
Dag. lene is an aspirate and seems to 
have had a lisping sound, like Gr. %, 
Engl. th. With Dag. lene (fF) it is a 
slender ¢, differing from ©; for which 
difference see under ©. In Arabic the 
corresponding letter is w, as in 3h 
us, nnn Gus}; rarely Ὁ», as in ὮΡΏ 
aks. It is sometimes interchanged 
with Ὁ p. 1021; Ὁ p. 358; and‘ p. 208. 
In Aramean Τὶ often stands where the 
Heb. has 8 and the Arab. ὧν; see in 
lett. ὦ p. 1021. The m has also some 
affinity with the breathing &; comp. 
ΔΝ, 338, 25m, to return; H8 and m7 
to dwell, also to mark. etc. So also in 
Arabic often.—At the end of a word Ὁ 
is sometimes dropped; as in MiD5, 15, 
p. 959; ὨΙΞΡΏ, Aram. 1552, etc. 


SM om. (for %m, τ. om IIL) pr. an 
abode ; then a chamber, room ; spoken 
of the guard-room in the king’s palace, 
1K. 14, 28. 2 Chr. 12,11; of side cham- 
bers in the gates of the temple as des- 
cribed Ez, 40, 7. 12.13; plur. D°NmM id. 
v. 7. 16; constr. "8B v. 10; c. suff. ἸΝῺ 
v. 21, 29. 33. 36; once plur. Mixm v. 12, 
ae NIN, WH, id. Syr. 62, fez, 
id. 

*T. SNM or JNM) ἐὸ desire, to long 
afler, only. 1 pers. pret. ΣΝ c. > of 
thing, Ps. 119, 40. 174. Chald. SNM id. 
It seems to be a secondary root, formed 
from Hithp. of τ. O38; as in Arabic. 
See Thesaur. p. 1489. 


ἍΤΕ ἰῷ softened from r. 3m, see 
in lett. 8, p. 1. Hence 

- Pret to abominate, to abhor ; part. 

ayn once Am. 6, 8; parall. x2. ‘So 


all the ancient versions. 


MANN f. (τ. ΞΝ ΠῚ 1.) desire, longing, 
once Ps. 119, 20. Chald. [35x"M id. 


1116 


n 





ὈΝῺ 








































*T. OSM τας ΠΌΤ; kindr.i 
see in lett. ἡ above. In Kal r 

Prev (MxM) fut. 2 plur. san N . 
7. 8, to mark out, to déscriba aa το 
borders of a land, Num. 1. 6. In ν. Τί 
the same context is Hithp. ΒΝ 
τ. M58 III, where see.—Hence 
Gen. 49, 26; see in MRF no. 3. 


Ἢ. πλῷ obsol. root, i, q. . 


sls, to outrun, to get before.—E 


inh Deut. 14, 5, and contr. Sin ε 
20, a species of antelope or mount 
goat, so called from its swiftness ; ὁ 
Engl. doe.—In Deut. 1. c. Sept..\ 
and in 15,1. 9. Aqu. Symm. Theod. Vu 
render it ὄρυξ, orya; Targg. be 
tris, wild ox, which is a kindred signi 
See Bochart Hieroz. 


comp. D8". 

Ρ. 973. ra 
MINH ἢ (τ. 458 I) constr. PIN 

“nn. 


1. desire, longing, wish, whith Ἵ 
and good Ps. 10, 17. 21, 3. i 26, 85 
wicked Ps. 10, 3. 112, 10. 

2. desire, appetite, saga for f 
Num. 11, 4 ΓΝ ΤΙ ARMA they longed 
longing, i. e. fell a longing. Ps. 78, 
30.—Hence pr. ἢ. AISA Min 
sepulchres of longing,’ see on p. 10. 

3. a desire, delight, something de 
ble, Gen. 3, 6; also IRM 522 fe 
desire, i. 6. delioutad dainty, Job 33, . 
Hence, desirableness, charm, Gen. 
26. Prov. 19, 22.—Others in Gen. 49, 5 
a bound, Limit, from r. righ) 1 A 
Ewald and Delitzsch. | Ἢ 


DINM m. (r. ONM) @ twin, only 
p°akn twins Gen. 38, 27; contr. Ὁ 
Gen. 25, 24; constr. "2i8m Cant. 45 
Arab. and Are: id. Hence pr. ἢ. 
μᾶς, Thomas, i. q. Δίδυμος. io) 

MOSM f. (r. mdby) c. suff. nae, 
curse Lam. 3, 65. . 

*DNM pr. to be joined, re ed 
spec. οἵ two things, and hence to be d 
ble, twain; Part. plur. DyaNh dout 


| oxn 
, coupled, of boards Ex. 26, 24. 36, 
_E- 
Chald. and Syr. id. Arab. els to 
twin. Kindr. perh. with 023, Dox, 
b. ἀπό to double, Eth. RIP to 


t. 
Hipn. to bear twins, Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6. 


γα Ὁ. G1 IV, id. 
Da. ΘΝ τι, and the two following. 












BSH m. @ twin; hence plur. psn, 
hich see in its order. 


pin or OSM, whence plur. constr. 
ἼΏΝΟ (wins Cant.7,4. It is pr. a mono- 
syllabic abstract noun, of the form 518, 
544, here put as concrete. 


*ANN + Obsol. root, prob. i. q. 72m, to 
spread out, to extend ; hence mon fig- 
tree. 


ABSA f(r. mx I,) c. suff. mMNN, pr. 
a coming together, and then of the copu- 
lation of animals. Once of the wild ass 
in her heat, Jer. 2, 24.—Not less aptly 
N. G. Schreeder, in his Observatt. ad 
τεσσ. Hebr. p. 10, derives the signifi- 
cation of heat, lust, from the root ol to 
be hot, to boil, comp. tn». 

USA f. (το j8M) c. suff. ΣΝ ; plur. 
BNF), constr. XM ; a fig-iree, also its 
fruit; so called from its spreading; Fi- 
cus carica Linn. So Chald. 2"xm and 

2m; Syr. nn emph. faz, contr. 


faz ; Arab. cpa ; 


a) Of the tree, a fig-tree, Num. 13, 


23. 20, 5. Judg. 9, 10,.11. Joel 1, 7. 12. 
Am. 4, 9. Hab. 3,17. al. Proverbial is 
the phrase, to sit under one’s own vine 
and fig-tree, i. 6. to lead a quiet and 
happy life, 1 K. 5,5. Mic. 4,4; comp. 
Zech. 3, 10. 2 K. 18, 31. Is. 36, 10.—In 
Gen. 3, 7, some uhdérstand the Musa 
peradisigca, Engl. plantain-tree, Germ. 
Adamsfeige, with leaves several feet 
long and a foot broad; so O. Celsius, 
Gesenius, Tuch, and others. But leaves 
of that size would not need sewing to- 
gether; and the tree does not belong to 
the fig genus, and could hardly be called 
MIN). 

"b) Of the fruit, a fig, (comp. ™79Da 
and 8.) Num. 13, 23. Nah. 3, 12. 2 K. 


OA 


1117 





‘Onn 
20, 7 see in M35. Jer. 8, 13. 9, 17. 24, 
1 sq. Neh. 13, 15.—See genr. Celsii Hie- 
rob. II. p. 368-399. Rosenm. Alterthk. 
IV. i. p. 285 sq.. Winer Realw. art. Fei- 
genbaum. 

᾿ ΤΣ f. (for MXM, τὶ 528 I.) occa- 
sion, Judg. 14, 4. 


MINN f. sorrow, mourning, Is. 29, 2. 
Lam. 2,5. R. 72x 1. 


DXA m. plur. (Ὁ. Ἵν no. 3) hard la- 
bours, travail ; Ez. 24,12 ΤΙΝΙ ΘΝ 
it (the pot) doth weary itself. with toils. 
Vulg. multo labore sudatum est. 


now FIRM) (approach to Shiloh, r. 
mx IL) Taanath-Shiloh, pr. n. of a place 
in the confines of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 6. 


FANT pr. i. q. r. "8m, to go about ; 
then, to run, lo “extend, to stebtch: apokels 
of the bound or border of a lend or re- 
gion; like kindr. Arab. τ δ. With ya 
of place from which, and 5x of place to 
which, Josh. 15,9; or ace. of place whi- 
ther, ih v.93 ohangr ce. H= loc. to which, 
v. 11. 18, 14. 17. 

Pie. to mark out, to delineate ; fut. e. 
suff. s79NM" Is. 44, 13; some Mss. read 
ἜΝ ΤΣ, see Thesaur. p. 1491.—Hence 
“ΝῺ. 

Puat, either pass. of Piel, to be marked 
off ; or betteri. q. Kal, to stretch, to ex- 
tend ; part. Josh. 19, 13 "Rhian ὙΠ NBN 
ms2it and it (the border) passed on to 
Rimmon and stretched to Neah.—Sept. 
Syr. Vulg. Engl. all take "N35 wrong- 
ly as a pr. name. 

Deriv. is 


NM m.c. suff. imah for TNA, ΟΝ, 


outline, form, figure of the body; 1 Shin 
28, 14. Judg. 8, 18. Is. 52,14. Lam. 4,8. 
ash mp", fem. ΕΝ mp", of a beautiful 
form or figure, often said of persons 
Gen. 29, 17. 39, 6. Deut. 21,11. 1 Sam. 
21, 3. Esth. 2, 7; also of beasts: Gen. 41 
18, and "XM 3 ill-favoured, ugly, v 
19.—Spec. good figure, comely form, Is. 
53, 2. Jer. 11,16. 1 Sam. 16,18 "8h view 
aman of figure, i. e. handsome. 


JR Tarea, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35; 
for 33mm 1 Chr. 9, 41, where see. 


“ANA τὰ, (τ. τῶν ho. 1) Is. 41, 19. 
60, 13, pr. ‘erectness, tallness;’ hence 


ΡΝ 


a tall tree, and as pr. ἢ. for ἃ species of 
cedar growing on Lebanon. Vulg. and 
Chald. render it buxus, the box-tree ; 
Syr. and the Hebrew intpp. Sherbin, 


Coney, 2...) i. e. a species of 
cedar distinguished by the smallness of 
its cones and the upward direction of its 
branches. See Rosenm. Alterthumsk. 
ΠΥ. i. p. 292. Niebuhr Arabien p. 149. 
. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 153. 


mam fan Egyptian word, a box, 
. chest, ark ; spoken of Noah’s ark, Gen. 
6, 14-9, 18, where Sept. κιβωτός. Also 
of the ‘ark of papyrus in which Moses 
was exposed, Ex. 2, 3. 5, where Sept. 
ϑίβη. Vulg. in both places arca.—In 
ancient Egyptian tha is ‘a chest’ and 
‘sarcophagus’; and ἐρέ is ‘a boat, hull’; 
Bunsen’s Egypt I. p. 482, no. 517. p. 


483, no. 549. Copt. o€8S, OHBS, ark, 
mummy-chest. Chald. 85%"), Arab. 


ὡς 3G, ark; Eth. 0b ark, chest. 
See Thesaur. p. 1491. 


ΤΙΝ ἼΔΩ ( (τ. ΝῚΞ) constr. MRI3M, plur. 
Minion . 

1. produce, increase, e. g. of the earth 
Josh. 5, 12. Is. 30, 23; of the threshing- 
floor and wine-press Num. 18, 30; of the 
vineyard Deut. 22,9. Trop. Jer. 2, 3. 

2. gain, profit, Is. 23, 3. Ecc. 5, 9. 
suan mxian the gain of the unjust Prov. 
10, 16. 15, 6. Maan mxian the profit of 
aniedom, resulting ‘from it, 3, 14. 8, 19. 

3. Trop. result, consequence ; ΤΉ 
snmp the result of his words, Prov. 18, 
29 Comp. 778 no. 1. 


FAN m. (Ὁ. 113) insight, understand- 
ing’ Hos. 13, 2 they have made idols ac- 
cording to their own understandings, i.e. 
as they pleased. 

MAM f. (r. 113) id. insight, under- 
standing, spoken of God and men, Prov. 
2, 6. 3, 19. 21, 30. Deut. 32, 28. Plur. 
id. Prov. 11, 12. 28, 16. Is. 40, 14; also 
intelligent words, reasons, Job 32, 11. 
Spec. of skill in arts, Ex. 36, 1; comp. 
372 no. 2. 


MOAN f.-(r. pin) a treading down, 
destruction, 2 rp 22, 7. 


am Tabor, or. ἢ. Pr. a mound, 
ἐν mount, height, perh. umbilicus, λδοϑὲ 


1118 















































Ὁ3Ὸ 


μαστοειδής Pol. δ. 70. 6, from: 
Others, a quarry, from Chald. τ" 

1. A mountain on the confines: 
bulun and Issachar, standing ¢ 
the northeastern part of the pl 
Esdraelon, perh. 1000 feet high, 
round form, and covered with 
chards; Sept. ᾿παβύριον, also ‘At ταῦ 
Pol. |. 6. now has Jebel T 
So στ 71 mount Tabor Judg. 4, 6, 
14; and simpl. ἜΣ Jer. 46, 18. Η 
1. Ps. 89, 13; perh. also Josh. 19, 
Judg. 8, 18, which others refer to m 
See Relandi Palest. p. 331 sq. Bi 
hardt’s Trav. p. 332 sq. Bibl. Re 
Pal. IIL. p. 211 sq. 

2. A city of the Levites, sity 
the above mountain, Pol. l.c. 1 © 
62 [77]; and prob. Josh. 19, 22. Je 
18, which some refer to no. 1. 

3. vism 7158 1 Sam. 10, 3, the oak 
Tabor or the oak-grove of Tabor, in 
country of Benjamin. Ewald a 
tures it to have been the same + 
masz ΣΝ the oak of weeping Gen. 3 


SAM £ (for bam, each Tsere impt 
a poetic word. R.>33 High ating 

1. the earth, as fertile and ir 
the habitable globe, world obxoopiry. Bt ; 
N2lZ, ΓΖ, 222, id. Vas al 
"272. Job 18, 18. Twice 17% 3 ᾿ 
world (the habitable parts) of his ea 
i.e. God’s, Prov. 8, 31. Job 37, 12. 
ban? ys Ps. 90,2. Also often 

2. the whole earth, the world in get 
ral, Is. 14, 21. 27, 6. Ps. 77, 19. Prov. 8 
26; espec. where the founding of te it 
mentioned, 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ps. 18, 16. 9 
Meton. for the inhabitants of the e 
Ps. 9, 9. 96, 13. 98,9. Hyperb. st 
of the kingdom of Babylon Is. 13, 11 ; ang 
of Israel 24, 4; comp. orbis Romanus. — 


53m m. foul pollution; profanation. 
Lev. 18, 23 after the law against be ; 


ity, Nin ban this is foul pollution. 20, 18 
—R. 853 no. 3, as 0=R from τ. 0% ᾿ 


comp. Chald. babs to profane sc. we ir 


cest Gen. 49, 4 Targ. Jon. Arab. ¢ 
to be profane, to commit adultery. 


an, see Dan. Rie 
ΜΝ £ (r. π|53) consumption, de- 


bas 





struction, c. suff, on*dan Is. eh 25 





bon 


ome Mss. and editions read here 

22h. which would also have the 
snse of consumption, from r. >> Pi. 
ut this reading seems owing rather 
baa the copyists, to whom the word 
22h was more familiar; comp. the 
ΜΝ variety of orthography in Job 
21,13. 36, 11. 


| 23am m. adj. (τ. 553 no. 3) stained, 
‘i.e. having stains, spots ; only Lev. 21, 

20 5553 5230 having a (white) spot on 
his eye. Vers. anon. in Hexapl. λεύκωμα, 
comp. Tob. 2,9. 3, 17. 6,8, where the 
Heb. ignaelator renders the Gr. λεύκωμα 
by this word, 55=n.—Targg. 17>°n, 

witb, here for blear-eyed, lippus ; bomp. 
Τ, Bhs no. 1, and Talm,. 5353. 













ἘΞ a doubtful root; perh. kindr. 
-~with r. 12 q. v. pr. to divide, to separate 
the parts of any thing.—Hence 43h, 
72, pr. n. 237). 


Ἴ3. m. straw, as broken up and cut 
in pieces by threshing, short straw, 


chaff ; Arab. oes Chald. 8357, Syr. 


faoZ. id. Jer. 23, 28. Job 21, 18. 41, 


19; of broken straw gathered and mix- 
ed with clay for bricks, us still seen in 
the bricks of ancient Egypt, Ex. 5, 7. 
10. 11 sq. Also as fodder for cattle, 
Jer. 11,7. 65, 25; for camels, Gen. 24, 
25. 32; of asses, Judg. 19, 19; of horses, 
i K. 5, 8; in all which passages: straw 
mixed with barley or other provender 
seems to be implied. 


ὭΣ (r. jam) Tibni, pr. n. τὰ. 1K. 16, 
21. 22.—Perh. pr. gentile n. Tvbnite, from 
72h as the name of a man or of some 
place ; ; comp. mod. Tibneh for 20M. 
According to Gesenius, for 7°23" build- 
ing of Jehovah, from r. 423. 


PPIAM f(r. 42a) 1. structure, mode 
of building, Ps. 144, 12. 

2. a model, pattern. after which any 
thing is built, Ex. 25, 9. 40. 2 K. 16, 

- 10. al. 

3. image, form, likeness of any thing, 
Deut 4, 16. 17. 18. Ez. 8, 10. Hence 
Ez. 8. 3 ἢ ΓΞ News and he put forth 
the form ‘of a hand, something like a 
hand. 10,8. Comp. 725 no. 3. 


1119 





"an 


ΤΣ 3Ὸ (a burning, τ. "22) Taberah, 
pr. ἢ. of a place in the desert, Num. 
11, 3. Deut. 9, 22. 

72h (brightness, τ. 735) T'hebez, pr. 
n. of a place near Shechem; Judg. 9, 
50. 2 Sam. 11, 21. Prob. mod. Τ᾽ δὰ 


ΕΝ Bibl. Res. in Palest. ΠῚ. p. 158. 


γα ἡ 72h obsol. root, prob. i. q. "20 
q. v. and “33, to heap up ; comp. Sam. 


OV mount; Chald. 1, Syr. 23, 
Eth. RAC, id. Hence pr. n. "ian. 


*TT, 22M Shald. i. ᾳ. Heb. 223, to 
break ; Syr. D2, Sam. YAAK, id. 


Part. pass. ""2" broken, also fragile, 
frail, Dan, 2, 42. 


ONE MIM pr. n. m. Tiglath-pile- 
ser, king of Assyria, who about B. Ὁ. 
741 conquered Damascus and part of the 
kingdom of Israel; 2 K. 15, 29. 16, 10. 
Written also “pbs nbam 2 K. 16, 7; 
soN2>p ΤΡ 1 Chr. 5, 6. 2Chr. 28, 20; 
and node ΣῊΝ 1 Chr. 5, 26.—The fitet 
part of the name seems to be equivalent 
to Diglath, the river Tigris, see >p3n; 
pr. acer, swift. The latter part, which 
appears also in the name Nabo-polassar, 
is prob. i. q. Pers. YL magnus rex, 


comp. Sanscr. "pala lord, king, from r. 
pal to guard, to rule; unless perh. Pi- 
leser and Polasar may be i. q. Sanscr. 
pura sara, preceding, a leader; see 
Bopp’s Glossar. p. 220. ed. 2. The 
whole name may be translated: lord of 
the Tigris. So Gesenius. See more 
in Thesaur. p. 1493. 


S03 m. (r. 523) a benefit, i. q. DIOR, 
Ps. 116, 12. 


MIAN f. (τ. 5) strife, contention ; 
Ps. 39, 11 sm >> "28 10 NIN from the 
contention of thy ‘hand (thy strokes, 
judgments) Jam consumed. Chald. id. 

ΤΥ ΔΙᾺ Gen. 10, 3, and W271 1 Chr. 
1. 6. Ez. 27, 14. 38, 6, Togarmah, pr. n. 
of a northern region and people sprung 
from Gomer, i. e. the Cimmerians, and 
abounding in horses and mules. Most 
prob. Armenia, which was noted for its 
horses, ἱππόβοτος σφόδρα Strab. 11. 13. 
9; or at least a part of it: Such too is 
the tradition or opinion of the Arme- 
nians themselves, who claim to be de- — 


IM 


scended from Torgom great grandson 
of Gomer, and call themselves the house 
of Torgom ; comp. Sept. ll. cc. where 
by transpos. of the letters we find also 
Θοργαμά, Θεργαμά, Θυργαμά, as likewise 
some Heb. Μ88. αν ΠΏ, See J.D. 
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 67- 
78. Winer Realw. art. Armenien. 


ἽΠΠΩ m. name of a tree growing in 
Mount Lebanon, Is. 41,19. 60,13. Vulg. 
ulmus, elm ; Chald. 32°79 i. e. a species 
of plane-tree, called by the Arabs co . 


Better, hard oak, holm, fez, pr. lasting, 
firm, from τ. “ΠῚ no. 2. Comp. 8277". 
See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p. 271. Gesen. 
Comment. on Is. 41, 19. 


87 Chald. f. (τ. 295) circuit, hence 
continuity, perpetuity, i.q. Mom. Adv. 
xI"INa pr. in a circuit, continually, 
Dan. 6, 17. 21. Freq, in Targg. 


“WAM 1 K. 9, 18 Kerf, and2 Chr. 8, 4, 
Tadmor, pr. n. of a city in a fertile spot 
of the Syrian desert between Damascus 
and the Euphrates, founded by Solo- 


ν᾿ 
mon, and still called by the Arabs 5 
Tudmur. Prob. for "ann ‘ city of palms ;? 
hence Gr. JZuluvga and Παλμιρά, Pal- 
myra ; see Schultens Ind. ad Vit. Salad. 
So vice versa the Arabs called Palma 
a city of Spain pes Tadmir. The 
same city is called "2m (palm) 1 K. 1. ο. 
Keth. which seems to have been less 
usual. In the numerous Aramman and 
Greek inscriptions which are still found 
on the ruins of Palmyra, the name is 
written both "27m and “725m. See 
_ Wood The Ruins of Palmyra, Lond. 
1753. fol. Swinton in Philos. Transac- 
tions. Vol. XLVIII. Rosenmiiller Bibl. 
Geogr. I. ii. p. 274 sq. Irby and Man- 
gles p. 267 sq. [82 sq.] Thesaur. p. 
345, 

᾿ ὩΣ (fear, veneration, r. 551) Tidal, 
pr. n. ofa king, Gen. 14, 1. 


ἘΓΠΡῚ as) obsol. root, Chald. ἈΠῸ io be 
waste. eeert. desolate kindr. with AND ; 
whence ie? “TIM, RIM, waste, demain 


Arab, oe empty.—Hence 


wn subst. for "0 a Segolate form, 
like Bap. R. mn. 


1120 





' Onn 


1. wasteness,desolateness ; cc 
desolate, Gen. 1, 2. Jer. 4,27. 3 
Hence a) a waste, a desert, 
32, 10. Job 6, 18. 12, 94. Ps. I 
b) desolation ; Is. 24, 10 ὉΠῸ ᾿ 
cily of desolation, i ἱ, 6. laid waste. 8 
see in "p no. 1. 

2. Trop. nothingness, er 
ty, and concer. a vain, worthless 
(synon. 53,) Is. 41, 29. 44, 9. 
1 Sam. 12, 21; nothing, parall, 
ἜΝ, Is. 40, 17. 23. 

3. Adv. in vain; so smhb a 
and ace. 3M Is. 45, 18. 19. 


DIAM comm. gend. (τ. min) p 
mich; mase. Job 28, 14, πος, 5 
Gen. 7, 11. ΕΖ. 31, 4; 0 poetic 
pr. ‘a mass of raging waters,’ 80 
from their noise and roaring; epee. 
sea, ocean, the deep, Gen. 8, 2. Job 2 
14. 38, 6. 30. Ez. 26, 19. 81, 1διϑον ᾿ 
Hab. 3, 4; more fully ΓΙΞᾺ 
great deep, Gen. 7, 11. Ps. 36,7. A 
4. Is. 51, 10. More : a 
mass of waters, as those civertogall 
earth at the creation, Gen. 1, 2. Ps, 105 
6; or the subterranean waters, the dee 
the abyss, whence spring fountains ant 
streams, Gen. 49, 25, Deut. 33, 13; als 
in the description of roaring waters | 
floods, Ps. 42, 8 flood calleth unto flood 
Ez. 31, 4. Job 41, 24 [32]. 

Piur. Minh 1. waves of the 
billows, Ex. 15, 5.8. Ps. 33,7. 77, 1%. 7 
25. 106, 9. Prov. 3,2. 15. 63,13. 

2. abysses. depths of the sea, Ps. 107, 
26. 135, 6. 148,7. But 72x nichn 
71,20 are the depths of the earth 
water ; also Deut. 8, 7 ἘΠῸ "5m? 7 
‘aa mivhnm miss a land of brooks ἢ 
water. of ‘ fountains and water-dep 
etc.—Sept. ἡ ἄβυσσος. plur. αἱ ἔριφοι . 


mann f. (r. $m Pi.) constr. rion, 
c. suff, anbnn ; plur, mibnn. ᾿ 

1. praise, i. 6. the singing of praise. 
2 Chr. 20, 22. Ps. 100, 4. Also song of 
praise, a psalm, hynin, Ps. 147.1; 6. 5. 
to any one, in his honour, Ps. 40, 4. 65, 
2; > of the author, Ps. 145.1 375 
a hymn of David. With suff. Ps. 22, 
26. 71,6. Plur. iba psalins, hymns. Ps. 
22,4: also DEM as the later name of the 
Pealter. —Hence praise, laud espec. as — 
sung; Ps. 106, 12 ininn 7S" they sing — 






























ὲ 


oan 

his praise. Ps. 34, 2. 66, 2.8. Plur. 
praises Ps. 78, 4. Is. 60, 6. 63,7. Meton. 
a praise, i.e. object of praise, he who is 
lauded, Deut. 26, 19; comp. Jer. 13, 11. 
33. 9. Zeph. 3, 19. 20. Jer. 51, 41 nbn 
YIN>D the praise of the whole earth, 
i. e. Babylon ; and so Jerusalem Is. 62, 
7. Jer. 49, 25. 

2. praise in which one stands in re- 
spect to others, glory, renown, Ps. 48, 11. 
51, 17. Is. 42,8. 48, 9. 61, 3. Jer. 48, 2. al. 
Hence of a person or thing as the object 
of one’s glory, that in which one glories ; 
Jer. 17, 14 πῶς “NEN thou (Jehovah) 
art my glory. Deut. 10, 21.—For the 
form 4°N2NM Ps. 9, 15, see Lehrg. p. 
215, 527. The Yod is superfluous. 


MMM £ ἅπ. λεγόμ. folly, and then sin, 
Job 4, 18; Sept. σκολιόν 1, Vulg. pra- 
vum quid, Targ. iniquitas. The opi- 
nions of interpreters as to the etymology 
have been various; but the Hebrews, 
and among them Kimchi, have long ago 
suggested the true one, to wit, that M2nn 
is fem. of ἘΠῚ or Ἐπ, from the root ibn 
no.4; as bah. 3m, th. from 00%, bba, 

422. Nor is it an objec tion that the Ὁ is 
without Dagesh forte, comp. 022 from 
dod, fem. Md>2, see Lehrgb. p. 503.— 
Others, as Schnurrer, refer it to the root 


So 
de, to wander, to err, whence hos 


error; and from this they derive the 
noun A>sim, Hoh, and thence m>nn ; 

as vice versa nbsh (be n>sn Judg. 6, 28, 
ΠΏΣ for mos Num. 23, 7. 


rptnn f. (τ. 2) α procession, plur. 
Neh. 12, 31. 


PYOEAN f. plur. (v.42) 1. perverse- 
ness, folly, Deut. 32, 20. 

2. deceit, falsehood, fraud, Prov. 2, 12. 
14. 6, 14. 8, 13. 23,33. al. misenn 19 
α deceitful tongue 10, 31. 


Wm. (r. 51m I,) c. suff. "m; @ mark, 
sign, espec. in the form of a cross. 
a) On the forehead of any one, Ez. 9, 
14. b)-As subscribed to a complaint 
or charge; hence mark, signature, Job 
31, 35, parall. "BO. It is related of the 
synod of Chalcedon and other oriental 
synods, that the bishops who could not 
write their names affixed the mark of 
the cross instead of them; and this is 

94* 











1121 





an 


common at the present day in the case 
of persons who cannot write. Much more 
must we suppose it to have been so in 
the infancy of writing; and thus to have 
passed into the common usage of lan- 
guage.—Chald. τ, 83M, ANIM, a sign, 


terminus; Arab. (553: 5[95.,8 mark, i. e. 


a cross burnt in upon the neck or thighs 
of horses and camels; whence the name 
of the letter τς which has the form of a 
cross in the Phenician alphabet and on 
the coins of the Maccabees. See Gesen. 
Monumm. Phen. p. 47. 


NM, see inn. 


*35M Chald. fat. ans, i. q. Hebr. 
5 q. v..to turn back, to return, Dan. 4, 
31. 33. 

Apu. 29m (with Heb. form) fut. 2"m" 
Ezra 5, 5, and ΠῚ 6, 5, i. q. Heb. 
Ξ σι, to return, to restore, Ezra 6, 5. 
Dane 3°nn i. q. Heb. "33 awn, to re- 
turn answer, to answer, c. acc. of pers. 
Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. ἘΣΘ" ΝῸΣ ann 
to return counsel ahd wisdom, i. 6. to 
answer considerately and wisely, c. > οἱ 
pers. Dan. 2, 14, comp. 534 3°78 Prov. 
26,16. min: Ὑπίο return a letter, i. 6. 
to answer by letter, Ezra 5, 5. 


225M Ez. 27, 13. 38,2. 3. Is. 66, 19, and 
22M Gen. 10, 2. Ez. 32, 26. 39, 1, pr.n. 
Tubal, i. e. the Tibareni, a people of 
Asia Minor dwelling on the southeast- 
ern shore of the Euxine, on the west of 
the Moschi; see 782 no. 3. Thesaur. ἫΝ 
1491 5α. 


Pp 22M Tubal-cain, pr. n. of a son 
of Lamech, the first who wrought in 
iron and brass, Gen. 4, 22.—Perh. sco- 
aii Saber, compounded from Arab. 


AS faber, and Pers. dass metalli sco- 
rie, the genitive being put first, which 
savours of an Assyrian or Persian origin. 

M231 Job 26, 12 Keth. for man 
insight. 

mM f. (τ. 4a") grief, sorrow, vexa- 
tion, Prov. 14, 13. 17, 21. Ps. 119, 28: 
Meton. cause of grief, Prov. 10, 1. 

MAIN see nanan. 


MIM αὶ (r. ni" Hiph.) constr. mtn, 
plur. nisin. | ie 


min 


1. confession Josh. 7, 19. Ezra 10, 11. 
Syr. id. 

2. thanksgiving, praise, Ps. 26,7. 42, 5. 
Is. 51,3. tin pwnbxd mar to offer thanks 
lo God as sacrifice Ps. 50, 14, 23. 107, 22. 
16,17; but this formula is not to be un- 
derstood of actual thank-offerings. M3 
min Lev. 22, 29; ov2>t min mat 7, 
13. 15, comp. 12; and ellipt. main Ps. 56, 

13. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Jer. 17, 26; all imply- 
‘ing thank-offering, sacrifice of thanks- 
giving. Syr. id. 

3. a choir of singers, celebrating God 
in songs of thanksgiving, Neh. 12, 31. 
38. 40. 


ΓΤ. Chald. kindr. with man, to be 
astonished, Dan. 3,24. 


ἀν non) in Kal not used, i. q. XM I, 
io mark, to delineate ; comp. M78 ILL. 
Pie fut. conv. 17), fo mark, to make 
marks ; 1 Sam. 21, 14 of David feigning 
madness. ἼΣ ἘΠῚ ΤΊΤΟΣ NM he made 
marks, scrawled, on the doors of the gate, 
in the manner of mischievous boys. 
Hipn. 19 ANH 10 make a mark, c. >3 
to set a mark upon any one, Ez. 9, 4. 
Deriv. 1". 


ἘΠ. 575) to repent, to be grieved. 
Syr. id. 

Hip. causat. to grieve, to afflict, 6. g. 
as a people God, Ps. 78, 41. 


* TIL an obsol. root, i.q. 758 I, and 


Arab. se to abide, to dwell ; whence 
4m chamber, for Ἢ. 


* TF obsol. root, i. ᾳ. MB, to sink 
down, to settle, to incline backwards ; 
eb and 5 G mid. Waw, 
to sink, to be immersed. Hence to be 
depressed, to be low, to be wnderneath. 
Comp. τ. in. 

Deriv. ὑπ, 
mom, min, and 

TIM (perh. inclined, or lowly) Toah, 
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 19 [34] ; for which in 
v.11 [26] τ Nahath; and 1 Sam. 1, 
ianm Tohu. 

Memin Εἰ (τ. ἘΠῚ) c. suff. "ποτ τι, ex- 
pectation, hope, Prov. 10, 28. 11, 7. 13, 12. 
Lam. 3, 18. Job 41, 1. 
any one Ps, 39, 8. 


comp. Arab. 


‘nnn, jimnn, Chald. 


1122 


be sunk, immersed, in any thin; 


With Ξ hope é in 






















































_ an 7 
ἘΠΊ obsol. root, i. gq. 1A, tos 


are Mw, Mm, 720., Hence adj. ἢ 
and ἢ 

ΠΤ τη. constr. 71M, c. suff. °39R,5: 
Doin, the inner part, interior, 1 
the middle of any thing; as ΤΣ 
the midst of the house, perh. the. 
court, 2 Sam 4, 6, but comp v. 7; ὁ 
where min =F is the midst of the h 
itself 1 K. 6, 19. 11, 20; see be 
Also ΠΏ in the midst, in the mic 
6. g. between two things or parts, Ju 
15, 4. Josh. 8, 22. Num. 35, 5. Gen. 
10. Put also in the genit. after a not 
Judg. 16, 29 ΠΏ ἜΣ the middle 
lars. 

With Prefixes. 1. πω a) i 
midst or middle of any thing, as πὶ 
monn in the midst of the house 1 K. 
20. att Tina in the middle of the ga 
den Gen. 2, 9. 3, Se mbes a 
Zech. 8, 8. Neh. 4, 16, Tw mite Ting in 

midst of the field Gen. 37,7; and so 4, 
3, 20. 1 Sam. 9, 14. Job 2, 8. Also afi 
verbs of motion, O° iM in the mic 
of the sea Ex. 14, 22. 27. Sometimes 
does not differ from 3 A.no. 1. ina p ac 
Gen. 9, 21. 18, 24. 26. Am. 3,9; 
as in3 A. no. 7, into a place Ps. oT, 
Further, ἼΓΞ “32 10 pass through tl 
midst of any thing Ez. 9, 4. Ex. 14,2 
Num. 33, 8. b) As referring to 
eral, among, pr. in the midst of; 33 
among you, in the midst of you, Gen. 3 
2. Prov. 17, 2. Ez. 2,5. Also for 972, 
between, to express distinction, separa 
tion, Gen. 1, 6 πὶ Fina between t. . 
waters, sc. above and below the firma 
ment. "4 

2. Wim out of the midst of any thing; 
hence simpl. out of, from, Jer. 51, 6. E 
33, 11. al. 

3. Fim7>sx into the midst of any. tie 2; 
Num. 17, 12. 19,6. Comp. synon. at 

JF i. q. Wh oppression, q. ν. 
| nn2in f. (τ. M22) chastisement, pun- 
ishment, i.q. MMD"M no. 3. 2K. 19, < 
Is. 37, 3. Hos. 5, 9. Plur, mingin F 
149, 7. ae) 

MIMD f. (r. mB") 6. suf. “ADF 5 
plur. ΤΙ τ, constr. “pinsin. 


1. Act of proving, proof, demonstra- 
tion that one is in the right, Job 13, 6; 


on 


argument, appeal, Hab. 2,1.  Plur. 
“oofs, arguments, Job 23, 4. Ps. 38, 15. 
Hence Prov. 29, 1 ninzim Bx a man 
arguments, i. e. who when censured 
efends himself. Others: ‘one often re- 
roved,’ from signif. no. 2. 

2. reproof, admonition, correction by 
words, Prov. 1, 23. 25. 30. 3,11. 5, 12. 
27, 5. 29, 15. om nmin reproof of 
life, life-giving, Prov. 15, 31.  Plur. 
“ΟΊ MINSIM reproofs of instruction, in- 
structive, Prov. 6, 23; comp. in "05% 
no. 3. 

3. correction, chastisement, punish- 
ment, Ps. 73,14. Plur. Ps. 39, 12. Ez. 
5, 15: mem minsin. 25, 17. 


DMD3M 2 Chr. 9, 21, see ODM. 


in (birth, τ. 759) Tolad, pr. ἢ. of a 
place in Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; called 
also T25m>% Eltolad Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4. 


ΓΞ and mien f. plur. R. "55. 

1. generations, families, descents, Num. 
1, 20 sq. τ ϑ τ» according to their gen- 
erations, families, descents, Gen. 10, 32. 
25, 13. Ex. 6, 16. al. Hence mdin "ED 
a book of genealogy, a genealogical reg- 
ister or tree, Gen. 5, 1.—Hence 

2. history, espec. family history, since 
the earliest history among oriental na- 
tions is mostly drawn from the genealo- 
gical registers of families. Gen. 6, 9 
m3 mo>im ΠΝ this is the family-history 
of Noah. 25,19. 37,2. Then also for 
the origin of any thing, i. e. the history 
᾿ of its origin; Gen. 2, 4 this is the origin 
of the heavens and the earth, i. e. the 
story of their origin. Comp, ®m" and 
Syr. Lope family, genealogical tree, 
history. 


FIOM, see in fidn. 












S21 m. (τ. 885) @ vexer, tormentor, 
pr. abstr. ‘ vexation,’ the acts of one who 
extorts lamentation from others, weewnl 


of Pil. after the form >upn, Altes 
masen. Once in Plur. Ps. 137,3 decor 
our tormentors, oppressars. Sept. ἀπα- 
. γὰαγόντες ἡμᾶς, Vulg. abducentes nos ; 
Targ. ‘predatores nostri,’ >>im being 
taken for >>i2%) (by interchanging the 
letters 3 and Ὁ), which however has a 
passive sense. 


1123 





on 


921M m. (r. 58) 1. ἃ worm, so 
called from licking, swallowing, comp. 
p>?; comp. in τ᾿ 23m. Plur. oos>im 
Ex. 16, 20. | 

2. Spec. the coccus worm or insect, 
coccus ilicis Linn. and hence coccus 
colour, crimson, and so crimson cloth 
Is. 1, 18. Lam. 4,5.. See in M3>%m no. 2. 
—Hence part. Pu. denom. 5°3>m2, see 
under r. 33m. 

3. Tola, pr.n.m. a) The eldest son 
of Issachar, Gen. 46, 13. 1 Chr.7,1. Ὁ) 
A judge of Israel Judg. 10, 1.—Patronym. 
of lett. a, ">in a Tolaite Num. 26, 23. 


ΠΣ £ (τ. 585, like ΠΟ 1) Job 25. 
8. Is. 14,11; and hybin both absol. and 
constr. 

1. a worm, i. q. 531M; as generated in 
putrid substances, Is. 14, 11. 66, 24, or 
gnawing plants, Jon. 4, 7. Deut. 28, 39. 
Trop. of man as feeble and despised, Ps. 
22,7. Is. 41, 14. Job 25, 6. 

2. Spec. 20) MZ>%m crimson-worm, and 
msdin "203 worm-crimson ; hence crim- 
son colour, and crimson cloth ; see in 
"23; comp. 27272. 

DAM, a spurious root to which some 
refer several forms belonging to τ. Dam. 

DIM, see om. 

DOF twins, see DRM. 

Jaw (join) Gen. 36, 15 Keth. for 
72°F q. v. 

MPM f. (τ. 33M) constr. Navin; plur. 
missin, constr. Miadin ; an abomination, 
an abominable thing, pr. ‘what causes 
loathing, abhorrence’; so of a slander- 
er, Prov. 26, 25 for seven abominations 
are in his heart. Chiefly of things to 
be abhorred because of religious pre- 
cepts or customs, Prov. 21, 27. 28, 9. 
Lev. 18, 22. 26-30. Gen. 43, 32. 46, 34. 
Deut. 14, 3. al. So ΠΏΣ ΠῺΣ or NYD 
miazim to do or commit abomination, 
Lev. 20, 13. Jer.6,15. 8, 12. Ez. 16, 50. 
18, 13. 24. al. Also mint -2»> ΙΒ τ 
Dent, 24, 4, and oftener ain nazin 
an abomination before or to Jehovah, 
Prov. 6, 16.11, 1. 15, 8. Ὁ θυ 10 
23, comp. Jer. 1, 13. So of a person 
whom God abhors, Deut. 25, 16. 11, 20. 
16,5. 17, 15. Also of a person as an 
abomination to men, Prov. 29, 27; once 
plur. emphat. Ps. 88, 9; of wrong deeds 


yin 


and the like, Prov. 8,7. 16,12. 24, 9 
Spec. of every thing pertaining to the 
worship of idols (synon. YRY, V*Pe) 
Deut. 7, 25. 26. 20, 18. 1 K. 14, 24. 
2K. 16,3. 21, 2. Jer. 2,7. 7, 10. Ez. 5, 
11. Ezra 9, 1. 11. al. sep. missin "ἘΣ 
nations of abominations. given to idola- 
try, Ezra 9,14; also of the heathen view 
of the Heb. sacrifices, Ex. 8, 22 [26] 
Mind MBI? ONI¥9 Navi we sacrifice to 
Jehovah what is an abomination to the 
Egyptians sc. to sacrifice, i. e. animals 
which the Egyptians worship as gods. 
Also of idols themselves, Is. 44, 19. Jer. 
16, 18. Ez. 11, 21. Deut. 27, 15. 2 K. 
23, 13; comp. Ez. 7, 20 and 16, 36. 


ΓΣ ἢ ἢ (τ. ΠΡ) 1. error in respect 
to things of religion, impiety, wickedness, 
Is. 32,6. See the root iett. ὃ. 

2. a wandering, i. 6. perturbation, 
disturbance, Neh. 4, 2 [8]. 

MDL Δ f. plur. (τ. 937) constr. Mi_IIN , 
pr. ‘fatigues, wearinesses ;’ hence 

1. labours, toils. Job 22,25 Mipsim joD 
the silver of labours, i. e. got with toil. 
—Then, product of labours, treasures, 
wealth, i. ᾳ. 373" no. 2; Ps. 95, 4 Mipsin 
nn the labours of the mountains, i: 6. 
treasures of the mountains obtained with 
toil. 

2. swiftness, speed in running, as 
BR] Mipsin the swiflness of the buffalo, 
Num. 23, 22. 24, 8.—Sept. δόξαν, Vulg. 
Onk. Syr. Arabs Erp. Kimchi strength, 
which does not accord with the etymo- 


logy. 

Note. Some interpreters compare 
this word with the Arab. root 2&3 to go 
up, to grow up; IV, to be tall. Hence 


in Num. l. c. ‘the Yaliness of the buffalo.’ 
Ps. 95, 4 the heights of the mountains. 
Job 22, 25 silver of heights, heaps of sil- 
ver. But the etymology above given 
is to be preferred, as resting on the cer- 
tain and demonstrable usage of the He- 
brew language ; comp. in τ. ὭΣ". 
"ΩΓ obsol. verb, to spit out, like 
Talm. 5"; kindr. Eth. Tl to spit. 
Pr. it would seem, ‘to pound, to thrust, 
to thrust out, to eject,’ comp. 5m and 
PR? II. Comp. also r. 55m, and Arab. 
3 


25 dirt of the nails, ete.—Hence neh, 
mie 


1124 


| to follow, metaph. Num. 15, 39. 


‘ce. ace. Prov. 12, 26 ΡΣ ἩΓῚΣ “ὯΝ the 





“In . 

PINTIN £ plur. (τ. 82) ec 
mins. 
1. a going forth ; metaph. fr 
ger, i. e. escape, deliverance P i θέ 
Comp. τ. 8%" Ecce. 7, 18. ' 
2. place of going ‘forth or exit, 
a gate Ez. 48, 30; a founta 
4,23 on ΓΗ͂Ν ΧΩ the fountain of li 
happiness: Also of the cat On 
tion of any thing, i. e. ΙΝ 
Num. 34, 4. 5. 8. 9. Josh. 15, 4.4 ΝΕ 
18. ἃ]. Η. 


MAP IM, see in napn. 


* "AM, pret. 1 sing. "Mh, fut. 
ΠΏ. The form 4m° is subst. wh 
see in its order, p. 438. ἐν: 

1. fo turn about in a circle, to ἢ 
in gyrations ; see kindr. "5, "80, 
7, "aM, “A IL, 98. Hence } m 
sin 1, ᾳ. ν. ἃ turtle-dove. 

2. to go or travel about, i. q. Ἢ 


sii II; Arab. jG id. E. g. ἡ. 
a) For the sake of traffic, as a mel 
chant, fo go abroad, to travel bor 
comp. >35, "M0; 1 K. 10, 15 and 2Ch 
9, 14 ocen ΣΝ men of the 1 
merchantmen, 4 
b) For the sake of exploring, 6. a. 
a scout, spy, 10 spy out, to reconnot 
a land, c. acc. Num. 13, 16, 17. 21. Ἵ 
6 sq. i 
6) For inquiry, to search out, to fin 
oul any thing, c. ace. of thing and 
pers. Deut. 1, 33. Num. 10, 33. Ez. 2 
6. Trop. to investigate, to examine, ¢ ὃ 
acc. Ecc. 7, 25; also 6. 53 Eee. 1, 18 
{n>z 79M fo turn in one’s mind, to think 
to do something, to think how one shall 
do it, with inf. c, >, Ece. 2, 3. a 
d) With "nx * toma about after, i. 6. 
































γι 


Ἤιρη. 1. Causat, of Kal πο. 2. ἢ 
to cause to spy out, to let reconnoitre, 
Judg. 1, 23. Others i. q. Kal no. 2.1 

2. to μὰ one about, espec. in order to 
show him the way in places where he is 
unacquainted; hence fo show the way, 
to guide; comp. Chald. "*m a guide. — 
Here may be referred fut. καὶ for" 


righteous showeth his friend ‘the 
Also fut. "m1 2 Sam. 22, 23, put for 


“-- 


ΩΝ, as ΤΣ for "3° from τ. M342, 


“an 


Heb. Gr. ed. 16. § 71. n. 9; hence with 
p ace. of pers. and way, ΔΤ 5" 
3.1 and (God) showeth the upright his 
pay, i.e. the way in which he should 
alk. So at least this passage may be 
ptly explained; although it is not im- 
orob. corrupted for the parall. 2,3) Ps. 
8, 33. 

θεῖν. 4", and 


L Mor F 1. Fem. plur. oh, a 
rile-dove, so called from its flying in 
tyrations ; comp. "73 a swallow, from 
"73; others refer the name to its coo- 
ing. Gen. 15, 9. Lev. 1, 14. 5,7. 11. Num. 
5.10.al. Asa term of endearment, Cant. 
, 12, comp. M2 id. v. 14. 5,2; and so 
the people of Israel, Ps. 74, 19 471m 
thy turtle-dove, i.e. the people dear to 
hee and now afflicted and affrighted. 
2. "mM, a row, order, turn, espec. of 
what goes round in a circle, Esth. 2, 
12. 15. 

3. Plor. om, a row or string of 
pearls, or beads of gold or silver, as an 
ornament for the head, Cant. 1, 10. 11. 


ΤΠ Ὑ 1 Chr. 17, 17,1. ᾳ. nym in 
the parall. passage 2 Sam. 7, 19, mode, 
manner. If the reading is genuine, the 
form would seem to be apoc. from Min 
ig. πῶ. . 

IF Chald. m. an o2, i. q. Heb. οἰῶ. 
Plur. ἸΏ ozen, cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29. 
30. 5, 21. Ezra 6, 9. 17. 


AW f. (r. 42 Hiph.) constr. 35m, 
6. suff. anvin ; plur. ninin. 

ΕἸ; Eaetruction. precept, Job 22,22. a) 
Human, as of parents, Prov. 1, 8. 3, 1. 
4.2. 7,2. Ps.18,1. Ὁ) Divine, through 
the prophets, Is. 1, 10. 42, 4. 21; hence 
an oracle Is. 8, 16. . 

2. law. a law; the same Heb. word 
is retained for the Mosaic law in Arab. 


a 
B95 Kor. 5.47; Chald. xmitix, Syr. 


ἵδωϑοὶ, Eth. SA'T.—E.g. 4) Ofsin- 
-gie laws and precepts, Ex. 12, 49. Lev. 
7. 7. 37. 14, 54. Num. 5, 30. 15, 16. 29; 
with genit. of object. as Lev. 6, 2 τ 
ΤΙΣ the law of the burnt-offering. 12, 
7. 14, 2. Ez. 43, 11.12 the law of the 
house, i. e. the description which the 
builder is to follow. Plur. minim laws 
Ex. 18, 20. Lev. 26.46. b) Ofthe whole 
























1125 





TT 


law of Moses; fully Yo Mim 1 K. 2, 3, 
2 K. 23, 25; αἰδὸ nin main Ps. 19, 8. 
37, 31. Is. 5, 24; c, suff. id. Is. 51, 7. Ps. 
40, 9. 78, 10; also καὶ ἐξοχήν Minn 
Deut. 1, 5. 4, 8. 17, 18. 19. Josh. 1, 7; 
poet. without art. Deut. 33, 4. Is. 2, 3. 
8, 20.— The book of the law of Moses is 
called mya min "Bd 2 K. 14, 6. Josh. 8, 
31; panby ’ nd Josh. 24, 26; mim: "Ὁ Ὁ 
2 Chr. 17, 9. 34,14; π᾿ ΩΣ “ἘΌ Deut. 
28, 61. 29, 21. 2 K. 22. 8. 11. al. 

3. a custom, manner, comp. 288" in 
2 K. 11, 14; so 2 Sam. 7, 19 main mst 
DIN this is the manner of man, not of 
God, i. e. to deal with me thus, so fami- 
liarly, as man with man; comp. v. 14. 


AUF τη. (τ. 35°) c. suff. 72M, plur. 
DAWN, constr. "28m, Kamets impure ; 
pr. ‘habitation, concr. an inhabitant, 
dweller, usually a sojourner, stranger, 
from another country without the rights 
of a citizen, Lev. 22, 10. 25, 47. Ps. 39, 
13. Plur. constr. 1 K. 17, 1. 

ΠΡ and mon f. (τ. τῷ) a poe- 
tical word, pr. ‘a setting upright, up- 
rightness ;’ hence 

1. help, succour ; see the root. Job 
6, 13 "2a ΠῚ ΠΡ 5) and succour, is 
it driven from me? parall. with Matz in 
the other member; Sept. βοήϑεια. Prov. 
2, 7, Sept. σωτηρία. Mic. 6. 9 πΡξηγ" 
7725 "N77, as in several Mss. and in the 
versions, comp.in no. 3. Job 30, 22 Keri. 

2. purpose, underlaking, enterprise, 
pr. what one wishes fo set wp or esta- 
blish. Job 5,12 mrvism ἘΠ 10 ΠΡΌΣ Nd 
their hands perform not their enterprise ; F 
Vulg. quod ceperant. 

3. counsel, wisdom, understandings 
Job 11. 6 nruinnd p1bp>, see in DED. 
12, 16 Aswan} 12 strength and counsel. 
26, 3. Prov. 3, 21. 8. 14. 18, 1. Is. 28, 29 
movin Sam NED NbHn lit. who maketh 
wonderful his counsel, and vast his un- 
derstanding. Mic. 6.9 in the common 
reading; see in no. 1. 


Mim τὰ. (τ. mm) a club, bludgeon, 
Job 41, 21. Sept. σφύρα, Vulg. malleus. 


= Tim pr. as it seems, fo smite. to beat ; 
then to thrust or cast down, like kindr. 


: : Gp 
wo? ; comp. OM2, and Arab. yale to im- 
pugn, to silence, to immerse; all which 


"ΤῸ 


« znifications may be referred to the 
idea of smiting, thrusting. 

Hien. 14, in pause ΤΠ, i. q. Kal, 
- to cast down ; Is. 18, 5 he will cut off 
the twigs with pruning-hooks, and the 
branches 101 770% he will remove, he 
will cast down. Vulg. excutientur, Syr. 
| excutiet.—Others explain th, to 
cut off; appealing to Talm. "5, Rabb. 
mn, from r. ΤῊ, 


MATA f. (r. 121) fornication, whore- 
dom ; metaph. for idol-worship, Ez. 16, 
26. 29. 23,8.17. Plur. c. suff. ἼΤΩ 
etc. Ez. 16, 15. 20, 22. 23, 7 sq. 


miaann and micann f. plur. from 
r. 23m no. 1; strictly ‘denom. from the 
nouns bor rope, ah sailor, pilot. 

1. a steering, guidance, management, 
Job 37, 12. 

2. the art of steering or guiding ; 
hence wise counsel, prudent measures, 
in a good sense Prov. 1, 5. 11, 14. 20, 
18. 24,6; in a bad sense, cunning de- 
vices, Prov. 12, 5. 


IMM see in min. 


minh Chald. preposit. under, i. q. 
Heb. mmm, Dan. 7, 27. Jer. 10, 11; ὁ. 
suff. *Minhn under it Dan. 4, 9. 18. 


"22M Tachmonite, patronym. 2 
Sam. 23, 8; in the parall. 1 Chr. 11, 11 
"223M q. Vv. 


monn f..(r. 52m Hiph.) constr. m2nn, 
a beginning Am. 7, 1. Ruth 1, 22. Ece. 
10, 13. Hos. 1, 2. Prov. 9, 10. al. ΠΣ ΠΩ 
in the beginning. i. e. before, formerly, 
Gen. 13, 3. 41, 21. Is. 1, 26; the first 
time Gen. 43, 18. 20; first, as making a 
beginning, Judg. 1, 1. 20, 18. 


SATIN m. (r. 8271) only plur. °N>Mn, 
constr. "19MM ;  sicknesses, didedes, 
Deut. 29, 21. 2 Chr. 21, 19. Ps, 103, 3. 
Jer. 16, 4 "ΡΣ poxbnn “ming deaths 
of diseases they shall die. Coner. Jer. 
14,18 59 ΠΡ ΤΠ the sick ( pining) with 
famine. 

Ch m. (τ. 02M) an unclean bird, 
so called from its violence and cruelty ; 
Lev. 11,16. Deut. 14,15. According to 
Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. 232, the male os- 
trich. which is called also by the Arabs 
"μὰ violentus, iniquus. from its cruelty 


1126 










aa 


towards its young; comp. Job 39, 
Lam. 4,3. The name 7333 M2 ν 
precedes it ll. ec. seems then to ἢ 
derstood in the narrower sense Ὁ 
female ostrich.—Sept. and Vulg. re 

it noctua, night-hawk, Jonath. ὁ ἊΡ 
low. ἐχ 


JOH (for MIA station, camp ᾿ 
Tahan, pr.n.m. a) Ναπι. 36, 88 
1 Chr. 7, 25.—Patronym. from 
"mn Tahanite, Num. 26, 35. - 


MOK f(r. 2m) constr. MAR, Ὁ 
nin. | 

1. favour, mercy, Josh. 11, as 
9, 8. 

2. prayer, supplication, pr. ‘ 
mercy,’ from r. 93% Hithp. Ps. 
55, 2. 119, 170. 1K. 8, 30. 45. δ 
Plur. nizmm 2 Chr. 6,39.” 

3. pes: pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4 2. 


ΤΌΤ m. (τ. 72m) only plur. ἘῸΝ 
Ps. 58. 2 6. 31, 23. 116, 1. al. and or 
nisin Ps. 86, 6, i. q. ΡΠ no. 2, p 
supplication. 


MM τὰ. plur. (τ. mm) ὁ 
campment, i. e. place of encampmet 
2 K. 6,8. Comp. Lat. castra in pli 


OMSENM Ez. 30, 18, and was tel cd: 


43, 7.8.9. 44, 1. 46, 14, also 2. ἴδ᾽ 
(where Keth. 0:6mm), Tehaphnehes, Te 
panhes, pr.n. of a city in Egypt, whic 
the LXX render by Taqyn, Τάφναι. th 
name of a goddess, T'phnet, C sol 
121, 123. It was doubtless i. q. Daz hne 
a atrong city near Pelusium, Hot. § 2 
30, 107. Jablonski, in his Opusce. 
Ρ: 343, supposes the Egyptian nar i 
of this city to have been written thu 


Té2.€-ENET i.e. caput v. principi 
seculi, or as we would say, ‘the beg in- 
ning of the world, i. e. the Egypti 
world, in reference to its position at the 
northeastern extremity of Egypt. 


O°2EMM (caput seculi, see the preced- 
ing art.) Tahpenes, pr. ἢ. of an Egyptian 
queen, 1 K. 11, 19. 20. 


SIT m. (r. mam) a coat of 
breastplate, ϑώρηξ, made of linden’ ἴ x, 
28, 32. 39, 23, a military garment, pr. 
linen strong and thickly woven, and 
furnished around the neck and breast 
with a breastplate or coat of mail ; 






























“ἽΠΠΩ 
- d 

dot. 3. 47; comp. λινοϑώρηξ Hom. II. 

. 529. Syr. |p» Ethpe. to fight, to 

ake war, Aph. to prepare for battle ; 

mp. r. 797 Tiph. 

MAA, see τ. ΠῚ Tiph. 

JIA (cunning, r. 79") Tahrea, pr. n. 

τῇ. 1 Chr. 9,41; written in 8, 35 398M. 
“Onn a doubtful root, from which 

to derive the noun mm; perh. to thrust 

in, to break iy, to penetrate ; so Mau- 

rer, comparing Arab. (waoO, Ywhd, 

YE>, etc. Hence tm perh. a bad- 


ger, from its burrowing; or, better, a 
seal, or other sea animal, from its en 
























OA, ἃ in pause 8mm, an obscure word. 

1. As an appellative, found only in 
the connection: Umm i> skin of Ta- 
hash Num. 4,6.8.10.11.14; Plur. minis 
prin Tahash-skins Ex. 96. 5. 26, 14. 
35, 7. 23. 36, 19. 39, 34; also, in the 
same sense, inp. Num. 4, 25. Ez. 16, 
10; in the Pent. spoken of the coverings 
of the tabernacle, the ark, and the other 
sacred furniture, as made of this kind of 
skin ; in Ez. 1]. c. of the shoes of females 
as made of the same. The ancient in- 
tpp. understand by it a colour given to 
the leather, e. g. Sept. ὑακένϑινα, Aqu. 
‘Symm. ἐάνγϑινα, Chald. and Syr. rubra, 
Samar. black ; and these are followed 
by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 989 sq. But 
this Géscuiba supposes to be mere con- 
jecture, having no support either in the 
etymology, or in the kindred dialects. 
On the other hand,the Talmudists and 
Hebrew interpreters almost unanimous- 
ly hold the &mm to be an animal, the 
skins of which were used for covering 
the sacred tabernacle and also for shoes 
or sandals. To this view Gesenius ac- 
cedes, and following the opinion of R. 
Solomon ad Ez. 1. c. with Luther [and 
the Engl. Version] understands here ei- 
ther the badger, taxus v. taxo, the me- 
les of Varro and Pliny ; or else the seal, 
_ phoca. Besides the context, which 
seems to demand an animal, this view 
is sustained: a) By the authority of 
the Talmudists, Tract. Sabb. cap. 2. fol. 





1127 





nn 


28, where in treating of this animal they 
say it resembles the viverra or marten, 
j>°& &>M, which accords well with the 
badger. Ὁ) The agreement of lan- 
guages, which in the names of animals 
and plants is of great weight. The 


- ἢ S$ σ΄ 
Arabic jut tuhas, and jad duhas, 
are indeed translated dolphin by the 
Lexicographers ; but this name has a 
wider extent and embraces also seals, 
which in many respects resemble the 
badger, and were frequent on the shores 
of the peninsula of Sinai, Strabo XVI. 
Ρ. 776. See Beckm. ad Antig. Caryst. 
c.60. The Lat. name ta.cus or tazxo, 
whence in nfodern languages Span. 
taxon, tasugo, Ital. tasso, Fr. taisson, 
Germ. Dachs, is indeed not found in 
Latin writers before Augustine ; but it 
must not on that account be regarded 
as a word newly coined, but only adopt- 


‘ed from the vulgar tongue and of for- 


eignorigin. 6) The etymology which 


» the Hebrew itself presents, and which 


is satisfactory, viz. that Umm may be 
regarded as put for "Umm, from the root 
muon to be silent, to rest, which would 
apply well to the badger in respect to 
his six months’ sleep; nor is the seal 
less somnolent. 4) The skins either 
of badgers or of seals might doubtless 
have been used both for covering the 
tabernacle and for shoes ; those of seals 
are made into shoes at the present day. 
—But not improbably the Hebrews de- 
signated under this one name both the 
seal, the badger, and also other like 
animals which they did not know nor 
distinguish accurately. — — Thus far 
Gesenius, whose arguments on this diffi- 
cult topic it has seemed better to let 
stand. But though it were admitted, 
that seals and dolphins might have been 
called by one name, yet it is scarcely 
credible that the badger should be in- 
cluded under the same; the Arabic for 
the badger is δ). lis or Asus. 


That the ancients covered their tents 


with seal-skins in order to protect them 


from lightning, is related by Pliny, H. 


_N. 2.56, comp. Plut. Symp. 5. 9. Sueton. 


Octav. c. 90. And as a finer kind of 
shoes can be also made of skins of this 
sort (Eiz.1.c.) it seems probable that fhe 


nan 


seal is the animal intended.—But the 
hairy skin of the badger has also its ar- 
guments ; espec. if we regard the con- 
jecture of Maurer, see inr. 8mm. The- 
od. Hase held the Umm to be the 7γὲ- 
chechus manatus Linn. or vacca marinus 
or humo marinus of others, Fr. Laman- 
tin, from the thick and hard skin of 
which the Arabs of the present day 
make sandals; see Hase Diss. philol. 
Sylloge, X. §17. Mus. Bremens. II. p. 
312. Ruppell Reise in Nub. p. 187, 196. 
Burckhardt Trav. in Syr. p. 532. Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. I. p. 171. See more in 
Thesaur. p. 1500 sq. 

2. Tahash or T'hahash, pr. n. m. Gen. 
22, 24. 


HI), in pause MOM, pr. subst. from r. 
min, like "M3 from r. ΠῚ), MMW from στ. 
mw. 

1, Subst. the lower part, what is un- 


derneath. Arab. uss id. comp. de- 


nom. Eth. ΔἸ ΔΤ to let down, to 
lower, ΤΡ ΠΥ Τ' to be lowered, depress- 


| é 
ed, Τ ἄν Τ' low; also Arab. cnt 


men of low condition.—Hence 

a) Accus, as adv. helow, beneath, Gen. 
49, 25. Deut. 33,13; Mmm id. (see 72 
no. 3. h,) Ex. 20, 4. Josh. 2, 11. 

b) Constr. as Preposition, (for which 
once > mmm Cant. 2, 6,) also c. suff. 
chiefly as attached to the plural, "nnn, 
TAN, HAMA, MAMA, ADAM, cSnnn, 
DATANNA ; rarely as attached to the sing. 
as SANA 2 Sam. 22, 37. 40. 48, MANA 
Gen. 2, 21, ΠΤ, CANN, see Heb. 
ein, § 101. n. 3; below, beneath: un- 


der, ind, Arab. s\3, Eth. ha, id, 
E. g. osown mmm under the heavens 
Dan. 9,12. wywn nnn under the sun, 
see WOU. san nnn under the mount- 
ain, at its foot, Ex. 24,4. itn mmm 
swhider the tongue Ps. 10, 7. 66, 17, and 
menawy mom wnder the lipe 140, 4, i. e. in 
the mouth. ‘p 73 ὉΠ under one’s hand, 
i. e. in his power or keeping, 1 Sam. 
21,9. Ofa woman who commits whore- 
dom or adultery under a husband, i. 6. 
while married and owing fidelity to her 
husband, Num. 5, 19. Ez. 23,5; comp. 
in 733 and below in aa. 738 MMM under 
affliction, impending calamity, Hab. 3, 


1128 





nnn 


7. In Hab. 3, 16 we may rende 
m8 7 tremble under me, i. ΩΣ 
knees and limbs.— With verbs ¢ 
a) beneath, under any thing, 2§ Wn 
37. 40. 48. Gen. 18, 4. ode. 8, § εἶ, 
under, i. 6. down, downwards, καὶ 
mw. ; Am.2,13 SRN ΡΟΣ 7S] 
press you downwards. Job 40, 12.—Hei 

With Prefixes: 88) AND ady 
low, beneath, see above in a.—As Pre 
ὑπ᾽ éx, from under, from beneath, spo! 
of persons or things which come « 
JSrom under any thing. Ez. 47, 2 
came out jRESI ΤΠ from τὸ 
threshold. Prov. 22, 27 why 8) 
take away thy bed ἩΏΠ —_ 
thee? i.e. on which thou liest. Ἐκ ὃ 
Deut. 7, 34. Hence Ὁ ΠΡΌ 
above in lett. Ὁ, and ΓΝΤ .-- 
> MAM below, under any thing, Jo 
5. Ex. 49. 9.—Another mane e loco, 8 
in no. 2. init. 

bb) > me (opp. > 55) Below, am 
any thing ; as ΣῚΡ PANS τὸ zs 

ment Gen. 1, 7. Ex. 30,4. PF 
m3> under or below Bethel, i. e. b 

wie the hill on which Bethel stood, G 
35, 8; comp. 1 Sam. 7, 11. 

ec) > MAND i. q. the preceding, ἃ 
a verb of motion, 1 K..7, 82. . | 

dd) mnn->y under, pr. ‘to cmd 
place whither, Jer. 3, 6. Zech. 3, 1 
> ὍΠΩΣ Ez. 10, 2. Of place where 
1 Sam. 21, 4. , 

2. What is under any one, i. e. place 
stead, in or on which one stands or is 
Zech. 6, 12 ΠΏΣ ΠΣ from his plac 
he shall spring up, i. 6. in his own ni 
tive land ; comp. Ex. 10,23. Hence a 
Acc. in one’s place, in loco. Ex. 16, 
TAMA Wx 130 abide ye every one in hi 
place. Judg. 7, 21. 1 Sam. 14, 9, 28 
2, 23. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Job 36, 16 
MAnm psi 8> a broad place, here 
(in which) there is no straitness, — b) n 
place of, instead of, spoken of a Ὁ 1 
succeeding in the place of another, Ley. 
16, 32. Esth. 2,17. Ps. 45,17 > paige? 
4722 ὙΠ in the place of thy . rs 
shall be ‘thy children. Hence of thing 
exchanged for others, e. g. of price, in- 
stead of, for, Gen. 30, 15. 1 Sam. 2, 20. 
1K, 21,2; also after verbs of requiting, 
1 Sam. 25,21. m2 mmm forwhat? why? 
Jer. 5, 19. ἜΜ 






















































ann 
With a relat. conjunct. e. g. “WS FIH 
t) instead of that, whereas, Deut. 28, 
8) instead of, in return for, because, 
eut. 21, 14. 2 K. 22,17.—Also "> mmm 
. Deut. 4,37. The same is likewise 
inn c. inf. Is. 60,15; comp. Job 34, 26 
ἜΣΘ nnn for the fuller oni nnn 
237 because they are wicked. 

3. Tahath, (place, station,) pr.n. a) 
A station of the Israelites in the desert, 
Nun. 33.26. b) Aman a) 1 Chr.6, 
99. 22. 8,7) 7, 20. 


HI) Chald. prep. under, Dan. 4, 11 
sminnm 10 i. ᾳ. Heb. ΠΩ. The 
more usual form is ninn. 

PPA πὶ, adj. (from non) f. ΤΡ ΓΤ, 
lower, lowest, i.gq. “ΤΙΣΙ, Josh. 18, 13. 
1 K. 6, 6. Is. 22, 9. Ez. 40, 18. al. 


"AND m. adj. (from nm) f nepann 
and MAMA; plur. ΡΠ, mPAnm ; low- 
er, lowest, Ps. 86, 13. Deut. 32, 22. Gen. 
6, 16. ΤΠ Me the lower millstone Job 
41,16. “ππι ΛΠ the lower part of the 
mount, at its foot, Ex. 19, 27. “PAM 
VS the lower parts of the earth, Sheol, 
Hades, Is. 44. 23; poet. for any hidden 
place, e. g. of the mother’s womb Ps. 
139, 15. The same is τ ΠΝ Ez. 
26, 20. 32,18. 24; comp. mitmmn ia the 
lowest (deepest) pit, Ps. 88, 7. Lam. 3, 
55. 


MF a doubtful root, see in r. 11m. 


PI" m. adj. (from 73M) f. min, 
mid, middle, inner; ΤΙΣ 3 ΓΙ ἜΣΤΙ the 
mid city, the midst of the city, 2 K. 20, 
4 Keth. and genr. Ex. 26, 28. Judg. 7, 
19. 1K. 6,6. 8. Ez. 41,7. 42; 5.6. 


jon (for 7i>"M2 gift, according to 
Simonis,) Tvlon, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20 
Keri, where Keth. ji>'m. R. 52. 


NOM Is. 21, 14. Jer. 25, 23, and NOD 
Job 6, 19, (r. 125, 779") Tema, pr. n. 
-a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 25,15. Ὁ) 
A tract and people in the Arabian des- 
ert, so called from Tema (lett. a): and 
still called by the Arabs Yas Teima, 
corresponding to the Oatue of Ptol. 6. p. 
179. But the Arabian Teima is only 
about three days’ journey northwest of 
Medina. Prob. therefore Heb. 827M is 
ϊ.ᾳ. 12.) no.2.b; andso the LX X always 
write it Θαιμάν. See Thesaur. p. 600. 

95 





1129 





“7 


TOD), once TOR) Job 9, 9, comm. gend: 
(mase. in signf. 2, Obad. 9; fem. in sig- 
nif. 1, Is. 43, 6. Cant. 4, 16,) pr. ‘what 
is on the right hand,’ denom. from 772°. 
Hence ι 

1. the south, the southern quarter, see 
7727 no. 3; Josh. 12, 3. 13, 4. Job 9, 9. 
Is. 43,6. Hab. 3,8. Zech. 6,6. al. With 
m loc. ΠΡ southward, to the south, 
Ex. 26, 18. 35. 27, 9. Num. 3, 29. Ez. 
47.19. ΠΡΌ 7 Ez. 21, 2. % min 


southwards ‘of. on the south of, Num. 2, 


10. Poet. ya°m for jam m3, the south 
wind, Ps. 78, 26. Cant. 4, 16. Comp. 
ὙΦ Σ. 

2. Teman; pr.n. a) A grandson of 
Esau, Gen. 36, 11,15. Ὁ) A city, re- 
gion, and people on the east of Idumea, 
sprung from Teman (lett. a), Gen. 36, 
42. Jer. 49, 7. 20. Ez. 25, 13. Am. 1, 11 
12. Ob. 9. Like other Arabs (1 K. 5, 11) 
the Temanites were celebrated for wis- 
dom, Jer. 49, 7. Baruch 3, 22.23; comp. 
Job 2,11. 22, 1—Patronym. "22° Te- 
manite, Job 1. c. Gen. 36, 34. 1 Chr. 1, 45. 

"272° (comp.* patronym. 77277 in 

7279) Temeni, pr. ri. m. 1 Chr. 4, 6. 

NYO, see in ΠΟΙ, 


Ὦ a doubtful root, whence the 
following. 

(EM) the Tizite, gentile n. 1 Chr. 11, 
45; derived from y7m, the name of some 
place elsewhere unknown. Simonis re- 
gardsit as for y"M3 from τ, 72, Onomast. 


WINN and OM m. (τ. WI) new wine, 
so called because it gets possession of 
the brain, and inebriates; comp. Syr. 
{n25Td, Chald. mi, id. Hos. 4, 11 
59 Mp? Win? 150) M121 whoredom and 
wine and new wine take away the heart, 
i. 6. the understanding. Judg. 9, es 
Mic. 6, 15. al. Often coupled: ‘m) 43 
corn and new wine Gen. 27, 28; "21 ΤᾺΝ 
warn’ a land of corn and new wine, i. e. 
abounding in them, Deut. 33, 28. Is. 36, 
17; also more fally, corn, wine, and oil, 
Deut. 28, 51. 2 Chr. 32, 28. Joel 2, 19. 
al. Of the juice of the grape, Is. 65, 8. 
[All the passages go to show, that Ὁ. ΤΙ 
is new wine of the first year, the wine- 
crop or vintage of the season; and hence 
itis mostly coupled with wine and oil- 
asa product of the land. That it was 


ἘΝ 
regarded as intoxicating is shown by 
Hos. 4, 11; see above.—R. 


RMN (fear, τ. 892) Tiria, pr. ἢ. m. 
1 Chr. 4, 16. 

ὉΠ m. Tiras, Gen. 10, 2, pr. n. of a 
northern people sprung from Japhet; 
according to Josephus, Jerome, Jonath. 
and Targ. of Jerusalem, the T'hracians, 
Thrace. See Bocharti Phaleg. II. 2. 
Thesaur. p. 1501. 


* O'R obsol. root, prob. to smite, to 
beat, to bruise, i. q. °F) or 11H q. v. and 
wo2.—Hence 

UR m. plur. oz9n, a he-goat, buck, 
so called from its butting; Prov. 30, 31. 
bei 30, 35. 32,15. 2Chr.17,11. Arab. 


Boas caper, Chald. 82m, xOn, hircus; 
Syr. Law 2 id. 


JF m. (τ. 325) oppression, violence, 
Ps. 10, 7. 55, 12; fully 31m Ps. 72, 14. 


s nah in Kal not used, according to 
the Heb. intpp. ‘to be fitted, joined ;’ 
better fo lean upon, to lie down, comp. 
Arab. εἰ Χ Conj. VIII. 

Puat Deut. 33,3 42373 82m ἘΠῚ and 
they (the Israelites) are laid down (en- 


camped) at thy feet, i. 6. at the foot of ' 
- Mount Sinai. 


Some prefer to read 53h 
they abide, from Syr. yz to abide. 


1 ΡΣ f. (τ. 91D) place, dwelling, 
Job 23, 3. 


IL. A295 f. (r.42m) 1. arrangement, 

fashion, Ez. 43, 11, i. q. "722" in v. 10. 

2. costly furniture, splendid equipage, 
Nah. 2,10. Comp. "323m no. 2. 


DM m. plur. 1 K. 10,22, and 5°33" 
2 Chr. 9, 21, peacocks, according to the 
Targ. Syr. Arabs, Jerome, and the Heb. 
intpp. Corresponding are Tamil tégai 
or téghai, Sanscr. gikhin. This would 
seem to have been the domestic name 
of this bird in India; and hence comes 
also Gr. ταώς, ταῶς, pr. ta Ὡς, Athen. TX. 
p- 397, en Arab. ον, Chald. 


pin, Syr. {eo2 and also Lat. parvo, the 
letters ¢ and p being interchanged ; 
comp. dads, lapis, λέϑος. See Bochart 
Hieroz. T. II. p. 135 sq. A. Benary in 
Berliner litt. Jahrbiicher 1831. no. 96. 


1130 


’ Arab. SS to crush under foot ὃς 





don 


* 72h obsol. root, pr. to ¢ 
on, to crush; then to oppress, toh 
































Syr. y2 to injure, i. q. Heb: 543. | 


72h}. 7A id. Kindr. are 723, asst 
also 33m, n>m.—Hence ΠΏ, and 


D°D2F\ m. plur. spoilings, of 
espec. of the poor; once Prov. 29,13 
5°32 an oppressor of the pool | 
δανειστής, Vulg. creditor. In the simi 
passage Prov. 22, 2, it is "> the 
man, prob. usurer. 


* 2M obsol. root, prob. to shel 
peel, i. q. D8 Il, whence τσ τι a shi 
fish, muscle. Hence 32m. - 

ΤΩ Γ (τ. mb2) completion, perf 
tion, Ps. 119, 96.—Others hope, ὃ 
dence, trom r. 53", X22, to hope. 


mDoM Γ (r.md3) 1. seo 
pleteness, Job 11, 7. Ps. 139, 22 mb: 
MN perfect hatréd.—For Is. 10, 25, 5 
in ‘podan. ; Ly 
2. end, extremity, Neh. 3, 31, Job 2 
10 ΠΣ min mbH lit. unio} 
end of the light with the darkness, ¥ 
pt the light terminates in darkn 
28,3 "ph win mban-b2 he sea 
even to all ends, i.e. into the dee 
recesses of the ently 


ΓΘ f. (τ. dom) a shell-fish, | 
helix ianthina Linn. i. 6. a species ¢ 
muscle found in the Mediterranean, a 
hering to the rocks, with a cerulea 
shell, Rabb. 7915"; from which is pr 
cured the blue or cerulean purple 
Hence for cerulean purple, violet, de 
blue, Fr. bleu foncé ; and also for-< cloths 
garments, yarn or thread, dyed with 0) his 
purple ; espec. of the hangings ; 
other cloths of the tabernacle, in whic 
this colour was combined with reddis 
purple, scarlet, and gold, Ex. 26, 1.3 | 
36. 2716; non 533 a cloth of blue, ἢ 
covering the sacred table and other fu 
niture, Num. 4, 6. 7. 9. 11. 12; ‘n> 
loops of blue, for connecting the hang 
ings, Ex. 26, 4. 36, 11. The same mix- 
ture of colours was employed in the 
ephod of the high priest, Ex. 28, 6. 8, 
15. 28. 39, 2. 5.8; while his robe was 
wholly of blue, Ex. 28, 31. 39,22. ‘See 
also Ex. 25, 4.5; 28, 33. 35, 6. 23. 36,8. 


? 
.- 


yon 







, 24. Also precious cloths and gar- 
ents of this colour are mentioned, Ez. 
, 6. 27, 7. 24. Jer. 10, 9. Esth. 8, 15. 
n bone a cord of blue Ex. 28, 37. 39,21. 
um. 15, 38, comp. Ex. 35, 25; also BPA 
Sin einbrotiérer tn blue Ex. 35, 35. 38, 
. comp. 39, 3. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 13. Sept. 
and Vulg. well, ὑάκινϑος, ὑακίνθϑινοξ, 
hyacinthina.—Ibn Ezra, Rashi, and Lu- 
ther, wrongly, pale or yellowish silk.— 
See Bochart Hieroz. II. 720-742; or III. 
655-686 Lips. Braun de Vestitu sacer- 
dot. p. 187-200. Thesaur. p. 1502 sq. 


ΟΞ 1. Pr. to make even, to level, 
see Niph. Kindr. is jpn. 

2. to poise, to weigh, by the equilibri- 
um of the balance; metaph. fo weigh, 
i. e. to prove, to bry: Prov. 16, 2 {2h 
mins mina Jehovah proveth the minds. 
21, 2. 24, 12. 

Nipu. pr. to be made even, to be equal, 
level, as a way; trop. of a way of con- 
duct, to be equal, right, comp. τ. 789, 
Ez. 18, 25. 29. 33, 17. 20. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 
Comp. in Kal. 

Piet ἸῺ 1. to weigh, 6. g. the wa- 
ters Job 28, 25; metaph. to prove, to try, 
Is. 40, 13. 

2. to measure ; ‘Is. 40, 12 who hath 
meusured the heavens with a span? in 
the other clause 172, ps. 

3. to set up, to fix, to adjust, e. g. by 
a level or plumb, Ps. 75, 4 

Pua part. j2%2, weighed out, e. g. 
money 2 K. 12, 12. 


Deriv. (2, M322m II, m2= A, mara. 





JOP πα. (τ. 12:1) 1. a task, as weighed 
or measured out, Ex. 5, 18. 

2. a measure Ez. 45, 11. 

3. Tochen, pr. ἢ. of a place in the tribe 
of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 32. 


PPR f(r. 32h) 
paitern, Ez. 43, 10. 

2. completeness, perfection, sum, Ez. 
28, 12. 


FIA m. (τ. 723) α wide robe, man- 
tle, pallium, the long and flowing robe 
of an oriental monarch, Esth. 8, 15. 
Chald. id. 


oF m. (r. bm no. 2)c. suff. mbm, a hill, 
Josh. 11, 13; espec. a mound, a heap of 
_ rubbish, Deut. 13, 17. Josh. 8, 28. Jer. 30, 


1. arrangement, 


1131 





son 


18. 49,2. Arab. ἂς Tell, Chald. be: de 
ἔν and iz, id. also Egypt. TAA, 


Σὰ, GRA. ἢ — Hence coma theca 
lowing names of Babylonian cities, 
called after hills or mounds in their vi- 
cinity, see Assemani Bibl. Orient. ind. 
geogr. T. ΠΠ. 2. p.784sq. Burtckhardt’s 
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 69 sq. 142. 


- Bibl. Res. in Palest. {IL Ind. p. 232. 


a) 332 Ἐπ Tel-abib, i. 6. corn-hill, 
Ez. 3, 15, Mcsonothmis on the ri- 
ver oe perh. the T'hal-labba on 
D’ Anyille’s map, ‘ ’Euphrate et le Ti- 
gre. But this is doubtful. ) 

b) xwon 5m Tel-harsha, i. 6. forest- 
hill (see wn), i in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59. 
Neh. 7, 61. 

6) mba bm Tel-melah, i.e. salt-hill. also 
in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61. 


- NOM j i. ᾳ. Mm, to hang up, to sus- 
pend, 2 Sam. 21, 12 Keri paxdm they had 
hanged them ; Keth. pion from r. n2n.— 
Part. pass. 819M twice: 8) Deut. "28, 

66 thy life will hang (be suspended) be- 
fore thee, i.e. will ever be in present 
and pressing danger. b) With >,hang- 
ing after, bent, inclined ; Hos. 11, 7 "ἜΣ 
"Mz3d25 DO NIM) my people are bent (in- 
clined) to defection from me. 

MOM f(r. nxd, as Adem from r. 
γι; ; ‘for ΓΘ, masbn, see Lgb. p. 
509) travail, trouble, didtrend Ex. 18, 8. 
Num. 20, 14. Neh. 9, 32. Lam. 3, 5. 

mawen f. (τ. 38>) thirst ; once Hos. 
13, 5 miagdn ys a thirsty land, i. e. 
dry. 

ἜΝΘ, 2 K. 19, 12, and “WM Is. 37, 
12, Telassar, pr. n. of a region in Assy- 


ria or Mesopotamia, which also further 


occurs in Targ. Hieros. Gen. 14, 1. 9, for 
Heb. "08, and likewise in the same 
Targ. and in Jonath. Gen. 10, 12 for 
Heb. 70%. Prob. for "98x >m Assyrian 
Tel. Ewald regards it as perh. the 
same with the Theleda of the Pe 
ger Tables, near Palmyra. 


nvaon f. (r. 822) a garment, Is. 59, 
17. 


327 Chald. m. snow, i. q. Heb. "δῷ, 
Dan. 7, 9. 


"0228 MIM, see's hcl 


gb) 3) 
nit, see nisdin. 


“son fut. pl. bm, 1. to hang up, 
to suspend, Chald. and Syr. 82m, 12, id. 
The primary idea is that of bite loose, 
pendulous; see Mdvs, 559, Saw, 551); 
comp. Gr. τλάω to Hotpend in a bal- 
ance, whence τάλαντον. 2 Sam. 18, 10. 
Job 26, 7. Ps. 137, 2. Cant. 4, 4. Ez. 15, 
3: ysn >> Ἔ nby to hang upon a stake 
or cross, to crucify, a species of punish- 
ment among the Hebrews Deut. 21, 22. 
Josh. 8, 29. 10, 26, comp. 2 Sam. 4, 12; 
the Egyptians Gen. 40, 19. 22. 41, 13; 
and the Persians Esth. 5, 14. 6, 4. 7, 9. 
10. 8,7. 9, 13. 14, 28. 

2, Intrans. fo hang upon, to adhere to, 
τ. ἘΞ Is. 22,24. Syr. Ethpe. wS22f id. 
Nien. pass. Lam. 5, 12. Esth. 2, 23. 

Piet i. q. Kal, Ez. 27, 10. 11. 

Deriv. "Dn. 

mM [ (τ. 31> Niph.) @ murmuring, 
complaining, 6. g. of a people, only:plar. 
nizom (others less well mi3>m) Ex. 16, 
7.9. 12. Num. 14, 27. 17, 95. 


᾿ mon obsol. root, Talm. to be broken, 
ruptured, perh. kindr. with Arab. 


and ἀλϑ to break the head; Chald. Ὁ 
to cleave.—Hence 


non (breach) Telah, pr. ἢ. m. 1 Chr. 
7, 25, 


ἜΡΙΣ m. (τ. mbm, like "> from τ. m>3) 
On. hey ou. Gen. 97. 3, a quiver, according 
to most of the ancient intpp. so called as 
being suspended from the shoulder or 
girdle. So Sept. Gr. Venet. Pseudojon. 
Vulg. But Onk. and Syr. render it a 
sword. 


amon Chald. ord. num. emphat. 
ΣΤ τη, the third, Dan. 3, 89. R. mbm 
three. 


eels 1. to sway to and fro, to vi- 


brale ; kindr. ‘are bbs, wer >30, which 


See ; aleo mom, Arab. ἀξ to loosen and 
let down the rope in a well, Eth. T3T 
to vibrate ; comp. Gr. ταλαντείεσϑαι, ταν- 
ταλεύεσϑαι, to sway to and fro. Hence 
premier. 

2. to raise up, to lift up, pr. any thing 
swaying to and fro, loose, unsteady; 
then to heap together, e. g. loose earth, 


1132 

































mn 


Gr. ow, χώννυμι, whence ye 
genr. to heap up, to cast up, 8 
mound; comp. >>0 id. 43 ar 
Part. pass. 535m heaped up, made ἢ 
lofty, of a mount, Ez. 17, 29, Cc 


>°>m elevated; Syr. jaSSase e 
Hence ἘΠ. 

ς 3. tobe cast, projected, prosire 
trans. fo cast ΡΟΝ. the coma 


trate ; like Arab. At; and Heb. 
bubs from r. δῶ. Hence 
Hira. ἘΠ, and with tone draw 
bnn Gen. 31,7; 2 sing. pet Rn 
16, 10. 13. 15; inf. bmn Ex. 8 5 
13,9; fut. 2 plur. sbnnn (comp. [π᾿ 
Ξ ΣΡ) Job 13, 9, also before a | ra 
and neglecting the Dagesh enn 
9, 4, and under the great pause-ac 
bam 1 K. 18, 27; pr. to prostrateale 
one, to trip up hie heels. Hence | 
‘1. to deceive, lo dupe, to cheat, se. wit 
guile, c. 3 of pers. Gen. 31, 7. Jodg. 1 
10. 13. 15. Job 13, 9. Jer. 9, 4. | 
2. to mock, to deride, 1K. 18, 27. Se 
the derivatives D°2nA and mbna. 
Horu. man, to be deceived, e.g. th i 
heart, Is, 44, 20, Ἂ 
Nore. Others refer the above fort 
of Hiphil and Hophal, as also the der 
atives cnn and mibniqa, to the 0 
bmn, where see. But this is less wil 
See espec. Ewald Krit. Gramm. ἃ. Ε 
Spr. 1827, p. 487; also his Lehrb. 4 
Heb. Spr. edit. 5, § 127. d. 
Deriv. 5m, cvbnten, ont ἐπβτηρν, 


7 pom obsol. root, prob. i. q. Ara 
5, to break, to cut in. Hence thi 
two following. 


DOM m. plur. constr. "2>n, a furrow 
Hos. 10, 4. 12, 12. Job 31, 38. 39, | 


Ps. 65. 11. Arab. pets Chal 
R, b>. 


"22M (furrowed, τ. 0>m) τος 
n. a) A king of Geshur, the father 
in-law of David, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 3% 
b) An Anakite Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15, 
14. Judg 1, 10. ‘ae 


722M m. (r. 725) a disciple. 
1 Chr. 25, 8. Syr. Cds 


ded, id. 


= 








on 
mien, see in M2557. 
a yon in Kal not used, Arab. 


1. q. , to be long-necked, to be stretch- 


| out long. Hence many derive >>%m 
a worm; but see in >>'n. 

Poa part. ΣΡ, denom. from s>in 
q. v. clothed in crimson, Nah. 2, dine 
For nisin teeth, see in its order. 


‘ spa obsol. root, Arab. as to pe- 


654 
rish ; IV, to destroy ; &A3 destruction. 
Hence perhaps 

"BoM adj. destructive ; only plur. 
ΩΣ the destructive, the deadly ; po- 
etic for weapons, arms. Cant. 4, 4 as 
the tower of David nitn>n> 723 built 
for the weapons, i. e. on or in which the 
Weapons are suspended; comp. Ez. 27, 
10. 11, also 1 K. 10, 16. 14, 26. 1 Mace. 
4, 57. 6,2. Plin. H. N.35.3. So Gese- 
nius.—Others, in nearly the same sense, 
take τ "ΒΡ as compounded from bm (r. 
nbn to hang) and nie edges sc. of 
swords, comp. Prov. 5, 4 and Ps. 149, 6; 
ji. 6. suspended weapons, and hence an ar- 
senal. Vulg. propugnacula.—The form 
ΤΕ may also be referred to the root 


Ge. 

D2, Arab. ual to roll up, to congre- 
gate; hence a tower for bands of sol- 
diers, where to deposit theirarms. See 
more in Thesaur. p. 1506. 


"WOM, see “WDM . 

φΦ nbn Chald. with fem. and NNN, 
mndn, with masc. three, i. q. Heb. whe; 
80 Ezra 6, 4. Dan. 3, 24. al. nbn ἘΠ" 
the third day, Ezra 6, 15. —Plur. ‘pnb 


thirty Dan. 6, 8. 13. 
Deriv. the two following. 


M2M Chald. emphat. Nntm abstr. the 
third ; Dan. 5, 29 xnbn bed the third 
ruler or noble, i. e. the third in the 
kingdom, next to the king and his prime 
minister. In v. 16 ellipt. smom id.— 
This form is elsewhere unknown; the 
usual form is "M757. 


ἜΡΙΣ Chald. m. (from nm) the third, 
Dan. 5, 7. Synon. is "Mn. This 
form. like the preceding, is elsewhere 
unknown. 

ὈΠΞΏΡΙ m. plur. (τ. b>m no. 1) wav- 


ing branches, hee." pendulous flexible 
On* 


mpd 





1133 





mon 


boughs, with which flowing locks are 
compared, Cant. 5, 11. LXX ἐλάται, 
Vulg. elathe palmarum. Comp. bby 
no. 2; also ὩΠΣΙΞῚ and 72030. Arab. 


Oe wicker basket, pr. as made of 
pendulous twigs. 


DM m. adj. (r. pam) f man, whole, 

perfect, upright, Lat. integer, only 3 ina 
moral sense, nearly i. ᾳ. 98>, Job 1, 1. 
8 2,3. 8,20. 9, 20. 21. 22. ‘Ps. 64, 5. 
Pros: 29, 10.—Hence also simple, plain, 
tnnocent ; Gen. 25, 27 30" Bm Ws SPIT 
otbnk Jacob was a plain man dwelling 
in tents, where 0M seems to imply the 
milder and placid disposition of Jacob, 
in opposition to the wilder and ferocious 
character of Esau. Fem. c. suff. "man 
my innocent one, Cant. 5, 2. 6, 9.—Subst. 
neut. integrity, Ps. 37, 37. 


DM Chald. adv. i. q. Heb. ow, there ; 
always with © local, man, there, i. q. 
Heb. ma no. 4. Ὁ, Ezra 5, 17. 6, 12. 
ΒΓ from there, thence, Ezra 6, 6. 
See art. OW. 

DM m. (τ. em) once nim Prov. 10, 9: 
c. Makk. “Oo, c. suff. 72m ; wholencaé: 
an tae Lat. integritas. 

. Of number and measure, fulness ; 
ti: 47, 9 DaN> in full measure. 

2. Of condition or fortune, soundness. 
welfare, prosperity, i. q. pind. Job 21, 
23 Yam ἘΣΣΞ in his full prosperity. Ps. 
41, 13. 

3. Ina moral sense, infegrity of mind. 
uprighiness, innocence, Ps. 7,9. 25, 21. 
41, 13. Prov. 13, 6. Job 4, 6. Ξ55- 8 in- 
ig α of heart Gen. 20, 5. 6. Ps. 78,72; 
pha 320 Prov. 10, 9, or ἼΞ.Ξ n Ριδν, 
28, 6. Ps. 26, 1. 11, comp. Ps. 101, 2, or 
bin ‘hn Prov. 2, 7, to walk in intexriae to 
live uprightly. Put for that simplicity — 
of mind which is remote from mischief 
or ill design ; 1 K. 22, 34 one drew a 
bow ‘a> in his simplicity i. 6. without 
any evil intent. 2 Sam. 15, 11 D°2>h 
bran? who went (with him) in their sim- 
plicity, not conscious of any evil design. 

4. Plur. pram T'hummim, i. 6. truth, 
Sept. adj Pee; see in 758 no. 1. b. 


NON, see 82"M. 

is fut. man, to be astonished, to 
wonder ; "Syr. σιζοΖ. Chald. man, alsa 
min id. the labial letters being inter- 


man 


changed. For the origin see in 034 
note, and r. ow. Absol. Is. 29, 9; 6. 
by of cause Ecc. 5,7. Pregn. Is. 13, 8 
amram? ansav>y wax they looked with 
astonishment at one another ; comp. 
Gen. 43, 33. Sometimes in a gtronger 
sense, to be struck with fear and amaze- 
ment, to be in consternation, Ps. 48, 6. 
Jer. 4,9. Ecc. 5,7. Poet. of the pillars 
of heaven, Job 26, 11. 

Hirsp. 72min ia, Hab. 1, 5. 

Deriv. ΠΤ, and. 


mat Chald. m. a wonder, miracle, 
plur. 793M, emphat. X79, Dan. 3, 
32. 33. 6, 28. 

MOM f. (τ. oem) i. q. mase. OM, integ- 
rity, innocence, Job 2, 3.9. 27, 5. 31, 6. 


PAN τὰ, (τ. 2A) constr. FNEA, as-_ 


lonishment, consternation, terror, Zech. 
12, 4; 335 ΤΙ astonishment and terror 
of mind, Deut. 28, 28. 


TAAM Tammuz, c. art. Wann, pr. n. 
of a Phenician deity, the Adonis (778) 
of the Greeks; for whom the Hebrew 
women also were accustomed to hold 
an annual lamentation in the fourth 
month, called tam, beginning with the 
new moon of July, Ez. 8, 14. Sept. 
Θαμμούς, Vulg. Adonis; and so Cyrill. 
Alex. in Jes. 18. Hieron. ad Ez. l. c. 
For this Syrian solemnity, celebrated 
chiefly at Byblus, see Lucian de Dea 
Syra § 6 sq. Comp. Selden de Diis 
Syris 2. 31. Creuzer Symbolik des 
Alterthums, T. Il. p. 91 sq. ed. 2. 
Movers Phenic. I. p. 191 sq. Winer 
Realw. IL. p. 601 sq. ed. 3. The ety- 
mology is obscure; see Thesaur. p. 
1507. 


Siam and Dian adv. (for Diamx q. v.) 
yesterday ; 1 Sam. 20,27 bith ba Sion Da 
both yesterday and toldy. 2 Sam. 3, 17 
iby oy Simm Ὁ both yesterday and the 
day before, i. e. formerly, in time past; 
and so thy Sinn id. Ex. 5, 8. Ruth 2, 
11. Also with a prefix, nod bian> as 
before, as formerly, Gen. 31, 2.5. Ex. 5, 
7. 14; Josh. 4, 18. 1 Sam. 21, 6. 2 K. 
13,5; also bids >icme from time past, 
fore, formerly, Ex. 21, 29. 36. Deut. 


4,42. 19,4. 6. Josh. 3, 4.—Syr. \Szf, 


sozf; Chald. “bans, dion, "ben; 


1134 





+ 


“on 


Eth. TAA®P, id. As to the « 
logy, the word, as R. Jonah . 
is prob. composed from Mx Me Η 

at, and ἸΏ, 5972, pr. i. ᾳ. ΣΌΣ 
and is then transferred from 
relation to that of time. This mode 
formation is required by the form ab 
whence by apheresis >12m; nor do 
root 52m afford any light in mi Ἢ 
kindred dialects. i 


ΓΙ ΩΤ f. (τ. #2) constr. meOR, or 
non Num. 12, 8. | 
1. appearance, form, shape. Nur 
8. Ps. 17,15. Job 4,16 "299 7335 APNE 
shape was before my eyes. Deut. 4, I ? 
2. an image, likeness, Ex. 20, 4. De’ 
4, 16. 23. 25. 5,8. 


MOM f(r. 99) 1. exchange, bi 
ter, espec. in buying and selling, tu 
4, 7. Hence exchange, i. q. that 
which any thing is exchanged ; Job 
17 1p "dD MENTION and the exchange 
it is [not] vessels of gold, i. e. wi 
is not to be acquifed for gold. Lev. 23 
10. 33. “ 

2. compensation, retribution, Job 1 
31. 20, 18 ΝΣ Nb» inqien SD as 
possession to be restored, in which o 
rejoices not. 


MVM f. (r. m2) death, only in the 
phrase Mmian-"272 sons of death, cor 
demned to death, i. 4. nye7"32, Ps: 79, 
11. a 21. a 
Ὦ (in Samar. laughter) , 
in man Tamah, pr. n,m. Bara 3, 
53. Neh. 7, 55. 


Tm. (τ. 532) 1. Subst. contin 
ance, perpetuity, i. 6. perpetual lime, as 
moving on continually without interrup- 
tion. Only in the genit. after othe 
nouns,-in place of an adjective; e. σι, 
προ "wa menof continuance, ἱ. 6. hired 
constantly, and not for a short period, 
Ez. 39,14; an zis acontinual burnt- 
offering, ἢ. e. continued daily, both 
ing and evening. Num, 28, 6. 10. 15. 23. 
24; I2mh om the continual bread, i. q. 
πὰ}: end Num.4,7. Rarely in ce 

as a nbis Num. 28, 3. [ 

9. Ellipt. for tamn ΤῚΣ the daily 
ties Dan. 8, 11. 12. 18 ΤΠ wae 

3. Adv. continually, ever, dlwaye Ps 
16, 8. 25, 15. 34,2. Is. 21,8. 49, 16. al. 










































i 


aya) 3) 


D'OR m. adj. (r. Dem) constr. D-2N, 
lur. ΒΘ ΠῚ, constr. "72°F; fem. 73"2h, 
ur. ΓΤ ΌΤΙ. 

1, complete, perfect, Ps. 19, 8. Job 36, 
. 37, 16. 

2. whole, entire, Lev. 3, 9. 25, 30. 
losh. 10, 13. 

3. whole, sound,i.e. a) without blem- 
sh, as victims Ex. 12, 5. Lev. 1. 3. 3, 
.6. 9,2. 3. Num. 6, 14. Ez. 43, 22. 23. 
l. sep. δ) sownd, in health, of men, 
τον. 1, 12.—Hence 
4. Trop. in a moral sense, Lat. integer, 
le-minded, i. e. 

» a) upright, innocent, blameless, good, 
n. 6, 9. 17, 1. Job 12, 4. Prov. 2, 21. 
11, 5. 28-10. Ps. 37, 18. FIT αν}. 
the upright in life Prov. 11, 20. Ps. 119, 
1. dX ἘΞ DTON upright with (towards) 
God, devoted to him, Deut. 18, 13. Ps. 
18, 24; c. > 2 Sam. 22, 24; comp. 03% 
no. 3. Neut. subst. inlegrity, Josh. 24, 
14. Judg. 9, 16.19. Hence o*2m2 42n 
to walk (live) uprightly Ps. 84, 12; and 
80 0°70M 725 id. Ps. 15, 2. Prov. 28, 18; 
also 0°29 7272 32 id. Ps. 101, 6; 
comp. ha bn. 

b) true, subst. truth, verity. Am. 5, 
10 τ Ὁ 725 one speaking the truth. 
1 Sam. 14, 41 5°9M ΓΙΞΙ give the truth! 















DOA m. for ΘΝ ΤΙ, pr. plur. of a form 
ἘΝῚ q.v. wins; hence twain, coupled, 
Ex. 26, 24. 36,29. Seer. oNnm. 


ἘΞ. fat. F2m7; kindr. with 728. 
1. to take, to hep hold of, 6. g. one’s 


Ὁ Is. 33, 15. Prov. 28, 17. Job 36, 17 1.5 
aan" wets justice and judgment lay 
hold sc. on thee; where Gesenius and 
others less well, lake hold on each other, 
gee inj no. 1.6. Here too may be re- 
ferred Ps. 16, 5 “δ. WIN OME thou 
takest hold of my lot, dost guide and 
maintain it; the rs! ΠΩ being a 
participle for 725m or W7725IM, like 2730 
2K. 8, 21; see Heb. Gr. § 49. n. 1. 

2. to obtain, to acquire, e. g. honour, 
6. ace. Prov. 11, 16. 29. 23. 

3. to hold, to hold fast, c. ace. Prov. 
3.18. 31. 19; ‘pau Wim one holding the 
scepire, a prince, Am. 1, 5. 8; comp. 
Hom. σκηπτοῦχος βασιλεύς. 
Prov. 4. 4; also Ps. 17, 5 "18x jon 
Wmbas2a my steps hold fast in thy 





1135 


hand, ec. acc. Gen. 48, 17. Prov. 5,5; c 


Metaph. 





pan 


paths, i. e. I continually follow thee; 
here the inf. 42m implies a finite verb, 
or fills the place of one; Heb. Gr. § 128. 
4. Ὁ. Others, as Targ. take ΠΩ as 
imperat. huld up my goings in thy paths. 

4. to hold up, to support ; c. 3 Ex. 17, 
12 they supported his hands. Often of 
God who is said to uphold a person or 
thing, c. 3 Ps. 41, 13. 63, 9. Is. 42,1; 
c. ace. of pers. Is. 41, 10. 

Nipu. pass. of no. 3, Prov. 5, 22. 


2M, see dian. 


* DOM), 3 sing. pret. om, 1 pl. 2M 
Num 17, 28 (but also 322m for 7am Lam. 
3, 22); inf th, c. suff. am. Fut. oh, 
once thm Ez. 24,11; 1sing. once ΓΝ 
for DMX Ps. 19, 14; ΤΣ vam? Deut. 34, 
8, oftener mh" (whieh others refer to- 
Niph.) Num. 14, 35. Jer. 14, 15. 44, 12. 
Ps. 104, 35, in pause 12M? or as in some 
Mss. 52m" Ps. 102, 28. 

1. to make whole, i. e. to complete, to 
perfect, to finish; Ps. 64, 7. Jer. 27,8 


} ia oMk “ans uniil J shall have fin- 


ished them (wholly delivered them) into 
his hand. With 5 c. inf. to finish doing 
any thing, to have done; Josh. 3, 17 
ἽΠΠΩΝ sr Mam TEN IZ unlil they 
had finished passing over Jordan. 4, 1. 
11. 2 Sam. 15, 24. Josh. 5, 8 44m “to 
dinm> an->> when the peonle had done 
being circumcised, were all circumcised. 
Deut 2, 16 mad sam when they all had 
done dying, i. e. were all dead.—Often 
intrans. fo be complete, to be finished ; 
1 K. 7, 22 and the work of the columns 
was finished, om. Is. 18, 5. ban 33 
until they were finished, i. e. wholly. 
Deut. 31, 24. 30. 1 K. 6, 22. Josh. 3, 16 


the waters 5723 "2M were wholly cut off. 


an 
id. trans. and intrans. 


—Arab. The 


primary idea is doubtless that of shut- 
ting up, closing; comp. the kindr. roots 
p27, ON, cox. Ἐῶ, and also the same 
primary force in synon. "22. 

2. to be finished, ended, to have an 
end, to cease, Ps. 9,7. Is. 16, 4 (parall. 
m>> and ODN). Josh. 4, 10. Lam. 4, 22 
W252 om thine iniquity has ceased, i. 6. 
thy punishment is at an end. Also of 
time, Gen. 47. 18 sn mavn chm and 
when that year was ended. Lev. 25, 29. 
Deut. 34, 8. Jer. 1,3. Ps. 102, 28 τ 295 


Ἢ 


oan 
san Xb and thy years have no end. Ez. 
47, 12 7B Din? Ny whose fruit shall 
never fail. Job 31, 40 ais 7137 72H the 
words of Job are ended. Ps. 72. 20. 

3. to be consumed, exhausted, spent, 
i. ᾳ. MdD no. 3; 6. g. bread Jer. 37, 21; 
money Gen. 47,15. 18; aroll as hired 
Jer. 36, 23; the rust of a boiling pot, 
Bz. 24, 11. So Lev. 26, 20 pm? ὈΠῚ 
pans and your strength shall be spent 
‘in vain. Num. 14, 35. 32, 13 oA 
sinn-d2 until all that generation was 
consumed. Deut. 2, 14. Jer. 14, 15. Ps. 
104, 35. Hence to perish, to be destroy- 
_ ed, (like M>2 no. 3,) 2 K. 7, 13. Josh. 5. 
6. Ps. 73, 19. Jer. 44,12. 18, 27; so ΤΣ 
yan until it be ἡ τωνα 1 K. 14, 10, and 
Dan ἫΣ until they were destroyed Deut. 
2.15. Josh. 8, 24. 10, 20. Jer. 24. 10, i. q. 
mbD-39, see τὸ no. 3 and Pi. no. 3. 

4, to be complete, whole, e.g. a) In 
number, 1 Sam. 16, 11 S"952 Aan are 
these all thy sons ? Num. 17, 18. Ὁ) In 
mind. to be whole-minded, upright, blame- 
less, Ps. 19, 14. Num. 17, 28 323m ON) 
3535 even if blameless, must we die? here 
ΝΠ is ‘evenif. although’; and so prob. 
in Job 6,13. Others refer this passage 
to lett.a. Comp. oh, 5°on. 

Nien. here many refer the form "2m", 
' which belongs rather to Kal; see init. 

Hien. ΠΤ; inf. om, once ΘΙ for 
Wann Is. 33, 1; fut. OM. 

1. i,q. Kal no. 1, but only trans. to 
complete, to perfect ; e. g. flesh in cook- 
ing, to make ready, to prepare, Ez. 24, 
10; counsel, to execute 2 Sam. 20, 18. 

2. to finish, to cease ; Is. 33, 1 ΠΏ ΤΤΙ9 
“310 when thou shalt cease to spoil. 


Causat. to cause to cease, and c. {2 lo 


remove from any one, Ez. 22, 15. 

3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to make whole, 
to complete, e.g. a) Of a number; 
Dan, 8, 23 pos wan OND when the trans- 
gressors shall have completed sc. the 
number of their sins. Dan. 9, 24 Keri, 
see in r. BOM no. 3. Hence to pay oul 
in full, as money, i. q. Ἐῶ, 2 K. 22, 4. 
Ὁ) Of a way of life, to make upright ; 
Job 22, 3 F737 ONIN 7D if thow livest up- 
rightly. 

Hirap. o2mn to show oneself upright, 
to deal uprightly with any one, c. 03 
Ps. 18, 26. 2 Sam. 22, 26. 

Deriv. om, oR, Man, oven, of. 


1136 





on 


Jom, see 72". 

ΤΙΣ ΤΩ (portion assigned, r. 3 " 
38, 12. Josh. 15, 10. 57. 2 Chr. | 
with m local προ Judg. 14, 1.5 
with © parag. Josh. 19, 43. Judg. 
Timnah, Timnath, (Θαμναϑά τ 
9, 50.) pr. n. of an ancient Cana εν 
city Gen. 38, 12; first ‘Oo ua 
tribe of Judah, Joa. 15, 10. 57, 8 
wards to Dan Josh. 19, 43. - Tt n 
ed long in possession of the Philis 
Judg. 14, 1. 2 Chr. 28, 18. Comp. 
Ant. 5. 8. δ. Now XiaS Tibneh, 
a Res. in Palest. I. p. 343,—Gen 

."20F) Timnite Judg. 15, 6.—[Je 
stacks of a Tiimnah or Θαμνά in 
nection with Gophna and Lydda, | 
giving name to a toparchy, Ant. 14. 7 
2. B. J. 3. 3. 5. Now called Tibn 
lying northwest of Gophna on ‘the R 
man road to pear see Bibliot 
Sacr. 1843, p. 484.—R. 7 


ΓΦ ΤΟ, see in NABH. 
"ZR, see 72"D. 














































"270M, gentile noun, see MOM. 


32M (one withheld, inaccessible 
5:9) Timna, pr. ἢ. of a conoubinal 
Eliphaz the son of Esau, Gen. 36, 1: 
22. 1 Chr. 1,39. From her the name 
passed over to an Edomitish tribe, Gen 


36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51. 
ΠΟΞΌΏ, see in ΠΣ, 
ὉΠ Ώ, see the next ΡΠ 


τ ΓΤ (portion of abundance, i. ¢ 
remaining portion, see ΠΡ.) Timnat 
serah, pr. n. of a town in the moun ~ 
of Ephraim, assigned to Joshua, and t 
place of his burial, Josh. 19, 50. 24, 3 2 
The same is called in Judg. 2, 9 “Mz 
Ὀπ πὶ (portion of the sun) Timnath ert 
The former is prob. the correct ree 
ing; since a possession thus given 1 
Joshua after the rest of the land 4 
distributed (Josh. 19, 49) would strictly 
bea portion remaining ; ; see Stoder | in 
loc. [Prob. i. q. Θαμνά Timnah of Je 
phus, the head of a toparchy lying ἢ 
tween those of Gophna and Lydda; | 
above in M24m.—R. 


ie 
Ot m. (r. Don) a πόδας away, P 
58. 9. See in dada. ΝΜ 


wae 












ἼΡΩ. 


hy Var obsol. root, pr. prob. to creak, 
give forth a creaking sound, kindr. 
ith 921 II, "ax; then to stand forth 
ll, high, to be lofty, since things tall 
nd slender, like trees, masts, easily 
ibrate and creak; comp. 77F a pole, 
ast, from r. 32 to creak; ""28 top of 
tree, from r. 28. Hence 2n palm 
ee, M72 or ΓΙ 2 ΤΊ column of smoke, 
ὙΠ 2) columns as waymarks. — So 
rab. ᾿ οἰ 3 and ἕ οἰ 3 tower of a 
na lea 
; pices riguit hasta, membrum 
irile. For the Talmudic usage, see in 
mason. Comp. 727m. 


vr: 


Deriv. see above, also "2h, "an; 


1. a palm-tree, phenix 
dactylifera, date-palm, a tree always 
green, tall, and slender, from r. 727 


4. ν. Chald. 79m id. Arab. 745 date, 


Eth. TCT palm. Joel 1, 12. Ps. 92, 
13. Cant. 7, 8. 9. Plur. =" 2M palm- 
trees Ex, 15, 27. Lev. 23, 40. Num. 
33, 9. Neh. 8, 15.—This beautiful and 
most useful tree, now found throughout 
Egypt and Arabia, was anciently like- 
wise frequent.in Palestine, at least in 
the depressed tract along the Jordan 
and the shores of the Dead sea; “Judea 
inclyta palmis,” Plin. At the present 
time it is not found in that region; and 
is elsewhere very rare in that country. 
See Theophr. Hist. Plant. 2. 6. Plin. 
H. N. 13.4. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 566 
sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterth. IV. i. p. 
297 sq. Winer Realw. art. Datielpalme. 

2. Tamar, pr. n. of place: a) A 
town on the southeastern border of 
Palestine. Ez. 47, 19. 48, 28; prob. the 
Θαμαρώ of Ptol. 5. 16, the Z'hamaro of 
the Tab. Peut. and 7'hamara of Euse- 
bius, see Onomast. art. Hazazon Tha- 
mar. Perh. the site of ruins now called 
- Kurnub, about a day’s journey south of 
 el-Milh (Malatha), on the ancient way 
between Hebron and AZlana; see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 616.622 sq. b) 
i. 4. MaIM-q. v. Tadmor, Palmyra, 1 K. 
9,18 Keth. c) 79m >33, see in 553 
no.6.k. 4) 72M j¥2M, see on p. 338. 
6) ποτ ὍΣ the City of palm-trees, 
.e. Jericho, see in art. "Δ dd. 


\ 


1137 





“an - 


3. Tamar, pr.n.f. a) The daugh- 
ter-in-law of Judah, Gen. 38,6; Θάμαρ 
Matt. 1, 3. Ὁ) A daughter of«David 
2Sam. 13,1. 1Chr.3,9.  c) A daugh- 
ter of Absalom, 2 Sam. 14, 27.—Comp. 
“ΓΝ lthamar pr. ἢ. m. p. 46. 


“OF m. (τ. 12M) a palm-tree, e. g. 
that of Deborah between Ramah and 
Bethel, Judg. 4,5. Also of the trunk of 
a palm-tree, Jer. 10,5. Comp. Epist. 
Jerem. v. 70. 

Von f(r. wean, related to VM as 
map? to op2) a pillar, column, twice 
in the phrase ἸῸΣ Min2M columns of 
smoke,poetic, Cant. 3, 6. Joel 3,3 for 
2, 30], like jU> ΞΡ Judg. 20, 40.—For 
ninon in both places many Mss. and 
editions have Mi72"M or ΤΊ, insert- 
ing Yod; or at least Min2m with Me- 
theg. These latter forms would strictly 
come from r. 72", as UM from r. U4. 
In the Talmud is read Han Ῥ ~127M 
the column of the rising sun, and "772°" 
m22> the column of the moon; where 
ΠΣ may be alike referred to στ. 72H 
and r. "72",;since according to the laier 
mode of writing it may be for 777aM. 
We find also imam m22nm tts column 
(of incense) ascends; and there is a 
verb in Piel, "am, to ascend like a col- 
umn sc. of incense. All these may in- 
deed have come from the biblical word ; 
but, on the other hand, the biblical 
minxm may have been changed into 
ΤΊ to conform to the later orthio- 
graphy; see Lehrgeb. p. 145. It is 
therefore doubtful, whether the word 
belongs to r. "72m or r. 1%"; though the 
former is more probable. The signifi- 
cation is certain. 

OOF, see in ΠΛ. 


man f. (τ. am) plur. oan Ez. 40, 
16; and τ ἸῺ 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. Ez. 
41, 18.19, palm-trees, i. 6. artificial, as 
an architectural ornament. 

pian m. (r. P12) plur. constr. "pan, 
6. suff. ΠΡ ΗΠ, IP VEN; purifications, 
e. g. of the virgins admitted into the 
harem of the Persian king, Esth. 2, 12. 
Meton. precious ointments, perfumes, for 
the#e purifications, Esth. 2, 3. 9.—Me- 
taph. a cleansing, remedy, by which one 
is corrected and amended, sing. Prov 
20, 30 Keri. 


| 


ἼΔΩ " 1138 


Tp m. plur. (r. 28) bitter- 
nesses ; 6. 5. ΠΌΤ "23 bitter weep- 
ing Jer. 31, 15. 6, 26. ‘Adv. bitterly 
Hos. 12, 15. 


1. O79" m. plur. (τ. WH) up- 
right columns, pillars, or perh. heaps 
of stones, as way-marks, Jer. 31, 21. 


P "TAA i. gq. pan q. v. Prov. 20, 30 
Keth. 


ἸῺ or JH τὰ. (τ. 92m 1.) only plur. 53m, 
(a sing. 02m see below,) once with 
Aram. form 4729 Lam. 4, 3 Keth. (perh. 
nizm, see in 73M fin.) jackals, an animal 
dwelling in deserts Is. 13,22. 34, 18. 35,7. 
43, 20 (whence 0°2m Dip? Ps. 44, 20, and 
orm ἩΡῸ Jer. 9,10. 10, 22. 49, 33, for 
the desert,) suckling its young Lam: 4, 
3, and uttering a wailing cry like that 
of achild, Job 30, 29. Mic. 1, 8.—Bo- 
chart, Hieroz. II. p. 429, understands 
huge serpents, as if i. q. 72h; but R. 
Tanchum Hieros. cvrrectly interprets 
the word by the Arab. ss! up l jackal, 


wild dog, so called in Arabic from its 
howl (also in Heb. “δ, plur. 578); 


comp. Arab. ys wolfi—The name 


prob. comes from the outstretched neck 
and body inrunning; see r. Ἴ2 I. 


N27) a doubtful root, see in Min. 


ἜΤ. ΣΙ to reach out, to give, to dis- 
tribute gifls, espec.in order to get the 
service of any one, to hire; kindr. are 
wm I, 103, m2. Once Hos. 8, 10 "9 os 
pias 42m" alihough they give presents 
(hire) among the nations ; where others 
read 52m" from r. {M2. Vulg. well, et 
cum mercede conduxerint nationes. 

Hien. i. q. Kal, once Hos. 8,9 ΞΔ 
ὈΠΞΠΝ NT Rohraim hireth lovers. 

Deriv. TIN, 2M, and pr. names 
"ams, Ὁ", bern, 


oe ER ΓΊ2 1 to repeat, i. q. 72, Aram. 
Nom, Ton, 122. Not found in Kal; since 
the form 3m Prov. 31, 31, which some 
refer here, belongs rather to jn2. For 
the form 72m Ps. 8, 2, see r. {M2 init. and 

no. 2. aa. ° 
' Prev pr. to repeat often, to rehearse ; 
hence to commemorate, to praise, to cele- 
brate, c. ace. Judg. 5, 11; ¢. > ΤῊΝ 11, 





Ἴ"Ὡ 
40. Aram. "2m, ez, i 


2, i ¥ ‘ - 
count. Arab. eed IV, to celeb t 
praise, pr. to utter. iat 


27 Chald. i. q. Heb. 733, fo | 
whence WA, mas. Ae 


man f(r. j2m1,) only plur. rien 
dwellings ; once Mal. 1, 3 and In 
his (Esau’s) mountains a waste, ¢ 
heritage “3°72 ΤΗΣ Sor du 
the desert. ‘Sept. δώματα ἐρή͵ 
so Syr. This signif. is readily de 
from r. 72h, either from the ¢ nb 
the tracts inhabited, or from the d 
tion, comp. τ. 2. Kindr. is Are 
to abide, to dwell ; 
ou dweller. 
nius supposes M2M to be for mien y 
Dag. forte euphonie, i. q. DINIM; cor 
ΓΙΡΞ Ὁ for ΠΝ ΟΞ, and ΠΙ for πιὸ 
referring it to a root om i. q. Ar 
abode.—But Vulg. the Heb. intp 
Rosenm. Ewald, and others, take 
as a plur. of jm,i. q. OM jackals, o 
i. q. B°22M dragons; and render t 
words ἜΞΩ nim) for jackals of the ¢ 
ert, or for dragons of the desert. [ ἢ 
signif jackals seems to give the easie 
and best interpretation.—R. 


MSM £ (τ. RO) c. suff. "MNF. pu 
































oe 
whence $2 


dwelling, Hence Ge . 


MINI . 

la holding back of oneself, 
drawal, alienation, of God from men 
Num. 14,84. Hence 

2. enmity, Job 33, 10° "ὃν rinen 
xx" lo! he seeketh enmity against 1 ne. 


Comp. Arab. εἰ mid. Waw, Conj. ΠῚ, 
to rise up against any one in a he tile: 
manner. ai 
MIF Γ (τ. 332) constr. ΤΗΣ, plur, τ 
nian, produce, increase, Deut. 32, 1 
Judg. 9, 11. Is. 27, 6. Ez. 36, mt 
Lam. 4, 9. ” 
JIT τὴ. (τ. Im) end, extremity, 2 
with ἽΝ added, tip of the ear Bx, 29,2 20. 
Lev. 8, 23,24. 14, 14.17. 25,28. 
Mg") f(r, B92) slumber, plur, Job 
33, 15; espec. from indolence, sloth, 
Prov. 6, 10.24. 33. Ps. 132, 4. al. σ΄ 
MDH ἢ (Ὁ. 992) constr. ates a ca 
ing, a moving to and fro, e.g. a» Of 


"ἢ" 


Vn 


e hands, asa gesture of threatening, 
5,190. 16. Ὁ) Ofa sacrifice before Je- 
ovah, a certain ceremony or rite, for 
hich see in 553 Hiph. no. 2. Hence 
EMM IM the wave-breast, i. 6. offered 
r to be offered with waving to and fro, 
x. 29, 27. Lev: 7, 34; MBAR ὩΣ the 
ve-sheaf Lev. 23, 15; and so v. 17. 
Ex. 38, 24.29. nein ont Ex. 38, 24. 
6) i. q. tumult; Is. 30, 32 rE τὴ ΠΝ 
wars akahuleinie, i. 6. af tumult, tumultu- 
ous. 











3H compounded from 4m i. q. Nasor. 
IRM (see in r. 72m 11) or Chald. jAmx, 
and Chald. "53 q. v. pr. ‘ furnace of fire ;’ 
plur. ΘΉΣΩ, τὰ. but fem. perh. Hos. 7, 4. 
ΟΠ a furnace, oven, Gr. κλίβανος, Gen. 
15, 17. Is. 31, 9. Ps. 21, 10. Lam. 5, 10. 
Mal. 3,19. Spec. for baking bread or 
cakes, Ex. 7, 28 [8,3]. Lev. 2, 4. 7, 9. 
11, 35; not only that of the baker Hos. 
7, 4. 6. 7; but also that used by the 
housewife for baking bread, Lev. 2b, fe 


Chald. avin, Syr. ἴα: 2, Arab. eri 


id. The Tannir is a large we, pot 
of earthen or other materials, two or 
three feet high, narrowing towards the 
top ; this being first heated by a fire 
made within, the dough or paste is 
spread upon the sides to bake, thus form- 
ing thin cakes; see Golii Ber: Arab. 
p. 398. D’Arvieux Ménm. III. p. 270 sq. 
Niebuhr Beschr. von Arabien p. 51, and 
Plate I. Of the Gr. κλίβανος Jerome 
says on Lam. 5, 10 “ Clibanus est co- 
 quendis panibus enei vasculi diducta 
rotunditas, que sub urentibus flammis 
ardet intrinsecus.” Comp. the Greek 
Lexicons s. v. 
2. Pr. n. ἘΣ 5739, Tower of the 
furnaces, upon or near ‘the walls of Je- 
_ rusalem, Neh. 3, 11. 12, 38. 


D2) m. plur. (τ. ἘΠ) 
compassion, Ps. 94, 19. 

2. consolations, comfort, Is. 66, 11. 
Jer. 16, 7. 

mann f. plur. (τ. 8113) consolations, 
Job 15, 11. 21, 2. 

MN (comfort, τ. 02) Tanhumeth, 
pr. n. m. 2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40, 8. 





1. pity, 


DSM sing. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2,a great 


serpent, dragon, i. e. here the- crocodile 


1139 





yn | ᾿ 


as the emblem of Pharaoh and Egypt ; 
i. q. "2M, which latter is read in several 
Mss. and from which this form has been 
corrupted by the writer, or by copyists, 
who had in mind the plur. 0") from 
sing. ἸΏ. 


ae m. (τ. j2m J,) plur. 8"373m, Arab. 
ps, Chald. }"2m, Syr. 32; a great 


serpent, dragon, so called from its ex: 
tension, length. Spec. 

1. a water-serpent, sea-monster, drag- 
on, comp. Am. 9,3; so Gen. 1, 21 where 
Sept. κῆτος. Job 7, 12. Ps. 148, 7. 

2. a land-serpent, dragon, Ex. 7, 9. 
10. 12. Deut. 32, 33. Ps. 91, 13. Jer. 51, 
34.—For ἸΏ ΤΣ Dragon-fountain 
Neh. 2, 13, see in 19 no. 2. ec, and 
Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 514. ν 

3. Put for the crocodile, for which the 
Heb. and Aram. have no vernacular 
name; every where as the emblem of 
Egypt or her king, Is. 27, 1. 51, 9. Ps. 
74,13; also Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2, in Mss. 
where the comm. reading is 5"2M q. v. 


22h Chald. the second, Dan. 7,5. R. 
mM to repeat. Comp. 5724.—Hence 


HANI adv. a second time, again, 
Dan. 5, τὸ 


* 312M obsol. verb, Syr. Ethpe. oot: 


to come to an end, to cease. Hence 


qn. 


τῷ ἢ 12h) obsol. root, the native force 
of which may be gathered from its de- 
rivatives and from the kindred roots ; fo 
stretch out, to extend ; comp. in the Se- 
mitic tongues Eth. ΠΣ length, 109 and 
mm to give, pr. to extend the hand 
(comp. “7, M7), 125) to extend itself, ' 
e. g. time, to endure, to be perpetual ; 
and in the Indo-Europ. tongues, Sanscr. 
tan, Gr. τείνω, τανύω, τιταίνω, Lat. tendo 
(comp. Diss. Lugdd. II. 852), whence 
tenuis (Sanscr. tanu), tener, Goth. than- 
jan, Germ. dehnen, with many others, 
as old High Germ. Tanna fir-tree.— 
Hence ΠΣ a great serpent, sea-monster. 
so called from its length; comp, ταινίο 
(from τεένω) a long fish, Lat. tenia. 
Also jf a jackal, from its running with 
outstretched neck and body. 

Deriv. JA, TIM, ΒΞ, 90}. 


pen 


Τ᾽ ih Chald. i. q. ees to smoke ; 
whence Eth. T% ἀτμίς, vapour; Chald. 
noon, Syr. 1332, (202, Sam. xT, 
smoke; Nasor. 828" furnace. 

Deriv. Chald. ΙΝ, comp. “2m. 


ΓΔ Γ (τ. τὸ to respire) 1. Lev. 
11, 30, an unclean animal, classed with 
other species of lizards; according to 
Bochart (Hieroz. T. I. p. 1083) the cha- 
melion, so called as living upon air ac- 
cording to the opinion of the ancients, 
Plin. H. N. 8. 33. Hasselquist Reise 
p. 350. Sept. and Vulg. talpa, mole. 
Saad. lizard. 

2. Lev. 11, 18. Deut. 14, 16, an unclean 
aquatic bird, prob. the pelican, pelecanus 
onocrotalus, so called from its pouch, 
which it can extend by inflation, see 
“Oedm. Verm. Samml. III. 50.—Sept. 
πορφυρίων, i. 6. the crested purple heron, 
ardea purpurea Linn. Vulg. cygnus, 
swan. | 


ἢ Ξ 5 Ὁ in Kal not used; comp. 38" 
II.. This root is very rarely found in 
the other Semitic dialects in its usual 
Hebrew signification. The primary 
idea seems to be lo thrust forth or away, 
to drive away; and hence (o reject, to 
abhor, to abominate. 

Pini an, fut.atnm 1. fo abominate, 

to abhor, Deut. 7, 26. 23,8. Am. 5, 10. 
Mic. 3, 9, Job 19, 19. Ps. 5, 7. al. 
_ 2. Causat. to cause to abhor, to fill 
one with abhorrence. Is. 49,7 "ii 32m 
who causeth abhorrence to the people, 
who is an abomination to the people. 

3. Causat. to make abominable, to 
cause to be abhorred, Job 9, 31. Ez. 16, 
25. See Hiph. 

Hiren. fo make abominable, shameful. 
Ps. 14, 1 399 Aa "ENN they make abom- 
inable their doings, i.e. they do abom- 
inable deeds, act abominably; comp. Ps. 
53,2. So with ΠΡΌΣ implied id. 1 K. 
21, 26. Ez. 16, 52. Comp. Mngt, S35. 

Nira. pass. to be an abomination, ab- 
horred, detestable, 1 Chr. 21, 6. Part. 
asm abominable Job 15, 16; despised, 
worthless, Is. 14, 19. 

 Deriv. Mazin. 


* TIE fat. nym, apoc. 25, pr. ‘to 
be thrust hither: and thither, comp. 
33m; kindr. is 33m q. v. Then, like r. 


L14U αι 




















































mu, to wander, to err, to go 6 
Chala. ΝΣ id. but oftener ἐς 
tg, Arab. Lab and _<tlo id. ὃ 
of persons Is. 35, 8. 47, 15; oft 
Ex. 23, 4. Is. 53, 6. Ps. 119, 176 
sak ΠῺΞ J have gone astray t . ; 
sheep ; ‘also of birds Job 38, 41; w 
of place Gen. 21, 14. 37,.15. Ps. 1 
With ace. of place, to wander't 
or over, trop. of the branches of a: 
shooting luxuriantly over the desert 
16,9[S]. Spec. a) Of drank 
sous, who go reeling about; Is. 2 
ἜΞΈΠΙΓῚ ἸΣῸ they go astray (reel) j 
strong drink; and hence trop. of 
mind, Is. 21, 4 "33 mn my heart? 
eth, is scizedwith giddiness. b) T 
of the mind as erring from the paths 
virtue and piety, Ps. 58, 4. Ez. 48, 
comp. 33> "3h Ps. 95, 10, mn oh Is, 
24. With 72, e.g. from. God’s p ace’ 
Ps. 119, 110, comp. Prov. 21, 16; ἡ 
nin bso Ez. 44, 10.15; with 
nim from following Ge God, ‘from his w 
ship, Ex. 14, 1]. - Chald. ἃ 
spec. ‘to be giyen od try,’ 
be a heretic. 6) Of those whe 
their aim and fail in their efforts; Pr 
14, 22 39 "th asm ΝΕΊΡΠ do iad 
err (from their ‘mark) who devise ¢ 
Others, do they not perish. ; 

ΝΙΡΗ. to wander, pr. to be made | 
wander, to stagger about, Is. 19, 
Metaph. to be deceived, to err, in ἃ πὶ 
al sense, Job 15, 31. 

Hipn. fut. apoc. 295 1. to 
wander Job 12, 24. Is. 19, 13.44. ΩΝ 
20, 13. Ps. 107, 40. Jer. 50, 6; lik 
drunken man Job 12, 25. Is. 30, 28 % 
nsn2 a bridle causing to err. Met 
to cause to wander or err from the Ὁ 
of virtue and piety, 6. g. a pation di to 
impiety, ungodliness, Is. 3. 12. 9, 
Am. 2, 4. Hos. 4, 12. Jer. 23, 13. 32; οἱ 
into idolatry, 2 K. 21, 9. 2 Chr. * 8 
with 79 Is. 63,17. ᾿ 

2. Intrans. to err, pr. to let oneself 
wander, Jer. 42, 20 Keri Prov. 10, 1 

Deriv. Msn, and . 


"9M (error) Tou, pr. n. of a sie’ 
Hamath or Epiphania, 1 Chr. 18, 9. 10; 
written "3h Joi 2 Sam.8,9.10. ς᾽ 


MPH f. (τ. ΡΣ Hiph.) a divine pre 
cept; hence an oracle Is. 8, 16; law 


Ἵν 1] 















. 20; in both.cases parall. with Mim. 
Iso custom, as having the force of law, 
uth 4, 7. 


MDW f. (τ. 535) darkness, Job 11, 17 
3 Mss. See in r. 553 no. 3. 


"7, see in ssh. 


mbon f. (r. 93>) constr. mdzn, plur. 
, suff, ΓΟ comp. nybh) from r. 


La channel, trench, in which water 
is raised from a stream to water or in- 
ndate the fields, 1 K. 18, 32. 35, 38. 
K. 18, 17. 20, 20; a conduit, aqueduct 
8. 7, 3. 36, 2. Ez. 31, 4. Poet. Job 38, 
5 nbsn pew ἌΣ τῷ, who hath divided 
| nnels for the rain? 1. 6. distributed 
he rain-water to all parts of the heavens. 
2. a plaster, bandage, something put 
upon a wound, Jer. 30, 13. 46,11. Comp. 
MDI Asn. 


oe m. plur.(r.>591,) 1. vexa- 
tion, adverse destiny, Is. 66,4. See the 
root Po. no. 3. 

2. boyishness, for concr. 0°2>%> , :boys, 
babes, Is. 3, 4. 


MO22M Γ (τ. 889) a hidden thing, 
secret, Job 28, 11. Plur. mi- Job 11, 6. 
Ps. 44, 22. 


ἌΡΩΦΤΆ τη, (τ. 222) Prov. 19, 10; plur. 
O°325m Cant. 7,7, and mi- Ecc. 2, 8, deli- 
cale living, delights, Mic. 2, 9. Prov. 1. c. 
Mic. 1, 16 92220 "23 children in whom 
thou delightest. Espec. pleasure, enjoy- 
ment, i. e. sexual Cant. 7, 7. Ecc. 2, 8. 

MMII f. (τ. 739 I1,) pr. ‘self-affliction,’ 
i. 6. fasying, Ezra 9, 5. See the root 
Pi. lett. b. 

F227 and F29H) (sandy soil, r. 25) 
Taanach, Tanach, pr. n. of a royal Ca- 
naanitish city Josh. 12, 21, in the territory 


of Issachar, but assigned to Manasseh. 
Judg. 1,27. 5,19. 1K.4, 12. Josh. 17, 11. 


21,25. Now Hiss Ta’annuk, see Bibl. 
Res. in Palest. II. p. 156. Biblioth. 
Sacr. 1843, p. 76. Comp. in "39 lett. b. 





i yon in Kal not used ; pr. to thrust, 
to push, to hier upon, like MOM; comp. 


ἜΞΩ. Arab. a and a vomit, pr. a 


breaking forth, ejection, εὖ to thrust. 
96 





L141 


PiLp. SHSM, part. SAIN, to mock, to 
scoff, Gen. 27, 12; pr. ‘to burst into 
laughter,’ like pete Σ᾽ or, what ac- . 
cords better with thé duplicated form, 
‘to trip with the tongue, to stammer,’ 


COMP 423 no. 2, like Arab. Cs: ἃ χὰ 5, 


Cie. pr. ‘to shew oneself a 
mocker’; hence to mock, to deride, part. 
plur. O°SASM9, c.a 2 Chr. 36,16. Arab. 
X3 to stammer. ° 
Deriv. ὈΠΣΏΣΏ. 


HVaLLN f. plur. (τ. ὩΧ9) strength 
powers, Ps. 68, 36. 


ΠΣῸ obsol. root, i. ᾳ. "9 q. v. and 
Arab. to cleave, to split.—Hence 
“sn II. p33 


LF m. (τ. m2) @ razor, sharp 
knife, so called as making naked or bald; 
Num. 6, 5. 8,7. Ps. 52, 4. Is. 7,20. Ez. 
5,1. "BOM “sm a writer’s knife, with 
which he sharpens the calamus, q. d. 
pen-knife, Jer. 36, 23. 


IT. “3A m. (r. ἜΣ) ¢. suff. IIA 
the sheath of a sword, (pr. cleft,) 1 Sam. 
17, 51. 20, 8. Jer. 47,6. Ez. 21, 8. 10. 
35 (21, 3. 5. 30].—Others efor thinalen 
tor. ΠΣ, 


MIMI ἢ (τ. a1 1. 3) suretyship ; 
plur. 2 K. 14, 14 mins3n "32 hostages, 
given as surety. 


ὩΣ ΤΩ m. plur. (τ. 93m) mockery, de- 
lusions, Jer. 10,15. 51,18 D»smsn ΓΙῸΣ Ὦ 
i. 6. idols; Jerome, opus risu dignum ; 
better, works of delusion. 


DP m. (τ. Spm) plur. o°5n, c. suff 
71en. 

1. adrum, tabret, timbrel, Arab. Re 
whence Spanish aduffa.; in the East 
it consists of a thin wooden rim covered 
with a membrane, and hung around with 
brass bells or rattles; it is: used. chiefly 
by dancing females. Ex. 15, 20.- Judg, 
11. 34. 1 Sam. 10, 5. 2 Sam. 6, 5. Is. 
5, 12. 30, 32. Jer. 31, 4. Job 21, 12. al. 
comp. Ps. 68,26. See Niebuhr’s Reise 
beschr. I. p. 181. 

2. Ez. 28,13 the drum or hollow in 
which a gem is set, bezel ; comp. 373. 
So Jerome, whom Gesenius follows. ;. 
others, fabret, as above. 


NBN 


ΤΥ ΘΙ f. Is. 28, 5. Jer. 48, 17, else- 
where MNDM f. absol. and constr. in 
| pause ΓΝ ΒΤ, c. suff. "FINEM. R. Ne L 

1. ornament, beauly, Ex. 28, 2. 40, Is. 
3,18. maxen 732 beautiful garments 
Is. 52, 1 PINEN ">> beautiful trap- 
pings, jewels, Ez. 16, 17. 39. 23, 26. 
‘mn mavy a crown of beauty, an orna- 
mented crown, Prov. 4, 9. Is. 28, 5. 62, 
3. Ez. 16, 12. 23, 42. "Ὁ "3X beautiful 
ornament Is. 28,1.4. The proud beauty 
of the Chaldees, i. 6. Babylon, Is. 13, 19; 
the beauty of Israel, i. e. Sesssalons, 
Lam. 2, 1; the ornament of children are 
their parents Prov. 17, 6; comp. Ez. 
24,25. Sols. 4, 2. Jer. 13, 11. 33,9; 
comp. Deut. 26,19. 1 Chr. 22,5. Also 
DIN ΤΑΝ ΒΩ the beauty of a man,.i. 6. the 
human form in its beauty, Is. 44, 13. 

2. splendour, magnificence, glory, 
Ksth. 1, 4. Is. 60,19. "AREA ΓΞ my 
glorious house Is. 60, 7; n ΣΤῊ 63, 12; 
‘nN Bw v. 14; often of the divine glory, 
the light and splendour of the divine 
presence, Is. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 29,11. Poet. 
of the ark of the covenant, as the seat 
of the divine glory, Ps. 78, 61; see in 19, 

3. honour, glory in a moral sense, 
Judg. 4,9. Prov. 19,11. Also a glory- 
ing, boasting, Is. 10, 12. Zech. 12, 7; 
concr. the object of it, Is. 20, 5. Ps. 
89, 18. 


TRIBN m. (τ. M52) plur. S°74BM, constr. 
“MI5n . 
_ 1. an apple, so called from the fra- 
-grance which it exvhales; Cant. 2, 5. 7, 
9. Prov. 25,11. Also an apple-tree Joel 


a> 
1, 12. Cant. 2, 3. 8, 5.—Arab. eas pr. 


apple, but also of the lemon, peach, apri- 
cot, etc. | 

2. Tappuah (apple-region), pr. ἢ. 
a) A city in Judah, Josh. 12,17. 15, 34. 


Now os Teffiih, northwest of He- 


bron ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 428. 
b) A city on the confines of Ephraim 
and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. c) Ofa 
man, 1 Chr. 2, 43. 


MINN £ (r. 772) pl.c. suff. Do"nisian 
your dispersions, Jer. 25, 34. But other 
copies read Tiph. 53°nNizi5m, which is 
better; see in r. 738 note, p. 839. 


1142, 


mad, Aral had, to eject wine 






























dan 


D'PER m. plar. (r. ΠΕΝ) ὁ 
cooked pieces ; after the form 
main, with Nun formative, 
from MEP. Once in the diffic 
sage Lev. 6, 14 [21] of a cake for 
fice, fried (in oil) shalt ae | 
ὈῸῺΒ ὨΓΙΣῸ "275M lit. as the ὁ 
the meat- offering in pieces, i. 6. 
or prepared like the meat-offe 
broken up into pieces, comp. 
sq. 7,9. The construction is ac 
one in Hebrew; see Lehrg. p. 810 


* 5M obsol. root, τ 


out; Arab. as, to emit «waa 
ΓΤ 

fetid. Hence, to have a bad smell, t 
ill-seasoned, unsavoury, insipid ; coi 
maatn "9 Job 6, 6; see in art. t 
Hence ΒΩ no. 1, πίε. τ ΟΝ 

2. i. ᾳ. Spo, 0 ft om te oie m, 
make adhere; Talm. dpm and « 
dbv to adhere. Kindr. is “ay 
ben no. 2, lime, cement. 

Deriv. >bm, MSP, pr ἢ. beh. 


2PM m. (τ. ben) 1. any thing 
seasoned, unsavoury, Job 6, 6; me 
insipid, foolish, vain, Lam. 2, 4. 
npn. | 

8. lime, hence mortar, Ῥ 
rather whitewash, as spread upon wa 
Ez. 13, 10 sq. 22, 28; in both passé 
contemptuously., See r. SBA no.2. 


Jib ena JL, Chald. "52, id : 


2PM (lime, τ. 32) Tophel, pr. n. of 
place i in Edom, on the east of. the: y a 
bah, Deut. 1, 1. Now Lake ἐς 
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 570, a 


MPM f(r. dpm) pr. insipidr 
hence folly, i. q. impiety, Job 1, 22. 
12. Jer. 23, 13, Comp. in 533. 


MdDM f(r. dbp Hithp.) constr. r 
plur. miben. 
1. intercession, supplication for 
one, 2 K. 19, 4. Is. 37, 4. Jer. 7, 16. Ὁ 
14. 


4 


2. Genr. supplication, orawaniel Fo 
Ps. 65, 3. 80, 5. Is. 1, 15. Tob 16,17. 
With % of pers. Ps. 42, 9. 69, 1459 
2 Chr. 33, 18. Ps. 109, 4 ber δ ὁ 
am all prayer, poet. for ‘I give my: 
to prayer.” ΠΕΡ ΤῚΣ house of pray 


Sn 


temple, Is. 56,7. To offer prayer is 
sit? Is. 37, 4; Ὁ 55pnn Neh. 1, 6. 
God as hearing and answering prayer 
; said : Ἢ ΠΗ» Ps. 6, 10; ‘mn ὃκ mp Ps. 
, 18; ‘m saw Ps. 4, 2; ‘nm PING Ps, 
7, 1. Preyer i is also said to come (12) 
‘ore God, Ps. 88, 3. Jon. 2,8. Sonmben 
the sense of prayer in the titles of 
*salms 17. 86. 90. 102. 142.—In a wider 
ense 

_ 3. a hymn, sacred song, Hab. 3,1. So 
5. 72, 20, where the whole preceding 
k of Psalms, 1-72, is€alled 713 niban. 
similar usage is found in the verb 
benn 1 Sam. 2, 1. 


nxben f. (r. 728) terror, c. suff. 
x>5M thy terribleness, Jer. 49, 16. 


MOEN (passage, ford, r. noe) Tiphsah, 
Thapsacus, pr. n. 

a) A large and opulent city on the 
estern bank of the Euphrates, situated 
it the usual point of passing that river, 
1K. 5, 4[4, 24]. See Xen. Anab. 1. 4. 
Il. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 2.13. ib. 3. 7. 
Strabo XVI. Ρ. 1082. Q. Curt. 10. 1. 9. 
b) A place in Palestine, 2 K. 15, 16. 



















᾿ pan to strike, to beat, Engl. to tap, 
e. g. the tabret, Ps. 68, 26. Kindr. are 
MBI, PHI, HI, 72, Arab. 230, ete. 
From the same stock are Sanscr. tup, 
to smite, to kill; Gr. τύπτω, root τυπ, 
whence τύμπανον i. q. OP. 

Po. to beat, to smite, pr. to drum, to 
tabor, 6. g. upon the breast, c. by Nah. 
Tees ; f 

Deriv. τι. 

bg 5m to sew together Gen. 3, 7. Ece. 
3, 7. Job 16, 15; i.g. ἘΞ and Dm no. 2. 

Pre. id. Ez. 13, 18. 


* EN fut. Berm, i. ᾳ. Chald. dpm. 

1. to lay hold of to seize, to catch, to 
take ; c. acc. of pers. Gen. 39, 12 (with 
7322 by his garment). Deut. 22, 28. 
ΤῊ "4 13, 4. 18, 40. Ps. 71, 11. Is. 26, 8. 
87, 13. 1 K. 20, 18 oun piven take 
them alive.» 2 K. 7, 12. 10; 14; less 
freq. with 2 of pers. Is. 3, 6, Fer 37, 14; 
with 3 of thing, Deut. 9, 17. Ez. 29, 7. 
30, 21. 1K. 11, 30. Hendy to tae in 
war, to take captive, 6. g. men Josh. 8, 
23. 1 Sam. 23, 26. 2K. 7, 12. 14, 13; 
cities, Josh. 8, 8. Deut. 20,19. 2 Κ. 14, 


1148 





nan 


7. 16,9. 18,13. Trop. Dw =m Prov. 
30, 9 to lay hold upon the name of Jeho- 
vah sc. unlawfully and wrongfully, to 
do violence to the name of God by false- 
hood and perjury; comp. tm> in the 
preceding member. 

2. to hold, to have in possession, as a 
city Jer. 40,10; a fortress 49,16; then, 
to handle, to wield, e. g. the sickle Jer. 
50, 16; a shield 46, 9; a sword Ez. 38, 
4; the bow Am. 2, 15. Jer. 46,9; an oar 
Ez. 27, 29; also a musical instrument, 
as a pipe, harp, to play, Gen. 4,21: So 
man>an we taking hold of war, i. e. 
performing military service, Num. 31, 
27; Hin "wEM handling the law, i. 6. 
occupied with the law, the priests, Jer. 
2, 8. 

3. to make fast in gold and silver, for 
to overlay; Part. pass. Smt iM over- 
laid with gold Hab. 2,19. Comp. πὶ 
no. 5, 6. 

Nipu. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be taken, 
seized, Num. 5, 13. Ez. 21, 23; to be 
captured, 6. g. men Ps. 10, 2. Jer. 34, 3. 
Ez. 12, 13. 19, 4.8; cities Jer. 48, 41. 
50, 24. 46. 51, 32. 41. 

Prez, i. q. Kal no. 1, to take hold, to 
lay hold, sc. repeatedly, Prov. 30, 28. 

men ἢ (τ. 55m) 1. spittle; meton. 
one spitupon. Job 17, 6 πο Ὁ ΞΡ Man 
Iam become as one in whose face men 
spil, i. e. the vilest and most contemned 
of mortal men; comp. ὕακά Matt. 5, 22, 
i, e. perh. 8P1 from r. PP" to spit out. 

2. With the art. nahn, (thrice with- 
out art. Jer. 7, 32. 19, 11. 12,) Tophet, 
pr. n. of a place in the valley of the sons 
of Hinnom (see in 84 lett. a), near Je- 
rusalem, noted for the human sacrifices 
there offered to Moloch and finally abol- 
ished by Josiah, 2 K. 23, 10. Jer. 7, 32. 
19, 6. 13.14. mpm mina Jer. 7, 31 the 
high places of Tophet,i. e. the artificial 
mounds, tumuli, on which those sacri- 
fices were offered. See in art. 22 .— 
Hieron. in Jer. 7, 31 “ Topheth, que est 
in valle filiorum Ennom, illum locum 
significat, qui Siloé fontibus irrigatur, 
et est amcenus atque nemorosus, hodie- 
que hortorum prebet delicias.” See 
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 202-204.—As 
to the etymology of the name Mp? it is 
commonly and best referred to r. 53m 
to spit, and rendered ‘place to be spit 


3-13) 


upon, to be abhorred; as in no 1, Job 
17, 6. Others with Noldius in Vind. p- 
948, and with Lorsbach, regard Mh as 
i. q. OMDM q. v. denoting the place of 
burning dead bodies in the funeral rites. 
See more in Thesaur. p. 1497. 


MSM f. place of burning, bustum, i. e. 
where the slain of the Assyrians were 
to be burned, once Is. 30,33. The pro- 
phet by this word seems to indicate a 
place equally impure and polluted with 
Tophelt, see MEM no. 2; and as AREA 
comes from neh, it signifies something 
of the like kind ; as MUX from DN de- 
notes sacrificial fire. Hence Omen, im- 
plying a place for burning dead bodies, 
takes this idea rather from its likeness 
to the well-known Mphn ; and need not 
be referred to the Pers. pals to burn, 


as is done by some. R. 3. 


ἐξ ΘΙ Chald. m. pl. emphat. persons 
learned in the law, lawyers, Dan. 3, 2. 3. 
Arab. Conj. IV ἘΣ to give a response 


concerning the law 5 whence oul 


the Mufti, pr. a wise man, one whose 
response is equivalent to law. Sept. 
οἱ én ἐξουσιῶν, Vulg. prefecti. 

MINIH see in MINZin. 


* RPM obsol. root, Arab. ce ! 


fear, to beware ; hence pr. n. yes 


ΠΡ (τ. mop) Tokhath, pr. ἢ. m. 
2 Chr. 34,22 Keri; where Keth. napin 
Tokahath, from r. ™p2.—The parall. 
passage in 2 K. 22, 14 has ΠῚ q. v. 


Mp f(r. MP) constr. MIPN, c. suff. 
“MORN. 

1. i. q. "P, @ cord, line, Josh. 2, 18. 21. 
2. expectation, hope, Job 11, 20. 19, 10. 

Prov. 23, 18. al. "5 mipm ws there is 
_ hope to me, I have hope, "Rath 1,12. Job 
5, 16. Zech, 9, 12 FAN OR the pris- 
oners of hive, i. e. cherishing hope of 
deliverance. For Job 4, 6, see under ἢ 
no. 1. bb. 8. p. 267.—Meton. for what 
one hopes, Job 6, 8; for the person (God) 
from whom one hopes any thing, Ps. 
71,5. 

3. Tikvah, pr. ἢ. τὰ. 2 K. 22, 14, for 
which in the parall. 2 Chr. 34, 22 ΠΡ 
q. v. Keth. mmpir. 


1144 





| 27. 



































opn 


MOIPH Γ (τ. BAP) power of δὶ 
i. 6. of resisting, Lev. 26,37. 

DAPHM m. (τ. orp) ig. © 
who rises up against, an adver 
plur. c. suff. Ps. 139, 21. 


ΦῚΡΏ τὰ. ‘(r. >PM) pr. inf. to ἢ 
trumpet ; hence subst. ο. art. Ez. 7, 
Comp. art. M7 c. art. ΓΝ 


21pm (r. Spm, a pitching of tent 
perh. trumpet-clang, comp. Jer. 6, 
Tekoa, pr. n. of a fortified city, t 
birthplace of the prophet Amos, Ar 
1, in the tribe of Judah 2 Chr. 11,66 
Roman miles south of Bethlehem ont 
margin of the desert (35pm a <7 Chi 
20, 20, comp. 1 Mace. 9, 33), 2 re 
1. Jor, 6, 1 in paronomasia, pn τ᾽ pr 
“piv Am. 1, 1 ae Θεκωὲ 1 Mace. 
33; in Josephus Θεκωέ, Θεχώς, Osx 
In the genealogy of the tribe of fod idah 
it is said that Ashur, the posthumot 
son of Hezron, was Sipm "28 the fa 
of Tekoa, implying that he was th 
founder or at least the possessor of tl 
city, 1 Chr. ’2; 24. 4, δ; 80 Machir fi | 
called 7353 "ax 1 Chr. 2, 21, comp. v. 2% 
In Josh. ‘15, 60 Tekoa is not name 
among the cities of Judah; but Sept 
has Θεκώ. Its ruins are still called 

: Ὁ Teki’a ; see Relandi Palest. p. 


1028 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 18 
sq.—The gentile n. is "SPR the Tekc 
2 Sam. 23, 26; fem. mspA 2 Sam. 4 
4.9; plur. ΣΡ Neh. 3, δ. 


MD PH [ (τ. ὮΝ) constr. ME!pA, plur. 
ΓΕΡῸ; α circuit, as of the sun Ps. 19, 7 
Hence the coming about or relurn ὁ 
the seasons, lapse of time, 1 Sam. 1, 2 
movin mpspm> at the return of the od 
i.e. after a year, 2 Chr. 24, 23; comp. 
Ex. 34, 22 where > is omitted. 


Sp m. adj. strong, mighty, Ecc. € 
10, R. FPR. 


5°pM Chald. m. (r. pp) Ba Heb. 
strong, mighty, Dan. 2, 40. 42. 3, a 


᾿ ὉΡῺ Chald. to poise, to pers q- 
Hebr. $pd. Parr. pass. pm for 9pm 
weighed Dan. 5, 25. Hence Pei pass. 
2sing. m. pret. NM>PM, or as in some 
Mss. anPER, thou art weighed, Dan. 5 


ΤΡ 


*5PM int iPM, to be or be made 
straight, kindr. with }2"; a word of the 
later Hebrew, and usual in Chaldee and 
the Talmud. Ecce. 1, 15. 

Prien ἼΡΏ, to make straight, c. acc. 
Ecc. 7,13. Hence to set in right order, 


to compose, 6. g. proverbs, parables, 


Ecc. 12, 9. 


JPA Chald. id. only Horn. jpn4, witn 
Heb. flexion, to be set upright, estab- 
lished, Dan. 4, 33 [36].—In Targg. also 
Pael and Aph. 


*JPM fat. spn 1. to strike, to 
smite, spec. with acc. 9D; i.e. a) to 
clap the hands as a token of rejoicing, 
Ps. 47, 2; also at the calamities of 
others, c. 59 Nah. 3, 19. δ) to strike 
hands as a pledge of suretyship, Prov. 
17, 18. 22, 26; c.> for any one, Prov. 
6,1. Without 92 id. Prov. 11, 15. 

2. to strike or drive a thing into ano- 
ther, i.e. to fix or fasten by driving, 
6. g. a nail Judg. 4, 21. Is. 22, 23. 25; to 
Sasien with nails, 1 Sam. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 
10, 10. Judg. 16, 14; hence dm >pn to 
pitch a tent, by fastening it with pins 
driven into the earth, Gen. 31, 25. Jer. 
6, 3; to thrust, e..g. aspear, sword, dart, 
Judg. 3,21. 2 Sam. 18, 14; also to cast 
into the sea, Ex. 10, 19. 

3. "BWS Spm Josh. 6, 4. 8. Judg. 3, 
27. 6, 34. 1 Sam. 13, 3. al. and “Biv 'n 
Ps. 81, 4. Jer. 4,5. 6,1. 51, 27. Joel 2, 
1. 15. at also ΡΣ ΓΞ ΣΡῺ Num. 10, 3: 
4. 2K. 11, 14. al. to strike up the trump- 
et, i. e. to give one blast, to blow the 
trumpet once, as a signal, Arab. ᾧὉ 
Laat. It differs from 3°95 and Spm 
ΤΙΣ ΠὮ to sound an alarm; see in on 
no. 2. p. 971, comp. Num. 10, 7. 

Nipu. 1. Reflex. of Kal no. 1. b. Job 
17,3 Spm 7775 NIN who is he that 
will strike with my hand ? i. 6. that will 
strike hands or pledge himself for me. 

2 Pass. of Kal no. 3. Is. 27, 13. Am. 
3, 6. 

Deriv. ΣῚΡ, pr. a. 31pm, and 

ΙΑ m. Ps. 150 3, α blast, clang of 
the trumpet 


"Spm fut. c. suff. ὙΠΕΡΌΣ, pr. to 

thrust down, to smite, to crush, comp. 

“EN; then /o overpower, to oppress wholly, 

c. acc. Job 14, 20. 15, 24; to prevail 
96* 


1145 





minty) 


against, to assail, Ecc. 4, 12. Comp. 
Chald. pH; Arab. Was id. 
Deriv. °PA, ARM. 


2M and PM Chald. to be or become 
great, strong, powerful, Dan. 4, 8. 19. 
In a bad sense, of the mind, to become 
JSirm, hardened, obstinate, Dan. 5, 20. 
Syr. v.22, Sam. JPA, id. 

Pa. inf. to make strong, to confirm, 
Dan. 6, 8. 

Deriv. Chald. βρῇ, 9Pn. 


SPM m. (r. DpH) c. suff. iepPm, might, 
power, authority, Esth. 9, 29. 10, 2. 
Dan. 11, 17. 


SPM Chald. τὰ. emphat. BPR id. 
might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4,27. R. 5PM. 


MEN, see nESPR. 
“Ki, see in. | 
MONAM (perh. i. q. ΠΡΌΣ a reeling) 
Taralah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin. 
Josh. 18, 27. 


ΤΉ ἢ (τ, M39) @ brood, progeny. 
in contempt, Num. 32, 14. 


MDI f. (τ. M25) increase, interest, 
i. g. ΤΊΣ q.v. Lev. 25, 36. Prov. 28, 
8. Ez. 18, 8. 13. 17. 22, 12. 


ΘΛ Tiph. denom. from Pat, Fo. 55. 
where see, p. 961. 


DIM Chald. quadrilit. to translate 
from one language into another, to in- 
lerpret. Arab. and Ethiop. id. For the. 
origin of this word, see 039 no. 4. Pua 
part. pass. 03972 dranslated Ezra 4, 7. 


MOTI f£ (τ OT, Tsere impure) 
constr. natn , deep sleep, Gen. 2, 21. 15, 
12. 1Sam. 26, 12, Put for deep lethargy, 
sluggishness, Is. 29, 10. Prov. 19, 15. 


API Tirhakah, pr. n. of a king of 
Ethiopia and Thebais, Is. 37,9. 2K. 19, 
9; the Τεώρκων of Strabo 15. 1. 6, Τάρ- 
κος or Tagaxds of Manetho ap. Syncel- 
lum ed. Paris p. 74, 75. ed. Dind. p. 139, 
140. This name, written in the hiero- 
glyphic-phonetic characters, is found in 
Ethiopia and in a temple at Thebes; 
see Lepsius Briefe aus Egypten p. 238 
sq. Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust. of 
the anc. Egyptians, I. p.140sq. Rosel- 
lini Mon. Stor. II. p. 109 sq. See more 
in Thesaur. p. 1518 sq. 


nan 


ΠΩ Γ (r. D9 Hiph. no. 3) constr. - 
ὩΣ, plur. nian. 

1. an offering, a present ; 6. 8. Prov. 
29, 4 minim wx a man of presents, i.e. 
a judge loving presents. Hence 

9. an oblation, an offering to God or 
to idols Is. 40,20; spoken: a) Of the 
offerings of the Israelites for erecting 
and ornamenting the sacred tabernacle, 
Bx. 25, 2.3. 35, 5.21. 24. 36, 3. 6; also 
of other offerings to the temple 2 Chr. 
31, 10. 12. 14. Ezra 8, 25. b) Of the 
annual offering of a half-shekel, Ex. 30, 
13-15. ὁ) Of an offering made to Je- 
hovah after a victory, Num. 31, 52; 
eomp. vv. 29. 41. ἀ) Of the offering 
of the first-fruits, Num. 15, 19. 20. 21. 
e) Of the tenth of the tithes, which was 
to be paid over by the Levites to the 
priests. Num. 18, 26.28.29. f) Of the 
portions of the sacrifices which belong- 
ed to the priests, and which it was un- 
lawful for others to eat (Lev. 22, 12), 
Lev. 7, 14; espec. N27M Pit the obla- 
tion-shoulder, which together with the 
wave-breast (NBM MIM) in sacrifices 
of thank-offering was the portion (732) 
of the priests, Ex. 29, 27. Lev. 7, 32-34. 
10, 14. 15. Num. 6, 20; see also Num. 
5, 9. Neh. 10, 38. 12,44. 13,5. g) Of 
the territory reserved for the priests, 
Bz. 45, 1. 48, 8-10. 12. 20. 21.—Coupled 
with a genit. of him to whom the obla- 
tion is made, ἢ ΤΡ Ex. 30, 14. 15. 
35, 5.21; ἘΣ πϑ τ Ὁ Neh. 13, 5; with 
genit. of thing offered Neh. 10, 40. Ex. 
35, 24. Ez. 48, 12.. So too Wap ‘mn a 
holy offering Ex. 36,6 ; 13 "nan offering 
of the hand, as that with which the 
offering is brought and presented, Deut. 
12, 11. 17; comp. 3° mn Deut. 16, 17. 
—Also miainn “Iv fields of offerings, 
i. 6. fertile fields, yielding rich fruits, 
suitable for oblations to God as first- 
fruits or tithes, 2 Sam. 1, 21. 

3. a present exacted by a prince, i. é. 
trite, icq. HMI no. 2. Ez. 45, 3. 16. 

Nore. The origin of this word, as 
stated above, is from the idea of offering 
in D777 no. 3, just as Nw and Nv are 
from 82; not frém the idea of taking 
away in ἘΠῚ no. 4, although there is 
once an allusion to this power in Pual, 
Ex. 29, 27; comp. Num. 18, 26.—Many 
of the Rabbins, though not all, assign 


1146 





nan 


to nainm the signif. elevation, and refer 


it to a certain rite in sacrifice, the heave- τ΄ 
offering so called, consisting in present- 
ing the offering with a motion up and 


down; comp. ἐξ Στὴ wave-offering, and 
see in 99) Hiph. no. 2. p. 659. But this 4 
signification is supported by no certain 
example. See Thesaur. p. 1276 sq. — 

MAIN f. 1. α. MINH no. 1. g, Ez. 
48, 12. 

my Ύ ΙΑ f. (τ. 999), constr. MPM. 

1. loud noise, tumult. Spec. a) shorts 
of joy, rejoicing, Job8, 21. 33,26. S77 
ΠΣ 1 Sam. 4, 5. Ezra 3, 11.13. "29H 
"2% the shouting for a king, i. 6. joyful 
acclamations with which a king is wel- 
comed, Num. 23, 231. b) ἃ shout for 
battle, war-cry, Am. 1, 14. Job 39, 25. 
Jer. 4,19. 49, 2. ΠΣ B° 10 raise — 
the shout of battle, Josh. 6, 5. 20. 

2. sound, clangour, of trumpets Lev. 
25,9. Zeph. 1,16. Alsoasignal,alarm, — 
as sounded, e, g. M339m SEH 10 sound the 
alarm, to give the signal with sound of - 
trumpet, Num. 10, 5.6. 387M “Bid @ 
signal-trumpet Lev. 25, 9; and so Num. 
31, 6. 2 Chr. 13, 12—Also ‘mn "babs 
clanging cymbals Ps. 150, 5. ASH DI 
i. 6. the first day of the seventh (after- 
wards the first) month, which was an- 
nounced by the sound of trumpets, Lev. — 
23,24. Num, 29, 1-6. msam WISTsacri- 
fices offered with the sound of trumpets, 
Ps. 27,6; comp. Num. 10, 10. 


MDM ἢ medicine, Ez. 47,12. Vulg. 
medicina, Sept. ὑχίεια, comp. Rev. 22, 2 


Ssoansiu.—Prob. pr. medical powder, ὦ 


from r. 91" to crush. Others assign to — 
this root the signif. ‘to heal,’ i. q. 887. — 


* TM) obsol. root, Arab. 593 tobehard, 


GS 99 
dry; yy firmness, hardness.—Hence 


TIM f. Is. 44, 14. a species of tree so 7 


called from its hardness and strength, 


perh. an oak, like Lat. robur. Aqu. — 
Theod. ἀγριοβάλανος, Vulg. iler, See — 
Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 269 sq. 


Σ nar obsol. root, Chald. mm, to de- 4 
lay. Hence Ἢ 
ΤῺ (station) Terah, pr. n.- a) A 
station of the Israelites in the desert, — 


Num. 33, 27. 28. Ὁ) The father of — 
Abraham, Gen. 11, 24 κα. Josh. 24,2. 





oman 


ITI Tirhanah, pr. n. τὰ. 1 Chr. 2, 
48. R. γπ5. 


Toh Chald. constr. "nm, fem. AIM, 
two, Ezra 4, 24. 6, 17. Dan. 4,26. 6, 1. 
For the meuardaiee of other tehgdages: 
see Heb. 072). 


MII) f. fraud, deceit, Judg. 9, 31. 
R. 707 Pi. 
DWAIN, see in na9N. 


, nan f. (r. 729 Pi.) fraud, deceit, 
Zeph. 3, 13. Ps. 119, 118. Jer. 8,5. 23, 
26; also 14, 14, where Keth. mann id. 


727 m. ὁ. suff. O24, prob. 1. ᾳ. FR, a 
pine, Chald. aman. Hence: 8) the 
mast ofa ship, Is. 33, 23. Ez.27,5. 8) 
a signal-pole, set up on mountains, Is. 
30, 17.—The root is 329, whence oh 
after the analogy of 12 from r. 27, 
om from r. 002. See in ji&. 


7 ars) Chald. to cleave, to break 
through, i. q. Heb. 934 I, α. v. comp. 
R25" rupture; Syr. Se id. 
o7m, 29h, gent. ἢ. "35". 


Hence 


71M) Chald. m. i. q. Heb. 93, a gate, 


door, e. g. of a furnace or oven Dan. 3, 

Θ jo? 
26. Syr. “52, ἴδ, Arab. ΧΦ, id. — 
Spec. the gate of the king, i. 6. of the 
royal palace, put for the*palace itself, 
or rather for the court of the palace, into 
which there was only one entrance, Dan. 
2. 49; comp. 4240 ἜΣ Esth. 3, 2 sq. 
see in "SW no. 1. Comp. also Arab. 
οἷο, Turkish 95 Kapu, for the court 
of the Khalifs and Turkish sovereigns ; 
Engl. the Porte. Gr. at ϑύραι for the 
Persian court, Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 2. ib. 8. 3. 
2, 11: ib. 8. 6. 7. 


JH) Chald. (for 27m, after the form 
—mb2, 75%.) plur. emphat. x295M, the 
_ door-keepers, porters, Ezra 7, 24. 

myn f. (τ. 599) reeling, drunken- 
ness; whence 1232M 477 wine of reel- 
ing, pr. wine even reeling, 1. 8. which 


τ": - = 


ΑΒΗ Ἥ 51, 17. 22, ae for the 
metaphor under 052. 

“YI Tirathite, gentile n. from a 
place προ (gate) otherwise unknown, 
1: Chr. 2, 55. 


1147 





zn 
Ως obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 


ΠΡ; 
33 to live in comfort ; whende K5L3 
prosperous and comfortable life. With 
this accords Sanscr. trip to delight, Gr. 
τέρπομαι. Other explanations see in 
Thesaur. p. 1519 sq.—Hence 


D "DAM m. plur. Teraphim. i.e. house- 
hold gods, domestié idols, the Penates of 
the Hebrews, brought from Syria Gen. 
31, 19, comp. Ez. 21, 26 [21]; perh. so 
called as the supposed guardians and 
givers of prosperous life; see the root. 
Although not sanctioned by law, they 
seem especially in the earlier times to 
have been greatly venerated and wor- 
shipped, Judg. c. 17. 48- They were | 
prophetic images, which were supposed 
to give’ response in respect to things 
doubtful.and hidden, Ez. 21, 26. Zech. 
10, 2; and had at least the head and 


face of the human form, 1 Sam. 19, 43> 25 


From this passage, avaver, it does not 
appear, whether they had the whole 
form and stature of the human body; or 
only had the human head upon a square 
trunk or column in the manner of the 
Herme. Norisit certain, whether they 
had the full dimensions of a man, or were 
of various sizes; for while in 1 Sam. ]. 6. 
a larger image is spoken of as repre- 
senting a man, yet in Gen. 31, 34 small- 
er images seem to be indicated, since 
Rachel hid them in or under a camel’s 
saddle and sat upon them.—Constr. c. 
plur. Gen. 31, 34; but in 1 Sam. 19, 13. 
16 under the plur. "59M only one 
image is implied.—The passages in full 
are, Gen. 31, 19. 34, 35. Judg. 17,5. 18, 
14. 17. 18. 20. 1 Sam. 15, 23. 19, 13. 16, 
2 K. 23, 24. Ez. 21,26. Hos. 3, 4. Zech. 
10, 2. For a review of all these, and 
of the literature, see Thesaur. p. 1520 sq. 


ZIM (delight, τ. ΠΧ) Tirzah, pr. n. 
a) A city of Israel situated in a pleas- 
ant region, Cant. 6,4; and from Jero- 
boam to Omri the capital of the kingdom: 
of Israel, Josh. 12,24. 1K. 14, 17. 15, 
21. 2K. 15, 14. al. Prob. mod. Talla- 


5 
zah, δ, pAb, about six miles north of 


Nablus. Ὁ) One of the daughters of 
Zelophehad, Num. 26, 33. 27, 1. 36, 11. 
Josh, 17, 3. 


on 


GIN Teresh, (perh. Pers. ὦ 
vere, austere,) pr. n. of a eunuch at the 
court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 21. 6, 2. 


WWM (perh. a breaking, subjection, 
i. e. subdued country, r. 8&4) pr.n. Tar- 
shish. 

1. Tartessus, Gr. Ταρτησσός, more 
rarely Ταρσηΐον Polyb. and Steph. Byz. 
a city of Spain with the adjacent coun- 
try, situated between the two mouths 
of the river Betis or Guadalquivir, a 
flourishing colony and mart of the Phe- 
nicians, Gen. 10, 4. Is. 23, 1. 6. 10. 66, 
19. Jon..1, 3. 4,2. Ez. 38,43. Kings of 
Tarshish are spoken of, Ps. 72,10. From 
hence silver (comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 35-38. 
_Strab. II. p. 148 Casaub.) iron, tin, and 
lead, were brought to Tyre, Jer. 10, 9. 
Ez. 27, 12. 25. See Bochart Geogr. 
Sacra lib. IIf. cap. VIL. p. 165 sq. J.D. 
Michaelis Spicileg. geogr. Hebr. extere 
*P. I. p. 82-103. Gesen. Comm. on Is. 
23, 1.—Hence wrtrn nin ships of 
Tarshish, Tarshish-ships, spoken pr. 
of ships employed by the Tyrians in 
voyages to and from Tarshish, Is. 23, 1. 
14, 60,9; but also genr. for all large 
merchant vessels, although sailing to 
other and different countries, Is. 2, 16. 
Ps. 48, 8; comp. the Engl. Eust-India- 
men. Soin 1K. 10, 22. 22, 49, of ships 
sailing from Ezion-geber on the Red 
Sea to Ophir; although the writer of 
the Chronicles seems either not to have 
known or not to have approved this 
usage, see 2 Chr. 9, 21. 20, 36. 37.— 
See more in Thesaur. p. 1315. 

2. A precious stone, so called as 
brought from Tarshish, just as Ophir 
also is put (Job 22, 24) for the gold 
brought from thence, Ex. 28, 20. 39, 13. 
Ez. 1, 16. 10, 9. 28, 13. Cant. 5, 14. 
Dan. 10, 6. According tothe Sept. and 
- Josephus, the chrysolite, i. 6. the topaz 
of the moderns, which is still found in 
Spain; so Braun de Vestitu Sacerd. II. 
17. Others understand amber, but con- 
trary to Ex. 28. 20. 39, 13. 

3. Tarshish,pr.n.of persons: a) A 
Persian-prince, Esth. 1.14. b) 1 Chr. 
7, 10. 


RODIN always with art. xnwonn, 
(comp. Pers. | 5 torsh, severe, austere, ) 
the Tirshatha, the title of the Persian 


> se- 


1148 


salvation, Is. 45, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 9. 15. 



















































wn 
governor of Judea, 4. ἃ. your & 
comp. Germ. gestrenger Herr; ἃ 
formerly given to the magist 
free and imperial German ci ies 
Zerubbabel, Ezra 2, 63. Neh. 
Also of Nehemiah, and put a 
name, Neh. 8, 9. 10, 2; coma 1 
where for it is "MBM the governor. — 
Thesaur. p. 1521. ε΄. 
ἸΏ Tartan, pr. ἢ. of ag 
der Sargon and Seamncharlil 
Assyria, Is. 20,1. 2K. 18, 17. F ἐ 
possible etymology see Thesaur. 1 
PHN Tartak, pr. n. of an idol of t 
Avvites (ἜΣ) 2 K. 17, 31.—In Peh 
tar-thakh might be ‘deep darkness, 
‘hero of darkness.’ 


Moiwn ἢ (Ὁ. oY) with gen. 7 
‘something put into one’s hand, i. e 
deposit, trust, Lev. 5, 21. +m 


mindy f. plur. (τ, 1) noise, 6. 8. 
crashing ‘of thunder Job 36, 295 up, 

tumult of a multitude, Is. 22,2; cla 
bawling of an ass-driver, Job 39," 
shouting, shouts of rejoicing, Zech. 4," 


“DOM m. a Tishbite, 1K. 17,1. 21, 1 
gentile n. of the prophet Elijah, | 
city of Naphtali called ΞΘ or ma gl 
Gr. Θισβή Tob. 1,2, See Reland Pa 
lest. p. 1035. Thesaur. p. 1352. R. 39 


VION m. (τ. γ3:9) tesselated stuff, i. 
cloth (byssus) woven in checker-w in 
see the root; hence yawn nzh> a 
of checkersoorts Ex. 28, 4. 


TID only plur. nixwy ΕΓ Ί 


MAW ἢ (τ, 339) 1. ἃ return toa 
place, 1 Sam. 7 1G 
2. a return of time, recurrence, as Ὁ of 
the season or year, 2 Sam. 11,1. 1 Chr. 
20,1. 2 Chr. 36, 10. 1 K. 20, 22. 36. a 
3. a response, answer, Job 21, 34. 85) 
36. Comp. 3. Π no. 4. Ὁ. a 
MOM ἢ (r. Nit) the raging, roaring, 
ofa tempest, i. q- O88; so prob. Keth. 


mun Job 30, 22. ‘See more inr. M33 
Pi. note. pe 


MPIWM Γ (r. paw II,) deliverance, help, ; 


hel 


Ps. 60, 13. 146, 3. Prov. 11, 14. 24, 6. 
Often of help and deliveranos; salva- 
tion, from God, Ps. 37, 39. 38 23. ie 








wn 

11. 17. 51, 16. 71, 15. Is. 46, 13. Jer. 
3, 23. al—Spec. deliverance in war, 
victory, 2 Sam. 19, 3. Prov. 21, 31, 
comp. Ps. 33, 17. 2K. 13,17. So “ nivs 
ΓΙ πϑηϑτη, or 3 55 13), Jehovah 
hath ereught or given pail victory, 
Judg. 15, 18. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 2 Sam. 23, 
10-12. 2 K. 5,1; and so Ps. 144, 10. 

MPIOH ( (τ. prvi no. 3) desire, long- 

,c. δὲ Gen. 3, 16. 4,7; c. >9 Cant. 
7, 11. 

ΘΓ (τ. πὸ 11) a gift, present, 
1 Sam. 9,7. Soo too in the Heb. ver- 
sion of Daniel, Dan. 2, 6. 5, 17, for 
Chald. M2132.—See r. "98 II. 1, with 
3; comp. espec. Is. 57, 9. 


MOM Job 30, 22 Keri, see in mvwian. 


"J°OM m. (from 98m) f. mDzIM, ord. 
adj. the ninth, Ezra 10, 9. 1 Chr. 12, 12. 
Jer. 36, 9. Zech. 7,1. Aram. "97m, 


movwin, [usea2, Arab. ae, Eth. 
bio, id.—So min pita on the ninth 


1149 





nn 


day Num. 7, 60, Jer. 39,1 m-s"tinn nowis 
in the third year sc. of Zedekiah. 2 K. 
17, 6. 


* UN constr. sun with fem. and 
my wm constr. ΠΣ with masc. cardin. 


pow: nine, Gen. 11, 19. Deut. 3, 11. 
Josh. 15, 44. 2 Sam: 24, 8. al. Arab. 


So ΚΣ Θ οἷν Υ 
3, Xaw3S,Aram.3Un, Πρ τι, W22, 


ἴω, Eth. THs, Thok, Tres, 
id.—Hence Mixa sun nine hina 
Gen. 5,5. Judg. 4, 3. wind muna onthe 
ninth of the month Lev. 23, 82. 2K. 25, 
3. Jer. 39, 2. 

Also ΟΣ Σ ΤᾺ with fem. and nyon 
“oy with masc. nineteen, Gen. 11, 25. 
Josh. 19, 38. 2 K. 25, 8. 2 Sam. 2, 30. 

Por. ΓΝ comm. ninety, Gen. 17, 
1.17. Ez. 4,5, 41, 12. 


"2 Tatnai, pr. n. of a Persian 
governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6. Perh. i. 4. 


polo gift. 











a ; υ 
angel) ry > ‘ 
t τοῦ “δ 


‘ A 1! 
' εν. 
hs . 


εὖ 


. ‘> 











revised by Roediger, seventeenth edition, 
York, 1854. They were ων made 
the same divisions, Halle 1845; English, 


INDEX ; 


GRAMMATICAL AND ANALYTICAL. 


The weferences to Sections (§) in this Index are to the Hebrew Grammar of Gesenius, as 


Halle 1854; English by T. J. Conant, New- 
to the fourteenth edition of that work, with 
by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847; also by T. J. Co- 


nant, New-York, 1847.—In all the examples of verbs and nouns, Prefixes with Sheva 
only, Vay conversive (-1), and the Article, are omitted. 


ΖΝ Ez. 28, 16 for WISRR 1 fut. Piel 
from τ. a8, the first radical 8 being 
dropped by Syriasm, Lgb. p. 378. 

way Chald. fathers, plur. of 38. 

maae Is. 28, 12 for 138 they will, by Arab- 
ism, $44. note 4. Lgb. 265. R.m3ax. 

᾿ WISN, see Bia>. 

ἼΞΝ for 8°38 1 fut. Hiph. from r. 813 1K. 
21,29. Mic. 1,15. §75.2.f. Lgb. 436. 

ΤΥΥΣΝ 1 fut. Hiph. from r. 73%, for 
TP ARR, MIAN. § 67. note 1. Lab. 377. 

spay 1 ‘pret. ‘Hiph. for "75x37 from 
‘Sx ΤΙ. ἢ 52. note 6. Lgb. 319. 

ΠΕΡῚ 1 fut. Hithp. from “73. Also 
with suff. pix. See p. 215. 

pps 2 Sam. 22, 43 for opty 1 fut. 
Hiph. c. suff. 5—, from στ. ppt, the 
Dag. of a short syllable being resolved 
into a long vowel, Lgb. 145, 369. 

Mass 1 fut. Hithp. from 497 1. 

asvins 1 fut. Hiph. c. suff. os for 2758, 
a form not contracted, from 737 Hiph. 
to praise Ps. 28,7. Comp.mtin § 52, 
note 7. 

ΠΝ 1 fut. apoc. from 73H fo be, for FINN. 
" mony 1 fut. c. 5 parag. for ΠΤ from 
mon to sigh, to complain, Ps. 77, 4. 
§ 74. note 4. 

mbimix Jer. 4, 19 Keth. see in r. 5m” 
Hipb. no. 2. p. 395. 

basin Hos. 11, 4, 1 fut. Hiph. for DANN, 
SaoNe, conn τ. 28. ὁ 67. note 1. 

ΟΣ ΝΣ 1 fut. Hiph. c. 4 parag. by Chal- 
daism for ΠΝ, TERN, from r. 
“EN; ὃ 67. note 1. 

ΤΣ 1 fut. Hiph. for PIR from r. jk 
no. I. § 67, note 1. Lgb. 378. 

dix Chald. Ezra 5, 15, imp. Pe. from r. 
DIN, by Syriasm 518, c. Makk. “51x. 


ἐς , 


TAN , see in r. HIM init. p. 803, 

mien 1 fut. Piel, 6. suff for MRDNMy 
from r. SoM, Gen. 31, 39. 

mics f. plur. sisters, see sing. MIM p. 33. 

dmx 1 fut. Hiph. from τ. 55m, J will pro- 
fane Ez. 39, 7, (pr. with Dag. forte 
impl..§ 22. 1,) differing from 5x Iwill 
begin Deut. 2, 25. Josh. 3, 7; just as 
brs Num. 30, 3 he breaks (his word) 
differs from 5m" he begins Judg. 10, 18. 
13,5. § 66. 5. Lgb. 370, 371. 

ἜΤ 3 plur. pret. Piel for "8 from r. 
“ns, Judg. 5,28; comp. "2n2m" and 
Lgb. 170. 

mmx Chald. imp. Aph. from r. mM} to 
descend. 

mans 1 fut. Kal from τ. ΤΙ, c.4 parag. 
Jer. 17, 18. 

ox 1 fat. Hiph. apoc. for πιῶ from r. 
mo? Hos. 11, 4. Job 23, 11. Comp. 
ὍΣ, OM, imp. on. ‘ 

MD°8 where art thou? from "8 and suff. 
he. 

nsbsx, see in r. 729 init. p. 253. 

ΒΟῸΣ Ps. 19, 14, i. gq. ΝΣ, which is read 
“in several Mss. 1 fat. (A) Kal from r. 
nen 7 shall be upright. Lgb. 52, 366. 

>28 1 fut. apoc. Piel from r. m>D Ez. 
43, 8. 

7228 Ex. 33, 3 for 7528 1 fut. Piel c. suff. 
the Dag. being dropped and Pattahh 
passing over into Segol, comp. § 27. 
note 2. b. Sept. ἐξαναλώσω σε, Vulg. 
disperdam te. Lgb. 164, 433. 

ὮΞΝ for ὩΞῈ 1 fut. Niph. from 552, Mic. 
6, 6. 

M728 for TSN 1 fut. Kal c. suff. from τ. 
ΤῚΣ, 6. Dag. forte euphon. ae 3, 2. 
Lzb. 87. 





x | 1152 - | 


mx Deut. 9, 21, 1 fut. Kal from mmo, 
§ 66. note 5. Lob. 370, 371. 

ΝΌΟΝ Ὁ Hos. 4, 6, 1 fut. Kal (τ. ON) 6. 
He parag. and cuff 7, perh. correctly 
pronounced ἸΝΌΝΘΝ. The FH parag. 
before the suffix seems to have passed 
over into &, as elsewhere into’M, see 
ἡπ 3. The Arabs also retain the 
sound a in the fut. antithet. before a 


suffix, ¢ SLES , 
ἘΠ f. plur. from MN maid, q. v. 
22x Chald. for max its frult. the Dag. 
πον resolved, from the noun 38, 
Dan. 4, 9.11. 18. Lgb. p. 133. 
SIN, see 552", 
pIsON by Syriasm for DADON 1 fut. Pi. 
from τ. “so. § 23. note 2. Lgb. 152. 
DON 1 Sam. 15, 6, 1 fut. Kal ‘from r. 
FON; but 2 K. 22, 20 the same form 
is Part. Kal. 
Dox fut. Kal ΠΌτη τ. Ὁ". §70. Lgb. 390. 
CITNDN 1 fut. Hiph. from r. NB, c. suff. 
on. 
sox imp. Kal for IDX cook ye Ex. 16, 23, 
from r. 7&8, by Syriasm. ὃ 23. note 2. 
θὰ, and with iconv. ΒΝ, 1 fut. Niph. 
apoc. for πος, from r. Ane. 


MP"ZN 1 fut. Hiph. from 32", § 70. 
py 1 fut. Kal from px?. δ 70. 
"8x 1 fut. Kal from 7x7. ὁ 70. 


mes 1 fut. Kal from np>. 
PX Is. 56, 12 in some "Mss. i. q. MIPS 
Ἶ fut. Kal from r. mp>; see the follow- 
ing form. 
MIPS 1 Sam. 28, 15, for 9PX with n— 
(for nA) parag. ot, 286. 
mx Num. 22, 6, imp. Kal from στ. "48. 


pains 1 fut. Hithpal, for ΘΝ, from: 


r. BAM. 

W238 transpos. for 72748 1 fut. Pi. from 
my]. Others suppose a Piel 4% in- 
stead of M7. 

6°20x inf. absol. Hiph. from n2v. 

"wrx Ez. 3,15 Keth. "wx, read “WN 
and I beheld, from r. "50 IL no. 3. 

mos Chald. 3 plur. pret. Kal, for 
"NW ; see πη, 

STM 1 fut. Hiph. from r. 3°33, 

a"mx imp. Kal from r. πῸΝ to come, for 
aR by Syriasm. § 23. note 2. πὰ 
152. 

38 1 plur. pret. for the usual 52°mx we 

are come, from r. nny. It imitates 

the flan of verbs XD. 


® the termination mi as a plural fem. 


nwa inf. Kal, from a2 to approach. 





| ΤΙΝ 1 fut. Kal from pm? 10 tear GF 
with Nun epenthet. and suff. 


= 


moxz Ruth 1, 19. Jer. 8,7, inf from r, 
nia, c. suff. of 3 pers. plur. fem. with 
He parag. Lgb. 213. ῃ 

yana 2 Chr. J, 4 for Ἰ3ΠΠΞ, from 1" a) 
(Hiph. of 139), 5 art. for relat. and 2; 
comp. }"23 2 Chr. 29, 36. 

aa Ez. 26, 15 for s2nn2 inf. Niph. 
from τ. an (Dag. fort. : ‘impl.) for 
I. Lgb. 331. } 

rauina Lev. 26, 43, for mawna inf. 
Hoph. from D2 to lay waste. 
p20Wi2 inf: Po. from owW2,q.v. Others 
take it for inf Kal for “pews (comp. 
DIN), but in forms of this kind 
Hholem is always defectively written. 

2 Zech. 4, 10 i. q. 13, from Τὴ. | 

WNP a Ps, 45, 10, see in "Pp no. 3, 
p. 420. 

"nea plur. constr. from 723 or rather 
mod, see M22 p. 139 note. . 

523 for "IND we are come, from 83, 
1 Sam. 285, 8. 4 

FINI. τὴν building for 123 inf. constr. | 
6. suff. Ez. 16, 31; an irregular form, 
which seems to have come from taking 























which it is not. Lgb. p. 463. 
ἼΩΝ for MMIXA, see MRD. 
boa, pnd Ecc. ἢ, 18, inf. Kal from "73, 

C. pats ὃ-. , 
"bua, see under δῷ. “ 

a 
>b imp. for >4 from r. >>3 to roll Ps. 119, 

12, comp. Josh, 5, 9; but in v. 18 the 

same form is for nbs ἢ imp. Pi. from πρὶ. 
ΣΆ inf. constr. Kal, from 53) to touch. — 
Wa, “Wa, Ma, imp. ‘fess wing, But Josh. 

3, 9 in plur. we have 415 goshu, an 

Ruth 12,14 fem. "3 goshi. 3 


"“ 


3" for 53 from r. >>3, where see. 
> imp. from r, 37". ᾿ 
ΓΙΣῚ or ΠΙΣῚ Prov. 24, 14, i. gq. 553 c.f 
parag. Hence iE2d Neen ΠΣ 52 
learn (get) wisdom for thy soul. Sep 
αἰσϑήσῃ. Leb. 286. R. 375. 


a) 















































"INT Is. 19, 6 for AN72IN;: see M23 

Hiph. 7 

, an, imp. from 37°. 

j "ΝΞ tf a δον αὐκδά form Is. 30, 5, where 
the context demands w73in from r. 

Wa", which also 12 Mss. read. 

mn, Hos. 4, 18 ΓΞ". 51>p SM ANN; 
Εἰ τὸ the Heb. intpp. take 523m for — 
(τ. 3", comp. 772 for 773, ΠΏ for 
mnm3), μέ render: her princes love to 

give reproach ; Jerome: dilexerunt af- 

ferre etc. But thisis languid; and the 
context requires ; they love reproach. 

Hence the letters 135 are prob. spuri- 

_ous, and arose from an error of a copy- 

ist, who let them remain rather than 
mar the beauty of his manuscript. _ 

jan Inf. Niph. from r. ῬΏΞ. 

3m Inf. Hiph. from r. ey 

i Inf. Po. from r. 537 I. 

at for HNd3h 3 ἢ priet. Hoph. from r. 

| "nbs , by Aramaism. 

Ih Hothp. from 13 do be fat. 

sain Chald. inf. Aph. from r. 72% to 
"perish. 

zn Chald. Hoph. from r. 738. 

sin Hiph. ὁ. suff. from r.35, Lam. 1, 5. 

sin Hiph..r. 57". 

ἼΗΙ inf. Hoph. from r. 52", for ὭΡΗ, 

bin Ps. 78, 63, see >>4 Pu. 

210 Gen. 8, 17, imper. Hiph. ofr. RZ". 
The pointing helongs to the Keri 8277; 
the Keth. would be read xin. 

smiavin Zech. 10, 6, Hiph. from r. 38", 
for D°M3W4T ,! which also some Mss. 
exhibit. This form imitates the ana- 

logy of verbs ἴθ, and the poet or copy- 

ist would seem to have had in mind 


Srv. Lgb. 464. 
an from r. ΘΠ q. v. 


5, 20. 
asi Chald. pret. Ithpa. from 741, 
qe. 
D0 pret. Hiph. from r. >>1, with 
Chald. flexion. § 71. note 9. 
τι for ἸΞΤΌΓΙ imp. Hithp. from M31. 
"ρος #3 Ez. 6,8, inf. Niph. from r. mY, 
“for pSninin ; with suff. as attached 
to the plur. onivtrevy to Shp wenciet 
rule; see in 37723. 
97 


the similar form D°nia from r. 


3 Chald. inf’ Aph. from “14 Dan. — 





m1 1153 eT 


nngann for HRA 3 f. pret. Hip. 
she hid, from r. NSM, c. ΠῚ parag. Josh. 
6,17. Lab. 266. 

“Abani thrice, Judg. 9, 9. 11. 13, with 
m interrog. should I cease from? ete. 
corrupted, asit would seem, for "7>3n4 
in Kal; or else for Hiph. “pba omit- 
ting He interrog. which some Mss. 
exhibit, see J. H. Michaelis ; although 
there are no other vestiges extant of 
a conj. Hiphil inthis verb. A similar 
example seems to be ΤΊΣ ΓΙ (wastes, 
deserts) Ez. 36, 35. 38, where we 
‘should expect miaann ; also Segol be- 
fore = in DOOINT, sseind, (the new 
moons, in the ney boris.) on which 
form see Ewald’s smaller Grammar 
ὃ 127,2. But the sound 6 in "27m, 
niaanm, remains unaccounted for. ὁ 

“Onn and “on, for SOM and kon, 
pret. and inf: Hiph. from ROM, Jer. 
32, 35. 

bin inf. Niph. τ. 5b, Ez. 20, 9. 

Ὅτι imp. Hiph. apoc. from r. 782, for 
nun, Ps. 17,6. 119, 36. 

Neen Héthpaal from r. 8720. 

anny 3 fem. pret. Hiph. from M22, 6. 
suff. 3 pers. Prov. 7, 21. 

yarn Chald. pret. Aph. from j28. 

mt 4 Chald. pret. Aph. from 8 Dan. 
5, 3. Pass. is "7°. , 

ἽΠ imp. apoc. Hiph. r. 73). 

bash Ez. 21, 33 inf. Hiph. for Ῥ3 ΝΠ: 
The same fotniis dle Hiph. front ba, 
Jer. 6, 11.6 

725 pret. Hiph. from 33, c. suff. Ἢ. 

D2n pret. Hiph. from 33, ce. suff. o—.. 

ἼΣΘΙ 1 plur. preet. Hiph. Wom. ed 

"2D pret. Hiph. from 23, c. suff. 2—. 

mabny 3 fem. preet. Hiph. from r. nx, 
‘Aramean for ΠΌΝΕΠ 
ibn Job 29, 8. see bt ΤΊ Kal no. 2. 

Dia, see art. OF p. "257. 

yon i. ἃ. 1} ||, see τ 18". 

ἼΖΞΓΙ for 12257 Job 24, 24, Hoph. fiom. 

r. 22. ἢ 66.5. Bei 371. 

oan inf. Niph. r. 002, for dan. 

wom by Chaldaism for 1027, Hiph. 
from r.0%2, Josh. 14,8. Lgb. 433. 

pninant Job 17 2, inf. Hiph. from r. 7772, 
c. Dag. fort. :gapton! 

mit imp. Hiph. from r. 143, where see 
Hiph. B. © § 71. note 9. 

msm preet. Hiph. from r. m2, where see 
Hiph. B. 


7 1154 a 


myst pret. Hoph. B, from r. m5. 
bson Chald. preet. ‘Aph, r. 559 αν. 
ΠΣ inf. Hiph. by Chaldaism for R30, 
‘from τ. m93, Is. 30, 28. 
m-on Hiph. Grom mio, Chald. form, § 71. 
. note 9. 
ΤΊΣ for ΠΈΣ pret. Hiph. from r. ΤΙΣ, 
"Dag. being dropped. § 66. note 11. 
bs imp. apoc. for M237, Hiph. from r. 
πὸ. 
ΠΣ ἢ ‘for npn Hiph. from r. nd>. 
‘note 4. Leb. 170. 
mbsh for nbsn Hoph. from r. 1>3, ibid. 
ὈΞΊΒΙΠ Lev. ‘26, 15, for 53955, ink, Hiph. 
c. suff. from r. “5B I, q: V: 
“sox Hithp. denom. from MINX, q. v. 
ibs for ipso c. Dag. forte emphon. 
Lab. 88: R. j2s. ᾿ 
nizpn inf. Hiph., for ΙΧ ΡΠ, Leb. 320. 
sph Prov. 25, 17, imper. Hiph. ofr. 
“p". 
s3T imp. apoc. Hiph. for πβπ. R.n34 
‘to be many. 
ΓΞ, M290, niay, infin. Eph forms 
‘from ΓΞ μῇ v. 
sa5 imp. Niph. from r. 229 to be 
high. 
m1 imp. Hiph. apoc, from r. 759. 
nz by Chaldaism for ΠΏΣ 8 fem. 
pret. Hiph. from r. ΤΙΣ. Ley. 26, 34. 
=n imp. Hiph. in pause for 385, from 
τ, 310. Is, 42, 22. 
pwn (hdsham) Hoph. from r. baw q. v. 
But wherever it occurs, some Mss. 
and editions have pwn, others DWH, 
the latter after the analogy of me 
for 137255. 
dun Ps. 39, 14, imp. apoc. Hiph. from 
τ. pW, srhaed see; but the same 
form in Is. 6, 10 is imp. Hiph. from 
338 to Bekman 
minnwn Hithpal. from r. nme. 
stisntn Hithpal. from r. 338i, q. Vv. 
snrsnn Chald. inf. Aph. c. suff. from 
“aM to return. 
osinn Hithp. from r. m3". 
brinn i imp. apoc. Hithp. “from r. nbn to 
᾿ς δὲ sick. 
an imp. Heh, from MAS to come, for 
alae 
yon 18. 33, 1, for Tang inf. Hiph. 
from r. DM, ὁ: at. 
_ bon, see r. ton Piel, and τ. bm Hiph. 
minh inf. Hithp. Dr ἈΞ from r. 
N33, like verbs 1. 


8 57. 





t 


mat for 737 Pual, from r. M34. 
“mit for "Mir, see Mat. 



















π 


sbin Judg. δ, 7 (in many Mss. and e 
tions) for 1>4m they cease, c. Da 
forte euphon. Lgb. 85..Ὀ . 

ἌΠΙΘ ΤΙ, see andar | above, “ri (a 

ipan Prov. 8, 29 for ipn inf. of r. B spt 
with suff. ξ 66. not. 1. 4 

jun and MXon inf Kal from r. Ron. 

on Piel from r. 350. 

mim Ex. 1, 16 let her live, in pause | | 
han, 3 pret. fem. from "=", Daghe: 
being dropped because the ‘syllables 
prolonged by the pause, § 66. note 1 
Comp. 23" for 1277 1 Sam. 2, 9 
885), apn for 3M (τ. PRA) Job. 
23, maasm Ruth 1, 13, for m339n. ᾿ 

imn constr. form with 4 parag. 
mn a beast, form. ὁ 88. 3. Ὁ. 
548, 549. 

aso a for manminf. Piel from M3M fo ¢ 

snibn Ps. 77, 11, inf. Piel from τ. 

"pon 6. Dag. euphon: for "R2n Pp 
constr. of P>n. 

pnwan 2 K. 18, 27, see art. D°83n pa 


ae 
ee 
A 
6 


~ 
ms inf. Kal from r. 03 fo plant. 7 


| 


ὌΝ, bah, fut. apoc. Hiph. rene τ. Π 
to sibniches ε΄ 
MR, MX, fut. apoc. Kal ἄραι πρὶ 
come, for Mn, Om. Ἕ 
ink" 3 plur. fiat. ‘Niph. from r. Mis 
assent, q. ν. i 
jan, 251 2K. 12, 12 for som, fat | 
from, sia. The same is rental 
24 Keth. where, if the reading 
genuine, it is for plur. 83". 1 
Keri has 12" and they smote. 
wis? fut. Kal from Bia, a form pe 
to this one verb. Lab: 403. Ὁ 
anvian, anwan for angams, Nah. 1 
διὰ Pixrfrom wa" to be ΩΝ Ἢ 
note 6. 


΄ 


ΩΝ 1166 : 


mat, man, fut. Pi. for 5999 from r. 79° 1. 
§ 68. note 6. | 

don, dsm, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. h23. 
nan fut. Niph. r. 3. 

NJ}, 8721, fut. apoc. Kal from r. Res to 


135 ae for 157295, fut. Pi. from m3" to 
cast. § 68. at 6. 
R55" fut. Hithp. from r. 835. 
51 and 4373, for D332 and Ἴ315, your 
hand, Gen. 9, 2. 
ph? plur. 1037 by Chaldaism, fut. Kal 
from r.pas. § 66.5. n. 
73" fut. Niph. in pause, for a7" (r. 
bas) ; see the form ΓΤ above. 
sain? Ecce. 11, 3, for 37°, fut. apoc. Kal 
from r. 351 to be, fut. rns. 
43105 Chald. fat. ‘Apk. from r. San. 
nin fat. Hiph. from τ. "32, by Chal- 
‘daism for main. § 52. note 7. 
"3", ΠῚ, fut. apoc. Kal from r.51 to be. 
ΟΝ Is, 52, 5, Hiph. from r. bbs, for 
She-cainan, contracted abides, 
777 Chald. fut. A, Pe. from r. 315 to go. 
brn Is. 13, 20 contr. for DN, fut. Pi. 
from r. bre. 
nen", see under r. bnn and r. 55m Hiph. 
sain Ez. 42, 5 for ἜΣ fat. Hoph. from 
r. DON q. v. 
nti part. fem. for the usual main, 
Gen. 16,11. Leb. 591. 
sin, 71", fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. M7. 
N79 Prov. 11, 25 (al. mi") is sprinkled, 
watered, prob. fut. Hoph. from 57", 
for M359, comp. 231 for 235m Lev. 4 
23. 29. 
2, ™5 fut. apoc. Hiph. from ΠῚ. 
and Τὴ, with conv. ™, %55, fut. apoc. 
Kal from 41D. 
Ἴ215 fut. Kal for wats, from r. DRY. 
oan, 37°5, fut. apoc. Kal from In to 
‘rejoice. 
Sr", fut. Hiph. see τ. "3M p. 296. 
“rm, "m1, fut. apoc. Kal from στ. 55M. 


΄ 


yarn? «Hab. 2, 17 for jm fut. Hiph.. 


from mmm, c. suff. j— in pause for j—. 
Lab. 145, 177. 

DM", see ΓΝ above. | 

55m" in pause for "5 7πη, 3 pl. preet. Pi. τ. 
1". Dag. forte.euphon. Lgb. 85. 

47207 for 7M" pret. Pi. fromm. Lgb. 
170. 

ΓΙ ΌΤΙ 3 plur. fem. fut. Kal, for the usual 
nyann, from r. BM" or Don, Gen. 30, 
38. § 47. note 3. Lgb. 276. 





synam Ps. 51,7 for "22m" pret. Pi. 
with suff. from r. 0. Comp. AMIN . 

ΠῚ, jy fut. apoc. Kal from r. mn. 

ἜΣ" for 420" fut. Kal from r. jin. Lab. 
171, 366. 

pi" in pause for 4pm", fut. Hoph. from 
τ. PPM; see above under the form 
mn. 

“m5, =r, fut. apoc. Kal. from r.55n. 

nm fat. Kal from r. M2, and fut. Niph. 
from r. mmr. 

2", fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. 522. 

oo, 0, fut. apoc. Kal from r. 0), for 
nos, mo", 

"Ὁ" fiat. Hoph. from τ. b32, Job 40, 1. 

a Ps. 138, 6 for 335 fat. Kal fees ¢ 
3. Coinp: on these,and the fol- 
lowing forms Lgb. p. 388, 389. ἡ 
note. 

279299 for DT, a, fut. Hiph. from 
30, See as ἡγοῦντο, | 

babes for ddan, bade, fut. Hiph. from 
bbs to wail. See as Bafore. 

no, ΓΝ fut. apoc. Kal from r. mp. 

7, 22, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. m2). 

"22725" Ps. 50, 23 he will honour me, 
fut. Piel foie r. ἜΣΘ c. suff. et Nun 
epenthet. 

23529 he fashioned us Job 31, 15, for 
23255" fut. Pil. fromge 53>, 6. suff. 
1 plur. Thetwo Nunscoalesce intoa 
double one, and ‘i is shortened into ἢ. 

227 Chald. fut. Peal from r. >>". 

wat" for 72703" or 2:93" Ex. 15, 5, 
fut. Pi. from r. nos. Here 12 is writ- 
ten for ‘72 on account of the preceding 
vowel uw. 

m2", 4m2", fut. Hoph. by Chaldaism 
‘from mm, for M357, 9, § 66.5. 

n>" for 5m>", and this for 4m>" fut. 
Hiph. from ore to pound. § 66. 5. ἡ. 

amb" for arb" fut. Hiph. from τ. 145. 
§ 71. note 9. 


; rE, nob?) fut. Hiph. from r. 43>; see 


in Ἢ Hiph. no. 2. 

mat, mas Gen. 7, 23, fut. apoc. Kal 
from r. ΠῚ. But other very respect- 
able copies, both Mss. and editions, 
e. g. the edition of Van der Hooght, 
read ma"5 fut. Niph. of the same verb. 

mb" fut. Pi. from r. nda, for ΕΘΝ, 

“a5 fut. A, from στ. “17 Ἰῷ be bitter, for 
“170%. $66, note 83, Lgb. 366. 

Παρὰ for WIN" fut. Kal ‘from Ὁ: “ON, 
Ps. 139, 20. 


᾿ 1156 9 


yx? fat. Hiph. by Syriasm for 722 
from r, YX. Lgb. 411. 

332" Chald. fut. Pe. from >to know, 
for 237, the Dag. forte being resolved 
into Nun. Comp. 33272 for 372. 

"29 fut. Hiph. from r. N19, for 8°93. Ps. 

141, 8. 
mp" ft. Hiph. B, from r. 5). 
Ξϑ fut. Kal by Chaldaism for 307, from 
Ἢ eee ret 


20" fut. Hiph. from r. 230 by Chalda- | 


ism, for 30". 

435, 3355, fut. Hiph. from τ. "49. 

ὍΣ", ws" and (c. Dag. forte impl.) O39" 
1 Sam. 15, 19, and 14, 32 Keri, fut. 
apoc. Kal from τ. 0°39. 

bps, 5354, fut. apoc. Kal and Hiph. from 

nbs, 

mytioo 3 fut. fem. plur. for ΤΣ ΩΦ, 
"Dan. 8, 22. § 47. note 3. Lab. 276. 

anges [5. 15,5 for 9399397, see r. ἊΣ, 
Pilp. p. 762. 
sz", az", fut. Hiph. from r. 749. 

=} fut. Hiph. apoc. from στ. ΓΞ, for 
We). 

mp" fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. mine. 

33° fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. 349, Deut. 
32, 8. 

5ΞΌΧΟ Chald. fut. Ithpa. from r. 53%. 

IMPS, see ΓΝ Hithp. p. 892. 

Py, pit:, fut. Kal from τ. px" q.v. 

"97 (9855) and “4, fut. Kal from r. 
a> ὧν no, 2. 

"x", "55, fut. apoc. Kal from r. "42; 
also fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. "7x. 

ἼΣΗ, 7855, fut. Kal from ΣΝ no. 1. 

amz7 fut. Kal from mx" to kindle, in 
pause c. Dag. euphon. 

“p? plur. 177, fut. Kal from τ. ὙΠ, by 
Chaldaism. 
mp? fut. Kal, and mp* fut. Hoph. from 
τ. Mp>, for προ", ἜΡΩΝ 

ΥῈ" ik 3, 15 in some Mss. and edi- 
tions, for 7277, from r. yp. 

32P7 1 Sam. 28, 10 for 5: (c. Dag. 
euphon.) fut. Kal from ΠΡ, ὁ. suff. 
RH 

UP, pes. fut. apoc. Kal, r. ΠΡ. 

ϊ wp" fat apoc. Hiph. τ. πιῶ. 

wn, x75), fut. apoc. Kal from r. AR. 

ae for the comm. aN" imp. from rh 
to fear, Ps. 34, 10; inflected after the 
manber ofvetbe 4, so that 8 becomes 
in otto, comp. ΝΒ Kz. 47, 8. Τισὺ. 
417. 


nim" Chald. fut. Ithpe. from r. Div. 
































ints they fear for 389"", different from ὴ 
ἤδη" they see, with pltoré Hirek.. 

335, => for 278°3, fut. Hiph. froliial 
a, 


ΓΙ 
en 


> pan Ps. 7, 6, see O74. 7 


sins for I97 2 Chr. 25, 15, inf. constr. Ε a ! 
from r. ΠῚ" with & appended! “Ἢ 
W192 for Fig fiat. Kal from r. 13, Lgb. 869 
ὙῊΣ for p> fut. Kal from r. ΤᾺΣ, 
intrans. Lgb. 869. - “a 
22 fut. Kal ‘from r. j22, where 566... 
97° fat. Kal from r. 335 no. 2, where 58 
But >3* Job 20, 26 is fut. es rein ΤΩ 
MP" to eat up. Ἢ 
snag" Jer. 22, 23 Keth. for nats sit 
ting, Yod parag. §88. 3. . 
"5 for 3b" fut. Kal from 313. Lgb. 
369. 
amw> fut. 7 Niph. from τ. HImy. $ 
"w" for SW" fut. Hiph. from nwa to d 1 
ceive. ; 
pnw fut. Hiph. from στ. baw; by Chal 
daism. 
pw" fut. apoc. see in r. MDW no. 3. 
pis fut. Kal by Chaldaism, from τ. ὦ 
ps for patin fut. Hithpo. from r aa 
ἡ made up from ws there is, and s ff. 
8 sing. masc. with Nun inserted. 
D0", DW, fut. apoc. Kal from πϑῶ, 
nose 1 Baws 6, 12, 3 fem. plur. fat. Kal 
"for MAU frat r. 105. ὁ 47. note 3. 
Amv, ams , fut. apoc. sing. Hithp 
from fut. nina R. ππῷ. -" 
ΡΦΡΏ ΘΙ fut. ‘Hithpal. from ‘pred. 
x7, me, fut. Kal from rms to come, 
fist nny. and πῶς 
mim fat. Hithpa. from r. ΓΞ". 


[ pin Chald. fut. Ithpe. from at to nour- 


ish, Dan. 4, 9. 
o2n" ‘fat. apoc. Hithp. from r. MOD. a 
cin plur. van", in ‘pause 1M, fat. Κι 

from r. pon. . 
ham" fut. Niph. from r. Dan. 


3. ἢ ' 
"IND Ps. 22, 17, see under "ἢ I. ” 
yinn7> for 7972 with the vowels afte 
the Aramean manner, Rte. 
Lgb. 161... ἡ ΤᾺ 
Did? all of them, from 59 with the u 
usual suffix cn— for b—. 4 
ΓΞ id. but fem. 





. aa 1157 2 


wmb> , 3 sing. fem. pret. Piel, τ. 533, 6. 
anf, for ΓΞ. 

ΤΠ ἼΡ33 Is. 33, “1, see under r. 112. 

M3222 Is. 23,8 hen merchants, plur. with 
light suff. from 322 no. 3, inflected in 
the manner of "33. 


2. 

ΠΡΊΝ Ὁ inf, Hiph. contr. for 3°82, from 
Fr, a8. 

sind for “'ixm> inf. Niph. from τ. Vik. 

fn, ΠΡ, see in Chald. ΠῚ note p. 
247. 

mivind 2 K. 19, 25, contr. for nixwn? Is. 
$7; 26, inf. Hight from AND. 

pont Is. 47, 14, inf. in pause : from τ. pon, 
‘after the form Sup; comp. 02222 Is. 
30, 18. 

| sion 2 Chr. 31, 7, inf. Kal from r. 0", 
for the usual 7i0"> Is. 51, 16. 

ὉΠ» for moap7> by Syriasm, from the 
noun MAP, Prov. 30, 17. Lgb. 151. 

" imp. from ae to go, see 720. 

mad, 42, see in 925 init. and no. 7, p. 
253, 255. 

n2> inf. fem. Kal from 92", see 925. 

ΣῊ for 2 it lodgeth, 3 fem. pret. from 
39 Zech. 5, 4. 

miax> contr. for ΓΞ ΓΙ inf. Hiph. from 
τ Way. δ 

89> for 8775 inf. Kal from 87° to fear. 

m2, c. > pref. m>>, inf. Kal contr. for 
M72, from 37 to bear, Lgb. 133. 


2 


"32 part. Hiph. for 87372 from r. 853. 
ΠΩΣ Ξ for AMMTI2 part. Pi. fem. from 
r. M32 Pi. to derrify, 1 Sam. 16, 15. 
mows 1 Chr...15, 13; compounded 
from 2, 2, H2VNI4 the former. See 

72 note, lett. c, p. 541. 

yr Judg. 5, 10, plur. of 772 garment, 
after the Chaldee form. 

yn. Chald. part. Aph. from 1} ¢o 
descend. 

7273 Chald. part. pass. Aph. r. 728. 

717 Chald. inf. Pe. τ. 97 fo go. 

mn part. Hoph. from r. m4 to die. 

305 part. Hoph. from r. 330. 

ΤΙΣΙ part. Kal for ΤΣ, τ. 192 to 
waver, p. 594. 

2470 part. Hoph. from.r. 8%. 

p72 plur. of 3112 threshing-sledge, 
ἴον ὉΠ. Lgb. 145. 

Qvx ὦ 





xia, 6. suff. ΣΤ, Chald. inf Pe. bit 
r. MIN to kindle. 

ΓΙ what is this? for mina, see M7 
note, lett. c. p. 541. 

ὙΠ for tx part. Hiph. from τ. 438 I. 

xr Chald. part. Aph. from r. 8°37 to 
live. 

jm Chald. inf Pe. from r. j2m. 

p"ysEN, see WEN p. 338. col. 2. 

ani μῆς Hithp. from το, for "HUM. 

ΡΞ ΝΡ 2 Sam. 11, 1. 1. ἃ. prada (which 
also 31 Mss. and 7 early editions ex- 
hibit) kings, the δὲ being redundant, 
as a ‘mater lectionis.’ 

nba for ΝΘ pret. Kal from r. 8272. 

pith part. Hiph. from r. 53> no. 2 
inflected in the Rabbinic manner, 
Lgb. 407. 

ba for FEN part. from τ. p> to learn, 
after the Syriac. 

smb for ἼΩΝ Θ pret. Kal from x2. 

7a m. 7739 f. from thee, from 72 q. v. 

q772122 Nah. 3, 17, see O71: p. 588. 

372 part. Hoph. foie Hiph. B, from r. m3. 

mr part. of Hiph. B, from r. 52. 

21399 for ΤΙΣ Ὁ Is. 23, 11, from ΤῊΣ Ὁ q. v. 

bs, see 3 p. * 782. 

D3, see DY p. 792. 

ΟΝ Gen. 32, 20, for ὈΞΕ ΝΣ, inf Ka! 
from 83%. Pawns, mish for M2371. 
"2>p0 Jer. 15, 10, a form made. up, as 
it would seem, from two readings, 
"3>5p and “nbbp, and attributable 
to cspoiats rather than to the writer. 


ott: Jer. 22, 23 Keth. part. Pu. f> 


from Pi. 2, with Yod parag. which 
is omitted in Keri. ᾧ 88. 3. 
7p part. Pil. from r. "4p. 


snes Ez. 8, 16, prob. an oversight 


of copyists, for nMMMNw. worshippers. 
Some have supposed that the ending 
DM is for OMX you, so that the whole 
form may be a contraction from this 
word and from the particip. by Syri-' 
asm; but we should here hardly ex- 
pect the second person, on account of 
the preceding an. 

xn Chald. inf Pe. from r. OMX. 

mmo, "m2, 2 and 1 pers. pret. Kal from 
r. ΤΠ, q. V. 


mind, see IMRT. 
shes Niph. of r. D>, Jer. 50, 36. 
“NUR? Ez. 9,8, see in "XW note, p. 1025 


2 1158 


ma) 1 Sam. 14, 36, for ΓΞ} fut. Kal from 
“3 , Dag. being dropped. §66. note 11. 

‘723 for "M822 pret. Niph. from δὲ 39 to 
prophesy 

ba, 5331, we fade, wither, Is. 64, 5, has 
‘its fart from 853 Hiph. fat. but its 
signif. from 533; ; prob. for dap’ 1 fut. 
Hiph. of 533. 

mba? for mbao fut. Kal’ from τ. dda. 
δ δύ. 5) and note 11. Lgb. 372. 

mp3? for 732 pret. Niph. from r. pp. 
Lab. 372. 

sbyxh> Is. 59, 3. Lam. 4, 14, see Niph. 
bun If. 

ΓῺ Ἢ ‘Jer. 8, 14 for Mam) fut. Niph. from 
Don II. Comp. § 66. 5, and note 11. 

“79, 725, 1 plur. fut. apoc. Kal from 7575. 

D738}, constr. "393, fem. Mian, part. Niph. 
from r. M39, for 0°35) ete. 

155) pret. Niph. from r. ‘757, for 7349 

6. Dag. euphon. 

smi? Ez. 23, 48, see in γ. Ὁ" Nithp. p. 
407. 

bm pret. Niph. from r. 5 π, 
Pi. from r. md. 

pm? pret. Niph. and Pi. from r. OM). 

pam? part. Niph. plur. from r. 02m, for 
-pvam:. ὁ 66: not. 11. 

mm? 2 pret. Niph. from r. 42". 

=m) pret. Niph. from r. ὍΤΙ. 

mm pret. Niph. from τ. nnn. 

p32 1 plur. fut. Kal from r. 73°, c. suff. o—. 

p72, 7723, 1 plur. fut. Kal from γ. 7, 
6. suff. --. 

"2, 722, 1 plur. fut. Hiph. apoc. from 
r. 3). 

#3533 part. fem. Niph. from r. "39. 

mms) part. fem. Niph. from m2" to con- 
wince. 

“B2: Deut. 21, 8, Nithpa. from r. "5D. 
Lab. 249. 

922 pret. Niph. from r. "5, the form 
being derived from r. 772. 

m0) for 30) pret. Niph. ‘from r. 330. > 
'§ 66. 5, and not. 11. Lgb. 372. 

M02 Ps. 4, 7 for xv} imp. from r. δ Ὁ, a 
negligent orthography. 

ἌΣ pret. Niph. from r. "59 q. v. 

nnkba) for M¥DB2 ὁ. ΠῚ parag. 2 Sam. 
1. 26. Lab. 266. R. NDD. 

‘DRED Pil. from p>. 

pros 1 plur. fut, Hithpa. from ἐς PIS, 
Ὅτ; ΓΊΩΣΙ, PyxM2. 

Caine 2) for m2, imp. Kal ¢. 4 parag. 


also pret. 


. ning iz. 39, 26, and xiv passa ap- 





from r. “x2, -¢. Dag. euphon. Ps. 141, 3. 


P 


bp2 pret. Niph. from >>p. δ 


















pended, comp. Arab. { 
20, for Nw? they bear. 
aL lisp] Ps, 32, 1, for N42 part. pass. Kal | 
from nino, inflectéd Tike verke i>, so” 
as to be assonant with "703, whidl : 
stands near. 
ὈΠῸΣ 1 plur. fut. Hiph. from τ. 228, by 
Chaldaism, for 57%) or Dw. | 
mim Nithpa. from r. me, p- 1042. 
1m} ‘Job 4, 10, 3 plur. pret. Niph. 0 ἀξ 
ΣΡ; comp. inr. 3m>. 
AMAPN? for AA2PNd, Dag. euphon. 
"nin? for "202 pret. Kal from r. 123. 


(3) Ps. 1 9, 


Ὀ 


a.nd 2 K. 8, 21 for ΞΞΌ, the Yod being 
a ‘mater leetiontae? 

i230 for i230 from 730 ο. suff. et Dag. ' 
euph. ΓΗ 

i220 from ὉΞῸ q. v. 6. suff. 


δ᾿ 


may for 433 imp. Kal from r. 113. τ 
"2d for "22 c. Dag. forte euphon. from 
339 cluster of grapes. 
ΤΩΣ for ΠΩΣ she made, 3 fem. pret. 4 
from r. ny Lev. 25, 21. 





5 


ἘΠῚ} Neh. 5, 14, i.e. HMB ὁ. suff 

nnp inf. Kal from r. ΠΕΡ to breathe. 

ἼΣΦΒ for i>30 his work, from ὉΣΒ. μεν. 
170, 571, 


- 


z 


SX imp. Kal from στ. 83". 

mx inf Kal of the same verb. 

WNP Is Ez. 16, 52, inf Pi. fem. 6. suff. 
from στ. PIS. 

“pimmay, see in r. mx Pilp. p. 898. 

px imp. Kal from r. PS? to pour. 

mpx inf. Kal of the same verb. 


ἘΝ pret. Kal for of, from r. DAP, in © 
the Arabic manner. ὃ 71. note 1. 
"Leb. 401. . 
ἘΝ» Chald. part..Pe. from στ. D°P. ue 
nop Lev. 22, 11 (read kébah) imp. from 
=P}, c. 7 parag. ᾿ 








Ρ wee Ὁ 


ΞΡ curse him! imp. from r. 3732, with 
Nun epenthet. and suff. 

mp imp. Kal from r. ΠΡ. 

mp Ez. 17,5 for Mp? totake. The bis 
dropped from the ‘beginning, and be- 
longs to the characteristic neglect of 
_ grammatical forms in Ezekiel. Comp. 
nnn for oan, 77 for 32°. 

ἘΠ Hos. 11, 3 inf Kal from τ. ΠΡ, c. 
suff. i. e. by taking or holding them. 
ΠΡ. once Mnp 2 K. 12, 9 inf Kal fem. 
᾿ from Γ᾿ πρὸ to take. 

4 


~ 


| 


mgs inf. Kalfem. from τ. 589 Ez. 28, 17. 

“= inf. from 79 to subdue, where see. 
But in Judg. 19, 11 the same form is 
_ put for 775 to go down, the first radi- 
cal being “dropped ; comp. MAM, 2iv. 
— Lgb. 139. 


53, N77, imp. (the latter once inf: Gen. } 


46, 3 ‘) from τ. ‘35. 
ἘΠ΄ part. Kal from nv, c. suff. Ὁ--. 
Ὁ" and Ὁ, imp. from τ. 827 to possess. 
mw inf. of the same verb. 


3 
xv imp. Kal from r. XW. 
mye, mxiv>, inf. and c. νῷ; from τ. NW). 
xiv ten inf. from r. RW), ‘for no. 


ΠΝ fully written for: ANNI ‘Ez. 35, 
11. Lgb. 527. 


Ὄ 


ὌΝ part. Kal from r. Ὁ} IT. 

snot (Milra) Ps. 23, Θ᾽ usually rendered 
my dwelling, for "M238 inf. c. suff. from 
23°. But the authors of the points 
seem to have regarded it as for "M2" 
by apheresis. Comp. 7, sv. 

paw, see in r. 328 no. 2. 

ἰῷ for aiw inf. pleonast. from 38" Jer. 
42, 10. Comp. 39, ΠΏ. 
anvid pret. Po. from nw 1. ᾳ. ποῦ, 


q. ν. 

Ὁ imp. Kal from r. >w2. 

ΓΘ inf. plur. from paw to lay waste, 
Ez. 36,3. Lgb. 365. 

ὈΠῸΣ 9 dual of m2 year. 

τῶ, mime, “mo , priet. from m7 to set. 

an see in r. nn. 





Ὠ 


Ἴδα Prov. 1, 22, fut. Kal for ιν τι 
the vowels ‘Seine contracted in the 
Aram. manner; comp. 9272, 7722. 

amboxm Job 20, 25, fut. Pi. for anboxn, 
from bon. 

ash for 5 NM, from "8h. Comp. i>2B. 

nam Prov. Ἐ “10, by Chaldaism for nah, 
Hann, Bit. Kal from Ax to will. 

ἌΡ ΤΣ 3 plur. fut. fem. Kal from r. N13, 
Ps. 45, 16. 

nnxan Deut. 33, 16, for mkon, He 
parag. being added twice, as it would 
seem. So also in 

WnNian Job 22,21 for FNian; and "nMXan, 
Keri MXam, for “xan 1 Sam. 25, 34.— 
Others, as Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 488, 
suppose the aflormiatives of the preter 
to be appended to the future, sq that 
nmXan is from 83m and mmx (but the 
sense requires ΠΝ 3), FinNon from 
muon and FMR, "ΝΞ from wh 
and ΝΞ or ΝΞ. Comp. Leb. 464. 

yan, aM}, fut. apoc. Kal from r. [133 10 
weep. 

minaan for mMa3m Ez. 16, 50, the sylla- 
"ble -- - being inserted i in the manner of 
verbs ΠΡ and 33, for the sake of asso- 
nance with the ares mown. ἘΡΙΞΆ. 

yah fut. Hiph. from r. ἤδη, 

bam 2 fut. apoc. Niph. from τ. ma. 

“370 fut. Pi. from r. 7725, for "2K, 

- the third radical " being regained: 

πο, ΠῚ, in pause "4M, fut. apoc. Κα. 
ΠΡ r. non, 

mon for Aya" Mic. 2, 12. Lgb. 
"405. R. ban ‘Hiph. 

Sin for ΠΣ thy praise, the» as 
‘mater lectionis, being redundant. 
See above in ΠΝ Ὁ. 

sbmnn fut. from r. bm, where see. 

qroin Ps. 16, 5, a less fren. form of the 
part. Kal, for * in holding. Lgb. 308. 
R. πῶ. 

dim for ΠΡΊΝ fut. Kal from r. ἘΝ to de- 
part. Lgb. 377. 

“rim 2 Sam. 22, 40, i. α. "2738 (Ps. 18, 
40) fut. Pi, in: r. "IN 10 gird. 


tn for πε 2 fut. Kal from r. 198 fo 


hold. 

“mm fut. apoc. Kal from r. mon. 

bmn fut. Niph. from r. 52m to profane, to 
pollute. Lev. 21,9. 


Ὥ 1160 “ὮΝ 


winm, ὉΠ for wmms, 3 pers. fut. Kal 
from r. wan; for an analogous instance 
see under r. 0° p. 770. Job 31, 5. 

mam Prov. 17, 10, fut. Kal of τ. M2 q. v. 

um fut. epoc. Kal from r. 922, for ner. 

ΠΏΣ Ex. 25, 31 in many editions, with 
Yod as ‘mater lectionis,’ for MYIN ; 
but contrary to rule and almost cer- 
tainly acorruption, Lgb. 52, 331. 

Mom, MDM, fut. apoc. Kal for msn, 
from r. 72. 

dan fut. apoc. Pi. for "2M, from r. M02. 

mbm, mdm, fut. apoc. Kal tans. nin. 

pr fut, al shertened-from yn, from 
τ. 71> or 97>. 

“tram for Mrjam 2 masc. (the Yod be- 
longs to the root) of fut. Hiph. from 
mm to wipe away. Jer. 18, 23. 

sm Chald. 1 pl. pret. r. bam, for 24M, 
Num. 17, 28. Lehrg. 373. Ss να ὧν 
3 pl. 9am Lam. 3, 22; so Ewald and 
Roediger. 

ber, on, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. md" 
lo ) flow Hote 

“am Hx. 23, 21, fut. Hiph. see "72 Hiph. 
note, p. 620, 

ἡ ΩΤ for ὩΔΊ fut. Kal from r. ὮΝ. 

im, 72m, imp. Kal from r. {m2 q. v. 

2737), see 332°. 

2 ol fat: Hiph. of r. 2" ἃ. v. 

bom for ΟΝ τ fut. Kal from r. FON. 

ΤΑΣ for 743m 2 plur. fut. Niph. from 
r. ὭΣ, Dag. forte being omitted; see 
above inn. § 66. note 11. 

mash Ez. 4. 12, fut. Kal ο. suff. from r. 
"RE q. Vv. Dag. forte euphon. in 3. 

smpm, snp, fut. Kal from r. MDX to 
hide, for sms. 

ba "MiZiPM Jer. 25, 34, see under the root 
778, note. 


ZEPAS 


A agp Rae 


(GNIVERSITY) 





| Ὁ 4t Pons: 4 





mbsn Jer. 19, 3, fut. οὶ οι ἢ dbx, 


for the comm. nysben, See 5521. 
mxan 1 Sam. 14, 27 Keth. (by a cor- 
ruption) -for Πρ, 
seems to have had in mind the word 
OVW. 
S5n, nm}, fut. apoc. Kal from τ. man. 


vinn fut. Niph. from τ. ὙΠ to break, 


the form being borrowed from 75". 

mom Prov. 23, 26, i. 6. for Keri nen 
"fat. Kal of r. "x2. The Keth. is 
fut. Kal οὔτ. 75, and should be: read 
m2s4n. 

man Jer. 9, 17 for ixwn fat. Kal from 
r. noo. 

"wn Deut. 32, 18, see τ. 18 p. 1055. 


non fut. apoc. Kal from r. ποῦ to 


drink. 

Inner fut. apoc. sing. Hithp, form ynMwn , 
from r. mm to bow down. 

snun Is. Al, 10, fut. apoc. Hithp. from 
τ. TDW. 


mm inf. Kal from r. {m2 10 give, contract- | 


ed for m2m. With suff. "hm. 


smn 2 Sam. 22, 27, for “1anm fut. 


Hithp. from r. "9a. Lgb. p. 374, — 
mam by apheresis for ΠΣ, which is 
read Ps, 18, 41. Comp. 1 for 733. 

“mim, see in MM above. 

pm, ohn, fut. Kal from Dan, q. v. 

inm 1K. 17, 14 Keth. commonly taken 
for mm to give, with Nun parag. as 
in 1 Καὶ, 6,19, where however {MM is 
future. Here the Keri, Mm, is to be 
preferred. 

dnm, som}, fut. apoc. Kal from r. 73m. 

bean 2 Sam. 22, 27, see in ΒΩ Hithp. 


p. 876. 
sunm Ex. 2, 4, for 229m Hithp. from 
r. BER. Lab. 386. 





ἊΣ 





αν 


. The copyist — 








- - 


a. 





RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
University of California Library 
or to the 
NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
Bidg. 400, Richmond Field Station 
University of California 
Richmond, CA 94804-4698 





ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 

e 2-month loans may be renewed by calling 
(510) 642-6753 

e J]-year loans may be recharged by bringing 
books to NRLF 

¢ Renewals and recharges may be made 4 
days prior to due date. 





DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 





JAN 02 2001 
































12,000 (11/95) 











ΨΥ ΨΥ, ΠΡ 


ser 


τ 


i 


il 


Y LIBRARIES 


wit nui 


υ 0 


1 


ἢ 


| 


CO71049986 









ces 


ΠΑ ΡΣ 


















» 
ἊΝ μ᾽ 
ΠΗ͂Ι 






Σ 
Π 
te 












HEE LET? 
pared Ν ἐδ: Ρ 
TT ARR Ata tae δ 





4 ΨΩ 
“ταν 
7 


port 


ς - τοὺ τ 
τὰ τ τ ῖν 
a 


᾿ 


ξεν 


- 


ess 


7.949 
«- af 


= 
΄ 
- 


< 
“Sih ade 


fed 
ΗΝ 
i 


By bakit a 
ut adieeh itp 
Miah Ἔ 
9} , 
artic 

ADP ak be 


Π 
deh 
why 







Faas Ba Miia ae ae 
; tie ie ret i STE iM ' Wu 
᾿ a δῶ Rigs f tena Ct eet ' 
Hf ἡμὰς tone ΚΕ Ὶ ap aa ac ; culane 
a ἼΗΙ by yin Ay Ἢ a Veta ΨῈ ὁ οἷ 
net + mas ipleh Me Liter 


4a 








Prt 
tay ay ΤῊ; 
πα τ fie 
Ἢ oy" " pein 
! τ Ἵν ΠΝ 
“ΠῚ 


Heh a 
ait 
4" 


‘ 


ἦν 


ἢ ἱ ; ἢ ἣ } ᾿ { οἷ 
ἢ κῃ ; et Tre Ἢ 


ἱ 1 
᾿ 


i 


